910
CUCURBITA
CUDRANIA
of the pumpkins and squashes, see De Candolle, Origin
of Cultivated Plants; Gray and Trumbull, Amer. Journ.
Sci. 25:372; Sturtevant, Amer. Nat. 1890:727; Witt-
mack, Ber. der Deutschen Bot. Gesell. 6:378 (1888).
1136. Stem of Cucurbita moschata.
Large Cheese pumpkin
1134. Cucurbita Pepo var. ovifera.
Var. condensa, Bailey. BUSH
PUMPKINS. SCALLOP and SUMMER
CROOKNECK SQUASHES. Plant
compact, little or not at all run-
ning. Of horticultural origin.
Var. ovifera, Bailey (C. ovifera, Linn.). GOURD. Fig.
1134. Plant slender, running: Ivs. smaller than in C.
Pepo, usually very prominently lobed: fr. small, hard
and inedible, egg-shaped, globular, pear-shaped, oblate,
often striped. R.H. 1894:429. — Sold in many vars. by
seedsmen, under the names of C. Pepo vars. pyrifor-
mis, depressa, annulata, etc. See Gourd.
moschata, Duchesne (C. melowe-
formis, Carr.). GUSH AW. CHINA,
CANADA CROOKNECK and WIN-
TER CROOKNECK
SQUASHES. Figs.
1135-37. Annual:
long-running, less
prickly and some-
times soft-hairy:
Ivs. more rounded
than those of C. ^Z^'-A 113S- Cucurbita
Pepo, but lobed, *® afWfii < moschata.
often grayish: fl.
with a widening
tube, and large, erect lobes; calyx-lobes large, often
If .-like; peduncle becoming deeply ridged and much
enlarged next the fr. Possibly of E. Asian origin.
BB. Lvs. not lobed (except sometimes on young shoots):
stalks of frs. not prominently ridged.
maxima, Duchesne. SQUASH. Figs. 1138-41. Annual:
long-running, the sts. nearly cylindrical, little prickly
and often hairy: Ivs. orbicular or kidney-shaped, com-
monly not lobed, the basal sinus wide or narrow,
the margin shallqwly apiculate-sinuate : corolla-tube
nearly the same diam. at top and bottom (Figs. 1139,
1140), the corolla-lobes large and soft, and wide-spread-
ing or drooping : peduncle at maturity soft and spongy,
not ridged nor prominently enlarged next the fr. : fr. very
various, but not light yellow nor warty nor crookneck-
shaped, usually late-ripening, the flesh orange and
not stringy. Nativity undetermined. Var. sylvestris,
Naudin. A form found wild in the Himalayan region,
with fr. as large as a man's head.
AA. Plant with perennial root.
foetidissima, Kunth (C. perennis, Gray. Ciicumis
perennis, James). CALABAZILLA. Fig. 1142. Perennial:
long-running, scarcely prickly: Ivs. large, cordate-
triangular, grayish pubescent, the margin shallowly
apiculate-crenate : fl. nearly as large as in C. Pepo and
similar in shape, the pistillate on a peduncle 2-3 in.
long: fr. size and shape of an orange, smooth, green and
yellow splashed, not edible. Sandy arid wastes, Neb.
and Colo, to Texas and Mex. and westward to Calif.
R.H. 1855:61; 1857, p. 54.— In its native haunts, the
root is tuberous, 4-7 in. diam. and penetrating the
earth 4-6 ft. Roots
at the joints. The (J)
plant has a fetid ,'///
odor. Sold by
seedsmen as a
gourd, but the fr.
does not often ripen
in the northern
states. Useful on
arbors and small
trees, when coarse
vines are wanted.
ficifolia, Bouche
(C. melanosperma,
A. Br.). St. very
long, stout, becoming somewhat woody: Ivs. pale
green, often marbled, in outline ovate or suborbicular,
cordate at base, roundly 5-lobed and the sinus rounded :
calyx-tube short and campanulate: fr. large (often 1
ft. long), fleshy, round-ovoid, white-striped, the flesh
white; seeds ovate, black. E. Asia, but widely cult.
in warm countries for its ornamental watermelon-like
frs. A var. mexicana, Hort. (C. mexicana, Spreng.),
is mentioned, with seeds twice the size of those of the
type, and said to grow wild in the neighborhood of
Mazatlan, Mex.
C. Andreana, Naudin. Allied to C. moschata: sts. long and root-
ing at the nodes: Ivs. large, marbled with white: fls. of the form of
those of C. maxima but much smaller: fr. obovoid, 8 in. long,
marked with white and yellow. Uruguay. R.H. 1896, pp. 542-3. —
C. californica, Torr.
Canes cent: Ivs.
thick, 2 in. across,
5-lobed, the lobes
triangular and mu-
cronate: ten drila
parted to the base:
fls. 1 in. or more
long on pedicels
J-i-1 in. long. Calif.;
imperfectly known. — C. digitata, Gray. Perennial, the root fleshy:
sts. slender and long, usually rooting: tendrils short and weak,
3-5-cleft: Ivs. scabrous, 3-5-palmately narrow-lobed: fls. 2-3 in.
long on slender pedicels 1-4 in. long: fr. subglobose, yellow, 2-4
in. diam. Calif, to New Mex. — C. palmata, Wats. MOCK ORANGE.
Canescent: Ivs. cordate, thick, 2 or 3 in. across, palmately 5-cleft
to middle with narrow toothed lobes: fls. 3 in. long on stout
peduncles: fr. globose, 3 in. diam. S. Calif. L H B
CUDRANIA (derivation unknown) . Moracese. Woody
subjects cultivated for their foliage and as hedge plants.
Deciduous trees or shrubs, often thorny, with alter-
1137. Fruit of Cucurbita moschata — Tonasu, a Japanese variety.
CUDRANIA
CULINARY HERBS
911
nate, petioled and stipulate Ivs.: fls. dioecious, in axil-
lary globular heads; staminate with 4 sepals and 4
stamens and 2-4 bracts at the base; pistillate with 4
sepals inclosing the 1-ovuled ovary, growing into a
fleshy subglobose fr. with a crustaceous rind. — About
3 species, in S. and E. Asia and Trop. Austral., of which
only one is sometimes cult. It re-
quires protection in the N. and is
usually prop, by greenwood cuttings
in summer under glass.
tricuspidata, Bureau (Madura tri-
cuspiddta, Carr. C. triloba, Hance).
Shrub, or small tree, to 20, rarely to
60 ft., with slender, thorny branches:
Ivs. elliptic-ovate, acuminate, entire,
sometimes 3-lobed at the apex and
on young plants even tricuspidate,
nearly glabrous, 1^-3 in. long: fl.-
heads axillary, solitary or in 2's, on short peduncles: fr.
globose, about 1 in. across. China. R.H. 1864, p. 390:
1872, p. 56; 1905, p. 363 (habit). H.I. 18:1792.—
Recently recommended as an excellent hedge-plant for
the S. In China the Ivs. are used as a substitute for
mulberry Ivs. and it is called silkworm thorn; the fr. is
edible. Between this species and Madura pomifera, a
hybrid has been raised, described as Madudrania
hybrida, Andre". R.H. 1905:362. ALFRED REHDER.
CULINARY HERBS are those herbs used for
flavoring in cookery, but the term has a wide applica-
tion, including species used for garnishing and some-
times as potherbs. The culinary herbs are of very minor
importance in American gardens, and yet a few of them,
as anise, caraway and coriander, are well and favorably
known. The species are mostly aromatic. They are
largely of the Umbellifera3 and Labiatae. No special
Basil (Ocymum basilicum). Labiatx. Annual. Uses: As flavor in
highly seasoned dishes; oil as perfumery. Propagated by seeds.
Borage (Borago officinalis). Boraginacex. Annual. Uses: Herbage
as potherb and salad; garniah; flavor in beverages. Propagated
by seeds in spring.
Caraway (Carum Carvi). UmbeUiferse. Biennial or annual. Uses-
Herbage eaten cooked or as salad; roots as vegetable; seeds for
flavoring; oil in manufac-
ture of perfumery and
soaps. Propagated by seeds
in May or early June.
1139. Staminate flower of 1140. Pistillate flower of
Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard
squash. (XJi) squash. (X1A)
difficulty attaches to their cultivation, and little more
may be said here than to present an alphabetical list
with statements as to uses, duration of plant, and means
of propagation. They all thrive in mellow fertile
garden land. Usually they are grown at the side of
the main garden plantation, and they may add a
certain charm to the garden as well as to supply an
agreeable aroma to the kitchen products. See the little
book on "Culinary Herbs" by M. G. Kains, 1912.
Angelica (A rchangelica officinalis). Umbelliferx. Biennial or peren-
nial. Uses: Stems and leaf-stalks as salad, or roasted like pota-
toes; garnish; as "candied angelica;" stems blanched and used
as vegetable; leaves as spinach; seeds for flavoring; oil of angelica
obtained from seeds for flavoring. Propagated by seeds in
late summer or early autumn.
Anise (Pimpinella Anisum). Umbelliferx. Annual. Uses: Leaves
as garnish, flavoring, and potherb; seeds and oil for flavoring
and perfumery. Propagated by seeds in early spring.
Balm (Melissa officinalis). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Foliage for
flavoring and salad; oil for perfumery and flavoring beverages.
Propagated by divisions, layers, cuttings and seeds.
1138. Cucurbita maxima.
Catnip or catmint (Nepeta Calaria). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses:
As bee forage; leaves as condiment; formerly a medicinal
remedy. Propagated by seeds in autumn or spring.
Chervil (AnthriscusCerefolium). Umbelliferx. Annual. Uses: Leaves
for seasoning and for mixed salads. Propagated by seeds.
Chives (Allium Schcenoprasum). Liliacex. Perennial. Uses:
Leaves for flavoring. Propagated by individual bulbs or division
of clumps in early spring.
Clary (Sahia Sclarea). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Leaves in cook-
ery; wine made from plant when in flower. Propagated by seeds
in spring.
Coriander (Coriandrum sativum). Umbelliferx. Annual. Uses:
Seed in confectionary and as ingredient in condiments; flavor
in beverages. Propagated by seeds in spring or autumn.
Cumin (Cuminum odorum). Umbelliferx. Annual. Uses: Seeds
as ingredient in curry powder; for flavoring pickles, pastry and
soupa. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Dill (Anethum graveolens). Umbelliferx. Annual. Uses: Seed as
seasoning, extensively for commercial pickles; oil for perfuming
soap; young leaves as seasoning and salads; dill vinegar as condi-
ment. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Fennel (Faeniculum vulgare). Umbelliferx. Biennial or perennial.
Uses: Herbage as garnishes and flavors; as salads; seeds for
flavoring beverages, and for confectionary; oil as perfumery.
Propagated by seeds, and grown as an annual.
Finocchio or Florence fennel (Faeniculum dulce). Umbelliferx.
Annual. Uses: As a vegetable. Propagated by seeds.
Fennel Flower (Nigetta saliva). Ranunculacex. Annual. Uses:
Whole plant or seed used in cookery. Propagated by seeds in
spring.
Hoarhound, or horehound (Marrubium vulgare). Labiatx. Peren-
nial. Uses: Formerly in cookery and medicine; now for candy
only. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Hyssop (Hyssopus officinalis). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Herbage
in salads ; oil in preparation of soaps, etc. Propagated by divisions,
cuttings and seeds in spring.
Lavender (Lavandula angustifolia, L.
Spica). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses:
Flowers and oil in perfumery; some-
times as condiment and in salads.
Propagated by divisions or cuttings,
or rarely seeds.
Lovage (Levisticum officinale). Umbelli-
ferx. Perennial." Uses: Young stems
in confectionary. Propagated by
division or seeds in late summer.
Marigold (Calendula officinalis). Com-
positx. Annual. Uses: Flower-
neads as seasoning; fresh flowers to
color butter. Propagated by seeds
in spring.
Marjoram (Origanum vulgare and O.
Marjoram). Labiatx. Perennial (O.
Marjoram treated as annual). Uses:
Herbage for seasoning; oil in per-
fuming soaps, etc. Propagated by
cuttings, division or layers and seeds in spring.
Mint (Mentha spicata). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Herbage as
seasoning; leaves in jelly. Propagated by cuttings, offsets and
divisions in spring.
Parsley (Petroselinum hortense). Umbelliferx. Biennial. Uses:
Roots as vegetable; top as potherb; leaves for seasoning and
garnish. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Pennyroyal (Mentha Pulegium). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Leaves
as seasoning; pennyroyal oil. Propagated by division, or rarely
cuttings.
Peppermint (Mentha piperita). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Oil
as flavoring; perfume in soaps, etc. Propagated by division or
running rootstocks.
1141. Stem of Cucur-
bita tnmrima — Hubbard
squash.
Acr-M n,
THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
NEW YORK • BOSTON • CHICAGO
ATLANTA • SAN FRANCISCO
MACMILLAN & CO., LIMITED
LONDON • BOMBAY • CALCUTTA
MELBOURNE
THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, LTD.
TORONTO
XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries
THE JJNJV. OF
STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
A DISCUSSION, FOR THE AMATEUR, AND THE PROFESSIONAL AND
COMMERCIAL GROWER, OF THE KINDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND
METHODS OF CULTIVATION OF THE SPECIES OF PLANTS GROWN IN
THE REGIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA FOR ORNAMENT,
FOR FANCY, FOR FRUIT AND FOR VEGETABLES; WITH KEYS TO THE
NATURAL FAMILIES AND GENERA, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE HORTI-
CULTURAL CAPABILITIES OF THE STATES AND PROVINCES AND
DEPENDENT ISLANDS, AND SKETCHES OF EMINENT HORTICULTURISTS
BY
L. H. BAILEY
Illustrated with Colored Plates, Four Thousand Engravings in the Text,
and Ninety-six Full-page Cuts
IN SIX VOLUMES
VOL. II— C-E
PAGES 603-1200. FIGS. 701-1470
THIRD EDITION
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
1919
The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved
COPYRIGHT, 1900
BT THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
REWRITTEN, ENLARGED AND RESET
COPYRIGHT, 1914
BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
Set Up and Electrotyped. Published July 22, 1914
Heprinted May, 1917; March, 1919
peasant Press
J. HORACE MCFABLANO COMPACT
HARIUSBDRG, PENNSTLVANIA
:o
FULL -PAGE PLATES
Facing page
XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries (in color) Frontispiece
XXII. Carnations. — Types of the American winter-flowering varieties . . . 630
XXIII. Cattleya Lawrenceana . . . . . . . . . . 686
XXIV. Codogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids . . .710
XXV. Celery .--The cultivation under field conditions, at the hilling-up or banking
stage (in color) . ... . . . . . . 724
• •
XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit . . ., . . . .741
XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida. (Fla. Photo. Concern) . 773
XXVIII. Stowell Evergreen sweet corn 803
XXIX. Cranberry -picking in a New Jersey bog. (Photo, by Elizabeth C. White) . 832
XXX. Chrysanthemum. — Two of the florist's types (in color) .... 861
XXXI. The White Spine cucumber 901
XXXII. The Fay currant, one of the leading red varieties ..... 917
XXXIII. Cycas circinalis, the male plant. (Photograph by Henry Pittier) . . 931
XXXIV. Dahlia. — Jeanne Charmet, one of the most beautiful Decorative dahlias
(in color) . . . . .953
XXXV. Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics .... 978
XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis . . ... 1009
XXXVII. Draccena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa .... 1069
XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschscholtzia calif ornica ..... 1120
XXXIX. Eucalyptus viminalis in California ........ 1148
(v)
/ i i ^
CABBAGE. The more or less compact leaf-formed
head of Brassica oleracea; also applied, with designa-
tions, to related forms of the same species, as Welsh
cabbage, tree cabbage. Closely related plants are the
kales (Fig. 706), collards, Brussels
sprouts, cauliflower. See Brassica.
The Chinese cabbage of this country
is a wholly different species from the
common cabbages. It does not form a
compact and rounded head, but a more
or less open and soft mass of leaves,
after the manner of Cos lettuce. It is of
easy culture, but must be grown in the
cool season, for it runs quickly to seed
in hot and dry weather.
The culture of the cabbage antedates
reliable historical record. Writers of
Pliny's time or before refer to variations
in growth and character which must
have resulted from selections and culti-
vation for many generations, under
conditions very different from those
which seem to be the natural
habitat of the plant on the com-
paratively barren chalk cliffs of
England, and in similar locations
in Europe.
It is indeed hard to realize that
the scrawny and somewhat starved-
looking plant shown in Fig. 628
(Vol. I) could be the ancestral
origin of such corpulent, overfed
individuals as are shown in Figs.
701 to 704. Such a change in habit
of growth can be accounted for
only by the plant's possession of ex-
ceptional capacity for using the
more abundant food-supply fur-
nished by cultivation for many
generations, and the storing of it in
a way that makes it available for
man's use rather than for the mere
perpetuation and multiplication of
the parent plants.
701, Conical form of cabbage
Jersey Wakefield.
702. Round-headed type of cabbage.
Characteristics of the plant and req-
uisites for best development.
The cabbage is classed by bota-
nists as a slow-growing bi-annual,
and has three distinct periods of
life: First, the more or less
rapid growth of leaf and plant.
Second, a more or less distinct
resting period during which the
formation of embryonic blos-
soms is started. Third, the
growth and development of the
flower and seed. The culti-
vated cabbages retain very per-
sistently these distinct growing
periods, but have added what
might be classed as another,
that of head-formation, which
is in reality simply a distinct
division of the first. This ad-
ditional head-forming period,
although essential to the plant's
value as a cultivated vegetable,
39
is not at all necessary for the growth and perpetuation
of the plant, which, when it has been held in check by
long-continued severe frost or drought, will often
revert to the original order of growth and pass directly
from the growing to the seeding stages
with no attempt at head-formation.
Cultivated cabbage thrives best in a
moist and comparatively cool climate,
and will not reach its best and rarely a
satisfactory or profitable development in
a hot dry one, nor where there are likely
to be even occasional days of high tem-
perature or hot dry winds. Even if
there is abundant moisture in the soil,
a few hot dry days, such as corn and
tomato plants would delight in, will
often not only check but permanently
prevent any vigorous or profitable
growth. This sensitiveness to over-heat
is most pronounced during the second or
unnatural period of growth, and the
least so during the first. Young
plants will often thrive in tempera-
tures in which it would be quite
impossible to induce older ones to
form a solid head. Excessive heat
is quite as injurious, and often more
so, than freezing, but the latter is
especially injurious to the younger
plants, particularly if they are grow-
ing rapidly, the older ones being
little injured by frost which would
kill rapid-growing seedlings. One
notable effect of exposure of young
plants to severe or long-continued
low temperature is that it takes the
place of the resting period, and thus
cuts out the second or head-form-
ing period, so that the plant, as
soon as established in the field, be-
gins to shoot to seed without form-
ing any head. The degree to which
the plant suffers from unfavorable
temperature seems to vary not only
with different varieties but in differ-
ent locations. In the Puget Sound
country, cabbage plants are often
killed by exposure to low tempera-
tures, which those of the same
variety and age growing in similar
soil and exposure on Long
Island would endure with little
apparent injury. In the United
States, favorable climatic con-
ditions are most likely to occur
in succession during the winter,
spring and fall months, as one
moves northeast along the
Gulf and Atlantic coasts, or in
the West along the coast north
from Portland, Oregon, and
in isolated sections south of
that point. Some of the finest
cabbages ever produced in
America have been grown at
points on the Pacific coast as
far south as Los Angeles, Cali-
704. A modem cabbage plant in head— Early Flat Dutch, f ornia. There are also locations,
(603)
604
CABBAGE
70S. Section of cabbage
head, showing the thickened
rachis and leaf-stalks, and the
buds in the axils.
especiallv' ip" JSTew York; OKic, Indiana, Michigan and
Wisconsin, near the Greai takes, or where smaller but
deep .inland, lakes, abound, in -tfhich cabbage does
excerrtiou&Uj' weli, fcutrgenej-aljy , jn -common with most
cruciferous' plants',' they 'dtf better hear the sea, in such
locations as the Eastern
Shore of Maryland, Long
Island and Puget Sound
regions, than in the interior
or on the borders of even
very large bodies of fresh
water.
As the plant is a native
of the temperate zone, and
thrives best in it, and cannot
long endure high tempera-
tures, one does not think
of it as particularly sun-
loving; but there are few
garden plants to which abun-
dant sunlight is more essen-
tial and shade more detri-
mental than the cabbage.
In its native habitat, the
plants are found growing alone or in small open groups
where they are fully exposed to the sun. Similar condi-
tions are essential to its best development under culti-
vation so that it can rarely be profitably grown in the
shade or in crowded groups or rows, and "shooting to
seed" or other failure to form a head is often due to
the crowding of the seedlings in the seed-row.
The cabbage is one of the grossest and least fastidi-
ous feeders of cultivated plants, and while an abun-
dance of easily accessible food is essential for its profit-
able culture, it is less particular than most plants
as to its proportions and physical condition, if only it
has an abundance. Large crops of the best quality
are often produced by the use of fresh green and uncom-
posted manures in almost Limitless quantities. Some
growers object to the use of manure from hog-pens,
yet some of the largest, healthiest and best crops ever
seen have been grown by the liberal use of hog manure.
Strange as it may seem, abundant fertilization hastens
rather than retards the plant reaching marketable
condition.
The plant is more particular as to its water-supply
than its food-supply, and suffers even more quickly
than most vegetables from a lack of sufficient moisture
in the air or soil. On the other hand, it cannot long
endure an excess, particularly in the soil, and soon
succumbs to wet feet. A well-drained soil which at the
same time is fairly retentive of moisture is essential
to profitable cabbage-culture.
Even more than with most garden vegetables, the
physical condition of the soil is a most important factor
in determining the development of the cabbage. Large
and often very profitable crops may be grown on soils
which would be classed as clay, loam, gravel, sand or
muck, provided they are rich and friable, but seldom
a large, or profitable crop can be grown on even a
very fertile soil which after rains quickly hardens and
bakes so as to be impervious to air. Permanent fria-
bility rather than superior fertility makes some soils ex-
ceedingly profitable for cabbage, while it is difficult and
often impossible to grow a paying crop on others which
are even richer and better watered, but which are liable
o cake ^after every rain. This is especially true of
some soils that are generally classed as a very rich
clay or muck. Permanent friability is the most essen-
tial quality for profitable cabbage-culture, and the want
it the most common cause of failure to grow a
profitable crop.
Varieties of cabbage. Figs. 701-704, 707.
Few vegetables show a wider range of variation,
•e are sorts that can be grown to edible maturity
-on a square foot and in 90 to 120 days from the seed,
while others can hardly be crowded into a square yard
or reach prime edible maturity in less than 200 days;
sorts so short-stemmed that the flat head seems to rest
on the ground, others in which the globular head
crowns a stalk 16 to 20 inches long; kinds in which the
leaves are long, round, or broad, smooth, or savoyed,
light yellowish green, dark green or so dark red as to
seem black, with surfaces which are glazed, smooth, or
covered with thick bloom. There are many early-
maturing kinds, each having characteristics adapting
them for different cultural conditions and uses, that
will, in fertile soil and a temperature between 60° and
80° by day, and never below 40° at night, form salable
heads in 90 to 110 or 120 days from the germina-
tion of the seed; others that mature in mid-season;
still others that grow the entire season and increase
in solidity even while stored for winter.
American seedsmen offer cabbage seed under over
500 more or less distinct varietal names, a large propor-
tion of which stand for different stocks rather than
for distinct varietal forms: here only the most dis-
tinct types and the most commonly used names are
mentioned.
Early York, Elampes, Large York, etc. — Very compact, upright-
growing smooth-leaved sorts which are comparatively tender to
both heat and cold, and form vertically oval comparatively soft
heads of excellent quality, but better suited to European than
American climatic conditions and market requirements.
Early Jersey, Large Wakefield, Winnigstadt, etc. — Compact-
f rowing, very sure-heading sorts which are very hardy to both
eat and cold and form comparatively small, but closely wrapped
hard sharply conical heads which are of attractive appearance,
but not of the best quality. Well suited to the general soil and cli-
matic conditions and very popular in America.
Enkhuizen Glory, Early Summer, Fottler's Drumhead, etc. —
Second-early sorts, forming small compact to large spreading short-
stemmed plants, and nearly round to distinctly flat heads which
mature quickly, are of good quality but not well adapted for distant
shipment or winter storage.
Flat Dutch, Drumhead, Ballhead or Hollander, etc. — Large
spreading comparatively slow-growing plants, forming round to
oval hard heads, having the leaves very closely wrapped and over-
lapping in the center. They are generally good keepers, often
improving not only in solidity but in quality during storage.
Savoys. — A class in which the leaves of both plant and head are
crumpled or savoyed instead of smooth as in the preceding. There
are varieties of all the forms of smooth-leaved sorts. The plants
are hardy, butsare slow to form heads, which are likely to be small
706. Curled kale. — Brassica oleracea var. acephala.
and more or less open or loose-centered, but they are of superior
flavor, and this class is worthy of more general cultivation in the
home-garden and for local market.
Red cabbage. — A class of which there are many varietal forms,
and in which the plants and heads vary from purple shaded green
to deep red. The heads are generally small, but very solid and
are especially suited for use as "cold slaw."
Portugal Sea-Kale, Tronchuda or Chinese cabbage. — These
are distinct classes and species of cabbage, intermediate in char-
acter between the more common sorts and the more distant kales.
They have never become generally popular in America, though
they are rather largely grown and used by the Asiatics, particularly
on the Pacific coast. The sea-kale cabbage is not to be confounded
with sea-kale, which is a very different plant.
CABBAGE
CABBAGE
605
These are but a few of the almost limitless, more or
less distinct variations offered by seedsmen, yet each
of them was thought by someone to be superior in
some location, under some conditions, or for some
purpose. The general recognition of the value of each
variation, and the consequent popularity of the sorts
in which the variation is best developed, are constantly
changing, partly because of local conditions of climate,
but more largely because of changes in transportation
and market facilities and conditions.
Cultural methods.
Ideal climatic conditions are found only in very
limited areas, and the common cultural practice in
each locality is largely shaped by the degree to which
local conditions approach them. In the country north
of Washington in which a well-lighted and heated
greenhouse and experienced help are available, the
simplest method, and one by which the very best of
early cabbage can be grown, is to plant the seed in flats
some sixty to ninety days before danger of killing by
frost is past, and as soon as the central bud or leaves
appear (which should be in ten to fourteen days) to
"prick out" the plants, setting them 2 to 4 inches
apart in other flats, according to the relative impor-
tance in that particular culture of earliness and cost
of production. The house should be given abundant
ventilation, and temperatures exceeding 70° or 85° by
day and 50° or 60° at night carefully avoided. Often it
will be found very advantageous, as soon as the plants
are well established, to remove them to well-lighted
coldframes. These should be carefully tended in order
to give all the air possible, and to avoid over-heating by
the sun or falling below 35° at night, and the plants
transferred to the open ground as early as this can be
done without danger from killing frosts. Some very
successful growers plant seed in well-protected cold-
frames so as to secure a thin, even stand, and by careful
attention secure a slow but steady growth through the
winter, and the seedlings are first transplanted to the
open ground as soon as danger from killing frosts is
over. A common practice from Philadelphia or Balti-
more southward is to sow the seed in the fall in care-
fully prepared beds in sheltered locations, and, as soon
as the plants are large enough, to transplant them to
flat-topped ridges about 30 to 36 inches from center to
center and as high as can be formed by two or three
back-furrows. These ridges usually are run east to
west and the plants are set on the south, the north or the
top, or sometimes in the furrow between them, depend-
ing upon the judgment of the planter as to which loca-
tion will give the best result on that particular farm
and exposure and in that particular season, as some-
times one and sometimes another location gives the best
results. In some sections and often only on certain
farms of a section this method gives large very early-
maturing and profitable crops, while in different fields,
even on the same farm, a large proportion of the
plants so handled will be killed by frost or will shoot
to seed without heading. In certain locations, notably
in the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina, cabbage-
plant farms have been established, from which plants
in prime condition for setting in the field can be
secured by the million. The location and exposure, and
the character of the soil of the most successful of these
farms is such that the plants are rarely killed or seri-
ously checked by frost, but make a constant but slow
growth all winter and can be pulled at any time so as to
retain abundant root and vigor and be safely shipped
long distances. The seed is sown and the plant-beds
treated much as one would treat a bed of onions for
sets or pickles, except that in many cases the rows are
as close as 3 inches and the bed receives little or no
cultivation after the seed is planted.
Objections that are sometimes well founded to
plants from such farms are, that they are slow "taking
hold" and a large proportion of them "shoot to seed"
without heading, or the heads are small and of poor
quality; but such failures often come from the use by
the plant-raiser of cheap and inferior seed, or from the
crowded rows and careless handling, or from the
farmer sending for and setting the plants too early, or
from holding them too long before setting. Some
plant-raisers take pains to advertise that they do not
guarantee plants shipped by them before December
1 to give satisfactory results (though they often do),
but that they are willing to guarantee that plants
shipped by them from December 1 to April 1 will,
in suitable soil and exposure and with good cultivation,
produce full crops of marketable cabbage. Most
farmers who use 20,000 to 30,000 plants could grow
on their own farms as good plants or better than
they could buy from even the best and most reliable
growers, and often at materially less cost; but it is
707. Cabbage shapes: Flat; round or ball; egg-shaped;
oval; conical.
questionable whether many of them would do so, and
it is not surprising that the practice of buying plants,
particularly when earliness in market maturity is
desirable, is rapidly extending.
The best distance between plants will depend not
only upon the variety used but upon the character of
the soil, kind of labor available and the condition and
way in which the crop is to be marketed. Such small
upright-growing sorts as Early York, Etampes, or true
Jersey Wakefield, which are to be marketed when
still quite soft, can be well grown set as close as 6 or 8
by 18 to 24 inches, requiring 20,000 to 30,000 plants to
the acre; but in America such close planting necessi-
tates so much hand labor that it is seldom profitable,
and 8 to 12 by 28 to 30 or 36 inches, requiring from
8,000 to 15,000 or 20,000 plants to the acre, is usually
found the more profitable distance.
The best method of setting, whether by hand, hand-
planters, or machine, will be determined by local con-
ditions. The plants should "take hold" in two to
four days and start into vigorous growth in ten
days to three weeks, the time depending upon the con-
dition of the plants, and the way they are handled,
quite as much as upon the weather. After active growth
has commenced, it should continue at a constantly
accelerated rate until the head begins to harden, and
although toward the last the plants may not seem to
increase in size, the heads will gain in weight. The cab-
bage suffers less than most vegetables from mutilation
of the root, yet deep cultivation is undesirable because
unnecessary. The essential thing is to prevent any-
crusting over, and the keeping of the surface in such
good tilth as to permit of the free aeration of the soil.
606
CABBAGE
One of the best crops of early cabbage on record
was secured from what was regarded as naturally a
rather unfavorable soil that was not very heavily
fertilized, but received a shallow cultivation with a
harrow tooth cultivator every day (except Sundays and
on four days when the surface was so wet from rain
that it would puddle) after the plants were set until
the crop was in market condition.
The time of planting for fall and winter cabbage and
the general cultural methods most likely to give good
results in any particular location are the same for both
seasons, the time of maturity being determined more
by the varietal character of the seed than by method
of culture. The cultural practice usually followed by
neighboring and equally successful growers is often
radically different! One planter may always, on some
fixed day in May or June, sow seed in flats and as soon
as the seedlings are well started pick them out into
other flats, and then again into a plant-bed and wait for
a favorable day, if necessary until August, before putting
them in the field. An equally successful neighboring
grower may wait until as late as the last of June and
sow thinly in well-prepared seed-beds and transplant
from them to the field, while still another may wait
for favorable weather even until the last of July and
then plant seed in place as is the usual practice of some
most successful growers. In New England, growers
often drill the seed in place, and when the plants are
well established chop out the superfluous ones.
708. An outdoor method of storing cabbage.
The weight or quantity of seed used for a given
area varies greatly, as the size of the individual seeds
vary, not only with different varieties but with different
lots of the same sort. Some growers expect to get
plants enough for an acre from less than an ounce,
while others require two to five tunes as much, and
those who sow in place often will use four to eight
ounces to the acre. Superlative crops have been
known to be grown by radically different methods, and
very often successful growers have some peculiarity of
practice which they deem essential to the best results,
but which a neighboring and equally successful
grower regards as a foolish waste of labor; but, how-
ever the practice of successful growers may differ, there
are some points in which they all agree. Among these
are, the use of the best obtainable seed of some par-
ticular variety which they have found by experience,
or which they believe is best adapted to their condi-
tions and is uniform in time of maturity, so that all
the heads are in prime condition and may be gathered
at the same time, which is an important factor in
determining cost of production, while uniformity in
shape, form and color are equally important in
determining salability. The quality of the seed used,
while not the only factor, is generally the most impor-
tant one in determining the uniformity of product
of any particular culture. Unchecked and constantly
accelerated rate of growth are most important factors
in securing the best possible development of any par-
ticular culture. Every check, whether it come from
overcrowding of the seedlings, careless transplanting,
or the caking and want of friability in the surface soil,
tends to divert the energy of the plant from the
unnatural and excessive leaf-formation upon which
CABBAGE
its value as a cultivated vegetable depends to the
more natural but less useful formation of blossoms
and seed. Just how on any particular farm the
most favorable conditions can be secured cannot be
told in general cultural directions, but must be de-
cided by the grower from his knowledge of the
character and wants of the plant, the condition of the
soil, and last, but by no means least, his facilities for
controlling the conditions upon which the growth of
the crop depends.
Harvesting.
This is the simplest and easiest part of cabbage-
growing. With an easily acquired dexterity, each head
in five or six rows can be cut, trimmed and tossed into
a central windrow by a single well-directed stroke of a
well-sharpened spade or heavy hoe. Occasionally, be-
cause of some unnatural growth of the plant, or want
of attention, a head will need retrimming, but by the
exercise of a little care, practically all of them can be
kept in marketable shape. From the windrows, the
heads are gathered and loaded loose into cars, delivered
to factories or placed in storage. Yields secured vary
greatly, being influenced by the sort, the quality of
the seed, the character of the soil, loss from insects and
disease; they generally range from five to twenty tons
to the acre. The crop is usually readily salable in the
fall, delivered at factory or on board cars at prices
ranging from $4, or even less, to $10 to $20 a ton.
Marketing.
Cabbage greens. — In
some sections, notably
southern Mississippi and
Louisiana, considerable
acreage is grown and
marketed as cabbage
greens. The seed is sown
in place or the plants are
set quite close in the row,
and as soon as they have
commenced active
growth and long before they have formed a distinct
head, they are cut and marketed much in the same
manner as spinach or kale, but this method of culture
and use is very limited.
Early cabbage is generally considered marketable as
soon as the leaves have closed into a head, even if this
is still so soft and loose that it would be quite unmar-
ketable later in the season. If cabbages are cut when
soft and immature, they soon wilt and lose all crisp-
ness and palatability; to avoid this, the earlier ship-
ments are made in small open crates containing less
than a score of heads, or sometimes in larger closed
ones carrying ice, and often in refrigerator cars. Later
in the season, as the heads become larger and harder,
they are shipped in slat crates about 12 by 18 by
38 inches, or in ventilated burlap-covered barrels
holding about two and three-fourths bushels.
Fall and winter cabbages are usually sold by the ton,
of much more closely trimmed heads than are con-
sidered marketable earlier in the season, and are com-
monly shipped in open and well-ventilated cars without
special container or packing, except as may be neces-
sary to protect from hard freezing. Many acres are
grown on contracts with shippers, packers of sauer-
kraut, and the like, who contract for the delivery direct
from the field to factory or on board cars, of the usable
product of a certain acreage at an agreed price per ton.
While this is sometimes a very satisfactory arrange-
ment, many careless and incompetent growers are
induced to contract, and their neglected crops become
infected with disease and insects which spread to the
fields of even the most careful growers, and the crop
in the. vicinity of such factories and shipping-points
soon becomes unprofitable.
CABBAGE
CABBAGE
607
Storing.
Formerly the most common practice was to let the
plants stand until danger of hard freezing, then pulling,
allowing the roots to retain what earth they would,
but breaking off some of the most spreading leaves and
crowding the plants together (with heads all up or all
709. Cabbage in winter storage in cabbage-house.
down and at a uniform height), with earth packed
between them, in long shallow trenches that were
gradually covered with sufficient coarse straw or litter
to protect from severe freezing. A variation of this
method is to pull, leaving what roots and earth adheres,
and set as closely and level as possible in a shallow
cellar not over 3 feet deep, which after filling is covered
with a roof of boards, tarred paper and litter sufficient
to keep out rain and frost, and high enough in the cen-
ter to allow of handling the cabbage. It is essential to
success with either trench or cellar that they be located
where there is the least possible danger from standing
water, rats and other vermin, and as well protected as
possible from severe winds and cold. Advantages of
this method are that heads quite too soft to be salable
become hard and firm, and that cabbages so stored
retain to a remarkable degree their crispness and
flavor, and are thought by some to be even better
than when fresh from the field; but when taken from
the trench or cellar, they soon lose their crispness
and will not stand shipment so well as heads which
were trimmed before storing. A very common method
is to cut and partially trim the heads and place in
piles 4 to 6 feet high and broad, and of convenient
length, built over a board-covered trench which is
ventilated by open ends and tiles up through the cab-
bage, the piles being gradually covered and the open-
ings closed so as to prevent hard freezing (Fig. 708).
In certain sections a large proportion of the cabbages
grown for late winter and early spring market are
trimmed and stored in bins or on shelves in frostproof
storehouses (Fig. 709).
Diseases.
Clubroot (Plasmodiophora brassicx). — A soil parasite affecting
cabbage and other cruciferous plants. It thrives best in acid soils
and in some cases can be checked by a liberal use of lime, but its
presence in any field in destructive abundance is seldom suspected
until too late to save the crop. Planting cabbage or other crucif-
erous crops on such a field should not be repeated for several
years, during which it should have continued dressings of lime and
ashes. Care should be taken to secure uncontaminated soil for
seed-beds, and to destroy all affected plants before cattle have
access to them, as the disease may be carried by such refuse in the
manure from cattle who have eaten it.
Wilt or Yellows, Black-rot, Stem-rot, Fusarium, Phoma. — Infec-
tious diseases which sometimes become so abundant in certain
sections as to prevent the profitable culture of cabbage. They are
all distributed by means of contaminated seed, by manure from
cattle fed on diseased refuse, by soil carried on tools from affected
fields; distribution in this way should be carefully avoided. All
diseased plants should be destroyed by fire as soon as noticed. The
soil used in the seed-beds should be sterilized by live steam or
soaked in a weak solution of formaldehyde (one part to 260 of water).
The seed should be soaked fifteen minutes in the weak solution of
formaldehyde, then rinsed in clear water and immediately planted.
Animal pests.
Flea beetles. — The securing of vigorous plants is sometimes pre-
vented by the attacks of innumerable flea beetles, Phyllotreta, vit-
tata. This may be prevented by surrounding the beds with frames
made of 10- to 12-inch boards connected across the top with 2-inch
strips and then covered with 20- to 40-thread to the inch cheese-
cloth. This should be put on as soon as the seed is planted and
be removed, in order to harden the plants, four to six days before
they go to the field.
Cut-worms. — These are best guarded against by keeping the
field perfectly clear of all vegetation for six to ten days before
setting, then mix four quarts of bran meal or flour, one cup of molas-
ses or sugar, and two tablespoonfuls of pans green, with water
enough to make about the consistency of milk, and sprinkle on
twenty to fifty times its bulk of fresh-cut grass and scatter over
the field the night before setting the plants.
Cabbage worm. — Keep careful watch of the plants and if the
green worms appear in abundance and seem to reach full size,
sprinkle or spray the plants with kerosene and whale-oil soap emul-
sion, or paris green and water in the proportion of four gallons of
emulsion and one pound of paris green to fifty gallons of water.
After the heads are two-thirds grown, powdered hellebore, one ounce
to two gallons of water, should be substituted for the poisonous
paris green mixture.
Root-knot (Nematodes). — Although seldom very destructive
north of Philadelphia, this is often the unsuspected cause of failure
in the South, particularly of fall crops in light lands. The only
practical remedy is the avoidance of affected fields or sterilizing
the soil by freezing or live steam.
Seed-breeding and -growing. Figs. 710, 711.
It is only through careful study of the practical value
and correlation of varietal differences, the exercise of
great care in selection and growing of the plants, and
in the saving of the seed, that this or any vegetable can
be improved or even its present good qualities main-
tained. Under favorable conditions the plant is capable
of producing abundant seed, a single plant having been
known to yield thirty-five ounces, enough to plant
25 to 40 acres, but such yields are very exceptional,
and one-half to four ounces a plant is much more
common. Although botanically the plant is self-fertile,
when isolated it seldom yields much and often
no viable seed. It transmits very persistently through
many generations any distinct variation, but often
without expression, although such hitherto unexpressed
variations are apt to appear in the seed of self-fertilized
plants, so that such seed is frequently less uniform than
that from a field of plants of the same ancestry. At
least one of our popular varieties is made up of the
descendents of a single isolated plant, but it is a curious
fact that in the second and subsequent generations 90
per cent of the plants, although quite uniform, were
very different in character from that of the selected
individual from which they were descended. The
originator of one of our best varieties maintains that it
is essential to the production of the best seed of that
sort that seed-plants of very different types should be
set together, and by crossing they will produce seed
giving plants of the desired type. In spite of these
facts, it is thought that the practice which will give the
best results with t ...
other plants is \Aj/ /vi , \\/ /
equally desir-
able for the cab-
bage, and that
first a distinct
and well-defined
conception of
the varietal form
desired must be
formed and the
stock started
from the plant
or plants whose
seed most uni-
formly devel-
oped into plants 710. Wild cabbage plant in seed. Chalk
of the desired cliffs of England.
608
CABBAGE
character, rather than from those in which it was
exceptionally well developed. Often even professional
seed-growers have but a very vague and constantly
changing conception of what a given variety should be.
The greatest profit is not from the field that pro-
duces even a good many of the most perfect speci-
mens, but from that in which the largest proportion of
the plants are most uniformly of the desired character.
In order to produce seed which will give such results,
one must first form a very clear conception of just
what one wants in plant and head, and learn the rela-
tion between easily noted but economically unimpor-
tant qualities, and others not so easily seen but more
important in determining value. Having selected a
number of ideal plants, one should grow these either
singly, or in groups of three or four that are nearest
alike. Save and number the seed of each plant sepa-
rately and plant a small sample of each number, care-
fully noting the numbers in which the product was
most uniformly of the desired character. From the
reserved seed
of the num-
bers which
most uni-
formly devel-
oped the de-
sired form,
one can start
a stock for
field plant-
ing. It is not
safe, how-
ever, to rest
there; one
must start a
new selection
of the desired
character so
as to contin-
ually renew
one's stock.
In raising
seed, plant-
ings should be made a little later than one would for fall
market cabbage. As the plants develop, each lot should
be repeatedly looked over and not only those which show
no disposition to form a head, or one in which the
inclosing leaves do not pass over the center, but also
those which show any departure (even if it be of itself
a desirable one) from the desired form, should be
removed. The plants should be left in place until there
is danger of the ground being closed by frost and should
then be pulled, a few of the larger leaves removed and
then packed into narrow trenches in sheltered and well-
drained localities, taking pains to pack the earth closely
about the roots and stems. Gradually, as necessary
to prevent hard freezing, they should be covered with
earth and with coarse litter, the aim being to keep
them as cold as possible without actually freezing,
and to prevent them starting into growth. As early
in the spring as possible, they should be set for seed-
ing, giving each plant about twice the space needed
for market cabbage. In setting, the plants, should
be more or less inclined, so that while the top of the
head is but little above the surface, the roots are not
buried in hard and cold subsoil. As they are set, the
heads should be scarred across the top, not deep enough
to injure the sprouting center, but so as to facilitate
its pushing its way through the head. The seedstalks
should not be cut until they begin to shed the seed,
which turns black and seems ripe before it is fully mature.
The entire plant should be cut and stored until quite
dry, when the seed can be easily threshed, cleaned and
spread not over ^ inch deep in full sunlight for a few
days and then stored.
Commercial seed-growing.— Although one occasion-
711. Cultivated cabbage in seed.
CACALIOPSIS
ally sees heavily seeded plants in all parts of the United
States, cabbage seed rarely proves a profitable crop,
except in very limited areas along Long Island Sound,
the eastern shores of New Jersey, Maryland and Vir-
ginia, and in the Puget Sound region, where the yield
commonly secured varies from 300 to 700 pounds to the
acre, although exceptional crops sometimes reach 1,500
to 2,000 pounds. The common method of growing does
not vary materially from that described, except that
very often too little care is exercised in securing stock
seed, and it is sowed or the plants set so late that they
fail to develop sufficiently to enable one to do very
effective rogueing out of inferior stock. In Holland,
seed is often raised from much better matured heads
than are commonly used in America and which are cut
from the root, but leaving more stem than for market
use, and planted so that the top is level with or slightly
below the surface. Treated in this way, they root like
a great cutting and form loose, well-branched plants
which are not so liable to injury from wind, and are
said to yield more seed than would be produced if the
entire plant was used. It is possible that this method
might give good results in the Puget Sound region, but
it would not in the East. w. W. TRACY.
C ABO MB A (aboriginal name). Nymphasaceae. FAN-
WORT. Submersed aquatics of the western hemisphere,
used in ponds and aquaria.
Flowers small; sepals and petals 3, persistent; sta-
mens 3-6; carpels 3-18, separate: submerged Ivs. finely
dissected, mostly opposite. — Six species.
carpliniana, Gray (C. aqudtica, DC., not Aubl.
C.viridifdlia,Hort.). WASHINGTON PLANT. FISH-GRASS.
Floating Ivs. green, oblong-linear: fls. axillary, J^in.
broad, white, with 2 yellow spots at base of each petal;
stamens 6. Ponds and slow streams, S. 111. to N. C., Fla.
and Texas. A.G. 15: 157. — Hardy as far north as Phila.
if not frozen. The commonest plant for fish-globes and
aquaria; roots easily in earth, grows well, is dense and
bushy, and a good oxygenator; prefers water free from
lime. Prop, by cuttings set in earth in 1-2 ft. of water
at 55-70° F. Commonly sold for aquaria in bunches of
6^12 shoots 8 in. long, wrapped with lead at base;
without earth the bunch lasts 4-8 weeks, when it drops
most of its Ivs. and must be replaced. Var. rossefdlia,
Hort., is a form with reddish Ivs., less durable, and more
difficult to prop. A. G. 15:157. Var. pulcherrima,
Harper, has sts. reddish purple, Ivs. darker with nar-
rower segms. and petals bright purple. Ga. The true
C. aqudtica, Aubl., of Trop. Amer., with yellow fls.
and nearly orbicular floating Ivs., is shown in B.M. 7090.
H. S. CONARD.
CACALIA (ancient Greek name). Compdsitae. Peren-
nial herbs of wide distribution, some of which are
planted in the open for ornament.
Flowers paniculate or corymbose, the florets all
hermaphrodite, with white, flesh-colored, or orange,
exclusively tubular corollas, each of the 5 lobes with a
midnerve: achenes glabrous: Ivs. petioled, alternate.
The genus is by some considered as a section of Senecio,
differing in never having ray-fls. — Species about 40,
about one-fourth Asian and the remainder mostly
American. They need protection in the North.
l&tea, Mill. A slender rather attractive perennial,
with alternate,, widely separated Ivs. half clasping the
St.: fls. orange-yellow, in heads about J^in. diam.,
corymbose. St. Helena; perhaps hot a true cacalia.
C. aiirea and C. liitea of .gardens may be Emilia. — C. cocctnea,
N. TAYLOR.f
CACALIOPSIS (CacaUa-like). Composite. Peren-
nial, for garden planting.
Heads discoid, very many-fld. of perfect yellow
florets; corolla rather deeply 5-cleft, the lobes lanceo-
late: Ivs. palmate. — One species, little known in cult.
CACALIOPSIS
CACTUS
609
Nardosmia, Gray. Stout, 1-2 ft. high, loose, woolly,
but becoming nearly glabrous: Ivs. nearly all radical,
not unlike those of Petasites palmata, long-stalked,
5-9-cleft or very rarely parted, the lobes dentate or
cut: heads an inch high, in a loose cluster at the summit
of the nearly naked st., fragrant. Pine woods, Calif,
to Wash. — Intro, by Gillett in 1881 as a border plant.
CACAO, COCOA: Theobroma.
CACTUS, CACTI. The plants correctly designated
by this name constitute the family Cactacese. Scarcely
any group in the whole vegetable kingdom is more
remarkable for its strange and varied forms, the beauty
of its flowers, and wonderful adaptation to desert life.
It is not, however, confined to desert regions; for in the
moist forests of the tropics of the New World it is
represented by a number of interesting forms often
epiphytal or scrambling in their
habit of growth, with beautiful
flowers and sometimes with
delicious edible fruit.
"Botanical Features of North American Deserts,"
publication No. 99 of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington, 1908.
To the southward, the family extends to Chile and
Argentina. Giant torch thistles and echinocacti are
scattered over the pampas of Uruguay, and melon-
shaped echinopses amid the snows of the lofty plateau
of Bolivia.
The genus Mamillaria, so well represented in the
southwestern United States and Mexico, is almost
absent from Central America, the representative genera
of that region as well as of the warm Huasteca region
of eastern Mexico being Cereus, Pereskia, Pereskiopsis,
Nopalea, and Opuntia; while the "turk's-head" or
"melon cacti" are chiefly West Indian.
The peculiar structure of columnar, opuntioid, and
melon-shaped cacti is undoubtedly the result of exces-
sive dryness of the climates in which they occur, to
protect themselves from which they have been obliged
to store up water and to
reduce their transpira-
712. Tips of Rhipsalis
cassytha.
713. Skeleton of
Opuntia stem.
714. Pereskia aculeata.
715. Opuntia joint with leaves.
The Cactacese are confined to America, the only
apparent exception being the genus Rhipsalis, com-
posed of plants with the habits of the mistletoe, grow-
ing on the trunks and branches of trees, and bearing
small pellucid glutinous berries (Fig. 712). This genus,
endemic in tropical America, has found its way to
Africa, the island of Mauritius and even to Ceylon;
and several opuntias, or prickly pears, occur on the
shores of the Mediterranean, in South Africa, and Aus-
tralia, where they have made themselves so thoroughly
at home as to be regarded by many writers as
indigenous. The Cactaceae are not confined to trop-
ical or even semi-tropical regions. At
least two species of Opuntia extend
northward into British Columbia, and
species of Echinocereus, Echinocactus,
and Mamillaria are found in the state
of Colorado. The xerophytic forms
flourish especially in the southwestern
United States, the Mexican plateau,
the peninsula of Lower California, where
there are great cactus forests, and the
vicinity of Tehuacan, in the southern
part of the Mexican state of Puebla, a
region celebrated for its remarkable and
gigantic tree-like forms related to the
genus Cereus. For an account of the
vegetation of 'the deserts of the south-
western states and of Mexico, the reader
is referred to Frederick V. Coville's
"Botany of the Death Valley Expedi-
tion," published as Vol. IV of the
"Contributions from the United States
National Herbarium, 1893;" Coville
and MacDougal's "Desert Botanical
Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution
— 1903"; and to D. T. MacDougal's 716. Cactus spines.
tion as low as possible. They have a more or less pro-
nounced woody axis surrounded by pulpy cellular tissue
(parenchyma) in which the water-supply is stored. The
stomata are usually situated in depressions or grooves
in the leathery cuticle; and as an additional means for
checking transpiration, the cell-sap is nearly always
mucilaginous, while in some forms latex cells are present,
filled with milky or gummy fluid which hardens on
exposure to the air and effectively heals wounds in the
soft fleshy plant. Certain species of Echinocactus (viz-
nagas) are like great barrels studded with spines and
filled with pulp of the consistency of watermelon rind,
which is sometimes made into con-
serves like citron (dulces de viznaga).
Other forms, like species of Pereskia,
Pereskiopsis, and arboreous opuntias
have hard, woody stems and branches.
The reticulated skeletons of certain
species of opuntia (Fig. 713) are manu-
factured into walking-sticks, legs of
furniture, napkin rings, and even into
veneering for woodwork. In Lower
California and some parts of South
America, where other vegetation is
lacking, the stems of columnar cerei,
or "cardones," are used for construct-
ing habitations, inclosures, and for
timbering mines. Columnar cacti are
also planted for living fences, or hedges,
especially the "organ cactus" (Myrtil-
locactus geometrizans) of tropical Mex-
ico. Leaves are present in nearly all
cacti, but in some species they are
mere vestiges and can scarcely be seen
with the naked eye. In other species
they are large and perfectly developed,
either with distinct petiole and feather
610
CACTUS
CACTUS
717. Opuntia leptocaulis, showing
sheathed spines.
veins, as in Pereskia acu-
leata (Fig. 714), or sessile
and fleshy with only the
midrib and several paral-
lel nerves apparent as in
the genus Pereskiopsis.
They are sometimes
caducous, fleshy, cylindri-
cal or awl-shaped, as in
the genus Opuntia (Fig.
715). In the axils of the
leaves are peculiar cush-
ion-like areoles (corres-
ponding in all probability
to aborted branches)
clothed with down or felt-
like wool, from which
spines, and, in some gen-
era, also flowers, issue. In
the genera Opuntia and Pereskiopsis, the areoles also
bear minute short barbed bristles called glochidia,
which will penetrate the
skin and become detached
at the slightest contact and
are the source of annoying
irritation which often per-
sists for many hours!
The spines (Fig. 716)
are not connected with
the axis of the stem or
branches, but emerge from
the areoles. In some
forms they are simple and
straight, bristle-like, awl-
shaped, or short and coni-
cal. In others they are
bent like fishhooks or are
curved and horn-like, with
transverse ribs. Some-
times they are minutely
downy or hairy and some-
times even plumose or
feathery. They may be
either naked or enveloped
in a membranous barbed
sheath (Fig. 717). They
may be grouped in star-
like clusters, with straight
or curved rays spreading
from a common center, or
in comb-like fascicles, with
the radial spines arranged
in two rows on each side
of a longitudinal axis (pec-
tinate) . In addition to the
720. Leuchtenbergia principis, showing
transformation from scales to petals.
radial spines, there are
usually erect central spines
either straight and rigid,
or more or less curved. One of the most striking forms
is that of the organ cactus, Myrtillocactus geometrizans,
in which the stout erect
central spine resembles
the blade of a dagger
and the radials a guard
for the hilt. In contrast
with this may be men-
tioned the spines of
Pelecyphora aselliformis,
which resemble minia-
ture sow-bugs, or aselli
(Fig. 718).
The flowers in most
cases issue from the
upper portion of the
areoles, but in certain
mamillarias and allied
718. Extreme condensation of the plant body. —
Pelecyphora aselliformis. (Nat. Size.)
forms they come
forth from between
the tubercles or
from their base at
the end of a dorsal
groove. Usually the
flowers are solitary
and sessile, but in
the genus Pereskia
(Fig. 714) they are
ped uncled and often
clustered. They
may be tinted with
rose-color, crimson,
purple, yellow or
orange, or rarely
with copper-color or
scarlet, but they are
never blue. Often
they are pure white
at first, gradually becoming suffused with rose-color
in age. In a few species
they are inconspicuous, as
in the epiphytal Rhipsalis
(Fig. 712). Some are diur-
nal, others nocturnal; some
open at sunrise and close
at night or when the sky
becomes clouded; others
open at a certain hour and
close at another fixed hour
of the day or night; some
last for only a few hours,
others for a day, and
some persist for several
days. Some, like the
"night - blooming cereus"
are delightfully fragrant,
while others are ill-smell-
ing or have no perceptible
odor.
The perianth is not
divided sharply into calyx
and corolla, although the
outer floral leaves are usu-
ally sepal-like and the
inner ones are true petals.
In one great division of
the family including Opun-
tia, which has been named
Rotatiflorse, the perianth
is more or less wheel-
shaped or widely spread-
ing (Fig. 719) ; in the other
division, Tubuliflorse, to
which Cereus belongs, the
floral leaves form a
tube, often
remarkably long and slender, and crowned
with a spreading limb. The floral leaves
are not arranged in definite series but
somewhat like those of a water-lily, the
scale-like lower or outer leaves gradually
becoming broad and petaloid as they
approach the center (Fig 720). In all
cases the perianth crowns the ovary,
and sometimes persists after withering
on the apex of the fruit (Fig. 721). The
stamens are very numerous and are
inserted on the petals or perianth-tube
(Fig. 722). The single style is longer
and stouter than the slender filaments,
and usually terminates into a radially
divided stigma (Fig, 723). Sometimes 721
the stigma is conspicuously colored and Cephalocereus
issues star-like from the center of the fruit.
CACTUS
CACTUS
611
722. Echinocactus flower, show-
ing insertion of stamens.
723. Opuntia flower,
showing styles and
ovary.
mass of stamens, as in the genus Echinocereus, in
which the emerald-green star contrasts prettily with
the golden-yellow or orange-colored stamens, rising
from a rosette of rose-purple petals (Fig. 724). The
ovary (Fig. 723), although formed of several carpels,
is 1-celled. The placenta? are parietal, bearing an in-
definite number of ovules, the stalks of which (funiculi)
become fleshy as the seeds develop and form a sugary
pulp around the seeds.
The fruits of the Cactacese are variable in form. That
of the leafy Pereskia is apple-shaped and bears a num-
ber of leaf-like bracts on the skin (Fig. 725), on which
account the fruit of P. aculeata is
called blad-appel, or leaf-apple, in
the Dutch colonies, while in the
British West Indies it is known as
Barbados gooseberry and is made into
tarts and sauces like real goose-
berries. In some of the pereskiopses,
the fruit is elongated and shaped like
a prickly pear, with watery rind and
seeds covered with cottony hairs. In
Opuntia and Nopalea the fruit is
commonly called prickly pear, or
tuna (by the ancient Aztecs, nochtli) .
These fruits bear small fleshy leaves
at first, like the flattened pads of the
plants, and when the leaves fall off
the areoles persist armed with the
irritating sharp-barbed glochidia de-
scribed above (Figs. 717 and 726). Many species allied
to the genus Cereus bear edible fruits, usually called pita-
hayas. Those of the tall columnar cardones (Lemaireo-
cereus) are covered with easily detachable tufts of wool
and spines but never bear glochidia. Those of Cephalo-
cereus (Fig. 721) are spineless. The triangular climbing
forms which are often trained over garden walls in
tropical countries, sometimes bear enormous juicy
fruits of fine flavor (Fig. 727). Those of Echinocactus
(Fig. 728) are more or less scaly. The fruits of certain
species of Echinocereus, called alicoches by the Mexi-
cans, are known to Americans as strawberry cacti, on
account of the fine flavor of their juicy pulp. Those of
Echinocactus longihamatus are known in northern
Mexican markets as limas de viznaga, or cactus limes,
on account of their acid
taste; and the small
smooth crimson fruits of
many mamillarias are
called chilitos, on account
of their resemblance to
small chili peppers. Very
much like them are the
fruits of melon cacti (Fig.
729) which issue from the
dense crown of bristles like
scarlet radishes or fire-
crackers tipped with a fuse.
The seeds of the Cacta-
725. Pereskia fruit. cese vary considerably in
724. Echinocereus flower, showing
radiate stigma.
726. Opuntia fruit.
the different groups, and are
sometimes useful in making
generic determinations. Thus the woolly seeds of
Pereskiopsis are sharply distinct from the black glossy
seeds of the genus Pereskia, with which the first-named
genus was at one time confused. In Opuntia and Nopa-
lea they are flat, hard and bony, somewhat ear-shaped
in the flat-jointed opuntias (Figs. 730, 733,) and usually
discoid and marginless in cylindrical opuntias (Figs. 730,
735) . In Cereus they are glossy black, with the testa
either quite smooth or minutely pitted (Figs. 730, 732);
in Echinocereus they are covered with minute tubercles
or granules (Figs. 730, 734). In Echinocactus, which is
not a very homogeneous group, the
seeds are pitted in some species and
tuberculate in others In one section
of Mamillaria (Eumamillaria) they
are glossy and marked with sunken
rounded pits (Figs. 730, 731), while in
another section, which should prob-
ably be made a distinct genus (Cory-
phantha) they are frequently smooth.
In the closely allied Ariocarpus they
are relatively large and tuberculate.
In the genus Pelecyphora, they are
sometimes kidney-shaped, as in P.
aselliformis, and sometimes of a pecu-
liar boat-like form with a very large
umbilicus, as in P. pectinata. In the
epiphytal Rhipsalis cassytha they are
kidney-shaped and finely granular.
The seeds of many of the species of Pachycereus ("car-
dones") are used by the Indians of Lower California and
Mexico for food. In south-
ern Puebla the fruit of
Pachycereus columna-
trajani, called tetezo figs
(higos de tetetzo) are a reg-
ular food staple, offered for
sale in the markets of
Tehuacan d u r i n-g the
month of May.
Other cactus fruits of
great economic importance
are those of the giant
Cereus of our arid south-
western region, Carnegiea
gigantea, locally known as
pitahayas de sahuara, first
brought to notice in the
year 1540 by the members
of Coronado's expedition.
They are not spiny like
the fruits of Pachycereus
and they burst open when
quite ripe. The fruit of
Lemaireocereus Thurberi,
known as pitahaya dulce,
although much sweeter,
bears clusters of stout
spines issuing from tufts 727. Fruit of Hylocereus.
612
CACTUS
CvESALPINIA
of wool. Closely allied to it is Lemaireocereus griseus of
central and southern Mexico, which yields much nutri-
tious fruit. The fruit of the organ cactus, Myrtillocactus
geometrizans, sold in the markets as
garambullas, either' fresh or dried,
must also be mentioned as of economic
importance.
Of medicinal importance is the
narcotic peyote or "mezcal button"
729. Melon cactus bearing fruits.
(Lophophora Williamsii}, used as an intoxicant and
febrifuge by certain tribes of Indians, and regarded by
some of them with superstitious reverence. This little
plant was regarded by some of the early Spanish writers
as a fungus and was used by the Mexican Indians to
produce marvelous visions.
For an account of the methods of propagation and
culture of cacti and their application to ornamental
Sudening the reader is referred to a paper by Charles
enry Thompson, on "Ornamental Cacti: Their Cul-
ture and Decorative Value," issued by the United
States Department of Agriculture as Bulletin No. 262
of the Bureau of Plant Industry, December 17, 1912.
See also Succulents, vol. VI. W. E. SAFFORD.
CACTUS (shortened from.Melocactus by Linnaeus).
Cactdcese. A single small species, sometimes grown in
under-glass collections and in open succulent gardens
South.
Stems globose or ovoid, with vertical ribs, crowned
at maturity with a "cephalium" — a prolongation of the
axis densely covered with small
tubercles imbedded in wool and
bearing in their axils small fls. and
berries. The plant has the appear-
ance of an Echinocactus, but the
fls. and berries resemble those of
Mamillaria.
Melocdctus, Linn. (Melocdctus
communis, Link & Otto). Fig. 731.
Ribs 10-20, acute; areoles nearly 1
in. apart; radial spines 8-11, straight
or curved, subulate; centrals 1-4;
cephalium at first low, hemispheri-
cal, becoming cylindrical in time,
reaching a height of 8 in.; the dense
wool of the cephalium is pierced by
many red or brown bristles: fls. red,
slender: fr. %in. long, crowned by
the persistent remains of the fl., red.
W. Indies; called there "Turk's
head." B.M.3090. j. N. RosE.
CADALVENA: Kaempferia.
CADIA (Arabic name, Kadi}. Legumindsse, tribe
bophorese Small evergeen shrubs of Arabia and Africa,
remarkable for their regular mallow-like flowers.
^ Leaves pinnate: fls. axillary, mostly solitary, droop-
ing; stamens 10, free, shorter than the petals: pod
linear, acuminate, flattened, leathery.— Four species
730. Seeds of Cacti.
1. Mamillaria; 2.
Cereus; 3. Flat-
jointed opuntias;
4. Echinocereus; 5.
Cylindrical opun-
tias.
Can be grown outdoors in Calif, or S. Fla.; in the N.
in the temperate house. Prop, by seeds and cuttings.
purpftrea, Forsk. (C. varia, L'Her.). A small shrub,
the branches woody: Ifts. 20-40 pairs, very narrow,
almost sessile: fls. bell-shaped, pedunculate, rose-red,
the corolla about 1-1% in. long and very veiny, not
spiny. Arabia.
C. Ellisiana, Baker, has few large Ifts. and rose-colored fls.
Madagascar. B.M. 6685. — C. pubescens, Bojer. Lfts. 8-10 pairs,
broad-oblong. Madagascar. ^r rp YLOR t
C^SALPtNIA (Andreas Cgesalpinus, 1519-1603,
Italian botanist). Leguminosse. BRASILETTO. Includ-
ing Guilandina, and Poinciana in part. Ornamental
tropical or subtropical trees or shrubs chiefly grown for
their showy flowers and also for their attractive finely
divided foliage; some species yield tanning materials
and dye-stuff.
Calyx with short tube and 5 imbricated lobes, the
lowest concave and larger; petals 5, clawed, usually
orbicular or obovate and nearly equal; stamens 10,
curved; ovary sessile with few ovules and a slender
elongated style: pod ovate to lanceolate, usually com-
pressed, often indehiscent. — About 30 species in tropi-
cal and semi-tropical regions. The genus belongs to
the subfamily Caesalpinioidese, in which the fls. are not
papilionaceous, and is allied to Gleditsia.
Caesalpinias are armed or unarmed trees or shrubs,
rarely climbers, with finely divided bipinnate leaves
and conspicuous yellow or sometimes partly red flowers
in racemes, often forming terminal panicles. Many
species are very showy in flower and are favorities in
tropical and subtropical countries; in this country they
can be grown only in Florida and southern California
except C. japonica, which is the hardiest species and
will probably stand the winter in sheltered locations as
far north as Washington, D. C. They are also grown
sometimes in warm glasshouses.
Propagation is readily effected by seeds, which should
be well soaked in warm water for some hours before
sowing. A sandy soil should be chosen for the seed-
bed, and lightly shaded. After the plants show the
first true leaf, they should be potted off into small pots
of ordinary garden soil, not too rich, made light by the
addition of sand, if of a clayey nature. The plants
grow very rapidly, and must be shifted into larger pots
as their size requires for greenhouse culture, but in tropi-
cal climates may be transplanted into permanent posi-
tions outdoors after they reach a fair size in pots. The
dwarf species are elegant subjects for subtropical
gardening during the summer months in temperate
climates, provided a sunny location is given them, as
they revel in rather dry very warm soil, and do not
require artificial watering after being established. A
rocky, sunny situation may be given C. pulcherrima
and its variety flava, where they will bloom during
many weeks of summer, until frost checks them, if
strong plants about a foot high are selected in early
summer. Care should be taken to harden off plants
gradually in the house, so that they may not be chilled
when transplanted outdoors. While they will do well
in a poor soil, an application of manure or chemical
fertilizer may be given them to advantage, causing
them to make a more vigorous growth and give better
and larger heads of flowers. In the tropics, and also in
subtropical climates, these shrubs and trees are always
admired and are commonly planted for ornament.
The royal poinciana (C. regia, but properly Poinciana
regia, which see), and also the dwarf poinciana, or
flower-fence (C. pulcherrima}, will thrive in close
proximity to the sea, and are valuable for planting in
exposed coast situations. (E. N. Reasoner.)
A. Stamens long-exserted: fls. very showy: trees, unarmed
or nearly so.
Gilliesii, Wall. Shrub or small tree, with very many
small Ifts., scarcely J^in. long, oblong, obtuse, glabrous:
C^SALPINIA
CALADIUM
613
fls. light yellow, with brilliant red stamens protruding
3-5 in., in terminal racemes; sepals hairy-fringed. S.
Amer. B. M. 4006 (as Poinciana Gilliesii, Hook.). F.S.
1:61. R.H. 1893:400. G.C. III. 15:73. Gn. 76, p. 4.—
A very showy and worthy plant which bears in Calif,
the popular name of "Bird of Paradise" like Strelitzia
Reginse. It will stand a temperature as low as 20° F.
pulcherrima, Swartz. BARBADOS PRIDE. BARBADOS
FLOWER-FENCE. DWARF POINCIANA. Shrub, with few
scattered prickles, delicate, evergeen, mimosa-like Ivs.
with 12-18 pinnae, each with 20-24 oblique-oblong
Ifts. less than 1 in. long, and very gaudy red-and-
yellow crisped fls. on the ends of the new growth: sta-
mens and style red, and long-exserted. Generally dis-
tributed in the tropics. B.M. 995. P.M. 3:3. Gn. 75,
p. 594. — One of the most popular shrubs in warm cli-
mates, as S. Fla. There is a var. flava, with yellow fls.
731. Cactus Melocactus. (XK)
A A. Stamens not much exceeding the petals, or
shorter.
B. Lfts. very obtuse.
c. Branches unarmed.
pannosa, Brandeg. Medium-sized tree with slen-
der branches spreading horizontally and clothed with
white, deciduous bark: Ivs. decompound; pinnae 2-4,
each with 4-6 oblong and retuse Ifts. : fls. yellow, showy:
pod glandular, 1-2-seeded. Lower Calif. — A rapid-
growing species which can be used for fences and is
therefore called "palo estaca" in Lower Calif.
cc. Branches prickly.
D. Pod smooth: shrubs.
sepiaria, Roxbg. Scrambling pubescent shrub: Ivs.
glaucous, slightly pubescent beneath; pinnae 12-20,
each with 16-24 oblong Ifts., rounded at both ends, %-
1 in. long: fls. yellow in simple stalked racemes. India.
— Furnishes dye-wood; also used as a hedge plant.
japonica, Sieb. & Zucc. Loose, spreading shrub,
armed with stout, recurved prickles: Ivs. with 6-16
pinnae, each with 10-20 Ifts., oblong, very obtuse: fls.
in large, panicle-like clusters, canary-yellow, the sta-
mens bright red. Japan. B.M. 8207. G.C. III. 42:43.
R.H. 1912:60. Gn. 40:588; 61, p. 81; 76, p. 411. J.H.
III. 34:531; 51:181. — Endures the winters in some
parts of England. The hardiest species of the genus,
probably hardy as far north as Washington, D. C.
Ntlga, Ait. Vigorous climber: branches flexuose with
copious hooked prickles: Ivs. glabrous; pinnae 4-6,
each with 4-6 ovate -obtuse Ifts. l%-2 in. long: fls.
bright yellow in large panicles; calyx glabrous: pods
ovoid-oblong, 2 in. long, indehiscent, 1-seeded. Him-
alayas and Philippine Isls. to N. Austral, and Poly-
nesia. Blanco, Fl. Filip. 150.
DD. Pod prickly: tree.
echinata, Lam. Tree, with prickly rusty pubescent
branches: Ivs. unarmed, glabrous; pinnae 5-9, each with
15-20 rhombic-oblong obtuse Ifts. ^-Min. long: fls.
yellow in axillary and terminal racemes; calyx pubes-
cent; stamens snorter than petals: pod oblong, 3 in.
long. Brazil. Fl. Brasil. 15, 2:22.— Yields dye-wood.
BB. Lfts. acute or mucronulate: pod prickly.
minax, Hance. Diffuse shrub, thorny: pinnae 10, with
12-20 ovate-lanceolate glabrous Ifts. 1-1 % in. long:
racemes panicled, many-fld., with very large bracts:
fls. white and purple: pods 7-seeded (seeds large and
black), prickly. China.
Bonduc, Rpxbg. Climbing shrub, with prickly,
pubescent bipinnate Ivs., oblong-ovate mucronate Ifts.
13^-3 in. long, yellow fls., and a few large yellow seeds
in a short, prickly pod. Tropics; S. Fla.
C. bijuga, Swartz (Acacia Bancroftiana, Bert.). Spiny shrub,
with ultimate Ifts. in 2 pairs: fls. paniculate. Jamaica. — C. kau-
aiensis, Mann=Mezoneuron kauaiense. — C. r&gia, Dietr.=Poin-
ciana regia. — C. vernalis, Champ. Tall climbing prickly shrub:
fls. in racemes. China. B.M. 8132.
L. H. B. and ALFRED REHDEB.
CAHOUN: Attalea Cohune.
CAILLIEA: Dichrostachys.
C A JANUS (aboriginal name). Leguminbsse. A
tropical shrub, grown for the nutritious peas. One
variable species, probably originally from Africa.
indicus, Spreng. (Cytisus Cajan, Linn.). GRANDTJL.
CONGO PEA. PIGEON PEA. DHAL. TOOR. URHUR.
Erect, 3-10 ft., villous or often tomentose: Ifts. elliptic-
oblong, exstipellate, resinous-punctate beneath: fls.
yellow and maroon, pea-like, continuing all through the
year, in axillary racemes: pod pea-like, hairy, con-
stricted between the many seeds. Much cult, in the
tropics for the seeds or pulse, being treated usually as
an annual. It varies greatly in stature and in charac-
ter of seeds: C. flavus, DC., has yellow fls. and 2-3-
seeded pods which are not spotted; C. bicolor, DC., a
smaller plant, has red-striped fls., and 4-5-seeded pods
which are spotted. See B.M. 6440 and R.H. 1874:190.
The pigeon pea is much grown in the W. Indies, some
varieties being preferred for human food and some for
live-stock; run wild. L. H. B.
CAJ6PHORA: Blumenbachia.
CALABASH: Crescentia.
CALABASH GOURD: Lagenaria.
CALADIUM (origin of name obscure). Aracex.
Warmhouse large-leaved plants, grown for the foliage;
also employed in summer bedding.
Herbaceous perennials, arising from large rhizomes
or tubers, acaulescent, with usually beautifully marked,
long-petioled Ivs.; the secondary nerves oblique to the
few spreading primary nerves: peduncles usually soli-
tary; spathe with the tube convolute, constricted at the
throat, the blade boat -shaped; spadix erect, a little
shorter than the spathe, the lower part naked, stipe-
like, the staminate part longer than the pistillate; fls.
unisexual: fr. a berry, white. — A dozen or less species
in Trop. S. Amer. Two of the species are immensely
variable, and many named horticultural varieties are
in the trade. Engler in DC. M^nog. Phan. 2 :452 (1879) ;
also F. S. 13.
614
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
As soon as Caladium plants begin to lose their
leaves in the fall, water should gradually be withheld
until the leaves are all gone. The pots should then be
removed to a position under a bench, and laid on their
sides, or taken from the soil and placed in sand. Dur-
ing the resting period they should not be subjected to a
lower temperature than 60° F., and kept neither too
wet nor too dry. About the beginning of March the
tubers should be started for the earliest batch to be
grown in pots. Arrange the tubers in their sizes, and
keep each size by itself. The largest-sized tubers will
start quickest, and it is desirable to begin with these
for pot-plants. Start them in chopped moss in boxes.
The tubers may be arranged rather close together in
the box, and merely covered over with the moss to the
depth of about an inch. The new roots are made from
the top part of the tuber, so it is important that this
part should be covered to encourage the roots. For
starting, a heat varying between 70° and 85° will
suffice. As soon as a healthy lot of roots makes its
appearance, the plants should be potted, using as small-
sized pots as possible. The soil for this potting should
be principally leaf-mold, with a little sand. In a short
kinds are not so well suited for outdoor work as those
having green predominating in the foliage, but some of
the kinds, such as Dr. Lindley and Rosini, do remark-
ably well. Frequent watering with manure-water is
absolutely necessary to the development of the foliage,
both outdoors and in. (G. W. Oliver.)
732. Caladium bicolor var. Chantinii. (No. 17).
time they will need another shift; the soil .should on
this occasion be a little stronger; give a position near the
glass, and shade from strong sunshine. — New forms are
raised from seed, this operation being an exceedingly
easy one with the caladium, as they cross-fertilize very
readily. The flowers, unlike those of the Anthurium,
are monoecious, the females ripening first. To pollinate
them, part of the spathe must be cut away. Seedlings
at first have the foliage green, and it is not until the
fifth or sixth leaf has been developed that they show
their gaudy colorings. Propagation of the kinds is
effected by dividing the old tubers, the cut surfaces
of which should be well dusted with powdered char-
coal to prevent decay.— As bedding plants, the fancy-
leaved caladiums are gradually becoming more popu-
lar. To have them at their best for this purpose, the
ground should be worked for some tune previous to
planting out, with a goodly quantity of bone meal
incorporated with the soil. The tubers are best put out
m a dormant state, as then they make very rapid prog-
ress, and eventually make finer plants than when they
are first started in the greenhouse, as by this system
they are too likely to sustain a check in the hardening-off
process, and lose their leaves. The fine, highly colored
albinervium, 55.
hastatum, 50.
punctatissimum, 17.
albomaculatum, 16.
Hendersonii, 24.
Purdieanum, 9.
albostriatulum, 51.
Houbyanum, 26.
pusillum, 9.
Alfred Bleu, 16.
Houlletii, 18.
regale, 31.
amoenum, 17.
Humboldtii, 57.
Reichenbachianum, 41.
Appunianum, 56.
Ketteleri, 13.
Rogierii, 15.
aroyrites, 57.
Kochii, 38.
roseum, 14.
argyroneuron, 5.
Kramerianum, 20.
rubellum, 41.
argyroneurum, 5.
Laucheanum, 43.
rubicundum, 11.
argyrospilum, 36.
Lemaireanum, 55.
rubronermum, 42.
Baraquinii, 12.
Leopoldii, 15.
rubrovenium, 42.
Belleymei, 49.
Lindenii, 46.
sagiUxfolium, 31.
bicolor, 8, 11.
macrophyllurn, 39.
Schmitzii, 3.
Brongniartii, 32.
marginatum, 19.
Schoelleri, 5.
Chantinii, 17.
marmoratum, 7.
Schomburgkii, 1.
Connxrtii, 17.
marmoreum, 2.
Sieboldii, 25.
cordatum, 3.
Marlersteigianum, 17.
splendens, 14.
cupreum, 53.
mirabile, 33.
Spruceanum, 9.
Curwadlii, 37.
Mooreanum, 18.
Stangeanum, 21.
Devosianum, 28.
myriostigma, 58.
subrotundum, 6.
discolor, 29.
Neumanii, 40.
surinamense, 31.
Duchartrei, 35.
Osytnum, 52.
thripedestum, 7.
Eckhartii, 23.
Ottonis, 28.
transparens, 10.
elegans, 54.
pallidinermum, 30.
Troubetskoyi, 56.
Enkeanum, 45.
pellucidum, 27, 29.
Vellozianum, 9.
erythrseum, 3.
Perrierii, 22.
Verschaffeltii, 47.
firmulum, 9.
pictum, 4, 34.
viridissimum, 55.
Gserdtii, 15.
pictum turn, 48, 55.
Wagneri, 31.
griseo-argenteum, 39.
pcecile, 30.
Wallisi, 28.
Haageanum, 17.
porphyroneuron, 53.
Wightii, 44.
hsematostigmatum, 29.
It will be seen that most of the cultivated caladiums
are considered to be forms of C. bicolor and C. pictura-
tum. Only five species are concerned in the following
list: Schomburgkii, 1; marmoratum, 7; bicolor, 8; pic-
turatum, 48; Humboldtii, 57.
A. Blade not at all peltate, obliquely elliptical-ovate.
1. Schomburgkii, Schott. Petiole slender, 4 times
longer than the blade, sheathed one-third its length;
blade obliquely elliptical-ovate; midrib and 4-5 acutely
ascending primary nerves silvery, pale, or red; sparsely
spotted above, paler beneath. French Guiana to Para.
— Runs into the following forms:
(1) Veins red.
2. Var. marmdreum, Engl. Blade dull green, with
brownish red nerves, bordered with yellow.
3. Var. erythraeum, Engl. (C. Schmitzii, Lem. C.
cordatum, Hort.). Midribs and nerves red. I.H. 8:297.
4. Var. pictum, Engl. With white or red spots
between the red veins. S. Amer.
(2) Veins silvery or green.
5. Var. argyronefcrum, Engl. (C. argyroneuron,
C. Koch. C. Schcelleri, Lem.). Midrib and veins silvery.
I.H. 8:297.
6. Var. subrotundum, Engl. (C. subrotundum, Lem.).
Lf .-blade rounded at the base, or shortly cordate, with
white or red spots. Brazil.
AA. Blade distinctly peltate.
B. Lf. sagittate-oblong-ovate; basal lobes united for two-
thirds their length, or more.
7. marmoratum, Mathieu (Alocdsia Roezlii, Bull. C.
thripedestum, Lem.). Petiole cylindrical, 12-16 in.
long, twice as long as the blade, variegated; blade 6-8
in. long, 4-6 in. wide, dark green, with irregular gray,
yellowish green and snow-white spots, glaucous-green
beneath, sagittate-oblong-ovate, the upper lobe semi-
ovate, slightly cuspidate, the basal ones unequal, one--
third or one-half as long as the upper, connate two-thirds
to three-fourths their length : spathe-blade pale green,
2-3 in. long. Ecuador. I.H. 5, p. 59, desc.
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
615
BB. Lf. not as above; basal lobes united one-third their
length or less.
C. Shape of If. ovate-triangular, or ovate-sagittate (8-47).
8. bicolor, Vent. (Arum bicolor, Ait.). Petiole
smooth, 3-7 times as long as the blade, pruinose toward
the apex; blade ovate-sagittate, or ovate-triangular,
variegated above, glaucous beneath; upper lobe semi-
ovate, narrowing gradually to a cuspidate point, the
basal ones one-half to but little shorter than the upper,
oblong-ovate, obtuse, connate one-fifth to one-third
their length. S. Amer. Intro, into cult, in 1773. B.M.
820. — Very common in cult., furnishing many of the
fancy-leaved caladiums. The marked varieties are
as follows (9-47) :
(1) Lf. -blade and veins of one color.
9. Var. Vellozianum, Engl. (C. Vellozianum, Schott.
C. Purdiednum, Schott. C. pusillum, C. Koch. C.
Sprucednum, Schott. C. firmulum, Schott.). Lf.-
blade dark green above; basal lobes connate past the
middle. Brazil, Peru. R.B. 10:169.
(2) Lf. -blade more or less variegated.
(a) With a colored disk (Nos. 10-18).
(b) Disk transparent.
10. Var. transparens, Engl. (C. transparent, Hort.).
Blade with a pale green, nearly transparent disk; mid-
rib and primary veins red-purple.
11. Var. rubicundum, Engl. (C. bicolor, Kunth).
Petiole green, or variegated green and violet; blade
green, with a red, transparent, central disk, and a very
narrow red line between the disk and the margin.
(bb) Disk opaque.
(c) Purple disk.
12. Var. Baraquinii, Engl. (C. Bardquinii. Hort.).
Petiole violet; blade with a purple-red disk; beautiful
green between the disk and margin; nerves and midrib
red-violet. Para. I.H. 7:257. F.S. 13:1378.
13. Var. Ketteleri, Engl. (C. Ketteleri, Hort.). Peti-
ole crimson, variegated toward the base; blade with
purple disk, midrib and primary veins, sparsely marked
between the veins with many small, rosy spots.
(cc) Red disk.
14. Var. splendens, Engl. (C. roseum, Hort. C.
splendens, Hort.). Petiole green below, red above;
blade with a red disk at the middle; mid vein and
primary veins red-purple; green between the nerves
and along the margin. Lowe, 4.
15. Var. Leopoldii, Engl. (C. Leopoldii, Hort. C.
Gserdtii, C. Koch. C. Rogierii, Chant. & Lem.). Petiole
violet beneath, red-purple above; blade with a broad,
reddish disk; margin green, red-spotted; midrib and
primary veins dark red-purple. Para, 1864.
16. Var. albomaculatum, Engl. (C. Alfred Bleu).
Petiole green; blade green, with red disk, midrib and
primary veins, and marked clear to the margin with
many large, white spots between the nerves.
(ccc) Rose disk.
17. Var. Chantinii, Engl. (C. Chdntinii, Lem. C.
Connsertii, Hort. C. amoenum, Hort. C. Marter-
steigidnum, Hort. C. punctatissimum, Hort. C. Haage-
dnum, Hort.). Fig. 732. Petiole more or less violet;
blade broadly red-purple along the midrib and primary
nerves, rosy at the center, and with very numerous,
unequal spots between the nerves clear to the marginal
vein. Para, 1858. I.H. 5:185. F.S. 13:1350-51. B.M.
5255. A.F.8:129. G. 12:375.
(cccc) Light green disk.
18. Var. Houlletii, Engl. (C. Houlletii, Lem. C.
Mooreanum, Hort.). Petiole green, the sheath and a
little of the base violet- variega ted ; basal lobes of the
blade somewhat introrse, rounded, connate one-third;
blade obscurely green toward the margin, the midrib
and primary veins slightly reddish, and with a pale
disk marked with many irregular white spots.
(aa) Without a colored disk.
(b) Margins colored throughout.
(c) Red margin.
19. Var. marginatum, Engl. (C. marginatum, C.
Koch). Blade dark green, with a red line on the outer
margin.
(cc) Yellow margin.
20. Var. Kramerianum, Engl. (C. Krameridnum,
Hort.). Veins purple; yellow margin.
21. Var. Stangeanum, Engl. (C. Stangeanum, C.
Koch). Blade reddish; green along the narrow mar-
gin, yellowish toward the margin.
(ccc) Solid white margin.
22. Var. Perrierii, Engl. (C. Perrieri, Lem.). Petiole
violet-black; blade dull green, with many red-purple
spots, and white along the margin. Brazil, 1861.
(cccc) Spotted margin.
23. Var. Eckhartii, Engl. (C. Eckhartii, Hort.).
Petiole violet-blotched at the base, green above the
middle; blade green, with few rosy spots along the mar-
gin, and small white ones in the middle.
24. Var. Henderspnii, Engl. (C. Hendersonii, Hort.).
Petiole variegated violet and green, reddish toward the
apex; blade mostly green, reddish next the lower parts
of the nerves; midrib and primary veins red-purple
spotted; small red spots along the margin.
25. Var. Sieboldii, Engl. (C. Sieboldii, Hort.).
Petiole violet and green, reddish toward the apex; basal
lobes of the If. somewhat introrse, connate one-third
their length, dark green; midrib and primary veins
beautifully red-purple spotted, and a very narrow white
border, marked with small purple-red spots. A.F.
8:127.
(ccccc) Purple margin.
26. Var. Houbyanum, Engl. (C. Houbyanum, Hort.).
Petiole dirty green on the lower surface, bright red
above; blade bright green, with large pale spots, and
small red-purple ones between the midrib and primary
veins; a red-purple spot above the insertion of the peti-
ole, and a pale purple line around the margin.
27. Var. pellftcidum, Engl. (C. pellucidum, DC.).
Petiole reddish, variegated with violet; blade broadly
reddish purple spotted along the midrib and primary
veins, and more or less marked with transparent, red-
dish purple spots between the primary veins; a con-
tinuous purple line along the outer margin.
(bb) Margin colored only on basal sinus.
28. Var. Devosianum, Engl. (C. Devosianum, Lem.
C. Wdllisii, Hort. C. Ottonis, Hort.). Petiole green;
blade bright green, with small, irregular white spots
between the midrib and primary veins, and a narrow
crimson border at the sinus. Para. I.H. 9:322.
29. Var. haematostigmatum, Engl. (C. hsematostig-
matum, Kunth. C. pellucidum, DC. C. discolor, Hort.).
Petiole violet; blade dark green, with a purple line on
the basal sinus, and sparsely marked with blood-red
spots. Para.
30. Var. poecile, Engl. (C. pceclle, Schott. C. pallidi-
nervium, Hort.). Petiole reddish brown, or closely
streaked- variegated; blade dark green; midrib and
primary veins paler, often whitish; a red-purple spot
where the petiole joins the blade, narrowly purple-mar-
gined in the sinus. Brazil.
31. Var. regale, Engl. (C. regale, Lem. C. Wdgneri,
Hort. C. surinamense, Miq. C. sagitteefolium, Sieb.).
Blade bright green, purple-margined at the sinus, every-
616
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
where marked with small, confluent white spots. W.
Indies, 1710. I.H. 9:316.
(bbb) Margin and disk without color.
(c) Variegated green blade.
32. Var. Brongniartii, Engl. (C. Brongnidrtii, Lena.).
Very large; petiole variegated violet and green, red-
dish toward the apex; blade green, except along the
nerves below, where it is colored reddish, paler green
between the primary nerves, deep green toward the
margin; veins and nerves red-purple. Brazil, 1858.
F.S. 13:1348-9. I.H. 5, p. 58, desc.
33. Var. mir&bile, Engl. (C. mirdbile, Lem.). Petiole
green; blade bright green, densely covered with large
and small irregular pale green spots between the pri-
mary nerves and mid vein. Para. I.H. 10:354.
(cc) Blue-green blade.
34. Var. pictum, Kunth (C. pictum, DC.). Petiole
greenish, variegated beneath; basal lobes connate
one-fifth their length; blade thin, blue-green, marked
with large, irregular, usually confluent, pale yellowish
semi-transparent spots. Lowe, 43.
(ccc) Colorless blade. ^
35. Var. Duchartrei, Engl. (C. Duchartrei, Hort.).
The long petiole green above, variegated below the
middle with violet-black; blade colorless, except the
midrib and all the veins, or here and there pale rosy
or red-spotted, or even more or less dirty green. A.F.
8:129.
(cccc) Solid green blade.
(d) Dark green.
36. Var. argyrospilum, Engl. (C. argyrdspilum,
Lem.). Petiole grayish red, sparsely and finely streaked;
blade a most beautiful green, with a crimson spot at
the middle, and with many small white spots between
the primary veins. Para. F.S. 13 : 1346-7.
733. Caladium picturatum var. Belleymeii. (No. 49.)
37. Var. Curwadlii, Engl. (C. Curwddlii, Hort.).
Petiole greenish, slightly violet-blotched toward the
base; blade reddish purple along the midrib and pri-
mary veins, marked between the veins with large white
spots; otherwise dark green.
38. Var. K&chii, Engl. (C. Kdchii, Hort.). Lf.-
blade more rounded, dark green, with small white spots
midway between the midrib and margin. Para, 1862.
39. Var. macrophyllum, Engl. (C. macrophyllum,
Lem. C. griseo-argenteum, Hort.). Petiole green-
blade dark green, marked everywhere with many small
S pelv Confluent white or slightly rosy spots. Para,
1862. I.H. 9:316.
40. Var. Neumannii, Engl. (C. Neumannii, Lem.).
Petiole green; blade very beautiful dark green, with
scarcely paler veins, marked between the primary veins
with large and small white-margined, reddish purple
spots. F.S. 13:1352-3. B.M. 5199.
(dd) Light green.
(e) Not spotted.
41. Var. rubellum, Engl. (C. rubellum, Hort. C.
Reichenbachidnum, Stange). Blade green, with reddish
purple midrib and primary veins.
42. Var. rubrovenium, Engl. (C. rubrovenium, Hort.
C. rubronervium, Hort.). Petiole variegated green and
violet; blade small, oblong-ovoid, the basal lobes some-
what introrse, obtuse, connate almost to the middle,
pale caulescent or red-green along the midrib and pri-
mary veins; veins pale red or scarlet. Para, 1862.
(ee) Spotted.
(f) With white spots.
43. Var. Laucheanum, Engl. (C. Laucheanum, C.
Koch). Blade bright green, with white 'spots at the
middle.
(ff) With purple and white spots.
44. Var. Wightii, Engl. (C. Wlghtii, Hort.). Petiole
pale green; blade very beautiful green, marked be-
tween the primary veins with large, red-purple and
small white spots. French Guiana.
(fff) With red or crimson spots.
45. Var. Enkeanum, Engl. (C. Enkednum, C. Koch).
Blade bright green, marked with large and small red
spots.
46. Var. Lindenii, Engl. (C. Lindenii, Hort.). Blade
bright green, with confluent small red spots.
47. Var. Verschaffeltii, Engl. (C. Verschaffeltii,
Lem.). Petiole pale green; blade very beautiful green,
with few irregular crimson spots. I.H. 5:1 85. B.M.
5263. Lowe, 46.
cc. Shape of blade lanceolate-sagittate.
48. picturatum, C. Koch. Petioles usually green,
variegated below, elongated; blade lanceolate-sagittate,
cuspidate and submucronate at the apex, the upper lobe
nearly triangular, oblong or ovate-lanceolate, basal
lobes over half as long, lanceolate subacute, connate
one-sixth to one-fourth their length, separated by a
triangular sinus; primary lateral veins 4-7, erect-
spreading or spreading. Brazil. — Variable, furnishing
many of the fancy-leaved caladiums.
(1) Transparent white blade,
49. Var. Belleymei, Engl. (C. Belleymii, Hort.).
Fig. 733. Petiole greenish above, variegated violet
beneath; blade slenderly hastate-sagittate, white,
translucent except the green veins and nerves, with
small green spots along the margin; basal lobes 1-5, or
rarely one-fourth or one-third connate. Para. I.H.
7:252. A.F. 8:127. G. 2:89.
(2) Pale green blade.
(a) With transparent blotches.
50. Var. hastatum, Engl. (C. hastdtum, Lem.). Peti-
ole long, stout, white, violet-spotted; blade hastate-
sagittate, slightly contracted above the lobes; dull,
pale green, very irregularly marked with transparent
blotches; basal lobe one-fourth connate, crimson
margined in the sinus. Para.
(aa) Opaque.
51. Var. albo stria tulum, Engl. Blade greenish white
along the midrib and veins, white-striped and dotted
between the nerves.
52. Var. Osyanum, C. Koch. Blade white along the
midrib and primary veins, with purple spots between
the veins.
CALADIUM
CALAMUS
617
53. Var. porphyroneftron, Engl. (C. porphyroneuron,
C. Koch. C. ciipreum, Hort. Alocdsia porphyroneura,
Lem.). Petiole pale reddish, variegated with dull vio-
let; blade broadly hastate-sagittate, dull, pale green,
slightly reddish on the veins, opaque basal lobes one-
sixth to one-third connate. Peru and Brazil. I.H.
8:297.
(3) Dark green blade.
54. Var. elegans, Engl. Petiole rosy, greenish
below, variegated; blade narrowly hastate-sagittate,
slightly contracted above the lobes, dark green above,
broadly red or purple next the midrib and primary
lateral veins; basal lobes one-fifth connate.
55. Var. Lemaireanum, Engl. (C. Lemaireanum,
Barr. C. picturdtum albinervium, C. Koch. C. picturd-
tum viridissimum, C. Koch). Blade shaped like pre-
ceding, dark green; midrib and primary veins pale
green or white. S. Amer., 1861. I.H. 9:311.
56. Var. Troubetskoyi, Engl. (C. Troubetskoyi,
Chan tin. C. Appunidnum, Hort.). Petiole red, varie-
gated; blade very narrowly hastate-sagittate, slightly
contracted above the lobes, dark green above, broadly
marked with pale red along the midrib and primary
veins, and with scattered, transparent, small white or
rose spots. F.S. 13:1379.
ccc. Shape of blade oblong-ovate, or oblong: plant small.
57. Humboldtii, Schott. (C. argyrites, Lem.). Fig.
734. Petiole slender, variegated, 2 to 3 times longer
than the blade; sheath slender, narrow; blade oblong-
ovate, or oblong, green along the margin, midrib and
primary veins, with many large and small transparent
spots between; shortly and very acutely acuminate,
the apical lobe oblong-ovate, twice as long as the
oblong or ovate-triangular, obtuse basal ones; basal
lobes one-third connate, separated by an obtuse tri-
angular sinus, the 3-4 primary veins of the apical lobe
uniting in a collective nerve remote from the margin.
Brazil. I.H. 5:185. F.S. 13:1345. Gng. 3:279. A.F.
10:197. Lowe, 22. C.L.A. 19:343. G. 14:501.
58. Var. myriostigma, Engl. (C. myriostigma, C.
Koch). Blade marked everywhere with small white
spots.
The following names are in the trade, or occur in the
lists of dealers and fanciers, but are not identified
botanically: — albanense, Barrattii, candidum, Endlich-
erianum, Fenzlianum, Ortgiesii, Petschkanii, Rodeckii,
speciosum, Thelemannii, venosum.
C. esculentum=Co\oca.sia, antiquorum esoulenta. — C. odoratum,
Lodd.=Alocasia macrorrhiza. — C. pubescens, N.E.Br. .A new
species, distinct from those already in cult, by being pubescent.
Peru. B.M. 8402. JARED Q gMITH
CEO. V. NASH.f
CALAMAGROSTIS (Greek, calamos, a reed, and
agrostis, a grass). Syn. Deyeuxia. Gramineae. Usually
tall or reed-like perennials bearing rootstocks. In-
cluding nay grasses and a few more or less ornamental
species.
Spikelets 1-fld., the rachilla prolonged behind the
palea as a usually hairy pedicel; lemma hairy on the
callus, awned from the back. — Species about 120, dis-
tributed throughout the world in temperate and arctic
regions, usually in damp or swampy soil. The species
are often valuable native forage grasses. One species,
C. canadensis, Beauv., is a source of an excellent
quality of native hay in the northwestern states, where
it is called blue-joint. Another species, C. stricta,
Beauv., native of the northern states, is sometimes
cult, in a variegated form as an ornamental.
C. 6re»{ptZt's=Calamovilfa brevipilis. ^ g HlTCHCOCK
CALAMINT, CALAMINTHA: Satureia.
CALAMOVILFA (Greek, calamos, a reed, and vilfa,
a kind of grass). Graminese. PURPLE BENT-GRASS. A
group differing from Calamagrostis in having awnless
spikelets and no prolongation of the rachilla. Species
3, in S. E. U. S. C. brevipilis, Hack., is cult, as an orna-
mental grass. This is a stout, tufted grass, 2-4 ft.,
with short, horizontal rootstocks, pyramidal purplish
panicle 4-8 in. Sandy swamps in pine-barrens, N. J.
to N. C. Dept. Agric., Div. Agros. 7:156; 20:84.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
734. Caladium Humboldtii. (No. 57.)
CALAMPELIS: Eccremocarpus.
CALAMUS (Greek for reed) . Palmacex, tribe Lepido-
cdrpse. A group of interesting, usually climbing pinnate
palms of the Old World tropics, not much known to the
trade although over thirty species are in the European
catalogues.
Stems very slender, always more or less prickly, usu-
ally climbing and never bearing a terminal infl.: Ivs.
alternate, pinnate, often ending in a terminal some-
times elongated cirrus, by which they are attached to
their support; Ifts. narrow, with 1-5 nerves; If .-sheaths
at first completely inclosing the internodes, sometimes
split and open: spadix laterally attached at the summit
of the If.-sheaths, often elongate and slender and fre-
quently ending in a tail-like appendage (flagellum)
which is thorny; spathes long and narrow, hardly if at
all split, differing from Daemonorops which has a read-
ily opening spathe; fls. dioecious, paniculate or branched
2 or 3 times; corolla coriaceous, longer than the calyx
in male fls., as long as the calyx in the female: fr. glo-
bose, ovoid or ellipsoid, topped by a short permanent
style. — There are more than 200 species, most of which
inhabit India. See Beccari's excellent monograph Ann.
Royal. Bot. Gard. Calcutta 11, 1908.
Calamus is an easily grown group of palms, very
ornamental, even in a young state. Some of the spe-
cies have stems several hundred feet long, which enable
them to unfold their leaves at the tops of the tallest
trees. The leaves are peculiarly well adapted to assist
the plant in climbing, having numerous hook-like pro-
cesses arranged on a long continuation of the midrib of
the leaf. When accommodations can be given, these
plants should be selected, as their growth is rapid, and
they are capable of furnishing a large conservatory
quickly. Numerous suckers are produced, so that when
the main stem ascends the lower part is clothed in foli-
age. Calamus tennis (or C. Royleanus) and C. Rotang
furnish the rattan canes. Malacca canes are furnished
by C. Scipionum. — Young plants thrive best in a root-
ing medium containing a considerable quantity of leaf-
mold. Older plants need soil of a more lasting nature;
a quantity of ground bone and charcoal in the soil may
618
CALAMUS
be used to advantage. Old well-furnished plants need
enormous quantities of water. All of them require stove
temperature. (G. W. Oliver.)
ciliaris, Blume. St. slender, climbing by means of
long axillary leafless branches, covered with short
hooked spines: Ivs. V/y-^A ft. long,. 6 in. wide; Ifts.
40-50 on each side, hairy; petiole 2 in. long with few
hooked spines: spadix of female and male fls. finely
hairy-hispid on the spathes: fr. globose, about Km.
diam. Java and Sumatra. F.R. 1:607. G.C. III.
2i:86.— Intro, into cult, in 1869. To be grown in
tropical house.
asperrimus, Blume. St. slender, climbing by the
prickly cirrus of the Ivs. and the prickly branches: Ivs.
without stalks, about 18 in. long, bearing not more
than 8-10 thin, papery, irregularly placed Ifts. on each
side of the rachis: spadix simply decompound, about
7 ft. long, terminating in a slender prickly appendage.
Mts. of Java. — Can be grown in a cooler house than
the preceding.
C. Andreanum, Hort., Pill & Mitterb=(?).— C. calicdrpus, Griff.
=D»monorops calicarpus, Mart. — C. dealbatus. Hort,=Acantho-
phoenix rubra, Wendl.— C. Lewisi&nus, Griff.=Dsemonorop3 Lewis-
ianus, Mart. JJ. TAYLOK.
CALAMUS or SWEET FLAG: Acorus Calamus.
CALANCHOE: Kalanchoe.
CALANDRINIA (J. L. Calandrini, Genevan botanist,
who wrote an important thesis in 1734). Portulacaceae.
Fleshy, spreading or nearly trailing plants, sometimes
cult, in borders and rockeries, or used for edgings in
sunny places.
Flowers red or pink or rose-color, of short duration;
petals 3-7; sepals 2; stamens 5 (or 3) to 12; style with
3 branches: Ivs. alternate, narrow. — About 60 species,
Brit. Col. to S. Amer. and in Austral. Annuals and per-
ennials, but the latter mostly treated as annuals; not
much grown in gardens.
A. Fls. in a short umbel-like cluster.
umbellata, DC. Perennial, 4-6 in.: Ivs. linear and
hairy: fls. in a corymb, or umbel-like terminal cluster,
bright crimson. Peru. R.H. 1853:5. — The C. umbellata
of gardens is hardy in many parts of the U. S.; in New
York it should be planted in a well-sheltered position,
or provided with ample protection in winter; sometimes
it acts like the biennials, but, as seeds are produced
very freely, young seedlings spring up constantly
between the old plants, and one does not miss the few
which may decay during the second year; the plant forms
a very neat, slightly spreading tuft; fls. are produced in
many-fld. umbels, terminal, numerous, and large, glow-
ing crimson-magenta, saucer-shaped, very showy. June
to Nov. Full exposure to sun, and light sandy soil, are
needed to bring out the rare beauty of these plants.
The fls. close up when evening comes, like the annual
portulacas, but they reopen on the following day. In
the sunny sloping part of a rockery, even when quite
dry, or among other low plants in a bed or border,
they are highly satisfactory. Although perennial, it
may also be treated like the annuals, as it flowers the
first summer as freely as afterwards. Can be prop,
by cuttings.
AA. Fls. in longer clusters, pedicels often more or less
drooping.
discolor, Schrad. (C. elegans, Hort.). Perennial,
1-2 Yi ft.: Ivs. fleshy, spatulate to obovate, purple
beneath, gray-green above, blunt: fls. bright light pur-
ple, 2 in. across, with yellow stamens. Chile. B.M . 3357.
Menziesii, Torr. & Gray (C. speciosa, Lindl.).
RED MAIDS. Annual: 3-12 in. high, with green herbage,
glabrous, or nearly so: Ivs. linear, or spatulate-oblanceo-
late: fls. rose-red or purple, rather large and long-
peduncled (petals Kin. long). Calif., N. B.R. 1598.—
Variable. There is a white-fld. variety advertised.
CALANTHE
grandiflora, Lindl. Perennial, 1-3 ft.: much like
C. discolor, but Ivs. oval and pointed, narrowed to
petiole, green, 4-8 in. long: fls. somewhat smaller, light
purple. Chile.
spectabilis, Otto. & Dietr. Perennial, 2 ft.: Ivs.
lance-spatulate or rhomboid, IJ^ in- long, somewhat
pointed: fls. bright purple, 2 in. across. Chile. — Said
to produce seed seldom; prop, by cuttings.
Bftridgii, Hort. Annual, 1 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
smooth: fls. many, small, copper-rose or brick-red,
in leafy clusters. S. Amer.
chromantha, Griseb. One ft., loosely branched: Ivs.
rather large: fls. and buds rose-colored: fr. orange-
yellow, persisting. Argentina.
C. oppositifdlia, Wats.=Lewisia oppositifolia.
J. B. KELLER.
L. H. B.
CALANTHE (Greek for beautiful flower). Orchida-
cese. Sub-epiphytal or terrestrial hothouse orchids
found in the eastern hemisphere, and sparingly in the
western hemisphere.
Scapes erect, many-fld.: Ivs. broad, plaited: fls. white
or rose-colored, rarely yellow: pseudobulbs angulate,
with grayish green sheaths in the Vestitse section, but
absent in the Veratrifolise section. — Forty to 50 species
in tropics of both hemispheres.
Most of the species and the numerous varieties
grown are deciduous, losing the foliage about the time
of flowering, and, at this season, water is given spa-
ringly until the flowers are cut; then the bulbs are kept
in a dry warm place until signs of growth in spring.
All calanthes are terrestrial and should be potted each
year in fibrous loam, with a small portion of old manure
and sand mixed in. Use plenty of drainage as for other
orchids, and about 2 inches of soil; secure the bulbs
firmly by means of part of the old wiry roots; water
very sparingly until active root-action takes place; but,
when in full growth, weak manure-water may be given
at each watering. The young foliage is very sensitive to
sun, and must be shaded as soon as it develops; keep
the plants near the glass and give all light possible,
and the warmest treatment permitted in orchid cul-
ture. They enjoy a little heat, even in summertime,
from the pipes at night. The best place to grow calan-
thes is a sunken, well-heated pit facing south, lowering
the plant as the foliage nears the glass. Calanthe
veratrifolia is an evergreen species and may be treated
similarly to the Phaius. Calanthes are easily increased
by separation of the bulbs at the time of repotting.
Young bulbs are often produced from the apex of old
ones; old ones will start again the second year and
make increase. (E. O. Orpet.)
vestita, Lindl. (C. oculata, Hort.). Lvs. broadly lan-
ceolate, nearly 2 ft. long, from grayish green pseudo-
bulbs: fls. nearly 3 in. across, numerous, in racemes;
petals and sepals whitish, all more or less overlapping,
the former oval-oblong, the latter pbovate-oblong;
labellum flat, large, 3-lobed, the mid-lobe cleft; a
yellow or crimson blotch in front of the short column;
scapes from 2-3 ft. high, hairy. Blooms in winter.
Malaya. B.M. 4671. F.E. 9:325. A.F. 6:655. F.S.
8:816. — A most popular orchid. There are many
forms, of which the following are the most important:
Var. gigantea, Hort. Larger in all parts: fls. white,
with red eye. Var. nivalis, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var.
Turneri, Hort. (C. Turneri, Reichb. f.). Fls. more
numerous, labellum with a crimson blotch; blooms later
in the season than the next. Var. rftbro-oculata, Hort.
Labellum with a crimson-purple blotch. Oct.-Feb.
G. 10:629. Var. l&teo-oculata, Hort. Yellow-blotched.
Var. Regnieri, Hort. (C. Regnieri, Reichb. f . C. Stevensi-
dna, Regnier). Pseudobulbs more elongated, with a
depression above the middle: labellum rose-colored,
with a purple blotch in front of column, less deeply
CALANTHE
CALATHEA
619
lobed than in the type. A.F. 6:655. Var. Regnieri
Wflliamsii, Hort. (C. Williamsii, Hort.). Sepals
white, sometimes shaded pink; petals white, rose-
bordored; lip deep rose.
veratrifdlia, R. Br. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, about 2
ft. long, from a creeping rhizome: fls. white, in dense
corymbose racemes; petals obovate-spatulate; sepals
obovate-oblong; labellum 4-parted, the anterior lobes
usually broader than the posterior or basal lobes.
Blooms May-July. Malaya. B.M. 2615.
Veitchii, Lindl. Fig. 735. A hybrid between C. rosea
and C. vestita: fls. rose-colored; labellum with white
spot near the base. Winter-flowering. There is also a
white variety. This hybrid was raised by Veitch, in
1856. B.M. 5375. Gng. 14:134. A.F. 25:1093. Forms
of this are var. bella, Hort., with pink fls.; var. nigro-
oculata gigantea, Hort., with stout sts., the fls. white
with an eye of reddish crimson; var. Sandhurstiana,
Hort., with crimson fls.; var. Sedenii, Hort., with deep
rose fls.; var. superba, Hort., has richer color.
Masftca, Lindl. Scape 2 ft. long, with large, many-
ribbed, dark Ivs.: fls. 1 in. across, the segms. overlap-
ping, deep violet, fading to lilac, the lip deep violet-
purple. Summer and autumn. N. India. B.M. 4541.
Var. grandifldra, Hort., is of greater size throughout.
C. burmdnica, Rolfe. Fls. mauve-purple, with yellow creat.
Burma.— C. Clive, Hort. (C. Veitchii X?).— C. Codfcsonii, Hort.
(C. Veitchii XC. vestita luteo-oculata). Fls. pure white, except a
blotch of yellow in the throat and a few lemon-yellow lines on lip.
— C. Cornelius Vanderbilt, Hort. (C. vestita rubro-oculata X C.
Veitchii). — C. discolor, Lindl. Sts. leafy: fls. with claret sepals and
petals and a 3-lobed white lip flushed rose. Japan. G.C. III. 35:
389. B.R. 26:55. — C. Eyermannii, Hort. (C. vestita rubro-
oculata x C. Veitchii). Racemes shorter than in C. Veitchii,
with larger, more spreading white fls. with a reddish
blotch at the base of the lip. G.F. 4:17. — C. gigas,
Hort. (C. grandiflora X C. Regnieri). Fls. nearly 3 in.
across, borne on a st. over 5 ft. tall; sepals
petals milk-white, the latter tinged rose at
base and apex; lip 4 lobed, bright rose,
striated with pale rose or white, a reddish
crimson blotch at the base. — C. Hennisii,
Loher. Similar to C. vestita. Philippines. G.C.
III. 46:34, desc. — C. madagascariensis, Rolfe.
Sepah and petals rosy mauve; lip dull ma-
genta with white spot at base. G.C. III. 28:
335, desc. — C. McWilliamsii, Hort.=(?).— C. Orpeti&na, Hort. — C
•,ri, Rolfe. Sepals white; petals much
11 purple, changing finally to orange.
GEO. V. NASH.f
only by constant syringing and damping down amongst
the plants; therefore the need for abundance of drain-
age is apparent, whether they are grown in pots or
planted out in a border. It is only by planting them out
with a free root-run that calatheas may be had in their
full beauty; and when so grown a collection of these
plants forms one of the most beautiful examples of tropi-
cal foliage. Particular attention should be given to
protecting them from all strong sunshine, the thin text-
ure of their leaves rendering them specially liable to
damage from this cause. Most of the species are of
easy culture providing the above conditions are fol-
lowed. Many of them spread rapidly and make quick
growth; therefore they require to be potted or over-
hauled every spring, but when once well established,
they may be fed with liquid manure once a week. —
Propagation is by dividing the crowns, or by cuttings
summitenxe, Hort. — C. Wdrj
narrower, white; lobed lip
Madagascar.
CALATHEA (Greek for basket, the application not
apparent). Marantdcese. Perennial foliage plants of
warmhouses, with maranta-like leaves arising in a
tuft from the crown.
Sepals 3, free and equal; corolla tubular, with 3
spreading lobes; stamens 3, petal-like, 2 sterile, and 1
bearing an anther on its side (compare Canna). From
Maranta the genus differs chiefly in technical charac-
ters. In Maranta the fr. is 1-seeded, in Calathea
usually 3-seeded; in the former the fl. -clusters are
branched and few-fld., in Calathea usually capitate
or cone-like. — Of calatheas there are more than 100
species, mostly of Trop. Amer., but a few of trop. Afr.
The Ivs., for which the plant is grown, are variously
marked with shades of green, red, brown, yellow, and
white. They spring from the very base of the short
st., just above the rhizome, the rhi/omes themselves
more or less tuberiferous (Fig. 736). Monogr. by
Schumann in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 11 (1902).
All the calatheas thrive in a moist tropical house
in a temperature that does not go below 65° F., with
a rise during the day to 90° or 95° F. For general pur-
poses, the best compost in which to grow them is made
of equal parts of good turfy loam, leaf -mold and sand.
Some of the more delicate species are best grown in
leaf -mold and sand only. Stagnation of the soil must
be particularly avoided by abundance of drainage, as
they require to be kept rather moister at the roots than
most stove plants. The close moist atmospherical
conditions that these plants require can be secured
40
in those kinds that
make secondary
growths, these cut-
tings being taken just
below the nodes. In
just before growth begins, is a
good time for this work. Tubers
may be used, if produced.
In Florida, calat'heas grow
exceedingly well in shady lath
plant-houses. The soil should
be leaf -mold and very old cow-
manure added to the original
natural soil. Commercial fer-
tilizer should never be used.
In very cold weather they
should be covered with pine
branches and leaves or pine-
needles. All the kinds soon
form very beautiful clumps. All of them need much
water while they are growing, but not in the winter if
they are planted out in beds. Each spring they must
be replanted in fresh soil. Then the clumps may be
divided, or if large specimen plants are desired, they
may be left intact. (Nehrling.)
The calatheas are a confusing group to the horti-
culturist, because the differences that he knows lie
mostly in characters of leaf and habit and these are
variable. The size of leaf and plant depends much on
the treatment, and in some species the juvenile leaves
are different from the mature ones. The coloration
of the foliage depends much on the age, and the way
in which the plants are grown. However, we may
roughly throw the species into two groups, — the small-
620
CALATHEA
leaved and the large-leaved, although it is a question
where to place such intermediate kinds as C.Veitchiana,
C. insignis, C. leopardina, C. Sanderiana, C. nigricans,
and some others; or we may arrange them in two
groups by the red-marked kinds (of foliage), and by
the green-, gray- and white-marked kinds, but this
would not account for the juvenile and adult stages of
C. leopardina, C. imperial™, C. Chantrieri, C. ornata,
and others. The botanical classification by floral
characters would be .of little use to the general horti-
culturist. Some plants known in collections as calatheas
are likely to be marantas, phryniums, monotagmas,
ctenanthe, or others. The radical tufted leaves and
capitate inflorescence of Calathea, and the zigzag stems
and branched inflorescence and small flowers of Maranta
are general characters of separation between these two
genera. In the present account, the attempt has been
made to draw the characters as much as possible from
cultivated specimens apparently authentically named.
Albertii, 15.
alho-lineata, 12, 35.
Alluia, 32.
angustifolia, 3.
argyrophylla, 39.
Bachemiana, 45.
Binotii, 42.
Chantrieri, 34.
chimboracensis, 5.
consptcua, 23.
crocata, 18.
crotalifera, 31.
discolor, 3.
eximia, 26.
farinosa, 8.
fasciata, 8.
flavescens, 10.
Foxii, 19. •
Gouletii, 22.
gracilis, 25.
grandiflora, 10.
illustris, 20.
imperialis, 36.
INDEX.
insignis, 38.
Legrelliana, 30.
leopardina, 33.
Lietzei, 23.
Lindeniana, 28.
Louisse, 21.
Luciana, 9.
majestica, 35.
Makoyana, 16.
Marcellii, 14.
micans, 4.
Neubertii, 23.
nigricans, 40.
nitens, 17.
noctiflora, 25.
olivaris, 16.
ornata, 12, 35.
ovali folia, 8.
Pavonii, 2.
picta, 24.
princeps, 29.
propinquum, 7,
pulchella, 43.
pumilum, 4.
regalis, 35.
roseo-lineata, 1.
roseo-picta, 1.
roseo-striata, 29.
rotundifolia, 8.
rufibarba, 27.
Sagoreana, 11.
Sanderiana, 37.
Sophise, 41.
tigrina, 43.
trifasciata, 7.
tubispatha, 2.
Vandenheckei, 22.
Veitchiana, 19.
virginalis, 14.
vittata, 12.
Wagneri, 1.
Wallisii, 13. .
Warscewiczii, 44.
Wiotiana, 6.
zebrina, 42.
A. Markings of If. (upper surface) in red or In-own, at
least in part.
1. rdseo-picta, Regel (C. roseo-lineata, Hort.?
Mardnta rdseo-picta, Lind. M. Wagneri, Hort.).
Dwarf: Ivs. nearly orbicular, purple beneath, the upper
side dark green, the midrib red, and an irregular red
zone (sometimes two zones) two-thirds of the distance
from the midrib toward the margin. Amazon. F.S.
16:1675-6. Gn. 2, p. 3.
2. Pavdnii, Kcern. (C. tubispatha, Hook. f.). Two
feet or less high: Ivs. obovate-elliptic, short-acuminate
or cuspidate, thin, greenish beneath, lively green above,
and marked midway between the rib and the margin
with lighter green and squarish patches of brown.
Peru. B.M. 5542.
3. angustifdlia, Koern. (Mardnta discolor, Hort.).
Habit loose, erect, only slightly spreading at apex:
growths bearing 1-4 Ivs. from 1-5 ft. high; blade
lanceolate, unequilateral, %-2 ft. long, rich light green
with fine lines of purple-red above, rich shining red
beneath; petiole erect, stout, 1-3 ft. high, rich dark
red, heavily marked with light green tuberculate
spots; sheath extending from one-third to one-half its
length: in the juvenile form the whole of the plant is
densely covered with reddish brown hairs, but in the
adult plant, the blade is almost entirely glabrous.
Cent. Amer. B.M. 8149.
AA. Markings of If. mostly on the order of green or white
(exceptions in juvenile stages of Nos. 35, 86, 37
and others).
B. Lf. -blades small or short, usually less than 12 in. long.
c. Under side of Ivs. green, grayish, or yellowish (violet
informs of No. 14).
4. micans, Kcern. (Mardnta micans, Math. Phry-
nium pumilum, Klotzsch). Very small: Ivs, 2-3 in.
736. Tuber of calatljea.
(XH)
CALATHEA
long, and 1 in. wide, oblong-lanceolate, somewhat
acuminate, green and shining above, the rib in a feath-
ered white stripe, paler beneath. Brazil. — Probably
the smallest cult. Calathea.
5. chimboracensis, Lind. Dwarf: Ivs. oblong-ovate,
8-12 in. long, acuminate, green above and below, with a
very dark green white-margined band running length-
wise the blade midway between the rib and each mar-
gin. Neighborhood of Mt. Chimborazo. I.H. 17:6.
6. Wiotiana, Makoy (Mardnta Widtii, Morr.).
Habit dwarf, spreading: rhizomes branching freely:
growths bearing only a single If. each; blade linear-
lanceolate, slightly oblique, 4-
12 in. long, undulate, acute,
upper side silvery gray with a
narrow band of light green
around the margin ; midrib green,
with a row arranged pinnately,
along either side of the midrib,
of dark olive-green blotches or
stripes; under side dull grayish
green finely striated all over
between the principal veins with patches of light
yellowish green; petiole 3-15 in. long, erect or spread-
ing-, light green, terete sheath entirely absent. Prob-
ably Brazil. — A most beautiful species; thrives best in
leaf-mold and sand.
7. trifasciata, Kcern. (Phrynium propinquum, Poepp.
& End!.). Habit dwarf, spreading, with short free-
branching rhizomes: growths bearing 1 If. only; blade
cordate-ovate, unequilateral, 3-12 in. long, apex acute,
and half twisted around, upper side silvery gray shading
to green at the margins and with a row on either side
of the midrib of dark green stripes arranged pinnately,
under side light green, prominently striated on both
upper and lower sides with a network of fine veins
connecting all the principal lateral veins; midrib pale
yellowish brown on the under side and covered with
dark brown hairs in the lower half and extending for
an inch or more on the apex of the petiole; petiole 3-12
in. long, light green, glabrous except in the upper inch
or so; scale Ivs. reddish brown. Guiana. — A companion
plant to C. Wiotiana, to which it is closely allied, but
differs in the broader and paler color of the Ivs. Of
easy cult.
8. fasciata, Regel & Kcern. Habit dwarf, compact:
Ivs. 10-18 in. long, reflexed; growths bearing 1-3 Ivs.;
blade broadly ovate or orbicular, acute or obtuse,
glabrous 5-10 in. long, slightly undulate; upper side
rich dark olive-green alternately marked by trans-
verse bars of silvery white; under side dull grayish
green; petiole 4-8 in. long, spreading, dull green,
covered with short and minute brownish hairs; sheath
extending up to one-half the length of the petiole,
upper part terete. Brazil. Gn. 2, p. 3. — Considered by
some to be a variety of C. rotundifolia, Koern. C.
farinosa and C. ovalifolia are probably stages in the
development of this plant or perhaps slight varieties.
9. Luciana, Hort. Habit medium to strong, compact,
more or less tufted: growths with 2-5 Ivs., usually
with 3, arching over at the tips and J^-3 ft. high;
blade elliptic, oblique, glabrous, acute, slightly undulate,
3-12 in. long, upper side light pea-green feathered
along the midrib with pale greenish white and with a
concentric zone of the same shade near the margin of
the If., under side dull grayish green; petiole erect,
slender, rigid, pale green, glabrous or nearly so; sheath
extending from one-half to nearly the entire length of
the petiole, upper part oval, slightly flattened on each
side: infl. a short few-fld. spike; peduncle 1-3 in. long;
bracts spreading or erect, ovate, light reddish brown,
\}/2 in. long; fls. in pairs, yellow; sepals thin, linear,
one-third the length of the tube; corolla yellow; petals
elliptic, %in. long, spreading, acute; the 2 petaloid
aborted stamens obovate, J^in. long, bright yellow,
CALATHEA
CALATHEA
621
and striped or blotched with bright red; style curved,
^in. long, yellow. Trop. Amer.
10. flavescens, Lindl. Habit tufted, glabrous in all
parts: growths with 3-5 Ivs., 1-2 ^ ft. high; blade
elliptic, slightly oblique, 6-12 in. long, acute, light
green above, soft grayish green below; petiole 12-18
in. long, pale yellowish green finely spotted with darker
green; sheath one-third to one-half the length of the
petiole, upper part oval: infl. a dense globose short
raceme; peduncle less than an inch; bracts large,
elliptic, outer ones 2 in. long, bracteoles smaller,
linear or lanceolate; fls. in pairs, sessile or nearly so,
an inch diam.; sepal primrose, equal, lanceolate; petals
large, bilobed, obovate, bright yellow. Brazil. B.R.
932. — Perhaps to be referred to C. grandiflora, Schum.
11. Sagoreana, Hort. (Mardnta Sagoredna, Hort.).
Habit dwarf and compact: growth bearing 2-4 Ivs.,
usually with 3, and from 6-18 in. high, erect at first,
arching towards the apex; blade lanceolate, unequi-
lateral, 4-9 in. long, pale yellowish green with a row
on either side of the midrib of arrowhead-shaped
blotches of dark green which give this plant a distinct
and pretty appearance, the under side in plain yellow-
ish green; petiole slender, erect, 6-12 in. long; sheath
extending only to about a quarter of its length, upper
part terete.
12. vittata, Koern. (C. dlbo-linedta, Hort. C. or-
ndta var. dlbo-linedta and Mardnta dlbo-linedta, Hort.).
Habit dwarf, compact, 3^~2 ft. high: growths with 2-5
Ivs.; blade elliptic-lanceolate, slightly oblique, 3-12 in.
long, glabrous, acute, upper side light green, pinnately
striped with white from apex to base, underside pale
dull green shaded between the veins with slightly
lighter yellowish green ; petiole slender, erect or spread-
ing, 3-15 in. high, light green, glabrous; sheath extend-
ing from one-third to one-half its length, upper part
terete. Probably Colombia.
13. Wallisii, Regel (Mardnta Wallisii, Lind.). Habit
strong, but neat and graceful, branching and forming
numerous growths: growths bearing from 2-7 Ivs., and
1-4 ft. high; blade broadly ovate, acute or obtuse,
6-12 in. long, rich h'ght velvety green along the margin
and midrib and with a row on either side of the midrib
of dark irregular blotches of olive-green, under side
soft grayish green; petiole erect, slender; sheath,
extending to half the length of the petiole, and covered
with soft hairs, upper part terete: with the exception
of the sheathing lower half of the If .-stalks, the whole
plant is glabrous. Peru. — One of the commonest
species in cult, and of very easy culture. A useful and
decorative pot-plant.
14. virginalis, Lind. Lvs. soft-hairy below, broad-
oval, rather blunt, 7-9 in. long, 4-6 in. broad, upper
surface light green, and below, in the common form,
whitish green and lighter zones shown, as on the upper
surface, — or in another form, which has been distribu-
ted in gardens as C. (Maranta) Marcellii, under side
shaded a light violet and without zones. Brazil.
A.F. 7:611. — Allied to C. Veitchiana, but has bracts
with indurated tips rather than membranaceous.
cc. Under side of Ivs. violet, purple, or suffiised with red.
15. Albertii, Hort. (Mardnta Albertii, Pynaert &
Van Geert). Habit dwarf, spreading, less than a foot
high: growths bearing 2-5 Ivs., erect or spreading;
blade oblique, elliptic, undulate, acute, 4-9 in. long,
glabrous, upper side dark green feathered on either
side of the midrib with a band of pale yellowish green,
under side dull green suffused with light purple-red:
infl. a few-fld. terminal spike; peduncle 3-4 in. long,
pale green; floral bracts half reflexed outwards, orbicu-
lar or broadly ovate, %in. long; bracteoles 4-6, white,
scarious; fls. in pairs, pure white; sepals half the length
of the tube; petals lanceolate, J^in. long, tube %in.
long; 2 petaloid stamens slightly longer than the
petals^ obovate, fertile stamen hooded and curved over
the stigma; style and stigma short curved, white.
16. Makoyana, Nichols. (Mardnta Makoydna, Morr.
M. olivdris, Hort.). One to 4 ft.: Ivs. broad-oblong,
obtuse or somewhat short-pointed, the stalks red, the
If. olive-green or cream-colored above but marked
against the midrib with outspreading, dark green
blotches of oblong, oval or pyrifprm shape, the under
surface similarly marked, but in red. Brazil. F.S.
20:2048-9. G.C. 1872: 1589. Gn. 4, p. 87.
17. nitens, Bull. Habit dwarf; blade elliptic, acute,
glabrous, upper side bright green, with oblong acute
bars of dark olive-green, alternate long and short, on
either side of the midrib, under side dull green tinted
with dull red. Brazil. — Distinct and pretty.
18. crocata, Morr. & Joris. Whole plant 12 in.
high: Ivs. sub-distichous; petiole 2-3 in. long, sheath-
ing most of its length; blade 4-5 in. long, erect, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, somewhat undulate, dark green
and veined above, rose-purple beneath: spike short,
the bracts bright saffron-yellow. Brazil. B.M. 7820.
G.C. III. 28:113. G.M. 53:265. J.H. III. 60:329.
G. 32 :263. F.W. 1876 : 161.— A free bloomer and showy
when in flower.
19. Veitchiana, Hook. f. Fig. 737. Habit strong,
loose, and spreading, 1-4 ft. high: growths with 2-8
Ivs., usually with 3; blade ovate or elliptic-ovate,
oblique, acute, undulate, glabrous, 4-12 in. long, upper
side rich dark glossy green, feathered along either side
of the midrib with an irregular band of pale green and
with an inner zone of dark olive-green blotches and an
outer one of pale yellowish green (often shading to
white) between the midrib and margin; under side
similarly blotched, but in shades of purple -red and
rosy red; petiole J^-3 ft. long, stout, green and gla-
brous above, tinted with reddish brown and hairy in
lower part; sheath extending from one- third to one-
half the length of the petiole, upper part terete: infl.
737. Calathea Veitchiana.
622
CALATHEA
on erect densely fld. spike on peduncle 4-6 in. long;
spike 2-3 in. long, with a rosette 2 in. diam., of large
green foliolose erect or capped spreading bracts;
floral bracts erect, spreading at the tips, ovate, an inch
long, outer ones covered in lower part with brown hairs ;
fls. in pairs, primrose-white, tube %in. long, slender;
sepals erect, J^in. long, lanceolate; petals elliptic
Kin. long, reflexed; fertile stamen hooded, small, 2
aborted petaloid ones longer than the petals, obovate,
bilobed, with a bright violet blotch on the front;
style and stigma small, curved. Peru. B.M. 5535.
G.C. 1870:924. Gn. 2, p. 545. F.S. 16:1655-8.— A
dwarf var. F6xii, Raffill, has recently been intro. into
cult, from Venezuela. It differs from the type in its
dwarf habit, rarely exceeding 10-12 in. high: Ivs.
broader, more reflexed, and with a bright rose or red
midrib; the color of the markings of the If. are darker
and of a slightly different shape, the dark inner zone
of green being more broken in outline, and running into
the midrib: infl. smaller, but the fls. in size and color
are the same as in the type.
20. illustris, Nichols. (Mardnta illtistris, Lindl.).
Habit dwarf and compact, 6-9 in. high: Ivs. spreading,
growths bearing 2-5 Ivs. 6-9 in. long; blade oblique,
ovate, acute, undulate, 4-6 in. long, 2-5 in. broad,
upper side rich dark shining olive-green, with a bluish
metallic luster over the whole, the midrib being feath-
ered on either side with dull silvery white and an irregu-
lar zone of the same color running the complete circle
of the blade, under side dull purplish red; petiole 2-3
in. long, spreading, dull greenish brown; sheath extend-
ing to one-half the length of the petiole, upper part
terete; petioles, If .-scales and under side of the midrib
covered with minute brown hairs: infl. an erect, capi-
tate, few-fld. spike, on slender peduncle 4-6 in. long;
bracts of two kinds, the upper 3 or 4 green, folio-
lose ovate, spreading over the floral bracts, and curv-
ing upward at the tips; lower bracts scarious, orbicu-
lar, light brown and shading to bright red at the point
of attachment to the rachis, bracteoles 2-4, lanceo-
late, shorter than the bract: fls. in pairs; sepals white,
two-thirds length of the tube, tube %in. long; petals
lanceolate, white, spreading, Kin- long; 2 aborted
petaloid stamens larger than the petals, obovate,
lower one heavily blotched with purple; stamen hooded;
style and stigma white, curved, J^in. long; ovary
minute, white. Ecuador. F.S. 16:1691-2. — By some
regarded as derived from C. roseo-picta.
21. Louisae, Chantrier (Mardnta Louisas' Hort.).
Habit tufted, 2-3 ft. high: growths with 2-5 Ivs.;
blade elliptic, only slightly oblique, glabrous, acute
margins plain or slightly undulate, 6-12 in. long, upper
side light pea-green, feathered along the midrib with
white, changing with age to a soft greenish white;
under side light green tinted with pale purple-red;
petiole K-2K ft- long, slender, erect, green, covered
with soft minute brown hairs; sheath extending from
one-third to one-half the length of the petiole, upper
part terete: infl. an erect spike, elliptic in outline, on
a leafy peduncle 4-12 in. long; bracts creamy white,
reniform, obtuse or acute, bracteoles numerous, white,
scarious; fls. in pairs; sepals linear, cream, half the length
of the tube, tube %in. long; petals lanceolate, reflexed;
lip elliptic, with bright yellow disk reflexed with scarious
margins; column white or cream, linear curved towards
the lip.
22. Vandenheckei, Regel (Mardnta and C. GouUtii,
Hort.). Habit dense and tufted, 1-2K ft. high: growths
with 1-3 Ivs., usually 2; blade oblique, elliptic or
elliptic-ovate, 3-9 in. long, acute, upper side glabrous,
rich dark green, marbled with silvery white along the
midrib and an irregular undulating line of the same
color running the complete circle of the blade, the
intervening tissue in some cases will be also entirely
composed of this silvery white colored tissue and the
CALATHEA
green part reduced to a marginal ring Kin. diam.;
these two strikingly distinct forms of Ivs. will often be
found on a single plant in adjoining growths; in this
case it is not that either of them represent the adult
stage, as both are of frequent occurrence on the
same plant and both produce infls.; under side, dull
purple-red; petiole erect or spreading, dull reddish
brown; sheath reaching from one- third to one-half its
length, upper part terete or oval: infl. an erect narrow
spike, sometimes sessile but more commonly on a
peduncle 3-15 in. high; bracts erect, ovate, green
tinted with brown, closely adpressed and forming a
narrow cone-like mass some 3-5 in. long, the upper pair
of bracts always being enlarged and spreading outwards
like 2 small elliptic Ivs.: fls. in pairs, white; sepals
half the length of the tube; tube %in. long; petals
elliptic spreading; column curved, white with brown
stripe. — A fine stove plant for large or small pots, and
on account of its tufted habit is of great use for decora-
tion. Of very easy cult.
23. Lietzei, E. Morr. (Mardnta conspicua, Bull. M.
Neiibertii, Hort.). Habit dwarf, spreading by means of
runners: growths bearing from 1-7 Ivs. K~2 ft. high;
blade obliquely elliptic, acute, undulate, glabrous,
3-9 in. long, upper side soft velvety green, striped along
the principal veins with dark olive-green and feathered
between the veins with splashes of yellowish green,
lower side dull purple-red, midrib brown; petiole 3-15
in. long, softly tomentose in lower part; sheath extend-
ing from one-half to nearly the entire length of the
petiole: infl. borne upon long slender leafy sts., which
later become swollen and root at the nodes and change
to runners, thus forming an easy means of prop: few-
fld., bracts green, ovate; fls. in pairs in axil of each
bract, pure white, Kin. diam.; sepals linear; petals
obovate. Brazil. B.H. 25:273.
24. picta, Hook. f. (Mardnta picta, Hort.). Habit
dense and compact, covered in all parts with soft
velvety hairs: growths with 4-10 Ivs. and K~3 ft.
high; blade elliptic, undulate, acute, 6-15 in. long,
upper side rich velvety olive-green, feathered on either
side of the midrib, pale yellowish green; under side rich
purple-red; petiole 3-18 in. long, dull red; sheath extend-
ing nearly the entire length of the petiole, the upper
inch or two being terete, and rather brighter in color
than the lower part: infl. a dense cone-like spike,
borne on long slender terete sts. 1-3 ft. long and bear-
ing 1 or more Ivs. which change into runners after
the fls. are over, becoming fleshy and rooting at the
nodes, forming a ready means of prop.; bracts 1-2 in.
long, erect, elliptic or ovate, pale primrose tinted with
rose or violet; fls. in pairs, 1 in. diam., primrose tinted
with violet. Brazil. B.M. 7674. G.C. III. 22:293.
25. noctifldra, Hort. (Mardnta noctiflora, Regel &
Krern. M. grdcilis, Hort.). Habit loose and spreading,
1-2 K ft- high: growths with 2 or 3 Ivs.; blade elliptic
or elliptic-ovate, 6-12 in. long, pendulous or horizontal,
upper side pale yellowish green, pinnately striped with
rich dark green bars along the principal veins, lower
side light green faintly suffused with dull red, the prin-
cipal veins being more strongly marked with a deeper
shade of red; petiole erect, rigid, 6-18 in. long; sheath,
extending to half its length, upper part terete, green.
Probably Brazil. — Perhaps a true Maranta.
26. eximia, Kcern. (Phrynium eximium, Koch).
Habit loose and spreading: growths bearing 1-3 Ivs.,
usually 2, and from 1-3 ft. long; blade elliptic or ellip-
tic-ovate, acute, 6-15 in. long, upper surface alter-
nately striped with rich olive-green and light silver
tissue, and arranged in the form of a feather, midrib
channeled pale yellowish green, under side rich dark
wine-red, glabrous above, softly tomentose with brown
hairs beneath; petiole spreading, stout, 1-2 ft. long,
lower part light green, reddish brown above, beneath
extending from one-third to nearly the entire length of
CALATHEA
CALATHEA
623
the petiole, upper part oval or terete. Cent. Amer.
Gt. 686. — One of the finest and most beautiful mem-
bers of the genus.
27. rufibarba, Fenzl. Habit erect, densely tufted:
growths with 3-7 Ivs. 13^-4 ft. long; blades linear-
lanceolate, 6-12 in. long, rich shining green, suffused
with purplish red below, undulate, acute; petiole %-
2l/2 ft. long, terete above the sheath; sheath extending
from 2-10 in. of the base of the If., dull red heavily
spotted with green. Probably Brazil. B.M. 7560. —
Densely hairy in all its parts.
28. Lindeniana, Wallis (C. lAndenii, Wallis & Andre).
Lvs. elliptic-oblong, short-acuminate (12 in. or less
long), deep green above with an olive-green zone either
side of the midrib, and beyond which is a darker zone
of green, the under side counterfeiting the upper side,
but with purplish zones. Brazil. I.H. 18:82. — By
some considered to be a form of C. ruseo-picta.
29.- princeps, Regel (Mardnta princeps, Lind.).
Lf. elongated or elliptical-lanceolate, 7-10 in. long,
3-3 y% in. broad, light green above, with broad black-
green, flaming, broken band along the middle nerve,
violet-purple below. Amazon.
30. Legrelliana, Regel. Lf.
elliptical, pointed, 5-6 in. long,
2-33^ in. broad, above shining
green, with broad, white, flam-
ing, broken middle band along
the middle nerve and numerous
broken white linear small bands
between the side nerves; lower
surface whitish gre'en and
marked with red and green.
Colombia, Ecuador. — A neat species.
BB. Lf .-blades larger, mostly upwards of
12 in. long.
c. Under side of Ivs. green (red in juvenile
states of Nos. 34 and others and in
No. 37 and perhaps No. 45}.
31. crotalifera, Wats. RATTLESNAKE
PLANT. Lvs. oval, abruptly acute at
each end, 1^-2 ft. long, and 10-12 in.
broad, yellowish green, with a white-
margined midrib, paler underneath;
petiole 2-3 ft. long, curved, sheathing:
peduncles 1 or 2, 8-10 in. high, bearing distichous
yellow-fld. spikes. Guatemala. — Offered in Fla. The
spikes suggest the rattle of a rattlesnake (Crotalus)
whence the specific name.
32. Alluia, Lindl. Habit erect: growths bearing 4-10
Ivs. 2-4 ft. long; blade 1-2 ft. long, elliptic, arching in
upper half, light green above, pale silvery gray below,
margins slightly undulate; petiole erect, often as much
as 2 ft. long, green, striped with dull red on each side,
the sheath extending up to within 2-3 in. of the apex,
where it becomes terete. W. Indies. — Alluia is a native
Carib name.
33. leopardina, Regel (Mardnta leopardina, Bull).
Habit strong and vigorous, quickly forming a large and
fine specimen: growths bearing 3-7 erect or spreading
Ivs., often as much as 5 ft. high, and arching over at
the tip; blade to 20 in. long, elliptic, slightly oblique,
acute, slightly undulate, and glabrous in all parts,
upper side rich green in the adult stage; in the juvenile
stage the Ivs. are dark olive-green in the center, with
an irregular outer band of paler green, forming a com-
plete zone between the dark green center and margin;
under side light green; petiole 1-4 ft. high, rigid,
erect; sheath extending from one- third to one-half the
length of the petiole, upper part terete, glabrous,
shining light green. Brazil. — A near ally of C. Chant-
rieri, but not so brightly colored in the markings of
the If.
738. Calathea zebrina.
34. Chantrleri, Hort. (Mardnta Chantrieri, Andr6).
Habit strong and vigorous, erect, spreading and arch-
ing above: growths bearing 3-4 Ivs. and reaching as
much as 6 or 7 ft. high in the adult stage; blade elliptic,
glabrous; in the juvenile stage the larger part of the
upper side of the If. is a pale yellowish green with a
dark green irregular band running around the margins
and along the midrib, the under side is rich purplish
red, in the adult stage the color on both sides of the
If. is all lost and becomes a rich dark green, the inter-
mediate stages of development are marked by a gradual
loss of the light yellowish green on the upper side and
purple-red of the lower and the gradual encroachment
of the dark green color which predominates in the
adult stage; petiole 13^-5 ft. long, downy when young,
glabrous when old, spreading out-
ward; sheath extending from one-
half to three-fourths of its length,
upper part terete. Brazil. — A near
ally, if not a variety of the older
C. leopardina, Regel.
cc. Under side of Ivs. in shades of
purple or red (or perhaps
green in No. 45).
35. ornata, Koern. (Mardnta
ornata, Lind. M. regdlis,
Hort.) . Habit vigorous, erect,
spreading with age: growths
bearing 1^4 Ivs.; blade ellip-
tic or elliptic-cordate, acute,
1-3 ft. long, rich shining green above
(in the adult stage), dull purple-red
below, the Ivs. in the juvenile stage all
beautifully striped between the prin-
cipal veins with rose or pink, which in
the intermediate stage changes to
white and disappears entirely in the
adult; petiole erect spreading with age,
often as much as 4 ft. long and thick in pro-
portion; sheath extending from one-third to
one-half its length, upper part terete, slightly
downy, especially in the lower part. Guiana
to Ecuador. F.S. 4:413-14— The forms this
plant assumes during the different stages of
its development have been distinguished by
some nurserymen who have distributed them
under separate names, C. regalis, C. majestica,
and C. roseo-striata all being stages of the one plant.
To add to the confusion they are also known in the
trade under the generic name of Maranta. The plant
known as C. albo-lineata or Maranta albo-lineata, has
been referred by some authors to this species, but it
has no near affinity and is a different plant from
C. ornata, C. imperialis or C. Sanderiana.
36. imperialis, Hort. (Mardnta imperialis, Hort.).
Habit vigorous,- erect, spreading in the adult stage:
growths with 2-7 Ivs. 6 in. to 5 ft. long; blade as much
as 2 ft. long when adult, elliptic-ovate, acute, entire,
shiny green above, rich purple-red below; petiole
stout, erect or spreading, dull green; sheath developed
about half its length, upper part terete.— One of the
best species for decorative effect. This species presents
a striking dissimilarity between the juvenile and adult
stages of growth. The juvenile stage is much the better
for horticultural purposes as the Ivs. are then striped
with bright rose or pink between the principal lateral
veins. This color gradually changes as the plant grows
stronger and becomes vigorous, the stripes on the
lower Ivs. first becoming white and gradually disappear-
ing on the Ivs. that are developed after the plant
reaches the adult stage, until a stage is reached when
all the color and stripes on the upper side of the Ivs.
are lost and the Ivs. are a rich shining green color.
The high color is again developed as soon as the plant
is disturbed at the roots either for prop, or by injury.
624
CALATHEA
37. Sanderiana, Hort. (Mardnta Sanderiana). A
species closely allied to C. imperialis but differing in
the broader and shorter If.-blades, darker color of the
under sides of the Ivs , transverse striation between the
veins, the hairy character of the petioles and under
side of the Ivs. Habit erect, spreading with age : growths
bearing 1-4 Ivs.; blades ovate, or elliptic-ovate, up to
as much as 2 ft. long when adult, acute, green above (in
the adult stage), rich plum-red below; Ivs. in the juvenile
stage are striped with bright rose which become white
in the intermediate stage and entirely disappear in
the adult; petiole erect, stout; sheath extending from
one- third to one-half its length, upper part terete;
If.-scales, petioles and under sides of the Ivs. slightly
pubescent. Brazil. — C. ornata, C. imperialis and C.
Sanderiana are probably all forms of one very variable
species.
38. insignis, Bull. Habit tufted, dwarf and compact:
growths bearing 2-3 Ivs. and from J^-3 ft. high; blade
linear-lanceolate, 3-18 in. long, undulate, acute, glabrous,
upper side highly glabrous, pale yellowish green shad-
ing to rich olive green at the edges, and with a row on
either side of the midrib arranged pinnately of alter-
nate long and short blotches of dark olive-green,
giving the plant a most distinct and striking effect;
under side a rich dark maroon-red; petiole 3-20 in.
long, rigid, slender; sheath only developed near the
base, upper part terete, green. Brazil. J.H. III.
45:218. — One of the most beautiful foliage plants in
cult, and one which thrives well in a hot moist stove
in a mixture of leaf-mold and sand.
39. argyrophylla, Hort. A garden hybrid. Habit
spreading: growths with 2-5 Ivs. 1-3H ft- long, 12-20
in. long, elliptic, silvery white, feathered with pale
green above and rich reddish brown below; petiole 12-20
in. long, pale green, striped along the back with red;
sheath extending up to within 4-8 in. of the If.-blade,
upper part terete and slightly channeled on upper side,
glabrous in all parts.
40. nigricans, Gagnep. Habit loose, light and elegant,
erect at first, spreading with age: growths bearing 2-3
Ivs., 2-5 ft. high; blade elliptic, occasionally lanceolate,
acute, undulate, 12-20 in. long, rich dark velvety green
above, dull red below; petiole 1-4 ft. long, erect; sheath
extending to one-third the length of the petiole, upper
two- thirds terete, dull green in color: infl. arising from
center of the growth of the Ivs., an erect globose spike
with large fofiose; bracts: fls. 2-3 in the axil of each
bract, 1 in. diam., primrose in color, petals shaded
with purple; tube 1 in. long; bracts green, reflexed,
upper ones forming an umbrella-like mass under which
the fls. are developed in the axils of the lower bracts.
Trop. Amer. R.H. 1904, p. 576.
41. Spphiae, Hort. Habit medium to strong: growths
with 3-7 Ivs. and 1-3 ft. high; blade elliptic, acute, undu-
late, 12-18 in. long, rich bright velvety green with a
bright yellowish green channeled midrib above, light
red below; petiole erect, rigid, covered with soft tomen-
tum; sheath extending from one-third to one-half the
length of the petiole, upper part terete. — Closely allied
to C. nigricans.
42. zebrina, Lindl. (Mardnta zebrina, Sims). ZEBRA
PLANT. Fig. 738. Habit compact, 1-3 ft. high: growths
bearing from 6-20 spreading Ivs. ; blade elliptic, obtuse
or acute, slightly undulate, %-2 ft. long, upper side
rich velvety green, with alternating bars of pale yel-
lowish green and dark olive-green, under side light pur-
ple-red in the adult stage, and pale grayish green in
the young stage; petiole J^-2 ft. long, pale green;
sheath large, canaliculate, and extending nearly the
whole length of the petiole; scape short. Variable.
Brazil. B.M. 1926. L.B.C. 5:494. R.H. 1865, p.
90. S.H. 1:164. Lowe, 1. — The commonest species,
occurring in nearly all collections of warm greenhouse
plants.
CALCEOLARIA
Var. Bindtii, Hort., is a stronger - growing variety
with darker colored foliage, with Ivs. as much as 4J^j
ft. long. — One of the finest and best stove foliage plants
in cult., of easy culture and one that should be in all
collections.
43. pulchella, Koern. (Mardnta tignna, Bull).
Weaker grower than C. zebrina, the Ivs. lighter colored,
with two series (large and small) of broad green bars.
Brazil. — By some considered to be a form of C. zebrina.
44. Warscewiczii, Koern. Rather large: Ivs. 2 ft.
long, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, purple beneath,
dark, velvety green above, but the midrib broadly
feathered with yellow-green. Costa Rica. F.S. 9:939-
40. Gn. 17:560. Lowe, 17.— One of the best.
45. Bachemiana, Morr. Lvs. unequilateral, cordate
at the base, ovate-lanceolate or rarely oblong, attenuate-
acuminate, smooth, silvery green above, finely striate,
with parallel greenish or whitish markings along the
primary nerves, purplish or greenish beneath. Brazil.
C. argyrssa, Kcern. Lvs. very short, unequal, oblong-lanceo-
late, short-acuminate, above deep green and ash-colored, beneath
purple. Country unknown. — C. arrecta, Lind. & Andre1. Tall:
Ivs. oblong, red beneath, green above, with the nerves all prominent.
Ecuador. I.H. 18:77. — C. bambusdcea, Poepp. & Endl.=Ischnqsi-
phon. — C. Baraqulnii, Regel. Lvs. oval-lanceolate, green, with
bands of white. Brazil. — C. fascinator, Hort. Dwarf: Ivs broad-
qvate-oblong, purplish beneath, green above and with blotches of
lighter color and transverse narrow bars of red. Brazil. I.H.
41:104 (as Maranta Fascinator). — C. gigas, Gagnep. Eight ft.:
If.-blade lanceolate, 2 ft. long, 8-10 in. broad, violet-purple when
young but becoming green; petioles 5 ft. long: spike cylindric,
about 4 in. long, bearing 8 pairs of yellow-and-white fls. Trop.
Amer. — C. hieroglyphica, Lind. & Andre1. Dwarf: Ivs. short-
ovate, short-pointed, purplish beneath, green above and marked
by many oblique bands or bars of silvery white. Colombia. I.H.
20:122-3. — C. Kerchoveana, Hort.=Maranta bicolor var. — C.
Lageriana, Hort. Lvs. large, dark red beneath, the prominent veins
rich bronze. — C. major, Hort.=Ischnosiphon. — C. Massangeana,
Hort.=Maranta bicolor var Massangeana. — C. medio-plcta,
Makqy (Maranta prasina, Bull). Lvs. oval-lanceolate and
tapering to both ends, dark green, with the rib feathered with
white from base to summit. Brazil. — C. musaica, Hort. (Maranta
musiaca, Bull). A dwarf-growing species with obliquely cordate
ovate Ivs. 4-6 in. long, glabrous, acute, upper side pale shining
green marked with numerous close set transverse veins of a lighter
shade; petiole 3-6 in. long. Brazil. — C. Oppenheimiana, Morr.=
Ctenanthe. — C. pardina, Planch. & Lind.=C. villosa. — C. smarag-
dlna, Lind. & Andr6=Monotagma. — C. splendens and splendida,
Hort.=Maranta splendida. — C. villdsa, Lindl. Large: Ivs. 10:20
in. long, oblong-ovate, pale green, with dark brown angular
blotches: fls. yellow. S. Amer. F.S. 11 : 1101-2 (as C. pardina) ; also,
Lowe, 32. L H g
C. P. RAFFILL.
CALCEOLARIA (Latin calceolus, a slipper, alluding
to the saccate flower; these plants are sometimes called
lady-slippers, but the name is best used for Cypri-
pedium). Scrophulariacese. Showy-flowered herbs and
shrubs, grown both in the greenhouse and in the open.
Leaves mostly opposite, usually hairy and rugose,
entire or incised or pinnatifid: corolla 2-parted nearly
to the base, the lower part or lip deflexed and inflated
slipper-like, the upper lip smaller and ascending, but
usually saccate; stamens 2 or rarely 3, and no rudi-
ments (A, Fig. 739): fr. a many-seeded caps. — About
200 species, mostly from the Andes of Peru and Chile,
but extending north to Mex.; also 2 in New Zealand.
Monogr. by Kranzlin, Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft.
28 (1907).
Many species of Calceolaria have been cultivated at
one time or another, but the number now grown is
few, most of the garden kinds apparently being hybrids
or marked variations from specific types. The genus
falls into two horticultural sections, the herbaceous
kinds, and the shrubby kinds. The former are the
only ones generally known in this country, being
treated more or less as annuals. The herbaceous
garden forms Rodigas considers to be offshoots chiefly
of C. arachnoidea and C. crenatiflora, and he has called
this race C. arachnoideo-crenatiflora (see I.H. 31 : 528, 536 ;
35 : 54) . In this work, however, the more inclusive terms
C. herbeohybrida of Voss is employed (Fig. 739); and
also the corresponding C. fruticoybrida for the shrubby
CALCEOLARIA
CALCEOLARIA
625
derivatives. C. crenatiflora seems to have left its impress
most distinctly on the greenhouse forms. The calceo-
larias are grown for the variously colored and often
spotted slipper-like flowers. The shrubby forms, grown
much in England, do not thrive in the heat of the
American summer.
The cultivation of the herbaceous and the shrubby
kinds of calceolarias is about the same, with the dif-
ference that the herbaceous kinds are nearly always
grown from seeds, while the shrubby varieties are
oftener grown from cuttings. — Seeds may be sown from
the end of March until the first of September, according
to the size of the plant required. Those sown early are
more easily carried through the hot months than any
that are propagated in the end of May or in the month
of June. Sow the seeds in shallow pans with good
drainage in a compost of equal parts of sand and of
the day. For a first potting (which may be to 2-
inch pots) the same mixture in which the seeds were
sown is the best, and the seedlings should be big
enough to be easily held between the finger and thumb ;
and as the plants are moved along into larger pots,
equal parts of fibrous loam, fern-root, leaf-mold, sand
and dried cow-manure may be used, always having
this compost in as lumpy a state as can be equally
and conveniently packed around the plant. When the
plants are well rooted in their flowering pots, they may
be watered with manure water. An ordinary handful
of green cow-manure to about three gallons of water
may be used, and if any of the commonly used fertili-
zers are to be employed for a change, the same amount
of fertilizer to an equal amount of water is about right;
but always water with clean water twice between these
applications. — If cuttings are to be used for the propa-
gation of calceolarias, they should be rooted in a
temperature of 45° to 50°, kept shaded from the sun.
Cuttings may be procured from the plants that are
trimmed into shape during their growing period (in
August or September) and should have two leaves
attached and another joint to go in the sand. When
rooted, treat them as described above for the seedlings.
The varieties of the rugosa section are largely used for
bedding plants in Europe. — Calceolarias are very sub-
ject to attacks of green- and white-fly; the best means
of keeping these pests in check is by fumigation with
hydrocyanic gas. In the evening is the best time to
fumigate, and the foliage of the plants should be per-
fectly dry; in fact, it is better if possible to use no water
at all in the greenhouse the day they are to be treated.
In the hot months of summer, a cool evening should
be selected and one-quarter of an ounce of cyanide
of potassium, one ounce of sulfuric acid and
two ounces of water to every 1,000 cubic feet
contained in the greenhouse may be used. (See
Fumigation.) The house at this season of the year
should be opened up in forty-five minutes after
the cyanide has been dropped into the liquid.
Repeat at intervals of about three weeks. In winter
the quantity may be doubled to the same cubic feet of
space, and the house may be kept closed until morn-
ing. When opening the ventilators after fumigating
in this manner, do not breathe in the greenhouse until
the air has changed, say about half an hour after, as
the gas is deadly to human beings. Fumigating with
tobacco will kill the green-fly, but it has no effect on
the white-fly. (Geo. F. Stewart.)
739. Calceolaria herbeohybrida.
the peat which is shaken out of fern-root that is to be
used for potting orchids, adding about one-fourth of
charcoal. All this should be sifted through a fine sieve.
This material should be well mixed and placed an inch
in depth in the receptacle that the seeds are to be
sown in. The surface should be made as level as pos-
sible, and the seeds, after being thinly scattered over
the same, may be pressed gently into the compost,
covering them very lightly with sphagnum moss sifted
through a very fine sieve. Water by dipping the pan
in a tank of water, allowing it to soak through the holes
in the bottom of the pan. This mode of watering is
not so liable to disturb the small seeds, as an overhead
watering with a fine rose on the watering-pot. A tem-
perature of 60° will cause calceolaria seeds to germi-
nate, but the sun should not strike them until the cool
of autumn comes. A greenhouse with a northern aspect
is best for them until the end of September, giving all
the air possible day and night. From the first of
October until the end of March, the plants will stand
the full sun, and should then be grown in a night
temperature of 40°, allowing 10° or 15° of rise during
alba, 14.
herbeohybrida, 10.
plantaginea, 3.
amplexicaulis, 13.
Herbertiana, 6.
purpurea, 6.
arachnoidea, 7.
heterophylla, 8.
rugosa, 11.
ascendens, 15.
hybrida, 5, 10.
salvise folia, 11.
biflora, 3.
integrifolia, 11, 15.
seabiossefolia, 8.
Burbidgei, 5.
mirabilis, 1.
suberecta, 3.
corymbosa, 2.
Morrisonii, 3-
thrysiflora, 12.
crenatiflora, 1.
Pavonii, 4.
viscosissima, 11.
denlata, 15.
pendula, 1.
Wheeleri, 2.
fruticobybrida, 15.
pinnata, 8, 9.
Youngii, 10.
herbacea, 10.
A. Herbaceous calceolarias, some of them parents of the
florists' varieties of this country.
B. Lvs. simple.
c. F Is. essentially yellow.
1. crenatifldra, Cav. (C. pendula, Sweet. C. mirab-
ilis, Knowl. & Wesc.). One to 2 ft., the st. soft-hairy,
terete: radical Ivs ovate and long-petioled (the petioles
winged at top), undulate and dentate, sometimes
obscurely lobed, rugose and pubescent, paler beneath,
often purplish toward the tip; st.-lvs. shorter-petioled
and becoming sessile above: fls. in a forking corymb,
the slipper large, oblong or oblong-obovate, fur-
rowed or crenate, hanging, yellow, with orange-brown
dots. Chile. B.M. 3255. — From this species we appear
to have derived the spots of calceolaria fls.
626
CALCEOLARIA
CALCEOLARIA
2. corymbdsa, Ruiz & Pav. (C. Wheeleri, Sweet).
One to 3 ft. high, the st. 4-angled : radical Ivs. ovate and
sometimes cordate, obtuse or nearly so, doubly crenate,
rugose and hairy, whitish beneath; st.-lys. smaller and
narrower, somewhat clasping, opposite: fls. small
(about half as large as in C. crenatiflora) , in a broad,
somewhat loose corymb, the slipper somewhat short-
oblong, clear yellow outside and marked with red lines
inside. Chile. B.M. 2418.
3. biflora, Lam. (C. plantaginea, Smith. C. suberecta,
Hort. C. Mdrrisonii, Don). Herbaceous, stemless:
Ivs. . ovate-spatu-
late, toothed at
top: scapes many,
few-fld.; fls. large,
yellow, lower lip
large and the
upper one small
and notched, the
under side of the
slipper dotted
with red. Chile,
Argentina. B.M.
2805. L.B.C.
15:1402. F.S.R.
2:312.
740. Calceolaria integrifolia var.
viscosissima. ( X 1A)
4. P a v 6 n i i ,
Benth. An erect,
strong- growing,
herbaceous, or half
shrubby species:
st. terete, green,
stout: Ivs. perfoli-
ate, on short
winged petioles,
ovate or elliptic,
coarsely serrate,
5^9 in. long (in a
vigorous plant),
and a rich light
green in color:
sts. and lys.
densely hairy;
infl. paniculate, terminal, large and handsome; fls. rich
golden-yellow and marked in throat with brown, and
about 1 in. diam. Peru. B.M. 4525. G. 27:663. J.H. III.
50:489. J.F. 1, pi. 32.— One of the parents of several
handsome hybrids.
5. Burbidgei, Hort. (C. hybrida var. Burbidgei,
Gumbl.). A garden hybrid raised at Trinity College,
Dublin, by Burbidge between C. Pavonii on the one
side and C. deflexa (C. fuchsisefolia) or possibly C.
amplexicaulis on the other: plant erect: sts. hairy,
terete: Ivs. light green, lanceolate, 5-9 in. long, serrate,
winged along the petiole: infl. large, in terminal free-
branching panicles; fls. 1 in. diam., rich golden yellow.
G. 25:547. Gn. 47:306.— One of the finest of cool
greenhouse kinds and valuable also as a bedding plant
as it grows into a fine large specimen as much as 6
ft. high and branches freely from the base. .Readily
prop, by cuttings.
cc. Fls. purple.
6. purp&rea, Graham (C. Herbertiana, Lindl.). Sts.
erect, pubescent, 1-2 ft.: radical Ivs. spatulate and
acutish, with a strong midrib, sparsely hairy, rugose,
dentate; st.-lvs. broad-cordate and clasping, less
toothed: fls. in loose corymbs, small, purplish or red-
dish violet, the slipper somewhat furrowed. Chile.
B.M. 2775. B.R. 1313.— Supposed to have entered
largely into purple-fid, varieties.
7. arachnoidea, Graham. St. a foot or two high,
terete, branchy, woolly, with appressed hairs: Ivs.
oblong or Ungulate, narrowing into long - winged
petioles, clasping, obscurely toothed, rugose, woolly
on both sides: peduncles in pairs, forking: fls. small,
dull purple, the slipper nearly globular and furrowed.
Chile. B.M. 2874. L.B.C. 16: 1557.
BB. Lvs. compound, or essentially so.
8. scabiosaefolia, Sims (C. pinndta, Ruiz & Pav.
C. heterophylla, Willd.). Often 2 ft., the st. terete, hairy,
and leafy: Ivs. opposite, with clasping petioles, cut
nearly or completely to the midrib; Ifts. varying from
lanceolate to broad-oval, acuminate, ciliate, dentate:
fls. very small, in small hairy corymbs, pale yellow, the
slipper nearly orbicular in outline. Chile, Peru, Ecua-
dor. B.M. 2405. — This is sold by seedsmen as an annual
bedding plant.
9. pinnata, Linn. Often reaches 3 ft. or more: Ivs.
pinnatifid or completely compound, the divisions short
and nearly entire, obtuse or nearly so: fls. small, sul-
fur-yellow. Chile, Peru, Bolivia. B.M. 41. — The first
known garden species, still sold as an annual.
10. herbeohybrida, Voss (C. hybrida, C. herbacea,
C. Yoimgii, Hort., and others). Derivatives of the
herbaceous calceolarias: mostly dwarf or small (2 ft. or
less), in many colors, usually with well-inflated slippers.
AA. Shrubby calceolarias.
B. Fls. yellow.
11. integrifSlia, Murr. (C. rugosa, Ruiz & Pav. C.
salviasfolia, Pers.). Two to 6 ft. high, branchy and bushy:
Ivs. glabrous, oval-lanceolate, crisped and dentate, the
short petioles winged: fls. in terminal clusters, small,
yellow. Chile. L.B.C. 10:942. B.R. 744, 1083.— Variable.
Probably the chief source of shrubby calceolarias.
Var. viscosissima, Hort. (Fig. 740), is a sticky-hairy
form with sessile Ivs. and showy fls.
12. thyrsifldra, Graham. More shrubby: Ivs. linear
and clustered, toothed, sessile, not hairy: fls. small,
yellow, in a close, terminal cluster. Chile. B.M. 2915.
13. amplexicaftlis, HBK. A foot or two high: Ivs.
cordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
pubescent, woolly beneath and deep-rugose above,
clasping: fls. small, in an upright corymb, pale yellow
and spotless, the slipper hoof-shaped. Ecuador, Peru.
BB. Fls. white.
14. .alba, Ruiz & Pav. Shrubby, erect, branched, the
branches opposite: Ivs. linear, toothed above, with
fascicles of fls. in axils: fls. small, white, of 2 very
unequal lips, the upper one being very small, the throat
closed. Chile. B.M. 4157. G.C.III.22:141. Gn. 51:60;
75, p. 6. J.H. III. 61:419. — A most beautiful species
in England when planted out in a soil rich in humus,
but should be shaded from hot sun. The plant dislikes
pot culture. This species has recently been used by the
hybridist in order to secure a race with white fls.
The new hybrid C. Veitchii is likely to prove a great
aquisition to gardens, and is partly derived from this
species.
15. fruticohybrida, Voss (C. ascendens, Hort., not
Lindl. C. dentdta, and C. integrifolia, Hort., for the most
part). Here may be grouped the shrubby garden
calceolarias that are derivatives of most other species.
They are marked by the prevailing under-color of yel-
low, orange or orange-red; sometimes they are yellow-
ish white or dull red.
C. andina, Benth. (C. Herbertiana var. pallidiflora, Lindl.).
Shrubby, glandular-pubescent: Ivs. orbicular-rovate, thick, rugose,
hairy: fls. small, yellow, the slipper crenate. Chile. B.M. 7326.
B.R. 1576. — C. bicolor, Ruiz & Pav. Shrubby: Ivs. ovate, dentate:
fls. small, the slipper sulfur-yellow above and white below. Peru.
B.M. 3036. L.B.C. 18: 1783.— C. cdna, Cav. Herbaceous, tufted,
scapose, 1-1 Yi ft.: Ivs. radical, oblong-lanceolate, spatulate or
obovate: fls. white with small purple or rose-colored lines and
blotches. Chile. B.M. 8416. — C. Clibranii. Hort.=C. profusa.
F.E. 28:143. — C. deflexa, Ruiz & Pav. (C. fuchsisefolia, Hemsl.).
Shrubby: Ivs. lanceolate: fls. yellow, panicled, the upper lip very
large. Peru. B.M. 6431. G.C. II. 15:269. Gn. 15:258.— C,
flexudsa, Ruiz & Pav sJnrubby at base: Ivs. large-ovate, coarsely
crenate-dentate: fls. rather large, clear yellow, with very large
CALCEOLARIA
CALLA
627
green calicos. Peru. B.M. 5154. F.S. 22:2331. — C. Forgetii, Skan.
Undershrub, 1-1 ^ ft., slender: Ivs. ovate, obtuse or somewhat
acute, serrate: fls. small, pale yellow with a large reddish brown
blotch inside the lower lip. Peru. B.M. 8436. — C. fuchsix folia,
Hemsl.=C. deflexa. — C. Henrici, Hook. f. Shrubby, evergreen:
Ivs. willow-like, small-toothed: fls. panicled, clear yellow, the upper
lip large. Peru. B.M. 5772. — C. hyssopifdlia, HBK. Shrubby: Ivs.
crowded, small, lanceolate and toothed, or at top of st. linear and
entire, margins revolute: fls. rather large, in many-fld. corymbs,
pale sulfur-yellow, the slipper oboyate-orbicular and crenate.
Ecuador. — C. Jeffreyi,H.vrt.,ia a hybrid group between herbaceous
greenhouse kinds and C. integrifqlia, produced about 10 years ago
in England: 2-6 ft., with branching panicles bearing fls. about 1
in. across of few colors. — C. kewensis, Hort. Cross of C. Jef-
freyi with herbaceous varieties: more compact and larger-fld.
than C. Jeffrey!; colors of wide range: plant 1-2}^ ft. high and
about as broad when in good bloom. G.C. III. 39:390. — C. lobdta,
Cav. Herbaceous: Ivs. triangular-ovate, palmately 5-7-lobed,
dentate: fls. in terminal clusters, clear, pale yellow, and spotted
on the up-curved slipper. Peru, Bolivia. B.M. 4525, 6330. — C. mex-
icana, Benth., is a small-fld., pale yellow species hardy in England:
annual: lower Ivs. 3-parted or -lobed, the upper ones pinnatisect.
Mts., Mex., Costa Rica. — C. petiolaris, Cav. (C. floribunda, Lindl.).
Herbaceous: Ivs. ovate, the lower ones wing-petioled, toothed,
rugose: fls. yellow in loose panicles, the lips connivent. Chile.
— C. pisacomensis, Meyen. Shrubby: Ivs. ovate-cordate, nearly or
quite obtuse nearly sessile, irregularly crenate, margins reflexed: fls.
large, orange varying to red, the slipper up-curved. Peru. B.M. 5677.
— -C. polyrrhiza, Cav. A dwarf and tufted species from Patagonia,
with dark yellow purple-spotted fls.: herbaceous, cespitose: Ivs.
crowded, lanceolate. S. Chile, Patagonia. For rockwork. — C.
profiisa, Hort. (C. Clibranii, Hort.). On the order of C. Burbidgei.
A garden form of free-flowering habit. — C. Sinclairii, Hook. Her-
baceous, half-hardy: Ivs. oblong-ovate, stalked, crenate-dentate,
hairy: fls. small, lilac or flesh-colored, spotted within, the 2 lips
nearly equal, not saccate. New Zeal. B.M. 6597. Now referred to
Jovellana (J. Sineclairii, Kranzl.) — C. tenella, Poepp. & Endl.
Herbaceous, half-hardy, 6 in. high: Ivs. ovate or orbicular, small
(Jiin. long), nearly or quite sessile: fls. yellow, spotted within. Chile.
B.M. 6231. — C. Veitchii, Hort. Hybrid of C. alba and a garden
variety: 3-5 ft., erect and branched: fls. many, rather small, pale
lemon-yellow. G.C. III. 51, Suppl. June 1. Gn. 76, p. 271. (See No.
14.) — C. violacea, Cav. (Jovellana violacea, Don). Shrubby: Ivs.small,
ovate-cordate, deep-toothed, stalked: fls. yellow-salmon, spotted
within and without, the two lips not saccate. Chile. B.M. 4929. —
C. virgata, Ruiz & Pav. Bushy, 1-1% ft.: Ivs. ovate, short-stalked : fls.
rather small, numerous, white. Peru, Bolivia. G.C. III. 51:50.
L. H. B.
CALENDULA (Latin, calendse or calends: throughout
the months). Composite. Flower-garden plants.
Small herbs , the common cult, species annual, others
perennial, with alternate simple Ivs., mostly large heads
with yellow or orange rays, glabrous incurved achenes,
plane naked receptacle, pappus none, and involucre
broad, with scales in one or two series, their margin
usually scarious. — Some 15 species from
Canary Isls. to Persia.
officinalis, Linn. POT MARIGOLD. Fig.
741. Annual: 1-2 ft. high, more or less
hairy: Ivs. oblong and more or less clasp-
ing, entire, thickish: heads solitary, on
stout stalks, large with flat spreading
rays, showy, closing at night. S. Eu. B.M.
3204. V. 5:44; 16:165.— One of the most
universal garden fls., running into many
vars., distinguished by size, color, and
degree of doubling. The color varies
from white-yellow to deep orange. This is
the marygold of Shakespeare's time. The
fl. -heads are sometimes used in cookery,
to flavor soups and stews. The calendula
is of the easiest culture in any warm,
loose soil. The seeds are usually sown
where the plants are to stand, but they
may be sown indoors or in a frame and
the plants transplanted. The achenes are
large and germinate quickly. The plant
blooms the whole season, particularly if
the fls. are picked. It is a hardy annual,
and in the southern states will bloom
most of the year. In the N. it blooms up
to the first frosts, sometimes beyond.
Sown in summer or autumn, it makes a
good winter bloomer. Florets are used in
medicine as a vulnerary and anti-emetic.
The flowering plant was formerly used for
removing warts.
suffruticdsa, Vahl (C. Noedna, Boiss.). More dif-
fuse, annual: Ivs. sessile, lanceolate, somewhat dentate:
heads bright yellow, not doubled, very numerous, on
long peduncles. W. Medit. region.— Seeds are sold by
American dealers.
C. Pongei, Hort., and C. plurialis, Linn., will be found under
Dimorphotheca. T -^
L/. M. r>.
CALICO BUSH: Kalmia.
CALIFORNIA POPPY: Eschscholtzia.
CALIFORNIA YELLOW BELLS: Emmenanthe penduliflora.
CALIMERIS (Greek, beautiful arrangement). Com-
pdsitse. Good daisy-like border plants.
Calimeris comprises about 10 Asian herbs, now
mostly united with Aster, but horticulturally dis-
tinct, and differing from that genus in the hemis-
pherical involucre of few nearly equal scarious-mar-
gined bracts, and broad convex receptacle: achene
flat and hairy. Hardy perennials of low growth, suited
to the border in front of stronger plants. C. tatarica
is described in the genus Heteropappus.
incisa, DC. (C. incisaefdlia, Hort.? Aster indsus,
Fisch.). One to 2 ft., erect, corymbose at the summit:
Ivs. lanceolate, remotely incise-dentate; scales of
involucre red-margined: fls. large, purple-rayed or
almost white, and yellow-centered. — Of easy cult, in
any good soil, making a
display throughout July and
Aug. The commonest species
in cult.
altaica, Nees (Aster altd-
icus, Willd.). Lower, pu-
bescent or hispid: lys. linear-
lanceolate and entire: scales
of involucre pubescent and
white -margined; rays nar-
row, blue.. L. H. B.
CALIPHRURIA: CaUiphruria.
CALLA (ancient name, of
obscure meaning). Ardceas.
A monotypic genus, contain-
ing a native bog-plant with
a white spathe.
Herb, with creeping rhi-
zomes and 2-ranked Ivs.
Differs from Orontium in the
parallel secondary and ter-
tiary veins of the If.-blade,
as well as in having a prom-
inent more or less fleshy
persistent spathe envelop-
ing the spadix, and in the
absence of perianth; lower
fls. perfect, upper stami-
nate; fr. a red berry. See
Zantedeschia for C. asthio-
pica, C. albo-maculata, and
others. The calla of florists,
or calla lily, is Richardia of
recent books, but is properly
Zantedeschia, where it is de-
scribed and the culture given
in this work.
paiuslris, Linn. WATER
ARUM. Fig. 742. Rhizome
bearing many distichous Ivs.
one year, the next only 2
Ivs. and the peduncle:
petioles cylindrical, long-
sheathed; blade cordate:
spathe elliptical, or ovate-
lanceolate, white. Eu., N.
741. Calendula officinalis, double-flowered.
(XH)
628
CALLA
Asia, and E. N. Amer. V. 2:197; 14:244. B.M. 1831.
— An interesting little perennial plant, useful for out-
door ponds. JARED G. SMITH.
CALLIANDRA (Greek, beautiful stamens}. Legu-
minbsse. Evergreen shrubs and trees of greenhouse
culture, planted in
the open far south.
Leaves bipinnate ;
Ifts. numerous: fls.
usually in globose
heads or clusters;
corolla small, ob-
scured by the nu-
merous, long, silky,
purple or white
stamen s. — A bout
120 species, widely
distributed in trop-
ics. Distinguished
from Acacia by the
presence of a thick-
ened margin on the
pod.
Propagation is by
cuttings placed in
sand over bottom
heat. Keep in warm-
house, with the ex-
ception of those
from Mexico.
742. Calla paxustris.
Lamb ertiana,
D. Don.) Unarmed;
Benth. (Acacia Lambertidna,
branches terete: Ivs. puberulous-villous; pinnae 2-3-
yoked; Ifts. 9-12-yoked, oval-oblong, obtuse at both
ends; peduncles 3-5, racemose, heads roundish; stamens
20-25, pink. Mex. B.R. 721.
tetragona, Benth (Acacia tetragdna, Willd.). Un-
armed; branches .tetragonal: pinnae 5-6-yoked: Ifts.
16-29-yoked, linear, acute, the outer larger: heads
pedunculate, axillary; fls. white. Trop. Amer.
portoricensis, Benth. (Acacia portoricensis, Willd.).
Unarmed shrub or small tree: pinnae 2-4-yoked; Ifts.
15-25-yoked, linear, obtuse, closing at evening; branch-
lets pubescent: heads globose, pedunculate, axillary,
the white fls. opening as Ivs. close; calyx ciliate on the
margin; stamens 20^25; filaments long, white: pod
straight, linear, tapering at base. W. Indies. — Endures
temperatures as low as 24° F. in Calif. Var. major, a
splendid form, is known abroad. B.M. 8129.
Tweedyi, Benth. Unarmed shrub, lightly pubescent:
pinnae 3-4-yoked; Ifts. 20-30-yoked, linear, obtuse,
shining: peduncles axillary, 1-2 in. long, from large
scaly buds; calyx and corolla silky, lobes erect; stamens
long, numerous, purple. Brazil. B.M. 4188.
C. caHfornica, Benth. A stiff, hairy, much-branched shrub cult,
in Calif. It is native near Magdalena Bay and is the most north-
erly known representative of the genus. — C. caracasdna, Benth.
(Mimosa caracasana, Jacq.) differs from C. portoricensis in having
garple stamens, but is probably not distinct. — C. grandifldra,
enth. Not over .10 ft.: foliage glaucous: fls. scarlet. Intro, by
*ranceschi.=Mimosa grandiflora, L'Her.(?).— C. Samdn, Griseb.,
e=.ritnecolobiuin Saman. TT » *• -r-r
HARVEY MONROE HALL.T
CALLIANTHEMUM (Greek, beautiful flower). Ra-
nunculacex. Two or 3 little herbs of the mountains
of Eu. and Cent. Asia, allied to Anemone, some-
times mentioned for outdoor planting. Lvs. radical
(very small or none on the St.), decompound: fls. ter-
minal, white or rose-color; sepals 5, deciduous; petals
5-15, showy, with nectaries at the base. The species
apparently intergrade. C. anemonoides, Endl. Three
to 10 in. high, blooming in spring: Ivs. as broad as
long, triangular in outline, bipinnatifid: fls. 1^ in.
or less across; sepals broad; petals narrow: rhizome
somewhat fleshy. Tyrol. Useful in rockwork.
CALLICARPA
CALLICARPA (Greek, beauty and fruit). Verbend-
ceae. Ornamental woody plants cultivated chiefly for
their brightly colored berry-like fruit appearing late in
autumn; also for the attractive flowers which appear
in summer.
Flowers perfect; calyx short-campanulate, truncate
or slightly 4-toothed, rarely 4-parted; corolla with short
tube, 4-lobed; stamens 4, of equal length; ovary 4-
celled, cells 1-ovuled: fr. a subglobose berry-like drupe
with 2-4 stones. — More than 30 species in tropical
and subtropical regions of Asia, Austral., N. and Cent.
Amer.
Callicarpas are shrubs or trees, often with stellate
hairs, with opposite, usually serrate, deciduous leaves
and small pink, bluish or whitish flowers in axillary
clusters, followed in autumn by small berry-like lilac,
violet or red, rarely white fruits. The hardiest are C.
dichotoma, C. japonica and C. Giraldii, which may be
grown even North in sheltered positions, if somewhat
protected during the winter. If killed to the ground,
young shoots spring up vigorously, and will produce
flowers and fruit in the same season. If grown in the
greenhouse, they require a sandy compost of loam and
peat, and plenty of light and air. Propagation is readily
effected by greenwood cuttings in spring or summer
under glass; also by hardwood cuttings, layers and seeds.
A. Lvs. tomentose beneath.
americana, Linn. Shrub, 3-6 ft., with scurfy, downy
tomentum: Ivs. cuneate, elliptic-ovate, acuminate,
obtusely serrate, 3-6 in. long: cymes short-stalked;
corolla bluish, glabrous: fr. violet. July, Aug. Woods and
rich soil, Va. to Texas and W. Indies. — One of the hand-
somest in fr., but more tender than the Japanese spe-
cies. Var. alba, Hort., has white fr.; very conspicuous
in fall and early
winter.
AA. Lvs. not or
slightly pubes-
cent below and
glandular: co-
rolla glandular
outside.
B. Peduncles longer
than petioles:
Ivs. glabrous or
nearly so below.
japonica, Thunb.
(C. Mimurazdki,
Sieb.). Fig. 743.
Shrub, 2-5 ft.: Ivs.
cuneate, elliptic or
ovate-lanceolate,
long-acuminate,
serrulate, 23^-5 in.
long : cymes pe-
duncled, many-fld.;
fls. pink or whitish:
fr. violet. Aug.
Japan. S.I.F. 1:70.
G.C. 1871:173. P.
F.G. 2, p. 165. H.F.
1861:12. Var. leuco-
carpa, Sieb. With
white fr-
dichotoma, Koch
(C. grdcilis, Sieb. &
Zucc. C. purpiirea,
Juss.). Shrub, 1-4
ft.: Ivs. cuneate,
elliptic or obovate,
crenately serrate
above the middle,
entire toward the
base, 1 ^-3 in. long : 743. Callicarpa japonica. ( X H)
CALLICARPA
CALLIRHOE
629
cymes peduncled, few- or many-fld.; fls. pink: fr. lilac-
violet. Aug. Japan, China. Gn. 23:540. — Closely
allied to the former, but smaller in every part.
BB. Peduncles shorter than petio&s.
Giraldii, Hesse. Shrub: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ellip-
tic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, dentate,
glandular beneath, and sparingly stellate-pubescent;
petioles slender, l/y-Yivn.. long: fls. pink in dense cymes
on pubescent stalks shorter than the petioles: fr. violet.
W. China.
C. cdna, Linn. Shrub: Ivs. broadly elliptic, shining above and
whitish-tomentose beneath: fr. deep purple. E. India, China, Phil-
ippine Isls. B.M. 2107. — C. longifolia, Lam. Shrub: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate or lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, 3-5 in. long, stellate
pubescent and glandular beneath: cymes short-peduncled ; fls. pink
or purple: fr. white. Himalayas, China. B. R. 10:864. H.E..
2: 133. — -C. mdllis, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, to 4 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceo-
late, rounded at the base, tomentose beneath: fls. and fr. pink.
Japan. S.I.F. 1:70. — C. pedunculdta, R.Br. (C. lanata, Schau.,
not Linn.) Shrub: Ivs. oblong-ovate, nearly sessile, and rounded at
the base, green and slightly tomentose beneath: cymes slender-
peduncled. E. Indies. Austral. Sieb. Flor. d. Jard. 4:97. — C.
rubella, Lindl. (C. dichotoma, Hort., not Juss.). Shrub or small tree,
to 20 ft.: Ivs. cordate-oblong, tomentose beneath: fr. purple.
Himalayas, China. B.R. 11:883. F.S. 13:1359. I.H. 6:202. G.C.
1859:96. R.H. 1859, p. 106, 107. ^^ REHDER.
CALLICHRdA: Layia.
CALLI6PSIS: Coreopsis.
CALLIPHRURIA (Greek, beautiful prison; referring
to the spathe inclosing the flowers) . Written also Cali-
phuria. Amarylliddcese. Tender bulbs.
Distinguished from Eucharis by the stamens, the
filaments being petaloid, with 3 large linear teeth on
top, the middle one bearing the anther. The fls. ap-
pear with the Ivs.; perianth funnel-shaped, spreading
upward; stamens inserted at the throat of the tube:
caps, tardily splitting. — Three species from Colombia.
Calliphrurias are warmhouse plants and should be
grown in a rich soil of loam, peat or leaf -mold and sand.
Propagated by offsets.
Hartwegiana, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, stolon-
iferous, with brown membranous tunics: Ivs. bright
green, firmer and more closely veined than in Eucharis,
with an oblong-acute blade 4-5 in. long, 2 in. broad,
narrowed into a petiole, which is flat above and round
beneath: scape slender, 1 ft. long; fls. 6-8, in an umbel,
white; perianth 1 in. long and wide. Andes of Bogota. —
B.M. 6259. B.R. 30, p. 87, desc. Intro, in 1889 by
Reasoner.
C. subedentata, Baker=Eucharis subedentata.
CALLIPR6RA: Brodisea.
N. TAYLOR, f
CALLIPStCHE (Greek, beautiful and butterfly}.
Amaryllidaceas. Three bulbous plants from Ecuador
and Peru, the Ivs. produced after the yellow or greenish
yellow fls., probably not in the horticultural trade.
Leaves thin, oblong and stalked: fls. many in an umbel
on a hollow peduncle or scape; perianth funnelform
with short tube, the segms. all equal and oblanceolate
to oblong; stamens 6, much exserted, attached at the
throat: fr. a deeply 3-lobed caps., with many seeds.
They require the general treatment given amaryllis.
C. mirabilis, Baker, has an oblong bulb 2 in. diam.:
Ivs. 1 or 2, blade 5 or 6 in. broad: peduncle 2-3 ft.;
fls. greenish yellow, about 30 in a dense umbel; stamens
three times as long as perianth and widely spreading.
July, Aug. C. aurantiaca, Baker, has an ovoid bulb
1 in. diam.: Ivs. few: peduncle 1^-2 ft.; fls. bright
yellow, 6-8 in the umbel; stamens green, twice the
length of perianth. Autumn and winter. B.M. 6841.
L. H. B.
CALLIPTERIS (Greek, beautiful fern). Polypodiaceae.
Ferns allied to Asplenium and Diplazium, with elongate
sori formed on both sides of the veins, and the veins
uniting to form meshes or areoles. — Some 15 species are
known from the warmer parts of both hemispheres.
The following is the only one in cult. Culture the same
as for tropical aspleniums.
prolifera, Bory (Asplenium decussatum, Swartz).
Lvs. 3-6 ft. long, the stalks 1-2 ft. long, the pinnae
numerous, 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, with deeply
crenate margins and frequently with bulblets in the
axils; veins pinnate, with the branches of contiguous
veins uniting. Polynesia and Malaya.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
CALLIRHOE (Greek mythological name). Written
also Callirrhoe. Malvaceae. Hardy showy herbs, for out-
door planting.
Perennials or annuals: Ivs. alternate, with lobed or
cleft blades or more finely dissected: fls. showy, axillary
or sometimes in terminal racemes, the petals irregu-
larly cut at the apex or truncate, differing in this from
the notched petals of Malva; involucel of 1-3 bracts, or
wanting. — Nine species, native.
The callirhoes are of the easiest culture, and deserv-
ing of a much greater popularity. They are chiefly
propagated by seeds, but the perennial species may
also be propagated by cuttings.
744. Callirhoe pedata.
A. Annual: involucel absent.
pedata, Gray. Fig. 744. Height 1-3 ft.: st. erect,
leafy: radical and lower Ivs. round-cordate, palmately
or pedately 5-^7-lobed or -parted, the lobes coarsely
toothed or incised, upper 3-5-cleft or -parted, usually
into narrow divisions: fls. red-purple, cherry-red, vary-
ing to lilac. On plains and in sand, S. U. S., spring and
summer. R.H. 1857, p. 430.
AA. Perennial: involucel present.
involucrata, Gray. Height 9-12 in., plant hirsute or
even hispid: root large, napiform: sts. procumbent:
Ivs. of rounded outline, palmately or pedately 5-7-
parted or -cleft, the divisions mostly wedge-shaped,
incised, the lobes oblong to lanceolate: fls. crimson-
purple, cherry-red or paler. All summer. Minn, to
Texas. R.H. 1862:171 (as C. verticillata) .
Var. linearfloba, Gray (C. lineariloba, Gray). Less
hirsute than the type: sts. ascending: Ivs. smaller,
1-2 in. across, the upper or all dissected into linear
lobes: fls. lilac or pinkish. Texas and adjacent Mex. —
An excellent trailer, especially for rockeries. Thrives
even in very dry soils, the root penetrating to a great
depth. A sunny position is preferable.
C. Papdver, Gray. A perennial decumbent or ascending plant
with 3-5-lobed or -parted Ivs. and involucrate purple-red fls. S.U.S.
— Useful for very dry sandy places. jj TAYLOR t
630
CALLISTA
CALLfSTA: Dendrobium.
CALLISTEMON (Greek, kallos, beauty; stemon, a
stamen; in most of the species the stamens are of a
beautiful scarlet or crimson color). Myrtacese. BOTTLE-
BRUSH. Ornamental shrubs, thriving without irriga-
tion in California, where they are hardy and much
used; also planted to some extent elsewhere in warm
climates and occasionally seen under glass. Page 3566.
Leaves alternate, entire, lanceolate or linear, mostly
with oil- or resin-dots and fragrant when crushed : fls. in
dense cylindric spikes, at first terminal but the axis
growing out as a leafy shoot; calyx-teeth 5; petals 5,
deciduous; stamens indefinite in number, not united;
anthers versatile,
the cells parallel
and bursting longi-
tudinally; ovary
inferior, maturing
into a caps, which
persists for several
years. — About 25
species, natives of
Austral., where
they inhabit arid
districts. Distin-
guished from Mela-
leuca only by the
stamens, which in
that genus are
united into bundles.
Hall, Univ. Calif.
Pub. Bot. 4:22.
The showy
flower-clusters, re-
sembling bottle-
brushes in shape,
and so giving the
common name to
the genus, are
highly colored and
render these shrubs
very ornamental.
The quantity of
bloom may be much
increased by judi-
cious autumn prun-
ing. The various
species are recom-
mended for parks,
depot-grounds,
school - yards, and
also for smaller
yards if kept well
pruned. Hardy only
in warm-temperate districts but endur-
ing temperatures less than 20° F.
Propagation from seeds is satisfactory: these are
gathered during the summer months by allowing the
capsules to open in boxes or on sheets of paper kept in a
warm place; sow in early spring in finely sifted mixture
of sand, leaf-mold, and loam, and cover very lightly;
the ordinary cool greenhouse is warm enough. 'Some
nurserymen state that plants from cuttings of ripened
wood or of wood which is getting firm at the base will
blossom earlier than seedlings; others find no advantage
in this method. Although adapted to nearly every
variety of soil, these plants make but slow growth in
heavy clay.
A. Stamens %-l in. long.
lanceolatus, DC. (Metrosideros semper fibr ens, Lodd.).
Fig. 745. Height 6-12 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate, 1^-2^ in.
long, about y±m.. wide, acute, reddish when young;
midrib and lateral veins prominent: spikes 2-4 in. long,
bright red, less dense than in the following species: fr.
ovoid, contracted at summit. Jan.- June. B.M. 260
745. Callistemon
lanceolatus. (X?i)
CALLISTEPHUS
(as M. citrina). Maiden, Fl. PI. and Ferns of New S.
Wales, 8. — Attains 30 ft. in Austral, where the hard and
heavy wood is used for wheelwrights' work and for
mallets. Garden hybrids between this and other species
have been developed, especially in Eu.
speciosus, DC. Large shrub: Ivs. narrowly lanceo-
late, obtuse or acute, 13/2-4 in. long, about 34m- broad;
midrib prominent but lateral veins obscure: spikes 2-6
in. long, bright red, very dense: fr. nearly globose, the
summit scarcely contracted. March- June. B.M. 1761.
— The most highly colored callistemon, the golden an-
thers contrasting well with the dark red filaments.
There are many garden forms varying in color, habit,
and size.
viminalis, Cheel. Tall slender tree of pendulous habit:
Ivs. linear-oblong: stamens slightly shorter: rim of fr.
thinner. — A handsome, graceful tree, very showy when
in full bloom. Grown at Santa Barbara, Calif. (For-
merly referred to C. speciosus, of which this may be a
form.)
rigidus, R. Br. (C. linearifolius, DC.). Lvs. narrowly
linear, rigid, sharp-pointed, 2-5 in. long, about Km-
wide; midrib and marginal ribs prominent; cross-nerves
often hidden by oil-dots: spikes deep red, large, dense.
March- July. B.R. 393.— Stiffly branched shrub, the
branches inclined to become rangy; best form and
bloom secured by means of autumn pruning. In order
to have fine specimen plants, cult, well and now and
then give an application of commercial fertilizer.
linearis, DC. Scarcely more than an extreme form
of C. rigidus with very narrow Ivs. channeled above,
the midvein quite obscure: fr. more globular and con-
tracted at opening.
AA. Stamens %in. or less long.
salignus, DC. Tall shrub or small tree: Ivs. lanceo-
late, acute, 13/2-3 in. long, M~/4in. wide
(much narrower in one variety), very
distinctly permi veined : spikes yellow or
light pink, 1-2 in. long: fr. nearly
globular, with rather large opening.
Apr., May. B.M. 1821. Var. viridifldrus,
F. y. M. Lvs. only 1-2 in. long, thicker,
rigid; veins obscure: fls. greenish yellow.
B.M. 2602.
brachyandrus, Lindl. Slender shrub,
young shoots soft-hairy or whole plant
gray with a soft pubescence: Ivs. rigid,
nearly terete, %-13/£ in. long: spike 2-3
in. long, the filaments dark red but
nearly obscured by the golden yellow anthers. — The
slender habit, gray foliage, and golden bloom render
this shrub very desirable for ornamental planting.
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
CALLISTEPHUS (Greek words for beautiful
crown, said to be in allusion to character of fruit) . Com-
posite. CHINA ASTER. (See page 419, Vol. 1.) One
species in China and Japan. The genus Callistemma,
also erected by Cassini, is older than Callistephus, but
the latter is one of the "nomina conservanda" of the
Vienna code, retained because accepted and in general
use for fifty years following its publication. Under
both these generic names, Cassini described the China
aster as C. hortensis. It was first named by Linnaeus,
however, as Aster chinensis, and Nees subsequently
transferred this name to Callistephus, so that the plant
now would better bear the name Callistephus chinensis,
Nees.
Callistephus is closely allied to Aster, from which it
differs, among other things, in its pappus, which is
minute and forming a crown in the outer series, and
of slender longer barbellate and caducous bristles in
the inner series: annual, erect, hispid-hairy branching
herbs, with showy terminal fl.-heads: Ivs. alternate,
XXII. Carnations.— Types of the American winter-flowering varieties. (Half size.)
CALLISTEPHUS
broadly ovate or triangular-ovate and deeply and
irregularly toothed; blade decurrent into a petiole,
those on the upper parts becoming spatulate or nar-
rower: heads in wild plant heterogamqus and radiate,
the ray-florets in 1-2 series and pistillate, the disk-
florets perfect and fertile; involucre hemispherical,
the bracts imbricated in many series and the outer
ones large and green: fr. a compressed achene. The
rays become much multiplied under cult., and they are
also variable in size, shape and color. The colors are
violet, purple, blue and white, the rays never being
true yellow. Widely variable under cult., and one of
the best of the garden annuals, growing from 6 in. to
2l/z ft. high. It is the Reine-marguerite of the French
and the Sommeraster of the Germans. L, H. B.
CALLITRIS (from the Greek for beautiful). Includ-
ing Frenela and Widdringtonia. P.indcese. Evergreen
trees or shrubs, not quite hardy in the open in England,
but thriving well in the southernmost parts of the
United States; allied to Thuja.
Leaves scale-like or awl-like, in whorls of 3 or 4 on
jointed branches, or sometimes alternate: monoecious;
sterile catkins cylindrical or ovoid, the stamens in
whorls of 3 or 4, the scales broad and sometimes pel-
tate; fertile cones of 4-8 scales, and borne on short and
thick peduncles, either solitary or clustered, usually
ripening the second year and often persisting after the
seeds have fallen. — About 15 species in Austral., New
Caledonia and Afr. Little known in cult. here.
A. Cone 6-valved.
robusta, R. Br. (Frenela robusta, Cunn.). CYPRESS
PINE. Ranging from a shrub to a tree 90 ft. high:
branchlets crowded, short and erect: sterile catkins
J^in. or less long, solitary or in 3's: cones solitary or
few-clustered, nearly globular, about 1 in. diam. ; seeds
usually 2-winged. Austral. — Trees about 30 years old
are said to be growing at Santa Barbara. In S. Fla. it
makes good specimens, in 5 years becoming 10-12 ft.
high. The tree somewhat resembles red cedar, and is
reported as useful for tall hedges and windbreaks.
This is one of the "pines" of Austral., the wood being
used in building and for the making of furniture.
rhomboidea, R. Br. (Frenela rhomboidea, Endl.).
Smaller, reaching 25-50 ft. : branches somewhat slender
and often drooping, angled when young: cones usually
only one-half the diam. of those of C. robusta, globular,
the 6 valves alternately larger and smaller, the larger
valves having a broadly rhomboidal apex with a pro-
tuberance at the center. Austral, and Tasmania. —
Timber used for telegraph poles and in construction.
AA. Cone 4-valved.
quadrivalvis, Vent. (Thitja articuldta, Vahl).
ARAR-TREE. SANDARACH. GUM TREE. Small tree,
with fragrant hard durable wood: branches jointed
and spreading: Ivs. very small, flattened, distichous,
reduced to scales at the nodes: cone 4-sided, small, the
valves oval and with a protuberance near the tip.
N. Afr., in the mts. L.B.C. 9:844. — Furnishes varnish
resin (gum sandarach).
Whytei, Engler (Widdringtonia Whyiei, M. Wood).
The wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic,
and locally used for furniture and for doors and win-
dows. Tree attaining a maximum height of 140 ft.,
with a diam. of 5% ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground,
the trunk being clear for 90 ft. : Ivs. on ultimate branch-
lets, deltoid and closely appressed opposite; on other
branchlets usually linear-lanceolate, spreading at the tips,
alternate: in seedling stage linear, spreading and about
1 in. long: cones 4-6 together, about %in. long and
%-l in. wide when open. S. E. Afr. — It grows at an
altitude of 5,000-7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland
and is known as the Milanji cypress or cedar. Appar-
ently hardy in parts of Cent. Calif. L Ht 3
CALOCHORTUS
631
CALLOPSIS (Calla-like). Ardcese. A single species
from German E. Afr.: C. Volkensii, Engler. Spathe
like that of a little calla, snow-white, 1J4 in. long by
1 in. broad, the spadix partly united to it (and yellow) :
Ivs. crowded, cordate-ovate, 5 in. long, shining, the
petiole about 2 in. long; semi-epiphytic, with creeping
rhizome. Probably cult, only in botanic gardens or
other collections.
CALLUNA (Greek, to sweep; the branches are some-
times used for making brooms). Ericaceae. HEATHER.
Low evergreen shrubs cultivated chiefly for their bright
rosy pink, rarely white flowers appearing in great pro-
fusion late in summer.
Leaves scale-like, opposite, in 4 rows, the branchlets
therefore quadrangular: fls. in terminal, 1-sided spikes;
corolla campanulate, 4-parted,
shorter than the 4-parted colored
calyx; stamens 8, with 2 reflexed
appendages: fr. a septicide, 4-
celled, few-seeded caps. — One
species in W. and N. Eu., also
in Asia Minor; in E. N. Amer.
in some localities naturalized.
The genus differs from the closely
related Erica in its deeply 4-
parted colored calyx, longer than
the 4-parted co-
rolla. For culture,
see Erica.
vulgaris, Salisb.
(Erica vulgaris,
Linn.). Fig. 746.
From Yr-Z ft.: Ivs.
oblong -linear, ob-
tuse, sagittate at
the base, glabrous
or pubescent: fls.
small, in long, erect,
rather dense ra-
cemes, rosy pink,
sometimes white.
Aug., Sept.-ySome
of the most distinct
of the numerous named varieties are the following: Var.
alba, Don (and var. alba Hdmmondii), with white fls.;
var. Alpdrtii, Kirchn., of more vigorous growth, with rosy
carmine fls.; var. carnea, Hort., with flesh-colored fls.;
var. plena, Regel, with double rose-colored fls.; var.
hirsuta, Gray (var. tomentosa, Don), the branchlets
and Ivs. with grayish tomentum; var. nana, Kirchn.
(var. pygm&a, Hort.), forming low moss-like tufts;
var. rubra, Kirchn., with deep rosy carmine fls.; var.
pro strata, Kirchn., with the branches spreading and
partly prostrate, fls. pink; var. Searlei, Hort. (var.
alba Serlei, Hort..), fls. white, appearing late in autumn.
— The heather is a very handsome small shrub, well
adapted for borders of evergreen shrubberies, or for
dry slopes and sandy banks and preferring sunny posi-
tions; it is also found growing well in swamps and in
partly shaded situations. Cut branches keep their
life-like appearance for many months.
ALFRED REHDER.
CALOCHORTUS (Greek for beautiful and grass).
Lilidcex. Incl. Cyclobothra. MARIPOSA LILY. STAR
TULIP. GLOBE TULIP. West American cormous plants,
the occidental representatives of Tulipa, useful as border
plants and to some extent for indoor culture.
Stem usually branched, and from a coated conn,
more or less leafy: perianth of unequal segms., the outer
ones the smaller and more or less sepal-like, the 3 inner
ones large and showy and bearing glands and hairs;
stigmas 3, sessile and recurved; stamens 6; fls. showy,
shallow-cupped on the inner segms., arching.— From
40-50 species, mostly on the Pacific side of the con-
746. Calluna vulgaris. (Plant
632
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
tinent from Wash, to Mex., and some of them in the
interior country. Nearly all the species are in cult.
Monogr. by J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. 14:302-10
(1875); and by S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts
and Sci. 14:262-8 (1879). See also Colochorti in
the Sierra Nevada, by George Hansen, Erythea,
7:13-15; A. Davidson, Erythea,
2:1-2,27-30; Mallett. Gn. 1901,
60:412, vol. 61, pp. 185, 203, 220;
Carl Purdy, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 3d ser., vol. 2, No. 4 (1901).
Calochprtuses extend into Brit-
ish America, and a few, belonging
to a peculiar group, are found in
Mexico; the remainder are natives
of the United States, from Ne-
braska to the Pacific Ocean.
While the generic characteristics
are unmistakable, the species and
even varieties
have the most
variable incli-
nations as to
soil, exposure
and climate.
The Colorado
Desert and
the summits
of the Sierra Nevada, the heavy
clay lands of Californian valleys,
the volcanic soils of the foothills
and the meadows of the North-
west, each has its own representa-
tives of this beautiful tribe. The
character of the genus can be
treated better under the various
groups. Nearly every known spe-
cies is in cultivation to some ex-
tent. Some are readily grown,
others present considerable cul-
tural difficulties; but while there
are some that probably will
always be difficult to cultivate,
there are many species — and the number in-
cludes the very best — that can be grown suc-
cessfully by anyone who is willing to give a little
special care to them; and there are a few that
possess such vigor and hardiness as to be
adapted to extensive cultivation.
All calochortuses are hardy in the sense of with-
standing extreme cold, but they will not endure alter-
nate thawing and freezing nearly so well; and thus there
is the paradox of their going safely through severe
eastern or European winters and suffering the loss of
foliage in mild ones. They should be planted in the
fall, and it is better to plant late, so that leaf-growth is
delayed until spring. Diverse as are their natural
habitats, one soil will answer the needs of all. A light
loam, made lighter with sand or sawdust, powdered
charcoal, or spent tan-bark, is best. Excellent results
have been secured with a mixture of equal parts of a
good light loam and spent tan-bark, with a little broken
charcoal. Wallace, one of the most successful English
growers, recommends making a bed sloping to the
south, composed of leaf-mold and road grit in equal
parts, with a smaller proportion of sharp sand. The idea
is to have a light and porous, not [too stimulating soil,
with perfect drainage. Wallace recommends covering
the beds with reeds to throw off the heavy rains. The
same end may be attained by such thorough drainage
that the rains pass through quickly. In New York,
they have been carried through the winter safely under
a covering put on before the ground freezes hard.
It is well to keep a few leaves about the shoots for a
time and to have extra leaves at hand to be used when
frost threatens. It is better to lift the bulbs as soon as
they ripen, and replant in the fall. Water sparingly at
all times. Under suitable conditions they are hardy
and tenacious of life, but excessive moisture, either in
air or ground, is not to their liking after the flowering
season arrives. Theoretically, all calochortuses of Sec-
tion A (star and globe tulips) should have shade, and
all mariposas (AA) sunshine; but the light shade of a
lath-house suits all alike, giving much finer bloom in
the mariposas. The flowering season extends over three
months, according to species.
They take well to pot culture with similar soils and
treatment. While not to be forced rapidly, they con-
siderably anticipate their out-of-door season. The
same treatment can be used in coldframe culture, but
they must not be coddled too much.
albus, 1.
Howellii, 19.
pictus, 27.
amabilis, 3.
Kennedy!, 21.
Plummerse, 20.
amoenus, 1.
Leichtlinii, 33.
pulchellus, 2.
apioulatus, 12.
lilacinus, 15.
Purdyi, 13.
alroviolaceus, 28.
Lobbii, 9.
purpurascens, 20, 27.
aureus, 22.
longebarbatus, 18.
purpureus, 37.
Bonplandianus, 37.
luteus, 24, 25.
robustua, 25.
Benthamii, 6.
Lyallii, 8.
roseus, 5, 27. ;
cseruleus, 7.
Lyonii, 31.
rubra, 5, 28.
catalinse, 31.
macrocarpus, 35.
sanguineus, 27.
citrinus, 25.
major, 5, 28.
splendens, 28.
clavatus, 23.
Maweanus, 5.
sulphurous, 27.
collinus, 10.
montanus, 28.
Tolmiei, 11.
concolor, 24.
nanus, 8.
umbellatus, 10.
Eldorado, 27.
nitidus, 16.
uniflorus, 15.
elegans, 8, 9.
nudus, 14.
venustus, 25, 27.
flavus, 36.
Nuttallii, 32.
Vesta, 26.
flexuosus, 29.
obispoensis, 20.
vestus, 20.
Goldyi, 4.
oculatus, 25.
Wallacei, 6.
Greenei, 17.
Palmeri, 30.
Weedii, 20.
Gunnisonii, 34.
A. Blossoms or fr. more or less nodding (unless No. 4)-'
inner perianth-segms. strongly arched: Ivs. long
and glossy, not channeled. (Eucalochortus.)
B. Fls. subglobose, nodding: st. usually tall and branch-
ing. GLOBE TULIPS. — These have a single long
and narrow shining If. from the base, and slen-
der, flexuous, leafy sts., the perfection of grace in
outline. The fls. are exquisite in delicacy of
tints. Woodland plants.
1. albus, Douglas (Cyclobdthra dlba, Benth.). Fig.
747. Strong, 1-2 ft. high, glaucous: fls. globular,
pendent, 1 in. across, of a satiny texture, delicately
fringed with hairs, very strongly inarched or practically
closed. Calif. B.R. 1661. F.S. 11:1171.— Chaste and
delicate. The form from the Coast Range is the Pearl
calochortus of gardens; the form from the Sierras with
fls. less strongly inarched and at length opening slightly
is the C. albus of horticulture.
Var. amdenus, Hort. (C. amoenus, Greene). Like C.
albus, but rose-colored, lower and more slender: fls.
opening in full bloom. Fresno and Tulare Co., Calif.
2. pulchellus, Douglas (Cyclobdthra pulchella, Benth.) .
Stout, glaucous, 8-16 in., usually branching: fls. yel-
low, strongly inarched but parts not overlapping;
sepals shorter than petals, ovate-acuminate, yellow
tinged with brown on the back; petals ovate, obtuse,
1 in. or less long, canary-yellow, with long silky hairs
above the gland. Cent. Calif. B.R. 1662.
3. amabilis, Purdy. Habit like C. albus: sts. stout,
usually branching in pairs: petals clear yellow, very
strongly inarched so that the tips overlap each other
much like a child's pin-wheel; gland lined with stiff
hairs that cross each other; petals margined with a line
of stiff hairs. Cent, and N. Calif.
4. G61dyi, Watkins. Possibly C Benthamii x C.
amabilis. Sts. several, freely branched, bearing 15-20
fls.: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate: fls. erect, 1 in. across, straw-
yellow, inner surfaces covered with long silky sulfur-
tinted hairs and a few shorter crimson hairs deep down
in the cup; petals rounded and 'very hooded. Appar-
ently of garden origin.
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
633
BE. Fls. bell-shaped, erect when open, mostly lined with
hairs, the pedicels becoming recurved: st. mostly
low, and fls. often more or less umbellate. STAR
TULIPS proper. — Like the globe tulip, but
smaller as a rule, and the fls. dainty open cups.
All of the species resemble each other, and were
first included under the name C. elegans.
5. Maweanus, Leichtl. Plant low (3-10 in.), very
slender, usually branched: fls. white, purplish at the
base, filled with silky hairs, the gland covered by a
broad semi-circular scale: caps, long-elliptic. Calif., north.
B.M. 5976 (as C. elegans). — Variable. Var. major,
Hort. Twice as large in all its parts: fls. lighter colored.
Var. roseus, Hort. Fls. tinged rose.
6. Benthamii, Baker. Sts. 7 in. high, very flexuose,
dividing into pairs: Ivs. linear-lanceolate: fls. nearly
erect, yellow, the segms. Hin. long and brown at the
base. Sierra Nevadas, in Calif. B.M. 6475. J.H. III.
30:549. Var. Wallace! (C. Wdllacei, Hort.). Claw of
the petal dark red or nearly black.
7. caerilleus, Wats. Similar to small plants of C.
Maweanus, but lined and dotted with blue: low,
2-5-fld., the pedicels very slender; perianth ciliate
inside: caps, nearly or quite orbicular. Calif., in the
Sierras. Not variable.
8. elegans, Pursh. Similar to the last: petals green-
ish white and purplish at base, bearded, little or not at
all ciliate: gland covered by a deeply fringed scale.
Ore., Idaho.
Var. nanus, Wood (C. Lyallii, Baker). Subalpine,
dwarf and very slender: petals delicate cream-color,
narrow and usually more acute, more hairy and ciliate.
Mts. Calif., N.
9. L6bbii, Purdy (C. elegans yar. Ldbbii, Baker).
St. 3-5 in. high: petals white tinged green, broadly
rhombic-ovate, very deeply pitted and with the pit
showing as a prominent knob on back of petal. Mt.
Jefferson, Ore.
10. umbellatus, Wood (C. collmus, Lemm.). Low
and branching, 3-15 in., flexuose: fls. 5-10, white;
petals broadly fan-shaped, nude excepting for many
white hairs just above the scale. In open grassy places
around San Francisco Bay.
BBB. Fls. bell-shaped: like BB, but tall (1 ft. or more),
and stoutly erect, with several fine, erect cups,
similar to C. Maweanus. GIANT STAR TULIPS. —
In this splendid group the very dainty silky fls.
and handsome glossy Ivs. of the star tulip are
shown with a stout st. a foot or two high, and
large fls. Unlike the others, they grow naturally
in open places, and have a vigor and health which
are a high recommendation.
1 1 . Tolmiei, Hook . & Arn . Stout, a foot high, generally
branched: petals often more than an inch long, tinged
lilac, with purple and white hairs: gland without a
scale: caps, broad-elliptic, acutish. Mt. Shasta, N. —
Remains a long time in bloom.
12. apiculatus, Baker. Taller and stouter, 12-18
in., with umbellate straw-colored fls. N. Idaho.
13. Purdyi, East. Glabrous and glaucous, 8-16 in.,
rather stout, branching, 2- to many-fld. : fls. creamy white
or purple-tinged, filled with blue hairs, gland absent.
S. Ore. G.C. III. 23 : 395.— Very handsome.
BBBB. F Is. bell-shaped, the petals naked or hairy only
at the base: low: If. solitary. MEADOW TULIPS. —
These calochortuses are natives of wet meadows.
C. uniflorus and C. Vesta grow well in all soils so
long as well drained, and, as garden plants,
thrive everywhere. In habit they are low,
flexuous and leafy. The cups are open, erect
and numerous, an inch or so in diam.
14. nftdus, Wats. Low, 2-4 in., delicate: If. solitary:
fls. 1-6, umbellate, small, greenish white or pale lilac,
nude except for a tuft of 2 or 3 short hairs at each
extremity of scale, denticulate. Calif., in the Sierras.
15. unifldrus, Hook. & Arn. (C. lilaclnus, Kell.).
Handsome species, 4-8 in. high: fls. 4-10, on long
pedicels, clear lilac, hairy only at base: caps, elliptic,
obtuse. B.M. 5804. — Grows naturally in wet meadows,
and makes offsets very freely. Often seen in a depau-
perate starved form, but responds at once to good
treatment.
AA. Blossoms on stout, erect pedicels, the sts. stout and
strict: fls. open-bell-shaped. MARIPOSA TULIPS. —
Excepting in B, the mariposa or butterfly tulips
have slender, grassy, radical Ivs., stiff, erect sts.
bearing cup-shaped fls., and sparingly leafy and
with an erect caps. Bulbs small.
B. Caps, oblong, acute-angled or winged: fls. lilac or
white. These are hardy species, growing in the
meadows from Ore. to Mont., where they endure
much cold. They form a connecting link be-
tween the giant star tulips and the true mari-
posas. Their Ivs. are like those of the star tulips
— long, broad and glossy. Like the star tulips,
also, the seed-pod is handsome, 3-cornered and
winged. The sts. are stiffly erect: the fls. cup-
shaped, not so brilliant as the true mariposas,
but very delicate: the plants are hardy, healthy
and vigorous, and are to be highly recommended
for cold climates.
16. nitidus, Douglas. Scape erect, but not stiff: If.
solitary, glossy, narrow: fls. 1-3, large and showy, lilac,
yellowish, or white, with a deep indigo blotch in the
center, lined with yellow hairs. Meadows, E. Ore. to
Mont, and N. E. Nev. Specimens from Yellowstone
Lake are yellow. — Very beautiful and showy.
17. Greenei, Wats. St. stout and branching, 1 ft.,
2-5-fld.: sepals with a yellowish hairy spot; petals
lilac barred with yellow below, and somewhat purplish,
loose-hairy, not ciliate: caps, beaked. Calif, and Ore.
18. longebarbatus, Wats. Slender, about 1 ft. high,
bulb-bearing near the base, with 1 or 2 narrow radical
Ivs., 2-branched and usually 2-fld.: fls. erect or nearly
so, lilac with yellow at base, scarcely hairy except the
long-bearded gland. Wash.
19. Howellii, Wats. St. erect, 1 ft. or more, 1-2-fld.:
Ivs. very narrow: sepals ovate, short-acuminate; petals
yellowish white, 1 in. long, denticulate, slightly ciliate
near the base, brown-hairy inside, the gland yellow-
hairy. Ore.
BB. Caps, oblong, obtuse-angled.
C. Color yellow or orange or orange-red, more or less
marked with brown and purple (except in forms
of C. luteus): in cult, forms running into other
colors.
20. Weedii, Wood. Radical If. single, glossy, broad:
st. tall, leafy, bearing large orange-colored fls. dotted
with purple: petals triangular, square- topped : gland
small, hairy: bulb heavily coated with fiber. S. Calif.
B.M. 6200 (as C. citrinus). G.C. III. 16 : 183.— Varies
to white.
Var. purpurascens, Wats. (C. Plummerx, Greene).
Similar, but lilac or purple and very showy. Calif.
G.C. III. 16:133. J.H. III. 29:289. Gn. 47: 80.— A
fine form with fl. of large size and full outline, lined
with long, silky yellow hairs.
Var. vestus, Purdy. Petals much more truncated
and curiously fringed with brown hairs; reddish brown.
Santa Barbara.
Var. obispoensis, Purdy (C. obispoensis, Lemm.). Fig.
748. Tall and slender, branching, very floriferous:
petals yellow, verging to red at the tip and less than
half the length of the orange-brown sepals. Calif.
G.F. 2:161 (adapted in Fig. 748).— Odd and bizarre.
634
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
21. Kennedy!, Porter. Bulb small and ovoid: st.
very low, 1-4 in. : Ivs. linear, tufted from the branching
of the st.: fls. 2-4, in an umbel; sepals broad with a
purple spot; petals red-orange to vermilion, not ciliate
nor prominently hairy, purple-spotted at the center.
Desert species of S. Calif. B.M. 7264. Gn. 43:108.
— Brilliant and desirable, but difficult to grow.
22. avlreus, Wats. Low, 4-6 in., with a single
carinate radical If.: petals yellow, not hairy, the hairy
gland purple-bordered. S. Utah.
748. Calochortus obispoensis. No. 20 var. ( X J^)
23. clavatus, Wats. Petals yellow lined with brown,
the lower part bearing club-shaped (clavate) hairs,
the gland deep and circular; anthers purple. Calif. —
In this excellent sort we have the largest-fld. and stout-
est-stemmed of all mariposas. The bulb is very large,
the single bare If . 1 or 2 ft. long: the st. is heavy, stout
and zigzag. The fls. are shaped like a broad-based
bowl, sometimes 5 or 6 in. across. The color is a deep,
rich yellow, and the lower half is covered thickly with
stiff yellow hairs, each tipped with a round translucent
knob, and in the light look like tiny icicles. There are
various strains: Eldorado, the largest, not so deep
yellow; Ventura, very stout, deep yellow; Obispo, Like
the last, but the upper half of the back of each petal
is olive-brown, which shows through the deep yellow
of the inside, giving changeable shades.
24. concolor, Purdy (C. luteus var. concolor, Baker).
Bulb large reddish: Ivs. narrow, glaucous: st. 1-2 ft.,
umbellate, if more than 1-fld.; not zigzag; petals a
rich deep yellow, tending toward orange, lower third
densely hairy with long yellow hairs above an oblong
gland. A desert species of S. Calif. Much like C. clava-
tus in general aspect.
25. Iftteus, Douglas. BUTTERFLY TULIP. St. 1-10-
fld., bulb-bearing near the base: Ivs. very narrow:
sepals narrow-lanceolate, with a brown spot; petals
2 in. or less long, yellow or orange, brown-lined, slightly
hairy below the middle, the gland densely hairy. Calif.
B.R. 1567. — Variable. Some of the forms are sold as
C. venustus.
Var. citrinus, Wats. (C.
Baker). Petals lemon-yellow,
Var. oculatus, Wats. (C.
Hort.). Petals pale or white,
dark spot.
Var. robustus, Purdy (C.
Hort.). A very bulbiferous
luridly tinged in browns and
and also one of the hardiest.
venustus var. citrinus,
with a central brown spot.
venustus var. oculatus,
lilac or yellowish, with a
venustus var. robustus,
form having white fls.
purples. Very beautiful
26. Vesta, Purdy. BUTTERFLY TULIP. Tall and large-
fld. with petals more narrowly cuneate than in C. luteus
var. oculatus, and the gland narrow and doubly lunate,
color from white tinged through lilac to pink and lilac-
purple; fl. often laciniately gashed, above the gland
bearing rich maroon pencilings and markings. N. W.
Calif, in adobe soil. — One of the largest-fld., showiest
and most easily grown of mariposa tulips. Named by
its author in compliment to his wife.
cc. Color prevailingly white or lilac, but sometimes run-
ning into yellows.
27. venftstus, Benth. BUTTERFLY TULIP. Stout, 6-36
in.: petals white or pale lilac, with a reddish spot at
top, a brown-yellow center, and brown base: gland
large and oblong, usually densely hairy: caps. 1-2 3/£
in. long. Calif. B.R. 1669. F.S. 2:104. Gn. 46, p.
395. — Very variable. The yellow forms (as var. sul-
phureus, Hort.) are often treated as forms of C. luteus.
To this group of calochortuses is properly applied the
Spanish name mariposa (butterfly), for their brilliantly
colored fls., with eye-like spots on each petal and
sepal, and other delicate markings with dots, lines and
hairs, which are strongly suggestive of the wings of a
brilliantly colored butterfly. Botanists have variously
divided this great group of allied forms between C.
luteus and C. venustus. Botanically all may be consid-
ered as either strains of one variable species or as a
number of closely allied species.
Var. Eldorado, Purdy. The finest strain of C. ven-
ustus in cult. It occurs naturally in a wonderfully
varied mixture, in color from pure white through pink,
to deep glowing reds and through lilac to deep purples.
In one locality a few may vary to light yellow. Some
of these forms have been named var. pictus for the
white form, var. sanguineus for the blood-red. The pur-
ple forms are entirely distinct from C. venustus var.
purpurascens. Sierran foothills from Eldorado County
to the far South. Altogether these plants comprise the
loveliest group of the mariposa tulips.
Var. purpurascens, Wats. Petals deep lilac or pur-
plish, darker at center, the fl. fully 3 in. across. Coast
Range. Strong grower. Gn. 46:394.
Var. rdseus, Hort. (C. rbseus, Hort.). Creamy white
or lilac, with an eye midway and a rose-colored blotch
at apex. Gn. 46:394.
Var. sulphureus, Purdy. Taller than the type:
petals light warm yellow with eye, and with a rose-
colored blotch at top. Lower part of San Joaquin
Valley, Calif.
28. splendens, Douglas. Tall and slender, 1-2 ft. : fls.
1-1^ in. across, deep purple with a dark spot on the
claw and with or without a gland covered with matted
hairs. San Diego Co., Calif . Known in horticulture as
C. splendens var. atroviolaceus.
Var. major, Purdy. Strong and tall, 1-2 ft.: fls. 2-3
in. across; petals large, clear lilac, paler below, with a
CALOCHORTUS
CALONYCTION
635
749. Calochortus
Gunnisonii.
darker claw and scattered long white hairs below the
middle. Coast Ranges, Monterey Co., Calif.
Var. montanus, Purdy. More slender than the type,
often bulbiferous: lilac to salmon-pink, densely hairy
with short yellow hairs about the
gland. High mts., S. Calif.
Var. rubra, Purdy. Large, with
deep-seated reddish bulb, 1-3 ft.:
fls. reddish lilac, pink or purple;
petals quite hairy, with short hairs
on the lower third. Lake Co.,
Calif.
29. flexudsus, Wats. Related
to C. splendens, but with sts. so
weak as almost to be said to creep.
The fls. are large and very bril-
liant, a dazzling purple, with a
darker purple eye, and yellow
hairs below. S. Utah. — Intro, by
Purdy in 1897.
30. Pdlmeri, Wats. St. 1-2 ft., very slender and
flexuous, 1-7-fld., bulb-bearing near the base: sepals
with long, narrow, recurved tips, spotted; petals 1
in. or less long, white (or yellowish below), with a
brownish claw and bearing scattered hairs about the
gland: caps, very narrow. S. Calif. — The C. Palmeri
of dealers is sometimes C. splendens var. montanus.
31. catalinae, Wats. (C. Lyonii, Wats.). Habit of C.
splendens: st. 1-2 ft., branching: fls. white to lilac, or
deep lilac, very large and handsome, a large round
black spot at base of each petal. — A lovely species
between C. splendens and C. venustm. Remarkable for
blooming with the star tulip section, fully a month
before other mariposas. Native to Santa Catalina Isl.,
off S. Calif.; also to Calif, coast.
32. Nuttallii, Torr. & Gray. SEGO LILY. St. erect
and stiff, 1-2 ft., bulb-bearing at base, usually with only
1 cauline If., 1-5-fld.: sepals ovate-lanceolate, often
dark-spotted; petals 1-2 in. long, white tinged with
greenish yellow or lilac, with a purplish spot or band
above the yellow base and hairy about the gland;
anthers obtuse. Dak. and Neb. to Calif, and New Mex.,
having the widest range of any calochortus. — There
are no more exquisitely beautiful fls. than these sego
lilies (the Mormon name) of the Great Basin. Most of
them are plants of the sage-brush deserts. The Ivs.
are an ashy green, the foliage scant, but the great fls.
are wonderful in tintings. There are shades in blue,
pink, lilac, and yellowish; also white. The sego lily
is the State flower of Utah.
33. Leichtlinii, Hook. f. Slender alpine species
(5-6 in. high), by some regarded as a form of C. Nuttal-
lii: fls. smoky white, banded with green and marked
with dark brown. Sierra Nevadas. B.M. 5862. F.S.
20:2116.
34. Gunnisonii, Wats. Fig. 749. Much like C.
Nuttallii: anthers acuminate: fls. light blue or almost
white, delicate yellowish green below the middle, pur-
ple-banded at the base, and bearing a band of green
hairs across each petal. Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New
Mex.
35. macrocarpus, Douglas. GREEN-BANDED MARI-
POSA LILY. St. stiff, the cauline Ivs. 3-5: fls. 1 or 2;
sepals acuminate, sometimes spotted; petals 2 in. or
less, acute, lilac with a greenish midvein, somewhat
hairy. B.R. 1152. N. Calif, to Wash, and Idaho —
This fine species forms a group by itself. It has a very
large bulb, a stout almost leafless st.; and a large fl.
of an exquisite pale lavender, banded down the back
with green. Petals long, narrow and pointed.
BBB. Caps, linear, not winged or prominently angled.
36. flavus, Schult. f. (Cyclobdthra flava, Lindl.).
St. slender, 1-2 ft., forked: Ivs. 2 or 3 below the
41
fork, linear, long-acuminate: fls. yellow, upright;
petals and sepals acute, rhombic-oblong, with a darker
somewhat hairy gland, the petals hairy and usually
denticulate. Mex.
37. Bonplandianus, Schult. f. (C. purpureus, Baker.
Cyclobdthra purpiirea, Sweet). Rather stout, 3 ft.:
st.-lvs. short, acuminate-lanceolate: fls. yellow and pur-
ple: the sepals with a purple pit and the petals purple
outside: gland naked. Mex. CARL PURDY
L. H. B.
CALODENDRUM (Greek, beautiful tree). Palladia,
Houtt, which is the older name. Rutacex. One of the
handsomest deciduous trees at the Cape of Good Hope;
cultivated in northern greenhouses, and outdoors in
southern California and southern Florida.
The great panicles of white or flesh-colored fls. are
sometimes 7 in. across and 6 in. deep. It is a symmetri-
cal tree, with attractive evergreen foliage and many
interesting features. Called "wild chestnut" in Afr.
Prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in
heat. A monotypic genus.
capensis, Thunb. CAPE CHESTNUT. Height in Afr.
70 ft. : branches opposite, or in 3's: Ivs. simple, decussate,
ovate, obtuse retuse or acute, parallel-nerved, 4-5 in.
long, studded with oil-cysts, which look like translucent
spots when held to the light: panicles terminal; peduncles
usually trichotomous; calyx deciduous; petals 5, linear-
oblong, 1 % in. long, 2 lines wide, sprinkled with purple
glands; stamens 10, 5 alternate, sterile, and petaloid:
seeds 2 in each cell, larger than a hazelnut, black and
shining. G.C. II. 19:217. Also written Calodendron
capense.
CALONYCTION (Greek, referring to the beauty
of the flower, and the night-blooming habit). Con-
volvulacese. MOONFLOWER. Twining perennial herbs
with large night-blooming flowers.
Flowers white or purple, fragrant, showy; sepals 5,
the outer ones with horn-like tips; corolla salver-
form, the limb more or less flat, the tube very long
and not dilated at the throat; stamens 5, exserted;
style capitate and obscurely 2-lobed; ovules 4: Ivs.
broadj alternate. — Three species in Trop. Amer., two
of which are widely cult. By some, the genus is united
with Ipomcea, but it is well distinguished by the salver-
form rather than funnelform or bell-shaped corolla, by
the exserted stamens and style, and by the night-
blooming habit.
aculeatum, House (C. specidsum, Choisy. Ipomaba
Bdna-ndx, Linn.). Mo9NFLOWER. Fig. 750. St. 10-20
ft. high, with milky juice: Ivs. 3-8 in. long, cordate to
hastate, angular or 3-lobed, acute, glabrous: peduncles
2-6 in. long, 1-7-fld., equaling the petioles; corolla 3-6
in. long, 3-^3 in. wide, trumpet-shaped, white, some-
times with greenish plaits;
fls.fragrant,usually closing
in the morning, sometimes
remaining open till noon.
Aug., Sept. B.M. 752. B.R.
11:889, 917 (as Ipomcea
latiflora). Gn. 21, p. 259;
27, p. 473. V. 10:359.
Known in gardens chiefly
as Ipomcea Bona-nox var.
grandiflora, Hort. (/.
grandiflora, Roxbg. and
Hort., not Lam.), which
does not differ materially
from the type. Most of
the large-fld. and very
fragrant forms in cult.
may be referred here.
Var. grandifldrum, Hort.,
is sold under the following
names: Ipomoea Childsii,
750. Moonflower — Calonyctioa
aculeatum.
636
CALONYCTION
CALOTHAMNUS
I. noctiphyton, I. noctiflora, I. mexicana grandiflora, I.
mexicana grandiflora alba, I. mexicana grandiflora vera.
These trade names represent strains of varying ex-
cellence. (C. grandiflorum, Choisy, is Ipomcea Tuba.) A
form with variegated Ivs. is offered. Var. heterophyllum,
has Ivs. 3-5-lobed and subhastate. — The moonflower
is most popular as a garden plant, but it also does
well trained along the roof of a low house or against
a pillar. It is excellent for cut-fls. in the evening.
Little grown in the open N. because it does not
mature in the short seasons. It grows wild in swamps
and thickets in peninsular Fla., and is probably
indigenous there. Widespread in tropics of both
hemispheres.
muricatum, G. Don. (Convdlvulus muricatus, Linn.
Ipomoea muricdta, Jacq. Calonyction speciosum var.
muricatum, Choisy). Fls. purple, smaller than those of
C. speciosum, the
tube very slender
and the expanded
partof the tubenot
over 3 in. broad. —
Tropical regions;
extensively cult,
in Japan and
India, and often
seen in American
conservatories.
C. tastense. House
(Ipomcea tastense,
Brandeg.) , is the third
speciesof Calonyction.
It is native to Lower
Calif., and not in
cult. C. grandifldrum,
C h o i s y. =1 p o m ce a
Tuba- L. H. B.
CALOPHACA
(Greek, kalos,
beautiful, ana
phaka, lentil).
Leguminbsse. Or-
namental plants
cultivated chiefly
for their bright
yellow flowers ap-
pearing in sum-
mer.
Deciduous
shrubs or herbs,
with alternate,
odd-pinnate, pub-
escent, and often
glandular Ivs.:
stipules scarious
or herabceous, adnate to the petiole: fls. papili-
onaceous, solitary or in racemes; calyx tubular with 5
nearly equal teeth; standard upright; wings oblong,
free, as long as keel; ovary sessile with many ovules:
pod pubescent and glandular, cylindrical. — About 10
species from S. Russia to E. India.
The two cultivated species are low, prostrate shrubs,
with grayish green foliage, and rather large yellow
flowers in erect axillary racemes, followed by decorative
reddish pods. They prefer a well-drained soil and sunny
position, and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies
and sandy or rocky slopes. Propagated by seeds sown
in spring; the young seedlings should have plenty of
light and air, as they are very liable to damp-off if kept
too moist and shady. Sometimes grafted high on Cara-
gana or Laburnum, forming a very attractive small
standard tree with pendulous branches.
wolgarica, Fisch. Fig. 751. Two to 3 ft.: pubescent
and glandular: Ifts. 11-17, roundish-ovate or oval, Yy-
3^in. long: racemes long -ped uncled, with 4-7 fls.;
corolla over %in. long. June, July. S. Russia, Turkes-
751.
Calophaca
wolgarica.
(XH)
tan. C. grandifldra, Regel, is similar, but Ifts. 17-25:
racemes 10-16-fld.; corolla 1 in. long. S. Russia. Gt.
35:1231. ALFRED REHDER.
CALOPHYLLUM (Greek, beautiful-leaved). Guttif-
eracese. Woody plants of the Old World and American
tropics, with shining leathery leaves, sometimes planted
South.
Leaves parallel- veined at right angles to the midrib:
fls. polygamous in many axillary or terminal clusters;
sepals and petals 4-12, in 2-3 series; stamens very nu-
merous: fr. a drupe with a single erect seed. — Sixty
species. Closely related to Garcinia, which, however,
has only 4-8 sepals.
In India, several species are of considerable economic
importance, especially C. ionophyllum, which is the
source of a gum, and the seeds of which contain the
well-known domba oil used extensively for lighting
purposes. They must be grown in a warmhouse and in
a rich well-aerated soil.
Calaba, Jacq. CALABA TREE. A tree, to 60 ft.: Ivs.
variable, dark glossy green, 3-10 in long. : fls. in axillary
racemes, white, rarely produced in cult., the petals
about 3 lines long: fr. about 1 in. diam. W. Indies,
perhaps intro. from the Old World. Timber and oil.
inophyllum, Linn. A medium-sized tree, with gray
smooth bark: Ivs. 4-8 in. long, 3-4 in. wide, shin-
ing on both surfaces: racemes in the upper axils,
the fls. about %in. diam. and pure white; inner
sepals petal-like: fr. about 1 in. diam., yellow,
smooth, almost fleshy. Trop. Asia. N. TAYLOR.
CALOPOGON (Greek, beautiful beard, in allusion
to the fringed or bearded lip). Orchidacese. A very
attractive native orchid, sometimes planted in bog-
gardens and rock-gardens.
Flowers magenta-crimson, varying to white, in a loose
raceme on a naked scape; sepals and petals all distinct
and spreading, the lip narrow at base but broader and
hairy above; column winged at summit, not attached
to other parts; pollinia 2 in each anther cell. — One
species, in bogs and moist meadows, Newfoundland to
Fla. and westward. Cathea is an older name, but, be-
cause of its general acceptance, Caloppgon is retained
in the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code.
A moist and shaded position and very porous soil
are most suitable for this pretty plant, although it may
do admirably in a rock-garden only slightly shaded at
midday if the plants are watered very freely every day
during hot or dry weather. Propagated by offsets,
separated from the old tubers, but the old established
plants should not be disturbed very often. Collected
clumps of many native orchids are offered at very
reasonable figures, and these give immediate results,
while the small offsets would not be strong enough to
flower for several years, and require much attention
during the first year, or perhaps longer (J. B. Keller).
pulchellus, R. Br. (Limoddrum tuberbsum, Linn., in
part). Height 12-18 in., from a solid bulb or corm,
bearing a single grass-like If. at the base: scape 2-12-
fld.; lip bearded with white, yellow, and purple club-
shaped hairs; pretty. G.F. 10:505. J.H. III. 35:45.
B.M. 116. L. H. B.f
CALOSCORDUM: Nothoscordum.
CALOTHAMNUS (Greek, beautiful bush). Myr-
tacese. Australian shrubs (more than twenty species)
somewhat similar to Callistemon but more graceful in
habit; evergreen greenhouse subjects, and hardy out-
of-doors in California.
Leaves long, alternate: fls. showy, usually red, in
lateral clusters; stamens united in bundles opposite
the petals; anthers erect, attached by the base, oblong
or linear; cells parallel, turned inwards, opening by
longitudinal slits. For cult., see Callistemon.
CALOTHAMNUS
CALYCANTHUS
637
quadrifidus, R. Br. Height 2-4 ft. : Ivs. narrow, terete
or slightly flattened, heath-like, glandular-dotted : fls.
rich crimson, 4-merous; calyx 2-lobed in fr.; staminal
bundles nearly equal, of 15-20 or more filaments.
W. Austral. B.M. 1506.
C. rupfstris, Schau. Evergreen shrub, the branches densely
covered with needle-like small Ivs.: fls. in small clusters on previous
year's growth; stamens with crimson filaments and yellow anthers.
S.M. 7906. j BURTT DAVY.
CALOTROPIS (from Greek words referring to the
beauty of parts of the flower). Asclepiadacese. Milk-
weed-like shrubs, or small trees, grown in the Ameri-
can tropics and one species offered in southern Cali-
fornia.
Branching, glabrous or tomentpse-canescent: Ivs.
opposite, subsessile, broad: fls. with 5-parted calyx
glandular inside; corolla bell-shaped or somewhat
rotate, 5-parted with broad lobes; crown of 5 narrow
fleshy scales adnate to the staminal tube and free and
recurved at the base; pollinia solitary in each cell,
obovate-oblong and compressed, hanging from the
apex: fr. short horned gibbous acuminate pods mostly
in pairs; seeds with silky hairs. — Three species in Trop.
Asia and Afr., sometimes grown under glass in col-
lections but in this country practically confined to the
tropics. The bark of C. gigantea produces a strong
fiber, and the acrid milky juice dries into a substance like
gutta-percha. The silk on the seeds is used in fabrics
by natives; that of C. procera is said to be exported
from the Cape Verde Isls. as kapok (kapok is usually
from the ceiba or silk-cotton tree).
gigantea, R. Br. (Asclepias gigantea, Willd.). GIANT
MILKWEED. Tree-like, 8-15 ft., with pale bark and
woolly shoots: Ivs. obovate to broad wedge-shaped,
entire, woolly beneath: fls. rose and purple, in simple
or compound umbels with involucrate scales, the
corolla-segms. bent downwards and twisted with age:
fr. 3-4 in. long; seeds broadly ovate. B.R. 58. India,
and planted or escaped in W. Indies.
procera, Dry. (Asclepias procera, Ait.). Shrub or
bush, to 15 ft. : Ivs. more oblong and acute than those of
C. gigantea, grayish: fls. white and purple in long-
peduncled cottony umbels; corolla-lobes erect: fr.
4-5 in. long, recurved; seeds ovoid. B.R. 1792. India.
—Offered in S. Calif., and said to be known in Porto
Rico as Algodon de seda. L. H. B.
CALPURNIA (after Calpurnius, an imitator of Virgil,
because these plants are allied to Virgilia). Legumi-
nosse. Trees and shrubs from tropical and southern
Africa, cultivated out-of-doors in southern California
and other subtropical regions.
Leaves odd-pinnate with numerous Ifts.: racemes
long, axillary and terminal, the peduncles often panicu-
late, giving rise to a splendid showy infl. ; fls. yellow, the
calyx bell-shaped; petals pea-like: pods membranous-
winged on one side, often flattish. — Ten species.
sylvdtica, Mey. Shrub, 6-10 ft. high: Ivs. 2-6 in.
long; Ifts. in 3-10 pairs, membranous, obovate-ellip-
tical, retuse or obtuse: fls. ^in. long; ovary glabrous.
Caffraria. — Also rarely cult. N. as a greenhouse shrub.
lasiogyne, Mey. (C. aurea, Benth.). A taller shrub,
very rarely tree-like, with larger evergreen lys., more
coriaceous, more pubescent, and exactly elliptical or
oblong Ifts: fls. racemose, much like Laburnum, appear-
ing in winter, as do the fls. of most S. African plants.
The silky ovary at once distinguishes it. Natal.
N. TAYLOR.f
CALTHA (Latin name of the marigold). Ranuncu-
lacese. Beautiful hardy blooming marsh plants, the
largest and best of which are used about water-gardens
and moist parts of borders.
Succulent perennial herbs, glabrous, with a fascicle
of strong, fibrous roots: Ivs. simple, rather rounded-
cordate at base: fls. yellow, white or pink; sepals large,
deciduous, petal-like; petals none; stamens numerous:
carpels sessile, becoming follicles, with 2 rows of seeds.
— About 10 species of temperate and frigid regions.
Monogr. by G. Beck, in Kaiserlich-Konigliche Zool.
Bot. GeseUschaft (Vienna, 1886), 36:347-363; E. Huth,
Monogr. in Helios 9:69-74.
Calthas flourish best in wet places near running
water. Though naturally bog-plants, they succeed ad-
mirably well in an ordinary border in rather rich soil.
They should be introduced more liberally into the
flower-garden, where they bloom very freely year after
year, and usually mature a second quite abundant
crop of bloom in the fall. The flowers last a long time
in water, and sell readily in the cut-flower market.
The propagation is naturally accomplished by roots
and by seed. The roots divide easily and several of the
species send out rootstalks. The divisions may be made
best in late fall or mild winter weather. If seeds are
used, they must be fresh and given a moist, cool place
in partial shade.
bifl6ra, DC. No true st.: scape slender, usually 2-
fld. : Ivs. as in C. palustris: sepals 6-9, nearly white or
sometimes bluish : follicles at maturity distinctly stalked .
Spring. Calif, to Alaska.
leptosgpala, DC. Stout scape, 8-12 in. : Ivs. all basal
or barely 1 on st.; nerves at base nearly parallel, other-
wise like those of C. biflora: sepals 7-10, oblong, becom-
ing narrower, white: fls. solitary: follicles scarcely
stalked. May, June. Alaska to Wash, and Colo. Gn.
30:340.
palustris, Linn. MARSH MARIGOLD. St. hollow, 1-2
ft., branching, several-fld. : Ivs. cordate or reniform, den-
tate, crenate or entire: fls. bright yellow, 1-2 in. broad;
sepals 5 or 6, rarely 7: follicles compressed, J^in. long.
Apr .-June. Wet ground. Carolinas to Canada and west-
ward. Gt. 47, p. 630. Gn. 59, p. 166.— Used before flow-
ering in the spring as "cowslip greens." Var. monstrosa-
pleno, Hort. (vaT.fldre-pleno, Hort.). An improvement
on the above: fls. larger, of greater substance, and often
much doubled. Very beautiful. Var. Tyermanii, Hort.
A dwarf form with golden fls. G.M. 52:415.
polypetala, Hochst. Two ft. high: Ivs. 10^12 in.
across: fls. 3 in. across. Caucasus and Asia Minor. —
The plant spreads rapidly by stolons and may thus be
easily prop. Gn. 69, p. 269.
C. data, Duthie. Fls. smaller than in C. palustris, golden yellow
with orange-colored filaments and black anthers. Himalaya. Gn. W.
21:666,desc. K- £ DAVIS.
CALTROPS: Trapa.
CALVOA (apparently a personal name). Melas-
tomdcese. A half-dozen or more herbs and shrubs in
Trop. Afr., often succulent, with terete or 4-angled
branches, enlarged nodes, long-petioled ovate 3-5-
nerved Ivs., and red, rosy or violet fls. in scorpioid
cymes. None of them is likely to be in commerce for
cult., although C. orientalis, Taub., is known in botanic
gardens. It is a small shrub with 4-angled sts. produc-
ing aerial roots: Ivs. nearly ovate, shining green and
veined red at the base, the petioles red: fls. red, becom-
ing violet, less than %in. across.
CALYCANTHUS (Kalyx and anthos, flower; the calyx
is large and conspicuous). Syn. Butneria. Calycanthacese.
CAROLINA ALLSPICE. SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB. Orna-
mental shrubs, cultivated chiefly for their fragrant
flowers.
Winter-buds small, without bud-scales, hidden by the
base of petiole before the Ivs. fall: Ivs. opposite, petioled,
entire: fls. with numerous imbricate sepals and no dis-
tinct petals; stamens many, short with innate anthers;
Eistils many, inclosed in a hollow receptacle: fr. caps.-
ke, formed like the rose-hip by the calyx-tube and
containing numerous achenes. — Four species in N.
Amer.
638
CALYCANTHUS
CALYPSO
These are deciduous shrubs of aromatic fragrance,
with opposite rather large leaves usually rough above
and brown or brownish usually fragrant flowers,
terminal on leafy branchlets followed by a large capsule-
like dry fruit. Except C. occidentalis, the species are
hardy or nearly hardy North. They grow in almost
752. Calycanthus
floridus.
any well-drained and somewhat rich soil, and succeed
as well in shady as in sunny positions. Propagated by
seeds sown in spring; also increased by layers put down
in summer, and by suckers or division of older plants.
A. Lvs. densely pubescent beneath.
floridus, Linn. Fig. 752. Three to 6 ft.: Ivs. oval or
broad-ovate, acuminate, dark green above, pale or
grayish green beneath, 1K~3 in. long: fls. dark reddish
brown, fragrant, about 2 in. broad. Va. to Fla. B.M.
503. Gn. 21, p. 184; 33, p. 392. — This species is much
cult, for its very fragrant fls. and is the hardiest
of all. Var. ovatus, Lav. (C. ovdtus, Ait.). Lvs. ovate
to ovate-oblong, rounded or subcordate at the base.
L.I. 24.
AA. Lvs. glabrous beneath or nearly so: fls. slightly or not
fragrant.
fertilis, Walt. (C. ferax, Michx. C. Uevigdtus, Willd.
C. nana, Loisel.). Three to 6 ft.: Ivs. usually elliptic or
oblong, acute or acuminate, green beneath, 2-5^ in.
long: fls. reddish brown, 13^ in. broad; anthers oblong:
fr. ovoid, contracted at the mouth as in the preceding
species. Alleghanies; from Ga. to N. C. and Ala. B.R.
6:481. — Roots, Ivs. and bark used for their antiperiodic
properties. Fr. said to be poisonous to sheep. Var.
glaucus, Schneid. (C. glaucus, Willd.). Fig. 753. Lvs.
usually ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, glaucous
beneath: fls. paler. B.R. 5:404. Var. oblongifolius,
Nutt., with oblong-lanceolate Ivs. glaucous beneath.
occidentalis, Hook. & Arn. (C. macrophyllus, Hort.).
To 12 ft.: Ivs. usually rounded at the base, ovate or
oblong-ovate, green beneath and sometimes slightly
pubescent, 4-6 in. long: fls. light brown, 3 in. broad;
anthers linear: fr. campanulate, not contracted at the
mouth. Calif. B.M. 4808. F.S. 11:1113. R.H. 1854:
341. Gn. 33, p. 392.,
C. Mdhrii, Small. -Shrub, 2-6 ft.: Iva. ovate to oblong-ovate at
the base, rounded to subcordatfr or broadly euneate, densely pubes-
cent beneath, 2-7 in. long: fls. purple, fragrant, more than 2 in.
across. Tenn. and Ala. Little-known species, very similar to C.
floridus var. ovatus, but the fr. campanulate and not contracted at
the mouth. It has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. — C.
priecox, Linn.=Meratia pracox. ALFRED REHDER.
CALYCOCARPUM (Greek, cup-fruit, alluding to the
stone). Menispermdcese. A tall-climbing vine: genus
monotypic. C. Lyonii, Nutt., in rich woods, Ky. to
Kans. and south: woody twiner: Ivs. large and broad,
simple, deeply palmately 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed:
fls. small, greenish, in long racemose panicles, in May
and June : fr. a globular drupe, the stone or pit hollowed
out on one side, ripe in Aug.
CALYCOTOME (Kalyx, and tome, a section or cut;
calyx looks as if cut off). Leguminosse. Ornamental
shrubs chiefly grown for their profusely produced
yellow flowers; also used for low hedges.
Leaves 3-foliolate, without stipules: fls. papiliona-
ceous; calyx turbinate, truncate, colored; standard
upright; keel obtuse, curved, shorter than standard;
stamens 10 with the filaments connate; ovary sessile,
many-ovuled: pod linear-oblong, along the upper
suture winged or strongly thickened, 2-valved. — Five
species in the Medit. region.
Calyco tomes are low spiny shrubs with small 3-folio-
late deciduous leaves and fascicled or solitary yellow
papilionaceous flowers. Hardy only in warmer tem-
perate regions. They prefer a sunny position and well-
drained soil. For propagation, see Cytisus.
villosa, Link. Two to 4 ft. : branchlets grayish tomen-
tose: Ifts. obovate to oblong-obovate, densely silky
beneath, under Kin. long: fls. %in. long, 3 or more,
fascicled: pod villous. May, June. — It is excellent for
dense low hedges.
spindsa, Link. Closely allied, but somewhat larger
in every part, and with glabrous branchlets and pods:
fls. solitary or few. B.R. 32:55. ALFRED REHDER.
CALYPSO (from the Greek goddess, whose name sig-
nifies concealment; referring to its rarity and beauty).
OrchidacesB. One of the rarest and most prized native
orchids.
A delicate bog-plant, 3-4 in. high, with a small bulb,
1 roundish or ovate striated If., and 1 pink fl. with a
spotted sac. For culture, see Calopogon; but more diffi-
cult to grow than that plant. A monotypic genus.
bulbosa, Oakes. Fig. 754. Lf. an inch wide and long:
scape 3-4 in. high, with about 3 sheaths; sepals and
petals similar, ascending, lanceolate, acuminate, pink;
lip larger than the rest of the fl., with brown spots in
lines and purple and yellow markings, woolly-hairy
753. Calycanthus lertilis
var. glaucus. ( X H)
CALYPSO
CAMASSIA
639
within; column petal-like, ovate, bearing the lid-like
anther just below the apex. Maine to Minn, and N.;
also Eu. Abundant in parts of Ore. and Wash. B.M.
2763. G.C. II. 16:656.
CALYPTROGYNE (from calyptra, hidden, and gyne,
woman, in allusion to the half-hidden gynoecium).
Palmacese, tribe Geonbmese. Short, almost completely
stemless and unarmed palms with unequally pinnate
terminal leaves.
Stems frequently stoloniferous, when present, ringed
below: Ivs. numerous, often with the pinnate segms.
joined together, in extreme youth 4-parted instead of
bi-partite as in most related genera; Ifts. somewhat
irregularly disposed on the rachis, broadly or narrowly
scythe-shaped, running at the tip to an abrupt point,
at the base revolute; petiole very short or practically
none: spadix simple or sometimes branched at the base,
long-stalked; spathes 2; fls. a little unequal, with 3
sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens, the style half immersed
in the spadix: fr. oblong or obovoid, 1-seeded. — About
4 species, all from Trop. N. Amer. From Geonoma, a
near relative and horticulturally a much more impor-
tant genus, Calyptrpgyne is distinguished only by the
almost stemless habit, and the purely technical charac-
ter of having prominently arrow-shaped anthers. In
Geonoma the anthers are pendulous, but not
sagittate.
Calyptrogynes are handsome palms, seldom seen out-
side of large collections. Special care must be given to
the soil so that it will be sweet and porous, especially
after the plants leave the seed-pan. Well-drained pots
and a little charcoal mixed with the soil, and the plants
kept in a uniformly moist state, are conditions essential
to the healthy growth of the plants. In this genus, C.
Ghiesbreghtiana is the most widely known species,
another garden name for which is Geonoma Verschaffeltii.
These are shade-loving palms, having leaves of compara-
tively thin texture, and consequently are subject to
attacks of red spider unless properly cared for in regard
to moisture. Calyptrogynes are most useful in a small
state, old plants in general being rather leggy and poorly
furnished. (G. W. Oliver and W. H. Taplin.)
754. Calypso borealis.
glatica, H. Wendl. (Gednoma glauca, Oerst.). Practi-
cally stemless: Ivs. 4-5 ft. long, the sheathing petiole
brownish, about 1 ft. long; Ifts. numerous, about 2-3
in. apart, with 4 principal nerves, and scarcely any
secondary ones:
spadix simple, dif-
fering from the
following species
in which the
spadix is often
branched, 2-3 ft.
long, the pistillate
fls. half hidden in
tiny pits. Cent.
Amer. G.C. III.
30:179.— Not a
common species,
but young plants
are specially at-
tractive.
Ghiesbregh-
tiana, H. WTendl.
(Gednoma Ghies-
breghtiana, Lindl.
& H. Wendl. G.
magmfica and G.
Verschaffeltii,
Hort.). St. short
or almost none:
petiole 5 ft. long:
Ivs. elongate-oval;
segms. in 6 pairs,
unequal, almost
opposite, rather
remote, lanceo-
late, very long-
acuminate, fal-
cate, the 2 upper-
most on each side
very wide: spadix
often branched
below, the fls. half hidden in tiny pits. Chiapas, Mex.
B.M. 5782.
C. starapigu&nsis, H. Wendl. St. short: Ivs. 6 ft. long. Costa Rica.
G.C. III. 29:217, desc. — C. spicigera, H. Wendl. St. evident: Ivs.
irregularly pinnate, 3 ft. or less long, the stalks flat on upper side.
Guatemala. — C. Swdrtzii, Hort., is a Geonoma. j^ TAYLOR
CALYPTROSTfGMA. Diervilla Middendorffiana.
CALYSTEGIA: Conwlwlu*.
CAMAROTIS (a vault, in reference to the cavity in the
apex of the lip). Orchidacex. Epiphytic hothouse orchids.
Stems elongated, with short Ivs., and many-fld.
racemes: sepals and petals similar, spreading; lip
spurred, 3-lobed; rostellum and anther beaked; poll in i a
2, upon long thin sjtipes. — Species 2, in E. India.
rostrata, Reichb. (C. purpiirea, Lindl. Sarchochllus
purpitreus, Benth.). Fig. 755. Sts. 2-3 ft. long, climb-
ing: Ivs. oblong-linear, bifid at apex, 3-4 in. long:
racemes longer than Ivs.; fls. crowded, about 1 in.
diam., rose-purple, the lip somewhat darker. India.
P.M. 7:25. — A scarce plant, now offered in American
lists. Free-growing plant with aerial roots similar to
some epidendrums. The treatment accorded to the
vandas and saccolabiums with similar roots will suit
the camarotis. GEORGE V. NASH.
CAMASSIA (Quamash or Camass is the Indian
name). Sometimes written Quamasia. Liliacese.
CAMASS. West American spring-flowering bulbs.
Leaves all radical, long-lance-shaped, sheathing,
from a true bulb that is pointed and with a rounded
rather flattened base: sts. erect, 2-3 ft., bearing many
bracted blossoms that open from the bottom of the
raceme upward, in long succession: fls. blue, purple,
white or cream, with 6 spreading 3-7-nerved segms.,
755. Camarotis rostrata.
640
CAMASSIA
CAMASSIA
6 thread-like filaments, filiform style, and 3-angled,
3-valved, several-seeded caps. — Five or 6 species in
the temperate regions of W. N. Amer. from Cent.
Calif, to Brit. Col. and east to Texas and Ark. They
have resemblances to Scilla, but are much handsomer.
The bulbs produce no offsets unless wounded. All the
756. Camassia Cusickii. (fls.
species vary greatly in width of Ivs., size and number
of fls., so that definite figures mean little. The large
bulb and broad bluish lys. of C. Cusickii, the heavy
St., regular fls., and twisted old segms. of C. Leicht-
linii, the irregular fl. and drooping segms. of C. Quamash,
and the time of flowering of C. Howellii, are good gen-
eral characters to distinguish them.
Camassias are natives of rich meadows, very wet in
winter and spring but dry in summer. Water often
stands on the surface at flowering time. While the very
best success can perhaps be attained by giving them a
rather heavy soil with abundant moisture in the early
season, they are most amenable to cultivation and
thrive in any loam (only avoiding too rank manures),
and they are perfectly hardy. They have been thor-
oughly tested throughout the region from Illinois east.
Plant in early fall, from 3 to 4 inches apart and 3 to 6
inches deep, and do not disturb thereafter. As cut-
flowers, they are excellent as they open in long succes-
sion. Seeds grow readily, but from three to four years
are required to make flowering plants.
Cfcsickii, Wats. Fig. 756. Bulbs very large (weigh-
ing 4-8 ozs.) : Ivs. numerous, broad, glaucous, somewhat
undulate (15 in. long by 1J^ in. wide): st. often 3 ft.
high: fls. 30^-100, very pale delicately blue; segms.
spreading, crinkled at base, faintly 3-5-nerved. Ore.
G.F. 1:174 (adapted in Fig. 756).— The very large
bulb and broader and more numerous Ivs. easily dis-
tinguish this species. Very easily grown.
Quamash, Greene (C. esculenta, Lindl.). COMMON
CAMASS. Fig. 757. This species varies greatly; some
forms are low and slender, others 2-3 ft. high, stout and
many-fld.; it can be distinguished by the irregular per-
ianth in which 5 segms. are more or less on one side and
1 on the other: Ivs. %in. broad or less: fls. 10-40, varying
from almost white to intense ultramarine in the varieties;
segms. 3-5-nerved and a little longer than the stamens,
narrow and channeled at the base; pedicels not exceed-
ing the fls.: caps, ovate-oblong, obtuse, transversely
veined. Calif, to Utah and north to Brit. Col. B.R.
1486. F.S. 3:275. Gn. 46:338 and p. 339.— Bulb
cooked and eaten by the Indians. The fls. vary to
white. The large ultramarine form is the one in the
trade. The withered segments fall down about the
pedicel irregularly.
Leichtlinii, Wats. Stout, often 3 ft. or even more in
height: fls. white, cream-colored, blue or purple, nearly
regular; stamens and style ascending; segms. broad and
flattened at the base, usually 5-7-nerved: caps, oblong-
ovate, emarginate, obliquely veined. The withered
segms. of the perianth twist about the caps, like
bonbons; this is an infallible distinctive mark of the
species. C. Leitchlinii is not common, but is distributed
from Mendocino Co., Calif., to Brit. Col. B.M. 6287
(as C. esculenta var. Leichtlinii, Baker). — In Men-
docino Co., a clear blue form grows rarely in mountain
meadows. In the Umpqua Valley, Ore., the type is
clear cream approaching white. In the same region
and farther north, a very large deep blue or purple
form is found, while in Brit. Col., the cream-colored
form again appears but is rare. At their best, the sts.
are stiff and heavy, the fls. large and many, and the
masses of bloom approach the Eremurus in beauty and
are even finer in separate fls. C. Leichtlinii is the finest
of all camassias. Several color forms are described, as
var. atrovioldcea, deep purple, and others.
HSwellii, Wats. Bulb rather small: Ivs. few, 1 ft.
long and less than Mm- wide: st. often 2 ft. high, many-
fld., with spreading pedicels twice or more the length
of the linear
bracts: fls. pale
purple, opening in
the afternoon, the
segms. J^in. long,
3-5-nerved; pedi-
cels longer than
the fls.: caps,
small, broadly
ovate and very
obtuse. S. Ore.
Intro, by Pilking-
ton & Co., 1892.
esculenta, Rob-
ins. (C. Fraseri,
Torr.). Scape 12-
18 in. high: Ivs.
keeled : fls. light
blue, smaller than
in C. Quamash;
segms. 3-nerved ;
pedicels mostly
longer than fls.Pa.,
west and south.
B.M. 1574 (as
Scilla esculenta) .
Var. angusta
(C. angusta,
Hort.). Very slen-
der, and Ivs. nar-
rower ( J^in . wide) :
fls. smaller, H or
J^in. long. La.
and Ark. to Texas.
CARL PURDY.
CAMELLIA
CAMELLIA
641
759. Camellia
japonica —
Lucida.
CAMELLIA (after George Joseph Kamel or Camellus,
a Moravian Jesuit, who traveled in Asia in the seven-
teenth century). Ternstrcemiaceae. CAMELLIA. Woody
plants, chiefly grown for their showy white or red
flowers and also for their handsome evergreen foliage.
Evergreen trees or shrubs with alternate short-peti-
oled serrate Ivs. and large terminal or axillary white or
red fls. followed by
subglobose woody
caps.: fls. sessile, up-
right; sepals many,
imbricate, deciduous;
petals 5 or more;
stamens numerous,
more or less connate;
ovary 3-5-celled,
with slender styles
connate, at least be-
758.- Camellia
japonica —
Abby Wilder.
low: fr. a dehiscent caps.,
with few large subglobose
seeds. — About 10 species
in tropical and subtropical
Asia. Often united with
Thea, which differs in its
nodding and stalked fls.
with a persistent calyx
consisting of 5 nearly equal sepals. There is
a monograph of this genus by Seemann in
Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:337-352 (1859) and by
Kochs in Engler Bot. Jahrb. 27:577-634
(1900). Illustrated monographs of the horti-
cultural varieties are: Curtis, Monogr. of the
genus Camellia (1819); Baumann, Bollweiler
Camelliensammlung (1828); Chandler,
Camelliese (1831); Berlese, Monogr. du genre
Camellia a (1839); Verschaffelt, Nouvelle
Monographic du Camellia (1848-1860): the
last with 576 and the previous one with 300
colored plates.
Camellias grow like natives on sandy lands
and even on high pine land in central Florida,
but they flower best in half-shady somewhat
moist places. The half-double varieties of
Camellia japonica do best, while the very
double kinds often drop their buds entirely. The flow-
ers suffer very much from the sun and cannot be grown
much farther south than central Florida. Camellia
Sasanqua, single, half-double and double kinds, grow
much more satisfactorily than the varieties of C. ja-
ponica. They begin to flower late in October and early
November, and the double white C. Sasanqua is a
mass of pure white usually at Christmas time. All
the varieties of C. Sasanqua have somewhat fragrant
flowers. C. reticulata does equally well in Florida. It is
very distinct in foliage from the two former species
which have glossy leaves, while the leaves of C. reticu-
lata are dull green. All the camellias are extremely
slow growers if not carefully cultivated and fertilized.
A mulch of old cow-manure, now and then a little
commercial fertilizer, and thorough watering during
the dry season several times a week start the bushes
into a vigorous and healthy growth. They are so ex-
tremely beautiful when in flower that all the care given
them is well repaid. (H. Nehrling.)
A. Ovary and Ivs. perfectly glabrous.
japonica, Linn. (Thea japonica, Nois.). Figs. 758-
761. Shrub or tree, sometimes to 40 ft., glabrous: Ivs
very shining and dark green above, ovate or elliptic,
acuminate, sharply serrate, 2-4 in. long: fls. red in the
type, 3-5 in. across; petals 5-7, roundish. China,
Japan. B.M. 42. S.Z. 82. F.S. 20:2121. S.I.F. 1:73.
Gn. 24, p. 411; 28, p. 203; 36, p. 241. Var. alba, Lodd.
Fls. white. L.B.C. 7:636. Gn. 54, p. 243. J.H. III.
54:227; 64:397. Var. alba-plena, Lodd. Fls. white,
double. L.B.C. 3:269. Gn. 53, p. 244. Var. anemonifldra,
Curtis. Fls. red, with 5 large petals, the stamens
changed into numerous smaller and narrow petals;
the whole fl. resembling that of a double anemone.
L.B.C. 537. B.M. 1654. Gn. 44, p. 329. Var. magno-
liaefldra, Hort. Fls. pale rose, semi-double, with 12-15
petals rather narrow and half upright. Gn. 76, p. 31.
Var. apucaeformis, Rehd. (C. apucseformis, Jacob-
Mackoy). Lvs. bifid at the apex. — For the numerous
other garden forms, see the above-mentioned mono-
graphs; also, Flore des Serres, L'lllustration Horticole,
and other older horticultural publications contain a
large number of varieties with illustrations.
AA. Ovary and Ivs. on the midrib above pubescent.
reticulata, Lindl. (Thea reticulata, Pierre). Large
shrub, glabrous: Ivs. dull green, not shining above,
reticulate, flat, elliptic-oblong, acuminate, serrate, 3-5
in. long: fls. 5-7 in. across, purplish rose; petals 15-20,
obovate, loosely arranged. China. B.R. 13:1078. B.M.
2784. P.M. 3:101. G.M. 35: suppl. Apr. 2. F.W.
1880:321. G. 25:59. Var. plena, Hort. Fls. with twice
as many petals, and more regularly arranged. B.M.
4976. F.S. 12:
1279-80.
Sasanqua,
Thunb. (Thea
Sasdnqua,Nois.).
Shrub of loose,
straggling habit,
and with the
branches pubes-
cent when
young: Ivs. ellip-
tic to oblong-
ovate, bluntly
pointed at the
apex, crenate-
760. Camellia
japonica —
H. A. Downing.
761. Camellia
japonica —
President Clark.
serrate, shining,
dark green ana
hairy on the midrib
above, 1-2 in. long:
fls. lJ^-2 in. across,
white; petals 5 or
more, obovate or
oblong. China, Ja-
pan. Gn. 54:142.
S.Z. 83 (except the
red vars.). S.I.F.
2:52. J.H. III. 43:
131. G.M. 36:51.
Runs into many forms. Var. semi-plena, Hort. Fls.
semi-double, white. B.R. 1:12; 13:1091. Var. anemo-
niflora, Seem. Fls. large, double, outer petals white,
inner ones much smaller, yellow. B.M. 5152. Var.
oledsa, Rehd. (Thea Sasdnqua var. oleosa, Pierre. C.
oleifera, Lindl.). Of more robust habit, with Ivs. and
the single white fls. larger than in the type. B.R. 11:
942. L.B.C. 11:1065. Var. Kissi, Rehd. (Thea Sasdn-
quav&r. Kissi, Pierre. C. Kissi, Wall.). Lvs. oval-oblong
to ovate, long-acuminate, to 3J^ in- long. Himalayas.
642
CAMELLIA
CAMPANULA
C. axillaris, Roxbg.=Gordonia anomala. — C. cuspidata,
Hort.=Thea cuspidata. — C. drupifera. Lour. Shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs.
elliptic, long-acuminate: fls. \l/i in. wide, fragrant, white, petals
obovate. Himalayas, India. L.B.C. 19:1815. — C. euryoides, Lindl.
=Thea euryoides. — C. euryoides, Hort.=Thea maliflora. — C. hong-
kongensis. Seem. (Thea hongkongensis, Pierre). Tree with glabrous
branches: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, indistinctly serrate,
lustrous above, coriaceous, 3—1 in. long: fls. red, 2 in. across; petals
slightly emarginate; ovary pubescent. Hongkong. Trans. Linn.
Soc. 22:60. — C. maliflora, Lindl.=Thea maliflora. — C. rosifldra,
Hook.=Thea maliflora. — C. sinensis, Kuntze=Thea sinensis. — C.
spectabilis, Champ.=Tutcheria spectabilis. — C. Thea, Link=Thea
Binensis- ALFRED REHDER.
CAMOENSIA (Louis Camoens, Portugese poet).
Leguminosse. Two species of climbing shrubs from W.
Trop. Afr., with digitately 3-foliolate Ivs., and large
papilionaceous fls. Calyx top-shaped; petals with long
claws, the standard orbicular or nearly so; stamens
free; ovary stipitate, with many ovules, the stigma small
and capitate: fr. a broad-linear flattened 2-valved pod.
C. maxima, Welw., has recently been offered by an
English firm. Described by Baker as "a magnificent
species" and by Bull as "one of the most gorgeously
beautiful of tropical climbers:" Ifts. pbovate-oblong,
5-6 in. long, cuspidate: fls. milk-white tinged with
gold and frilled on the edges of the petals, in short-
stalked 6-8-fld. axillary racemes; standard projecting
4 in. beyond the calyx, 3-4 in. broad; other petals
shorter and not more than 1 in. broad: pod 6-8 in.
long. Trans. Linn. Soc. 25:36. B.M. 7572. G.C. III.
20:597. L. H. B.
CAMPANULA (Latin, little bell, from the shape of
the corolla in some species). Campanuldceae. BELL-
FLOWER. HAREBELL. BLUEBELL. A large group of
attractively flowering herbs, containing some of the
most popular garden plants, especially of hardy her-
baceous perennials.
Annual, biennial or perennial, mostly the last, often
small and tufted: root-lvs. usually larger than the st.-
lys., and often of different shape and more or less tran-
sitory: fls. blue, violet or white, sometimes yellow;
calyx 5-fid; corolla 5-lobed or 5-fid; stamens 5, free;
filaments wide at the base, membranaceous; stigmas 3
or 5, filiform: caps. 3-5-valved, dehiscing on the sides
or (as in Fig. 762) at the base by 3-5 small valves;
seeds ovate, complanate or ovoid. — Probably 250
species, nearly all in the northern hemisphere with the
center of distribution in the Medit. region; about a
dozen species are N. American. The species mostly
inhabit swamps or moist ground, or alpine and boreal
regions. Allied genera of garden
value are Adenophora, Jasione,
Lightfootia, Michauxia, Ostrowskia,
Phyteuma, Platycodon, Specularia,
Symphyandra, Trachelium, and
Wahlenbergia, in which genera
many species originally described
as campanulas may be sought. Of
these, perhaps the two best known
cases are Platycodon grandiflorum,
the "balloon flower," with its
characteristic inflated buds, dark
green, glossy, leathery Ivs.; and
Specularia Speculum (C. Speculum),
"Venus' looking-glass," a pretty
annual, which grows in the grain fields of S. Eu., and
is cult, for its violet fls. with a white eye. The calyx-
tube of Specularia is relatively much longer than in
any campanula. The most prominent campanulas now
in cult, seem to be the forms of C. Medium, C. carpat-
ica, C. persicifolia, C. pyramidalis, C. punctata, C.
pusilla (csespitosa), C. rotundifolia.
Botanically, campanulas fall into two important
groups, based on the presence or absence of calyx
appendages. The subgenus Medium has the appen-
dages, and Eucodon lacks them. These appendages are
often small and disguised. The genus may also be
762. Capsule of
Campanula with
basal dehiscence.
thrown into two broad groups based on the dehiscence,
— the subgenus Medium with capsule opening near
the base, and Rapunculus with the openings near the
top. For the horticulturist, the most serviceable classi-
fication is based on the use that he makes of the plants,
— whether as a garden vegetable, as border plants, or as
rock-garden or alpine subjects; and this is the division
attempted here. In cultivation, campanulas tend to
become taller and more robust, less hairy, more
branched, and more floriferous. Blue is the prevailing
color in the genus. A very few have white or yellowish
flowers, with no blue or violet forms. Any blue or
violet-flowered form is likely to have white varieties,
and double and semi-double forms are common in
three or four of the most popular species. All flowers
tend to become larger and more numerous on a stem.
In cultivation, the three-celled species are likely to
have five stigmas instead of three, and five-celled cap-
sules, often along with normally constructed flowers
on the same plant. The height is the most variable
feature of all, and in the scheme below C. carpatica, C.
punctata and forms of C. glomerata especially will seem
wrongly placed to many. But the characters used by
botanists are well-nigh useless to the gardener, and
nothing but a distinction of height can bring out
the two important cultural groups of campanulas.
For a recent garden monography of dwarf campanulas,
see Correvon, "The Garden," 59 (1901) pp. 276, 450;
60, pp. 51, 64, 111, 161, 218.
Cultivation. — The genus Campanula is extraordi-
narily rich in flowering garden plants of merit. The
alpine section is distinguished by a charming grace
both in character of growth and size and bearing of
flowers. The peach-leaved class (C. persicifolia) is
characterized by the noble and beautiful form of single
and semi-double blossoms carried by thin erect stems
2-3 feet high. The luster and clearness of tints of the
bushy biennial Medium and calycanthema type are
remarkable, while the rambling habit and the marvelous
floriferousness of the varieties C. isophylla and its
descendant C. Mayii, indicate the wide range of orna-
mental usefulness of bellflowers. Considering the good
lasting qualities in a cut state and the great popularity
of the flowers of long-stemmed sorts for indoor decora-
tion, it is safe to say that campanulas will steadily gain
in importance as material upon the florists' counter as
well as for garden planting. The greatest curiosities
are C. punctata, C. macrostyla, C. Zoysii and C. rotundi-
folia var. soldanellse flora. For exhibition and for pot
culture and also for large single specimens, C. pyram-
idalis is most used. For edgings, C. carpatica is per-
haps the favorite. Of all wild forms, the best known
is certainly C. rotundifolia, the true harebell, or
"blue bells of Scotland." It is native in North Amer-
ica as well as in Europe, on rocky banks and shores.
— Wherever rock-gardens are planned, alpine cam-
panulas have become indispensable. The greater part
of typical mountain inhabitants chiefly available
for this purpose being spring-flowering plants, the
summer flowers of campanulas are especially welcome.
One of the best bellflowers for rock-gardens is C.
carpatica, blue and white, with its var. compacta also in
blue and white, var. cselestina, sky blue, var. pelviformis,
light blue, and var. Riverslea with large dark-blue bells;
but there are a number of other very handsome species
possessing commercial value that deserve the atten-
tion of progressive growers. The demand is for a plant
material easy to handle, resistant and free-flowering.
As such may be recommended for rockeries, C. gargan-
ica and C. garganica var. hirsuta, both 4 inches high,
flowers light blue. C. pusilla, in white and blue, is
regarded as the hardiest low-growing alpine bellflower.
Excellent effect may be secured from a number of the
garden hybrids, when rightly employed; plantations of
C. Wilsonii, cross between C. pulla and C. turbinata,
dark blue, 6 inches tall, and C. Fergusonii and C. Hen-
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
643
dersonii, 12 to 18 inches, all blooming freely from
late in June to early August, are good examples. Cam-
panula glomerata var. acaulis, a clustered-flowering low-
growing form, violet-blue, June and July, answers the
same purpose, while C. glomerata var. dahurica, 12 to
18 inches, dark violet-blue and white, very free-flower-
ing, is valuable also as a border plant. Other good rock-
ery kinds are C. fragilis (which needs protection, but
makes a good pot-plant), C. pulla in sheltered position,
C. Portenschlagiana, and C. rotundifolia. Many of the
larger-growing kinds are also good for the rock-garden.
— The best two representatives of the biennial class, are
C. Medium and C. calycanthema, both standard garden
flowers. In the northern states, especially, they do
exceedingly well. When used for mass effects, their full
bloom becomes a prominent feature of June. The deli-
cate shades of pink and pale lavender, the purity of the
white, and the rich tints in purple and blue are a reve-
lation. They transplant very easily, even in an ad-
vanced state of growth, and readily respond to mild forc-
ing under glass in spring. In a cut state, they show
remarkably good lasting qualities and are of excellent
value as material for filling vases. A few other good
biennials are C. sibirica, C. primulsefolia, C. spicata,
(p. 650), C. thyrsoides. — The peach-leaved section com-
prises the most perfect forms of the bellflower family,
although C. persicifolia has been surpassed in popular
favor by the more yigorou < C. grandiflora varieties in
white and blue, which are really platycodons. C. iso-
phylla, native of Italy, is not hardy in Maine and must
be overwintered under glass. It is a very effective
basket- and balcony-box plant, its long hanging vines
being covered with large and attractive flowers in July
and August. The color is a delicate light blue, while
the bells of its garden descendant C. Mayii, have a
deeper shade. For the South, both are valuable acqui-
sitions for rockeries. — Of the perennial species, according
to Robert Cameron, the best border plants are the fol-
lowing: C. carpatica and vars. alba and turbinata; C.
glomerata, especially var. dahurica; C. lactiflora; C. lati-
folia, especially its vars. eriocarpa and macrantha; C.
nobilis (about 2 ft. in height); C. persicifolia and its
numerous vars., especially the white kinds; C. punc-
tata (about 1 % ft.) ; C. pyramidalis, a very showy plant
when well grown, but not quite reliable in the eastern
states as to hardiness, making a good pot-plant for the
cool greenhouse; C. rapunculoides, which spreads rap-
idly and must be so placed that it will not crowd out
the other plants that are near it; C. rotundifolia; C.
Trachelium; C. Van Houttei, a hybrid, and one of the
best bellflowers. — Campanulas are raised from seed
and also by division or cuttings. Seeds should be
started early under glass. Cover very shallow, and
place the shallow seed-pans near the light in an aver-
age temperature of 60°. Shade at midday while in pro-
cess of germinating; avoid over-watering and "sticky"
atmosphere. Transplant seedlings into flats as soon as
they can be handled. Harden young plants gradually
and transfer them to the open ground in May. C.
Medium, C. calycanthema, and all the C. persicifolia
varieties, when grown for the cut-flower trade, should
be placed on beds where they are intended to pe flow-
ered and cropped the next season. They thrive best
in a rather light well-manured garden soil. Some of
the alpine species require a sandy humus with addi-
tions of fine limestone material. When grown for floral
garden effect, the open sunny position is preferable
throughout the North, while for the South half-shade
at midday is likely to prolong the flowering season.
Seedlings of single varieties come true to color to
a high percentage. Of the semi-double and double C.
persicifolia sorts, propagation is usually by division
in September. C. isophylla and C. Mayii are shy seeders
and are propagated by cuttings in spring. For winter
protection, a light covering of straw, leaves or ever-
green boughs is sufficient south of New York. In more
northern parts, hardy campanulas require a uniform
layer of leaves 2 to 3 inches thick. The annuals can
be raised in the border by seeds sown late in April or
May, or raised in the greenhouse and then transferred
to the border. The best of the annuals are C. ramosis-
sima and var. alba, C. drabifolia, C. Erinus, C. macro-
styla, and C. americana. (Richard Rothe.)
INDEX.
acaulis, 12.
grandis, 11.
pusitta, 46.
alaskana, 44.
Grossekii, 7.
pyramidalis, 16.
alba, 11, 16, 19, 32,
haylodgensis, 39.
Rainerii, 37.
39, 45, 46.
Hendersonii, 39.
ramosissima, 32.
alba grandiflora, 10.
hirsuta, 33, 34.
rapunculoides, 21.
alliariaefolia, 5.
Hohenackeri, 30.
Rapunculus, 1.
Allionii, 26.
Hostii, 44.
rhomboidalis, 19.
alpina, 29.
imperialis, 4.
riverslea, 39.
americana, 9.
isophylla, 40.
rotundifolia, 44.
arctica, 44.
lactiflora, 13.
ruthenica, 18.
attica, 43.
lamiifolia, 5.
sarmatica, 6.
Backhousei, 10.
latifolia, 17.
Scheuchzeri, 45.
barbata, 27.
latiloba, 11.
Scouleri, 41.
biserrata, 13.
lini folia, 45.
sibirica, 30.
bononiensis, 18.
longestyla, 3.
soldanella, 44.
csespitosa, 46.
Lorei, 32.
soldanellaeflora, 44.
calycanthema, 4.
macrantha, 10, 17.
sparsiflora, 12.
carpatica, 39.
macrophytta, 5.
speciosa, 12, 14.
celtidifolia, 13.
macrostyla, 2.
Stansfieldii, 31, 39.
ccelestina, 39.
major, 36.
stenocodon, 44.
ccerulea, 13.
marginata, 10.
superba, 12.
compacta, 16, 39.
Mayii, 40.
Tenorii, 38.
coronata, 10.
Medium, 4.
Tommasiniana, 31.
dahurica, 12.
mirabilis, 8.
thyrsoidea, 14.
divaricata, 23.
Moerheimei, 10.
thyrsoides, 14.
divergens, 30.
mollis, 28.
Trachelium, 20.
drabifolia, 43.
muralis, 36.
turbinata, 39.
Elatines, 35.
nobilis, 24.
urtici folia, 20.
Erinus, 49.
pallida, 25, 46.
Van Houttei, 25.
eriocarpa, 17.
parviflora, 3.
velutina, 44.
excisa, 47.
pelviformis, 39.
versicolor, 22.
eximia, 30.
persicifolia, 10.
verus, 1.
Fergusonii, 16.
Portenschlagiana, 36.
Vidalii, 15.
floribunda, 40.
pulla, 42.
Waldsteiniana, 31.
fragilis, 33.
pulloides, 42.
Wiegandii, 4.
garganica, 34.
pumila, 46.
Wilsonii, 39.
glomerata, 12.
punctata, 24.
Zoysii, 48.
C. primukefolia and C. spicata will be found in the
supplementary list, p. 650.
GROUP I. Kitchen-garden vegetable: roots radish-like:
a salad plant.
1. Rapunculus, Linn. (Rapunculus verus, Fourr.).
RAMPION. Fig. 763. Biennial or perennial, 2-3 ft.:
root spindle- or long-radish-shaped, %in. thick, white:
st. erect sulcate: lower Ivs. obovate, short-petioled,
somewhat crenate; st.-lvs. linear-lanceolate, entire: fls.
calyx-tube obconical, lobes
lilac, in a spike or raceme;
glabrous or bristly, erect,
awl-shaped, a half shorter
than or nearly equal to
the funnel-shaped corolla.
Eu., Orient, N. Asia, N.
Afr. — The roots and Ivs.
are eaten as a salad. The
seeds, which are very
small, are sown in the open
ground in early May either
broadcast or in drills. A
little sand mixed with the
gives an evener sow-
ing. Press firmly, and
water carefully. Thin out
the seedlings if necessary.
Water freely in hot
weather. A fresh sowing
may be made in June, as
early - sown plants may
run to seed. Roots are
gathered in Oct. and may
be stored in sand for win-
ter use. "Rapunculus"
means a little turnip.
763. Root of rampion — Cam-
panula Rapunculus.
644
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
GROUP II. Tall or border campanulas, characteristically
afoot or 15 in. or more high. Nos. 2-23.
A. Calyx with an appendage at the base of each sinus.
B. Caps. 5-celled and stigmas 5 (variable in No. 8).
c. Style excessively long, the stigma an inch or more long.
2. macrostyla, Boiss. & Heldr. Annual, 1-2 ft.,
branched from the base, hispid with rigid spreading
scattered bristles: branches stout: Ivs. scattered, small
for the size of the plant, sessile, bristly on both sur-
faces; lower ones ovate-oblong, acute; upper ovate-
lanceolate, recurved, cordate, eared at the base: calyx-
tube hidden by the bladdery appendages, small, broader
than long; fls. solitary; on stout peduncles, 2-2 >£ in.
broad; corolla
very broad and
open, pale pur-
ple without, dull
purple within,
marked with
violet, and hairy
toward the bot-
tom; lobes very
broad, short
and acute. Mt.
Taurus in Ana-
tolia. Gn. 15:
356 and 12, p.
209. B.M. 6394.
— The very long
exserted style is
brown and spin-
dle - shaped be-
fore spreading
open. Self-sown
seeds sometimes
remain a year
before sprout-
ing.
cc. Style not ex-
cessively long.
3. longestyla,
Fomine. Peren-
nial, \y2-2 y2 ft.,
more or less
hairy: basal
Ivs. lance -oval,
lobed, the st.-
Ivs. oblong and
sessile: fls. blue-
purple, droop-
ing; calyx-lobes
lanceolate-
pointed, the
appendages re-
flexed on the
peduncle;corolla
almost urn-shaped, dilated below the middle; style
exserted with 3, 4 or 5 stigmas: caps. 3-5-celled. Cau-
casus. Gn. W. 23:671. Var. parvifldra, Bois. Fls.
smaller. R.H. 1911:548; p. 549.
4. Medium, Linn. (Medium grandiflorum, Spach).
CANTERBURY BELLS. Fig. 764. Biennial, 1-4 ft.;
plant pilose: st. erect: Ivs. sessile, ovate-lanceolate or
lanceolate, crenate-dentate : raceme lax, many-fld.; fls.
violet-blue, varying to several shades and to white, 2 in.
long; calyx-lobes ovate-acuminate, the appendages half
as long as the ample ovate obtuse lobes; corolla bell-
shaped, inflated. S. Eu. Gn. M. 14:9. Two forms (aside
from thesingle-fld.) occur: thedouble, Fig. 764a, with 1-3
extra corollas, and the var. calycanthema, Hort., Fig.
7646, with an enlarged spreading and petal-like outer
part sometimes deeply divided and sometimes little
lobed or nearly entire (varying on the same plant) . The
var. calycanthema is the CUP-AND-SAUCER form (the
764. Campanula Medium, the Canterbury
Bell. Modified forms are shown.
name hose-in-hose, sometimes applied in Campanula,
would better be retained for Primula elatior); a fair
percentage come true from seed; usually a stronger
plant than the common C. Medium. G.C. III.
24:65. R.H. 1896, p. 301; 1897, p. 238. Gng. 5:88. Gn.
48, p. 295. F.S. 19, p. 152. G.W. 3, p. 291. G.Z. 17:
113. Var. Wiegandii, Hort. Lv&. golden yellow: fls.
blue. Var. imperialis, Hort., is a very floriferous form
or possibly a hybrid. — Canterbury bells are most
commonly treated as hardy biennials, the seed being
sown in the open border, but they do not flower the
first year. They can also be treated as tender
annuals, the seed being sown indoors in early spring
and the plants set out May 1-15. They will then flower
well the first season, but always better the second year.
Sowings may also be made in April, May or later, in
pots, boxes or beds, and plants then be transferred into
some sheltered place where they can be slightly pro-
tected during the winter, and then transplanted in
spring to their permanent places into good rich soil,
where they will make a great show if they have had the
right treatment. Let them stand 18-24 in. apart. Seed-
lings potted up in autumn may be brought into bloom
readily indoors in spring; and even blooming plants, if
not spent, may be potted direct from the garden and
used in the house in autumn.
BB. Caps. 3-celled: stigmas 3.
5. alliariasfdlia, Willd. (C. lamiifolia, Bieb. C. ma-
crophylla, Sims). Perennial, 1K~2 ft.: st. erect, striate,
woolly, branched only at the top: root-lvs. large, heart-
shaped, crenate, tomentose; st.-lvs. on petioles which
gradually shorten upward, the highest being sessile:
fls. white, nodding, on short stalks, borne singly in the
axils of the floral Ivs. as in C. sarmatica, but the floral
Ivs. larger and broader; calyx a third or a fourth shorter
than the corolla, with margins rolled back, and appen-
dages less minute than in C. sarmatica; corolla always
white, 2 in. long, ciliated at the margin, and with char-
acteristic tooth-like processes at the base of each sinus.
Caucasus, Asia Minor. B.M. 912. Gn. M. 14:9.
6. sarmatica, Ker-Gawl. Perennial, 1-2 ft.: st.
simple, striate, pubescent: Ivs. remarkable for their
gray color, harsh, leathery, wrinkled, tomentose,
oblong-cordate, crenate, the lower long-petioled, the
upper sessile: calyx with minute reflexed appendages,
and a short, densely hairy tuft: fls. about 6 on a st.,
nodding; corolla about 1 in. long, and 1^ in. across,
pale blue, marked with 5 hairy lines. Caucasus, in
subalpine places. B.M. 2019. L.B.C. 6:581.
7. Grdssekii, Heuff. Has the habit and infl. of C.
Trachelium, but the calyx is appendaged; perennial,
2^2 ft., branching from the base, angled, pilose: Ivs.
hispid, the lower cordate, unequally petioled, doubly
crenate-serrate, the uppermost ovate-acute, narrowed
into a petiole: calyx setose-ciliate, lobes spreading,
reflexed at the apex, appendages lanceolate, a third
shorter than the lobes; corolla hispid, 2 or 3 times longer
than the calyx-lobes: fls. large, bell-shaped, violet, in a
long raceme. Hungary. Gt. 35, p. 477. G. 27:459.
8. mirabilis, Alboff. Biennial or short-lived peren-
nial, 1 ft. or more; whole plant forms a broad dense
cone with such a profusion of bloom as almost to hide
the foliage: lower Ivs. 4-6 in. long, obovate or spatu-
late, obtuse, coarsely toothed, petiole winged: fls. pale
lilac, erect, broadly campanulate, 2 in. across, the
corolla hairy on margins and back. Caucasus. B.M.
7714. G.C. III. 24:33; 42:144-5. Gt. 47, p. 192. Gn.
54, p. 454; 60, p. 58. G.W. 12, p. 445.— A very beauti-
ful and remarkable plant.
AA. Calyx without an appendage at the base of each sinus.
B. Fls. rotate or wheel-shaped.
9. americana, Linn. Annual and biennial, 3-6 ft.:
st. erect, simple: Ivs. thin, serrate, somewhat pilose;
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
645
root-lvs. ovate-acute, subcordate, petiolate; st.-lvs.
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate at both ends: calyx-tube
long, obconical, the teeth linear-acuminate, almost
entire, spreading, shorter than the 5-fid, wheel-shaped
corolla; fls. light blue, 1 in. broad, in long spikes, soli-
tary or in 3's; corolla shallow, lobes pilose outside and
at the apex; style long, strongly declined and upwardly
curved: caps, cylindrical, grooved. Shaded low ground
Canada to Iowa, south to Fla. and Ark. — Rarely
cult. It is possible that Phyteuma canescens is still cult,
as C. americana.
BB. Fls. saucer-shaped or broadly bell-shaped, i. e., the
tube shallower and the limbs more widely spread-
ing than the bell-shaped.
c. St.-lvs. linear-lanceolate, crenulate.
10. persicifolia, Linn. Fig. 765. Perennial, 2-3 ft. : st.
erect: Ivs. glabrous, rigid, crenulate; root-lvs. lanceolate-
obovate; st.-lvs. linear-lanceolate or spatula te, of ten 3 in.
long: calyx-lobes acuminate, wide at the base, entire,
half as long as the broadly bell-shaped corolla: fls. blue
or white, pedicelled, solitary, terminal and axillary, often
1^ in. long, 2 in. broad: caps, ovoid, 3-grooved. Eu.
B.M. 397. G.C. III. 43:384. Gn. 75, p. 30. G. 6:297.
Gn. M. 14:9. G.W. 3, p. 292. C.L.A. 13:478; the
white form in G. 13:71 and Gn. W. 23:Suppl. Jan. 27;
the double white in G.C. 111.27:409 and G. 3:563.
One of the best of all perennial campanulas. Var.
macrantha is a large-fld. form with fls. all along the st.
Gt. 44, p. 148. Gn. 48, p. 306. A.F. 6:383. S.H. 1:131.
Var. alba grandifldra and var. Bdckhousei are among
the popular white-fld. forms. There are double and
semi-double forms in blue and white. The double
white is useful for cutting. For portraits of var. grandi-
flora, see G. 27:458; 28:553, 673; G.W. 12, p. 433.
Var. coronata, Hort., is a semi-double white form. F.S.
7:699. The pictures hi B.M. and F.S. show distinctly
saucer-shaped fls. Var. Moerheimei, Hort. White-fld.,
double, 2-3 in. diam. : excellent. G.C. III. 27:414. G.M.
49:535. G.W. 6, p. 545; 12, p. 434. A.G. 23:497. Var.
marginata, Hort., has white fls. tinted blue on the bor-
ders. R.B. 32, p. 252. This species occasionally runs
wild, especially in England. The Ivs. are very charac-
teristic, and, once seen, are never forgotten.
cc. St.-lvs. wider and coarsely toothed.
11. latfloba, DC. (C. grdndis, Fisch. & Mey.) Peren-
nial, \-\lA ft., glabrous: st. erect, simple, terete: st.-
lvs. 3-5 in. long, 4-6 lines wide, lanceolate, narrowed at
both ends, crenate-serrate: calyx-lobes ovate-acute,
broad, entire, erect, one-half shorter than the broadly
bell-shaped corolla: fls. blue, often 2 in. wide, sessile,
solitary or somewhat clustered, sometimes equaling
the ovate-acute, dentate bracts. Mt. Olympus. P.M.
10:31. H.U. 3, p. 137. Gt. 7:202.— Fls. like C. persi-
cifolia. Quickly forms a dense carpet. Variable in
color. Var. alba, Hort. White fls. G. 19:440.
BBS. Fls. bell-shaped or tubular, not saucer-shaped.
c. Infl. a dense roundish head.
12. glomerata, Linn. One of the most variable:
perennial, 1-2 ft., typically pubescent: st. erect, simple,
terete: Ivs. serrulate, lower ones rough with very short,
stiff hairs, 1^-3 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, with a cordate,
ovate-oblong blade shorter than the petiole; upper ones
sessile, ovate, acute: fls. violet-blue to white, in dense
heads or glomes, 15-20 in the terminal heads, fewer in
axillary ones. Eu., Armenia, Persia, Siberia; some-
times escaped in this country. Gn.M. 14:9. B.M.
2649 is var. specidsa, which has the largest fls. L.B.C.
6 : 505 is var. sparsifldra, with much smaller clusters. —
This is one of the earliest flowering and easiest of
cult. Fls. typically ^dark purple, running into lighter
varieties. Var. dahurica, Hort., is probably the com-
monest form: terminal clusters 3 in. or more thick, a
very characteristic infl. The fl. has a longer tube than
C. lactiflora and C. thyrsoides. G. 26:305. Var. acaulis,
Hort., is an almost stemless form with very large fls.:
sts. only 3-5 in. high. G.W. 9, p. 272. Var. superba,
Hort., is a cross of the dwarf variety with var. dahurica:
large heads of deep violet fls.
cc. Infl. a spike or raceme, dense or loose.
D. Color of fls. normally white or yellowish.
E. Corolla small, short-tubed.
13. lactifldra, Bieb. Perennial, 2J^-6 ft.: st. erect,
branching: Ivs. sessile, ovate-lanceolate, acutely ser-
rate: calyx-lobes very broad, acute, serrulate, one-half
shorter than the broadly bell-shaped corolla: fls. in a
loose or dense panicle, which may be 3^ in. long and
thick; corolla white or pale blue, 1 in. long, nearly 1}^
in. broad: caps, ovoid, erect. Caucasus, Siberia. B.M.
1973. G.C. III. 50:438. Gn. 61, p. 29; 63, p. 90; 71,
p. 418; 75, p. 89. G.M. 46:
168; 48:545. Gn. W. 23:623.
The normally milk-white blue-
tinged fls. are characteristic.
Var. ccerulea, Hort., has light
blue fls. — C. celtidifolia, Boiss.,
referred to the above, may be
a strongly marked variety. C.
biserrdta, Koch, is also referred
here.
14. thyrsoides, Linn. Bien-
nial, 1-13^ ft.; st. grooved: Ivs.
all covered with long hairs at
the margin; root-lvs. sessile,
spatulate or obtusely lanceo-
late, 2^2 in. long, %in. wide,
in a dense rosette, lying on
the ground; upper Ivs. more
narrow and acute: fls. 40^-50,
sulfur or creamy yellow, in a
dense thyrse-like spike, which
may be 6 in. long and 2H in-
broad; style exserted. Alps
and Jura, 3,000-6,000 ft. B.M.
1290. L.B.C. 17:1644.— Inter-
mingled with the fls. in the
spike are Ivs. which are longer
than the fls., which is not true
of C. lactiflora. Should not be
confounded with C. thrysoidea,
Lapeyr., which = C. speciosa,
(see supplementary list). Ap-
parently no blue or purple forms
are known. The picture in B.M.
shows a characteristic red-
tipped calyx. Garden hybrids
are reported with C. spicata (see Kew Bull. 1910, p. 322) .
EE. Corolla large, long-tubed.
15. Vidalii, H. C. Wats. Perennial, 1-2 ft.: st.
branching from the base: some branches short, sterile,
others tall, floriferous, all grooved, clammy, glossy:
Ivs. 3-4 in. long, oblong-spatulate, coarsely serrate,
thick, fleshy, firm, viscid, the upper ones gradually
becoming bracts: fls. 2 in. long, nodding, about 9 in a
loose terminal raceme; calyx-lobes triangular, thick,
one-fourth shorter than the corolla; corolla tubular,
swelled below, constricted above, white with a yellow
base. Azores. B.M. 4748. F.S. 7:729. A.F. 3:116.
G.C. III. 18:95; 34:330-1. Gn. 54, p. 299; 63, p. 297;
74, p. 402; 75, p. 410. J.F. 3, pi. 274.— Very distinct.
DD. Color of fls. normally blue or purple (with white
varieties) .
E. Size of fls. large.
F. Raceme pyramidal or long-conical, usually dense.
16. pyramidalis, Linn. CHIMNEY CAMPANULA. Fig.
766. Glabrous perennial, 4-5 ft.: Ivs. glandular-den-
765. A narrow-flowered
form of Campanula per-
sicifolia.
646
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
tate, lower petiolate, ovate-oblong, subcordate; st.-
lvs. sessile, ovate-lanceolate: calyx-lobes acuminate,
spreading, half as long as the broadly bell-shaped
corolla: fls. numerous, in pyramidal racemes, pale blue
varying to white and darker at the base. G.C. III.
32:388. Gn. 45, p. 67;
48, p. 306; 51, p. 221
(a staked pot plant);
47, p. 86 (with exten-
sive cultural notes) ;
53, p. 535; 62, p. 254;
T. 64, p. 96; 68, p. 137;
,| 69, p. 4; 74, p. 548.
R.H. 1897, p. 238.
G.M. 46:612; 53: 811.
G.W. 1, p. 39; 7, p.
7; 11, p. 137; 13, p. 571.
Var. alba, Hort., has
white fls. Gn. 74, p.
645. J.H. III. 51:257.
Var compacta, Hort.
Dwarf er: fls. larger and
of better substance.
The compact variety is
very floriferous and
convenient for conser-
vatory, but lacks the
characteristic erect,
pyramidal habit. Gn.
73, p. 54. G. 18:64.
S.H. 2:97. C. Fer-
gusonii, Hort., is a hy-
brid of C. pyramidalis
and C. carpatica, re-
sembling a dwarf form
of the former in growth,
18 in.: petals more
pointed than those of
the latter: fls. bright
lilac. Gn. 66, p. 276.
Hybrids between C: pyramidalis and C. versicolor are
reported.
FF. Raceme not pyramidal, usually looser.
17. latifolia, Linn. Perennial, 3-4 ft.: Ivs. large,
doubly serrate; root-lvs. sometimes 6 in. long, petiolate,
cordate, covered with soft hairs; st.-lvs. sessile, more
acuminate: peduncle 1-fld.; calyx-lobes long-acumi-
nate, one-third shorter than the corolla; fls. 6-15 in a
loose spike or raceme about 8 in. long, erect, very large,
2^2 in. long, purple or dark blue, hairy. Eu., Persia.
G.W. 8, p. 445. Var. macrantha, Sims (C. macrantha,
Fisch.) is commoner in cult, than the type, a little
hairier, with a glabrous calyx and very large fls. B.M.
2553, 3347. R.H. 1897, p. 239. J.H. III. 60:263. Var.
eriocarpa, DC., has the st. and Ivs. pilose and more pallid,
and a hispid calyx- tube. There is a white-fld. form. It
is native to England, and is easily naturalized there in
wild gardens. The st.-lvs. are probably the largest of
any of the garden kinds, often 3^ in. long and 2 in. wide.
EE. Size of fls. small, less than 1 in. long.
18. bononiensis, Linn. Perennial, 2-2^ ft.; sca-
brous: st. simple: Ivs. serrulate, ovate-acuminate, pallid
beneath; root-lvs. cordate-petiolate; upper Ivs. clasp-
ing: calyx-lobes acuminate, one-fourth shorter than the
funnel-shaped corolla: fls. normally purplish, in a long,
loose, pyramidal spike, which may be 2 ft. long, with
60-100 small fls.; corolla %in. long and broad. E. Eu.,
W. Siberia, and Caucasus. Var. ruthenica (C. ruthen-
ica, Bieb.), has Ivs. wider and tomentose beneath.
Caucasus and Tauria. B.M. 2653. There is a white-
fld. form. The fls. are much smaller than in C. latifolia,
and the raceme is much larger.
19. rhomboidalis, Linn. Perennial, 1 ft., sometimes
2 ft.: st. simple, erect: Ivs. sessile, ovate-acute, serrate:
766. Campanula pyramidalis.
calyx-lobes awl-shaped, one-half shorter than the bell-
shaped corolla; fls. 8-10 in an almost corymbose
raceme, the lower pedicels of which may be 3 in. long,
the uppermost 1 in. or less; corolla purplish blue, 1 in.
long, and a little wider. Mts. of Eu. B.M. 551 (as
C. azurea). J.H. III. 50:541. Var. alba, Hort., has
white fls. G.W. 3, p. 14. — It flowers in July and
August, after which the sts. and Ivs. die down quickly.
20. Trachelium, Linn. THROATWORT. Fig. 767.
Perennial, 2-3 ft.: st. angular, somewhat bristly (as
also the fls.) : Ivs. rough, acuminate, coarsely crenate-
dentate; root-lvs. cordate, ovate, short-stalked: calyx-
lobes erect, triangular-acuminate, one-third shorter
than the bell-shaped blue or white corolla: peduncle
1-3-fld.; fls. erect at first, at length tending to droop
in a loose raceme, which may be 12-18 in. long: caps,
nodding. Eu., Caucasus, Siberia, Japan, and run wild
in parts of N. Amer. R.H. 1897, p. 239. There is a
double-fld. form and variations in color. — One of the
commonest and hardiest of the border plants, often
running out the other campanulas, and passing under
many names, especially as C. urticifolia.
21. rapunculoides, Linn. Fig. 768. Perennial, 2-4
ft.: st. indistinctly pubescent or almost smooth: Ivs.
rough, ovate-acuminate; root-lvs. petiolate, cordate,
crenulate; st.-lvs. serrulate: calyx a little rougher than
in C. Trachelium, the lobes linear-lanceolate, at length
reflexed, one-fourth length of the oblong-campanu-
late bright blue corolla; fls. soon declined or nodding,
in long mostly 1-sided racemes or spikes, bright blue.
Eu., Caucasus, Siberia, and common in patches on old
roadsides and about yards. Summer. Gn. M. 14:9.
22. versicolor, Sibth. & Smith. Perennial, 3-4 ft.;
plant glabrous: st. ascending: Ivs. serrate; root-lvs.
long-petioled, ovate-acute, subcordate; st.-lvs. short-
petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: calyx-teeth
acuminate, spreading, at length reflexed, one-half as
long as the corolla: fls. in long, spicate racemes; style
exserted: caps, spheroid. Greece.
ccc. Infl. an open, compound panicle.
23. divaricata, Michx. Glabrous peren-
nial, 1-3 ft.: st. erect, slender, paniculate
above: branches slender, divergent: Ivs.
sparse, subsessile, ovate-lanceolate, acumi-
nate at both ends, coarsely serrate: calyx-
lobes awl-shaped, one-
half shorter than the
tubular, bell-shaped cor-
olla; fls. small, nodding,
pale blue, in a very open
and compound panicle;
style straight, exserted.
Alleghanies, from Va. to
( Ga. — Rare in gardens.
GROUP III. Low-growing
or rock-garden cam-
panulas, mostly less
than a foot or 15 in.
high. Nos. 24-49.
A. Calyx with an append-
age at the base of
each sinus , often
minute or disguised
in form.
B. Throat of corolla
spotted violet.
24. punctata,Lam. (C.
nobilis, Lindl.). Named
from the spotted whitish
corolla, the purplish
spots being inside and
showing through faintly
767. Campanula Trachelium. (xlA) in the fresh fl. but
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
647
more plainly in the dried specimen: like C. alliar-
isefolia. Perennial, 1 ft., with long and loose hairs:
upper Ivs. nearly sessile, and more sharply toothed
than the lower: calyx-lobes one-third as long as the
corolla, longer, looser and hairier than in C. alliarise-
folia, and the margins much more recurved: peduncle
1-4-fld.; fls. nodding; corolla cylindrical, 2% in. long,
white, spotted within, strongly ribbed. Siberia, Japan.
G.C. III. 38, supp. Aug. 26; 42:96. Gn. 73, p. 423; 75,
p. 458. G.M. 51 : 781. G. 29:595.— C. nobilis has been
considered distinct. In F.S. 3:247 the corolla is dark
violet without, the limb hairy, while in B.M. 1723
(C. punctata) the corolla is white outside and not
bearded. In F. S. 6:563 (C. nobilis var. alba) the limb
is not bearded and the st. is red, and not hairy. The
three pictures show great differences in foliage, pubes-
cence and appendages. This is one of the most inter-
esting of all campanulas, and is, unfortunately, usually
considered more quaint than beautiful. The spotted
throat readily separates it from other campanulas.
BB. Throat of corolla not spotted,
c. Sts. commonly 1-fld.
25. Van Hoilttei, Carr. Perennial, 2 ft. : root-lvs.
long-petioled, roundish cordate, more or less lobed;
st.-lvs. sessile, oval-lanceolate, irregularly bi-dentate,
23^-4 in. long, more or less villous, strongly nerved:
fls. usually solitary, nodding at the end of a small
branchlet, 2 in. long, half as broad, indigo-blue, or
violet; calyx-lobes linear, spreading, 1 in. long. — A gar-
den hybrid resembling C. punctata. Intro, into France
1878 by Thibaut and Keteleer. Var. pallida, Hort.,
has pale lavender fls.
26. AlliSnii, Vill. Perennial, 3-5 in.: rootstock
slender, creeping underground, sending up sts. at inter-
vals of %-l in. : Ivs. few, about 7 on a st., 1-2 in. long,
linear-lanceolate, sessile, slightly hairy, entire, midrib
distinct, lower ones in a whorl of about 5, upper ones
similar but more erect: calyx-lobes lanceolate, half as
long as the corolla, the appendages ovate, reflexed, one-
third the length of the calyx-lobes; fls. purple, with a
rare white variety, only one on a st., inclined or nodding,
1 ^2 in- long) and as broad across the mouth, probably
the largest for the size of the plant of any campanula.
A very local species, found only in the western Alps.
B.M. 6588. G.C. III. 52:52. Gn. 60, p. 51.
cc. Sts. usually several-ftd.
D. Margin of corolla bearded.
27. barb&ta, Linn. Perennial, 6-9 in.: st. pilose: Ivs.
villous, entire or nearly so; root-lvs. tufted, lanceolate;
st.-lvs. few, ligulate (?): raceme loose, 3-4-fld.; fls. nod-
ding, pale blue; calyx appendage ovate, obtuse, half as
long as the lobes; corolla bell-shaped, shorter than in
C. Allionii, and with a bearded mouth. Alps. L.B.C.
8:788. G.C. III. 48: 388. Gn. 48, p. 297. G.W. 12, p. 447.
— There is a white-fld. form, but apparently no purple.
Readily distinguished from C. Allionii by the differ-
ent colored, bearded and smaller fls., which are rarely
borne singly, and by the dense, soft hairs of the st.
Alps, 2,400-6,000 ft., widely distributed; mts. of Nor-
way, and the Carpathians. Becomes coarse when grown
in rich ground.
DD. Margin of corolla not bearded.
E. Fls. erect.
28. m611is, Linn. Perennial, velvety gray, 6-8 in.:
sts. procumbent, about 2-fld.: root-lvs. tufted, obovate
or spatulate; st.-lvs. ovate or rotund: fls. loosely pani-
cled ; calyx-lobes lanceolate, erect, half shorter than the
glabrous, bell-shaped corolla; appendages minute,
shorter than the calyx-tube; corolla erect, dark pur-
Klish blue or lavender, with a white throat, the tube
>ng, segms. short, broad, spreading, acute. Spain,
Crete. B.M. 404. — Rock or border plant.
EE. Fls. nodding.
29. alpina, Jacq. Perennial, 3-8 in.: st. furrowed:
Ivs. smaller than in C. barbata, more narrowly lanceo-
late, entire, hairy: fls. typically deep blue, bell-shaped,
with broader and shorter segms. than in C. barbata;
calyx-lobes proportionately very long, surpassing the
fl.-bud, and nearly as long as the flower, but widely
spreading. Alps of Austria, Lombardy and Transylvania,
6,000-7,000 ft. altitude. B.M. 957. J.H. III. 29:5.—
There is a white-fld. var. The plant has a characteristic
shaggy appearance from the hairy Ivs. Easy of cult.
768. Campanula rapunculoides. ( X H)
30. sibirica, Linn. (C. Hbhenackeri, Fisch.). Bien-
nial or perennial, setaceous-pilose: st. erect, simple,
panicled above: Ivs. crenulate; root-lvs. petioled,
obovate, obtuse; st.-lvs. lanceolate-acuminate: calyx
hairy, the lobes long-acuminate, a third shorter than
the corolla; calyx appendages like the lobes but half
shorter and reflexed; fls. 25 or more, violet, with a
longer and narrower tube than in C. alpina, and longer
divisions of the limb. N. Asia, Caucasus, W. Eu.
B.M. 659. R.H. 1861:431.— The type is rare, but var.
eximia, Hort., is somewhat commoner: it is dwarf er,
much branched, with long, scabrous Ivs. and pale
bluish to violet fls. Var. divergens, Willd., has larger
fls. and broader Ivs. than the type. G.C. III. 16:597.
C. sibirica usually does best when treated as a biennial.
AA. Calyx without appendages.
B. Fls. very wide-spreading, i.e., rotate, wheel-shaped,
almost flat,
c. Blossoms all erect.
31. Waldsteiniana, Roem. & Schult. Perennial,
4-6 in. : sts. rigid, glabrous : Ivs. fleshy, sessile, gray-green,
648
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
lanceolate, slightly serrate-dentate, the lower obtuse,
the upper long-acuminate: calyx-lobes awl-shaped,
spreading or recurved, one-fourth shorter than the
corolla: fls. 5-9 in a corymbose raceme 1% in. long,
in. wide, pale purplish blue; corolla rotate, almost
starlike, with a dark spot in the
throat; pistil large, white, twice the
length of the corolla, with a yellow
stigma. S. Austria. Gn. 8, p. 173.
G. 18:81. G.W. 12, pp.446, 710. C.
Tommasinidna, Hort., is an allied
plant, with very wiry growth and
pendent pale blue fls. C. Stdnsfieldii,
Hort., is a supposed hybrid, perhaps
between C. Waldsteiniana and C. car-
patica.
32. ramosissima, Sibth. & Smith
(C. Lorei, Poll.). Annual, 1 ft. or less,
branching: lower Ivs. obovate and
crenate; upper Ivs. narrow, entire:
fls. violet with white base and blue
intermediate parts, erect on long
simple pedicels. Eu. B.M.2581.
Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white,
cc. Blossoms not all erect.
D. Habit trailing or pendulous.
33. fragilis, Cyrill. Peren-
nial, 4—6 in. : st. diffuse, trailing:
root -Ivs. long-petioled,
roundish - cordate, ob-
tusely dentate, or cre-
nately lobed; st. -Ivs.
smaller, scattered, the
uppermost ovate-lanceo-
late: fls. pale purplish
blue with a white center,
m- wide, in loose
corymbs ; calyx - lobes
linear- lanceolate,
acuminate, erect,
almost equaling
the corolla; style
exserted: caps'.
Italy. B.M. 6504. P.M.
11:25. G.C. III. 43:378. Gn. 8,
p. 174; 47, p. 278; 63, p. 53. G.
18:120. G.W. 2, p. 381. Var.
hirsuta, DC., is a hairier form. —
This is the best species for hang-
ing-baskets, window- and veranda-
boxes, and for covering large
stones in the rockery. Prop, by
cuttings in spring, the roots being too fragile to divide
well. Not so hardy as C. garganica.
34. garganica, Tenore. Perennial, 3-6 in.: st. diffuse,
with pendent branches: lower Ivs. reniform-cordate,
crenate-dentate; upper Ivs. ovate-acute, dentate:
raceme lax; peduncles 1-2-fld.; calyx-tube spheroid, the
lobes spreading, a third or fourth shorter than the
glabrous blue rotate corolla. Mt. Gargano in Italy,
and elsewhere. B.R. 1768. Gn. 48, p. 295; 43, p. 25.
G.M. 54:664. G.W. 4, p. 255. Var. hirsilta, Hort., is a
hairier form. Gn. 46, p. 253; 48, p. 297.— Half-shaded
position. Prop, by cuttings or by'division.
DD. Habit not trailing or pendulous.
35. Elatines, Linn. Perennial, more or less pubes-
cent, 5-6 in.: Ivs. cordate, coarsely and acutely den-
tate, lower rotund, others ovate-acute: raceme lax;
calyx-tube spherical, the lobes spreading, linear-lanceo-
late, somewhat unequal, a half shorter than the rotate
purplish corolla; style exserted. Piedmont. Gn. 60,
p. 64. — Rare rock-plant for light, stony soil.
36. Portenschlagiana, Roem. & Schult. (C. muralis,
Port.). Perennial, 6-9 in.: sts. somewhat erect: Ivs. all
769. Campanula
carpatica. (XJi)
alike petiolate, cordate, roundish, acutely angular-den-
tate: calyx- tube spheroid, lobes erect, acuminate, a
third shorter than the infundibuliform blue-purple
corolla: fls. racemose. Dalmatia. — Allied to C. gar-
ganica, but the corolla not so deeply 5-cut. Gn. 61, p.
225; 72, p. 469. Var. major, Hort. Fls. nearly twice
larger than in the type, 13^ in. across, making a large
mound of purple-blue. G.C. III. 48:58. Gn. 60,
p. Ill; 63, p. 110. G.W. 3, p. 13.
BB. Fls. broadly bell-shaped, less widely spreading than
in B, wider than in BBB (except perhaps in No. 40).
c. Height 2-3 in.
37. Rainerii, Perpenti. Perennial, 2-3 in.: sts.
suberect, branching: branches 1-3-fld.: Ivs. subsessile,
ovate, distantly serrate, the lower smaller and obovate:
calyx-tube obconical, the lobes long-acuminate, erect,
half shorter than the broadly infundibuliform corolla:
fls. large, solitary, erect, dark purplish blue; style
short, not exserted: caps, obovate. Mts. N. Italy.
F.S. 18:1908. Gn. 60, p. 163.— One of the choicest
rock-plants, but somewhat rare. Several forms of the
hybrid C. Wilsonii are often cult, under this name, but
their Ivs. are lighter green and less tomentose than C.
Rainerii. Thrives in a well-drained, sunny position.
cc. Height more than 2-3 in.
D. Style not exserted.
38. TenSrii, Moretti. Perennial, 8-12 in., glabrous:
st. ascending or prostrate: Ivs. leathery; root-lvs. long-
petioled, ovate, subcordate, irregularly serrate; st.-
Ivs. petiolate, ovate-acute, coarsely serrate: calyx-lobes
linear-lanceolate, spreading, half as long as the broadly
bell-shaped corolla: fls. racemose, blue: caps, spherical.
Apennines, near Naples. — This is referred by botanists
to the Grecian species C. versicolor, which is typically
taller, but is kept distinct by Correvon and others. In
the garden, C. Tenorii resembles C. pyramidalis in
foliage and fl., but is shorter.
39. carpatica, Jacq. Fig. 769. Perennial, 9-18 in.,
glabrous: st. branching: lower Ivs. thin, long-petioled,
ovate-rotund, cordate, coarsely dentate, undulate;
upper ones shorter petioled, ovate-acuminate: pedun-
cles long, terminal and axillary, 1-fld.; fls. large,
often 13^ in. wide, bright deep blue; calyx-tube obconi-
cal, the lobes acute, wide at the base, subdentate-
erect, a third or half as long as the broadly bell-shaped
corolla; style not exserted: caps, ovoid-cylindrical.
Carpathian Mts. of Austria. B.M. 117. G.C. III.
46:412. G.W. 12, p. 436. Gn. 48, p. 297; 62, p. 326.
Var. coelestina, Hort. Fls. sky-blue. Var. alba,
Hort. Fls. white. G.M. 55:615. Var. turbinata,
Hort. (C. turbinata, Schott), is dwarf er, more
compact, with fls.' more bell- or top-shaped, and
often 2 in. across, purplish blue. It also has larger Ivs.
and more decumbent habit. Gn.
45, p. 171; 68, p. 179; 75, p. 201.
G.W. 12, p. 446. F.E.17:15. A form
770. Campanula pulla. (Detail x|)
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
649
with pallid fls. is rarer. Var. Wflsonii, Hort. (C. Wil-
sonii, Hort.), is a hybrid of var. turbinata and C. pulla,
with the large fls. of the former and the handsome dark
foliage of the latter: it is compact, dwarf, and small,
ovate, very hairy Ivs., with crenate-serrate margin.
Gn. 60, p. 219. Var. haylodgensis, Hort. (C. hay-
lodgensis, Hort.), is a garden hybrid, probably between
C. carpatica and C. csespitosa. Raised by Anderson
Henry, Hay Lodge, Edinburgh. Height 6-9 in.: root-
Ivs. tufted, roundish cordate, slightly dentate; st.-lvs.
light green, ovate-cordate, conspicuously toothed: fls.
light blue, bell-shaped, few, at the ends of sts. Var.
pelviformis, Hort., from Crete, has very large, pale
lilac, almost saucer-shaped fls. R.H. 1882, p. 509. G.C.
III. 44:64. Var. Hendersonii, Hort., is often referred
to var. turbinata, but is more robust; there is doubt as
to its origin, C. pyramidalis or C. alliarisefolia possibly
having played some part in it: Ivs. ovate and ovate-
cordate, \Yz in. long, Min. broad, slightly hairy on
both sides, folded upwards, serrate; petioles 1-13^2 m-
long: fls. dark blue, 1^-2 in. wide, in short, 6-9-fld.
racemes. G.W. 8, p. 65; 14, p. 581. Var. riverslea, Hort.
Fls. dark blue, 2-3 in. across: sts. 12-15 in. long but
spreading; parts of corolla often 6 or 7. G.M. 43:627.
Var. compacta, Hort., is a condensed dwarf form. C.
Stdnsfieldii, Hort., is supposed to be a hybrid between C.
carpatica and C. Waldsteiniana (No. 31). — This species
is very variable in height and in shape of fls.
DD. Style exserted.
40. isophylla, Moretti (C. floribunda, Viv.) . Perennial :
st. suberect: Ivs. all of same form, petiolate, roundish
cordate, crenate-dentate: calyx-lobes acuminate, half
shorter than the broadly bell-shaped or saucer-shaped
corolla; fls. pale blue, 1 in. or more wide, corymbose;
style exserted: caps. ovoid. Italy. B.M.5745. Gn. 49, p.
483; 48, p. 297.— A desirable
basket or rock plant in sun or
half shade. The white form, Var.
alba, is most excel-
lent: free-flower-
ing. C. Mayii,
Hort., is supposed
to be a derivative
of this species: Ivs.
soft and woolly.
Choice.
BBS. Fls. bell-shaped.
c. Style exserted.
41. Scoilleri, Hook.
Perennial, 3-12 in.: st.
simple or branched:
Ivs. acutely serrate,
somewhat hirsute;
lower ones ovate-acute,
petioled; middle ones
ovate - lanceolate ; up-
per linear - lanceolate,
sessile; calyx-lobes awl-
shaped, erect, one-third
shorter than the co-
rolla: fls. pale blue,
racemose, or more or
less panicled; style
exserted: caps, ovoid.
N. Calif, to Puget
Sound. — The capsular
valves are a little
above the middle, while
in C. carpatica and C. persicifolia they are near the
apex.
cc. Style not exserted.
D. Color dark purple.
42. pulla, Linn. Fig. 770. Perennial, 3-8 in., tufted
or in clumps, showy: st. normally 1-fld.: Ivs. glabrous,
772. Campanula
rotundifolia var. sol-
danellseflora.
771. Campanula rotundifolia. (XI)
crenulate-dentate; lower ones short-petioled, ovate-
rotund; upper sessile, ovate-acute: calyx-lobes long-
acuminate, erect, a half shorter than the bell-shaped,
nodding corolla. Mts. of Austria, 4,000-6,000 ft. In
B.M. 2492 the calyx-lobes are short-acuminate, a
sixth as long as the corolla. L.
B.C. 6:554. Gn. 63, p. 440. C.
puttoldes, Hort., is a supposed
hybrid between C. pulla and C.
turbinata, with habit of former: 5
in. : fls. glistening purple-blue. Gn.
66, p. 203.
DD. Color not dark purple, but violet
or blue (varying to white.)
43. drabifdlia, Sibth. & Smith
(C. dttica, Boiss.). Annual, hispid,
3-4 in. : lower Ivs. oblong or ellip-
tic, dentate, tapering into a
petiole: fls. large, blue and lighter
on the tube, bell-shaped, on fork-
ing sts. Greece.
44. rotundif61ia, Linn. HARE-
BELL. HAIRBELL. BLUE BELLS
OF SCOTLAND. Fig. 771. Peren-
nial, 6-12 in.: root-lvs. petiolate,
orbicular or cordate, crenate-den-
tate: st.-lvs. linear or lanceolate,
usually entire: calyx-lobes awl-
shaped, erect, a third shorter than
the bell-shaped bright blue cor-
olla; fl.-buds erect. Eu., Siberia,
N. Amer. Gn. 53:42; 62, p. 59.
Gn. M. 14:10.— This is one of
the most cosmopolitan of all
campanulas, and the true harebell or bluebell of litera-
ture. In the wild it is usually slenderer and taller than
in the garden. In shady woods it often grows 2 ft. high.
The type has a white-fld. variety which is much less
popular, but G.C. 1861:698 shows an excellent pot-
plant of it. Var. alaskana, .Gray. Dwarfer, leafy to the
top: radical Ivs. cordate, lowest st.-lvs. ovate and the
upper ones becoming lanceolate: calyx-lobes attenuate,
becoming deflexed; corolla ^2-1^2 in. long. Alaska.
Var. arctica, Lange. Rigid, 1- to few-fld.: corolla 1 in.
long, the calyx-lobes very slender and soon spreading
or deflexing. Canada north. Var. velutina, DC. Herbage
whitish pubescent. Var. Hostii, Hort. (C. Hbstii,
Baumg.), has larger fls. than the type and stouter sts.
The lower st.-lvs. are lanceolate, remotely dentate, the
upper linear entire: calyx-lobes longer than in the type,
a half shorter than the corolla. The white-fld. form is
not so vigorous. |G. 5:207. The most pronounced
variant is var. soldanellaefldra, Hort. (C. soldanella,
Hort.). Fig. 772. With semi-double blue fls. split to
the base into about 25 divisions. F.S. 18:1880. Gn.
60, p. 162. This curious variation is unique in the
genus. The alpine soldanellas are famous among trav-
elers for melting their way through the ice. They have
fringed blue fls. — The name C. rotundifolia seems singu-
larly inappropriate until one finds the root-lvs. in
early spring. C. stenocodon, Boiss. & Reut., by some
referred to C. rotundifolia, is more slender and with nar-
rower st.-lvs.: fls. long and narrow, tubular, rich lilac-
purple. Alps.
45. Scheftchzeri, Vill. (C. linifolia, Willd.). Peren-
nial, 4-12 in.: st. 1-4-fld., usually 1-fld.: root-lvs.
roundish, ovate, or cordate; st.-lvs. linear or narrowly
lanceolate, sessile, denticulate, the lowest st.-lvs.
spatulate : calyx-lobes slender, linear-awl-shaped, nearly
as long as the bell-shaped dark blue corolla. Alpine
and subarctic regions of Newfoundland, Labrador,
Alaska, and Rocky Mts. to Colo., also in Eu. and
N. Asia. F.S. 21:2205, not L.B.C. 5:485, which De-
Candolle states is C. rotundifolia. Var. alba, Hort.
Fls. white. Gn. 60, p. 164. The st.-lvs. of C. Scheuch-
650
CAMPANULA
CAMPSIDIUM
zeri are distinctly serrate, while in C. rotundifolia they
are entire; the fl.-buds nod in the former, but are erect
in the latter. The calyx-lobes are relatively longer in
C. Scheuchzeri, and perhaps the bell is deeper.
46. caespitdsa, Scop. (C. pumila, Curt. C. pusilla,
Hsenk.). Perennial, 4-6 in.: root-lvs. tufted, short-
petioled, ovate, glandular-dentate, shining: calyx-
lobes linear, erect, a third shorter than the bell-shaped
corolla: fls. nodding, blue; pollen violet-colored. B.M.
512. Gn. 43:24; 48, p. 297; 60, p. 161. G. 25:307.
R.H. 1908, p. 223. — Dwarf er than C. rotundifolia, with
root-lvs. never reniform, shorter-petioled, and lasting
until after fls. have gone. Perennial, quickly forms a
dense mat, and blooming from June till Oct. The
European trade catalogues usually offer C. csespitosa
and C. pusilla separately, and doubtless plants of dis-
tinct horticultural value are passing under these names,
but there seem to be no sufficient botanical characters
to distinguish them. Correvon says that C. pusilla
differs from C. csespitosa only by its less stoloniferous
character. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls. G.C. Ill,
48:96. Gn. 72, p. 143; 75, p. 368. G.M. 54:466. Var.
pallida, Hort., has pale blue fls. G.M. 53 : 612.
47. excisa, Schleich. Perennial, glabrous, height 4-5
in.: sts. slender, 1-fld.: root-lvs. spatulate; upper Ivs.
linear; calyx-lobes bristly, spreading, at length reflexed,
a third shorter than the bell-shaped corolla: fls. pale
blue, divided to about half their depth, with a round
hole at the base of each sinus, which easily distinguishes
it from C. pulla and all other campanulas. Rare in
Alps. B.M. 7358. L.B.C. 6:561. Gn. 60, p. 64.— A
rare rock-plant. Likes cool, moist air, and not too full
exposure to sun.
BBBB. Fls. tubular, often long and narrow.
48. Zoysii, Wulf. Perennial, 3-4 in.: plant tufted,
glabrous: sts. few-fld. : root-lvs. entire, crowded, petio-
late, ovate-obovate, obtuse; st.-lvs. obovate-lanceolate
and linear: peduncles 1-fld., terminal, rarely axillary;
fls. azure-blue, large for the plant, terminated by a
stellar process before expansion; calyx-lobes linear,
awl-shaped, spreading, a fourth shorter than the
corolla; corolla long-cylindrical, constricted at the
apex, wider at the base, sharply angled, pale blue.
Austrian Alps, 6,000-8,000 ft. Gn. 8, p. 173. G.C. III.
20:183; 38:228. — -A rare and abnormal species.
49. Erinus, Linn. Annual: plant hispid: height
3-9 in.: Ivs. small, glossy, ^-%in. broad, cor-
date, deeply cut, the pointed lobes conspicuous: fls.
sessile, pale blue with a light center, tubular, %in.
broad, with acute narrow lobes; style long, conspicuous,
colored like corolla: racemes long, semi-prostrate,
10-12-fld. Medit. — Rare, short-lived rock-plant; also
for edgings and pots.
C. abietina, Griseb. Rare tufted rockery plant, with slender,
wiry sts. 9-15 in. high: fls. light blue, in loose branching spikes.
July, Aug. E. Eu. — C. acut&ngula, Ler. & Lev. Dwarf, with trail-
ing sts. from a rosette of ivy-like Ivs.: st.-lvs. small, rounded and
toothed: fls. solitary on each St., rather large and star-like, purple-
blue. N.Spain. G.C.III. 50:220. — C. amdbilis, Leicht.=C. phycti-
docalyx. — C. Beaverdi&na, Fomine. Slender, to 2 ft., glabrous or
finely hairy: lower Ivs. oblong-ovate to broadly ovate, obtuse,
crenate-serrate: fls. few or solitary, slender-pedicelled, blue, IJi
in. across. B.M. 8299. Caucasus. — C. calycdnthema, Hort.=C.
Medium var. calycanthema. — C. cenlsia, Linn. A rare rock-plant
from Mt. Cenis and other mts. of the Alps, with solitary deep blue
fls. on sts. 2 in. high. Root-lvs. obovate, obtuse; st.-lvs. ovate-
oblong; all Ivs. sessile-entire: calyx hirsute, the lobes linear-lanceo-
late, a half shorter than the deeply 5-cut, spreading corolla. — C.
grandifldra, Jacq.=Platycodon.— -C. hederacea, Linn.=Wahlen-
bergia.— C. imeretina, Rupr. Dwarf, branching, resembling C.
sibirica: Ivs. small: fls. violet-blue. Caucasus. — C. incurva, Aucher=
C. Leutweinii. — C. kolenatiana, Mey. Perennial, 9 in. or less: Ivs.
mostly radical ovate, about 1 in. long: fls. in long-stalked raceme,
bluish violet, 1 in. long, inside hairy. Caucasus. — C. laciniata,
Linn. Robust much-branched biennial, 2 ft., somewhat pubescent:
lower Ivs. 8 in. long by 2J^ in. broad, deeply cut: fls. about 2 in.
across, upwards of 1 in. long, pale blue; Greece. G.C. III. 40:165.
— C. Leutweinii, Heldr. (C. incurva, Aucher). Perennial, simple,
1 ft. or more: Ivs. cordate, white-downy, crenate, rounded at apex:
fls. pale blue, 1J^ in. long. Greece.— -C. Mariesii, Hort.=Platy-
codon. — C. michauxoides, Boiss. Tall-growing: fls. bluish white,
the segms. recurved. Asia Minor. — C. Lamdrckii, D. Dietr.=»
Adenophpra Lamarckii. — C. nitida, Ait.=C. planiflora. — C.
petrxa. Linn. Biennial, with ascending st., hairy, 6-12 in.: lower Ivs.
lance-oblong, narrowed to the base, toothed; upper Ivs.
ovate and sessile: fls. small, pale yellow, in dense terminal and
axillary heads. N. Italy. — C. phyctidocalyx, Boiss. & No6 (C.
amabilis, Leicht.). Like C. Rapuneulus in habit, 2-2^ ft.: Ivs.
lanceolate or cordate: fls. 10-12 in raceme, dark blue with black
styles, resembling those of C. persicifolia. Armenia. — C. plani-
fldra, Lam. (C. nitida, Ait.). Glabrous: height 3-9 in.: st. simple:
Ivs. sessile, leathery, shining; root-lvs. crowded in a dense rosette,
ovate or obovate-obtuse, crenulate, \Yi in. long; st.-lvs. linear-
lanceolate, acute, nearly entire: fls. blue or white, with double
varieties, in spicate racemes; calyx-lobes ovate, acute, broad, erect,
a third shorter than the broadly bell-shaped or saucer-shaped corolla.
Not American, though commonly so stated. Habitat unknown.
J.H. III. 33:283. — Rock-plant, for sunny position. — C. primu-
Isefdlia, Brot. St. hairy, simple, 1-3 ft.: lowest Ivs., lanceolate,
st.-lvs. oblong: fls. blue, downy at bottom, nearly rotate. Portugal.
B.M. .4879. — C. Raddeana, Trautv. Perennial, glabrous, 1 ft.:
Ivs. cordate, long-stalked: fls. large, dark purple. Caucasus. — C.
specidsa, Pourr., is a rare species. Most of the plants passing under
this name are likely to be C. glomerata. B.M. 2649 is C. glomerata
var. speciosa. C. thyrsoidea, Lapeyr., is referred here. — C. Specu-
lum, Linn.=Specularia. — C. spicdta, Linn. Biennial, 1-2 ft.: Ivs.
very narrow, nearly or quite entire: fls. 1-3, sessile, in a long inter-
rupted spike, blue. Eu. J.H. III. 47:267. — C. sulphured, Boiss.
Annual: fls. size of those of C. rotundifolia, pale straw-color out-
side and sulfur-yellow inside. Palestine. — C. urticifdlia. This name
is now abandoned. Plants are likely to be C. Trachelium.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
CAMPANUM^)A (variant of Campanula). Cam-
panulaceae. Twining or loose-growing perennial herbs,
with rhizomes or tubers, rarely grown in .greenhouses.
Lvs. mostly opposite, simple and often cordate,
petioled: fls. yellowish or greenish, broadly bell-shaped,
. 4-^6-lobed: fr. a berry. — Five species occur in the
Himalayan and E. Asian region and the Malay Archi-
pelago. C. javdnica, Blume, and C. inflata, Clarke, both
with yellowish brown-veined fls. are mentioned in
gardening literature: the fls. are about IJ^in.; in the
former the calyx is nearly free from the berry, which is
hemispherical; in the latter the calyx is adnate to the
berry, which is ellipsoidal; both are twiners. C. grdcilis,
Hort., is of the genus Leptocodon, and C. lanceolata,
Sieb. & Zucc., is a Codonopsis.
CAMPH6RA: Cinnamomum.
CAMPION: Silene.
CAMPSIDIUM (alluding to its similarity to Camp-
sis}. Bignoniaceas. Ornamental vines grown for their
bright orange flowers and also for their handsome
evergreen finely pinnate foliage.
Evergreen shrubs, high-climbing, without tendrils
and without rootlets, with odd-pinnate, opposite Ivs.
and tubular, orange, slender-pedicelled fls. in terminal,
loose and short racemes: calyx turbinate, 5-toothed,
glandless; corolla tubular, slightly ventricose, straight,
with 5 short equal lobes; stamens, 4, the 2 longer with
the anthers exserted; anther-sacs parallel^ disk cupular,
flat: fr. a narrow caps, with many winged seeds. — Two
species in Chile and in the Fiji Isls.
They are adapted only for subtropical regions and do
not seem to bloom readily, but even without flowers they
are worth planting for their foliage alone. In Old World
gardens, they are sometimes cultivated as stove plants,
but C. valdivianum, judging from its habitat, might do
better in the cool greenhouse. Propagated by greenwood
cuttings under glass. For further culture, see Campsis.
Campsidium filidfolium, from the Fiji Islands, has
never flowered in the writer's garden (in Florida) and
is cut down by frost almost every winter, but it is a
strong grower and worth planting for the foliage alone.
C. valdivianum has proved to be a very poor grower
and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of
time. (H. Nehrling.)
valdivianum, Seem. (C. chilense, Reissek & Seem.
Tecoma valdiviana, Phil.). Climbing, to 50 ft. : branches
angular, glabrous : Ivs. glabrous, 4-6 in. long; If ts. usually
11-13, sessile, elliptic-oblong, %-lH in. long, serrate near
the apex or almost entire: racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld.;
CAMPSIDIUM
CAMPSIS
651
fls. about l^z in. long, oretnge: caps. 3-4 in. long, nar-
rowly elliptic-oblong. Chile. G.C. 1870:1182. B.M.
6111. F.S. 20:2142.
filicifolium, Van Geert (Tecoma filicifblia, Nichols.).
Climbing evergreen shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate, 5 in. long;
Ifts. 19-25, ovate, with 2 or 3 lobes on each
side, the larger lobes sometimes dentate. Fiji
Isls. F. 1874:280. ALFRED REHDER.
CAMPSIS (Greek kampsis, curve, refer-
ring to the curved stamens). Bignoniacex.
TRUMPET-CREEPER. Ornamental
vines cultivated for their strik-
ing scarlet or orange flowers.
Deciduous woody plants, climb-
ing by aerial rootlets, with oppo-
site, odd -pinnate Ivs., large
orange or scarlet fls. in terminal
clusters or panicles, followed by
large elongated
caps. : calyx tubu-
lar - campanulate,
773. Trumpet-vine — Campsis
radicans. ( X K)
leathery, un-
equally 5-
toothed; corolla
f unnelf orm-
campanulate, enlarged
above the calyx, 5-lobed,
with spreading lobes,
slightly 2-lipped; stamens
4, 2 longer and 2 shorter
with diverging anthers;
ovary 2-loculed, sur-
rounded at the base by a
large disk : f r. an elongated
caps., loculicidally dehis-
cent, with the 2 valves
separating from the sep-
tum to which the seeds
are attached; seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large
translucent wings. — One species in N. Amer. and one in
China and Japan. By some botanists, Bignonia is con-
sidered the correct name for this genus, because the
original description was chiefly based on C. radicans,
while Tecoma is the proper name for the genus known
as Stenolobium.
The hardiest species is C. radicans, which may be
grown as far north as Massachusetts, at least in shel-
tered positions, while C. chinensis is more tender; the
hybrid is intermediate between the two in hardiness.
C. chinensis and C. hybrida, as well as C. radicans var.
speciosa, can be grown as bushy specimens and will
bloom freely on the young shoots, even if cut back
almost to the ground by frost. Such plants can be
easily protected during the winter by laying them
down and covering them with earth. C. radicans is
particularly adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it
climbs with aerial rootlets and clings firmly to its sup-
port. The species of campsis prefer rich rather moist
soil and sunny positions. Propagated by seeds, by
greenwood cuttings under glass, or by hardwood and
also by root-cuttings and layers.
Trumpet -vines in the South. — The trumpet- vines
are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well
adapted to the soil and climate, but to do their best
need to be planted from the start in rich soil; and in
addition they should be well fertilized at least once a
year. They prefer a fertilizer rich in nitrogen; and a
heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial. They
should be grown on posts and tall stumps, or they may
be trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas.
Other bignoniads of similar culture are Tecomaria
capensis, a half-climbing species with scarlet flowers eff ec-
42
tively used for decoration of the veranda, and Tecoma
stans. That and Campsis chinensis are the two showiest
bignoniads cultivated in Florida, the latter being a
climber, flowering abundantly in May and June, while
the first one is a large-growing bushy species opening
its immense corymbs of vivid yellow flowers the latter
part of November and early in December. The Chinese
trumpet creeper, C. chinensis, is the most floriferous
and gorgeous. In the writer's garden a large pine stump,
about 16 feet high, in May and June is completely
covered with masses of brilliant fiery orange-scarlet
flowers which can be seen at a distance of half a mile.
The flowers are much larger, more brilliant and much
more abundantly produced than those of the native
C. radicans. It is sometimes infested by a voracious
caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily. The
lubber grasshoppers also attack the lower foliage. C.
chinensis grows well in the poor sandy soil, perfecting
luxuriant shoots 25 to 30 feet long in one season if well
fertilized. The native trumpet creeper, C. radicans, is
very common in the southern woodlands and fields.
There is a great variety in the brilliancy of the blos-
soms. This is an excellent plant for covering the bare
trunks of palmettos. (H. Nehrling.)
radicans. Seem. (Tecoma radicans, Juss. Bignonia
radicans, Linn.). TRUMPET-CREEPER. TRUMPET- VINE.
T R U M P E T-HONEYSUCKLE.
Figs. 773, 774. High-climb- ^
ing shrub, clinging with
rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate;
Ifts. 9-11, oval to ovate-
oblong, acuminate, serrate,
dark green above, pale and
pubescent beneath, at least • • - r — 3
along the midrib, l%-2%
in. long: fls. in terminal
racemes; corolla tubular-
f unnelf orm, about 3 in. long,
with 5 spreading lobes, usu-
ally orange with scarlet
limb, tube almost thrice as
long as the short-toothed
calyx: fr. cylindric-oblong,
keeled along the sutures, '**
stalked and with a beak at
the apex, 3-5 in. long. July-
Sept. Pa. and 111. to Fla.
and Texas. B.M. 485. Gn.
22, p. 339. F. 1873, p. 220.
A. F. 12:34. Mn. 2:9.
Var. atropurpurea, Voss
(var. grandifldra atropur-
purea, Hort.). With large, "'
deep scarlet fls. Var. spe-
cidsa, Voss. Scarcely climb-
ing, usually forming a bush
with long and slender
branches: Ifts. small, oval,
abruptly narrowed into a
slender point often %in.
long: fls. orange-red, with
rather straight tube; limb
about 134 in. across. Var. *
prsfecox, Schneid. Large
scarlet fls. in June. Var.
aurea, Hort. Fls. yellow.
chinensis, Voss (Tecoma
grandifldra, Delaun. T. chi-
nensis, C. Koch. Bignonia
chinensis, Lam. C.adrepens,
Lour.). CHINESE TRUMPET-
CREEPER. Fig. 775 (adapted %
from Gardening). Climbing ?74. The Trumpet-creeper
shrub, with few or no aerial climbs by means of aerial
rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate; roots. — Campsis radicans.
652
CAMPSIS
CANANGIUM
775. Campsis chinensis on a
clothes-post.
Ifts. usually 7-9, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrate,
glabrous beneath, l%-2% in. long: fls. in terminal
racemes; corolla funnelform-campanulate, shorter and
broader than that of the preceding species, scarlet,
about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed to the middle, about
as long as the tube of the
corolla: fr. obtuse at the
apex. Aug., Sept. China,
Japan. B.M. 1398; 3011.
F.S. 11:1124-5. Gn. 27, p.
94; 33, p. 348; 47, p. 373.
G.F. 3:393. F.R. 2:27.
Gng. 4:195. — Less high-
growing and sometimes
shrubby; blooms when quite
small and can be grown as
a pot-plant, also suited for
forcing. Var. Thunbergii,
Voss (Tecoma Thunbergii,
Sieb.). Fls. bright scarlet,
with very short tube and
reflexed lobes. Often a var.
of C. radicans is cult, under
the name C. Thunbergii.
Var. Princei, Voss (Tecoma
grandiflbra var. Princei,
Dipp.), probably belongs to
the following hybrid.
hybrida, Schneid. (Te-
coma hybrida, Jouin. T.
intermedia, Schelle. T. radicans grandiflbra atropur-
purea, Hort. T. Princei grandiflbra, Hort. T. chinensis
aurantwca, Hort.). Hybrid between the two preceding
species: somewhat climbing, often forming a bush with
straggling branches: Ifts. 7-11, ovate to elliptic-ovate,
usually pubescent along the veins beneath: fls. in ter-
minal loose panicles; calyx divided for about one-third
into ovate long-acuminate lobes much shorter than the
corolla-tube; corolla funnelform-campanulate with
orange-yellow tube and scarlet limb, about 2 in. across
and 3 in. long. July-Sept. Garden origin. S.T.S. 1:47.
M.D.G. 1904:123.— The fls. are almost as large and
showy as those of C. chinensis and the plant is hardier.
ALFRED REHDER.
CAMPTOSORUS (Greek, bent sori, alluding to the
irregular arrangement). Polypodidcese. Two species of
hardy ferns, with simple pointed Ivs., which take root
at the apex, and are hence known as "walking-leaf
ferns." A single species is native
mostly on lime^bearing rocks, and
an allied species is known from
Japan and N. Asia.
rhizophyllus, Link. Fig. 776.
Lvs. evergreen, simple, tapering
from a heart-shaped base, 4-12
in. long; veins forming meshes
near the midrib; sori
irregularly scattered,
linear, straight or
bent. Canada to Ala.
— Sometimes grown
in rockeries and wild
gardens.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
CAMPYLOB6TRYS:
Hoffmannia.
CAMPYLONEURON:
Polypodium.
CANADA: British
North America.
CANAIGRE: Rumex
hymenosepalus.
CANANGIUM (Makassar, kananga; Malay . kenanga).
Annonacese. Perfume-yielding tropical trees.
Closely allied to Desmos but differing in having the
apex of the connectives of the stamens prolonged into a
point, instead of being broadened into a hood-like
covering for the pollen-sacs: sepals 3; petals 6 in 2
series, valvate, nearly equal, flat, linear ; stamens many,
closely crowded on the convex torus, the connective
produced into a long tapering point; carpels indefinite,
CANANGA:|Canon-
776. Camptosorus rhizophyllus.
777. Canangium odoratum. a, flowering branch ; b, stamens;
c, longitudinal section of fruit; d, fruit cluster.
clustered in the center of the mass of stamens; ovules in
2 columns or apparently in a single column; style linear
or linear-oblong, terminating in an obtuse swelling;
ripe carpels (fr.) several, pedicelled, ovoid or oblong
and more or less constricted between the seeds. The
name Cananga, usually applied to this genus, was used
by Aublet in 1775 for an entirely different genus, and
cannot therefore be valid for the present one. Baillon
recognized this fact, and proposed the name Canan-
;ium, without, however, coupling it with specific names.
t was taken up by Sir George King in his Annonacese
of British India, 1893, and was applied by him to the
celebrated ylangylang tree, Canangium odoratum.
odoratum, King (Uvdria odordta, Lam. Unona
odordta, Dunal. Candnga odorata, Hook. f. & Thorns.).
YLANGYLANG. ILANGILANG. ALANGILANG. Mqso'oi.
MOTO-OI. Fig. 777. A tree bearing a profusion of
greenish yellow fragrant fls. with long narrow petals,
from which the celebrated ilangilang is made. The
tree is found in S. India, Java, the Philippines, the
Malay Archipelago, and many islands of the tropical
Pacific. It occurs spontaneously as well as in cult., and
its seeds are widely scattered by fruit-pigeons and other
birds. In the Samoan Isls. it is much beloved by the
natives, who make garlands of "moso'oi" with which
to adorn themselves, and they celebrate its fragrance
in their songs. The fls. yield a fragrant volatile oil
known in commerce as the oil of ilangilang, usua'ly
obtained by steam distillation. The natives use a much
simpler process in securing oil for anointing their
heads and bodies. Fls. are p'ut into coconut oil and,
after remaining a short time, are replaced by fresh ones,
CANANGIUM
CANNA
653
the oil being subjected to a gentle heat. "Macassar
oil" is prepared in this way, fls. of Michelia Champaca
being often added to those of the ylangylang.
Brandisanum, Safford (Unbna Brandisana, Pierre.
Undna latifoiia, Hook. f. & Thorns., not Dunal). A
tree endemic in the forests of lower Cochin China and
Cambodia, with very fragrant fls. resembling those of
C. odor alum but with the petals relatively broader, con-
stricted at the base, and thicker, and the Ivs. usually
cordate at the base and tomentose beneath, instead of
rounded at the base and pubescent beneath: the fr.
resembles that of the preceding species but with fewer
seeds arranged almost in a single row, but on close
inspection seen to be biseriate. The fls. yield a per-
fume similar to that of the true ylangylang of com-
merce. \V. E. SAFFORD.
CANARINA (from the Canary Islands). Campanu-
Idcese. Cool-house tuberous-rooted herb closely allied
to Campanula, but with the tubes of the calyx and
corolla grown together, and the floral parts in 6's. —
Three species. C. Campanula, Lam., is a tender per-
ennial from the Canaries, about 6-8 ft. tall, with
drooping, inflated buds and solitary, bell-shaped fls.
more than 1 in. long and 1^ m- wide, dull yellow,
flushed and veined with dull purplish brown: the lobes
of the corolla strongly reflexed: Ivs. hastate, coarsely
repand-dentate : fr. a fleshy berry. B.M. 444. — Intro,
by Franceschi in 1895.
CANARY-BIRD FLOWER: Tropxolum,
CANARY GRASS: Phalaris.
CANAVALIA (an aboriginal name). Including
Malocchia. Leguminosx. Bean-like plants, some of
them producing edible seeds and some more or less
grown for ornament.
Prostrate trailing or twining herbs, with pinnately
3-foliolate Ivs.: fls. in axillary racemes or fascicles,
often large, violet, rose or white, with bell-shaped,
2-lipped calyx, papilionaceous corolla, 9 stamens
united and 1 free for all or part of its length: pods large
and ribbed on edges. — A dozen species, widely dis-
tributed in warm countries.
ensiformis, DC. (C. gladidta var. ensiformis, DC.).
JACK BEAN. CHICKASAW LIMA. Figs. 485 (Vol. I),
778. Glabrous or nearly so: Ifts. ovate-oblong or ovate,
mucronate: upper lip of calyx longer than the tube,
recurved and notched; keel blunt, curved: seeds white,
with a dark raphe.
Tropics of both
hemispheres. — B.
M.4027. A.G. 14:
84. — Grown in the
southern states for
stock, but the pods
make passable snap
beans when not
more than 4-6 in.
long. In warm
countries it is a
bushy plant, with
little tendency to
climb. The pods
reach a length of 10-14 in., the walls being very hard
and dense when ripe; the halves of the pod, when split
apart, roll up spirally often into an almost perfect
cylinder. The large white turgid beans, bearing a
very prominent brown seed-scar, are packed crosswise
the pod, imbedded in a very thin white papery lining.
The fls. are small and light purple, resembling those of
the cowpea (but larger) and of various species of
Dolichos. The Ifts. are large and broad (5-8 in. long
and half or three-fifths as broad), strongly veined and
dull, dark green, abruptly pointed and smooth. Beans
said to be used as a coffee substitute.
778. Seeds of Canavalia ensiformis.
(XI)
C. bonariensis, Lindl. Twining: Ifts. ovate, with the long apex
obtuse: fls. purple in drooping racemes that exceed the Ivs., the
standard large broad and notched. Uruguay and IS. Brazil. B.R. 1199.
H.U. 4, p. 129. — C. obtusifolia, DC. Prostrate or climbing: Ifts. nearly
orbicular to oval or obovate, rounded or cuneate at base: fls. pink,
m racemes exceeding the Ivs.: seed brown, oblong. Fla. and Texas
south. Known as "mato de la playa" in Porto Rico.— C. rusiosperma,
Urban. Large and tall, ascending highest forest trees: seeds red.
Known as "Mato Colorado." W. Indies. T tr r>
Jj. 11. 1 >.
CANDELILLO: Euphorbia antisyphilitica.
CANDLEBERRY, CANDLENUT: Aleurites.
CANDOLLEA (A. P. DeCandolle, 1778-1841, fa-
mous botanist of Geneva, Switzerland). Candolledcex;
formerly referred to Dillenidcex. Herbs or woody plants
sometimes grown under glass or in the open far South
for the mostly yellow flowers.
Shrubs or undershrubs or herbs, mostly glabrous:
Ivs. simple, mostly narrow, sometimes with margins
revolute: fls. few or solitary at the ends of the branches;
sepals and petals 5; stamens many, united into 5
bundles or sets, each set bearing several anthers;
carpels 2-3-5, with 1-3 ovules in each. — As now under-
stood, probably 80-90 species, mostly W. Australian,
but 1 in Trop. Asia and S. China and 1 in the E. Indies.
Little known in cult., but the following Australian
species are now offered.
tetrandra, Lindl. Shrub, with branches angular,
pubescent: Ivs. narrow-oblong to oblong-ovate, obtuse
or short-acuminate, 2% in. or less long, clasping, mar-
gins not revolute: fls. much larger, paler yellow, the
petals 1 in. long and the acute sepals %in. long: fr.
with orange aril. B.R. 29:50. — Offered as a green-
house plant.
cuneif6rmis, Labill. Erect shrub, 6 ft. and more,
with short crowded branches that are somewhat hairy
when young: Ivs. oblong-cuneate to obovate, truncate
or few-toothed at apex, 1 in. long: fls. bright sulfur-
yellow, sessile in the crowded floral Ivs.; sepals about
^in., and the notched petals somewhat longer. B.M.
2711. — Offered in S. Calif., where it blooms March-
June- L. H. B.
CANDYTUFT: Iberis.
CANE-BRAKE: Species of Arundinaria (treated under Bamboo).
CANISTRUM (Greek, a basket). Bromelidcese.
Epiphytic or terrestrial hothouse plants, requiring the
treatment of billbergias.
Leaves in a dense tuft, acute, spinulose on the margin :
infl. compound, in a cup of Ivs., on a very short st. as
in Nidularium, or on a longer exserted st. ; fls. usually
green, rarely golden or blue. — A genus of about 10
species, natives of Brazil. They are sometimes referred
to Nidularium.
Lindenii, Mez (jEchmea eburnea, Baker. Guzmdnia
frdgrans, Hort. Nidularium Lindenii, Regel). Lvs.
about 20, in a dense rosette, tomentose, green-spotted,
the bract-lvs. cream-white: fls. white or greenish.
amazonicum, Mez (Karatas amazdnica, Baker.
Nidularium amazonicum, Lind. & Andre". dEchmea
amazdnica, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, 10-20 in. long, and
rather wide at the middle, greenish brown above and
light brown beneath, not spotted or scurfy, the bract-
lvs. greenish brown: fls. white, with a green tube, in a
dense head.
C. aurantiacum, E. Morr. (JSchmea aurantiaca, Baker).
Plant vigorous: Ivs. expanded in the middle: fls. yellow, 2 in.
long. S. Amer. B. H. 1873: 15. GEORGE V. NASH.f
CANNA (name of oriental origin, of no application).
Cannaceae. Popular tall ornamental plants, prized for
their stately habit, strong foliage and showy flowers;
much used for bedding.
Stout, unbranched: fls. mostly red or yellow, in a
terminal raceme or panicle, very irregular: caps. 3-
loculed and several- to many-seeded (Fig. 779, p.] ; sepals
654
CANNA
CANNA
779. The parts of the Canna flower.
(s) 3 and small and usually green; petals (ccc) 3,
mostly narrow and pointed, green or colored; style (e)
single and long; the stamens are commonly petal-like,
oblanceolate bodies or staminodia (aaab), 2 or 3 of
which are usually
much produced
and broadened,
and one is deflexed
and narrower and
forms the lip of
the fl. (6); the
pollen is borne in a
single-ioculed an-
ther (/), borne on
the side of a nar-
row and more or
less coiled stam-
inodium. — In the
latest monograph,
1912 (Kranzlin, in
Engler's Pflan-
zenreich, hft. 56),
51 species of
Canna are de-
scribed from sub-
tropical and tropi-
cal Amer. and
Asia.
A generation or two ago, cannas were grown for their
foliage or mass-effect. They were tall and long-jointed,
with small and* late flowers (Fig. 780). An old-time
garden race of tall cannas was C. Anmei, raised by
M. Anne"e, of France, from seeds of the true C. nepal-
ensis, sown in 1848. The flowers from which the seeds
were taken probably had been pollinated by some other
species, most likely with C. glauca. In 1863, a new
race appeared, as the result of the union of C. iridiflora
with C. Warscewiczii. This hybrid was known as C.
Ehemanni (and C. iridiflora hybrida). This was of inter-
mediate stature, with showy foliage and better droop-
ing flowers. Under this name plants are still sold, but
they may not be identical with the original C. Ehe-
manni. This race has been variously crossed with other
species and forms, and from innumerable seedlings there
have been selected the dwarf and large-flowered cannas
(Figs. 781, 782), which have now practically driven out
the old tall small -flowered
forms. These dwarf cannas are
often known as French cannas,
from the country of their ori-
gin; also, as Crozy cannas,
from a renowned breeder of
them. Within recent years,
another race of cannas has
arisen from the amalgamation
of our native C. flacdda with
the garden forms and with C.
iridiflora. These have come
mostly from Italy and are
known as Italian cannas; also
as orchid-flowered cannas. The
flowers are characterized by
soft and flowing iris-like out-
lines, but they are short-lived.
Of this class are the varieties
Italia (Fig. 783), Austria, Ba-
varia, Burgundia, America,
Pandora, Burbank and others.
For a sketch of the evolution of
the garden cannas, see J. G.
Baker, Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc.,
Jan., 1894; also, for the his-
tory of the Italian race, Revue
Horticole, 1895, 516, and Gar-
deners' Chronicle, Dec. 14,
780. Old-time canna. 1895; Kranzlin, cited above.
The culture of cannas is simple and easy. They
demand a warm, friable, rich and moist soil. They
are injured by frost, and therefore should not be
planted out until the weather is thoroughly settled. For
dense mass effects, set the plants not more than 1 foot
apart each way, but if it is desired to show individual
plants and their flowers at the best, give three times
that amount of room to a single plant. Pick the flowers
as soon as they wilt, to prevent the formation of seeds
(which causes the plant to lessen flowering), and keep
the plants in tidy condition. Give the soil and treat-
ment that produce the best results with Indian corn.
New varieties are raised from seeds. The seeds
usually germinate slowly, and sometimes not at all,
unless the integument is cut or filed, or is softened by
soaking in water; these precautions taken, they germi-
nate quickly. Sow late in winter, in rather strong bottom
heat, in flats or pots. Prick out, and give plenty of
room. They should make blooming plants the first year.
Commonly, cannas are propagated by dividing the
rootstock. This rootstock is a branchy mass, with many
large buds. If stock is not abundant, as many plants
may be made from a rootstock
as there are buds, although the
weak buds produce weak plants.
Leave as much tissue as possible
with each bud. These one-bud
parts usually give best results
if started in pots, so that the
plant is 6 to 12 inches high at
planting time. The
commercial canna
plants are grown
mostly in pots. If
one has sufficient
roots, however, it
is better not to cut
so close, but to
leave several strong
buds on each piece
(as shown in Fig.
784). These pieces
may be planted
directly in the
ground, although
more certain results
are to be secured by
starting them in the
house in boxes or
pots. If strong
effects are desired, particuarly in shrub borders, it is
well to plant the entire stool. In the fall, when the
plants are killed by frost and the tops have dried a
few days, dig the roots, and let them dry, retaining
some of the earth on them. Then store them on
shelves in a cellar that will keep Irish or round pota-
toes well. Take care that the roots do not become too
warm, particularly before cold weather sets in; nor
too moist. Well-cured roots from matured plants
usually keep without much difficulty. If they do not
hold much earth, it is well to throw a thin covering of
light soil over them, particularly if they are the highly
improved kinds.
Cannas are commonly used only in formal beds, but
most excellent effects may be secured by scattering
them singly or in very small clumps in the hardy
border or amongst shrubbery. Against a heavy back-
ground of green, the gaudy flowers show to their
best, and the ragged effect of the dying flowers is not
noticed. They also make excellent centerpieces for
formal beds. The tall-growing cannas, with small and
late flowers, have given way almost wholly to the
modern race of Crozy or French dwarf cannas, which
usually remain under 4 feet high, and give an abun-
dance of large early flowers. The canna always must
be used for bold planting effects, because the flowers
781. Modern flowering canna.
CANNA
CANNA
655
have not sufficient durability to be very useful as cut-
flowers. As individual blooms, the flowers are not usually
attractive, but they are showy and interesting in the
mass and at a distance. The new race of Italian or
Flaccida cannas has more attractive flowers, but even
these are most useful when on the plant.
It is impossible for the gardener to determine species
of canna in the common garden forms. In fact, the
species are little known except in herbaria and as wild
plants growing in their original habitats. The mon-
ographers do not agree as to the definitions of what
have been described as original or wild species. The
following account of species is included more for the
purpose of showing the range within the genus and
of making a catalogue of leading
botanical names than to set specific
limits or to indicate what species-
forms are in cultivation. The Crozy
experiments began with crossing C.
Warscewiczii with a variety of C.
nepalensis of gardens (C. flaccida?)
having large yellow flowers and very
long creeping tubers; and some of the
progeny was crossed with C. aureo-
picta (a garden form). The recent
attractive orchid - flowered cannas spring
largely from the C. flaccida forms.
Achiras, 3.
Altensteinii, 23.
angustifolia, 13.
Annxi, 16.
aurantiaca, 7.
aureo-cittata, 19.
Buekii, 15.
earned, 8.
cearensis, 12.
ehinensis, 10.
cinnabarina, 9.
coccinea, 17, 18.
commutata, 7.
compacts, 2.
concinna, 6.
crocea, 17.
densifolia, 7.
discolor, 6.
edulis, 20.
esculenta, 20.
excelsa, 1.
exigua, 9.
eximia, 12.
Fintelmannii, 14.
flaccida, 13.
flavescens, 11.
floribunda, 7, 19.
formosa, 18.
fulgida, 9.
INDEX.
gemella, 23.
gigantea, 23.
glauca, 13, 16.
helicpniifolia, 23.
humilis, 9.
indica, 17.
iridiflora, 24.
beta, 19.
lagunensis, 4.
Lambertii, 22.
lanceolata, 16.
lanuginosa, 3.
latifolia, 23.
leptochila, 10.
leucocarpa, 16.
liliiflora, 25.
limbata, 19.
longifolia, 16.
lutea, 7.
macrophylla, 23.
maculata, 7.
mexicana, 16.
Moritziana, 5.
neglecta, 23.
nepalensis, 10.
orientalis, 11.
pallida, 5.
paniculata, 1.
patens, 17, 19, 21.
pedunculata, 15.
Poeppigii, 22.
polyclada, 12.
polymorpha, 10.
portoricensis, 19.
recurvata, 19.
reflexa, 15.
Reevesii, 13.
rotundifolia, 6.
rubra, 18.
rubricaulis, 20.
rubro-lutea, 16.
sanguinea, 10, 21.
saturate-rubra, 10.
Schlechtendaliana, 16
Selloi, 21.
speciosa, 10.
spectabilis, 17.
stolonifera, 16.
sulphurea, 7.
sylvestris, 19.
tenuiflora, 17.
Tinei, 7.
variabilis, 8.
variegata, 19.
centricosa, 19.
violacea, 16.
Warscewiczii, 21.
xalapensis, 23.
A. Petal-like staminodia none.
1. paniculata, Ruiz & Pav. (C. excelsa, Lodd.). St.
very tall, slender, glabrous: Ivs. oblong or ovate and
acute, green and glabrous above and pubescent beneath:
racemes lax, disposed in a squarrose panicle, the fls. in
2's; sepals lanceolate, fin. long, obtuse; petals lanceo-
late, yellow-green, 2-3 in. long; lip rather longer than
the petals, crimson. Subequatorial Andes.
AA. Petal-like staminodia 2.
B. Plant woolly-pubescent on the sheaths and sometimes
on the If. -blades.
2. compacta, Roscoe. St. tall, stout, and green: Ivs.
many, oblong to ovate and acute: raceme simple and
densely many-fld., the rachis 3-angled; sepals ovate,
acute, Hin. long; petals unequal, narrowly lanceolate
and long-acuminate, 1J^ in. long, red-yellow; stamino-
dia oblanceolate, slightly emarginate, 1^-2 in. long,
scarlet or deep orange-red ; lip broad-linear, emarginate,
red-yellow. S. Amer.
3. lanuginfisa, Roscoe (C. Achiras, Litt.). St. green,
woolly, 4-6 ft., densely Ivd.: Ivs. ovate-oblong, acute,
green: raceme long and contracted, many-fld., simple,
the bracts obtuse, small and green; sepals ovate-lanceo-
late, greenish red, l/2\n. or less long; petals long-lanceo-
late, \Y<i in. long, tinged with red; staminodia entire,
red or red-yellow; lip the same color, and revolute.
Brazil, Peru. B.R. 1358.
4. lagunensis, Lindl. Differs from C. lanuginosa in
having long pale yellows fls., by some referred to
C. lutea: plant of medium size, lightly lanate on the
sheaths: If .-blades ovate-oblong, short-acute and apicu-
late, pale-margined: petals linear-lan-
ceolate and acuminate: lip strongly
revolute, red -spotted. Mex., Cent.
Amer. B.R. 1311, 1358. Aug.-Nov.
5. pallida, Roscoe (C.
Moritziana, Bouch6). Plant
medium height: If .-blade
elongate-elliptic, acuminate
and filamentous at end,
sometimes white-margined :
raceme simple and narrow,
the bracts broadly oblong-
cuneate; sepals ovate and
obtuse, green; petals lanceo-
late and -acuminate, green-
ish-sulfur-color; lip linear,
2-tipped, revolute, pale yel-
low, spotted. W. Indies and N. S.
Amer.
BB. Plant glabrous on sheaths and
jX If .-blades.
fcV>*'* c. Lvs. of 2 colors,
6. discolor, Lindl. (C. rotundifolia,
Andre). St. stout, 6-10 ft., purple and gla-
brous: Ivs. very broad-oblong, acute, the
lower ones sometimes 3 ft. long, dark green
and purple-margined, red-purple beneath:
fls. in a deeply forked panicle of lax racemes,
the bracts small and oblong; sepals lanceo-
late, obtuse, Hin. long, green, tinted with
purple; petals lanceolate, acuminate, 1}^ in.
long, pale green tinted with rose; staminodia
entire, 2H> in. long, bright red, exterior
yellow; lip lanceolate and emarginate, brick-
red. Cent, and S. Amer. B.R. 1231. C. con-
cinna, Bouche",is a related species with lance-
olate Ivs. narrowed at both ends. S. Amer.
cc. Lvs. unicolored, green.
D. Fls. narrow, the parts connivent.
7. lutea, Miller (C. commutata, C. flori-
bunda and C. densifolia, Bouche". C. macu-
lata, Link. C. sulphurea, Hort.). St. slender
and green, 3-4 ft., distantly foliated: Ivs.
oblong or broad-lanceolate, acute: raceme
lax, simple or rarely forked, the small
green bracts oblong and obtuse; sepals ob-
long, Hin., green, white-margined; petals
lanceolate, pale yellowish white, 1-1 % in.
long; staminodia pale yellow, often emar-
ginate, 1H~2 in. long; lip linear, pale yel-
low, emarginate. Mex. to Brazil. B.M.
—Prince 2085. L.B.C. 7:646. C. Tinei, Tod., perhaps
lohenlohe. a hybrid, apparently is to be associated with
this species.
Var. aurantiaca, Kranzl. Fls. orange; lip yellow.
8. vari&bilis, Willd. (C. cdrnea, Roscoe). St. green,
3-6 ft.: Ivs. broad-lanceolate or elliptic, acute, bright
green: raceme simple and lax, the small bracts oblong
and obtuse; sepals lanceolate, green, J^in. long; petals
lanceolate, acuminate, concave, 1H in. long, pale
flesh-color; staminodia 2, spatulate-linear, mostly entire,
variable in color but mostly orange or rose; lip linear
or ligulate and entire: caps, small, globose. S. Brazil,
the particular place unknown.
656
CANNA
CANNA
DD. Fls. ringent or gaping, or open-spreading.
E. Infl. simple or only moderately branched.
9. h&milis, Bouche (C. exigua, Bouche). Low, 3
ft. or less, slender: Ivs. short-petioled, the blade oblong,
acute or short-acuminate, glabrous above and below,
10-16 in. long: raceme sub-simple (rarely paniculate),
bearing fls. large for size of plant (about 3 in. long);
sepals very unequal, ovate-oblong; petals long-lanceo-
late, concave, connate at base into a tube, scarlet;
staminodia spatulate, more or less 2-lobed at apex; lip
rather narrow, about 2J4 m- long. Farther India,
China, etc. C. cinnabarina, Bouche" (C.
fulgida, Bouche"), is a related species but
larger and with yellow and scarlet rather
smaller fls. Mex., Cent. Amer., W.
Indies.
10. speciosa, Roscoe (C. leptochila and
C. saturdte-rubra, Bouche. C. polymdr-
pha, Loud. C. sanguinea, Hort.). Large:
st. green, 5-6 ft.: Ivs. broad-
oblong, acute: fls. in an elon-
gated raceme or sometimes
paniculate; sepals lanceolate,
%in. long, pale purple; petals
linear-lanceolate, l^in. long,
erect, pale purple; staminodia
3 in. long, emarginate, bright
red; lip emarginate, yellow.
Himalayas. B.M.2317. B.R.
1276. C. chinensis, Willd.
(C. nepalensis, Wall.), differs
in having reflexed petals.
11. orientalis, Roscoe (C. flavescens, Link). St.
slender, glabrous, 3-4 ft. : Ivs. ovate-oblong, a foot
or more long: raceme lax, simple or forked, the
bracts oblong; sepals oblong-lanceolate, obtuse,
J^in. or less long, pale green and rose-tinted;
petals lanceolate, acuminate, 1^ in. long, pale
roae; upper staminodia 23^ in. or less long, bright
red, often emarginate; lip red-yellow: caps, globose
and very small. Malaysian tropics.
EE. Infl. much-branched; fls. purple.
12. polyclada, Wawra (C. eximia, Bouche. C.
cearensis, Huber). St. tall and very slender: Ivs.
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute: fls. (often in
pairs) in a long, much-branched panicle, the bracts
nearly orbicular; sepals lanceolate, Hm- long;
petals long-lanceolate and unequal, acuminate, the
longest about 2^ in., purple; staminodia acute,
scarcely longer than the petals; lip oblanceolate,
scarlet-spotted. Brazil.
AAA. Petal-like staminodia 3 (exception in No. 18).
B. Lvs. lanceolate: fls. mostly yellow or orange.
c. Petals deflexed.
13. flaccida, Salisb. (C. glauca and C. angusti-
folia, Walt.). St. green and glabrous, 4—6 ft.,
very leafy below: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to narrowly
elliptic, acute, green: raceme simple, lax and few-
lanceolate, acuminate, greenish yellow, lJ^-2 in.;
staminodia obtuse and entire (or 2-lobed at apex), 2-3
in., yellow; lip linear, strongly reflexed, yellow, mottled
red: caps, large. Mex. and Cent. Amer.
15. pedunculata, Sims (C. Buekii, Weinm. C.
reflexa, Nees). St. tall, slender, green and glaucous,
5-6 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, green and glaucous,
1-2 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad: fls. in a many-fid, long
raceme, with a hairy rachis and long-spreading pedicels,
the bracts small, oblong and obtuse; sepals oblong,
small and green; petals linear-lanceolate, greenish
yellow, reflexed, 2 in. long; staminodia
emarginate, about 2 in. long, pale yel-
low; lip oblanceolate, yellow: caps,
globose, small. W. Indies, S.
Amer. B.M. 2323. L.B.C.
7:622.
cc. Petals erect.
16. glaftca, Linn. (C.
Schlechtendaliana, Bouche.
C. A nnsei, Andre. C. mexicana,
and C. stolonifera, Bouche.
C. lanceoldta, Lodd.). St.
green and glaucous, 5-6 ft.,
from a long and stoloniferous
rhizome: Ivs. green and glau-
cous, oblong-lanceolate and
very acute, tapering both
ways (the middle of the blade
4-6 in. wide), white-mar-
gined: raceme lax, simple or
forked; sepals ovate-obtuse,
green, Min. long; petals
linear - lanceolate, yellow-
green, 13^-2 in.; staminodia
entire, 2J^-3 in., yellow, not spotted; lip
linear or obovate-oblong, emarginate, pale
yellow: caps, oblong, lJ^-2 in. long. W.
Indies, S. Amer. Var. rfibro-lfitea, Hort.,
has fls. deep yellow tinted red, or in some
portraits represented as deep purple. B.M. 3437.
C. longifolia, Bouche, from Mex. and Cent.
Amer., has the petals all free, whereas they are
united in a tube in C. glauca, and with curved
sulfur-yellow fls. C. leucocarpa, Bouch6, S.
Amer., has petals united into a short tube, the
fls. small, pale orange with broad leafy style.
C. violacea, Bouche, habitat unknown, has pet-
als united in short tube, fls. violet, strongly
gaping, plant deciduous-woolly above.
BB. Lvs. broadly oblong or elliptic: rhizome
tuberous.
c. Plant low or medium in height (mostly
5 ft, or less) .
D. Staminodia entire at apex.
17. indica, Linn. (C. patens, Roscoe. C. crbcea,
Hort. C. tenuiflora and C. spectdbilis, Bouch6.
C. coccinea, Link). INDIAN SHOT. St. slender,
783.
fld., the bracts very small; sepals lanceolate or ob- Italia canna- glabrous, green, 3-5 ft.: Ivs. oblong and acute,
long, acuminate, 1 in. long, green; petals broadly
linear-lanceolate to obovate and reflexed, to 3 in. long
(as is also the tube); staminodia obovate, sulfur-yel-
low, 2-3 in. long by \1/^ in. broad; lip large, yellow.
Swamps S. C. to Fla., near the coast. L.B.C. 6:562.
G.W. 12, p. 253. — Useful for its good habit and iris-
like fls. C. Reevesii, Lindl., of India and the Philip-
pines, has the outside staminodia acute rather than all
obtuse or emarginate as in C. flaccida, and fls. less than
4 in. across rather than about 6 in. across. B.R. 2004.
14. Fintelmannii, Bouche. St. green and glaucous,
4-5 ft.: Ivs. oblong or ovate-elliptic and acute, bright
green: raceme few-fld. and rather dense, the bracts
green and oblong; sepals oblong, J^in., green; petals
green, not glaucous, half as broad as long (1-1^ ft.
long) : racemes simple or very nearly so and lax, some
of the fls. in pairs, the bracts green and nearly or-
bicular; fls. small; sepals oblong and green, J^in. long;
petals lanceolate, pale green, about .1^ in. long; upper
staminodia bright red, entire, 2 in. long but narrow;
lip linear, red-yellow, minutely spotted with red : caps,
globose, 1 in. diam. W. Indies, Cent, and S. Amer.
Naturalized in parts of southern states. B.M. 454.
B.R. 776. L.B.C. 17:1693.
18. coccinea, Miller (C. rubra, Willd.). St. slender,
green, 4-5 or sometimes 6 ft.: Ivs. oblong, or oblong-
lanceolate, and acute: raceme simple and lax, with small
green, orbicular bracts; sepals lanceolate, J^in. or less
CANNA
CANNABIS
657
long, green tinged with red; petals lanceolate, acumi-
nate, \l/z in. long, pale scarlet; staminodia 2, long
and narrow, mostly emarginate; lip yellow-spotted:
caps, globose and small. W. Indies, Cent, and S. Amer.
C. formosa, Bouche, Brazil, has 3 unlike staminodia.
DD. Staminodia 2-lobed.
19. sylvestris, Roscoe (C. portoricensis, Bouche1).
Plant stout, 4-5 or 6 ft.: Ivs. long-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, bright green, to 2^ ft. long and
one-third as wide: raceme slender, usually squarrose,
rarely simple; fls. narrow and elongated, red; sepals
lanceolate and acute, J^in. long; petals much longer,
lanceolate and very acuminate; staminodia sub-equal,
narrow-spatulate; lip narrow, strongly revolute. W.
Indies, Cent. Amer. C. limbata, Roscoe (C. patens,
Hook. C. aureo-vittata, Lodd. C.floribunda,C.variegdta,
C. recurvata, C. loeta and C. ventricbsa, Bouche), of S.
Brazil, has unlike staminodia, the largest being 2-lobed,
the medium one emarginate, the other entire, all red with
yellow margins. B.R. 771. L.B.C. 449.
cc. Plant tall, often up to 10ft. (No. 21 perhaps excepted).
D. Staminodia of medium length (3 in. or less).
E. The staminodia not united.
20. edftlis, Ker (C. esculenta, Lodd. C. rubricaulis,
Link). Rootstock thick and edible: st. stout, 8-12 ft.,
purple: Ivs. large, oblong, or ovate-oblong, green or
bronze, 1-2 ft. long: raceme lax, forked or simple; fls.
red or brick-red, usually in pairs, the bracts orbicular
or oblong; sepals oblong-lanceolate, Min. long, tinged
with red; petals oblong-lanceolate, 1^4 m-j staminodia
entire or emarginate, 2^ in. long, bright red or orange;
lip bright red or yellow-red: caps, large. W. Indies, S.
Amer. B.M. 2498. B.R. 775. — Starch is procured from
the roots, and for this purpose the plant is widely cult,
in the tropics.
21. Warscewiczii, Dietr. (C. sanguinea, Warsc.). St.
claret-purple and glaucous, 3-4 ft.: Ivs. oblong and
acute, more or less claret- or bronze-tinged, Htt- long
and nearly one-half as broad: raceme simple and
rather dense, with ovate, brown, glaucous bracts;
sepals lanceolate, Hin., glaucous purple; petals lanceo-
late, acuminate, nearly 2 in. long, reddish and glaucous;
staminodia oblanceolate, entire, 2J/2-3 in. long, bright
scarlet; lip oblanceolate, emarginate, bright scarlet.
Costa Rica, Brazil. B.M. 4854. C. Selldi, Hort. (C.
patens, Baker), of S. Brazil, is tomentose: sepals ovate;
petals oblong-lanceolate, united into a tube; staminodia
strongly reflexed, one 2-parted.
EE. The staminodia united into a tube, or at least connate
at base.
22. Lambertii, Lindl. (C. Pceppigii, Bouche1). St.
stout, very tall (to 10 or 11 ft.): green and glabrous,
12-14 ft. : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to elliptic, green, acute:
raceme simple or forked, lax and few-fld., the bracts
large and oblong, green; sepals lanceolate, pale purple
or lilac, Hm- long; petals lanceolate, acuminate, 1^
in. long, purple; staminodia unlike, obovate, entire,
scarcely longer than the petals, connate at base, bright
crimson; lip bright crimson-purple: caps, oblong, large.
W. Indies, S. Amer. B.R. 470.
23. latifdlia, Miller (C. gigantca, Desf. C. macro-
phylla, Hort. C. neglecta, Weinm. C. gemella, Nees.
C. Altenstemii, Bouch6). St. stout, very tall (10-16 ft.)
pubescent: Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong, acute, green, but
purple-margined when young, the lower ones often
3-4 ft. long: fls. in several racemes forming a panicle,
the bracts oblong or the lower ones becoming several
inches long; sepals oblong and green, Kin. long, very
unequal, petals lanceolate, acuminate, 2 in. long,
scarlet; staminodia united into a tube, entire at apex
or one of them 2-lobed, somewhat twisted, brick-
red; lip brick-red : caps, large. S. Amer. L.B.C. 7:634.
— C. heliconiifdlia, Bouche, Texas to Venezuela, has
the staminodia more or less connivent: fls. orange-
red: Ivs. long-petioled, more or less woolly, oblong-
acuminate: plant 7-8 ft. Var. xalapensis, Kranzl
(C. xalapensis, Bouch6), has narrower Ivs. and smaller
stature.
DD. Staminodia large (5 in. or less long), united into
a tube.
E. F Is. pendulous, rose-colored.
24. iridifldra, Ruiz & Pav. St. green, 6-12 ft.: Ivs.
broad-oblong, bright green, slightly pubescent beneath:
racemes paniculate, drooping; fls. large, beautiful rose-
color; tube of corolla and staminodia as long as the
blade; sepals lanceolate, 1 in. long; corolla-lobes lanceo-
late, 2K in. long; 3 upper staminodia somewhat longer
than the corolla-lobes, obovate, nearly or quite 1 in.
broad, rose-crimson; lip narrow, deeply emarginate,
rose-crimson. Andes of Peru. B.M. 1968. B.R. 609.
L.B.C. 10:905. R.H. 1861:110.
784. Stool of canna, showing how it may be divided.
EE. Fls. erect-spreading, white and red.
25. liliifldra, Warsc. St. robust, green, 8-10 ft.:
Ivs. many, oblong, green, 3-4 ft. long, spreading from
the st. at a right angle: fls. in a corymbose panicle;
sepals linear, as long as the tube of the corolla; corolla-
lobes lanceolate, 2-3 in. long, pale green, the tube of
equal length; 3 upper staminodia white, united into a
tube for half their length, the blade obovate and spread-
ing; lip oblanceolate, as long as the staminodia. Colom-
bia. R.H. 1884:132. F.S. 10:1055^.— A fine species.
The white fls. 'finally become tinged with brown;
lonicera-scented. L. H. B.
CANNABIS (the ancient Greek name). Moracese.
HEMP. A widely cultivated fiber plant, and also used
occasionally as an ornamental subject, being grown
from seeds and treated as a half-hardy annual.
Hemp is dioecious: staminate fls. in axillary panicles,
with 5 sepals and 5 drooping stamens and no petals;
pistillate fls. in short spikes, with 1 sepal folding about
the ovary: Ivs. digitate, with 5-7 nearly linear, coarse-
toothed Ifts. : fr. a hard and brittle achene. C. sativa,
Linn., probably native in Cent. Asia, is now escaped in
many parts of the world: tall, rough and strong-
smelling, 8-12 ft.: Ifts. 5-11, linear-lanceolate, toothed,
the upper Ivs. alternate and the others more or less
opposite. Only one species, but various forms have
received specific names. In gardens, the form known
as C. gigantea is commonest; this reaches a height of 10
ft. and more. The seeds are usually sown where the
658
CANNABIS
CAPSICUM
plants are to stand; but if quick effects are wanted, they
may be started indoors in pots or boxes. Hemp makes
excellent screens in remote places.. It thrives best in a
rich rather moist soil. For field cult, for fiber (which
is derived from the inner bark), see Cyclo. Amer. Agric.,
Vol. II, p. 377. L. H. B.
CANTELOUPE: Muskmelon.
CANTERBURY BELL: Campanula Medium.
CANTUA (from Cantu, Peruvian name). Pole-
moniacex. Showy flowering shrubs, with variable
foliage, in greenhouses, and out-of-doors far South.
785. Capparis spinosa.
(XK)
Flowers corymbose; calyx campanulate, of 5 (rarely
3) sepals, which are much shorter than the long tubular
corolla; stamens inserted at the base of the corolla, but
exceeding it in length. -y-Six species in S. Amer.
One kind is recommended in Eu. as a coolhouse shrub.
No tenderer than fuchsias. Prop, by cuttings in sand
under a bell-jar.
buxif&lia, Juss. (C. dependens, Pers.). Much-
branched shrub, about 4 ft. high; branches more or less
downy: Ivs. very variable, generally oblong-obovate,
acute, tapering at the base, entire or serrate, downy or
glabrous: fls. 5-8, drooping vertically, in a kind of leafy,
terminal corymb; calyx pale, membranous, green-
streaked, 5-toothed, a fourth shorter than the corolla-
tube; corolla long-funnel-shaped, the tube 2^ in. long,
red, usually streaked; limb of fringed, obcordate,
crimson lobes which are much shorter than the tube;
stamens included. Peru. Apr., May. B.M. 4582.
F.S. 7:650. R.H. 1858, p. 294. R.B. 27:181.— One of
the choicest of European greenhouse plants. Very
liable to red spider.
C. bicolor, Lem. Distinguished from the above by the entire Ivs.
which are shorter, about 1 in. long, and the solitary fls. with a short,
yellow tube, the limb not fringed. The fls. droop, but not vertically.
Peru. B.M. 4729. F.S. 4:343. Probably less desirable than the
above. — C. pyrifdlia, Juss. Lvs. generally broader and more
toothed than in C. bicolor: fls. as many as 17, in an erect, terminal,
compound corymb; calyx red-tipped, nearly half as long as the
yellow corolla-tube; corolla about \}4 in. long, with a white limb;
stamens long, exserted. Peru. B.M. 4386. F.S. 4:383.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
CAOUTCHOUC TREE: Hura, Manihot, Ficus elastica, Castilloa,
Hevea, Landolphia, and others, not treated here.
CAPE BULBS. A name applied to bulbous and bulb-
like plants native to South Africa. They are dry-region
plants, and often bloom with us in summer and
autumn. Some of the leading genera are Amaryllis,
Brunsvigia, Nerine, Ixia, Tritonia, Watsonia. See Bulbs.
CAPE'CHESTNUT: Calodendrum capensis.
CAPE GOOSEBERRY: Physalis.
CAPE JESSAMINE: Gardenia.
CAPER: Capparis.
CAPE-SPURGE: Euphorbia Lathyrus.
CAPPARIS (Greek, caper, said by some to have been
derived from the Arabic name of the plant). Cappa-
riddcese. CAPER- BUSH, or CAPER-TREE. Greenhouse
plants North, and suited to the open in Florida and
California.
Trees and shrubs, with simple Ivs.: sepals 4, rarely
5; petals usually 4; stamens usually many, inserted
on the receptacle, the filaments thread-like and free;
ovary long-stalked, 1-4-celled, with many ovules.—
More than 150 species distributed throughout the
warm regions of the earth. Differing from Cleome and
most other cult, genera of the family in having baccate,
not capsular, fr.
Capers are pickles made by preserving the flower-
buds of C. spinosa, a straggling shrub which grows out
of old walls, rocks, and rubbish in Mediterranean
regions and India. Also rarely cultivated as a green-
house flowering shrub. Propagation is by cuttings of
ripe wood, under a bell-jar, in greenhouses, and by
seeds South.
spindsa, Linn. Fig. 785. Spiny shrub, 3 ft. high,
often straggling and vine-like: Ivs. roundish or ovate,
deciduous: fls. borne singly, alternately, and fading
before noon; sepals 4; petals 4, oblong, clawed, wavy,
white, \l/i in. long; stamens 40-50; filaments purple
above, perhaps the chief beauty of the plant. B.M. 291.
— What seems to be the long style with a short un-
opened stigma, is really the elongated peduncle or
torus topped by the pistil, which has no style and a
minute stigma. Var. rupestris (C. rupestris, Sibth. &
Smith) is a spineless form.
Mitchellii, Lindl. A much-branched shrub, usually
very spiny, and more or less densely tomentose: Ivs.
ovate-oblong, 1-1^ in. long, narrowed into a short
petiole: fls. few, axillary, white or yellowish, followed
by a tomentose globular berry 2 in. diam. Sand plains
of Austral. — Suitable for dry places outdoors in S.
Calif.
C. acuminata, Lindl. St. shrubby, with flexuose, smooth
branches: Ivs. petiolate ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. large, soli-
tary, white, the conspicuous stamens 3-4 times as long as the
petals. China. B.R. 1320. WlLHELM MlLLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
CAPRIF6LIUM: Lonicera.
CAPRI6LA: Cynodon.
CAPSICUM (name of uncertain origin, perhaps from
kapto, to bite, on account of the pungency of the seed or
pericarp ; or from capsa, a chest, having reference to the
form of fruit). Solanacese. RED PEPPER. CAYENNE
PEPPER. Herbs or shrubs, originally from tropical
America, but escaped from cultivation in Old World
tropics, where it was once supposed to be indigenous.
Stem branchy, 1-6 ft. high, glabrous or nearly so:
Ivs. ovate or subelliptical, entire, acuminate: fls. white
or greenish white, rarely
violaceous, solitary or some-
times in 2's or 3's; corolla
rotate, usually 5-lobed; sta-
mens 5, rarely 6 or 7, with
bluish anthers dehiscing
longitudinally; ovary origi-
nally 2-3-loculed : fr. a juice-
less berry or pod, extremely
variable in form and size,
many-seeded, and with more
or less pungency about the
seeds and pericarp. Fig. 736. Normal 2-loculed fruit of
786. The fr. becomes many- Capsicum, in cross-section.
CAPSICUM
659
loculed and monstrous in cult. — -About 90 species have
been named, most of which are now considered forms
of one or two species. Monogr. by Irish, 9th Ann.
Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard. For cult., see Pepper.
A. Plant annual or biennial.
annuum, Linn. Fig. 787. Herbaceous or suffrutes-
cent, grown as annuals in temperate climates, but in
warmer latitudes often treated as bien-
nials. All of the leading commercial varie-
ties in the U. S. readily find classification
within the types or botanical varieties.
The species has never been found wild.
It is the pimento of Trop. Amer.
B. Fr. oblong-linear.
c. Calyx usually embracing base of fr.
Var. conoides, Irish (C. conoides, Mill.).
Suff rutescent : Ivs. numerous, rather small,
2-3 in. long, %-2 in. wide: peduncles
slender, straight, erect; fls. small; calyx
pbconical or cup-shaped, usually embrac-
ing base of fr. ; corolla greenish white,
spreading, j^g-^-gin. : fr. erect, subconical
or oblong-cylindrical, about 1% in. long
or less, usually shorter than the peduncles
and mostly borne above the Ivs., very acrid.
Coral Gem, Tabasco. Gn. 66, p. 381.
Var. fasciculatum, Irish (C. fasciculatum, Sturt.).
RED CLUSTER PEPPER. Fig. 788. St. herbaceous,
round or nearly so: branches few: Ivs. clustered or
crowded in bunches about the summit, elliptical-
lanceolate, pointed at both ends: fr. also clustered, erect,
slender, about 3 in. long by Mm- diam., very acrid.
Var. acuminatum, Fingh. (C. chilcnse, Hort.).
LONG CAYENNE. Heroaceous, very branchy, about
2^2 ft. high, bearing a dense mass of foliage: fl. medium
size, spread l/2~%m.'. fr. larger than the preceding,
either erect or pendent. Chile.
cc. Calyx not usually embracing base of fr.
Var. 16ngum, Sendt. (C. dnnuum, Linn. C. Idngum,
DC.). Plant herbaceous, about 2^ ft. high, with com-
paratively few branches: Ivs. large, often 4 in. long by
2^ in. wide: fl.
large; corolla
spreading, J^-l^
in., dingy white;
calyx usually
pateriform or fun-
nelform, rarely
embracing base of
fr. : fr. often a foot
long by 2 in. diam.
at base ; flesh thick
and in some varie-
ties very mild.
Garden varieties
are: Black Nu-
bian, County Fair,
Elephant'sTrunk,
Ivory Tusk.
787. A form of Capsicum annuum.
BB. Fr. of various shapes, but not oblong-linear.
Var. grdssum, Sendt. (C. grdssum, Linn.). Herba-
ceous, about 2 ft. high, with few branches: Ivs. very
large, often 3 by 5 in., sometimes coriaceous, lower
ones usually pendent; petioles deeply channeled: pe-
duncles stout, about 1 in. long; corolla large, spreading,
%-ll/4: m-: fr. large, oblate, oblong, or truncated, 3-4-
lobed, usually with basal depression, more or less sul-
cate and rugose; flesh thick, firm, and of a mild flavor.
Emperor, Monstrous, Bell, Sweet Mountain, Golden
Dawn, Ruby King, Golden King, Brazilian Upright,
Golden Upright, Squash, and others, are garden
varieties.
Var. abbreviatum, Fingh. (C. umbilicdtum, Veil. C.
luteum, Lam.). Suffrutescent : Ivs. broadly ovate, 2-4
in. long: peduncles slender, straight or curved, as long as
or longer than the berry : fr. about 2 in. long or less, vary-
ing much in the different horticultural varieties, in gen-
eral ovate, quite rugose, ex-
cept in one variety, some-
times turbinate. While this
variety is used to some ex-
tent for pickling, it is noted
more as an ornamental plant.
Some garden forms are : Celes-
tial, Etna, Kaleidoscope, Red.
Wrinkled, Yellow Wrinkled.
Var. cerasiforme, Irish (C.
cerasiforme, Mill.). Suffrutes-
cent: Ivs. medium size, ovate
or oblong-acuminate, about
lJi-3}^ in.: calyx seated on
base of fr.; corolla large,
spreading, Vy-M/i in.: fr.
spherical, subcordate, oblate,
or occasionally obscurely
pointed or slightly elongated,
smooth or rarely minutely
rugose or sulcate; flesh firm,
fa-y^m. thick, extremely
pungent. Garden forms are:
Cherry, Yellow Cherry, Oxheart. t
AA. Plant perennial.
frutescens, Linn. Fig. 789. Shrubby
perennial, 3-6 ft. high, with prominently
angled or somewhat channeled st. and
branches: branches loosely spreading or
trailing: Ivs. broadly ovate-acuminate,
3-6 in. long, 2-3 J^ in. wide: peduncles
slender, 1-2 in. long, often in pairs, usu-
ally longer than the fr. ; calyx cup-shaped,
embracing base of fr. ; corolla often with
ocherous markings in the throat: fr. red,
obtuse or oblong-acuminate, %-l)4 in-
long, J^-^in. diam., very acrid. — Cult,
only S., as the seasons in temperate lati-
tudes are not long enough to mature fr.
Var. baccatum, Irish (C. baccatum, Linn.). Plants not
so tall, but more erect than the species: branches slen-
der, fastigiate, flexuose: corolla small, spreading, about
J^in. : fr. ovate or sub-round, about %in. diam.
H. C. IRISH.
CARAGANA (Caragan, its Mongolian name). Legu-
minbsse. PEA TREE. Ornamental shrubs chiefly grown
for their bright yellow flowers;
some species are also used for
hedges.
Leaves abruptly pinnate, often
with persistent spiny-pointed
rachis; Ifts. small, entire; stipules
deciduous or persistent and spiny:
fls. papilionaceous; stand-
ard upright, like the wings
with long claws; keel obtuse
and straight; stamens 10,
9 connate, 1 free; ovary
scarcely stipitate: pod
linear, terete, straight, 2-
valved, with several seeds.
— More than 50 species from
S. Russia to China, most of
them in Cent. Asia. Mono-:
graph by Komarov in Act.
Hort. Petrop. 29:179-388
(1908), with 16 plates.
The caraganas are decidu-
ous unarmed or spiny shrubs
788. Capsicum
annuum var.
fasciculatum.
789. Capsicum
frutescens.
660
CARAGANA
CARALLUMA
with yellow, rarely whitish or pinkish flowers axillary
and solitary or fascicled, followed by linear pods. The
cultivated species are quite hardy, except a few Hima-
layan species. They grow in almost any soil, but best
in a sandy soil and sunny position, and are well adapted
for shrubberies. C. arborescens is the only one which
grows into a small tree, and is of upright habit, like
C. frutex, which is about half as high and more grace-
ful; most of the other species are low shrubs, of usu-
ally spreading habit. C. arborescens is one of the best
hedge shrubs for the prairies of the Northwest.
Propagation is by seeds sown in fall or in spring; if
kept dry during the winter, soaking in tepid water for
two or three days before sowing will be of advantage;
also increased by root-cuttings and layers, or by graft-
ing on seedling stock
of C. arborescens in
spring.
A. Lfts. 12-18, y^-y?
in. long: rachis
deciduous.
microphylla, Lam.
(C . Altagdna, Poir. C.
arborescens var. aren-
dna.Hort.). Fig. 790.
From 4-6 ft.: Ifts.
12-18, obovate, pu-
bescent when young,
grayish green, Hm-
long or shorter: fls.
1 or 2, yellow, %in.
long; pedicel about
as long as the fl.
Siberia, China. L.B.
C. 11 : 1064.— Under
this name a dwarf
form of C. arborescens
is often cult. Var.
megalantha, Schneid.
Lfts. bright green, %
or sometimes Kin.
long: fls. \Y± in. long.
790. Caragana microphylla. ( X H)
AA. Lfts. 8-14,
in. long: rachis
deciduous.
arborescens, Lam.
Shrub or small tree,
to 20 ft.: Lfts. 8-12,
obovate or oblong,
sparsely pubescent
beneath or glabrous
at length: fls. 1-A,
pale or bright yellow,
%in. long; pedicels usually longer than the fls.: pods
about 2 in. long. May, June. Siberia, Manchuria. G.O.
H. 67. Var. pendula, Dipp., with pendulous branches, is
the most remarkable; it should be grafted high. M.D.
G. 1897:425. Var. Lorbergii, Koehne. Lfts. linear to
linear-oblanceolate, about 1 in. long. A very peculiar
and striking form.
fruticdsa, Bess. (C. Reddwskii, Fisch. C. arborescens
var. arenaria, Sims). Shrub, to 6 ft., very similar to the
preceding: Ifts. 10-14, oblong-elliptic to obovate, cu-
neate at the base, rounded at the apex; stipules herba-
ceous or somewhat spiny; pedicels and calyx puberu-
lous, calyx-teeth very short: pods about 1 in. long;
seeds brown. Amurland, Korea. B.M. 1886 (not good).
AAA. Lfts. 2-4.
B. Rachis of the Ivs. deciduous: pedicels as long as or
longer than the fls.
friltex, Koch (C. frutescens, DC.). Fig. 791. From
6-10 ft. : Ifts. 4, approximate, nearly digitate, cuneate,
obovate or oblong, rounded or emarginate at the apex,
glabrous, ^-1 in. long: fls. solitary, %-l in. long, yel-
low. May. S. Russia to China. Gt. 10:348. S.B.F.G.
3:227. Var. grandifldra, Koehne. Fls. somewhat
longer than 1 in.: Ifts. usually large and broad. Var.
latifolia, Schneid. (var. obtusifolia, Hort.). Lfts. more
than an inch long and about K in. broad: fls. as in
the type.
BB. Rachis persistent, spiny: pedicels shorter than the fls.
Chamlagu, Lam. Shrub, 2-4 ft.: spines long: Ifts. 4,
in 2 somewhat remote pairs, chartaceous, obovate,
emarginate or rounded at the apex, glabrous, %-%in.
long: fls. solitary, reddish yellow, 1% m- long. May.
N.China. G.O.H. 30.
pygmaea, DC. (C. grdcilis, Hort.). One to 3 ft.:
spines short, J^in. : Ivs. nearly sessile; Ifts. 4, approxi-
mate and almost digitate, cuneate, linear-elliptic or
linear-lanceolate, glabrous, ^-^in. long: fls. solitary,
%in. long, golden yellow. Caucasus to Siberia and
Thibet. B.R. 12:1021.— Grafted high on C. arbo-
rescens, it forms a graceful standard
tree, with pendulous branches.
C. Altagana, Ppir.=C. microphylla. — C.
arborescens arenaria, Hort.=C. microphylla.
— C. arenaria, Dipp.=C. aurantiaca, Koehne.
— C. aurantiaca, Koehne. Allied to C.
pygmsea. Fls. orange-yellow; calyx as long as
broad; ovary glabrous. Siberia. — C. Boisii,
Schneid. (C. microphylla var. crasse-aculeata,
Bois). Allied to C. arborescens. Shrub, to 6
ft. : Ifts. 10-12, obovate or narrowly obovate,
about yivo.. long, silky pubescent beneath at
least when young, whitish beneath; stipules
spiny: fls. solitary. W. China. V.F. 57. — C.
brevispina, Royle (C.triflora.Lindl.).
Spines 2-3 in. long: Ifts. 12-16,
pubescent: fls. 2-4, on a common
peduncle. Himalayas. P.F.G. 2:
184. — C. decorticans, Hemsl. Allied
to C. microphylla. Shrub or small
tree, spiny: Ifts. 8-12, oval, less than
J^in. long: fls. 1-2. Afghanistan.
H.I. 18:1725.— C. frutescens, DC.
=C. frutex. — C. Gerardiana, Royle.
Spines 1 ^2-2 in. long: stipules large,
scarious: Ifts. 8-12, densely pubes-
cent: fls. 1-2, short - pedicelled.
Himalayas. — C. grdcilis, Hort.=C.
pygmsea. — C. grandifldra, DC.
Allied to C. pygmsea. Lfts. cuneate-
oblong, glabrous or pubescent: fls.
1 % in. long; calyx gibbous at the
base. Caucasus. — The plant some-
times cult, under this name is a
variety of C. frutex. — C. jubata,
Pall. Sparingly branched shrub
with very thick, spiny and villous
branches: stipules large, scarious: Ifts. 8-14, linear-objong, villoua
beneath: fls. whitish, 1 in. long, short-pedicelled. Siberia. F.S.
19:2013. L. B. C. 6:522. Gt. 10:331. A very distinct and curious-
looking species: hardy. — C. sophorsefdlia, Bess. (C. arborescens X C.
microphylla. C. cuneifolia, Dipp. ). Lfts. usually 12, oblong to elliptic,
cuneate, acute: pods %in. long. Garden origin. — C. spindsa, DC.
Spines 1 in. long: Ifts. 4, rarely more, approximate, cuneate-lancec-
late, glabrous: fls. solitary, short-pedicelled. Siberia. — C. spinosis-
sima, C. Koch=C. spinosa. — C. tragacanthoides, Poir. Spiny: Ifts.
4-8, cuneate, oblong, pubescent: fls. solitary, short-pedicelled; calyx
villous-pubescent. Himalayas. — C. trifldra, Lindl.=C. brevispina.
— C. vulgdris, Hort.=C. arborescens. ALFRED REHDER.
CARAGUATA. By the latest monographer referred to Gut-
mania, which see.
CARALLUMA (aboriginal name). Asdepiadacese.
Low succulents, sometimes seen in collections; about
40 species, from S. Spain and Afr. to Arabia and
India. They resemble stapelias, and require similar
treatment. The sts. are leafless, somewhat branched,
erect, 4-sided and the angles toothed : fls. near the sum-
mit of the sts., more or less clustered, purple, brown and
yellow, and other colors; corolla rotate and 5-parted: fr.
long and slender follicles. The carallumas are probably
not in the American trade. Some of the names that
may be expected in collections are C. adscendens, R.
Br.; C. affinis, Wildem.; C. campanulata, N. E. Br.
(Boucerosia campanulata, Wight); C. commutata,
Berger (sometimes grown as C. Sprengeri); C. fimbri-
ata, Wall.; C. inversa, N. E. Br.; C. Luntii, N. E. Br.;
CARALLUMA
CARDOON
661
C. Sprengeri, N. E. Br. ; C. Simonis, Berger (Boucerosia
Simonis, Hort.); C. torta, N. E. Br.
CARAMBOLA: Averrhoa.
CARAWAY (Carum Carvi, Linn.). Umbelliferfe.
A biennial or annual herb grown for its seeds, which
are used in flavoring bread, cakes and cheese; also oc-
casionally for the young shoots and leaves, which are
eaten. It grows a foot or two high, has finely-cut, pin-
nately compound foliage, and small white flowers, in
umbels. It is of the easiest culture. The seed is usu-
ally sown in spring and the crop of seed taken the fol-
lowing year. It thrives in any garden soil. The plant
occasionally runs wild. See Carum.
loose corymbs surrounded by large sterile fls. : calyx-
tube cupulate, adnate to the ovary; petals 5; stamens
numerous with filiform filaments and suborbicular
anthers; ovary inferior, incompletely 3-celled; styles 3,
short; sterile fls. with 3 large sepals: caps, loculicidal. —
Three species in Japan and China. Tender plants,
thriving in any good garden soil; best in a partly
shaded and moist position. Prop, by greenwood cut-
tings under glass.
alternifdlia, Sieb. & Zucc. One to 3 ft.: Ivs. broadly
elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, tapering into a very short
petiole, coarsely serrate, sparsely pilose, membrana-
ceous, 3-7 in. long: fls. pink, lilac or white. Summer.
S.Z. 66, 67. Gt. 14:486. ALFRED REHDER.
CARBENIA : An incorrect or doubtful name for Cnicus, which see. CARDINAL FLOWER: Lobelia cardinalis.
CARDAMINE (Greek name of a cress). Cruciferas.
Small mostly leafy-stemmed perennials (the annual
species apparently not cultivated),
growing in low rich land, blooming
in spring or early summer.
Flowers sometimes large for size
of plant, white or purple; petals
obovate or spatulate: pods linear
and straight, more or less flat-
tened, the wingless seeds in 1 row,
valves usually separating elastic-
ally from the base: Ivs. simple or
pinnate or lyrate : root often tuber-
ous or rhizomatous. — About 50
species, largely in boreal or alpine
regions. Of easy cult. Only C.
pratensis is much known among
growers.
pratensis, Linn. CUCKOO
FLOWER. Fig. 792. Plant slender
and usually glabrous, 12-20 in.,
somewhat branched : Ivs. pinnately
divided; Ifts. of root-lvs. small and
rounded (^iin. or less across), those
of the upper st.-lvs. oblong or even
linear and entire or somewhat
toothed: fls. lA\n. long, in a
corymb, white or rose-color, pretty.
Eu. and Amer., in the northern
parts. — In the gardens it is chiefly
known in the double-fld. form,
which probably has been derived
from European rather than Ameri-
can sources. There are other forms
of it. It is an excellent little plant to grow in moist
places, particularly along creeks and about springs. It
is also useful in drier places, as in rockeries.
trifdlia, Linn. Attractive spring bloomer, 6 in., creep-
ing: Ivs. ternate, the toothed parts or segms. irregularly
roundish: fls. snow-white, on a naked scape. S. Eu.
B.M. 452.
angulata, Hook. Erect, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5-f olio-
late, the Ifts. ovate or oblong, and the middle one
usually coarsely toothed: fls. rather large, white,
in short, few-fld. racemes. Mts. of Ore. and
Wash.— Intro. 1881 by Gillett.
L. H. B.
CARDAMON: Amomum and Elettaria.
CARDIANDRA (Greek, heart, and
man or stamen: alluding to the shape
of the anthers). Saxifragacese. Orna-
mental half-shrubby plants, rarely
cultivated for their white, lilac or pink
flowers.
Suffruticose deciduous plants with
alternate rather large Ivs. and small
pink, lilac or white fls. in terminal
792. Cardamine pra-
tensis. Root-leaves not
showing.
CARDIOSPERMUM
(Greek, heart-seed, from the
white heart-shaped spot on
the round black seed ; hence
the plant was thought a
cure for heart diseases).
Sapinddcese. Tendril-climb-
ing tropical herbs.
Leaves alternate, biter-
nate; Ifts. coarsely serrate:
fls. small, white, polyga-
mous or dioecious, in
axillary racemes or
corymbs; sepals
and petals 4, in
pairs; stamens 8;
ovary 3-celled, fol-
lowed by a mem-
branous caps.
— A dozen
species wide-
ly d i s t r i b-
uted. The
most popular is
the interesting
balloon- vine,
which is a rapid-
growing, woody
perennial, behav-
ing as an annual,
curious for its
inflated seed-ves-
sels. Fig. 793.
Prop, by seeds.
Halicacabum,
Linn. Fig. 794.
BALLOON- VINE.
HEART-SEED .
HEART-PEA.
Height 10 ft. : sfr. and branches grooved: Ivs. glabrous,
oblong-acuminate, deeply dentate: balloons an inch or
more thick. Trop. India, Afr., and Amer. B.M. 1049.
— A general favorite, especially with children. Grown
as a garden annual.
hirsutum, Willd. Creeping or ascending perennial
vine with densely hairy grooved st. and Ivs. as in the
preceding, but usually hairy on the under surface: fls.
not showy: fr. pointed, hirsute; the globular choco-
late-brown seed is borne on the detaching parachute-
like dissepiment. Afr. — A useful perennial in S. Calif,
for covering arbors; evergreen and blooming continu-
ously. N. TAYLOR.f
CARDOON (Cynara Cardiincidiis, Linn.). A thistle-
like plant of southern Europe, cultivated for the thick
leaf -stalk and midrib.
It is thought to be of the same species as the arti-
choke, and to have been developed from it by long culti-
vation and selection. See Cynara. The plant has been
794. Ballooi>Vine — Cardiospermum
Halicacabum.
662
CARDOON
CAREX
introduced into South America, and has run wild exten-
sively on the pampas. Darwin writes that "no culti-
vated plant has run wild on so enormous a scale as the
cardoon." From the artichoke it differs in taller and
more prickly growth and smaller heads. The cardoon
is perennial, but it is not hardy, and is treated as an
annual. Seeds are sown in spring, either in pots under
glass or in the open where the plants are to stand. The
later sowing is usually preferred. The plants are given
795. Leaf of Canada thistle. — Carduus arvensis or Cirsium arvense.
rich soil and should have abundant moisture supply,
for they must make continuous and strong growth.
When the leaves are nearly full grown, they are tied
together near the top, straw is piled around the head,
and earth is banked against it. This is to blanch the
plant, for it is inedible unless so treated. From two to
four weeks is required for the blanching. The procedure is
not very unlike that adopted for the blanching of celery
or endive. If the plants are late, they may be dug just
before frost and blanched in a storage pit. The plants
are usually grown 2 to 3 feet apart, in rows which are 4
feet apart. They are sometimes grown in trenches, after
the old way of growing celery. Cardoon is very little
known as a vegetable in America except among
foreigners. L jj 3
CARDUUS (the ancient Latin name of these plants).
Composite. THISTLE. Spiny-leaved annual, biennial or
perennial herbs, sometimes grown in borders and rock-
gardens for the interesting habit and the heads of
purple or white flowers.
Carduus is sometimes united with Cirsium, but is here
kept distinct, being separated chiefly by non-plumose
or only indistinctly serrate pappus-bristles (see Cirsium) .
The common weedy thistles are referred either to
Carduus or Cirsium, depending on the definition of the
genus. Fig. 795 shows the spiny leaf of one of these.
Under the restricted use of the name, Carduus com-
prises about 80 species, from the Canary Isls. to Japan.
For C. benedictus, see Cnicus.
acanthoides, Linn. A much-branched perennial
about 18-24 in. high: Ivs. bright green, pinnately
parted, the nerves very prominent beneath, spinose
margined: the solitary heads long-peduncled, the fls.
purple and showy. S. Eu. — Scarcely known in Amer.
C. Mari&nus, Hort., is a Silybum, and C. tauricum, Hort., is a
Cirsium. Both are advertised in England, but are unknown in
N. TAYLOR.f
CAREX (name of obscure origin). Cyperdceas.
SEDGE. Grass-like perennials of very 'many kinds, a
few of which are grown in bogs or as border plants.
Flowers unisexual, in spikes, the staminate naked
and subtended by a bract or scale, the pistillate com-
prising a single pistil inclosed in a thin sac or perigyn-
ium; monoecious or rarely dioecious: sts. or culms solid,
not jointed, mostly 3-angled: Ivs. grass-like but 3-
ranked. One large group has 2 styles and a lenticular
achene, and the spikes are commonly androgynous or
contain both sexes (Fig. 796) ; another division has 3 styles
and a triangular achene, and the spikes are commonly
unisexual, the staminate being above (Figs. 797, 798).
Carices are very abundant in cool temperate regions,
both in species and in individual plants. There are
more than 800 known species. Many of them grow
on dry land, but the largest species grow in low grounds
and swales, and often form much of the bulk of bog
hay. Carices coyer great areas of marsh land in the
upper Mississippi region and are employed in the manu-
facture of "grass carpets" or Crex fabrics. The species
are difficult to distinguish because they are very similar,
and the study of them is usually left to specialists. Some
of our broad-leaved native species make excellent bor-
ders and interesting clumps in corners about build-
ings and along walls. Of such are C. platyphylla,
C. plantaginea, C. albursina. Many of the low-
land species are excellent adjuncts to the pond
of hardy aquatics. Others have very graceful
forms, with drooping spikes and slender culms
(Fig. 798). The following native species, and
probably others, have been offered by collectors :
C. aure'a, C. eburnea, C. flava, C. Grayi (one of
the best), C. hystricina, C. lupulina and its var.
pedunculata, C. lurida, C. paupercula, C. penn-
sylvanica, C. plantaginea, C. Pseudo-Cyperus,
^' reirorsa> C- Richardsonii, C. riparia, C. Tucker-
manii, C. utriculata, C. vulpinoidea. The species
present no difficulties in cultivation if the natural habitat
is imitated. Propagated readily by seed sown in late
fall (germinating in spring) .or by division of the clumps.
M6rrpwi, Boott (C. japonica, Hort., not Thunb.
C. tenuissima, Hort. C. acutifolia, Hort.). Fig. 799.
Lvs. stiff and evergreen, long-pointed, in the common
garden form with a white band near either margin:
culm 1 ft. with a terminal staminate spike and 2 or 3
slender pistillate spikes (1 in. long) from sheaths:
perigynium small and firm, somewhat excurved, 2-
toothed, glabrous. Japan. G.C. III. 13:173. .R.B. 20,
p. 9. — A very handsome plant, suited for pots or the
border. The stiff clean white-edged foliage keeps in
condition for months, making the plant useful for
decorations in which pot-plants are used. It is per-
fectly hardy in Cent. N. Y.,
holding its foliage all win-
ter. A useful florists' plant.
796. Carex (C. scoparia),
with androgynous spikes and
lenticular achenes. (XI).
N. Amer.
797. Carex (C. lurida), with
Staminate terminal spikes and
trigonous achenes. (XM)- N.
Amer.
intumescens, Rudge (C. tendria, Hort. C. tenera,
Hort.). Slender, but stiff, to 30 in.: Ivs. narrow, rolling
more or less when dry: staminate spikes long-stalked:
pistillate spikes 1 or 2, short-stalked, short, with few
large, turgid, tapering, shining perigynia and awl-like,
rough-pointed scales. N. Amer.
CAREX
CARICA
663
inans, Berger (C. Vilmorinii, Mott.
C. V ilmoriniana, Hort.). Densely tufted,
with many very narrow Ivs., and filiform
culms \l/2 ft. or less high: spikes 5-7, the
terminal staminate, linear and short-
stalked, the lateral pistillate (or perhaps
staminate at base), oblong or cylindrical
and dense-fld., about 1 in. long, and with
aristate scales: perigynium 3-angled
(stigmas 3), lance-ovate, attenuate at base
and with a 2-toothed scabrous beak. New
Zeal. — A good hardy edging plant when a
tufted grassy effect is desired.
Buchananii, Berger (C. lucida, Boott,
var. Buchdnanii, Kuek.). Allied to the
preceding: densely tufted: Ivs. leathery,
semi-terete ,very narrow, brown-red : spikes
5-8, the terminal staminate and linear-
cylindrical, long-stalked, the lateral pistil-
late and cylindrical, \Yi in. long, densely-
fld.: perigynium plano-convex (stigmas 2),
produced into a long margined scabrous
deeply bidentate beak. New Zeal. — Grown
for its reddish foliage.
Gaudichaudiana, Kunth (C. vulgaris,
Fries, var. Gaudichaudiana, Boott). Culms
erect, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. long and grass-like:
staminate fls. in terminal spikes: pistillate
fls. in 2-3 cylindrical, sessile or subsessile
spikes: perigynium lenticular, small, very
short-beaked, obscurely 2-toothed, finely
nerved, longer than the narrow scale.
Japan, Austral. New Zeal. — Useful for
bog planting.
Fraseri, Andr. (Cymophyllus
Frdseri, Mack.) Lvs. 1 in. or
more broad, stiff, but with no
midnerve, flat and thick, ever-
green: culm 16 in. or less high-
bearing at its summit a single
whitish spike which is staminate
at top: perigynium ovoid, thin
and inflated. Rich mountain
woods, Va. B.M. 1391 (as C.
Fraseriana). — Rare, and a very
remarkable plant.
C. bdccans, Nees. Robust, with
curving Ivs. to 2 ft. long and }^in.
broad: fr. berry-like (whence the name),
crimson or vermilion, in clustered spikes
standing well above the Ivs. India. G.
1:461. Useful for pots or for planting
in a conservatory, for its ornamental
fr., but probably not now in cult, commercially. — C. gallica variegata
is offered abroad as a "very elegant, showy and charming" carex.-^-C.
ripdria, Curt., a rank-growing lowland species of wide distribution,
is sometimes grown in a variegated-lvd. form. The name has no
botanical standing. — With the exten-
sion of wild gardening, and particu-
larly of bog- and water-gardening,
many other species of Carex may be
expected to appear in the trade lists.
L. H. B.
CARICA (a geographical
name) . Papayacese. PAPAYA.
Small, rapid - growing, un-
fa ranched trees, commonly
grown in greenhouses as foli-
age plants and often bearing
fruit under such conditions.
Juice milky.
Leaves large, soft, long-
stalked, in clusters at the top
of the trunk : usually dioecious,
the male fls. on long axillary
peduncles, funnel-shaped, with
10 anthers in the throat, the
pistillate fls. larger and with 5
distinct petals and a single 799. Carex Morrowii.
798. Carex (C. longirostris), with termi-
nal staminate spikes and drooping pistil-
late spikes. (XJi). N. Amer.
pistil with 5-rayed stigma, sessile in the axils of the Ivs.
-Perhaps 20 species, all native to the American tropics,
but C. Papaya is cult, throughout the tropics for its
delicious edible fruits. See Papaya.
The soil most suited for caricas is a rich loam, having
perfect drainage. As the stem is succulent and tender,
great care is necessary to avoid bruising, hence pot-
grown plants are much to be preferred to seedlings
from the open ground. Seeds should be selected from
the best and largest fruits and sown in a well-worked
bed under a slight shade. If seeds are quite dry or old,
they should be soaked in warm water before sowing.
The seedling plants are delicate, and require close
watching at first to avoid damping-off. As soon as
plants are well up remove the shading, and after the
third leaf appears they may be pricked out into a larger
bed, or better, potted off in fairly rich soil. After plants
are a few weeks old, and have been shifted once into
larger pots, they may be set permanently outdoors in
the tropics. Caricas seldom branch, but usually grow
upright like a palm, hence cuttings are not often avail-
able. Sqmetimes small branches form, and these may
be cut off and as readily rooted as most tropical deco-
rative plants, provided the cutting is not too young
and tender. This method has been found in Florida
to be too slow, and what is evidently a better method
of propagation, by means of graftage, has been devised
by Edward Simmonds, of the Plant In-
troduction Field Station, Miami, Florida.
Numerous shoots are formed by the buds
at the leaf-scars when a papaya tree is
topped, as many as fifty or more being
produced. "One of these shoots is taken
when a few inches long and about the
diameter of a lead pencil, is sharpened
to a wedge point, the leaf surface re-
duced, and inserted in a cleft in a young
seedling which has been decapitated
when 5 to 10 inches high, and split with
an unusually sharp, thin grafting-knife.
At this age the trunk of the young seed-
ling has not yet formed the hollow
space in the center. Seeds planted in
the greenhouse in February produce
young seedlings large enough to graft
some time in March; these grafted trees,
which can be grown in pots, when set out
in the open ground in May or the latter
part of April, make an astonishing
growth and come into bearing in Novem-
ber or December; they continue bear-
ing throughout the following spring and
summer, and if it is advisable, can be left to bear
fruit into the following autumn." Varieties of superior
flavor and better size and shape for shipping, as well as
hermaphrodite varieties, may
now be successfully main-
tained. For complete descrip-
tion of this method see "The
Grafted Papaya as an Annual
Fruit Tree," by David Fair-
child and Edward Simmonds,
Circular No. 119, Bureau of
Plant Industry, 1913. In tem-
Eerate climates, caricas have
een found to be good decora-
tive plants for both conserva-
tory and summer bedding, the
deeply cut, palmate leaves
forming a striking contrast to
ordinary vegetation. In bed-
ding out, select open, sunny
exposure, with perfect drainage,
and make the soil rich and
friable. Constant cultivation
with a light hoe will cause a
664
CARICA
CARLUDOVICA
luxuriant growth under these conditions, and the
planter will be amply repaid for his trouble by beauti-
ful showy specimens as tropical-appearing as palms.
Papaya, Linn. (Papaya Cdrica, Gaertn.). PAPAYA.
PAWPAW. The commonest species in cult., sometimes
growing to a height of 20 ft., with large palmately
7-lobed Ivs., sometimes 2 ft. across, and fr. shaped like
a roughly angled melon up to 12 in. long and half as
thick, hanging, especially from the lower axils of the pis-
tillate plant. B.M. 2898-9. — From the frs., which vary
in size up to 15 Ibs. and in number to the tree from 20-50,
is extracted the papaya juice, which furnishes the papain
of commerce. This is obtained by slashing the fr., and
collecting the milky juice in porcelain-lined receptacles,
where it is allowed to evaporate. When evaporated to
a granular condition, it is ready for the market and
brings from $4-$6 a Ib. in the crude state. The papaya
has of recent years become one of the commonest table
frs. of the tropics. The flesh, which is usually of a
salmon-pink or yellow color, is excellent when one
becomes accustomed to its peculiar flavor, and resem-
bles somewhat a most luscious muskmelon. From its
large content of papain, it may be eaten without injury
in considerable quantities and assists in the digestion
of other foods. As the tree grows with great rapidity
in tropical climates, it may be treated as an annual, the
seeds being sown early in protected beds, well cared for
and transplanted to their permanent places when well
established. They will then bear fr. late in the suc-
ceeding autumn. The method of graftage described on
p. 663 is preferable, however. The frs. have a consider-
able cavity, which, in the smaller rounded frs., is well
filled with the small brownish or blackish seeds. The
firm skin, the firmness of which may be increased by
selection, will permit of shipping to a distance. The
plant is sometimes polygamous, and from such plants
in Hawaii there have been bred types which appear to
have great promise as a shipping fr. The green frs.
are frequently used as vegetables, and the Ivs., if cooked
with tough meat, are said to make it tender, due to
the digestive principle.
candamarcensis, Hook. f. (C. cundinamarcensis,
Lindl.). This is a more hardy ornamental species with
numerous Ivs., dark green above and pale beneath,
rounded-heart-shaped, \l/± ft. across, 5-lobed to the
center with pinnatifid lobes: fls. green and pubescent:
frs. small, pointed, 5-angled, golden yellow. B.M. 6198.
— Hardy in S. Calif., but the frs. of no value as such.
quercifdlia, Benth. & Hook. (Vasconccllea querci-
folia, St. Hil.). Lvs. shaped like those of the English
oak, palmately 3-lobed, and containing a greater per-
centage of papain than C. Papaya; frs. small. — Hardy
in S. Calif.
gracilis, Solms. (Papaya grdcilis, Regel). Habit of
C. Papaya; trunk simple, 4-6 ft. high, slender, very gla-
brous: Ivs. 5-digitate, the lobes sinuate-lobed, the
middle one 3-lobed, the whole blade suborbicular in
outline, petioled. Brazil. Gt. 1879:986.
S. C. STUNTZ.
CARISSA (aboriginal name). Apocynacese. Very
branchy spinose shrubs of the tropics of the eastern
hemisphere, cultivated for ornament or hedges, but
here mainly for the edible berry-like fruits.
Flowers white, solitary or in cymes; lobes of calyx
and corolla 5, the 5 stamens free and included in the
throat, the ovary 2-loculed: Ivs. opposite and thick,
simple. — About 30 species. Used abroad as greenhouse
plants but grown in this country only in S. Fla., and
Calif. Prop, by seeds and cuttings of ripe wood.
Carandas, Linn. CARATJNDA. CHRIST'S-THORN. Ever-
green shrub or small tree, with dark green ovate or elliptic
mucronate entire Ivs., strong axillary spines (which are
often forked) and fragrant white fls. in clusters of 2-3,
the corolla twisted to the left in the bud : fr. the size of
a cherry (1 in. diam.), reddish, pleasant-flavored. India.
L.B.C. 7:663.— Reaches 20 ft. Half-hardy in Cent. Fla.
The frs. are eaten from the hand or made into a jelly
much* like currants when ripe, and pickled when green.
bispindsa, Desf. (C. ardulna, Lam.). AMATUNGULU.
MAKITZGULA. Spines strong, often 2 in. long: Ivs. ovate
and subcordate, mucronate, glabrous and entire: fls.
white, the corolla twisted to the right in the bud. S.
Afr. — A choice evergreen shrub, rather hardy, with
thick camellia-like very glossy Ivs. : fls. large, fragrant,
white, and borne profusely and continuously: fr. dark
red, size of a cherry, good. L.B.C. 4:387. — Closely
resembles C. grandiflora, but fls. slightly smaller and
frs. in clusters; seeds lanceolate.
grandifldra, DC. NATAL PLUM. Spiny shrub: Ivs.
ovate-acute, tapering to the base: fls. large, white,
fragrant, solitary and terminal, twisted to the right,
heterogpnous: fr. red, 1-13/2 in. long, resembling cran-
berries in flavor when cooked, and having a papery skin,
milky juice and few small almost circular seeds. Sauce
made from this fr. is almost indistinguishable in flavor
from cranberry sauce, but the frs. ripen so irregularly,
although almost continually, as to make the fr. suitable
only for home-garden use unless handled on a large scale.
Said to be the finest hedge plant in S. Afr. B.M. 6307.
acuminata, DC. Spines weak: Ivs. smaller, ovate-
acute, subcordate, mucronate; peduncles short, forked,
axillary: fls. with lance-acuminate calyx-lobes, the
corolla twisted to the right in the bud. S. Afr. — Per-
haps not different from C. bispinosa.
C. edulis, Vahl. A straggling shrub with small purple edible fr.
from Trop. Afr. Intro, from Abyssinia, but has not yet been
thoroughly tested. The plant in the American trade under this
name is described as much taller than C. Carandas and more vigor-
ous: Ivs. persistent, ovate-acuminate: fls. 10-25 in axillary clusters,
white and pink, jasmine-scented: berries oval, red but turning
black at maturity, 1-seeded. — C. ovdta, R. Br., from Austral., a
more open shrub than any of the preceding, the small frs. of which
are edible and used for jams, has been intro. by the Office of Foreign
Seed and Plant Introduction as a possible stock for the more ten-
der species, in the hope of extending the range of these frs. — C.
spinarum, DC., a small edible-fruited evergreen shrub from India
is said to be an important element in reforestation since it persists
on the poorest and rockiest soils in spite of being greedily eaten by
sheep and goats. g> Q SxUNTZ.f
CARLINA (said to have cured the army of Charle-
magne [Caroh'nus] of the plague). Composite. Low
rather coarse annuals, biennials or perennials, with
thistle-like foliage, large white or purplish heads, a
feathery pappus, and chaffy receptacle: outer involu-
cral bracts coriaceous, usually spiny, the inner ones
colored or shiny and petal-like: fr. a silky-hairy achene.
— Some 15 or 20 species in the Medit. region.
An open sunny place and ordinary garden soil are
all they require. They are capital for the sunny part of
a rockery. Propagated by cuttings or seeds.
acaulis, Linn. A very dwarf hardy perennial; height
3-6 in.: Ivs. glossy, pinnatifid, divided, with spiny
ends: fl. rising barely above the foliage, solitary, very
interesting, the scales surrounding the fl.-head being
long and narrow and ray- or petal-like, silky, shiny:
head 6 in. across when expanded, white. June, July
and late fall. G.C. II. 13:720-1. G.L. 19:178.
acanthifclia, Linn. A white-tomentose thick-lvd.
biennial, the Ivs. oblong, the upper pinnatifid and spiny:
fl.-heads 4 in. wide, yellowish purple. S. Eu. July and
later. G.C. III. 47:68.— Little known in U. S.
N. TAYLOR, f
CARLUDOVICA (Charles IV, and his Queen Louisa,
of Spain). Cyclanthacese. Palm-like, sometimes merely
herbaceous plants, of tropical America.
The plants are stemless, or sometimes with a lax
creeping st., and usually have stalked, sometimes ses-
sile, flabellate lys. : fls. mono3cious, the two sexes being
on the same spadix, which is inclosed in a 4-lvd.
spathe; staminate fls. with many stamens and many-
CARLUDOVICA
CARNATION
665
lobed calyx, 4 of them surrounding a pistillate fl. — the
latter have a 4-sided ovary, 4 barren stamens, and 4-
lobed calyx: fr. a 4-sided, many-seeded berry. The car-
ludovicas are usually regarded and treated as stove
palms by gardeners. They are useful for decoration.
The family Cyclanthaceae is exclusively tropical Ameri-
can, of about 45 species and 6 genera (Stelestylis,
Carludovica, Sarcinanthus, Ludovia, Evodianthus,
Cyclanthus); it is often united with the Pandanaceae
or screw-pine family.
The genus is an important economic one, as C.
palmata, and perhaps other species, are the source of
Panama hats. In making these, the leaves are cut
young, the stiff veins removed, after which the leaves
are slit into shreds, but not separated at the stalk end.
It is said that hats of superior quality are plaited from
a single leaf, without any joinings. U. S. Dept. Agric.,
Fiber Investigations. Kept. 9:112 (1897).
800. Carludovica palmata.
Carludovica palmata is the species most frequently
met with under cultivation. Under favorable condi-
tions it grows to a height of about 8 feet. All of the
kinds need stove treatment during the winter months;
in summer they may be used for subtropical bedding
with good results. They have a certain palm-like ap-
pearance, but the leaves are of a softer texture than any
of the palms. They may be propagated by division,
choosing the early spring for the operation. C. palmata
seeds freely. The fruit, when ripe, has an ornamental
appearance for a short time after bursting open. The
seeds are very small, and should be carefully washed
free from the pulp, and sown on the surface of a pan of
finely chopped sphagnum moss. Germination takes
place in two weeks from sowing if kept in a brisk, moist
heat. The species are not particular as to soil but the
drainage must be perfect, as the plants require an
abundance of water when growing. (G. W. Oliver.)
A. Lvs. S-5-lobed.
palmata, Ruiz. & Pav. Fig. 800. No trunk: petioles
3-6 ft. long, glabrous, terete and unarmed; blades
4-lobed, the lobes again cut into narrow segms., dark
green, gracefully spreading, and drooping at the mar-
gin. Peru. R.H. 1861, p. 36. — The common species,
and a very useful plant.
rotundifolia, Wendl. Much like the last, but more
compact under cult., owing to the shorter petioles, but
growing much larger: petiole distinctly pubescent;
If.-blade large and orbicular, 3- or 4-lobed. Costa
Rica. B.M. 7083.
elegans, Williams. Blades with 4 or 5 lobes, which
are very deeply cut into straight strap-like divisions.
Probably of horticultural origin.
AA. Lvs. 2-lobed.
atrdvirens, Wendl. Blades very deeply 2-lobed and
very deep, rich green (whence the name, dark green),
glabrous. Colombia.
humilis, Poepp. & Endl. Dwarf: blades angular,
2-lobed at the summit, the segms. more or less jagged
but not divided, a foot or less broad. Colombia. R.H.
1869, p. 327.— One of the best.
Plftmerii, Kunth (C. palmsefolia, Sweet). Caudex
erect: blades with 2 lanceolate and plicate divisions,
bright green above and pale beneath: spadices pendu-
lous. Martinique.
imperialis, Lind. & Andre1. Caudex short and pros-
trate: blades with 2 ovate-lanceolate entire segms.,
with very prominent veins, the lobes about 5 in. wide
and shining green ; petiole purplish, canaliculate, tumid
at the base. Ecuador. I.H. 21 : 166 (by error 165).
The following species are in cult, in this country but not as yet
known to the trade: C. funifera, Kunth. Stemless or sometimes
creeping and with a round, sparsely branched St.: Ivs. alternate
1-2 ft. S. Amer. — C. incisa, Wendl. A much cut, low plant from
Cent. Amer. — C. macropoda, Klotzsch. St. scarcely 1 ft. long: Ivs.
faintly 3-nerved, deeply 2-parted, 1 ty-2 ft. Colombia. — C. micro-
ctphala, Hook. f. St. a few inches high: Ivs. numerous, 10-18 in.
long, split into 2 8-nerved segms. ; petiole slender, purplish at base.
Costa Rica. B.M. 7263. — C. plicala, Klotzsch. St. short: Ivs. di-
vided into 2 1-nerved segms.; petioles channeled: spadix about 6 in.
long: the thick woody caudex may not rise more than 1 ft.
Colombia. — C. scdndens, Cowell. St. creeping, often 25 ft. long:
Ivs. several at the summit, about 18 in. long. St. Kitts.
N. TAYLOR, t
CARMICHJELIA (Capt. Dugald Carmichael, Scotch
botanist, who wrote on the flora of the Cape and cer-
tain islands). Leguminbsse. Shrubs, leafless or usually
becoming so, either erect or depressed, with reddish or
purplish small fls., rarely cult. There are about 20
species in New Zeal., very difficult of delimitation.
Lvs. 1- or 3-5-foliolate, wanting or deciduous after the
bloom has passed: fls. in lateral racemes; calyx cup-
shaped or bell-shaped, 5-toothed; corolla papiliona-
ceous, the standard orbicular and usually reflexed, the
wings oblong and obtuse and somewhat falcate, the
keel oblong and "incurved and obtuse; upper stamen
free : pod small, leathery, oblong to orbicular. C. grandi-
fl6ra, Hook, f., is recently offered in S. Calif.: it is
much-branched, to 6 ft. high, with compressed and
grooved glabrous erect branches: Ivs. pinnately 3-5-
foliolate, appearing in spring and early summer and
then caducous, the Ifts. glabrous and obcordate-cuneate :
fls. about %in. long, in drooping racemes of 5-12, white
or lilac. C. odorata, Colenso, has pubescent drooping
branches, and much smaller fls. in 10-20-fld. racemes:
pod smaller (J^in. or less long) and longer-beaked.
L. H. B.
CARNATION (Didnthus Caryophyllus, Linn.). Cary-
ophyllacese. Choice and popular flower-garden and
greenhouse plants of the pink tribe; in North America
grown mostly under glass as florists' flowers. PL XXII.
The carnation is a half-hardy perennial, herbaceous,
suffrutescent at base: height 2 ft.: st. branching, with
tumid joints: Ivs. linear, glaucous, opposite: fls. termi-
666
CARNATION
CARNATION
nal, mostly solitary; petals 5, flesh-colored, very broad,
beardless, margins toothed; calyx cylindrical, with
scaly bracts at base. June-Aug. S. Eu.; occasionally
met in the wild state in England, where it was intro.
through cult. A single-fld. and undeveloped carnation
is shown in Fig. 801. A section of a single fl. is
depicted in Fig. 802, showing the 2 styles and the 5
stamens; also the bracts at the bottom, in 2 series,
beneath the calyx. In Fig. 803 some of the beginnings
of doubling are shown.
General development. (By Geo. C. Butz.)
Theophrastus, who lived about 300 years B.C., gave
the name Dianthus (Greek dios, divine; anthos, flower)
to the group, probably sug-
gested by the delightful fra-
grance. The specific name
^aryophyllus (Greek, caryon,
nut; and phyllon, leaf) has
been applied to the
clove-tree (Caryo-
phyllus aromaticus) ,
and because of the
clove-like fragrance
of the carnation
this name was ap-
plied to it. The
name carnation (Latin, carnatio,
from caro, carnis, flesh) has ref-
erence to the flesh-color of the
flowers of the original type. This
plant has been in cultivation
more than 2,000 years, for
Theophrastus (History of Plants,
translation) says: "The Greeks
cultivate roses, gillyflowers, vio-
lets, narcissi, and iris," gilly-
flower being the old English
name for the carnation. It was
not, however, until the beginning
of the sixteenth century that the
development of the carnation
into numerous varieties made
an impression upon its history.
The original flesh-color of its
flowers was already broken up
into red and white. The garden-
ers of Italy, France, Germany,
Holland and England, with their
respective ideals of beauty in
this flower, contributed so many
varieties that in 1597 Gerard
wrote that "to describe each
new variety of carnation were to
roll Sisyphus' stone or number
the sands."
There have been many at-
tempts at classification, but
most of them, like the varieties they serve, have dis-
appeared. Two of them are as follows: A French
scheme arranges all varieties into three classes:
Grenadins (Fig. 801), including those with strong per-
fumes, flowers of medium size, either single or double,
petals fringed, and of but one color; Flamands, includ-
ing those with large flowers, round and double, rising in
the center to form a convex surface, petals entire, either
unicolored or striped with two or more colors; Fancies,
including those with colors arranged in bands on light
grounds, the petals toothed or not. The English classi-
fication of these varieties makes four categories: Selfs,
or those possessing only one color in the petals; Flakes,
or those having a pure ground of white or yellow and
flaked or striped with one color, as scarlet, purple or
rose; Bizarres, or those having a pure ground marked
as in the Flakes, but with two or three colors; and
Picotees (Fig. 804), or those having a pure ground of
801. A single-flow-
ered Grenadin carna-
tion. (XJi)
802.
Section of normal
carnation flower.
white or yellow, and each petal bordered with a band
of color at the margin. This last class has been regarded
with the distinction of a race.
In the early part of the nineteenth century, English
gardeners exercised very great care in the growing of
carnations to ma- A^ »v n\ .. . ^ * *. ~
ture only perfect (\[\':
flowers. Imperfect
and superfluous
petals were ex-
tracted with for-
ceps; petals appearing out of
place were arranged in a perfect
imbrication; the calyx-tube was
cut partly down between the
teeth, to prevent excessive split-
ting at one side and to give
more freedom to the expansion
of the flower. These and many
more tedious details seem to
have wrought the depreciation of
this flower about the middle of
the nineteenth century.
All the foregoing has reference
to those types of carnations that
are little known or grown in
America at the present day; the
varieties so common in Europe
are usually kept in coldframes or coolhouses during
the winter, and as spring approaches the plants are
brought into their blooming quarters, for no flower is
expected to appear until the month of July, when there
is a great profusion of blossoms, but for a short season.
Therefore, they can all be classed as a summer race.
They are also grown permanently in the open.
Development of the perpetual -flowering carnation
(Remontant, Monthly, Forcing, or Tree). Figs.
805-807.
The perpetual-flowering race of carnation, which
has been brought to its highest state of perfection by
American growers, and which is generally regarded as
the "American carnation," really originated in France,
and was grown in that country from its origin in 1840
until about the year 1856, before it was introduced to
America. A French gardener, named M. Dalmais,
obtained a constant-blooming carnation by crossing
(Eillet de Mahon, which bloomed in November, with
pollen from (Eillet Biohon, crossing again with the
Flemish carnation, the first-named sort being dissemi-
nated under the name "Atim." By the year 1846 varie-
ties in all colors had been secured and the type per-
manently fixed. These were taken up and improved
upon in quality by
other enthusiasts,
among whom were M.
Schmidt and M. Al-
phonse Alegatiere, of
Lyons, France. The
latter succeeded in
securing varieties with rigid
stems which in 1866 were given
the name "tree-carnation." M.
Schmidt's most prominent varie-
ties were Arc-en-ciel and Etoile
Polaire, which were grown for
several years. But the strong
rigid-stemmed varieties obtained
by Alegatiere, which were
termed tree-carnations in 1866,
proved of greater value com-
mercially, and became more gen-
erally cultivated. About the year
1852, a native of France who
had settled near New York City, are leafy, showing one
imported plants of this strain, process in doubling.
803. The anthers
CARNATION
CARNATION
667
804. Carnation, Picotee.
and cultivated several varieties for a number of years.
About the year 1856 the firm of Dailledouze, Zeller &
Card imported plants of La Purit6, a rose-colored
variety, also Mont Blanc and Edwardsii, white, and
Manteaux Royal, red-and-white variegated. These
were used for crossing,
and the first variety
produced in America,
about the year 1858,
proved to be a great
improvement on exist-
ing varieties. It was
named "Mrs.Degraw,"
and with another white
variety named "Flat-
bush," was dissemi-
nated about the year
1864. Other varieties
followed, and the work
was taken up by other
growers, among whom
were M. Donati, who
raised Astoria, a yellow
which is conceded to
be the ancestor of all
the yellow varieties
grown today; Rudolph
Heintz, who raised
Heintz's White in 1876 ;
Chas. T. Starr, whose
most famous variety was Buttercup, introduced in 1884;
Jos. Tailby, whose Grace Wilder became and remained
the standard rose-pink variety until the introduction
of Wm. Scott in 1893; John Thorpe and W. P. Sim-
mons, who introduced Portia, Tidal Wave, Silver Spray
and Daybreak in the eighties; Sewal Fisher, whose
Mrs. Fisher appeared in 1890 and became one of the
leading whites; E. G. Hill, whose most notable pro-
ductions were Flora Hill, the leading white for several
years, and America, a scarlet; R. Witterstaetter, who
obtained Estelle, Aristocrat, Afterglow and Pres. J. A.
Valentine; John Hartje, who raised the scarlet Jubilee;
Peter Fisher, whose Mrs. Thos. W. Lawson, Beacon,
and Enchantress with its several sports, became leaders
in their respective colors; C. W. Ward, who dis-
seminated Governor Roosevelt, Harry Fenn and Mrs.
C. W. Ward.
The late Frederick Dorner conducted the most sys-
tematic work in developing the carnation, and succeeded
in producing a strain which is recognized as the highest
development of the American carnation. His records,
which cover a period of 22 years, contain a complete
list of the many thousands of crosses made during that
time. This strain is distinguished for its easy-growing
habit, its freedom and steadiness in producing blooms,
the diversity of colors and its adaptability to commer-
cial growing. His labors produced such varieties as
Wm. Scott, Mme. Diaz Albertini, White Cloud, Mrs.
Goo. M. Bradt, G. H. Crane, Lady Bountiful, White
Perfection, Pink Delight, White Wonder and Gloriosa,
all leaders in their respective colors.
Through the rapid strides in its development, after
being introduced in this country, the carnation estab-
lished itself as one of the leading flowers for commercial
growing and now stands second only to the rose in
commercial importance. Not only does it share equally
with the rose the bench space in most large growing
establishments, but many large ranges are devoted
entirely to the carnation. Growing methods have been
perfected by the carnation specialists until the practices
employed during its early history have been entirely
superseded. Since its first arrival in America, over
1,200 varieties have been introduced, and the quality
has been improved until the highest developed varie-
ties produce blooms measuring 4^ inches in diameter
and are carried on rigid stems 3 feet long.
43
In 1891 the American Carnation Society was organ-
ized to promote the interests of the carnation. By hold-
ing exhibitions annually it has assisted materially in
popularizing the flower. A system of registering new
varieties is in operation, which prevents confusion in
nomenclature.
From this country, the improved strain of the per-
petual-flowering carnation has returned to European
countries, being grown in increased quantities each
year and displacing all the older types of carnation for
commercial growing.
Culture of outdoor or flower-garden carnations. Fig. 808.
Americans are not sufficiently aware of the excel-
lence of some of the forms of the flower-garden or bor-
der carnation. While perennial, like the greenhouse
carnation, many of them bloom profusely the first
year from seed and are described as annuals. The
Marguerite type is one of the jinost useful. These
forms bloom by midsummer from early-sown seeds, and
with some protection the plants will pass the winter
in the open and bloom again the following spring.
The Margaret strain, distinct from the Marguerite,
bears double flowers,
sulfur-yellow, and also
blooms the first season
from early-sown seed.
The Chabaud strains
behave similarly. The
Grenadins (Fig. 801)
bloom the first year
from seed. They pro-
805. The modern florists'
carnation. High-centered
dark-colored bloom.
806. Modern florists' or
forcing carnation.
668
CARNATION
CARNATION
duce fine singles, of simple form and strong fragrance,
although more than half of any sowing from improved
seed may produce various degrees of double bloom.
Riviera Market and others bloom in autumn from
spring-sown seeds. The culture of the hardy or flower-
f . garden carnations is
- /I / 7 very simple. Their
profusion of sum-
mer bloom makes
them desirable.
ThePicotee class
(Fig. 804) is little
known in this coun-
try. It is a hardy
perennial in Eng-
land, and the fine
strains are often
Eropagated by
tyers (Fig. 809).
They also do well
from seeds, bloom-
ing freely the
second year.
The Malmaison
strain, which was
the leading carna-
tion in England
before the advent
of the Perpetual-
flowering strain,
has been found of
little value in this
country . On ac-
count of its large
size it was used to
some extent for
breeding purposes,
but with unsatis-
factory results.
The border car-
nation is a more
condensed and
bushy plant than
the long-stemmed
few-flowered plant
seen in the Ameri-
can greenhouses,
although there are
different families or
groups of them as
there are of phlox
or snapdragons.
Some forms are
dwarf and some
tall-growing.
American methods of culture for indoor bloom.
The modern method of propagating the carnation for
commercial growing is by means of cuttings which are
taken from either the blooming stock or from plants that
are grown for cuttings alone. The old method of layer-
ing (Fig. 809) would prove too slow in increasing stock
for present-day needs. Millions of cuttings are rooted
each season for planting the houses for blooming pur-
poses. So much depends on the quality of the cuttings
in keeping up the vitality in the stock that expert
growers have learned to discriminate in their selection.
The best cuttings, if taken from the blooming stock,
are those from near the middle of the flower-stems
(Fig. 810). These will not only show greater vitality
than those taken higher up or lower, but they will
prove more floriferpus The tip cuttings are likely to
give a flower-bud immediately and, if this is pinched
out, develop into a weak plant. Those taken from the
base develop a large spreading growth known as
"grassy." The cuttings are severed by an outward pull
807. Carnation,
Little Gem.
A striped flower.
and are afterward trimmed of all surplus foliage before
being inserted in the propagating sand. Have a sharp
knife with which to trim and a pail of fresh water into
which to throw the cuttings as they are trimmed.
Make a smooth cut at the base, near the joint, so that
the lower pair of leaves will peel off readily, leaving a
half-inch of clear stem to go into the sand. Shorten
those leaves which turn outward, leaving those which
stand fairly upright. The removal of part of the foliage
is to avoid crowding in the bench and also to prevent
flagging while the cutting is giving off more moisture
through its leaves than it is taking up through the stem.
The cuttings are inserted in the sand about %inch deep
in rows across the bench, placing the cuttings about
%inch apart in the row and the rows about 2}/z inches
apart, according to the size of the cuttings. Use a putty
knife for making the cut in the sand. The sand is kept
constantly moist and the cuttings are protected from
both the sun and drafts by means of muslin curtains.
Frequent spraying should be avoided, though it must
be resorted to at times to prevent flagging on warm
windy days. The most favorable conditions for propa-
gating are usually secured during the months of Decem-
ber, January, February and early March. During that
period, ventilation is limited and a fairly even bottom-
heat is easily maintained. Keep a bottom temperature
of about 60°, while the overhead temperature should be
about 52°. Any bench that can be protected from sun
and drafts will prove satisfactory.
The bottom of the bench may be of wood or tile, the
latter being preferred on account of more perfect drain-
age and a greater retention of warmth. The sand should
be 3 inches deep after being packed down by means of a
tool made from a 2-inch plank about 6 inches wide and
808. Flower-garden or outdoor carnation, showing the condensed
bushy habit and short flower-stems.
12 inches long with an inverted V-shaped handle. In
about four weeks the cuttings should be ready for pot-
ting (Fig. 811). Those that come out of the sand
February 15 or earlier should be potted first into 2-
inch pots and later on shifted into larger pots as needed.
Those potted later may be placed directly into 2^-inch
CARNATION
CARNATION
669
pots and left until planted out, the object being to keep
the young plants growing steadily until they are planted
in the field. Stunted, pot-bound plants will be slow in
breaking and are likely to develop stem-rot in the field.
Use a moderately light soil and only fairly rich.
When the young plants begin to run up to flower,
they should be topped back to about four joints above
the pot (Fig. 812). A low-branched plant will stand up
better and will give less trouble in supporting later on.
A second topping may be necessary before planting-
out time, on early-propagated stock. A slight harden-
ing-off of the young plants before planting out is bene-
ficial, though not essential. This is usually done by
placing the plants in coldframes about two weeks
prior to planting them in the field. Late April or early
May is the time for planting in the field, according to
latitude and climate. A rich loam, inclined to sandiness,
produces the finest plants in the shortest time. In a
heavy soil the growth will be heavier, but slower and
less branching. Set the plants about 8 inches apart in
the rows, and if hand-power is to be employed in cul-
tivating, space the rows about 16 inches apart. Space
farther if horse-power is to be used.
When a large business is done in young plants or
rooted cuttings, a part of the stock is grown espe-
cially for cuttings alone. Thes.e plants are benched the
game as those for blooming, but are not allowed to
809. Layer of carnation. The parent
stem was severed at s. This method is
now employed only in special cases.
bloom. As the shoots begin to run up to flower, they
are broken off a few joints higher up than is done when
topping in the field. The young shoots which result
from these breaks are taken off for cuttings, the very
finest cuttings being secured in this way. These are
trimmed and handled the same as those taken from the
flower-stems.
When packing cuttings for shipping, moist sphagnum
moss is used in which to pack the roots. Cut papers
(newspapers are used mostly) into sheets about 10 by
18 inches. Lay a strip of moss about 3 inches wide
across the middle of the paper lengthwise. Then lay
the cuttings side by side with only the roots on the
moss. When twenty-five have been laid on, begin to
roll from one end until all the cuttings have been taken
up. Then turn in the lower part of the paper and con-
tinue to roll until the end of the paper has been reached
and tie around with any kind of cord. There is little
difference in the returns from plants grown for cuttings
and those grown for blooms, providing a fair market
is found for each.
In shipping plants from the field, the soil is all shaken
from the roots. The plants are then set upright in the
shipping-cases with moist moss between the roots, a
layer of damp moss having first been placed on the
bottom.
Cultivate as soon as practicable after each rain, and
in the absence of rain at least once each week. Shallow
cultivating is recommended, just enough to maintain a
loose mulch on the surface.
Do not water carnations in
the field under any con-
sideration. Cultivation will
preserve moisture in the
soil without causing soft
growth. Keep topping back
the young shoots as fast as
they begin to run up, thus
building up a shapely
bushy plant.
// plants are to be placed
inside during the summer,
the benches should be re-
filled and made ready for
planting as soon after May
1 as possible. It will be a
great help to get the plants
under way on the benches
before hot weather sets in.
Fill the benches the same
as for field-grown plants
and set the plants where
they are to bloom. Indoor
culture is practicable and
Erofitable only when the
enches can be spared by
early May. If a good mar-
ket can be found for the
May and June cut, they
will more than offset the
slight advantage derived
in the fall from indoor
culture.
If the blooming plants
have not made an exceed-
ingly rank growth, they
may be cut back sharp
early in May, cleaned off,
mulched with long manure
and grown on for blooming the following year. This
should not be attempted, however, unless the plants
are free from disease or insects and in good condition
to break freely from the lower part of the plant.
Carnations are grown successfully on both raised and
solid benches. Perfect drainage is essential, and must
be provided for, if solid beds are to be used. There will
be no difference in the quality or the quantity if both
are properly handled.
By the end of June
the old blooming plants
will become exhausted,
and refilling the benches
to receive the new plants
from the field will be in
order. Clean out the old
soil, whitewash the in-
side of the benches with
hot lime and allow to
dry before refilling with
the new earth. Four
inches of soil is enough,
and should be of equal
depth all over the bench,
especially along the
edges. The soil should
be fairly moist, but not
wet when the plants are
set, so that the roots
may draw moisture
from the soil rather
than have the soil draw
the moisture from the 8ll. Strong cutting, well rooted.
810. a. Desirable cuttings.
b. Weak cutting, too high up
on stem. c. Too low on stem.
670
CARNATION
CARNATION
roots. On the other hand, soil for potting or planting
should never be handled while in a wet condition. If
too dry at the time of filling the beds, water, and let
stand long enough to dry to the proper state before
planting.
Apply a light shade of lime or whiting to the glass,
to break the fierceness of the summer
sun until the plants become estab-
lished. This shade should not be too
heavy, nor intended to darken the
house, else a softening and weakening
of the growth will result. Lift the
plants carefully by means of a spade
and leave a ball of soil about the size
of the fist on the roots. This ball of
soil will greatly assist the plant in re-
establishing itself in its new quarters.
However, no serious harm will be done
should all the soil crumble from the
roots without breaking the roots to
any considerable extent. Set the plants
just about as deep into the soil as they
stood in the field and space them about
9 by 12 inches, if plants are of ordinary
size. Larger plants may need more,
smaller plants less space. It should be
borne in mind that the highest quality
may be expected only when the plants
are not crowded.
After setting a few hundred plants,
water each plant individually, satura-
ting the soil thoroughly around each
plant, but do not soak the whole bed
until the roots become active and the
surface of the soil has been worked over
and leveled off, which will be about
ten days after planting. Spray the
plants overhead several times during
each day to prevent wilting. Keeping
the walks wet will also help to maintain
a humid atmosphere until the roots
are able to supply the plants with moisture. This
transplanting is an ordeal during which the plants are
unable to draw on the roots for support until they
have taken a new hold on the soil, and wilting must
be prevented by artificial means during this time. To
allow severe wilting means loss of foliage and a loss
of vitality, which results in inferior qualitv in at least
the early part of the season.
As soon as the soil has been leveled off, and most of
the weeds gotten rid of, the supports should be put in
place. Large growers use one of two styles of supports,
or a combination of the two. Wires run lengthwise
between the rows, with cotton strings crosswise, plac-
ing two or three tiers one above the other to suit the
height of the plants is extensively used. Another
device is the carnation support, consisting of a wire
stake with wire
rings to surround
each plant.
Yield of bloom. —
Plants that were
benched in the
latter part of July,
or early August,
which is the time
to plant for best re-
sults, should begin
to yield blooms
early in September.
If flowers are not
desired so early,
the stems may be
broken off about
the time the bud
813. Undeveloped five-petaled carnation, appears, but no
812. Showing where to top (a) or
to head back.
general topping should be done after the plants are
housed, if a steady cut through the season is desired.
Cut the blooms during the early part of the day. They
are then fresh and retain their natural colors, much of
which would be bleached out of the delicately colored
sorts by the sun during a warm day. Place in water at
once in a cool room as near 50° as
possible. Sort the blooms in separate
colors, making two or three grades of
quality, tying them into bunches of
twenty-five blooms. Cut the stems
even at the bottom and replace in
water. Avoid crowding the blooms
while they are soaking up water, as
they will increase 25 per cent in size
during the first twenty-four hours in
water.
During a season, running from Sep-
tember to the end of the following
June, an average cut of twenty blooma
per plant may be expected from most
varieties. Varieties differ somewhat,
according to the size of the blooms, the
smaller-flowered sorts usually being the
freer bloomers.
The preparation of the soil for grow-
ing carnations is of the greatest im-
portance. Choose a piece of land which
has not been tilled for some years, if
possible. If covered with a heavy sod,
all the better. The soil should be a
loam of good substance, with an incli-
nation toward sandiness. Break this
sod in the fall and leave in a rough
state during the winter. In the spring
plow again and sow to cowpeas or
some other leguminous crop. After
plowing this under in the fall, manure
heavily and leave until the follow-
ing spring when it should be plowed
again. This soil should be in first-
class condition for use the following summer. In
working or handling soil, always bear in mind that to
handle it while it is wet is to ruin it for immediate use.
Only freezing will restore it again. If it will crumble
readily, it is safe to handle. Soil which has been pre-
pared in this manner will be rich enough to carry the
plants until after the first of the year, when light feeding
may be given. Feeding should be done judiciously
during the short
days of winter, to
avoid softening the
growth and bloom.
Pulverized sheep-
manure, dried
blood and wood-
ashes are used
mostly for this pur-
pose. The manure
and blood improve
the size and quality
of the bloom, and
the ashes strengthen
the stem.
Ventilation and
temperature. — The
carnation being a
cool-temperature
plant, abundant
fresh air and ventil-
ation should be pro-
vided for. A steady
temperature is
essential to success 814- carnation flower showing the
in growing carna- caiyx which has split on account of
tions. Splitting of poor shape.
CARNATION
CARNATION
671
815. Carnation flower showing a
well-shaped calyx that will seldom
burst.
the calyx may usually be traced to either irregular tem-
perature or to overdoses of feeding. Any point between
48° and 52° will prove a satisfactory night temperature
for most varieties, providing it is evenly maintained.
The temperature should be 10° higher during the day.
Care should also be exercised, when building, in plac-
ing the ventilators,
so that the atmos-
phere in the house
may be changed
without causing cold
drafts to strike the
plants. By placing
the ventilators alter-
nately on both sides
of the ridge, this may
be accomplished. The
side ventilators are
used only during
mild weather.
The modern type of
carnation house runs
east and west, is of
even span and is 30
feet or more in width,
having ventilators on
both sides of the
ridge and in the side
walls, if houses are
detached. Many
ranges are connected
by gutters 6 feet or
more from the
ground. When econ-
omy in ground is necessary, this is a good plan, but
such ranges always contain some benches inferior for
growing stock on account of the shade cast by gutters.
The single detached house is ideal. See Greenhouse.
Varieties.
The leading varieties in cultivation in this country at this time
are — White: White Perfection, White Enchantress, White Won-
der, Shasta, Matchless. Flesh-Pink: Enchantress, Pink Delight,
Mayday, Pres. Valentine. Rose-Pink: Rose-Pink Enchantress,
Dorothy Gordon, Gloriosa, Mrs. C. W. Ward, Philadelphia Pink.
Dark Pink: Rosette, Washington, Peerless Pink, Northport.
Scarlet: Beacon, Victory, St. Nicholas, Herald, Commodore.
Crimson: Harry Fenn, Octoroon, Pocahontas. Yellow: Yellow
Prince, Yellowstone. White Variegated: Benora, Mrs. B. P.
Cheney. Any other color: Gorgeous, Rainbow. New varieties are
being registered with the American Carnation Society at the rate
of about twenty-five each year. Few varieties remain in cultivation
longer than ten years, so that the list changes continually.
Diseases.
Stemrot (Rhizoctonia) is the common wet stemrot which does
perhaps more damage than all the other diseases combined, and it
is also more difficult to control than
any of the others. Its presence does not
manifest itself until its damage is
wrought, and the plant is seen to wilt
and die. The cause of the disease is a
fungus which exists in the soil, and
which will lie dormant in the soil for
several years if there are no plants to
attack. Hence no carnations should be
planted for several years in soil which
is known to have this fungus present.
Species of Fusarium cause a slow
rot of the heart of the plant; the treat-
ment is same as above.
Carnation-rust ( Uromyces caryophyl-
linus) is more common than stemrot,
but not nearly so destructive. A slight
swelling of the outer tissue of the leaf
is the first sign of its presence. Later on
this bursts open, releasing a brown-
colored powdery substance, comprising
the spores by which the fungus is pro-
pagated. Keeping the foliage dry and
the atmosphere buoyant and bracing
will prevent the appearance of this dis-
ease. Spraying with bordeaux mixture
has been found effective in combating
this disease after it has gained a foot-
hold.
Fairy-ring (Heterosporium echinula-
tum} is perhaps the most destructive of
the spot diseases. It is brought on by a humid or foul atmos-
phere, and must be fought with remedies which will produce the
opposite in atmospheric condition. Bordeaux is the standard
remedy for all spot diseases.
Bench rot may be caused by any one of a number of organisms
attacking the ends of the cuttings in the propagating-bench. It
is frequently a very serious disease. The fungi most frequently
causing the trouble are in the sand and under the ideal conditions
of temperature and
moisture of the propa-
gating-bench spread
very rapidly. The use
of clean sand, free from
all organic matter, and
the securing of new
sand for each lot of cut-
tings and cleanliness in
the propagating - house
will help to control this
trouble.
Insect pests.
A green plant-louse
(Myzus persicss) is fre-
quently troublesome on
carnations. It also at-
tacks a large number
of greenhouse and gar-
den plants as well as
several fruit trees. Nic-
otine applied in one of
the many forms will
destroy it. Spraying
and vaporizing are both
817. Carnation flower Pink Delight,
showing nearly entire-edged petals.
employed successfully as preventives of the attacks of aphids.
Thrips (Heliothrips hasmorrhoidalis) are equally destructive and
more difficult to control. The same treatment as for aphis is sug-
gested. Sweetened paris green used as a spray is also effective
(three gallons of water; two pounds of brown sugar; two table-
spoonfuls paris green).
The punctures made by thrips and plant-lice cause yellowish
spots on the leaves, a diseased condition known as stigmanose.
Red-spider (Tetranychus bimaculatus) is found mostly where
plants grow near steam-pipes, where ventilation is poor, or in
houses kept top dry. Persistent syringing with water will usually
destroy them if the spray is applied to the under surface. Use
much force and little water to avoid drenching the beds. Sulfur
as a dust or in water will also destroy them.
The carnation mite (Pediculopsis graminum) injures the buds by
transmitting the spores of a fungus (Sporotrichum pose) which
causes them to decay. The injured buds are easily recognized and
should be promptly gathered and burned to prevent further spread
of the trouble.
Raising new varieties.
It is a long way from the undeveloped five-petaled
carnation (Fig. 813) of early days to the perfectly
formed full bloom of today. This filling out of the
bloom has evolved gradually, and has been assisted
by cross-fertilization and selection by the carnation-
breeders through the many years in which the flower
has been cultivated. This crossing, which has been the
means of perfecting the American strain of the perpet-
ual-flowering carnation, has been prosecuted continu-
ously ever since the arrival of the first plants in this
country. Many men have found both pleasure and
profit in the work, and those
with scientific inclination will
find no subject more inter-
esting. Not only have the
blooms become larger, but
the color has varied widely,
the "substance" has been
much improved, the calyx
has been developed for non-
bursting (Figs. 814, 815),
the keeping qualities of the
flowers have been improved,
and the stems have been
lengthened.
The operation of pollinat-
ing the bloom, or transferring
the pollen from one flower to
the stigma of another, is a
simple matter, and is per-
haps of less importance than
other parts of the work of
producing desirable new
varieties.
816. Cross-section of carnation flower showing
reproductive organs.
672
CARNATION
CARPENTERIA
818. Carnation flower Radiance, showing
deeply serrated petals.
The Fig. 816 is a section of a flower showing the repro-
ductive organs; a shows the pod which encases the ovules
or forming seeds, b. From the tip of the pod rises the
style which has usually two, but frequently three
curved ends, or stigmas, c. When the stigma is in
the proper stage to be fertilized, which is indicated by
the fuzzy appearance of the upper part, the pollen,
which is the powdery substance released by the anthers,
d, is applied to
the fuzzy parts.
To prevent self-
fertilization, these
anthers should be
removed from
flowers intended
to be pollinated,
before the pollen is
released. Within
one to three days,
if fertilization has
taken place, the
bloom will wilt,
the ovary will
begin to swell and
within a week the
seed-pod can be
seen to increase in
size. As soon as
the bloom has
wilted, the petals should be removed and the calyx slit
down the sides to prevent water from standing inside
the calyx and causing the pod to decay. In six to eight
weeks the seeds will be ripe and should be sown at once.
Each seed may prove to be the beginning of a variety
which will be one of the milestones of progress in the
improvement of the carnation. Not one should be
discarded until it has bloomed.
The seedlings should be potted as soon as the first
pair of character-leaves appears. Later on they may be
shifted into larger pots and bloomed, or they may be
planted in the field and marked as they bloom and only
the promising ones housed in the fall. The selecting
of the plants for further trial is of the very greatest
importance and requires a thorough knowledge of the
subject. There are many points in the make-up of a
first-class carnation, and a combination of as many of
these as is possible to get in one plant is the object
sought. No carnation has ever been found which was
perfect in every way. The hybridist must be able to
judge correctly as to the relative value or loss repre-
sented in certain characteristics shown by a seedling
plant. This discrimination between the desirable and
undesirable calls for the clearest judgment, and a valu-
able variety might be discarded through the failure of
the grower to see its good points.
Among the seedlings will probably appear variety
of colors, shapes and sizes of bloom, different types of
growth, perfect in some respects and faulty in others.
From these the hybridist is to select those which most
nearly represent his ideal of the perfect carnation. This
ideal should be of a pleasing shade of color, pure in tone,
so as to hold when the bloom ages. The form should be
symmetrical, resembling as nearly as possible a half
sphere with just enough petals to fill the bloom nicely
without crowding. The petals may range from the
smooth-edged, as seen in Fig. 817, to the deeply-ser-
rated, as seen in Fig. 818. The texture of the petals
should be such as will resist bruising. The odor should be
strong clove. The size should be as near 4 inches across
as possible under ordinary culture. The calyx should be
strong and large enough to hold the petals firmly at all
stages of development. The stem should be 30 to 36
inches long, and strong enough to hold the bloom erect.
The plant should have a free-growing habit, throwing
blooming shoots freely after a shoot is topped or a
bloom is cut. It should also be healthy and disease-
resistant. The American Carnation Society uses the
following scale of points for new varieties :
Color 25
Size 20
Calyx 5
Stem 20
Substance 15
Form 10
Fragrance 5
100
The most uniform results have been secured by con-
fining the breeding to separate colors; as, for example,
crossing white with white, red with red or crimson,
pink with pink, and so on. This method has been
proved to produce the largest percentage of self-colors,
which are considered the most valuable commercially
in this country.
New varieties are frequently secured by sporting or
mutation. A variety of a certain color may produce a
bloom of another color, and by propagating the cuttings
from the stem which carried the odd bloom a new
variety is established. The securing of a new variety
in this way is purely a matter of good fortune, as no
method for causing the sporting is yet known.
Leading books on the carnation are: "The American
Carnation," by C. W. Ward; "Carnations, Picotees and
Pinks," by T. W. Sanders; "Carnations and Pinks,"
by T. H. Cook, Jas. Douglas and J. F. McLeod;
"Carnation Culture," by B. C. Ravenscroft. The last
three are English. A. F. J. BAUR.
CARNEGIEA (named for Andrew Carnegie, phil-
anthropist) . Cactacese. The giant tree cactus of Arizona,
California and Mexico.
Large columnar plants, usually single, strongly
ribbed, with numerous spines, those from flowering
and sterile areoles quite different: fls. borne from the
upper areoles, diurnal, funnelform; petals white: fr.
an oblong edible berry; seeds black and shining.
gigantea, Brit. & Rose (Cereus giganteus, Engelm.).
STTWARRO. (Plate III, Fig. 819.) A tree 20-60 ft. high,
usually single, but sometimes with one or more branches:
ribs in mature plants 18-21 : fr. 2-3 in. long. B.M. 7222.
A.G. 11 : 451, 528. — In rocky valleys and on mountain-
sides, S. Ariz, and Sonora, with 2 stations in Calif.
[reported, but probably not to be found, in Lower Calif.].
This great cactus does not do well in cult., although
large plants are often brought into greenhouses and
grounds about railroad stations in the S. W. It is
not suited for small collections. The fr. is gathered in
great quantities by the Indians of Ariz, j N ROSE.
CAROB: Ceratonia.
CAROLlNEA: Pachird.
CARPENTERIA (after Professor Carpenter, of
Louisiana). Saxifragacese. Ornamental shrub culti-
vated for its large fragrant white flowers.
Evergreen: Ivs. opposite, petioled, usually entire:
calyx 5-parted; petals 5; stamens numerous; ovary
almost superior, 5-7-celled; styles 5-7, connate at the
base, with linear-oblong stigmas: fr. a many-seeded
dehiscent caps, with numerous oblong seeds. — One
species in Calif.
This is a highly ornamental ever-
green plant, with rather large oppo-
site leaves and showy white and
fragrant flowers in loose and terminal
corymbs. Hardy only in warmer tem-
perate regions. It requires a well-
drained, light and sandy soil, and
sunny, somewhat sheltered position;
it especially dislikes moisture during
the winter, and its perishing is more
often due to an excess of moisture
than to the cold. Propagated by
greenwood cuttings under glass in
819. Flower of
Carnegiea gigan-
tea.
CARPENTERIA
CARPINUS
673
summer, and by suckers, which it produces freely; also,
by seeds sown in spring.
californica, Torr. Shrub, 6-10 ft. : lys. elliptic-lanceo-
late, entire or remotely denticulate, bright green above,
whitish-tomentose beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. pure white,
2J/J-3 in. diam., fragrant; petals orbicular, concave.
June, July. B.M. 6911. Gn. 31:100; 34, p. 75; 36, p. 26;
54, p. 248; 76, p. 376. G.C. II. 26:113; III. 40:6, 7;
44:112. R.H. 1884, p. 365. J.H. III. 29:251; 45:107;
59:61. M.D.G. 1913:121. G.M. 31:25; 40:300. G.
29:695. Gn.W. 4:569. ALFRED RKHDER.
CARPET-BEDDING: Bedding.
CARPINUS (ancient Latin name). Betulaceaz.
HORNBEAM. Trees cultivated for their handsome
foliage, assuming bright autumnal tints; also for the
light green attractive fruit-clusters.
Deciduous trees or rarely shrubs: winter-buds con-
spicuous, acute with many imbricate scales: Ivs. alter-
nate, petioled, serrate, with deciduous stipules: fls.
monoecious; staminate catkins pendulous, each scale
bearing 3-13 stamens, 2-forked at the apex; pistillate
catkins terminal, slender, each scale bearing 2 ovaries,
the bracts and bractlets of which develop into a large,
leafy, more or less 3-lobed bract, embracing the small,
nut-like fruit at their base. — About 20 species, most of
them in Cent, and E. Asia, 5 in Eu. and W. Asia and 1
in N. and Cent. Amer. Monogr. by Winkler in Engler,
Pflanzenreich, Betulacese, hft. 19, pp. 24-43, quoted
below as W. B.
The hornbeams are trees usually with dense round
head, rarely shrubby, with medium-sized, bright green
ovate to lanceolate leaves and rather insignificant
flowers appearing with the leaves and followed by pen-
dulous catkins consisting of large bracts bearing a small
nutlet in their axils. The wood is very hard and close-
grained, and much used in making tools and other small
articles. The handsome foliage is rarely attacked by
insects, and assumes a yellow or scarlet color in fall.
The most beautiful are C. cordata, with large leaves,
and C. japonica, of graceful habit and with elegant
foliage. The European hornbeam bears severe pruning
well, and is very valuable for high hedges; it was for-
merly much used in the old formal gardens for this
purpose; it makes, also, an excellent game cover, as
it retains its withered foliage almost throughout the
winter.
The species are of comparatively slow growth and
thrive in almost any soil, and even in dry, rocky situa-
tions; most of them are quite hardy North. Propagated
by seeds, sown usually in fall, germinating very irregu-
larly; if they do not appear the first spring, the seed-
bed should be covered until the following spring with
moss or leaf-mold, to keep the soil moist. If intended
for hedges, the seedlings should be transplanted after
the first year, and allowed sufficient space to prevent
them from growing into slender tall plants, unfit for
hedges. The varieties of rarer species are grafted in
spring under glass, or in the open air on seedlings of one
of the common species.
A. Lvs. with 7-15 secondary veins: mature catkins with
spreading narrow bracts.
caroliniana, Walt. (C. americana, Michx. C. virgini-
ana, Michx. f.). AMERICAN HORNBEAM. BLUE BEECH.
Fig. 820. Bushy tree, rarely 40 ft.: Ivs. ovate-oblong,
usually rounded at the base, acuminate, sharply and
doubly serrate, glabrous at length, except in the axils
of the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fr.-clusters peduncled,
2-4 in. long: bracts ovate or ovate-lanceolate, %-l in.
long, with 2 broad and short unequal lateral lobes, and
a much longer middle lobe, usually serrate only on one
margin. E. N. Amer., west to Minn, and Texas; also,
in Mex. and Cent. Amer. S.S. 9:447. Em. 1:199. Gn.
24, p. 418. — Bushy tree, with dense, but slender and
often somewhat pendulous branches, and dark bluish
green foliage, changing to scarlet or orange-yellow in
fall.
Betulus, Linn. EUROPEAN HORNBEAM. Tree, to 60
or 70 ft. : Ivs. similar to those of the former, cordate or
rounded at the base, ovate or oblong-ovate, of somewhat
thicker texture, and the veins more impressed above:
fr.-clusters 3-5 in. long: bracts over \Y^ in. long, with
ovate, lateral lobes, and much longer oblong-lanceolate
middle lobe, the margins almost entire or remotely den-
ticulate. Eu. to Persia. H.W. 2:17, pp. 31-33. W.B.
29. F.S.R. 3, p. 153. Gn. 24, pp. 418, 419, 420.— The
most remarkable of the garden forms are the following:
Var. incisa, Ait. (var. asplenlfdlia, Hort.). Lvs. incised
or lobed, smaller. Gn. 24, p. 419. Var. pyramidalis,
Dipp. (var. fastigidta, Hort.). Of upright growth. Var.
purpilrea, Dipp. Lvs. purplish when young, green at
length. — It
grows into a
taller tree
than the Am-
erican species,
although the
former is of more vigor-
ous growth when young;
the foliage turns yellow
in fall, and remains on
the tree throughout the
winter.
AA. Lvs. with 15-25 pairs
of veins: mature cat-
kins with loosely
oppressed ovate and
dentate bracts, of
cone-like appearance.
japonica, Blume (C.
Carpinus, Sarg. Distego-
cdrpus Carpinus, Sieb. &
Zucc.). Tree, to 50 ft.:
young branchlets pubes-
cent: Ivs. reddish brown
when unfolding, oblong- 820. Carpinus caroliniana. ( X Ji)
ovate or oblong-lanceo-
late, 2-4 in. long, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at
the base, unequally serrate, with 20-24 pairs of veins
deeply impressed above, bright green and glabrous
above, beneath brownish pubescent on the veins at
first, finally glabrous or nearly so : mature catkins ovoid-
oblong, 2 in. long, slender-ped uncled; bracts inflexed
at the base inclosing the nutlet. Japan. G.F. 6:365.
R.H. 1895, p. 427. S.I.F. 1:24.— A very graceful
species and quite hardy; sometimes cult, under the
name C. laxiflora, which is an entirely different species
with the Ivs. having only 10-14 pairs of veins.
cordata, Blume. Tree, to 40 ft.: young branchleta
hairy at first, soon glabrous: Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate,
acuminate, distinctly cordate at the base, 3-^6 in. long,
unequally serrate, with 15-20 pairs of veins deeply
impressed above, pubescent on the veins beneath or
glabrous: mature catkins 2-3 in. long, slender-ped un-
cled; bracts not inflexed at tthe base, but with an
opposite bractlet about as long as the nutlet. Japan,
Manchuria, Korea. G.F. 8:295. S.I.F. 1:24.— A very
handsome species and quite hardy.
C. americAna, Michx. =C. caroliniana. — C. duinfnsis, Scop.=
C. orientalis. — C. laxiflAra, Blume. To 50 ft. : Ivs. ovate or elliptic-
ovate, long-acuminate, 2-3 in. long, with 10-14 pairs of veins.
Japan. S.I.F. 1:25. — Very attractive in fall, with its long and slen-
der catkins. Var. macrostdchya, Winkl. Lvs. ovate-oblong: fruit-
ing catkins 2^-SlA in. long. W. China. H.I. 20:1989. — Recently
intro. — C. orientalis. Mill. Bushy tree, to 15 ft.: Ivs. ovate or
oblong-ovate, 1 H~2 in. long, with about 10 pairs of veins. S.E. Eu.
to Persia. Gn. 24, p. 418. — C. Pdxii, Winkl. =C. Turczaninowii. —
C. polyneiira, Franch. (C. Turczaninowii var. polyneura, Winkl.).
Small tree: young branchlets pubescent, soon glabrous: Iva. ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually rounded at the base, 1 K~2 Yi in.
long, with 15-20 pairs of veins; fruiting bractlets ovate to lanceolate,
serrate. W. China. W.B. 39. — C. Turczaninowii, Hance (C. Paiii,
674
CARPINUS
CARROT
Winkl. ) Shrubby tree: Ivs. ovate, acute, 1-2 in. long, with 10-12 pairs
of veins. N. China. — C. virginidna, Michx. f.=C. caroliniana. — C.
yedoensis, Maxim. Small tree: branchlets and Ivs. beneath pubes-
cent: Ivs. ovate-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, with about 12 pairs of
veins. 2-3 in. long. Japan. S.I.F. 2:11. ALFRED REHDER.
CARRIEREA (after E. A. Carriere, prominent
French horticulturist and botanist, died 1896). Fla-
courtidcese. Ornamental tree chiefly cultivated for its
handsome bright green foliage.
Deciduous: Ivs. alternate, long-petioled, serrate:
fls. dioecious; sepals 5, broadly ovate, pubescent out-
side; petals wanting; stamens numerous, shorter than
the sepals; ovary 1 -celled with numerous ovules, rudi-
mentary in the staminate fls.; styles 3-4, 3-lobed, short
and spreading: fr. a dehiscent caps.; seeds winged. —
One species, or possibly two, in Cent. China.
This is a medium-sized tree very much resembling
Idesia in appearance, the apetalous flowers with large
white sepals in terminal corymbs or short racemes, the
staminate usually many-flowered, the pistillate few-
flowered, rarely solitary, and with large capsular long-
pointed fruits. It has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum. Propagated by seeds; can probably also be
propagated like Idesia by greenwood and root-cuttings.
calycina, Franch. Tree, to 30 ft., with a wide-spread-
ing flat head: Ivs. elliptic or ovate to oblong-obovate,
3-6 in. long, short-acuminate, rounded at the base,
821. Last year's umbel of wild carrot.
lustrous on both surfaces, glabrous, crenately-serrate:
sepals broadly cordate-ovate about %in. long and
nearly as broad, white: caps. 2-2}^ in. long, pubescent.
Cent. China. R.H. 1896, p. 498. ALFRED REHDER.
CARROT (Daucus Cardta, Linn.). Umbelliferse.
Garden vegetable, grown for its elongated subterranean
crown-tuber.
The carrot is native of Europe and Asia, and one of
the bad introduced weeds of eastern North America
(Fig. 821). The improved succulent-rooted garden
varieties are thought to be descended from the same
stock, though this has been denied. It seems probable
that the horticultural improvement of the species was
begun in Holland, and it is said that the cultivated
forms were introduced thence into the gardens of Eng-
land during the reign of Queen Elizabeth. The carrot
is now very generally, though not extensively, cultiva-
ted everywhere, both for culinary purposes and for
stock-feeding. It is sometimes forced under glass, but
to no great extent. Carrots are most useful in culinary
practice for soups, stews, and salads, and as this class
of cookery has never been reasonably popular in Amer-
ica, this vegetable has not received the attention it
deserves.
The carrot is hardy and may be planted as soon as
the ground is in fit condition to be properly prepared
for seeding. When grown as a market-garden or truck
crop, this early seeding is essential to maximum re-
turns. The best soil for carrots is a medium to light
loam, rich, friable and comparatively free from weeds.
As the seed is slow to germinate, it is a good plan to
sow some quick-germinating seed with the carrot seed
so that the rows may be noticed in time to keep them
ahead of weed growth. Lettuce serves well for this
purpose. When the carrots are thinned, this lettuce is
pulled out. The carrot seed is best sown in rows 12 to
15 inches apart, using enough seed to produce a plant
every inch or two along the row. When the carrots are
3 to 5 inches high, they should be thinned to stand 3
inches apart in the row. The only further culture
necessary is frequent tillage to conserve soil-in ois-
and to prevent weed growth. The early crop should
be ready to pull and bunch for sale seventy-five
days after sowing. Early carrots are an important
crop on the market-garden and truck-farm. They are
pulled as soon as they have attained sufficient size and
tied into bunches of three, six or seven roots, according
to the size of the roots and the market demands. The
earlier the crop and the more active the demand, the
smaller the roots which may be salable. A later sow-
ing is made for the main or winter crop or for live-
stock. This may be from four to six weeks after the
first sowing. The crop is handled in the same manner
as the early crop except that it is allowed to continue
growth as long as the weather is suitable. It is then
pulled, the tops cut from the roots and the roots placed
in frost-proof storage for winter sale.
The expense of production of carrots is consider-
able, but the returns are usually satisfactory. The
fall crop should yield 500 to 1,000 bushels to the
acre. Truck-growers of the South ship many bunched
carrots to the large northern markets in March,
April and May, where they meet a ready demand
at prices ranging from 35 cents to $1 per dozen
bunches.
There are several distinct market types of carrots,
the variation being chiefly with respect to size and
shape. The smaller varieties, as they mature more
quickly, are used to some extent for the early bunching,
while the larger kinds are always more popular in the
general market.
The varieties of carrots differ chiefly in respect to
size and grain, with differences in earliness closely cor-
related. The following are now favorite varieties:
French Forcing (Earliest Short Horn). — One of the
smallest and earliest; root small, almost globular,
orange-red.
Oxheart or Guerande. — Small to medium in size; root
2 to 4 inches long, growing to a blunt point, of good
quality and popular in some sections for an early bunch
carrot.
Chantenay. — Large to medium in size; root 3 to 5
inches long, more tapering than Oxheart; of good
quality and a better carrot for the bunched crop than
the above.
Danvers Half-Long. — Six to 8 inches long, 2 to 3 inches
in diameter, at top tapering to a blunt point; the most
popular garden carrot grown.
True Danvers. — A long carrot, 8 to 12 inches; tapering
to a slender point like a parsnip; grown more for
live-stock or exhibition purposes. The Half-Long has
largely displaced it as a market sort chiefly because
of the greater ease with which the latter strain is
harvested.
Half-Long Scarlet. — Top small, roots medium size,
cylindrical, pointed; much used for bunching.
Early Scarlet Horn. — Top small, roots half-long,
somewhat oval, smooth, fine grain and flavor; a
favorite garden sort.
Large White Belgian. — Of much larger size than the
above-named varieties, of less delicate flavor and
coarser texture; a popular variety for live-stock.
CARROT
CARYA
675
The variation in the different strains of carrot seed
is marked and it is important to secure seed from care-
fully selected roots true to shape and color. Carrot
seed may be produced in any location in which the crop
of roots is grown successfully.
The carrot may be successfully forced under glass and
is grown in this way to a limited extent. The small early
varieties are used, such as French Forcing, Early Pari-
sian, Early Scarlet Horn and Golden Ball. These will
usually be grown as a catch-crop between tomatoes or
cucumbers. When grown in this way, the carrot is one
of the most delicious of all vegetables, and deserves
much wider popularity. See Forcing.
The field cultivation of carrots for live-stock differs
little from the garden or horticultural treatment except
that earliness is not desired, and the longer-rooted later-
maturing kinds are mostly used ; and less intensive cul-
tivation is employed. See Vol. II, Cyclo. Amer. Agric.,
P- 540. p. A. WAUGH and H. F. TOMPSON.
CARTHAMUS (Arabic name, alluding to a color
yielded by the flowers). Compdsitse. Hardy annuals.
Plant 2-3 ft. high, with spiny Ivs.: involucre with
spreading and leafy outer scales and the inner ones more
or less spiny; receptacle chaffy; corolla 5-fid, nearly
CARYA (Karya, Greek name for the walnut tree).
Syn., Hicdria. Juglandaceae. HICKORY. Trees grown
for their handsome foliage and strong habit, and some
species for their edible nuts.
Deciduous: branches with solid pith: Ivs. alter-
nate, without stipules, with 3-17 serrate Ifts.: fls.
monoecious, apetalous, appearing with the Ivs.; stami-
nate fls. in axillary, slender, pendulous catkins, each
fl. with 3-10 stamens, borne in the axil of a 3-lobed
bract; pistillate fls. in a terminal, 2-10-fld. cluster or
spike, consisting of a 1-celled ovary inclosed by a 4-
lobed involucre: fr. globular to oblong, with a husk
separating into 4 valves and a bony nut, incompletely
2-4-celled. — About 18 species of hickory, all in E. N.
Amer. from Canada to Mex.; the Chinese species
recently described by Dode from nuts only is probably
not a Carya. See Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7, pp. 28-42, pis.
1-23, and Rep. of U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Pomol.,
Nut-Culture (1896), cited below as U. S. N. C. (the
first number referring to the plate, the second and third
to the figure). By some, Hicoria is considered to have
priority, but Carya is retained as one of the "nomina
822. Garden carrots of the shorthorn type.
regular, smooth, expanded above the tube: achenes
glabrous, mostly 4-ribbed, the pappus none or scale-like.
— A genus of 20 species, from the Canary Isls. to Cent.
Asia. Of easiest cult., from seed.
tinctdrius, Linn. (Cdrduus tinctbrim, Falk.). SAP-
FLOWER. FALSE SAFFRON. One to 3 ft. high, glabrous,
branched: Ivs. ovate, spiny- toothed, almost as broad as
long: fl.-heads with upward-tapering involucre, and a
globular crown of orange florets. Asia. — Florets used
like saffron; they have diaphoretic properties and have
also been used for dyeing, especially silks; and in making
rouge. N. TAYLOR.!
CARUELIA: Ornithogalum.
CARUM (probably from Caria, in Asia Minor).
Umbelliferse,. Glabrous annual or perennial herbs, some
of which yield aromatic and edible garden products.
Leaves pinnate: fls. white or pinkish, small, in com-
pound umbels with involucres and involucels, the calyx-
teeth small: fr. ovate or oblong, more or less ribbed,
glabrous, or sometimes hispid : root usually tuberous or
filiform. — Twenty or more species, widely distributed
in temperate regions. The genus is variously defined
and understood. C. Petroselinum, the parsley, is here
kept under the genus Petroselinum.
Carvi, Linn. CARAWAY (which see). St. slender but
erect, furrowed, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. pinnately decompound,
with thread-like divisions. Old World.— Sometimes
runs wild.
Gairdneri, Gray. St. solitary, 1-^4 ft. : Ivs. pinnate or
the upper ones simple, with 3-7 linear Ifts., the upper
Ifts. usually entire, but the lower ones often divided:
fr. with long style. Dry hills, in Calif, and Nev. and
to Brit. Col. — Intro, in 1881, by Gillett, as an ornamental
plant. Roots tuberous and fusiform. Lt jj_ j}t
CARtJMBIUM: Homalanthus.
conservanda" of the Vienna code of nomenclature,
because of its long-established usage.
The hickories are hardy ornamental, usually tall
trees with rather large, deciduous odd-pinnate leaves,
small greenish flowers, the staminate ones in conspicu-
ous pendulous racemes, and with rather large green
dehiscent fruits inclosing a mostly edible nut. The
hickories are among the most beautiful and most useful
trees of the American forest, and are all very ornamental
park trees, with a straight, sometimes high and slender
trunk and a large, graceful, pyramidal or oblong head
of usually light green foliage, turning from yellow to
orange or orange-brown hi fall. They are hardy North
except C. Pecan, C. aquatica and C. myristicssformis, but
C. Pecan thrives Tardy in Massachusetts in sheltered
positions. Most of the species have heavy hard strong
and tough wood, much valued for many purposes,
especially for handles of tools, manufacture of carriages
and wagons, also for making baskets and for fuel. The
nuts of some species, as C. Pecan and C. ovata, also C.
laciniosa and some varieties of C. glabra and C. alba, are
edible, and are sold in large quantities, mostly gathered
from the woods, though in later years orchards of
improved varieties have been planted. A large number
of insects prey upon the hickory, attacking the wood,
foliage and fruit, for which see the Fifth Ann. Rep. of
the U. S. Entom. Com., pp. 285-329. There are also
some fungi sometimes causing an early defoliation of
the trees.
The hickories generally thrive best in rich moist soil,
but some, especially C. glabra, C. alba and C. ovata,
grow equally well in drier localities. They are of rather
slow growth, and difficult to transplant if taken from
the woods; therefore the seeds are often planted where
676
CARYA
CARYA
the trees are to stand, but if grown in the nursery and
transplanted several times when young, trees 6-10 ft.
high may be transplanted successfully.
Propagation is usually by seeds stratified and sown in
spring in rows about 3 inches deep; named varieties
may be grafted in. spring in the greenhouse, on potted
stock of C. cordiformis, which seems to be the best
species for this purpose, veneer- or splice-grafting
being usually employed; sometimes also increased by
root-sprouts. For further horticultural advice, see
Hickory-nut and Pecan.
alba, 8, 10.
amara, 4.
aquatica, 3.
borealis, 6.
cordifprmis, 4.
fraxinifolia, 10.
glabra, 5.
Halesii, 10.
INDEX.
illinoensis, 1.
laciniosa, 9.
microcarpa, 6, 10.
myristicaeformis, 2.
Nuttallii, 10.
obcordata, 6.
obovalis, 6.
odorata, 6.
olivseformis, 1.
ovalis, 6.
ovata, 10.
Pecan, 1.
porcina, 5.
sulcata, 9.
tomentosa, 8.
villosa, 7.
A. Scales of buds valvate, 4-6'- fr. with winged sutures;
nut usually thin-shelled: Ifts. 7-15, usually falcate.
B. Nut mostly elongated, almost terete; husk thin, splitting
to the base; kernel sweet; cotyledons entire or only
notched at the apex.
1. Pecan, Engler & Graebn. (Juglans Pecan, Marsh.
Hicdria Pecdn, Brit. C. illinoensis, Koch. C. olivseformis,
823. Foliage and pistillate
flowers of Carya Pecan.
Nutt.). PECAN. Fig. 823. To 170 ft., with branches
pubescent when young: bark deeply furrowed, grayish
brown: winter-buds yellow: Ifts. 11-17, short-stalked,
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or doubly ser-
rate, tomentose and glandular when young, usually
glabrous at length, 4-7 in. long: staminate catkins
almost sessile: fr. 3-10 in clusters or spikes, oblong,
1K~3H in. long; nut ovoid or oblong, smooth, brown,
irregularly marked with dark brown, 2-celled at the
base; kernel sweet. From Iowa and Ind. south to Ala.
and Texas; also in Mex. S.S. 7:338-9. A.G. 12:273-
275. U.S.N.C.l, 8, 9. — This species is the most im-
portant as a fr. tree, and many named varieties are cult.
in the southern states, but it is tender N. The wood
is less valuable than that of the other species. Hybrids
are known of this species with C. cordiformis, C. alba
and C. laciniosa, for which see Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 7,
pis. 20-23 and Gng. 2:226. See Pecan.
2. myristicaeformis, Nutt. (Hicdria myristicaefdrmis,
Brit.). NUTMEG HICKORY. Tree, to 100 ft., with dark
brown bark, broken into appressed scales: winter-buds
brown: Ifts. 5-11, short-stalked or almost sessile, ovate-
lanceolate, the uppermost much larger and obovate,
serrate, scurfy-pubescent beneath when young and with
brown scales above, at length dark green above, silvery
and lustrous beneath, 3-5 in. long: staminate catkins
peduncled: fr. generally solitary, short-ovoid or obovate,
about 1^2 in. long; nut ovoid, reddish brown marked
with irregular spots and stripes, thick-shelled, 4-celled
below; kernel sweet. From S. C. to Ark. and Mex.
S.S. 7:342-3. — A very decorative species on account of
its handsome foliage, but not hardy N.
BB. Nut usually so broad as long, compressed, with irregu-
larly angled or reticulate surface, thin-shelled, 4~
celled below; kernel bitter; cotyledons deeply 2-lobed.
3. aquatica, Nutt. (Hicdria aquatica, Brit.). WATER
HICKORY. BITTER PECAN. Usually small tree, rarely to
100 ft., with light brown bark separating into long, thin
plates: winter-buds dark reddish brown: Ifts. 7-13,
sessile or short-stalked, lanceolate, long-acuminate,
finely serrate, yellowish tomentose when young, gla-
brous at length: fr. 3—4, ovoid to broadly obovate,
in. long; husk thin, splitting to the base; nut
obovate, much compressed, irregularly angled and
ridged, dull reddish brown; kernel very bitter.
From Va. to 111., south to Fla. and Texas.
S.S. 7:344-5. U.S.N.C. 12, 7-8.
4. cordiformis, Koch (Hicdria minima, Brit.
C. amara, Nutt.). BITTERNUT. SWAMP
HICKORY. Tree, to 100 ft.: bark grayish
brown, broken into thin scales: young
branches and petioles glabrous : winter-buds
bright yellow: Ifts. 5-9, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate,
acuminate, densely serrate, pubescent when young and
glandular, almost glabrous at length, 3-6 in. long: fr.
2-3, broadly obovate or subglobose, winged from the
apex to the middle, %-!% in- long; husk thin, splitting
somewhat below the middle; nut slightly compressed,
roundish, abruptly contracted into a short point,
smooth, gray; kernel bitter. Que. to Minn., south to
Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:340-1. Em. 226.— A valuable
park tree, with handsome rather broad head, growing
in cult, more rapidly than other hickories.
AA. Scales of buds imbricate, more than 6: fr. not or
slightly winged at the sutures; nut usually thick-
shelled, 4-celled below: Ifts. 3-9, not falcate, the
uppermost larger and generally obovate.
B. Buds small? %-%in. long: husk thin; nut slightly or
not angled.
C. Lvs. glabrous or only slightly pubescent while young:
nut not or only slightly angled, thin-shelled.
5. glabra, Sweet (Hicbria glabra, Brit. C. porcina,
Nutt.). PIGNUT. Figs. 824, 825. Tree, occasionally to
CARYA
CARYA
677
120 ft., with usually dark gray fissured bark and slen-
der, glabrous branchlets: Ifts. 3-7, almost sessile,
oblong to oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply
serrate, almost glabrous, 3-6 in. long: fr. usually ovoid
or obovate, the sutures usually slightly winged toward
the apex and the husk splitting mostly only hah" way
824. Characteristic growth of the pignut hickory,
Carya glabra.
to the base; nut usually brownish, not angled; kernel
mostly astringent. Maine to Ont. and south to Fla.,
Ala. and Miss. S.T.S. 2:179. A.G. 11:386-7. U.S.N.
C. 12, 5. — A very handsome park tree, with rather nar-
row-oblong head, and slender often pendulous branch-
lets. A very variable tree.
6. ovalis, Sarg. (Juglans ovdlis, Wang. Hicbria mic-
rocdrpa, Brit. H. glabra var. microcdrpa, Trel.). SMALL
PIGNUT. FALSE SHAGBARK. Figs. 826-829. Tree, similar
to the preceding: bark close and furrowed on young
trees, shaggy on old trunks: branches first hairy, soon
glabrous: Ifts. 5-7, sessile, oval, oblong or ovate, 3-6
in. long, acute or acuminate, rounded or narrowed and
unequal at the base, coarsely and shallowly toothed,
glabrous; terminal Ifts. cuneate at the base, short-
stalked: fr. subglobose to short-oblong, %-l in. across,
densely scaly and slightly winged, tardily splitting
nearly to the base; nut slightly flattened, often broader
than high and usually rounded at the apex, sometimes
slightly angular, brownish, shell rather thin; kernel
small and sweet. Mass, to Wis., south to Ga., Ala., and
Miss. A.G. 11:381-388, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10. TT.S.N.C. 12,4, 6.
Var. obcordata, Sarg. (J. obcorddta, Muhl. /. porclna
var. obcorddta, Pursh. C. microcdrpa, Darl.). Fr.
nearly globose or ovoid; nut
angled, broader than high,
sometimes obcordate. S.S. 7:
354, figs. 5, 6, 7, 9. Var. odor-
ata, Sarg. (Hicbria glabra var.
odordta, Sarg.). Lfts. generally
broader, ovate or oblong-ovate,
glandular: fr. subglobose or
higher than broad, with dis-
tinctly winged sutures, split-
ting freely to the base; nut
gray, very slightly ridged,
825. One form of pignut— slightly higher than broad.
C. glabra. (Natural size.) Conn, to Pa. and Mo. 8J3.
7:354, fig. 8. Var. obovalis, Sarg. Fr. obovoid; nut
much compressed, pointed or rounded at the apex,
and rounded at the base. Mass, to Va. and Mo. Var.
borealis, Sarg. (Hicbria boredlis, Ashe. C. boredlis,
Schneid.). Bark scaly: Ifts. usually 5, lanceolate: fr.
ovoid, flattened, about %in. long, very narrowly
winged and often incompletely
splitting; nut ovoid, ridged,
whitish; kernel sweet. Mich., Ont.
B.T. 236.
cc. Lvs. hairy beneath: nut
angled, thick-shelled.
7. villdsa, Schneid. (Hicbria vil-
ldsa, Ashe. H. glabra var. villdsa,
Sarg. H. pdllida, Ashe). Tree, to
20 or sometimes to 50 f t. : branch-
lets slender, pubescent mixed with
silvery scales, later glabrous: Ifts.
5-9, usually 7, sessile or short- 826' Fruit of c- ovalis-
stalked, oblong to oblanceolate,
3-5 in. long, acuminate, narrowed
the false shagbark.
(Natural size).
at the base, coarsely serrate, when unfolding glandular
above, hairy below and with silvery scales; petioles
pubescent and with tufts of brownish hairs, finally
often glabrous: fr. subglobose to pear-shaped, %-!%
in. long, winged; husk thin, splitting to below the
middle or nearly to the base; nut slightly angled,
somewhat compressed, thick-shelled, pale or light
brown; kernel small and sweet. N. J. to Fla., Miss,
and E. Texas. S.S. 7:355. G.F. 10:305.
BB. Buds large, %-l in. long: nut angled; kernel sweet.
c. Bark not shaggy: branches and petioles tomentose:
outer bud-scales falling in autumn: husk not sepa-
rating quite to the base.
8. iilba, Koch (Hicbria alba, Brit. C. tomentbsa,
Nutt. Not to be confounded with C. alba, Nutt., which
is C. ovata). MOCKERNUT. BIG-BUD HICKORY. Tree,
rarely attaining to 100 ft.: Ifts. 7-9, almost sessile,
oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually finely ser-
rate, glandular and tomentose beneath, very fragrant
when crushed, 4-8 in. long: fr. globose to pear-shaped,
827. Carya ovalis, the false shagbark.
678
CARYA
CARYOPHYLLUS
1^2-2 in. long; nut light brown, globular to oblong,
slightly compressed, angled, narrowed toward the apex,
thick-shelled; kernel small, sweet. Mass, to Ont. and
Neb., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S. 7:350-1. U.S.N.
C. 12, 1-3. Em. 222.
cc. Bark shaggy, light gray: branches and
petioles glabrous or pubescent: husk
very thick, separating to the base:
outer bud-scales persisting through the
winter.
9. lacinidsa, Engler & Graebn. (Hicoria
laciniosa, Sarg. H. acumindta, Dipp. C.
sulcdla, Nutt.). BIG or BOTTOM SHELL-
BARK HICKORY. KING- NUT. Tall tree,
occasionally to 120 ft. : branchlets orange-
red: Ifts. 7-9, oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, pubescent when young, usu-
ally glabrous at length, 4-8 in. long: fr.
generally oblong, l%-2% in. long; nut
yellowish white, oblong, but sometimes as
broad as long, slightly compressed and
obscurely 4-angled, pointed at both ends;
kernel sweet. N. Y. to Iowa, south to
Tenn. and Okla. S.S. 7:348-9. U.S.
N.C. 11.
828. Twig of 10- ovata, Koch (Hicoria ovata, Brit. C.
C.ovalis. alba, Nutt.). SHAGB ARK HICKORY. Also
LITTLE SHELLBARK HICKORY, although
the latter name by some is applied to the preceding.
Figs. 830, 831. Tree, occasionally to 120 ft.: Ifts. gen-
erally 5, sessile, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, densely fimbriate, pubescent and glan-
dular when young, glabrous at length, 4-6 in. long:
fr. subglobose, about 1>£-2H in. long; nut white,
oblong to broadly obovate, 4-angled; kernel sweet.
From Que. to Minn., south to Fla. and Texas. S.S.
7:346-7. Em. 217. U.S.N.C. 10. A.G. 11:386, 6, 9;
387, 3; 388, 11. Gng.7:51. A.F. 14:339— Next to
Pecan the best as a fruit tree, especially for northern
states, where the
pecan is not quite
hardy. Several
named varieties
are in trade, of
which probably
var. Halesii,
Hort., with large,
thin-shelled nut,
is the best known.
An ornamental,
often very pictur-
esque tree; the
stout branches
forming a rather
broad, usually
somewhat open,
head. Var. Nut-
tallii, Sarg. (C.
microcdrpa, Nutt.
in part). Fr.
smaller; nut
rounded, usu-
ally obcordate,
much com-
pressed and
prominently
angled, about
J^in. across.
Mass, to Pa.
and Mo. Nut-
tall, Silv. N.
Am. 1 : 13. Var.
fraxinifdlia,
Sarg. Lfts. 829. Habit of the small-fruited pignut,
lanceolate or Carya ovalis.
nearly pblanceolate, the terminal one 5-6 in. long and
l%-2 in. wide: fr. generally smaller, ovoid, pointed,
13^ in. long; nut long-pointed. W. N. Y.
C. arkansana, Sarg. Allied to C. glabra. Tree, to 70 ft.: bark
dark gray, scaly: branchlets pubescent: Ifts. 5-7, lanceolate, densely
pubescent when unfolding, glabrous at maturity, 4-7 in. long: fr.
ovoid or obovoid; husk usually splitting to the middle; nut slightly
obovoid; shell very thick and hard; kernel sweet, small. Ark. and
Okla. S.T.S. 2:181.— C. Buckleyi, Durand (C. texana, Buckl., not
DC.). Allied to C. alba. Tree, to 50 ft., with dark, furrowed bark:
Ifts. 7, lanceolate or oblanceolate, pubescent on the veins below, 3-6
in. long: fr. subglobose or ovoid, 1 J^ in. across; husk thin, splitting
to the base; nut reddish brown, veined; shell hard; kernel sweet.
Texas to Okla. and Ark. S.T.S. 2:182.— C. carolinx-
septentriondlis, Engler & Graebn. (Hicoria carolina3-sep-
tentrionalis, Ashe). Allied to C. ovata. Branchlets
slender: Ifts. 3-5, lanceolate, glabrous: fr. smaller; nut
thin-shelled. N. C. to Ga. S.S. 14:720. — C.floridana,
Sarg. Allied to C. cordiformis. Buds valvate, brown-
ish yellow: Ifts. usually 5, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate,
densely scaly beneath, 2-3 ^ in. long: fr. obovoid, about
1 in. long, husk tardily splitting to the base; nut obovoid
or subglobose. Fla. S.T.S. 2:177. — C. megacdrpa, Sarg.
Closely related to C. glabra. Bark close: buds larger:
831. Fruit of Carya ovata, the shagbant hickory.
830. Twig of The cross-section is to show structure, not to show
Carya ovata. a good horticultural fruit. (Natural size.)
Ifta. to 8 in. long: fr. broadly obovoid, to 1 Y-> in. long; husk thick,
tardily dehiscent to the middle; nut obovoid; kernel small, sweet.
N.Y. to Mo. and Fla. S.T.S. 2:180. — C. mexicana, Engelm. Tree,
with shaggy bark and tomentose-pubescent Ivs. : f r. depressed, with
rather thick husk and broad, sharply 4-angled, white nut. Mex. The
only species not native to the U. S. — C. texana, DC. (Hicoria texana,
Le Conte). Similar to C. Pecan, but Ifts. broader, less falcate,
almost sessile: nut smaller, much darker, with somewhat rough
surface; kernel bitter. Texas. S. S. 14:719. — C. texana, Buckl.=
C. Buckleyi.
ALFRED REHDER.
CARYOCAR (from the Greek word for nut). Caryo-
cardcese; formerly included in Ternstroemidcese, and
by some referred to Rhizoboldcege. Trees, or rarely
shrubs, of about 10 species in Trop. Amer., one of
which is well known for its large edible nuts. Lvs.
opposite, digitately 3-5-f oliolat e, leathery, often serrate :
fls. bractless, in terminal racemes; calyx deeply 5-6-
parted, the lobes prbiculate and strongly imbricate;
petals 5-6, imbricate; stamens many, somewhat
joined at the base; ovary 4-6-celled: fr. drupaceous,
with a hard stone or stones and very large seeds. C.
nuciferum, Linn., produces the souari-nut or butternut
of the American tropics. Although native of Guiana,
it is cult, in some of the W. Indies isls. : tree, attaining
100 ft. or more, producing durable timber used chiefly
in ship-building: Ivs. trifoliolate, the Ifts. elliptic-lan-
ceolate, glabrous: fls. large, purple, the stamens white
and very numerous: fr. several inches in diam., nearly
globular or becoming misshapen by abortion of the
contents, containing 2-4 hard-shelled nuts the size of a
hen's egg, and which are flat-kidney-shaped, warty and
reddish brown; kernel or meat white, with a nutty or
almond-like flavor, and yielding oil when subjected to
pressure. B.M. 2727, 2728. The nuts now and then
appear in northern markets. The closely allied C. vil-
losum, Pers., of Guiana and Brazil, is reported as a
notable timber tree; and the oily pulp surrounding
the seed is eaten boiled and the kernel of the seed is
eaten raw. L. H. B.
CARYOPHYLLUS, the clove tree, is now referred to Eugenia.
CARYOPTERIS
CARYOPTERIS (Greek for nut and wing). Ver-
bendcex. Ornamental woody plants grown for their
lavender-blue flowers profusely produced in autumn.
Deciduous small shrubs: Ivs. opposite, short-petioled,
serrate: fls. in axillary cymes; calyx campanulate,
deeply 5-lobed with lanceolate teeth, spreading and
somewhat enlarged in fr.; corolla 5-lobed, with short
cylindric tube and spreading limb, 1 segm. larger and
fringed; stamens 4, exserted, 2 of them longer; style
slender, 2-parted at the apex: fr. separating into 4
somewhat winged nutlets. — About 6 species in E. Asia.
These are glabrous, pubescent or tomentose shrubs
with small blue or violet late flowers. Free-flowering
and very valuable f9r their late blooming season; not
hardy North; even if well protected they will be killed
almost to the ground, but the young shoots, springing
up freely, will flower profusely the same season. They
require well-drained and sandy soil and sunny position;
if grown in pots, a sandy compost of peat and leaf soil
or loam will suit them, and they will flower in the
greenhouse until midwinter. Propagated readily by
cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer or fall under
glass, and by seeds sown in spring.
incana, Miq. (C. Mastacdnthus, Schauer. C. sinensis,
Dipp.). Fig. 832. Suffruticose, 1-5 ft.: Ivs. petioled,
ovate or oblong, coarsely serrate, pubescent above,
grayish tomentose beneath, 2-3 in. long: cymes pedun-
cled, dense-fld.; fls. small, violet-blue or lavender-blue.
Aug.-Nov. China, Japan. B.R. 32:2. B.M. 6799.
R.H. 1892:324. R.B. 19:273. G.C. II. 21:149; III.
42:409. Mn. 5:5. S.H. 2, p. 89. G.W. 6, p. 197. Gn.
24, p. 523; 76, p. 24. G.M. 43:7.— Known in the nurs-
ery trade as "blue spirea." Var. Candida, Schneid.
has white fls.
CASIMIROA
679
exhausted. Seeds are offered by most dealers. The
young plants should be grown in a warm, moist atmos-
phere, the soil consisting of loam with about one-third
of its bulk leaf-mold and sand in equal parts. They
sometimes lose their roots if kept too cool and wet in
winter. Prop, is by seeds and suckers. (G. W. Oliver.)
mitis, Lour. (C. soboiifera, Wall. C. furfuracea,
Blume). Caudex 15-25 ft. high, 4-5 in. diam., sobo-
liferous: petioles, If .-sheaths and spathes scurf y-villous:
Ivs. 4-9 ft.; pinnae very obliquely cuneiform, irregularly
dentate, upper margins acute; pinnules 4-7 in. long.
Burma to Malaya.
ftrens, Linn. WINE-PALM. TODDY-PALM. Caudex
stout, even in cult, specimens 60-80 ft. high and 18 in.
thick, much higher in the wild, not sobolif erous : Ivs.
18-20 by 10-12 ft.; pinnae 5-6 ft., curved and drooping,
very obliquely truncate, acutely serrate, the upper
C. mongdlica, Bunge. Lvs. lanceolate, almost entire: cymes with
fewer but larger fls. R.H. 1872:450. ALFRED REHDEE.
CARYOTA (old Greek name). Palmacese,
tribe Arecese. FISH-TAIL PALM. Spineless
monocarpic palms, with tall stout ringed
trunks, at length bearing suckers.
Leaves disposed in an elongated terminal
fringe, ample, twice pinnately divided; segms.
dimidiate-flabelliform, or cuneate, entire, or
split, irregularly dentate, plicate, folded back
in the bud; rnidnerves and primary nerves
flabellate; petiole terete below; sheath keeled on the
back, fibrous along the margins: ligule short: spadices
usually alternately male and female: peduncle short,
thick: branches long, pendent: spathes 3-5, not entire,
tubular; bractlets broad: fls. rather large, green or
purple: fr. the size of a cherry, globular, purple. —
Species, 9. Malaya, New Guinea, Austral. G.C. II.
22:748.
These palms are remarkable for the delta-shaped or
fish-tail-shaped leaflets, which make the graceful,
spreading fronds very attractive. They are excellent
warmhouse palms, very useful for decoration, particu-
larly when young. They are frequently planted out in
protected places for the summer. C. wens, the wine-
palm of India, yields, when full grown, about twenty-
four pints of wine in twenty-four hours. The beverage
is very wholesome and a valuable article of commerce.
There being so many different genera to choose from
in selecting plants for moderate-sized conservatories,
the members of this genus are not very popular for
providing small specimens. In a high, roomy structure,
however, they are among the most ornamental of the
tribe. They are quick-growing, with large broad leaves,
finely cut up, the small divisions resembling the tail of
a fish; hence the name "fish-tail palm." After reaching
maturity the plant begins flowering at the top, and
continues downward until the vitality of the stem is
exhausted. Suckers are freely produced by some spe-
cies, but these, as a rule, do not become so robust as
the parent stem, owing probably to the soil becoming
832. Caryopteris I margm produced and cau-
incana. date; pinnules 4_g jn. ; petiole
very stout. India, Malaya.
A.F. 12:295. Gng. 5:131.
A.G. 21:533.
Rumphiana, Mart. Lvs. 2-pinnate, several feet long,
the pinnules thick, sessile, 6 in. long or nearly so,
oblong. Malaya. Var. Albertii, Hort. (C. Albertii,
Muell.), is in the trade. It is large and free-growing,
the Ivs. being 16-18 ft. long and two-thirds as broad;
If .-segms. fan-shaped and oblique, toothed.
C. Blancdi, Hort., from the Philippines, has been listed in the
American trade. It is probably a form of C. urens.
JARED G. SMITH.
CASAREEP: Blighia.
CASCARILLA: Croton.
CASHEW: Anacardium occidentals.
CASIMIROA (named in honor of Cardinal Casimiro
Gomez de Ortega, Spanish botanist of the eighteenth
century). Rutacese. Evergreen trees, one of which is
grown for the edible fruits.
Leaves alternate, long-petioled, digitate, 3-7-folio-
late; Ifts. petiolulate, lanceolate, entire or slightly ser-
rate, smooth or pubescent beneath: fls. regular, poly-
680
CASIMIROA
CASSIA
gamo-dioecious; calyx 5-parted, small; petals 5, oblong,
valvate, apex incurved; disk inconspicuous, circular;
stamens 5, free; filaments subulate; anthers cordate;
ovary sessile, on disk, globose, 5- or occasionally 6-8-
lobed, 5-celled; stigma sessile, 5-lobed; ovules solitary
in the cells, axillary: fr. a drupe, large, depressed-glo-
bose; pulp agreeable to taste, edible; seeds oblong, com-
pressed, exalbuminose. — Four species in Mex. and S.
edulis, Llav. & Lex. WHITE SAPOTE. COCHIL SAPOTA.
Large tree: trunk ashen gray, with warty excrescences:
Ivs. dark green, glossy: fls. greenish yellow, small: fr.
greenish yellow when ripe, with strong, thick epicarp,
3^in. thick, about the size of an orange; seeds nearly
1 in. long and hah" as wide. Mex. — The fr. of this spe-
cies has a delicious flavor, similar to that of a peach.
It is used in Mex. as an aid in inducing sleep, and the
Ivs. as a remedy for diarrhea. It grows on the coast of
Mex. to an altitude of about 7,000 ft. See Sapote,
White- H. J. WEBBER.
CASSABANANA: Sicana.
CASSANDRA: Chamsedaphne.
CASSAVA: Manihot.
CASSEBEERA (from a German botanist). Polypo-
diacese. Small Brazilian ferns allied to the maiden-
hair, but rarely seen in cult. There are 3 species:
sori terminal on the veins, oblong or nearly globular;
indusium within the margin and distinct from it. They
require hothouse conditions. C. pinndta, Kaulf., has
fronds 6 in. long, pinnate, the pinnse linear-oblong and
crenate. C. triphylla, Kaulf., has 3-5-parted fronds, the
parts linear-oblong and crenate. C. gleichenioides, Gardn.,
has twice-pinnate fronds, the pinnules 4-cornered.
CASSIA (ancient Greek name) . Leguminbsse. SENNA.
Herbs, shrubs or trees, a few of which are in cultivation
in America, as border plants and under glass.
Leaves even-pinnate: fls. nearly regular (not papilio-
naceous), with the nearly equal calyx-teeth mostly
longer than the tube; corolla of 5 spreading, nearly
equal clawed spreading petals; stamens 5-10, frequently
unequal and some of the anthers abortive, the good
anthers opening at the top: fr. a stalked pod which is
either flat or terete, containing numerous seeds and
often partitioned crosswise. — Species nearly or quite
400 in the warmer parts of the globe, some of them in
cool temperate regions. See page 3566.
The cassias delight in a sunny exposure. Most of
those cultivated in the United States are herbs or herb-
like shrubs, attractive for the finely cut foliage and the
showy flowers. Some of them are cultivated only in the
extreme South. C. corymbosa is probably the best gar-
den subject. Cassias are summer bloomers, for the
most part. Propagation is mostly by divisions and seeds,
the annual species always by seeds.
Senna leaves, used in medicine as a cathartic, are
derived from various species, chiefly from C. acutifolia
of Egypt, and C. anguslifolia of India and other Old
World tropics. The "Cassia lignea" of pharmacopoeas
is the product of a Cinnamomum. Cassia pods of com-
merce, used in medicine, are the fruits of C. Fistula.
Many of the species contribute to therapeutics. Some
of them provide tanning materials.
A. Hardy border plants: Ifts. 5 or more pairs.
marylandica, Linn. WILD SENNA. Perennial, gla-
brous or nearly so, sts. nearly simple: Ifts. 5-10 pairs,
oblong or lance-oblong and entire, short-acuminate or
nearly obtuse : fls. in axillary racemes near the tops of
the sts. and often appearing as if panicled, bright yel-
low, wide open: pods linear, flat. New England, west
and south, mostly in wet soil. — Grows 3-4 ft. high, and
has attractive light green foliage.
Chamaecrista, Linn. (Charmecrista nictitans, Moench).
PARTRIDGE PEA. Annual, erect or spreading, 2 ft. or
less high: Ifts. 10-15 pairs, small, narrow-oblong,
mucronate, sensitive to the touch: fls. large, 2-5 to-
gether in the axils, canary-yellow and 2 of the petals
purple-spotted. — Dry soil, Maine, south and west.
Sometimes known as Magothy Bay bean and sensitive
pea, and formerly recommended as a green-manuring
plant. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 309, for
account and picture.
AA. Tender plants, grown far south, or under glass:
Ifts. few or many.
B. Tree, with woody indehiscent pods.
Fistula, Linn. PUDDING- PIPE TREE. GOLDEN
SHOWER. Lvs. large, the Ifts. 4-8 pairs, and ovate-
acuminate: fls. in long lax racemes, yellow, the pedicels
without bracts: pods cylindrical, black, 3-furrowed,
1-2 ft. long, containing 1-seeded compartments. India,
but intro. in W. Indies and other tropical countries.
Sparingly cult. S. — Furnishes the cassia pods of com-
merce.
grandis, Linn. PINK SHOWER. Lfts. 10-20, oblong,
abrupt at either end, more or less pubescent beneath
and above: fls. in long drooping axillary racemes, rosc-
colored, without bracts subtending the pedicels: pod
3 in. or less long, compressed-cylindrical, glabrous,
transversely rugose. Trop. Amer.; offered in S. Calif.,
and grown in many tropical countries.
BB. Shrubs or herbs, with more or less dehiscent pods.
Sophera, Linn. (C. schinifblia. DC. C. Sophora,
Auth.). Shrub, 6-10 ft.: Ifts. 6-10 pairs, lanceolate-
acute: fls. yellow on many-fld. axillary and terminal
peduncles, which are shorter than the Ivs.: pod thin,
tardily dehiscent. Oriental tropics. Intro, in S. Calif.
corymbdsa, Lam. (C. floribunda, Hort.). Shrub,
half-hardy in middle states, 4-10 ft.: Ifts. 3 pairs,
oblong-lanceolate and somewhat falcate, obtuse or
nearly so: fls. yellow, in long-stalked, small axillary
and terminal corymbs. Argentina. B.M. 633. G.C.
III. 31:252. Gn. 50, p. 139. J.H. HI. 61:139. G.
25:553. H.F. II. 3:252. G.W. 3, p. 421; 6, p. 391.—
The best-known -garden species, being an excellent con-
servatory plant for spring, summer and autumn bloom.
It is an old favorite, now coming again into prominence
(as C. floribunda and var. A. Boehm, corrupted appar-
ently into C. Boema) as a pot-plant, as a tub specimen
for lawns, or for plunging in the border; winters readily
in a dormant state in a cellar; very free-flowering.
tomentdsa, Linn. Shrub, 10-12 ft.: Ifts. 6-8 pairs,
oval-oblong and obtuse; white-tomentose beneath: fls.
deep yellow. Mex. — Said to be a good winter bloomer
in S. Calif ., and naturalized in some parts.
artemisoides, Gaud. Bushy shrub, soft-canescent
and gray all over: Ifts. 3-4 pairs, very narrow-linear:
racemes axillary, 5-8-fld., the fls. sulfur-yellow: pods
flat, shining brown. Austral. — Intro, in S. Calif. With-
stands drought.
bifl6ra, Linn. Shrub, 4-8 ft. : Ifts. 6-10 pairs, broad-
oblong or obovate-oblong, very obtuse but mucronu-
late: fls. large, yellow, on 2-4-fld. peduncles, which
are shorter than the Ivs: pod 3 in. or less long, oblong-
linear or narrower, membranaceous. S. Amer. and W.
Indies. B.M. 810. — Sparingly cult, in greenhouses.
C. Isevigata, Willd. Shrub, glabrous: Ifts. 3-4 pairs, ovate-oblong
or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. yellow in terminal and axillary
racemes: pod leathery, 2-3 in. long, nearly cylindrical. Tropics. —
C. occidentAlis, Linn. HEDIONDA. Annual or subshrubby, widely
distributed in the tropics as a weed, the seeds used as a substitute
for coffee; it is the "fedegosa" and "negro coffee" of Afr.: Ifts. 4-12
pairs, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, and a gland near
the base of the petiole: racemes short and few-fld.: pod glabrous,
oblong-linear compressed or nearly cylindrical; the small seeds pro-
duced abundantly — C. spUndida, Vogel. Shrub, 6-10 ft., much
branched: fls. bright yellow, very large. S. Amer. Recently cata-
logued in S. Calif. — Others of the numerous species of Cassia are
likely to appear in cult., particularly some of the native kinds; but
as a whole, the genus is not rich in horticultural subjects.
L. H. B.
CASSINE
CASTANEA
681
CASSINE (a name said to have been used by the
Indians in Fla. ; see Ilex Cassine). Celaslracese. Some
20 or less erect or climbing glabrous shrubs of the Cape
region in Afr., apparently not known in cult, in this
country. Lvs. opposite, thick, entire or serrate: fls.
email, white, in axillary clusters; calyx 4— 5-parted,
minute; petals 4-5; stamens 4-5, on the disk, which
encircles the ovary: fr. a 1-2-seeded drupe, with a hard
pit or stone. C. Colpoon, Thunb. (or C. capensis var.
Colpoori) is the ladlewood of the Cape, the wood being
used in the making of small articles. C. Maurocenia,
Linn, (now placed in a separate genus, Maurocenia
capensis, Sond.) is the Hottentot cherry. H.I. 6:55 2.
CASSIOPE (Greek mythological name). Ericaceae.
Ornamental small shrubs sometimes cultivated for
their handsome delicate flowers.
Evergreen: Ivs. very small, usually scale-like and
opposite, rarely alternate and linear: fls. solitary, axil-
lary, or terminal; calyx small, 5-parted; corolla cam-
panulate, 5-lobed or 5-cleft; stamens 10, the anthers
with recurved appendages; style included: fr. a 5-
valved caps, with numerous minute seeds. — Ten spe-
cies in arctic regions and high mountains of N. Amer.,
N. Eu., N. Asia and Himalayas. Formerly included
under Andromeda.
Cassiopes are graceful, delicate plants, adapted for
rockeries, flowering in summer. They are of somewhat
difficult culture, and require peaty and sandy moist
but well-drained soil and partly shaded situation,
though C. hypnoides grows best in full sun, creeping
amongst growing moss. Drought, as well as dry and
hot air, is fatal to them. Propagated readily by cut-
tings from mature wood in August under glass; also by
layers and by seeds treated like those of Erica.
C. fastigiota, Don (Andromeda fastigiata, Wall.). Ascending:
Ivs. imbricate, in 4 rows, with white-fringed margin: fls. axillary,
white. Himalayas. B.M. 4796. G.C. III. 47:379 (habit). Gn. 43,
p. 189. G. 15:709. — C. hypnoides, Don. (Harrimanella hypnoides,
Coville). Creeping: Ivs. linear, alternate, crowded: fls. terminal,
deeply 5-cleft. Arctic regions. B.M. 2936. L.B.C. 20:1946. G.C.
III. 39:226 (habit). — C. Afertensiana, Don. Erect or ascending to
1 ft. high: Ivs. imbricate in 4 rows, carinate on the back: fls. axil-
lary, white or slightly tinged rosy. Sitka to Calif. — C. tetragdna, Don
(Andromeda tetragona, Linn.). Similar to the former, but lower,
and the Ivs. with a deep furrow on the back. Arctic regions. B.M.
3181. M.D.G. 1910: 125. 137 (habit).
CASSIPOUREA (a native name in Guiana). Rhizo-
phordceae. Perhaps a dozen or less species (if the African
Dactylopetalum is included in the American Cassi-
pourea) in Trop. Amer. and in Afr, one of which is
now offered. Glabrous trees or shrubs: Ivs. opposite
or whorled, stalked, somewhat leathery, oblong or
lanceolate, entire or somewhat crenate: fls. small or
medium in size, white, solitary or fascicled in the axils;
calyx 4-5-lobed; petals 4-7, fimbriate, linear or spatu-
late, inserted in the cup-like disk; stamens 10-30;
ovary 2-4-celled: caps, ovoid, somewhat fleshy, tardily
dehiscent, the cells 1-seeded. C. verticillata, N. E. Br.,
Natal, a handsome tree, with very shiny foliage: Ivs.
about 4 in. long and half as broad, in 3's or 4's, lightly
creno-serrate or almost entire; petals 5-7, exserted,
very narrow; stamens 10-14. — A rare mangrove-like
tree, found at considerable elevations away from the
coast. Offered in S. Calif. L jj g
CASTALIA: Nymphsea.
CASTANEA (ancient Latin name). Fagaceae.
CHESTNUT. Fruit and ornamental trees, grown for
their edible nuts and also for their handsome foliage
and attractive flowers.
Deciduous trees, rarely shrubs: Ivs. alternate, ser-
rate, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate: fls. monoecious, the
staminate ones with 6-parted calyx and 10^-20 stamens,
in long, erect, cylindrical catkins; the pistillate ones
on the lower part of the upper catkins, usually 3 to-
gether in a prickly involucre; ovary 6-celled: fr. a large
brown nut, 1-7 together in a prickly involucre or bur:
winter-buds with 3-4 scales: branchlets without ter-
minal bud. — About ten species in the temperate regions
of N. E. Amer., Eu., N. Afr. and Asia.
The chestnuts are very attractive when in bloom.
The handsome foliage is generally not injured by
insects or fungi, but the whole tree is attacked by a
serious disease known as the chestnut bark disease
which has spread rapidly during the last years, chiefly
in New York, Pennsylvania and the adjacent states.
It was first discovered in 1904. It is caused by a fungus,
Endothia parasitica, which
penetrates the bark, develops
its mycelium in bark and
sapwood, finally girdles the
branch or trunk and causes
the death of the portion above
the infected place. The pres-
ence of reddish pustules on
the infected area is a sure sign
of the presence of this fungus.
The cutting and destroying of
the infected parts seems so far
the only way of checking the
spreading of the disease. This
disease was without doubt im-
ported with plants from eastern
Asia, as the disease has been
discovered recently in China
on C. mollissima. The latter
species and C. crenata seem
much more resistant than the
American and European varie-
ties and there is much hope
for a successful selection and
breeding of resistant varieties
and for keeping this disease
under control, , as it is done
successfully in China.
C. dentata and C. saliva
are large-sized trees, while C.
pumila and C. crenata usually
remain shrubby. The coarse-
grained wood is much used for
furniture, railway ties and
fence-posts, as it is very dur-
able in the soil. The chestnut
is extensively cultivated in
Europe and eastern Asia and
also in this country for its
edible fruit. It grows best in
well -drained soil on sunny
slopes, and even in rather dry
and rocky situations, but dis-
likes limestone soil . The Ameri-
can species is perfectly hardy
North, while the European
species is somewhat. tenderer.
Propagated by seeds, sown
in fall where there is no danger
of them being eaten by mice or
squirrels; otherwise they should
be stratified in boxes and
buried 1 or 2 feet deep in a warm soil until early
spring, when they are sown in rows about 3 inches
deep. If growing well, they can be transplanted the
following fall or spring 2 or 3 feet apart from each
other, and planted after three or four years where
they are to stand. They are also increased by layers
in moist soil. Varieties are usually worked on seed-
ling stock or on sprouts by whipgrafting above the
ground when the stock is just beginning to push into
leaf. Crown-grafting, root-grafting and budding are
also sometimes practised, but no method gives wholly
satisfactory results, and usually only one-half take
well. See Chestnut.
833. Castanea dentata.
(XH)
682
CASTANOPSIS
A. Nuts 2 or more in one involucre and more or less com-
pressed, usually broader than high.
B. Branchlets glabrous or at first with close white tomen-
tum: Ivs. usually glabrous at maturity, often with
close white tomentum while young.
C. Lvs. glabrous or nearly glabrous even while young.
dentata, Borkh. (C. americana, Raf.). Fig. 833. Tree,
occasionally 100 ft.: Ivs. cuneate at the base, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely serrate, nearly glabrous
when young, 6-10 in. long and somewhat pendulous:
fls. of heavy fragrance, in June or July: nuts about Hin.
wide. S. Maine to Mich., south to Ala. and Miss. S.S.
9:440-1. Em. 187. G.F. 10:373. F.E. 14, p, 30; 29,
p. 895. — The tallest, most vigorous -growing and hard-
iest species. The nuts, though smaller, have a better
flavor than the European varieties. Lvs. said to have
sedative properties; used in whooping-cough; bark
astringent, tonic, febrifuge.
cc. Lvs. stellate-tomentose beneath while young.
sativa, Mill. (C. vesca, Gaertn. C. Castdnea, Karst.
C. vulgdris, Lam.). Fig. 834. Tree, 50-80 ft.: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, often truncate or rounded at the
base, coarsely serrate, slightly pubescent or tomentose
beneath when young, nearly glabrous at length, 5-9 in.
long, erect: nut over 1 in. wide. June. From S. Eu. and
N. Afr. to China. Gn. 27, p. 292; 50, p. 389. Gng.
3:209. G.W. 8, p. 350, 385.— There are some garden
forms with variegated Ivs., and others, of which var.
asplenifolia, Lodd., with laciniately cut and divided Ivs.
is the most remarkable. Of several varieties cult, for
their fr., Paragon, a precocious kind, and Numbo, a
variety with very large fr., are the most extensively
planted in this country. See Chestnut.
crenata, Sieb. & Zucc. (C. japonica, Blume. C.
sativa var. pubinervis, Makino). Fig. 835. Shrub or
tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, crenately serrate, or
the teeth reduced to a long, bristle-like point, slightly
pubescent when young, glabrous at length or only
pubescent on the veins beneath, 3-7 in. long, erect:
nut over 1 in. wide. Japan, China. S. I. F. 1 : 34. —
Shrubby and very precocious; it usually begins to
fruit when about six years old. Hardy as far north
as Mass.
835. -
Japanese Chestnut —
Castanea crenata.
BB. Branchlets pubescent, with
spreading hairs: Ivs. soft-
pubescent beneath, at least
those toward the end of the
shoots.
mollissima, Blume,. Tree, to
40 ft.: Ivs. oval-oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate or
short - acuminate, rounded or
truncate at the base, 3^-6 in.
long, coarsely serrate, glabrous
above, white - tomentose or
nearly green, but soft-pubescent
beneath, at least on the veins;
petioles pubescent, with spread-
ing hairs: nut about 1 in. wide;
spines of the husk pubescent.
N. and W. China. — Has proved
perfectly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum and is to be recom-
mended for its hardiness and
large nuts.
AA. Nuts solitary, round, higher
than thick.
p&mila, Mill. CHINQUAPIN.
Shrub or small tree, rarely 50
ft.: Ivs. cuneate, elliptic-oblong
or oblong-obovate, acute, serrate,
teeth often reduced to bristle-
like points, white - tomentose
beneath, 3-5 in. long: fr. ovate,
small, about %in. wide and %~1
in. long. May, June. From Pa.
to N. Fla. and Texas. S.S. 9:
442-3. — Useful for planting on
dry and rocky slopes; attractive
when in fl., and again in fall
with its abundant light green
burs among the dark foliage. The closely allied C.
alnifolia, Nutt., in the southern states, grows only a
few feet high, and has larger Ivs. and fr.
Vilmoriniana, Dode. Tree, to 80 ft. : branchlets gla-
brous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, usually rounded at the base, the teeth mostly
reduced to slender bristles, quite glabrous even while
young, 4-7 in. long: fr. globose-ovate, about Y^m.. thick
and slightly longer. Cent. China. — A valuable timber
tree. Recently intro. by the Arnold Arboretum.
ALFRED REHDER.
CASTANEA of commerce: The nuts of Bertholletia.
CASTANOPSIS (Castanea and opsis, chestnut-like).
Fagdcese. Ornamental trees or shrubs sometimes culti-
vated for their handsome evergreen foliage.
Closely allied to Castanea, but pistillate fls. usually
on separate catkins, sometimes solitary; ovary 3-celled.
fr. ripening the second year: involucre sometimes
tuberculate; winter-buds with many scales; terminal
bud present: Ivs. evergreen, entire or dentate. — About
25 species, chiefly in the tropical and subtropical
mountains of Asia, and 1 in W. N. Amer., which is the
hardiest, and is sometimes cult.; also several Chinese
species have been recently intro. into cult., but their
names have not yet been determined. For prop, see
Castanea.
chrysophylla, DC. (Castanea chrysophylla, Hook.).
Fig. 836 (adapted from Pacific R. R. Rep.). Tree, to
150 ft., shrubby at high elevations: Ivs. ovate-oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, entire, dark
green above, coated with minute golden yellow scales
beneath, 2-6 in. long: nut about ^in. wide, usually
solitary in the spiny involucre. Summer. Ore. to
Calif. S.S. 9: 439. B.M.4953. G.C. III. 22: 411; 36:145.
Gn. 76, p. 634. F.S. 12:1184. R.B. 7:240.— A highly
834. Castanea sativa.
(Xjfl
CASTANOPSIS
CASUAJRINA
683
ornamental tree with beautiful foliage, hardy only in
the warmer temperate regions, but the shrubby form is
much hardier. ALFRED REHDER.
CASTANOSPERMUM (chestnut seed, because of
the taste of the seeds). Leguminosse. A genus of 2
species, one of which is a tall Australian tree, with odd-
pinnate Ivs., the Ifts. broad, thick, entire: fls. large,
yellow-orange, in lateral or axillary loose racemes
which are usually about 5 in. long; petals 4; stamens
free; ovary long-stipitate, many-ovuled: pod 8-9 in.
long with 4-5 seeds larger than Italian chestnuts, globu-
lar. C. australe, Cunn., is the species known locally
836. Castanopsis chrysophylla. ( X %)
as "Moreton Bay chestnut." The seeds are roasted and
eaten. Intro, in S. Calif., but not common. The other
species is New Caledonian, and apparently not in cult.
CASTDLLEJA (a Spanish botanist, D. Castillejo).
Scrophulariaceas. PAINTED-CUP. Herbs with showy
bracts in a terminal head or spike, sometimes cultivated.
Flowers small, solitary, in terminal gaudy-bracted
spikes; corolla tubular, sometimes flattened laterally,
2-lipped; lower lip smaller, more or less 3-toothed;
stamens 4: Ivs. alternate, entire or cut — Upwards of
30 species in U. S. and Mex., and 1 in N. Asia. Cas-
tillejas are little known in gardens. They are more or
less root-parasitic.
cpccinea, Spreng. Biennial or annual, 1-2 ft., hairy:
radical Ivs. clustered, ovate or oblong, mostly entire;
st.-lvs. laciniate or cleft, and the middle lobe of the
bright scarlet bracts dilated : corolla pale yellow, about
the length of the calyx. Low grounds and grassy places,
Canada, south.
indivisa, Engelm. Annual, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. lance-linear
and entire (or sometimes 2-3-lobed) : bracts not lacini-
ate, bright red and showy. Texas. — Blooms early in
spring.
affinis, Hook & Arn. Perennial, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. narrow-
lanceolate, entire or the upper ones toothed at apex:
fl.-bracts becoming short and broad, red: spike lax
below. Calif., in moist soils. — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt.
44
folioldsa, Hook. & Arn. White- woolly perennial,
1-2 ft., the base woody: Ivs. small (1 in. or less long),
narrow-linear, crowded or fascicled: bracts 3-parted;
spike dense. Calif., in dry soils. — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt.
Integra, Gray. Perennial, 1 ft. or less, tomentose: Ivs.
grayish, linear, 3 in. or less long, entire: bracts of the
short spike linear-oblong or obovate-oblong, entire or
sometimes incised, red or rose. Texas to Ariz, and Colo.
— Has been offered in Germany. L. H B
CASTILLOA (for Castillejo, the Spanish botan-
ist). Moracese. Laticiferous trees, of which C. elastica
Cerv., is one of the important rubber-producing plants.
There are 2 or 3 species, in Cuba and Cent. Amer. Lvs.
alternate, short-petioled, often large, entire or toothed:
plant monoecious, the sexes borne in the same cluster:
sterile fl. with no perianth, stamens numerous ana
crowded, with scales intermixed; fertile fls. with 4-
lobed perianth, including the short-styled ovary: fr. a
crustaceous pericarp containing a pendulous seed.
The cult, of C. elastica for rubber is described in Cyclo.
Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 557.
CASTOR BEAN, CASTOR-OIL PLANT: Ricinua.
CASUARINA (said to be derived from Cosuarius, the
Cassowary, from resemblance of the branches to the
feathers). Casuarinaceae. BEEFWOOD. SHE-OAK. Odd
slender-branched leafless trees and shrubs grown in
warm regions and rarely seen under glass. They are thin-
topped trees of striking appearance.
Casuarinas are usually classified near the walnut
and hickory tribes, although very unlike them — or
other known plants — in botanical characters. They are
jointed and leafless plants, somewhat suggesting
equisetums in gross appearance. Flowers are unisexual;
staminate in cylindrical terminal spikes, each fl. con-
sisting of a stamen inclosed in 4 scales, 2 of the scales
being attached to the filament; pistillate fls. in dense
heads borne in the axils, and ripening into globular or
oblong cones, composed of 1-ovuled
ovaries subtended by bracts: fr. a
winged nutlet. — About 25 species
in Austral., New Caledonia and
E. Indies. The species fall into
2 groups, those having cylind-
rical and verticillate branches, and
those having 4-angled and only
imperfectly verticillate branches.
The species bear small toothed
sheaths at the joints.
Beefwood is planted in the ex-
treme South for its very odd
habit, and also to hold sands of
the seacoast. The wood burns
quickly, and is very hard and dur-
able. The redness of the wood
has given the popular name, beef-
wood. — The species are remark-
able for rapid growth. They grow
well in brackish and alkaline soils.
Propagated by seeds and by
cuttings of partly ripened wood.
equisetif&lia, Linn. Fig. 837.
Tree, becoming 150 ft. high in
favorable climates, and a most
rapid grower: branches drooping,
pale green, simple, terete or nearly
so, the internodes very short (less than Mm-)> sheath-
teeth 7 (6-8) lanceolate and appressed : staminate cone
nearly terete; pistillate cone short-ped uncled, ellip-
soidal, about H-in. diam. Widely distributed in the
farther Old World tropics, and the best-known species in
this country (in S. Fla. and Calif, and south). Gn. M.
7:21. L.B.C. 7:607.— The wood is valuable for many
purposes. The casuarinas are known as "oak" in Austral.
837. Casuarina
equisetifolia. (XYz)
684
CASUARINA
CATALPA
Cunninghamiana, Miq. Tree with slender branches,
much like C. equisetifolia, but cones smaller, about
J^in. diam., globular and very irregular, with promi-
nent valves. Austral. — Described as a rapid-growing
tree in Calif., with strong and dense growth and
numerous fine branches with very short internodes.
stricta, Dry. (C. quadrivdlvis, Labill.). Becoming
20-30 ft. high: branches erect, simple, 6-7-angled,
scarcely green, internodes short, as in the latter : sheath-
teeth usually 7, ovate-lanceolate and appressed: stam-
inate cone slender; pistillate cone nearly sessile,
oblong (sometimes staminate above), about 14-sided,
1 in. diam. Austral. Gn.M. 7:21.
torulosa, Dry. (C. tenuissima, Sieber). Reaches 70
or 80 ft.: branches erect, capillary, mostly terete, in-
ternodes short: sheath-teeth 4, very short, triangular
appressed: staminate cones filiform; pistillate cones
ellipsoidal, 8-10-sided. Austral.
sumatrana, Jungh. Shrub with dense very slender
branches which are sharply angled, the internodes often
very short, the sheath-teeth short : cone large, elliptical
or globose, the valves thick and concave-truncate at
apex. Sumatra. — Offered in England, and the branches
said to be useful for bouquets; very much branched.
L. H. B.
CATALPA (the Indian name of C. bignonioides).
Bignoniaceae. Ornamental trees, often cultivated for
their handsome flowers appearing in large and showy
panicles in summer, and for their heavy foliage.
Leaves usually deciduous, opposite, long-petioled,
entire or coarsely lobed: fls. in terminal panicles; calyx
splitting irregularly or 2-lipped; corolla campanula te,
2-lipped, with 2 smaller upper and 3 larger lower lobes;
fertile stamens 2, curved, with diverging anther-sacs,
not exceeding the tube of the corolla; style 2-lobed at
the apex, slightly longer than the stamens: fr. a very
long cylindrical caps., separating into 2 valves, with
numerous small oblong compressed seeds bearing a
tuft of white hairs on each end. — About 10 species in
N. Amer., W. India and E. Asia, of which 6 are hardy
in the northern temperate regions.
Catalpas are deciduous or rarely evergreen trees with
opposite or sometimes whorled, long-petioled, large
838. Catalpa ovata in fruit.
(XM)
and simple leaves emitting in most species a disagree-
able odor when bruised, and with white, pinkish or yel-
lowish flowers in large and showy panicles followed by
very long and narrow cylindric pods.
The coarse-grained and soft wood is very durable in
the ground, and, therefore, much valued for fence-psts
and railway ties. Catalpa bignonioides and particularly
C. speciosa are sometimes planted as avenue trees. For
formal gardens, if low round-headed trees are desired,
C. bignonioides var. nana is to be recommended. They
839. Catalpa speciosa. ( Xf )
grow in almost any somewhat moist soil, and are hardy
as far north as New England. Propagated by seeds
sown in spring, in the North, best with slight bottom
heat, or by cuttings from ripe wood, the varieties often
by softwood cuttings in early summer or by grafting
on seedlings or on roots under glass in spring; also
increased sometimes by layers and root cuttings.
A. Infl. paniculate: Ivs.
usually pubescent,
with simple hairs.
B. Fls. yellow, striped
inside orange and
spotted dark violet,
less than 1 in. long.
ovata, Don
( C. Kaempferi,
Sieb.&Zucc. C.
Henryi, Dode).
Fig. 838. Tree,
to 20 ft.: Ivs.
broadly cordate-
ovate, abruptly
acuminate, often
3-5-lobed, nearly
glabrous at length, with reddish spots in the axils of
the veins beneath, 5-8 in. long: panicles many-fld.,
4-7 in. long, fragrant. June. China, much cult, in
Japan. B.M. 6611. I.H. 9:319. L.I. 10. S.I.F. 2:71.—
Hardier than the American species.
BB. Fls. white, with 2 yellow stripes inside, and spotted
purplish brown, l%-2 in. long.
bignonioides, Walt. (C. Catdlpa, Karst. C. syringi-
folia, Sims). CATALPA. INDIAN BEAN. Tree, 20-50
ft.: Ivs. often whorled, cordate-ovate, abruptly acumi-
nate, sometimes with 2 lateral lobes, pubescent beneath,
5-8 in. long, of unpleasant odor: panicles many-fld.;
iis. about 2 in. diam., thickly spotted inside: pod 6-20
in. long, M~Mm- thick. June, July. Southern states,
north to Tenn., often naturalized elsewhere. B.M.
1094. L.B.C. 13:1285. S.S. 6:288-9. Gng. 6:118-9.
G.F. 3:537, 539. J. H. III. 32:121. G.C. III. 21:298;
29:167; 44:10, 312. F.E. 23:479. G.W. 7, p. 88. G.
23:481. G.M. 37:627. Gn. 22, p. 74; 26, p. 164-5; 33,
p. 393; 36, p. 239; 66, p. 205. — Usually low tree, with
very wide-spreading branches. Not much used medici-
nally, but pods and seeds said to possess antispasmodic,
cardiac, and sedative properties: bark anthelmintic,
alterative. There are some garden forms. Var. aurea,
Lav. Lvs. yellow. G.M. 53:709. Var. nana, Bur. (C.
Bungei, Hort., not C. A. Mey.). Forms a dense, round
bush, of ten grafted high. Gng. 3: 195. M.D.G. 1903:616.
F.E. 14, p. 31.
specidsa, Warder. Figs. 839, 840. (C. cordifblia,
Jaume, partly). WESTERN CATALPA. Tree, to 100 ft.:
Ivs. cordate-ovate, long-acuminate, pubescent beneath,
8-12 in. long: panicles comparatively few-fld.; fls.
about 2^2 in- diam., inconspicuously spotted inside:
pod K-^in. thick. June. From S. 111. and Ind. to
La. and Miss. S.S. 6:290-1. R.H. 1895:136. M.D.G.
1903:229-30 (habit). — A very desirable ornamental
tree, closely allied to the former, but taller and hardier.
Properties similar to C. bignonioides. Var. pulverulenta,
Paul & Son. Lvs. freely dotted with white or cream
color. G.M. 53:30. G. 30:289. F.E. 31:319.
hybrida, Spaeth (C. Teasii, Penhall. C. Teasidna,
Dode). HYBRID CATALPA. Hybrid between C. big-
nonioides and C. ovata. Large tree, intermediate
between the parents: the Ivs. resemble more those of
C. ovata, and are purplish when unfolding, but much
larger and slightly pubescent beneath, while the fls.
are more like B. bignoniodes, but smaller and with
the infl. often twice as long. Originated at J. C.
Teas' nursery at Baysville, Ind. G.F. 2:305. Gt.
47:1454. G.W. 3, p. 569. — A very valuable tree, flow-
CATALPA
CATASETUM
685
ering profusely; of rapid growth and ha^dy. Seedlings
usually resemble C. ovata. Var. japonica, Rehd. (C.
jnpdnica, Dode). Lvs. broader and more abruptly
acuminate, nearly glabrous beneath. Var. purptlrea,
Rehd. (C. hybrida var. atropurpurea, Spaeth. C. big-
nonioides var. purpurea, Hort.). Lvs. dark purple when
young, green at length.
AA. Infl. racemose; pedicels very slender, 1-1% in. long,
occasionally the lower ones with 2 or 3 fls.
B. Lvs. pubescent or tomentose beneath, with branched
hairs.
Fargesii, Bur. Tree, to 60 ft. : Ivs. ovate, acuminate,
rounded at the base, entire, slightly pubescent above,
densely beneath, 3-6 in. long: racemes pubescent, 7-10-
fld.; fls. about 1]^, in. long, rosy pink with purplish
brown dots in throat: pod to 2 ft. long, %-%in. thick.
W. China. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris III. 6:3.
BB. Lvs. quite glabrous.
Ducloftxii, Dode (C. sutchuenensis, Dode). Tree, to
80 ft.: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, usually rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, with purple spots in the axils of the
veins beneath, 5-8 in. long and often 4 or 5 in. broad:
racemes 5-15-fld., the lower branches sometimes with
2 or 3 fls. ; fls. rosy pink with orange markings in throat,
1/^-1 % in- long: pod about 2 ft. long and %-}/&&.
thick. Cent. China.
Bungei, C. A. Mey. Small tree: Ivs. narrowly trian-
gular-ovate, entire or with 1 or few pointed teeth near
the base, long - acuminate, truncate or sometimes
broadly cuneate at the base, with purple spots in the
axils beneath, 3-6 in. long and not over 3 in. wide:
racemes 3-12-fld.; fls. white with purple spot, \—\l/2 in.
long: pod 12-15 in. long. N. China. Nouv. Arch. Mus.
Paris 111.6:4. — Has proved perfectly hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum. Var. heterophylla, C. A. Mey.
(C. heterophylla, Dode). Lvs. with several pointed
teeth near the base: racemes 3-5-fld.
C. longlssima, Sims. Tree to 50 ft.: Ivs. oblong-ovate, coriaceous:
fls. small, white. W. Indies; often planted as shade tree in Cuba.
ALFRED REHDER.
CATANANCHE (Greek name, referring to ancient
custom of using the plant in making love-philters).
Composite. Annual or perennial garden herbs, grown
for the bloom.
Leaves crowded at the base of the St., and linear
or lanceolate: head long-peduncled, blue or yellow:
achene oblong, ribbed and usually villose or setose:
Eappus of 5-7 lanceolate long-acuminate scales. — A
alf dozen species in the Medit. region. Of easiest
cult, in any garden soil, particularly if light. Prop, by
seeds and division. Useful for cutting.
caerftlea, Linn. Perennial, 2 ft.: Ivs. tomentose,
lanceolate and few-toothed, 3-nerved: fl.-heads 2 in.
across, with wide flat-toothed blue rays, on long slen-
der sts. Blooms in June, July and Aug. S. Eu. B.M.
293. R.H. 1890, p. 523. G. 28:541. Gn. 42, p. 25; 55:
368. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls. Gn. 55:368. Var.
bicolor, Hort., has white margin and blue center.
Often used as everlastings. L\ H. B.
CATASETUM (Greek for downward or backward,
and bristle). Orchiddcese. Epiphytic or terrestrial
orchids, requiring hothouse conditions.
Stems short fusiform: Ivs. plaited, membranaceous:
scapes basal; fls. in racemes, globose or expanded;
labellum fleshy; column erect, provided with sensi-
tive appendages which, when touched, cause the pollen-
masses to fly out; pollinia 2. The genus includes Mon-
achanthus and Myanthus. — There are about 50 or 60
species in the American tropics.
The flowers are in racemes or spikes, firm in texture,
and white or in shades of green, yellow, brown or purple.
Catasetums are not much cultivated, since most of
the species are not showy, but they are interesting to
the botanist and amateur because of the striking ejec-
tion of the pollen-masses. Gardeners often have trouble
with catasetums, but they are not difficult to grow if
given good care. They need a high temperature, long
period of rest, and free supply of water during the
growing season. They are grown in both pots and bask-
ets. Readily propagated by dividing the plants at the
base; also from very ripe pseudobulbs cut in pieces and
put in sand. For culture, see Orchids.
A. Fls. white.
Bungerdthii, N. E. Br. Sts. 8-9 in. tall: sepals larger
than the petals, nearly 2 in. long; labellum tending
toward concave, roundish; appendages thickish. Ecua-
dor. B.M. 6998. G.C. III. 1:142. I.H. 37:117; 34:10.
Gn. 33:388. A.F. 6:633.— A striking plant.
840. Catalpa speciosa in fruit. ( X H)
AA. Fls. yellowish, more or less marked with brown
or red.
macrocarpum, Rich. (C. Cldveringi, Lindl. C. triden-
tatum, Hook.). Fls. large, nearly 3K in- across; petals
and sepals yellow, verging on green, spotted with red-
dish brown; labellum yellow. Guiana. B.M. 2559,
3329. I.H. 33:619. Var. rftbrum, Hort. Ared-fld. form.
fimbriatum, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in.
long: raceme pendulous, 8- or more-fld.; fls. 2% in.
across; sepals whitish or pale yellow, closely barred with
red. Brazil. B.M. 7158. A.F. 6:609. Var. afcreum,
Hort. Fls. pale green, slightly marked with rose, center
of h'p deep golden yellow.
longifdlium, Lindl. Pseudobulbs deflexed: Ivs. nar-
row and glaucous, reaching 3 ft. : fls. on drooping, com-
pact spikes; sepals and petals greenish yellow tipped
with dull red; lip helmet-like, orange-yellow. Guiana.
— Epiphyte.
AAA. Fls. essentially red or brownish.
decipiens, Reichb. f. Fls. 1J^ in. across; sepals and
petals lanceolate; red-brown and spotted; lip saccate,
yellowish outside and red-brown inside. Venezuela.
A.F. 6:609.
AAAA. Fls. many-colored, grotesque.
Gndmus, Andre". Pseudobulb oblong-ovate and
alternate, articulated: fls. in a long loose raceme on
slender pedicels; sepals greenish and purple-barred; 2
lateral petals spreading, concave, purple; h'p bluntly
conical, olive-green spotted outside, ivory-white within,
fringed above. S. Amer. I.H. 24:270. A.F. 12:293.
C. barbatum, Lindl. Fls. green, blotched with purple. Guiana.
— C. callosum, Lindl. Odd: fls. with chocolate-brown, narrow-
lanceolate sepals and petals; lip greenish, speckled with red.
Venezuela. B.M. 4219, 6648.— C. Christydnum, Reichb. f. Sepals
and petals usually chocolate; lip greenish yellow, purple fringed.
S. Amer.(?). G.C. III. 18:617. B.M. 8007. — C. Claesidnum, Lmd.
& Cogn. Fls. greenish yellow; lip fringed along sides. Brazil. G.C.
Ill 44-211. — C. Cllftonii, Hort. Probably a form of C. Bungero-
thii. G.M. 54:593 (desc.).— C. Cdlmanise, Hort. Fine yellow fl.
with 3-lobed lip stained with deep crimson. — C. discolor, Lmdl. Fls.
purple. An old sort, now rarely seen. Brazil. — C. eburneum, Rolfe.
686
CATASETUM
CATTLEYA
Fls. ivory-white; sac of lip deep yellow. Colombia — C. Garnettia-
num, Rolfe. Allied to C. barbatum. Fis. small; sepals and petals
very narrow, green, with large bars of red-brown; lip white,
fringed. Amazon. B.M. 7069.— C. imperials, Lind. & Cogn. Sepals
and petals ovate-acute, white, purple-spotted; lip orbicular-cor-
date, purple in center and white-margined. G.C. III. 17:329. S.H.
1, p. 369. J.H. III. 30:25.— C. labiatum, Rodr. Scapes \Vi ft.
long, the male 10-fld., female 2-fld. Organ Mts. C. Undeni, Cogn.
Fls. large (as of C. Bungerothii); sepals and petals yellow, with
purplish spots and bars; lip yellow, spotted at base. G.C. III. 17:
329. S.H. 1, p. 369. — C. maculatum, Kunth. Sepals acuminate,
spotted with claret; petals broader, red-blotched; lip yellowish
green outside, dark brown within. Colombia and Nicaragua. — C.
mirdbile, Cogn. Fls. very large, the sepals and petals oblong-lan-
ceolate, and yellowish, with purple spots and bars; lip kidney-
shaped, bright yellow with 2 purple spots, toothed. G.C. III. 17:
329. S.H. 1, p. 369. — C. monodon, Kranzl. Spike long with 6-8
greenish fls.; lip flat, with fringes along border. Brazil. G.C. III.
35:354 (desc.). — C. pileatum, Reichb., var. aiireum, Hort. Fls.
creamy white, shaded with greenish yellow. G.M. 47:829, 831. —
C. guddridens, Rolfe. Fls. with pair of short, acute teeth situated
at lower angles of abortive stigma. — C. Rhamphdstos, Hort.
Raceme few-fld., up to 10 in. long; fls. pale green. Andes of Colom-
bia.— C. Scurra, Reichb. f. Compact: fls. fragrant, yellowish white,
green-veined; lip 3-lobed. Guiana. G.C. II. 7:304-5. — C. spind-
sum, Lindl. (Myanthus spinosus, Hook.). Lip spreading, with
succulent hairs, bearing on upper side at base an erect 3-partite
spine and a much larger one below the acumen. Brazil. B.M. 3802.
— C. splendens, Cogn. Intermediate between C. Bungerothii and C.
macrocarpum. Sepals greenish white with purplish center; petals
white with many purple spots; lip cream-color, purple-marked.
Runs into many forms: var. album, Lind. & Cogn., white or nearly
so. Var. Alicix, Lind. & Cogn. Fls. large; sepals and petals purplish;
lip white, toothed. Var. aureo-maculatum. Bossch. Yellow. I.H.
43:54. Var. atropurpureum. Hort. Blackish purple. — C. tenebrd-
sum, Kranzl. Fls. almost black, very spreading. Peru. G.C. III.
48:229 (desc.). — A. Tracyanum, Hort. A provisional name for a
distinct species with whitish green fls. — C. viridi-flavum, Hook.
Fls. green, the lip conic, yellow inside. Cent. Amer. B.M. 4017. —
C. Warscewlczii, Lindl. & Paxt. From Panama. Now rarely seen.
OAKES AMES.
L. H. B.f
CATCHFLY: Silene.
CATECHU: Acacia Catechu; Areca Catechu.
CATERPILLARS. The worm-like pods of Scorpiurus
vermiculdta, Linn., S. subvillosa, Linn., and others
(Leguminosse), are sometimes used as surprises in
salads and soups; and for that purpose they are culti-
vated in parts of Europe, and seeds are sold in this
country. They are sometimes catalogued as Worms.
They are annuals of the easiest culture. The pods of
Medicdgo scutelldta, Mill., and others are known as
Snails. The pods are not edible. European plants.
A.G. 13:681. L. H. B.
CATESREA (Mark Catesby, 1679-1749, author of
natural histories of parts of N. Amer.). Rubidcese.
Spiny shrubs of the W. Indies and one (B. parviflora}
reaching the coast of Fla., of 6 species, one of which
is offered in the trade: Ivs. small, opposite or fasciculate,
mostly ovate or oblong: fls. axillary and solitary, white,
sometimes showy, 4-merous; corolla funnel-shaped,
with short lobes; stamens 4, inserted deep in the tube:
fr. a globular berry. C. spinosa, Linn., offered in Fla.,
is a slow-growing evergreen shrub from the W. Indies:
Ivs. ovate to obovate, nearly as long as the straight
spines: fls. yellow, large and conspicuous, the corolla-
tube tapering down to the middle and then very nar-
row or filiform, the segms. much shorter than the
tube: berry ovoid, yellow, edible. — Recommended for
hedges. L. H. B.
CATHA (Arabian name). Celastrdcese. One ever-
green spineless shrub of Arabia and Afr., and cult, in
warm countries for the lys., which are said to possess
sustaining and recuperative properties and which are
eaten by the Arabs or used in the preparation of a
beverage. C. edulis, Forsk. (Celdstrus edulis, Vahl).
KHAT. CAFTA. Glabrous, to 10 ft. : Ivs. opposite, or on
the leafy shoots alternate, thick, narrowly elliptic or
oval-oblanceolate, serrate, narrowed to the short petiole,
4 in. or less long: fls. small, white, in short axillary
clusters; calyx 5-lobed; petals 5; stamens 5, borne on
a disk: fr. an oblong or clavate caps., 3-valved, 1-3-
seeded, J^in. long. — Recently offered in this country.
The twigs and Ivs. are an object of commerce in Arabia.
T TT R
CATMINT or CATNIP: Nepeta.
CATOPSIS (Greek compound, of obscure applica-
tion). Bromelidcese. Fifteen or more species in Trop.
Amer., with strap-shaped or lanceolate mostly rosulate
lys. and spikes or racemes of white or yellow fls. termina-
ting a scape, very little known in cult. : sepals and petals
separate to base; stamens shorter than the calyx;
stigma subsessile. They require the cultural conditions
of the erect tillandsias. C. nitida, Griseb. (Tilldndsia
nitida, Hook.), from W. Indies and S., is 6^-18 in. tall,
with oblong-mucronate shining green Ivs. in rosettes,
and white fls. in slender spikes. C. penduliflora, Wright,
from Peru, is recently intro., with oblong-elliptic Ivs.
(6 in. long) in a rosette and with thin denticulate mar-
gins, and white pendulous short-stalked fls. on a race-
mosely branched scape 1^ ft. high.
CAT-TAIL: Typha.
CATTLEYA (William Cattley, an early English
horticulturist and naturalist). Orchiddcese. Epiphytic
orchids, requiring intermediate temperatures.
Pseudobulbs ovoid, clavate, fusiform or cylindric,
short or elongated, smooth or furrowed, bearing 1-3
Ivs.: Ivs. coriaceous: fls. single or in clusters, borne
usually at the apex of the pseudobulb, rarely on a leafy
st. arising from the base of the pseudobulb, showy;
sepals and petals similar or the petals much broader,
membranous or fleshy; lip usually 3-lobed; lateral lobes
commonly forming a tube inclosing the column, rarely
the lateral lobes small; column clavate, fleshy; pollinia
4. — A genus of about 40 species, natives of continental
Trop. Amer., especially numerous in Brazil and in the
Andean region. Innumerable hybrids and horticultural
forms have been named, those of the labiata group
alone running into hundreds. Showiest of all orchids,
and of great commercial value.
The growing of cattleyas.
The cattleyas are indigenous to the western hemi-
sphere only, Central and South America being the
regions in which they abound, particularly in the latter,
from the different countries of which large quantities
are imported yearly. During the last few years the col-
lecting and importing of cattleyas into the United
States has assumed large proportions, owing to a con-
tinually and steadily increased demand, not only by
amateurs but also by the trade in general. There are
two particular reasons for this increased demand : first,
the exquisitely beautiful flowers, combined with size
and marvelous colors adapted for decorations at all
sorts of functions, are never out of place; second, their
easy culture. Florists and amateurs alike are begin-
ning to realize that, after all, orchids are plants, and if
only treated in a common sense way they are by far
easier to grow than a good many other plants, and
especially so the cattleyas, provided some attention is
paid to their requirements.
Cattleyas, as a whole, delight in a genial atmosphere,
with all the air possible when the outside temperature
will permit. In summer, from May on to the end of
October, air should be admitted day and night; thus
there are no temperatures to be prescribed for these
months. Later, when artificial heat has to be depended
on, 50° to 55° at night is the best, bearing in mind that
the earliest species to flower may be kept at the warmer
end, and the later summer-blooming species, such as
C. Mossise and C. gigas, may be wintered at the cooler
end of the structure; thus beginning in autumn with
C. labiata, C. Percivaliana, C. Trianse, C. Schrcederse, C.
Mossise, C. Mendelii; and, last of all, C. gigas, in their
regular order, of bloom, these may be treated according
to their season of flowering. One cannot change the
**• m
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
687
time of blooming of a cattleya, that is to say force it as
other plants may be forced, without injury to the
plants and a poor quality of bloom, but they are often
retarded by systematic copier treatment.
The best potting material is the soft brown osmun-
dine, used alone with no sphagnum moss unless it is
possible to make this moss live, and even then it is of
no value to the plants except as an index to the pres-
ence of moisture. Moss that is dead and inert is a
detriment in the potting material of all orchids. The
one imperative thing in the potting of cattleyas is that
they be made perfectly firm in their receptacles;
if loose potting is practised, the young roots are injured
each time the plant is handled, and the material is
like a sponge, holding too much moisture in suspension
for the plants to do well, and, given a time when the
roots do not dry out quickly, all will soon die.
Newly imported cattleyas, as they arrive from South
America, are usually much dried up, due to the treat-
ment given before shipment to avoid loss by decay or
fermentation on the way. If the plants are washed well
with soap and water, placed in an airy shaded house for
a few weeks and allowed to plump up again, roots will
soon be seen starting. At this time, pot each piece in a
receptacle suitable to the size of the plant (never let it
be too large, but always err on the minimum when in
doubt), fill the pots half full of drainage if common
flower-pots are used, and fill up with osmundine to the
top, pressing this material in with a blunt-pointed stick
so that the plant will be firm. Moisture from this time
on for weeks may be applied by spraying overhead
during bright days. If the pieces are large, baskets
are preferable to pots, as there is more aeration through
the material and the plants may be suspended and
space economized. Newly established plants often
bloom the first year, and one may get an idea of the
infinite variety found among the plants, as no two are
alike. Some districts known to collectors produce bet-
ter forms than others, in fact, in certain localties, the
plants found produce flowers of very inferior quality.
It is becoming more difficult to collect orchids, especially
cattleyas from their native habitats, transportation
not having improved and the distance to travel being
greater each time. In consequence of this, hybridizers
are now turning their attention to the reproduction of
fine forms true to themselves, with considerable success,
and should the supply of wild plants fail, there cannot
now, in view of the well-understood and successful
methods of raising cattleyas, be a time when the plants
will be unobtainable. Considering the variation found
among the wild plants, it is to be expected that home-
raised seedlings will vary; but if the best-known forms
are used, and these only are worth the trial, one may
expect a large measure of success.
In our climate there is no period when the cattleyas
should be kept dry at the roots. The plants are either
getting ready to bloom, in crop, or recuperating there-
from, and these three periods cover the year. One does
not have to resort to drying to attain ripening as do
the European cultivators, and failure here is often
traceable to foreign training or text-books.
Established plants should be repotted at least every
second year. This is as long as the osmundine will
remain suitable for the roots to ramify in, and if the
plants are grown in pots, immerse the same a day before
if the roots are dry, or most of them will remain at-
tached to the pots. Remove all decayed portions of
material and roots, wash with clean water, and repot as
with newly imported plants, remembering always that
a size too large often proves fatal to success. Plants
that have been newly potted must not be placed among
others that have not received attention, but all should
be put in a situation in which they can be treated to
little water at the roots for several weeks until the
weather is such that there is no danger of their becom-
ing overwatered. Cattleyas should be attended to in
this respect in the winter months, taking first C. labiata,
as it is the first to start growing, then C. Trianx; the
later kinds may be potted before flowering with less
injury than afterwards, if done with care.
In hot weather, cattleyas should always be watered in
the evening or latter part of the day. A generous spray-
ing overhead will supply the moisture at a time when
the roots get most of it, as may be seen by an examina-
tion in early morning. There is no danger of injury if an
abundance of air is supplied. One has only to be care-
ful during such times as the atmosphere outside is sur-
charged with moisture, then it is wise not to use any
moisture inside even for a week at a time. This is when
the dreaded "black spot" disease is often seen. It
usually begins at the union of leaf and bulb, and when
first seen, amputation must be practised to a point
below infection, and dry sulfur and powdered charcoal
applied at once as an absorbent. A small can of this
ought always to be ready to hand, for if the disease gets
down to the rhizome, several bulbs will be affected at
once, and it is often difficult to save the plant. The
disease is also highly infectious and may easily be
transmitted to a healthy plant by means of a knife
used to cut off diseased parts of another.
«^8H £mr*
841. Cattleya Mendelii.
Apart from seeds, the propagation of cattleyas is a
slow process to be accomplished only by the cutting of
the rhizome between the bulbs, leaving at least three of
the leading ones and separating the older ones accord-
ing to their strength or the dormant buds at the base
that are visible. A clean cut or notch that almost
severs the rhizome is the best, leaving the parts where
they are until new growth and roots are made, then
potting in small receptacles, wiring or staking the little
pieces firmly. Apart from the three last-made bulbs
on the rhizome, the older ones are a source of weak-
ness to the plants and are better removed, and in
the case of valuable forms utilized as above. This is
the way all duplicates of the many albino varieties have
been obtained. There are many white cattleyas bearing
the same name, as C. Triame alba or C. Mossise Wagneri,
for many have appeared among importations, but these
differ in each individual and unless a plant is increased
by division one cannot be sure of the same thing.
Opinions are divided as to the "feeding" of orchids.
It is certain that when rain-water is saved in cisterns
for the plants, and these happen to be in the vicinity of
cities where soot collects on the roofs of the houses, the
688
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
plants show unusual vigor and in consequence of
this, many have practised the use of fertilizers in ex-
ceedingly dilute proportions in all the water used on
the plants, and some have had surprising results. The
temptation, however, is always present to feel that if a
little is good, more would be better, and herein lies the
danger. When plant-foods are used in solution, they
should be considered only as sufficient to make the dif-
ference between rain-water and that which comes out
of a pipe.
The best twelve varieties of cattleyas for commercial
purposes, and, indeed, for amateurs also, are the fol-
lowing: C. Trianse, fls. Jan.-March; C. Schroederse,
fls. March, Apr.; C. Mossias, fls. April, May; C. Men-
delii, fls. Apr., May; C. Warneri, fls. May, June; C.
gigas, fls. June, July; C. aurea, fls. June, July; C.
Gaskelliana, fls. Aug., Sept.; C. Harrisoniana, fls. Sept.,
Oct.; C. labiata, fls. Oct., Nov.; C. Bowringeana, fls.
Oct., Nov.; C. Percivaliana, fls. Dec.
With a number of plants of each of the above kinds,
it will be seen that it is possible to have a succession of
flowers from one end of the year to the other.
E. O. ORPET and JOHN E. LAGER.
The following American trade names belong to
Laelia: C. crispa, C. lobala, C. marginata, C. pumila. See,
also, the list of hybrids at the close of Cattleya. For C.
aurantiaca, see Epidendrum.
The cattleyas enter into various generic hybrids:
consult, for example, _Brassocattlselia, Brassocattleya,
Brasso-Lsdia-Cattleya, Epicattleya, Lsdiocattleya.
Of several of the following species, there are named
varieties in the American trade, varying in stature,
habit and particularly in the color of the flowers.
INDEX.
Aclandiae, 1, 31.
gloriosa, 12.
odoratissima, 25.
alba, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14,
Goodsonii, 13.
ovata, 24.
16, 17, 22 26, 27.
Goosensiana, 9.
pallida, 16.
albescens, 12, 13.
grandiflora, 15.
Papeiansiana, 27.
Alexandra, 9.
granulosa, 29.
Parthenia, 24.
Amesiana, 14.
grataxiana, 13.
Peetersii, 9.
amethystina, 24.
guttata, 20, 28, 30.
Percivaliana, 13.
amethystoglossa, 20.
hackbridgensis, 11.
Perrinii, 14.
Aquinii, 24.
Harrisonias, 27.
Pieties, 11.
Arembergii, 26.
Harrisoniana, 27.
princeps, 33.
atropurpurea, 12, 13.
Harrisonii, 27.
Prinzii, 20.
aurea, 4.
Hodgkinsonii, 16.
punctatissima, 24.
aureola; 9.
Holfordii, 18.
quadricolor, 13.
autumnalis, 14, 21.
Holmesii, 13.
refulgens, 13.
Backhousiana, 13.
Holtzeii, 13.
Regnellii, 31.
Bassettii, 10.
imperialis, 12.
Reineckiana, 9.
Bertii, 11.
innocens, 26.
Rex, 8.
bicolor, 2.
intermedia, 24, 26.
rochellensis, 12.
Bluntii, 11.
jenseniana, 4.
Roezlii, 10.
boelensis, 9.
Karwinskii, 19.
Rollissoniana, 13.
boetzelariensis, 13.
Keteleerii, 20.
rosita, 4.
bogotensis, 13.
labiata, 4,7, 9, 10,11,
rouseleana, 9.
Bowringiana, 21.
12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17.
Russelliana, 29.
Brandneriana, 13.
Lachneri, 11.
Sanderse, 20.
brunoyensis, 13.
Lamheanana, 11.
Sanderiana, 12.
bulbosa, 33.
Lawrenceana, 5.
saturata, 12.
caerulea, 9, 13, 16.
Leeana, 13.
Schilleriana, 31.
Candida, 13, 27.
Lemoinei, 14.
Schofieldiana, 29.
Carrieri, 9.
Leopoldii, 28.
Schomburgkii, 25.
chocoensis, 13.
leucoglossa, 11.
Schroederae, 13.
chrysotoxa, 4.
lilacina, 13.
Skinneri, 21, 22.
oitrina, 19.
Loddigesii, 24, 26, 27.
speciossisima, 10.
ccelestis, 9.
Lowise, 11.
splendens, 25, 26.
Cooksoniae, 14.
Luddemanniana, 10.
Stanleyi, 10.
coundoniensis, 9, 13.
luteola, 18.
summitensis, 15.
crocata, 7.
macroziana, 11.
superba, 14, 25.
Dawsonii, 10.
maculata, 27.
superbissima, 27.
delicata, 13, 26.
majestica, 11.
tessellata, 13.
Dixonae, 11.
Malouana, 10.
Triame, 13.
dolosa, 3.
Mariae, 13.
trilabiata, 17.
Dowiana, 4.
maritima, 24.
triumphans, 13, 21.
DuBuysoniana, 29.
Massangeana, 13.
nera, 14.
dulcis, 9.
Maudeae, 11.
vestalis, 32.
elatior, 30.
maxima, 6.
Victoria-regina, 23.
Eldorado, 7.
Mendelii, 11.
violacea, 25, 27.
enfieldiensis, 13.
Meta, 13.
Wageneri, 9.
flavida, 18.
Meyeri, 18.
Walkeriana, 3, 33, 34.
Floryae, 9.
modesta, 18.
Wallisii, 7.
Forbesii, 32.
Mooreana, 13.
Warneri, 17.
fulgens, 9.
Morganise, 11.
Warorqueana, 14.
Gardneriana, 33.
Mossise, 9.
Warscewiczii, 12.
Gaskelliana, 16.
Naldereana, 14.
Wellesleyae, 13.
gigantea, 11, 19, 27.
nigrescens, 1.
wisetonensis, 11.
gigas, 12.
nobilior, 34.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Infl. terminal.
B. Lateral lobes of lip small or wanting,
the column exposed.
C. Peduncles 1-2-fld., from a very
short spathe or naked: pseudo-
bulb fusiform, short 1. Aclandias
CO. Peduncles many-fid., from a large
spathe: pseudobulbs long 2. bicolor
BB. Lateral lobes of lip large.
c. Corners recurved, exposing column. 3. dolosa
cc. Corners not recurved, concealing
column.
D. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd.
E. Plants large: pseudobulbs fusi-
form or clavate: fls. large.
F. Sepals and petals yellow; lip
ample, rich purple, beauti-
fully veined and reticulated
with gold 4. Dowiana
FF. Sepals and petals not yellow.
O. Petals about twice as broad
as the sepals which are
markedly undulate.
H. Tube narrowly cylindric,
the limb not striped o. Lawrenceana
HH. Tube cylindric-funnelform,
the limb bordered with
white and streaked with
darker color, with a
median yellow line 6. maxima
GO. Petals 8 times or more as
broad as the sepals ivhich
are not undulate or but
slightly so.
H. Lip with a large orange
blotch in the center, sur-
rounded by circles of
white and purple in
order 7. Eldorado
HH. Lip with other color ar-
rangement.
I. The lip about as wide as
or wider than the petals.
3. Tube of lip yellow;
sepals and petals
white 8. Rex
JJ. Tube white or colored
other than yellow.
K. Border of limb white,
the center bright pur-
ple variegated with
violet 9. Mossiae
KK. Limb without white
border.
L. Throat with a yellow
or white eye on
each side 10. Luddeman-
LL. Throat without eye. [niana
M. Color of tube white,
or the same as
petals; limb pur-
ple-crimson .... 11. Mendelii
MM. Color of tube and
limb bright pur-
ple; throat with
2 yellow spots. . . 12. Warscewiczii
n. The lip narrower than
petals.
j. Limb much shorter than
the tube, the margin
relatively but little
crisped 13. Trianas
JJ. Limb about as long as
the tube, the margin ,
much crisped.
K. Throat with a golden
eye on each side. . . . 14. labiata
KK. Throat without eye.
L. Margin of limb dif-
ferent in color from
the center.
M. Petals longer than
the sepals and
lip; fls. 4^-5 in.
across 15. Percivaliana
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
689
KEY TO THE SPECIES, continued
MM. Petals about as
long as sepals
and lip; fls. 6-7
in. across 16. Gaskelliana
LL. Limb not margined..l7 . Warneri
EE. Plants small: pseudobulbs ovate
or oblong: fls. small, yellow. ..18. luteola
DD. Pseudobulbs 2-3-lvd.
E. Peduncle pendent, bearing usu-
ally a single yellow fl.; lip
entire 19. citrina
EE. Peduncle erect, bearing 2-10
fls. or more; lip usually 3-
lobed.
F. Ground-color of sepals and
petals not green nor brown.
o. With large purple spots .... 20. amethysto-
oo. Not spotted [glossa
H. Fls. 5-10; sepals a;td
petals not fleshy.
I. Lip emarginate; blooms
in fall 21. Bowringiana
ii. Lip acute; blooms in
spring 22. Skinneri
HH. Fls. 2-5; sepals and petals
fleshy.
I. Middle lobe of lip much
broader than tube 23. Victoria-
n. Middle lobe of lip not [regina
broader than tube.
j. Color of sepals and
petals pale or white;
petals the same width
as dorsal sepal 24. intermedia
JJ. Color of sepals and pet-
als marked; petals
broader than dorsal
sepal.
K. Lateral lobes of lip
and petals acute. . . . 25. violacea
KK. Lateral lobes of lip
and petals obtuse.
L. Lip distinctly 3-
lobed, the nerves of
the disk smooth.... 26. Loddigesii
LL. Lip indistinctly 3-
lobed, the nerves
of the disk rugose-
thickened 27. Harrisoniana
FF. Ground -color of sepals and
petals brown 28. Leopoldii
FFF. Ground - color of sepals and
petals green.
Q. Lip warty or papillate.
H. Claw long 29. granulosa
HH. Claw short or wanting. . . .30. guttata
GO. Lip not warty nor papillate.
H. Middle lobe much broader
than the tube; sepals and
petals spotted 31. Schilleriana
HH. Middle lobe not broader
than the tube; sepals and
petals not spotted 32. Forbesii
AA. Infl. from the base of the pseudobulb.
B. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd.: lateral lobes of
lip separated, exposing column.. .33. Walkeriana
BB. Pseudobulbs 2-lvd.: lateral lobes of
lip forming a tube, concealing
column 34. nobilior
1. Aclandias, Lindl. Sts. 4-5 in. tall, bearing 2 or 3
Ivs. 2-3 in. long: peduncle with 1 or 2 fls. 3-4 in. across;
sepals and petals similar, obtuse, greenish yellow,
marked with spots of black-brown; lip fleshy in the mid-
dle, somewhat fiddle-shaped, the lateral lobes small,
curved over the column, the middle lobe large, broadly
reniform, undulate, rose-purple with darker veins.
Brazil. B.M. 5039. C.O. 23. There is a var. nigrescens.
2. bicolor, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cylindric, deeply stri-
ate, 1-3 ft. tall, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, oblong-lanceo-
late: peduncle with 2-6 fragrant fls. 3-4 in. across;
sepals oblong, acute, usually olive or bronze-green, the
lateral falcate; petals like the sepals but undulate;
lip crimson-purple, sometimes white-margined, the
lateral lobes wanting, the middle lobe recurved, oblong-
cuneate, bilobed, channeled in the center. Brazil.
B.M. 4909. C.O. 10. O.K. 10:305.
3. doldsa, Reichb. (C. Walkeriana var. doldsa,
Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4-6 in. long, usually 2-lvd., the
Ivs. oblong: peduncle 1- or 2-fld.; sepals and petals
acute, rose-purple to lilac, the sepals oblong-lanceolate,
the petals cuneate-ovate; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
erect, the middle lobe reniform, emarginate, amethyst-
purple. Brazil. G.C. II. 5:430-1. V.O. 2:49. A.G.
11:159.
4. Dowiana, Batem. (C. labiata var. Dowiana,
Veitch). Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, furrowed, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. up to 1 ft. long: peduncle 2-6-fld.; fls. 6-7 in. across;
sepals and petals nankeen-yellow, the sepals lanceolate,
acute, less than half as wide as the undulate petals; lip
ample, about as long as the petals, the tube yellow,
striped with purple, the limb crisped, velvety, dark
purple, finely and beautifully veined with golden lines
which radiate from the median lines. R.H. 1869:30.
A.F. 25:593; 21:838; 30:1078. C.L.A. 11:45; 19:343.
Costa Rica, where it was discovered by Warscewicz. —
It was rediscovered in 1864 by Mr. Arce, who sent
plants to Eu., where they were purchased by Messrs.
Veitch & Son, in whose establishment they flowered
for the first time. Var. aftrea, Williams & Moore (var.
chrysotdxa, Hort.), has the sepals and petals of a
deeper yellow and the golden veins on the lip more
copious and anastomosing. Colombia. A.F. 6:563; 12:
10. F.R. 1:76. C.O. la. O.R. 19:17. Var. jenseniana,
Hort. A large and handsome form. Var. rosita, Hort.
Sepals creamy white, tinged with purple; petals rose-
purple, tinged with yellow.
5. Lawrenceana, Reichb. Pseudobulbs 12-15 in.
tall, fusiform-clavate, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. oblong, 6-9 in. long: peduncle 5-8-fld.; fls. 4-5 in.
across; sepals and petals pale rosy purple to almost
white, the sepals linear-oblong, the petals elliptic-
qblong, undulate, about twice as wide as the sepals;
lip with a narrowly cylindric tube, colored externally
like the sepals and petals, the limb purple with a maroon
blotch. Brit. Guiana. B.M. 7133. R. 1:12.
6. maxima, Lindl. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. tall,
claviform, furrowed, compressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong,
5-10 in. long: peduncle 3-6-fld.; fls. 4-5 in. across;
sepals and petals lilac or pale rose, acute, the sepals
lanceolate-ligulate, the petals about twice as broad as
the sepals, undulate or crisped; lip as long as petals,
the limb crisped, pale rose or crimson-purple with a
median yellow stripe, from which radiate darker lines,
the border white. Ecuador and Peru. B.M. 4902. F.S.
20:2136. F.R. 1:298. C.O. 13.
7. Eldorado, Lind. (C. labiata var. Eldorado, Veitch) •
Pseudobulbs 6-8 in. tall, stout, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong,
8-12 in. long: peduncle with 1-3 fragrant fls. 5-6 in.
across; sepals and petals pale rosy lilac passing to white,
the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals oval-rhomboid,
obtuse, undulate; lip longer than lateral sepals, exter-
nally the same color as petals, the limb crisped, emargi-
nate, a large central orange blotch surrounded by zones
of white and purple. Brazil. F.S. 18:1826. C.O. 26.
Var. crocata, Hort. Sepals and petals white or pale
rose, the orange spot of lip extended in a broad line to
the base. Var. Wallisii, Rand. (C. Wdllisii, Lind.).
Fls. pure white except golden spot on lip. C.O. 26a.
8. Rex, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs 8-14 in. tall, clavi-
form or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd. : Ivs. up to 1 ft. long,
oblong: peduncle with 3-6 fls. 6-7 in. across; sepals and
petals cream-white, the sepals acutish, linear-oblong,
the petals obtuse, as long as sepals but 3 times their
width, oval-rhomboid, undulate; lip about as long as
lateral sepals, the tube yellow, veined with purple, the
limb crisped, the front part margined white surround-
690
CATTLEYA
ing a crimson center veined with a lighter shade. Peru-
vian Andes. B.M.8377. R.H. 1894:228. C.O. 22.
9. Mossiae, Hook. (C. Carrieri, Houll. C. labiata
var. Mdssise, Lindl. C. Peetersii, Andrd). Pseudobulbs
fusiform, compressed, furrowed, 12-15 in. tall, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong: peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-7 in.
across; sepals and petals rose, of equal length, the
sepals lanceolate, the petals oval-elliptic, crisped,
especially on upper margin; lip with the tube colored
like petals, the limb ample, emarginate, strongly undu-
late-crisped, the center purple, variegated with violet,
the margin white, the throat yellow fined with purple-
crimson. La Guayra. B.M. 3669. R.H. 1857, p. 322.
S.H. 1:149. O.R. 18:241. C.O. 9. A.G. 14:70. A.F.
6:563. Var. caerulea, Cogn., has the sepals and petals
and spot on the limb a pale blue-violet. C.O. 9e. Var.
Reineckiana, O'Brien (C. Reineckidna, Reichb.),
has the sepals, petals and external of tube white, the
limb a mauve-lilac, bordered white, the throat yellow,
veined purple-violet. C.O. 96. Var. Wageneri, Veitch
(C. Wdgeneri, Reichb.), has fls. white except the small
yellow spot on lip. O.R. p. 24. Var. rouseleana, Hort.,
has rosy fls. Var. coundoniensis, Hort. Fls. large and
richly colored. Var. dulcis, Hort. Fls. rose-tinted; lip
orange in center, rich rose-crimson in front, finely
crimped. Var. boelensis, Hort. Dark-colored form.
Var. coelestis, Hort. Fls. lavender-tinted. Var. fulgens,
Hort. Fine fls. in shape and color. Var. Alexandras,
Hort. Fls. pure white with tinge of rose-pink on lip.
Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white. Var. Goosensiana, Hort.
Lip deep reddish violet, with white crimped margin;
sepals and petals white. Var. auredla, Hort. Fls. large,
white. Var. Fl&ryae, Hort. Fls. pure white. — A vari-
able group.
10. Luddemanniana, Reichb. f. (C. labiata var. Lud-
demanniana, Reichb. f. C. Ddwsonii, Warner. C. spe-
dosissima, Hort. C. Roezlii, Reichb. f. C. Malouana,
Lind. C. Bdssettii, Hort.). Pseudobulbs clavate, 8-12
in. tall, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-10 in. long: peduncle
2-5 fld.; fls. 5-6 in. across; sepals and petals
rose-purple, suffused with white, the sepals
oblong, acute, the petals elliptic, undulate;
h'p with the tube of same color as
petals, the front lobe crisped, emar-
ginate, amethyst-purple, the throat
with 2 yellow or white blotches,
separated by lines of amethyst-
purple. Venezuela. C.O. 21. Var.
842. Cattleya Warscewiczii
var. gigas
alba, Hort. Fls. white. O.R. 16:201. Var. Stanley!,
Hort. Fls. white, disk of lip yellow, front lobe lined
with purple.
11. Mendelii, Backh. (C. labiata var. Mendelii,
Reichb. f. C. Morganiae, Williams). Fig. 841. Pseudo-
bulbs 12-16 in. tall, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: lys.
oblong, 6-10 in. long: peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-8 in.
across; sepals and petals white, or often tinted pale
rosy mauve, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the petals
obliquely oval, obtuse, crisped; lip with the tube white
or colored like petals, the front lobe much crisped, rich
crimson-purple abruptly passing into the yellow throat
which is reddish streaked. Colombia. O.R. 1:273;
10:233. S.H. 2:413. C.O. 19. Var. Bluntii, Hort., has
the fls. white, except a small yellow spot on lip. Var.
Maudeae, Hort. White with rose markings on the lip.
Var. gigantea, Hort., has a very large lip. Var. hack-
bridgensis, Hort. Petals blotched with crimson. Var.
Bertii, Hort. Fls. white tinted with rose. Var. leuco-
glpssa, Hort. Sepals bluish tinted. Var. L6wiae, Hort.
Lip white, pale purple at apex. Var. wisetonensis,
Hort. Lip rich rose-purple, delicately veined; throat yel-
low veined with reddish purple. Var. macroziana,
Hort.j Fls. very large. R.H. 1903, p. 253 (desc.). Var.
Lachneri, Hort. Lip curiously colored, front lobe hav-
ing a broad marginal band of dark purple sparingly
blotched with white and an inner band of lighter pur-
ple. Var. Pietiae, Hort. Fls. nearly white; lip marked
with pink. Var. majestica, Hort. Fls. large, white.
Var. Dixonae, Hort. Attractive blush-pink form. Var.
Lambeanana, Hort. Fls. white.
12. Warscewiczii, Reichb. f. (C. labiata var. Wars-
cewiczii, Reichb. f. C. gloridsa, Carr. C. imperialis,
Wallis). Pseudobulbs 1 ft. or more tall, stout, com-
pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: lys. oblong, 8-10 in. long:
peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-9 in. across; sepals and petals
rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals
oval, obtuse, undulate; lip entirely bright purple except
2 yellow spots and lines of the same color in the throat,
crisped, the front lobe ample. Colombia. O.R. 12:241.
G.C. III. 22:163; 42:312. Gn. 33, p. 18. C.O.I. Var.
gigas, Hort. (var. Sanderiana, Hort. C. gigas, Lind.
& Andre\ C. Sanderiana, Hort. C. labiata var. San-
deriana, Hort.). Fig. 842. A noble form, the sepals and
petals dark rose, with a deep purple-magenta lip, the
fls. larger than those of any other form of the labiata
group. Colombia. I.H. 21 : 178. Gn. 45, p. 445. G.F.
1:437. A.G. 19: July 23, suppl. F.R. 1:77, 674. F.E.
10:892. C.L.A. 11 :42, 44. The following forms of this
variety occur: alba, fls. pure white, the rarest of all
cattleyas (O.R. 18:232); var. albescens, se-
pals and petals white, with faint blush, the
lip rose-purple, fringed; var. atropurpurea, of
deeper color; var. rochellensis, sepals and
petals white, the lip with the faintest
trace of color. Var. saturata, Hort.
Fls. bright rose, with ruby-crimson lip.
13. Trianae, Lind. & Reichb. f. (C.
labiata var. Trianse, Duch. C. Leedna,
Sander. C. Rollissoniana, Moore. C.
quadricolor, Batem. C. Massangedna,
Reichb. f. C. bogotensis, Lind.). Fig.
843. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. . tall,
clavate, 1-lvd. : Ivs. oblong, 6-8 in. long:
peduncle bearing 2 or 3 fls. about 6 in. across;
sepals and petals a delicate rose to white, the
sepals oblong - lanceolate, the petals much
broader than sepals, obtuse, oval-rhomboid,
crisped; lip narrower than in the other
related forms, the tube rose, the front lobe
purple, less crisped than in most of the related species,
emarginate, the throat yellow, often streaked with
deeper color. Colombia. O.R. 6:145. B.M. 5504.
R.H. 1860, pp. 406-7. A.G. 17:177. Gng. 3:151. A.F.
6:607; 13:715. F.E. 9:325. F.R. 1:672-3. C.O. 5.
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
691
S.H. 1:11, 27; 2:403, 405. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white,
except yellow blotch in throat. C.O. 5a. Var. atropur-
purea, Hort. Fls. crimson-purple. Var. Backhousiana,
Hort. Sepals and petals rose-purple, the petals strongly
marked with amethyst-purple at the apex, the tube
of lip rose-purple, the front lobe purple -magenta.
C.O. 5e. Var. chocoensis, Hort. Fls. very fragrant,
not fully expanding, the sepals and
petals white, sometimes flushed
pale lilac. I.H. 20:120. A.F. 6:
563. Var. delicata, Hort. Sepals
and petals white, faintly flushed
pale amethyst-purple, the deeper
lip with a pale yellow spot. F.M.
1:8. Var. Schrdederae, Hort. (C.
Schrbederae, Reichb. f.). Fls. fra-
grant, the sepals and petals a deli-
cate blush, faintly suffused with
white, the petals and broader lip
much more crisped than in other
forms of this species. G.C. III.
20:73. A.G.15:211. O.R.11:177.
C.L.A. 11:45. F.E. 9:331. The
following forms of this variety
occur: dlba, the fls. pure white;
dlbescens, the fls. nearly white;
c&riilea, the lip a bluish color;
Meta, sepals and petals pink, the
throat bright yellow ; lilacina, lilac;
refulgens. Var. grataxiana, Hort.
A large and richly colored form.
Var. Candida, Hort. Fls. snow-
white; lip with faint violet spot.
Var. coundoniensis, Hort. Purple-
rose sepals and petals. Var. Marias,
Hort. Silvery white sepals and
petals veined with pink; front of
lip deep magenta-crimson, with 2
yellow blotches on throat. Var.
triumphans, Hort. Sepals and
petals rose-colored; lip rich purple
with an orange-yellow tube. Var.
enfieldiensis, Hort. Fls. white ; tip
of lip blush-pink. Var. boetzelae-
riensis, Hort. Rose-colored form.
Var. tessellata, Hort. Large rose-
colored form curiously marked.
Var. Brandneriana, Hort. Anterior part of lip dark
purple- violet. Var. Hdltzeii, Hort. Lip dark. Var.
Wellesleyae, Hort. A pretty white form. Var. Moore-
ana, Hort. Sepals and petals light rosy lilac; lip ruby-
claret color, orange at base. Var. Holmesii, Hort.
Broad petals and rich rose-purple lip. Var. brunoyen-
sis, Hort. Sepals and petals mauve. Var. Goodsonii,
Hort. Richly colored; petals flushed with deep rose.
14. labiata, Lindl. (C. LenuAnei, Lindl. C. Naldere-
dna, Reichb. f. C. Perrinii, Endl. C. labiata vera,
Veitch. C. labiata autumnalis, L. Lind. C. labiata var.
Warocqueana, Rolfe. C. Warocqueana, L. Lind.).
Pseudobulbs claviform, compressed, furrowed, 4-8 in.
tall, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 5-7 in. long, ovate or oblong: peduncle,
from a double spathe, bearing 3-5 fls. about 6 in. across;
sepals and petals usually rose-lilac, the sepals lanceo-
late, the petals undulate; lip with the tube colored
usually like the petals, the front lobe deeply emarginate,
undulate-crisped, commonly a violet-purple with deeper
veins, the color running in streaks to the yellow throat
which has an orange spot each side. The color-varia-
tions of this species are numerous. Brazil. B.R. 32:35;
1859. O.R. 16:281. B.M. 3998. Gt. 5:146. F.S.
1893-4. P.M. 4:121. A.G..17:65; 19:811. G.C. III.
19:13. A.F. 6:607. F.R. 1:8; 2:531.— Intro, from the
Organ Mts. in S. Brazil in 1818. Var. alba, Hort. Fls.
white, except yellow throat. C.O. 3. Var. Amesiana,
Hort. Sepals and petals white, the lip lilac. Gn. 62, p.
401. Var. Cooksdniae, Hort. Fls. white, except the
843. Cattleya Trianoe
crimson-purple lip with a narrow white margin. Var.
superba, Hort. Sepals and petals deep rose, with a
deep crimson-purple lip.
15. Percivaliana, O'Brien (C. labiata var. Percivali-
dna, Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, clavate,
strongly furrowed when old, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong: pedun-
cle bearing 2 or 3 fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals
commonly rose-lilac, tinted purple-
amethyst, the sepals linear-lanceo-
late, the petals longer than the
sepals, crisped; lip rather small,
shorter than the petals, the tube
of the same color as petals, tinged
with yellow, the front lobe purple-
crimson, shaded with maroon, the
undulate border lilac, the throat
yellow to orange, streaked with
purple. Venezuela. C.O.7. F.R.
1:297. J.H. III. 32:179. Var.
grandifldra, Hort. Fls. larger, the
sepals and petals bright rose, the
petals strongly crisped above, the
lip with the tube yellow-orange
variegated with rose, the front
lobe maroon-purple with a bright
rose border, the throat orange-
yellow. C.O. 7a. Var. summiten-
sis, Hort. Sepals and petals a pale
delicate pink.
16. Gaskelliana, Reichb. f. (C.
labiata var. pdllida, Williams. C.
labiata var. Gaskel-
^^ liana, Sander.). Pseu-
dobulbs 8^12 in. tall,
oblong -fusiform, com-
pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 8-12
in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing
2 or 3 Ifts. 6-7 in. across; sepals
and petals of equal length, com-
monly purple-violet, suffused with
white, the color sometimes deeper
and more uniform, rarely marked
with a median band of white, the
sepals lanceolate, the petals oval,
undulate; lip as long as the petals,
the tube of same color as petals,
the front lobe emarginate, undulate, purple-violet, with
a pale border, the throat yellow streaked with darker
yellow, bordered on each side with a zone of yellowish
white. Brazil and Venezuela. I.H. 33: 613. A.F. 6: 185;
30:662. Var. alba, Williams. Sepals and petals pure
white, the lip cream-white, the throat a pale yellow
streaked with darker yellow. C.O. 20a. Var. caerftlea,
Hort. Fls. pure white with bluish spot on base of lip.
Var. Hodgkinsonii, Hort. Sepals and petals white;
front of lip crimson.
17. Wfirneri, Moore (C. trilabidta, Rodr. C. labiata
var. Wdrneri, Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4-8 in. tall, cylin-
dric or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-7 in.
long: peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-8 in. across; sepals and
petals rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, the petals
oval; lip shorter than lateral sepals, the tube the color
of the petals, the front lobe strongly crisped, emargi-
nate, bright purple- violet, the throat yellow- orange,
streaked with white or pale lilac. Brazil. C.O. 12.
A.F. 6:563. — Very like C. labiata,, but flowering in late
spring and early summer. Var. dlba, Hort. Fls. white,
except the pale yellow throat, streaked with orange-
yellow. C.O. 12a.
18. luteola, Lindl. (C. Hdlfordii, Hort. C. fldvida,
Klotzsch. C. Meyeri, Regel. C. modesta, Mey.).
Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 1-lvd.: Ivs.
3-4 in. long, elliptic-oblong: peduncles bearing 2-5 fls.
about 2 in. across; sepals and petals similar, yellow,
oblong-lanceolate; lip nearly orbicular when spread
692
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
out, yellow, the middle lobe crisped, whitish on margin,
the side lobes sometimes streaked purple inside. Brazil.
B.M. 5032. F.S. 23:2479.
19. citrina, Lindl. (C. Kanwnskii, Mart.). Fig. 844.
Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 2-3-lvd. : Ivs. 4-7 in.
long, ligulate, acute, glaucous: peduncle pendent,
bearing usually a single fra-
grant fl., rarely 2 or 3 fls.,
yellow except the white
border of front lobe of Up;
sepals oblong, acute, the
petals cuneiform-oblong; lip
longer than the petals. Mex.
B.M. 3742. J.H. III. 30:399.
Gn. 33, p. 535. C.O. 6. F.S.
16:1689. Gt. 27:931. R.l:20.
Var. gigantea, Hort. Fls.
large and intensely colored.
20. amethystoglossa, Lind. & Reichb.
f. (C. guttata var. Prinzii, Reichb. C.
Prinzii, Hort. C. guttata var. Keleleerii,
Houl.). Pseudobulbs 1M~3 ft.,cylindric,
2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-12 in. long, elliptic-oblong:
peduncles 5-8-fld.; fls. 3^-4^ in. across;
sepals and petals white, suffused with
rose -purple, spotted amethyst -purple,
especially on the upper half, the dorsal
sepal linear-oblong, the lateral falcate,
the petals obovate, rounded at apex; lip
much shorter than petals, the lateral
lobes erect, purple at apex, the middle
lobe broader than long, emarginate or 2-
lobed, violet-purple, the radiating ridges
papillose. Brazil. B.M. 5683. R.H.1869:
210. G.G. III. 38:105. Var. Sanderae,
Hort. A creamy white form.
21. Bowringiana Veitch (C. autumna-
lis, Hort. C. Skinneri var. Bowringiana,
Kranzl). Pseudobulbs 10-20 in. tall,
stout, fusiform above, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in.
long, oblong: peduncle bearing 5-12 fls.
2^2-3 in. across; sepals, petals, and tube
of the lip rose-purple, the sepals acute,
oblong, somewhat undulate, the petals oval-oblong,
obtuse, undulate; lip shorter than the lateral sepals,
the front lobe emarginale, the throat with a large
white spot, surrounded by a zone of bright maroon and
bordered with deep purple. Honduras. R.B. 21:37.
R.H. 1890:300. G.C. III. 39:114. A.F. 19: 651; 34: 804.
C.O. 24. O.R. 12 : 361 ; 16 : 337. Var. triumphans, Hort.
Fls. rich purple.
22. Skinned, Lindl. (Epidendrum Hugelidnum,
Reichb.). FLOWER OF ST. SEBASTIAN. Pseudobulbs
5-10 in. tall, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-oval:
peduncle bearing 5-10 fls. 3^-5 in. across, rose-purple
except the white throat of the lip, the sepals elliptic-
lanceolate, acutish, the petals oval-oblong, broader
than the sepals; lip with the front lobe acute. Guate-
mala to Costa Rica. B.M. 4270. P.M. 11:193. R.B.
22:201. G.C. III. 20:6. G.F. 3:201. C.O. 30. Var.
alba, Hort. Fls. white.
23. Vict6ria-regina, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs \-\lA
ft. tall, somewhat compressed and clavate, 1-2-1 vd.:
Ivs. 3-6 in. long, oblong or elliptic-oblong: peduncle
bearing 2-5 fls., rarely more, 5-6 in. across; sepals
purple a little tinged with yellow, striated with darker
purple, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, the petals purple
tinged with violet, obliquely striated with darker pur-
ple, elliptic-oblong, obtuse, undulate; lip distinctly
3-lobed, the lateral lobes exteriorly white or flushed
with rose, violet-purple at the obtuse apex and inside,
the front lobe reniform, bright rose-violet, crisped, the
disk yellow streaked purple. Pernambuco. G.C. III.
11:808. O.R. 3:17; 8:361. R.2:85. C.O. 3.— Said to
grow wild in company with C. labiata and C. Leopoldii
844. Cattleya
citrina. (XM)
var. pernambucensis, and considered by some a natural
hybrid between the two. The variability of 1 or 2 Ivs.
on a pseudobulb points in this direction.
24. intermedia, Graham (C. amethystina, Morr. C.
ovdta, Lindl. C. maritima, Lindl. C. Ldddigesii var.
amethystina, Lem. C. Aquinii, Rodr.). Pseudobulbs
up to IK ft. tall, cylindric, somewhat furrowed, 2-lvd.:
Ivs. 5-6 in. long, oblong: peduncle bearing 3-5 fls. 4-5
in. across; sepals and petals equal, pale rose or white,
acute, oblong, the lateral deflected, the petals somewhat
falcate; lip a little shorter than the lateral sepals, dis-
tinctly 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals,
the lateral lobes rounded, the front lobe bright rose-
purple, orbicular, strongly crisped. S. Brazil. B.M.
2851. O.R. 8:73; 15:156. P.M. 1:151. J.F. 4:379.
C.O. 8. B.R. 1919. V.0. 2:39. Var. Parthenia,
Reichb. f. Fls. pure white. C.O. 8a. Var. punctatis-
sima, Sander. Sepals and petals spotted and dotted
with deep rose. C.O. 86.
25. violacea, Rolfe (C. superba, Schomb. C. Schom-
burgkii, Lindl. C. odor all ssima, P. N. Don). Pseudo-
bulbs 8-12 in. tall, clavate, somewhat compressed,
2-lvd.: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, oval or oval-oblong: peduncle
bearing 3-5 fragrant fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals
bright rose-purple, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute,
the petals oblong-rhomboid, acutish, undulate, broader
than sepals; lip fleshy, distinctly 3-lobed, deep purple-
violet except the yellow disk streaked with purple, the
lateral lobes triangular, acutish, the front lobe nearly
orbicular, crisped. N. S. Amer. B.M. 4083. P.M.
9:265. J.H. III. 31:321. A.F. 11:1351. C.O. 28. Var.
splendens, Hort., has paler fls.
26. Loddigesii, Lindl. (C. Arembergii, Scheidw. C.
intermedia var. variegdta, Hook.). Pseudobulbs 8-12 in.
tall, cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4—5 in. long, oblong-elliptic:
peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 3-4)^ in. across; sepals and
petals rose-lilac, oblong-elliptic, the lateral sepals
somewhat falcate, the petals a little broader than the
sepals, undulate; Up shorter than the lateral sepals,
distinctly 3-lobed, the tube externally colored like
petals, internally whitish, the lateral lobes rounded,
undulate, the front lobe nearly orbicular, pale ame-
thyst, strongly crisped, the disk whitish passing into
yellow at the base. Brazil. C.O. 18. O.R. 15:145.—
There is a white form. Var. alba, Hort. Var.
delicata, Hort. Fls. bluish white. Var. innocens, Hort.
Fls. milky white. Var. splendens, Hort. Fls. with
bright purplish rose sepals; lip white inside, pale lilac
outside; disk and side lobes pale yellow.
27. Harrisoniana, Batem. (C. Hdrrisonise, Paxt.
C. Papeiansidna, Morr. C. Hdrrisonii, Beer. C.
Loddigesii var. Hdrrisonise, Veitch. C. Loddigesii
var. Harrisoniana, Rolfe). Pseudobulbs 8-16 in. tall,
cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, oblong-lanceolate:
peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 4r-&% in. across; sepals and
petals similar, oblong, bright rose-lilac, the lateral
sepals falcate, the petals undulate, a little broader
than sepals; lip shorter than lateral sepals, 3-lobed, the
tube the same color as the petals, the front lobe
crisped, rose-purple, the disk yellow-orange. Brazil.
P.M. 4:247. C.O. 17. Gn. 48:380. Var. alba, Beer.
Fls. white, or sometimes faintly tinged with rose or
yellow. C.O. 17a. Var. Candida, Hort. Fls. white
except yellow disk of lip. Var. gigantea, Hort. A
large form. Var. maculata, Hort. Fls. purple-dotted.
Var. superbissima, Hort. Fls. large, the sepals and
petals dark rose, the lip creamy white. Var. violacea,
Hort. Fls. deeper colored.
28. Leopoldii, Versch. (C. guttata var. Leopoldii,
Lind. & Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs 15-30 in. tall, fusi-
form, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-elliptic: pedun-
cle bearing 10-25 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals
brown, oblong-cuneate, purple-spotted, the lateral
sepals somewhat falcate, the petals undulate and a
little broader than the sepals; lip strongly 3-lobed, the
CATTLEYA
CAULIFLOWER
693
lateral lobes acute, the front lobe broadly cuneate-
obcordate, undulate, bright amethyst-purple, the tube
paler, the disk covered with small tubercles and elevated
papillate lines. S.Brazil. C.O. 15. F.S. 14:1471-2.
29. granulSsa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. tall, rather
stout, cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-6 in. long, lanceolate-
oblong: peduncle bearing 5-9 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals
and petals obtuse, olive-green, red-spotted, the lateral
sepals strongly falcate and deflected, the petals obo-
vate-oblong, a little wider than sepals, undulate; lip
deeply 3-lobed, the tube white externally, internally
yellowish or rose, the lateral lobes acute, the terminal
lobe white, crimson-papillate, undulate, round-reni-
form, emarginate, the long claw yellow, marked with
crimson. Guatemala. B.R. 28:1. Gn.M. 9:30. C.O. 14.
Var. Du Buysoniana, Hort. (C. Dubuysonidna, Hort.).
Sepals and petals yellow, often spotted with rose. Var.
Russelliana, Lindl. Lvs. broader: fls. larger with
broader sepals and petals, the lateral lobes of lip orange-
yellow internally, the front lobe spotted with small
crimson-purple papillae. Brazil. B.R. 31:59. B.M.
5048. Var. Schofieldiana, Veitch. (C. Schofieldidna,
Reichb. f.). Sepals and petals yellow-brown, densely
spotted with crimson-purple, the lateral lobes of lip
cream-white externally, yellow, purple-marked inter-
nally, the front lobe with numerous purple-magenta
papillae, and a broad white border. Brazil. C.O. 14a.
30. guttata. Lindl. (C. elatior, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs
18-30 in. tall, cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-9 in. long, oblong-
elliptic: peduncle bearing 5-10 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals
and petals yellowish green, spotted deep purple, the
sepals obtuse, the lateral somewhat falcate, the petals
undulate, broader than sepals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes white externally, acute, the front lobe amethyst-
purple, obcordate, papillate. S. Brazil. B.R. 1406.
31. Schilleriana, Reichb. f. (C. Regnellii, Warner.
C. Acldndise var. Schilleriana, Jenn.). Pseudobulbs
5-6 in. tall, clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 2^-6 in.
long, oblong-elliptic: peduncle bearing 1-3 fls. 4-5 in.
across; sepals and petals olive-green tinted with brown
and spotted with black-purple, oblong-ligulate, undu-
late, especially in the petals; lip a little shorter than
the lateral sepals, deeply 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
whitish outside, pale yellow marked with purple inside,
the front lobe reniform, sessile, crimson, lined and
margined with white, undulate, the disk yellow with 5
sunken lines. Brazil. B.M. 5150. F.S. 22:2286. A.F.
6:563. C.O. 16.
32. Forbesii, Lindl. (C. vestdlis, Hoffm.). Pseudo-
bulbs 8-12 in. tall, cylindric, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 4-5 in. long,
oblong: peduncle bearing 2-5 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals
and petals a pale yellowish green, obtuse, undulate,
sepals oblong-ligulate, the petals oblong-lanceolate;
lip distinctly 3-lobed, the tube pale yellow outside,
inside a bright yellow streaked with red, the terminal
lobe small, sessile, orbicular, undulate, pale yellow, with
a bright yellow center marked with purple. S. Brazil.
B.M. 3265. C.O. 11. B.R. 953.
33. Walkeriana, Gardner (C. bulbosa, Lindl. C.
Gardneridna, Reichb. f. C. princeps, Rodr.). Pseudo-
bulbs 2-5 in. tall, oval-fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs.
2-5 in. long, oblong-elliptic: fls. 1-3, very fragrant, 3-5
in. across, on a scaly st. arising from the base of the
pseudobulb; sepals and petals pale rose-lilac or a deep
purple-rose, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, the
petals about twice as wide, oval-rhomboid, undulate;
lip a little shorter than sepals, fleshy, 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes rose, separated, exposing the column, the
front lobe nearly orbicular, emarginate, crisped, violet-
purple, the disk yellow, streaked with bright purple.
Brazil. B.R. 33:42.
34. nobilior, Reichb. f. (C. Walkeriana var. nobilior,
Veitch). Pseudobulbs 3-5 in. tall, ovate-fusiform or
nearly clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long,
elliptic-ovate: fls. 1 or 2, on a scaly st. arising from the
base of the pseudobulb, very fragrant, 3-4}^ in. across;
sepals and petals purple-lilac, acute, the sepals oblong,
the petals ovate-rhomboid, about twice the width of
the sepals; lip fleshy, about as long as lateral sepals,
deeply 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals,
the front lobe broadly reniform, emarginate, scarcely
undulate, the disk yellow, many-costate. Brazil. G.C.
II. 19:729. I.H. 30:485.
The following are some of the many hybrid forms: C. Adula=
C. bicoIorxC. Hardyana; C. Albertii=C. intermedia X C. violacea;
C. ataldnta=C. Leopoldii xC. Warscewiczii gigas; C. Ballantidna=
C. TriansexC. Warscewiczii; C. &fesmsis=Lselio-cattleya; C.
Brabdntix=C. AclandisexC. Loddigesii; C. Brymeridna=s\ipposed
natural hybrid between C. violacea X C. Eldorado (C. O. 1 ) ; C. Cas-
s<fn.dra=Laelio-cattleya; C. Chamberlainidna=C. Leopoldii xC.
Dowiana; C. Dietrichidna=C. Schilleriana XC. Trianse; C. Dorman-
odna=Laelio-cattleya; C. Duchesnei=C. bicolorxC. Harrisoniana
(R.B. 30:3); C. Dusseldorffii var. Undine=C. intermedia X C. Mos-
sise alba (O.R. 18:369); C. exom'ensis=Lselio-cattleya; C. faiista—
Lselio-cattleya; C. F6wleri=C. Leopoldii xC. Hardyana (C. O. 5);
C. germdnia=C. granulosaxC. Hardyana; C. Hardy ana=C. Dow-
iana X C. Warscewiczii (C.O. 2). O. R. 4:241; 5:363; 8:248; 11:336,
337); C. Hdrrisii=C. Leopoldii X C. Mendelii; C. Heldisix=C.
Forbesii XC. Mossise; C. hybrida ptcta=C. guttata xC. Loddigesii;
C. interglt>ssa=C. amethystoglossa X C. intermedia; C. Krameridna
==C. Forbesii XC. intermedia; C, Lourydna=C. Forbesii XC. inter-
media; C, Mdnglesii=C. Loddigesii X C. Luddemanniana; C. Mdn-
tinii=C. BowringianaxC. Dowiana (C.O. 7. O.R. 10:337); C.
Af<irdeHi'i= Lselio-cattleya; C. Mdrstersonise=C. labiataXC. Lod-
digesii; C. Medsuresix=C. Luddemanniana X C. velutina; C. Min-
ucia=G. Loddigesii X C. Warscewiczii gigas; C. m6llis=C. Gaskel-
HanaxC. violacea; C. O' Brienidna=consideTed by some a natural
hybrid between C. Loddigesii X C. dolosa (C.O. 8) ; C. Pittix=C.
Dowiana XC. Harrisoniana; C. Pittidna=C. Dowiana X C. granu-
losa (C.O. 28); C. P6rtia=C. BowringianaxC. labiata; C. Thay-
eridna=G. intermedia X C. Schroederae (O.R. 12:49); C. weedon-
iensis=C. granulosaxC. Mendelii; C. Whitei=C. Schilleriana X C.
Warneri (B.M. 7727); C. Zeno6i'a=Lselio-cattleya.
C. Abelidna, Hort. Fls. creamy yellow, speckled with purple
on the lip. Peru. — C. Forgetidna, Rolfe. Somewhat resembling C.
Lawrenceana. Scape bearing 2 fls.; sepals and petals rose-purple.
Brazil. — -C. Grdssii, Hort., var. pdllida. A nearly white form;
sepals slightly tinged with green; lip pale rose. — C. Hardydna,
Hort., var. aiirea. Lip deep yellow. — C. Jenmanii, Rolfe. Allied
to C. Gaskelliana, but Ivs. broader and fls. smaller. British Guiana.
— C. margindta, Paxt.=L»lia pumila. — C. velutina, Reichb. Sts.
slender, the fragrant fls. with the sepals and petals orange, spotted
purple, the lip orange and white, veined violet. Brazil. G.C. III.
24:333. C.O. 29a. GEORGE V. NASH.
CAULIFLOWER (Brdssica olerdcea, Linn., var.
botrytis, DC.). A form of the common cabbage species,
producing an edible head of malformed and condensed
flowers and flower-stems (the word cauliflower means
stem-flower) ; it will hybridize with the cabbage and
form some very interesting freaks. See Forcing.
A perfect "curd" or head of cauliflower is one in which
the parts are so adjusted to one another that it looks
almost homogeneous. This condition is most often
found in the young or partly developed heads. As soon
as segmentation begins to take place, the curd has
reached full development and maturity from the mar-
ket-gardeners' standpoint. The breaking-up of the
curd is an indication of the formation of floral parts.
The value of the curd depends upon its symmetry and
form; and the length of time that it will hold without
beginning to break up into distinct parts.
Not all plants produce perfect curds. Growers
recognize a peculiar form which is known as the "ricy"
curd illustrated at a in Fig. 845.- Another form, which
is equally undesirable is a segmented curd between the
segments of which leaves appear, known as a "leafy"
curd shown at b. A head in perfect condition is shown
at c. Segments are apparent in c, but the develop-
ment of the curd is almost ideal and the head as a whole
is very nearly perfect. It is the aim of the seed-grower
as well as of the gardener to produce plants which will
return curds of the type shown at c.
Cauliflower is the most fastidious and exacting mem-
ber of the cabbage family. It is less tolerant of adverse
soil and climatic conditions than any of its near rela-
tives. This accounts, in a great measure, for its limited
cultivation and the fact that it is grown only in certain
localities. When well grown, however, it is one of the
most profitable market-garden crops. Because of its
694
CAULIFLOWER
CAULIFLOWER
intolerance to heat, it is grown in the open so as to take
advantage of the cool seasons of early spring and
autumn. It is one of those crops, therefore, which is
less adaptable than those having a greater range of
heat-endurance. If the season happens to be favorable
the amateur may have good luck, but if the season
proves severe the most expert grower may fail.
A rich loamy soil, thoroughly charged with available
plant-food is suited to this plant. Light thin sandy
soils or those extremely heavy and retentive are, as a
rule, not well suited for this crop. The soil should be
one which does not dry out quickly but which will
furnish the plants a constant supply of moisture.
High-grade cauliflower is quite as dependent upon
careful handling of the plants and a constantly avail-
able supply of moisture as high-grade celery. Among
the fertilizers, none is better than well-decomposed
manure from the horse-stable, thoroughly incorporated
with the soil at the time of preparing it for the crop.
If commercial fertilizers are necessary, quick-acting
ones are most desirable, except it is thought that sul-
fate of potash is preferable to muriate. The nitrogen-
content of the fertilizer, however, should be in the
form of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia rather
than in a slow-acting form. If a fertilizer is to be used,
a portion of it should be scattered over the field before
the plants are set. An application of 500 pounds to
the acre at this time, applied broadcast, and a side
dressing about the time "buttons" begin to form, will
prove an advantage. The side dressing may be at the
rate of 500 pounds, making a total application of 1,000
pounds to the acre. A good fertilizer is one carrying 3
to 4 per cent of nitrogen, 6 to 8 per cent of phosphoric
acid and about 10 per cent of potash.
Cauliflower plants in northern latitudes are handled
so as to prepare them either for an early or a late crop.
The early crop should be started at the same tune as
early cabbage, or a few days later. Cauliflower plants
cannot, however, be started in the autumn and suc-
cessfully wintered in coldframes, as can early cabbage
plants. Plants so handled are less likely to give a desira-
ble product. The best early-crop plants are produced
from hotbed or greenhouse propagated stock started
in a mild temperature and grown so as to produce a
sturdy broad-leaved plant to be set in the field a few
845. Types of cauliflower heads: a, ricy; b, leafy; c, perfect.
days later than the early crop of cabbage. Young cauli-
flower plants are less hardy than young cabbage plants
and, for this reason, planting in the open must be some-
what delayed.
For the late cauliflower crop in the North, seed-beds
are prepared on the shady side of a building or in a
partially shaded situation and handled in same manner
as seed-beds for late cabbage, the late crop in the Long
Island region being placed in the open the last days of
June or early in July.
The early crop is usually grown on a smaller scale
than the autumn crop. Plants grown in the hotbed are
usually transplanted and the transplanted plants
carried and set in the field by hand. The distance be-
tween the rows should be sufficient to permit of culti-
vation with horse-power implements, but the plants need '
not be set more than 18 inches apart in the row.
The late crop, however, is frequently transplanted
during the drier parts of the season and, largely on
this account, growers prefer to use a transplanting
machine so as to water the plants at the same time they
are set. A convenient distance between the rows is 3
feet, with the plants 20 to 24 inches apart in the row,
depending upon the variety grown.
The old adage that "cabbage should be hoed every
day" applies with equal force to cauliflower. Cultiva-
tion should be of such character as to prevent the
formation of a crust and to discourage the development
of weeds. The maintenance of a soil-mulch by shallow
cultivation which shall not disturb or severely prune the
roots of the plants is desirable.
Cauliflower is subject to the same enemies and dis-
eases as cabbage. Clubroot and mildew are two of the
most annoying diseases. The aphis, root-maggot and
both the green cabbage-worm and the cabbage- looper are
annoying pests. The delicacy of the curd requires that
the plants be kept perfectly free from insects which
devour any portion of the plant.
Cauliflower requires more careful field attention than
that required by any other garden crop except those that
are blanched either by tying or banking. The young
curd of the cauliflower, as soon as it has reached the
size of a hen's egg, should be carefully protected from
the elements by adjusting the leaves in such a man-
ner as to prevent discoloration by the action of sun or
rain. The expert growers accomplish this and at the
same time indicate the stage of maturity of the plants
by different methods of folding the leaves together over
the curd or by tying them with different tying materials,
a different method being used each time the field is
gone over. To illustrate: the earliest developed curds
may be protected by tying the leaves together with rye
straw, the next later size may be indicated by folding
the leaves together over the plant, while the third may
be indicated by tying the leaves with raffia. Usually
three operations will be sufficient to care for the entire
season's crop. As soon as the curds have reached the
desired market size, which varies greatly with different
producers and somewhat also with different varieties
and is to a degree dependent upon the season and
fertility of the land, the plants are harvested by cutting
the heads with at least two or three whorls of leaves
attached.
After the heads have been cut and a sufficient num-
ber assembled in one place to justify packing, they are
trimmed by using a large knife to sever the leaves just
above the edge of the curd so as to form a border or
"ruche" of leafstalks with a part of the blade attached
about the curd. This border of stiff green leafstalks
about the white curd gives it a very attractive appear-
ance.
After the curds have been properly trimmed, which
varies somewhat with different operators, they are pro-
tected by the use of tea paper, either white or brown,
placed over the head in such a manner as to protect it
from dirt and contact with its neighbors. The curds
are then packed in crates or barrels, the California and
Florida product being largely packed in crates holding
one dozen heads in a single layer. If the heads are to
be packed in barrels, a layer of excelsior is first placed
in the barrel and the wrapped heads, curd down, are
carefully placed so as to form a layer resting upon the
excelsior over the bottom of the barrel. The next row
of curds is placed stem end down and curds up; on top
is placed another cushion of excelsior and the operation
repeated until the barrel is filled in such a manner as to
CAULIFLOWER
CEANOTHUS
695
leave the last row with the stem end upward, over which
a cushion of excelsior and a burlap cover are placed.
Ventilated barrels are ordinarily used for this purpose,
but for long-distance shipment the smaller crates hold-
ing a single layer of heads have proved most advan-
tageous.
During late years, the marketing of this crop has been
very greatly facilitated and the returns to the growers
considerably enhanced by a cooperative method of
sale which has taken into consideration a more ex-
tended distribution of the crop than formerly. In this
the Long Island Cauliflower-Growers' Association and
the California Vegetable-Growers' Union have both
been very helpful.
One of the handicaps in the cultivation of cauliflower
has been the entire dependence of the American
growers on foreign seed, little or no cauliflower seed
having been produced in this country and that in the
open only in the Puget Sound region. The seed has
been expensive and not always to be depended upon.
The greatest care should be given to securing a per-
fectly reliable stock of seed.
Broccoli.
Broccoli, which is a long-season cauliflower, is in all
respects like cauliflower except that its vegetative parts
are somewhat coarser, the heads somewhat smaller, and
it does not form an edible curd early in its life as does
cauliflower.
Broccoli is cultivated only in climates having a mild
winter, when it can be planted the summer before and
carried through the winter to form heads early the fol-
lowing spring. It is a popular plant in all parts of
France and particularly in England. It is undoubtedly
the parent type of the cauliflower, the cultivated varie-
ties of cauliflower being short-season forms.
For best results, the seed should be sown at the same
time as that of autumn cabbage and the plants trans-
planted to the field about the same time, so that they
will make their vegetative growth during the late sum-
mer and autumn. Where winters are mild, the plants
can be left in the open, but in more rigorous climates
at the approach of cold weather, a small number of
plants can be lifted with earth adhering to the roots,
stored in a suitable root-cellar, and the following spring
transferred to the open to form heads.
L. C. CORBETT.
CAULOPHYXLUM (Greek, stem-leaf). Berberi-
ddcex. BLUE COHOSH. Two species of perennial herbs
(sometimes combined with Leontice), one in E. Amer.
and the other in Asia, the former sometimes removed
from the woods to cult, grounds. Rhizomatous: sts.
erect, very smooth: If. 1, large, triternately compound
and sessile: fls. small, yellow-green, panicled; sepals 6,
subtended by 3 or 4 bracts; petals 6, much smaller than
the sepals and appearing like glands or scales; stamens
6; ovary soon bursting, freeing the 2 ovules which
develop into depressed-globular berry-like seeds (with-
out pericarp). C. thalictrioides, Michx., Fig. 846, is
the American species, a smooth or glaucous plant of
rich woods from Canada south, 2-2^ ft. high. The
plant is always attractive because of its trim growth
and interesting habit; in Sept. and later, when the foli-
age is dead, the drupe-like seeds stand erect on the dry
stalks and afford one of the richest and best of deep
blues- L. H. B.
CAUTLEA (Sir P. Cautley, 1802-1871, British natu-
ralist). Zingiberacex. About a half-dozen Himalayan
species closely allied to Roscoea, differing in the
spherical rather than narrow fr., and the spicate infl.
Probably not in cult, in this country. C. liitea, Royle
(Roscbea liitea, Royle. R. grdcilis, Smith). Erect or
leafy perennial herb, \l/% ft. or less: Ivs. narrow-lanceo-
late, slender-tipped, reddish underneath: fls. 2 in. or
less long; corolla yellow; calyx reddish purple, the linear
segms. prominent, the lateral ones spreading or reflexed
and the dorsal one erect and with an incurved erect
staminode under it. — Treatment of Alpinia and
Roscoea.
CAVAN: Acacia Cavenia,
CAYENNE PEPPER: Capsicum.
CAYRATIA JAPONICA: Cissus japonica.
CEANOTHUS (ancient Greek name). Rhamnacex.
Ornamental woody plants grown for their profusely
produced white, blue or
pink flower-clusters.
Deciduous or evergreen
shrubs or trees: Ivs. alter-
nate or sometimes opposite,
short-petioled, serrate or
entire, usually 3 - nerved,
with small stipules: fls. per-
fect, small, 5-merous, in
small umbels forming pani-
cles or racemes; sepals often
incurved, colored; petals
clawed, spreading or re-
curved; filaments slender;
disk annular; ovary partly
adnate to the calyx -tube,
3-celled; style 3-cleft: fr. a
3-celled drupe, dry at length
and separating into 3 one-
seeded dehiscent nutlets. —
Nearly 50 species in N.
Amer., chiefly in the Pacific
coast region.
These are free-flowering
shrubs, some especially
valuable for their late
flowering period. Many of
them are hardy only in the
warmer temperate regions,
but C. americanus, C. ovatus,
and C. Fendleri are hardy
North, while the numerous
hybrids of C. americanus
are only half hardy, and
even if protected they are
killed to the ground in the
North, but the young shoots
will usually flower the same season. The safest way,
however, to have good free-flowering plants of these
beautiful hybrids will be, in the North, to dig them up
in fall, store them away in a frost-proof pit or cellar, and
plant them out again in spring. Pruning of the late-
flowering species will be of advantage; about one-half
of last year's growth may be taken away. They grow
in almost any soil, but best in a light and well-drained
one, and most of the Californian species prefer a sunny
position. Propagated by seeds sown in spring and by
cuttings of mature wood in autumn, inserted in a cold-
frame or greenhouse; softwood cuttings also grow
readily if taken in early spring from forced plants.
Sometimes increased by layers, and the varieties and
hybrids by grafting on roots of C. americanus under
glass in early spring; the cions must be fresh and with
leaves, taken from plants kept in the greenhouse
during the winter.
846. Seed -berries of blue
cohosh, Caulophyllum thalictri-
oides. (X1A)
albo-plenus, 4.
americanus, 1.
arboreus, 7.
Arnouldii, 4.
atrocxruleus, 4.
azureus, 8.
bicolor, 8.
cxruleus, 8.
cuneatus, 14.
divaricatus, 12.
INDEX.
Fendleri, 10.
hirsutus, 9.
hybridus, 4.
integerrimus, 11.
intermedius, 1.
Lobbianus, 5.
Orcuttii, 9.
oreganus, 3.
oralis, 2.
ovatus, 2.
pallidus, 4.
prostratus, 15.
rosetts, 4.
sanguineus, 3.
spinosus, 13.
thyrsiflorus, 5.
Veitchianus, 5.
velutinus, 6, 7.
696
CEANOTHUS
CEANOTHUS
A. Lvs. alternate. (Nos. 1-13.)
B. Margin of Ivs. serrate or crenate.
c. Foliage glabrous beneath or slightly pubescent.
D. Fls. white: Ivs. thin, deciduous.
E. Peduncles slender, at the end of the new growth.
1. americanus, Linn. Fig. 847. Low, erect shrub, to
3 ft.: Ivs. ovate, usually acute, finely and irregularly
serrate, bright green and dull above, paler and pubes-
cent or nearly glabrous
beneath, 1^-3 in.
long: fls. in terminal
and axillary panicles
on slender peduncles,
forming large, corym-
bose panicles. July-
Sept. From Canada
to S. C. and Texas.
B.M. 1479. Gt. 61, p.
92. Gn. 56, p. 137.—
Common in dry woods
and making a pro-
fusion of bloom, which,
however, is short-lived.
* Many hybrids have
been raised from this
, species in Eu. (see C.
•' hybridus). Var. inter-
medius, Trel. (C. in-
termedius, Pursh), has
smaller, ovate or
ovate - lanceolate Ivs.
and the fls. in small,
very slender - pedun-
cled, short racemes or
panicles. Tenn. to S. C.
2. ovatus, Desf. (C.
ovdlis, Bigel.). Low
shrub: Ivs. elliptic to
elliptic-lanceolate, ob-
tuse or acute, crenulate-serrate, nearly glabrous, glossy
above, 1-2 in. long: infl. like the former, but usually
smaller. New England to Colo, and Ala.
EE. Peduncles usually stout, from lateral buds of the
old wood.
3. sanguineus, Pursh (C. oregdnus, Nutt.). Tall
shrub, with purple or reddish glabrous branches: Ivs.
orbicular to ovate or obovate, obtuse, serrate, nearly
glabrous, 1-3 in. long: fls. in rather long, narrow pani-
cles, on stout, leafless peduncles, axillary, from branches
of the previous year. May, June. Brit. Col. to Calif.
B.M. 5177.
DD. Fls. blue or pink, rarely white: Ivs. usually
half-evergreen.
4. hybridus, Hort. Hybrids of garden origin, chiefly
between C. americanus and C. thyrsiflorus, between C.
ovatus and C. thyrsiflorus and between C. americanus
and C. azureus; the hybrids of the first group may be
classed under C. roseus, Koehne, of the second under C.
pallidus, Lindl., and those of the third group under C.
Arnouldii, Hort. Some of the most distinct are: dlbo-
plenus, with double white fls.; atrocaeruleus purpiireus,
fl. blue, foliage purple when young; Arnouldii, fls. sky-
blue, in large panicles; Gloire de Versailles, with
bright blue, large panicles (M.D.G. 1903:485); Gloire
de Plantieres, fls. dark blue, in large panicles; Victor
Jouin, fls. deep blue, darker than in the preceding, one
of the hardiest hybrids; Ciel de Provence, fls. deep blue,
profusely produced (R.H. 1903:332); Marie Simon,
fls. flesh-colored; roseus, fls. pink (R.H. 1875:30);
pallidus, fls. pale blue, Ivs. green and pubescent below
(B.R. 26:20).
5. thyrsiflorus, -Each. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. ob-
long, obtuse, crenate-serrate, nearly glabrous, 1-1 J^
847. Ceanothus americanus. ( X Ja)
in. long: fls. blue, rarely white, in narrow panicles,
about 3 in. long. May-July. Ore. to Calif. B.R.
30:38. S.S. 2:64. G.C. III. 20:363; 37:179; 41:221.
Gn. 74, p. 303. G.M. 50:430.— A very fine, free-flower-
ing species of beautiful blue color. Probably natural
hybrids of this species are: C. Veitchidnus, Hook. (C.
thyrsiflorus x C. rigidus), with deep blue fls. in dense
panicled clusters (B.M. 5127; F.S. 13:1383), and C.
Lobbianus, Hook. (C. thyrsiflorus x C. dentatus), with
deep blue fls., in oval, peduncled, solitary clusters. B.
M. 4810 (4811 by error). F.S. 10:1016.
cc. Foliage tomentose or densely pubescent beneath: half-
evergreen or evergreen (see also C. hybridus).
D. Branchlets and the veins beneath nearly glabrous: Ivs.
very obtuse: fls. white.
6. velutinus, Douglas. Tall shrub: Ivs. persistent,
broadly elliptic, mostly subcordate, obtuse, serrate,
dark green and glabrous above, canescent beneath, but
the veins glabrescent, 2-3 in. long: fls. in large, com-
pound panicles at the ends of the branches. June, July.
Brit. Col. to Colo, and Calif. B.M. 5165.
DD. Branchlets and the veins tomentose or pubescent: Ivs.
mostly acute: fls. usually blue.
E. The Ivs. glabrous or puberulous above, whitish or
tawny tomentose beneath.
7. arbdreus, Greene (C. velutinus var. arbdreus,
Sarg.). Small tree, with whitish bark: branchlets at
first angled and pubescent, later glabrescent and glossy :
Ivs. elliptic-ovate, obtusish or acutish, rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, closely serrate, with close white
tomentum beneath, 1^-3 in. long: fls. pale blue to white
in panicles 2-3 in. long. Spring. Isls. off the Calif,
coast. S.S. 2:65.
8. azureus, Desf. (C. bicolor, HBK. C. cseriileus,
Lag.). Tall shrub: branchlets terete, densely tomen-
tose: Ivs. oblong-ovate or oblong, acute or obtuse,
rounded at base, serrate, with villous tawny tomentum
beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. deep blue, in slender panicles
2-4in. long. Spring. Mex. L.B.C. 2:110. B.R. 4:291.
P.M. 2:74. Gn. 61, p. 223.— Under this name, a hybrid
species with C. americanus is often cult.
EE. The Ivs. villous or hirsute on both sides, usually green
beneath.
9. hirsutus, Nutt. Shrub or small tree, with villous
branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ovate, rounded or
cordate at the base, obtuse or acute, with glandular
teeth, 3^-2 in. long: fls. deep blue to purplish, in nar-
row panicles 1-2 in. long. April, May. Calif. — Called
"wild lilac" in Calif. Var. Orcuttii, Trel. (C. Orcuttii,
Torr.). Fls. blue, paler: fr. loosely villous.
BB. Margin of Ivs. entire or nearly so (sometimes serrate
on vigorous shoots).
c. Shrub prostrate: fls. white.
10. Fendleri, Gray. Low, prostrate and spiny shrub :
Ivs. oval, rounded or nearly acute at both ends, entire,
rarely finely serrulate, grayish green, minutely tomen-
tose beneath, J^-l in. long: fls. white, in short racemes,
terminal, on short, lateral branchlets. June, July.
From S. D. to New Mex. and Ariz. R.H. 1901, p. 423.
M.D.G. 1908:208; 1912:499.— A very graceful and
free-flowering shrub of almost creeping habit, well
adapted for covering dry, sandy banks; half evergreen
and hardy N.
cc. Shrubs tall, upright.
D. Branchlets terete or slightly angled, rarely spiny.
11. integerrimus, Hook. & Arn. Tall, erect shrub,
with glabrescent branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ovate,
obtuse, sparingly hairy or glabrous; bright green be-
neath, 1-3 in. long: fls. blue, sometimes white, fragrant,
in 3-6 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June. Wash, to
Calif, and S. E. Ariz. B.M. 7640.
CEANOTHUS
CEDRELA
697
12. divaricatus, Nutt. Tall, erect shrub, with usually
glaucous branches and often spiny: Ivs. ovate, obtuse or
nearly acute, glaucous and glabrous or grayish tomen-
to.«> below, fcfr-1 in. long: fls. pale blue, sometimes
whitish, in 2-3 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June.
Calif. Gn. 74, p. 425 (habit).
DD. Branchlets angled, spiny.
13. spindsus, Nutt. Tall shrub, sometimes arbores-
cent: branchlets glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, thinly
coriaceous, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
very obtuse or emarginate, scarcely 3-nerved, glabrous,
]/y-\\^, in. long: fls. light blue to almost white in large
terminal panicles 4-6 in. long. Spring. Cent, and S.
Calif., Coast Range and down to sea-level. S.S. 13:621.
AA. Lvs. opposite, persistent.
14. cuneatus, Nutt. Tall, much-branched shrub: Ivs.
epatulate or cuneate-obovate, mostly obtuse, entire,
minutely tomentose beneath, J^-l in. long: fls. white,
in small clusters along the branches. March-May.
Ore. to Calif. B.H. 8:170.
15. prostratus, Benth. Procumbent shrub: Ivs. cu-
neate, obovate or spatulate, coarsely and pungently
toothed, sometimes only 3-pointed at the apex, often
minutely silky when young, y2-l in. long: fls. blue, in
clusters, terminal on short branchlets. Spring. Wash,
to Calif.
C.africanus, Linn.=Noltea af ricana.— C. dentatus, Torr. & Gray.
Low shrub: Ivs. oblong, penninerved, dentate, glandular-papillate
above, loosely hairy: fls. blue, in peduncled clusters. Calif. F.S.
6:567, 2. B.H. 3:101. — C. dentatus var. floribiindus, Trel. (C.
floribundus, Hook.). Fl.-clusters numerous, nearly sessile: Ivs.
smaller. B.M. 4806. F.S. 10:977. I. H. 7:238. B.H. 5:129.— C.
folidsus. Parry. Low shrub: Ivs. small, broadly elliptic, glandular-
toothed, slightly hairy, pale or glaucous beneath: fls. deep blue, in
numerous small clusters. Calif. — C Isevigatus, Douglas. Tall shrub:
Ivs. broadly elliptic, serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath: fls. yellow-
ish white, in large panicles. Calif. — C. microphyllus, Michx. Low
shrub: Ivs. very small, obovate or elliptic, nearly glabrous: fls.
white, in small, short-peduncled clusters. — C. papittdsus, Torr. &
Gray. Low shrub: Ivs. narrow-oblong, dentate, glandular-papillate
above, villous beneath: fls. deep blue, in peduncled, axillary oblong
clusters. Calif. B.M. 4815. F.S. 6:567, 1. P.F.G. 1, p. 74 R.H.
1850:321. — C. Pdrryi, Trel. Large shrub: Ivs. elliptic or ovate, den-
ticulate, cobwebby beneath: fls. deep blue, in peduncled, narrow
panicles. Calif.— C. rlgidus, Nutt. Rigid, much-branched shrub:
Ivs. opposite, cuneate-obovate, denticulate, usually glabrous, small:
fls. blue, in small, nearly sessile, axillary clusters. Calif. B.M. 4660
(as C. verrucosus) and 4664. J.F. 3:316; 4:348. — C. verruc6sus,
Nutt. Low shrub: Ivs. mostly alternate, roundish obovate, emar-
ginate, denticulate, nearly glabrous, small: fls. white, in small,
axillary clusters along the branches. Calif. — C. verrucdsus, Hook.=
C. rigidus. ALFRED REHDER.
CEARA RUBBER: Manihot.
CEBATHA: Cocculus.
CECROPIA (from Greek word referring to use of
the wood of some species in making wind instru-
ments). Moracese. Milky-juiced trees, with peltate
leaves, sometimes planted in grounds in tropics and
warm countries.
Leaves large, alternate, long-petioled, the blade cir-
cular in outline; segms. or Ifts. 7-11: dioecious; fls. very
email, sessile in cylindrical heads or receptacles, which
are arranged in umbels; calyx tubular and petals 0;
sterile fls. with 2 stamens; fertile fls. with free ovary
and divided stigma: frs. small 1-seeded nuts combined
into short spikes. — Species about 40, from Mex. to
Brazil. C. peltata, Linn., is the trumpet-tree of the
W. Indies and S. It is a middle-sized tree with Ivs.
1 ft. across; hollow branches used for the making of
wind instruments. The juice of some species yields
rubber. The hollow stems are often perforated by ants,
which nest and rear their young in them.
palmata, Willd. Fig. 848. A characteristic tree of
the farther W. Indies (and planted somewhat in S.
Fla.), with a single long weak thin trunk and at the top
a few horizontal or deflexed awkward branches bear-
ing at their ends large palmate Ivs. with divisions like
thumbs, the trunk and branches partitioned at the
nodes: Ivs. 7-11-lobed to the middle, white-tomentose
beneath, the lobes oblong-obovate and blunt. — The
tree attains a height of 50 ft.: wood soft; branches
more or less hollow; grows rapidly, like an herb; often
covering areas that have recently been burned over.
L. H. B.
CEDAR: Cedrus, Juniperus.
CEDAR, WHITE: Thuya, Chamxcyparis.
CEDAR, WEST INDIAN: Cedrela.
CEDRELA (from Cedrus, the wood resembling that
of Cedrus). Melidcese. Including Todna. Ornamental
trees, grown for their handsome foliage; some are
valuable timber trees.
Trees with alternate, usually abruptly pinnate Ivs.,
without stipules: Ifts. petioled, entire or slightly serrate:
fls. inconspicuous, whitish, usually perfect, 4-5-merous,
in large, pendulous, terminal panicles; calyx short,
4-5-parted, the petals forming a tube with spreading
limb, below partly adnate to the disk; stamens shorter
than petals; ovary 5-celled; style simple, with capitate
stigma, somewhat longer than the stamens: fr. a caps.,
dehiscent, with 5 valves not splitting to the base, with
many flat, winged seeds. — Nine species in Trop. Amer.
and 8, forming the subgenus Toona, in E. India and
Austral. Toona is often considered a distinct genus,
distinguished from Cedrela by the disk being much
longer than the ovary and by the seeds being winged
above or at both ends, while in Cedrela the disk is as
long or shorter than the ovary and the seeds are winged
below. The first 3 species below belong to the sub-
genus Toona, the others are true cedrelas.
Cedrelas are tall ornamental trees with large pinnate
f oliage, well adapted for avenues : C. sinensis is hardy as
far north as Massachusetts; the others are hardy only
in southern California and in the Gulf states except C.
odorata, which is tender even there. The wood of some
species, particularly of C. odorata, is known as cedar
wood, and much valued for making furniture and
boxes. They thrive best in rich loam, and are propa-
gated by seeds or by cuttings of mature wood, and, also,
by root-cuttings, all with bottom heat.
848. Cecropia
palmata.
CEDRELA
CEDRONELLA
849. Leaflets of Cedrela
and Ailanthus. Cedrela on
the right.
A. Lfts. 10-25.
B. Lvs. quite glabrous.
c. Margin of Ivs. more or less serrate: panicles very long,
pendulous: seeds winged above.
sinensis, Juss. (Tobna sinensis, Roem. Aildnthus
flavescens, Carr.). Tree to 50 ft.: Ivs. long - petioled,
10-20 in. long; Ifts. 10-22, oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, slightly and re-
motely serrate, light green
beneath, 4-8 in. long: fls.
white, in very long, pendulous
panicles; ovary glabrous; 5
subulate staminodes alter-
nating with the stamens: fr.
oblong or obovate, about 1
in. long. June. China. R.H.
1891, p. 574-5; 1875, p. 87.
Gng.4:l. M.D.G. 1902: 495.
F. 1876, p. 175. F.E. 13, p.
1. — Ornamental tree, with
large feathery foliage; very
valuable for avenues; similar
to ailanthus, and nearly of the
same hardiness, but of more
regular and dense growth,
and without the disagreeable
odor when flowering. Ailan-
thus can be easily distin-
guished by the few coarse
teeth near the base of the
Ifts., each bearing a large
gland beneath (Fig. 849).
serrata, Royle (Tobna serrdta, Roem.). Tree, to 70
ft.: Ivs. usually odd-pinnate, 15-20 in. long; Ifts. 15-25,
ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate, irregularly ser-
rate, glaucous beneath: panicles longer than the Ivs.,
pendulous; fls. fragrant, often 6-merous; ovary glabrous.
Himalayas, to 8,000 ft. altitude. Royle, 111. 25. Col-
lett, Flor. Siml. 82. — This is probably the hardiest of
the tropical species. Sometimes united with C. Toona.
cc. Margin of Ivs. entire:
panicles shorter than
the Ivs.
Toona, Roxbg. (Toona
ciliata, Roem.). Tree, to
70 ft., nearly evergreen:
Ivs. abruptly pinnate;
Ifts. 10-20, usually op-
posite, lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, some-
times undulate, 3-6 in.
long: fls. white, honey-
scented, 5-merous; ovary
hairy; seeds winged at
both ends. Himalayas.
Wight., Icon. 161. Bran-
dis, Forest Fl. 14.
odorata, Linn. WEST
INDIAN CEDAR. Tree, to
100 ft.: Ivs. 10-20 in.
long; Ifts. 12-20, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate,
entire, bright green on
both sides, 4-6 in. long:
panicles shorter than the
Ivs.: fr. oblong, 1^ in.
long; seeds winged be-
low. W. Indies.— The
cedar wood comes mostly
from this species. Wood
brown, fragrant, the
source of the cigar-box
wood of commerce. It
is a very durable wood,
850. Cedrus atlantica.
and is much prized in the W. Indies in the manufacture
of cabinets, furniture, canoes, and other articles. In the
W. Indies known as "cedar."
BB. Lvs. densely pubescent beneath.
fissilis, Veil. Tree: Ivs. 10-15 in. long, abruptly pin-
nate; Ifts. 18-24, opposite, nearly sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate: panicles pubescent, longer than
the Ivs.; calyx pubescent outside; petals fulvous tomen-
tose; ovary glabrous. Brazil, Paraguay. St. Hilaire,
Fl. Brazil. 2: 101. — According to Franceschi it does
better at Santa Barbara than any other species of this
genus.
AA. Lfts. 6-10, finely ciliate.
Dugesii, Wats. Tree: Ivs. 10-15 in. long; Ifts. cuneate,
ovate-lanceolate, long and slender acuminate, nearly
entire, shining above, pale green and glabrous or nearly
so beneath, 4—6 in. long: panicles rather compact, much
shorter than the Ivs. Mex. ALFRED REHDER.
CEDRONELLA (a little cedar, from the odor of C.
triphylla, a species from the Canary Islands sometimes
called "Balm of Gilead"). Labiatse. Herbs or shrubs,
sometimes planted in borders in the middle and south-
ern parts of the United States.
Four species allied to Dracocephalum, to which the
first 2 belong according to Bentham. Engler and Prantl
consider the genus monotypic, containing only the third
species below. The 2 native kinds described below are
compact, free-flowering border perennials, with aromatic
Ivs. and numerous showy purplish pink fls. with blue
stamens, and borne in dense whorls on long racemes or
spikes: calyx a trifle oblique, 5-toothed; corolla-tube
exserted, the limb 2-lipped; stamens 4, the anthers
2-celled. — They are not quite hardy N., and should
have a sheltered sunny position, or some winter pro-
tection. The first 2 prop, by division of the root, the
last by cuttings.
cana, Hook. Height 2)^-3 ft.: sts. hard, square,
subshrubby: branches numerous, especially at the base,
opposite, hoary with a minute pubescence: upper Ivs.
small, y<i-\y?. in. long,
entire, hoary, numerous
near the fls., ovate; lower
Ivs. larger, cordate-
ovate, dentate - serrate :
spikes numerous; whorls
dense, 15- or more-fld.;
corolla r in. long, limb
5-cleft, the lowest lobe
largest, crenate, revo-
lute. June-Oct. Mex.
and New Mex. B.M.
4618.
mexicana,Benth. (Gar-
doquia betonicoldes,
Lindl.). Height 1-3 ft.:
root creeping: Ivs. \Y^~
1% m- long, ovate-lan-
ceolate (the lower ones
cordate) , crenate - den-
tate, becoming purplish
below, petioled: fls. very
like the above, bright
pink. Mex., Mts. S.
Ariz. B.M. 3860.— Rarer
in cult, than above; Ivs.
larger, longer and fewer.
Intro, into cult, in 1839.
triphylla, Moench
(Dracocephalum canari-
ense, Linn.). BALM OF
GILEAD. Shrubby, 3 to
4 ft.: Ifts. 3, oblong or
lanceolate: fls. purple or
CEDRUS
699
white, in loose spicate whorls. Aromatic plant from
Canary Isls.
C. pdllida, Lindl. Similar to C. mexicana, but differing in having
shorter, pale red fls. B.R. 1846:29. It is sometimes confused with
N. TAYLOB-f
CEDRUS (Kedros, ancient Greek name). Pindcese.
CEDAR. Trees grown for their persisting foliage and
striking habit; they are also valuable timber trees.
Large evergreen trees, with quadrangular, stiff,
fasciculate Ivs.:
fls. monoecious,
the staminate
forming cylin-
drical catkins:
cones ovate or
ovate-oblong,
thick, 3-5 in.
long, with
broad, closely
imbrica te,
bracts, attain-
ing maturity in
2 or 3 years;
seeds winged. —
Three closely
allied species in
N. Afr., Asia
Minor and
Himalayas.
The cedars
are large orna-
mental coni-
fers, with wide-
spreading bran-
ches, very dis-
tinct in habit
from most other
conifers. They
are usually con-
sidered tender,
but a hardy
race of Cedrus
Libani has been
recently intro-
duced by the
Arnold Arbore-
tum from the
highest eleva-
tion where the
species occurs in
Asia Minor; the
plants have
stood all the
winters since
1902 unpro-
tected at the
Arnold Arbore-
tum and have
pro v e d per-
fectly hardy. It
is very gratify-
851. Cedars on Mt. Lebanon, Cedrus Libani.
ing that one is now able to grow so far north the
famous cedar of Lebanon which, aside from its beauty,
is of peculiar interest for its historic and religious
associations. The race of Cedrus Libani commonly
cultivated is rather tender, more tender than C. atlan-
tica which may be grown as far north as New York in
sheltered positions, while C. Deodara can be grown
safely only in California and southern states. The very
durable and fragrant wood of all species is highly
valued.
The cedars prefer well-drained, loamy soil, and will
also grow in sandy clay, if there is no stagnant mois-
ture. Propagated by seeds sown in spring; the varie-
ties by veneer grafting, in late summer or in fall, on
seedlings of C. atlantica; or, in warmer regions, on C.
45
Deodara; they grow also from cuttings, if the small
shoots are selected which spring occasionally from the
old wood. Plants of this genus are the true cedars;
but trees of other genera are often called cedar. See
Chamsecyparis, Juniperus, and Thuya; also Cedrela.
A. Branches stiff, not drooping: cones truncate, and often
concave at the apex.
atlantica, Manetti. Fig. 850. Large, pyramidal
tree, to 120 ft.,
with upright
leading shoots:
Ivs. mostly less
than 1 in. long,
usually thicker
than broad,
rigid, glaucous
green: cones 2-
3 in. long, light
brown. N. Afr.
Gng. 2:163. G.
F. 9:417. R.H.
1890, p. 32. G.
W. 6, p. 498.
Gn. 37, p. 195.
Gt. 61, p. 449.
Var. glauca,
Carr. Foliage
glaucous, with
silvery hue; a
very desirable
and vigorous
form. Gng. 8:
275. Var. fas-
tigiata, Carr.
Of upright col-
umnar habit.
R.H. 1890, p.
32.
Libani, Loud.
Fig. 851. Large
tree, with wide-
spreading, hori-
zontal bran-
ches, forming a
broad head
when older,
leading shoot
nodding: Ivs. 1
in. or longer,
broader than
thick, dark or
bright green,
sometimes blu-
ish or silvery:
cones 3-4 in.
long, brown.
Lebanon, Tau-
rus, S. Anatolia
and N. Afr.
Gng. 5:65.
Mn. 1:39. G.F. 8:335; 2:149 (adapted in Fig. 851).
Gn. 48, p. 237; 66, pp. 124-5, 178. G.C. III. 34:265.
F.S.R. 2, pp. 291-4. Var. brevifdlia, Hook. With shorter
Ivs. and smaller, cones. Cyprus. Var. glauca, Carr.
(var. argentea, Veitch). Foliage of blue or silvery hue.
Var. nana, Loud. Dwarf form.
AA. Branches and leading shoot pendulous: cones obtuse.
Deodara, Loud. Tall tree, of pyramidal habit, to 150
ft.: Ivs. 1-2 in. long, dark bluish green, rigid, as thick
as broad: cones 3^-5 in. long, reddish brown. Hima-
layas. Gng. 2:8. G.C. III. 25:139; 34:400. F. 1876,
p. 103. Gn. 28, p. 223. V. 20:185. Var. robusta, Carr.
Lvs. about 2 in. long, rigid. Var. pendula, Beissn. (var.
recurvdta pendula, Hort.). With long pendulous branches
700
CEDRUS
or prostrate if not supported. G.W. 14, p. 413. Var.
fastigiata, Carr. Of columnar habit. Var. verticillata,
Rehd. (var. verticillata glaiica, Tutenberg). A com-
pact form with the Ivs. whorled at the base of the
shoots: foliage bluish white: the hardiest form of the
species. G.W. 11, p. 89. Var. viridis, Knight. Lvs.
852. Ceiba Casearia, the great silk-cotton tree at Nassau.
CELASTRUS
oblong-obtuse, hairy outside: caps. 4-8 in. long, 5-
valved, bearing many woolly seeds. Tropics of Asia,
Afr., and Amer. B.M. 3360. — One of the character-
istic and well-known trees of tropical countries. The
wings of some of the old trees run far in all directions,
sometimes being prominent 30 ft. or more; note the
picture (Fig. 852) of the
well-known tree at Nassau
on the island of New Provi-
dence. The wood is used to
some extent in interior con-
struction, but is soft, white
and brittle. The cotton-like
material in the pods is used
in beds and pillows and for
stufnnglif e-buoys, butitcan-
not be spun into threads; it
is the "kapok." of commerce.
Offered in S. Calif, and Fla.,
as a tree of rapid growth.
grandiflSra, Rose. Tree,
15-20 ft., 8-12 in. diam.,
the branches with short
prickles: petioles 2-4 in.
long; Ifts. 3-5, glabrous,
oblong, cuneate at base,
entire or slightly ser-
rulate, 2-3 K in. long: petals
white, silky, 4-5 in. long,
strap-shaped ; stamens 5,
the filaments 3^ in. long
and each with 2 anthers:
caps, oblong, 4^2 in. long.
Trop. W. Mex— The fls.
are fleshy; they change to
brown. Listed in S. Calif.
L. H. B.
bright green. Var. argentea, Carr. Foliage of silvery
hue. Var. nivea, Annesley. Young growth white.
G.C. III. 25:399. Var. albo-spica, Annesley (var. dlbo-
spicata, Beissn.). Young growth green, becoming later
white at the tips. G.W. 11, p. 89. Var. aftrea, Beissn.
Foliage golden yellow. G.W. 11, p. 87.
ALFRED REHDER.
CEIBA (aboriginal name). Bombacacese. SILK-
COTTON. KAPOK. CEIBA. Trees, one of which is
widely known in the tropics for its great size as a
shade tree, and for the "cotton" of its seed-pods.
Eriodendron is a more recent name.
Leaves digitate, with 5-7 entire Ifts.: fls. medium to
large, rose or white, on 1-fld. peduncles, solitary or
fascicled; calyx cup-shaped, truncate or irregularly
3-5-lobed; petals oblong, pubescent or woolly; staminal
tube divided at the apex into 5 or 10 parts, each part
bearing a stamen; ovary 5-celled: fr. a coriaceous caps.,
pubescent within and bearing obovoid seeds embedded
in a wool-like or cotton-like fiber. — Allied to Bombax
and Adansonia, from which it differs in having 5 parts
in the staminal body or column, rather than a much
more divided column bearing many stamens on each
division. Ten or more species, mostly in Trop. Amer.,
extending to Asia and Afr.
Casearia, Medic. (C . pentdndra, Gaertn. Bombax
pentdndrum, Linn. B. guineense, Schum. & Thoun.
Eriodendron anfractudsum, DC. E. occidentdle, Don.
E. orientdle, Kostel. Xylon pentdndrum, O. Kunze.).
SILK-COTTON TREE. CEIBA. POCHOTE. Figs. 852, 853.
Great tree, reaching 100 ft. and more, and having
immense horizontal far-spreading branches and wide-
flung thin buttresses or flanges: trunk spiny when
young; branches verticillate: Ifts. 7, arising from a
nearly circular plate or disk at the top of the petiole,
lanceolate-acuminate, undulate, smooth, each 4-6 in.
long: fls. white or rose, the corolla 2-3 in. long; petals
CELASTRUS (Kelastros, ancient Greek name). Cel-
astrdcese. Woody plants grown chiefly for their brightly
colored fruit; some also for their handsome foliage.
Shrubs, usually climbing, with alternate, petioled,
usually deciduous and serrate glabrous Ivs. : fls. polyg-
amous, 5-merous, inconspicuous, greenish white, in
axillary or terminal panicles or racemes; calyx 5-parted;
petals small, oblong-ovate; disk 'entire or crenate; sta-
mens short; ovary superior; style short with 3-lobed
853. Leaves and fruits of Ceiba Casearia,
the silk-cotton tree. ( X H)
CELASTRUS
CELERIAC
701
stigma: fr. a caps, dehiscent into 3 valves, each con-
taining 1 or 2 seeds, inclosed in a fleshy crimson aril.
— More than 30 species in S. and E. Asia, Austral, and
Amer. The species with perfect fls. in axillary cymes
and with evergreen Ivs., being rigid and often spiny
shrubs, are now included under Gymnosporia, which
see.
These shrubs are hardy and ornamental, very effec-
tive with their bright-colored fruit remaining usually
throughout the winter; C. angulatus is also worth
growing for its large handsome foliage. They are very
valuable for covering trelliswork, trees or rocks and
walls: they grow in almost any soil and situation, and
as well in shaded as in sunny positions. Propagated by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified, and by root-cuttings or
layers; suckers are freely produced, and become some-
times a nuisance in nurseries; they also can be increased
by cuttings of mature and of soft wood.
A. Under side of Ivs. green.
B. Lvs. 2-4 in. long: branchlets terete.
c. Fls. andfr. in axillary few-fid, cymes along the branches.
orbiculatus, Thunb. (C. articuldtus, Thunb.). Fig.
854. High-climbing shrub: Ivs. cuneate, suborbicular
to oblong or obovate, acute or acuminate, crenate-ser-
rate, 2-3 in. long: fr. globular, orange-yellow, with
crimson seeds. Japan, China. B.M. 7599. G.F. 3:550
(adapted in Fig. 854). A.F. 9:534. G.C. III. 23:29;
43:242. Gng. 5:119. M.D.G. 1902:306. Var. punc-
tatus, Rehd. (C. punctatus, Thunb.). A less vigorous
grower, with smaller, elliptic Ivs. — C. orbiculatus is of
more vigorous growth than the following species, and
fruits very profusely, but the frs. are hidden by the
foliage, and are not very conspicuous until the Ivs. have
fallen, while C. scandens bears its frs. above the Ivs.
cc. Fls. and fr. in terminal panicles.
scandens, Linn. FALSE BITTER-SWEET. WAX- WORK.
Fig. 855. High, climbing to 20 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, crenate-serrate, glabrous,
2-4 in. long : fls. in terminal, many-fld. panicles or racemes
2-4 in. long: fr. about ^in. diam., orange-yellow, with
crimson seeds. Canada to S. D. and New Mex. Em. 545.
A.G. 11:29, 31. G.F. 5:569 (adapted in Fig. 855). Gng.
5:119. A.F. 9:534. V. 3:315. Gn. 33, p. 393 (habit).
paniculatus, Willd. (C. dependens, Wall.). Branches
brown with numerous small white lenticels, pendulous:
Ivs. ovate-oblong or obovate, sometimes to 5 in. long:
fls. in terminal pendulous panicles 4-8 in. long. Hima-
layas.— Not hardy N.
854. Celastrus orbiculatus. (XH)
855. Celastrus scandens.
(XMD
BB. Lvs. 4~6 in. long and 3-5 in. broad:
branchlets angular.
angulatus, Maxim. (C. latifolius, Hemsl.). Glabrous
shrub, climbing to 20 ft.: branchlets angular, finely
lenticellate: Ivs. broadly ovate or roundish, abruptly
short-acuminate, crenately serrate: terminal panicles
4-6 in. long: fr. subglobose, nearly ^in- thick, on thick
short stalks, yellow with orange seeds. N.W. and Cent.
China. H.I. 23:2206.— Even without fr. effective on
account of its large foliage; has proved hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum.
AA. Under side of the Ivs. bluish white.
hypoleucus, Warb. (C. hypoglaiica, Hemsl. Erythro-
spermum hypoleucum, Oliver). Glabrous shrub with
terete brown branches scarcely lenticellate: lys. elliptic
or oblong-elliptic, 2-4 in. long, short-acuminate, re-
motely serrulate: terminal panicles 2-5 in. long, loose:
fr. about ^iin. thick on slender stalks, K~Hm- long.
Cent. China. H.I. 19:1899.
C. flagellaris, Rupr. Allied to C. orbiculatus. Branches with
persistent spiny stipules, sometimes rooting: Ivs. ovate or oval,
small, finely serrulate, slender-petioled: fr. axillary, small. N.
China, Korea, Japan. Quite hardy, but not so handsome as C.
orbiculatus. — C. niUans, Hort. Reasoner, not Roxbg.=Quisqualis
indica. — C. Orixa, Sieb. & Zucc.=Orixa japonica.
ALFRED REHDER.
CELERIAC (Apium graveolens, Linn., var. rapa-
ceum, DC.). Umbelliferas. Fig. 856. An offshoot of the
celery species, producing an edible root-part instead of
edible leaves.
Celeriac is very little grown in this country, and to
Americans is almost unknown, but it is much prized in
Europe. Here it is cultivated chiefly where there is a
foreign population. Fifteen or twenty varieties are
mentioned in the seed catalogues, but there is very
little difference in the various sorts, some seedsmen
even making no distinction between varieties, but
cataloguing the plant simply as celeriac.
702
CELERIAC
CELERY
:,
In general, the culture is the same as for celery, ex-
cept that no blanching is required, since it is the en-
larged root that constitutes the edible part. Sow the
seed during the spring in a well-prepared seed-bed, pref-
erably in a more or less shaded location. A coldframe
or a spent hotbed is a good place. The seed is slow
to germinate, and must
be kept well watered.
When the plants are 2
or 3 inches tall, they
ought to be trans-
planted; about 3 inches
apart each way is a good
distance to place them
at this handling. Later,
again transplant them
to the open ground, in
rows about 2 feet apart
and 6 or 8 inches dis-
tant in the row. The
soil should be a rich
light loam well supplied
with moisture. (The
seed may be
sown where the
plants are to
remain, and
thinned to the
required dis-
tance, but
stronger, more
stocky plants
are secured by
transplanting as
directed.) Plants
thus treated will
be ready for faU
and winter use.
If they are de-
sired for earlier use, the seeds may be sown in a mild
hotbed and transplanted to the open.
Aside from frequent tillage, celeriac requires but
little attention during growth. It is a frequent prac-
tice with growers to remove a little of the earth from
about the plants after the root has become well enlarged,
and to cut off the lateral roots. This tends to make the
main root grow larger, smoother and more symmetri-
cal in shape. For winter use, the plants may be pro-
tected with earth and straw to keep out frost, or packed
in moist sand and placed in a cool cellar.
The principal use of celeriac is for the flavoring of
soups and stews, but it is also served in several other
ways. It may be boiled and eaten with a white sauce,
like cauliflower; as a salad, either first being cooked
as beets or turnips, or else cut up into small pieces and
used raw; when boiled, sliced and served with oil and
vinegar, it forms the dish known as "celery salad." An
extract may be obtained from it which is said to have
medicinal properties.
Just how long celeriac, or turnip-rooted celery,
has been in cultivation is unknown. Its history as a
garden vegetable can be traced definitely as far back
as the middle of the seventeenth century, although
writers for a century or more previous to this time made
references which would seem to relate to this vegetable,
but the identity is obscure. Its origin was probably the
same as that of the common garden celery, of which it
is doubtless a state wherein the root has become en-
larged and edible. This form is supposed to be the one
most remotely removed from the wild state.
H. P. GOULD.
CELERY (Apium graveolens, Linn.). Umbelliferse.
A major garden vegetable, grown for its blanched leaf-
stalks which are eaten raw and also used in cookery.
Biennial, sometimes annual, plants: If .-stalks 6-15
856. Celeriac trimmed for market
(XH); also an untrimmed root, on a
smaller scale.
in. long, bearing 3 pairs and a terminal 1ft. coarsely
serrated and ternately lobed or divided. The fl.-stalks
are 2-3 ft. high, branched and leafy; fls. white, incon-
spicuous and borne in compound umbels; seeds very
small, flattened on the sides, broader than long. An
acrid, pungent flavor characterizes the wild plants.
The genus Apium is variously understood. As
mostly accepted, it comprises some 15 or 20 species of
annual or perennial glabrous herbs with pinnate or
pinnately compound Ivs., and small greenish white fls.
in compound umbels; calyx-teeth wanting; petals ovate
or rounded. The species are distributed widely in
temperate regions and in the mountains in the tropics.
A. graveolens is the one important species to the horti-
culturist. Var. rapaceum is celeriac, a form or race in
which the crown of the plant is thickened and turnip-
like (see Celeriac). The wild celery plant is not stout,
nor are the If.-stalks thickened, as they are in the
domesticated races. It grows 1-2 ft. high when in
bloom, in marshy places near the sea, on the coasts of
Eu., Afr., and Asia; and it has run wild from cult, in
some parts of N. Amer.
Celery probably was not cultivated until after the
Middle Ages, and the varieties now grown so exten-
sively have been developed within the past thirty-five
years. It is not many years since this vegetable was
regarded as a luxury and sold at prices that could be
paid only by the wealthy, but today it is one of the
standard vegetables and is produced in enormous
quantities for the city markets. The industry is often
highly profitable on muck areas, and thousands of
acres of this land are used for celery-culture in Michi-
gan, Ohio, New York, Florida and California. Intensive
market-gardeners of the North regard it as one of their
most profitable crops, and results are especially satis-
factory if the land can be irrigated. When good markets
are available, celery is an excellent crop to follow early
garden crops, such as peas, beans, beets, bunch onions,
radishes and other vegetables that mature in ample
time to allow the after-planting of celery to mature.
Soils that have been previously cropped the same season
should be manured liberally before celery is planted.
Types and varieties.
The methods of cultivation and handling of celery
depend so much on the variety that this part of the
subject should be discussed at the outset. Celery may
be classified into two general groups — green varie-
ties, and the so-called self-
blanching varieties. For-
merly, the green kinds were
grown almost exclusively,
but commercial growers
soon discovered that the
self -blanching varieties pos-
sess certain cultural advan-
tages that make them highly
desirable from a business
point of view. They are
more easily blanched, and
this is probably the most
important consideration
when the crop is to be
grown for commercial pur-
poses. This is particularly
advantageous in the sum-
mer crop, and equally ap-
preciated by those who
plant large areas for the late
market. When boards are
used for blanching, more
than twice as many plants
may be set on an acre as
when green varieties are
employed and the crop
bleached with earth. It is 857. The Boston ideal.
CELERY
CELERY
703
universally conceded, however, that the light-colored
varieties are somewhat inferior in quality to the green
sorts. For this reason it is a mistake to rely wholly
tion of celery, the crop is grown with entire success on
a great variety of soil types. In fact, the plants thrive
in. any friable soil which is adequately provided with
on self-blanching varieties in the home garden. Many moisture, plant-food and vegetable matter. Near all
i ^«^^o ~r™* +u^ u^i,f_^i^^ Hr^0 f™. 0,,™_ ^e northern cities of the United States may be found
plantations of limited area that return excellent profits.
This is particularly true in sections devoted to the most
intensive types of market-gardening, when stable
manure and commercial fertilizers are used almost
home gardeners plant the light-colored kinds for sum-
mer use only, and green varieties for fall and winter
use.
In some regions, a plant with a much-branched base
is desired as in Fig. 857; but in general a less spreading
or a lighter plant is grown, as in Fig. 858. These differ- lavishly. With this system of soil-management, the
xi Ai r^i : u:~u ±1 1 — ^ ground soon changes its physical properties and in
some cases approaches the muck soils in mechanical
composition. It is not uncommon to find small areas
on various types of soil, cultivated intensely, which
make a gross return of $1,000 or more to the acre.
These results indicate the great possibilities of the
home garden for the production of celery. There is
no reason why every gardener, whatever his type of
soil, should not be fully successful in growing a boun-
tiful supply of the choicest celery for the home table.
The reclaiming of new muck lands is often an expen-
sive undertaking. The land must be cleared of brush
and sometimes timber. Drainage must be provided
ences are mostly matters of the way in which the plants
are grown, as to room in seed-bed and field.
White Plume is one of the best known of the self-blanching
varieties. It is vigorous in growth and attains a greater height
than Golden Self-blanching and, for this reason, does not meet
with as great favor among commercial growers. The quality is
also inferior to Golden Self-blanching.
Golden Self-blanching is by far the most popular of American
varieties. It is a favorite with amateurs and constitutes probably
90 per cent of all the cejery grown in the United States. The plants
attain a height of 14 to 20 inches, and are compact and stocky.
The stems are short, thick, easily blanched to a creamy white, and
the foliage is abundant.
Rose-ribbed Golden Self-blanching has a tinge of rose-color on
the ribbing of the stems, which makes the variety attractive for
the home garden. It is not grown largely for commercial purposes.
Giant Pascal is an old green-stem variety
that is not surpassed in quality. In rich
moist soils the plants attain a height of 30
inches or more. It is a favorite of home gar-
deners who take pride in producing tall, tender
stalks of the highest quality.
Winter Queen is a more popular green
variety among commercial growers than Giant
Pascal. It does not attain such a great height
and grows more compactly, so that less space
is required between rows, and the crop is more
convenient to store.
French Success is a very stocky compact
winter variety that possesses excellent keep-
ing qualities.
Boston Market is famous for its excellent
quality. It is grown extensively about Bos-
ton in the home gardens and for commercial
purposes. It is low, compact, crisp, tender
and of the best flavor.
Many other varieties are planted to some
extent, but the most important have been
mentioned.
Soil*.
As previously stated, great com-
mercial plantations are on muck soils,
although the business is not confined
to such lands. The mucks usually
provide ideal conditions for the cul-
ture of celery. The plant thrives in soils abounding in
vegetable matter, and as mucks contain 60 per cent or
more of organic matter this requirement is fully met.
A Kalamazoo (Michigan) muck soil, used extensively
for celery, analyzed as follows:
Per cent
Sand and silicates 19.16
Alumina 1.40
Oxide of iron 3.94
Lime 6.09
Magnesia 0.81
Potash 0.34
Soda 0.38
Sulphuric acid 1.31
Phosphoric acid 0.88
Carbonic acid 1.95
Organic matter (containing 2.53 per cent of
nitrogen) 63.76
Water 6.51
Properly prepared mucks are loose and friable, and
this is a great advantage in transplanting and in per-
forming all tillage operations. The land is easily plowed,
harrowed, leveled, marked and cultivated, and the
work of ridging the plants is accomplished with the
greatest ease. The depth of the water-table in muck
lands varies greatly, but about 3 feet is considered
most favorable; at this depth the plants never suffer
from drought.
While it is universally conceded that muck soils
provide the best conditions for the extensive cultiva-
858. A good celery plant in the general market.
by means of tile or open ditches. The land is often
acid, and lime should be employed to correct the
acidity. For a year or two other crops than celery
should be planted to get the land in the proper physical
condition. The first plowing should be done in the
fall so that the land will be exposed to frost during the
winter. Corn is an excellent crop to plant the follow-
ing spring. There should be repeated cultivation
throughout the summer to destroy any other vegeta-
tion that may start.
Other types of soil should be prepared as in the
usual way for the small garden crops. Fall plowing,
after large quantities of manure have been added, is
often desirable when an early crop is to be started the
following spring. Smoothing harrows and plank drags
should be used to make the soil fine and smooth pre-
paratory to planting. All preparatory tillage opera-
tions should be conducted with a view to conserving
soil-moisture, which is exceedingly important to celery
throughout the period of growth.
Fertilizing.
As previously stated, it is important for land that
is to be planted in celery to abound in vegetable matter.
There must also be an abundance of available plant-
food in order to secure a rapid and vigorous growth.
When applying either manure or commercial fertilizer,
the grower should bear in mind that this is a shallow-
704
CELERY
CELERY
rooted plant and the materials should not be placed
at great depths.
All classes of growers, whether they are producing
on a garden or field scale, and whatever their type of
soil may be, recognize stable-manures as the best fer-
tilizer that can be applied for this crop. Stable-manures
are the most satisfactory because they furnish
both organic matter and plant- food. It is often
desirable to supplement stable-manures with
commercial fertilizers, but the success of this crop
will be far more certain if reliance is placed on
barn-manures rather than chemical fertilizers.
An effort should be made to have the manures
near the surface of the ground, and this can be accom-
plished by applying rotten or composted manure after
plowing and working into the soil with a disc-harrow. If
coarse fresh manure must be used and partially decayed
manure is not available, it is preferable to apply it be-
fore plowing. Market-gardeners often apply thirty to
forty tons to the acre, although smaller quantities give
excellent results, especially if fertilizers are used in
addition to the manure. Ten tons of manure on muck
land is a decided advantage over no manure, even
when fertilizers are used in large quantities.
Probably no commercial grower of celery should
attempt to produce this crop without the use of at
least some commercial fertilizer. When stable-manures
are used lavishly, a little acid phosphate, nitrate of
soda or potash will often give increased profits.
When stable-manure is not used at all, or perhaps
in very small amounts, commercial fertilizers should
be used with freedom. Two tons of a high-grade fer-
tilizer to the acre is not an unusual application, and
some of the most intensive growers use larger amounts.
In the smaller areas, from which a gross return of $800
to $1,200 to the acre is expected, there should be no
hesitancy in spending $100 to $125 an acre for manure
and fertilizer. Celery requires much nitrogen and the
mixed fertilizer applied before planting, or afterwards
as a side-dressing, should contain not less that 4 per
cent of this element. There should also be an abundance
of potash and phosphoric acid. A fertilizer containing
4 per cent of nitrogen, 8 per cent phosphoric acid and
10 per cent potash should meet the requirements of
this crop in all soils, when applied in sufficient quantity.
Some growers have found it highly desirable to apply
nitrate of soda or complete fertilizer as side-dressings
after the crop is well started. These applications may
vary from 100 to 200 pounds to the acre and should be
made at intervals of about three weeks.
Starting the plants.
The greatest care should be exercised in procuring
seed, for inferior seed may result in pithy or hollow
859. Celery planted thick, and the patch edged with boards.
The "new celery-culture."
stalks, a poor stand of plants in the seed-bed, seedlings
of low vitality, or a large percentage of seed shoots.
Only the most reliable dealers, those who have a repu-
tation for furnishing first-class seed of the varieties
desired, should be patronized. To make certain of
securing good seed, some careful growers import their
seed directly from foreign producers, which, however,
is unnecessary if the proper precautions are taken in
the selection of a responsible seedsman. Practically
all of the seed of the self -blanching varieties is grown
in France, while most of the seed of green varieties is
produced in California. As there is never absolute
certainty of securing en-
tirely satisfactory seed,
some growers follow the
excellent practice of buy-
ing in large amounts,
sufficient to last several
years. Only a small
quantity of the seed is planted
the first year to determine its
real merit, and if found satis-
factory there is sufficient quan-
tity on hand to last several years.
If kept in sealed jars in a room
where the temperature does not
vary greatly, the germinating
power will be retained at least
six years.
Celery seed is very small. An
ounce contains about 70,000
seeds, and with the very best
conditions should produce at
least half this number of plants.
It is not safe, however, to count
on a much greater number than
10,000 plants to the ounce, be-
cause many of the seeds usually
fail to germinate and the plants
at first are very small and easily
perishable. The seeds are slow
to germinate. They should be
planted in fine soil which, if pos-
860. Blanching celery by
wrapping it with paper.
sible, should be kept constantly moist but never wet.
Seed for the early crop is seldom sown before the
first of March. If checked in growth at any time, there
is great danger of the plants producing seed shoots
which renders them unsalable. Plants started the first
of March will, with proper care, be ready for market
in August. Earlier sowing is possible and sometimes
desirable, but adequate facilities must be provided to
avoid crowding the plants, which invariably results
in checking the growth. Some gardeners have found it
to be profitable to start the plants the latter part of
February, finally transplanting into frames, where the
crop is matured.
Seed for the early crop may be sown in the beds of
the artificially heated frame or greenhouse. Many
growers use flats or shallow plant-boxes, which are
placed in the hotbed or greenhouse. While broadcast-
ing of the seed is often practised, it is better to sow in
drills 2 inches apart. The furrows should be very
shallow, as the seeds should not be covered with more
than Y% inch of earth. Muck mixed with a small
amount of sifted coal-ashes, sand and a little bone-
meal, is most excellent for starting plants under glass.
After sowing and lightly covering the seed, place a
piece of burlap over the bed, and water it. Keep the
bed covered with burlap or a piece of cloth until the
plants begin to come up. Do not water more than
necessary to keep the bed moist. When the plants
appear they will need plenty of light, sunshine and
fresh air. A temperature of 70° to 75° is most favora-
ble to germination, but 10° lower should be maintained
if possible after the plants are up. Higher tempera-
tures, however, will do no harm if the proper attention
is given to ventilation.
When the rough leaves appear, the seedlings should
be transplanted into beds or preferably flats, spacing
the plants 1 Y^ inches apart each way. Stronger plants
will be developed if they are set 2 inches apart. The
flats may be about 2 inches deep and half filled with
CELERY
CELERY
705
rotten manure, the remainder of the space being filled
with good rich soil. The manure will furnish ideal
conditions for the roots of the young seedlings and
make it possible to transplant them to the open ground
with blocks of earth and manure so that there will be
practically no check in growth. If earliness is an
important consideration, this method of treatment is
highly important. Young celery plants require con-
siderable nursing, and it will not do to take them from
warm greenhouses or hotbeds to coldframes before
the season is well advanced. They will suffer even
more than tomato plants from low temperature. One
of the most successful of our American growers invari-
ably plants from the greenhouse to the open ground,
beginning about May 10 .
Spraying the seedlings several times with bordeaux
mixture may be the means of avoiding loss from fungous
diseases.
Seed for the late crop should be sown in the open
ground or in protected beds as soon in the spring as
the soil can be prepared. Delay in starting the plants
is often responsible for a failure of the late crop. It is
not so easy to control moisture in the outdoor seed-
beds. If overhead irrigation lines are available, there
will be no difficulty in this matter. The beds are often
shaded with brush or lath screen. Small beds may be
kept covered with moist burlap. When starting on a
large scale, the rows may be a foot or more
apart. Thinning is often necessary to secure
stocky plants. The plants may be set where
they are to mature any time after they have
attained a height of about 3 inches. Ordi-
narily seedlings started out-of-doors are trans-
planted directly to the permanent bed or
field without an intermediate shift, although
this is an advantage in developing stronger
plants with better roots. If the plants attain
a height of 5 inches or more before they are
set in the field, the tops should be cut back
before transplanting.
Planting in the field.
As previously indicated, plants for the early
crop should not be set in the open ground
until about May 10 in the latitude of Philadelphia and
New York. There is danger of injury from hard frosts
if transplanted before this time, and such injury may
result in a large percentage of the plants producing seed
shoots, thus rendering them unsalable. Seedlings for
the late crop may be transplanted in permanent quar-
ters any time after June 20.
The time of planting in the field will depend largely
on the varieties to be used. For example, Golden Self-
blanching may be set out three or four weeks later
than Giant Pascal and have time to mature fully
before hard freezing weather is likely to occur. Many
commercial growers do not transplant the late crop
until nearly the first of August. In most parts of the
North, it is better to transplant early in July. The
date of transplanting, however, is not so important
as to have the plants, as well as the ground, in proper
condition before transplanting is started. Plants that
are 3 to 5 inches high are much more likely to live and
thrive than taller ones. The ground should be smooth,
fine and moist. It is exceedingly important to have the
rows perfectly straight and this can be accomplished
by the use of a marker. A line may be used for this
purpose, but transplanting may be accomplished much
more rapidly by using a rope-arid-peg marker.
There is the greatest variation in the planting dis-
tances for celery. Some of the most intensive growers
plant 7 or 8 inches apart each way. Others prefer to
space the rows about a foot apart and have the plants
stand 4 inches apart in the row. When such close
planting is followed, it is known as "the new celery-
culture" (Fig. 859)- The plants stand so close together
when this method is used that they blanch themselves
and it is unnecessary to use boards or other devices.
"The new celery-culture" is better adapted to green-
house and coldframe use, where the plants can be
watered by sub-irrigation. When plants stand so
close together, there is little circulation of air and heart-
rot or other diseases are likely to occur in hot moist
weather. The possibilities of a small area by use of
this method are very large and the system appeals
to growers who have only small tracts of land to
cultivate.
A more common practice is to space the rows 18
inches to 2 feet apart and to set the plants 4 or 5 inches
apart in the row. This method is now almost univer-
sally employed for Golden Self-blanching when boards
are to be used for blanching the crop. When trans-
planted 4 by 24 inches apart, about 60,000 plants are
required to set an acre. If horse implements are to be
used in planting, it is better to allow at least 28 inches
between rows.
Some growers prefer to plant Golden Self-blanching
in double rows 6 inches apart, placing the plants 4 or 5
inches apart in the row. This plan is not universally
popular because it is not favorable to the full develop-
ment of every plant. Boards are also used for blanch-
ing when this system of planting is followed.
When soil is to be used for blanching, more space
861. The last earthing-up or banking of celery.
must be allowed between rows. Formerly the almost
universal practice was to allow 5 feet between rows.
With tall-growing varieties, such as Giant Pascal, this
is not too much space to provide sufficient soil for
blanching. When lower-growing varieties, such as
Winter Queen, are used, the rows need not be more
than 4 or 4J/£ feet apart to give sufficient space for
blanching with earth. The larger varieties of the green
type should not be planted quite so close together in
the row as Golden Self -blanching; for the best develop-
ment of the plants, it is better to space them 5 or 6
inches apart in the row.
Growers who plant both early and late varieties
often alternate the rows. The early variety is removed
first, of course, and then there is 4 feet or more of space
between the rows of late varieties which are blanched
with earth. Transplanting should proceed as rapidly
as possible without undue exposure of the roots to the
air. If the plant-beds are watered twenty-four hours
in advance of transplanting, the plants may be removed
with less injury.
Subsequent tillage practice in the North.
Celery is often inter-cropped with other vegetables.
One of the most common plans is to plant five rows of
onions about a foot apart as early in the spring as the
ground can be prepared. The fifth rows are pulled for
bunching, and celery is planted instead of the onions.
This is a most excellent combination for muck soils
where good markets can be found for both crops.
Radishes are also excellent to precede celery. If
desired, the small button-shaped varieties may be
706
CELERY
CELERY
used, every fifth row to be planted in celery and later-
maturing varieties of radishes in the four rows between.
Frequent tillage is necessary for the best results
with celery. As it is a shallow-rooted plant, tools that
run at considerable depth should be avoided. For
horse tillage, there is nothing superior to the spike-
tooth cultivator in general use. If the plants are small,
great care should be exercised to avoid throwing dirt
on top of the hearts. If the ground contains many
862. Water-holding celery crate.
weeds, more or less hand work will be required between
the plants in the rows.
The mulching of soils with horse-manure has been
a very popular and profitable practice in recent years.
It has been shown in the laboratory as well as in field
practice that a fine mulch of 3 or 4 inches of horse-
manure conserves moisture more perfectly than the
most thorough tillage. The mulching of celery in the
field not only conserves moisture but it reduces the
labor of tillage and also furnishes nourishment to the
plants. The rains carry liquid food to the roots and a
more rapid growth invariably follows. Considerable
hand labor is required, of course, to place the manure
between the rows, but this is probably no greater than
the labor needed to till the crop when a mulch is not
used. It is customary to use fresh horse-manure,
which has been aerated in thin layers for a few days
before making application. The ground is completely
covered, although the manure is not allowed to touch
the plants. The mulch may be applied immediately
after planting or, as some prefer, the plants may be
tilled for ten days or two weeks and the mulch then
applied. Very few weeds will appear if 3 or 4 inches
of horse-manure is used.
Irrigation makes the crop more certain, and it is also
a means of securing larger and more vigorous growth
and consequently better quality. Most of the inten-
sive growers of the East are prepared to irrigate. Va-
rious methods are employed. Some who cultivate very
small areas use the hose or other sprinkling device.
The method that is now in most common use is the
overhead system of irrigation, providing for parallel
pipe lines about 50 feet apart (see Irrigation). These
are turned at will by means of levers at the ends and
the water is thrown out at any desired angle through
small nipples placed about 4 feet apart on the lines.
It is important to do the watering if possible in the
evening or at night so that the foliage may be as dry
as possible during the day. It is also important to
make thorough applications, as it is not advisable to
water more frequently than absolutely necessary.
Blanching.
All American markets demand celery with creamy
white stalks. This light color is secured by causing the
plants to grow with the stalks in the dark, or nearly
so, which prevents the development of chlorophyl.
When boards, earth, paper, tile or other means are
used, most of the leaves are not covered, and growth
is not hindered in the least.
Green varieties are blanched almost exclusively
by the use of earth. There should be no ridging until
the weather is cool and, therefore, this operation is
not usually undertaken until early in September at
the North. At first the ridging should be only a few
inches high, but later should extend to the full height
of the stems. Finally, the rows are ridged so that only
the tops protrude above the ridges, as shown in Fig.
861. Special tools are available for this operation and
the work may be done very rapidly.
The early crop is blanched mostly by means of boards,
although paper (Fig. 860) and other devices are some-
times used. Hemlock, pine and cypress lumber are
used for this purpose in various parts of the country.
The boards need not be more than 10 inches wide,
although 12-inch boards are commonly used. They
may be of any convenient length, say 14 to 16 feet long.
To prevent warping and splitting, cleats about 3
inches wide and J^inch thick should be nailed at each
end and in the middle of the boards. The boards are
placed on edge, one on each side of the row and brought
as close together as convenient at the upper edge and
secured by means of wire hooks. Sometimes stakes are
driven at the sides, although wire hooks are more
convenient. The hooks should be 6 or 7 inches long
and may be made of heavy fence wire. From ten days
to two weeks is required for proper blanching with
boards. As the crop is sold, the boards are shifted from
place to place so that they may be used several times
during the season. When not in use, the boards should
be stored under cover or stacked in piles with strips
between them. With good care, boards that are sound
when purchased will last fifteen years.
Harvesting and marketing.
The harvesting of the celery crop when grown in
coldframes usually occurs in the month, of July.
If the climate is not too severe, it is possible to have
celery ready for market the latter part of June. The
late crop, which is produced without the use of boards,
is not usually ready for market until August. It is
lifted with forks or perhaps cut with a sharp knife just
beneath the surface and conveyed to the packing-
house where it is prepared for market. In some sec-
tions the roots are not trimmed at all, the plants being
tied in bunches of a dozen and packed in a standard
crate such as is shown in Fig. 862. These crates are
24 by 24 inches at the base, and contain six to sixteen
dozen plants, depending on the size of the celery. The
height of the crate may be varied to suit the height of
the celery. Another form of celery crate is shown in
Fig. 863. In some regions, the roots are trimmed into
tapering cubes as shown in
Fig. 864. A very convenient
method of bunching is to
place three plants side by
side, tapering the roots as
indicated, tying the taper- ...
ing roots tightly and then
securing the tops. Formerly
twine was used almost en-
tirely for bunching, while
in recent years many grow-
ers have found it desirable
to use either blue or red
tape, which gives the celery
a more attractive appear-
ance on the market. Michi-
gan growers and other pro-
iucers of celery in the Great
863. Celery crate.
Lake district use small crates of very thin lumber.
These vary in size and range about as follows: 6 by 12
by 24 inches; 6 by 16 by 24 inches; 2 by 20 by 24
inches; 6 by 26 by 24 inches and 6 by 30 by 24
inches. The number of bunches in the crates depends
on the size of the celery and of the crate, but varies
from four to twenty-four dozen. For local markets, the
plants may be tied in bunches of the most popular size
and packed in any crate of convenient form and size.
CELERY
CELERY
707
Storage.
A large percentage of the late celery crop is placed
in city cold-storage houses. It is packed with the
roots on, and there is very little trimming. Golden
Self-blanching keeps fairly well in cold storage, or at
least the hearts are presentable when they come out
of storage. This is the product that now meets the
general demand of the large cities until celery begins
to arrive from Florida.
In the North, this crop is very commonly stored in
trenches. The trenches are dug in well-drained ground
and must be deep enough to accommodate the plants
so that the tops will not extend more than about 2
or 3 inches above the trenches. The celery will keep
better if the trenches are not too wide. Ordinarily
they are dug 10 to 14 inches wide. The plants are
lifted and stood as close together in the trench as pos-
sible. Some growers prefer to place a little earth over
the roots, although this is not necessary. If the tops
of the plants are
dry when stored,
and if the plants
are not permit-
ted to wilt by
being in the
sunshine, they
should keep in
perfect condi-
tion in the
trenches. Boards
are nailed to-
gether in the
form of a trough
and placed over
the trenches as
rapidly as they
are filled. Early
in the season,
and especially if
the weather is
quite warm, it is
an advantage to
provide addi-
tional ventila-
tion by placing
stones or blocks
under the edges
of the trough.
As the season
advances and
the weather be-
comes colder,
these should be
864. Celery plant trimmed for market.
removed and when necessary, earth, or, better, manure,
thrown over the boards to give additional protection.
Four or 5 inches of manure will protect the crop
thoroughly in most sections until Thanksgiving and
perhaps Christmas, depending on the weather. Two
kinds of trench storage are shown in Figs. 865, 866.
The late crop is often stored in coldframes of suffi-
cient depth to receive the plants. The frames are
usually covered with boards lapped in roof fashion, and
straw or marsh hay is placed over the boards when
necessary to give additional protection.
Ordinary house cellars, which are well ventilated
and not too warm, may be used for storing a limited
quantity of celery. Various types of houses have been
built for keeping the croj.. Cement or brick structures
are perhaps the most serviceable. It is important to
provide ample ventilation in structures of this kind. In
some regions, as around Boston, pits are constructed.
The sides of these should be about 2 feet high and the
roof may be constructed in an even-span form or sim-
ply a shed roof against some other building. Boards
are also used for the roofs and covered with straw or
hay to give protection during cold weather.
Enemies.
Celery does not have any serious insect enemies.
Diseases are much more destructive and difficult to
control. The most important diseases are the blights
(Cercospora apii and Septoria petroselini var. apii),
leaf -spot (Phylloslicta apii), and rust (Puccinia bul-
lata). The application of bordeaux mixture in the seed-
bed will help to control some of these diseases. Many
growers also find it necessary to make frequent appli-
cations of bordeaux mixture in the field in order to
prevent serious losses. The complete control of dis-
eases in the field may be the means of avoiding loss in
storage. The earlier applications of bordeaux mix-
ture are regarded as the most effective. Rotation is
also desirable in preventing losses from disease.
R. L. WATTS.
Celery-growing in the South.
The method of raising celery seedlings is not the
same in the South, and especially in Florida, as it is
in the North. Sowing is done in July, August, and
September, at a time of the year when there is con-
tinued warm weather, and frequent beating rain.
A place is chosen for the seed-bed near the celery
field, — usually a plot at the edge. The size of the field
to be planted will determine the extent of the seed-
bed. The width of the seed-bed varies from 18 to 36
inches. Rows are sown across it, making it possible to
weed and keep the earth worked from both sides.
Immediately after sowing, pieces of heavy burlap
(usually old fertilizer sacks) are placed over the beds
to conserve the moisture, cool the soil, and to protect
the seeds against the beating of heavy rains. The
seed-beds are sprinkled as often as is necessary to
keep the surface moist.
After the seeds have germinated and the seed-leaves
have pushed their way through the ground, the sack-
ing is removed and a screening of cheese-cloth is
placed over the bed. Some beds may be covered with
cheese-cloth parallel to the surface of the soil. In other
cases, a wire is run lengthways over the middle of the
bed, and the cheese-cloth is placed over the wire and
secured at the sides like a roof. The covering is about
8 to 12 inches above the bed, which gives room for the
circulation of air. The beds are kept moist by repeated
watering, applied directly through the cheese-cloth.
As soon as the plants are 2 or 3 inches high and are
well greened, they will be strong enough to stand direct
sunlight and will shade the ground sufficiently to keep
it from drying out rapidly.
The best variety.
Formerly nearly all varieties of which seeds were
offered by seedsmen were planted. In recent years,
however, all have been nearly eliminated except the
Golden Self-blanching. The seed of this variety is very
high in price and, in years of scarcity, seed supplied
under this name is often found to be more or less untrue
to type. Seed of low-germinating quality is often found
to contain many plants that will make unwelcome vege-
tables, probably because the undesirable green and red
strains that may occur in the Golden Self-blanching
variety are more resistant to deterioration than the
true type.
Planting and blanching.
Blanching is secured entirely by the boarding-up
method. For this purpose, second- or third-grade
cypress boards are used ; these low-grade boards usually
have defective parts or are filled with worm-holes so as
to be obtainable rather cheaply. The expense of the
lumber, notwithstanding, is so great that it becomes
necessary to plant the celery in double rows. Two rows
are planted 8 or 10 inches apart, and tho plants set 6 or
8 inches apart in the row. By alternating the settings in
the two rows, additional space is secured for the plants.
708
CELERY
CELERY
865. An old method
of growing celery in
trenches. It is yet
sometimes stored for
winter in such
trenches.
A space of 30 to 40 inches is allowed between the sets of
double rows. As soon as the celery has reached the proper
stage of growth, or the market has arrived at a condi-
tion in which it is thought wise to ship the celery,
the boards are placed alongside the plants and held in
place by stakes driven into the ground. Further to
exclude the air and light, a small quantity of soil is
plowed against the bases of the boards, although this
..-,_.» is unnecessary when the soil is
sufficiently mellow. The tops
of the boards are placed firmly
together so that only a part of
the foliage extends above them.
With the Golden Self-blanch-
ing variety, it is only a few days
until the celery is sufficiently
blanched and crisp to make a good
vegetable.
Fertilizer.
In the preparation of the field,
large quantities of fertilizer are
used. Stable manure is not a
favorite, unless it can be applied
to the land early enough to be-
come thoroughly rotted before the
plants are set out. The quantity
obtainable, however, is usually so
small and the price so high in the
South that commercial fertilizers have largely replaced
it. The quantity of fertilizer applied may range up
to $80 or even $125 worth per acre (of the formula
given on page 704.)
Irrigation.
In the most productive celery regions, sub-irrigation
systems (as described under Irrigation) are established.
The laterals are laid 15 to 25 feet apart, according to
the contour of the land, and the notion of the grower.
The irrigation system at the same time serves as a
drainage system. This makes it especially convenient,
since abundant artesian water is present in nearly all
the celery-growing sections far south. The system
has been found so convenient that a large amount of
damage has been done by over-irrigation, not only in
carrying off much soluble fertilizer, but also by water-
logging the soil and thus driving the roots of the celery
plants so near the surface as to be constantly liable to
injury. In the hands of careful celery-growers, how-
ever, the system is the best that has been invented.
P. H. ROLFS.
Celery-growing in California.
There are two principal celery-growing districts in
California, — Orange County, which is situated in the
swamp lands south of Los Angeles; and the northern
district, which includes the peat or swamp lands along the
Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers between Sacramento
and Stockton.
Several varieties
of celery have been
tested in this state,
but the Golden Self-
!r. blanching is most
popular and profit-
able.
866. A good form of trench storage.
Seeding.
In California the
seed is sown in the
open ground, but, owing to its extremely small size, it
is difficult to get a good stand unless the ground is well
pulverized. It is commonly estimated that enough plants
may be grown on 1 acre of seed-bed to plant 20 acres in
the field. To produce healthy, vigorous plants, heavy
watering is the rule at first, but as soon as the plants
have begun to grow the quantity of water is reduced,
and it should never be allowed to stand on the surface
of the bed. In order to accomplish this the land must
be well drained. The seed is usually sown in March,
April or May.
Irrigation and drainage.
Although not nearly so much water is required for
the plants in the field as in the seed-bed, celery plants
cannot stand drought at any stage of their growth;
a well-controlled irrigation system is imperative, except
where the water-table is close to the surface.
Good drainage is as important as irrigation, for, if
water is allowed to stand in the field even for a short
time, the plants will suffer seriously. As most of the
California celery land is low and the ordinary drainage
is poor, an extended system of tile drainage has been
laid in nearly all celery fields, especially in Orange
County, to prevent losses from standing water.
Subsequent tillage.
When the plants are large enough to be transplanted,
they are pulled from the seed-beds, placed in tin pans
and hauled to the field, where they are planted 6
inches apart in the furrows 3H feet apart. The depth
of the furrows in which the plants are set is some-
what varied, depending on the soil-moisture, and
the size of the plants. The average depth is from 3
to 5 inches.
After the plants have been set in the field for about
three weeks or a month and have recovered from the
transplanting, the field is "crowded." This operation
consists in moving the earth away from the young
plants so that they will have more air around them and
to kill what weeds have grown so close to the plants
that it is impossible to reach them with the cultivator.
As the earth between the rows of plants is left in a
ridge after the plants have been "crowded," a large
wooden roller, which extends across several rows, is
now used to flatten down these ridges and to pack the
soil more firmly. The roller is used only when the
plants are small, otherwise they would be injured by
being crushed. If the plants have grown so large that
there is danger of injury by this rolling of the middles,
the ridges are smoothed down by the cultivator.
When the plants are 12 to 15 inches tall, earth from
between the rows is drawn up to them. This is termed
"splitting." This should be done carefully, for, if the
earth is put too close or too high up on the plants, they
will become tender and weak, especially if the weather
is hot. The object of "splitting" is gradually to encour-
age the plants to grow tall and straight instead of
spreading out. This operation is repeated twice in the
season, the first time when the plants are 14 to 16 inches
tall and the second time just before banking. This
last "splitting" also aids blanching.
Blanching.
Practically all the celery grown in California is
banked with earth for blanching. Banking is done
when the celery is reaching its maturity and is nearly
ready for shipment. This is the last field operation
before the crop is cut. When the celery is banked for
the first time, the earth is not drawn very high on the
plants, but each time the field is banked the soil is
drawn higher so as firmly to hold the leaves together
and in an upright position. If celery that has been
banked for the last time is not harvested shortly, it
will soon become "punky." The length of time that
it can safely be left in the bank depends upon the
character of the soil, the weather conditions, and upon
the condition of the plants themselves. Celery on sandy
soil will keep much longer in the bank than on heavy
clay loam or. peat soil. If the celery has not matured
or if the weather is hot or moist, its keeping quality
CELERY
CELSIA
709
will be injured. Holding too long in the bank will
result in a wilted and "punky" product.
Harvesting and shipping.
When the celery is ready to harvest, a cutting
machine is used which cuts off the plants just below
the crown, leaving a few roots attached. The plants
are then lifted and shaken from soil, trimmed and
thrown in piles by laborers, who are usually Japanese.
Another gang of men then place the plants in crates,
marking on each crate the number of dozens it contains.
More men follow, nail the crates securely, load them
on wagons which transport them to the railroad siding,
where they are ready for shipment and distribution to
the various markets in the United States and Canada.
The celery is packed in the fields in crates 22-by-24-
inch base and 18 to 24 inches in height, according to
the quality. One of these crates holds from five to ten
dozen celery plants. An ordinary car holds from 160
to 165 of these crates. The shipping of the crop starts
in October and continues through March, but the bulk
of the crop is harvested during November, December
and January. The earlier shipments come into com-
petition with celery from Michigan and other middle
western states, and the later shipments come into com-
petition with celery from Florida. A very efficient
system of marketing has been developed by means of
various associations of the growers which have repre-
sentatives in the leading markets in the United States
so that the celery is shipped to points of greatest
demand.
Enemies.
The most important disease in California is the late
blight (Septoria petroselini var. apii), which has done
an immense amount of damage in the past but is now
handled successfully by most of the growers. Spray
with bordeaux mixture. For early blight (Cercospora
apii) keep plants growing thriftily and spray with
bordeaux. (For a detailed account of the diseases of
celery in California see Bulletin No. 208, published by
the University of California.) STANLEY S. ROGERS.
CELMISIA (a name in mythology). Compdsitx.
More than 40 New Zealand perennial herbs, and 1
in Austral, and Tasmania, some of which may be
expected in botanic gardens and collections. Lvs.
radical and in rosettes, or densely imbricated if borne
on the sts., usually tomentose: heads large and solitary
on a long or short scape, with imbricate pubescent or
glandular bracts in several or many series; rays in a
single row, always white. The celmisias are charac-
teristic plants of New Zeal., covering the mountain
slopes and valleys, especially in the South Isl., with the
showy daisy-like fls. Probably none is regularly in cult.
L. H. B.
CELOSIA (Greek, kelos, burned; referring to the
burned look of the flowers in some species). Amaran-
tacese. COCKSCOMB. Popular garden annuals, grown
for the showy agglomerated flower-heads and sometimes
for colored foliage.
Alternate-leaved annual herbs, the Ivs. entire or
sometimes lobed, mostly narrow: fls. in dense terminal
and axillary spikes, the spikes in cult, forms becoming
densely fascicled and often the sts. much fasciated;
perianth very small, 5-parted, dry, the segms. oblong or
lanceolate, erect in fr.; stamens 5, the filaments united
at base: fr. a circumscissile utricle, with 2 to many
seeds. — About 35 species, all tropical, in Asia, Afr. and
Amer.
There are two main types of celosias, the crested
form and the feathered or plumy ones. The crested
cockscomb is very stiff, formal and curious, while the
feathered sorts are less so, and are used to some extent
in dried bouquets. The plumy sorts are grown abroad
for winter decoration, especially under the name of C.
pyramidalis, but to a small extent in America. The
crested cockscomb is less used as a summer bedding
plant than formerly, but it is still commonly exhibited
in pots at small fairs, the object being to produce the
largest possible crest on the smallest plant.
For garden use, the seeds are sown indoors in early
spring, and the plants set out May 1 to 15. If the roots
dry out, the leaves are sure to drop off. The cockscomb
is a moisture-loving plant, and may be syringed often,
especially for the red-spider, which is its greatest enemy.
A light, rich soil is needed.
A. Spikes crested, monstrous.
cristata, Linn. COCKSCOMB. Fig. 867. Height 9 in.
or more: st. very glabrous: Ivs. petiolate, ovate or some-
what cordate-ovate, acute, glabrous, 2-3 in. long, 1 in.
wide: spikes crested, subsessile, often as wide as the
plant is high: seeds small, black, shining, lens-shaped.
Tropics. Gn. 13, p. 231. R.H. 1894, p. 58.— There are
8 or 9 well-marked colors in either tall or dwarf forms,
the chief colors being red, purple, violet, crimson,
867. Celosia cristata.
amaranth and yellow. The forms with variegated Ivs.
often have less dense crests. A. japdnica, Mart., little
known to botanists, is said to be a distinct garden plant
with branching, pyramidal habit, each branch bearing
a ruffled comb.
AA. Spikes plumy, feathery, or cylindrical.
argentea, Linn. Taller than the above: Ivs. shorter-
stalked, narrower, 2-2% in. long, 4-6 lines wide, linear-
lanceolate, acute: spikes 1-4 in. long, erect or drooping,
long-peduncled, pyramidal, or cylindrical. India. —
This species is considered by Voss (in Vilmorin's Blu-
mengartnerei) to be the original one from which the
crested forms are derived. He makes 9 botanical forms,
to one of which he refers C. cristata. The range of
color is even greater in the feathered type than in the
crested type. The spikes are very various in form and
habit. Various forms are shown in Gn. 6, p. 513; 9, p.
149; 17, p. 331 (all as C. pyramidalis). R.H. 1857, p.
78, and 1890, p. 522 (as C. pyramidalis).
Huttoni, Mart. Height 1-2 ft. : habit bushy, pyram-
idal: st. sulcate-striate: Ivs. reddish or crimson,
lower ones lanceolate, subsessile: spikes red, cylindrical,
oblong, obtuse, lj/6 in. long; perianth-segms. oblong
(not lanceolate, as in C. argentea). Java. — A foliage
plant, and less common than the 2 species above.
C. spicata, Hort.=(?). Not the C. spicata, Spreng. ; perhaps
some form of C. cristata.— C. Thdmpspnii magnified, Hort., is a trade
name and apparently without botanical standing.
WILHELM MILLER.
CELSIA (Olaus Celsius, 1670-1756, a Swedish ori-
entalist). Scrophulariacese. Herbs, with yellow fls. in
terminal racemes or spikes, closely allied to Verbascum,
but has only 4 stamens, and they are of 2 sorts. About
40 Old World species, mostly from the Medit. region.
710
CELSIA
CELTIS
Only C. erotica, Linn, f., is known in Amer., and that
very sparingly. It is a hardy or half-hardy biennial,
with alternate Ivs., of which the lower are slightly pin-
nate and lanceolate, and the upper ovate-lanceolate,
toothed and clasping: fls. large (nearly 2 in. across),
and somewhat as in Antirrhinum, yellowish, with dark
markings in the center and conspicuous deflexed sta-
mens. Stout hairy plant, 3-6 ft. high, from Crete.
B.M. 964. — A very showy plant well worth much
wider cult. See page 3566.
C. pdntica, Hort. Has whitish Ivs. and pure white fls.
N. TAYLOK.f
CELTIS (ancient Latin name). Ulmdcese. NETTLE-
TREE. Woody subjects grown chiefly as shade or lawn
specimens.
Trees or rarely shrubs, sometimes spiny: Ivs. alter-
nate, petiolate, stipulate, deciduous or persistent, usu-
ally oblique at the base and 3-nerved: fls. polygamous-
monoecious, inconspicuous, apetalous, 4-5-merous, axil-
lary, the staminate in small clusters on the lower part
of the branchlets, the fertile solitary in the axils of the
868. Celtis occidentalis ( X Yz). (Detail
Ivs. on the upper part of the branchlets, with a 1-
celled superior ovary crowned by a 2-parted style and
with 4-5 short stamens: fr. a 1 -seeded, small drupe,
edible in some species; embryo with broad cotyledons. —
Seventy species in the temperate and tropical regions of
the northern hemisphere, of which a few hardy orna-
mental species are cult.
The nettle-trees are valuable as shade trees or as
single specimens on the lawn, mostly with wide spread-
ing head and light green foliage, which is rarely seri-
ously injured by insects or fungi; they thrive in almost
any soil and even in dry situations; they are of vigor-
ous growth when young, and are easily transplanted.
The straight-grained wood is light and elastic, easily
divided, and much used for the manufacture of small
articles and for furniture; that of C. australis is valued
for carving. Propagated by seeds, sown after maturity;
also by layers and cuttings of mature wood in fall;
rarer kinds are sometimes grafted on C. occidentalis.
A. Lvs. entire, or rarely with few teeth, thin, at
length glabrous.
mississippiensis, Bosc (C. Isevigdta, Willd. C. integri-
fdlia, Nutt.). Tree, 60-80 ft. : Ivs. unequally rounded or
cuneate at the base, oblong-lanceolate or ovate, acumi-
nate, usually falcate, smooth above, 2-4 in. long: fr.
orange-red, nearly globular, Mm- thick, on slender
pedicel, longer than the petiole; stone pitted. From 8,
111. to Texas and Fla., west to Mo. S.S. 7:318. G.F.
3:41, figs. 9-11. Mn. 7:225, 227.
AA. Lvs. serrate, sometimes entire and pubescent.
B. Ovary andfr. glabrous.
c. Branchlets usually and Ivs. more or less pubescent, at
least when young.
D. Fr.-stalks slender, longer than petioles: Ivs. usually
rough above: stone pitted.
E. Under surface of Ivs. glabrous at maturity.
occidentalis, Linn. Fig. 868. Large tree, occasionally
120 ft.: branchlets glabrous or slightly pubescent: Ivs.
oblique and rounded at the base, ovate-acuminate,
pubescent when young, usually rough above, some-
times smooth at maturity, usually entire toward the
base, light green, 2-6 in. long: fr. orange-red, %-%in.
long, on slender pedicel, longer than the petiole. S.S.
7:317. G.F. 3:40 (adapted in Fig. 868) and 43. Em.
304. Mn. 7:231, 233. A.G. 20:240, 531.— Very vari-
able species. Var. crassiffilia, Koch (C. crassifolia,
Lam.), has firm, very rough and large Ivs., to 5 in. long,
usually cordate at base and more strongly serrate.
Michx. Hist. Arb. 3:228.
EE. Under surface of Ivs. pubescent.
australis, Linn. Tree, to 60 ft.: Ivs. oblique, broadly
cuneate or rounded at the base, ovate-oblong, long-
acuminate, pubescent beneath, 23^-5 in. long: fr.
over 2/£in. long, dark purple, sweet; pedicels 2-3 times
longer than the petioles. Medit. region to Persia.
H.W. 3:40, p. 11— Not hardy N.
Helleri, Small. Tree, to 30 ft. : branchlets pubescent:
Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or acute, truncate
to subcordate at the base, rough above, grayish and
Eubescent or tomentose, and reticulate below, 2-3 in.
>ng: fr. J^in. thick, light brown, on pubescent pedicels
about J^in. long and rather stout. Texas. — Sometimes
planted as a street tree in Texas.
DD. Fr.-stalks rather stout, as long or slightly longer than
petioles: Ivs. grayish green beneath: stone smooth.
sinensis, Pers. (C. japonica, Planch.). Tree, to 30 ft.:
Ivs. usually rounded or cordate at the base, broadly
ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate, serrate-dentate,
pubescent when young, pale or glaucescent and promi-
nently reticulate beneath, 2-4 in. long: fr. dull orange-
red; pedicels rather stout, not much longer than the
petioles. China, Japan. S.I.F. 1:36. — Has proved
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
cc. Branchlets and Ivs. quite glabrous: stone smooth.
D. Foliage bluish or grayish green.
Tournef6rtii, Lam. (C. orientdlis, Mill., not Linn.).
Tree, to 20 ft., or shrub: Ivs. ovate, acute, usually
rounded or subcordate at the base, 1^-3 in. long, of
firm texture, not reticulate, sometimes pubescent: fr.
reddish yellow, about Mm- across, its stalk about as
long as petiole, Min. l°nS or somewhat less. Greece,
Sicily and Asia Minor. — Not quite hardy N.; attractive
on account of its bluish green foliage.
DD. Foliage bright green, lustrous.
Bungeana, Blume. Tree: Ivs. usually rounded at the
base, ovate, acuminate, crenate-serrate, nearly glabrous
when young, green and shining on both sides, l%-2/4
in.: fr. purplish black, small; pedicels longer than the
petioles. N. China. — Hardy, and a very distinct spe-
cies, with dark green and glossy foliage.
BB. Ovary andfr. pubescent; subtropical, tender tree.
Kraussiana, Bernh. Tree: Ivs. oblong-ovate, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, crenate-serrate, pubes-
XXIV. Coelogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids.
CELTIS
CENTAUREA
711
cent on the veins beneath, semi-persistent: ovary
tomentose: fr. mostly pubescent, slender pedicelled.
S. Afr. to Abyssinia. Sim, Forest Fl. Cape Colony, 134.
— Hardy only S.
C. Bidndii, Pampanini. Lvs. broader than in C. Bungeana,
grayish below: frs. dark blue, small. Cent. China. — C. Caucasian,
Willd. Allied to C. australis. Lvs. broadly rhombic-ovate, somewhat
smaller: fr. smaller, reddish brown. Caucasus, N. Persia. — C.David-
iana, Carr. Allied to C. Bungeana. Small tree: Ivs. ovate-oblong or
elliptic-oblong, often sparsely hairy on the veins below, 2-5 in.
long. N. China. Incompletely known. — C. georgiana, Small. Allied
to C. occidentalis. Shrub or small tree: branchlets pubescent' Ivs.
ovate, acute, entire or sharply serrate, 1-2 in. long: fr. Min. across,
short-stalked. Md. to Fla., Ala. and Mo. — C. orienMis, Linn.=
Trema orientalis. — C. orienMis, Mi!l.= C. Tournefortii. — C. reticu-
lata, Torr. (C. mississipiensis var. reticulata, Sarg.). Small tree, to
50 ft.: branchlets pubescent. Ivs. ovate, usually cordate, entire or
serrate, rough above, pubescent and reticulate below, 1 J^-3 in. long:
fr. J^in. thick, orange-red. Colo, to Texas and Ariz. — C. Smallii,
Beadle. Allied to C. mississippiensis. Lvs. lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate, thin, sharply serrate, 2-4 in. long: fr. l/iva.. thick, slender-
stalked. N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. and Ala.
ALFRED REHDER.
CEMETERY GARDENING. Treated under Landscape Gar-
dening.
CENCHRUS (an ancient Greek name). Graminex.
Mostly annual grasses with simple racemes of burs that
become detached and adhere readily to clothing and
animals. Spikelets as in Panicum, but 2-6 together in a
epiny involucre or bur. C. carolinianus, Walt. (C. trib-
uloides of American authors), SAND-BUR, is a common
weed in sandy soil. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. 20:40.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CENIA (Greek for empty, in allusion to the hollow
receptacle). Compdsitse. Low herbs from S. Afr., with
the aspect of mayweed. Head small and rayed, the
ray-fls. pistillate, the disk-fls. compressed and 4-toothed,
the receptacle gradually enlarged from the top of the
peduncle, and hollow. About 8 species, none of which
are of much horticultural value. C. turbinata, Pers.
(C. pruinosa, DC.), is a common weed in Cape Colony,
and it is occasionally seen in American gardens. It is
annual, diffusely branched, and a foot or less high, with
finely dissected, soft, almost moss-like foliage, and
long-peduncled, small, yellow heads. Of easy cult.
United with Cotula by Hoffmann in Engler & Prantl.
L. H. B.
CENTAUREA (a Centaur, famous for healing). Com-
gositse. CENTAURY. DUSTY MILLER. BACHELOR'S
UTTON. CORNFLOWER. KNAPWEED. Annuals or
hardy and half-hardy perennials with alternate leaves,
useful for bedding, vases, baskets and pots, and for
borders and edgings; species many and various.
Involucre ovoid or globose, stiff and hard, some-
times prickly: receptacle bristly: marginal florets
usually sterile and elongated, making the head look as
if rayed. Differs from Cnicus in having the achenes
obliquely attached by one side of the base or more
laterally. — Species about 500, much confused, mostly
in Eu., Asia and N. Afr., 1 in. N. Amer., 3 or 4 in Chile.
Several Old World species have become weeds in this
country. J.H. 43:76. The species are of simple cult.,
coming readily from seeds. Many of the perennial
species make excellent border plants, and their blue
and purple heads are welcome additions to the horde
of yellow-no wering composites.
INDEX.
alba, 6, 14.
dedinata, 13.
nana, 5.
Amberboii, 6.
depressa, 2.
nervosa, 16.
americana, 10.
ftore-pleno, 5.
nigra, 12.
argentea, 3.
glastifolia, 7.
odorata, 6.
atropurpurea, 17.
gymnocarpa, 3.
plumosa, 3.
babylonica, 18.
imperialis, 6.
rosea, 14.
calocephala, 17.
leucophylla, 13.
rubra, 6.
candidissima, 1.
macrocephala, 11.
ruthenica, 9.
Cineraria, 1.
Margaritacea, 8.
splendens, 8.
citrina, 14.
Margaritse, 6.
suaveolens, 6.
Clementei, 4.
Marix, 6.
sulphured, 14.
Cyanus, 5.
montana, 14.
variegata, 12.
dealbata, 15.
moschata, 6.
A. DUSTY MILLER. — White-tomentose low plants, used
for bedding or for the sake of their foliage.
1. Cineraria, Linn. (C. candidissima, Lam.). Fig. 869.
Perennial: sts. erect, 3 ft., branched, the entire plant
white-tomentose: Ivs. almost all bipinnate (except the
earliest), the lower petioled, all the lobes linear-lanceo-
late, obtuse: scales of the ovate involucre appressed,
with a membranous black margin, long-ciliate, the api-
cal bristle thicker than the others: fls. purple. S. Italy,
Sicily, etc. — Much used as a bedding plant, not being
allowed to bloom. The first Ivs. of seedlings are nearly
entire (as shown in Fig. 869), but the subsequent ones
become more and more cut. Grown both from seeds
and cuttings. Seedlings are very
apt to damp off unless care is
taken in watering.
2. depressa, Bieb. A flat,
almost prostrate perennial: st.
floccose - tomentose and much
branched: lower Ivs. scarcely
denticulate, the upper oblong-
linear, entire : bracts of the invo-
lucre white- or black-margined:
fls. showy, the blue rays about
Km- long. Persia, Caucasus.
July.
3. gymno-
carpa, Moris
& DeNot (C.
argentea, Hort.
C. plumosa,
Hort.). Fig.
870. Perennial:
entire plant
covered with
velvety white
pubescence :
sts. 1^-2 ft.
high, erect: Ivs.
bipinnatisect;
segms. linear,
entire, acute:
fl. -heads small,
in a close pani-
cle, mostly
hidden by the
Ivs. ; fls. rose-
violet or pur-
ple. Caprea.
V. 4:337.—
Very ornamen-
tal on account of its velvety finely cut Ivs. Much
used, like No. 1, for low foliage bedding: Ivs. more
compound, and usually not so white.
4. Clementei, Boiss. Perennial, the entire plant
densely whi te- woolly : sts. erect, branching, with few
Ivs.: root-lvs. petioled, pinnate, the lobes ovate-trian-
gular, sharp-pointed; st.-lvs. sessile: fl. -heads terminal
on the branches, globose; involucre scales with scarious,
ciliate margins, scarcely spiny; fls. yellow. Spain.
AA. CORNFLOWER, OR BACHELOR'S BUTTON. — Tall-
growing annual, with very narrow Ivs., grown for
the showy fls.
5. Cyanus, Linn. (Cyanus arvenis, Moench.) BLUE-
BOTTLE. BLUET. BACHELOR'S BUTTON (see also Gom-
phrena). CORNFLOWER. RAGGED SAILOR. FRENCH
PINK. Fig. 871. Annual, slender, branching, 172 ft.
high, woolly-white when young: lys. linear, entire or
the lower toothed, sometimes pinnatifid: fls. blue,
purple, pink or white, the heads on long, naked sts. :
involucral bracts rather narrow, fringed with short,
scarious teeth. S. E. Eu. Gt. 38, p. 641; 39, p. 537.
V. 5, p. 44; 13 : 361. — One of the most popular of garden
fls., variable. It is perfectly hardy, blooming until frost
869. Lower leaf
from a young plant
of Centaurea Cin-
eraria.
870. Radical leaf of
Centaurea gymnocarpa.
(XH)
712
CENTAUREA
CENTAUREA
and coming up in the spring from self-sown seed. The
following are varieties of this: Pure White; Victoria, a
dwarf, for pots and edgings (Gn. 40, p. 147) ; Emperor
William, fine dark blue; fiore plena, with the outer disk-
fls. converted into ray-fls.; nana compacta, dwarf. (Gt.
44, p. 150.) Centaurea Cyanus is one of the "old-fash-
ioned flowers," everywhere well known and popular.
It often escapes from gardens.
AAA. SWEET SULTANS. — Straight-growing smooth an-
nuals or perennials, with dentate Ivs., grown for
the large fragrant heads.
6. moschata, Linn. (C. suaveolens, Linn. C. odordta,
Hort. C. Amberbdii, Mill. Amberboa moschata, Less.).
SWEET SULTAN. Fig. 872.
Annual : sts. 2 ft. high, branch-
ing below, erect: whole plant
smooth, bright green: Ivs. pin-
natifid, the lobes dentate: fl.-
heads long-peduncled; invo-
lucre round or ovate, smooth,
only the innermost of the
involucral scales with scarious
margins: fls. white, yellow or
purple, fragrant. Orient. Mn.
4, p. 149. Gn. 54 : 372. I.H.
42, p. 106. Gng. 4:147. G. 5:
289; 16: 267; 25: 71.
Var. filba, Hort. (C. Mar-
garitss, Hort.). Fls. white. Gn.
19, p. 337; 54:372. A.G. 13:
607. This form, known as C.
Margaritas, is pure white and
very fragrant. It was intro.
by an Italian firm in 1891.
Var. rubra, Hort. Fls. red.
Gn. 54:372.— A popular, old-
time garden fl., with long-
stalked heads; of easy cult. It
does not bear transplanting
well. — C. imperidlis, Hort., is
said to be the offspring of C.
moschata and C. Margaritas,
intro. into the American trade
in 1899. Gn.M. 13:74. Plants
are said to inherit the vigorous
free growth of C. moschata,
being of the same easy cult, and
forming clumps 3-4 ft. high.
The fls. resemble C. Margaritas.
but are twice as large and
abundantly borne on long sts.
from July until frost. They
range through white, rose, lilac
and purple, are fragrant, and
if cut when first open will keep
10 days. C. Marias, Hort., intro.
1899, resembles C. imperialis,
but the fls. open sulfur-yellow,
become lighter, and are tipped
with rose. All sweet sultans do
best if the bloom is secured before very hot weather.
7. glastifolia, Linn. A strong-growing border peren-
nial with a rough much-branched and winged st. : Ivs. ob-
long, entire, decurrent, the basal Ivs. petiolate, sometimes
divided : fls. yellow, the heads solitary, without bracts,
and quite smooth. Cent. Eu. B.M. 62. June-Sept.
AAAA. OTHER CENTAUREAS of various kinds, occasion-
ally grown in hardy borders, for their fls. or im-
posing stature. See page 3567.
B. Foliage green on both sides.
c. Lvs. pinnate or bipinnate.
8. splendens, Linn. (C. Margaritdcea, Ten.). Peren-
nial: sts. erect, branched: Ivs. smooth, the lowest bi-
871. Centaurea Cyanus.
pinnate, the upper pinnate, all with very narrow, linear,
entire, acute lobes: fl.-heads subglobpse; scales of the
involucre with a rounded almost entire rather lax tip;
fls. purple. Spain, Italy.
9. ruthenica, Lam. Hardy perennial about 3 ft.:
st. erect, branching, smooth: Ivs. pinnatisect, the lobes
linear-toothed, sharply narrowed at both ends, the
base often somewhat decurrent: fl.-heads usually
solitary, the pale-yellow rays about %in. long; pappus
double: achenes glabrous. Cent. Eu. July. G. 26:630.
cc. Lvs. entire or dentate, not pinnatisect.
10. americana, Nutt. (Plectocephalus americdnus,
Don). BASKET FLOWER. Fig. 873. Hardy annual,
nearly smooth: sts. stout,
simple or sometimes a little
branched, 2-5 ft., thickened
under the naked head: Ivs.
mostly entire, oblong - lance-
shaped, mucronate: involucre
H-l/^ in. diam., its bracts all
with fringed scarious appen-
dages: fls. rose or flesh-colored,
sometimes purplish; disk 1-3
in. diam.; narrow lobes of the
ray-fls. often 1 in. long. Mo.
and Ark. to La. and Mex. F.S.
4:327. S.H. |2:223. A.F. 16:
1644 (alba). Gng. 9:341 (alba).
— Very attractive.
11. macrocephala, Puschk.
Perennial: sts. simple, erect,
swollen below the fl.-head,
leafy, 2>£-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate, slightly decurrent,
scabrous, acute, somewhat ser-
rate, gradually diminishing up-
wards to the base of the single
terminal head: head subglo-
bose, larger than a hen's egg,
often 3-4 in. diam.; involucre
of 8-12 rows of appressed, scari-
ous-margined, rusty, fringed
scales; fls. yellow, the marginal
and disk alike. Armenia. B.M.
1248. J.H. III. 33:331; 52:
547; 63 : 319.— Often grown
from seeds.
12. nigra,Linn. KNAPWEED.
HARDHEADS. Perennial, 1-2
ft. high: sts. branching, rough
pubescent: Ivs. lance-shaped
and entire or lower sparingly
toothed or lobed, but not pin-
natifid: involucral bracts with
pectinate-ciliate-fringed black
appendages: fls. all alike, the
disk and marginal ones of the
same size. Eu. Var. variegata,
Hort. Lvs. edged with creamy
white, tufted. A very striking
border plant; useful in dry or open places.
BB. Foliage white or tomentose, at least beneath (often
green above).
c. Sts. low, weak, not strict.
13. leucophylla, Bieb. (C. declindta, Bieb.). Peren-
nial: sts. short, decumbent, with very few Ivs.: root-
Ivs. petioled, tomentose-woolly on both sides, pinnate,
the ovate lobes undulate, sparsely cut-lobed or sinuate-
toothed: fl.-head with few bracts, solitary, terminal;
scales of the ovate involucre lanceolate, acuminate,
brown, long-ciliate; fls. purple. Caucasus.
14. montana, Linn. MOUNTAIN BLUET. Perennial:
sts. low, stoloniferous, unbranched, 12-16 or rarely 20
CENTAUREA
CENTRANTHUS
713
in. high: Ivs. decurrent, the young ones silvery white,
oval-lance-shaped: involucre of 4 or 5 rows of scales,
black-ciliate along the margins: fls. blue, the marginal
ones 1 in. long; disk-fls. very short, becoming purple.
Eu. B.M.77. G.M. 47:243. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white.
G. 25: 71; 29: 109. G.M. 51:162. Var. r6sea, Hort. Fls.
rose-colored. Var. citrina, DC. (var. sul-
phurea, Hort.). Disk-fls. brown, rays yel-
low. Armenia. B.M. 1175 (asC.ochroleuca).
cc. Sts. erect, simple or branched.
15. dealbata, Willd. Perennial: sts.
sub-erect, 8-24 in. high: Ivs. white- villous
beneath, glabrous above, the lower ones
1-1 Yt ft. long, petioled, pinnate, the pbo-
vate lobes coarsely cut-toothed or auricled
at the base; st.-lvs. sessile, pinnate, with
oblong-lance lobes: fl.-head solitary, just
above the uppermost If.; fls. red, those of
the disk rosy or white; outer scales of the
involucre with lanceolate tips, the middle
rounded, deeply fringed, ciliate. Asia
Minor, Persia. J.H. III. 46:515.
16. nervdsa, Willd. A
stout perennial about 2-
iy<i ft. tall with a simple
unbranched rough st.:
lower Ivs. glandular, usu-
ally slightly toothed, the
st.-lvs. clasping by the
auriculate base; heads
solitary, the rays deep
purple. A branched and
numerous -fld. form is
known in the wild but not
to the trade. Cent. Eu.
July., Aug.
17. atropurpftrea,
Waldst. & Kit. (C. calo-
cephala, Willd.). Peren-
nial: sts. erect, branched,
about 2-3 ft. high, the
branches white-woolly at
the summit : Ivs. bipinnate,
lobes linear-lanceolate, acuminate; lowest Ivs. petioled,
uppermost pinnatifid: fl. -heads without bracts; invol-
ucral scales with fringed ciliate white lanceolate tips,
the innermost ones rounded, scarious-margiaed; fls.
black-purple. Hungary.
18. babylonica, Linn. Silvery white perennial: sts.
simple, stout, erect, 6-10 or 12 ft. high: Ivs. long, coria-
ceous, strongly decurrent on the st., the radical lyrate,
the lower st.-lvs. oval or oblong-acute, entire or undu-
late, the upper lance-acute: fls. yellow, the globular
heads almost sessile in the axils of narrow bract-like
Ivs.; one^third to half of the st. fl. -bearing; involucre-
scales with a short, recurved tip. Asia Minor, Syria.
Gn. 2, p. 73; 8, p. 263. R.H. 1859, pp. 540-1.— Tall,
stout and striking plant.
C. alpina, Linn. Lvs. downy beneath, prickly: fl.-heads yellow;
scales of involucre ovate, obtuse: hardy herb, 3 ft., from Eu.,
sometimes seen in collections. — C. eri6phora, Linn. A low plant
with a spiny ^alyx and silvery Ivs., is cult, in England. Not known
in Amer. — C. pulcherrima, Willd. GEtheopappus pulcherrimus,
Hort.). A stout hardy perennial about 21A ft. with brilliant rose
fls. is known in the trade. — C. rigidifdlia, Hort. Stout perennial,
2^2 ft., with crimson heads is apparently C. orientalis, Linn. — Not
much known in U. S. j^ TAYLOR t
CENTAURfDIUM: Xanthisma.
CENTAUR Y: Sabatia.
CENTRADENIA (Greek for spurred gland, alluding
to the anther glands). Melastomacese. Tropical herbs
or sub-shrubs grown in warmhouses for their showy-
colored leaves and pretty flowers.
Branches angled or winged: Ivs. petiolate, opposite,
872. Centaurea moschata.
(XM)
lanceolate or ovate, entire, ribbed: fls. with 4-lobed
calyx, 4 petals, 8 stamens, and a 4-loculed ovary, pink
or white, in axillary or terminal clusters. — Species 4-6,
in Mex. and Cent. Amer. They fall into 2 groups,—
those with very unequal stamens, and C, floribunda with
nearly equal stamens.
Centradenias are very showy and desirable plants.
The stems are often colored. They like rich leaf -mold
with sharp sand, and brisk heat. Give a light but
shady position. Strong plants are much benefited by
liquid manure, and such applications give better colors
in both flowers and fruit.
grandifdlia, Endl. Branches 4-winged: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate, strongly 3-nerved, brilliant red beneath,
long-pointed and curving at the end: cymes many-fld.,
shorter than the Ivs., the fls. light rose, rotate, the petals
very obtuse, the stamens unequal. Mex. B. M. 5228. —
The plant grows 2 ft. high, and blooms in winter. Very
showy, and the species usually cult. The cut branches
hold their color a long time, making the plant useful
for decorations.
inaequilateralis, Don (C. rosea, Lindl.). Lvs. ovate-
lanceolate, unequal-sided, entire, ciliate, reddish be-
neath: fls. pink, in terminal corymbose racemes: dwarf.
Mex. B.R. 29:20.
ovata, Klotzsch. Lvs. ovate-acute, smooth and shin-
ing, pale beneath, 3-nerved: fls. pink in large terminal
clusters. Cent. Amer.
floribunda, Planch. Branches obscurely angled, pu-
bescent, red: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, tapering below, 3-
nerved, red-nerved below: fls. pink, in terminal pani-
cles. Mex. F.S. 5:453. L. jj. B.f
CENTRANTHUS (Greek, spurred flower) . Valerian-
acese. CENTRANTH. Annual and perennial herbs, one
of which is frequent in old gardens.
Leaves opposite, entire, dentate, or pinnatisect: fls.
in dense clusters, small, red or white, terminating the
branches; calyx cut into 5-15 narrow divisions, en-
larging after flowering; corolla slender-tubed, 5-parted,
spurred at the base; stamen 1; fls. with a pappus-like
crest. — About a dozen species in the Medit. region,
some of them sometimes half shrubby. C. ruber, the
common garden species, sometimes escapes and becomes
more or less spontaneous.
rftber, DC. RED VALERIAN. JUPITER'S BEARD. Per-
ennial, 1-3 ft., smooth and glaucous, forming a com-
pact and floriferous bushy plant: Ivs. ovate to lanceo-
late, some of them toothed at base but mostly entire:
fls. numerous, deep crimson to pale red, fragrant. Eu., E.
— A very handsome old
garden plant, too much
neglected; blooms all
summer; excellent for
cutting. Increased by
division; also by seeds.
There is a white-fld.
form (var. dlbus).
angustifdlius, DC.
Perennial, glaucous, to
2 ft., simple or some-
what branched : Ivs.
linear -lanceolate or
linear, very entire,
nearly perfoliate: fls.
clear rose, fragrant. S.
Eu. — There is a white-
fld. form (var. albus).
macrosiphon, Boiss.
Annual, of easy cult,
in any good soil: 1-2
ft. : Ivs. ovate, glaucous,
toothed : fls. larger
than in the last, deep 873. Centaurea americana.
714
CENTRANTHUS
CEPHALARIA
rose. Spain. — There are white-fid, (var. dlbus) and
dwarf (var. nanus) forms. Excellent for rockeries and
borders; also for lawn vases. L. jj_ g,
CENTROPOGON (Greek kentron, spur, and pogon,
beard, referring to the fringed stigma) . Campanulacese.
Sub-shrubs or shrubs, often scandent, grown under
glass.
Plants with alternate mostly dentate Ivs., and axil-
lary, long, tubular fls. which are violet, purple, red, or
orange, and usually borne singly on long peduncles:
corolla 2-lipped, the tube incurved: bracteoles very
small or wanting. — More than 100 species in Trop.
Amer. Warmhouse perennials useful for hanging-
baskets, prop, by cuttings which it is better to put
under a bell-jar.
Lucy anus, Houll. Height 1-2 ft.: st. somewhat
woody: Ivs. short-petioled, finely toothed: fls. rose,
hemispherical, with lanceolate segms. recurved at the
tips. R.H. 1868:290. Native country unknown. —
Described from a cult, specimen and said to be a
hybrid of C. fastuosus and Siphocampylus betulseformis,
but seems to show little influence of the latter, which
has longer petioles and peduncles, more coarsely toothed
Ivs., longer calyx-segms., and a yellow-tipped corolla.
fastuosus, Scheidw. Lvs. peach-like, oblong, acute,
bordered with glandular teeth, very glabrous, short-
petioled: fls. rose-colored, winter; calyx hemispherical,
with 5 lanceolate denticulate segms. Mex. R.H. 1853:
181. WILHELM MILLER.
CENTROSEMA (Greek, spurred-standard). Legu-
minbsse. BUTTERFLY-PEA. Twining or trailing herbs,
one of which is sometimes cultivated.
Leaves pinnate, 3-7-f oliolate : fls. in the axils, showy,
white or reddish, papilionaceous, the standard spurred
on the back, the keel broad, and the style bearded at
the apex: pod long and narrow, many-seeded, with 2
thick-edged valves. — Species about 30 in Trop. Amer.
and 2 in U. S. Centrosema is a more recent name than
Bradburya of Rafinesque, but it is thoroughly estab-
lished in usage and is retained in the "nomina conser-
vanda" of the Vienna Congress.
virginianum, Benth. (Bradburya virginidna, Kuntze).
Roughish, climbing, 2-^6 ft.: Ifts. ovate to linear, shi-
ning, stipitate: fls. 1-4 in the axil, 1 in. long, violet and
splashed, showy: pod straight and long-pointed, 4-5
in. long. N. J. and S., in sandy lands. A.G. 13:649. —
Intro, to cult, many years ago, but again intro. in 1892
(as C. grandiftorum), and much advertised. It is a
hardy and desirable perennial vine, blooming the first
season from seed; easily grown. There is a white-fid,
form. L. H. B.
CENTURY PLANT: Agave.
CEPHAELIS (Greek-made compound, referring to the
fls. being borne in heads). Rubidcese. Tropical shrubs,
sub-shrubs or herbs, one of which yields ipecac; some
of them sometimes rarely seen in growing collections.
As the genus is commonly delimited, it comprises per-
haps 75 species of both the eastern and western hemis-
pheres. Engler & Prantl and others, howeyer, unite it
with the Linnsean Uragoga. Lvs. opposite, usually
ovate, oblong or obovate: fls. mostly small, white, col-
lected in an involucrate head; calyx 4-7-toothed and
persistent; corolla trumpet-shaped or salver-shaped,
the short limb 4-5-lobed; stamens 4 or 5, inserted in the
throat of the corolla: fr. a dry or fleshy 2-seeded drupe.
C. Ipecacudnha, Willd. (Psychotria Ipecacudnha,
Muell.-Arg. Uragoga Ipecacudnha, Baill.), from the root
of which the commercial ipecac is produced, is a low
creeping herb (4-8 in. high) with oblong-ovate entire
Ivs. which are pubescent beneath: heads becoming
pendulous: root slender, knotty; it is exported in large
quantities from Brazil. L. H. B.
CEPHALANDRA: Coccinia.
CEPHALANTHERA (Greek for head and anther).
Orchiddcese. About 10 species of small temperate-
region terrestrial orchids, allied to Epipactis and
Pogonia. Some of them are western N. American, and
others are European. Sepals 3; petals small, ovate;
lip saccate: Ivs. (sometimes wanting) lanceolate or
oblong: fls. mostly small (sometimes showy), in an open
spike. The species are scarcely known in cult., but 2
Japanese species have been offered by importers. These
are E. falcata Blume, yellow, and E. erecta, Blume,
white.
CEPHALANTHUS (Greek, head and flower; flowers
in heads). Rubidcese. BUTTON-BUSH. Bush grown for
its attractive white flower-heads appearing in summer.
Shrubs with opposite or whorled entire stipulate
Ivs.: fls. small, tubular, white or yellowish, 4-merous,
with included stamens and long exserted style, in
globular heads; ovary 2-celled: fr. dry, separating into
2 nutlets. — Five species in Amer. and Asia, of which only
the one N. American species is cult: hardy ornamental
shrub, with handsome glossy foliage and very attrac-
tive with its fl.-
balls appearing
late in summer.
It thrives in any
good garden soil,
best in a sandy,
somewhat moist
one; naturally it
grows in swamps
and on the bor-
ders of streams
and ponds, often
with the sts.
partly sub-
merged. Prop,
by seeds or by
cuttings of
ripened wood in
fall, and also by
greenwood cut-
tings taken from
forced plants
early in spring.
occidentals, Linn. Fig. 874. Shrub, 3-12 ft., some-
times tree-like: Ivs. long-petioled, ovate or oval, acumi-
nate, glossy above, glabrous or slightly pubescent below,
3-6 in. long: heads about 1 in. diam., long-peduncled,
3 or more at the end of the branches. July-Sept. From
New Brunswick south, west to Ont. and Calif. Em.
394. R.H. 1889, p. 280. S.S. 14:711. Var. angusti-
folia, Andr6. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, usually in 3's.
R.H. 1889, p. 281.
C. nataUnsis, Oliv. Branchlets hairy: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, 1
in. long: fls. green, in solitary heads: fr. edible. S. Afr. B.M.
7400- ALFRED REHDER.
CEPHALARIA (Greek for head, alluding to the capi-
tate flower-clusters). Dipsdcese. Coarse annual or per-
ennial herbs planted to some extent in herbaries.
Much like Dipsacus, but the heads less spiny and
mostly smaller: heads terminal, ovoid or globular,
bearing many 4-parted yellowish, whitish or bluish
florets; stamens 4, perfect; style filiform: fr. a 4^8-
ribbed achene, the calyx-border often remaining on its
summit. — About 30 species in the Medit. region, N. and
S. Afr. and W. Asia; also in Abyssinia. Lvs. entire,
dentate, or lobed. They are not much planted in Amer.,
but they make striking subjects for summer bloom,
and the long sts. make ihem useful for cut-fls. The
bloom is something like that of scabiosa. Of simple
cult.; grown readily from seeds.
alpina, Schrad. Perennial: tall and widely branched,
5 or 6 ft. : Ivs. pubescent and pinnatifid, the segms. cut
874. Cephalanthus occidentalis. ( X H)
CEPHALARIA
CEPHALOTAXUS
715
and decurrent: fl.-heads sulfur-yellow; involucre with
8 aristate teeth. S. Eu. — A good coarse plant for sum-
mer bloom. Hardy N.
leucantha, Schrad. Perennial: Ivs. pinnate-parted,
the lobes linear or oblong: fls. in subglobose heads,
creamy white, in autumn. S. Eu. Variable.
transylvanica, Schrad. Annual, slender, 2-3 ft. : lower
Ivs. lyrate; the segms. serrate and the terminal one
large; upper Ivs. pinnate-parted into linear-lanceolate
divisions: fls. in globular heads on long peduncles, the
ray-corollas bluish and disk-corollas whitish (fls. said
to be yellow, in trade lists, to bloom June-Aug. and
plant perennial). Greece and eastward.
tatarica, Schrad. Perennial, 6 ft., rank, with striate
sts., suited to the rear border, where strong effects are
desired, with showy cream-white, flat heads in July
and Aug.: Ivs. pinnate, the Ifts. broad-lanceolate and
serrate. Russia, Asia Minor and E. — Grows readily,
and is increased by seed or dividing the clumps.
L. H. B.
CEPHALOCEREUS (referring to the crown of long
hair). Syn. Pilocereus. Cactaceas. Mostly large columnar
plants, single or branched, usually characterized by an
abundance of wool or long white hair developing at the
top or on one side near the top: fls. nocturnal, small,
thick, fleshy, naked: fr. small, globular berry, naked:
seeds black. — Some 16 or more species are known.
The culture of the species is similar to that of the
arborescent species of Cereus. The species of Cepha-
locereus are well suited only for large collections and
are rarely seen elsewhere, except in the case of C.
senilis, of which enormous quantities are shipped to
Europe by commercial dealers. See Succulents.
senilis, Pfeiff. (Pilocereus senllis,_ Lem.). OLD MAN
CACTUS. Columnar, reaching a height of 35 ft. and a
diam. of 1 ft., branching at the very base, the branches
becoming parallel with the parent: ribs 20-30, very
little elevated; areoles bearing 20-30 white, wavy
bristles 2-5 in. long; later appear also, at first 1, then
3-5 strong, yellowish spines: fls. very numerous in the
cephalium, nearly 4 in. long, red outside, reddish white
within: fr. violet, 2 in. long. Cent. Mex. R.H. 1889, p.
568; 1890, p. 128.
Sartorianus, Brit. & Rose (Pilocereus Houlletii, of
authors, not of Lem.). Tree-like, attaining 40 ft. in
height: branches divaricate: cult, plants usually 3-4 in.
diam.: ribs 6^-8, rounded, glaucous: radial spines 7-9,
spreading, ^m- long, honey yellow; central twice as
long and stronger: areoles of the sterile st. with more or
less hairs, which in the fruiting area are very numerous,
making a shaggy tract sometimes 1 ft. long: fls. 3 in.
long, imbedded in the wool, turbinate, greenish-red
outside, rose-red within: fr. dark red, depressed-glo-
bose. Mex. R.H. 1862, pp. 427-30.
Royenii, Brit. & Rose (Pilocereus Royenii, Riimpl.
P. floccosus, Lem.). Columnar, branching, reaching 15
ft. height, 2-3 in. diam. : ribs 9-10, obtuse, bluish, pruin-
ose: spines 12-16, rigid, divaricate, bright amber-yel-
low, the inner ones larger, nearly an inch long: on the
sterile branches long hairs are found on areoles, on the
fertile bract these are more numerous and aggregated:
fls. and fr. as in the last species, but lighter in color.
Isl. of St. Croix.
Hoppenstedtii, Schum. (Pilocereus Hoppenstedtii,
Web.). Columnar, simple, slender, reaching a height of
30 ft.: ribs numerous, more than 16: radial spines
14-18, very short; centrals 5-8, the lower longest one
reaching 3 in.; all the spines at first yellowish, then
white: cephalium of 1-2 in. long tufts of yellowish hairs,
forming a narrow bract on the north side of the plant:
fls. 3 in. long, bell-shaped, whitish, with rosy tips.
Mex.
polyldphus, Brit. & Rose (Pilocereus polylophus,
Salm-Dyck. Cereus Nickelsii, Hort.). Columnar,
46
attaining a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of 1^ ft.,
rarely branching: ribs 10-^22, sharp-angled, shallow,
the old sts. perfectly cylindrical: spines small and
bristle-like, less than J^in. long; radials 5-6; central
usually 1; spines of the flowering area 2-3 in. long,
crowded: fls. large, trumpet-shaped, dark red: fr. red,
scaly. Mex.
scoparius, Brit. & Rose (Pilocereus scoparius,
Poselg.). Tree-like, richly branched, 25 ft. high, 1 ft.
diam.: radial spines 12-15, very short; centrals 7-8,
not much longer; in the flowering branches the spines
change to longer stout bristles and the areoles are
closer together, forming a bristly cephalium: fls. small,
bell-shaped, reddish: fr. size of a hazelnut. Near Vera
Cruz, Mex.
exerens, Rose (Pilocereus exerens, Schum. P.
virens, Lem.). Branching at base, 3-4 ft. high, 2-3 in.
diam., tapering above: ribs 4-6, obtuse, the sterile
shoots with short, sparse, woolly hairs at the top: spines
commonly 7 : radials, very short, 1-3 : centrals 4 times as
long; woolly hairs much more abundant on the bloom-
ing plant: fls. about 3 in. long, trumpet-bell-shaped,
without wool or spines. Brazil. — Not common, if
occurring at all, in cult, in U. S.
The following species have been reported or may be expected in
cult., but none is as yet at all common. C. chrysoc&nthus, Brit. &
Rose; C. cometes, Brit. & Rose; C. lanugindsus, Brit. & Rose; C.
Russellianus, Rose (Cereus Russellianus, Riimpl.). C. ndbliis, Brit.
& Rose- J. N. ROSE.
CEPHALOSTACHYUM (Greek, head and spike).
Graminese. A few species of grasses of the bamboo tribe
in E. Indies and Madagascar, one of which (C. per-
gracile) has been offered in this country. Tall shrubs:
spikelets in dense solitary heads at the ends of the
branches or in scattered glomerules, the heads bristly
with the subtending Ivs.; stamens 6; empty glumes
1-2; style long, 2-3-cleft: fr. elongated and beaked.
C. pergracile, Munro. Forty ft., sts. 2-3 in. thick: Ivs.
14 in. or less long: an elegant species, growing in clumps.
Burma. It is offered in S. Calif. In Fla., it loses most
of its Ivs. in winter, but the new growth in spring and
summer is very attractive; it is said not to do well there
on high dry pine land, preferring moderately moist
soil; it needs much water in summer, and responds
readily to fertilizer. . L H. B.
CEPHALOTAXUS (Greek, head; Taxus-like plant,
with fls. in heads or clusters). Taxacese. Yew-like
plants, grown for their handsome evergreen foliage.
Trees or shrubs, with evergreen linear pointed Ivs.
with 2 broad, glaucous lines beneath, arranged in 2
rows: fls. dioecious, staminate in 1-8-fld., short-stalked
clusters, pistillate consisting of a small cone with sev-
eral bracts, each bearing 2 naked ovules: seed inclosed
in a fleshy envelope, drupe-like, about 1 in. long, reddish
or greenish brown. From allied genera it may be easily
distinguished by th'e resin-canal in the center of the
pith; and by the glaucous lines beneath from Taxus,
which has the Ivs. yellowish green beneath; and from
Torreya by the glaucous lines being broader than the 3
green lines, while in Torreya the glaucous lines are
narrower than the green ones. — Six closely allied spe-
cies from Himalayas to Japan.
These are ornamental evergreen shrubs, in appear-
ance very like a yew, but of more graceful habit. Not
hardy North, or only in very sheltered positions. They
thrive best in a somewhat moist but well-drained sandy
loam, and in partly shaded situations. Propagated by
seeds, stratified and sown in spring; imported seeds
usually do not germinate until the second year; in-
creased also by cuttings in August, under glass, and by
veneer-grafting in summer, on one of the species or on
Taxus baccata. For cions and cuttings, terminal shoots
should be chosen, which form regular plants with
whorled branches like seedlings, while cuttings from lat-
eral branches grow into irregular, low, spreading shrubs.
716
CEPHALOTAXUS
CERASTIUM
A. Lvs. 2-3 in.: branchlels yellowish green, pendulous.
Fortunei, Hook. Lvs. tapering gradually into a sharp
point, usually falcate, dark green and shining above:
fr. greenish brown, obovate. N. China, Japan. B.M.
4499. F.S. 6:555. R.H. 1878, p. 117.— This is the
most graceful species, with long and slender branches,
attaining in its native country 50 ft. in height, in cult,
usually remaining a shrub.
AA. Lvs. 1-2 in. long.
B. Base of Ivs. cuneate; Ivs. loosely %-ranked.
HarringtSnia, Koch (C. pedunculata, Sieb. & Zucc.
C. drupdcea var. Harringtonia, Pilger) . With spreading,
often somewhat pendulous branches, dark green when
young: Ivs. to 2 in. long, narrowed into a sharp point,
shining and dark green above: staminate fls. distinctly
peduncled: fr. ovoid, rounded at both ends, rarely
globular. Japan, China. G.C. II. 21:113; III. 18:716;
33:228. — In Japan, tree to 25 ft., usually shrub in cult.
A remarkable form is var. fastigiata, Silva Tarouca
(C. pedunculata var. fastigiata, Carr. Podocdrpus
koraiana, Sieb. & Zucc.), of columnar habit, with up-
right branches and spirally arranged Ivs. G.C. II.
21:112; III. 33:229. S.H. 2:450. Gng. 2:341. Var.
sphaeralis, Rehd. (C. pedunculata var. sphseralis,
Mast.), has globose fr.: Ivs. falcate, subacuminate,
l^-2in. long. G.C. II. 21:117.
drupacea, Sieb. & Zucc. Branches spreading, stiff,
usually light green when young: Ivs. about 1 in. long,
abruptly pointed, narrow and straight, often upturned:
staminate fls. very short-stalked: fr. usually obovate,
narrowed at the base. Japan. G.C. III. 18:717; 33:
227. B.M. 8285. — The dwarfest species. Var. sinensis,
Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 12 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
tapering to sharp point. Cent, and W. China.
BB. Base of Ivs. truncate; Ivs. very closely set.
Oliver!, Mast. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. strictly
2-ranked, rigid, broadly linear, spiny-pointed, about 1 in.
long, bright green with 2 broad white bands beneath,
the midrib scarcely elevated: fr. ovoid or obovoid,
shortly apiculate, about ^in. long. Cent. China. H.I.
1933 (as C. Griffithii). G.C. III. 33:226.— Differs from
the other species in the very closely set rigid Ivs.
ALFRED REHDER.
875. Cephalotus follicularis.
CEPHALOTUS (Greek, head-shaped, in reference to
the knob-like swelling behind each anther). Ceph-
alotacese, a monotypic family near Saxifragacese. The
one species C. follicularis, Labill. (Fig. 875), is
abundant at King George's Sound and Swan River in
S. W. Austral. From there it has frequently been
intro. into cult., and is now met with in American
collections. The short creeping rhizomes form 2 sets
of Ivs. each season: a set of 4-6 flat spatulate Ivs., and
later as many dainty pitchered Ivs. that are richly
colored green, crimson or purple, and white. The
pitchers are J^-l^ in- long, are covered externally
with minute alluring glands, and these with the color-
ing attract insects. They slip from the smooth-ribbed
rim into the cavity, and
there are digested by fer-
ment liquids poured out by
special glands. The erect
scape bears an interrupted
spike of small white apeta-
lous fls., each with a 6-
parted calyx, 12 stamens,
and 6 separate 1-seeded
carpels. The plant grows
best under a bell-jar, and
in a pot amongst fine sandy
loam that is covered by
sphagnum moss. The lower
part of the pot should stand
in a vessel with about J^in.
of water, and the whole
should be placed in a cool
greenhouse near the light,
when the pitchers assume
richest colorings. Prop, is
easily effected by separation
of small pieces of rhizome
that bear 1 or 2 Ivs., also
by seeds that mature not
unfrequently under cult. R.
B.23, p. 233. I.H. 27:391.
F.S. 3:290. G. 23:340. G.
W. 8:390. J.H. III. 35:260.
J. M. MACFARLANE.
CERASTIUM (Greek for
horn, alluding to the shape
of the pod). Caryophyl-
loxese. MOUSE-EAR CHICK-
WEED. Decumbent annuals or perennials, used in
rockeries or for bedding and borders.
Pubescent or hirsute herbs, rarely glaucous: Ivs.
small, opposite, entire: fls. white, borne in terminal,
dichotpmous cymes; sepals 5, rarely 4; petals as many,
emarginate or 2-cleft; stamens 10, rarely fewer; styles
5, rarely 4 or 3, opposite the sepals: caps, cylindric,
often curved, dehiscing at the top by 10, rarely 8,
teeth. — About 100 species of world-wide distribution
according to the largest delimitation of the genus; by
some authorities reduced to 40 or 50 species.
Cerastiums are of easy culture in ordinary garden
soil. They are propagated by divisions or by cuttings
taken after flowering and planted in a shady place.
They are more or less used for edgings and in rockeries.
A. Lvs. green, merely pubescent.
arvense, Linn. (var. oblongifolium, Holl. & Brit.).
STARRY GRASSWORT. Fig. 876. Perennial, low, much
branched and matted: sts. 8-12 in. long: Ivs. oblong or
lanceolate, pale green, pubescent, obtuse, Mj-lJ^ in.
long, J^in. wide: fls. very numerous, appearing in Apr.
and May; petals 5, deeply bifid: caps, twice as long as
the calyx. — A species of very wide range, growing
mostly in dry rocky places from Labrador to Alaska
and south to Ga. and Calif.; also in Asia and Eu. Gn.
71, p. 504. — Recommended as a bedding plant, for its
mat-like habit, covered with white bloom. Var. com-
pactum, Hort., is hardy in S. E. Canada.
purpurascens, Adams. Perennial, hairy, pubescent,
cespitose, about 4 in. high: lower Ivs. oblong, narrowed
into the petiole; upper Ivs. linear-lanceolate: cymes
dichotomous or often simply umbelliform; fls. white;
petals twice as long as calyx, ovate-oblong: caps,
cylindric, twice as long as calyx. Asia Minor. — Hardy.
876. Cerastium arvense.
CERASTIUM
CERATONIA
717
AA. Lvs. silvery or grayish.
B. Caps, equaling the calyx.
grandifldrum, Waldst. & Kit. (C. argenteum, Bieb.).
Creeping perennial: Ivs. linear, acute, the margins
reflexed: infl. dichotomous; fl.-sts. 6-8 in. high; petals
oval, 2-parted, transparent white, twice as long as
calyx. E. Eu.
BB. Caps, much longer than the calyx.
Biebersteinii, DC. Perennial: sts. 6 in., creeping,
diffuse, branched: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, tomentose-
woolly: peduncles erect, dichotomous; fls. white: caps,
ovate-cylindrical. Tauria. B.M. 2782. Gn. 59, p. 470.
— Like C. tomentosum, but with larger Ivs. Fine for
edgings.
Boissieri, Gren. Perennial, low: Ivs. silvery, ovate-
lanceolate, acute, entire, sessile: pedimcles 4-12 in.
high; infl. a dichotomous cyme; fls. large, white. Spain.
tomentdsum, Linn. SNOW-IN-STJMMER. Perennial,
low, creeping, branched : Ivs. oblong, spatulate, grayish
woolly, upper Ivs. lanceolate: peduncles 6 in. high,
erect, dichotomous; fls. white: caps, cylindrical. Eu.
G. 29:555. Gn. 69, p. 143.— Much used for edgings.
E. Z. B.f
C^RASUS (from Cerasunt or Cerasonte, a place in
Asia Minor on the Black Sea, whence cherries are said
to have been brought to Italy before Christ). CHERRY.
Rosdcese. Tournefort in 1700 founded the genus Cera-
sus, but by general usage it is now combined with
Prunus inasmuch as no single important character
holds clearly between the two groups. The name is
sometimes kept distinct in trade lists, representing the
cherries as distinct from the plums. Botanically, the
group is distinguished from Prunus proper (the plum
group) in having conduplicate vernation (young Ivs.
with the halves folded together) rather than involute
vernation, fls. more characteristically in umbels or
racemes, fr. mostly lacking bloom and pubescence, and
the stone not corrugated or pitted. See Prunus.
L. H. B.
CERATIOLA (Greek, a little horn, referring to the
four-branched, serrate stigma). Empetracese. A heath-
like evergreen, from the sand barrens of South Carolina
to Florida and Alabama; rarely cultivated North, but
not hardy.
Branches often whorled as are the Ivs., which are
narrow, strongly revolute and thus almost tubular:
fls. dioecious, 2-3-whorled in the axils, sessile; sepals,
petals and stamens, each 2. — Only 1 species.
ericoides, Michx. Height 2-8 ft. : branches subverti-
cillate, marked with scars of numerous fallen Ivs., the
younger and upper ones only retaining foliage: Ivs.
crowded, M~/4in- l9ng> linear, rigid, shining, pale: fls.
inconspicuous reddish, whorled in the axils: drupe
round, orange-yellow, berry-like. B.M. 2758.
N. TAYLOB.f
CERATOLOBUS (Greek for horned pod). Palmdcex,
tribe Caldmeas. Low or creeping pinnate palms allied
to Calamus, and not as yet common in the American
trade.
Stems and If .-stalks spiny but not the If .-blades: sts.
frequently 30 ft. or more long and armed with stout
spines an inch long: Ivs. pinnate, often as much as 7 ft.
long, with numerous alternate or opposite Ifts., which
are crenate-dentate towards the apex: fls. polygamous-
monoecious, in a paniculately branched spadix: fr.
drupe-like, 1 -seeded. — There are only 3 wild species and
2 species known in horticultural literature, the botani-
cal status of which is doubtful. All the wild species
come from Java or Sumatra. For cult., see Calamus to
which Ceratolobus is closely related, differing in having
rhomboid, not linear Ifts. G.C. II. 23:338.
glaucescens, Blume. St. up to 30 ft. and about
as thick as one's wrist: Ivs. 6-7 ft. long, of 14-18 sessile,
erect or spreading Ifts. which are 8-10 in. long, 2^j-
3^2 in. wide, opposite above, alternate below: spadix
from the axils of the upper Ivs. : spathes 2-horned, 4-
6 in. long. Java.
C. cdncolor, Blume. Similar, with 10-14 Ifts., relatively broader
than in C. glaucescens. Sumatra. — C. Findley&nus, Hort. Lvs 2—1
ft. long, clear pale shining green. Hab.(7). A.G. 15:169. — C.
Micholitziana, Hort. Very elegant palm, the st. and If.-rachis with
scattered spines: Ivs. oblong, the Ifts. remote, linear-oblong, acute,
pale on the under surface. — Horticulturally the most attractive of
thegroup- N.TAYLOR.
CERATONIA (Greek for horn, in reference to the
large pod). Leguminosse. CAROB. A handsome ever-
green tree, bearing large pods that are used somewhat
for human food but chiefly for forage.
One of the Cassia tribe: calyx-tube disk-bearing,
somewhat top-shaped, the segms. 5 and short; petals
0; stamens 5: pod long (4-12 in.), compressed, thick and
coriaceous, indehiscent, filled with a pulpy substance,
bearing obovate transverse seeds. C. Siliqua, Linn.
(Figs. 877, 878), the only species, is now widely dis-
tributed in warm countries, being grown both for shade
and for the edible pods. It reaches a height of 40-50
ft.: Ivs. pinnate, shining, the 2-3 pairs of Ifts. oval
and obtuse: fls. in small lateral red racemes, polygamo-
dicecious, the
trees said to be
variable in sex-
uality at differ-
ent ages. It
thrives well in S.
Calif, and S.Fla.
The dry pods
are occasionally
seen in the fruit
stands in north-
ern markets.
There are many
varieties, differ-
ing in the size
and shape of pod.
The Ceratonia is
known also as Algaroba, Karoub, Caroubier, and St.
John's Bread. The last name records the notion that
the seeds and sweet pulp are respectively the locusts
and wild honey which St. John found in the wilder-
ness. The dry valves or pods have been supposed to
be the husks that provided the subsistence of the prod-
igal son. See G.F. 3:318, 323. The seeds are said to
have been the original carat weight of goldsmiths.
L. H. B.
The carob is of much importance as a farm crop
throughout the Mediterranean basin and other hot
and semi-arid regions. According to Alphonse de Can-
dolle, its original home was about the eastern end of the
Mediterranean, including the southern coast of Asia
Minor and Syria and perhaps Tripoli. Its cultivation
began in historic times, and was diffused by the Greeks
in Italy and Greece and was carried by the Arabs west
as far as Spain and Morocco. In all these countries
the large pods, rich in protein and sugar, are a very
important forage crop, being eaten with avidity by all
kinds of stock, besides furnishing considerable susten-
ance to the poor in times of scarcity, and are also used
for the manufacture of syrups and different fermented
drinks. Carob pods were the main sustenance of Well-
ington's cavalry in the Peninsular campaign and at
the present time are the chief food of the British army
horses on the island of Malta and the horses of the
tramways in the cities of southern Italy. They form
one of the principal exports of Palestine, Syria and
especially of the island of Cyprus. Thousands of tons
are annually imported into England where they are
ground for stock -feed. A. Aaronsohn, Chief of the
877. Ceratonia Siliqua.
718
CERATONIA
CERATOPETALUM
Jewish Experiment Station in Palestine, says that an
acre of carob trees on arid soil yields a much greater
quantity of food matter than an equal area planted
with the best alfalfa. He gives the sugar content at
40 per cent and in some varieties even higher, and the
protein content as 7 to 8 per cent. The French and
Portuguese writers give somewhat lower percentages,
but this seems to be much a matter of climate and
varieties. The analysis published by Riviere and
Lecoq points to a high digestive coefficient, and nutri-
tive value a little higher than oats; it is estimated that
147.5 kilos of carobs equals 100 kilos of wheat (a kilo
is nearly 2J^ pounds).
The first introduction of the tree into this country
on a considerable scale was by the U. S. Patent Office
from Alicante, Spain, in 1854 and from Palestine in
1859. About 8,000 plants, grown from seed in Wash-
ington, were distributed during the spring of 1860,
mostly in the southern states. Some of these plants
probably found their way to California, as a number of
old trees are growing in various parts of that state from
San Diego on the south to Napa and Butte counties on
the north. The latest importation was in June, 1911,
from Valencia, Spain, by the Office of Foreign Seed
and Plant Introduction of the Department of Agricul-
ture. This shipment consisted of cuttings of six of the
leading varieties grown in that district which are now
being propagated by budding at the Chico (California)
Introduction Field Station and will soon be available
for distribution.
Centuries of cultivation have given rise to a large
number of varieties, differing in quality of pods, vigor
and productiveness and adaptability to various soils.
The species is either dioecious or monoecious. All trees
in California are of course seedlings and, as far as
examined by the
writer, monoeci-
ous, although
Aaronsohn states
that the best kinds
in Palestine are
dioecious, and a
sufficient number
of staminate trees,
therefore, must be
planted with those
varieties to polli-
nate the female
trees. In the pro-
vince of Algarvia,
Portugal, seven-
teen named varie-
ties are cultivated
and about as
many in France
and Spain. The
best of these
should be intro-
duced into this
country.
878. Pods of Ceratonia Siliqua.
The carob tree thrives only in a warm climate, the
range being about the same as that of the orange, but
with a little protection for two or three winters, the
range can be considerably extended. At the Govern-
ment Field Station at Chico, several varieties have
survived temperatures of 18° to 22°, while others when
young have been killed to the ground by the same
degrees of frost. The old trees scattered about the Pacific
Coast States show that a large area is adapted to it.
In France, Spain and Portugal, the carob grows in
most kinds of soil, except in stiff clay or wet ground,
and even in gravel if fertile and permeable to the roots.
The crop is sufficiently valuable to make it worthy of
the best soil and treatment.
The carob is usually grown from seed and afterwards
budded to the best varieties. It can be raised from cut-
tings, but requires bottom heat and careful treatment.
At the Chico Field Station, where thousands of seed-
lings are grown, the best success is had by planting under
glass. Quicker germination is secured by soaking the
seed in water for three or four days or until they begin
to swell. The tree is difficult to transplant and usually
fails unless moved with a ball of earth. The best results
are had by growing the plants in pots or in "flats" in
tenacious soil, as is the practice with eucalyptus, when
the trees are cut apart and lifted with squares of earth
attached. At Aleppo, in Syria, the growers make pots
of a mixture of clay and cow-dung which, dried in the
sun, are strong enough to hold the earth in which the
seeds are planted. When ready to put into the orchard
the pot is sunk where the tree is to stand. As soon as
the pot becomes moist from contact with the earth, it
is readily permeable by the roots.
While the carob is a rather slow grower, it lives to a
great age and should be planted not less than 35 to 40
feet apart, with interplanting of peaches or other
growths for income until the carobs begin to bear. In
Algiers and Tunis, it is often planted as a border tree,
for which its beauty and utility admirably fit it. When
well established, the seedlings are budded with the
best varieties. If buds are taken from bearing trees,
fruit may be expected in three or four years. In Cali-
fornia seedlings bear when six to eight years of age.
While it is eminently a dry-climate tree, two or three
summer irrigations will greatly aid the development,
hasten fruiting and increase the yield. It will respond
to the same good treatment that is given to a well-
kept fruit orchard.
The crop matures in September and October and,
as with most other fruit trees, it is most abundant
every second year. When ripe, the pods turn brown
and begin to fall. Those that fail to drop are easily
knocked down with bamboo or other poles.
Aaronsohn gives the crop in Palestine in good years
at an average of 450 pounds to the tree, and states that
he has seen wild stocks fifteen to eighteen years after
grafting give a yield of 900 to 1,000 pounds of pods.
Du Breuil gives the yield in southern France at 220
pounds and mentions single trees at Valencia, Spain,
that produce as high as 1,380 kilos, or 3,040 pounds.
Riviere and Lecoq report the yield of trees in Algiers
at 100 to 300 kilos, or 220 to 660 pounds. Francis de
Mello Lotte gives the crops of mature trees on deep
fertile soil in Algarvia, Portugal, at 300 to 750 kilos,
or 660 to 1,650 pounds each. As the pods are equal in
nutrients to barley and superior to oats for feeding and
fattening cattle, sheep, hogs and horses, and the yield
is from three to four times the weight per acre of grain,
it is evident that few crops will give the farmer an equal
value. In the mild climate of the Gulf States, especially
the coastal regions of Texas, the southern parts of New
Mexico and Arizona and the greater part of California,
this beautiful and valuable evergreen tree, when once
appreciated, is bound to become a staple addition to
farm crops for the nourishment of both man and beast.
G. P. RIXFORD.
CERATOPETALUM (Greek, horned petal). Cunoni-
acese; by some, Cunoniacex is included in Saxifragaceze.
Greenhouse trees or shrubs.
Glabrous and resinous trees and shrubs: Ivs. opposite,
compound, with 1-3 digitate Ifts. : fls. small, white, rose
or yellow, in terminal branching cymes or panicles;
calyx-tube short, 5-lobed; petals 0, or, if present,
laciniate; stamens 10, with connectives: fr. a small and
hard achene-like body, with persistent calyx -lobes,
1-seeded. — Two or 3 species, in Austral.
gummiferum, Smith. Tree, 30-40 ft. : Ifts. 3, lanceo-
late, serrulate, narrowed at base, shining and strongly
nerved: petals deeply 3-5-lobed, not exceeding the
calyx. — Said .to thrive in a peaty soil, and to prop, by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass. L jj_ g
CERATOPTERIS
CERCIDIPHYLLUM
719
CERATOPTERIS (Greek, horned fern). Ceratop-
teridacese. Very succulent tropical ferns, forming also a
distinct family. They are the only truly aquatic plants
among true ferns and grow floating or rooted under
water in the mud or sometimes only occasionally
flooded. The Ivs. are borne in rosettes, the sterile
879. Ceratopteris pteridoides. ( X JlD
spreading, often floating, the fertile more erect, 2-4-
pinnate, with very slender rolled-up pod-like segms.:
sporangia very large, borne separately along the veins
and covered by the revolute margins somewhat as in
Pteris. — Species very few. Best grown by planting in
pots, slightly submerged. Reproduced by buds which
arise from all parts of the Ivs. New plants must be
developed each season. Useful in ponds and aquaria.
pteridoides, Hook. Fig-. 879. Sterile Ivs. broadly
deltoid, short-stalked, the margins irregularly lobed,
floating; the fertile Ivs. taller, completely divided into
long whip-like segms.: sporangia with a very small
annulus, and containing 32 spores. Fla. to S. Amer.
thalictroides, Brongn. Sterile Ivs. narrowly deltoid,
long-stalked, 1-2 pinnatifid into deltoid segms. not
floating; fertile Ivs. similar but with linear segms.:
annulus well developed. Old World tropics.
R. C. BENEDICT.
CERATO STIGMA (Greek, horned stigma). Plum-
baginacese. Diffuse glabrous perennial herbs or sub-
shrubs, one of which is in cultivation as a bedding and
border plant.
Ceratostigma differs from Plumbago in having no
glands on the calyx, stamens adnate to the corolla-
tube, fls. in dense clusters rather than spicate, and other
technical characters: Ivs. alternate, lanceolate or
obovate, more or less ciliate: fls. mostly in terminal
heads, blue or rose; calyx tubular, deeply 5-parted, the
lobes narrow; corolla salver-shaped, the tube long and
slender, the limb spreading and with 5 obovate obtuse
or retuse lobes; stamens 5, attached on the corolla-
tube: fr. a 5-valved caps, inclosed in the calyx. — Species
4 or 5, in N. China, Himalayas, Abyssinia.
plumbaginoides, Bunge (Plumbago Ldrpentae, Lindl.
Valorddia plumbaginoides, Boiss.). Herb, 6-12 in., the
st. red and branchy: Ivs. entire, strongly ciliate on
the edges: fls. with a deep blue limb, the 5 lobes mi-
nutely toothed, collected in dense heads or umbels.
China. B.M. 4487. F.S. 4:307.— A hardy bedding
plant, producing profusely of its deep blue fls. late in
fall; very valuable. Needs covering in winter in the N.
subject. L jj g
CERATOTHECA (Greek for horned capsule). Peda-
lidcese. Tropical African glasshouse herbs.
Leaves opposite, ovate: calyx 5-parted; corolla 2-
lipped, the lower lip very long in proportion to the
upper: fls. in pairs in the axils: caps. 2-horned. — Five
species. C. triloba, Mey., is occasionally grown in S.
Fla., and it may be adapted to glasshouses. It is a tall
herb (5 ft.), with the habit of foxglove, probably bien-
nial, hairy and rather fleshy : lower Ivs. stalked, broadly
ovate or almost round, the upper sometimes broadly
angular and even 3-lobed, both kinds crenate-dentate:
corolla 3 in. long, blue or violet-blue, pubescent, de-
flexed, the lower lobe prolonged. Handsome. B.M.
6974. — Could be grown in temperate house N. in sandy
loam- N. TAYLOR.f
CERATOZAMIA (Greek, horned Zamia; referring to
the horned scales of the cones, which distinguish this
genus from Zamia). Cycaddceae. Handsome Mexican
foliage plants, with cycas-like leaves, but less culti-
vated in American palm-houses than Cycas.
Trunk erect in age, crowned by a whorl of pinnate
cycas-like Ivs. which are petiolate and unarmed:
fls. in cones borne from among the Ivs., the
cones often stalked: seeds rare and little known.
— Six species. Best raised from young imported
plants, but rarely prop, by seeds, or by offsets
from the slow-growing trunk. Burn out the cen-
ter of the plant with a hot iron, and a number
of offsets will spring from the trunk and the
crown; these may be used for prop.
mexicana, Brongn. Fig. 880. Trunk thick, short,
covered with the remains of fallen If .-stalks: Ivs. rich,
dark green, pinnate, on prickly petioles 5-6 in. long,
which are shaggy when young; Ifts. very numerous, 6-
12 in. long or more, lanceolate: cones produced annually
on separate plants; female cones 9-12 in. long, 4-6 in.
thick, the scales 2-horned ; male cones narrower, longer,
on a hairy stalk, the scales with 2 small teeth. Mex.
Gn. 9, pp. 308-9. — An excellent decorative plant, best
grown in sandy loam. Give freely of water and heat
in spring and summer, but keep cooler and drier in
winter. Somewhat tender although grown ia Cent.
Fla.
C. Miquelidna, Wendl. A plant with 2<>-30 pairs of Ifts. and a
If. -stalk 18 in. long: fr. not known certainly. Cult, in botanic
gardens and worthy of wider use. Mex. and W. Indies.
N. TAYLOR, f
CERCZDIPHYLLUM (Cercis and phyllon, leaf; the
Ivs. resemble those of Cercis). Trochodendrdcese. Tree
grown for its handsome foliage and habit.
Leaves deciduous, usually opposite, petioled and
palmately nerved: fls. dioecious, inconspicuous, apeta-
lous, solitary; staminate nearly sessile, bearing numer-
ous stamens with slender filaments; pistillate pedicelled,
880. Ceratozamia mexicana. — Young plant (fertile).
720
CERCIDIPHYLLUM
CERCIS
consisting of 3-5-carpels, ending in long, purplish styles
and developing into about %in. long, dehiscent pods,
with many seeds. — One species in Japan and W. China.
Hardy, ornamental, shrubby tree of pyramidal and,
when young, almost fastigiate habit, with handsome,
light green foli-
age, purplish when
unfolding, turning
bright yellow or
partially scarlet in
fall. It prefers
rich and moist
soil, and grows
rapidly when
young. Prop, by
seeds, sown in
spring, and by
green wood -cut-
tings, taken from
forced plants in
early spring, or
by layers ; cuttings
from half-ripened
wood in summer,
under glass, grow
also, but not very
881. Cercidiphyllum japonicum.
well.
jap6nicum,Sieb.
& Zucc. Fig. 881.
Bushy tree, com-
monly with several trunks, usually 20-30 ft., but some-
times rising to 100 ft., with slender, glabrous branches:
Ivs. opposite, occasionally alternate, slender-petioled,
cordate, orbicular or broadly ovate, obtuse, crenate-
serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, 2-3 in. long.
Japan. G.F. 7:106, 107, and 6:53. Mn. 3:74. Gng.
5:135. F.E. 32:211 (habit). P.G. 2:105. S.I.F. 1:41.
— A very desirable tree, one of the best introductions
from Japan. Var. sinense, Rehd. & Wilson. Tree, to
120 ft., usually with a single trunk: petioles shorter,
about %in. long, somewhat hairy on the veins beneath:
caps, gradually narrowed at the apex, Hm- long. W.
China. — This recently intro. variety is perhaps still
more desirable than the type. It is the largest of all
broad-lvd. trees known from China; the trunk is
sometimes free of branches for nearly 50 ft. above the
ground and attains to 25 ft. or exceptionally to 55 ft.
in girth. ALFRED REHDER.
CERCIS (Kerkis, ancient Greek name). Leguminbsse.
JUDAS TREE. RED-BUD. Trees or shrubs grown for
their pink flowers profusely produced early in spring
before the leaves; very interesting, also, in mode of
branching, as seen in mature trees.
Leaves deciduous, alternate, petioled, palmately
nerved, entire: fls. papilionaceous, pedicelled, pink or
red, appearing before or with the Ivs., in clusters or
racemes from the old wood; calyx 5- toothed, red;
petals nearly equal, the uppermost somewhat smaller:
pod compressed, narrow-oblong, narrow-winged on the
ventral suture, many-seeded.— -Seven species in N.
Amer., and from S. Eu. to Japan.
These trees and shrubs are very ornamental, with
handsome distinct foliage and abundant showy flowers
in spring, very effective by their deep pink color. They
are well adapted for shrubberies or as single specimens
on the lawn, and attain rarely more than 20 or 30 feet
in height, forming a broad, irregular head when older.
Only C. canadensis is hardy North, while C. chinensis
can still be grown in sheltered positions near Boston,
but is occasionally injured in severe winters; the others
can not be grown successfully farther north than New
York. They grow best in rich sandy and somewhat
moist loam, and should be transplanted when young,
as older plants can hardly be moved with success.
Young plants, four or five years old, produce flowers
freely and may be recommended for forcing, especially
C. chinensis and C. racemosa, which are the most beau-
tiful of all. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring, best
with gentle bottom heat; sometimes increased by layers,
or by greenwood cuttings from forced plants in early
spring; C. chinensis grows also from greenwood cuttinga
in summer under glass.
A. Lvs. abruptly and short-acuminate.
B. Fls. in clusters: Ivs. usually pubescent only beneath
near the base.
canadensis, Linn. Fig. 882. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs.
roundish or broadly ovate, usually cordate, 3-5 in. long:
fls. rosy pink, %in. long, 4-8 in clusters: pod 2)^-3 ^3
in. long. From N. J. south, west to Mo. and Texas.
S.S. 3:133-4. A.F. 13:1370. Gng. 6:290. F.E. 9:593.
Mn. 2, p. 139. M.D.G. 1899:434-5 (habit). Gn. 25,
p. 347. — A very desirable ornamental tree for the
northern states. Var. alba, Rehd. Fls. white. Var.
plena, Schneid. Fls. double. — Recently C. canadensis
has been split by Greene into several new species (see
Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. Veget. 11:110).
chinensis, Bunge (C.japdnica, Sieb.). Fig. 883. Tree,
to 50 ft., shrub in cult.: Ivs. deeply cordate, roundish,
with a white, transparent line at the margin, subcoria-
ceous, glabrous, shining above, 3-5 in. long: fls. 5-8,
purplish pink, %in. long: pod 3-5 in. long, narrow.
China, Japan. F.S. 8:849. Mn. 2:139. G.F. 6:476.—
A very beautiful species, with the fls. nearly as large as
those of C. Siliquastrum and more abundant.
BB. Fls. in pendulous racemes.
racemdsa, Oliv. Tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. broadly ovate,
truncate or subcordate at the base, pubescent beneath,
882. Cercis canadensis.
2)^-4 in. long: fls. rosy pink, about ^in. long on slen-
der pedicels of about equal length, in many-fld. racemes
1H-3 in. long: pod 2>£-4 in. long. Cent. China. H.I.
1894. — The handsomest of all. Young plants have not
proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, but it is per-
fectly hardy in S. England.
CERCIS
CEREUS
721
AA. Lvs. rounded or emarginate at the apex, usually
broader than long.
occidentals, Torr. (C. calif ornica, Torr.). Shrub, to
15 ft. : Ivs. cordate, roundish, glabrous, about 2 in. wide:
fls. rose-colored, Hin. long: pod 2-2 >£ in. long. Calif.
Torrey in U. S. Explor. Exped. 1838-1842, 17, pi. 3 —A
closely allied species is
C. reniformis, Engelm.
(C. texensis, Sarg.).
Small tree: Ivs. sub-
coriaceous, 3-5 in. wide,
sometimes pubescent
beneath: pod 2-4 in.
long. Texas, New Mex.
S.S. 3:135.
Siliquastrum, Linn.
Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs.
roundish, deeply cor-
date, glabrous, 3-5 in.
wide: fls. 3-6, purplish
rose, %in. long: pod 3^4
in. long. S.Eu., W.Asia.
B.M. 1138. Gn. 25, pp.
346, 347, 350; 33, p. 416;
42:342, p. 343; 44, p.
379; 52, p. 5. G.C. III.
52: 6 (habit). G. 25:209.
R.H. 1899:469 (abnor-
mal form). Var. alba,
Carr. (var. dlbida,
Schneid.) with white fls.
CERCOCARPUS
(Greek, tail and fruit;
the fruit with a long,
hairy tail). Rosacese.
MOUNTAIN MAHOGANY.
Small trees or shrubs
but rarely grown for
their attractive ever-
green or half-evergreen
foliage and the peculiar
feathery tailed achenes.
Leaves alternate, per-
sistent, rather small: fls.
inconspicuous, apetal-
ous, whitish or reddish,
in the axils of fascicled Ivs.; calyx-tube cylindric, elon-
gated, abruptly expanded at the apex into a cup-shaped
deciduous, 5-lobed limb bearing 15-30 stamens with
short filaments; ovary 1-celled, inclosed in the calyx-
tube, with a long exserted style.: fr. a 1 -seeded
achene, surmounted by the persistent, long and hairy
style. — Small genus of about 10, mostly rather local
species, in the Rocky Mts. from Mont, south to Mex.
and in Calif.
The cercocarpuses are not particularly ornamental,
yet they are attractive with their small evergreen dark
foliage and their feathery tailed fruits; they are adapted
for planting on dry rocky or gravelly slopes in arid
temperate regions, as they thrive under very unfavor-
able conditions. The very heavy and close-grained
wood is manufactured into small articles, and valued as
fuel and for making charcoal. C. ledifolius and C.
parvifolius are the hardiest and stand frost to zero,
while C. Traskiae can be grown only in southern Cali-
fornia. They may be cultivated in any well-drained
soil in sunny positions, and propagated by seeds or by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass.
A. Margin of Ivs. toothed: fls. 2-5 in a cluster.
B. Lvs. oval to suborbicular, usually rounded at the base.
Traskiae, Eastw. Tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. coarsely sinuate-
dentate above the middle, lustrous above, tomentose
below, 1-23^ in. long: achene with the style 2-2^ in.
long. Santa Catalina Isl., Calif. S.S. 13:635.
883. Cercis chinensis.
(Natural size)
BB. Lvs. usually cuneate-obovate, smaller.
parvif 61ius, Nutt. Bushy tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. dull green
and pubescent above, pubescent or tomentose beneath,
K-1K in- long, with 4-5 pairs of veins: style 2-4 in.
long. From Neb. and Ore. to Low. Calif . and W. Texas.
S.S. 4:166. H.I. 4:323.— D. M. Andrews, of Colo.,
who handles this shrub, writes of it as follows: "Moun-
tain mahogany, 6 feet. A nearly evergreen rosaceous
shrub of peculiar and attractive habit of growth. Fls.
white, early, followed by the long, plumose achenes,
which are 3-5 in. long, strangely curled and twisted,
arranged above and on each side of the slender branches,
so that at a little distance they have an appearance sug-
gestive of ostrich plumes. Easily transplanted, and
thrives anywhere."
betulaefdlius, Nutt. (C. parvifolius var. gldber, Wats.
C. parvifolius var. betuloides, Sarg.). Small tree, to 30
ft.: Ivs. thinner, bright green and glabrous above at
maturity, pubescent or glabrescent beneath, J^-2 in.
long, with 5-6 pairs of veins: style 2-4 in. long. Calif.
W.G.Z. 4, pp. 554-5. H.I. 4:322.
AA. Margin of Ivs. entire, revolute: fls. solitary or in pairs.
ledifolius, Nutt. Tree, to 40 ft. : Ivs. lanceolate, cori-
aceous, lustrous and glabrous above at maturity,
pubescent below, resinous, 3/^-1 in. long, veins obscure:
style 2-3 in. long. From Wyo. and Wash, to S. Calif,
and New Mex. S.S. 4:165. H.I. 4:324.
ALFRED REHDER.
CEREALS (Ceres, goddess of agriculture). The
agricultural grains, properly those of the grass family:
maize or Indian corn, kafir, wheat, emmer, spelt, rice,
oats, barley, rye, sorghum (for grain); popularly held
to include buckwheat, but not accurately so. Consult
Vol. II, Cyclo. Amer. Agric.
CEREUS (from the Latin, but of uncertain applica-
tion). Cactacese. Usually arborescent, columnar cacti
with the surface covered with spiny ribs.
Flowers large, borne singly along the sides of the st.;
fl.-tube slender and, as it decays, cutting off from the
ovary; petals numerous; stamens numerous; style single,
thick: fr. a large, naked, fleshy berry; seeds small,
black. The genus Cereus, as it has generally been
treated, contained more than 100 species which differed
greatly in habit, armament, fls. and fr., and was one of
the most complex and difficult of the family. As now
understood, it contains species of uniform habit, with
similar fls. and frs., while a number of species of very
different habit have been referred elsewhere. Even as
here treated, more than half of the species are anomalous.
Until the fls. and frs. have been studied, it seems best
to leave them in Cereus. The species are all from S.
Amer.
Only a few species of true Cereus are grown in this
country, and most of these are grown under glass.
The flowers do not compare in size and attractiveness
with those of the so-called night-blooming Cereus,
which is described elsewhere under the genus Seleni-
cereus. Several of the species have cristate and other
abnormal forms which make them desirable to certain
growers. C. lepidotus is a rather common cultivated
species in certain of the West India Islands, where it
grows to considerable height, and several of the species
are grown in Europe along the Riviera, where they
reach great size. With us, however, they do not grow
very rapidly. They are easily propagated from seed
or by cuttings. See Succulents.
The species treatea in the first edition of this work
that are not here given may be looked for under the
following genera: Acanthocereus, Aporocactus, Ber-
gerocactus, Carnegiea, Cleistocactus, Escontria, Har-
risia, Heliocereus, Hylocereus, Lemaireocereus, Lopho-
cereus, Myrtillocactus, Oreocereus, Pachycereus,
Rathbunia, and Selenicereus.
722
CEREUS
INDEX.
Alacriportanus, 11.
atropurpureus, 22.
formosus, 24.
ffrandis, 24.
Pasacana, 1.
pernambucensis, 24.
azureus, 19.
Hankeanus, 9.
peruvianus, 11.
Bonplandii, 21.
isogonus, 14.
Pita jay a, 24,
Bridgesii, 18.
Jamacaru, 12.
platygonus, 16.
cserulescens, 17.
lageniformis, 18.
Roezlii, 7.
caesius, 20.
lamprochlorus, 3.
Seidelii, 19.
candicans, 2.
Landbeckii, 17.
Sepium, 7.
Cavendishii, 15.
macrogonus, 10.
Spachianus, 4.
chalybseus, 13.
Martianus, 25.
splendens, 15.
chiloensis, 5.
Martinii, 23.
tetracanthus, 8.
euphorbioides, 6.
fernambucensis, 24.
monacanthus, 23.
monoclonos, 11
Olfersii, 6.
tortuosus, 22.
validus, 12.
variabilis, 24.
A. Sts. erect, 2 in. or more diam.
B. New growth green, not pruinose or covered with a
bloom.
c. Ribs of st. 10 or more.
1. Pasacana, Web. A gigantic species, reaching a
height of 20-30 ft., and sometimes even 50 ft., and a
diam. of 12-16 in.; sparingly branching above; in new
growth dark green, becoming gray or bluish: ribs 15-
20, or in young plants only 9-10: areoles %-%in. apart,
large, brown, becoming yellowish and finally gray:
radial spines 10^13, about 1 in. long, the under one or
lowest pair straight, subulate, the others curved; cen-
trals mostly 4, the under and upper ones the longest,
reaching 2 in. length, straight or curved; the young
spines are clear brown, often with alternating rings of
light and dark tissue, later gray, bulbose at the base:
fls. from the lateral areoles about 6 in. long, white.
Argentina. — This is the giant cereus of the Argentine
desert, as Carnegiea gigantea is of the certain N.
American deserts. It is not a true Cereus.
2. candicans, Gillies. Sts. upright, low, cylindri-
cal, bright green, 23^-3 ft. high by 6-8 in. diam.; freely
branching from the base: ribs 10, obtuse - angled :
areoles %-%ip.. apart, large, depressed, white, becom-
ing gray: radial spines 11-14, spreading, at first thin,
needle-form, later stronger, stiff, straight, about %in.
long; central solitary or later 3-4 additional ones ap-
pearing above, stronger, reaching a length of 1J4 m->
sometimes somewhat curved; all the spines horn-col-
ored, with tips and bases brown, later becoming gray:
fls. long, funnelform, resembling those of Echinopsis,
10 in. long by 6 in. diam.: fr. spherical to ellipsoidal,
about 3 in. diam., red, somewhat spiny, flesh white.
Argentina. — Not a true Cereus.
3. lamprochlorus, Lem. Related to C. candicans, of a
taller growth, cylindrical, 3-6 3^ ft. high by about 3 in.
diam., at first simple, but later branching at the base;
in new growth bright green, later dirty green: ribs
10-11 or occasionally 15; conspicuously crenate, later
blunt and but little crenate: areoles medium size, about
3^in. apart, yellowish white, becoming gray; above each
areole 2 radiating grooves form a letter V: radial
spines 11-14, spreading, straight, sharp-pointed, about
^in. long, clear to dark amber-color; some are strong
and rigid, while others are bristle-form; centrals mostly
4, somewhat longer, stronger and deeper colored, with
brown bases, becoming dark gray, about %in. long:
fls. from the previous year's growth, about 8-10 in.
long by 6 in. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true
Cereus. \
4. Spachianus, Lem. Sts. upright, at first simple,
later profusely branching at the base, branches ascend-
ing parallel with the main St., 2-3 ft. high by 2-23^
in. diam., columnar: ribs 10-15, obtuse, rounded:
areoles about Hm- apart, large, covered with curly
yellow wool, becoming white: radial spines 8-10,
}4r% m- l°ng> spreading, stiff, sharp, amber-yellow
to brown; central solitary, stronger and longer; all the
spines later becoming gray: fls. about 8 in. long by
about 6 in. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true
Cereus.
CEREUS
5. chiloensis, DC. (Cactus chiloensis, Colla). Sts.
strong, upright, simple (so far as known), about 2% ft.
high bySH-S in. diam., cylindrical to somewhat clavate,
bright, clear green: ribs 10^12, obtuse: areoles about an
inch apart, large: radial spines straight, sharp, rigid, at
first 9, but later 4 others appear above these; centrals
mostly 4, seldom but a single one, "bulbose at the base;
the young spines are brown honey-yellow, becoming
white, with dark tips, and finally gray: fls. from the
upper lateral areoles about 6 in. long, white, resem-
bling those of Echinopsis. Chile. — This is not a true
Cereus.
cc. Ribs of st. 7-9.
6. euphorbioides, Haw. (C. Olfersii, Otto). Columnar,
simple, 10-16 ft. high by about 43^ in. diam., in young
growth pale green,
changing with age
to gray-green : ribs
8-10, separated by
sharp grooves, sharp-
angled, becoming flat-
tened in older growth :
areoles about j^in.
apart, small, white to
gray: radial spines
mostly 6, the under
one the longest,
reaching a length of
over an inch, strong,
yellowish brown to
black, the upper ones
shorter and bristle
form ; central solitary,
in young plants twice
as long as the radials;
all the spines finally
become gray : fls. from
near the crown, 3^—
4 in. long, beautiful
flesh -red, remaining
open for 24 hours.
Brazil. R.H. 1885,
p. 279. — This
plant is insuffi-
ciently under-
stood; it may be
a form of some
species of Ceph-
alocereus.
7. Sepium, DC.
884. Cereus peru-
vianus. A flower that
is just closing; from
a plant flowered in
Washington, D. C., in
1904- ( x H)
Upright, colum-
nar, about 3 in.
diam.: ribs 9, sep-
arated by sharp, somewhat serpentine grooves, ob-
tuse, above the areoles, 2 radiating, slightly curved
grooves form a letter V : areoles 3^-%in. apart, com-
paratively large, slightly sunken, yellowish, later
gray: radial spines 9-12, radiate, nearly ^in. long,
straight, subulate, tolerably sharp, slightly thickened
at the base, clear brown, with darker stripes; cen-
tral solitary, reaching 13^ in. long, straight, porrect,
later somewhat deflexed, clear brown; later all the spines
become gray. Andes of Ecuador. — Near Borzicactus;
needs further critical study.
8. tetracanthus, Labour. Upright, arborescent or
bushy, freely branching, young branches leaf -green, later
gray-green : ribs 8-9, low, arched : areoles medium-sized,
slightly sunken, about 3^in. apart, white to gray:
radials 5, later 7, radiate, about %in. long, straight,
subulate, stout, white, with brown tips and bases, later
ashy gray; centrals 1-3, under one largest and porrect,
when young yellow and translucent, later gray: fls. re-
semble those . of C. tortuosus. Bolivia. — This species
should doubtless be referred to Eriocereus.
CEREUS
CEREUS
723
ccc. Ribs of st. 3-6.
9. Hankeanus, Web. Upright, robust, not branch-
ing (so far as known), young growth bright green, later
dark green, about 2 in. diam.: ribs 4-5, compressed,
about \}4: in. high) conspicuously crenate, with an S-
form line passing from each areole toward the center of
the st. : areoles, %-l m- apart, horizontally elliptical to
heart-shaped, brown, becoming gray below and yellow
above: radial spines 3, needle-like, stout, sharp-pointed,
about %in. long, amber-colored when young, turning
to brown; central solitary, straight, porrect, 5^in. long,
stronger than the radials, horn-colored; later all the
spines become gray: fls. 4-5 in. long, white. S. Amer.
BB. New growth blue, white- or gray-pruinose.
c. Ribs of st. comparatively broad and low: st. more or
less triangular in cross-section.
10. macrogdnus. Otto. Arborescent, sparsely branch-
ing, reaching a height of 20 ft. (in cult., 6 ft. high by
3-5 in. diam.), branches columnar: ribs mostly 7, sel-
dom 8-9, thick, slightly undulate, obtuse and with
convex faces, about 1 in. high, bluish green, frequently
haying a depressed line near the areole: areoles about
3^in. apart, large, gray: radial spines 6-9, radiate or
spreading, strong, subulate, Min. long, horn-color, later
black ; central spines 1-3, somewhat stronger and longer
than the radials, more or less conspicuously porrect:
fls. from the lateral areoles near the end of the branches,
2^-3 in. long, tolerably fleshy, white: fr. depressed-
globose, 2 in. diam. by little more than 1 in. long.
Brazil.
cc. Ribs of st. strongly compressed laterally.
11. peruvianus, Haw. (C. monoclonos, DC.). HEDGE
CACTUS. Fig. 884. Tall, 30-50 ft., branching freely toward
the base, columnar, 4-8 in. diam., new growth dark green
and glaucous, becoming a dull green with age, and, in
old sts. becoming corky: ribs 5-8, compressed: are-
oles K-l in. apart, in new growth covered with con-
spicuous, curly brown wool, becoming gray: radial
spines about 6-7, about ^-^in. long; central solitary,
reaching a length of 2% m-> the number of spines in-
creases with age to as many as 20, all are rigid, brown:
fls. abundant, from the lower part of the st., white, noc-
turnal, 6-7 in. long by 5 in. diam. S. Amer. G.C. III.
24 : 175 (var. monstrosus) .
Var. Alacriportanus, K. Schum. (C. Alacriportanus,
Mart.) . Of somewhat weaker growth, low, and less con-
spicuously pruinose in the new growth, which is con-
sequently nearly clear green. S. Brazil.
12. Jamacaru, Salm-Dyck (C. vdlidus, Haw.). Sts.
upright, robust, rigid, 12-16 ft. high by as much as 6 in.
diam.; young growth azure-blue, turning dark green
with age, glaucous: ribs 4-6, thin, compressed, crenate:
radial spines 5-7, stiff, needle-like, clear yellow with
brown points, or brown and finally black, about %-%
in. long; centrals 2-4, somewhat stronger, porrect,
%-3 in. long: fls. large, 10 in. long by 8 in. diam., white,
nocturnal. Brazil, Venezuela.
13. chalybabus, Otto. Sts. upright, branching above,
arborescent, azure-blue and pruinose, later dark green,
1K~4 in. diam.: ribs 6, in young growth very much
compressed, later depressed till the st. is nearly cylin-
drical: areoles about %in. apart, dark gray-brown:
radial spines mostly 7, about lAm. long; centrals 3-4,
similar but somewhat stronger and a little longer; all
the spines are pointed, stiff, when young are black,
later brown to gray with black tips, bulbose at the
base: fls. very similar to those of C. cxndescens.
Argentina.
AA. Sts. erect, less than 2 in. diam.
B. Ribs of st. 10 or more.
14. isogonus, K. Schum. St. upright, columnar, about
1-1 J^ in. diam., in young growth light green to yellow-
green, later darker: ribs 15-16: areoles approximate,
white, turning gray: radial spines as many as 20, spread-
ing, at first clear or dark yellow, becoming white, and
finally gray, bristle form, flexible, about %in. long;
centrals 6-8; two of these are somewhat stronger and
stiff er, about %in. long, one directed upward and one
downward, yellowish brown to dark honey-color; later
gray, as in the radials. S. Amer.
15. splendens, Salm-Dyck. Columnar, slender,
short, rigid, more or less branching from the base,
reaching a height of about 2 ft. and about 1-1 % in.
diam., light to yellowish green: ribs about 10-12,
rounded: areoles prominent, about J^in. apart, tawny,
becoming white, tomentose: radial spines 8-12, radiat-
ing, yellow and light brown, becoming gray; centrals
1-3, scarcely larger than the radial, yellowish to white;
all the spines slender, bristle form, about J4-%in. long.
— •€. Cavendishii has been referred to this species, but
with some question.
BB. Ribs of st. 3-10.
16. platygdnus, Otto. At first upright, later some-
what reclining, branching, at the base about 1 in.
diam., tapering in the new growth: ribs 8, low, arched:
areoles about Mm- apart, very small, yellow, becoming
gray, subtruded by a small 3-angled bract: radial
spines 12-15, spreading, bristle form, little more than
Kin. long; central solitary, slightly longer and stronger;
all the spines at first yeflow-brown, changing to white
or gray with age.
17. caerulescens, Salm-Dyck (C. Ldndbeckii, Phil.).
Arborescent or shrubby, 3-5 ft. high: sts. 1-1 K in.
diam.: ribs usually 8, obtuse: areoles approximate,
white bud soon becoming black: spines rigid; radials
9-12, M-Min. long, black; centrals 4, %in. long,
stronger, black or white: fls. from the side of the st.,
slightly curved, 6-8 in. long by 6 in. diam., tube bronze-
green, corolla white or occasionally rose-pink: frs.
ellipsoidal, pointed at both ends, about 3 in. long and
half that in diam., bright red, with blue glaucous cover-
ing. Argentina. B.M. 3922.
18. Bridgesii, Salm-Dyck. Upright, tall, columnar,
simple or later branching at the base, bright green when
young, becoming blue to gray-green, 1^-2 in. diam.:
ribs 5-^7, very broad and low: areoles ^>-%in. apart,
yellowish to gray: spines 3-5, radiating, the under one,
or seldom the upper one, the longest, IK in. long, stiff,
sharp, straight, dark honey-yellow, with brown tips,
becoming gray with age. Bolivia.
Var. lageniformis, K. Schum. (C. lagenifdrmis, Forst.).
Spines more numerous, somewhat longer.
19. azftreus, Farm. (C. Seidelii, Lehm.). St. upright,
tall, slender, columnar, branching from the base, in the
young, fresh bluish green, later dark green with gray,
glaucous covering, about 3-4 ft. high and about 1 in.
diam.: ribs 5-7, rounded, enlarged at the areole:
areoles about %-l ft. apart, elevated, large, abundantly
woolly when young: spines 8-18, nearly alike, about
J^-^in. long, stiff, slender, needle-form to bristle-like,
black; the 2^4 central ones somewhat longer: fls. 8-12
in. long, obliquely attached to the st., slightly curved,
white. Brazil.
20. csesius, Otto. Upright, columnar, branching at
the base, somewhat tapering above; in new growth,
beautiful light blue, pruinose; later, light green to
slightly bluish, about 1^ in. diam.: ribs 5-6, separated
by sharp grooves, about ^in. high, compressed, faintly
crenate, becoming depressed in older growth: areoles
about ^in. apart, small, yellow at first, later becoming
white and finally gray: radial spines 8-10, sometimes
more appear later; radiate, light amber-color, brown at
the base, the lower pair the longest, mostly about ^in.
long; centrals 4-7, like the radials but usually some-
what stronger, longer and darker; all the spines thin,
needle-form, flexible, sharp; later, light, horn-color,,
finally gray. S. Amer.(?).
724
CEREUS
CERINTHE
AAA. Sts. weak, clambering over rocks or other plants,
and without aerial roots.
21. Bpnplandii, Farm. Sts. at first upright, later
clambering over rocks and bushes, about 1-1% in.
diam., branching and spreading, in new growth com-
monly of a bluish or purplish green, later gray-green:
ribs 4-6, sharp, compressed, crenate, separated by
broad, concave faces; later the ribs become much de-
pressed, so that the st. is sometimes nearly cylindrical;
the ribs commonly run spirally around the axis of the
St.: areoles %-l% m- apart, at first considerably de-
pressed, later shallower, white, becoming gray: radial
spines 4-6 (later 1-4 more appear), straight, spreading,
the largest about %-l in., stout, subulate, pointed, the
under one needle-form and shorter; central solitary,
straight, stronger, Tin. long, deflexed or porrect; the
stronger spines are white, with tips and bases brown,
when young beautiful ruby-red, later all are gray, with
black tips and bulbous bases: fls. from the lateral areoles
about 10 in. long, white, nocturnal: fr. nearly spheri-
cal, about 2 in. diam., mammate, dark carmine-red.
Paraguay, Brazil, and Argentina.
22. tortudsus, Forbes (C. atropurpureus, Haage).
Sts. slender, weak, at first upright, but later reflexed,
reaching a length of 3-4 ft., and 1-1% in. diam.: ribs
commonly 7, sometimes but 5, rounded, low, separated
by regular serpentine grooves: areoles about 1 in. apart,
large: radial spines 5-8, about %~1 in. long; centrals
1-4, about %-lK in. long; all the spines slender, rigid,
red-brown when young, becoming ashy with age: fls.
from the previous year's growth, about 6 in. long, trum-
pet-shaped, tube olive-green and spiny, in the axils of
the reddish green scales; outer petals pale green, tinted
with brown; inner petals clear white: fr. spherical, bril-
liant red without and white within, mammate, bearing
a few spines on the summits of the lower mammas.
Argentina.
23. M&rtinii, Labour (C. monacdnthus, Hort.). At
first upright, later requiring a support; freely branching
from the base, branches long, reaching nearly 5 ft.,
%-l in. diam., slightly tapering, dark green: ribs 5-6,
separated by serpentine grooves, contracted between
the areoles; sometimes the ribs are not evident, when
the st. is cylindrical: areoles about 1-1% in. apart,
white: radial spines 5-7, reddish, short, bristle-form,
with bulbous bases or short conical, usually about ^gin.
long; central solitary, mostly deflexed, J^-l in. long
(in young growth, frequently not longer than the
radial), subulate, robust, light brown or white, with
bases and tips black: fls. from the older growth sts.,
8-9 in. long, clear white, nocturnal: fr. spherical (very
885. Cerinthe retorta. ( X 1A)
similar to C. tortuosus), pointed, dark carmine-red,
about 2 in. diam., mammate, a few spines on the mam-
mas, toward the base of the fr. Argentina. R.H. 1860,
pp. 658-9. — This species is commonly sold under the
name of C. platygonus.
24. Pitajaya, DC. (C. pernambucensis [fernambu-
censis], Lem. C. formbsus, Salm-Dyck. C. varidbilis,
Pfeiff.). By recent authorities referred to the genus
Acanthocereus. St. at first simple, later branching, in
young growth light green, turning grayish green with
age, pointed, jMr-1/4 in. diam.: ribs 3-5, commonly 4:
areoles about 1 in. apart, large, bearing a conspicuous
amount of curly hair, about %in. long, in new growth:
radial spines 5-7 and a solitary central one, uniform,
about %-% in. long, amber color to brown and finally
gray: fls. from the older growth, large, about 8 in. long,
slightly curved, white, nocturnal. Uruguay, Brazil,
Colombia. B.M. 4084. — C. grdndis, Haw., according
to Weber, is but a larger form of this species.
AAAA. Sts. more or less climbing by means of
aerial roots.
25. Martianus, Zucc. Of bushy growth, branching,
reaching a height of 3 ft. and more: branches slender,
provided here and there with aerial roots, cylindrical,
about Min. diam. : ribs commonly 8, straight, sepa-
rated by sharp grooves, very low: areoles ^-^in.
apart, small, white: radial spines 6-10, bristle-form,
spreading, clear honey-yellow, at base brownish, later
whitish and becoming gray, about J^in. long; centrals
3-4, similar, only somewhat stouter and darker: fls.
usually abundant, straight or slightly S-shaped, 4-5 in.
long, scarlet-red: fr. spherical, reddish green, covered
with bristles. S. Mex. B.M. 3768.
C. ventimtglia, Vaupel (Borzicactus ventimiglia, Riccob.). St.
slender, 8- or 9-ribbed: spines in clusters of 8-10, spreading: peri-
anth-tube elongated, opening into a large throat; petals red-violet:
fr. small, globular, bearing few bracts. This species apparently
does not belong to the true Cereus, and is probably much nearer
Cleistocactus, as suggested in the Kew Bulletin. It was described
from plants flowering in the Botanical Garden at Palermo, Italy,
and which are said to have come from Ecuador. Borzicactus is a
recently described genus, not yet intro. into American collections.
C. a/amoserms=Rathbunia alamosensis. — C. Baiimannii=
Cleistocactus Baumannii. — C. Berlandieri = Echinocereus. — C.
csespitdsus = Echinocereus. — C. candelabrum = Lemaireocereus
Weberi. — C. CTiotf«a=Escontria Chiotilla. — C. chlordnthus=Echi-
nocereus. — C. coccineMS=Echinocereus. — C. Cdc/iai=Myrtillocactus
Cochal. — C. conoWews=Echinocereus. — C. c<em»rfes=Echinocer-
eus. — C. cylindricus=Opuntia,. — C. dasyacdnthus = Echino-
cereus.— C. Donkelxri=Se\eniceTeus Donkelaerii. — C. diibius=
Echinocereus. — C. Z)jiTOor/ien=Lemaireocereus Dumortieri. — C.
e6wrneus=Lemaireocereus griseus. — C. ^mor2/i=Bergerocactus
Emoryi. — C. £ngelmanii='EchmoccTcus. — C. enneacdnthus = Ech-
inocereus.— C. eruca=Lemaireocereus eruca. — C. extensus=Hylo-
cereus extensus. — C. Fendleri=Eclunocere\is. — C. flagdlifdrmis—
Aporocactus flagelliformis. — C. geometrizans = Myrtillocactus
geometrizans. — C. giganteus=Ca,Tnegiea, gigantea. — C. gonacdnthus
=Echinocereus. — C. grandifldrus=Se\emcereus grandiflorus. —
C. Grep(/u=Peniocereus Greggii. — C. 0wmmdsus=Lemaireocereus
gummosus. — C. hamatus=SeleniceTeus hamatus. — C. inerm\a=
Selenicereus inermis. — C. longisetus=EchinoceTeu9. — C. Mdl-
lisonii is a hybrid. — C. AfacZ)onaWia?=Selenicereus MacDonaldise.
— C. 7nar0i?io/us=Pachycereus marginatus. — C. Mdynardii=
Selenicereus. — C. mexicdnus is probably a hybrid. — C. mojavensis
=Echinocereus.- — C. 7iapoZedms=Hylocereus napoleonis. — C.
JV£cfceJsu=Cephalocereus. — C. nyctlcalus=SeleniceTeua nycticalus.
— C. paurfspmus=Echinoeereus. — C. pech'nd/us=Echinocereus.
— C. phceniceus = Echinocereus. — C. prtnceps = Acanthocereus
pentagonus. — C. procum6ens=Echinocereus. — C. queretarensis
=Pachycereus queretarensis. — C. fle0eZu=Selenicereus hybrid.
— C. repdndus = Harrisia gracilis. — C. .Rep«eri=Echinocereus.
— C. Scheeri = Echinocereus. — C. stnilis = Cephalocereus. — C.
serpen£inus=Nyctocereus serpentinus. — C. specids«s=HeIiocereus.
speciosus. — C. spt'rcwWsws=Selenieereus spinulosus. — C. stellatus
=Lemaireocereus stellatus. — C. s/raTOi«eus=Echinocereus. — C.
Thiirberi = Lemaireocereus Thurberi. — C. triangularis = Hylo-
cereus tricostatus. — C. tuberdsus = Wilcoxia. — C. viridifldrus.=
Echinocereus. j ^ RoSE.f
CERINTHE (Greek, keros, wax; anthos, flower: the
ancients thought that the bees visited the flowers for
wax). Boragindceas. Annual or perennial herbs from
Europe and Asia Minor, with alternate glaucous
leaves and showy purple bracts.
Calyx deeply divided, the tubular corolla with 5 very
small reflexed lobes, usually differently colored from
XXV. Celery. — The cultivation under field conditions, at the hilling-up or banking stage.
CERINTHE
CEROPTERIS
725
the tube. — About 6 species. The best species is C.
retorta, which has a unique appearance in the garden,
and is strongly recommended for more general cult.
It is a hardy annual of easy cult.
retorta, Sibth. & Smith. MONEYWORT. Fig. 885.
Height 1 l/2-2 ft. : Ivs. glaucous, often spotted white or
red; lower Ivs. obovate-spatulate; upper Ivs. amplexi-
caul, with 2 round ears, on the flowering branches gradu-
ally becoming smaller and closer together until they
pass into purple bracts, which form the chief attractive
feature of the plant: fls. when full-blown protruded
beyond the bracts; corolla tubular-club-shaped, yellow,
tipped purple, with 5 small, spreading teeth: frs. smooth
but not shining. Greece. B.M. 5264. Gn. 41:212.
For a garden review of the other honeyworts, see
Gn. 41, p. 212.
C. major, Linn. A showy annual 6-15 in. high: Ivs. clasping the
St., very rough and ciliate: fls. with showy bracts; the corolla yellow
below, purplish at the top: fr. smooth, shining and brown-spotted.
Medit. region. B.M. 333. WlLHELM MlLLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
CEROPEGIA (Greek, wax and fountain, the flowers
having a waxy look). Asclepiadacese. Greenhouse
vines of Africa and Asia.
Stems fleshy, erect and twining among the other
plants in nature, or pendulous: Ivs. opposite, sometimes
in the S. African species wanting: fls. medium-sized, the
corolla more or less inflated at the base, straight or
curved; corona something as in our common milk-
weeds, double. — A genus of 100 species, a dozen of
which are known in Old World collections but only the
following in Amer. Many of them have tuberous roots,
and need a season of rest and dryness. May be grown
in a compost of loam, leaf-mold or peat, and sand.
Temperate house is the best for the two following.
Prop, by cuttings in spring over bottom heat. Odd and
handsome.
Wo6dii, Schlecht. With many slender prostrate or
trailing sts.: Ivs. fleshy, about \% in. long, almost
rotund: fls. in pairs, axillary on stalks, 3-7 in. long;
corolla slightly curved, about %'m. long, pink or with
dark lines below, the upper part sometimes purplish.
Natal. G.C. III. 22:357; 37:244 (desc.). B.M. 7704.
Sandersonii, Decne. St. twining, fleshy and thick:
Ivs. about 1% in. long, ovate-lanceolate: fls. cymose, 3-4
at a node, the greenish white corolla about lJ^-2 in.
long, curved and with an obvious inflation at the base.
Natal. B.M. 5792. G.C. 111.40:383. R.H. 1901, p.
111.
C. barbertonensis, N. E. Br. Lvs. somewhat variegated with pale
green along the veins: fls. similar to C. Woodii. Transvaal. — C.
Brdwnii, Ledger. Corolla-tube pale green with dark blotches; lobes
greenish witha'zoneof white and dark purple in the middle. Uganda.
— C. discreta, N. E. Br. Tuberous: tube whitish, dark-veined; lobes
pale yellow at base, purple-green at apex. Madras. — C. fusca,C. Bolle.
Many succulent sts.: corolla dull reddish brown: coronna light yel-
low. Canary Isls. B.M. 8066.— C. gemmffera, K. Schum. A tall
climbing species: fls. solitary. W. Trop. Afr. — C. Lugdrdx, N.E.Br.
Lvs. thin, 1-2 in. long: tube 1 in. long, abruptly curved immediately
above inflated base, dilated at apex into funnel-shaped mouth.
Bechuanaland. G.C. III. 30:302 (desc.).— C. Rendallii, N.E. Br. A
small species with fl. having an umbrella-like canopy surmounting
the corolla: twining. Transvaal. — C. slmilis, N.E. Br. In cult, as
C. Thwaitesii. Corolla-lobes white or pale green at base, ciliate.
G.C. III. 40:384. C. Thorncroftii, N. Br. Sts. twining: cymes
axillary, many-fld.; corolla white, with purple blotches. Trans-
vaal. B.M. 8458. N> TAYLOR>
CEROPTERIS (Greek, wax fern). Polypodiacese. Hot-
house ferns of rather small size, interesting for the
powdery covering on the leaves.
A rather small group somewhat related to Pteris,
characterized most conspicuously by having the under
surface of the Ivs. covered with a colored powder, often
silver, white or bright yellow (so-called silver and
gold ferns). The sporangia are borne in indefinite
lines and are unprotected by any indusium. The spe-
ies of Ceropteris have in the past been classified under
the generic name Gymnogramma, but fern students
are now generally agreed in separating it as a distinct
genus.
INDEX.
argentea, 4.
argyrophylla, 7.
calomelanos, 6.
chrysophylla, 2, 6.
decomposita, 5.
gigantea, 2.
Laucheana, 2.
magnified, 6.
peruviana, 7.
pulchella, 9.
sulphurea, 3.
tartarea, 8.
triangularis, 1.
viscosa, 1.
Wettenhal liana,
886. Ceropteris triangularis.
A. Powder commonly yellow: Ivs. about as broad as long.
1. triangularis, Underw. (Gymnogrdmma triangula-
ris, Kaulf.). Fig. 886. Lf. -blades 2-5 in. wide and
long, on stalks 6-12 in. long,
dark green above, below deep
golden yellow, or occasion-
ally white; lower pinnae much
larger than the others, del-
toid; the upper lanceolate.
Calif, to Brit. Col. Gn. 48,
p. 444. — A white - powdered
variety with a viscous upper
surface and coarser cuttings
(var. viscdsa, D. C. Eaton)
is found in S. Calif.
AA. Powder yellow: Ivs. lanceo-
late, several times as long
as broad.
B. Lvs. scarcely more than
bipinnate.
2. chrysophylla, Link
(Gymnogrdmma chrysophylla,
Kaulf.). Lvs. 12-18 in. long,
with blackish stalks and
rachises, the segms. slightly
pinnatifid at the base: powder golden yellow. W.
Indies to Brazil. R.H. 1856:201. G.C. III. 23:373 —
Often considered a var. of C. calomelanos. Var.
Laucheana (Gymnogrdmma Laucheana, Hort.), has tri-
angular Ivs. except in its sub-variety gigantea. Gn. 48,
p. 437.
BB. Li's, tripinnatifid to quadripinnate.
3. sulphurea, Fee (Gymnogrdmma sulphurea, Desv.).
Lf.-blades 6-12 in. long on chestnut-brown stalks, the
pinnae long, tapering, less than 1^ in. wide at base, the
pinnules compact, with 3-7 divisions: powder sulfur-
yellow. W. Indies.
4. argentea, Kuhn (Gymnogrdmma aiirea, Desv.).
Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 7-10 in. wide, deltoid; pinnae del-
toid, 2-3 in. wide at base, the ultimate divisions cu-
neate. Madagascar. — By some this is referred to Gym-
nogrdmma argentea, Mett., a similar fern with white
powder.
5. decomposita, Baker (known only under the
name Gymnogrdmma decompdsita, belongs in Cerop-
teris). Lvs. l^ft. long, 1 ft. broad, deltoid, quadripin-
nate or even 5-pinnate; pinnae close, lanceolate, with
the ultimate divisions linear and 1 -nerved: powder
rather scanty. Andes. F.R. 2:25. G.C. III. 11:365.
F. 1874, p. 148.
AAA. Powder white: Ivs. lanceolate.
B. Segms. acute.
6. calomelanos, Underw. (Gymnogrdmma calomela-
nos, Kaulf.). Fig. 887. Stalks and rachises nearly
black: Ivs. 1-3 ft. long, with lanceolate pinnae; segms.
often with a large lobe-like auricle at the upper side of
the base. W. Indies to Brazil. A.G. 14:303.— The
most variable species of the genus. C. magnifica, Hort.,
is probably one of the many garden varieties. Var.
chrysophylla, is here considered a distinct species. (See
No. 2.)
BB. Segms. obtuse, rounded.
7. peruviana, Link (Gymnogrdmma peruviana,
Desv.). Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-5 in. wide, with dark
726
CEROPTERIS
OESTRUM
887. Ceropteris calomelanos.
chestnut-brown stalks; pinnae somewhat regularly
pinnatifid on both sides below. Mex. to Peru. By
some considered a var. of G. calomelanos. Var. argyro-
phylla (G. argyrophylla, Hort.) is silvery on both sides.
8. tartarea,
Link (Gymno-
grdmma tatarica,
Desv. G. tatarica,
Hort.). Lvs. 9-18
in. long, 2-5 in.
broad, with closely
set pinnae, taper-
ing gradually to
a point; pinnules
scarcely divided
or cut, mostly
merely crenate.
Trop. Amer. from
Mex. southward.
BBB. Segms. fan-
shaped or wedge-
shaped.
9. pulchella,
Link (known
only under the
generic name,
Gymnogramma;
belongs in Cerop-
teris). Lvs. 6-12
in. long, 4 in. wide, the lower pinnae much the largest;
pinnules imbricated; texture rather thin. Venezuela.
Var. Wettenhalliana, Moore (G. Wettenhallidna,
Hort.), is a garden variety, with pale sulfur-yellow
powder. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
CEROXYLON (Greek, wax and wood, i.e., wax-tree).
Palmacese. WAX-PALM. Tall palms with ringed stems
and pinnate leaves.
Spineless, the trunk covered with wax: Ivs. clustered
at the top, 15-20 ft. long when full grown, equally
pinnate; pinnae long, rigid, sword-shaped, bases re-
curved and tips pointed, dark green above and glau-
cous beneath, the petiole very short and sheathed: fls.
mostly unisexual, on spikes nearly or quite covered by
the simple spathe; fl. -parts 3; stamens 9-15: seed as
large as a hazel-nut, round, bony, inclosed in a soft or
crumbling integument. — Perhaps 4 or 5 species in the
Andes of Colombia and Ecuador.
andicolum, HBK. (Iridrtea andicola, Spreng. I.
Klopstdckia, Hort. Klopstdckia cerifera, Karst.
Beethovenia cerifera, Engl.). The celebrated wax-palm
of the Andes, and a good greenhouse subject: said to
reach nearly 200 ft. : trunk slender, swollen at the mid-
dle: Ivs. 6-8 in., the crown, the under sides silvery-
scurfy. — The waxy covering of the trunk gives it a
marble-like and columnar appearance. The wax, used
as an ingredient in the making of candles, is an article
of commerce. It is said that Diplothemium caudescens
(Ceroxylon niveum, Hort.) is sometimes sold for the
wax-palm by plant dealers. C. femigineum, Regel, is
probably referable to Iriartea. It appears not to be
in the trade. C. andicolum is a free grower under cult.,
and is a very ornamental subject. It thrives in a
warm moist house, and the seeds also germinate well
under similar conditions. L H B
CESPEDESIA (named in honor of Juan Maria
Cespedes, priest of Bogota). Ochnacese. Tall handsome
glabrous trees, sometimes grown in the juvenile state
in hothouses.
Leaves alternate, large, coriaceous, mostly obovate
to lanceolate and narrowed at base, entire, or crenate:
fls. yellow, showy, in large terminal bractless panicles;
sepals 5, small and deciduous; petals 5; stamens 10 to
many: fr. a 5-valved caps.; seeds very small. — Species
probably 6-10, in S. Amer. and Panama.
discolor, Bull. Lvs. large, lanceolate, drooping, hand-
somely colored on young growths in bright brown or
tan tinted with rose and veined with yellow. Gn. W.
20:618. — A comparatively recent intro. to cult, in
England. L. H. B.
CESTRUM (old Greek name). Incl., Habrothdmnus.
Solanacese. Greenhouse shrubs (or low trees) some
of them with a climbing habit, and grown in the open
in southern California and elsewhere South.
Leaves alternate and entire, usually rather narrow:
fls. tubular, in axillary or terminal cymes, red, yellow,
greenish or white, often very fragrant; corolla salver-
shaped or somewhat trumpet-shaped, the long tube
often enlarged at the throat, 5-lobed, exceeding the
bell-shaped or tubular 5-toothed calyx; stamens mostly
5, all perfect, attached in the tube: fr. a scarcely
succulent mostly reddish or blackish berry, derived from
a 2-celled stipitate ovary and seeds few or reduced to
1. — Probably 150 species, in Trop. and Subtrop. Amer.
They are much grown in warm countries, where they
bloom continuously. For a monograph of the West
Indian species (about 20) see O. E. Schulz, in Urban,
Symbols, Antillanae, vi, p. 249-279 (1909-1910).
Cestrums are among the most useful of bright-
flowering shrubby greenhouse plants, and they may
be grown either as pot-plants, or planted against the
back wall or supports of a greenhouse, where, if given
a light position, they will produce an abundance of
flowers from January to April. The Mexican species
will do well in a winter temperature of 45° to 50°, but
the species from Central America require stove tem-
perature. They are propagated by cuttings taken in
February or early in March and inserted in sand in a
warm temperature, keeping them somewhat close until
rooted, when they should be potted in a light soil, after
which they may be grown in pots, shifting on as often
as required, or planted out in the open ground toward
the end of May in a sunny position, where, if kept
pinched back to induce a bushy growth and attention
is paid to watering, they will make fine plants by the
first of September. They should then be lifted and pot-
ted in a light rich soil and kept close and shaded for a
few days, and then transferred to their winter quarters.
After flowering, the plants should be given a rest for
a month or six weeks, gradually reducing the supply
of water to induce the leaves and wood to ripen, after
which they should be cut well back, the old soil shaken
888. Cestrum elegans. ( X 1A)
off, and the roots trimmed back, and then either
potted again or planted out for the summer. While
in the greenhouse, oestrums are very subject to the
attacks of insects, especially the mealy-bug. (E. J.
Canning.)
A. Fls. red.
elegans, Schlecht. (Habrothdmnus elegans, Brongn.).
Fig. 888. Tall and slender, half-climbing, the branches
pubescent: Ivs. ovate, lanceolate, long-acuminate, of
medium size, pubescent beneath: fls. red-purple, swollen
OESTRUM
CILENOMELES
727
near the top of the tube, in loose clusters which nod at
the ends of the branches, the lobes ciliate. Mex. F.S.
2:82. — One of the old-fashioned greenhouse shrubs,
blooming almost continuously. There is a form with
variegated Ivs. Var. Smithii (C. Smithii, Hort. Bull.)
has beautiful blush-rose fls., profusely produced through
summer and autumn. Gn. 62, p. 242, desc.
fasciculatum, Miers. Spring bloomer, with larger fls.
than those of C. elegans, and more compact, nearly
globular fl.-clusters, the cluster subtended by small Ivs.
as if an involucre: Ivs. ovate. Mex. B.M. 4183 (and
probably the C. elegans, B.M. 5659.).
Newelli, Nichols. (H. Newelli, Veitch). Fls. bright
crimson, larger and more brilliant than those of C. ele-
gans and C. fasciculatum. Gn. 34:106. — A free-grow-
ing plant, originating from seed by Mr. Newell, Down-
ham Market, England. Evidently an offshoot of one
of the preceding species.
AA. Fls. orange or yellow.
aurantiacum, Lindl. Of half-climbing habit: Ivs.
oval to ovate, more or less undulate: fls. sessile in a
panicle, orange-yellow. Guatemala. R.H. 1858, p.
238.
Pseudo-Quina, Mart. Glabrous: Ivs. membrana-
ceous, ovate, obtusish or acute, narrowed at base:
peduncles articulated at apex, axillary or in congested
4-8-fld. terminal racemes; corolla slender with acute
lobes, much longer than the toothed calyx. Brazil. —
Said to have marked medicinal qualities. Differs from
C. Parqui in having glabrous filaments and pedicillate
fls.
AAA. Fls. white, greenish, or cream-yellow.
Parqui, L'Her. Shrub, half-hardy, nearly glabrous:
Ivs. lanceolate to oblong, petioled, short, acuminate:
fls. sessile, long, tubular, with a wide-spreading limb,
in an open panicle, greenish yellow, very fragrant at
night. Chile. B.M. 1770. Adventive in Fla.
diurnum, Linn. Quick-growing evergreen shrub,
minutely pubescent or glabrous: lys. oblong and short-
acute, thickish and glabrous, shining above: fls. white,
very sweet-scented by day, in axillary long-peduncled
spikes; corolla-lobes roundish and reflexed: berry nearly
globular; filaments erect and not denticulate. W. Indies.
nocturnum, Linn. NIGHT-BLOOMING JESSAMINE.
Shrub, 4-12 ft.: branches brownish, very slender or
flexuose, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. thinner, ovate or
elliptic, prominently acuminate: fls. creamy-yellow,
very fragrant by night; corolla-lobes ovate and blunt:
berry ovoid-oblong; filamants denticulate. W. Indies.
pubens, Griseb. Sts. and Ivs. woolly-pubescent: fls.
greenish, much like those of C. nocturnum and also
fragrant at night. Argentina.
Iaurif61ium, L'Her. Glabrous shrub: Ivs. ovate to
oblong, glossy, thick: fls. greenish yellow and changing
color (sometimes described under cult as pure white),
in erect heads, slightly fragrant; corolla-tube club-
shaped, tapering gradually; corolla-lobes ovate-round-
ish and blunt; filaments toothed: berry ovoid. W. Indies,
S. Amer. — Much planted in S. Calif. L jj g
CIL35NACTIS (Greek, gaping ray: the marginal
corollas often ray-like). Composite. West American
low herbs or undershrubs sometimes planted in the
open for ornament.
Leaves alternate and mostly dissected: fls. yellow,
white or flesh-colored on solitary peduncles or in loose
cymes; florets of one kind, but the marginal ones with
a more or less enlarged limb; involucre campanulate;
receptacle flat and generally naked: pappus of toothed
or entire scales (wanting in one species). — About 20
species, of which 3 have been intro. as border plants;
but they are little known to gardeners. Of easy cult.
Prop, by seeds or division.
A. Pappus of entire or nearly entire persistent scales.
tenuifolia, Nutt. Small, tufted annual, white-pubes-
cent when young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous:
1 ft.: Ivs. once or twice pinnately parted, the lobes
linear or filiform: heads ^in. high, lemon-yellow.
S. Calif.
Doiiglasii, Hook. & Arn. Perennial, 3-15 in. high,
usually white-woolly when young: Ivs. broad, bipin-
nately parted into short and crowded, obtuse lobes:
heads */£-Mm. high, white or whitish, usually in
crowded, cymose clusters. Mont, south and west. —
Variable. Var. achilleaefolia, A. Nelson, is often sold
for the type. It has more finely divided Ivs.
AA. Pappus of fimbriate and deciduous scales, or even
wanting.
artemisiaefdlia, Gray. Tufted annual, 1-2 ft., rusty
pubescent and somewhat sticky on the under side of
the Ivs., glandular hairy above: Ivs. twice or thrice
pinnately parted into short-linear or oblong lobes:
heads 3^in. high, the involucre viscid, the florets white
or cream-color. S. Calif. jj> TAYLOR.!
CH5SNOMELES (Greek chainein, to gape, to split,
and melea, apple: the fruit was supposed by Thunberg
to split into five valves). Rosdcex, subfamily Pomex.
Woody plants, grown chiefly for their handsome
brightly colored flowers appearing early in spring;
formerly commonly included in Cydonia.
Shrubs or small trees, sometimes spiny: Ivs. sub-
persistent or deciduous, alternate, short-petioled, ser-
rate: fls. solitary or fascicled, before or after the Ivs.,
sometimes partly staminate; calyx-lobes entire or ser-
rate; petals 5; stamens numerous; styles 5, connate at
the base: fr. 5-celled, each cell with many seeds. — Four
species in China and Japan. See page 3567.
These are ornamental plants, nearly hardy North
except C. sinensis, which can be grown only South. C.
japonica and C. Maulei, with handsome glossy foliage
and abundant flowers in early spring, varying in all
shades from pure white to deep scarlet, are highly
decorative, and especially adapted for borders of
shrubberies and for low ornamental hedges. The fruit
of all species can be made into conserves. They thrive
in almost any soil, but require sunny position to bloom
abundantly. Propagated by seeds, usually stratified
and sown in spring; also readily increased by root-
cuttings made in fall or early spring, and rarer kinds
or less vigorous-growing varieties are grafted in the
greenhouse in early spring, on stock of the Japanese
or common quince; they grow also from cuttings of
half-ripened or nearly mature wood, under glass, and
from layers.
A. Fls. solitary, with reflexed serrate calyx-lobes, with or
after the Ivs.: stipules small. (Pseudocydonia.)
sinensis, Koehne (Pyrus sinensis, Poir. Cydonia
sinensis, Thouin. Pseudocyddnia sinensis, Schneid.).
Shrub or small tree: Ivs. elliptic-ovate or elliptic-oblong,
acute at both ends, sharply and finely serrate, villous
beneath when young, 2-3 in. long: fls. light pink, about
\]/z in. across: fr. dark yellow, oblong, 4-6 in. long.
May. China. B.R. 11:905. R.H. 1889:228. A.G.
12:16. B.M. 7988. — The Ivs. assume a scarlet fall
coloring. Not hardy north of Philadelphia, except in
favored localities. See also Quince.
AA. Fls. in leafless clusters, nearly sessile, before or with
the Ivs.; calyx-lobes erect, entire: stipules large.
(Chsenomeles proper.)
B. Lvs. lanceolate or narrow-lanceolate, pubescent beneath
while young.
cathayensis, Schneid. (Pyrus cathayensis, Hemsl.
Cydonia cathayensis, Hemsl.). Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs.
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, finely and
sharply serrate, 2^-4^ in. long and Yr-^A in- broad;
728
CH^NOMELES
petioles about J^in. long: fls. in clusters, red, \*A m.
across; styles pubescent at the base; petals distinctly
clawed' fr. oblong-ovoid, 6-7 in. long, with a cavity at
each end. Cent. China. H.I. 27:2657, 2658.— Closely
related to the following species, but Ivs. much narrower;
less hardy.
BB. Lvs. elliptic-oblong to obovate, glabrous.
jap6nica, Lindl. (Pyrus japdnica, Thunb. Cydbnia
japdnica, Pers. Chsenomeles lagenaria, Koidzumi).
JAPAN QUINCE. JAPONICA. Fig. 889. Shrub, 3-6 ft.,
with spreading, spiny branches: Ivs. ovate or oblong,
acute, sharply serrate, glabrous, glossy above, 1K~3 in.
long: fls. in 2-6-fld. clusters, scarlet-red in the type,
\Yz-1 in. across: fr. globular or ovoid, 1^-2 in. high,
yellowish green. March, April. China, Japan. R.B.
1:260. L.B.C. 16:1594. Gn. 33, p. 491; 40:126; 50,
p. 106 (frs.); 71, p. 262 (habit). G.C. III. 34:434. B.H.
1:260 (frs.). R.H. 1876: 330 (fr.). G.M. 35,suppl. Nov.
12. V. 4:38. — Many garden forms in all shades from
white to deep scarlet, and also with double fls. Some
of the best are the following: Var. alba, Lodd. Fls.
white, blushed. L.B.C. 6:541. Var. albo-cincta,
889. Chaenomeles japonica, the Japan or flowering quince.
Van Houtte. Fls. white with pink margin. F.S. 14 : 1403.
Var. albo-rdsea, Spaeth. Fls. white, partly pink.
G.W. 7:113. Var. atrosanguinea plena, Hort. Fls.
deep scarlet, semi-double. Var. Baltzii, Spaeth. Fls.
beautiful rosy pink, very floriferous. G.W. 7 : 113. Var.
Candida, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. cardinalis, Carr.
Fls. large, deep scarlet. R.H. 1872:330, f. 1. Var.
eburnea, Carr. Fls. pure white, rather small. R.H.
1872:330, f. 4. Var. Gaujardii, Lem. Fls. salmon-
orange. I.H. 7:260. Var. grandifldra, Rehd. (C. alba
grandiflbra, Carr.). Fls. nearly white, large. R. H.
1876:410. Gn. 13:144. Var. Mallardii, Carr. Fls.
rose, bordered white. R.H. 1872:330, p. 2. I.H. 4:135.
G.Z. 1:208. Var. Moerlodsei, Versch. Fls. white,
striped pink. I.H. 3:107. F.S. 5:510. Var. Papeleui,
Lem. Fls. yellow, bordered pink. I.H. 7:260. Var.
pendula, Temple & Beard, with slender, pendulous
branches. Var. rdsea plena, Hort. Fls. rose, semi-
double. Var. rubra grandifldra, Hort. Fls. large,
deep crimson. Var. sanguinea plena, Hort. Fls.
scarlet, double. Var. ser6tina, Andre". Fls. in stalked
leafy clusters in autumn. R.H. 1894, pp. 424, 425;
1903, p. 20. Var. Simonii, Andre. Fls. dark crimson,
semi-double: low and upright. G.W. 7:113. Var.
sulphur ea, Hort. (var. sulphur ea perfccta, Van Houtte).
Fls. yellowish. Var. umbilicata, Sieb. & De Vries.
With rose-red fls., and large frs. umbilicate at the
apex. F.S. 5:510.
CH^TOSPERMUM
Maulei, Schneid. (Pyrus Maulei, Mast. Cydbnia
Maulei, Moore. C. alpina, Koehne). Low shrub, 1-3 ft.:
branches spiny, with short, rough tomentum when young:
Ivs. roundish oval to obovate, obtuse or acute, coarsely
crenate-serrate, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: fls. bright orange-
scarlet, 1-1 Yi in. across: fr. yellow, nearly globular,
about 1J^ in. across. March, April. Japan. B.M.
6780. G.C. II. 1:757 and 2:741; 111.34:435. Gn.
13:390; 33, p. 490; 50, p. 106; 55, p. 354. F. 1875:49.
R.H. 1875:195. F.M. 1875:161. H.B. 26:241. — A
very desirable hardy shrub, with abundant fls. of a
peculiar shade of red. Var. alpina, Schneid. (C. japonica
var. alpina, Maxim. Cydbnia Sdrgenlii, Lemoine).
Dwarf spiny shrub, with procumbent sts. and ascend-
ing branches: lys. roundish oval, ^-1 in. long: flower-
ing and fruiting profusely. R.H. 1911:204. Var.
superba, Hort. Fls. deeper red. Var. tricolor Hort.
Dwarf shrub, with pink and white variegated Ivs. —
By some botanists this species is considered to be the
typical C. japonica, and the preceding species is called
C. lagenaria. ALFRED REHDER.
CHJENOSTOMA (gaping mouth, in allusion to the
shape of the corolla). Scrophulariacex. African herbs
or sub-shrubs sometimes planted in greenhouses, or in
the open in mild climates.
Leaves simple, mostly opposite: fls. axillary or ter-
minal-racemose, showy; stamens attached to the throat
of the corolla, more or less exserted; style filiform and
club-shaped, and obtuse at the apex; corolla tubular,
swollen in the throat, with a 5-lobed spreading limb:
fr. a caps, with numerous seeds. — Recent authorities
combine this genus with Sutera, which, in the enlarged
sense, comprises more than 190 species in Afr. and the
Canary Isls. Chsenostoma, as separately limited, has
25-30 S. African plants with white, yellow or reddish
fls. axillary or in terminal racemes. Ivs. usually oppo-
site, mostly dentate, 4 didynamous stamens which are
exserted rather than included as in typical Sutera and
the top of the style club-shaped and stigma obtuse
rather than 2-lobed.
hispidum, Benth. (Sutera brachidta, Roth). Small
perennial, sometimes an under-shrub, with opposite,
oval or oblong, toothed Ivs., and blush-white or rosy
white star-like fls. Y^va.. across, in dense clusters. S.
Afr. J. H. III. 33:636. — An old and deserving green-
house or pot-plant, but rarely seen at present. It
blooms almost continuously, the fls. sometimes hiding
the foliage. Prop, by seeds or cuttings, either in fall or
spring. Begins to bloom when 4-6 in. high. To be
recommended for windows, and for summer vases. It
has been listed as Schcenostoma hispidum. In S. Calif.,
it is a half-hardy dwarf shrub (12 to 20 in. high and
withstanding 4-6 degrees of frost), recommended for
edgings. N. TAYLOR.f
CHjEROPH^LLUM (Greek-made name, referring
to the agreeably scented foliage). Umbelliferse.
Scented herbs, annual, biennial or perennial, glabrous
or hirsute, often tuberous-rooted, of 30-40 species in
the northern hemisphere, one of which is cult. Lvs.
pinnately or ternately decompound, the segms. also
toothed or cut: fls. small, white, in a compound many-
rayed umbel; calyx-teeth 0: carpels with 5 more or less
apparent ribs, the beak 0 or much shorter than the
body. C. bulbdsum, Linn., of Cent. Eu. and the Cau-
casus, biennial, is the turnip-rooted chervil. (See Cher-
vil.) St. hairy, at least below, 3-5 ft. tall, branching,
swollen below the joints, the root tuberous (and edi-
ble) : Ivs. much compound, the ultimate divisions very
narrow. L. H. B.
CK/ETOSPERMUM (from Greek, hair and seed).
Limonia § Chastospermum., Roemer. Rutaceae, tribe
Citrese. A small spiny tree, proposed as a stock for
citrus fruits.
CELETOSPERMUM
CHAM^CERASUS
729
Chsetospermum bears hard-shelled frs. : Ivs. persist-
ent, trifoliate: fls. pentamerous with 10 free stamens;
ovary 8-10-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell;
cells filled with spongy vesicular tissue; seeds hairy,
the cotyledons aerial in germination: first foliage Ivs.
opposite. — Only one species is known.
glutindsa, Swingle (Limonia glutinosa, Blanco.
jEgle decdndra, .Naves. ^Egle glutindsa, Merrill). TABOG.
Fig. 890. Petioles margined; lateral Ifts. small, sessile,
scarcely one-third as long as the terminal one; spines
slender, straight, sharp, axillary usually in pairs in the
axils of the Ivs.: fls. rather large, occurring singly, or
in few-fld. clusters on long slender pedicels in the axils
of the Ivs.: fr. oblong, 2-3 x l^j in. with a thick
leathery rind longitudinally ribbed, 8-10-celled; it con-
tains numerous flattened hairy seeds, % to Ain. im-
mersed in a watery tissue. Native to the Isl. of Luzon,
Philippine Archipelago. 111. Blanco., Fl. Filip. ed. Ill,
pi. 124. Vidal y Soler, Sinop. de fam. Fil. pi. 25. Bull.
Soc. Bot. Fr. 58, Mem. 8d. pi. 5.— The tabog is a
rapid-growing tree when young, and in a warm green-
house shows a vigorous root-growth. This species is
being tested as a stock for use in commercial citriculture.
Experiments have shown that oranges, lemons, grape-
fruits and kumquats grow well when budded or grafted
.on young tabog plants. WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CHALCAS (from Greek for copper, as the wood has
a copper-colored grain). Murrsea of Koenig. Rutdcese.
Small spineless trees or shrubs, suggested as a stock for
citrus fruits.
Leaves pinnate, alternate: fls. large, 4-5-merous,
solitary or in terminal or axillary cymes; ovary 1-5-
celled, with 1 to several ovules : seeds white, woolly or
glabrous, cotyledons aerial in germination: first foliage
Ivs. opposite.
exotica, Millsp. (Murrsea exotica, Linn.). ORANGE
JESSAMINE. A small tree with pale bark, twigs and
petioles usually puberulous: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. usually
5-9, ovate, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, often
emarginate, dark green above, paler below: fls. fra-
grant, campanulate, 5-parted; petals white; stamens
10, free; ovary 2-celled, style deciduous : fr. subglobpse,
f-J^in. long, pointed, red. 111. Beddome, Outlines
Bot., pi. vii., Wight, Ic., pi. Ind. I, pi. 96. — The orange
jessamine is commonly grown in greenhouses on ac-
count of its abundant and very fragrant fls. These are
often to be seen along with the mature red fr., which
makes a striking contrast with the panicles of white fls.
and delicate foliage. The root-growth of this species
is remarkably vigorous under greenhouse conditions.
Lemons can be budded on it and make a rapid growth.
It is being tested as a stock for the common citrus
fruits in situations in which a vigorous root-system
is desired. WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CHAMJEBATIA (Greek, dwarf, and bramble, allud-
ing to its bramble-like flowers). Rosacese. A woody
plant, grown for its handsome white flowers and for the
finely divided aromatic foliage.
Low shrub, clothed with glandular pubescence: Ivs.
alternate, stipulate, tripinnatifid, persistent: fls. in
terminal corymbs, white; calyx- tube broadly campanu-
late; petals 5; stamens numerous; pistil solitary, with
short style and decurrent stigma: fr. a small achene
inclosed by the persistent calyx. — One species in Calif.
Ornamental shrub of agreeable aromatic odor, with
graceful foliage and showy white fls. in June and
July. It can be grown only in warmer temperate
regions, and thrives best in sandy well-drained soil
and sunny position. Prop, by seeds sown in spring and
by greenwood cuttings under glass.
folioldsa, Benth. Two to 3 ft.: Ivs. nearly sessile,
oval or ovate-oblong, closely tripinnately dissected,
1K-2H in. long: fls. white, %in. wide, in 4-8-fld.
corymbs. B.M. 5171. G. 29:29. B.H. 10, p. 295,
H.F. 1861:9. Gn. 3, p. 27. ALFRED REHDER.
CHAM^BATIARIA (in allusion to the similarity
of this plant to Chamsebatia) . Rosacese. Shrub grown
for its handsome white flowers and the finely divided
foliage; allied to the spireas.
Deciduous, with glandular aromatic pubescence:
Ivs. alternate, bipinnate, with numerous minute segms.;
stipules lanceolate, entire: fls. in terminal panicles;
calyx turbinate, with 5 erect lobes; petals 5, suborbicu-
lar; stamens about 60: carpels 5, connate along the
ventral suture, at maturity dehiscent into 2 valves:
seeds few, terete, with a simple testa. — One species in
W. N. Amer. Very similar in general appearance to
Chamaebatia, but easily distinguished by the bipin-
nate Ivs. and the large dense panicles, and very differ-
ent in its floral structure. An upright aromatic shrub
with finely cut foliage and white fls. in large terminal
890. Chaetospermum
glutinosa. ( X Yd
panicles; one of the first shrubs to burst into leaf. It is
hardy as far north as Mass., but, like other plants from
the same region, it dislikes an excess of moisture,
Earticularly during the winter, and is likely to be killed
y it. It prefers' a sunny position and a well-drained
soil, and likes limestone, but grows nearly as well
without; it is not a plant for dense shrubberies.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood taken
with a heel in August with slight bottom heat; usu-
ally by seeds sown in spring, and treated like those of
spirea.
Millefdlium, Maxim. (Spiraea Millefdlium, Torr.
Sorbaria Millefdlium, Focke). Shrub, to 3 ft., glandu-
lar-pubescent: Ivs. bipinnate, short-stalked, ovate-
oblong to linear-oblong in outline, 2-3 in. long, primary
segms. linear, deeply pinnatifid, with closely set
obtuse lobes about a line long: fls. white, ^T-%IO..
across, short-pedicelled, in terminal panicles 3-6 m.
long: carpels hairy. Calif, to Wyo. and Ariz. B.M.
7810. G.C. III. 22:237; 40:183. Gn. 75, p. 459. G.F.
2:509. R.H. 1900, p. 515. M.D. 1905:198. M.D.G.
1908:208. ALFRED REHDER.
CHAMJECERASUS: Lonicera.
730
CHAM^CYPARIS
CHAM^ECYPARIS
CHAM-^EC^PARIS (chamai, dwarf, and kuparissos,
cypress; referring to its affinity). Pinacese. Trees or
shrubs grown for their handsome evergreen foliage;
also valuable timber trees; RETINOSPORAS, in part.
Evergreen, with opposite scale-like Ivs. in 4 rows,
densely clothing the compressed branchlets: fis. monoe-
cious, small; pistillate inconspicuous, globose; stamina te
yellow or red, oblong, often conspicuous by their
abundance: cones small, globular, with 6-11 bracts,
each bearing 2, or rarely 5, winged seeds, ripening the
first season. Closely allied to Cupressus, which differs
in its larger cones maturing the second year, the bracts
containing 4 or more seeds, and in its quadrangular
branches and minutely denticulate Ivs.— -Six species
in N. Amer. and E. Asia, all very valuable timber trees
in their native countries. Highly ornamental ever-
green trees of pyramidal habit, of which only C.
thyoides is fully hardy N., while the Japanese species
891. Chamsecyparis pisifera.
are hardy in sheltered positions north to New Eng-
land, and C. Lawsoniana only from Mass, south; the
horticultural varieties are often shrubby.
They grow best in somewhat moist but well-drained,
sandy loam and in a partly shaded position, sheltered
against dry winds. C. Lawsoniana and C. obtusa like
more dry, the others more moist situations, and C.
thyoides grows well even in swamps. Propagated by
seeds sown in spring; increased also by cuttings from
mature wood in fall, inserted in a sandy soil and kept
in a coolframe or greenhouse during the winter; if
in early spring gentle bottom heat can be given, it
will hasten the development of roots considerably. All
the so-called retinosporas and the dwarfer forms, and
most of the varieties of C. Lawsoniana, are readily
increased in this way, while the other forms of C. noot-
katensis, C. obtusa and C. thyoides do not grow well
from cuttings; therefore for most varieties veneer-
grafting on seedling stock during the winter in green-
house is preferred, but dwarf forms always should be
grown from cuttings, as they often lose their dwarf
habit if grafted. The so-called retinosporas of the gar-
dens, with linear, spreading leaves, are juvenile forms,
which have retained the foliage of the seedling state.
There are similar forms in Thuja. For their distin-
guishing characters, see Retinospora. For the numer-
ous gardens forms, see Beissner, Handb. der Nadel-
holzk., 2d ed., pp. 528-574, quoted below as Beissner.
A. Lvs. green on both sides or paler beneath.
thyoides, Brit. (C. sphasroidea, Spach. Cupressus
thyoides, Linn.). WHITE CEDAR. Tree, to 70 or 80
ft., with erect -spreading branches: branchlets irregu-
larly arranged, spreading, not pendulous, very thin
and slender, flattened: Ivs. closely imbricate, glaucous
or light green, with a conspicuous gland on the back,
fragrant: cones small, %in. diam., bluish purple, with
glaucous bloom. From Maine to Fla.,.west to Miss.
S.S. 10:529. M.D.G. 1896:301 (habit). Beissner 529
(habit). Var. ericoides, Sudworth (C. ericoldes, Carr.
Retinospora ericoides, Hort.). Compact shrub, of erect,
dense habit: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, spreading, with 2
glaucous lines beneath, coloring in winter usually red-
dish brown. Beissner 532; see also Retinospora. Var.
andelyensis, Silva-Tarouca (C. sphasroidea andelyensis,
Carr. C. leptoclada, Hochst. Retinospora leptoclada,
Hort., not Zucc.). Intermediate form between the
former and the type; bluish green, and of erect growth,
with loosely appressed, lanceolate Ivs.; often some
branchlets with Ivs. of the type and some with Ivs. of
the var. ericoides. R.H. 1869, p. 32, and 1880, p. 36.
M.D.G. 1890:329. R.B. 2:155. Beissner 532; see also
Retinospora. Var. glauca, Sudworth (C. sphasroidea
glauca, Endl. Var. kewensis, Hort.). Of compact habit,
very glaucous, with silvery hue. Var. variegata, Sud-
worth (Cupressus thyoides variegata, Loud.). Branchlets
partially colored golden yellow.
nootkatensis, Sudworth (Cupressus nootkatensis,
Lambert. C. nutkaensis, Spach. Thuyopsis boredlis,
Hort.). YELLOW CEDAR. Tree, to 120 ft., with ascend-
ing branches, pendulous at the extremities: branchlets
distichously arranged, slightly flattened or nearly
quadrangular, pendulous: Ivs. densely imbricate,
usually dark green, acute, mostly without glands:
cones subglobose, nearly ^in. diam., dark red-brown,
with glaucous bloom. From Sitka to Ore. S.S. 10:530.
R.H. 1869, p. 48. G. 19:345. F.E. 25:543. Gt. 53,
p. 542. G.W. 8, p. 484; 10, pp. 41, 227. Beissner 555.
Gn. 5:395. G.C. III. 40:167. Var. glauca, Regel
(Thuyopsis boredlis var. glauca, Jaeger). With very
glaucous foliage. Var. pendula, Beissn. Distinctly
pendulous. Gt. 53, p. 542. G.W. 1, p. 300. G.C. III.
40:166. Beissner 539. Var. lutea, Beissn. The young
growth colored light yellow. J.H.S. 1902:427, fig. 113.
Gn. 50, p. 68. Gn.W. 11:313.— There are other forms
with variegated Ivs. C. nootkatensis is about as hardy
as the Japanese species.
AA. Lvs. with glaucous or whitish marks beneath: branches
with horizontally spreading ramifications.
Lawsoniana, Parlatore (Cupressus Lawsoniana, Murr.
C. Boursieri, Decne.). LAWSON'S CYPRESS. Tree, to
200 ft., with horizontally spreading and usually pen-
dulous branches: branchlets frond-like arranged, flat-
tened: Ivs. closely appressed, obtuse or somewhat
acute, usually bright green, with a gland on the back:
staminate catkins bright red (yellow in all other
species) : cone globose, about Mm- across, red-brown
and often glaucous. From Ore. to Calif. S.S. 10:531.
Gng. 2:327. S.M. 2, p. 49. F.E. 23:309; 33:559. G.W.
10, p. 42. Beissner 541. G. 1 : 121; 7: 129.— This is one
of the most beautiful conifers and very variable, about
80 garden forms being cult, in European nurseries and
collections. The following are some of the best: Var.
albo-spica, Beissn. Tips of branchlets creamy white, of
CHAM^CYPARIS
slender habit. Var. Alumii, Beissn. Of columnar habit,
foliage very glaucous, with a bluish metallic hue. The
best blue columnar form. Var. argentea, Beissn.
(Cupressus Lawsoniana argentea, Gord.). Of slender
habit, with very glaucous, almost silvery foliage. Var.
erecta viridis, Beissn. Dense, columnar habit and
bright green foli-
age. One of the
most beautiful va-
rieties, but some-
what tender. G.W.
14, p. 601. M.D.G.
1909:45. G.M.51:
511. F. 1871, p. 92.
Var. erecta glauca,
Beissn. Similar in
habit, but with
glaucous foliage.
Var. filiformis,
Beissn. Branches
elongated, some-
what pendulous,
with few lateral
branchlets, of low,
globular habit.
Var. glauca, Beissn.
Foliage of metallic
glaucous tint. One
of the hardier forms.
G.M.53:832. Var.
gracilis, Beissn.
(var. gracilis pen-
dula, Hort.). Ele-
gant light green
form, with graceful,
pendulous branch-
lets. Var. inter-
texta, Beissn. Glau-
cous form, of vigor-
ous growth, with remote, pendulous branches and
distant, thickish branchlets. Beissner 550. Var. lutea,
Beissn. Of compact habit, young growth clear yellow.
G.C. III. 20:721. J.H.S. 1902, p. 426, fig. 110. Var.
nana, Beissn. (C. Boursieri nana, Carr.). Dwarf,
globose habit (Beissner 553), with some variegated
and glaucous forms. Var. pendula, Beissn. With pen-
dulous branches. Mn. 1:43. F.E. 27:187. Gt. 1890,
p. 449. Var. pyramidalis, P. Smith. Of columnar habit.
Var. pyramidalis alba, Beissn. Of columnar habit with
the young growth colored white. R.B. 4:281. Var.
Weisseana, Hansen. Low dense form of umbrella-like
habit with almost horizontally spreading branches
and nodding tips. M.D.G. 1890:245. S.M. 1, p. 214.
Var. Yo&ngii, Beissn. Upright form of vigorous
growth with thickish dark green branchlets. G. C. III.
1:176, 177.
obtusa, Sieb. & Zucc. (Cupressus obtiisa, Koch. Ret-
indspora obtusa, Sieb. & Zucc.). HINOKI CYPRESS.
Tree, to 120 ft., with horizontal branches: branchlets
frond-like arranged, flattened, pendulous: Ivs. bright
green and shining above, with whitish lines beneath,
thickish, obtuse, and very closely appressed, with a
gland on the back: cones globose, nearly J^in. diam.,
brown. Japan. S.Z. 121. G.C. II. 5:236. R.H. 1869,
p. 97. Gn. W. 20, suppl. April 25. Var. albo-spicata,
Beissn. Tips of branchlets whitish. Var. aurea,
Beissn. (Retindspora obtusa aurea, Gord.) Golden yellow.
Gt. 25 : 19. Var. breviramea, Beissn. (C. breviramea,
Maxim. Thuja obtusa var. breviramea, Mast.). Tree, of
narrow pyramidal habit, with short branches: branch-
lets crowded, glossy green on both sides. Var. compacta,
Beissn. Of dwarf and dense subglobose habit. Gn. M.
7:76. Var. ericoides, Boehmer (Retindspora Sdnderi,
Sander. Juniperus Sdnderi, Hort.). Of low subglo-
bose habit with bluish gray linear spreading blunt Ivs.,
marked with a green line above. G.C. III. 33:266;
47
CHAM^CYPARIS
731
892. Chamaecyparis pisifera
var. plumosa.
36, suppl. April 25. M.D.G. 1900:589; 1903:291,
R.H. 1903, p. 399. Beissner, 556. Var. filicoides.
Beissn. Of slow growth with short and densely frond-
like arranged branchlets. G.C. II. 5:235. Var. filiformis,
Beissn. (C. pendula, Maxim. Thuja obtusa pendula,
Mast., not C. obtusa pendula, Beissn.). Branches
elongated, thick and thread-like, pendulous, with few
distant branchlets. Var. gracilis aurea, Beissn. Grace-
ful form, foliage bright yellow when young, changing
later to greenish yellow. Var. lycopodioides, Carr.
Low form, of somewhat irregular habit, with spread-
ing, rigid branches and thick, nearly quadrangular,
dark green branchlets. Var. nana, Carr. Low form,
of slow growth, with short, deep green branchlets.
R.H. 1882:102. Var. pygmsea, Carr. (C. obtusa bre-
viramea, Hort., not Beissn.). Very dwarf form, with
horizontal, almost creeping branches, densely frond-
like branched. Exceedingly interesting form for rock-
eries. R.H. 1889, p. 376. Var. formosana, Hayata.
Differs in its smaller and finer foliage, and much smaller
cones. Formosa. J.C.T. 25, 19, p. 209.
pisifera, Sieb. & Zucc. (Cupressus pisifera, Koch.
Retindspora pisifera, Sieb. & Zucc.). SAWARA CYPRESS.
Fig. 891. Tree, to 100 ft., with horizontal branches:
branchlets flattened, distichously arranged and some-
what pendulous: lys. ovate-lanceolate, pointed, shi-
ning above, with whitish lines beneath: cones globular,
J^-Min. diam., brown. S.Z. 122. G.C. II. 5:237.
C.L.A. 11:311. — This is, next to C. thyoides the hard-
iest species, and some varieties are much cult., while
the type is less planted. Var. aurea, Carr. Yellow foli-
age. G.W. 1, p. 303. Var. filifera, Beissn. (Retinds-
pora filifera, Standish. C. obtusa filifera, Hort.).
Branches elongated and slender, threadlike, gracefully
pendulous, with distant branchlets and ivs. Very
decorative form. G.C. II. 5:237. G.W. 1, p. 301;
893. Chamsecyparis pisifera var. squarrosa.
5, p. 17. Beissner 571, 572. Var. plumdsa, Beissn.
(Retindspora plumdsa, Veitch). Fig. 892. Of dense,
conical habit: branches almost erect, with slender
branchlets of feathery appearance: Ivs. subulate,
pointed and slightly spreading, bright green. Inter-
mediate between the type and var. squarrosa. G.C.
11.5:236. Gn. M.2:27. Beissner 569. Var. plumdsa
732
CHAM^CYPARIS
CHAM^DOREA
argentea, Beissn. Tips of branchlets whitish. Var.
plumosa aurea, Beissn. (Retindspora plumdsa aurea,
Standish). Young growth of golden yellow color. A
very showy form. Var. squarrdsa, Beissn. & Hochst.
(Retindspora squarrosa, Sieb. & Zucc. R. leptocldda,
Zucc.). Fig. 893. Densely branched, bushy tree or
shrub, with spreading, feathery branchlets: Ivs. linear,
spreading, glaucous above, silvery below. A very dis-
tinct and beautiful variety. S.Z. 123. R.H. 1869, p.
95, and 1880, p. 37. Beissner 567. M.D.G. 1909:44.
R.B. 2:189.
C. formosensis, Matsum. (Cupressus formosensis, Henry). Allied
to C. pisifera. Tree, to nearly 200 ft. and 20 ft. diam. : branchlets
dull green on both surfaces or slightly bloomy below: Ivs. acute,
ovate: cones ovoid, J^in. across, with 10 or 11 scales. Formosa.
G.C. III. 51:132, 133. — Recently intro. into England, but prob-
ably tender. ALFRED REHDER.
CHAM-flJDAPHNE (chamai, dwarf, and daphne, the
laurel in ancient Greek, alluding to its dwarf habit and
evergreen leaves) . Syn., Cassandra. Ericacese. LEATHER-
LEAF. Small plant, rarely cultivated for its early white
flowers and evergreen foliage.
Low shrub, with evergreen alternate small Ivs.: fls.
nodding in terminal leafy racemes; calyx small, 5-
lobed; corolla urceolate-oblong, 5-lobed, with 5 included
stamens; anthers 2-pointed: fr. a depressed-globose,
5-lobed caps, with numerous seeds. — One species in the
colder regions of the northern hemisphere. Low, hardy,
ornamental shrub, valuable for the earliness of its
pretty white fls. It thrives best in a peaty and sandy,
moist soil. Prop, by seeds sown in sandy peat, only
slightly or not covered, and kept moist and shady; also
by layers and suckers and by cuttings from mature
wood in late summer under glass.
calyculata, Mcench (Cassdndra calyculata, Don.
Lybnia calyculata, Reichb. Andrdmeda calyculata,
Linn.). Fig. 894. Bush with spreading or horizontal
branches, 1-3 ft.: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong, obtuse,
slightly serrulate and revolute at the margins, dull
green above and rusty-lepidote beneath: fls. short-
peduncled, nodding; corolla white, oblong, about ^in-
long. B.M. 1286. L.B.C. 6:530; 15:1464; 16:1582.
Mn. N. 1:125. Em. 423. Var. angustifdlia, Rehd.
(Andrdmeda calyculata var. angustifdlia, Ait. A. crispa,
Poir.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate, undulate and crisped
at the margin.
Var. nana, Rehd.
(Andrdmeda caly-
culata var. nana,
Lodd. A. vacci-
nioides, Hort.).
One foot or less
high, with hori-
zontal branches.
L.B.C. 9:862.—
Handsome little
shrub, well suited
for borders of
evergreen shrub-
beries and for
rockeries.
ALFRED REHDER.
894. Chamaedaphne calyculata.
CHAM^DOREA (Greek, dwarf and gift). Palmacese.
Spineless, erect, procumbent or rarely climbing usually
pinnatisect or pinnate palms.
Trunks solitary or cespitose, slender or reed-like: Ivs.
simple, bifid at the apex or variously equally-pinnati-
sect; lobes broad or narrow, straight or oblique, acumi-
nate, plicate-nerved, usually callous at the base, the
basal margins folded back or recurved; petiole usually
cylindrical; sheath tubular, oblique at the throat:
spadices among or below the Ivs., simple or paniculately
branched; spathes 3 or many, often appearing much
below the Ivs., alternate, sheathing, elongated, split
at the apex, membranous or coriaceous, usually per-
sistent; pistillate fls. very small, solitary, in small pits
in the spadix: fr. small, of 1-3 globose or oblong-
obtuse carpels, coriaceous or fleshy. — Species about 60.
Mex. to Panama. G.C. II. 23:410, and Dammer's
articles inG.C. III.
38:42-44 (1905),
and 36:202, 245
(1904).
Peat or leaf-
mold, loam and
sand in equal
parts, with a little
charcoal added,
form the best soil.
The species com-
mon in cultiva-
tion are quick-
growing. They
are well suited for
planting out in
greenhouse bor-
ders. The sexes
are on different
plants; therefore
several should be
planted in a group
if the handsomely
colored fruit is
desired. All of the kinds require warm temperature in
winter. Increased from seeds. Of the many species,
only a few appear in the American trade. (G. W.
Oliver.)
895. Chamaedorea glaucifolia.
Arenbergiana, 8.
desmoncoides, 2.
elatior, 7.
elegans, 5.
INDEX.
Ernesti-Augusti, 1.
glaucifolia, 3.
Karwinskiana, 7.
latifolia, 8.
Pringlei, 9.
Sartorii, 4.
Tepejilote,
A. Lvs. simple.
1. Ernesti- August!, Wendl. St. 3-4 ft., reedy, erect,
radicant at base: blade obovate, cuneate at the base,
deeply bifid, coarsely serrate along the margins; petiole
shorter than blade; sheath amplexicaul: sterile spadix
8-9 in., the simple branches 6-8 in., attentuate, slen-
der; fertile spadix simple; fls. red. Mex. B.M. 4837.
F.S. 13:1357.
AA. Lvs. pinnate.
B. Plant becoming of climbing habit.
2. desmoncoides, Wendl. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, with
drooping, narrow Ifts. a foot long, and glaucous petiole:
plant tending to climb after it becomes a few feet high.
Mex.
BB. Plant not climbing.
c. St. or trunk evident.
D. Lfts. 40-50, glaucous on both sides.
3. glaucifolia, Wendl. Fig. 895. St. 20 ft.: Ivs.
long, pinnate; Ifts. 40-50, narrowed, long and slender,
dark green, glaucous: fls. on a tall spadix which often
exceeds the Ivs. and comes out from between them.
Guatemala. G.F. 8:507 (adapted in Fig. 895).— Horti-
culturally one of the best of all chamaedoreas.
DD. Lfts. less than 40, bright green, at least above.
B. Spadix appearing among or with the Ivs., not
conspicuously cauline.
4. Sartorii, Liebm. St. 8-14 ft., ringed, clothed above
with If .-sheaths: Ivs. 3-33^ ft. long; petiole terete, sul-
cate, dilated at the base; sheath, petiole and rachis
white on the back; Ifts. 12 in. long, 1^-2 in. wide,
alternate, falcate, acuminate, narrowed at the base,
sometimes almost confluent: spadix among or just below
the Ivs. Mex.
5. elegans, Mart. St. strict, 6 ft. high, scarcely more
than 1-1 ^ in. thick, closely ringed, often sending out
CHAM^DOREA
CHAM^ROPS
733
roots from above the base: Ivs. 6-8 in a cluster, broadly
lanceolate; Ifts. about 14, the upper pair sometimes
confluent, acuminate, straight: fls. reddish orange: fr.
globose. Mex. B.M. 4845.
EE. Spadix appearing much below the Ivs., conspicu-
ously cauline.
6. Tepejildte, Liebm. St. 10 ft. high, closely ringed,
about 11A in. thick: Ivs. 4 ft.; Ifts. 20-30, 7-nerved,
close alternate, falcate, acute, narrowly lanceolate,
13-15 in. long, \}/<i in. wide; rachis convex on the back,
canaliculate above: fls. yellow. Mex. B.M. 6030.
7. elatior, Mart. (C. Karwinskidna, Wendl.). St.
20-30 ft., bamboo-like: Ivs. 6 ft. long, the sheath 18 in.
long; Ifts. 15 or 16, the lower very narrow, opposite
or nearly so, the upper lanceolate, acuminate at each
end; petioles 1^-3 ft. long: spadix simply branched,
appearing at least 6 ft. below the Ivs.; fls. reddish
orange: fr. globose, ovoid. Mex. — Intro, by Fran-
ceschi in 1898.
8. Arenbergiana, Wendl. (C. latifolia, Hort.). St.
slender, 5-6 ft., green: Ivs. usually only 5 or 6, erect-
spreading; Ifts. 10-15 pairs, alternate and drooping,
very long-pointed, plicate and many-ribbed: fls. yel-
lowish white. Guatemala. B.M. 6838.
cc. St. or trunk none.
9. Pringlei, Wats. Acaulescent or nearly so: Ivs.
usually rather stiff, erect, pinnate, 3 ft.; Ifts. 12-15
on each side, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 6-^-8 in.
long, ^-JHjin. wide; rachis triangular: spadix simple,
8 in. long. San Louis Potosi, Mex.
C. atrdvirens, Mart. St. bamboo-like, stiff and simple, about 9
ft. high: Ivs. bright green, spreading, about 2J^ ft. long. Mex.
Not common in the trade but grown in fanciers' collections. — C.
bambusoides, Hort.. Sts. tufted, thin, reed-like, with feathery
light green Ivs. Honduras. — C. fprmdsa, Hort. A showy pinnate-
Ivd. palm of unknown botanical status. G.C. II. 5:724. — C.
geonomaefdrmis, Wendl. St. 4 ft.: Ivs. simple, deeply cut, about 9
in. long: spadix from among the Ivs. long-pendulous. Guatemala.
Gn. 24, p. 244; 30, p. 593. — There are said to be a number of
unidentified species scattered about Calif.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR, t
CHAM^ELIRIUM (dwarf or ground lily, a Greek com-
bination). Liliacese. Sometimes spelled Chamselirion.
Rhizomatous whitish flowered hardy plant, sometimes
planted in the herbary.
Erect, tall unbranched herb 2-4 ft. high (or perhaps
2 species), inhabiting low grounds from Mass, to
Fla. and W.: rootstock tuberous: dioecious, the
sterile plant less leafy than the other: Ivs. radical
and cauline, the lowermost spatulate, the upper lanceo-
late, narrowed at the base: fls. small (Min. across),
in a slender terminal raceme; segms. of perianth 6,
white, narrow, 1-nerved, withering and persistent;
sterile fls. with 6 stamens, and fertile fls. with rudi-
ments of stamens; ovary 3-celled and 3-styled: fr. a
3-valved caps.
Ititeum Gray (C. carolinidnum, Willd. Chamselirion
carolinia, Hort.). BLAZING-STAR. DEVIL' s-Brr. Vari-
able as to height (6 in. to 3 ft. or more), with most
of the Ivs. at the base: raceme spike-like, 4-12 in. long;
fls. yellowish white, in effect, fruiting pedicels Hm- or
less long. — A good perennial, blooming May- July,
thriving in moist shady places. — C. obovdle, Small, by
some considered not to be distinct, has larger fls. and
fruiting pedicels J^in. or more long. £,, jj. B.
CHAM-^MELUM (small apple, suggested by the
odor of the fls.). Composite. Under this name one
plant is offered. The genus is by many included in
Anthemis, however, the sub-group being distinguished
by very short or absent pappus, sometimes making a
1-sided border, ray-fls. fertile, and other minor charac-
ters. C. caucasicum, Boiss. (Pyrethrum caucdsicum,
Bieb.), is listed, with white daisy-like fls. about the size
of a marguerite, of trailing habit, very free-flowering,
recommended for the rockery: perennial, 1-lM ft.,
smooth, not strong-scented: st. ascending from a
rhizome or procumbent or sub-erect: Ivs. oblong,
pinnatisect, the segms., cut into linear-subulate parts:
fl. -heads large, terminal; involucre-scales oblong-
obtuse, margined. High mts. in the Caucasus; variable.
CHAM^PEUCE: Carduus. L. H. B.
CHAM^RANTHEMUM (dwarf and flower, from the
Greek). Acanthdcese. Three or 4 Brazilian small herbs,
allied to Eranthemum, but readily distinguished by the
4 (instead of 2) stamens. Lvs. large and membrana-
ceous, entire, variously marked: fls. showy, white or
yellow, in bracteate clusters. — Grown chiefly for the
beautiful foliage; greenhouse subjects. C. igneum,
Regel (Erdnthemum igneum, Lind.), is in the American
trade. It is a low spreading warmhouse plant (cult,
of Eranthemum and Justicia), with dark green Ivs.,
with the veins and sometimes the margins richly
banded with orange or yellow: fls. small. F.S. 17 : 1722.
N. TAYLOR.f
CHAM^ROPS (Greek for dwarf bush}. Palmaceae,
tribe Sdbalese. Low fan-leaved palms.
Caudices cespitose, branched from the base and
clothed with the bases of the If .-sheaths: Ivs. terminal,
rigid, semi-orbicular or cuneate-flabellate, deeply
896. Chamserops humilis.
laciniate, the lobes narrow, bifid, plicate; no rachis;
ligule very short; petiole slender, bi-convex, the mar-
gins smooth or rough; sheath split, reticulate, fibrous:
spadices short, erect compressed; branches short,
densely fld.: spathes 2-4, broad, thickly coriaceous, the
lower ones split, the upper entire; bracts small, subu-
late; bractlets none: primary spadix branches bracted:
fls. small, yellow: fr. globose or ovoid, 3-sided toward the
base, brown or yellow. — Species 1 or perhaps 2. Medit.
region. From Rhapidophyllum, an American relative,
it may be distinguished by its bracted spadix. The
common C. humilis is widely cult., and very variable.
Many of specific-made names represent forms of this
species. Of such cases are evidently the garden names
C. arborescens, C. argentea, C. canariensis, C. elata, C.
elegans, C. farinosa, C. gracilis, C. littoralis, C. nivea.
G.C. II. 23:410.
The best soil for these palms is fibrous loam two
parts, leaf-mold and sand one part, with good drainage.
Propagated by suckers and by seeds. These are among
the hardiest of all palms, and are well suited to green-
houses where a high temperature is not kept up. (G.
W. Oliver.)
htimilis, Linn. Fig. 896. This is the only palm
native to Eu. St. 1-1 1A ft. high: Ivs. ragged, fibrous;
margins of the petioles armed with stout, straight or
hooked spines; blade suborbicular, truncate or cuneate
at the base, rigid, palmately multifid; segms. acumin-
ate, bifid. Medit. B.M. 2152. R.H. 1892:84 (show-
ing habit and a colored plate of the fr.). — Reaches 20
ft. in a rather arborescent variety. Var. dactylocarpa,
734
CHAMvEROPS
CHEILANTHES
Becc., is interesting for its elongated frs. shaped like a
date. Offered by Montarioso Nursery in 1912.
C. Biroo, Sieb.= Livistona rotundifolia. — C. Byrrho, Hort.=
Livistona rotundifolia.— C. excelsa, Thunb.=Trachycarpusexcelsus.
— C. farinbsa, Hort.=C. humilis. Linn. — C. Fortunei, Hook.=
Trachycarpus. — C. hitmilis X hystrix, Hort. Said to be a "choice
garden hybrid of Florida origin." — C. hystrix, Fraser.=Rhapido-
phyllum hystrix. — C. stauracdntha, Hort.=Acanthorhiza aculeata.
JAEED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.!
CHAMOMILE: Anthemis.
CHAPTALIA (J. A. C. Chaptal, 1756^1831, agricul-
tural chemist). Compdsitse. Low perennial herbs, with
white or purplish fls. on naked scapes, blooming in
spring and summer: heads radiate, the ray-fls. pistillate,
and the disk-fls. perfect, but some or all of them sterile;
involucre campanulate or turbinate, of appressed and
imbricated bracts; pappus of soft capillary bristles:
achenes oblong or fusiform, narrowed above, 5-nerved.
— Twenty-five American species. The only species in
the American trade is C. tomentdsa, Vent. (Thyrsdn-
thema semiflosculare, Kuntze), of N. C. and south. Of
this the scape is 1 ft. or less high, and the heads are
purple-rayed: Ivs. ob-
long or oblanceolate,
more or less remotely
denticulate, rather
thick, white-tomentose
beneath. Intro, as a
border plant. B. M.
2257. N. TAYLOB.f
CHARD (ch pro-
nounced as in charge).
Swiss CHARD. SEA-
KALE BEET. A form
of the plant (Beta vul-
garis) which has pro-
duced the common
beet; known as Beta
Cido(p.496). See Beet
and Beta.
The beet plant has
given rise to two gen-
eral types of varieties:
those varieties with
thickened roots (the
beet of America, the
beet-root of European
literature); and those
with large and pulpy
or thickened leaves
(but whose roots are
small and woody). The
latter type is known
under the general name
of leaf-beets. These leaf-beets may be arranged into
two sub-groups: (1) Common or normal leaf-beets, or
spinach beets, in which the leaf-blade is large and
pulpy, and is used as spinach; chard, in which the
petiole and midrib are very broad and thick, is a form
of this, although the name is sometimes used as
synonymous with the general edible leaf-beet group.
(Fig. 897); (2) ornamental beets, of which the foliage
is variously colored.
Chard is of the easiest culture. Seed is sown in spring,
as for common beets. The broad petioles, or chards,
may be gathered from midsummer until frost. These
broad white stalks or ribs are used as a pot-herb; and,
if desired, the leaf-blades may be cooked with them.
The dish is usually more attractive, however, if only
the chards are cooked. If cutting of the leaves is
carefully performed, a succession may be had till
cold weather. Chard is an attractive vegetable when
well grown, but is little used in this country.
L. H. B.
897. Chard, or sea-kale beet.
898. Charieis hetero-
phylla. (XI)
CHARIEIS (Greek, elegant, from the pleasing
flowers). Composite. Attractive hardy flower-garden
annual.
A small, branchy plant, 6-12 in. high, with blue or
red aster-like fls., on long sts. : plant pubescent or hispid :
Ivs. oblong-spatulate or oblong-lanceolate, entire or
remotely denticulate : heads
many-fld., radiate, the ray-fls.
pistillate, the disk-fls. perfect:
achene obovate and compressed,
those of the disk with plumose
pappus: involucre scales in 2
rows. — One species, in the W.
Cape region. Known as Kaul-
fussia in gardens. The genus
Kaulfussia was founded by Nees
in 1820; in 1817, however, the
plant was described by Cassini
as Charieis heterophylla.
heterophylla, Cass. (C.Neesii,
Hort. Kaulfussia amellmdes,
Nees). Figs. 898, 899. Rays blue, disk yellow or blue.
An excellent subject of easy cult, in any garden soil.
Var. atroviolacea, Hort., has dark violet fls. Var.
kermesina, Hort., has violet-red fls. Sow seeds where
the plants are to grow; or they may be started indoors
and the plants transplanted to the open. L, jj, g€
CHARLOCK: Brassica; also Raphanus.
CHARLWO6DIA: Cordyline.
CHASTE TREE: Vitex.
CHAVICA, kept distinct in part by recent authors, is accounted
for under Piper.
CHEAT, or CHESS: Bromus.
CHECKERBERRY: Gaultheria.
CHEESES : Vernacular for M aha rotundifolia.
CHEILANTHES (Greek, lip-flower, alluding to the
indusium). Polypodiacese. Semi-hardy or hothouse
ferns of small size.
Plants often hairy or woolly, with the spri terminal
on the veins and covered with a roundish indusium. —
Some 60 or 70 species are known, nearly a third of which
are natives of the W. and S. W. United States, one species
as far east as Conn. They are of easy cult., enjoying
a position near the glass, and disliking strong, close
heat and syringing or watering overhead. Most of the
899. Charieis heterophylla.
species grow naturally in dry rocky situations. They
are among the few ferns to be found in dry regions.
Commercially valuable only from the fern collector's
standpoint.
calif ornica, 1.
Clevelandii, 9.
Cooperse, 7. •
elegans, 12.
Ellisiana, 5.
Fendleri, 11.
gracillima, 8.
hirta, 5.
ianpsa, 6.
meifolia, 2.
microphylla, 3.
myriophylla, 12.
tomentosa, 10.
vestita, 6.
viscida, 4.
CHEILANTHES
CHEIRANTHUS
735
900. Cheilanthes lanosa.
(XX)
A. Lvs. pentagonal-deltoid, the indusium confined to a
single veinlet.
1. californica, Mett. (Hypolepis californica, Hook.).
Lvs. densely cespitose from a short creeping rootstock,
2-4 in. each way, on stalks
4—8 in. long, quadripinnatifid;
ultimate segms. lanceolate,
incised or serrate. Calif.
2. meifolia, D. C. Eaton
(Hypolepis meifolia, Baker).
Lvs. cespitose, with slender
brown stalks 5-7 in. long, the
lamina 2-3 in. each way, 3-4-
pinnatifid, with finely cut
segms. -TO in. wide. Mex.
AA. Lvs. lanceolate or ovate-
lanceolate.
B. Segms. flat: indusia extend-
ing over the apices of
several veinlets, but not
continuous.
c. Surface of Ivs. smooth,
3. microphylla, Swartz.
Lvs. 4-10 in. long, on stalks
nearly as long, from a short,
creeping rootstock, bi-tripin-
nate: sts. glossy, rusty-pubes-
cent on the upper side. Fla.
and New Mex. southward.
cc. Surface of Ivs. viscid-
glandular.
4. viscida, Davenport. Lvs.
3-5 in. long, on stalks of the
same length, tripinnatifid; segms. toothed, everywhere
glandular. Calif.
ccc. Surface of Ivs. hairy, not woolly.
5. hirta, Swartz. Lvs. densely cespitose, with short,
scaly stalks which are brownish, like the rachides;
pinnae numerous, rather distant bipinnatifid, the segms.
with much incurved margins. The Ivs. are usually
6-15 in. long. Cape of Good Hope. Var. Ellisiana,
is more commonly cult.
6. lanSsa, .Wats. (C. vestita, Swartz). Fig. 900. Lvs.
cespitose, with stalks 2-4 in. long, slightly hairy, as are
the segms., tripinnatifid, 4-10 in. long, 1-2^ in. wide,
the pinnae lanceolate-deltoid: indusia formed of the
ends of roundish or oblong lobes. Conn, to Kans. and
Ala. — Hardy.
7. Codperae, D. C. Eaton. Lvs. 3-8 in. long, bipin-
nate, the stalks covered with nearly white hairs, each
tipped with a gland; pinnules
roundish ovate, crenate and in-
cised. Calif, to Mex.
BB. Segms. bead-like, minute: in-
dusia usually continuous.
c. Lvs. hairy or woolly beneath,
but not scaly.
D. Upper surface of segms. smooth.
8. gracillima, D. C. Eaton.
LACE FERN. Lvs. cespitose, 1-4
in. long, borne on the nearly equal
dark brown stalks, bipinnate;
pinnae with about 9 pinnules,
finally smooth above. Idaho to Calif. —
Hardy
9. Clevelandii, D. C. Eaton. Lvs. 4-8 in.
long, tripinnate, dark brown beneath, with
closely imbricate, ciliate scales, which grow
on both the segms. and the rachides; segms.
nearly round, the terminal larger. Calif.
DD. Upper surface of segms. pubescent.
10. tomentdsa, Link. Lvs. 8-15 in. long, on stalks
4-6 in. long, everywhere covered with brownish white
hairs, tripinnate; terminal segms. twice as large as the
lateral. Va. to Ariz.
cc. Lvs. covered beneath with scales, but not woolly.
11. Fendleri, Hook. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, borne on the
chaffy stalks, rising from tangled, creeping roptstocks,
tripinnate; rachis with broadly-ovate white-edged
scales, which overlap the subglobose segms. Texas,
and Colo, to Calif.
ccc. Lvs. covered beneath with both scales and wool.
12. myriophylla, Desv. (C. elegans, Desv.). Lvs.
densely cespitose from short, erect, scaly rootstocks,
3-9 in. long, borne on the chestnut-colored scaly stalks,
triquadripinnatifid; ultimate segms. minute, innumer-
able. Texas, Ariz, and Trop. Amer.
A native species worthy of cult, is C. leucdpoda, Link, from
Texas, with broadly deltoid-ovate Ivs — C. unduldta, Hope &
Wright. Dark green fronds, softly pubescent. China. G.C. III.
34:397 (desc.) L M UNDERWOOD>
R. C. BENEDICT, f
CHEIRANTHUS (derivation in dispute, but proba-
bly from Greek for hand and flower) . Crudferae. Flower-
garden perennials, with large purple, brown, orange
or yellow fragrant bloom.
Leaves alternate, entire, on a
strict or upright st. : lateral
sepals sac-like at the base: valves
of the pod with a strong mid-
nerve. Much confounded with
Matthiola, and the genera are
not sufficiently distinct. In
Cheiranthus, the Ivs. are acute,
hairs 2-parted and appressed,
stigma more spreading, pod more
flattened and seeds not thin-
edged; and the fls. are prevail-
ingly orange or yellow — Probably
a score of species, in the Canary
and Madeira Isls., Medit. region
and E. and in N. Amer. The
garden species are confused; a
critical study may find that some
of them belong to Erysimum or
other genera. The genus hybrid-
izes with Erysimum.
Cheiri, Linn. WALLFLOWER.
Fig. 901. Perennial, slightly
pubescent, 1-2^ ft.: Ivs. lanceo-
late and entire,
acute: fls. large,
mostly in shades of
yellow, in long, ter-
minal racemes,
sweet - scented. S.
Eu. — An old gar-
den favorite, bloom-
ing in spring. Al-
though a woody
perennial, it is best
to renew the plants
from seed, for they
begin to fail after
having bloomed one
or two years. Seed-
lings should bloom
the second year;
in England, Christ-
mas bloom is se-
cured from seeds
Cheiranthus Chain. sown in Feb. There
are dwarf and dou-
ble-fld. varieties,
736
CHEIRANTHUS
CHENOPODIUM
and innumerable forms in various shades of yellow,
brownish, and even purple. Not prized so much in
Amer. as in Eu. A common plant on walls in England.
alpinus, Linn. St. strict and simple, 1 ft.: Ivs.
lanceolate, somewhat dentate, stellate-pubescent: pods
spreading on short pedicels: fls. lemon-yellow, spring.
Norway, Lapland.
mutabilis, L'Her. More or less woody, 2-3 ft.: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate and pointed, obscurely serrate: fls.
white, cream-colored or yellowish, becoming darker and
striped. Madeira. B.M. 195. — It is doubtful whether
the plant known in cult, as C. mutabilis is this species.
Mdrshallii, Hort. Perhaps a hybrid, 1-1 ^ ft.: Ivs.
spatulate and crowded below, more scattered and
narrower above: fls. orange.
Allionii, Hort. Said to be a hybrid: 12 in. or less:
fls. brilliant orange, profusely produced in spring and
summer and sometimes so freely that the plant exhausts
itself and becomes practically biennial.
kewensis, Hort., is valuable as a winter-blooming
greenhouse plant, prized for its fragrance and its dark-
colored fls. In 1897 at Kew a cross was made between
C. mutabilis of the Canary Isls. and a yellow wall-
flower, the cross being known as C. hybridus; and this
in turn was crossed with a red wallflower, producing
the plant known as C. kewensis. It has the bushy char-
acter of C. mutabilis; racemes upright; fls. about 1 in.
across, brown in bud, or expanding brownish orange
inside and reddish brown outside, all turning pale
purple with age. Prop, by cuttings. G.C. III. 35:123.
Gn. 65, p. 89.
C. dnnuus, Hort.=Matthiola, but early-blooming forms of
C. Cheiri seem to pass under this name. — C. Menziesii, Benth.
& Hook.=Parrya. L H B
902. Chelone glabra. ( X l/i)
CHELIDONIUM (Greek for the swallow: the fls.
appear when the swallow comes). Papaveracese. CEL-
ANDINE POPPY. One or two loose-growing herbs, some-
times seen in old gardens. Plant with fl.-buds nodding,
and small yellow fls. in small umbel-like clusters;
sepals 2; petals 4; stamens 16-24; style very short, the
stigma 2-lobed: pod slender, 2-valved, opening first
at the bottom. C. majus, Linn., is a European plant,
now run wild in waste places, and often seen in old
gardens. It is biennial or perennial, with brittle hairy
sts. and pinnately-parted Ivs., the lobes rounded and
toothed (or, in var. laciniatum again dissected). The
plant has bright orange juice which has been used for
removing warts. Herb an old-time remedy, used for
its cathartic and diuretic properties, for promoting
perspiration, and as an expectorant. Lvs. fight glau-
cous underneath. L H B
CHELONE (Greek for tortoise or turtle: the corolla
fancied to resemble a reptile's head). Scrophulariaceae.
TURTLE -HEAD. Several North American perennial
herbs, with showy flowers in short spikes or in panicles,
some of which are now sold by dealers in native plants.
Allied to Pentstemon.
Upright smooth branching plants: corolla more or
less 2-lipped or gaping, white or red, the upper lip
arched and conspicuous and notched; anthers 4, woolly,
and a rudiment of a fifth stamen: seeds winged: Ivs.
opposite, serrate. — Four species, in N. Amer.
Half-shaded places are preferable for these easily
cultivated plants. Very dry grounds should be avoided,
from the fact that they are best in swampy places. In
the ordinary border they should have a very liberal
mulch of old manure in their growing season: 4-5 in.
thick is none too much: the surface roots will feed in
this compost, and the plants are not so liable to suffer
from drought when thus protected. (J. B. Keller.)
A. Fls. in terminal and axillary close spikes.
B. Lvs. elliptic to broad-ovate, long-petioled.
Lyonii, Pursh. Plant, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. broad to
nearly cordate at base, thin, evenly serrate: fl.-bracts
minutely ciliate: fls. rose-purple. Mts., Va. and S.
BB. Lvs. lanceolate or oblong, short-petioled.
obliqua, Linn. Two ft. or less: Ivs. 2-8 in. long,
broad-lanceolate or oblong, very veiny, sharp- or deep-
serrate or cut: fl.-bracts ciliate: fls. deep rose. Damp
grounds, 111., Va., S.
glabra, Linn. (C. obliqua var. alba, Hort.). Fig. 902.
One to 2 or more ft. high, more strict: Ivs. mostly nar-
rower, acuminate, appressed-serrate, nearly sessile, not
very veiny: fl.-bracts not ciliate: fls. white or rose-
tinged. Wet grounds: common.
AA. Fls. in a loose thyrse or panicle.
nemordsa, Douglas (Pentstemon nemordsus, Trautv.).
Two ft. or less high, of unpleasant odor: Ivs. ovate and
acute, sharp-dentate, sessile or nearly so: fl.-bracts
none; corolla 1 in. long, violet-purple. Calif, and N.
B.R. 1211.
C. barbata of gardens is Pentstemon barbatus. L H B
CHENILLE PLANT. A proposed name for Acalypha
hispida, better known as A. Sanderi.
CHENOPODIUM (goosefoot, alluding to the shape of
the leaves). Chenopodiacese. GOOSEFOOT. Widely dis-
persed weedy herbs, with very inconspicuous greenish
flowers, some of which occur in gardens as oddities or for
ornament, and others are pot-herbs of very minor
importance. Spinach, beet, and orach are allied plants.
Plants of various habit, mostly erect: fls. perfect,
bractless, sessile in small masses and these clusters
arranged in spikes or panicles; calyx 4-5-parted, petals
wanting; stamens usually 5; styles 2 or 3.: seed lentic-
ular: Ivs. alternate. The calyx sometimes enlarges
and becomes succulent and colored, inclosing the fr.,
and the glomerules may then look like berries. — Per-
haps 60 species in all parts of the globe, annuals and
perennials, sometimes woody. Many of them are
field and garden weeds. They are mostly mealy or
CHENOPODIUM
CHERIMOYA
737
glandular herbs, often with strong odor. Some of them
are used as pot-herbs or "greens."
A. Fls. in dense heads or glomerules which become berry-
like and bright red in fr.
capitatum, Aschers. (Blitumcapitatum, Linn.). STRAW-
BERRY ELITE. Annual, erect and becoming diffuse or
'spreading, branching, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. soft,
hastate-ovate, toothed, stalked: fr.-clusters large and
becoming fleshy, in an interrupted spike, the upper
part leafless. Eu. — A frequent but not pernicious weed,
and sometimes offered as a pot-herb.
AA. Fls. not in dense separate heads, and the clusters not
becoming prominently fleshy or colored.
B. Plant shrubby, spinescent.
nitrariaceum, F. Muell. Rigid, much-branched, often
prostrate shrub or undershrub, mealy-white: lys. linear-
oblong or linear-spatulate, obtuse, entire, 1 in. or less
long, often clustered: fls. clustered in dense or more or
less interrupted spikes and panicles, greenish. Aus-
tral.— Offered in Eu.
BB. Plant herbaceous.
c. Species perennial: a pot-herb.
Bdnus-Henricus, Linn. (Blitum Bdnus-Henricus,
Reichb.). GOOD KING HENRY. MERCURY (by cor-
ruption, Markery). Stout and_ erect from a thick root-
stock, to 2H ft., glabrous:' Ivs. broad, triangular-
hastate or ovate, with very long wide-spreading basal
points, entire or undulate: fls. in paniculate spikes. Eu.
— Escaped now and then; and sometimes cult, for
"greens."
cc. Species annual.
purpurascens, Jacq. (C. Atriplicis, Linn. f.). Vigor-
ous, erect, 3 ft., the young parts and Ivs. covered
attractively with a rose-violet or violet-purple crystal-
line pulverulence: Ivs. spatulate or rhomboid or oval,
obtuse, long-petioled, the lower ones sinuate-dentate
and the upper lanceolate and entire: fls. small and
numerous, in dense pyramidal leafy reddish clusters.
China. — An old garden plant, seldom seen in this
country; grown for its colored character in summer.
There are different forms, one with variegated foliage.
amaranticoior, Coste & Reyn. Very large, 8 ft.,
much like the preceding and perhaps derived from it:
st. glabrous, striped white and red: Ivs. triangular to
rhomboid, 4 in. or less long, red-pulverulent: fls. in a
long red panicle. S. France. — Differs from C. pur-
purascens in its greater size and its black shining some-
what sharp-edged seeds. The brilliant colors dis-
appear as the plant matures.
Quinda, Willd. QUINOA. Erect, stout, st. furrowed,
4-5 ft.: Ivs. triangular-ovate, sinuate, long-petioled,
angulate-pinnatifid, glaucous: fls. small and green, in
dense axillary and terminal farinose clusters arranged
in panicles: seeds very large. W. slope of the Andes.
B.M. 3641. — A very important plant in W. S. Amer.,
the seeds being used as food. There are white- and red-
fruited forms. Sometimes cult, in this country as a
curiosity. Allied to C. album, the common pigweed.
B&trys, Linn. FEATHER GERANIUM. JERUSALEM
OAK. Erect, glandular-pubescent and viscid, aromatic,
1-3 ft. high, with pinnatifid long-petioled Ivs. and long,
feather-like, enduring spikes, for which it is used in
vases and baskets; pretty. Eu., and widely naturalized
although not usually becoming abundant.
Many weedy chenopods invade cult, grounds. C. Album, Linn.,
the common pigweed or lamb's quarters, is a favorite for "greens."
This species runs into many forma. C. niride, of Eu. and Asia, has
seeds that are said to be edible. C. Vulv&ria, Linn., sparingly
intro. from Eu., has the smell of stale fish. C. ambrosioides. Linn.,
Mexican tea, and var. anthelminticum, Gray, wormseed, are fre-
quent; they contain strong essential oils. The weedy species are
variable, and puzzling to the systematist. L H B
CHERIMOYA, CHERIMOYER (Quichua language
of Peru, chirimuya, signifying cold seeds). (Annbna
Cherimola, Mill.). Figs. 903-905. An important table
fruit of warm countries. See p. 293, Vol. I, for botani-
cal description.
The cherimoya is considered by many to be the finest
of the subtropical fruits, and that not only by the
natives of the countries in which it grows, but also by
Europeans. It is somewhat like the pomme-cannelle,
or sweet-sop, but differs from it in having a pecuilar
acidulous flavor most agreeable and grateful to the
taste. For centuries the cherimoya has been cultivated
903. Cherimoya — smooth form. ( X M)
and several distinct varieties have resulted. One of
these has smooth fruit devoid of protuberances, which
has been confused with the inferior fruits of both
Annona glabra and A. reticulata. The last two species,
however, are easily distinguished by their leaves and
flowers; Annona glabra, commonly known as the alli-
gator apple or mangrove annona, having glossy laurel-
like leaves and globose flowers with 6 ovate petals, and
A. reticulata having long narrow glabrate leaves devoid
of the velvety lining which characterizes those of the
cherimoya. Both of these species, moreover, are essen-
tially tropical, while the cherimoya is subtropical,
growing in tropical countries only at considerable ele-
vations, where the climate is cool and the soil well
drained.
The origin of the cherimoya has been much discussed.
De Candolle, however, is in all probability correct in
attributing it to the mountains of Ecuador and Peru.
The common name which it bears, even in Mexico,
is of Quichua origin, as explained above; and terra-
cotta vases modeled from cherimoya fruits have been
dug up repeatedly from prehistoric graves in Peru.
It was introduced at a very early date into Central
America and Mexico and into Jamaica in 1786 by
Hinton East. It is now of spontaneous growth in
limited areas both in Central America and the moun-
tains of Jamaica. In Madeira, the cherimoya has
taken the place of the grape-vine on many of the
estates on the warm southern slopes of the island.
Here the cultivation is systematic. The two-year-old
seedlings are budded or grafted. The trees are fre-
quently trained on walls or on trellises, so that the
fruit may hang in the shade while ripening, and manure
is regularly supplied (see Annona) . The result of careful
selection is that there are varieties of fine flavor, com-
paratively few seeds, and great size, weighing from
twelve to sixteen pounds. According to W. Fawcett,
ordinary fruits weighing from three to eight pounds,
have been sold in the London market at $1.50; large
ones at $2.50 and even $3. The cherimoya has been
738
CHERIMOYA
CHERRY
successfully introduced into southern California where
it finds the most favorable conditions in the foot-hills
near the coast.
The cherimoya grows in the form of a small tree,
usually about 15 or 20 feet high. The flowers are
remarkably uniform, but vary somewhat in size. They
are often solitary or in two's or three's, while those of
the bullock's heart (Annona reticulata) and the sugar-
apple (A. squamosa) are usually clustered. The leaves
are always velvety on the lower surface. The follow-
ing varieties, based upon the form of the fruit, are
recognized :
(1) Finger-printed cherimoya (forma impressa),
known in Costa Rica as "anona de dedps pintados."
This form was the first to be figured (Feuillee, PL med.
Journ. Obs. 3: append. 24, pi. 17, 1725). The fruit,
conoid or subglobose in shape, has a smooth surface
covered with concave U-shaped areoles resembling
finger-prints in soft wax or putty. It is one of the best
varieties, with sweet juicy pulp of good flavor, and with
relatively few seeds.
(2) Smooth cherimoya (forma l&vis), called in South
America "chirimoya lisa" and in the market of Mexico
City, "anon." Fig. 903. It is this form which is so
often mistaken for Annona glabra and A. reticulata on
account of the general appearance of the fruit and
the common name "anon," which is also applied to
the fruit of the last-named species. This is one of the
finest of all the cherimoyas.
(3) Tuberculate cherimoya (forma tuberculata) . Fig.
904. One of the commonest forms, in which the fruit
is heart-shaped and bears small wart-like tubercles
near the rounded apex of each areole. To this group
belongs the "golden russet" cherimoya grown in the
orchard of C. P. Taft at Orange, California. It is the
form most frequently found in the Peruvian markets
and is represented in prehistoric pottery from the
graves of that country.
(4) Mammillate cherimoya (forma mamillata'),
called in South America, "chirimoya de tetillas."
This is the form
successfully estab-
lished on the
ranch of Charles
F. O'Brien, in the
mountains of
Santa Monica,
southern Califor-
nia. It is also the
common form of
the Nilgiri Hills
of India, and is
one of the best
forms grown on
the Island of
Madeira.
(5) Umbonate
cherimoya (forma
umbonata), called
"chirimoya de
puas" and "anona
picuda" in Latin
America. In this
form the skin of
the fruit is com-
paratively thick,
the pulp more
acid than in other
forms, and the
seeds more nu-
merous. It has
the flavor of pine-
apple and is one
of the best for
producing cooling
drinks and sher-
905. Flower of Cherimoya
with two outer petals re-
moved to show minute
inner petals and essential
parts; also an outer petal.
904. Cherimoya, tuberculate form.
bets. The fruit is oblong-conical in shape, with the
base more or less umbilicate and the surface studded
with protuberances, each of which corresponds to a
component carpel. To this form should be referred the
"Horton" cherimoya, grown
in the vicinity of Pasadena,
California.
Very recently there has
been received from Florida
an interesting fruit borne by
a hybrid, the result of polli-
nating the stigmas of a cheri-
moya with the pollen of An-
nona squamosa. The leaves
of this plant are very broad,
resembling those of A. Cheri-
mola in shape, but glabrous
like those of A. squamosa.
The fruit resembles that of
A. Cherimola in form, but
with the protuberences very
distinct and covered with a
glaucous bloom like that of
A. squamosa. The seeds are
distinct from both species,
larger than those of A . squam-
osa, and much darker
colored than those of A.
Cherimola; and the pulp is
very juicy, with the fine
slightly acidulous flavor of the cherimoya.
For the propagation and culture of cherimoyas, see
Annona. W> E- SAFFORD.
CHERLERIA: Arenaria.
CHERRY. Several kinds or types of small stone-
fruits ripening in late spring and in summer, wide-
spread and popular in domestic and commercial use.
Figs. 906-910. Plate XXI.
Sweet and sour cherries have been domesticated
from two Old World species: cultivated sweet cherries
having come from Prunus aviwn and the sour cherries
from Prunus Cerasus. Varieties of these two species,
and hybrids between them, now encircle the globe in
the north temperate zone and are being rapidly dis-
seminated throughout the temperate parts of the
southern hemisphere. For centuries, probably from
the beginnings of agriculture, cherries have been
valuable fruit-producing trees in Europe and Asia, —
inhabitants of nearly every orchard and garden as
well as common roadside trees in temperate climates
of both continents.
Coming from the Old World to the New, the cherry
has played an important part in the orcharding in
temperate regions of the western hemisphere. In North
America, varieties of one or the other of the two culti-
vated species are grown from Newfoundland to Van-
couver Island on the north, southward to the Gulf of
California, Texas and Florida, probably yielding crops
in a greater diversity of soils and climates on this con-
tinent than any other tree fruit.
Sour cherries are suited to many environments,
thriving in various soils and withstanding rather better
than most orchard fruits heat, cold and atmospheric
dryness, and though they respond to good care, yet
they thrive under neglect better than most other tree
fruits. Sour cherries also have fewer insect and fungous
troubles than other tree fruits, being practically immune
to the dreaded San Jos6 scale. Sweet cherries, however,
are much less easily grown. Sweet varieties are all
somewhat fastidious as to soils, are lacking in hardi-
ness to both heat and cold, are prey to more insects
than sour .cherries and subject to nearly all of the
fungous ills to which stone-fruits are heir, suffering in
America in particular from brown-rot and leaf-spot.
CHERRY
CHERRY
739
906.
Tall erect growth of
sweet cherry.
Sweet cherries can be grown with commercial success
in but few and comparatively limited regions, although
the localities adapted to sweet varieties are rather
widely distributed.
The cherry is probably the most popular of temper-
ate climate fruits for the home yard, being planted
more commonly than any other
tree-fruit, in the many regions in
which it is grown, in the dooryard,
garden and along the roadside. The
characters, other than those already
named, that commend it for home
plantations, are, early bearing after
planting, early ripening in the sea-
son, regularity in bearing, great
fruitfulness and ease of culture. It
is more than a home fruit, however,
and is largely grown for the mar-
kets, for canning and for preserving.
In America, the consumption of
cherries is being greatly increased
by the fashion of adding them pre-
served to many ices and drinks. The
demand for canned cherries has also
increased enormously in this coun-
try during the last few years. In
Europe, wine is made from cherries,
"kirschwasser," a spirit, is distilled
from the fermented fruit pulp, and
in the Austrian province of Dalmatia
a cordial called maraschino is made
by a secret process of fermentation
and distillation. This liquor is im-
ported to America in considerable
quantities to flavor preserved cherries which become
the well-known "maraschino cherries" of confection and
delicatessen shops.
Other species.
Several species of cherries other than the two named
have more or less horticultural value. Prunus Padus
and Prunus Mahaleb of the Old World furnish fruits
sometimes used for culinary purposes but much more
cultivated, in their various forms, as ornamentals; the
latter furnishes a stock upon which orchard varieties
are now most commonly budded. Prunus Besseyi,
Prunus pumila and Prunus pennsylvanica are species
from North America, the first two having varieties
cultivated for their fruits and all three being used as
ornamentals and for stocks. Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus
and Prunus tomentosa
from Asia are much grown
in China and Japan as
ornamentals, for their
fruits and as stocks, and
should find favor in Eu-
rope and America for these
purposes. In recent years
many new species of cher-
ries have been discovered
in Asia. E. Koehne, one
of the best authorities on
the genus Prunus, places
120 species, nearly all
from Asia, in the sub-
genus Cerasus to which
belong the orchard cher-
ries (Mitt. Deut. Dendrol.
Gesell., 1912:168-183), A
few of these have already
been introduced in Am-
erica by the United States
Department of Agricul-
ture, and from them one
is sure to find valuable
horticultural species to be
used for their fruits, as ornamentals, as stocks, and
for hybridization with species already domesticated.
Propagation.
Both orchard and ornamental cherries are commonly
propagated in Europe and America by budding on
Mazzard or Mahaleb
stocks and in Japan, where
cherries are much grown,
on Prunus Pseudo-Cera-
sus. When exceptional
hardiness is required, seed-
lings of the Russian sour
cherries may be used or
those of Prunus Besseyi
or Prunus pennsylvanica.
Undoubtedly the Mazzard
is the best stock for re-
gions in which cherries can
be grown commercially.
Upon the Mazzard, varie-
ties of either sweet or
sour cherries make larger, 907. Low-headed and spreading
thriftier, longer-lived and growth of sour cherry,
more productive trees.
The Mahaleb, on the other hand, is the best stock
from the nurseryman's point of view. It is more easily
budded, hardier, freer from insects and fungi as it
stands in the nursery before budding, and the buds
more quickly develop into salable trees. But the advan-
tages of the Mazzard are so much greater for the fruit-
grower that he should accept only trees on this stock
unless hardiness be a prime requisite. Cherries are
set in the orchard at two years from the bud.
The cultivation and handling.
Sweet cherries are most profitably grown on high,
comparatively light, sandy, gravelly or even stony
loams, while sour cherries do best on somewhat heavier
soils. The former are set 22 to 24 feet apart; the latter
16 to 20 feet. Both respond to care in cultivation which,
in brief is: early spring plowing, frequent cultivation
until the first of August with a cover-crop sown just
before the last cultivation. Cover-crops are various —
a favorite one in New York and Michigan is a half
bushel of oats or barley, and twelve pounds of clover
or twenty pounds of winter vetch. In Delaware and
New Jersey the cowpea is much liked as a cover-crop.
Cherry trees are usually headed 2 or 3 feet from the
ground with a tendency to head them lower — half the
above distances; in the
lower-headed orchards
there seems to be no in-
convenience in tilling with
modern implements.
Nearly all commercial
growers form the head
with five to seven main
branches about a central
trunk, but some prefer to
remove the central stem,
especially in sweet varie-
ties, leaving a vase-formed
head. After the head is
formed, the subsequent
pruning is exceedingly
simple, consisting of
cutting out an oc-
casional injured or
crossed branch and
now and then head-
ing-in a long whip-
like growth.
In soils well
adapted to cherry-
growing, commer-
908. Old sweet cherry tree, on the Chesapeake peninsula.
740
CHERRY
CHERRY
cial fertilizers are little needed. Good cultivation, the
yearly cover-crop and an occasional dressing of stable-
manure furnish an abundance of food. If, with this
treatment, the trees fail to make sufficient growth, and
if the drainage be good, the grower should experiment
with fertilizers containing potash, phosphoric acid or
nitrogen to see which, if any, his trees may need.
Cherries are picked with stems on, the sweet a few
days before fully ripe, the sour when practically
909. Napoleon cherry. — Sweet.
(Xjfl
mature. Some growers guard against breaking the
fruit-spurs for the next year by using picking scissors.
Cherries are variously packed in boxes and baskets but
the container is usually a small one and much art may
be displayed in placing in layers, facing, and in making
the package in all ways attractive. Fruit for canning
must be carefully picked but is sent to the cannery in
trays holding one or two pecks.
The chief commercial plantations in eastern America
are found in New York, New Jersey, Delaware, north-
ern Ohio and western Michigan. Sweet-cherry grow-
ing is precarious because of natural obstacles, and sour
cherries are so easily grown that through very abun-
dance their sale is often difficult. Yet with both success
has been attained by many, the profits ranging as high
as $300 to the acre.
Special difficulties.
The cherry is attacked by a dozen or more fungi.
Of these, three are serious pests. The brown-rot,
Sderotinia fructigena, attacks the flowers, leaves, twigs
and most disastrously the fruits at ripening time.
Leaf-blight, Cylindrosporium Padi, produces diseased
spots on the leaves, which for the most 'part drop out,
giving a shot-hole effect and eventually causing the
fohage to drop prematurely. A common and striking
disease of the cherry is black-knot, Plowrightia mor-
oosa, characterized by wart-like excrescences on shoots
and branches which at maturity are black; affected
parts sooner or later die.
The text-books give no less than forty insect enemies
of cherries, of which the plum-curculio, Conotrachelus
nenuphar, the peach-borer, Sanninoidea exitiosa, and
the San Jos6 scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus, on sweet
cherries, must be combated. All of the pests named,
both fungi and insects, are more destructive to plums
and peaches, and the reader is referred to these fruits
for treatment which is much the same as for the
cherry.
Sweet cherries suffer severely in the South and the
Mississippi Valley, and somewhat in the North, from
sun-scald, either directly from the sun's rays or from
alternate freezing and thawing in winter or spring.
The injury is manifested by the bursting of the bark
and the exudation of gum on the south and west sides
of the tree. Some immunity from such injuries may be
obtained by protecting the trunks with boards or other
screens. "Gummosis," or a flow of gum from the wood,
often follows injuries of various kinds and the
work of insects and fungi in both sweet and sour
cherries.
Types and varieties.
There are now about 600 varieties of cherries grown
in America and Europe, and the names of as many more
that have passed from cultivation remain. These are
variously grouped, but the following simple classifica-
tion takes in the common orchard sorts:
A. Prunus avium
(1) The Hearts. — Large, heart-shaped, soft-fleshed,
sweet cherries, light-colored as represented by Governor
Wood and dark as in Black Tartarian.
(2) The Bigarreaus. — Large, sweet, heart-shaped
and colored as in the previous group but with firm,
crisp and crackling flesh. Well represented by Napoleon
(Fig. 909) and Yellow Spanish as light-colored members
of the group, and by Schmidt and Bing as dark sorts.
(3) The Dukes. — Somewhat smaller cherries than
the Hearts and Bigarreaus, softer in flesh, light-colored
and usually sour or nearly so. This group is placed
under Prunus avium, but there can be no doubt but
that the widely varying Dukes are hybrids between
Prunus avium and Prunus Cerasus. May Duke and
Reine Hortense serve as illustrations of the group.
AA. Prunus Cerasus.
(1) The Amarelles — Rather small, light-colored, sour
cherries with colorless or nearly colorless juice, pro-
duced on upright trees, represented by Early Rich-
mond and Montmorency (Fig. 910).
(2) The Morellos. — Also comparatively small and
very sour but dark in color and with dark-colored juice
and trees with a dropping habit, represented by Eng-
lish Morello and Louis Philippe.
In spite of the great number of varieties, the cherry,
of all stone-fruits, seems most fixed in its characters.
Thus, the difference between tree and fruit in the cher-
ries of the several groups is comparatively slight and
many of the varieties come nearly true to seed. So,
too, cherries, although probably domesticated as long
ago as any other of the tree-fruits, are now most of
all like their wild progenitors. Notwithstanding this
stability, there are probably rich rewards to be secured
in breeding cherries by those who will put in practice
the discoveries of recent years in plant-breeding, and
will hybridize especially the various groups of the
two species now cultivated and introduce wholly new
blood from wild species. So little effort has been
directed toward improving cherries, and the material
seems so promising, that it would seem that with proper
endeavor the coming generation may have a new and
greatly improved cultivated cherry flora.
U. P. HEDRICK.
The cherry in California.
In commercial importance, the cherry is least of the
fruits of the temperate zone grown in California on a
commercial scale — not considering the quince and
XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit.
CHERRY
CHERVIL
741
nectarine, of which the product is almost insignificant.
This is not because the finest cherries cannot be grown,
but because the avenues for the disposition of the prod-
uct are not so wide as for other leading fruits.
Recently there are indications that these avenues will
be widened, for, in the year 1912, 244 carloads were
profitably shipped in a fresh state to eastern markets,
and in 1911 a product equivalent to 243,010 cases (each
containing two dozen 2J^-pound cans) of canned cher-
ries were disposed of to advantage. In 1910, there was
large shipment of barreled cherries in sulfur water to
eastern bottlers who put up maraschino cherries in
competition with importations, but this business seems
to have transgressed the pure food laws and declined.
Until it is demonstrated that such distant demands
will increase, present plantations will not be largely
extended. Cherries are costly in picking and packing,
and the chance of low price in a local market, over-sup-
plied whenever the trees do their full duty, the grower
does not enjoy. Cherry-drying has never seemed war-
ranted on a large scale, because of the large amount of
labor required to the pound of product; and the
grower has had no recourse when the canner and local
consumer would pay only the cost of picking and box-
ing. A good shipping demand seems, therefore, the
measure of the extension of California's cherry inter-
est, and the early ripening of the fruit, which permits
its sale during the blooming season of eastern cherry
trees, is the leading surety of such demand. On several
occasions early varieties have been shipped from the
Vacaville district overland, on March 31, but the usual
opening date is about two
weeks later, and thence onward
later varieties, and from later
regions, may be shipped until
July, if found profitable.
But, although there is plenty
of good land upon which to
multiply the present total of
three-quarters of a million trees,
the cherry regions of California
are restricted. It is one of the
most exacting of all trees, and
is profitable only when its
requirements are respected.
About one-half of the present
acreage lies in valleys opening
upon the bay of San Francisco,
where deep and moist, but
well-drained alluvial soil fosters
strong and sound root-growth,
and modified atmospheric
aridity favors leaf and fruit-
ing. On similar deep and moist
soils, however, the sweet cherry
enters the hot interior valleys
to certain limits, chiefly along
the river bottoms. It abhors
dry plains. In dry air it usu-
ally refuses to fruit, although,
if the soil be moist, it may
make stalwart tree-growth. In
foot-hill valleys it sometimes
does admirably, both in growth
and fruiting, and in mountain
valleys, above an elevation
of 2,000 feet, on good soil,
and in the greater rainfall, and even with the snow
flurries, which are experienced every year at proper
elevations, the tree becomes very thrifty and profitable
to the limits of local markets. The tree seems to have
no geographical limitations in California; wherever
suitable soil and weather conditions occur, it accepts
the situation — the Dukes and Morellos succeeding
under conditions too trying for the Hearts and Bigar-
reaus, but the latter, only, are of commercial account.
910. Montmorency cherry. — Sour. ( X
Cherry trees are grown by budding upon Mazzard
and Mahaleb seedlings — both being largely imported.
It is customary to plant out in orchards at the end of
the first year's growth from the bud, though two-year-
old cherry trees can be more successfully handled than
other two-year-olds. The trees are headed at 1 or 2
feet from the ground, cut back to promote low branch-
ing for two years, and then allowed to make long
branches, and not usually shortened-in, so long as
thrifty and healthy. The tree, in a good environment,
is, however, a very hardy tree, and will endure pruning
to almost any degree. There are many trees which have
made a very broad but not usually high growth, bear-
ing 1,000 pounds of fruit to the tree, and a few others
which have even doubled that figure, while others
have been dwarfed and trained en espalier. The com-
mercial orchards are, however, uniformly of low trees,
approximately of vase form in exterior outline, and
with branches curving outward without shortening.
The cherry is very readily grafted over by the usual
top-grafting methods, and large orchards have been
thus transformed into varieties more acceptable for
canning or shipping. Comparatively few varieties are
grown. Early Purple Guigne, Chapman and Knights
Early Black are grown in early-ripening localities.
Black Tartarian, Lewelling and Bing are the mainstay
for black cherries. The Napoleon Bigarreau (locally
known as Royal Ann) is the ideal for a white cherry,
and almost excludes all others, although the Rockport
Bigarreau has some standing. Of all the varieties
grown, the Black Tartarian and Napoleon (Fig. 909)
constitute 70 per cent of the crop, and probably 90
per cent of the amount marketed.
California-grown cherries attain large size; the can-
ner's requirement for fancy fruit is a diameter not less
than J^ of an inch, and for No. 1 not less than % of an
inch. Wholesale prices usually range from $40 to $60
a ton for black and $80 to $120 for white, but occa-
sionally canners have paid as
high as $160 a ton for white
cherries. The higher rates can
be expected only in years of
short crops.
EDWARD J. WICKSON
CHERVIL. A term applied
to two umbelliferous plants
that produce edible parts,
neither of which is well known
in America. The name is
sometimes applied, also, to the
sweet cicely.
Salad chervil or leaf chervil is
Anthriscus Cerefolium, Hoffm.,
a native of Caucasus, south-
ern Russia and western Asia.
It is annual, reaching 1^ to 2
feet high. The neat and aro-
matic leaves are used like pars-
ley, which they much resemble.
The leaves are decompound,
with oval cut leaflets; and there
are varieties with much cut
and curled foliage. The culti-
vation of salad chervil presents
no difficulties. Leaves are
ready to use in six to ten weeks
from seed-sowing, and any good garden soil is con-
genial. It thrives best in the cooler and moister part
of the year. In hot weather, seeds would better be
sown in a shaded place.
Tuberous or turnip-rooted chervil is Chserophyllum
bulbosum, Linn., of southern Europe. (See Chasrophyl-
lum.) It is biennial or plur-annual, like the radish
and carrot. The roots are like small carrots in shape
(4 to 5 inches long), but are gray or blackish, and the
742
CHERVIL
flesh is yellowish white and of different flavor. The
roots are eaten as carrots are, either boiled or in stews.
The one difficulty in the growing of tuberous chervil
is the fact that the seeds germinate very tardily, or
even not at all, if kept dry over winter. It is cus-
tomary, therefore, to sow them in the fall, although
they do not germinate until spring. If they are to be
reserved for spring-growing, they should be stratified
(see Seedage) or kept in sand. In four or five months
after germination, the roots are fit to use, although
they improve in quality by being left in the ground.
The roots keep well in winter. L. H. B.
CHESS, or CHEAT: Bromus.
CHESTNUT. Three species of tree or true chestnuts
are cultivated in this country for their nuts, — the
European Castanea sativa, the American Castanea den-
tata, the Japanese Castanea crenata. See Castanea. The
horticultural characters that distinguish these three
types are as follows:
European chestnuts. — Tree large, with a spreading
but compact head, stocky, smooth-barked twigs and
large glossy buds of a yellowish brown color; leaves
oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed, with coarse some-
times incurved serrations, thick and leathery, generally
pubescent beneath when young, but green on both
sides when mature. Burs very large, with long branch-
ing spines, and a thick velvety lining. Nut larger than
American chestnut, sometimes very large, shell dark
mahogany-brown, pubescent at tip, thick, tough and
leathery; kernel inclosed in a thin tough and astrin-
gent skin: quality variable from insipid, astringent to
moderately sweet. The leaves remain on the trees until
late in autumn, but are more susceptible to the attacks
of fungi than the American and Japanese species. At
least one variegated and one cut-leaved variety are
grown as ornamentals. This species is variously known
as European, French, Spanish and Italian chestnut
(Castanea sativa), and sweet chestnut of English writers.
It is an inhabitant of mountain forests in the temper-
ate regions of western Asia, Europe and north Africa,
and is esteemed for its nuts in Spain, France and Italy,
where they have constituted an important article of
food since an early day. Introduced to the United
States by Iren6e Dupont, at Wilmington, Delaware, in
1803, although recorded by Jefferson, under the desig-
nation "French chestnut," as grafted by him on native
chestnut near Charlottesville (Monticello), Virginia,
in 1773.
American chestnut (Castanea dentatd). — Fig. 911. A
tall straight columnar tree, in forests reaching a height
of 100 feet and a diameter of 3 to 4 feet; when grown
in the open, forming a low round-topped head of
slightly pendulous branches. Leaves thinner than in C.
sativa, oblong-lanceolate, acute, long-pointed at the
apex, coarsely serrate except toward the wedge-shaped
base, green and
glabrous on both
surfaces, chang-
ing to bright
clear yellow
later in autumn.
The staminate
flowers open in
June or July
after leaves have
attained full
size, and exhale
a sweet, heavy
odor, disagree-
able to many
persons, and
sometimes caus-
ing symptoms of
911. Native wild chestnuts. (X%) hay-fever. The
CHESTNUT
two- or three-flowered involucres of pistillate flow-
ers are on short stout peduncles at the bases of
androgynous aments which bear toward their tips
scattered clusters of staminate flowers. Burs smaller
and spines sharper than in C. sativa. The nuts, usually
two or three, rarely five to seven, are usually broader
than long, and much compressed by crowding, although
sometimes nearly oblong and approaching cylindrical.
912. Japanese chestnuts. ( X J^)
They are of a bright brown color, covered at the apex
with thick pale tomentum, which sometimes extends
nearly to the base of the nut. The nuts are sweet and
agreeable in flavor, the best among chestnuts, and are
marketed in large quantities from the forests of the
Appalachian region. Occurs in eastern North America,
Maine to Georgia, westward to Michigan, Mississippi
and Louisiana. Gradually receding from its southern
areas from causes not yet understood. A few selected
forms have been propagated by grafting.
Japanese chestnut (C. crenata). — Fig. 912. A dwarf-
ish close-headed tree of slender growth, said to attain
a height of 50 feet in Japan, with small buds: leaves
smaller than other chestnuts, lanceolate-oblong, usually
pointed, with a truncate or cordate base, finely ser-
rated, with shallow sharp - pointed indentations,
whitish tomentose beneath, pale green above, less sub-
ject to injury by fungi than other species. Burs small,
with a thin papery lining and short widely branching
spines. Nuts large to very large, glossy, usually three,
sometimes five or seven in a bur, usually inferior to
the other chestnuts in quality, although good when
cooked, and in a few varieties excellent in the fresh
state. Many cultural varieties are recognized. Intro-
duced to the United States in 1876 by S. B. Parsons,
Flushing, New York.
Aside from these three types, there are certain dwarf
and small-fruited castaneas known as chinquapins.
The two native chinquapins may be contrasted as
follows (page 682) :
Common or tree chinquapin (C. pumila). — Fig.
913. A shrub 4 or 5 feet tall, rarely a tree, attaining
a height of 50 feet, with slender branchlets marked
with numerous minute lenticels, and coated with a
pale tomentum, which disappears during the first
winter. Leaves oblong, acute and coarsely serrate at
apex, bright yellowish green, changing to dull yellow
before falling in autumn. Flowers strong-smelling, the
catkins of staminate ones appearing with the unfolding
leaves in May or June, the spicate androgynous
aments later, with pistillate flowers in spiny involucres,
producing solitary cylindrical nuts % to 1 inch in
length and % inch in diameter, with sweet seeds. This
species occurs in dry lands from southern Pennsyl-
vania to Florida and Texas, and its nuts, which ripen
earlier than the American chestnut, are esteemed for
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
743
food and marketed in considerable quantities. The
species is sparingly introduced to cultivation and in its
native region is being somewhat grafted upon in place
with the choicer varieties of chestnuts. It has some
promise as a dwarfing stock but is subject to the trouble-
some fault of suckering rather abundantly. Two named
varieties, the Fuller and the Rush, have been pub-
lished and somewhat propagated. (Upper part of Fig.
913 illustrates common chinquapin bur, and nut in
natural size.) Apparent intermediates between this
species and the American chestnut, probably of hybrid
origin, are found in various localities from Pennsyl-
vania southward and westward to southern Arkansas
and eastern Texas, in some localities attaining truly
arborescent proportions. (Lower figure in Fig. 913
illustrates bur of hybrid chinquapin.)
Bush chinquapin (C. alnifolia). — A shrub, rarely
more than 3 feet in height, forming small thickets,
by means of stolons, in sandy barrens. South Atlantic
states, westward to Louisiana and Arkansas. Distin-
guished from C. pumila by larger, oval-lanceolate,
mostly obtuse leaves, which are but slightly tomentose
beneath, and by its larger nuts, which ripen earlier.
The cultural range of Castanea in America is not
well defined, but extends from Florida and Texas to
Massachusetts and Wisconsin, and on the Pacific
slope. The three species cultivated in America thrive
best on dry, rocky or gravelly ridges or silicious uplands,
failing on heavy clays and on limestone soils unless
deep, dry and rich.
Propagation of chestnuts.
Propagation of species is by seeds. Certain types
reproduce their striking characteristics in their seed-
lings, but varieties are perpetuated by grafting, occa-
sionally by budding. Seeds for planting should be free
from insect larvae, and should not be allowed to dry out
before planting. They may be planted in drills in fall
on deep and well-drained loam, or, to avoid damage by
rodents, may be stratified in damp sand until spring.
Nuts held in cold storage at 15° F. from October to
April have germinated well at Washington, D. C.
Young trees destined for removal to orchard should be
transplanted in nursery at one year old, to promote
symmetrical development of root system. Grafting
may be done on any of the species of Castanea, and on
some of the oaks, notably the chestnut oak, Quercus
Prinos, though the durability of grafts on the oak is
questionable. Where the chestnut is indigenous, bear-
ing orchards of improved varieties are quickly secured
by cutting down and removing the timber, and graft-
ing the young sprouts which spring up in abundance
about the chestnut stumps (Fig. 914). Recently the
chinquapin has been similarly used with good success
where chestnut does not occur. Grafting may be by
splice method on one-year-old seedling roots; by splice
or cleft at crown on two- or three-year trees in place;
or by veneer, splice or cleft methods on one- to three-
year-old sprouts or branches. Top-working of old trees
is uncertain and practised only in special cases. Cipns
should be dormant, and work may be done at any time
after freezing ceases, but in trunk- and branch-grafting
best results are secured by most grafters if work is
done after leaves begin to unfold. Two- or three-
bud scions are preferred. The fitting of cion to cleft or
splice and the waxing should be carefully done. If
strips of waxed muslin are wrapped about the stubs,
the danger of loss by summer cracking of wax is les-
sened. In cleft-grafting young sprouts or seedlings, the
stub should be cut 2 or 3 inches above the departure
of a branch, to prevent too deep splitting of cleft. Two
or three weeks after growth begins the waxing should
be inspected and repaired if cracked. If grafts make
rank and brittle growth they should be checked by
pinching, and if in exposed situations, tied to stakes to
prevent breaking out of cions. Budding is sometimes
practised, usually by use of dormant buds inserted in
shoots of previous year, when the bark "slips" after
growth has begun in spring. There is a growing con-
viction in the minds of close observers that certain of
the popular varieties, especially Paragon, under cer-
tain conditions do not find the American chestnut a
congenial stock. In several orchards, Paragon, when
grafted on native sprouts, although apparently making
a good union at the start, has within eight to ten years
developed weakness at the point of union, followed by
loss of vigor and death of the top without other appar-
ent cause than lack of congeniality of cion to stock.
For this variety, at least, the grafting upon seedling
stocks grown from nuts of the variety appears advisable.
The chestnut is admirably adapted to ornamental
planting, either singly or in groups on suitable soils.
913. Chinquapin. (Nut and bur natural size.)
The native species is successfully used as a roadside
tree in many sections outside of its natural range. It
requires a space of at least 40 feet for development
when thus used, the European species 30 feet, and the
Japanese 20 feet. If in orchard, the last-mentioned may
be planted as close as 20 feet, and thinned when the
trees begin to crowd, thus securing several crops of
nuts from land otherwise unoccupied.
Care of chestnut orchards.
Planted orchards are yet few in America, most of
the extensive commercial efforts having consisted in the
grafting of sprouts on rough lands where the American
chestnut is indigenous. On such lands no cultivation
is attempted, the brambles and undesired sprouts
being held in check by occasional cutting in summer, '
or by pasturing with sheep. Much care is necessary
744
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
to protect against damage of the sprouts by fire on such
land. Clean cultivation, at least during the first few
years, is probably best in planted orchards, although
heavy mulching may be found a satisfactory substitute.
The Japanese and some of the American varieties of
the European species require thinning of the burs on
young trees to avoid over-bearing, with its consequent
injury to the vitality of the tree.
Special difficulties.
Leaf diseases are apparently subject to control by
bordeaux mixture, but for the weevils, which damage
the nuts previous to maturity, no satisfactory remedy
has yet been discovered except the yarding of poultry
in sufficient numbers to destroy the adult insects and
their larvae when they reach the ground.
The most serious difficulty confronting the present
or prospective chestnut-grower in North America is
the chestnut-bark disease which, during the last decade,
has worked havoc in the native chestnut forests
throughout a region of country extending from cen-
tral Connecticut through southeastern New York,
New Jersey, and eastern Pennsylvania into northern
Delaware, northeastern Maryland and northern Vir-
ginia. As this region contains most of the commercial
plantings of improved chestnuts they have also suf-
fered severely, especially since about 1908. The distri-
bution of the native chestnut, together with the known
distribution of the disease February 1, 1912, is shown
on the accompanying map (Fig. 915), which was pre-
pared by Metcalf to accompany a special report on the
disease in response to a resolution of the United States
Senate.
This disease, caused by a parasitic fungus (Diaporthe
or Endothia parasitica), attacks trees of all ages and
kills by girdling at various points. It is known to
attack all species of chestnut and chinquapin grown in
this country, although some, at least, of the Japanese
varieties, are practically resistant, so far as observed.
A few cases of the disease have also been found on
living trees of the chestnut oak in Pennsylvania, though
with less evidence of destructive effect than on chestnut.
The disease is spread by the spores of the fungus,
which are sticky, and are carried by rain, insects, and
man, and probably by birds and small mammals. It
is known to have been carried on nursery stock for
long distances and is easily transported on newly cut
914. Chestnut sprouts two years grafted. The cion was
inserted where branching begins.
915. Distribution of the chestnut blight.
timber and cordwood from which the bark has not
been removed. Infection frequently occurs through
wounds made by bark- borers.
Although first attracting attention in New York
City in 1904, it appears certain that it had secured
a firm foothold in southeastern New York, including
Long Island and adjacent portions of Connecticut
and New Jersey, prior to that time, there being some
indication that it was introduced from Japan, although
satisfactory evidence of this is still lacking. The pres-
ence of the disease in chestnut forests in China was
discovered by Meyer in 1913, where, upon an unidenti-
fied species of chestnut, it is reported to be less virulent
than in American chestnut forests.
For several years after publication of the cause of
the disease by Murrill, in 1906, little effort was made in
a systematic way to accomplish its control until 1911.
when the legislature of Pennsylvania appropriated
$275,000 for this purpose and inaugurated a state-wide,
two-year campaign of eradication. The work is being
done in cooperation with the Federal Department of
Agriculture which, since 1907, has been investigating
the disease with a view to developing effective methods
of controlling it. Several other chestnut-producing
states are also giving more or less attention to the prob-
lem. Up to the present time, systematic cutting out
of infected trees coupled with destruction of their bark
by fire has proved the only practicable control method.
This is being vigorously applied in Pennsylvania and
those portions of Maryland, West Virginia, and Vir-
ginia in which the disease has appeared.
In forests, the disease is exceedingly difficult to
eradicate after it has once gained a foothold, owing to
the minute examination of the entire tree which is
required to locate infections in their early stages. In
any district in which there is a general infection of the
forests, the only practicable course is to clear off the
timber while it is sufficiently sound to be merchantable.
The relative disease-resistance of the Japanese
chestnuts, coupled with their precocity and produc-
tiveness, renders them now the most promising sorts
for the American chestnut-grower. Planted in sections
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
745
outside of the native range of the American chestnut,
they may reasonably be expected to remain practically
free from the disease, especially if care is exercised to
prevent its introduction from infested regions on
nursery stock or cions. The poor flavor and eating
quality of most of these varieties is their worst fault,
but in view of their wide range of
variation in this respect, the problem
of producing resistant varieties of
¥>od quality appears relatively simple,
he few trees of Korean and Chinese
chestnuts thus far grown in the east-
ern United States are apparently
quite resistant to the disease and
therefore of much interest to the tree
breeder as parents of possible resist-
ant forms. Systematic work on the
breeding of resistant varieties is being
prosecuted in the Bureau of Plant
Industry.
Varieties of chestnuts.
The varieties of the three species,
although possessing many points in
common, differ sufficiently in impor-
tant characteristics to justify sepa-
rate grouping for cultural discussion.
As chestnut-culture is new in this
country, it seems best to append
descriptions of all the varieties which
are in the American trade. For fuller
discussion of cultivated chestnuts, see
Nut Culture in the United States
(Bull. Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept.
of Agric.), from which Fig. 913 is
adapted; Nut Culturist, A. S. Fuller,
1896; European and Japanese Chest-
nuts in Eastern United States, G.
Harold Powell (Bull. Del. Exp. Sta-
tion), 1898; Nut Culture for Profit,
Jno. R. Parry, 1897.
AMERICAN GROUP. — Although the wild
nuts exhibit wide variations in size, form,
quality, productiveness, and season of ripen-
ing, but few varieties have been dignified by
names and propagated. Solitary trees are
frequently sterile, although producing both
staminate and pistillate flowers, apparently
requiring cross-fertilization to insure fruitful-
ness. This is especially true of planted trees
of this species on the Pacific slope, where
productive trees are reported to be rare. The
susceptibility of the species to injury by leaf
diseases, as pointed out by Powell, and the
injury to nuts by larvae of weevils, are draw-
backs to its extensive culture.
The following varieties are propagated to
some extent:
Dulaney. — Bowling Green, Ky. Large,
and of fine quality. Original tree productive,
though isolated.
Griffin. — Griffin, Ga. A large, very downy
nut, of good quality.
Hathaway. — Little Prairie Ronde, Mich.
A large, light-colored, sweet nut, annually
productive, frequently having five to seven
nuts to the bur.
Ketcham. — Mountainville, N. Y. Above
medium in size, oblong, tomentose, sweet.
Tree productive and vigorous in heavy sod
at fifty years of age.
Murrell. — Coleman's Falls, Va. A large,
high-flavored nut, bearing three nuts to the
bur.
Otto. — Otto, Tenn. Large, oblong, very
downy at tip, very sweet, and rich.
Rochester. — Rochester, N. Y. First fruited at Alton, 111. Nuts
medium to large; somewhat rounded, usually three in a bur; of
dull brown color, downy at tip; quality excellent. Tree a very
rapid grower and a heavy bearer; ripens late.
Watson. — Fay, Pa. Medium to large, slightly downy, com-
pressed, very good.
EUROPEAN GROUP. — It is a significant fact that, during the
century that has elapsed since the introduction of this species, the
imported named varieties of Europe have not found favor in eastern
America. Seedling trees have been found productive and profitable
at many points in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Mary-
916. Successive stages in the rava-
ges of the chestnut blight. 1909,
1910, 1911.
land, however, and these form the basis of the culture of the species
east of the continental divide. West of the Rocky Mountains,
several of the choice French "Marrons" are reported to succeed in
California and Oregon. Among the more important varieties of the
European group in America, are the following:
Anderson. — Flushing, N. J. Bur medium to small; nuts of
medium size, bright reddish brown, pubescent at the tip and over
half of the nut. Tree a strong grower, with medium to small
leathery leaves. Very productive.
Ba.TlTa.rn. — Milltown, Pa. Bur medium to
small; nut medium, thickly pubescent at tip,
dark reddish mahogany color; three in a bur;
unusually free from insect attack; quality
good. Tree vigorous, spreading, with large
leaves; productive.
Combale (Marron Combale). — France. A
large and handsome, bright brown striped
nut, with but little tomentum at tip; usually
two, sometimes but one in a bur. Somewhat
grown in California, where it was introduced
from France about 1870.
Chalon (syn., Marron Chalqn Early). —
France. Sparingly grown in California. Nut
of medium size, early, productive, pre-
cocious.
Corson. — Plymouth Meeting, Pa. Bur
large, with thin husk; nuts large, usually
three in a bur; dark brown, ridged, heavily
pubescent at tip; quality very good. Tree
vigorous, spreading, very productive.
Dager.— Camden, Del. Bur medium; nut
medium to large, dark brown, thickly tomen-
tose, usually three in a bur; quality good.
Tree vigorous, spreading, productive; a seed-
ling of Ridgely.
Darlington. — Wilmington, Del. Bur me-
dium to small; nut medium to large, usu-
ally three in a bur; dark, distinctly striped,
thickly tomentose at tip; sweet, good. Tree
vigorous. One of the earliest to ripen of this
group.
Lyon (Marron de Lyon). — France. A large,
round nut of fair quality, grown in a small
way in California, but less productive than
Combale, which it resembles.
Marron. — This term is used by the French
to designate the larger cultivated chestnuts,
most of which have relatively few nuts, often
only one in a bur.
Moncur. — Dover, Del. A seedlingpf Ridgely.
Bur medium; nuts medium, of light color,
heavily tomentose. Tree vigorous, spreading,
very productive.
Nouzillard. — France. A large, handsome
variety from central France, and there con-
sidered very productive and valuable. Has
been tested in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and
California without marked success in any
locality.
Numbo. — Morrisville, Pa. Bur medium
conical; nut large, from two to three in a
bur; bright brown striped, thinly tomentose,
of good quality. Tree compact and droop-
ing, rather uncertain in bearing.
Paragon (syn., Great American; Sobers
Paragon). — Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa.
Bur very large; nut large, usually three in a
bur, broad, plump, thickly tomentose at the
tip, and thinly over two-thirds of surface,
color dull brown, quality very good. Tree
hardy, spreading, vigorous, with narrow,
coarsely serrate leaves having a narrow base;
subject to leaf-blight, but very productive.
The most widely planted and most uniformly
successful variety of chestnut yet cultivated
in the United States. Possibly a hybrid with
C. dentata.
Quercy (syn., Marron Quercy). — France.
A beautiful, medium-sized nut, commended in
portions of California for precocity, earli-
ness, productiveness and quality.
Ridgely (syn., Du Pont). — Dover, Del.
Bur medium; nut medium to large, moder-
ately tomentose, dark, of very good quality.
Tree vigorous, with narrow leaves free from
blight, spreading, very productive, hardy.
Scott. — Burlington, N. J. Bur medium;
nut medium, slightly pointed, usually three
in a bur; glossy, dark brown, slightly tomen-
tose at the tip. Tree open, spreading, very
productive; said to be comparatively free from attacks of weevil.
Styer.— Concordville, Pa. Bur medium; nut medium pointed,
dark brown, striped, tomentose at tip, 1 to 3 in a bur. Tree very
vigorous, upright, with large, dark green leaves; free from disease.
JAPANESE GROUP. — Though most of the imported Japanese
chestnuts have been found of poor quality for eating in the fresh
state, the product of many imported seedling trees, and of a num-
ber of American-grown seedlings of this type, is equal to the Euro-
pean nut in this respect. The Japanese varieties in general have
the advantage, also, of greater precocity and productiveness,
larger size and earlier maturity of nut, greater freedom from injury
746
CHESTNUT
CHICORY
917. Boone chestnut.
by leaf diseases and nut-eating insect larvae. As productiveness
and earliness are the most important points in chestnut-culture at
the present time, this type is the most important to commercial
nut-growers. Because of the ease with which chestnuts hybridize,
the disease-resistance of varieties that have originated from seed
produced within the habitat of the American chestnut must be
regarded as doubtful until thoroughly tested. Information as to
the place of production of the seed from which the several varieties
originated is there-
fore of importance
in selecting varie-
ties for planting.
The more important
named varieties are
as follows:
Alpha . — New
Jersey. Bur me-
dium; nuts medium
to large, generally
three in a bur, dark,
of fair quality, ripe-
ning very early.
Tree upright, very
vigorous and pro-
ductive. Originated
in New Jersey from
seed of Parry.
Beta, — New Jer-
sey. Bur small; nut
medium, light
brown, smooth,
slightly tomentose
at tip, good; ripe-
ning just after
Alpha. Seedling of
Parry.
Biddle. — New
Jersey. First fruited
in Maryland. Bur
medium; nut large, bright brown, broad, rather thickly tomentose,
two to five in a bur; of medium season and fair quality. Tree
regular, round-headed, vigorous. Grown from imported seed.
Black (syn., Dr. Black). — New Jersey. First fruited in Mary-
land. Bur large; nut medium to large; three to seven in a bur, con-
sequently irregular in shape; dark brown, slightly tomentose, very
early and of good quality. Tree round, close-headed, vigorous, pro-
ductive. Grown from imported seed.
Boone. — Villa Ridge, III. Fig. 917. A hybrid between Giant and
a native chestnut. Bur of medium size; nuts large, usually three in
a bur; of light brown color, rather heavily tomentose; quality very
good. Tree vigorous, precocious and productive, nuts ripening
early. Considered difficult to propagate.
Coe.— -California. A large, very sweet variety, but recently
disseminated. Tree upright, somewhat spreading. Grown from
imported seed.
Felton. — New Jersey. First fruited in Delaware. Bur small;
nut medium, dark brown, slightly tomentose, rather early and of
excellent quality. Tree round-headed and fairly productive.
Grown from seed of an imported tree.
Giant. — Japan. A trade name, under which a number of varie-
ties have been imported from Japan. See Parry.
Hale (syn., Eighteen Months). — California. A newly intro-
duced variety, having a large, dark brown nut of excellent quality.
Very precocious. Grown from imported seed.
Kent (syn., Extra Early). — New Jersey. First fruited in .Dela-
ware. Bur small, nut medium to large, dark, usually three in a bur;
very early, of good quality. Tree round-headed, precocious, pro-
ductive. Grown from seed of an imported tree.
Kerr. — New Jersey. First fruited in Maryland. Bur small;
nut medium to large, dark brown, broad, three in a bur, early, and
of excellent quality. Tree vigorous, symmetrical, round-headed,
very productive. Grown from imported seed.
Kitten.' — New Jersey. First fruited in Delaware. Bur very
large; nut very large, broad, light brown, slightly ridged, of excel-
lent quality, midseason. Tree upright, open, spreading, moder-
ately vigorous, productive. The largest chestnut yet brought to
notice. Grown from seed of an imported tree.
Mammoth. — A trade name for the imported Japanese nuts and
trees, not restricted to any particular variety.
Martin (syn., Col. Martin). — New Jersey. First fruited in
Maryland. Bur large; nut large to very large, broad, bright reddish
brown, slightly tomentose, three to five nuts in a bur. Midseason;
of good quality for cooking. Tree vigorous, open, spreading, pro-
ductive. Grown from imported seed.
McFarland. — California. Bur very large; nut large, and of fine
quality; early. Tree spreading, very productive. A newly dissem-
inated variety of great promise. Grown from imported seed.
Parry. — Japan. Bur very large; nut very large, one to three in
a bur, broad, with apex sometimes depressed; dark brown, ridged,
of fair quality. Tree moderately vigorous, open, spreading, with
large leaves. One of the largest and most beautiful of this group.
Selected for propagation as the best of 1,000 imported grafted
Japanese chestnuts.
Prolific. — Japan. Bur small; nut medium, rather long, striped,
three in a bur; early. Tree vigorous, compact, with small narrow
leaves.
Reliance. — New Jersey. Bur medium; nut medium to large,
rather long, light brown, ridged; midseason, and of fair quality.
Tree dwarfish, spreading, drooping, very precocious and produc-
tive; inclined to overbear, and needs thinning. Seedling of Parry.
Success. — New Jersey. Bur very large; nut very large, usually
three in a bur; midseason; of rather poor quality until cooked.
Seedling of Parry. Tree upright, productive.
Superb. — New Jersey. Bur large; nut large, broad, brown,
usually three in a bur, early, and of fair quality. Tree vigorous and
very productive. Seedling of Parry.
A TAYLOR
CHEVALIERA, CHEVALIERIA, CHEVALLIERA, CHE-
VALLIERIA. The species in the American trade are ^Echmeas.
CHICK-PEA: Cicer.
CHICKWEED: Cerastium and Stettaria.
CHICORY, or SUCCORY (Cichvrium fntybus,
Linn.). Composite Fig. 918. A native of Europe,
naturalized in America and familiar to many as a weed,
is a pot-herb, a salad, and the leading adulterant of
coffee It came prominently before the public in the
late nineties and the early years of this century as an
American farm crop. Prior to that year, its cultiva-
tion as an adulterant and substitute for coffee was
largely prevented by the prejudice of the principal
consumers, our foreign-born population, who insisted
that American was inferior to European root, and also
by the low tariff, which allowed the root to enter duty
free, or with a very small impost. During 1898 and
1899 advantage was taken of a protective duty, and
several factories were erected, for which farmers grew
the roots. For a few years our home market was sup-
plied from American fields in part. But even the sub-
stitution of horse-power for manual labor, improved
plows and cultivating implements for crude ones,
machine-digging of the roots for hand-digging, efficient
slicing machines, and improved evaporating kilns did
not make the business satisfactory. There was not
enough money in it either to
growers or to manufacturers, so it
has been abandoned.
Chicory will probably succeed
wherever the sugar beet is grown
in this country, the climatic re-
quirements being similar. In gen-
eral, it may be said to thrive upon
all stone-free soils that will pro-
duce paying staple crops, except
clays, lightest sands and mucks.
The first are too hard, the second
too dry, the third too rich in
nitrogen and too sour. The sur-
face layer of soil should be deep,
the subsoil open and well drained.
If the water-supply be sufficient,
high land is as good as low land
of the same texture, though if too
dry for profitable grain-growing,
the former may yet be made to
produce chicory; but if too wet for
cereals, the latter will generally be
found unsuitable for this root.
The fertilizing of the land should
be the same as for other root-crops,
nitrogen being used sparingly,
potash and phosphoric acid rather
freely — one and one-fourth to one
and one-half times as much of the
former and two and one-half times
the latter as has been removed by
the preceding crop. It is best to
apply these fertilizers to preceding
crops that do not make heavy
demands upon them. In rotation,
chicory is classed with root-crops,
and should be preceded by a small
grain, since this is harvested in
time for fall plowing. Clover
should not immediately precede,
since it leaves too much nitrogen
in the soil. The ground being 013. improved chicory
warm, fairly moist, thoroughly root. ( x 1A)
CHICORY
CHIMAPHILA
747
prepared by deep plowing, harrowing and scarifying
with a weeder, the seed, which must be fresh and clean,
is sown rather thickly but covered thinly, in drills 18
inches apart.
There are but few well-defined varieties of this plant
used for field culture, and even the garden sorts are
not so stable as could be desired. Of the former group,
Magdeburg, Brunswick and Schlesische are the prin-
cipal; of the latter, Witloof (so-called), Red Italian,
Broad-leaved, Improved Variegated and Curled-leaved
are best known. Witloof and Barbe de Capucin can
be produced from any variety, the difference being
brought about by the method of growing.
Chicory has no specific enemies in this country, and
is troubled by only a few of the general-feeding insects,
such as cut-worms and wire-worms.
From six to ten tons is the general acre yield, although
with good management fifteen tons may be produced.
The cost of growing and the returns are about as fol-
lows: Rent, wear of tools, etc., $5; preparation of
land, $4.50; seed, 75 cents; cultivating and tending,
$15; harvesting and delivering, $12; total, $37.25.
Average price the ton, $7.
From a purely horticultural standpoint, chicory is
of interest as a root, a pot-herb, and a salad plant.
The young tender roots are occasionally boiled and
served with butter, pepper and salt, like young carrots,
but they have never become widely popular in this
form. As a pot-herb, the young leaves are equal to
those of dandelion. They are cut when 6 to 8 inches
long, boiled in two waters to remove the bitter flavor,
and served like spinach. As a salad, chicory is famous
in three forms: Common Blanched, Barbe de Capucin
and Witloof. Barbe de Capucin is comprised of small
blanched leaves. Witloof is a more solid head. The
pink, red and curled varieties make a very pretty
appearance, and, if well grown and served fresh, are
delicious, there being only a slightly bitter flavor.
The method of growing for salads is the same as for
endive.
For Barbe and Witloof, well-grown roots are dug in
October, trimmed of unnecessary roots and of all but
an inch of top. For Barbe, the roots are laid hori-
zontally in tiers in moist earth, the whole forming a
sloping heap, the crowns of the roots protruding an
inch or so. Since darkness is essential, a warm vege-
table cellar is the usual place selected to grow this
vegetable, which requires three or four weeks to pro-
duce its fine white leaves. These are cut when about
6 inches long, eaten as a salad, boiled like kale or cut
up like slaw. If undisturbed, the roots will continue
to produce for several weeks. The most rapid way to
produce Witloof is to plunge the roots (shortened to 5
inches) in spent tanbark, or such material, and cover
with 2 feet or more of manure, the space under a green-
house bench being used. In about two weeks, heads
resembling cos lettuce may be dug up, boiled like brus-
sels sprouts, or served as salad. If the roots be left in
place, protected from the light, but uncovered, a crop
of leaves resembling Barbe may be gathered. Sowing
and other cultural management is the same as for other
garden roots, as beets and carrots. It is a pity that
these vegetables are so little known in this country.
Witloof is a popular winter vegetable in the larger
cities of the East. Much of it is imported from Europe.
Chicory has run wild along roadsides and in dry fields
in many parts of the country, and is considered to be a
bad weed. However, the handsome sky-blue flowers
(Fig. 962), which open only in sunshine, are very
attractive. M a KAINS>
CHlLDSIA WERCKLEI: Hidalgoa.
CHILIANTHUS (a thousand flowers). Loganiacese.
Four or 5 S. African trees or shrubs, very closely allied
to Buddleia, from which it differs in having stamens
48
exserted from the short tube: Ivs. opposite, entire or
dentate, nearly always tomentose or scaly: fls. very
numerous, in dense terminal cymes or panicles; calyx
and corolla deeply 4-parted, the latter usually yellow-
ish. Unknown to the American trade. The plants
known as Buddleia salicifolia, Jacq., and B. saligna,
Willd., are Chilianthus arboreus, Benth. (which is
probably identical with C. oleaceus, Burch.).
CHILOPSIS (Greek, lip-like). Bignoniacese. One
deciduous shrub or low tree, often planted in southern
California and other parts.
Allied to Catalpa: differs in having 4 anther-bearing
stamens and 1 rudiment, a more trumpet-shaped corolla
and with jagged lobes, and Ivs. linear and often not
opposite.
linearis, DC (C. saligna, Don). Slender-branched,
10-20 ft.: fls. handsome, bignonia-like, in a short
terminal raceme; corolla 1-2 in. long, 5-lobed and
crimped, the tube and throat lilac, and 2 yellow stripes
inside. Dry districts from S. Texas
to Calif., and in Mex. — From its
narrow-lanceolate or linear Ivs., it is
known as desert willow; also called
flowering willow and mimbres.
There is a white-fld. form.
L. H. B.
CHIMAPHILA (Greek, winter-
loving; green in winter). Eri-
caceae. PIPSISSEWA. Perennial small
plants, interesting for the white or
pinkish flowers and the evergreen
foliage, but little cultivated.
Half shrubby or
herbaceous, with
creeping st. : Ivs.
evergreen, serrate,
in irregular whorls:
fls. nodding, form-
ing a terminal, few-
fld. umbel, on a
long naked pedun-
cle; petals 5, spread-
ing; stamens 10, the
anthers opening
with 2 pores at the
apex, the filaments
short, dilated ; style
short, with a peltate
stigma. : fr. a dehis-
cent, deeply fur-
rowed, 5-celled
caps, with numer-
ous minute seeds. —
Four species in N.
Amer., Eu., and N.
Asia to Japan; for-
merly united with Pyrola. Low evergreen plants, with
pretty white or reddish fls. in summer. They grow
best in a light, sandy soil, mixed with peat or leaf-
mold, and prefer a half-shady position. Prop, by divi-
sion of the creeping rootstock. Useful in wild borders.
A. Lvs. broadest above the middle.
umbellata, Nutt. (C. corymbdsa, Pursh). Five to 12
in.: Ivs. 3-6 in a whorl, short-petioled, cuneate-lanceo-
late to oblpng-obovate, sharply serrate, dark green and
shining above, 1-2 in. long: fls. 4-7, white or reddish,
J^-^in. wide. N. Amer., from Canada to Mex., Eu.,
Japan. B.M. 778. L.B.C. 5:463. Mn. 7:161— Lvs.
said to be employed in rheumatic and kidney affec-
tions.
AA. Lvs. broadest below the middle.
maculata, Pursh. Fig. 919. Lower and less branched
than the foregoing: Ivs. usually in 3's, ovate or oblong-
748
CHIMAPHILA
CHIONODOXA
lanceolate, sparsely and sharply serrate, variegated
with white along the nerves, 1-2 in. long: fls. 2-5, white,
Min. wide. From Canada to Ga. and Miss. B.M. 897.
Mn. 9:1. G.C. III. 32:318.
Menziesii, Spreng. Slender plant, 3-8 in. high:
Ivs. alternate or in 3's, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, %-!% in. long, sharply serrate,
sometimes variegated: fls. 1-3, white, J^in. across;
filaments with a round dilated portion in the middle.
Brit. Col. to Calif. ALFRED REHDER.
CHIMONANTHUS: Meralia.
CHINA ASTER: Aster.
CHINA-TREE: Melia.
CHINA WOOD-OIL: Aleurites Fordii.
CHINESE LANTERN PLANT: Physalis.
CHINESE LAUREL: Antidesma.
CHINESE SACRED LILY: Narcissus.
CHINKAPIN, CHINQUAPIN: Chestnut and Castanea.
CHIOCOCCA. Rubidcese. SNOWBERRY (which the
name means in Greek). Shrubs, mostly climbing or
trailing, of Trop. Amer. (a half-dozen or so species),
and 3 in extreme S. Fla. Fls. in axillary panicles, the
corolla funnelform and 5-parted; stamens 5, inserted
on the base of the corolla, the filaments cohering at
base; style filiform, the stigma club-shaped; ovary 2-3-
loculed, becoming a small globular 2-seeded drupe.
C. racemosa, Linn., of the Fla. Keys and S., is some-
times cult, in hothouses for its panicles of yellowish
white fls. and the white frs.: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate,
thick and shining, entire: drupes J^in. diam.: twining,
glabrous. C. anguifuga, Mart. (C. brachidta, Ruiz &
Pav.), of S. Amer., the root affording a native snake-
bite remedy, has appeared in cult, (under the name var.
acutifdlia): woody, with erect branches: Ivs. ovate, 3
in. or less long, sharp-acuminate: fls. Mm- long with
recurved lobes, in axillary panicles shorter than the
Ivs. — In S. Fla. or on the Keys, 2 other species occur,
but they apparently are not in cult. : C. dlba, Hitchcock.
Large, erect or reclining: Ivs. elliptic to ovate: fls.
white, often becoming yellow. C. pinetorum, Brit.
Small, trailing: Ivs. mostly elliptic to oblong: corolla
always white. L_ jj. g.
CHIO GENES (Greek, snow, offspring; referring to
the snow-white berries). Ericaceae. SNOWBERRY.
Creeping plant, rarely grown in rockeries for the car-
peting effect of the evergreen foliage and for the attrac-
tive white berries; with small alternate 2-ranked Ivs. and
inconspicuous axillary fls.; corolla short-campanulate,
4-cleft; stamens 8, included, with short filaments,
anthers opening by a slit: berry white, many-seeded. —
Two species in the colder regions of N. Amer. and
Japan. Slender trailing evergreens, in appearance
much like the cranberry; rarely cult. Thriving best in
moist and peaty soil, in a shaded position, creeping
amongst growing moss. Prop, by seeds, by division or
by cuttings in Aug. under glass. The American spe-
cies, C. hispfdula, Torr. & Gray (C. serpyllifolia, Salisb.),
has hirsute branches and ovate or oval, J/^-^jin.-l
ciliate Ivs., greenish white fls. and white berries,
across, usually hirsute. ALFRED REHDER.
CHIONANTHUS (Greek for snow and flower; allud-
ing to the abundance of snow-white fls.)'. Oledcex.
FRINGE TREE. Woody plants grown for their pro-
fusely produced white flowers.
Shrubs or low trees, with deciduous, opposite and
entire Ivs. : fls. in loose panicles from lateral buds at the
end of last year's branches, white, dioecious or only
functionally dioecious; calyx 4-cleft; corolla divided
nearly to the base in 4 narrow petals; stamens 2, short;
ovary superior, 2-celled; style very short with a 2-
lobed stigma: fr. a 1 -seeded oval drupe. — Two species
in E. N. Amer. and China. Ornamental shrubs, with
large, dark green foliage, and very showy white fls.
in early summer. The American species is almost
hardy N., but requires a somewhat sheltered position;
the Chinese may be more tender, but has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum. They thrive best in a some-
what moist and sandy loam, and in a sunny position.
Prop, by seeds sown in fall or stratified; increased also
by layers and by grafting under glass or budding in
the open air on ash seedlings (in Europe, Fraxinus
Ornus is preferred) ; sometimes by cuttings from forced
plants in early spring.
virginica, Linn. Fig. 920. Large shrub or slender
tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. oval or oblong, acuminate, pubes-
cent beneath when young, mostly glabrous at length,
4-8 in. long: panicles 4-6
in. long, pendulous; fls. func-
tionally dioecious; petals 1
in. long: fr. dark blue, ovoid,
%in. long. May, June. From
Pa. to Fla. and Texas. L.B.
C. 13 : 1264. Gt. 16 : 564.
Mn. 2 : 154. G. F. 7 : 325.
A.G. 22:362. F.E. 29:733.
Gng. 16:306. G.M. 31:527.
V. 10:227. G.W. 8, p. 293.
M.D.G. 1899:412,413:1900:
413; 1907:73, 337.— Variable
in shape and pubescence of
the Ivs., and several varieties
have been distinguished, but
none of them sufficiently dis-
tinct for horticultural pur-
poses. The staminate plants
are showier in flower on
account of their larger pani-
cles and broader petals, but
lack the attractive pendulous blue frs. in autumn.
Root-bark tonic, febrifuge, laxative; reputed narcotic,
retusa, Lindl. (C. chinensis, Maxim.). Shrub, with
spreading branches, or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. obovate
or oval to oval-oblong, acute or obtuse, sometimes
emarginate, pubescent on the veins beneath, at least
when young, and reticulate; petioles densely pubes-
cent: fls. dioecious, fragrant, in panicles 2-4 in. long;
petals about J^in. long; narrow oblong: drupe ovoid,
dark blue, Kin. long, China. P.F.G. 3, p. 85. G.C.
11.23:821; 111.47:328, 329. Gt. 35, p. 667. A.G.
13:374; 20:107; 22:363. Mn. 2:157. G.F. 7:327. G.
29:347; 33:521. Gn. W. 8:453.— Young plants have
the Ivs. serrulate. ALFRED REHDER.
CHIONODOXA (Greek, snow and glory). Lilidcese.
GLORY -OF -THE -SNow. Very early-blooming hardy
bulbs, flowers and leaves appearing together.
Closely allied to Scilla, but differs, among other
characters, in having a short tube to the corolla: fls.
blue (running into white and red forms), with recurved-
spreading acute segms., dilated filaments, and small or
capitate stigma. — Four species, Crete to Asia Minor.
These are among the best of early-flowering plants,
blooming in February, March and April, according to
the locality, with the early snowdrops and scillas. Since
their introduction to cultivation by Maw in 1877, they
have been widely cultivated under the popular name
of "glory-of-the-snow," in allusion to their early-
blooming habit. C. I/utilise is the most widely cultiva-
ted species. This varies much in color, the type having
flowers whose petals are more or less deeply tipped
with blue, shading to white at their bases. C. Lucilise
also occurs with pure white flowers, and in reddish and
pink forms. C. sardensis has smaller flowers of a deeper
tone of blue and without the white markings of the
petals. There are two varieties of this, one with white
920. Chionanthus virginica.
( X Vi)
CHIONODOXA
CHIRITA
749
and the other with black stamens. C. grandiflora is
the largest-flowered of the group, the type being slaty
blue with dark lines down the center of the segments;
however, like others of the genus, there are pink and
white forms sometimes found in collected bulbs,
although somewhat rare. C. Tmolusii, one of the kinds
sent out by Whittall of Smyrna some 3Tears ago, is
very like C. Lucilise in form but of a deeper blue and a
distinctly later flowering habit. Chionodoxas hybridize
with Scilla, and the hybrids are sometimes known as
chionoscillas. — Chionodoxas thrive in any fertile soil,
well drained and not too heavy, and in any exposure,
the main requisite for growth being that they have
light and an adequate supply of moisture while grow-
ing and until the foliage is ripened. The bulbs should
be planted about 3 inches deep, and closely, say an inch
or less apart. Lift and replant about the third year.
They need no winter covering. They flower well in pots
in winter in a coolhouse temperature. Must be forced
only gently, and given abundance of air, light and
moisture. They are increased by offsets and seeds,
which they produce freely. Under favorable conditions
they increase rapidly by self-sown seeds. Preferably,
seeds should be sown in a frame, and may be expected
to germinate the following .winter. Under ordinary
conditions, self-sown seeds germinate early in the
year, or late winter. (J. N. Gerard.)
Luciliae, Boiss. Fig. 921. Bulb ovoid, brown-coated:
Ivs. long and narrow, 2 or 3 with each st.: scape 3-6
in. high, bearing a dozen or less bright blue, more or
less hanging, white-centered fls. Asia Minor and
Crete. B.M. 6433. Gn. 28, p. 179.— Runs into many
forms, one of which has white fls. C. gigantea, Hort.,
is a larger form of it,
distinct in habit. C.
grandifldra, Hort., is
a large garden form,
with fls. violet -blue
and white in the
throat. Var. F6rbesii,
Hort., somewhat taller
and bearing more fls.
C. amabilis Leichtlinii,
Hort., is a very hand-
some form, 2 weeks
later than the others:
fls. 1% in. across, with
broad full segms. of
soft creamy white
shaded rose-purple.
C. Tmol&sii, Hort., is
a late-blooming form,
bright blue and white,
apparently a variant
of C. Lucilise.
sardensis, Drude.
Fls. 2-6, smaller, much
darker blue with no
white in the eye, the
perianth -limb twice
longer than the tube:
Ivs. channeled. Sardis.
Gn. 28:178.— Probably
a form of C. Lucilise.
cretica, Boiss. &
Held. Slender: fls.
smaller and fewer (1-2
on a scape) than C.
Lucilise, white or very
pale blue. Crete. — Of
little horticultural
value.
Allenii, Hort. (Chio-
noscilla Allenii, Hort.).
921. Chionodoxa Luciliae. (XH) Perianth segms. cut to
the base: habit of C. Lucilise, but the white eye is
indistinct. Supposed natural hybrid of Scilla bifolia and
Chionodoxa Lucilise. G.C. III. 21 : 191. There is said to
be another C. Allenii that is a direct selection probably
from C. Lucilise, very like var. grandiflora. Chionoscilla
Penryi is another Chionodoxax Scilla hybrid, the exact
parentage not being stated. L H B
CHIONOSCILLA:
Hybrids of Chionodoxa
and Scilla; consult these
genera.
CHIRANTHO-
DENDRON (Greek,
signifying handflower-
tree). Sterculiacese.
Odd -flowered orna-
mental tree of Mexico
and to be expected
in West Indies and
elsewhere in cultiva-
tion.
A mono ty pic
genus, which together
with the Californian
Fremontodendron
forms the remarkable
group Fremontieae.
The fls. are devoid
of a corolla, but in
its place have a large
deeply 5-parted cup-
shaped calyx, con-
cave at the base, in
which there are 5
glands which secrete
an abundance of
honey; stamens
united together for
about one-third their length, above which they separate
into 5 rays bearing linear anthers which dehisce by a
longitudinal groove; style issuing from the center of
the stamens and terminating in a pointed stigma: fr. a
woody caps, with 5 valvate dehiscent lobes: foliage
linden-like and densely clothed with stellate hairs.
platanoides, Baill. (Cheirostemon platanoides,
Humb. & Bonpl.). The celebrated MACPALXOCHI-
QTJAHUITL, or HANDFLOWER TREE of the Mexicans;
also called MANO DE Mico, MONKEY'S HAND, and
DEVIL'S HAND. Fig. 922. The remarkable feature of
the fl. is the form of the bright red stamens, which
resemble the fingers of a human hand and are tipped
with appendages like claws; from the base of the
fingers issues the style which is more or less like a
thumb. A single tree growing near the city of Toluca
was known to the ancient Mexicans, who regarded it
with superstitious- veneration. It was of great age and
was supposed to be the only tree of its kind in the world.
But an entire grove of the trees was discovered in
Guatemala on the slope of the Volcano de Agua, near
the town of Antigua, whence in pre-Columbian times
the specimen had been brought. This established
itself on the slope of the volcano of Toluca, where the
conditions of soil and climate were similar to those of
its original habitat. W> E SAFFORD.
CHIRITA (Hindostani name). Gesneracese. Plants
much like gloxinias and streptocarpuses. A genus of 100
species, none of which is in the American trade. They
are natives of E. Asia and are herbs or low undershrubs
with opposite, often unequal Ivs. : fls. in shades of pur-
ple and blue, tubular, in clusters on the tops of short
scapes. For cult., see Gloxinia.
C. barbata, Sprague. Perennial: fls. pedicellate; corolla funnel-
shaped, bluish lilac, with yellow band in front. India. B.M.
8200. — C. rupestris, Ridl. Bushy, compact annual. Malay
Peninsula. B.M. 8333. — C. sinensis, Lindl., is the best known
922. Chiranthodendron platanoides.
The hand-flower. ( X 1A)
750
CHIRITA
CHLORIS
species and is Well worth cult. It has bright green Ivs. and scapose
cymes of blue and white fls., the yellow anthers of which add
attractiveness. B.R. 30: 59.— A variegated form is known.
N. TAYLOR.f
CHIRONIA (classical mythological name). Gen-
tianacese. A dozen or so soft perennial herbs or shrubs
of Afr., rarely seen in collections of greenhouse mate-
rial. Fls. in shades of red and purple, terminal, with a
salver-form corolla and short tube: Ivs. opposite, ses-
sile, on single or branching sts. Most of them are from
the Cape region.
CHIVE, or CHIVES (written also Give). Allium
Schoendprasum, Linn., a perennial plant native to
Europe and the northern borders of the United States
and northward. See Allium. The leaves of chive
are used green as seasoning in soups, salads and
stews. Chive grows 6 to 8 inches high, making
dense mats of narrow hollow leaves, and bloom-
ing freely in violet-
colored heads, which
scarcely overtop the foli-
age; bulbs small, oval.
The plant makes an ex-
cellent permanent edg-
ing, and is worth growing
for this purpose alone.
It is easily propagated
by dividing the clumps;
but, like other tufted
plants, it profits by hav-
ing the stools broken up
and replanted every few
years. It rarely seeds.
It thrives in any garden
soil. The leaves may be
cut freely, for they
quickly grow again.
L. H. B.
CHLIDANTHUS (del-
icate flower, from the
Greek) . A maryllidacese.
Tropical American sum-
mer - flowering bulbs.
Allied to Zephyranthes.
Flowers erect, yellow,
fragrant, in a small 2-
bracted umbel, termina-
ting a solid scape, long-
tubed, with wide-spread-
ing segms.; stamens 6,
inserted at the throat,
the filaments unequal
and dilated at base : fr. a
3-valved caps. : Ivs. long
and strap-shaped: bulb
tunicate. — Three or four species. Mex., and S. Amer.
Chlidanthuses are increased by offsets or by seeds.
The bulbs should be kept dry and cool during winter
and in spring started in a moderately warm house.
After flowering, care must be taken to have the bulbs
make their annual growth. They may either be grown
in pots plunged in ashes, or planted out where they
can be watered occasionally during dry weather. Like
other similar plants, they will benefit by a mulching
of spent hops or rotted manure. (G. W. Oliver.)
fragrans, Herb. (C. liiteiis, Voss). Bulb large and
ovoid: Ivs. about 6, appearing in spring or early sum-
mer with the fls., narrow, glaucous, obtuse: fls. 4 or
less in each umbel, 3 in. or less long, nearly sessile,
erect, on a 2-edged scape or peduncle 10 in. or less high.
Andes. B.R. 640. F.S. 4:326.— A good summer-bloom-
ing plant.
Ehrenbergii, Kunth. Somewhat taller: fls. yellow,
nearly horizontal, distinctly stalked, the 3 outer segms.
wider than the inner,
above.
Mex. — Perhaps a form of the
L. H. B.
923. Chloris elegans.
CXH)
CHLORANTHUS (green flower). Chloranthdcex.
Tropical herbs, shrubs or trees, one of which is some-
times grown under glass in the North.
Perennial aromatic herbs or evergreen shrubs, with
jointed sts. opposite simple Ivs., and small, inconspic-
uous fls., in slender terminal spikes: perianth repre-
sented by a single scale, in the axil of which is the
1-loculed ovary and mostly 3 united stamens (the side
stamens sometimes obsolete). — Some 10 species in the
eastern tropics. Two other genera (Ascarina and
Hedyosmum) comprise the family Chloranthaceae, of
the pepper-like series
of plants.
brachystachys,
Blume. Shrub used
for pot-growing, reach-
ing a height of 1-2 ft.,
bearing glossy foliage
and small yellow ber-
ries: stamen single in
each fl.: Ivs. long-
lanceolate, acuminate,
serrate. — Tropics and
sub tropics, Ceylon
eastward. There is a
variegated- leaved
form. L. H. B.
CHLORIS (the god-
dess of flowers). Gra-
minese. FINGER-GRASS.
Annual or usually per-
ennial grasses, some-
times grown for decoration.
Plants with flat blades, compressed sheaths
and digitate unilateral spikes: spikelets with
1 perfect fl. and 1 or more rudimentary sterile
lemmas on the prolonged rachilla. — Species
about 40, in the warmer regions of the world.
A few are cult, for ornament on account of
the attractive infl. Of simple treatment.
elegans, HBK. Fig. 923. Annual, 1-3 ft.:
uppermost sheaths usually inflated around
the base of the infl.; spikes 6-12, pale or dark,
1-3 in. long; lemma fusiform, 1 line long,
short-pilose at base and along the lower half
of the keel, long-pilose on the margins near
the apex, the awn about 5 lines long; rudi-
ment cuneate, twice as long as broad, the
single awn somewhat shorter than the awn of
the perfect floret. Mex. Dept. Agric., Div.
Agrost., 7: 192; 20: 102.
polydactyla, Swartz (C. barbata, Nash). Fig.
924. Perennial, 1-3 ft.: spikes several; awns 2-3 lines;
rudiment triangular-truncate, the 2 awns about as
long as the awn of the perfect floret. Tropics of both
hemispheres.
verticillata, Nutt. WINDMILL -GRASS. Perennial,
4-15 in.: spikes several, slender, in 1-3 whorls, 2-4 in.
long; awns 2-3 lines; lemma 1 line long, nearly glabrous;
rudiment oblong-truncate, 1-awned. Dept. Agric.,
Div. Agrost. 7:191. Kan. to Texas.
radiata, Swartz. Perennial, 2-3 ft.: spikes several,
about 3 in. long; spikelets slender; lemma slightly cili-
ate on callus and near apex, the awn 6 lines long;
rudiment narrow, acute, the single awn about half
as long as the awn of the perfect floret. W. Indies.
gayana, Kunth. RHODES-GRASS. Robust perennial,
with abundant foliage and terminal umbels of 6-15
spikes. — An African species at present under experi-
mentation in U. S. in dry regions. Cult, in Austral.
(See Agr. Gaz. New S. Wales 19:19, 118, 389 [1908]).
924. Chloris poly-
dactyla.
CHLORIS
CHOISYA
751
truncata, R. Br. (C. barbdta vera, Host., not C. bar-
bdta, Swartz or Nash). STAR-GHASS. A stoloniferous
perennial, with erect culms 1-3 ft.: spikes 6-10, 3-6
in., becoming horizontal orreflexed; spikelets \Y^. lines,
dark at maturity, the awns 3-6 lines long. Austral.
Turner, Austr. Grasses 1:17. — Cult, for ornament.
C. grdcilis, Dur.=Leptochloa virgata, Beauv. This has been
recommended as an ornamental. — C. petrxa, Swartz, and C. glauca,
Vasey, both handsome species from Fla., have been recommended
for cult, as ornamentals. A g HlTCHCOCK.
CHLOROCODON (Greek for green and bell, allud-
ing to the flowers). Asdepiadacese. Twiners, one of
which is planted far South.
Large plants with opposite cordate entire heavy Ivs.,
notched stipules and purplish or greenish fls. in axillary
panicles: calyx 5-parted; corolla deeply 5-lobed; corona
of 5 lobes coming from the base of the filaments, the
lobes obcordate or broader, sometimes with an erect
or incurved projection or horn on the back; pollen
granular. — Two species in Trop. and S. Afr. C.
ecornutus, N. E. Br., is apparently not in cult.
Whiteii, Hook. f. Strong woody twiner, with large
opposite cordate-ovate thick Ivs. and axillary clus-
ters of odd fls. %-l in. diam.; corolla rotate-bell-
shaped, thick; segms. ovate and acute, purple and with
margins and central stripe green, and bearing long-
notched lobes; corona-lobes horned; anthers connivent
over the capitate stigma. Guinea to Natal. B.M.
5898. G.C. III. 18:243.— It is now cult, in S. Fla. and
S. Calif. The roots are used medicinally in Natal,
under the name of mundi. The plant is an interesting
greenhouse climber, but not handsome. £,. jj, g.
CHLOROGALUM (green and milk, from the Greek,
referring to the juice of the plant). Liliacese. Hardy
West American bulbs, allied to Camassia.
Tall plants writh a tunicated bulb: Ivs. at base of st.
long-linear, wavy-margined, those on the st. very small:
fls. white or pink, in a panicle terminating a nearly
leafless st., on jointed pedicels; segms. of perianth 6,
3-nerved, at length twisting over the ovary; stamens 6,
not exceeding segms.; style long and deciduous. Plants
of easy cult., to be treated like camassias or ornithog-
alums. Three species, in Calif.
A. Pedicels nearly as long as the fls.: segms. spreading
from near the base.
pomeridianum, Kunth (Anthericum californicum,
Hort.). SOAP-PLANT. AMOLE. St. reaching 5 ft., many-
branched, from a very large bulb: fls. small (1 in. or
less long) and star-like, numerous, white with purple
veins, on spreading pedicels, opening in the afternoon
(hence the specific name : pomeridianus, post-meridian) .
— Bulb used by Indians and Mexicans for soap-mak-
ing. Has been catalogued as Anthericum californicum.
Bulb 4 in. long and half as thick, covered with coarse
"brown fibers.
AA. Pedicels very short: segms. spreading from above
the base.
parvifldrum, Wats. Bulb small (1 in. diam.): st.
1-3 ft., slender-branched: Ivs. narrow and grass-like:
fls. pinkish, J^in. long; ovary broad and acute.
angustifdlium, Kellogg. Low, about 1J^ ft. Resem-
bles the last, but fls. white and green-lined and some-
what larger, the ovary acute above; perianth funnel-
form campanulate, the segms. narrow-oblong.
C. Leichtlinii, Baker=Camassia Leichtlinii.
L. H. B.
CHLOROPHORA (Greek, referring to the fact that
the fustic-tree bears a green dye). Moracese. Two
milky-juiced alternate-leaved trees, one in Trop. Afr.
and one in Trop. Amer. Lvs. entire or toothed:
dioecious; male fls. in cylindrical spikes, the females in
nearly globular or oblong heads, these clusters solitary
in the axils; perianth of male fls. 4-parted, the segms.
broad and obtuse; stamens 4; ovary a minute rudiment
in the males; perianth of female fls. 4-parted or -divided,
the segms. concave-thickened at the apex; style lateral
on the oblique-ovoid ovary: achene equaling the peri-
anth or somewhat exserted, covering the receptacle.
C. tinctoria, Gaud. (Madura tinctoria, Don) is the
fustic of the W. Indies. It reaches a height of 50 ft.,
and a diam. of trunk of 2 ft.: usually not thorny: Ivs.
nearly entire, oblong, acuminate. Variable. The hand-
some yellow wood yields a yellow dye, which is used
also in the making of browns and greens; it is also a
strong and resistant timber. L. H B
CHLOROPHYTUM (name means, in Greek, green
plant). Liliacese. Rhizomatous herbaceous plants, one
of which is familiar in greenhouses.
Very like Anthericum, but differing in the thickened
filaments of the stamens and the 3-angled or 3-winged
caps.: infl. often denser: Ivs. broader, often oblanceo-
late and petiolate: seed disk-like. — Some 60 or more
species, in warm parts of Asia, Afr., and Amer. Con-
sult Anthericum and Paradisea.
elatum, R. Br. (Anthericum variegdtum, A. vittdtum,
A. picturdtum, A. Williamsii, Hort.). Root fleshy and
white: Ivs. freely produced from the crown, often 1 in.
wide, flattish and bright green, or in the garden varie-
ties with white lines along the margins, and often (var.
picturatum) also with a yellow band down the center:
scape terete and glabrous, 2-3 ft. high, branched; fls.
white, Yiv\. long, with revolute oblanceolate segms.,
which are obscurely 3-nerved on the back. S. Afr.
F.S. 21:2240-1. — A valuable and common plant for
vases and pots, and sometimes used in summer borders.
Three species that recently have been mentioned in horticul-
tural literature are: C. amaniense, Engler, from German E. Afr.;
10 in.: Ivs. lanceolate-acuminate, 10 in. long and 3J^ in. or less
broad, somewhat fleshy, bronze, with white margin: fls. greenish
white, in cluster 6 in. long. — C. comdsum, Wood (Natal Plants, fig.
279), from Lake Albert, Cent. Afr. ; proliferous: Ivs. radical, linear,
deep green, 2 ft. long: fls. small, white, soon fading, usually in 4's,
in a branched cluster 3 ft. long. — C. Hiiyghei, DeWild, Congo;
jvs. in a basal tuft, lanceolate, petioled, about 18-20 in. long, 2-2|
in. broad: fls. greenish white, about Jiin. long, in a bracted raceme
2-3 ft. long. L jj g
CHLOR6PSIS BLANCHARDIANA: Trichloris.
CHLOROXYLON (green wood: Greek). Rutdcese.
One species of moderate-sized tree of India, slightly
intro. in this country, C. Swietenia, DC. (Swietenia
Chloroxylon, Roxbg.). Young parts gray-puberulent:
Ivs. abruptly pinnate, the Ifts. 20-40, oblique and obtuse
and entire: fls. small, 5-merous in terminal and axillary
pubescent panicles; calyx deeply lobed; petals clawed,
spreading; stamens 10; disk a 10-lobed pubescent
body, in which the stamens are inserted: fr. a coria-
ceous 3-celled caps. Heartwood fragrant, with a
beautiful satiny luster, whence the name "Indian
Satin-wood." An interesting tree for trial on the south-
ern borders of the U. S. j^ jj g_
CHOCOLATE: Theobroma.
CHOISYA (J. D. Choisy, Swiss botanist, 1799-1859).
Rutdcese. One Mexican shrub, C. ternata, HBK., grown
in S. Calif, and S. Fla., and sometimes under glass. It
grows 4-8 ft. high, making a compact free-blooming
bush, with opposite ternate Ivs., the Ifts. lance-oboyate
or oblong, thick and entire, with pellucid dots: fls. in a
terminal, forking cluster, white, fragrant, orange-like
(whence the vernacular name "Mexican orange"), 1 in.
across, with pellucid dots. R.H. 1869:330. Gn. 50, p.
203. J.H. III. 34:253.— A handsome shrub, worthy of
greater popularity. It will endure several degrees of
frost, and should succeed in the open in many of the
southern states. Blossoms in S. Calif, at different sea-
sons; it can be made to bloom, it is said, every two
months by withholding water and then watering liber-
ally, as is done with roses in S. France. Kardy against
a wall in parts of S. England. L, j[. B.
752
CHOKE-CHERRY
CHROZOPHORA
CHOKE-CHERRY: Prunus demissa (West) and P. virginiana
(East).
CHONDROBOLLEA (compounded from Chpndrorhyncha and
BolleaJ. A genus established to contain hybrids between these
genera. See also Bolleo-Chondrorhyncha.
CHONDROPETALUM : hybrids of Chondrorhyncha and
Zygopetalum; see those genera.
CHONDRORHYNCHA (cartilage and beak) . Orchidd-
cese. Three species of S. American epiphytal orchids,
practically unknown in the American trade. Cult,
as for Odontoglossum crispum. They are short-stemmed
herbs without pseudobulbs, and oblong, plicate, peti-
oled Ivs., the simple scape bearing a single large, odd,
yellowish fl. C. Chestertonii, Reichb. f. (O.K. 11:305;
16:57), C. fimbriata, Reichb. f., and C. rbsea, Lindl.,
are the species. Keep cool and moist. A garden hybrid
is reported between C. Chestertonii and Zygopetalum
Mackayi under the name of Chondropetalum Fletcheri.
O.R. 1908, 56, f. 8. GEORGE V. NASH.
CHORISIA (Ludwig Choris, born 1795, artist of
Kotzebue's expedition). Bombacdcese. Spiny trees of
S. Amer. (3 species), one of which is somewhat cult.
Lvs. alternate, digitate, of 5-7 entire or serrate Ifts. : fls.
large, with 5 linear or oblong petals, the peduncles
axillary or racemose; staminal tube double, the outer
one short and with sterile anthers; ovary 5-loculed
and many-ovuled: fr. a pear-shaped caps, with many
silky seeds. C. specidsa, St. Hil., of Brazil, the "floss
silk tree," is cult, in S. Calif., and is adapted to warm
glasshouses. It is a medium-sized tree, allied to Ceiba
and Bombax. Lfts. lanceolate, acuminate, dentate:
calyx irregular, shining outside, but silky inside; petals
obtuse, yellowish and brown-striped at the base,
pubescent on the back. The soft silk or cotton of the
seed-pods is used for pillows and cushions. L. jj. g
CHORIZEMA (fanciful Greek name). Sometimes
spelled Chorozema. Leguminbsse. Evergreen coolhouse
small shrubs grown for the showy pea-like yellow
orange and red, usually racemose flowers; spring- and
summer-blooming.
Woody plants of diffuse or half-climbing habit, with
thick and shining simple often spiny-toothed Ivs. and
pea-like red or yellow fls. : calyx-lobes 5, the 2 upper ones
mostly broader; petals clawed, the standard very broad,
keel short; stamens not united: pod short, not con-
stricted.— About 15 species, in Austral., 3 of which
925. Chorizema ilicifolium. ( X Ji)
appear to be chiefly concerned in the garden forms.
Handsome plants for the cool greenhouse, less popular
in this country than abroad. When not grown too soft,
they will stand slight frost at times. Grown in the open
in S. Calif, and S. Fla. They are grown in a rather
peaty soil, after the manner of azaleas, and usually
rested in the open in summer. They are excellent for
training on pillars and rafters.
Chorizemas are among the most attractive spring-
flowering plants, and they are not difficult to grow.
Cuttings should be secured in March from medium-
ripened wood and may be either potted singly in small
pots, or several placed together in larger pots. The
former method has the advantage, because when
cuttings are well rooted in the small pots, they may be
shifted along without so much disturbance to the roots.
The cuttings root readily in a mixture of two parts
sharp sand and one of peat, sifted through a fine sieve.
They should be placed in a tight case or covered with a
bell-glass in a temperature of 58° to 60° by night. A
rise of 10° in the day will be sufficient. The inclosure
that protects them from drafts should be opened a
few minutes now and then to change the air. For
potting chorizemas in the early stages, equal parts of
good peat and sharp sand is about right. When a
5- or 6-inch pot is reached, much less sand should be
used, — just enough to give the earth a gritty feeling and
the peat may be in a rather rough state, just small
enough to be conveniently used in potting. The potting
should be firm, as loose potting is bad for all kinds of
hardwood plants. Keep the plants shaded from the sun
during the hot months, and use the syringe freely.
Also pinching must be attended to from their early
stages to insure a good bushy plant. It is best not to
stop the plants after August, as they will begin then
to set buds. A plant in a 5- or 6-inch pot may be
grown the first year if properly attended to. The
plants should be wintered in a night temperature of
40° with a rise of 10° or 15° during the day. The
second summer, and from that on as long as the
plants are kept, they do better if plunged in a bed
of clean coal-ashes out-of-doors, provided there is no
danger from frost; by so doing, a much shorter-jointed
growth will be the result. Plants well established in
their pots may be fed with liquid manure until they set
buds. A 3-inch potful of cow- or horse-urine to two
and one half or three gallons of water, will be sufficient,
and for a change a handful of soft-coal soot to the same
amount of water; but always water twice with clean
water between applications. Brown scale sometimes
gets a foothold on chorizemas and it may be eradicated
by fumigation with cyanide of potassium. Red-spider
may be kept down with the syringe. (George F.
Stewart.)
varium, Benth. (C. elegans, Hort.). The common
cult, species, in several forms: erect, 4-6 ft., pubescent
on under side of Ivs. and on branches: Ivs. cordate-
ovate, undulate and prickly-toothed, 2 in. or less long:
fls. in many pubescent racemes; standard light orange,
wings and keel handsome purple-red. B.R. 25:49. —
Garden forms are C. Chdndleri, with yellow-red stand-
ard, and blood-red wings, the fls. large and numerous;
and such names as grandiflorum, macrophyllum, lati-
folium, floribundum, multiflorum. C. Lowii, Hort.,
is a form of this species, with larger and brighter-
colored fls.
cordatum, Lindl. (C. superbum, Lem.). Tall slen-
der glabrous shrub (7-10 ft.), with weak branches: Ivs.
cordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 2 in. or less long,
small-toothed and more or less prickly: fls. many;
standard scarlet-red, wings and keel purple-red. B.R.
24:10. I.H. :29. Var. rotundifolium, Hort., has
roundish Ivs. Var. splendens, Hort., is offered.
ilicifdlium, Labill. Fig. 925. Low and diffuse, weak,
glabrous, the branches slender and erect or drooping:
Ivs. ovate to lanceolate, 1 in. long, often cordate at
base, thick, coarsely veined, strongly undulate and
with prickly teeth or lobes: fls. in few-fld. loose racemes,
orange-red in spring and summer. B.M. 1032 (as C.
nanum). B.R. 1513 (as C. triangulare) . L H. B.
CHRISTMAS FLOWER: Euphorbia pulcherrima.
CHROSPERMA: Zygadenus.
CHROZOPHORA (Greek, color-bearing, on account
of their use). Euphorbiacese . Dye-yielding herbs. Lvs.
alternate, stellate hairy: fls. monrecious; staminate
calyx 5-parted, valvate; petals free; styles biparted;
CHROZOPHORA
CHRYSANTHEMUM
753
ovary 3-celled, 3-ovuled. — Nine, species chiefly
of Old World deserts. C. tinctdria, Juss. (Crbton
tinctbrius, Linn.), TURNSOLE, a Medit. annual, for-
merly used for its blue dye, is listed in some European
catalogues.
CHRYSALIDOCARPUS (Greek for golden fruit}.
Palmaceae, tribe Areceas. Spineless stoloniferous fan
palms, with medium fasciculate ringed stems.
Leaves pinnatisect, long-acuminate; segms. about 100,
bifid at the apex, the lateral nerves remote from the
midrib: fr. usually violet or almost black. — Species 1,
which is a popular florist's plant. Madagascar. Treated
926. Chrysalidocarpus
lutescens.
as a part of Hyophprbe by Engler and Prantl, but here
kept distinct, as it is commonly known as Chrysa-
lidocarpus by cultivators.
lutescens, Wendl. (Hyophorbe indica, Gaertn. H.
Commersonidna, Mart. Areca lutescens, Bory). Fig.
926. St. 30 ft. high, 4-6 in. diam., cylindrical, smooth,
thickened at the base: Ivs. very long; segms. almost
opposite, lanceolate, 2 ft. long, 2*/6 in. wide, acute,
with 3 prominent primary nerves, which are convex
below and acutely 2-faced above. Bourbon. A.G. 13:
141. A.F. 4:566. — In growing Chrysalidocarpus (or
Areca) lutescens in quantity, it will be found a good
plan to sow the seeds either on a bench, in boxes or
seed-pans, so prepared that the seedlings will remain
in the soil in which they germinate until they have
made 2 or more Ivs. The first If. made above the
soil is small, and if plants are potted off at this stage
they must be very carefully watered in order not to sour
the soil. In the preparation of the receptacles for the seed,
a little gravel in the bottom will be found good, as the
roots work very freely through it, and when the time
comes to separate the plants previous to potting, it is
an easy matter to disentangle the roots without bruis-
ing them. Probably the plan which works best is to
wash the soil and gravel entirely from among the roots.
Pot in soil not too dry, and for the next few days keep
the house extra warm and humid, and the plants shaded
from the sun without any moisture applied to the soil.
JARED G. SMITH and G. W. OLIVER.
CHRYSANTHEMUM (Greek, golden flower). In-
cluding Pyrethrum. Compdsitx. Plate XXX. A diverse
group of herbaceous and sub-shrubby plants, mostly
hardy, and typically with white or yellow single
flowers, but the more important kinds greatly modified
in form and color, grown in the open or flowered under
glass in fall.
Annual or perennial herbs, sometimes partly woody,
glabrous or loosely pubescent or rarely viscid, usually
heavy-scented : Ivs. alternate, various, from nearly or
quite entire to much dissected : heads many-fld., termi-
nating long peduncles or disposed in corymbose clus-
ters, radiate (rays sometimes wanting) ; disk-fls. perfect
and mostly fertile; ray-fls. pistillate, mostly fertile,
the ray white, yellow, rose-colored, toothed or entire;
receptacle naked, flat or convex; involucre-scales
imbricated and appressed, mostly in several series, the
margins usually scarious: achene of disk- and ray-fls.
similar, striate or angled or terete or more or less ribbed,
those of the ray-fls. often 3-angled; pappus 0, or a
scale-like cup or raised border. — Probably nearly 150
recognizable species, in temperate and boreal regions
in many parts of the globe, but mostly in the Old
World.
The genus Chrysanthemum, as now accepted by
botanists, includes many diverse species so far as gen-
eral appearance is concerned, but nevertheless well
agreeing within themselves in systematic marks and by
these same marks being separated from related groups.
The marks are in large part set forth in the preceding
paragraph. Bentham and Hooker make twenty-two
sub-groups (of which about six include the garden forms) ,
based chiefly on the way in which the seeds are ribbed,
cornered, or winged, and the form of the pappus. The
garden pyrethrums cannot be kept distinct from chrys-
anthemums by garden characters. The garden con-
ception of Pyrethrum is a group of hardy herbaceous
plants with mostly single flowers, as opposed to the
florists' or autumn chrysanthemums, which reach per-
fection only under glass, and the familiar annual kinds
which are commonly called summer chrysanthemums.
When the gardener speaks of pyrethrums, he usually
means P. roseum. Many of the species described below
have been called pyrethrums at various times, but they
all have the same specific name under the genus Chrys-
anthemum, except the most important of all garden
pyrethrums, viz., P. roseum, which is C. coccineum.
The feverfew and golden feather are still sold as
pyrethrums, and there are other garden species of
less importance. The botanical conception of Pyre-
thrum is variously defined; the presence of a rather
marked pappus-border on the achene is one of the dis-
tinctions; the pyrethrums are mostly plants with large
and broad heads either solitary or in loose corymbose
clusters, the rays usually conspicuous and commonly not
yellow, and the fruits five- to ten-ribbed. Hoffmann,
in Engler & Prantl "Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien,"
adopts eight sections, one of them being Tanacetum
(tansy) which most botanists prefer to keep distinct.
Although the genus is large and widespread, the
number of plants of interest to the cultivator is rela-
tively few. Of course the common garden chrysanthe-
mum, derived apparently from two species, is the most
useful. The insect powder known as "pyrethrum," is
produced from the dried flowers of C. dnerarisefolium
and C. coccineum. The former species grows wild in
Dalmatia, a long narrow mountainous tract of the
Austrian empire. "Dalmatian insect powder" is one
of the commonest insecticides, especially for household
pests. C. cinerarisefolium is largely cultivated in France.
C. coccineum is cultivated in California, and the prod-
uct is known as buhach.
There are over one hundred books about the garden
chrysanthemum, and its magazine literature is proba-
bly exceeded in bulk only by that of the rose. It is the
flower of the East, as the rose is the flower of the West.
754
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
Aside from oriental literature, there were eighty-three
books mentioned by C. Harman Payne, in the Cata-
logue of the National Chrysanthemum Society for
1896. Most of these are cheap cultural guides, circu-
lated by the dealers. The botany of the two common
species has been monographed by W. B. Hemsley in
the Gardeners' Chronicle, series III, vol. 6, pp. 521,
555, 585, 652, and in the Journal of the Royal Horti-
cultural Society, vol. 12, part I. The great repositories
of information regarding the history of the chrysanthe-
mum, from the garden point of view, are the scattered
writings of C. Harman Payne, his "Short History of
the Chrysanthemum," London, 1885, and the older
books of F. W. Burbidge and John Salter. For informa-
tion about varieties, see the Catalogues of the National
Chrysanthemum Society (England) and the Liste De-
scriptive, and supplements thereto, by O. Meulenaere,
Ghent, Belgium.
There are a
number of rather
expensive art
works, among
which one of the
most delightful
is the "Golden
Flower: Chry-
santhemum,"
edited by F.
Schuyler Math-
ews, Prang,
Boston, 1890.
"Chrysanthe-
mum Culture
for America,"
by James Mor-
ton, Clarksville,
Tenn., published
in New York in
1891, was the
first authentic
American work.
Within the past
few years have
appeared "The
Chrysanthe-
mum," by
Arthur Herring-
ton, "Smith's
Chrysanthe-
mum Manual," by Elmer D. Smith, and recently
"Chrysanthemums and How to Grow Them," by I. L.
Powell.
Aside from the florist's chrysanthemum (C. hor-
torum), no particular skill is required in the growing of
these plants, although great perfection is attained by
some gardeners in the handling of individual plants
of the marguerites (C. frutescens). The hardy border
perennial Chrysanthemums may be either small-
flowered rugged forms of C. hortorum, as the "hardy
pompons" and also the "artemisias" of old gardens,
or they may be other species. Some of these other
species are the "pyrethrums" of gardens, and some (as
the C. maximum and C. uliginosum class) are the
"moon daisies" and "moonpenny daisies" of the
hardy perennial plantation. Some of the very dwarf
tufted kinds (as C. Tchihatchewii) make excellent
edging plants. The moon daisies deserve to be better
known for mass planting and bold lines when a great
display of heavy white bloom is wanted. Most of
them bloom the first season from early-sown seed.
The Shasta daisy and its derivatives are of the moon
daisy group. They all profit by a covering of coarse
mulch in the fall. See Pyrethrum and Marguerite.
The annual chrysanthemums are easily grown flower-
garden subjects, suitable for a bold late display in
places where delicate and soft effects are not desired.
C. carinatum, C. coronarium and C. segetum are the
common sources of these annuals. They are hardy and
rugged; and they need much room.
927. Chrysanthemum carinatum, the form
sold as C. Burridgeanum. ( X ,J 3)
INDEX.
achillesefolium, 8.
glaucum, 10.
ornatum, 7.
anethifolium, 13.
gracile, 5.
Parthenium, 10.
annulatum, 1.
grandiflorum, 3, 12.
pinnatifidum, 20.
arcticum, 22.
hortorum, 6.
prxaltum, 10.
atrosanguineum, 14.
hybridum, 14.
pumilum, 3.
aureum, 10.
indicum, 6.
Robinsonii, 18.
Balsamita, 16.
laciniatum, 10.
roseum, 14.
Burridgeanum, 1.
lacustre, 17.
segetum, 3.
carinatum, 1.
latifolium, 17.
selaginoides, 10.
cinerarisefolium, 15.
Leucanthemum, 20.
Shasta daisy, 18.
coccineum, 14.
marginatum, 7.
sinense, 5.
coronarium, 2.
Marschallii, 14.
tanacetoides, 16.
corymbosum, 9.
matricaroides, 1.
Tchihatcheffii, 11.
Davidsii, 18.
maximum, 18.
Tchihatchewii, 11.
Dunnettii, 1.
morifolium, 5.
tricolor, 1.
filiforme, 18.
multicaule, 4.
uliginosum, 19.
fceniculaceum, 13.
nipponicum. 21.
venustum, 1.
frutescens, 12.
A. Plant annual (at least so treated in cult.): the
"summer chrysanthemums."
B. Rays typically white.
1. carinatum, Schousb. (C. tricolor, Andr. C. matri-
caroides, Hort.). Fig. 927. Glabrous annual, 2-3 ft.
high: st. much branched: Ivs. rather fleshy, pinnatifid:
fls. in solitary heads which are nearly 2 in. across, with
typically white rays and a yellow ring at the base;
involucral bracts carinate (keeled). Summer. The
two colors, together with the dark purple disk, gave
rise to the name "tricolor." The typical form, intro.
into England from Morocco in 1798, was pictured in
B.M. 508 (1799). By 1856 signs of doubling appeared
(F.S. 11:1099). In 1858 shades of red in the rays
appeared in a strain intro. by F. K. Burridge, of Col-
chester, England, and known as C. Burridgeanum, Hort.
(see B.M. 5095, which shows a ring of red on the rays,
adding a fourth color to this remarkably brilliant and
varied fl., and F.S. 13:1313, which also shows C.
venustum, Hort., in which the rays are entirely red,
except the original yellow circle at the base). G. 2:307.
Gn.W. 24:675. C. annulatum, Hort., is a name for
the kinds with circular bands of red, maroon, or purple.
R.H. 1869:450. C. Dunnetti, Hort., is another seed-
grower's strain. There are full double forms in yellow
margined red, and white margined red, the fls. 3 in.
across (see R.H. 1874:410), under many names. See,
also, Gn. 26, p. 440; 10, p. 213; 21:22. R.H. 1874,
p. 412. S.H. 2:477. G.W. 14, p. 99— The comnKmest
and gaudiest of annual chrysanthemums, distinguished
by the keeled or ridged scales of involucre and the dark
purple disk.
BB. Rays typically light yellow.
2. coronirium, Linn. (Anthemis coronaria, Hort.),
Annual, 3-4 ft.: Ivs. bipinnately parted, somewhat
clasping or eared at the base, glabrous, the segms.
closer together than in C. carinatum: involucral scales
broad, scarious; rays lemon-colored or nearly white.
July-Sept. Medit. Gn.26:440. G.C. II. 19:541.—
The full double forms, with rays reflexed and imbrica-
ted, are more popular than the single forms. This and
C. carinatum are the common "summer chrysanthe-
mums." This is common in old gardens, and is also
somewhat used for bedding and for pot culture.
BBB. Rays typically golden yellow.
3. segetum, Linn. CORN MARIGOLD. Annual, 1-1^6
ft. : Ivs. sparse, clasping, oblong to oblanceolate, vari-
able, the lower petioled and the upper clasping, incis-
ions coarse or fine, deep or shallow, but usually only
coarsely serrate, with few and distant teeth, the lower
ones less cut: bracts of involucre broad, obtuse; rays
obovate and emarginate, golden yellow. June-Aug.
Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia. Escaped in waste places. Gn.
18, p. 195. R.H. 1895, pp. 448, 449. Var. grandifldrum,
Hort., is a larger-fld. form of this weed, which is com-
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYS ANTHEM UM
mon in the English grain fields. Forms of the plant are
cult.; the var. Cloth of Gold, J.H. III. 12:445, is one of
the best. Var. pftmilum, Hort., very compact, 8 in.
high. This species is much less popular than P. carina-
tum and P. coronarium. It is forced to a slight extent
for winter bloom.
4. multicaMe, Desf . Glabrous and glaucous annual,
6-12 in. high: sts. numerous, simple or branched, stout,
terete: Ivs. fleshy, variable, usually linear-spatulate,
1-3 in. long and H~%in- broad, very coarsely toothed
or lobed, sometimes shorter, with few narrow-linear,
acute, entire segms. about 1 line broad: rays much
shorter and rounder than in C. segetum, golden yellow.
Algeria. B.M. 6930. — Rarer in cult, than the last. Said
to be useless as a cut-fl.
AA. Plant perennial.
B. The florist's chrysanthemum, and wild progenitors or
near relatives, grown as pot or bench subjects
because the seasons are not long enough, in the N.,
for full maturity in the open: rays of many forms
and colors in cult.; heads often double: Ivs. usually
lobed or strongly notched.
5. morifSlium, Ram. (C. sinense, Sabine). Fig. 928.
Perennial, one of the sources (with C. indicum) of the
large florist's chrysanthemums: wild plant shrubby,
erect and rigid, 2-3 ft., branching, few-lvd.: Ivs. thick
and stiff, 2 in. long, densely white-tomentose beneath,
variable in shape from ovate to lanceolate, cuneate at
base, margin entire or coarsely toothed : outer bracts of
involucre thick, linear, acute, white-tomentose; fl.-
heads small, with yellow disk and white rays somewhat
exceeding the disk. China. G.C. III. 31:302 (adapted
in Fig. 928). Var. gracile, Hemsl. Lvs. thin or only
moderately thick, palmately lobed or pinnately lobed,
dentate, the teeth often mucronate: outer involucral
bracts herbaceous, linear and acute, varying in pubes-
cence; rays white, pink or lilac, equaling or exceeding
the disk. China, Mongolia, Japan.
6. indicum, Linn. Fig. 929. Much like the last, but
Ivs. thin and flaccid, pinnately parted, with acute or
928. Wild form of Chrysanthemum morifolium,
as grown in England.
929. Wild form of Chrysanthemum indicum,
as grown in England.
mucronate teeth: outer involucral bracts broad and
scarious except the herbaceous midnerye; rays yellow,
shorter than diam. of the disk. China and Japan.
B.M. 7874. G.C. III. 8:565; 28:342; 31:303 (adapted
in Fig. 929). — This species is not native to India, and
therefore Linnaeus' name is inappropriate. Abroad,
C. indicum is often used in a wide sense, to include C.
morifolium. In recent years, both C. morifolium and
C. indicum have been grown in England from wild
stock, and from such studies of them the present
descriptions and figures are drawn. From these plants
it is supposed, by endless variation and by hybridiza-
tion, the highly developed glasshouse or florist's
chrysanthemums have come, a group that may be
distinguished. as C. hortdrum, Figs. 938-50.
7. ornatum, Hemsl. (C. margindtum, Hort.). Allied
to the above two species, and perhaps a form of C.
morifolium: bushy plant, 3-4 ft. : Ivs. palmately lobed,
ovate in outline, white-tomentose beneath and on the
margin, 1^-2 in. long: fl.-heads loosely corymbose, 2
in. or less across, the disk yellow and rays white and
broad; bracts of involucre in about 3 series, all similar,
white in center, purple-brown on margin : achenes small,
oblique, glabrous. B.M. 7965. G.C. III. 35:51. Gn. 71,
p. 53; 73, p. 90. — A recent introduction; grows well in
the open in England, but does not bloom unless taken
indoors.
BB. The garden pyrethrums and others; heads usually
not highly doubled and modified.
c. Lvs. cut to the midrib or nearly so.
D. Heads borne in corymbs, i.e., flat-topped, dense clusters.
E. Rays yellow.
8. achilleaefdlium, DC. (Achillea aitrea, Lam.). Per-
ennial, 2 ft.: st. usually unbranched, except along the
creeping and rooting base: sts. and Ivs. covered with
fine soft grayish white hairs, oblong in outline, about
1 in. long, j^in. wide, finely cut: rays 7-8, short, a
little longer than the involucre. Siberia, Caucasus. —
Rare in cult. Less popular than the achilleas, with
larger fl.-clusters.
EE. Rays white.
9. corymbdsum, Linn. (Pyrethrum corymbbsum,
Willd.). Robust perennial, 1-4 ft.: st. branched at the
apex: Ivs. sometimes 6 in. long, 3 in. wide, widest at
middle and tapering both ways, cut to the very midrib,
the segms. alternating along the midrib. Eu., N. Afr.,
Caucasus. G.C. II. 20:201. — Rare in cult. Segms.
may be coarsely or finely cut, and Ivs. glabrous or vil-
lous beneath.
756
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
10. Parthenium, Pers. (Pyrethrum Parthenium,
Smith. Parthenium Matricdria, Gueld.). FEVERFEW.
Fig. 930. Glabrous strong-scented perennial, 1-3 ft.,
much branched in the taller forms : Ivs. ovate or oblong-
ovate in outline, pinnatisect or bi-pinnatisect, smooth
or lightly pubescent; segms. oblong or elliptic-oblong,
pinnatifid or cut, the uppermost more or less confluent. :
fl.-heads small, many, stalked, corymbose; disk yellow;
rays white, oblong, equaling or exceeding the disk.
Eu. to the Caucasus. — Some authors regard this as one
widely variable species; others make at least two spe-
cies, one of them (C. prsealtum, Vent.) being the Cau-
casian form, distinguished by more deeply cut Ivs.,
longer-peduncled heads, and rays longer than the disk
rather than equaling it (as in C. Parthenium type). —
There are double-fld. and also discoid forms. Var.
a&reum, Hort. (P. aureum, Hort.), is the GOLDEN
930. Chrysanthemum
Parthenium. Feverfew.
(Xjfl
FEATHER commonly used for carpet-bedding. It has
yellow foliage, which becomes green later in the season,
especially if fls. are allowed to form. It is used for
edgings and cover. Var. afcreum crispum, Hort., is
dwarf, compact, with foliage curled like parsley. Var.
selaginoides, and var. laciniatum, Hort., are distinct
horticultural forms. Var. glaftcum, Hort., has dusty
white foliage, and does not bloom until the second year.
Intro, by Damman & Co., 1895. All these varieties are
prop, by seeds. The feverfew is common about old
yards, and is much employed in home gardens as
edging. In its undeveloped and prevailing forms, it is
one of the "old-fashioned" plants.
DD. Heads borne singly on the branches or sts. (or at
least not definitely clustered).
E. Height less than 1 ft.
11. TchiMtchewii, Hort. (C. Tchihdtcheffii, Hort.).
TURFING DAISY. Densely tufted perennial for carpet-
ing dry, waste places; height 2-9 in. : sts. very numerous,
rooting at the base: foliage handsome dark green,
finely cut, the segms. linear, persisting into winter:
fl.-heads solitary on axillary peduncles, borne profusely
for several weeks; rays white, disk yellow. Asia
Minor. R.H. 1869, p. 380, desc., and 1897, p. 470. Gn.
26, p. 443. — Prop, by division of roots or simply by
cutting the rooted sts., but chiefly by seeds. Highly
recommended abroad for spring and early summer
bloom in edgings and low formal plantings. Said to
thrive in dry places and under trees.
EE. Height more than 1 ft.
F. Group of greenhouse plants (at the N.), shrubby at the
base: sts branched at the top: rays white or lemon.
G. Foliage not glaucous.
12. frutescens, Linn. MARGUERITE. PARIS DAISY.
Figs. 931, 932. Usually glabrous, 3 ft. high, peren-
nial: Ivs. fleshy, green: heads numerous, always
single; rays typically white, with a lemon-colored
(never pure yellow or golden) form. Canaries.
G.C. II. 13:561; III. 35:216. Gn. 12,
p. 255; 17, p. 5; 26, p. 445; 70, p. 310.
— Intro, into England. 1699. This is the
popular florists' Marguerite, which can
931. Chrysanthemum frutescens.
The Marguerite or Paris daisy.
(XJfl
be had in flower the year round, but is especially grown
for winter bloom. Var. grandifldrum, Hort., is the
large-fld. prevailing form. The lemon-colored form
seems to have originated about 1880. Under this
name an entirely distinct species has also been pass-
ing, yet it has never been advertised separately in the
American trade. See No. 13.
GG. Foliage glaucous.
13. anethifdlium, Brouss. (C. foeniculaceum, Steud.
P. fceniculdceum var. bipinnatifidum, DC.). GLAU-
COUS MARGUERITE. Fig. 932. Perennial: rarer in cult,
than C. frutescens (which see), but distinguished by its
glaucous hue, and by the way in which the Ivs. are cut.
The segms. are narrower, more deeply cut, and more
distant than in No. 12. The Ivs. are shorter petioled.
Canaries. — This species is doubtless cult, in American
greenhouses as C. frutescens. A lemon-fld. form is
shown in R.H. 1845:61 but called C. frutescens.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
757
FF. Group of hardy outdoor herbs: sts. usually un-
branched: rays white or red, never yellow.
G. Foliage not glaucous: fls. sometimes double.
14. coccineum, Willd. (Pyrethrum roseum, Bieb., not
Web. & Mohr. P. hybridum, Hort.). Fig. 933. Gla-
brous perennial, 1-2 ft. high: st. usually unbranched,
932. Leaves of Chrysanthemum frutescens (left) and
C. anethifolium (right). (XI)
rarely branched at the top: Ivs. thin, dark green, or in
dried specimens dark brown: involucral scales with a
brown margin; rays white or red in such shades as
pink, carmine, rose, lilac, and crimson, and sometimes
tipped yellow, but never wholly yellow. Caucasus,
Persia. F.S. 9:917. Gn. 26, pp. 440, 443. Gng. 2:7;
5:309. R.H. 1897, p. 521. Not B.M. 1080,
which is C coronopifolium. The first picture of a full
double form is R. H. 1864:71. — This species is the most
important and variable of all the hardy herbaceous
kinds. There have been perhaps 700 named horti-
cultural varieties. There is an anemone-fld. form with
a high disk. The species is also cult, in Calif, and
France for insect powder. C. atrosanguineum, Hort., is
said to be a good horticultural variety with dark crim-
son fls. The C. roseum of Weber & Mohr being a ten-
able name, Hoffmann proposes Ascherson's name, C.
Marschallii, for the P. roseum of Bieberstein; but
Willdenow's C. coccineum is here retained.
GG. Foliage glaucous: fls. never double.
15. cinerariaef61ium, Vis. Glaucous perennial, slen-
der, 12-15 in. high: sts. unbranched, with a few short,
scattered hairs below the fl. : Ivs. long-petioled, silky
beneath, with distant segms. : involucral scales scarious
and whitish at the apex. Dalmatia. B.M. 6781. — Said
to be chief source of Dalmatian insect powder. Rarely
cult, as border plant. Common in botanic gardens.
cc. Lvs. not cut to the midrib, pinnatifid or coarsely
toothed (except perhaps in No. 22}.
D. Heads borne in dusters, mostly flat-topped
16. Balsamita, Linn. (Tanacetum Balsdmita, Linn.
Pyrethrum Balsdmita, Willd. Balsdmita vulgaris,
Willd.). COSTMARY. MINT GERANIUM. Sometimes
erroneously called "lavender," from its sweet agree-
able odor. Tall and stout perennial: Ivs. sweet-scented,
oval or oblong, obtuse, margined with blunt or sharp
teeth, lower ones petioled, upper ones almost sessile,
the largest Ivs. 5-11 in. long, 1^-2 in. wide: pappus
a short crown. W. Asia. — Typically with short white
rays, but when they are absent the plant is var. tana-
cetoides, Boiss. Fig. 934. Rayless. This has escaped
in a few places from old gardens: it seems to be the
prevailing garden form.
DD. Heads borne singly on the branches or sts., or at
least not in definite clusters; rays large, white.
17. lacustre, Brot. (C. latifolium, DC.). Fig. 935.
Perennial; endlessly confused with C. maximum in gar-
dens, and the two species are very variable and diffi-
cult to distinguish; the fls. can hardly be told apart. C.
lacustre is a taller and more vigorous plant, and some-
times it is branched at the top, bearing 3 heads, while
C. maximum is always 1-headed, and the Ivs. in that
species are much narrower. Height 3-6 ft. : st. sparsely
branched: Ivs. partly clasping, ovate-lanceolate, with
coarse, hard teeth: rays about 1 in. long; pappus of the
ray 2-3-eared. Portugal, along rivers, swamps and
lakes. R.H. 1857, p. 456.
18. maximum, Ramond. Fig. 936. This perennial
species has narrower Ivs. than C. lacustre, and they are
narrowed at the base: height 1 ft.: st. more angled than
the above, simple or branched at the very base, always
1-headed and leafless for 3-4 in. below the head: lower
Ivs. petioled, wedge-shaped at the base, or long-
oblanceolate; the upper Ivs. becoming few, lanceolate
but usually not very prominently pointed, the teeth
not very large or striking: pappus none: involucral
scales narrower and longer, whitish-transparent at the
margin, while those of C. lacustre are broader, more
rounded at the apex, and with a light brown scarious
margin. Pyrenees. J.H. III. 5:251. Gn. 26, p. 437;
73, p. 567. G. 5:445. G.M. 46:676. Var. R6bin-
sonii, Hort., has finely cut or fringed rays, giving the
bloom the appearance of a Japanese chrysanthemum.
R. H. 1904:515. Var.
Davidsii, Hort., has sts.
of great length, suitable
for cutting. Var. filif orme,
Hort., has deeply serrate
long and drooping rays.
There are many other
forms, differing in time of
bloom as well as in habit
and in form of fl. The
Shasta daisy (said to be a
933. Chrysanthemum coc-
cineum. The Pyrethrum
roseum of gardens. ( X 1A)
934. Chrysanthemum Bal-
samita var. tanacetoides.
Costmary or mint geranium.
(XH)
758
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
935. Chrysanthemum
lacustre. A short-rayed
form. (XJi)
hybrid) is an early-flowering very floriferous race,
with several strains of fls., mostly large and pure
white, although in one form the buds are reported
as lemon-yellow but opening white; various sub-
varieties are now offered.
It is a good summer and au-
tumn bloomer, and usually
hardy in the northeastern
states.
19. uliginosum, Pers. (Pyreth-
rum uliginosum, Waldst.). GIANT
DAISY. Stout, erect bushy leafy-
stemmed perennial, 4-7 ft. high,
with light green foliage: st.
nearly glabrous, etriate, branch-
ing above,
roughish:
Ivs. long-
lanceolate,
prominently
pointed,
with large
coarse sharp
teeth: heads
often sev-
eral together and not long-
stalked, 2-3 in. across, white,
late. Hungary. B.M.2706. A.F.
4:523; 8:813. Gng. 2:375; 5:
183. A.G. 19:403. R.H. 1894,
p. 82. Gt. 46, p. 103. G.C.II.
10:493. Gn. 26, p. 442; 38, p.
523; 62, p. 180. G.W.15, p. 316.
G.M. 51:453. Gn. W. 23:415.
— It blooms the first year from
seed or division, and has been
forced for Easter somewhat as
Hydrangea paniculate can be
treated. Excellent for cut-fls. The blossoms should
be cut soon after opening, as the disks darken
with age. The plant needs a rich moist soil;
it deserves a greater popularity.
20. Leucfinthemum, Linn. (Leucdnthemum
vulgare, Lam.). WHITEWEED. OX-EYE DAISY.
Fig. 937. Glabrous perennial erect weed,
1-2 ft. high: root-lvs. long-petioled, with a
large, oval blade and coarse, rounded notches;
st.-lvs. lanceolate, becoming narrower toward
the top, serrate, with few distant and sharper
teeth. (Var. pinnatifidum, Lee. & Lam., has
more divided Ivs.): heads terminal, showy
white. June, July. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 70, p. 176.
— One of the commonest weeds in the eastern
states, being characteristic of worn-out mead-
ows. The daisies are not cult.,
but they are often gathered for
decoration, and make excellent
cut-fls. The plant is very vari-
able, and forms adapted to fl.-
garden uses will probably be
developed. Rayless plants are
sometimes found.
21. nippSnicum, Hort. (Leu-
cdnthemum nippdnicum,
Franch.). Differs from others
of this set in being shrubby at
base and Ivs. broadest above
the middle: to 2 ft., the sts.
strong, simple, few-fld.: Ivs.
thick, oblong-spatulate to ob-
lanceolate, sessile, irregularly
denticulate but entire at base,
3-4 in. long, pale beneath: fl.-
heads 2-3>£ in. across, with a
hemispherical involucre of oval
937. Chrysanthemum Leu-
canthemum. Ox-eye daisy, or
whiteweed. ( X 1A)
936. Chrysanthemum maximum. ( X M)
obtuse bracts; rays bright
white, linear, minutely 5-
toothed; disk pale greenish
yellow. Japan. B.M. 7660.
R.H. 1905, p. 47. F. E. 20:
434. — Hardy in the N., in
the root, but the sts. killed
down by frost; has the
general appearance of C.
lacustre. A beautiful large-
fld. species, producing its
large blooms in late autumn.
22. arcticum, Linn. Low
perennial, 3-15 in., glabrous
or nearly so: Ivs. cuneate,
long - tapering at base,
toothed or cut at the apex,
sometimes 3-5-lobed, the
uppermost ones small and
very narrow and nearly en-
tire: involucre-bracts broad
and brown-margined; rays
clear white, about 1 in.
long: pappus wanting.
Arctic Eu., Asia and Amer.
— An attractive very hardy
species, making a clump of
dark green foliage and pro-
ducing in autumn many
large white fls., sometimes
tinged lilac or rose.
C. coronopifdlium, Willd. = C.
roseum. — C. grdnde, Hook. f.
(Plagius grandiflorus, L'Her.).
Stout erect perennial of Algeria,
2-3 ft.: Ivs. oblong to linear-
oblong, often lyrate, coarsely toothed: fl.-heads large, solitary, ray-
ra-n/ou yellow- to 2 in- across. B.M. 7886.— C. grandifldrum,
Willd. bhrubby, smooth, from the Canaries, with cuneate lobed
•Ivs., the parts lanceolate or linear and toothed or entire: fl.-heads
solitary, the rays white and disk yellow: allied to C. frutescens;
variable. — C. inoddrum, Linn.=Matricaria inodora. — C. macro-
phyllum, Waldst. & Kit, Perennial herb, 3 ft.: Ivs. very
large, nearly sessile, pinnatisect, the lobes lanceolate
and coarsely toothed: heads very many, corymbed;
rays white with yellowish tinge, the disk yellow. June,
July; an outdoor plant. Hungary. G.W. 12, p. 410. —
C. Mdwii, Hook. f. Herbaceous, with woody root-
stock, 1 Yi ft. : Ivs. about 1 in. long, triangular to ob-
long, pinnatifid: fl.-heads 1^4 in. diam., long-stalked;
rays 3-toothed, white with reddish backs. Mts. Mo-
rocco; summer in the open. B.M. 5997. — C. muUiflb-
rum, Hort. Fls. greenish white: said to be a cross
between a single-fld. chrysanthemum and C. Pallasia-
num (Pyrethrum Pallasianum, Maxim., of N. Asia,
apparently not a garden species). — C. ochroleiicum,
Masf. Glabrous undershrub of the Canaries: Ivs.
obovate-cuneate, coarsely toothed: rays pale yellow.
— C. parthenifolium, Willd., a form of C. Parthenium.
— C. partheniddes, Voss. One of the feverfew forms;
probably C. prsealtum.— C. rdseum. Web. & Mohr. (C.
coronopifolium, Willd., not Vill.), not Bieb. Perennial
herb, 2 J/2 ft. : Ivs. once-pinnate: fl.-heads
solitary; rays rose-red or flesh-color.
Caucasus. — C. tomentdsum, Loisel. An
alpine Corsican species: tufted, 2 in.
high when in bloom: Ivs. pinnatifid,
densely tomentose: fl.-heads %in.
across, white-rayed, on sts. 1 in. long. —
C. viscdsum, Desf . Annual : disk orange-
yellow, rays sulfur-yellow. Medit. —
C. vu.lgd.re, Bernh.=Tanacetum vulgare.
— C. Zawddskii, Herbich, of Gallicia, is
a tufted plant with rose-tinted fls. all
summer. WILHELM MlLLER.
L. H. B.f
Types of the common
chrysanthemum.
The common chrysanthemums
of the florists (C. hortorum) are
often called "large-flowering,"
and "autumn chrysanthemums,"
to distinguish them from the
hardy outdoor kinds, although
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
759
938. The small and
regular anemone type.
neither of these popular names
is entirely accurate or distinc-
tive. They are the blended
product of C. indicum and C.
morifolium, two species of
plants that grow wild in China
and Japan. The outdoor or
hardy chrysanthemums are de-
rived from the same species,
being less developed forms.
The florist's chrysanthemum is
not necessarily a glasshouse
subject; but it is bloomed
under glass for protection and
to secure a longer season. Ten
to fifteen dominant types of
chrysanthemums have been
recognized by the National
Chrysanthemum Society of
England. The words "types,"
"races," and "sections," have
always been used by horticul-
turists to express much the
same thing, but types can
always be defined clearly, while
sections cannot, and the word
race should be restricted to
cultivated varieties that repro-
duce their character by seed,
which is not the case with the
large - flowering chrysanthe-
mums. The following explana-
tion and scheme, it is hoped, will clearly set forth the
main types, and explain some of the many terms that
confuse the beginner. The horticultural sections are
wholly arbitrary, being chiefly for the convenience of
competitors at exhibitions, and therefore changing with
the fashions. The present classification is based on the
form of the flower, as each type can be had in any
color found in the whole genus.
A. Single forms: rays in 1 series, or few series: disk
low and flat.
1. The Small Single Type.— Fig. 950. Fls. about 2 in.
across, star-like, i. e., with the rays arranged in one
series around the yellow disk. "Single," however, is a
relative term, and in Fig. 950 there is more than one
series of rays, but this does not destroy the "single-
ness" of effect. All
fls. are either single,
semi-double, or
double, but all the
intermediate forms
between the two
extremes of single-
ness and doubleness
tend to disappear,
as they are not
desired.
2. The Large Sin-
gle Type. — Like the
preceding, but the
fls. 4 in. or more
across, and fewer.
The large and small
single types are
practically never
grown outdoors and
are best suited for
pot culture, each
specimen bearing
20-80 fls. They
are also grown by
florists in consider-
939. Japanese aemone chrysanthe- able. quantity for
mum when fully expanded. cutting.
AA. Anemone-fld. forms: rays as
in A: disk high and rounded.
B. Fls. (florets) small, numerous,
regular.
3. The Small Anemone Type.
— Commonly called "Pompon
Anemone." Fig. 938. Fls. 2-3
in. across, and usually more
numerous than in the large
anemone type. All the anem-
one forms are essentially sin-
gle, but the raised disk, with its elon-
gated tubular fls., usually yellow
but often of other colors, gives them
a distinct artistic effect, and they
are, therefore, treated as intermediates
in character between the single and
double forms. Like the single forms,
they are less popular than the double
kinds, and the varieties are, there-
fore, less numerous and more subject
to the caprices of fashion.
BB. Fls. large, fewer, regular.
4. The Large Anemone Type. — Fls. 4 in
or more across and fewer. Heads must have
large size, high neatly formed centers, and
regularly arranged florets, the disk being composed
of long tubes or quills and the rays flat and hori-
zontally arranged.
BBB. Fls. large, few, irregular.
5. The Japanese Anemone Type. — Fig. 939. Fls.
4 in. or more across, and irregular in outline; fantastic
and extreme anemone forms.
AAA. Double-fld. forms: rays in many series: disk absent
or nearly so.
B. Fls. small; rays short.
6. The Pompon Type.— Figs. 940, 949. Fls. 1-2 in.
across. The outdoor kinds are likely to be small, flat
and buttonlike, while those cult, indoors are usually
larger and nearly globular. Fig. 940 shows the former
condition. It is from one of the old hardy kinds long
cult, in the gardens as "Chinese" or "small-flowered"
chrysanthemums, and commonly supposed to be the
product of C. indicum, as opposed to the "Japanese"
or "large-flowered" kinds intro. in 1862, which marked
a new era by being less formal and more fanciful than
any of the preceding
kinds. Pompons are
little cult, under glass
in Amer., being re-
garded mostly as out-
door subjects.
BB. Fls. large.
c. Blossoms hairy.
7. The Hairy Type.
— Fig. 941. Also called
"Ostrich Plume" and
"Japanese Hairy."
The famous prototype
is the variety Mrs.
Alpheus Hardy, pic-
tured in Gn. 35, p. 307,
which was sold for
$1,500 in 1888, and
started the American
chrysanthemum craze.
White fls. with long
hairs are very delicate
and pretty, but the
hairs are often minute, 940 Type of pompon chrysan-
and on many of the themum. Grown outdoors, with no
colored fls. they are special care.
760
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
considered more curious and interesting than beauti-
ful. So far, nearly all hairy chrysanthemums are of the
Japanese Incurved type. Since the hairs are on the
backs of the florets, they show best in incurved types.
cc. Blossoms not hairy.
D. Rays re flexed.
8. The Reflexed Type.—
Also called "Recurved." Fig.
942. The reflexed forms can
be easily broken up into 3
types, (a) the small and
regular, (6) the large and
regular, and (c) the large and
irregular types. The latest
standard requires that re-
flexed flowers have hemi-
spheroidal heads, with no
trace of thinness in the cen-
ter, and broad overlapping
florets.
DD. Rays incurved.
E. Form absolutely regular.
9. The Incurved Type. —
Fig. 943 shows the general
941. Hairy type. idea, but such a fl. would
hardly win a prize at an
English show, where anything short of absolute regu-
larity is relegated to the "Japanese Incurved" section
(No. 10). This form is by far the most clear-cut ideal of
any of these types, and for many years this ideal of the
florists so completely dominated the English chry-
santhemum shows that the incurved section came to
be known there as the "exhibition" or "show type."
In America the Japanese types, which are less formal
and fanciful, early prevailed, but in England this has
been the most important section of all.
EE. Form more or less irregular.
10. The Japanese Incurved Type. — This section and
the next have been the most important in America.
There are many variations of this type. It often hap-
pens that the outer 4 or 5 series of rays gradually become
reflexed, but if most of the rays are incurved, the variety
may be exhibited in this section. Fig. 943.
DDD. Rays of various shapes: forms diverse.
11. The Japanese Types. — The word "Japanese"
was originally used to designate the large-fld. fantastic
kinds, intro. by Robert Fortune from Japan in 1862.
It has never been restricted to varieties imported
directly from Japan, but has always included seedlings
raised in the western world. Before 1862, all florists'
fls. in England were rela-
tively formal and small.
The informal, loose, gro-
tesque, Japanese chrysan-
themums, intro. by Fortune
broke up the conventional
era, and the demand for
large specimen blooms that
resulted in fl.-shows all over
the world reached Amer. in
1889. The "Japanese sec-
tion" now means little more
than "Miscellaneous." The
10 types previously men-
tioned can be rather accu-
rately defined, but the Japa-
nese section is purposely
left undefined to include
everything else. All the
tubular and quilled sorts are
now included in it, although
942. Reflexed type. formerly kept distinct.
Relative importance and uses of the foregoing types. —
In general, the large-flowered forms are more popular
than the small-flowered forms, especially at exhibitions,
where great size is often the greatest factor in prize-
winning. Types 9, 10 and 11 are the most important
in America, especially the Japanese section. The flowers
of types 9 and 10 are likely to be more compact and
globular, and hence better for long shipments than the
looser and more fanciful types. Types 9, 10 and 11
are those to which most care is given, especially in
disbudding and training. They are the ones most com-
monly grown by the florists for cut-flowers, and when-
ever one large flower on a long stem is desired. The
anemone-flowered forms are all usually considered as
curiosities, especially the Japanese anemones, which
are often exhibited as freaks and oddities. The single
and anemone-flowered forms are used chiefly for speci-
mens in pots with many small flowers, but all the other
types are used for the same purpose. For outdoor cul-
ture, the hardy pompons, with their numerous small
flowers, are usually better than the large-flowering or
Japanese kinds.
As an indication of the constant change in standards
of appreciation, may be cited the present popularity
943. Type of Japanese incurved chrysanthemum.
of short-stemmed chrysanthemums (Fig. 944) as dis-
tinguished from the greatly elongated stem that was
exclusively desired some years ago; and also the demand
for bushy many-flowered plants, producing small bloom
as compared with the former excessively large detached
flowers.
The current English classification.
The Floral Committee of the National Chrysanthe-
mum Society (of England) in 1912 published the fol-
lowing "new classification of Chrysanthemums"
(published also in American Florist, Sept. 21, 1912,
by Elmer D. Smith) :
SECTION I. INCURVED (Fig. 945).
The distinguishing characteristics of this section are the globular
form and regular outline of the blooms. The flower should be as
nearly a globe as possible, as depth is an important point in esti-
mating its value. The florets ought to be smooth, rounded, or
somewhat pointed at the tip, of sufficient length to form a graceful
curve, and be regularly arranged. A hollow center or prominent
eye are serious defects, as also are a roughness in the blooms,
unevenness of outline and a want of freshness in the outer florets.
The section is now subdivided into:
Sub-section (a). — Large-flowered varieties.
Sub-section (b). — Medium- and small-flowered varieties.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
761
944. New[type with short stem,
which is becoming very popular
with commercial growers.
SECTION II. JAPANESE
(Fig. 946).
Japanese varieties include a
wide range of form, size and
color. Their florets may be
either flat, fluted, quilled or
tubulated, of varying length,
from short, straight, spreading
florets, to long, drooping,
twisted or irregularly incurved.
In breadth the florets may vary
greatly, ranging from those an
inch in width to others scarcely
broader than a stout thread.
Some also either have the tips
of the florets cupped, hollowed,
curved or reflexed.
Sub-section I. Japanese.
(a) Large-flowered varie-
ties.
(b) Medium-flowered va-
rieties.
(e) Small-flowered varie-
ties.
Sub - section II. Incurved
Japanese.
(a) Large-flowered varie-
ties.
(b) Medium- and small-
flowered.
Sub-section III. Hairy \Japa-
"nese.
Reflexed section to be deleted
as these varieties are now re-
ferred to other sections.
SECTION III. ANEMONES (Figs. 947 and
948; also Figs. 938, 939).
The distinctive characteristics of anemone
varieties are their high, neatly formed centers
and regularly arranged ray-florets. There are
two distinct sets of florets, one quilled and form-
ing the center or disk, and the other flat and
more or less horizontally arranged, forming the
border or ray. The flowers may have the ray or
guard florets broad or twisted, or narrow, and
forming a fringe, but should be so regularly
arranged as to form a circle round the center,
the latter should be a hemispheroidal disk, with
no trace of hollowness and every floret in its
place.
(a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of 3
inches and upwards.
(b) Small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of
less than 3 inches.
SECTION IV. POMPONS (Fig. 949;
also Fig. 940).
Pompon varieties have blooms that may be
somewhat flat or nearly globular, very neat and
compact, formed of short, flat, fluted or quilled
florets, regularly spreading or erect, the florets
of each bloom being of one character.
(a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of
2 inches and upwards.
(6) Small-flowered, i. e., with a diameter of
less than 2 inches.
SECTION V. SINGLES (Fig. 950).
945. Incurved type.
Single varieties may be of any size and form;
but the florets, whether short and rigid or long and drooping,
should be arranged sufficiently close together to form a regular
fringe.
Sub-section I. Varieties with one or two rows of ray florets.
(a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a
diameter of 3 inches and
upwards.
(b) Medium and small-flowered,
i. e., with a diameter of
less than 3 inches.
Sub-section II. Varieties with
three to five rows of ray florets.
(a) Large-flowered, i. e., with a
diameter of 3 inches and
upwards.
(b) Medium and small-flowered,
i. e., with a diameter of
less than 3 inches.
Sub-section III. Anemone-cen-
tered varieties.
946. Japanese type.
SECTION VI. SPIDERY, PLUMED
AND FEATHERY.
Varieties in this section have
small or medium-sized flowers of
eccentric shape, but most fre-
quently of a light and graceful
character; some have threadlike
florets, and some have broader flo-
rets, but they may be either erect,
horizontal or drooping and of vari-
ous shapes and colors.
Market, Decorative and Early-
flowering varieties will be deleted
as such, but lists will be drawn up
under each heading for general
guidance.
WILHELM MILLER.
Culture of the florist's chry-
santhemum (C. hortorum)
The first step towards suc-
cess in chrysanthemum-cul-
ture is good healthy cuttings,
and as they become estab-
lished plants they should
receive generous culture
throughout their entire grow-
ing season. This requires 947. Japanese anemone type,
close attention to watering,
airing, repotting, and a liberal supply of nutriment.
Chrysanthemums are propagated in four ways, — by
cuttings, division, seeds, and grafting. By far the most
important is the first, because it is the most rapid. It
is the method of the florists. In locali-
ties in which the plants can remain out-
doors over winter without injury, they
may be increased by division. This sys-
tem is practised more by amateurs than
florists, being the easiest method for the
home garden but not rapid enough for
the florist. Propagation by seeds is
employed only to produce new varieties,
and is discussed at length elsewhere
(page 764) . Grafting is seldom practised.
Skilful gardeners sometimes graft a
dozen or more varieties on a large plant,
and the sight of many different colored
fls. on the same plant is always inter-
esting at exhibitions.
Section I. — Culture of chrysanthemums for
cut-flowers.
This account is intended to describe
the method chiefly employed by florists,
the plants being grown in benches under
glass.
1. Propagation by cuttings. — Plants of
the preceding year afford stock from
which to propagate the following season.
They produce quantities of stools or
suckers, which form
excellent material
for the cuttings. These are usu-
ally taken from 1>£ to 3 inches in
length, the lower leaves removed,
also the tips of the broad leaves,
then placed in propagating-beds
close together, where they are kept
continually wet until rooted. To
insure a large percentage, the
condition of the cuttings should
be moderately soft. If the stock
plants are allowed to become ex-
cessively dry, the cuttings are
likely to harden, and thus be very
slow in producing roots. Single-
eye cuttings may be used of new
and scarce varieties when neces-
sary. These are fastened to a
tooth -pick with fine stemming
wire, allowing half of the tooth-
pick to extend below the end of the
948. Pompon anemone
type.
762
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
949. A pompon
chrysanthemum.
(X>fl
cutting, and when inserted in the cutting-bed the end
of the cutting should rest upon the sand. It requires
more time to produce good plants by this system than
when fair-sized cuttings can be taken, but it is often
of service when stock is limited. The propagating-
house should be well
aired, and it is ad-
visable to change the
sand after the second
or third batch of
cuttings has been re-
moved, to avoid what
is termed cutting-
bench fungus. The
cuttings should never
be allowed to wilt,
and this is avoided
by giving abundance
of air, and when the
temperature reaches
over 70° from sun
heat, by shading with
some material, either
cloth or paper. Fig.
951 shows a good
form of chrysanthe-
mum cutting.
2. Planting.— Cut-
tings should not be
allowed to remain
in the cutting-bench
after the roots are
Yi inch in length, or
they will become
hardened, which will
check the growth. As
soon as rooted, they
should be potted into
2- or 2^-inch pots,
using good mellow
soil, with a slight admixture of decomposed manure.
Most of the large flowers are produced under glass, and
the bench system is generally employed, which consists
of 4 or 5 inches of soil placed upon benches. In these
benches the small plants are planted 8 to 12 inches
apart each way, from the latter part of May to the mid-
dle of July. Those planted at the first date usually
give the best results. The soil should be pounded
rather firm either before planting or after the plants
have become established.
3. Soil. — There are many ideas as to what soil is
best suited for the chrysanthemum, but good blooms
may be grown on clay or light sandy loam, provided
the cultivator is a close observer and considers the con-
dition of the soil in which they are growing. Clay soil,
being more retentive of moisture, will require less water
and feeding than soil of a more porous nature. The
chrysanthemum is a gross feeder, and, therefore, the
fertility of the soil is very important in the production
of fine blooms. Each expert has a way of his own in
preparing the soil, but as equally good results have
been secured under varied conditions, it is safe to
conclude that the method of preparing the soil has
little to do with the results, provided there is sufficient
food within their reach. All concede that fresh-cut sod,
piled late the preceding fall or in early spring, with
one-fourth to one-fifth its bulk of half-decomposed
manure, forms an excellent compost. Many use 1 or 2
inches of manure as a mulch after the plants have
become established. Others place an inch of half-
decomposed manure in the bottom of the bench. This
the roots find as soon as they require it. Good blooms
have been grown by planting on decomposed sod and
relying on liquid applications of chemicals.
4. Feeding. — No definite rule can be given for this
work, as so much depends on the amount of food
incorporated in the soil. If the soil be very rich, the
liquid applications should be only occasional and very
dilute. There is more danger of overfeeding by the
use of liquids than by using excessively rich soil. Each
grower must depend on his own judgment as to the
requirements, being guided by the appearance of the
plants. When the leaves become dark-colored and very
brittle, it is safe to consider that the limit in feeding has
been reached. Some varieties refuse to bud when over-
fed, making a mass of leaves instead. Others show very
contorted petals, giving a rough unfinished bloom.
Still others, particularly the red varieties, are likely
to be ruined by decomposition of the petals, called
"burning," especially if the
atmosphere is allowed to
become hot and stuffy. The
same result will follow in
dark weather, or when the
nights become cool, if the
moisture of the house is
allowed to fall upon the
blooms. Under such condi-
tions, the ventilation should
remain on during the night,
or heat be turned in accord-
ing to the outside tempera-
ture.
5. Watering and shading. —
Let the foliage be the index
to watering. If it appears
yellow and sickly, use less
water, and see that the
drainage is perfect. There
is little danger of over-water-
ing as long as the foliage is
bright green. A little shad-
ing at planting time is not
objectionable, but it should
be removed as soon as the
plants are established. It is
often necessary to shade the
pink and red flowers, if the weather continues bright
for some time, to prevent their fading.
6. Training. — When the plants are 8 inches high,
they should be tied either to stakes or to jute twine.
In the former system, use one horizontal wire over
each row, tying the stake to this after the bottom has
been inserted into the ground. Two wires will be
necessary when twine is used, one above the plants and
the other a few inches above the soil to which the
twine is fastened. From the first of August until the
flowers are in color, all lateral growths should be
removed as soon as they appear, allowing only the
shoots intended for flowers to remain. The above
remarks refer to the training of benched chrysanthe-
mums as grown by florists for cut-flowers. Other kinds
of training are described under Section II, pages 763-4.
7. Disbudding. — No special date can
be given for this work, as much depends
on the season and the earliness or late-
ness of the variety to be treated. Buds
usually begin to form on the early sorts
about August 15, or soon after, and
some of the late varieties are not in con-
dition before October 10. Golden Glow
and Smith Advance among the large-
flowering, and several of the early-
flowering of the hardy varieties, are
exceptions to the foregoing, as they will
set buds in June and July that will
develop very good blooms during the
month of August and later. The advent
951 of these kinds has advanced the flower-
One kind of mS season four to six weeks. The
chrysanthe- object of removing the weak and small
mum cutting, buds and retaining the best is to con-
950. Single type.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
763
centrate the whole energy of the plant and thereby
increase the size of the flower.
There are two forms of buds, crowns and terminals.
A crown bud (Fig. 952) is formed first, never coming
with other flower-buds, and is provided with lateral
growths which, if allowed to remain, will continue their
growth and produce terminal buds later. Terminal
buds come later, always in clusters (Fig. 954J, are
never associated with lateral growths, and terminate
the plant's growth for that season. If the crown bud is
to be saved, remove the lateral growths as shown by
Figs. 952, 953, and the operation is complete. If the
terminal bud is desired, remove the crown and allow
one, two or three (according to the vigor of the plant)
of the growths to remain. In a few weeks these will
show a cluster of buds, and, when well advanced, it
will be noticed that the largest is at the apex of the
growth (the one saved, if perfect, as it usually is), and
one at each of the leaf axils (see Fig. 955). The rejected
buds are easiest and safest removed with the thumb
and forefinger. Fig. 956. Should the bud appear to
be one-sided or otherwise imperfect, remove it and
retain the next best. In removing the buds, begin at
the top and work down. By so doing there are buds
in reserve, in case the best one should accidentally be
broken, while if the reverse course were taken, and the
best bud broken at the completion of the work, all
the labor would be lost. A few hours' disbudding will
teach the operator how far the buds should be advanced
to disbud easily. Early and late in the day, when the
growths are brittle, are the best times for the work.
Some growers speak of first, second and third buds.
The first is a crown, and usually appears on early-
propagated plants from July 15 to August 15. If
removed, the lateral growths push forward, forming
another bud. In many cases in which the crowns are
removed early, the next bud is not a terminal, but a
second crown, which is termed the second bud. Re-
move this, and the third bud will be the terminal.
Plants propagated in May and June usually give the
second and third bud, not forming the typical crown.
Those struck in July and planted late give the terminal
only. Most of the best blooms are from second crown
and terminal. Pink, bronze and red flowers from first
crowns are much lighter in color than those from later
buds. They are large, but very often abnormal to such
an extent as to be decidedly inferior. This is doubtless
due to the large amount of food utilized in their con-
struction, owing to the long time consumed in develop-
ment. The hot weather of September and October
must have a detrimental effect upon the color.
Enemies. — Green aphis (Aphis rufomaculata) and
the black aphis (Macrosiphum sanboni) are some-
times very troublesome. They may be controlled by
spraying with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one
part to 800 parts water with soap added. Fumigation
with hydrocyanic acid gas is also widely practised
by commercial growers. In moderately tight green-
houses, use one ounce potassium cyanide for each
3,500 cubic feet of space for all-night fumigation.
For details, see Fumigation. Red Spider (Tetranychus
bimaculatus) becomes injurious if neglected. It may
be easily controlled by spraying with water, using
much force and little water to avoid drenching the beds.
The use of sulfur has also a beneficial effect.
Thrips. (See Carnation).
Leaf-tyer (Phlyctsenia ferrugalis) is frequently very
abundant in some parts of the country. It is essentially
a greenhouse pest although it can live out-of-doors.
The greenish whitish striped caterpillars, %inch in
length when full grown, feed on the under side of the
leaves which they roll or tie together. The moth is
pale brownish with an expanse of about %inch. The
leaf-tyer is most destructive during the summer months
when the temperature is highest. It can be controlled
by spraying with arsenate of lead. It is advisable to
49
952. The crown bud.
begin the work early in the season when the insects are
less numerous and the plants are small. Care should
be taken to hit the under surface of the leaves.
The tarnished plant-bug (Lygus pratensis) often
injures the blossom
buds by its feeding
punctures. This
causes wilting and
blind growths. The
bugs may be ex-
cluded from green-
houses with screens.
Out-of-doors no sat-
isfactory means of
control has been de-
vised. But it has
been noticed that
plants growing in
partial shade are less
subject to injury.
Grasshoppers are
sometimes injurious.
They may be con-
trolled by the use
of arsenate of lead
or by hand-picking.
Diseases. — Damp-
ing-off in the cutting-benches is not uncommon. See
Damping-off,pa,ge 961. Rust (Pucdnia chrysanthemi) is
the only serious fungous disease of the chrysanthemum.
It is characterized by the reddish brown pulverulent
masses on the foliage consisting of the spores of the
fungus. The disease is usually not destructive but may
make the foliage unsightly. Any leaves appearing dis-
eased should be removed promptly. In watering care
should be taken not to wet the foliage, as moisture on
the leaves allows new infections. Leaf-blight (Cylin-
drosporium) and leaf-spot (Septoria) occur on mature
or languishing foliage and usually do little damage.
Section II. — Culture of chrysanthemums in pots.
The same principles are employed in pot culture as
when planted upon the bench, with the exception that
the plants are generally allowed to produce more
blooms. The most popular type of pot-plant for home
growing, or for sale by florists and intended for home
use, is a compact,
bushy plant, 1^ to
2 feet high, branched
at the base, and bear-
ing four to twenty
flowers averaging 3
to 4 inches across.
They are here called
"market plants."
"Single-stem plants"
are also popular.
Great quantities of
large flowers (say
twenty to one hun-
dred) are rarely
grown on a potted
plant, except for ex-
hibitions. Such
plants are commonly
called "specimens,"
and the three leading 953 Cfown bud faas been
forms are the bush, selected or taken.
the standard and the
pyramid, the first mentioned being the most popular.
1. Market plants. — Dwarf plants of symmetrical
form, with foliage down to the pots, are the most
salable, and when thus grown require constant atten-
tion as to watering and stopping, allowing each plant
plenty of room to keep the lower leaves in a healthy
condition. Cuttings taken June 1 and grown in pots, or
764
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
954. The terminal bud.
planted on old carnation benches or in spent hotbeds
(light soil preferable), and lifted by August 15, will
make very good plants 1 to IK feet high. The reason
for lifting early is to have them well established in
their flowering pots before the buds are formed.
2. Single-stem plants. — Same culture as market
plants, except that they are restricted to one stem and
flower. Those from 1 to 2 feet
in height are more effective
and useful than tall ones. For
this reason, many prefer plung-
ing the pots out-of-doors where
they have the full benefit of
the sun and air, making them
more dwarf than when grown
under glass.
3. Pot-plants for cut-flowers.
— Culture same as for speci-
men plants, except that the
nipping should be discontinued
July 1 to give sufficient length
to the stems. If large flowers
are. desired, restrict the plants
to eight or ten growths. Such
plants can be accommodated
in less space than specimens,
when the chief object is symmetry.
4. Bush plants. — For large bush plants, the cuttings
should be struck early in February, and grown along
in a cool airy house, giving attention to repotting as
often as necessary. The final potting into 10- or 12-
inch pots generally takes place in June. They are
potted moderately firm, and watered sparingly until
well rooted. As soon as the plants are 5 or 6 inches
high the tips should be pinched out, to induce several
growths to start. As the season advances and the
plants make rapid growth, pinching must be attended
to every day up to the latter part of July, to give as
many breaks as possible and keep them in symmetrical
form. By the middle of August (if not previously
attended to), staking and getting the plants in shape
will be a very important detail. If stakes are used,
they must be continually tied-out, as the stems soon
begin to harden, and this work can be best accom-
plished by looking them over daily. Light stakes of
any material may be used. Many other methods are
in use, such as wire hoops and wire framework, to
which the growths are securely tied.
5. Standards differ from bush plants in having one
stout self-supporting stem, instead of many stems.
They require the same culture as bush plants, with the
exception that they are not stopped, but allowed to
make one continuous growth until 3, 4 or 5 feet high,
and are then treated the same as bush plants. They
require the same attention as to stopping and tying to
secure symmetrical heads.
6. Pyramids are only another form of bush plants,
and it is optional with the grower which form he prefers.
Section III. — Culture of chrysanthemums for the
production of new varieties.
The object of seed-saving is the improvement of
existing varieties. It is not conclusive, however, that
all seedlings will be improvements; in fact, it is far
from this, as the greater proportion are inferior to their
antecedents. Only those who give the most careful
consideration to cross-fertilization are certain of marked
success. Hand-hybridized seeds possess value over
those haphazardly pollinated by wind and insects only
according to the degree of intelligence employed in
the selection of parents. What the result will be when
a white flower is fertilized with a yellow one, the opera-
tor cannot determine at the outset. It may be either
white, yellow, intermediate, or partake of some ante-
cedent, and thus be distinct from either. Improvements
in color can be secured only by the union of colors,
bearing in mind the laws of nature in uniting two to
make the third. Red upon yellow, or vice-versa, may
intensify the red or yellow — give orange or bronze, as
nature may see fit. The operator is more certain of
improving along other lines, such as sturdiness or
dwarf ness of growth, earliness or lateness of bloom, or
doubleness of flowers. The selection of those most
perfect in these particulars is very sure to give similar
or improved results. Always keep a record of this
work showing the parents of a seedling. The satisfac-
tion of knowing how a meritorious variety was pro-
duced more than pays for the trouble, and may lead to
further improvements along certain lines. — The opera-
tion begins when the flower is half open, cutting the
petals off close to their base with a pair of scissors, until
the style is exposed. Should the flower show signs of
haying disk or staminate florets, remove these with the
points of the scissors and thus avoid self-fertilization.
When the styles are fully grown and developed, the upper
surface or stigma is in condition to receive the pollen.
By pushing aside (with the thumb) the ray-florets of
the flower desired for pollen, the disk-florets which pro-
duce the pollen will become visible. The pollen may be
collected on a camel's-hair pencil or toothpick and
applied to the stigma of the flower previously prepared.
If a toothpick be used, never use it for more than one
kind of pollen. By allowing the camel's-hair pencil to
stand in an open-mouthed vial of alcohol a few moments
after using, it may be again used, when dry, upon
another variety without fear of the pollen of the former
operation affecting the present. — Cuttings struck in
June and July and grown to single bloom in 4-inch pots
are the most convenient for seeding. Such flowers, if
not given too much food are more natural and furnish
an abundance of pollen, as well as being easier to trim
than the massive blooms produced for the exhibition-
table. The pollinating should be done on bright, sunny
days, and as early in the day as possible. As soon as
the seed plants are trimmed, they should be placed by
themselves to avoid fertilization by insects, and should
there remain until the seeds are ripe. Keep the plants
rather on the dry side, and give abundance of air.
Seeds, which ripen in five to six weeks, should be saved
without delay, and carefully labelled. In sowing seeds,
955. Terminal buds of chrysanthemum at an early
stage. None too early for disbudding.
they should be covered very lightly and kept in a
tempe/ature of 60°. When the seedlings are large
enough to handle easily, remove to small pots, or trans-
plant farther apart in shallow boxes. Chrysanthemums
flower the first season from seed.
Section IV. — Varieties.
Of the long list of new varieties sent out each year,
but few are retained after the second year's trial. This
is probably due to the fact that most American growers
are more interested in the commercial value of the
flower than the curious forms or striking colors they
present. Exhibitions have not reached the people here
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
765
as in England and France. There are a few varie-
ties that have stood the test for several years; such as
Ivory, 1889; Geo. W. Childs, 1892; Golden Wedding,
1893; Major Bonnaffon, 1894; Yanoma, 1896; W. H.
Chadwick, 1898; John K. Shaw and Nagoya, 1899;
Monrovia, Col. D. Appleton and White Bonnaffon, 1900.
There are many other varieties that have stood the test
for four or five years.
It is not the purpose of this article to recommend
varieties of chrysanthemums, but the following list
includes the best varieties known in North America at
the present time. The list will be valuable as showing
a serviceable classification, and also for reference when
other varieties have come into existence:
Selection of varieties based on main types. — (1) Incurved: ./Esthetic,
Emberta, Major Bonnaffon, Pink Gem, Mary Donellan, Naomah,
Smith's Sensation, William Turner. (2) Japanese: Pacific Supreme,
Crocus, Ramapo, December Gem, F. S. Vallis, Glen Cove, Golden
Robin, Reginald Vallis. (3) Japanese Incurved: Chrysolora,
Col. D. Appleton, W. H. Chadwick, Mile. Jeanne Nonin, Artistic
Queen, Christy Mathewson, Elberpn, Nakota. (4) Hairy:
Arvede Barine, Beauty of Truro, Prison d'Or, Leocadie Gen-
tils, Louis Boehrner, L'Enfant des Deux Mondes, R. M. Grey,
White Swan. (5) Re'flexed: Smith's Advance, Dick Witterstaetter,
Harvard, Yanoma, Mrs. J. Wells, Rose Pockett, Thanksgiving
Queen, Madison. (6) Large Anemone: Satisfaction, Surprise,
Ernest Cooper, Geo. Hawkins, Gladys Spaulding, John Bunyan.
(7) Japanese Anemone: Eleanor, Mrs. F. Gordon Dexter, Zoraida.
(8) Pompons: Alma, Baby, Clorinda, Fairy Queen, Helen New-
berry, Minta, Julie Lagravere, Quinola. (9) Pompon Anemone:
Diantha, Ada Sweet, Gertrude Wilson, Lida Thomas, Vayenne,
Bessie Flight. (10) Large-flowering Singles: Arlee, Catherine
Livingstone, Felicity, Itaska, Lady Lu, Red Light. (11) Small-
flowering Singles: Ladysmith, Anna, Blazing Star, Little Barbee.
Selection of varieties based on color. — White: Smith's Advance,
Chadwick Improved, Christy Mathewson, Mrs. Gilbert Drabble,
Naomah, William Turner. Yellow: Chrysolora, Completa, Golden
Glow, Golden Eagle, Ramapo, Lenox. Pink: Pacific Supreme,
Unaka, Patty, Glen Cove, Morristown, Smith's Sensation. Crim-
son: Dick Witterstaetter, Harvard, Intensity, J. W. Molyneux,
Pockett's Crimson, Mrs. Harry Turner. Bronze and buff: Glen-
view, Mrs. J. A. Miller, Mrs. H. Stevens, Ongawa, Rose Pockett,
William Kleinheinz. Crimson, golden reverse: Harry E. Converse,
Howard Gould, Mrs. O. H. Kahn, W. Woodmason. Amaranth or
purplish- crimson: George J. Bruzard, Mrs. G. C. Kelly, Reginald
Vallis. T. Carrington, Leslie Morrison.
Selection based on special uses. — Bush plants: Golden Age,
Brutus, Dick Witterstaetter, Dr. Enguehard, Garza. Single
stemmed pot-plant : Naomah, Chrysolora, ^Esthetic, President
Roosevelt, Ben Wells, Glen Cove, Mrs. George Hunt, Mrs. O. H.
Kahn, Pockett's Crimson. Exhibition blooms: Artistic Queen,
Christy Mathewson, Chrysanthemiste Montigny, F. S. Vallis,
George J. Bruzard, Glen Cove, Glenyiew, Harry E. Converse, Lady
Hopetoun, Lenox, Elberon, Morristown, M. Loiseau-Rousseau,
Mrs. Gilbert Drabble, Mrs. H. Stevens, Mrs. Harry Turner,
Naomah, Pockett's Crimson, Rose Pockett, William Turner, W.
Woodmason, Ben Wells, Merza, Reginald Vallis. Commerical
blooms. — Extra-early-flowering, July to October: Golden Glow,
Smith's Advance. Second-early-flowering, last of September into
October: Early Snow, Glory of Pacific, Monrovia, October Frost,
Iloserie. Early-midseason-flowering, middle of October: Chrysolora,
Comoleta, Gloria, Ivory, Pacific Supreme, Unaka, Virginia Poehl-
mann. Midseason-flowering, last of October to November 10: Col.
D. Appleton, Crocus, Dick Witterstaetter, Pink Gem, Ramapo,
Mrs. W. E. Kelley. Late-mid season-flowering, November 10 to
Thanksgiving: Dr. Enguehard, Emberta, Golden Eagle, Golden
Wedding, Major Bonnaffon, Patty, President Roosevelt, Timothy
Eaton, W. H. Chadwick, Mrs. Jerome Jones, White Bonnaffon.
Late-flowering, Thanksgiving and later: December Gem, Harvard,
Helen Frick, Intensity, John Burton, Mile. Jeanne Nonin, Thanks-
giving Queen, Yanoma.
Section V. — Culture of chrysanthemums for exhibition.
This branch in which the highest standard must be
attained if the slightest hope of success at the exhibi-
tions is entertained, requires a thorough knowledge of
the most suitable kinds for the purpose and the ability
to bring them to the highest state of perfection. The
methods are not very different from those employed
in the production of high-grade commercial blooms.
The most successful growers usually propagate earlier,
and if grown on benches they are also planted earlier
to secure all the vigor possible. The finest blooms are
those produced on the private estates, where one man
has charge of a few hundred plants, giving them his
undivided attention, so that every need is provided at
the proper time. During the past few years, the major-
ity of such expert growers have adopted a system of
growing in pots, each plant restricted to one bloom,
which is practically the same method as the one used
956. Terminal
after the disbudding
operation.
throughout England for many years. Here they are
kept under glass the entire season, while in England
the climate permits them to be grown out-of-doors
during the summer months. By this method, the
roots are more closely confined, which has a tendency
to produce short-jointed plants with stronger stems,
and gives the grower perfect control, so that each
variety may be treated accord-
ing to its needs, especially
when liquid fertilizers are nec-
essary to promote the maxi-
mum in size and finish. The
other factors necessary to the
successful exhibitor are full
consideration of the require-
ments of the schedules, so as
to select the best varieties for
the various classes, and a com-
plete knowledge of packing
and staging the blooms. Dur-
ing the past decade, those
originating new varieties have
scrutinized more closely in
making a decision, and, as the
commercial and exhibition
varieties are considered from
an entirely different standpoint, these two sections are
drifting farther and farther apart. Size is the foremost
quality from the exhibition point of view.
At the present time (1912), the varieties generally shown in
prize-winning exhibits are: White. — Beatrice May, Lady Car-
michael, Merza, Mrs. David Syme, Naomah, Wm. Turner. Yellow.
— F. S. Vallis, Lenox, Mrs. Geo. Hunt, Mrs. J. C. Neill, Yellow
Miller. Pink. — Lady Hopetoun, M. Loiseau-Rousseau, Mrs. C. H.
Totty, O. H. Broonhead, Wm. Duckham, Wells' Late Pink.
Bronze. — Glenview, Harry E. Converse, Mrs. O. H. Kahn, Mrs. H.
Stevens. Red. — J. W. Molyneux, Pockett's Crimson, W. Wood-
mason.
A few of the commercial section are suitable for this purpose,
especially when the schedule calls for twelve or more blooms of a
kind for one vase and at exhibitions at which artificial supports
are prohibited. The best are as follows: White. — Lynnwood Hall,
Timothy Eaton, Chadwick Improved, Mrs. Jerome Jones. Yellow.
— Col. D. Appleton, Golden Eagle, Golden Wedding, Yellow Eaton,
Golden Chadwick, Major Bonnaffon. Pink. — Dr. Enguehard,
Mayor Weaver, Maud Dean. Red. — Dick Witterstaetter, Geo. W.
Childs.
Section VI. — Culture of chrysanthemums out-of-doors.
The kinds most suitable for out-of-door culture are
those making abundance of rhizomes or underground
stems, which withstand the winter and furnish the
new growths for the successive years. The Pompons
are more hardy than the large-flowering sorts, and, as
hardiness is of vital importance to those interested in
this subject, especially north of the Ohio River, it
should be fully considered in selecting for this purpose.
It is more practicable to choose varieties which perfect
their flowers early, during August, September and
October when grown in the northern states, as the buds
are less likely to "be injured while in a soft growing
state by frost. In the South many of the later varieties
will live over and be satisfactory, owing to the contin-
uance of mild weather. In the past few years, some
improvements in this section have been attained, many
of which are the results of crosses between the Pom-
pons and the large-flowering Japanese, in which the
progeny have combined the hardiness and dwarf habit
of the former with the larger and more irregular-formed
flowers of the latter, producing aster-like flowers rather
than the symmetrical form of the pompons. All of the
types may be successfully grown out-of-doors if provi-
sion is made to protect the bud, blooms and roots from
severe frost. A temporary covering of cloth or sash in
early autumn will protect the blooms, but the roots
will require artificial heat or should be removed to the
greenhouse or frame where the temperature can be
maintained a few degrees above freezing. In growing
exhibition blooms out-of-doors, all the important
details, such as watering, airing, disbudding, feeding,
766
CHRYSANTHEMUM
staking and tying, must be complied with, if the
grower expects to be rewarded for his efforts.
The oldest of the outdoor types are the Pompons,
which produce from forty to one hundred buttons an
inch or two across, with short and regular rays. Such
plants can be left outdoors all winter.
Since the large - flowering or Japanese types have
come in, numberless attempts have been made to grow
them outdoors, but with poor results. The greenhouse
varieties are not so hardy. In the North they are likely
to be killed by the winter. Their flowers usually lack
in size, depth and symmetry, largely because there are
more of them on a plant than a florist allows for his
best blooms, but chiefly because they do not have so
much care in general as is given to plants under glass,
where space is precious. For the very best results,
chrysanthemums must be flowered under glass, and
they need the greatest care and forethought practi-
957. Suggestion for protecting chrysanthemums that are to bloom outdoors.
cally all the year round. Half-way measures are unsat-
isfactory. Thus it happens that the Japanese varieties
are usually unsatisfactory out-of-doors, and the Pom-
pons are chosen by those who can give very little care
to plants and would rather have many small flowers
than a few large ones. This also partly explains why
no two dealers recommend anything like the same list
of Japanese varieties for outdoor culture. Neverthe-
less, it is possible to grow excellent flowers 4 and 5 or
even 6 inches across outdoors, but it requires staking,
disbudding, and some kind of temporary protection, as
of a tent or glass, during frosty weather. Fig. 957
shows a cheap and simple structure of coldframe sashes
resting on a temporary framework. In severe weather
a canvas curtain can be dropped in front, and the win-
dow of a warm cellar in the rear opened to temper the
air. For general outdoor culture, however, when no
special care is given to the plants, the Japanese kinds
are usually less satisfactory than the Pompons. These
Pompons are a much-neglected class since the rise of
the large-flowered Japanese kinds, but they are unlike
anything else in pur garden flora. Their vivid and
sometimes too artificial colors harmonize with nothing
else at Thanksgiving time, and they are so strong and
commanding that they should have a place by them-
selves. It is not uncommon for the flowers to be in
good condition even after several light falls of snow,
and they may be considered the most resistant to frost
of any garden herbs. In fact, their peculiar merit is
blooming after the landscape is completely desolated
by successive frosts. The flowers are not ruined until
their petals are wet and then frozen stiff. They are
essentially for mass effects of color, and great size is
not to be expected. Masses of brown and masses of
yellow, side by side, make rich combinations. The
whole tribe of crimsons, amaranths, pinks, and the
CHRYSOGONUM
like, should be kept by themselves, because their colors
are variable and because they make a violent contrast
with yellow, which few persons can find agreeable.
WILHELM MILLER.
ELMER SMITH.!
CHRYSOBACTRON (golden wand, from the Greek).
Liliacese. Two New Zealand rhizomatous herbs, usually
classed with "bulbs" by gardeners, bearing many small
yellow fls. in a long raceme on the top of an elongated
scape: plant often dioecious or polygamous: perianth
6-parted, the segms. nearly equal; stamens 6: caps.
3-ceLled and 3-valved. The genus is now commonly
united with the S. African Bulbinella, the combined
species becoming 13 or 14. C. HoSkeri, Colenso
(Bulbinella Hobkeri, Benth & Hook., now the accepted
name. Anthericum Hobkeri, Colenso)is in cult, in this
country. It is a hardy plant 2-3 ft. high, with sword-
like foliage: fls. Kin. diam., bright yellow, perfect, on
slender pedicels, the segms. linear-oblong,
and obtuse and spreading. B.M. 4602.— Cult,
in the ordinary border, and treated like the
asphodel, they do well. But they are im-
proved in rich, deep and rather moist soil;
strong clumps, 4-6 years old, are then at
their best and are very excellent plants.
After that they should be divided. Prop, by
division or seed. Blooms in June and July.
J. B. KELLER and L. H. B.
CHRYSOBALANUS (golden acorn, from
the Greek, referring to the fruit). Rosacese.
Bushes or trees, planted far south for orna-
ment; fruit often edible.
Leaves thick and coriaceous, entire, gla-
brous: fls. white, rather small, in axillary or
terminal short cymes; calyx 5-parted; petals
5, clawed; stamens 15 to many, some of them
perhaps sterile: fr. a dryish-pulpy drupe, with
stone pointed at base and ridged. — Two spe-
cies in tropics of Amer. and Afr., reaching
Fla., and another one in S. U. S.
Icaco, Linn. COCOA-PLUM. ICACO. On coasts and
along streams in S. Fla., to S. Amer., and also in Afr.,
and is sometimes planted in the extreme S. (and in
the tropics) as an ornamental shrub and for its sweet-
ish but insipid and dry plum -shaped frs. which are
sometimes used for preserves. It is a mere bush on
the northern limits of its distribution, and on eleva-
tions, but in extreme S. Fla. it reaches a height of 25-
30 ft. Lvs. glossy, thick, obovate (sometimes obcor-
date): fls. small and white, in axillary erect racemes
or cymes; calyx 5-cleft, pubescent; petals 5; stamens
about 20: fr. ' 1-seeded, 1-1 iH? in. long, varying from
nearly white to almost black, globular or nearly so.
Wood close-grained and heavy, hard, brown or reddish.
It is best prop, by seeds, but may also be had from
cuttings of half-ripened wood. C. pellocdrpus, Meyer,
the small-fruited cocoa-plum, is a smaller plant, with
smaller Ivs., petals spatulate, drupe oboyoid or
oblong, about half the size of .that of C. Icaco; it grows
in extreme S. Fla. and farther south; probably not
planted. C. oblongifblius, Michx., occurs from Ga. to
Fla. and Miss. It is a low shrub, spreading widely by
means of underground sts.: If .-blades longer than
broad, sharp- tipped : fr. ovoid or obovoid, about 1-1 J^
in. long: not in cult. L. H. B.
CHRYS6COMA: Linosyris,
CHRYS6DIUM : Elaphoglossum.
CHRYSOGONUM (Greek-made name, golden knee
or joint). Compdsitae. A few composites, of which
C. virginanum, Linn., is a perennial yellow-fld. plant of
S. Pa. and south; sometimes cult, as a border plant.
It blooms in spring or early summer on sts. which
become 1 ft. high, the heads being solitary and pedun-
CHRYSOGONUM
CHUFA
767
cled in the axils or some of them terminal: Ivs. oppo-
site and basal, ovate and mostly obtuse, crenate. Prop,
by creeping rootstocks and runners. Of little merit
horticulturally.
CHRYSOPHYLLUM (Greek, golden leaf, in reference
to the color of the under surface of the leaves). Sapo-
tacese. Handsome trees, grown far south for fruit and
for ornament.
Juice milky: Ivs. alternate, thick and stiff, usually
shining and copper-colored or golden beneath with
silky pubescence, with many parallel cross- veins: fls.
small, sessile or stalked, clustered at the nodes or in
the axils; calyx mostly 5-parted; corolla tubular-cam-
panulate or somewhat rotate, mostly 5-lobed, without
appendages; stamens as many as the corolla-lobes,
and staminodia 0; ovary 5-10-celled: fr. fleshy and
usually edible, 1- to several-seeded. — About 60 spe-
cies in tropics, the larger part American.
The various species of Chrysophyllum have beautiful
broad green leaves, with under surfaces of a silky tex-
ture, varying in color from a silvery white through
golden to a russet-brown, and are well worth a place
in the conservatory as ornamental trees. By giving
them sufficient room, they will bear fruit in the course
of a few years, under glass, which in the case of C.
Cainito, the star-apple of tropical America, is edible,
and well liked even by people of a temperate clime. All
species are strictly tropical, and cannot be grown where
frosts occur unless properly protected. Propagation is
ordinarily effected by seed, which readily germinate if
planted when fresh, and it is stated that all species may
be grown from cuttings of well-ripened shoots placed
in strong, moist heat. The soil most suited for their
growth is of a sandy character, and if not of a good
quality should be well manured, using a considerable
proportion of potash in the fertilizer for fruiting speci-
mens. They seem to do well on a great variety of soils,
however, that are sufficiently well drained, wet land
not agreeing with them. (E. N. Reasoner.)
Cainito, Linn. STAR-APPLE. CAIMITO. Fig. 958.
Thick-headed evergreen, to 50 ft. : Ivs. oval or oblong,
silky-golden beneath : corolla-tube twice as long as the
calyx; stigma 8-10-crenate or -lobed; fls. purplish
white. W. Indies, Panama, Cenl. Amer. I.H. 32:567.
A.G. 11:405. — The fr. is the size of an apple, symmet-
rically globular and smooth, hard ; a cross-section shows
the star-shaped core, whence the common name; it
varies from white to purple in color of skin and also of
flesh. The pulp is delicious (used uncooked) if the fr.
is allowed to remain on the tree until ripe. It has large,
pumpkin-like dark seeds. It is very impatient of frost.
oliviforme, Lam. (C. monopyrenum, Swartz).
SATIN-LEAF. To 35 ft.: Ivs. like those of C. Cainito:
fls. white; stigma 5-crenate: fr. ovoid-oblong or oval,
1-seeded by abortion of ovules, blackish, 1 % in. long,
said to be insipid. S. Fla. and S. B.M. 3303.— Spa-
ringly transferred to grounds as an ornamental tree.
imperiale, Benth. (Theophrdsta imperialis, Lind.).
Plant strict and simple, to 20 ft. or more, unarmed:
Ivs. obovate-oblong to oblong-oblanceolate, 3 ft. long,
on large plants very sharply serrate: fls. yellowish
green, small, in clusters along the trunk, the cluster
sessile but the fls. pedicellate; corolla rotate, 5-lobed,
thick: fr. 5-angled, nearly globular, size of a small
apple, with a hard thick flesh ; seeds 1 in. long and %in.
wide, compressed. Brazil. B.M. 6823. I.H. 21 : 184.
Gt. 1864:453. — This species was grown 30 years before
its genus was determined, but upon flowering in Euro-
pean gardens it was found to be a Chrysophyllum (by
some referred to Martiusella, which see) . L. H. B.
CHRYSOP6GON: Sorghastrum.
CHRYSOPSIS (golden appearance, from the heads).
Compdsitx. Mostly low and hairy perennials, some-
times planted in borders: heads of medium size and
many-fld., usually with numerous yellow rays; involu-
cre bell-shaped or hemispherical, of imbricated nar-
row bracts: achenes compressed, bearing a pappus of
numerous hair-like bristles. About 20 species of Chry-
sopsis are known. Mex. and N. C. villosa, Nutt. (C.
Boldnderi, Gray), is one of the species in the trade. It
is widely distributed from 111., west, north, and south:
1-2 ft., grayish pubescent: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate,
entire or few-toothed: heads usually at the ends of
leafy branches, aster-like in shape. Extremely varia-
ble, and has several named forms. Mn. 7:101. Var.
Rutteri, Rothr., is larger and later. Of value as a
border plant. Cult, the same as aster. Perennials, but
bloom the first year from seed, if sown early.
C. mariAna, Nutt. Differs from C. villosa in having corymbose-
paniculate fl. -clusters. E. N. Amer. Aug. -Sept. Offered by dealers
in native plants. It has showy yellow fls. and prefers dry sandy
Places- N. TAYLOR.f
CHRYSOSPLENIUM (name from golden and
spleen, referring to some old medicinal tradition).
Saxifragacese. GOLDEN SAXIFRAGE. Low semi-aquatics,
sometimes used
in bog-planting.
C. americanum,
Schw., is a na-
tive plant creep-
ing in mud. Sts.
forking, bearing
roundish or cor-
date small
mostly opposite
Ivs., with very
small, nearly ses-
sile, greenish, in-
conspicuous fls.
Scarcely known
in cult, and, ex-
cept for wet
places where a
cover or carpet
is wanted, of no
value horticul-
turally.
CHRYSURUS
CYNOSUROlDES:
Lamarckia.
CHUFA. The
edible subter-
ranean tubers of
Cyperus escu-
lentus, Linn.,
(which see)
much prized in
the South. Fig. 959. Chufa— Cyperus esculentus. ( X M)
768
CHUFA
CIBOTIUM
959. Chufas are eaten raw or baked, or used for the
making of coffee. The plant is sometimes cultivated
in the North, but it will not withstand the winter.
The tubers are oblong, ^ to % inches long, cylin-
drical, hard. The plant is grass-like, and in the North
does not flower. Tubers are planted in the spring, and
the new crop is ready for dig-
ging in the fall. It thrives
easily in loose and warm soils.
The nutty flavor of the hard
tubers is very agreeable.
CHUSQUEA: Bamboo, p. 449,
Vol. I.
CHtSIS (Greek for melt-
ing, in allusion to the pollen-
masses). Orchidacese. Orchids,
pendulous from trees; grown
in hothouses.
Stems fusiform, leafy,
thickening after the Ivs. drop :
fls. fleshy, in short racemes,
which are pro-
duced freely
in the axils
of the young
growths; dor-
sal sepal and
petals similar
in shape, the
lateral sepals
with the foot
of the column
forming a long
foot jlipjoin ted
to the column
foot, lamellate
longitudinally,
the lateral
lobes upright,
loosely sur-
rounding the column; pollinia 8. — About 6 species in
Trop. Amer. Cult, as for Vanda, in baskets, pans or
pots. They require tropical temperature when grow-
ing, then cooler.
A. Ground-color of fls. yellow.
afcrea, Lindl. Fls. 5-8, about 2 in. across; sepals and
petals yellow, oblong-oval; lateral lobes of lip yellow,
the middle lobe white, downy, spotted with red and
yellow. S. Amer. B.R. 1937. B.M. 3617.
Izevis, Lindl. Fls. 8-12, about 2K in. across; sepals
and petals yellow, tinted above with lines of purple-
carmine; sepals oblong, the dorsal one inflexed, the
lateral falcate; lip yellow, marked with red. Mex.
Chelsonii, Hort. Fls. 5-7, about 2^ in. across;
sepals and petals yellow, with a large blotch of reddish
fawn at the apex; lip yellow spotted with red. Hybrid:
C. bractescens x C. tews. F.M. 1878:297.
AA. Ground-color of fls. white.
bractescens, Lindl. Fig. 960. Fls. 3-5, about 3 in.
across; sepals and petals ivory-white; lip with the
lateral lobes white outside, the inner surface yellow,
streaked red, the middle lobe yellow, streaked and
stained with red. Mex. B.M. 5186. R.H. 1859 pp
294, 295. I.H. 27:398. O.R. 9:371; 13:236; 19:201.
J.H. III. 28:263. C.O. 1. A.F. 28:747.
Limminghei, Lindl. & Reichb. Fls. 4-7, 1J4-2 in.
across; sepals and petals white, with an apical blotch
of purple; lip with lateral lobes yellow, marked with
reddish purple on the inside, the middle lobe white,
streaked with bright purple. Mex. B.M. 5265. I H
7:240. C.O. 3.
Sedenii, Hort. Fls. 3-6; sepals white; petals white
with an apical rose-purple blotch; lip with the side
960. Chysis bractescens.
(XK)
lobes sulfur-yellow, purple-streaked within, the middle
lobe white, streaked with amethyst. Hybrid: C.
Limminghei x C. bractescens. GEORGE V NASH t
CIBOTIUM (Greek, a little seed-vessel). Cyatheacex.
A small group of tree-ferns from Mexico and Polynesia,
with bivalved coriaceous indusia, dif-
fering from Dicksonia in having the
outer valve entirely distinct from
the leaf. For culture, see Dicksonia.
C. Barometz is the plant that gave
rise to the wonder stories of the
Barometz or Scythian lamb (Fig.
961), which, according to Bauhin,
1650, had wool, flesh and blood, and
a root attached to the navel. The
plant was said to resemble a lamb in
every respect, but grew on a stalk
about a yard high, and turning about
and bending to the herbage con-
sumed the foliage within reach, and
then pined away with the failure of
the food until it died. In 1725 Breyne,
of Dantzig, declared that the Baro-
metz was only the root of a large
fern, covered with its natural yellow
down and accompanied by stems, which had been
placed in museums in an inverted position, the better
to represent the appearance of the legs and horns of a
quadruped.
Young plants of C. Schiedei and C. regale are fre-
quently offered by florists at a stage before the trunk
has developed and when the leaves are about four or
five feet long. They require greenhouse conditions for
successful culture.
A. Outer valve of the indusium larger, or the valves
subequal.
glaftcum, Hook. & Arn. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, tripin-
nate; pinnules about 6 in. long, taper-pointed; segms.
close: outer valve of indusium larger, broader than the
inner: veins once- or twice-forked. Hawaiian Ms.
Barometz, J. Smith. SCYTHIAN LAMB. Trunkless:
Ivs. scented, tripinnate, the lower pinnae ovate-lanceo-
late; pinnules short-stalked, 4-6 in. long, with falcate
segms.: valves of the indusium nearly equal: veins
prominent, rarely forked. China.
961. The Scythian Lamb; reproduced from an old book.
See Cibotium Barometz.
AA. Outer valve of the indusium smaller than the inner.
Schiedei, Hook. Trunk 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-
deltoid, tripinnate, with pinnae 1-2 ft. long; segms.
falcate, sharp-pointed: sori sparse: veins forked, on
the lowest pinnate. Mex.
regale, Lind. Trunk 10-12 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-
deltoid, tripinnate, with pinnae 18-24 in. long; pinnules
sessile, with close, falcate, deeply incised segms.;
veins pinnate in the lobes. Mex.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.f
CICCA
CINCHONA
769
CfCCA: Phyllanthus.
CICER, (old Latin name for the vetch). Legu-
minosfe. Pea-like annual or perennial herbs, with
5-parted calyx, the lobes being nearly equal or
the 2 upper ones somewhat shorter and con-
nivent, oblong turgid 2-valved pod, mostly 1-fld.
peduncles, odd-pinnate Ivs. and toothed Ifts.:
standard ovate or nearly orbicular, wings obo-
vate and free, keel rather broad and incurved:
fls. white, blue or violet: terminal 1ft. often
represented by a tendril or spine. — A dozen or
more species, with a Mediterranean- Asian range.
C. arietinum, Linn., the CHICK-PEA or GAR-
BANZO, is sometimes cult, in vegetable-gardens
for the edible ripe seeds. It is an annual and is
cult, the same as bush beans. It withstands dry
weather well. It grows 2 ft. high, making a
bushy, hairy plant; seeds are planted as soon
as warm weather comes, usually in drills, the
plants standing 8-12 in. apart. Lvs. with small,
roundish Ifts. : fls. white or reddish, small, axil-
lary. Seed roundish, but flattened on the sides,
with a projection on one side, shaped like a
miniature ram's head (hence the name arieti-
num, in vars. of red, black and white. Much
cult, in S. Eu. and Asia; and widely known in
Calif, and in Mex., and other Spanish-American
regions. The peas are eaten boiled, or
roasted like peanuts, often used for soup
or as a substitute for coffee; and some
kinds are used for horse-feed. It is a
promising crop for some purposes; yield
sometimes 500 to 1,000 Ibs. to the acre.
L. H. B.
CICHORIUM (from an old Arabic
name). Composite. Seven or eight herbs,
one of which is chicory and one endive.
Perennial, biennial or annual, branch-
ing and diffuse when in bloom, mostly
with deep hard roots, milky juice and
alternate Ivs., and sessile axillary and
terminal fl. -heads: fls. several to many in
the head, all ligulate and perfect, blue,
purple or white; involucre double; pap-
pus of bristle-like scales. — Mostly in the
Mediterranean region and to Abyssinia.
Intybus, Linn. CHICORY. SUCCORY.
Fig. 962. Stout deep-rooted tall peren-
nial (3-6 ft.) : Ivs. broadly oblong, ob-
lanceolate or lanceolate, hairy, rapidly
becoming very small toward top of
plant so that the branches appear
nearly naked and wand-like, more or less
clasping and the lower ones runcinate:
fls. bright azure -blue, 1H in. or more
across, closing about noon; pappus about
8 times shorter than fr. July-Oct. —
Now a widespread weed of hard road-
sides and fields, but producing one of
the clearest of light blues and worthy a
place in the fl.-garden. Recent experi-
ments promise attractive color forms.
For cult, for the root and for the salad
Ivs, see Chicory.
Endivia, Linn. ENDIVE. Annual or
biennial: Ivs. many at the base, oblong,
lobed and cut, smooth: st. 2-4 ft.,
branching, grooved: fls. pale blue; pappus
about 4 times shorter than fr. India;
but by some thought to be a derivative
of C. Intybus, or of C. divaricatum of the
Medit. region. For cult, as a salad plant,
see Endive. L. H. B.
. CIMICIFUGA, Linn, (cimex, a bug;fugere, to
drive away). Ranunculacese . BUGBANE. Tall
hardy herbaceous perennials, ornamental, but
bad-smelling, suited for the back of plantings or
for partially shaded places in the wild garden.
The leaves and tall plants are admired in the
hardy border.
Leaves large, decompound: fls. white,, in
racemes; sepals 2-5, petaloid, deciduous; petals
1-8, small, clawed, 2-lqbed or none: follicles
1-8, many-seeded, sessile or stalked; stigma
broad or minute. Allied to Actsea. — About 10
species, natives of the north temperate zone,
practically all of which have been used in gardens.
Cimicifugas thrive in half shady or open
places in any good garden soil, but are much
taller and more showy if the soil is very black
and rich. Propagated by seeds and division of
roots in fall or early spring. Seeds should be
sown in cool moist soil soon after ripening.
americana, Michx. (Actsea podocdrpa,
DC.). -Slender, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. pale
beneath: fls. in elongated raceme; petals
2-horned; pedicels nearly as long as the
fl.: follicles 3 or 5, stalked; seeds in 1
row, chaffy; stamens and pistils usually
in same fl. Aug.-Sept. Moist woods
N. Y. and S.
fdetida, Linn. Lvs. bipinnate, termi-
nal 1ft. 3-lobed: petals of the white fls.
often tipped with anthers; no stami-
nodia: follicles 3-5; seeds very chaffy.
Summer. Siberia. — Following forms are
more commonly cult.
racemdsa, Nutt. (C. serpentaria,
Pursh). Fig. 963. St. 3-8 ft. high: Ivs.
2-3 times 3-4-parted; Ifts. mostly ovate,
firm texture: racemes few, rigidly erect,
often becoming 2 ft. long: follicles rather
shorter than the pedicel, nearly ^in.
long, short style abruptly recurved. July,
Aug. Ga. to Canada and westward.
Intro. 1891. Gt. 13:443. Gn. 46, p.
269. G.C. II. 10:557; III. 48:218 —
Very pretty in fr., with its 2 rows of
oval follicles always extending upward
from the lateral branches. The com-
monest in gardens. Rhizome and roots
valued in medicine.
Var. dissecta, Gray (C. spicata, Hort.).
Lvs. more compound than the type:
small white fls. closely packed on lateral
and terminal branches. Lasting until
Sept. Conn, to S. Pa. J.H. III. 33:381.
Var. simplex, Regel (C. simplex,
Wormsk.). Tall and handsome: fls.
short-pedicelled, forming a fine, dense
raceme, and at first pubescent: follicle?
short-stalked. Kamtschatka. Gn. 67,
p. 8. Gn.W. 21: 115; 23:899.
C. cordifttlia, Pursh. Lvs. very broadly ovate
or orbicular. U. S. B.M. 2069.— C. dahiirica,
Hutt. Higher and more branched than former.
Cent. Asia.— C. eldta, Nutt. (C. fcetida, Pursh.
Actsea Cimicifuga, Linn.). Used in medicine.
Ore., Wash. — C. japonica, Spreng. 3 ft. high:
Ivs. very large. F.S. 22:2363 (as Pithyrosperma
acerinum). — C. palmdta, Michx.=Trautvetteria
carolinensis, Vail. j£_ Q_ DAVIS.
CINCHONA (from the Countess Chin-
chon, wife of a Spanish Viceroy of Peru,
CIENK6WSKIA: Kaempferia.
962. Flowers of chicory. — Cicho-
rium Intybus. ( X H)- A familiar
weed along roadsides in the east-
ern part of the country.
use of Peruvian bark). Rubiacese. Plants
widely known as yielding a remedy, in
the bark, for malaria.
770
CINCHONA
CINCHONA
Some of the species are lofty trees, others are mere
shrubs. They grow isolated in various districts of the
Andes, at elevations ranging from 2,300-9,000 ft., and
between 22° south and 10° north latitude. Lvs. oppo-
site, with deciduous stipules: fls. much frequented
by humming-birds, fragrant, white and pink in color,
growing in terminal panicles; calyx small, 5-toothed,
963. Cimicifuga
racemosa.
(Lfts.XM)
and persistent; corolla has a long tube with 5 short
spreading valvate lobes, hairy at the margins; sta-
mens 5, included in the corolla; ovary 2-celled, with
very numerous ovules inserted on linear axile placentae:
caps, opening septicidally from the base upwards; seeds
small, numerous, flat and surrounded with a wing. —
There are 30-40 confused species. Specimens are some-
times seen in collections of economic plants, but they
are not horticultural subjects.
From the pharmacopooial point of view there are
two distinct kinds of cinchona bark: (1) Cinchona,
also called yellow cinchona and calisaya bark, which
is probably the bark obtained from Cinchona Ledger-
iana, Moens, and hybrids of this with other species of
Cinchona. The bark secured from these sources is said
to contain 6 to 7 per cent of alkaloids, of which one-
half to two-thirds is quinine. (2) Cinchona rubra, or
red cinchona, which is obtained from Cinchona succir-
ubra, Pavon, or its hybrids. In this bark the alkaloid
cinchonidine exists in greater proportion.
The cinchona trees are considered to yield the maxi-
mum of alkaloids at six to nine years of age. The bark
of the trunk and roots is removed; the latter is used
mostly in the manufacture of quinine. Effort has been
made to adopt the spelling Chinchona, although Lin-
naeus, in founding the genus, used only one h: see
Clements R. Markham "A Memoir of the Lady Ana
de Osorio, Countess of Chinchon and Vice-Queen of
Peru (A.D. 1629-39), with a Plea for the Correct
Spelling of the Chinchona Genus," London, 1874.
The febrifuge reached Spain as early as 1639. Knowl-
edge of it was spread by the Countess of Chinchon,
hence it was called Countess' powder and Peruvian
bark, and also Jesuits' bark, from the knowledge of it
spread by Jesuits. The word quinine is derived from
the name by which it was known in Peru, quinaquina,
or "bark of barks." In 1849, trees were sent by the
Jesuits to Algeria, but the experiment was not success-
ful. In 1852-4, Hasskarl successfully introduced living
plants into Java, in 1859, Clements R. Markham was
entrusted by the government of India with the task of
collecting plants and seeds on the Andes, and estab-
lishing them in India. In his fascinating book "Peru-
vian Bark: a popular account of the introduction of
Chinchona cultivation into British India" (1880),
Markham recounts the difficulties in South America
and his final success. Cinchona is now grown commer-
cially in India and also in Jamaica, but most of the
commercial product is secured from trees grown in
Java; it is also cultivated in New Zealand and Aus-
tralia. C. Ledgeriana, Moens (C. Calisaya, Wedd., var.
Ledgeriana, How.), is a small tree with small thick
elliptical Ivs., reddish beneath, and with yellowish
not fragrant fls., and a short caps. C. succirubra,
Pav., has large and thin broad-elliptic Ivs., purple-
red calyx and rose-colored petals, and an elongated
caps. C. officinalis, Hook, f., has oval-lanceolate
acute shining ]vs., and rose-colored silky fls. It is
sometimes seen (in some of its forms) in collections.
Var. Condaminea (C. Condaminea, Humb. & Bonpl.)
is one of these forms and has been intro. in S. Calif,
and said to be easily grown there. L jj g
Cultivation of cinchona. (By Wm. Fawcett.)
The seedlings may be raised either in boxes or in
beds. The boxes should not be more than 3 or 4 inches
deep. Three -quarter -inch drainage - holes should be
made in the bottom, about 6 inches apart. Whitewash
the boxes or dust them inside with lime. Put pieces of
broken flower-pots over the drainage holes, and cover
the bottom with gravel to a depth of 1 inch. The soil
should be made up of one-third leaf-mold, one-third
good soil and one-third fine river gravel. These should
be thoroughly mixed and passed through a J^-inch
sieve. Fill the boxes to within % inch of the top, and
slightly water. Sow the seed evenly, and sprinkle over
it some of the sifted soil, only just covering it. The
boxes should be under shade, sheltered from rain, and
watered every day with a very fine spray from a
watering-can. The seedlings will appear in three or
four weeks. If the seeds are sown in beds, they require
the protection of a roof sloping south, and supported
by posts 4 feet 6 inches high on the north, and 3 feet
3 inches on the south side. The sides may also have
to be covered in. The breadth of the beds is 3 feet.
The roof projects beyond the south posts sufficiently
to keep off direct sunlight, and in the summertime,
at any rate, a narrow north roof must be added at
right angles. If the sheds are built under the shade
of tall trees, the roof is needed only for shelter from
rain.
When the seedlings are 1^ to 2 inches high, they
should be transplanted into nursery beds, made up in
the same way as for seeds. In transplanting, use a
wooden peg 4 or 5 inches long, %mch thick at one
end and tapering to a dull point. A seedling is picked up
with the left hand from a bundle brought from the seed-
beds, a hole is made with the peg in the right hand,
big enough to receive the roots without bending or
crushing them. The soil is then pressed closely over the
rootlets with the peg. Two inches between each plant is
enough room. At first the plants should be shaded, but
CINCHONA
CINERARIA
771
when they are twice or thrice as high as when trans-
planted the shading may be gradually removed to harden
them for putting out in their permanent positions.
The soil and subsoil should be free and open to insure
good drainage; newly cleared forest land on a hillside
is the best for Cinchona trees. In Jamaica, Cinchona
officinalis flourishes best at an elevation of about 5,500
feet, with a mean annual temperature of about 60°
F., ranging from a minimum of 46° to a maximum of 75°
and with a total annual rainfall of 120 to 150 inches.
The distance when planted out in their permanent
positions is 3 by 3 feet, and as soon as they begin to
interfere with each other's growth they should be
thinned out just sufficiently at first to prevent this.
The bark of those cut down may be worth stripping if
the price of bark is high.
Several methods have been used in taking the bark
from the trees. In South America, the tree is uprooted,
and the whole of the bark may be taken from both root
and stem. A second plan is used if shoots spring from
the root; the trunk is cut through above the ground,
the bark stripped, and the stump left to coppice, one
or two of the shoots being allowed to grow. The third
method is to make the same tree yield bark in succes-
sive seasons; for this purpose longitudinal layers of the
bark are removed from the trunk, and the exposed
surface is sometimes covered with moss; the bark
renews itself, and the "renewed bark" is as rich (or
richer) in alkaloids as the original. In this way, by
taking successive strips of bark in different years, the
tree yields a continuous supply of bark. L. fj. B.|
CINERARIA (ash-colored, from the Latin, referring
to the gray foliage). Composilse. Herbs or under-
shrubs, closely allied to Senecio, from which they are
separated chiefly by technical
characters of the achene. The
genus is variously understood by
different authors. As limited by
Bentham & Hooker, and also by
Engler & Prantl, it comprises
about 25 South African species,
and the common garden Cineraria
becomes a Senecio (S. cruentus,
DC.). The genus Cineraria differs
from Senecio in having a cone-
like rather than branched
and a usually flattened
or many-angled rather
than terete achene; the
species are herbs or sub-
shrubs with
yellow fl.-
heads.
The cine-
raria of the
florists (Fig.
964) is now
much modified by culti-
vation. There are two
views of its origin, one
holding that it is a
direct development of
C. cruenta, Mass. (Pericallis cru-
enta, Webb. & Berth.), B.M. 406;
the other that it is a hybrid, into
which C. cruenta, C. Heritieri, C.
populifolia, and perhaps others, have
probably blended. These are all
natives of the Canary Islands. For
important literature respecting the
origin of the garden cineraria, see
Nature, 51:461, 605; 52:3. 29, 54,
78, 103, 128; 55:341. G.C. III.
3:654, 657; 17:588, 655, 742; 18:
89, 186; 29:297.
The florists' cinerarias run in white, and in shades of
blue, pink and purple-red. There is promise of yellow-
flowered strains by hybridizing with yellow senecios or
related plants.
See Senecio for Cineraria acanthifolia, C. candidis-
sima, and C. maritima. To the garden or florists' cine-
raria (C. cruenta) belong the horticultural names C.
grandifldra, C. kewensis, C. nana, C. stellata, and others.
There are full-double forms (see R.H. 1874, p. 47; 1886,
p. 41. F.S. 22:2347-8. I.H. 32:556.)— C. flavescens,
Hort., is a garden hybrid between Cineraria "Feltham
Beauty" and Senecio auriculatissimus. G.C. III. 45, 322.
Gn. 73:252. It is a compact grower, originating with
James Veitch & Sons, giving promise of a new strain
of winter -blooming plants: fls. creamy yellow, the
younger blooms almost canary yellow; If. peculiarly
constricted at the middle and much enlarged at the
top. — C. hybrida, Hort., is a hybrid between Senecio
cruentus and S. tussilaginis, with white fls. having pale
blue tips on the rays and purplish centers. G.M. 55:
337. — C. stellata, Hort., now a popular race of florists'
cineraria, has open spready panicles of star-like single
fls. Fig. 965. Most excellent.
The true yellow-fld. South African cinerarias seem
not to be in cultivation, although C. pentactina, Hook.
f., has been recorded in horticultural literature within
recent years: slender and climbing, with lax paniculate
inflorescence, pale red flower-stems and five golden
yellows rays in each head. B.M. 7799. Elegant
greenhouse climber. L. H. B.
Culture of the florists' cineraria.
The single hybrid cinerarias are among the most use-
ful and beautiful of all greenhouse flowering plants.
The ease with which they
can be raised, the little heat
required, together with their
free-blooming qualities,
brilliant and various-
colored flowers, which last
for a considerable time in
blossom, make them popu-
lar with most people pos-
sessing even only a small
greenhouse. Though they
are herbaceous in character
and may be propagated by
cuttings or division of the
roots, the single varieties
are best treated as annuals,
raising them
from seed each
year and throw-
ing away the
plants after
flowering. Al-
though one may
save one's own
seed, the cine-
rarias, like most
hybrids, will de-
teriorate both
in size and
quality of the
flower after one
or two generations unless
they are crossed; there-
fore, unless one cares
to cross one's own plants,
it is best to purchase
fresh seed from some
reliable firm that secures
its stock [from hybrid-
ists. For florists use,
or when a succession of
964. Small plant of the florists' cineraria. —
Botanically Senecio cruentus.
772
CINERARIA
these flowers is required, two sowings of seed should
be made — the first about the middle of August, and
the second a month later. The seed should be sown in
CINNA
name of C. stellata. They are very free flowering, and
as pot plants are more decorative than the large-flow-
ered types; they meet the present demand for simplicity.
\^.i <_/*_* uj^jj^oj unc^y intrcu tile \JL UoclJ. L(j.dHiinCl IO1" SlUlpllCltV
pans or shallow boxes 1 foot square; these should be In color they have the same range as the ordinary flor-
well drained, and the soil should consist of one part ists' cinerarias: and there nr^ r»nft.ii«_flrrn
well drained, and the soil should consist of one part
fine loam, one part leaf-mold, and one part clean sharp
silver sand. The surface should be made very fine
and pressed down evenly. The seed should then be
sown evenly and rather thinly, and covered with sand
about the eighth part of an inch. This will in a great
measure prevent the seedlings from what gardeners
term "damping off," which they are very apt to do if
the atmospheric conditions become at all stagnant.
The seed-pans or boxes should be carefully watered
with a fine rose and then placed in some cool shaded
place, such as a
frame placed on
sifted coal-ashes on
the north side of a
wall or building,
where they will ger-
minate in about a
week or ten days. As
soon as large enough
to handle conve-
niently, the seedlings
should be potted
into thumb-pots and
grown on as rapidly
as possible, shifting
on into larger size
pots as often as re-
quired, never allow-
ing them to become
the least pot-bound,
or suffer in any way
during the season of
growth. The soil
should consist of half
leaf-mold and half
fine fibrous loam,
with a good sprink-
ling of silver sand,
until the final shift
into their flowering
pots, when the soil
should be three parts
fibrous loam and one
part well - decayed
cow-manure or pul-
verized sheep-ma-
nure. About the first
of October the plants
should all be removed
to the greenhouse,
where the atmos-
phere should be kept
cool and moist, but
A, a popular form of cineraria.
not stagnant. If a rainy spell should set in, a little
artificial heat should be given to cause a circulation of
the atmosphere, and as autumn advances the tempera-
ture should be kept about 45° at night, with a rise of
-i it, y' Llcluld stimulants should not be given
until the flower-buds begin to appear, when they are
greatly benefited by an occasional watering of clear
liquid cow- or sheep-manure. The plants should be well
in bloom after the holidays.
If bloom is wanted in late fall or early winter seed
may be sown in May; keep the plants growing all
summer, but do not let them bloom till they are estab-
lished in 5- or 6-inch pots.
The Star cineraria (Fig. 965), now popular, is an
open grower, 2 feet, not having the large solid masses
ot flower-heads of the older larger-flowered kinds. The
blooms are single and mostly smaller, and the rays are
separated as in a wild aster. These plants go under the
ists' cinerarias; and there are cactus-flowered strains,
with narrow rolled petals. The star cinerarias require
the same handling and treatment as the others.
Double-flowered varieties of cineraria are not com-
monly grown, neither are they so beautiful as the single
varieties. They may be propagated by seed or by cut-
tings, the latter being the best method, as a large per-
centage of seedlings are sure to turn out single, which
will be inferior in size of flower as compared with the
best single varieties. Double-flowering varieties must
be propagated each year to secure the best results. As
soon as the plants
have finished blos-
soming, the flower
stalks should be cut
away to induce the
plants to make fresh
growth, which, as
soon as large enough
for cuttings, should
be taken off and in-
serted in an ordinary
propagating bed,
where they will soon
root, after which they
should be potted and
shifted on as often
as required, growing
them during the hot-
test months in as cool
and shaded a position
as can be provided.
Cinerarias are
very subject to the
attacks of greenfly.
To keep these in
check, the house in
which they are grown
should be fumigated
with tobacco about
once in ten days, or
tobacco stems placed
among the plants if
fumigating is objec-
tionable; or the cyan-
ide treatment used.
See Diseases and
Insects.
Of thediff erent spe-
cies of Cineraria from
southern Europe
(properly Senecios) ,
C. maritima is per-
haps the best. It is of
dwarf habit, with tomentose, silvery, pinnatifid leaves,
and is a most useful subject for edging flower-beds.
It is not hardy in the North, consequently must be
treated as an annual, sowing the seeds early in March
in the greenhouse, afterward treating it as an ordinary
summer bedding plant. The other species from south
and eastern Europe do not prove hardy North, and if
grown should be treated as tender annuals, planting
them in the herbaceous borders for the summer. The
species from the Cape of Good Hope require greenhouse
treatment, the culture being the same as for the com-
mon cineraria, although, from an ornamental point of
view, most of them would hardly pay for the room they
would occupy. EDWARD J. CANNING.
CINNA (old Greek name for a kind of grass).
Grammes. Tall perennials with flat leaf-blades,
hpikelets 1-fld., numerous, in nodding panicles, the
XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida.
CINNA
CIRRILEA
773
rachilla prolonged; lemma short-awned below the
apex. There are two species, C. arundinacea, Linn.,
with contracted panicle, the spikelets 2H lines long,
(Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 7 : 140; 20 : 79) and C. latifolia,
Griseb. (C. pendula, Trin.), with open panicle, the
spikelets 2 lines long. Both species are native in cooler
parts of N. Amer. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CINNAMOMUM (the ancient Greek name). Laura-
cese. Evergreen trees and shrubs of Asia and Australia,
with aromatic leaves and wood, of which a few are cul-
tivated in the extreme southern United States.
Leaves usually thick, mostly opposite, strongly
3-nerved or pinnate-nerved: buds not scaly (exception
in C. Camphora): fls. usually perfect, with 9 (or less)
perfect stamens in 3 unlike rows and a row of imper-
fect ones; perianth short-tubed, segms. 6 and nearly
equal: fr. a small 1-seeded berry, in the cup-like
perianth. — Upward of 50 species, among which are
plants yielding cinnamon (C. zeylanicum) , camphor
(C. Camphora), cassia-bark (C. Cassia), and other
aromatic and medicinal products. Various species may
be expected in collections of economic plants,_ but
most of them are not strictly horticultural subjects.
It is not known whether some of the species in cult, in
this country are passing under the proper names; pos-
sibly C. Tamala, Fr. Nees, widely distributed in the Far
East, may be confused in our cultures.
The genus Cinnamomum embraces tropical and
semi-tropical shrubs and trees, which are mostly of
economic value, and in one or more cases are valuable
shade trees for lawn and street planting. The leaves
are evergreen, usually of a rich shining green, and in C.
Camphora have a silvery blue color on the under sur-
faces. C. Camphora, the camphor tree, is hardy in the
lower Gulf states, and is now being extensively planted,
both for shade and extraction of gum. C. Cassia is not
quite so hardy, but withstands a temperature of 20°
F. without injury, and has been planted in Florida for
manufacture of its various products, — oil, gum, buds
and cinnamon bark. C. zeylanicum, is likely to be
extensively grown in Mexico and the West Indies. —
The various species are usually propagated by seeds,
which are sown as soon as ripe in a shaded bed, the
seedlings being transplanted when very small into pots
and kept thus growing until permanent planting out.
The species, without exception, are very difficult to
transplant from the open ground, and hence pot-
grown plants are almost a necessity. Cuttings of half-
ripened wood of some species may be rooted in the
spring in moderate heat, following the usual method of
preparation, and planting in coarse sand. The soil best
suited to cinnamomums in general, and C. Camphora
in particular, is sandy loam, although a heavy loam,
when well prepared, answers fairly well. The sandy
soil of Florida, when moderately manured, suits all
species so far tried admirably. (E. N. Reasoner.)
Camphdra, Nees & Eberm. (Camphora officindrum,
Nees. Laurus Camphdra, Linn.). CAMPHOR TREE.
Stout tree with enlarged base, to 40 ft.: Ivs. alternate,
ovate-elliptic, acuminate, not large or very thick, pink-
ish on the young growths, with a pair or more of strong
side veins: buds scaly: fls. small, yellow, in axillary
panicles; perianth membranaceous : fr. a drupe the size
of a large pea. China, Japan. B.M. 2658. — A handsome
dense-topped tree when young, becoming bare below
with age; withstands some frost. The young growth is
very attractive. It is hardy in central peninsular Fla.,
where it thrives well if attention is given to fertilizing
and cultivating; it does not thrive in wet soils. Cam-
.phor is a common roadside planting in S. Calif. Com-
merical camphor is extracted from the wood.
zeylanicum, Nees. CINNAMON TREE. Small tree
(20-30 ft.): Ivs. very stiff, 4-7 in. long, ovate to lance-
ovate, glossy, 3-5-nerved, obtuse or somewhat acute,
reticulate on under side: fls. small (J^in. long), yellow-
white, in loose somewhat silky clusters, which often
exceed the Ivs.: fr. %in. long, dry, pointed. India,
Malaya, and widely dispersed in tropical countries as
a cult, plant. B.M. 2028. L.B.C. 1:91.— Variable; and
many forms have been described.
Cassia, Blume. CASSIA-BARK TREE. Handsome
tree: Ivs. stiff, 3-6 in. long, oblong to nearly lanceolate,
long-acuminate, glossy, 3-ribbed; petiole slender: fls.
very small, in terminal or axillary silky-tomentose
panicles 3-6 in. long: fr. size of a pea. China.— Young
branches somewhat 4-angled. Hardy and successful in
central peninsular Fla. (Nehrling), thriving best in
moist and rich land, and making specially fine specimens
near residences where now and then it receives applica-
tions of fertilizer and water.
pedunculatum, Presl. Glabrous tree: Ivs. thick,
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 3-nerved, glossy above;
petiole to %in. long; blade 2-5 in. long and somewhat
glaucous or areolate beneath: fls. very small (Min. or
less long), in axillary corymbs that about equal the
Ivs.; perianth glabrous outside and whitish-puberulent
inside, the lobes oval-obtuse: berry globose-ovoid,
J4in. long. Japan. — This species is said to have been
intro. at Los Angeles some 35 years ago, where a hand-
some tree still exists, seedlings of which are to be found
in other parts of S. Calif. In central peninular Fla., this
species and C. Lourierii are hardy and attractive, thriv-
ing particularly well in rich and rather moist land.
Loureirii, Nees. CASSIA-FLOWER TREE. Middle-
sized tree, glabrous: Ivs. opposite or alternate, rigid,
elliptic or oblong, attenuate-acuminate; petiole to
Kin. long, the blades 3-5 in. long: fls. very small (there
is a variegated-lvd. form). China, Japan. — Perhaps a
form of the last, with nerves on upper side of If. less
prominent or sunken, and other minor differences.
L. H. B.
CINNAMON FERN: Osmunda.
CINNAMON VINE: Dioscorea.
CINQUEFOIL: PotentiUa.
CIPURA (origin of name unexplained). Iridacese.
Four Trop. American bulbous plants, rarely grown
under glass. Allied to Nemastylis: fls. with 6 parts or
petals, the inner 3 being much smaller, white or light
blue, borne in terminal heads, short-tubed. The
only species likely to be in cult, is C. paludosa, Aubl.,
with white fls. and radical linear-lanceolate Ivs.; bulb
conical-globose. B.M. 646 (as Marica). Prop, by seeds
and offsets; to be kept on the dry side through winter.
(Circe, the enchantress). Onagracess.
ENCHANTER'S NIGHTSHADE. Six or seven herbs of low
or moist woods in North America and other temperate
and cold regions of the northern hemisphere, two of
which have been offered for growing in shady places and
about garden bogs.
Perennials, small and soft: Ivs. opposite and stalked:
fls. perfect, small, and white, in terminal and lateral
racemes; calyx-tube hairy, prolonged beyond the ovary,
2-lobed; petals 2, notched: fr. a small, bristly bur.
They are interesting little plants, but not showy. Of
easy cult, in shady, damp spots.
Lutetiana, Linn. Erect and branching, 1-3 ft., the
st. swollen at the nodes: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, more or
less rounded at the base, somewhat toothed: pedicels
slender, reflexed in fr.: fr. 2-celled, bristly. Woods, E.
pacifica, Aschers & Mag. From 6-12 in., from a little
tuber; smaller than the above, Ivs. less acuminate, fls.
smaller, fr. 1-celled and less bristly. Wyo., west.
L. H. B.
CIRRHflSA (from Cirrhus, a tendril). Orchidaceae.
About a half-dozen Brazilian orchids, of no special im-
portance, one of which, C. viridipurpurea, Lindl., is
sparingly offered abroad, and two or three others of
774
CIRRILEA
CIRSIUM
which are mentioned in horticultural literature. Allied
to Gongora; cultured as for Cymbidium; warmhouse.
Fls. mostly greenish and red (or purple), on long pendu-
lous racemes that arise from base of the pseudobulbs.
CIRRHOPETALUM (tendril petal, alluding to the
narrow lateral sepals). Orchiddcese. Epiphytes, grown
in baskets or on blocks in a warmhouse.
Pseudobulbs from a creeping st.: dorsal sepal free;
lateral sepals much longer than the dorsal, cohering
excepting at the base; petals much shorter, often
ciliate; lip entire, usually recurved; column short,
2-winged at the apex; pollinia 4. — About 90 species
in Trop. Asia, Mascarene Isls., and Australia.
Being of rambling habit, with creeping rhizomes, cir-
rhopetalums should be grown in baskets sufficiently
large to afford plenty of growing surface, and suspended
from the roof where they will get abundant light and
free access of air to the roots, which is equally essential.
Liberal allowance must be made for drainage, which
should consist of either broken potsherds or charcoal,
the latter being preferable, as it is light, durable and
contains nothing detrimental. Two-thirds osmundine,
or other clean fiber, and one-third chopped live sphag-
num moss, well mixed together, afford a good compost;
and after this has been carefully tucked in about the
roots and interstices, the plant should be held firm
with brass or copper wire until reestablished. The
compost should be used rather sparingly to prevent
over-watering. Many of the smaller-growing species
do very well on orchid blocks, firmly attached, with a
small quantity of compost beneath them. During the
winter months, little or no shade is required. The
temperature may range from 58° to 65° F. by night,
with about 10° rise through the day, or even a little
more, with sun-heat, will do no injury. No artificial
heat is necessary in summer, except in extreme cold
or wet weather, but a shaded moist location should be
chosen, such as is afforded in the cattleya or palm
department. When the plants are dormant, light
syringing overhead will keep the compost moist and
the plants in healthy condition, but as the growing
season advances, a liberal quantity of water and copious
syringing in bright weather will be necessary. The stock
is increased by division, the most judicious method
being to cut nearly through the rhizome with a sharp
knife, about three pseudobulbs behind the lead, just
before growth action, allowing the part to remain
until the dormant eyes start to grow, when it may be
removed and treated as an established plant. A little
extra heat and moisture at this period will prove bene-
ficial with the weak plants. All are of moderately easy
culture. (Robert M. Grey.)
Medtlsae, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, ribbed: Ivs.
5-8 in. long, oblong-elliptic: scapes with large sheath-
ing bracts; umbel many-fid. ; fls. creamy, yellow-spotted;
dorsal sepal lanceolate; lateral sepals with long pendent
tails, 4-5 in. long; petals and lip minute. Singapore.
B.R. 28:12. B.M. 4977. I.H. 39:154. G.C. III. 21:25.
picturatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, about 2 in.
long, angled: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, linear-oblong: scape with
sheaths pale yellowish-green, red-speckled; umbel
10-15-fld.; sepals and petals green, the dorsal sepal
erect, obtuse, red-spotted, with a thread-like purple-
knobbed summit, the lateral sepals linear; petals small,
rounded, curved; lip blood-red, obtuse. India. B.M.
6802.
C. Andersonii, Kurz. Dwarf habit: fls. in umbels; lateral sepals
whitish, with fine rose dots; dorsal sepal marked with purple
lines. Sikkim. — C. appendiculatum, Rolfe. Dorsal sepals and
petals pale yellow; lip rosy purple. E. Indies. — C. bifldrum, J. J.
Smith. Sepals purple-spotted, the dorsal elliptic, about 1 ^ in.
long, including the seta, the lateral- sepals linear-lanceolate, 3-3 ]/%
in. long. Java. B.M. 8321. — C. bremscapum, Rolfe. Dorsal sepal
oblong-lanceolate, about %in. long, dull purple, the lateral sepals
yellow, spotted red-brown, about 1 in. long, the lip rose-purple,
broadly cordate, ovate-cuneate, hairy at base. Perak. B.M. 8033.
— C. caudatum, King & Pantl. Dwarf species: dorsal sepals short;
lateral sepals tail-like, about as long as scape. Himalayas. — C.
chinense, Lindl. Fls. pale fawn-color, the dorsal sepal hooded,
crimson-spotted, the lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, the lip crim-
son-spotted. China. B.R. 29:49. — C. chryseum, Kranzl. Scape
filiform, 1-fld. ; fls. yellow. Philippines. — C. Cumingii, Lindl.
Umbel 9-12-fld.; fls. purple, the dorsal sepal glandular-ciliate, the
lateral sepals 1 in. long, linear-oblong; lip with 2 erect processes.
Philippines. B.M. 4996. — C. Hodkeri , Duthie. Fls. 1 in.
long, yellow, the dorsal sepal about Min. long, obtuse, purple-
streaked, the lateral linear-lanceolate, acuminate. Himalayas.
B.M. 7869.— C. Upidum (Bulbophyllum lepidum, J. J. Smith).
Dorsal sepal, erect, ciliate, J^in. long, brownish yellow; lateral
sepals united, spreading, bright brownish yellow, somewhat red-
flushed, at base, the upper portion pale yellow, marbled with
brown-red, about 1 in. long; petals Kin. long, ciliate. Java. — •
C. longissimum, Riddell. Fls. whitish, rosy-streaked, the
dorsal sepal lanceolate, %-%iii. long, the lateral sepals linear,
8-12 in. long, with slender tails; petals falcate, ciliate. Siam.
B.M. 8366. — C. Micholitzii, Rolfe. Umbels 8-12 -fld.; lateral
sepals deep yellow; dorsal sepal and petals blotched with
dark purple on a pale ground. Annam. — -C. miniatum, Rolfe.
Fls. vermilion-colored with hairs of dorsal sepal and petals
yellow; lateral sepals caudate, almost thread-like. Annam. — C.
papilldsum, Rolfe. Umbels usually 6-fld. ; dorsal sepals and petals
lined with dark purple on a pale ground; lateral sepals speckled
with red-brown. Siam.— C. pulchrum, N. E. Br. I.H. 33:608.
O.R. 17:328. A.F. 6:609. — C. retusiusculum, Reichb. f. Fls.
%in. length; upper sepals dark purple; lower coherent, yellow,
marked with dark red. China. — C. Roxburghii, Lindl. Small, with
ovate reddish green Ivs. and almost globose umbels of cream-white
fls. tinged with rose or purple. India. A pretty dwarf species. —
C. Thoudrsii, Lindl. Umbel of 10-12 fls.; sepals and petals tawny
yellow, the dorsal ovate, cuspidate, with purple warts, the lateral
lanceolate, acute, stained claret; petals small, ovate-lanceolate,
pale yellow, purple-spotted, with a thread-like tail at apex; lip
oblong. Madagascar, Java, Philippines, Society Isls. B.R. 24:11.
B.M. 4237.— C. sinense^C. chinense. GEQRGE y. NASH.
CIRSIUM (old Greek name, referring to the use of
the plant in an ailment). Composite. THISTLE.
Prickly-leaved plants (largely biennial) of bold habit
and showy purple, pinkish, white or even yellowish
heads, sometimes planted in wild gardens.
The thistles are botanically confused. By some
authors, Cirsium is combined with Carduus, but others
keep it distinct because of the plumose or feathery
pappus (which is most constant on the inner florets);
and this disposition is here accepted. The cirsiums are
herbs or subshrubs, more or less spiny: Ivs. alternate,
sessile, often pinnatifid : fl. -heads large, mostly terminal;
involucre ovoid or spherical, with many rows of
imbricated often spiny-tipped scales, many-fld.; florets
all tubular and alike (seldom more or less dioecious).
— More than 120 species of annuals, biennials or peren-
nials, widely spread in the northern hemisphere.
Other generic names
partaking in the con-
fused usage are Car-
benia, now a synonym
of Cnicus; Chamse-
peuce, now a section
of Cirsium; and Cnicus
(which see), a genus of
one species, distin-
guished by sterile mar-
ginal florets, pappus of
ten long bristles and
equal numbers of
shorter ones and of
horny teeth, and achene
attached obliquely near
the base rather than
squarely on the base.
A number of the this-
tles are field and pas-
ture weeds. The most
penicious of these
weeds is the Canada
thistle, C. arvense, Scop.
(Carduus arvensis,
Robs.), Fig. 795. The
common bull thistle or
pasture thistle (Fig.
966) is a stately bien-
nial, and very decora-
966. Head of pasture or
bull thistle. ( X 1A)
CIRSIUM
CISSUS
775
967. Cirsium muticum.
tive. It is C. lanceolatum, Hill (Carduus lanceolatus,
Linn.)- Both these species are introduced from Eu., as
well as two or three others of lesser distribution in this
country. There are a number of showy native species,
one of which, C. muticum, Michx., (Carduus muticus,
Pers.) is shown in Fig.
967. This purple-fld.
species occurs in low
grounds from Newfound-
land to W. Va.
A few species of Cir-
sium (as the genus is
here defined) may be
expected to occur in cult.
C. oleraceum, Scop.,
(Carduus oleraceus, Vill .) ,
of Eu., has very decora-
tive foliage, and thrives
in the moister parts of a
garden; the fls. are not
very handsome, whitish
or yellowish; 3 ft. The
Chamaepeuces are some-
times grown for
the large prickly
spreading rosettes *
of Ivs. that are pro-
duced thefirst year,
the bloom appearing the
second year. They com-
bine well with plantings
made for subtropical
effect: C. Casabome, DC.
(Chamsepeuce Casabonae,
DC. Carduus Casabome,
Linn.), has Ivs. deep
green veined white, spiny, the fl. -heads pale purple; C.
Diacantha, DC. (Chamsepeuce Diacantha, DC. Carduus
Diacantha, Labill.), has thick Ivs. shining green with
silvery lines, white beneath, linear-lanceoate, the prin-
cipal nerve or rib terminated by a single spine and the
lateral nerves usually 2-spined, and dense clusters of
purple heads; C. afrum, DC. (Chamsepeuce afra, DC.
Carduus afer, Jacq.), has dark green blotched white
linear-lanceolate Ivs. tomentose beneath, and large
bright purple heads; C. Sprengeri, Hort., 'a garden
hybrid, perennial, with dark green white-veined spiny
Ivs., and white fragrant heads; C. tauricum, Hort., is
probably C. Diacantha. L. H. B.
CISSAMPELOS (Greek for ivy and vine). Menisper-
macesp. Mostly twining plants, shrubs and herbs,
one of which is cultivated far south.
Leaves various, mostly cordate or reniform, often
peltate, alternate : fls. in axillary racemes or clusters, the
plant dioecious; sterile fls. with 4 sepals and 4 petals
united, the anthers 2-5 on a staminal column or disk;
fertile fls. with 2 united fleshy sepals, subtended by a
sepal-like bract, and solitary ovary, with 3 styles: fr.
a subglobose drupe, with a flattened and tuberculate
stone. Many species or distinct forms in tropical
regions, but many of them are evidently forms of the
widely distributed C. Pareira, Linn. This plant, as C.
heterophylla, DC., and under other names, is cult, in
S. Fla. and the tropics. It is known as VELVET-LEAF
and FALSE PAREIRA. It is an exceedingly variable
vine, with downy round-cordate or peltate entire or
lobed Ivs., the very small sterile fls. in stalked corymbs
and the fertile in large-bracted clusters, and a hairy
or glabrate nearly globular red drupe. It occurs in all
tropical countries. "Pareira brava" of the pharmaco-
pceas is derived from the root of the related perennial
climber, Chandrodendron tomentosum, of Peru and Brazil.
Whether the genus Cissampelos contains 20 or 70 spe-
cies depends mostly on the rank given to the many forms
of the cosmopolitan C. Pareira. jj< jf B.
CISSUS (Greek name of ivy). Vitaceae. Mostly
tendril-climbing shrubs, a few of which are grown in
the open, and others under glass for the handsome often
colored foliage.
Very like Vitis (with which some authors unite it):
at best a mixed group botanically, and capable of good
definition only when certain groups or subdivisions are
removed from it. For the characters of related genera,
see Ampelopsis, Parlhenocissus, Vitis. As constituted
by Gilg in Engler & Prantl's "Pflanzenfamilien," the
genus includes Cayratia but which might well be kept
distinct. This subgenus, of which two or three interest-
ing species from China and Japan are in cult., differs
from Cissus proper in the always compound Ivs., which
are usually pedate, the axillary infl., the thin or even
membranous disk, the 2-4-seeded fr., and the plants
mostly herbaceous. Excluding Cayratia, Cissus is
known by usually simple Ivs., 1-seeded fr., and the disk
being deeply 4-lobed or separated into 4 gland-like
bodies. From Ampelopsis, as that genus is character-
ized in this work, Cissus differs in the 4-merous fls.,
often herbaceous, and fleshy St., the 1-seeded rather
than 2-4-seeded fr. and in the disk not being cup-like
and not irregularly lobed. From Vitis, it differs in its
4-merous fls., its expanding petals (the corolla not fall-
ing off as a cap), the 4-parted disk, its 1-seeded mostly
dry and inedible fr., and other characters. Cissus com-
prises probably 200 species, widely dispersed in tropi-
cal regions and a few of them reaching extra-tropical
areas (as in the southern U. S.): mostly climbers by
means of tendrils without enlarged or disk-like ends,
rarely erect shrubs or even perennial herbs, sometimes
with greatly thickened sts. either under ground or
above: Ivs. alternate, simple or compound, with tendril
(if present) opposite or at same node: fls. usually per-
fect, in mostly umbel-like cymes that are terminal or
axillary; parts of the fl. in 4's, the petals at length
spreading and falling separately; disk around the ovary
4-parted or -separated; style long and mostly slender
rather than conical: fr. typically a dryish 1-seeded
berry (2-4-seeded in Cayratia).
In cultivation there are very few species of Cissus,
and these are mostly the tendril-climbing Vitis-like
species grown under glass for the handsome foliage.
The best known is C. discolor, although other species
are likely to become widespread and popular in green-
houses. The fleshy-stemmed erect species are some-
times grown in botanical collections for the cactus-like
forms and for illustrations in adaptive morphology.
The species are readily propagated by cuttings.
acida, 4.
adenopodus, 3.
antarctica, 9.
argentea, 10.
Baudiniana, 9.
discolor, 8.
INDEX.
gongylodes, 6.
incisa, 5.
japonica, 1.
mpllis, 8.
oligocarpa, 2.
A. St. herbaceous.
ovata, 10.
Rocheana, 5.
sicyoides, 10.
striuta, 7.
velutinus, 8.
1. japdnica, Willd. (Cayratia japdnica, Gagnep.).
Herbaceous, glabrous or minutely puberulent, the
branches striate, climbing by tendrils: Ivs. pedately
5-foliolate, long-stalked, the Ifts. lanceolate or obovate-
oblong, serrate: fls. in a long-peduncled 2-3-forking
cyme, greenish; petals ovate-triangular, blunt: berry
size of a small pea, 2^-seeded, the seeds 3-angled-
ovate, keeled.. Japan, Java, Austral. — Appears to be
root-hardy N., when covered.
2. oligocarpa (Vitis oligocdrpa, Lev. & Van. Cayratia
oligocdrpa, Gagnep.). Differs from the above in the
acuminate and more sharply and closely serrate Ifts.,
which are puberulous when young: anthers orbicular.
China. — Very recently intro.
3. adenopodus, Sprague. Herbaceous, climbing
by tendrils, slender, terete root tuberous: Ivs. red and
decorative, 3-foliolate, petioled, 3-6 in. long, hairy;
776
CISSUS
CISTUS
Ifts. stalked, ovate, abruptly acuminate, coarsely
serrate, green with sunken nerves above and red with
prominent nerves beneath: fls. light yellow, in a loose
panicle or cluster about 4 in. long, the pedicels recurved
after flowering; petals oblong, much reflexed (about
3^in. long): berry globose, %in. diam., dark purplish
black. Trop. Afr. (Uganda). B.M. 8278.— A quick-
growing plant requiring warmhouse conditions. Readily
prop, by cuttings or seeds, and of very easy cult.
Thrives well in sunlight. A recent
intro.
AA. St. not herbaceous at maturity,
although perhaps fleshy.
B. Lvs. fleshy, 3-lobed or 3-foliolate.
4. acida,Linn. Low glabrous climber,
with slender and striate somewhat
fleshy branches and long stout tendrils:
Ivs. rigid, petiolate; Ifts. or If .-divisions
rather small, broad-cuneate and sharply
toothed near the apex: fls. small, in
corymb-like or umbel like clusters: fr.
an ovoid and abruptly pointed dark
purple berry, with 1 or 2 large seeds,
the pedicel being recurved at maturity.
S. Fla., and Trop. Amer.; also, in Ariz,
and S. — Sometimes planted.
5. incisa, Desm. (C. Rochedna,
Planch.). Climbing 20-30 ft., the sts.
warty and very fleshy and the tendrils
root -like: Ivs. pale green, very fleshy;
Ifts. or divisions wedge-ovate, notched
on both sides and top, the middle one
sometimes again lobed and the lateral
ones 2-lobed: fls. in umbel-like mostly
3-forking cymes opposite the Ivs.: fr.
an obovoid blackish berry, with 1 or 2
seeds, the pedicel being strongly re-
curved. Fla., to Ark. and Texas. R.H.
1884, pp. 272-3.— Often planted in the
extreme S. Sometimes called "marine
ivy."
BB. Lvs. not fleshy.
c. The Ivs. 3-5-foliate.
6. gongylddes, Planch. (Vltis gongy-
Ibdes and V. pterophora, Baker). Vigor-
ous tendril-climber with 4-angled
branches, desirable for large green-
houses where tropical effects are de-
sired, sending down long bright red
aerial roots: Ivs. large, stalked, 3-folio- --
late; Ifts. rhomboid or the middle one
often 3-lobed, the lateral ones some-
times lobed on the outside at the base, hairy on
margin and nerves : fls. red-brown, in pedunculate cymes
opposite the Ivs. : a tuber (reaching 5-6 in. long) is borne
at the end of each branch when the season's growth has
ceased, and this drops and produces new plants. Brazil.
B.M. 6803. Gt. 37:1273. R.H. 1908:203.
7. striata, Ruiz & Pav. (Ampeldpsis sempervirens,
Hort.). Low, shrubby evergreen vine, tendril-climbing,
the branches striate and usually lightly hairy: Ivs.
small, 3-5-foliolate, with cuneate-obovate or lanceo-
late coriaceous Ifts., serrate above the middle: fls.
yellowish, in many-fld. pedunculate cymes opposite the
Ivs.: fr. depressed-globose, size of small pea, often 2-
celled and 2-4-seeded. Chile, S. Brazil. — Graceful small
climber for the cool greenhouse; robust in S. Calif.
cc. The Ivs. not compound although perhaps lobed.
8. discolor, Blume. Fig. 968. Tendril-climber,
smooth, but not glaucous, the branches slender and
with 4 or 5 ribs or angles, red: Ivs. oblong-ovate or
cordate-ovate, acuminate, bristly serrate, reddish be-
neath, velvety green and mottled with silvery white
X
above: fls. small and yellowish, in dense and very short
axillary peduncled clusters: fr. globular, 1-seeded. Java.
B.M. 4763. Lowe 13. F.S. 8 : 804-5.— One of the best
of warmhouse foliage plants. Easily grown. Prop, by
cuttings. It must have a season of rest, usually in
spring or early summer. If wanted for winter growth,
temp, must be about 75°. It thrives in rich somewhat
moist soil and responds to small applications of fer-
tilizer now and then. The plant is very susceptible to
root - knot. Variable.
Known to some as
"trailing begonia."
Var. mollis, Planch.
(C. veliitinus, Lind.).
Pubescent or velvety:
Ivs. green and boldly
veined with white
above, blood-red
beneath : fls. intense
bright red, in large
laxer and longer-pe-
duncled cymes. Habi-
tat unknown. B.M.
5207.
9. antarctica, Vent.
(C . Baudinidna,
Brouss.). KANGAROO
VINE. Upright shrub,
but the branches climb-
ing by tendrils, hairy:
Ivs. rather thick,
glossy, ovate to oblong,
sometimes more or less
cordate, very short-
acuminate, mostly
toothed or notched,
green: fls. green, in few-fld., axillary
clusters: fr. a globular- or few-seeded
berry, said to be edible. Austral. B.M.
2488. — Valuable for cool greenhouses,
but does not withstand frost. Grows
well on walls in darkish and neglected
places.
10. sicyoides, Linn. Tall, tendril-climbing, pubes-
cent, the branches terete or compressed, tuberculate or
smooth, striate: Ivs. ovate or oblong, often cordate at
base, margin more or less serrate with bristle-tipped
teeth or even cut, thickish, green: infl. corymb-like,
opposite the Ivs., the fls. small, and varying from green-
ish to white and purplish: fr. an obovoid, 1-seeded black
berry. Very widely distributed in Trop. Amer., and
exceedingly variable, and extending into Fla. The
C. argentea of horticulturists is var. ovata, Baker, which
has glabrous ovate or ovate-oblong remotely serrate
and somewhat glaucous Ivs. Called "season vine" in
tropics.
It is probable that some of the plants listed as Cissus belong to
other genera, and some of the trade names are unidentifiable
botanically. — C. dlbo-nitens, Hort. Lvs. oblong-acuminate, more or
less cordate at base, silvery white and shining over the upper sur-
face. Brazil. Warmhouse climber. — C. amazonica, Lind. Lvs.
glabrous and glaucous, oval-acuminate and narrower, reddish
beneath and silvery veined above. Brazil. Warmhouse climber.
— C. Daridiana, Carr., is a Vitis (which see). — C. Lindeni, Andr6
(I.H. 17:2), has large ovate-cordate silver-blotched Ivs.: a gla-
brous climbing shrub, with terete branches. Colombia. — C. por-
phyrophylla, Lindl., is a Piper. — C. Veitchii, Hort., is Parthenocissus.
L. H. B.
CISTUS (ancient Greek name). Cistacese. ROCK
ROSE. Low shrubs grown for their red or white hairy
flowers.
Plants usually with villous and glandular tomentum,
aromatic: Ivs. opposite, mostly persistent, entire, the
opposite petioles connate at the base: fls. large, in
terminal and axillary cymes at the end of the branches,
rarely solitary, white to purple; sepals 3 or 5; petals 5;
stamens numerous; style elongated or short with a
Cissus discolor.
CISTUS
CIST US
777
large 5-10-lobed stigma: caps, many-seeded, splitting
into 5 valves. — About 20 species in the Medit. region
and many natural and garden hybrids. Monograph
by Grosser in Engler, Pflanzenreich, hft. 14, pp. 10-32
(1903) and an illustrated monograph by R. Sweet,
Cistinese (1825-30) quoted below as S.C.
The cistuses are ornamental free-flowering shrubs,
usually only a few feet high, with very showy purple
or white flowers similar to a small single rose, appear-
ing in early summer. They are hardy only in warmer
temperate regions, but many of them will stand 10°
of frost without injury, and C. laurifolius and C. villosus
var. tauricus even more. They thrive best in a well-
drained light soil, mostly preferring limestone soil,
and in a sunny position; the dwarf er species are well
adapted for rockeries with southern aspect. They do
not bear transplanting well, and should be grown in
pots until planted out. Some species yield ladanum,
a resin used in perfumery. Propagated by seeds sown in
spring in pans or boxes and the young seedlings shaded;
increased also by layers and cuttings in spring or late
summer, inserted in sandy peat under glass. In the
Old World, the cistuses are important garden plants,
but they are little known in America.
albidus, 5.
cordifolius, 11.
creticus, 1.
crispus, 4.
Cupanianus, 11.
cyprius, 8.
heterophyllus, 2.
INDEX.
incanus, 1.
ladaniferus, 7.
laurifolius, 9.
maculatus, 7.
parviflorus, 6.
populifolius, 11.
purpureus, 3.
rotundifolius, 1.
salvifolius, 10.
tauricus, 1.
undulatus, 1.
villosus, 1.
A. Color of fls. purple or red.
B. Fls. 1^/2-2 in. wide; petals imbricate.
c. Lvs. penninerved, 3-nerved only at the base.
D. Petals without a dark blotch at the base.
1. villdsus, Linn. (C. incanus, Linn.). Erect shrub,
3-4 ft., villous or tomentose: Ivs. penninerved, round-
ish-ovate or oblong, narrowed into a very short petiole,
rugose above and grayish green, tomentose or villous
beneath, 1-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, long-peduncled, reddish
purple, 2 in. wide; petals light pink or yellowish at the
base. May, June. Medit. region. B.M.43. S.C. 35. Gn.
27, p. 571. — A very variable species. Var. creticus,
Boiss. Lvs. smaller, more spatulate at the base, very
rugose, undulate at the margin: fls. purple. S. E. Eu.,
Asia Minor. Sibthorp, Fl. Grseca 5:495. S.C. 112. Gn.
27, p. 571; 33, p. 490.
Var. rotundifdlius, Loud. Dwarfer, with more round-
ish Ivs. S.C. 75. Garden form. Var. tauricus, Grosser
(C. tauricus, Presl). Lvs. obovate-spatulate, the
upper ones lanceolate, scarcely undulate: pedicels
twice as long as sepals. Asia Minor. Var. undulatus,
Dunal. Lvs. linear-oblong, acute, undulate: fls. soli-
tary. S.C. 63. Garden form.
2. heterophyllus, Desf. Erect, to 2 ft.: Ivs. short-
petioled, elliptic- or oval-lanceolate, green on both
sides and slightly hairy, j/£-l in. long: fls. 1-3, 2 in.
wide; petals red, yellow at the base. N. Afr. S.C. 6. —
More tender.
DD. Petals with a dark blotch at the base.
3. purpureus, Lam. (C. ladaniferus x C. villdsus).
Shrub to 4 ft., somewhat glutinous: Ivs. nearly sessile,
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, rugose above,
slightly undulate and revolute at the margin, 1-2 in.
long: fls. usually 3, lilac-purple, 3 in. across, the petals
yellow at the base and with a maroon blotch. Of gar-
den origin. Gn. 31:326; 45, p. 33; 53, p. 134. B.R.
5:408. S.C. 17. G.C. III. 48:118-19.— One of the
most beautiful rock roses.
cc. Lvs. 3-nerved to the apex.
4. crispus, Linn. Compact shrub, to 2 ft., villous: Ivs.
sessile, linear-lanceolate or oblong-elliptic, undulate,
rugose above, villous beneath: fls. 3-4, nearly sessile,
1^-2 in. wide, deep rose-colored. June-Aug. S.W.
Eu. S.C. 22. Gn. 34:252.
5. albidus, Linn. Shrub to 4 ft., the young parts
white- tomentose: Ivs. sessile, elliptic or ovate-oblong,
revolute at the margin, reticulate beneath, whitish
tomentose, K~2 in. long: fls. 3-6, lilac or rosy, 2% in
across; style longer than stamens. S.W. Eu. N. Afr.
S.C. 31. G.C. III. 45:117. G.M. 51:783.
BB. Fls. 1 in. wide; petals not imbricate.
6. parviflorus, Lam. Much-branched shrub, 1-2 ft.;
tomentose: Ivs. 3-nerved, elliptic-ovate, undulate,
rugose above, reticulate beneath, twisted, 1 in. long:
fls. 3-5; petals pale rose, yellow at the base. June.
Greece, Crete. S.C. 14.
AA. Color of fls. white: Ivs. 8-nerved.
B. Sepals 3.
c. Lvs. nearly sessile: plant very glutinous: fls. usually
solitary.
7. ladaniferus, Linn. Shrub, to 4 ft., glutinous:
Ivs. lanceolate, glabrous and viscid above, whitish
tomentose beneath, I^T^ m- long: fls. usually solitary,
long-peduncled, 3-3}^ in. wide; petals yellow at the
base. June. S. W. Eu. S.C. 84. F.S.R. 2, p. 44. G.
22:213. Gn. 58, p. 171; 66, p. 257. F. 1874, p. 160.
Var. maculatus, Sweet. Petals with a dark brownish
crimson spot above the base. Gn. 30:30; 33, p. 490.
S.C. 1. G. 26:598. Grosser 23.— Probably the most
beautiful of all cistuses.
cc. Lvs. distinctly petioled: fls. several.
8. cyprius, Lam. (C. ladaniferus x C. laurifolius).
Erect shrub, to 6 ft., somewhat glutinous: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, gla-
brous above, vil-
lous- tomentose
beneath: fls. 5-7,
nearly 3 in. wide;
petals blotched
purple at the base.
June. Garden
origin. S.C. 39.
Gn. 76, p. 438.
B.M. 112 (as C.
ladaniferus) .
9. laurifdlius,
Linn. Fig. 969.
Shrub to 6 ft.: Ivs.
petioled, ovate or
ovate - lanceolate,
glabrous above,
whitish or brown-
ish tomentose be-
neath, 1-2^ in.
long: fls. 3-8, 2-3
in. wide; petals
with yellow
blotch. June-
Aug. S. W. Eu.
Gn. 53, p. 131; 64,
p. 234. G.M. 34:
95. S.C. 52.— The
hardiest species.
BB. Sepals 5.
10. salvifdlius,
Linn. Shrub, to 2
ft., sometimes procumbent: Ivs. petioled, oval to ovate-
oblong, rigid, very rugose above, tomentose on both
sides, j^-1% in. long; bracts deciduous: fls. solitary or
several, white, \Y^ in. across. S. Eu., N. Afr., Orient.
S.C. 54. Gn. 76, p. 352. G. 30:593.— A very variable
species.
969. Cistus laurifolius. (XK)
778
CISTUS
CITRANGE
11. populifdlius, Linn. (C. cordifdlius, Mill. C.
Cupanidnus, Presl). Shrub to 6 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled,
cordate-ovate, acuminate, penninerved, rugose, gla-
brous, 2-33-2' in. long: fls. 2-5, white, 2 in. across.
S. W. Eu. S.C. 23, 70.
C. algarvensis, Sims=Helianthemum ocymoides. — C. candidls-
simus. Dun.; S.C. 3=C. symphytifolius, var. — C. canescens, Sweet
(C. villosus var. canescens, Nichols. C. albidusxC. villosus). Lvs.
short-petioled, narrow-oblong or lanceolate, 3-nerved, obtuse,
undulate: fls. dark purple. Of garden origin. S.C. 45. — C. Clusii,
Dun.=C. rosmarinifolius. — C. corbariensis, Pourr. (C. populifolius
XC. salvifolius). To 5 ft.: Ivs. slightly cordate, glutinous: fls. 1-
5, white, 1 YI in. S.C. 8. — C. florentinus, Lam. (C. monspeliensis X
C. salvifolius). Dwarf: Ivs. lanceolate: fls. white, 2 in. S.C. 59.
G. 11:183; 14:241. G.M. 32:277; 31:587. Gn. 27:570; 38, p. 177;
53, p. 130, 134; 75, p. 422. F.S.R. 2, p. 43.— C. formdsus, Curt.=
Helianthemum formosum. — C. glaucus, Pourr. (C. Ledon, Lam.
C. laurifolius X C. monspeliensis). 1-2 ft!: Ivs. lanceolate, glossy
above: fls. 5—10, white, 1 J^ in. S. France. — C. hirsutus, Lam. 1-3
ft., clothed with spreading and glandular hairs: Ivs. sessile, lan-
ceolate: fls. 1-5, white. S.W. Eu. S.C. 19. — C. Iatif6lius, Sweet,
S.C. 15=C. populifolius var. — C. Idxus, Ait.=C. nigricans. — C.
Ledon, Lam.=C. glaucus. — C. longifdlius, Lam.=C. nigricans. —
C. Loretii, Rouy & Fouc. (C. ladaniferus X C. monspeliensis).
Habit like C. monspeliensis: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, revolute, gray-
ish beneath, glutinous: fls. 1-5, white, 2 in. across. Of garden ori-
gin; also found spontaneous. Var. maculatus, Rouy & Fouc. Fls.
with 5 dark red blotches. Gn. 75, p. 633; 76, p. 439.— C. monspe-
liensis, Linn. To 5 ft.: Ivs. sessile, lanceolate: fls. white, cymose,
1 in. S. Eu. S.C. 27. — C. nigricans, Pourr. (C. longifolius, Lam.
C. laxus, Ait. C. monspeliensis X C. populifolius). 2-4 ft., glan-
dular: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, glossy above: fls. white, l^in- S.W.
Eu. S.C. 12. Variable.— C. oblongifdlius, Sweet; S.C. 67=C.
nigricans var. — C. obtusifdlius, Sweet, S.C. 42=C. nigricans var.
— C. rosmarinifdlius, Pourr. (C. Clusii, Dun.) Allied to C. ladanif-
erus. Lvs. linear, strongly revolute at the margin, viscid above
while young, tomentose beneath: fls. 4-6, white, 1-1 J^ in. across.
W. Medit. region. S.C. 32. G.M. 31:587; 32:277.— C. symphyti-
folius, Lam. (C. vaginatus, Dry. Rhodocistus Berthelotianus,
Spach). To 2 ft.: Ivs. petioled, ovate, acuminate: fls. cymose, deep
rose-colored, yellow in center. Canary Isls. S.C. 9. B.R. 3:225.
F.S. 15:1501. — C. vaginatus, Dry.=C. symphytifolius.
ALFRED REHDER.
CITHAREXYLUM (Zither-wood: used for the making
of certain musical instruments). Verbendceas. Shrubs
or trees, sparingly planted in southern California, and
perhaps elsewhere South for ornament.
Spiny or unarmed, tomentose or glabrous, with
opposite entire serrate often spinose-dentate Ivs.:
fls. white or sometimes yellow, odorous, small, in spici-
form terminal or axillary racemes; calyx 5-toothed or
-lobed; corolla-tube cylindrical, the limb broad and
5-lobed, the lobes spreading and obovate; stamens 5,
included, one of them abortive, the 4 polliniferous ones
didynamous; ovary more or less 4-celled, each cell
1-seeded; style often 2-lobed: fr. a fleshy drupe, partly
inclosed in the calyx. — About 20 species, Mex. to S.
Amer.
cinereum, Linn. Tree, to 20 ft., the branches 4-
angled and becoming cylindrical: Ivs. elliptic-oblong
or lance-oblong, usually obtuse, glabrous or nearly so
beneath: fls. white, in long lax and nodding spike-like
racemes; calyx unequal!^ lobed; corolla-tube twice as
long as calyx: fr. nearly globular, red becoming black.
W. Indies. L.D. 7:493.
quadrangulare, Jacq. Larger tree, the branches
permanently 4-angled: Ivs. elliptic-oblong: fls. white;
calyx nearly truncate. W. Indies. — These two species
are here defined as understood by Grisebach, as it is
probable that the plants in cult, were determined on
that basis. Schulz, however (Symbolse Antillanae), refers
C. cinereum, Linn., to C. fruticosum, Linn.; and C.
quadrangulare, Jacq., to C. spinosum, Linn. C. quad-
rangulare of Grisebach, at least in part, he refers to C.
fruticosum; and C. cinereum, Jacq., to C. spinosum.
What are the plants catalogued cannot be determined
without a bringing together of material.
ilicifdlium, HBK. Low shrub, very branchy, not
spiny, the branches 4-angled: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, nar-
rowed into a short petiole, entire or spinose-dentate,
thick, the margin revolute, shining above and punctate
beneath: fls. white, in a short terminal raceme; calyx
5-toothed; corolla scarcely exceeding the calyx, the
lobes pilose : drupe size of a pea. Ecuador.
barbinerve, Cham. Spiny shrub, the branches 4-
angled: Ivs. obovate or elliptic-lanceolate, acute or
obtuse or retuse, narrowed into a petiole, nearly entire,
glabrous and shining above and paler and somewhat
pilose beneath, bearded at the axils of the nerves: fls.
white, in a terminal laxly-fld. raceme. Brazil, Uruguay.
L. H. B.
CITRANGE (from Citrus trifoliata and orange by
syncopation: Ci[trus] tr[ifoliata] [or]ange). Rutdcese.
A hybrid between the common orange and the hardy
trifoliate orange, Poncirus trifoliata (Citrus trifoliata),
Citranges have trifoliate Ivs., but the lateral Ifts. are
much smaller than the terminal one: Ivs. semi-decidu-
ous, falling completely only during a very severe win-
ter: fls. borne on new wood in spring, very large, white,
sometimes over 2% in. diam., but with long and narrow
petals, which vary much in size in different citranges:
frs. variable, from 1-4 in. diam., globose, or depressed-
globose, red-orange or lemon-yellow, smooth or hairy,
the pulp abundant and very juicy, acid or subacid,
with an agreeable aromatic flavor; peel often full of a
disagreeably flavored essential oil.
The citranges are very cold-resistant if in a dormant
condition, being able to stand temperatures as low as
15° or even 10° F. without injury. They are not
adapted to commercial culture but are of much inter-
est for home use in the cotton-belt of the southern
states where the winters are too severe to permit of the
culture of oranges or other citrous fruit. The flowers are
showy and fragrant and the handsome fruits are
used for making ade and for culinary purposes. The
first successful hybrids between these plants were made
by the writer at Eustis, Florida, in March, 1897, where
eleven were secured. These remarkable hybrids were
named citranges by H. J. Webber and the writer in
1905 (Yearbook, Department of Agriculture for 1904).
The principal varieties now grown in the southern
states are:
Rusk (Fig. 970). — This is the most precocious of
the citranges and has the smallest fls. and smallest
(1^2-2 in. diam.) and reddest frs. Young grafted trees
often bear in 3 years. The foliage is dense and dark
green. The frs. are thin-skinned, aromatic, juicy, and
almost seedless. The peel contains a disagreeable oil
and care must be taken to keep this out of the juice
of the fr. Many thousand trees of this variety are
now growing in the southern states and are prolific
bearers.
Colman. — This is very unlike all the other citranges.
The frs. are large, 3-3^x2^-3^ in., flattened, light
yellow, and with a thick fuzzy peel, usually nearly seed-
less; the pulp is greenish, juice abundant, strongly acid,
agreeably aromatic.
It can be used for ade.
Morton. — The
largest of the cit-
ranges, fr. often
weighing more than
1 Ib. Fr. round, re-
sembling a large
orange, rind medium,
pulp sprightly acid,
with a peculiar taste,
usually seedless. Tree
a vigorous grower,
cold-resistant.
S aunders . — A
small-fruited variety.
Frs. 2-23/2' in. diam.
with 5-10 seeds,
orange -yellow, peel
thick with prominent
oil-glands. The thick
skin of this hybrid
makes it keep well. 970. Rusk citrange. ( X H)
CITRANGE
The juice is sharply acid This is probably the most
cold-resistant of the citranges tested as yet.
Etonia. — This hybrid is remarkable for its profuse
bloom. The large white fragrant fls. make this a good
ornamental in the cotton-belt; frs. small, very few.
Cunningham. — This resembles the Colman in hav-
ing fuzzy frs. which are, however, small and nearly
spherical. The juice is sharply acid, aromatic, and
makes very good ade.
Savage. — Fr. similar to an orange in appearance,
2-3 x 2%~3% m-> light yellow, rind medium thick,
bitter, pulp tender, translucent, juice with a sprightly
acid flavor, aroma pleasant. Tree very vigorous and
prolific. Foliage dense. WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CITRON (Citrus Medica, Linn.). Rutacese. Fig. 971.
A large lemon-like fruit with a very thick peel and a
small amount of very acid pulp; the peel is candied and
used in confectionery and for culinary purposes.
The citron is grown in the Mediterranean regions,
especially in Corsica,
and large quantities
are preserved in brine
and shipped to the
United States to be
candied. The Corsi-
can citron of com-
merce was introduced
into this country in
1894 by David Fair-
child for the Division
of Pomology of the
United States De-
partment of Agricul-
ture, and it has been
grown to some extent
in California.
The plant usually
is propagated by cut-
tings but it can be
grafted on rough
lemon or other stock.
In the region of Va-
lencia, in eastern
Spain, the citron is
used in propagating
oranges, since citron
cuttings strike root
more easily than
oranges. A piece of
citron twig is grafted
into branches of
orange which are
afterwards set as cut-
tings whereupon the
citron strikes root and
later on the orange.
Then the roots are exposed and the citron roots cut away,
leaving the orange growing on its own roots.
The citron can be planted and cultivated much as
the lemon in cool equable climates, such as in the
coastal region of southern California. In Corsica, the
trees are kept low and trained in vase form, but other-
wise treated like lemons.
There are but few citron orchards in the United
States; one at West Riverside, California, about 10 acres
in extent, is perhaps the largest.
The Etrog or sacred Jewish citron, used by the Jews
at the Feast of Tabernacles, has small greenish yellow
fruits which, if they are of exactly the prescribed size,
form and color, may bring as much as $5 or $10 each.
This variety is grown principally in the island of Corfu.
See Citrus and Etrog.
The word citron is also applied to the preserving
watermelon: see Citndlus and Melon, Water.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
50
CITROPSIS
779
CITROPSIS (Limonia § Citropsis, Engler). Rutacese.
AFRICAN CHERRY ORANGE. Very interesting and as yet
little-known citrous trees, of interest for use in hybri-
dizing and for stocks, also promising as ornamentals.
Small spiny trees: Ivs. compound, 3-12 in. length;
Ifts. 3, 5 or even 7, coriaceous; petioles and rachis
usually very broadly winged; fruiting twigs sometimes
with unifoliate Ivs.: spines usually paired, sometimes
single: fls. large, white, in the axils of the Ivs., tetramer-
ous (rarely 5-merous), with 8 free stamens: frs. small,
%r\Yi in. diam., borne in tufts in the axils of the Ivs.,
bright orange-colored, with an agreeable odor and a
pleasant flavor, 3-4-celled, with a single seed in each
cell; cells in some species filled with pulp-vesicles full of
pleasantly flavored juice.
There are several species of this interesting genus
in the tropical forests throughout central Africa.
These plants, because of their sweet high-flavored fruits
borne in tufts like cherries and their unusually large
compound leaves, should prove very interesting for use
in hybridizing. Tests
made in the green-
houses of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture,
at Washington, have
shown that at least
two species of Ci-
tropsis can be budded
readily and grow very
well on the common
citrous stocks. This
genus is undoubtedly
closely related to
Citrus. See descr. in
Journ. Ag. Research,
1:419^36, w. figs.
Preftssii, Swingle &
M. Kellerman (Limo-
nia Preussii, Engler.
L. Demeiisei, De
Wild?). Lvs. 3-5-
foliate, with very
broadly winged pet-
ioles and rachis;
Ifts. large, broadly
oval: fls. large, axil-
lary; style long, slen-
der, broad at the
base: frs. small,
apiculate. Kamerun.
W.Congo. 111. Engler
& Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzf. III. 4:189,
fig. 109, E. H. De
Wildeman, Etudes Fl.
Congo, pi. 41.
Schweinfurthii, Swingle & M. Kellerman (Limdnia
Schweinfurthii, Engler. Limdnia ugandensis, Baker).
Fig. 972. A species named from sterile leafy twigs
collected by Schweinfurth at Uando at the head-
waters of the Ghazal branch of the Nile. Lvs. 3-5-
foliate; Ifts. narrowly lanceolate, acute at both ends:
fls. large, usually 4-merous; style rather short and
thick: frs. lime-like, 1% m- diam., sweet. Sudan,
Uganda, Congo.
gabonensis, Swingle & M. Kellerman (Limdnia
gabonensis, Engler). Lvs. of medium size, sometimes
unifoliate like orange Ivs., sometimes 5-7-foliate; rachis
narrowly winged; Ifts. caudate: fls. small, borne on
long pedicels, 4-merous; style not broad at base: frs.
globose, small, about 1 in. diam., almost dry, having
only rudimentary pulp- vesicles; seeds large. French
Congo, Kamerun.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
MAUDE KELLERMAN.
971. Citron-
Citrus Medica,
Corsican variety. ( X H)
780
CITRULLUS
CITRUS
CITRULLUS (diminutive of Citrus, said to be in
allusion to the shape of fruits and color of flesh resem-
bling those characters in fruits of the orange or citron).
Cucurbitdcese. Annual or perennial tendril-bearing herbs
of three or four species, one yielding the watermelon
and one the colocynth.
Climbing or long-trailing, hispid or rough, with 2-3-
parted tendrils, often with a strong odor: Ivs. alter-
972. Citropsis Schweinfurthii. ( X M)
nate, petiolate, mostly round-cordate in general out-
line, deeply 3-5-lobed, and the divisions often again
lobed, and the segms. commonly obtuse: fls. monoe-
cious, solitary and peduncled in the If .-axils, the corollas
5-lobed; stamens 3, included and united or cohering
by the anthers, and rudiments of stamens in the pis-
tillate fls.; pistil 1, the ovary ovoid or globose, bearing
a short style and 3-lobed stigma: fr. a globular pepo,
morphologically 3-celled, usually smooth and with a
hard rind. — Trop. Afr. and Asia, 2 of the species now
widely distributed in warm and tropical countries.
vulg&ris, Schrad. WATERMELON (see Melon, for cul-
ture). Annual, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs. not rough,
either deeply or moderately divided, the sinuses open
and obtuse: fr. in the wild state from the size of an
apple to that of a man's head, sweet or slightly bitter.
Trop. and S. Afr. — When the fr. is sweet and edible
(C. Cdffer, Schrad.), it is the watermelon, or "kaffir
watermelon" of S. Afr.; when bitter (C. amarus,
Schrad.), it is the "bitter-apple" of S. Afr. The fr. now
varies widely in cult., in size, season, shape and quality.
The soft pink flesh is much prized in its natural state
for eating. A form with hard and inedible white flesh
is known as "citron," and the rind is used for the mak-
ing of preserves (as is the rind of the true citron) .
Colocynthis, Schrad. (Colocynthis officinalis, Schrad.
Cucumis Colocynthis, Linn.). COLOCYNTH. BITTER-
APPLE. Perennial (in the wild), the st. angular and
rough: Ivs. rough, 2-4 in. long, 3- or 7-lobed, the mid-
dle lobe sometimes ovate, the sinuses open and the If.
in general form like that of C. vulgaris: ovary villous: fr.
globose, green-and-yellow variegated, about 3-4 in.
diam., intensely bitter; seeds small (J^in. or less long),
smooth. Trop. Asia and Afr., now widely distributed in
Afr. and the Medit. region. — The dried frs. are used in
medicine (as purgative), being imported from Turkey
and Spain. Sometimes cult in this country as a curios-
ity or in collections of economic plants; culture for
officinal purposes has been attempted in New Mex., but
the frs., although larger than the official product, are
reported to be less active. L jj g
CITRUS (ancient name of a fragrant African wood,
afterward transferred to the Citron). Rutacese.
CITRON. LEMON. ORANGE. Small evergreen, more or
less spiny trees or shrubs, grown for their edible fruits,
and also attractive in foliage and flower.
Leaves glandular-dotted, persistent, apparently
simple (in reality unifoliate compound Ivs.), borne on
more or less winged or margined petioles, which are
usually articulated with the blade and at their attach-
ment to the twig: spines usually present, borne singly
at the side of the bud in the axils of the Ivs. : fls. clus-
tered or rarely solitary in the axils of the Ivs., or in
small lateral or terminal cymes or panicles, white or
pinkish purple in the bud ; petals 5 (rarely 4 or 6) thick,
strap-shaped, not clawed at the base, imbricated;
stamens numerous (16-60, usually 20-40) at least four
times as many as the petals, polyadelphous, cohering
toward the bases in a few bundles; ovary 8-15-celled,
with a prominent usually deciduous style containing as
many tubes as there are cells in the ovary: fr. a hes-
peridium, globose, oval or oblate-spheroid, the segms.
filled with juicy pulp composed of stalked pulp-vesicles;
seeds 1-8 in a cell, oval or oblong, M~Min. long, with
a pergameneous testa and thick fleshy cotyledons,
usually with adventive embryos arising as buds from the
nucellar tissue of the mother plant. Natives of Trop.
and Subtrop. Asia and the Malayan Archipelago. —
Half a dozen species are commonly cult, and have given
rise to very many varieties as well as numerous hybrids,
making the delimitation of the species exceedingly
difficult. See Citrange, Citron, Etrog, Grapefruit, Lemon,
Lime, Limequat, Orange, Pomelo, Tangelo.
The nomenclature here followed is based on the
writer's treatment of the species of Citrus in "Plantse
Wilsonianse." The fewest possible number of changes
have been made consistent with presenting a clear
account of the genus. A careful study of Citrus and
the genera most nearly related to it has shown that
the trifoliate orange differs in so many and such
important characters that it seems necessary to recog-
nize it as a separate genus (Pondrus). The same is
true of the kumquats and the Australian limes.
aurantifolia, 3.
Aurantium, 4, 5, 6.
Bigaradia, 5.
decumana, 4.
deliciosa, 7.
digitata, 1.
grandis, 4.
INDEX.
ichangensis, 9.
limetta, 3.
Limonia, 2.
Limonium, 2.
Medica, 1.
mitis, 8.
myrtifolia, 5.
nobilis, 7.
sarcodactylia. 1.
sinensis, 6.
unshiu, 7.
vulgaris, 5.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Winged petiole nearly as large as the
blade of the If.: seeds very large, thick:
fr. rough, oval, lemon-yellow when
ripe: fls. solitary 9. ichangensis
AA. Winged petiole much smaller than the
blade of the Ivs.: seeds small or me-
dium sized: fls. usually in clusters.
B. Lvs. apparently not jointed between
blade and petiole, oblong-serrate;
petiole wingless: fl.-buds ' tinted
reddish: fr. with a very thick peel,
fragrant, pulp acid 1- Medica
BB. Lvs. with an obvious joint between the
blade and petiole, crenate: peel thin
or only moderately thick.
C. Fl.-buds tinted reddish on outside:
petioles merely margined: Ivs.
crenate: frs. oval, more or less
apiculate 2. Limonia
CITRUS
CITRUS
781
cc. Fl.-buds white: petioles more or less
winged.
D. Frs. oval, often slightly papillate,
small, 1-1% in. diam., greenish-
yellow when ripe, thin-skinned,
smooth: fls. small: petioles
plainly winged: Ivs. small, pallid
above, crenate, more or less
punctate, obtuse: spines short,
very sharp 3. aurantifolia
DD. Frs. globose, depressed globose,
rarely oval or pyriform, never
papillate, orange-colored, or if
yellow, frs. large and thick-
skinned.
E. Size of fr. very large, pale yel-
low when ripe: twigs pubes-
cent when young: petioles
broadly winged 4. grandis
EE. Size of fr. medium or small,
orange or orange-yellow.
F. The frs. with a solid core and
a light skin; pulp sweet:
petioles slightly winged. . . 6. sinensis
FF. The frs. with a hollow core
when fully ripe, skin loose
or, if tight, pulp acid and
petioles broadly winged.
G. Skin tight: petioles broad-
ly winged: pulp acid .... 5. Aurantium
GG. Skin loose: petioles only
narrowly winged or
margined.
H. The fr. borne singly at
tips of branches,
small; segms. 7-10,
pulp very acid: Ivs.
pale beneath 8. mitis
HH. The fr. borne in axils
of the Ivs.; segms.
8-15, pulp sweet: Ivs.
dark green below 7. nobilis
1. Medica, Linn, (from Media whence the species
first came to the notice of the ancient Greeks and
Romans). CITRON. Fig. 971. A shrub or small tree,
with long irregular branches: thorns short, stout and
stiff: Ivs. rather pale green, large, oblong, 4-6 or 7 in.
long and 1^-2 in. wide, bluntly rounded at the tip
with serrate margins, not articulated with the petioles,
which are wingless: fls. large, reddish tinted when in
the bud, usually in terminal panicles, or clustered,
in the axils of the Ivs.; petals large, white above,
reddish purple below; stamens numerous, 30-40 or
more; ovary tapering gradually into the often persist-
ent style: fr. large, oval or oblong, 6-10x4-6 in.,
bluntly apiculate, often rough or bumpy, lemon-yel-
low when ripe; skin very thick, fragrant; pulp scanty,
acid; seeds oval, smooth, white inside. — The citron is
very sensitive to cold because
of its ability to grow at low
temperatures, which causes it
to start into a fresh and very
tender growth after a few days
of warm weather in winter. It
is cult, in the Medit. region,
especially in Corsica, whence
large quantities of the peel are
exported in brine to Amer. to
be candied. The candied peel
is much used in confectionery
and in cakes. Sparingly cult, in
Calif, and Fla. A number of
ill-defined varieties are grown,
the most important being the
Corsican, intro. from Corsica in
1894 by David Fairchild. The
Etrog or sacred Jewish citron is
grown in Corfu. See Citron.
973. Fingered citron.— .
Citrus Medica var. sarco- v&r. sarcodactyllS, bwingle
dactylis. (x>i) (Citrus sarcoddctylis v.
Nooten. C. Medica var. digitala, Auct., not Lour.).
Fo SHU KAN (Chinese). BUSHUKAN (Japanese). Fig.
973. Differs from the common citron in having the
segms. of the fr. separated into finger-like processes.
The frs. are very fragrant and are used by the Chinese
and Japanese for perfuming rooms and clothing. It is
sometimes grown as a dwarf potted plant for ornament.
It should be intro. into this country.
2. Limonia, Osbeck (from Arabic limun, a lemon)
(C. Medica var. Limon, Linn. C. Limbnium, Risso).
LEMON. Fig. 974. A small tree with long irregular
branches : thorns
short, stout and
stiff : Ivs. rather pale
green, elongate-
ovate, pointed at
the tip, with ser-
rate or sub-serrate
margins ; petioles
wingless but some-
times narrowly
margined, articu-
lated both with
the blade and the
twig : fls. rather
large, solitary or in
small clusters in the
axils of the Ivs.,
reddish - tinted in 974 citrus Llmonia. ( x M> fr. ^
the bud ; petals
white above, reddish purple below; stamens 20-40;
ovary tapering into the deciduous style: fr. oval or
oblong, with an apical papilla, 3-5 x 2-3 in. with 8-10
segms., lemon-yellow when ripe, with a prominently
glandular-dotted peel, often more or less rough and
moderately thick; pulp very abundant, very acid; seeds
small, ovate, smooth, often few or none, white inside.
— The lemon is very sensitive to cold as, like the
citron and the lime, it is readily forced into new
growth by a few days of warm weather in winter. It
is found in all tropical and warm subtropical regions
and is cult, on a large scale in the Medit. region,
especially in Sicily, whence large quantities of the frs.
are exported to the U. S. In this country the lemon is
widely cult, in Calif, and to a much smaller extent in
Fla. The frs. are gathered just before they ripen
while still green in color and often before they attain
their full size and are then ripened in curing-houses,
in which temperature and' humidity are artificially
controlled. The juice is used for making lemonade,
for cooking, and the arts; the peel is used in cooking
and the oil extracted from it is used in cooking and in
perfumery. The principal cult, varieties have rather
small smooth frs. The more important varieties are
listed here: Eureka. Frs. oval-oblong, medium size,
usually seedless, ripening early: tree small, nearly
thornless. Genoa* Frs. oval, pointed at base and tip,
ripening early, seedless: tree dwarf. Lisbon. Frs.
oblong, with a large papilla at the tip, few-seeded : tree
of medium size, thorny; a vigorous grower. Villa
Franca. Frs. oval-oblong, medium to large, apex
abruptly papillate, seeds numerous: tree of good size,
nearly thornless. Kennedy. Frs. oval, with a very
small papilla, thin-skinned, nearly seedless. Ponderosa.
Frs. very large, sometimes weighing 2% Ibs., with a
neck at the base; seeds numerous. Everbearing. Frs.
large, abruptly papillate at the tip, with a narrowed
neck at the base, rough all over; seeds rather numerous:
everbearing, borne on a straggling bushy tree that
sprouts from the roots. Grown for home use in Fla.
Rough (Florida Rough). A tree of doubtful origin,
occurring wild in the Everglades of S. Fla. : frs. round-
ovate, very rough, apical papilla surrounded by a
depressed ring; seeds numerous: tree large and vigorous.
The frs. of this variety are useless for commercial pur-
poses, but the seeds are in considerable demand by
782
CITRUS
nurserymen as the tree makes an excellent stock for
very poor sandy or calcareous soils. See Lemon.
3. aurantif olia, Swingle (Limbnia aurantifolia, Christ-
mann. C. Limetta . Auct. not Risso). LIME. A small
tree, with rather irregular branches: spines very sharp,
short, stiff: Ivs. small, 2-3 in. long, elliptic-oval, crenate,
rather pale green; petioles distinctly but narrowly
winged: fls. small, white in the bud, occurring in few-
fld. axillary clusters; petals white on both surfaces;
stamens 20-25; ovary rather sharply set off from the
deciduous style: fr. small, oval or round-oval, 11A-21A
in. diam., often with a small apical papilla, with 10
segms., greenish yellow when ripe; peel prominently
glandular-dotted, very thin; pulp abundant, greenish,
very acid; seeds small, oval, smooth, white inside. —
The lime is perhaps the most sensitive to cold of any
known species of Citrus. Even a few days of moder-
ately warm weather in winter suffice to force it into a
tender and succulent growth that is killed by the
slightest frost. It is found in all tropical countries,
often in a semi-wild condition. It is cult, in the warm-
est parts of Fla., especially on the Keys. Large quan-
tities of the fr., picked when still green and often not
full-sized, are packed in barrels and shipped to the
cities of the N. U. S., where they are extensively used
for making limeade. Large quantities of bottled lime
J'uice are exported from Montserrat and Dominica
sis. in the W. Indies, and used on shipboard for pre-
venting scurvy. Limes are too thin-skinned to keep
well and are not processed as are lemons. It is usually
prop, from seed — rarely from cuttings. The principal
varieties grown in the U. S. are: Mexican (West Indian).
Frs. small, smooth, often with a slight apical papilla;
seeds few: tree small, very spiny, usually branching
from the base. This variety, almost always grown
from seed, is the only one planted on any considerable
commercial scale. Tahiti (Persian?) . Frs. large, smooth,
with a broad apical papilla; seedless, about the size and
shape of an ordinary lemon: poor keepers. See Lime.
Hybrids: Sweet (C. limetta, Risso ?). Frs. about the
size of a lemon, with a sweet and insipid pulp. Com-
monly grown in the W. Indies and Cent. Amer. Lime-
quats are new hardy hybrids between the common
Mexican lime and a kumquat; these hybrids vary
much in size, shape and flavor, but some are about the
size of a lime and have abundant very acid pulp. See
description under Limequat.
4. grandis, Osbeck (C. Aurdntium var. grdndis, Linn.
C. Aurdntium var. decumdna, Linn. C. decumdna,
Linn.). GRAPEFRUIT (or POMELO). SHADDOCK.
PUMMELO. Fig. 975. A large round-topped tree,
with regular branches: spines, if present, slender
and flexible, rather blunt: Ivs. large,
dark glossy green above, oval or
elliptic-oval, with a broadly rounded
base; petiole broadly winged, more or
less cordate: fls. axillary, borne singly
or in clusters, large, white in the bud;
petals white on both sides; stamens
20-25, with large linear anthers; ovary
§lobose, sharply delimited from the
eciduous style: fr. very large, 4-6
in. diam., globose, oblate spheroid or
broadly pear-shaped, smooth, with 11-
14 segms., pale lemon-yellow when
ripe, peel %-Kin. thick, white and
pithy inside; seeds usually very numer-
ous, large, flattened and wrinkled,
white inside. — The grapefruit (or po-
melo) is now one of the most appre-
ciated citrous frs. grown in the U.S. The
culture of this delicious fr. was limited
to the Fla. pioneers until some 25 years 975. citrus
ago, when the first commercial planta- grandis.
tions were made. Since then, there has ( xf )
CITRUS
been a steady increase in the area devoted to this fr. in
Fla., and plantings have been made in Calif., Ariz., and
the West Indies. The pummelo of India, called shaddock
in Fla., is not grown on a commercial scale, but occurs
in many tropical countries. The grapefruit is usually
served as a breakfast fr. cut in half and seeded. It is a
vigorous grower, even on light sandy loam soils and is
coming increasingly into use as a stock upon which to
graft other citrous frs. The young trees are tender, but
the mature ones are well protected by a dense canopy of
Ivs. and may stand more cold than an orange tree. The
grapefruit is much like the orange in its ability to
resist cold and is much less easily forced into a new
growth by a few warm days in winter than the lime or
lemon. The varieties of grapefruit grown in the U. S.
have almost all originated in Fla., where the early
settlers prop, this tree from seed, thereby originating
many slightly different varieties, the more important
of which are listed here: Duncan. Fr. large, keeps
well on the tree, seeds few: tree rather hardy. Hall
(Silver Cluster). Frs. medium size, produced in large
clusters; seeds numerous. Triumph. Fr. small or
medium size, early: tree rather tender. Does not suc-
ceed well when budded on sour orange stock. Mc-
Carty. Fr. large, late, borne singly; seeds numerous.
A variety recently found in the Indian River region of
Fla. Besides these standard varieties of grapefruit of
the Fla. seedling type a large number of other similar
varieties are cult, locally in the state, such as the
Bowen, Excelsior, Josselyn, Leonardy, Manville, May,
McKinley, Standard (or Indian River), Walters, and
many others. The following varieties differ more or
less widely from the old Fla. seedling type. Marsh.
Frs. large, depressed globose, often seedless; pulp
subacid, less bitter than in the other varieties. This
variety, though it originated as a seedling in Fla., is
best adapted to cult, in Calif., where many of the
ordinary Fla. varieties do not succeed well. Pernam-
buco. Frs. large, skin very smooth, light-colored, late;
seeds abundant. Intro, from Pernambuco, Brazil, to
the U. S. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric.— The shaddocks
or pummelos are seldom cult, in the U. S. The Tresca
variety from the Bahama Isls. has large pyriform frs.,
with pink flesh of good flavor and abundant seeds: the
tree is tender. A pummelo from near Canton, China,
is imported into San Francisco on a small scale by the
Chinese resident there. The frs. are pyriform, very
thick-skinned, not pink within; seeds numerous.
Some seedlings of this variety are to be found at various
points in Calif. They are very leafy and of vigorous
growth, and make excellent stocks upon which to graft
other citrous frs. Many other sorts of pummelos are
known from Asia and the Malayan Archipelago and
some have been intro. for trial by the
Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Intro-
duction of the U. S. Dept. of Agric. The
true grapefruit seems to be scarcely
known outside of U. S. and the W. In-
dies. See Grapefruit and Pomelo.
5. Aurantium, Linn. (C. vulgdris,
Risso. C. Bigaradia, Risso. C. Aurdn-
tium var. Bigaradia, Hook. f.). SOUR or
SEVILLE ORANGE. Fig. 976. A medium-
sized tree, with a rounded top and
regular branches: spines long but flex-
ible and blunt: Ivs. light green when
young, medium-sized, 3-4 in. long,
tapering to the somewhat wedge-
shaped base, and more or less acumi-
nate at the tip; petiole broadly winged :
fls. medium-sized, axillary, single or
clustered, white in the bud ; petals white
on both sides, very fragrant; stamens
976. Citrus 20-24; ovary globular, sharply delimited
Aurantium. from the deciduous style : f r. 2 %-3 J4 m-
(xf) diam., globose, slightly flattened at the
CITRUS
CITRUS
783
tip, with a hollow core when fully ripe; pulp acid, mem-
branes with a bitter taste, segms. 10-12; seeds cuneate-
oval, flattened, with raised lines, white inside. — The
sour or Seville orange is grown all over the world. It
is able to withstand more cold than most of the other
citrous frs. and is rarely forced into new growth by warm
weather occurring in winter. The sour orange is found
in a thoroughly naturalized condition in many parts
of Fla. where it doubtless was brought by the Spaniards.
Most of these wild sour orange trees were dug up and
transplanted for use as stocks when orange-culture was
being rapidly extended some 25-30 years ago. The
Seville orange, as its name would indicate, is grown on
a commercial scale in the vicinity of Seville, Spain,
whence the frs. are shipped in large quantities to Eng-
land and Scotland for use in making orange marma-
lade, for which this species is best adapted. The petals
yield a valuable perfume, oil of Neroli, which is pro-
duced in the south of France and the Italian Riviera.
The peel of the fr. is sometimes candied and, when
fresh, yields an essential oil. The sour orange is grown
in a small way in Fla. for home use, the frs. being used
for making "orangeade." In the U. S. the sour orange
is used almost exclusively as a stock on which to bud
other citrous fr. trees. The seeds are in demand by
nurserymen at a good price for this purpose. The
sour orange is well adapted to grow on a great variety
of soils but is especially well fitted for low wet soils,
where it is valuable because it is immune to the
mat di gomma or foot-rot so destructive to the
common orange and lemon on such soils. There are no
named varieties of the sour orange in cult, in the U. S. —
Mutations: The so-called Citrus myrtifolia, a narrow-
Ivd. form with spineless twigs and short internodes,
bearing small flattened sour oranges is a mutation
arising from the root of the sour orange. Chinotto (the
Chinoise of the French confectioners). This is a
broader-lvd. form of the above described mutation.
It is cult, along the northern shore of the Medit. from
Genoa to Toulon, yields the small green frs. used for
candying. This variety, which should be called the
Chinotto, is being tested in the U. S. and may prove
adapted for commercial culture on a small scale in
this country. Hybrids: Bittersweet. A good-sized tree
occurring wild in Fla., is undoubtedly a hybrid between
this species and the following. Frs. oblong, flattened
at the ends; pulp sweet, but the membranes sepa--
rating the segms. have a bitter taste. The fr. ripens very
late on some trees and keeps well on the tree.
6. sinensis, Osbeck (C. Aurdntium var. sinensis,
Linn. C. Aurdntium, Lour, et Auct., not Linn.).
COMMON or SWEET ORANGE. Fig. 977. A medium-
sized tree, with a rounded top and regular branches:
spines, when present, slender, flexible, rather blunt:
Ivs. medium-sized, rounded at the base; pointed at the
apex; petiole narrowly winged, articulated both with
the blade and the twig: fls. medium-sized, smaller than
those of the sour orange, white in the bud; petals white
on both surfaces; stamens 20-25; ovary subglobose,
clearly delimited from the deciduous style: fr. sub-
globose or oval, pith solid, pulp sweet, membranes not
bitter in taste, segms. 10-12 or 13 in number; seeds
cuneate-ovoid with rugose margined plane surfaces,
white inside. — The common or sweet orange is widely
cult, in all the tropical and subtropical regions of the
world. It is rather tender, not so hardy as the sour or
Seville orange, but much more cold-resistant than the
lemon or lime. A very few orange trees occur in a semi-
wild state in S. Fla. Sweet oranges were doubtless
intro. into Fla. by the Spaniards nearly four centuries
ago and, as they were prop, by seeds until within the
last half-century, many local varieties have arisen
there. Orange-culture has reached its highest develop-
ment in S. Calif., Where it constitutes one of the most
important agricultural industries. Fla. is second only
to Calif, in the extent and value of the orange groves,
977. Citrus sinensis.
while some oranges are grown in favored spots in La.,
Texas, and Ariz. — Oranges are the best known and
probably the most highly esteemed dessert fr. A few
are used in cooking and the peel is sometimes candied.
An essential oil is also pressed from the peel. The
sweet orange is commonly used as a stock on which to
graft other species of citrous frs. It grows well on light
well-drained loam or sandy loam soil. On heavy soil it
is subject to the mal
di gomma or foot-
rot. Very many
varieties are in
cult. Some of the
principal sorts
grown in the U. S.
are listed here. (1)
Florida seedlings —
varieties originated
in Fla. as a result
of prop, oranges
from seed, mostly
strong-growing
trees: Parson
Brown. Frs. me-
dium-sized, very
early. Pineapple.
Frs. medium or
large, very juicy;
seeds rather numer-
ous : midseason : tree
a strong grower.
Homosassa. Frs. medium-sized, very juicy : a good bearer
and keeper: tree nearly thornless. Madam Vinous. Frs.
medium or large; pulp coarse-grained, juicy; midseason.
Nonpareil. Frs. rather large, flattened; pulp fine-grained,
juicy: tree vigorous. Also Arcadia, Summit, Foster,
Hick, Magnum Bonum, May, Old Vini, Osceola, Stark,
Whittaker, and very many others of the same general
type. (2) Florida mutations or hybrids — new sorts
originated in Fla., usually differing in some striking way
from the old Fla. seedling oranges, perhaps through
hybridization with foreign varieties. Boone (Boone's
Early). Frs. medium size, strongly oval or oblong,
very juicy, very late, keeping well on the tree: Ivs.
with petioles varying in width. Lue Gim Gong. Frs.
oval, juicy, ripening very late and holding very well
on the tree, even until late summer. A variety newly
intro. into cult. Drake Star. A rare variety with varie-
gated foliage; usually a poor bearer but sometimes bear-
ing a good crop of excellent fr. (3) Mediterranean varie-
ties, largely intro. into Fla. by Sanford and Lyman
Phelps, about 30-40 years ago: Ruby. Frs. small or
medium-sized; peel red-orange; pulp streaked with red
when fully ripe, juicy; seeds rather few: rather late:
tree vigorous, nearly thornless, prolific. St. Michael.
Frs. medium-sized, oblong, red-blotched when ripe;
flesh wine-red; seeds few; rather early. Jaffa. Frs.
large, oblong, juicy; seeds few. Possibly not the same
as the celebrated orange of Jaffa, Palestine. Mediter-
ranean Sweet. Frs. large, oval, juicy, late: tree nearly
thornless. Majorca. Frs. round or slightly flattened,
juicy: rather late. Hart (Hart's Tardiff). Frs. round or
slightly oval, medium to large size, juicy; seeds few;
ripens very late : similar to the next and thought by
some to be identical. Valencia (Valencia Late). Frs.
medium to large, oval or rounded, juicy, nearly seed-
less, very late. A prolific variety, largely grown in Calif,
and held in cold storage until early autumn. There are
many other Medit. varieties of nearly or quite as much
value as some of the above, such as, Centennial, Du
Hoi, Joppa, Paper Rind, Prata, Saul Blood, St. Michael
(Blood), etc. — The navel oranges all show a second
smaller more "or less included fr. formed at the tip of
the main fr. Many varieties are of foreign origin.
Washington (Bahia, Washington Navel). Fr. large,
rounded slightly, pointed at apex; flesh firm, juicy; skin
784
CITRUS
CITRUS
very tough; seedless : early midseason. The most famous
variety of oranges intro. from Bahia, Brazil, by Win.
Saunders of the U. S. Dept. of Agric. in 1870. Its cult, has
steadily extended in Calif, until it is the principal variety
grown there. It does not succeed well in Fla. Thomp-
son (Thompson's Improved Navel). A smooth-skinned
hard-fleshed variety found by A. D. Shamel to arise as
a mutation from the preceding, to which it is inferior
in quality though better in appearance. Australian.
Frs. large, coarse: tree vigorous, but a shy bearer. Also
found by Shamel as a variation of the Washington
Navel (Bahia). Surprise. Fr. medium-sized, rounded
or even slightly flattened, juicy, early, seedless. A
variety originated by E. S. Hubbard, of Fla. Double
Imperial. Fr. small or medium-sized, navel hidden;
pulp firm; seeds few or none. A Brazilian variety, said
to fruit well in Fla. when budded on trifoliate orange
stock. There are many other varieties of navel oranges
occasionally grown on a commercial scale. In Calif.,
among others, Golden Nugget and Navelencia; in
Fla., Egyptian, Melitensis, and Sustain are known.
There are doubtless many more navel oranges which
should be tested. See Orange. Hybrids: Citranges are
hardy hybrids between the common sweet orange and
the trifoliate orange, Poncirus trifoliata. The principal
varieties are the Rusk, Morton, Col-
man, Savage, Cunningham and Saun-
ders. See description under Citrange.
7. n6bilis, Lour. KING ORANGE.
Small trees, with slender twigs and
pointed Ivs., with very narrowly
winged or merely margined petioles:
fls. small, white; stamens 18-24: fr.
with a loose peel and a hollow pith;
seeds usually green inside. — This spe-
cies comprises several well-marked
groups; the original C. nobilis of
Loureiro was undoubtedly something
very like the King orange, a medium-
sized tree with long upright branches,
with dark bark, having large depressed
globose fr. with a rough thick not
very loose skin; segms. usually 12-13;
seeds rather numerous, large like those
of a sweet orange, white inside. See W.
A. Taylor, Yearb. Dept. Agric. 1907,
pi. 34. This variety was found by
Loureiro growing in Cochin China in
thfi ^^ ^ of th(j ^ century and
was intro. into Amer. by Mrs. S. R.
Magee, of Riverside, Calif., in 1880, from Saigon,
Cochin China, which introduction became known as the
King orange. It has frs. of large size, very juicy, and
of delicious vinous flavor. Its rough skin seems to be
no obstacle to its ready sale at good prices.
Var. delicidsa, Swingle (C. delicibsa, Tenore).
MANDARIN ORANGE. A small tree, with slender
branches, willow-like Ivs., with merely margined peti-
oles: fls. small: frs. depressed globose, bright orange-yel-
low or reddish orange, with a very loose peel; seeds
small, beaked, bright green within. — This variety com-
prises the many varieties of Mandarin oranges, includ-
ing the so-called tangerine varieties. These are deli-
cious dessert frs., attractive in appearance and easy to
handle because of the loose skin and the easily separable
segms. Aside from the greater ease of preparing them
for the table, Mandarin oranges are used exactly as
are common oranges. The principal varieties grown
in the U. S. are the following: Mandarin (China, China
Mandarin, Willow-leaved). Fr. medium-sized, 2-3
in. diam., depressed-globose, early, orange-yellow; very
juicy; sweet; seeds abundant. Oneco. Fr. medium to
large, orange-yellow, midseason. Intro, from India in
1888. Tangerine (Dancy's Tangerine). Fr. red-orange,
medium size, depressed-globose, juicy; seeds rather
978.
Citrus ichangensis.
(Xf)
abundant: midseason: tree of good size: Ivs. much
broader than those of the Mandarin variety. Other
Mandarin oranges are occasionally grown, especially
in Fla., such as the Beauty, Cleopatra, Kino Kumi, and
Mikado. Hybrids: Tangelos, are a striking new group
of citrous frs. Sampson, the first tangelo to be grown
commercially, was obtained by the writer in 1897 by
crossing the tangerine with Bo wen grapefruit; it is
unlike either parent in quality, being more like a choice
sprightly flavored sweet orange. Many other tangelos
are now being tested. See Tangelo.
Var. unshiu, Swingle (C. nobilis subsp. genulna var.
unshiu, Makino). SATSUMA or UNSHIU ORANGE. A
small spineless tree, with a spreading dwarf habit: Ivs.
broad, abruptly narrowed toward the apex, with
strongly marked veins on both faces: fls. small, very
abundant: fr. depressed-globose, 2-3 % m- diam., deep
orange; pulp orange, very juicy, of a peculiar but
agreeable flavor; pith hollow; segms. 9-13; seeds often
lacking, when present only few in number, broadly
top-shaped, not beaked as in the Mandarin oranges,
greenish within. — This very marked orange seems to
constitute a botanical variety distinct from the King
or the Mandarin oranges. It is commonly grown in
Japan, whence it was intro. into Fla. by Geo. R. Hall
in 1876, according to H. H. Hume, "Citrus Fruits and
Their Culture." p. 112. 1909. The Satsuma orange is
one of the hardiest of all edible citrous frs. Budded on
the trifoliate orange, it can be grown in many parts of
the Gulf Coast region, where all other citrous frs.
except citranges are killed by cold. The Satsuma can
be grown best on the trifoliate orange stock. It grows
on sweet stock but does not produce as much nor as
good fruit and is not so hardy. It makes only a stunted
growth on sour orange stock and soon dies. It cannot
be grown satisfactorily on light sandy land or on black
waxy lands with a marly subsoil where the trifoliate
orange does not grow well. It could be grafted on Rusk
citrange for the black waxy lime soils of Texas.
8. mitis, Blanco. CALAMONDIN ORANGE. A small
tree, with upright branches: Ivs. broadly oval, pale
green below like those of_ kjimquat ; petiole narrowly
winged: fls. small, angular in the bud, borne singly at
the tips of the twigs: fr. small, depressed globose, deep
orange-yellow when ripe, loose-skinned; segms. 7-10,
easily separable; pulp very acid; seeds few, small. —
This tree, a native of the Philippine Isls., is commonly
cult, in Hawaii, where it is wrongly called "China
orange." It was intro. into Fla. by the U. S. Dept.
of Agric. from Panama, and was for a time distributed
by nurserymen under the erroneous name of To-Kum-
quat. It is very hardy, probably as hardy as the Sat-
suma, or even more so. It can be budded on sour orange
or on trifoliate orange stock. A promising fr. for home
use, for culinary purposes and for making ade.
9. ichangensis, Swingle. Fig. 978. A small tree,
with long slender spines: Ivs. narrow, with oblong
broadly winged petioles nearly or quite as large as the
blade: fls. white; stamens 20, cohering in bundles: fr.
lemon-shaped, 3-4 in. long, with a very broad low apical
papilla surrounded by a shallow circular furrow; segms.
8-11; pulp acid, of good flavor; seeds very large, thick,
cuneate-ovate, M-%in. l°ng and M~5Him' thick, white
within. — This interesting new species, not closely
allied to any other of the known members of the genus
Citrus, is native in highlands of S. W. China. It is
the northermost evergreen tree of the citrous group and
grows at high altitude, 3,000^,000 ft. It is able to
withstand considerable cold in winter, so it is very
likely to prove of value in breeding new types of hardy
substitutes for the lemon. E. H. Wilson, who col-
lected excellent material of this plant for the Arnold
Arboretum, is endeavoring to secure it for trial in TJ. S.
C. bergamia, Risso. BERGAMOT. A small tree: Ivs. oblong-oval,
with long, winged petioles: fls. small, white, very fragrant: frs.
CITRUS
CLARKIA
785
pyriform, 3—4 in. diam., thin-skinned, pale yellow when ripe;
pulp acid; seeds oblong, many. Extensively cult, in Calabria for
the essential oil which is expressed from the peel and used in making
Kan de Cologne and other perfumes. — C. histrix, see Papeda. — C.
jap6nica,aee Kumquat. — C.taitensis, Risso. OTAHEITE ORANGE. A
dwarf plant, having lemon-like fls. and lemon-shaped fr. orange in
color with a mawkish taste. Commonly grown by florists as an orna-
mental pot-plant. Rarely used as a stock for'dwarfing common citrous
frs. This plant is not a native of Tahiti as the name would indicate,
but is probably of hybrid origin. — C. <ri/oJiota=Poncirus trifoliata.
GIVE: Chive.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CLADANTHUS (Greek, klados, branch, and anthos,
flower; alluding to the branching, which distinguishes
this genus from Anthemis). Compdsitx. An annual
yellow-rayed herb, sometimes planted in the open
garden. Plant branched from the base in a forking
manner; a fl. terminates each branch, whereupon 2
new branches start from directly beneath the fl. ; each
of these is temporarily stopped by a fl., and so on:
involucre hemispherical; receptacle conical or oblong,
with scales about fls; ray-fls. pistillate, disk-fls. per-
fect.— One species; allied to Achillea and Anthemis.
arabicus, Cass. (C prolifertis, DC. Anthemis ardbica,
Linn.). Glabrous, 2-3J^ ft. high: Ivs. alternate, pin-
nately parted; lobes linear, trifid: fl.-heads solitary,
bracted. S. Spain and Morocco. — A free-flowering
heavy-scented plant of easy culture. L H. B.t
CLADOTHAMNUS (klados, branch, and thamnos,
bush, from the Greek). Ericaceae. Shrubs, rarely cult,
for their handsome pink fls. Erect, with many virgate
branches: Ivs. deciduous, alternate, entire: fls. pink,
terminal, 1-3, nodding; corolla divided to the base or
nearly so into 5 oblong petals; stamens 10: caps. 5-6-
celled. — One or 2 species in Pacific N. Amer., from
Alaska to Wash. Hardy, with handsome rather large
pink fls. in summer; rarely cult. They will probably
grow best in peaty and sandy soil, in a half-shady
position; prop, by seeds or by cuttings of soft wood
under glass, and by layers.
C. pyrolxflbrus. Bong. Shrub, 4-10 ft.: Ivs. nearly sessile, obo
vate-lanceolate, mucronulate, glabrous, pale green, \Yi-^,Yi in.
long: fls. solitary, with 5 separate petals, 1 in. across. Alaska to
Ore. G.F. 10:215. B.M. 8353.— C. campanuldtus, Greene.
According to Greene, this species differs from the preceding chiefly
in the petals being united at the base and the anthers opening
with a pore at the apex, and occurs in Wash., while C. pyrolseflorus
is restricted to Alaska, but the specimens from Ore. and Wash, do
not differ from C. pryolseflorus; possibly C. campanulatus was
ALFRED REHDER.
CLADRASTIS (Greek, brittle branch). Virgilia of
gardens. Leguminbsx. YELLOW- WOOD Trees grown
chiefly for their large panicles of white flowers and for
their handsome foliage.
Deciduous: winter-buds naked, several super-
posed and concealed during the summer in the enlarged
base of the petiole: Ivs. alternate, odd-pinnate, with
few rather large entire short-stalked If ts. : fls. in long,
usually panicled racemes, white, papilionaceous;
calyx campanulate, 5-toothed; stamens 10, nearly
free: pod narrow-oblong, compressed, 3-6-seeded, with
thin membranous valves. — Four species in N. Amer.
and E. Asia. Hardy ornamental trees of medium size,
with showy fls. and handsome foliage, turning bright
yellow in fall. They thrive in almost any soil. Prop,
by seeds, sown in spring, or by root cuttings, dug up in
fall and kept in sand or moss, moderately moist and
cool, until spring.
l&tea, Koch (C. tinctoria, Raf. Virgilia lutea,
Michx.). Tree, with yellow wood and smooth bark,
sometimes 50 ft.: Ifts. 7-9, oval or ovate, glabrous,
bright green, 3-4 in. long: panicles loose, drooping,
10-20 in. long; fls. white, fragrant, over 1 in. long.
June. Ky., Tenn., and N. C. S.S. 3:119-20. B.M.
7767. Mich. Hist. Arb. III. 266. Gng. 2:401; 5:98.
F.E. 8:427. G.F. 1:92. Gn. 24, pp. 96-7; 34, p. 329.
G.C. III. 42:186-7. M.D.G. 1899:444-5. G.W. 12, p.
397. V. 4:307. A.G. 15:270.— One of the most beau-
tiful flowering native trees, with wide, graceful head
and a short trunk, well adapted as single tree on the
lawn. Hardy north to New England and Ont. The
wood yields a clear yellow dye. There is a var. aiireo-
variegdta with Ivs. variegated with yellow.
sinensis, Hemsl. Tree, to 80 ft.: Ifts. 9-13, oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, usually rounded at the base,
yellowish green, pubescent beneath along the midrib,
2-4 in. long; rachis and petiole pubescent: fls. in
loose, upright, much-
branched pani-
cles, 5-12 in. long
and 4-8 in. across,
white or pinkish,
about ^in. long.
June, July. W. and
China.
C. amurensis,
Koch = Maackia
amurensis. — C.
platycdrpa, Makino
(S o p h o r a platy-
carpa, Maxim.).
Tree: Ifts. 9-15,
ovate to elliptic-
lanceolate, 2-3 Yi in. :
panicles broadly pyrami-
dal, upright; fls . Jiin.
long, white;standard with
yellow spot at the base:
pod narrowly winged.
Japan. S.I.F. 2:32. Very
rare in cult. — C. Tashirdi,
Y a t a b e = Maackia Ta-
shiroi. — C. Wilsonii,
Takeda. Tree, to 50 ft.:
Ifts. 7-9, elliptic-ovate to
ovate - oblong, usually
broadly cuneate at the
base: panicles upright,
5-8 in. long; fls. Viva.
long; ovary pubescent.
Cent. China.
ALFRED REHDER.
CLARKIA (Capt.
Win. Clark, com-
panion of Lewis, ex-
plorer of the Rocky
Mt. region and be-
yond, 1806). Ona-
grcicese. Flower - gar-
den annuals.
Herbs, with alter-
nate mostly entire
Ivs., and showy fls.
in the upper axils or in terminal racemes: fls. regular, the
calyx tubular, the petals 4, narrow at the base and entire
or lobed, wide-spreading; stamens 8, the alternate ones
short or rudimentary; stigmas 4, large and spreading:
pod oblong or linear, 4-sided. — Half dozen or more
species in W. N. Amer. See also Eucharidium.
Clarkias are hardy annuals of easy cultivation.
They thrive in a warm, light soil, either fully exposed to
the sun or in partial shade. They are useful for low
masses or for edgings; also for vases and baskets.
They have been much improved by domestication.
A. Stamens (8) all perfect: Ivs. broad.
elegans, Douglas (C. unguiculata, Lindl. C. nerii-
fblia, Hort.). Fig. 979. From 1-6 ft. high, glabrous or
nearly so, the sts. reddish and glaucous, simple or
sparingly branched: Ivs. broad-ovate to linear, remote-
dentate: fls. purple or rose-colored, running into white
vars.; double forms in cult.; claw of the petal about as
long as its rhomboidal entire limb: caps, sessile. B.M.
3592. B.R. 1575. R.H. 1845:385. Mn. 1:22.— One
of the commonest annual fls.
rhomboidea, Douglas. Not so tall and more slender:
Ivs. thin, lance-oblong or ovate-oblong, entire: claw
979. Clarkia elegans. ( X K)
786
CLARKIA
CLAYTONIA
often toothed, shorter than the rhomboidal limb:
caps, stalked. B.R. 1981. R.H. 1864: 151 (?).— Not
much cult.
AA. Stamens 4 perfect and 4 rudimentary: Ivs. very
narrow.
pulchella, Pursh. Fig. 980. One ft. to 18 in. high,
branchy, often tufted and dwarf, the sts. mostly pu-
berulent: Ivs. narrowly lance-oblong to linear, narrowed
into a petiole, entire: fls. lilac, running into white vars.;
petals %in. or less long in wild plants, with 3 wide-
spreading lobes and a pair of recurved teeth on the
claw: caps, stalked. B.M. 2918. B.R. 1100. R.H.
1845:385; 1886, p. 557.— Common in cult. There are
semi-double and dwarf forms. Var. holopetala, Voss
(C. integripetala, Hort.) is a garden form or race with
entire petals. There are also dwarf forms of it. The
garden names kermesina and
limbata belong with C. pul-
chella. L. H. B.
CLARY* The dried leaves
of Salvia Sclarea, which are
used for seasoning. Other
species of Salvia have been
used for the same purpose.
See Salvia.
CLAUCENA (a personal
name). Rutdcese. Small
inermous trees : Ivs. pinnate :
fls. in terminal panicles or
loose racemes; ovary raised
on a short disk, 4-5-celled,
with 1-2 ovules in each cell;
style short, deciduous; sta-
mens 8-10: fr. 4-5^celled,
with usually 1 seed in each
cell; cotyledons aerial in
germination, first foliage-
Ivs. opposite or alternate.
Lansium, Skeels (Clau-
sena Wdmpi, Oliver. Quin-
dria Ldnsium, Lour. Cobkia
Wdmpi, Blanco). WAMPI.
Low spineless tree, with
spreading branches : Ivs.
spirally arranged, pinnate;
Ifts. 5-9, ovate -elliptical,
3-5 in. long, petiolate, light green, shiny above: fls.
4-5-parted, small, white, in large terminal panicles;
ovary villous, 5-celled, with 1 ovule in each cell; style
short; stamens 10: fr. ovate-globose, about 1 in. long;
skin glandular, pubescent; seeds green. — The wampi
is a native of S. China, where it is commonly grown for
its frs. It is cult, to some extent in Hawaii and could
probably be grown in the warmer parts of Fla. and Calif.
It can be grafted on grape-fruit and other species of
Citrus, which makes it desirable to test it as a stock for
common citrous frs. WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CLAVIJA, (Don Jose de Viera y Clavijo, of Madrid).
Syn., Horta. Myrsindcese; by Mez separated in the
family Theophrastdcese. Thirty and more tropical
American evergreen unbranched trees or shrubs, a
few of which are sometimes grown in the warmhouse.
The sts. are simple, often spiny, bearing at the top a
cluster of large rigid, simple, entire or spiny-toothed
Ivs.: fls. polygamous-dioecious in axillary racemes;
calyx 4-5-parted, the segms. round; corolla white, yel-
low or orange, the tube short and fleshy, the limb mostly
spreading and 4-5-lobed; stamens 4 or 5, the filaments
often united in the sterile fls.; staminodia 4 or 5,
being scales in the throat; ovary fusiform, narrowed
into a short style, the stigma obtuse or capitate: fr.
several-seeded, berry-like. The clavijas thrive in a
peaty potting soil, and prop, by cuttings of half-
ripened growths. They are odd plants. The features are
here given as apparently understood by horticulturists.
A. Lvs. entire, or only repand.
nobilis, Mez, (C. clavdta, Decne). Plant 4-5 ft.: Ivs.
long-petioled thick, 1H ft. or less, elliptic or oblong or
oblanceolate, entire, acute or semi-acute: fls. yellow,
with a very large disk, %in. long, the corolla fleshy, in
drooping racemes 2-4 in. long. Venezuela. B.M. 6928
(as C. Ernstii, Hook., f.).
integrifSlia, Mart. (Theophrdsta integrifolia, Pohl).
Allied to C. longifolia, differing chiefly in the less rigid,
broader and entire leaves, longer petioles and larger
fls. Lvs. distinctly petioled (petioles J^-l in. long),
obovate-oblong to lanceolate-oblong, acute and mucro-
nate, cuneate at the base, quite entire or slightly
undulate, 8-18 in. long: racemes erect, 5-7
in. long; fls. larger than in C. ornata, on
slenderer pedicels, 5-merous; appendages
of the corolla rounded, short. Brazil.
grandis, Decne. (Theophrdsta macro-
phylla, Lind., not Link. T. grandis,
O. Kuntze). Lvs. large (to 3 ft.),
long -oblong, narrowly pale -margined,
entire or sinuate-repand ; petiole thick
and dark violet, the secondary nerves
slender and simple or forked: fls. orange-
yellow, in short and erect racemes;
calyx-lobes orbicular and nearly gla-
brous, the corona 5-lobed. Colombia.
AA. Lvs. serrate, often spiny-toothed.
longifolia, Mez. (C. ornata, Don, Theo-
phrdsta longifolia, Jacq.). Plant 10-20
ft. : Ivs. many, in a crowded head or tuft
at the top of the st. oblong-spatulate to
lanceolate, leathery, narrowed at base
and stalked, acute, spiny-toothed, l^ft.
or less long : fls. orange- or • saffron-col-
ored, fragrant, in drooping racemes 4-10
in. long. Venezuela, Colombia.
B.M. 4922. B.R. 1764. Blooms
in June and July.
spindsa, Mez (C. Riedelidna,
Regel). Plant 5-6 ft., glabrous,
stout and erect: Ivs. obovate-
lanceolate, sessile, 20 in. or less
long,,spinose-serrate :fls. orange-
yellow, in slender racemes 5-8
in. long. Brazil,
fulgens, Hook. f. Plant 3 ft. or more, very stout:
Ivs. spatulate-obcuneate, narrow, remotely toothed
near the apex, narrowed into a very short petiole,
very coriaceous, 1 ft. or so long: fls. deep red, with
yellow disk, handsome, in erect racemes 4 or 5 in. long.
S. Amer. B.M. 5626.
C. latifdlia, Radlk. (Theophrastus latifolia, Willd.). Lvs. grace-
fully elliptic, petioled, narrowed at both ends, mucronate-serrate :
racemes erect. Colombia. T H B
CLAYTONIA (after John Clayton, of Virginia, one of
the earliest American botanists upon whose collections
Gronovius based the Flora Virginica). Portulacdcex.
SPRING BEAUTY. Little smooth succulent herbs some-
times transferred to gardens for their bright flowers.
Perennials with slender, 2-1 vd. sts. from a deep,
globular corm, and loose racemes of white or rose-
colored fls. with deeper veins, appearing among the
first wild fls. and lasting only a few days. The genus
is characterized by its oval, persistent sepals and 5
stamens. Plants can be secured from dealers in native
plants. They can be naturalized in moist places, and
do well in half -shady spots at the bottom of a rockery.
For C. parvifolia, C. parviflora and C. perfoliata, see
Montia.
CLAYTONIA
CLEMATIS
787
virginica, Linn. Plant 4-8 in. long, often forcing an
irregular way through the leaf-mold of damp, rich
woods: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or linear, 2-6 in. long,
including the gradually tapering base: fls. larger and
more numerous than in C. caroliniana, whitish, tinged
with pinkish. Colo, to Atlantic and south to Gulf.
B.M. 941. L.B.C. 7:643.
caroliniana, Michx. Lower and fewer-fld.: Ivs. 1-2
in. long, oblong, oblong-lanceolate, somewhat spat-
ulate, or even ovate-lanceolate, with a blade 1-2 in.
long, abruptly contracted into a marginal petiole: fls.
smaller than in the preceding and more deeply colored.
Minn, to Atlantic and south to mts. of N. C. — Should
be grown only in cool places above 1,000 ft.
lanceolata, Pursh. About 4 in. high: Ivs. oblong or
lanceolate, 1A~^-1A in. long, the base broad or narrow;
petiole as long as the blade: raceme short-peduncled;
petals emarginate or almost obcordate. N. W. N.
Amer. — Considered by some to be a mere form of the
preceding. WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
CLEISOSTOMA (Greek, closed mouth, referring to
the structure of the spur). Orchiddcese. Epiphytic
orchids, adapted to the warmhouse.
Stems leafy: Ivs. coriaceous, flat or nearly terete:
sepals and petals adnate to the column, spreading;
labellum with a large saccate spur; column short,
thick; ppllinia 2. From E. Asia and Austral. — A genus
comprising in the neighborhood of 40 species, which sug-
gest Saccolabium. The plants are little known in
Amer. They require the treatment usually given
Aerides. The leading species are C. crassifdlium,
Lindl., from India, with small green rosy-lipped fls. in
nodding panicles, and thick recurved Ivs. 10 in. long.
J.F. 4:397; and C. rlngens, Reichb. f., Philippines,
with yellowish white purple-lipped fls. with orange spot
on side lobes, spur large, in few-fld. racemes: Ivs. 3^4
in. long. C. Dawsonidnum, Reichb. f., is a Trichoglottis;
C. multiflorum, Hort., is probably Aerides multiflorum.
C. secundum, Rolfe, a recent introduction from Burma,
has light rose-pink fls. that are turned sidewise, the
front lobe of the lip rose-purple, borne on a scape 3-4
in. long: Ivs. lance-oblong, about 4-5 in. long and Kin-
broad.
CLEISTANTHUS COLLlNUS: Lebidieropsis.
CLEISTOCACTUS (closed Cactus, referring doubt-
less to the peculiar flowers) . Cactdcese. Slender colum-
nar cacti, with few branches and many-ribbed: fls.
short and narrowly curved, orange-red; ovary covered
with small appressed bracts bearing hairs in their
axils; filaments somewhat exserted and grouped
together near the upper lip: fr. spineless; pulp white;
seeds slightly punctate. — About 14 species have been
described in this genus.
Baumannii, Lem. (Cereus Baumannii, Lem. C.
colubrinus, Otto). Sts. dark green, slender, flexuose,
columnar, reaching a height of 6 ft. and a diam. of
l-l}/2 in., the few branches ascending, slender, parallel
with the main st.: ribs 12-16, rounded: areoles close
together, brown: spines fine, slender, very sharp, 15-20,
fascicled, white to yellow or dark brown, about J^in.
long; sometimes a single one from the center reaches
a length of %in. : fls. numerous, tubular, zygomorphous,
2^-3 in. long by about Hin. diam. throughout, red
or sometimes with orange-red petals and red tube.
Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina. j. N. ROSE.
CLEMATIS (Greek name of a climbing plant). Ra-
nunculdcese. Familiar garden plants, prized for their
handsome and often very showy flowers followed in
many species by attractive feathery-tailed fruits.
Climbing vines, or erect or ascending perennial
herbs, more or less woody: Ivs. opposite, mostly slender-
petioled, usually pinnately compound, lobed, or in
some species entire and rarely sessile: sepals usually 4
or 5, sometimes more, valvate in the bud, rarely imbri-
cate, petaloid; petals none (or small in Atragene sec-
tion, usually considered as petaloid staminodes) ; sta-
mens many; pistils many: achenes in a head, 1 -seeded;
style persistent, long, plumose, silky or naked. Fig.
983. — About 150 species of very wide geographical
distribution, most abundant in temperate regions.
About 20 species found native in N. Amer. and about
80 in E. Asia. Les Clematites, Alphonse Lavall6e,
Paris, 1884; referred to below by "Lav." — The Clema-
tis as a Garden Flower, Thomas Moore and George
Jackman, London, 1872; referred to below by "M. &
J." — Clematises, Dr. Jules le Bele, in Bull, de la Societe
d'Hort. de la Sarthe; republished in The Garden (vol.
53), June-Oct., 1898. — O. Kuntze, Monogr. der
Gattung Clematis in Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 26
(1885).— A. Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1:4-9, 1895.— Finet &
Gagnepain, Contrib. Fl. As. Orient 1:1-42 (1905).
The culture of clematises. (K. C. Davis.)
A rich soil of a light, loamy character is the best for
clematises, and a little mixture of Lime will make it
better. The soil must be well drained, and must be
kept rich by at least annual applications of horse- or
cow-manure. On dry, hot soils cow-manure is best,
while on heavy soils a thorough dressing of rich leaf-
mold would best serve the purpose. Mulching with
half-rotted manure on the approach of winter tends
to increase the strength of the plants and the size of
the flowers. In dry seasons, spraying is always helpful
during the growing period.
Clematises belonging to the Montana, Patens, Flor-
ida, and Lanuginosa types should be pruned in Feb-
ruary or March, by cutting away all weak, straggling
and overcrowded branches. The first three mentioned
flower from the ripened wood; it is essential, there-
fore, that in order to secure blossoms, enough of the
strong one-year-old wood should be retained. Viticella,
Jackmanii and Lanuginosa should be vigorously cut
back, say in November; they blossom from the new
shoots. Those of the Patens type should be pruned very
little, soon after the flowers have disappeared, by sim-
ply trimming off useless branches and seed-bearing
peduncles.
Clematises of the vigorous climbing varieties are
used in many places to cover walls, root-fences, mounds,
arbors, balconies, trellises, small buildings, and, in
fact, many other places the ingenious gardener will
think of. For pot culture in the greenhouse, and for
conservatory walls, the less vigorous species are best
suited. All the many varieties and hybrids of the
Patens and Lanuginosa types, including Henryi and
the forms of Jackmanii, are well adapted to this use, as
well as for outdoor purposes. The dwarf er and more
bushy species are used in greenhouses to some extent,
but are found principally in borders or on large rock-
eries. Of the latter J. B. Keller says: "Their flowers are
not so large as we see them in most of the climbers, yet
they are indispensable in the flower-garden, being
prolific bloomers and free growers in ordinarily rich,
deep garden soil. There is room for improvement in
this class, however, and specialists, who hitherto have
done so much for the cumbers, ought to direct their
efforts now to the long-neglected bush clematises. A
noble beginning has been made, resulting in the large-
flowering C. Durandii, but we expect more of them in
the future." See special notes on culture and hybrid-
forming qualities after the descriptions of some of
the species and varieties.
The most common method of propagation is by
grafting. Roots of C. Flammula or C. Viticella are
used; the cions are taken from plants that have been
grown under glass, and are used before the wood is
entirely ripe. Cions taken from plants grown in the
788
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
garden in summer are rarely successful. The grafts, in
pots or trays, are grown in a moist coolhouse, over gen-
tle bottom heat. Another method of propagation,
involving less labor but usually successful, is to take
cuttings of nearly ripe wood, grown under glass, and
treat them as the cions first above mentioned, without
the roots. The latter method is practised preferably
in summer in gentle hotbeds; shading, spraying, and
later on airing, must be strictly attended to. Layering
is practised when large old stools are at hand. The
knife is not used in the operation, but a twist of the
stem will split the inner bark lengthwise. Every other
joint is thus treated, pegged down, and covered with
soil. It is best to leave the layers undisturbed until
the following spring.
Many of the species are
often propagated by
seed, and many new
varieties have thus been
secured. The number of
hybrids is almost count-
less; in this ac-
count are care-
fully recorded
those in the
American
trade which
are traceable
to their origin.
The clematis
is subject to a
very serious
disease, due to
the depreda-
tions of a ne-
matode worm
in the roots. This trouble
is most serious under
glass and alongside
buildings where the
ground does not freeze
deep. The parasite is
probably distributed in
the soil adhering to pot-grown plants. It is probable
that hard freezing kills the parasite. There is no
remedy, so far as known, for affected plants. Using
only soil which has been frozen is to be recommended
to the propagator.
The kinds of clematis. (Jackson & Perkins Co.)
The hybrid varieties of Clematis, commonly known
as the large-flowering sorts, are, when successfully
grown, among the most beautiful of hardy climbing
plants. The commercial propagation and growing of
most of the large-flowering varieties, however, is
attended with so many difficulties and disappoint-
ments that it has never been very generally attempted
by nurserymen or florists in this country. At the pres-
ent time there are scarcely half a dozen houses on this
continent who attempt the propagation of clematis to
any considerable extent, and it is only within the past
thirty years that clematises have been commercially
grown even by this limited number. Prior to that, prac-
tically all of the large-flowering clematises planted in
this country were imported from Europe, the major
part being supplied by Holland, whose moist atmos-
phere and black soil produces large, vigorous plants,
but whose climatic conditions are so entirely different
from those usually found in this country that the
plants often failed to adapt themselves to their new
surroundings, and did not thrive to the extent that
their good size and vigorous condition seemed to give
promise.
The propagation of clematis throughout Europe is
usually effected by grafting pieces of well-ripened,
year-old wood upon roots of almost any of the more
981. Clematis
Fremontii.
(XH)
vigorous-growing species, Clematis Flammula being
most commonly used. In this country, on the contrary,
the method commonly pursued is by means of cuttings
from young wood, stuck in sand, with gentle bottom
heat, usually during May or June. So far as concerns
the comparative vigor and desirability of plants pro-
duced by these two methods, there is small choice
between them. Propagation by cuttings is, in this
country, the more rapid and economical way, and
further, it removes the possibility, sometimes realized
in grafted plants, of sprouts being thrown up from
the roots, and, if in the hands of an uninformed ama-
teur, entirely "running out" the variety grafted in;
thus considerable annoyance is avoided.
Clematises hybridize so readily that the number of
varieties resultant from various crosses forms a long
list. But while so many have been dignified with
names and places in the catalogues of nurserymen,
yet the varieties of large-flowering clematis that have
proved so valuable as to secure permanent places for
themselves in popular demand can almost be counted
upon one's fingers. There are many varieties possess-
ing most beautiful shades and variations of coloring
that fail to attain popularity, chiefly on account of
deficiency in two essential characteristics— vigorous
habit of growth and abundance of bloom. Clematis
Jackmanii, purple, originated in 1862, by Mr. George
Jackman, was one of the first hybrid clematises intro-
duced, and still stands as the most popular, and, of its
color, the most valuable variety yet known. The vari-
ety, Madame Edouard Andre, a deep rich crimson, is
distinct and novel, being at this tune about the best
large-flowering sort of a truly crimson shade. It is not
quite so vigorous habit as the Jackmanii, but its flowers
are similarly massed, though not produced in quite such
profusion. Clematis Madame Baron Veillard is a dis-
tinct variety. It is of exceedingly vigorous habit, and
the flowers are quite freely produced, though, being
more dispersed over the plant, they do not make so
much of a show as do varieties whose flowers are
closely massed. The flowers are of very large size and
of a light rose-color, shaded with lilac. Of white varie-
ties, Henryi, Mrs. George Jackman and Lanuginosa
Candida, all of them introduced long ago, still remain
about the most desirable ones known. Ramona, deep
sky-blue, is a variety which originated some twenty-
five years ago. It is of extra-large size, often 9 to
10 inches across, of very vigorous habit and free-
flowering.
Of double-flowered varieties, Duchess of Edinburgh,
white, is the best known in this country, and about the
most desirable. John Gould Veitch is a double sort
with flowers of lavender-blue, but has seemed a shy
bloomer and of weak habit. Mme. Grange (purplish
violet), Star of India (purple), Velutina Purpurea (pur-
ple), and Viticella Venosa (reddish purple), are all
desirable varieties.
Although they are in reality slightly less hardy than
the Florida and Patens types, varieties of the Lanugi-
nosa, Viticella and Jackmanii types,which produce their
flowers from young growing wood, are recommended
for northern localities. Plants of these types, even if
frozen back to the ground, will still produce a good
show of flowers, since, as stated, they bloom from the
recent vigorous wood, even if the old tops are killed.
Indeed, they need to be pruned back considerably
anyway to induce a free growth of young vigorous
blooming wood. With plants of the Patens and Florida
types, however, which blossom from year-old wood, a
severe freezing back of the plants would destroy the
crop of flowers for the year.
Of the small-flowering varieties, Clematis paniculata
(white), introduced from Japan, has proved to be a
wonderfully valuable acquisition in this country, and
has become exceedingly popular. It is of remarkably
vigorous habit, often making a growth of 20 to 25
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
789
feet in a season. It seems thus far to be entirely free
from disease, is delightfully fragrant, and so floriferous
that the blossoms form a dense sheet of bloom, remain-
ing in full beauty for several weeks. The foliage is very
thick and heavy, thus making it very desirable for
covering porches and arbors.
Crispa (blue) and texensis (red) are species with
very pretty, bell-shaped flowers. They are easily
grown and do well in almost all situations.
The perennial, non-climbing varieties of clematis are
most pleasing border plants, succeeding well in all ordi-
nary soils and making a rich show of bloom at their
flowering season. Davidiana (blue) and recta (white)
are about the best known and most desirable varieties
of this class.
To grow clematis most successfully, they should be
given a good depth of loamy soil, with a fair supply of
well-rotted manure spaded in and thoroughly distrib-
uted through the soil. In hot, dry weather, the plants
should be regularly watered in order to obtain the
greatest number of flowers possible, for the plants are
very susceptible to injury by drought. A point of great
importance, especially in caring for newly set plants,
is to provide a firm support for them to climb upon.
A solid wooden or metal trellis is preferable, for the
reason that it prevents the plants from being whipped
about by the winds, which often results in breaking the
stalks just above the ground or else in cracking the
outer bark of the stalks and rendering them more
liable to the attacks of insects and fungous diseases.
Training the vines upon strings, or a pliable support of
any kind, is not to be advised for this reason. Propa-
gation of the hybrid varieties is effected both by cut-
tings and by grafts. All of the type varieties grow
readily from seed.
INDEX.
sethusifolia, 16.
Gablenzii, 23.
parviflora, 20.
akebioides, 48.
glauca, 48.
patens, 24.
alba, 18, 20, 23.
globulosa, 4.
Pavoliniana, 33.
alba magna, 23.
gracilifolia, 27.
Pellieri, 23.
albi flora, 20.
grandidentata, 40.
perfecta, 28.
alpina, 18.
grandiflora, 24, 28.
Pitcheri, 7.
anemoniflora, 28.
grata, 40.
plena, 34.
angustifolia, 48.
graveolens, 47.
pseudo-coccinea, 10
apiifolia, 38.
Guascoi, 24.
purpurea-hybrida, 23.
Armandii, 30.
hakonensis, 23.
recta, 34.
aromatica, 5.
Hendersonii, 20.
repens, 28.
atroviolacea, 20.
Henryi, 23.
reticulata, 8.
azurea, 24.
heraclesefolia, 12, 13.
revoluta, 20.
balearica, 26.
ichangensis, 12.
rotundifolia, 36.
Bergeronii, 20.
indivisa, 46.
rubella, 23, 36.
bicolor, 22.
integrifolia, 1.
rubens, 28.
brevicaudata, 39.
intermedia, 20.
rubra, 20.
brevicordata, 39.
intricata, 48.
rubro-marginata, 20.
cserulea, 5, 24.
Jackmanii, 23.
rubro-violacea, 23.
californica, 43.
janthina, 11.
Sargentii, 7.
calycina, 26.
japonica, 22.
Scottii, 4.
carnpaniflora, 21.
Jouiniana, 12.
serratifolia, 50.
Candida, 23.
Kermesina, 20.
sibirica, 18.
Catesbyana, 42.
koreana, 50.
Sieboldii, 22.
Chandleri, 20.
lanuginosa, 23.
Simsii, 7.
cirrhosa, 25.
lasiandra, 15.
Souliei, 37.
coccinea, 10.
lasiantha, 45.
splendida, 23.
Columbian:!. 17.
latisecta, 16.
Spooneri, 29.
contorta, 20.
Lavallci, 13.
Standishii, 24.
crassifolia, 32.
Lawsoniana, 23.
Stanleyana, 19.
crispa, 6.
ligusticifolia, 43.
Stanleyi, 19.
cylindrica, 1.
lilacina, 28.
stans, 13.
Davidiana, 12.
lilacina-floribunda,
superba, 23.
devoniensis, 23.
20.
Symesiana, 23.
distorta, 20.
lobata, 46.
tangutica, 49.
divaricata, 1.
lobulata, 40.
tenuisepala, 39.
Douglasii, 4.
magnifica, 23.
terniflora, 34.
Drummondii, 44.
mandshurica, 34.
texensis, 10.
Durandii, 23.
marmorata, 20.
thyrsoidea, 14.
erecta, 34.
Meyeniana, 31.
tubulosa, 12.
eriopoda, 49.
modesta, 23.
tunbridgensis, 23.
eriostemon, 20.
monstrosa, 24.
undulata, 28.
Fargesii, 37.
montana, 28, 29.
Veitchii, 22.
Farquhariana, 30.
nivea, 23.
velutina-purpurea, 23.
Flammula, 20, 36.
nutans, 14.
venosa, 20.
floribunda, 20.
obtusidentata, 38.
verticillaris, 17.
florida, 20, 22.
occidencalis, 18.
violacea, 11,20,23,
Fortunei, 22.
ochroleuca, 3.
24.
fragrans, 36.
odorata, 28.
Viorna, 9, 10.
francofurtensis, 24.
orientalis, 47, 48, 49.
virginiana, 42.
Fremontii, 2.
Pallasii, 36, 48, 49.
Vitalba, 41.
fulgens, 23.
pallida, 23.
Viticella, 20.
fusca, 11.
paniculata, 35.
Wilsonii, 28.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Sepals upright, forming a tubular or
urceolate jl.; stamens upright, op-
pressed, pubescent; or sepals more
spreading and /Is. with petaloid
staminodes.
B. Fls. without petaloid staminodea.
C. Lvs. simple: herbaceous, not
climbing.
D. Color of fls. purple or blue.
E. The Ivs. thin, acute, sessile ... 1. integrifolia
EE. The Ivs. subcoriaceous, retic-
ulate, obtusish, short-peti-
oled 2. Fremontii
DD. Color of fls. yellow 3. ochroleuca
cc. Lvs. compound.
D. Lfts. entire: fls. solitary.
E. Plants upright, herbaceous.
F. Shape o/ Ifts. lanceolate:
Ivs. bipinnate or ternately
compound 4. Douglasii
FF. Shape of Ifts. ovate: Ivs.
pinnate 5. aromatica
EE. Plants climbing, shrubby.
F. Styles not plumose in fr.
a. The Ivs. not reticulate,
usually with terminal
Ift 6. crispa
GQ. The Ivs. reticulate ,
usually without termi-
nal If t 7. Simsii
FF. Styles plumose in fr.
G. Fls. axillary, with the
pedicels much longer
than the fls.
H. Sepals outside pubes-
cent, dull.
I. Lfts. subcoriaceous,
reticulate 8. reticulata
n. Lfts. membranous,
indistinctly veined. 9. Viorna
HH. Sepals outside gla-
brous, bright scar let.. 10. texensis
GO. Fls. terminal and axil-
lary, the latter with the
pedicels shorter than
the fls 11. fusca
DD. Lfts. serrate: fls. usually clus-
tered or panicled.
E. Plants herbaceous, upright:
fls. clustered, often nearly
sessile.
F. Fls. blue or violet, in
axillary clusters 12. heracleaefolia
FF. Fls. whitish, usually in an
elongated terminal pan-
icle 13. stans
EE. Plants climbing, shrubby.
F. Lvs. pinnate.
G. Fls. yellowish white, in
panicles 14. nutans
GO. Fls. reddish purple, 1-8,
axillary 15. lasiandra
FF. Lvs. bipinnate; Ifts. small,
deeply lobed, usually less
than 1 in. long: fls.
whitish 16. aethusifolia
BB. Fls. with petaloid staminodes; sepals
more or less spreading; stamens
upright, appressed pubescent.
c. Lvs. always 3-foliolate; Ifts. ovate,
subcordate 17. verticillaris
cc. Lvs. partly biternate; Ifts. ovate to
ovate-lanceolate 18. alpina
AA. Sepals spreading; stamens more or
less divergent.
B. Stamens glabrous or only with a few
hairs below the anthers (or hairy
at the base only in No. 19).
C. Fls. solitary or in S's or in axil-
lary fascicles, blue, violet, red or
white, usually large.
D. Lfts. entire: fls. on the new
growth after the Ivs., solitary
or in S's.
790
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
E. Plant herbaceous, upright:
sepals imbricate in bad;
stamens pubescent at the
base 19. Stanley!
EB. Plants woody, climbing: sepals
valvate; stamens glabrous.
P. Achenes with short style;
pedicels longer than the
sepals.
G. Number of sepals 4-' fls.
open campanulate,
usually 1-2 in. across.
H. Style glabrous: fls. 1-2
in. across, often in
S's 20. Viticella
HH. Style pubescent except
at the apex; fls. 1
in. or less across. . . .21. campaniflora
GO. Number of sepals
usually 5-6: fls. flat,
2-4 in. across 22. florida
FF. Achenes with long plumose
style.
G. Pedicels shorter than
sepals: Ivs. simple or
ternate 23. lanuginosa
GO. Pedicels longer than se-
pals: fls. from last
year's wood in spring
or early summer: Ivs.
ternate or pinnate .... 24. patens
DD. Lfts. or Ivs. serrate: fls. in
axillary clusters, or solitary
on last year's branches with
the Ivs. in spring, white or
pink.
E. The sepals with a small invo-
lucre below their base; fls.
nodding, open campanulate.
F. Lvs. simple: fls. whitish. . .25. cirrhosa
FF. Lvs. ternate: fls. greenish
yellow, spotted red inside.2d. balearica
EE. The sepals without involucre.
F. Lvs. pinnate; Ifts. small,
about % in. long 27. gracilifolia
FF. Lvs. ternate; Ifts. 1-8 in.
long.
G. Lfts. glabrous or spar-
ingly pubescent 28. montana
GG. Lfts. densely silky pu-
bescent beneath, less so
above 29. Spooneri
cc. Fls. in terminal or axillary
panicles or cymes, rarely 3 (if
solitary, with bracts about the
middle of the pedicel) white,
rarely pinkish; sepals 4 (some-
times 4-6 in No. 87), usually
small (except in No. 37).
D. Lvs. S-foliolate; Ifts. always
entire, often sub-coriaceous or
coriaceous.
E. The fls. from the old wood
from scaly buds 30. Annan dii
EE. The fls. from the new growth.
F. Lfts. ovate or ovate-oblong.
G. Filaments as long or
shorter than anthers:
Ifts. rounded or sub-
cordate at the base. . . .31. Meyeniana
GG. Filaments longer than
the anthers: Ifts. cune-
ate at the base 32. crassif olia
FF. Lfts. narrow-lanceolate or
oblong-lanceolate 33. Pavoliniana
DD. Lvs. pinnate or bipinnate (if
S-foliolate, Ifts. lobed or den-
tate or fls. dioecious).
E. The fls. perfect.
F. Lfts. entire or nearly entire,
or 8-lobed: anthers linear,
much longer than broad.
G. Plant herbaceous, up-
right 34. recta
GG. Plant climbing, half-
woody.
H. The Ivs. pinnate 35. paniculata
HH. The Ivs. bipinnate. . . . 36. Flammula
FF. Lfts. serrate, occasionally
nearly entire: anthers
oval or oval-oblong, not
more than twice as long
as broad (longer in Nos.
37 and 38).
G. The fls. 1-3, long-stalked,
2-3 in. across: Ivs.
pinnate 37. Fargesii
GG. The fls. in panicles or
cymes, not exceeding
1 in. diam.
H. Lvs. ternate or biter-
nate: fls. l/%in.
across, in many-fid.
cymes 38. apiifolia
HH. Lvs. usually bipin-
nate; Ifts. ovate-lan-
ceolate: tails of fr.
about %in. long. . .39. brevicaudata
HHH. Lvs. pinnate: tails
longer.
I. Sepals glabrous in-
side: Ifts. pubes-
cent beneath 40. grata
n. Sepals pubescent in-
side and outside:
Ifts. glabrous or
nearly so 41. Vitalba
EE. The fls. dioecious.
F. Foliage deciduous: sepals 4-
G. Fls. appearing on the
young wood in summer,
less than 1 in. across.
H. Lvs. ternate; Ifts. 2-3
in. long 42. virginiana
HH. Lvs. pinnate; Ifts. 1-
2 in. long.
I. Plant glabrous: Ifts.
rounded or sub-
cordate at the base.43. ligusticifolia
n. Plant pubescent: Ifts.
truncate or cune-
ate at the base. ... 44. Drummondii
GG.Fls. on last year's
branches from scaly
buds in early spring,
iy<i in. across 45. lasiantha
FF. Foliage evergreen; Ivs. ter-
nate: sepals 5-7 46. indivisa
BB. Stamens pubescent; fls. yellow or
yellowish, nodding: achenes with
plumose tails.
C. Lvs. pinnate or bipinnate.
D. Fls. usually several, 1-2 in.
across, pale yellow: Ivs. bluish
or grayish green; Ifts. usually
entire, often lobed.
E. Lfts. often oblong or lanceo-
late: sepals pubescent in-
side 47. orientalis
EE. Lfts. usually ovate or oval,
pale bluish green: sepals
glabrous inside 48. glauca
DD. Fls. solitary, 2-3 in. across,
on stalks to 10 in. long; sepals
glabrous inside: Ifts. usually
lanceolate, serrate, green 49. tangutica
CC. Lvs. biternate; Ifts. serrate, green:
fls. solitary 50. serratif olia
Section VIORNA.
Group CRISPS.
1. integrifolia, Linn. Herbaceous, erect, becoming
2 ft. high: Ivs. rather broad, entire, ovate-lanceolate:
fls. solitary, nodding; sepals 4, rather narrow, blue,
coriaceous, 1-2 in. long. June— Aug. Eu. and Asia.
B.M. 65.
The following are supposed to be hybrids of this species: C.
cylindrica, Sims ( X C. crispa. C. integrifolia var. diversifolia, Hort.
C. integrifolia var. pinnata, Hort.). Lvs. more or less irregularly
lobed or pinnate: fls. solitary, cylindric-campanulate with the sepals
more or less recurved from the middle, blue or bluish-violet. B.M.
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
791
1160. Lav. 13. G.W. 14, pp. 562-3. R.H. 1856:341. Here also
belongs probably C. divaricdta, Jacq., with short-petioled pinnate
Ivs. and blue, less spreading sepals.
2. Fremontii, Wats. Fig. 981. Closely allied to C-
ochroleuca, but with Ivs. 3-4 in. long, nearly sessile,
either entire or with a few coarse teeth: fls. often
drooping; sepals thick, purple, nearly glabrous, except
the tomentose edges; styles when young downy rather
than feathery. July, Aug. Mo. to Colo. G.F. 3:381
(adapted in Fig. 981). G.W. 14, p. 563.
3. ochrole&ca, Ait. Herbaceous, 1-2 ft. high, silky-
pubescent, becoming glabrate: Ivs. ovate, entire: fls.
erect, solitary, terminal; sepals yellow outside, cream-
colored within; styles becoming somewhat plumose.
July, Aug. Dry grounds, N. Y. to Ga. L.B.C. 7:661.
—Intro. 1883.
4. Douglasii, Hook. Has habit of C. integrifolia,
about 2 ft. high: st. and petioles angled and ribbed:
Ivs. twice pinnately or ternately compound; Ifts. nar-
row-linear or lanceolate: fls. tubular or bell-shaped, 1
in. long; sepals recurved, deep purple within, paler
without. June. In mts., Mont, to New Mex. — Intro.
1881. Var. Sc6ttii, Coulter, has the Ifts. ovate- or ob-
long-lanceolate. A hybrid of C. Douglasii var. Scoltii x
C. texensis is C. globuldsa, Hort., with deep purple
pitcher-shaped fls. Gn. 75, p. 472.
5. aromatica, Lenne & C. Koch (C. cserulea var.
odprata, Hort.). Slender, herbaceous or somewhat
climbing, reaching 6 ft. high if supported: lys. of 3-7
ovate, nearly entire Ifts.: fls. solitary, terminal, very
fragrant, lJ^-2 in. across; sepals 4, spreading, reflexed,
reddish violet; stamens white. July-Sept. Nativity,
perhaps S. France. It is thought by some to be an old
garden hybrid, probably C. Flammula x C. integrifolia.
R.H. 1877, p. 15. Lav. 9.
6. crispa, Linn. A slender climber, reaching 3-4 ft.:
Ivs. very thin; Ifts. 3-5 or more, variable in outline and
sometimes undivided, often 3-5-lobed: fls. purple,
varying to whitish, cylindrical or bell-shaped, 1-2 in.
long; points of sepals recurved; styles of fr. hairy but
not plumose. June-Sept. Va. to Texas. B.R. 32:60.
B.M. 1892. I.H.2:78 (as C. campaniflora) . G. 30:503;
34:147. V. 6:379. Lav. 14.— This and the allied
species are fragrant. A hybrid of this species is C.
cylindrica, Sims (x C. integrifolia). See No. 1. A number
of hybrid forms, the offspring of a cross between this
species and C. texensis are figured and described in
M.D.G. 1898:500 and one as "blue bells" in Gn. 49,
p. 189.
7. Simsii, Sweet (C. Pitcheri, Torr. & Gray). High
climbing: branchlets pubescent: Ivs. of 3^1 pairs of
Ifts. and a terminal 1ft. reduced almost to a midrib;
Ifts. coarsely reticulated, lobed or 3-parted, usually
mucronate: fls. 1 in. long and %in. diam., with swollen
base; sepals dull purple, recurved at the tips: achenes
pubescent, styles not plumose. June-Aug. S. Ind. to
Mo., southward to Mex. Lav. 15. B.M. 1816 (as
C. cordata). Var. Sargentii, Rehd. (C. Sdrgentii, Lav.).
Fls. smaller, paler: Ifts. rarely lobed. Lav. 18. — A
hybrid of this species with C. texensis is figured in R.H.
1893:376.
8. reticulata, Walt. A slender climber, allied to C.
crispa: Ifts. much reticulated and very coriaceous: fls.
solitary in the axils of the Ivs., nodding, bell-shaped;
sepals recurved, crispy at the margin: mature fr. with
plumose tails. June, July. S. C. to Ala. and Fla.
B.M. 6574. Lav. 16.
9. Vi6rna, Linn. Fig. 982. Climbing, 8-10 ft.,
sparingly pubescent or glabrous: Ivs. not glaucous nor
coriaceous; Ifts. subcordate-pvate to ovate-lanceolate,
slightly reticulated: fls. solitary, on long peduncles,
pitcher-shaped; sepals 4, 1 in. long, variable in color,
often dull purple, thick and leathery, finely pubescent
outside, tips often recurved; styles plumose when
982. Clematis Viorna. ( X K)
mature, 1 in. long. June-Aug. Pa. to Ala. and west-
ward. Lav. 17. Gn. 45, p. 240.
10. texensis, Buckl. (C. coccinea, Engelm. C. Viorna
var. coccinea, Gray). Climbing, to 6 ft.; glabrous:
Ivs. glaucescent, subcoriaceous; Ifts. broadly ovate,
often obtuse, subcordate, 1^-3 in. long: fls. solitary,
pitcher-shaped, nodding, carmine or scarlet, glabrous
outside: achenes with plumose style, 1-2 in. long,
glabrous at the tip. Texas. Lav. 19. B.M. 6594. Gn.
19:284. G.W. 10, p. 498. G.C. II. 15:405. W.G.Z.
2:111. F. 1880, p. 115. Gt. 32:86. R.H. 1878:10;
1888:348. — Much superior to the preceding because
of its beautiful fls. Some of the garden hybrids of this
species, which have been classed under C. pseudo-
cocdnea, Schneid. (x C. Jackmanii), are found under
the names: Countess of Onslow, deep scarlet. Gn. 57,
p. 376. M.D.G. 1898:481.
G.M. 37:381. G.C. III.
16:9. Countess of York,
white, tinted with pink.
Duchess of Albany, clear
pink. Gn. 52:304. See
also No. 6 for hybrid
forms of C. crispa with
this species and No. 7 for
a hybrid with C. Simsii.
11. fusca,Turcz. Climb-
ing, to 15 ft.; sparingly
pubescent: Ivs. pinnate;
Ifts. usually ovate, to
ovate-oblong, acute, glab-
rous or pubescent beneath
and ciliate, lH-2^ in.
long, the terminal one
usually wanting: fls. on
rather short villous pedi-
cels, nodding, urceolate,
about 1 in. long; sepals
with recurved tips, densely brownish pubescent out-
side, violet inside: pubescence of achenes and plumose
tails fulvous. June-Aug. E. Siberia, Japan. Lav. 20.
Var. violacea, Maxim. (C. jdnthina, Koehne). Less
pubescent: fls. violet. Gt. 13:455.
Group TUBULOS.E.
12. heracleaefdlia, DC. (C. tubulosa, Hook.). Stout,
erect, woody only at the base: Ivs. ternate, large,
bright green; Ifts. broadly ovate, rounded at the base,
slightly pubescent, mucronately toothed, 4-6 in. long:
fls. numerous, in corymbs, either axillary or terminal,
polygamous, tubular in form, with 4 light blue sepals,
becoming reflexed; peduncles and pedicels downy;
recurved stigmas club-shaped. Aug., Sept. China.
M. & J. 17. B.M. 4269; 6801 (as var. Hookeri). P.M.
14:31. F.S. 3:195. R.H. 1858, p. 42.— Prop, by root
division. Var.' Davidiana, Hemsl. (C. Davidiana,
Decne.). About 4 ft. high, hardly strong enough to
stand without support : Ivs. usually cuneate at the base,
nearly glabrous : fls. brighter blue, fragrant, in clustered
heads, 6-15 together, and also singly or clustered in
the If.-axils. R.H. 1867, p. 90. Gn. 31, p. 145; 45, p.
241; 49, p. 99; 68, p. 273. G.M. 37:48. G.W. 6, p.
124. Mn. 9:76. A.F. 25:1055. Var. ichangensis,
Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. broad at the base, sparingly
pubescent above, densely beneath: achenes densely
villous. Cent. China.
A hybrid of this species is C. Jouini&na, Schneid. (var. David-
iana xC. Vitalba). Half-climbing, to 6ft.: fls. in large panicles,
bluish white, first tubular with the sepals finally spreading. G.C.
III. 51:34. Another hybrid is C. DavidiAna hybrida, Lem. (var.
Davidiana xC. stans) of which Lemoine advertises several named
forma varying from light to deep blue; very floriferous.
13. stans, Sieb. & Zucc. (C. heracleaefdlia var. stans,
Hook.). Herbaceous, upright, to 6 ft.: branches gray-
ish pubescent: Ifts. broadly ovate, lobed and coarsely
792
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
toothed, more or less pubescent: fls. in terminal pani-
cles sometimes 2 ft. long and in axillary clusters,
whitish or bluish white, tubular, with revolute sepals,
less than >£m. long, dioecious. Sept., Oct. Japan.
B.M. 6810. — Used chiefly because of the striking foli-
age and its late-blooming qualities. Var. Lavallei,
Schneid. (C. Lavallei, Decne.). Fls. H~Mui. long,
monoecious.
Group CONNATE.
14. nutans, Royle. Slender woody climber: Ivs.
pinnate; Ifts. ovate-oblong or lanceolate, deeply 3-5-
lobed, rarely entire, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding in many-
fld. panicles, yellowish white, tubular, H~Min. long)
pubescent outside; filaments silky pubescent below the
middle: achenes silky with plumose tails. July-Oct.
Himalaya. Var. thyrsoidea, Rehd. & Wilson. Climb-
ing to 20 ft.: Ifts. broadly ovate, usually cordate
at the base, silky pubescent beneath: panicles larger
and more compact, on upright stout peduncles 3-6
in. long. W.China. G.C. III. 48:310. Gn. 75, p. 557
(as C. nutans). R.H. 1905, p. 438 (as C. Buchaniana
vitifolia). See page 3567.
15. lasiandra, Maxim. Climbing, to 12 ft.: young
growth viscid: Ivs. pinnate with 3-foliolate or 3-fid
segms.; Ifts. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
serrate, glabrous or sparingly pubescent on both sides,
1/^-2^ in. long: fls. axillary, solitary or in 3's on
stalks 1-3 in. long, campanulate, reddish purple, about
%in. long; sepals with recurved tips, as long as the
stamens. Aug.-Oct. Cent, and W. China.
16. aethusifdlia, Turcz. Slender, climbing: Ivs.
bipinnate, pubescent; Ifts. finely cut, usually unequally
3-lobed and deeply incisely serrate with obtusish mu-
cronulate narrow lobes, M~/4in. long: fls. 1-3, axillary,
on slender stalks, whitish, tubular, %in. long; sepals
with recurved tips: achenes pubescent with long plu-
mose whitish tails. Aug., Sept. Mongolia, Manchuria.
Var. latisecta, Maxim. Lfts. larger, to 1>£ in. long
with oval or oblong rounded lobes. Gt. 10:342. B.M
6542. Gn. 6, p. 423; 31, p. 186; 45, p. 241. R.H. 1869,
p. 10. — This is the form usually cult.; the type with
much more finely divided foliage is very rare in cult.
Group ATRAGENE^E.
17. verticillaris, DC. (Atrdgene americdna, Sims).
Fig. 983. Trailing or sometimes climbing, 8-10 ft. : usu-
ally 4 trifoliate Ivs. from each node; Ifts. thin, ovate,
acute, toothed or entire, somewhat cordate: fls. soli-
tary, blue or purple,
nodding at first, 2-4
in. broad when ex-
panded; 4 thin sepals,
silky along the margins
and veins; staminodes
spatulate, narrow,
scarcely half as long
May, June.
Woodlands,
Va. to Hud-
son Bay,
west to
Minn. B.M.
1881. Var columbiana, Gray. Sepals narrowband
more pointed than m the type. Rocky Mts.
18. alpina, Mill. (Atrdgene aljtina, Linn.). Sts 3-5
It., slender, with prominent joints becoming swollen
with age: Ivs. once or twice ternate, with ovate or ovate-
lanceolate Ifts., serrate or incised; many petal-like sta-
mens, which are devoid of anthers; sepals 4 brieht
pf ' R ST&n?' W> N> Amer" Siberia to S" an>d Cent.
icJV ^M. 530 (as var. austnaca). Gn. 46:318- 57 n
481. R.H. 1855:321. L.B.C. 3:250. G.W. 10, p s£
983. Achene of Clematis verticillaris. (XI)
H.W. 3, p. 16. — A very hardy climber, preferring a
northern exposure. Var. sibirica, Kuntze (var. dlba,
Hort. Atrdgene sibirica, Linn.). Fls. white or nearly
so. B.M. 1951. L.B.C. 14:1358. R.H. 1855:321. Var
occidentalis, Gray. Petal-like stamens very few, and
often bearing rudimentary anthers. Rocky Mts.
Section PSEUDANEMONE.
19. Stanleyi, Hook. (C. Stanleyana, Hort.). Fig.
984. Erect robust herbs, 3 ft. high: Ivs. biternate;
Ifts. sessile or petioled, variable in size, cuneate, silky:
984. Clematis Stanleyi. ( X H)
fls. 1-3 in. across, white to pink-purple; sepals becom-
ing widely expanded; stamens yellow; styles becom-
ing very plumose, white. July-Oct. Transvaal. Intro.
1893. B.M. 7166. Gn. 39:76. G.F. 3:513 (adapted
in Fig. 984). G.C. III. 8:327. G.M. 34:320.— Suitable
for greenhouse cult. ; in the northern states it is apt to
winterkill if left unprotected.
Section VITICELLA.
20. Viticella, Linn. Climbing 8-12 ft. : Ivs. some-
times entire, but usually divided into 3 nearly entire
Ifts.: fls. 1^-2 in. diam., growing singly on pedun-
cles or sometimes in 3's; sepals 4, blue, purple or rosy
purple, obovate, pointed, reflexed; stamens yellow: fr.
with rather short glabrous tails. June-Aug. S. Eu. to
Persia. R.H. 1860, p. 183; 1876:110; 1879:350 (vars.).
B.M. 565. G. 22:310; 8:399. H.W. 3, p. 15. Lav. 7.
—This is the type of one of the leading groups of
garden clematises, and is one of the parents of the
Jackmanii type of hybrids.
The following are garden varieties:
Var. albifldra, Kuntze. Fls. white.
Var. rubra, Hort. Fls. purple. — Var. riibra grandifldra, Jackman,
has larger bright crimson fls. and 6 sepals. F.S. 20:2053 (1783).
F. 1872:265.
Var. kermesina, Lem. (C. kermesina, Hort.). Fls. of bright wine-
red color, purple being absent. Gn. 39 : 30.
Var. lildcina-floribunda, Hort. (C. lilacina-floribunda, Hort. C.
floribunda, Hort.). Fls. pale gray-lilac, conspicuously veined.
On. 18, p. 389 (note). — An abundant bloomer. Produced in an
English garden in 1880.
Lady Bovill, Jackman (C. Lady Bovill, Hort,). Fls. cup-
tormed, sepals being concave and little or not at all recurved at
e ends, fls. 4 in. across; sepals 4-6, grayish blue; stamens light
brown. M. & J. 15. R.H. 1876: 190.
Var. ma.Tmora.ta, Jackman (C. marmorata, Hort.). Fls. rather
small, with 4 broad sepals, light grayish blue with darker veins, 3
CLEMATIS
CLEMATlb
793
pu-
pink
sted
.Bos-
Bos-
olia)
1892
fls
longitudinal bara. M. & J. 1, f. 2; same plate in F.S. 20:2050-55
(2008). F. 1872:265.
Hybrids of C. Viticella which are closely allied to that type:
C. eriostemon, Decne.(xC. integrifolia; C. Hendersonii, Hender-
son. C. Chandleri, Hort.) Fig. 985. St. and habit of C. Viticella: Ifts.
and fls. much like C. integrifolia: climbing 8-10 ft.: 4 blue sepals,
spreading, reflexed at
the tips. R.H. 1852
341. F.S. 13:1364 (a
var. venosa). Lav. 12
Here belong also: C
intermedia, B o n a m y
smaller, with mori
bescent branchlets
paler fls. C. Berge
Lay., resembling
C. integrifolia: Ivs
ally entire: fls.
about 2 in. acroi
terminal panicles.
10. C. distdrta, '.
with rosy-lilac tw
sepals. Lav. 11. C.
koop, Hort. (C.
koop Seedling, Ho
C. V. X C. integrifi
A new race in
Growing 3-5 ft. :
lue, lavender, roi
reddish rose.
C. violacea,
(XC. Flammula).
in several- to
many-fld. term-
inal panicles,
pale violet, about
1 in. across;
petals sometimes
6. Here belongs
also: C. Othello,
Cripps (=C. V.
var. rubra X C. 985. Clematis eriostemon. ( X K)
Flammula). Fls.
of medium size, of a deep velvety purple; continues blooming
until Oct. — C. rubro-maroinata, Jouin (C. Flammula var. rubro-
marginata, Cripp.). Similar to C. Flammula; sepals white bordered
reddish violet.
C. parvifldra, DC. (XC. campaniflora; C. revoluta, Desf.). Fls.
white, small, scarcely 1 in. across, sometimes larger: achenes with
the tail usually pubescent at the base. A. P. De Candolle, PI.
Rar. Geneve. 12.— Of no ornamental value.
C. vendsa, Krampen (xC. florida; C. florida var. venosa, Lav.).
Similar to C. florida, but petals obovate. Lav. 6. R.H. 1860, p.
183. G. 2:251. G.Z. 6:160. F.S. 13:1364. Here also belongs
Louise Carriere; fls. lilac with paler veins. R.H. 1880:10 and
several forms described by Carriere as C. contorta, C. atrovioldcea
and C. Viticella alba. R.H. 1879:350.
For other hybrids of this species see C. Guascoi, Lem., under
C. patens, C. splendida under C. lanugiaosa as form of C. Jackmanii.
21. campaniflora, Brot.
Climbing, 1O-15 ft.: fls.
reflexed and bell-shaped as
in the above type or more
so, usually 1 in. or less
diam., purple or whitish: fr.
with short pubescent tail.
June, July. Native of
Portugal. L.B.C. 10:987.
Gn. 31, p. 187. Lav. 8 —
This has been called C.
Viticella because of its close resem-
blance in fl., fr. and If.; but the Ivs.
are often twice ternate, and the plant
is much more slender in habit.
22. fl6rida, Thunb. (C. japdnica,
Makino, not Thunb.). A slender
plant, climbing 9-12 ft. : Ivs. variable,
more or less ternate or biternate;
Ifts. small, ovate-lanceolate: fls. 2-4
in. across, flat when expanded; the
5-6 broad, ovate sepals creamy
white, barred with purple beneath;
stamens purplish. May, June. Japan.
B.M. 834. R.H. 1856:41. Lav. 5.
J.H. III. 44:321. G.C. III. 35:51.
Var. tricolor, Steud. (C. Sieboldii, D.
Don). Fig. 986. Like the type, but
with the purple stamens somewhat
petal-like, and forming a dense, pur-
ple head in the center. F.S. 5:487.
986. Clematis florida var. bicolor. ( X 1A)
Lav. 5. M.&J. 16. B.R. 24:25. P.M. 4: 147. Gn.22:
142. R.H. 1856:401. S.B.F.G. II. 4:396. F. 1872, p.
200. Var. Fortune!, Moore (C. Fdrtunei, Hort.). Fls.
large, very much doubled; sepals creamy white, becom-
ing pink. F.S. 15:1553. G.C. 1863:676. I.H. 10, p. 86.
M.&J. 13. F. 1863:169. F.M. 3: 153.
Belle of Woking. A hybrid form: fls. very full and double; sepals
purple.
John Gould Veitch (C. Veitchii, Hort.). Fls. velvet, double,
resembling var. Fortunei, except in the color of the sepals. From
Japanese gardens. F.S. 18 : 1875-6.
Hybrids of this species are: C. venosa, Krampen, see C. Viticella;
C. Lawsoniana, see C. lanuginosa.
23. lanugindsa, Lindl. (including var. pdllida, Hort.).
Climbing only 5 or 6 ft.: Ivs. simple or of 3 Ifts.,
cordate-acuminate, woolly beneath: fls. erect on stout
stalks shorter than the sepals, woolly in the bud, the
largest of the wild species, being 6 in. across; sepals
5 or 6, broadly ovate, leathery, rather flat, overlapping,
lavender or bluish gray; center of stamens pale reddish
brown; styles plumose. Summer. Native near Ningpo,
China. F.S. 8:811. I.H. 1:14. Lav. 1. M. & J. 4. J.
F. 4:363. H.F. 1855:1. 1854:225. G.C. III. 29:23. G.
I, p. 257. Gng. 5:38. — It is to this species, more than
to any other, that the beauty and popularity of the
garden varieties and hybrids are due. The finest
hybrids, including C. Jackmanii and its section, and C.
Lawsoniana, contain more or less of the blood of C.
lanuginosa.
Forms of C. lanuginosa are:
Var. Candida, Lemoine (C. Candida, Hort.). Like the type,
except that the simple Ivs. and Ifts. of the compound Ivs. are much
larger, and the fls. are larger, being 7-8 in. across, and white with
a purplish shading around the margins. F.M. 5:310. V. 6:225. —
Perhaps a hybrid of C. patens.
Var. nivea, Lemoine (C. nivea, Hort.). Sepals 6-8, narrowish,
pure white ; anthers pale brown. — Thought to be of same origin as
the above var.
alba mdgna, Jackman. Fls. very large, pure white, with about
6 broad sepals and purplish brown anthers. G.C. II. 3:685.
Lady Caroline Nevill, Cripps. Fls.
often 7 in. across; sepals 6, nearly
white, with mauve - colored stripe
down center of each. Gn. 46, p. 33. —
-"•'-"• One of the finest light-colored varie-
ties.
Princess of Wales, Jackman. Fls.
6 in. across; sepals 8, satiny bluish
mauve, very broad. G.C. III. 27:53.
Gn. 59, p. 366.
Marie Lefebvre, Cripps. Resembles the
last, but has 8 sepals, more pointed, and
darker in shade.
Perfection, Froebel. Fls. very large; sepals
8, very broad, lilac-mauve. R.B. 6: 193.
Sensation, Cripps. Fls. like the type, but
with 6-7 grayish blue sepals, 6 in. across.
Madame Emile Sorbet, Paillet. Fls. bright
blue. R.H.1878:291.
Madame Van Houtte, Cripps. Late-bloom-
ing; sepals pale blue, becoming white.
Madame Thibaut. Fls. very abundant. —
Thought to be a hybrid with C. Viticella.
The President, Noble. A rich violet-
blue fl.
Excelsior, Cripps. Fls. double; sepals
grayish purple, with a reddish bar down the
center of each. F.S. 20:2055.
violacea, Noble. Fls. violet-blue, 7 in.
across. F.M. 1876:217.
Robert Hanbury, Jackman. Sepals bluish
lilac, flushed at the edges with red, and the
bar slightly tinted with red. Gn. 16 : 128.
This species has given rise to
numerous beautiful hybrids which in
many cases are the product of so
much intercrossing that it is impos-
sible to recognize the exact parent-
age. By far the most important
group of these hybrids may be classed
under C. Jackmanii, which, however,
by some is considered not a hybrid,
but a species intro. from Japan.
C. Jdckmanii, Moore (C. lanuginosa X C.
Hendersonii and C. lanuginosa X C. Viticella.
C. hakonensis, Franch. & Sav.). Fig. 987.
Habit and Ivs. of C. lanuginosa: fls. flat,
5-6 in. broad, usually in 3's and forming
794
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
panicles at the ends of the branches; sepals 4-6, very broad,
velvety purple, with a ribbed bar down the center; broad, central
tuft of pale green stamens. M. & J. 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14. I.H.
11:414. F.S. 16:1629. Gn. 22:142; 53, p. 262; 71, p. 107. A.G.
12:125; 19:269. A.F. 10:1329; 14:995-7; 16:283. R.H. 1868:
390. Gng. 4:261; 9:17; 7:230-2. C.L.A. 5:379. Gn. M. 4:226.
G.M. 47:102. G.Z. 9:96. F. 1864:193. V. 6:129; 9:340. 18:
70. Lav. 4. Var. dlba, Hort. Fls. nearly 'pure white. G. 23:185.
F. 1884:33. Gn.
25:126. Var. ru-
bella, Jackman.
Fls. deep velvety
reddish violet. F.
M.5:310. F.S.20:
2050-51 ( 1874 ).
Var. superba,
Hort. Fls. violet-
purple, resem-
bling C. Madame
Grange.
Also the fol-
lowing hybrids
are to be classed
under C. Jack-
manii: modesta,
Modeste - Gu6rin
(=C.V. xC.lanu-
ginosa). Fls. well
expanded, large,
bright blue, bars
deeper colored.
fulgens, Simon-
Louis(=C.V.var.
f rand i flora XC.
anug i n o s a ).
Sepals 5-6, rather
narrow, dark pur-
ple to blackish
crimson, velvety,
edges somewhat
serrate, purpitrea-
hybrida, Modeste-
Guerin (=C. V.
XC. Jackmanii).
Fls. 4-6 in. across,
deep purple-vio-
let, with red veins,
but not barred.
rubro-violacea,
Jackman (C. lanu-
ginosa X C. Viti-
cella var. atroru-
bens). Lvs. pin-
nate, with ovate-
acuminate or
sometimes ovate-
lanceolate Ifts. :
sepals 4-6, ma-
roon-purple with
a reddish bar;
stamens greenish.
F.S. 16:1630. G.
Z. 10 : 112. F.
1864:265. Var.
Prince of Wales,
Hort., has fls. of
lighter tint. La
987. Clematis Jackmanii.
France, Gegu (C. lanuginosa X C. Jackmanii). Lvs smooth: 'buds
woolly; sepals deep cobalt-blue, pointed, with wavy edges. Reine
des Bleues, Boisselot (same cross as the last). Fls. large, blue, with
broad, recurved sepals, devoniensis, Lem. (same cross) Fls 8-9
m-ixa jr-jss; I?pala ?' delicate lavender-blue. Gn. 9, p. 563 (note).
splendid*, Simon-Louis (xC. Viticella). Fls. very dark purple
changing to reddish violet. R.H. 1865-71
*!£: CriPp?- ^?eP ™let- Alexandra, Jackman. Red-
shaded
Rich purple,
-
i.i. *.». ^u.^UM (1779). Mrs. Moore, Jackman
across, sepals rather narrow, white. Thomas M owe Jackman
s§Efi,t|4?^£S3'S'S£^
Other hybrids of C. lanuginosa are the following-
though tfc ™, inr'~ r- ibel°n^s Probably C. Pellieri, Carr
188pfp. 228 lanuginosa Xrecta as the parents. R.H.
a, Anderson-Henry (xC. florida var. Fortune!)
i from Floral Magazine, 1872). Fls. very large;
sepals 6-8, broad, rose-purple, marked with darker veins. Aug.-
Nov. G. 33:411. Var. Symesidna (C. Symesiana, Anderson-
Henry. xC. florida var. Fortunei). Fls. 7 in. across; sepals 6-8, pale
mauve; a profuse bloomer. Var. Henryi (C. Henryi, Anderson-
Henry). Fig. 988. Robust plant; free bloomer: fls. creamy white,
becoming fully expanded when grown in the open sun or under
glass. Aug.-Nov. Gn.M. 13:348. G.M. 43:318.— It resembles
more the lanuginosa parent. It is not to be confused with C.
Henryii, Oliv., a Chinese species allied to C. orientalis and not in
cult.
C. Gablenzii ( X C. patens; C. patens var. Gablenzii, Hort.). Lvs.
simple or 3-parted, ovate, subcordate: fls. large deep violet-blue:
sepals 6-8. G.Z. 14:80. — Here belong also:
Otto Froebel, Lemoine. Lvs. leathery, simple or 3-parted: fls. of
fleshy texture, grayish white, sometimes becoming bluish; sepals
8, blunt, broad; anthers brownish. Imperatrice Eugenie, Carre
(C. I. var. pallida XC. patens). Lvs. simple or 3-parted; Ifts. broad
and woolly: fls. 8-9 in. across, with 8 broad, white sepals. Jeanne
d'Arc, Dauvesse. Same cross as last and much like it, but the sepals
are grayish white, with 3 blue bars down the center of each. Gloire
de St. Julien, CarrtL ( xC. patens var. plena). Plant much like C.
lanuginosa, but with larger fls.: sepals 6-8, white or pale gray at
first; stamens yellow. Gem, Baker (xC. Standishii). Lvs. 3-parted
or simple: fls. like C. lanuginosa in form; grayish blue.
24. patens, Morr. & Decne. (C. cseridea, Lindl. C.
azurea, Hort., ex Turcz.). Taller and more slender,
and Ifts. smaller and narrower than C. lanuginosa: fls.
appearing on last year's branches on slender stalks
longer than the sepals, spreading; sepals about 8,
rather narrow, delicate lilac; stamens purple. Spring.
Isle of Nippon, Japan. M. & J. 3. Lav. 2 and 3
B.R. 23:1955. P.M. 4:193. B. 3:126. H.B. 4:78.
R.H. 1856:261. — Should be grown on a northern ex-
posure to preserve the color of the fls. It is almost as
prolific as C. lanuginosa in producing garden varieties
and hybrids, and it is the most likely of all to produce
double-fid, forms. Var. grandifldra, Davis (C. cseru-
lea var. grandiflora, Hook.). Fls. larger than the type.
B.M. 3983. Var. Standishii, Moore (C. Standishii,
Hort.). Fls. about 5 in. across; sepals light lilac-blue,
elliptic, of metallic luster: Ifts. 3, ovate, acuminate,
small. — A fine variety from Japanese gardens flower-
ing profusely in spring.
The following other garden varieties or crosses belong here:
Mrs. James Baker. Sepals nearly white, ribbed with dark
carmine. Miss Bateman, Noble. Fls. more compact than the type,
6 in. across; sepals ovate, shortly acuminate, pure white, with
cream-colored bars; anthers brown. Probably of hybrid origin;
allied to var. Standishii. Stella, Jackman. Fls. not so large as the*
last; sepals deep mauve, with a red bar down the center of each.
F.S. 22:2341. Amalia, Sieb. Sepals 6 or more, oblong-lanceo-
late, light lilac. From Japanese gardens. F.S. 10:1051. Lard
Lanesborough, Noble. Sepals bluish lilac, each with a metallic
purple bar. — A good variety to gradually force to blossom in the
greenhouse by March. Lady Lanesborough, Noble. Sepals silver-
gray, the bar being lighter colored. — It will blossom in March in
the greenhouse. Marie, Simon-Louis. Fls. darker than the type.
Mrs. G. Jackman, Jackman. Sepals blush-white with indistinct
wine-red bars. Gn. 16:128. The Queen, Jackman. Fls. rather com-
pact, the sepals being broader than the type. John Murray,
Jackman. Habit and foliage bolder than the type: fls. somewhat
later. Gn. 46:32. Fair Rosamond, Jackman. Sepals apiculate,
broader than the type, and of the same color. F.S. 22:2342.
Gn. 16:128. Countess of Lovelace, Jackman. Fls. double, blue-
violet; sepals much imbricated. In the second crop of blooms the
fls. are single, as is often the case in other double varieties. Albert
Victor, Noble. Fls. much like the type, but large and more compact.
— Suitable for forcing under glass. Duchess of Edinburgh, Jackman.
*ls. double, white, strongly imbricated. Marcel Moser, Moser.
Jls. 7 m. across; sepals 8, mauve with a reddish violet bar. J
1897:104; 1900, p. 85. Nelly Moser, Moser. Fls. 5 in. across;
sepals 8, mauve-pink, with a darker red bar. R.H. 1898-236
Louis van Houtte, Hort. Semi-double, rosy white. Vesta, Endl
Sepals gray; anthers red. Gt. 39:1333. Gn. 9:408. R.B. 6:193
Helena, Sieb. Fls. pure white, with yellow stamens. F.S.
11 = 1117-. ,LH" 1:21- R-H. 1855:341. Louisa, Sieb. Fls. pure
white, with purple stamens. F.S. 10:1052. monstrdsa. Planch. Fls.
semi-double, pure white. F.S. 9:960. R.H. 1856:9. Sophia, Sieb.
o?a is deep lilac-purple on the edges, with light green bars. F.
Ii8:8-5?' IP' 1:2L RH- 4:97- R-H- 1855:461. violdcea, Lem.
.bis. violet-blue; stamens yellow. I.H. 7:254.
Some double-flowered varieties which possibly belong here are:
Tcoc /n£' ^lth- Yhlte> very double fls. • Gn. 49, p. 189. M.D.G.
496. Ostrich Plume, also white and v%'ry double with nar-
n^thi^ species are the following: C. Gudscoi, Lem.
. iticella). Branches pubescent: Ifts. 5, nearly glabrous: fls.
'litary, violet-purple, 3 in. across, with 4-6 sepals, strongly 3-
nerved, tomentose outside. J.H. 4:117. I.H. 7:226.— C. franco-
furtensis. Lav .supposed to be a hybrid of C. Jackmanii (C.
hakonensis) and C. patens, is hardly different. Lav. 7 bis.— C. lanu-
«£?mtaKT patfns< see the preceding species.— C. florida xC. patens.
borne believe that C. patens var. Standishii represents this cross.
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
795
Section VITALBA.
Group CIRRHOS^B.
25. cirrh&sa, Linn. Climbing, to 10 ft.; glabrous:
Ivs. persistent, slender-petioled, simple, ovate to ovate-
oblong, crenately serrate, 1-1 ^ in. long: fls. 1-2 on
the old wood, axillary, whitish, open campanulate,
nodding, 1^ in. across, with a short involucre below
the sepals: achenes with long plumose tail. Spring.
5. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 1070. L.B.C. 19:1806 —
Tender, only for warmer temperate regions.
26. balearica, Rich. (C. calycina, Ait.). Closely
allied to the preceding: Ivs. ternate; Ifts. incisely ser-
rate, often deeply 3-lobed, ^-1 in. long: fls. greenish
yellow, spotted red inside. Spring. S. Eu. Asia Minor.
R.H. 1859, p. 190; 1874, p. 289. G.C. II. 9:500. Gn.
6, p. 425; 31, p. 187; 45, p. 240. L.B.C. 8:720. B.M.
959.— Tender.
Group MONTANA.
27. gracilifdlia, Rehd. & Wilson. Climbing, to 10 ft. :
Ivs. deciduous, pinnate; Ifts. 5-7, ovate to oblong-ovate,
cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate, pubescent, about
J^in. long: fls. 1^, axillary, fascicled, white, 1-1 ^ in.
across, on slender stalks 1-2 in. long; sepals 4, spread-
ing, obovate to oblong-obovate: achenes glabrous,
with long plumose tail. June. W. China. — Very grace-
ful and floriferous species; has proved hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum.
28. montana, Buch.-Ham. (C. odordta, Hort., not
Wall.). A vigorous climber, often reaching a height of
15-20 ft.: Ivs. ternate, with oblong-acuminate cut-
toothed Ifts.: fls. several in each axil, following each
other in succession of time, resembling white anemone
blossoms, sweet-scented; sepals 4, elliptic-oblong, 1 in.
long, spreading, becoming pink; stamens conspicuous,
vellow: achenes glabrous with plumose tails. May.
Himalaya region. B.R. 26:53. M. & J. 8. Gn. 30, p.
309; 49, p. 39; 51, p. 349; 60, p. 79; 68, p. 379; 75, p.
371. A.G. 19:391. R.H. 1856:161; 1899, p. 529. G.C.
III. 18: 303; 20: 589. M.D.G. 1902:423. Lav. 22. J.H.
111.49:533. G. 27:237. G.M. 38:661;46:121; 51:319.
Var. grandifldra, Hook. (var. anemoniflora, Kuntze).
Fls. larger, 3-4 in. across. B.M. 4061. M.D.G. 1902:
422. G. 34:477. Var. rftbens, Wilson. Foliage red-
dish, particularly when unfolding: fls. pink or light
pink. June. R.H.1909:35. R.B. 33:232. F.S.R. 3:252.
Gn. 77, p. 84. G.M. 50:395; 54:168. J.H. III. 59:325.
— Offsprings of a cross between this variety and the.
preceding are: Var. lildcina, Lemoine, with bluish lilac
fls. G. 34:345. Var. perfecia, Lemoine, and var. undu~
Idta, Lemoine, with bluish white very large fls. Var.
Wflsonii, Sprague (C. repens, Veitch, not Finet &
Gagnep.). Lfts. ovate, usually rounded or subcordate
at the base, puberulous on the veins beneath; sepals
obovate-oblong, %-l in. long: fls. in July and Aug.,
nearly 2 months later than the type. B.M. 8365.
M.D.G. 1912:26. R.B. 35:108. See page 3567.
29. Spooneri, Rehd. & Wilson (C. montana var.
sericea, Franch.). Climbing, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ternate;
Ifts. ovate or oval, usually rounded at the base, with
1 or few teeth on each side, silky pubescent above
and beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. 1 or 2, white, 3-4 in.
across on pedicels 3-6 in. long; sepals broadly obovate,
densely pubescent outside: achenes pubescent, with
long plumose tail. Spring. W. China. — Beautiful
species; has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum.
Group RECIFE.
30. Armandii, Franch. Climbing, to 15 ft.: Ivs.
ternate, evergreen, glabrous; Ifts. ovate to ovate-
oblong, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base,
entire, 4-5 in. long, coriaceous: fls. white, 1-2}^ in.
across, with oblong-obovate sepals, in loose axillary
51
cymes in the axils of last year's branches, with persistent
bud-scales at the base: achenes hairy, with long plumose
tails. April, May. Cent, and W. China. G.C. III. 38:
30. R.B. 35, p. 281. R.H. 1913, p. 65. Var. Farquha-
riana, Rehd. & Wilson. Fls. light pink, large, about 2
in. across: Ifts. oblong-ovate. — This handsome species
is like the following 3 species, adapted only for warmer
temperate regions.
31. Meyeniana, Walp. Climbing rapidly; glabrous
or slightly pubescent: Ivs. ternate; Ifts. coriaceous,
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, cordate or rounded at the
base, entire, 2-3 in. long: panicle loose and many-fld.;
fls. white, less than %in. across: sepals 4, obtusish;
anthers as long or longer than filaments: achenes with
long feathery tails. Japan, E. China and Indo-China.
Summer. B.M. 7897. — Hardy only in warmer tem-
perate regions.
32. crassifolia, Benth. Closely allied to the preceding
species: climbing; quite glabrous : Ifts. thicker, cuneate
at the base, usually obtusish; sepals acuminate; anthers
shorter than the filaments. Late summer. China. —
Suitable for greenhouse, more tender than the pre-
ceding.
33. Pavoliniana, Pampanini. Climbing, glabrous:
Ivs. subcoriaceous ternate; Ifts. long-petioled, lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-3 in. long: fls. slen-
der-pedicelled, white, 1—1 H m- across in axillary
racemes; sepals linear-oblong: achenes fulvous-pubes-
cent, with a long plumose tail. May. Cent. China.
34. recta, Linn. (C. erecta, Linn.). Herbaceous,
somewhat tufted, 2-3 ft. long: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts.
stalked, ovate, acuminate, entire: fls. numerous, on a
large, branching terminal panicle, white, sweet-scented,
988. Clematis Lawsoniana var. Henryi, a derivative from
C. lanuginosa. ( X }A)
796
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
547; 66, p. 152. R.H. 1899, p. 528. G.M. 45:866.
G.W. 14. p. 561. Var. plena, Lemoine. Fully dou-
bled, button-like blossoms. H.F. 1860:13. R.H. 1860,
pp. 512-13. Var. mandsh&rica, Maxim. (C. terniflbra,
DC. C.mandchuria,Rupr.). Taller and slenderer: If ts.
3-5, ovate, subcordate at the base, rarely cuneate,
obtuse, reticulate beneath: fls. pure white in axillary
and terminal panicles. R.H. 1909, p. 423.
35. paniculata, Thunb. Figs. 990, 991. A vigorous
climber: Ifts. 3-5, often lobed, acuminate, 1-4 in. long,
glabrous: fls. fragrant, 1-1% in. across, in axillary and
numerous, in axillary and terminal panicles; sepals 4,
linear-oblong, white; stamens white: fr. bearing white
plumes. Aug.-Oct. Medit. region. Gn. 52, p. 499:
55, p. 114; 58, p. 319; 76, p. 23. Gn. M. 13:347. H.W.
3, p. 14. V. 5:321. — Must have a sunny exposure;
very beautiful. Var. rubella, Bele (C. rubella, Pers., not
Hort.). Differs from the type in having the fls. red
outside. Var. rotundifolia, DC. (C. frdgrans, Tenore).
Lfts. broader, obtuse: fls. fragrant. S. Eu. R.F.G.
4:62 (4666).
There are hybrids of this species with C. integrifolia
for which see No. 5, C. aromatica. and with C. Viticella,
see C. violacea under No. 20.
989. Clematis Lawsoniana, one of C. lanuginosa derivatives. (X^)
terminal panicles; sepals 4. dull whitp Sor>+
j-* — . _ »_._ 7 »T ij.j.1^. kJCJJu*
F.E.
G.F. 3:621 (adapted in Fig.
T?T> O'EOI.O.J'Tl •» /r .P ..
f.ti.z.ool, b:471. Mn 7'1
4:161,229; 6:291; 7:246.' £.1.13*38 M D~G~
ffi™ GrWai:12^V- 16:18. lasS'Si?: ,
16.375. Gn. 57, p. 155; 61, p. 91. R.H 1874 n «>•,
and 1899, p. 527 (as C. FUmmuU robusta) : 1902 Pp 86
Prop, by seed. By far the most common of the fall-
blooming species in American gardens. Thrives best in
sunny situations. Will stand severe pruning in whiter
36 Flammula, Linn. (C. Pdllasii, J. F. Gmel ) A
slender but vigorous climber, reaching 10-15 ft '• Ivs
isually bipinnate dark green, remaining fresh till mid-
winter; Ifts. small, ovate, oblong or linear: fls. small
Group EUVITALB^E.
37. Fargesii, Franch.
Climbing, to 20 ft. : Ivs. pin-
nate; Ifts. 5-7, ovate,
incised - serrate, sometimes
3-lobed or 3-parted, nearly
glabrous or sometimes
sparingly silky-pubescent,
particularly beneath, 1-2
in. long: fls. 2 in. across,
white, in 3-fld. axillary
cymes, long-stalked; sepals
4-6, obovate, finely pubes-
cent outside: achenes gla-
brous with feathery tails. July. W.
China. Var. Souliei, Finet & Gag-
nep. Fls. larger, 3 in. across, soli-
tary.— A handsome species, resem-
bling C. montana.
38. apiifdlia, DC. Climbing, to 10
ft.: branchlets pubescent: Ivs. ter-
nate, long-petioled ; Ifts. usually
ovate, coarsely serrate and some-
times 3-lobed or occasionally the
terminal ternate, glabrous above,
pubescent on the veins beneath:
fls. in axillary, many-fld. short
cymes, white, about Kin. across;
sepals pubescent on both sides:
achenes pubescent with plumose
tails. Sept., Oct. Japan. Var.
obtusidentata, Rehd. & Wilson.
Lfts. broader, usually truncate or
subcordate at base, less deeply ser-
rate with shallow rounded teeth,
more pubescent. Cent. China. —
Resembles C. grata in the shape of
the Ifts.
39. brevicaudata, DC. (C. brevi-
) cordata, Hort.). Climbing vigor-
,.;• y/f/;/ ously: Ivs. pinnate to bipinnate;
•'I segms. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
J|pr coarsely toothed, sometimes nearly
entire, nearly glabrous or pubescent:
fls. in axillary panicles, white, K~
%in. across: achenes hairy, rarely
with rather short plumose tails. Aug.-Oct.
r.F. 5*: 139. — A very variable species, but little
'. tenuisepala, Maxim. Segms. with only 1-3
on each side or sometimes entire: fls. about 1 in.
across with glabrous sepals.
40. grata, Wall. High climbing: young branchlets
pubescent: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. usually 5, broadly ovate,
usually cordate at the base, incisely serrate, sometimes
3-lobed, 1-2 in. long, pubescent on both sides or gla-
brous above: fls. %-l in. across, creamy white, in large
panicles; sepals tomentose outside: achenes densely
pubescent, with long feathery tails. Sept., Oct. Him-
alayas. G.M. 47:642. Gn. 66, p. 365; 71, p. 506. Var.
lobulata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. with coarser and fewer
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
797
rounded teeth, often 3-lobed or 3-parted, densely
pubescent on both sides. Cent. China. Var. grandi-
dentata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. occasionally only 3,
incisely dentate, usually rounded at base, glabrescent
above, silky pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins,
2-3 H in. long. Cent. China.
991.
Flower of Clematis
paniculata.
990. Clematis paniculate. ( X Yz)
41. Vitalba, Linn. In England called TRAVELER'S
JOY. The most vigorous climber of the genus, ascend-
ing 20-30 ft.: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, cordate at the base, partly cut, 2-3^
in. long: fls. numerous, in axillary panicles, dull white,
%in. across, with a faint odor of almonds: styles of
fr. long and feathery, from which it is given the name
"old man's beard." July-Sept. Eu., N. Afr. Cauca-
sus region. Gn. 31, p. 187; 45, p. 389; 53, p. 546. M.
D.G. 1898:319. J.H. III. 54:441. H.W. 3, p. 13.—
There is a hybrid of this species with C. heraclesefolia,
for which see No. 12.
42. virginiana, Linn. Fig. 992. Climbing 12-15 ft.:
Ivs. ternate; Ifts. glabrous, cut-toothed, bases often
cordate, 2-3 in. long: fls. white, in leafy panicles, often
mono3cious or dioecious, about 1 in. across when
expanded; plumose styles 1 in. or more in length. July-
Sept. Nova Scotia to Ga., westward to Kan. G.W.-
F.A. 12. V. 3:19; 9:36. Var. Catesbyana, Brit. (C.
Catesbyana, Pursh). Lvs. somewhat pubescent, often
biternate. Southeastern states. Intro. 1883.
43. ligusticifolia, Nutt. Allied to C. virginiana, but
having 5-7 Ifts., of firmer texture, rather more pubes-
cent, variable in form and margin, but usually 3-lobed
or coarsely toothed, 1-2 in. long: fls. white, %in.
across, in terminal and axillary panicles; styles densely
silky-pubescent, with long, straight
hairs. Aug. Mo. to New Mex. and A
Brit. Col. Intro. 1881. Var. calif 6r- M
nica, Wats., has no marked differ- v<\
ence: Ivs. usually smaller and per-
haps more tomentose.
44. Drummondii, Torr. &
Gray. Climbing: st. and Ivs.
ashy pubescent: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts.
coarsely cleft, with the segms. more
or less flaring and sometimes
toothed, J^-l in. long: fls. dioeci-
ous, white, %in. across, in 3-fld.
cymes or sometimes solitary; styles '
becoming 2-4 in. long. Sept. Dry ground, Texas to
Ariz.
45. lasiantha, Nutt. Climbing; tomentulose: Ivs.
ternate; Ifts. roundish, few-toothed, tomentulose on
both sides or glabrous above, 1-2 in. long: fls. 1-3, axil-
lary from scaly buds on last year's branches, white, fra-
grant, \l/2 in. across; sepals tomentose outside: achenes
pubescent, with long feathery tails. Spring. Calif.
Group HEXAPETAL^:.
46. indivisa, Willd. Large woody climber: Ivs. ter-
nate, coriaceous; Ifts. ovate-oblong to narrow-oblong,
subcordate, 1-4 in. long, usually entire: fls. in axillary
panicles, white, 2-4 in. across
with 6-8 oblong sepals: achenes
pubescent with a long plumose
tail. New Zeal. — Only the fol-
lowing var. seems to be in
cult.: Var. lobata, Hook. Lfts.
more or less lobed or even 3-^
parted. B.M.4398. R.H. 1853:
241. F.S. 4:402. Gn. 12:400; 41,
p. 336; 53, p. 547; 74, p. 527;
77, p. 67. H.F. 1853:144. G.C.
III. 29:215; 38: 135. G.M. 50:
267. G. 8:289; 32:281-3. J.H.
111.62:387. A.F.13:879; 16:56;
30:221. Gng. 16:199; 8:356. G.F. 6:167.— Only for
warm or temperate regions, often cult, as a green-
house plant and flowering profusely in winter and
early spring.
Group ORIENTALES.
47. orientalis, Linn. (C. graveolens, Lindl.). A rapid
climber, reaching 12-15 ft.: Ivs. thin, glaucous and
shiny, pinnate; Ifts. 3-parted or -lobed, with small,
ovate or oblong-ovate, entire or cut-toothed divisions
l/2-l% in. long: fls. in few-fld. cymes, sometimes
solitary, becoming erect or nearly so, 13^ in. across;
sepals 4, yellow, tinted with green, pubescent on both
sides, spreading, somewhat reflexed; styles plumose.
Aug., Sept. Himalaya region to Persia. Lav. 21.
B.M. 4495. Gn. 31, p. 186; 45:240; 52, p. 501. F.S.
4:3746 (pi. 336); 6:548. R.H. 1855:321; 1899, p.
530. J.F. 2:128. P.F.G. 2, p. 67. Gng. 5:227.
V. 3:362.
48. glaftca, Willd. (C. orientalis var. glaiica, Maxim.).
Slender climber, glabrous: Ivs. pinnate, very glaucous;
Ifts. usually oblong, obtusish, entire or sometimes 3-
lobed or 3-parted, 1-2 in. long: fls.
yellow, open, campanulate, nodding,
1^2 m- across, in few-fld. axillary
cymes; sepals quite glabrous inside and
nearly so outside, not reflexed: achenes
with long plumose tails. Aug.-Oct.
Siberia to W. China. R.H. 1890, p.
561. — Hardier than the
preceding species. Var.
akebioides, Rehd. & Wil-
son. Lfts. usually 3-lobed
with broad rounded lobes
often coarsely crenate,
about 1 in.
long: fls. usu-
ally in 3's,
rarely solitary.
W. China. Var.
angustifdlia,
Ledeb. (C. in-
tricdta, Bunge).
Lfts. usually
3-parted with narrow
generally linear-lanceo-
late segms. Mongolia.
49. tangfctica, Kor-
shinsky (C. orientalis
var. tangutica, Maxim.
C. eridpoda, Koehne,
not Maxim.). Climb-
798
CLEMATIS
CLEMATOCLETHRA
ing, to 10 ft.: young branchlets slightly villous or nearly
glabrous: Ivs. green, pinnate; Ifts. oblong-lanceolate or
lanceolate, acuminate, irregularly serrate with spread-
ing teeth, sometimes 3-lobed or 3-parted, 1-3 in. long:
fls. solitary, bright yellow, nodding, 3 in. across; sepals
glabrous, except at the margin, acuminate or obtusish:
achenes with very long plumose tails. June, sometimes
again in Aug. Mongolia to W. China. B.M. 7710.
R.H. 1902:528. G.W. 14, p. 651. — Very handsome
with its showy bright yellow fls. and later in summer
with its large heads of feathery frs.; hardy.
50. serratifdlia, Rehd. (C. koreana, Hort., not
Komarov). Shrubby climber: Ivs. biternate, bright
green, glabrous; Ifts. ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate,
acuminate, inequally serrate, 1-2 % in. long: fls. 1-3,
axillary, long-stalked, yellow, nodding, 2 in. across;
sepals glabrous, except at the margin: achenes with
long plumose tails. Aug., Sept. Korea. — Handsome
and quite hardy. The true C. koreana belongs to the
Atragene group and has petaloid staminodes.
C. acutdngula, Hook. f. & Thorns. Allied to C. lasiandra. Sts.
deeply grooved: Ivs. bipinnate, with ovate or ovate-lanceolate
crenate Ifts. : fls. axillary, brownish yellow, with the sepals winged
on the back. Sept., Oct. Himalayas. Not hardy N. — C. Addisonii,
Brit. Allied to C. Viorna. Upright herb; glabrous: lower Ivs.
simple, upper pinnate: fls. purplish. May, June. Va. and N. C.
G.F. 9:325. — C. angustifdlia, Jacq. Allied to C. recta. Lvs. pin-
nate with simple or 3-parted linear Ifts.: fls. solitary or in 3's
with 4-8 sepals. S. Eu. R.F.G. 4 : 62 (4665). — C. aristata, R. Br.
Allied to C. indivisa. Evergreen: lys. _ternate, with ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, cordate Ifts.: fls. dioecious, white, in few-fld.
axillary corymbs, 2 in. across, fragrant. Austral. B.R. 3:238
and L.B.C. 7:620 (pistillate plant). G.C. III. 32:55 (staminate
plant). Var. Dennises, Guilf. (C. Sanderi, Wats.). Fls. with sal-
mon-red filaments. B.M. 8367. Tender. — C. barbeUata, Edgew.
Allied to C. montana. Lfts. ovate-lanceolate, toothed: fls. solitary,
large, dull purple: achenes glabrous. Himalaya. R.H. 1858, p.
407. B.M. 4794. F.S. 9:956.--C. Benthamidna, Hemsl. (C. terni-
flora, Benth. not DC.). Allied to C. Meyeniana and C. chinensis.
Lfts. 5, broadly ovate, subcordate, sparingly pubescent, l%-2 in.
long: fls. in axillary and terminal panicles, white, %in. across.
China. — Of no particular ornamental value.— C. brachiata, Thunb.
Climbing; pubescent: Ivs. bipinnate or the upper pinnate; Ifts.
ovate, coarsely toothed: fls. greenish white, in axillary' panicles,
fragrant, 1-1% in. across; sepals spreading obtuse; filaments hairy
at the base. S. Afr. B.R. 2:97. G.C. III. 30:367. Tender.— C.
brachyura, Maxim. Similar to C. recta. Herbaceous, upright:
Ivs. pinnate with 3-5 ovate, 3-nerved Ifts.: fls. axillary, solitary,
white; sepals glabrous except at the margin: achenes few with
short pubescent style. Korea. — C. Buchananiana, DC. Allied to
C. nutans. Large climber, hairy: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. broadly ovate,
serrate or lobed: fls. in panicles, tubular; sepals ribbed. Himalaya.
See also C. nutans var. thyrsoidea.— C. chinensis, Retz. Allied to
C. Meyeniana. Lfts. 5, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, nearly glabrous,
%-!% in. long: fls. in axillary and terminal panicles. China. —
C. chrysocdma, Franch. Allied to C. montana. Upright shrub:
Ifts. obovate with few coarse teeth, %-!% in. long, yellowish
silky-pubescent beneath: fls. axillary, 1-3, 2 in. across; sepals white
with pink margin. China. B.M. 8395. — C. connata, DC. Allied
to C. nutans. Large climber; glabrous: Ifts. 3-7, broadly ovate,
slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous, cordate at base, coarsely
serrate, often 3-lobed, 2-4 in. long: fls. %-l in. long, in many-fld.
panicles. Himalayas. G.F. 4:235. — C. Delavayi, Franch. Allied
apparently not hardy N. — C. Gebleriana, Bong.=C. songarica var.
Gebleriana.— C. Gouriana, Roxbg. Allied to C. grata. Tall climber;
usually glabrous: Ivs. pinnate or bipinnate; Ifts. ovate-oblong,
glabrous above, pubescent or sometimes glabrous beneath: fls.
H-J-iin. across, white, in large panicles. Himalayas. S. Asia.,
Philippine Isls. Wight, Icon. 933-4.— C. grewizefldra, DC.
Allied to C. nutans. Tall woody climber; densely tomentose: Ifts.
3-5, broadly ovate, cordate, serrate, usually deeply 5-lobed, 3-4
in. long: fls. 1% in. long, tubular-campanulate, tawny yellow.
Himalayas. B.M. 6369.— Very distinct, but only for warmer
regions. — C. hexapetala, Forst. (C. hexasepala, DC.). Allied to C.
indivisa. Lvs. ternate; Ifts. coarsely dentate or lobed: fls. dioecious
in axillary cymes, greenish white, fragrant, 1 in. across. New Zeal
B.R. 32:44.— C. koreana, Komarov. Allied to C. alpina. Lvs
ternate or biternate; Ifts. ovate, cordate, coarsely toothed: fls.
yellow or violet; sepals about 1 in. long; staminode, spatulate
na,r.r°Jw- K°rea: Act. Hort. Petrop. 22 : 6.— C. macropetala, Ledeb.
Allied to C. alpina. Lvs. ternate or biternate; Ifts. coarsely serrate
or nearly entire: fls. large, violet; petaloid staminodes lanceolate
little shorter than sepals. N. China. Gt. 19:651.— C. mendocina',
.Phil. Allied to C. ligusticifolia. Lower Ifts. 3-parted or 3-lobed
segms. lanceolate: fls. monoecious, white, in panicles; sepals spa-
ringly hairy inside: tails of achenes very long. Sept., Oct. Chile
Tender. — C. Pierdtii, Miq. Allied to C. brevicaudata. Slender
climber: Ivs. biternate; Ifts. ovate-oblong, coarsely serrate, 1%—
2% in. long: fls. white, %in. across, solitary, or in 3-fld., rarely
many-fld. cymes: achenes glabrous, with rather short plumose
tails. Aug. Japan. — C. quinquefoliolata, Hutchinson (C. Meyeniana
var. heterophylla, Gagnep.). Allied to C. Meyeniana. Lfts. 5,
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, about 3 in. long: cymes few-fld.,
shorter than the Ivs.: tails of fr. fulvous. Cent. China. V.F. 3. —
C. Sdnderi, Wats.=C. aristata var. Dennis®. — C. smilacifdlia,
Wall. Tall woody climber: Ivs. simple, ovate usually cordate,
entire, 3-10 in. long, rarely ternate: fls. 1—1% in. across, brownish
tomentose outside, purple inside, in axillary panicles: achenes with
long feathery tail. B.M. 4259. F.S. 2, pt. 12:3. G.C. III. 30:466.
— C. songarica, Bunge. Allied to C. recta. Shrubby, upright: Ivs.
simple, thickish, grayish green, usually lanceolate, entire or spa-
ringly serrate: fls. yellowish white, in terminal and axillary cymes;
sepals glabrous inside. Turkestan, Mongolia. Var. Gebleriana,
Kuntze (C. Gebleriana, Bong.). Lvs. thinner, more serrate, green.
. — C. Suksddrfii, Robins. Allied to C. ligusticifolia. Lfts. 5, ovate,
to ovate-oblong, 1-1% in. long: fls. in axillary racemes or panicles,
white, 1 in. across; sepals reflexed: achenes few. Brit. Col. G.F.
9:255. — C. Thiinbergii, Steud. Climbing, pubescent or glabrous:
Ivs. pinnate with ovate to lanceolate, often 3-lobed or 3-parted
Ifts.: fls. in axillary panicles; sepals spreading, lanceolate; filaments
hairy at the base. S. Afr. G.C. III. 50:253.
K. C. DAVIS.
ALFRED REHDER.!
CLEMATIS, MOCK: Agdestis clematidea.
CLEMATOCLETHRA (Clematis and clethra, refer-
ring to the similarity of the flower to that of Clethra
and to the climbing habit). Dillenidceas. Shrubs
grown for the profusely produced fragrant flowers and
the attractive black or red berries.
Deciduous slimbing plants: branches with solid
pith: winter-buds conspicuous, free, with several
imbricate scales: Ivs. petioled, usually serrate: fls. in
axillary cymes or panicles, sometimes solitary, white;
sepals 5, imbricate, persistent; petals 5, imbricate;
stamens 10, short; ovary 5-celled, each cell with 10
ovules; style simple, cylindric: fr. berry-like, with
thin flesh, subglobose, usually 5-seeded. — About 12
species in Cent, and W. China. Closely allied' to
Actinidia which is easily distinguished by its numerous
stamens, many styles, many-seeded fr. and in the win-
ter state by its winter-buds being hidden by a swelling
of the tissue around their base. Several species have
been recently intro., but the names of most of them
have not yet been determined. They are apparently
hardier than the Chinese actinidias and superior from
an ornamental point of view on account of their pro-
fusely produced fls. and frs. though the foliage as a rule
is smaller and not quite so handsome. Prop, by seeds
and probably, like actinidias, by greenwood cuttings
in summer and also by hardwood cuttings and layers.
Hemsleyi,Baill.
Climbing, to 20ft.:
young branches
pubescent at first,
soon glabrous : Ivs.
slender petioled,
ovate to oblong-
ovate, acuminate,
denticulate, gla-
brous above,
brownish pubes-
cent on the veins
beneath, 2-4 in.
long : fls. white,
about ^in. across,
4-12 in stalked
axillary cymes: fr.
globose, black,
about J^in. across.
Cent. China. H.I.
29:2808.
integrif 61ia,
Maxim. Quite
glabrous: Ivs.
ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, acumi-
nate, finely serru-
late or entire, dark
green above, glau-
cous beneath,
in. long:
993. Cleome spinosa.
CLEMATOCLETHRA
CLERODENDRON
799
fls. solitary or in 2- or 3-fld. cymes on slender stalks,
white, M~/^in. across: fr. globose, black. W. China.
ALFRED REHDER.
CLEOME (meaning uncertain). Capparidacese. Odd
spider-flowered plants sometimes grown in the flower-
garden.
Sub-shrubs or annual herbs, simple or branched,
glabrous or glandular, with simple Ivs. or 3-7 Ifts., and
white, green, yellow or purplish
fls. borne singly or in racemes;
petals entire, with claws. —
Seventy tropical species, in
both hemispheres. The genus
is distinguished from Gynan-
dropsis by its short torus,
which often bears an appen-
dage, and by the 4-6, rarely 10,
stamens.
The garden cleomes are
chiefly interesting for their
long purple spidery stamens
and showy rose-colored petals.
They succeed in sandy soils
and sunny situations, and can
be used like castor-oil plants
to fill up large gaps in a
border. C. spinosa is the best,
and has lately been planted
considerably in public parks
amongst shrubbery. Propa-
gated by seeds, which are
produced freely in long slender pods borne on long
stalks.
A. Lfts. more than 8.
spindsa, Jacq. (C. pungens, Willd. C. gigantea, Hort.,
not Linn.). GIANT SPIDER PLANT. Figs. 993, 994.
Clammy, strong-scented, 3-4 ft. high: Ifts. usually 5,
sometimes 7, oblong-lanceolate, with a pair of short
stipular spines under the petioles of most of the Ivs.,
and in the tropics some little prickles on the petioles
also: fls. rose-purple, varying to white; petals 4, obo-
vate, clawed, ^in. long; stamens 2-3 in. long, blue or
purple. N. C. to La. (naturalized from Trop. Amer.)
and escaped from gardens. B.M. 1640. G.C. III. 45:
115. — A tender biennial north, but annual in the
tropics. The plant recently intro. as C. gigantea is
not the true species, which is a green-fld. S. Amer-
ican plant as yet apparently unknown in the trade in
this country. C. spinosa differs widely in the extent
and character of its spines. The fls. vary in the
development of the style; Fig. 994 shows a fully per-
fected style.
speciosissima, Deppe. Annual or half -shrubby,
sometimes 5 ft. high: sts. strongly hairy without spines;
Ifts. 5-7, lanceolate, dentate, narrowed at the base, con-
spicuously hairy on both sides : fls. light purple or pur-
plish rose. July to fall. Mex. B.R. 1312.— Said to be
the showiest of cleomes. Under this name a very dif-
erent plant is passing,
the Ifts. of which have
only minute hairs but
rather numerous spines.
AA. Lfts. 3.
serrulata, Pursh (C.
integrifblia, Torr. &
Gray). ROCKY MOUN-
TAIN BEE-PLANT. Gla-
brous, 2-3 or even 6 ft.
high: Ifts. 3, lanceolate
to obovate-oblong, en-
tire, or rarely with a
few minute teeth : bracts
much narrower than in
C. spinosa: petals rose, 995. Clerodendron
rarely white, 3-toothed; receptacle with a flat, con-
spicuous appendage. Along streams in saline soils of
prairies. — In cult, over 30 years as a bee-plant.
C. dendrotdea, Schult. Tree-like, 10-14 ft. : fls. blackish purple.
Brazil. B.M. 3296. — C. gigantea, Linn. Shrubby, 3-5 ft., downy:
Ifts. 7, lanceolate, lance-oblong or oblanceolate, the entire If.
shorter than petiole: fls. greenish; petals linear, 2 in. or more long,
cohering by their margins and opening only on one side; sepals
long-linear, glandular, becoming revojute. Trop. Amer. B.M.
3137. — C. speciosa, HBK=Gyuandropsis. -j^- rp ,
CLERODENDRON (Greek,
chance and tree: of no signifi-
cance). Includes Siphondntha
and Volkameria. Verbenaceae.
Greenhouse climbers and hardy
shrubs and other ornamental
plants, grown for the showy
white, violet or red flowers.
Shrubs or trees, often scan-
dent: Ivs. opposite or verticil-
late, mostly entire or
not compound: fls. in
mostly terminal
cymes or panicles;
calyx campanulate or
rarely tubular, shal-
lowly 5-toothed or 5-
1 o b e d ; coroll a-tube
usually slender and
cylindrical, the limb
5-parted and spread-
~ ing, the lobes some-
what unequal; sta-
mens 4, affixed on the corolla-tube, long-exserted and
curved; style exserted, 2-cleft at the end; ovary
4-loculed : fr. a drupe inclosed in the calyx. — About 100
species, in the tropics, mostly of the eastern hemisphere.
Clerodendrons are divided into two garden sections,
— those with a shrubby habit, and the twining kinds.
The culture is about the same for both kinds. They
may be grown from seeds or from cuttings of the half-
ripened wood. In either case, use 2-inch pots filled with
a mixture of equal parts of leaf-mold or peat and good
sharp sand. Place a cutting or a seed in each pot, and
press moderately firm. Leave the pots in a tight case
with a temperature of 70°, and keep the soil at all times
fairly moist. When the pots are filled with roots, shift
into a 4-inch pot, using a compost consisting of fibrous
loam two parts, leaf-mold and sand one part each,
and a fifth part of well-rotted manure. Pot rather firm,
as this insures a stronger growth, and during the grow-
ing season keep in a night temperature of 65°.— Clero-
dendrons may be flowered in any size pot desired, and
some of the species, notably C. Balfourii (or properly
C. Thomsons), can be had in flower from Easter until
late September. This species is probably the best and
most useful, either for decorative work or exhibition
purposes; when it is grown in large pots, a good rough
material may be used for potting. A good stiff fibrous loam
with about one-third
part of decayed manure
is best. When the sea-
son's growth is com-
pleted, gradually with-
hold water for two
months and lower the
night temperature from
65° to 55°. Many of the
leaves under the above
treatment will drop and
the wood will become
firm. If plants are
wanted
in flower
about
Thomson®. (xlA) "S Easter,
800
CLERODENDRON
give them a thorough soaking with water about
January 1, and raise the temperature again to 65° by
night, letting it rise during the day to 75° to 80°.
Syringe the plants two or three times a day, which will
encourage the young growths to start all over the
ripened wood. When this takes place, the plant will either
have to be repotted or fed liberally with liquid manure
and fertilizers, repotting usually resulting in larger
panicles of flowers. If feeding is resorted to, a handful
of green cow-manure to a watering-pot containing two
and a half or three gallons of water is
sufficient; and if any of the popular
fertilizers are used for a change, a
small handful to the same amount of
water will answer. Water twice in
between with clean water.
Plants for a succession may
be started when the first are
beginning to
show the crim-
son at the end
of the flower,
and so on until
the end of July or
first of August.
— Clerodendrons
are not subject
to insect pests if
kept thoroughly
syringed during their growing season.
If this is neglected, the shrubby kinds
may become affected with brown-
scale or mealy-bug, which should be
immediately treated with the usual
hydrocyanic gas fumigation. (George
F. Stewart.)
INDEX.
Balfouri, 1.
Bungei, 15.
coronaria, 4.
delectum, 1.
delicatum, 1.
fallax, 13.
Fargesii, 7.
foetidum, 15.
fragrans, 4.
incisum, 10.
inerme, 8.
infortunatum, 5.
Kaempferi, 12.
macrosiphon, 10.
myrmecophilum, 14.
serotinum, 6.
Siphonanthus, 11.
speciosum, 3.
splendens, 2.
squamatum, 12.
Thomsonse, 1.
tomentosum, 9.
trichotomum, 6, 7.
viscosum, 5.
A. Plant of twining habit.
1. Thomsonae, Balfour (C. Bdl-
fouri, Hort.). Fig. 995. Tall, twining,
glabrous evergreen shrub: Ivs. oppo-
site, oblong-ovate and acuminate,
strongly several-nerved, entire, pet-
ioled: fls. in axillary, and terminal
forking lax cymes; calyx strongly
5-angled, narrowed at the apex, white;
corolla-limb light crimson and spread-
ing; corolla-tube 1 in. long; stamens
%in. long. W. Afr. B.M.5313. RH
1867:310; 1902:504. G.M. 46:173'
G.W 4, p. 439; 8, p. 173; 13, p. 340. F.E. 28:261 —A
warmhouse plant of great merit, and the most popular
the tender species. Blooms profusely on the young
S iTn o d v?CtVm! Hort" ((Y deUctum a*d C. delicl
tor^Hort.). Fl.-clusters very large; calyx pure white
or green-tinged; corolla large, rose-magenta.
2. splendens, Don (Siphondnthus splendens, Hiern)
A most excellent stove climber: sts. slender woody,'
glabrous, slightly angled: Ivs. opposite, variable, oblong-
cordate or elliptic, 4-6 in. long, dark green petiole
rather short: fls. in dense many-flowered cymes on
leafy growths from the ripened wood of the previous
year, bright scarlet passing into bright yellow, an inch
or more in diam.; stamens 1 in. long. Trop Af r B R
28:7. R.H. 1902:504. H.U. 5, p. 325.
CLERODENDRON
3. specidsum, Hort. A garden hybrid between C.
splendens and C. Thomsonse, intermediate in habit and
foliage : the fls. are produced in profusion, are dull red,
and are continuously borne throughput the summer
months; old calices more or less persistent, and orna-
mental pale red after fls. are past. — As figured in R. H.
1873, 471 and Gn. 1877, 404, this recedes very little
from typical C. splendens, according to Baker, but the
C. speciosum hybridum of I. H. 1869, t593 is interme-
diate between C. splendens and C. Thomsonae.
AA. Plant of erect or self-sup-
porting habit.
B. Corolla-tube not much if any
longer than the large calyx:
fls. white or light blush.
4. fragrans, Vent. (C. cor-
onaria, Hort.? Volkameria
fragrans, Vent.). Pubescent,
half shrubby, with
angled branches, 3-
5 ft.: Ivs. broadly
ovate, with trun-
cate or cordate
base, acuminate,
coarsely toothed :
fls. white or blush,
in terminal, corn-
pa c t , hydrangea-
like corymbs, usu-
ally double, deli-
ciously scented. China, Japan.
B.M. 1834.— Very desirable and
fragrant plant for the coolhouse.
Hardy in S. Lvs. ill-scented.
5. infortunatum, Gaertn. (C.
viscosum, Vent.). Height 5-7 ft.,
Kubescent, with square branches:
fs. opposite and stalked, cor-
date-ovate, acuminate, entire or
toothed, hairy: fls. in a loose
villous terminal panicle, white,
with a flesh-colored center, flar-
ing, the tube projecting beyond
the loose, hairy, large, 5-angled
calyx. E. Indies. B.M. 1805.—
Fls. sweet-scented. Greenhouse.
6. trichotomum, Thunb. (C.
serotinum, Carr. Volkameria
japonica, Hort., not Thunb.).
Fig. 996. Slender but erect,
graceful, pubescent sub-shrub,
4-10 ft. high or even higher:
Ivs. mostly opposite, soft and
flaccid, ovate -acuminate, nar-
rowed at the base, very closely
serrate or entire, hairy: fls.
white, with a reddish brown
calyx, on forking, slender, red-
dish peduncles, the corolla-tube
sometimes twice as long as the calyx; segms. of
calyx turning red and affording pleasing contrast
to bright blue frs. Japan. B.M. 6561. Gn. 43:504;
51, p. 320; 75, pp. 67, 447. G. 26:492. J.H. III.
55:355. F.E. 29:653. R.H. 1867, p. 351— A very
handsome, hardy shrub or small tree. In the N. it
kills to the ground, but sprouts up if the crown is pro-
tected.
7. Fargesii, Dode (C. trichdtomum var. Fargesii,
Hort.). A recent shrub, reported as being hardy in
England, rapid-growing: Ivs. dark green or purplish,
opposite, petioled, the blade ovate and acute or acumi-
nate, strongly veined, abruptly narrowed at the base,
entire: fls. in panicles in summer, whitish, fragrant;
sepals lance -ovate, becoming reflexed: fr. globular,
996. Clerodendron trichotomum.
(XH)
CLERODENDRON
801
size of a sweet pea seed, peacock-blue, set on the pur-
ple or crimson old calyx. China. G.M. 54:817. R.H.
1911, p. 522, 523.
8. inerme, Gsertn. Tall shrub or becoming small
tree : Ivs. opposite or ternate, obovate or elliptic, entire,
scentless, privet-like, 11A in. or less long: fls. white,
fragrant, on 3-7-fld. axillary peduncles; corolla-tube
%in. long, the lobes
very short: fr. }^in.
long, smooth, separa-
ting into 4 parts. India,
where it is said to be
used for hedges. —
Offered in S. Calif.
BB. Corolla-tube mark-
edly longer than
the small calyx
(usually 2-3 times
or more longer) .
c. Fls. white.
9. tomentdsum, R.
Br. Shrubby and erect
(often becoming a
small tree), pubescent,
often purplish: Ivs.
opposite and pet-
)ioled, ovate-elliptic
to sub - lanceolate,
short-acuminate, 2-
4 in. long, entire or
sparingly toothed,
pubescent on both
sides, but thickly
so on the under
side: fls. in opposite,
forking compact
clusters, the calyx
not enlarged, the
slim, corolla - tube
long-exserted (3-4 times length of calyx), and the clear
white corolla-lobes reflexed-curled ; anthers yellow,
protruding. Austral. B.M. 1518.— Cult, in S. Calif.
10. macrosiphon, Hook. f. (C. indsum var. macrosi-
phon, Baker). Elegant erect shrub, finely pubescent:
Ivs. opposite, oblanceolate-oblong, acuminate, notched
or pinnatifid: fls. in a nearly sessile terminal cyme or
head, pure white; calyx green, very small; corolla-tube
very narrow, 4-5 in. long, hairy, the limb 1-sided, Kin.
long; filaments 2 in. long, red. E. Afr. B.M. 6695 —
Warmhouse plant of merit, but the handsome fls. are
short-lived.
11. Siphonanthus, R. Br. (Siphondnthus indica,
Willd.). TURK'S TURBAN. TUBE-FLOWER. Shrub,
2-8 ft. high, open-branched : Ivs. opposite or verticillate,
nearly sessile, narrowly lanceolate, entire or nearly so:
fls. long-tubed and white (tube 3-4 in. long) in very
large terminal racemes, the lobes ^in. long, obovate-
oblong: fr. a showy, red and purple berry, which per-
sists a long time. E. Indies. Hardy in Fla.
cc. Fls. red, orange or distinctly lilac.
12. squamatum, Vahl (C. Kaempferi, Sieb.). Shrub
6-10 ft., thinly pubescent: Ivs. large, opposite, round-
cordate, entire or denticulate, acuminate: infl. and fls.
brilliant scarlet; fls. with small red calyx and reflexed,
spreading, unequal corolla-lobes; corolla-tube 1 in. or
less long, very slender: drupe blue-black or greenish
blue, rather fleshy. China. B.R. 649. R.B. 22:253.
Gn. 42:562. Gt. 5:352.— Very showy. Cult, in warm
greenhouses, and in the open in S. Calif, and S. Fla.
The fls. are in an erect branchy, panicle-like cluster.
13. fallax, Lindl. Fig. 997. A highly ornamental
species: st. erect, shrubby, branching after flowering,
bluntly 4-angled: Ivs. large, cordate-ovate, hairy, rich
997. Clerodendron fallax. ( X M)
dark green, often 1 ft. in length and supported by a
stout hairy petiole: infl. erect, often 18 in. or more in
length; fls. bright scarlet, numerous, 1H~2 in. diam.,
tube narrow, lobes reflexed. Java. G.C. III. 45:324.
Gn. 59, p. 179, desc. G.W. 10, p. 247.— Should be in every
collection of warmhouse plants, as it may be induced to
bloom practically all the year round; it should be given a
fairly light position, with slight shade from strong sun.
14. myrmecophilum, Ridley. Shrub, sparingly
branched, 3 ft., with terete sts. and white bark: Ivs.
opposite and alternate, 1 ft. long, linear-oblong, shining
dark green, with a dozen pairs of conspicuous nerves,
short-petioled : fls. yellow-red, in a large, showy terminal
pubescent panicle; calyx about J^in. long; corolla-
tube considerably longer than calyx; corolla-lobes Hm'
long, obovate to oblong and obtuse; filaments red,
much exserted. Singapore. B.M. 7887. G.C. III.
33:291; 35:237. R.H. 1907, p. 443. G. 26:359. G.M.
47:259. Gng. 13:376. A.F. 25:78.— The hollow sts.
afford nesting-places for ants, whence the name
myrmecophilum ("ant-loving"). — Blooms well in 6-in.
pots in a warmhouse, producing panicles 8 in. long on
plants 2 ft. high.
15. foBtidum, Bunge (C. Bungei, Steud.). Shrub,
3-6 ft., pubescent, spiny, of a dwarf spreading habit,
sparsely branched: Ivs. opposite, broad-ovate and
acuminate, stalked, coarsely toothed, often 1 ft. long,
dark green above and red-hairy beneath: fls. rosy-red,
%in. across, tube 3-4 times as long as calyx, in a dense
capitate corymb 4-8 in. across. China. B.M. 4880.
F.S. 9 : 863. G. 27 : 452 ; 30 : 361 .—Cool greenhouse; hardy
in middle and southern states. August. Killed to the
ground in the latitude of Philadelphia, but sprouts
up and blooms. Fls. not fetid, but name given because
of the odor of the bruised Ivs. Spreads by suckers from
the root, and soon forms a mass of beautiful free flower-
ing growths. L. H. B.
CLETHRA (ancient Greek name of the Alder, trans-
ferred to this genus on account of the resemblance of
the leaves). Clethracese. WHITE ALDER. Shrubs or
small trees grown for their handsome spikes of white
fragrant flowers appearing in summer.
Leaves alternate, usually serrate,
deciduous or persistent: fls. white, in
terminal often panicled racemes;
petals 5, erect; stamens 10: caps, split-
ting into 3 valves,
many - seeded. —
About 25 species
in Amer., E. Asia,
Madeira. Only a
few hardy de-
ciduous species
are generally
cult.; valuable
for their showy
spikes of white
fragrant fls., ap-
pearing late in
summer. They
grow best in a
moist, peaty or
sandy soil. Prop,
by seeds, sown in
spring in pans in
sandy and peaty
soil, and by
greenwood cut-
tings under glass,
growing best if
taken from forced
plants in early
spring and placed
in slight bottom
heat; also, in- 998. Clethra tomentosa. (XH)
802
CLETHRA
CLIANTHUS
creased by layers and by division of large plants.
Handsome when forced under glass.
A. Lvs. deciduous: stamens exserted.
B. Racemes usually solitary; stamens pubescent.
acuminata, Michx. Tall shrub or small tree, to 15 ft. :
Ivs. petioled, oval or oblong, acuminate, rounded or
narrowed at the base, sharply serrate, pubescent
beneath at least on the veins, 3-7 in. long: racemes
usually solitary, nodding; sepals acute; style glabrous.
July-Sept. Alleghany Mts., Va. to Ga. L.B.C.15:1427.
BB. Racemes usually panicled.
c. The Ivs. with 7-10 pairs of veins, 1 y^-4 in- long:
sepals obtusish; stamens glabrous.
tomentosa, Lam. (C. alnifdlia var. tomentbsa,
Michx.). Fig. 998. Shrub, 2-8 ft.: Ivs. short-petioled,
obovate, acute or short-acuminate, cuneate, serrate
usually above the middle, pubescent above, tomentose
beneath, 2-4 in. long: racemes few or solitary; style
pubescent. Aug., Sept. N. C. to Fla. and Ala. B.M.
3743. G.F. 4:65 (adapted in Fig. 998). R.H. 1912,
p. 519.
alnifdlia, Linn. SWEET PEPPERBUSH. Shrub, 3-10
ft.: Ivs. short-petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong,
sharply serrate, mostly glabrous or nearly so, 2-4 in.
long: fls. fragrant, in erect, usually panicled racemes.
July-Sept. Maine to Fla. M.D.G. 1890:65; 1903:
473,474. G. 26:63. J.H. III. 31:375. Em. 426. Var.
paniculata, Arb. Kew. (C. paniculdta, Ait.). Lvs.
cuneate-lanceolate, less toothed, green and glabrous
on both sides: racemes panicled. Var. rdsea, Rehd.
With pinkish fls.
cc. The Ivs. with 10-15 pairs of veins, 3-6 in. long.
barbinervis, Sieb. & Zucc. (C. canescens, Authors, not
Reinw.). Shrub or tree, to 30 ft.: branches glabrous:
Ivs. petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong-obovate,
acuminate, sharply dentate-serrate, pubescent beneath
at least on the veins, 3-6 in. long: racemes panicled;
fls. fragrant; pedicels about as long as the fls.; sepals
obtuse; filaments glabrous. July-Sept. E. Asia.
Gt. 19:654.
Fargesii, Franch. Shrub, to 12 ft. : young branchlets
tomentose or nearly glabrous: petioles ^-1 in. long:
Ivs. oblong-ovate or elliptic-oblong, acuminate, broadly
cuneate or rounded at base, sharply serrate, slightly
Eubescent beneath or nearly glabrous, 3-6 in. long:
s. white, in panicled racemes 5-7 in. long; sepals
pointed; filaments hairy, style glabrous. Cent. China.
—One of the most ornamental species on account of
its very long racemes.
AA. Lvs. evergreen: stamens included.
arbdrea, Ait. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs.
cuneate, narrow-elliptic, acuminate, serrate, almost
glabrous, shining above, 3-4 in. long: racemes panicled;
fls. fragrant. Aug.-Oct. Madeira. B.M. 1057. G.C.
111.52:100. J.H. III. 64:245. G.M. 49:97; 52:127.
Gt. 52, p. 209. Gn. 76, p. 428.— It stands only a few
degrees of frost.
C. monostachya, Rehd. & Wilson. Allied to C. Fargesii. Lvs.
cuneate, elliptic-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, glabrous or nearly so:
racemes usually solitary; style appressed pilose. Cent. China. — C.
quercifdlia, Schlecht. Shrub: Ivs. obovate-oblong, tomentose
beneath: racemes panicled. Mex. B.R. 28:23. — C. tinifdlia, Swartz.
Shrub: Ivs. oblong, entire, tomentose beneath: racemes panicled.
Jamaica. — The last two are evergreen and hardy only in subtropi-
cal regions. . ,-,
ALFRED REHDER.
CLEYERA (after Andrew Cleyer, Dutch physician
of the seventeenth century). Ternstrcemeaceae. Green-
house evergreen shrubs distinguished by the petals free
or scarcely coalesced, the pilose anthers, numerous
ovules, and scarcely bracted fls.: sepals 5, with 2
bractlets; petals 5; stigmas 2-3: berries 2-3-celled. —
About 9 species.
ochnacea, DC. (C.japdnica, Sieb. & Zucc.). Height
about 6 ft. : Ivs. oval-oblong, acute at both ends, veined
above, entire. Himalayas. — A tender shrub rarely
cult, in northern greenhouses. In the S. it is cult.
outdoors. It has glossy foliage, numerous creamy
white, fragrant fls., borne in June, and red berries,
which last all winter. — C. japonica was distinguished
by DeCandolle by its oblong-lanceolate Ivs., which
are veinless, and minutely serrate at the apex. Var.
tricolor, Hort., has dark green Ivs., with grayish mark-
ings, and a margin of white and rose, the variegation
being more brilliant in younger Ivs.
WILHELM MILLER.
CLlANTHUS (Greek, glory-flower). Leguminbsse.
GLORY PEA. GLORY VINE. PARROT'S BILL. Tender
half-trailing shrubs, with large, showy flowers of unique
appearance. Swainsona is an allied genus, but its
general appearance is very different and it has acumi-
nate, not obtuse petals. Interesting plants, with pin-
nate Ivs. of many Ifts., and fls. in racemes; scarcely
papilionaceous: pod stalked, many-seeded. — Two or 3
species.
Clianthus Dampieri is somewhat difficult to grow on
its own roots. In Germany, a method has been found
whereby it is as easy to succeed with this species as
with the better-known C. puniceus. The method con-
sists of using small seedling plants of Colutea arbor-
escens as stocks; these are
cut over near the soil and
seedlings of C. Dampieri,
while in the cotyledon
stage, are separated from
the root, the base cut
wedge-shape and inserted
in a cut made in the
colutea stock. While the
union is taking place, the
pots should be placed
under a bell- jar. C. puni-
ceus is an old-fashioned
greenhouse plant, grown
sometimes to cover rafters
or trellis work, but more
frequently trained around
sticks placed about the
^B6 of tne Pot- The
flowers, not very unlike
those of the common Erythrina, are freely produced
in hanging clusters. Cuttings rooted in early spring
may be grown into good-sized plants during the sum-
mer. Water should be given sparingly during the dull
months. Pruning, repotting and tying the shoots
should be done just before the growth begins. A
sharp lookout should be kept for the red spider, fre-
quent sy ringings being the only remedy for this pest.
Propagated by seeds and cuttings. (G. W. Oliver.)
Dampieri, A. Cunn. GLORY PEA. Fig. 999. Height
2-4 ft.: plant glaucous and hoary, with long whitish
silky hairs: sts. slightly tinged with red: petioles longer
than in C. puniceus; Ifts. 15-21, nearly opposite, ses-
sile, usually acute; stipules larger than in C. puniceus:
fls. 4-6 in a raceme, large, drooping, about 3 in. long,
rich crimson or scarlet, with a handsome velvety,
purple-black area on the raised center. Austral. B.
M. 5051. R.H. 1868:230. Gt. 48, p. 272. Gn. 20:86.
Var. germanicus, Hort., is also sold, and is probably
var. marginatus, Hort., which has one petal white,
margined scarlet. See Gn. 37:298 and p. 299 for an
account of grafting this species on stocks of C. puni-
ceus. Var. tricolor, Hort. Keel white except the tip,
which is bright scarlet. Gn. W. 20:409 (desc.).
puniceus, Banks & Soland. PARROT'S BILL. RED
KOWHAI. Height 3-6 ft., much branched: plant gla-
brous: Ifts. 16-28, each with a very short petiole, alter-
nate (at least toward the end of the If.), blunt or
999. Clianthus Dampieri. (X?s)
XXVIII. Stowell Evergreen sweet corn.
CLIANTHUS
CLITORIA
803
slightly notched: fls. 8 or more in a raceme, crimson,
fading with age, at least 3 in. long. New Zeal. B.M.
3584. — Cult, in eastern greenhouses, and a favorite
Californian outdoor shrub. Blooms all winter in
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. A white-fld. form
has been grown in Calif., but is not so popular as the
type. It is commonly cult, in New. Zeal. Var. mag-
nificus, Hort. Clusters of bright scarlet fls.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
CLIDEMIA (old Greek name). Melastomaceae,
About 100 Trop. American species of horticulturally
rather unimportant plants in a family famous for its
foliage plants. Lvs. broad, entire, 5-7-nerved, oppo-
site, petioled: fls. in panicles or axillary clusters, white,
pink, or purple; petals 5 or 6; stamens 10 or 12:
branching shrubs, mostly hairy. C. vittata, Lind. &
Andr6, has large, oval, pointed Ivs. with 5 strong
nerves, and a narrow band of white down each side
of the midrib. I.H. 22:219. R.H. 1876, p. 233.
CLIFF BRAKE: Pellsea.
CLIFTONIA (after Dr. Francis Clifton, an English
physician, d. 1736). Cyrillacese. BUCKWHEAT TREE.
Glabrous evergreen shrub or small tree, rarely cult,
for its early appearing racemes of white or pinkish
fragrant fls.: Ivs. alternate, short-petioled, without
stipules, entire: fls. in terminal racemes; sepals and
petals 5-8; stamens 10, shorter than the petals, the
filaments flattened below; ovary superior, 3-4-celled,
with a 3-4-lobed nearly sessile stigma: fr. indehiscent,
ovoid, with 3-4 wings and as many seeds. The only
species is C. monophylla, Sarg. (C. ligustrina,
Spreng. C. nilida, Gaertn. Mylocdryum ligustrinum,
Sims). Occasionally 50 ft. tall: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,
obtuse, cuneate at the base, dark green above, 1)^-2 in.
long: racemes 1-23/2 in. long; fls. white or pinkish, fra-
grant, about J^in. across: fr. J^in. long. Feb., March;
fr. in Aug., Sept. Ga. to Fla. and La.; swamps. S.S.
2:52. B.M. 1625. — Little known in cult, and now not
in the trade, but well worth cult, for its early, delicate
and fragrant fls.; also the buckwheat-like frs. are
attractive. Hardy as far north as Philadelphia. Thrives
best in humid sandy and peaty soil. Prop, by seeds
and probably like Cyrilla by cuttings of half-ripened
wood under glass with slight bottom heat.
ALFRED REHDER.
CLIMBERS are distinguished from twiners by having
some means of attachment, as tendrils or other special
devices, while twiners rise by twisting their stems round
their support. In a wider sense, the word is often used
synonymously with "vines," including all plants that
use other plants or other objects for support, by what-
ever mechanism or method. By "trailers," nurserymen
commonly mean low-growing vines, and by "climbers,"
tall-growing vines. See Vines.
CLIMBING FERN: Lygodium. Climbing Fumitory: Adlumia
fungosa. Climbing Hempweed: Mikania scandens. Climbing
Lily: Gloriosa superba.
CLINOSTIGMA (Greek, inclined stigma). Pal-
mdceas, tribe Arecese. Low spineless palms with the
habit and somewhat the appearance of small kentias;
feather-leaved.
Trunks not over 8 ft., usually conspicuously ringed:
Ivs. usually 3-4 ft. long, rarely more, and pinnate; Ifts.
scythe-shaped, or lanceolate, 2-parted or obliquely
truncate at the apex, not revolute at the base; rachis
scaly, convex beneath, grooved above: fls. monoecious
in the same spadix, sessile along its branches, the
male usually 2 together, the female solitary; spadix
long and usually much branched; in the male there are
3 imbricate outer segms. and 3 valvate inner segms. to
the perianth, with 6 stamens surrounding an abortive
ovary: fr. obliquely globular. — Species 3, one from
Austral., one from Samoa, and another from Fiji. Only
the following is known in cult., and it is a rare palm.
Its graceful Ivs. and convenient dwarf habit should
commend it to the trade. For cult, see Kentia.
Mooreanum, F. Muell. (Kentia Mooredna, F. Muell.).
Dwarf palm, 3-4 ft. high: Ivs. 3-4 ft. long; segms.
numerous, about 1 ft. long, longitudinally plicate when
young: spadix at first closely sessile, very much
branched when older. New S. Wales, confined to Lord
Howe's Isl. — This graceful and recent palm resembles
Howea Forsteriana somewhat in habit of growth, but
its arching Ivs. spread wider, and its sts. are dark pur-
plish, and its pinnae tough and leathery. The palm is
free and clean in growth. jq-. TAYLOR
CLINTONIA (after DeWitt Clinton, the famous
Governor of New York and promoter of the Erie Canal).
Liliacese. A small group of low-growing, herbaceous
plants of North America and Asia, with a few tufted,
broad shining leaves, and usually umbels of flowers.
Perianth -segms. equal or nearly so; stamens 6,
inserted at the base of the perianth-segms. : ovary 2-3-
celled with 2 to several ovules in each cavity: fls. on
scapes: root-stocks slender: fr. a globose or oval berry.
For C. pulchella and other species of the abandoned,
genus Clintonia of Hort., see Downingia a very different
genus belonging to Campanulacese.
Clintonias grow in cool, moist woods, and fanciers
can secure them from some dealers in native plants. It
is difficult to tell the species apart by the leaves.
A. Scape bearing an umbel of fls.
B. Fls. greenish yellow.
borealis, Raf . Height 1-2 ft. : fls. 3-6, nodding, green,
margined yellow. Labrador to Winnipeg and south to
N. C. B.M. 1403 (as Smilacina borealis) .— This is
one of the choicer plants of cool, moist woods, known
to plant lovers chiefly by its handsome umbels of blue
berries found in autumn, which are borne above the
large, dark green, shining Ivs. The commonest species,
but not easily grown below elevations of 1,000 ft.
BB. Fls. white, with green spots.
umbellulata, Torr. Fls. 10-20 or more, smaller than
in C. borealis, erect or nearly so, white, with green or
purplish spots. Alleghany Mts. from N. Y. to Ga. B.M.
1155 (as Smilacina borealis). — This species has the
smallest fls. of the group, and is the only one that has
but a single pair of ovules in each cell of the ovary.
BBB. Fls. deep rose.
Andrewsiana, Torr. One to 1H ft- high, bearing 4
sessile, oblong, acute Ivs., and 20 or more nearly erect
fls. which are in dense umbels. Calif., to S. Ore., in
deep, cool woods, in clayey soil rich in mold. B.M.
7092. — The showiest of the group. Cult, to some
extent.
AA. Scape bearing 1 white fl.
unifldra, Kunth. The only species in which the
scape is shorter than the Ivs.: fls. nearly erect; rarely
there are 2 fls.: Ivs. narrow, obovate-lanceolate, hairy.
Calif, to Alaska. WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
CLITORIA (derivation recondite). Leguminbsse.
BUTTERFLY-PEA. Glasshouse vines with pea-like flow-
ers; and also hardy perennials.
A widespread and variable genus of 30 species
allied to Centrosema, and characterized by the calyx-
tube being cylindrical and longer than the lobes:
standard narrowed at the base, not appendaged on the
back; stamens in one group, the anthers all alike;
style often bearded. The most important garden plant
is C. Ternatea, a warmhouse annual twiner, reaching
15 ft., and requiring no special cult. It has very showy
blue fls.
804
CLITORIA
CLOTBUR
A. Lfts. 5.
Ternatea, Linn. (C. cserulea, Hort. Ternatea vulgaris,
HBK.)- Lfts. 5, oblong, obtuse, short-petioled : fls. 1 in.
or more long, rich blue, with beautiful markings, espe-
cially on the standard. B.M. 1542. Gn. 38:132. P.M.
7:147 and 13:79. — Name from Ternate, one of the
Molucca Isls. and not from ternate, meaning 3-leafleted.
1000. Clivia miniata.
Hardy in Cent. Fla., where it is usually a biennial.
C. alba, Hort., is a white form. More or less double
forms have been known for over a century.
AA. Lfts. 3.
mariana, Linn. Hardy perennial, smooth, erect, or
slightly twining, 1-3 ft. high: Ifts. 3, obovate or ovate-
lanceolate : fls. light blue, 2 in. long, on short peduncles :
pod straight, few-seeded. Summer. Dry banks, N. Y.
to Fla. and west to Mo. Also India and Burma. —
Rarely sold by dealers in native plants.
arborescens, Ait. St. shrubby, the rusty colored
branches twining: Ivs. trifoliolate, the Ifts. elliptical
or oval: fls. racemose, showy, purple, the standard
more than 2 in. long. Trop. Amer. B.M. 3165. — An
excellent warmhouse climber, grown chiefly in botanic
gardens. WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
CLIVIA (after a Duchess of Northumberland and
member of the Clive family). Syn., Imantophyllum.
Amaryllidacese. Tender bulbous plants with handsome
evergreen foliage and showy, bright red or red and
yellow flowers in large umbels.
Bulb imperfect, mostly of old If .-bases: perianth
funnelform, curved or straight, the segms. much longer
than the tube; ovules 5-6 in each cell: fr. a berry, dif-
fering in this from the capsular fr. of Nerine. — Three
species from S. Afr. J. G. Baker, Amaryllidese, p. 61.
Olivias make excellent house plants, but, like amaryl-
lis, are too costly to be very popular. They have the
advantage over amaryllis of having attractive foliage
all the year round, and are more certain to bloom
well. They have thick, fleshy roots, like an agapanthus.
All the species are well worth growing, because of
their handsome umbels of flowers, produced during the
spring and early summer months. Clivia miniata is the
species most commonly grown. There are several dis-
tinct forms of this, with larger and deeper colored
flowers. Established plants may be grown in the same
pots for several years, if the plants are fed during the
growing period with weak liquid manure. In potting,
the soil given should be of a lasting nature, not easily
soured, nor likely to become sodden. In arranging the
drainage, place one large piece, concave side down,
over the hole, and around this arrange several smaller
pieces. Over these place one or two handfuls of pieces
small enough to go through a No. 2 sieve. The best
time to pot is after the flowers have been produced.
The plants should then be kept for some time in a humid
atmosphere to encourage growth, receiving an abun-
dance of water after they are well started. After growth
has been completed, they will winter safely in an ordi-
nary greenhouse temperature (not under 40°), if kept
rather dry at the root. For propagation, choose old
plants which have become crowded in their pots, so
that the entire plant can be pulled to pieces. After
trimming the roots, put the growths in small pots and
keep in heat, to encourage root action. Clivias are
well suited for planting permanently in the front part
of greenhouse borders. The soil for this purpose should
be rich and well firmed about the roots. Withhold
water as much as possible during the resting period,
or the plants will produce leaves at the expense of the
flowers. (G. W. Oliver.)
A. Fls. erect; perianth broadly funnel-shaped.
miniata, Regel (Imantophyllum miniatum, Hook.).
Fig. 1000. Lvs. 16-20, in a tuft, sword-shaped, tapering
to a point, 1)4 ft. long, 1)4-2 in. broad: fls. 12-20, in
an umbel; perianth erect, bright scarlet, with a yellow
throat; tube broadly funnel-shaped, longer 'than C.
nobilis; segms. about 2 in. long, the inner ones broader
than the outer; stamens shorter than the segms.;
style not exserted: berries ovoid, bright red, 1 in. long.
Natal. B.M. 4783. R.H. 1859, pp. 126-7; 1869:250,
and 1894, p. 572. F.S. 9:949; 23:2373. I.H. 26:343;
36:80; 37:102; 40:177.— /. cyrtanthiflorum, Van
Houtte (F.S. 18:1877), is a hybrid between this species
and the next. It has a curved perianth, with the inner
segms. of the limb twice as broad as the outer; sta-
mens longer than the corolla. R.H.
8:259 (desc.). Var. afcrea, Hort. Fls.
yellow with a deeper shade at base of
the segms. Var. striata, Hort. Lvs.
freely variegated.
AA. Fls. pendulous; perianth narrowly
funnel-shaped.
nobilis, Lindl. (Imantophyllum
Aitoni, Hook.). Lvs. about 12, strap-
shaped, very obtuse, with a roughish
edge: fls. 40-60, in an umbel; perianth
curved and drooping; tube narrowly
funnel-shaped, shorter than in C.
miniata; segms. tipped with green,
about 1 in. long; stamens as long as
the segms.; style exserted. Cape
Colony. B.M. 2856. L.B.C.20:1906.
Intro, to cult. 1828. — /. cyrtanthiflo-
rum, Van Houtte (F.S. 18: 1877), said
to be a hybrid between this and the
above, shows little if any influence of
C. miniata. It has the narrow-tubed,
pendulous fls. and the greenish tinge
of C. nobilis. R.H. 1894, p. 573.
C. Gdrdenii, Hook. Very much as in C.
nobilis but with the corolla-lobes obviously
spreading: stamens as long as the perianth-
segms. ; anthers oblong, yellow. B.M. 4895. —
A desirable plant. WlLHELM MlLLER. 100l.
N. TAYLOR. f Trifolium pratense.
CLOTBUR, a weed: Xanthium. Root-system.
CLOVE PINK
CLYTOSTOMA
805
CLOVE PINK: The carnation, Dianthus Caryophyllus.
CLOVER. Species of Trifolium (Leguminosse), par-
ticularly those that are useful in agriculture. The
word is also applied to species of related genera, as
Medicago. The sweet clover is Melilotus. Bush and
Japan clover are Lespedezas. Prairie clover is a
Petalostemon.
About 300 species of Trifolium have been described.
These are widely dispersed in temperate climates. The
flowers are papilionaceous but small, and are dis-
posed in dense heads or spikes. The leaves are digitately
or palmately 3-foliolate. The common European red
clover is T. pratense, Linn., now thoroughly naturalized
in North America, but supposed not to be native here.
It is valuable both for stock feed (as pasturage and hay),
and also as a green manure. As a manure crop, to be
plowed under, it is particularly useful because of its
deep root-system and its power (in common with other
leguminous plants) of fixing the nitrogen of the air by
means of its roots. Fig. 1001 illustrates the root sys-
tem. Fig. 1002 shows the root of a fifteen-months-
old plant that grew in hard clay soil. It is 22 inches
long, and some of the root was left in the ground. The
mammoth red clover (T. medium, Linn.) is perhaps an
offshoot of T. pratense. It is usually a larger plant, with
zigzag stem, entire and spotted leaflets, and longer-
stalked head. White clover, or shamrock, is T. repens,
Linn., introduced from Europe,
and supposed to be native to
North America as well. Alsike
clover, T. hybridum, Linn., is of
1002. The penetrating root
of the red clover.
1003. Crimson clover. — Trifolium
incarnatum. ( X }•£)
Old World nativity. The crimson or scarlet clover (T.
incarnatum, Linn.), Fig. 1003, an annual from south-
ern Europe, is now much grown as a catch- or cover-
crop in orchards. See Cover-crops. It is also highly
ornamental, and is worthy the attention of the florist.
For agricultural
discussion of the
clovers, see Vol.
II, Cyclo. Amer.
Agric. L. H. B.
CLOVES are
the dried flower-
buds (Fig. 1004)
of a handsome
tree of the myrtle
family Jambosa
Caryophyllus or
Eugenia caryo-
phyllata, better
known as Caryo-
phyllus aroma-
ticus, a native of
the Spice Islands,
but now culti-
vated in the West
Indies and else-
where. See Eu-
genia. Caryophyl-
lus, the ancient
name of the clove,
means "nut-leaf."
The carnation, or
"clove pink, "was
named Dianthus
Caryophyllus be-
cause of its clove-
like odor, and it
has become the
type of the great order Caryophyllacese, which, how-
ever, is far removed botanically from the Myrtaceae.
The word "gilliflower" is a corruption of Caryophyllus,
and, until Shakespeare's time and after, was applied to
the carnation, but now-a-days it usually refers to cer-
tain cruciferous plants of the genera Cheiranthus and
Matthiola.
The clove bark of pharmacy is secured from Dicy-
pellium caryophyllatum, of Brazil, one of the Lauraceae.
The word clove is used among gardeners for a small
secondary bulb employed for propagating, specially for
the little bulb that forms in a scale-axil of a larger bulb.
CLUB-MOSS: Lycopodium.
CLUYTIA (after Cluyt, Dutch botanist of 16th cen-
tury). Euphorbidceae. Evergreen greenhouse shrubs
from S. Afr., rarely cult., chiefly in botanical gardens.
Habit often ericoid: Ivs. alternate, small, entire: fls.
clustered in the axils, staminate with petals; calyx
imbricate; stamens about 5; ovules 3. Prop, by cut-
tings. C. pulchella, Linn., is a small shrub: Ivs.
ovate and somewhat acute, petioled, glabrous, entire:
fls. axillary, small, white. B.M. 1945.
J. B. S. NORTON.
CLYTOSTOMA (Greek klytos, splendid or beauteous,
and stoma mouth; alluding to the beautiful flowers).
Bignonidcese. Ornamental vines, grown for their
beautiful flowers.
Evergreen shrubs, climbing by leaf -tendrils : Ivs.
opposite, with 1 pair of short-stalked entire Ifts., the
rachis elongated into a slender simple tendril, some-
times wanting: fls. in 2's, axillary, or terminal or in
panicles; calyx campanulate with 5 small or subulate
teeth; corolla funnelform- campanulate with imbri-
cate rounded lobes; stamens 4, with spreading anther-
cells; disk short; ovary conical, warty, 2-celled, with
1004. Clove.
1. Spray of leaves and flowers; 2. The
expanded flower; 3. An unopened bud, or
clove.
806
CLYTOSTOMA
COB^A
the ovules in 2 rows: caps, compressed, prickly, sep-
ticid, with numerous nearly orbicular winged seeds. —
About 8 species in S. Amer., usually described under
Bignonia in horticultural writings. Closely related to
Bignonia, from which it differs chiefly in its simple
1005. Cnicus
benedictus.
slender tendrils, the short disk, the small or subulate
calyx-teeth and the prickly pod. Suited for cult, in
subtropical or tropical regions only, or as a stove plant
in the N. For cult, and prop., see Bignonia.
callistegioides, Bur. & Schum. (Bignonia callisteg-
ioldes, Cham. B. specidsa, Graham. B. picta, Lindl.
B. LAndleyi, DC.). Large climber: Ifts. elliptic-oblong,
acuminate, undulate, glabrous, lustrous, reticulate
below, about 3 in. long: fls. on 2-fld. terminal peduncles;
calyx campanulate, with subulate teeth; corolla pale
purple, streaked, about 3 in. long, the tube yellowish
streaked purplish, limb 2-3 in. broad, with the lobes
spreading, broadly oval, obtuse and wavy ; disk crenate.
Spring and early summer. S. Brazil, Argentina. B.M.
3888. B.R. 28:45. H.U. 3:227. P.M. 10:125. F.S.
9:907. — Will stand a little frost, when grown in the
open in the S.
purpftreum, Rehd. (Bigndnia purpurea, Lodd.). Large
climber: Ifts. sometimes 3, ovate-oblong or obovate-
oblong, short-acuminate, bright green above, paler
below, entire, occasionally toothed, about 3 in. long: fls.
on axillary 2-fld. peduncles or sometimes in clusters;
calyx tubular-campanulate, with short triangular teeth;
corolla mauve-colored with white eye, with a rather
slender tube 1 in. long, lobes spreading, orbicular-obo-
vate. Uruguay. B.M. 5800. G.C. III. 24:399.
ALFRED REHDER.
CNlCUS (Latin name of SafHower, early applied to
thistles). Composite. BLESSED THISTLE. A monotypic
genus allied to Centaurea, and distinguished from it
botanically by its heads being quite sessile and sur-
rounded just below by bristly leaves. Its habit in
the garden is very different from the bachelor's but-
ton, being thistle - like, and more interesting than
ornamental. A hardy annual low-growing herb, rough,
branching and pilose. Once thought to counteract poison.
Culture easy. Fit for wild gardens and rockeries.
benedictus, (Linn. Cdrduus benedictus, Authors. Cen-
taurea benedida, Linn. Carbenia benedicta, Adans.).
Fig. 1005. Height 2 ft.: Ivs. alternate, sinuate-pinnati-
fid, oblong, the lobes and teeth spiny: heads terminal,
yellow, 1 in. wide, the fls. exclusively tubular. Medit.
regions and Caucasus. Sometimes cult.; also seen in
waste places of S. Atlantic states and Calif, as a weed
adventive from Eu.
C. rhaphilepis, Hemsl., S. Mex., has recently been cult, abroad.
It is described as a handsome plant with deeply cut spiny-toothed
Ivs. about 2 ft. long, gray-tomentose beneath: st. colored, much
branched: fl.-heads 3-3 J^ in. long, the involucral bracts scarlet
and spine-tipped; fls. scarcely exserted, the filaments carmine.
Under the above definition of Cnicus, this plant must fall in another
genus. It has been placed in Carduus by E. L. Greene, as C.
raphilepis- N. TAYLOR, f
COBJJA (after Father Cobo, Spanish Jesuit of the
seventeenth century, naturalist, and resident of America
for many years). Syn. Rosenbergia. Sometimes incor-
rectly spelled Cobcea. Polemoniacese. Attractive climb-
ers, one or two species commonly grown in the open
and under glass for the large bell-shaped flowers.
Shrubby plants climbing by If.-tendrils, but known
in cult, as herbs: Ivs. alternate, pinnate: calyx large,
5-parted; corolla bell-shaped, the limb 5-lobed: caps.
3-valved, angled: fls. solitary on long peduncles,
bracted at the base. — A genus of about 10 Trop. Ameri-
can climbers (monographed by Brand 4in Engler's
Pflanzenreich, nft. 27, 1907), of which C.' scandens, a
tender perennial plant, is amongst the dozen most
popular vines commonly treated as annuals. This is
the only genus of climbers in the order. Prop, by seeds
which should be placed in moist earth, edge down. It is
a rapid grower.
scandens, Cav. (Rosenbergia scandens, House).
Figs. 1006-1008. Height 10-20 ft.: Ifts. in 2 or 3 pairs,
the lowest close to the st., and more or less eared: fls.
bell-shaped, 1-1 J^ in. across, light violet or greenish
purple, with protruding style and stamens: tendrils
1006. Cobsea scandens. ( X K)
COB^A
COCCOLOBA
807
branched. Mex. B.M. 851. F.S. 14:1467.— There is a
white-fld. form (C. alba, Hort.), and one with variegated
Ivs., var. variegdta, Hort. — The terminal 1ft. is repre-
sented by a tendril (Fig. 1007). Sometimes there are
indications of tendrils on other Ifts. (Fig. 1008), mak-
ing the plant an interesting one for students of mor-
phology.
stipularis, Benth. (Rosenbergia stipulans, House).
Resembles the preceding species but the sepals ovate,
tapering to a broadly acuminate apex (the sepals of
C. scandens being broadly ovate or suborbicular). Mex.
1007. Normal leaf of Cobaea scandens.
macrostSma, Pav. (Sometimes erroneously written
macrostema and macrostemma.) Sis. climbing 6-10 ft.:
Ivs. alternate, of 3 pairs of obovate Ifts. : fls. solitary, on
a 2-lvd. long peduncle, the petals yellow-green; sta-
mens at least 1^ in. longer than the corolla. Guate-
mala. B.M. 3780.
C. minor. Marten &. Galleotti. A small vine of which little
is known, but cult, in Amer. in botanic gardens and fanciers'
collections. It has small fls., borne on stalks shorter than the Ivs.
Mex. — C. Pringlei, House (Rosenbergia Pringlei, House). A gla-
brous, high-twining vine: Ifts. 6, the basal pair oblong-lanceolate,
hastately clasping: peduncles 4-5 in. long; calyx-lobes green, her-
baceous, scarcely 1 in. long and half as broad; corolla pure white,
2 in. long; stamens exserted less than Y-iva.. Mex.
WILHELM MILLER.
COBNUT: Corylus. ' N. TAYLOR, f
COBURGIA: Stenomesson.
COCA. The leaves of Erythroxylon Coco, used in
medicine. Sold chiefly as a fluid extract. Cocaine is the
famous local anesthetic. See Erythroxylon.
COCCINIA (Latin, scarlet; referring to the orna-
mental gourds). Cucurbitdcese. Tender perennial vines,
usually with tuberous roots, grown for ornament mostly
indoors.
Leaves angled or lobed, sometimes glandular: fls.
white or yellowish, large, staminate and pistillate on
different plants or sometimes on different branches of
the same plant; calyx short, often campanulate: fr. a
small, scarlet gourd, sometimes marbled, with an insipid
pulp. — Twenty species from the tropics of Asia and Afr.
A. Cogniaux in DC., Mon. Phan. 3:528. C. cordifolia
is treated as a tender annual, requiring an early start
and no special cult. The genus is sometimes referred
to Cephalandra.
A. Tendrils simple: male fls. solitary: Ivs. small.
cordifdlia, Cogn. (C. indica, Wight & Arn.). Height
about 10 ft., perfectly smooth: Ivs. small, 1-2 in. long,
glossy, ivy-like, short-petioled, obtusely 5-angled: fl.
white, bell-shaped, the staminate solitary: fr. roundish
at both ends, about 2 in. long, 1 in. thick. India.
AA. Tendrils bifid: male fls. in racemes: Ivs. large.
palmata, Cogn. (Cephalandra palmdta, Lond.). At-
taining 30 ft.: Ivs. large, 3-4 in. long and wide, long-
petioled, palmately 5-lobed: fls. yellowish: fr. ovate,
acute. Natal. — Intro, by P. Henderson & Co., 1890.
A rare greenhouse plant.
C. Dinteri, Andr6, with palmate Ivs. and handsome scarlet fra.,
may be in cult. S. Afr. R.H. 1900:268.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
COCCOLOBA (Greek, lobed berry, referring to the
ends of the pear-shaped fruit) . Sometimes spelled Coc-
colobis. Including Campderia. Polygonacese. Tropical
shrubs, trees or rarely tall woody climbers, grown for
their fruits and usually large glossy leathery leaves.
Leaves alternate, always entire: fls. small, in axillary
or terminal spike-like racemes, usually some shade of
green or yellow-green; sepals 5, herbaceous; petals 0;
stamens 8, exceeding the perianth: fr. berry-like, with
a small stone, often edible.— About 125 species in the
American tropics and reaching to Fla. C. platyclada is
now referred to Muehlenbeckia, which see.
Coccoloba uvifera, the sea-grape or shore-grape of the
West Indies, bears an edible fruit, and has particularly
beautiful foliage. It is the most important of the genus
and is offered by dealers in tropical plants. It will not
stand the frost and its cultivation out-of-doors is
limited to the frostless region of California and Florida.
It can be easily grown in any greenhouse North. All
species are easily propagated by seeds, which are very
plentiful with most of the species. Some species may be
increased by cuttings of ripe wood, which root easily
in sand under the usual conditions, in a frame or prop-
agating-house. Layering may also be employed to in-
crease the stock. The various species grow naturally
in both clayey and sandy soils, preferring moist rich
earth, and a high temperature. C. uvifera frequents the
seashore, and is found growing in sand and broken
shells apparently lacking altogether in plant-food.
Rich sandy soil of a light character seems to be best for
all the species so far known in cultivation. Plants are
readily transplanted from the open ground, but pot-
grown plants are to be preferred. (E. N. Reasoner.)
uvifera, Linn. SEA-GRAPE. SHORE-GRAPE. UVADEL
MAR. Fig. 1009. Tree, reaching 20 ft. or more, with
many flexuous branches: Ivs. large, often 5 in. long by
7 in. wide, broadly heart-shaped, wavy margined,
1008. Monstrous or abnormal leaf of Cobaea.
glossy, leathery, glabrous, the midrib red at the base;
petioles short, with sheathing stipules at the base:
racemes 6 in. long, erect in fl., nodding in fr.; fls. 1J^
in. across, white, fragrant; petals 5; stamens 8; styles 3:
berries 9 or more in a raceme, small, about %in. long,
pear-shaped, reddish purple, dotted green, sweetish
acid: nut roundish, with a short, sharp point on top,
and vertical wrinkles. Sandy seashores of Trop. Amer.
especially S. Fla. and W. Indies. B.M. 3130.— The wood
is used in cabinet-work, and, when boiled, gives a red
color.
808
COCCOLOBA
COCHLEARIA
floridana, Meissn. (C. laurifolia, Jacq.). PIGEON
PLUM, free, 25-30 ft.: Ivs. 1^-3 in. long, 1-2 in.
wide, ovate or elliptical, glabrous, narrowed at both
ends, obtuse, margin slightly recurved: berries small,
^in. long, pear-shaped, edible, but not marketable.
i. Fla., the Bahamas, and northern coast of S. Amer.
1009. Coccoloba uvif era. ( X K)
pubescens, Linn. (C. grandifolia, Jacq.). A high,
sparingly branched tree: Ivs. cordate-orbicular, 3-6 in.
long, rusty-pubescent beneath, chiefly on the promi-
nent veins: fls. racemose: fr. berry-like, about %in.
diam. Trop. Amer. April. B.M. 3166.
C. caracas&na, Meissn., or a closely related species, has recentjy
been intro. to the trade by Franceschi, of Santa Barbara, Calif.
It is described as having "larger frs. than other known species, like
a good-sized plum." Venezuela. WlLHELM MlLLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
COCCOTHRINAX (a berry and Thrinax, in reference
to the berry-like fruit). Palmacese. Small or medium-
sized palms, with fan-leaves.
Trees (or rarely stemless) with slender sts., clothed
above with the persistent petiole-sheaths, : Ivs. terminal,
pale beneath, thin and brittle, divided into narrow,
acute, 2-parted obliquely folded lobes; petioles com-
pressed, slightly rounded and ridged on the 2 surfaces,
thin and smooth on the margins: spadix interfoliar,
paniculate, shorter than the petioles: fls. perfect,
minute, solitary; perianth cup-like, obscurely 6-lobed,
deciduous; stamens 9, exserted; ovary superior, ovoid,
1-celled: fr. berry-like, subglobose, 1-seeded, in ripen-
ing becoming thick and juicy, shining black or purple-
black; albumen channeled. — A genus of a few species,
made from Thrinax; Fla. and S.
Garberi, Sarg. (Thrinax Gdrberi, Chapm. T. argentea
var. Gdrberi, Chapm.). SILVER-PALM. Stemless: Ivs.
only 10-12 in. across, fan-shaped, silvery beneath.
An attractfve dwarf palm, early showing its characteris-
tic form, native on shore of Biscayne Bay, Fla.; per-
haps a depauperate form of C. jucunda, Sarg. (Thrinax
argentea, Chapm., not Roem. & Sch.), which has Ivs.
20-32 in. across; it bears the fls. on rigid spreading
short pedicels, the perianth is white, anthers light yel-
low, and ovary orange: fr. %in. or less diam., becom-
ing succulent and bright violet and later almost black
and shining, ripening 6 months after the flowering:
petiole slender, flexible, rounded on upper side and
obscurely ribbed on lower side, extending as a thin
undulate rachis that ends in a short obtuse point.
L. H. B.
COCCULUS (diminutive of kokkos, berry; the fruit
being berry-like). Syn., Cebatha, Epibaterium. Menis-
permacese. Shrubs grown for their handsome foliage
and the ornamental red or black fruits.
Twining or erect: Ivs. alternate, petioled, entire or
lobed, with entire margin, deciduous or persistent,
palminerved: fls. inconspicuous, dkecious, in axillary
panicles or racemes, sometimes terminal; sepals, petals
and stamens 6: carpels 3-6, distinct, developing into
berry-like, 1-seeded drupes; seed reniform. — About 12
species in N. Amer., E. and S. Asia, Afr. and Hawaii,
chiefly in tropical and subtropical regions. Only a few
species are cult., thriving in almost any somewhat
moist soil; the evergreen kinds are sometimes grown
in pots, in a sandy compost of peat and loam. Prop,
by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer,
under glass, with bottom heat.
"Cocculus indicus" is the trade name of the berries
used by the Chinese in catching fish. The berries con-
tain an acrid poison, which intoxicates or stuns the
fish until they can be caught. The berries are imported
from the East Indies to adulterate porter, and "Coc-
culus indicus" is a trade name with druggists, not a
botanical one, just as "Cassia lignea" is a trade name
of a kind of cinnamon bark, derived, not from a cassia,
but from a species of Cinnamomum. The name "Coc-
culus indicus" was given by Bauhin, but binomial
nomenclature began later, with Linnaeus, in 1753. The
plant which produces the berries is Anamirta Cocculus.
carolinus, DC. (Cebatha Carolina, Brit. Epibaterium
carollnum, Brit.). CAROLINA MOONSEED. A rapid-
growing, twining shrub, attaining 12 ft., with pubes-
cent branches: Ivs. long-petioled, usually ovate, some-
times cordate, obtuse, entire or 3-, rarely 5-lobed,
pubescent, glabrous above at length: petals emargi-
nate: fr. red, J^in.diam. Along streams from Va. and
111. to Fla. and Texas. — Decorative in fall, with its
bright red fr. Not hardy north of N. Y.
trflobus, DC. (C. • orbiculdlus, Schneid. Cebatha
orbiculdta, Kuntze. C. Thunbergii, DC.). Slender
climber with pubescent branches: Ivs. broadly ovate to
oblong-ovate, truncate or subcordate at the base,
obtuse, often emarginate, usually entire, pubescent
on both sides: petals bifid at the apex: fr. bluish black,
about J^in. {hick, in short-stalked axillary clusters.
Japan. B.M. 8489. I.T. 6:231.— Quite hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum; keeps its Ivs. green until very late
in autumn.
C. diver sifdlius, Miq., not DC.=Sinomenium acutum. — C. hete-
rophtfllus, Hemsl. & Wilson=Sinomenium acutum. — C. japdnicus,
DC.=Stephania hernandifolia. — C. laurifblius, DC. Erect shrub,
to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. evergreen, oblong, acute at both ends.
Himalayas. Decorative, with its bright
green, shining foliage. Only hardy in
subtropical regions.
ALFRED REHDER.
COCHLEARIA (Greek, coch-
lear, a spoon; referring to the
leaves). Cruciferse. More or less
fleshy seaside small herbs, in-
cluding scurvy-grass and related
things; scarcely cultivated.
Annual or perennial: Ivs.
simple: fls. small, white, yel-
lowish or purplish, in racemes: fr. an inflated silicic,
with very convex valves, the seeds several in each cell
and usually 2-rowed. — About 15 species in Eu. and N.
Amer. Formerly the horse-radish was referred here, but
it is now placed by some in Radicula, by others in
Roripa, and by still others in Nasturtium.
1010. Cochlearia danica.
COCHLEARIA
COCONUT
809
officinalis, Linn. SCURVY-GRASS. Hardy biennial,
2-12 in. high, but cult, as an annual: root-lvs. petioled,
cordate; st.-lvs. oblong, more or less toothed and some-
times with a short-winged petiole: fls. early spring;
calyx-lobes erect. Arctic regions. — Prop, by seed,
which is small, oval, slightly angular, rough-skinned,
reddish brown. The germinating power lasts 4 years.
The green parts of the plant are strongly acrid, and
have a tarry flavor. The seed is sown in a cool,
shady position, where the plants are to stand. The
Ivs. are rarely eaten as salad, but the plant is mostly
grown for its anti-scorbutic properties. Not to be con-
founded with water-cress.
danica, Linn. Fig. 1010. Annual, scarcely 6-8 in.
high: Ivs. rounded, kidney-shaped, scarcely 1 in. long
in large specimens, usually much smaller. North tem-
perate and arctic regions. L.B.C. 15:1482. — It is cov-
ered in early summer with a profusion of small white fls.
A valuable plant for ornament northward.
N. TAYLOR.f
COCHLIODA (Greek for spiral, in reference to the
structure of the lip). Orchidaceae. A small group of
orchids found at high elevations in South America,
little grown, requiring treatment given Odontoglossum.
Pseudobulbous : fls. bright rose-color or scarlet, in
long racemes; sepals equal or the side ones more or less
joined; petals all much alike; lip clawed, the blade
spreading and the side lobes rounded and perhaps
reflexed, the middle lobe narrow. — Some of the species
are retained by various authors in Odontoglossum and
Mesopinidium.
Noetzliana, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, com-
pressed, about 2 in. long, monodiphyllous : Ivs. linear:
peduncles arcuate; fls. numerous, in graceful racemes,
orange-scarlet, about 1 in. across; sepals oblong; petals
rather ovate; labellum 3-lobed, disk yellow, otherwise
similar in color to the petals. Andes. B.M. 7474. Gt.
43:1403. G.C. III. 16:71. O.K. 12:309.
rdsea, Hort. Plants similar to C. Noetzliana: fls.
rose-color. Peru. B.M. 6084. I.H. 18:66.
vulcanica, Benth. & Hook. Peduncles more or less
erect: fls. larger than in the preceding, bright rose-color;
labellum 3-lobed, provided with 4 ridges. Peru. B.M.
6001.
C. brasiliensis, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs tufted, oblong: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate: scapes erect or arching, with 6-13 greenish fls. Brazil. —
— C. Fldryi, Rolfe. Natural hybrid between C. Noetzliana and C.
rosea. Fls. cinnabar-red with yellow crest; sepals lanceolate; pet-
als elliptic oblong. QAKES
COCHLIOGLOSSA. Orchidacese. A "garden hybrid
between Cochlioda Noetzliana and Odontoglossum scep-
trum or O. prsenitens, known as Cochlioglossa moorte-
beekiensis. Fls. star-shaped, the petals and sepals yel-
low with pale brown spots; lip has the characters of that
of Odontoglossum sceptrum, but a little longer and less
attractive. Shows no marks of Cochlioda Noetzliana.
COCHLIOSTEMA (Greek, spiral stamens'). Com-
melinacex. Curious and gorgeous plants cultivated
under glass.
Cochliostemas are epiphytes, with the habit of Bill-
bergia and great axillary panicles of large fls. of peculiar
structure and beauty. They are stemless herbs from
Ecuador, with large, oblong-lanceolate Ivs., sheathing
at the base, and fls. which individually last only a short
time, although a succession is produced for several
weeks; sepals 3, oblong, obtuse, concave; petals 3,
nearly equal, wider than the sepals, margined with long
hairs; staminodes 3, villous, 2 erect, linear, the third
short, plumose; staminal column hooded, with in-
curved margins, inclosing 3 spirally twisted anthers;
style slender, curved. — Gardeners recognize 2 species,
although they are considered by some botanists as
forms of one. Recorded as the most beautiful cult.
plants of the family.
These are handsome stove-flowering perennial
plants, closely related to the commelinas, and are of
comparatively easy culture, thriving well in ordinary
stove temperature in a mixture of two parts loam and
one part fibrous peat, with a little Well-decayed cow- or
sheep-manure added when potting mature plants.
They like a copious supply of water at the roots dur-
ing the summer months, and at no season must they
be allowed to become dry. Propagation is effected by
division of the plants in early spring, or by seeds, to
obtain which the flowers must be artificially fertilized.
— They seed freely when fertilized at the proper time.
Only a few of the stronger or larger flowers should be
allowed to bear seed. Sometimes a simple shaking of
the flower-stalk will accomplish the necessary work of
fertilizing, but it is safer to employ the regular method
to insure thorough impregnation. The seeds ripen
within six weeks' time, and they can be sown soon,
thereafter, in shallow pans of light, peaty soil, and
placed in a warm, close atmosphere until germinated.
As soon as the seedlings are large enough, they should
be potted singly into thumb-pots, and shifted on as
often as they require it, when they will flower in six
to twelve months. The chief reason why cochliostemas
are grown in America so little is, probably, that it is
necessary to keep a much more humid atmosphere in
stove-houses than in England, and this is very much
against all stove-flowering plants, causing the season
of blossoming to be very short. (Edward J. Canning.)
A. Lvs. red beneath: panicle hairy; fls. very fragrant.
odoratissimum, Lem. Lvs. lighter green above than
in C. Jacobianum, and deep purplish red beneath, nar-
rower, and with a similar margin: fls. very numerous;
sepals more leaf-like, hairy, green, with a reddish tip..
I.H. 6:217. R.H. 1869, p. 170.
AA. Lvs. green beneath: panicle not hairy; fls. less
fragrant.
Jacobianum, C. Koch and Lind. Height 1-3 ft.: Ivs..
in a rosette, spreading or recurved, dilated and sheath-
ing at the base, margined brown or purplish, 3-4 ft. long,
6 in. broad at the base, 4 in. broad at the middle: ped-
uncles stout, white, tinged purple, 1 ft. long: bracts
large, opposite and whorled, 3-4 in. long, acuminate,
concave: panicle-branches 4-6 in. long; fls. 2-2^ in.
across; sepals purplish; petals violet-blue. Autumn. B.M.
5705. R.H. 1868: 71. G.C. 1868 :323,desc. F.S. 18: 1837-9.
WILHELM MILLER.
COCHLOSPERMUM: Maximilianea.
COCKLE. In North America, a name for Lychnis
Githago, or corn-cockle, a familiar handsome-flowered
weed of wheat-fields. The name is also applied to the
darnel, Lolium temulentum.
COCKLE-BUR: Xanthium, a weed.
COCKSCOMB: Celdsia.
COCKSFOOT GRASS: Barnyard Grass, Panicum Crus-Gatti.
COCOA: Products of Theobroma Cacao.
COCOA PLUM: Chrysobalanus Icaco.
COCO-GRASS: Cyperus rotundus.
COCONUT. Plate XXVII. Figs. 1011, 1012, 1014,
1015. The coconut, Cocos nucifera, is the most important
of cultivated palms. Its nearest relatives, whether or not
regarded as in the same genus, are natives of tropical
America. For this and for other reasons which have been
presented by Cook, it must be believed that the coco-
nut is a native of America, and that it was carried west-
ward across the Pacific in prehistoric times. While the
nut will float and retain its power of germination for a
considerable time, its propagation from island to island
in known cases has practically always been the delibe-
rate work of men, and it is probable that men were
810
COCONUT
COCONUT
also responsible for its crossing the Pacific. It was a
cultivated plant in Polynesia and Malaya, and in
many places the chief crop, at the time of the discov-
ery of this part of the world by Europeans. But it
reached Ceylon recently enough so that its introduc-
tion is a matter of fairly reliable legend. It is now
grown in all tropical countries except the interior of
continents. Its cultivation extends somewhat beyond
the tropics, both north and south, but its growth at
these extremes, in Florida, India and Madagascar, is
not thrifty enough to give it any industrial impor-
tance. Within the last two decades, the rise in the price
of oils and the discovery of new uses for coconut-oil
have caused a tremendous increase in the area devoted
to the plantation and cultivation of coconuts.
Climatic conditions favorable for the coconut.
The coconut makes on the climate the characteristic
demands of a typically tropical plant. It thrives where
the mean annual temperature is 72° F. or higher, and
where there are no great differences in temperature
between seasons. Except where supply of ground water
1011. End of a mature coconut. The nut sprouts usually
from the largest eye.
makes it independent of local rainfall, the coconut
demands an annual rainfall of at least one meter (about
40 in.) ; and this precipitation should be well distributed
through the year. In most of the best coconut coun-
tries, the rainfall is considerably more than one meter.
The coconut can endure exceedingly drying conditions
for short periods, and is accordingly adapted to the
intense light of the seashore, to resisting strong winds,
and to enduring salt water about its roots for short
periods of time. Moreover, it will live through pro-
longed droughts. But long dry seasons cut down the
crops; and the damage done by droughts lasts for as
much as two or three years after the return of rain. A
dry season of five or six months every other year will
keep the crop at all times down to not more than 40 per
cent of what it would be if the supply of water were
constant. If there is an ample supply of soil-water,
dryness of the atmosphere is favorable to the best
production. Seacoasts usually have higher land back of
them, and the ground-water from the higher country
circulates through the soil toward the sea. Near the
shore it comes near enough to the surface to be
reached by the roots of the coconut. For this reason,
coconuts thrive on the seashore under climatic condi-
tions that prevent good development in the interior.
This is the principal ground for the idea that coconuts
thrive only near the sea. Around the bases of volca-
noes in the interior, .similar soil conditions are met
with, and such localities are admirably adapted to this
crop.
Propagation and cultivation.
The coconut is produced only by seed. Nuts for this
purpose should of course be selected from conspicuously
good trees. They are usually planted in seed-beds,
although, on a small scale, there are various other
local methods of handling them during germination.
The best treatment is to take them from the seed-bed
when the plumule is not more than 6 inches high, which
will usually be after about six months. To avoid the
expense of keeping the groves clean while the trees are
small, it is common practice to leave the nuts for a
longer time in the seed-beds, but the transplanting of
older seedlings, even with the greatest practicable care,
sets them back for several months. In the Jaffna dis-
trict of northern Ceylon, the nuts are transplanted
from the first seed-beds to others in which they have
more room, and are not put in their permanent places
until they are three or four years old.
In the first years after the coconuts are transplanted,
it is good policy to raise catch-crops between the trees.
But these crops should be so chosen that they will not
compete with the coconut for light or water; and from
the profit they pay, a return should be made to the
soil of fertilizers at least sufficient to replace what they
have removed. By the time the grove is four years old,
the coconuts will shade the ground and it will no longer
be possible to raise catch-crops on a large scale. Then,
but not before this time, it is good practice to use the
grove for pasture. The returns from live-stock should
be at least sufficient to pay for keeping the plantation
in good condition and cattle will themselves do a large
part of the work in keeping down the other vegetation.
Pasturing of other live-stock in coconut groves is in
general not to be recommended. It is not customary
anywhere in the tropics to give to coconut plantations
such cultivation as is given to orchards in temperate
countries. It has even been believed that any but -the
most shallow cultivation would be detrimental by
destroying the roots near the surface, and that machine-
cultivation was likely to be too expensive to be profit-
able, in view of the time that it would have to be kept
up before the coconut begins to pay returns. Limited
experience in the Philippines indicates that real culti-
vation produces very much the same results with
coconuts as it does with other crops. Coconuts respond,
as do other crops, to the application of manures con-
taining potash, nitrogen, and phosphorus. So far as
the very limited evidence shows, the demand for these
three fertilizing elements is in the order given. With
ordinarily good treatment, coconuts come into bearing
in seven or eight years. Single trees of standard varie-
ties will bear fruit in five years, while others will require
ten. If the coconut is treated as a wild crop, which is
by no means uncommon, and little or no attention is
given it after the first three years, it will be ten or fifteen
years, as a rule, before a full crop is produced and even
then the crop will be an inferior one.
Pests.
With the increase in the industry in the tropical
world, and with the increase in commerce, there have
been created conditions favorable to the development
and spread of pests. Twenty years ago, serious coconut
pests were practically unknown, and only eight years
ago, Prudhomme, in an excellent general treatment of
the coconut industry, listed as serious pests only two or
three insects and no other organisms. There are now
known as serious pests various species of Rhynchoph-
orus, known as palm weevils; Oryctes, called the
rhinoceros beetle; a scale, Aspidiotus destructor, closely
related to the San Jos6 scale; at least two fungi,
and the organisms causing bud-rot. The latter have
been determined in the West Indies to be Bacillus
Coli, and in India to be a fungus, Pythium palmivorum.
Besides these, there are a large number of minor or
local pests, including weevils and other beetles, the
COCONUT
COCONUT
811
larvae of moths and butterflies, insects of other groups,
and fungi. Damage is also done in places by crus-
taceans, and by rats and other higher animals. Forests
made up of one kind of tree practically do not exist in
nature in the tropics; and when such forests are made,
as has been done with the coconut, the prevention of
devastation by pests will be accomplished only by
greater care than is ordinarily demanded to protect
the crops of temperate lands.
Varieties.
A very large number of varieties of coconuts is
known in different parts of the tropics, but a careful
comparative study of their merits has never been made
on a large scale and with nuts from many different
sources. The best experiment began less than a decade
ago in Madagascar. In several localities in the Philip-
pines, there are strains of very large nuts, of which, as a
plantation average extending over years, 3,300 produce
a ton of copra. In favorable seasons the production
has been at the rate of a ton from 2,800 nuts. There are
reports of similar large nuts from other countries, but
no data as to their yield on a plantation scale. In the
parts of the Philippines having the greatest coconut
industry, it requires 5,600 to 6,000 nuts to produce a
ton of copra, and the same figures apply to Ceylon and
various other coconut countries. In still other places
the nuts are so small that 7,000 are required to the ton.
There are varieties characterized by shape and by
color, but these characteristics seem not to be related
to the yield either of copra or oil. The nuts of the
Laccadive and Maldive Islands are reputed to produce
a particularly good fiber. Throughout the eastern
tropics, coconuts are locally used to produce liquor.
For this purpose, early maturing varieties that are
likely also to produce very small nuts, but numerous
clusters, are selected. There are varieties in Ceylon
and the Philippines which bear at the age of four years,
while the varieties in extensive cultivation and used for
the production of copra can none of them be relied
upon to produce a crop in less than seven years and not
in less than ten years unless properly treated. A Philip-
pine variety known as Makapun6 has the interior of the
nuts completely filled with a soft, sweet tissue, used as
a table delicacy. Such nuts sell locally for about 10
cents, while the ordinary nut is worth 2 or 3 cents.
Uses and products of the coconut.
The local uses of the coconut are almost unlimited.
Besides being of practical utility in a very large num-
ber of ways to the people of the Malay-Polynesian
region, it has, as a result of its practical importance,
acquired a prominent place in the rites and supersti-
tions of the people of this part of the world. Thus
Murray tells of a tribe of Papuans, among whom it is
not proper for a man to eat a person whom he has
killed, this privilege being reserved for his associates;
but a man may eat the heart of his own victim if he
sits on one coconut and balances himself with his feet
on two others while he prepares and devours it.
The products of great industrial importance are
toddy and its derivatives, coir, and copra and its
products.
Toddy is an usual English name of the fresh bever-
age obtained from the unopen flower-clusters. In
the Philippines it is known as "tuba." The mode of
securing it differs somewhat in the three countries in
which it is secured on an industrial scale, the Philip-
pines, Java and Ceylon. In all of them, the spathe is
bent down gradually and the tip is then cut off. A
thin slice is afterward cut off with a sharp knife, usually
twice a day. After a few days of this treatment, the
irritation results in a flow of sap from the cut surface.
This sap falls into a jar or bamboo tube from which it
is collected, as a rule twice a day, and a very thin slice
is removed from the end at each time of collection.
52
This continues until the whole inflorescence has been
removed by the series of slices. The amount of toddy
collected depends on the vigor of the tree, on the
weather, and on the skill of the workman. Under
fairly favorable conditions, a good workman will secure
a quart or more a day from one inflorescence. The
technique of this business seems to be better developed
in the Philippines than elsewhere, with the result that
more toddy is secured in a given time from the tree.
The toddy is used as a fresh beverage or as a source of
alcohol, or less frequently of sugar, or still more rarely
of vinegar; it is also a common source of yeast in the
East Indies. The toddy, as it falls from the cut branch,
contains about 16 per cent of sucrose. This inverts
very rapidly if permitted to do so, and the invert
sugar is in turn rapidly fermented to alcohol. In parts
of the Philippines, the production of strong liquor in
this way is a business of some importance. If sugar is to
be produced, care is taken to keep the vessels clean and
approximately sterile, and the inversion is often pre-
vented by the use of tanbark from one of the man-
groves, usually Bruguiera. If alcohol is the product
desired, the same bamboo tubes are used over and over
without cleaning. In the Philippines it is common
practice to connect the trees used for this purpose
with bridges of bam-
boo on which the col-
rectors pass rapidly
from tree to tree. In
other countries each
tree is climbed by
itself.
(Nat. size at this stage.) (Nat. size.)
1012. Stages in the growth of a coconut.
Coir is produced for local use in many parts of the
world, but as an article of commerce comes chiefly
from Ceylon. This fiber was the old staple cordage
material of the Polynesian region. As a fiber material,
it is conspicuous for its elasticity, being able to stretch
20 or 25 per cent without exceeding the limit of elas-
ticity. It is also remarkable for lightness, for resist-
ance to decay, and for the short length of the individual
cells. It is accordingly a valuable fiber for use in ropes
subject to abrupt strains, for calking boats, and for a
stuffing fiber. Its' stiffness and durability make it
especially serviceable for the manufacture of mats,
and this is its chief commercial use.
Copra. — The principal coconut product exported
from most producing regions is copra, which is the dried
meat or hard endosperm of the fruit. To produce the
best copra, nuts should be thoroughly and uniformly
ripe, and this condition is best guaranteed by per-
mitting them to ripen on the trees until they fall, and
then to collect and use them at frequent intervals.
However, it is far more common practice to harvest
them before they fall, going through the groves at
regular intervals. This is most commonly done every
three months. The nuts are cut down in various ways.
The simplest method is the use of a long pole made of
detachable joints of bamboo and bearing at the top a
sharp and recurved knife. A nut-gatherer then goes
from tree to tree and cuts down the nuts that are
ready, without leaving the ground. This method is
the local one used in certain parts of the Philippines.
812
COCONUT
COCOS
Elsewhere in the Philippines and in many other places,
the practice is to climb each tree, using notches cut at
convenient heights for this purpose. If these notches
are cut with sufficient care, it probably can be done
without real damage to the tree, but in practice such
care is not usually taken, and the notches are very
often centers from which decay of the trunk begins.
In other places the nut-gatherers climb the trees with-
out notches. To do this easily, they usually bind their
ankles together with a thong, or pass a rope around the
hips and around the tree, or use both of these devices.
The old story of the harvesting of coconuts by the use
of monkeys is not altogether a myth. In the Sunda
islands and in Sarawak, monkeys are sometimes
trained for this purpose; and from Sarawak, these
trained monkeys are occasionally exported to the
Straits settlements. In some of the islands of the
south seas, the entire nuts, husk and all, are split into
halves with an axe, and in Ceylon a machine for this
purpose has come into limited use. Elsewhere, the
first step in the preparation of copra is the removal of
the husks. This is usually done with the aid of a piece
of iron, three cornered and moderately sharp, mounted
on an erect stick and standing at about the height of
the knee. This implement is in universal use in the
Philippines, and elsewhere in the East, and has of late
years come into use in the tropics of the New World.
A machine to remove the husks has also been invented',
but the most that is claimed for it is that a workman
can husk a thousand nuts a day, and this is only the
standard day's work for a nut-husker in the Philip-
pines by the old method. After the removal of the
husk, the nut is split into two halves by a sharp blow
with a heavy knife. The water is allowed to run out on
the ground. — Methods of drying copra fall under three
heads: sun-drying, grill-drying, and kiln-drying. Cen-
trifugal dryers have also been tried and are said to
give good results. Sun-drying is the oldest method, and
is a good one where the climate is such that the drying
can be trusted to go on without interruption. Under
favorable conditions it produces the finest grade of
copra, Cochin sun-dried being the standard of excel-
lence. Most Philippine copra is grill-dried. A hole is
dug in the ground on which is placed a grating usually
made of bamboo, and the whole protected by a roof.
Coconut husks and shells are used for fuel. The heat
and smoke rise directly from the fire to the coconuts.
Sun-drying takes usually five to nine days; if more than
this is required, the method is unsafe. Smoke-drying
is finished as a rule in a single day or in parts of two
days. Smoke-dried copra is unsuited for the manu-
facture of food products and accordingly sells at a
lower price than the best copra. It is a good way of
making poor copra; for if any copra is imperfectly
dried or is even in part the product of unripe nuts, it
ferments with a considerable loss of oil, and this fer-
mentation is decidedly checked by smoking. Kilns
for drying coconuts are of various patterns in different
countries, and if properly handled always produce a
high grade of copra. There is one kiln in the Philip-
pines which handles more than three tons of copra at
a charge, and dries it in six or eight hours. By all
methods, it is customary to make two stages of the
drying, one immediately after the nuts are opened, and
the other after the meat has shrunk enough to be easily
removed from the shells. The ultimate use of copra is
the manufacture of oil, an industry which has been
developed to the greatest extent in France. In all
coconut countries there is a local business in manufac-
turing oil. This is done by various primitive methods,
some of which produce a food or toilet product of the
highest possible quality. In the manufacture of such
oil, the utmost care is taken and the product is of
purely local use. Oil for wider distribution is manu-
factured with less care, by methods characteristic of
the different countries. To prepare oil for world com-
merce, such establishments as have long been used
in European countries, and to a less extent in the
United States, have more recently been founded in the
producing lands. The oil has a variety of uses. It was
formerly consumed almost entirely in the manufacture
of soap and candles. Principally during the last decade,
methods of refining and separation have been developed,
by which excellent butter-substitutes are made. As
the butter produced in this way is palatable and most
digestible, and is cheaper than real butter, these prod-
ucts have found a ready sale, with the result that there
has been a great increase in the demand for good
grades of copra and a consequent improvement in the
general quality produced in most countries, and an
increase in the price of all grades. It seems probable
that the market will for some time continue to increase
more rapidly than the supply.
Other products. — A well-known product is desic-
cated coconut. Among producing countries, Ceylon is
the only one which has taken up the manufacture of this
article. It is prepared directly from the fresh meat of
ripe nuts. Very large numbers of coconuts are also
put upon the market of temperate countries as "coco-
nuts," usually after the removal of the husk. The
United States is the chief market for these nuts and the
export of them is accordingly a conspicuous feature of
the business in lands situated where delivery in the
United States is economically possible, that is in the
West Indies and to a much less extent in the islands of
the Pacific. An exportation of this kind is also assum-
ing large proportions with Australia as a market. For
all kinds of coconut produce, Ceylon long held first
place and the business of producing coconuts, copra
and oil, as well as coir, and desiccated coconut, has
reached a better development in Ceylon than anywhere
else. However, during the last few years, the Philip-
pines have far outstripped Ceylon in the production of
copra. The export from the Philippines in the year
ending June 30, 1912, was more than 160,000 tons. In
this year, copra was for the first time the foremost
export of the islands, taking from abaca the place
which it has held almost without interruption for the
last fifty years. E. B. COPELAND.
COCOS (Portuguese, monkey, from the nut, which
suggests a monkey's face). Palmacese. This genus
includes the coconut tree, C. nucifera, and a few pinnate
palms cultivated for ornament in the North under glass,
and in southern Florida and southern California as
avenue -and ornamental trees. See page 3567.
Low or tall palms, with slender or robust ringed
spineless trunks, often clothed with the bases of the Ivs. :
Ivs. terminal, pinnatisect; segms. ensiform or lanceo-
late, equidistant or in groups, 1- to many-nerved, entire
at the apex, or with 1 lateral tooth, or more or less
deeply lobed, the margins smooth, recurved at the
base; rachis 3-sided, acute above, convex on the back;
petiole concave above, smooth or spiny on the margins;
sheath short, open, fibrous: spadices erect, at length
drooping, the branches erect or drooping; spathes 2, the
lower one the shorter, split at the apex, the upper one
fusiform or clavate, woody, furrowed on the back;
bracts variable; fls. white or yellow: fr. large or
medium, ovoid or ellipsoidal, terete or obtusely 3-angled,
often fibrous-coated as in the coconut. — Species 56 in
Trop. and Subtrop. S. Amer., 1 in the tropics around the
world. The genus is allied to Maximiliana and Attalea,
and distinguished by its male fls. having lanceolate
petals, 6 included stamens, and a 1-seeded fr. G.C. II.
23:439.
The coconut is the example most commonly cited of
dispersal of seeds by water. Its buoyant, impervious
husk is said to enable it to cross an ocean without
losing its germinating power. Its structure is interest-
ing and at first puzzling. Although it is a dry, indehis-
cent, one-seeded fruit, it seems very unlike an achene, as
cocos
cocos
813
for example, in the Composite. Structurally, it is more
like a drupe, for the fibrous husk is formed from the
outer part of the pericarp, and the hard shell inclosing
the meat from the inner. In other words the husk is
exocarp and the shell endocarp. The milk of the coconut
is unsolidified endosperm. In the cereal grains it is
the endosperm which affords most of the material used
for human food. Only a part of the liquid matter of the
coconut solidifies, and the milk is left in the center.
The eyes of the coconut (Fig. 1011) mark the positions
of the micropyles, and germination takes place only
through the larger one. Palm pistils are three-carpelled
and each carpel in Cocos has one ovule. The marks of
the three carpels are seen in Fig. 1011, but only one
ovule develops into a seed. Fig. 1012 tells the story
of the growth of a coconut. In a, the young nut is
enveloped by three petals and three sepals. At b, the
pericarp has far outgrown the sepals and petals.
Sometimes the floral envelopes remain when the nut is
picked. Coconuts, like many other fruits, often grow to
a considerable size without pollination, and then perish.
Of the species cultivated for ornament, C. Wed-
delliana is by far the most important. It is sold in
great quantities from 3- and 4-inch pots when the
plants are 12 to 15 inches high. They are favorite
house-plants, as their culture is easy, and they grow
slowly and retain their beauty a long while. They are
much used in fern-dishes. As a house-plant, C. Wed-
delliana is probably the most popular species of all the
smaller palms. It is especially suitable for table deco-
ration. In distinguishing tropical from subtropical
regions, the coconut is an excellent guide. It flourishes
best where frost is never known, although there are
magnificent specimens at Miami and Palm Beach,
Florida, both places having rare but sharp frosts. The
oil extracted from the nuts is an important article of
commerce. The fiber refuse is much used by florists
and gardeners. Being open, spongy, very retentive of
moisture, clean and easily handled, it is a favorite
material in which to root bedding-plants and to start
very small seeds; but it is not used for permanent
potting. See U. S. Dept. Agric., Bull, of Div. of Ent.
(new series) 38 : 20-3, for a report of diseased coconuts.
For culture of Cocos under glass, see Palms.
Cocos in Florida. — The species of the C. australis
group (as known in the trade) are dry-land palms, the
best and most beautiful palms adapted to poor sandy
soils in Florida. In moist and rich ground they are sub-
ject to diseases, particularly to blight. On dry land, they
thrive with great vigor, and although slow growers,
they are strikingly beautiful specimens when only a few
years old. They look best in groups of five or even a
dozen planted together (about 12 to 15 feet apart).
After they have formed trunks 5 to 10 feet high they
are very impressive, particularly when the background
consists of tall bamboos or dark evergreens such as
Magnolia grandiflora or live-oaks. All the species of
this group have leaves more or less glaucous, silvery
white or bluish green. The leaflets are often very
hard to the touch — very rigid. The petiole at its base
is provided with short blunt spines. The roots are
brown and quite numerous, but the root-system is very
shallow, the trunks do not rest deep in the ground as is
the case with the Sabal and Phoenix species, and for
this reason they are easily blown over or they acquire a
leaning disposition. In planting these palms, they
should be set in a saucer-like cavity, which can be
filled up gradually. Both young and old plants are
easily transplanted in November and December, but it
is always advisable to plant only young specimens.
Few palms require so little care and fertilizer as these
Cocos species. A good application of stable manure as
a mulch when the rainy season begins helps them along
wonderfully, or they many be fertilized with a com-
bination consisting of equal parts of ammonia, phos-
phoric acid and potash. The flowers are always inclosed
in a club-like spathe varying in size from a large walk-
ing-stick to a baseball club. These spathes burst open
with a crack and reveal the much-branched flower-spike,
varying in color from a creamy white, yellowish,
lavender-crimson to a deep violet. The fruits also vary
in size and color. Some of them are not larger than a
large pea, others as large as a plum, some are yellowish
and others orange and red in color. (H. Nehrling.)
Cocos in California. — After passing through a severe
test during the first week in January of the year 1913,
the several species of Cocos palms are in a condition
in which one may safely judge of their comparative
hardiness. In the Cocos palms found in local gar-
dens are two very distinct groups. These two groups
may each contain but one species having several varie-
1013. Cocos Weddelliana.
ties, or they may consist of several species as they are
known "in the trade," and it is upon the latter basis
they are here" dealt with. (1) The dwarf group is com-
monly and widely represented by the one known as
C. australis and the other and less-known kinds are
catalogued as C. Alphonsi, C. Bonnettii, C. campestris,
C. Gaertneri, and C. Yatay. Occasionally two others, C,
odorata and C. pulposa, are listed. All those named are
quite hardy and may safely be planted from Los
Angeles to San Francisco without fear of losing them
through freezing, though in places some may get
"scorched" while young. With age all become quite
hardy. (2) To a taller and more striking group, belong
those of which C. plumosa is the best known and, unfor-
tunately, most widely planted type. These are C.
botryophora, C. coronata, C. Datil, C. flexuosa, C. plu-
mosa, and C. Romanzoffiana. Of these six four have
proved quite tender and three quite hardy, the latter
lot resistant to at least a half-dozen degrees more of
cold than the former. The tender ones are: C. botryo-
phora, C. coronata, C. plumosa, and C. Romanzoffiana.
Those proving hardy over all of southern California
in 1913 were C. Datil and C. flexuosa, the latter the
814
COCOS
cocos
only one at all common. To these may be added the
true C. australis, not known here in the trade at all, a
tall-growing species, and not the dwarf one commonly
sold under this name. J. Harrison Wright, of Riverside,
has grown this novel species and assures the writer of
its hardiness in his garden where C. plumosa succumbs
in comparatively mild winters. These notes are based
upon a close study of these species and varieties as
observed during the past few winters in the gardens of
Los Angeles and Pasadena in Southern California.
(Ernest Braunton.)
aurea, 8.
australis, 2, 7.
botryophora, 2.
butyracea, 5.
campestris, 12.
INDEX.
coronata, 2, 11.
Datil, 2, 10.
eriospatha, 1.
flexuosa, 2.
insignis, 13.
nucifera, 8.
plumosa, 2, 4.
Romanzoffiana, 6.
Weddelliana, 3.
Yatay, 9.
A. Filaments present on the rachis.
1. eriospatha, Mart. St. 9-15 ft. high, 10-14 in.
thick, capitately thickened with the persistent bases of
the petioles: Ivs. ample, glaucous, finely pectinate;
margins of the rachis with excurrent filaments; segms.
about 1 in. apart, the lower elongated, linear, 20-24 in.
long, very long-acuminate, the upper narrowly linear,
short, attenuate, 1 ft. long, 2 lines wide, all rigid, faintly
nervose-striate : spadix thick, branched but very com-
pact. S. Brazil. — "The hardiest of the genus and one
of the hardiest palms in S. Calif. Fronds bluish: fr.
pulp tastes like apricots." — F. Franceschi, Santa Bar-
bara. Some of the C. australis of the trade may belong
here.
AA. Filaments absent.
B. Rachis abruptly contracted above the insertion of the
lowest Ifts.
2. flexudsa, Mart. St. 9-42 ft. high, 2-3 ^ in. diam.,
arcuate-ascending, naked just above the base, thence
densely clothed with dead petiole bases: Ivs. lax, 3-6 ft.
long; petiole flat above, arcuate, at first tomentose, later
smooth; rachis abruptly narrowed above the insertion
of the lowest If.-segm., thence linear-filiform at the
apex, excurrent; segms. 70-90 on each side, rigid in
opposite groups, the middle 10-14 in. long, J^in. wide,
the upper 4 in. long, j^in. wide: spadix long-peduncled
and rather loose. Brazil. — Cult, in northern green-
houses. Similar in habit to S. plumosa, but with more
finely cut Ivs., and in S. Eu. considered to stand more
frost. Probably the C. flexuosa planted in this country is
not the true species C. flexuosa of Martius, but of
Hort., a hardy form of C. Romanzoffiana, Cham.,
which latter according to the late Barbosa-Rodriguez
is a polymorphic species including, besides this flexuosa
type, all our garden forms known as C. plumosa, Hook.,
C. coronata, Hort., not Mart., C. botryophora, Hort., C.
Datil, Griseb. & Drude, and C. australis, Mart. The
foregoing description has been drawn from Martius and
not from cult, specimens. The true C. flexuosa of Mar-
tius is a slender-stemmed palm from tropical Brazil.
The true C. australis of Martius is native in Paraguay;
it is like C. plumosa in appearance but hardier.
BB. Rachis not abruptly contracted.
C. Lfts. flaccid.
D. Arrangement of Ifts. equidistant.
3. Weddelliana, Wendl. (Glaziova Martiana, Glaz.,
to which genus Martius considers the species to
belong). Fig. 1013. St. 4-7 ft. high, 1^
in. diam., densely covered with persistent
sheaths: Ivs. equally pectinate-pinnatisect,
3-3 J^ ft. long; petiole 8-20 in.; sheath co-
riaceous-fibrous, glabrous or tomentose, with
slender brown hairs, at length evanescent;
blade 2-3 ft. ; segms. about 50 on each side,
widely spreading, the middle 5 in. long, 2
lines wide, subequidistant, glaucous beneath;
rachis filiform at the apex, brown -scaly:
spadix equaling the Ivs., stiff and erect. Trop.
Brazil. R.H. 1879, p.434. I.H.
22:220. A. G. 16:345.— The
most important of small orna-
mental palms for the N.
DD. Arrangement of Ifts. in
groups of 2~4-
4. plumosa, Hook. St.
30786 ft. high, 10-12 in.
thick, ringed at inter-
vals of a foot, clothed
1014. Coconut germinating.
near the apex with remnants of the dead petioles : Ivs.
erect-spreading, 12-15 ft. long, recurving; petiole a
third to half as long as the blade; segms. linear-acumi-
nate, sparse, solitary or mostly in groups of 2-4, 1J^
ft. long, deflexed near the apex: spadix usually 3 ft.
long and much branched, the branchlets pendular.
Cent. Brazil. B.M. 5180.— The chief avenue palm of
the genus. A quick grower, ultimately 50 ft. high in S.
Fla. and Calif. The slender smooth lobes and heads of
graceful recurving Ivs. make this a very attractive tree.
cc. Lfts. rigid.
D. Form of Ifts. sword-shaped.
5. butyracea, Linn. Sts. very tall, naked: Ivs. pin-
nate; Ifts. simple: spathe cylindrical-oblong, 4-6 ft.;
spadix as long as the spathe, 4-6 ft.; branches of the
spadix about 1 ft., thickly clustered and somewhat
pendulous. Venezuela. — Rare and perhaps confused
with Scheelea butyracea. Little known, although long
ago described.
6. Romanzoffiana, Cham. Sts. 30-40 ft. high, some-
what fusiform above: Ivs. about half as long as the cau-
dex, the withered ones deflexed, pendent, the upper
spreading, often arching; segms. conduplicate at the
base, ensif orm : spadix about 6 ft. long, at first inclosed
in a stout pendulous spathe which appears among the
lowest Ivs. S. Brazil near the sea; according to recent
characterizations, it comprises a wide variety of forms,
as explained under No. 2.
1015. Coconuts.
cocos
CODI^UM
815
DD. Form of Ifts. linear: apex obtuse: petiole glaucous.
7. australis, Mart. PINDO PALM. Height about 30
ft.: st. erect, columnar, equal, strongly annular above:
Ivs. 9-12 ft. long, the sheath fibrous and glabrous;
petiole naked; segms. linear, glaucous, rather rigid:
fr as large as a pigeon's egg, outer pulp sweet, edible,
seed oily. Paraguay. G.C. III. 18:739. A.F. 5:515;
7:805. R.H. 1876, p. 155.— A good grower. Cult,
under glass and outdoors in Fla. and Calif.
8. nucifera, Linn. Coco PALM. COCONUT TREE.
Figs. 1014 (adapted from Cook), 1015. Caudex 40-100
ft. high, flexuous, thickened at the base: Ivs. 12-18 ft.
long; Ifts. linear-lanceolate, 2-3 ft., coriaceous, flaccid;
petiole 3-5 ft., stout. Seashores within the tropics and
at Miami and Palm Beach, Fla. Indigenous to Cocos
or Keeling Isls. of the Indian Ocean, but recently
thought to be native of Trop. Amer. See O. F. Cook,
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., 7:257-93 (1901); 14:271-342
(1910). R.H. 1895, p. 457. Mn. 2:171. G.F. 7:15 —
Produces the coconuts of commerce. Var. aiirea, Hort.,
is a form remarkable for its orange-yellow sheaths,
petioles and midribs." It is known in cult, only in
England.
DDD. Form of Ifts. narrowly lanceolate.
E. Lvs. long, 6-15 ft. in mature specimens.
F. Petiole spinose-serrate: segms. of If. less numerous.
9. Yatay, Mart. St. 12-15 ft. high, over 1 ft. diam.,
naked below, covered with dead sheaths above: Ivs. re-
curved, spreading 6-9 ft. ; sheath 1 ft. long, fibrous at
the mouth; petiole \Yi ft. long, spinose-serrate, the
spines increasing in length towards the lower end of
petiole; segms. 50-60 on a side, crowded below, then
equidistant, linear-lanceolate, the uppermost long-
setaceous filiform, the middle ones 2M> ft. long, 2-5 in.
wide, the upper 20 in. long, J^in. wide, all rigid, glau-
cous beneath: spadix about 4^ ft. long with at least
150 branches. Brazil, Argentina.
FF. Petiole not spinose-serrate: segms. of If.
very numerous.
10. Datil, Drude & Griseb. St. 30 ft. high, 8-12 in.
diam.: Ivs. 12-15 ft. long; sheath about 16 in. long;
petiole \Y<i ft. long, 1% in. wide, %in. thick; segms.
linear-acuminate, glaucous, densely crowded in groups
of 3 or 4, 150-160 on each side, the lowest 2 ft., middle
2H ft- and apical 1 ft., the uppermost filiform, all nar-
row, stiff and rigid, the dried Ivs. glaucous green or
whitish: spadix 3-3 H ft- long with at least 300 spirally
twisted branches. Argentina; isls. and river banks. —
The frs. are edible, resembling those of the date palm.
Hardier in S. Calif, than C. plumosa, C. flexuosa, and
C. Romanzoffiana.
11. coronata, Hort., not Mart. Trunk at length 18-
30 ft. high, 8 in. diam., erect, deeply ringed: Ivs. erect-
spreading, 6-9 ft. long, short-pet ioled, arranged in a
close, 5-ranked spiral, the long-persistent bases of the
petioles forming a spiral-twisted column below the
crown; If .-segms. in groups of 2 or 3, folded together
from the base (conduplicate), linear-lanceolate, coria-
ceous, densely crowded, about 100 on each side; mid-
rib 4-sided below, 3-sided above: spadix about 2^-3
ft. with not more than 60 branches. Brazil.
EE. Los. shorter, S~41A ft- ™ mature specimens.
F. Apex of Ifts. obtuse.
12. campestris, Mart. St. 8-10 ft. high, thickened,
scaly: Ivs. spreading-recurved, rigid, 3-4J^ ft. long;
rachis elevated, triangular above, convex below; segms.
narrowly lanceolate, 30-40 on each side, obtuse at the
apex and shortly cordate-acuminate: spadix about 2J^
ft. long, with 10-14 branches. Brazil.— Hardier than
C. nucifera, but scarcely known in cult, in N. Amer.
Perhaps hardy as far north as N. C.
FF. Apex of Ifts. acuminate.
13. insignis, Mart. (Glazibva inslgnis, Hort.). St.
3-6 ft. high, \Yi in. diam.: Ivs. 4^-6 ft. long; sheath
densely brown-lanate ; petiole shorter than or equaling
the sheath, a fourth or fifth as long as the rachis ; segms.
equidistant, 50 on each side, narrowly lanceolate,
obliquely acuminate and caudate, silvery glaucous
beneath: spadix about 3 ft. long, with about 50
branches. Brazil.
The following are trade names of rare or botanically little-known
plants not sufficiently described: C. Alphonsei. — C. Arechavalel&na,
Barb., is described as somewhat like C. Romanzoffiana but taller
and making larger crowns. It is a native of Uruguay. — C. Blumen-
dOT=C. eriospatha. — C. Bonnetii. — C. G*rtnm'=(?). — C. Geriva,
Hort. G.C. III. 27:293 figures C. Geriva, a remarkable Cocos (?)
with 4 branches. Nothing further is known of this plant. It may
be C. Geriba, Rodr.=C. botryophora, Mart. — C. Maximilid.no,,
Hort.=(?). — C. odordta, Rodr. St. short: Ifts. in 3's or 5's, linear-
lanceolate; petioles spiny: fr. yellowish green or pink, pulp scented.
Brazil. R.H. 1893, p. 345. — C. pulpdsa, is supposed to be very like
C. eriospatha. This species is scarcely known in this country. — C.
Yurwnmjnas=(t). J$^ TAYLOR.f
CODLEUM (probably from Greek for head, the
colored leaves being used for crowning-wreaths, or
from the Malayan name). Euphorbiacese. CROTON.
VARIEGATED LAUREL. Tropical shrubs or trees grown
for the variegated and interesting foliage, as green-
house plants or for summer bedding outdoors.
Leaves alternate, simple, somewhat thick and
leathery, pinnately veined, glabrous: juice somewhat
milky: fls. monoecious, in slender axillary racemes;
staminate fls. with petals, calyx imbricate, stamens
20-30, erect in the bud; pistillate fls. apetalous, ovary
3-celled, 3-ovuled. — Six species of Malaya and Pacific
Isls., not closely related to any other commonly cult.
Euphorbiacese. Differs from the true crotons in the
erect stamens, glabrous foliage and more or less milky
juice.
The almost endless variety of codieums (or crotons
of gardens) are probably all from one botanical species,
greatly varied by selection and crossing. Although a
great many of these bear Latin binomials they inter-
grade so that it is often difficult to separate them or to
make a reliable classification; however, they may be
grouped conveniently as below. Totally different leaf
forms and color variations often appear on the same
plant. The latest botanical treatment is by Pax in
Das Pflanzenreich, hft. 47, and is followed in this
article.
The crotons are prized chiefly for the varied and
brilliant markings of the leaves. The young leaves are
usually green and yellow, changing later to red,
although in some the markings remain yellow or with
red only in the petiole. They are usually kept not over
2 to 3 feet high, but if given opportunity will grow into
considerable trees in the greenhouse. They are good
subjects for massing in the open and develop most
brilliant colors in our bright hot summers; however,
they will not stand frost.
Codieums (or crotons, as they are popularly known
in America) are beautiful plants with many forms of
handsome and odd foliage of the most brilliant color-
ing. The colors range from almost pure white to light
and deep yellow, orange, pink, red and crimson, in the
most charming combinations. In some cases one color
predominates, as in Carrierei (yellow), Czar Alexander
III. (crimson), Hawkeri (light yellow). These varie-
ties of distinct coloring make beautiful specimen plants
for jardinieres; and their beauty is enhanced when
used in jardinieres of appropriate color. As exhibition
plants they are very effective, and may be grown to
specimens 5 or 6 feet high, or even larger. In smaller
sizes, codieums are much used as table plants, for which
purpose well-colored tops are rooted and grown on
until they are from 12 to 15 inches high. The narrow-
leaved varieties are most used for this purpose. Codi-
eums are very attractive in vases and window-boxes
and for mantel and table decorations. They are also
816
CODI^UM
CODI^UM
very valuable as bedding plants. Planted in clumps or
masses, the effect of the combination of rich colors is
charming. They should be planted in any good, rich,
not too heavy soil, and regularly syringed to keep down
red spider. They color best when fully exposed to
the sun, and should not be planted out until about the
10th of June in the neighborhood of New York and
Philadelphia. If something is needed to make the beds
look attractive early in the season, it is a good plan to
plant pansies in April, to remain until it is time to
plant the codieums. Some of the tender varieties, such
as Reedii, albicans, and a few others, are inclined to
burn in the extremely hot weather, but nearly all the
sorts do well bedded out. Among the very best for
this purpose are Queen Victoria, Dayspring, Baron
Rothschild, Andreanum, Lady Zetland, Carrierei,
Barryi, Hawkeri, fasciatum, anietumense. — The
house culture of codieums is very simple. It is neces-
1016. Codiaeum variegatum Baronne de Rothschild.
(An example of form platyphyllum. >
sary that a night temperature be maintained of 70°
to 75°, and that the air be kept moist by frequent
syringings. Cuttings of half-ripened wood may be
easily rooted at any time from October until June, a
bottom heat of 80° being just what they need. When
very fine specimens are desired, root strong and shapely
tops by making an incision in the stem and tying moss
around the wounded part; it will be rooted ready to
pot in about three weeks. By this method all the foliage
may be retained, and a perfect plant will result. The
more light the plant receives, the better will be the
color; but with some kinds of glass it is necessary to
shade lightly to prevent burning of the leaves. They
may be grown finely in a house glazed with ground
glass, which admits the light and does not require
shading. It is well to syringe two or three times a week
with tobacco water, to kill mealy bug and red spider.
Little's Antipest, or any emulsion of coal-oil, is a good
insecticide for codieums. New varieties from seed,
the result of crossing existing sorts, are continually
being raised. Seed ripens freely under glass in North
America, and there is no doubt that the list of about
eighty choice varieties now in cultivation will be largely
added to in the near future. (Robert Craig.)
variegatum, Blume, var. pictum, Muell. Arg.
(C. medium, Baill. C. variegatum var. genulnum,
Muell. Arg., in part. C. pictum, Hook. Crbton variegatus,
Linn. Crbton pictus, Lpdd. Phyllaurea Codiaeum,
Lour.). Lys. ovate to linear, marked with various
colors, entire or lobed. — Cult, throughout the Old
World tropics as well as in Eu. and Amer. The wild
form with green Ivs. is var. molluccdnum, Muell. Arg.
(C.moluccanum, Decne.). B.M. 3051. L.B.C. 9:870.
A. Foliage plane or recurved, entire, not appendiculate.
B. Lvs. 2-3, rarely 4 times as long as broad, usually broadest
above the middle. Form platyphyllum, Pax.
c. The Ivs. with practically no red coloration.
Hort. vars.: aureo-maculatum, aureo-marmoratum,
Baron Frank Seilliere, Barryi, Bergmanii, Bruce Find-
lay, Carrierei, Delight, Exquisite, fasciatum, fucatum,
Golden Queen, grande, Hawkeri, Henryanum, Hookeri,
invictum, Jamesii, lacteum, magnolifolium, maximum,
medium variegatum, Orvilla, ovalifolium, Princess
Waldeck, superbiens, tournfordensis, Truffautii.
cc. The Ivs., at least when older, red colored.
Hort. vars.: Andreanum, acubsefolium, Austinianum,
Baronne James de Rothschild (Fig. 1016), B. Compte,
Beauty, Dayspring, Dormannianum, Hilleanum, Le
Tzar, Magnificent, Marquis de Guadiaro, Me. Lucien
Linden, Mortii, Mrs. Iceton, Nestor, Newmannii, Pen-
nincki; pictum, Pilgrimii, Prince Henry, recurvifolium,
Reidii, Reginse, roseo-pictum, Stewartii, Williamsii.
ccc. The Ivs. broad, color not specified.
Hort. vars.: Compte de Germiny, d'Haenei, Dr.
Friedenthal, Hendersonii, Kreutzeanum, Makoyanum,
marmoratum, Prince Royal, Sanderi, Seemannii, Sinai,
Stroemeri, verum, Watsonii.
BB. Lvs. lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, 5 or more
times as long as wide. Form ambiguum, Pax.
c. The Ivs. vnth practically no red coloration.
Hort. vars.: albo - lineatum, angustissimum, aniet-
umense, bellulum, Burtonii, concinnum, Countess,
Crown Prince, Davisii, Duvalii, eburneum, elongatum,
eminens, Goednoughtii, irregulare, latimaculatum,
maculatum, Monarch, Mooreanum, Mrs. Swan, vol-
utum, Weismanii, Wilsonii.
cc. The Ivs., at least when older, red-colored.
Hort. vars.: albicans, amabile, Broomfieldii, Chal-
lengerii, Chantrieri, chrysophyllum, Cooperi, Drouetii,
Duvivieri, Flamingo, Hanburyanum, imperiale, inimita-
bile, insigne, Jubilee, Lady Zetland, lancifolium, Mac-
far lanei, magnificum, Massangeanum, multicolor,
musaicum, Nevillia3, princeps, Queen Victoria, recurva-
tum, Sunshine, triumphans, triumphans Harwoodi-
anum, Vervsetii, Victory, Veitchii, Youngii.
ccc. The Ivs. medium width, lanceolate, color not specified.
Hort. vars. : Boucheanum, Eckhautei, Eclipse, Excel-
lenz, Flambeau, Gaerdtii, Grusonii, Imperator,
Leopoldii, Margarete Daniel, marginatum, neriifolium,
Oberstleutnant Erode, Ohlendorffii, Pres. Chereau,
Said Pascha, Spindlerianum, splendidum, undulatum.
BBS. Lvs. linear, 1 cm. (%in.) or less broad. Form
taeniosum, Muell. Arg.
c. The Ivs. with practically no red coloration.
Hort. vars.: aigburthiense, aureo-punctatum, Dodg-
sonse (in part), elegantissimum, Elvira, gloriosum, Her-
mon, Johannis, Phillipsii, superbum, Van Oosterzeei.
cc. The Ivs. with red color, at least when old.
Hort. vars.: Bragseanum, elegans, majesticum, Mrs.
Dorman, • nobile, Princess of Wales, Rodeckianum,
ruberrimum, sceptre.
ccc. The Ivs. narrow linear, color not specified.
Hort. vars.: Donai, Fascination, Grayii, Klissingii,
lineare, pendulinum.
CODIAEUM
CODI^UM
817
AA. Foliage lobed, or with margin crisped or spirally
twisted, or with, a hair-like or If. -like apical appen-
dage.
B. Lvs. entire, with margin crisped, or the whole If.
spirally twisted, without appendage. Form crispum,
Muell. Arg.
Hort. vars.: caudatum tortile, Chelsonii, Cronstadii,
Elysian, Eyrei, Katharina, Madam Seilliere, Rex,
spirale (in part) (Fig. 1019), Warrenii.
BB. Lvs. more or less 8-lobed, at least constricted in the
middle (panduriform) . Form lobatum, Pax.
c. The Ivs. panduriform or indistinctly lobed.
Hort. vars.: Bismarckii, irregulare, lyratum, monti-
fontainense, multicolor, Princess Matilda, Russelii,
Thomsonii.
cc. The Ivs. distinctly 3-lobed.
Hort. vars.: Craigii, Disraeli, Evansianum, Fred
Sander, Goldiei, hastiferum, illustre, Lord Derby,
maculatum Katonii, trilobum.
BBB. Lvs. entire or nearly so, the midrib projecting,
usually below the apex, as a horn-like appendage.
Form cornutum, Andre.
Hort. vars.: appendiculatum, chrysophyllum (in
part), cornutum, excurrens, Mrs. McLeod, paradoxum,
Prince of Wales, spirale (Fig. 1019).
BBBB. Lvs. constricted to the midrib, or with the apically
projecting midrib, bearing a second or even third
plane, or cucullate, lamina. Form appendiculatum,
Celak.
Hort. vars.: Dodgsonse, interruptum (Fig. 1018),
elegans, irregulare, Laingii, Mrs. McLeod (in part),
multiforme, mutabile, picturatum, Rodeckianum (in
part), Sinitzianum.
The following varieties are in the American trade or frequently
cultivated in this country. A great many variations in spelling of
names occur, chiefly due to different terminations to agree with
either Croton or Codiaeum. Such slightly different forms of names
have been omitted. The brief descriptive phrases do not include
the more important characters given in the above classification.
When yellow and red are both mentioned, the foliage is generally
at first yellow-marked and later the yellow changing to red with
ground-color green or dark red-green. The measurements are
approximate, and of course,
more or less unreliable and
show respectively width
and length of leaves in
inches. It is intended here
to account for the Latin-
form names, that might
be confused with tenable
species-names; but practi-
cally all the prevailing ver-
nacular names have been
inserted.
Aigberth Gem (= following?).
Aigburthiense. Yellow midrib and spots, J^Xll. A.F. 16:255.
Gng. 9:19.
Albicans. White variegated, crimson beneath, 3 X 18.
Albo-lineatum. Yellow center changing to white, 1 X 12. A.F.
16:255. Gng. 9:19.
Amabile ("often called variabile"). Lvs. often distorted and
curved to one side, variegated with yellow and two distinct shades
of green and red, 1 H X 11.
Andreanum. Yellow to red veins, 2 J^ X 9. I.H. 22:201. A.F.
23:241. Gng. 13:81. R.H. 1876, p. 234.
1017.
Codiaeum Disraeli.
(An example of form
lobatum.)
1018. Codiaeum interruptum.
(An example of form appendiculatum.)
Angustissimum (Angustifolium). Yellow margin and ribs,
J^XlS. G.C. 1871:612.
Anietumense. Yellow midrib and cross veins, 1 Xll.
Aucvhzfolium. Yellow, red-blotched, 2^X8. I.H. 19, p. 327.
Aurso-maculatum. Yellow-spotted, 1 y-i X 3 J^.
Aureum. Yellow-marked.
Baron Adolph Seilliere. Lvs. large, veins pale yellow, soon white.
Baronne James de Rothschild (Baron Rothschild, etc., Baron A.
de Rothschild (?) ). Fig. 1016. Yellow, red veins, etc., 2Jix7.
A.F. 23:242. R.H. 1879:450; 1898:180. F.E. 18:379. I.H.
26:365.
Barryi. Yellow, changing to white, midrib, veins and dots, 2x7.
B. Compte. Large, yellow, red blotches, 2 H X 7.
Beauty. Yellow to pink center, margin and mottling, ovate,
2x6.
Bergmanii. Cream-yellow with green blotches. I.H. 27:389.
Broomfieldii. Various yellow marks, midrib red-tinted, 2x10.
Burtonii. Yellow mottled, lanceolate, 3 X 15.
Carrierei. Margin, midrib, dots and some veins yellow, oblong,
IHxll. I.H. 27, p. 90, desc.
Caudatum tortile. Yellow variegated with some red, long, narrow,
spiral Ivs. R.B. 35:240. Gn. 11, p. 83. Gt. 33:9.
Challenger (Challenged!?, Imperator?). Midribs creamy white
changing to red.
Chelsonii. Yellow, red midrib and mottling, J^XlO. A.F.
16:255. Gng. 9:19.
Chrysophyllum (perhaps two vars. under this name). Irregular,
large, yellow, red blotch, 2 X 12.
Compte de Germiny. Lvs. broad.
Cooperi. Yellow, red center and spots, % X 10. Gn. 10, p. 139.
Cornutum. Yellow midrib and dots, often wavy, spiral or even
lobed, Jix4. I.H. 19, p. 188.
Countess (Countess Superba?). Yellow spotted, tapering, % X 14.
Cronstadtii. Yellow variegated, tapering, spiral, %in. wide. A.F.
16:255; 23:275. Gt. 31:309.
Crown Prince. Yellow veins, 2 X 16.
Czar Alexander III. See Le Tzar.
Davisii. White midrib and variegation, % X 12.
Dayspring. Yellow, red-mottled, margin green, ovate, IJ^XS.
Delight. Yellow changing to white, with green margin, lanceo-
late, 2x8.
Disraeli. Fig. 1017. Variously lobed, yellow, red veins and spots,
3X12. Gn. 10, p. 141. P.M. 1876:207.
Dodgsonse. Yellow midrib, margin and spots, often spiral, excur-
rent midrib often foliacious, % X 12.
Dormannianum. Lvs. small, bronze-red and yellow.
Earl of Derby. See Lord Derby.
Earlscourt.
Edmontonense. Lvs. narrow, brilliantly colored.
Elegans (Parvifolium, see Interruptum). Yellow, red midrib
and margin, Yi X 6.
Elegantissimum. Yellow center and dots, petiole red, rarely
with apical seta, Hxl4. I.H. 29:469.
Elvira. Yellow center and variegation, sometimes with apical
seta and twisted, 1A X 10.
Elysian. Yellow midrib and dots, % X 14, twisted.
Evansianum. Yellow, red-veined and mottled, 3-lobed. Gn. VV .
4:409.
Excelsior.
Excurrens. Greenish yellow variegated, oblong, midrib pro-
jecting.
818
CODI^UM
CODLEUM
Fasciatum. Yellow veins, broad ovate. A. F. 23:241.
Flambeau. Medium width, lanceolate.
Flamingo. Irregular yellow central stripe, 1 }^ X 8.
Gloriosum (Prince of Wales). Lvs. long-narrow, variously yel-
low-marked, sometimes spiral and appendaged. Gng. 9:19. Gn.
14, p. 643. A.F. 16, p. 255.
Golden Ring.
Goldiei. Yellow veins, 3-lobed, 3 X 10.
Grande. Yellow veins and spots.
Grayii. Resembling Majesticum.
H anbury anum. Yellow, rose marks and blotches, 2 J^ X 15. Gng.
7:324.
Harwoodianum (Triumphans Harwoodianum). Yellow, crimson
midrib.
Hawkerii. Light yellow, green margins and tips, broad-lanceo-
late, 6 in. long. J.H. III. 61 : 129. G.Z. 23, p. 265.
Henryanum. Yellow-mottled, ovate, 3x9.
Herman. Yellow midrib and spots, \$ X 10.
Hilleanum. Purplish green, crimson marks, oblong or spatulate,
3x9. I.H. 19, p 326.
Hookerianum (Hookeri). Irregular yellow center and blotches,
broad lance-ovate. G.C. 1871 : 1067. Gn. 3, p. 45. I.H. [19, p. 40.
G. 7:137. F. 1871, p. 199.
Illustre. Yellow markings, 3-lobed, midrib excurrent. G.Z. 28:2.
Imperator. See Challenger.
Inimitabilis. Yellow, red midrib and veins all dark red, 1x6.
1019. Codiaeum spirale. (An
example of forms crispum and
cornutum.)
Insigne. Yellow midrib and veins, margin red, narrow-oblong.
Interruptum. Fig. 1018. Yellow, red midrib, % X 12. Sometimes
distorted or spiral, midrib excurrent. I.H. 19, p.170. F. 1872. p. 209
A.F. 16:1510. Journ. Bot. 19:220.
Invicta. Lemon-color, broad If.
Irregulare. Lf. form irregular, often contracted below middle,
midrib and spots yellow. I.H. 19, p. 135.
Jamesii. Irregular yellow blotch changing to white, 3 X 10.
Johannis (Taeniosum). Center and margin yellow: Ivs. long,
narrow. F. 1872, p. 161. Gng. 9:19. I.H. 19, p. 169. F.S. 19, p. 12.
Gt. 34:24. A.F. 13:1070.
Katonii (Maculatum Katonii). Lvs. partly trilobed, yellow-
spotted. F. 1879. p. 27.
Lady Zetland. Yellow, red margin, midrib and veins, J^Xll.
Laingii. Lf. base yellow, remainder green to dark red, spiral,
midrib excurrent or appendaged.
Le Tzar. Lf. broad, veins and most of If. yellow, red. I.H.
o5 ' 70.
Lord Derby (Earl of Derby?). Trilobed, base and center yellow
red, 1A-4x8.
MacFarlanei. Yellow, red-blotched, 1 X 12.
Maculatum Katonii. See Katonii.
Madam Seilliere. Lvs. lanceolate, spirally twisted, variegated.
A.F. 13: 1068.
Magnolifolium. A few yellow spots and veins, 3x6.
Majesticum. Yellow, red margin, midrib and mottling, linear
15 in. long. G.Z. 18, p. 97. G. 2:163. F. 1876, p. 53. F.M!
1874: 103.
Makoyanum. Broad Ivs. chocolate and carmine marking.
Marquis de Castellane.
Maximum. Border and veins yellow or yellow with green
blotches, 12 in. long. I.H. 14, p. 534; 19, p. 168. B.H. 19:65.
Memphis.
Montefontainense (Montfortiense?). Somewhat 3-lobed, veins
yellow, red, 1^x6.
Mortii. Midrib and veins yellow, light red, 3 X 10.
Mrs. Chas. Heine.
Mrs. Craige Lippincott. Lvs. lance-ovate, veins colored. A.F.
23:274. Gng. 13:98.
Mrs. Dorman. Midrib scarlet, margins green, linear, V4 X 12
A.F. 16:255. Gng. 9:19.
Mrs. H. F. Watson. Lvs. large, variously marked with yellow
and red.
Mrs; Iceton. Very dark red with rose mottling, 2x4}^.
Mrs. McLeod. Constricted in middle, midrib yellow, red, pro-
jecting, y$ x 10.
Mrs. Swan. Central yellow stripe and blotch, petioles red,
1X12.
Multicolor. Like Irregulare but with red coloration developed.
I.H. 19, p. 120. F. 1872, p. 89.
Musaicum. Yellow, red-veined and mottled, or with green
blotches on colored ground, IJ^XS. R.H. 1882:240.
Nestor. Serrated central yellow, red blotch and spots, 2 ^ X 12.
Nevillise. Green-red mottling on yellow.
Newmannii. Lvs. short, broad, dark crimson.
Nobile. Lvs. linear, yellow, red variegated. A.F. 16:255. Gng.
9:19. F. 1878, p. 133.
Orvilla. Green mottling on yellow, 1x4}^.
Ovalifolium. Yellow variegated. Gt. 24, p. 221. F. 1875:8.
Pictum. Lvs. broad oblong-acuminate, less than 10 inches long,
blotches of green and blackish on red. B.M. 3051.
Picturatum. Similar to Interruptum. Gt. 25:375.
Pilgrimii. Yellow-blotched, overspread with pink, 3x9.
Princeps (mutabile). Yellow, red midrib and margins, Ivs.
narrow, variable in form, sometimes appendaged. F. 1879, p. 69.
Gn. 13:621, desc.
Princess Matilda. Lvs. subtrilobed, yellow, red blotch, base
nearly white, petioles red.
Princess of Wales. Yellow midrib and mottling, changing to
white, with pink reverse, linear, Y2 X 12. Gng. 13:84. A.F. 23:275.
Punctatum.
Queen Victoria. Yellow, red veins and mottling, 114X 10. A.F.
23:241.
Recurvifolium. Lvs. acuminate, recurved at the tip, yellow, red
veins and blotches.
Regime. Lvs. short and broad, yellow, crimson and brown
colored. F. 1879, p. 59.
Reidii. Yellow, red variegation and veins, rose tints, 4x8.
A.F. 23:242.
Rodeckianum. Variously mottled and marked with yellow and
red, % X 12, sometimes twisted and appendaged.
Roseo-pictum. Yellow, red, with green blotches between veins.
I.H. 26: 364; 43, p. 159.
Ruberrimum. Crir
imson marked with creamy white, linear.
Rubro-lineatum. Yellow, with crimson tints, oblong-lanceolate,
"1 in. to 1J4 in. long."
Rubro-striatum.
Sceptre. Lvs. linear, yellow spots, red midrib.
Sinitzianum. Yellow spots changing to white, projecting mid-
rib appendaged, y2 X 10. Gt. 30:278. G.Z. 26: 145. J.H. III. 48:435.
Sollerii.
Spirale. Fig. 1019. Midrib yellow, red or green, Ivs. spiral, midrib
excurrent, %X 10. V. 9, p. 203. F. 1874, p. 211. F.M. 1874: 126.
A.F. 23:242. Gt. 24:26.
Spkndens. "Lvs. broad, yellow and dull red on green."
Stewartii. Yellow veins and margin, midrib and petiole red.
Sunshine (Sunbeam?). Yellow, red veins and mottling, 2x9.
Superbissimum.
Superbum. Lvs. linear, drooping, green and yellow mottled.
A.F. 16:255; 23 p. 275; 21:674. Gng. 12:471; 9:19.
Thomsonii. Irregular central yellow area or all yellow, subtri-
lobed, 2x6.
Tortilis. See Caudatum tortile.
Tricolor. Lvs. oblong spatulate, margin sinuous, center yellow,
lower surface reddish.
Triumphans. Lvs. oblong, green and red.
Undulatum. Lvs. long and broad, undulate, veins red to purple.
I.H. 19, p. 265. F. 1870, p. 207. G. 9:106. Gn. 3, p. 118.
Veitchii. Yellow, red midrib and wide veins, some mottling,
1^X10. Gn. 17, p. 565. F. 1870, [p. 206. I.H. 19, p. 134. R.H.
1867, p. 190. V. 9, p. 203.
Victory. Yellow, red midrib and blotches, 2 Yi X 12.
Volutum. Yellow midrib and veins, 1x6, with long tip rolled
backward. Gt. 24:61. V. 9, p. 202. F. 1874, p. 138. G.Z. 20, p. 33.
F.M. 1875:154.
Warrenii. Yellow, red variegated, 1x20 spiral. P.F.G. 1882:
111. G. 11:123; 13:705. A.F. 16:255. G.W. 12:62. Gn.W.
6:457. Gn. 36, p. 337.
Weismanii. Yellow midrib and veins, petiole red, margin undu-
late, 1x10. I.H. 20, p. 80. F.S. 19, p. 14. F. 1873:55. Gt.
22, p. 149.
Williamsii. Yellow, red and pink variegated, ovate-oblong,
3x12.
Wilsonii. Green overspread with yellow, linear lanceolate,
1x18.
Youngii. Irregular yellow, red blotches, 1 X 15. Gn. 4, p. 129.
Others not in American trade: appendiculatwm. Horned, green.
G.Z. 21:241. [F. 1879, p. 67. R.H. 1877, p. 88. F.W. 1877, p. 136.—
aureo-lineatum. Yellow margins and veins. — Baron Frank Seilliere.
Yellow to white veins on reddish green. I.H. 27, p. 72, desc. Gn.
21, p. 289. — bellulum. Yellow, green margins. I.H. 22:210. — Bra-
gseanum. Yellow and green, red midrib, linear, 18 in. long. — Chan-
trieri. Linear, yellow red spots. I.H. 27, p. 73, desc. — contortum.
CODI^EUM
CCELIA
819
Lvs. ovate, tips recurved, veins and margins yellow. — Craigii,
3-lobed. Gng. 13:97. A.F. 23:238.— Croesus. Oblanceoiate, yel-
low-blotched. — Drouetii. Linear, border and veins yellow, red.
I.H. 27, p. 73, desc. — Duvalii. Lys. lance -linear, veins light
yellow. I.H. 27, p. 73, desc. — Dumvieri. Short-oblong, chiefly red.
— eburneum. Central irregular, white band. — elongatum. Narrow
lanceolate, yellow veins, margins, and spots. I.H. 24:299. —
eminens. Lanceolate, midrib and pair of veins white. — Exquisite.
Broad-ovate, margins and variegation yellow. — Eyrei. Recurved
and spiral, yellow variegated, petiole red. — Fascination. Long-
linear. A.F. 23:243. Gng. 13:119. — formosum. Yellow, red-
spotted. — fucatum. Obovate, yellow blotched, petiole red.— -
Goedenoughtii. Yellow variegated. — Golden Queen. Yellow midrib
and few veins and dots, petiole red, 2}^X9. — hastiferum. Two
acute lobes at broad base, yellow veins and blotches. I.H. 22:216.
heroicum. Yellow, red. — imperiale. Oblong, yellow, red margins
and veins, horned. F. 1876, p. 209. — interruptum elegans. I.H. 27,
p. 90, desc. R.H. 1880:170. — Jubilee. Center, veins and margins,
yellow, red, 2 X 13. — Junius. Long, narrow, yellow and red-colored.
— Katharina. Spiral, red variegated, 2 X 10. — lacteum. Oblanceo-
late, margin sinuous, midrib and veins yellow. F.S. 19, p. 8. —
lanci folium. Lanceolate, yellow- and red -marked, IJ^XlS. —
latimaculatum. Lanceolate, yellow-marked, petiole red. I.H 27, p.
73, desc. — limbatum. Yellow margins and soots. — Lord Belhaven.
Lanceolate, Gng. 7:323. F.E. 18:379. — lyratum. Slightly 3-lobed,
yellow veins. I.H. 24:293. — maculatum. Lanceolate, 12 in. long,
yellow-spotted. — magnificum. Yellow, red irregular central mark.
I.H. 29:447. — Magnificent. Central part yellow, red, 2^X7. —
Marquis de Guadiaro. Irregular yellow, red center. I.H. 37:96. —
Massangeanum. Lanceolate, 10 in. long, yellow, red, with green
blotches. I.H. 26:347. S.H. 1:124. — medium variegatum.
Ovate, margins and veins yellow. — Me. Lucien Linden. Yellow,
red-variegated. I.H. 38:140. — Monarch. Lanceolate, 2J^Xl2,
yellow spots. — Mooreanum. Oblanceolate, yellow edge and veins.
G.Z. 22:25. — ornatum. Yellow, red center, veins and blotches. —
paradoxum. Horned, yellow variegated. F. 1879, p. 68. — Pennincki.
Obovate, red with green marks. R.B. 33:304. — Phillipsii. Lance-
linear, base and center yellow, %x9. — Prince Henry. Tip re-
curved, variously red- and yellow-marked. — Princess Waldeck.
Ovate, 4 in. long, yellow center. -^-recurvatum. Tip recurved, yellow
along the red midrib. — Rex. Spiral, yellow, red mottled, % X 10. —
Russellii. Constricted in the middle, yellow, red spots and veins.
J.H. III. 27, p. 493. — Sanderi. Ovate, large, irregular blctches. G.
22:197. — splendidum. Lvs. broad, lanceolate, yellow, red. —
superbiens. Oblong, yellow, red-variegated. Gng. 13:84. — Tor-
quetum. — Torrigianum. Yellow, red veins, ribs and margins. —
tournfordense. Ovate, wide yellow center and base. Gn. 65, p. 42.
— trilobum. Lobed, yellow blotched. R.H. 1877, p. 89. F. 1877, p. 56.
G.Z. 21:97. — Truffautii. Yellow to white veins, Ivs. broad. —
Van Oosterzeei. Lance-linear, yellow - spotted. I.H. 30:502. —
VervsEtii. Yellow, red midrib and spots, lanceolate. I.H. 23:253. —
vittatum. Irregular yellow center, petiole red. — Wigmannii.
Yellow blotches, ^ x 9. j g g_ NoRTON.
CODLIN. Used in England to mean a small, green,
half-wild, inferior apple. It is used in distinction to
grafted or dessert fruit. It is about equivalent to the
American popular use of the word "crab." The word
is also used in England as the name of a particular
variety or group of varieties, as Keswick Codlin. The
word codlin is known in America only in connection
with the apple-worm insect, the codlin-moth. Some-
times written Codling.
CODONANTHE (Greek for bellflower). Gesneracese.
A dozen or more trailing or scandent herbs or sub-
shrubs of Brazil, Guiana, Cent. Amer., and W. Indies,
1 or 2 of which may be found in choice collections of
stove plants. Plants with long branches, opposite
entire and fleshy or thick mostly small Ivs., and whitish
fls. borne singly in the axils: corolla with a declined or
curved tube, the throat broad or open, and the limb
with 5 rounded nearly equal lobes, exceeding the 5
narrow lobes of the calyx; stamens attached in corolla-
tube, not exserted: fr. berry-like. C. grdcilis, Hanst.,
with creamy white spotted orange fls. and Ivs. often
blotched red beneath, is the species most likely to be
seen. Cult, of Gesneria and similar things. L. H. B.
CODONOPSIS (Greek, bell-like, alluding to the
shape of the flowers). Campanutdceae. Twining or
decumbent perennials, more or less hardy in the open,
with showy blue, whitish or greenish flowers.
Herbs, with tuberous rhizomes: Ivs. alternate or
irregularly opposite, petiolate, mostly crenate: fls.
axillary or terminal, stalked; calyx-tube hemispherical,
the limb 5-parted and the lobes leafy; corolla-tube
broadly tubular or bell-shaped, 5-parted (rarely 4- or
6-parted); stamens free, the filaments dilated at base;
stigma 3-5-lobed: fr. a dry or somewhat fleshy 3-5-
valved caps. — Eighteen or 20 species in Cent, and
E. Asia. A few of the species may occur in choice
border-collections; they need protection N.
ovata, Benth. Six to 12 in., decumbent and branches
becoming erect: Ivs. ovate, small (%in. or less long),
both alternate and opposite, acute or obtuse, hairy,
short-petioled: fls. pale blue, speckled inside, IJ^in. or
less long, broadly bell-shaped, on long terminal pedun-
cles. Himalayas. — Offered in England; half -hardy to-
hardy.
C. dematidea, Schr. Two to 3 ft., from mts. of Asia; one of the-
hardiest: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, petioled: fls. white tinged blue.
Much like C. ovata. — C. convohuldcea, Kurz. Sts. thin and wiry: fla»
bright blue, 1 in. across, numerous. Upper Burma. — C. lanceoldta,
Benth. & Hook. (Campanumsea lanceolata, Sieb. & Zucc.). Twin-
ing, 2-3 ft.: fls. hanging, greenish white and purple-veined, 1-2
in. long and 1 in. wide, in a short simple raceme: Ivs. alternate,
oblong-lanceolate, nearly or quite entire. Burma, China. F.S.
9:927. — C. Tdngshen, Oliver. Climbing, with long thickened rhi-
zome, the sts. slender and 2 ft. or more long: Ivs. ovate or broad-
lanceolate, toothed: fls. solitary, stalked, bell-shaped, \Yi in. long,,
greenish, spotted and striped purple inside. China. B.M. 8090.
Root used in China as a tonic. — C. vinciflora, Fedde. Allied to C.
convolvulacea: twining, slender: Ivs. mostly opposite, ovate or
oblong-acuminate, sinuate-dentate: fls. solitary, very long-pedun-
cled, rather small, rotate, and deeply parted, lilac. W. China. —
C. viridifldra, Maxim. Small climber, free-flowering: fls. bell-
shaped, whitish green, gray and violet. E. Asia. I TT R
•\
CCELIA (Greek, koilos, hollow: referring to the pol-
len masses). Orchidacex. Epiphytic orchids of minor
importance; culture of Epidendrum.
1020. Coelia Baueriana.
The ccelias are divided into 2 strongly marked
groups with widely different kinds of infl. C. macro-
stachya is a type of the first section, with long racemes
of numerous small, horizontal fls., which are much
exceeded by the long spreading bracts, and the base
of the column short. C. bella is typical of the second
section, with the fls. few, larger, erect, in groups of
about 3, longer than their bracts, and the base of the
column produced to twice its own length, which gives
the fls. a tubuldr appearance. — A half-dozen speciea
in Cent, and S. Amer.
A. Fls. small, in a long raceme. '
macrostachya, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2J^ in. long,
almost round, with brown scales at the base: Ivs.
about 3, from the top of the pseudobulb, 1 ft. or more
long, lanceolate, arching, broader than in C. bella, and
not channeled: sepals red; petals white. Mex. R.H.
1878:210. B.M. 4712. J.F. 4:423.
Baueriana, Lindl. Fig. 1020. Pseudobulbs 1-2 in.
long, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 10-18 in. long, linear, acute:
racemes of numerous small white fragrant fls.; ovary
3-winged; sepals ovate-lanceolate, the petals ovate-
oblong; lip with the claw yellow, the blade triangular.
W. Indies and Mex. B.R. 28:36.
AA. Fls. white, tipped purple, few, large.
bella, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs smaller and more con-
stricted at the top: Ivs. 6-10 in. long, narrower, chan-
820
CCELIA
CCELOGYNE
neled above, arching: fls. 2 in. long, erect, 3 or 4 in num-
ber, with the mid-lobe of the lip orange-colored. Guate-
mala. B.M. 6628.
C. densifldra, Rolfe. Characterized by a dense-fld. raceme,
wingless ovary and oblong mentum. Cent. Amer.
GEORGE V. NASH.f
. Details of Coelogyne speciosa.
CCELOGYNE (hollow pistil). Orchidacese. Popular
epiphytic warmhouse orchids of the eastern hemisphere.
Pseudobulbs tufted or at intervals on the st.: fls.
in racemes, opening simultaneously or in succession;
sepals and petals similar, spreading or reflexed; lip
3-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, inclosing the slender
column, the middle lobe flat or recurved, keeled; column
slightly curved, winged above; pollinia 4. — Species
about 115, distributed from N. India to Ceylon, middle
China, and in the islands of the Indian Ocean. The
botanical details of Coslogyne speciosa are shown in Fig.
1021. At the top is a general view of the fl. Below, on
the left, is the column, front and side view. In the
center is the lip, with the column lying along its top.
Below the lip, on the left, is the stigma. To the right,
on the bottom row, are the pollinia,
front and back view; and at the
right center are separate pollen
masses.
Coelogynes may be grown in pots,
baskets or pans, using pots for small
plants, and larger receptacles when the
plants require them; but when a pan
larger than 12-inch is necessary, it is
best to use perforated ones so that the
material may be well aerated and not
become unsuitable for the roots. All the
species are of rambling habit and large
specimens may soon be had by growing
on, provided the material at the roots
is kept in a sweet healthy condition.
When, however, it becomes necessary
to divide a plant, this is best done di-
rectly after flowering, carefully separat-
ing the running shoots, cutting off about
three of the last-made bulbs with all the
roots attached, planting these in suit-
able-sized receptacles, being very careful
to point the growing end away from the
edge, or toward the center, so that they
will not so readily outgrow again. The
material to use is osmundine with a
little sphagnum moss if it can be made
to grow, packing all very firm about the 1022. Coslogyne
roots so that too much water will not sangeana.
be held about the roots. Place in the shady part of
a warm house until root-action begins; but, during
the hot summer months, the varieties, of C. cristata
may with great benefit be placed in a frame in a
shady place outdoors, there to remain until danger of
frost in October. Treated in this way, the plants will
bloom much better. They should all be placed on
inverted pots when outside to exclude vermin. When
brought indoors the bulbs will be finishing up for
bloom, and as they are terrestrial plants, weak
manure-water should be given at every watering. A
glance at the roots and their structure will show how
they differ from the epiphytal orchids such as the cat-
tleyas. Coelogynes, being evergreen, should never be
quite dry at the roots, or shriveling will result; this
always is the case after flowering or repotting; but,
when growth commences, they soon plump up again.
It is often desired to grow these plants in baskets.
Space can then be made for them overhead in the cool-
houses in winter, bringing a few at a time into warmth,
thus having succession of bloom for three months for
cutting, house or conservatory decoration, where they
last a long time. There are more than 100 kinds of ccelo-
gynes, many of which are but of botanical interest. C.
pandurata, C. Dayana and C. Sanderiana are warm-
house plants and should be kept at a minimum tempera-
ture of 60° in winter. C. nervosa, C. flacdda, C. nitida,
and C. Massangeana are coolhouse plants, often grown
in collections; but C. cristata and its forms are the most
valued, especially the variety maxima once so scarce,
but now plentiful; this makes large bulbs and longer
spikes of bloom. The Chatsworth variety, by some
considered the same as maxima, hololeuca or alba
as it is most often known in gardens, is a pure white
form, perhaps the whitest of all orchids. This is
inclined to ramble, owing to the length of rhizome
between each bulb or growth, and needs attention in
repotting frequently; it is also the latest to flower. C.
Lemoniana has a pretty lemon-yellow blotch on the
lip instead of the usual orange and is very pretty by
contrast with the other
forms. When it is desired
to increase the stock of
plants, the back bulbs taken
off at potting time may be
planted similar to the other
pieces and will grow on,
but cannot be expected to bloom for two
years. (E. O. Orpet.)
alba, 1, 9.
asperata, 15.
barbata, 4.
Chatsworthii, 9.
citrina, 9.
corrugata, 6.
cristata, 9.
Dayana, 10.
flaccida, 3.
Fcerstermannii, 8.
hololeuca, 9.
lactea, 2.
Lemoniana, 9.
Lowii, 15.
Massangeana, 12.
maxima, 5, 9.
Mayeriana, 14.
nervosa, 6.
nitida, 5.
ocellata, 5.
pandurata, 13.
Parishii, 16.
salmonicolor, 1.
Sanderiana, 7.
speciosa, 1.
tomentosa, 11.
Mas-
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Racemes with fls. opening in succession. 1. speciosa
.. Racemes with fls. opening all at once.
B. Scape of the raceme naked between
the pseudobulb and lowest, fl.-bract.
c. Imbricated bracts below fls. none.
D. Keels of lip extending into
broadly ovate front lobe 2. lactea
DD. Keels of lip not extending into
ovate front lobe : 3. flaccida
cc. Imbricated bracts below fls. several,
close 4. barbata
BB. Scape of raceme with 1 or few scales
between pseudobulb and lowest fl-.
bract.
CCELOGYNE
CCELOGYNE
821
c. Lip with a large eye-like spot. ... 5. nitida
cc. Lip with no eye-like spot.
D. Keels of lip lacerated or fim-
briated.
E. The scape arising from large
Ivs.
F. Fl.-bracts persistent 6. nervosa
FF. Fl.-bracts deciduous 7. Sanderiana
EE. The scape without large Ins.
F. Sepals about as long as
broad; keels of the lip
only slightly cut 8. Foerster-
FF. Sepals about twice as long mannii
os broad; keels of lip
strongly cut 9. cristata
DD. Keels of lip warty.
E. Peduncle, rachis and ovaries
tomentose.
F. The scape arising from
large Ivs 10. Dayana
FF. The scape without large Ivs.
G. The keels in middle lobe
of lip papillose 11. tomentosa
GO. The keels in middle lip
cut into tooth - like
segms 12. Massangeana
EE. Peduncle, rachis and ovaries
glabrous.
F. Pseudobulbs elliptic to
ovate-oblong, compressed.
G. Middle lobe of lip sepa-
rated from lateral lobes
by a distinct claw 13. pandurata
GG. Middle lobe of lip sessile.14:. Mayeriana
FF. Pseudobulbs fusiform, 4~
sided.
G. Raceme many-fld., nod-
ding 15. asperata
GG. Raceme few-fid., erect.. .16. Parishii
1. speciosa, Lindl. (C. salmonicolor, Reichb.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid, distinctly angled, 2-3 in. long, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. up to a foot long: racemes with 1, 2 or 3 fls.; sepals
oblong, translucent, pale yellow-brown; petals pale
yellow-brown, linear, reflexed; lateral lobes of lip
erect, reticulated, with dull copper-brown on a blush-
salmon ground, mid-lobe roundish, partly broad-
margined with white; disk with 2 fringed ridges and
umber-brown markings. Java. B.M. 4889. Gn. 49,
p. 62. B.R. 33:23. C.O. 3. Var. alba, Hort. Alight-
colored form.
2. lactea, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, somewhat
4-sided, sulcate, 2-lvd., 3 in. long: Ivs. up to 10 in. long,
2 in. broad: fls. 6-12; sepals and petals spreading, cream-
white, the sepals oblong-ovate, acuminate, the petals
much narrower, linear-lanceolate; lip about as long as
petals, the lateral lobes semi-ovate, truncate, the mid-
dle lobe about equaling one-half the whole length of the
lip, triangular at the apex, acute, reflexed; keels 3,
undulate, extending to the center of middle lobe.
Burma.
3. flaccida, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, angulate,
2-3 in. long: Ivs. lanceolate, about 8-10 in. long:
raceme 7-12-fld., cream-white, the sepals oblong, the
petals linear-oblong; fls. \}/% in. across; sepals and
petals pendulous; lip with 3 ridges, the lateral lobes
white, streaked red-brown inside, the middle lobe
reflexed, acute, a bright yellow blotch on the disk.
Nepal. B.M. 3318. B.R. 27:31. C.L.A. 6:166.
4. barbata, Griff. Pseudobulbs about 2 hi. long,
ovate: Ivs. broadly lanceolate, 10-12 in. long: raceme
6-10-fld.; sepals and petals white, the sepals ovate-
oblong, the petals linear; mid-lobe of lip brownish
inside, curiously fringed with brown; crests 3. Khasia
hills.
5. nitida, Hook. f. (C. ocellata, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs
pyriform or nearly so: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long, narrowly
lanceolate: racemes erect, 5-8-fld.; fls. 2 in. across,
white, the sepals oblong, the petals linear-oblong; lip
with bright orange-yellow spots on each of the lateral
lobes and 2 smaller spots at the base of the mid-lobe;
disk with 3 keels, the front lobe of lip with 5. Hima-
layas, at an elevation of 7,000 ft. B.M. 3767. C.L.A.
1:55. Var. maxima, Reichb. Racemes longer; fls.
larger. J.H. III. 52:25.
6. nervdsa, A. Rich. (C. corrugata, Wight). Pseudo-
bulbs ovate-pointed, 23^-3 in. long: Ivs. 6-12 in. long:
racemes 3-6-fld.; fls. white, 2-2J^ in. across; sepals and
petals nearly equal, oblong and acute; lip with the
lateral lobes striped red inside, the middle lobe ovate,
acuminate; disk yellow, with 3 white fringed keels.
India. B.M. 5601.
7. Sanderiana, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate and
wrinkled or costate, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. a foot long: fls.
about 6 in a pendulous raceme, 2-3 in. across, white;
sepals lanceolate-acuminate; petals narrower; lip with
the side lobes striped with brown inside and with a
yellow blotch, the middle lobe oblong, acute, reflexed,
undulate; disk bright yellow, with 6 fringed keels.
India. J.H. III. 44:75.
8. Foerstermannii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs cylindric
or fusiform: Ivs. up to \]/z ft. long: racemes many-fld.;
fls. 2 in. across, white; sepals and petals lanceolate;
lip with 3 denticulate keels, the middle lobe elliptic,
acute; disk marked with yellowish brown. India.
9. cristata, Lindl. Fig. 1023. Pseudobulbs 1^-2 in.
long, ovoid-oblong, scattered on a scaly rhizome: Ivs.
8-12 in. long: racemes 5-9-fld., drooping; fls. white;
sepals and petals lanceolate-oblong, undulate, acute,
with 5 orange fringed keels, the lateral lobes slightly
incurved, the mid-lobe transversely oval, denticulate.
Nepal. J.H. III. 31:349. P.G. 1:55. A.G. 14:331;
15:513. A.F. 4:497; 6:87; 9:1111; 13:1133; 16:1445.
C.L.A. 6:163. F.E. 9:331. B.R. 27:57. G.C. III.
47:40. O.R. 18:169. Gng. 2:393; 4:225. Var.
hololeuca, Hort. .(var. alba), has white fls., labellum
without yellow. C.O. la. Var. Lemoniana, Hort. (var.
citrina, Hort.), has citron-yellow fringes. J.H. III.
57:537. Var. CMtsworthii, Hort., has large pseudobulbs
and large fls. of good substance. Var. maxima, Hort.,
has very large fls. — C. cristata is one of the best and
most popular of orchids. It is one of the easiest to
grow. Can be grown with cattleyas.
10. Dayana, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs cylindricfusi-
form, 5-10 in. long: Ivs. up to 2^ ft. long, oblong-
lanceolate: racemes many-fld., pendulous; fls. 2-2^ in.
across; sepals and petals pale yellow, margins reflexed,
the petals much narrower than sepals; lip with 6 erect
ridges fringed with brown, the lateral lobes brown,
streaked with white inside, the middle lobe nearly
quadrate, reflexed, apiculate. Borneo. G.C. III. 15:695.
A.F. 35:380.
11. tomentfisa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongated, ovoid,
2-3 in. long: Ivs. up to a foot long, 3-5-nerved: racemes
pendulous, tomentose; fls. 15-20, 2-2 Yi in. across; sepals
822
CCELOGYNE
and petals pale orange-red, sepals lanceolate, petals
linear-lanceolate; lip with lateral lobes oblong, rounded,
streaked with red on inside, the middle lobe reniform
or transverse-elliptic, sessile; keels 3, crenulate, lateral
ones converging in the middle lobe and sometimes
bearing 2 branches. Perak, Borneo, Sumatra.
12. Massangeana, Reichb. f . Fig. 1022. Pseudobulbs
pyriform, 3-5 in. long: Ivs. elliptical, large, tapering
toward the base, up to 20 in. long: racemes many-fld.,
pendulous, pubescent; fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and
petals pale yellow, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the
petals linear-oblong; lip with lateral lobes brownish
within, lined or streaked with yellow, mid-lobe with a
verrucose brown and yellow disk from which extend 3
denticulate keels. Assam. B.M. 6979. C.O. 4.
13. pandurata, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long,
oval-oblong, compressed: Ivs. 15-20 in. long, cuneate-
oblong: racemes many-fld., pendulous; fls. up to 4 in.
across; sepals and petals green, linear-oblong, acute;
lip fiddle-shaped, with black veins and stains on yellow-
ish green ground, the mid-lobe crisped, black-warty;
disk 2-keeled. Borneo. B.M. 5084. F.S. 20:2139.
J.H. III. 30:377. A.F. 6:633. C.O. 6. Gt. 49:1480.
14. Mayeriana, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate-
oblong, about 2 in. long, compressed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 8-10
in. long, cuneate-obovate : raceme 8-10-fld., erect or
nodding; fls. about 2}^ in. across, green, veined black-
brown; sepals oblong, acuminate, the petals shorter
and narrower, the margins reflexed; lip nearly as long
as sepals, the lateral lobes concealing only the base
of the column, the middle lobe sessile, oblong-elliptic,
crisped; keels 3, papillose. Singapore.
15. asperata, Lindl. (C. Lowii, Paxt. ). Large species
(18-24 in. high): pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 5-6 in.
long or more: Ivs. up to 2^ ft. long, lanceolate, acute:
raceme 7-10-fld., pendulous; fls. 3 in. across, cream-
colored; sepals and petals lanceolate, lip with the
lateral lobes white, streaked red-brown inside, the
middle lobe nearly orbicular, the crisped margin pale
yellow streaked red-brown ; disk with 2 or 3 orange-red
warty ridges. Borneo. P.M. 16:227. G.C. III. 46:34.
16. Pfirishii, Hook. f. Like No. 13, but racemes not
drooping, pseudobulb 4-angled, 4-6 in. long: Ivs. up to a
foot long, lanceolate, acuminate: racemes 4-7-fld., erect;
fls. about 2 in. across, pale yellow-green; sepals lance-
olate, acuminate; petals linear-lanceolate; lip fiddle-
shaped, black-spotted, the middle lobe apiculate, undu-
late; disk with 5 raised lines. Moulmein. B.M. 5323.
C. dlbo-liitea, Rolfe. Fls. showy, very fragrant, pure white,
with lobes yellow. Mts. of N. India. — C. Brymeriana, Hort. A
garden hybrid between C. Dayana and C. asperata. — C. burfor-
diensis, Hort. (C. pandurata xC. asperata). Fls. pale green, the
spiny crest black, the ridges green and yellow. G.C. III. 49:331. —
C. chrysotrdpis, Schltr. Scape much shorter than the Ivs., few-fid.
Sumatra. — C. Cdlmanii, Hort. A garden hybrid between C.
speciosa major and C. cristata alba. — C. Cumingii, Lindl. Fls.
white, the disk citron-yellow; sepals and petals lanceolate. Singa-
pore. B.R. 27:29. B.M. 4645. — C. frdgrans, Hort. A trade name.
— C. fuligindsa, Lindl. Fls. appearing in succession, 2 in. across,
light brownish white, the lip fringed. N. India. B.M. 4440. J.F.
1:7.— C. Garderidna, Lindl. =Neogyne. — C. Lawrenceana, Rolfe.
Fl. single; sepals and petals yellow, 2-2 % in. long, the sepals lanceo-
late-oblong, the petals linear; lateral lobes of lip brown, the middle
lobe white, the disk marbled with brown. Annam. B.M. 8164.
G.C. III. 47:335. — C. Mooredna, Sander. Racemes 4-8-fld.; fls.
white; disk golden yellow, covered with clavate processes. Annam.
B.M. 8297. — C. ochracea, Lindl. Fls. about 2 in. across, fragrant,
white, the lip blotched and streaked orange-yellow N India
B.R. 32:69. B.M. 4661. J.F. 4:342.— C. perakensis, Rolfe. Ra-
cemes many-fld.; sepals light buff, lanceolate-oblong, about Hin.
long; petals light green, linear, a little shorter than sepals; lip light
yellow, with a deep yellow blotch on disk. Perak. B.M. 8203. —
C. priecox, Lindl., var dlba. A nearly white form. — C. Sdnderx,
Kranzl. Fls. white; sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals narrower,
linear; lip yellow, marked with golden, the keels red-brown
Burma. G.C. III. 13:361.— C. Veitchii, Rolfe. Racemes many-
fld., pendulous; fls. nearly globose, white, the sepals and petals
much incurved; lip longer than sepals, the lateral lobes obtuse, the
middle lobe ovate, revolute; disk obscurely 3-keeled. New Guinea.
B.M. 7764. — C. venusta, Rolfe. Racemes many-fld., pendulous;
fls. pale yellow, the lip white, marked with yellow. S. W. China
B.M. 8262.— C. virescens, Rolfe. Resembling C. Parishii. Fls. pale
green with dark dots on the lip. Annam. QEORGE y NASH
COFFEA
COFFEA (from the Arabian name for the drink,
itself conjecturally derived from Caffa, a district in
southern Abyssinia). Rubiacese. Woody plants, pro-
ducing the coffee of commerce; as a horticultural sub-
ject, sometimes cultivated for the ornamental appear-
ance; and also in collections of economic plants.
Shrubs or small trees, natives of Trop. Asia and Afr.:
Ivs. mostly opposite, rarely in whorls of 3, elliptical,
acute, usually coriaceous and glossy: fls. clustered in
the axils, cream or cream-white and fragrant; calyx-
limb 5-, rarely 4-, parted, the corolla salver-shaped,
the corolla-tube cylindrical, the throat sometimes
villous; stamens inserted in or below the throat of the
corolla: fr. a berry; seeds 2, horny, which are the well-
known coffee of commerce. — From 25-40 species, in
Trop. Afr. and Asia, the species not yet clearly defined,
nor well understood horticulturally.
Coffee-production is based mostly on C. arabica and
C. liberica, both widely cultivated throughout the
tropics, and in greenhouses northward. The coffee
industry, one of the most important industries in the
tropics, reaches the enormous figure of $200,000,000 or
sometimes a little more than this. See the treatment
in Vol. II Cyclo. Amer. Agri.
The coffee plant and its product. (T. B. McClelland.)
The main source of coffee is Coffea arabica, an ever-
green shrub, growing 10 to 15 feet high. The younger
plants have one main trunk or stem, but from this
others frequently develop later, which are similar in
form and habit to the first. The lateral branches are
opposite, horizontal and in pairs, very rarely in whorls
of three. The pairs of branches are in whorls on the
main stem. The leaves, which are opposite and borne
in pairs, are 4 to 7 centimeters (about \Yi to 3 inches)
broad by 10 to 20 centimeters (4 to 8 inches) long, the
length being usually slightly more than two and a
half times the breadth. They are elliptical, acuminate
at tip and attenuate at base. There are eight to eleven
pairs of main lateral veins. In the axils where the
veins join the midrib are small pores, open below and
slightly swollen above. The tip of the leaf is frequently
curled and is rather abruptly contracted. The margin
is entire and wavy. The leaves, which are perennial,
are a dark glossy green, and though thin are firm in
texture.
There are usually two or three large blossomings and
several small ones extending over a period of several
months. The pure white and delicately fragrant star-
like flowers are borne on very short pedicels in one to
four axillary clusters of one to four flowers each.
These flower-clusters are subtended by two to four
common calyculi. The tube of the corolla is 8 to 10
millimeters (about ^ to % inch) long. Its segments
are about 7 millimeters (nearly % inch) broad by 15 to
18 millimeters (% to % inch) long. The style is 17 to
22 millimeters (% to nearly 1 inch) long. The stigma
is two-branched, each branch being 5 millimeters
(about }/*> inch) long. The linear anthers, corresponding
in number to the petals, are 9 millimeters long and are
supported on filaments 5 to 7 millimeters long. The
size varies somewhat with favorable or unfavorable
conditions. The short annular calyx with its den-
ticulate limb is so small as almost to escape notice.
Under Coffea arabica are included a number of varie-
ties quite distinct in growth and product from the
other varieties of the same species, such as Maragogipe,
Mocha, Pointed Bourbon (sometimes classified as C.
lamina) and others.
Maragogipe coffee, as its name indicates, is of Brazil-
ian origin, having been discovered in 1870 near the
town from which its name is derived. On account of
the large size of the bean it has commanded a fancy
price on the market, but this variety is considered to
be a small yielder. The flowers, fruits, and leaves are
all larger than the ordinary Arabian coffee and the
COFFEA
COFFEE BERRY
823
leaves curl noticeably. Its flavor is not considered
superior to that of the ordinary Arabian coffee.
Mocha coffee, with its shorter internodes and smaller
flowers, fruits, and leaves is a distinct variety. The
"beans" are much less oval and are more rounded and
hold a high reputation for quality.
Normally two coffee "beans" or seeds are produced
in each red cherry-like drupe. Some drupes, however,
contain three beans and others only one. When only
one is formed it is called "peaberry," and is oval in
shape instead of being flat on one side and convex on
the other as is the bean when two are produced. The
peaberries are sorted out by machinery and are sold
at a fancy price on account of being a little different
in appearance from the other coffee, but any claim to
superiority of flavor is without foundation. There is
one variety of coffee that produces a number of beans
in each drupe, and the corolla-segments may range up
to ten. As the number of beans increases, the size and
the attractiveness of appearance decrease, so that this
is a very undesirable variation.
The fruits require six and one-half to seven months
to mature. The ripening of the coffee, in relation to
the blossoming, extends over several months. Where
the West Indian or wet process for curing the coffee
is followed, the ripe cherries are picked every fort-
night. While fresh they are passed through a machine
which pulps and separates the coffee in its parchment
from the pulp. The former is then fermented and
washed to remove a slimy covering. After thorough
drying in the sun or in heated driers, the parchment
coffee may be stored or it may have the thin brittle
parchment or horn-skin and the silver-skin removed
by special machinery. If desired it may be further
polished and artificially colored. After being sized and
having the better grades cleaned of inferior beans, it
is ready for roasting. In some places where the dry or
old preparation is followed the coffee is allowed to
ripen and much of it to fall from the trees and lie on
the ground until all can be col-
lected in one picking. It is then
dried in the sun without prelimi-
nary preparation.
1024.
Coffea arabica.
(XM)
Although coffee has been used as a beverage for
hundreds of years by a few persons, as a world beverage
it is comparatively modern. In 1825 the estimated
production did not exceed 218,255,400 pounds. In
1906-1907 the production was estimated as 3,164,041,-
920 pounds, or an increase of 1,350 per cent in eighty-
one years.
Brazil produces about three-fourths of the world's
coffee crop. Then follow in order of importance Vene-
zuela, Colombia, Guatemala, Mexico, Haiti, Salvador,
Dutch East Indies, Porto Rico, British India, Costa
Rica, Nicaragua, and other countries.
In Bulletin No. 79, Bureau of Statistics, United
States Department of Agriculture, may be found a
very extensive bibliography of coffee. In the Nether-
lands the per capita consumption is more than 15
pounds; in the United States under 11 Yi pounds; in
Japan .003 pound.
A. Corolla -5-parted, sometimes ^-
B. Segms. of corolla narrow: Ivs. oblong, 1+-5 in. long,
1 Yi in. wide.
arabica, Linn. COMMON or ARABIAN COFFEE. Fig.
1024. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, rather thin, oblong, nearly 3
times as long as broad, more or less abruptly contracted
near the apex to a point about J^in. long: segms. of
corolla over twice as long as wide : fr. a 2-seeded, deep
crimson berry, but the "berries" or beans of commerce
are the seeds. The commercial varieties of coffee are
based largely on the size, shape, color and flavor of
the seeds, and hence the fr. is very variable, but the
typical fr. may be considered to be oval and Hin. long.
Indigenous in Abyssinia, Mozambique and Angola;
supposed to have been intro. in early Mohammedan
times from Abyssinia to Arabia, whence it became
known to Europeans in the 16th century. This species
furnished until recently the entire commercial product.
B.M. 1303. Gng. 6:55. — A variegated form, var. varie-
gata, Hort., is more showy than the type. It is offered
by dealers in tropical plants. As coffee grows wild in
Afr. it is a small tree 10-15 ft. high, with the trunk
9-12 in. thick at the base. Often cult, under glass in
the N. for its economic interest, and in S. Calif, it is a
good outdoor ornamental shrub, esteemed for its shi-
ning Ivs., fragrant white fls., and red berries.
BB. Segms. of corolla wide: Ivs. ovate.
bengalensis, Roxbg. BENGAL COFFEE. Lvs. ovate,
barely twice as long as broad, acute, but not having a
long, abrupt point: fls. in 2's or 3's; segms. of corolla
barely twice as long as wide. E. Indies, Malaya.
B.M. 4917. — This has much showier fls. than C. arabica.
A small shrub with glabrous, dichotomous branches.
Mts. of N. E. India, whence it was brought to Calcutta
and much cult, for a time. It is now neglected, the berries
being of inferior quality and the plants not productive
enough.
AA. Corolla 6-, 7-, or 8-parted.
B. Fls. in dense clusters or glomes: Ivs. short-pointed.
liberica, Hiern. LIBERIAN COFFEE. Lvs. longer than
in C. arabica, and wider above the middle, with a pro-
portionately shorter and less abruptly contracted point :
fls. 15 or more in a dense cluster; corolla-segms. usually
7. Trop. Afr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 11.1:171 (1876).
G.C. II. 6 : 105. R.H. 1890, pp. 104-5.— Said to be more
robust and productive than C. arabica, with berries
larger and of finer flavor. It is a more tropical plant than
the common coffee, and can be grown at lower levels.
Zanguebariae, Lour. (C. Zanzibar ensis, Hort.). A
glabrous, erect, closely branched shrub or small tree,
to 6 ft., the branches ashy: Ivs. ovate or obovate, obtuse
or shortly pointed, 2-4 in. long, %-lM in. wide, the
lateral veins about 6 pairs: fls. white, axillary, in dense
clusters; corolla-lobes 6-7: berry red, turning black.
BB. Fls. solitary 'or in 3's: Ivs. long-pointed,
long.
stenophylla, Don. Lvs. 4-6 in. long, \-\Yi in. broad,
narrower than in C. arabica, with a relatively longer
and more tapering point: corolla-segms. usually 9.
W. Afr. B.M. 7475. — This is said to yield berries of
finer flavor than the Liberian coffee, and quite as freely,
but the bush is longer in coming into bearing. This is
a promising rival to the C. arabica of commerce. Seeds
have been distributed by British botanical gardens,
but are not known to be for sale at present in Amer.
C. madagascaritnsis, Hort., and C. robusta, Hort., are names of
uncertain status. - TTT •»«•
WILHELM MILLER.
COFFEE: Coffea. N. TAYLOR, f
COFFEE BERRY. A name of Glycine hispida,
which should be abandoned in favor of soybean. Vari-
ous leguminous seeds are used as coffee substitutes
and are so named; cf. Cassia, Canavalia and others.
824
COFFEE PEA
COLCHICUM
COFFEE PEA. A western name for chick pea,
Cicer arietinum, which is used as a substitute for coffee.
COFFEE-TREE: Gymnocladus.
COHOSH: Actxa. The blue cohosh is Caulophyllum.
COHUNE: Attalea Cohune; it is a source of oil.
COIR: Fiber of coconut, which see.
COIX (an old Greek name). Graminese. Tall, broad-
leaved, branched grasses with bead-like inflorescence,
one of them grown in gardens.
Plant loose-growing: at the end of each peduncle is
an indurated, globular, or oval, hollow bead, developed
from a If .-sheath; from an orifice at the tip projects
the staminate spike: pistillate fls. inclosed in the bead,
the styles projecting. — Species about 3, E. Indies, the
following widely distributed in all tropical countries.
Lacryma-J&bi, Linn. JOB'S TEARS. Fig. 1025. Annual,
2-4 ft.: the beads or "tears," pearly white to lead-color,
containing the seed, are about Kin. long. Dept. Agric.,
Div. Agrost., 20:14. — Cult, for ornament and as a
curiosity. The hard bony frs. are used as beads and
made into necklaces, to which are attributed marvelous
properties. Var. aftrea zebrina, has yellow-striped
blades. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
COLA (native name). Sterculiaceae. COLA. Also
called Kola, Korra, Gorra. One species is much grown
in the tropics for the stimulating cola nut.
The genus consists entirely of plants with unisexual or
polygamous fls. in axillary or terminal clusters: calyx
4-5-cleft; petals none: fr. of 4-5 leathery or woody
oblong carpels. — Probably about 40 species, of Trop.
Afr. trees chiefly interesting for the cola nuts, which
are said to sustain the natives in great feats of endu-
rance. The tree grows on the east coast of Afr., but is
very abundant on the west coast, and is now cult, in
the W. Indies. Within the tropics the trade in this nut
is said to be immense. It has become famous in the
U. S. through many preparations for medicinal pur-
poses and summer drinks. The seeds are about the
size and appearance of a horse-chestnut, and have a
bitter taste. Although repeatedly intro. to Kew, Eng-
land, the plant never flowered there until 1868.
Colas require a rich, well-drained soil. Those intro-
duced into the West Indies and other parts of America,
especially C. acuminata, thrive best on a sandy loam.
The trees are grown from seeds, which are large and
fleshy, keeping well for some weeks after ripening. As
the tree is difficult to transplant, the seeds may be
planted singly in small pots, and the young trees kept
growing thus until wanted for permanent planting.
Propagation may also be effected by cuttings of ripe
wood, which should be placed in bottom heat, and
treated in the usual way. (E. N. Reasoner.)
acuminata, Schott & Endl. About 40 ft. high in Afr.,
resembling an apple tree: Ivs. alternate; petiole 1-3 in.
long; blade 4-6 in. long, 1-2 in. broad, leathery, with
prominent ribs below; older Ivs. entire, obovate, acute;
younger Ivs. often once or twice cut near the base
about half way to the midrib : fls. yellow, 15 or more in
axillary and terminal panicles, about J^in. across, with
a slender green tube and a showy yellow 6- or 5-cut
limb, which is a part of the calyx: fr. 5-6 in. long. B.M.
N. TAYLOR.f
COLAX (Greek, parasite). Orchiddcese. Epiphytic
orchids, much like Lycaste.
Pseudobulbous : fls. in an upright raceme, arising
from the base of the new shoot; sepals and petals simi-
lar, the lateral sepal forming a distinct foot with the
base of the column; lip 3-lobed, clawed, with a trans-
verse hairy process; pollinia4. — A Brazilian genus of 2
species.
jugosus, Lindl. (Maxillaria jugbsa, Lindl. Lycdste
jugosa, Benth.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2-3 in. long,
2-lvd.: lys. 5-9 in. long, lanceolate: raceme 2-3-fld.;
fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals white, obtuse, oval-oblong;
petals white, obovate-oblong, spotted and barred with
violet-purple; lip white, shorter than petals, the side
lobes streaked vio-
let-purple, the mid-
dle lobe semi-circu-
lar, with numerous
pubescent keels,
streaked and
blotched violet-
purple. B.M. 5661.
I.H. 19:96.
C. trlpterus, Rolfe.
Ovary 3-winged; disk
of lip bearing a broad
fleshy callus. Brazil.
GEORGE V. NASH.
COLCHICUM
(from Colchis, a
country in Asia
Minor, where the
genus is most plen-
tiful). Liliacese.
MEADOW SAFFRON.
AUTUMN CROCUS.
Autumn flowering,
rarely spring-flow-
ering, bulbous
plants with crocus-
like blossoms.
Leaves either all radical, or
radical and cauline, sometimes
ciliate, appearing in early spring
and usually dying down by June :
fls. various colored, very beau-
tiful; perianth tubular, vary-
ing from purple to white (there
is 1 yellow-fld. sort), the limb
6-parted; stamens 6, inserted on
the perianth; ovary 3-celled,
many-ovuled: caps, ovate-ob-
long in most of the species, the
seeds globose. — A difficult genus,
very much confused botanically,
but horticulturally well known
and popular. They are narcotic
poisons. J. G. Baker, Jour. Linn.
Soc. 17. 1880. G. B. Mallett, in
Flora and Sylva, 1:108, 1903,
has an excellent horticultural
account of the genus.
Colchicums are most charming and interesting plants
of easy culture. The bloom comes in August and Sep-
tember, at a season when the herbaceous beds begin
to lose their freshness, and, although individual flowers
are fugacious, others follow in quick succession, thus
prolonging the time of flowering. Opening, as they do,
without foliage, some help is required from the greenery
of other plants; for this purpose any low-growing, not
too dense kind, may be used, such as the dwarf arte-
misias, sedums, or Phlox subulata. Colchicums are
most effective in masses, which can be established by
thick planting, or as the result of many years' growth.
They can be grown in rockwork, in beds, or in grass
which is not too thick nor too often mown; they will
thrive in partial shade, but succeed best in an open
sunny border. They should be planted in August or
early September, in deep well-enriched soil, a light
sandy loam, with the tip of the long bulbs 2 to 3 inches
below the surface; some protection should be given in
winter. They remain in good condition for many years,
and should not be disturbed unless they show signs of
deterioration, fewer flowers and poor foliage. Then
1025.
Coix Lacryma-Jobi.
(XH)
COLCHICUM
COLCHICUM
825
they should be lifted and separated, just after the leaves
die, end of June or early July. This is the usual method
of propagation, but they can also be increased from
seeds, sown just after ripening, June to July; the seed-
lings may not appear until the following spring. Seed-
lings bloom when three to five years old. The bulbs
are obtainable from the Dutch growers at moderate
prices, and they must be imported early; otherwise
they are apt to bloom in the cases. C. autumnale, with
rosy purple flowers, is a well-known and the most
commonly cultivated species. There are numerous
varieties, of which the best are the white, the double
white and the double purple. Belonging to this same
group and not differing much except in size and sha-
ding of the flower, are C. byzantinum, C. montanum, and
C. umbrosum. C. speciosum, a native of the Caucasus,
is the finest in every way of the genus. The flowers are
much larger and of better shape, and the color, a rosy
pink, is much more delicate; the habit of growth is
robust, and the plant is most easily handled. C.
Parkinsonii is distinct from the above varieties inas-
much as the flowers are tessellated, purple and white,
giving a curious checker-board appearance which is
unique; the leaves are much smaller and are wavy. C.
agrippinum, C. Bivonx, C. cilicicum and C. Sibthorpii,
are other species having checkered flowers more or less
similar to C. Parkinsonii. C. Bulbocodium=Bulboco-
dium vernum. Monograph by J. G. Baker in Jour.
Linn. Soc., vol. 17 (1880). (B. M. Watson.)
INDEX.
agrippinum, 7.
cilicicum, 11.
Sibthorpii, 9.
alpinum, 18.
crociflorum, 2.
speciosum, 10.
autumnale, 13.
Decaisnei, 14.
Stevenii, 3.
Bertolonii, 1.
fasciculate, 16.
superbum, 8.
Bivonae, 8.
luteum, 4.
tessellatum, 6, 7.
Bornmuelleri, 12.
maximum, 10.
Troodii, 15.
byzantinum, 11.
montanum, 1, 18.
umbrosum, 17.
chionense, 5.
Parkinsonii, 6.
variegatum, 5.
A. Blooming in spring: Ivs. appearing with the fls.
B. Color rosy lilac: size of anthers small.
c. Anthers oblong, purple.
1. montanum. Linn. (C. Bertolonii, Stev.). An im-
portant and variable species, with many synonyms and
variations. Baker makes 7 forms. Corm ovoid, ^7! in-
thick, the tunics brown, membrananceous, the inner
ones produced to a point 2-4 in. above the neck: Ivs.
2-3, rarely 4-6, linear or lanceolate, about 2-3 in. long
at the time of flowering, finally 6-9 in. long: fls. 1-4, in
spring and autumn. Oct.-June. Medit. region, from
Spain to Persia. B.M. 6443.— It appears in early spring
with the snowdrops and crocuses.
2. crociflorum, Regel, not Sims nor Schott &
Kotschy. Corm ovate-oblong: Ivs. all radical, sheathing
at the base, a few sometimes on the st., flat and linear,
margins minutely and usually distantly toothed : corolla
white, with violet-purple stripes, especially within, the
tube about 2 in. long, the limb scarcely 1-1^ in. long;
style exceeding the stamens. Feb., March. Cent. Asia.
cc. Anthers linear, yellow.
3. Stevenii, Kunth. Corm narrower than in No. 1,
about y<£-Y± in- thick: Ivs. at length 4-5 in. long: fls.
Oct.- Jan. Syria, Arabia, Persia. — Less popular than
No. 1.
BB. Color yellow: size of anthers large.
4. luteum, Baker. This is the only yellow-fld. form
in the genus, all the others ranging from purple to
white. Although it belongs to the Medit. group, with
Ivs. and fls. produced at the same time and in spring, it
is a native of W. India at an elevation of 7,000-8,000 ft.
Corm tunics dark brown, sometimes almost black: Ivs.
3 or 4, wider and less tapering than in No. 1, at the
time of flowering 3-4 in. long, finally 6-7 in. long. B.M.
6153. — Very desirable.
AA. Blooming in autumn: Ivs. appearing after the fls.
B. Perianth tessellated or checkered.
c. Tessellation distinct.
D. Lvs. spreading or prostrate.
5. variegatum, Linn. Lvs. 2-3, lanceolate, about 6 in.
long, 12-15 lines wide, lying flat on the ground; margins
wavy: fls. 2-3 from each spathe, 4 in. across, rose-color
with a white tube. Isls. of the Levant and Asia Minor.
B.M. 1028. Variable. The plant known as C. chionense
is apparently a form of it. Corm size of walnut.
6. Parkinsonii, Hook. f. (B.M. 6090) (C. tessellatum,
Authors), is the best of all the tessellated forms, the
tessellation being more sharply defined and more delicate
than the type.
It is a smaller
plant, and has
shorter and
more strongly
undulated Ivs.,
which lie closer
to the ground.
Of this plant
Parkinson said
in his "Paradi-
sus Terrestris,"
1629: "This
most beautifull
saffron flower
riseth up with
his flowers in
the Autumne, as
the others before
specified doe,
although not of
so large a size,
yet farre more
pleasant and
delightf ull in
the thicke, deep
blew, or purple
1026. Colchicum autumnale. ( X H)
coloured beautifull spots therein, which make it excell
all others whatsoever: the leaves rise up in the
Spring, being smaller then the former, for the most
part 3 in number, and of a paler or fresher green
color, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bottome,
a little pointed at the end, and twining or folding
themselves in and out at the edges, as if they were
indented. I have not seen any seede it hath borne:
the root is like unto the others of this kinde, but small
and long, and not so great : it flowereth later for the most
part then any of the other, even not untill November,
and is very hard to be preserved with us, in that for the
most part the roote waxeth lesse and lesse every yeare,
our cold Country being so contrary unto his naturall,
that it will scarce shew his flower; yet when it flow-
ereth any thing early, that it may have any comfort of
a warm Sunne, it is the glory of all these kindes."
DD. Lvs. ascending.
E. Margin of Ivs. wavy.
7. agrippinum, Baker (C. tessellatum, Hort.). Corms
a trifle thicker than in No. 5: Ivs. 3-4, 6-9 in. long,
12-15 lines wide, margin wavy: fls. 2-4 from each
spathe. F.S. 11:1153. — This is a marked form of C.
variegatum, of garden origin, which has similar fls.,
but a more robust habit and more nearly erect Ivs.
EE. Margin of Ivs. flat, not wavy.
8. Bivdnae, Guss. Lvs. 6-9, nearly 1 ft. long, 9-15
lines wide, rather hooded at the apex, margin flat, not
wavy: fls. 1-6 from each spathe, rose-purple faintly
checkered with a darker color, 4-6 in. long. Medit.
region. Var. superbum, Hort., an excellent form, is
advertised in English catalogues. F.S.R. 1:108.
826
COLCHICUM
COLD-STORAGE
cc. Tessellation less distinct.
9. Sibthorpii, Baker. Easily distinguished from Nos.
5, 7, and 8 by the much broader segms. of the peri-
anth, and by the Ivs., which are nearly erect, obtuse,
and not at all wavy: Ivs. 5-6, dull green, finally 1 ft. or
more long, l%-2% m- wide, narrowed gradually to the
base: spathe striped with green, and tinged with lilac
at the tip: fls. 1-5 from each spathe; perianth-tube often
6 in. long. Mts. of Greece. B.M. 7181. F.S.R. 1:108.
— A large, cup-shaped fl., showing no open spaces
between the broad, overlapping segms. Very hand-
gome.
BB. Perianth not tessellated.
c. Size of fls. large, 3 in. or more across.
D. Lvs. broad, 3-4 in. wide.
E. Number of fls. 1-4.
10. specidsum, Stey. Corm 2 in. thick, the largest of
the genus: st. 1 ft. high: Ivs. 4-5, 12-15 in. long, 3-4
in. wide, narowed from the middle to the base, shining
green: fls. 1-4 from each spathe, violet, with a white
eye, but varying almost to pure pink, often 6 in. across.
Caucasus. B.M. 6078. F.S. 23:2385. F.M. 1876:235.
Gn. 11 :80. — Commonly considered the finest species of
the genus; blooms Sept. and Oct. Var. maximum, Hort.
Plant 11A in. high.
EE. Number of fls. 12-20.
11. byzantinum, Ker-Gawl. Closely allied to the
above, but with wider Ivs., smaller and paler fls., and
broad, short anthers: st. 6 in. high: Ivs. 5-6, oblong,
dark green, striate, 9-12 in. long, 3-4 in. wide: fls.
smaller than in No. 10, usually 3-4 in. across, lilac-pur-
ple, and often 12-20 from each spathe. Transylvania
and Constantinople. B.M. 1122. — Corn large, de-
pressed. C. cilicicum, Hort., has rosy fls., somewhat
tessellated. G.C. III. 23:35.
DD. Lvs. narrow, 1-2 in. wide.
12. Bornmuelleri, Freyn. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate,
3-4 in. long, 1-2 in. broad: fls. 8 in. long and 5 in. across,
the limb pale rose or lilac-rose at first, subsequently
deeper purple, the corolla-tube white. Asia Minor.
Early spring. — One of the rarest and finest of the
group, suitable for the rock-garden.
13. autumnale, Linn. Fig. 1026; 442, p. 433. St.
3-4 in. high: Ivs. 3-4, rarely 5-6, 9-12 in. long, l>£-2
in. wide: fls. 1-4, rarely 5-6, from each spathe, purple,
with a white variety, about 4 in. across; perianth
veined. Eu. and N. Afr. B.M. 2673 (as C. crociflorum).
— Possibly the commonest in the American trade. It
has beautiful double forms in purple and pure white.
F.S. 19:1936.
14. Decaisnei, Boiss. Corm ovate, membranaceous:
lower Ivs. broadly lanceolate, the upper ones narrower
and acutish, entire, 1-1 ^ in. broad: fls. pale-rose, or
flesh-colored, the tube elongate-elliptic, the stamens a
little shorter than the perianth; anthers yellow, linear;
style only slightly exceeding the stamens. N. Afr.
and the eastern Medit. region. Nov.- Jan. — Planted
in masses with C. crociflorum for rock-gardens, it is
very effective.
cc. Size of fls. small, about 2 in. across.
D. Number of fls. from each spathe more than 1 or 2.
E. Perianth-segms. acute.
15. Troddii, Kotschy. Corm medium-sized: Ivs. 3-4,
6-12 in. long, 9^12 lines wide, dark green above: fls.
4-5 or even 12, lilac-purple, about 2 in. across; perianth
segms. lanceolate-acute. Cyprus. B.M. 6901 shows a
pure white variety.
16. fasciculare, Boiss. Corm oblong: Ivs. 5-7,
broadly lanceolate, channeled, the apex acutish, fre-
quently ciliate, about 1 in. wide: fls. many, in clusters,
the corolla 2^ in. long, white, 6-10-nerved; stamens
equaling the corolla, but slightly exceeded by the style
branches. Feb. Syria.
EE. Perianth-segms. obtuse.
17. umbrosum, Stev. Corm small: Ivs. 4-5, 6-9 in.
long, 9-12 lines wide: fls. 1-5 from each spathe, lilac,
about 2 in. across; perianth - segms. oblanceolate,
obtuse, with 8-12 veins. Caucasus.
DD. Number of fls. from each spathe 1 or 2.
18. alpinum, DC. (C. montdnum, All. not Linn.). Lvs.
2, rarely 3, nearly erect or spreading, 4-8 in. long, 3-6
lines wide, obtuse, channeled, shining green, narrowed
from the middle to the base: fls. 1 or 2 from each
spathe, about 2 in. across, lilac; segms. oblanceolate,
obtuse, 3-4 lines wide, with 10-15 veins. Mts. of
France and Switzerland.
C. giganteum, Hort. A plant with magnificent pink fls. — Is not
certainly referable to any species. The name appears in several
catalogues, but is unknown in botanical literature. See F.S.R.
1 : 108. — C. hydropMlum, Hort. An early spring - flowering spe-
cies; bulb size of a walnut: Ivs. and fls. appearing together, the
fls. bright clear rose and taller than the Ivs., the latter growing
after the fls. are gone and attaining a length of 6 in.; fls. in clus-
ters of 3-15; stamens half as long as the segms. Taurus Mts. G.C.
III. 29 : 102. — -C. sieheanum, Hort. A late autumn-flowering species
with rich reddish purple fls. Asia Minor. — C. veratrifolium, Hort.
Similar to some of the forms of C. speciosum, but earlier in flowering.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
COLDFRAME. An unheated covered frame (see
Frame) used (1) for the starting of plants in spring in
advance of settled weather but not so early as in a
hotbed; (2) for receiving plants from a hotbed or green-
house, holding them as an intermediate station until
they may go in the field; (3) carrying hardy plants over
winter, as spinach, lettuce; (4) providing a general
store-place for hardy or semi-hardy stuff from green-
house and garden; (5) affording a propagating-bed in
spring and summer for seeds or cuttings. Usually the
coldframe is topped with glass, as is the hotbed, but
prepared paper or cloth is sometimes used. Coldframes
are usually of temporary construction. L H. B.
COLD-STORAGE, REFRIGERATION, RETARD-
ING. Dealers in bulbs, cut-flowers, nursery stock,
fruits and vegetables employ cold-storage to retard the
growth of bulbs and plants, or to preserve cut-flowers
and produce, by using specially constructed sheds,
refrigerators, ice-boxes, or the public cold-storage
warehouses. The nursery stock thus stored can be
packed and shipped from the cold to warmer parts of
the country in good season for planting, when it would
be impossible to dig and ship such stock without the
storage system. Sheds for the storage of nursery stock
have earthen floors, are ventilated and lighted from
the ridge-and-furrow roof and heated to exclude frost,
the maximum temperature being 35° to 40.° Large
trees are stood upright, the smaller stock usually laid
lengthwise in compartments. The roots are covered
with sphagnum, or a mixture of sphagnum and excelsior
or cedar shingletow; the shingletow or excelsior alone
will not make good covering for this purpose. See
Nursery.
The roots and bulbs commonly placed in cold-storage
are those used by florists for forcing, such as lily bulbs,
lily-of-the-valley pips, and the like. By placing these
in cold-storage, growers can secure a continuous suc-
cession of bloom throughout the year. Lily bulbs are
stored in the original cases packed in soil, the cases
being cleated to provide circulation of air, and held at
34°. The multiflorum and formosum varieties of Lilivm
lortgiflorum can be held in storage three to four months,
and the giganteum type of this lily ten to eleven months,
L. auratum four months, L. speciosum and .varieties
eight months. The sizes (circumference) of storage lily
bulbs and number of bulbs to the case are as follows:
COLD-STORAGE
COLEUS
827
1027. Coitus cutting.
L. longiflorum and its varieties multiflorum, formosum
and giganteum, 6- to 8-inch, 400; 7- to 9-inch, 300; 9-
to 11 -inch, 200; in L. longiflorum giganteum there is an
8- to 10-inch size which runs 225 to the case; L. auratum
8- to 9-inch, 160; 9- to 11-inch, 100; 11- to 13-inch, 75;
L. speciosum, 8- to 9-inch, 200; 9- to 11-inch, 100; 11-
to 13-inch, 75. Lily-of-the-valley pips are packed in a
mixture of sphagnum and sand, one-fourth of the latter
being used to three-fourths of the moss and held at 28.°
These are packed 500, 1,000 and 2,000 to the case and
can be kept in storage
eleven months. Canna
roots, dahlias and gladioli
should be held at 35° to 40.°
Cut-flowers, such as roses,
carnations, orchids, violets,
and lilies, used by florists,
are preserved for varying
periods in ice-boxes or refrig-
erators, the usual tem-
perature being 35° to 40.°
Peonies cut when the buds
show color, leaves removed
from the lower part of the stem, wrapped in paper,
and the lower bare portions of the stems placed in
wrater, will keep several weeks at a temperature of 32°
to 33.° Lilium candidum in bud can be treated the
same way.
Fruits and vegetables are stored at 33° to 35.° Ware-
housemen say that cold-storage merchandise keeps
best and is easiest to handle in packages containing
about a bushel. See Storage. MICHAEL BARKER.
COLE. A generic name, little known in North
America, for plants of the cabbage tribe; cole-oil is
secured from species of Brassica.
COLEA (Sir G. Lowry Cole, Governor of Mauritius).
Bignoniacese. Glabrous evergreen trees or shrubs of
Madagascar, Mauritius and the Seychelles, members
of which may occur in collections of warmhouse (or
stove) plants. Lvs. opposite or verticillate, pinnate,
with many entire Ifts. : fls. medium-sized, yellow, white
or rose-color in lax or dense cymes or fascicles; corolla
funnelform, somewhat bilabiate, with 5 rounded
spreading lobes; perfect stamens 4, didynamous. —
Probably 15 species, but little known in cult. They
thrive in a fibrous earth and prop, by means of mature
shoots in sand over bottom-heat.
COLEUS (Greek for sheath, referring to the mona-
delphous stamens). Labiatse. Common window-gar-
den and greenhouse showy-leaved herbs, and a few
less known species grown for the handsome flowers.
Herbs or small shrubs, annual
or perennial, upright : Ivs. opposite,
dentate or serrate, petioled or
sessile: st. 4-angled: fls. mostly
blue or lilac, in terminal spike-
like racemes, small and middle-
sized and usually bluish, the 5-
toothed calyx deflexed in fr.;
corolla bilabiate, the lower lobes
longer and concave, and inclosing
the essential organs; stamens 4,
didynamous and declinate, the
filaments united into a tube, the
anther-cells confluent; ovary 4-
parted, subtended by a gland-like
disk, the style 2-lobed. — Probably
150 species, in the tropics of the
eastern hemisphere, being especi-
ally abundant in Afr., E. India
and adjacent isls. Some species
produce tubers that are eaten in
the same way as potatoes.
1029. A good young coleus plant.
The common coleuses are of the most easy culture.
They root readily from short cuttings, cut either to a
joint or in the middle of an internode (Fig. 1027). Few
conservatory plants are more ready to root than this.
They may be rooted at any time of the year when new
wood is to be secured. Formerly
coleuses were much used for
bedding, but the introduction
of better plants for this purpose
has lessened their popularity.
They require a long season; they
are likely to burn in the hot
summers of the interior country;
they have a weedy habit. How-
ever, they withstand shearing and
therefore are useful for carpet-
bedding. The leading variety
for this purpose is still the old
Golden Bedder, whose golden
yellow foliage is used as filling
for fancy designs. — Coleus plants
make excellent specimens for
the window-garden and
conservatory. Best results
are secured when new
plants are started from
cuttings each spring.
They also grow readily
from seeds, many interest-
ing leaf-forms and colors arising.
The old plants become leggy, lose
their leaves, and lack brightness
of color. They are very subject to
mealy-bug. They are also liable
to root-gall (the work of a nema-
tode worm), as shown in Fig. 1028.
When plants are thus affected,
take cuttings and burn the old
plants, and either bake or freeze
the earth in which they grew.
A. Common garden coleus, with red,
purple, yellow, green and 1028. A coleus attacked
variegated foliage. by root-galls.
Blumei, Benth. (C. Verschaffeltii, Lem. C. scutel-
larioldes var. Blumei, Miq.). This species, founded on
cult, plants in Java, is probably to be regarded, as now
understood, as an assemblage or combination of
species. The horticultural forms are perhaps derived
in part (as suggested by Briquet and by Koorders)
from C. laciniatus, C. tricolor, and others; and perhaps
they are to be considered also in connection with C.
atropurpureus, Benth., of Malaysia, and its relatives.
The entire garden material needs to be worked over in
comparison with authentic native
oriental specimens. Portraits of
C. Blumei of botanical interest
are: B.M. 4754. I.H. 27:3-7; 35:
46; 39:164. F.S. 22:228778. A
soft perennial herb or sub-shrub,
growing 2-3 ft. high, little
branched: Ivs. ovate, narrowed or
broad at base and long-acuminate,
sharply and nearly regularly
toothed, variously colored with
yellow, dull red and purplish. An
extreme form of this is var. Ver-
schaffeltii, Lem., Fig. 1030, which
is more robust and branchy, the
Ivs. more brilliantly colored, acute
but not acuminate, truncate or
even cordate at base, and irregu-
larly cut-dentate, with rounded
teeth, giving the margin a crispy
effect (I. H. 8:293). In some
forms, the Ivs. are laciniate.
53
828
COLEUS
COLLETIA
AA. Other species of Coleus, now and then in cult. (Still
other species may be expected to appear in the trade.)
thyrsoideus, Baker. Tender shrub, 2-3 ft. high: sts.
pubescent: Ivs. cordate-acuminate, coarsely crenate,
lower ones 7 in. long: fls. bright blue, in racemes which
contain as many as 18 forking cymes with about 10
fls. in each. Cent. Afr. B.M. 7672.— Considered to
have much merit for cult., either under glass, or in the
open far S. Winter.
shirensis, Baker. Perennial herb, densely pubescent,
3 ft., much like the above in habit: sts. angular, pale
green turning to brown: Ivs. glandular, pungently
aromatic, broadly ovate, acuminate, membranous,
2-3 in. long, deeply crenate, pubescent beneath but
scantily so above: fls; dark blue (also described as light
blue), in large erect terminal panicles. Cent. Afr.
B.M. 8024.— Winter.
Mahdnii, Baker. Shrub, to 2 ft., pubescent, the
branchlets slender: Ivs. petioled, ovate, acute, 2-3 in.
long, crenate, membranous, pale and finely pubescent
beneath and green and nearly glabrous above: fls.
small, purple with golden anthers, in a large graceful
panicle. Cent. Afr. — Winter.
Penzigii, Damm. Soft perennial herb, white-hairy:
Ivs. ovate, membranous, narrowed abruptly at base,
crenate; petiole winged: fls. bright lilac (also described
as ashy blue) in a long and lax racemose panicle, the
whorls being about 8-fld. Nile Land. L. H. B.
COLIC-ROOT: Aletris farinosa.
COLLABIUM (neck and lip, referring to a peculiarity
of the fl.). Orchidaceag. Two terrestrial orchids, of
Java and Borneo, rarely cult., requiring the treatment
given Catasetum. Lf. single, plicate: fls. or clusters
racemose, on a tall scape; lateral petals attached to
the foot or base of the incurved column; lip at its base
encircling the column (whence the generic name);
pollinia 2. C. nebulosum, Blume. Sts. fleshy, about 2
in. long: If. broadly ovate, acuminate, the petiole
rounded: scape about 2 ft., erect; fls. numerous in scat-
tered clusters or whorls, spurred, about J^in. long, the
lip 3-lobed, white and a little fringed, the sepals and
1030. Coleus Blumei var. Verschaffeltii.
petals greenish with reddish margins. Java. C. sim-
plex, Reichb. Lf. oblong, acute, wavy, green with
darker blotches: fls. racemose at the apex of the scape;
lip white; sepals and petals greenish yellow with purple
and brown blotches. Borneo.
COLLARDS. A kind of kale. Probably several
somewhat different plants pass as collards, the charac-
teristic being that they produce tufts or rosettes of
leaves that are removed and used as greens. Usually
referred to Brassica oleracea var. acephala. See Brassica.
1031. Collards.
In the South, a form of the plant known as Georgia
collards is much grown for domestic use and the south-
ern market. The plant grows 2 to 4 feet high and
forms no head, but the central leaves often form a kind
of loose rosette.
These tender leaves
are eaten as a pot-
herb, as all other
kales are. Fig. 1031,
shows a Georgia
collard, with a
heavy crown. The
seeds of collard
may be started in
a frame under glass,
or in a seed-bed in
the open. As far
south as the orange-
belt, they are usu-
ally started in Feb-
ruary and March,
in order that the
plants may mature
before the dry, hot
weather. Farther
north they are
started in July or
August and the
plants are ready
for use before cold
weather. Trans-
plant to rows 3^2 to 4 feet apart, and 3 feet apart in
the row. Till as for cabbage.
Young cabbage plants are sometimes eaten as
"greens" under the name of collards; and cabbage
seeds are sown for this specific purpose. In the North,
where heading cabbages can be raised, collards of what-
ever kind are not greatly prized. Lf jj_ g
COLLETIA (Philibert Collet, 1643-1718, French
botanist) . Rhamnacese. Odd spiny shrubs grown under
glass, and in the open in California and other warm
regions.
Leaves small and simple (or wanting), opposite:
branches short, often flattened, arranged in opposite
pairs, thickened, spiny (sometimes called Ivs.): fls.
small, perfect, yellowish or white, nodding on 1-fld.
pedicels, single or fascicled in the axils or beneath the
flattened divaricate spines ; calyx bell-shaped or tubular,
4-5-parted; petals 4-6 or 0, inserted on the calyx;
stamens 4-6; disk joined to calyx-tube, inconspicuous
or the margin rolled-in; ovary 3-lobed and 3-celled,
standing in the disk, the stigma 3-lobed : fr. a coriaceous
dry drupe-like caps. — About a dozen species in S. Amer.,
mostly in the tropical parts. The colletias are said to
start readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood, as
well as from seeds. They are to be grown as single or
detached specimens, because of their oddity.
cruciata, Gill. & Hook. (C. hdrrida, Hort.). Very
curious shrub, 3-4 ft., with elliptic flattened very broad-
spiny decurrent branches: Ivs. few, elliptic, entire: fls.
small, white, a few together at the base of the spines,
borne profusely in spring. S. Brazil, Uruguay. B.M.
5033.
spinosa, Lam. Shrub, to 10 ft., with strong awl-
shaped very sharp spines: Ivs. elliptic, small, sessile,
serrate, mostly vanishing at blooming time: fls. larger,
urn-shaped, borne singly or nearly so beneath the
spines. S. Brazil, Uruguay.
ulicina, Gill. & Hook. Smaller, 3-4 ft.: spines as in
C. spinosa, but more numerous, thicker, and hairy: fls.
cylindrical, in clusters near tops of the branches. Andes
of Chile.
Ephedra, Vent. Small stiff bush : branches erect,
spiny: Ivs. wanting: fls. (in very early spring) sessile at
COLLETIA
COLOCASIA
829
the nodes, spicate-glomerate; calyx top-shaped, the
lobes spreading. Peru, Chile. L.B.C. 19:1830.—
Reported as cult, in Calif. L. H. B.
COLLIGUAYA (Chilean name). Euphorbiacese. Small
trees of the Chilean region, scarcely in cult., although
the fragrant wood of some species is used. Seeds of
this and related genera which have springing move-
ments, due to contained insect larvae, are sometimes
known as "jumping beans." Juice milky: fls. monoe-
cious, apetalous; calyx imbricate or none in staminate
fls.; stamens 1-5; ovary 2-4-celled, cells 1-ovuled.
The following may be expected in botanical collec-
tions, although probably not in the trade: C. odorifera,
Molina. Lvs. serrate, ovate to oblong. C. brasiliensis,
Klotzsch. Lvs. serrulate, linear-lanceolate. C. integer-
rima, Gill. & Hook. Lvs. linear, entire.
J. B. S. NORTON.
COLLINSIA (after Zaccheus Collins, American phil-
anthropist and promoter of science, Philadelphia, 1764-
1831). Scrophularidcese. Hardy flower-garden annuals
mostly from California and western North America.
Leaves simple, verticillate in 3's, or opposite: fls.
in the axils, solitary or in whorls, racemose in some
species; calyx bell-shaped; corolla deeply bi-labiate;
stamens 4, the fifth rudimentary and glandular. — About
25 species. They are not far removed botanically from
Pentstemon and Chelone. From the former, the genus
differs in having the fifth sterile stamen reduced to a
mere gland.
The collinsias are free-flowering and of the easiest
culture. They may be sown outdoors in the fall in wel-
drained soil, and will bloom earlier than if sown in
spring. Their flowers borne in
midsummer range in color
from white through lilac and
rose to violet, with clear, bright
blue also, at least on one lip of
the flower. There is no yellow.
A. Fl.-stalks very short, giving
the clusters a dense ap-
pearance.
B. Corolla strongly declined;
throat as wide as long.
bicolor, Benth. Fig. 1032.
Height 1-2 ft. : hairy, glabrous,
or sticky : sts. weak and bend-
ing: Ivs. more or less toothed,
and oblong or lanceolate, ses-
sile, finely toothed, opposite or
in 3's: fls. typically purple and
white, with 5 or 6 well-marked
color varieties. Var. alba, Hort.
(Fig. 1033), has pure white
fls., or the lower lip greenish
or yellowish. Var. multicolor,
Voss (C. multicolor, Lindl. &
Paxt.), has variegated fls., the
same fl. being white, lilac, rose
or violet on either lip or both.
Var. multicolor marmorata,
has the lower lip white, suf-
fused lilac, and upper lip light
lilac, spotted and striped car-
mine. Calif., below 2,000 ft.
B.M. 3488. P.M. 3:195. B.R.
1734. — This is the most widely
distributed and variable spe-
cies, and the one on which the genus was founded.
Calif., mostly in moist ground.
BB. Corolla less strongly declined; throat much longer
than broad.
bartsisefdlia, Benth. Height \Y2 ft., the st. usually
stiff and simple: sticky and somewhat glandular, rarely
hairy: Ivs. from ovate-oblong to linear: fl. -whorls 2-5,
purplish or whitish: seeds not wrinkled. Calif.
AA. Fl.-stalks
. long or more, giving the clusters
a looser look.
1032. Collinsia bicolor.
verna, Nutt. Height about 6 in. : Ivs. ovate or oblong,
or the lowest rounded and slender-stalked, and the up-
per ovate-lanceolate and partly
clasping: whorls about 6-fld.; fl.-
stalks longer than the fls.; throat
of the corolla as long as the calyx-
lobes; lower lip bright blue; upper
lip white or purplish : seeds thick,
not flattened, oblong, arched.
Moist woods, W. N. Y. and Pa.
to Wis. and Ky. B.M. 4927.
grandifldra, Douglas. Height
4-12 in.: Ivs. thickish, the lowest
roundish and stalked: whorls 3-
9-fld.; fl.-stalks about as long as
the fls.; lower lip deep blue or
violet; upper lip white or purple;
throat of the corolla sac-like, as
broad as long, or as long as the
upper lip: seeds roundish, smooth.
Shady hills of Calif. B.R. 1107.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
1033. Collinsia bicolor
COLLINSONIA (after Peter var. alba. ( x 1A)
Collinson, English botanist, cor-
respondent of Linnaeus and John Bartram). Labidtx.
HORSE-BALM. HORSE-WEED. STONE-ROOT. Native
perennial herbs.
Plants of small importance horticulturally, with large,
odorous, ovate, serrate, mostly long-stalked Ivs., thick
roots, and simple or panicled, naked, terminal racemes
of yellow or whitish fls. — Three species in E. N. Amer.,
one of which is sometimes offered by dealers in native
plants, but is not especially ornamental. They are of
simple cult.
canadensis, Linn. CITRONELLA. Height 2-4 ft.: Ivs.
4-9 in. long, broadly ovate to oblong: racemes panicled;
calyx in fl. 1 line, in fr. 4 or 5 lines long; corolla light
yellow, lemon-scented, J^in. long. Rich woods, Can-
ada to Wis., Kans., and south to Fla. L. jj. B.
COLLOMIA (Greek for glue, alluding to the muci-
laginous character of the wetted seeds) . Polemonidcese.
In Asa Gray's late treatment, Collomia is included with
Gilia, although at first kept distinct by him (Proc.
Amer. Acad. Arts. & Sci. XVII, 223), and this dis-
position is followed here, particularly since none of
the species seems to be known in the trade as Collomia.
Engler & Prantl keep the genus distinct, however,
ascribing to it eighteen species from western North
America and Chile. Such as are cultivated will be
found in this Cyclopedia under Gilia. The Collomias
are annual, biennial and perennial.
COLOCASIA (old Greek substantive name). Aracese.
Perennial herbs with cordate-peltate leaves, which are
often handsomely colored in cultivation ; grown under
glass, and one of the forms much used for planting out
when large-leaved tropical effects are desired; also
grown for the edible tubers.
Plants tuberous or with an erect caudex: If .-blades
Eeltate, ovate or sagittate-cordate, basal lobes rounded:
lade of spa the 2-5 times longer than tube; spadix
shorter than spathe, terminating in a club-shaped or
subulate appendage destitute of stamens. Differs from
Alocasia and Caladium in floral characters — Species 5.
Tropics.
Colocasia includes the plants known as Caladium
esculentum, which are much grown for subtropical bed-
ding. C. odorata (which is an Alocasia) has very large,
830
COLOCASIA
COLOR
thick stems, which may be wintered over safely with-
out leaves, or at most with one or two, the stems, to
save space, being placed close together in boxes. C.
esculenta rests during the winter and is kept under a
greenhouse bench or anywhere out of the reach of
frost or damp.
All of the tall-
growing colo-
casias are of
the easiest cul-
ture. As they
are very rank-
growing plants
they are not
much grown in
gre en ho u s e s,
but are chiefly
planted out-of-
doors for sum-
mer display.
They do best
in damp rich
soil. The
dwarf species
and forms are
suited for pot
growth, but
1034. Colocasia antiquorum var. esculenta.
(Caladium esculentum).
little is seen of
them except in
public gardens.
Consult Caladium for further treatment. (G.W Oliver.)
Colocasias furnish the much-cultivated taro of the
Pacific tropics, this edible product being the large
starchy roots. From it is made the poi of Hawaii. In
Japan and other countries the tubers of colocasias are
much cultivated, and are handled and eaten much as
we use potatoes (see Georgeson, A. G. 13:81). The
young leaves of some kinds are boiled and eaten. The
dasheen is of the same group. It has been recently
introduced from tropical America, and is receiving
considerable attention for cultivation in the South.
The tubers may also be forced for the tender shoots.
Cf. Bull. 164 Bur. Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agric.
(1910), and subsequent publications of Off. Foreign
Seed and PI. Intro.
antiquorum, Schott. Lvs. peltate-ovate; basal lobes
half as long as the apical one, connate two-thirds to
three-fourths their length, separated by a broad, trian-
gular, obtusish sinus. India. B.M. 7364.
Var. euchldra, Schott (C. euchldra, C. Koch).
Petioles violet; blade black-green, with violet margins.
Var. Fontanesii, Schott (Alocasia violacea, Hort.
Caladium violaceum, Hort. C. dlbo-violaceum, Hort.?).
Petioles violet; blade dull green, with violet margins.
B.M. 7732. — Multiplies rapidly by whip-like runners
and grows well in shallow water.
Var. illustris, Engler (C. illustris, Hort.). BLACK
CALADIUM. Petioles violet; blade more oblong-ovate,
with black-green spots between the primary veins.
F.M., 1874:107. — Very beautiful in masses, but fls.
have offensive odor.
Var. esculenta, Schott (Cal&dium esculentum, Vent.
Colocasia esculenta, Schott). ELEPHANT'S EAR. Fig.
1034. Spadix with an appendage half as long as the
staminate infl. : Ivs. bright green, often 3 ft. or more
long, nearly as wide. Hawaii and Fiji. G. 2:62, 571;
7:44.
affmis, Schott. Blade thin, membranaceous,
rounded-ovate or ovate, the apical lobe scarcely a
fourth or a third longer than wide; basal lobes connate
nearly their entire length, bright green above, glaucous
beneath; blade only 4-6 in. long. Himalaya. — Not
hardy in Cent. Fla.
Var. Jenningsii, Engler (Alocasia Jenningsii,
Veitch). Petiole purplish, with transverse purple lines;
blade cordate, emarginate, with large, oblong or trian-
gular black-green or black- violet spots between the
primary lateral veins. I.H. 16:585. F.S. 17:1818-19.
— Not hardy in Cent. Fla.
neo-guineensis, Andre. Remarkable for its tufted
habit, the shortness of the If .-stalks, its short-stalked
infl., and the beautiful green tone of its smooth and
shiny Ivs., spotted with creamy white. New Guinea.
I.H. 27:380.
Marchallii, Engler (Alocasia Mdrchallii, Hort. A.
hybrida, Bull). Hybrid, probably of C. affinis and C.
antiquorum. Larger in all parts than C. affinis, the
petioles pale green, very slightly emarginate, with
large, confluent spots.
C. bataviensis=A\ocasia, bataviensis(?). — C. Caracasdna, Engler
=Xanthosoma. — C. javdnica, Hort.=(?). — C. Mafdffa, Hort.=
Xanthosoma. — C. marginata, Hort. =Caladium bicolor. — C. monor-
rhiza, Hort.=(?). — C. oddra. Brongn.=Alocasia odora, Koch. Tree-
like, the st. or caudex 3-6 ft. and 6 in. diam. : Ivs. green, cordate,
stalked, bearing peduncles in pairs in their axils. E. Asia. B.M.
3935. — C. odordta, Hort. = Alocasia macrorrhiza.
GEORGE V. NASH.f
COLOCYNTH: Citrullus.
COLOR IN FLOWERS. The range of simple color
among flowers is not very extensive. There are singu-
lar and almost unaccountable intervals in that range
where color is conspicuously absent in every genus.
Indeed, there is no such thing as a pure green flower,
nor a pure blue one, neither is there any flower to
match the remarkable blue-green or green-blue so
familiar in the plumage of certain birds; this has no
existence at all in the vegetable world. The range of
color, therefore, among flowers is strictly circumscribed.
A simple color is a hue not complicated with any other
tint or shade or hue. Roughly described, the hues com-
prise: yellow, gold-yellow, orange, scarlet, red, crim-
son, magenta, purple, violet, and ultramarine; these
together with blue, peacock-blue, green, and yellow-
green (hues which do not appear in the floral world)
compose a circle of color from which all tints and
shades are derived. Fig. 1035. In other words, the
admixture of white with a hue produces a tint, and
the admixture of black, a shade. Fig. 1036. A
reduction of the range of hues given above to its sim-
plest terms would comprise only yellow, orange, red,
purple, blue, and green, six primary colors. Fig. 1037.
Although pioneer investigators of the nature of color
1035. The intermediate hues.
resolved these six hues into three — yellow, red, and
blue, — the restriction was made at the cost of absolute
purity in the other three hues which they chose to
name secondary colors. There is no possible way of
producing absolutely pure orange, violet, or green, by
a combination of pigments.
COLOR
COLOR
831
WITH SLACK WITH WHITE CLEAR COLOR
The generic character of flower-colors is com-
prehended in the hues just named, although such
names are of little consequence so long as identifica-
tion is without question. Unfortunately scientists and
artists have not yet established a standard nomen-
clature of color, and as a consequence the name of a
particular hue is
largely determined
by a consensus of
public opinion,
which, very natu-
rally, is not always
correct.
Classification of colors.
It is essential,
therefore, to accept
both popular and
scientific estimates of
color if the subject
is to be considered in
its relation to flow-
ers. The scientific
determination of
simple colors is ex-
pressed by certain
arbitrary numbered
lines in the spec-
trum. Thus, yellow
is at line 580, gold-
yellow at 605, orange
at 630, scarlet at 655,
red at 680, green at
530, peacock-blue at
OLD GOLD
SULPHUR
YELLOW
OCHRE
STRAW Y.
COLD Y.
BURNT
ORANGE
SALMON
ORANGE.
TERRA
COTTA
SHRIMP P.
SCARLET
CARDINAL
PINK
RED
MAROON
C.PINK
CRIMSON
PLUM
P.LI LAC
MAGENTA
DARK
B. PLL/M
LILAC
PURPLE
LOGWOOD
VIOLET
B.LI LAC
VIOLET
INDIGO
V. BLUE.
ULTRAM'?
1036. Color phases in flowers.
505, violet at 430, ultramarine at 455, and blue at
480. These numbers indicate the wave-lengths of the
respective hues, with the micron (one-millionth part
of an inch) as the unit. This identification of color,
however satisfactory from a scientific point of view, is
both intangible and impracticable in every other
respect. The flower-petal or the artist's pigment
matched with the spectrum is the only proper medium
through which to convey an adequate knowledge of a
given hue to the layman, and it must be remembered
that everyone is hypothetically the layman who is not
directly associated with the particular science or art
under consideration. The colors of certain flower-
petals as matched with the spectrum lines are as follows :
Yellow (580). — (Enothera biennis, Brassica nigra,
Ranunculus acris, Helianthus decapetalus, a single
dandelion ray.
Gold-yellow (590). — Rudbeckia hirta, golden calen-
dula.
Gold-yellow (585). — Kerria japonica.
Gold-orange (600). — Golden eschscholtzia.
Gold-orange (615). — Crocus susianus.
Orange (635). — Tropseolum majus (deepest orange
hue), the common type.
Scarlet (645). — Mme. Crozy canna, scarlet geranium
and tropaeolum, berry of Cornus canadensis.
Red (680). — Red azalea, red carnation, tube of
Rhododendron nudiflorum.
Red (690).— Red gladiolus.
Crimson. — Crimson peony, American Beauty rose
(dilute).
Magenta. — Magenta cineraria, Polygala sanguinea.
Purple. — Purple cineraria, Mimulus ringens.
Violet (425). — Viola cuculata and Campanula rotun-
difolia (light).
Violet (430). — Verbena erinoides.
Ultramarine violet (440). — Centaurea Cyanus, the
bluest phase (light).
Ultramarine blue (455). — Scilla sibirica (light).
Ultramarine blue (435). — Gentiana Andrewsii,
(bluest tip of petal).
Blue (475). — Myosotis palustris, bluest phase (pale).
Such a list is manifestly imperfect; to state the case
accurately, few flowers are "on the line;" three of the
colors have no numbered lines, and many of the plant
species or varieties are not and can not be explicitly
cited. For example, the red carnation must be a red and
not a scarlet-red variety, and its coloring should match
that of the Rhododendron nudiflorum tube; the same
rule applies to the red gladiolus. It is equally the case
that many flowers show only a modification or a dilution
of the hue they are chosen to represent ; the blue of the
forget-me-not at best is extremely dilute.
A list of artists' pigments is more to the point. It has
the great advantage of npmenclatorial fixity and it
does not include hues subject to change. The repre-
sentative colors are :
Lemon, zinc, ultramarine, pale cadmium, and light
malori yellows.
Medium cadmium and malori gold-yellows.
Cadmium orange and deep malori orange-yellow.
Orange mineral.
Scarlet-vermilion.
Carmine or alizarin lake (no single pigment is exactly
normal red), these incline to scarlet.
Crimson lake.
Magenta: a mixture of crimson and mauve lakes in
nearly equal parts.
Mauve lake: a true purple.
Violet ultramarine.
Guimet's French ultramarine.
Cobalt blue.
Emerald-green.
The color harmonies.
If the simple colors, yellow, orange, red, purple,
blue, and green, are arranged in a circle (Fig. 1037),
those lying opposite each other harmonize by reason
of absolute contrast. Blue and orange, for example,
are complementary colors and theoretically they bal-
ance each other. It by no means follows, however, that
a mass of orange nasturtiums and blue forget-me-nots
must therefore look well together; the very massing
of such hues would make that impossible in spite of the
fact that the misty grayish character of a clump of
blue forget-me-nots is the reverse of aggressive. But
the orange of the nasturtium is obtrusive to the last
degree, and its environment should be as colorless as
possible— even to the point of dull gray or white.
If these six simple colors in the circle are again
separated by intermediate hues (Fig. 1035), so about
three of the latter lie between the six original colors, the
result will be a circle of twenty-four divisions, having
the effect of a rainbow. This will perfectly illustrate
the principle of color harmony and color discord.
Besides the opposing colors which harmonize by con-
trast, there are neighboring colors which harmonize
by analogy.
For example, any four or five colors lying side by
side in the circle are bound together harmoniously by
reason of their near relationship. Therefore, all these
four or five colors may
be combined — and na-
ture does combine
them — with esthetic
results. But skip over
four of the colors and
attempt a combination
of the first and sixth,
and the result will
prove to be a discord,
the bond of relation-
ship is broken, and the
eye is disturbed by the
aggressiveness of two
colors between which
there is evidently no
bond of sympathy. It 1037. Harmony by contrast.
832
COLOR
COLOR
would be safe to say, therefore, that the circle demon-
strates the fact that its colors situated at right angles
with each other are discordant, and those lying nearly
parallel with each other are harmonious.
This is the theoretical side of color harmony. The
practical side is scarcely different; it simply modifies the
theory. Brilliant blue and orange, which are theoreti-
cally harmonious, are scarcely as agreeable in each
other's company as the rule would imply. The trouble,
however, lies with the brilliancy. The golden calendula
and the deep purple aster in association are violent and
aggressive. Remove the one and the other and substi-
tute pale-tinted flowers of these hues and the result
will be harmonious.
Flower families are very likely to sustain harmonies
of analogy. Hyacinths, sweet peas, and nasturtiums
1038. The circle of 360° in colors.
represent groups with very nearly related hues or tints.
There is a predominating influence of crimson-pink
among sweet peas, of lilac among hyacinths, and of
orange among nasturtiums, yet the influence at times
(in a particular variety) is wholly wanting and is
replaced by an analogous tint or hue. It would be a
rather nice bit of color adjustment which would result
in a harmony superior to that of a careless grouping
together of flowers gathered at random from any one
of these three genera.
But the theory that analogous colors harmonize is
correct only when not carried to excess. Attempts to
force deep-hued flowers into harmony often lead to
contrary results. A range of color from crimson to
ultramarine depends for its harmony upon the careful
grading of intermediate hues. Such colors, in full force,
might do violence to each other. It is tempting the
hardness of a diamond to pound it with a hammer. It
is taxing crimson too heavily to expect it to show its
beauty in the presence of strong violet! The effort
should rather be to merge the individualities of the
crimson and the purple flowers into a group and effect
a play of color between the two.
The theory that colors at right angles on the wheel
are discordant is also subject to some modification.
Relatively the right-angled colors must be crude and
strong to affect the eye objectionably. Yellow and red
in the rose is an agreeable color-combination. Yellow
and red dahlias crowded together are certainly harsh
and unneighborly.
A country bouquet of asters, marigolds, fuchsias and
dahlias is bad, because the country garden is not a part
of it. Atmosphere, space, and a stretch of green foliage
make a world of difference.
It is wisest to try the effect of one color upon another
before allowing two or three strong hues to wage war
with each other. It will be found quickly that white is a
peacemaker, and green is an invaluable mediator. With
these colors at command, the chances of discord are
reduced to a minimum. Everything also depends upon
simplicity in color-combinations. It is questionable
whether a combination of more than two colors can
be ever esthetically a success. The adjustment of
many colors needs the hand of an expert.
The restriction of color in flowers.
The very strict limitation of range in flower-colors
demands careful study if it would be thoroughly under-
stood. Augustin Pyramus de Candolle divided flower-
colors into two classes, which he named xanthic (red,
scarlet, orange, gold-orange, yellow, and green-yellow),
and cyanic (green-blue, blue, ultramarine- violet, violet,
purple, and red). Further, he explained, flowers of the
yellow (xanthic) series could pass into red or white
but never into blue, and those of the blue (cyanic)
series could pass into red or white but never into yellow.
The theory is correct but it requires both modification
and revision. Gold-orange must evidently displace
yellow, and ultramarine-violet displace blue as series
names; furthermore, the passage into red should not
exceed scarlet-red in the xanthic series, or crimson-red
in the cyanic series. Pure red logically should be the
zero point between the two divisions, and not be
included in either unless connected by analogous hues.
Gold-orange and ultramarine-violet are respectively
the type-colors of the two series because each occupies
a median position with equal influence on either hand.
Red, occupying the median position between the two
series, should and does exercise an equal influence on
both; a casual glance at the chromatic scale demon-
strates the fact. Neither the xanthic nor the cyanic
series can exclusively claim the respective yellow and
blue in absolute purity, for the cogent reason that
among flowers yellow is associated with both these
divisions, and a true blue scarcely appears at all.
Further, if pure red is the zero point between the two
series, then the consistent red of the xanthic order is
scarlet-red, and that of the cyanic order is crimson-
red; a pure red or pure yellow flower, therefore, con-
sistently belongs to either order according to its xanthic
or cyanic congeners.
The best proofs of the above statements are to be
found among the flowers themselves. Asters belong to
the cyanic group, but there is no blue aster. Tropseo-
lums belong to the xanthic group, but there is no pure
yellow nasturtium; there are, however, ultramarine-
violet asters and gold-yellow nasturtiums. There is a
pure yellow, a golden orange, but no white marigold
(Tagetes) ; the species is xanthic. The family Cru-
ciferse is cyanic; it includes pure yellow, deeper yellow,
and magenta flowers. The genus Hyacinthus is cyanic;
it includes no blue flower, but many which are purple,
violet, cyanic red, and modified yellow. Viola tricolor
is cyanic; it includes a strong yellow along with intense
purple and violet-ultramarine flowers. The genus
Zinnia is xanthic, it includes no true yellow flower but
many which range through all reds into cyanic crimson.
The genus Rosa is cyanic; its flowers range from pure
red to magenta-crimson, develop a strong, modified
yellow, fuse yellow with crimson, but never approach
the xanthic gold-orange. The genus Chrysanthemum is
xanthic; its flowers include all yellows, skip pure orange
and scarlet, and range from scarlet-red to cyanic red-
crimson.
Species belonging to the cyanic group invariably pro-
duce white flowers which have an albino origin. Spe-
cies of the xanthic order produce white flowers which
are not albinos but which invariably displace flowers of
some strong, pure xanthic hue. For example, geraniums
are white, red,. scarlet, and pink, but never gold-orange
or golden yellow. Carnations are white, red, and car-
dinal-red, but never scarlet, or orange. Chrysanthe-
XXIX. Cranberry-picking in a New Jersey bog.
COLOR
COLUMNEA
833
mums are yellow, white, and pink, but never orange or
scarlet. Dahlias are scarlet, red, crimson-red, and even
pure yellow, but never pure gold-orange, or orange.
It is perfectly evident from the foregoing examples
that the range in a given genus, or species, is limited to
what may be termed the swing of a pendulum upon
the chromatic scale (Fig. 1038). The swing may extend
over a quarter of the dial, rarely it does more. If it
happens that two colors are developed, like violet and
yellow, it will still be found that there is but one pen-
dulum-swing and not two. Violet will be associated
with contiguous hues, but yellow will be developed
quite alone.
This, it is reasonable to believe, is direct evidence of
a dual or treble origin of color in a flower group. Yel-
low cannot be evolved from violet, or vice versa.
Necessarily, if white appears in a xanthic group, it
must have evolved alone and independent of any color-
range in that group. Undoubtedly the range of con-
tiguous colors itself has evolved from a median hue
which has spread out, fanlike, in graded variations
within strict limits. Naturally, such statements con-
flict with the old theory that all flowers were originally
yellow, but they are not inimical to the idea that the
earlier ones might have been yellow, and later ones
magenta, violent ultramarine, scarlet, and gold-orange.
It is important to keep in mind the fact that a steam-
boat is not evolved from a locomotive.
It is further evident that yellow belongs quite as
little to the xanthic as it does to the cyanic series, or,
to put it more strongly, it belongs to neither. Its
origin, independent of any "range," was undoubtedly
the elimination of blue from chlorophyll. Hence, it is
not surprising to find it in some modified form associa-
ted with both series, and in the cyanic series isolated.
The flora of the northeastern United States is essen-
tially cyanic. Twenty-one per cent is yellow, 21 per
cent magenta and 22 per cent white; the remainder is
8 per cent xanthic and 28 per cent cyanic — the last
mostly pink and light violet. The record is significant
and points directly either to an arrested color develop-
ment, or to a depauperate color condition in an inclem-
ent region ; the former seems the more likely . An aggre-
gation of cyanic-flowered plants are found in the north
temperate zone, and of xanthic-flowered plants in the
torrid zone.
Color activity.
Color results from a play of light upon a surface
which rejects or absorbs certain rays. It is a significant
fact that the red end of the spectrum comprehends
those hues which are produced by the caloric rays of
the sun, and the violet end those hues which are pro-
duced by the actinic rays. It is not surprising there-
fore that the coloring of vegetation is intense, and
that xanthic flowers predominate under the equator. A
separation of cyanic and xanthic flowers follows almost
identically the thermal lines which band the great con-
tinents of the northern hemisphere, cyanic color pre-
vailing north, and xanthic color south of the line
marking 80° F. In a word, xanthic flowers belong to a
very warm, and cyanic flowers to a temperate or cold
climate. That they should become mixed in a narrow
zone between the extremes is only natural; the rule,
therefore, is in no way compromised thereby. That
yellow, too, should appear in both cyanic and xanthic
groups is not at all surprising. In the spectrum it
holds a median position between the red and the violet
ends; it is neither a hot nor a cold color, and has con-
sequently evolved from its primitive condition as a
constituent of the green in chlorophyll under any and
all temperatures. That is the only way to account for
its isolation when connected with cyanic groups.
It would appear, then, that magenta, violet, and
ultramarines, together with gold-orange, orange, and
red, are primitive colors quite as well as yellow and
white. In what order they appeared upon the earth in
the petals of flowers, it would be difficult to determine,
but it is reasonable to think they appeared as original
colors, in weak, perhaps, but absolute purity. Other-
wise, the remarkable limitation of color-range must be
accounted for by a less logical theory. Upset this
limitation, and attempts to produce a blue rose, yellow
aster, white nasturtium, or green carnation, should
prove successful. Recognize the limitation, and the
futility of such attempts becomes at once apparent, and
the possibility of improving existing "strains" of color
is illimitable. At some time or other in the distant past
the law of limitations fixed the range of flower-colors;
no new law of elasticity has since developed to remove
the boundaries and thus aid the floriculturist in his
ambition to produce what would prove to be a mere
novelty. See Standards of Color.
F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS.
COLTSFOOT: Tussilago Farfara. Sweet coltsfoot is Petaaites,
formerly called Nardosma.
COLUMBINE : A quileoia.
COLQUHOUNIA (after Sir Robert Colquhoun).
Labiatse. Tender plants with dense whorls of gaping
fls. an inch long or more, colored scarlet and yellow.
Erect or twining shrubs, woolly in all parts when
young: lys. large, crenate: whorls few-fld., axillary or
crowded into a terminal spike or raceme; corolla-tube
incurved, the throat inflated. — Two Asian species.
Prop, by cuttings of growing tips, in sandy soil,
under glass in summer.
coccinea, Wall. Tall climber, with very long branches,
8-10 ft.: Ivs. stalked, ovate-acuminate, 3-5 in. long,
crenate, dark green above, roughish, typically with
scarcely any woolh'ness except when young: corolla
twice as long as the calyx. B.M. 4514. — C. tomentbsa,
Houll., is probably identical. The dense woolliness is
perhaps temporary. R.H. 1873:130 shows a handsome
terminal spike in addition to axillary clusters, contain-
ing about 20 fls. — Apparently not advertised, but
probably as worthy as the next.
yestita, Wall. Very smilar to C. coccinea, except that
it is a low-growing, erect plant, and more densely and
permanently woolly on
the st., calyx and undei
side of Ivs., which are
' j<9V&^iSB8a3JES?£» elliptic or elliptic-ovate
and cordate.— Cult out-
doors at oanta Barbara,
Calif., where it may be
used for the wild garden
as it is perfectly hardy.
Not of much horticul-
tural value.
N. TAYLOR.|
COLUMNEA (after
Columna or Colonna,
Italian writer on plants,
sixteenth century). Ges-
neracese. Tropical Ameri-
can shrubs and climbers,
sometimes grown under
glass in choice collec-
tions.
Flowers widely gap-
ing, showy, often 2 in.
long: Ivs. opposite,
nearly equal or widely
unlike: fls. solitary or
numerous, axillary,
stalked or not, without
bracts or with bracts in
an involucre; corollas
scarlet, carmine or yel-
lowish.— A group of 100
1039. Columnea
gloriosa. ( X H)
834
COLUMNEA
COMANDRA
species of which half a dozen mostly red- or orange-
fld., are cult, abroad and may be known to a few
fanciers at home, but are not advertised by the
dealers. They are warmhouse evergreens requiring the
treatment of Trichosporum (^Eschynanthus) .
Schiedeana,Schlecht. The best known species. It has
handsome scarlet fls. 2 in. long, sometimes varie-
gated with yellow. It is an herbace-
ous climber from Mex. B.M. 4045.
P.M. 9:31.
gloriosa, Sprague. Fig. 1039. An
epiphytic perennial herb: Ivs. ovate
or ovate-oblong: fls. axillary, solitary,
scarlet and yellow. Costa Rica. B.
M. 8378.
C. gldbra, Oerst, var. major. Fls. scarlet;
stamens white. Costa Rica. — C. magnified,
Klotzsch & Hanst. Corolla bright scarlet;
tube inflated about the middle. Costa Rica.
G.C. III. 43:66.— C. Oerstedidna, Klotzsch.
Epiphytic undershrub or herb: fls. scarlet.
Costa Rica. B.M. 8344. N TAYLOR>f
COLUTEA (Koloutea, ancient Greek
name). Legumindsae. BLADDER
SENNA. Shrubs grown chiefly for
their attractive yellow or brownish
red flowers and the ornamental
bladder-like pods.
Deciduous, with alternate, odd-
pinnate Ivs. : Ifts. many, rather small;
stipules small: fls. papilionaceous, in
axillary, few-fld., long-peduncled ra-
cemes, yellow to brownish red; calyx
campanulate, 5-toothed ; standard
suborbicular with 2 swellings above
the claw; 9 stamens connate, 1 free:
pod inflated, bladder -like, many-
seeded. — About 15 species in the
Medit. region to Abyssinia and Hima-
layas. Ornamental free - flowering
plants of rapid growth, with pale
green or glaucous foliage and yellow
or brownish red fls. during summer,
followed by large, usually reddish-
colored and decorative pods. They
grow in almost any soil, but prefer
a tolerably dry and sunny position;
not quite hardy N., the hardiest being
C. arborescens. — Prop, by seeds sown
in spring or by cuttings of mature
wood inserted in fall in sandy soil;
rarer species and varieties are some-
times grafted on C. arborescens in
spring under glass.
A. Fls. yellow: pod dosed at the apex.
arborescens, Linn. Fig. 1040. Shrub, to 15 ft. : Ifts.
9-13, elliptic, dull green, mucronulate, usually slightly
pubescent beneath, 3^-1 in. long: fls. 3-8, about %in.
long; wings nearly as long as the keel, flat. June-
Sept. S. Eu., N. Afr., N. B.M. 81.— Lvs. have
cathartic properties. Var. crispa, Kirchn. Dwarf,
with crisped Ivs. Var. bullata, Rehd. (C. buUata, Hort.).
Dwarf and compact: Ifts. 5-7, obovate or nearly orbicu-
lar and somewhat bullate.
cilicica, Boiss. (C. longialata, Koehne. C. melano-
calyx, Hort., not Boiss.). Shrub: Ifts. bluish green,
usually 11, oval or broadly ovate, rounded or truncate
and mucronulate at the apex, ^-%in. long: fls. bright
yellow, 3-6, about %in. long; wings longer than the
keel. June-Aug. Asia Minor. G.C. III. 16:155.
AA. Fls. orange-yellow or brownish red; wings shorter
than the keel.
media, Willd. Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ifts. 7-13, obovate,
grayish green or glaucous, H~%m. long, nearly gla-
brous: fls. 3-6, orange or reddish yellow, the standard
with brownish markings: pod closed at the apex. June-
Sept. — Probably hybrid of garden origin between C.
arborescens and the following, often cult, under the
names of the following species.
orientalis, Mill. (C. cruenta, Ait.). Shrub, to 6 ft.:
Ifts. 7-11, obovate, glaucous, thickish, H-J^m. long,
nearly glabrous: fls. 3-5, reddish yel-
low or brownish red : pod open at the
apex. June-Sept. S. E. Eu., Orient. —
Often cult, under the name of C. hale-
pica or C. istria.
C. brevialata, Lange. Shrub, to 4 ft.: Ifts.
usually 11, oval, H-Juin. long: fls. 2-6, yellow ;
wings much shorter than keel. S. France. — C.
grdcilis, Freyn & Sintenis. Lfts. usually 11,
obovate, Ji-J-^in. long: fls. 2-5, yellow, with
the wings almost as long as the keel. Turk-
estan.— C. istria, Mill. (C. halepica, Lam. C.
Pocockii, Ait.). To 4 ft.: Ifts. glaucous, small
and numerous: fls. yellow,
nearly 1 in. long; wing longer
than the keel. — C. nepalensis,
Hook. Similar to C. arbor-
escens: racemes drooping. B.M.
2622. B.R. 1727. Tender.
ALFRED REHDER.
COLVILLEA (after Sir
Charles Colville, governor
of Mauritius). Legumi-
nbsx. Showy - flowered
tropical tree, a worthy
rival of the royal poin-
ciana, which is closely
allied, but easily distin-
guished, especially by its
round and full, not flat,
legume.
Colvillea has drooping
racemes, 1% ft. long,
densely crowded with per-
haps 200 fls. of curious
shape and of a splendid scarlet; the fls.
open at the st. end of the pendent
dense raceme, and display masses of long
showy yellow stamens; the unopened fls.
are about the size and shape of a filbert,
and these are gradually smaller towards
the end of the raceme. — Only 1 species,
characterized by its large, oblique, colored
calyx, having 4 segms., the standard be-
ing the smallest instead of the largest part; wings very
long, narrow, erect, obovate: pod 2-valved. -^Supposed
to be a native of E. Afr., but discovered in 1824 by
Bojer on the west coast of Madagascar, where a single
tree was cult, by the natives. It flowered there in
April or May. Its cult, is similar to that of cesalpinia.
Prop, in the S. only by seeds. Not common in cult,
outside of botanic gardens and fanciers' collections.
racemdsa, Bojer. Tree, 40-50 ft. high, with the
general aspect of Poinciana regia but with a thicker
trunk and ampler foliage: branches very long and
spreading: Ivs. about 3 ft. long, alternate, remote,
twice pinnate, with 20-30 pairs of pinna? which are
opposite, 4 in. long, and have 20-28 pairs of Ifts., each
Yiya.. long: keel very small, almost covered by the
wings; free stamens 10, 3 inserted below the standard,
2 under the wings, 1 under the keel, and 4 under the
ovary. B.M. 3325-6. WILHELM MILLER.
COMANDRA (name alludes to the hairs in the fl.).
Santalacex. Perhaps a half-dozen leafy herbs or sub-
shrubs, one in Eu., and the others in N. Amer., more
or less parasitically attached to the roots of other
plants, one or two of which may be of interest to
horticulturists. Lvs. alternate, almost sessile: fls.
whitish or greenish, small, perfect, in terminal cymes or
umbellate panicles; calyx 4-5-cleft, lined or constricted
COMANDRA
COMMELINA
835
above the ovary; and the tube sometimes conspicu-
ously continued to a neck or top on the fr. ; petals want-
ing; stamens of same number as calyx-lobes, the anthers
connected by hairs to the calyx-lobes: fr. nut-like or
drupe-like. C. umbellata, Nutt. (Fig. 1041), 6-18 in.
high, in dry mostly
open ground in the
eastern states, is
an attractive plant
when allowed to
} spread naturally in
patches in waste
p 1 ac e s : rootstock
not showing above
ground (C. Richard-
sidna, Fern., has
a superficial root-
stock) : Ivs. thin, ob-
long, pale beneath:
fls. whitish.
L. H. B.
COMARfiLLA: Po-
tentilla.
COMAROSTAPHY-
LIS: Arctostaphylos.
COMARUM (an
old Greek name).
Rosacese. One spe-
cies allied to Poten-
tilla, and often re-
ferred to that genus
but differing in the
lateral style un-
known inPotentilla.
C. palustre, Linn.
(Potentilla palustris,
Scop . ) , the marsh cinquef oil, is a decumbent herb growing
in swales in the northern states (also in the Old World).
with pinnate, 5-7-foliolate Ivs. (Ifts. dentate), and
solitary or cymose purple fls. Kin. across: petals shorter
than the calyx-lobes, acute; stamens numerous. An
odd and interesting but not showy plant, sometimes
planted in bogs. Mn. 3:97. — The fr. somewhat
resembles a strawberry, but is spongy instead of juicy.
In some parts of Scotland, it is said to be called cow-
berry and is rubbed on the inside of milk-pails to thicken
the milk. C. Salesdvii, Bunge (Potentilla Salesoviana,
Steph.), of the Himalayan rigion
and Thibet, 11,000-14,000 ft. alti-
tude, is a suffruticose silky-hairy
plant worthy of cult., but little
known in gardens: Ivs. pinnate;
Ifts. 7-9, oblong, obtuse, crenate-
serrate: fls. white, in an ample
paniculate cyme. Probably better
placed in Potentilla. B.M. 7258.
N. TATLOB.f
1041. Comandra umbellata. (Xl-t)
COMBRETUM (old Latin name). Com-
bretdcese. Tropical shrubs and trees, many
of which are climbers by means of the
persistent leaf-stalks.
Leaves mostly opposite, in some species
verticillate in 3's or 4's, entire: fls. in
spikes or racemes, polygamous; calyx bell-
shaped; petals usually 4; stamens usually
8: fr. winged and indetiiscent, 1 -seeded.
— A genus of 250 species from Asia, Afr.
and Amer., particularly S. Afr. The
combretums are warmhouse plants, little
known in this country. Prop, by cuttings
of firm wood. One climbing species is
in the American trade: C. coccineum,
Lam. (C. purpiireum, Vahl. Poivrea
coccinea, DC.), from Madagascar. Lvs.
qblorig-lanceolate, acuminate, evergreen: fls. small, bril-
liant red, the long-exserted stamens forming the chief
feature of beauty; the handsome loose spikes often in
panicles; parts of the fl. in 10's. B.M. 2102. L.B.C.
6:563. — Handsome. C. butryosum yields a butter-like
substance, used by the Kafirs as food. C. sundaicum
in recent years has attained some prominence as a
reputed anti-opium remedy. j,j. TAYLOR. f
COMFREY: Symphytum.
COMMELINA (bears the name of early Dutch
botanists). Also written Commelyna. Commelinacese.
DAY-FLOWER. Perennial or annual herbs, of which a
very few are cultivated in the open or under glass for
their interesting flowers.
Upright, spreading or procumbent, usually more or
less succulent, often rooting at the joints: lys. alternate,
sessile or shprt-petioled, clasping the st., a If. subtend-
ing the sessile fl. -cluster and forming a clasping folded
spathe: fls. opening for a day, mostly blue (varying to
white and rose), irregular; outer perianth parts (calyx)
3, colored, 2 of them somewhat united; inner parts
(petals) 3, one of them small and 2 broad and with
long claws; stamens usually 6, but only 3 of them fer-
tile; filaments not hairy: fr. a 2-3-celled caps, on a
recurved pedicel. — Nearly or quite 100 species, in
warm regions around the globe, a few of them reaching
cool-temperate climates. The cult, species are peren-
nials. The hothouse species appear not to be offered
in this country or to be much cult. Allied to Trades-
cantia and Zebrina.
Commelinas are mostly of easy culture, thriving
well in any light rich soil. The evergreen stove and
greenhouse species are readily propagated in March or
April by cuttings inserted in an ordinary propagating-
bed and kept close for a few days, while the tuberous-
rooted half-hardy herbaceous species may be propa-
gated either by division of the tubers or by
seeds sown in a frame early in April and
afterwards transplanting the seedlings in
the herbaceous border. In the fall, they
should be lifted and the tubers stored away
in the same manner as dahlias. Of the
tuberous-rooted species, , C. cceles-
tfe is perhaps the best, its bright
klue floors being very effec-
tive, especially when planted in
masses. (Edward J. Canning.)
A. Plant hardy in the open.
nudifldra, Linn. (C. Sellomi,
Walp. C. Selloundna, Schlecht.).
Creeping, rooting at the joints,
glabrous or practically so: Ivs.
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate,
acute or acuminate, the lf.-
sheaths often ciliate: spathe-lf.
acute or acuminate, broad at
base, petioled: fls. few in each
cluster, Kin. or less across, blue:
caps. 3-celled and 5-seeded. N.
J. southward and widely dis-
persed in other parts
of the world. — Some-
times offered as an
outdoor plant. A rose-
colored form is re-
ported.
communis, Linn. Much like
the last and often confused with
it : more erect and less rooting at
joints: fls. larger: caps. 2-celled
and 4-seeded. N. Y. southward,
and widely distributed; perhaps
an intro. from Asia.
836
COMMELINA
AA. Plant tender or only half-hardy.
tuberdsa, Linn. Diffuse and branching, from a
tuberous root: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long:
spathe-lf. cordate-ovate to lanceolate, conduplicate,
more or less hairy; sheaths pubescent: fls. rich blue.
Mts. of Mex. — The plant sold under this name is
recommended as a free-flowering border plant in Eng-
land, the tubers to be lifted in autumn and stored in
dry sand for the winter.
coelestis, Willd. Fig. 1042. Erect, root more or less
tuberous, 10-18 in. high, branching, with clasping,
long, broad-lanceolate pointed Ivs. and blue fls. (2-10
together) on elongating axillary pubescent peduncles:
spathe-lf. ovate, folded; sheaths ciliate. Mts. of
Mex. — Runs into several forms. Var. alba, Hort.,
has white fls. Var. variegata, Hort., has fls. blue and
white. C. ccelestis is a half-hardy plant, in the N.
requiring protection of a greenhouse, although it may
be planted out. Prop, by seed, cuttings and tubers.
L. H. B.
COMPARETTIA (Andreas Comparetti, 1746-1811,
Italian botanist). Orchiddcese. A small group of
graceful epiphytes.
Pseudobulbs, 1-3-1 vd.: racemes simple or branched;
fls. small, lateral sepals united in a single piece, length-
ened at the base into a conspicuous horn; lateral petals
converging; labellum large, produced into a double
spur, which is hidden in the horn made by the sepals;
column free, semi-terete, erect; pollinia 2. — Four spe-
cies, Mex. to Brazil. Grown on blocks or in baskets in
a light intermediate or warmhouse.
coccinea, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, bearing lanceo-
late, coriaceous Ivs., purple beneath: racemes several-
fld.; fls. 1 in. across; petals and sepals light yellow, mar-
gined orange-red, labellum large, broader than long,
crimson. Brazil. B.R. 24:68. I.H. 13:472.
falcata, Poep. et Endl. (C. rosea, Lindl.). Similar in
habit to C. coccinea: fls. 1 in. across, deep crimson;
labellum broad; racemes pendent. Peru. B.M. 4980.
A.F.6:609. Lind. 4:163. F.S. 2:109.
macroplectron, Reichb. f. Fls. 10 or more, 2 in.
across, dorsal sepal whitish, often spotted with purple;
midlobe of labellum cleft, suborbicular, magenta-rose,
dotted at the angled base; spurs conspicuous. Colom-
bia. B.M. 6679. Var. punctatissima, Hort., has the fls.
copiously rose-spotted. C.O. 1. GEORGE V. NASH.f
COMPASS PLANT: Silphium.
COMPOST. Mixed and rotted vegetable matter,
particularly manure and litter, used as a fertilizer and
amendment.
The mixture of bulky fertilizing materials known as
compost, while of little importance to the general
farmer, plays an important part in garden practices.
Many of the garden crops must be made in a very short
time, or are of delicate feeding habits. Their food,
therefore, must be easily assimilable. It is good practice
to pile all coarse manures, sods, weeds, or any rubbish
available for the purpose, in big flat heaps (Fig. 1043),
to ferment and rot before being applied to the garden
soil. If desired, chemical manures, especially super-
phosphate (dissolved bone or South Carolina rock)
and potash (muriate or kainit), may be added to make
the compost the richer. By spading or forking the
heaps over a few times at reasonable intervals, a homo-
geneous mass is easily obtained, which can be applied
in greatest liberality without fear, or more sparingly, in
accordance with the needs of the particular crop. Of
equal, if not still greater importance, is the compost
heap which gives soil for greenhouse benches, flats,
hotbeds and coldframes. This compost is principally
made of sods shaved off a rich pasture or meadow and
piled in alternate layers with stable manure, more of
the latter being used for forcing succulent crops, and
CONANDRON
less in growing plants which should be short and stocky,
like cabbage or tomato plants. Garden litter may be
added to the pile, as leaves and trimmings. All com-
post . heaps, during dry weather, need frequent and
thorough moistening with water, or, better, with liquid
manure. Turn several times during the year, to ensure
thorough rotting of the materials. x. GREINER
COMPTERIS. The only published reference to this
generic name and species is in G.C. III. 29: May 21,
1901, suppl. 2, where its introduction to cultivation by
L. Linden is noted. The name Compteris may be a cor-
ruption, or the plant may have been a young form of
some known form. The description below is quoted
from The Gardeners' Chronicle.
C. Brazzaiana, Hort. Intro, in Eu. about 1900, as a
remarkably distinct large fern with long bipinnate
fronds narrow at base and broad across the middle and
tapering to a narrow point; barren pinnae oval or
oblong and simple; fertile pinnae distinctly lobed.
R. C. BENEDICT.
COMPTONIA (Henry Compton, Bishop of Lon-
don, patron of horticulture, died 1713). Myricacese.
A small native shrub, useful for covering banks and to
grow on sterile sandy and stony soil.
1043. A compost heap
The genus is allied to Myrica, and by some not
regarded as sufficiently different in botanical characters
to justify separate generic rank: branching brown-
twigged bush, dioecious or monoecious, with globular
fertile catkins, the 1-celled ovary surrounded by 8
linear persistent scales or bractlets: Ivs. long-oblong,
pinnatifid: fr. a bur-like axillary head of few small nuts.
The only species is C. asplenifolia, Gsertn. (C. pere-
grina, Coulter. Myrica asplenifdlia, Linn.) SWEET FERN.
In dry, sterile soil in the E. and N. U. S.; also
in the trade. It is an attractive undershrub (1-3 ft.)
with fern-like, scented foliage and brownish heads of
imperfect fls.: roots long and cord-like: staminate cat-
kins 1 in. or less long, slender, in clusters at the ends of
the branchlets. L. H. B.
CONANDRON (cone-shaped anther). Gesneriaceae.
Almost stemless herb with radical glabrous rugose
Ivs. Differs from Streptocarpus, its nearest horticul-
tural relative, in having a straight, not twisted pod.
For cult, see Streptocarpus. It should be grown in
shade and is hardy only south of N. C.
C. ramondioides, Sieb. & Zucc., of Japanese moun-
tains, is the only species. It is an interesting little
tuberous-rooted herb, with oblong, rugose, irregularly
toothed root-lvs. and scapes bearing 6^12 white or
purple, dodecatheon-like fls. : cymes nodding or droop-
ing pubescent; corolla 1 in. diam.: seeds very minute.
CONANDRON
CONSERVATORY
837
B.M. 6484. — This is one of several groups of rare and
widely scattered herbs, of which Ramondia, Haberlea,
Wulfenia, Didymocarpus, Shortia and Schizocodon are
examples. Conandron is adapted to growing in shady
rockeries. Scapes less than 1 ft. high. Little known in
cult., but is in the trade. N. TAYLOR, t
CONE-FLOWER: Rudbeckia. Purple Cone-Flower: Echinacea.
CONGEA (from an East Indian vernacular name).
Verbendcese. A few species of climbing shrubs in Burma
and the Malayan peninsula: Ivs. opposite and entire:
fls. in peduncled capitate cymes which are combined
in large terminal panicles, the bracts at the base of the
cyme-peduncles large and often showy; calyx funnel-
form, 5-toothed; corolla-tube slender, seldom much
exceeding the calyx, usually hairy in the throat,
2-lipped, the upper lip of 2 narrow upright lobes and
the lower of 3 shorter broader lobes; stamens 4, ex-
serted; ovary incompletely 2-celled: fr. a small roundish
nearly dry drupe. C. tomentdsa, Roxbg., is grown
in India and is said to be suitable for growing in a stove
or warm conservatory in Britain: a strong climber,
conspicuous for the pink and changing tints of the large
elliptic persistent bracts in the loose woody terminal
panicles: Ivs. 3 in. long, ovate-acute, soft-hairy beneath:
corolla white; calyx hairy. Burma. G.C. III. 54:399. —
Evergreen: infl. retained for several weeks. Allied to
Petrsea volubilis.
CONIFERS: Arboriculture.
CONIOGRAMME (Greek, dust-line). Formerly
Dictyogramma. Polypodidcese. A few Japanese and
Pacific island ferns, with naked sori, which follow the
course of the free or reticulated veins. The species are
sometimes referred to Gymnogramma. Strong-grow-
ing indoor-ferns, useful for specimen plants.
japonica, Diels. Lvs. simply pinnate or bipinnate
at the base, 1^-2 ft. high, the pinna? 6-12 in. long and
an inch wide; sori extending from the midrib to the
edge. Japan and Formosa. — Also known as Gymno-
gramma japonica. An interesting fern of rather strong
growth, and very distinct in appearance. Grows best
in a moderate temperature — for example, 55-60° —
and requires an open and well-drained soil of peaty
character. R. c. BENEDICT.!
CONIUM (Greek name). Umbelliferae. Two weedy
biennial plants, widely distributed. C. maculdium,
Linn., is the poison hemlock, "by which," as Gray
writes, "criminals and philosophers were put to death
at Athens." It is a rank, much-branched European
herb which has run wild in E. N. Amer., and which has
been offered in the trade as a border plant. It is bien-
nial, rank-smelling, and poisonous, and is scarcely worth
cult, although the finely cut dark foliage is highly
ornamental. It grows from 2-4 ft. high, and has large
umbels of small white fls. See Poisonous Plants.
In North America the word hemlock is used for the
hemlock spruce, Tsuga.
CONOCEPHALUS (Greek, cone head). One of the
liverworts (Marchantiacese), with broad flat forking
evergreen thallus, growing on moist banks, like a
moss. C. cdnicus, Dumort., is sometimes offered by
collectors as a cover for rockeries, but can scarcely be
said to be a cultivated plant.
CONOCLfNIUM: Eupatorium.
CONOPHALLUS (name refers to the cone-shaped
inflorescence). Ardceas. A name proposed by Schott
for certain aroids, but now made a section of Amor-
phophallus. C. Konjac, Koch., is Amorphophallus
Rivieri var. Konjac, Engler. The great tuber is much
grown in Japan for the making of flour (see Georgeson,
A. G. 13:79). Amorphophallus Rivieri is figured on p.
276, Vol. I.; also in R.H. 1871, p. 573; and in B.M.
6195 (as Proteinophallus Revieri). Konjak is offered
by importers of Japanese plants.
CONSERVATORY. Primarily a glasshouse in which
plants that have been brought to perfection — usually
in other greenhouses — are to be placed for display or
to be kept in condition.
The conservatory should be as near the residence as
possible; if not an architectural unit of the house, it
may be connected by a corridor or pergola. The size
of a conservatory depends of course upon the require-
ments or taste of the family; some are as small as 6
by 10 feet, while others are as large as 35 by 75. The
aspect or side of the dwelling best suited to a conserva-
tory is on the east, and preferably against a gable, so
that sliding snow from the roof of the dwelling will not
give trouble. If this is not convenient, the glass roof
of the conservatory must be protected with snow-
guards. A lean-to house is subject to great fluctuations
if placed against the south side.
Since much attention has been given to the build-
ing of conservatories within the past few years, they
can now be made attractive in architectural design,
and at the same time supply the best possible condi-
tions for the well-being of the plants. A curvilinear roof
is usually more attractive and is better for the plants
than a flat roof, but abundant ventilation must be pro-
vided. The roof glass should be ground or, frosted, as
plants remain in flower much longer under a subdued
light than when exposed to direct sunlight. Even
ground glass is not sufficient in summer, some shading
being required; roller shades are hard to adjust and not
altogether practicable; whitewash applied to the glass
outside is unsightly and damages the painted wooden
strips in which the glass is laid. The following has been,
found to be an excellent shading mixture: Sixteen
ounces white lead, thirty-eight ounces turpentine,
two ounces linseed oil; apply to the glass outside with
an ordinary paint-brush. The advantages of this mix-
ture are that it is not unsightly, is easily applied, and
wears off as winter comes on.
The heating of a conservatory is an important mat-
ter, since even night temperatures must be maintained
as in other greenhouses. This can easily be arranged if
the dwelling is heated by hot water, which is the best
for any conservatory; but with steam or hot air it is
more difficult; if possible when these methods of
heating the dwelling are used, a separate small hot-
water system should be installed for the conservatory.
The temperature at which conservatories are to be
kept depends upon the plants grown in them. Palms,
ferns, orchids and ornamental-leaved plants generally
require a night temperature of about 60°. Flowering
Elants, such as chrysanthemums, azaleas, primulas and
ulbs, do better in a temperature of 45° to 50° at night
with a rise of 15° to 20° for both classes of plants by
day before opening the ventilators, and these, in winter
especially, must be opened with caution, admitting
the outside air very sparingly.
The floor of a conservatory may be of tiles and the
interior may be arranged with rugs and easy chairs in
the center with the plants arranged on tables around
the outside or over the heating-pipes. The catalogues
of the principal greenhouse builders show some very
artistic arrangements, both inside and outside.
A conservatory is often a part of a commercial green-
house establishment, being in effect the display house
or room into which interesting and perfected plants
are brought for inspection; and in large cities conserv-
atories are often attached to florists' stores, not only as
a display house but because plants will keep in much
better health and condition for a much longer time
than in the ordinary conditions of the florist's store; but
commonly the word is used as above to designate an
adjunct to a home. EDWARD J. CANNING.
838
CONVOLVULUS
CONVALLARIA (old nameLilium convallium, derived
from convallis, a valley). Liliaceae. LILY-OF-THE-V AL-
LEY. A dainty herb, much prized for its erect racemes
of white delicately-scented flowers; perennial.
Leaves radical, from a horizontal rootstock, produc-
ing upright parts or pips (Fig. 1044) : fls. white (some-
times pink-tinged), small and short-bell-shaped, with
short blunt recurved lobes, nodding, in a short, radical,
raceme (Fig. 1045), the stamens 6 included, style 1
(Fig. 1046); fr. a globular small few-seeded red berry.
— Commonly considered to be only one species, native
in Asia, Eu., and in the higher mts., Va. to S. C.; of
several similar races or types.
Lily-of-the-valley is much prized for its delicate,
sweet-scented flowers. The rhizome and roots are sold
in drug-stores: they are poisonous in large doses; in
small doses used as a heart tonic. The plant is popu-
larly supposed to be the one referred to in the Sermon
on the Mount, but this is
not to be determined. It is
essentially a shade -loving
plant. The species is C. ma-
jalis, Linn. Lvs. oblong or
oval, thick and persisting till
autumn, forming a dense sod,
plane, with more or less
bloom : racemes 5-10 in. high :
berry Kin. diam. R.H. 1886:
84. Gn. 47, p. 179; 52:182
and p. 319 (the latter in
fruit). A.F. 13:402. Gng.
5:56-7. F.R. 2:4. G.C. III.
23 : 149 (var. grandiflora) .
Lowe, 42 (var variegata).
The plant is hardy, and is
easily grown in partially
shaded places and moder-
ately rich ground. Old beds
are liable to run out. The
roots and runners become
crowded, and few good flower-
stems are produced. It is
best to replant the beds every
few years with vigorous
fresh clumps, which have
been grown for the purpose
in some out-of-the-way place. Five or six strong
pips, with their side growths, planted close together,
will form a good clump in two years if not allowed to
spread too much. The mats of clean foliage make
attractive carpets under trees and in other shady
E laces. If the bed is made rich and top-dressed every
ill, it may give good results for four or five years; and
plants in such beds thrive in full sunshine. One form
has prettily striped foliage, very ornamental in the early
part of the season. Lilies-of-the-valley bloom early in
spring. They run wild in many old yards, in cemeteries,
and along shady road-sides. There are double-flowered
forms; also one (var. prolificans) with racemes 2 feet
long. (J.B.Keller.)
For culture as a florist's flower, see Lily-of-the-
valley.
Recent studies of this genus by E. L. Greene, have distinguished
3 other species: C. japdnica, Greene, representing the Japanese
form of the plant: rootstock very short and stout: Ivs. 2 only, sub-
equal, elliptic, cuspidately acute, bright green with no trace of
bloom on either surface: peduncle short, about equaling the bases
of the Ivs.; raceme few-fid., the bracts small, ovate-lanceolate-
perianth widely opening, broadly bell-shaped or almost saucer-
shaped; stamens large, very short, the very obtuse anthers longer
than the filaments. — C. globdsa, Greene. Herbage light green,
without trace of bloom: Ivs. with a more fibrous and less fleshy
anatomy than those of C. majalis, and of shorter duration, disap-
pearing by the end of summer: perianth urn-shaped (not bell-
shaped); stamens inserted about the middle of the perianth,
extending horizontally (rather than vertically, as in C. majalis).'
Probably. N. C., but described from plants growing in a wild gar-
den in Washington, D. C.; later-blooming than C. majalis. — C.
majuscula, Greene. Differs from C. majalis in its very large light
green Ivs., which have no trace of bloom and an excessively fibrous
1044. Lily-of-the-valley pip.
anatomy which makes the growing If. to Io9k plicate; more than
twice larger than C. majalis, later-blooming: perianth broadly
bell-shaped; filaments very short, nearly hypogynous, erect;
anthers large, oblong, obtuse, cordate at base. S.E. Pa., and south-
L. H. B.
CONVOLVULUS (Latin, convolve, to entwine). Con-
volvulaceae. Includes Calystcgia. BINDWEED. Annual
and perennial herbs, grown mostly in the open; some
are twiners.
Sometimes suffrutescent,
twining, trailing, erect or as-
cending, with filiform, creeping
rpotstocks: Ivs. petiolate, en-
tire, toothed or lobed, gener-
ally cordate or sagittate: fls.
axillary, solitary or loosely
cymose, mostly opening only
in early morning; corolla cam-
panulate or funnelform, the
limb plaited, 5-angled, 5-lobed
or entire. — A genus of about
175 species, widely distributed
in temperate and tropical
regions. Convolvulus and
Calystegia are no longer kept
separate. As Convolvulus
Septum is the type of both
genera, they are therefore
synonymous. When the fls. of
C. occidentalis are borne singly,
the calyx bracts are broad and
Calystegia-like; when borne in
clusters the bracts are greatly
reduced.
The species thrive in a va-
riety of soils without especial
care. The greenhouse species
do best in a soil with consider-
able fiber. The hardy peren-
nials are usually propagated
by dividing the roots, other-
wise by cuttings or seeds, the
tender species preferably by
cuttings. C. tricolor is the most
important of the hardy annuals. It may also be
started in the greenhouse, and makes an excellent
plant for the hanging-basket. All are vigorous
growers, and may become troublesome weeds in
some places if not kept within bounds. C. japoni-
cus and C. Sepium should be used with caution.
This is the chief reason why the hardy perennials
are not often found in well-kept gardens, except along
wire fences or lattice screens, where the turf is laid up
close so as to allow only a narrow border for the roots.
The double-flowered form of C. japonicus is seen to best
advantage in half-wild places, or on rocky banks,
where shrubs make but a stunted growth. Here it
will grow luxuriantly, forming graceful festoons from
branch to branch, and covering the ground with a pretty
mantle of green. (J. B. Keller.)
C. pur pur ens, the common morning-glory, and many
related species are to be found under Ipomcea.
INDEX.
1045. Raceme of
Lily-of-the-valley.
(Natural size)
americanus, 8. longipes, 4.
aridus, 4. malacophyllus, 2.
atriplicifolius, 2. mauritanicus, 6.
aureus superbus, 11. minor, 10.
Be~ryi, 2. occidentalis, 4.
Binghamix, 4. oleaefolius, 9.
californicus, 1. polymorphus, 4.
Cneorum, 8. pubescens, 3.
compactus, 10. purpuratus, 4.
cyclostegius, 4. repens, 5.
deltoideus, 2. saxicola, 2.
gracilentus, 4. Scammonia, 7.
, Greenei, 4. Sepium, 5.
of hly-of-the-valley, laid mecebrosiis> 4. tricolor, 10.
open to show the parts, interior, 5. villosus, 1.
( X2) japonicus, 3. vittatus, 10.
1046. Section of flower
CONVOLVULUS
CONVOLVULUS
839
A. Calyx with 2 menibranaceous brads at the base:
peduncles usually 1-fld. (Calystegia.)
B. St. prostrate, 8 in. to 2 ft. high: peduncle usually
shorter than the Ivs.
1. calif ornicus, Choisy (C. villdsus, Gray. Caly-
stegia villdsa, Kellogg). Plant densely white-villose
throughout: st. prostrate, scarcely twining: Ivs. slender-
1047.
Convolvulus
japonicus.
CXH)
petioled, reniform- hast ate to
sagittate, the upper acuminate,
1 in. or less long, the basal lobes
often coarsely toothed: bracts oval or ovate, com-
pletely inclosing the calyx: fls. cream-yellow, 1 in. long.
C alif . — Perennial .
2. malacophyllus, Greene. Similar to the preceding
but foliage velvety(or plushy pubescent. Calif. — Peren-
nial. Other closely related Californian species are
C. saxicola, Eastw., C. deltmdeus, Greene, C. Berryi,
Eastw. and C. atriplicifdlius, House.
BB. St. tunning or trailing, 8-10 ft. high: peduncle
exceeding the Ivs.
3. japonicus, Thunb. (Calystegia pubescens, Lindl.).
CALIFORNIA ROSE. Fig. 1047. Hardy perennial herba-
ceous twiner: growth very vigorous, often 20 ft.: whole
plant more or less densely and minutely pubescent:
Ivs. hastate, lanceolate, obtuse or broadly acute, with
angular or rounded lobes at the base, variable,
occasionally without lobes, rarely sharp lanceolate: fls.
bright pink, 1-2 in. broad, produced freely during the
summer months and remaining expanded for several
days. Japan and E. Asia. The double form is now
naturalized from S. E. N. Y. to D. C. and Mo. P.M.
13:243. F.S. 2:172. B.R. 32:42.— The double form
is completely sterile, with narrow wavy petals, irregu-
larly arranged, the outer somewhat lacerate. A valuable
decorative plant for covering stumps and walls. In
rich soil the roots spread rapidly, and will smother out
all other plants unless confined in tubs. The Calystegia
pubescens of Lindley has been wrongly referred to
Ipomcea hederacea, but the two plants are very different,
the former being perennial and the latter annual. See
Journ. Hort. Soc. 1:70 (1846). The plant is commonly
confounded with C. Sepium.
4. occidentals, Gray. Hardy perennial, herbaceous
or with suffrutescent base: st. twining, several feet
high, glabrous or minutely pubescent: Ivs. from angu-
late-cordate, with a deep and narrow sinus, to lanceo-
late-hastate, the posterior lobes often 1-2-toothed:
peduncle 1-fld. or proliferously 2-3-fld., bracts ovate or
lanceolate, usually completely inclosing the calyx,
variable; corolla white or pinkish, 1-2 in. long; stig-
mas linear. Dry hills, Calif. — Listed as early as 1881.
An admirable plant for rockeries. Several related species
are native also to Calif.: C. cyclostegius, House, C. Bing-
hamise, Greene, C. polymorphus, Greene, C. Greenei,
House, C. dridus, Greene, C. purpurdtus, Greene, C.
illecebrdsus, House, C. gracilcntus, Greene, and C. Idngi-
pes, Wats.
5. Sepium, Linn. (Calystegia Sepium, R. Br.). RUT-
LAND BEAUTY. Fig. 1048. Perennial trailer, 3-10 ft. long,
glabrous or minutely pubescent: Ivs. round-cordate
to deltoid-hastate, the basal lobes divaricate, entire or
angulate: fls. white, rose or pink, with white stripes.
F.S. 8:826. B.M. 732. A.G. 12:638. Gn. 50:514.—
A very variable species. Cosmopolitan in temperate
regions. An insidious weed in moist soil. The native
forms have been called C. interior, House, Rocky Mt.
region; and C. americanus, Greene, in the eastern
states, but are difficult to distinguish. Var. repens,
Gray (C. repens, Linn.). Pubescent: sts.. trailing or
sprawling: the basal lobes of the Ivs. obtuse or rounded.
Coastal region from Que. to Fla.
AA. Calyx without bracts: peduncle 1-6-fld. (Eucon-
volvulus.)
B. St. prostrate, trailing, glabrous or minutely pubescent.
6. mauritanicus, Boiss. Strong perennial roots: st.
herbaceous, slender, prostrate, rarely branched, minutely
villose: Ivs. alternate, round-ovate, obtuse, short-
petioled: fls. blue to violet-purple, with a lighter throat,
1-2 in. across, very handsome. Afr. B.M. 5243. F.S.
21:2183. Gn. 39:52.— A free bloomer through the
summer. On dry banks each plant forms a dense tuft
which throws up many graceful shoots. Not hardy
north of Philadelphia.
7. Scamm6nia, Linn. Hardy perennial trailer,
deciduous: st. angular, glabrous: Ivs. cordate-sagittate,
gray-green, the lobes entire or dentate : sepals glabrous,
ovate, obtuse; corolla white, creamy or light pink. Asia
Minor. — The large tap-roots supply the resinous
cathartic drug scammony.
BB. St. erect or ascending, silky.
8. Cnedrum, Linn. St. shrubby, half-hardy, 1-4 ft.
high: Ivs. persistent, lanceolate or spatulate, silky gray:
infl. a loose panicle, 1-6-fld.; fls. white or tinged with
pink, borne freely during the summer. S. Eu. —
Valuable as a pot-plant for greenhouse or window
decoration, or trained to a warm wall. Confused with
C. olesefolius.
9. olesefdlius, Desr. Tender perennial: Ivs. linear-
lanceolate, acute, slightly villose: fls. bright pink,
borne freely in
loose, umbellate
panicles in the
summer. Greece.
B.M. 289 (as C.
linearis) . — Many
plants now pas's-
ing as C. olesefolius
are C. Cneorum.
The latter may
be distinguished
by its broader,
blunter, silvery-
villose Ivs.,
lighter-colored
blossoms and
taller growth.
10. tricolor,
Linn. (C. minor,
Hort.). Fig. 1049.
Hardy annual: st.
trailing, ascending
6-12 in., angulate,
densely covered
with long brown- 1048. Convolvulus Sepium.
840
CONVOLVULUS
COPROSMA
ish hairs: Ivs. linear-oblong or subspatulate, obtuse or
rounded at the apex, usually pubescent but sometimes
glabrous, the margin ciliate towards the base: peduncle
3-fld., exceeding the Ivs.; sepals ovate, lanceolate, vil-
lose, acute; limb of the corolla azure-blue, throat
yellow, margined with white. S. Eu. B.M. 27. — One
of the best annuals for the home border. Each plant
covers a ground space of 2 ft., and blooms continuously
throughout the summer. Fls. re-
main open all day during pleasant
weather. There are many variously
striped and spotted forms of this
popular annual, none of which sur-
passes the type in beauty. A va-
riety with pure white fls. is attrac-
tive. Other well-marked horticul-
tural forms are :Var. vittatus, prettily
striped with blue and white. F.S.
3:298. R.H. 1848:121. Var.com-
pactus, dwarf, and valuable for
pot culture. Gt. 47, p. 635. A 5-
petaled form is also recorded. F.S.
8, p. 116, desc.
11. aureus superbus, Hort. A
tender perennial, but may be treated
as an annual, since it flowers the
first season from seed: st. trailing
or twining, 4-5 ft. long: fls. golden.
— Valuable as a greenhouse climber and for hanging-
baskets. Not sufficiently described for identification.
C. aUhxoides, Linn. (C. italicus, Roem. & Schult.). St. prostrate,
twining or climbing, if it finds support : upper Ivs. pedatifid. ; lower
ovate-cordate, crenate, silvery: fls. pink. May-Aug. Medit. region.
B.M. 359. F.S. 10:1021 (as var. argyreus). R.H. 1864: 111. — C.
ambigens, House, native from Mont, to New Mex. and S. Calif., is a
close relative to C. arvensis. — C. arvensis, Linn. Slender perennial
trailer, 1-3 ft. long, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. ovate-sagittate or
hastate, variable: fls. white or pink. Eu. and E. Asia. Naturalized
in old fields through the Atlantic states and Calif. A troublesome
weed in cult, grounds. — C. canariensis, Linn. Greenhouse ever-
green: Ivs. oblong-cordate, acute, villose: fls. violet-purple; pedun-
cle 1-6-fld. Canary Isls. B.M. 1228.— C. dahuricus, Herb. (Calys-
tegia dahuricus, Fisch.). Hardy deciduous twiner, 3-6 ft.: Ivs.
oblong-cordate, shortly acute: fls. pink or rose-violet. June, July.
N. Eu. B.M. 2609. F.S. 10:1075.— C. erubescens, Sims (C.
acaulis, Choisy). Tender biennial: Ivs. oblong, hastate, the basal
lobes toothed: fls. small, 5-lobed, rose-pink. Austral. B.M. 1067.
— C. macrostegius, Greene. The plants in the trade under this name
may be referred to C. occidentalis. — C. major, Hort., not Gilib.=
Ipomcea purpurea. — C. ocell&tus, Hook. Stove evergreen: limb of
corolla white, 5-angled; throat reddish purple: Ivs. sessile, linear,
acute, 1-veined, villose. S. Afr. B.M. 4065. — C. scoparius. Linn. —
C. Soldanella, Linn. Sts. prostrate: Ivs. reniform: fls. pink or rose-
colored. Sandy shores, Wash, to Calif. ; also in Eu. and Asia.
S. W. FLETCHER.
COOKIA: Claucena. H. D. HoUSE.f
COONTIE: Zamia integrifolia.
COOPERIA (after Joseph Cooper, English gardener).
Amarylliddcese. Tender bulbous plants with the habit
of Zephyranthes but night-blooming.
Flowers fragrant, solitary, 2 in. or more across, waxy-
white, tinged red outside, and more or less green within;
the perianth subtended by a bract-like spathe, some-
what as in Iris; anthers erect in distinction to versatile
in Zephyranthes: Ivs. appearing with the fls. in summer,
long, narrow, flat and twisted. — Only 2 or 3 species from
Texas to New Mex. and Mex., usually growing in dry
places. The bulbs should be taken up in autumn and
stored during the winter in dry soil. Cult, easy and like
Zephyranthes.
A. Neck of bulb short: perianth-tube 3% in. long or more.
Drummondii, Herb. EVENING STAR. Bulb round-
ish, 1 in. thick, with a short neck: Ivs. narrowly linear,
erect, 1 ft. long: peduncle slender, fragile, hollow, >£-!
ft. long; spathe 1*4-2 in. long, 2-valved at the tip;
perianth tube 3-5 in. long; limb %-l in. long, white,
tinged with red outside; segms. oblong, cuspidate.
Prairies, of wide range. Var. chlorosolen, Baker, has
a perianth-tube stouter and tinged with green: limb
1049. Convolvulus tricolor. ( X }• 5)
longer and less wheel-shaped: Ivs. a little broader.
B.M. 3482.
AA. Neck of bulb long: perianth-tube less than 2% in. long.
pedunculata, Herb. GIANT PRAIRIE LILY. More
robust than C. Drummondii: bulb with a longer neck,
2-3 in. long: Ivs. about 6, 1 ft. long, J^in. broad:
peduncle about 1 ft. long; spathe 1-2-valved at the
tip: perianth-tube shorter, !}/£ in.
long; limb nearly as long as the
tube, tinged red outside. B.M. 3727.
R.H. 1853:401.— The best species.
Fls. larger, of purer color, and re-
maining open a day or two longer.
N. TAYLOR.f
COPAIFERA (from copaiba,
Brazilian name of the balsam de-
rived from some of these trees).
Syn. Copaiba. Leguminbsse. Sixteen
or more spineless trees of Trop.
Amer., and Afr., with abruptly pin-
nate Ivs., small mostly white, not
papilionaceous fls. in panicles, inter-
esting because several of them
produce an oleo-resin known as
copaiba. They are not in cult.,
except now and then in collections
of economic plants.
COPERNICIA (from Copernicus). Palmacex, tribe
Coryphese. Tall fan-palms with their trunks frequently
thickened above the base.
Leaves flabellate, the petiole often with small spines;
the small young Ivs. usually undivided, the older much
cut palmately: spadix very much branched, the fls.
single upon it or in small clusters; calyx tubular, more
or less deeply 3-toothed: fr. globose or ovoid, 1-seeded.
— Species about 8, all confined to Trop. Amer. C.
cerifera is a valuable economic plant, the wood being
among the hardest known, and the Ivs. being the
source of a valuable wax. For cult., see Corypha. G.C.
II. 24:362. Beccari, Le Palme Americane, tribe Cory-
phese, 1907.
cerifera, Mart. CARNATJBA PALM. St. 30-35 ft., with
a small swelling near the base: Ivs. 3-4 ft. wide, nearly
round; rachis none; petiole convex below, concave
above, the margins with rather thick spines: spadix
erect or spreading, 5-6 ft. long and thrice branched;
fls. in clusters on the spathe. Trop. S. Amer. — Not
well known in the trade; see Livistona.
C. australis, Becc., a recently described species, said to be
more hardy than C. cerifera, has been cult, at Riverside, Calif.
Taller, 60-80 ft. ; infl. densely woolly tomentose.
N. TAYLOR.
COPRA: material from the coconut, which see (p. 811).
COPROSMA (Greek name referring to the fetid
odor of the plants). Rubidcese. Shrubs or small trees,
often trailing, of New Zealand, Australia and Poly-
nesia, sometimes planted for the pretty fruit or varie-
gated leaves.
Leaves opposite, mostly small, stalked or almost
sessile: fls. small, solitary or fascicled, white or greenish,
dio3cious; corolla-limb 4-5-lobed, the lobes revolute;
stamens 4-5: fr. an ovoid or globose usually 2-celled
drupe. — About 60 species mostly in New Zeal., extend-
ing to Borneo, Hawaii and Juan Fernandez.
Coprosmas are greenhouse plants in the North, but
they are rarely cultivated. Propagated by hardened
cuttings. The soil which is found among kalmia roots,
mixed with good loam and sand, if necessary, will suit
these plants. Cuttings should be rooted in moderate
heat in spring, before growth begins. If placed under a
handlight or propagating-frame, care must be taken
to prevent damping, to which the cuttings are liable.
(G. W. Oliver.)
COPROSMA
CORDIA
841
Baueri, Endl. (C. Baueridna, Hook, f.) Shrub or
email tree, in exposed and rocky places in its native
habitat sometimes not more than 1-3 ft. high and with
branches nearly prostrate, in better conditions often a
round-topped tree 20-25 ft. high: Ivs. thick, shining
jireen, 1-3 in. long, wide-ovate or oblong, obtuse or
notched at the apex, the margins usually revolute:
male fls. in dense heads on short axillary peduncles;
females 3-6, the heads with shorter peduncles; calyx
very small; corolla of female fls. tubular, 4-lobed. New
Zeal. — In cult, there are two forms, both with varie-
gated Ivs. ; one has Ivs. broadly blotched creamy yellow,
at times the green disappearing altogether (var.
variegdta or picturdta); the other (C. Stdckii, Hort.) has
Ivs. blotched yellow-green on a deeper ground. C. Baueri
is a favorite in S. Calif., and probably the only one
grown there; thrives near the sea.
acerdsa, A. Cunn. Low and spreading, much branched,
with minute Ivs., small white fls., and pretty sky-blue
drupes or berries. New Zeal. — Once catalogued in
Calif.
Petriei, Cheesem. Prostrate and creeping, forming
mats, the branches to \Y^ ft. long: Ivs. J^in. or less
long, linear-oblong or -obovate, rigid and thickish : fls.
solitary, on the ends of short erect branchlets, the
males 4-toothed and without calyx, the females smaller,
irregularly toothed and calyculate: drupe J^-J^in.
diam., mostly purplish. N. Zeal. — Mentioned abroad
for cultivation. L. H. B.
COPTIS (Greek, to cut, from the cut
leaves). Ranunculdcese. Hardy per-
ennial herbs of the cooler parts of
the northern hemisphere, sometimes
planted in bogs and moist places.
Low, stemless plants, with slender
rootstocks: Ivs. radical, compound or
divided, lasting over winter: fls. white
or yellow, scapose; sepals 5-7, petal-
like; petals 5-6, small, linear, hood-like;
stamens numerous: carpels stalked,
few, becoming an umbel of follicles. —
Eight species, only one of which is
used in American gardens.
The bitter roots yield the tonic med-
JJ\ ^ icine known as "gold thread;" also a
>/3Jr7 ^^ yellow dye. The plants should have
peaty soil, with a little sand, and prefer
shade, in damp situations. They are
rather hardy. The roots withstand
severe winters, being native of the
cooler parts of the northern hemisphere.
If the plants are given some protec-
tion in winter, as in a cold pit or by a
dressing of litter, the leaves remain
green and fresh. The plants are valu-
able in hardy borders because of the
leaves and also the flowers.
The plants are very easily propa-
gated in either early spring or late fall,
the former being preferred. Seeds may
be sown when ripe, before they become
old, and will grow readily in moist but
well-drained soil. They should be only
slightly covered with
soil but the surface
should be kept moist
•\ jflcjwk by a close covering
L\V'/"l^*k £> d A* witn leaves or PaPer>
m^>^L^ar Jr^£*l and partial shade is pre-
ferred. The seedlings
may be transplanted
at any time after the
leaves are large, by
1050. Corallorhiza multiflora. keeping plenty of soil
about the roots.
trifdlia, Salisb. No st.: rootstock yellow: Ivs. com-
pound, long-petioled ; Ifts. broadly obovate, cuneate,
obtuse, the teeth mucronate: fl.-st. slender; sepals
white, with yellow base; petals small, club-shaped:
follicles 3-7, spreading, equaled by their stalk; seeds
black. May-July. Adirondacks and westward. L.B.C.
2 : 173. — Neat and pretty, with shining Ivs.
K. C. DAVIS.
.CORAL BERRY: Symphoricarpus vulgar is.
CORAL DROPS : Bessera elegans.
CORALLORHIZA (Greek for coral-root). Orchidd-
ceae. CORAL-ROOT. Low orchids, growing in woods and
parasitic on roots, destitute of green foliage, the plant
usually brownish or yellowish and inconspicuous.
Flowers small, somewhat 2-lipped, usually obscurely
spurred at the base; sepals and petals nearly alike;
lip small, slightly adherent to the base of the column;
pollinia 4. — Species few, in N. Amer., Eu. and Asia.
The coral-roots have little merit as garden plants,
although very interesting to the student. They may
be grown in rich, shady borders. Two species have been
offered by dealers in native plants. C. multifldra,
Nutt. (Fig. 1050), is purplish, 1^ ft. or less high, 10-30-
fld., lip deeply 3-lobed : grows in dry woods in northern
states; C. Mertensiana, Bong., scape many-fld., 8-15
in. high, the lip entire and broadly oblong: occurs in
Brit. Col. and north to Alaska. C. odontorhiza, Nutt.,
provides what is known as crawley-root, said to be
used for its diaphoretic and febrifuge properties: it is
a slender plant, in woods S., but extending north as far
as Canada, light brown or purplish, 6-^7 in. tall: lip
nearly or quite entire, white spotted with crimson.
L. H. B.
CORAL-PLANT: Jatropha. .
CORAL-ROOT: Corallorhiza.
CORAL-TREE: Erythrina.
CORCHORUS (name refers to some reputed virtue,
as an eye remedy, of one of the species). Tilidcese.
Shrubs or herbs of the tropics, two of which supply
jute.
The jute plants are C. capsularis Linn, and C. olitor-
ius, Linn. The latter differs from the C. capsularis
in having an elongated, not semi-globose, pod. B.M.
2810. They are annual plants, natives of Asia but
cult, throughout the tropics, growing 10-12 ft. high,
with a straight st. as thick as the little finger and
branched only at the top. Fls. small, yellow, with 4-5
glandless petals and a slender caps., or sometimes
the caps, is globose. The young shoots of both are
used as pot herbs. C. olitorius is much grown for this
purpose in Egypt, and is known as Jews' mallow.
Jute is made from the fibrous bark of these and
other species of Corchorus. It is released from the sts.
by retting in stagnant pools. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric.,
Vol. II, pp. 282, 507.
C. Bal&dccii, Fedde, has very recently been men-
tioned in foreign horticultural literature. It is described
as a perennial, woody at the base: Ivs. linear-elliptic,
pilose above and white-tomentose beneath: fls. solitary,
axillary and minute. Italian Somaliland.
The corchorus of trade lists is likely to be Kerria.
CORDIA (an early German botanist, Valerius Cor-
dus, born 1515). Boraginacese. Warm"ch'mate trees,
shrubs or almost herbaceous, sometimes planted.
Leaves mostly alternate, petioled, entire or dentate:
fls. in dense heads or clusters or scirpioid cymes, per-
fect or polygamous, the corolla usually white or orange ;
calyx tubular or campanulate, toothed or lobed;
corolla tubular, funnelform or salverform, lobed, the
parts and the stamens 4 or more; style 4-lobed: fr. a
drupe which is 4-loculed and usually 4-seeded. — Species
about 230 in tropical and subtropical regions, mostly
842
CORDYLINE
in the western hemisphere. Some of them are vines;
some are herbaceous above the base. Species confused.
The cordias are greenhouse plants with showy flowers
of easy culture. Grown in the open in the extreme
South. Propagated by cuttings of firm wood and by
seeds.
1051. Cordia Greggii var. Palmeri.
Sebestena, Linn. (C. specidsa, Willd.). GEIGER
TREE. Tall evergreen shrub or small tree, hairy, with
rough, ovate, entire or undulate stalked Ivs.: fls. 1-2
in. long, orange or scarlet, stalked, in large open
terminal clusters, the crumpled corolla-lobes and
stamens 5-12: drupe inclosed in the hazel-like husk
formed by the persistent calyx. Keys of Fla. and south.
B.M. 794.
Greggii, Torr. Much-branched shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs.
less than 1 in. long, pale, obovate, obtuse, dentate,
rugose, long-cuneate at the base: fls. more than 1 in.
across, white, in few-fld. contracted capitate clusters
but becoming looser as flowering proceeds; corolla-
lobes obtuse; stamens 5 or 6, scarcely half the length
of the corolla. Mex. Var. Palmeri, Wats. (Fig. 1051,
adapted from G.F. 2:233) has more broadly funnel-
form corolla, the limb i& in. broad: Ivs. somewhat
larger, ovate-oblong and abruptly cuneate at the base,
acute or obtuse at the apex. Mex. — Deserving of
planting in the southwest country, if hardy.
trv0toer cordias are likely to come into cult, in the southern coun-
try. Some of them yield drugs, many of them produce useful tim-
ber and some have edible frs. There are numbers of species in
T«H l™1Clai?d °ther« °f *A6 W* i^s—a Frdncisci, Tenore.
Tall. Ivs. dark green: fls. white. S. Amer.— C. Myxa, Linn., from
hv&orSla andi A™*1*1? -1S one of th« best woods for kindling fire
by friction, and is useful in many other ways. T TT r>
Li. ti. r>.
CORDYLINE (club-like, referring to the fleshy roots).
IMiacex. DRACENA DRACENA PALM. Greenhouse
plants closely related to Dracaena; planted in the open
in California and similar climates.
Stems tall, often woody and palm-like, bearing large
crowded Ivs., to the striking variegation of which the
group owes its value: fls. panicled; stamens 6; pedicels
articulated; perianth 6-parted; ovary 3-celled: fr. a
.berry. — Cult, for the ornamental foliage. The horticul-
tural forms and names have become very numerous.
The various species are in the trade under Dracaena,
which see for a key to the species of both genera com-
bined. From Dracaena, Cprdyline differs in the ovary
containing several ovules in each cell, and the solitary
Sedicels being provided with a 3-bracted involucre.
D the following paragraphs, the initial D. indicates
that the plant in question is known in the trade as a
Dracaena, and C. that it is known as a Cordyline (see
Dracsena). For a monograph, see Baker, Journ. Linn.
Soc. 14:538 (1875).
Of cordylines or dracaenas, propagation is usually
effected by cutting the ripened stems or trunks, from
which all leaves have been removed, into pieces from
2 to 4 inches long. These are laid either in very light
soil or in sand in the propagating-bed, where they
receive a bottom heat of about 80°, being barely cov-
ered with sand or moss (Fig. 1052). The eyes soon start
into growth, and, as soon as they have developed about
six leaves, these shoots are cut off with a small heel and
again placed in the propagating-bed until rooted, after
which they are potted off into small pots in light soil,
kept close until they become established. They are
then shifted on into larger pots as soon as well rooted.
They delight in a mixture of three parts good turfy
loam and one part well-decayed cow-manure, with a
liberal sprinkling of sharp sand. A warm, moist
atmosphere suits them best while growing, but towards
fall the finished plants must be gradually exposed to
full sunshine and a dry atmosphere, which develops
their high colors. The kinds enumerated below are
such as are mainly grown in large quantities for decora-
tive purposes, and are sold principally during the win-
ter months, especially during the holiday season, when
plants with bright-colored foliage are always in strong
demand: C. amabilis. — A strong-growing form with
broad green foliage, which is prettily variegated with
white and deep rose. One of the hardiest varieties,
either for decorations in winter or for outdoor work,
vases, and the like in summer. D.fragrans. — An African
species with broad, massive, deep green foliage which
makes noble decorative plants, being frequently grown
into specimens from 6 to 8 feet high. Its foliage is of
heavy texture, making it a useful plant for the dry
atmosphere of a living-room. Two handsomely varie-
gated forms of the above are D. Lindenii and D. Mas-
sangeana, both very desirable varieties. C. terminalis. —
This is the most popular species, and is grown in
immense quantities. The foliage on well-matured
plants is of an intense rich crimson marked with lighter
shadings. C. australis (commonly called C. indivisa). —
Used principally as an outdoor decorative plant in
summer, being extensively used for furnishing vases,
window-boxes, and the like. It succeeds best when
planted out in the
open border during
summer, potted in the
fall and stored during
winter in a cool green-
house. It is propa-
gated almost exclu-
sively from seed,
which germinates
freely if sown during
the early spring
months in sandy
soil, in a tem-
perature of 60°
to 65°, growing
them on during
the first season
in small pots.
These, if planted
in the open bor-
der the second
season, make 1052. Stem-cutting of Cordyline.
CORDYLINE
CORDYLINE
843
fine plants for 6- or 7-inch pots. There are a number of
varieties of C. australis, among them several handsomely
variegated bronze-colored forms, which, however, are
but little distributed yet. Among the principal varie-
ties and species besides the above which are grown in
a commercial way are: Baptistii, Shepherdii, stricta
grandis, Youngii, Goldieana, Lord Wolseley, De-
Smetiana, Sanderiana, Godseffiana, and Mandseana.
(J. D. Eisele.)
alba, 6.
albo-lineata, 6.
amabalis, 6.
amboyensis, 6.
anerliensis, 6.
atropurpurea, 3.
aureo-striata, 3.
australis, 3.
Baptistii, 6.
Bausei, 6.
bella, 6.
braziliensis, 6.
Bruantii, 4.
calocoma, 3.
cannsefolia, 6.
Cantrellii, 6.
INDEX.
congesta, 2.
Cooperi, 6.
discolor, 2.
Eschscholviana, 6.
ferrea, 6.
Fraseri, 6.
Gladstone!, 6.
grandis, 2.
Guilfoylei, 6.
Haageana, 5.
Hookeri, 3.
hybrida, 6.
\mperialis, 6.
indiyisa, 1, 3.
iardiniere, 6.
ineata, 3.
metallica, 6.
Murchisonise, 5.
nigro-rubra, 6.
norwoodiensis, 6.
reginx, 6.
Robinsoniana, 6.
rosea, 6.
rubra, 4.
Schuldii, 6.
Scottii, 6.
stricta, 2.
tcrminalis, G.
Ti, 6.
Veitchii, 3.
Youngii, 6.
A. Foliage of sessile, thick, sword-shaped Ivs.
B. Lvs. glaucous beneath, broad.
1. indivisa, Kunth. Arborescent, 10-20 ft. high: Ivs.
dark green, densely crowded, 2-6 ft. long, 4-6 in. broad
at the middle, 1^-2 in. at the base, rigid, very coria-
ceous; midrib stout, colored red and white, veins on
each side of it 40-50: panicle nodding; bracteoles lanceo-
late, 3-4 lines long, membranous; perianth 3-4 lines
long, white; tube very short, campanulate; segma.
equal, sharply recurved : berries J^in. diam., blue; ovules
5-6 in each cell. New Zeal. Gn. 49, p. 86. Lowe, 52. —
Coolhouse; valuable for vases. Rare in cult. See C.
australis, No. 4.
BB. Lvs. green on both sides, narrower.
2. stricta, Endl. (D. congesta, Hort.). Slender,
6-12 ft. high : Ivs. less crowded than in the next, acumi-
nate, 1-2 ft. long, 9-; 15 lines wide, base 3-6 lines wide,
scarcely costate; veins scarcely oblique, margins ob-
scurely dentate: panicle terminal and lateral, erect or
cernuous; pedicels Y£-\ line long; lower bracteoles
lanceolate; perianth lilac, 3-4 lines long, campanulate,
interior segms. longer than the outer; ovules 6-10 in
each cell. Austral. B.M. 2575. G.C. III. 17:207.—
Coolhouse, vases, and the like. Var. grandis, Hort.
Large, highly colored. Var. discolor, Hort. Like var.
grandis, but with foliage dark bronzy purple.
3. australis, Hook. (D. indivisa, Hort. D. calocoma,
Wend.) Fig. 1053; 359, Vol. I. Arborescent, 15-40 ft.
high: Ivs. densely rosulate, \Yr^ ft. long, 1^-2^ in.
wide; base 6-12 lines wide, acuminate, green; midrib
firm, indistinct, nerves on each side of it 12-20, scarcely
oblique: panicle drooping or erect, terminal, ample;
pedicels very short; bracteoles deltoid, Yi line long;
perianth white, 3-4 lines long; tube short, campanulate,
segms. nearly equal, recurved: berry white or bluish-
white; mature seeds often solitary. New Zeal. B.M.
5636. G.C. III. 23 : 153. Gn. 47, p. 312; 48, p. 197.
I. H. 35:40 (as var. Doucetiana) ; 37:114 (as var. Dal-
leriana)', 40:190 (as C. lineata var. purpurascens) .
S.H. 1, p. 487.— Coolhouse, vases. Var. aftrea-striata,
Hort. Variegated with a number of longitudinal yellow
stripes. Var. atropurpurea, Hort. Base of If. and
under side of midrib purple. Var. lineata, Hort. Lvs.
broader, the sheathing base stained with purple. Var.
Veitchii, Hort. (D. Veitchii, Hort.). Base of If. and
under side of midrib bright crimson. C. Hobkeri,
Hort., was a garden form of this species. — Much of
the C. indivisa of the American trade Has been, in
the past, C. australis. Known as "cabbage tree" to
residents of New Zealand.
54
AA. Foliage of petioled Ivs.
B. Lvs. oblanceolate; petioles broad.
4. rftbra, Hugel. Slender, 10-15 ft. high: Ivs. con-
tiguous, ascending, 12-15 in. long, 18-21 lines wide
above the middle, thick, dull green both sides, distinctly
costate; veins oblique; petiole broad, deeply grooved,
4-6 in. long: panicle lateral, nodding; pedicels very
short; bracteoles small, deltoid; perianth lilac, 4^-5
lines long, inner segms. longer than the outer; ovules
6-8. Country unknown. — Cool-house, vases. D.
Bruantii, Hort., was a garden form of this species. R.H.
1897, pp. 514, 515. G.C. III. 22:285. G.W. 12, p. 230.
BB. Lvs. lanceolate; petioles narrow, nearly terete.
5. Haageana, Koch (C. Murchisonise, F. Muell.).
Slender and small: Ivs. contiguous, ascending, oblong-
falcate, 4-8 in. long, 2-2 % in. wide at the middle,
acute, base rounded or deltoid, thick, dull green
1053. Cordyline australis — C. indivisa of the trade.
throughout, distinctly costate; veins slender, oblique;
petiole 3-4 in. long, deeply channelled: panicle lateral;
pedicels 13^72 lines long; perianth 4-4 J^ lines long,
tinged with lilac; ovules 6-8 in each cell. Austral.
6. terminalis, Kunth. Low and slender, 3-8 ft.
high: Ivs. contiguous, ascending, green or rarely col-
ored, 12-30 in. long, 2-5 in. wide, elliptical or elliptic-
lanceolate, acute, thickish, distinctly costate; veins
frequently unequal, strongly oblique; petiole 4-6 in.
long, deeply channelled: pedicels very short or none;
bracteoles deltoid, membranous; perianth 5-6 lines
long, white, lilac, or reddish, segms. short; ovules
6-10 in each cell: berry large, red. E. Indies. A.G.
16:361. B.R. 1749. Var. cannaefOlia, Baker (D. and C.
cannaefolia, Hort.). Lvs. oblanceolate, 12-15 in. by 2-
2J/6 in. : perianth 2 lines long; segms. twice the length of
tube. Var. ferrea, Baker (D. and C. ferrea, Hort.). Lvs.
narrow, oblanceolate, 2-2% in. broad, dull purple or
variegated; petiole short: fls. much as in the typical
form, but redder and often smaller. B.M. 2053. —
C. Guilfoylei is a form with Ivs. tapering both ways,
recurved, striped with red, pink or white; white on
lower part of If. and margin of petiole. I.H. 19, p. 249.
Var. Ti, Baker (D. braziliensis, Schult. C. Eschscholzi-
dna, Mart.). Robust: Ivs. large, mostly oblong, 4-6
in. wide: panicle large, lower branches compound;
perianth 6 lines long, lilac; segms. as long as the tube.
— D. imperidlis, Hort., is a form with Ivs. arching or
erect, thick, deep metallic green, rayed all over with
bright crimson or pink, handsome. D. reglnse, Hort.,
844
CORDYLINE
COREOPSIS
belongs here. The varieties of this species in cult, are
almost innumerable. Names that have been used for
those in the American trade, usually considered as
horticultural species, though many of these names are
now no longer used, are as follows: C. amfibilis. Lvs.
broad, shining deep green, in age becoming spotted and
suffused with rose and white. C. amboyensis. Lvs.
oblong-lanceolate, recurved, deep bronze-green, edged
with rose-carmine below; petioles tinged with purple.
C. anerliensis. Lvs. very broad, deep bronze-red, with
some white. C. Baptistii. Fig. 1054. Lvs. broad,
recurved, deep green, with some pink and yellow
stripes: sts. also variegated. I.H. 26:334. C. Bafrsei.
Lvs. broad, dark green, with some white. C. bella.
Lvs. small, purplish, marked with red. C. Cantrellii.
Lvs. dark metallic crimson, young ones bright carmine.
C. Codperi. Lvs. deep wine-^red, gracefully recurved:
common in cult. C. Fraseri. Lvs. somewhat erect,
broad, oblong, abruptly acute, blackish purple with
bloom, margin below with a deep rosy lake stripe extend-
ing down the petiole. C. Gladstone!. Lvs. broad, bril-
liant crimson. C. hybrida. Lvs. broad, varie-
gated, deep green margined with rose, in age
deep rose, creamy white in young Ivs. C.
jardiniere (C. terminalis alba x C. Guilfoylei}.
Lvs. very small and compact, narrow, green
broadly margined with white. C. metallica.
Lvs. erect-arching, oblong, when young uniform rich
coppery purple, in age dark purple-bronze; petioles
same. F.M. 1872:24. C. nigro-rubra. Lvs. narrow,
linear-lanceolate, dark brown with rosy crimson cen«
ters, young often entirely rose. C. norwoodiensis. Lvs.
striped with yellow, green and crimson, last color
principally confined to the margin; petioles brilliant.
C. Robinsoniana. Lvs. long lanceolate-acuminate,
arched, light green, striped with bronze -green and
brownish crimson. I.H. 26:342. C. Schuldii. Lvs.
broad, variegated. F.E. 7:961. C. Scottii. Lvs.
broad, arching, deep green, crimson edged; said to be
a hybrid. C. Youngii. Lvs. broad, spreading, when
young bright green streaked with deep red and tinged
with rose, in age bright bronze. C. Youngii var. rosea,
Hort. Green, tinged with pink, white or carmine.
C. Youngii var. alba, Hort. Variegated with white
instead of red. Crosses with C. Scottii are known as
C. stricta, C. albo-lineata, Mrs. George Pullman, Mrs.
Terry; with C. norwoodiensis, as Little Gem.
C. angusta, Hort. (C. terminalis var.). Lvs. narrow, arching, dull
dark green above, purplish beneath. A slender form. — C. angusti-
fdlia, Kunth=C. stricta. — C. aura.nlw.ca, Hort.= (?). — C. Bal-
moreana, Hort. Lvs. bronzy with white and pinkish stripes. — C.
Bdnksii, Hook. Lvs. very long, linear-lanceolate, 3-5 ft. long, 2-3
in. wide, petioled, green, glaucous beneath; veins conspicuous.
G.C. III. 18:613.— C. Berhfleyi, Hort.=(?).— C. Cassandvx, Hort.
= (?). — C. Chelsonii, Hort. (form of C. terminalis). Lvs. large,
glossy dark green, almost black, becoming suffused and edged with
crimson. I.H. 19, p. 90. — C. compdcta, Hort. (C. terminalis form).
Lvs. recurved, broad, dull green, with bronze and rose stripes in
age. — C. Dennisonii, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Dwarf: Ivs. broad,
bronzy purple.— C. Elizabethix, Hort.= (?). — C. excelsa, Hort. (C.
terminalis form). Lvs. broad, arching, bronzy, margined with
crimson.— C. Frcderica.=(?).— C. frutescens=d).—C. glaridsa
Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. very large and broad, green, with
a peculiar bronze-orange hue. — C. helychioides, F. Muell.=C.
terminalis.— C. heliconisefdlia. Otto & Diet.=C. terminalis. — C.
Hendersonn, Hort.= (?).— C. magnified, Hort. (C. terminalis form).
Lvs. large and broad, bronzy pink, becoming darker.— C. Mdnners-
Suttomse, F. Muell.=C. terminalis.— C. Mayi, Hort. Lvs. green,
margined with red; young Ivs. wholly red.— C. porphyrophylla,
Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. deep bronzy purple, glaucous
beneath.— C. Rex, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. medium width,
bronzy green, flushed purple and streaked with carmine.— C.
rosacea, Hort. (C. terminalis form). Lvs. recurved, broad, dark
bronzy green margined with pink.— C. flump>m=D. Hookeriana.
— C. baLmdnea==(l).—C. sepiaria, Seem.=C. terminalis. — C.
bieberi, Kuntn=C. terminalis. — C. spltndens, Hort. (C. terminalis
form). Lvs. dense, short, ovate-acute, bronzy green, shaded with
rose-carmine. — C. zeeldndica, Hort.=C. rubra.
K. M. WlEGAND.
COREMA (Greek, a broom, in allusion to its bushy
habit). Empetrdcese. BROOM CROWBERRY. Two spe-
cies of low heath-like shrubs from E. N. Amer. and S. W.
Eu. and the Atlantic Isls., of which the American spe-
cies is rarely cult, in botanical collections. Closely allied
to Empetrum and differing chiefly in the apetalous fls.
arranged in terminal heads, and in their upright bushy
habit. Cult, and prop, like Empetrum. C. Conradii,
Torr., is a much-branched shrub, to 2 ft. high, with
crowded linear Ivs. about Hin. long : fls. inconspicuous,
in terminal heads, the staminate with long exserted
purple stamens: fr. a small berry-like drupe, usually with
3 nutlets. H.I. 6:531. Hardy
N. — C. album, D. Don, has
obtuse Ivs. with revolute edges
and resinous dots: fls. pink: fr.
white to purple. S. W. Eu.,
Azores. ALFRED REHDER.
1054. Cordyline terminalis
var. Baptistii.
COREOPSIS (Greek, signifying bug-like, from the
fruit). Including Calliopsis. Composites. TICKSEED.
Annual or perennial herbs, flowering in summer or
autumn, nearly all natives of eastern North America,
some of them popular as flower-garden subjects.
Leaves opposite or rarely alternate: heads pedun-
culate and radiate; the broad involucre with bracts of
2 distinct series, the outer narrower or shorter and
more herbaceous, the inner broad triangular-ovate or
oblong, thin, yellowish green or purplish, and striate;
receptacle chaffy; rays very showy, yellow, particolored
or rarely rose, neutral; disk-fls. yellow, dark or brown;
pappus of 2 weak bristles or scales, or a low crown or
none: achenes often winged. — The genus differs from
Bidens only in the reduced or obsolete, not stiff-awned
pappus, and If .-segms. not serrate. Many of the species
are in the trade under the name Calliopsis. Other
genera with this peculiar involucre are Hidalgoa, Dah-
lia, Thelesperma, Cosmos, and Leptosyne. All the kinds
are of easiest cult. The perennials are hardy border
plants. The annuals are raised in any garden soil, and
bloom freely with little care. They are all showy
plants, of 50-70 species.
angustifolia, 2, 9.
Atkinsoniana, 4.
atropurpurea, 5.
auriculata, 8.
bicolor, 5.
Boykiniana, 10.
cardaminefolia, 3.
coronata, 7.
delphinifolia, 14.
dichotoma, 2.
diversifolia, 6.
Drummondii, 6.
INDEX.
clegans, 5.
glabella, 9.
grandiflora, 10.
lanceolata, 9.
linearis, 13.
lini folia, 2.
longipes, 10.
major, 13.
marmorata, 5.
nana, 5.
nigra, 5.
oblongi folia, 9.
Oemleri, 13.
palmata, 12.
picta, 6.
prsecox, 12.
pubescens, 8.
rosea, 1.
senifplia, 13.
tenuifolia, 15.
tinctoria, 5.
tripteris, 11.
verticillata, 15.
villosa, 9.
COREOPSIS
COREOPSIS
845
A. Rays cuneate, Lobed.
B. Disk yellow; rays rose-purple.
1. rosea, Nutt. Perennial: diffusely branched from
slender, creeping rootstocks, 1-2 ft. high, smooth:
Ivs. all narrowly linear, entire or with a few linear
teeth or lobes: heads small, about 1 in. broad or less,
short-peduncled; rays narrowly wedge-shaped, lobed
at the apex: achene narrowly oblong, wingless; pappus
an obscure border. Mass, to Ga.
BB. Disk and involucre dark purple; rays yellow or parti-
colored, wedge-shaped and lobed.
c. Outer involucral bracts very short, lanceolate or
triangular.
D. Lvs. entire: achenes with lacerate wings and setiform
pappus.
2. angustifolia, Ait. (C. dichotoma, Michx. C. lini-
fdlia, Nutt.). Perennial: strict and tall, 1-3 ft. high,
glabrous, sparsely branched at the summit: Ivs. entire,
thickish; basal oblanceolate to narrowly spatulate, long-
petioled ; lower cauline elliptical on long petioles ; upper
narrowly spatulate or linear, sessile or reduced to bracts:
heads 1-1 ^ in. broad; rays entirely yellow. S. U. S.
DD. Lvs. divided: achenes and pappus not as above.
3. cardaminefolia, Torr. & Gray. Annual: low and
diffusely much branched from the base, 6-24 in. high,
glabrous: numerous basal and lower cauline Ivs. peti-
oled, pinnatifid, divisions several pairs, short, oval,
elliptical, rarely linear, often again divided; upper
cauline nearly sessile with narrower and fewer divi-
sions: heads as in No. 5, but smaller, and often entirely
dark: achenes broader, winged; pappus minute or
none. S. U. S. Gn. 29, p. 498; 37, p. 203.
4. Atkinsoniana, Douglas. Perennial or annual: st.
tall, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. pinnatifid, the divisions linear:
heads as in the next: achenes with narrow wing or
scarious margin; pappus composed of 2 short, subu-
late teeth. Autumn-flowering. S. W. U. S. B.R. 1376.
1056. Coreopsis lanceolate.
(XK)
1055. Coreopsis tinc-
toria — Calliopsis elegans
of gardens. ( X 1A)
5. tinct&ria, Nutt. (C. tricolor, Reichb. C. elegans,
Hort. Calliopsis marmordta,Jiort.). Fig. 1055. Annual:
st. tall, strict, 1-3 ft. high, branched, glabrous: basal
Ivs. few or wanting; cauline petioled, the upper sessile,
pinnatifid, divisions from narrowly elliptical to often
again divided and
narrowly linear:
heads %-l %, rarely
2, in. broad; rays
with dark purple
base : achenes ob-
long, wingless; pap-
pus none. Cent.
U. S. B.M. 2512
B.R. 846. Mn. 1,
p. 85. — A common garden
annual; showy and good.
Var nana, Hort. Dwarf,
low and compact. Gn. 29,
p. 499. Tom Thumb va-
rieties. Var. atropurpftrea,
Hook. (C. nigra, Hort.).
Rays almost entirely dark.
B.M. 3511.
cc. Outer involucral bracts
narrowly linear, about
equaling the inner.
6. Drummondii, Torr.
& Gray (C. diversifolia,
Hook. C. picta, Hort.).
GOLDEN WAVE. Annual:
st. branched above, 10-24
in. high: Ivs. petioled be-
low, sessile above, pin-
natifid, divisions few,
short, broadly elliptical, those of the upper Ivs. linear:
heads 1-2 in. broad, large; rays usually dark at the
base: achene oval, wingless, margin cartilaginous in-
curved; pappus none. Texas. B.M. 3474. S.B.F.G. II.
4:315. Gn. 26, p. 461; 29, p. 498; 37, p. 203; 43, p.
397. G.M. 54:13. G. 16:58
BBB. Disk yellow or brown; rays entirely yellow (except
No. 7); peduncles long.
c. Style-branches acute or obtusish, not acuminate: dark
lines at base of rays.
7. coronata, Hook. Annual: low and often weak, 12-
24 in. high, much branched from the base, sparsely
hirsute: Ivs. thick; the basal usually numerous, peti-
oled, pinnatifid or entire, divisions elliptic, rather
obtuse, lateral divisions smaller; the cauline Ivs. few,
spatulate, often entire: heads 1^-2 in. broad; rays
with a few dark lines above the orange base; outer
involucre a third to a half shorter than the inner:
achene orbicular, broadly winged, often echinate, with
a thickened callus at base and apex on inner face;
pappus very minute. Texas. B.M. 3460. S.H. 1:270.
Gn. 26, p. 461; 29, p. 499.
cc. Style-branches cuspidate-acuminate: rays entirely
yellow.
8. pubescens, Ell. (C. auriculdla, Schkuhr & Hort.,
not Linn.). Perennial: tall, 1-4 ft. high, branched
above, pubescent or nearly glabrous, leafy throughout:
Ivs. thickish, oval to lanceolate, very acute, petioled
or nearly sessile, entire or with small, acute, lateral
lobes; basal few: heads 1M-2H m- broad; outer
involucre nearly as long as the inner: achenes and
pappus similar to those of the next species. S. U. S.
Gri. 37, p. 202.
9. lanceolata, Linn. Fig. 1056. Perennial: low, 1-2
ft. high, sparingly branched, glabrous or nearly so,
leafy toward base: Ivs. few, large, oblong-spatulate to
linear, petioled, barely acute, upper entire, lower
usually pinnatifid, divisions very distant: heads \Yr~
846
COREOPSIS
2]/z in. broad; peduncles very long; outer involucre
equaling the inner or one-half shorter: achenes orbic-
ular, papillose, broadly winged; pappus of minute
scales or obsolete. E. U. S. Gn. 25, p. 165; 33, p, 7;
37, p. 203. G.W. 10, p. 22. V. 18:102.— Used exten-
sively for cut-fls.
Var. glabella, Michx. (var. angustifblia, Torr. &
Gray). Low: sts. scapiform: Ivs. narrow and crowded
at base of st., 2-4 lines wide.
Var. villdsa, Michx. (C. oblongifdlia, Nutt.). Lvs.
spatulate-obovate to oblong, villous, as is also the st.,
with jointed hairs.
1057. Coriaria japonica. ( X K)
10. grandifldra, Nutt. (C. longipes, Hook. C. Boy-
kiniana, Nutt.). Perennial; simple or branched, gla-
brous, 1-2 ft. high, leafy throughout: basal Ivs. few,
lower Ivs. spatulate or lanceolate, entire, upper divided
into several linear entire divisions: heads 1-2 J^ in.
broad: achene orbicular, papillose, broadly winged;
pappus of 2 small scales. S. U. S. B.M. 3586. Gn.
47:7; 62, p. 338. Mn. 5:201. G. 29:461. J.H. III. 57:
479. Gn. W. 23:349; 26:113.
AA. Rays elliptical, entire or toothed at apex.
B. Color of rays pale yellow: Ivs. petioled.
11. tripteris, Linn. Perennial; very large and stout,
4-8 ft. high, branched above, glabrous: Ivs. petioled,
8 in. or less long, trifoliate, or rarely irregularly 5-7-
foliate, divisions lanceolate: heads medium, rays pale,
disk-fls. yellow or dark purple: achene oblong, narrowly
winged; pappus a fimbriate border. Cent. U. S.
BB. Color of rays deep yellow: Ivs. sessile.
c. Lvs. S-cleft to below middle; base entire, 3-ribbed.
12. palmata, Nutt. (C. prsecox, Fresen.). Perennial;
tall and stout, 1^-3 ft. high, sparingly branched at
the summit: Ivs. thick, cuneate, 2J^ in. long, divisions
broadly linear, often irregularly again divided: heads
1/^-2^ in. broad: achenes oblong, narrowly winged;
pappus minute or obsolete. Cent. U. S. R.H. 1845:265.
cc. Lvs. divided to the base.
D. The Ivs. 3-divided, divisions entire, %-l in. broad.
13. major, Walt. (C. senifolia, Michx.). .Perennial;
tall and stout, 2-3 ft. high, pubescent, much branched
above: basal Ivs. wanting, lower cauline small, upper
2-3 in. long, palmately 3-divided, divisions equal,
lanceolate, acute: heads 1^-2 in. broad; rays deep
yellow; disk-fls. yellow: achenes obovate-elliptical,
winged, summit 2-toothed. S. E. U. S.
Var. Oemleri, Brit. Smooth: If .-divisions more
attenuate at the base. B.M. 3484 (as C. senifolia).
Var. linearis, Small. Smooth: If .-divisions narrow,
2-4 lines wide.
DD. The Ivs. dissected, divisions %-3 lines wide.
14. delphinifdlia, Lam. Perennial; glabrous, branched
above, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. sessile, 2-3 in. long, basal
wanting, ternately divided, divisions dissected into
linear-filiform segms., which are 1-3 lines wide: head
1-23^ in. broad; disk dark: achene oblong-obovate,
narrowly winged; pappus- teeth short. S. E. U. S.
15. verticillata, Linn. (C. tenuifolia, Ehrh.). Peren-
nial; sparingly branched, 1-3 ft. high: basal Ivs. want-
ing; cauline, sessile, similar to the last but segms. only
M~/1J lines wide: heads 1-2 in. broad; disk yellow:
achenes oblong-obovate, narrowly winged; pappus
nearly obsolete. E. U. S.
C. aristdsa, Michx., C. aiirea, Ait., and C. trichosperma, Michx.,
are now placed under Bidens (which see). — C. atropurpiirea, Hort.
=Thelesperma sp. — C. auriculata. Linn. (C. diversifolia, DC.).
Perennial: low, stoloniferous, hirsute: Ivs. petioled, short, oval,
mostly entire: heads large, very long-peduncled: probably not in
the trade. S. U. S. — C. bella, Hutchins. Undershrub about 3 ft.
high. British E. Afr. — A very handsome species. — C. Grdntii,
Oliv. A compact bushy plant about 2 ft. high. Fls. in the winter.
Trop. Afr .B.M. 8110. G.C. III. 39:162. Gn. 69, p. 161.— C.
Leavenworthii, Torr. &Gray. Annual: If. -divisions linear-spatulate:
rays cuneate, lobed, yellow; awns 2, slender: achene winged.
Fla. — C. nudata, Nutt. Perennial, rush-like: Ivs. mostly basal,
long, filiform: rays rose-colored: wing of achene pectinate. S. U. S.
— C. radidta, Hort. Plant very dwarf: fl.-heads with ray-florets
rolled up. Of garden origin. R M WlEGAND
CORIANDER is the seed-like fruit of Coriandrum
sativum, Linn., an umbelliferous annual of southern
Europe. The plant grows 1 to 3 feet high, glabrous,
strong-smelling, with leaves divided into almost thread-
like divisions, and small white flowers. The plant is
easily grown in garden soil. It occasionally becomes
spontaneous about old yards. The seeds (fruits) are
used as seasoning and flavoring in pastries, confections
and liquors, although they are less known in this coun-
try than caraway. The plant is sometimes grown in
American gardens with sweet herbs and other things.
CORIANDRUM: Coriander.
CORIARIA (corium, skin, leather; a shrub used
for tanning leather was described as frutex coriarius,
by Pliny). Coriaridcese. Shrubs or perennial herbs
grown chiefly for their ornamental fruits.
Leaves deciduous, entire, 3-9-nerved, opposite and
distichous: fls. polygamous-monoecious in slender
racemes, small; petals and sepals 5; stamens 10: fr.
berry-like, consisting of 5 1-seeded nutlets inclosed by
the enlarged and colored petals. — About 8 species in
Himalayas and E. Asia, Medit. region, N. Zeal, and S.
Amer. Ornamental shrubs or herbs, with slender arch-
ing branches imitating pinnate Ivs., and with very
showy yellow, red or black fr. The Ivs. of some species
are used for tanning leather; the frs. are poisonous
in some species, edible in others. C. japonica has
proved hardy with slight protection in Mass., and C.
terminalis seems to be of the same hardiness ; the other
species are more tender. They grow in almost any
good garden soil, and prefer sunny position. Prop,
readily by seeds and greenwood cuttings in summer
under glass; also by suckers and layers.
japonica, Gray. Fig. 1057. Shrub, 2-3, sometimes to
10 ft.: branches quadrangular: Ivs. nearly sessile, ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, smooth, 2-4 in. long: fls.
in axillary racemes from the branches of last year: fr.
becoming bright red in summer, changing to violet-
CORIARIA
CORN
847
black when ripe. Japan. B.M. 7509. G.F. 10:343
(adapted in Fig. 1057). S.I.F. 2:58. R.H. 1913, p. 79.
terminalis, Hemsl. Herbaceous or suffruticose, 2-3
ft.: branches quadrangular: Ivs. nearly sessile, broad-
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 5-9-nerved, scabrous on the
veins beneath, 1-3 in.: fls. in terminal racemes on
shoots of the current year: fr. black. Sikkim, W. China.
Var. xanthocarpa, Rehd.& Wilson. Fr. yellow. Sikkim.
B.M. 8525. R.H. 1907:160. G.C. III. 34:282. J.H.
III. 49:443. F.S.R. 3:106. M.D. 1897:1.— A very
ornamental plant, keeping its yellow fr. from July until
late in fall; being herbaceous, it is easier to protect
from frost than the former. Originally intro. into cult,
as C. nepalensis.
C. himalayensis, Hort. Said to have persistent Ivs. and edible
frs. Possibly not different from C. nepalensis. — C. myrtifdlia,
Linn. Shrub, 4-10 ft.: Ivs. 3-nerved, glabrous: fls. greenish, from
the old wood: fr. black, poisonous. Medit. region. Yields a black
dye. — C. nepalensis, Wall. Shrub, 8-10 ft,: Ivs. 3-5-nerved, gla-
brous: fls. brownish: fr. black. Himalayas. — C. sarmentdsa, Forst.
Suffruticose, procumbent: racemes axillary, on young branches.
B.M. 2470. — The wineberry shrub of the natives. The berries
yield a pleasant drink, but the seeds are poisonous. Source of the
New Zeal, toot-poison, which is very destructive to human and
animal life. — C. sinica, Maxim. Allied to C. japonica. Shrub to
18 ft.: Ivs. oval or broadly elliptic, abruptly short-pointed, 1^-3
in. long: fr. black. Cent. China. ALFRED REHDER.
CORIS (ancient name, transferred). Primulacese.
Two low thyme-like herbs of S. Eu., sometimes planted
in rock-gardens, but apparently not in the trade. Lvs.
small, alternate, linear, spreading or recurved, the
margin revolute: fls. lilac or rose-purple, in terminal
densely-fld. racemes. C. monspeliensis, Linn., of the
Medit. region, is 6 in. high, much branching and
spreading, the sts. thickly covered with the little
narrow Ivs.
CORK-TREE: Quercus.
C6RMUS: Sorbus.
CORN, MAIZE (SWEET and POP). A tender
annual cultivated for its grain, which is used both for
human and live-stock food, and for the herbage which
is used as forage. As a horticultural crop, it is grown
primarily for the unripe grain or for pop-corn.
The word maize, Spanish maiz, is derived from the
name Mahiz, which Columbus adopted for this cereal
from the Haytians. Maize has not yet been found
truly wild. Its close relationship to a native Mexican
grass called teosinte, Euchlcena mexicana, is indicated
by the known fertile hybrids between this species and
maize as pointed out by Harshberger. Teosinte and the
only other species which show close botanical relation-
ship to maize are indigenous to Mexico. In fact the
evidence all shows that maize is of American origin,
although its original form has not yet been dis-
covered, nor has its evolution from other types
been completely traced. DeCandolle concludes that
maize is not a native of the Old World but is of
American origin, and that it was introduced into
the Old World shortly after the discovery of the Jj
New, and then was rapidly disseminated.
Very early in the exploration and settlement of '*_
the New World, the whites learned from the natives
the use of maize as food. Several of the Indian
names for preparations of food from this cereal
were adopted or adapted by the settlers and passed
into the English language, — as for example hominy,
samp, and succotash. In the English-speaking colo-
nies, maize was grown as a field crop under the
name Indian corn, but later the tendency was to
drop the word Indian so that this cereal is now
known in American agriculture and commerce by
the simple word corn. The word corn has thus come
to have a specific meaning on this continent which
does not attach to it in the British Isles.
Corn now holds first rank among the agricultural
products of the United States, both in the area
devoted to its cultivation and in the value of the annual
crop. The types known in garden culture in this coun-
try are the sweet corns and the pop-corns; the other
types, which are more strictly agricultural, may be
designated as field corns. Sweet corn and pop-corn are
also grown as field crops in comparatively limited
areas, the sweet corn either as a truck crop or for can-
ning, and the pop-corn to supply the demand for this
product in our domestic markets. Only the types of
sweet corn and pop-corn will receive attention in this
article.
Botanical classification.
Zea almost uniformly has been considered by botan-
ists as a monotypic genus, its one species being Zea
Mays. But Z. Mays is an extremely variable species,
including groups which are separated by definite char-
acteristics. As a working classification, that proposed
by Sturtevant is the best which has yet appeared. He
describes seven "agricultural species." These are Zea
tunicata, the pod corns; Z. everta, the pop-corns (Fig.
1058); Z. indurata, the flint corns; Z. indentata, the dent
corns; Z. amlyacea, the soft corns; Z. saccharata, the
sweet or sugar corns (Figs. 1058, 1059, 1060) ; Z. amylea-
saccharata, the starchy sweet corns. Z. canina, Wats., is
a hybrid form, as shown by Harshberger. Z. Mays,
Linn., belongs to the natural order of grasses or Grami-
nese. Culms 1 or more, solid, erect, 1^-15 ft. tall, or
more, terminated by a panicle of staminate fls. (the tas-
sel) : internodes grooved on one side: branches ear-bear-
ing or obsolete: Ivs. long, broad, channeled, tapering to
the pendulous tips, with short hyaline ligules and open
embracing sheaths: fls. monoecious, awnless, usually
proterandrous; staminate fls. in clusters of 2—4, often
overlapping; 1 fl. usually pedicelled, the other sessile
or all sessile; glumes herbaceous; palea membranace-
ous; anthers 3, linear. The ear contains the pistillate
fls. on a hard, thickened, cylindrical spike or spadix
(cob), which is inclosed in many spathaceous bracts
(husks); spikelets closely sessile, in longitudinal rows,
paired in alveoli with hard, corneous margin; fls. 2 on
a spikelet, the lower abortive; glumes membranaceous ;
style single, filiform, very long (silk); ovary usually
sessile: ear variable in length and size, often distich-
ous; grain variable in shape and size. The color ranges
from white through light and dark shades of yellow, red
and purple to nearly black.
1058. Kernels of corn on the cob — sweet corn behind,
pop-corn in front. ( X Yd
848
CORN
CORN
Sweet corn (Zea saccharata, Sturt.). Figs. 1058-1060.
This is a well-defined species-group, characterized
by horny, more or less crinkled, wrinkled or shriveled
kernels, having a semi-transparent or translucent
appearance. Sturteyant, in 1899, lists sixty-one dis-
tinct varieties. He gives the first variety of sweet corn
recorded in American cultivation as being introduced
into the region about Plymouth, Massachusetts, from
the Indians of the Susquehanna in 1779. Schenck, in
1854, knew two varieties. It appears, therefore, that
the distribution of sweet corn into cultivation made
little progress prior to the last half of the nineteenth
century, green field corn having largely occupied its
place prior to that period.
Sweet corn is preeminently a garden vegetable,
although the large kinds are sometimes grown for silage
or stover. As a garden vegetable, it is used when it
has reached the "roasting ear" stage, the kernel then
being well filled and plump but soft, and "in the milk."
The kernel is the only part used for human food. When
sweet corn is used as a fresh vegetable, it is often
cooked and served on the cob. Dried sweet corn,
though never an important article of commerce, was
formerly much used, especially by the rural popula-
tion. It is gradually being generally abandoned for
canned corn, for other cereal preparations or for other
vegetables, but recently desiccated corn has been put
upon the market and is finding sale in certain districts,
particularly in the South and in mining and lumber
camps. It is practically unknown outside North
America.
In the last quarter of the last century, canned sweet
corn came to be an important article of domestic com-
merce in the United States and Canada. The total pack
for the United States and Canada for the year 1898 was
4,398,563 cases, each containing two dozen two-pound
tins. The following statement shows the number of
cases packed for the United States for the five-year
period from 1907 to 1911:
1907 .. 6,653,744
1908 6,779,000
1909 5,787,000
1910 10,063,000
1911 14,301,000
Comparatively little of this corn was sent abroad,
most of it being consumed in the States, Canada, and
Alaska. In 1911 Iowa took first rank in the output of
canned corn with a pack of 2,774,000 cases, which was
nearly 20 per cent of the total output of the United
States for that year. Illinois, New York, Maryland,
Maine, Ohio, and Indiana followed in the order named.
These seven states packed about 88 per cent of the
total output of this country in 1911. These figures are
the best obtainable and give a general idea of the prog-
ress and distribution of the corn-canning industry.
Maine produces as good canned corn as is put on the
market and grows the crop largely in localities having
too short a season to mature the seed.
Sweet corn is commonly grown for canneries under
contract, the canning company supplying the seed
and guaranteeing it to be good and true to name, while
the farmer agrees to grow a certain specified acreage
and deliver the whole crop to the cannery at a stipula-
ted price. In Iowa the price now paid the grower is
about $7 per ton of good ears. A yield of three to four
tons to the acre is considered good. The ears are
snapped from the stalks with the husks on and hauled
in deep wagon-boxes to the canneries. The stalks,
when preserved either as ensilage or as stover, make
excellent fodder. The overripe and inferior ears, being
unmarketable, are left on the stalks and thereby
materially increase their value, as a stock food. The
stover keeps best in loose shocks, as it is liable to mold
when closely packed in large stacks or bays.
As a field crop, sweet corn is grown most extensively
on medium heavy loams that are well supplied with
humus or organic matter. It luxuriates in rich warm
soils. The crop rotation should be planned so as to
use the coarse manures with the corn, which is a gross
feeder. On the more fertile lands of the central corn-
belt, nitrogenous manures may not always be used to
advantage with corn, but in the eastern and southern
states, where the soil has lost more of its original fer-
tility, stable manure may often be used profitably with
this crop at the rate of 8 or 10 cords to the acre, or
possibly more.
In the northern part of the corn-belt in the central
and western states, that is to say north of the Ohio and
Missouri rivers, deep fall plowing of corn land is gen-
erally favored, but in experiments at the Illinois and
Indiana experiment stations, the depth of plowing
has had little influence on the crop. In sections of the
eastern states, shallow plowing late in spring is favored,
especially if the land be in sod. In warmer, drier regions,
as in parts of Nebraska and Kansas, listing has been
much practised on stubble ground. The listing plow,
having a double mold-board, throws the soil into alter-
nate furrows and ridges, the furrows being 8 or 9
1059. Early Marblehead sweet corn.
inches deeper than the tops of the ridges. The corn is
planted in the bottom of the furrow, either by means
of a one-horse corn-drill or by a corn-drill attachment
to the lister plow, consisting of a subsoil plow through
the hollow leg of which the corn is dropped.
Great care should be used to secure seed-corn having
high vitality as a precaution against the rotting or
weak germination of the seed in the soil, should the
season be cold and wet after planting. Select the seed-
ears early before any hard frosts have come. At this
time the large, early, and well-matured ears can be dis-
tinguished from the rest of the crop, as the husks about
the early-maturing ears will have started to turn brown.
Early maturity is a vital point to consider in selecting
seed-ears and this quality should never be sacrificed for
the size of late unmatured ears. In selecting seed for a
field crop, seek systematically for stalks having little
or no growth of stools and bearing single, large, and
early-maturing ears. For garden use, seed from more
productive stalks is desirable, even though the ears be
smaller. The seed-ears should be dried at once by
artificial heat so that the seed may better withstand
unfavorable conditions of temperature or moisture. In
many localities so-called kiln-dried seed is much in
favor.
In the North, sweet corn should be planted as early
as can be done without involving great risk of loss from
frosts or from rotting of seed in the soil. In New York,
field-planting is generally done from May 10 to May
20; in central Minnesota from May 10 to May 30.
The ground having been plowed and prepared so as to
make a seed-bed of fine, loose soil 3 inches deep> the
seed should be planted to a depth of 1 to 3 inches.
The drier and looser the soil, the greater should be the
depth of planting. In planting small fields, the ground
may be marked in check-rows so that the hills planted
CORN
CORN
849
at the intersection of the rows will stand about 3 feet
4 inches to 3 feet 6 inches apart each way, and the corn
planted by a hand-planter, which each time it is thrust
into the ground drops from four to five kernels, which
is usually the number desired. Three feet apart is too
close to allow the cultivators to work easily. For large
fields, the check-row type of planter should be used.
These planters drop and cover the seed in hills at uni-
form distances apart, planting two rows at one trip
across the field. Two types of furrow-openers are now
used on corn-planters; these are the runner furrow-
openers and the disc furrow-openers. The former are
less satisfactory on sod land or in fields covered with
trash, as the runners will often ride out and leave the
seed uncovered. It is better to use the disc furrow-
opener on such land; besides opening the furrow better,
it also pulverizes the soil about the seed. Field corn is
often planted in drills by planters adapted to this pur-
pose, but sweet corn should be in hills so that the sur-
face of the ground may be kept loose and entirely
free from weeds.
Till for the purpose of retaining soil-moisture as well
as to kill weeds. This requires frequent shallow cultiva-
tion, pulverizing the surface of the soil so that it will
act as a mulch to retard the evaporation of soil-mois-
ture. Tillage should begin as soon as the planting is
done, using the slanting-tooth harrow and the weeder
types of implements until the corn is nearly 6 inches
high, providing that the weeds are small and the ground
is in friable condition. After this time the spring-tooth
cultivators or the two-horse cultivators, having prefer-
ably three or four shovels on a side, are generally used,
depending somewhat upon the kind of soil to be culti-
vated. This type of two-horse cultivator is preferable
to the double-shovel type which was formerly much
used. The two-horse revolving disc cultivator is some-
times used in damp, weedy ground. One great objec-
tion to this type is that too much earth is thrown
toward the corn and the middles between the rows are
usually left either untouched or bare of the loose soil
which is needed for a mulch. For the later cultivations
the two-horse surface cultivator is coming more and
more into general use.
Till at intervals of seven to ten days. At first the cul-
tivator may run from 2 inches deep near the plant to
4 inches deep midway between the rows. Each suc-
cessive cultivation should gradually increase in depth
towards the middle between the rows; throw 3^ inch
or more of earth towards the corn and cover the weeds.
At the last cultivation the cultivator may be kept a
little farther from the corn. It should leave the soil
pulverized to a depth of 2 to 3 inches over the entire
field. The earlier cultivation may be deepened, if
necessary, to kill weeds, even though some corn roots
are severed, but cutting the roots by deep cultivation
near the plants late in the season is to be especially
avoided. Till the soil until the corn gets so large as to
prevent the use of a two-horse cultivator. Occasion-
ally a later cultivation, with a one-horse cultivator,
may be necessary if heavy rains leave the surface soil
hard and start the weeds. Often catch-crops for late
pasturage, cover-crops or crops of winter wheat or rye
are sown in the cornfield and cultivated in with the
last cultivation. The seed is covered deeply by cultiva-
ting it in because the weather is apt to be dry at this
period. The lower part of the furrow-slice is thus left
compact, furnishing a compact seed-bed, in which small
grains delight.
The cultivation of sweet corn in the garden should
follow the general lines indicated for field culture, but
stable manure and commercial fertilizers may be used
more liberally. Except on very fertile soils, it is well to
put a small amount of a complete commercial fertilizer
in each hill and mix it well with the soil before plant-
ing the corn. A fertilizer which has a large amount of
nitrogen in quickly available form should be chosen
for this purpose. Dwarf early-maturing varieties may
be planted, for early use, as soon as the ground is
sufficiently dry and warm. A little later, when the
ground is warmer, the second-early main crop and
late varieties may be planted. Later successional
plantings insure a supply of green corn till frost kills
the plants.
Corn is not grown commercially as a forcing crop.
Attempts to force it in winter have not given encour-
aging results, but it may be successfully forced in
spring, following any of the crops of vegetables which
are grown under glass, providing the houses are piped
so as to maintain the minimum night temperature at
65° F. Provide good drainage. Give a liberal application
of stable manure and thoroughly mix it with the soil.
In the latitude of New York the planting may be made
as early as the first of March. As soon as the first leaf
has unfolded, the temperature may be allowed to run
high in the sun, if the air is kept moist by wetting the
floors and walls. The glass need not be shaded. Keep
night temperature close to 65° F., not lower and not
much higher. After the silk appears, jar the stalks
every two or three days, when the atmosphere is dry,
and thus insure abundant pollination. Early maturing
varieties, like Cory, give edible corn in about sixty
days when thus treated. Corn may be .forced in the
same house with tomatoes, eggplant, and other vege-
tables which require similar range of temperature.
Varieties of sweet corn.
Some of the desirable varieties for the garden, the
market, and for canning are listed below. These varie-
ties are named to show the range of variation and to
indicate the leading groups or types, rather than to
recommend these particular kinds. New varieties are
continually supplanting the old.
For the home garden. — Extra-early: Golden Bantam,
an extra-early sort, has recently become very popu-
lar, on account of its productiveness, good flavor, and
desirable size for table use, and because the kernels
separate very easily from the cob; many plant it in
succession so as to cover the entire season with this
variety alone. Peep o'Day and Minnesota are other
good extra-early varieties. Second-early: Early Crosby;
Early Evergreen. Medium or standard season: Hickox
Improved, Stowell Evergreen, White Evergreen. Late :
Black Mexican, Country Gentleman.
For market. — Extra-early: Cory (red cob), White
Cob Cory, and Extra-Early Adams, which, though not a
sweet corn, is largely grown for early use. This last-
named variety is recommended in the South because
of its comparative freedom from the attacks of the ear
worm. Second-early: Shaker, Crosby, Early Champion;
Early Adams also is extensively grown for market,
though not a true sugar corn. Midseason and Late:
Stowell Evergreen, Country Gentleman, Late Mam-
moth, Egyptian.
For canning. — Stowell Evergreen is the standard
variety for canning factories everywhere. Country
Gentleman is also grown to a considerable extent for
fancy canned corn. .Other varieties that are used for
canning include Early Evergreen, White Evergreen,
Egyptian, Potter Excelsior, and Hickox Improved.
Diseases and pests of sweet corn.
The most widespread and destructive disease of corn
in the United States is the smut produced by the para-
sitic smut-fungus, Ustilago Zest. The sorghum-head
smut, Ustilago Reiliana, also attacks maize. Smut
causes most injury when it attacks the ears. The
grains are transformed into a mass of dark-colored
smut spores, and become exceedingly swollen and dis-
torted out of all semblance to their normal outlines.
Infection may take place at any growing point of the
plant from early till late in the season, hence treat-
ment of seed corn by fungicides is of no value as a
850
CORN
CORN
remedy for corn smut. The destruction of smutted
parts of the plants, and taking especial care that the
smut does not become mixed with manure which is
used for the corn crop, are measures which may be
expected to lessen the prevalence of the disease. No
remedy is known.
Another disease of sweet corn in the United States is
the bacterial blight caused by Pseudomonas Stewartii.
It has been found in New York, New Jersey, and Michi-
1060. Golden Bantam sweet corn.
gan, but thus far has been seriously destructive only
on Long Island on early dwarf varieties of sweet corn.
It is characterized by wilting and complete drying of
the whole plant, as if affected by drought, except that
the leaves do not roll up. The fibro- vascular bundles
become distinctly yellow, and are very noticeable
when the stalk is cut open. The disease attacks the
plant at any period of growth, but is most destructive
about the time the silk appears. No remedy is known.
These two diseases are of the most economic impor-
tance in the United States. Two others of somewhat
minor importance which deserve mention are rust and
leaf blight. The leaf-blight fungus causes round,
brownish, dead spots on the foliage. The maize rust,
Puccinia sorghi, is found principally where rainfall is
abundant. It is rather common throughout the corn-
belt. The fungus is similar in nature to that which
causes the rust of small grains. It cannot be controlled
economically.
Over 200 species of insects are known to be injurious
to corn, either to some part of the growing plant or to
the stored product. The corn-ear worm, known South
as the cotton-boll worm, is especially injurious to sweet
corn. It burrows in tender green corn, ruining the ear
for either canning or market purposes. It is known to
do serious damage as far north as western New York
and central Iowa. Recent experiments in dust-spraying
promise well. Spraying is done weekly, beginning
when silks appear, using equal weight powdered lead
arsenate and lime. Shallow fall plowing to kill pupae
is a partial remedy. Wire-worms, northern corn-root
worms, white grubs, and certain other grass insects,
attack corn plants. One of the best preventive meas-
ures is to plan the rotation so that corn does not
immediately follow any cereal or grass crop.
Pop-corn (Zea everta, Sturt.). Fig. 1058. Pop-corn
is characterized by the excessive proportion of the
corneous endosperm and the small size of the kernel
and ear. The kernel split laterally shows the chit and
corneous matter enveloping, and in some cases a fine,
starchy line. The small size of the kernel and the
property of popping makes identification certain.
This species-group extends throughout North and South
America and has claims for prehistoric culture.
The preparation of the ground recommended for
sweet corn holds for pop-corn. Tillage should be
started early in the spring to conserve as much of the
soil-moisture as possible, thus protecting the crop
against possible injury from drought later in the
season.
On good clean ground the pop-corn is very often
drilled, dropping the kernels 6 to 8 inches apart in the
row. More often, however, it is check-rowed with
the rows 3 feet 4 inches apart and from four to six
kernels in the hill. The ordinary corn-planters are
used with special plates for pop-corn planting. For
dwarf varieties of pop-corn such as the Tom Thumb,
when planted in home gardens and tilled by hand,
the hills may be as near together as 2J^ feet.
Pop-corn is much slower in germinating than field
corn and the plant is not so vigorous a grower. Shal-
low cultivation is recommended just as for other
corns, especially for the later cultivations, since deep
cultivating cuts too many roots.
Pop-corn is planted earlier than field
corn. It should be planted deep enough
to reach the moist soil, usually \Y"i to
2 inches, but in a dry season it may
need to go 3 inches deep.
The White Rice, which is grown
more extensively for market than any
other variety, mixes with field corns
readily. The resulting hybrid types
have larger ears and larger, smoother
kernels and give heavier yields than do
the pure pop-corns. These hybrid types
were for a time quite in favor with the commercial
growers because of their greater yield. Now they are
being discriminated against by the buyers because of
their inferior popping qualities, and the tendency
among the growers is to get back to the pure types,
even though they give smaller yields.
Pop-corn matures earlier than field corn. For this
reason in many sections of the country it is regarded as
a surer crop. In the region about Odebolt, Iowa, where
pop-corn is grown more extensively than in any other
district in the world, harvesting sometimes begins as
early as the middle of September, but more often it is
delayed till the first of October or later to let the corn
dry on the stalk. There are two methods of harvest-
ing. One is to snap the corn and pile it in the crib,
then shuck it during the winter. However, this is not
generally practised because it makes more work and
takes more crib room. The other and common method
is to pick and shuck the ears from the standing stalks
directly into the wagon, the same as with field corn.
On account of the heavy expense of hand-picking,
some are now using the harvesting apparatus called the
corn-picker and husker. Opinions differ as to the econ-
omy of using this picker. The rows should be long and
the corn should stand up well to justify its use. For
hand-picking the price per bushel usually ranges from
10 to 12 cents. A good hand can pick about forty
bushels in a ten-hour day if the corn is good.
It is very important that the pop-corn be thoroughly
dried. After it is picked it is placed in the crib which
usually has ventilators through the center. These
extend along the middle of the floor, are slatted to
admit air, and are about \}/<i feet wide by 2^ feet high.
The corn is usually left in the crib through the winter
season. Sometimes it is marketed on the cob. Formerly
it was a common practice to ship it on the cob in
sacks, but now it is generally held over winter in the
crib, shelled the next spring, and shipped in two-bushel
sacks. It is usually marketed from June to September.
It is ready to use for popping just as soon as it is dry
enough. It can be popped immediately after it is
gathered if the season is dry and the corn is allowed to
dry sufficiently in the field. Usually it is left on the
stalk till it is so dry that it shells some when thrown
into the wagon.
Various companies make a practice of contracting
for a certain number of acres of pop-corn at a certain
price in the spring of the year, so that the farmer may
know just what price he will get for his corn in the
fall or at some stated time at which it is to be delivered.
The contracting firm does not as a rule supply the seed
but does specify the grade of the corn and objects to
the coarse hybrid types.
The prices for. corn in the ear are ruling from 1 cent
to 2 cents a pound; for shelled corn from \Y^ cents
CORN
CORNUS
851
to 3 cents a pound. Pop-corn is considered a very
profitable crop and less likely to fail than field corn
because it matures earlier. A good return to the acre
would be twenty to twenty-five bushels of ear corn,
worth from $20 to $50, averaging about $30. Field
corn in the same region averages about fifty-five bush-
els, worth usually from $20 to $25 an acre.
Varieties.
In 1899, Sturtevant described twenty-five varieties
of pop-corn. Tracy, in his "American Varieties of
Vegetables for the Years 1901 and 1902," enumerated
fifty-four varieties. The rice pop-corns are generally
used for commercial plantings. White Rice is now the
leading commercial variety of pop-corn, since it gives
the greatest yield and also brings the highest price
on the market. In the noted region about Odebolt,
Iowa, this variety is grown almost exclusively. The
following list includes the leading varieties:
White Rice. — Ear 4 to 8 inches long. This vigorous,
late variety is widely cultivated. With other rice
corns, it is characterized by deep, tapering, beaked
kernels.
White Pearl. — Ear 4 to 8 inches long. Matures some-
what earlier than Rice and later than Dwarf Golden.
Kernels round and silvery white.
Dwarf Golden. — Ear 1 to 3 inches long. An early-
maturing sort, with broad, golden yellow kernels. A
favorite garden variety.
Golden Tom Thumb. — Ear 2 to 11A inches long. An
ornamental variety for home gardens. The stalks only
grow to a height of about 20 inches. The kernels are
bright and golden yellow.
Other kinds of pop-corn worthy of mention are
Golden Queen, Silver Lace, and California Yellow.
S. A. BEACH.
CORNCOCKLE: Lychnis Githago.
CORNEL, CORNELIAN CHERRY: Cornus mas.
CORNFLOWER: Centaurea Cyanus.
CORN POPPY of Europe is the weed of the grain
fields from which some of the garden poppies have been
raised, Papaver Rhoeas.
CORN-SALAD (Valerianella olitoria, Poll.). Valeri-
anacese. A spring and summer salad and pot-herb
plant.
Annual: mature plant 4-6 in. tall, forking: radical
Ivs. tufted (the parts used), oblong and obtuse, nar-
rowed at the base, entire or few-toothed; st.-lvs. nar-
row, often clasping: fls. very small, in small terminal
cymes, whitish: fr. (seed) nearly globular, gray, not
crested. S. Eu. V. eriocdrpa, Desv., of S. Eu. and
N. Afr., is sometimes cult, as salad: Ivs. longer and
lighter-colored: fr. (seed) flattened, pale brown,
crested. Known also as lamb's lettuce, fetticus, and
vetticost.
Sow the seed of corn-salad in early spring, at the time
of the first sowing of lettuce, and make successional
plantings as often as desired. For very early salads
the seeds are planted in September, and the young
plants are covered with a light mulch and wintered
exactly as spinach is often managed. Sow in drills a
foot or 18 inches apart and cover lightly. Work the
ground thoroughly, and give an abundance of water.
The leaves may be blanched, but are usually eaten
green. It matures in sixty to sixty-five days during
good spring weather. Only one variety is offered by
most American seedsmen, but several sorts are known
to European gardeners. It is sometimes used for a
pot-herb, being served like spinach, but is chiefly
valuable for salads. It is rather tasteless, and is not so
popular as cress or lettuce on that account, but per-
sons who prefer a very mild salad, or who would rather
taste the salad dressing, will doubtless fancy corn-salad.
It is best served in mixture with other herbs, as lettuce,
water-cress or white mustard. It is easy to grow.
There are no special enemies. f\ A. WATJGH.
CORNUS (ancient Latin name of Cornus mas).
Cornacese. DOGWOOD. Woody plants (one or two infre-
quently cultivated herbs), grown for their attractive
flowers and fruits; some species also for the winter effect
of their brightly colored branches.
Shrubs or trees, rarely herbs: Ivs. opposite, rarely
alternate or whorled, deciduous, entire: fls. small,
4-merous, usually white, in terminal cymes (Fig. 1061)
or heads; calyx-teeth minute; petals valvate; style
simple, filiform or cylindric; ovary inferior, 2-celled:
fr. a drupe with a 2-celled stone. — About 40 species in
the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere and
one in Peru. Monograph by Wangerin in Engler,
Pflanzenreich, hft. 41, pp. 43-92, quoted below as Wang.
The dogwoods are hardy ornamental shrubs with
handsome foliage, often assuming a brilliant fall color-
ing, and with attractive flowers and fruits. Nearly all are
very desirable for planting in shrubberies. They grow
nearly as well in shady places under large trees as in
sunny exposed situations, and thrive in almost any soil.
One of the most beautiful in bloom is C. florida, with
extremely showy flowers in spring. C, racemosa is
one of the best for shrubberies, blooming profusely in
June. The red-branched species, as C. alba, C. Amomurn,
C. Baileyi, C. sanguinea are very attractive in winter.
Propagated by seeds, which usually do not germinate
until the second year. The species with willow-like
soft wood, as C. alba and its allies, grow readily from
cuttings of mature wood, while the others are some-
times increased by layers. They
are often grown in this country
from nearly ripened cuttings
1061. Cornus winter
shoots, showing the op-
posite buds and terminal
flower-clusters. — Cornus
Baileyi.
1062. Cutting of Cornus.
852
CORNUS
CORNUS
(Fig. 1062), handled in frames in summer. Horticul-
tural varieties of other species are mostly budded in
summer on seedlings of the type, or grafted in early
spring in the propagating-house.
Various species of Cornus have many interesting uses.
Our native C. florida, which in flower is the showiest
1063. Cornus alternifolia.
member of the genus, furnishes a useful substitute for
quinine. The bark of all parts contains the same sub-
stances found in cinchona, but in different proportions.
It is inferior in effectiveness and more difficult to secure
in large quantities. It is sometimes possible to ward off
fevers by merely chewing the twigs. The powdered
bark makes a good tooth-powder, and the fresh twigs
can be used for the same purpose. The bark mixed
with sulfate of iron makes a good black ink. The bark
of the roots yields a scarlet dye. The wood, being hard,
heavy, and close-grained, is good for tool handles. The
cornelian cherry has pulpy fruits resembling cornelian
in color and about the size and shape of oli ves, for which
they can be substituted. The ripe fruits are soft and
rather sweet. The name dogwood comes from the fact
that a decoction of the bark of C. sanguined was used in
England to wash mangy dogs. The small red berries
of C. suedca (not in the trade) are eaten by the
Esquimaux.
INDEX.
alba, 3, 4.
femina, 11.
paucinervis, 14.
albocarpa, 17.
flaviramea, 3.
pendula, 3, 19.
alternifolia, 1.
florida, 19.
pumila, 15.
Amomum, 8.
Gouchaultii, 4.
Purpusii, 9.
argentea, 1.
ignorata, 12.
quinquenervis, 14.
argenteo-marginata,
japonica, 21.
racemosa, 10.
4, 17.
Kesselringii, 4.
rubra, 19.
asperifolia, 6.
Kousa, 21.
rugosa, 7.
aurea, 17.
luteocarpa, 17.
sanguinea, 16.
aureo-elegantissima,
macrocarpa, 17.
sericea, 8.
17.
macrophylla, 2, 12.
sibirica, 4.
Baileyi, 5.
mas, 15, 17.
Spaethii, 4.
brachypoda, 2, 12.
mascula, 17.
stolonifera, 3, 9.
cserulea, 8.
nana, 17.
stricta, 11.
canadensis, 23.
nitida, 3.
tatarica, 4.
candidissima, 10.
Nuttallii, 20.
Theleryana, 12.
capitata, 22.
obliqua, 9.
Thelycanis, 12.
circinata, 7.
oblongata, 10.
umbraculifera, 1.
coloradensis, 3.
ochroleuca, 1.
variegata, 2, 8, 16.
controversa, 2.
officinalis, 18.
viridissima, 16.
fastigiata, 11.
paniculata, 10.
Wilsoniana, 13.
A. Plants, shrubs or trees.
B. Fls. in cymes or panicles without involucre. (Svida.)
c. Foliage alternate: fls. in umbel-like cymes,
cream-colored.
1. alternifdlia, Linn. (Smda alternifolia, Small).
Fig. 1063. Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. slender-
petioled, elliptic or ovate, usually cuneate, acuminate,
nearly glabrous above, pale or whitish beneath and
appressed pubescent, 3-5 in. long: cymes 1^-2^ in.
wide: fr. dark blue, globular, J^in. across, on red pe-
duncles. May, June. New Bruns. to Ga. and Ala., west
to Minn. S.S. 5:216. Em. 463. Wang. 51.— Of very
distinct habit, the branches being arranged in irregular
whorls, forming flat, horizontally spreading tiers, as in
the picture. A variety which shows this habit more
distinctly than the common form is var. umbraculifera,
Dieck. Var. argentea, Temple & Beard, is a form with
white-marked foliage. Var. ochroleuca, Rehd., has
yellowish frs.
2. controversa, Hemsl. (C. brachypoda, Koch, not
C. A. Mey. C. macrophylla, Koehne, not Wall.). Tree,
to 60 ft. : Ivs. slender-petioled, broadly ovate or elliptic-
ovate, usually rounded at the base, abruptly acuminate,
whitish and slightly hairy beneath, 3-5 in. long: cymes
3-4 in. wide: fr. bluish black. June. Himalayas to
Japan. B.M. 8261. S.I.F. 1:77. R.B. 30:63.— With
the habit of the former, but of more vigorous growth;
not hardy N. Var. variegata, Rehd. (C. macrophylla
variegata, Barbier). Lvs. edged white. Gng. 3:67;
16:291. J.H. III. 28: 129; 47: 147.
cc. Foliage opposite.
D. Fr. white or blue.
E. The fls. in umbel-like flat cymes.
F. Color of fr. white or bluish white.
G. Under side of Ivs. with appressed hairs, glaucous.
3. stolonifera, Michx. (C. alba, Wang.). RED-OSIER
DOGWOOD. Fig. 1064. Shrub, to 8 ft., usually with dark
blood-red branches and prostrate st., stolonif erous :
Ivs. obtuse at the base, ovate or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, 2-5 in. long: cymes dense, 1-2 in. wide;
disk usually red: fr. white, globose, with the stone
broader than high. May, June. From Brit. N. Amer.
to 111. and Calif. G.C. II. 8:679.— Habit bush-like, as
in Fig. 1064. Var. flaviramea, Spaeth. Branches yel-
low. There are also varieties with variegated Ivs.
Var. nitida, Schneid. (C. alba var nitida, Koehne).
Branches green: Ivs. glossy above. Var. coloradensis,
Schneid. (C. alba var. C. coloradensis, Koehne).
Branches brownish red, strongly recurved: fr. bluish
white. Colo. Var. pendula, Ell. Low shrub with
pendulous branches.
4. alba, Linn. (C. tatarica, Mill.). Shrub, to 10 ft.,
with usually erect st. and bright blood-red branches,
mostly with glaucous bloom when young : Ivs. obtuse at
the base, ovate or elliptic, somewhat bullate or rugose
above, acute, 13^-3^ in. long: cymes dense, small; disk
1064. Cornus stolonifera.
CORNUS
CORNUS
853
yellow: fr. ovoid, bluish white, sometimes whitish;
stone usually higher than broad, flat. Siberia, N. China.
Var. argenteo-marginata, Rehd. (C. alba var. ele-
gantissima variegata, Hort.). Lvs. edged white. Var.
Spaethii, Spaeth. Lvs. broadly edged yellow. Gn. 64,
p. 378; 69, p. 343. Var. Gouchaftltii, Rehd. (C. sibirica
Gouchaultii, Carr.). Lvs. variegated with yellowish
white and pink. Var. sibirica, Lodd. Branches bright
coral-red. C.L.A. 21, No. 4:29. G.M. 54:249. Var.
Kesselringii, Rehd. (C. sibirica var. Kesselringii,
Wolf). Branches very dark purple, nearly purplish
black. There are also some other varieties with varie-
gated Ivs.
GG. Under side of Ivs. with woolly hairs.
5. BaUeyi, Coult & Evans. Fig. 1065. Erect shrub,
with reddish branches: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, white beneath, with woolly and with
appressed hairs, 2-5 in. long: fls. in small rather com-
pact woolly cymes: stone of the white fr. much broader
than high, compressed and flat-topped. Pa. to Minn,
and Wyo. G.F. 3:465 (adapted in Fig. 1065).— A very
handsome species of upright growth, with dark red
branches, blooming nearly all summer, and of a dis-
tinct grayish hue due to the slightly upward curled Ivs.
The fall color of foliage and winter color of twigs are
unequaled. Well adapted for sandy soil. Early observed
on dunes, S. Haven, Mich., but brought to the atten-
tion of systematists from specimens collected in ex-
treme N. E. Minn, in 1886.
6. asperifdlia, Michx. Shrub, 8-15 ft.: branches
reddish brown: Ivs. slender-petioled, elliptic to ovate,
acuminate, rough above, pale and woolly-pubescent
beneath, 1-4 in. long: cymes rather loose, rough-pubes-
cent: fr. globose, white; stone nearly globose, slightly
furrowed. Ont. to Fla., west to Texas. G.F. 10:105.
PP. Color of fr. blue or bluish, sometimes partly white
or greenish white.
G. Lvs. densely woolly-pubescent beneath.
7. rugdsa, Lam. (C. circindta, L'Her.). Shrub, 3-10
ft.: the young branches green, blotched purple, older
ones purplish: Ivs. orbicular or broadly ovate, acute or
short-acuminate, slightly pubescent above, pale and
densely pubescent beneath, 2-6 in. long: cymes rather
dense: fr. light blue or greenish white. May, June.
Em. 464. Wang. 61. — Bark has medicinal properties.
GG. Lvs. pubescent only on the veins or nearly glabrous
beneath.
8. Amfimum, Mill. (C. sericea, Linn. C. coerulea,
Lam.). Shrub, 3-10 ft., with purple branches: Ivs.
usually rounded at the base, elliptic-ovate or elliptic,
dark green and nearly glabrous above, pale green
beneath, usually with brownish hairs on the veins, 2—4
in. long: cyme compact: fr. blue or sometimes partly
white. June, July. Mass, to Ga., west to N. Y. and
Tenn. Em. 466. — Bark has medicinal properties.
Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yellowish
white.
9. obliqua, Raf. (C. Purpusii, Koehne). Shrub,
similar to the preceding, usually broader and more
loosely branched : branches purple to yellowish red : Ivs.
usually narrowed at the base, elliptic-ovate to oblong,
dark green and glabrous above, glaucous beneath, on
the veins usually with whitish or brownish hairs, 2-3J^
in. long: cyme compact: fr. blue or partly white. May,
June in the S., July in the N. Que. to Minn, and Kans.
south to Pa., 111. and Mo. S.T.S. 1 :39. R.H. 1888:444
(as C. stolonifera) .
EE. The fls. in broad panicles: fr. white or pale blue.
10. racemosa, Lam. (C. candidissima, Marsh., not
Mill. C. paniculata, L'Her. C. oblongdta, Hort.). Shrub
6-15 ft., with gray branches: Ivs. cuneate, ovate-
lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, appressed-pubes-
cent or nearly smooth, whitish beneath, 1^-4 in. long:
petals white, lanceolate :'fr. white. May, June. Maine
to N. C., west to Minn., and Neb. Wang. 58 (as C.
femina). — Free-flowering; very handsome when in
bloom, and with its white frs. on red peduncles in fall.
11. femina, Mill. (C. stricta, Lam. C. fastigidla,
Michx.). Shrub, to 15 ft., with purplish branches: Ivs.
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sparingly and minutely
appressed-pubescent, green on both sides, 1%-S in.
long : petals white, ovate-lanceolate : fr. pale blue. April,
May. Va. to Ga. and Fla. — Tender N. Closely allied
to the former, and perhaps only variety.
DD. Fr. black (green in a var. of No. 16).
E. Fls. in broad panicles.
12. brachypoda, C. A. Mey. (C. ignorata, Shiras. C.
macrophylla, Hemsl., not Wall. C. Thelycanis, Lebas.
C. Thelerydna, Hort.). Shrub or small tree: branches
yellowish or reddish brown: Ivs. slender-petioled,
elliptic-ovate to elliptic-oblong, abruptly acuminate,
rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, dark green
1065. Cornus Baileyi. (Spray
above and nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath and spa-
ringly appressed hairy, with 6-8 pairs of veins, 2^-6
in. long: panicle rather loose, 3-6 in. across; style
below the stigma abruptly enlarged into a disk: fr.
bluish black. Aug. Japan, Cent. China. S.T.S. 1:41.
S.I.F. 1:77. R.H. 1875, p. 395. F. 1876, p. 123.— One
of the handsomest dogwoods on account of its large
Ivs. and large panicles of white fls. ; not quite hardy N.
13. Wilsoniana, Wang. Tree, to 40 ft.: branches
brownish: Ivs. elliptic, narrowed at the base, acuminate,
above sparingly, beneath more densely appressed-
pubescent, green or glaucescent beneath, with 3-4 pairs
of veins, 2-4 in. long: panicle 2^-4 in. across; style
cylindric. scarcely enlarged below the stigma: fr.
bluish black. Cent. China. Wang. 66. — Very hand-
some, similar to the preceding, but hardier. Page 3567.
EE. Fls. in umbel-like cymes: Ivs. green beneath.
p. Lvs. with appressed hairs beneath.
14. paucinervis, Hance (C. quinquenervis, Franch.).
Shrub 4-6 ft.: young branches quadrangular, usually
reddish brown: Ivs. short-petioled, of firm texture,
oblong-obovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, cuneate at
the base, dark green above, paler beneath with ap-
pressed hairs, with 3-4 pairs of veins, 1/^-3^ in. long:
cymes long peduncled; style thickened below the apex:
854
CORNUS
CORNUS
1066. Cornus mas. (Sprays
fr. black. June. Cent. China. G.C. III. 50:95. G.M.
54:593. Gt. 1896, p. 285. Wang. 72. — Handsome
shrub nearly half-evergreen, but not hardy N. P. 3567.
15. pumila, Koehne (C. mas var. nana, Dipp.).
Dense shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets terete, glabrous: Ivs.
crowded, broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, short-acumi-
nate, abruptly contracted
at the base, dark green
and nearly glabrous above,
paler and appressed-hairy
beneath, \1A-31A in. long:
cymes long-peduncled, 2-3
in. broad; style thickened
below the
apex: fr.
black. July.
Origin un-
known.—
Handsome
• A 1_ • A. *?!<*•
with its
dense dark
green foliage, particularly
when dotted with the white
fl. -clusters; has proved
hardy at the Arnold Arbo-
retum.
FF. Lvs. with woolly hairs
beneath: branches purple.
16. sanguinea, Linn.
Shrub, to 12 ft., with purple
or dark blood-red branches:
Ivs. broad-elliptic or ovate,
rounded or narrowed at
the base, usually pubescent
on both sides, pale green
beneath, l%-3% in. long: fls. greenish white, in dense
cymes: fr. black. May, June. Eu., Orient. Var.
variegata, Dipp. Lvs. variegated with yellowish white.
G.W. 9, p. 247. Var. viridissima, Dieck. With green
branches and green fr.
BB. Fls. in dense heads or umbels, with an involucre.
c. Color of fls. yellow; involucre yellowish, not
exceeding the fls. (Macrocarpium.)
17. mas, Linn. (C. mdscula, Hort.). CORNELIAN
CHERRY. Fig. 1066. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs.
ovate or elliptic, acute, appreseed-pubescent, and green
on both sides, 1^2—4 in. long: fls. in sessile opposite
umbels, before the Ivs. ; pedicels not exceeding the invo-
lucre: fr. oblong, scarlet, %in. long, edible. March,
April. S. Eu., Orient. Mn. 5:192. G.C. II. 9:399.
H.W. 3, p. 61. — Handsome shrub of dense growth
with glossy foliage, very attractive in early spring
with its yellow fls., and again in fall with its shining
scarlet frs. Var. ma-
crocarpa, Dipp. Fr.
larger. Var. albocarpa,
Schneid. (var. luteo-
cdrpa, Wang.). Fr. yel-
lowish. Var. aurea,
Schelle. Lvs. yellow.
Var. afcreo-elegantis-
sima, Schelle. Lvs.
variegated with pink
or yellow. F. 1877:
109. G.Z.21:169. Var.
argenteo-marginata,
Hort. Lvs. bordered
white. Var. nana,
Simon - Louis. Dwarf
form. It has been con-
fused with C. pumila
(No. 15) which has len-
ticillate branchlets and
usually 4 pairs of veins.
18. officinalis, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, to
15 ft.: Ivs. elliptic, acuminate, pale green beneath and
with large tufts of dark brown hairs in the axils of the
veins: fls. like those of the former; pedicels longer than
the involucre: fr. scarlet, oblong. Japan, China. S.Z.
50. — Very similar to the last.
, cc. Color of fls. greenish yel-
low, sessile, with a showy
white involucre, much
exceeding the fls.
D. Frs. in dense clusters, but
individually distinct.
(Benthamidia, Cynoxy-
lon).
19. florida, Linn. (Cy-
noxylon fldridum, Raf.).
FLOWERING DOGWOOD. Fig.
1067. Shrub or small tree
with spreading branches,
10-15 ft., rarely to 40 ft,:
Ivs. oval or ovate, acute,
dark green and glabrous
above, glaucous or whitish
beneath, usually only pu-
bescent on the veins, 3-6
in. long: involucre white or
pinkish, 3-4 in. wide; bracts
4, obovate, emarginate: fr.
J^in. long, scarlet. May.
Mass, to Fla., west to Ont.
and Texas, also E. and S.
Mex. S.S. 5:112-13. Em.
468. G.F.3:431. B.M.526.
Gn. 33, p. 441; 43, p. 153;
52, p. 177; 53, p. 222. J.H.
III. 28:453.; 55:331. F.E. 23:511. G. 34:531. Gn.
M. 5:138. M.D.G. 1898:405. V. 5:230; 20:51.— One
of the most beautiful American flowering trees; hardy
N. Var. pendula, Dipp. With pendulous branches.
F.E. 17, p. 68. V. 13:333. Var. rilbra, Andre". With
pink involucre. R.H. 1894:500. A.G. 18:441. F.E.
9:572. B.M. 8315. G. 28:689. Neither variety as
hardy as the type.
20. Nuttallii, Audubon. Tree, to 80 ft.: Ivs. ovate or
obovate, usually pubescent beneath, 4-5 in. long:
involucre white or tinged with pink, 4-6 in. across;
bracts 4-6, oblong or obovate, sometimes roundish,
mostly acute: fr. bright red or orange, crowned with
the broad, persistent calyx. Brit. Col. to S. Calif.
S.S. 5:214-15. Gng. 6:274. B.M. 8311. G. 27:366.—
This species surpasses the former in beauty, but is more
tender, particularly while the plants are young, and has
rarely been successfully cult, outside of its native country.
DD. Frs. connate into a
globular fleshy head.
(Benthamia.)
21. Kousa, Buerg.
(Benthamia japdnica,
Sieb. & Zucc. C.
japdnica, Koehne, not
Thunb.). Fig. 1068.
Shrub or small tree, to
20 ft.: Ivs. cuneate,
elliptic - ovate, acumi-
nate, dark green above,
glaucous and ap-
pressed-pubescent be-
neath, 2-4 in. long: in-
volucre creamy white,
2^-3 in. wide; bracts
ovate, acute: frs. form-
ing a globular head.
June. Japan, China.
1067. Cornus florida. ( X 1A)
S.Z. 16. S.I.F. 2:59.
COROXILLA
855
1063. Cornus Kousa.
Gn. 43:152; 60, p. 165. G.C. III. 19:783. A.G. 9:329
(adapted in Fig. 1068); 13:674. Gng. 3:149. J.H. III.
35:9; 63:187. M.D.G. 1899:328-9. R.B. 30:64. G.
27:367. Gn.W. 8:741. G.M. 35, suppl. Oct. 8.— Fls.
very showy, appearing after the Ivs. in June and con-
trasting well with the bright
green foliage; hardy as far
north as Mass. Sometimes
variegated.
22. capitata, Wall. (Ben-
thamia fragifera, L i n d 1 . ) .
Tree: Ivs. coriaceous, elliptic-
oblong, narrowed at both
ends, appressed - pubescent
above and more densely and
whitish beneath, 2-4 in.: in-
volucre about 2^-3 in. wide,
creamy white;
bracts ovate,
acute: fr. -head
over 1 in. across,
scarlet. June.
Himalayas. B.
R. 19: 1579. Gn.
54, p. 310; 60, p.
165; 64, p. 135;
70, p. 123; 73, p.
411. G.C. III.
16:501; 45:83;
48:447. J. H.
III. 30:213. M.D.G. 1898:568.— Evergreen tree, with
showy fls. and frs.; hardy only S.
AA. Plants low herbs: fls. in dense heads, with a white
(or pinkish) involucre. (Arctocrania, Chamseperi-
clymenum.)
23. canadensis, Linn. Herb, K-% ft. high, with
creeping rootstock: Ivs. whorled, sessile, elliptic or
obovate, glabrous or nearly so, 1-3 in. long: head green-
ish, long-peduncled; involucre white, 1-1 Yt in. wide:
fr. bright red, globose. May- July. N. Amer., south to
Ind., Colo., and Calif. B.M. 880. G.C. III. 47:363.—
Handsome plant for half-shady places.
C. Arnoldiana, Rehd. (C. obliquaxC. racemosa). Intermediate
between the parents : last year's branches purple, older gray or gray-
ish brown: fls. as profusely as in C. racemosa, but the white or
bluish white fr. appears rather sparingly. Originated at the Arnold
Arboretum. S.T.S. 1 : 40. — C. austr&lis, C. A. Mey. Closely allied
and very similar to C. snnguinea, but Ivs. beneath with appressed
hairs and branches less brightly colored. Asia Minor, Caucasus. —
C. Bretschndderi, Henry (C. aspeia, Wang.) Shrub, to 12 ft.:
branches green or purplish: Ivs. ovate to elliptic-ovate, usually
rounded at the base, rough-pubescent on both sides, 2— i in. long:
cyme dense: fr. bluish black. N. China. Hardy. — C. corynostylis,
Koehne=C. macrophylla. — C. glabrata, Benth. Shrub, to 10 ft.:
branches gray: Ivs. small, nearly glabrous, green and shining on
both sides: fr. white. Ore. to Calif. — C. Hessei, Koehne. Allied to
C. alba. Dwarf, dense shrub: Ivs. crowded, small, very dark green:
fr. bluish white. Probably from E. Asia. — C. Koenigii, Schneid.
(C. australis var. Koenigii, Wang.). Allied to C. sanguinea. Lvs.
larger, 3-5 M in. long, sparingly appressed-puescent beneath.
Transcaucasia. — C. macrophylla, Wall. (C. corynostylis, fKoehne).
Allied to C. brachypoda. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. broadly ovate to
elliptic-ovate, acuminate: infl. cymose; style club-shaped at the
apex. Himalayas. B.M. 8261. J.H.S. 27, p. 860. Gt. 1896, p.
285. — C. oblonga, Wall. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. narrow-
oblong, nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath, coriaceous: fls. white,
fragrant, in cymose panicles. Himalayas. — C. poliophylla, Schneid.
& Wang. Shrub, to 12 ft.: branches brown: Ivs. subcoriaceous,
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, slightly villous above, beneath more
densely so and grayish white, 2^-4^2 in. long: cymes long-pedun-
cled: fr. black. Cent. China. — C. pubescens, Nutt. Shrub, to 15
ft., with purple branches: Ivs. nearly glabrous above, glaucous and
woolly-pubescent beneath: fr. white. Brit. Col. to Calif. — C. Sld-
rinii, Rehd. (C. rugosa X C. stolonifera). Intermediate between the
parents: branches purple: Ivs. more or less woolly beneath: fr. blu-
ish, rarely white. Originated at Rochester, N. Y. — C. mccica, I.inn.
(Chamsepericlymenum suecicum, Aschers. & Graebn.) Allied to
C. canadensis: Ivs. all opposite: fl.-head purple, the white involucre
1 in. or less wide. Arctic Amer., N. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 55, p. 239.
S.E.B. 4:634. ALFRED REHDER.
COROKIA (from the native name). Cornacese. Ever-
green shrubs, adapted to outdoor planting in the S.
Upright, with tortuous or straight branches and black
bark: Ivs. alternate or fascicled, stalked, entire: fls. per-
fect, small, yellow, in axillary or terminal clusters; calyx-
tube top-shaped, the limb 5-lobed; petals 5, each with a
scale at base; stamens 5 : fr. an ovoid or oblong 1-2-celled
drupe. Three or four species in New Zeal. C. Coton caster,
Raoul, is offered abroad as a bush of curious growth,
very attractive when covered with its very small yel-
low star-like fls.: rigid, densely branched, 4-8 ft., the
branches crooked and interlaced, tomentose: Ivs. 1 in.
or less long, the blade orbicular to obovate or oblong-
ovate, obtuse or emarginate, shining above, flat
stalked. B.M. 8425. I.T. 2:73. L. H. B.
CORONELLA (Latin, a little crown: from the arrange-
ment of the flowers). Leguminbsss. CROWN VETCH.
Shrubs and herbs, some grown in the hardy garden and
some in greenhouses, for their yellow or purple bloom.
Annuals or perennials, often woody, smooth or rarely
silky-hairy, with odd-pinnate Ivs., entire Ifts., and pur-
ple or yellow fls. in peduncled heads or umbels; calyx
5-toothed; corolla papilionaceous, the standard orbic-
ular and the keel incurved, wings obovate or oblong;
stamens 9 and 1: pod jointed, terete or 4-angled; seeds
oblong. — Species about 20, Medit. region and Canary
Isls.. W. Asia. The shrubby C. Emerus and C. glauca
are useful in S. Calif, and the southern states. The
species are occasionally grown in borders. C. glauca
is sometimes grown under glass for spring bloom,
after the manner of Cytisus. All are of easy cult.
A. Fls. yellow.
B. Plant herbaceous.
cappadocica, Willd. (C. iberica, Bieb.). Low peren-
nial herb, about 1 ft. high: Ifts. 9-11, obcordate, ciliate:
umbels 7-8-fld.; fls. yellow, large, July, Aug.: stipules
membranaceous, rounded, ciliate-toothed. Asia Minor.
L.B.C. 8:789. B.M. 2646.— A good trailer for rock-
gardens and the margins of borders.
BB. Plant shrubby, at least at base.
c. Claw of the petals much longer than the calyx.
Emerus, Linn. (Emerus major, Mill.). SCORPION
SENNA. Fig. 1069. Dense, symmetrical shrub, 3-5 ft.
high, the branches
green and striate:
Ivs. deep glossy
green; Ifts. 5-7,
obovate ; stipules
small: peduncles
3-fld. ; fls. large, yel-
low, tipped with
red. Blooms freely,
May-July. Showy,
half-hardy. S. Eu. B.M.
445. Gng. 5:36.— Ever-
green in southern states.
emeroides, 'Boiss. &
Sprun. (C. Emerus var.
emeroides, Wohlf.). Bush,
3-6 ft.: branches gla-
brous or soft-hairy; Ifts.
2-3 pairs, heart-shaped:,
peduncle 2-3 times as long
as the If., the umbel 5-8-
fld.; fls. yellow; claw of
petals about twice as long
as the calyx: pod 2-3 in.
long, very narrow. April,
May. S. Eu.
cc. Claw of petals scarcely
exceeding the calyx.
juncea, Linn. Glabrous
gray-green shrub : branches
rush-like, terete, nearly
naked : Ifts. 3-7, linear- 1069. Coronilla Emerus.
856
CORONILLA
CORTADERIA
oblong, obtuse, somewhat fleshy, scattered: fls. golden
yellow, in 5-7-fld. umbels: pod hanging, lance-linear.
S.France. B.R. 820. L.B.C. 3:235.
minima, Linn. Glabrous, diffuse, soft gray-green
sub-shrub, 3 or 4 in. high, procumbent: Ifts. 7-13, ovate,
obtuse or retuse, scattered or at base of plant: fls.
golden yellow in 7-8-fld. umbels, sweet-scented. In
dry sands. Eu. B.M. 2179.
glauca, Linn. Glabrous shrub 2-4 ft. high: stipules
small, lanceolate: Ifts. 5-7, obovate, very blunt, glau-
cous: fls. 7-8 in each umbel, yellow, heavy-scented.
S. Eu. B.M. 13. — One of the common garden shrubs
of S. Calif., flowering all the year. There is a varie-
gated form.
AA. Fls. white and pink.
viminalis, Salisb. Trailing shrub: stipules soon
deciduous, ovate, membranaceous: Ifts. 13-21, obovate,
notched, glaucous : umbels 6-10-fld. ; fls. pale red or white
with a red stripe on the banner. Algeria. — Promising
as a florists' plant for cut-fls. Fls. all the year in S.
Calif.
varia, Linn. CROWN VETCH. Fig. 1070. Straggling
or ascending smooth herb, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. sessile;
Ifts. 11-25, oblong or obovate, blunt and mucronate,
H-%in. long: peduncles longer than Ivs.; fls. in dense
umbels, Y^va.. long, pinkish white. June-Oct. Eu.
B.M. 258. Gng. 5:337. — Trailing plant for hardy
herbaceous border. JARED G. SMITH.
L. H. B.f
CORREA (after Jose Francesco Correa de Serra,
Portuguese author, 1750-1823). Rutacex. Tender
Australian shrubs, rarely cultivated under glass.
1070.
Coronilla varia.
(XM)
1071. Correa alba.
(XK)
Shrubs, usually with dense, minute, stellate hairs:
Ivs. opposite, stalked, entire, and with transparent
dots: fls. rather large, showy, red, white, yellow or
green, usually pendulous, solitary or 2 or 3 together;
petals and sepals each 4; stamens 8: carpels 4, nearly
distinct. — Seven species. C. speciosa is probably the
best and most variable species. It is a native of barren
sandy plains, and belongs to the large and much-
neglected class of Australian shrubs.
speciosa, Ait. (C. cardindlis, F. Muell.). Tender
shrub, 2-3 ft. high: branches slender, brown, opposite,
covered with
minute rusty
hairs: Ivs. oppo-
site, about 1 in.
long, elliptic,
about a fourth
as wide as long,
wrinkled, dark
green above,
whitish below,
margin entire,
recurved : pe-
duncles oppo-
site, axillary,
longer than the
Ivs., 1-fld., with
a pair of leafy
bracts; fls. 1^
in. long, pen-
dent, tubular,
bright scarlet,
with a very short
limb of 4 spread-
ing, greenish
yellow segms. ;
calyx small, cup-
shaped, with 4
almost obsolete teeth; stamens 8, exserted, about %'m.
B.M. 4912. — There are several varieties.
alba, Andr. Fig. 1071. A compact and much-branched
shrub, 3-4 ft., the branches rusty-tomentose: Ivs.
variable, orbicular to obovate or elliptic, very blunt,
y%-\ in. long: fls. white or pink, 2 or 3 together, not
over y^m. long, and not so showy as preceding. B.R.
515.— Offered in S. Calif. WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
CORTADERIA (from Cortadero, the native name in
Argentina). Graminese. PAMPAS-GRASS. Large reed-
like perennials with numerous long, narrow blades and
a large striking plume-like inflorescence. Species six,
South America. See Gynerium.
argentea, Stapf (Gynerium argenteum, Nees). PAM-
PAS-GRASS. Culms numerous, in large thick tussocks,
3-6 ft. high, excluding the panicle: Ivs. mostly basal,
the upper sheaths gradually elongated; blades firm,
long and slender, very scabrous on the margins, %-%
in. wide, tapering to a slender point: panicle large,
compact, 1-3 ft., silvery white or in cult, varieties
tinged with purple, dioecious; spikelets 2-3-fld., the
pistillate silky with long hairs, the staminate naked;
glumes white and papery, long and slender; lemmas
bearing a long slender awn. A.G. 14:323. G. 1:412.
G.C. III. 40:295; 43:195. Gn. 62, p. 346; 66, p.
375. G.W. 3:415. Gn.W. 5:85; 23:20. J.H. III.
35:483; 49:27. R.H. 1862, p. 150. V. 3:369, 391.
S. Brazil and Argentina. C. Ldmbleyi foliis variegdtis,
Hort. G.C. III. 25:335, appears to be a form of C.
argentea.
Quila, Stapf (Gynerium Quila, Nees. G. jubdtum,
Lem. G. arcuato-nebulosum, Hort.). Differs from pam-
pas-grass in the rather laxer, more graceful plume, with
longer, more flexuous, nodding branches, somewhat
smaller spikelets, and more delicate glumes, and in the
longer, very slender staminodes of the pistillate fls.:
plume lavender-colored, l-2ft. long, the spikelets 3-5-fld.
B.M. 7607. G.C. III. 26:102. Gn. 15, p. 179; 55, p. 93.
R.H. 1885, p. 200; 1899:52, 53. — Grows in a dense tuft;
perennial, but with biennial culms; the plant has been
killed by a temperature of 3° F. Intro, by Lemoine, of
CORTADERIA
CORYDALIS
857
Nancy, France. Probable synonyms are Gynerium
roseum Rendlateri and G. argenteum carminatum Rend-
lateri. F.S. 20:2075. Not so well known as C. argentea.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CORTUSA (named by the herbalist Matthiolus after
his friend Cortusus, professor of botany at Padua).
Primulacese. Scapose, perennial, pubescent herbs with
long-stalked, cordate-ovate Ivs. and purple umbel-
late fls. C. Matthidli, Linn., from the Swiss Alps,
has long been a choice and delicate but not very popu-
lar plant, suited for shady parts of the rockery. It was
long considered the only species of the genus. It is an
herbaceous perennial, about 6 in. high, pubescent,
rhizomatous, with a few long-stalked, cordate, 7-9-
lobed, dentate Ivs., and a slender scape bearing an
umbel of about 7 small, rosy purple, drooping fls.,
which appear in early spring. B.M. 987. L.B.C. 10: 956.
It has some resemblance to Primula cortusioidcs. The
genus has possibly 4 species, and is distinguished from
Primula and Androsace by its stamens attached to the
base of the corolla, and its long-acuminate anthers.
Its culture is similar to that of the hardy primulas,
but it needs winter protection in the northern states.
Prop, by division of the roots.
CORYANTHES (Greek, korys, helmet, and anthos,
flower, referring to the shape of the lip). Orchidaceae.
Epiphytic orchids requiring warmhouse conditions.
Pseudbulbous : Ivs. plicate, lanceolate: fls. in racemes;
sepals spreading, dilated, flexuose, conduplicate, lateral
ones largest, distinct at the base; petals small, erect;
lip large, tridentate, basal portion forming a hood,
continued into the column; distal portion bucket- or
pouch-like; column pointing downward, elongated,
terete, bicornute at the base, apex recurved; pollinia
2, compressed, caudicle linear, arcuate. The bucket
part of the lip is provided with a spout-like structure,
by means of which the bucket overflows when about
half full of a secretion which drops from a pair of glands
near the base of the column. The fls. of the species
known are not lasting, the sepals being of such delicate
texture that although at first they fully expand, they
soon collapse and become unsightly. Although much
interest attaches to the species of Coryanthes, the
genus is not generally cult., since the fls. last too short a
time and are not particularly brilliant. This complex
genus, which is closely related to Stanhopea, is repre-
sented by several interesting species inhabiting Trop.
Amer. For cult, see Stanhopea.
macrantha, Hook. Fls. few, in drooping racemes;
ground-color rich yellow dotted with red; hood and
part of bucket brownish red. Caracas. P.M. 5:31.
B.R. 1841. B.M. 7692. G.C. III. 28:355. O.K. 3:41.
maculata, Hook. Fls. in a drooping raceme; sepals
and petals dull, pale yellow, bucket blotched on the
inside with dull red. B.M. 3102; 3747. B.R. 1793. F.S.
8:755 (as C. AVbertinx). A.F. 30:325. C.O. 1. Var.
punctata, Hort., has the petals and sepals bright yellow,
speckled with red, the hood yellow, blotched with red-
dish orange, the pouch pale, speckled and spotted with
red. Demerara. C. Cobbii is an unspotted form of this.
C. Balfouriana, Hort. Similar in habit to a stanhopea, with
a long pendulous scape bearing 2 or 3 large and curiously shaped
fls. Peru. — -C. leucocdrys, Rolfe. Sepals yellowish green, marked
with brownish purple, the petals white, marked with light purple,
the lip white with the bucket marbled with light rosy purple.
Peru. Lind. 7:293.— C. Master siana, Lehm. Raceme erect; fls. 2
or 3, yellowish, tinged and spotted with copper-red. Colombia.
G.C. III. 29:19. — C. Sdnderi, Hort. A very large-fld. plant
allied to C. macrantha, — C. specidsa, Hook. Raceme of 2 or 3 fls.;
sepals and petals pale yellow; lip brown-red, the stalk brownish
yellow. Brazil. G.C. III. 36:106. B.M. 2755 (asGongora). C.O. 2.
GEORGE V. NASH.f
COR^DALIS (Greek, lark, the spur of the flower
resembling a lark's spur). Fumaridcese. Hardy plants
allied to the Dutchman's breeches.
Erect or prostrate herbs, usually perennially rooted,
but often annuals: Ivs. lobed and finely dissected in
nearly all the species: fls. racemose, often yellow, less
frequently blue, purple or rose; petals 4, spurred as in
the Dutchman's breeches; stamens 6, hi 2 groups. —
Ninety species, natives of the north temperate regions.
They are all of easy cult. They prefer full sunlight but
will grow in half-shade. Prop, by division or seed.
Allenii, 2.
aurea, 10.
bulbosa, 1.
cheilanthifolia, 7.
curvisiliqua, 9.
INDEX.
glauca, 3.
lutea, 11.
nobilis, 4.
occidentalis, 10.
ophiocarpa, 8.
solida, 1.
thalictrifolia, 5.
tomentosa, 12.
Wilsonii, 6.
A. Fls. chiefly purple or rose, sometimes tipped yellow.
B. Plant perennial: root tuberous: st.-lvs. few.
1. bulbdsa, DC. (C. sdlida, Swartz). Erect, 6 in.
high: Ivs. 3-4, stalked, biternately cut, segms. wedge-
shaped or oblong: root solid: fls. large, purplish.
Spring. Eu.
2. Allenii, Fedde. A perennial caulescent herb, with
glaucescent foliage: Ivs. usually alternate with finely
divided segms., the whole If. not over 10 in. long: fls.
showy, rose-colored, pendu-
lous, on a terminal dense-fld.
raceme that is usually about
the height of the Ivs. N. W.
N. Amer. — Perhaps not hardy
in the northeastern states.
BB. Plant annual: root fibrous:
st.-lvs. many.
3. glauca, Pursh. Annual,
1-2 [ft. high,
very glau-
cous: lobes
of the Ivs.
mostly spatu-
late: racemes
short, pani-
cled at the
naked sum-
mit of the
branches; fls. barely Km-
long, rose or purple with yel-
low tips; spur short and
round: caps, slender, linear;
seeds with minute, transverse
wrinkles. Summer. Rocky or
sterile ground, Nova Scotia to Rocky Mts., and even
Arctic coast, south to Texas. B.M. 179 (as Fumaria). —
Not advertised for sale, but probably worth cult.
AA. Fls. chiefly yellow.
B. Foliage not tomentose.
C. Plant perennial: root tuberous or woody: st.-lvs. few
or none.
D. The fls. at least 1 in. long.
4. nobilis, Pers. Fig. 1072. Perennial, erect: Ivs.
bipinnately cut; segms. wedge-shaped and lobed at
the apex: fls. white, tipped with yellow, and a dark
purple spot; spur 1 in. long. Spring. Siberia. B.M.
1953 (as Fumaria nobilis). G.C. II. 19:725.
5. thalictrifdlia, Franch., not Jameson. Rhizome
woody, elongated: Ivs. large, long-petiolate, rigid, but
spreading, the pinnae of the finely dissected Ivs.
petiolulate: fls. yellow, in large spreading racemes,
which are opposite the Ivs.; sepals persistent, ovate. —
A very showy species from China, the foliage strongly
resembling Thalictrum.
6. Wflsonii, N. E. Br. A glabrous, often glaucescent
perennial, with a rosette of radical much-dissected Ivs.
about 5 in. long: fls. in an erect raceme 7 in. high, which
is usually leafless; corolla deep canary-yellow, about 1
in. long, the blunt spur about l/^in. long. G.C. III.
1072. Corydalis nobilis.
858
CORYDALIS
CORYLOPSIS
35:306. — Useful for the Alpine garden and more pro-
fuse bloomer than C. tomentosa, its nearest relative.
China.
DD. The fls. not over %in. long.
7. eheilanthifdlia, Hemsl. A small low perennial
with radical, fern-like, much-dissected, erect Ivs. about
8 in. long: scape usually taller than the Ivs., bearing
numerous fls. not over 3^in. long, yellow. China.
May. — Suitable for moist places in the alpine garden.
Probably unknown in U. S. as it is a rare plant in nature.
cc. Plant annual or biennial: root fibrous: st.-lvs.
numerous.
D. Height of plants 2 ft. or more.
8. ophiocarpa, Hook. f. & Thorns. Root fibrous, the
st. 2-3 ft. and branched: Ivs. pinnatisect, 4-8 in. long,
and glaucous beneath: fls. yellow, in many-fld., lax
racemes which are opposite the Ivs.; sepals orbicular,
finely toothed and fimbriate. Moist valleys of the
Himalayas.
DD. Height of plants usually less than 1 ft.
E. Raceme spike-like; fls. almost sessile.
9. curvisfliqua, Engelm. Probably a biennial: com-
monly more robust than C. aurea, ascending or erect,
1 ft. high or less: fls. golden yellow, over }^in. long, in
a spike-like raceme; spur as long as the body, com-
monly ascending: caps, quadrangular, 1J^ in. long;
seeds turgid to lens-shaped, with acute margins densely
and minutely netted. Woods in Texas.
EE. Raceme not spike-like; fls. pedicillate.
10. aurea, Willd. Annual, 6 in. high, commonly low
and spreading: fls. golden yellow, about Yiv&. long, on
rather slender pedicels in a short raceme; spur barely
half the length of the body, somewhat decurved: caps,
spreading or pendulous, about 1 in. long; seeds 10-12,
turgid, obtuse at margin, the shining surface obscurely
netted. Rocky banks of Lower Canada and N. New
England, northwest to latitude 64°, west to Brit. Col.
and Ore., south to Texas, Ariz, and Mex.; not Japan. —
The western forms have the spur almost as long as the
body of the corolla and pass into
Var. occidentalis, Engelm. More erect and tufted,
from a stouter and sometimes more enduring root: fls.
larger; spur commonly ascending: caps, thicker; seeds
less turgid, acutish at margins. Colo., New Mex., W.
Texas, Ariz.
11. l&tea, DC. Erect or spreading, 6-8 in. high,
annual, or forming a tufted stock of several years'
duration: Ivs. delicate, pale green, much divided;
segms. ovate or wedge-shaped, and 2-3-lobed: fls. pale
yellow, about J^in. long, in short racemes; spur short:
pod y± or Yi\T\. long. Stony places of S. Eu., and runs
wild in Eu.
BB. Foliage tomentose.
12. tomentdsa, N. E. Br. A low rock-loving peren-
nial, with a rosette of radical Ivs. 4-7 in. long, oblong
in outline and tomentose, the tomentum whitish pink,
pinnae finely dissected: racemes erect, 5-7 in. tall;
corolla about %in. long, light canary-yellow, the spur
very blunt and about J^in. long. China. — A good plant
for the rock-garden.
C. angustifdlia, DC., is a little-known perennial with bi-ternately
divided Ivs. and flesh-colored fls.=Fumaria angustifolia, Bieb.
G.C. III. 35 : 307. — C. cava, Schweigg. & Kort. (probably a form of C.
tuberosa, DC.) is somewhat larger than C. bulbosa, with pretty
fls. varying into purplish and white. Eu.— C. ochroleuca. Koch.
One ft. high, blooming June-Sept. : fls. yellow-white, the spur yel-
low: caps, linear: petiole winged. Italy. — C. Scouleri, Hook., grows
3 ft., and is cult, in some European gardens. W. Amer.
N. TAYLOR.t
CORYLOPSIS (Corylus and apsis, likeness; in foliage
resembling the hazel). Hamamelidaceae. Woody plants,
grown chiefly for their yellow fragrant flowers appear-
ing in early spring and for the handsome foliage.
Deciduous shrubs, rarely trees: Ivs. alternate,
strongly veined, dentate: fls. in nodding racemes with
large bracts at the base, appearing before the Ivs., yel-
low; calyx-lobes short; petals clawed, 5; stamens 5,
alternating with entire or 2-3-parted short staminodes;
styles 2; ovary half -superior, rarely entirely superior:
fr. a 2-celled, dehiscent, 2-beaked caps., with 2 shining
black seeds. — About 12 species in E. Asia and Hima-
layas.
These are low ornamental shrubs, with slender
branches and pale bluish green distinct foliage; all are
very attractive in early spring, when covered with
numerous nodding spikes of yellow, fragrant flowers.
Not hardy north of New York, except in sheltered
positions. They grow best in peaty and sandy soil.
Propagated by seeds sown in spring, best with slight
bottom heat, and by cuttings of half-ripened wood in
summer under glass; also by layers, rooting readily in
moderately moist, peaty soil.
A. Fls. in many-fld. racemes.
B. Petals obovate to oblong-obovate.
c. Young branchlets and Ivs. beneath pubescent, at least
on the veins.
spicata, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. oblique and
rounded or cordate at the base, roundish ovate or obo-
vate, sinuate-dentate, glaucous beneath and pubescent,
2-3 in. long: racemes 7-10-fld., 1-2 in. long, their
bracts ovate; fls. bright yellow; stamens slightly longer
than the obovate petals; calyx hairy. Japan. S.Z. 19.
B.M. 5458. F.S. 20:2135. R.H. 1869, p. 230; 1878,
p. 198; 1907, p. 403. G.C. II. 15:510; III. 25:210.
Gn. 33, p. 441. S.I.F. 2:26.— This species has larger
and handsomer foliage and fls. of a deeper yellow, in
longer racemes, but C. pauciflora flowers more profusely
and is somewhat hardier.
sinensis, Hemsl. Shrub, 6-15 ft.: Ivs. obovate to
oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate, obliquely sub-
cordate or cordate at the base, sinuate-denticulate,
pubescent at least on the veins and grayish green
beneath, 2-4 in. long: racemes about 2 in. long, their
bracts nearly orbicular; petals orbicular-obovate,
slightly longer than style and stamens; calyx hairy.
Cent. China. G.C. III. 39:18. Var. glandulifera,
Rehd. & Wilson (C. glandulifera, Hemsl.). Young
branchlets and petioles with scattered glandular bris-
tles: calyx glabrous. H.I. 29:2819.
cc. Young branchlets glabrous; Ivs. glabrous or only with
a few silky hairs on the veins beneath when young.
Veitchiana, Bean. Shrub, 3-6 ft. : Ivs. short-petioled,
elliptic, abruptly acuminate, subcordate at the base,
sinuate-denticulate, glaucous beneath, 3-4 in. long:
racemes 1-2 in. long; petals obovate, slightly shorter
than the stamens; calyx hairy; nectaries 2-parted.
Cent. China. B.M. 8349. Gn. 76, p. 184.
BB. Petals with the blade as broad as or broader than long.
WOlmottiae, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 12 ft.: lys.
oval to obovate, cordate or truncate at the base, sin-
uate-denticulate, glaucescent beneath, 1-3^ in. long:
racemes 2-3 in. long; petals suborbicular; calyx gla-
brous; nectaries 2-parted, slightly shorter than the
sepals. Cent. China. G.M. 55:191 (as C. multiflora).
platypetala, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, 3-8 ft. : young
branchlets with scattered glandular bristles: Ivs. on
glandular petioles, ovate or broadly ovate, cordate or
subcordate at base, sinuate-denticulate, on both sides
sparingly silky-hairy when young, soon glabrous 2-4
in. long: racemes 1-2 in. long; petals hatchet-shaped,
Kin. broad; nectaries emarginate at the apex; stamens
and styles much shorter than petals; calyx glabrous.
Cent. China. Var. levis, Rehd. & Wilson. Branchlets
and petioles without any glands. W. China. — Less
showy than most other species.
CORYLOPSIS
CORYLUS
859
AA. Fls. in 2-3-fld. racemes.
pauciflora, Sieb. & Zucc. Low, much-branched shrub,
2-3 ft. : Ivs. obliquely cordate, ovate, sinuate-dentate,
ciliate, pubescent and glaucous beneath, 1-2 in. long:
racemes 2-3-fld., H~Min. long; fls. light yellow; petals
obovate, about as long as stamens and style. Japan.
S.Z. 20. G.F. 5:342. Gt. 48:1467. BM. 7736. G.W.
15, p. 101. J.H. III. 48:381. S.I.F2:26.
C. Grlffithii, Hemsl. (C. himalayana, Hook., not Griff.). Shrub
or small tree, to 20 ft.: young branchlets and Ivs. beneath densely
pubescent: Ivs. subcordate: racemes 1-2 J^ in. long; stamens and
styles much shorter than the obovate petals. Himalayas. B.M.
6779.
ALFRED REHDER.
CORYLUS (ancient Greek name). Betulacese.
HAZEL. FILBERT. COBNUT. Woody plants grown for
their handsome rather large foliage and some species
for their edible nuts.
Deciduous shrubs, rarely trees: Ivs. alternate, stipu-
late, petioled, serrate and usually more or less pubes-
cent: fls. mono3cious, appearing before the Ivs.; stam-
inate in long, pendulous catkins, formed the pre-
vious year, and remaining naked during the winter
(Fig. 1073), each bract bearing 4 divided stamens; pis-
tillate included in a small, scaly bud with only the red
styles protruding (Fig. 1074) : fr. a nut, included or sur-
rounded by a leafy involucre, usually in clusters at the
end of short branches. — Fifteen species in N. Amer.,
Eu. and Asia, all mentioned below. Monograph by
Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenreich, hft. 19, pp. 44-56
(1904), quoted below as Winkl.
Numerous varieties are culti-
vated in Europe for their edible
nuts. They are also valuable for
planting shrubberies, and thrive in
almost any soil. The foliage of
some species turns bright yellow or
red in autumn. Propagated by
seeds sown in fall, or stratified and
sown in spring; the varieties usually
by suckers, or by layers, put down
in fall or spring; they will be rooted
the following fall. Budding in sum-
mer is sometimes practiced for
growing standard trees, and graft-
ing in spring in the greenhouse for
scarce varieties. They may also be
increased by cuttings of mature
wood taken off in fall,^kept during
the winter in sand or moss in a cellar
and planted in spring in a warm
and sandy soil. Illustrated mono-
graph of the cultivated varieties
y Franz Goeschke, Die Haselnuss
(1887). See, also, bulletin on Nut-
culture by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. For the culture of
the nuts, see articles Filberts and Hazels.
1073. Winter catkins
of filbert.
americana, 7.
atropurpurea, 4.
aurea, 4.
Avellana, 4, 8.
californica, 12.
calyculata, 7.
chinensis, 3.
Colurna, 2, 3.
Crista-Galli, 6.
INDEX.
ferox, 1.
fusco-rubra. 4.
glandulifera, 2.
heterophylla, 4, 6.
laciniata, 4.
mandshurica, 9.
maxima, 8.
pendula, 4.
pontica, 5.
purpurea, 8.
rostrata, 9, 10, 11, 12.
Sieboldiana, 10.
setchuenensis, 6.
thibetica, 1.
tubulosa, 8.
yunncmensis, 6.
A. Husk or involucre consisting of 2 distinct bracts
(sometimes partly connate).
B. Involucre densely spiny: Ivs. nearly glabrous.
1. ferpx, Wall. Tree, to 30 ft.: young branchlets
silky-hairy: Ivs. oblong to obovate-oblong, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, gla-
brous except on the veins beneath, with 12-14 pairs of
veins, 3-5 in. long: involucre tomentose, forming a
spiny bur about 1% in. across, longer than the small
nuts. Himalayas. Winkl. 45. Var. thibetica, Franch.
55
(C. thibetica, Batal.). Lvs. broadly ovate to obovate:
involucre glabrescent. Cent, and W. China. R.H.
1910:204.
BB. Involucre not spiny.
c. Bracts of the involucre deeply divided into linear lobes,
much longer than the nut: tree.
2. Colurna, Linn. Tree, to 70 ft.: petioles %-2 in.
long, usually glabrescent: Ivs. deeply cordate, roundish
ovate to obovate, slightly lobed and doubly crenate-
serrate, at length nearly glabrous above, pubescent
beneath, 3-5 in. long: frs. 3-10, clustered: involucre
open at the apex, usually densely beset with glandular
hairs: nut roundish ovate, %in. long. From S. Eu. to
Transcaspia. G.C. III. 40:256. Gn. 31, pp. 260-1.
H.W. 2, p. 29. G.W. 14, p. 642. Gng. 16: lei-Orna-
mental tree, with regular pyramidal head, not quite
hardy N. Rarely cult, for the fr. under name of filbert
or of Constantinople or Constantinople nut. Var. glan-
dulifera, DC. Petioles and peduncles glandular-setose:
lobes of the involucre less acute and more dentate.
3. chinensis, Franch. (C. Colurna var. chinensis,
Burk.). Tree, to 120 ft.: petioles J^-l in. long, pubes-
cent and setulose: Ivs. ovate to ovate-oblong, cordate
and very oblique at the base, glabrous above, pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, doubly serrate, 4-7 in. long:
fr. 4-6, clustered; involucre constricted above the nuts,,
with recurved and more or less forked
lobes, finely pubescent, not glandular.
W. China. Winkl. 49 and 50.
cc. Bracts of the involucre divided into
lanceolate or triangular lobes: shrubs.
D. The involucre not or only slightly longer
than the nut, open or spreading at
the apex.
E. Lobes of bracts serrate or dentate.
4. Avellana, Linn. Shrub, to 15 ft.:
Ivs. slightly cordate, roundish oval or
broadly obovate, doubly serrate and often
slightly lobed, at length nearly glabrous
above, pubescent on the veins beneath:
involucre shorter than the nut, deeply
and irregularly incised: nut roundish
ovate, K~/4in. high. Eu., N. Afr.,W. Asia.
H.W. 2:16, p. 28. Var. atropurpilrea,
Kirchn. (var. fusco-rubra, Goeschke).
Lvs. purple. Var. aurea, Kirchn. Lvs.
yellow. Var. laciniata, Kirchn. (var.
heterophylla, Loud.). Lvs. laciniately in-
cised or lobed. Var. pendula, Goeschke.
With pendulous branches. G.W. 2, p.
13. There are also many varieties cult,
for their fr.
5. pontica, Koch. Shrub: Ivs. cordate,
roundish ovate or broad-oval, doubly ser-
rate, pubescent 'beneath: involucre finely pubescent,
with few glandular hairs at the base, campanulate,
somewhat longer than the nut, with large spreading
lobes: nut large, broad-ovate. W. Asia. F.S. 21 : 2223-4
(as C. Colurna). — From this species the cobnuts seem
to have originated; also the Spanish nuts are probably
mostly cross-breeds between this species and C. Avellana
or C. maxima, or between the two latter species.
EE. Lobes of the bracts entire or sparingly dentate,
triangular.
6. heterophylla, Fisch. Shrub, to 12 ft.: petioles
about %in. long: Ivs. orbicular-obovate, cordate at the
base, nearly truncate at the apex and with a very short
point, incisely serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath,
2-4 in. long: involucre somewhat longer than the nuts,
striate, glandular-setose near the base. Japan to W.
China. S.I.F. 1 : 20. — Several varieties apparently not yet
in cult, occur in China: var. Crista-Galli, Burkill, var.
setchuenensis, Franch., and var. yunnanensis, Franch.
1074. Pistillate
flowers of
Corylus rostrata.
(Natural size;
860
CORYLUS
CORYPHA
DD. The involucre about twice as long as the nut, usually
tightly inclosing the nut.
7. americana, Walt. Shrub, 3-8 ft. : young branch-
lets pubescent and glandular bristly : Ivs. slightly cor-
date or rounded at the base, broadly ovate or oval,
irregularly serrate, sparingly pubescent above, finely
tomentose beneath, 3-6 in. long: involucre compressed,
exceeding the nut, the 2 bracts sometimes more or less
connate, with rather short, irregular, toothed lobes:
nut roundish ovate, about %in. high. From Canada
to Fla. west to Ont. and Dak. Var. calyculata, Winkl.
(C. calyculata, Dipp.). Involucre with 2 very large
bracts at the base.
AA. Husk or involucre tubular, narrowed above the nut
and forming an elongated beak.
B. Involucre finely pubescent outside with rather wide
gradually narrowed beak.
8. maxima, Mill. (C. tubuldsa, Willd.). Shrub,
sometimes small tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs. cordate, roundish-
ovate, slightly lobed and doubly serrate, 3-6 in. long:
involucre finely pubescent outside: nut oblong, large;
kernel with thin red or white skin. S. Eu. H. W. 2, p. 30.
Winkl. 49. Var. purpftrea, Rehd. (C. Avellana purpurea,
Loud. C. maxima var. atropurpurea, Dochnahl). Lvs.
deep purplish red darker than in C. Avellana atropur-
purea. F.E. 21:325. — Many varieties, with large nuts,
known as filberts or Lambert's filberts. The cult, forms
are partly hybrids with C. Avellana.
BB. Involucre densely beset with bristly hairs, and
usually rather abruptly constricted into a narrow beak.
c. Petioles usually longer than %in.
9. mandshftrica, Maxim. (C. rostrdta var. mands-
churica, Regel). Shrub; to 15 ft.: young branchlets
pubescent: Ivs. suborbicular to elliptic or obovate,
long as the nut, narrowed toward the apex. Japan.
S.I.F. 1:20.
cc. Petioles shorter than
1075. Corylus rostrata.
(XH)
doubly serrate and slightly sinuately lobed, pubescent
beneath, 3-5 in. long: involucre thickly beset with
brown spreading bristles, about 2 in. long, about 3
times as long as the nut, divided at the the apex into
narrow entire segms. Manchuria, Korea. Winkl. 49.
10. Sieboldiana, Blume (C. rostrata var. Sieboldiana,
Maxim.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to oblong or
obovate, usually rounded at the base, doubly serrate
and slightly lobed, 2-4 in.; the young Ivs. often with a
purple blotch in the middle: involucre with less stiff
bristles, about 1^ in. long, 2 or sometimes 3 times as
11. rostrata, Ait. Fig. 1075. Shrub, 2-6 ft.:
branchlets pubescent or glabrous, not bristly: Ivs.
rounded or slightly cordate at the base, oval or obo-
vate, densely serrate and sometimes slightly lobed,
nearly glabrous at length, except sparingly pubescent
on the veins beneath, 2j/£-4 in. long: involucre densely
beset with bristly hairs, beak long and narrow: nut
ovoid, ^in. long. E. N. Amer., west to Minn, and
Colo. G.F. 8:345 (adapted in Fig. 1075).
12. calif6rnica, Rose (C. rostrata var. califdrnica,
DC.). Allied to C. rostrata. Shrub, to 20 ft. : Ivs. more
villous beneath: involucre with a short beak, which is
often flaring and sometimes torn. Calif, to Wash.
C. colchica, Alboff. Low shrub, to 3 ft. : Ivs. ovate or obovate,
densely doubly serrate, sparingly pilose: involucre connate, with
a short lacerated beak, pubescent. Caucasus. Winkl. 53. Not in
cult. — C. colurnoides, Schneid. (C. intermedia, Lodd., not Fingerh.,
C. ColurnaXC. Avellana). Similar to C. Colurna: small tree or
large shrub, bark darker: involucre shorter, scarcely glandular.
Garden origin. — C. Fdrgesii, Schneid. (C. mandshurica var. Far-
gesii, Burkill). Tree to 45 ft.: Ivs. narrqw-obovate to oblong:
involucre soft-pubescent, sometimes only slightly so. W. China. —
C. Jacquemdntii, Decne. (C. Colurna var. lacera, DC.). Allied to
C. chinensis. Tree: Ivs. ovate, lobed toward the apex, less pubes-
cent, 5-8 in. long: involucre pubescent, not constricted, lobes not
or rarely forked, often dentate. Himalayas.
ALFRED REHDER.
CORYNOCARPUS (Greek, dub-fruit, alluding to
the shape). Anacardiacese; by Engler made the sole
representative of Corynocarpdcese. A very few New
Zeal, and Polynesian evergreen trees, one of which is
intro. in Calif. Glabrous: Ivs. large, alternate, simple
and entire, without stipules: fls. perfect, small, whitish
green, inodorous, in terminal or sub terminal panicles;
calyx-lobes petal-like, unequal, 2 exterior smaller;
petals much like the calyx-lobes; stamens 5, opposite
the petals and shorter; staminodia 5, petal-like: fr.
drupaceous, narrowly ovoid, 1-seeded, the pulp said
to be edible; seed very bitter, poisonous. C. laevigata,
Forst. NEW ZEALAND LAUREL. Attractive leafy tree,
30-40 ft., the trunk sometimes more than 2 ft. diam.:
Ivs. to 8 in. long, elliptic-oblong or oblong-ovate, with a
short stout petiole, margins slightly recurved, suggest-
ing those of Magnolia grandiflora: fls. very small,
greenish or whitish, short-pedicelled, in a terminal
branched panicle; petals concave, little exceeding the
calyx-lobes: drupe \Y% in. or less long, orange-colored,
fleshy, plum-like. N. Zeal., in lowlands not far from
the sea. B.M. 4379. — C. similis, Hemsl., and C. dis-
similis, Hemsl., from New Hebrides and New
Caledonia respectively, are not listed among
cult, plants. L H. B.
CORYNOPHALLUS: Hydrosme.
CORYNOSTYLIS (Greek, describing the club-
shaped style). Violdcese. A monotypic genus of woody
climbers, with alternate Ivs. and terminal racemes of
long-stalked violet-like fls. C. Hybanthus, Mart. &
Zucc. (Calyptrion Aubletii, Ging. Corynostylis Aubletii,
Hort.), is native of Trop. Amer. The Ivs. are 2-5 in. long,
ovate, or orbicular, bright green, serrate: fls. white, in
axillary showy racemes which are contiguous along the
st., long-spurred, 2 or 3 times as large as a violet, the
spur half-twisted. F.S. 21:2213. B.M. 5960.— A hand-
some, vigorous warmhouse climber, and cult, in the
open in S. Calif. Prop, by cuttings and seeds.
CORYPHA (Greek for summit or top, — where the
leaves grow). Palmdcese, tribe Cdryphese. Tall fan-
leaved palms with a spineless stout trunk.
Leaves terminal, large, orbicular, flabellately divided
to the middle into numerous linear-lanceolate segms.;
segms. induplicate in the bud; rachis none; ligule
small; petiole long, stout, concave above, spiny on the
XXX. Chrysanthemum.— Two of the florist's types.
CORYPHA
COSMOS
861
margins; sheaths split: spadix solitary, erect, panicu-
lately much branched ; spathes many, tubular, sheathing
the peduncle and branches; fls. green, the plant dying
after once flowering and fruiting: frs. as large as a
cherry, with a fleshy pericarp. — Species 6,
Trop. Asia and Malay Archipelago. G.C.
II. 24:362. These fan-palms are cult, the
same as ChamsDrops and Livistona. They
are warmhouse plants, prop, by seeds.
Large fans, umbrellas and tents are made
of the talipot palm by the natives of
Ceylon. Coryphas are but little grown
commercially, the growth of young plants
being slow. Good loam well enriched with
stable manure, a night temperature of 65°
and abundant moisture, are the chief
requisites in their cult., with a moderately
shaded house during the summer.
elata, Roxbg. (C. Gebdnga, Blume). Fig. 1076.
Trunk straight, 60-70 ft. high, 2 ft. diam., spirally
ridged: Ivs. lunate, 8-10 ft. diam.; segms. 80-100,
separated nearly to the middle, ensiform, obtuse or
bifid; petioles 6-12 ft., with black margins and
curved spines: spadix about one-fourth the length
of the trunk, but narrow. Bengal and Burma.
umbraculifera, Linn. TALIPOT PALM. Trunk
ringed, 60-80 ft. : Ivs. sub-lunate, 6 ft. long by 13
ft. wide, palmately pinnatifid, folded lengthwise
above the middle; segms. obtusely bifid; petiole 7 ft.,
the spines along its margins often in pairs: spadix
sometimes 20 ft. long, with spreading branches.
Malabar coast and Ceylon. A.F. 12:313. Gng. 5:
213. — Lvs. used as a substitute for paper.
C. austr&lis, R. Br.=Livistona. — C. macrophylla, Hort.=
(?). — C. minor, Jacq.=Sabal. — C. Wdganii, Hort., is a dwarf
round-lvd. plant. A.G. 15:307. -M-
CORYSANTHES (helmet-flower, Greek). Orchid-
acese. Not to be confounded with Coryanthes. Fif-
teen or more terrestrial orchids of Austral., New
Zeal, and Malaysia, little cult. Dwarf, delicate,
tuberous-rooted or fleshy-rooted herbs, bearing a
solitary broad If. and a large solitary fl.: upper
sepal large, helmet-shaped ; lateral sepals free, linear
or filiform; petals (sometimes wanting) smaller than
lateral sepals and similar to them ; lip large, tubular
at base, the margins inclosing the column, the upper
part extended into a broad reflexed limb; pollinia
4. C. picta, Lindl., Malaya, is 3-4 in. high: upper
part of fl. deep purple and yellow, and lower part
with four long awl-like segms. and a bract at base
of ovary. C. limbdta, Hook, f., Java, is mostly even
lower, with fl. purple and white, the ovate-cordate
If. with reticulating white veins. B.M. 5357.
CORYTHOLOMA (referring to the
helmet-shape). GesneriacesK. By some
referred to Gesnera: a half-hundred
or more leafy-stemmed tuberous herbs
of Trop. S. Amer., with mostly red
or speckled tubular fls. in terminal
umbels or racemes, or solitary or few
in the axils: lip of corolla erect, con-
cave; disk 5-glandular; stamens didy-
namous. It is doubtful whether any
of the species are in the trade. C.
macropodum, Sprague, recently men-
tioned, is a glandular-hirsute herb,
6-9 in. high, from a subglobose tuber:
Ivs. 3-5 in. across, suborbicular : fls.
in solitary axillary cymes, 5-7-fld., cinnabar-red, the
corolla-tube about 1 in. long and nearly cylindric, the
limb only slightly 2-lipped, the 3 lower lobes blotched
purple. S. Brazil. B.M. 8228.— A handsome little
plant. These plants are probably to be handled after
the manner of gloxinias and similar things.
1076. Corypha elata, having spent itself
in blooming.
COSMANTHUS: Phacelia.
COSMEA: Cosmos.
COSMfDIUM: Thelesperma.
COSMOPHfLLUM : Podachxnium.
COSMOS (from the Greek word with a
root idea of orderliness; hence an orna-
ment or beautiful thing). Syn., Cosmea.
Composite. Annual or perennial herbs,
now popular as flower-garden subjects.
Often tall, usually glabrous: Ivs. oppo-
site, pinnately cut in the garden kinds fls.
typically shades of rose, crimson and
purple, with one yellow species, and white
horticultural varieties, long peduncled,
solitary or in a loose corymbose panicle:
achenes glabrous: chaff of thie receptacle
in C. bipinnatus with a long and slender apex, in
other species with a blunt and short apex. — Perhaps
species, all Trop. American, mostly Mexican.
The genus is distinguished from Bidens chiefly by the
seeds, which are beaked in Cosmos but not distinctly
so in Bidens, and by the color of the rays, which in
Cosmos is typically some form of crimson, while in
Bidens the rays are yellow or white.
The "black cosmos" (C. diversifolius) is, perhaps,
better known to the trade as a Bidens or Dahlia. It
has the dwarf habit and dark red early flowers of
some dahlias, but the achenes are very puzzling.
They resemble those of Bidens in being four-angled,
and not distinctly beaked. They are unlike Bidens,
and like Cosmos, in being not distinctly com-
Eressed on the back. They resemble both genera in
aving two rigid persistent awns, but, unlike these
genera, the awns have no retrorse barbs or prickles.
The achenes are linear, as in Cosmos and all our
native tropical species of Bidens; but, although
narrowed at the apex, they are not distinctly
beaked, as in most species of the genus Cosmos. The
plant is, perhaps, nearest to Bidens.
Until 1895 there were in the two leading species
only three strongly marked colors: white, pink and
crimson. These and the less clearly defined inter-
mediate shades have come from C. bipinnatus', and
the yellow forms have come from C. sulphureus,
which was introduced in 1896. At first cosmos
flowers were only an inch or two across. The best
varieties now average 3 inches, and sometimes
reach 4 or 5 without thinning or disbudding. Pure
white flowers of cosmos are rarely if ever found
wild, but some of the cultivated varieties are clear
white. The group is lacking in bright deep reds.
There are no full double forms of cosmos as yet,
and, as regards strongly marked types of doubling,
the cosmos rnay be decades behind the China asters,
In the single forms, flat, incurved, or cupping, and
reflexed flowers are to be looked for. Stellate forms
are now offered; and also dwarfs,
and other variants.
It is a mistake to grow cosmos in
;: too rich soil, as one gets too vigorous
;<-_ . growth and too few flowers, which are
also late. A sandy soil is to be pre-
ferred as being earlier, and not too
rich. It is well to pinch out the lead-
ing shoots of young plants in order
to make them bushy and symmetrical,
instead of tall and straggling. In the
East, for best results it is still neces-
sary to sow seed indoors in April and transplant
outdoors as soon as danger of frost is past. Seed sown
in the open ground often fails to produce flowers in
some northern localities before frost. The early frost
kills the typical species, but some of the new strains
are said to resist a degree or two of frost.
862
COSMOS
COST-ACCOUNTING
A. Rays white, pink or crimson: disk yellow.
bipinnatus, Cav. Fig. 1077. Glabrous annual, 7-10
ft. high: Ivs. bipinnately cut, lobes linear, remote,
entire: involucral scales ovate-lanceolate, acuminate:
fls. white, pink or crimson : seeds smooth, with an abrupt
beak much shorter than the body. Mex. B.M. 1535.
Gn. 41:10. R.H. 1892:372. — The older and com-
moner species. C. hybridiis, Hort., is presumably a
trade name for mixed varieties of C. bipinnatus, but
see G.F. 1:474 for note.
AA. Rays yettow: disk yellow.
sulphftreus, Cav. Fig. 1078. Pubescent, 4-7 ft. high,
much branched: Ivs. often 1 ft. or more long, 2- or
3-pinnately cut, lobes lanceolate, mucronate, with
rachis and midrib ciliate or hispid; pinnae alternate,
entire or 2-3-toothed: peduncles 7-10 in. long, naked:
outer involucral bracts 8, linear, acuminate, green, 2
lines long; inner ones 8, oblong, obtuse, scarious, 5
lines long; fls. 2-3 in. across, pale, pure or golden yel-
low; rays 8, broadly obovate, strongly 3-toothed at the
apex, ribbed beneath; anthers of the disk exserted,
black, with orange tips: seeds linear, 1 in. long, includ-
ing the slender beak. Mex. G.F. 8:485 (adapted in
Fig. 1078). — Intro. 1896; parent of the yellow forms.
AAA. Rays dark red: disk red.
diversifolius, Otto (Bldens atrosangulnea, Ortg. B.
dahlioides, Wats. Dahlia Zimapanii, Roezl). BLACK
COSMOS. Tender annual, 12-16 in. high, with tubers
more slender, and requiring more care in winter than
those of common dahlias: Ivs. pinnately parted; Ifts.
6-7, entire or slightly serrate, the terminal Ifts. largest :
peduncles each bearing 1 head 6 in. or more above foli-
age; rays dark velvety red, sometimes tinged dark
purple. Mex. B.M. 5227. Gt. 1861:347. F.C. 2:47.
J.H. III. 33:403. Var. superba, Hort., is sold.— Prop,
almost exclusively by seeds. WILHELM MILLER, f
COSSIGNIA (Jos. Fr. Charpentier de Cossigny,
1730-1789, French naturalist). Sapindacese. Shrubs
or little trees of about 3 species, sometimes mentioned
for cult, in warmhouses. C. pinnata, Comm., of Mauri-
1077. Cosmos bipinnatus.
tius, has white fls. in terminal panicled corymbs, and
odd-pinnate Ivs., with 3-5 oblong and entire Ifts.
COST-ACCOUNTING. The keeping of profit-and-
loss records, and the drawing of conclusions from them
for the improvement of the business.
In recent years, the application of cost-accounting
and efficiency methods to farming operations has
opened practically a new approach to the discussion
of agricultural problems and is forcing a reorganization
in practices and in the sub-divisions of the business.
Careful and extended studies have not yet been
made of the efficiency principles in most horticultural
occupations; but the suggestions drawn from orchard
records may show the nature and scope of the work.
Annual inventory.
There is no single account that is more important
than the annual inventory. This inventory should list
the land and each important building separately. The
total value of these items should equal the value of the
farm. It should list each cow, horse and important
piece of machinery separately. All the cash, notes,
mortgages and accounts due the farmer should be
recorded with his property. A separate list should be
made of all notes, mortgages or accounts due to others.
The difference between these and the value of property
owned gives the net worth of the farmer. A comparison
of the net worth at the beginning and end of the year
shows the gain or loss for the year unless money or
property has been added to the business from some
other sources or taken from it.
Cost-accounts.
But an inventory does not show on which enter-
prises gains or losses have occurred. Usually a busi-
ness is made up of both profitable and unprofitable en-
terprises, or of enterprises that are unequally profitable.
In order to know how to develop the business to the
best advantage, it is important to know which enter-
prises pay best for the use of land and labor. Cost
accounts also have very many uses aside from deter-
mining the relative profitableness of different enter-
prises. If all the time spent, labor costs, and other
costs, and the receipts are known, it is often possible
to see ways of changing the management of a crop so as
to increase profits.
In order to keep a complete cost-account with any
crop, it is necessary to know all the labor of men, teams
and machinery for the crop; to know all receipts and
expenses caused by the cropping, and to keep track of
any outlays contributed to the crop from the farm or
other enterprises, also whatever this crop contributes
to other enterprises.
A work-report of the time of man and horse should
be kept in an ordinary account-book. At the end of the
year, the total time is charged to each crop-account in
the ledger. The ledger should have wide pages, so
that there may be room for full descriptions. The left-
hand page is used for charges, and the right-hand page
for credits.
Each evening one should record any cash spent dur-
ing the day under the proper crop or enterprise. The
number of hours that have been spent on each enter-
prise for both man and horse labor are also recorded in
the form shown on the next page. For convenience,
the horse tune is reduced to terms of one horse. A
three-horse team working 10 hours is put down as 30
hours. If one desires, he may keep an account with
only one enterprise. It is better to keep accounts with
all the enterprises on the farm, so that one may study
each part of his business and the business as a whole.
The best method of discussing the subject is to show
an account as kept by a farmer. The following account
with a 3-acre apple orchard was kept by a New York
farmer in 1912: —
COST-ACCOUNTING
COST-ACCOUNTING
863
WORK REPORT FOR APPLE ORCHARD. — THREE ACRES
1912
Man
Horse
Hrs.
Min.
Hrs.
Min.
April 1 . .
May 8 . .
15..
25..
27..
28. .
31..
June 1 . .
3..
4. .
5..
7..
July 31 . .
Aug. 19 . .
20..
Sept. 7..
Oct. 11. .
12. .
14. .
15..
17..
18..
19..
21. .
25. .
26. .
28. .
30..
31..
Nov. 4 . .
6. .
8..
12..
13 .
14. .
15. .
Dec. 10..
9
2
3
1
16
4
10
13
16
9
14
1
7
11
4
8
4
8
34
7
11
2
15
12
28
22
19
25
36
34
5
21
2
7
17
10
7
4
9
9
2
45
30
30
30
30
15
45
30
30
15
15
30
30
15
30
30
30
45
30
30
15
30
30
30
30
30
30
15
30
30
30
18
5
3
13
5
10
3
9
5
7
17
16
2
2
5
5
4
2
1
1
11
1
1
3
8
9
10
14
4
45
30
30
30
Pruned
Brush hauled and burned
Sprayed
ii
ii
<>
ii
ii
Cleaned and put up sprayer . .
Removed borers •
Thinned
Picked
Hauled barrels
Picked and packed
ii 11 ii
i ii 11
i ii ii
i ii ii
i ii ii
• ii ii
ii ii ii
Hauled to station
Selling
Hauled to station
Got ready for shipping
Hauled to station
ii ii
Hauled manure
Total hrs. and mins. . . .
492
45
196
15
LEFT-HAND PAGE.
1078. Cosmos sulphureus. ( X $i)
RIGHT-HAND PAGE.
1912
Jan. 1 . .
Mar. 25 . .
April 5 . .
June 10 . .
Sept. 5 . .
Oct. 11..
18..
31..
Nov. 8 . .
Dec. 2 . .
31..
Inventory — barrels on hand
$12 00
8 10
34
8 28
1 50
3 25
6 00
75 00
85
20
3 52
37
25
40 00
90 22
26 07
10 00
3 00
Aug. 11. .
12..
17..
21..
22. .
Oct. 25 . .
Nov. 4 . .
11. .
4 empty barrels sold
1 bus. King, $1; 1 bus. Snow, 75 cts
12 bus. drop apples
2 empty barrels
$1 58
1 75
3 00
1 10
2 25
6 25
35 25
9 39
6 85
3 95
75
38 75
1 00
188 70
12 73
7 85
5 25
11 50
2 50
1 bbl. lime-sulfur, $8; freight 28 cts
2 bus. Spy, 1 bus. Baldwin
3 loads manure
25 bus. drops
Mrs. Franklin, 7 bbls. Baldwin, 2 bbls. King,
2 bbls. Gneening, 4 bbls. Spy, 1 bbl. Spitz
Archdeacon & Co., 6 bbls. Snow, net
Barrel liners, 60 cts. ; freight, 25 cts
1 bbl. King, $2.25; 1 bbl. Baldwin, $1.85; 1 bbl.
Spy, $2.75
Post-cards for advertising
2 bbls. Baldwin
20..
21. .
15 bus. Baldwin culls
12 bbls. Baldwin, $26.50; 4 bbls. Greening,
$8.25; 1 bbl. Spy, $2.25; 1 bbl. Wagener,
$1.75
Use of land
493 hrs man-labor @ 18.3 cts.
196 hrs. horse-labor @ 13.3 cts
3 bus. culls
196 hrs. equipment-labor @ 5.1 cts
Interest on costs
22. .
Ill bbls. (1 bbl. Spitzenberg, 1 bbl. King,
6 bbls. Wagener. 1 bbl. Fall Pippin, 9 bbls.
Hubbardston, 69 bbls. Baldwin, 24 bbls.
Greening)
Total
$288 95
51 47
2 bbls. Baldwin. Bill not collected.
23..
26..
5 bbls. (1 bbl. King, 2 bbls. Baldwin, 1 bbl.
Greening, 1 bbl. Spy)
$340 42
5 bbls. Baldwin
Kept for home use; 3 bus. Snow, 20 bus. Bald-
win
Total
$340 42
This mere keeping of cost-accounts is not the end.
The accounts must be studied. The following are a
few of the facts that the farmer used in the preceding
records and the suggestions derived from them:
Total crop: Bus.
Brought forward ... .611
Wagener 21
Total crop: Bus.
Baldwin 421
Greening 93
Hubbardston 30
Spy 23
King 22
Snow 22
Carried forward 611
Spitzenberg .
Fall Pippin 3
641
Drops and culls 105
From the foregoing records he was able to determine the yields
per tree of different varieties.
Yields per acre good apples, 214 bushels.
Yield per acre culls and drops, 33 bushels.
Per cent of culls and drops, 14.
Total receipts, good apples, less cost of barrels, $233.07.
Average price per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 36
cents
Hours of man-labor, per acre, 164.
Hours of horse-labor, per acre, 65.
Profit, per acre, $17.
Profit, per hour, of man-labor, 10 eta.
Cost, per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 28 cents.
Profit, per bushel, 8 cents.
864
COST-ACCOUNTING
COTINUS
It will be seen that the cost of barrels was very high
owing to buying late in the season. Ten cents a
barrel extra cost is more than equal to the profit on a
bushel of apples, or one-third the entire profit. Usually
the profit on an enterprise can be greatly changed by
small changes in cost.
The profit per acre is in addition to pay for use of
land. If all the profit is expressed in terms of land, the
orchard paid $27 per acre rent, or gave a profit of $14
per acre.
If the profit is all expressed in terms of labor, the
orchard paid 28 cents per hour for time spent on it, or
gave a profit of 10 cents per hour.
Records similar to those given above may be kept
with each crop or enterprise on the farm. If this is
done, an account is kept with horses from which the
cost of an hour of horse-labor is determined. At the end
of the year, the labor on each crop for the year is charged
at this rate. Similarly, the cost of man-labor is found
and charged. The cost of machinery-labor is charged
in proportion to the hours that horses worked for the
enterprise. This is how the costs per hour given above
were determined. But if a complete set of accounts
is not kept, the charge for labor of men and horses is
placed at the usual rate of pay for such work in the
region, including the cost of board. References:
"Farm Management," G. F. Warren, pp. 428-93
(1913). Minnesota Bulletins, Nos. 97, 117, and 124.
"Farm Accounts," J. A. Vye. G. F. WARREN.
COSTMARY: The rayless form of Chrysanthemum Balsamita,
known as var. tanacetoides.
COSTUS (old classical name). Zingiberacese. SPIRAL
FLAG. Perennial thick-rooted tropical herbs, cultivated
under glass for their flowing-limbed showy flowers,
which are in terminal bracteate
spikes.
Stems short or tall and leafy
(plant rarely acaulescent), roots
often tuberous: fls. golden yel-
low, red, saffron-colored or
white; corolla tubular, cleft,
not showy; 1 staminodium,
enlarged and bell-shaped, usu-
ally with a crispy limb, and
forming the showy part of the
fl. (called the lip), cleft down
the back; ovary 3-loculed; fila-
ments petaloid. — About 100
species, widely distributed in
the tropics. More or less
fleshy plants, prized in warm-
houses, and grown in the open
in S. Fla. and other warm
regions. Monogr. by Schu-
mann in Engler's Pflanzenreich
hft. 20 (1904).
This interesting genus of
tropical herbs thrives in any
rich moist soil, but luxuriates
in that of a gravelly or sandy
character, when under partial
shade. The plants are readily
propagated by cutting the
canes, or stalks, into short
pieces of an inch or two in
length, and planting in sifted
peat, or fine moss and sand,
covering but lightly. The roots
may also be divided, but this is
a slow means of propagation.
Specimen plants require rather
high temperature to bring out
the' rich colors of the leaves,
which in some species are
prettily marked with a purplish
tint, and are usually arranged spirally on the ascend-
ing stem. This gives rise to the name "spiral flag."
(E. N. Reasoner.)
specidsus, Smith. Somewhat woody at base, 4-10 ft.,
stout, erect: Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate, acuminate,
nearly 1 ft. long, silky beneath: bracts red: fl. large,
with a flowing white limb and yellowish center, 3-4 in.
across, not lasting. E. Indies. I. H. 43:56. Gn.
47:166.
igneus, N. E. Br. One to 2 ft. : Ivs. oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: bracts not colored nor conspicu-
ous: fls. clustered, orange-red. Brazil. I.H. 31:511.
B.M. 6821. J.H. III. 28:11.
Few species of Costus are offered in this C9untry, but others may
occur in special collections. — C. Friedrichsenii , Petersen. 6 ft. or more :
Ivs. sessile, lanceolate, acuminate, 1 J^ ft. or less long: fls. very large,
bright yellow in thick terminal spikes. Gt. 52:15-21. Cent.
Amer.(?). — C. micrdnthus, Gagnep. 5-6 ft.: Ivs. spirally placed,
lanceolate: fls. very small with red tube and orange-red yellow-
tipped lobes, the lip tubular and purple, in cone-like spikes 3 in.
long. Martinique. — C. musaicus, Hort. Lvs. obliquely lanceolate,
4-5 in. long, dark green, marked and tessellated with silvery gray.
W. Afr. — C. zebrinus is very likely the same as last. T TT g
COTINUS (ancient Greek name of a tree with
red wood). Anacardiacese. SMOKE-TREE. CHITTAM-
WOOD. Woody plants, grown chiefly for the attractive
feathery fruiting panicles and for the handsome foliage
turning brilliant colors in autumn.
Deciduous shrubs or trees with a strong-smelling
juice: Ivs. slender-petioled, entire, without stipules: fls.
dioecious or polygamous, small, greenish or yellowish,
in large and loose terminal panicles; the pedicels of the
numerous sterile fls. lengthen after the fls. have dropped
and become clothed with spreading hairs; petals 5,
twice as long as the pointed
calyx-lobes, the 5 stamens
shorter than the petals, inserted
between the lobes of the disk;
ovary superior with 3 short
styles: fr. a small compressed
oblique-obovate dry drupelet
with the style on one side. —
Two species, one in N. Amer.
and one in S. Eu. to Cent.
Asia. Formerly usually in-
cluded under Rhus, which
differs chiefly in its usually
compound and more or less ser-
rate Ivs., the globose fr. with
terminal style, the absence of
plumose pedicels and in the
milky juice. Often planted,
particularly the European spe-
cies, for its loose feathery pani-
cles which give almost the
effect of a dense cloud of
smoke, from which the shrub
derives its name. The panicles
of the American species are
much less showy, but the au-
tumnal coloring is more bril-
liant. Both species hardy as
far north as Mass., the Amer-
ican being somewhat more
tender. They prefer a sunny,
and in the N., a somewhat
sheltered position and well-
drained soil, and are adapted
for planting in dry and rocky
ground. Prop, by seeds; also
by root-cuttings and layers.
Coggygria, Scop. (C. Cdtinus,
Sarg. C. Coccygea, Koch. Rhus
Cdtinus, Linn.) SMOKE-TREE.
1079. Cotinus Fig. 1079. Spreading, rather
Coggygria. dense shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs.
slender-petioled, oval or ob-
COTINUS
COTONEASTER
865
ovate, abruptly narrowed at the base, rounded at the
apex, glabrous, lJ^-3^ in. long: panicles to 8 in. long,
densely plumose, usually purplish: frs. few, about Y%
in. long. June, July: fr. Aug., Sept. S. Eu. to Cent.
China and Himalayas. Gn. 34, p. 162; 54, p. 505; 71,
p. 552. Gng. 5:118. M.D.G. 1902:217. G.C. III.
29:92. H.W. 3, p. 32. Var. atropurpurea, Dipp.
Panicles with dark purple hairs. Var. pendula, Dipp.
1080. Cotoneaster horizontals.
Branches pendulous. Var. pubescens, Engler. Lvs., at
least beneath, and often also the young branches,
pubescent.
americanus, Nutt. (C. cotindides, Brit. Rhus coti-
ruAdes, Nutt.). Upright shrub or small tree, to 35 ft.:
lys. gradually narrowed at the base, obovate to ellip-
tic-obovate, rounded at the apex, silky beneath when
young, at maturity glabrous or nearly so, 4-6 in. long:
panicles 5-6 in. long, with short and rather inconspicu-
ous pale purple or brownish hairs. June, July. Ala. to
W. Texas and E. Tenn. S.S. 3:98, 99.— The autumnal
tints orange and scarlet, as in the preceding species,
but more brilliant. ALFRED REHDER.
COTONEASTER (cotoneum, quince, and aster, simi-
lar: the leaves of some species resemble those of the
quince). Rosdcese, subfamily Pbmex. Shrubs, rarely
small trees, chiefly grown for their ornamental red or
black fruits and some species also for their foliage which
turns brilliant colors in autumn.
Leaves alternate, deciduous or persistent, short-
petioled, entire, stipulate: fls. solitary or in cymes, ter-
minal, on short lateral branchlets, white or pinkish;
petals 5; stamens about 20: fr. a black or red pomaceous
drupe, with 2-5 stones. — About 40 species, in the tem-
perate regions of Eu. and Asia, also in N. Afr., but
none in Japan.
Cotoneasters are ornamental shrubs, many of them
with decorative fruits remaining usually through the
whole winter, while only a few, like the hardy C.
hupehensis and C. multiflora and the tender C. frigida,
and also C. racemiflora and C. salicifolia, are conspicuous
with abundant white flowers. Of the species with deco-
rative red fruits, C. tomentosa, C. racemiflora and C.
integerrima are quite hardy, and C. Simonsii, C.
acuminata, C. rotundifolia, C. microphylla and others
are hardy at least as far north as New York, while C.
frigida and its allies are the most tender. The foliage
of some of the species assumes brilliant colors in
autumn; dark crimson in C. Simonsii, C. horizontalis,
C. divaricata and C. Dielsiana; scarlet and orange in
C. foveolata, bright yellow in C. Zabdii. The half-ever-
green C. horizontalis and C. adpressa, and the evergreen
C. Dammeri and C. microphylla, with its allied species,
are well adapted for rockeries on account of their low,
spreading or prostrate habit. Cotoneasters thrive in
any good, well-drained garden soil, but dislike very
moist and shady positions. Propagation is effected by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified; the evergreen species
grow readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood in
August under glass ; increased also by layers, put down
in fall, or by grafting on C. vulgaris, hawthorn, moun-
tain ash or quince.
acuminata, 3, 5.
glaciosa, 20.
pekinensis, 13.
acutifolia, 12, 13.
horizontalis, 1, 2.
perpusilla, 2.
adpressa, 1.
humifusa, 22.
prostrata, 23.
applanata, 10.
hupehensis, 17.
racemiflora, 18.
bullata, 6.
integerrima, 7.
radicans, 22.
buxifolia, 23.
lanata, 23.
reflexa, 16.
calocarpa, 16.
laxiflora, 15.
rotundifolia, 23.
commixta, 15.
lucida, 12.
rugosa, 20.
congesta, 24.
macrophylla, 6.
salicifolia, 20.
Dammeri, 22.
major, 10.
Simonsii, 3.
Dielsiana, 10.
melanocarpa, 15.
sinensis, 12.
divaricata, 4.
elegans, 10.
microcarpa, 18.
microphylla, 23, 24.
soongarica, 18.
speciosa, 8.
floccosa, 20.
floribunda, 6.
moupinensis, 6.
multiflora, 16.
thymifolia, 24.
tomentosa, 8.
Fontanesii, 18.
nigra, 15.
villosula, 13.
foveolata, 14.
nummularia, 18.
vulgaris, 7.
Franchetii, 11.
orbicularis, 18.
Wheeleri, 18, 23.
frigida. 21.
pannosa, 19.
Zabelii. 9.
glacialis, 24.
A. Petals upright, small, usually pinkish; cymes usually
few-fid, or nodding, if many-fid. (Orthopetalum.)
B. Fr. red.
c. Under side of Ivs. glabrous or only pubescent.
D. Habit prostrate.
1. adpressa, Bois (C. horizontalis var. adpressa,
Schneid.). Prostrate shrub, with creeping and often
rooting sts. irregularly branched: Ivs. oval, acutish,
wavy at the margin, nearly glabrous, %-}foa.. long:
fls. 1-2, pinkish: fr. subglobose, usually with 2 stones.
June: fr. Aug., Sept. W. China. V.F. 116.— Hardy at
the Arnold Arboretum.
2. horizontalis, Decne. Fig. 1080. Low shrub:
branches almost horizontal and densely distichously
branched : lys. round-oval, acute at both ends, glabrous
above, sparingly setosely hairy beneath, ^i-%m. long:
fls. erect, 1-2, pink: fr. ovoid, bright red, usually with
3 stones, smaller than in the preceding species. June;
fr. Sept., Oct. China. R.H. 1885, p. 136; 1889:348,
fig. 1. G.C. III. 32:91. Gn. 66, p. 407. Var. perpusilla,
«3chneid. Lvs. less than 2/£in. long: fr. J^in. across. —
Like the preceding species, one of the most effective
fruiting shrubs for rockeries.
DD. Habit upright.
E. Lvs. small, not exceeding 1 in., nearly glabrous beneath.
3. Simonsii, Baker (C. acuminata var. Simonsii,
Decne.). Shrub, with spreading branches, to 4 ft.:
Ivs. roundish oval, acute, glabrous above, J^-l in.
long, semi-persistent: cymes 2-5-fld.; fls. white, slightly
pinkish; calyx appressed-pubescent: fr. bright red,
usually with 3-4 stones. June, July. Himalayas.
Refug. Bot. 1:55. B.M. 8010 (excl. fls.; as C. rotundi-
folia). One of the best red-fruiting species, often
under the name C. Simondsii or C. Symonsi.
4. divaricata, Rehd. & Wilson. Upright shrub, to
6 ft.: Ivs. deciduous, oval or broadly oval, acute or
obtusish, broadly cuneate at the base, lustrous above,
^-%in. long": fls. usually 3, pink; calyx appressed-
pubescent: fr. ovoid, nearly sessile, bright red, J^in.
long, usually with 2 stones. June; fr. Sept. Cent, and
W. China. — Very handsome when studded with its
bright red frs. ; hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
EE. Lvs. larger, 1^4-3 in. long, deciduous.
5. acuminata, Lindl. Erect shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs.
oblong to ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, appressed-
hairyonboth sides, dull above to light green beneath:
cymes 2-5-fld., nodding; fls. white or slightly pinkish;
calyx pubescent: fr. deep scarlet, turbinate, with 2-3
stones. June; fr. Sept., Oct. Himalayas. L.B.C.
10:919 (as Mespilus). R.H. 1889:348, fig. 5 (as C.
nepalensis) .
6. bullata, Bois. Spreading shrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. ovate,
acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
rugose and finally nearly glabrous above, reticulate,
pale grayish green and pubescent beneath: fls. pinkish,
few; calyx glabrous: fr. red, subglobose, with 4-5
866
COTONEASTER
COTONEASTER
stones. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. W. China. V.F.
119. Var. floribunda, Rehd. & Wilson (C. moupi-
nensis floribunda, Stapf). Cymes many-fld.; calyx
slightly pubescent. B.M. 8284. Var. macrophylla,
Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. elliptic to lanceolate-oblong,
narrowed at the base, often nearly glabrous, 2-6 in.
long: cymes many-fld. — The varieties are much
handsomer than the type.
cc. Under side of Ivs. whitish or grayish tomentose:
young branchlets densely pubescent.
D. Lvs. %-2% in- long, rounded at base.
7. integerrima, Medikus
(C. vulgaris, L i n d 1 . ) .
Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. ovate
or oval, acute or obtuse
and mucronulate, gla-
brous and dark green
above, whitish and at
length greenish tomentose
beneath, %-2 in. long:
cymes nodding, 2-4-fld.;
fls. pale pinkish; calyx
glabrous outside : fr. globu-
lar, bright red. May,
June; fr. Aug. Eu., W.
Asia, Siberia. H.W. 3, p.
73, figs. a-i.
8. tomentdsa, Lindl.
Shrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. broadly
oval, obtuse, dull green
above and pubescent
when young, whitish to-
mentose beneath, 1-2 J^
in. long: fls. 3-12, white,
calyx tomentose outside:
fr. bright brick-red. June;
fr. Sept., Oct. Eu., W.
Asia. H.W. 3, p. 73, figs.
k^o. G.O.H. 105.— Some-
times cult, as C. speciosa,
Hort.
DD. Lvs. about 1 in. or
less long, slightly
pubescent above.
E. Apex of Ivs. mostly ob-
tuse, base rounded.
9. Zabelii, Schneid.
Shrub, to 6 ft. with slen-
der spreading branches:
Ivs. oval to ovate, dull
green and loosely pubes-
cent above, grayish or yellowish tomentose below, on
young plants sometimes more glabrescent and acutish,
%-lJ4 in. long: fls. 5^9 in loose corymbs, pinkish;
calyx villous outside, with obtuse teeth: fr. ovoid, red,
about i^in. long, with 2 stones. May; fr. in Sept., Oct.
Cent. China.
EE. Apex of Ivs. mostly acute, base often cuneate.
10. Dielsiana, Pritz. (C. applandta, Duthie). Shrub,
to 6 ft. with slender spreading and arching branches:
Ivs. deciduous, firm, ovate or elliptic, acutish, rounded
or broadly cuneate at base, yellowish gray tomentose
beneath, >£-! in. long: fls. few, short-stalked; calyx
pubescent: fr. 1-3, subglobose, J^in. across, red, with
3-4 stones. June; fr. Sept., Oct. Cent. China. Var.
major, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. larger and broader: fr.
larger. Var. elegans, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. smaller,
sub-persistent, finally nearly glabrous and somewhat
shining above: fr. pendulous, coral-red. W. China.
11. FrSnchetii, Bois. Upright densely branched
shrub with spreading branches: Ivs. thickish, elliptic
or ovate, acute or acuminate, usually cuneate at base,
1081. Cotoneaster
hupehensis.
(XH)
yellowish -white tomentose beneath, %-l K in. long:
fls. 6-15, in short and dense corymbs, pinkish, small;
calyx pubescent outside, with acute teeth: fr. orange-
red, ovoid, over J/^in. long, with usually 3 stones.
June; fr. Sept., Oct. W. China. R.H. 1902, p. 379;
1907:256. V.F. 118.
BB. Fr. black or nearly black.
c. Lvs. acute or acuminate, pubescent
or nearly glabrous beneath.
D. Upper surface of Ivs. glabrous and
somewhat lustrous: calyx slightly
pubescent or glabrous.
12. Iticida, Schlecht. (C. acutifolia,
Lindl. C. sinensis, Hort.). Upright,
rather dense shrub, to 12 ft.: Ivs.
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, acute, usually
cuneate at the base, slightly pubes-
cent beneath, 1-1 K in. long: fls.
3-6, in nodding corymbs: fr. purplish
black, subglobose, with 3-4 stones.
May, June; fr. Sept. Altai Mts.
G.W. 5, p. 247 (as C. acutifolia).—
Foliage dark green, remaining green
until very late in autumn.
DD. Upper surface of Ivs. pubescent, at
least when young, dull green:
calyx pubescent.
13. acutif61ia,Turcz. (C '. pekinensis,
Zabel. C. acutifolia var. pekinensis,
Koehne). Shrub, to 12 ft., with
spreading slender branches : Ivs. ellip-
tic-ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or
acuminate, usually rounded at base,
slightly appressed-pilose beneath,
becoming nearly glabrous, 1K~2 in.
long: fls. 2-5, nodding: fr. ovoid, black, to Kin. long,
with usually 2 stones. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. N.
China. Var. villdsula, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. more
densely villous beneath, somewhat larger: calyx densely
villous: fr. thinly pubescent. Cent, and W. China.
14. foveolata, Rehd. & Wilson. Shrub, to 10 ft, with
spreading branches: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-ovate,
rarely ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, soon glabrous
above, pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins, finally
nearly glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. 3-6, pinkish; calyx
pubescent: fr. black, subglobose, J^in. across, with
3-4 stones. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China. — The foli-
age turns bright scarlet and orange in autumn.
cc. Lvs. obtuse or acutish, tomentose beneath.
15. melanocarpa, Lodd. (C. nigra, Wahlb.). Shrub
with spreading branches, to 6 ft.: Ivs. oval or ovate,
usually rounded at base, dark green and sparingly
pubescent above, grayish white tomentose beneath,
1-3 in. long: fls. 3-8; calyx glabrous: fr. black, globose,
with 2-3 stones. May, June : fr. Aug. N. and E. Eu. to
Siberia. L.B.C. 16:1531. Var. laxiflora, Koehne (C.
laxiflora, Jacq.). Corymbs 12- to many-fld., elongated,
pendulous. B.R. 14 : 1305. Var. commixta, Schneid.
(C. laxiflora, Hook.). Lvs. acutish, 2 in. long: corymbs
8-15-fld. B.M. 3519.
AA. Petals spreading, white, roundish: fr. red.
(Chasnopetalum. )
B. Fls. in many-fld. corymbs: upright shrubs.
c. Lvs. broadly ovate or oval, obtuse or acute, %-l K in.
long, deciduous.
D. The Ivs. glabrous beneath at maturity.
16. multifldra, Bunge (C. reflexa, Carr.). Shrub, to
6 ft., with usually slender, arching branches: Ivs.
broad-ovate, usually acute, slightly tomentose at
first beneath, soon becoming glabrous: cymes very
numerous, 6-20-fld.; calyx and peduncles glabrous: fr.
red, }^in. across. May. Spain, W. Asia to Himalayas
COTONEASTER
COTONEASTER
867
and China. R.H. 1892, p. 327; 1893, p. 29. G.W. 6, p. 62.
M.D. G. 1914: 7. — Very decorative in bloom, and hardy,
but less free fruiting. Var. calocarpa, Rehd. & Wilson.
Lvs. larger and narrower, slightly hairy below : fr. larger,
nearly fan. across, freely produced. W. China.
DD. The Ivs. tomentose beneath.
17. hupehensis, Rehd. & Wilson. Fig. 1081. Shrub,
to 5 ft., with slender spreading branches, villous while
young : Ivs. ovate to elliptic, obtuse or acutish, mucronu-
late, rarely emarginate, above finally glabrous, thinly
grayish tomentose beneath, J^-l in. long: corymbs very
numerous, with 6-12 or more white fls.; peduncle and
calyx villous; anthers yellow: fr. red, subglobose, about
J^in. across, with 2 stones. May. Cent, and W. China.
M.D.G. 1914 : 6 (as C. acutifolia var.) .—One of the hand-
somest species in bloom; hardy as far north as Mass.
18. racemiflSra, Koch (C. nummula^ia, Fisch. & Mey.
C. Fontanesii, Spach). Shrub, to 4 ft., with erect or
spreading branches, rarely prostrate: Ivs. roundish or
broad-ovate, obtuse or acute, whitish or grayish
tomentose beneath, glabrous above: cymes very short-
peduncled, 3-12-fld.; peduncle and calyx tomentose:
fr. red. May, June. From N. Afr. and W. Asia to
Himalayas and Turkestan. R.H. 1867 : 31.— Very deco-
rative and hardy. Var. soongarica, Schneid. Lvs. oval,
usually obtusish, less pubescent. Var. microcarpa,
Rehd. & Wilson. Similar to the preceding, but fr.
ovoid, smaller. Var. orbicularis, Wenz. (C. Wheeleri,
Hort.). Low and divaricate: Ivs. roundish or obovate,
y%-%m. long: cymes 3-6-fld.
cc. Lvs. elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends,
subcoriaceous.
D. Length of Ivs. y^-iy^ in.: corymbs 1 in. across or less.
19. pannosa, Franch. Half-evergreen shrub, to 6 ft. :
Ivs. elliptic- to ovate-oblong, mucronate at the apex,
glabrous above, densely grayish white-tomentose
beneath: calyx tomentose: fr. red, globose-ovoid, J^in.
long with 2 stones. S.W.China. R.H. 1907:256. G.
25:408. Gn. 67, p. 118. J. 12:120.— Very handsome,
but tender.
DD. Length of Ivs. 1%~4 in.: corymbs 1-2 in. across.
20. salicifdlia, Franch. Half-evergreen shrub, to 15
ft.: young brarichlets floccose-tomentose: Ivs. elliptic-
oblong to ovate-lanceolate,, acute or acuminate,
rugose and glabrous above, floccose-tomentose beneath,
1 J^-3 in. long: fls. white in dense corymbs 1-2 in. across:
fr. subglobose, bright red, J^in. across, with 2-3 stones.
June; fr. Oct., Nov. W. China. Var. rugdsa, Rehd. &
Wilson (C. rugdsa, Pritz.). Lvs. broader and shorter,
elliptic-oblong, dull green above, more woolly-tomen-
tose beneath: fr. larger, usually with 2 stones. Cent.
China. Var. floccdsa, Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, floccose-tomentose beneath while
young, later becoming partly glabrous and glaucous,
bright green and lustrous above: fr. larger, usually
with 3 stones. W. Chkia. — This species is very hand-
some, particularly in autumn when studded with its
clusters of bright red berries. The var. floccosa which
has been advertised as var. glaciosa (misspelled for
floccosa) seems to be the hardiest and most desirable.
21. frigida, Wall. Large half-evergreen shrub, to 20
ft.: Ivs. oblong, acute at both ends, glabrous above,
tomentose beneath when young, 2-4 in. long: cymes
long-peduncled, very many-fld., pubescent: fr. scarlet.
April, May. Himalayas. B.R. 15:1229. L.B.C. 16:
1512. — One of the most beautiful in fl. and fr., but
not hardy N.
BB. Fls. 1-3: low prostrate or trailing shrubs : Ivs. persistent.
c. Lvs. green beneath.
22. Dammeri, Schneid. (C. humifusa, Duthie).
Prostrate shrub with trailing often rooting branches:
Ivs. elliptic, usually cuneate at the base, obtusish and
usually mucronulate, glabrous or nearly so, about 1
in. long: fls. usually solitary; calyx sparingly pubescent
or nearly glabrous: fr. bright red. May, June; fr.
Oct., Nov. Cent. China. Var. radicans, Schneid.
Lvs. often obovate, slender-petioled: fls. 1-2, on
peduncles about Hin. long.
cc. Lvs. glaucous or whitish tomentose beneath.
23. rotundifolia, Wall. (C. microphylla tfva-ursi,
Lindl. C. prostrata, Baker). Low or prostrate shrub:
Ivs. nearly orbicular or broadly oval, dark green above
and somewhat pubescent, loosely pubescent beneath or
glabrescent and glaucous, J^-J^in. long: fls. 1-3, about
J^in. across: fr. bright red, subglobose, more than J^in.
across. Himalayas. May, June; fr. Sept. B.R. 14:
1187. Var. lanata, Schneid. (C. buxifdlia, Baker, not
Wall. C. Wheeleri, Hort.) Lvs. elliptic to elliptic-oblong,
tomentose beneath: fr. ]/3,in. across. Refug. Bot. 1:52
(fls. in bud). Gn. 55:186. R.H. 1889, 348, fig. 4.
24. microphylla, Wall. Low, prostrate shrub,
densely branched : Ivs. cuneate-oblong or obovate, acute,
shining above, densely pubescent beneath, J^in. long: fls.
usually solitary; calyx pubescent: fr. bright red. May,
June. Himalayas. B.R. 13:1114. L.B.C. 14:1374.
R.H. 1889:348, fig. 3. G.C. II. 12:333; 18:681. Gn.
4, p. 165. Var. thymifSlia, Koehne (C. thymifblia,
Baker). Very dwarf: Ivs. linear-oblong, smaller: fls.
and fr. smaller. R.H. 1889:348, fig. 2. G.C. II.
12:333; 18:681. Refug. Bot. 1:50. Var. glacialis,
Hook. (C. congesta, Baker). Lvs. glabrous beneath,
oval: fls. smaller, often pinkish. Refug. Bot. 1:51.
C. afflnis, Lindl. Allied to C. frigida. Lvs. broad-elliptic: fr.
dark brown, globose. Himalayas. L.B.C. 16:1522. — C. ambigua,
Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. acutifolia. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs.
elliptic-ovate to rhombic-ovate, villous beneath: fls. 5-10; calyx
slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous: fr. ovoid, black. W. China. —
C. amcma, Wilson. Related to C. Franchetii. Dense shrub, to 5
ft.: Ivs. ovate or elliptic, usually Vivo., long: corymbs 6-10-fld.;
sepals acuminate: fr. globose, orange-red. Yunnan. G.C. III.
51:2. — C. angustiffilia, Franch. =Pyracantha angustifolia. — C.
apiculata, Rehd. & Wilson. Related to C. Simonsii. Shrub, to 6
ft.: Ivs. orbicular to roundish ovate, apiculate, bright green and
lustrous, nearly glabrous, J^-H in- long: fr. nearly sessile, globose,
bright red. W. China.— -C. arborescens, Zabel=C. Lindleyi. —
C. bacilldris, Wall. Related to C. frigida. Lvs. smaller, usually
glabrous beneath at length: fr. dark brown. Himalayas. — C.
buxifdlia. Wall. Related to C. rotundifolia. Lvs. elliptic, slightly
pubescent above at first, grayish tomentose beneath: fls. 2—4, J^in.
across: fr. red. India. Wight, Icon. 3:992. Tender. — C. dlsticha,
Lange. Related to C. Simonsii. Half-evergreen, upright shrub, to
4 ft.: Ivs. suborbicular to broadly obovate, apiculate, sparingly
pubescent above, nearly glabrous beneath, y$n. or less long: fls.
1-2; calyx glabrous or nearly so: fr. scarlet. Himalayas. — C.
Harroniana, Wilson. Related to C. salicifolia. Shrub, to 6 ft.:
Ivs. elliptic-oblong, sometimes oval, 1-2 in. long, densely villous
beneath: corymbs \Yi in. across. S. W. China. — C. Henrydna,
Rehd. & Wilson (C. rugosa var. Henryana, Schneid.). Related to
C. salicifolia. Shrub, to 12 ft.: Ivs. thinner, elliptic-oblong to
oblong-lanceolate, 2-3 Yi in. long, and about 1 in. broad, pubescent
and only slightly pubescent above, densely grayish pubescent
beneath: corymbs many-fld., about 2 in. across; calyx pubes-
scent: fr. red, ovoid, /4in. across, with 2-3 stones. Cent. China.
G. C. III. 46:339 (not good). M.D.G. 1914:15.— C. ignava,
Wolf. Related to C. melanocarpa. Shrub, to 5 ft.: Ivs. ovate or oval,
greenish white beneath, pubescent, 1-2 in. long: fls. 8-13, pinkish;
calyx pubescent at the base: fr. dark reddish brown, nearly black.
E. Turkestan. Yearb. For. Inst., Petersburg, 15:240. — C. Lindleyi,
Steud. (C. arborescens, Zabel). Similar to C. racemiflora but fr.
black. Himalayas.— C. moupinensis, Franch. Related to C. foveo-
lata. Shrub, to 15 ft. : Ivs. elliptic to ovate-oblong, thicker, rugose
above, pubescent beneath, at least on the veins, 2-5 in. long:
corymbs many-fld.; fls. white or pinkish; calyx sparingly pubes-
cent: fr. black, with 4-5 stones. W. China. — C. nitens, Rehd. &
Wilson. Related to C. divaricata. Lvs. broadly oval or roundish
ovate, glabrous and lustrous above, H~ Yi^- long: fr- ovoid, purplish
black, stalked, pendulous. W. China. — C. obscura, Rehd. & Wilson.
Related to C. acuminata. Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-ovate,
finally glabrous above, yellowish gray-tomentose beneath, 1-2
in. long: fr. dull brownish red, ovoid, lAm. long, usually with 3
stones. W. China. — C. Pyracdntha, Spach=Pyracantha coccinea. —
C. rdsea, Edgew. Related to C. integerrima. Shrub, with slender
upright branches: Ivs. elliptic to ovate-oblong, nearljr glabrous,
grayish green beneath, 1-1 1A in. long: fls. 4-9, pinkish with slightly
spreading petals: fr. subglobose, dull red. Himalayas.-^-C. Su-
vestrii, Pampanini. Allied to C. integerrima. Lvs. elliptic-ovate,
densely hairy and cream-colored beneath, 1-2 in. long: calyx
Siibescent outside: fr. orange-colored. Cent. China. — C. uniflora,
unge. Allied to P. vulgaris. Lvs. oval to oval-oblong, glabrous
when older: fls. solitary: fr. red. Altai Mts.
ALFRED REHDER.
868
COTTON
COTYLEDON
COTTON belongs to the genus Gossypium (name
used by Pliny), of the Malvaceae. The species are now
much confused, but it is generally agreed that the sea
island cotton is of the species G. barbadense, Linn. The
upland cotton is probably derived chiefly or wholly
from G. hirsutum, Linn. The former is native in the
West Indies. The nativity of the latter is in dispute,
but it is probably Asian. The cotton flower is mallow-
like, with a subtending involucre of three large heart-
shaped bracts. The carpels or cells of the pod are
three to five. These carpels break open, and the cotton
covering of the seeds makes a globular mass, — the
cotton boll (Fig. 1082). Cotton is not a horticultural
1082. A cotton boll.
crop, and is therefore not considered in this work.
The reader will find "The Cotton Plant" (published by
the Dept. of Agric., Bull. 33), a useful monograph.
Consult Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 247.
COTTONWOOD: species of Populus.
COTULA (Greek, small cup, the bases of the clasp-
ing leaves forming a hollow or basin). Compdsitse.
Small diffuse or much-branched strong-smelling annual
or perennial yellow-flowered herbs, a few of the peren-
nials sometimes used as carpeters in rock-gardens.
Leaves alternate, toothed, lobed or pinnatisect:
heads pedunculate, hemispherical or bell-shaped,
many-fld. and discoid; outer or marginal florets nearly
or quite apetalous, usually pistillate and fertile; disk-
florets 4-toothed, fertile or male; torus naked; pappus
not evident: achene glabrous, compressed. — About 50 or
60 species, largely in the southern hemisphere.
dioica, Hook. f. (Leptinella dimca, Hook. f.). Sts.
glabrous or slightly hairy, 1 ft. or less long, creeping:
Ivs. solitary or tufted, not thick or stiff, stalked, 2 in.
or less long, linear-obovate to spatulate, obtuse, ser-
rate to pinnatifid or even pinnate: heads on axillary
naked peduncles that are longer or shorter than the
Ivs., unisexual, the males J^in. or less diam., and the
females a little larger: achene obovoid, curved. New
Zeal. — Very variable. A compact dwarf carpeter.
Muelleri, Kirk. (C. potentilliana, Hort.? Leptinella
potentillina, Muell.). Sts. long and rather stout, creep-
ing and rooting, the branches ascending and somewhat
yillous towards the tips: Ivs. 2-5 in. long, stalk and all,
linear-obovate, deeply pinnatifid, glandular-dotted:
heads on peduncles that usually are shorter than the
Ivs., bisexual, about j^in. diam.: achene club-shaped
and 4-angled. New Zeal.
C. landta, Hook. f. (Leptinella lanata, Hook. f.). Stout and woolly:
Ivs. rather fleshy, pinnate or pinnatifid: florets glandular. New
Zeal. — C. lobcita, Linn.=Lidbeckia. — C. plumdsa, Hook. f. (Lep-
tinella plumosa, Hook. f.). Stout, soft-woolly: Ivs. 3-4 times pin-
natisect: florets not glandular. New Zeal. — C. Squdlida, Hook. f.
(Leptinella squalida, Hook f.). — Allied to C. dioica, with Ivs.
deeply pinnatifid and segms. incised. New Zeal. T tr r>
Jj. ±1. D.
COTYLEDON (a name used by Pliny, meaning
a cavity, having reference to the concaved or cup-like
leaves of some kinds) . Crassulaccse. Succulent herbs or
shrubs, rarely annual, grown mostly for their oddity,
but some of them making good winter bloomers in pots
and some used for summer bedding because of the stiff
thick foliage; some are half-hardy North.
Habit very various, rosulate or erect, sometimes of a
scandent tendency: branches and Ivs. thick and fleshy:
Ivs. opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile: calyx
5-parted, as long as or shorter than the corolla-tube;
corolla tubular, cylindrical or urn-shaped, sometimes
5-angled, the parts or petals 5, erect or spreading,
connate to the middle, longer than the usually 10
stamens; ovary of 5 free carpels, each with a narrow
scale at base; fls. erect or pendent, sometimes showy, in
terminal racemes or cymes. Differs from Sedum in the
connate petals. — Species about 100, in Calif, to Texas,
and Mex., Afr., Asia and Eu. See I.H. 10:76 for an
account of many of the species. Some of the species
make dense rosettes of stiff Ivs. on the ground and send
up a small bracted scape; they remind one of the house-
leek (Sempervivum tectorum and related species).
As above defined, Cotyledon comprises the broad
group habitually known under that name. Recently,
however, Britton and Rose have revised the group,
excluding Cotyledon from America, reinstating Eche-
veria and Pachyphytum for some of the American
species and making new genera for others, as Dudleya,
Oliveranthus, Urbinia, Stylophyllum. For the conve-
nience of the gardener, the cult, species are here brought
together under Cotyledon, and they are also listed at
other places under their new generic names.
Cotyledons are little known in this country except
among fanciers and for carpet-bedding. Culturally, there
are two groups, — the greenhouse kinds and the bedding
kinds. The greenhouse kinds are well represented by
C. gibbiflora. It is attractive both in foliage and flower.
It may be expected to begin bloom in January or
February. Its period of bloom is short, after which it
may be propagated. The top of the main shoot (or of
strong side shoots) may be cut off with 2 or 3 inches
of stem, and stood in pots so that the cut end will rest
on moss in the bottom and the leaves on the rim of the
pot, using no earth; fine roots will soon form and the
young plant may then be repotted into dryish soil.
The old stems of this and similar tall kinds may be
placed rather close together in shallow boxes, when it is
desired to propagate them, and kept in a warm dry
place, where they will form small growths along the
stems; these, when large enough, may be put into boxes
of dry sand, and potted in thumb- or 3-inch pots when
they have made a sufficient quantity of roots. This
species should be kept in a warmhouse in winter, where
it is rather dry and not exposed to drip. C. fulgens is
a good greenhouse species, producing showy waxy
red flowers in winter; also C. coccinea. For this purpose
the large plants should be lifted from the beds and care-
fully potted, as they make a much finer growth in the
open ground than when grown in pots. — When it is
desired to increase the low-growing carpet-bedding
kinds on a larger scale, the plants should be lifted before
the ground gets too wet and cold. They may either be
boxed in dry soil and kept in a cool dry house, or placed
thickly together in a frame, taking care that no drip is
allowed on the plants, and giving no water. The most
convenient time for propagation by leaves is during the
months of November and December, when the fall
work of rooting soft-wooded plants is over. Leaves
rooted at this time will make plants large enough for
planting out the following season. They will take from
three to four weeks to root, according to the kind. The
leaves must be taken from the plant as follows: Grasp
each leaf between the thumb and forefinger, give a
gentle twist first to one side then to the other until the
leaf comes off, taking care that the dormant bud in the
COTYLEDON
COTYLEDON
869
axil of the leaf accompanies it, otherwise the leaf will
root but a plant will not form from it. Make a depres-
sion about 2 inches deep in the center and 4 inches wide
across the sand-bed, in this lay two rows of leaves with
their bases touching each at the bottom of the depres-
sion; give no water until the small roots make their
appearance, and only slightly afterwards. When the
little plants are large enough they should be boxed,
using sandy loam, and kept in a temperature of not
less than 60° F. at night.— For summer bedding pur-
poses the following have been employed very success-
fully, being lower growers: C. atropurpurea, C. fulgens,
C. coccinea, C. fascicularis, C. gibbiflora var. metallica,
C. Pachyphytum, C. Peacockii, C. Purpusii, C. roseata,
C. secunda, C. secunda var. glauca, C. mexicana. (G.
W. Oliver.)
Other species of Cotyledon occur in collections of
succulent plants, but the following probably represent
those of commerce in this country.
INDEX.
agavoides, 12.
Aizoon, 1.
fulgens, 18.
gibbiflora, 19.
pulverulenta, 22.
Purpusii, 23.
atropurpurea, 14.
Barbeyi, 2.
glauca, 16.
hispanica, 9.
ramosa, 8.
reticulata, 3.
bracteosum, 13.
lanceolata, 24.
rosea, 21.
californica, 25.
metallica, 19.
roseata, 21.
chrysantha, 4.
mexicana, 11.
rotundifolia, 8.
coccinea, 20.
oblonga, 8.
sanguined, 14.
edulia, 10.
orbiculata, 8.
Scheerii, 17.
elata, 8.
farinosa, 22.
Pachyphytum, 13.
Peacockii, 15.
secunda, 16.
Sempervivum, 7.
faacicularis, 6.
pendulinus, 5.
Umbilicus, 5.
A. Plants of the Old World, of various habit: corolla-tube
elongated, usually much longer than the calyx.
(Cotyledon and Umbilicus.)
B. Lvs. crowded in a rosette (rosulate) at the base of the
St.: plant low, more or less stemless: species of the
houseleek or hen-and-chickens type, used in rock-
gardens and for carpet-bedding.
c. Fls. yellow or milk-white.
1. Aizdon, Schoenl. (Umbilicus Aizbon, Fenzl).
Plant small, minutely pubescent, the st. very short:
Ivs. densely rosulate, Ungulate, obtuse, ciliate, those
on the st. 'oblong-obtuse: fls. golden yellow, on very
short pedicels; calyx spreading; corolla-parts lanceolate-
acuminate and keeled. Asia Minor.
cc. Fls. red or greenish.
2. Barbeyi, Schweinf. Whole plant hoary-white,
tall and branching: Ivs. thick, fleshy, shovel-shaped:
fls. olive-green and red, 1 in. long, in a close panicle.
Blooms freely in spring and summer. Abyssinia. Gt.
45, p. 465. — An exquisite plant for carpet-bedding.
BB. Lvs. variously scattered along the st., or sometimes in
rosettes or clusters at the ends of the branches: mostly
branching plants, grown in greenhouses, window-
gardens, and sometimes used in summer bedding-out
but not in carpet-bedding designs.
c. Fls. white or ochroleucus.
3. reticulata, Thunb. Sts. much branched, fleshy:
Ivs. few at the ends of the branches cylindrical, acute,
erect, fleshy, soft, smooth, %in. or
less long: fls. Hin. or less long,
whitish, in an erect, dichotomous
panicle. Cape. G.C. III. 21:282.—
The wiry fl. -stalks remain on the
plant and give it the appearance of
being inclosed in a network. Odd.
4. chrysantha, Hort. (Umbilicus
chrysdnthus, Boiss.). Plant pubes-
cent, glandular above, the st. short:
Ivs. rosulate, short, oblong-spatu-
late, obtuse, those on the st. elliptic
and somewhat acute: fls. large,
ochroleucous (milk-white or yellow-
ish), red-striped on the back of the oblong-lanceolate
keeled lobes or parts of the corolla. Perennial. Asia
Minor.
cc. Fls. yellow or greenish.
5. Umbilicus, Linn. (Umbilicus pendulinus, DC.).
PENNYWORT. NAVELWORT. Perennial, 6-12 in. high
in flower, simple or slightly branched, leafy at base:
radical and lower Ivs. fleshy, orbicular, crenate, more
or less peltate: fls. yellowish green, pendulous, in a
raceme; calyx very small; corolla cylindrical, }^in.
long but somewhat enlarging, with 5 short teeth. — On
rocks and walls, W. Eu. Adaptable in rock-gardens.
ccc. Fls. red or purple.
6. fascicularis, Soland. Smooth, 1-2 ft. high, thick-
stemmed, branched: Ivs. pale greenish white with a
yellowish margin, glaucous, few, sessile, cuneate-obo-
vate, thick, flattened, slightly concave, cuspidate:
panicle branches long, scorpioid; fls. large, 1 in. long,
pendent; calyx-lobes short, broadly ovate-acute;
corolla-tube much longer than the calyx, with a green-
ish tube and reddish revolute limb. S. Afr. B.M. 5602.
J.H. III. 29:443.
7. Sempervivum, Bieb. (Umbilicus Sempervivum,
DC.). HOUSELEEK COTYLEDON. Plant green, glandu-
lar: radical Ivs. spatulate, obtuse, attenuate-cuneate at
base, the margin denticulate; st.-lvs. oblong: fls. pur-
plish and papillose on the outside, on secund branches in
a corymbose panicle; corolla thrice longer than calyx,
parted to the middle, the parts lanceolate-acuminate
and somewhat recurved. Perennial. — Not to be con-
founded with Sempervivum tectorum.
8. orbiculata, Linn. Erect, 2-4 ft. high: Ivs. oppo-
site, flat, obovate-spatulate,- obtuse, mucronate, glau-
cous and mealy, with red margins: fls. large, reddish,
panicled. Fls. June-Sept. S. Afr. B.M. 321. R.H.
1857, p. 347.— Grows well from
cuttings. Variable, and has sev-
eral named forms as var. elata,
oblonga, ramosa, rotundifolia.
9. hispanica, Linn. (Pistorlnia
hispanica, DC . ) . Annual or bien-
nial, branched, 6 in. high, erect:
Ivs. small, nearly cylindrical, ob-
long, few, sessile: fls. erect, in
cymes, reddish; corolla trumpet-
shaped, lobes spreading. Spain,
Morocco. R.H. 1895, p. 472.
AA. Plants of the New World:
corolla -tube usually short,
perhaps always shorter than
the calyx.
B. Lvs. terete. (StylophyUum.)
10. edftlis, Brewer (Sedum
edule, Nutt. Stylophyllum edule,
Brit. & Rose). Sts. cespitose,
very short and thick: Ivs. cylin-
drical, 3-4 in. long, erect, whitish
or glaucous green, not mealy: fls.
white, tinged with green, re-
sembling those of Sedum, J^in.
diam., short-pedicelled, along the
upper sides of the flexuous
branches of the cymose panicle;
scape 1 ft. high. San Diego,
Calif. — Young Ivs. eaten by
Indians.
BB. Lvs. linear or
nearly so.
11. mexicana, Hemsl.
Plant glabrous, 3-4 in.
high, erect, the branches
woody: Ivs. few, alternate,
1083. Cotyledon secunda. (Detail
870
COTYLEDON
COTYLEDON
crowded on sterile shoots, somewhat fleshy, linear
or linear-spatulate, obtuse, M-;H(in- long: fls. few
short-pedicelled, cymose; sepals free, linear, obtuse;
petals plane and strongly coherent, forming a tube, Min. ;
or less long, the lobes ovate, acute, erect. S. Mex. — One
of the dozen known species of Altamiranoa (see p. 267,
Vol. I), in that genus becoming A. mexicana, Rose.
BBB. Lvs. broader, flat, often very fleshy.
c. Calyx minute. (Urbinia.)
12. agavoides, Baker (Echeveria agavoides, Lem.
Urbinia agavoides, Brit. & Rose). Small and compact:
Ivs. densely rosulate, stiff, acuminate and very sharp-
pointed, pale gray-green on both sides, papillose: fls. 4-6,
orange, on long pedicels; sepals several times shorter
than the corolla. Mex. — Useful for carpet-beddings.
cc. Calyx evident or prominent.
D. Petals always appendaged at insertion of stamens.
(Pachyphytum.)
13. Pachyphytum, Baker (Pachyphytum bracteo-
sum, Klotzsch). SILVER-BRACT. Somewhat shrubby,
very succulent, pale glaucous blue throughout: Ivs.
clothing upper part of st., more or less rosulate, large
and thick, spreading, obovate, obtuse or obtuse-pointed,
the scars from the fallen Ivs. orbicular: fls. in spikes
4-6 in. long on lateral peduncles; corolla red, immersed
in the large calyx which is about 1 in. long; stamens 5
large and 5 small. Mex. B.M. 4951. — A singular plant,
blooming in summer. 1 ft.
DD. Petals not appendaged.
E. Corolla strongly 5-angled. (Echeveria.)
p. Color of plant (or- of Ivs.) dark purple.
14. atropurpfcrea, Baker (Echeveria sanguinea, Morr.).
St. short and stout: Ivs. in rosette at top of st., dark
purple and glaucous, obovate-spatulate: fls. bright red,
in a long raceme terminating the erect st.; corolla 5-
angled, white toward base. Mex. See p. 1086.
FF. Color green, or ordinarily glaucous (except var.
of No. 19).
G. St. wanting or nearly so (acaulescent species).
15,'Peacockii, Baker (Echeveria Peacockii, Crouch.).
Acaulescent: Ivs. about 50 in a dense rosette 6 in. across
and standing 4 in. high, obovate-spatulate, mucronate,
reddish toward tip, glaucous: st. 12-24 in., with small
If .-like bracts: fls. bright red, in a scirpioid spike;
calyx-lobes linear, unequal; corolla about Hin. long,
the parts lanceolate-acute. Mex. (?) — Interesting for
its glaucous coloring and waxy coating of the Ivs.
Named for Mr. Peacock, of Hammersmith, England, in
whose collection it flowered. See p. 1086.
16. secunda, Baker (Echeveria secunda, Booth). Fig.
1083. Stemless: Ivs. in a rosette, crowded, cuneiform,
mucronate, glaucous, curving upward : fls. in a 1-sided,
recurved spike, reddish yellow; peduncle long, 6-12
in. high. June-Aug. Mex. B.R. 26:57.— Probably
the most common species in gardens. Distinguished by
its pale green red-tipped rosettes; several forms. Half-
hardy. E. glauca, Baker (E. secunda var. glauca, Otto),
has glaucous-green foliage. See pp. 1086-7.
GG. St. evident, often tall (caulescent species).
17. Scheerii, Baker (Echeveria Scheerii, Lindl.).
Caulescent, branching: Ivs. large, glaucous, oval, acute,
narrowed into a long plane petiole-like part: fls. dingy
red with yellow tips, broadest at base, in drooping
racemes; sepals linear, acute, green, spreading, shorter
than the corolla. Mex. B.R. 31:27. P. 1087.
18. fulgens, Baker (Echeveria fulgens, Lem.). St.
4-8 in. tall, but bearing long leafy fl. -branches: Ivs.
obovate-spatulate, pale glaucous green, clustered: fls.
bright red with yellow base, in nodding racemes. Mex.
19. gibbiflora, Mpc. & Sess£ (Echeveria gibbiflbra,
DC.). Sts. 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. flat, wedge-shaped, acutely
mucronate, crowded at the ends of the branches: fls.
short-petioled; panicle branches 1-sided, spreading;
corolla gibbous at the base between the calyx-lobes,
the tube white, the tips touched with crimson. Mex.
B.R. 1247. Var. metallica, Baker (Echeveria metallica,
Hort.). Lvs. large, obovate-spatulate, 6 in. wide by
7 in. long, a beautiful glaucous purple with metallic
reflections: fls. yellowish with red tips. Mex. — An
excellent plant for summer bedding. P. 1087.
20. coccinea, Cav. (Echeveria coccinea, DC.). Plant
soft-pubescent, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. lance-spatulate : fls. scarlet
and yellow or paler within, in axillary long leafy, 15-25-
fld., loose spikes. Mex. B.M. 2572. P. 1086.
EE. Corolla not strongly angled.
F. Fls. in a dense spike. (Courantia.)
21. roseata, Baker (Echeveria rdsea, Lindl. Courantia
rdsea, Lem.). Sts. branching, 1 ft.: Ivs. oval, erect,
acute, mostly in terminal rosettes on the sterile shoots:
fls. yellow, in dense rose-bracted spikes; sepals linear-
acute, rose-colored; corolla bell-shaped, 5-parted. Mex.
B.R. 28:22.
FF. Fls. in cymes or panicles. (Dudleya.)
22. pulverulenta, Baker (Echeveria pulverulenta, Nutt.
E. farinosa, Hort. Dudleya pulverulenta, Brit. &
Rose). Lvs. in a rosette, silvery green, very mealy,
spatulate, acute, the tips reflexed, the cauline Ivs. grad-
ually diminishing into broadly cordate, clasping bracts:
panicles dichotomously branched ; pedicels slightly longer
than the pale scarlet or coral fls. Plants 1 ft. diam.
S. Calif. F.S. 19:1927-8.— A fine plant for carpet-
bedding.
23. Purpusii, Nichols. (Echeveria Purpusii, Schum.,
not Brit. Dudleya Purpusii, Brit. & Rose). Cespitose,
with powdered snow-white foliage: Ivs. densely rosu-
late, broadly spatulate, acuminate: fls. in a branching
upright cluster; corolla conico-tubular, much exceeding
calyx; segms. scarlet with golden yellow tips. S. Calif.
B.M. 7713. G.C. III. 20:698. Gt. 45, p. 609.
1084. Couroupita guianensis, the cannon-ball tree, showing the
trunk and the hanging flowers and fruits.
COTYLEDON
COV ER-CROPS
871
24. lanceolata, Benth. & Hook. (Echeveria lanceolata,
Nutt. Dudleya lanceolata, Brit. & Rose). Green or
slightly glaucous, acaulescent: Ivs. in a rosette, lan-
ceolate, acuminate, slightly mealy; st.-lvs. or bracts
small, cordate, clasping, distant: panicle narrow, dichot-
omous: fls. red and yellow; calyx-lobes broad-ovate,
^in. long; corolla Mm- or more long. S. Calif.
25. californica, Baker (D. Cotyledon, Brit. & Rose.
Sedum Cotyledon, Jacq. Echeveria calif drnica, Baker).
Plant acaulescent, tinged red: Ivs. in a rosette, con-
cave, ligulate, lanceolate, acute, glaucous, mealy,
slightly yello wish, 8 in. long: fls. pale yellow, on weak
lateral flowering sts. 1-2 ft. long, with short, ovate,
clasping Ivs. or bracts and bi- or trifid racemes. Calif.
Many garden names occur in Cotyledon, some of which are
unidentifiable and some of which probably represent hybrids.
C devensis, Hort. Hybrid between probably C. glauca and C.
gibbiflora: fl.-sts. 5-7 ft. long. B.M. 8104.— C. elegans, N. E. Br.=
Oliveranthus. — C. eximia, Hort.=(?). — C. globdsa, Hort., see
page 1087. — C. globularixfMia, Baker. Rosulate, 8 in.: Ivs. 30-40,
obovate-spatulate, 2J-i in. or less long: fls. white tinged red, 20-40
in a dense thyrse-like cluster. Syria. — C. imbricdta, Hort., described
on p. 1087.— C. inslgnis, N. E. Br. About 2 ft., wholly glabrous,
erect, light green: Ivs. opposite, broad, to 5 in. long: fls. light red
with lobes greenish yellow inside, 11A in. long, in terminal and
axillary cymes. Cent. Afr. B.M. 8036.— C. mirdbilis, Hort., hybrid.
— C. mucronata, Baker.=Echeveria, p. 1086. — C. ndna. Marl. Very
dwarf, 1 y> in. or less high, densely branched and forming a tuft: Ivs.
yellowish green, not apiculate. S. Afr. — C. Pestalozzx, Mast. Lvs.
distributed, the radical ones spatulate-obtuse and margins slightly
denticulate, the cauline obovate-oblong: fls. pale rose, somewhat
secund in a glandular-hairy panicle. Cilicia. — C. puhindta, Hook. f.
=Echeveria, p. 1086. — C. sedoides, DC. Annual, creeping, smooth:
Ivs. sedum-like, oblong and obtuse, convex: fls. few, pink, in summer.
Pyrenees. Distinguished from Sedum by the gamopetalous corolla.
— C. spindsus. Linn. Small and quaint, Apicra-like, with a rosette
of flat spoon-shaped spine-tipped Ivs., 12 in. or more tall: fls. yellow,
in early summer. Siberia to China and Japan, but not hardy.—
C. superba, Hort., is an annual with yellow fls. — C. terelifdlia,
Thunb. St. somewhat woody, 6-8 in. high, simple or branched:
Ivs. 4-5 in. long, opposite, nearly terete, acute or cuspidate, hir-
sute or subglabrous: fls. many, corymbed, the peduncle to 18 in.,
yellow: corolla-tube a little shorter then calyx. S. Afr.
L. H. B.f
COUCH GRASS: Agropyron re-pens.
COURANTIA (personal name). Crassulacex. Caules-
cent: Ivs. alternate, closely set, broad: fls. in a dense
bracteate spike ; calyx-lobes nearly equal, linear, brightly
colored; corolla not angled, yellow; stamens 10; fila-
ments united into a tube for half their length. Only
one species. First brought into cult, about 1842. For
cult., see Cotyledon. C. rdsea, Lena. (Cotyledon roseata,
Baker). See No. 21, p. 870. j. N. ROSE.
COUROUPITA (from a vernacular name in Guiana).
Lecythidacese. Trees of Trop. Amer. (about 9 species)
sometimes planted as oddities or for shade, particularly
for the curiosity of the great ball-like frs. borne on
the trunk. Lvs. alternate, oblong, reticulate, entire or
crenate-serrate: fls. showy and odd, borne in racemes,
often from the trunk and larger branches; calyx-tube
top-shaped, the limb 6-lpbed or -divided; petals 6,
somewhat unequal, spreading and more or less incurved,
borne on a disk; stamens many, in 2 sets, — one series
forming a ring or cup in the center of the fl. and about
the single 5-7-celled ovary, the other longer and rising
from one side like a fringed palm or ladle over the
pistil: fr. a large nearly or quite globular ball, coria-
ceous or woody, indehiscent, with many seeds imbedded
in the pulp. C. guianensis, Aubl. CANNON-BALL TREE.
Figs. 1084, 1085. Tall soft-wooded tree in Guiana,
where it is native: Ivs. oblong-obovate, elliptic or broad-
lanceolate, acute, entire or very obscurely toothed: fls.
with concave petals about 2 in. long, yellow- and red-
tinged on the exterior and crimson-lilac within, very
showy, in racemes 2-3 ft. long: fr. nearly or quite
globular, 6-8 in. diam., reddish, hard on the exterior,
pulpy inside, with very disagreeable odor when ripe.
B.M. 3158-9.— Sometimes planted in the tropics, in
botanic gardens and elsewhere. Shell of the fr. used for
utensils, and the pulp said to be eaten by negroes and
to be used for the making of beverages. L. H. B.
COUSSAPOA (Caribbean name). Moracese. Fifteen
to 20 milky-juiced trees or shrubs of Trop. S. Amer., 1 or
2 sometimes grown under glass, but apparently not in
the American trade. They are sometimes scandent and
epiphytic, like other Ficus-like things, sending down
branches and completely enveloping the supporting
tree and strangling it. Lvs. alternate, stalked, thick,
penninerved or 3-nerved, entire: fls. dioecious, in
globose heads, the peduncles solitary or in pairs and
axillary, the male clusters few-fld. and often paniculate,
the females on shorter peduncles: fr. oblong, becoming
succulent and with the including thickened perianth
forming a mulberry-like multiple fruiting body. C.
dealbata, Andre (Flcus dealbata, Hort.), is described as
a very beautiful greenhouse subject, with coriaceous
elliptic Ivs. 1 ft. long and half as broad, white-silky
beneath and deep green above. I.H. 17:4.
L. H. B.
COVER-CROPS. Green temporary crops, grown for
the purpose of improving the soil, either as protection
or to be turned down as
green manure; word used
chiefly in speaking of
fruit-growing operations.
The use of cover-crops
has become an essential
part of orchard manage-
ment. The name is de-
rived from the fact that
the seed is sown in the fall
or late summer, and suf-
ficient growth results so
that the ground is covered
and protected during the
winter. The crops are
grown for their effect
upon the orchard, not for
the direct value of the
crop. The term was first used in this connection by
Bailey, Bulletin No. 61, of the New York Station at
Cornell, p. 333, December, 1893.
Cover-crops make use of the available plant-food at
a time when the trees are beginning to use it less and
less. In this way, food that otherwise might be lost is
stored up until it becomes available to the trees the
following spring through the rotting of the cover-crops.
The presence of the coyer-crop, with its mat of roots,
also prevents soil-washing and erosion with its accom-
panying loss of plant-food. The legumes, through the
action of the bacteria found in their root-nodules, are
able to add to the total amount of nitrogen present in
the soil. This is the only way in which cover-crops
increase the total supply of the plant-food elements,
but the decay of the cover-crops increases the humus
in the soil and, by the activities thus set up, the locked-
up plant-food is released in a soluble form and thus the
total available plant-food is increased. The ability of
a soil to absorb and retain water is greatly increased in
proportion to the humus that the soil contains. For this
reason, soils rich in humus are less likely to be injured
by erosion from the rapid run-off of the rainfall and less
liable to suffer from drought. In soils plentifully sup-
plied with moisture and plant-food, the trees are likely
to continue growth so long that the wood does not
mature and harden before winter, thus rendering them
liable to injury during a severe winter. Such trees
usually bear fruit that is poor in quality and in color.
To produce mature, well-colored apples, it is essential
that excessive growth after midsummer be prevented.
The best means of doing this is to grow a crop in the
orchard that will compete with the trees for the food
and water. Soil protected by a cover-crop does not
freeze so quickly or so deeply as when uncovered, and
therefore the tree roots under a cover-crop are less
likely to be injured by freezing and by heaving. Many
1085. Flower of
Couroupita gui-
anensis. One of
the petals has
fallen.
872
COVER-CROPS
COWPEA
of our best fruit soils contain a large proportion of clay.
When the humus-content of such soils becomes low,
they are stiff and difficult to work and they dry out
and bake quickly. Plowing under cover-crops restores
the needed humus. This is important from the farm-
management point of view. The period of time dur-
ing which a clay field may successfully be plowed may
frequently be doubled by thus increasing the humus
supply. As the physical condition of the soil is bettered,
the rootlets of the tree can more easily penetrate it in
their search for food, and this larger feeding area means
a greater supply of food. Orchards that are to be culti-
vated should be plowed as early as the land can be
worked, in order to prevent excessive loss of moisture
through evaporation and the demands of any growing
cover-crop. This is especially true when rye, clover, or
vetch are grown. Fall plowing is seldom advisable, as
much of the benefit of the cover-crop is then lost. The
time of seeding depends upon the needs of the fruit
and the supply of moisture available. In seasons of
plentiful rainfall the cover-crop should be put in early,
but in a period of drought the trees need all the moisture
there is in the soil and the seeding should be late. In
the North Atlantic States, the cover-crops are planted
from the latter part of July to the middle of August.
Kinds of cover-crops.
In general, cover-crops may be divided into the legu-
minous or nitrogen-gathering, and the non-leguminous
crops.
1. Leguminous cover-crops. — Red and mammoth
clover, Canada field peas, and winter vetch are used
in the northern states; soybean, cowpea, crimson clover,
and vetch in the central and southern states.
2. Non-leguminous cover-crops. — Rye, oats, wheat,
and barley; rape and turnips; buckwheat and nearly
all weeds.
Average quantity of seed per acre.
Barley 2 to 2 H bushels.
Buckwheat 1 bushel.
Clover, red 10 to 15 pounds.
Clover, mammoth 10 to 15 pounds.
Clover, crimson 15 to 20 pounds.
Cowpea 1M to 2 bushels.
Millet \y% bushels.
Oats 2 to 3 bushels.
Peas 2 to 3 bushels.
Rape 2 to 5 pounds.
Rye 1^ to 2 bushels.
Soybean 1 to 1J^ bushels.
Turnip 4 pounds.
Vetch YI to 1 bushel.
Wheat 2 to 2 % bushels.
3. Combinations of cover-crops. — An ideal cover-crop
should possess certain characters. It should make a
vigorous vegetative growth by fall so as to furnish an
abundance of humus and to hasten the maturity of
the trees. The seed should be of such a nature that it
will catch well when planted at a time of year when
the soil is very dry. Preferably, the cover-crop should
winter over. All these characters are seldom found in
a single crop and, hence, combinations are desirable.
Thus buckwheat, which makes a quick growth, does
not live through the winter as does the slower-growing
rye, so the two combine well. The following combina-
tions are frequently used:
Clover (red or mammoth). 10 pounds.
Winter vetch 15 pounds.
Oats % bushel.
. Cowhorn turnips Y^ pound.
{Buckwheat ^ bushel.
Oats 1 bushel.
Rye 1 bushel.
o | Oats .................... \y2 bushel.
' \ Clover .................... 15 pounds.
4 f Buckwheat .............. % bushel.
1 I Oats .................... 1 bushel.
<r
'
f Oats
I Rye
\y^ bushel.
1 bushel.
In the peach orchard, where large annual growth is
not desirable, or in apple orchards making excessive
growth, the leguminous crops should be used sparingly,
tf at alL C. S. WILSON.
COWANIA (after James Cowan, an English mer-
chant, who intro. many Peruvian and Mexican plants
into England). Rosacese. Some 4 or 5 small shrubs
from the S. W. U. S. and from Mex., with small
crowded Ivs. and handsome white or purple fls.; rarely
cult, in botanical collections. Closely related to Fal-
lugia, but differing in the absence of bracts at the base
of the calyx. Cult, and prop, like Fallugia, but appar-
ently more tender: like that plant well adapted for
planting in rockeries. C. mexicana, Don (C. Stans-
buriana, Torr.), has small crowded cuneate 3-7-lobed
Ivs. and white fls. about 1 in. across. C. plicata, Don
(C. purpiirea, Zucc.), has incisely serrate Ivs. and
purple fls. ALFRED REHDER.
COWBERRY: Usually means Vaccinium Vitis-Idxa. In parta
of Scotland, Comarum palustre.
COW-HERB: Saponaria Vaccaria.
COWPEA. Fig. 1086. The American name for the
cultivated forms of Vigna catjang, Walp. (1839), and
1086. Cowpea
Peas natural size.
Vigna sinensis, Endl. (1848), two of
the Leguminosae allied to Dolichos and
Phaseolus; grown for forage, and the
seeds used somewhat for human food.
From Phaseolus (the common bean)
Vigna differs in not having a spiral
keel, and from Dolichos in its lateral
introrse stigma which lies opposite to a
recurved protruding terminal style
beak. In other than American litera-
ture, the cowpea is known as China
bean and black-eyed bean. Botanically
it is a bean rather than a pea. The
cowpea is a rambling tender annual,
native to India and Persia. Its cul-
tivation also extended to China at a
very early date. In this country it is
extensively grown in the southern
states, as a hay crop for stock and as
a dry shell bean for human consump-
tion. It is also invaluable as a green-
manure crop (seeCover-crops) . Including
both the true cowpeas (Vigna sinensis)
COWPEA
CRANBERRY
873
and the catjangs (V. catjang), Piper lists 270 varieties.
As a class the catjangs may be distinguished from the
true cowpeas by the smaller size of the seeds and
pods and by the latter remaining upright throughout
their growth period, never becoming strictly pendulous
even after ripening. At the present time the true cow-
peas are much more widely grown than the catjangs
but the latter may yet come into more prominence on
account of the resistance to the weevil of their small
hard seeds. The cowpea is to the South what clover is
to the North and alfalfa is to the West. It is sown
broadcast after the manner of field peas. From three to
five pecks of seed are used to the acre. See Cowpeas,
Farmers' Bulletin No. 89, U. S. Dept. of Agric., by Jared
G. Smith; Bulletin No. 102, pt. VI, and Bulletin No.
229 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of
Agric. ; Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 260. For a
botanical discussion of the cowpea and its taxonomic
relatives, see Vigna. GEO. F. FREEMAN.
COWSLIP. The true English cowslip is Primula
officinalis. The plant wrongly called cowslip in America
is the marsh marigold, Caltha palustris. The "American
cowslip" is a popular name for Dodecatheon Meadia.
The name "Virginian cowslip" is sometimes used for
Mertensia virginica.
CRAB'S-EYE VINE: Abrus.
CRAB-APPLE in its widest sense means a small
apple. The crab-apples of botanists are particularly
fruits of Pyrus baccata. For more restricted uses of the
word crab, see Pyrus.
CRAB-GRASS : One of several names for Eleusine indica ; also
for certain Panicums, as P. sanguinale (or Digitaria sanguinalis).
CRAMBE (old Greek substantive). Crudferae.
Herbs or sub-shrubs, one grown in the vegetable-gar-
den, and one or two in the hardy herbary.
Annuals, biennials or perennials, with thickened sts.,
and more or less fleshy Ivs., glaucous: Ivs. mostly large,
more or less cut, lyrate or pinnatifid: fls. small, white,
fragrant, in panicled racemes: fr. 2-jointed, indehis-
cent, the lower joint st.-like and seedless, the upper one
globular and 1-seeded. — About 20 species in Eu., Asia,
and 1 in Patagonia. Of easy cult.
cordif61ia, Stev. Excellent foliage plant, withstand-
ing the winters in the northern states: Ivs. very
large and heavy, cordate and ovate, toothed, glabrous
or nearly so: fls. small but very numerous, in great
branchy panicles 5-7 ft. high and nearly as broad, over-
topping the mass of root-lvs. Caucasus. Gn. 50, p.
349. Gng. 4:291. — For the first 2 years from seed the
plant makes only Ivs.; but the third year it may be
expected to bloom, after which the plant usually
becomes weak and dies.
maritima, Linn. SEA-KALE. Perennial, smooth,
stout, to 2 ft. : Ivs. large, heavy and cut, more or less
fringed or curled, glaucous green: fls. many, white,
broad, honey-scented, in a tall panicle, in May. Coasts
of Eu. — Grown as a garden vegetable. See Sea-kale.
C. juncea, Bieb. Biennial: small species with white fls. in an
attractively slender-branched panicle. Iberia. — C. Kotschyana,
Boiss. Perennial: Ivs. somewhat hairy, the radical ones cordate-
ovate with rounded dentate lobes, the st.-lvs. few, ovate-oblong.lobed.
W. Asia. — C. tatdrica, Jacq. Perennial, said to be grown in Hungary
as "Tartarian bread." Glaucous, more or less rough-hairy: radical
Ivs. decompound, with linear segms. Hungary, E. j^ jj_ g^
CRANBERRY. A name applied to trailing species of
the genus Vaccinium (Ericaceae) ; much grown in North
America for the fruit. Plate XXIX.
Of the true cranberries, there are two species in
North America, the small (Vaccinium Oxy coccus), and
the large (V. macrocarpon). The large cranberry, V.
macrocarpon (Fig. 1087), is now cultivated on thou-
sands of acres in the United States and this cranberry
culture is one of the most special and interesting of all
1087. Vaccinium macro-
carpon, the common cran-
berry. (X1A)
pomological pursuits. This cranberry grows wild only
in North America, where it is native to acid swamps
in the cooler parts of the United States and in Canada.
Here it trails its slender stems and small oval ever-
green leaves over the sphag-
num and boggy turf, and the
firm red berries which ripen
during September and October
often persist on the vines till
the following spring or even
longer. The curve of the
slender pedicel in connection
with the bud just before the
blossom opens, with its re-
semblance to the head and
neck of a crane, is said to have
suggested the name craneberry
which is now shortened to
cranberry.
The low-bush cranberry, or
wolf berry (V. Vitis Idssa), is
much used in Nova Scotia and
other parts, and is gathered
and shipped in large quanti-
ties to Boston; but it is not
cultivated. This berry is also
common in Europe, where it
is much prized. The quanti-
ties of this fruit imported into
the United States from various
sources is considerable.
The ideal bog for cranberry-
culture should have the follow-
ing qualifications: (1) Capa-
bility of being drained of all
surface water, so that free
water does not stand higher
than 1 foot below the surface
in the growing season. (2) Soil that retains moisture
through the summer, for cranberries suffer greatly in
drought. (3) Sufficient water-supply to enable it to be
flooded. (4) A fairly level or even surface, so that the
flooding will be of approximately uniform depth over
the entire area. (5) Not over liability to frosts.
The water of the streams and pools in the acid
swamps or bogs, which are the natural habitat of the
cranberry, is usually, but not invariably, of a brownish
or amber color, and some of the most common asso-
ciate plants are the swamp huckleberry or blueberry
(Vaccinium corymbosum), the cassandra or leather-leaf
(Charmedaphne calyculata), the red maple (Acer rubrum)
and the swamp cedar (Charmecyparis thyoides).
There are three centers for the production of cran-
berries in the United States: Massachusetts, where
cranberry-culture began and from which come the
most berries; New Jersey second; and Wisconsin third.
While the culture is in most respects similar in these
three centers, each has its own characteristic methods
of preparation and care of the bogs. There is also
an important and growing cranberry industry in
Nova Scotia.
The cranberry bog. Figs. 1088-1090.
To insure success in cranberry-culture, a prime
requisite is to locate the bog on soil on which wild
cranberries or some of their common associate plants
flourish. This is usually a black peaty formation from
a few inches to 7 or 8 feet in depth, overlying sand
which in turn is frequently underlaid by a "hardpan"
that is nearly impervious to water and the presence
of which had much to do with the formation of the
peat. Another requisite is to make sure of an ample
supply of water, preferably of the brownish color, for
winter flooding and for protection from frost in spring
and fall. Flooding at special times is also the safest
and surest weapon against many kinds of insects.
874
CRANBERRY
Without an ample supply of water, cranberry-culture
is so hazardous as hardly to be worth undertaking.
The building of the dams is the first step necessary
for the improvement of a bog. A foundation for these
should be made by digging a trench entirely through
the peat, even if it should be 8 feet or more thick, to
the clean sand, and this trench should be filled with
sand free from all foreign material; above this founda-
tion, embankments are built of clean sand and faced
up with sods of live turf to prevent their being washed
by the waves of the lake formed. The dams should be
sufficiently high to flood the higher parts of the bog
a foot deep, which will frequently make the water in
the deeper parts 3 to 6 feet or more in depth. Gates
or flumes must be constructed at the lowest point in
these dams to provide for drawing the water off the
bog and provision made for surface drainage. The
latter is generally accomplished by opening the natural
stream, if there should be one, or by digging an open
ditch through the natural drainage center of the piece
1088. A Massachusetts cranberry bog. — Picking the fruit.
of land being improved. Side ditches should be dug
leading into the stream, or main ditch, in sufficient num-
ber to drain off all surface water; they may be made
from 1 to 3 feet deep, according to the character of the
land to be drained. A reservoir built above the bog is
very desirable in facilitating control of the water. In
frosty Wisconsin it is considered almost necessary to
have three times the area of the bog in reservoir to
insure the crops. If a bog is situated on a stream sub-
ject to high water, provision must be made for keeping
the flood water from the bog, as the crop would be
destroyed if it were flooded during blooming time or
seriously injured by flooding at any time during the
active growing season. Winter flooding of cranberry
bogs is to prevent heaving and winter-killing. The water
is put on about the first of December or after the vines
have become thoroughly reddened by cold weather.
Cranberry bogs, being always lower than the sur-
rounding land, are peculiarly liable to damage by frost,
serious loss frequently occurring when an ordinary
farmer would not dream of danger,and a good supply
of water is the only preventive that has been found
efficient. The time of starting growth in the spring may
be controlled by the time the water is drained off, and
the earlier spring frosts may so be avoided while an
ample supply of water permits reflooding when a later
severe frost threatens. Reflooding about the first of
June, provided the water has not been withdrawn
earlier than May 5 to 10, will also furnish protection
from a number of damaging insects and will not injure
the crop, provided care is taken that the water does
not stand on any part of the bog more than forty-
eight hours. If a bog should become seriously infested
with insects later in the season, it is occasionally profit-
able to sacrifice what remains of the year's crop and
clear the bog of insects by flooding. This sometimes
results in a greatly increased yield the following year.
Damage from a light frost in the fall, before the ber-
ries are picked, may be prevented by raising the water
in the ditches and about the roots of the vines. Protec-
tion from a heavy frost requires covering the plants
with water, but this will cause immature berries to
rot and should be done with great caution or the
damage from water may be greater than it would have
been from frost. During summer the irrigation of
the crop is accom-
plished by holding the
water low or high in the
ditches, as the varying
season may demand.
Preparation and tillage.
Before cranberries
are planted, the land
must be cleared of all
its natural growth, the
stumps and roots re-
moved and the ground
leveled to a greater or
less extent. The more
nearly level a bog is
made, so that proper
drainage is provided
for, the more economi-
cal it is in the use of
water and the easier it is
to provide the optimum
amount of irrigation
during the summer.
The first cost of such
perfect leveling, how-
ever, may be prohibi-
tive or it may require
the removal of all the
good peaty soil over
a considerable area,
leaving nothing but pure sand in which the cranberries
will not grow well. In many places, the removal of the
natural growth may best be accomplished by cutting
off the tops of the bushes and trees so that they will
not extend above the surface of the water and flood-
ing for two years, thus killing all vegetation. While this
flooding entails loss of time, it is much easier and cheaper
to clear away the dead roots and stumps than live
ones, and when no sand is applied to the surface, as is
the rule in New Jersey, it greatly lessens the expense
of keeping the bog free from weeds for there are no
live roots in the ground to send up suckers. In some
places, as in most of Wisconsin, this method of drown-
ing out is impracticable, because the surface soil, in
which are the roots of all the living plants, will separate
from the more perfectly decomposed peat below and
rise to the surface of the water in floating islands mak-
ing death to vegetation by drowning impossible. In
such situations the ground must be turfed and all roots
and stumps grubbed out. In either case the roots and
stumps are best disposed of by piling in heaps and
burning. In Massachusetts, it is the custom to cover
the cleared and leveled bog with 3 to 5 inches of sand,
which makes it still easier to keep the bogs free from
weeds and acts as a moisture-retaining mulch for the
CRANBERRY
CRANBERRY
875
underlying peat. Where sanding is practised, it is the
custom to apply a fresh coat of sand an inch or less in
depth every two or three years; this keeps the vines
short and close.
Cuttings for planting are secured by mowing
vigorous vines from an old bog with a scythe. These
cuttings, preferably not more than 8 or 10 inches long,
are thrust diagonally into the surface of the bog from
12 to 14 inches apart. Not more
than 3 or 4 inches of the top
should be exposed, and if the
bog is sanded, care should be
taken that the cutting extends
well into the muck below. As
the vines grow they send out
runners in all directions, netting
the ground completely over.
These sometimes grow as much
as 6 feet in length and root in
the soil at frequent intervals.
From the runners grow upright
stems which, in time, cover the
bog with a solid mat of vegeta-
tion. The uprights are prefer-
ably not more than 6 inches high
but under some soil conditions grow to a foot or more
when the fruit is likely to be scanty. From the time
of planting, three to five years must pass before the
ground is matted over and a crop may be expected.
The character of the growth of cranberry vines pre-
cludes any cultivation in the ordinary sense of the
word. The care of the bogs consists in keeping them
free from other plants, which is accomplished almost
entirely by hand-pulling; the regulation of the irriga-
tion water, and preventive and curative measures for
the many diseases and insect enemies to which they
are subject.
Fertilizing of cranberries has met with considerable
success in increased crops, various brands of commercial
fertilizer having been employed. The subject is not
well understood, however, and is attracting the atten-
tion of many thoughtful growers and their scientific
helpers in the state experiment stations.
The pretty little pinkish white flowers of the cran-
berry open during June, when the bogs are not flooded,
but the holding of the winter water till May throws the
fullest bloom into the early part of July.
Diseases and insects.
Spraying with bordeaux mixture is very generally
practised to prevent "scald," a fungous disease which
has been especially
injurious to the grow-
ers of New Jersey
and which was so
named because it was
long thought to be
caused by the scald-
ing effect of the hot
sun shining on berries
wet with dew. As it
is seldom possible to
run heavy spraying
machinery over the
bogs, spraying in-
volves the use of very
long lines of hose or
the laying of pipe
lines, or both, the
spraying of each
1089. A cranberry bog flooded in winter.
1090. The flume or outlet at the
bottom of a cranberry bog.
property being a separate engineering problem.
Insects of many kinds attack the roots, the leaves,
the blossoms and the fruit of the cranberry. Knowl-
edge of the life history of each of these is necessary for
successful warfare against it, and detailed information
is best secured from the various bulletins of the
56
United States Department of Agriculture and the
agricultural experiment stations of New Jersey, Wis-
consin and Massachusetts. More varieties of insects
may be successfully combated with water than with
any other one thing, as already explained. Arsenical
poisons are expensive to apply, of indifferent success
in destroying insects on the bogs, and they are sus-
pected of being an actual poison to the vines.
Varieties.
There are now many varieties
of cranberries in cultivation, all
of them having been selected
from wild vines or vines that
appeared naturally in cultivated
bogs. These varieties vary in
shape, color, size, productive-
ness, time of ripening and adap-
tation to different soils. Some
of the forms are shown in Figs.
1091-1093. The most generally
cultivated are the Early Blacks
and the Howes, both of which
originated in the Cape Cod dis-
trict and which together make
about 50 per cent of the berries marketed from all
three of the cranberry states.
The Early Blacks are ready to harvest about the
first of September both in Massachusetts and New
Jersey, and the last of the Howes are seldom picked
before the middle of October. As the pickers advance
over a cranberry bog, they pick clean as they go and
do not go back for successive relays of ripening berries
as with most other small fruits.
Picking and grading.
In Massachusetts most 'of the picking is done by a
scoop, by which the berries are raked from the vines.
When the vines are short, the uprights not tangled,
and the picker is experienced, berries can be harvested
in this way very rapidly and with very little damage
to either fruit or vines. The bogs are kept in good con-
dition for "scooping" by pruning every three or four
years with a rake the teeth of which are knives placed
about 6 inches apart. The scoop (Fig. 1094) is also
used to a considerable extent in New Jersey and Wis-
consin but in these states a great many berries are
still picked by hand.
Some of the berries, especially in Massachusetts, are
cleaned and packed on the bog as they are picked, and
sent directly to market, but this immediate packing
tends to poor keeping. Most
cranberries, after picking,
are put in boxes which are
packed in well - ventilated
storehouses. Here they are
kept from a -few days to
several months
and the cleaning
and packing for
market is done im-
mediately before
they are shipped.
The machine
which has been
the standard for
cleaning cran-
berries for many
years is provided with a fan to blow away all grass,
pieces of vine, dried-up berries or anything of like
nature that may have gotten in the berries while
being picked. The berries are then allowed to roll
down a series of steps; those that are sound are
elastic and will bounce like little rubber balls. There
are bands of cloth stretched above the steps in such
a way that when a berry bounces in the right direc-
1091. The oblong or
bugle-form type of cran-
berry.
876
CRANBERRY
CRANBERRY
1092. The obovoid or
bell-shaped form of cran-
berry. (X1A)
tion it is received on the cloth and slides down into
the box placed for the good berries without more
bouncing. The rotten berries having lost their elas-
ticity are not able to bounce over the cloth partition
that separates the good from the bad. With berries
that are nearly spherical and not too juicy this machine
works very well, provided there are no frozen berries
to be taken out.
Berries damaged by
frost are even more
elastic than sound
ones and will all go into the
box for good fruit. Neither
will the bounce machines work
well with long or oval berries;
when these strike on their
pointed ends they fail to
bounce and there is always a
considerable percentage of
sound fruit found in the refuse
box. As there may be any-
where from ten to thirty or
more steps, it is easily under-
stood that berries going over these machines are not
in the best possible condition for long keeping after
they are put on the market. Some varieties of berries
which are very juicy and tender can not be put
through these machines at all as the steps get so sticky
with the juice that the berries will not bounce.
In 1903, a machine was patented by Joseph J.
White, which avoids the defects of the bounce ma-
chines. This has since been put on the market and its
use is spreading among the more careful packers of
Massachusetts and New Jersey, but the more compli-
cated machinery and greater cost have prevented its
adoption by other growers. This machine is provided
with a hopper into which the cranberries are emptied
through a screen which removes the coarser grass and
vines; from the hopper the berries are fed, single file,
to screw conveyors on which they are held by trough-
like guards. These guards do not quite touch the
screw, leaving a crack through which the remaining
bits of grass, vines and dried berries are dropped into
a box placed below to receive them.
The screw conveyor passes the berries over a series
of selecting plates made of some resilient material,
the best found so far being the selected spruce wood
prepared for piano sounding-boards. These plates are
tapped by small hammers placed beneath, the strength
of the blow being regulated by a thumb-screw. The
sound berries respond to this gentle tapping by jump-
ing off the screw conveyor and falling on an endless
belt a few inches below, which delivers all the sound
fruit at one end of the machine. The rotten berries
do not respond to the tapping of the selecting plates
and are carried to the ends of the screw conveyors
where they drop in the same box under the machine
that receives the fine grass and the like. Frozen ber-
ries are removed by this machine nearly as well as
rotten ones and the
shape of the berries is of
no importance, while the
berries only drop twice,
a few inches each time,
and are in much better
condition for long keep-
ing than those that go
over the bounce ma-
chines. After the berries
have been cleaned by
machine it is customary
to place them on tables
where women remove
any defective berries
1093. The globular or cherry- that may have been
shaped cranberry. ( X Yd missed by the machines.
Marketing; yield.
Most cranberries are marketed in barrels holding
about 100 quarts; a few are marketed in crates three
of which fill a barrel. Some dealers prefer to buy
cranberries "in the chaff," that is, just as they come
from the bogs without having been run through any
machine. Berries sold in this way are always packed
in crates and are cleaned by the dealer, a few crates
at a time, as his trade calls for them; they keep better
than those that have been cleaned before being shipped.
Evaporated cranberries have been on the market for
a number, of years and are excellent, there being less
difference between the sauce made from them and from
fresh fruit than is the case with most kinds of fruit.
From the cranberry centers, the fruit is shipped in
carload lots to the large cities of the United States,
and from these distributed to the surrounding towns.
There is also a small but steadily growing export trade.
A bog in good bearing should yield fifty barrels to
the acre, but as many as 200 barrels have been secured.
In 1895 cooperative selling of cranberries was inau-
gurated by some of the New Jersey growers, who
organized the Growers' Cranberry Co., with Joseph J.
White as president and Theodore Budd as vice-presi-
dent. This company was joined by a number of large
New England growers and, though handling only 25
per cent of the crop, prospered greatly. Later, A. U.
Chaney organized another cooperative selling company.
These two companies consolidated in 1910, forming the
American Cranberry Exchange, with George W. Briggs,
of Massachusetts, as president. The Exchange controls
about 50 per cent of the crop of the country and has
been remarkably successful in securing good prices for
its members while keeping the retail price as low as
during the years of fiercest competition.
History.
Cranberry-culture began about a century ago in
Massachusetts on the Cape Cod Peninsula. William
Kenrick, writing in 1832 in the "Orchardist," says that
"Capt. Henry Hall, of Barnstable, has cultivated the
cranberry twenty years;" "Mr. F. A. Hayden, of Lin-
coln, Massachusetts, is stated to have gathered from
his farm in 1830, 400 bushels of cranberries, which
brought him in Boston market $600." In the second
and subsequent editions, Kenrick makes the figure
$400. It is not said whether Hayden's berries were
wild or cultivated. At the present day, with all the
increase in production,
prices are higher than
those received by Hay-
den. In the third (1841)
and subsequent editions,
it is said that "an acre
of cranberries in full
bearing will produce over 1094. Cranberry scoop, sometimes
200 bushels; and the used in picking the berries,
fruit generally sells, in
the markets of Boston, for $1.50 per bushel, and much
higher than in former years." It was as late as 1850,
however, that cranberry-culture gained much promi-
nence. It was in 1856 that the first treatise appeared:
B. Eastwood's "Complete Manual for the Cultivation
of the Cranberry." About 1845, cranberry-culture
began to establish itself in New Jersey.
The culture of cranberries began in Nova Scotia
about thirty years ago. The first attempt consisted
in improving some of the patches of wild berries found
growing around the central district of the Annapolis
Valley. Gradually the idea was entertained of plant-
ing new areas, and as this proved successful the new
industry was soon fairly established. Farmers in the
vicinity of Auburn soon took up the industry, and in
the fall of 1892 the first carload of cranberries was
shipped to Montreal. Since then, Nova Scotia cran- "
berries have met with a ready sale throughout Canada.
CRANBERRY
CRASSULA
877
PRODUCTION OF CRANBERRIES IN THE UNITED STATES
IN 1899 AND 1909 (13th CENSUS)
State
1899
1909
New England —
Quarts
100,192
Quarts
49 728
30 304
31 136
1,120
22 714 496
19 164 992
Rhode Island
34,688
209 888
Connecticut
145,408
221 472
Middle Atlantic —
New York
327,370
348 064
New Jersey
12,072,288
7 687 072
Pennsylvania
5,728
East North Central —
Ohio
4,256
7 552
139 520
Illinois
13 418
1 696
Michigan
125,536
124 288
2 549 344
3 555 136
West North Central-
Minnesota
22,112
35 840
Iowa
1 952
6 944
North Dakota
1,120
32
South Dakota
288
704
Nebraska
640
Kansas
1 152
South Atlantic —
Virginia
18,112
North Carolina
1,024
East South Central —
Alabama
96
West South Central-
Arkansas
288
Mountain —
Montana
32
New Mexico
96
Pacific-
Washington
9,728
4 416
Oregon
40,864
22 784
California
10 656
United States
38,243,060
31,600 512
Literature.
The standard books on the cultivation of cranberries
are Webb's "Cape Cod Cranberries," and "Cranberry-
Culture," by Joseph J. White; these are old books and
in many respects out-of-date. The best literature on
the subject is to be found in the various publications
of the United States Department of Agriculture, the
bulletins of the agricultural experiment stations of
New Jersey, Wisconsin and Massachusetts, the pro-
ceedings of the American Cranberry Growers' Associa-
tion which have been published biennially since 1880,
the reports of the Cape Cod Cranberry Growers'
Association, and the reports of the Wisconsin State
Cranberry Growers' Association.
ELIZABETH C. WHITE.
CRANBERRY TREE: High-bush cranberry, Viburnum Opulus.
CRANESBILL. Loosely applied to the whole genus
Geranium. In America it usually means G. maculatum.
CRANIOLARIA (from a fancied resemblance of the
pod to a skull or cranium). Martynidceas. Coarse but
interesting flower-garden annual.
Wide-spreading low viscid-hairy rank forking herb:
Ivs. large, opposite, long-petioled, broadly cordate,
reniform or palmately lobed: fls. white, racemed; calyx
3-5-lobed, more or less inflated; corolla very long-tubed,
the tube slender and cylindrical, campanulate at the
throat, more or less 2-lipped, the 5 lobes rounded
and somewhat undulate, the anterior largest; perfect
stamens 4, didynamous, affixed at or near the throat;
ovary 1-celled: fr. a 2-valved caps, with a long incurved
beak, many-seeded. — Two species, Venezuela to Para-
guay. Usually confused with Martynia, from which
it is distinguished readily by having 4 rather than 2
fertile stamens and by the very long and slender corolla-
tube which widens at the throat; the closely related
Proboscidea has a much broader tube widening nearly
from the base.
Snnua, Linn. (Martynia Craniolaria, Glox.). Two
feet high: Ivs. palmately lobed, the margins dentate:
calyx 2-bracted, cut down one side, about one-third
the length of the slender straightish corolla-tube;
lobes of corolla rounded and not much undulate; style
2-lobed, equaling or slightly exceeding the 2 pairs of
stamens. N. S. Amer. — The thick fleshy root is pre-
served in sugar as a comfit; plant known as "Creole
scorzonera" in S. Amer. There appears to be con-
fusion in the seed sold as Martynia Craniolaria; some of
it may be M. Louisiana or other species. L H B
CRASSULA (Latin thickish; referring to the thick
leaves and stems). Crassulacese. Fleshy and leafy green-
house shrubs or herbs, grown for the grotesque appear-
ance of some of the kinds and also for the bloom.
Variable in habit and foli-
age, mostly erect; rarely
annual: Ivs. opposite, usu-
ally sessile and often con-
nate, fleshy, very entire and
the margins sometimes
cartilaginous, glabrous or
pubescent or scaly: fls. usu-
ally small, white, rose or
rarely yellow, commonly in
cymes but sometimes capi-
tate, usually 5-merous; calyx
5-parted, the lobes erect or
spreading; petals 5, free or
joined at the base, erect
or spreading; stamens 5,
shorter than the petals;
carpels 5, many-ovuled. —
Species 150 or more, mostly
in S. Afr., but a few in
Abyssinia and Asia. Many
species have been intro. to
cult., but only a few are
actually grown outside of
fanciers' collections. The
rocheas sometimes pass as
crassulas. See Rochea.
The genus Crassula gives
the name to the order Cras-
sulacese, which contains
many cultivated succulent
plants, and also others of
widely different habit. The
order is closely related to the
Saxifragaceae, but differs in
having the carpels of the
ovary entirely free and equal in number to the petals,
but the forms pass easily into the Saxifragacese through
Francoa and Tetilla, and back again through Triactina.
The genera, as usually treated, are ill defined, and
certain species of Sedum cross over the lines of Crassula,
Cotyledon and Sempervivum, while between Crassula
and Tillsea no very clear distinction can be made.
Crassulas are greenhouse plants requiring a dry
atmosphere during the resting-period. While making
growth, they may be treated like other greenhouse
plants in the way of watering, placing them in the
lightest and airiest part of the house. The pots must
be drained so that any surplus moisture will easily
pass through. The soil should consist of sand, loam,
broken brick, and a very small quantity of leaf-soil or
thoroughly rotted cow-manure. Propagation is usually
from cuttings. Some of the species, such as C. falcata,
do not give much material for this purpose, and they
should, therefore, be headed over and the tops put in
dry sand in the spring, allowing water only when they
show signs of shriveling. The cut-over plants should
1095. Crassula quadriflda.
(XH)
878
CRASSULA
be encouraged to make side shoots, which may be
rooted after they are large enough. (G. W. Oliver.)
A. Floral parts in 4's.
quadrifida, Baker. Fig. 1095. Perennial: Ivs. oblong-
spatulate, the upper ones rounder, decussate: fls. with
their parts in 4's, panicled, white, tinged red. Cape.
AA. Floral parts in 5's, which is considered to be normal
in the genus.
B. Lvs. petioled.
cordata, Soland. Plant slender and shrubby, 1-3 ft.,
erect or diffused and sometimes rooting at the joints:
Ivs. dotted, stalked, cordate-reniform, obtuse, entire,
glabrous: cymes panicle-like; fls. reddish, sometimes
pure white; petals free, lanceolate, spreading. Cape.
Winter. — Closely allied to C. spathulata.
spathulata, Thunb. Somewhat shrubby, more slender
and trailing than C. cordata, decumbent, branching:
Ivs. stalked, roundish, crenate, glabrous, shining above:
corymbs panicle-like; fls. rosy or flesh-colored: petals
acute. Cape. L.B.C. 4:359 as C. cordata). — Likely to
be cult, as C. cordata.
BB. Lvs. not petioled (or only tapering to base).
c. Foliage glaucous.
falcata, Wendl. (Rdchea falcata, DC.). Height 3-8
ft.: Ivs. grown together at the base, thick, glaucous,
oblong, falcate: fls. small, numerous (50 or more), in
a crimson, rarely white, dense, terminal corymb;
corolla-tube J^in. long, as long as the limb or shorter.
Cape. B.M. 2035.
cc. Foliage not glaucous.
lactea, Soland. Plant shrubby, branching, tortuous
below, 1-2 ft.: Ivs. narrow-obovate, acutish or acumi-
nate, narrowed and grown together at the base, gla-
brous, spotted along the margin: cymes panicle-like,
many-fld.; fls. white, small. Cape. Winter. B.M.
1771. L.B.C. 8:735. — A free-flowering window plant
of easy cult. There is a form with variegated Ivs.
Differs from C. arborescens in the narrower acute Ivs.
that are more tapering at base, and in the color of
the fls.
arborescens, Willd. Fleshy erect shrub, reaching
8-10 ft. : Ivs. roundish-obovate and obtuse, tapering to
base, fleshy, flat and glaucous, dotted above, the edges
smooth: fls. rather large, rose-colored, in trichotomous
panicled cymes. Cape. B.M. 384 (as C. Cotyledon).
C. atrosanguinea, Barbey. Erect, 12-20 in., rigid: st. reddish,
branched at top: Ivs. aloe-like, straight or recurved, glabrous, nar-
rowed from base to apex, often 8 in. long, rosulate and on the st. :
fls. dark red, in a dense terminal many-fld. cluster. Transvaal. —
C. cocdnea. Linn.=Rochea coccinea. — C. congtsta, N. E. Br. Only
3K in. high: Ivs. thick and fleshy, ovate-lanceolate: fls. numerous,
densely crowded in a sessile terminal head, the petals scarcely J^in.
long, white. S. Afr. — C. conjtincta, N. E. Br. Lvs. concave: fls.
pure white in a compact narrow cluster. S. Afr. — C. dectpiens, N. E.
Br. Dwarf tufted perennial: Ivs. densely covered with blunt
papillae or nipple-like projections, fleshy, oblong: fls. very small,
white, in terminal 3-branched cymes. S. Afr.(?). — C. jasmlnea,
Ker-Gawl==Rochea jasminea. — C. sedifdlia, N. E. Br. Only 1-2 in.
high when in bloom: Ivs. in small tufts at the base and 3 or 4 pairs
on the fl.-sts., bright green, ciliate, with red-brown spots along the
margin: fls. white, 3-9 together in terminal cymes. S. Afr. —
C. varidbilis, N. E. Br. Plant 3-6 in. high, branched at base: Ivs.
in 4 rows, densely imbricated, ovate, small (J$n. or less long),
ciliate on margin: fls. white, or red outside, 5-7 in small cymes
disposed in a narrow terminal panicle. S. Afr. L H B t
CRAT^E-MfiSPILUS: Cratxgus grandiflora.
CRAT^GO-MESPILUS. This name has been
bestowed on a graft hybrid between Cratsegus mon-
ogyna and Mespilus germanica, discovered in 1894 in
the garden of M. Dardar at Bronvaux near Metz,
Germany. Like Laburnum Adamii, which is probably
the best known of the graft hybrids, it produces at the
same time branches intermediate in their characters
between the parents and branches resembling more or
less closely the parent plants. Two distinct forms pro-
CRAT^EGUS
duced on different branches of the parent tree have
been prop, and distributed under the names C. Dardari
and C. Asnieresii. The first form (C. Dardari, Simon-
Louis), has the Ivs. and the frs. very similar to those of
the medlar, but the branches are spiny, the fls. appear
in corymbs, are distinctly pedicelled and have 15-20
stamens and the frs. have only 1-3 stones, measure
M~/4m- across, and are crowned by persistent upright
connivent calyx-lobes. M.D.G. 1912:101. The second
form, C. Asnieresii, Schneid. (C. Jules d'Asnieres,
Simon-Louis) resembles more Cratsegus monogyna, but
is pubescent; the Ivs. on the flowering branchlets are
usually oval to obovate and often entire, while those of
the shoots are ovate or rhombic-ovate and usually with
1 to 3 rounded or rarely acute lobes on either side; the
fls. are borne in pubescent, 6-12-fld. corymbs, have 20
stamens and 1-2 styles; the fr. is subglobose and .less
than Hin. across. G.C. III. 50:183, 185. Gn. 75, p.
310. M.D.G. 1912:100.— While C. Dardari is botani-
cally more interesting, C. Asnieresii is more ornamental
and forms a handsome small tree with gracefully arch-
ing branches studded with numerous fl.-clusters. It is
prop, by budding or grafting like the horticultural
varieties of Crata3gus. ALFRED REHDEK.
•\
CRAT-3JGUS (ancient Greek name, derived from
kratos, strength, on account of the hardiness of the
wood). Rosacese, subfam. Pomex. CRATEGUS. HAW-
THORN. Woody plants grown for their handsome foliage,
attractive flowers and decorative fruit which, in a few
species, is edible, and also for their picturesque habit:
very valuable for ornament.
Shrubs or small trees, usually spiny: Ivs. alternate,
deciduous, stipulate, serrate, often lobed or pinnatifid:
fls. white, in some varieties red, in corymbs, rarely
solitary; petals and calyx -lobes 5; stamens 5-25,
usually 10 or 20; styles 1-5: fr. a drupe-like pome, with
1-5 1-seeded bony stones. — A large genus, widely dis-
tributed in the temperate regions of the northern
hemisphere, most abundant in N. Amer., where be-
tween 800 and 900 species have been described, while
from the Old World
only about 60 species
are known. There ex-
ists no recent mono-
graph of the genus; a
systematic enumera-
tion of the arborescent
American species will
be found in Sargent,
"Manual of the Trees
of North America,"
pp. 363-504; of the
species of the southern
states in Small, "Flora
of the Southeastern
United States," pp.
532-569; and of the
species of the north-
eastern states in Gray's
Manual, ed. 7, p. 460-
79, and in Britton and
Brown, 111. Flor. (ed.
2) 2:294-321; for the
species cult, in Euro-
pean gardens, see
Lange, "Reyisio Speci-
erum Generis Cratsegi"
(1897), quoted below as Lange.
The hawthorns are hardy ornamental shrubs and
trees, mostly of dense and low growth, with handsome
foliage, turning, in most species, to a brilliant coloring in
the fall. Almost all have attractive white flowers, pink
or crimson in some varieties of C. Oxyacantha and G,
monogyna. Most of the species have very decorative
fruit which in C. Phaenopyrum, C. nitida, C. viridis, C.
1096. Thorns of Crategus. They
are modified branches, being in the
axils of leaves; sometimes, as in the
lower figure, some of the short
branches bear leaves.
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
879
fecunda, C. pruinosa, C. Carrierei, C. persistens, C.
Oxyacantha, C. monogyna and others persist on the
trees until late into the winter, while some species, as
C. Arnoldiana, ripen their large fruits, which soon drop,
in August; also C. dahurica, C. sanguined and the black-
fruited C. nigra ripen about the same time, and C.
submollis only a little later, but the earliest of all is the
southern C. sestivalis, which ripens its fruits in May.
This and the blue-fruited C. brachyacantha are among
the most decorative hawthorns for the southern states.
The fruit of C. xstivalis, and that of C. mexicana is
made into preserves and jellies; also the fruits of the
Molles group are suited for jelly-making, and in South
Carolina an excellent jelly similar in quality and taste
to Guava jelly is made from the fruits of some species
of the Flavse group. In Europe, C. monogyna and C.
Oxyacantha are counted among the best hedge plants;
also many American species like C. Phsenopyrum, C.
Crus-galli and possibly C. macracantha, C. intricata, C.
pastorum, C. rotundifolia, may be used for hedges, but
they are stronger growers and cannot be pruned so
closely as the European species. The hawthorns grow
well in exposed positions and as a rule do not like much
shade; they are not particular as to the soil, but grow
best in limestone soil, also in a rich, loamy, somewhat
moist one, and even in strong clay. Propagated by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified; before stratifying, most
of the pulp may be removed by laying the fruits in
shallow piles and allowing them to decay. Then they
are mixed with sand or sifted soil and buried in the
ground or kept in boxes in a cool cellar. The young
plants should not be allowed to remain over one year
in the seed-beds, as they form long tap-roots and are
then difficult to transplant. Varieties and rarer kinds
are easily budded or grafted on seedling stock of C.
Oxyacantha, or other common strong-growing species.
The spines of crategus are modified branches (see
Fig. 1096). The fruits are pomes (Fig. 1097), with
structure similar to that of the apple.
ALFRED REHDER.
The American hawthorns are highly ornamental sub-
jects for the planting of parks and private estates.
The showy flowers in spring and early summer, the
conspicuous red, crimson, and scarlet fruits of nearly all
of them, which extend amongst the different species
from August to early winter and midwinter, — and some
of the species markedly retain their fruits without
shrinkage of pulp or loss of color until early winter, —
the absolute hardihood, and the bold rugged branch-
ing habits characteristic to most of them, make them
very interesting objects when their leafless forms are
outlined in a winter landscape. The landscape gardener
cannot make any mistake in planting them in liberal
quantities in private estates or public parks.
They are easily transplanted. They are much bene-
fited by liberal pruning when transplanted from nursery
rows or from the woodland. The side branches should
be pruned in severely, and as the centers of good-sized
plants are likely to be full of intricate and congested
branches, these should be carefully thinned. In a young
state they should be grown to one stem whether they
are arborescent or shrubby species. Under this treat-
ment they make beautiful garden plants.
The American hawthorns are almost invariably
found growing in heavy limestone clay. They may
occasionally overlap into sandy soil. In planting them
in sandy soil, it should be liberally enriched with well-
rotted manure, and they should be kept well mulched.
The seeds of all of the species of American hawthorns
germinate slowly. None of the species germinates
before the second year after sowing, and many of the
seeds in the same "flat" will not germinate before the
third year. In many instances, part of the seeds germi-
nate the second year, and the remainder the third. The
seeds of Crataegus geneseensis have been known to be
dormant for three years, and all come up thickly at the
same time. In some of the groups the seeds of the
species germinate more freely than in others. The
species in the Molles, Flabellatae and Tomentosae
groups germinate abundantly. The germination of the
species in the Pruinosae group have a much lower per-
1097. Pomes of Crataegus, one of the large-fruited forms.
(Half size.)
centage than in the former. The species in the Intri-
catse group germinate badly.
The fruit can be sown broadcast in beds without
any separation of the seeds, and heavily mulched until
the spring of the second year, when the mulching should
be removed. This method, however, is not considered
good, and has been given up. The best way is to soak
the fruits in water, and by maceration the seeds or
nutlets are separated from the pulp, and the seeds will
sink to the bottom of the tub or vessel. The seeds are
then dried in the sun as they can then be handled
easily. They are sown in "flats" of convenient size to
handle, and piled up in the corner of the shade house
and fitted tightly above each other to prevent mice
getting at them. During this period of rest they must
not be allowed to become dry. In the spring of the
second year they are spread out to allow the seeds to
germinate. Numbered zinc tags are nailed on the
"flats" and the corresponding numbers with the names
of the species are recorded.
The American hawthorns can be grafted readily on
potted seedling stocks in the greenhouse in winter, any
of the species in the Crus-galli group being good to
use. They are grafted at the crown. This, however,
is an unnecessary operation. All of the species of Ameri-
can hawthorns (and there are over 900 of them) come
absolutely true from seed, and whilst they germinate
slowly, they start to grow rapidly into plants of good
stocky size from about two years after they germinate.
Some of the species of American hawthorns have
highly colored f oh' age in the fall. The species in the
Pruinosa?, Medipximse and Intricatse groups have per-
haps the most highly colored foliage. Notable examples
are Crataegus opulens, C. diffusa, C. maineana, C. dis-
sona, C, cognata, C. conspecta, C. promissa, C. exornata,
C.perjucunda, C. faetida, and C. verecunda.
The different species vary greatly in the time of
ripening their fruits and in the period of duration.
In many instances the fruit drops soon after ripening
and in others hangs on for a long period. A selection
880
CRATJEGUS
CRAT^GUS
of twenty-six species that would give a good fruit dis-
play from August until early or mid-winter, would be
as follows: Cratsegus matura, C. prxcox, C. Arnoldiana,
C. Dayana, C. Robesoniana, C. pedicellata, C. gloriosa, C.
Ellwangeriana, C. lauta, C. submollis, C. champlainen-
sis, C. arkansana, C. Dunbari, C. ferentaria, C. opulens,
C. compta, C. gemmosa, C. livoniana, C. geneseensis, C.
persimilis, C. maineana, C. Barryana, C. coccinioides, C.
leiophylla, C. durobrivensis, and C. cordata. (See pp.
887-889 for some of these.) JOHN DUNBAR.
INDEX.
acerifolia, 1, 40.
florida, 29.
pinnatifida, 50.
sestivalis, 28.
glandulosa, 13.
populifolia, 40.
albo-plena, 46.
Gumpperi, 45.
pruinosa, 7.
apiifolia, 41, 48.
hypolasia, 25.
prunifolia, 36.
aprica, 32.
inermis, 19, 46.
pteridifolia, 46.
arborescens, 17.
intricata, 14.
pubera, 13.
Arduennse, 22.
Korolkowii, 50.
punctata, 26.
arkansana, 2.
laciniata, 46.
punicea, 46.
Arnoldiana, 3.
Lavattei, 23.
purpurea, 39.
Aronia, 49.
leucophlceos, 33.
pyracanthifolia, 19.
aurea, 26, 45.
linearis, 19.
pyramidalis, 46.
Azarolus, 49.
lobata, 31.
pyrifolia, 33.
Barryana, 8.
lucida, 19.
quercifolia, 45.
bicolor, 45.
macracantha, 34, 35
Robesoniana, 6.
Boyntonii, 16.
macrosperma, 12.
rosea, 46.
brachyacantha, 42.
major, 50.
roseo-pendula, 46.
Brettschneideri, 50.
Marshallii, 41.
rotundifolia, 13.
Bruantii, 46.
maura, 49.
rubro-plena, 46.
Buckleyi, 15.
media, 45.
salicifolia, 19.
californica, 50.
melanocarpa, 44.
sanguinea, 37, 38, 39,
Calpodendron, 33.
mexicana, 25.
48.
Canbyi. 20.
carpathica, 43.
mollis, 1, 4.
monogyna, 46.
semperflorena, 46.
sinaica, 49.
Carrierei, 23.
nana, 19.
speciosa, 10.
Chapmanii, 33.
nigra, 43.
spissiflora, 6.
chlorocarpa, 38.
nitida, 18.
splendens, 19.
coccinea, 1, 6, 7, 13,
odoratissima, 48.
stricta, 46.
35,45.
orientalis, 48.
submollis, 4.
coccinioides, 9.
ovalifolia, 19.
succulenta, 34.
collina, 27.
Oxyacantha, 45, 46.
tanacetifolia, 47.
cordata, 40.
parvifolia, 29.
tatarica, 50.
crocata, 26.
pastorum, 12.
tiliifolia, 1.
Crus-galli, 19.
Paulii, 45.
tomentosa, 29, 33.
dahurica, 39.
pedicellata, 11.
Tournefortii, 48.
Douglasii, 35, 37.
pendula, 46.
unifiora, 29.
Ellwangeriana, 5.
pennsyhanica, 19.
Vailise, 30.
fecunda, 21.
pentagyna, 44.
variegata, 36.
feror, 46.
persistens, 24.
viridis, 17.
filicifolia, 46.
Phsenopyrum, 40.
xanthocarpa, 26, 38.
flava, 31.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Veins of the Ivs. extending to the points
of the lobes or to the teeth only; Ivs.
usually slightly or not lobed: fr. not
black or blue, except in No. 37.
B. Stones plain on the inner surfaces.
c. Petioles elongated, usually slender.
D. The petioles glandular at the apex
or sparingly glandular through-
out.
E. Corymbs many-fld.: petioles
glandular only at the apex:
Ivs. broad at the base, trun-
cate to broadly cuneate.
P. Lvs. tomentose or pubescent
beneath, at least on the veins.
G. Stamens 20; anthers pale
yellow: Iva. thick and
leathery.
H. Fr. ripening in Aug.
and Sept.: Ivs. broad-
ly ovate 1. mollis
HH. Fr. ripening at the end
of Oct.: Ivs. oblong-
ovate to oval 2. arkansana
GO. Stamens 10: Ivs. mem-
branous at maturity.
H. Anthers yellow.
i. Fr. crimson, villous,
ripening the mid-
dle of Aug.: Ivs.
dark green and
smooth above 3. Arnoldiana
II. Fr. orange-red, lus-
trous, puberulous at
the base: Ivs. dark
yellowish green ,
scabrate above .... 4. submollis
HH. Anthers rose-color: Ivs.
scabrate above.
i. Plant a tree: Ivs. with
short lobes: corymbs
many-fld 5. Ellwanger-
II. Plant a shrub: Ivs. [iana
rather deeply lobed:
corymbs 4~6-fld. . . 6. Robesoniana
FF. Lvs. glabrous beneath or
nearly so.
Q. Fr. bloomy until nearly
fully ripe.
H. Stamens 20: Ivs. gla-
brous: fr. subglobose,
often 5-angled 7. pruinosa
HH. Stamens 10: Ivs. sca-
brate above, while
young: fr. obovoid ... 8. Barryana
OQ. Fr. not bloomy.
H. Stamens 20, anthers
pink: Ivs. truncate at
the base.
i. The Ivs. dull above,
villous beneath
when young: fr.
with conspicuous
calyx and with red
flesh 9. coccinioides
IT. The Ivs. lustrous above,
quite glabrous: fr.
with yellow flesh
and small calyx. . . 10. speciosa
HH. Stamens 5—10: Ivs.
broadly cuneate.
i. Anthers pink or rose-
purple; stamens
usually 10.
3. Calyx-lobes coarse-
ly glandular-
serrate: stones
usually 5: Ivs.
distinctly lobed. .11. pedicellata
33. Calyx-lobes entire
or obscurely ser-
rate: stones 2-3:
Ivs. slightly
lobed 12. pastorum
ii. Anthers yellow; sta-
mens 5-10: Ivs.
orbicular-ovate: fr.
with 2-3 stones 13. rotundifolia
EE. Corymbs usually few-fid.:
petioles sparingly glandular
throughout: Ivs. cuneate at
the base: stamens 10.
F. Calyx-lobes glandular-ciliate:
corymbs slightly villous:
anthers yellow 14. intricata
FF. Calyx-lobes entire or glandu-
lar above the middle:
corymbs glabrous.
a. Anthers purplish: calyx-
lobes glandular above the
middle 15. Buckleyi
oo. Anthers yellow: calyx-
lobes without glands 16. Boyntonii
DD. The petioles glandless or with a
few minute glands: Ivs. cu-
neate at the base, ovate to lanceo-
late, not or very slightly lobed,
lustrous above, glabrous at
maturity: stamens 20.
E. Fr. subglobose, }/±in. across or
less, bright scarlet or orange:
Ivs. oblong-obovate to ovate ... 17. viridis
EE. Fr. ovoid, about %in. across,
dull brick-red, bloomy: Ivs:.
lanceolate to oblong-obovate . 18. nitida
cc. Petioles short; Ivs. cuneate at the
base, not or very slightly lobed.
D. The petioles glandless.
E. Corymbs many-fld.
F. Lvs. dark green and shining
above.
o. Stamens 10: under side
of Ivs. glabrous or nearly
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
881
H. Anthers rose-color or
purple.
I. Fr. glabrous: corymbs
glabrous.
j. Shape of Ivs. cu-
neate-obovate to
oblanceolate: fr.
dull red; stones
usually 2 19. Crus-galli
Jj. Shape of Ivs. ob-
long to ovate: fr.
crimson , lus-
trous; stones 8-5.20. Canbyi
II. Fr. villous until near-
ly fully grown: Ivs.
oblong-obovate to
br o adly ovate:
corymbs slightly
villous 21. fecunda
HH. Anthers yellow: Ivs.
obovate: fr. dull dark
crimson 22. Arduennse
GQ. Stamens 20.
H. Under side of Ivs. vil-
lous: corymbs densely
pubescent 23. Carrierei
HH. Under side of Ivs. gla-
br ous : corymbs
slightly pubescent .... 24. persistens
FF. Lvs. dull above: stamens 20.
o. Fr. juicy, edible: Ivs. cu-
neate-oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, tomentose be-
neath 25. mexicana
QQ. Fr. dry, mealy: Ivs. obo-
vate or oval.
H. Length of Ivs. 2—4 in.,
pubescent beneath: fr.
ovoid, Y^rl in. long,
with large dots 26. punctate
HH. Length of Ivs. 1Y?~
2 in., at maturity
hairy only on the mid-
rib beneath: fr. glo-
bose, y^-Y^in. across,
with small dots 27. collina
BE. Corymbs few-fld.: Ivs. ^4-2 in.
long, pubescent beneath:
stamens 20-25.
F. Fls. with or before the Ivs.: fr.
ripening in May, juicy,
bright red: Ivs. l%-2 in.
long 28. aestivalis
FF. Fls. after the Ivs.: fr. ripen-
ing very late, dry, dull red
or yellow: Ivs. less than
1% in. long.
Q. Lvs. obovate, mostly ob-
tuse, crenately serrate:
fls. usually solitary 29. uni flora
QQ. Lvs. oval or ovate, acute,
serrate and often lobed:
fls. 2-6 30. Vailise
DD. The petioles, margin of Ivs. and
corymbs densely glandular:
corymbs 8-7-fld.
E. Stamens 20, anthers purple: fr.
ovoid 31. flava
EE. Stamens 10.
F. Fr. pyriform: anthers pur- [lobata
plish 31. flava var.
FF. Fr. globose: anthers yellow. .32. aprica
BB. Stones with furrows or irregular
cavities on the inner surfaces; fr.
lustrous, soft at maturity.
c. Lvs. not or only slightly lobed.
D. Color offr. scarlet or orange; stones
2-3: Ivs. with impressed veins.
E. Fr. small, ovoid or pear-shaped,
upright, orange-red: Ivs. thin,
dull above, pubescent below . . .33. tomentosa
EE. Fr. subglobose, larger, nodding,
scarlet: Ivs. subcoriaceous,
pubescent only on the veins
beneath.
F. Anthers rose-color; stamens
usually 20 34. succulenta
FF. Anthers yellow; stamens 10.
G. Foliage glabrous below:
stones deeply grooved on
the inner surface 35. macracantha
GG. Foliage usually pubescent
on the veins below while
young: stones slightly
grooved 36. prunif olia
DD. Color of fr. black; nutlets 5: Ivs.
broadly elliptic to obovate, gla-
brous (see also No. 42 with
blue frs.) 37. Douglasii
cc. Lvs. more or less distinctly lobed.
D. Length of Ivs. more than 2 in.: Ivs.
pubescent: fr. nearly Y^in.
across 38. sanguinea
DD. Length of Ivs. less than 2 in.: Ivs.
quite glabrous: fr. %in. or less
across 39. dahurica
AA. Veins of the Ivs. extending to the points
of the lobes and to the sinuses; Ivs.
usually distinctly lobed.
B. Fr. very small, Y^in. long or less, red:
calyx deciduous.
C. Lvs. triangular-ovate, with shallow
and broad lobes, often 3-lobed: fr.
subglobose, lustrous; nutlets 8-5.. AO. Phanopyrum
cc. Lvs. ovate, deeply 5—7-lobed: fr.
ovoid; nutlets 1-3 41. apiifolia
BB. Fr. larger: calyx-teeth persistent.
C. Color of fr. black or blue.
D. The fr. blue, bloomy: Ivs. obovate
to obovate-oblong , crenate-ser-
rate, usually not lobed 42. brachya-
DD. The fr. black; stones with cavities [cantha
on the inner surfaces.
E. Lvs. with about 5 pairs of lobes:
fr. lustrous, subglobose, juicy A3. nigra
BE. Lvs. with 2-3 pairs of lobes: fr.
ovoid, dull black or purplish
black 44. pentagy na
CO. Color of fr. red or yellow.
D. Stones with cavities on the inner
surfaces, 1-2.
E. Styles 2: Ivs. 3-5-lobed with
short and broad serrulate
lobes 45. Oxyacantha
EE. Style 1: Ivs. deeply 3-7-lobed,
with acute, entire or spa-
ringly toothed lobes 46. monogyna
DD. Stones plain on the inner sur-
faces, 2-5.
E. Branchlets and Ivs. pubescent.
F. Lvs. with glandular toothed
lobes, pubescent 47. tanacetif olia
FF. Lvs. not glandular-toothed,
lobes often nearly entire.
O. Upper surface of Ivs. dull,
pubescent, under sur-
face villous 48. orientalis
QQ. Upper surface of Ivs. gla-
brescent, lustrous, under
surf ace finely pubescent AQ. Azarolus
EE. Branchlets glabrous: Ivs. deeply
lobed, glabrous 50. pinnatifida
1. MOLLES.
1. mollis, Scheele (C. tiliifblia, Koch. C. acerifdlia,
Hort. C. coccinea var. mdllis, Torr. & Gray). Tree, to
30 ft., with short, stout thorns: Ivs. broadly ovate,
sharply and doubly serrate and with 4-5 pairs of short
acute lobes, densely pubescent beneath, 3-4 in. long:
corymbs densely villous-pubescent; fls. with red disk:
fr. about J^in. across, usually pear-shaped, scarlet,
more or less pubescent, with thick mealy flesh and
4-5 stones. April, May: fr. end of Aug., Sept. Ohio
to S. Dak. and Kans. S.S. 13:659. Em. 494 (as C.
tomentosa). G.F. 5:221. — One of the most decorative
species, with large, bright green foliage and showy fls.
and frs., ripening in Sept., but dropping soon after
maturity.
2. arkansana, Sarg. Tree, to 20 ft.: branches wide-
spreading, forming an irregular open head, unarmed or
882
CRAT^GUS
CRAT.EGUS
with straight spines H-^in. long: Ivs. oval or oblong-
ovate, acute, truncate or broadly cuneate at the base,
serrate and with 3-4 pairs of short lobes, pubescent on
both sides at first, at maturity dull dark green and
glabrous above, villous on the veins below, 2-3 in.
long: corymbs villous; fls. nearly 1 in. across: fr. ovoid,
bright crimson, slightly villous at the ends, %-l in.
long, with thick subacid flesh and usually 5 stones.
1098. Crataegus Arnoldiana ( X %). No. 3.
May; fr. end of Oct., falling gradually. Ark. S.S.
13:660. — Very handsome in autumn with its abundant
brilliant frs. persistent for some time; the Ivs. turn
clear yellow.
3. Arnoldiana, Sarg. Fig. 1098. Tree, to 20 ft., with
stout ascending branches forming an open head with
zigzag branchlets, armed with stout spines 2-3 in.
long: Ivs. broadly ovate to oval, acute, truncate to
broadly cuneate at the base, doubly serrate and with
many shallow broad lobes, at first hairy above and soft-
pubescent below; later smooth, dark green and lus-
trous above, slightly villous on the veins below, 2-3 in.
long: corymbs tomentose; fls. %in. across: fr. subglo-
bose, bright crimson, villous toward the ends, %in.
long, with thick subacid flesh and 3-4 stones. May;
fr. middle of Aug., soon falling. Mass. S.S. 13:668.
4. subm611is, Sarg. Tree, to 25 ft., with ascending
or spreading branches forming a broad handsome head:
spines numerous, thin, usually straight, 2-3 in. long:
Ivs. ovate, acute, broadly cuneate at the base, doubly
serrate and with 3-4 pairs of acute short lobes, scabrous
above, below at first soft-pubescent, later only puberu-
lous on the veins, 2-3 in. long: corymbs tomentose;
fls. 1 in. across: fr. pear-shaped or ovoid, bright orange-
red and lustrous, %in. long with persistent erect calyx;
flesh yellow, mealy; stones usually 5. May; fr. early in
Sept., soon falling. Que. to Mass, and E. N. Y. S.S.
4:182 (as C. mollis).
5. Ellwangeriana, Sarg. Tree, sometimes to 20 ft.,
with stout ascending branches forming a broad
symmetrical head, and with zigzag branchlets: Ivs.
oval, acute, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
coarsely and often doubly serrate with many short
acute lobes, at first hairy above and villous below on
the veins, later scabrous and light green above, nearly
glabrous below, 23^-3^ in. long: corymbs densely
villous; pedicels short; fls. 1 in. across: fr. ovoid, bright
crimson, very lustrous, slightly villous at the ends, 1 in.
long, with thin yellow acid flesh and 3-5 nutlets. May;
fr. at the end of Sept., soon falling. N. Y. and Ont. to
Mich., south to W. Pa. S.S. 13:671. G.C. III. 47:130.
A.F. 24 : 325. F.E. 33 : 488.
6. Robesoniana, Sarg. (C. spissiflora, Sarg.) Shrub,
with numerous erect sts., to 12 ft., or occasionally small
tree, to 20 ft.: spines few, stout, 1-1 % in. long: Ivs.
oblong-ovate, acute, or acuminate, rounded or broadly
cuneate at the base, sharply doubly serrate with many
broad acute lobes, pubescent below on the veins while
young, glabrous at maturity, scabrate above, 2-3 in.
long: corymbs pubescent, 4-6-fld., compact; calyx
villous, lobes glabrous outside: fr. ovoid, scarlet, %in.
long, with small calyx; flesh thin, mealy; stones 4-5.
May: fr. Sept., soon falling. N. Y. to S. Ont. — This
species was formerly sold by Ellwanger & Barry under
the name C. coccinea.
2. PRUINOS^E.
7. pruindsa, Koch (C. coccinea var. viridis, Torr. &
Gray). Shrub or tree, to 20 ft. : branches spreading with
numerous stout straight spines: Ivs. elliptic or ovate,
acute, usually broadly cuneate at the base, irregularly
and often doubly serrate, with 3-4 pairs of short acute
lobes, red when unfolding, later dark bluish green
above, paler below, glabrous, 1-2 in. long: corymbs
rather few-fld.; fls. slender-pedicelled, %-l in. across;
stamens 20; anthers pinkish: fr. subglobose, apple-
green and glaucous until nearly fully ripe, finely dark
purple with yellow sweet flesh and 5 stones: calyx
prominent with a well-developed tube. May; fr. Oct.
Vt. to Va., and 111. S.S. 13:648.
8. Barryana, Sarg. Shrub, to 15 ft. : branches spread-
ing or ascending with slender spines : Ivs. broadly ovate,
rounded or abruptly cuneate at the base, sharply
doubly serrate and slightly lobed, scabrate above,
glabrous and glaucous below, 2-3 in. long: corymbs
glabrous; calyx-lobes entire or sparingly dentate; fls.
%in. across; stamens 7-10, with purple anthers: fr.
obovoid, crimson with small pale dots, pruinose, %in.
long, with usually 3 nutlets. May; fr. in Oct. W. N. Y.
3. DELTOIDES.
9. coccinioides, Ashe. Fig. 1099. Tree, sometimes
20 ft.: branches stout, spreading, forming a broad
handsome head: spines thick, 1^-2 in. long: Ivs.
broadly ovate, acute, rounded or truncate at the base,
doubly serrate, with several pairs of broad acute lobes,
at first yellowish green and lustrous above, villous on
the veins beneath, later dull dark green above, paler
and nearly glabrous beneath, 2-3 in. long: fls. %in.
across, in compact 5-7-fld., sometimes slightly villous
corymbs: fr. subglobose, dark crimson and lustrous,
%in. across, with thick subacid reddish flesh and 4-5
stones. May; fr. early in Oct. and falling gradually.
Mo., Ind., and Kans. S.S. 13:674. M.D.G. 190i:
358, 359. — Very handsome small tree, the foliage tinged
red when unfolding and turning scarlet and orange in
autumn.
10. specidsa, Sarg. Shrub, to 15 ft., usually with
many sts.: spines numerous, 1-2 in. long: Ivs. ovate,
acute or acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base,
doubly serrate and with 4-5 pairs of broad and short .
acute lobes, tinged red when unfolding and nearly
glabrous, at maturity thick, dark green and lustrous
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
883
above, paler below and quite glabrous, 2-3 in. long:
corymbs glabrous, 5-8-fld.; fls. 1. in. across: fr. de-
pressed-globose, bright crimson and lustrous, nearly
1 in. broad, with thin yellow flesh and 5 stones. May;
fr. the middle of Sept., soon falling. Mo. S.T.S. 1 :33 —
Very handsome with its lustrous Ivs., large fls. and
brilliant fr.
4. COCCINE^E.
11. pedicellate, Sarg. Tree, to 20 ft., with rather
slender spreading or ascending branches forming a
symmetrical head: spines straight or slightly curved,
lJi-2 in. long: Ivs. broadly ovate, broadly cuneate or
truncate at the base, coarsely and often doubly ser-
rate, above the middle with 4-5 pairs of short acute
lobes, at maturity membranous, dark green and
scabrous above, paler and nearly glabrous below, 2-4 in.
long: fls. )^in. across in loose slightly villous corymbs;
calyx-lobes coarsely glandular-serrate: fr. pear-shaped
or ovoid, bright scarlet, lustrous, with conspicuous per-
sistent calyx; flesh thin, mealy; stones 4-5. May; fr.
Sept. Pa. to Conn., N. Y., and Ont. S.S. 13:677.
5. TENTJIFOLI^E.
12. pastdrum, Sarg. (C. macrosperma var. pastdrum,
Eggleston). Glabrous shrub, sometimes to 15 ft., with
many erect sts., armed with numerous stout or slender
spines: Ivs. ovate, acute, usually rounded at the base,
doubly serrate, slightly lobed, at maturity thick, dark
dull blue-green, glaucescent below, 1K~2 in. long: fls.
%in. across in many-fld. corymbs; calyx-lobes lanceo-
late, entire or obscurely serrate: fr. ovoid, bright scar-
let, lustrous, about ^in. long, with thick, yellow and
mealy flesh and 2-3 stones. New England. May; fr.
Sept. S.S. 4:180 (as C. cocdnea).
6. ROTUNDIFOLLE.
13. rotundifolia, Moench (C. cocdnea var. rotundi-
folia, Sarg. C. glandidosa, Willd.) Shrub or bushy tree,
sometimes to 20 ft., with slender, straight or curved
spines: Ivs. ovate-orbicular to oval, or obovate, acute,
broadly cuneate at the base, rather coarsely serrate
and usually with 3-4 pairs of short acute lobes, gla-
brous, 1-2 J^ in. long: corymbs glabrous or slightly
villous; fls. %-l in. across; calyx-lobes and bractlets
very glandular: fr. subglobose, about Kin- long, red
with yellow sweet flesh and 2-3 stones. May; fr. Sept.
Nova Scotia to Sask., III. and Va. G.C. II. 14:557.
Gn. 22, p. 145; 33, p. 464. — The most northern spe-
cies. Var. p&bera, Sarg. (C. cocdnea, Linn., in part).
Branchlets, petioles and the Ivs. on the veins more or
less pubescent below while young.
7. INTRICATE.
14. intricate, Lange. Shrub, to 10 ft.: branches
upright or spreading, with rather long curved spines:
Ivs. elliptic-ovate, acute, cuneate at the base, doubly
serrate with 3-4 pairs of short acute lobes, at first
slightly pubescent, later scabrate above, bright green,
slightly paler beneath and nearly glabrous, 1-2% in.
long: corymbs slightly villous; fls. about 1 in. across;
calyx-lobes serrate: fr. subglobose to ovoid, sparingly
villous or glabrous, dull reddish brown, with usually
3-4 stones. May; fr. Oct., Nov. Mass, and Vt. to
Pa. Lange 1.
15. Biickleyi, Beadle. Large shrub or tree, often
to 25 ft., with stout spreading or ascending branches
and stout straight spines J^in. long: Ivs. broadly ovate
or oval, acute, usually rounded at the base, coarsely
serrate and incisely lobed with acuminate lobes, gla-
brous and thick and firm at maturity: corymbs 3-7-
fld., compact, glabrous; fls. %in. across; sepals serrate
toward the apex and stipitate-glandular: fr. subglo-
bose, usually angled, about %in. across, yellowish green
and flushed red or red, with 3-5 stones. May; fr. Sept.
and Oct. Va. to N. C. and Tenn. S.M. 464.
16. Boyntonii, Beadle. Tree, occasionally to 20 ft.,
with stout ascending branches: spines straight, thin,
1^-2 in. long: Ivs. broadly ovate to oval, acute,
sharply serrate with glandular teeth and often with 2-3
pairs of short acute lobes, bronzy red when unfolding
and slightly viscid, at maturity yellowish green, thick
and firm and glabrous, 1-2 % in. long; petioles glandu-
lar: fls. %in. across, in 4-10-fld. glabrous corymbs;
calyx-lobes entire or obscurely glandular-serrate above
the middle: fr. depressed-globose, yellowish green
flushed with red, about Hm- across, with 3-5 stones.
May; fr. Oct. Va. to Ky., Tenn. and Ala. S.S. 13:650.
8. VlRIDES.
17. viridis, Linn. (C. arbor escens, Ell.). Tree, to 35
ft., with spreading branches forming a round, rather
compact head: spines slender: Ivs. oblong-ovate to
oval, acute or acuminate, serrate above the cuneate
base, dark green and lustrous above, paler below, finally
glabrous, 1-3 in. long: corymbs glabrous; pedicels
slender; calyx-lobes lanceolate, entire: fr. globose,
bright red, M~/i in. across, with usually 5 stones. Md.,
Va. to 111., Iowa, Texas and Fla. May; fr. Oct., persist-
ing through the winter. S.S. 4: 187.
18. nitida, Sarg. Tree, to 30 ft., with spreading
branches unarmed or with thin straight spines: Ivs.
elliptic to oblong-obovate, acuminate, coarsely ser-
rate except at the cuneate base, often slightly lobed,
dark green and lustrous above, paler below, glabrous,
1-3 in. long: corymbs glabrous, calyx-lobes elongated,
entire or sparingly glandular-serrate: fr. ovoid or sub-
globose, dark dull red, about J^in. long with thick
mealy flesh and 2-5 stones. May; fr. Oct., persistent
through the winter. 111., Kans. S.S. 13:703.— Like C.
viridis very ornamental with its lustrous foliage and
persistent frs.
1099. Cratagus coccinioides ( X %) . No. 9.
884
CRAT^EGUS
CRAT^EGUS
9. CRUS-GALLI.
19. Crus-galli, Linn. COCKSPUR THORN. Shrub or
tree, to 40 ft.: branches wide-spreading, rigid, often
pendulous, with numerous slender spines: Ivs. obovate
or oblanceolate, irregularly and sharply serrate, usually
rounded at the apex, quite glabrous, 1-2^ in. long,
often semi-persistent: corymbs glabrous; calyx-lobes
entire or minutely serrate: fr. usually globose, red,
with usually 2 stones; flesh thin and dry. May,
June: fr. late in Oct. Que., south to N. C., west to
Mich. S.S. 4:178. Em. 492. R.B. 1:116. G.F. 7:295.
G.C. III. 28:244, suppl. Sept. 29.— A very decorative
species of distinct habit, handsome in bloom and with
showy, bright red fr., remaining on the branches often
until spring; the Ivs. assume a brilliant orange and
scarlet color in fall. Often used for hedges. Var. iner-
mis, Lange. Spineless form. Var. linearis, Ser. Lvs.
linear-lanceolate. Var. nana, Nichols. Dwarf form.
Var. pyracanthifolia, Ait. Lvs. elliptic or obovate, usu-
ally acute: fr. smaller, brighter red. W. N. Y. and Pa.
to Fla. and Tenn. S.S. 13:637. Var. saliciffilia, Ait.
Lvs. oblanceolate or lanceolate, thinner. Var. splen-
dens, Ait. (var. lucida, Hort.). Lvs. elliptic-oblanceo-
late, very shining. Var. ovalifdlia, Lindl. (C. pennsyl-
vdnica, Hort., not Ashe). Lvs. elliptic or elliptic-obo-
vate, less lustrous: fr. ovoid. B.R. 22:1860. Gn. 22, p.
146; 33, p. 468. — This is probably not a variety of C.
Crus-galli, but a distinct species identical with one of
the recently described species of this group.
20. Canbyi, Sarg. Shrub or bushy tree, to 20 ft.:
branches wide-spreading, with thick usually straight
spines: Ivs. oblong-obovate to elliptic, acute or obtuse,
coarsely and often doubly serrate above the middle,
glabrous, lJ^-3 in. long: corymbs glabrous; calyx-
lobes entire or sparingly serrate: fr. subglobose or ovoid,
about J^in. long, dark crimson, with juicy flesh and
3-5 stones. May; fr. Oct. E. Pa., Del, Md. S.S.
13:638.
21. fecfinda, Sarg. Small tree, to 25 ft.: branches
wide-spreading, with slender spines: Ivs. oblong-ovate
to oval, usually acute, doubly serrate, with strongly
marked veins, l%-3 in. long: corymbs slightly villous;
calyx-lobes glandular-serrate: fr. subglobose to ovoid,
%-%in. long, orange-red, with thick flesh and 2-3
stones. May; fr. Oct. Mo., 111. S.S. 13:641.
22. Arduennae, Sarg. Shrub or tree, to 20 ft.:
branches spreading, forming a round-topped head:
spines slender: Ivs. oblong-obovate, acute, acuminate
or rounded, crenulate-serrate from below the middle,
with obscure veins, l%-2^2 in- long: corymbs glabrous,
pedicels slender; calyx-lobes entire or slightly serrate:
1 100. Crataegus punctate. No. 26.
fr. ovoid, dull dark crimson, about J^in. long, with
1-2 stones. May; fr. the middle of Sept. Pa. to 111 ,
Mich, and Ont. S.M. 373.
23. Carrierei, Vauv. Small tree, to 20 ft., with spread-
ing branches and stout spines: Ivs. elliptic or oblong-
obovate, acute, pubescent below, glabrous above at
length and lustrous, irregularly serrate, 3-4 in. long:
corymbs rather few-fld., pubescent; fls. large, with red
disk; calyx-lobes linear, serrulate: fr. bright orange or
brick-red, ovoid, about Hin. long, with 1-3 stones.
May. R.H. 1883:108. G.C. III. 21:118, 119.— Proba-
bly hybrid between C. Crus-galli and C. mexicana,
originated in France. Possibly not different is C. Lav-
dllei, Herincq, described with larger subglobose fr.
24. persistens, Sarg. Low tree, 12 ft. or more:
branches wide-spreading, with numerous stout spines
to 2 in. long: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong-obovate, acumi-
nate, cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate above the
middle, at maturity glabrous, dark green and lustrous
above, pale beneath, 2-3 in. long: corymbs slightly
villous; fls. over Min. across; calyx- lobes glandular-
serrate above the middle or entire; stamens 20, anthers
white; styles surrounded at the base by a broad ring
of pale tomentum: fr. ovoid or slightly obovate, crim-
son, not lustrous, over Hin. across; flesh thick and
mealy, with 2-3 stones. May: fr. in Oct. S.T.S. 2:190.
— Of unknown origin, possibly a hybrid of C. Crus-
galli. Raised at the Arnold Arboretum. The Ivs. remain
on the branches unchanged until those of all the other
hawthorns have fallen and the frs. persist until late into
the winter. One of the most conspicuous of winter
fruiting plants.
10. MEXICANS.
25. mexicana, Sess. & Moc. (C. hypolasia, Koch).
Small tree, to 30 ft. : branchlets tomentose, unarmed or
with short spines: Ivs. cuneate-oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, obtuse or acute, crenate-serrate and often
slightly lobed toward the apex, pubescent above, some-
times nearly glabrous, tomentose below, lJ^-3^ in.
long: corymbs white-tomentose; fls. %in. wide; calyx-
lobes entire or with a few teeth at the apex; stamens 20,
with pink anthers: fr. ovoid to pyriform, orange or
dull orange-red, %-l in. thick, edible, with 3-5 nut-
lets. March; fr. Oct., Nov. Mex. B.R. 22:1910.
11. PUNCTATE.
26. punctata, Jacq. Fig. 1100. Tree, to 25 ft.:
branches horizontally spreading, with short, stout
spines or unarmed: Ivs. obovate, obtuse or acute, nar-
rowed at the base into a rather long margined petiole,
irregularly serrate, on the shoots often slightly lobed,
villous below, with impressed veins above, 2-4 in. long:
corymbs villous; fls. large; calyx-lobes entire: fr. pyri-
form or subglobose, dull red, dotted, about ^in. across,
with 5 stones. May; fr. Oct., falling soon. From Que.
to Ont., 111. and Ga. S.S. 4:184. A.F. 28:805. Var.
aftrea, Ait. (var. xanthocdrpa, Roem. C. crocata, Ashe).
Fr. yellow.
27. collina, Chapm. Shrub or small tree, occasionally
25 ft.: branches wide-spreading, with stout spines, on
the trunk with large branched spines: Ivs. obovate or
oval, acute, broadly cuneate at the base, irregularly,
often doubly serrate, at maturity yellowish green above,
paler below and glabrous except on the midrib: corymbs
villous; calyx-lobes glandular-ciliate; anthers yellow:
fr. subglobose, dull red, H-Kin. long, with yellow
mealy flesh and usually 5 stones. May; fr. Oct.
Va. to Tenn. and Ala. S.S. 13:654.
12. .(ESTIVALES.
28. aestivalis, Torr. & Gray. MAY HAW. APPLE
HAW. Tree, to 30 ft., with a round compact head,
unarmed or with stout straight spines 1-1 Yi in. long:
Ivs. elliptic to oblong-obovate, acute or rounded, gradu-
ally narrowed into the J^-l in. long petiole, sinuate-
dentate or crenate-serrate, at maturity dark green and
lustrous above, below, particularly on the veins, densely
rusty-pubescent, 1^-2^ in. long: fls. with the Ivs.,
1 in. across, in 2-5-fld. glabrous corymbs; calyx-lobes
entire or minutely glandular-serrate: fr. depressed-
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
885
globose, fragrant, K-%in. across, bright red, crowned
by the conspicuous calyx, with juicy subacid flesh and
3-5 stones. Feb., March; fr. May. Fla. to Ark. and
Texas. S.S. 4: 192. — The fr. is made into preserves and
jellies.
13. UNIFLOIUE.
29. unifldra, Moench (C. parvifolia, Ait. C. tomen-
tosa, Eggleston, not Linn. C. fldrida, Loud.). Dense,
low shrub, with numerous slender spines, rarely spine-
less, 3-8 ft. : Ivs. on short not glandular petioles, cuneate,
obovate or oblong-obovate, irregularly or doubly cren-
ate-serrate, pubescent on both sides, at length gla-
brous above, J^-1H m- long: fls. J^in. across, 1-3-fld.
corymbs; calyx pubescent, with large serrate lobes: fr.
pyriform or globose, yellow, % in. across, with 3-5
stones. May, June. Ga. and Ala. to Fla. S.S. 4:191.
30. Vailiae, Brit. Shrub, to 12 ft., with slender
straight spines: Ivs. oval or ovate, acute, cuneate at
the base, crenate-serrate and often slightly lobed, at
maturity glabrous and lustrous above, pubescent
below, J^-lj/2 in- long: fls. ^in. across, in 2-6-fld.,
pubescent corymbs; calyx-lobes glandular-serrate: fr.
globose, Mm- across, dull red, with 3-5 stones. May;
fr. Oct. Va. to Ga. and Ala.
14. FLAV.<£.
31. flava, Ait. Tree, to 20 ft. : branches wide-spread-
ing, with thin nearly straight spines: Ivs. broadly obo-
vate or elliptic, acute or nearly rounded, cuneate at base,
coarsely and doubly serrate, on vigorous shoots usually
slightly lobed, the teeth tipped with red glands, at
maturity puberulous only on the veins below, about 2
in. long; petioles glandular, short: corymbs few-fld.,
slightly villous; calyx-lobes glandular-serrate; fls. %in.
across; stamens 20, with purple anthers: fr. ovoid,
dark orange-brown, J^in. long, with dry and mealy
flesh and 5 stones. April; fr. in Oct. Ga. and Fla.
S.S. 13 : 693. — The true C. flava is not in cult.; the plant
now cult, as C. flava is quite different and is apparently
not very closely related to this species; it has so far not
been found growing wild in E. N. Amer., though it was
apparently intro. from the southern states. As it has
not yet been determined to which species it belongs, it
may be enumerated here as var. lobata, Lindl. Shrub
or small tree: Ivs. ovate or obovate, cuneate at the base,
acute, crenately serrate and often slightly lobed, at
maturity pubescent on the veins beneath, 1-2 in. long:
corymbs pubescent, few-fld.; stamens 10: fr. pyriform,
green or reddish with hard flesh, and 3-5 stones. B.R.
23:1932, 1939. G.C. III. 27:404.— Tender.
32. aprica, Beadle. A shrub or small tree, some-
times to 20 ft., with spreading branches and slender
zigzag branchlets armed with thin straight spines 1-1^
in. long: Ivs. broadly obovate or oval, acute or rounded
at the apex, narrowed into the short petiole, serrate
usually only above the middle and often slightly lobed,
with gland-tipped teeth, pubescent on both sides while
young, at maturity glabrous, dark yellow-green and
thickish, %-lH in. long: fls. %in. across, in 3-6-fld.
compact pubescent corymbs; calyx-lobes glandular-
serrate: fr. globose, ^in. across, dull orange-red, with
3-5 stones. May; fr. Oct. Va. to Ga. and Tenn. S.S.
13:698. — This species has proved hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum.
15. TOMENTOS^E.
33. tomentdsa, Linn. (C. Calpodendron, Medikus. C.
pyrifolia, Ait. C. leucophloeos, Moench. C. Chdpmanii,
Ashe). Fig. 1101. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft., with
spreading branches unarmed or with short spines: Ivs.
cuneate, obovate-oblong or elliptic, acute, serrate and
often slightly lobed, dull green and usually finely
glabrous above, below pubescent, 2-5 in. long: corymbs
pubescent, compound and many-fld.; fls. J^in. across;
calyx-lobes serrate: fr. usually oval, dull yellow or
yellowish red, ^-Hm- across, sweet and succulent, in
upright corymbs; stones 2-3, with 2 furrows on the
inner side. June; fr. Oct. Ont. to Minn., south to
Tenn. and Mo. S.S. 4:183. G.F. 2:425 (adapted in
Fig. 1101). Gn. 22, p. 145. B.R. 22:1877.
34. succulenta. Link (C. macracdnlha var. succu-
lenta, Rehd.). Tree, sometimes to 20 ft., with stout
ascending branches, armed with numerous stout
1101. Crataegus tomentosa.
No. 33.
slightly curved spines: Ivs. elliptic, acute or acuminate,
gradually narrowed into the stout winged petiole,
coarsely and usually doubly serrate and with many
short acute lobes, at maturity dark green, thickish
and somewhat lustrous above, pale green and usually
puberulous on the veins below, 2-3 in. long: fls. %in.
across, in many-fld. villous corymbs; stamens usually
20, sometimes 15: fr. globose, bright scarlet, K-%in.
across, with juicy sweet flesh and 2-3 stones. May; fr.
Sept., Oct. Que. and Ont. to Mass, and 111. S.S. 4:181
(as C. coccinea var macracantha) .
35. macracantha, Lodd. (C. coccinea var. macracdn-
tha, Dudley). Fig. 1102. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.,
of dense growth, with numerous long and slender spines:
Ivs. rather slender-petioled, broadly elliptic or ovate,
doubly serrate, glabrous, at maturity thickish, shining
and dark green above, almost glabrous beneath, 1-2 J^
in. long: corymbs slightly villous; fls. %in. across;
stamens 10; calyx-teeth glandular-serrate: fr. sub-
globose, J^in. diam., dark cherry-red, shining, with
usually 2-3 stones. May, June. W. N. Y. and Vt. to
Pa. S.S. 13:689. B.R. t22 : 1912. L.B.C. 11:1012 (as
C. glandulosa). A.G. 11:509. M.D.G. 1906:561.
G.W. 5:245.— Sometimes cult, under the name of C.
Douglasii. See page 3567.
36. prunifdlia, Pers. Shrub or tree, to 30 ft. : branches
spreading or somewhat ascending, spiny: Ivs. obovate,
or roundish obovate, doubly serrate, glabrous or
pubescent on the veins beneath when young, 2-3 in.
long: corymbs pubescent; stamens 10; anthers pink:
fr. red; stones with 2 furrows on the inner side, some-
times nearly plain. May, June. — Origin unknown; by
some thought to be a hybrid between C. Crus-galli and
C. macracantha or C. succulenta. B.R. 22:1868. G.W.
8:114. Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yel-
lowish white. F.W. 1877:65.
886
CRATvEGUS
CRAT^GUS
16. DOUGL ASIANS (page 3567).
37. Dodglasii, Lindl. (C. sanguines var. Doiiglasii,
Torr. & Gray). Tree, to 40 ft., with slender, often pen-
dulous branches, unarmed or with short spines: Ivs.
short-petioled, broadly ovate or oblong-ovate, acute,
gradually narrowed at the base, serrate and slightly
lobed, nearly glabrous, pubescent on the midrib above,
chartaceous, 1^4 in. long: corymbs glabrous; fls. %-%
in. across; stamens 20; calyx-lobes triangular-ovate,
usually glandular-serrate above the middle: fr. ovoid,
Kin. long, black and lustrous, with sweet, light yellow
flesh and 3-5 nutlets. May; fr. Aug., Sept. Brit. Col.
and N. Calif, to Wyo. S.S. 4:175. B.R. 21:1810.
17. SANGUINED.
38. sanguinea, Pall. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.,
with upright, spreading branches and short spines: Ivs.
ovate or broadly ovate, narrowed into the petiole, irreg-
1102. Crataegus macracantha (XJi). No. 35.
ularly serrate and slightly lobed, more deeply lobed on
vigorous shoots, at first hairy above and often also
below, at maturity glabrous or nearly glabrous, 1K-3
in. long: corymbs pubescent or glabrous; fls. large;
stamens 20, with purple anthers: fr. K in. diam. May;
fr. in Aug., Sept. E. Siberia. Var. chlorocarpa,
Schneid. (var. xanthocdrpa, Regel). Fr. yellow, smaller:
anthers whitish.
39. dahftrica, Koehne (C. purpiirea, Bosc. C. san-
guinea var. altdica. Loud.). Shrub or small tree: spines
to 1% in. long: Ivs. ovate or broadly elliptic-ovate,
acute, broadly cuneate at the base, sharply serrate,
those of the flowering branches very slightly or scarcely
lobed, those of the shoots distinctly and acutely lobed,
glabrous, %-2 in. long: corymbs glabrous; fls. Kin.
across: fr. subglobose, %m. across, orange-red. April,
May; fr. Aug. E. Siberia. — The earliest leafing species
of all hawthorns; very graceful; hardy.
18. CORDATE.
40. Phaenopyrum, Medikus (C. corddta, Ait. C.
acerifdlia, Moench. C. populifblia, Walt.). WASHING-
TON THORN. Tree, to 30 ft., with slender spines: Ivs.
slender, petioled, triangular or broadly ovate, usually
truncate at the base, 3-5-lobed, sharply serrate, 1K~
2K in. long: corymbs many-fld., glabrous; styles 5: fr.
depressed-globose, ^in. across, shining, bright coral-
red; calyx deciduous, leaving a circular scar; stones
3-5. May, June; fr. Sept., Oct. Va. to Ala. and Mo.
S.S. 4:186. B.R. 14:1151. F.E. 28, p. 103 (habit).—
A very desirable species, with beautiful fall-coloring and
large clusters of bright red fr. remaining a long time
on the branches. Formerly much used for hedges.
19. APIIFOLLE.
41. apiifolia, Michx. (C. Mdrshallii, Eggleston).
Shrub or small tree, rarely 20 ft., with stout spines and
the branchlets pubescent when young: Ivs. slender-
petioled, broadly ovate, pinnately 5-7-cleft, serrate,
glabrous or pubescent, %-lK in. long: corymbs few-
fid., villous; styles 1-3: fr. ovoid, )^in. high, scarlet,
with 1-3 stones; calyx often deciduous. April, May;
fr. Oct. Va. to Fla., Ark. and Texas. S.S. 4:188.— A
handsome species with graceful foliage and an abun-
dance of white fls. in spring and small but bright-
colored frs. in fall.
20. BRACHY ACANTHI.
42. brachyacantha. Sarg. & Engelm. Tree, to 50 ft.,
with stout spreading branches, armed with numerous
short usually curved spines, %-%m. long: Ivs. obovate-
oblong, oblong-lanceolate or elliptic, acute or sometimes
obtuse, • cuneate at the base, crenulate-serrate, rarely
slightly lobed, glabrous at maturity, lustrous above,
%-2 in. long: corymbs many-fld., glabrous; fls. J^in.
across, turning orange in fading; stamens 15-20: fr.
subglobose, K~Kin. across, bright blue and bloomy,
with 3-5 stones. April, May; fr. Aug. La. and Texas.
S.S. 4:177. — The only species with blue fr.; hardy
only S.
21. PENTAGYN^E.
43. nigra, Kit. (C. carpdthica, Lodd.). Shrub or small
tree: branches pubescent or tomentose, with short
spines: Ivs. short-petioled, ovate or ovate-elliptic,
deeply pinnately 5-9-lobed with serrate lobes, slightly
pubescent above, densely pubescent beneath, 2-3 in.
long: corymbs dense, 10-15-fld., tomentose; pedicels
short; fls. white, becoming slightly red; anthers yellow-
ish: fr. subglobose, Kin. across, black, lustrous, juicy,
with 5 stones. May; fr. in Aug. S.E. Eu. L. B.C. 11:
1021. L.I. 30.
44. pentagyna, Waldst. & Kit. (C. melanocdrpa,
Bieb.). Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft. : young branchlets
pubescent, with short spines: Ivs. ovate to obovate,
irregularly and usually sparingly serrate, pinnately
3-7-lobed, hairy above while young, finally nearly gla-
brous above, pubescent below, 1-2 in. long: corymbs
villous; fls. Kin. across, anthers red: fr. ovoid or
obovoid, purplish black, Kin. long, with 4-5 stones.
May; fr. Sept., Oct. S. E. Eu., Caucasus. B.R. 22:
1874; 23:1933 (as C. Oxyacantha Oliveriana). R.H.
1901, p. 310.
22. OXYACANTH^E.
45. Oxyacantha, Linn. HAWTHORN or MAY of Eng-
lish literature. Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft., with
spreading glabrous branches and stout spines: Ivs.
short-petioled, cuneate or truncate at the base, round-
ish or broadly ovate, 3-5-lobed, with broad, serrulate
lobes, 1-2 in. long: corymbs 5-10-fld., glabrous: fr.
globular or roundish oval, K~Kin. high, scarlet; stones
2, with 2 furrows on the inner side. May. Eu., N. Afr.
B.R. 13:1128 (as C. oxyacanthoides) . Var. bicolor,
Rehd. (C. Oxyacantha var. Gumpperi bicolor, Hort.
C. Oxyacantha rubra, Schneid.). Fls. white in the center,
edged red. F.S. 16:1651. Var. Paftlii, Rehd. (var.
cocdnea, Hort. Var. Paul's New Double Scarlet. C.-
Oxyacdntha var. splendens, Schneid.). Fig. 1103. With
CRAT^GUS
CRAT.EGUS
887
double, bright scarlet fls.; one of the most showy. I.H.
14:536. F. 1867:117. Var. aurea, Loud. (C. O'xyacdn-
tha var. xanthocdrpa, Lange). With yellow fr. Var.
quercifdlia, Loud. Lvs. with broad, rounded and cre-
nate lobes. — Most of the garden forms usually listed
as varieties of C. Oxyacantha belong to the following
species. Even the varieties enumerated above are by
some botanists not considered true C. Oxyacantha, but
referred to C. media, Bechst., a hybrid between this
and the following species; the existence of hybrid forms
makes the distinction between the two species still
more difficult.
46. monogyna, Jacq. (C. Oxyacantha, Hort.). Shrub
or tree, to 20 ft., with stout spines: Ivs. on rather slen-
der petioles, ovate, 3-7-lobed, lobes with few teeth at
the apex, 1-2 in. long: corymbs many-fid., with usually
hairy pedicels: fr. oval, with usually 1 stone, J/jj-^in.
high. May, June. Eu. and N. Afr. to Himalayas. Gn.
33, p. 465; 37, p. 467; 40, p. 500; 52, p. 266; 55, p. 452.
R.H. 1900, p. 72 (all as C. Oxyacantha) .—Many gar-
den forms are cult.; some of the most distinct are the
following: Var. punicea, Rehd. Fls. deep red, single.
F.S. 15:1509, fig. 1. L.B.C. 14:1363. Var. rosea,
Hort. Fls. pink, petals with white claw. Var. albo-plena,
Schneid. With white double fls. F.S. 15:1509, fig. 2.
Var. rftbro-plena, Schneid. With double red fls. F.S.
15:1509, fig. 3. Varieties differing in lys. and habit:
Var. laciniata, Loud. Lvs. deeply pinnatifid with
incised serrate lobes. Var. pteridiffilia, Rehd. (C.
Oxyacantha var. pteridifblia, Loud. Var. filicifblia,
Hort.). Similar, but Ivs. longer, with narrower and
more incised lobes. F.S. 20:2076. Var. ferox, Schneid.
(C. Oxyacantha var. ferox Carr. C. Oxyacantha var.
hdrrida, Carr.) Branches with fascicles of numerous
stout spines. F.S. 14:1468. G.C. III. 24:13. Var.
inermis, Rehd. (C. Oxyacantha inermis, Dauthenay).
A spineless form. R.H. 1900, pp. 72, 73. Var. pendula,
Loud. With pendulous branches. Gn. 68, p. 288.
G.M. 44:827. M.D.G. 1902:25, 26. Var. roseo-pen-
dula, Rehd. (C. Oxyacantha var. pendula rosea, Hort.).
A pendulous form, with pink fls. Var. stricta, Loud.
(var. pyramiddlis, Hort.). Of fastigiate, upright habit.
G.C. III. 41:184. M.D.G. 1906:390. Var. semper-
fldrens, Rehd. (var. Bruantii, Carr.). Low, graceful
shrub, flowering until fall. R.H. 1883, p. 140. Gn.
29, p. 431; 33, p. 465. There are also some varieties
with variegated Ivs.
23. ORIENTALES.
47. tanacetifolia, Pers. Shrub or small tree: branches
with short spines or unarmed, branchlets tomentose:
Ivs. cuneate, obovate, pinnately 5-7-cleft, with the
lobes glandular-serrate, villous-pubescent, 1-2 in. long:
corymb dense, 5-7-fld.; calyx-lobes large, deeply
glandular-serrate; fls. large: fr. pubescent, yellow, 1 in.
or more across, with laciniate bracts at the base. May,
June. Asia Minor. B.R. 22:1884. Gt. 43, p. 215.
48. orientalis, Pall. (C. odoratissima, Lindl. C.
apiifblia, Hort.). Shrub or small tree, with spreading,
almost unarmed branches and tomentose branchlets:
Ivs. short-petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong, pin-
nately 3-5-eleft, with the lobes incisely serrate at the
apex, tomentose pubescent, 1-2 in. long: corymb dense,
tomentose; calyx-lobes entire: fr. depressed globose,
brick- or orange-red, %-l in. across, with 4-5 stones.
June. S. E. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 2314. B.R. 22:
1885 (as C. odoratissima}. Gn. 28:632 (as C. tanace-
tifolia), and p. 635. G.M. 40: 824. Var. sanguinea,
Rehd. (C. sanguinea, Schrad., not Pall. C. Tournefdrtii,
Griseb.). Lvs. more glabrescent: fr. dark red, with 2-4
stones. B.R. 22:1852.
49. Azarolus, Linn. (C. Arbnia, Ser. C. maura, Linn.
f.). Shrub or tree, to 25 ft., with pubescent branchlets:
Ivs. short-petioled, cuneate-obovate, deeply 3-5-lobed,
with the lobes nearly entire or incised at the apex,
grayish green, pubescent, 1H~2J^ in. long: corymbs
few-fid., densely tomentose: fr. orange-red or yellow,
globular or ovoid, %-l in. across. May. N. Afr.,
Asia Minor. B.R. 22:1897. (as C. Aronia). R.H.
1856:441. Var sinaica, Boiss. Lvs. glabrous: fr. smaller,
reddish yellow. B.R. 22:1855 (as C. maroccana). Gn.
22, p. 146; 28, p. 634.
24. PlNNATIFID^E.
50. pinnatifida, Bunge. Fig. 1104. Shrub or small
tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. slender-petioled, cuneate, elliptic-
ovate, pinnately 5-9-cleft, incisely serrate: corymbs
many-fid., usually pubescent: fr. globular or pyriform,
dark red, punctate. H~/4in. high; stones 3-5. June.
N. China, E.Siberia to Korea. R.H. 1901:308. Gt.
1862:366. Var. major, N. E. Br. (C. Korolkbwii,
Schneid., not Henry. C. Brettschndderi, Schneid. C.
calif ornica, Hort. C. tatdrica, Hort.). Lvs. larger, less
deeply lobed: fr. pyriform, 1 in. long. G.C. II. 26:620.
R.H. 1901:308.
C. altaica, Lange ==C. Wattiana. — C. ambigua, C. A. Mey.
Related to C. monogyna. Lvs. deeply 4-7-lobed, sparingly hairy
on both sides, 1-2 in. long: corymbs slightly hairj': fr. ovoid, usually
with 2 stones. S. Russia. — C. Bdxteri, Sarg.=C. fostida. — C.
bedta, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. oblong-
ovate, villous above while young: anthers dark maroon-color: fr.
1103. Paul's thorn — Crataegus Oxyacantha var. Paulii. (X \Q
crimson, pruinose, ripens end of Sept. N. Y. — C. Beckwithx, Sarg.
Allied to C. pastorum. Shrub or tree, to 18 ft. : Ivs. ovate, usually
truncate at the base, at maturity thin : calyx-lobes glandular-seriate:
fr. subglobose, crimson, with 5 stones. N. Y. — C. bellula, Sarg.
Related to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 12 ft.; glabrous: Ivs. ovate,
bluish green and lustrous above, 2-3 in. long: stamens 8-10: fr.
dull crimson, bloomy, %in. across, with usually 4 stones. Mich.
S.T.S. 1:56.— C. berberifdlia, Torr. & Gray. Related to C. Crus-
galli. Lvs. obovate or obovate-oblong, obtuse, pubescent below,
lustrous and nearly glabrous above, 1H~2 in. long: corymbs
pubescent; anthers yellow: fr. orange with red cheek. La. S.S.
4:179. — C. Ceteidna, Bosc. Shrub: Ivs. pinnately lobed, slightjy
pubescent beneath: corymbs many-fld. : fr. ovoid, red. Origin
unknown, probably hybrid of C. pentagyna. — C. champlainensis,
Sarg. Allied to C. mollis. Tree, to 20 ft., spiny: Ivs. ovate, usually
truncate at the base, lobed, glabrous above, pubescent on the veins
below, 2-2 Vi in. long: corymbs yillous, usually 4-5-fld. ; stamens 10:
fr. obovoid or ovoid," scarlet, J'jjin. long, in Sept. Que. and Ont. to
Vt. and N. Y. S.S. 13:669.— C. chlarosdrca. Maxim. Allied to C.
sanguinea. Lvs. pinnately lobed, truncate at the base, with short
lobes, glabrous at length: corymbs many-fld., nearly glabrous: fr.
black, with green flesh. Japan. — C. cognala, Sarg. Closely related
to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 10 ft., spiny: Ivs. ovate, acute or acumi-
nate, slightly lobed, dull bluish green, glabrous: corymbs 5-7-fld.;
anthers yellow: fr. ovoid or pyriform, pruinose, dull crimson at
maturity, over Jiin- long, in Oct. Mass. — C. compta, Sarg. (C.
silvicola var. compta, Eggleston). Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub,
spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-ovate, usually rounded at the base,
slightly lobed, glabrous: corymbs many-fld.; stamens 7-10; anthers
dark rose: fr. obovoid, light cherry-red, J^in. long, in Oct. W. N. Y.
— C. conspccta, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Tree, to 20 ft., spiny:
Ivs. broadly ovate, rounded or subcordate at the base, lobed, yel-
low-green, pubescent on the midrib below: corymbs 5-6-fld., slightly
hairy, compact; anthers white: fr. subglobose, crimson, over J^in.
across, in Oct. Ont. — C. crenulata, Roxbg.=Pyracantha crenulata.
— C. cuneAta, Sieb. & Zucc. Belongs to group Cuneatse. Shrub:
young branchlets villous: Ivs. short-petioled, cuneate-obovate or
cuneate-oblong, crenate-serrate, glabrous and lustrous above, spa-
ringly hairy below: corymbs villou?, 3-7-fld.; stamens 20; anthers
red: fr. red, with 5 stones, plain inside. China and Japan. L. I. 5. —
C. cupullfera, Sarg. Allied to C. rotundifolia. Shrub, to 20 ft.: Ivs.
obovate or rhombic, slightly lobed, lustrous and scabrate above:
corymbs slightly villous; fls. cup-shaped; stamens 10, anthers pink:
fr. scarlet, with 3-4 stones. N. Y. — C. Day&na, Sarg. Allied to C.
888
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
pedicellata. Tree, to 15 ft., spiny: Ivs. broadly ovate, acuminate,
rounded or cuneate at the base, dark yellow-green, slightly hairy
on the veins below while young: corymbs 10-14-fld.; fls. %in.
across; stamens 20: fr. obovoid, crimson, in Sept., soon falling.
W. N. Y. — C. diffusa, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Intricately
branched spiny shrub, to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. ovate, acuminate,
rounded or cuneate at the base, dark bluish green and slightly
scabrate above: corymbs 6-12-fld.; stamens 10: fr. subglpbose, scar-
let, less than }^in. across, in Oct. W. N. Y. — C. Dippelidna, Lange
(C. tanacetifolia var. Leeana, Hort. C. tanacetif olia X C. punctata?).
Small tree, spiny: Ivs. rhombic-elliptic, lobed, sparingly pubescent
above, densely beneath: corymbs densely yillous; stamens 20: fr.
subglobose, reddish yellow or dull red. Origin unknown. Gn. 33,
p. 468. — C. dissona, Sarg. (C. pruinosa var. dissona, Eggleston).
Allied to C. pruinosa. Slender spiny shrub, to 10 ft., glabrous: Ivs.
ovate to rhombic, cuneate at the base, dark bluish green: corymbs
5-7-fld. ; stamens 10; anthers purple: fr. subglobose, crimson, in
Oct. Mass. — C. dsungdrica, Zabel. Allied to C. sanguinea. Tree:
1104. Crataegus
pinnatifida
No. 50.
Ivs. deeply lobed, sparingly pubescent or nearly glabrous: corymbs
slightly pubescent: fr. black; stones without or with slight furrows.
Of unknown origin. — C. Dunbari, Sarg. Shrub, to 12 ft., spiny:
Ivs. ovate to suborbicular, usually rounded at the base, slightly
lobed, glabrous or slightly rough above: corymbs 10-14-fld.: fr.
subglobose, crimson, Hin. across, in Oct. W. N. Y. Belongs to
group Anomalse, allied to Tenuifolise. — C. durobrivtnsis, Sarg.
Allied to C. coccinioides. Shrub, to 20 ft., spiny: Ivs. ovate, with
3-4 pairs of short lobes, glabrous: corymbs glabrous; stamens 20:
fr. bright red, in Oct. N. Y. S.T.S. 1:2.— C. elllptica, Ait. (C.
glandulosa, Moench. C. flava var. pubescens. Gray). Allied to
C. flava. Lvs. broader, of firmer texture, more pubescent and glan-
dular: fr. subglobose, red or yellow. Southern states. B.R. 22:
1890 (as C. spathulata). — C. elltptica, Beadle, is C. senta, Beadle,
a species allied to C. flava. S.S. 13:697. — C. elliptica, Mohr, is C.
signata, Beadle, a species allied to C. Crus-galli. S.S. 13:644. —
C. exorn&ta, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 10 ft., spiny:
Ivs. ovate, usually rounded at the base, slightly lobed, dark yel-
low-green and rough above: corymbs 5-6-fld.; stamens 7-10;
anthers pink: fr. subglobose, scarlet, less than ^in. across, in
Sept. Ont. — C. Fdxonii, Sarg. Allied to C. rotundifolia. Shrub, to
10 ft., spiny: Ivs. broadly ovate, with 4-5 pairs of short lobes,
nearly glabrous at maturity: corymbs villous; stamens 5-10: fr.
dark crimson, in Sept. N. H. S.T.S. 1:60. — C. ferentdria, Sarg.
Allied to C. macracantha. Intricately branched shrub, to 12 ft.,
with stout spines: Ivs. rhombic or obovate, puberulous below on the
veins: corymbs slightly villous; stamens 7-10; anthers white: fr.
subglobose or ovoid, J^in. long, scarlet, with usually 2 stones, ripen-
ing in Oct. W. N. Y. — C.flabellata, Spach (C. Grayana, Eggleston).
Allied to C. pedicellata. Shrub, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ovate, with short
acute lobes, at first sparingly hairy above and villous at the veins
beneath: corymbs slightly villous; calyx-lobes sparingly glandular-
serrate; stamens 20: fr. ovoid, crimson, with 3-5 stones, in Sept.
Que. — C. florentina, Zuccagni=Pyrus cratsegifolia. — C.f<ktida, Ashe
(C. Baxteri, Sarg.). Allied to C. intricata. Intricately branched,
spiny shrub, to 12 ft., glabrous: Ivs. ovate or oval: corymbs usually
5-6-fld.; calyx-lobes serrate: fr. subglobose, orange-red or red-
brown, about J^in. thick, with 3-4 stones, in Oct. Mass, to Ont.
and Va. — C. Fontanesidna, Steud. Allied to C. Crus-galli. Lvs.
elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, almost glabrous, shining above: co-
rymbs many-fld., pubescent: fr. red. Probably hybiid of C. Crus-
galli. — C. Forbesse, Sarg. Allied to C. pastorum. Shrub, to 15 ft.:
Ivs. ovate to oval, cuneate or rounded at the base, slightly lobed:
stamens 20; anthers dark rose-color: fr. globose or ovoid, scarlet,
with thin and juicy flesh. Mass. — C. formdsa, Sarg. Allied to C.
pruinosa. Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. oblong-ovate, rounded or cuneate
at the base, slightly lobed, slightly hairy above while young: co-
rymbs many-fld.: fr. ovoid or obovoid, scarlet, pruinose, with 4-5
stones. N. Y. — C. gemmdsa, Sarg. Allied to C. succulenta. Tree,
to 30 ft., spiny: Ivs. broadly obovate to broadly elliptic, doubly ser-
rate and often slightly lobed, at maturity pubescent on the midrib
beneath: corymbs villous: fr. scarlet, lustrous, in Oct. N. Y. to
Mich, and Ont. S.S. 13:686.— C. geneseensis, Sarg. Allied to C.
Crus-galli. Small tree, to 12 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. obovate-
oblong, pointed at the rounded or acute apex, with prominent
veins: corymbs many-fld., lax; anthers pink: fr. ovoid, scarlet, J^in.
long, with 1-3 nutlets, in Oct. W. N. Y. G.C. III. 53:115.— C.
gkmduldsa, Moench=C. elliptica. — C. gloridsa, Sarg. Allied to C.
pedicellata. Tree, to 25 ft., with few spines: Ivs. ovate, cuneate or
rounded at the base, rough above, slightly pubescent on the veins
below, sometimes finally glabrous: corymbs 10-15-fld.; stamens 7-
10: fr. ovoid, often unsymmetrical, deep crimson, in Sept. W. N. Y.
— C. grandifldra, Koch (C. lobata, Bosc. Cratse-mespilus grandiflora,
Camus). Small tree: Ivs. elliptic, serrate, often slightly lobed toward
the apex, pubescent: fls. 1-3, large: fr. brown, globose, large. Sup-
posed to be a hybrid between Mespilus germanica and a CratKgus.
G.F. 10:35. R.H. 1869, p. 80.— C. Grayana, Eggleston=C. flabel-
lata. — C. Hdrbisonii, Beadle. Belongs to group Bracteatffi allied
to Intricatse. Tree, to 25 ft.: Ivs. oval or broadly obovate, coarsely
serrate; petioles glandular: corymbs many-fld., with conspicuous
glandular bracts :fr. red or bright red, in Oct. S.S. 13:691. — C. hetero-
phtflla, Fluegge. Allied to C. monogyna. Lvs. larger, usually trifid:
fr. larger, bright red: corymbs many-fld. B.R. 14:1161; 22: 1847. —
C. hiemalis, Lange. Possibly C. Crus-galli X C. pentagyna. Lvs.
elliptic to ovate, densely serrate or slightly lobed, lustrous above,
pubescent on the veins beneath: corymbs villous; stamens 15, with
§urple anthers: fr. purplish black. Origin unknown. — C. Holmesiana,
arg. Allied to C. pedicellata. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. oval or ovate,
slightly lobed, at maturity yellowish green, glabrous: fls. lA~%in.
across; stamens usually 5, anthers purple: fr. ovoid, crimson, with
usually 3 stones. Montreal to Pa., W. N. Y. and Ont. S.S. 13:676.—
C. integriloba, Sarg. Allied to C. tomentosa. Tree, to 10 ft., spiny:
Ivs. broadly obovate or oval, broadly cuneate at the base, slightly
lobed, glabrous: corymbs villous; calyx-lobes entire: fr. subglpbose,
Ji-^in. across, scarlet, lustrous. Que. G.C. III. 47:60. — C. irrdsa,
Sarg. Allied to C. pedicellata. Shrub, to 12 ft. : Ivs. ovate, cuneate
or rounded at the base, slightly lobed, lustrous and glabrous above:
stamens 20, anthers yellow: fr. ovoid, dark red, lustrous. Que. — C.
Knrolhdwii, Henry=C. Wattiana. See also No. 50. — C. laiita, Sarg.
Allied to C. Ellwangeriana. Arborescent shrub, spiny: lys. ovate,
acuminate, scabrate above, sparingly pubescent on the veins below:
corymbs 8-12-fld., compact: fr. ovoid, bright orange-red, %in. long,
with 5 nutlets, in Sept. Origin unknown, much planted in Boston
parks. — C. leiophylla, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Slender intricate,
spiny shrub, to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. broadly ovate, usually rounded
or truncate at the base, dark dull blue-green above: corymbs 5-7-
fld. , compact ; anthers yellow : f r. obovoid, bright red, J^in. long, with
usually 4 stones, in Nov. W. N. Y. — C. livonidna, Sarg. Allied to
C. Crus-galli. Tree, to 20 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-obovate,
acute or rounded at the apex, finely and often doubly serrate:
corymbs lax, 10-18-fld.; calyx-lobes glandular-serrate: fr. subglo-
bose to ovoid, dark crimson, Jiin. long, with 2-4 stones, in Oct.
N. Y. S.T.S. 2: 129. — C. lobata, Bosc=C. grandiflora.— C. lucorum,
Sarg. Allied to C. pastorum. Tree to 25 ft., spiny: Ivs. broadly ovate
to obovate, slightly lobed, glabrous: corymbs villous, few-fld. ; sta-
mens 20, with purple anthers: fr. ovoid, crimson, in Sept. 111.
S.S. 13:679. — C. mainedna, Sarg. (C. leiophylla var. maineana,
Eggleston). Allied to C. pruinosa. Tree-like shrub, to 15 ft., spiny,
glabrous: Ivs. ovate to deltoid, acuminate, hairy while young:
corymbs many-fld.; stamens 10; antheis dark purple: fr. globose,
scarlet, scarcely pruinose, about \fan. thick, in Oct. W. N. Y. —
C. matura, Sarg. Allied to C. pastorum. Shrub, to 10 ft., with few
spines, glabrous: Ivs. oval to ovate-oblong, usually cuneate at the
base, dark green above, yellow-green below: corymbs many-fld.;
stamens 5-10; anthers red: fr. ovoid, dark purplish crimson, %in.
long, in Aug. Vt., Mass., N. Y. — C. Maximowiczii, Schneid. (C.
sanguinea var. villosa, Maxim.). Allied to C. sanguinea. Small tree,
to 20 ft: Ivs. ovate, slightly lobed, pilose below: corymbs densely
pilose: fr. pilose when young, finally glabrous. Amurland, Man-
churia.— C. microcdrpa, Lindl.=C. spathulata. — C. opulens, Sarg.
Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 15 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-
ovate to oval, acuminate, hairy above while young: corymbs 5-8-
CRAT^GUS
CREPIS
889
fld., compact: fr. subglobose, obscurely angled, crimson, slightly
pruinose, lAin. long, in Oct. W. N. Y. — C. Pdlmeri, Sarg. Allied to
C. Crus-galli. Tree, to 25 ft.: Ivs. broadly ovate to oblong, rounded
or acute at the apex, coarsely serrate, glabrous: corymbs glabrous;
stamens 10, with yellow anthers: fr. dull green, tinged with red, in
Oct. S.M. 381.— C. peregrina, Sarg. Allied to C. mollis. Tree:
Ivs. ovate, broadly cuneate, with 5-6 pairs of narrow lobes, glabrous
above, villous beneath: corymbs many-fld., villous: fr. ovate-glo-
bose, dark dull purple, pubescent at the base and apex, J^in. across.
Origin unknown, probably S. W. Asia. S.T.S. 2:191.— C. per-
jucunda, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Spiny, shrub, glabrous: Ivs.
ovate, acuminate, dark green above: corymbs 8-10-fld.; anthers
white: fr. ovoid, orange-red, finally crimson, slender-stalked, less
than J^in. long, in Oct. Ont., N. Y. — C. persimilis, Sarg. Allied to
C. Crus-galli. Shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. oblong-oboyate to oval, usually
acute, veins prominent, slightly hairy while young: corymbs
slightly villous; stamens 10-20: fr. subglobose or ovoid, crimson,
lustrous, with 1-2 stones. N. Y. — C, priecox, Sarg. (C. prsecoqua,
Sarg.). Allied to C. rotundifolia. Shrub, to 10 ft., spiny: Ivs.
rhomboidal to oval, slightly hairy while young, glabrous at matu-
rity and scabrous above: corymbs slightly villous, many-fld.; sta-
mens 10: fr. subglobose, dark crimson, %in. thick, in Aug. Vt.,
Que. — C. promissa, Sarg. Allied to C. pruinosa. Shrub, to 12 ft.,
spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-ovate, acuminate, deeply lobed:
corymbs lax, many-fld.; stamens 5-7; anthers pink: fr. ovoid,
crimson, not pruinose, less than J^in. long, in Sept. W. N. Y. —
C. Pyracdntha, Pers.=Pyracantha coccinea. — C. rivularis, Nutt.
Allied to C. Douglasii. Shrub: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, serrate, gla-
brous at length. Wyo. to Colo, and Utah. S.S. 4: 176.— C. Sdr-
gentii, Beadle. Allied to C. intricata. Tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. elliptic
to oblong^ovate, slightly lobed, glabrous at maturity: corymbs
slightly villous or glabrous; stamens 20, with purple anthers: fr.
yellow or orange-yellow, tinged with red, in Sept. Ga. to Tenn. and
Ala.— C. songdrica, Regel=C. Wattiana. — C. spathulata, Michx.
Shrub or tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. cuneate, oblanceolate, crenately ser-
rate or 3-lobed at the apex: corymbs many-fld.: fr. scarlet, globular,
}^in. across. Southern states. S.S. 4:185. B.R. 22:1846 (as C.
microcarpa). The only species of the group Microcarpse allied to
the Apiifolise. — C. trifldra, Chapm. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.:
Ivs. ovate or elliptic, serrate, often slightly lobed, pubescent, 1-2 V6
in. long: corymbs 3-fld., hirsute; fls. 1 in. across; stamens 20; anthers
yellow: fr. globose, red. Ga., Ala. Belongs to the group Triflorse,
allied to Intricatse. — Very distinct and handsome ; has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum. — C. verecunda, Sarg. Allied to C. intri-
cata. Shrub, about 3 ft., spiny, glabrous: Ivs. oblong-obovate or
oval, acute or acuminate, light bluish green: corymbs 6-10-fld.;
stamens 7; anthers white: fr. ovoid or obovoid, less than Hin. long,
with 2-3 stones, in Sept. or Oct. W. N. Y.— C. Wattiana, Hemsl.
& Lace. (C. altaica, Lange. C. songarica, Regel). Allied to C. san-
guinea. Lvs. smaller, truncate at the base, glabrous: corymbs gla-
brous: fr. yellow or reddish yellow, smaller. Cent. Asia. Var.
incisa, Schneid. (C. Korolkowii, Henry. C. sanguinea var. incisa,
Regel). Lvs. more' deeply and acutely lobed. R.H. 1901:301. — C.
Wilsonii, Sarg. Allied to C. tomentosa. Shrub, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ovate
or obovate, acute or obtuse, lustrous above, sparingly villous be-
neath: fr. ovoid, red, nearly J^in. long, with 1-3 stones. Cent.
ALFRED REHDER.
CRAT.5JVA (after Cratevas, an obscure writer on
medicinal plants, not, as sometimes stated, at the time of
Hippocrates, but at the beginning of the first century
B. C., since he named a plant after Mithridates). Cap-
paridacese. Tropical trees and shrubs, sometimes
planted in the warm parts of the country.
Leaves 3-foliolate: fls. in corymbs, usually polyg-
amous, with the odor of garlic; sepals and petals 4;
stamens 8-20; torus elongated: berries ovate-globose,
with a slender stripe. — Ten species, around the globe.
The bark of the garlic pear, C. gynandra, blisters like
cantharides. C. religiosa, from Malabar and the Society
Isls. is a sacred tree, and is planted in native grave-
yards. The bitter, aromatic Ivs. and bark are used
by them in stomach troubles. The above and some
other species are cult, in Eu. as ornamental green-
house shrubs.
religiosa, Forst. f. (C. Nurvdla, Buch.-Ham.). A
spreading unarmed deciduous tree of graceful propor-
tions: Ivs. long-petioled, the Ifts. 2f£-3 times as long as
broad: fls. 2-3 in. across, showy, yellow, or purplish
yellow, the petals long-clawed.— Once cult, by Fran-
ceschi, Santa Barbara, Calif., but reported by him as
no longer in cult, there. Excellent greenhouse plant N.
N. TAYLOR. f
CRATEROSTIGMA (Greek, referring to character of
stigma). Scrophulariacese. Torenia-like perennial low
nearly stemless herbs of E. and S. Afr., sometimes
grown under glass. Lvs. radical, plantago-like, many-
nerved, entire: fls. lilac and purple, spicate, racemose or
even solitary; calyx tubular, 5-ribbed and narrowly
5-toothed; corolla tubular, 5-ribbed and 5-toothed, the
tube enlarged toward the top, the limb 2-lipped, the
dorsal lip concave and entire or emarginate, the other
large and spreading and 3-lobed; stamens 4 and per-
fect, in unequal pairs; style filiform, 2-lobed and
dilated at apex: fr. an oblong caps, included in the
calyx. Differs from Torenia in technical floral char-
acters and in being nearly or quite stemless and with
only radical Ivs. — About 4 species. C. pumilum,
Hochst. (Torenia auricubefblia, Dombr.) has fls. on
slender pedicels Yy-V/i in. long, the corolla-lobes pale
lilac blotched with purple and veined with white:
Ivs. sessile, ovate, in a basal rosette, pubescent beneath
and nearly glabrous above. E.Africa. F.M. 10:534. — A
stemless perennial. L. H B
CREPIS (Greek for Sandal; application obscure).
Compdsitse. A large group of annual, biennial and peren-
nial herbs, a few of which are now and then grown in
outdoor gardens for the showy flowers.
Much like Hieracium, dif-
fering mostly in the simpler
involucre, white soft pappus,
and beaked achene: Ivs. radi-
cal and cauline, the former
mostly runcinate, repand or
pinnatisect, the latter mostly
clasping: heads pedunculate,
solitary or paniculate, all the
florets perfect and ligulate,
the rays yellow, orange or
red: fr. a smooth achene. —
Perhaps 250 species in the
north temperate zone, some
of them weedy and widely
dispersed. Among the cult,
kinds is C. sibirica, which
resembles a sow-thistle in
habit, and has corymbs of
reddish blue fls. about the
size of a hawkweed, or a
small dandelion. It is one of
the coarser border
plants, and rare.
Rather light, sandy
soil, and full exposure
to the sun are essen-
tials to the welfare
of this plant. It is contented
in a rather dry position, either
in the rockery, or in the
border. It is prop, by divi-
sion. A common plant on
the moss of English thatched
cottages is C. virens, a yel-
low-fld. plant, resembling a
dandelion. C. rubra appears
to be the commonest annual
species cult, abroad.
sibirica, Linn. Perennial, 2-3 ft. high, and at least as
wide when in bloom: plant covered with short rough
hairs: root large, fleshy: Ivs. rough, wrinkled, the lower
coarsely dentate, the upper often somewhat cordate,
12 in. long, including a petiole half as long: fls. bright
yellow in a strictly terminal corymb; involucre loose,
hairy. July. Eu., Asia Minor, Himalayas. Gn. 53, p.
493. — The tallest and largest-fld. of the genus. Its
white plumy masses of seeds are also attractive.
aftrea, Reichb. Black-hairy: height 1 ft. or less:
fls. orange, mostly solitary: lower Ivs. spatulate-oblong,
toothed, shining. June. Alps. — One of the commonest
perennial species of the genus abroad. Repays rich soil.
rftbra, Linn. Fig. 1105. Annual: height lAr\lA ft.:
fls. red, usually solitary, the involucre being hispid.
An attractive little flower-garden plant. Var. alba,
Hort., has flesh-colored or whitish fls. Italy, Greece.
1105. Crepis rubra.
890
CREPIS
CRINUM
C. barbata, Linn.=ToIpis. — C. montana, Reich. 12-18 in.: Ivs.
unequally dentate: fls. yellow in a large head. High mts., Switzer-
land, etc. Mentioned as grown in this country, but apparently
not in the trade. L H B t
CRESCENTIA (after Crescenzi, thirteenth century
Italian agricultural writer). Bignoniacese. This genus
is chiefly interesting for the calabash tree, which has
1106. Crescentia Cujete.— The calabash. (XM)
no near allies of horticultural importance; yields the
calabash fruit.
Tropical trees, glabrous: Ivs. alternate, solitary or
clustered at nodes: fls. large, tubular, with a fluted 5-
cut limb, yellowish, with red or purple veins; calyx
2-parted or deeply 5-cut. — About 5 species, in Mex.
and Cent. Amer. The calabash tree is a native of Trop.
Amer., is especially familiar in the W. Indies, and can
be grown outdoors in extreme S. Fla. and S. Calif. The
outer skin of the fr. is removed and the seeds and pulp
from within, and the hard woody shell is used for water-
gourds and for all sorts of domestic vessels, according
to size and shape. The growing fr. can be made to
assume various forms by skilful tying. It is a tree
20-40 ft. high, and readily distinguished from all
others by its peculiar habit of growth, as it bears large,
horizontal, scarcely divided branches, which bear
clusters of Ivs. at intervals. The tree is becoming
important in the manufacture of tobacco-pipes.
Cujete,Linn. Fig. 1106. A handsome tree when grow-
ing in the open, with wide-spreading well-foliated
branches: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, broadly lanceolate, taper-
ing at the base, dark glossy green: fls. solitary, pendu-
lous; calyx 2-parted; corolla constricted below the mid-
dle, and then swollen above, malodorous when decay-
ing; stamens 4, sometimes 5: fr. frequently 18-20 in.
through. The growing tree has somewhat the habit of a
Burbank plum tree. B.M. 3430. N. TAYLOR, f
CRESS. A name applied to the pungent herbage of
several species of the Cruciferse, used as salad.
The leaves of the ordinary garden cress (Lepidium
sativum), sometimes called peppergrass, have a pleas-
ant pungency, somewhat like that of the water-cress,
which makes the plant well adapted to be used as a
popular condiment, served with salads, especially
lettuce, and also for garnishing purposes. The quick
sprouting habit of the seed is proverbial. Often the
plants show above ground the third day after seed is
sown. But if cress is wanted in its prime continuously,
new sowings must be made every few days. Sow seed
rather thickly in rows a foot apart, selecting any good
garden loam. The reason that this useful plant is
seldom seen in the average home garden is probably
its liability to be attacked by hordes of flea-beetles
which seem to have a particular fondness for cress
pungency. But it is easily grown under glass, in flower
pots, flats, or on a bench, in any light and fairly warm
place and in any good soil. Grown thus it is usually
free from flea-beetle injury, and goes well with forced
lettuce. Seed is easily grown, either in the open or under
glass. The plants are allowed to mature their seeds, are
then pulled and the seed rubbed or thrashed out and
cleaned. There are slight variations in the form of
the leaves, some of which are more or less curled, others
more of the broad-leaved type.
Water-cress (Nasturtium officinale of the older books,
but known as Radicula Nasturtium-aquaticum and
Roripa Nasturtium in recent books), Fig. 1107, is a
hardy perennial, and finds a congenial place in small,
running streams, shallow pools or ditches, wintering well
when covered with water. It is usually found freely,
bunched, in most of our markets and at green grocers'.
It grows readily from seed as well as from freshly cut
pieces of branches, and soon spreads over a large area.
The best product comes from clear running water.
Similar to water-cress in pungency is the upland
cress (Barbarea prsecox), a hardy biennial. It also
grows easily from seed sown in the open or under glass
in ordinary soils and situations. The root-leaves are
used for garnishing and seasoning, but they are not of
the highest quality. See p. 454, Vol. I.
Other plants sometimes grown under the name of
cress are Cardamine pratensis (p. 661) and Spilanthes
oleracea (which see). The very pungent root-leaves of
the former are said to be eaten, but apparently the
plant is not cultivated for this purpose.
T. GREINER.
CRINUM (Greek name for a lily). Amaryllidacese.
Large and showy flowering bulbs, mostly tender, closely
allied to Amaryllis and distinguished by the longer
perianth-tube; flowers usually white or in shades of
red; largely summer bloomers, but differing widely in
this respect.
Stems arising from a tunicated bulb with a more or
less elongated neck: Ivs. mostly persistent, usually
broad, sometimes several feet long: fls. few or many in a
2-bracted umbel, often very fragrant and with 3 types
of coloring, pure white, banded red or purplish down the
center, or flushed with the same colors ; perianth salver-
form or funnel-shaped, the tube straight or curved,
long-cylindrical; segms. linear, lanceolate or oblong,
nearly or quite equal; stamens 6, attached on the throat
of the corolla, with long filiform filaments and very
narrow versatile anthers; ovary 3-celled, the ovules few
in each cell, the style long and filiform, somewhat bent
1 107. Water-cress — Radicula Nasturtium-aquaticum.
downward, the stigma not lobed: fr. a roundish or
irregular caps., at length dehiscing; seeds large, green,
thick. — Probably 100 species in warm and tropical
regions around the world, in moist or wet places. The
crinums are amaryllis-like plants of great beauty.
They are widely grown, often under the name -of
"lilies," some of them as warmhouse plants, some as
CRINUM
CRINUM
891
coolhouse subjects, and a few as hardy border plants.
The bulbs are often very large, sometimes as much as
2 or 3 feet long, neck and all, the leek-like neck grad-
ually tapering from the bulb proper. In some species
the bulb is short and onion-like. Fig. 1108 shows forms
of crinum bulbs. In some species the flowers are 1
foot long and half as broad; and sometimes the leaves
reach the length of 6 feet and a width of 5 or 6 inches.
The flower-stalk is solid, leafless, usually arising from
the side of the bulb-neck. The genus might be roughly
divided into the evergreen kinds, mostly with leek-like
bulbs and symmetrical star-like straight-tubed usually
erect flowers; and the deciduous-leaved kinds, mostly
with roundish bulbs and nodding bell-shaped more or
less irregular flowers.
The crinums require so much room that they are not
often seen in commercial collections in this country.
They are particularly adapted to mild and warm cli-
mates, and therefore full notes on such handling of
them are given here. They are not much grown in Ameri-
can greenhouses. The species cross freely, and many
fine hybrids are known, some of them under Latin
species-names.
Hardy crinums.
The species of Crinum require widely different cul-
ture, and their geographical distribution furnishes an
important clue as to the degree of warmth required.
There are two species hardy in the northern states, C.
longifolium and C. Moorei, the latter being less reliable
than the former but with finer flowers. These two
species differ from others in blooming all summer
instead of during a short period, and in the more
lasting qualities of their flowers. An interesting hybrid
between the two, C. Powellii, is hardier than C. Moorei,
and the flower, though better than C. longifolium, is
not quite so showy as that of C. Moorei. The hybrid
has three well-marked colors, white, rosy and purplish.
A single bulb of the white variety has given fifty
flowering bulbs in four years. It is excellent for
placing in conspicuous positions on terraces or lawns, or
in corners where flowers are wanted to combine
with architecture or statuary for summer effect. The
Agapanthus is frequently grown also for such purposes.
Of course large specimens are needed for this use, but
they are easily secured and they last from year to year.
The bulbs of crinums are mostly grown in Holland and
in Florida. The only native species, C. americanum,
the "swamp lily of Florida," makes a brilliant and
striking spectacle when seen in places far from cultiva-
tion, as in the Everglades.
The most reliable of the hardy crinums in the North
is probably C. Powellii. If the bulbs are planted 2%
to 3 feet deep (to the bottom of the bulb) in well-
drained soil, the plant stands without protection in the
neighborhood of New York City. Let them stand 2 to 3
feet apart. This crinum makes a very ornamental
summer plant, even the strong foliage producing a
tropical effect. It produces offsets very freely, but they
are deep in the ground. It seems not to produce seed
in the North. C. longifolium is also hardy, but is better
with a covering in winter; and it is inferior to C.
Powellii in leaf and flower. C. Moorei is equally hardy
except that the bulbs grow near the surface and are
therefore so much exposed as often to be ruined by
frost. It is a very desirable summer species. It often
seeds in the latitude of New York City; and these
fleshy seeds germinate readily if placed on the surface
of moist soil. It produces offsets freely, which are
used in propagation. It has very strong fleshy roots;
and when grown in pots or tubs (which is a desirable
practice) it should be given plenty of room. This spe-
cies has a long columnar neck with a spreading cap or
crown of leaves, and large white or pink flowers. C.
variabile (C. capense) is hardy south of the Ohio. There
are a number of half-hardy species; and most of the
57
greenhouse kinds make very desirable lawn or porch
plants when well established in large pots or tubs.
Tender crinums.
There are more than fifty species of greenhouse
crinums, all of them worth growing because of their
handsome flowers; some of them have very ornamental
foliage. Most of the species are seldom seen in this
country, possibly because they occupy too much space
and give a comparatively small number of flowers to
recompense the grower for their upkeep. It is not
necessary to keep the evergreen species growing all the
time after the flowers have been produced. The plants
may be put out-of-doors under a lath-house for four
or five months. The soil should be of a lasting nature
with good drainage so that frequent repotting will not
be necessary. When the plants are in a growing state,
frequent applications of manure water will be found to
be beneficial. In the warmer parts of the country,
1108. Crinum bulbs as named in the trade. Left to right,
C. Moorei, C. giganteum, C. Kirkii, C. Powellii.
many of the tropical species should be plunged or
planted out in the open border, where they often
give a satisfactory quantity of flowers. In winter, the
plants may be carried over under the bench of a tem-
perate house. They should be given water occasionally
during April and the first half of May to encourage
new roo1>-growth.' When planted out in rich soil,
nearly all of them will produce their gorgeous flowers
out-of-doors; and during winter they are best treated
as dormant bulbs with a little more heat than given
such plants as cannas and richardias, planting them
out as soon as the weather is favorable. A few of the
tropical crinums are grown for their foliage principally,
and are often seen in public conservatories and palm-
houses where they suffer but little from dense shade.
The flowers of most species are exceedingly handsome
but only for a comparatively short time; during the
remainder of the year when out of bloom there are
hosts of things that are much more ornamental.
Tropical crinums should be grown in this country
nearly altogether for outdoor work; we then get the
best out of them because our hot summers are favor-
able to their growth and for the production of bloom.
Those species not amenable to this treatment do not
give results at all in keeping with the space and time
devoted to them. (G. W. Oliver.)
892
CRINUM
CRINUM
Crinums in Florida and the South.
The various species of Crinum belong to the most
important, the most beautiful and the most popular
of Florida garden plants. No plants grow so easily,
with so little attention, and no plants are so floriferous
and so deliciously fragrant. Some of the species, as
C. zeylanicum, C. erubescens and C. Sanderianum, are
so common in gardens, that they are little appreciated
by people in general. Planted together in masses or in
borders and in front of shrubbery, they look extremely
beautiful. They grow best in rich, somewhat moist
soil, but they are also perfectly at home in the high
pineland ridges when well fertilized and cultivated.
There is great confusion in the nomenclature of these
plants, scarcely half a dozen being correctly named in
the various catalogues. The following notes are based
on many years' experience with crinums in Florida,
and the names represent plants that the author con-
siders to be proper representatives of the species.
C. abyssinicum has white flowers and is attractive, but it does not
grow well in the sandy soils of Florida.
C. amabile. Very much like C. augustum in growth and the
flowers also much the same, but it is considerably smaller and
multiplies rapidly by offsets. Every three or four years it must be
replanted in fresh rich ground, and the offsets must then be re-
moved. It is a very beautiful plant, and much more floriferus than
the C. augustum, flowering in every month of the year. The per-
fume of the masses of flowers in spring and summer is so strong
that it pervades the entire garden. It does not bear seeds in
Florida, but the pollen is fertile and can be used in cross-breeding.
C. americanum. Common atong muddy banks of lakes and rivers.
A very beautiful pure white, intensely fragrant species and very
valuable in hybridizing work. Flower-stem usually 3 feet high,
bearing mostly four flowers. Grows well in gardens, particularly
in rich moist soil.
C. amcenum. A rather small-growing Asiatic species with long
slender bulbs and white flowers tinged red on the outside. Rare.
C. asiaticum. The columnar stem-like bulb, about 12 to 15
inches long, grows mostly above the ground. In planting it should
never be set deep in the ground; a few inches is sufficient. The
leaves are arranged in a rosette. They are about 3 feet long, very
broad near the bulb, gradually narrowing to a sharp point at the
end. The color is light bluish green. Flowers almost all the year
round, even in winter when the weather is warm, usually 20 flowers
in an umbel being borne always a little above the foliage on a
strong stem. The flowers are pure white, with linear narrow seg-
ments; filaments and stigma purplish red, yellowish white in the
lower third. Strangely and deliciously fragrant. A real gem among
our garden flowers. Hardy all over the Gulf Coast region, where it
forms in time large and impressive clumps of tropical foliage.
Bears large pea-green fleshy seeds abundantly. Excellent for
raising hybrids.
C. augustum. "Great Mogul" of Barbados. The largest-growing
of all our crinums, specimens 4 feet high and 6 to 8 feet in diameter
being not uncommon. It needs rich moist soil and a fair amount of
good fertilizer. Leaves are very broad, 4 to 5 feet long, narrowing
gradually to a sharp point, deeply channeled. It blooms con-
tinually for months. Flower-stem an inch in diameter, purplish-
red, 4 feet high, bearing a large umbel of glossy purplish crimson
flower-buds which are pink inside after opening. Nearly twenty
flowers to each umbel, giving a large mass of very beautiful
and deliciously fragrant blossoms. This umbel is so large and
heavy that it soon bends over and finally lies on the ground. For
this reason, it is necessary to tie it to a strong bamboo stake.
It is difficult to propagate, as offsets are formed slowly. A plant
five years old has formed only two side-shoots. Although it affords
;ood pollen for hybridizing purposes, it does not seed. Hardy in
"ew Orleans.
C. campanuktium (C. caffrum). Very distinct, with beautiful
glaucous green leaves and umbels of six to eight rosy red cam-
mnulate flowers. The flowers are much recurved at their edges,
-t blooms several times each year. One plant, although eighteen
years old, never made a side-shoot. It grows wild in ponds in
southern Africa and very likely needs moist soil.
C. Careyanum (offered in the trade as C. virgineum which is
really a white-flowering species from Brazil). It also goes under
the name of C. grandum. This is a doubtful plant, being perhaps an
old English hybrid. It is very distinct from all other crinums, very
beautiful and deliciously fragrant and a night-bloomer. Flower-
stem 3 feet high, with an umbel of six to eight pure white flowers
with a faint red band in the center. The buds are reddish and the
stem is purplish grayish green. Bears no seed.
C. caribxum. Reminds one of C. americanum, but flower-stem
grayish purple on a green ground. Flowers pure white, very fra-
grant. Rare.
C. crassipes. Bulbs conical, very large, 8 to 10 inches in diameter.
Forms offsets tardily, if at all. Flower-stem short. Flowers fifteen
to twenty in an umbel, white, bell-shaped, faintly keeled with pink.
C. erubescens (usually advertised as C. fimbriatulum). One of
the most common species in Florida gardens. Increases rapidly
by offsets. Leaves long, thin and narrow, 2 to 3 feet long: flower-
stem 2 to 3 feet tall, purplish green, carrying usually four to six
very beautiful fragrant flowers, pure white with a faint pink keel,
outside purplish red. Does not bear seeds, and pollen, and is useless
for cross-breeding. Found everywhere in gardens.
C. fimbriatulum. Extremely rare, and not in the trade. Flowers
pure white, with a soft red band in the center of each petal. One
plant formed only five offsets in the course of eight years.
C. giganteum. Perhaps the most beautiful species, the leaves
being as ornamental as an aspidistra or a dracena. Evergreen
like C. pedunculatum, C. amabile, C. augustum, and C. asiaticum.
The leaves are about 3 feet long, rich deep green with a slight
bluish tint. It forms large clumps in the course of a few years.
Flowers six to eight in an umbel, bell-shaped, creamy white in the
bud, pure white when fully expanded, exhaling a very strong vanilla-
like perfume. They appear six or eight times during the year,
even in winter when the weather is warm. Needs rich moist soil
and does not thrive satisfactorily on high dry land. An excellent
species for hybridization.
C. imbricatum. Allied to C. giganteum, but bulbs much larger
and leaves rather glaucous green, strongly nerved, with serrated
edges. Flowers similar, but creamy white. Flowers usually two or
three times during the year. This is as beautiful as C. giganteum,
but it does not form such large clumps in the course of a few years.
Seeds freely.
C. Kunthianum. A large-growing species, with a fine rosette of
bright green spreading leaves and large umbels of pure white
flowers. Its variety nicaraguense is a still larger-growing plant.
The flower-stem is quite short, about a foot high, bearing five or
six very large white flowers with a faint pink band in the center,
purplish on the outside. The flowers of both are strongly fragrant.
C. longifolium. An excellent plant for hybridizing. The leaves
are glaucous green, flowers eight to twelve in an umbel, pink,
flushed with deeper red on the outside. A fine foliage plant,
though flowers not very showy. The white variety, C. longifolium
album, with very beautiful pure white bell-shaped flowers, is a
very showy plant and much superior to the type.
C. Macowanii. Forms very large bulbs with long slender necks.
A beautiful species with pink flowers, but very difficult to grow in
light soils. It does not flower regularly each year.
C. Moorei. Bulb very large, 6 to 8 inches in diameter, with a very
long slender, stem-like neck about 10 to 12 inches long. The leaves
are very beautiful, long and thin and very wavy. It usually flowers
in March in central Florida. Flowers four to ten in an umbel, bell-
shaped, rosy or pinkish red and deliciously fragrant. There is a
beautiful white form of this extremely beautiful species. Var.
Schmidtii, which usually flowers also in March or April. Both
kinds bear seeds if hand-p9llinated with their own pollen or crossed
with different other species. This crinum will not thrive well in
the light sandy soils. It requires a heavier soil with some clay
in it, and it grows well only in a lath-house.
C. pedunculatum. Very rare in Florida gardens. Reminds one
of C. asiaticum, but the bulb is shorter, more massive and the
leaves thinner and of a brighter green. Flowers twenty to twenty-
five in an umbel, pure white and strongly fragrant. This plant
needs rich mucky soil to do its best. It does not thrive on dry
ground. It is a much shyer bloomer than C. asiaticum, with which
it is often confounded.
C. podophyllum. This is another evergreen species, almost a
miniature C. imbricatum. Leaves glaucuous green, strongly nerved,
with serrated edges. Bulb only a few inches in diameter and very
short. Flower-stem about 10 inches high bearing only a few pure
white strongly fragrant flowers. Flowers only once during the
summer.
C. pratense. Bulb 5 to 6 inches in diameter. Flowers white.
Requires moist rich soil. Rare.
C. purpurascens. This small species, with linear undulated
leaves about a foot long, forms large clumps in rich moist soil,
thriving with caladiums, marantas, ferns, and other shade-loving
plants. Flowers five to six in an umbel, slightly red in bud and
pink when expanded. Flower-stem purplish, only about 6 to 8
inches high.
C. Sanderianum (Milk-and-Wine Lily). Common in Florida
gardens. Flowers white, keeled with bright red, deeper red on the
outside. Flower-stems 3 feet high, carrying five or six flowers in
the umbel. Bears no seed.
C. scabrum. One of the showiest. Flowers large, amaryllis-
like, pure white, banded crimson, reminding one of Hippeastrum
vittatum. Very fragrant, but flowers of short duration. Flowers
three or four times during spring and summer. Bears seed abun-
dantly and can be easily cross-fertilized with other species. Grows
well on high dry pine land, but, like all crinums, requires rich soil.
C. variabile. When in bloom, this is the showiest of all the
species. Bulbs very large, conical. Flower-umbels consist of
fifteen to twenty large pure white bell-shaped flowers, being borne
well above the foliage, standing upright. The flowers are faintly
striped with pink. Three or four stems are usually pushed up at
the same time from one large bulb, and beds consisting of twenty-
five or fifty bulbs are a magnificent sight, as almost all the buds
open at the same time. This crinum is strictly a night-bloomer, the
flowers begining to open in the dusk of evening, remaining in per-
fect condition until sunrise. A clump or a bed of this species in
full bloom during a moonlight night has a wonderful effect. I
looks particularly beautiful under palms. This species is hardy
as far north as southern Missouri and Kentucky, with a little
protection in the form of stable manure or dry leaves. It has been
received under the names C. Kirkii, C. ornatum and C. lattfohum.
Does not bear seeds.
C. yemense. Flowers pure white, bell-shaped and somewhat
fragrant. Bears seeds. Excellent for cross-breeding purposes.
C. zeylanicum (often sold as C. Kirkii). Perhaps the most com-
mon of all the crinums, being found in almost every garden, even
in the backwoods. The flowers which are intensely fragrant are
borne on tall purplish stems. They are deep crimson in the bud
CRINUM
state, white with a red stripe, when fully expanded. They usually
flower in June and July after the rainy season has set in. Bears
large grayish green fleshy seeds abundantly and is a fine plant to
be used in hybridizing. H> NEHRLINQ
CRINUM
893
INDEX.
abyssinicum, 31.
fimbriatulum, 25.
nobile, 29.
album, 12, 14, 15.
floridanum, 3.
ornatum, 19, 22, 24.
amabile, 4, 8.
giganteum, 29.
pedunculatum, 1, 2.
americanum, 5.
S'andiflorum, 12.
platypetalum, 14.
amcenum, 7.
erbertii, 23.
podophyllum, 28.
anomalum, 1.
hybridum, 1.
Powellii, 15.
aguaticum, 26.
imbricatum, 33.
pratense, 6.
asiaticum, 1.
intermedium, 15.
procerum, 1.
augustum, 4, 8.
jemenicum, 19.
purpurascens, 11.
australe, 2.
jemense, 19.
Rattrayii, 30.
caffrum, 26.
Johnstonii, 20.
riparium, 12.
campanulatum, 26.
Kirkii, 16.
Sanderianum, 22.
canaliculatum, 2.
Kunthianum, 10, 23.
scabro-capense, 23.
capense, 12.
latifolium, 19.
scabrum, 23.
cappedum, 1.
lineare, 27.
Schmidtii, 14.
Careyanum, 24.
Linnsei, 19.
sinico-scabrum, 1.
caribaeum, 3.
longifolium, 12.
sinicum, 1.
Colensoi, 14.
Mackenii, 14.
toxicarium, 1.
crassifolium, 18.
Macowanii, 13.
variabile, 18.
crassipes, 21.
Makoyanum, 14.
venustum, 6.
declinatum, 1.
Mearsii, 7.
virgineum, 32.
eboraoi, 1.
Moorei, 14.
viginicum, 23.
elegans, 6.
natalense, 14.
yemense, 19.
erubescens, 9, 10.
nicaraguense, 10.
zeylanicum, 17.
exaltatum, 2.
A. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, with linear segms.;
stamens spreading. (Stenaster.)
B. Color of perianth white; tube greenish.
1. asiaticum, Linn. (C. toxicarium, Roxbg.). Bulb
4-5 in. thick; neck 6-9 in. long: Ivs. 20-30 to a bulb, 3-4
ft. long, 3-4 in. broad: peduncle 1^2-2 ft. long, 1 in.
thick; fls. 20-50 in an umbel; spathe-yalves 2-4 in.
long; pedicels %-l in. long; perianth white; tube erect,
tinged with green, 3-4 in. long; segms. 2^-3 in. long;
filaments tinged red, 2 in. long: ovule 1 in a cell. Trop.
Asia. B.M. 1073. G.F. 4:283. Baker gives 5 botani-
cal varieties, of which the most important in the
American trade is probably var. sinicum, Baker
(C. sinicum, Roxbg. C. pedunculatum, Hort., not R.
Br.). ST. JOHN'S LILY. Bulb 6 in. thick, 18 in. long:
Ivs. 5 in. broad, with undulated edges, forming a mas-
sive crown 4-5 ft. high: peduncle 2-3 ft. long; fls. 20
or more, the tube and segms. longer than in the type;
perianth white. China. The bulb usually divides
into 2 of equal size; small offsets are rarely produced.
Seedlings flower in 5 years. Var. declinatum, Baker
(C. declinatum, Herb.), has a declined instead of erect
bud ; perianth-segms. tinged red at tip. B.M. 2231. Var.
prScerum, Baker (C. procerum, Carey), is larger than
the type with Ivs. 5 ft. long, 6 in. wide: perianth-tube
and limb 5 in. long, the latter tinged red outside. Ran-
goon. B.M. 2684. Var. anomalum, Baker, is freakish-
looking, its Ivs. being expanded into a broad, membra-
nous, striated and plaited wing. B.M. 2908 (as C. plica-
turn). C. ebdraci, Herb. (C. hybridum Todorse, Hort.).
Similar to the variety next mentioned, but half the size.
Garden hybrid between a small form of C. asiaticum and
C. longifolium. C. ebdraci var. cappedum, Reasoner (C.
cdppedum, Reasoner). Habit much like C. asiaticum,
but Ivs. tapering to a slender point, semi-erect, 4 ft.
high: fls. about 20, segms. 4 in. long, j/£in. broad, spread-
ing, white, sometimes changing to pink. Garden hybrid
between C. asiaticum var. sinicum and C. longifolium.
Increases both by offsets and splitting of the bulb into
two. C. sinico-scabrum, Hort., hybrid of C. asiaticum
var. crossed with C. scabrum, and intermediate in aspect
and fl. — C. asiaticum is the largest of the cult, species,
good specimens standing 5 ft. high and having a greater
spread. The evergreen reticulated Ivs. are ornamental.
It blooms several times each year in good warmhouseor
greenhouse conditions.
2. pedunculatum, R. Br. (C. australe, and C. exalta-
tum, Herb. C, canaliculatum, Roxbg.). Bulb 4 in. thick;
neck 6 in. long. Ivs. 25-30 to a bulb: fls. 20-30 in an
umbel; spathe-yalves 3-4 in. long; pedicels 1-1M m-j
perianth greenish white, not tinged with red outside,
the segms. linear and spreading and shorter than the
tube; filaments short, bright red; style shorter than
the filaments: ovules 3 in a cell. Austral. B.R. 52. —
The bulb grows above ground on a large rootstock;
summer; coolhouse.
3. carib&um, Baker (C. floridanum, Griseb., not
Fraser). Lvs. lorate-oblong, 1 ft. or less, 3-4 in. broad,
narrowed to the base: umbels 3-4-fld.; perianth-tube
3-4 in. long, nearly straight; segms. white, linear,
spreading, nearly as long as tube. W. Indies.
BB. Color of perianth purplish red outside; tube purplish
red.
4. amabile, Donn. Bulb small; neck 1 ft. or more
long: Ivs. 25-30 to a bulb, 3-4 ft. long, strap-shaped,
tapering to the point, the margin entire: peduncle 2-3
ft. long; fls. 20-30 in an umbel, very fragrant; spathe-
valves 4-5 in. long; pedicels J^-l in. long; perianth with
a crimson center band, tinged outside bright purplish
red; tube bright red; segms. 4-5 in. long; stamens an
inch shorter than the segms. Sumatra. B.M. 1605. R.H.
1856:241. — Summer; warmhouse. Supposed by Her-
bert to be a spontaneous hybrid between C. asiaticum
1109. Crinum americanum. ( X >i)
var. procerum and C. zeylanicum: fls. sterile; bulb
increases by small offsets; has been sold under the name
of C. augustum (Hort., not Roxbg.), which is a similar
but smaller natural hybrid presumably between C.
bracteatum and C. zeylanicum, and has more obtuse
Ivs. than C. amabile.
AA. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, with lanceolate segms.:
stamens spreading. (Platyaster.)
B, Lvs. few, 6-12 to a bulb.
5. americanum, Linn. Fig. 1109. FLORIDA SWAMP
LILY. Bulb stoloniferous, ovoid, 3-4 in. thick; neck
short: Ivs. 1^-2 in. broad and 2-4 ft. long, curved,
denticulate: fls. 3-6, usually 4 on an erect scape 20-30
in. high; pedicels 0 or very short; perianth creamy
white, the lobes linear or lance-linear; tube greenish,
equaling or exceeding the lobes. Native in river swamps
Ga. and Fla. and westward. B.M. 1034. — Blooms in
spring and summer, but some fls. may occur in winter
farS.
6. pratense, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 4-5 in. thick; neck
short: Ivs. 6-8, linear, suberect, 1^-2 ft. long, 1^-2 in.
wide, channeled, narrowed to point, margin entire:
fls. 6-12 on a lateral compressed peduncle 1 ft. or more
high; perianth white, the tube greenish and 3-4 in.
long, the segms. nearly or quite as long, J^in. broad,
lanceolate; filaments shorter than segms., bright red.
Low grounds, India. Summer. Var. elegans, Carey, has
a longer-necked bulb, decumbent, peduncle, and tube an
894
CRINUM
CRINUM
inch shorter than the segms. B.M. 2592. Var. ven&stum,
Carey, has about 30 fls. in an umbel. India.
7. amdenum, Roxbg. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam.,
with a very short neck: Ivs. 10-12, suberect, linear,
2 ft. or less long, rough-edged, tapering to the apex:
fls. 6-12, the peduncle standing 1-2 ft. high; perianth-
tube greenish, 3-4 in. long; segms. white tinged red
outside, 2-3 in. long, lanceolate; filaments bright red,
shorter than segms. India. Summer; warmhouse.
Var. Mearsii, Bedd. (C. Mearsii, Bedd.). Very small:
Ivs. 1 ft. or more long, 1 in. wide, very
smooth: peduncle 3-5 in. long, 6-10-
fld. ; fls. white, the tube slender and 5
in. long; segms. lanceolate, 2^ in. long
and J^in. broad. Upper Burma. G.C.
III. 42:62.— Whole plant not more
than 2 or 3 in. high when not in bloom;
blooms well in a 3-in. pot.
1110.
BB. Lvs. numerous, 20 or more to a bulb.
8. augustum, Roxbg. (C. amabile
var. augustum, Gawl). Bulb conical,
6 in. thick; neck long: Ivs. 20-30, strap-
shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3^1 in. broad: fls.
12-30, on a lateral much-compressed
peduncle 2-3 ft. high; pedicels some-
times an inch long; color strong pur- . lant Q{
plish red outside, banded within; tube CrinumMoorei.
purplish; segms. lanceolate, 4-5 in.
long; filaments half length of segms., red. Mauritius,
Seychelles. B.M. 2397. B.R. 679.— Warmhouse;
effective.
9. erubescens, Ait. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. thick, the
neck short: Ivs. many, curved, strap-shaped, thin, 2-3
ft. long and 2-3 in. broad, slightly rough on edges: fls.
4-12, on peduncle 2 ft. or more high, the pedicels 0 or
very short; color reddish outside, white within; tube
bright red, 5-6 in. long; segms. half as long as tube,
lanceolate, reflexing. Trop. Amer. B.M. 1232. L.B.C.
1:31. — Summer; warmhouse.
10. Kunthianum, Roem. (C. erubescens, HBK., not
Ait.). Bulb ovoid, 3 in. diam., with a short neck: Ivs.
about 20, strap-shaped, spreading, 2-3 in. broad,
undulate but entire : fls. 4-5 in an umbel, the peduncle 1
ft. high, the pedicels 0 or very short, pure white; tube
7-8 in. long; segms. lanceolate, 2J^ in. long; filaments
less than 2 in. long, bright red. Colombia. Var.
nicaraguense, Baker, is purple outside, the segms.
a little longer and Ivs. longer and narrower.
11. purpurascens, Herb. Bulb ovoid, short-necked,
2 in. diam., stoloniferous: Ivs. 20 or more, linear, thin,
3 ft. or less, prominently undulate: fls. 5-9, on a
peduncle 1 ft. or less long; tube very slender, 5-6 in.
long; segms. lanceolate, half as long as tube, pink
or purplish; filaments bright red. 'Upper and Lower
Guinea, in streams and lakes, the Ivs. often floating.
B.M. 6525. G.C. III. 47:114.— Amphibious. Summer;
warmhouse.
AAA. Perianth funnel-shaped; tube permanently curved;
segms. oblong ascending; stamens and style con-
tiguous and declined. (Codonocrinum.)
B. Bulbs long-necked (No. 80 omitted).
c. Margin of Ivs. not ciliate, but often scabrous.
12. longifdlium, Thunb. (Amaryllis longifolia,
Linn. C. ripdrium, Herb. C. capense, Herb.). Bulb
ovoid, 3-4 in. diam.: Ivs. 12 or more, strap-shaped,
2-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide, margins rough: fls. 6-12,
pedicels 1-2 in. long; perianth tinged red on the back,
and sometimes on the face, with a white variety; tube
cylindrical, 3-4 in. long, about equaling the limb;
segms. oblong, acute, 1 in. or less broad; stamens nearly
as long as segms.; filaments red. Cape. Natal. B.M.
661. Var. album, Hort. Gn. 52, p. 123.— Probably
the hardiest pure species of crinum, enduring the win-
ter of the Middle States, if protected with litter dur-
ing cold weather. Prop, by offsets or seed, which
latter is produced abundantly. C. grandiflorum, Hort., is
a hybrid with C. Careyanum, said to partake of the
hardiness of C. longifolium. Sometimes described as
having a short-necked bulb.
13. Macowanii, Baker. Bulb globular, 9-10 in.
diam., with neck 6-9 in. long: Ivs. 12-15, strap-shaped,
thin, 2-3 ft. long, 4 in. or less broad: fls. 10-15, on a
stout green peduncle 2-3 ft. high; tube curved, green,
3-4 in. long; segms. about equaling the tube, pink,
oblong, acute, 1-1 ^ in. broad. Natal. — Late autumn;
greenhouse, or half-hardy.
14. Modrei, Hook. f. (C. Makoydnum, Carr. C.
Colensoi, C. Mdckenii and C. natalense, Hort.).
Fig. 1110. Bulb ovoid, neck 12-18 in. long: Ivs. 12-15,
strap-shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide, margin entire,
veins rather distant, distinct: fls. 6-12, on peduncle 2-3
ft. high, the pedicels lM>-3 in. long; tube greenish,
about 3 in. long and with a funnel-shaped pinkish limb
of equal length, the segms. oblong, nearly acute, con-
nivent; filaments pink, an inch shorter than segms.
Natal and Kaffraria. B.M. 6113. G.C. III. 2:499;
48:59. R.H. 1887:300 and p. 417. R.B. 22. p. 196;
23:61. Var. album, Hort. Gt. 31:1072. Gn. 52, p. 122,
and var. platypetalum, Hort., are cult. C. Colensoi has
a longer tube, smaller fl., with a paler and narrower
limb. C. Schmidtii, Regel, is probably a pure white-
fld. form of this species.
15. Powellii, Hort. Fig. 1111. Bulb about 3 in.
diam., with a long slender neck: Ivs. about 20, spread-
ing, ensiform, acuminate, 3-4 ft. long, 3-4 in. broad
near the base, margin smooth: fls. about 8; perianth
dark rose-color; pedicels 1-1 Y^ in. long. — Garden
hybrid of C. longifolium and C. Moorei. — A valuable
outdoor crinum. Var. album, Hort., white. Var.
intermedium, Hort., light rose-color.
cc. Margin of Ivs. ciliated.
16. Kirkii, Baker. Bulb globose, 6-8 in. thick, neck
6 in. long: Ivs. 12 or more, 3%-4 ft. long, 4-4j^ in.
wide and long-tapering to a point; margin rough, veins
close: fls. 12-15 on a stout compressed peduncle 1-1 K ft.
high; pedicels 0 or very short; color white, with a very
distinct bright red band down the center of each oblong
acute segm.; tube greenish, 4 in., about equaled by the
segms. E. Afr. B.M. 6512. — Probably not in com-
merce. See No. 17. Sept.; warmhouse.
BB. Bulbs short-necked (not considering No. 30).
C. Fls. numerous, usually more than 8 in an umbel.
17. zeylanicum, Linn. Bulb globose, 5-6 in. thick:
Ivs. 6-10, thin, sword-shaped, 2-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide,
wavy, margin roughish; peduncle long and not very
stout, often tinged red; fls. 10-20 on very short pedicels;
tube 3-4 in. long, curved; segms. oblong, acute, 3-4
in. long, 1 in. broad, white with a broad red keel; sta-
mens an inch shorter than segms. Spring to midsum-
mer; warmhouse. Trop. Asia and Afr. B.M. 1171 (as
Amaryllis ornata). — A warmhouse species. Usually
sold as C. Kirkii, which is an allied species from E.
Afr., probably not known outside of botanic gardens.
18. variabile, Herb. (C. crassifplium, Herb.). Bulb
ovoid, 3-4 in. thick, without distinct neck: Ivs. 10-12,
linear, glabrous and entire, the outer ones 2 ft. and more
long, 2 in. wide, weak: fls. 10-12, on a compressed
erect peduncle 1-1 M ft. high, the pedicels ^-1 in.
long; tube greenish, 1^ in. long; segms. white with
red tinge down the keel, oblong, acute, 2J^-3K in.
long; filaments red, an inch shorter than segms. Cape
region. Spring.
19. latifdlium, Linn. (C. ornatum var. latifolium,
Herb. C. Linnsei, Roem. C. jemense, C. jemenicv.m
and C. yemense, Hort.). Bulb nearly globose, 6-8 in.
diam., with a short neck: Ivs. many, strap-shaped, thin,
CRINUM
CRINUM
895
2-3 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad, slightly scabrous on the
margins: fls. 10-20, on a peduncle 2 ft. or less high;
tube'curved, 3-4 in. long, greenish; segms. about as long
as the tube, oblong-lanceolate and acute, 1 in. broad at
middle, whitish tinged red. Trop. Asia. — An excellent
species; summer; vvarmhouse.
20. Jonnstonii, Baker. Bulb globose, 3-4 in. diam.,
without neck: Ivs. about 20, long-pointed, the outer
ones 5-6 ft. long and sword-shaped, the inner linear:
fls. about 20 on a peduncle 2 ft. high; tube slightly
curved, tinged green, 4 in.; limb shorter than tube,
the segms. ovate or oblong, acute, white and tinged
pink on the back; stamens nearly as long as limb. Mts.
British Cent. Afr. B.M. 7812. G.C. III. 50:170—
Closely allied to C. longifolium. Fls. fragrant, 8 in.
long.
21. crassipes, Baker. Bulb very large, conical,
without neck: Ivs. sword-shaped, 3-4 ft. long, 4 in.
broad and long-tapering to the apex, entire: fls. 15-20,
in a stout compressed peduncle less than 1 ft. long, the
pedicels 1-1 M in. long; tube about 3 in. long, slightly
curved, green; segms. oblanceolate, J^in. broad, equal-
ing the tube, ascending, white tinged red on the back;
filaments purple, nearly equaling the segms. Probably
Trop. Afr.
cc. Fls. fewer, usually less than 8 in an umbel.
D. Segms. of perianth red, striped or tinted with red.
E. Tube of perianth usually 3 in. or more long.
22. Sanderianum, Baker (C. ornatum, Bury). Bulb
globose, 2 in. thick; neck short, 2-3 in. long: Ivs. 10-12,
thin, 1^-2 ft. long, 1% in. broad, margin denticulate,
tapering to a long point: fls. 3-6, nearly sessile, white,
keeled with red; tube 5-6 in. long, curved; segms. ob-
long, acute, ascending, 3-4 in. long and 1 in. or less
broad; stamens much shorter than segms. Upper
Guinea. Gn. 52 : 122. — Closely allied to C. scabrum.
Intermediate house; blooms at intervals.
23. scabrum, Herb. Bulb globose, 5-6 in. diam.,
with short neck: Ivs. 12 or more, 2-3 ft. long, 1^-2 in.
wide, closely veined, margin scabrous: fls. 4—8, the
peduncle 1-2 ft. high; pedicels 0 or very short; tube
greenish, 4-5 in. long; segms. white with distinct red
keel, oblong, acute, 3 in. or less long; fila-
ments rather shorter than segms. Apr.
May. Trop. Afr. B.M. 2180. F.S.21:2216.
A very showy and easily cult, species;
spring or early summer; warmhouse. C.
Herbertii, Sweet (C. scdbro-capense, Hort.
C. Kunthidnum, Hort., not Roem.). Fls.
similar to C. scabrum, but color lighter, the
plant taller and larger. Garden hybrid
between C. scabrum and C. longifolium.
This is a doubtful name. C. Herbertianum,
Wall.=(7. zeylanicum. C. Herbertianum.
Roem. & Schulte=
C. strictum. C. virgini-
cum, garden hybrid,
resembles C. Herbertii,
but the plant is smaller
and the fls. larger and
brighter in color. See
also No. 32.
24. Careyanum,
Herb. (C. ornatum var.
Careyanum, Herb.).
Regarded by Baker as
"scarcely more than a
variety of C. latifo-
lium;" confused in
cult. : fls. only 4-6 in the
umbel, on a subterete
green peduncle about
1 ft. high : bulb globose,
3-4 in. diam., short-
necked, with brown coverings: Ivs. 8-10, strap-shaped,
undulate, thin, 2 ft. or less long, 2-3 in. broad, the
margin entire: perianth-tube curved, greenish, 3-4 in.
long ; segms. (or limb) about as long as the tube, oblong-
acute, 1 in. broad, lightly red-tinged at center; stamens
a little shorter than segms. Mauritius and Seychelles.
B.M. 2466. — Autumn; greenhouse.
25. fimbriatulum, Baker. Lvs. linear, 4-5 ft. long, 2
in. broad toward base but long-pointed, glaucous green,
margins ciliated with small membranous scales: fls.
3-7, nearly sessile, on peduncle 2 ft. high; tube curved,
4-5 in. long; segms. white with distinct red keel, oblong,
acute, ascending, 3 in. long and 1 in. broad; stamens
an inch shorter than segms. Lower Guinea. Gn. 55:
92. Allied to C. scabrum. — A different plant is passing
in the trade under this name.
EE. Tube short, — 8 in. or less.
26. campanula turn, Herb. (C. aqudticum, Herb. C.
cdffrum, Herb.). Bulb small and ovoid: Ivs. linear,
deeply channeled, 3-4 ft. : fls. 6-8, on a slender peduncle
1 ft. or more long, the pedicels J^-l in. long; tube
slender, 3 in. or less long, about as long as the cam-
panulate limb; segms. bright rose-red, oblong, obtuse,
much exceeding the filaments. Cape region. B.M.
2352. — A very distinct species; warmhouse.
27. lineare, Linn. f. Bulb small, ovoid: Ivs. linear,
1^-2 ft. long, ^in. broad, glaucous, channeled on
the face, the margin entire: fls. 5-6, the peduncle
slender and about 1 ft. long, the pedicels %in. or less
long; tube slender, 2^ in. or less long; segms. 2-3 in.
long, white tinged with red in center, oblong or ob-
lanceolate, acute; stamens much shorter than segms.
Cape region. B.M. 915 (as Amaryllis revoluta). B.R.
623 (as A. revoluta var. gracilior).
DD. Segms. of perianth pure white (exception in one form
of No. 29).
E. Pedicels very short or 0.
28. podophyllum, Baker. Bulb subglobose, 2 in. or
less diam., without evident neck: Ivs. 5 or 6, 1 ft. long,
2 in. or less wide, oblanceolate, acute, thin, narrowed
to base: fls. 2, sessile, the slender compressed peduncle
1 ft. long; tube 5-6 in. long, slender and curved; limb
somewhat erect, the segms.
oblong-spatulate, pure white;
filaments nearly as long as
limb. Upper Guinea. B.M.
6483.— Perhaps a form of C.
giganieum: late autumn; warm-
house.
29. giganteum, Andr.
Bulb globose, 5-6 in.
thick, the neck short:
1111. Crinum Powellii.
896
CRINUM
CROCUS
Ivs. 12 or more, lanceolate, narrowed both ways, 2-3
ft. long, 3-4 in. broad, veins distant, with distinct
cross veinlets: fls. 4-6, rarely 8-12 on a stout com-
pressed, peduncle 2-3 ft. long; tube 5-7 in. long;
segms. pure white, much imbricated, oblong; filaments
pure white, an inch shorter than segms. Trop. Afr.
B.M. 5205. F.S. 23:2443. G.F. 4:223. I.H. 33:617.
— A very fragrant species. Var. nobile, Baker (C.
nobile, Bull), has the peduncle and fl. suffused with
tinge of red. — C. giganteum is large or gigantic only in
its fls.; summer; warmhouse.
30. Rattrayii, Hort. Excellent stove plant, 20 in.:
Ivs. ascending, strap-shaped, acute, entire, dark green:
fls. pure white, with a spread of 6 in., in few-fld. umbels;
segms. ovate-elliptic, acute or sometimes erose; sta-
mens strongly declined, nearly equaling the segms.
Uganda. G.C. III. 38:11 and suppl.
31. abyssinicum, Hochst. Bulb ovoid, 3 in. thick,
the neck short: Ivs. about 6, linear, 1-1% ft. long,
%-l in. wide, veins close, margin rough, narrowed to
a point: fls. 4-6, on a peduncle 1-2 ft. high, the pedicels
very short or 0; perianth white, the tube slender, 2 in.
or less long, the segms. oblong, acute, 2-3 in. long and
%in. or less broad; filaments less than 1 in. long. Mts.
of Abyssinia. Greenhouse.
32. virgineum, Mart. Bulb large and brown: foliage
as in C. giganteum, the Ivs. 2-3 ft. long and 3-4 in.
broad at the middle, narrowed both ways, pointed: fls.
about 6, sessile or very nearly so; tube 3-4 in. long;
segms. pure white, connivent, acute, as
long as the tube; filaments much shorter
than the segms. S. Brazil. See also C.
virginicurn under No. 23.
EE. Pedicels 1 in. long.
33. imbricatum, Baker. Bulb very large,
globose: Ivs. strap-shaped, very thin, 3 ft.
long, 3 in. broad at middle and narrower
toward base, distinctly veined: fls. 5-6, on
a stout peduncle 1 ft. or more long; tube
slender and curved, 3 in. long, the cam-
panulate limb of equal length; segms.
imbricated, oblong-obtuse; filaments 1 in. shorter than
segms. S. Afr. — Allied to C. giganteum.
Crinums hybridize so freely, and the progeny is so likely to be
interesting, that many mongrel forms have been recorded under
Latin names. It is not feasible to account for all such names here.
Many of the forms are soon lost. — C. Lugdrdx, N. E. Br. Bulb
small: Ivs. long and narrow, rough-edged: fls. 2-6, the peduncle
1 ft. or less high; tube nearly or quite 4 in. long; segms. lanceolate,
about or nearly as long as tube, white with light pink median stripe.
Trop. Afr. — C. natans, Baker. Allied to C. purpurascens, but
aquatic, the 20 or so strap-shaped undulate Ivs. submerged: bulb
small, narrow-ovoid, with many long fibrous roots: fls. few, white,
the narrow segms. recurved. Upper Guinea. B.M. 7862. — C.
rhoddnthum, Baker. Lvs. lorate, exceeding 1 ft., thick, ciliate-
edged: fls. many; tube 3 in. long; segms. red, lanceolate, 2% in.
long, erect-spreading and curved in upper part; stamens as
long as segms., the filaments red. Cent. Afr. G.C. III. 33:315.
— C. Sdmuelii, Worsley. Bulb 3 in. diam. and 2% in. long: Ivs.
sometimes 4 ft. long, rough-edged: fls. 2, sessile, on peduncle 1 ft.
high, white slightly flushed with pink, not fragrant, 4J^ in.
across. Cent. Afr. — C. Vdssei, Boiss. Bulb ovoid, 4 in. across,
without distinct neck: Ivs. linear-lorate, 2 ft. or less long, 2 in.
broad, rough-edged: fls. about 15, on peduncle 1 ft. or less high,
white with red median stripes; perianth funnel-shaped, 8 in.
long, the tube curved and red, the segms. linear-lanceolate, and
a little shorter than tube. Mozambique. R.H. 1908: 132. —
C. Wimbushii, Worsley. Differs from C. Samuelii in Ivs. not
rough-edged, fls. on short pedicels, faintly fragrant, less lasting
and with longer style. Cent. Afr. — C. zanzibarense, Hort.= (?).
L. H. B.f
CRITHMUM (Greek for barley, from some resem-
blance in the seed). Umbelliferae. SAMPHIRE. A single
species, C. maritimum, Linn., on shores in Great
Britain, W. Continental Eu., and the Medit. region,
rarely planted in wild gardens or borders. It is a fleshy
glabrous perennial herb, seldom more than 1 ft. high,
somewhat woody at the base: Ivs. 2-3-ternate, the
segms. thick and linear: umbels compound, of 15-20
rays, involucrate, the umbellules with involucels;
petals very minute, entire, fugacious: fr. ovoid, not
compressed, about 3^m- long. Thrives well in a sunny
situation, and will grow at considerable distance from
the sea. Prop, by division, and by seeds sown as soon
as ripe.
CROCOSMIA (Greek, odor of saffron, which is per-
ceivable when the dried flowers are placed in warm
water). Iriddcese. Gladiolus-like garden plant.
This genus has but one species, and is not clearly
distinguished from the closely allied Tritonia, but it
differs in the stamens being separated at equal dis-
tances instead of grouped at one side, the form of the
limb, the tube not swollen at the top, and the fr.
3-seeded, sometimes 5-seeded, instead of many-seeded.
The name of this genus
ris spelled Crocosma by
Baker, but it was first
spelled Crocosmia. The
fls. with coppery tips sha-
ding into orange - yellow
are very distinct and at-
tractive. Pax, in Engler
& Prantl, combines the
genus with Tritonia.
Crocosmia aurea is a
showy bulbous autumn-
blooming plant, which is
hardy south of Washing-
ton, D. C., with slight
protection, and in the
North is treated like
gladioli, the bulbs being
set out in the spring, after
danger of frost, and
lifted in the fall for
winter storage. It
is of easy culture,
and is propagated
by offsets or by
seeds which should
be sown in pots,
under glass, as soon
as ripe. Corms
should be stored in peat
or sphagnum to prevent
them from becoming too
dry.
aurea, Planch. (Tritonia
aurea, Pappe.). Height 2
ft. : corm globose, emitting
offsets from clefts in the
side: scape 1^-2 ft. high,
leafy below, naked or only
b r a c t e d above, com-
pressed, 2-winged : Ivs.
distichous, shorter than
the scape, linear, ensiform,
striated, but with a distinct midrib: fls. sessile in the
panicle, perhaps 25 scattered over a long season,
with buds, fls. and seeds at the same time; perianth
bright orange-yellow toward center; tube slender,
curved, 1 in. long; segms. longer than the tube: caps.
3-celled. Trop. and S. Afr. July-Oct. F.S. 7:702.
B.M. 4335. B.R. 33:61 (Tritonia). Also interesting
as one parent of a bigeneric cross resulting in Tritonia
(Montbretia) crocosmseflora. Var. imperialis, Hort.,
Fig. 1112, grows about 4 ft. high. Var. maculata,
Baker, has dark blotches above the base of the 3 inner
segms. J.H. III. 33:567. j. N. GERARD.
WILHELM MILLER.
CROCUS (Greek name of saffron). Iridacese. Low
spring-flowering and autumn-flowering garden bulbsj
showy, and well known.
Stemless plants (the grass-like Ivs. rising from the
1112. Crocosmia aurea var.
imperialis.
CROCUS
CROCUS
897
ground or corm), with solid bulbs or corms: fls. showy,
in many colors, funnel-shaped and erect, with a 'very
long tube and 6 nearly or quite equal segms.; stamens
3, attached in the throat of the perianth and shorter
than the segms.; style 3-cleft, the branches entire or
forked or much fimbriated; ovary 3-loculed: seeds
many, nearly globular: fr. an oblong 3-valved caps. —
Probably 75 species, many of them variable, in the
Medit. region and extending into S. W. Asia. The
fls. open in sunshine. They come in fall or spring, but
the best-known species are spring-flowering, which are
amongst the earliest and brightest of spring bloom.
Crocuses force easily (see Bulb). A half-dozen corms
may be planted in a 4-in. pot for this purpose. Cro-
cuses are scarcely known in the American trade
under their species names. Inasmuch as the flowers
of the common crocus close when taken out of the
sun, they are not popular as window-garden or house
subjects. Crocuses have been much hybridized and
varied. There are many color-forms. The common
crocuses of the trade have descended from C. vernus
chiefly, but C. susianus, C. mcesiacus, C. stellaris, C.
biflorus and C. sativus are frequent. The Dutch bulb-
growers cult, many species, and these are offered for sale
in their American lists; the species are therefore included
in the following synopsis. In this account, the treatment
by Baker is followed (Handbook of the Iridese).
Botanically, the genus divides itself into three groups
on the characters of the style-branches: the branches
entire, once-forked or fimbriated at the apex, or cut
into several capillary divisions. Horticulturally, the
species fall into two groups, — the spring-flowering and
the autumn-flowering. These groups are not so definitely
separated as it would seem, however. Some of the
species bloom in winter in regions in which the ground
does not freeze hard; others begin to bloom in July or
August; some may continue to bloom till winter closes
in. Yet these two flowering periods mark very impor-
tant differences in the utilization of the plants and the
primary division in the following treatment is made on
this basis. The colors are now much varied by cultiva-
tion and hybridizing, but they are well marked in the
specific types as a rule. They run largely in yellow,
white and purple.
The covering or tunic of the bulbs may be uniformly
membranaceous, or it may be composed of strongly
reticulated or parallel fibers. Fig. 1113. The flowers
appear usually just in advance of the grass-like foliage-
leaves. The floral leaves are small and more or less dry
or scarious and arise directly from the corm and may be
seen as a spathe-like structure inside the leaf -tuft; this
is usually known as the basal spathe. The real spathe
subtends the bloom, and it is always one-flowered; this
floral spathe may be one-leaved or two-leaved.
Culture. — Many forms of crocus are well known,
where they are justly valued as among the showiest
and brightest of winter and spring flowers. They thrive
in any ordinary soil. About two-thirds of the species
are classed as vernal and the remainder as autumnal
flowering; but the various members of the tribe would
furnish nearly continuous bloom from August to May
were the season open. While there are numerous spe-
cies interesting to a botanist or a collector, practically
the best for general cultivation are Crocus Imperati, C.
susianus (Cloth of Gold crocus) and the Dutch hybrids,
mostly of C. moesiacus. These bloom in about the
order named. The rosy flowers of C. Imperati may be
expected with the earliest snowdrops. The named spe-
cies, having shorter flower-tubes than the Dutch
hybrids, are not so liable to injury by the severe
weather of the early year. The autumnal species are
not satisfactory garden plants, the flowers mostly
appearing before the leaves, and being easily injured.
C. spedosus and C. sativus are probably the most
satisfactory. The latter species has been cultivated
from time immemorial, the stamens having a medi-
cinal reputation, and being a source of color (saffron).
The cultivation of this species is a small industry in
France, Spain and Italy. — The corms of crocuses
should be planted about 3 or 4 inches deep, in a
well-worked and perfectly drained soil which is free
from clay or the decaying humus of manure. They
should be set only 2 or 3 inches apart if mass effects
are desired. They may be planted in September or
October for bloom in the spring or the following autumn;
or the autumn kinds may be planted early in spring.
The corms should be carefully examined and all
bruised and imperfect ones rejected, as they are very
susceptible to attacks of fungi, which, gaining a footing
on decrepit corms, will spread to others. — The careful
gardener will examine all exotic small bulbs annually,
or at least biennally, until they show by the perfection
of their new bulbs that they have become naturalized,
or are suited to their new environment. In this case
they may be allowed to remain until crowding requires
their division. This examination should take place
after the leaves are matured and dried up. Inasmuch as
new corms form on top of the old ones, the plants tend
to get out of the ground; it is well therefore to replant
the strongest ones every two or three years. Increase
may be had from
new corms which
are produced more
or less freely in
different species
on top or on the
sides of old corms.
— Seeds are often
produced freely,
but are likely to
be overlooked, as
they are formed
at the surface of
the soil. These
germinate readily
and most freely
at the growing
time of the plant.
They should pre-
ferably be germi-
nated in seed-pans, which should be exposed to freez-
ing before the natural germinating time. Seedlings
usually flower the third season. — The dutch hybrid
crocus is often useful for naturalizing in the lawn,
although the grass may run out the plants in a few
years, if the bulbs are not replaced by strong ones; they
will not last more than a year or two if the foliage is
mown off, but if the foliage is allowed to remain until ripe
and if the lawn is fertile, the plants may remain in fair
condition three or four years or more. (J. N. Gerard.)
INDEX.
1113. Reticulated and membranaceous
tunics. Crocus susianus (left) and C.
sativus (right).
A i lainii, 7.
hyemalis, 22.
Reinwardtii, 9.
serius, 8.
Imperati, 17.
reticulatus, 13.
Aitchisonii, 39.
iridiflorus, 37.
Salzmannii, 30.
albidus, 2.
Kirkii, 21.
sativus, 23.
albus, 39.
Korolkowii, 6.
Scharojani, 27.
Alexandri, 7.
lacteus, 4.
serotinus, 29.
ancyrensis, 5.
Uevigatus, 32.
Sieberi, 12.
argenteus, 7.
lineatus, 7.
Sibthorpianus, 8.
asturicus, 36.
longiflorus, 28.
smyrnensis, 20.
aureus, 4.
luteus, 21.
speciosus, 39.
banaticus, 10.
Malyi, 16.
stauricus, 8.
biflorus, 7.
marathoniseus, 33.
stellaris, 3.
Boryi, 33.
medius, 34.
sulphureus, 4.
byzantinus, 37.
candidus, 21.
melitensis, 24.
moesiacus, 4.
susianus, 1.
Suterianus, 18.
caspius, 26.
niveus, 31.
syriacus, 19.
chrysanthus, 2, 18.
dytiscus, 6.
nubigenus, 7.
nudiflorus, 35.
tingitanus, 30.
Tommasinianus, 11.
etruscus, 15.
Olivieri, 18.
Tournefortii, 33.
Fleischeri. 20.
Orphanidis, 33.
vernus, 14.
Fleischerianus, 20.
Pestalozzse, 7.
versicolor, 9, 12.
Fontenayi, 32.
pnfcox, 7.
vitellinus, 19.
Foxii, 22.
pulchellus, 38.
Weldenii, 7.
fragrans, 9.
purpureus, 12.
Wilhelmii. 24.
graveolens, 19.
pusillus, 7.
zonatus, 25.
hadriaticus, 24.
898
CROCUS
CROCUS
A. Blooming in spring (sometimes in midwinter and
continuing toward spring).
B. Style-branches entire or merely toothed.
C. Fls. yellow, at least inside (varying to whitish forms'):
basal spathe absent.
D. Outer segms. striped or feathered outside.
1. susianus, Ker. CLOTH-OF-GOLD CROCUS. Fig.
1114. Corm %in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8 in a tuft, reach-
ing to the fl., narrow-linear, with revolute edges and a
central band of white: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-
segms. \]/2 in. or less long, orange-yellow, becoming
reflexed, the outer ones brownish or striped on the out-
side; anthers orange, longer than the filaments; style-
branches long and spreading. Crimea. B.M. 652 (adapted
in Fig. 1114). — Blooms very early, Feb., Mar.
2. chrysanthus, Herb, (not B.R. 33:4, fig. 1,
which —C. Olivieri var. Suterianus). Corm small:
Ivs. as high as the fl., very narrow: upper spathe 2-
Ivd., nearly as long as perianth-tube: perianth-tube
2-3 times as long as the segms., the latter 1J^ in. or
less long, and plain orange-yellow (varying tinted or
striped on the outside, or even nearly white); throat
glabrous; anthers
orange, twice as
long as the rough-
ened filaments;
style-branches
red-orange. Ma-
cedonia and Asia
Minor. Gn. 74, p.
140. Var.albidus,
Hort. Fls. whitish.
Gn.W.25:229.
3. stellaris,
Haw. Supposed to
be a hybrid be-
tween C.moesiacus
and C. susianus,
and known only
in cult. : blooms
with C. nuKsiacus:
Ivs. only 4-6,
narrow-linear,
reflexed edges,
white-banded: up-
per spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube short, the segms.
1-1 J^ in. long, bright orange, the outer ones striped
and feathered with brown on the back; anthers pale
orange, a little longer than the filaments; style-branches
somewhat overtopping the anthers. Mar.
DD. Outer segms. not striped (at least not in the specific
types).
4. moesiacus, Ker (C. aiireus, Sibth. & Smith).
DUTCH CROCUS. Later: corm larger: Ivs. 6-8 in a tuft,
overtopping the fl., narrow-linear, with reflexed edges
and white central band: upper spathe 2-lvd., inner
valve very narrow or obsolete; segms. very obtuse,
bright yellow, 1^ in. long, one-half to a third the length
of the tube: anthers pale yellow, hastate at the base,
somewhat longer than the filaments; style-branches
overtopped by the anthers. Transylvania to Asia
Minor. B.M. 2986. — Variable. A sulfur-yellow form is
C. sulphureus, Ker. B.M. 1384. There is a striped
form. B.M. 938. A cream-white form is C. Idcteus,
Sabine.
5. ancyrensis, Maw. Corm Min. diam.: Ivs. 3-4, as
tall as the fl., very narrow: upper spathe 2-lvd.: peri-
anth-tube exserted; segms. bright orange-yellow, 1 in.
or less long, not striped nor colored outside; anthers
orange-yellow, much longer than the filaments; style-
branches red-orange. Asia Minor. — Blooms early.
6. Korolkdwii, Maw & Regel. Corm globose, 1 in.
diam. with matted fibers: Ivs. 8-12, very narrow, with
1114. Crocus susianus.
reflexed edges and a central white band: upper spathe
of 1 or 2 membranous valves: perianth-tube shortly
exserted; segms. about 1 in. long, bright orange-yellow
and not striped, the outer ones grayish brown on the
outside; anthers orange-yellow; style-branches entire
and orange-yellow. Turkestan, etc. Var. dytiscus,
Bowles, has the outer segms. deep brown outside and
with narrower margins of yellow.
cc. Fls. lilac, purple or white.
D. Basal spathe (rising directly from the corm inside the
Ivs.) absent.
1. bifldrus, Mill. SCOTCH CROCUS. Corm %in. or
less in diam. : Ivs. 4-6, overtopping the fls., very narrow,
with deflexed edges and a white central band: upper
spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube exserted, the segms. 1}^
in. long, purple-tinged, the outer ones 3-striped down
the back, the throat bearded and yellowish; anthers
orange, exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange-
red. S. and S. W. Eu. B.M. 845.— Runs into many
forms, some of them almost white. Some of the named
botanical forms are: Var. argenteus, Baker (C. argen-
teus, Sabine. C. prsecox, Haw. C. linedtus, Jan). Less
robust and with only 3 or 4 Ivs. to a tuft and smaller
fls. more tinged with purple and the outer segms.
dark-striped outside. Italy. B.M. 2991 (as C. minimus.
Var. pusfllus, Baker (C. pusillus, Tenore). Fls. smaller
than in var. argenteus, paler, the 3 outer segms. striped
with dark purple. Italy. B.R. 1987 (var. estriatus, with
petals pale purple and not striped). Var. Weldenii,
Baker (C. Weldenii, Hoppe), with uniform slaty pur-
ple limb. Dalmatia. B.M. 6211. Var. Adamii, Baker
(C. Adamii, Gay). Limb pale purple, the outer segms.
1-colored or with 3 pale purple stripes. Caucasus.
B.M. 3868 (as C. annulatus var. Adamicus). Var.
nubigenus, Herb. Segms. very small and nearly white,
the outer ones with a broad band of purple on the back.
Asia Minor. Var. Pestaldzzae (C. Pestalozzse, Boiss.).
Small-fld., with 1-colored whitish segms. Asia Minor.
Var. Alexandri, Hort. (C. Alexdndri, Velen. Fls. larger
than in C. biflorus type; outer segms. flushed all over
the back with bright lilac and with a narrow margin of
white, or often with only feather-like stripes on white
grounds. B.M. 7740.
8. sferius, Herb. (C. Sibthorpidnus var. staiiricus,
Herb.). Corm globose, %in. or less diam., the tunic
bristle-ringed at top : Ivs. 3-6 in the tuft, as high as the
fl., very narrow, with reflexed margins and a white
band: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube little exserted;
segms. 1 in. or less long, unstriped, pale or dark lilac,
the throat yellow and glabrous; anthers orange, twice
the length of the slightly papillose filaments. Armenia,
Kurdistan. B.M. 6852B. Gn. 74, p. 212. Early.
DD. Basal spathe present.
E. Throat of perianth glabrous.
9. versicolor, Ker (C. fragrans, Haw. C. Relnwardtii,
Reichb.). Corm %in. or less in diam., with tunics of
matted parallel fibers: Ivs. 4-5, as high as the fls.,
otherwise like the last: upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd.:
perianth-tube exserted; segms. \% in. long, pale or
dark purple, often striped and feathered with dark
purple; throats glabrous, whitish or yellowish; anthers
yellow, twice as long as the filament; style-branches,
orange-yellow, equaling or overtopping the anthers.
S. France. B.M. 1110.
10. ban&ticus, Heuff. Corm globular, J<£in. diam.:
Ivs. usually 2, thin and flattish, and becoming J^in.
broad, glaucous beneath : upper spathe 1-lvd.: perianth-
tube scarcely exserted; segms. 1J^ in. or less long,
bright purple, and never striped, but often dark-
blotched toward the tip; throat glabrous; anthers
orange, a little longer than the white filaments; style-
branches short, orange-yellow, somewhat fringed at the~
tip. Hungary.
CROCUS
CROCUS
899
1115. Crocus vernus.
11. Tommasinianus, Herb. Conn globular, J^in.
diam. : Ivs. appearing with the fls., narrow (^in. broad) :
upper spathe 1-lvd.: perianth-tube little exserted;
segms. ll/2 in. or less long, pale red-bluish, sometimes
dark-blotched at the tip; throat glabrous; anthers pale
orange, a little longer
than the white
glandular filaments;
style-branches short,
orange-yellow. Dal-
matia and Servia. —
Distinguished from
C. vernus by its gla-
brous throat.
12. Sieberi, Gay.
Corm globular, %in.
diam.: Ivs. 4-6, as
high as the fl., glau-
cous beneath, Mm-
broad: upper spathe
2-lvd.: perianth-tube
short-exserted;
segms. 1-1 3^ in. long,
color of C. vemus;
throat yellow and
glabrous; anthers
orange, twice as long as filaments; style-branches nearly
entire, orange-red. Greece, Crete. Gn. W. 22:287.
G.M. 49:54. Var. purpftreus, Hort. Fls. darker purple
than the type. Var. versicolor, Hort. Outer perianth-
segms. white feathered with purple or dark violet; inner
segms. white, yellow at base inside. Gn. 73, p. 201.
13. reticulatus, Bieb. Corm %in. diam., covered
with honeycombed fibers: Ivs. 3-5, as high as the fl.,
very narrow, with reflexed edge and a white band:
upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube much exserted;
segms. 1-1 Yi in. long, white to purple, the 3 outer ones
striped; throat glabrous; anthers orange, twice the
length of the orange filaments; style-branches scarlet,
overtopping the anthers. S. E. Eu. — Varies to white.
EE. Throat of perianth pubescent or bearded.
14. vernus, All. Fig. 1115. Corm 1 in. or less
diam.: Ivs. 2-4, as high as the fl., often %in. broad,
glaucous beneath, but green above, with reflexed edges,
and a central white band: upper spathe 1-lvd., about
as long as perianth-tube: perianth-segms. 1-1 1/% in.
long, lilac, white or purple-striped; throat pubescent,
never yellow; anthers lemon-yellow, exceeding the
filaments; style-branches orange-yellow. S. Eu. B.M.
860, 2240. R.H. 1869, p. 331. Gn. 54, p. 79.— The com-
monest garden crocus.
15. etruscus, Parl. Corm 1 in. or less in diam.: Ivs.
about 3, very narrow, as tall as the fl. : upper spathe
1-lvd.: perianth-tube short exserted; segms. 1-lJ^in.
long, lilac, or the outer ones cream-colored and some-
times purple-feathered outside; throat yellow, slightly
pubescent; anthers orange, twice as long as the gla-
brous filaments; style-branches nearly entire, orange.
Italy.
16. Malyi, Vis. Corm depressed-globose, 1 in. or
less diam., with fine parallel fibers in the tunic which
is slightly reticulated upward: Ivs. narrow-linear, not
so tall as the fl., with reflexed margins and white
central band: upper spathe 2-lvd., foliaceous: perianth-
tube yellow, scarcely exserted; segms. white, l%in.
long; throat orange-yellow and bearded; anthers orange,
twice as long as the filaments; style-branches orange,
slightly divided at tip. Dalmatia. G.C. III. 37:163.
G.M. 51:455.
BB. Style-branches fimbriate at the top, or once-forked.
17. Imperati, Tenore. Fig. 1116. Corm nearly or
quite 1 in. diam.: basal spathe present: Ivs. 4-6, exceed-
ing the fls., very narrow: upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd.:
Eerianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1-1^ in. long,
lac or even white, the outer ones buff and 3-striped on
the outside; anthers yellow, exceeding the filaments;
style-branches fimbriate. Italy. B.R. 1993. Gn. 54, p.
79. Very early.
18. Olivieri, Gay. Conn nearly globose, J^-^in.
diam.: basal spathe absent: Ivs. 4-5, as tall as the fl.,
becoming J4m- broad: upper spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-
tube little exserted; segms. bright orange-yellow and
never striped, !}-£ in. or less long; throat glabrous;
anthers orange, twice the length of the roughish fila-
ments; style-branches orange, slender-forked. Var.
Suterianus, Baker (C. chrysdnthus, Bot. Reg.) has nar-
rower and more rolled Ivs. Greece to Asia Minor. No. 2.
BBB. Style-branches cut into capillary divisions: basal
spathe absent: upper spathe 2-lvd.
19. vitellinus, Wahl. (C. synacus, Boiss. & Gaill.).
Corm 24in. or less diam.: Ivs. 4-6, as high as the fls.,
narrow-linear: perianth-tube short, exserted; segms.
1 in. or less long, orange-yellow, the outer brown-
tinged outside; style-branches divided into many
capillary parts. Asia Minor. B.M. 6416. — Rare in cult.
Var. graveolens, Baker (C. graveolens, Boiss. & Reut.
C. syrlacus, Baker). Lys. narrower: outer segms.
flushed with black or bearing 3 distinct stripes of black
down the back.
20. Fleischer!, Gay (C. Fleischerianus, Herb. C.
smyrnensis, Poech). Corm %in. or less diam., the
tunics a dense mass of regularly interlacing fibers: Ivs.
about 6 to a tuft, as high as the fls., very narrow and
having reflexed edges and a white band: perianth-tube
not exserted; segms. 1-1 M in- long, white, acute, the
outer with 3 slender lilac lines on the back; throat
yellow and glabrous; anthers small, orange, about as
long as the filaments; style-branches brick-red. Asia
Minor, on limestone hills.
21. candidus, Clarke (C. Kirkii, Maw). Corm glo-
bose, %in. diam.; tunics of matted parallel fibers: Ivs.
as high as the fl., becoming J^in. broad, the margin
ciliated and the keel very narrow: perianth-tube little
exserted; segms. 1-1 M in. long, white tinged yellow
towards throat (which is glabrous), the outer ones
tinged or feathered with purple on back; anthers
orange, about as long as the filaments; style-branches
cream-white. Asia Minor. G. 31:17. Var. l&teus,
Hort. Fls. yellow, more deeply colored at the base, 3
outer segms. veined and mottled
with purple.
22. hyemalis, Boiss. & Blanche.
Corm globose, %in. or less
diam., the tunic membranous:
Ivs. about 4 to the tuft, as high
as the fl., with reflexed margins
and a white band : perianth-tube
little exserted; segms. 1-1 % in.
long, white, with a long central
purple line and three shorter
lines; throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers orange, twice as long as
filaments; style - branches red.
Palestine. Var. Ffixii, Maw, has
nearly black anthers. Gn. 74,
p. 188.
AA. Blooming in autumn (some-
times in late summer and
continuing toward autumn).
B. Style-branches entire or very
nearly so.
c. Fls. white or lilac: basal spathe
present (except in No. 26);
upper spathe 2-lvd.
23. sativus, Linn. SAFFRON me. Crocus Imperati.
CROCUS. Fig. 1117. Corm 1 in.
900
CROCUS
CROCUS
or more diam.: lys. 6-10, as tall as the fl., very narrow,
ciliate-edged : perianth-tube little exserted ; segms. oblong
and obtuse, bright lilac or even white; throat pubescent;
anthers yellow, longer than filaments; style-branches 1
in. or more long, bright red (the source of saffron).
Asia Minor. R.H. 1895, p. 573. — The commonest fall-
blooming species.
24. hadri&ticus, Herb. Much like C. sativus: usually
smaller-fld., pure white, the segms. pubescent at base:
anthers bright orange, more than twice longer than the
white or purple filaments. Greece, etc. — Runs into
several forms. Var. melitensis, Hort. Fls. feathered
with purple and brown. Malta. Var. Wflhelmii, Hort.
Fls. pale, with purple markings outside near the throat.
25. zonatus, Gay. Corm somewhat flattened or
deflexed, K-^in. diam.: Ivs. appearing after the fls.,
narrow-linear: perianth-tube exserted, 2-3 in.; segms.
1-2 in. long, rose-lilac, purple-veined and orange-
spotted within; throat yellow, pubescent; anthers white,
2-3 times longer than the yellow filaments; style-
branches short and yellow. Cilicia. G.C. III. 23:85.
. 26. caspius, Fisch. & Mey. Corm
ovoid, %in. or less diam., with
rigid tunic that has matted parallel
fibers toward base: Ivs. 4-5 in a
tuft, not reaching the fl., very
narrow, with a white band and
reflexed margins: perianth-tube
much exserted; segms. white, not
striped, 1-1 % m- long; throat
yellow, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent; anthers pale yellow or
cream-colored, twice the length
of filament, style-branches much
exceeding anthers, slender, yellow.
Near Caspian Sea. Oct. G.C. III.
34:443.
cc. Fls. yellow: basal spathe pres-
ent; upper spathe 1-lvd.
27. Scharojanii, Rupr. Corm
globose and very small, the tunic
membranous: Ivs. developed
in spring and remaining till
the fl. appears; perianth-
tube much exserted; segms.
bright yellow, 1-colored,
1M-1 % in. long; throat
yellowish white; anthers pale yellow; style-branches
nearly entire, orange-red, shorter than the stamens.
Caucasus, Armenia, blooming end of July and in Aug.
G.C. III. 32: 321.
BB. Style-branches fimbriated or forked at the top: basal
spathe present; upper spathe 1-lvd.
28. longifldrus, Raf . Corm J^in. diam. : Ivs. 3-4,
very short at flowering time, very narrow: perianth-
tube much exserted; segms. oblong and bright lilac,
13^ in., never striped; throat slightly pubescent, yellow;
anthers orange, more than twice as long as the filaments;
style-branches scarlet, slightly compound. S. Eu. B.R.
30:3.— Not frequent.
29. serotinus, Salisb. Corm 1 in. or less: Ivs. 4-6, as
high as the fl., very narrow : perianth-tube little exserted;
segms. oblong, 1^ in., lilac or purple, indistinctly or
not at all striped; throat glabrous; anthers yellow, much
exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange-yellow,
fimbriated. Spain. B.M. 1267.— Not frequent.
30. Salzmannii, Gay (C. tingitanus, Herb.). Corm
somewhat depressed, 1 in. diam.: Ivs. about 6, not
prominent at flowering time, very narrow: perianth-
tube much exserted; segms. 1 J£ m. long, plain lilac;
throat pubescent, yellowish; anthers orange, longer
than the filaments;, style-branches slender, orange.
Morocco. B.M. 6000.
1117. Crocus sativus
(XX)
BBB. Style-branches capillary-divided,
c. Fls. white.
D. Basal spathe present.
31. niveus, Bowles. Very robust and vigorous:
corm globose, %-l in. diam., the tunic of fine reticu-
lated fibers; Ivs. 6 in the tuft, equaling the fls.: basal
spathe 2>(j in. long; spathe 2-lvd., 4 in. long, leafy at
top: perianth-tube 5^ in. long, the segms. white but
with an orange glabrous throat; anthers yellow, 3
times as long as the filament. Probably Greece. —
Differs from C. Boryi, to which it is closely related, by
the basal spathe being present, yellow anthers, naked
filaments, and reticulated tunic.
DD. Basal spathe absent.
32. laevigatus, Bpry & Chaub. Corm ovoid, %in. or
less diam., with rigid tunic broken into many small
imbricated parts: Ivs. 3-4 in a tuft, as high as the fl.,
very narrow, with reflexed margins and a white band:
upper spathe 2-lvd., very short: perianth much ex-
serted; segms. about 1 in. long, white and 1-colored
or with 3-5 stripes of lilac on the back of outer segms. ;
throat yellow, glabrous; anthers white, about as long
as the papillose filaments; style-branches bright yellow,
exceeding the anthers. Greece. Var. Fontenayi,
Bowles, is very late-blooming, and the fl. has a buff
tint, outside finely
feathered with purple, and
clear lilac inside. Gn. 74,
p. 176.
33. B6ryi, Gay. Corm
globular, Min. or less
diam.: Ivs. 3-6, narrow-
linear, as high as the fls.:
upper spathe 2-lvd. : peri-
anth-tube short-exserted;
segms. 1-13^ in. long,
white, sometimes lilac-
lined at the base outside;
throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers white, somewhat
longer than the orange
filaments; style-branches
scarlet, divided into many
capillary segms. and ex-
ceeding the anthers.
Greece. Var. Tournefdrtii,
Baker (C. Orphanidis,
Hook. f. B.M. 5776), has lilac fls. Var. marathoniseus,
Baker (C. marathoniseus, Heldr.), has style-branches less
divided than in the type, shorter and not overtopping
the anthers. G.C. III. 40:335. Gn. 70, p. 273. G.M.
49:767.
cc. Fls. lilac (varying to white in No. 89).
D. Basal spathe present; upper spathe 1-lvd.
34. medius, Balb. Corm globular, 1 in. or less
diam.: Ivs. 2-3, appearing in spring, narrow, becoming
a foot or more high: perianth-tube much exserted;
segms. l>2-2 in. long, bright lilac; throat glabrous,
whitish; anthers pale orange, twice the length of the
yellow filaments; style-branches scarlet, with many
capillary divisions. S. France, Italy.
35. nudiflorus, Smith. Corm very small, stolonif-
erous: Ivs. 3-4, appearing after the fls., very narrow:
perianth-tube much exserted; segms. l3/£-2 in., lilac;
throat glabrous; anthers large and yellow, twice as
long as the filaments. Mts. S. France and Spain. —
Long known in cult., but not common.
36. astftricus, Herb. Corm globular, %in. or less in
diam. : Ivs. about 3, appearing in fall but not maturing
till spring: perianth-tube short-protruded; segms. 1^
in. long, lilac; throat pubescent; anthers bright yellow,
longer than the white filaments; style-branches orange,"
with many capillary divisions. Spain.
1118. Crocus speciosus var.
Aitchisonii.
XXXI. The White Spine cucumber.
CROCUS
CROTALARIA
901
37. byzantinus, Ker (C. iridiflbrus, Heuff.)- Corm
i^in. diam.: Ivs. 2-4, developing after the fls. : peri-
anth-tube much exserted; segms. 2 in. or less long,
the outer ones dark lilac and acute, the inner ones
shorter and pale lilac or white; anthers orange, longer
than the filaments. S. E. Eu. B.M. 6141. B.R. 33:4.—
An old garden plant, but rarely seen in this country.
DD. Basal spathe absent; upper spathe 2-lvd.
38. pulchellus, Herb. Corm small, somewhat de-
pressed: Ivs. produced after flowering, maturing in
spring: perianth-tube much exserted; segms. 1-1 J^ in.
long, bright lilac, more or less indistinctly striped;
throat glabrous, bright yellow; anthers white, longer
than the pubescent yellow filaments; style-branches
orange, with many capillary branches. Greece to Asia
Minor. B.R. 30:3.
39. specidsus, Bieb. Corm not stoloniferous, 1 in.
or less: Ivs. usually 3, developing after the fls., thin,
very narrow, becoming 1 ft. long: perianth-tube much
exserted; segms. lJ^-2 in., lilac and feathered with
darker color; anthers very large, bright orange, much
exceeding the filaments. S. E. Eu. and Asia. B.M.
3861. Gn. 62, p. 265; 71, p. 613. B.R. 25:40.— Hand-
some and variable. Var. albus, Hort. Fls. white.
Var. Aitchisonii, Foster (C. Aitchisonii, Hort.). Fig.
1118. More graceful than the type and larger, fls. paler
in color, the segms. more pointed, divisions of stigma
more numerous and more spreading or even drooping:
fls. very pale bluish lilac. Asia. G. 28:415. Gn. M.
8:228. L. H. B.
CROP. The product secured from an area of culti-
vated plants; as, a crop of wheat, a crop of mush-
rooms, a crop of violets. The word is used generically
for classes of products, as grain crop, root crop, forest
or timber crop, fiber crop, flower crop, seed crop, salad
crop. It is employed also as a verb, — the cropping of
the land, to crop to fruit.
Other limitations of the word refer to duration and
inter-relations: catch-crop, a secondary crop grown
between the succession of other crops, as in the time
between a crop of radishes and a crop of cabbages;
or between the rows or stands of other plants; compan-
ion-crop, a catch-crop grown between other growing
plants, as lettuce between rows or hills of beans;
succession-crop, a catch-crop succeeding another crop
as late celery following early potatoes; cover-crop, a
catch-crop grown usually late in the season, or in win-
ter, to protect the land and to afford green-manure.
Rotation-cropping is a form of succession-cropping.
Double-cropping may be either companion-cropping
or succession-cropping, or both. L. H. B.
CROSSANDRA (Greek, fringed anthers}. Acanthdcex.
Warmhouse evergreen shrubs of minor importance.
Upright, with entire or somewhat toothed, often
verticillate Ivs., glabrous, or the infl. hairy: fls. in
dense sessile spikes, red or yellow, with prominent
bracts; corolla cylindrical, more or less curved, some-
what enlarged at the throat, with a flat or spreading
oblique limb; stamens 4, in pairs. — Perhaps 20-25
species from India, Trop. Afr., and Madagascar. The
one commonly in the trade has handsome 4-sided spikes
of scarlet-orange fls.; perianth has 5 segms., the 2
upper ones being smaller; stamens 4, of 2 lengths: caps,
oblong, acute, 4-seeded. It is cult. S. outdoors to a
slight extent, and also rarely in northern greenhouses.
Should be grown in rich loam, peat or leaf-mold, and
sand. Prop, by cuttings in sand over bottom heat,
preferably under a bell-jar.
undulaefdlia, Salisb. (C. infundibuliformis, Nees).
Height 1 ft., rarely 3 ft.: Ivs. opposite, ovate-acuminate,
stalked: fls. scarlet-orange, overlapping one another
in dense closely bracted, sechmea-like spikes, 3-5 in.
long. India. B.M. 2186. R.H. 1891:156. B.R. 69.
C. flava, Hook. Unbranched shrub, 6-8 in. high: st. green, gla-
brous: Ivs. opposite, close together, large for the size of the plant, 6
in. long, obovate-lanceolate, dark green above, paler beneath, wavy,
more obtuse than in the above; lower Ivs. stalked, upper ones
sessile: spike 4-sided, spiny; fls. yellow; tube much exserted,
jointed. Trop. W. Afr. B.M. 4710. — C. guinetnsis, Nees. Height
2-6 in.: st. light red, rusty pubescent: Ivs. 2-4 pairs, 3-5 in. long,
elliptic, green above, with golden netted nerves, reddish beneath:
spike solitary, terminal, slender, 3-5 in. high; fls. numerous, small,
pale lilac, with 2 darker spots on the 2 smallest segms. and a white
eye. Guinea. B.M. 6346. — A handsome foliage plant.
N. TAYLOR.!
CROSSOSOMA (Greek, referring to a fringe-like
body on the seeds). Ranunculacese; by Bentham &
Hooker referred to Dilleniacese, and by Engler made
the type of the family Crossosomatacese. Four much-
branched woody plants of Mex., Ariz, and S. Calif.:
very glabrous, with grayish bark and whitish wood: Ivs.
oblong or narrower, entire, alternate, nearly or quite
sessile, some of them fascicled: fls. mostly white, soli-
tary and short-stalked at the ends of the branchlets. C.
calif ornicum, Nutt., has been mentioned in gardening
literature abroad: 3-15 ft. high: Ivs. 1-3 in. long, not
much fascicled : fls. large, with nearly orbicular white
petals more than %m. long, the anthers long-oblong:
follicles %in. or more long, many-seeded. Isl. of Santa
Catalina. C. Bigelovii, Wats., is lower, the Ivs. mostly
fascicled and fls. only half as large, the petals white or
purplish. Ariz, to S. E. Calif.
CROTALARIA (Greek, rattle, castanet; from the rat-
tling of the seeds in the pod). Leguminbsse. RATTLE-
BOX. Annual outside herbs, and shrubs grown in green-
houses or in the open far South.
Herbs or shrubs of various habit: Ivs. simple
(actually unifoliolate) or compound: fls. in terminal
racemes or rarely the racemes opposite the Ivs.; calyx-
tube short, the teeth narrow, as long as or a little
shorter than the pea-like corolla. — A cosmopolitan
genus of perhaps 250 species, in tropics and sub-
tropics mostly. For best results, the seed should be
started early indoors, after being soaked in warm water.
The name is sometimes misspelled Crotolaria. Green-
house kinds are subject to red spider. C. juncea yields
the Sunn hemp of India. Our common rattle-box, C.
sagittalis, is often a troublesome weed.
A. Lvs. apparently simple.
retftsa, Linn. Annual, \1A ft. high: branches few,
short: Ivs. entire, very various in shape, but typically
obovate with a short mucro, clothed beneath with short
appressed hairs: fls. about 12 in a raceme, yellow,
streaked or blotched with purple; standard roundish,
notched. Cosmopolitan. June- Aug. — Intro. 1896, as
a novelty and called "dwarf golden yellow-flowering
pea," "golden yellow sweet pea," etc. The fls. are
much less fragrant than the true sweet pea.
verrucdsa, Linn. Annual, erect and nearly glabrous,
the branches and fl. -stalks 4-angled: Ivs. ovate, shortly
petioled, blunt: fls. racemose, numerous, their variega-
ted blue corollas making a magnificent show in early
spring. Cosmopolitan in the tropics. B.M. 3034.
B.R. 1137. P.M. 13:223.
AA. Lvs. foliolate (compound).
B. Fls. striped with brown or red.
longirostrata, Hook. & Arn. Greenhouse plant, her-
baceous or somewhat shrubby, much branched, 3 ft.
high: branches long, slender, glabrous: petioles \l/2 in.
long; Ifts. 3, oblong, with a minute mucro, glabrous
above, hoary beneath, with very short, appressed,
silky hairs: racemes erect; calyx with 2 upper lobes
ovate, the 3 lower ones lanceolate; fls. as many as 25
in a raceme, yellow with reddish or reddish brown
stripe along the back of the unopened fls.; standard
wider than long, reflexed, notched. W. Mex., Guate-
mala. B.M. 7306. F.R. 1 : 809.— Flowering from Dec. to
March. Intro, into Kew through the U. S. Dept.
Agric. in 1891.
902
CROTALARIA
CRYPTANTHUS
BB. Fls. not striped, pure yellow.
incana, Linn. A woody perennial, 2-4 ft., with stout
round branches, the whole plant silky-hairy: Ifts. \Yy-
2 in. long, obtuse, cuneate below, membranous: fls.
12-20 in a raceme, yellow, at least J^in. long: pod
nearly sessile, loosely hairy. Common throughout the
tropics. B.R. 377.
capensis, Jacq. Stout, much-branched shrub, 4-5
ft. high: branches terete, appressedly silky; stipules
when present petiolulate, obovate and If.-like, obsolete
or wanting on many petioles: Ifts. broadly obovate,
obtuse or mucronulate, glabrous or minutely pubescent
on one or both sides: racemes terminal or opposite the
Ivs., loose, many-fld., the fls. usually more than 1 in. long;
calyx and pod pubescent; wings transversely wrinkled
and pitted. S. Afr. — Cult, in S. Fla.
C. Trdpeae, Mattei. An erect or prostrate annual: racemes lat-
eral, often 20-fld. or more; fls. small, yellowish. Italian Somaliland.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
CROTON (Greek name, probably of the castor bean).
Euphorbiacese. Herbs, shrubs or trees of no special
horticultural value; some cultivated for economic prod-
ucts which they yield.
Pubescence stellate or scaly: Ivs. usually alternate:
fls. mostly in terminal spikes or racemes, usually
monoecious, sometimes dioecious; sepals usually 5-10,
small, petals present at least in the staminate fls.;
stamens 5 to many, incurved in the bud ; ovary 3-celled,
1 ovule in each cell. — Five hundred or more species in
the warmer parts of the world, chiefly in Amer. Several
herbaceous species native in S. and W. U. S.
1119. Croton alabamensis.
For Croton tinctorius, see Chrozophora; for C.
sebiferus, see Sapium. See also Codiseum for the com-
monly cultivated crotons of florists.
Tiglium, Linn. CROTON-OIL PLANT. PHYSIC-NUT.
PURGING CROTON. Small tree: Ivs. ovate, acuminate,
serrate, petiolate, varying from metallic green to bronze
and orange: pistillate fls. apetalous. S.E.Asia. Blanco.
Fl. Fil. 383. — The powerful purgative, croton oil, is
obtained from the seeds. Offered in S. Calif, as an
ornamental and curious plant.
Eluteria, Benn. CASCARILLA. SEASIDE BALSAM.
SWEETWOOD. Petals in both staminate and pistillate
fls.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate subcordate.
Bahamas. B.M. 7515. — This species and C. Cas-
carilla, Benn., Bahamas and Fla., yield the cascarilla,
bark.
alabamensis, E. A. Smith. Fig. 1119. Shrub, 6-9 ft.
high: Ivs. evergreen, nearly entire, oblong-lanceolate,
upper side nearly smooth, lower side densely silvery
scaly: both staminate and pistillate fls. with petals.
Local in Ala., rarely cult. G.F. 2:594 (see Fig. 1119).
J. B. S. NORTON.
CROWFOOT: Ranunculus.
CROWN IMPERIAL: Fritillaria Imperialis.
CRUCIANELLA (Latin, a little cross; from the ar-
rangement of the leaves). Rubiacese. CROSSWORT.
Hardy rock plants of minor importance.
Herbs, often woody at the base: branches usually
long, slender, 4-cornered: upper Ivs. opposite, without
stipules; lower Ivs. or all in whorls of 3 or more, linear
or lanceolate, rarely ovate or obovate: fls. small, white,
rosy or blue. — About 30 species, natives of the Medit.
region and W. Asia. The genus is closely related to
Asperula, and is distinguished by the fls. having bracts,
not an involucre, and the style - branches distinctly
unequal instead of nearly equal. The first species
below has lately been referred to Asperula. It is of
easy cult., preferring light, moderate loam and partial
shade. A delicate plant for the front of borders, and
capital for the rockery. Prop, chiefly by division,
and also by seeds.
stylosa, Trin. (Asperula ciliata, Rochel). Annual,
prostrate, 6-9 in. high: lys. in whorls of 8 or 9, lanceo-
late, hispid: fls. small, crimson-pink, in round terminal
heads ^in. diam.; floral parts in 5's; style club-shaped,
long exserted, very shortly twice cut at the top. June-
Aug. Persia. — Grown, and often acting in England,
as a perennial.
angustifdlia, Linn. Annual: lower Ivs. 6 to a whorl,
linear, on an erect or sometimes branching, smooth st. :
fls. white, in spike-like clusters, small, the petals some-
times short mucronate. Medit. region. July.
C. chlorostachys, Fisch. & Mey. Annual, rough and spreading,
but the whole plant only 4-6 in. high: fls. small, in spike-like
clusters. — C. glomerata, Bieb. (Asperula glomerata, Griseb.), has
yellowish green fls. in many interrupted spikes. Palestine to Persia.
Properly an Asperula. j^ TAYLOR t
CRYPTANTHE (Greek, for hidden flower}. Bor-
raginaceie. NIEVITAS. This genus includes many spe-
cies referred by some writers to Eritrichium and Kry-
nitzkia, but probably none of them is in cult. They
are mostly annuals, with white fls., which are usually
sessile : calyx 5-parted to the base, as long as the corolla-
tube; segms. more or less hispid or with hooked bristles,
in fr. closely embracing the nutlets, eventually decidu-
ous: nutlets 4, sometimes 3, 2 or 1, smooth, papillate,
or muriculate, never rugose. — Over 60 species, in
Pacific N. Amer., southward, into N. Mex. and Chile.
C. glomerata, Lehm. (Krynitzkia glomerata, Gray),
is a coarse biennial, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. spatulate or linear-
spatulate. Plains, along eastern base of Rocky Mts. C.
barbigera, Greene (K. barbigera, Gray. Eritrichium barbi-
gerum, Gray). Nine to 12 in. high: Ivs. linear. S. Calif.
CRYPT ANTHUS (Greek, for hidden flower) . Brome-
liacex. Brazilian epiphytal bromeliads, differing from
^Echmea and Billbergia (which see for culture) in the
tubular calyx and the dense heads of flowers nearly
sessile amongst the leaves.
Leaves crowded in a rosette, recurved-spreading,
spinulose-serrate : fls. in a terminal head, nearly buried
beneath the bracts; petals oblong, joined at the base;
stamens attached to corolla-tube. — Monogr. by Mez
(who recognizes 8 species) in DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9,
(1896) ; by some; all are considered to be forms of one
species.
CRYPTANTHUS
CRYPTOMERIA
903
A. Lvs. not narrowed or petiolate above the sheath.
acaulis, Beer (Tilldndsia acaulis, Lindl. C. undula-
tus, Otto & Dietr.)- A few inches high, suckering
freely : Ivs. sea-green, long-pointed and spreading, weak-
spiny: fls. white, nestling deep in the foliage. B.R.
1157. — A very variable plant, of which Mez recognizes
the following leading types:
Var. genuinus, Mez. Stemless or very nearly so : Ivs.
sub-elliptic-lanceolate, strongly undulate, gray-scurfy
beneath, scurfy above.
Var. discolor, Mez (C. discolor, Otto & Dietr.). Stem-
less or nearly so: Ivs. elongated, scarcely undulate, sil-
very-scurfy below, glabrous or nearly so above.
Var. riiber, Mez (C. ruber, Beer). Produces a branch-
ing st. or trunk : Ivs. short, strongly undulate, reddish.
Var. bromelioides, Mez (C. bromelioides, Otto &
Dietr.). St. tall: Ivs. much elongated, scarcely undu-
late, remotely spinulose.
Var. diversifdlius, Mez (C. diversifblius, Beer). St.-
bearing: Ivs. elongate-lingulate, deep green above, sil-
very-scurfy beneath.
zonatus, Beer. Fig. 1120. Lvs. oblong -lanceolate,
the margin undulate and densely serrate-spinulose,
marked with transverse bands of white: fls. white.
bivittatus, Regel (Billbergia bivittdta, Hook. B.
vittata, Hort.). Nearly or quite stemless: Ivs. long-ob-
long, curving, long-pointed, somewhat undulate, spiny,
dull brown beneath, green above and with 2 narrow
buff or reddish bars extending the length of the If. : fls.
white. B.M. 5270.
AA. Lvs. narrowed or petiolate above the sJieath.
Beftckeri, Morr. Lvs. 10-20, oblong, pointed, cana-
liculate at base, very finely spiny, brownish green or
rosy and spotted or striped with light green: fls. white.
C. nitidus. Bull. A recent importation from Brazil, described
as a stemless species with sessile dark olive-green Ivs., marked
with a band of cream-color each side of the midrib.
L. H. B.
GEORGE V. NASH.f
CRYPTOCORYNE (Greek-made name, referring to
the spadix being inclosed or hidden in the spathe).
Syn. Myriobldstus. Aracex. Aquatic or paludose
herbs of 20-30 species in Trop. Asia and the Malayan
Archipelago, rarely seen hi choice collections but
apparently not in the trade. They have creeping and
stoloniferous rhizomes, strongly ribbed oblong or linear
or ovate Ivs., monoecious fls. without perianth, the
upper ones on the spadix staminate and the lower pis-
tillate: spathe closed, the infl. wholly included. The
species require the treatment given tender arums. C.
ciliata, Fisch., 1 ft., Ivs. narrow, stalked: fls. fragrant
in a long tubular peduncled spathe which is fringed at
the top. C. retrospirdlis, Fisch., plant slender with
very narrow almost grass-like Ivs., and small spathe
terminating in a spiral or twist. C. Griffithii, Schott,
with Ivs. ovate or orbicular-oblong marked with fine
red lines; spathe purple. B.M. 7719.
CRYPTOGAMS are flowerless plants, producing
not seeds but spores. The whole vegetable kingdom
was formerly thrown into two classes, the flowering
plants or phanerogams and the flowerless or crypto-
gams. Cryptogam means "concealed nuptials," and
phanerogam "visible nuptials." These names were
given when it was thought that the sexual parts of the
flowerless plants were very obscure or even wanting.
The word is now falling into disfavor with botanists.
Cryptogams are of less horticultural interest than the
flowering plants, although they include the ferns, and
some interesting smaller groups, as selaginellas, lyco-
pods or club mosses. The word cryptogam is now
mostly given up by botanists as representing a taxo-
nomic group, as the name is founded on imperfect
or false analogies. The plants covered by this name are
now distributed in the great divisions of thallophytes,
bryophytes and pteridophytes; and the phenogams or
phanerogams are spoken of as spermatophytes (see
the categories on p. 2, Vol. L).
CRYPTOGRAMMA (Greek, a concealed line, allud-
ing to the sub-marginal sori). Polypodiacese. Hardy
subalpine ferns of both hemispheres of interest mainly
to the collector.
1120. Cryptanthus zonatus.
Leaves of 2 sorts, the fertile Ivs. contracted and the
sori covered by the infolded margin of the segms.,
forming pod-like bodies. Besides our native species, a
third one, C. crispa, is found in Eu., and a fourth in
the Himalayas. Name often incorrectly written Crypto-
gramme. Cult, simple.
acrostichoides, R. Br. ROCK-BRAKE. ' Height about 8
in.: Ivs. numerous, 4-6 in. long, on tufted straw-colored
stalks, tri-quadripinnatifid, with toothed or incised
segms., the sporophylls with longer stalks, less divided
and with pod-like segms. Canada to Colo., Calif., and
northward.
Stelleri, Prantl (Pellsea grdcilis, Hook. P. Stelleri,
Baker). SLENDER ROCK-BRAKE. Lvs. 4-10 in. long,
very delicate in texture, withering by Aug., few to a
plant, about 2 pinnate. — Grown best in loose well-
drained leaf-mold. A rather rare rock fern of the
eastern states, offered by some dealers in hardy ferns.
Grows in crevices of cliffs, or in moss.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
CRYPTOLEPIS (Greek, hidden scale). Asckpiadd-
cese. Shrubs, erect or twining, of Trop. Asia and Afr.
Lvs. opposite: fls. in a loosely forking, few-fld. cyme;
calyx deeply 5-parted, with 5 scales at base; corolla
with spreading limb, the tube short-cylindrical or cam-
panulate, the lobes 5 and linear, spreading or deflexed
and twisted ; corona of 5 scales attached at or near the
middle of the tube: follicles terete and smooth, spread-
ing.—Species 20. Cult, only in S. Calif, and S. Fla.
C. Buchananii, Roem. & Schult. A twining shrub with
yellow fls., resembling those of an echites: Ivs. 3-6 in.
long, leathery, shining above: cymes very short-stalked,
paniculate. India. C. longifldra, Regel. Dwarf and
compact growing, with long Ivs. tinted with red ; tubular
white fls., as in Boitvardia jasminiflora. Native coun-
try unknown.
CRYPTOMERIA (Greek, kryplos, hidden, meros,
part; meaning doubtful). Pinacese. Ornamental ever-
green cultivated for its handsome habit and foliage.
Large pyramidal tree, with a straight slender trunk,
covered with reddish brown bark and with verticil-
late spreading branches, ascending at the extremities:
Ivs. spirally arranged, linear-subulate, acute, slightly
curved, decurrent at the base: fls. monoecious; stami-
904
CRYPTOMERIA
CTENANTHE
nate oblong, yellow, forming short racemes at the
end of the branches, pistillate globular, solitary, at
the end of short branchlets: cone globular, with thick,
wedge-shaped scales, furnished with a recurved point
on the back and with pointed lobes at the apex, each
scale with 3-5 narrow-winged, erect seeds.— One species
in China and Japan, extensively planted for avenues,
and as timber trees in the latter country, where the
light and easily worked but durable wood is much used.
It is hardy as far north as New York, and thrives in
sheltered positions even in New England. It seems,
however, in cultivation, not to assume the beauty it
possesses in its native country. With us, it looks best
as a young plant, when it much resembles the Arau-
caria excelsa. It is therefore sometimes grown in pots.
It thrives best in a rich, loamy and moist soil and
sheltered position. Propagated by seeds or by cuttings
of growing wood, especially var. elegans, which grows
very readily. The horticultural varieties are also some-
times increased by grafting.
japonica, Don. Tree, attaining 125 ft.: Ivs. linear-
subulate, compressed and slightly 4- or 3-angled, bluish
green, J^-l in. long: cone brownish red, %-l in. across.
S.Z. 124. H.I. 7:668. R.H. 1887, p. 392. Gng. 4:197.
F.E. 10:510. G.F. 6:446.— Of the garden forms, the
most desirable is var. elegans, Beissn. (C. elegans,
Veitch). Low, dense tree, with horizontal branches
and pendulous branchlets: Ivs. linear, flattened, soft,
spreading, longer than in the type, bright green, chang-
ing to bronzy red in fall and winter. Very handsome
when young, but short-lived. Var. araucaroides,
Carr. Of regular pyramidal habit, with short, thick
falcate Ivs., resembling Araucaria excelsa. Var.
compacta, Beissn. Of very compact habit, with bluish
green foliage. Var. pyramidalis, Carr. Of narrow
pyramidal compact habit, dark bluish green, not chang-
ing to reddish brown during winter. Var. Lobbii,
Carr. Of compact habit, with shorter and more ap-
pressed bright and deep green Ivs. Var. nana, Knight.
Dwarf and procumbent, densely branched form;
adapted for rockeries. Var. spiralis, Veitch. Slender
shrub, with strongly falcate Ivs., twisted spirally around
the branchlets. S.Z. 124, fig. 4. ALFRED REHDER.
CRYPTOPHORANTHUS (Greek, meaning to bear
hidden flowers}. Orchiddceae. A few Trop. American
orchids closely allied to Masdevallia and Pleurothallis,
remarkable for the almost closed fl. within which is
hidden the lip: sepals united at the base into a short
tube and joined also at the apex, the petals being
inside; there are openings or "windows" on either side
where the sepals spread apart at their middles. The
species require the cult, given Pleurothallis. Appa-
rently none is in the American trade. C. moculdtus,
Rplfe (Pleurothallis maculdta, Rolfe), is a little plant
with numerous yellow densely crimson-spotted fls.
C. Day anus, Rolfe (Masdevallia Daydnus, Reichb. f.).
and C. atropurpureus, Rodr. (Pleurothallis and Mas-
devallia fenestrata, Hort.), may be expected; the former
has upper sepal yellowish white and purple-spotted
keels, and inferior sepals (joined) orange with brown
spots; the latter has dark purple solitary fls. C.
Moorei, Rolfe, has small dull red-purple fls. with
darker lines, the lateral openings about %in. long:
Ivs. broadly elliptic, purple beneath, about 1 % in. long.
CRYPTOPYRUM: Triticum.
CRYPTOSTEGIA (Greek, krupto, conceal, and stego,
cover; referring to the 5-scaled crown in the corolla-
tube, which is not exposed to view). Asdepiadacese.
Tropical climbers.
Leaves opposite: fls. large and showy in a terminal
trichotomous cyme; corolla funnel-shaped, the tube
short. — Only 2 species, 1 from Trop. Afr., and 1 from
Madagascar. The juice of C. grandiflora, when exposed
to the sunshine, produces caoutchouc. See Diet.
Economic Products India 2:625. The plant is cult, in
India for this purpose. It is rarely cult, in Old World
greenhouses for ornament. It is said to be of easy cult,
in a warmhouse and prop, by cuttings.
grandiflora, R. Br. (Nerium grandiflorum, Roxbg.).
St. erect, woody: branches twining: Ivs. opposite,
short-stalked, oblong, entire, 3 in. long, 1J^ in. wide:
fls. in a short spreading cyme, reddish purple, becom-
ing lilac or pale pink, about 2 in. across, twisted in the
bud: fr. a follicle. Old W'orld, probably Indian origin,
but established in the African Isls. of the Indian Ocean,
especially Reunion. Hooker, however, thinks that it
was originally a Trop. African plant. B.R. 435.—
Once cult, at Oneco, Fla., by Reasoner, and not uncom-
mon in botanic gardens under glass. Called pulay or
palay in India where it is widely cult, as an ornamental.
Not important as a rubber plant.
madagascariensis, Hemsl. A climbing glabrous
shrub: Ivs. short-petioled, leathery, variable in out-
line, 2-4 in. long: fls. 2^-3 in. across, pink or whitish,
not lilac as in many specimens of C. grandiflora; corolla-
lobes longer than the tube. Madagascar. — A very
showy greenhouse climber with cymose infl.
N. TAYLOR.!
CRYPTOSTEMMA (Greek, hidden crown). Com-
posite. Two or 3 hoary herbs, by some united with
Arctotis, apparently not in the trade, but sometimes
mentioned in gardening literature: diffuse or creep-
ing, with basal or alternate Ivs. that are dentate or
lyrate-pinnatisect, villous above and white-tomentose
or woolly beneath: heads radiate, yellow or more or
less purplish, rather large, peduncled, or solitary on
leafless scapes, the rays sterile: achene densely villous,
5-ribbed, the pappus paleaceous and in 1 series. C.
calendulaceum, R. Br. (C. lusitdnicum, Hort.), is a
free-blooming annual with pale yellow rays and a dark
brown disk, the heads on 1-fld. peduncles: Ivs. pinnati-
fid, 3-nerved. Cape and Austral. B.M. 2252. G.C.
III. 28:390, desc. C. Forbesidnum, Harv., and C'. ni-
veum, Nichols. (Microstephium niveum, Less.), of S. Afr.,
may be more or less in cult. Both have yellow rays, in
the latter the heads being solitary and the plant decum-
bent or creeping and the Ivs. ovate, cordate or orbicu-
lar; in the former the Ivs. are mostly pinnatisect, the
margins revolute.
CRYPTOSTYLIS (hidden style, Greek). Syn. Zos-
terostylis. Orchiddcese. Eight or 10 terrestrial orchids of
the E. Indies, Malaya and Austral., allied to Pogonia.
Lys. solitary or few, narrow and membranaceous, on
stiff petioles: fls. rather large, racemose or spicate on
simple sheathed scapes, the sepals and petals very
slender or even awl-like and nearly or quite equal;
lip large, sessile, the broad base inclosing the column
and then expanding into a broad blade. C. arachnites,
Blume. Rootstock fleshy: Ivs. erect, green, lanceo-
late: fls. on a scape 18 in. or less high, many and
spider-like, the sepals and petals green and the fleshy
lip purple and mottled, pubescent and grooved. India
(Ceylon, Khasia). B.M. 5381. A curious indoor orchid.
CTENANTHE (Greek, comb-flower). Marantdcese.
About a dozen Brazilian plants closely allied to Cala-
thea and Maranta, differing from the former in belong-
ing to the 1-seeded section of the family and from the
latter in having a shorter corolla-tube and different
shaped fls. Sepals 3, free and equal, somewhat parch-
ment-like; corolla-tube short but wide, the lobes 3 and
nearly equal and hooded at the apex; staminal tube very
short; 2 exterior staminodia petal-like, short, obovate
and hooded, with lateral deflexed lobes. The ctenanthes
are perennial herbs with basal and cauline Ivs. that are
more or less petiolate, and crowded fls. in terminal
spikes or racemes. They are glasshouse plants requir-
CTENANTHE
CUCUMBER
905
ing the treatment of calathea; apparently little known
in American collections. The species fall into two
groups, those with variegated and those with green
Ivs. Of the former group are C. Kummeriana, Eichl.,
and C. Oppenheimiana, Schum., the former being 20 in.
or less tall and with villous ovary and raceme, the latter
robust and 3 ft. or more tall and ovary glabrous. Of the
plain-lvd. kinds, C. Luschnathiana, Eichl. (C. compressa
var. Luschnathiana, Schum.), and C. setosa, Eichl., may
be found in choice collections; both species grow about
3 ft. high, the former having ovate-acute bracts and
the latter long-acuminate brown-villous bracts.
CUCKOOFLOWER: Cardamine pratensis.
CUCKOO-PINT: Arum.
CUCUMBER. Plate XXXI. The common cucum-
bers are derived from an Asian species, Cucumis sativus
(see Cucumis), which has long been known in cultiva-
tion. The so-called West India gherkin, which is com-
monly classed with the cucumbers, is Cucumis Anguria.
The snake, or serpent cucumber is more properly a
muskmelon, and should be designated botanically as
Cucumis Melo var. flexuosus (cf. A. G. 14:206). The
"musk cucumber" is Cucumis moschata, Hort., which is
probably identical with concombre musque, referred to
Sicana odorifera by Le Potager d'un Curieux, known in
this country as cassabanana. The Mandela cucumber
is Cucumis Sacleuxii, Paill. et Bois. (Pot. d'un Curieux),
but it is not in cultivation in this country. None of
these is of any particular importance except the com-
mon types of Cucumis sativus. These are extensively
cultivated in all civilized countries as field and as garden
crops. They come into commerce as pickles packed in
bottles and barrels, and are very extensively used in
this form. Of late, the forcing of cucumbers under
glass has come to be an important industry in the
eastern states.
Field culture.
The common cucumber is an important field and
garden crop and may be classed as one of the standard
crops of the vegetable-garden. The fruit is used as a
table salad, eaten raw, with the usual salad seasonings,
and is pickled in large quantities. The cucumber is
pickled in both large and small sizes, both by the house-
wife and commercially on a large scale. The small
fruit, of not more than a day or two's growth and meas-
uring from 1 to 2 inches in length, makes the most
desirable and delicate of pickles. These are packed in
bottles for the commercial trade and bring fancy prices.
Larger sizes are pickled and sold by the keg or barrel.
The cucumber is a native of the tropics and tender
of frost. It should be planted in a warm location,
after danger from frost is past. For the early crop — and
earliness is of prime importance to the commercial
vegetable-grower — a sandy soil is preferable, supplied
with an abundance of well-rotted stable manure. The
seed may be sown in hills 3 feet apart with rows 6 feet
apart, or may be planted by machine (the common
seed-drill) in drills 6 feet apart. In either case, an abun-
dance of seed should be used, for severe injury by insect
pests often occurs in the early stages of the cucumber's
life. Plants may be started under glass to hasten matu-
rity. The seed is sometimes sown in pots or baskets or in
inverted sods and these protected and so managed that
the cucumber plant receives those conditions most
suitable to its rapid and healthy growth. These condi-
tions are: a temperature between 60° and 65° at night,
which may be allowed to rise to 100° in bright sunshine;
an ample supply of moisture; sufficient ventilation,
without draft, to prevent a soft brittle growth. It is
almost impossible to transplant cucumber seedlings
and secure satisfactory results if the roots are disturbed.
A glass-covered frame may be used over seed planted
in the field, and yields good returns on labor and equip-
ment. Any method whereby marketable cucumbers
may be obtained a few days earlier, if not extravagant
of time and labor, will pay handsomely.
The cucumber, in the field, should yield marketable
fruits in seven to eight weeks from seed and continue
in profitable bearing until frost. It is customary among
commercial growers to allow two or three plants to the
hill, and when grown in drills, one plant is left every 18
to 24 inches.
During the height of the growing season, which is
usually in August when the days are hot and nights
moist and warm, the cucumbers need to be picked
every day. The fruit is ready to harvest when it is well
filled out, nearly cylindrical in shape. When immature
it is somewhat furrowed. When allowed to remain
too long, it becomes swollen in its middle portion and
cannot be sold as first quality. Cucumbers are mar-
keted by the dozen, the field crop often bringing as
much as 60 cents a dozen at the first and selling as low
as 5 cents a dozen at the glut of the market.
The cucumber plant is affected by serious insect
pests and fungous diseases. Of the insect pests, the
striped cucumber beetle is the most serious and diffi-
cult to combat. It feeds on the leaves, usually on the
1121. House of English cucumbers.
under sides, and appears soon after the cucumber
seedlings break ground. This cucumber beetle seems
to be little affected by the common remedies for chew-
ing insects. This is probably largely due to its activity,
the beetle moving to unpoisoned parts of the plant, and
also to the fact that rarely, in commercial practice, is
the under side of the leaves thoroughly poisoned. Arsen-
ate of lead applied in more than ordinary strength is
the most satisfactory remedy. Hammond's Slug Shot,
dusted lightly over the plants, will drive the bugs
away, while a teaspoonful of paris green mixed with
two pounds of flour makes also an excellent mixture
with which to fight the bugs. Or cover the young plants
with small wire or hoop frames, over which fine netting
is stretched. If the plants are kept quite free from
attack till these protectors are outgrown, they will
usually suffer little damage. Plants started in hotbeds
or greenhouses may usually be kept free at first, and
this is the chief advantage of such practices. The
cucumber beetles are kept away somewhat at times by
strewing tobacco stems thickly under the plants; and
kerosene emulsion will sometimes discommode the
young squash bugs without killing the vines, but usually
not. What is known as the cucumber blight (Pseudope-
ronospora cubensis) has done much to discourage the
growth of cucumbers. This fungus may be repulsed by
thorough spraying with bordeaux and the plants should
906
CUCUMBER
CUCUMBER
be kept covered with bordeaux throughout their
growth. This will require at least three or four spray-
ings. The growth of the vines, which usually com-
pletely covers the ground, prevents late sprayings,
which are often necessary to maintain healthy growth
and insure maximum returns.
The common field varieties most popular in the
United States grown for a slicing cucumber are of the
White Spine type. Many of the so-called White
Spine varieties now on the market are not typical
of the original White Spine cucumber, which is a fruit
averaging about 6 inches in length, rather blunt on
both ends, with white prickles appearing at frequent
intervals over the surface. The seed end is light-colored,
in mature specimens almost white with whitish stripes
extending toward the stem end from one^third to one-
half the length of the cucumber. What is often cata-
,-' :.'*-
1122. Three prominent varieties of English or Forcing cucumber.
S. Sion House; E. Duke of Edinburgh; T. Telegraph. (XK)
logued as the Improved White Spine has become more
popular among growers within recent years. This type
possesses some of the characteristics of the popular
English type of cucumber known as the Telegraph.
The improved type has been obtained by crossing the
White Spine with the Telegraph or some closely related
variety. This cross has resulted in an increased length
and darker green color, with a fewer number of spines
and seeds and a more common tapering of the ends.
All of these changes have apparently been beneficial
and have been well fixed by careful selection. This is
well illustrated by the cucumber of the White Spine
type sold as Woodruff Hybrid.
The English type of cucumbers is raised on a small
scale in this country but infrequently for market
purposes.
Forcing of cucumbers.
The commercial production of cucumbers under
glass has assumed large proportions. This crop ranks
second in commercial importance among greenhouse-
grown vegetable crops, lettuce only exceeding it in
importance. The cucumber crop is ordinarily grown in
the spring of the year after two or three crops of let-
tuce have been removed, and it continues to occupy the
ground until the vines cease bearing, due either to poor
.management, pests or some similar trouble. The cucum-
ber should come into bearing six to eight weeks after
setting in the houses. It is the customary plan to plant
the seed in 4- to 6-inch clay pots about two weeks
before the house to be used is ready for setting. These
pots are often placed over manure heat and should
always be in a warm house separate from the lettuce.
Two weeks should be sufficient to allow the plant a good
start, two or three pairs of leaves being all the develop-
ment desired before setting in the permanent location.
Careful management is essential to a healthy growth, for
many pests prove more serious in the glasshouse than in
the field. A night temperature not below 60° F. is very
essential, while the day temperature may go to 90° F.
without danger in bright sunshine. The appearance of
the plants will immediately indicate, to the experienced
observer, the conditions under which the crop has been
grown. A short stocky growth between joints with
dark green foliage is desirable. There are localities
in which growers make cucumbers the all-the-year-
round crop in the glasshouse, usually growing crops
from two seedings during the entire season. It requires
more skill to produce good cucumbers during the fall
and winter months than from February on, and the
yield is much lighter in the late fall and early winter
than for the spring crop. All cucumbers require an
abundance of moisture and food. It has become a com-
mon practice in certain sections to mulch the cucum-
ber vines in the greenhouse with good quality strawy
manure to the depth of 3 or 4 inches and apply the
water directly on the manure. This practice eliminates
the packing and puddling of the soil often caused by
direct heavy watering, increases the supply of readily
available plant-food and gives the roots a good oppor-
tunity to grow near the surface where air is available
and still be protected from the drying out which occurs
when the soil is directly exposed to the sun.
The pruning and training of the cucumbers in the
greenhouse is of much importance. A number of
methods are in common use, one of the most common
and practical of which is: Stretch a wire tightly the
length of the house at the base of the plants which may
be set in rows 3 feet apart and 18 inches to 2 feet apart
in the rows; fasten at the base of each plant a soft but
strong twine known in tobacco-growing sections as
tobacco twine, securing this single twine to an over-
head wire running parallel and directly over the ground
wire, but not stretching the string tight. As the cucum-
ber plant grows, it is twined about this string to which it
clings by tendrils. When the plant reaches the upper
wire it is either allowed to grow at will over wires
provided for an overhead support and from which the
cucumbers usually hang down where they can be easily
picked, or it is pruned and the encouragement of
fruiting along the upright stem continued. In the mean-
time more or less fruit has been harvested and at each
joint a lateral branch has appeared. It is necessary to
cut these off. Some growers prefer to take them off
back to the main stem, while others, if a cucumber
is obtainable on the first joint of the lateral, nip the
lateral just beyond this point.
"In the greenhouse, cucumbers are; liable to damage
from mite, aphis, root-gall and mildew. For the mite,
syringe the plant and pick off the infested Ivs. ; for
aphis, use tobacco fumigation and pick infested Ivs.;
for root-gall, use soil which has been thoroughly frozen;
for mildew, improve the sanitary conditions, and then
use sulfur." — Bailey, "Forcing-Book."
Yields of twenty-five to one hundred and twenty-five
cucumbers have been secured from single plants. The
expert growers, under normally good circumstances,
CUCUMBER
CUCUMIS
907
may expect to obtain a yield of six to seven dozen
marketable cucumbers from a plant.
Varieties of cucumber.
There are a great many varieties of cucumbers in
cultivation. This means that the group is variable, the
varieties comparatively unstable, and varietal distinc-
tions somewhat uncertain. Nevertheless, there are cer-
tain dominant types which may be separated, and
around which most of the varieties may be conveniently
classified. The principal types are the following:
Common cucumber, Cucumis sativus.
I. English forcing type (var. anglicus): Fig. 1122. Large-lvd.i
strong-growing, slow-maturing plants, not suited to outdoor
cult.: fr. large, long, smooth, usually green, with few or early-
deciduous black spines. Telegraph, Sion House, Tailby Hybrid,
Kenyon, Lome, Edinburgh, Blue Gown.
II. Field varieties (hill or ridge cucumbers),
a. Black Spine varieties.
1. Netted Russian type: Small, short-jointed vines,
bearing more or less in clusters, small, ellipsoidal fr.
covered with many small, black, deciduous spines:
fr. green, ripening to dark reddish yellow, on a
cracking, chartaceous skin. Early-maturing and pro-
lific. Netted Russian, Everbearing, New Siberian,
Parisian Prolific Pickle.
2. Early Cluster type: Small or medium vines: fr. small,
usually less than twice as long as thick, indistinctly
ribbed, green, ripening yellow, with scattered, large,
black spines. Early Cluster, Early Frame.
3. Medium Green type: Intermediate in size of vine
and fr. between the last and next: fr. about twice
as long as thick, green, ripening yellow, with scatter-
ing, large black spines. Nichols Medium. Green,
Chicago Pickle.
4. Long Green type: One of the best fixed types, rep-
resenting, perhaps, one of the more primitive stages
in the evolution of the group. Vines large, long and
free-growing: fr. large and long, green, ripening
yellow, with scattered, large, black spines. Long
Green, Japanese Climbing.
6. White Spine varieties.
5. White Spine type: A strong and important type: plants
medium large, vigorous: fr. medium large, about
thrice as long as thick, green, ripening white, with
scattering, large, white spines. There are many
selected strains of White Spine. Cool and Crisp,
Davis Perfect and Fordhook Famous belong here.
6. Giant Pera type : Mostly poorly fixed varieties, having
large rather unthrifty vines, bearing large frs.
tardily and sparsely, which are white or whitish,
smooth or with scattering, deciduous, usually white
spines. Chicago Giant, Goliath, Giant Pera, White
Wonder, Long Green China.
Sikkim cucumber, Cucumis sativus var. sikkimensis. Plant small
and stocky, much like the common cucumber: fr. large, red-
dish brown marked with yellow. (The Egyptian hair cucum-
ber, of Haage & Schmidt, as we have grown it, is apparently
an odd form of Cucumis sativus, and may belong here. It has
a medium-sized white fr., densely covered with soft, white
hair. The plant resembles the Sikkim cucumber.) Not in
general cult.
pickling, the medium sorts for slicing, and the large, late
varieties for ripe fruits. The White Spine varieties are
great favorites for slicing, and only less so for pickling.
F. A. WAUGH.
H. F. TOMPSON.
CUCUMBER TREE: Averrhoa and Magnolia.
CUCUMIS (old Latin
name) . Cucurbitacese. Ten-
dril-bearing soft tender herbs,
some of which are grown for
their edible fruits.
Annual or perennial-
rooted (the common cult.
1124. Pistillate flower of Cucumis Melo. (Natural size.)
species annual), with large alternate entire or palmately
lobed or dissected Ivs. : monoecious (rarely dioecious);
sterile fls. in clusters, not long-stalked, the fertile ones
solitary and mostly short-stalked in the axils; corolla
of 5 deep acute lobes; stamens not united; stigmas 3,
obtuse: tendrils simple: fr. a pepo, mostly 3-celled,
usually indehiscent, fleshy or thick, globular, oblong
or cylindrical, sometimes echinate, many-seeded. —
About 30 species of villous or spinescent climbers and
trailers with annual sts., in warm parts of the globe,
most abundant in Afr. Monogr. by Cogniaux, DC.
Monogr. Phaner. 3. See, also, Naudin, Ann. Sci. Nat.
(Bot.) IV. 11:9; 12:108.
A. The melon group: fr. smooth at maturity or only
pubescent (not spiny or tuberculate) .
Melo, Linn. MELON. MUSKMELON. Figs. 1123,
1124. Long-running, hairy or villous annual: Ivs.
large, soft-hairy, round -heart -shaped or reniform,
sometimes rounded-lobed and more or less denticulate:
1 123. Staminate flower of Cucumis Melo. (Nat. size)
Snake or Serpent cucumber, Cucumis Melo var. flexuosus. Vines
resembling those of muskmelon: fr. very long, twisted, ribbed-
cylindrical, green, tardily yellowing, covered with dense,
woolly hairs.
West India gherkin, Cucumis Anguria. Figs. 1127, 1128. Vines small
and slender, somewhat resembling a slender watermelon plant:
fr. very abundant, small, ellipsoid, covered with warts and
spines, green, tardily whitening. Good for pickles.
These varieties are mostly all good for one purpose
or another. The small sorts are naturally preferred for
58
1125,
Cucumis sativus. Staminate flower at s;
pistillate at p. ( X H)
male fls. clustered, the peduncle
short: fr. very variable, pubescent
or becoming glabrous. S. Asia and
Trop. Afr. — Very variable, and widely cult.
1. Subspecies or var. agrestis, Naudin. The wild or
run-wild or spontaneous plant: slender: fls. small,
short -peduncled, often in 2's or 3's: fr. oblong or tur-
binate, size of a plum, not edible. — To this subspecies
908
CUCUMIS
CUCUMIS
1126. Branch
of Cucumis
sativus.
Cogniaux refers such names as C. Chate, Linn., C.
pubescens, Willd., C. maculatus, Willd., C. ;campechianus
Kunth, C. Gurmia and C. Chaeta, Wall., C. maderas-
palanus, Roxbg., C. eriocarpus, Boiss., C. picrocarpus
and C. jucundus, Muell., C. trigonus, Benth. (not
Roxbg.), C. Pancherianus,
Naudin, and the varietal
names maculatus, Cossonia-
nus, texanus, cantonianus,
saharunporensis, anatolicus,
sethiopicus of Naudin.
2. Subspecies or var.
culta, Kurz. The many
forms of the cult, melon:
plant very robust :fls. longer-
pedunculate, 3-5 together
and large: fr. large to very large, edible:
widely variable; when forced under glass
the Ivs. tend to be more prominently lobed.
See Melon. Forms of this group may be
distinguished as follows: Var. Chito, Naudin
(C. Chito, Morr.). ORANGE MELON. MANGO
MELON. MELON APPLE. VINE PEACH.
GARDEN LEMON. VEGETABLE ORANGE.
Vine less robust than that of the musk-
melon, and Ivs. smaller: fr. size, shape and
color of an orange or lemon, without mark-
ings, with a white or pale yellow cucumber-like flesh,
with no muskmelon odor. Not edible in its natural
state, but useful for the making of preserves (or
"mangoes") and pickles. Name pronounced keeto.
Cf. Bull. 15, Cornell Exp. Sta.; A.G. 14:206— The
"Lemon cucumber" offered by dealers is apparently
a form of C. sativus, the fruit being nearly round with
yellow and green markings and
smooth skin, like the lemon. —
Var. Dudaim, Naudin (C. Dudaim,
Linn. C. odoratissimus, Moench).
DUDAIM MELON. POMEGRANATE
MELON. QUEEN
ANNE'S POCKET
MELON. Vine
small, as in the
last: fr. size and
shape of an
orange, somewhat
flattened at the
ends, very regu-
lar and smooth,
marbled with
longitudinal markings of cinnamon-brown overlying
yellow, exceedingly fragrant. A most handsome gourd-
like fr. and highly and deliciously perfumed. Not
eaten. A nearly odorless and scarlet-rinded form is
separated by Naudin as var. erythrseus. — Var. acidulus,
Naudin. CUCUMBER MELON. Frs. oblong or cylin-
drical, mottled or unicplored, the flesh white and cucum-
ber-flavored. No varieties in the American trade are
of this group, but they are occasionally seen in bo-
tanical gardens and experimental grounds that import
seeds of oriental plants. — Var. flexuosus, Naudin
(C. flexuosus, Linn.). SNAKE
MELon. SNAKE CUCUMBER. Fr.
many times longer than broad,
greenish at maturity, variously
curved and furrowed. A.G. 14:
203. Fr. often 2-3 ft. long, and
1-3 in. diam. Grown mostly as
an oddity, but it is useful for the
making of conserves. The hard-
shelled snake gourd is a Lagen-
aria (which see). — Var. inodorus,
Naudin. WINTER MELON. Lvs.
lighter colored, less hairy, nar-
rower: frs. possessing little or
none of the common musk-
melon odor, and keeping long. The winter muskmelons
are little known in this country, although they are
worth} of popularity. Much cult, in parts of the Medit.
region. — Var. saccharinus, Naudin. PINEAPPLE MELON.
Comprising varieties of oblong shape and very sweet
flesh. Not sufficiently distinct from the
next. — Var. reticulatus, Naudin. NUTMEG
or NETTED MELONS. Frs. softer rinded,
more or less netted, or sometimes almost
plain or smooth. Comprises the common
muskmelons, aside from cantaloupes. —
Var. cantalupensis, Naudin. CANTALOUPE.
ROCK MELONS. Frs. mostly
n hard-rinded, more or less
=-=— — — — "*^ warty, scaly or rough, often
deeply furrowed or grooved.
Name derived from Canta-
luppi, near Rome, a former country seat of the Pope,
whither this type of melons was brought from
Armenia. In the U. S. the word cantaloupe is often
used as a generic name for muskmelon, but it is
properly a name of only one group of muskmelons —
the hard and scaly-rinded (see Waugh, G.F. 8:183).
AA. The, cucumber group: fr. spiny or tuberculate
(nearly unarmed in C. Sacleuxii) .
sativus, Linn. CUCUMBER. Figs. 1125, 1126. Long-
running, prickly: Ivs. usually 3-lobed (or strongly
angled), the middle lobe most prominent and often
pointed : fr. prickly or muricate, at least when young,
but in some varieties becoming smooth, mostly oblong,
the flesh white. S. Asia. See Cucumber. Runs into
many fr.-forms in cult., but not so widely polymor-
phous as C. Melo. — Var. anglicus, Bailey. Figs. 1121,
1122. ENGLISH or
FORCING CUCUM-
BER. A product
of cult, and selec-
tion, distinguished
from the common
or field cucumbers
follows : frs.
1127. Spray of Cucumis
Anguria. (X1A)
(and ovaries) very
long and slender,
little if any fur-
rowed, spineless
or nearly so when
grown, nearly or quite green at maturity,
comparatively few-seeded: fls. very large:
Ivs. very broad in proportion to their length,
with shallower sinuses: vines very vigorous, with long
and thick tendrils. — Var. sikkimensis, Hook, f., cult, in
the Himalayan Mts., but not known to be in this
country; has large 7-9-lobed Ivs. and cylindrical-club-
shaped fr. B.M. 6206.
Angfcria, Linn. (C. echinatus, Moench. C. angurioides,
Roem. C. grossulariseformis, Hort.). BUR CUCUMBER.
WEST INDIAN GHERKIN. GOOSEBERRY GOURD. Figs.
1127, 1128. Sts. slender, hispid: Ivs. deeply cut into
3-5 narrow obovate or spatulate divisions, watermelon-
like: fls. small, the pistillate long-stalked: fr. 1-3 in.
long, cucumber-like but more spiny. Supposed to be
native to the American tropics. B.M. 5817. — Cult,
both for the oddity of its frs. and for the making of
pickles. The gherkins of mixed pickles, however, are
young cucumbers.
dipsaceus, Ehr. (C. bcrdana and C. ambigua, Fenzl.
C. erinaceus, Hort.). DIPSACEOUS
GOURD. OSTRICH-EGG GOURD.
HEDGEHOG GOURD. Plant and
foliage like that of C. Melo: fls.
long-stalked: fr. 1-2 in. long,
oblong or nearly spherical, be-
coming hard and dry, densely,
beset with long scales or hairs,
1128. Fruit of Cucumis Anguria. (XH) and looking like a bur. Arabia,
CUCUMIS
CUCURBITA
909
1129. Young Turban squash, on which
the remains of the corolla still persist.
The central part of the fruit is the ovary.
Afr. R.H. 1860, p. 210.— Cult, as an ornamental
gourd.
Sacle&xii, Paill. & Bois. MANDERA CUCUMBER.
Slender, hairy, whitish: Ivs. roundish -reniform, ob-
scurely lobed and
irregularly dentate,
scabrous on both
surfaces and gray-
ish green: fls. soli-
tary; males on long-
filiform peduncles,
the females on
shorter but slender
peduncles and with
hairy ovary : fr.
ovoid, 3-4 in. long
and half as thick at
the middle, some-
what scabrous, with
longitudinal stripes
of lighter green;
seeds brown, y&m.
long. Zanzibar. —
Said to be ornamen-
tal and the fruits
useful for pickles.
C. acutdngulus, Hort.=Luffa. — C. Citrullus, Ser.=Citrullus
vulgaris. — C. Colocynthis, Linn.=Citrullus Colocynthis. — C. metu-
liferus, Mey. Hispid annual, with palmately somewhat 3-lobed
cordate petiolate Ivs., and oblong-obtuse spiny fr., about 4 in. long.
S. Afr. — C. perennis, James=Cucurbita. — C. prophetarum, Linn.
Slender perennial with ashy scabrous long-stalked mostly 3-5-
lobed Ivs., and longitudinally white-striped softly spinose fr.
1-1 % in. long. Afr. — C. Vilmdrtnii, Hort. A plant of un-
recorded origin, with cut Ivs. and abundance of canary-yellow
soft-spined frs. T H R
CUCURBIT: A plant of the genus Cucurbita.
Sometimes shortened to Cucurb.
CUCURBITA (classical name). Cucur-
bitacese. GOURD. PUMPKIN. SQUASH.
Vine-like tender herbs, tendril-bearing,
grown for their edible and ornamental
fruits.
Annual, or the root perennial-rhizo- '
matous, rough-hairy and scabrous, with
large often palmately lobed Ivs., the tendrils bifid or
multifid: fls. monoecious, large, yellow, solitary in the
axils, the staminate long-stalked, the pistillate short-
stalked; corolla 5-lobed; stamens 3, arising from the
bottom of the fl., and united in a column; stigmas
3, but 2-lobed; ovary inferior, inclosed in a hollow re-
ceptacle; tendrils 2-3-forked. — About 10 species in
warm parts of Asia, Afr., Amer. The morphology
of the pepo or gourd-fruit may be illustrated by the
Turban squash. Figs. 1129-31. In this fr., there is a
"squash inside a squash." The inner part bears the
corolla and the
styles. It is the
ovary. The co-
rolla is attached
about the edge
of the inner
squash, as the
withered re-
mains in Fig.
1129 show.
Sometimes the
withered corolla
becomes de-
tached, but
hangs to the
withered re-
mains of the
stigmas, as
1130. Young Turban squash, in which --0 --
the withered corolla has become detached,
but hangs to the remains of the styles and
stigmas.
(Fig. 1131) explains the struc-
ture. The corolla is shown at
c, d. The top of the ovary is at
o. The stigmas are on the ovary.
The part encircling the ovary
(outside of o) is the hollowed
receptacle. Ordinarily the recep-
tacle is closed at the top, com-
pletely confining the ovary; but
in the Turban squashes the
receptacle does not extend over
the top of the ovary, and the
ovary therefore protrudes. The
older morphologists held this
outer part of the squash to be
adnate calyx, rather than recep-
tacle. The cucurbits are mono-
graphed by Cogniaux, DC.
Monogr. Phaner. 3. Also by
Naudin, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Bot.) IV, vol. 6. See Pumpkin
and Squash.
The terms squash and pumpkin are much confused.
In Europe, the large varieties of Curcubita maxima are
known as pumpkins, but in this country the fruits of
this species are known usually as squashes. In America,
the words pumpkin and squash are used almost indis-
criminately, some varieties in all species being known
by those names. The field or common pie pumpkins are
C. Pepo; so are vegetable marrows; also the summer
squashes, as the Scallop, Pattypan and Crookneck
varieties. The Hubbard, Marblehead, Sibley and
1131. Section of flower
of Turban squash. Show-
ing the ovary inside the
hollowed receptacle.
. ,. .
longitudinal sec-
tion of the flower
1132. Plant of Cucurbita Pepo.
Turban kinds are C. maxima. The Cushaws, Canada
Crookneck, Japanese Crookneck, Dunkard, and Sweet
Potato pumpkins (or squashes) are C. moschata. The
fruit stem (as shown in Figs. 1133, 1136, 1141) is a dis-
tinguishing characteristic of the ripe fruits. C. Pepo
and C. maxima, and C. maxima and C. moschata appa-
rently do not intercross. C. Pepo and C. moschata have
been crossed, but it is doubtful if they intermix when
left to themselves. In Europe, the word gourd (or its
equivalent in various languages) is used generically for
cucurbitas; but in this country it is restricted mostly
to the small, hard-shelled forms of C. Pepo (var. ovifera)
grown for ornament, and to Lagenaria vulgaris.
A. Plant annual.
B. Lvs. lobed: stalks of frs. strongly ridged.
Pe"po, Linn. (C. Melopepo,
Linn.). PUMPKIN. Figs. 1132,
1133. Annual: long-running,
prickly on sts. and petioles: Ivs.
3-5-lobed, dark dull green: co-
rolla-tube widening upwards, the
pointed lobes erect; calyx-lobes
narrow, not If .-like; peduncle very
hard and deeply furrowed when
mature, not enlarging next the
fr.: the fr. very various in form,
color, season, size. Probably native
to Trop. Amer., but unknown
wild. — Cult, by the Indians when 1133 stemofCucur-
Amer. was discovered, in fields of bitaPepo. — Early Sugar
maize. For studies in the nativity pumpkin.
910
CUCURBITA
CUDRANIA
of the pumpkins and squashes, see De Candolle, Origin
of Cultivated Plants; Gray and Trumbull, Amer. Journ.
Sci. 25:372; Sturtevant, Amer. Nat. 1890:727; Witt-
mack, Ber. der Deutschen Bot. Gesell. 6:378 (1888).
triangular, grayish pubescent, the margin shallowly
apiculate-crenate : fl. nearly as large as in C. Pepo and
similar in shape, the pistillate on a peduncle 2-3 in.
long: fr. size and shape of an orange, smooth, green and
yellow splashed, not edible. Sandy arid wastes, Neb.
and Colo, to Texas and Mex. and westward to Calif.
R.H. 1855:61; 1857, p. 54. — In its native haunts, the
root is tuberous, 4-7 in. diam. and penetrating the
earth 4-6 ft. Roots
at the joints. The
plant has a fetid
odor. Sold by
seedsmen as a
gourd, but the fr.
does not often ripen
in the northern
states. Useful on
arbors and small
trees, when coarse
vines are wanted.
1136. Stem of Cucurbita moschata.
Large Cheese pumpkin
1134. Cucurbita Pepo var. ovifera.
Var. condensa, Bailey. BUSH
PUMPKINS. SCALLOP and SUMMER
CROOKNECK SQUASHES. Plant
compact, little or not at all run-
ning. Of horticultural origin.
Var. ovifera, Bailey (C. ovifera, Linn.). GOURD. Fig.
1134. Plant slender, running: Ivs. smaller than in C.
Pepo, usually very prominently lobed: fr. small, hard
and inedible, egg-shaped, globular, pear-shaped, oblate,
often striped. R.H. 1894:429. — Sold in many vars. by
seedsmen, under the names of C. Pepo vars. pyrifor-
mis, depressa, annulata, etc. See Gourd.
moschata, Duchesne (C. melonse-
formis, Carr.). CUSHAW. CHINA,
CANADA CROOKNECK and WIN-
TER CROOKNECK
SQUASHES. Figs.
1135-37. Annual:
long-running, less
prickly and some-
times soft-hairy:
Ivs. more rounded
than those of C.
Pepo, but lobed,
often grayish: fl.
with a widening
tube, and large, erect lobes; calyx-lobes large, often
If .-like; peduncle becoming deeply ridged and much
enlarged next the fr. Possibly of E. Asian origin.
BB. Lvs. not lobed (except sometimes on young shoots):
stalks of frs. not prominently ridged.
maxima, Duchesne. SQUASH. Figs. 1138-41. Annual:
long-running, the sts. nearly cylindrical, little prickly
and often hairy: Ivs. orbicular or kidney-shaped, com-
monly not lobed, the basal sinus wide or narrow,
the margin shallowly apiculate-sinuate: corolla-tube
nearly the same diam. at top and bottom (Figs. 1139,
1140), the corolla-lobes large and soft, and wide-spread-
ing or drooping : peduncle at maturity soft and spongy,
not ridged nor prominently enlarged next the fr. : fr. very
various, but not light yellow nor warty nor crookneck-
shaped, usually late-ripening, the flesh orange and
not stringy. Nativity undetermined. Var. sylvestris,
Naudin. A form found wild in the Himalayan region,
with fr. as large as a man's head.
AA. Plant with perennial root.
foetidissima, Kunth (C. perennis, Gray. Cucumis
perennis, James). CALABAZILLA. Fig. 1142. Perennial:
long-running, scarcely prickly: Ivs. large, cordate-
ficifolia, Bouche
(C. melanosperma,
A. Br.). St. very
long, stout, becoming somewhat woody: Ivs. pale
green, often marbled, in outline ovate or suborbicular,
cordate at base, roundly 5-lobed and the sinus rounded :
calyx-tube short and campanulate: fr. large (often 1
ft. long), fleshy, round-ovoid, white-striped, the flesh
white; seeds ovate, black. E. Asia, but widely cult,
in warm countries for its ornamental watermelon-like
frs. A var. mexicana, Hort. (C. mexicdna, Spreng.),
is mentioned, with seeds twice the size of those of the
type, and said to grow wild in the neighborhood of
Mazatlan, Mex.
C. Andreana, Naudin. Allied to C. moschata: sts. long and root-
ing at the nodes: Ivs. large, marbled with white: fls. of the form of
those of C. maxima but much smaller: fr. obovoid, 8 in. long,
marked with white and yellow. Uruguay. R.H. 1896, pp. 542-3.—
C. calif arnica , Torr.
Canes cent: Ivs.
thick, 2 in. across,
5-lobed, the lobes
triangular and mu-
cronate: ten drila
parted to the base:
fls. 1 in. or more
long on pedicels
^-lin.long. Calif.;
imperfectly known. — C. digitata, Gray. Perennial, the root fleshy:
sts. slender and long, usually rooting: tendrils short and weak,
3-5-cleft: Ivs. scabrous, 3-5-palmately narrow-lobed: fls. 2-3 in.
long on slender pedicels 1-4 in. long: fr. subglobose, yellow, 2-4
in. diam. Calif, to New Mex. — C. palmata, Wats. MOCK ORANGE.
Canescent: Ivs. cordate, thick, 2 or 3 in. across, palmately 5-cleft
to middle with narrow toothed lobes: fls. 3 in. long on stout
peduncles: fr. globose, 3 in. diam. S. Calif. L H B
CUDRANIA (derivation unknown). Mordcese,. Woody
subjects cultivated for their foliage and as hedge plants.
Deciduous trees or shrubs, often thorny, with alter-
1137. Fruit of Cucurbita moschata — Tonasu, a Japanese variety.
CUDRANIA
CULINARY HERBS
911
nate, petioled and stipulate Ivs.: fls. dioecious, in axil-
lary globular heads; staminate with 4 sepals and 4
stamens and 2-4 bracts at the base; pistillate with 4
sepals inclosing the 1-pvuled ovary, growing into a
fleshy subglobose fr. with a crustaceous rind. — About
3 species, in S. and E. Asia and Trop. Austral., of which
only one is sometimes cult. It re-
quires protection in the N. and is
usually prop, by greenwood cuttings
in summer under glass.
tricuspidata, Bureau (Maclura tri-
cuspidata, Carr. C. triloba, Hance).
Shrub, or small tree, to 20, rarely to
60 ft., with slender, thorny branches:
Ivs. elliptic-ovate, acuminate, entire,
sometimes 3-lobed at the apex ana
on young plants even tricuspidate,
nearly glabrous, 1M~3 in. long: fl.-
heads axillary, solitary or in 2's, on short peduncles: fr.
globose, about 1 in. across. China. R.H. 1864, p. 390;
1872, p. 56; 1905, p. 363 (habit). H.I. 18:1792.—
Recently recommended as an excellent hedge-plant for
the S. In China the Ivs. are used as a substitute for
mulberry Ivs. and it is called silkworm thorn; the fr. is
edible. Between this species and Maclura pomifera, a
hybrid has been raised, described as Madudrania
hybrida, Andre. R.H. 1905:362. ALFRED REHDER.
CULINARY HERBS are those herbs used for
flavoring in cookery, but the term has a wide applica-
tion, including species used for garnishing and some-
times as potherbs. The culinary herbs are of very minor
importance in American gardens, and yet a few of them,
as anise, caraway and coriander, are well and favorably
known. The species are mostly aromatic. They are
largely of the Umbelliferae and Labiatae. No special
Basil (Ocymum basilicum). Labiatse. Annual. Uses: As flavor in
highly seasoned dishes; oil as perfumery. Propagated by seeds.
Borage (Borago officinalis). Bora.gina.cex. Annual. Uses: Herbage
as potherb and salad; garnish; flavor in beverages. Propagated
by seeds in spring.
Caraway (Corum Carvi). Umbelliferae. Biennial or annual. Uses:
Herbage eaten cooked or as salad; roots as vegetable; seeds for
flavoring; oil in manufac-
. ture of perfumery and
soaps. Propagated by seeds
in May or early June.
1139. Staminate Sower of
Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard
squash.
1140. Pistillate flower of
Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard
squash.
difficulty attaches to their cultivation, and little more
may be said here than to present an alphabetical list
with statements as to uses, duration of plant, and means
of propagation. They all thrive in mellow fertile
garden land. Usually they are grown at the side of
the main garden plantation, and they may add a
certain charm to the garden as well as to supply an
agreeable aroma to the kitchen products. See the little
book on "Culinary Herbs" by M. G. Kains, 1912.
Angelica (Archangelica officinalis). Umbettiferae. Biennial or peren-
nial. Uses: Stems and leaf-stalks as salad, or roasted like pota-
toes; garnish; as "candied angelica;" stems blanched and used
as vegetable; leaves as spinach; seeds for flavoring; oil of angelica
obtained from seeds for flavoring. Propagated by seeds in
late summer or early autumn.
Anise (Pimpinella Anisum). Umbelliferse. Annual. Uses: Leaves
as garnish, flavoring, and potherb; seeds and oil for flavoring
and perfumery. Propagated by seeds in early spring.
Balm (Melissa officinalis). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses: Foliage for
flavoring and salad; oil for perfumery and flavoring beverages.
Propagated by divisions, layers, cuttings and seeds.
1138. Cucurbita maxima.
Catnip or catmint (Nepeta Cataria). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses:
As bee forage; leaves as condiment; formerly a medicinal
remedy. Propagated by seeds in autumn or spring.
Chervil (AnthriscusCerefolium). Umbelliferas. Annual. Uses: Leaves
for seasoning and for mixed salads. Propagated by seeds.
Chives (Allium Schoenoprasum). Liliaceae. Perennial. Uses:
Leaves for flavoring. Propagated by individual bulbs or division
of clumps in early spring.
Clary (Sahia Sclarea). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses: Leaves in cook-
ery; wine made from plant when in flower. Propagated by seeds
in spring.
Coriander (Coriandrum sativum). Umbelliferse. Annual. Uses:
Seed in confectionary and as ingredient in condiments; flavor
in beverages. Propagated by seeds in spring or autumn.
Cumin (Cuminum odorum). Umbelliferae. Annual. Uses: Seeds
as ingredient in curry powder; for flavoring pickles, pastry and
soups. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Dill (Anelhum graveolens). Umbelliferas. Annual. Uses: Seed as
seasoning, extensively for commercial pickles; oil for perfuming
soap; young leaves as seasoning and salads; dill vinegar as condi-
ment. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Fennel (Fceniculum vulgare). Umbelliferae. Biennial or perennial.
Uses: Herbage as garnishes and flavors; as salads; seeds for
flavoring beverages, and for confectionary; oil as perfumery.
Propagated by seeds, and grown as an annual.
Finocchio or Florence fennel (Femiculum dulce). Umbelliferae.
Annual. Uses: As a vegetable. Propagated by seeds.
Fennel Flower (Nigella sativa). Ranunculaceae. Annual. Uses:
Whole plant or seed used in cookery. Propagated by seeds in
spring.
Hoarhound, or horehound (Marrubium vulgare). Labiatae. Peren-
nial. Uses: Formerly in cookery and medicine; now for candy
only. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Hyssop (Hyssopus officinalis). Labiatae. Perennial. Uses: Herbage
in salads; oil in preparation of soaps, etc. Propagated by divisions,
cuttings and seeds in spring.
Lavender (Lavandula angustifolia, L.
Spica). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses:
Flowers and oil in perfumery; some-
times as condiment and in salads.
Propagated by divisions or cuttings,
or rarely seeds.
Lovage (Levisticum officinak). Umbelli-
ferse. Perennial." Uses: Young stems
in confectionary. Propagated by
division or seeds in late summer.
Marigold (Calendula officinalis). Com-
posite. Annual. Uses: Flower-
heads as seasoning; fresh flowers to
color butter. Propagated by seeds
in spring.
Marjoram (Origanum vulgare and O.
Marjoram). Labiatae. Perennial (O.
Marjoram treated as annual). Uses:
Herbage for seasoning; oil in per-
fuming soaps, etc. Propagated by
cuttings, division or layers and seeds in spring.
Mint (Mentha spicata). Laoiate. Perennial. Uses: Herbage as
seasoning; leaves in jelly. Propagated by cuttings, offsets and
divisions in spring.
Parsley (Petroselinum hortense). Umbelliferae. Biennial. Uses:
Roots as vegetable; top as potherb; leaves for seasoning and
garnish. Propagated by seeds iu spring.
Pennyroyal (Mentha Pulegium). Labiatae. Perennial. Uses: Leaves
as seasoning; pennyroyal oil. Propagated by division, or rarely
cuttings.
Peppermint (Mentha piperita). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses: Oil
as flavoring; perfume in soaps, etc. Propagated by division or
running root stocks.
1141. Stem of Cucur-
bita maxima — Hubbard
squash.
912
CULINARY HERBS
CUNNINGHAMIA
Rosemary (Rosemarinus officinalis). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses:
Herbage as seasoning; oil for perfuming soaps and in perfumery.
Propagated by cuttings, root division, layers in early spring,
and seeds.
Rue (Ruta graveolens). Rutacex. Perennial. Uses: Leaves as sea-
soning and flavor in beverages; oil for aromatic vinegar and
toilet preparations. Propagated by seeds, cuttings, layers or
division of tufts.
Sage (Salvia officinalis). Labiatse. Perennial. Uses: Leaves for
seasoning dressings, sausages, cheese, etc.; oil in perfumery.
Propagated by division, layers and cuttings, also seeds.
Samphire (Crithmum mqritimum). Umbettiferx. Perennial. Uses:
Leaves pickled in vinegar, sometimes with other vegetables.
Propagated by seeds in autumn.
Savory, Summer (Satureia hortensis). Labiatse. Annual. Uses:
Seasoning. Propagated by seeds in spring.
Savory, Winter (Satureia montana). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses:
Seasoning. Propagated by seeds, cuttings, layers and division.
Southernwood (Artemisia Abrotanum). Composite. Perennial.
Uses: Young shoots for flavoring cakes, etc. Propagated by
seed; also cuttings in early summer.
Tansy (Tanacetum vulgare). Composites. Perennial. Uses: Season-
ing. Propagated by division of clumps, or seeds.
Tarragon (Artemisia Dracunculus). Composite. Perennial. Uses:
Herbage in salads and with meats; seasoning; as a decoction
in vinegar; oil to perfume soaps, etc. Propagated by cuttings,
layers and division.
Thyme (Thymus vulgaris). Labiatx. Perennial. Uses: Herbage as
seasoning; oil as perfumery; oil-crystals as disinfectant. Propa-
gated by seeds in spring; also cuttings, layers and divisions.
L. H. B.
CUMIN, or CUMMIN: The seeds of Cuminum odorum (or less
properly C. Cyminum); black cumin, Nigella sativa; sweet cuimn.
or anise, Pimpinella Anisum. See Culinary Herbs.
Flowers small, white or purplish, 2-lipped, borne
in corymbed cymes or clusters. The genus contains
not more than 16 species, 2 N. American, 2 Mexican,
and the others S. American. They are somewhat
woody, and usually have small Ivs.: the whorls of
fls. are sometimes loosely corymbose, sometimes axil-
lary, few-fld., much shorter than the Ivs., sometimes
many-fld., in dense spikes or terminal heads; calyx
10-13-nerved, 5-toothed; perfect stamens 2.
mariana, Linn. (C. origanmdes, Brit.). MARYLAND
DITTANY. STONE- MINT. Height 1 ft.: Ivs. smooth,
ovate, serrate, rounded or heart-shaped at the base,
nearly sessile, dotted, 1 in. long: fls. purple-pink in a
loose cymose cluster which is terminal. Dry hills, S.
N. Y. to Ohio., south to Fla. J.H. III. 35:321. Mn.
7:201. See also Dittany.
CUNNINGHAMIA (after J. Cunningham, botanical
collector, who discovered this conifer in China in
1702). Pinacex. Evergreen trees cultivated for their
handsome foliage.
Trunk stout: branches verticillate, spreading, pendu-
lous at the extremities: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, rigid,
densely spirally arranged and 2-rowed in direction:
fls. monoecious; staminate oblong, pistillate globose,
both sexes in small clusters at the end of the branches:
cones roundish-ovate, 1-2 in. long, with roundish-ovate,
1142. Cucurbita fcetidissima.
CUMMINGIA (for Lady Gordon Gumming) of
gardeners (name bestowed by D. Don in 1828), some-
times spelled Cumingia (Kunth, 1843), is now referred
to Conanthera. Amaryllidacese. The conantheras are
of about four species in Chile, one of which is rarely
hi cult, as a tender summer-blooming bulb. They are
said to be difficult to keep long in cult. They are
cormous plants, with basal linear or linear-lanceolate
Ivs., erect sts. paniculate-branching above, fls. blue on
bractless pedicels: perianth funnelform, the tube short;
lobes longer than tube, oblong, nearly equal, spreading
or becoming reflexed; stamens 6, attached in the throat,
shorter than the perianth-lobes, all perfect, the fila-
ments very short; ovary 3-celled, the style subulate.
Conanthera campanulata, Lindl. (C. Simsii, Sweet. C.
bifolia, Sims, not Ruiz & Pav. Cummlngia campanu-
l&ta, D. Don) is 1-1 ^ ft. high, with linear Ivs. shorter
than the st. or peduncle and blue paniculate pretty
fls. B.M.2496.
CUNILA (origin unknown). Labiatx. A low-growing
tufted hardy native perennial of this genus is rarely
cultivated in borders for its profusion of bloom.
serrate and pointed, coriaceous scales, each with 3
narrow-winged seeds at the base. — Two species, in S.
W. China and in Formosa. The species in cult, is a
very decorative conifer for warmer temperate regions,
much resembling the Araucaria brasiliensis. It prefers
a half-shaded position and sandy and loamy humid
soil. Prop, by seeds or cuttings of half-hardy wood in
late summer under glass; short sprouts from the old
wood of the trunk or larger branches are the best;
cuttings from lateral branches grow into weak and one-
sided plants.
lanceolata, Hook. (C. sinensis, R. Br.). Tree,
attaining 80 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, with broad,
decurrent base, sharply pointed, finely serrulate, light
green and shining above and with 2 broad, whitish
bands beneath, llAr2,lA in. long: cones 1-2 in. high.
China, cult, in Japan. B.M. 2743. S.Z. 104, 105. R.H.
1903, pp. 549-551. G.W. 13, p. 330; 14, p. 13. J.H.
III. 49:447. F. 1854, p. 169. — The second species, C.
Konishii, Hayata, from Formosa, is not in cult. ; it has
narrower and much smaller Ivs., glaucescent on both-
sides, and smaller cones; it is very different and forms
a transition to Taiwania. ALFRED REHDER.
CUNONIA
CUPHEA
913
CUNONIA (named for John Christian Cuno, who
catalogued his garden in Amsterdam at the middle of
the 18th century). Cunoniacese; formerly included in
the Saxifragacese. A half dozen trees or shrubs of the
southern hemisphere, one of which is sometimes grown
under glass.
Lvs. opposite,
petiolate, thick
and leathery, 3-
foliolate or odd-
pinnate: fls.
white, in dense
spike - like ra-
cemes; calyx-
tube short, the
limb 5 -parted;
petals 5; sta-
mens 10 : fr. a co-
riaceous beaked
caps. C. capen-
1143. Cuphea hyssopifolia. \^ sis, Linn., in
moist woody
places in Cape
Colony, is a large glabrous shrub or tree to 50 ft. : Ifts.
2-3 pairs, oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate: fls. small,
very numerous, in opposite racemes, the stamens much
exserted. Said to be of easy cult, in a sandy-peaty soil;
prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood. L H. B.
CUPANIA: Blighia.
CUPHEA (Greek, curved; referring to the prominent
protuberance at the base of the calyx-tube) . Lythracese.
Mostly small greenhouse and conservatory plants.
Plants often clammy: Ivs. opposite, rarely whorled
or alternate, ovate, lanceolate, or linear, entire: the
fls. are often borne in 1-sided racemes, and some of the
species have a very odd look from the bold angle made
by the slender ascending pedicel and the descending
calyx-tube, with an odd projection at the base. — An
exceedingly interesting genus of 200 species of tropical
and subtropical American herbs and shrubby plants,
with remarkable variations in the petals. In C. ignea,
perhaps the most attractive of the group, the petals are
entirely absent, and the showy part is the brilliantly
colored calyx-tube. At the other extreme is C. hyssopi-
folia with 6 petals (the normal number in the
genus), and all of equal size. Between these
two extremes (shown in Figs. 1143 and 1145)
are at least two well-marked intermediate
types. One of these (exemplified in C. pro-
cumbens) has 2 large and 4 small petals : the
other (C. Llavea) has 2 conspicuous petals
and the other 4 are completely abortive.
These two types are unique among garden
plants. The series of intergradient forms is
completed by C. cyanea, in which there are
only 2 petals, and these minute, and C. micro-
petala in which there are 12 barely visible
petals, alternating with and shorter than the
calyx-teeth. In addition to the species de-
scribed below, C. Hookeriana, Walp., is cult. , ,, ~
as C. Roezlii, Carr. It has lanceolate Ivs.,
with vermilion and orange calyx. R.H. 1877 :
470. According to many American botanists,
the correct name for these plants is Parsonsia,
Cuphea apply ing only to another widely separated genus.
Nearly all cupheas are grown from seed and treated
as tender annuals, but C. ignea is chiefly propagated by
cuttings. They are of easy culture, and the whole series
is worth growing.
INDEX.
A. Petals 6, but very minute and inconspicuous.
1. micropetala, HBK. (C. eminens, Planch. & Lind.).
St. shrubby, more or less branched, 1-2 ft. high:
branches and calyx scabrous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, but without a distinct petiole, rigid,
scabrous: fls. borne singly in succession at a point
above the axils, which distinguishes this species from
all others here described; petals 6, minute, borne
between the calyx-teeth, and shorter than them; calyx
12-toothed, scarlet at the base, yellow towards the top,
greenish at the mouth; stamens and filaments red;
ovary 2-celled, many-seeded. Mex. HBK. Nov. Gen.
Sp. 6, p. 209, t. 551. R.H. 1857, p. 151. F.S. 10:994.
—The picture first cited shows a 1-sided raceme, the
second a panicle and the third a common raceme. In
this species the calyx-tube is the attractive portion,
while the petals are inconspicuous. The tube is not 2-
lipped, but almost regular. See page 3567.
AA. Petals 6, all conspicuous, but 2 of them much larger
than the others.
2. lanceolata, Hook. (C. Zimpdnii, Roezl). An erect
sticky annual, 3-4 ft. high, the branches stout, purplish
green: Ivs. petiolate, opposite and alternate, %-3 in.
long, entire: fls. axillary, solitary, purple or reddish
purple, often deflexed; stamens hardly longer than the
petals. Sept., Oct. B.M. 6412. — A good, showy her-
baceous border plant.
3. procumbens, Cav. Annual, herbaceous, 1 ft. high,
procumbent, sticky-pubescent, with characteristic pur-
plish hairs : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, with white hairs, 1 Yy-
3 in. long, gradually decreasing in size until they be-
come bract-like; petiole short: fls. numerous, peduncles
longer than the petioles, 2 or 3 times shorter than the
calyx; calyx 6-tpothed, purplish at the base, green at the
tip, with 12 raised streaks, and a pubescence like that
of the st. ; petals 6, the 2 larger ones on the upper lip
of the calyx purple; filaments included. Mex. B.R.
alba, 8.
compacta, 8.
cyanea, 6.
eminens, 1.
Galleottiana, 6.
hyssopifolia, 5.
ignea, 9.
lanceolata, 2.
Llavea, 7.
mjcropetala, 1.
miniata, 8.
pinetorum, 4.
platy centra, 9.
procumbens, 3.
purpurea, 3.
strigulosa, 6.
Zimpanii, 2.
1144. Cuphea Llavea.
(Natural size)
182. C. purpurea, Hort. F.S.
4:412. R.B. 22:85, said to be a
hybrid between C. miniata and C.
viscossima, is probably not distinct.
4. pinetorum, Benth. Perennial and somewhat
woody, usually procumbent: Ivs. lanceolate, ciliate, 1-2
in. long: fls. purple, the calyx %in. long, colored; sta-
mens 11, the filaments unequal. In sandy plains. Mex.
— A useful plant S.
AAA. Petals 6, all of the same size.
5. hyssopifdlia, HBK. Fig. 1143. St. shrubby:
branches numerous, strigose: Ivs. lanceolate, rather
acute, obtuse at the base, glabrous above, strig^ose-
pilose along the midrib and veins, as may be seen with a
hand-lens: fls. with their slender pedicels scarcely
longer than the Ivs.; calyx glabrous; petals 6, somewhat
914
CUPHEA
CUPRESSUS
1145. Cuphea ignea.
<xx>
unequal, dilute violet; stamens 11, included; filaments
villous; ovary 5-6-seeded. Mex. — This is the least
attractive of the species here described, and is no longer
advertised, but it probably still lingers in conserva-
tories. It is readily distinguished from its showier rela-
tives by its much smaller Ivs.
(less than J^in. long) and much-
branched and woody appearance.
AAAA. Petals normally 2, the other
4 abortive.
B. Size of petals very small, less
than half as long as the calyx.
6. cyanea, Moc.. & Sesse (C.
strigulosa, Hort., not HBK. C.
Galleottidna, Hort.). St. her-
baceous, erect : branchlets hispid :
Ivs. opposite, stalked, ovate, cor-
date, acuminate, villous on both
sides: peduncles alternate, race-
mose; calyx slightly hispid, scar-
let at the base, yellow at the
top; petals 2, clawed, spatulate;
anthers and petals violet-blue.
Mex. B.R. 32:14 (as C. strigillosa, Lindl.) F.S. 1:15
and P.M. 11:241 as C. strigulosa, but neither of these
plates is the C. strigulosa, HBK., which is a different
species, with a shrubby st. : branches and calyx clammy-
hispid: Ivs. ovate-oblong, acute at both ends, clammy,
glabrous above, strigose-scabrous below: petals nearly
equal; ovary about 8-ovuled.
BB. Size of petals larger, half as long as the calyx or longer,
c. Calyx 6-toothed.
7. Llavea, Lindl. RED- WHITE- AND-BLUE FLOWER.
Fig. 1144. Sts. numerous, herbaceous, hispid : branches
ascending: Ivs. almost sessile, especially near the top,
ovate-lanceolate, strigose: racemes short, few-fld.;
calyx green on the ventral side, purple on the back
and at the oblique-6-toothed mouth; petals 2, large,
scarlet, obovate, the other 4 abortive; stamens 11.
Guatemala. B.R. 1386. J.H. III. 31:305.— It is
doubtful whether the plant described by Lindley is
the same as the Mexican plant originally described
by Lexarza, which was said to have petals of
"dilute scarlet." Lindley's plant had a green calyx,
but the plant in the trade is colored. Used for
baskets and bedding. Often misspelled Llavse.
cc. Calyx 12-toothed.
8. miniata, Brongn. St. shrubby, erect : branches
few, hispid: Ivs. opposite, the upper ones not quite
opposite, with a very short petiole, ovate, acute,
entire, with white, silky hairs which are denser
beneath: fls. solitary, subsessile, axillary, the pe-
duncle adnate to the branch in such a way as to
appear between and below the petioles; raceme few-
fld., 1-sided. F.S. 2:73. P.M. 14:101. R.H. 1845:
225. R.B. 22:85. Var. alba, Hort. A white-fld.
variety. Var. compficta, Hort. S.H. 2:43. Gt. 46,
p. 637. — This is referred to C. Llavea of Lexarza, by
Index Kewensis. The above description is from the
original in F.S. 2:73. Van Houtte describes sev-
eral hybrid varieties in F.S. 5, p. 487, which differ
chiefly in size, color, and marking of petals. Calyx
1 in. long, hispid, green at the base, purple above,
12-toothed at the tip; petals 2, scarlet, wavy. The
specific name miniata means cinnabar-red, and
refers to the petals.
AAAAA. Petals 0.
9. ignea, DC. (C. platycentra, Hort., not Benth.).
Fig. 1145. Branches somewhat angled: Ivs. petioled,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base,
lightly scabrous: fl. -stalks 2-4 times longer than the
If .-stalks; calyx glabrous, shortly 6-toothed, bright
red except at the tip, which has a dark ring and a white
mouth; petals 0; stamens 11 or 12, glabrous. Mex.
F.S. 2:180. P.M. 13:267.— This is still sold as C. platy-
centra, although De Candolle corrected the error in
1849 (F.S. 5:500 c). This is a remarkable instance of
the persistence of erroneous trade names.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
CUPRESSUS (ancient Latin name from Greek,
Kuparissos). CYPRESS. Pindcese. Evergreens, culti-
vated for their graceful habit and the, dark green or
glaucous foliage; some are timber trees.
Trees, rarely shrubs, with aromatic evergreen foliage:
branchlets quadrangular or nearly so: Ivs. opposite,
small, scale-like, appressed, minutely denticulate-ciliate,
on young seedling plants linear-subulate and spreading:
fls. monoecious, minute, solitary on short branchlets;
staminate ovate or oblong, yellow; pistillate subglobose:
cones globular or nearly so, consisting of 3-7 pairs of
ligneous, peltate scales, with a mucro or boss on the
flattened apex, each bearing many or numerous seeds,
but the lower scales usually sterile and smaller; they
ripen the second year. — About 12 species in Cent.
Amer., north to Calif, and Ariz., and from S. Eu. to S.
E.'Asia. Monogr. by M. T. Masters in Journ. of Linn.
Soc. 31:312-51 (1895). By some botanists, the allied
genus Chamsecyparis is included.
The cypresses are highly ornamental evergreen trees,
greatly varying in habit, hardy only in California and
the Gulf states. The hardiest seems to be C. Macnab-
iana and C. arizonica, which will stand many degrees of
frost in a sheltered position; also C. macrocarpa, C.
sempervirens, C. funebris and C. torulosa are of greater
hardiness than the others. They stand pruning well,
and some species are valuable for hedges, C. macrocarpa
being especially extensively planted for this purpose
in California. C. arizonica yields excellent timber.
The cypresses seem not to be very particular in regard
1146. Cupressus sempervirens. Verona.
CUPRESSUS
CUPRESSUS
915
to soil and situation, but prefer a deep, sandy-loamy
soil. For propagation, see Chamxcyparis. The young
plants should be removed several times in the nursery
to secure a firm root-ball; otherwise they will not bear
transplanting well.
INDEX.
arizonica, 7. funebris, 10. lutea, 2.
Bedfordiana, 1. glandulosa, 4. Macnabiana, 4.
Benthamii, 6, 7. glauca, 5, 9. macrocarpa, 2, 3.
californica, 5. Goveniana, 5. majestica, 8.
eashmeriana, 11. guadalupensis, 3. nepalensis, 8.
cereiformis, 1. Hartwegii, 2. pendula, 9, 10, 11.
compacta, 5. horizontals, 1. Roylei, 1.
Corneyana, 8. indica, 1. sempervirens, 1.
cornuta, 5. Karwinskyana, 6. sinensis, 9.
Crippsii, 2. Knightiana, 6. stricta, 1.
elegnns, 6. Lambertiana, 2. thurifera, 6.
excelsa, 6. Lindleyi, 6. torulpsa, 8, 11.
fastigiata, 1, 2. lusitanica, 9. viridis, 5.
Whillevana, 1.
A. Branches and branchlets erect or spreading; branch-
lets short and usually rather stout.
B. Cones 1-1 }/2 in. across, with 6-14 scales.
c. Lvs. obtuse: bark scaly.
1. sempervirens, Linn. Fig. 1146. Tree, to 80 ft.,
with erect or horizontal branches and dark green
foliage: Ivs. closely appressed, ovate, obtuse, glandular:
cones oblong or nearly globose; scales 8-14, with a short
boss on the back, bract free at the apex. F.S. 7, p. 192.
(as C. torvlosa). S. Eu., W. Asia. Var. stricta, Ait
(C. fastigiata, DC. C. Bedfordiana, Hort.). ITALIAN
CYPRESS. With erect branches, forming a narrow,
columnar head. The classical cypress of the Greek and
Roman writers, much planted in S. Eu. G.W. 9, p. 127.
Gn. 33, p. 3 (as C. stricta). Var. cereif6rmis, Rehd.
(C. fastigiata cereifdrmis, Carr.). A form with very
short branches, forming a narrow and slender columnar
head. Var. indica, Parl. (C. Roylei, Carr. C. Whitley-
dna, Hort.). Similar to var. fastigiata in habit: cones
globose, with 10 scales; bract acutely mucronate at the
apex. Var. horizontalis, Gord. (C. horizontdlis, Mill.).
Branches horizontally spreading, forming a broad,
pyramidal head. The famous avenue of C. sempervi-
rens in the Villa Giusti, Verona, Italy, is shown in Fig.
1146 (G.F. 2:464).
2. macrocarpa, Hartw. (C. Hartwegii, Carr.).
MONTEREY CYPRESS. Tree, to 40 ft., occasionally
to 70 ft., with horizontal branches, forming a
broad, spreading head: branchlets stout: Ivs. rhom-
bic-ovate, obtuse, closely appressed, not or obscurely
glandular, dark or bright green: cones globular
or oblong; scales 8-12, with a short, obtuse boss
on the back. Calif., Bay of Monterey. S.S. 10:525.
G. 22:30. G.M. 52:952. G.W. 2, p. 497. G.C. III.
18:63; 22:53. Gn. 29, p. 36; 30, p. 189; 38, p. 363; 53,
p. 219; 68, p. 237. G.F. 7:245. Var. Crippsii, Mast.
Lvs. spreading, light glaucous. A juvenile form. Var.
fastigiata, Knight. Of narrow, pyramidal, fastigiate
habit. Var. Lambertiana, Mast. (C. Lambertiana,
Carr.). Dark green form with spreading branches.
R.H. 1870, p. 191; 1907, p. 565. Var. Ifttea, Hort.,
has yellow foliage. Gn. 68, p. 237. J.H.S. 1902,
p. 426, fig. 111.
cc. Lvs. acute: bark exfoliating, cherry-like.
3. guadalupensis, Wats. (C. macrocdrpa var. gua-
dalupensis, Mast.). Wide-spreading tree, 40 ft. high
or more: bark grayish brown, exfoliating, brownish
red below: branchlets drooping, slender: Ivs. bluish
green, scentless, acute or acutish, obscurely glandular:
cones globose, 1 in. across or more, with 6-8 very thick
strongly bossed scales. Guadalupe Isl. G.C. III. 18:62.
BB. Cones ]^r-l in. across, with 6-8 scales.
c. Lvs. distinctly glandular.
4. Macnabiana, Murray (C. glanduldsa, Hook.). Fig.
1147. Shrub with several sts., or small tree, to 20 ft.,
forming a dense, pyramidal head: Ivs. ovate, obtuse,
thickened at the apex, glandular, dark green or glau-
cous: cones oblong, %-l in. high; scales usually 6,
with prominent conical and curved bosses on the
back. Calif. S.S. 10:528. R.H. 1870, p. 155. G.C. III.
9:403. F. 1874, p. 88.
cc. Lvs. inconspicuously glandular.
D. The branchlets slender: Ivs. green or sometimes glaucous.
5. Govenikna, Gord. (C. californica, Carr.). Tree,
to 50 ft., with slender, erect or spreading branches,
forming a broad, open or
pyramidal head: branch-
lets slender: Ivs. ovate,
acute, closely appressed,
inconspicuously glandu-
lar: abundant staminate
fls. in spring: cones sub-
globose or oblong; scales
6-8, with short, blunt
bosses. Calif. S.S. 10:
527. R.H. 1875, p. 108.
F. 1876, p. 197. Var. com-
pacta, Andre. Of compact,
pyramidal habit. R. H.
1896, p. 9. Var. glauca,
Carr., with glaucous, and
var. viridis, Carr., with
bright green foliage. Var.
cqrnftta, Carr. A form
with strongly developed
bosses. R.H. 1866, p. 251.
6. Benthamii, Endl. (C.
excelsa, Scott. C. Karwin-
skyana, Regel. C. thurif-
era, Schlecht., not HBK.).
Tree, to 70 ft., with hori-
zontal branches, forming
a pyramidal head : branch-
lets slender: Ivs. ovate,
obtuse or acute, keeled
and somewhat thickened
at the apex, inconspicuously glandular, bright green:
cones globular, ^-%in. across; scales 6-8, with short-
pointed bosses. Mex. Var. Lindleyi, Mast. (C. Lind-
leyi, Klotzsch). Branchlets regularly arranged, of
nearly equal length: cones small, with small-pointed
bosses. Var. Knightiana, Mast. (C. elegans, Hort.).
Branchlets very regularly arranged, fernlike, drooping,
glaucous: cones with stout, conical-pointed bosses.
G.C. III. 16:669. C. Benthamii has been found in
prehistoric asphalt beds at Los Angeles.
DD. The branchlets stout: Ivs. glaucous.
7. arizonica, Greene (C. Benthamii var. arizdnica.
Mast.). Tree, to 40, rarely, to 70 ft., with horizontal
branches, forming a narrow, pyramidal or broad, open
head: branchlets' stout: Ivs. ovate, obtuse, thickened at
the apex, usually without glands, very glaucous: cones
subglobose, %-l in. across; scales 6-^8, with stout,
pointed, often curved bosses. Ariz., Calif. S.S. 10:526.
G.C. III. 18:63. I.T. 4:145. M.D. 1904:50.
AA. Branchlets slender, more or less pendulous: Ivs.
usually acute and keeled, not thickened at the
apex: cones about %in. or less across (see No. 6).
B. The branchlets not or only slightly compressed.
8. torulfisa, Don (C. nepalensis, Loud.). Tall,
pyramidal tree, to 150 ft., with short, horizontal
branches, ascending at the extremities: branchlets
slender, drooping: Ivs. rhombic-ovate, acutish or
obtusish, appressed or slightly spreading at the apex,
bright or bluish green: cones globular, nearly sessile,
J4-%in. across; scales 8-10 with a short, obtuse, incon-
spicuous boss. Himalayas. Gn. 27, p. 39. Var. Corney-
ana, Mast. (C. Corneyana, Knight). With distinctly
pendulous branches: cones oblong, larger. Var. ma-
1147. Cupressus Macnabiana.
(From a cultivated tree.)
916
CUPRESSUS
CURCULIGO
jestica, Gord. (C. majestica, Knight). Of more vigorous
growth, with drooping branchlets, grayish green.
9. lusitanica, Mill. (C. glaiica, Lam. C. pendula,
L'Her. C. sinensis, Hort.). Tree, to 50 ft., with spread-
ing branches and more or less pendulous branchlets:
Ivs. ovate, acutish, glaucous: cones peduncled, about
Hm- across, covered with glaucous bloom; scales 6-8,
with an elongated, pointed and usually hooked boss.
Habitat unknown; cult, in Portugal and naturalized;
possibly intro. from India.
BB. The branchlets distinctly flattened.
10. fftnebris, Endl. (C. pendula, Lambert). Tree, to
60 ft., with wide-spreading, pendulous branches and
branchlets, branchlets flattened: Ivs. deltoid-ovate,
acute, light green, often slightly spreading at the apex:
cones short-peduncled, globose, J^-J^in. across; scales
8, with a short-pointed boss. China. G.C. 1850:439.
Gn. 28, p. 62. F.S. 6, p. 91.
11. cashmeriana, Royle (C. torulosa var. kashmiriana,
Kent. C. pendula var. glaiica, Nichols.). Tree: branch-
lets very slender, pendulous, flattened: Ivs. rhombic-
ovate, spreading at the acute tips, glaucous: cones J^in.
across. Intro, from Kashmir.
C. formosensis, Henry=Chamsecyparis formosensis. — C. Law-
soniana, Murr.=Chamsecyparis Lawspniana. — C. nootkat6nsis,
Lambert = Chamsecyparis nootkatensis. — C. obthsa, Koch=
Chamsecyparis obtusa. — C. pisifera, Koch=Chamsecyparis pisifera.
— C. pygmsea, Sarg. (C. Goveniana var. pygmsea, Lemm.). Tree,
to 30 ft., often fruiting when only 1 or 2 ft. tall: branchlets rather
stout: Ivs. dark green, without glands: cones ovoid, %-%in. long,
with 6-10 scales; seeds black. Calif., Mendocino Co. S.S. 14:740.
— C. thurifera, HBK. Tree with spreading branches: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, upright-spreading, not closely appressed: cones glo-
bose, about 1 in. across, with slightly mucronate scales. — C. thy-
oides, Lmn.=Chamsecyparis thyoides. ALFRED REHDER.
CURATELLA (name refers to the plants being
used or worked: used for polishing weapons and metal) .
Dilleniacese. Three or 4 S. American and W. Indian
small trees or scandent shrubs, of which one is some-
times mentioned in horticultural literature. They are
warmhouse evergreens, with white fls. in dense pani-
cles. Sepals and petals 4-5; stamens many; carpels 2
(rarely 1), more or less cohering, follicular. C. ameri-
1148. Curculigo latifolia.
cana, Linn., of W. Indies and S. Amer., grows to 10
ft., erect, tortuous: Ivs. oval, rough on the upper side,
toothed: fls. malodorous, in lateral compound racemes:
bark wrinkled and cracked.
CURCULIGO (Latin, curculio, weevil; referring to
the beak of the ovary). Amaryllidacese. Warmhouse
and conservatory foliage plants with the habit of a
young palm and an odd flower-cluster.
Stemless herbs, with short rhizomes, radical long
narrow usually plicate Ivs., and small fls. in spikes or
clusters on short scapes that may be nearly concealed
at the base of the plant: perianth 6-parted, the segms.
spreading and about equal; stamens 6, attached at the
base of the segms. ; ovary 3-celled. — The genus is closely
related to Hypoxis, but differs in its succulent indehis-
cent fr., and because in many species the ovary has a
long beak which looks like a perianth-tube, but this
beak is always solid, and bears on its summit the style
which is in the center of the perianth. — Twelve species
in eastern and western tropics of which C. recurvata is
grown S. and N., being used by florists for vases,
jardinieres, and general decorative work, and also used
outdoors in summer. It is of easy cult., but requires
perfect drainage. It is a question to be determined
whether the plants mostly in cult, are C. recurvata or
C. latifolia; the recurved dense ovoid head of fls.
quickly distinguishes the former species.
The curculigos are very ornamental plants for large
greenhouses, where a high temperature is maintained.
To have them looking their best they should, if possible,
be planted out in a bed, where they will attain a height
of 5 feet. Their gracefully arching leaves are so con-
structed that they move continually from side to side
with the slightest movement of the air. The variety
variegata is one of the best variegated-leaved plants.
While not so robust as the green form, it is more
adapted to pot culture. The soil should be two parts
loam and another of rotted cow-manure and sand.
Drainage must be carefully arranged, as the plants need
an abundance of water. The green-leaved kind stands
the summers well in the neighborhood of Washington,
D. C., if protected from the sun and afforded an
abundant supply of water. As house-plants they are
likely to suffer for lack of moisture.
Propagation is by division. The pieces, before pot-
ting, will make new roots rapidly if placed in the sand-
bed of a warm propagating-house for a few days.
recurvata, Dry. Height 2*^ ft. or more: root tuber-
ous: Ivs. from the root, 1-3 ft. long, 2-6 in. wide,
with a channeled stalk one-third or one-fourth the
length, the blade lanceolate, recurved, plaited: scapes
very rarely as long as the If .-stalks, covered with long,
soft brown hairs, recurved at the end, bearing a head
of drooping yellow fls., each %in. across; the scape is
frequently only 1-3 in. long, the fls. appearing almost
on the ground; bracts 1 to each fl. and about as long.
Trop. Asia, Austral. B.R. 770. (with scape abnor-
mally long). Var. striata, Hort., has a central band of
white. Var. variegata, Hort., has longitudinal bars of
white.
latif&lia, Dry. Fig. 1148. Height 2-3 ft. : differs from
C. recurvata in having a very short-stalked erect infl.,
the bright yellow fls. in a dense cluster near the base
of the plant: Ivs. lanceolate, 1-2 ft. long and 1-5 in.
wide, the petiole 12 in. or less: fr. 1 in. long, club-
shaped or pyriform, hairy, with black seeds: the plant
produces numerous suckers which, when removed, are
easily grown, and bloom in about a year; said to be
a beautiful and hardy house-plant, more satisfactory
than palms for one without a conservatory. India,
Malaysia. B.M. 2034. B.R. 754. L.B.C. 5:443 (as
C. sumatrana). — Variable in foilage.
G. W. OLIVER.
WILHELM MILLER.
CURCUMA
CURRANT
917
CURCUMA (Arabic name). Zingiberacex. Curious
and showy warmhouse herbaceous plants with great
spikes of large concave or hooded bracts, from which the
flowers scarcely protrude.
Erect herbs, the st. rising to 10 ft, from a thick tuber-
iferous rootstock: Ivs. usually large: fls. in a dense cone-
1149. Curcuma petiolata leaves.
like thyrse, borne behind concave or hooded imbrica-
cated obtuse often colored bracts; calyx and corolla
tubular, the former 2-3- toothed, the latter dilated
above and with 5 ovate or oblong lobes; staminodium
petal-like, 3-parted, the middle lobe anther-bearing: fr.
inclosed by the bracts. The latest monograph, 1904
(by Schumann in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 20),
recognizes 42 species, mostly in Trop. Asia and some
in Trop. Afr. The fleshy bracts are perhaps the showiest-
feature of the plant, the topmost ones being colored
with gorgeous tropical hues. Rhizomes of some of the
species yield East India arrowroot, while others fur-
nish turmeric. The rhizome of C. zedoaria of India
is very pungent and has properties similar to ginger.
The genus is allied to Alpinia and Amomum.
In spring the tubers should be deprived of last year's
mold and repotted in a fresh mixture of light loam, leaf-
mold and turfy peat, the pots being well drained, and
placed in a warm pit or frame in bottom heat. Water
should be given sparingly until after the plant has made
some growth. The young roots are soft and succulent,
and are likely to rot if the soil remains wet for a long
time. After flowering, the leaves soon show signs of
decay, and water should be gradually withdrawn. Dur-
ing the resting period the soil should not be allowed to
get dust-dry, or the tubers are likely to shrivel. The
plants are propagated by dividing the tubers in spring.
cordata, Wall. Lvs. 1 ft. long, sheathing, ovate,
acuminate, the same color on both sides, obliquely
penninerved: bracts in a cylindrical spike, the upper
part forming a sterile part called a coma, which is a
rich violet, with a large, blood-colored spot: fls. yellow,
with a pink hood. Burma. B.M. 4435. — This is now
referred to C. petiolata, Roxbg., but it seems at least
horticulturally distinct, with its rose-pink bracts.
petiolata, Roxbg. QTJEENLILY. Figs. 1149, 1150. Lvs.
6-8 in. long, peculiar in this genus as being more or less
rounded or cordate at the base, the stalk 4-5 in. long:
fls. spicate, the spikes 5-6 in. long; bracts 20-30, con-
nate at their bases, and wholly including the pale yel-
low fls. India. B.M. 5821. — The most beautiful and
showiest of the curcumas.
longa, Linn. Lvs. 2-2 J^ ft., the blade about 1 ft. and
narrowed at the base: fls. spicate, autumnal, tho spikos
4-6 in. long; bracts pale green, not wholly inclosing the
pale yellow fls. India. B.R. 886. — The dried rhizomes
of this furnish the well-known turmeric of India, used
as a condiment and as a dye. Intro, by the Royal
Palm Nurseries.
C. albifldra, Thwaites, differs from some others here described in
having its spikes sunk below the Ivs., instead of standing high
above the Ivs., and all the bracts have fls., while the others have a
sterile portion of the spike which is brightly colored. In this species
the spike is short and green and the fls. are prominent and white.
Ceylon. B.M. 5909. — C. australasica, Hook, f., has its upper bracts
soft, rosy pink and the fls. pale yellow. Austral. B.M. 5620. — C.
Roscoedna, Wall., has a long and splendid spike, with bracts gradu-
ally changing from green to the vividest scarlet-orange: fls. pale
yellow. Burma. B.M. 4667. — C. rubescens, Roxbg. (C. rubricaulis,
Link). Lvs. stalked, oblong, with red sheaths, said to be brown in
the center: fls. red. E. Indies. — C. zedoaria, Roscoe, has the upper
bracts white, tinged with carmine, and handsomely variegated Ivs.,
which, with the green of the lower bracts and the yellow of the fls.
makes a striking picture of exotic splendor. Himalayas. B.M.
1546' WILHELM MILLER.
CURMERIA: Homalomena. N' TAYLOR.f
CURRANT. The currants grown for their fruit in
America are derived mainly from two species, namely,
the European red currant, Ribes vulgare (R. rubrum)
(Fig. 1151), and the European black currant, R. nigrum
(Fig. 1152). There are two promising American species,
of which few, if any, improved varieties have been
introduced, the swamp red currant (R. triste) and the
wild black currant (R. americanum) . Another American
species of which at least one named variety has been
offered for sale is the Buffalo or Missouri currant (R.
aureum) (Fig. 1154), also grown because of its orna-
mental flowers. The currant is not known to have been
under cultivation before the middle of the sixteenth
century. It is not mentioned by any of the ancient
writers who wrote about fruit, and was evidently not
known to the Romans.
Currants are natives of comparatively cold or very
cold climates; hence most varieties succeed over a very
wide area in America. They are among the hardiest of
fruits from the standpoint of resistance to cold or
changes of temperature, but in hot and dry sections
they do not thrive, and, on this account, are unsatis-
factory in parts of the
southern states.
The currant is not so
generally used in America
as some other fruits, as few
persons care for them when
eaten raw, and when cooked
they are usually made into
jelly and consumed by only
a comparatively small pro-
portion of the people. In
the coldest parts where other
fruits do not succeed well,
the currant is more popular,
and is used much more gen-
erally. It is a wholesome
and refreshing fruit and
deserves much more atten-
tion than it receives at the
present time.
The currant does not vary
so much when grown from
seed as most cultivated
fruits, and, being so easily
propagated from cuttings,
it has not been improved so
much as it otherwise would
have been. Moreover, size
in currants was not of great
importance until recent
years, when competition in
marketing has become
keener. It is only during n so. Curcuma petiolata in
the past fifty or sixty years flower. ( x H)
918
CURRANT
that many new varieties have been introduced. At the
beginning of the nineteenth century, few named sorts
were recognized, the currant being generally known
simply under the names black, red and white.
Propagation of currants.
The usual method of propagating currants is by
means of cuttings. These root very readily and good
plants are secured after one season's growth. The
best time to make the cuttings is in the autumn, as
currants begin to grow very early in the spring, and
once the buds have swollen they cannot be rooted suc-
cessfully. Wood of the current season's growth is used.
This may be cut early in the autumn as soon as the
wood has ripened, from the end of August to the middle
of September being the usual time. It should be cut
in as long pieces as possible to save time in the field,
and put in a cool moist cellar or buried in sand. If the
cuttings can be made at once, it is best to do so. These
are made by cutting the wood into pieces, each about 8
to 10 inches long, although an inch or two more or less
is not of much consequence. The base of the cutting
should be made with a square cut just below the last
bud. There should be at least % inch of wood left
1151. Common currant — Ribes vulgare, in bloom.
above the top bud of each cutting, as there should be
a strong growth from the upper bud, and if the wood is
cut too close it is liable to be weakened. A sloping cut
is best for the upper cut, as it will shed rain better, but
this is not important. When made, the cuttings should
be planted at once, which is usually the best plan, or
heeled in. If heeled in, they should be tied in bundles
and buried upside down in warm well-drained soil,
with about 3 inches of soil over them. The object of
burying them upside down is that by this method the
bases of the cuttings will be nearer the surface where
the soil is warmer and there is more air, and will callus
more quickly than if they were further down. The cut-
tings should callus well in a few weeks, and may then
be planted outside, if thought advisable. Cuttings may
be kept in good condition over winter by heeling-in
or burying in sand in a cool cellar, or after callusing
under a few inches of soil outside, they may be left
there over winter if covered with about 4 to 5 more
inches of soil to prevent their drying out. Good results
are secured with the least trouble by planting the cut-
tings in nursery rows as soon as they are made. The
soil should be well prepared and should be selected
where water will not lie. Furrows are opened 3 feet
apart and deep enough so that the top bud, or at most
two buds, will be above ground. The cuttings are
placed about 6 inches apart on the straight side of the
furrows and soil thrown in and tramped well about
them. When only a smaller number are to be planted a
trench may be opened with a spade. It is important to
have a large proportion of the cutting below ground,
as more roots will be made and the plants will be
stronger. There would also be danger of the cuttings
drying up before rooting if too much of the wood is
exposed. If the season is favorable the cuttings should
callus well and even throw out a few roots by winter.
Where there is little snow in winter, it is a good prac-
tice to cover the tops of the cuttings with about 2
inches of soil, which will be a good protection for them.
This soil should be raked off in spring. In the spring,
cultivation should be begun early and kept up regularly
during the summer to conserve moisture and favor
rooting and the development of the bushes. By autumn
they should be large enough to transplant to the field.
In Great Britain and Europe, currants are often
grown in tree form and are prevented from throwing
up shoots from below ground by removing all the buds
of the cuttings except the top one before planting in the
nursery. This system is not recommended for most
parts of America as it has been found by experience
that snow breaks down currants grown in this way, and
when borers are troublesome it is not wise to depend
on one main stem.
Most of the cultivated varieties of currants have
originated as natural seedlings, little artificial crossing
having been done with this fruit. Currants grow readily
from seeds, and it is easy to get new varieties in this
way. The seeds are washed out of the ripe fruit, and
after drying, may either be sown at once or mixed with
sand and kept over winter in a cool dry place and sown
very early in the spring. The best plan is to sow them
in the autumn in mellow well-prepared and well-
drained soil, since when this is done they will germinate
very early in the spring, while if sown in the spring the
seed may be all summer without sprouting. The seed
should not be sown deep, from % to ^ an inch being
quite sufficient. If sown very deep they will not germi-
nate. The young plants may be transplanted from
the seed-bed to the open in the autumn of the first
year if large enough, but if the plants are very small
they may then grow another season, when they should
be planted out at least 4 by 5 feet apart, so as to give
them room enough to fruit for several seasons, in order
that their relative merits may be learned. If intended
to remain permanently, the plants should be at least
6 by 5 feet apart. The bushes should begin to bear fruit
the second or third year after planting out. Each bush
will be a new variety, as cultivated fruits do not come
true from seed. If a seedling is considered promising
it may be propagated or increased by cuttings, as
already described.
The soil and its preparation.
Currants should be planted in rich soil in order to
get the best results. The soil should also be cool, as
the currant is a moisture-loving bush. The currant
roots near the surface; hence if the soil is hot and dry
the crop will suffer. A rich, well-drained clay loam is
the best for currants, although they do well in most
soils. If the soil is not good, it should receive a good
dressing of manure before planting, which should be
well worked into the soil, the latter being thoroughly
CURRANT
CURRANT
919
pulverized before planting is done. A northern exposure
is to be preferred, as in such a situation the currants
are not likely to suffer in a dry time.
Planting.
The best time to plant currants is in the autumn. If
planted in the spring, they will probably have sprouted
somewhat before planting, and on this account their
growth the first season will be checked. When the
soil is in good condition, currants, especially the black
varieties, make strong growth, and the bushes reach a
large size; hence it is best to give them plenty of space,
as they will do better and are more easily picked than if
crowded. Six by 5 feet is a good distance to plant. If
planted closer, especially in good soil, the bushes become
very crowded before it is time to renew the plantation.
Strong one-year-old plants
are the best, but two-year-
old plants are better than
poorly rooted yearlings. It is
better to err on the side of
planting a little deeper than
is necessary than to plant
too shallow. A good rule to
follow is to set the plants at
least an inch deeper than they
were in the nursery. The
soil should be well tramped
about the young plant so
that there will be no danger
of its drying out. After plant-
ing, the soil should be leveled
and the surface loosened to
help retain moisture.
Cultivation.
As the currant, to do well, must have a good supply
of moisture, cultivation should be begun soon after
planting, and the surface soil kept loose during the
summer. While the plants are young the cultivation
may be fairly deep between the rows, but when the roots
begin to extend across the rows, cultivation should be
shallow, as many of the roots are quite near the surface.
Fertilizers.
After the first application of manure, no more should
be necessary until the plants begin to fruit, unless other
crops are grown between, after which an annual top-
dressing of well-rotted barnyard manure is desirable.
When only a light application of manure is given, the
addition of 200 to 300 pounds to the acre of muriate
of potash would be very beneficial. Wood-ashes also
would make a good fertilizer with barnyard manure.
There is little danger of giving the currant plantation
too much fertilizer. Unfortunately, it is usually the
other way, this fruit being often very much neglected.
Pruning.
The black and red currants bear most of their fruit
on wood of different ages; hence the pruning of one is a
little different from the other. The black currant bears
most of its fruit on wood of the previous season's
growth, and it is important always to have a plentiful
supply of one-year-old healthy wood . The red and white
currants produce their fruit on spurs which develop
from the wood two or more years of age, and it is
important in pruning red and white currants to have a
liberal supply of wood two years and older; but, as the
fruit on the very old wood is not so good as that on the
younger, it is best to depend largely on two- and three-
year-old wood to bear the fruit. A little pruning may
be necessary at the end of the first season after planting
in order to get the bush into shape. From six to eight
main stems, or even less, with their side branches, will,
when properly distributed, bear a good crop of fruit.
Future pruning should be done with the aim of having
from six to eight main branches each season and a few
others coming on to take their places. By judicious
annual pruning, the bush can be kept sufficiently open
to admit light and sunshine. A good rule is not to
have any of the branches more than three years of age,
since when kept down to this limit the wood will be
healthier, stronger growth will be made, and the fruit
will be better.
1152. Black currant — Ribes nigrum.
(About natural size.)
When to renew the plantation.
A currant plantation will bear a great many good
crops if well cared for, but if neglected the bushes lose
their vigor in a few years. The grower will have to
decide by the appearance of the bushes when to renew
the plantation; but as a currant plantation can be
renewed at comparatively little labor, it is best to have
new bushes coming on before the old ones show signs of
weakness. At least six good crops may be removed with
fair treatment, and ten or more can be obtained if the
bushes are in rich soil and well cared for. When one
has only a few bushes for home use, they may be
reinvigorated by cutting them down to the ground in
alternate years, and thus securing a fresh supply of
vigorous young wood.
Yield of currants.
.The red currant is one of the most regular in bearing
of ah1 fruits, and as it is naturally productive, the aver-
age yield should, be large. Bailey, in the "Farm and
Garden Rule-Book," puts the average yield at 100
bushels per acre. Card, in his book on "Bush-Fruits,"
says that it ought to be 100 to 150 bushels, "with good
care," and reports 320 bushels. At the Central Experi-
mental Farm, Ottawa, Canada, the Red Dutch aver-
aged for four years at the rate of 7,335 pounds to the
acre, or over 183 bushels. The largest yield from red
currants obtained at the Central Experimental Farm
was in 1900, when six bushes of the Red Dutch currant
yielded 73 pounds, 15 ounces of fruit. The bushes were
6 by 5 feet apart. This means a yield at the rate of
17,892 pounds to the acre, or, at 40 pounds per bushel,
447 bushels 12 pounds to the acre. The same variety in
1905, in a new plantation, yielded 55 ^ pounds from
six bushes, or at the rate of 13,431 pounds to the acre,
or 335 bushels 31 pounds. These are very large yields,
and while half of this amount may not be expected in
ordinary field culture, the fact that such yields can be
produced on a small area should be an inspiration to
get more on a larger one.
920
CURRANT
CURRANT
The average yield of black currants has been some-
what less than the red, although individual yields have
been large. The Saunders currant yielded for four
years at the rate of 6,534 pounds to the acre, or over
163 bushels; the Kerry at the rate of 6,382 pounds to
the acre, or over 159
bushels. The highest
yield of black currants
was obtained in 1905,
when six bushes of Kerry
planted 6 by 5 feet apart,
yielded 62 pounds of
fruit, or at the rate of
15,004 pounds to the
acre, equal to 375
bushels, estimating at 40
pounds to the bushel.
Red and white currants.
The red currant makes
excellent jelly, and its
popularity is largely due
to this fact. A large
quantity of red currant
jelly is made every year
in Canada. Red cur-
rants are used to a less
extent for pies
and as jam
and are also
eaten raw with
sugar. As a
fruit for eating
out - of - hand,
the red cur-
rant is not very
popular, but
there are few
fruits so re-
freshing. The
white currants
are better liked
for eating off
the bush than the red, as they are not so acid. The
Moore Ruby is a red variety, however, which is milder
than most others, and for this reason is better adapted
for eating raw. The red currant does not vary so
much in quality as the black.
Red currants will remain in condition on the bushes
for some time after ripening, and therefore do not
have to be picked so promptly as the black.
Varieties. Varieties of red currants vary considerably
in hardiness, the Cherry, Fay, Comet, Versaillaise,
Wilder and others, while bearing very large fruit, are
decidedly more tender than some of the others, hence
they should not be planted in the coldest parts. The
Franco-German and Prince Albert currants are later
than most other varieties, and when it is desired
to lengthen the season, these may be planted.
Varieties of red and white currants recommended:
Red — for general culture — Pomona, Victoria, Cumber-
land Red, Red Dutch, Long Bunched Holland, Red
Grape. Where bushes are protected with snow in win-
ter, and for the milder districts. — Pomona, Victoria,
Cumberland Red, Wilder, Cherry, Fay, and Red Cross.
White.— White Cherry, Large White, White Grape.
Black currants.
There are not so many black currants grown in
America as red, but there is a steady demand for them,
and it is thought there will be an increasing demand as
they become better appreciated. They make excellent
jelly and the merits of black currant jam have long
been known.
Black currants vary considerably in season, yield and
quality, and therefore it is important to know those
1153. Native black currant — Ribes floridum.
The fruit is immature. ( X l/$
that are the best. As most varieties of black currants
drop badly from the bushes as soon as ripe, it is impor-
tant to pick them in good time.
Varieties of black currants recommended: Saunders,
Collins Prolific, Buddenborg, Victoria, Boskoop Giant.
Of those not yet on the market which are considered
equal or better than those above, the following are the
best: Kerry, Eclipse, Magnus, Clipper, Climax and
Eagle, and the Success, for an early variety when yield
is not so important as size and quality.
Crandall currant.
This is a variety of the Buffalo or Missouri currant
(Ribes odoratum). A tall, strong, moderately upright
grower; moderately productive. Fruit varies in size
from small to large, in small, close bunches; bluish
black, skin thick; sub-acid with a peculiar flavor. Qual-
ity medium. Ripens very unevenly. Season late July
to September. As this variety ripens after the others,
the birds concentrate on it and get a large proportion of
the fruit.
Some of the most injurious insects affecting the currant.
Currant aphis (Myzus ribis). When the leaves of
currant bushes are nearly full grown, many of them
bear blister-like elevations of a reddish color, beneath
which will be found yellowish plant-lice, some winged
and some wingless. The blisters are due to the attacks
of these insects, and when, as is sometimes the case,
they are very abundant, considerable injury is done to
the bushes. Spraying forcibly with whale-oil soap, or
kerosene emulsion will destroy large numbers of these
plant-lice at each application; but the liquid must be
copiously applied and driven well up beneath the foliage
by means of an angled nozzle. Two or three applica-
tions at short intervals may be necessary.
Currant borer (Sesia tipuliformis) . Early in June
a beautiful little bluish black fly-like moth, with three
bright yellow bands around the body may be seen dart-
ing about, around, or at rest on the leaves of currant
bushes of all kinds. This is one of the most trouble-
some enemies of these fruits. The moth lays an egg
at a bud on the young wood, and the caterpillar, when
hatched, eats its way into the cane and destroys the
pith. It remains in the wood during the winter, and the
moth emerges dur-
ing the following
summer. Close
pruning is the best
remedy. Burn the
wood.
Currant maggot
(Epochra canaden-
sis). Red, black and
white cur-
rants are in
some places
seriously at-
tacked by
the maggots
of a small fly.
These mag-
gots come to
full growth
just as the
berries are about to ripen,
causing them to fall from
the bushes, when the in-
sects leave them and
burrow into the ground to
pupate. Attacked fruit is
rendered useless by the
presence of the maggots
inside the berries; and
frequently it is not until 1154. Buffalo currant,
the fruit is cooked that R. aureum ( x 1A)
CURRANT
CURRANT
921
the white maggots can be detected. Goose-
berries are sometimes injured but far less fre-
quently than black and red currants. The
only treatment which has given any results is
the laborious one of removing about 3 inches
of the soil from beneath bushes which are
known to have been infested, and replacing
this with fresh soil. That which was removed
must be treated in some way, so that the con-
tained puparia may be destroyed. This may
be done either by throwing it into a pond or by
burying it deeply in the earth.
Currant worm or imported currant sawfly
(Pteronus ribesii). By far the best known of all
the insects that injure currants and goose-
berries, is the "currant worm." The black-
spotted dark green false caterpillars of this
insect may unfortunately be found in almost
every plantation of currants or gooseberries,
every year in almost all parts of America
where these fruits are grown. The white eggs
are laid in rows along the ribs of the leaf on
the lower side, toward the end of May. From
these the young larvaB hatch and soon make
their presence known by the small holes they
eat through the leaves. Unless promptly de-
stroyed, they will soon strip the bushes of their
leaves, thus weakening them considerably so
as to prevent the fruit from ripening the first
year, and also reducing the quality of the crop
of the following season. There are at least two
broods in a season in most places; the first
appears just as the leaves are attaining full
growth, and the second just as the fruit is
ripening. The perfect insect is a four-winged
fly which may be seen flying about the bushes
early in spring. The male is blackish, with yel-
low legs and of about the same size as a house-
fly, but with a more slender body. The female
is larger and has the body as well as the legs
yellow. For the first brood a weak mixture of
libs. parjs green^ One ounce to ten gallons of water,
cutting. may be sprayed over the bushes, or a dry mix-
'' ture, one ounce to six pounds of flour, may be
dusted over the foliage after a shower or when the
leaves are damp with dew. For the second brood
paris green must not be used, but white hellebore; or
hellebore may be used for first brood, but it is necessary
to kill quickly. This is dusted on as a dry powder, or a
decoction, one ounce to two gallons of water, may be
sprayed over the bushes. It is, of course, far better to
treat the first brood thoroughly, to reduce the number
of females which lay eggs for the second brood.
Oyster-shell scale (Lepidosaphes ulmi). Several kinds
of scale insects attack currants. These plants seem to
be particularly susceptible to the attacks of the well-
known oyster-shell scale of the apple, and the San Jose"
scale. In neglected plantations these injurious insects
increase rapidly, and a great deal of injury results to
the bushes. The remedies for scale insects are direct
treatment for the destruction of the infesting insect,
and preventive measures, such as the invigoration of
the bush by
special culture
and pruning,
to enable it to
throw off or
outgrow in-
jury. Infested
plantations
should be cul-
tivated and
fertilized early
in the season, 1156. To illustrate the pruning of a currant
and all unne- bush. The old cane, a, is to be cut away. The
cessary wood straight new canes at left are to remain.
should be pruned out. As direct remedies, spraying
the bushes at the time the young scale insects first
appear in June with kerosene emulsion or whale-oil
soap, or spraying in autumn before the hard weather
of winter sets in with a simple whitewash made with
one pound of lime in each gallon of water, give the
best results. Two coats of the whitewash should be
applied, the second one immediately after the first ia
dry. In putting on two thin coats of the wash instead
of one thick one, far better results have been secured.
For the San Jose" scale, the lime-and-sulfur wash is
necessary, and must be repeated every year.
Diseases of the currant.
The currant is affected by very few diseases. The
only ones that do much injury are the following:
Leaf-spot, rust (Septoria ribis) . The leaf -spot fungus
affects black, red and white currants, causing the leaves
to fall pre-
maturely, and
thus weaken-
ing the bushes.
This disease is
first noticed
about mid-
summer, when
small brownish
spots appear
on the leaves.
These often become
so numerous that
they affect a large
part of the foliage,
soon causing the
leaves to fall. As the
disease often appears
before the fruit is
picked, it is difficult
to control it if the
bushes are not
sprayed previously.
By using the am-
moniacal copper car-
bonate the bushes
may be sprayed a
week or two before
it is expected, with-
out discoloring the
fruit, giving a second
application, if neces-
sary. As soon as the
fruit is picked, the
bushes should be 1157. Tree-form training of currant,
thoroughly sprayed
with bordeaux mixture. Experiments have shown that
this disease can be controlled by spraying.
Currant anthracnose (Glceosporium ribis). This dis-
ease, which may be mistaken for the leaf-spot, affects
different parts of the bush, including the leaves, leaf-
stalks, young branches, fruit and fruit-stalks. On the
leaves it is made evident during the month of June
by the small brown spots which are usually smaller
than those made by the leaf-spot fungus. The lower
leaves are affected first, and finally the upper ones.
They turn yellow and gradually fall to the ground, and
when the disease is bad the bushes are defoliated before
their time. On the petioles or leaf-stalks, the disease
causes slightly sunken spots. The fruit is affected with
roundish black spots which are more easily seen when
the fruit is green. On the young wood the diseased
areas are light in color and are not so noticeable. The
wood is not nearly so much injured by the disease as
the leaves. The spores which spread this disease are
formed in pustules, the majority of which are under the
upper epidermis of the leaf. Where the spores are to
appear, the surface of the leaf is raised and blackened
922
CURRANT
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
in spots looking like small pimples. When the spores
are ready to come out the skin breaks and they escape
and re-infect other parts. When the foliage drops early
on account of this disease the fruit is liable to be scalded
by the sun. The fruit may also wither before ripening
properly, owing to lack of food or of moisture, as, the
leaves having fallen, they are unable to keep up the
necessary supply. The premature falling of the leaves
prevents the buds from maturing properly, hence they
are not in so good condition to bear fruit the next
year. Spraying with bordeaux mixture is recommended
as an aid in controlling this disease. It would be wise,
when currant anthracnose is troublesome, to spray the
bushes thoroughly before the leaves appear. A second
spraying should be made when the leaves are unfold-
ing, and successive sprayings at intervals of ten to
fourteen days until the fruit is nearly full grown, and
there is danger of its being discolored by the spray when
ripe. Paris green should be added to the mixture when
the first brood of the currant worm appears. A thorough
spraying after the fruit is harvested is desirable.
W. T. MACOXJN.
CUSCUTA (origin of name obscure). Convolvulacex.
DODDER. Degenerate parasitic twiners, bearing clus-
ters of small flowers. They are leafless annuals, with
very slender yellow, white, or red stems, which become
attached to the host-plant by means of root-like
suckers. The seeds fall to the ground and germinate in
and flax dodder.
1158. Dodder, twining on its host. —
Cuscuta Gronovii.
the spring. — Species 100,
widely distributed. As soon
as the young shoot reaches
an acceptable host, the root
dies and the plant becomes
parasitic. Failing to find a
host, the plant dies. Dod-
ders are common in low,
weedy places. Some species
are also serious pests, as the
clover dodder, alfalfa dodder,
One of the common species (C.
Gronovii, Willd.), of low grounds, is shown in Fig. 1158.
CUSHAW: Cucurbita moschata.
CUSTARD APPLE: Annona.
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY IN NORTH AMERICA.
The feature that most distinguishes American floricul-
ture from that of Europe is the great preponderance of
the cut-flower trade as compared with the sales of
plants. Forty years ago the passion of Americans for
cut-flowers was remarked by travelers, but however
important the cut-flower trade may then have appeared
it has had a marvelous growth since that time. Prior
to the Civil War it would have been impossible to
purchase any considerable quantity of cut-flowers in
the winter season in any of the large cities. The green-
houses were small flue-heated structures in which a
great variety of plants was grown ; hence it would have
been impossible to secure a quantity of any one kind.
There were no middlemen to collect even the small
quantities produced in a locality, and when large
numbers of blooms were required, advance notice was
expected and the person wishing the flowers had to do
the collecting from the various establishments. After
the period mentioned, floricultural establishments
rapidly increased in number and size. This growth has
continued until today. Instead of being concentrated
about large cities, there is scarcely a city of 5,000 or
even less that does not have its florist. Not less than
$100,000,000 is now invested in the cultivation and
sale of cut-flowers in America. Although statistics of
the cut-flowers alone are not available, a conservative
estimate based on the United States census of 1910
places their annual value at $25,000,000.
From forty to sixty years ago the camellia was the
most valued cut-flower, either for personal adornment
or for bouquets, and sometimes as much as $1, $2 and
even $3 were obtained for single flowers at the height
of the holiday season. Then came a period of decline
during which they were almost forgotten except in a
few private collections, but now they are seen upon the
market as pot-plants. The florist of the present genera-
tion wonders how they could have been admired to the
extent that they should lead as cut-flowers. Perhaps
no better idea of the requirements of the former cut-
flower trade can be given than to quote the record of a
leading New York florist establishment for 1867 which
shows a product as follows: Camellias about 45,000,
bouvardias 20,000, carnations 70,000, double prim-
roses 100,000, and tuberoses 50,000. Other flowers on
the market in those days were daphne, abutilon, callas,
sweet alyssum, poinsettia, eupatorium, heliotrope and
a few tea roses. The most profitable white cut-flowers,
in the opinion of many florists, were Stevia serrata,
Double White camellia, Calla sethiopica, Lilium can-
didum, Deutzia gracilis, and Double White Chinese
primrose.
It will be noted that roses were not important in
the cut-flower trade of this period. It is a fact that very
few were grown under glass. A few florists were grow-
ing Bon Silene, Lamarque and Safrano roses, occa-
sionally devoting an entire house to them, but more
often in houses with other flowers. The rapidly-awaken-
ing demand for all kinds of flowers brought good prices
for roses and stimulated the florists to give this flower
more attention. The time was one of changing ideals
and the old formal camellia, show dahlia and Chinese
chrysanthemum were passing, while new and less
formal flowers were coming into- favor. The flower-
buying public, however, wanted something larger than
the small tea varieties then grown. Every new variety
from Europe that had any promise was tried, and from
that day to this scarcely a new introduction has escaped
a searching test as to its adaptability for culture under
glass. The Marechal Niel was grown for the discrimina-
ting trade, and it continued the leading variety until
it was supplanted by the everblooming, more prolific
and more easily cultivated Perle des Jardins. Likewise,
the hybrid perpetuals were tried, and some of them,
notably General Jacqueminot, were found to force well.
This variety, when it could be had for the holidays,
brought $1 and $2 a bud.
The roses of this time were produced on plants grown
in deep beds or in pots or boxes. The latter method
enabled the grower better to time his crops, while the
former involved less time and attention. The endeavor
to secure the advantages of both naturally resulted in
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY 923
the shallow raised bench, and this method of growing
cut-flowers has been adopted for practically all now
grown in large quantities; in fact, this system of cul-
ture is perhaps the greatest single feature which dis-
tinguishes American floricultural methods from those
of Europe. Simultaneously it became very generally
recognized that to grow roses successfully required
separate houses and a different temperature. For a
long time it was thought that a special form or construc-
tion was necessary, viz., the three-quarter span, but
now the even-span house is in general use.
The present cut-flower production.
Having made these important advances in cultural
methods, it needed but the introduction of the epoch-
making rose, Catherine Mermet, to place the rose in
the first place among cut-flowers. This variety came
at once into great popularity with the flower-buying
public and was very profitable to the growers, thereby
attracting capital to the flower business. The competi-
tion to produce and market the best qualily of flowers
elevated the standards in cut-flowers to a higher level.
Although the introduction of Catherine Mermet did
much for the flower business, it is as the parent of
Bride and Bridesmaid that the variety is generally
remembered. These "sports" have been the leading
white and pink varieties for twenty years, and have
been displaced only during the last five years by
White Killarney and Killarney, although many claim-
ants arose to dispute their leadership. These roses
succeeded because they were profitable with every
florist who could grow roses, and it is doubtful whether
we shall ever see varieties so generally successful
over so wide a territory. The market is seeking a
greater variety among roses than it did during the
years these roses held sway, but all this is advan-
tageous to the rose specialists. Next in importance
to Bride and Bridesmaid and their successors, White
Killarney and Killarney, is the American Beauty
(Madame Ferdinand Jamain). This variety can be
grown successfully and profitably only by growers who
have special conditions. As the variety is still with-
out a rival, it continues to be popular with the wealthy
flower-buyers.
The American carnation may be regarded as the
greatest contribution America has yet made to the
floriculture of the world. The plant is unlike any type
grown in Europe and its development is due to Ameri-
can plant-breeders, Dorner, Fisher, Ward and many
others. During the last fifty years it has been improved
in form, size, color and productiveness. Hundreds of
varieties have been introduced and the progress has
been so rapid that the best have lasted but a few years.
Within the last ten years the American carnation has
become popular in England, and now new varieties
are appearing from over the sea. The United States
census of 1890 shows that roses were first, carnations
second, and that the two comprised 65 per cent of all
cut-flowers. This relative standing has been main-
tained to the present time.
The development in chrysanthemums has been no
less marked. From the old formal Chinese sorts, the
popular fancy turned to the large informal Japanese
kinds. Now a change to the single and pompon types
is being experienced. The varieties of greatest com-
mercial importance have been for the last ten or fifteen
years of American origin. The English, French and,
finally, the Australian varieties have led as exhibition
flowers, but only an occasional variety has proved
meritorious as market cut-flowers. (See Carnation,
Chrysanthemum, Rose, and other special articles.)
At the present time the important cut-flowers are
roses, carnations, violets, chrysanthemums, sweet peas,
lilies, narcissi, orchids, lilies-of-the-valley, mignonette,
snapdragons, marguerites and gardenias. A modern
cut-flower establishment in the region of New York
59
grows for its wholesale trade the following numbers of
plants:
Roses 100,000
Chrysanthemums 240,000
Carnations 45,000
Lilies (75,000 for Easter) 150,000
Lilies-of-the-valley 300,000
Orchids 25,000
These are grown in a range of houses comprising
900,000 square feet of glass requiring 8,000 tons of
coal, 300 employees, 25 horses, 4 automobiles, and a
250-acre farm with a dairy of 160 cows to suppy the
manure required.
The past ten years have witnessed the development
of the new winter-flowering types of sweet peas, and
now these flowers bid fair to rival the violet and chry-
santhemum for position after roses and carnations.
Orchids, particularly cattleyas, now are being grown
by commercial florists for cut-flowers. Although of
recent development, during the last ten or twelve
years, all large establishments have an orchid depart-
ment, while many smaller growers are specializing
in their culture.
Lilies, through the means of cold storage, may now
be had by forcing throughout the year. The varieties
of Japanese longiflorums have largely supplanted the
old Lilium Harrisii kind. Lilium spedosum varieties
are now largely grown.
The antirrhinum is now being grown by several
specialists and doubtless will yield varieties adapted
to greenhouse culture.
The most important outdoor flowers for cutting are
peonies, gladioli and asters. The peony is now a most
important Memorial Day cut-flower, and many acres
are devoted to its culture in regions in which the
improved varieties mature their flowers early enough.
By means of cold storage, flowers of certain varieties
may be kept in good condition for as much as four
weeks. The florists are enabled to have a supply of
this flower for commencements, weddings, and the
like, throughout the latter part of May, June and early
July.
Gladioli are increasing in popularity as summer cut-
flowers because of their keeping qualities under ordi-
nary conditions. Not only are the white varieties use-
ful, but the magnificent colored varieties are being
used in large numbers for bouquets on dining-tables
in hotels and restaurants.
The selling.
The marketing of cut-flowers is a business of itself.
Many an excellent grower fails because he is not expert
in selling his blooms. The cutting of the blooms must
be properly done and at the right stage of development.
The proper stage in the development when cutting
should be done varies with the variety and the season.
Roses should be 6ut as the petals begin to unfold, when
the tip of the bud is bursting and the outer petals have
reached the proper color. Carnations are picked when
fully developed or when three-quarters developed.
The latter stage is determined by the pistils having
reached an even length with the center petals. Most
flowers should be cut early in the morning, and as soon
as cut should be placed in clean fresh water, after
which they are carried to the cooling-room. The vases
in which the flowers are placed should be deep enough
to allow plunging the stems two-thirds their length in
water. The temperature of the water should be 10° to
15° higher than that of the cooling-room which is 45°
to 50°. The temperature is thus gradually lowered
to that of the storage-room. The flowers remain in
the cooling-room until the picking is done, when they
are graded.
Along with the advance in cultural methods and to
meet market requirements, flowers have been graded.
Although the kinds of flowers grown and the quality
924 CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
differ but little in the various flower markets, the
grades are not yet uniform. However, this ultimately
will be brought about through the Florists' Telegraph
Delivery Association, an organization which enables a
resident of San Francisco, for example, to have an
order filled and delivered at an address in Boston,
Montreal, Baltimore or elsewhere. The American
Rose Society adopted the following grades for tea and
hybrid tea roses: 9, 12, 15, 18, 24 inches of stem. Of
course the flowers must be good to accord with this
standard. American Beauty is graded : Specials, above
38 inches; fancy, 32 to 36 inches; extras, 24 to 32
inches; firsts, 13 to 23 inches; seconds, 8 to 13 inches;
thirds all under 8 inches. On the Chicago market this
variety is graded into specials, 36-, 30-, 24-, 20-, 18-
and 12-inch stems. Carnations on the New York mar-
ket are usually graded into
fancies, extras and firsts.
Fancies are all perfect
blooms, from 2% to 3J^
inches in diameter, with
straight stems 16 to 24
inches or more in length.
Extras are those blooms
which fall short in one or
the other of the above re-
quirements . Firsts com-
prise all merchantable flow-
ers which do not pass as
extras or fancies. During
the grading, all the leaves
from the lower 6 inches are
stripped off as well as any
side shoots in the axils of
the remaining leaves.
Chrysanthemums are
classed as small, medium,
fancy and special. What-
ever the grades used in
any market, it is impor-
tant that they be definite,
and that the grower use
care in grading his own
products.
The present methods of
the growers in disposing of
their flowers to the retail florists are as follows: The
large wholesale growers maintain wholesale stores of
their own, dealing with the retailers direct and conduct-
ing a shipping trade. The growers at a distance from
the city market usually consign to the wholesale com-
mission florist whose field is as broad as that of the
wholesale grower. These two classes of florists keep in
close touch with their customers, even those at a dis-
tance, by the ordinary means of communication and in
some cases by traveling representatives. The smaller
growers living close to a large city adopt any one of
five methods, that is, (1) form a cooperative associa-
tion with an expert salesman to sell the flowers; (2)
organize a flower-market and operate a flower-stand;
(3) consign the flowers to a commission florist; (4)
supply certain retailers regularly; (5) operate their
own retail stores. The particular method to be adopted
in any individual case depends upon the local condi-
tions and the business ability of the grower. The
grower-specialist usually will find it more remunera-
tive to arrange with retailers better able to dispose of
his high-class product.
The development of the methods of packing and
handling flowers has been a great factor in the busi-
ness. In the old days flowers were brought to market,
or as was more often the case, the retailers went to
the growers and carried them into the city in market-
baskets. They were delivered to the customers in the
same way. When flowers were to be shipped, which
was seldom, any convenient box was adapted to the
1159. Carnations packed for shipment.
purpose. At present the florists employ wooden and
folding paper boxes for different classes of trade. These
are in various sizes adapted to the kind of flower to
be packed and to the quality shipped. Furthermore,
the package is clean, light, strong and entirely in keep-
ing with the goods. The perfection of the railway and
express service has facilitated the delivery of flowers
to the consignee. Not only has this enabled growers to
get their flowers to the city, but has made it possible
for florists over the country to secure flowers when they
do not have a sufficient supply. The great wholesale
flower business of Chicago is built in a large measure
upon the demand of florists in towns and cities over the
vast territory extending from Winnipeg to the Gulf
of Mexico, and from the Alleghanies to the Rockies.
The packages now used to carry the flowers to the
wholesale market are either
return or gift boxes; the
former, are strong wooden
boxes with a hinged lid 12
to 16 inches wide and 5 to
6 feet long. These pack-
ages are returned to the
grower. Some do not find
it profitable or possible to
have shipping - boxes or
-crates returned and must
use gift boxes which may
be of wood or heavy paper.
The common box used by
the wholesalers in shipping
flowers to distant customers
when the package must be
handled many times, is the
light wooden box. This is
made of thin wood, J^-inch
ends and J^-inch tops, bot-
toms and sides, with two
interior cleats to hold the
flowers down. These boxes
are made in sizes 4 to 8
inches deep, 12 to 16 inches
wide, and 36 to 50 inches
or more long. The boxes
are first lined with paper,
usually four to eight thick-
nesses of newspapers, according to the season. Then a
layer of waxed paper is put in. Roses, whether on
their way into or out of the wholesale market, are sel-
dom bunched. Carnations, when shipped out or when
sent in by a wholesale grower to his own store, are
usually not bunched, but growers who sell 'through
the commission florist should bunch the flowers as it
facilitates handling when the flowers arrive on the
market. Sweet peas, violets and similar flowers are
always bunched. The number of flowers in a bunch
will depend upon the requirements of the market.
Usually sweet pea bunches contain twenty-five; vio-
lets, fifty or one hundred; peonies, thirteen; and car-
nations, twenty-five flowers. The bunches of violets
are encircled by a rim of twenty to thirty leaves and the
combination must be attractively done if even the
best flowers are to bring a good price. Sweet peas are
bunched without foliage, while most flowers bear their
natural foliage.
Long-stem flowers, such as roses and carnations,
when not tied in bunches, are packed one by one in
rows across the width of the box, beginning at one end.
The first row rests upon a pillow made of a roll of paper,
and each succeeding row is separated from the preced-
ing row by a strip of wax paper. This continues until
five rows have been put in each end of the box. Five
or six rows of flowers in each end constitute a layer.
The flowers of each layer are covered with a sheet of
wax paper, and the packing goes on until the box is
filled; but only four to six layers should be put in a box.
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
CUTTINGS
925
Over the stems in the center are placed eight to ten
thicknesses of well-saturated newspapers, after which
cleats are nailed in place. This will prevent the flowers
from becoming disarranged in shipping. When differ-
ent grades of roses are to be packed in the same box,
the specials are placed in first unless shipment has a
long distance to travel, when two or three rows of the
cheap, short grades should go next the end of the
box because of danger of injury to the flowers. Each
grade is separated from the next by sheets of tissue
paper and the different grades are filled in until the
short lengths complete the box. It should be a general
rule to pack white flowers in the top of the box. Every
box should contain a statement of the contents for the
information of the recipient. No icing is usually needed
in winter, but in warm weather the foliage of roses
may be sprinkled with water or chipped ice. Carna-
tions are cooled by lumps of ice wrapped in wet news-
papers and placed between the cleats of the boxes.
Violets are preserved by wrapping the stems in soft
tissue paper and dipping this in cool water. Sweet
pea stems are wrapped in wet cotton wrool, great care
is being taken to prevent wetting the blooms.
In the early days of the cut-flower business, the
grower retailed his own flowers. He found time to
propagate the plants, tend the furnace, grow the crops,
cut the blooms, make floral designs and, if necessary,
pack and ship his product. The rapid growth of the
cities, making it impossible for the florist to conduct
his business near the centers of trade, led to the retail
florist. This man, having no glass, could open a flower-
stand or store in the most favorable locations, giving
it his entire time. The present-day flower stores are
the achievements of his skill and industry in develop-
ing the art side of the florist business.
The changing demands.
The uses to which cut-flowers are put have changed.
Forty years ago the taste was for formal designs. The
flowers were picked with short stems, and in the case
of carnations only the open buds were cut, while the
remaining buds on the stem were allowed to develop.
These flowers were wired to wooden sticks for basket
work or to broom-corn straws for bouquets. The details
for making the formal pieces of that time will be found
in Henderson's "Practical Floriculture." That the
florists of that day enjoyed a good trade is seen in the
fact that on New Year's Day, 1867, one New York
firm sold $6,000 worth of flowers, and it was estimated
that the total sales in the city amounted to $50,000.
The same authority estimates the annual sales of flowers
in New York at $400,000 and in Boston $200,000.
Probably the sales of the whole country did not exceed
$1,000,000. Often $200 or $300 were spent for flowers
for a reception, and the spending of $1,500 for a similar
purpose, as well as a $6,000 church decoration, were
then the highest achievements of the profession.
The public taste of the present day is for loose,
artistic arrangements of long-stemmed flowers. The
popular funeral emblems are forms of the wreath which
are either made of one kind of flowers or of a great
variety of material. Flat sprays and bunches of flowers,
and palm (sago) leaves tied with ribbon are also com-
monly used. House decorations consist of vases of
long-stemmed flowers. Roses, carnations, chrysanthe-
mums, peonies and gladioli are suitable for this pur-
pose. Table decorations for dinner are also made of
long-stemmed flowers in vases, with some placed on
the cloth with ferns or asparagus. Bridal bouquets are
arranged often in shower effects by means of narrow
ribbon. A remarkable advance has been made in the
use of ribbon. Instead of the florist going to the nearest
drygoods store for the ribbon he needed, the present-
day florist carries his own supply of specially prepared
ribbon. As soon as a new shade of color appears in
roses, a new ribbon is manufactured to match the
color. The accessories now required to conduct a
successful florist business are numerous, requiring a
considerable outlay of money; and the trade in this
class of floral supplies is a very large one. Every large
city now has its supply houses. The kinds of flowers
used throughout the United States and Canada vary
very little and this is confined to varieties rather than
species. The growth of the cut-flower business in
Canada also has been rapid, and artificial boundaries
have not divided the florists of the two countries. A
good book on cut-flower culture is "How to Grow Cut-
Flowers," by M. A. Hunt. There are no works on the
handling of cut-flowers. On the use and arrangement
of flowers, the best literature is found in the current
trade papers. Among the foreign works which may
prove helpful are "Floral Decoration," by Felton;
"The Book of Cut-Flowers," by R. P. Brotherston;
and the German special journal, "Die Bindekunst."
A. C. BEAL.
CUTTINGS, PROPAGATION BY. A cutting is the
gardener's name for a piece of stem, root, rootstock
or leaf, which, if cut off and planted under suitable con-
ditions, will form new roots and buds, reproducing the
parent plant.
The word cutting, when unrestricted, is given to
parts of the stem; a part or the whole of the leaf, when
so used, is called a leaf-cutting; a piece of root or root-
stock is called a root-cutting. The scales of some bul-
bous plants, as of the lily, can also be used as cuttings.
A cion used in grafting might be called a cutting which
unites and grows on another plant. Plants secured by
division or layering are provided with roots before they
are detached from the parent plants, and, therefore,
are not properly cuttings. There are intermediate
states between these different categories, however, so
that hard-and-fast definitions do not hold.
1160. Section of propagating-bed. Shows four pipes
beneath, the door in the side, and the frame cover.
The practice of propagating by means of cuttings,
together with the discussion of the reasons, results and
bearings, constitutes a department of horticultural
knowledge that has been denominated cuttage, as the
practices, reasons and philosophy of tilling have been
called tillage.
Multiplication by cuttings is a form of bud-propa-
gation in contradistinction to sexual reproduction, i.e.,
926
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
1161. Permanent propagating-frames in a greenhouse.
propagation by seeds. It is a cheap and convenient
way of securing new plants. All plants cannot be profi-
tably increased by these means. Why they differ we
do not know; the gardener learns by experience what
species yield a good percentage of healthy plants, and
acts accordingly.
The following table will show the different ways in
which cuttings are made:
f soft
Cuttings •<
Stem.
_ e.g., verbena,
r Growing J
wood. j Hardened
\_ e.g., tea roses.
Long, in open air
e.g., grape.
• Ripened
wood.
Short, under glass
e.g., Japanese cedar.
Roots or
rootstocks. '
: Short, under glass
e. g., Anemone japonica.
Long, in open air
e. g., blackberry.
• Entire
e. g., echeveria.
Leaf -I Divided
e. g., Begonia, Rex.
Bulb-scales
e. g., lilies.
There is less variation in cutting-progeny than in
seed-progeny, and therefore cuttings (or layers or cions)
are used when it is desired to keep a stock particu-
larly true to name. They are used largely for the
multiplication of forms that are specially
variable from seed (which have not become
fixed by seed selection), and of mutations as
between the different branches or parts of a plant
(bud sports). Thus, the varieties of roses, chry-
santhemums, carnations, most begonias, and cur-
rants and grapes can be grown from cuttings.
Cuttings are also employed when seeds are dif-
ficult to secure, as in many greenhouse plants,
or when propagation by seeds is difficult and
cuttings are easy, as in poplars and willows.
The cutting-bed.
Under glass cuttings are commonly planted in
pure sand, such as a mason would use for mak-
ing mortar. Sphagnum moss is sometimes used
and various substances like brick-dust, coal-ashes
jadoo fiber have been tried, but without much
success. Sand and well-rotted leaf-mold mixed
half and half, is occasionally employed for gera-
niums, for lily scales, root-cuttings and some
succulent plants.
Sphagnum is useful in rooting Ficus elastica,
the base of the cutting being wrapped in a ball
of moss and plunged in a bed of moss. English
ivy, oleander and other plants can be struck
in water, but this method is cumbersome.
Peter Henderson's saucer method is valuable
in hot weather: the cuttings are planted in
sand, kept saturated and fully exposed to sun.
In the open air, a well-protected place, a part
of the frame-yard, for example, should be chosen
for a cutting-bed. The aspect should be south-
erly and the soil must be well drained. The soil
should also be trenched to the depth of 2^ to
3 feet, all poor material removed and additions
of humus, in the form of peat, leaf-mold or
well-rotted barnyard manure incorporated.
Provision for watering should be easy. If the
soil is a heavy clay, add sand.
Structures in which cuttings are started.
Figs. 1160-1165.
Large establishments have one or more houses set
apart for this and similar purposes called "propaga-
ting-houses." In smaller places a propagating-bed or
-bench can be made at the warmest end of the warmest
house. It should be placed over the pipes where they
leave the boiler, and, in order to secure bottom heat
when needed, the space between the bench and the
floor should be boarded up, having a trap -door to open
on cold nights (Fig. 1160). Cutting-frames inside a
greenhouse are also shown in Fig. 1161. Side partitions
should also be provided to box in all the heat from the
pipes under that part of the bench. Good dimensions
for such a bed are, width 3 feet, length 6 feet or any
multiple of six thus making it simple to use a hotbed
sash when confined air is wanted. The depth of the
frame should be from 6 to 10 inches in front and about
the same behind. The bottom of the bed may be
either wood, slate or metal and should be well drained :
place a layer of potsherds first, then moss, and from 2 to
3 inches of sand on top. The sand should be clean,
sharp and well compacted : before planting it should be
watered if at all dry. It is sometimes advisable to have
the bed filled with moss (sphagnum), into which pots or
boxes containing cuttings are plunged : the moss should
be moist, neither too wet nor dry, and well packed.
In many cases, when large quantities of one sort of
easily struck cuttings are to be planted, the ordinary
greenhouse bench covered with sand is sufficient
(Fig. 1162).
Hand-lights and bell-glasses are sometimes used under
glass for small quantities of cuttings instead of frames.
They may be of every convenient size up to 12 or 15
inches in diameter. The important point is that
1162. Cutting-bench shaded with lath.
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
927
provision for good ventilation be always provided: if
too much water accumulates inside the glass it can be
wiped off with a cloth. They are somewhat obsolete
devices for providing a close atmosphere and intensify-
ing bottom heat. The modern gardener finds that
sunlight and shading with papers put directly over the
cuttings is quite sufficient for all plants except a few
difficult subjects. Figs.
1163-1165 illustrate
forms of hand structures.
Out-of-doors cold-
frames are employed for
striking cuttings in
summer. They are made
of concrete or plank,
and are about 5M feet
wide, 18 inches deep
1163. Propagating-box. behind and 12 inches in
front. They are of any
convenient length, which is a multiple of three and
are covered with standard hotbed sash. Instead of
coldframes, light hotbeds are sometimes employed for
rooting cuttings in the open air in summer. They
entail more care and the results do not offset the gain.
Cuttings of growing wood. Figs. 1166-1171.
These cuttings are made either of the soft growing
tips, as in coleus (Fig. 1166; also Fig. 1027, p. 827),
salvia, verbena (Fig. 1167), geranium (Fig. 1168) and
others, or, of the same wood in more mature condition,
but by no means ripe, as in tender roses (Fig. 1169),
and Azalea indica. The cuttings of
plants like Euphorbia pulcherrima,
erica, epacris, are used in the soft
growing state, if a well-built propa-
gating-house is obtainable; but in
an ordinary house, a part of which
is used for other purposes, the older
and better ripened wood will be
more successful.
It is generally true that cuttings
of hardened wood will always root,
although they require more time
and may not make the best plants,
but it is not true that cuttings of
1166. Cutting of
soft growing wood,
(as of Coleus.)
1 164. Propagating-box or hood.
the soft wood will always root. In many cases, as in
the rose, they succumb before they callus, much less
produce roots. In plants of rapid growth and good
vitality, the proper condition of the soft growing wood
for cuttings can be determined by its readiness to snap,
not bend, when bent back : the hardened wood is in the
right state as long as it continues to grow.
The treatment of cuttings in both classes is prac-
tically the same. They should be planted in sand under
glass.
The wood for soft cuttings should be fresh, and pre-
cautions should be taken to prevent wilting during
making and planting: if the weather is hot, sprinkle the
floor and bench of the workroom : if they are delicate
and exposed for an hour or more, lay them between
folds of moistened paper. The average length of these
cuttings is from 1 to 3 inches, but they can be made
longer or shorter ; much
depends upon the na-
ture of the plant. The
best growers prefer
short cuttings; the
advantage of a long
piece to begin with is
more than offset by
greater danger of wilt-
ing and consequent
retrogression. It is not
necessary to cut to a
1165. Small propagating-box, bud, i. e., at the node,
adapted to a window. in the more easily
handled plants except in some herbaceous tuberous-
rooted plants, like dahlia (see Fig. 1170), and Salvia
patens, in which a crown must be formed to insure
future growth. Make the cut where it will give the
proper length. A part of the leaves
should be removed, always enough
to secure a clean stem for planting,
and as many more as are needed to
prevent disastrous wilting: this factor
varies greatly. In a hardwood cut-
ting of lemon verbena all leaves are
taken off, in zonale geraniums from
the open ground few if any are left,
in coleus and verbena about one half
are removed, while in Olea fragrans,
Daphne odora, and heath, only enough
for planting. Use a sharp knife; but
scissors are handy for trimming and
sometimes for making cuttings of those small-wooded
plants which root easily.
The cuttings of plants with milky juice should be
washed before planting. Sometimes the lower ends are
allowed to dry for several hours, the tops being pro-
tected against wilting. Large and succulent cuttings,
e. g., of pineapple, cotyledon and cactus, should be
dried before planting by letting them lie on the sur-
face of the propagating-bed for several days, or they
may be planted in dry sand at first. Under these con-
ditions a callus forms which tends to prevent decay;
but the wood must not shrivel.
Peter Henderson has introduced a method which is
likely to increase the percentage of
rooted plants, and which is desir-
able in slow-growing varieties, like
the tricolor geraniums. He advises
that the cutting should be partly
severed and allowed to hang to the
parent plant for a few days; this
results in a partial callus or even
roots, before the cutting is entirely
removed.
In planting cuttings, use a dibble
or open a V-shaped trench. Never
thrust the cutting directly into the
soil. Plant deep enough to hold
the cutting upright and no deeper (as in Fig. 1171),
making due allowance for the sand settling; the dis-
tance apart should be just enough to prevent them
from pressing against each other. It must be remem-
bered that they stay in the bed only until rooted. As
soon as growth begins, they are potted off. When the
cuttings are inserted, the sand should be firmly pressed
about them, and they should be watered with a syringe
or with a fine rose; the forcible application of water
compacts the sand, thus ex-
cluding air, .and prevents
undue wilting.
Give shade immediately,
using lath shutters outside,
cloth screens or papers placed
directly on the cuttings
within, and attend to this
very carefully for the first
few days. Lift the shades
early in the afternoon, and
put them on late in the morn-
ing, but keep them on during
the middle of the day, thus
gradually accustoming them to full light.
Cuttings should never suffer from dryness. The
sand should always be kept moist to the verge of wet-
ness. Ventilation should be given on bright days, but
all exposure to draft avoided. A good temperature for
propagating is from 60° to 65° F., increasing these
figures for tropical plants and reducing them for more
hardy kinds. It is debatable whether bottom heat and
1167. A rooted verbena
cutting.
928
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
confined air are advisable for cuttings of growing wood.
The older gardeners employed both, but now neither
is commonly used, except for tropical plants, like croton,
or when a constant succession of crops of cuttings is
required. There is no doubt that with this aid cuttings
will root more quickly, but more skill and care are
required, neglect bringing on fungous disease, which
results in unhealthy plants
^ or total loss. If bottom
f^ j!\
SasS
1168. A geranium cutting.
heat is used, the average temperature of the bed should
be 10° or so above that of the air, but less will suffice.
Indeed, in beds made as described above, in good
weather the sand is enough warmer than the green-
house atmosphere to answer every purpose. If a con-
fined air is wanted, ventilation and shading must be
carefully looked after, and precautions taken against
the accumulation of condensed moisture within the
bell-glass or frame.
Although it is tender plants, in the main, that are
propagated by cuttings of growing wood, the above
methods can be practised advantageously with some
hardy plants. The wood, which is invariably more
successful if hardened, is obtained either from plants
forced for this purpose, e. g., spirea, Deutzia gracilis,
or it is gathered in June and July out-of-doors, e.g.,
lilac, hydrangea. They should be potted off in 2- or
3-inch pots, in a rather sandy soil, when the roots are
from % to l/i inch long. It is sometimes good economy
to box them, i.e., plant them a few inches apart in flats,
when not immediately required.
Some hardy perennials, like Phlox subidata, Campanula
carpatica, Gentiana acaulis and the hardy candytuft,
can also be easily increased in this
way. Make the cuttings 2 to 3
inches long and plant in flats or pots
in sand or a sandy soil in October,
November or December, before any
hard frost. Keep in a coolhouse and
pot off when rooted. They make nice
plants for planting out the following
spring. Plants of this same nature
can also be propagated in the open air
in autumn. Make the cutting longer,
6 inches when possible, and do the
work earlier, in September or in
August in some cases.
1170. Hardened-wood 1171. A carnation 1172. Hardwood
cutting of dahlia. cutting. cutting of currant.
Cutting of ripened or dormant wood. Figs. 1172-1174.
Many plants grow readily from twigs of the year's
growth taken in fall or winter or very early spring.
The "soft-wooded" plants usually propagate most
readily by this means. These cuttings of mature wood
may be either long or short.
Long cuttings of ripened wood in open air. — This
method is used to propagate many hardy trees and
shrubs, e.g., willows, currants, grapes, forsythia.
Wood of the current year's growth is gathered in
autumn or early winter, before severe frost, and either
stored in a cool cellar, covering with moss or fresh
earth to prevent drying, or immediately made into
cuttings. These cuttings are usually 6 inches or more
long and should contain at least two buds. It is not
necessary to cut to a bud at the base, but the upper cut
should be just above one. Figs. 1172, 1173. They should
be tied in bundles with tarred rope, taking care to have
them lie "heads and tails" to facilitate planting, and
with the butts on the same level, to promote callusing.
They should then be buried in well-drained soil, with
the butts down and protected against frost. In early
spring they should be firmly planted in V-shaped
trenches in well prepared soil: set an inch or so apart,
with the rows 1 or 1% ft. apart. The upper bud should
be just at the surface; to prevent suckers the lower buds
may be removed. In autumn they should be dug,
graded and heeled-in for winter. Some varieties will
require a second or third year's growth in the nursery;
others are ready for
permanent plant-
ing, as willows and
poplars, which often
grow 6 feet the first
year. This is one
of the very cheapest
ways of propaga-
ting, and will pay
when only 25 per
cent root. This
method is generally
used with decidu-
ous-leaved plants,
but some conifers,
e.g., Siberian arbor-
vitae, will strike. Remove enough twigs to get a clean
stem for planting, and allow 2 or 3 inches of top above
ground.
The excrescences, knots or knaurs, which are
found on the trunks and the main limbs of
olive trees, are sometimes used as cuttings for
propagation.
Short cuttings of ripened wood. (Fig. 1174.) Cuttings of
this class are used under glass with tender or half-hardy
species, and sometimes with new introductions, in cases
in which the grower is short of stock, and when the plant
is delicate and small. The W9od should be gathered
before severe frost and the cuttings made and planted
directly in October and November. Make them from
2 to 4 inches long (sometimes a single eye only is used),
and plant with a dibble, in pure sand in pots, pans or
flats (boxes about 16 inches square and 3 inches deep).
If a layer of potting soil is placed under the sand, the
young plants have something to feed on and do not
need to be potted so soon after rooting; if this is done,
drainage should be given. It is important to keep them
cool until a callus is formed or roots produced. If the
buds start into growth before this, the cuttings become
exhausted and are likely to die. After rooting, — the
time required varies from one to six months — they may
either be potted or the strong-growing sorts be planted
out in well-prepared beds in May or June, where they
are likely to make a satisfactory growth. The weaker
kinds may remain a year in pots or flats, be wintered
in a pit, and planted out the next spring. Some green- *
house plants, e.g., camellia, laurestinus, tender grapes,
1173. Cuttings of grape, to show
how planted.
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
929
1174. Short cuttings
of ripened wood.
are propagated in this way with cuttings of fully
ripened wood, and others, as cactus and dracena,
with wood which is much older. They should be given
the care described under the head of "Cuttings of grow-
ing wood" (p. 927), but they must not be forced too
hard at first. The temperature should be regulated by
the nature of the plant. The safest
rule to follow is to give a few degrees
more heat for propagating than the
plant received when the cutting
was removed.
Hardy shrubs can also be propa-
gated by cuttings of growing wood,
somewhat hardened, planted in
coldframes in June and July. They
are called "cuttings of green wood,"
and are made from 4 to 6 inches
long and sometimes longer. They
are closely planted in sand, or soil
one-half sand and one-half leaf-
mold, in rows 4 to 6 inches apart.
They must be carefully watered, shaded and ventilated
for ten days or more after planting. Much of the
success of this method depends upon the weather; it
brings in a gambling element : a few hot and dry days
are dangerous. A light hotbed may be used instead
of a coldframe but this means more care. The rooted
plants are left in the frame all winter, protected and
planted out the following spring.
Root-cuttings. Fig. 1175.
The cuttings of this class are made of either root or
rootstock and are useful in propagating some plants,
either in the greenhouse or in the open air. Tender
plants, like bouvardia, and those which are hardy but of
delicate growth, e.g., Anemone japonica, are handled
under glass ; blackberries, horse-radish, and so on out-of-
doors. The cuttings are made in autumn or winter,
the roots of hardy plants being gathered before severe
frost and either planted directly or kept in moss until
spring. This process of storing develops a callus and
has a tendency to produce buds. For greenhouse work,
the cuttings are made from 1 to 2 inches long, the larger
roots being selected, although the small ones will grow.
They are planted in pans or flats, in soil composed of
equal parts sand and well-rotted leaf-mold. Ordinarily
they are set horizontally. If planted vertically, in
cuttings from the true root, the end which was nearest
the crown should be uppermost; but if made from the
rootstock, that end should be uppermost which grew
farthest from the crown. In either case they should be
covered, as seeds are covered, and the whole made
firm. Root-cuttings of hardy plants should be kept
cool at first and brought into heat only when ready to
grow. They may be kept in a pit or cool cellar. Tender
plants require the same or a little higher temperature
than that in which they thrive.
In sweet potato, the tuber is cut lengthwise and laid,
with the cut side down, on moist sand or moss, the
edges being slightly covered. Buds develop on these
edges and are removed when of proper size and treated
as cuttings of growing wood, or allowed to remain until
rooted . In dracena
(see Fig. 1052, page
842) — and this applies
to stem- as well as
root -cuttings — the
buds are not taken off
until rooted the orig-
inal cutting remains
in the sand and sometimes produces a second or even a
third crop. The tuberous rootstock of Arum macula-
turn, and plants of like nature, can be cut into pieces,
remembering that the bud-producing portion of arum is
the top, and each part will grow successfully. Exercise
care in watering and maintain a good temperature.
1175. Root-cutting of blackberry.
(XH)
The rootstocks of cannas are cleaned and cut into
pieces 1 J^ to 2 inches long and planted in a warmhouse
in February (Fig. 784, p. 657). As soon as buds push
and roots form they are potted off and grown until the
season for bedding out. Dahlias are not, properly
speaking, propagated from rootstock, but by division;
the plant cannot produce adventitious buds. There
must always be a bit of the crown attached to the tuber.
The propagation of dahlias so closely resembles the
methods here described that it is perhaps well to
mention it.
Root-cuttings for planting in the open ground are
made from 4 to 6 inches long, and are planted firmly in
V-shaped trenches or furrows in spring, being covered
2 inches or more deep. Roots as large as one's little
finger are chosen, and good results are secured with
plants of vigorous growth. In plants like lily-of-the-
valley, common lilac, calycanthus, Scotch and moss
roses, unless short of stock, it is
better to encourage the natural
growth of the suckers and prop-
agate by division, but they all can
be multiplied as above described.
Variegation, curiously enough,
is not always reproduced by
means of root-cuttings.
Leaf -cuttings. Fig. 1176.
Many leaves are capable of
producing roots. Some have the
further power of developing buds
after rooting, and of these last a
few furnish an economical means
of bud-propagation, particularly
when the stem growth is in-
sufficient. In cotyledon (eche-
veria) the whole leaf is used,
the smaller ones from the flower-
stalk being often the best.
Choose those that are fully
matured, and dry them for a
few days on sand, but do not
let them shrivel. The treatment, otherwise, is as given
above for cuttings of growing wood. In gloxinia and
other Gesneraceae, the whole leaf (Fig. 1176), half a leaf,
or even a lesser portion, is used. When enough clear
petiole is obtainable, no further preparation is needed.
When a part only of the leaf is planted, some of the
blade must be cut away. As a rule, no bud is de-
veloped the first season: a tuber is formed, which will
grow in due time.
The common Begonia Rex is increased by
leaves in various ways. The whole leaf may
be planted as a cutting, keeping the petiole
entire or cutting it off where it unites with
the blade; or the whole leaf may be pinned
or "weighted to the surface of moist sand
(Figs. 501-503, p. 470), and, if the principal
veins are severed at intervals of an inch, a
plantlet will appear at every cut. The best
way is to divide the leaf into somewhat
triangular pieces, each part having a strong
vein near the center. Plant in sand, in
good temperature, and treat precisely as if
they were cuttings of growing wood. Roots
and buds will soon grow, and a good plant
will result within a reasonable time. Pot off when roots
are % inch long. Certain other begonias may be
similarly multiplied.
Other cuttings.
The thickened scales of bulbs, like lilies, can be used
for propagation. Remove the scales intact and plant
upright, like seeds, in soil made of equal parts of sand
and rotted leaf-mold (Fig. 1177). September and
October are the usual months for this work. If they
1176. Leaf-cutting of
gloxinia.
1177.
Lily scale
producing
bulblets.
930
CUTTINGS
CYATHEA
are kept in a cool greenhouse, the young bulblets will
appear in the course of the winter, but top growth will
come later, in summer.
This is a slow, laborious
process, and is seldom prac-
tised except in propagating
new varieties. The granular
scales of achimenes and
plants of like nature can be
used for propagating, sow-
ing them in a sandy soil as
seeds are sown; but this
method is not a good one in
ordinary cases. The scales
of Zamia horrida have
been made to produce new plants, as have also the
tunicated scales of an amaryllis.
For further details of cuttage, consult Lindley's
"Theory and Practice of Horticulture," 2d ed.;
Burbidge, "The Propagation and Improvement of
Cultivated Plants;" Peter Henderson's "Practical
Floriculture;" Bailey's "Nursery-Book."
B. M. WATSON.
CYANANTHUS (Greek for blue flower). Cam-
panuldcese. Ten or a dozen herbs, probably mostly
perennial, of the high mts. of Cent, and E. Asia,
with showy blue fls. terminating the ascending
mostly simple hairy sts. : corolla funnelform, tubu-
lar or bell-shaped, 5-lobed; stamens free from the
corolla, the ovate anthers more or less connate
around the pistil: fr. a caps, with persistent calyx,
loculicidally 3-5-valved : Ivs. alternate, usually small,
entire or somewhat lobed. C. lobatus, Wall., may
be expected in collections of choice alpines: 4-5 in.:
Ivs. small, narrowing to base, tooth-lobed at sum-
mit: fls. bright blue, 1 in. diam., resembling a shi-
ning periwinkle fl., funnelform with reflexed lobes,
the corolla exceeding the calyx-tube and hairy in
the throat. B.M. 6485. Other species mentioned in
recent horticultural literature are C. microphyllus,
Edgew. (C. linifdlius, Wall.), with slender wiry
sts., small entire Ivs., and fls. like those of C. lobatus
but .with very hairy throat and longer narrower
segms.; C. incdnus, Hook. f. & Thorns., with nu-
merous wiry sts., small nearly sessile Ivs., and yellow
campanulate fls. with hairy calyx; the W. China
form of this (var. leiocalyx) has a less hairy calyx;
C. Hodkeri, Clarke, is an annual with small stalked
Ivs. and blue fls., from China and India; has rigid
sts. with short lateral fl.-branches. L H. B.
CYANELLA (from the blue color). Amaryllidacese;
it has been referred to Liliacese and also to H&mo-
doracese. A half-dozen or less small bulbs from S.
Afr., sometimes grown in the way of axias. Plants
with rhizomes or tunicate corms, radical or basal
lanceolate or linear Ivs., and simple or rarely
branched sts. : fls. violet, rose, yellow or white, soli-
tary or racemed-paniculate; perianth-tube 0, the
segms. distinct or very nearly so; stamens 6,
attached to base of segms., all perfect, often dimor-
phous' fr. a loculicidal 3-angled caps., on bractless
pedicel. The cyanellas are
summer- and fall -flowering
bulbs with us. The following
are the kinds likely to be
found: C. capensis, Linn.
Lvs. lanceolate, undulate: st.
panicled, leafy, 1 ft.: fl. pur-
ple. B.M. 568. C. 1ft tea,
Linn. f. (C. odoratissima,
Lindl.). Less branched: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
not undulate: fls. rose, chang-
ing to yellow. B.R. 1111.
L. H. B.
1178. Cyathea meridensis.
CYANIDING, CYANIDIZING: Diseases and Insects, p. 1044,
discussion of fumigating by hydrocyanic acid gas.
CYANOPHYLLUM: Tarn-
onea.
CYANOTIS (Greek,
referring to the blue
petals). Commelinacese.
Probably 40 creeping,
ascending or weak
branching often woolly
or hairy herbs, much
like Tradescantia; they
are native in warm countries about the
globe. Lvs. sheathing, small or medium
in size, various: fls. in scirpioid cymes
or variously disposed, mostly blue or
rose-colored; sepals 3, lanceolate-cari-
nate, nearly equal, usually combined at
base into a short tube; petals 3, also nearly equal,
often connate in a tube, the limb spreading and
suborbicular; stamens 6, all perfect, nearly equal;
ovary sessile, 3-celled and each cell 2-ovuled. Easy
of cult.; prop, by cuttings. There are few species
in cult.; perennial; grown in greenhouses or warm-
houses. C. hirsftta, Fisch. & Mey., from Abyssinia,
yillous or glabrous, has erect st., globose tubers,
linear soft-hairy Ivs., and rose-colored perianth and
blue-bearded filaments. B.M. 7785. C. barbata,
Don, of E. India, has elongated branching nearly
glabrous st., narrow-oblong or nearly linear Ivs.,
and blue spatulate- oblong petals free to the base:
ovary hirsute at apex and the style bearded. C.
kewensis, Clarke, of E. Indies, is procumbent,
reddish-hairy, leafy, the branches fleshy: Ivs. a
half or more longer than broad, sessile and
amplexicaul: petals rose-purple, ovate, free; fila-
ments bearded. B.M. 6150 (as Erythrotis Bed-
domei). C. nodifldra, Kunth, of S. Afr., is cobwebby
or woolly but becoming glabrous, the fibrous roots
terminating in tubercles: Ivs. narrowly lance-linear:
petals blue, lightly connate. B.M. 5471. L H B
CYATHEA (Greek, a cup, alluding to the indusia).
Cyatheacese. A large genus of tree ferns in both
hemispheres, with a globose indusium which ulti-
mately ruptures at the apex and becomes cup-
shaped. All the species in cult, have decompound
Ivs. Most of them are large plants, species with
trunks 20-30 ft. high being common, but there arc
a few species that have Ivs. and sts. no more than
2 ft. long. Strictly speaking, the genus Alsophila
is a part of Cyathea. Many other species from
Colombia and the W. Indies besides those described
below are well worthy of cult.
The species offer a great variety. Those of tem-
perate regions are mostly stout and not spiny; the
tropical species are more slender and in many cases
densely armed with stout spines. All species are
evergreen. The culture of cyatheas is simple in
warmhouses. They require an abundance of water
at the roots and the trunks should be kept con-
stantly moist. The foliage lasts
longer if it has been inured to
the sun during summer. Like all
other tree ferns, cyatheas need
little pot -room. They rarely
produce adventitious growths
along the trunk or at the base
and none is proliferous. The
plants are, therefore, usually
propagated by spores, which
germinate freely, making attrac-
tive young plants in two seasons.
(Adapted from Schneider,
"Book of Choice Ferns.")
XXXIII. Cycas circinalis, the male plant.
CYATHEA
CYCAS
931
1179. Fruiting pinnule of
Cyathea meridensis.
A. Rachides unarmed: Ivs. white beneath.
dealbata, Swartz. Rachides with pale rusty wool
when young: Ivs. firm, bi-tripinnate, almost pure white
beneath. New Zeal. — C. Smithii, Hort., is regarded by
some as a horticultural variety.
AA. Rachides unarmed: Ivs. green beneath.
Burkei, Hook. Stalks with tubercles near the base
bearing large, glossy rusty scales: Ivs. bipinnate, with
broad pinnules. S. Afr.
meridensis, Karst. Figs.
1178,1179. Lvs. tripinnatifid,
with oblong-lanceolate pinnae
and rather narrow lanceolate
pinnules; segms. scaly on the
ribs beneath. Colombia.
AAA. Rachides spiny: Ivs.
green beneath.
medullaris, Swartz. Lvs. bi-tripinnate, densely scaly
when young, with soft, deciduous hair-like scales;
segms. coarsely serrate or pinnatifid, on spore-bearing
Ivs. New Zeal.
C. angolensis, Welw. A greenhouse species said to have
fronds 6-8 ft. long produced from a trunk which attains 12-15 ft.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
C^CAS (Greek kukas, the name of a palm tree).
Cycaddcese. Several beautiful palm-like plants, com-
mon in cultivation under glass. Plate XXXIII.
The Cycadaceae are of great interest because they
occupy a place intermediate between flowering plants
and the cryptogams. Like the former they have fr.
with a large starchy endocarp; but like the latter their
sexual prop, is accomplished by means of sperma-
tozoids and archegonia, corresponding to the male
and female elements in animals. The plants are dioe-
cious; the male inn. is in the form of an erect cone
composed of modified staminal Ivs. which bear on the
under surface globose pollen sacs corresponding to
microsporangia; the female infl. consists of a tuft of
spreading carpellary Ivs. having their margins coarsely
notched; in the notches are situated the ovules, which
are devoid of any protective covering, and correspond
to macrosporangia. Pollination under natural condi-
tions is effected by the wind. The pollen settles on the
ovules and sends down a tube into the tissue of the
nucellus. Archegonia are formed; egg-cells develop,
and in the pollen-tube are produced spermatozoids
provided with minute movable cilia by which they are
propelled, very much as in the spermatozoa of animals.
These are discharged over the archegonia and fecun-
date the egg. The discovery of spermatozoids in the
cycads was made by a Japanese student, S. Ikeno,
while investigating the process of reproduction of
Cycas circinalis. Those of Zamia, endemic in Fla.,
were described and figured by H. J. Webber, who
found the mature spermatozoids of the latter genus to
be the largest known to occur in any plant or animal.
Most of the species of Cycas are arborescent, having
a trunk marked with rings of growth and with the
scars of fallen petioles. The trunk is usually simple and
columnar (though sometimes it is branched), and is
elongated by a terminal bud. The pinnate leaves Jorm
a beautiful terminal crown like that of a palm or tree-
fern. Cycads are found among the fossils of many
geological formations, especially in those of the early
Mesozoic. The latter formations are grouped together
on this account, and the geological epoch which they
represent is sometimes designated as the "Age of the
Cycads."
Cycads are among the most ornamental plants of
tropical and subtropical gardens. In the United States
they are often designated "sago palms," although they
have nothing in common with a palm except the general
habit of growth. In Florida, according to H. Nehrling
who has a plantation at Gotha, near the center of the
state, they thrive equally well on high pine land and
in the rich soil of the low hummocks. C. circinalis is
apparently the most sturdy of the cultivated species.
It is almost free from diseases; but it is more sensitive
to cold than C. revoluta. The latter, on the other hand,
is subject to diseases in low flat wooded situations.
A third species, C. siamensis, which is comparatively
rare, seems to be perfectly hardy in Florida. In cultiva-
ting cycads, Nehrling has attained the best results by
keeping the weeds away from the base of the trees and
loosening the soil from time to time, taking care not
to injure the small network of tubercle-bearing roots
surrounding the trunk. The tubercles, which are
about the size of a pea, are interesting to the plant
physiologist, and are apparently conducive to the
plant's well-being. Nehrling gathers the pollen from
the male plants and sprinkles it by hand over the
female flowers to insure fertilization of the naked ovules.
Plants are propagated by seeds, which keep well for
a month or more after ripening. According to E. N.
Reasoner, they should be sown in shallow boxes or the
greenhouse bench, lightly covered with sand, and after
germination, potted off in small pots of moderately
rich, light soil. The growing plants ,.do best in partial
shade. The old plants frequently send up suckers around
the base of the trunk. These may be taken off when in
a dormant state and rooted, care being taken to remove
the leaves to guard against excessive transpiration.
Growing cycads require sunshine and moisture.
The beautiful glossy leaves of cycads are used in
many countries for ornamenting temples and for decora-
ting altars. On the island of Guam they are used for
palm leaves on Palm Sunday, and in the early days
they were carried by children in religious processions,
marching from one village to another under the guid-
ance of the Jesuit missionaries. Cycads are popular
conservatory plants, of easy culture, and tenacious of
life, even when neglected for a long time. Their stems
1180. Cycas pectinata.
deprived of leaves are easily transported in bulk
and will soon resume growth when planted. In the
southern United States, cycads are injured by frost but
often revive after having apparently been killed.
A. Margins of pinnse flat.
B. Modified fr. -bearing Ivs. (carpophylls) spinous-
toothed along the margin.
c. Scales of male infl. tapering into a long spine.
D. Lvs. 5-8 feet long, with pinnae 10-12 in. long.
circinalis, Linn. (C. Thoudrsii, R. Br.). FERN PALM.
A palm-like tree with cylindrical trunk and a crown of
932
CYCAS
CYCAS
glossy, fern-like, stiff but gracefully curved pinnate
Ivs. : trunk clothed with the compacted woody bases
of petioles, usually columnar and simple, but often
branching when the terminal bud has been cut off, or
in clusters of several springing from the base of an old
trunk which has been cut down; in addition to the
true Ivs., modified Ivs. in the form of simple short
subulate woolly prophylla; true Ivs. 5-8 ft. long, long-
petioled, the petiole bearing short deflexed spines near
the base; pinnse alternate, 10-12 in. long and quite
narrow, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, subfalcate, the
midrib stout and prominent beneath, bright green
above, paler beneath: male inn. in the form of an erect
woolly cone composed of scales bearing globose pollen-
sacs on the under surface and tapering at the apex
into a long spine; female infl. in the center of the crown
of Ivs., consisting of a tuft of spreading buff-colored,
woolly, pinnately-notched Ivs. (carpophylls) about
6-12 in. long, spinous toothed along the margin, and
bearing in the notches the naked ovules; ovules 3-5
pairs, borne above the middle: fr. about the size of a
walnut, with a thin fleshy covering, and a fleshy
starchy endosperm resembling that of a horse-chestnut.
S. India, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Philippines, Madagas-
car, E. Trop. Afr., Guam. — In Fla. the Ivs. of this
species are often destroyed by sharp frosts, but the
trunk is rarely injured and will soon send forth new
Ivs. when the weather becomes warm again. Nehrling
recommends that fine specimens be protected by a tent
or by a house of lattice-work covered with canvas,
and with the sides also inclosed if necessary. In this
house a large kerosene lamp will be sufficient to keep
the plant from freezing. In Tampa, Fla., this spe-
cies appears to flourish, some of the specimens having
trunks 6-8 ft. high. It grows best in rich moist soil
and in partial shade. On the island of Guam, the nuts
of this species form a food staple for the natives in
times of famine following hurricanes. These are so
poisonous that the water in which the kernels are
soaked is fatal to animals. After having been soaked
for some time and the water repeatedly changed, the
kernels become harmless, and are ground up into meal
and dried for future use. They are usually prepared
in the form of cakes, which are said to be nutritious
although rather tasteless.
DD. Lvs. less than 5 ft. long; pinnse 3-8 in. long.
media, R. Br. NUT PALM of Australia. Trunk
attaining height of 8-10 ft. or sometimes twice this
height, rarely
branched at the
top: Ivs. 2-4 ft.
long or more, the
pinnse very nu-
merous, straight
or falcate, ob-
tuse or pungent-
pointed, flat or
slightly concave
above when
young, promi-
nently keeled
beneath, the mar-
gins often slightly
decurrent on the
rachis, glabrous or
slightly pubescent
1181. Cycas revoluta. when young, the
longer ones vary-
ing from 3-8 in., the lower ones shorter and more con-
tracted at the base, the lowest ones prickle-like, some-
times continuing to base of petiole: cones variable in
size, but apparently smaller than in C. circinalis,
which this species otherwise resembles; seeds 1-1 %
in. long, glabrous. Austral, along the northern coasts;
also Queensland.
cc. Scales of male infl. shortly acuminate.
Rumphii, Miq. Closely related to the preceding, but
growing taller in its natural habitat, sometimes reach-
ing a height of 20 ft. or more: Ivs. shorter and with
fewer Ifts. : scales of male cone thickened and obliquely
truncate at the tip, with a short upcurved sometimes
caducous point; carpophylls a foot long, narrower
than in C. circinalis, with an entire often elongate
subulate tip; seeds oval or subglobose, 2-2% in. long
by lM-l%in. diam. Moist wooded regions of Burma,
Ceylon (possibly intro.), Andaman Isls., Nicobar,
Malaya, New Guinea, and N. Austral. — This species
when growing in cult, is usually much lower, and
has a full large crown of Ivs., with lanceolate pinnae
thinner and paler than those of C. circinalis. Much
grown in tropical gardens of E. Indies; male plants
rare.
BB. Modified fr. -bearing Ivs. pectinate along the margins.
c. Trunk much swollen at the base: blade of carpophyll
ovate-rhomboid.
siamensis, Miq. A small palm-like tree: sts. 2-6 ft.,
much swollen at the base: Ivs. 2-4 ft., stiff spreading;
pinnee 3-8 in. long, linear mucronate-acuminate; blade
of carpophyll tawny-woolly when young, at length
glabrescent above, ovate-rhomboid, long-acuminate,
margin deeply pectinate lacerate: scales of male infl.
about %in. long, with a slender terminal point of the
same length: seeds 1^ in. long, obo void-oblong.
Burma, Siam, Cochin China. — Apparently hardy in
Fla. It is rare, occurring in only a few gardens. It is
a beautiful species, easily recognizable by its trunk
which is swollen very much like that of Dasylirion,
and according to Nehrling grows much faster than the
species more commonly cult. It is certainly deserving
of more general cult.
cc. Trunk not swollen at the base: blade of carpophyll
broadly orbicular.
pectinata, Griff. Fig. 1180. A glabrous evergreen
palm-like tree, to 10 ft. high in its native habitat but
usually much shorter in cult. : Ivs. ascending, recurved,
5-7 ft. long; pinnse 7-10 in. long, narrowly linear taper-
ing into a minute apical spine, subfalcate; blade of
carpophyll covered with dense tawny wool throughout,
6 in. long, broadly orbicular, long-acuminate, its
margin deeply subulate-pectinate, stalk about equal in
length to the blade with 2 or 3 pairs of ovules above
the middle; spiny marginal teeth %in. long; terminal
point \l/i in. long, tapering from a flat base, with 1 or
2 spinous teeth: seeds about \Yi in. long, ovoid: male
cone 18 in. long, 6 in. diam., cylindric-ovoid ; anther-
bearing scales 1J/2 in. long, 1 in. diam., deltoid-clavate,
the apex much thickened, abruptly acuminate, ter-
minal point IK in. long,- spine-like, ascending. India,
Nepaul, East Bengal, 2,000 ft. elevation, Assam,
Martaban, in pine forests. G.F. 4:114 (adapted in
Fig. 1180).
AA. Margins of pinnse revolute.
B. Blade of carpophyll pectinate.
revolfita, Thunb. SAGO PALM. Figs. 1181, 1182.
A graceful palm-like tree or shrub, becoming 6-10 ft.
high, with the trunk simple or branching: Ivs. long and
recurved (2-7 ft.); pinnse numerous, subopposite,
curved downward, narrow, stiff, acute, terminating
in a spine-like tip, dark shining green, the margin
revolute; carpophylls with the blade broadly ovate,
densely clothed with brownish felt-like wool, pec-
tinate; ovules 2 or 3 pairs borne near the base: fr.
ovate, compressed, red, about 1H m- long. S. Japan.
— This is the most common cycas in conservatories.
It is of Javanese origin and is much hardier than the
species mentioned above. In Fla. it is usually found in
all of the better parks and gardens, where it is suitable-
as a center about which to arrange other ornamental
CYCAS
CYCLAMEN
933
shrubs. According to Nehrling, this species is of slow
growth. In the male plants there are usually several
heads. The male infl. is usually 18-20 in. long and
cylindrical in form. The female infl. is in the form of a
semi-globose head, yielding 100-200 large bright red
nut-like seeds, which ripen about Christmas time. The
new Ivs. appear
all at one time,
usually in May.
They have a beau-
tiful glaucous
green color and at
first stand erect.
Young plants are
easily grown from
seeds. Unfortu-
nately this beau- n82. Leaf of Cycas
tiful species is, in revoluta.
Fla., subject to
blight for which no remedy has yet
been found. It appears to thrive best
in open situations; and in Cent. Fla.,
it grows with little care, flowering and
fruiting abundantly. The nuts are
eaten by the natives, and from the
pith of the trunk a kind of sago is prepared
for which the common name "sago palm" is
given it. The leaves are much used in funeral
decorations.
BB. Blade of carpophylls dentale-lobate.
Beddomei, Dyer (C. revoluta, Bedd., not Thunb.).
A low shrub with sts. only a few in. high: Ivs. about
3 ft. long; pinna? about J/gin. wide, strongly revo-
lute; carpophylls 6-8 in. long, with the blade 3 in.
long and 1 in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tapering
into a long-acuminate point, strongly dentate-lobate,
bearing 2 pairs of ovules above the middle: seeds glo-
bose, 1H in- diam.; male cone about 1 ft. long and 3
in. diam., very short-peduncled; antheriferous scales
long-acuminate, acumen in upper half of cone strongly
deflcxed, near the base of the cone ascending. — E.
Madras, abundant on the hills.
Other cultivated cycads are C. neo-caleddnica, Lind. "A very
ornamental palm-like plant, of a different species from the cycads
ordinarily grown," intro. into the U. S. by W. T. Swingle. Much
like C. circinalis but with fronds narrower and pinnae closer. —
C. .Vormanbydna, Muell., intro. into the U. S. from France by W. T.
Swingle, a species with oblong-obpvate Ivs., having numerous linear
Kinnae 6 in. long. Austral. — C. Riuminictna, Regel. St. rather stout:
rs. bright green, erect, spreading in a vase-like crown, the pinnae
fine-pointed. Philippines. I. H. 11:405. W. E. SAFFORD
CYCLAMEN (classical name, probably from the Greek
word for circle, in allusion to the spirally twisted
peduncles). Primulacex. Herbaceous and low plants,
with a flattish tuber or corm, grown sometimes in the
open and one of them much prized as a florist's and
window-garden subject.
Flower single, on a scape, with usually 5-parted
calyx and corolla (the parts strongly reflexed), 5 con-
nivent stamens, with pointed sessile anthers, 1 style
and stigma, and a 5-splitting caps. : Ivs. cordate or
reniform, long-petioled, entire or sinuate-dentate: fls.
nodding or declined, purple, rose or white. — About 20
species of the Medit. region, extending to Cent. Eu.
C. persicum is the source of the standard florists'
cyclamens. Most of the other species are essentially
outdoor plants. They are little known in outdoor
planting in N. Amer., however. The European cata-
logues list several species aside from C. persicum, and
they are here described; and others are included in
the supplementary list that are recently mentioned in
horticultural literature. Old English name sow-bread,
from the tubers being sought by swine. Consult Fr.
Hildebrand, Die Gattung Cyclamen, Jena, 1898; also
Pax & Knuth in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 22, 1905.
All cyclamens are very beautiful, and would be much
more popular were they hardy in our eastern climate.
On the Pacific slope many of them probably would be
perfectly at home as outdoor plants, producing a great
number of flowers above the bare soil in the depth of
winter before the leaves are developed. — It is, however,
with the Persian cyclamen (C. persicum), which is
tender, that florists have had the greatest success.
There is no common winter-flowering subject of as
much value for duration in bloom, variety of coloring,
or wealth of color. It is preferable at all times to begin
the culture of Persian cyclamen with seeds, sown in
the early winter months. Grow on without any check
for the following year. They should bloom
freely about fifteen months from planting. Old
tubers, such as are offered in fall with other
florists' bulbs, rarely give satisfaction as com-
pared with a packet of seeds. It is not the
nature of the plant to have all its roots dried
off, as if it were a hyacinth or tulip. Our sum-
mers are rather too warm to suit cyclamen
perfectly, and it will be found that the most
growth is made in the early autumn. It is best
to give the plants a little shade in the hot
months, such as a frame outdoors near the
shade of overhanging trees at midday. This
is better than growing them under painted
glass, as more light is available, together with
plenty of fresh air on hot days. It will be
found that cyclamen seeds require a long time
in which to germinate, — often two months.
This is due to the fact that the seed produces
a bulb or corm before leaf-growth is visible. As
soon as two leaves are well developed, place
the plants around the edge of 4- or 5-inch pots
until every one is large enough for a 3-inch
pot. The roots are produced sparingly in the
initial stages, and too much pot-room would
be fatal at the start. By the middle of sum-
mer another shift may be given, and in Sep-
tember all will be ready for the pots in which
they are to flower, — 5- or 6-inch pots, accord-
ing to the vigor of the plants. It will always
be found, however, that there will be a certain
percentage that will not grow, no matter how
< "» much persuasion is used. These may be
thrown away, to save time and labor early in
the season. In the house they should have the light-
est bench. It is impossible to grow them in a warm,
shady house. About 50° at night is the ideal tem-
perature when in flower. The best soil is a fresh,
tufty loam, with a fourth or fifth of well-rotted horse-
manure, to which add some clean sand if the soil is
heavy. At all times, the pots should be well drained. —
The Giganteum strains of the Persian cyclamen
produce the largest blooms, but at the expense of
quantity. For the average cultivator it is better
to try a good strain that is not gigantic. There is
a recent departure in the form of crested flowers.
Cyclamens come true to color from seeds, and one can
now buy named varieties that will reproduce them-
selves almost to a certainty. — Of recent years culti-
vators have had much trouble with a tiny pest or mite
that attacks the plants and renders them useless for
bloom. Its work is done mostly after the plants are
taken into the greenhouse and when about to mature
into blooming specimens. If the first flowers come
deformed or abnormally streaked with colors that are
darker in shade, it is a sure indication that the pest is
present. Frequent light fumigation with hydrocyanic
acid gas as soon as the pest is discovered will in time
eradicate it, but being very small, and able to hide
under the divisions of the calyx, seldom coming out
except on bright days, makes the pest a difficult one
to fight. The gas cannot be used during sunshine.
Tobacco stems used freely between the pots is a good
preventive measure. Greenfly is likely to attack the
934
CYCLAMEN
CYCLAMEN
plants at all stages of growth. In the frames the plants
may be plunged in tobacco stems, and in the green-
house they must be fumigated or vaporized with some
of the nicotine extracts. Great vigilance must be exer-
cised in growing cyclamens. (E. O. Orpet.)
sestivum, 5.
africanum, 7.
album, 1, 2.
aleppicum, 1.
Atkinsii, 3.
atro-rubrum, 1.
autumnale, 8.
cilicicum, 6.
Clusii, 5.
cordifolium, 5.
coum, 2, 3.
elegans, 3.
europseum, 5.
ficarixfolium, 8.
INDEX.
floribundum, 5.
giganteum, 1.
hedersefolium, 1, J
ibericum, 3.
indicum, 1.
latifolium, 1.
libanoticum, 4.
macrophyttum, 1.
magnificum, 1.
neapolitanum, 8.
orbiculatum, 5.
Papilio, 1.
persicum, 1.
punctatum, 1.
punicum, 1.
purpureum, 1.
purpurascens, 5.
pyrolxfolium, 1.
roseo-superbum, 1.
rubrum, 1.
saldense, 7.
sanguineum, 1.
splendens, 1.
subhastatum, 8.
vernale, 3, 8.
vernum, 2.
violaceum, 1.
A. Plant blooming in spring (or in winter under glass).
B. Corolla-lobes not eared.
1. persicum, Mill. (C. hedersefolium, Sibth. &
Smith. C. indicum, Linn. C. latifolium, Sibth. &
Smith. C. macrophyttum, Sieb. C. punicum, Pomel.
C. pyrolssfolium, Salisb.). Fig. 1183. The common
greenhouse or Persian cyclamen, in many forms:
tuber large, flattened endwise, corky on the outside: j
Ivs. appearing with the fls., ovate,
crenate-dentate, base deeply cor-
date, usually marbled or variegated
with white: fls. on scapes
6-7 in. high, large, scent- ,,-.
less, white, purple-blotched ' '
at the mouth, but with
rose -colored, purple and
spotted forms, the segms.
oblong-spatulate in shape,
not eared or lobed at the
base: pedicel not coiling in
fr. Greece to Syria.
The large-fld. cult.
forms are grouped
as follows by Pax
& Knuth: Var.
album (C. aleppi-
cum, Hort.). Pure white.
Var. giganteum. White with
red throat; very large. Var.
magnificum (var. puncta-
tum). White, speckled with
red, large. Var. rubrum.
Red. Var. sanguineum.
Light blood-red, large. Var.
rdsea-superbum. Brilliant
rose-red, large. Var. purpureum. Purple with bluish
markings, large. Var. violaceum. Violet-red. Var. atro-
rubrum and var. splendens. Dark red, large. The
var. giganteum (C. giganteum, Hort.) is the common
large-fld., improved form of the florist's cyclamen.
There are also double-fld. forms (R.H. 1886, p. 250) ;
alsofimbriate or crested forms, C. Papilio (I.H. 43:63.
G.F. 5:235. G.C. III. 21:71; 23:173). Other por-
traits of C. persicum are: B.M. 44. I.H. 35:43. Gn.
47:378; 48:182. J.H. III. 34:578. Gt. 44, p. 203; 45,
p. 164. F.S. 22:2345. A.G. 14:390-2; 17:261. A.F.
7:521-5; 11:1176-9; 12:499. The species is frequently
figured in the trade catalogues.
2. coum, Mill. (C. vernum, Sweet). Tuber smaller
than in the last, globose or flattened: Ivs. with or pre-
ceding the fls., nearly orbicular or round-reniform,
entire, firm, not marbled nor variegated: fls. small,
scentless, half or less as large as those of the last, purple
and spotted in the throat. S. E. Eu. to Persia. B.M.
4. L.B.C. 2:108. F.S. 22:2345.— There is a white-fld.
form (C. album, Hort.).
A A,
1183. Cyclamen persicum.
Showing a flower of perfect
form, and the crested variety.
3. ibericum, Goldie (C. coum var. ibericum, Boiss.
C. elegans, Boiss. & Buhse. C. vernale, Koch). Dwarf:
Ivs. appearing before the fls., ovate-orbicular and
rounded at the apex, entire or obscurely undulate,
more or less zoned with white above: fls. purple with,
a darker colored throat. Caucasus. — Perhaps a geo-
graphical form of C. coum. C. Atkinsii, Moore, is
C. coum X C. ibericum, Hildeb. Lvs. reniform, apex
rounded, more or less shining, deep green, spotted
silver-white, the corolla-lobes pale rose or white and
usually lined or spotted red. F.S. 23:2425.
BB. Corolla-lobes eared.
4. libanoticum, Hildeb. Tuber globose with a cork-
like covering: Ivs. autumnal, the blade obcordate,
sinuate, dentate or crenulate or rarely entire, marked
with white above, deep violet or purple beneath: fls.
fragrant; calyx-lobes oblong-acuminate, the margin
lightly undulate, 5-nerved; corolla-tube somewhat
globose-campanulate, the lobes lightly eared at base
and broad-ovate, entire, pale or deep rose-color with
a deep red T-form mark at the
base; style exserted. Lebanon.
Plant blooming in summer
and autumn.
B. Corolla-lobes not eared.
5. europseum, Linn. (C.
Clusii, Lindl. C. sestivum,
Park. C. cordifolium,
Stokes. C. floribundum,
Salisb. C. orbiculatum, and
C. purpurdscens, Mill.).
Tuber with corky exterior :
Ivs. ovate -orbicular or
reniform, entire or
nearly so, with a
deep and narrow
' basal sinus, more or
less white-marbled
above, purple-tinted
beneath: fls. on scapes
4-5 in. high, bright red
and very fragrant, not spotted ;
the corolla - segms. oblong-
spatulate (Mm. or less long);
calyx glabrous: pedicel spirally
coiling in fr. Cent, and S. Eu. B.R. 1013.— Lvs.
appearing with the fls., more or less evergreen.
Variable.
6. cilicicum, Boiss. & Heldr. Much like C. europseum:
tuber hairy: fls. pale rose, with purple at the mouth,
about twice larger; corolla-lobes elongated; calyx
puberulent. Sicily. G.C. III. 23:81.
BB. Corolla-lobes eared.
7. africanum, Boiss. & Reut. (C. saldense, Pomel).
Large: tuber large: Ivs. ovate-cordate to reniform,
coarsely toothed, pale beneath, dull and pale green
marbled above: calyx pubescent, the lobes broadly
ovate-acuminate; corolla nearly white, faintly rose-
or purple-tinged, the segms. 1 in. long and deep purple
at the base; calyx-lobes lanceolate. Algeria. B.M.
5758. F.S. 8:841. — Little known in this country, but
sold by the American agencies of the Dutch bulb
houses.
8. neapolitanum, Tenore (C. autumnale, Boos. C.
ficarispfdlium and C. subhastatum, Reichb. C. hederi-
folium, Ait. C. vernale, Mill.). Tuber very large, black,
thick-rinded: Ivs. variable, from hastate to round-
reniform, more or less wavy-plaited on the edges,
green or somewhat parti-colored: calyx small; corolla
pink or rarely white, the segms. short and twisted
and the edges raised and white-edged at the base;
calyx-lobes triangular to oblong. S. and E. Eu. B.R.
24:49. Gn.51, p. 37.
CYCLAMEN
CYCNOCHES
935
C. ssqinSticum, Hildeb. Intermediate between C. grsecum and
C. pseudo-grsecum; from the former it differs in its small fls. and
other parts and from the latter in having more rounded Ivs. Greece.
— C. grsecum. Link. Autumn-flowering: Ivs. obcordate, irregularly
cartilaginous-dentate: corolla-lobes lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, eared at base, rose-colored with deep purple at base. S. E. Eu.
— C. hiemale, Hildeb. Winter-flowering: Ivs. round-reniform, bright
green and silver-zoned: fl. purple with deep red in the throat;
corolla-lobes round-ovate, not eared. Asia Minor. — C. Jdvis,
Hildeb. Differs from C. neapolitanum in its more slender fls. with
longer lobes of calyx and corolla. Asia Minor. — C. maritimum,
Hildeb. Lvs. variable in form, mostly ovate, brown-green: fls.
in Sept., inconspicuous, pale rose with marked throat, the corolla-
lobes rounded. Asia Minor. — C. Meliaraklsii, Hort.=C. grsecum. —
C. pseudo-grsecum, Hildeb. Differs from C. grsecum in having
filaments and anthers longer, the latter 3-angled and acuminate:
corolla pale rose or almost white. Crete. — C. pseudo-ibericum,
Hildeb. Spring-flowering: Ivs. obcordate, rounded at base and top,
the margin cartilaginous-crenulate, deep green and spotted sil-
very white: fl. violet, spotted with darker color, white at base;
corolla-lobes oblong-ovate, not eared: pedicel spiral in fr. Probably
Asia Minor. — C. pseiido-maritimum, Hildeb. Differs from C.
maritimum in Ivs. being lanceolate-acuminate, calyx-lobes rounded
and corolla-lobes long-acuminate. Asia Minor. — C. repdndum,
Sibth. & Smith. Spring-flowering: tuber small: Ivs. cordate, undu-
late-lobed, the lobes usually mucronate: fl. beautiful purple, the
throat constricted and deeper-colored. Cent, and E. Medit. basin.
L. H. B.
CYCLANTHERA (Greek, anthers in a circle). Cucur-
bitacese. Annual- or perennial-rooted herbs, one of
which is sometimes grown for its ornamental character.
Climbing by tendrils, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs.
entire, lobed or 5-7 -foliolate : fls. monoecious, minute,
yellow, greenish or white, with their parts in 6's,
stamen 1 with a 1 -celled anther. The plant is a climb-
ing half -hardy annual of easy cult. The seed should
be started indoors early. The genus is near Echino-
cystis and Elaterium, and has more than 30 species, all
from Trop. Amer.
pedata, Schrad. Annual: st. glabrous: Ivs. pedately
5-7-foliolate, the Ifts. sessile or nearly so and lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, serrate: tendrils 3-4-parted: male
fls. small, in panicles equaling or exceeding the Ivs.: fr.
nearly sessile, somewhat soft-prickly or smooth, oblong
and attenuate at base, green becoming yellowish white,
2-locular. Mex. south. — A strong ornamental climber.
C. explodens, Naudin, with somewhat 3-lobed Ivs. and
short spiny explosive fr., may be in cult. L. H. B.
CYCLANTHUS (flowers in a circle) . Cyclanthacese.
A Trop. American genus of 4 species giving name to a
small order which is allied to the palms. They are
acaulescent palm-like herbs with a milky juice: Ivs.
long-stalked, entire or bi-furcate, the segms. lanceolate,
1 -nerved: fls. fragrant. The species are not in the
American trade. Cult, of Carludovica (which see). C.
bipartttus, Poit., of Guiana, has Ivs. sometimes divided
into 2 long narrow lobes, the petioles being 3-6 ft.
long: spadix straight and cylindrical, in a 4-lvd.
yellow spathe, the scape 2 ft. long. G.W. 8, p. 153; 15,
p. 610. C. cristatus, Klotzsch, of Colombia, has short-
stalked bifid Ivs., with the parts falcate and connivent:
spadix about 8 in. long. G.W. 8, p. 202. C. discolor,
Hort., has young Ivs. streaked with brown-orange: lys.
bifid, the parts lanceolate, acuminate, the margins
frilled. Probably S. Amer. C. Godseffianus, Hort.,
exhibited in 1892, "has noble Ivs. of a rich green color,
oblong, obovate, tapering to a sheathing stalk."
Sander.
CYCLOB6THRA: Calochortus.
CYCLOLOMA (Greek for circle and border, from the
encircling whig of the calyx). Chenopodidceas. One
weedy herb, C. atriplicifdlium, Coulter (C. platyphyl-
lum, Moq.), of sandy soils from Minn., west and south,
which was once intro. as the "cyclone plant," since the
plant is a tumble-weed or rolls before the wind when
it is matured and^becomes detached from the soil. The
plant is a much-branched rank-growing annual, 1-2 ft.
high, pubescent or nearly glabrous, with narrow but
flat and sinuate Ivs., and bractless fls. in an open
panicle. The fls. are very small, perfect or sometimes
lacking the stamens; calyx 5-cleft, the lobes strongly
keeled and becoming winged and inclosing the seed.
Plant not fleshy or jointed.
CYCLOPHORUS (Greek, circle-bearing). Polypodi-
acese. An E. Indian and Malaysian genus of simple-
Ivd. ferns, related to some species of Polypodium. The
genus is characterized by having creeping scaly root-
stocks, simple Ivs. usually densely covered with star-
shaped scales, at least on the back. The sori are round,
naked, and placed so closely together as to appear often
completely to cover the back of the If. The venation
consists of a very fine close network difficult to dis-
tinguish. Often listed in trade under Polypodium.
Lingua, Desv. (Niphobolus Lingua, Spreng.). Lvs. 6-
12 in. long, on short stalks, the If .-blades thick, leathery,
narrowly oblong, 4-8 in. long, 1-2 in. broad, densely
covered beneath with rusty white scales. Var. corym-
bifera, Hort. A form with the tips of the Ivs. much
forked, making the blade much broader than in the
type. Var. variegata, Hort. A form with "light yellow
lines about J^in. wide and %in. apartj running across
the fronds at right angles to the midrib." See also
Polypodium. R. c. BENEDICT.
CYCNOCHES (Greek, swan's neck, referring to the
shape of the column). Orchidaceas. Epiphytic orchids,
requiring warmhouse treatment when growing.
Pseudobulbs fusiform: lys. plicate: fls. of 2 sexes, the
perianth alike, the lip entire, or that of the staminate
very different, with the sepals and petals narrower, the
lip clawed and with finger-like projections from the
side, the column much elongated and arched; pol-
linia 2. Both sexes may be produced in the same plant.
A third form of fl., usually perfect, occasionally appears;
this is intermediate between the others. — About a dozen
species of Trop. Amer.
A. Perianth alike in both sexes; lip entire.
chlorochilon, Klotzsch. Pseudobulbs 5-7 in. tall: Ivs.
lanceolate: raceme erect, 2- or 3-fld.; fls. 4-6 in. across;
sepals and petals yellowish green, acute, the lateral
sepals broader than the dorsal; lip obovate or elliptic,
acute, a dark green depression near the triangular erect
callus. Venezuela. G.C. III. 3:145. I.H. 35:65. R.
1:39. J.H. III. 35:285. Gn. 49, p. 403; 51:172.
ventricdsum, Batem. Pseudobulbs 8-10 in. tall: Ivs.
lanceolate: raceme drooping. 4-6-fld.; fls. 4-5 in. across;
sepals and petals yellowish green, acute, the petals
broader than the sepals; lip white, cordate, acuminate,
clawed, a black callus at the junction of the claw witn
the lip. Guatemala.
AA. Perianth differing in the sexes; lip with finger-like
lateral projections.
aureum, Lindl. Male racemes pendulous, 8-12-fld.;
fls. 2-3 in. across, yellow, red-spotted; sepals and petals
similar, the former spreading, the latter reflexed; lip
clawed, the dilated middle giving rise to a number of
projections, forked at the end. Cent. Amer. J.F. 3:264.
pentadactylon, Lindl. Male racemes usually pendu-
lous, many-fld.; sepals and petals greenish yellow
barred with brown; lip white, red-spotted, with 5
finger-like projections; female racemes erect, few-fld.;
sepals and petals broader than in the male fls., spotted;
Up ovate, entire. Brazil. B.R. 29:22. J.H. III. 62:
305. O.K. 8:312.
peruviana, Rolf e. Male racemes pendulous, many-fld. ;
sepals and petals light green, copiously brown-spotted ;
lip, with its projections, white. Peru. Lind. 7:301.
C. densifldrum, Rolfe. Male racemes pendulous, many-fld., the
fls. greenish with purple blotches; female racemes short, erect, 2-fld.,
the sepals and petals green, the lip ivory-white. Colombia. O.R.
17:204;20:331. B.M. 8268. — C. maculatum, Lindl. Male racemes
pendulous, the sepals and petals light yellowish green, spotted with
red-purple, the lip white. Mex. 0.1910:104. O.R. 17:273; 20:315.
GEORGE V. NASH.
936
CYDISTA
CYDISTA (Greek, kydistos, most glorious; alluding
to the beautiful flowers). Bignoniacese. Ornamental
vines, grown for their beautiful flowers.
Evergreen shrubs, climbing by If .-tendrils : Ivs.
opposite, with 2 Ifts., the rachis elongated into a simple
slender tendril, sometimes wanting: fls. in terminal or
axillary panicles, sometimes 2; calyx campanulate-
turbinate, truncate or with 5 short teeth ; corolla funnel-
form-campanulate, with imbricate lobes; stamens 4,
inclosed, with spreading anther-cells; disk wanting;
ovary linear, with numerous ovules in 2 rows: caps.
linear, septicid, with numerous, nearly orbicular, winged
seeds. — One or 2 species in the W. Indies and S. Amer.
Closely allied to Bignonia, but easily distinguished by
its simple slender tendrils, by the paniculate fls., the
usually truncate calyx and the wanting disk. Suited
for cult, in tropical and subtropical regions only and
as a stove plant in the N. For cult, and prop., see
Bignonia.
aequinoctialis, Miers (Bignonia aequinoctialis, Linn.).
High climbing: Ifts. ovate to ovate-oblong, obtuse-
acuminate, undulate, lustrous, reticulate, 3-4 in. long;
petioles %-%m. long: calyx campanulate-turbinate,
truncate; corolla white or pink, with dark pink or pur-
plish veins, 2J^ in. long. W. Indies, Brazil. — The B.
sequinoctialis var. (B. R. 9 : 741) with yellow fls. in elonga-
ted racemes is Anemopxgma Chamberlaynii, Bur. &
Schum. (Bignonia Chamberlaynii, Sims B. M. 2148. F.S.
3:235. P.M. 14:3.). Seepage502. ALFRED REHDER.
CYDONIA (the fruits known to the Romans as Mala
Cydonia, apples from Cydon, now Canea, in Crete).
Rosacex, subfamily Pomese. QUINCE. Shrub or small
tree, grown for its fruit, which is much used for preserves
and sometimes baked.
Branches unarmed: Ivs. deciduous, alternate, peti-
oled, stipulate, entire: fls. white or light pink, rather
large, terminal on short leafy branchlets; petals 5;
stamens numerous; styles 5, free; ovary 5-celled, cells
with many ovules: fr. a 5-celled, many-seeded pome. —
One species from Persia to Turkestan. The genus
Chaenomeles, often included under Cydonia, is easily
distinguished by the serrate or crenate chartaceous
Ivs. and the connate styles.
1184. Twig of common quince —
Cydonia oblonga. Showing where the
fruit was borne at a and b. ( X H)
The quince, though not without orna-
mental merit, particularly in spring
when studded with its large pinkish flow-
ers and again in autumn when loaded
with its golden fragrant fruits, is rarely planted as an
ornamental shrub, but chiefly, though not very exten-
sively, grown for its fruit which is made into preserves.
It is of slow growth and prefers heavy and rather moist
soil. It may be propagated by seeds stratified and sown
m spring, but is usually increased by cuttings of one-
to four-year-old wood, taken in fall and stored until
spring in sand or moss in a cellar or frame; also by layers
and budding, or by grafting on vigorous growing varie-
ties. See Quince.
ob!6nga, Mill. (C. Cydbnia, Pers. C. vulgaris, Pers.
Pyrus Cydbnia, Linn.). QUINCE. Fig. 1184. Shrub or
small tree to 15, rarely to 25 ft., with slender, spineless
branches: Ivs. oval or oblong, rounded or slightly cor-
date at the base, acute, entire, villous-pubescent be-
neath, 2-4 in. long: fls. white or light pink, 2 in. across:
fr. large, yellow, villous, pyriform or globular. May;
fr. in Sept. and Oct. Cent, and E. Asia. Gn. 33, p.
491. F.S.R. 2, p. 379: 3, p. 283. Seeds have muci-
laginous and demulcent properties. Var. pyriformis,
Rehd. (C. vulgaris var. pyriformis, Kirchn.) Fr.
pear-shaped, the typical form. Var. lusitanica, Schneid.
(C. lusitanica, Mill.). Fr. pear-shaped and ribbed: Ivs.
larger; of more vigorous growth. Var. maliformis,
Schneid. (C. maliformis, Mill.). Fr. apple-shaped.
Var. pyramidalis, Schneid. Of pyramidal habit. Var.
marmorata, Schneid. Lvs. whitish and yellow vari-
egated. For pomological varieties, see Quince.
For Cydonia japonica, Pers., C. Maitlei, Moore, and C. sinensis,
Thouin, see Chamomeles. ALFRED REHDER.
CYMBIDIUM (boat, from the Greek, referring to the
shape of the lip). Orchidacese. Handsome epiphytal,
rarely terrestrial orchids, requiring warmhouse con-
ditions.
Stems pseudobulbous or not so: Ivs. coriaceous, long,
rarely short, persistent: sepals and petals sub-equal,
labellum usually tri-lobed, adnate to the base of the
column; column erect; pollinia 2. — Species 30 and
more, tropical or subtropical, found on mountains at
high elevations in Asia, and a few species in Afr.
and Austral.
These are among the most decorative of orchids
when in bloom, and are attractive all the time owing
to the graceful foliage seen on well-grown specimens.
There are now many handsome species and varieties
and these in their turn have produced, at the hands
of the hybridizer, many fine decorative plants, so that
a house of cymbidiums produces flowers most of the
time, and these last many weeks in full beauty. There
are few orchids whose flowers last so long, and the
spikes of bloom, often 2 to 3 feet in length, are useful
for decorative purposes of all kinds, either on the plants
or cut. The recent species, C. insigne, is the most
beautiful of all and has already lent itself to hybridiza-
tion, so that to the very many known hybrids C.
insigne will soon add its influence and coloring. — Cul-
tivated cymbidiums are terrestrial, with thick fleshy
roots best contained in pots. A portion of tough fibrous
loam should be added to the osmundine, about half of
each with plenty of broken charcoal to keep the whole
porous. The plants will do well for years without dis-
turbance at the roots, but when this is necessary, great
care must be taken not to injure them. Division is, in
fact, very difficult to accomplish when the pots are
full of roots, and it is best practice to pot the plant in
a larger receptacle if the roots are healthy, washing out
loose earth and removing dead portions of roots first.
Cymbidiums may be grown in a temperature of 50°
as a minimum in winter, must not be subjected to
strong sunlight after March, and never allowed to
become dry at the roots, as these are more or less active,
even in winter. Being terrestrial, weak manure-water
may be applied during active growth. Many species
thrive well when planted out in large palm and fern
houses among rocks arranged in a natural manner, and
when the plants are placed so that the flower-spikes
are on a level with the vision, they have a charming
effect for many weeks when in bloom, and the environ-
ment suits them well. Of the few well-marked species,
there are many forms that have been collected and when
flowered in cultivation, proved distinct. These in
some cases have been called new species, but are now
being better understood ; some prove to be natural hy-
brids, others are varieties. (E. O. Orpet.)
A. Fls. white.
eburneum, Lindl. Sts. tufted: Ivs. distichous at
base, 1 or 2 ft. long, linear or lorate, bifid at apices:
CYMBIDIUM
CYMBIDIUM
937
peduncles not so long as the Ivs., few-fld.; fls. about 3
in. across, ivory-white, sometimes tinged with rose;
sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate; lip 3-lobed with a
golden yellow ridge running down the center. Khasia
Hills, at an elevation of 5,000-6,000 ft, B.R. 33:67.
B.M. 5126. Gn. 46, p. 398. G.C. III.
35:99. Var. Goodsonianum, Hort. Fls.
white, with broad rose-purple band down
middle of lip. Var. Dayanum, Hort. (C.
Dayanum, Reichb. C. eburneum Ddyi,
Jenm.). Lvs. longer and narrower: lip with
a row of purple spots each side of disk.
1185. Cymbidium
giganteum. (X>i)
AA. Fls. not white.
B. Infl. arching or erect.
c. Sepals and petals veined with red,
brown or purple.
D. Ground-color of sepals and
petals not white.
E. Middle lobe of lip purple-maroon,
margined yellow.
Lowianum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs oblong: Ivs. 2-3
ft. long, linear-acute, recurved: racemes many-fld.;
fls. about 20 in number, 3-4 in. across; sepals and petals
oblong-lanceolate (lateral ones sub-falcate), greenish
yellow marked with brown; lateral lobes of lip yellow-
ish; midlobe reflexed, purple-maroon, margined with
yellow. Burma. Gn. 48, p. 263. Gng. 5:73. A.F.
34:1089. R.B. 30:276. Var. Mandaianum, Hort. (C.
Mandaianum, Hort.), has yellow fls.
EE. Middle lobe of lip yellow, spotted.
giganteum, Wall. Fig. 1185. Fls. dull purple (brown-
ish, or yellowish green striped with purple) ; sepals and
petals oblong, the petals narrow and shorter; midlobe
of lip reflexed, yellow, spotted with red; lateral lobes
yellowish green. Nepal. B.M. 4844. P.M. 12:241.
Traceyanum, Hort. Pseudobulbs and foliage as in
C. giganteum: racemes 3-4 ft. long, ascending, 15-20-
fld.; fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals greenish yel-
low, lined with crimson; middle lobe of lip oblong,
reflexed, crisped, cream-white, crimson-spotted. Burma.
C.O. 4. R.B. 29:25. — By some considered a natural
hybrid between C. grandiflorum and C. giganteum.
DD. Ground-color of sepals and petals white, flushed rose.
insigne, Rolfe (C. Sdnderi, Hort. C. insigne Sdn-
deri, Hort.). Lvs. up to 3 ft. long: infl. long, ascending;
fls. rosy white; sepals and petals elliptic; lip marked
with lines of purple dots, the middle lobe short, obtuse,
emarginate; disk yellow. C.O. 10. B.M. 8312. O. 1911:
64. R.B. 33:53. R.H. 1907:496. G.C. III. 37:115.
cc. Sepals and petals not veined.
tigrinum, Parish. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate: peduncles
slender, 3-6-fld.; sepals and petals linear-oblong, acute,
green, spotted at base; petals often paler and with more
spots than the sepals; lip with yellow, red-brown
striped lateral lobes; midlobe white, transversely
streaked with purple. Burma. B.M. 5457. A.G. 22:715.
grandifldrum, Griff. (C. Hookerianum, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. about 2 ft. long, acute: peduncle arching above,
erect at base; fls. from 6-12, large, sepals and petals
oblong, greenish; lip yellow, spotted with purple. Sik-
kim. B.M. 5574.
BB. Infl. pendulous.
pendulum, Swartz. The leathery Ivs. distichous, 2-3
ft. long, broadly linear: fls. yellowish; side lobes and
midlobe of lip rose-color; the disk more or less white
with yellow crests; sepals and petals narrowly oblong,
with a purple median line. E. Indies.
Finlaysonianum, Lindl. (C. pendulum, Lindl.). Lvs.
ensiform: raceme many-fld.; sepals and petals linear-
oblong, obtuse, dull yellow, sometimes with a reddish
median line; lateral lobes of lip crimson; midlobe white,
tipped with crimson. Malaysia. Var. atropurpureum,
Hort. Lvs. narrower, racemes longer, with larger fls.:
sepals and petals purplish, front lobe of lip white, spot-
ted with purple. Borneo.
C. Alexdnderi, Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneo-Lowianum X
C. insigne. — C. aloifdlium, Swartz. Racemes many-fld., arched; fls.
pale purple, black-striped. E. Indies. — C. Battianum, Hort. Nat-
ural hybrid between C. eburneum X C. Mastersii. — C. Cblmanae,
Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneo-Lowianum X C. eburceum
Dayanum. — C. CraveniAnum, Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowianum
XC. Traceyanum. — C. Devoni&num, Paxt. Racemes many-fld.,
pendulous; sepals and petals greenish or reddish yellow, spotted
or lined with purple; lip purple. India. C.O. 8. — C. eburneo-
giganteum, Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneum X C. giganteum. —
C. eburneo-Lowianum, Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneum X
C. Lowianum. — C. ensifdlium, Swartz. Lvs. ensiform, acute:
racemes many-fld.; fls. greenish yellow, purple-veined; sepals and
petals linear-oblong, acute; lip spotted. India. Japan. B.M. 1751. —
C. erythrostylum, Rolfe. Sepals and petals white; lip yellowish
white, lined red-purple; column crimson. Annam. B.M. 8131.
G.C. III. 40:286. — C. galtonense, Hort. Hybrid between C.
Lowianum X C. Traceyanum. — C. Gammie&num, Rolfe. Supposed
to be a natural hybrid between C. giganteum x C. elegans. G.C. III.
38:427. — C. glebelandsinse, Hort. Hybrid between C. Schrcederi
XC. insigne. — C. Gottianum, Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneum
XC. insigne Sanderi. Fls. white, the sepals with a faint greenish
tinge, the lip blotched with ruby-purple. G.C. III. 49:180. — C.
Holfordianum, Hort. Hybrid between C. grandiflorum X C. ebur-
neum.— C. Hdlmesii, Hort. Hybrid between C. Mastersii X C. gigan-
teum.— C. Huttonii, Hook. f.=Grammangis. — C. langleyense,
Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowianum X C. Devonianum. Sepals
and petals greenish brown, the lip marked with reddish brown.
G.C. III. 49:146.— C. Lindleyi=(f).—C. longifdlium, Don. Lvs.
linear, acuminate: racemes suberect; fls. about 12; sepals and petals
green, striped brownish purple, the sepals oblong, the dorsal one
broader and incurved; lip with the lateral lobes purple-lined, the
middle lobe and disk white. Himalayas. G.M. 54:472. — C.
lowgrinum, Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowianum xC. tigrinum. —
C. Ldwi-grandifldrum, Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowianum X C.
grandiflorum. — C. Ldwi-Mdstersii, Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowi-
anum xC. Mastersii. — C. Mdstersii, Griff. =Cyperorchis. — C. Pd-
rishii var. Sdnderse, Rolfe (C. Sanderae, Hort.). Sepals and
petals ivory-white, the front lobe of lip heavily blotched with
crimson-purple, the crests orange-yellow. Burma. G.C. III.
35:338. — C. Paulwelsii, Hort.=C. insignexC. Lowianum concolor.
— C. pumilum, Rolfe. Scape 4-6 in. long, many-fld.; sepals light
reddish brown; lip white with red-brown spots; disk and keels
bright yellow. China. — C. rhodochilum, Rolfe. A striking plant:
raceme many-fld.; sepals and petals pale green; the latter with
darker green spots; lip with the lateraj lobes pale green, margined
crimson, the middle lobe obcordate, crimson, with a yellow central
band which is green-spotted. Madagascar. B.M. 7932-3. O.R.
14:209. A.F. 18:810. G.C. III. 37:378. Gn. 61, p. 383.^C. rose-
fielden&e, Hort. Hybrid between C. Traceyanum X C. grandiflorum.
— C. iSdradersom't=Ansellia. — C. Schraideri, Rolfe. Petals and
sepajs lanceolate, green, lined and dotted with reddish brown;
lip light yellow striped with brown. Annam. — C. Simonsi&num,
Ruiz & Prantl. Sepals and petals grayish white, streaked blood-red
in the center; lip white, streaked blood-red, the middle lobe revo-
lute, with a yellow blotch. Assam. B.M. 7863. — C. Steppe&num,
Pynsert. Hybrid between Cyperorchis Mastersii X Cymbidium
giganteum. Sepals and petals yellowish green, the lip white marked
brown and yellow. R.B. 36:397. — C. Veitchii, Hort. Hybrid
between C. eburneum X C. Lowianum. Fls. fragrant, about 5 in.
across; sepals and petals white, tinted yellow; lip white, tinted yel-
low, with a large V-shaped purple-crimson spot on the middle lobe.
G.C. III. 47:407. O.R. 12:369; 16:325. C.O.I.— C. virescens, Lindl.
Sepals 'and petals greenish, the lip yellow, red-blotched. Japan. —
C. WiganiAnum, Hort. Hybrid between C. eburneum X C. Tracey-
anum.— C. Wl'sonii, Hort. Sepals and petals green, indistinctly
marked at base with lines of reddish dots; lip cream, the lateral
lobes lined with sepia-brown and reddish markings on the front
lobe. China. G.C. III. 35: 157.— C. Winnidnum, Hort. Hybrid
938
CYMBIDIUM
CYNANCHUM
between C. giganteum X C. eburneum. Racemes 10^15-fld. ; fls.
about 4 in. across; sepals and petals ivory-white; lip ivory-white,
spotted with crimson. O.K. 1:361; 12:369. G.M. 51:179. —
C. Woodhamsianum, Hort. Hybrid between C. Lowianum X
C. Veitchii. G. 30:107. — C. woodland erase, Hort. Hybrid between
C. Traceyanum X C. Mastersii. — C. Zaleskianum, Hort. Natural
hybrid between C. giganteum xC. grandiflorum.
GEORGE V.
CYMBOPETALUM (Latin, signifying boat-petal,
from the shape of its petals). Annonaceae. A group of
Elants remarkable for the fragrance of their aromatic
owers.
Flowers with the 3 inner petals having the margin
incurved somewhat like the upper part of the human
ear, the several-ovuled
carpels forming a clus-
ter issuing from a
globose mass of sta-
mens: fr. in the form
of separate oblong
berries borne on the
hardened torus or re-
ceptacle and resemb-
ling that of our papaw
(Asimina triloba). —
Several species, all of
them endemic in Trop.
Amer. Among the
species thus far de-
scribed are C. brasil-
iensis, Benth. (Uvaria
brasiliensis, Velloso ) .
C. penduliflorum, Baill.
(Unona penduliflora,
Dunal). C. longipes,
Diels, and C. stenophyl-
lum, Donnell Smith.
pendulifldrum, Baill.
XOCHINACAZTLI. TEO-
NACAZTLI. SACRED
EARFLOWER of the
Aztecs. OREJUELA.
FLOR DE LA OREJA.
MEXICAN EARFLOWER.
Figs. 1186, 1187. A
shrub or small tree
with distichous, mem-
branaceous, subsessile Ivs. oblanceolate in form, sub-
cordate and usually unequal at the base, acute at the
apex: solitary fls. borne on long slender peduncles
issuing from the internodes of the smaller branches;
sepals broadly ovate or suborbicular, cuspidate, reflexed
at length; outer petals similar to the sepals but much
larger; inner petals thick and fleshy, their margin
involute, causing them to resemble a human ear. —
The pungently aromatic fls. when fresh are greenish
yellow, with the inner surface of the inner petals inclin-
ing to orange-color, at length turning brownish purple
or maroon, breaking with a bright orange-colored
fracture. The tree is planted for the sake of its fra-
grant fls., the petals of which are dried and are used
medicinally as well as for imparting a spicy flavor to
food. They were used by the ancient Mexicans before
the intro. of cinnamon and other spices from the E.
Indies for flavoring their chocolate. Though described
by Hernandez more than two centuries ago, the botani-
cal identity of the xochinacaztli remained unknown
until quite recently (see Smithsonian Report for 1910,
pp. 427-431, 1911). This species is native of the mts.
of S. Mex. and Guatemala. A closely related species,
C. stenophyllum, Donnell Smith, was discovered by
Capt. John Donnell Smith in the Dept. of Quetzal-
tenango, Guatemala; and another species, C. cos-
taricense, Safford (Asimina costaricensis, Donnell Smith)
was collected by Adolf o Tonduz in the Dept. of Tala-
manca, Costa Rica, in April, 1894. Steps have been
taken by the Bureau of Plant Industry to intro. into
1186. Cymbopetalum penduli-
florum.
the U. S. C. penduliflorum, seeds of which have been
sent from Guatemala by the American Consul-General,
George A. Bucklin. The other Cent. American spe-
cies, as well as C. brasiliense, recently collected by
Henry Pittier in Venezuela, are equally worthy of
cult, in greenhouses and in the warmer regions of
Fla., Calif, and the Island possessions.
W. E. SAFFORD.
CYMBOPOGON (Greek kumbo, a cup, and pogon,
beard). Graminese. Oil-producing grasses.
The genus resembles Andropogon, of which it is
considered by some a subgenus, but differs in having
some of the lower" pairs of spikelets in each
spike staminate. The spike-like racemes are
borne in pairs at the ends of the short branches
of the infl. and are subtended by a somewhat
inflated sheath. — About 40 species, mostly of
the tropics of the Old World. Several species
furnish essential oils and some are cult, for
that purpose. They are
known under the general
name of oil grasses or
lemon grasses. Some of
the more important are:
C. Schaendnthus, Spreng.
CAMEL HAY. Fig. 1188.
G.W.U:3W;C.Ndrdus,
Rendle. CITRONELLA
GRASS. Gn. 12:495; C.
dtrdtus, DC. LEMON
GRASS. Gn. 12:495.
For a full account of
these, see Kew Bull.
Misc. Inf. No. 8, 1906.
See also Vetiveria.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CYNANCHUM
(Greek, dog strangle) .
Asclepiaddcese. Herbace-
ous or sometimes half
woody at the base, twi-
ning, sometimes seen in
gardens.
In the restricted sense
as limited by Bentham
& Hooker, perhaps 25
species differing from
Vincetoxicum in having
a scale or ligule on the
inside of each of the 5
parts of the crown: Ivs.
opposite, cordiform or
hastate: fls. small, in
umbelliform or racemi-
form cymes; calyx 5-
parted; corolla nearly
rotate, deeply 5-cut, the
lobes oblong or round-
ish; corona membranaceous, adnate to the stamen-
tube, cup-shaped or at base ringed, 5-lobed opposite
the anthers and with inner scales or small lobes:
follicles rather fleshy, acuminate and smooth. — The
genus is mostly of S. Eu., Afr., Asia and Austral.
Schumann in Engler & Prantl combines Vincetoxicum
and other genera with it, making more than 100 spe-
cies in the warmer parts of both hemispheres. Vince-
toxicum is here kept distinct.
acuminatifdlium, Hemsl. (Vincetoxicum acuminatum,
Decne. V. japonicum, Hort.). MOSQUITO PLANT.
CRUEL PLANT. Perennial : erect or nearly so, or the tips
showing a somewhat twining habit: sts. grayish and
more or less angular: Ivs. opposite, broadly ovate and
acuminate, short-petioled, strongly pinnate-veined,
entire, usually conspicuously gray-pubescent beneath :
1187. Cymbopetalum
penduliflorum .
CYNOGLOSSUM
939
fl.-clusters lateral (1-2 between the Ivs.), shorter than
the Ivs.; fls. white, small, in umbel-like cymes: fr. a
milkweed-like follicle. Japan. — In the fls. mosquitos
and other insects are caught, much as they are in other
asclepiadaceous plants. The native Amsonia Tabernx-
montana is sometimes sold as this plant, and it has been
figured as such. This plant attracted
attention some years ago as a curi-
ous garden subject. Other species
are mentioned in foreign gardening
literature, but they are apparently
not in the American trade. C. acutum,
Linn., with cordate smooth Ivs. and
white or rose-colored fragrant fls., is
a climber in S. Eu., reaching 10 or 12
ft. C. formosum, N. E. Br., is gla-
brous, with petiolate ovate, elliptic or
oblong-ovate acuminate Ivs.: fls. in
large lateral pedunculate cymes; co-
rolla pale green, deeply lobed ; corona
tubular - bell - shaped, 15 - crenulate,
prominent. Peru. L. H. B.
CYNARA (involucre spines
likened to a dog's tooth).
Compdsitse. ARTICHOKE and
CARDOON.
Thistle-like perennial herbs,
mostly coarse, and sometimes
prickly: Ivs. commonly large,
variously lobed or pinnatisect :
head large, terminating im-
portant branches, the corollas
violet, blue, or white; in-
volucre broad or nearly glob-
ular, with bracts in many
series and more or less en-
larged at the base; receptacle
fleshy and plane, bristly; co-
rolla slender-tubed, 5-parted,
not ligulate: fr. a thick gla-
brous compressed or 4-angled
achene with a truncate apex.
—Ten or a dozen species \
in the Medit. region and V
Canary Isls., two of which
are grown as garden
vegetables.
Cardunculus, Linn. CARDOON
(which see). Robust, to 6 ft.
tall and more: st. grooved: Ivs.
very large, deeply pinnatifid,
grayish green above and whitish
beneath, prominently spiny:
heads purple -fld., with sharp-
pointed scales. S. Eu., but ex-
tensively run wild on the pampas
of S. Amer. B.M. 3241.— In
cult., the thickened If .-stalks or
ribs are blanched and used as a
pot-herb, and the root is also
edible.
Scplymus, Linn. ARTICHOKE
(which see). Not so stout,
usually 3-5 ft. : Ivs. less pinnatifid
and spiny: scales of in-
volucre broad, thickened
at base, unarmed: heads
larger than in C. Cardunc-
ulus, the receptacle en-
larged and fleshy. — Probably a derivative of the
last. L. H. B.
CYNODON (Greek kuon, a dog, and odons, a tooth).
Graminese. Low creeping perennials, used for lawns
and pasture.
60
1188. Cymbopogon Schcenanthus.
1189. Cynodon dactylon. (Natural size.)
Flowers in slender digitate spikes; spikelets 1-fld.,
compressed, awnless, sessile in 2 rows along one side
of a slender rachis. — -Species 4, in warm regions.
dactylon, Pers. (Capribla ddctylon, Kuntze). BER-
MUDA-GRASS. WIRE-GRASS. Fig. 1189. Sts. flattened,
slender, creeping and rooting at the nodes, producing
numerous slender or
stout creeping root-
stocks: blades hairy
around the base: spikes
4-5, 1-1 % in. long. Dept.
Agric., Div. Agrost. 20:
99. — A native of the
warmer parts of the Old
World, now widely dis-
tributed in the warmer
parts of the western
hemisphere. Cult, as a
pasture and lawn grass
in the southern states.
Often a troublesome
weed in cult, ground. A
fine-lvd. form with run-
ners above ground, much
used in the S. for lawns,
is called St. Lucie grass.
In Eu. the stolons are
said to be used medici-
nally like couch-grass,
principally as a diuretic.
C. incompletus, Nees. BLUB
COUCH-GRASS. Occurs in E.
and S. Afr. and also New S.
Wales, where it is used as a
pasture grass. It is reported
as poisoning stock, at certain
stages of its growth producing
hydrocyanic (prussic) acid.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CYNOGLOSSUM
(Greek, hound's tongue,
from the shape and soft
surface of the Ivs. of the
commonest species).
Borragindcese. A widely
dispersed genus of little
horticultural interest,
being mostly tall, coarse,
weedy herbs. Lvs. alter-
nate: fls. always in elon-
gated, often 1- sided
racemes. — Species 75. C.
officinal e, Linn., Fig.
1190 (stick-tight), has a
bur that becomes at-
tached to clothing and to
fleece of sheep. It is a
biennial weed, natural-
ized from the Old World ;
grows about 2 ft. high in pastures and waste places of
the Atlantic states, and has soft-pubescent, lanceolate
Ivs., and dull red-purple (sometimes white) fls. in pani-
cled racemes. Root and herbage possess medicinal prop-
erties. C. grande, Douglas. Once cult, from Calif.
as a hardy border perennial;
grows about 2 ft. high, with
lower Ivs. ovate - oblong, or
somewhat heart-shaped at the
base, acute or acuminate, 4-8
in. long, on margined petioles
of about the same length: upper Ivs.
smaller, ovate to lanceolate, abruptly
contracted into shorter winged petioles:
fls. violet or blue. For C. appenninum,
Linn., see Solenanthus. A new plant,
C. furcatum, Wall., has recently been
Bur of
Hound''s tongue
or stick-tight.
940
CYNOGLOSSUM
CYPERUS
intro. It is a hairy herb, 1-3 ft. high, with large Ivs. and
numerous blue fls. in clusters as in forget-me-not.
India. Fls. in June. See page 3567.
C. amdbile, Stapf & Drummond. Allied to C. furcatum, but
has larger fls. Perennial. S.W. China. j^ TAYLOR. |
CYNORCHIS (Greek for dog orchid). Orchiddcex.
Terrestrial orchids, grown in the warmhouse.
Flower-clusters loose; sepals and
petals similar, or the petals smaller,
spreading; lip spreading, 3-5-lobed,
spurred; anther short, with 2 points,
between which arises the middle lobe
of the beak. — About 25 species, of
the Mascarene Islands and tropical
Africa.
The following have been in cult. : C. com-
pdcta, Reichb. f. Fls. white, the disk of lip
red-spotted. Natal. B.M. 8053. O.R. 19:265.
— C. Lowidna, Reichb. f. Lateral sepals light
green, the lip bright rose-purple, the spur
clavate. Madagascar. B.M. 7551. (as C.
purpurascens). O.R. 19:273. G. C. III. 43:
184. — C. M6rlandii,Rolfe. Racemes 5-9-fld.;
fls. medium-sized, lilac. Mozambique. — C.
purpurdscens, Thomas. Fls. numerous in a
spike-like raceme or head, rose, with the disk
of the lip white. Mascarene Isls. B.M. 7852.
O.R. 14:305; 15: 121; 19:272. G. C. III. 29:
87 ; 35 : 227. — C. villdsa, Rolfe. Raceme spike-
like, densely fld.; fls. rose-purple, ' the sepals
glandular-hairy. Madagascar. B.M. 7845.
GEORGE V. NASH.
CYNOSURUS (Greek kuon, a dog,
and oura, a tail). Graminese. DOG'S-
TAIL-GRASS. Cespitose grasses with
flat blades and spike-like panicles,
two species of which are cultivated as
ornamental grasses and in lawns and
pastures.
Spikelets of 2 forms in small fas-
cicles, the terminal spikelets perfect,
the lower sterile, consisting of several
empty glumes. — Species about 6, in the north temper-
ate regions of the Old World.
cristatus, Linn. CRESTED DOG'S-TAIL. Fig. 1191.
Perennial, 1-2 ft.: spike 1-3 in. long; awns shorter than
the lemmas. Eu. Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 20:146.
— Sometimes used in mixtures of lawn or pasture
grasses.
elegans, Desf. Annual, 6-18 in.: panicle loose, 1-
sided, about 1 in. long; awns silky, longer than the
lemmas, sometimes as much as 1 in. Eu. — Used for
dry bouquets. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CYNTHIA: Krigia.
CYPELLA (application obscure). Iriddcex.
South American bulbs, resembling Iris.
Half-hardy: bulb tunicate: Ivs. radical or
caulirie: fls. 1-3 from a spathe, yellow, orange
or blue; segms. free, narrow or broadly un-
guiculate, the outer ones spreading and the inner erect
and somewhat recurved at the apex. The genus differs
from Iris and Moraea in its stigmas, which are neither
petal-like nor filiform, but erect, and in the anthers,
which are broad, erect, not curved, bearing the pollen
on their edges, also in the plaited Ivs. Perhaps a half-
dozen species. — The bulbs should be set out in spring,
lifted in fall and stored over winter. Prop, by offsets or
by seed, which should be sown as soon as ripe. The
blue-fld. species are presumably equally worthy of cult.
For the still showier C. cserulea, see Marica.
A. Style appendages spur-like.
Herbert!!, Herb. Lvs. about 1 ft. long, linear, acumi-
nate, twice plaited, the angles of the plaits winged:
scape 2-3 ft. high, erect, flexuose, glaucous, branched,
many-fld. ; fls. 3 in. across, chiefly yellow, odorless, soon
withering; outer segms. bearing a rather long cusp or
1191. Cynosurus
cristatus. ( x Yz)
tail. S. Brazil. Uruguay. Argentine. B.R. 949 (as
Moraea) and B.M. 2599 (as Tigridia) show very distinct
colors, but Baker says there is a lilac variety.
plumbea, Lindl. Three to 4 ft., the st. glaucous,
round and thickish : Ivs. not very close together, sheath-
ing at the base, plicate and glaucous: fls. fleeting, at
their best early in the morning, not unlike those of
Iris versicolor, and the same color; style slender, broad-
ening at the apex into a spur-like appendage. Trop. S.
Amer. — Has been offered under the name C. platensis,
which is otherwise unknown in botanical and horti-
cultural literature.
AA. Style appendages petal-like, flat.
peruviana, Baker. Lvs. 6-9 in. long, linear, narrowed
gradually from the middle both ways, glabrous, plaited :
fls. 2-3 in a solitary stalked cluster, soon withering,
chiefly yellow; segms. with a distinct long claw and a
proportionately shorter and broader blade and a shorter
cusp, at the base spotted brown. Peru. B.M. 6213.
N. TAYLOR, f
CYPERORCHIS (Cyperus and Orchis, from the
sedge-like appearance) . Orchidacese. Epiphytic orchids,
thriving in the warmhouse.
Very closely allied to Cymbidium, from which it
differs in the narrower sepals and petals which are con-
nivent to the middle or beyond, thus preventing the
full expansion of the fl., and by the straight narrow
lip. — There are 3 species, natives of the Himalayas
and the Khasia Hills.
elegans, Blume. Fig. 1192. Pseudobulbs short, 2-3
in. long: Ivs. linear, up to 20 in. long, streaked, pale
yellow-green: raceme many-fld., dense, pendulous; fls.
yellow, lJ^-2 in. across; sepals and petals linear-
oblong, the recurved tips acute; lip cuneate, 3-lobed, the
middle lobe oblong, short, obtuse; disk with 2 raised
orange lines. Himalayas. B.M. 7007.
Masters!!, Benth. (Cymbidium Mdstersii, Griff.).
Pseudobulbs 4-10 in. long: Ivs. up to 2^ ft. long,
acute: racemes 6-10-fld. ; fls. about 2 in. across, almond-
scented, ivory-white; sepals and petals oblong-linear;
lip usually spotted rose-purple, the lateral lobes round-
ish-oblong, the middle lobe undulate, reflexed, oval;
1192. Cyperorchis elegans.
disk with 2 raised orange
lines. Sikkim and Khasia
Hills. B.R. 31:50. F.M.
1879:346; 1880:391. Lind. 5:222. J.F. 3 : 289. O.
1910:8. GEORGE V. NASH.
CYPERUS (ancient Greek name). Cyperdcese. A
large genus of the sedge family, inhabiting both tropical
and temperate regions. The species in cult, are all
perennials from rootstocks or tubers: Ivs. grass-like:
st. simple and mostly naked above: fls. perfect, without
CYPERUS
CYPERUS
941
perianth, borne in small, compressed spikes, which are
variously aggregated in compound umbels, the latter
surrounded by foliaceous bracts; styles and stamens 3. —
A few are cult, in jardinieres, aquatic gardens and
aquaria. Several others are pests in cult, fields. P. 3567.
alternifolius, 3.
eompressus, 7.
conglomerates, 8.
diffusus, 6.
elegans, 6.
esculentus, 12.
INDEX.
fertilis, 5.
flabclliformis, 2.
gracilis, 3.
laxus, 6.
longus, 10.
lucidus, 9.
natalensis, 4.
Papyrus, 1.
pungens, 8.
rotundus, 11.
strigosus, 13.
variegatus, 3.
A. Basal Ivs. much reduced or wanting.
B. Umbel-rays nearly 100, much longer than the 3-10
involucral Ivs.
1. Papyrus, Linn. (Papyrus Antiqubrum, Willd.).
EGYPTIAN PAPER PLANT. PAPYRUS. Cespitose, strict,
tall and stout, 4-8 ft. high: st. obtusely 3-angled,
smooth: involucral Ivs. only 3-10, small, 3-6 in. long,
3-12 lines wide, lanceolate, acute: primary rays of the
umbel very numerous, slender, furrowed, equal and
drooping, 10-20 in. long; secondary bracts prominent,
filiform, 1-6 in. long; spikelets clustered and sessile,
pale chestnut; scales obtuse, rachis strongly winged.
Egypt, Palestine. Gn. 30, p. 348; 57, p. 105. G.M.
40:799. G.W. 2, p. 571.— For aquaria and damp soil.
Not hardy N.
BB. Umbel-rays 25 or less.
c. Involucral Ivs. very numerous, somewhat separated,
much exceeding the umbel; rachis scarcely winged.
D. Scales broadly ovate: Ivs. scabrous throughout.
2. flabelliformis, Rottb. Rhizome horizontal, sto-
loniferous, stout: st. stout, spongy at base, 2-4 ft. high,
obtusely angled: involucral Ivs. 15-25, 2-8 lines wide,
6-16 in. long, strongly nerved or plicate: umbel lax,
about a third as long as involucre; spikelets very
numerous, elliptic-oblong, very flat, lustrous, 2^-3J^j
lines long; scales firm, lustrous, scarcely striate, cari-
nate, barely acute, closely imbricated, pale brown with
dark brown area on each side. Afr. — Rare in American
trade. Tall and palm-like; used by the natives for
wickerwork; very ornamental in water-gardens.
DD. Scales lanceolate: Ivs. scabrous only at apex.
3. alternifdlius, Linn. UMBRELLA PLANT. UMBRELLA
PALM. Fig. 1193. Cespitose, strict, 1-4 ft. high: st.
nearly terete, ribbed, smooth and slender: involucral
Ivs. about 20, spreading or slightly drooping, linear,
4-8 in. long, 2-5 lines wide, plain: umbel open; rays
only 1-3 in. long; spikelets numerous, ovate-lanceolate
acute, very flat, 2 lines long, pale brown suffused with
darker brown, dull; scales thin, very acute, somewhat
nerved. Madagascar. — Much used for aquaria and
jardinieres. Gn. 35, p. 573. A.G. 17:57. V. 4:159;
5:39. Var. variegatus, Hort. St. and Ivs. striated with
white, sometimes entirely white. Var. gracilis, Hort.
Plant smaller and more slender: involucral Ivs. much
narrower and shorter, and not so spreading. — The
above description is from Boeckeler, and from a speci-
men from Madagascar. The plant in cult, under the
name C. alternifolius may not be that species. The
Ivs. are too long, too scabrous and too veiny; and the
spikelets are elliptic-oval, or oval, 2 lines long, and have
broader and more closely overlapping scales than in
the typical form. The illustrations cited are probably
of the garden plant.
cc. Involucral Ivs. about 3, contiguous, shorter than
umbel; rachis strongly winged.
4. natalensis, Hochst. Rhizome long, stout and hard,
2 lines thick, scaly: st. solitary, 2-3 ft. high, the size
of a goose-quill, triangular: Ivs. 2-6 in. long, often
wanting; involucral Ivs. 3, only 1-3 in. long: umbel
rather dense; spikelets 5-9 (rarely 12) lines long, linear-
lanceolate, scarcely compressed, rigid; scales obtuse,
not carinate, nerved, shining, pale or brownish. Natal.
— Decorative. Not hardy.
AA. Basal Ivs. well developed.
B. Sts. very short, 3-5 in. high: umbel-rays up to 8 ft.
long, weak, decumbent.
5. fertilis, Boeck. Roots fibrous: Ivs. numerous,
about equaling the st., 3-7 lines broad, margins strongly
scabrous; involucral Ivs. 6-7, short: rays flaccid, pendu-
lous, often rooting at apex; spikelets few, ochraceous or
olive, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, slightly
compressed, 8-10-fld., 3-4 lines long; scales obtuse,
nerved. W. Afr. G.W. 8, p. 523. — Recently intro., and
excellent for hanging-baskets. The umbel-rays often
bear plantlets instead of spikelets.
11Q3. Cyperus alternifolius or umbrella plant.
BB. Sts. longer than the umbel-rays.
C. Rachis of spikelet wingless: scales broad, much over-
lapping, acute or mucronate: spikelets lanceolate
or lance-oblong.
D. Involucral bracts 2-6 lines broad, about 6-12
in number.
6. diff&sus, Vahl '(C. elegans, Hort. C. laxus,
Hort.). Roots fibrous: st. solitary, 1-3 ft. high: basal
Ivs. many; equaling the st., 2-7 lines broad; margin
scabrous; involucral Ivs. 4-15 in. long, 2-6 lines broad,
longer than the infl.: umbel diffuse; spikelets greenish
yellow or pale brown, linear oblong or ovate-lanceolate,
3-8 lines long; scales loose, soft, dull; midrib deeply
striate, cuspidate. Tropics. G.C. II. 1874:99; III. 13:
41. — For table decoration. As now interpreted, C.
elegans, Linn., is a more rigid plant with narrower Ivs.
DD. Involucral bracts 1% lines broad, or less, 3-6 in
number.
E. Lvs. flaccid: infl. usually open; spikelets very flat;
scales 1% lines long.
7. eompressus, Linn. Roots fibrous: st. cespitose,
2-16 in. high: Ivs. 2-3, slightly shorter than the st.,
scabrous only near apex: umbel of several pedunculate,
sessile heads, or reduced to 1 sessile head; spikelets
lance-oblong or lance-linear, 4-12 lines long; scales soft,
carinate, acuminate, striate close. Tropics.— Cult, in
Eu.
CYPERUS
CYPERUS
EE. Lvs. rigid: infl. congested; spikelets thicker; scales
2^2 lines long.
8. pungens, Boeck. Roots of coarse lanate fibers:
st. 6-20 in. high, stiff, terete above: Ivs. several, with
conspicuous, loose, brownish sheaths, equaling the st.
1194. Cyperus esculentus. — Chufa.
or shorter, narrow, ^ to % lines broad, thick and rigid :
umbel congested, often simple; spikelets 5-9 lines long,
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, pale brown; scales firm,
with thin margins, obscurely carinate, inconspicuously
striate, apiculate; midrib obscure, close. N. Afr. and
S. W. Asia. — By some authors united with C. conglom-
eratus, Rottb., under the latter name. There is some
reason to suspect that the plant in the trade under this
name may not be this species.
cc. Rachis of spikelet with scarious, winged margin;
scales obtuse or obtusish, less overlapping: spike-
lets linear.
D. Lvs. thick, glossy.
9. lucidus, R. Br. Rhizomes short and thick: sts.
stout, 2-3 ft. or even 4 ft. high, sharply 3-angled: lys.
equaling the st. or longer, 3-6 lines wide, margins
scabrous; involucral Ivs. 3-6, the lower very broad, often
lJ^-3 ft. long: umbel large, lax, compound; rays many,
9 in. long or less; spikelets spicate, rich deep brown,
lustrous, linear, flattish, acute, 4-6 (rarely 7-8) lines
long; wings of rachis narrow; scales loosely imbricated,
few-nerved, 2 lines long. Austral.
DD. Lvs. thinner, duller.
E. Rootstock long, stout, 2-2% lines thick.
10. longus, Linn. Sts. 2-4 ft. high, acutely angled,
stoutish: TVS. several, with long sheaths, about equal-
ing the culm 2-4 lines wide; margins finely scabrous;
involucral bracts very long, often 8-24 in.: umbel lax,
the rays 12 in. or less long; spikelets 3-15 lines long,
linear, dull, dark chestnut-brown, rarely paler, slightly
compressed; scales 1 J4-1H lines long, scarcely carinate,
obscurely striate; midrib green. Eu. — Cult, in Eu.
EE. Rootstock long, slender, tuber-bearing.
F. Scales dark reddish brown.
11. rotundus, Linn. NUT-GRASS. COCO-GRASS.
Rootstocks Y± line thick: sts. 4—24 in. high, bulbous,
thickened at the base, rather slender, 3-angled: Ivs.
several, usually shorter than the st., only 1-2 (rarely
3) lines wide; margins finely scabrous; involucral
bracts 2-4, scarcely longer than the infl.: umbel lax;
rays few, 4 in. long or less; spikelets linear, 5-12 lines
long, inconspicuously spicate on the branches, few in a
cluster, dull; scales \% lines long, scarcely striate,
obscurely carinate; midrib green: achenes linear,
acute. Tropics and sub tropics. — A weed southward.
FF. Scales brownish chestnut or stramineous.
12. esculentus, Linn. CHUFA. Fig. 1194; also Fig.
959. St. 8 in. to 3 ft. high, stoutish: Ivs. several, equal-
ing the st. or slightly shorter, rarely longer, 2-4 lines
wide; involucral Ivs. exceeding the infl.: umbel open;
rays ^-4 in. long; spikelets very numerous, spicate on
the branches, crowded, divaricate, brownish stramin-
eous, linear, 4-12 lines long, scarcely compressed; scales
lax, several-nerved, dull, rarely carinate; midrib some-
what green: achenes oblong, obtuse. Tropics and sub-
tropics. — A weed in sandy cult, fields northward and
southward; rarely grown for the edible tubers.
EEE. Rootstock globular: spikelets stramineous.
13. strigdsus, Linn. Running rootstocks absent, not
tuber-bearing: sts. rather stout, 1-3 ft. high, sharply
3-angled; base bulbous: Ivs. numerous, usually equaling
the st., 2-4 lines wide, more or less scabrous; involucral
bracts 6-12 in. long, usually exceeding the infl. : umbel
open, rays several, 6 in. long or less; spikelets very
numerous, spicate on the branches, crowded, divaricate,
linear-subulate, 5-8 lines long, scarcely compressed;
scales 1J^ to 2 lines long, appressed, dull, striate;
midrib green. N. Amer. — Hardy perennial, used for
the border of aquatic gardens. K. M. WIEGAND.
1195. Cyphomandra betacea. (XYz)
CYPHOKENTIA
CYPRIPEDIUM
943
CYPHOKENTIA (allied to Kentia, differing, among
other things, in having a lateral protuberance or tumor
on the fr., whence the name). Palmacese. Feather-
Ivd. robust spineless palms, of very few species in
New Caledonia, suitable for the warmhouse but little
grown. The Ivs. are terminal and pinnate-parted, the
segms. long-swordshaped and narrowed at apex, the
margins at base recurved: spathe-valves 2, deciduous,
bearing stout glabrous branching spadices; fls. diclinous,
the stamens 6 or 12: fr. small, globose or ellipsoidal.
Engler and Prantl combine Cyphosperma and Micro-
ken tia with this genus, comprising, about 10 species,
all of New Caledonia. The original species are: C.
robiista, Brongn., with the branches of the spadix thick
and long-cylindrical, fr. reniform-ellipsoidal, stigma
not prominent above the base, and seeds reniform;
C. macrostachya, Brongn., with long flexuose spadix
branches, globose fr., lateral stigma, and usually sub-
globose seeds. The cyphokentias probably require the
treatment given arecas. L_ jj. B.
CYPHOMANDRA (from the Greek, referring to the
hump-shaped anthers). Solanacex. South American
spineless shrubs or small trees, one of which is some-
times grown for its edible fruit.
The genus is distinguished from Solanum chiefly
by the thickened connective of the anthers: the plants
are erect and usually stout and the large Ivs. are entire,
3-lobed, or pinnatisect: fls. pedicellate, in racemes,
scorpioid cyme-branches, or arising below the nodes;
calyx and corolla 5-lobed, the corolla somewhat rotate,
the tube very short; anthers porose or acuminate at
apex; ovary 2-celled: fr. an ovoid or oblong fleshy berry,
many-seeded. — Some 30 or more species, of little con-
cern to the horticulturist.
betacea, Sendt. (Solanum frdgrans, Hook.). TREE
TOMATO. Fig. 1195. Cult, occasionally for the egg-
shaped, reddish brown, faintly striped frs., and under
such conditions it becomes a tree-shaped, half-woody
plant 6-10 ft. high: Ivs. large, soft-pubescent, cordate-
ovate, more or less acuminate, entire: fls. small, pink-
ish, fragrant, in small axillary or super-axillary clus-
ters: fr. about 2 in. long, on slender stalks, 2-loculed
and seedy, musky-acid and tomato-like in flavor, agree-
able to those who like tomatoes. Brazil. B.M. 3684.
J.H. III. 31:470. G.C. III. 25:105. A.G. 11:409.—
Bears the second and third year from seed, under glass
(where it must be grown in the northern states) . Grown
mostly as a curiosity. L jj g
CYPHOPHCENIX (hump and Phoenix, a palm).
Palmacese, tribe Arecese. A rather unimportant genus
of unarmed, stout-stemmed palms, with terminal
pinnatisect leaves.
Leaflets acute at the apex, sword-shaped, the base
often with a thickened and recurved margin; rachis
stout and broad, a little convex on the lower side:
spadix glabrous, with many long stout branches bear-
ing short bracts and numerous monoecious fls.; sepals
thick and leathery, round and a little concave: fr.
elongate-ovoid or rarely ellipsoid. — There are only 2
species, both from New Caledonia. They have some-
thing the aspect of Kentia from which they differ in
having only 6 stamens. They are almost unknown in
the trade. For cult., see Kentia or Howea.
elegans, Benth. & Hook. (K6ntia elegans, Brongn. &
Griseb.). Rachis convex below, keeled above; Ifts. alter-
nate, not close together, scaly along the mid-nerve below,
3-nerved : spadix more or less spreading or reflexed in
age, simply branched : fr. oblong-elliptical, acute.
fulcita, Benth. & Hook. (Kentia fuldta, Brongn.).
St. clothed at the base with smooth aerial roots: fr.
ovoid, attenuate above. — A tall graceful palm scarcely
known outside of botanic garden collections.
N. TAYLOR, t
CYPHOSPfiRMA (Greek, hump and seed). Pal-
macese, tribe Arecese. Unarmed stout-stemmed palms
with a crown of pinnately divided, terminal leaves.
Leaflets leathery, sword-shaped, the apex narrowly
oblique, the base with a thickened recurved margin;
rachis broad and stout, slightly convex beneath, chan-
neled above: spadix smooth and much branched, the
branches distichous; fls. spirally disposed on the
spadix, brownish, otherwise as in Cyphophcenix : fr.
globose or 4-5-angled. — Two species of New Cale-
donian palms, rare in cult, in U. S. and only doubtfully
in the trade. See Cyphokentia; for cult, see Areca. The
young plants have rather stiff petioles, but graceful,
arching If.-segms. G.C. II. 24:362.
Vieillardii, Benth. & Hook. (Cyphokentia Vieilldrdii,
Brongn.). St. medium height: Ivs. pinnatisect, the
Ifts. thick and narrowly sword-shaped: fr. obtuse, 4-5-
angled, the seed also acutely angled. — A rare palm,
known also under the names Kentia robusta and K.
Vieillardii. N. TAYLOR.
CYPRESS: Chamxcyparis, Cupresstis and Taxodium.
CYPRESS VINE: Ipomcea.
CYPRIPEDIUM (Venus' -slipper). LADY'S SLIPPER.
MOCCASIN-FLOWER. Orchidacese. Attractive hardy
orchids, often
planted in moist
cool borders,
bogs, and some-
times in rock-
gardens.
Stems very
short, with a pair
of Ivs. close to or
near the ground,
or long ana
leafy: Ivs. com-
monly many-
nerved: fls. ter-
minal, 1 to few,
withering on the
ovary; lateral
sepals free, or
united nearly or
to the apex, the
dorsal sepal
erect; petals gen-
erally narrower,
spreading; lip
saccate, rarely
split down the
front; ovary 1-
celled, with 3
parietal pla-
centae. — Species .
about 30, in the
north temperate
zone. For the
greenhouse spe-
cies formerly
included here,
see Paphiopedi-
lum, and Phrag-
mipedilum.
1196. Cypripedium
pubescens.
(XM)
A. Lvs. 2, oppo-
site: lip split
in front.
acaule, Ait.
Lys. flat on the ground, ovate to oblong-oval: scape
with 1 fl.; upper sepal and petals brownish, lanceolate;
labellum pink -purple, darker veined. May, June.
Newfoundland to N. C., west to Ind., Mich, and Minn.
A.G. 13:514; 14:405. Gng. 4:263. A.F. 11:1049. G.C.
111.46:209.
944
japonicum, Thunb. Lvs. above the ground roundish,
undulately plicate: bract longer than the ovary: fl. ter-
minating the scape; sepals and petals lanceolate, acu-
minate, greenish, dotted with red; labellum white-
pink. April, May. Japan.
G.C. III. 33:355.
AA. Lvs. several, alternate:
lip not split.
B. Lateral sepals free.
arietinum, R. Br. Plant
about 6 in. high, slender:
Ivs. lanceolate: fls. small,
resembling a
ram's head, ter-
minal, solitary;
upper sepal
ovate-lanceo-
late, brownish
green; petals lin-
ear; labellum
tapering at the
apex, white
veined with red-
dish purple,
clothed with white, woolly
hairs near the aperture.
May. Maine to N. Y.,
Mich, and Minn., and
northward. B. M. 1569.
L.B.C. 13:1240. F.S. 20:
2095.
BB. Lateral sepals united
nearly or to the apex.
c. Fls. yellow.
pubescens, Willd. Fig.
1196. Lvs. oval, acute:
1197. Cypripedium spectabile. 1
(X%) much narrower than the
ovate - lanceolate sepals ;
labellum pale yellow; staminodium triangular. Same
range as the next. May, June. B.M. 911 (as C. parvi-
florum). A.G. 13:513. Mn. 7, p. 5. G.C. III. 33:379;
47:369. — The rhizomes and rootlets are employed in
medicine for their antispasmodic and nervine properties.
Perhaps a form of the next.
paryifldrum, Salisb. Lvs. ovate, acute: fls. smaller
than in C. pubescens; labellum flattened from above and
below, not laterally, bright yellow; staminodium trian-
Slar. May, June. Newfoundland to Ga., west to
inn. and E. Kans. A.G. 13:515. G.C. III. 46:227.
— Same medicinal uses as C. pubescens.
cc. Fls. white or greenish.
D. Number of fls. 1-8.
candidum, Muhl. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate: fls. ter-
minal, solitary; sepals broader than the petals, ovate-
lanceolate; petals spreading like the sepals, greenish;
labellum white, striped inside with purple; staminodium
lanceolate. May, June. N. Y., Pa., Minn., Mo. and Ky.
reginae, Walt. Fig. 1197. Plants stout: Ivs. oval,
acute: sepals ovate, rather roundish, white; petals
oblong, white; labellum white or pale pink-purple;
staminodium oval-cordate. June. Maine, W. New
England to Minn, and Mo., Mts. of N. C. R.H. 1868:
410. Gn. 53, p. 77; 61, p. 191; 65, p. 447. R.B. 20, p. 198.
A.F. 11:1048. Gng. 4:262, 327. G.C. III. 29:21; 47:
370; 50: 315. Known also as C. hirsutum and C. spectabile.
montanum, Douglas. One to 2 ft., leafy, pubescent:
Ivs. ovate to broad-lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: fls. 1-3,
short-pedicelled, the wavy-twisted petals brownish,
the inch-long lip dull white veined with purple: caps,
erect or nearly so. Calif, to Wash. B.M. 7319. — Fra-
grant. Grows in clumps. Handsome.
DD. Number of fls. 6-12.
calif ornicum, Gray. Fig. 1198. Plants either slender
or stout, varying in height, sometimes exceeding 2 ft.:
Ivs. ovate-alternate: floral bracts very large, becoming
narrowly ovate: fls. small, from 6-12 open at the same
time, an inch or more apart on the st.; labellum whitish;
sepals oval, yellowish green; petals narrowly oblong,
colored like the sepals. Calif. B.M. 7188. G.F. 1:281
(adapted in Fig. 1198). G.C. III. 41:418; 46:211.
C. Calcedlus, Linn. Fls. single; sepals and petals deep brown;
lip yellow, slightly compressed. Eu. R.H. 1892, p. 392. R.B. 21,
210. G.C. III. 46:210.— C.debile, Reichb. f. Lvs. 2, opposite: fls.
small, the sepals and petals pale green with a dark brown basal
blotch, sometimes brown-striped, the lateral sepals united ; lip white,
brown-streaked about the mouth. China and Japan. B.M. 8183. —
C. elegans, Reichb. f. Sts. 4 in. tall: Ivs. opposite: fl. single, the
sepals and petals brown-veined, the lateral sepals united; lip
brownish, corrugated. Thibet. — C. guttatum, Swartz. Lvs. 2,
alternate: fls. single, white, blotched with purple. N.E. Eu. to N.W.
Amer. B.M. 7746. — C. himalaicum, Rolfe. Sts. up to a foot tall:
Ivs. 3: sepals and petals brownish, deeper veined; lip brown-purple,
many-nerved. Bhotan. — C. irapeanum, Llav. & Lex. Lvs. ovate-
lanceolate: fls. several, large, pale yellow, the large lip with some
scarlet spots about the mouth. Mex. — C. macrdnlhon, Swartz. Fls.
purple, the lip contracted at the mouth. Siberia and N. Asia. R.H.
1877:310. B.M. 2938. G. C. III. 46:212.— C. specidsum, Rolfe. St.
leafy: fls. whitish or flesh-colored, veined with rose; lip subglobose.
Japan. B.M. 8386.— C. Thunbergii, Blume. Fls. pale purple. G. C.
III. 46:228. — C. tibeticum, King. Fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals and
petals white, light yellow at apex, veined with maroon-purple; lip
maroon-purple. E. Thibet and W. China. B.M. 8070. G. C. III.
39:347; 46:420; 49:403, 410.— C. ventricdsum, Hort. Said to be a
natural hybrid between C. Calceolus and C. macranthon. G.C.
IIL46:229- GEORGE V. NASH.
CYRILLA (after Dominico Cyrillo, professor of medi-
cine at Naples, 1734-1799). Cyrilldcese. Woody or
nearly tree-like, rarely cultivated for its handsome bright
green foliage and white flowers in slender racemes.
Leaves alternate, without stipules, short-petioled,
entire, glabrous, deciduous or nearly persistent: fls.
small, white, in narrow slender racemes, 5-merous;
stamens 5-10; ovary superior with 2 short styles: fr. a
small indehiscent 2-celled caps, with 2 seeds. — Proba-
bly one variable species from N. C. to Fla. west to
Texas, and in W. India and S. Amer. Plant with
handsome bright green foliage, and graceful racemes of
white fls., hardy north to N. Y. Thrives best in humid
sandy soil and shady position. Prop, by seeds and
cuttings under
glass, with slight
bottom heat.
racemiflora, Linn.
LEATHERWOOD.
Shrub, occasionally
tree to 30 ft.: Ivs.
cuneate, oblong or
oblanceolate, usu-
ally obtuse, reticu-
late-veined, 2-3 in.
long, bright green,
turning orange and
scarlet in fall, but
in tropical climates
evergreen: racemes
4-6 in. long, erect,
at length nodding.
B.M. 2456. S.S. 2:
51. G.C. III. 30:
198. J.H. III. 43:
197.— The variety
from W. Indies has
been described as C.
antillana, Michx.,
that of Brazil as C.
racemifera, Vandelli,
and a small - Ivd.
form from Fla. and
La. as C. parvi-
fdlia, Raf.
ALFRED REHDER. 1198. Cypripedium californicum.
CYRTANDRA
CYRTOPODIUM
945
CYRTANDRA (name refers to the curved stamens).
Gesneridceae. A large group of tropical shrubs and
trees, two or three of which are more or less known in
cult, for their fls.; akin to Trichosporum (^Eschynan-
thus) ; warmhouse subjects. Lvs. opposite, or alternate
by failure of one of the pair, membranaceous, or fleshy
or leathery: fls. usually white or yellowish, in fascicles,
heads or cymes; corolla-tube cylindrical, the limb more
or less 2-lipped; perfect stamens 2, and 2 or 3 small
staminodia. Nearly 200 species in the
islands of the Indian and Pacific oceans
and in China. C. pendula, Blume. Short
and stout: Ivs. long-petioled, elliptic or
lance-elliptic, acute, gray-blotched above:
fls. white with brown calyx, 1^ in. long,
the corolla inflated, and purple-dotted on
lower side. Java. C. Pritchardii, Seem.
Lvs. petioled, elliptic, obtusely toothed,
acute: fls. small, white, in 3-fld. cymes. Fiji Isls.
T TT T>
CYRTANTHERA: Jacobinia.
CYRTANTHUS (Greek, curved flowers; from
their pendulous habit). Amaryllidaceae. Tender
bulbs from South Africa, known only in a few
American greenhouses.
Flowers umbellate, pendulous or erect, usually red
or white writh green stripes; stamens inserted in the
tube of the corolla; ovary 3-celled, crowded with nu-
merous ovules, the seeds flat. — Species 20. Their cult,
is like that of hemanthus and many other bulbs from
the same region. They are suitable for pot culture, or
for planting put in summer. The following analytical
key gives an idea of the group, and its 3 subgenera.
A. Fls. many in an umbel, pendulous.
B. Lvs. strap-shaped. (Cyrtanthus proper.)
obliquus, Ait. Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in. thick: Ivs. 10-12,
strap-shaped, distichous, produced after the fls., l%-2
ft. long: scape 1-2 ft. long, stout, mottled; fls. 10-12 in
an umbel, entirely drooping, odorless, bright red, with
more or less yellow, and greenish tips 2-3 in. long; pedi-
cels Y<Z-\ in. long; style not exserted. Cape Colony. B.
M. 1133. L.B.C. 10:947.
BB. Lvs. linear. (Monella.)
Mackenii, Hook. f. Bulb \Y2 in. thick: Ivs. 2-6,
appearing with the fls., linear, 1 ft. long: scape slender,
slightly glaucous; fls. 4-10 in an umbel, pure white,
2 in. long; style exserted. Natal. G.C. 1869:641. Gn.
50, p. 63.
AA. Fls. single, or few in an umbel, erect or slightly
curved downward. (Gastronema.)
sanguineus, Hook. Bulb 2 in. thick: Ivs. 3-4, appear-
ing with the fls., lanceolate, petioled, 1 ft. long: scape
slender, 6-9 in. long; fls. 1-3, bright red, 3-4 ^ in. long,
wider funnel-shaped than in the 2 preceding species,
with a throat 1 in. across. Caffraria, Natal. B.M. 5218.
Var. glaucophyllus, Hort. A form with somewhat
glaucous foliage and orange-red fls.
C. Htittonii, Baker, belongs to Cyrtanthus proper, but its lys.
appear with the fls., and it has 6-8 or even 12 pale red fls. about 1 in.
long and a much shorter style than in C. obliquus. Cape Col ny.
B.M. 7488. Gn. 50:62. — C. inxqudlis, O'Brien. Fls. erect, coral-
red, borne in umbels on scapes 1 ft. high; upper segms. of perianth
overhanging. Cape Colony. G.C. 111.37:261. — C. Jimodii,
Beauverd. Umbel 6-9-fld. ; fls. cinnabar, yellow at apex, pendulous.
Transvaal. N- TAYLOR, f
CYRTOCARPA (Greek, curved fruit). TAPIRA.
Anacardidcese. One or two Mexican trees, one of which
bears a small fruit, likened to a cherry by the natives
of Lower Calif.
Leaves alternate, compound: fls. axillary or terminal,
Eaniculate, polygamous: fr. an oblique drupe, 1 -seeded,
qtro. into S. Calif, by Franceschi. Sometimes united
with Tapiria (or Tapirira), from which it differs in its
straight embryo and other characters.
procera, HBK. Very tall tree, with slender, terete,
dark purplish, resinous branches: Ivs. alternate, odd-
pinnate; Ifts. 5-7 or 9, oblong, entire, with a very slight
silkiness, especially below, very shortly stalked, 1 in.
or more long, half as wide: fls. white, inconspicuous, in
panicles 1-2 in. long; calyx 5-parted, villous, persist-
ent; segms. roundish; petals 5, elliptic; stamens 10;
style 1 : fr. the size of an olive, edible. Mex. HBK. 6, t.
609
CYRTOCERAS: lloya.
CYRTOCHlLUM: Oncidium.
CYRTODEIRA: Episcia.
CYRTOMIUM (Greek, a bow) .
Polypodidceae. Asiatic half-hardy
or greenhouse ferns of rigid
habit.
Leaves simply pinnate, anas-
tomosing veins and firm indusia
fixed by the depressed
center. It differs from
Polystichum mainly in
venation. — Three or
four species known.
Culture as for
Polystichum, to
which it is closely
allied.
A. Margins of
pinnae entire
or slightly un-
dulate.
falcatum, J.
Smith. Fig. 1199.
HOLLY FERN.
Pinna? glossy,
ovate, falcate; the
lower rounded or
obliquely truncate at the
base, 4-6 in. long, 1-2 in.
wide. Japan, India. — The
large thick glossy foliage
makes it an excellent fern
for decorations. One of
the species used in fern-
dishes and one of the few
species which can be made
to thrive under ordinary
house conditions. Plants
from the temperate parts
of Japan will dp well out-
of-doors in the northeastern states if given slight winter
Erotection. For another illustration, see article on
irns. C. Butterfieldii, Hprt., is a form of this species
differing in having the pinnae deeply serrate. C. Roch-
fordianum, Hoft., recently advertised, is a variety of
C. falcatum with fimbriated Ifts. Superficially these
two forms resemble C. caryotideum somewhat, but the
species are entirely distinct. It has begun to replace
the original form in the dealers' stocks.
F6rtunei, J. Smith. Pinnae dull, lanceolate, opaque,
2-4 in. long, J^-l in. wide. Japan.
1199. Cyrtomium
falcatum.
(Leaf XM)
AA. Margins of pinnae toothed or sometimes lobed.
caryotideum, J. Smith. Pinnae larger, 5-^7 in. long,
1H~*H m- wide, often auricled on both sides at the
base, sharply toothed. India. R. C. BENEDICT.!
CYRTOPERA: Eulophia.
CYRTOPODIUM (Greek for curved foot, from shape
of lip). Orchidaceas. Epiphytes, grown in warmhouses.
Stems fusiform, bearing plicate Ivs.: scapes radical,
bearing numerous fls., pure yellow or spotted with
crimson; sepals and petals equal, free; column semi-
946
CYRTOPODIUM
CYTISUS
terete; pollinia 2, caudicle short; gland ovate. — Species
3 or 4 in the tropics. They are large-growing plants,
with large and showy fls. They need a rich, fibrous soil
with manure. Grow in a warm or tropical house.
Andersonii, R. Br. Sts. 5 ft. high: Ivs. long, lanceo-
late, sheathing at the base: scape often 3 ft. high,
branching, bearing many yellow fls.; sepals and petals
broad, bright yellow, the labellum brighter, front lobe
slightly concave. Specimens with over 100 fls. have
been recorded. Trop. Amer. B.M. 1800.
punctatum, Lindl. Habit as above: scape from 2-3 ft.
high, branching about midway, dotted with dull purple,
the branches subtended by membranaceous
sheathing bracts, which are lanceolate, un-
dulating, and dotted with crimson; sepals
oblong-lanceolate, undulate, greenish yellow
blotched with crimson; petals
similar, spotted at the base;
labellum %in. long, fleshy,
bright yellow, lateral lobes
crimson, midlobe spotted and
margined with crimson; column
green. Extensively distributed
through S. Amer. B.M. 3507.
F.S. 22:2352. R.B. 30:158.
Var. Saintlegerianum, Hort.
(C. Saintlegerianum, Reich, f.).
Has brighter markings on the
bracts and fls. J.H.
111.50:91.
Woddfordii, Sims
(Cyrtopera Woodfordii,
Lindl.). Sts. fusiform:
Ivs. lanceolate : scape
radical, bearing a
many-fld. raceme; fls.
greenish, with a purple
labellum; sepals linear-
lanceolate; petals ob-
long. Trinidad, Mar-
tinique. B.M. 1814.
C. pdlmifrons, Reichb. f.
& |Warm. Sts. about 2 ft.
tall, clothed with the lemon-
yellow, purple - margined
1200. Cystoptens fragilis. (XJi) sheaths: Ivs. 6-8 in. long:
panicle 12 - 15 in. long,
many-fld. ; fls. about 1 in. across, lemon-colored, spotted rose-pink.
Brazil. B.M. 7807. OAKES AMES.
GEORGE V. NAsn.f
CYRTOSPERMA (Greek, curved seed). Ardcex.
A handsome warmhouse tuberous foliage plant, with
large, hastate red-veined leaves resembling an alocasia,
but easily distinguished by its spiny stems.
Herbs with tubers or long rhizomes: If.- and fl.-stalks
often spiny or warty: Ivs. hastate or sagittate; petioles
long, sheathing at the base. — Cyrtosperma has 10-12
species, remarkably scattered in the tropics. Cult.
presumably same as alocasia.
J6hnstonii, N. E. Br. (Alocasia Jdhnstonii, Hort.).
Tuberous: petiole 2-2% ft. long, olive-green, spotted
rose, covered with fleshy, spine-like warts: Ivs. sagit-
tate, depressed in the middle, 1^-2 ft. long, olive-green,
with prominent and beautiful red veins above. I.H.
27:395. G.W. 15, p. 340.— Intro, [from the Solomon
Isls. as Alocasia Johnstonii, but when it flowered it
became evident that the plant is a Cyrtosperma.
C. ftrox, Lind. & N. E. Br., is a second species of this genus,
fagured in I. H. 39: 153, but not known to be in the American trade.
It has narrow-sagittate Ivs. on slender, very prickly petioles: spathe
rather large, reflexed, greenish white. Borneo.
GEORGE V.
CYRTOSTACHYS (Greek for a curved spike).
Palmacese, tribe Areceas. Three or four palms of the
Malayan region of stately habit, but little known in
this country.
Stem spineless, slender and tall, crowned by a grace-
ful cluster of pinnately divided Ivs.: Ifts. narrowly
lanceolate, a little oblique, at the apex somewhat bifid :
spadix short-peduncled, the branches more or less com-
pressed, alternate, sometimes pendulous; fls. monoe-
cious, the two kinds in 1 spadix; stamens 6, rarely 12 or
15: fr. small, elongate-ovoid, tipped by the persistent
stigma. For cult., see Areca. The small and young
Ivs. of C. Renda are effective but old plants are not
very attractive and scarcely known. G.C. II. 24:362.
Renda, Blume. Height 25-30 ft. : Ifts. linear or ensi-
form, obtuse but somewhat obliquely bifid, delicate
gray beneath, the petioles dark, brownish red: spadix
3-4 ft. long, the branches nearly alternate, about 18 in.
long. Sumatra. Var. Duvivierianum, Pynsert. Lf.-
stalks brightly colored. Malay Archipelago.
Lakka, Becc. Petioles green, not over 4 in. long: Ivs.
broad, boldly arched, 33^-4^ ft. long, the Ifts. nearly
18 in. long, 1% in. wide, obliquely bifid at the apex,
pale beneath. Borneo. N. TAYLOR.
CYSTACANTHUS (Greek for bladder Acanthus, be-
cause the flowers are inflated) . Acanthacese. Evergreen
herbs of Burma and Cochin China, with showy, sessile
fls. in the axils of bracts, the entire infl. more or less
crowded into a terminal panicle or thyrse. Corolla-
limb spreading, unequally 5-lobed, the lobes short-
rotund; stamens 2; style filiform, the stigma 2-toothed:
Ivs. entire: caps, long and narrow, almost 4-sided, many-
seeded. Doubtfully distinct from Phlogacanthus. —
One species is cult. This is C. turgida, Nichols. B.M.
6043 (as Meninia turgida). It comes from Cochin
China: 2 ft. or less high, with prominently jointed sts.
and opposite, elliptic-lanceolate Ivs.: fls. white, yellow
in the throat and pink-reticulated on the lobes. April.
Cult, as other warmhouse acanthads. (See Aphelandra
for example.) Prop, by cuttings of young wood. There
are 4 or 5 species of Cystacanthus in farther India.
CYSTOPTERIS (Greek, bladder-fern). Polypodid-
cese. Native ferns, with delicate foliage; deserve to be
planted in the hardy fern garden.
Sori round, covered by a delicate indusium which is
attached under one side and opens at the other, becom-
ing hood-like in appearance and finally disappearing.
The 5 species are native in the north temperate zone.
Of easy cult, in shady, rich borders.
bulbif era, Bernh. Lvs. 8-24 in. long, dark green, 3-5
in. wide, widest at the base, long tapering, tripinnatifid,
bearing on the under surface of the rachis a series of
bulb-like bodies, which germinate and prop, new plants.
Canada to N. C. — Thrives best on lime-bearing rocks.
Exceptionally useful and attractive on damp rocky
banks.
fr&gilis, Bernh. Fig. 1200. Lvs. clustered, gray-green,
4-^8 in. long besides the slender stalks, tripinnatifid,
widest above the base. Widely distributed over the
world at all altitudes. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
CYTISUS (Greek name for a kind of clover). Legu-
minosse. BROOM. Woody subjects, chiefly grown for
their profusely produced yellow or sometimes white or
purple flowers.
Mostly low shrubs, rarely small trees: Ivs. trifoliolate,
sometimes unifoliolate, rather small, alternate, decidu-
ous or persistent, sometimes few and minute and
branches almost leafless: fls. papilionaceous, axillary
or in terminal heads or racemes, yellow, white or pur-
ple; stamens 10, connate; style curved: pod flat, dehis-
cent, with few or many seeds; seeds with a callose
appendage at the base. — About 50 species in S. and
Cent. Eu., Canary Isls., N. Afr. and W. Asia. For a
monograph of the genus see Briquet, Etude sur les
Cytises des Alpes Maritimes (1894).
The brooms are ornamental free-flowering shrubs,
CYTISUS
CYTISUS
947
blooming most in early spring and summer. Nearly
hardy North are C. hirsutus, C. supinus, C. scoparius,
C. nigricans, C. leucanthus, while the evergreen species
C. canariensis, C. monspessulanus, C. filipes are hardy
only South. Most of the species are well adapted for
borders of shrubberies, and thrive in almost any well-
drained soil and in sunny position; they naturalize
themselves often very quickly in dry, gravelly soil,
where few other plants will grow; C. scoparius especially
does so. The cytisus ought to be transplanted care-
fully and when young, as they do not bear transplant-
ing well as older plants. Some dwarf species, like C.
Ardoinii, C. kewensis, C. emeriflorus, C. purpureus and
C. leucanthus are very handsome for rockeries. The
evergreen C. canariensis and C. racemosus are much
grown in the North as greenhouse shrubs, blooming
profusely in early spring; also the white C. multiflorus
and C. filipes make handsome pot-plants, and may
be had in bloom in February with gentle forcing.
For pot-plants, a light sandy loam with peat added
forms a suitable compost. After flowering the plants
should be cut back and repotted as soon as they start
into new growth. After repotting, they are kept close
and often syringed until they are established ; then they
ought to have plenty of air and only slight shade. When
the new growth has been finished they may be put in
the open air until frost is threatening. During the win-
ter they should be kept in a cool greenhouse with plenty
of light and carefully and moderately watered. From
January they may be transferred gradually in a warmer
house for forcing. Cuttings started in early spring,
transplanted several times and then gradually hardened
off, can be grown into flowering specimens for the fol-
lowing spring. Propagated by seeds sown in spring
and by greenwood cuttings under glass; they are also
sometimes increased by layers or by grafting. As stock
C. nigricans is much used, or Laburnum vulgare for
small standard trees; for plants grown in the greenhouse
or South, C. canariensis is a good stock.
Of cytisus, the young growths root readily in Decem-
ber and January in the ordinary way. They should be
shifted on as they grow. Good-sized plants can be pro-
duced if shifting and pinching is not neglected. By the
following winter, the winter-propagated plants should
be in 5-inch pots, in which size they are most useful.
Keep very cool during winter, and withhold any for-
cing. They flower in March, or, if kept at a night tem-
perature of 45°, as late as April. Syringe at all times to
prevent red spider. To produce good-sized plants in one
year, it is best to keep them plunged on a bench under
the glass the entire summer, with little shade. Older
plants can be plunged out-of-doors during July, August
and September. (William Scott.)
INDEX.
albo-carneus, 5.
hirsutus, 3.
pendulus, 5, 12.
albus, 2, 5, 9, 10, 12.
incarnatus, 9.
polytrichus, 3.
Andreanus, 12.
kewensis, 8.
prsecox, 10.
Ardoinii, 7.
leucanthus, 2.
proliferus, 4.
atropurpureus, 5
Linkii, 9.
purpureus, 5.
AMeyanus, 15.
linifolius, 18.
racemosus, 16, 17.
canariensis, 15.
longespicatus, 13.
ramosissimus, 15.
candicans, 14.
luteus, 10.
ruthenicus, 3.
cantabricus, 12,
maderensis, 17.
schipkaensis, 2.
capitatus, 1.
magnifoliosus, 17.
scoparius, 12.
carneus, 5.
monspessulanus, 14.
splendens, 17.
decumbens, 6.
multiflorus, 9.
stenopetalus, 17.
elongatus, 3, 5, 13.
nigricans, 13.
sulphureus, 12.
Everestianus, 16.
ochroleucus, 12.
supinus, 1.
filipes, 11.
pallidus, 2, 12.
grandiflorus, 12.
palmensis, 11.
A. Calyx tubular, much longer than wide: Ivs. always
8-foliolate: branches terete. (Tubocytisus.)
B. Fls. in terminal heads with bracts at the base, yellow
to white.
1. supinus, Linn. (C. capitatus, Scop.). Shrub
to 3 ft., with erect, or sometimes decumbent, villous
branches: Ifts. obovate or oblong-obovate, sparingly
appressed pubescent above, villous pubescent beneath,
%-l in. long: fls. yellow, brownish when fading, nearly
1 in. long; standard pubescent outside or nearly gla-
brous: pod villous, 1-1 H in. long. July, Aug. Cent.
andS. Eu. L.B.C. 5:497. J.H.III. 31:161 (as Genista).
2. leucanthus, Waldst. & Kit. (C. albus, Hacq.).
Upright shrub, to 3 ft., with villous branches: Ifts. 3,
oblong-obovate, obtuse or acutish, appressed pubescent,
sometimes glabrous above, ciliate, H~%in. long: fls.
3-6, yellowish white; calyx appressed-villous; standard
pubescent outside: pod about 1 in. long, appressed
pubescent. June, July. S. E. Eu. Var. pallidus,
Schrad. (C. pallidus, Kerner). Fls. pale yellow. Var.
schipkaensis, Dipp. Low shrub, about 1 ft. high:
fls. white. Bulgaria. — The oldest name for this species
is C. albus, but as the same combination has been used
by many writers for C. multiflorus, the name C. leucan-
thus is here used to avoid possible confusion.
BB. Fls. axillary, distributed along the branches.
c. Color of fls. yellow.
3. hirsutus, Linn. (C. elongatus, Hort., not Waldst. &
Kit. C. polytrichus, Bieb. C. ruthenicus, Hort., not
Fisch.). Shrub, to 3 ft., with erect or procumbent,
villous, terete branches: Ifts. obovate or obovate-ob-
long, villous pubescent beneath, 3/£-%in. long: fls.
1201. Cytisus canariensis.
2-3, short-petioled; calyx villous pubescent; standard
glabrous on back: pod 1 in. long, villous. May, June.
Cent, and S. Eu. Orient. B.M. 6819 (Ifts. erroneously
shown as serrate). L.B.C. 6:520 (as C. falcatus).
B.R. 14:1191 (as C. multiflorus).
cc. Color of fls. white or purple.
4. proliferus, Linn. Shrub, to 12 ft., with long and
slender pubescent branches: Ifts. oblanceolate, silky
pubescent beneath, green and sparsely pubescent above,
1-1% in. long: fls. white, 3-8; pedicels rather long,
tpmentose; calyx tomentose; standard pubescent out-
side: pod densely tomentose- villous, 1^-2 in. long.
May, June. Canary Isls. B.R. 2:121. L.B.C. 8:761.
G. 32:291. — Recommended as a fodder plant for Calif.
5. purpureus, Scop. Procumbent or erect shrub, to
2 ft., quite glabrous: Ivs. rather long-petioled ; Ifts. oval
or obovate, dark green above, J4-1 in. long: fls. 1-3,
purple; calyx reddish: pod black, 1-1 ^ in. long. May,
June. S. Austria, N. Italy. B.M. 1176. L.B.C.
9:892. G.C. III. 36:217; 50:163. Gn. 21, p. 421.
J.H.III. 49:399. Var. albus, Kirchn. Fls. white.
G. 6:433. Var. albo-carneus, Kirchn. (var. cdrneus,
Hort.). Fls. light pink. Var. atropurpureus, Dipp.
Fls. dark purple. Var. elongatus, Andre" (var. pendulus,
Dipp.), with slender, pendulous branches and purple
fls., is sometimes grafted high on Laburnum. There
exists an interesting graft hybrid of this species and
Laburnum vulgare, for which see Laburnum Adamii.
AA. Calyx campanulate, as long or only slightly longer
than wide: branches grooved or angled.
B. Fls. axillary along the branches.
c. Lvs. simple: fls. yellow: procumbent shrubs. (Coro-
thamnus.)
6. decumbens, Spach. Prostrate shrub, 4-8 in. high:
branchlets 5-angled, glabrescent: Ivs. oblong-obovate,
948
CYTISUS
CYTISUS
obtuse or acutish, pilose on both surfaces, ciliate,
J^-^in. long: fls. yellow, 1-3; calyx sparingly pilose;
standard broadly obovate, Mm- broad: pod }^-%in.
long, pilose, with 3-4 seeds. May, June. S. Eu. B.M.
8230. L.B.C. 8:718.
cc. Lvs. 3-foliolate (in Nos. 9 and 10 partly simple).
D. Plant a prostrate shrub: fls. yellow or yellowish white.
(Trianthocytisus.)
7. Ardoinii, Fournier. Prostrate shrub, about 1 ft.
high: branchlets grooved, pubescent: Ivs. long-petioled;
Ifts. 3, linear-oblong, acute, covered with spreading
hairs, J^-^in. long: fls. golden yellow, 1-3, crowded at
the end of short lateral branchlets, nearly ^in. long:
pod very villous, %in. long. April, May. S. France.
Moggridge, Flora of Mentone 58. — Very handsome, but
tender.
8. kewensis, Bean (C. Ardoinii x C. muUiflorus) .
Prostrate shrub : Ifts. 3, linear-oblong, clothed with short
soft pubescence, J^-^in. long: fls. yellowish white,
1-3, along slender branches, J^in. long. May. Origina-
ted at Kew. Gn. 60, p. 348; 69, p. 282; 73, p. 228; 75,
p. 273. G.M. 44:579; 51:355. G.W. 16, p. 610.— Like
the preceding well adapted for rockeries or for forming
a close covering to the ground.
DD. Plant an upright shrub: foliage scarce.
E. Style slightly curved, shorter than keel: fls. white or
yellowish white. (Spartothamnus.)
9. multifldrus, Sweet (C. dlbus, Link, C. Linkii,
Janka. Spdrtium multifldrum, Ait.). Shrub, to 3 ft.,
with slender, erect, grooved branches pubescent at
first: Ivs. short-petioled, 1- to 3-foliolate; Ifts. oboyate-
oblong to linear-oblong, J^-^in. long, sparingly
appressed-pubescent: fls. axillary, 1-3, white, ^-J^in.
long: pod appressed-pubescent, usually 2-seeded. May,
June. Spain, N. Afr. Gn. 64, p. 251; 69, p. 92; 72, p.
276. G.M. 49:579. G.W. 5, p. 111. Var. incarnatus,
Sweet. Fls. white, slightly blushed. L.B.C. 11:1052
(as Spartium).
10. preecox, Bean (C. multiflorus x C. purgans) . Shrub,
to 10 ft., with slender upright or arching branches:
branchlets grooved, pubescent at first: Ifts. usually 1,
sometimes 3, short-petioled, oblanceoiate or linear-
spatulate, silky pubescent, %-%in. long: fls. 1-2,
yellowish white, very numerous along the slender
branches, nearly )^in. long: pod appressed-pubescent,
about 1 in. long, usually 2-seeded. May. Of garden
origin. G.C. III. 29:41. Gn. 56, p. 37; 65, p. 438; 69,
p. 318. G.M. 44:581; 52:183. M.D.G. 1903:265.
G.W. 3, p. 221. Var. dlbus, Smith. Dwarf er, more
pendulous: fls. white. Gn. 75, p. 192. Var. luteus,
Smith. Dwarf: fls. yellow. — This hybrid is one of the
most floriferous of all brooms.
11. fflipes, Webb (Spartocytisus filipes, Webb).
Shrub, with slender, angulate, thread-like branches:
lys. slender-petioled, 3-foliolate, nearly glabrous; Ifts.
linear-lanceolate: fls. axillary, 1-2, fragrant, pure white;
wings much longer than the keel. Feb.-May. Tene-
riffa. — As C. palmensis, Hort., in the American trade.
EE. Style longer than keel, spirally incurved: fls. bright
yellow or partly crimson, rarely pale, large. (Saro-
thamnus.)
12. scoparius, Link (Sarothdmnus scoparius, Wimm.
Spdrtium scopdrium, Linn.). SCOTCH BROOM. Shrub,
to 10 ft., with erect, slender branches: Ivs. short-
petioled, 1-3-foliolate; Ifts. obovate or oblanceoiate,
sparingly appressed-pubescent, %-%'m. long: fls.
usually solitary, %in. long; calyx and pedicels nearly
glabrous: pod brownish black, glabrous, villous only at
the margin. May, June. Cent, and S. Eu. G. 25: 169.—
The tops are used for their sedative and diuretic prop-
erties. In Germany the fls. also are used medicinally.
Var. Andreanus, Dipp. (Genista Andredna, Puissant).
Fls. yellow with dark crimson wings. R.H. 1886:373.
Gt. 40:1342. R.B. 19:129. J.H. III. 32:462.— A beau-
tiful and striking variety. Var. albus, Loud. (var.
pdllidus, Hort. var. ochroleucus, Zabel., var. sul-
phureus, Arb. Kew). With yellowish white or pale
yellow fls. Gn. 61, p. 299; 65, p. 375. G.M. 44:580.
Var. pendulus, Arb. Kew (C. grandiflorus, Hort., not
DCJ C. cantdbricus, Hort., not Willd.). With slender
pendulous branches. There is also a variety with double
fls. — All the vars. are more tender than the type.
The Scotch broom, C. scoparius, has become established
in this country, as a naturalized plant, in waste places
from Nova Scotia to Va.; and it is also reported from
Vancouver Isl. It is also recommended by landscape
gardeners for covering raw and broken places. Its
yellow fls. and nearly bare sts. make a unique combina-
tion in the American landscape. Even when it kills
to the ground in winter, it throws up its sts. again in
the spring.
BB. Fls. in terminal racemes, sometimes umbel-
like, yellow: branches very leafy.
c. Foliage deciduous: branches terete: racemes very long
and slender. (Phyllocytisus.)
13. nigricans, Linn. (Lembdtropis nigricans, Griseb.).
Shrub, 2-4 ft., with erect, appressed-pubescent
branches: Ivs. long-petioled; Ifts. obovate or oblong-
obovate, glabrous above, appressed-pubescent beneath,
J/£-l in. long: racemes very long and slender, 3-8 in.
long. June, July. Germany, N. Italy, Hungary.
L.B.C. 6:570. B.R. 10:802. B.M. 8479. R.B. 26:3.
Var. elongatus, Borkh. (var. longespicdtus, Hort.).
Blooming again in fall at the top of the elongated fruit-
ing racemes. R.H. 1891, p. 149 (as var. Carlieri),
cc. Foliage persistent: branches grooved. (Teline.)
D. Lvs. distinctly petioled, obovate or obovate-oblong.
E. Racemes nearly capitate, 3-9-fld., at the end of short
lateral branchlets.
14. monspessulanus, Linn. (C. cdndicans, DC.
Genista cdndicans, Linn.). Shrub, to 10 ft.: branches
villous-pubescent when young: Ivs. short-petioled,
usually glabrous above, pubescent beneath; Ifts. obo-
vate or obovate-oblong, mucronulate, M~Min. long:
racemes 3-9-fld., short, leafy at the base; fls. fragrant,
bright yellow: pod rufous- villous. May, June. Medit.
region, Canary Isls. W.D.B. 1:80 (not good).
EE. Racemes longer, 6- to many-fld., secund, terminal and
lateral.
F. Petioles %in. long or shorter; Ifts. usually obovate,
less than }4in. long.
15. canariensis, Kuntze (Genista canariensis, Linn.).
GENISTA of florists. Fig. 1201. Much-branched shrub,
to 6 ft., with villous-pubescent branches: Ifts. cuneate,
obovate or oblong-obovate, rounded at the apex,
pubescent on both sides, %-%in. long: racemes usually
many-fld., dense and rather short; fls. fragrant, bright
yellow. May-July. Canary Isls. A.F. 6:802. R.B.
26:229. Var. ramosissimus, Briquet (C. ramosissi-
mus, Poir. C. Attleydnus, Hort.). Lfts. very small,
glabrous above: racemes short, but numerous. L.B.C.
13:1201. B.R. 3:217.
16. racemosus, Nichols., not Marn. (Genista formosa,
Hort.). Fig. 1202. Shrub, to 6 ft. : branches pubescent :
Ivs. rather long-petioled; Ifts. oblong-obovate, mucronu-
late, M-%m- long, silky pubescent on both sides:
racemes elongated, many-fld., secund and rather loose,
2-4 in. long. Probably of garden origin and hybrid
between C. canariensis and C. maderensis var. magni-
foliosus. A. F. 6:802; 13:1136. F-E. 9:431.— Better
florists' plant than the last; much grown as a pot-
plant and forced for early spring and Easter. Var.
Everestianus, Rehd. Fls. of a deeper shade of yellow,
very free-flowering. R.H. 1873:390.
CYTISUS
CYTISUS
949
FF. Petioles %in. long or longer; Ifts. oblong-obovate,
about }/%in. long or longer.
17. raaderensis, Masferrer (Tellne maderensis,
Webb). Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: lys. slender-
petioled, crowded; Ifts. oblong-obovate, silky pubes-
cent on both sides, or smooth above, acute or acutish,
)^-%in. long: racemes 6-12-fld., rather short, fulvoua
or silky pubescent; fls. bright yellow, slightly fragrant:
pod 5-7-seeded. May, June. Madera. Var. magnifoli-
osus, Briquet (Telme stenopetala, Webb. C. steno-
petalus, Christ. C. racemosus, Marnock). Lvs. larger,
^2-1^2 m- long: racemes elongated, 10-20-fld. Madera.
Marnock, Floricult. Mag. 2:19. B.R. 26:23 (as Genista
bracteolatd) . Webb & Berthelot, Phytogr. Canar. 45. —
Sometimes cult, as C. splendens, but less desirable as a
greenhouse plant than the two preceding species.
DD. Lvs. nearly sessile, linear or linear-lanceolate.
18. linifolius, Lam. Shrub, to 3 ft., with erect, ap-
pressed-silky tomentose branches: Ifts. linear or linear-
lanceolate, acute, revolute at the margin, nearly gla-
brous and shining above, silvery pubescent beneath,
J^-l in. long: racemes short and compact; fls. bright
yellow: pod torulose. April-June. Spain, N. Afr.,
Canary Isls. B.M. 442.
C. Ada.mii, Poir.=Laburnum Adamii. — C. alpinus, Mill.=
Laburnum alpinum. — C. austriacus, Linn. Allied to C. supinus.
Lfts. narrow, oblanceolate, silky pubescent on both sides: fls. yel-
low; calyx densely villous. S.E. Eu., Caucasus. — C. Beanii,
Nichols. (C. Ardoinii X C. purgans). Low shrub with golden yellow
fls., and narrow mostly simple lys. G. 30:207. — C. bifldrus, L'Her.
=C. ratisbonensis. — C. cantdbricus, Willd. Allied to C. scoparius,
but prostrate, with silky Ivs. and large bright yellow fls. : pod villous.
May. Spain. — C. congestus. Ball (Teline congesta, Webb). Allied
to C. linifolius. Densely villous-tomentose, small-lvd.: Ivs. short-
petioled: racemes short. Teneriffa. — C. Dallimdrei, Rolfe (C. multi-
florus X C. scoparius var. Andreanus). Upright shrub with pale
purple fls. G.C. III. 51:198. Gn. 74, p. 291. G.M. 55:11. B.M.
8482. There are forms with sulfur-yellow and one with orange-yellow
fls- — C. elongato-purpiireus, Hort.=C. versicolor. — C. elongalus,
Waldst. & Kit.=C. ratisbonensis var. elongatus. — C. emerifldrus,
Reichb. (C. glabrescens, Sartor, not Schrank). Allied to C. Ardoini:
Sparingly appressed-pubescent: branchlets angled: fls. yellow: pod
glabrous. N. Italy. G.W. 15, p. 557.— C. fragrans. Lam. Allied to
.. nhpes. Petioles short: Ifts. densely pubescent: fls. fragrant,
white. Spring. Teneriffa. J.H. III. 50:448. — C. glabrescens,
Sartor., not Schrank=C. emeriflorus. — C. handsworthensis, Paul
& Sons. "A white-fld. plant suitable for the rockery." — C. Hille-
brandtii, Briquet (Genista Hillebiandtii, Christ). A suffruticose
species, with long, slender hairy sts. and trifoliate hairy Ivs. Canary
Isls. — C. incarnatus, Hort. = C. versicolor. — C. Laburnum, Linn.=
Laburnum vulgare. — C. nublgenus, Link=C. fragrans. — C. purgans,
Willd. Shrub, to 3 ft., appressed-pubescent: branches striped: Ivs.
1-3-foliolate, oblong or linear-lanceolate: fls. axillary, yellow, fra-
§ rant : pod glabrous. May-July. Spain, S. France. — C.ramentaceus,
ieb.=Petteria ramentacea. — C. ratisbonfnsis, Schaeff: Allied to C.
hirsutus. To 3 ft.: branches slender, appressed-pubescent: Ifts.
glabrous above, silky beneath: fls. 1-2, yellow; calyx with appressed,
yellowish, silky hairs. April-June. M. Eu., W. Asia. Var. elonga-
tus, Koch. More erect: fls. larger, 3-5; calyx with somewhat spread-
ing hairs. B.R. 4:308 (as C. biflorus). — C. sessilifdlius. Linn.
Allied to C. nigricans. Quite glabrous: Ivs. nearly sessile, with
roundish-obovate Ifts.: racemes short, 4-11-fld. May, June. S.
Eu. B.M. 255. — C. Spachianus, Kuntze (Genista Spachiana, Webb).
Closely related to C. canariensis. Taller: Ifts. obovate, acuminate:
racemes somewhat elongated. Canary Isls. B.M. 4195. — C.
trifldrus, L'Her. Similar to C. hirsutus. Fls. long-pedicelled, yel-
low; calyx-tube short, not tubular. April, May. S. Eu., N. Afr.
Tender. F.C. 3:102. — C. versicolor, Dipp. (C. hirsutus X C. purpu-
reus). Low shrub, with sparingly villous Ivs.: fls. yellowish white
and pale purple. Sometimes cult, as C. incarnatus. — C. WtUenii,
Via.=Petteria ramentacea. ALFRED REHDER.
1202. Cytisus racemosus.
D
DABCECIA (after its Irish name, St. Dabeoc's Heath).
More commonly spelled Daboecia, and sometimes
Dabeocia. Syn., Boretta. Ericaceae. Shrub cultivated
for its purple flowers appearing in summer.
Low evergreen with alternate entire Ivs. and droop-
ing pedicelled fls. in long terminal racemes: corolla
ovoid, contracted at the mouth and shortly 4-lobed,
with recurved lobes; stamens 8, included: caps. 4-
celled, dehiscent. — One species in W. Eu.
This is a very pretty heath-like plant, with purple
or white flowers in elegant loose racemes, well adapted
for rockeries or borders of evergreen shrubberies.
Requires protection North during the winter, and
thrives best in a peaty, sandy soil. Propagated by
seeds treated like those of Erica, and by cuttings of
half-ripened wood under glass.
cantabrica, Koch (D. polifdlia, Don. Boretta can-
tdbrica, Kuntze. Menziesia polifdlia, Juss.). IRISH
HEATH. To 2 ft.: branchlets glandular pubescent: Ivs.
elliptic, the uppermost narrower, reyolute at the mar-
gin, whitish tomentose beneath, shining and dark green
above, J^-^in. long: racemes many-
fld.; corolla H~Hm. long, purple in
the type. June-Oct. Ireland, W.
France, N.Spain, Azores. Gn. 52:344;
71, p. 442; 76, p. 490. Gn. M. 3:336.
R.B. 3:121. Gt. 47:1450. S.B.F.G.
2:276. — There are many varieties, as
alba, Dipp., with white fls. (Gn. 22,
g302); bicolor, Dipp. (var. stridta,
ort.), with white- and purple-striped
fls.; rosea, Rehd. (Boretta cantabrica
rosea, Koopmann), with pink fls.;
atropurpfcrea, Dipp., with dark purple
fls.; nana, Rehd. (Menziesia polifdlia
nana, Lodd. M. polifdlia pygmaea, Arb.
Kew). Dwarf; with small and narrow
Ivs. L.B.C. 20:1907.
ALFRED REHDER.
DACR^DIUM (Greek-made name,
referring to the tear-like exudations).
Taxacese. About 16 species of New
Zeal., Austral., Malaya and Chile,
being trees or shrubs with closely
imbricated scale-like Ivs. on old trees
and linear or linear-subulate spreading
Ivs. on young trees and lower branches,
none apparently in the trade in this
country but more or less grown in
European arboreta; allied to Podocar-
pus, from which it differs in having
dimorphic Ivs., peduncle of fr. dry or
fleshy (fleshy and enlarged in Podocar-
pus), and the ovule becoming erect;
and to Phyllocladus, which differs in
having cladophylla and the true Ivs.
reduced to minute scales. Dacrydium
is dioecious or rarely monoecious, the
fls. not in cone-like structures; male
fls. solitary at tips of branchlets and
with the uppermost Ivs., females nearly
or quite terminal under the If.-like
scales: seeds nut-like, ovoid, borne in
a cup-like fleshy or thin aril.— These
more or less spruce-like trees some- 1203. Orchard-
times attain a height in their native glomerata.
regions of 75-100 ft. Some of the species may be
expected to thrive in the southern areas.
DACTYLIS (Greek daktulos, a finger). Graminene.
A perennial tufted grass with flat blades, thin promi-
nent ligules and sheaths closed nearly to the throat,
grown for forage and one form for ornament.
Panicles glomerate', spikelets 2-5-fld., nearly sessile
in dense 1-sided fascicles, these arranged in a panicle;
lemmas hispid-ciliate on the keels, awn-tipped, com-
pressed.— Species 1, north temperate regions of the
Old World.
glomerata, Linn. ORCHARD-GRASS. Fig. 1203. A coarse
grass, 2-3 ft., forming large tussocks: panicle a few
stiff branches, expanding in fl., afterwards appressed.
Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 20: 145. — Commonly cult, as
a pasture and meadow grass and useful for lawns under
trees. Var. variegata, Hort., is a dwarf form of com-
pact habit with foliage variegated silver and green;
used for borders. Prop, by division; of easy cultiva-
tion- A. S. HITCHCOCK.
DACTYLOCTENIUM (Greek, dak-
tulos, finger, and ktenion, a little comb).
Gramineae. FINGER-COMB GRASS. An-
nual grasses with spreading or creeping
stems, one of which has been offered
as an ornamental subject.
Spikelets several-fld., sessile, crowded
in 2-6 digitate 1-sided, rather broad,
flattened spikes; axis of spike extend-
ing beyond the spikelets as a naked
point. Species 2, warm regions of the
Old World. One species, D. aegyptium,
Richt. (D. segyptlacum, Willd. Eleusine
segyptica, Desf. Cynosiirus segyptius,
Linn.), CROW-FOOT, is a common weed
in Trop. Amer. The 3-5 short spikes
are divaricate at the summit of the
culms, about 2 in. long. — It has been
offered as an ornamental grass for gar-
den cult., but has little value. Mojave
Indians of S. Calif, use the grain for
food. In Afr. a decoction is prepared
from the seeds for inflammation of the
kidneys. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
D-/EDALACANTHUS (Greek words,
signifying an acanthad of curious struc-
ture). Acanthacese. Tropical shrubs or
sub-shrubs, with blue or rose-colored
flowers, sometimes grown under glass
and in the open in warm countries.
Leaves entire or scarcely dentate:
fls. in bracted spikes which are some-
times paniculate, the bracts usually
much exceeding the calyx ; calyx deeply
5-lobed or -parted; corolla-tube elon-
gated and slender, more or less curved,
bearing an oblique spreading 5-lobed
limb; perfect stamens 2, affixed in the
throat, included; style slender and
recurved: fr. an ovate or oblong caps.,
the seeds 4 or fewer. — Some 15 to 20
species in E. India and Malay Archi-
grass.— Dactylis pelago; by some authors the name
(plant XH) Eranthemum is applied to these plants
(950)
D.KDALACANTHUS
DAHLIA
951
and what are known as Eranthemum in this work
then become Pseuderanthemum.
This genus contains some tender shrubs of rather
difficult culture under glass, but great favorites in the
tropics, particularly in India. D. nervosus is a popular
winter- and spring-blooming shrub in southern Florida.
It has blue flowers an inch across, five-lobed, and
shaded purple at the mouth of the tube. For culture,
see Justicia.
nervosus, T. Anders. (Erdnthemwn nervosum, R.
Br. E. pulchellum, Andr., and some dealers, while
that of others is E. blcolor, and that of Roxburgh is £>.
purpurascens) . Fig. 1204. Glabrous or very nearly so:
Ivs. ovate or elliptical, acuminate at both ends, some-
what crenate or entire: spikes axillary, opposite, over-
lapping and interrupted: bracts elliptical, acute, ner-
vose : limb of the corolla as wide as the tube is long.
India. B.M. 1358 (as Justicia nervcsa). Gn. 51:352.
G.C. II. 21:415. — A very pretty shrub for the warm-
house, 2-6 ft., its fls. being of a color that is not very
common in winter-blooming plants. It is an easy sub-
ject to manage, requiring a light, rich soil, full sunlight
and plenty of water. Cuttings of young growth root
readily in a warmhouse.
macrophyllus, T. Anders. St. pubescent toward top:
Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate, ovate-acuminate, attenuate at
base: spikes linear, somewhat interrupted: bracts
elliptic, rather obtuse, nervose: fls. pale violet-blue.
India. B.M. 6686. — Differs from D. nervosus in laxer
infl., hairy Ivs. which are scabrid-pubescent on the
nerves beneath, and more pubescent shoots.
Wattii, Bedd. (D. pdrvus, C. B. Clarke). Slender,
2 ft. : Ivs. deep green with a light metallic shade, very
broad-ovate: fls. 1 in. across, blue or violet-blue, the
corolla-lobes broad-oboyate and narrowed abruptly
to a point, the white stigma protruding from the nar-
row throat. India. G.M. 44:645. G.C. III. 32:311.
A.F. 17:382. — A good dwarf species with fls. in dense
clusters, blooming in pots when 1 ft. high and flower-
ing in Sept. Requires a warmhouse treatment; grows
well in sandy loam; prop, by cuttings. L< jj g +
D-EMONOROPS (probably means God-like, of
divine appearance). Palmacese, tribe Lepidocdrpeas.
Slender pinnate palms grown for their graceful foliage,
but little known in Amer. outside of botanic gardens.
Differs from Calamus (with which it is by some united)
only in having the outer sheaths or spathes boat-shaped,
deciduous, at first inclosing the inner sheaths; its more
longly stalked fls. also separate it from Calamus. —
About 85 species, all Trop. Asiatic. Only a very few
are in cult. Treatment and general cultural conditions
of Calamus. D. Draco produces some of the "dragon's
blood" of commerce. See page 3568.
A. Young Ivs. green.
B. Sts. erect or climbing, sometimes both in one plant.
calicarpus, Mart. (Calamus calicdrpus, Griff.). St.
erect or climbing, 1 in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8 ft. long, upper
small with long flagella; Ifts. numerous, 12-13 in. long,
^j-J^m- wide; petiole 1 ft., the base not gibbous or puck-
ered: fr. about %in. diam., tawny. Malacca.
melanochaetes, Blume. St. erect: Ivs. pinnate, 10-12
ft. long in nature, the pinna; long and narrow, dark
green and drooping, furnished with many cirrhi, the
petioles sharp-spined at the sheathing base: fr. yellow-
green. Malaya. — Very decorative. A small form is
var. microcarpus. Little known in U. S.
BB. Sts. always climbing.
Lewisianus, Mart. (Calamus Lewisidnus, Griff.).
St. climbing, 1 in. diam.: petiole 1 ft., base much
swollen, armed below with scattered, short, deflexed
spines, and above with straight and hooked spines 1%
in. long; Ifts. 13-15 in. long, %-l in. wide; sheath
armed with solitary or seriate flat-back spines: fr. pale
yellowish. Penang.
intermedius, Mart. St. 15-20 ft., %in. diam.: Ivs.
long-petioled, 4-6 ft. long; Ifts. opposite or scattered,
18-20 in. long, 1-1 ^ in. wide, linear-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, margins and 3-5 costae bristly above and below;
1204. Daedalac an thus nervosus.
rachis semi-cylindrical, sparingly armed; petiole 1 ft.
long, with flattened spines. Malaya.
AA. Young Ivs. brownish or straw-colored.
palembanicus, Blume. St. erect: Ivs. pinnate,
broadly ovate, bright cinnamon-brown when young,
and Ifts. many, long, narrow, \\^ ft. long, about j^in.
wide; petioles erect, with stout spines on the back,
which are deflexed and not thickened at the base and
are arranged singly or in series. Sumatra. F. 1873,
p. 136.
periacanthus, Miq. Height 15 ft.: resembles D.
palembanicus, but the young Ivs. are nearly straw-
colored, and the spines are placed in irregular rings.
Sumatra. — A most graceful species.
D. plumdsus, Hort. Graceful plume-like Ivs., with pinnae
4 ft. or less long; petioles with rigid black spines with white oases.
India. F. 1871, p. 39. — Not in cult, in N. Amer.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.!
DAFFODIL: Narcissus. Daffodil, Sea: Pancratium.
DAHLIA (named after Professor Andreas Dahl, a
Swedish pupil of Linna3us, and author of "Observa-
tiones Botanic*"). Syn. Georgina. Composite. Stout
perennial herbs, sometimes somewhat woody, much
grown out-of-doors for the rich and profuse autumn
bloom. Plate XXXIV.
Tuberous-rooted (Fig. 1205) : st. mostly erect, branch-
ing, glabrous or scabrous: Ivs. opposite, 1-3-pinnate:
heads long-peduncled, large, with yellow disk and
rays in a single series and mostly in shades of red and
purple and also in white (in cult.); ray-fls. neutral or
pistillate, disk-fls. perfect and fertile; involucre double.
the inner series of thin scales that are slightly united
at base, the exterior series smaller and somewhat leafy;
952
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
receptacle plane, bearing chaffy scales; rays spreading,
entire or minutely 3-5-dentate: fr. oblong or obovate,
strongly compressed on the back, rounded at the apex,
obscurely 2-toothed or entirely bald. — Probably 10 or
12 species, in the higher parts of Mex., some of them
now much modified by cult., and the domesticated
forms often difficult of systematic study. The nomen-
clature of the group is confused because systematists
are not agreed on the rank to be given to forms that
have received independent names. Voss (Blumen-
gartnerei) combines the three species of Cavanilles,
D. pinnata, D. coccinea, and D. rosea, all under the name
D. pinnata. His arrangement is as follows : D. pinnata,
Cav.; var. coccinea, Voss (D. coccinea, Cav. D. rosea,
Cav., in part. D. frustranea, DC. D. crocea, Poir. D.
bidentifolia B,nd D. mexicana, Hort.); var. gracilis,
Voss (D. gracilis, Ort.); var. Cervantesii, Voss (D.
Cervantesii, Lag.); var. variabilis, Voss (D. variabilis,
Desf. D. rosea, Cav., in part. D. sambucifolia, Salisb.
D. superflua, Ait. D. purpurea, Poir.). It seems to
be well, however, to keep D. rosea and D. coccinea dis-
tinct, and perhaps also D. pinnata; and this is the
method adopted for the present treatment. Of the three
Cavanillesian names, D. pinnata has priority.
A. Plant very tall, tree-like.
B. Fls. nodding, bell-shaped.
imperialis, Roezl. Height 6-18 ft.: sts. usually many
from one base, mostly unbranched, knotty, 4-6-angled,
usually dying to the ground in winter in S. Calif.:
Ivs. 2-3-pinnately parted; Ifts. ovate, narrowed at the
base, acuminate, toothed, with a few short scattered
soft hairs: fls. nodding, 4-7 in. across, white, more or
less tinged with blood-red, especially at the base; rays
sterile or pistillate, lanceolate, sharp-pointed, not
3-toothed at the apex. Gt. 1863:407; 56, p. 22. G.C.
1870:459; II. 12:437; III. 34:178. B.M. 5813. Gn.
12:352; 33, p. 527; 61, p. 40. R.H. 1872:170; 1911, pp.
62-3. A.G. 15:313. Mn. 8, p. 61. —As few conservatories
can make room for so large a plant, it is common to
graft this species on dwarf varieties of D. rosea. The
inflated and pointed fl.-buds (3-4 in. long) are very
characteristic. It is not known whether the original
plant collected by Roezl was found in wild or cult,
surroundings. This species and the next are mostly
cult, under glass if cult, at the N., but this species
thrives in the open in Cent. Calif.; the others are
grown outdoors in summer, and the roots stored in
winter. Hybrids are reported between this species and
D. excelsa.
BB. Fls. erect, not bell-shaped, but opening out flat.
excelsa, Benth. (D. arbbrea, Regel). Height to 20
ft. or more: sts. several from same base, usually
unbranched, glaucous,
marked with horizon-
tal rings made by the
stem-clasping base of
the petioles as the
lower Ivs. fall away,
becoming woody for
several feet in mild
climates: Ivs. bipin-
nate, as much as 2}^
ft. long, 2 ft. wide; Ifts.
as many as 25, ovate,
those of the upper Ivs.
often contracted at
the base, acuminate,
toothed, pale green
beneath, with a few short scattered hairs or none: fls.
4^ in. across, dilute purple, crimson-pink. G.C. II.
19:80; III. 27:85.— This species was described from a
cult, plant with 8 rays in a single row, but with
considerably elongated disk-fls. It was almost an
anemone-fid, type, and all the florets were sterile. D.
1205. Clustered roots of the
garden dahlia.
arborea has never been sufficiently described as a
botanical species, but plants have been cult, for many
years under this name. Var. anemonaefldra, Hort.
Disk of lilac or yellow tubular florets; rays flat.
AA. Plant medium, averaging 3 ft., commonly from 2-5
ft., rarely exceeding these extremes.
B. Lvs. once pinnate: st. not branching from the base:
habit erect.
c. St. usually not glaucous: rays fertile.
D. Rays of the single fls. not recurved at the margins;
of the double fls. never flat, but cupped.
rosea, Cav. (D. variabilis, Desf. D. Bdrkerise and
D. Royledna, Know). & Westc.? D. superflua, Ait.
1206. Dahlia rosea (or D. variabilis). (XK)
D. purpurea, Poir. D. nana, Andr. D. crocdta, Lag.
D. corondta, Hort.). Fig. 1206. Lvs. typically once
pinnate, sometimes biplnnate; Ifts. ovate, toothed,
broader and coarser than in the other species. B.R.
55. B.M. 1885. — The original of practically all the
old-fashioned dahlias, particularly the Single, Pompon,
Show and Fancy types. It is therefore the parent of
the vast majority of the horticultural varieties. This
is a wonderfully variable species. Some plants are
densely hairy, others scarcely at all. The Ivs. are some-
times bipinnate in parts of plants or throughout an
entire plant. In double forms the rays usually have
abortive pistils. Many garden forms have glaucous
sts. Some authors have doubted whether this species
is distinct from D. coccinea, but the two types are very
different in the garden, although there are intermediate
forms in nature.
DD. Rays of the single fls. with recurved margins; of
the double fls. not cupped, but long, flat and pointed,
and some at least with recurved margins.
Juarezii, Hort. (D. Yuarezii, Hort.). CACTUS
DAHLIA. Fig. 1207. Distinct in the bloom: heads bril-
XXXIV. Dahlia. — Jeanne Charmet, one of the most beautiful Decorative dahlias
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
953
liant scarlet; fls. irregular in length and overlapping,
the rays narrow. The Cactus dahlias all originated
from one plant, which was flowered in Eu. for the first
time in 1864, and first pictured in G.C. II. 12:433
(1879). F.M. 1879:383. Gn. 18, p. 589: 19:742: 50,
p. 236. G.Z. 26:49.
cc. St. glaucous: rays not fertile.
coccinea, Cav. (D. bidentifdlia, Salisb. D. Cer-
vdntesii, Lag. D. Crocea, Poir.). Fig. 1208, redrawn
from B.M. 762 (1804). Always more slender than D.
rosea, with narrower Ifts., and in the wild, at least,
dwarfer than that species. The color range is much
smaller, and does not include white or any shade of
purple o'r crimson. The colors vary from scarlet,
through orange to yellow. There are no double forms,
and it has been said that this species will not hybridize
with D. rosea. The named varieties pictured in I.H.
31:515 and 533 (1881), which are emphatically
declared to be varieties of D. coccmea, are probably
garden forms of D. rosea. The only characters that
certainly distinguish D. coccinea from D. rosea are the
glaucous sts. and infertile rays of the former, but these
characters break down in garden forms. B.M. 762.
Gn. 19:154. G.C. II. 12:525.
BB. Lvs. twice pinnate: sts. branched from the base:
habit spreading.
Merckii, Lehm. (D. glabrdta, Lindl.). Fig. 1209,
redrawn from B.M. 3878 (1841). Height 2-3 ft.: roots
much more slender than those of D. rosea: st. and Ivs.
wholly devoid of hairs; Ivs. bipinnate: floral bracts
linear; fls. typically lilac; rays pistillate; outer involu-
cral bracts linear. B.R. 26:29 (1840). Gn. 19:154
(1881). — This is a very distinct garden dahlia, and is
worth growing merely as a foliage plant. The fine-cut
character of the foliage makes it more attractive than
the coarse foliage of most of the varieties of D. rosea.
The plants are much dwarfer and wider spreading than
most florists' dahlias, and show no st. while growing.
The branched flowering sts. are remarkably long, slen-
der and wiry, often rising 2-3 ft. above the foliage.
The rays are very short and often roundish, with a
short sharp point instead of 3 minute teeth. There are
no red, yellow or white forms in nature. The roots of
this and D. coccinea, being slenderer than those of D.
rosea, must be preserved with greater care in winter.
D. grdcilis, Ort. Lvs. bipinnate and ternately divided, gla-
brous, the Ifts. small, ovate and coarsely toothed: fls. brilliant
orange-scarlet; outer bracts of involucre almost orbicular: 4-5 ft.,
making a dense bush with very slender growths, bearing heads
2J^-3 in. across. Apparently not in general cult. — D. pinnMa,
Cav. Plant scarcely 3 ft. high, glabrous: Ivs. 5-fpliolate; Ifts. ovate,
crenate-dentate, glaucous beneath, sessile; rachis winged : fls. large,
solitary; female corolla large, blue-red, exterior involucre with 6-7
bracts, ovate, narrowed toward the base, spreading and reflexed-
incurved, the interior with coriaceous lobes. The plate of Cavan-
illes shows semi-double fls., i.e. with several rows of rays, with the
rays incurved at the margin and becoming at the base nearly
tubular. — D. Zimapdnii, Roezl, is by some retained in Dahlia and
by others referred to Bidens; in this work it is described under
os (C. diversifolius).
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
Types and varieties of the dahlia.
Practically all of the named varieties of dahlias have
come from one immensely variable species, usually
known as D. variabilis, but more properly as D. rosea.
For garden purposes, however, a second form of great
importance, D. Juarezii, the parent of the Cactus
forms, must be kept distinct. There are other species
cultivated to a slight extent. It is curious that these
showy plants should be closely related to a common
weed, the beggar's tick, of the genus Bidens; but other
species of Dahlia have leaves whose forms pass grad-
ually into those of Bidens. Other close allies are
Cosmos and Coreopsis. Cosmos flowers are some shade
of purple, rarely white in wild nature, and only one
species has yellow flowers; Coreopsis has yellow flowers
only; Bidens, yellow or white; and none of these
genera has produced double - flowered forms of the
first importance. Dahlia has all these colors and more,
being far richer in bright reds, and lacking only sky-
blue and its closely related hues, which are seen to
perfection in the China asters.
Although dahlias are popular plants, especially in old
gardens, they are destined to still greater popularity
from^the new "Cactus," "Decorative," "Peony-flow-
ered," and "Collarette" types. There exists a prejudice
against dahlias in many localities in which these new
types have never been seen. This prejudice is part of a
reaction against formal and artificial flowers in general.
The old-time dahlias were round hard and sriff like a
ball. The new-time dahlias are flatter, and tend
toward loose, free, fluffy chrysanthemum-like forms.
The dahlia has now become immensely variable.
Of the important and very variable florists' flowers,
the dahlia was one of the latest to come into cultiva-
tion. The first break of considerable importance in the
wild type occurred about 1814. Up to that time there
were perhaps a dozen well-marked colors in good
single-flowered varieties. Dahlias had been cultivated
in Europe since 1789, and it is a curious fact that
they showed signs of doubling the very first year of
their European residence; but it was not until twenty-
five years later that a marked gain in doubling was
made. The dahlia seemed to be undeveloped until
1814, when the era of doubling began. Before another
twenty-five years had passed, the dahlia had sprung
into the front ranks of garden plants. In 1826 there
were already sixty varieties cultivated by the Royal
Horticultural Society. In 1841, one English dealer
had over 1,200 varieties. Today it is not uncommon
for the leading tradesmen to keep 500 to 1,000 dis-
tinct varieties. In the absence of good records, it is
conjectured that over 3,000 different names of varie-
ties have been published in the catalogues. Most of
the varieties are the Show and Fancy types, which are
as spherical and regular as possible, and differ only in
color. At first the distinction between the two types
1207. The original Cactus dahlia. — D. Jaurezii.
Reduced from the Gardeners' Chronicle, where
it was first pictured
954
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
seems to have been the same as that between "self-
colored" and "variegated" flowers in general. Lately,
for purposes of exhibition in prize competitions, the
following arbitrary distinction has been adopted: A
Show dahlia (Fig. 1210) is often of one color; but if
the edges of the rays are darker than the ground-color,
the variety may be exhibited in the Show section. A
Fancy dahlia (Fig. 1211) always has two or more
colors, and if the rays are striped or if the edges are
lighter than the ground-color, the variety must be
exhibited in the Fancy section. The two types reached
full perfection certainly by 1840, and after that date
the improvements were mostly in matters of secondary
importance. Most of the longest-lived varieties belong
to the Show and Fancy type. These types held full
popularity until about 1879, when the first Cactus
dahlia appeared in England with a promise of new and
freer forms. This form is
the one which is perhaps
farthest removed from
nature, and it is probably
so highly esteemed largely
because the most work has
been spent on it.
1208. Dahlia coccinea.
Redrawn from the Botanical
Magazine for 1804.
A reaction against formalism in all departments of
life and thought set in about the time of the American
Civil War. It was in the sixties that the Japanese
chrysanthemums did much to emancipate the floral
world. With dahlias the reaction came much later and
has proceeded more slowly. The first Cactus dahlia
was so called because of its resemblance in form, but
chiefly in color, to the brilliant crimson-flowered Cereus
speciosissimus, a well-known garden plant (which is
known in the present work as Heliocerus speciosus).
The name is now highly inappropriate because the
color range of the pure Cactus type has been extended
to include all of the important well-defined colors of
which the dahlia seems capable. The original Cactus
dahlia was named Dahlia Juarezii, after President
Juarez, the "Washington of Mexico." It was pic-
tured for the first time in the Gardeners' Chronicle for
1879, and this interesting picture is here reproduced
in a reduced size in Fig. 1207. The type is still culti-
vated under the same name and in all essentials seems
to be unchanged. Forms of the Cactus dahlia are
shown in Figs. 1212, 1213.
The origin of the Cactus type, as of all the other
types of dahlias, is uncertain, and our efforts to
secure full and definite information upon some of the
most interesting points may perhaps always be baffled.
A Dutch dealer secured a root from Mexico that pro-
duced one plant which is the parent of all the Cactus
forms. It is not known whether the seed which may
have produced the original root came from a wild or a
cultivated flower. It has been said that seedlings of D.
Juarezii have produced in cultivation forms approach-
ing the Show type of D. rosea. The reverse process is
also said to have taken place, but full, authoritative
and convincing statements are wanting. In the garden,
D. Juarezii is exceedingly distinct from the florists'
forms of D. rosea. It is usually a slenderer, taller and
longer-jointed plant, with much handsomer and more
delicate foliage, the leaves being narrower than in
the coarse and almost ugly foliage of the old forms.
It has another peculiarity of growth, which is still one
of the most serious defects in the true Cactus type:
the plants tend to hide some of the flowers beneath
their foliage. This comes about in a curious way. At
a node between two young leaves there commonly
appear, at about the same time three new growths;
the middle one develops into a flower with a naked
stalk only 2 or 3 inches long, while the side shoots
quickly overtop it and repeat the same threefold
arrangement. The other most serious objection to the
true Cactus type is that it does not stand shipment
well and does not last so long as a cut-flower as the
Show dahlias.
The Decorative or Cactus Hybrid types are numer-
ous, and their popularity is more modern. They have
been largely seedlings from show flowers. Their rays
are rarely, if ever, recurved at the margins. All the
other types of dahlias are well defined, and a single
picture of each one will represent its type with suffi-
cient exactness. No one picture, however, can give any
conception of the great variety of forms included in
this more or less open horticultural section. The name
Cactus Hybrid means practically "miscellaneous," and
is analogous to the "Japanese" section of chrysanthe-
mums. It is on this section and the pure Cactus type
that the greatest hopes for the future of the dahlia
are based.
Dahlias considered to be of true Decorative type are
those possessing broad flat and nearly straight petals,
arranged somewhat irregularly; but the flowers are
not spherical in shape like the Show dahlia, but are
inclined to be flat and massive, and are always full to
the center. Dahlias of this character score a greater
number of points at exhibitions.
The Colossal dahlia is the basis of much discussion,
especially at exhibitions, the cause of debate being
that these dahlias are in reality not classified; that is,
the same variety is exhibited in one display as a Show
dahlia, and in the next as a Decorative dahlia; but in
reality there should be a Colossal class for this type of
dahlia. This type, if it may be so called, has large
cupped but not quilled rays or petals; the flowers are
5 inches and over in diameter, and spherical in shape;
they therefore partake of both types, but are sufficiently
different to spoil the harmony, when exhibited in either
the Show or Decorative class. "Le Colosse" is the first
of this type of dahlia, and hybridization has given a
large number of seedlings, which are almost identical
in form, shape, and size, the most prominent being
at present American Beauty, Giant Purple or Royal
Purple, J. K. Alexander, Surpasse Colosse, and Janne
(Yellow) Colosse.
The Pompon type is a small form of the Show and
Fancy types. It has the same colors and the same form,
but the flowers are smaller and more abundant. As
a rule, the smaller the flowers the prettier and more
individual they are. The larger they are, the more
they suffer by comparison with the Show type. Per-
haps their greatest point is their productiveness. When
profusion is the main idea, not great size and quality,
the Pompons are the favorite type of dahlia for cut-
flowers.
DAHLIA
955
The Single dahlias may be freely produced, but they
are not so lasting for cut-flowers. The Single type has
had many ups and downs. In the reaction against
formalism, it came to the front about 1881, and for
several years thereafter several hundred forms were
kept distinct and they were made the chief feature of
the European
shows. When
the dahlia first
came into culti-
vation, its rays
were relatively
long, slen-
der, acuminate,
notched at the
end, and with
such wide spaces
between the tips
of the rays as to
give the flower a
stellate appear-
ance. In the
course of the
evolution of the
single type, the
gardeners re-
tained the most
regular and sym-
metrical forms.
Single dahlias
with always and
only eight rays
were preserved.
1209. Dahlia Merckii. The rays of
Redrawn from the Botanical Magazine, dahlias became
for 1841. broader and
rounder, as in
Fig. 1214, until finally in pedigree varieties the vacant
spaces were closed up. The same mental ideals have
produced the rose-petaled geraniums and the should-
ered tulips. In a high-bred single dahlia there are no
minute teeth or notches at the tips of the rays.
Most of the single dahlias of high pedigree have rays
of uniform coloration with no secondary color at the
base, but a few have a distinct ring of color at the base,
often called an "eye or crown," which is sometimes
yellow and rarely red or some other color. Usually the
rays of a single dahlia are spread out horizontally,
sometimes they bend back, and rarely they bend
inwards and form a cup-shaped flower. These three
forms can doubtless be separated and fixed during
those periods when the interest in the Single type
warrants it. Semi-double forms are frequent (Fig.
1215).
Single dahlias are likely to lose some of their rays
after a day or two in a vase. In cutting them it is well
to choose the younger flowers. A vigorous shake often
makes the older ones drop their rays. It is an easy
matter to keep the seeds from forming, simply by
removing the flowers as they mature, and by so doing
save the strength of the plant for the production of
flowers.
There are three other dahlia types of minor impor-
tance,— the Single Cactus, the Pompon Cactus and
Tom Thumb. The Single Cactus type differs from the
common Single type in having rays with recurved
margins, which give a free and spirited appearance to
the flowers. Instead of spreading out horizontally,
the rays often curve inward, forming a cup-shaped
flower. This type originated with E. J. Lowe, Chep-
stow, England, was developed by Dobbie & Co. about
1891, and was first disseminated in 1894. The Single
Cactus dahlias are very interesting and pretty. The
Tom Thumb type is a miniature race of round-rayed
single dahlias, which grow from 12 to 18 inches high,
and are used for bedding. The type originated in
61
England with T. W. Girdlestone, and was developed
and introduced by Cheal & Sons.
The "green" dahlia (Dahlia viridiflora, Hort.) is an
interesting abnormal form in which the rays are
partially or wholly suppressed, and the chief feature
of interest is a confused mass of green, not resembling
petals at all, but evidently a multiplication of the outer
mvolucral scales, which, in the dahlia, are green, leafy
bracts. The "green" dahlia is not unhealthy; it is as
strong and vigorous as any of the other forms, but very
unstable and variable, producing flowers of solid green
color, others of green with small cup-shaped crimson-
scarlet petals intermingled, and others of solid crimson-
scarlet color, and all on the same plant. This freak
was pictured as 'long ago as 1845 in G.C., p. 626; and
again in G.C. III. 30: 294.
Another interesting variation which hardly ranks in
E resent importance with the eleven types contrasted
elow is the laciniated form, which makes a very
pretty though rather formal effect. Examples are Ger-
mania Nova, Mrs. A. W. Tait and its yellow variety
among large double forms, and White Aster among
the Pompons. In these cases, the notches at the tips
of the rays, instead of being minute and inconspicuous,
are deepened so much that they give the laciniated
effect. At present this form is available in a very nar-
row range of colors. It is not probable that it will be
an important factor in producing chrysanthemum-like
forms.
Another form which baffles description, but is
nevertheless very distinct, is that of Grand Duke
Alexis. It is nearer the Show type than any other, but
is perhaps best classed with the Cactus Hybrid sec-
tion, simply because it seems advisable to keep the
Show type the most sharply defined of all. It is a very
flat flower, and the rays are remarkably folded, leav-
ing a round hole at the top of each one. Up to 1909
the variety of colors of the type of Grand Duke Alexis
has been increased, including the varieties Dreer
White, Mrs. Roosevelt, Purple Duke, Pythias, W. W.
Rawson, and Yellow Duke.
About midway between Grand Duke Alexis and
the Show or cupped type is an interesting form, the
"quilled" dahlia, a name which is perhaps necessary,
though unfortunate. In A. D. Livoni the rays are
rather tightly folded for about two-thirds of their
length, leaving a round hole at the tip as in Grand
Duke Alexis, but giving a peculiar whorled effect,
which plainly shows the spiral arrangement of the suc-
cessive tiers of rays. Among Pompons, Blumenfalter
is an example of
this rosette-like or
quilled form, and
many colors are
procurable. How-
ever, the word
"quilled" usually
suggests a long
tube with a flared
opening, whereas
in the form de-
scribed above the
margins of the
ray are merely
rolled tightly to-
gether, but not
grown together
into a thin seam-
less tube. Perhaps
the most impor-
tant variation
that has not yet
appeared in the
dahlia is the won-
derful elongation
of the disk florets 1210. A Show dahlia.
956
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
into long, thin, variously colored tubes which have
E reduced such charming effects in the China aster and
ave culminated in the marvelous grace of many chry-
santhemums. The dahlia may not be denied such
possibilities, for in G.C. III. 20:339 (1896) a new dahlia
was described in which the quills are really tubes for
two-thirds of their length.
The Collarette dahlia is a very novel and distinct
type. The flowers are single, with an additional row
of short petals around the disk, which forms a frill or
collar usually of a different color from the remainder
of the flower. The same method obtained in the
development of the Collarette dahlia as in the develop-
ment of the Single dahlia. Varieties having only eight
rays or petals, with the additional collar, and present-
ing a symmetrical and concentrated impression, were
preserved. The collar consists principally of three or
four smaller and more gracefully curved rays, pro-
duced at the disk, at the center of each of the eight
larger rays or petals, and taking the same direction as
the large rays, thus showing distinctly the golden
yellow center, so pronounced in the Single dahlia.
The first Collarette dahlia was President Viger, and was
originated at Pare de la Tete d'Or, or in the gardens of
the City of Lyons, France, then under the supervision
of Professor Gerard, who was succeeded by M. Cha-
bannes. President Viger was first shown in 1900 at
the Universal Exposition, and offered for sale in 1901
by Rivorie Pere & Fils of Lyon. In 1902 appeared the
variety Joseph Goujon also obtained at the Pare de
la Tete d'Or, Lyon; then in 1903 Rivorie offered
Etendard de Lyon and Gallia, which figured with
honor for that firm. During the next ten years, from
1903 until 1913, all the known varieties of the Col-
larette dahlia were developed by Rivorie. Pere & Fils,
and appeared in the following order: 1903, Etendard
de Lyon, and Gallia; 1904, Mme. LePage Viger, La
Fusee, Duchesse J. Melsi D'Ehril-Barbo, Prince Galit-
zine, Comte Cheremeteff, and Maurice Rivoire; 1905,
Exposition de Lyon Orphee, and Prince de Venosa;
1906, Merveille de Lyon, Mme. Georges Bernard,
Comte Nodler, Deuil de Brazza, Princesse Olga
Altieri, Corbeille de Feu, and Signorina Rosa Esen-
grini; 1907, Comtesse Dugon, Ami Cachat, and Vol-
can; 1908, Jupiter, Pluton, Pan, Etoile de Moidiere,
and Mme. Chamrion; 1909, M. Mery de Montigny;
1211. A Fancy dahlia of the Pompon type.
1212. A Cactus dahlia. ( X
1910, Abbe Hugonnard, Comte de Vezet, Mme. Pile,
Souvenir de Bel-Accueil, and Vicomtesse des Mons;
1911, General de Sonis, and Deuil du Docteur Ogier;
1912, Cocarde Espagnole, Etincelant, and Stella;
1913, Geant de Lyon, Maroc, and Etoile de Mon-
plaisir. In 1912, J. K. Alexander, a dahlia specialist
in East Bridgewater, Massachusetts, succeeded in
developing the first Collarette dahlia of American
origin, the variety Champion; this added the red and
yellow coloring to the type. Previous to 1912, three
other foreign varieties, Directeur Rene Gerard, Mme.
E. Poirier, and Souv. de Chabanne, found their way to
America, and were offered the following year in the
leading seedsmen's catalogues. The year 1913 gave a
collection of nearly fifty distinct named varieties of the
Collarette dahlia, including every known color in the
dahlia world.
The Holland Peony-flowered dahlia is now the most
popular dahlia, possessing an entirely original form,
resembling the semi-double peonies; the flowers are
broad, flat, somewhat irregular in form, and are pro-
duced with remarkable freedom on long stems. This
type of dahlia has proved the m6st satisfactory for
garden purposes, the plants being covered with flowers
the entire season. The origin of the Holland Peony-
flowered dahlia, like all other types, is uncertain,
and all efforts to secure full and definite informa-
tion are unfruitful. Originally the Holland Peony-
flowered dahlia was grown for some years in Germany,
in a mixture known as "Half-double Giant Dahlias."
A Dutch grower, H. Hornsveld of Baarn, Holland, was
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
957
the first to note their possibilities, and selected from
these "mixed dahlias" the best varieties, from which
he propagated ; then he drew the attention of the public
to his new varieties, which he named and offered for
sale. Other growers in Holland followed his example
with great success. The Holland Peony-flowered
dahlia was imported
to America in 1908,
and simultaneously
appeared in the cata-
logues of the leading
growers and seed-
men. The number in-
creased rapidly, and
in 1910 appeared new
varieties of American
origin, notably the
new varieties origi-
nated by the W. W.
Rawson Co., of Bos-
ton, Massachusetts.
The most prominent
varieties are the fol-
lowing: Andrew Car-
negie (1908), Bertha
Von Suttner (1908),
Caesar (1911), Cecilia
(1911), Dr. K. W.
van Gorkum (1906),
Dr. Peary (1911),
Duke Henry (1906),
Geisha (1908), Ger-
1213. Single cactus dahlia. ( X 1A)
mania (1906), Glory
of Baarn (1906),
Glory of Groenekan (1907), H. Hornsveld (1907), Hugo
de Vries (1907), H. J. Lovink (1911), Kaiserin Augusta
Victoria (1907), King Edward (1909), King Leopold
(1906), La Rainte (1907), Mannheim (1908), Mer-
veille (1907), Miss Gladys Dawson (1908), Paul
Kruger (1906), P. W. Jansen (1907), Queen Alexandra
(1909), Queen Emma (1906), Queen Wilhelmina (1906),
Snow Queen (1907), and Sherlock Holmes (1912).
The fragrant dahlia is the pride of the true Peony-
flowered type, possessing a pleasing and agreeable
odor, so long desired. The fragrant dahlia was first
detected by J. Herbert Alexander, in the year 1912,
on the trial-grounds of J. K. Alexander of East Bridge-
water, Massachusetts; hybridization and propagation
was begun immediately with the new variety, and
in 1913 a collection of five fragrant dahlias appeared
in Alexander's catalogue.
The main types of dahlias may perhaps be distin-
guished more clearly by the following scheme:
A. Plants very dwarf.
1. THE TOM THUMB TYPES.
AA. Plants not very dwarf.
B. Fls. single.
c. Rays flat, not recurved at the margins.
2. THE SINGLE TYPE. Fig. 1214.
cc. Rays with recurved margins.
3. THE SINGLE CACTUS TYPE. Fig. 1213.
BB. Fls. double.
c. Size offls. small, 1-2 in, across.
D. Rays cupped.
4. THE POMPON TYPE. Fig. 1211. Also called "Bou-
quet" and "Lilliputian."
DD. Rays flat.
5. THE POMPON CACTUS TYPE.
cc. Size of fls. large, 3-5 in. across, averaging 4 in.
D. Rays cupped.
E. Colors single, or the edges darker than the ground-color.
6. THE SHOW TYPE. Fig. 1210.
EE. Colors 2 or more, striped, or with edges lighter
than the ground-color.
7. THE FANCY TYPE.
DD. Rays not cupped, but long and flat, or with
recurved margins.
8. THE CACTUS TYPE. Figs. 1207, 1212.
DDD. Rays various in form.
9. THE DECORATIVE TYPE.
10. THE COLLARETTE TYPE.
11. THE PEONY-FLOWERED TYPE; including the
fragrant dahlia. Fig. 1215.
Useful dahlias for various purposes, as they exist in
North America in 1913:
Cactus dahlias, for cut-flower purposes. — Alexander, Alight,
Alfred Vasey, Clara G. Stedwick, Countess of Lonsdale, Dainty,
Effective, Eureka, Floradora, Forbes Robertson, Flame, Glory of
Wilts, Golden Gem, Gazelle, Gabriel, Gen. Buller, Helene, Henri
Cayenx Hereward, Ivernia, Jeannette, J. H. Jackson, J. Weir
Fife, Killarney, Lightship Lady Fair, Lady Colin Campbell, Lord
of the Manor, Mary Service, Mrs. DeLuca, Mrs. H. L. Brouson,
Mrs. Winchester, Mrs. Mortimer, Mrs. Geo. Caselton, Mme. Henri
Cayeux, Mrs. MacMullan, Reine Cayeux, Rosa Starr, Reliable,
Stella, Sirus, Sandy, Thomas Wilson, and Yonne Cayeux.
Cactus dahlias for exhibition purposes. — Amazon, Clincher,
Diavolo, Master Carl, Mercury, Mrs. S. T. Wright, Rev. Dr.
Baker, Rev. T. W. Jamieson, Royal Scarlet, Schneewitchen,
Snowstorm, T. G. Baker, Wellington, Whirlwind, White Swan,
Wm. Marshall, W. B. Childs.
Decorative dahlias for cut-flower purposes. — Delice, Himmlische,
Jack Rose, Jeanne Charmet, John R. Baldwin, Minos, Maid of
Kent, Mme. A. Lumiere, Mme. Victor Vassier, Mme. Van den
Dael, Perle de la Tete D'or, Reggie, Souv. de Gustave Douzon,
Wilhelm Miller.
Decorative dahlias for exhibition purposes. — American Beauty,
A. E. Johnson, Blue Oban, Gigantea, Grand Duke Alexis, Gettys-
burg, Le Grand Manito, Le Mont Blanc, Les Alliees, Mme. Helene
Charvet, Mme. Augusta Lumiere, Mademoiselle Galy Miquel,
Madame Devinat, Mme. Marze, Morocco, Peerless, Perle de
Ocean, Papa Charmet, Ville de Lyon, Yellow Colosse.
Peony-flowered dahlias for cut-flower purposes. — Admiration,
Bertha Von Suttner, Goddess of Fame, Geisha, Marie Studholme,
Mrs. A. Platt, Mrs. Jacques Futrelle, Queen Wilhelmina, and
Sunrise.
Peony-flowered dahlias for exhibition purposes. — Hampton Court,
King Leopold, Priscilla, Snow Queen, Solfatara, Duke Henry, and
Hollandia.
Collarette dahlias for massing. — Exposition de Lyon, Maurice
Rivoire, and President Viger.
Show dahlias for exhibition purposes. — Acquisition, Alice Emily,
Acme of Perfection, Brown Bess, Dreer's White, Dr. Keynes, David
Johnson, Emperor, Ivanhoe, Harrison Weir, Mrs. Susan Wilson,
Mme. Heine Furtado, Mme. Marika Anagnostaki, Mme. Alfred
Mareau, Merlin, Muriel, Norma, Nugget, Queen of Autumn,
Rosebud, Stradella, Standard, W. P. Laird, and Wm. Dodds.
Among the Show dahlias that are the best for flowering are: A. D.
Livoni, Arabella, Ansonia, Dr. J. P. Kirkland or Cuban Giant,
Dorothy Peacock, Imperial, Miss Fox, Perfection, Storm King,
and White Queen.
Show dahlia for bedding purposes. — White Bedder.
Fancy dahlias of merit. — Chorister, Chas. Turner, Dazzler,
Dorothy, Distinction, Duchess of Albany, English Dandy, Erie
Fisher, Gloire de Guiscard, Frank Smith, Frederick Smith, General
Grant, Gold Medal, Goldsmith, Geo. Barnes, Hercules, Lea
Amours de Madame, Lucy Faucett, Mme. Lily Large, Polly San-
dall, Rebecca, Rev. J. B.
McCamm, S. Mortimer,
Sunset, and Wizard.
Pompon dahlias for bor-
ders or hedges. — Achilles,
Crusoe, Darkness, Fasci-
nation, Mabel, Pure Love,
Rosalie, Red Indian, Snow
Clad, Vivid, and Wini-
fred.
Pompon dahlias for ex-
hibition purposes. — Amber
Queen, Ideal, Harry, Lit-
tle Mary, Rosebud, Shalii,
and Spy.
Pompon dahlias for
flowering purposes. — Klein
Domitea, Darkest of All,
Fairy Queen, Star of the
East, and Spy.
Societies and shows.
— The dahlia is one
of about a dozen
1214. A broad-rayed
single dahlia.
958
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
genera of plants whose horticultural value has been
attested by permanently successful special societies.
There are national dahlia societies in England and
America. Dahlia shows are usually held the second or
third week in September. On December 21, 1906, the
New England Dahlia Society was chartered; this
Society led to great advancement in the dahlia, hold-
ing an annual exhibition in Boston, and issuing monthly
a paper known as the "Dahlia News." Great interest
was fostered, and in 1913 its membership list included
nearly every state in the Union, and six foreign coun-
tries. At the present date of writing the New England
Dahlia Society is considering the adoption of a new
charter, whereby it can become the National Society.
Other societies devoted to the welfare of the dahlia
have been recently formed; principally "The Dahlia
Association of Seattle," "Tacoma Dahlia Society,"
"Inter-town Dahlia Association" in Connecticut.
Literature. — As in many other cases, the magazine
literature of the dahlia is the most bulky, and, in some
respects, more important than the books on the subject.
C. Harman Payne published a bibliography in G.C.
III. 21:329 (1897). There had been about twenty-five
books devoted to the dahlia, many of them pamphlets
and cheap cultural manuals. These books were mostly
"published from 1828 to 1857, with none in North
America for nearly forty years after that date until
1896, when Lawrence K. Peacock's book, "The Dahlia,"
appeared. The first American treatise was by E. Sayers,
published at Boston, 1839. Many interesting facts
came out in 1889, the centennial year of the dahlia. A
report of the National Dahlia Conference is reprinted
from the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society
for 1890, but Shu-ley Hibberd's statements therein
regarding the botany of the dahlia agree very poorly
with Hemsley's revision of the genus in G.C. II.
12:437, 524, 557 (1879). In 1906 W. W. Wilmore
published "The Dahlia," a handsomely illustrated
American manual, valuable to both amateur and pro-
fessional. The annual catalogues of the leading dahlia
specialists furnish much valuable matter, and cultural
hints, and are the most up-to-date issues in the dahlia
hne. WILHELM MILLER.
J. K. ALEXANDER.
Cultivation of the dahlia.
The dahlia has no very special or particular require-
ments, and yet many growers fail of the best success
because the few demands are not well met.
Propagation.
There are four methods by which dahlias are propa-
gated: by cuttings (the commercial method), by divi-
sion of roots (the amateur's method), by grafting to
perpetuate rare kinds, and by seeds, to produce new
varieties.
Cuttings. — Propagation by cuttings is employed
mainly by commercial growers, and though the ama-
teur may propagate plants successfully, the attention a
few cuttings would probably require is so great that it
would be cheaper to buy plants. The roots are planted
closely in benches in the greenhouse early in January,
and cuttings are made from the young shoots as fast
as they form the third or fourth set of leaves. These
cuttings are carefully trimmed and placed in pure sand
in the propagating-bench, using a dibble and putting
the cuttings in rows about 3 inches apart and %-l
inch between the cuttings.
The propagating-bench is made by running a flue,
hot-water or steam pipes beneath an ordinary bench,
and boarding up the side to confine the heat. Although
there may be a difference of opinion among propaga-
tors, yet a bottom of sand heat of 65°, with the tem-
perature of the house from 5° to 10° less, will give the
best practical results. With this temperature, the cut-
tings will root in about two weeks, and will be far
stronger than if rooted in less time with greater heat.
As soon as cuttings are rooted, they are potted off into
small pots and grown in a cool greenhouse until danger
of frost is over, when they are planted out in the open
ground. Cuttings made too far below a joint, or too
late in summer, will produce flowering plants but
no tubers.
Division of roots. — This is the easiest and most satis-
factory way for amateurs. As the eyes are not on the
tubers, but on the crown to which the tubers are
attached, care must be taken that each division has at
least one eye, otherwise the roots will never grow. It
is, therefore, best to start the eyes by placing the roots
in a warm, moist place a short time before dividing.
The roots are sometimes placed in a hotbed, and shoots
grown to considerable size, then set out as plants; but
this plan has many drawbacks, and is not advised.
Grafting. — A very interesting, though not profitable
mode of propagation is by means of grafting. The top
of the tuber is cut slantingly upward, and the cutting
slantingly downward, placed together and tied with
raffia or any soft, handy material. They are then
planted in a pot deep enough to cover the lower part
of the graft with earth, and they will soon adhere if
placed under a hand-glass or in a frame. Grafting is
practised only for the preservation of rare and weak-
growing sorts.
Seeds. — The chief use of seeds is the production of
new varieties. Seeds are also used by those who
chiefly desire a mass of color, and are not particularly
desirous of finely formed blooms. If planted early
enough indoors and transplanted to the open as soon
as safe, fine masses of color can be secured before frost,
and the roots of the more desirable kinds can be saved,
and will give even better results the next season.
Field or garden requirements.
Dahlias are easily destroyed by high winds unless
they are given a protected position, and they need
plenty of air and sunlight for best results. In shaded,
close, airless quarters the growth is sappy, and the
flowers are poorly colored.
The soil is not so important, except in its ability to
hold moisture during severe droughts. Any rich soil
that will grow corn will also grow dahlias to perfection,
if all other conditions are favorable. They will grow
equally well in clear sand, clay or gravel, if the proper
kinds and quantities of plant-food are added and well
and thoroughly worked in. It is, however, unreason-
able to expect dahlias or any garden plants to succeed
in a hard clay, devoid of humus, easily baked and
never tilled.
Feeding. — It is always best to broadcast the manure
and plow or spade it into the soil; thorough spading is
absolutely necessary if the manure is not well decom-
posed. On heavy clay or gravelly soils, loose coarse
manure may be used, but on light or sandy soils,
manure should always be fine and well rotted. Com-
mercial fertilizers are also largely used, and are most
valuable when used in connection with manure. Any
good fertilizer, rich in ammonia and phosphoric acid,
with a liberal amount of potash, will answer at the
tune of planting, but as a top-dressing later, nothing
equals pure bone-meal and nitrate of soda, four parts
bone-meal to one part soda.
Kinds of stock. — Dahlias are offered in five forms:
large clumps, ordinary field-roots, pot-roots, green
plants and seeds. The clumps give the best satisfac-
tion the first year, but are entirely too large and un-
wieldy for anything but a local trade and exchange
among amateurs. The ordinary field-roots are the most
valuable, as they can be handled easily and safely, and
always give satisfactory results. Pot-roots are largely
used in the mailing trade, and, while they will not give
as good results the first year, are valuable for shipping
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
959
long distances where larger roots could not be profit-
ably used, owing to heavy transportation charges.
Green plants are mainly used to make up any defici-
ency in the field-crops, owing to unfavorable seasons,
or an unusual demand for certain varieties.
Planting. — There is diversity of opinion as to the
proper time to plant dahlias, but the writer has always
found it best to plant early, and would advise planting
large strong roots about two weeks before danger of
frost is over. This would be, in the vicinity of Phila-
delphia, about April 15; and as it requires from two to
three weeks for the plants to get up through the
ground, there will be no danger, while the plants will
bloom that much earlier. It is best, however, not to
plant small roots or green plants until danger of frost
is over — in the vicinity of Philadelphia, about May 1
to 10, according to the season. A good rule to follow
everywhere would be to plant small roots and green
plants as soon as danger of frost is
past, and large roots about three
weeks earlier.
Tillage. — The first requisite of
successful garden cultivation is
thoroughly to stir the soil to con-
siderable depth and enrich it, if it
is not already rich, by broad-cast-
ing and plowing or spading in a
good coat of well-rotted manure.
Too much stress cannot be placed
upon the thorough preparation of
the land, as it not only allows the
roots to go down deep after the
moisture more readily durmg dry
weather, but affords good drainage
during excessive rains. Having
prepared the land as above, mark
out rows 4 feet apart and 6 to 8
inches deep, and plant the roots
from 18 inches to 3 feet apart in
the row, according as solid rows
or specimen plants are desired.
In its early stage of develop-
ment, the dahlia grows very
rapidly, and should be kept
thoroughly tilled. But while deep
tillage is beneficial during its early stages of develop-
ment, it is almost fatal to the production of flowers
if practised after the plants come into bloom. There-
fore, when the plants begin to bloom, cease deep
tillage, and stir the soil to the depth of 1 to 3 inches
only, but stir it often, and never allow the surface to
become hard and baked. This will not only prevent
excessive evaporation of moisture and keep the under
soil cool and moist, but will also prevent the destruc-
tion of immense quantities of feeding-roots.
As long as the roots supply more nourishment than is
needed to support the plant, both the plant and the
flowers increase in size and beauty; but as the supply
gradually becomes exhausted, the plants cease growing
and the flowers become much smaller. This condition
is what is generally called "bloomed out," but what is
really "starved out," and can easily be prevented if
the proper attention is given to the plants. As soon as
the flowers begin to grow smaller, broadcast around
each plant a small handful of pure bone-meal, and
nitrate of soda, in proportion of four parts bone to one
part soda, and carefully work it into the soil.
Watering. — This is a debatable subject, and, although
a judicious application of water during a severe dry
spell is very beneficial, yet in nine cases out of every
ten in which water is applied, a thorough stirring of
the surface soil would give better results.
Many persons think Dahlias should be watered every
evening, and as soon as they are up begin watering
them daily unless it rains. This practice is very in-
jurious, as it causes a rapid but soft growth, and as
1215. A semi-double form of dahlia.
the soil is seldom stirred, the roots become so enfeebled
that they are unable to supply the needs of the plant;
as a consequence, but few buds are formed, and they
generally blast before developing into flowers. In other
cases, as the enthusiasm wears off, watering is stopped,
probably right at the beginning of a severe drought,
and the weak, pampered plants are fortunate to sur-
vive, much less bloom.
If large, strong roots are planted and the soil is kept
thoroughly stirred, there will be little need of artificial
watering until after the plants come out in full bloom.
However, if it should become hot and dry after the
dahlias come into bloom, it would be very beneficial to
give them a thorough watering once each week or ten
days during the continuance of the drought. But care
should be taken to stir the soil to the depth of 1 to
2 inches the next day, carefully pulverizing it later in
order to break the natural capillarity by which the
moisture is evaporated.
The best rule to follow is not
to allow the plants to suffer for
want of moisture, not to water
them except when they need it,
but to water them thoroughly
when necessary, and not to allow
excessive evaporation for want of
frequent stirring of the soil.
Training. — In planting the roots
or tubers, place them on their
sides with the eye as near the
bottom as possible, and cover
only 2 to 3 inches deep. As soon
as the shoots appear, remove all
but the strongest one, and pinch
out the center of that one as soon
as two or three pairs of leaves
have formed, thus forcing it to
branch below the level of the
ground. As the plants develop,
the soil is filled in gradually by sub-
sequent hoeings. By this method
the entire strength of the root
and the soil is concentrated on
the one shoot, causing it to grow
vigorously; while the pinching
back not only causes it to branch below the surface of
the soil, and thus brace it against all storms, but also
removes all of those imperfect, short-stemmed flowers
that appear on some varieties. If the plants are
pinched back low, as described, there is no danger of
the branches splitting down, as the soil around them
will hold them securely in place. However, when they
branch above ground and are inclined to split down,
drive a short stout stake near the stem and tie the
branches to it. These short stakes are not to hold the
plants up, but to prevent the branches splitting down
when the above directions have not been followed
closely.
By this method it is possible to grow dahlia blooms
on stems from 18 inches to 2 feet long. It has always
been thought necessary to tie dahlias to stakes to pre-
vent them from being blown down by heavy winds.
The system of staking is not only unsightly during the
early stage of their growth, but is attended with con-
siderable labor and expense. Staking, however, is
unnecessary, if the directions already given are fol-
lowed, as the plants will branch out below the surface
of the ground, and the stems will become so heavy as
to resist the strongest winds. The plants are one-
third dwarfer, compact and regular in form, and pro-
duce much finer flowers on long stems well supplied
with buds and foliage.
Storing the roots. — As soon as the plants are killed
by frost, lift the roots, and, after removing all the soil
possible from them, allow them to dry in the air for a
few hours, when they should be stored in the cellar or
960
DAHLIA
DALECHAMPIA
some other cool place secure from frost. If the cellar is
very dry or is not frostproof, put the roots in a barrel
or box and cover completely with dry sand or some
other suitable and convenient material, such as saw-
dust or tanbark, to prevent freezing or loss of vitality
by drying or shriveling. LAWRENCE K. PEACOCK.
DAHOON HOLLY: Ilex Dahoon.
DAIS (Greek, pine torch; application not obvious).
Thymelsedcese. Contains a woody plant that yields a
strong fiber, and is also rarely cultivated for ornament,
especially in Florida and southern California, and pos-
sibly in a few northern conservatories.
Tender deciduous shrubs : Ivs. opposite, often crowded
at the ends of branches : fls. in terminal heads; perianth-
tube cylindrical, often curved; stamens 10, in a double
series, the alternate ones shorter, upper or all exserted ;
style exserted. The plants are prop, with difficulty
by cuttings of half -ripened wood. The single cult,
species has Ivs. resembling the smoke tree, or Cotinus,
and bears long-stalked umbel-like heads of starry
pink fls., with floral parts in 5's. The genus has 2
species, 1 from S. Afr. and 1 from Madagascar.
cotinifolia, Linn. Lvs. opposite and alternate, oblong
or obovate, acute at both ends : involucre a half shorter
than the fls.: head about 15-fld.; fls. \$a\. across, fra-
grant. S. Afr. B.M. 147. G.W. 8, p. 313.— Said to
bloom profusely at Santa Barbara but not to produce
seed- L. H. B.
DAISY (i. e., day's eye, in allusion to the sun-like
form of the flower). A name applied to the flowers
of many Compositae, but it properly belongs to the
Bellis perennis of Europe, a low early-flowering plant,
which, in its double forms (Fig. 535, Vol. I), is widely
known as a garden subject (see Bellis). The American
congener is B. integrifolia, Michx., an annual or bien-
nial, very like the Old World species, ranging south-
westward from Kentucky; it is not domesticated. In
North America, the word daisy is applied to many
field composites, particularly to those of compara-
tively low growth and large flower-heads. Unquali-
fied, the word is commonly understood to mean Chry-
santhemum Leucanthemum (Fig. 937), an Old World
plant that has become an abundant field weed in the
eastern part of the country.
This plant is also frequently
known as the ox-eye daisy,
although in parts of New Eng-
land it is called whiteweed, and
the term ox-eye is applied to
Rubdeckia hirta, which has a
yellow-rayed head. Kin to the
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum
are the Paris daisies, or mar-
guerites, of the conservatories
(see Chrysanthemum). The wild
asters (Fig. 1216) are called
daisies, especially Micha3lmas
daisies, in many parts of the
country, particularly west of New
York. Spring-flowering erigerons
Michaelmas daisy. ( x 1A) also are called daisies. The
Swan River daisy is Brachycome
iberidifolia (Figs. 621, 622, Vol. I). The African daisy
of gardens is Dimorphotheca. L. H B
DALBERGIA (N. Dalberg, a Swedish botanist, 1730
to 1820). Legumindsse. Nearly 100 species of trees,
shrubs, or climbers, belonging to tropical regions all
over the world, a few of which have been introduced
to North America, one for timber.
Leaves alternate, odd-pinnate (rarely 1-foliolate)
without stipules: fls. small, numerous, purple, violet
or white, in forking cymes or irregular cyme-like
1216. Wild aster, or
panicles, which are axillary or terminal, papilionaceous,
with ovate or orbicular standard: fr. an indehiscent
narrow pod, 1-seeded at middle and with few seeds
toward the ends, the seeds compressed and reniform.
Sissoo, Roxbg. A good-sized tree, 80 ft. high in
India: Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. 5, alternate, stalked, obovate,
abruptly acuminate, pubescent beneath: fls. white, in
short, axillary panicles. — In India considered one of
the best timbers, whenever elasticity and durability
are required. Intro, at Santa Barbara, where it is
hardy but growth said to be very slow. The Sissoo tree
is worth trial in nearly frostless districts, especially
along sandy river banks. It improves sterile lands.
Experiments in Egypt have shown its most remarkable
property of standing severe droughts, as well as sub-
mersion for a long period. The wood is very elastic,
seasons well, does not warp or split, is easily worked,
and takes a fine polish. It is also a durable wood for
boats. The tree is raised easily from seeds or cuttings,
and is of quick growth. Other species of Dalbergia are
of economic value and have been sparingly planted.
DALEA (Samuel Dale, 1659-1739, English botanist
and author on pharmacology). Syn. Parosela. Legu-
mindsse. More than 100 herbs and small shrubs bear-
ing purple, blue, white or even yellow fls. in terminal
or lateral spikes or heads, odd-pinnate Ivs., and usually
glandular-dotted, a very few of which have been cult.;
probably none is now in the American trade. Fls.
papilionaceous, the standard mostly cordate or eared
and clawed and attached in the bottom of the calyx,
the wings and keel attached or adnate to the stamen-
tube and usually exceeding the standard; stamens
10 or 9, monadelphous : fr. a small usually 1-seeded
mostly indehiscent pod inclosed in the calyx. The
species occur from the N. U. S. to Chile and the Gala-
pagos Isls. They grow in the U. S., mostly on prairies
and in dry soil; some of these species might make
acceptable border plants. Those that have received
most attention are tropical species, as D. mutdbilis,
Willd., of Mex., with fls. white changing to violet,
(B. M. 2486) and D. Mutisii, Kunth (properly Psoralea
Mutlsii, HBK.), of the northern Andes, with deep blue
fls. in cylindrical heads; these are to be regarded as
greenhouse perennials. L. H. B.
DALECHAMPIA (from J. Dalechamps, French
savant of sixteenth century) . Euphorbidcese . Climbing
or rarely erect tropical shrubs; one rarely cultivated in
warmhouses for its ornamental bracts.
Leaves alternate, simple; stipules large: fls. small,
monoecious, apetalous, in dense clusters, with 2 con-
spicuous, colored involucral bracts; calyx valvate;
styles united; ovules 1 in each of the 3-4 cells. — About
60 species scattered through the tropics. Plukenetia, a
related genus, is without the large involucre.
Dalechampia Roezliana was described by Hooker in
1867 as one of the noblest plants introduced for many
years, comparable with the bougainvilleas and surpass-
ing them in size of bracts and brilliancy of color. It is
not so fine a florists' plant as the poinsettia, but is
worth trial in the finer conservatories. It requires well-
drained sandy, peat soil, and is propagated by cuttings.
Roezliana, Muell. Arg. (var. rosea, Authors). Erect
shrub, 3-4 ft. high, much branched, leafy: Ivs. 6 in.
long, sessile, obovate-oblanceolate, acuminate, entire,
or with coarse, obtuse teeth above the middle, narrowed
to a small cordate base: bracts 2-2^ in. long, broadly
cordate, nearly sessile, toothed, membranaceous, dis-
tinctly nerved, rose-red, other smaller bracts among the
small yellow fls.; stamens united. Mex. B.M. 5640.
H.F. II. 11:234, pi. 8. Gt. 16:532. F.W. 1867, p.
318. F.M. 7:373, 374. F.S. 16:1701-2. G.C. 1867:236, '
desc. Var. alba, Hort., has white bracts.
J. B. S. NORTON.
DALIBARDA
DALIBARDA (after Thomas Frangois Dalibard,
French botanist). Rosacex. A low-growing native
hardy herbaceous perennial, with foliage resembling
violet and flowers like those of a strawberry, some-
times grown in borders and rock-gardens.
This monotypic genus has lately been referred to
Rubus, but it differs in habit, in the carpels being
usually well defined instead of indefinite and the
achenes dry instead of drupaceous: fls. 1 or 2 on a
scape-like peduncle, white, and also others that are.
DANDELION
961
1217. Dalibarda repens.
(XH)
cleistogamous and apetalous on short curved peduncles;
calyx 5-6-parted, 3 of the parts larger; petals 5; sta-
mens many; ovaries 5-10.
repens, Linn. (Rubus Dalibarda, Linn.). Fig. 1217.
Tufted, creeping: Ivs. heart-shaped, wavy-toothed: fls.
white, 1 or 2 on each s.cape; calyx 5-6-parted, 3 of the
divisions larger and toothed; petals 5; stamens numer-
ous; pistils 5-10. Common in woods in New Bruns-
wick, Ont. and south and west to N. J., Pa., Ohio
and Minn. — It blooms June- Aug. It is a slow-growing
plant, thriving in a deep fibrous soil and sheltered
position; little grown. In Fig. 1217, a shows the per-
fect flower; b, c, achenes of the cleistogamous fls.
L. H. B.
DAMASK ROSE: Rosa Damascena.
DAMASK VIOLET: Hesperis matronalis.
DAME'S ROCKET and DAME'S VIOLET: Hesperis matro-
nalis.
DAMMARA: Agathis.
DAMNACANTHUS (Greek, referring to the power-
ful spines). Rubiacex. A tender evergreen shrub,
chiefly valued for its coral-red berries, which remain
on the bush until the flowers of the next season are
produced.
Divaricately branched, strongly spiny woody plants:
Ivs. small, opposite, leathery, nearly sessile, broadly
ovate, acuminate: fls. small, axillary, in 1's or 2's,
white, fragrant; calyx-tube obovoid, limb 4-5-cut;
corolla funnel-shaped. Prop, by cuttings; sometimes
grown in greenhouses and perhaps adaptable for plant-
ing in the southern parts.
mdicus, Gaertn. Described above, being the only
species as understood by some authors; but others
keep D. major, Sieb. & Zucc. (which is sometimes
nearly spineless) , distinct, distinguishing it by the 2-3-
times larger Ivs. and the larger fls. ; others combine the
two as species and variety, as D. mdicus var. major,
Makino. Gt. 17:570. The species occurs from E. India
to Japan, the var. major being Japanese. The species
is a low thick bush, densely dichotomously branched:
Ivs. ovate-acute, shining green above, light green
beneath, in var. major 1^ in. long. The shining Ivs.
and showv berries commend the plant to cult. L. jj B.
DAMPING-OFF. A gardeners' phrase for a disas-
trous rotting of plants, especially of seedlings and cut-
tings, and commonly at the surface of the ground. It
is usually associated with excessive moisture in the soil
and air, with high and close temperatures, and some-
times poor light. Such conditions weaken the plants
and allow them to fall a prey to the minute parasitic
fungi which live upon the decaying vegetable matter in
the soil, and can remain alive for months, even if the
soil is thoroughly dry or frozen. A whole bench of
cuttings may be ruined in a night. The skilful propaga-
tor takes every possible precaution. His benches have
perfect drainage, he uses fresh sharp sand, and some-
times sterilizes it with steam heat for several hours.
Damping-off is one of the most trying experiences of
the beginner, and nothing can prevent it but a thorough
grasp of the principles of greenhouse management in
general, and watering in particular. (Consult articles
on these subjects.) As soon as the disease is noticed,
the healthy plants should be removed to fresh soil, as
the disease spreads rapidly. If the disease appears in
the entire bed, the organisms causing the trouble
almost certainly are distributed generally in the sand,
and sterilization either with formaldehyde solution
(40 per cent strength diluted one part to fifty parts
water) or with steam should be employed in all future
work. If only a spot here and there shows the trouble,
saturate the affected area at once with formaldehyde
solution, as above, or with copper-sulfate solution (one
part by weight to one hundred parts of water). One
of the commonest occasions of damping-off is the sud-
den flooding of a bed or bench after leaving it too dry
for a long time.
The terms damping-off and burning are also used for
ruined flowers. Burning is often caused by sunlight or
by imperfections in glass, but a flower spoiled by drip-
ping cold water, or by some unknown cause, is said to
have a burned look. j
DAMSON: Plum.
DANAE (name of a daughter of King Acrisius of
Argos). Lilidceae. ALEXANDRIAN LAUREL. An ever-
green erect much-branched shrub with thick unarmed
alternate cladophylla and terminal racemes of small
whitish fls., often referred to Ruscus. It is one of the
Asparagus tribe of the lily family: fls. nearly globular,
the lobes short and erect, with a crown at the throat;
stamens affixed in the tube beneath the crown, the
filaments united, the anthers 6: fr. a pulpy indehiscent
red berry. D. racemosa, Moench (Ruscus racemdsus,
Linn. D. Laurus, Medikus), occurs from Greece to
Persia, making a bush 4 ft. high, with ovate-lanceolate,
nearly sessile, about 5^7-nerved leaf-like cladodes.
Recently intro. in S. Calif., but is little known in this
country. Ornamental for porches, vases, and similar
uses- L. H. B.
DAN52A (a personal name). Marattiacex. A small
genus of tropical American fern-like plants, with syn-
angia sessile, arranged in rows, and covering the entire
under surface of the leaf. They are apparently not in
cultivation in America.
DANDELION (i. e., dent de lion, French for lion's
tooth; referring to the teeth on the Ivs.). The vernacu-
lar of Taraxacum officinale, Weber, a stemless peren-
nial or biennial plant of the Composite, a common weed,
much collected in spring for "greens" and in improved
forms sometimes grown for that purpose.
Dandelion is native to Europe and Asia, but is
naturalized in all temperate countries. On the Rocky
Mountains and in the high North are forms that are
apparently indigenous. A floret from the head of a
dandelion is shown in Fig. 1218. The ovary is at e;
pappus (answering to calyx) at a; ray of corolla at c;
ring of anthers at b; styles at d. The constricted part
962
DANDELION
DAPHNE
1218. Floret of
Dandelion.
at e elongates in fruit, raising the pappus on a long
stalk, as shown in Fig. 1219; and thus is the balloon of
the dandelion formed. A dandelion plant, with its scat-
tering fruits, is shown in Fig. 1220. Another species of
dandelion is also naturalized in this country, but is not
so common; it is the red-seeded dan-
delion (T. erythrospermum, Andrz.),
with red fruits, not reflexed invo-
lucral scales, and shorter beak.
The dandelion is much prized for
"greens." For this purpose it is
cultivated in parts of Europe; also
about Boston and in some other
localities in this country. There are
several improved large-leaved varie-
ties, mostly of French origin. Some
of these named forms have beauti-
ful curled leaves. Seeds are sown
in the spring, and the crop is
gathered the same fall or the follow-
ing spring, — usually in the spring
in this country. Commonly the
seeds are sown where the plants are to stand, although
the plantlets may be transplanted. The plants
should stand about 1 foot apart each way, and a
good crop will cover the land completely when a
year old. Sandy or light loamy soil is preferred. The
crop is harvested and marketed like spinach. The
leaves or heads are often blanched by tying them up,
covering with sand or a flower-pot. The plants are
sometimes grown more closely in beds, and frames are
put over them to force them. Roots are sometimes
removed from the field to the hotbed or house for
forcing. When treated like chicory (which see), the
roots will produce a winter salad very like barbe de
capucin. Roots of dandelion dug in fall and dried are
sold for medicinal purposes in drug-stores under the
name of Taraxacum. L H. B.
DANGLEBERRY: Gaylussacia frondosa.
DAPHNE (Greek name of Laurus nobilis). Thy-
melsedcese. Ornamental woody plants, chiefly grown
for their handsome foliage and sweet-scented, white,
purple, lilac or rarely greenish flowers, which, with
some species, in warmer climates, often appear in the
winter.
Low deciduous or evergreen shrubs: Ivs. alternate,
rarely opposite, entire, short-petioled : fls. in clusters,
short racemes or umbels, apetalous,
mostly fragrant; calyx-tube cylindric
or campanulate, 4-lobed, corolla-like,
usually clothed with silky hairs out-
side; stamens 8, in two rows, included;
stigma capitate, sessile or nearly so:
fr. a fleshy or leathery 1-seeded drupe.
— About 50 species in Eu. and Asia.
For a monograph of the section Daph-
nanthes see Keissler in Engler Bot.
Jahrb. 25:29-124 (1898); see also
Nitsche, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
Gattung Daphne (1907).
Only D. Mezereum, with very early
lilac fragrant flowers and decorative
scarlet fruit, and some low evergreen
species, like D. Cneorum and D. Blaga-
yana, are hardy North, while most of the evergreen
species can be recommended only for warmer climates.
D. Genkwa with lilac flowers appearing before the
leaves, and D. pontica and D. Laureola, with large ever-
green leaves, are hardy as far north as New York.
D. odora is fairly hardy in Washington, D. C.
In California, according to Franceschi, the species
most commonly grown is D. odora, the plants being
mostly imported from Japan. Many plants are also sent
from Japan for eastern greenhouse culture. A decoction
1219.
Mature fruit of
dandelion.
of the bark of D. Mezereum is sold in drug-stores under
the name of mezereum. It is stimulant and diuretic. It
is also known as olive spurge.
Daphnes thrive best in a well-drained light soil and
in a partly shaded position, but some, as D. Cneorum
and D. Blagayana, which are exceedingly pretty plants
for rockeries, do better in sunny situations. In the
North, D. odora and its varieties are often grown in
pots for their sweet-scented and handsome flowers
appearing during the winter. A sandy compost of peat
and loam in equal proportions will suit them; they
require a good drainage and careful watering during
the winter, and pots not larger than just necessary
should be given ; they may also be planted out in a cool
greenhouse and trained as a wall plant. D. Genkwa,
with abundant lilac
flowers before the
leaves, is sometimes
forced.
Propagation is by
seeds, sown after
maturity or stratified,
but germinating very
slowly; also by layers
put down in spring
and taken off the
following year. The
evergreen species
may be increased by
cuttings of mature
wood in fall under
glass, and kept in a
cool greenhouse dur-
ing the winter. If
gentle bottom heat
can be given in early
spring, it will be of
advantage to the de-
velopment of the
roots; softwood cut-
tings taken from
for ced plants may also
be used. D. odora is
often veneer-grafted
on seedling stock of
D. Laureola in win-
ter, or on roots of D.
Mezereum; also other
species are grafted
on roots of D, Meze-
reum. D. Cneorum
and probably its
alhes are readily in-
creased in spring by
removing the earth
around the plant,
pegging down the
branches and filling
with fine compost almost to the tops of the branches.
Next spring, if the compost is carefully removed, a large
number of little buds, each supplied with a white root,
are found along the branches; they are easily detached
and planted in pans or boxes.
1220.
The Dandelion.
(XM)
alba, 1, 10.
alba-plena, 1.
australis, 7.
autumnalis, 1.
Blagayana, 5.
buxifolia, 6.
Cneorum, 4.
collina, 7.
Dauphinii, 9.
Delahayana, 7.
Delphinii, 9.
Fioniana, 6.
Fortunei, 3.
Genkwa, 3.
INDEX.
grandiflora, 1.
Houtteana, 2.
hybrida, 9.
indica, 10.
japonica, 11.
Jenkwa, 3.
Laureola, 13.
major, 4.
marginata, 10.
maximus, 4.
Mazelii, 11.
Mezereum, 1, 2
neapolitana, 7.
odora, 10.
odorata, 10.
olei folia, 8.
oleoides, 6.
Philippii, 13.
plena, 1.
pontica, 14.
punctata, 10.
purpurea, 13.
retusa, 12.
rubra, 10.
sericea, 7, 8.
sinensis, 10.
Verlotii, 4.
DAPHNE
DAPHNE
963
A. Foliage deciduous: fls. axillary along the branches of
the previous year, appearing before the Ivs.
B. Lvs. alternate, glabrous. (Mezereum.)
1. Mezereum, Linn. Erect shrub, with stout
branches, to 4 ft.: Ivs. alternate, cuneate, oblong or
oblanceolate, glabrous, grayish beneath, 1-3 in. long:
fls. usually 3, sessile, silky outside, fragrant, lilac-pur-
ple, appearing long before the Ivs. : fr. roundish ovoid,
scarlet. Feb.-April. Eu. to Altai and Caucasus. Gn.
29:602; 33, p. 514; 69, p. 131. V. 2:206. Var. alba, Ait.,
has white fls. and yellow fr. Gn. 29:602; 69, p. 131; 74,
p. 255. G.C. III. 21:183, 185; 38:153. R.H. 1905, p.
532. Var. plena, Schneid. (var. alba-plena, Hort.),
has double white fls. Gn. 29:602. Var. grandiflora,
Dipp. (var. autumnalis, Hort.). With larger brighter
purple very early fls., sometimes blooming in fall.
2. Houtteana, Planch. (D. Mezereum var. atropurpu-
rea, Dipp.). Shrub, to 4 ft., with erect, stout branches:
Ivs. alternate, cuneate, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous,
coriaceous and often persistent, purple: fls. appearing
before the Ivs., lilac-violet, 2-4, in short-peduncled clus-
ters. April. F.S. 6 : 592. — Of garden origin, supposed to
be a hybrid between D. Laureola and D. Mezereum.
BB. Lvs. opposite, silky below. (Genkwa.)
3. Genkwa, Sieb. & Zucc. (D. Jenkwa, Hort.).
Shrub, to 3 ft., with slender branches: Ivs. opposite,
oblong-elliptic, appressed-pubescent on the veins
beneath, 1^-2 in. long: fls. lilac, 3-7, in short-stalked
clusters, scentless, densely silky-villous outside. March,
April. Japan. S.Z. 75. Gt. 15:499. F.S. 3:208. G.M.
35:292. Gn. 42:91; 76, p. 105. R.B. 10:73. Var.
Fortunei, Franch. (D. Fdrtunei, Lindl.), has larger
fls. and larger less regularly opposite Ivs.
AA. Foliage evergreen, alternate (see also No. 2).
(Daphnanthes.)
B. Fls. in terminal heads, rarely axillary and pinkish,
c. Habit low, procumbent or trailing.
4. CneSrum, Linn. Fig. 1221. With long, trailing,
pubescent branches: Ivs. crowded, cuneate, oblance-
olate, mucronulate, finally glabrous, dark green and
glossy above, glaucescent beneath, H-l in. long: fls.
in sessile, many-fld. heads, pink, fragrant. Apr., May,
and often again in summer. Mts. of Cent. Eu. B.M. 313.
L.B.C. 18:1800. Gn. 33, p. 514; 45, p. 237; 62, p. 83.
G.C. III. 47:21. G.M. 47:117. M.D.G. 1900:417, 418;
1906:75. G.W. 14, p. 625. V. 2:342; 4:168. Var.
major, Dipp. Of more vigorous growth, with larger
fls. Gn. 51, p. 358; 65, p. 457. Var. Verlotii, Meissn.
(D. Verlotii, Gren. & Godr.). Lvs. longer, mucronate:
fls. 2 weeks later than the type. R. H. 1901, pp. 304,
305; 1902:552. Var. mdximus of European nurseries
=D. neapolitana.
5. Blagayana, Freyer. Branches often ascending,
glabrous: Ivs. cuneate, obovate or oblong, glabrous,
1-1 l/i in. long: heads many-fld.; fls. white or yellow-
ish white, fragrant, nearly glabrous outside, almost
1 in. long. April, May. Mts. of S. E. Eu. B.M. 7579.
F.S. 22:2313. Gt. 29:1020. Gn. 14:200; 35, p. 540;
42, p. 95; 50, p. 26; 67, pp. 287; 71, pp. 7, 247; 73, p. 241.
G.C. II. 13:245; 17:505; 111.11:491; 32:300, 301;
38:171.
cc. Habit erect, 1-4 ft. high.
D. Lvs. less than 2 in. long, usually pubescent: perianth
densely pubescent outside.
E. Lobes of perianth lanceolate, acute; heads without
bracts.
6. oleoides, Schreb. (D. buxifblia, Vahl). Shrub, to
3 ft.: branches pubescent: Ivs. obovate-elliptic to obo-
vate-lanceolate, usually mucronulate or acute, villous-
pubescent on both sides or finally glabrous above,
Eunctulate with whitish dots, 1-1 H in. long: fls. in
jw-fld. heads without bracts, white or pale lilac, with
ovate-lanceolate, pointed lobes, l/2\n. long. S. E. Eu.
L.B.C. 3 : 299. B.M . 1917.— Very variable in shape and
pubescence of Ivs. Var. Fioniana, Hort., with obovate-
lanceolate, obtuse Ivs. and lilac fls., is said to be a hybrid
between this species and D. collina.
EE. Lobes of perianth ovate, obtusish; heads with bracts
at the base.
7. collina, Smith (D. austrdlis, Cyrill. D. sericea,
Hort., not Vahl). Shrub, 1-3 ft. : branchlets villous: Ivs.
scattered, oblong-ovate to oblanceolate, obtusish, gla-
brous and shining above, tomentose below, 1-1% in.
long: fls. rosy purple, fragrant, %in. long, in 10-15-fld.
heads, lobes broad-ovate, obtuse, about as long as
tube; bracts broadly oval, tomentose, about half as
long as the fls., persistent for some time. April-June.
Italy, Crete, Asia Minor. B.M. 428. B.R. 24:56.
Var. neapolitana, Lindl. (D. neapolitana, Lodd. D.
Delahaydna, Hort.). Lvs. glabrous or nearly so. L.B.
C. 8:719. B.R. 822. By some supposed to be a hybrid
of D. collina and D. Cneorum.
8. sericea, Vahl (D. oleifolia, Lam.). Shrub, 1-2 ft.:
branchlets short, puberulous or nearly glabrous: Ivs.
crowded at the end of the branchlets, lanceolate or
oblanceolate, acute or acuminate, glabrous above,
appressed pubescent beneath, sometimes nearly gla-
brous, Yi-% in. long: fls. in 3-8-fld. heads, rose-colored,
%in. long, lobes broadly
ovate, obtuse, a third
shorter than tube: bracts
obovate, silky, soon droop-
ing. May, June. Sicily,
Crete, Asia Minor. Ann.
Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 10:
20. — Rare in cult.; usually
confused with the preced-
ing species.
DD. Lvs. usually longer
than 2 in., glabrous (or
slightly pubescent
beneath in No. 9.):
perianth glabrous or
pubescent.
E. Apex of Ivs. obtuse or
acutish.
F. Heads of fls. all terminal,
usually many -fld.;
bracts persistent.
9. hybrida, Lindl. (D. Dauphinii, Hort. D. Del-
phinii, Lodd.). Garden hybrid of D. collina x D. odora.
Similar to D. odora, but hardier. Erect shrub, to 4 ft. :
Ivs. cuneate, oblong-elliptic, dark green and shining
above, glabrous or slightly hairy along the veins beneath
when young, 2-3 in. long: fls. reddish purple, pubes-
cent outside, very fragrant, rather large, in few-fld.
heads. B.R. 1177.
10. odora, Thunbg. (D. sinensis, Lam. D. indica,
Loisel., not Linn.). Shrub, to 4 ft., with glabrous
branches: Ivs. oblong-elliptic, acute at both ends,
bluntly pointed, glabrous, 2-3 in. long: fls. in dense,
terminal heads, very fragrant, white to purple; ovary
glabrous; bracts 6-10, lanceolate, persistent. Winter
and spring. China, Japan. Gn. 28:8. J.H. III.
50:367. V. 4:318. Gng. 2:211. Var. alba, Hemsl.
Fls. white. Gn. 28:8; 37, p. 10; 76, p. 240. G.
8:45; 22:9. Var. punctata, Hemsl. Fls. in dense heads,
white, spotted outside with red. B.M. 1587. Var.
inarginata, Hort. Lvs. bordered yellow: fls. red. P.M.
8:175 and R.H. 1866:252 (as D. japonica). A.G.
22:843. Var. rftbra, Sweet. Fls. purple. S.B.F.G. II.
4:320. G.C. III. 21 : 173.— By some botanists D. odora
and D. sinensis, Lam. (D. indica, Loisel.), are considered
distinct species: D. odora has larger fls. about %in. long,
glabrous outside, the bracts shorter than the fls., and
1221. Daphne Cneorum.
DAPHNE
DARLINGTONIA
usually oval Ivs., while D. sinensis has fls. about J/£in.
long, slightly silky outside, the bracts longer than the
fls., and usually oblong-elliptic Ivs.; but it is doubtful
whether these characters are constant. — D. odorata,
Hort., is a common misprint in catalogues for D. odora.
D. odorata, Lam.= D. Cneorum.
FF. Heads of fls. axillary and terminal, few-fld.; bracts
caducous; perianth glabrous.
11. japonica, Sieb. & Zucc. (D. Mazelii, Carr.).
Shrub, to 4 ft.: branches glabrous: Ivs. oblong-deltoid,
gradually narrowed at the base, nearly sessile, 2-4 in.
long: heads axillary and terminal, short-peduncled,
3-4-fld.; fls. pink, short-pedicelled, Mm- long; lobes
ovate, obtuse, as long as tube; bracts ovate-lanceolate,
ciliate, slightly shorter than fls.; peduncles and pedicels
silky. Spring. Japan, China. Gn. 14:442.
EE. Apex of Ivs. usually emarginate.
12. retftsa, Hemsl. Shrub, 2-3 ft. : branchlets pubes-
cent at first, soon glabrous: Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate-
oblong, obtuse and usually emarginate, narrowed at
the base into a short petiole, glabrous, 1-3 in. long,
J^-%in. wide: fls. white, tinged outside rose or violet,
glabrous, fragrant, %in. long, in many-fld. terminal
eads; lobes slightly shorter than tube; bracts 3^4,
oval or obovate, ciliate, deciduous, shorter than fls.:
fr. red. May. W. China. B.M. 8430.— Recently intro.
and apparently fairly hardy; a very desirable plant.
BB. Fls. axillary, yellowish or greenish white, glabrous
outside.
13. Laureola, Liur». Shrub, to 4 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, obo-
vate-lanceolate, acute, shining and dark green above,
glabrous, 2-3}^ in- long: fls. in 5-10-fld., nearly sessile
racemes, yellowish green, scentless: fr. black. March-
May. S. Eu., W. Asia. Gn. 29, p. 602 (poor). Var.
Philippii, Arb. Kew (D. Philippii, Gren. & Godr.).
Lower: Ivs. obovate: fls. often violet outside; bracts
as long or longer than the fls. Pyrenees. — Var. purpurea
of the Kew Arboretum =D. Houtteana.
14. pontica, Linn. Shrub, to 5 ft. : Ivs. cuneate, obo-
yate or obovate-lanceolate, acute, shining, glabrous, 2-3
in. long: fls. in long-peduncled, 1-3-fld. clusters, green-
ish yellow, fragrant, with linear-lanceolate lobes. April,
May. S. E. Eu., W. Asia. B.M. 1282. G.C. II.
14:209. G.W. 5, p. 261.
D. alpina, Linn. Erect shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs. deciduous, cu-
neate-lanceolate, sparingly silky: fls. white or blushed, terminal,
fragrant. May, June. S. Eu. L.B.C. 1:66. Gn. 29, p. 603. —
D. altdica, Pall. Shrub, to 4 ft.: Ivs. deciduous, cuneate, oblong-
lanceolate, glabrous: fls. white, in terminal, 1-5-fld. heads, fragrant.
May, June. Altai, Songaria, Mongolia. B.M. 1875. L.B.C. 4:399.
— D.arbuscula, Celak. Evergreen dwarf shrub: branchlets red: Ivs.
crowded at end of branchlets, linear-oblanceolate, obtuse, pubescent
or glabrous beneath, %in. long: fls. pink, in 3-8-fld. heads. June.
Hungary. — D. caucdsica, Pall. Allied to D. altaica. Lvs. narrower: fls.
in 3-20-fld. heads. Caucasus. B.M. 7388. — D. glomerata, Lam. Allied
to D. pontica. Low: fls. light pink, fragrant, the clusters crowded
at the ends of the branches. May. W. Asia. — D. Gnidium, Linn.
Evergreen shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute, glabrous: fls.
yellowish white, fragrant, in terminal racemes or panicles. S. Eu.
L.B.C. 2:150. Gn. 29, p. 603. — D. jezoensis, Maxim. Upright
shrub, 2 ft.: Ivs. oblong-obovate, persistent, obtuse, 1 J^-3 in. long:
fls. axillary, yellow. March, Apr. Gt. 15:496. — D. kamtschdtica,
Maxim. Low upright shrub, sparsely branched: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, acutish: fls. fascicled, yellowish. Kamchatka, Manchuria.
— D. papyrifera, Sieb.=Edgeworthia papyrifera. — D. petrsea,
Leyb. Dwarf evergreen shrub : Ivs. linear-lanceolate, small, obtuse:
fls. light pink, in terminal, 3-6-fld. heads, fragrant. June, July.
S. Tyrol. Gn. 69, p. 327.— D. . pseudo-mezereum. Gray. Low,
almost decumbent shrub: Ivs. lanceolate-oblong, acutish: fls.
fascicled, axillary, greenish yellow, scentless. March, Apr. Japan.
— D. ruptetris, Facch.=D. petrsea. — D. salicifdlia, Lam.=D.
caucasica. — D.^Sdphia, Kalen. Allied to D. caucasica: Ivs. obovate-
oblong, glaucous below: heads few-fld. S. Russia. — D. stridta,
Tratt. Dwarf evergreen shrub: Ivs. small, cuneate, linear-lanceo-
late, glabrous: fls. in terminal, many-fld. heads, pink. June, July.
Switzerland and Carpathian Mts. — D. V&hlii, Keissler. Allied to
D. collina. Branchlets thick, puberulous: Ivs. obovate or oblong-
obovate, appressed -pubescent below: heads 8-10-fld.: bracts
obovate, silky, deciduous. Crete, Asia Minor. — D. yezoensis, Hort
ALFRED REHDER.
DAPHNfDITTM: Benzoin.
DAPHNIPHfLLUM (Greek, laurel leaf, from the
similarity of the leaves). Euphorbiacex. Broad-leaved
evergreen hardy or semi-tropical shrubs or small trees,
sometimes cultivated for their handsome large foliage.
Leaves large, without stipules, leathery, smooth, more
or less glaucous, alternate, entire, petioled, pinnately
veined: fls. dioacious, in axillary racemes or panicles,
apetalous; calyx 3-8-parted, small, imbricate; sta-
mens 5-18; pistil 2-celled, 4-ovuled: fr. a small, olive-
like drupe, usually 1-seeded. — Twelve to 20 species,
mostly in Trop. Asia, etc. The one, or possibly two,
species, rarely seen in cult, in Amer., are from Japan.
The large evergreen Ivs. distinguish it from other
hardy euphorbiacous shrubs. They are somewhat
rhododendron- or laurel-like, hardy as far north as the
Middle Atlantic States, and make very handsome
broad-spreading shrubs with inconspicuous fls.
Daphniphyllum can be propagated by cuttings, but
roots rather slowly, and if seed could be secured it
would no doubt give better results. The plants need
protection from frost in winter till well established.
They are strong growers in rich soil.
macropodum, Miq. (D. glaucescens, Hort.). A shrub
or small tree, broad and compact, 5-10 ft. high, or more
in native land, smooth, twigs red: Ivs. oblong, 2x8 in.,
bluish glaucous below; petiole 1-2 in. long, red; lateral
veins, %-%in. apart: fls. small, in short racemes: fr.
oblong, not over J^in., black. Japan and China.
G. 18: 478; 31: 16. S.I.F. 1:54.
Two other names, D. glaucescens, Blume, and D. jezoense, Hort.,
occur occasionally in horticultural literature. The first has scarcely
glaucous Ivs. with lateral veins ^i-^iin. apart and is probably not
in cult.; the latter is a more dwarf form than the others.
DARBYA: Nestronia.
J. B. S. NORTON.
DARLINGTONIA (after William Darlington, of
West Chester, Pa., author of "Memorials of John
Bartram and Humphrey Marshall," and of "Florula
Cestrica.") Sarraceniacese. A monotypic genus of
American pitcher-plants which, apart from their strik-
ing aspect and beautiful coloring, have acquired
celebrity from their insectivorous habits.
The short rhizomes grow in fine muddy soil, and pro-
duce annually a terminal rosette of Ivs., all of which are
modified into upright pitchers: each pitchered If. is
3-30 in. long by %-3 in. wide, is somewhat spirally
twisted, hollow throughout and with a median crest
or flap in front; the tube represents the hollowed lf.-
midrib, the flap is formed by the fused halves of the If.
that have united by their upper faces in front of the
midrib; the top part of the tube curves over in rounded
fashion to form a down-directed pitcher orifice, from
which depends a bilobed unusually crimson and green
appendage of attractive aspect; the rounded top is also
beautifully mottled by white translucent areas; the
pitcher exterior and the appendage bear many honey-
glands, the excretion from which tempts insects toward
the orifice. The rounded hood is lighted within through
the white areas, and bears many attractive honey-
glands interspersed with down-directed hairs. Tempted
by the former, and impelled by the latter, insects step
or drop on to the "upper interior of the tube. This is
extremely smooth, affords no foothold, and so they
soon tumble into the lower part. This is covered by
down-directed hairs which prevent egress of the caught
prey. Disintegration of the insects, amid a neutral
liquid that is excreted by the pitcher'wall, then takes
place and the products are gradually absorbed through
thin areas of the lower cavity. Honey-secretion and
insect-catching proceed most actively in May and June;
by midsummer, therefore, each pitcher is filled to a
depth of 4-8 in. by a decaying mass of insect-remains,
amid which at times centipedes or a slug may be found.
The genus is native from N. Cen. Calif, to S. Ore.
It occurs there on the Sierras by the edge of mountain
swamps or "deer-licks" at an elevation of 2,000-8,000
DARLINGTONIA
DASYLIRION
965
ft. Specimens were first hurriedly collected by W. D.
Brackenridge of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, on
the southern slopes of Mt. Shasta, when the explorers
were retreating before attacking Indians. The speci-
mens were described and named by Torrey.
Darlingtonias have been grown outdoors in the East
the year round in a few special localities. Edward
Gillett at Southwick, Massachusetts, grows them in a
favored spot without artificial protection. F. H. Hors-
ford can preserve them at Charlotte, Vermont, with
the aid of a winter mulch.
As greenhouse plants, darlingtomas require the same
treatment as their allies, sarracenias, dioneas and dro-
seras. A well-grown collection of these plants is not
only very interesting and curious, but also very beau-
tiful. To succeed, they must occupy a shaded position,
and never be allowed to become dry.
Give a cool, moist, even tempera-
ture. If possible, a glass case should
be provided for them, with provi-
sion made for ventilation; a con-
stant moist atmosphere can be more
easily maintained, and at the same
time the greenhouse in which they
are grown may be freely ven-
1222. Young plant of Darlingtonia.
tilated without injury to these plants. The material
in which they grow best is two-thirds fern-root fiber
with the dust shaken out, and one-third chopped sphag-
num moss and silver sand, with a few nodules of char-
coal added. About the first week in July is perhaps the
best time for potting, though one must be guided by the
condition of the plants, choosing a time when they are
the least active. When well established they will
require potting only once in two years. The pots should
be placed in pot-saucers as a safeguard against their
ever becoming dry, and all the space between the pots
should be filled with sphagnum moss up to the rims of
the pots. A temperature of 40° to 45° during winter,
with a gradual rise as the days lengthen in spring, will
suit them admirably. During the summer they should
be kept well shaded, or they may be removed to a well-
shaded frame outside in some secluded position free
from hot drying winds. Propagation of these plants is
effected by division of the roots, or by seeds sown on
live sphagnum moss in pans, the moss being made very
even and the pans placed either under a bell-jar or glass
case in a cool moist atmosphere. (Edward J. Canning.)
calif 6rnica, Torr. Fig. 1222. Rootstock horizontal:
Ivs. 5-8 in annual rosettes, long-tubular, somewhat
twisted, with median anterior flap, green below, green
mottled with white over the arched hood, orifice down-
directed with bilobed red and green appendage in front :
fl.-stalk 10-30 in., bearing scattered bracts; fl. solitary,
inverted; sepals 5, pale green; petals 5, yellowish to
brown-red with red veins; stamens 15-12, inserted
below ovary; ovary obconic with depressed apex, style
5-lobed with radial stigmas: caps, obovate, surrounded
by the persistent sepals. Flowers from May to July,
according to elevation. B.H. 5:113. F.S. 14:1440.
F.M. 1869:457. B.M. 5920. I.H. 18:75. G.C. III.
7:84; 17:304; 24 : 339.— Intro, into cult, in 1861. Var.
rftbra, Hort. Differs from type in being a reddish hue.
£>. Courtu=Sarracenia CourtiL
J. M. MACFARLANE.
DARNEL: Lolium perenne.
DARWINIA (Dr. Erasmus Darwin, an English
nature-student). Myrtdcese. About 40 Australian
evergreen shrubs, a very few of which are sometimes
grown for the colored flower -like campanulate invo-
lucres that hold their condition 3-5 months; not in
the American trade. Lvs. few and usually heath-like:
fls. small, inclosed in petal-like bracts at the summit of
the branches; calyx-lobes 5; petals 5; stamens 10,
alternating with staminodia; ovary 1-celled, the fr.
1-seeded. The darwinias prop, from well-ripened tips
of side shoots taken in early autumn or in spring. They
require greenhouse or intermediate temperatures.
D. Hookeriana, Benth. (Genetyllis fuchsicndes, Hort.).
Lvs. linear-oblong, Kin. long, scattered: sts. red: inner
bracts of hanging involucre 1 in. long, bright red, the
outer ones shorter and greenish and passing into the
st.-lvs.: fls. small, greenish white, usually about 6 in
each involucre. B.M. 4860 (as Genetyllis macrostegid) .
G.C. III. 43:243. F.S. 10; 1009. D. macrostegia,
Benth. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, %in. or less long, scat-
tered: inner bracts 1^ in. long, creamy white with red
splashes and stripes, the outer ones shorter and more
colored, the lowest ones passing into the foliage. B.M.
4858 (as Genetyllis tulipifera). I.H. 2:73. F.S. 10:1064.
L. H. B.
DASHEEN. Edible crown-tubers of Colocasia, lately cult, in
the U. S. to some extent. See p. 830; also Taro.
DASYLIRION (Greek, tufted lily). LUiacex. Stiff
short-trunked desert plants, with crowded leaves and
elevated panicles of small mostly white or whitish
flowers.
Caudex or trunk erect and woody: Ivs. numerous,
near the top of the trunk, long and rigid, usually
prickly-margined: fls. dioecious, in dense racemes
which are crowded into a narrow compound panicle;
perianth campanulate, the segms. toothed, distinct
and nearly equal,- obtuse; stamens 6, exserted, style
short; stigmas 3: fr. dry and indehiscent, 3- winged,
1-celled and 1-seeded. — About 15 species. Mex., to Texas
and Ariz. Monograph in Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 50,
p. 404 (1911).
Dasylirions are highly ornamental plants, well
adapted for rockeries, for isolated specimens on lawns,
decoration of conservatories, staircases and similar
uses, and eminently suitable for terraces and vases, in
the formal style of gardening. The leaves are in large
number, inserted in a symmetrical way, so as to form
a dome or globe-shaped, regular head, more or less
serrulated, and in some species ending in a brush-
like tuft of dried fibers. The tall panicles of number-
less whitish green minute flowers are also a striking
feature, standing far above the crest or crown of
leaves. They are of the easiest possible culture, and
will stand some degrees of frost, particularly if kept
dry. Easily propagated from seeds and from cuttings
of the branches when produced, as they do not sucker
as a rule. These plants are inferior to Yucca filamentosa
966
DASYLIRION
DATE
in hardiness, showiness and regularity of flowering, but
they have an individuality of their own. They are
especially esteemed in California, where the great
flower-stalks, 8 to 10 feet high, give a strong impres-
sion of the desert. The individual flowers are not
highly colored, but the spikes are several feet long.
These and related plants have been the subject of
recent revision. Beaucarnea is now considered to be
distinct, and a new genus, Calibanus, is erected by
Rose on D. casspitosum. These new treatments are
explained under Nolina.
A. Lvs. flat, prickly-margined.
B. Lvs. usually green, splitting into fibers at tip, narrow.
texanum, Scheele. Lvs. 3/£in. x 2-3 ft., glossy green:
prickles yellow, turning brown: infl. 9-15 ft. high:
ir. elliptical, A x A m-> shallow-notched. S. Cent.
Texas.
acrotriche, Zucc. (D. acrotrichum, Baker. D.
grdcile, Planch. Bonapdrtea grdcilis, Otto. Roulinia
grdcilis, Brongn. Yucca grddlis, Otto. Y. acrdtricha,
Schiede. Barbacenia grdcilis, Brongn. Littaea grdcilis,
Hort.). Lvs. very narrow, j^jin. x 2-3 ft., sometimes
dull or pale: prickles pale yellow, brown at tip: infl.
9-15 ft. high: fr. round-cordate, YS x J4m-> shallow-
notched. E. Cent. Mex. Abhandl. Akad. Muench.
Cl. 2, 3:1. B.M. 5030. F.S. 1448; 7, p. 10. G.C. III.
19, p. 204.
graminifdlium, Zucc. (Yucca graminifdlia, Zucc.).
Lvs. ^in. x 3 ft., glossy green: prickles very short,
yellowish white: fr. elliptical, y± x ^in. E. Cent. Mex.
Abhandl. Akad. Muench., Cl. 2, 3:1. Allgem. Gartenz.
9:1.
BB. Lvs. glaucous and dull.
c. The Ivs. not shredded at tip, narrow.
glaucophyllum, Hook. (D. glaucum, Carr. Bona-
pdrtea glauca, Hort.). Lvs. J-^in. x 3-4 ft: prickles
yellowish white: infl. 12-18 ft. high: fr. elliptical,
Mx^in. E. Cent. Mex. B.M. 5041. G.C. II. 13,
p. 205; III. 40, p. 247. Rep. Mo. Bot. Card. 14, p. 12.
cc. The Ivs. splitting into fibers at tip, wider.
serratifdlium, Zucc. (D. laxifldrum, Baker. Yucca
serratifblia, Schultes. Roulinia serratifolia, Brongn.).
Lvs. 1-1 Yi in. x 2-3 ft., rough: prickles rather long,
sometimes %in. apart. S. E. Mex. Abhandl. Akad.
Muench., Cl. 2, 3:1.
Wheeled, Wats. With distinct short trunk: Ivs.
nearly 1 in. x 2-3 ft., nearly smooth: prickles yellow,
browning at tip: infl. 9-15 ft. high: fr. round obovate,
}4 x Ain., openly notched. S. E. Ariz, and adjacent
region. PI. World, 10, p. 254. Publ. Carnegie Inst.
99:58. Icones Sel. Hort. Thenensis, 225.
AA. Lvs. 4-sided, neither prickly nor usually brush-tipped.
longissimum, Lem. (D. quadrangulatum, Wats.
D. juncifolium, Rehnelt). Trunk 3-6 ft. high: Ivs.
very numerous, J^in. x 4-6 ft., dull green: infl. 6-18 ft.
high: fr. ^ x /^in-, scarcely notched. E. Mex. B.M.
7749. G.F. 36, p. 280. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 9, p. 236;
35:6. Die Natur, 34, p. 340. R.H. 86, p. 66.
D. Hodkeri, Lem. =Calibanus Hookeri, Trel. Csee Nolina).
— D. junceum, Zucc. =Nolina Hartwegiana. — D. longifdlium,
Zucc.=Nolinalongifolia. WlLLIAM TRELEASE.f
DATE. A palm, Phoenix dactylifera, Linn., native
to North Africa or Arabia and extensively planted in
countries inhabited by Arabs, and having arid or
desert conditions. Figs. 1223-1226. It is also grown to
some extent in southern Asia and southern Europe and
in other tropical and subtropical countries. It is of
very ancient cultivation, having been grown along the
Tigris and Euphrates Rivers for four thousand years
or more. It has long been planted casually in parts
of Mexico and the southwestern parts of the United
States, and is now becoming a fruit of commercial
promise in some of these regions.
The date palm reaches a height of 100 feet, making
a nearly straight, shaggy trunk, and it continues to
bear for one or two centuries. It is dkecious, the males
usually equaling the females in a batch of seedlings,
this constituting one of the great disadvantages of rais-
ing seedling dates. The Arabs practise artificial pollina-
tion by tying male flowers on the pistillate clusters.
The flowers are produced early in the spring, from six
to twenty clusters appearing on a mature tree. The
female or fertile clusters of good size will produce as
much as twenty to forty pounds of dates. As with
apples and other fruits, there are many varieties differ-
ing in quality; seedlings do not reproduce the variety,
so that propagation of named varieties must be accom-
plished by other means.
The date is the fruit, being essentially a drupe,
measuring 1 to 3 inches long. The date of commerce
is the cured and dried natural fruit. The sweet nutri-
tious pulp of the fruit constitutes one of the most
important foods of the Arabs. The leaves and other
parts of the plant afford materials for dwellings and
many domestic uses. The wood or trunk is used for
timber. The importation of dates into the United
States amounts to about $500,000 worth annually. No
doubt the consumption will be greatly increased when
a home-grown and clean-packed product is obtainable.
Aside from the direct uses of the plants and the
fruits, the date palm is valuable as a cover for other
crops in the hot and dry regions. Beneath the palms,
other fruits, vegetables and many crops may be grown
with more safety than in the open blazing sun. It
is probable, therefore, that the date palm will become
a feature of the farming in all the regions of the South-
west in which it thrives.
The general situation.
In Florida, California, and restricted areas of a few
other states, the date has been grown for decorative
purposes for more than a century. At the missions
founded by the Spaniards at St. Augustine, and other
places in Florida, and that long line of missions extend-
ing from far into Mexico northward and westward
through southern New Mexico, Arizona and California,
it is likely the date was planted wherever the climatic
conditions were favorable to its growth. Within the
borders of the United States the greater number of
these early plantings were in Florida or along the coast
of southern California, regions where the sum total
of summer heat is not sufficient to develop the date
fruit perfectly. The date, as a fruit-producer, being
indigenous to a desert environment, does not take
kindly to humid regions, even where it is not sufficiently
cold to prohibit the growth of the tree. It is not only
a question of maturing the tree or even of producing
the fruit but also of bringing the fruit to perfect ripe-
ness. For this reason the greater number of the early
plantings in this country matured little fruit, while
that produced was of poor quality, although in many
instances the trees grew luxuriantly and to large size.
In the more arid parts of Lower California and Sonora,
where there is sufficient water for irrigation, the early
plantings have been continued down to the present
time, and dates of fair quality have been grown for
many years. Moreover, each year the area devoted
to dates is increasing, and with the recent studies of
the life-history of the plant by Swingle and others the
adaptation of regions is now better understood and
undoubtedly the future plantings will be made with
much better assurance of success. Modern date cul-
ture in this country may be said to have begun with
the planting of imported Egyptian and Algerian palms
and seedlings principally in Salt River Valley, Arizona,
in the years 1890-1900. Tourney's studies of these
early plantings resulted in Bulletin No. 29 of the
DATE
DATE
967
Arizona Station. Studies of conditions in the Saharan
region and the importation of varieties by the United
States Department of Agriculture, were made in 1899
and 1900. These results were set forth in Bulletin No.
53 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, by Swingle. Sta-
tions for testing the introductions were provided by
Arizona in 1899, by California in 1904, and by Texas
in 1907. Subsequent large importations were made by
Fairchild and Kearney, as described in Bulletins Nos.
54 and 92 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of the
national Department of Agriculture.
Dates unquestionably can be grown profitably in
many of the hot dry irrigated valleys in the south-
western parts of the United States. The Salton Basin
in southern California promises particularly well for
date-culture because of the high temperature, and
here even the famous Deglet Noor date of the Sahara
will ripen fully, even in cool seasons. Considerable
attention is also being given to dates in the newly
developing Imperial Valley. In northern California,
the date can undoubtedly be grown for home use in
many regions, even north of San Francisco; it finds
good conditions for commercial culture in parts of
Arizona; and there are probably adaptable regions in
Texas. The date can endure more alkali than any
other profitable fruit crop, and this fact will extend
the range of its usefulness. When once well established,
brief temperatures as low as 10° F. do not do serious
harm to date palms.
While date trees have been grown in the United
States and Mexico for certainly more than a century,
and while much fruit has been produced incidentally
here and there, largely as a by-product, nevertheless
date-growing on a commercial scale is yet a new and
experimental industry in this country. Although it
promises well, the business requires experience and
skill, and it must be established only in those regions
which are particularly adapted to it, especially those
that have an extremely hot summer climate. As yet,
the returns from date-culture are almost impossible
of determination. As nearly always happens with new
and promising industries, doubtful claims have been
made for profits of date-culture by interested parties.
It must be borne in mind that practically all the varie-
ties now recommended for commercial cultivation
in this country are of Old World origin. Although many
seedlings are being raised, it is yet too early to desig-
nate any one of them as superior for general orchard
planting. It is advisable that in the regions in Cali-
fornia and Arizona, and elsewhere, that are adapted to
dates, numbers of seedlings should be raised from the
best varieties, care being taken that they have been
pollinated from the best males; in this way the chance
will be increased of originating varieties that are
especially adapted to the region. The business must be
developed by residents and those who study the con-
ditions closely from year to year.
According to Swingle, at present less than a dozen
varieties among the 200 or more on trial at the govern-
ment date-gardens in the Southwest can be said to be
well enough known to warrant planting on a commer-
i cial scale. The Deglet Noor and the Tazizaoot can be
" recommended for orchard planting in the Coachella
and Imperial Valleys of California; the Halawy, the
Khadrawy, the Maktoom, and the Hayany are prom-
ising for cooler regions, such as the Salt River Valley
of Arizona, and may be planted in the California
date regions on a scale not too large for the early
markets; the Rhars is excellent for home use as a
fresh date, but is of little commercial value; the Thoory
is a dry date of great promise, but it is as yet doubtful
whether dry dates can be marketed advantageously on
a large scale without an expensive publicity campaign.
To plant other varieties that are new or inadequately
tested, involves a considerable element of risk. The
fact that they appear satisfactory in the Old World
deserts is no guarantee that they will grow, bear, and
ripen fruit properly in the Southwest or that their fruit
will prove acceptable to American buyers. Any plant-
ing of a variety on a large scale before it has been
thoroughly tested must be considered as a speculation.
It would be much safer for those who expect to grow
dates on a commercial scale to limit themselves at first
to those varieties that have been tested by public and
private agencies, and to learn all phases of the culture,
curing, packing, and marketing of the fruit of one
or more of the standard varieties. This is the best
possible preparation for the efficient culture of new sorts
when they have been sufficiently tested in the govern-
ment or other adequately supervised testing-gardens to
render it desirable to test them on a commercial scale
1223. Young date palm, with growing suckers or offshoots.
in private culture. The government, through the
Department of Agriculture, has taken special pains to
safeguard the young industry.
Propagation.
It is always preferable to propagate dates from
suckers unless one desires to originate new varieties,
not only on account of the knowledge of the sex (it
being hardly necessary to state that the sex of a sucker
is the same as that of the plant from which it is taken),
but on account of the ability to make a selection in
the variety and quality of the fruit.
Dates are easily grown from seed if the ovules
have been properly pollinated. Seeds may be planted
in any month immediately after they are taken from
the fruit, particularly in the mild climates of the
Salton Basin, Lower Colorado Valley, and Salt River
Valley. Unless the conditions are good, however, it
is better to stratify them in a box between layers of
moist sand and allow them to remain for three to six
weeks in order that the seed-coats may be softened.
It is important, however, that in the stratifying-box
the seeds do not sprout, as they are easily damaged
after sprouting takes place. The seed may be sown in
nursery rows and the young seedlings transplanted
after one, two or three years; or if the field is well
prepared, and has good irrigation, the seed may be
planted directly in the fields where the palms are
permanently to remain. If they are placed directly
in the field, it is well to plant them in rows 25 to
30 feet apart and to allow the young plants to stand
968
DATE
DATE
3 to 5 or 6 feet apart in the row. When the dates
come into bearing, the undersirable ones and the
males may be removed and the probability is that
a sufficient number of good varieties will remain to
make the row properly continuous; and the rows will
be far enough apart for the regular or permanent
plantation.
Suckers or offshoots are taken from the base of the
young palm (Figs. 1223, 1224). One to several suckers
may be removed each year, averaging two to four
for the productive period, and when they are three to six
years old and have begun to develop roots of their own.
All species belonging to the genus Phcenix are diffi-
cult to transplant with uniform success. Frequently as
high as 50 per cent of transplanted dates die even
when watered daily and given the best of care. In
planting suckers with the best of attention, a percent-
age die; while without
care not one in a hun-
dred will grow. It is
due not so much to the
lack of experience in
removing the suckers
as to lack of proper
care after removal,
that so large a per-
centage fail.
Suckers may be re-
moved at any time
during the spring or
early summer, or even
in the winter, if proper
care be given them
after removal. If they
are to be planted in
the open ground it is
advisable to remove
them in spring or early
summer, April prob-
ably being the best
month. In winter,
when the plants are at
a standstill, the suckers
may be removed with
comparatively small
loss, if the "bulbs" or
bottoms be not less
than 4 inches in dia-
meter. It is necessary,
when suckers are re-
moved at this season,
to set them in rather
small pots, so that the
earth, which should be
given a daily soaking,
may have a chance to
get warm quickly. The
1224. Deglet Noor date palm about eight years old, with offshoots
and ripe fruit.
pots should be kept in a dry greenhouse, or, better
yet, imbedded in a hotbed of manure, covered with
the customary frame and glass. In all cases the leaves
should be cut back to 6 to 12 inches in length, and
sometimes they are removed. Transplant only when
the ground is warm.
If proper attention can be given it is best to plant large
suckers where they are to remain, as a second chance
for loss occurs when they are transplanted from a
nursery to the position that they are finally to occupy.
An iron bar weighing thirty to forty pounds, and
flattened to a 4-6-inch cutting end, may be used to
cleave the offshoots from the tree. The leaf-stalks
should be cut away, exposing the bulb of the sucker,
care being taken not to injure the bulb in removing.
One should cut in rather deeply at either side, not being
afraid of injuring the old plant, cutting out a V-shaped
portion extending from the base of the bulb downward
for a few inches. Wounds may be painted with coal-
tar to prevent bleeding and evaporation. It is
important, when planting the suckers in the field,
to set them so high that the crown-bud will not be
covered with water during irrigation, in order to avoid
decay and death.
A successful method of rooting the suckers is to
bank up earth about the base of the parent tree and
above the base of the suckers, and keep moist by
watering daily to induce formation of roots. Suckers
may be partially severed from the old stock before the
banking is done, or after the roots have started. When
the roots are well grown, the suckers may be trans-
planted with little loss.
The suckers will grow perfectly well, however, if
no roots are left attached. The offshoots may be cut
away from the parent plant, with all the leaves removed,
and leaving only the bud in the center or at the apex
surrounded by the leaf-
stalks. Such offshoots
will stand very much
exposure and may be
shipped long distances
without being packed
in moist material, care
being taken that the
boxes are so filled with
packing that they will
not be jammed or
bruised in transporta-
tion. After they are
Blanted, they should
e kept constantly
moist about the bot-
tom and should not be
allowed to suffer any
check. The Arabs
apply water every day
for thirty or forty days
and then continue to
irrigate each week un-
til the following win-
ter, care being taken
not to water too much.
If these precautions
are taken and if the
offshoots are planted
in warm ground, there
need be very little loss.
They should never be
set in the open ground
when the soil is cold, as
in fall or winter. If the
offshoots are to be taken
off at that time, they
must be grown in pots
or in some similar way,
as described above.
The growing of dates.
The date palm grows in nearly all kinds of soil, if
only the climatic conditions are right. If it be suffi-
ciently irrigated and have the requisite amount of heat,
the soil seems to be a secondary consideration. In
general it may be said, however, that sandy-loam soils
of the desert, with a small percentage of clay and
slightly charged with salts, are preferable to rich and
heavy soils, suitable for growing ordinary crops. The
question of water is of great importance in the culture
of dates, as it is necessary that the roots of the date
palm be in moist earth throughout the year. In general,
the amount of water required for successful culture is
considerable. If sufficient water cannot be supplied by
natural methods, one must resort to irrigation. Water
should be supplied at frequent intervals throughout the
year. However, the most should be supplied in the spring
before blooming, and in the fall prior to the ripening of
DATE
969
1225. An American
seedling date.
the fruit. The amount of water for each palm depends so
much upon soil and local conditions that an estimate
would be worthless. Care should be taken not to irrigate
to excess at the time of blooming and immediately after,
as it will militate against the successful setting of the
fruit. The date seems to enjoy not
only a high atmospheric tempera-
ture, but a high temperature of the
water supplied in irrigation as well.
In irrigating small crops by flood-
ing, it is necessary in midsummer
to irrigate late in the afternoon or
at night in order to prevent scald-
ing. Care should be taken, in the
hotter part of the year, that the
date palm is not subjected to hot
water about the roots, rising above
the soil for a considerable length of
time, and later left until the soil
becomes exceedingly dry and baked
by the sun. Such extremes some-
times seriously injure or destroy
the tree.
The date palm comes into bearing
early, examples being known in Cali-
fornia of fruits being produced two
years after the seeds were planted.
It usually requires six to eight years,
however, for seedlings to bear any
considerable quantity of dates. Under the best date-
culture, seedlings are not used but the plants are propa-
gated by means of suckers, as already explained; these
suckers soon become established and will bear abun-
dantly in five or six years afterwards. After ten or
fifteen years, the palm may be considered to be in
full bearing and should continue to produce indef-
} initely. It should yield 100 to 200 pounds of fruit
annually, although there" ""are cases -of wry much
higher yields than this. To conserve the strength of
the parent plant, the suckers should not be allowed
to grow around the base in large numbers. Usually
not more than three or four of these suckers or
offshoots are allowed to remain at any one time.
After the palm is in full bearing and has a trunk a
few feet high, the offshoots cease to be produced. It
is recommended, however, that one offshoot be left
attached to the mother plant in order to replace the
tree in case of an accident. If the date palm is allowed
to grow as it will, it becomes a clump of many trunks,
surrounded by a jungle of offshoots.
It is advised that the date palm be planted at
distances of not less than^26Jio_33^feet. Other crops
can be grown between the trees till they come into
bearing heavily, or even continuously.
Under proper cultivation, the date palm should
produce from ten to fourteen leaves each year. A
well-developed tree will have at one time from thirty
to sixty leaves, the old ones dying away below while
new ones are forming at the top. The different varie-
ties show great variation in rapidity of growth, form
and length of leaves, size of stem, and general aspect
of plant. The stem of the date palm is very rigid.
When the stem reaches a height of 5 or more feet it is
L-^ frequently necessary to tie the growing bunches of
dates securely to the lower leaf -stalks, that they be
not broken and injured by the wind before maturity.
While it is possible to produce dates by depending
on wind-pollination from male to female trees, this
process is much too uncertain for commercial culture
and requires a very large number of male trees. In
commercial plantations, one male tree to 100 females
is sufficient; but this requires that the pollinating shall
be performed by hand. Small separate twigs or branch-
lets of the male inflorescence, from 4 to (5 inches long
and bearing thirty to fifty flowers, aro tied on the
female cluster. Inasmuch as the .flowers in the female
cluster mature at different times, it is necessary to
repeat the operation of pollination. In old plantings,
persons must climb the trees in order to perform this
operation, but for the first ten or fifteen years of bear-
ing the clusters are so near the ground that little if
any climbing is required. Each female flower pro-
duces three ovaries. After pollination, two of these
ovaries fail and one matures into the date. In case
there is no pollination, all three of the ovaries will
develop but will be seedless and the fruit will be inferior.
As with other fruits, it is often necessary to thin the
dates on trees, particularly on young trees that tend to
overbear. Even on old trees, best results are to be
secured if only eight or ten bunches are left.
Usually the dates in an entire bunch do not ripen at
the same time. Picking off the dates as they ripen is a
practicable operation when labor is cheap. In general,
however, it probably will be found the better plan to
cut the entire bunch at once. This may require some
special operation in the handling and curing. Some
varieties require practically no special handling or cur-
ing and are ready to ship as soon as they have ripened
naturally. Usually, however, the bunch must be ripened
much as a bunch of bananas is cured, by being cut off
and hung in a moist and warm place. It has been
found that in Arizona the best varieties of dates may
not ripen naturally on the tree. Freeman's experi-
ments at the Arizona Experiment Station show that
conditions favorable for the rapid . ripening of the
Deglet Noor may be produced artificially in an oven.
The degree of moisture and temperature may be carefully
regulated. In this ripening process, there is not only a
change in the sugar-con-
tent but the tissues of
the date are softened,
the tanin is precipitated
and the astringency of
the fruit is thereby
relieved. Vinson found
that dates may be
ripened artificially by
means of chemical re-
agents. Artificial ripen-
ing by means of heat,
moisture, and chemical
stimulation makes pos-
sible the production of
commercial crops at alti-
tudes too high and cool
to mature many medium
and late varieties. Losses
by rain, insects, and
birds are minimized, and
greater cleanliness se-
cured. Last year over
half the crop from miscel-
laneous varieties 'at the
Tempe Date Orchard
(Arizona) would have
been lost but for artificial
methods of ripening.
These methods are cheap
and practicable. In con-
nection with ripening
operations, the fruit can
be pasteurized at a tem-
perature of 65° to 70°
C (149°-158°F.) and
then packed under
cheese-cloth to secure
it from contamination by flies and other insects.
Recent experiments by Drummpnd show that fumi-
gation with carbon bisulfide kills insect eggs, and
is preferable to pasteurization with varieties inclined
to be sticky. In 1910, Swingle discovered the pro-
cess now in use for ripening Deglet Noor dates by
1226. Fruit clusters of date, as
grown in Arizona.
970
DATE
DATURA
keeping them in moist atmosphere in closed packing-
boxes which are kept warm at night and heated to 80°
or 90° F. during the day. Deglet Noor dates ripen
perfectly by this process and remain light-colored while
those ripened by the rapid process are darkened.
Freeman's rapid process will ripen greener dates,
however.
For further discussion, see Phoenix; also the bulle-
tins of the United States Department of Agriculture,
and of the experiment stations of Arizona and California.
J. W. TOUMEY.
L. H. B.f
DATISCA (old Greek name, applied to some doubt-
ful plant). Datiscacese. Tall perennial herbs, one of
which is sometimes planted in gardens.
Glabrous branching hemp-like plants with pinnately
compound or ternately divided alternate Ivs., the Ifts.
or segms. lanceolate and usually serrate or toothed : fls.
usually dioacious, the staminate fascicled in the axils
and short-pedicelled, the pistillate racemose on axil-
lary branchlets; stamens in sterile fl. 8-12-25, mostly
opposite the calyx-lobes; stamens sometimes present
in fertile fls. but few and perhaps alternate with calyx-
lobes; ovary 3-angled at top, with 3 styles which
are 2-parted: fr. a narrow ribbed many-seeded caps.,
opening between the styles at the top. — Species 2,
one in S. E. Eu. and W. Asia, and the other in Calif,
and Mex.; the former is in cult, abroad, requiring no
special treatment; prop, by seeds and division.
The family Datiscaceae is placed near Begoniacese
and Cactacese. It comprises two other genera of tall
trees, neither of which is recorded as in cultivation;
these are Octomeles, with two species in the Malayan
archipelago, and TetrameleSj with one species in East
India to Java.
cannabina, Linn. Three to 7 ft.: Ivs. odd-pinnate;
the Ifts. of 3 pairs, 2 in. long, deeply serrate, long-
acuminate: fls. small, yellow, the females in long and
open ra -ernes. Eu. — Attractive bushy plants with grace-
ful foliage; both sexes should be grown, the female
being the finer for ornament.
D. glom.erd.ta, Brew. & Wats., the American speciea, is apparently
not in cult.: 2J^-4 ft., stout, glabrous, the sts. clustered: Ivs. ter-
nately divided or lobed: staminate fls. in clusters of 3; pistil-
late fls. 4-7 together or scattered along short branchlets. It is
the durango-root of the Coast ranges and Sierra Nevada.
L. H. B.
1227. A triple form of Datura fastuosa, commonly
known as D. cornucopia.
DATURA (Arabic name). Syn. Brugmdnsia. Sol-
anacese. THORN-APPLE. Several large plants cultivated
for their huge trumpet-like flowers, which have an
odor that is very pleasant to some persons.
Annual or perennial herbs, shrubs, and trees: Ivs.
large, entire or wavy-toothed: fls. large, solitary, erect
or pendulous, mostly white, with more or less violet,
rarely red or yellow; calyx 5-toothed, sometimes
breaking apart near the base or splitting lengthwise;
corolla trumpet-shaped, with spreading 5-10-toothed
limb; stamens 5, all perfect, slightly or not at all
exserted, the filaments slender; style long, the stigma
2-lobed: fr. a large 2-celled caps., mostly prickly or
spiny, usually dry and 4-valved at top but sometimes
fleshy and bursting irregularly, with large seeds. —
Some 15 species, mostly strong-smelling, in the warmer
parts of the globe, some of them weeds.
A few daturas are grown as flower-garden subjects,
or the shrubby kinds under glass or as tub specimens.
The most popular kind in northern gardens is com-
monly called D. cornucopia (Fig. 1227), which is espe-
cially interesting when its flowers develop two or three
well-defined trumpets, one within another. Some-
times, however, these double flowers are a confused
mass of petalage. Double and triple forms are likely
to occur in any of the species described below. The
horn-of-plenty has been especially popular in America
since about 1895, when it was found in South America
by an orchid collector of the United States Nursery
Company, and soon became widely distributed in
"yellow, white, blue and deep carmine," all double
forms. Daturas contain strong narcotics. Large doses
are poisonous, small doses medicinal. Separate prepara-
tions of Stramonium seed and leaves are commonly
sold in the drugstores. D. Stramonium (Fig. 1228) is
the thorn-apple or Jamestown weed, the latter name
being corrupted into jimson weed. Its foul, rank herb-
age and large spiny fruits are often seen in rubbish
heaps. At the first successful settlement in America —
Jamestown, Virginia, 1607 — it is said that the men ate
these thorn-apples with curious results. Capt. John
Smith's account of their mad antics is very enter-
taining. It has been conjectured that this same plant
was used by the priests at Delphi to produce oracular
ravings. The seeds of D. sanguinea are said to have
been used by Peruvian priests that were believed to
have prophetic power.
Daturas are of easy culture. Some are treated as
tender annuals. In the North the woody species can be
grown outdoors in summer, and stored in cellars dur-
ing the winter; in the South and in southern Cali-
fornia they are almost everblooming. They are some-
times kept in cool conservatories the year round, in
which case they should be planted in the border, as
they rarely flower well in pots, their roots being large
and spreading and requiring a constant supply of
moisture. This method produces great quantities of
bloom in spring. After flowering, the plants should be
cut in to the main limbs.
A. Fls. red.
sanguinea, Ruiz & Pav. Tree-like shrub, 4-12 ft.
high: branches fragile, leafy at the apex: Ivs. clustered,
5-7 from the same point, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
almost 7 in. long, 2^-2% in. wide, pubescent on both
sides, shining green above, paler beneath, the lower Ivs.
wavy or angled, upper one entire; petioles 2*/£ in. long,
channeled, pubescent: peduncles terminal; fls. pendu-
lous, brilliant orange-red, about 8 in. long; calyx
ovate, 5-angled, variegated, inflated. Peru. B.R. 1739
(as B. Ucolor). F.S. 18:1883.— All the other species
are said to be easily raised from cuttings, but this is
very slow to take root.
AA. Fls. yellow.
chlorantha, Hook. Shrub, glabrous throughout: lys.
broadly ovate, almost triangular; margin wavy, with
short, rather sharp, very distinct teeth: peduncles axil-
lary, very short; fls. pendulous, yellow; calyx tubular,
with 5 nearly uniform, short, triangular teeth. Habitat
unknown. B.M. 5128. Gn. 46:429; 49, p. 379.—
Datura "Golden Queen" is presumably a horticultural
variety of this species. While this species is horti-
culturally distinct by reason of its yellow fls., it is a
doubtful species botanically, being founded on a very
double garden form of unknown origin. In Vilmorin's
DATURA
Blumengartnerei, by Voss, it is referred to D. humilis,
Desf., but D. humilis, in turn, is perhaps a form of D.
Jastuosa.
AAA. Fls. normally white (sometimes touched with violet)
or purple.
B. Plants tatt, 7-15 ft. high: blossoms pendulous.
c. Calyx tubular, with 5 obscure teeth.
suaveolens, Humb. & Bonpl. (D. Gdrdneri, Hook.).
ANGEL'S TRUMPET. Tree-like shrub, 10-15 ft. high:
Ivs. ovate-oblong, 6-12 in. long, 2J^-4 in. wide, entire,
glabrous, petioled, often unequal at the base: fls.
9-12 in. long; calyx inflated, angled, glabrous, with 5
obscure teeth; corolla-tube plaited, the limb with 5
short lobes; anthers crowded together. Mex. G.C. III.
11:593; 23:71. S.H. 2:433.— The double form is much
commoner in the gardens than the single. This is the
plant which is "usually cult, as D. arborea. It is said to
be very distinct from the true D. arborea of Linn., but
it can be separated with certainty by the calyx.
cc. Calyx spathe-like, not toothed.
arbdrea, Linn. (Brugmdnsia arborea, Steud.).
ANGEL'S TRUMPET. Small tree: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate,
margin entire, never wavy or angled, pubescent, in
pairs, one a third shorter than the other; petioles 1 in.
or more long: fls. with a musk-like odor; calyx tubular,
entire, spathe-like, acuminate; corolla-tube terete, the
lobes of the limb very long; anthers distinct, not con-
glomerate. Peru and Chile. G.C. II. 11:141.— Most of
the plants cult, under this name are presumably D.
suaveolens. The extent to which the true D. arborea
is cult, is undetermined.
BB. Plants less tall, only 2-5 ft. high.
c. Blossoms erect; calyx not spurred.
fastuosa, Linn. (D. Hummdtu, Bernh. D. and B.
cornucopia, Hort.). Fig. 1227. Annual, 4-5 ft. high,
herbaceous: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, acute
and unequal at the base, toothed or wavy, glabrous
on both sides, solitary, upper ones in pairs one of which
is larger, 7-8 in. long, 2J^-3K in. wide; petioles \fyjr
2^ in. long: fls. f>%-7 in. long, violet outside, whitish
within; calyx purple, angled, 2 in. long, 5-toothed, the
teeth triangular lanceolate, acuminate, 5 lines long,
2-3 lines wide: caps, spiny, subglobose, 1J^ in. diam.
Native of India. Naturalized in the tropics of both
worlds. F.S. 14:1457. Gn. 46:224. I.H. 42:25.— The
commonest garden datura. Resembles the common
D. Stramonium, but fls. larger. Var. alba, Clarke (D.
alba, Nees), has fls. white or nearly so. (D. alba var.
africdna, Fedde, is distinguished by its larger Ivs.,
longer calyx, and corolla glabrous outside. Italian
Somaliland.) Var. dubia, Clarke (D. dubia, Don. D.
Nilhummatu, Dunal), has spineless frs. Var. Huber-
iana, Hort., is a thick bushy cult, form with large
fls. of several colors, running into yellowish, blue and
red; it is said to be a hybrid with D. chlorantha.
meteloides, DC. (D. Wnghtii, Hort.). Perennial
(cult, as an annual N.), glaucescent and puberulent:
branches slender, forked: Ivs. unequally ovate, almost
entire, acuminate, acute at both ends, upper Ivs. often
in pairs, the larger 2-2 J^ in. long, 8-9 lines wide;
petioles thickened at the base, 4-5 lines wide: calyx
tubular, the teeth mostly 5; corolla about 4-8 in. long,
or twice as long as the calyx, 5-toothed, the teeth
slender-subulate: caps. 2 in. diam., succulent, prickly.
Texas to Calif. Gt. 1859:260. R.H. 1857, p. 571.
F.S. 12:1266.— Fls. white, suffused with violet, fra-
grant. Occurs also in Northern Mex.
cc. Blossoms pendulous; calyx with a long spur.
cornigera, Hook. (D. and B. Knlghtii, Hort.).
Height 3-4 ft. : branches downy: Ivs. chiefly at the ends
of branches, ovate, petioled, acuminate, margin entire,
wavy or angled: fls. pendulous, white or creamy white,
62
DAUCUS
971
very fragrant at night, striated, 5-lobed, the lobe ter-
minated by a long awl-shaped spreading or recurved
point; stamens included. Mex. B.M. 4252. Brug-
mansia Knightii seems to be a trade name for only
the double form. Gn. 45, p. 549.
Weedy annual species of Datura, intro. from the tropics or
warm countries and run free in this country, are: D. Mitel, Linn.
Pubescent: Ivs. entire or slightly toothed: calyx tubular; corolla-
limb 10-lobed, 4 in. across: caps, nodding, prickly: 3-5 ft.: fls.
white. — D. Stramdnium, Linn. Fig. 1228. The common stramo-
nium or jimson-weed: glabrous, green-stemmed: Ivs. ovate, sinuate
or angled or even cut-toothed: caps erect, with stout prickles:
2—4 ft. : fls. white. A very similar species but
with a smooth and spineless caps, is D.
inermis, Jacq. — D. Tdtula, Linn. Differs from
C. Stramonium in having purple sts., and
violet-purple or lavender fls., and prickles of
the caps, more nearly equal.
1228. Pods of Datura Stramonium. ( X H)
Other daturas more or less cult, abroad are: D. ceratocaiila,
Ort. Annual, 2 ft.: branches horn-shaped: Ivs. broad-lanceolate:
fls. very large, inside white or light violet, outside bluish, opening
late in afternoon till middle of forenoon: fr. hanging, smooth.
Trop. Amer. B.M. 3352. — D. coccinea, Hort.=D. De Noteri. —
— D. coldssea aurea, Hort. Garden hybrid, parentage not reported,
with bright golden yellow fls. — D. De Ndteri, Hort. Probably
annual: 3 ft.: fls. fragrant, brilliant red, freely produced. S. Afr. —
D. }brox. Linn. St. thick, glabrous, red at base but otherwise green-
or white-punctate: Ivs. rhombic-ovate, angled-toothed : calyx 5-
angled and about 5-parted; corolla light blue, the limb angulate:
fr. unequally spiny, with 4 large spines at top. S. Eu. — D. guerci-
fdlia, HBK. Annual, with green sts., the young growth somewhat
pubescent: Ivs. deeply sinuate-pinnatifid. : fls. as in D. Tatula:
caps, bearing large and unequal flattened prickles that are some-
times y<i in. long. Mex.
DAUBENTdNIA: Sesbania.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DAUCUS (ancient Greek name). Umbelliferas. Per-
haps 60 annual and biennial herbs of very wide distribu-
tion. One or 2 species are native to N. Amer.; one
species of Daucus is the common garden carrot, and
the wild form of the same species is an abundant old-
field weed in the northeastern states. Aside from the
carrot, there are no horticultural members of the genus.
Daucus comprises bristly or setose slender plants, with
pinnately decompound and often finely divided Ivs.,
very small fls. in compound involucrate umbels, and
oblong mostly dorsally flattened frs. The species are
mostly of the temperate regions of Eu., Afr. and
Asia.
Cardta, Linn. Figs. 821, 822. Bristly biennial, with
twice- or thrice-pinnatifid Ivs., the ultimate divisions
cut and pointed: fls. crowded in umbellets, mostly
white but sometimes blush or even pale yellow, some of
the marginal fls. larger; rays of umbel numerous;
involucre of many elongated-subulate divisions: fr.
(or "seed") small, greenish or brownish, somewhat
convex on one side and plane on the opposite side
972
DAUCUS
DAVALLIA
grooved, bristly, aromatic. Eu. Under cult., the root
has been greatly developed into many edible forms.
Var. Boissieri, Schweinf., from Egypt and also in
Spain, has blood-red or violet-colored roots. Gt.
1904:1527. L. H. B.
DAVALLIA (a personal name) . Polypodiacese. Ferns,
some of them grown under glass, and the smaller species
making good plants for hanging-baskets.
Tropical plants, usually with firm, somewhat finely
divided foliage and coriaceous semi-cylindric indusia,
which are attached at both the base and sides, opening
toward the margin of the leaf. — Some twenty species, in
many parts of the globe, some of them epiphytes.
The "diverse habits of growth of the many different
species of davallias, and their good lasting qualities,
peculiarly fit them under ordinary care for decorative
purposes, when delicate and graceful plants are desired.
Among the many species, the following are most often
seen and best adapted for commercial purposes: D.
bullata, D. parvula, very dwarf; D. pentaphylla, young
fronds of a dark bronzy green, and D. Tyermannii
(Humata), are well adapted for hanging-baskets. D.
dissecta and var. elegans, D. concinna (Loxoscaphe) , D.
fijiensis and vars. plumosa and major, D. fceniculacea
(Loxoscaphe), D. solida, D. pallida (syn. Mooreana) and
D. pyxidata are adapted for large specimen plants. D.
tenuifolia (Odontosoria chinensis) and vars. stricta and
Veitchiana are desirable for fern-dishes, because of their
dwarfish habit of growth and the ease with which they
may be raised from spores. — Old plants of davallia
may be cut into a number of smaller ones with a sharp
knife. Planted firmly into shallow pans and placed in
a temperature of 60° to 65° F., they soon develop into
symmetrical plants. The rhizomes should be firmly
fastened to soil by strong copper-wire staples, where
they will root in a short time. To gain a large number of
small plants, the rhizomes should be detached, cleaned
from all soil and roots, laid on sand and thinly covered
1229. Davallia bullata, grown
as a "fern-ball."
with moss. Placed in a shaded position in a temperature
of 65° to 70° F., and kept moderately moist, a number
of small plants will develop from the dormant eyes,
which may be separately potted as soon as of sufficient
size. Spores of davallia should be sown on a fine com-
post of soil, leaf-mold or peat and sand in equal parts,
and placed in a shaded position in a temperature of
60° to 65° F. All the operations of propagation of
davallias will be most successful if conducted during
the spring months. All davallias delight in a rich and
open compost, an abundance of light and air, and mois-
ture at their roots, a temperature of 60° to 65° F. and a
thorough syringing every bright day. (N. N. Bruckner. )
bullata, 3.
canariensis, 8.
decurrens, 6.
denticulata, 5.
dissecta, 11.
divaricata, 12.
elegans, 5, 8, 11.
INDEX.
fijiensis, 10.
major, 10.
Mariesii, 4.
Mayi, 6.
Mooreana, 13.
ornata, 7.
pallida, 13.
parvula, 2.
pentaphylla, 1.
plumosa, 10.
polyantha, 12.
pyxidata, 9.
solida, 7.
superba, 7.
A. Lvs. once pirmate, with few linear segms.
1. pentaphylla, Blume. Lvs. scattered, from a stout
fibrillose rootstock, 1-pinnate, with 1 terminal and 4-6
pairs of lateral pinnae, 4-6 in. long, J^in. broad; sori
in marginal rows. Java and Polynesia.
AA. Lvs. tri- or quadri-pinnatifid, deltoid.
B. Length of Ivs. less than 1 ft.
2. parvula, Wall. A tiny fern with scaly creeping
rootstocks, the Ivs. sessile or with stalks 1-2 in.
long, the blades H-^in. long, J^in. broad, triangular,
2-3 pinnatifid, the segms. threadlike, pointed. Singa-
pore and Borneo.
3. bullata, Wall. Figs. 1229, 1230. Rootstock creep-
ing, clothed with whitish or light brown hair-like
scales: Ivs. scattered, 6-10 in. long, 4-6 in. wide, quad-
ripinnatifid, with deeply incised segms.; texture firm.
India to Java and Japan. F.E. 11:543. — Often sold
for house cult, in the form of a fern-ball.
4. Mariesii, Moore. Rootstock stout, with brownish
scales, which are lanceolate from a broad dilated base:
Ivs. deltoid, 4r-6 in. each way, with the pinna? cut away
at the lower side at base; segms. short-linear, 1-nerved;
sori intramarginal. Japan. G.C. III. 13:571.
BB. Length of Ivs. 1-2 ft.
c. Foliage commonly tri-pinnatifid.
5. denticulata, Mett. (D. elegans, Swartz). Root-
stock clothed with woolly fibers: Ivs. 9-15 in. wide,
with the main rachis slightly winged toward the apex;
indusia several to a segm., with the sharp teeth
projecting beyond the cups. Ceylon to Austral, and
Polynesia.
6. decurrens, Hooker. Rootstock stout, creeping,
fibrillose: If .-blade 1-2 ft. long, 9^-15 in. broad, triangu-
lar, the main rachis scarcely winged at the apex, 3-
pinnate, the segms. linear-oblong, broadly toothed;
sori inside the margin. Philippines. Var. Mayi, Hort.
Graceful, much divided Ivs.
7. solida, Swartz (D. ornata, Wall.). Rootstock
clothed with appressed scales or fibers: Ivs. 1-2 ft.
long, 12-15 in. wide, the center of the apex broad and
undivided; segms. broad and slightly cut; indusia
marginal. Malaya. Var. superba, Hort. Lvs. flat, in
young state tinted with red.
cc. Foliage commonly quadri-pinnatifid.
8. canariensis, Smith. Rootstock stout, densely
clothed with pale brown linear scales: If .-blades 12-18
in. long, triangular, with ovate-rhombic, deeply incised
segms.; sori on entire segms., or with a horn outside.
Spain, Canaries, N. Afr. Var. elegans, Hort. Lvs.
finely divided.
9. pyxidata, Cav. Rootstock clothed with pale
brown linear scales: If. -blades tri-quadri-pinnatifid,
6-9 in. broad, with oblong segms.; sori with a broad
space outside, which is extended into a horn-like pro-
jection. Austral.
10. fijiensis, Hook. Lvs. 6-12 in. broad, with the
lower pinnae deltoid and the segms. cut into narrow,
linear divisions Y^-^m.. long; sori on the dilated apices
of the segms. with no horn. Fiji Isls. A. F. 6:900;
9:233. G.C. III. 23:323.— One of the finest species,
with numerous varieties. Considered by some botanists
to be a variety of D. solida. Var. plumosa, Bull. Dis-
tinct from the species by the gracefully drooping habit
and feathery nature of the pendulous Ivs. Var. major,
DAVALLIA
Moore. More robust: Ivs. not so fine, lighter color
than the species.
11. dissecta, J. Smith. Rootstock stout, with dense,
rusty scales: Ivs. 10-12 in. broad, on straw-colored
stalks; segms. oblong, cuneate at base, with simple or
bifid lobes; sori minute, often with 2 projecting horns.
Java. Var. elegans, Hort. Similar to type but with
more graceful habit.
BBS. Length of Ivs. 2-3 ft.
12. divaricata, Blume (D. polydntha, Hook.). Root-
stock with linear rusty scales: Ivs. tri-pinnatifid, some-
times 2 ft. broad, with deltoid segms. cut into linear-
oblong lobes; sori at some distance from the edge.
India to Java and Hong Kong.
13. pallida, Mett. (D. Mooreana, Mast.). Root-
stock stout, with lanceolate dark brown scales: Ivs.
with straw-colored stalks 12-18 in. long, quadri-pin-
natifid, with deltoid, stalked segms., the ulti-
mate obovate-cuneate, bearing the sorus on
the upper side at the base. Aneityum and
Borneo. A.F. 6:901; 9:231. A. G. 13:143.
For D. concinna and D.f&niculacea, see Loxoscaphe.
D. platyphylla, see Microlepia; D. stricta, see Steno-
loma; D. tenuifolia, see Stenoloma; D. Tyermannii, see
Humata.
Several other ferns are in trade under the name
Davallia, which are properly referred to other genera.
Of these, disposition should be made as follows: D.
alpina= Humata repens; D. angustata=Huma,ta hetero-
phylla; D. 6rasi7iensi's=Saccoloma inaequale; D. retusa
=Odontosoria retusa; D. femii/oHa=Odontosoria chi-
nensis. D. amcena and D. decora are names of uncertain
etanding and application. R c BENEDICT^
DAVIDIA (after Armand David, French
missionary, botanized in China from 1862
to 1873). Nyssacese. Ornamental deciduous
trees, cultivated for their handsome foliage
and the large and showy white flowers.
Leaves alternate, slender-petioled, dentate,
without stipules: fls. polygamous, in dense
subglobose heads consisting of numerous
staminate fls. and 1 bisexual fl., with 2 large
bracts at the base; sepals and petals wanting;
stamens 1-7, with slender filaments; ovary
6-10-celled, with rudimentary perianth and
a circle of short stamens on top of the ovary
at the base of the short and thick style, with spreading
stigmas: fr. a drupe with a 3-5-seeded stone. — One
species in W. China.
This is a handsome tree of pyramidal habit, with
rather large and attractive bright green foliage, and an
object of striking beauty when studded with the very
large creamy white floral bracts. The tree has proved
hardy in favorable positions as far north as Massachu-
setts ; it seems to be somewhat tender only while young.
Apparently it grows well in any good fresh soil. Propa-
gation is by seeds sown in spring, which soon germi-
nate, and by cuttings in summer of half-ripened wood
under glass; also by layers.
involucrata, Baill. Pyramidal tree, to 60 ft., with
upright or ascending branches: Ivs. cordate-ovate,
acuminate, coarsely serrate, strongly veined, bright
green and finally glabrous above, densely silky pubes-
cent below, 2 }4-5 m- long: heads terminal, peduncled;
bracts 2, opposite, rarely 3, ovate to oblong -obovate,
entire or serrate, creamy white, of unequal size, the
larger to 7 in. long and to 4J^in. broad: drupe oblong-
ovoid, brownish, punctulate, about \l/2 in. long. May,
June: fr. in Oct. W. China. Var. Vilmoriniana,
Hemsl. (D. Vilmoriniana, Dode. D. lasta, Dode). Lvs.
glabrous and glaucescent below, or only sparingly
pubescent while young. B.M. 8432. H.I. 20:1961.
G.C. III. 33:235; 39:346. J.H.S. 1903:57; 37:129,
fig. 113. R.H. 1906, pp. 297-9; 1907, p. 321. R.B.
34:230. This variety is better known in cult, than the
type. It was intro. in 1897 by Farges who sent seeds
DEBREGEASIA
973
from which a single plant was raised by Vilmorin.
Later E. H. Wilson sent seeds of the variety as well as
the type, from which a large stock of plants was raised
bv Veitch' ALFRED REHDER.
DAY FLOWER: Commelina.
DAY LILY: Funkia and II emerocallis.
DEAD NETTLE: Lamium.
DEBREGEASIA (derivation un-
known; probably named after a per-
son). Syn., Morocdrpus. Urticdceae.
Upright shrubs, grown for then- hand-
some foliage and ornamental yellow or
red fruits, which are edible.
Leaves alternate, short-
petioled, serrulate, 3-nerved at
the base, rugose above, tomen-
tose beneath; stipules bifid: fls.
monoecious or dioscious in uni-
sexual globose clusters arranged
in small axillary cymes; stami-
nate fls. with usually 4-parted
perianth, with 4 short stamens;
pistillate with
urceolate or obo-
vate perianth much
contracted at the
mouth, with very
short usually 4-
toothed limb, ad-
nate to the ovary;
stigma penicillate,
on a short style or
sessile: fr. subglo-
bose consisting of
numerous small 1-
seeded fleshy drupe-
lets. — Five or 6
species in China, S.
Asia and Abyssinia.
The two species in
cultivation, neither
of which is yet in
trade, are spreading
tender shrubs with
handsome slender
foliage, dark green
above, whitish be-
low, and small usually orange-red fruits resembling in
shape a small mulberry and produced profusely along
last year's branches. D. longifolia is a stove-plant; D.
edulis is hardier, and at the Arnold Arboretum sur-
vives the winter outdoors. It is, however, killed back
nearly to the ground, but sends up numerous shoots,
and although it does not flower and fruit, it is an attrac-
tive bush on account of the striking contrast of the
dark green lustrous upper and the white lower surface
of the leaves. Propagation is by seeds and by green-
wood cuttings under glass.
edulis, Wedd. (Morocdrpus edulis, Sieb. & Zucc.).
Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets appressed-pubescent, soon
glabrous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to elliptic, acuminate,
serrulate, rugose and smooth above, whitish tomentose
below, 3-5 in. long: fr. orange-red, globose, about
J^in. across, in small dichotomous cymes in June.
China, Japan.
longifdlia, Wedd. (D. velutina, Gaud. Conoctphalus
niveus, Wight). Shrub, to 8 ft.: branchlets villous: Ivs.
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate,
rugose and rough above, white-tomentose beneath,
4-7 in. long: fr. orange-yellow or red, J^in. across, iu
small dichotomous cymes. Subtropical Himalaya to
Java. R.H. 1896, p. 321. G.C. III. 39:232, suppl.
ALFRED REHDER.
1230. Davallia
bullata.
(XHJ
974
DECABELONE
DELARBREA
DECABELONE: Tavareaia.
DECAISNEA (after Joseph Decaisne, French botanist,
who wrote much on the botany of cultivated plants;
1809-1882). Lardizabalacese. Woody subjects grown for
the large pinnate foliage and the conspicuous fruits.
Upright sparingly branched shrubs: Ivs. odd-pin-
nate, large, with opposite entire Ifts.: fls. polygamous, in
axillary racemes, slender-pedicelled ; sepals 6, petaloid,
long-acuminate; petals wanting; stamens 6, the fila-
ments in the staminate fl. connate into a column;
pistils 3, growing into rather large oblong follicles
with numerous seeds in two ranks imbedded in a
white pulp. — Two species in E. Himalayas and in
W. China.
These are distinct -looking shrubs, in habit resem-
bling a large-leaved sumac, with long racemes of pendu-
lous greenish flowers similar in shape to those of a
yucca, but are smaller, and with conspicuous blue or
yellow fruits which are edible, but insipid. The Chinese
species has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum in
sheltered position, while the Himalayan is tender.
They prefer a sheltered situation of warm southern
exposure and do not seem particular as to the soil.
Propagation is by seeds.
Fargesii, Franch. Shrub, to 15 ft. : Ivs. to 3 ft. long,
glabrous; Ifts. 13-25, elliptic, acuminate, short-petioled,
bright green above, glaucescent below, 2-5 in. long:
racemes upright, many-fld.; fls. nodding, campanulate,
greenish, 1-1 % in. long; sepals lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, much longer than the stamens: fr. pendulous,
oblong-cylindric, deep blue, 3-4 in. long, about 1 in.
thick, with numerous black seeds about J^in. long:
April, May; fr. in Sept. W. China. B.M. 7848. R.H.
1900, pp. 270, 271, 273. M.D. 1912:197.
D. inslgnis, Hook. f. & Thorns. In habit, Ivs. and fls., very little
different from the preceding species, but fr. yellow, thicker, curved.
E.Himalayas. B.M. 6731. F.S. 13:1335. I.H. 3:91.
ALFRED REHDER.
DECODON (Greek, ten-toothed). Lythracese. A
hardy perennial herb sometimes offered by dealers in
native plants. Decodon is sometimes considered a
subgenus of Nessea, but is latterly kept distinct as a
monotypic genus. It is distinguished from Lythrum
by having 5 (rarely 4) petals instead of 6, and 10
stamens while Lythrum has mostly 6 or 12. It has
opposite or whorled Ivs., the upper with axillary, short-
stalked clusters of fls.
verticillatus, Ell. (Nessea verticilldta, HBK.). SWAMP
LOOSE-STRIFE. WATER-WILLOW. Smooth or downy:
sts. recurved, 2-8 ft. long, 4-6-sided: Ivs. lanceolate,
nearly sessile: petals 5, cuneate-lanceolate, rose-pur-
ple, J^in. long; stamens 10, half of them shorter.
Swampy grounds, N. E. to Fla., west to Minn, and La.
— Desirable for colonizing about ponds and in very
wet places. It runs into 2 or 3 varieties.
DECUMARIA (Latin, decumus, tenth, referring to
the number of the parts of the flower). Saxifragacese.
Climbing shrubs, cultivated for their handsome glossy
foliage and clusters of attractive white flowers.
Climbing by aerial rootlets: Ivs. deciduous, opposite,
petioled: fls. in terminal peduncled corymbs, small,
white, perfect; sepals and petals 7-10; stamens 20-30:
fr. a 5-10-celled ribbed caps, opening between the ribs,
with numerous minute seeds. — One species in E. N.
Amer. and one in China.
These are ornamental climbing shrubs with handsome
glossy foliage and fragrant white flowers, forming a
corymb of feathery appearance, well adapted for cover-
ing walls, rocks, trellis work and trunks of trees; tender,
but the American species survives in sheltered posi-
tions as far north as Massachusetts, while the Chinese
is more tender. They thrive in almost any humid
soil. Propagation is by greenwood cuttings in summer
under glass, rarely by seeds.
barbara, Linn. (D. sarmentbsa, Bosc). Climbing to
30 ft., but usually less high: lys. ovate, obtuse or acute,
remotely denticulate or entire, glabrous and shining
above, 2-4 in. long and 1-2 in. broad: corymbs 2-3 in.
broad, semiglobose. May, June. Va. to Fla., west to
La. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:233. Mn. 1:41. G.C. III. 46:242,
suppl.
D. sinensis, Oliv. Very similar to the preceding; less high: lys.
generally oblong, obtuse or obtusish, 1 5^-3 in. long and J-^-l in.
broad: pedicels appressed-pubescent. Cent. China. H.I. 18:1741.
ALFRED REHDER.
DEERBERRY: Vaccinium stamineum.
DEERGRASS: Rhexia.
DEERINGIA (Karl Deering, died 1749; born in
Saxony, practicing physician in London and author
of catalogue of plants of England). Amarantdcese.
About a half-dozen species of climbing herbs or sub-
shrubs, from Madagascar to Austral., one of which is
offered in Calif. Lvs. alternate: fls. dioecious or per-
fect, numerous and small, in terminal spiciferous
panicles; parts of fl. 5, spreading under the succulent
indehiscent fr. ; stamens 5, united into a ring. D. baccata,
Moq. (D, celosioides, R. Br.), in Austral., E. Indies and
elsewhere, is a smooth woody climber, 10-12 ft.: Ivs.
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire: fls. in
slender interrupted spikes 1 ft. or less long, greenish
white: berry red, nearly globular, J^in. or less diam.
B.M. 2717. The plant offered as£>. variegata, described
as a slender-growing shrub that will climb if shoots are
trained up, long spikes of white fls., and Ivs. margined
with white, is probably a form of this species, or it may
be Bosea Amherstiana (D. Amherstiana, Wall.), which
has a form with variegated Ivs. £,. H. B.
DEINANTHE (Greek extraordinary, referring to
the flowers being large for the group). Saxifragacese.
Herbs or sub-shrubs of 2 species, 1 in Japan and 1
in China, at least the Chinese species having been
offered in England. Of the Hydrangea tribe, allied
to Cardiandra, but Ivs. opposite rather than alternate
and style 1-5-forked rather than 3 and separate.
D. cserulea, Stapf, from China, is a perennial herb,
1-1^2 ft- high, with horizontal stout rootstock, the
solitary st. from the tip of the rootstock: Ivs. about 4
at the top of the st., ovate or broad-elliptic, sharply
toothed: fls. sterile and fertile, the former few, the
fertile much larger and nodding, the petals bright blue,
stamens blue, all constituting a terminal panicle. B.M.
8373. D. bifida, Maxim., has creamy white or pure
white fls. with yellow stamens, a different infl., and Ivs.
deeply bifid at apex. L. jj, B.
DELABECHEA RUPESTRIS: Sterculia rupestris.
DELARBREA (after a French naturalist). Araliacese.
Tall tender shrubs from New Caledonia, grown in hot-
houses.
Leaves alternate, decompound, gracefully arching, the
Ifts. leathery and entire or slightly cut: fls. falling very
early, in large umbellate-paniculate clusters, not very
showy. Distinguished from Aralia by its round, not
angled frs. — Two species. Cult, same as Aralia.
spectabilis, Lind.& Andre (Aralia condnna, Nichols.).
St. ashy gray, with brown, warty spots: Ivs. odd-pin-
nate; Ifts. in 8-10 pairs, each 1ft. entire or 3-toothed or
twice cut, sometimes so deeply cut as to make 3 entirely
free segms. I.H. 25:314. — Under the name of Aralia
spectabilis, two different plants have been sold. One
is Aralia filicifolia. The two plants can be dis-
tinguished at a glance. The primary division of the
If. in A. filicifolia is long and narrow, thrice as long
as in D. spectabilis, and tapering to a long point,
while in D. spectabilis the primary division of the
If. is short and has 3 well-marked segms. In A.
filicifolia the secondary divisions are deeply and irregu-
DELARBREA
DELPHINIUM
975
larly cut; in D. spectabilis they are merely serrate.
The two plants are also immediately distinguished by
the black spots on the st. of D. spectabilis.
N. TAYLOR, f
DELAVAYA (after J. M. Delavay, French mission-
ary, who explored the flora of S. W. China). Sapin-
daceap. A tree from S. W. China, allied to Xanthoceras,
but differing chiefly in its 3-foliplate Ivs. and in the
much smaller fls. with a cupular disk. The only species,
D. toxocArpa, {Franch. (D. yunnanensis, Franch.), is a
small tree, to 25 ft. : Ifts. lanceolate, serrate, glabrous,
to 7 in. long: fls. about J^in. across, white: fr. a
2-3-lobed woody caps, with large brownish black seeds.
Reported as recently intro. but probably hardy in
warmer temperate regions only. ALFRED REHDER.
DELPHINIUM (Greek, a dolphin, from the resem-
blance of the flower). Ranuncula^ese. LARKSPUR. A
group of beautiful hardy plants grown in borders for
their handsome spikes of flowers and stately stems of
foliage. They are of great value for cut-flower pur-
poses as the blooms keep well.
Annual or perennial, erect, branching herbs: Ivs.
palmately lobed or divided: fls. large, irregular, in a
showy raceme or panicle; sepals 5, petal-like, the pos-
terior one prolonged into a spur; petals 2 or 4, small,
the posterior ones spurred, the lateral ones small, if
present; the few carpels always sessile, forming many-
seeded follicles. Full double forms are
very common in a number of the
species (compare Figs. 1232, 1233). A.
Gray, An attempt to distinguish be-
tween the American Delphiniums, Bot.
Gaz. 12:49-54, 1887. E. Huth, Mono-
graphic der Gattung Delphinium, in
Eng. Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 322-499, 1895.
There are about 60 species, native of
the north temperate zone, four of which are of
much greater popularity than the others: the
annual, D. Ajacis, and the perennials, D. grandi-
florum, D. hybridum and D. fornipsum. The last
three have been especially prolific in named garden
varieties. See page 3568.
Some of the garden varieties of delphiniums
are as follows: King of Delphiniums, semi-double,
and Duke of Connaught, distinguished by a deep
intense blue and conspicuous white center of the
large singular flowers; Mme. Violet Geslin and
Julia, cornflower-blue varieties with white eye;
Amos Perry, a combination of rich rosy mauve,
flushed with sky-blue; Lizzie and Rev. J. J. Stubbs,
spikes of vivid azure around deep brown centers.
Combinations of sky-blue, pink and lavender are
striking characteristics of Diademe, Excelsior,
Grille, Hallgarten, Libelle, Minerva, Niederwald
and Seidenspinner, distinguished from each other
by white, brown or black centers. The petals of
Carmen are of deep gentian-blue and pink, sur-
rounding a brown center; those of Lamartine and
Musea, lavender-blue; and Felicite, sky-blue. — Of the
perpetual-flowering Belladonna class, the trade offers the
following named hybrids: Capri, clear sky-blue; Moer-
heimeii, pure white; Nassau, Mr. Brunton and Persim-
mon variations in sky-blue and azure; while the light
graceful spikes of Semiplenum and Grandiflora show
a clear intense cornflower-blue. — Perfect double-flower-
ing delphiniums, though very handsome, are shy seed-
ers and a small percentage come true to color and
variety. They do not seem to share in the great popu-
larity of the singles. Of the latter the old species D.
chinense, D. Davidii, and the rather hard to handle
but otherwise beautiful yellow D. Zalil, are well worth
cultivating. (R. Rothe.)
Rocket and Candelabrum are names used to desig-
nate the forms of inflorescence in the two annual spe-
cies. The "Rocket" or spike-like form is more com-
monly found in the Ajacis type, and the "Candela-
brum," with a number of short spike-like heads of
different heights, is found more often in Consoh'da.
Delphiniums thrive in any good garden soil, but are
improved by a deep, rich sandy loam, exposed to the
sun. Deep preparation of the soil is very important.
The annuals are propagated from seed, which are very
slow in germinating. In the warmer latitudes they may
be sown in early fall and will then produce flowers early
the next season; or they may be started indoors.
The perennials, may be propa-
gated: (1) By root-division in the
fall or spring. The large strong-
growing species may be divided
into a number of plants after
growing in the flower-bed for sev-
eral years. (2) By cuttings, about
which J. B. Keller says: "Take a
few cuttings from each plant in
early spring, when growth is
about 3 or 4 inches long, or else
use the second growth, which has
come after the flower-stems have
been removed. Cuttings root
readily in a shaded frame, no bot-
tom heat being required, but an
occasional sprinkling during dry
and hot weather is neces-
sary. When rooted they
are treated like seed-
lings." (3) By seeds,
started in the green-
house or hotbed in
March or even earlier.
The young seedlings
should be given plenty
of room by transplant-
ing as they grow, and
may be set in the open
garden by June. If
started thus early they
flower the first autumn.
The seed may be planted
in late spring or sum-
mer, care being taken
to water well during dry
weather, and flowers
will come the next sum-
,mer. To get the best
results, the perennials
should be transplanted
every 2 or 3 years. Two
good crops of blossoms
may be secured in one
season by cutting away
the flower-stems of the
first crop as soon as the
flowers have faded; of
course no seeds will be produced in this way.
In most climates where they are grown the roots
of the perennials are left unprotected, in the open
garden, during the winter. This plan can be improved
by giving the bed or border a good dressing of barn-
yard manure about the time the ground begins to
freeze in the fall. This will greatly enrich the soil
and also protect the underground buds during winter.
A much better show of flowers will be the result.
Because of their ability to use much fertility, it is
well to spade in the manure instead of removing it
in the spring. A top-dressing of manure near the plants
in midsummer is used to aid in forcing the "fall" or
second crop of flowers. This dressing conserves the soil-
moisture, prevents weeds, and adds plant-food. Such
applications of manure will make the plants more vig-
orous throughout. They will flower more profusely and,
if desired, the roots can be divided much more freely.
1231. Delphinium Ajacis.
976
DELPHINIUM
DELPHINIUM
INDEX.
Ajacis, 1.
columbianum, 22.
occidentale, 23.
albidum, 18.
Consolida, 2.
pauciflorum, 13.
albo-pleno, 17.
cultorum, 28.
Prsewalskianum, 5.
album, 17, 18.
decorum, 9.
Przewalskii, 5.
alpinum, 16.
elatum, 16.
pyramidale, 16.
altissimum, 14.
exaltatum, 15.
scopulorum, 23.
azureum, 18.
flore-pleno, 17.
simplex, 21.
Barlowii, 27.
formosum, 25.
sinense, 17.
bicolor, 7.
grandiflorum, 17.
subalpinum, 23.
Breckii, 17.
hybridum, 6, 17, 27,
sulphureum, 6.
Brunonianum, 8.
28.
tricorne, 11.
cardinale, 4.
imperialis, 2.
trolliifolium, 20.
carolinianum, 18.
Maackianum, 26.
vimineum, 18.
cashmerianum, 10.
Menziesii, 12.
virescens, 18.
cheilanthum, 24.
mesoleucum, 19.
Walkeri, 10.
chinense, 17.
nudicaule, 3.
Zalil, 6.
coelestinum, 25.
Nuttallii, 22.
A. Annuals: petals only 2, united: follicle 1.
1. Ajacis, Linn. Fig. 1231. An erect annual, about
18 in. high, with a few spreading branches: Ivs. of st.
sessile, deeply cut into fine, linear segms. ; root-lvs.
similar, but short-petioled: fls. showy, blue or violet,
varying to white, more numerous than in D. Consolida,
in a spicate raceme; petals 2, united; calyx-spur about
equaling the rest of the fl.: follicle only 1, pubescent;
seeds with wrinkled, broken ridges. May-Aug. Eu.
R.H. 1893, p. 228. Same figure in S.H. 2:282.— The
season of flowering is governed largely by the time of
sowing the seeds. If sown in the fall, as may be done
in warm climates, the plants will produce fls. by May
or June. But if the seeds be sown in spring no fls.
should be expected before July or Aug.
2. Consolida, Linn. (Consolida arvensis, Opiz). An
erect, hairy annual, 1-1 ^ ft. high: Ivs. similar to D.
Ajacis: fls. few, loosely panicled, pedicels shorter than
the bracts, blue or violet or white; petals 2, united: fol-
licle 1, glabrous; seeds with broken, transverse ridges.
June-Aug. Eu. Baxter Brit. Bot. 4, t. 297. R.H.
1893, p. 228 (var. ornatum Candelabrum). G.Z. 15:81.
Var. imperialis, Hort. (D. imperialis fl. pi., Hort.).
Fls. double. From the English gardens. — See above
species for sowing of seeds.
AA. Perennials, pure species: petals 4' follicles 8-5
(Nos. 3-27).
B. Sepals red.
3. nudica&le, Torr. & Gray. St. 1-1 >£ ft. high, gla-
brous, branched, few-lvd. : ivs. rather succulent, 1-3 in.
across, lobed to the middle or farther 3-7 times, the
secondary lobes rounded and often mucronate; petioles
3-5 in. long, dilated at the" base: fls. panicled; sepals
bright orange-red, obtuse, scarcely spreading, shorter
than the stout spur; petals yel-
low, nearly as long as sepals:
follicles 3, spreading and re-
curved, soon becoming glabrous;
seeds thin-winged. Apr .-July.
Along (mountain streams, N.
Calif. B.M.5819. F.S. 19:1949.
R.H. 1893, p. 259.— A good per-
ennial in the E.
4. cardinale, Hook. St. erect,
2-3^ ft. high and much higher
under favorable conditions,
partly pubescent: Ivs. smooth,
fleshy, deeply 5-parted, the
parts cut into long, linear lobes:
raceme elongated, many-fld.; fls.
bright red, with petal-limbs yel-
low: follicles glabrous, usually 3;
seeds smooth. July, Aug. S. Calif. B.M. 4887. Gt.
6:328. F.S. 11:1105. R.B. 6:101. Gn. 19:234.
BB. Sepals clear yellow or tipped with blue.
5. Przewalskii, Huth (D. Prsewalskianum, Hort.).
Nearly glabrous, often branched at base, erect, varying
much in height: Ivs. 3-5 times deeply parted, parts
1232. Single larkspur.
— D. grandiflorum.
divided into narrow, obtuse lobes: fls. clear yellow, or
sometimes tipped with blue; spur equaling the sepals:
follicles 3, densely hairy. July, Aug. Asia. — Intro. 1892.
6. Zalil, Aitch. & Hemsl. (D. sulphureum, Hort. D.
hybridum var. sulphureum, Hort.). St. nearly simple,
erect, 1-2 ft. high, rather glabrous, or becoming so:
Ivs. of several narrow, linear lobes, dark green; petioles
not dilating at the base: fls. large, light yellow, in long
racemes: follicles 3, longitudinally furrowed and ribbed;
seeds with transverse, fibrous
plates. June, July. Persia.
Intro. 1892. B.M. 7049. Gn.
50:434; 54, p. 347; 71, p.
285. G. C. III. 20:247.—
Seedlings from tubers and
plants die down as if dead;
but they make a second
growth after a short period
of rest.
9
1233. Double larkspur.—
D. grandiflorum.
BBB. Sepals blue or varying
to white.
c. Height 1^2 ft. or less.
D. Petioles dilating at the base.
7. bicolor, Nutt. Erect, rather stout, J^-l ft. high,
from fascicled roots: Ivs. small, thick, deeply parted
and divisions cleft, except perhaps in the upper Ivs.;
segms. linear and obtuse: raceme rather few-fld., the
lower pedicels ascending 1-2 in. ; spur and sepals nearly
equal, ^in. long or more, blue; upper petals pale
yellow or white, blue- veined; lower petals blue: follicles
glabrous or becoming so. May-Aug. Dry woods, Colo.,
west and north to Alaska.
8. Brunonianum, Royle. MUSK LARKSPUR. Sts.
erect, ^-l/^ft. high: plant somewhat pubescent : upper
Ivs. 3-parted, lower ones reniform, 5-parted; segms.
deeply cut, musk-scented: fls. large, light blue with
purple margins, center black; spur very short; sepals
1 in. long, membranous and often clinging until the
fr. is mature: follicles 3 or 4, villose. June, July. China.
B.M. 5461. R.B. 1863:34.
9. decdrum, Fisch. & Mey. St. slender and weak,
%-!% ft. high, smooth or nearly so: Ivs. few, bright
green; upper ones small, 3-5-parted into narrow lobes;
lower and radical ones somewhat reniform in out-
line and deeply 3-5-parted, lobes often differing widely:
fls. in a loose raceme, or somewhat panicled; sepals
blue, Kin. long, equaling the spurs; upper petals at
least tinged with yellow: follicles 3, thickish, glabrous.
Spring. Calif. Intro. 1881 B.R. 26:64.
DD. Petioles hardly dilating at the base.
E. Upper petals never yellow.
10. cashmerianum, Royle. Plant pubescent, not
very leafy: st. simple, erect, slender, 10-18 in. high:
root-lvs. orbicular, 2-3 in. diam., 5-7-lobed, coarsely,
acutely toothed and cut; petiole 5-8 in. long; sts.-lvs.
short-petioled, 3-5-lobed, cut like the radical ones, all
rather thick, and bright green: infl. corymbose, the
branches rather spreading; fls. 2 in. long, deep azure-
blue; spur broad, obtuse, inflated, decurved, little over
half as long as sepals; upper petals almost black, 2-
lobed, lateral ones greenish: follicles 3-5, hairy. July-
Sept. Himalayas. B.M. 6189. Gt. 32:1105. Gn. 18:568.
R.H. 1893, p. 259.— Hardy in Mass., and choice.
Var. Walkeri, Hook. St. very short, leafy, many-
fld. : upper Ivs. less lobed or almost entire, small, long-
petioled: fls. very large, light blue with yellow petals.
Suited to rockwork. B.M. 6830.
EE. Upper petals yellow or striped with yellow.
11. tricorne, Michx. St. succulent, about 1 ft. high:
Ivs. 3-5-parted, with 3-5-cleft linear lobes; petioles
smooth, hardly dilating at the base: fls. large, blue,
rarely whitish ; upper petals sometimes yellow, with blue
DELPHINIUM
veins, lower ones white-bearded ; sepals nearly equaling
the spur: follicles 3-4, very long, becoming glabrous,
strongly diverging; seeds smooth. May. Northern
states. L.B.C. 4:306. — Very beautiful and much used.
Best for rockwork. The foliage dies down in midsum-
mer and the plant appears as if dead.
12. Menziesii, DC. Plant sparingly pubescent: st.
simple, slender, K-l^ ft. high, few-lvd.: Ivs. small,
3-5-parted, the divisions mainly cleft into linear or lan-
ceolate lobes; petioles hardly dilating at the base: fls. in
simple, conical racemes; sepals blue, somewhat pubes-
cent outside, nearly equaling the spurs in length;
upper petals yellowish: follicles 3, pubescent, or some-
times glabrous; seeds black, winged on the outer angles.
Apr.-June. On hills, Calif, and northward to Alaska.
B.R. 1192.
13. paucifldrum, Nutt. Roots oblong or fusiform,
fasciculate-tuberous: sts. slender, nearly glabrous, }$-l
ft. high: Ivs. small, parted into narrow, linear lobes;
petioles not dilating at base: fls. and fr. similar to those
of D. Menziesii, but on shorter pedicels. May, June.
Colo, to Wash, and Calif. Intro. 1892.
DELPHINIUM
977
cc. Height usually more than
D. Seeds wrinkled or smooth, not winged nor scaly.
E. Follicles always 3.
14. altissimum, Wall. Plant shaggy-hairy above:
st. tall and slender, branched: Ivs. palmately 5-parted,
the divisions 3-lobed and toothed: bracts long-lanceo-
late: fls. blue or purple, in long, branching racemes; spur
straight or slightly incurved, equaling the sepals; petals
2-lobed: follicles 3, erect; seeds not winged or scaly.
Aug., Sept. Himalayas.
15. exalta turn, Ait. St. stout, 2-4 ft. high, smoothish:
Ivs. flat, nearly glabrous, deeply cleft into 3-7 wedge-
shaped lobes, which are often trifid; petioles usually not
dilated at the base: fls. blue, with yellow on the upper
petals, medium in size, on long, crowded, erect, pyrami-
dal racemes; sepals nearly equaling the spur in length:
follicles 3, pubescent or smooth; seed-coats irregu-
larly wrinkled. June-Aug. Borders of woods, Ala. to
Minn.
16. eiatum, Linn. (D. alplnum, Waldst. & Kit. D.
pyramidale, Royle). BEE LARKSPUR. Glabrous, 2-6
ft. high: Ivs. somewhat pubescent, 5-7-parted, part
rather narrow, cut-lobed; upper Ivs. 3-5-parted,
petioles not dilated at the base: raceme much like D.
exaltatum or more spike-like; fls. blue, with dark violet
petals; sepals ovate, glabrous, nearly equaling the
spurs: follicles 3; seeds transversely wrinkled, not
scaly. June-Aug. B.R. 1963 (as D. intermedium). F.S.
12:1287. (var. fl.-pl.). R.H. 1859, p. 529; 1893, p. 258.
— A polymorphous and complex species of Eu. It
is probable that all or nearly all the plants sold
here under this name should be called D. exaltatum,
which is a closely allied species.
17. grandifldrum, Linn. (D. sinense, Fisch.). Figs.
1232, 1233. St. rather slender, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. rather
small, many times parted into nearly distinct, narrow,
linear lobes: fls. large, blue, varying to white, the spur
and lower petals often violet, upper petals often yellow;
spurs long and taper pointed: follicles 3, pubescent;
seeds triangular, coats wrinkled, not scaly. Blooms hi
midsummer. Siberia. Intro. 1880. B.M.1686. Gn.46:
484. Var. album, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. Hlbo-
pleno, Hort. Fls. double and pure white. Var.
fldre-pleno, Hort. (var. hybridum fl.-pl., Hort.). Fls.
double, blue, very pretty. R.H. 1893, p. 259; 1895,
p. 379 (same). — This group includes the most com-
mon and the most beautiful of the perennial delphin-
iums. Grandiflorum is also one of the most stately.
Its striking foliage remains beautiful throughout the
growing season. It is usually planted well back in the
hardy border because of its height, smaller plants
being in front. They may be massed as close as 2 ft. or
less but produce a fine effect when 4 ft. apart.
Var. chinense, Fisch. St. very slender, not much
branched: Ivs. and fls. like the type, but fls. more
numerous. China. L.B.C. 1:71.— A favorite garden
form. The double blue form has been known as D.
Breckii, Hort.
EE. Follicles varying from 3-5.
18. carolinianum, Walt. (D. azureum, Michx. D.
mrescens, Nutt.). Plant somewhat pubescent: st. 1J4-
2Mj ft. high, not much branched: Ivs. 3-5-parted, the
divisions 3-5-cleft into usually linear lobes: racemes spi-
cate, usually many-fld.; fls. azure-blue, but varying to
whitish or white; sepals often with a brownish spot:
follicles 3-5, oblong, erect; seeds transversely wrinkled.
July. N. C. to 111., west and south. P.M. 16:258. Var.
album, Hort. (var. dlbidum, Hort.). Sts. 2-3 ft. high:
Ivs. larger than the type and with border divisions:
fls. creamy white. — The double form of this is not much
used.
Var. vimineum, Gray. St. 2-4 ft. high, sometimes
branched, broader-lvd., looser-fld.: fls. violet or white.
Texas. B.M. 3593. B.R. 1999 (as D. azureum).
19. mesolefccum, Link. St. 3 ft. high, pubescent
above: Ivs. 3-5-parted, the segms. wedge-shaped and
deeply serrated; petioles somewhat dilated at the base:
fls. blue, with pale yellow or whitish petals: seeds not
seen. June. Nativity not known.
DD. Seeds winged.
E. Upper petals never yellow.
20. trolliifdlium, Gray. St. 2-5 ft., leafy, often re-
clining: Ivs. thinnish, large, often reniform at base,
3-7-parted; lobes wedge-shaped, incised: racemes in
larger plants 1-2 ft. long and very loose; fls. blue, with
upper petals white; spur and sepals each %in. long:
follicles glabrous; seeds with thin wing or crown at the
end. April. Moist grounds, Columbia River. Intro.
1881.
EE. Upper petals often yellow.
21. simplex, Douglas. St. nearly simple, 2-3 ft. high,
soft-pubescent throughout: Ivs. many-parted, into
linear divisions and lobes: racemes dense, little
branched; fls. pale blue, with upper petals yellow, lower
petals white-bearded; sepals equaling the spur: fol-
licles 3, pubescent; seeds dark, with margins white-
winged. June. Mts. of Idaho and Ore. Intro. 1881.
22. Nuttallii, Gray (D. columbidnum, Greene). St.
erect, simple, nearly glabrous, leafy, l%-2% ft.: Ivs.
thinnish, 3-5-parted, parts divided into many linear-
oblong lobes: racemes long, many-fld.; sepals deep
blue, ovate, sparingly pubescent, shorter than the spur;
petals blue or upper ones yellow, lower ones white-
bearded: follicles 3, pubescent, rather erect; seeds thin,
dark, with yellow wings. Summer. Low, open woods,
Columbia River. Intro. 1892.
23. scopuldrum, Gray. St. 2-5 ft., glabrous, at least
below: Ivs. 5-7-parted, the upper ones the more nar-
rowly cleft; petioles dilating at the base: racemes
simple, densely many-fld.; fls. blue or purple, rarely
white, upper petals often yellow; spur ^in. long,
equaling the sepals: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds large-
winged. Aug., Sept. Moist ground, west of Rockies. —
A polymorphous species.
Var. subalpinum, Gray (D. occidentaUj Wats.).
A smaller plant, pubescent above: broader divisions of
Ivs., shorter racemes, larger and deeper-colored fls.:
follicles glabrous. Wasatch Mts.
24. cheilanthum, Fisch. St. erect, simple or
branched, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. glabrous or slightly pubescent,
5-parted, the lobes pointed, sub-trifid, and somewhat
toothed : fls. dark blue, the upper petals sometimes pale
yellow, the lower ones inflexed, ovate, entire; spur
978
DELPHINIUM
DENDROBIUM
rather long, straight or somewhat curved: follicles 3,
either glabrous or pubescent; seeds 3-cornered, 3-
winged, not scaly. June, July. Siberia. B.R. 473.
J.F.I, pi. 49. Gt. 13:253. P.M. 16:258 (as D. mag-
nificum).
DDD. Seeds scaly.
25. formdsum, Boiss. & Huet. Fig. 1234. St. strong,
2-3 ft., hairy below, rather glabrous above: lower Ivs.
5-7-parted, long-petioled ; upper ones 3-5-parted, short-
petioled or sessile, all alternate: racemes many-fld.;
fls. blue, with indigo margins ; spur long, violet, bifid at
the tip: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds scaly. June, July.
Asia Minor perhaps, but the origin of it is disputed. F.S.
12:1185. R.H. 1859, p. 528.
G.Z. 1: 144. H.F. 8:99.— The
most permanent form for nat-
uralizing, because it is so
hardy. If given rich soil and
good cult., it is one of the
most effective for use in 'the
permanent fl. - border. Var.
ccelestinum, Hort. Fls. light
blue.
26. Maackianum, Regel.
Erect, 3 ft. high, pubescent or
glabrous, branched above: Ivs.
pubescent on both sides, base
often truncate or reniform,
3-5^parted, the parts serrate;
petioles dilated at the
base : peduncles yellow-
hairy, with the bracts
often inserted above
the base; fls. in loose
panicles; sepals blue,
half as long as the
spurs; petals dark
violet: follicles often
glabrous, %in. long;
seeds small, distinctly
scaly. July. Siberia.
27. hybridum,Steph.
St. 3-4 ft., pubescent
above: root somewhat
bulbous: Ivs. 5-many-
parted; lobes linear;
petioles dilated and
sheathing at the base:
racemes dense ; fls. blue,
lower limbs white-
bearded; spur straight,
longer than the sepals r
follicles 3, hairy; seeds
ovate, with transverse
scales. June-Aug.
Mts. of Asia. R.H.
1893, p. 258; same
cut in S.H. 2:282.—
There are many double
and semi-double varieties of this type. This is the
tallest and most robust of the popular species of Del-
phinium. It will respond well to fertilizer and cult.
When the clumps become large and strong they are
usually set about 4 ft. apart. Young plants may be
set 2 ft. apart and thinned a year or two later.
Var. Barlowii, Paxt. Very large, semi-double fls.,
deep blue, with brownish center. A supposed hybrid
with D. grandiflorum. B.R. 1944. Intro. 1892.
AAA. Perennial, garden hybrids.
28. cult&rum, Voss (D. hybridum, Hort., not Steph.).
The general mixed and more or less undefinable hybrid
delphiniums, constituting some of the choicest garden
and border plants of many colors, single, semi-double
and double.
1234. Delphinium formosum.
D. cierulescens, Freyn. A fine Asiatic species, with single and
double forms. P.M. 16:258. — D. cdndidum, Hemsl. A dwarf
perennial: fls. pure white. Uganda. B.M. 8170. — D. cardiopeta-
lum, DC., is a pretty annual, branching very low, the outer branches
very short, giving a pyramidal form when covered with blue fls.
R.H. 1893, p. 228. — D. caucdsicum, C. A. Mey. (D. speciosum var.
caucasicum, Huth.). Similar to D. cashmerianum. — D. Davidii,
Franch. Hairy: Ivs. 3-parted almost to the base: fls. light blue.
China. — D. divaricatum, Ledeb. Allied to D. Consolida, but taller,
more branched, with smaller more abundant fls. Caucasus and
Caspian region. R.H. 1912, p. 513. — D. macrocentron, Oliv. Per-
ennial, hairy in nearly all parts: fls. blue and green or yellow and
green. E. Trop. Afr. B. M. 8151. — D. Moerheimei, Hort. A garden
hybrid. — D. Pdrdonii, Craib. Fls. blue in somewhat lax raceme.
China. — D. Pdrryi, Gray, is also listed in the trade, and is
closely allied to D. Consolida. — D. Wheelerii is listed in the trade
and is doubtless a variety of D. speciosum, Bieb., from E. Asia.
Many other species may be expected in the lists of collectors and
K. C. DAVIS.
DEMAZERIA: Desmazeria.
DEMERARA ALMOND: Terminalia.
DENDRIUM : Leiophyllum.
DENDROBIUM (tree and life; they are epiphytic).
Orchiddcese. Epiphytic orchids of great horticultural
merit, grown in hothouses and greenhouses.
Pseudobulbs (sts.), tufted or arising at intervals
from a creeping st. sometimes very short and thick,
more commonly elongated and often thickened at or
near the base, naked or leafy at time of flowering: fls.
usually showy, rarely small, in terminal or lateral
racemes which are long and lax or short and dense,
sometimes of a few fls., or sometimes reduced to 1 or
2; sepals about equal, the dorsal free, the lateral adnate
obliquely to the foot of the column, forming either a
short sac-like or long spur-like foot or mentum; petals
usually resembling the dorsal sepal, either broader or
narrower; lip jointed or adnate to foot of column,
3-lobed or entire; pollinia 4. — A large genus of about
600 species, ranging from India and Ceylon to Austral.,
New Zeal., Japan, and the Pacific Isls., being especially
numerous in the Malay Archipelago. There are nu-
merous hybrids, artifically produced.
There are two well-marked sections in this genus for
the guide of the cultivator, the evergreen and the decid-
uous. The first named should not be allowed to become
dry at the roots at any period, or loss of vigor will
result. Among these, also, are some that need warm-
house treatment all the time, such as D. Phalsenop-
sis, D. bigibbum, D. Bensonise, D. Brymerianum, D.
Dearei, and others. There are, in fact, but few among
the evergreen species that need a coolhouse, and of
these D. formosum, D. infundibulum and its variety
Jamesianum are conspicuous. Apart from these, the
evergreen dendrobes should be kept in a warmhouse
during winter where 60° F. may be maintained. —
All the deciduous species (typified by D. Nobile, D.
Wardianum and D. Pierardii) need a marked resting
period, easily determined by the finishing up of the
growth in autumn, and the swelling of the nodes for
flowering in spring. When at rest, it does not hurt the
plants to be subjected to a low temperature of 45°,
and it may be done to retard plants for later blooming,
allowing the day heat to be regulated by the sun,
with plenty of ventilation on favorable days. After the
pseudobulbs have flowered, they cease to be of value
to the plants, and should be cut out; if there are por-
tions that have not produced flower-buds, these may
be used for propagation, cutting the pieces into lengths
of several joints or nodes, and laying them on moss
in a warm propagating-house or -case, when they
will soon produce growths. The above also applies
to the hybrids, now so numerous, that have been
raised from the deciduous Indian species. — Another
section that requires warmth in winter, and now very
much grown for cut bloom, is represented by D.
Phalsenopsis and D. bigibbum. These are Australian,
quite distinct in growth, and usually short-lived in
cultivation. The flowers are produced freely for a
XXXV. Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics.
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
979
few years, are very decorative, and the plants may
be increased by taking off the young plants that often
appear on the stems. These often can be grown
on to strong flowering specimens, and thus the stock
maintained. When wintered in a temperature less
than 60°, the plants suffer, and great care is neces-
sary at the time the young growths appear in spring
to prevent damping off. Small pots or pans are best,
and always keep the plants suspended near the sun
and air. The evergreen tropical species, as D. densi-
florum, D. thyrsiflorum, D. aggregation, D. Farmeri, D.
moschatum, D. fimbriatum and D. Dalhousieanum, also
need warmth in winter and must not be dried severely
during the resting-period or loss of vigor will ensue at
the price of blooming. This section of the genus pro-
duces flowers from the old stems for many years. It
frequently happens that growths made in India will
bloom long after the plants have become established
in gardens. It is thus unwise to cut old growths unless
they become withered or dead. Enough water may be
given to keep the plants plump, and the flowers will
be produced freely in their season. In some species,
growth begins before or at the time of bloom. This is
usually a sign of extra vigor and should not be dis-
couraged. The proper time to repot with all plants of
flowering age, is when they begin to recuperate in early
summer after the bloom is past; young roots will be
seen pushing out at the base of the stems, and if this
is anticipated by a week or two, the new material is
soon taken to by the roots and no check is experienced.
Good sound osmundine is the best material, always
using small receptacles rather than large, and if larger
than a 6-inch pot or pan, use perforated ones. The
roots do not like exposure, but the material will be
kept in a sweet healthy condition. Moss is best avoided
in most cases; it often fails to grow, and is inimical to
the welfare of the plants; when it does grow, it holds
too much moisture about the roots. (E. O. Orpet.)
INDEX, CONTINUED.
INDEX.
aggregatum, 57.
crumenatum, 76.
Lindenise, 63.
albens, 23.
crystallinum, 23.
lituiflorum, 20.
albiflorum, 32, 70.
cucullatum, 25.
Loddigesii, 47.
albo-luteum, 66.
cumulatum, 12.
longicornu, 5.
albo-sanguineum, 50.
Dalhousieanum, 37.
Lowii, 8.
album, 28, 32, 33, 46,
Dartoisianum, 29,
lutecium, 51.
74.
64.
luteum, 37, 53.
Amesise, 32.
Dayanum, 48.
MacCarthise, 49.
amoenum, 22.
Dearei, 13.
Macfarlanei, 1.
anceps, 2.
densiflorum, 66, 74.
macranthum, 48.
anophtalmum, 54.
Devonianum, 15.
macrophyllum, 48,
anosmum, 48.
dixanthum, 39.
59.
Aphrodite, 41.
draconis, 10.
majus, 29.
aqueum, 46.
elegans, 32, 71.
microphtalmum, 54.
Armstrongise, 32.
erythroxanthum, 14.
monile, 21.
Ashworthianum, 32.
Falconeri, 19.
monili forme, 17.
aureo-flavum, 70.
Farmeri, 70.
moschatum, 38.
aureum, 33, 42.
ferox, 59.
murrhiniacum, 32.
Ballianum, 32.
fimbriatum, 40.
niveum, 11.
barbatulum, 67.
Findlayanum, 18.
nobile, 32.
Barberianum, 16.
Fitzgeraldii, 61.
nobilius, 32.
Bensonise, 29.
formosanum, 32.
nodatum, 41.
bicameratum, 58.
formosum, 9.
ochreatum, 53.
bigibbum, 62.
Fowled, 33.
oculatum, 40.
Boxallii, 31.
Freemanii, 20.
Owenianum, 32.
brachystachyam, 55.
breviflorum, 58.
fuscatum, 44.
Fytchianum, 67.
Palpebrae, 65, 70.
Parishii, 26.
Bronckartii, 69.
Gibsonii, 44.
Paxtonii, 54.
Brymerianum, 36.
giganteum, 9, 19, 27,
pendulum, 16.
Bullenianum, 14.
48.
Phalsenopsis, 63.
Bullerianum, 31.
Goldiei, 61.
Pierardii, 25.
Calceolaria, 38.
gratiosissimuin, 31.
primulinum, 27.
callibotrys, 58.
Grimthianum, 75.
pulcheUum, 47.
cambridgeanum, 53.
Guibertii, 75.
Rajah, 32.
candidum, 20, 62.
heterocarpum, 42.
ramosum, 52.
capillipes, 71.
hololeucum, 63.
regium, 34.
cariniferam, 7.
Hookerianum, 55.
rhodopterygium, 35.
chlorocentrum, 51.
Huttonii, 48.
rhomboideum, 42.
chrysanthum, 54.
infundibulum, 6.
Richardii, 48.
chrysotis, 55.
Jamesianum, 6.
roseum, 28, 67.
chrysotoxum, 72.
japonicum, 21.
Rothschildianum, 63.
clavatum, 43.
jaspidium, 32.
Rothwellianum, 32.
ccerulescens, 32.
Jenkinsii, 56.
rubescens, 63.
Colmanianum, 32.
Kingianum, 60.
Ruckeri, 52.
Cooksonianum, 32.
lasioglossum, 45.
salaccense, 14.
crepidatum, 28.
latifolium, 25.
Sanderianum, 32.
cretaceum, 30.
leucolophotum, 68.
scabrilingue, 4.
cruentum, 3.
Linawianum, 17.
Schneiderianum, 32.
Schrcederi, 74.
Schrcederianum, 32,
63.
Scortechinii, 48.
secundum, 11.
Seidelianum, 47.
signatum, 29.
splendens, 63.
Statterianura, 63.
stenopterum, 59.
suavissimum, 72.
sulcatum, 73.
sulphureum, 42.
eummitense, 32.
superbiens, 61.
superbum, 48.
thundersleyense, 63.
thyrsiflorum, 66.
Tollianum, 32.
tortile, 64.
transparens, 24.
Veticnianum, 59.
virginale, 32.
Walkerianum, 66.
Wardianum, 33.
xantholeucum, 33.
GENERAL KEY TO SECTIONS.
A. Lvs. equitant.
SECTION I. Species 1 and 2.
AA. Lvs. not equitant.
B. Lf. -sheaths black-hairy.
SECTION II. Species 3-1O.
BB. Lf. -sheaths not black-hairy.
c. Pseudobulbs not thickened at base.
D. Mentum or chin of fls. elongated.
SECTION III. Species 11-14.
DD. Mentum or chin of fls. short (rather
long in D. ramosum).
E. Fls. usually in pairs, rarely 1 or 3
or more.
F. The pseudobulbs leafless at flower-
ing time.
SECTION IV. Species 15-44.
FF. The pseudobulbs leafy at flowering
time.
SECTION V. Species 45-55.
EE. Fls. in 3- to many-fld. racemes (single
in D. Jenkinsii).
F. The pseudobulbs 1-lvd., short, fusi-
SECTION VI. Species 56 and 57.
FF. The pseudobulbs several-lvd.
G. Racemes very short, glomerate.
SECTION VII. Species 58.
GO. Racemes usually long, not glom-
erate.
H. Sepals and petals hairy ex-
ternally; lateral lobes larger
than middle lobe of lip.
SECTION VIII. Species 59.
HH. Sepals and petals glabrous
externally.
I. Pseudobulbs gradually at-
tenuated from a thick
bulbous base.
SECTION IX. Species 60.
II. Pseudobulbs not bulbous at
base.
j. Fls., at least the lip, pur-
ple or red.
SECTION X. Species 61-63.
jj. Fls. white or yellow.
SECTION XI. Species 64-75.
cc. Pseudobulbs fusiform - thickened above
base, attenuated beyond.
SECTION XII. Species 76.
SECTION I.
A. Pseudobulbs leafy at base, naked above. 1. Macfarlanei
AA. Pseudobulbs leafy throughout 2. anceps
1. Macfarlanei, Reichb. Pseudobulbs erect, nearly
cylindric, up to 9 in. tall, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 3-4 in. long:
racemes 8-15-fld.; fls. 4-5 in. across, white, except the
purple markings on lateral and middle lobes of lip.
New Guinea.
2. anceps, Lindl. Pseudobulbs tufted, compressed,
5-8 in. long: Ivs. up to 3 in. long, fleshy, laterally com-
Eressed: fls. axillary, solitary or in very short racemes,
smon-yellow at maturity. Trop. Himalayas. B.R. 1239.
B.M. 3608 and L.B.C. 19:1895 (as Aporum anceps).
980
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
SECTION II.
A. Raceme 1-2-, rarely 3-fld.
B. Mentum of fls. very short; sepals and
petals green, yellow-margined 3. cruentum
BB. Mentum of fls. long, extinguisher-
shaped.
c. Sepals and petals white, not keeled.
D. Fls. 1^-2 in. across; lateral
lobes of lip manifest.
E. Middle lobe yellow, reflexed;
lateral lobes yellowish green. 4. scabrilingue
EE. Middle lobe white, yellow-
marked, fimbriate 5. longicornu
DD. Fls. 3 in. across; lateral lobes of
lip indistinct 6. infundibulum
cc. Sepals yellowish white, keeled 7. cariniferum
AA. Raceme 8-8-fld.
B. Fls. yellow 8. Lowii
BB. Fls. white.
c. Petals broad, oval or obovate 9. f ormosum
cc. Petals oblong-lanceolate, narrow. . . 10. draconis
3. cruentum, Reichb. Pseudobulbs erect, 10-12 in.
tall: fls. 1H~2 in. across; sepals triangular-ovate,
keeled; petals linear; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
scarlet, the middle lobe pale green, red-margined.
Malay Penins. G.C. III. 18:91.
4. scabrilingue, Lindl. Pseudobulbs erect, 8-14 in.
tall: fls. about 1H in- across; sepals and petals similar,
ovate-lanceolate, white; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes yel-
low-green, the middle lobe reflexed, yellow with orange-
yellow lines. Burma. B.M. 5515 (as D. hedyosmum).
1235. Dendrobium Dearei.
(XM)
5. longicornu, 'Lindl. Pseudobulbs 8-14 in. tall,
slender: fls. 2-3 in. across, white except a central orange
or yellow band on lip ; sepals and petals similar, elliptic-
oblong; lip fimbriate; spur slender. Burma. B.R. 1315.
6. infundibulum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft.
long, cylindric, slender: fls. about 3 in. across, white
except the yellow blotch on the lip; sepals oblong-
elliptic, less than half as broad as the nearly rhomboid
Sstals; lip resembling a wide-mouthed funnel. Burma.
.M. 5446. I.H. 21:172. C.O. 6. Var. Jamesianum,
Hort. (D. Jamesi&num, Reichb.). Pseudobulbs stouter
and stiff er: lateral lobes of lip roughened on the inner
surface; disk cinnabar. Gn. W. 9:485.
7. cariniferum, Reichb. Pseudobulbs 6-10 in. tall,
nearly cylindric: fls. about 1^ in. across; sepals yellow-
ish white, fading white, narrower than the ovate white
petals; lip 3-lobed, the triangular lateral lobes red-
orange, the middle lobe hairy, red-orange at the base,
the front part white or pale orange; spur long, obtuse.
Burma.
8. L6wii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 8-15 in. tall, slender:
fls. 1^-2 in. across, buff -yellow; sepals narrower than
the undulate petals; lip distinctly 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes tipped with red, the oblong middle lobe reflexed,
marked with 6 lines of red hairs. Borneo. B.M. 5303.
F.S. 23:2395. C.O. 30.
9. f ormosum, Roxbg. Pseudobulbs up to 1J^ ft.
tall, cylindric: fls. 3-4 in. across, white except the yel-
low mark on lip; sepals oblong-elliptic, about half as
broad as the obovate petals; lip retuse, erose. Khasia
Hills. B.R. 25:64. F.S. 3:226. P.M. 6:49. C.O. 8.
O.R. 15: frontispiece. Var. giganteum, Hort. Fls. 4-5
in. across. G.C. III. 24:471. Gng. 1:118-9. F.E.
10:1240. F.S. 16:1633-4. G. 25:385.
10. dracdnis, Reichb. Pseudobulbs up to 1J^ ft.
tall: fls. about \Yi in. across, white except for some
orange-red stripes at base of lip; sepals narrower than
the petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes small, the
oblong-oval middle lobe crisped and minutely toothed.
Burma. B.M. 5459 (as D. eburneum).
SECTION III.
A. Raceme secund 11. secundum
AA. Raceme not secund.
B. Bracts small: racemes not capitate.
c. Fls. rosy purple, about 1 in. across . . 12. cumulatum
cc. Fls. white, about 2y% in. across 13. Dearei
BB. Bracts large, colored: racemes capitate 14. Bullenianum
11. secundum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. tall,
cylindric: fls. narrow, less than 1 in. long, rosy purple,
on one side of the raceme; lip with an apical orange
bjotch. Sumatra. B.R. 1291. B.M. 4352. C.O. 35.
Var. niveum, Hort. Fls. white.
12. cumulatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long,
pendulous: fls. rosy purple, in short racemes with a
purple axis; sepals and petals similar, oblong; lip
oblong-obovate; spur obtuse, slightly curved. Burma.
B.M. 5703.
13. Dearei, Reichb. Fig. 1235. Pseudobulbs up to
3 ft. long: fls. white, 2-2 J^ in. across, in 5-7-fld.
racemes; sepals lanceolate, acuminate, about one-third
as broad as the oval petals; lip oblong, obscurely 3-
lobed, a pale yellowish green band across the middle;
spur funnel-shaped, elongated. Philippines. V.O.
3:37. G.W. 1:225. 0.1912:18. C.O. 36.
14. Bullenianum, Reichb. f. (D. salaccense, Hort.,
not Lindl. D. erythroxdnthum, Reichb. f.). Pseudo-
bulbs 10-18 in. tall: racemes densely fld.; fls. yellow,
striped with purple; dorsal sepal and petals oblong;
lateral sepals oblong, acute, about as long as the obtuse
spur; lip oblong, from a long linear base, acute. Philip-
pines.
SECTION IV.
A. Sepals and petals not yellow.
B. Lip deeply fimbriate 15. Devonianum
BB. Lip entire or minutely fimbriate.
c. Nodes of pseudobulb much thick-
ened.
D. Pseudobulbs thick.
E. Internodes abruptly depressed-
globose, thickened at apex. . . 16. pendulum
EE. Internodes gradually thick-
ened toward apex.
F. Front lobe of lip ovate,
reflexed, purple 17. Linawianum
FF. Front lobe of lip orbicular-
ovate, yellow 18. Findlayanum
DD. Pseudobulbs wand-like, slender.. . 19. Falconer!,
cc. Nodes not thickened, or but slightly
so.
D. Internodes usually more than 5
times longer than broad.
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
981
E. Lip curved like a trumpet;
sepals and petals purple .... 20. lituiflorum
EE. Lip not curved.
F. Fls. white 21. monile.
FF. Fls. with sepals and petals
white, tips colored.
G. Throat of lip yellow.
H. Middle lobe violet,
white-margined 22. amoenum
HH. Middle lobe yellow, tip
rose 23. crystallinum
GO. Throat of lip purple 24. transparent
FFF. Fls. with sepals and petals
mauve, lip primrose 25. Pierardii
DD. Internodes usually less than 5
times longer than broad.
E. Fls. 2% in- across or less.
F. Color violet-purple 26. Parishii
FF. Color white or lilac.
G. Lip primrose-yelloi'j;
sepals and petals lilac... 27. primulinum
GG. Lip with ground color
white,a large light or dark
yellow blotch in center.
H. Blotch not marked;
base plaited 28. ere pidat um
HH. Blotch marked.
i. With 2 basal purple
spots 29. Bensonias
n. With reddish orange
lines.
j. Shape of lip ob-
tuse; blotch light
yellow 30. cretaceum
Jj. Shape of lip acute;
blotch deep yel-
low 31. gratiosissi-
EE. Fls. exceeding 2% in. across. [mum
F. Ground-color of sepals and
petals white.
G. Throat deep purple. .... .32. nobile
GG. Throat yellow, with 2 pur-
ple spots 33. Wardianum
FF. Ground-color of sepals and
petals rose.
G. Front lobe of lip rose, the
throat yellow 34. regium
GG. Front lobe of lip white-
margined, the throat
with 2 dark spots 35. rhodoptery-
AA. Sepals and petals yellow. [gium
B. Lip deeply pectinate-fringed 36. Brymeri-
BB. Lip not fringed. [anum
c. Disk pilose; 2 large purple fringed
spots at base of lip 37. Dalhousie-
cc. Disk not pilose, nor with fringed [anum
spots
D. The lip slipper-shaped 38. moschatum
DD. The lip not slipper-shaped.
E. Unicolored, yellow.
F. Shape of sepals and petals
acute; lip minutely serrate 39. dixanthum
FF. Shape of sepals and petals
obtuse; lipfimbriate 40. fimbriatum
EE. Bi-colored, yellow with purple
markings.
F. Apex of lip acute; sepals and
petals pale yellow.
G. Front lobe nearly rhom-
boid, cream-margined... 41. Aphrodite
OG. Front lobe ovate, red-lined,
the apex recurved 42. aureum
FF. Apex of lip rounded; sepals
and petals rich yellow.
a. Fls. 2Y?, in. or more
across; lip with a single
large spot.
H. Lip serrate or shortly
fimbriate; floral bracts
large 43. clavatum
HH. Lip fimbriate, the divi-
sions branched; floral
bracts small 40. var. oculatum
GG. Fls. about 2 in. across;
lip with 2 spots 44. Gib so nil
15. Devonianum, Paxt. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
long, round, pendulous: fls. single or in pairs, about 2
m. across; sepals and petals white tinted amethyst
at the apex, the sepals about half as broad as petals,
lanceolate, the petals ovate, acute, ciliate; lip white,
fringed, the apex purple, and 2 orange blotches in the
throat. N. India to S. China. B.M. 4429. J.H. III.
34:197; 52:317. G.C. III. 7:680. C.0. 23. O.K.
4:177; 12:152.
16. pendulum, Roxbg. Pseudobulbs abruptly swol-
len at the nodes, up to 2 ft. long, somewhat pendulous:
fls. solitary or 2 or 3 together, 2-2^ in. long; sepals
and petals white, purple-tipped, acute, the petals
broader than sepals; lip white, ciliate, pubescent on
upper surface, the center yellow, the front margin
purple. Moulmein. B.M. 5766 (as D. crassinode).
C.O. 19. O.K. 2:177; 8:177. Var. Barberianum, Hort.
Fls. brighter, the apical spots larger and deeper.
17. Linawianum, Reichb. (D. monilifdrme, Lindl.,
not Swartz). Pseudobulbs with internodes gradually
thickened toward apex, up to \Y<i ft. long, clavate:
fls. in pairs or 3's, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals
rosy purple above, white below, the sepals half as broad
as petals; lip obscurely 3-lpbed, small, the front lobe
purple, the lower part white with 2 purple spots on
disk. China and Japan. B. M. 4153. P.M. 3:77.
18. Findlayanum, Par. & Reichb. Pseudobulbs with
internodes gradually thickened toward apex, up to 1 ^
ft. long: fls. in pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals
pale lilac, the sepals much narrower than the petals;
lip yellow, white-margined. Burma. B.M. 6438. Gn.
49:446. G.M. 44:373 (var roseum). O.R. 8:169.
19. Falconeri, Hook. Pseudobulbs slender, up to
1J^ ft. long: fls. solitary, 2-3 in. across; sepals and
petals white, purple-tipped, the former tinged with
pale rose, the petals broader than sepals; lip obscurely
3-lobed, the throat deep purple, with an orange spot
on each side and a white band in front, the acute apex
purple. N. India. B.M. 4944. I.H. 23:243. F.M.
1876:226. G.Z. 31 : 145. Var. giganteum, Hort. Pseudo-
bulbs larger: fls. larger and lasting longer.
20. lituifldrum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long,
pendulous: fls. in pairs, rarely more, 2-2 % in. across;
sepals and petals amethyst, the former paler at base, the
latter the more richly colored, the sepals much narrower
than the petals; lip curved like a trumpet, the opening
turned up, the throat purple, surrounded by a white
zone, the margin purple. Burma. B.M. 6050. Var.
candidum, Reichb. Fls. larger, the sepals and petals
white, the lip sulfur-yellow. Var. Freemanii, Hort.
Sepals and petals deeper in color, the lip with a sulfur-
yellow zone.
21. monile, Kranzl (D. japdnicum, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs up to 1 ft. long, slender-clavate : fls. solitary or in
pau*s, fragrant, white except for a few purple spots on
the lip; sepals narrower than petals, both acute; lip
acuminate, reflexed at apex. S. Japan. B.M. 5482.
22. amoenum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to \Yi ft.
long, slender: fls. solitary, or sometimes in 2's or 3's,
about 2 in. across; sepals and petals white, amethyst-
tipped; lip with the front lobe ovate, amethyst mar-
gined with white. Nepal. B.M. 6199. G.C. II. 16:625.
23. crystallinum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft.
long, somewhat pendulous: fls. solitary, or sometimes
in 2's or 3's, about 2 in. across; sepals and petals white,
tipped with amethyst, or this sometimes lacking in the
sepals which are much narrower than the petals; lip
with a yellow middle lobe margined white. Burma.
B.M. 6319. Var. albens, Hort. Sepals and petals
pure white; lip rich yellow tipped with white.
24. transparens, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 20 in.
long, slender: fls. in pairs or 3's, about 1)^ in. across,
white, the sepals, petals and lip tipped pale mauve;
sepals lanceolate; petals oblong-elliptic; lip recurved
982
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
at the obtuse apex, the disk with a large purple spot.
India. B.M. 4663. J.F. 1:68. C.O. 27.
25. Pierardii, Roxbg. (D. cucullatum, R. Br.).
Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, slender, pendulous: fls.
commonly in pairs, up to 2 in. across; sepals and petals
pale rosy mauve, acute, the sepals lanceolate, much
narrower than the elliptic-oblong petals; lip obscurely
3-lobed, pale primrose-yellow, pubescent on the upper
surface, purple-streaked at base. India. B.R. 548
(as D. cucullatum); 1756. Gn. 55, p. 405. F.S. 9:955.
L.B.C.8:750. C.O.pl.26. B.M. 2242 (as D. cucullatum);
2584. Var. latifdlium, Hort. Lvs. broader.
26. Parishii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in.
long, curved, rather stout: fls. solitary, or in 2's or 3's,
amethyst-purple with 2 maroon spots on each side of
the throat of lip; sepals oblong-lanceolate, narrower
than the oval-oblong petals; lip downy, apiculate.
Moulmein. B.M. 5488.
27. primulinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 20 in.
long, erect or nearly so, rather stout: fls. solitary or in
pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals pale mauve-
lilac, oblong, obtuse; lip pale primrose-yellow, purple-
streaked at base, the middle lobe very broad. Nepal
andSikkim. Gt. 1861:326. J.H.III.50:377. B.M. 5003
(as D. nobile, var.). Var. giganteum, Hort. Pseudobulbs
pendulous, more slender: fls. larger, the lip sometimes
veined with pale rose.
28. crepidatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 1% ft.
long, nearly erect, rather stout, longitudinally marked
with white lines: fls. in 2's or 3's, about 1^ in. across;
sepals and petals white, tinted lilac, obtuse, the sepals
oblong, narrower than the petals; lip white tinted lilac,
sometimes downy, the front lobe obtuse or retuse, the
middle orange-yellow. Assam. B.M. 4993, 5011. C.O.
40. Var. rdseum, Hort. Fls. darker. Var. album,
Hort. Fls. white.
29. Bensoniae, Reichb. f. (D. Dartoisianum, De Wild.
D. signdtum, Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs up to 32 in. long,
erect, rather slender: fls. solitary, or in 2's or 3's, 2-
2^4 m- across, white, the disk of the lip yellow with 2
maroon spots; sepals oblong, obtuse, much narrower
than the petals; lip with the front lobe orbicular,
denticulate, downy on the upper surface. British
Burma. B.M. 5679, 8352. O.R. 11:241; 16:68. F.M.
355. Var. majus, Hort. Fls. larger.
30. cretaceum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in long,
rather stout, curved, pendulous: fls. solitary, about 1^
in. across, cream- white, with a large light yellow spot
on lip streaked with orange-red; sepals and petals
lanceolate, obtuse; lip with the front lobe orbicular-
ovate, obtuse, downy. Khasia Hills. B.R. 33:62.
B.M. 4686. F.S. 8:818. J.F. 4:344.
31. gratiosissimum, Reichb. f. (D. Bdxattii, Reichb. f.
D. Bulleridnum, Batem.). Pseudobulbs up to 1% ft.
long, somewhat thickened from a slender base: fls. in
2's and 3's, 2-2}^in. across, white, the sepals, petals
and lip tipped with rose-purple; sepals oblong-lanceo-
late, narrower than the ovate-lanceolate petals; lip
with the front lobe broadly ovate, acute, a large yellow
orange-streaked blotch in the center. Burma and
Moulmein. B.M. 5652. F.M. 315. G.W. 1, p. 227.
32. nobile, Lindl. Fig. 1236. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft.
long,; erect or nearly so, tufted, nearly round : fls. in 2's
or 3's, 2J^-3 in. across; sepals and petals white, the
upper portion, varying in extent, amethyst-purple, the
sepals ligulate, the petals broader, oblong-oval, wavy-
margined; lip with a broad nearly orbicular blade,
downy, a large rich maroon spot in the center, inclosed
by a cream-white zone, the apex amethyst-purple. Him-
alayas to China. P.M. 7:7. C.O. 1. O.R. 5:209; 9:73.
G.M. 47:425. J.H. III. 48:511; 56:511. Var. albi-
fldrum, Hort. Fls. white, with a black-purple spot on
thelip. O.R.2:113;9:73. Var. album, Hort. Fls. pure
white. Var. Amesiae, Hort. Similar to the preceding,
but fls. larger. Var. Armstrongiae, Hort. Sepals
and petals pure white, of great size; lip very dark
maroon-purple. Var. Ashworthianum, Hort. Fls. pure
white, except the green mouth of the lip. Var. Ballia-
num, O'Brien. Sepals and petals white; lip yellow-
ish white or white with 2 crimson spots. C.O. 1 b.
Var. ccerulescens, Reichb. (D. ccerulescens, Lindl.).
Shorter and more slender pseudpbulbs : fls. smaller
and of a deeper color, and the lip-blade more oval.
Var. Colmanianum, Hort. A large, pure white variety
with a sulfur-yellow disk to the lip. Var. Cooksonianum,
Reichb. f. Petals concave, approaching the lip in
form, erect, with a large basal maroon blotch. C.O.
la. O.R. 2:113; 9:73. Var. elegans, Hort. Fls.
larger and more symmetrical; petals broader, the base
white; a pale sulfur-yellow zone inclosing the maroon
spot on lip, which has a rose-purple apex. Var. for-
mosanum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs somewhat longer,
1236. Dendrobium nobile. ( X %)
pendulous: fls. with longer pedicels, the tips of the
petals and lip only purple, the mouth and mentum
green. Var. jaspidium, Hort. Fls. very showy; apex
of segms. red variegated with purple. Var. murrhi-
niacum, Hort. Like var. Ballianum, but finer: sepals
and petals slightly tinged violet; disk rich violet,
finely veined with rose-violet. Var. nobilius, Reichb. f.
Fls. larger, the sepals and petals, except at the base,
deep purple; lip large, rose-tipped, deep purple in the
mouth. C.O. Ic. G.M. 46:193. O.R. 2:113; 9:73.
Var. Owenianum, Hort. Var. Rajah, Hort. Like var.
albiflorum, but sepals and petals broader and flushed
with delicate pink. Var. Rothwellianum, Hort. Var.
Sanderianum, Reichb. f. Resembles var. noUliusbut,
fls. smaller, the color more intense, the sepals and
petals broader, the lip with a large black purple spot,
the surrounding white zone larger. R. 58. O.R. 2:113:
9:73. Var. Schneiderianum, Reichb. f. Lip suffused
with yellow, and with a deep purple spot. Var. Schroe-
derianum, Hort. Larger fls. with broader segms., the
sepals and petals white, sometimes tipped with ame-
thyst; lip with an almost black spot, bordered with
pale yellow, passing into white. Var. summitense,
Hort. Var. Tollianum, Reichb. f. Pedicels twisted, the
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
983
fls. therefore appearing inverted; fls. not fully opening.
Var. virginale, Hort. Fls. pure white, except a pale
primrose tinge on the lip. G.C. III. 35:357. G.M.52:
394. O.K. 5: 145; 8: 121.
33. Wardianum, Warner. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
long, round, pendulous: fls. in 2's or 3's, 3-4 in. across;
sepals and petals white, oblong, usually tipped with
amethyst, about half as wide as the white oval petals
which are amethyst-tipped; lip white with an ame-
thyst apical blotch, the throat yellow, with a maroon
spot on each side. B.M. 5058. I.H. 24:277. F.R.
1:231. Gn. 47, p. 84. R.B. 23:25. J.H. III. 30:454;
32:237; 42:211. G.M. 45:744. C.O. 5. O.R. 2:177;
8:177; 9 frontispiece. R. 9. Var. album, Williams. Fls.
white, except the yellow throat with 2 purple-crimson
spots. C.O. 5a. Var. aftreum, Hort. Sepals and petals
light yellow. Var. Fdwleri, Hort. Lateral sepals with
yellow markings and purple blotch a& in the lip. G.C.
III. 31 : 125. Var. xanthole&cum, Hort. Fls. pure white,
with a large orange-yellow disk to the lip.
34. regium, Prain. Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. long,
cylindric: fls. in2's or 3's, nearly 3 in. across; sepals and
petals purple-rose, darker veined, obtuse, the sepals
oblong, narrower than the ovate or oval petals; lip with
the limb nearly orbicular, purple-rose, the throat
yellow, surrounded by a cream-white zone. India.
B.M. 8003. G.C. III. 42:122.
35. rhodopterygium, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to
2 ft. long, erect, cylindric: fls. about 2^ in. across;
sepals and petals rosy purple, mottled with white;
sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals oblong-ovate; lip crim-
son-purple, striated, white-margined, denticulate, with a
central pale longitudinal band. Burma and Moulmein.
36. Brymerianum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 2
ft. long, rather stout, a little enlarged at the middle:
fls. solitary or in few-fld. racemes, about 3 in. across,
golden yellow; sepals broadly lanceolate, acutish, a
little broader than the linear-oblong obtuse petals;
lip with lateral lobes erect, fimbriated with short ciliate
flexuous divisions, the middle lobe ovate, fimbriate
with very long branched ciliate divisions; disk papil-
lose. Burma. B.M. 6383. A. F. 6:609. G.C. II.
11:475; 16:689. F.M. n. s. 459. R. 92. Lind. 4:183.
G.Z. 30:121. O.R. 12:249; 16:24.
37. Dalhousieanum, Wall. Pseudobulbs 2-4 ft. long,
round, rather slender: racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld;
fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals and petals pale yellow, tinted
and veined with rose, the sepals ovate-lanceolate, much
narrower than the ovate petals; lip concave, hairy in
front, with 2 large fringed purple spots near the base.
Burma. B.R. 32:10. I.H. 28:423. Gn. 48:222.
G.C. III. 21:157. P.M. 11:145. F.S. 7:698. C.O. 7.
Var. Klteum, Hort. Fls. tinted sulfur-yellow, with
crimson disks at base of lip.
38. moschatum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft. tall,
cylindric: racemes 5-15-fld.; fls. 3-4 in. across, faintly
fragrant of musk; sepals and petals pale yellow, tinted
pale rose at apex, veined and reticulated, the sepals
much narrower than petals; lip slipper-shaped, pale
yellow, with 2 large maroon spots encircled with orange,
the front part hairy. India. B.M. 3837. B.R. 1779
(as D. cupreum), P.M. 2:241: Var. Calceolaria,
Veitch Man. Fls. smaller, orange-yellow, with deeper
veins and reticulation, and deeper spots on lip. C.O. 13.
39. dixanthum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
tall, erect, somewhat clavate: racemes 2-6-fld.; fls.
yellow, with an orange mark on lip; sepals and petals
acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than the oblong,
serrulate petals; lip serrulate, the blade nearly orbicu-
lar. Moulmein and Tenasserim. B.M. 5564.
40. fimbriatum, Hook. Pseudobulbs 3-5 ft. tall,
cylindric: racemes 6-12-fld., pendulous; fls. 2-3 in.
across; sepals and petals bright orange-yellow, the
former oblong-elliptic, narrower than the oblong-oval,
ciliolate petals; lip bright yellow, with an orange spot
on the orbicular fimbriate blade, Nepal. P.M. 2: 172.
J.F. 3:314. G.C. III. 25:305. C.O. 9. Var. oculatum,
Hook. Pseudobulbs shorter, more slender, the smaller
fls. with a maroon spot on the lip. B.M. 4160. I.H.
1:15. C.O. 9a. P.M. 6:169 (as D. Paxtoni). F.S.
7 : 725 (as D. Paxtoni).
41. Aphrodite, Reichb. f. (D. nodatum, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. long, slender, branched: fls.
solitary or in pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals
cream-colored, the former lanceolate, narrower than
the ovate petals; lip cream-colored, with a large saffron-
yellow spot in the middle, and 2 maroon spots at base,
the front lobe nearly rhomboid, acute. Moulmein
and Tenasserim. B.M. 5470. F.S. 15:1582.
42. aftreum, Wall. (D. heterctdrpum, Wall. D.
rhombmdeum, Lindl.). Pseudobulbs up to tj< ft. tall,
erect, somewhat clavate: fls. in 2's and 3's, fragrant,
2-234 in. across; sepals and petals cream-colored, acute,
the former oblong-lanceolate, a little narrower than the
oblong-ovate petals; lip yellow, streaked with reddish
purple, the front lobe ovate, acuminate, recurved, the
disk velvety. Trop. Himalayas to Philippines. B.M.
4708. F.S. 8:842. P.M. 14, p. 68, desc. J.F. 4:386.
C.O. 10. R. 63. B.R. 29:17. J.H. III. 52:405; 57:3.
O.R. 8:41, 169. Var. sulphfrreum, Hort. Fls. sulfur-
yellow, with the usual orange-colored markings.
43. clavatum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long,
cylindric, pendulous: racemes 4-6-fld.; fls. 2-3 in.
across; sepals and petals orange-yellow, the former oval-
oblong, about half as wide as the nearly orbicular
petals; Up bright yellow, with a maroon blotch in
center, the front lobe orbicular, denticulate, the upper
surface pubescent. Trop. Himalayas to S. China.
B.M. 6993.
44. Gibsonii, Lindl. (D. fuscatum, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs up to 3 ft. tall, a little enlarged in the middle,
slender: racemes 5-10-fld., pendulous; fls. about 2
in. across, golden yellow, with 2 maroon spots on the
lip; sepals and petals oval-oblong, obtuse, about the
same width; lip with the limb a little broader than long,
rounded at apex, fimbriate, villous on the upper sur-
face. Trop. Himalayas to S. China and Java. P.M.
5:169. B.M. 6226.
SECTION V.
A. Sepals and petals white.
B. Without markings.
c. Middle lobe of lip quadrate, emar-
ginate, undulate; spur short, sac-
cate 45. lasioglossum
cc. Middle lobe of lip triangular, acute,
ciliate; spur long, conic 46. aqueum
BB. With purple or mauve at apex 32. nobile
AA. Sepals and petals purple, mauve or
lilac.
B. Base of lip inclosing column; sepals
and petals widely spreading.
c. Lip fringed; disk yellow 47. Loddigesii
cc. Lip denticulate; throat deep purple 48. superbum
BB. Base of lip not inclosing column;
sepals and petals ascending 49. MacCarthiae
AAA. Sepals and petals yellow.
B. Color pale.
c. Fls. buff-yellow; lip clawed, with 2
purple spots 50. albo-san-
CC. F Is. primrose-yellow; lip at base [guineum
convolute around column.
D. Middle lobe of lip oblong, emar-
ginate; petals larger than sepals 51. lutecium
DD. Middle lobe of lip nearly orbicu-
lar, reflexed, much undulated. . 52. ramosum
BB. Color bright.
C. Lip with a single large maroon
blotch 53. ochreatum
cc. Lip with 2 purple spots.
D.' Margin of lip denticulate 54. chrysanthum
DD. Margin of lip fimbriate, the
divisions long and bearded . . . .55. Hookerianum
984
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
45. lasioglossum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 1J^
ft. long, slender, pendulous, a little enlarged at the
middle: fls. in 2's or 3's, white, except the reddish lines
on the side lobes of the lip; sepals ovate, a little
narrower than the petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
rounded, denticulate, the middle lobe nearly quadrate,
undulate, reflexed, the disk with a tuft of orange-
yellow hairs. Burma. B.M. 5825.
46. Jtqueum, Lindl. (D. dlbum, Wight.). Pseudo-
bulbs up to 2 ft. long, rather stout, decumbent: fls.
about 2 in. across, solitary or in pairs, cream-white,
except a yellow spot on the lip; sepals and petals simi-
lar, broadly ovate, acute; lip obscurely 3-lobed, the
middle lobe triangular, deflexed, ciliate, the upper
surface pubescent. Neilgherry Hills. :B.R. 29:54.
B.M. 4640. J.F. 3:262.
47. Loddigesii, Rolfe (D. pulchellum, Lodd., not
Roxbg. D. Seidelidnum, Reichb. f.). Dwarf.: pseudo-
bulbs 3-4 in. long: fls. solitary, about \Yi in. across;
sepals and petals lilac, the sepals oblong, much nar-
rower than the ovate petals; lip orbicular fringed, the
center orange-yellow, the margin pale lilac. China.
L.B.C. 20:1935. B.M. 5037.
48. superbum, Reichb. f. (D. macrophyllum, Lindl.
Plate XXXV. D. Scorttchinii, Hook. D. macrdnthum,
Hook.). Pseudobulbs up to 3 or 4 ft. long, cylindric,
pendulous: fls. in pairs, 3-5 in. across, with the odor
of rhubarb; sepals and petals purple-lilac, acute, the
former oblong-lanceolate, about hah" as wide as the
oblong-ovate petals; lip with the tube a deep red-
purple, this color appearing as 2 large spots in the
throat, the front lobe acuminate, reflexed, denticulate,
the upper surface pubescent. Philippines. B.M. 3970.
C.O. 20. P.M. 8:97. F.S. 8:757. O.R. 14:78; 20:144.
Var. anosmum, Reichb. f. (D. andsmum, Lindl.
D. macrophyllum Daydnum, Hort.). Pseudobulbs
shorter: fls. usually solitary,
nearly odorless, smaller, the
sepals and petals shorter and
broader. Lind. 6:264. P.M.
15 : 97. Var. giganteum, Reichb.
f. Fls. larger. Var. Huttonii,
Reichb. f. Fls. white, except
the base of the lip and 2 spots
on it which are purple. Malay Archipelago. Var.
Richardii, Hort. Medium-sized very fleshy fls. set on
long bristled pedicels.
49. MacCfirthiae, Thwaites. Pseudobulbs up to 2
ft. long: fls. in 2-3-fld. pendulous racemes; sepals and
petals ascending, the fl. not opening wide, pale rosy
mauve, acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than
the oblong-ovate petals which are sometimes purple-
striped; lip pale purple, striped with deep purple and
with a maroon spot surrounded by a white zone. Cey-
lon. B.M. 4886. G.W. 14, p. 408.
50. Slbo-sanguineum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 15
in. long, stout, cylindric, erect: racemes 2-7-fld.;
fls. 2-3 in. across, buff-yellow, with 2 purple spots on
lip; sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, about half as broad
as the oblong-oval petals which sometimes have a
few 'red streaks at the base; lip broadly clawed, the
blade broadly obovate or nearly orbicular, undulate.
Moulmein and Tenasserim. B.M. 5130. F.S. 7:721.
J.F. 2:203.
51. lutecium, Batem. Pseudobulbs up to ll/2 ft. tall,
furrowed, cylindric: fls. 2-4, in lateral racemes, 2-2 K
in. across, primrose-yellow; sepals oblong-elliptic,
narrower than the oval petals; lip with a few reddish
streaks, slightly 3-lobed, the middle lobe oblong, emar-
ginate, a tuft of yellow hairs below the tomentose disk.
Moulmein. B.M. 5441. F.S. 23:2395 (as D. Lowii).
J.H. III. 32:143; 51:519; 54:137. V.O. 57. Var.
chlorocentrum, Reichb. Fls. a little larger with greenish
hairs on the lip. G.C. II. 19:340.
52. ramdsum, Lindl. (D. Ruckeri, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs up to IK ft. tall, slender: fls. solitary or in pairs,
about \}/2 in. across; sepals and petals pale primrose-
yellow, the dorsal sepal oblong, the lateral triangular,
the petals narrower than dorsal sepal; lip 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes white, rose-streaked, the middle lobe
nearly orbicular, reflexed, deeper yellow than petals,
much undulated. Trop. Himalayas. B.R. 29:60.
53. ochreatum, Lindl. (D. cambridgednum, Paxt.).
Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long, stout, curved, cylindric,
decumbent: fls. in pairs, 2-3 in. across, rich golden yel-
low, except the maroon blotch on lip; sepals and petals
oblong, acute, similar; lip with the concave blade
orbicular, recurved on the margin, the upper surface
downy. Trop. Himalayas. B.M. 4450. C.O. 16.
Var. lilteum, Hort. Fls. lemon-yellow, with blotch
on lip of much lighter purple than in type.
54. chrysanthum, Wall. (D. Pdxtonii, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft. long, slender, furrowed, pen-
dulous: fls. about 2 in. across, in racemes of 4-6,
golden, except the 2 maroon spots on the lip; sepals
oblong-oval; petals broadly obovate; lip denticulate,
the middle lobe orbicular. Tropical Himalayas to
Burma and southern China. B.R. 1299. Lind. 5: 194.
C.O. 2. G.C. III. 15:565; 40:374. Var. anoph-
t&lmum, Reichb. f. Lip. not spotted. Var. microph-
tfilmum, Reichb. f. Petals serrate, and the spots on
the lip smaller.
55. Hookerianum, Lindl. (D. chrysdtis, Reichb. f.).
Pseudobulbs up to 8 ft. long, pendulous: fls. 3-4 in.
across, in pendulous racemes of 10-15, golden, except
the 2 maroon spots on the lip; sepals and petals oblong,
acute, similar; lip
with the blade
broadly oval, velvety
on upper surface, fim-
briate, the divisions
long and bearded.
Trop. Himalayas and
Bengal. B.M. 6013.
Lind. 16:730. I.H.
20:155. J.H. III.
33:221. Var.brachy-
stachyum, Kranzl.
Fls. a little larger,
fewer, in shorter ra-
cemes. Khasia Hills.
SECTION VI.
A. Fls. usually single.
56. Jenkinsii
AA. Fls. in racemes.
57. aggregatum
56. Jenkinsii, Wall.
Dwarf: pseudobulbs
up to \Yi in. long,
crowded, oblong,
compressed, 1 - Ivd . :
Ivs. oblong, oval, 1-2
in. long: fls. solitary,
about lj/2 in. across,
orange -yellow, with
the disk on the lip
darker; sepals oval,
much narrower than
the rhomboid petals,
the lip downy above.
Assam and Burma.
B.R. 25:37.
57. aggregatum,
Roxbg. Pseudobulbs
ovate-fusiform, up to
2 in. long, crowded,
1237. Dendrobium superbiens. ( Xy) 1-lvd.: Ivs. 2-3 in.
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
985
long, oblong-oval: racemes pendulous, 6-12-fld.; fls.
becoming orange-yellow with age, the disk deeper;
sepals ovate, about half as broad as the nearly orbicular
petals; lip with a pubescent disk. Burma and China.
B.R. 1695. B.M. 3643. G.C. III. 50:82. C.O. 33.
SECTION VII.
58. bicameratum, Lindl. (D. breviflbrum, Lindl. D.
cailibotrys, Ridley) . Pseudobulbs tufted, fusiform, up to
16 in. long: racemes short, fascicled, on the old pseudo-
bulbs; fls. yellow, the sepals and petals marked with
red spots in lines; lip cuneate, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
small acute, the middle lobe retuse, the callus fleshy,
papillate. Trop. Himalayas.
SECTION VIII.
59. macrophyllum, A. Rich. (D. Veitchianum, Lindl.
D. macrophyllum Veitchianum, Hook. f. D. ferox,
Hassk.). Pseudobulbs stout, clavate, up to 2 ft. long,
furrowed, narrowed below: Ivs. up to 1 ft. long: racemes
many-fld., erect; fls. about 2 in. across; sepals oblong-
ovate, hairy externally, pale yellowish green, larger
than the whitish spathulate petals; lip 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes round, purple-streaked, the middle lobe
broader than long, with radiating purple lines. New
Guinea, Java, Trinos, Philippines. B.M. 5649. H.F.
2:132. Var. stenopterum, Reichb. f. Fls. smaller, the
mentum much reduced, the sepals and petals ochre,
copiously dotted inside, marked outside with large
brown spots.
SECTION IX.
60. Kingianum, Lindl. Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3
in. long, attenuated upwards from a bulbous base,
2-5-1 vd.: racemes few-fld.; fls. nearly 1 in. across; sepals
and petals purple, the acute ovate sepals broader than
the petals; lip white, marked with purple, 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes obtuse, the middle lobe reniform, apicu-
late; spur yellow-tipped. Queensland. B.R. 31:61.
B.M. 4527. J.F. 2:143. C.O. 38.
SECTION X.
A. Sepals and petals undulate; ovary same
color asfl 61. superbiens
AA. Sepals and petals not undulate; ovary
green
B. Fls. about 2 in. across; middle lobe of
lip retuse; disk papillose 62. bigibbum
BB. Fls. 2%-4 in. across; middle lobe of
lip acute; disk smooth 63. Phalaenopsis
61. superbiens, Reichb. f. (D. Gbldiei, Reichb. f.
D. Fitzgeraldii, F. Muell.). Fig. 1237. Pseudobulbs
up to 2^4 ft., cylindric, somewhat narrowed at both
ends, leafy above: peduncle nearly terminal, bearing a
nodding terminal raceme; fls. about 2 in. across,
crimson-purple, the sepals and petals often white-
bordered; sepals oblong, reflexed, undulate, narrower
than the obovate petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
round, the middle lobe oblong, wavy, reflexed. Austral.
F.M. 1878:294. R. 1:39. G. 34:117. G.W. 14, p. 29.
G.C. 111.49:36. C.O. 15.
62. bigibbum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cylindric, some-
what fusiform, slender, up to 1J^ ft. long, leafy: pedun-
cle nearly terminal, slender, with a terminal many-
fld. raceme; fls. 1^-2 in. across, purple-magenta, the
lip darker; sepal oblong, acute, much narrower than
the nearly orbicular petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes oblong, incurved, the intermediate one oblong,
reflexed; crest white, papillose. Austral. B.M. 4898.
F.S. 11:1143. Gt. 49:1473. Var. candidum, Reichb. f.
Fls. white.
63. Phahen6psis, Fitzgerald. Fig. 1238. Pseudobulbs
slender, up to 2 ft. long, leafy above: peduncle terminal
or nearly so, slender, bearing a terminal raceme of
8-15 fls. which are 2^-3K in. across; sepals lanceo-
late, acute, white, flushed pale rose, narrower than the
rhomboid orbicular mauve petals with deeper veins;
lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes round, curved over the
column, maroon-purple, the middle lobe pale purple,
deeper veined. Austral. G.F. 5:440 (adapted in Fig.
1238). A.F. 16:
1442. B.M. 6817.
C.O. 4. Var.holo-
leuceum, Hort.
Fls. white. G.C.
111.28:23. Var.
Lindeniae, Hort.
Fls large, creamy
white. Var.
Rothschildianum,
Kranzl. Fls. 4 in.
across, the sepals
and petals white,
suffused rose, the
lip rose, intensely
veined. Var.
rubescens, Hort.
An exceptionally
dark form. Var.
Schrcederianum,
Hort. Sepals
white, the petals
and lip deep vio-
let. G.C. III. 28:
238. Var. splen-
dens, Hort. Fls.
bright magenta-
rose, white at
base of segms.
Var. Statteria-
num, Sander. Fls.
deep violet. Var.
thundersleyense,
Hort. A dark-
colored form.
1238. Dendrobium Phalaenopsis. ( X V\)
SECTION XI.
A. Sepals and petals not yellow.
B. Pseudobulbs clavate, few-jointed.
c. Fls. single or in racemes of 2 or 8;
sepals and petals contorted 64.
CC. F Is. in 6- to many-fld. racemes;
sepals and petals not contorted.
D. Lip white with a yellow spot;
racemes loosely fld 65.
DD. Lip entirely yellow; racemes
densely fld 66.
BB. Pseudobulbs cylindric, many-jointed.
c. Lip white, colored at base; sepals
and petals white.
D. Middle lobe of lip broadly obcor-
date, resembling the petals 67.
DD. Middle lobe, of lip narrowly ob-
long, much different from petals.68.
CC. Lip rose with a large orange blotch;
sepals and petals rose 69.
AA. Sepals and petals yellow.
B. Color pale straw-color, tinted with rose.70.
BB. Color clear yellow, not tinted.
c. Raceme of 2-4 fls 71.
CC. Raceme 10- to many-fld.
D. Lip deeply fimbriate, the divisions
ciliate 72.
DD. Lip minutely fimbriate.
E. Throat of lip marked with
purple radiating lines 73.
EE. Throat not lined.
F. Petals about as wide as
sepals 74.
FF. Petals nearly twice as wide
..75.
tortile
Palpebrae
thyrsiflorum
Fytchianum
leucolopho-
[tum
Bronckartii
Farmed
capillipes
chrysotoxum
sulcatum
densiflorum
Griffithianum
64. t6rtile, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. long,
clavate. furrowed: fls. in 2's or 3's, sometimes solitary;
sepals and petals narrowly oblong, twisted, pale lilac;
986
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
lip convolute at base, nearly orbicular, primrose-yel-
low, with a purple basal spot. Malay Penins. B.M.
4477. O.K. 8:201. Var. Dartoisianum, O'Brien (D.
Dartoisianum, De Wild) . Sepals and petals yellowish.
French India.
65. Palpebrae, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long,
clavate, 4-angled: racemes loosely 5-10-fld.; fls. white,
except the orange-yellow disk on lip; sepals oblong,
narrower than the oval petals; lip oblong, downy above,
fringed near the base. Burma, Siam, China.
66. thyrsifldrum, Reichb. f. (D. densiflbrum dlbo-
luteum, Hook.). Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, terete,
leafy: racemes pendulous, many-fld., lateral; fls. l%-2
in. across; sepals and petals white, nearly transpa-
rent, the sepals oblong-ovate, acute, narrower than the
nearly orbicular denticulate petals; lip orange-yellow,
downy, the blade nearly orbicular, fimbriate. Moul-
mein and Burma. O.R. 6:209. C.O. 18. Gn. 60, p.
282. Gt. 55, p. 98. J.H. 111.48:313. I.H. 22:207. G.
19:204. F.M. n. s. 449. Var. Walkerianum, Warner.
Pseudobulbs longer: fls. larger in longer racemes.
67. Fytchianum, Batem. (D. barbdtulum, Batem.,
not Lindl.). Pseudobulbs up to l^i ft. tall, slender,
erect: racemes 10-15-fld.; fls. lJ^-2 in. across, white,
except the rosy tint on sides of lip; sepals lanceolate,
about one-third as wide as the obovate petals; lip
3-lobed, the lateral lobes incurved, the middle lobe
broadly obcordate, with basal tufts of yellowish hair.
Burma. B.M. 5444. Var. rdseum, Berkeley. Fls. rose.
68. Ieucol6photum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to
1^2 ft- tall, rather stout: raceme nodding, many-fld.,
1-sided, on a long peduncle; fls. about 1 in. across,
white, except the pale green on the side lobes and base
of lip; sepals oblong-linear, keeled, much narrower
than the obovate petals; Up 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
incurved, the midlobe narrowly oblong. Malay
Archipelago.
69. Bronckartii, De Wild. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
long, furrowed, terete, leafy: racemes pendulous,
laxly many-fld.; fls. about 2 in. across, pale rose,
except an orange blotch on lip; sepals elliptic-oblong;
petals elliptic-ovate; lip nearly orbicular, denticulate,
the disk velvety. Annam. B.M. 8252. R.B. 33:369.
70. Farmer!, Paxt. (D. Pdlpebrse, Hook, not Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs up to 13^ ft. tall, 4-angled, clavate, leafy:
racemes pendulous, laxly many-fld.; fls. about 2 in.
across; sepals and petals pale straw-color, tinted rose,
the sepals oblong, acute, narrower than the broadly
oval petals; lip nearly orbicular, deep yellow, downy
above. Sikkim to Nepal and Burma. B.M. 4659.
F.S. 7:741. J.F. 307. C.O. 30. Var. albifldrum, Hort.
Sepals and petals white. Var. atlreo-flavum, Hook.
Sepals and petals golden.
71. capillipes, Reichb. f. Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3
in. long, fusiform: racemes few-fld.; fls. about 1J4 in.
across, golden yellow, with a deeper blotch on lip;
sepals lanceolate, acute, much narrower than the
broadly oval petals; lip with the blade about orbicular,
emarginate. Burma. B.M. 7639. Var. elegans, Reichb.
f . Pseudobulbs taller, and base of lip deeper yellow.
72. chrysot6xum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 1^ ft.
tall, clavate or fusiform: racemes drooping, many-fld.;
fls. about 2 in. across, golden yellow, except the red-
dish streaked orange-yellow disk on lip; sepals oblong-
elliptic, about half as broad as the obovate-oblong
petals; lip orbicular, fimbriate, pubescent on upper
surface. Burma. G. 18:465; 30:275. B.M. 5053.
I.H. 5:164. C.O. 11. Var. suavissimum, Hook. f. (D.
suavissimum, Hook. f.). Differs in its shorter, thicker
pseudobulbs, and the large chestnut spot on the lip.
Burma. Gn. 13:166. C.O. lla,
73. sulcatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long,
clavate, furrowed: racemes 10-15-fld., short, nodding;
fls. yellow, the lip deeper and purple-streaked; sepals
oval-oblong, narrower than the ovate petals, lip broadly
ovate. Khasia Hills. B.R. 24:65. B.M. 6962.
74. densiflorum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to \l/i ft.
tall, 4-angled, clavate, leafy : racemes pendulous, many-
fld.; fls. about 2 in. across; sepals and petals orange-
yellow, nearly transparent, the acute sepals oblong-
ovate, narrower than the denticulate nearly orbicular
petals; lip nearly orbicular, orange-yellow, downy
above. Nepal. B.R. 1828. B.M. 3418. F.S. 14: 1397.
G.W.I, p. 223. J.H. III. 51:123; 64:94. C.O. 14.
Var. Schrdederi, Hort. (D. densiflbrum Schrdederi, Hort.
D. densiflorum album, Hort.). Pis. larger in looser,
longer racemes, the sepals and petals white, the lip
deep orange, shading at margin to pale yellow. F.M.
502. A.G. 20:5.
75. Griffithianum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to lJ/£ ft.
tall, furrowed, attenuated below: racemes pendulous,
many-fld.; fls. about 2 in. across; sepals and petals
bright yellow, the sepals oblong-oval, narrower than
the nearly orbicular petals; lip orbicular, fringed,
papillose above. Burma. Var. Guibertii, Veitch
(D. Guibertii, Carr.). Fls. larger and more intensely
colored: pseudobulbs more abruptly narrowed below.
SECTION XII.
76. crumenatum, Swartz.. Pseudobulbs fusiform,
thickened above base, then attenuated: fls. appearing
successively in upper part of st., white, or suffused with
pale rose; sepals acute, the petals oblong-lanceolate,
acute; lip cuneate, the lateral lobes rounded, the mid-
dle lobe nearly orbicular, the disk with 5 keels. Malay
Archipelago. B.R. 25:22. B.M. 4013.
D. acuminatum, Rolfe=Sarcopodium acuminatum. — D. dm-
Clum, Lindl. =Sarcopodium amplum. — D. annamense, Rolfe. Fls.
uff-yellow, rather membranous. Annam. — D. arcuatum, J. J.
Smith. Fls., white, with stout spurs curved forward at the tip.
Java. — D. Ashworthiae, O'Brien. Fls. cream-white, except a few
purple streaks at base of lip, the sepals lanceolate or triangular,
the petals clawed. New Guinea. B.M. 8141. G.C. III. 29:86.
C.O. 39. — D. otrovioloceum, Rolfe. Racemes many-fld., the fls.
about 3 in. across, the sepals and petals primrose-yellow, claret-
spotted, the lip 3-lobed, the disks violet, white-striped, the
middle lobe recurved, dark violet streaked white at base, the
upper part yellow, claret-spotted. New Guinea. B.M. 7371.
C.O. 12. O.R. 3:305; 9:152; 16:69. G.W. 14, p. 407. J.H.III.
50:355. — D. belldtulum, Rolfe. Dwarf, tufted: fls. 1 or 2,
axillary, white with a vermilion lip. China. B.M. 7985. G.C. III.
36: 114. — D. bicaudatum, Reinw. Sepals and petals whitish, chang-
ing to greenish yellow, with faint purple lines; lip elongated; white.
Java. — C. Brdndtii, Kranzl. Resembles D. Phalaenopsis. Fls.
more fleshy, mauve-purple with silvery crests to the lip; sepals and
petals twisted or curled. — D. capitulifldrum, Rolfe. Fls. in dense
axillary heads, greenish white, with column and disk of lip bright
green. New Guinea. — D. cilidtum, Parish. Sepals and petals yel-
lowish green, the lip yellow, purple-lined. Moulmein. B.M. 5430.
G.W. 11, p. 340. Var. annamense, Hort. A white-fld. form with
fringed lip, purple at the base. Annam. — D. Ccelogyne, Reichb. f.=
Sarcopodium Ccelogyne. C.O. 32. — D. compdctum, Rolfe. A small-
growing species: sepals and petals pure white, linear, acuminate;
lip nearly as long as sepals, light green. China. — D. convolutum,
Rolfe. Sepals and petals light green, with a few small dark brown
markings at the base; lip green and dark brown. New Guinea. — D.
criniferum, Lindl. "Fls. lasting only a single day, whitish, with a
3-lobed lip which breaks up in front into a fringe of long spreading
yellow filaments." Malaya. G.C. III. 43: 194. — D. cucumerinum,
M'Leay. Dwarf: Ivs. oblong, terete, with tubercles arranged in
lines: fls. 3-5, white or yellowish, purple-streaked. New S. Wales.
J.F. 4:358. B.M. 4619.— D. delicdtulum, Kranzl=D. subacaule.
— D. delicatum, Bailey. Sepals and petals milky white the lip white,
violet-lined, the callus golden, minutely violet-dotted New Guinea.
G. 34:245. — D. epidendropsis, Kranzl. Resembling an epidendrum:
fls. greenish or yellow outside, yellow inside, about 1 % in. long.
Philippines. — D. Faulhaberianum, Schltr. Fls. violet-rose; lateral
sepals forming a mentum scarcely Min- long. Hainan. — D. fusifdrme,
Bailey=D. speciosum fusiforme — D. glomeratum, Rolfe. Fls. rose-
purple, in few-fld. fascicles, the lip golden carmine. Molucca. Gn.
65, p. 123.— D. Goldschmidtianum, Kranzl. Over a foot high : racemes
short, about 12-fld.; fls. deep rose-purple. Formosa. — D. Htlde-
brandii, Rolfe. Racemes axillary, 3-4-fld.; sepals and petals
white, the lip primrose-yellow, the tube pubescent externally.
Burma. B.M. 7453. O.R. 3:49; 12:153; 16:26.— D. Hodgkinsonii,
Rolfe. Raceme 5-7-fld., terminal; fls. „ pale green, the lip purple-
nerved. New Guinea. B.M. 7724. — D.Imthurnii, Rolfe. Probably
the most robust of all dendrobiums in cult. : racemes axillary, many-
fld.; fls. of medium size, white, with lilac streaks on lateral lobes of
lip. New Hebrides. B.M. 8452. — D. inxquale, Rolfe. Flowering
pseudobulbs separate from leafy ones, clavate, the fls. secund,
arising alternately from the margin of the internodes; sepals and
petals white, the lip tubular, pale yellow, purple-streaked inside.
DENDROBIUM
DENNST^DTIA
987
New Guinea. B.M. 7745. — D. Jerdonianum, Wight=D. nutans. —
D. kardense, Schlecht. Fls. solitary in axil of If. at apex of the at., •
small, white. A curious species. New Guinea. — D. Madonnas,
Rolfe=D. rhodostictum. — D. monophyllum, F. Muell. In habit
resembling a bulbophyllum: racemes with 9-15 greenish yellow fls.
Austral. — D. Mdrtii, F. Muell. Fls. solitary; sepals and petals
light yellow; lip whitish, marked with lilac with 3 undulate green
keels on disk. New S. Wales. — D. muricatum munificum, Finet.=
Inobulbon munificum. — D. nittans, Lindl. Fls. short, in few-fld.
racemes, golden; sheaths hispidulous. Malabar. B.M. 7741.
C.O. 28 (as D. Jerdonianum j. — D. puntceum, Rolfe. Fls. in
racemes, light rose-pink, with light yellow tips to the sepals and
petals. New Guinea. — D. quinArium, Rolfe. "Fls. light yellow
with several light brown nerves in front of lip." New Guinea. —
D. rhodostictum, F. Muell. Fls. white, with a few purple spots on
margins of lateral lobes of lip. New Guinea. B.M. 7900 (as D.
Madonnae). G.C. III. 43:162. — D. rosellum, Ridley. Fls. rose-
colored. Borneo. — D. rdseo-nervatum, Schlecht. Fls. pale rose, borne
at the summits of the sts. Sumatra. — D. Sdnderse, Rolfe.
Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, leafy: racemes lateral, 3-4-fld.; fls.
large, white, the lip with purple stripes on the disk and lateral
lobes, the middle lobe obovate, truncate, crenulate. S. E. Asia.
B.M. 8351. G.C. III. 45:374. G.M. 52:621. O.R. 17:209.— D.
Schlnzii, Rolfe. Fls. pale green, very fugacious. Sumatra. — D.
Schuetzei, Rolfe. Fls. very large, white. A new species of the D.
Dearii group. — D. senile, Pav. & Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs fusiform,
hairy, as are the Ivs. : fls. in pairs or solitary, fleshy, rich yellow,
with a few orange streaks on lip. Burma, Tenasserim. Moulmein.
B.M. 5520. G.W. 9, p. 422.— D. spathaceum, Lindl. A small
species with slender pseudobulbs: fls. white. Sikkim. — D. specidsum
fusiforme, Bailey. Pseudobulbs fusiform: fls. pale sulfur or straw-
color to nearly white, the lip white, marked with violet. Austral.
G. 33:361. G.C. III. 41:337.— D. spectdbile, Miq. Pseudobulbs up
to 2 ft., clavate, grooved: fls. 3 in. across, white, streaked and
spotted with dark purple, the sepals and petals undulate, recurved,
the former triangular-lanceolate, the petals much narrower; lip
undulate, narrowly panduriform, the narrow lanceolate tip re-
curved. New Guinea and Solomon Isls. B.M. 7747. C.O. 22.
A.G. 21:239. G.M. 43:53. Var. Slmmondsii, Hort. Lip much
longer than in the type, white, veined with dark purple. — D.
spurium, 3. 3. Smith. Fls. solitary; sepals and petals white. A
distinct and singular species. Java, Borneo. — D. stridtum, Hort.
"Sepals and petals narrow and nearly equal; lahellum as long as
petals, narrow, with sides folded back, whitish tinged with rose."
Philippines. — D.subacaule, Reinw. Fls. fragrant, white speckled with
purple on lip; lip with very short apiculate middle lobe. Queensland.
— D. taurinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cylindric: racemes many-fid.;
fls. large, the sepals white, the petals and lip pale rose, intensely
striated. Philippines. G.C. III. 31:90. B.R. 29:28. — D. tonk-
inense, De Wild. Lip entire, furnished with crests, the median
one very prominent. Tonquin. — D. Treacherianum, Reichb. f. =
Sarcopqdium Treacherianum. — D. trifldrum, Lindl. =Sarcopodium
cymbidioides. — D. undulatum var. Brodmfiddii, Fitzgerald. Fls.
pale greenish yellow. N. Austral. — D. Victdriae-reginse, Loher.
Racemes few-fld. ; sepals and petals white at the base, violet-purple
above, the lip golden at the base, violet-purple above, marked with
black-purple lines of papillae. Philippines. G.M. 51:610; 54:556.
Gn. 75, p. 370. C.O. 21. O.R. 20:17.— D. Wittiamsii, Day &
Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, hairy, as well as the
Ivs.: fls. usually in pairs, 2 J/6-3 in. across, ivory-white or yellowish,
the throat of lip bright orange-red. N. E. India. B.M. 7974.
G.C. III. 35:341. — D. Wilsonii, Rolfe. Racemes 2- or 3-fld.;
fls. delicate pink or nearly white, with small yellow blotch on
disk of lip. W. China. — D. WoUerianum, Schltr. Racemes many-
fld.; fls. rose-colored. New Guinea.
The following are some of the hybrid forms: D. Ainsworthii,
Moore (D. aureum X D. nobile). Fls. white, more or less suffused
with rose, the lip with a feathered purple spot. C.O. 1. Gn. 51, p.
338. G.C. II. 16:624. J.H. III. 62:281.— D. Apollo grandifldrum
=D. rubens. — D. Artemis='D. aureum X D. Ainsworthii. O.R.
14:72. — D. Aspasia=D. aureum xD. Wardianum. O.R. 1:137. —
D. burfordiense=D. aureum XD. Linawianum. G 29:35. — D.
Cassiope=D. moniliforme X D. nobile. C.O. 2. — D. chrysodiscus=
D. Ainsworthii X D. Findlayanum. — D. Curtisii—D. aureum X D.
Cassiope. Gn. 69, p. 145. O.R. 14:73.— D. Ddlhousii-nobile = D.
nobile XD. pulchellum. G.C. III. 27:379. — D. dominyanum=D.
nobile X D. Linawianum. — D. dulce—D. aureum x D. Linawianum.
— D. Edithae—D. nobile nobilusXD. aureum. — D. end6charis=
D. aureum X D. monileforme. G. 32 : 293. G.Z. 36, p. 195. —
D. etidsmum=t). endocharis x D. nobile. — D. Leechianum=D.
aureum XD. nobile. R.H. 1904:280. C.O. la.— D. melanodlscus
gloridsa=D. Ainsworthii X D. Findlayanum. G.C. III. 35: 219. — D.
melanodlscus pdllens=T). Ainsworthii X D. Findlayanum. J.H. III.
50:25. — D. Raeblingianum,=D. nobile xD. ramosum. Gn. 59, p.
198, desc. — D. R6lfex=T). nobile xD. primulinum. — D. Rdlfex
rdseum=D. nobile xD. primulinum. Gn. W. 18:541. — D. rubens
grandifldrum='D. Ainsworthii X D. nobile. G.M. 53:206. — D.
Schneideridnum=D. aureum xD. Findlayanum. — D. splendidls-
simum grandifldrum=D. nobile XD. aureum. G.M. 43:179. Gn.
65, p. 140. — D. Thwaites3s=D. Ainsworthii X D. Wiganise. G.M.
47:273. — D. Vbnus=T>. nobile xD. Falconeri. G.M. 51:459.
C.O. 3. — D. Wigdnias=D. nobile X D. signatum. — D. Wigdniae
xanthochilum=D. nobile X D. signatum. Gn. W.20:161. — D. Wig-
anianum—T). Hildebrandii X D. nobile. G.M. 44:167. — D. xanth-
ocentron=D. Wardianum X D. Linawianum.
GEORGE V. NASH.
DENDROCALAMUS: A few large bamboos of the East Indies
and China; see Bamboo.
DENDROCHtLUM : Platydinis.
63
DENDROMECON (Greek dendron, tree; mecon,
poppy). Papaveracex. An outdoor shrub in California,
with bright yellow flowers ; sparingly grown elsewhere.
Smooth low branching plant with rigid alternate
mostly entire Ivs.: fls. golden yellow, 1-3 in. across,
single on short pedicels; petals 4, large; sepals 2;
stamens many, short: fr. a linear curved grooved
caps. 2-4 in. long. — Long considered to comprise
a single species, but lately redefined by Fedde into
20 species, but only one species -name appears to
be in the trade. The division into species is largely
on foliage characters. It is not unlikely that some of
the cult, material represents one or more of these
rigida, Benth. Rigid, very leafy, 2-10 ft. high:
sts. up to 2 in. thick: bark whitish: branches stiff,
erect: Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,, coriaceous,
reticulately veined, very acute and mucronate: fls.
on pedicels, 1-4 in. long: seeds black, almost globular.
Dry parts of Coast ranges and in the Sierras. B.M.
5134. F.S. 14:1411. Gn. 50:292. J.H. III. 29:92. —
Spring-flowering. In England it is somewhat tender,
requiring some protection in winter. Prop, from seeds,
that take very long to germinate. Con-
siderable variation in size of fls. appears
to depend on the conditions in which
plants are growing. Evergreen, but in
hard winters in Calif., loses most of its
Ivs. by Feb., when, becoming
scraggly, it may be cut back to
ground for renewal. L. H. B.t
1239. Tip of leaf of Dennstsedtia
punctilobula. ( x J£)
1240. Fruiting lobe
of Dennstifidtia punc-
tilobula.
DENDROPANAX (Greek, tree Panax). Araticiceae.
Unarmed trees and shrubs from Trop. Amer. and Asia,
also China and Japan. Fls. hermaphrodite, rarely
polygamous. Species about 20. D. japonicum, Seem.
(Hedera japdnica, Jungh.), may be secured from deal-
ers in Japanese plants. The Ivs. have been compared to
Fatsia japonica, but are smaller and mostly 3-lobed
but simple. The floral parts are in 5's: infl. umbellate,
terminal nearly simple and not showy: berry globose.
Cult in temperate house. N. TAYLOR.!
DENDROPHYLAX: Polyrrhvsa.
DENNSTJ^DTIA (August Wilhelm Dennstedt, early
German botanist ) . Polypodidceae. Hardy or green-
house ferns of wide distribution, often referred to Dick-
sonia but belonging to a different family from the tree
ferns of the latter genus from the antarctic or southern
hemisphere. Indusium inferior cup -shaped, open at
top and adherent on outer side to a reflexed toothlet:
Ivs. 2-3-pinnatifid, from erect or creeping rootstocks.
Species about 30; of simple cultural requirements.
punctilobula, Moore (Dicksbnia pilosiuscula, Willd.).
Figs. 1239, 1240. Rootstock slender, creeping, under-
ground: Ivs. light green, 1-2^ ft. long, 5r-9 in.
wide, usually tri-pinnatifid, under surface minutely
988
DENNST^DTIA
DESCHAMPSIA
glandular, giving the dried Ivs. a somewhat pleasant
fragrance; sori minute, on small, recurved teeth.
Canada to Tenn. — Sometimes called hay-scented fern,
and boulder fern. Likes light porous soil and semi-
shaded places. Variable.
Smithii, Moore. Lvs. thick, the under surface almost
woolly, glandular, tripinnate; lower pinna? 9-12 in.
long, 3-4 in. wide; sori 2-8 to each segm. Philippines.
dissecta, Moore. From the W. Indies, often 6-7 ft.
high, with broad (2-4 ft.) Ivs. — Sometimes seen in cult,
and is well worth a place in the trade.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
DENT ARIA (Latin, dens, tooth; referring to the
toothed rootstocks). Crudferae. TOOTHWORT. Small
early-flowering herbs, sometimes offered by dealers in
native plants.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, usu-
ally with pleasant-tasting rootstocks,
2 or 3 Ivs., mostly with 3 parts, and
corymbs or racemes of large white or
purplish fls. in spring: sts. mostly
unbranched and not leafy below: Ivs.
palmately 3-divided or laciniate: petals
surpassing the sepals; stamens 6; style
slender: fr. a very narrow flat silique
dehiscent from the base. — Probably 20
species in Eu., Asia and in N. Amer.
The European and E. American species
are readily told from Cardamine by
habit and many obvious differ-
ences, but the W. American
representatives of the 2 genera
converge so that some botan-
ists have merged Dentaria into
Cardamine. (See E. L. Greene,
Pittonia, 3:117-124.)
Several species are culti-
vated in Old World rockeries.
They are of easy culture in
light rich soil, and moist shady
positions. Usually propagated
by division, as seeds are not
abundant.
A. Rootstock continuous, not
tuberous.
diphylla, Michx. PEPPER-
ROOT. Fig. 1241. Eight to 16
in.: rootstock several inches
long, often branched, strongly
toothed at the many nodes:
st.-lvs. 2, similar to the root-
Ivs., close together; segms. 3,
ovate or oblong-ovate, coarsely
crenate, the teeth abruptly
acute: petals white inside, pale purple or pinkish out-
side. Nova Scotia to S. C., west to Minn, and Ky.
B.M. 1465. — Rootstocks 5-10 in. long, crisp, tasting
like water-cress. Pretty spring fl.
1241. Dentaria diphylla. ( X 1A)
AA. Rootstock tuberous or jointed.
B. Lvs. deeply 3-parted, but not into distinct Ifts.
laciniata, Muhl. Eight to 16 in.: the st. pubescent
above: tubers deep: st.-lvs. 3, with lateral segms.
often 2-lobed, all oblong to linear, more or less sharply
toothed: petals purplish to white. Que. to Minn., south
to Fla. and La. Var. Integra, Fern., has the lateral
segms. entire or nearly so. D. anomala, Eames, is per-
haps a hybrid with D. diphylla; Conn.
macrocarpa, Nutt. (C. gemmata, Greene). St. sim-
ple, 4-15 in.: Ivs. 1-3, palmately or pinnately 3-5-
parted, or divided; segms. linear to oblong, entire:
fls. purple or rose: tubers with joints about 1 in. long.
N. Calif, to Brit. Col.
BB. Lvs. of st. cut into 3 distinct Ifts. (except sometimes
in D. calif ornica) .
tenella, Pursh. Six to 12 in.: tubers small, irregular:
basal Ivs. simple and round-cordate, crenate or sinuate;
st.-lvs. 1 or 2, nearly sessile, sometimes bulbiferous;
Ifts. linear-oblong or linear, obtuse, entire: petals rose.
Ore., Wash.
calif ornica, Nutt. Tubers mostly small: st. ^-2 ft.
high: Ivs. very variable; st.-lvs. 2-4, mostly short-
petiolate, and above the middle of the st. with 3-5
Ifts., rarely simple or lobed; Ifts. mostly short-petio-
lulate, ovate to lanceolate or linear, entire or toothed:
petals white or rose. Mountains and streams of Calif,
and Ore.
maxima, Nutt. Ten to 16 in.: tubers near the sur-
face, jointed, strongly tubercled: st.-lvs. 2 or 3, usually
alternate; Ifts. ovate or oblong -ovate,
coarsely toothed and somewhat cleft or
lobed, with petiolules: fls. white or purple-
tinged. Maine to Mich, and Pa.
L. H. B.f
DEODAR: Cedrus Deodara.
DEPARIA (Greek, depas, a beaker or
chalice; referring to the form of the invo-
lucre). Polypodiacese. A small genus of
Hawaiian and South American ferns
related to Dennstsedtia, rarely seen in
cultivation in America. The sori are mar-
ginal and usually on stalked projections
from the margin of the leaf.
DERRIS (Greek, a leather covering}.
Syn. Deguelia. Leguminosse. Tropical, tall
woody climbers (sometimes trees), one of
which has been offered in S.
Calif., but is now apparently
out of cult, there. Lvs. alter-
nate; Ifts. opposite, the odd
one distant; stipules none: fls.
violet, purple or white, never
yellow, in racemes or panicles
or fascicles, papilionaceous,
standard broad and rounded;
wings oblique: pod indehiscent;
1- to several-seeded. — About
40 species, of little horticultural
significance.
scandens, Benth. Climbing:
Ifts. 9-18, 1-2 in. long, oblong,
obtuse, or acute, glabrous or
minutely pilose beneath: fls.
pale rose, in very long racemes:
pod long, lanceolate, acute at
both ends, narrowly winged at
the base; ovules 6-8. S. Asia
and Indian Archipelago to Austral. — It has been offered
in this country, but has not been successfully cult.
D. alborubra, Hemsl., from China, has been flowered at Kew in
the palm house "where it covered some square yards of the roof:"
fls. white, fragrant, with red calyx, in long panicles: Ifts. coria-
ceous, glabrous, ovate-oblong: a climbing evergreen shrub: once
confused with D. Fordii, Oliver. B.M. 8008. L H B
DESCHAMPSIA (for Deslongchamps, a French
botanist, 1774-1849). Graminese. Tufted perennials
with shining spikelets in narrow or loose panicles, some-
times grown for dry bouquets.
Spikelets mostly 2-fld., with a hairy prolongation
of the rachilla; glumes about as long as the florets;
lemmas toothed, bearing a dorsal awn. — Species about
20, in the cooler regions of the northern hemisphere.
caespitosa, Beauv. (Aira csespitosa, Linn.). TUFTED
HAIR-GRASS. HASSOCK-GRASS. Growing in tufts 1-3
ft.: blades firm, narrow: panicle open, the branches
slender. G.M. 54:916. Common in N. U. S., extending
DESCHAMPSIA
DESIGN
989
south in the mountains. — In England, it is sometimes
used by the farmers to make door-mats.
flexuosa, Trin. (Alra flexudsa, Linn.). WOOD HAIR-
GRASS. Culms slender, 1-2 ft.: blades numerous,
capillary: panicle open, the flexupus branches spikelet-
bearing near the ends. Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 7 : 173.
Open woods N. E. U. S. — Of some value for woodland
pastures, as it will grow well in the shade. Also used
for ornament. A form with yellow-striped foliage is sold
under the name Aira foliis variegatis.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
DESIGN, FLORAL. An important feature of the
work of a retail florist is the making of floral designs or
"set pieces." Fig. 1242. This work is directly opposed
to the informal arrangement of flowers which is so
much admired at the present time. See Bouquets, Vol.
I. By artistic arrangement, however, these designs
are now made less formal than in the earlier history
of the retailer's work. These designs lend themselves
well to the working out of various inscriptions and
legends in flowers; therefore, these are most frequently
used as tokens of affection
sent to friends or relatives
at the time of a death.
These designs are also
much in demand by vari-
ous fraternal orders and
other societies, when the
emblems of the order or
society are worked out in
flowers and sent as a
tribute to the house of sor-
row. They therefore have
their place in the work of
every flower-shop.
As has been stated, the
present-day tendency in
the arrangement of flow-
ers in designs is to get as
far away as possible from
a stiff, set formality. A
design must, of necessity,
be distinct in outline, but
by a careful and free use
of ferns and other florists'
"green," the effect may
be made somewhat infor-
mal and pleasing. Various
forms of the "shower"
wreath illustrate this, as
well as a loose arrange-
ment of flowers, and even
foliage and flowering plants about the base of a standing
emblem.
The most common forms of floral designs in use at
the present time are flat and standing wreaths, pillows,
casket-covers, crosses, anchors, and the emblems of
various fraternal orders, such as the Masonic square
and compass, and the Odd Fellows' three links.
The flowers, of which these designs are made, vary
in different stores. The price which is to be paid for the
design usually governs the species and varieties used.
Orchids, lilies, lilies-of-the-valley, roses and Farleyense
ferns compose the most expensive designs; while carna-
tions, stevia, Roman white hyacinths and other more
common flowers, with asparagus fern, comprise the
cheaper designs. Usually the florist determines the price
the customer wishes to pay and selects the flowers in
accordance with this. Within recent years there has
come to be a demand for unusual material in designs,
and boxwood, galax, leucothoe and magnolia leaves,
ericas and other woody plants have been much used.
In making these designs, the arrangement must
necessarily be quite formal; therefore, wire frames are
used. These are made in large quantities by various
1242. A floral design.
wire-working firms and are sold at wholesale at a
comparatively low figure. In order to emphasize the
particular formal outline and to hold the flowers
permanently in place, the flower-stems are usually
removed and the flowers then wired with 9- or 12-inch,
No. 22 or No. 24 wire. The wire forms are first filled
with sphagnum moss, which is moistened so that the
flowers will retain their freshness, and the wired stems
of the flowers are inserted in this moss. The wiring is
an art, and the design-worker becomes so proficient in
this that many flowers may be wired in a short period
of time. This is necessary when many designs must be
made quickly, as is so frequently the case in a flower-
shop at the time of the funeral of a distinguished person.
Design work usually brings the retailer a substantial
remuneration. In many instances, flowers of a lower
quality may be used in designs than are demanded
by persons buying cut-flowers. They must always be
fresh, however; but, when roses are used, those having
short stems are just as desirable as long-stemmed
flowers. In carnations, many having a split calyx may
be used when they would be salable in no other way.
If Roman hyacinths are
used, the main truss may
be sold as cut-flowers, and
the secondary trusses used
in designs.
The green elements in
the design, which are used
to emphasize the beauty
of the flowers, vary much
in different stores. Each
designer has his own ideas
regarding the uses of this
material, but often he is
compelled to use what is
available at the precise
moment when it is needed.
Because of its excellent
keeping qualities, the
"dagger," or Christmas
fern, is frequently used;
but, when this is plainly
visible in the finished
design, it has a coarse
appearance which cheap-
ens the effectiveness of
the piece. It may, how-
ever, be used as a cover
for the frame and moss,
with excellent effects. The
"fancy dagger," or spinu-
lose wood fern, is more
attractive than the common dagger fern. One of the
earlier greens used was smilax, but this has inferior
keeping qualities -to other kinds and is not so popular
at the present time. It does not lend itself readily to a
loose, formal arrangement. Both Asparagus plumosus
and A. Sprengeri make excellent backgrounds for all
design work. For softening effects to be worked among
the flowers, nothing adds value to the design so much as
a few sprays of Adiantum Croweanum or A. Farleyense.
Often the foliage of the plants from which the flowers
come adds a more pleasing effect than does the green
of any other species. This is especially true when roses
or lilies-of-the-valley are used.
Of the many designs made by the retailer of flowers,
wreaths are probably the most in demand. They
exhibit good taste, and many have excellent keeping
qualities. One of the earlier forms was made of Eng-
lish ivy, and the effect was pleasing. This was espec-
ially so when the wreath was enriched with a large
bunch of violets, arranged in a loose, artistic manner.
Because of the difficulty of getting a sufficient quantity
of these leaves, the ivy wreath has been largely replaced
by that made of galax leaves. These have excellent
990
DESIGN
DESMANTHUS
keeping qualities and are obtained in large quantities
by wholesale dealers from the mountains of North and
South Carolina. Both bronze and green galax may be
secured, but the green is most satisfactory as it makes
a more pleasing contrast with a larger number of
colors of flowers. It is customary to make these in
rather large sizes, a 16-inch frame, or even larger,
being used. Usually the right-hand side of the wreath
is decorated with roses, lilies-of-the-valley, or other
flowers. A standing galax wreath, with a base of galax
leaves, cocos palms, white roses and "valley," and the
wreath itself decorated with white roses, lilies-of-the-
valley, with shower sprays of '/valley" and maiden-
hair ferns on dainty narrow ribbon, makes an effective
design. If a single spray of cattleyas is placed among
the roses and "valley," the effect is enriched wonder-
fully. Magnolia and leucothoe leaves are also used
extensively for wreaths, but this foliage is heavier and
less pleasing than galax. However, the buying public
is tiring of the galax, and the retailer is searching the
continents for something to replace it. Boxwood also
makes a rich and attractive wreath. Wreaths made
principally of flowers are often in demand, and when
varieties are carefully selected, the results are pleasing.
Fig. 1242 (redrawn from American Florist).
In selecting the flowers for any design, certain rules
must be observed. In the first place, a designer must
realize that, as in all other flower-arrangement, a
lavish use of material is not essential to good effects.
A flower has an individuality of its own, and this
should be just as pronounced in a design as in a loose
vase arrangement. At no time should the material
be crowded. When an inscription is to be placed over
the flowers, as, for example, in a pillow when carna-
tions are to be the background, even then each carna-
tion should show its form and the background
should not be a mass of petals without definite shape.
As a general thing, it is best to place the flowers
in position first, after having covered the mossed frame
with green, and then to work the foliage among the
flowers where it is needed for the best effects. This
method requires fewer flowers, and the effect is more
artistic. In making a design, it must be remembered
that there may be contrast of forms as well as colors.
As a rule, there should not be over three contrasts of
forms and two contrasts of colors, although there
may be variations to this rule in special cases. As
regards shapes and forms, it is quite essential that
larger, heavier blooms, such as lilies and roses, should
be contrasted with sprays of a light and graceful
character, like lilies-of-the-valley and Roman hya-
cinths. The larger flowers are to be placed low in the
arrangement, and the finer sprays higher. Often the
center of a design is made of one particular species, as,
for example, pink roses with their foliage; and the
borders of the design are filled with sprays of lighter
flowers, like lilies-of-the-valley with their foliage or
that of the maidenhair fern. If in the arrangement
of the larger flowers a few buds of the species used are
added, the effectiveness of form is increased.
In selecting colors for designs, the lighter shades
are the most desired, although in recent years there
has come to be a freer use of darker colors. For exam-
ple, a large wreath of Richmond or other red roses
contrasted ^with lilies-of-the-valley or white Roman
hyacinths, is very effective and is not considered out
of place for a funeral design. The amateur should,
however, avoid striking contrasts or to endeavor to
harmonize unusual forms in flowers. The experienced
designer may bring these together with pleasing effects,
but this ability comes only after years of study and
experience. Large designs are more easily arranged
than small ones, and in them may be used a wider
range of colors. The most striking colors are, however,
widely separated, and between these the flowers should
be of such tints that they assist in blending.
Flowers with a strong fragrance should not be used
in designs if they can be avoided. They are especially
objectionable if they are to be used in a dwelling-house
where the rooms are often crowded. In a church or
other large room, the fragrance is less noticeable.
Polyanthus narcissi, tuberoses and freesias are espe-
cially objectionable. The more delicate odors of violets,
lilies-of-the-valley and Roman hyacinths are less so.
The funeral designs most frequently ordered by the
immediate family are pillows and casket-covers. Both
of these demand careful treatment in making, the
pillow being especially difficult. The smaller the
pillow, the harder it is to produce a pleasing result.
The flowers should be of a rich character, and it shows
better judgment to select a less expensive wreath as a
floral tribute than to purchase a pillow made of cheap
flowers. Casket-covers should also be made of expensive
flowers. These covers are not lasting, for they must of
necessity be light in character; and moss, which is so
necessary to retain moisture and freshness in the
flowers, cannot well be used. Light wire of a fine
mesh, such as mosquito netting, is cut of the desired
size and the flowers which are usually of one species,
like Easter lilies or roses, are wired to this with suffi-
cient foliage or other green to cover the wire. A flower
of some contrasting color may be used for a border;
or a rich outline of smilax is effective.
The construction of many fraternal emblems in a
pleasing, artistic way, demands all the fine points of
the professional designer's skill. Often all rules of
flower-arrangement have to be disregarded. Special
emblems have to be made of special colors; and when
an emblem must be made which calls for definite parts
to be blue, others to be yellow, red, white and green,
the problem to harmonize these is a serious one. The
designer has no choice in such a case, and can meet
this demand only with an attempt to reduce to the
minimum these clashing contrasts in color.
As has been stated, formal designs in the arrange-
ment of cut-flowers are a necessity, and for these
there will probably always be a demand. The designer
should have in mind, however, that it is possible to
arrange flowers in a pleasing way and still emphasize
the formal lines. Artists in this line of work are just
as truly "born, not made," as in any other branch of
art: and unless one has a genuine love for flowers and
the artist's skill in their arrange-
ment, the making of formal designs
should not be attempted.
E. A. WHITE.
DESMANTHUS (name refera
to flowers being in bundles). Syn.
Acuan. Leguminosse. About 10
herbs or shrubs in subtropical N.
Amer., and 1 in the tropics of the
Old World, a few of the American
species reaching well north in the
U. S.; probably not regularly cult.,
but now and then transferred to
the garden for the effect of their
bipinnate Ivs. and small greenish
white fls., in axillary peduncled
heads or spikes. The genus is one
of the Mimosa tribe, and the fls.
are not papilionaceous: petals 5,
distinct or very nearly so; calyx
bell-shaped, 5-toothed; stamens 5
or 10, distinct, usually exserted:
pod flat, narrow, straight or
curved, several-seeded. D. illino-
ensis, MacM. (Mimosa illinoensis,
Michx. A cuan illinoensis, Kuntze),
occurs in prairies and river borders
1243. Desmazeria from Ind. west and south: 1-5 ft.,
sicula. (XYz) nearly glabrous, perennial erect
DESMANTHUS
DESMOS
991
herb: Ifts. 20-30 pairs, pbtusish. D. leplolobus, Torr. &
Gray, occurs on prairies from Kans. to Texas: Ifts.
mostly fewer and acute, and peduncles much shorter
(1 in. or less long).
DESMAZERIA (in honor of Desmazieres, a French
botanist). Graminese. Plants resembling Eragrostis,
sometimes grown as ornamental grasses.
Spikelets many-fld., strongly compressed, the lemmas
keeled and coriaceous but faintly 3- or rarely 5-nerved,
awnless : infl. several closely imbricated spikelets,
arranged in a linear, dense, nearly simple spike-like
panicle. — Species 4, 1 in Medit. region, and 3 in S. Afr.
sfcula, Dum. (Brizopyrum siculum, Link). SPIKE-
GRASS. Fig. 1243. Annual, 8-12 in.: spikelets Y^va..,
in a nearly simple spike. Eu. — Cult, for ornament and
frequently used for edging. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
DESMODIUM (Greek, a band or chain; referring to
the jointed pods). By some called Meibbmia. Legumi-
nbsse. TICK TREFOIL. Mostly herbs, upwards of 170
species, in temperate and warm regions of Amer., Asia,
Afr. and Austral. Lvs. pinnate, with 3-5 (rarely 1)
Ifts.: fls. small and papilionaceous, in terminal or
axillary racemes in summer, mostly purple;
calyx with a short tube, more or less 2-
lipped; standard broad; wings joined to the
keel: pod flat, deeply lobed or jointed, the
joints often breaking apart and adhering
to clothing and to animals by means of small hooked
hairs. Fig. 1244. A number of species are native to
N. Amer., and are sometimes grown in the hardy bor-
der, where they thrive under ordinary conditions. One
hothouse species, D. gyrans, is sometimes cult, for its
odd moving Ifts. D. penduliflorum and D. japonicum
will be found under Lespedeza. Several of the native
species are worthy of cult., but are practically unknown
in the trade. The following have been offered by col-
lectors: D. canadense, DC. (Fig. 1244); D. cuspidatum,
Hook.; D. Dillenii, Darl.; D. marilandicum, Boott;
D. nudiflorum, DC.; D. paniculatum, DC.; D. pauci-
florum, DC.; D. sessilifolium, Torr. & Gray. The
Florida beggarweed is Desmodium tortuosum, DC., of
the W. Indies. It is coming into prominence in the S. as
a forage plant (see Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 214).
Two Chinese shrubby species have recently been
intro. to Eu.: D. amethystinum, Dunn, growing 3-5 ft.:
Ivs. 3-foliolate, the Ifts. elliptic, 4-7 in. long: fls. amethy-
stine, Hin. long) in a terminal panicle. D. cinerdscens,
Franch., not Gray: broad bush, 3 ft. high, densely
leafy: Ivs. large, the Ifts. lozenge-shaped: fls. rosy lilac
to violet, in many racemes, produced in June and
again in Sept.
The greenhouse species, D. gyrans, is of tolerably easy
culture. It requires stove temperature, and, although a
perennial, it is best treated as an annual. The best
method of propagation is by seeds. These should be
sown in February in a light, sandy soil, in 4-inch pots,
and placed in a warm, close atmosphere, where they
will soon germinate. The seedlings should be potted
singly into small pots as soon as large enough to handle
and grown on as rapidly as possible, using a mixture of
good, fibrous loam and leaf soil in about equal propor-
tions. By midsummer they will be good bushy plants,
and, though not showy, they are very interesting.
(Edward J. Canning.)
gyrans, DC. TELEGRAPH PLANT. Undershrub, 2-4
ft. high, with 3 oblong or elliptic Ifts., the small lateral
ones (which are almost linear) moving in various
directions when the temperature is congenial, and
especially in the sunshine: fls. purple or violet, in
racemes and terminal racemose panicles. Ceylon to the
Himalayas and the Philippines. — Grown occasionally
as a curiosity, particularly in botanical collections. See
Darwin's "Power of Movement in Plan*« " an^ vnrmns
botanical treatises, for fuller accounts.
and various
L. H. B.
DESMONCUS (band and hook, referring to hook-
like points on the Ivs.). Palmacese. About 25 palms of
U. S., S. Mex. to Bolivia and Brazil, differing from
Bactris in the long slender climbing caudex and tech-
nical characters. They are gregarious plants, with
spines or hooks by means of which they climb or are
elevated on growing trees, the sts. usually thin and
flexuose and annular: Ivs. scattered along the st.,
pinnate or pinnatisect, the parts or segms. opposite or
alternate, the rachis produced into a long hook-bearing
climbing organ: fls.
greenish, in solitary
spadices with 2
spathe-lvs.: fr.
small, pea -shaped,
red. D. major,
Crueg., st. becom-
ing very long and
clinging to sup-
ports by the modi-
fied retrorse oppo-
site segms. on the
prolonged rachis:
Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. 20
pairs, linear-acumi-
nate and usually
clustered; rachis
spiny, dark-tomen-
tose: spathe cov-
ered with brown
prickles. Trinidad. Little known
under glass, and reported as cult,
in the open in S. Fla. and S. Calif.
L. H. B.
DESMOS (Greek, chain, on ac-
count of the fruit resembling nodes
chained together ) . Annonacese .
A genus established in 1790 by
Loureiro and based upon Desmos
cochinchinensis (Unona Desmos, Dunal, 1817; Unona
cochinchinensis, DC., 1824). The flowers are com-
Eosed of 3 sepals and 6 petals in 2 series, the
itter valvate, nearly equal, and flat; stamens numer-
ous, tetragonal -oblong or cuneate, the connective
expanded above the dorsal oblong or linear-oblong
pollen-sacs into a truncate hood-like process; recep-
tacle, or torus, slightly raised, usually truncate or
somewhat concave at the apex; carpels indefinite;
ovules several, usually forming a single column, but
sometimes sub-biseriate; style ovoid or oblong, re-
curved; ripe carpels indefinite, either elongate and
chain-like from constrictions between the seeds, or
baccate and spheroid. D. cochin -chinensis, Lour.,
is a shrub with an erect or climbing st. and weak
reclinate branches, lanceolate Ivs., fragrant yellow-
ish green pendulous fls., and reddish green monili-
form frs. D. chinensis, Lour. (Unbna discolor, Vahl),
is a small tree of the E. Indies, with ovate-oblong Ivs.
glaucous beneath and extra-axillary sweet-scented
aromatic fls., for the sake of which it is often cult.
The greenish yellow corolla resembles that of Canang-
ium odoratum, but the moniliform fr. consists of several
joints, each containing a pea -like seed. It is used
when green by the Chinese at Hongkong, who make
from it a fine purple dye. D. elegans, Safford (Unbna
elegans, Thwaites), remarkable for its fr., which resem-
bles strings of beads, and the very closely allied D.
zeyldnicus, Safford (U. zeyldnica, Hook. f. & Thorns.),
are endemic in the moist forests of Ceylon. Many species
of Desmos have been erroneously referred to the genus
Unona, based upon a S. American plant (Unona discreta,
Linn, f.) not congeneric with the Asiatic genus above
described, but more closely allied, if not to be identified
with the genus Xylopia. See Safford, W. E., Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club. 39:501-8 (1912). w. E. SAFFORD.
1244. Desmodium
canadense pods.
(Nearly natural size.)
992
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA (named by Thunberg in honor of his friend
and patron, Johann van der Deutz). Saxifragacese.
Very ornamental shrubs grown for their showy white
or blush flowers appearing in spring or early summer.
Upright: Ivs. deciduous, rarely persistent, opposite,
petioled, serrate, usually with rough stellate pubes-
cence: fls. in panicles, rarely in racemes or in corymbs,
white, sometimes purplish, epigynous; calyx-teeth 5;
petals 5; stamens 10, rarely more, shorter than the
petals; filaments usually winged and toothed at the
apex; styles 3-5, distinct:- caps. 3-5-celled, with
numerous minute seeds. — About 50 species in E. Asia and
Himalayas and 1 in Mex. Monograph by Schneider in
M.D. 1904:172-188, and a hort. monograph by
Lemoine in J.H.F. 1902:298-314; see also Rehder in
Sargent, Plant. Wilson. 1 : 14-24 for Chinese species.
The deutzias belong to our most beautiful and most
popular ornamental shrubs; they are very floriferous
and of easy cultivation. D. parviflora and D. grandi-
flora are the hardiest, and also D. gracilis, D. Sieboldi-
ana and D. scabra are hardy as far north as Massachu-
setts; the recently introduced D. longifolia, D. Schneid-
eriana, D. discolor, and D. Wilsonii have proved fairly
hardy with slight protection or in sheltered positions
at the Arnold Arboretum. One of the most tender is
D. purpurascens. Of the hybrids, D. Lemoinei is the
hardiest, while D. rosea has proved about as hardy as
D. gracilis; D. kalmisefiora, D. myriantha and others are
tenderer. Most of the deutzias have white flowers, but
D. rosea, D. purpurascens, D. longifolia, D. myriantha,
D. kalmisefiora and some varieties of D. scabra, have
the flowers carmine outside or pinkish. They flower
most profusely if pruned as little as possible, although
an occasional thinning out of the old wood soon after
flowering will be of advantage.
The deutzias thrive in almost any well-drained soil,
and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies.
Potted plants forced with a temperature not exceed-
ing 50° develop into beautiful specimens for the decora-
tion of greenhouses and conservatories, especially
D. Lemoinei, D. gracilis and D. discolor. The same
plants cannot be forced again. Propagate readily by
greenwood and hardwood cuttings, also by seeds sown
in pans or boxes in spring.
INDEX.
albo-marmorata, 1.
floribunda, 2.
albo-plena, 3.
formosa, 5.
albo-punctata, 3.
Fortune!, 3.
angustifolia, 3, 17.
gracilis, 1, 2.
aurea, 1.
grandiflora, 2, 15.
aureo-variegata, 3.
kalmiffiflora, 11.
campanulata, 2.
latiflora, 5.
candidissima, 3.
laxiflora, 4.
carminea, 2.
Lemoinei, 17.
compacta, 17.
longifolia, 9.
corymbiflora, 7.
magnifica, 5.
crenata, 3, 5.
major, 12.
dentata, 3.
marmorata, 3.
Dippeliana, 6.
mitix, 3.
discolor, 2, 8, 12.
multiflora, 2.
eburnea, 5.
Musai, 16.
erecta, 5, 7.
myriantha, 10.
eximia, 2.
1245. Deutzia gracilis. ( X H)
parviflora, 16.
plena, 3.
punctata, 3.
punicea, 3.
purpurascens, 8.
rosea, 2.
scabra, 3, 6,
Schneideriana, 4.
setchuenensis, 7.
Sieboldiana, 6.
superba, 5.
Veitchii, 9.
venusta, 2.
Vilmorinffi, 13.
Watereri, 3.
Wellsii, 3.
Wilsonii, 14.
A. Petals valvate in the bud.
B. Fls. in panicles or racemes; calyx-teeth short (except
in the hybrids).
c. Lvs. glabrous below or nearly so.
1. gracilis, Sieb. & Zucc. Fig. 1245. Shrub, to 3 ft.,
with slender, often arching branches: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, sharply serrate, with sparse
stellate hairs above, nearly glabrous beneath, bright
green, 1-2 in. long: fls. pure white, in racemes; petals
erect or somewhat spreading, oblong; stamens much
shorter than the petals; calyx- teeth persistent. May,
June. Japan. S.Z. 8. P.F.G. 2, p. 7. F.S. 6:611.
R.H. 1891, p. 203. G.M. 50:563. Gn. 39, p. 200.
G.W. 12, p. 534. Gt. 1897:384. H.F. 1:48. J.F. 1:44.
V. 7:217. Var. aftrea, Schelle. Lvs. yellow. Var.
albo-marmorata, Lemoine. Lvs. sprinkled with white.
2. rdsea, Rehd. (D. gracilis x D. purpurascens. D.
grdcilis rosea and D. discolor rosea, Lemoine). Lvs.
ovate-oblong, acuminate, bright green, slightly paler
below, very sparingly stellate-pubescent on both
sides: fls. pink, campanulate, in panicles; calyx-lobes
longer than the tube; filaments slightly toothed or
subulate, but strongly toothed in all varieties except
in var. venusta and var. multiflora. F.E. 30:423. G.
27:274. Var. campanulata, Rehd. With large white
campanulate fls. G. 28:485. Var. venusta, Rehd.
With white fls. G. 27:275. Var. multifldra, Rehd.
With white fls. Var. eximia,
Rehd. With white fls. tinted
pink outside, in upright pani-
cles. Var. carminea, Rehd.
With light pink fls. tinted
carmine outside. Var. flori-
bunda, Rehd. With white fls.
tinted pink outside. J.H.F.
1902:312. Var. grandifldra,
Rehd. With fls. of the same
color, but larger. All these
varieties were originally
described by Lemoine as
varieties of D. gracilis ex-
cept the two last ones, which
he has under D. discolor.
cc. Lvs. stellate-pubescent
beneath.
D. Filaments all toothed at
the apex.
E. Calyx-lobes shorter than the
tube; petals upright.
3. scabra, Thunb. Shrub,
to 6 ft. : Ivs. all petioled,
ovate to ovate - lanceolate,
rounded at the base, crenate-
dentate, with rough pubes-
cence on both sides, dull
green, 1-3 in. long: panicles
erect, 2-4 in. long; fls. white
or blushed, with erect petals;
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA
993
calyx-lobes deciduous. June, July. Japan, China. S.Z.
6. B.M. 3838. B.R. 1718. S.B.F.G. II. 4:393. Gn.
37, p. 315. F.E. 31:1163. H.U.I, p. 106. Var. angusti-
fdlia, Voss. Branches reddish brown: Ivs. ovate-lanceo-
late, rougher. Var. crenata, Voss (D. crenata, Sieb. & Zucc.
D. dentdta, Hort. D. rmtis, Hort.). Branches brown:
Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate, less rough. This variety
is less common in cult, than the former. Var. marmo-
rata, Rehd. (var. aureo-variegdta, Schneid.). Lvs.
spotted with yellowish white. Var. punctata, Arb.
Kew (var. dlbo-punctdta, Schneid.). Lvs. sprinkled
with white dots. Var. F6rtunei, Schneid. Fls.
larger. F.E. 31:1071. Var. Watered, Rehd. (var.
punicea, Schneid. D. crenata Wdtereri, Lemoine).
Fls. white, tinted carmine outside. G.C. III. 39:340.
Var. plena, Rehd. (D. crenata var. plena, Maxim.).
Fls. double, white, tinged with rose outside. R.H. 1867:
70. F.S. 17:1790; 18:1850. G.21:263. F. 1863:153.
G.F. 8:112; here belongs also Pride of Rochester, with
very large fls., faintly tinged with rose outside. Gn.
33, p. 514. Var. candidissima, Rehd. (D. scabra var.
dlbo-plena, Schneid. D. crenata candidissima plena,
Carr. D. Wellsii, Hort.). Fls. double, pure white.
4. Schneideriana, Rehd. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-
ovate to elliptic-oblong, short-acuminate, sharply ser-
rulate, stellate-tomentose and whitish below, 1 %-3 in.
long: panicles broadly pyramidal; fls. nearly ^in.
long, white; stamens nearly as long as the petals;
calyx-lobes deciduous. Cent. China. Var. laxiflora,
Rehd. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, remotely
denticulate, rough-pubescent above, thinly stellate-
pubescent beneath and light green: panicles broad and
rather loose, 2^4-3^4 in. long; fls. about J^in. long.
June. W. China. — Only the var. is in cult.; similar
to D. scabra, but the panicles looser and more graceful.
EE. Calyx-lobes longer than the tube.
5. magnifica, Rehd. (D. scabra x D. Vilmbrinx. D.
crenata magnifica, Lemoine). Lvs. ovate-oblong, acumi-
nate, appressed-serrulate, rough above, stellate-tomen-
tose and grayish green below, 1^-2J^ in. long: fls. in
erect panicles, white, double; sepals ovate or ovate-
oblong, about as long as calyx, acute. June. G.M.
53:108. F.E. 31:322. Var. latifldra, Rehd., with very
large single fls. 1^ in. across. Var. superba, Rehd.,
with large single campanulate fls. Var. eburnea,
with white single campanulate fls. in loose panicles;
stamens slightly shorter than petals. Var. erecta,
Rehd., with white fls. in dense panicles. Var. formdsa,
Rehd., with double white fls. in large panicles. These
varieties were originally described as vars. of D. crenata.
DD. Filaments, at least the longer ones, subulate, without
teeth.
6. Sieboldiana, Maxim. (D. scabra, Sieb. & Zucc.,
not Thunb.). Low shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs. short-petioled,
the pair below the panicle nearly sessile, ovate or ovate-
elliptic to oblong-ovate, rounded or cordate at the base,
rough and rugose above, stellate-pubescent and light
green beneath, 1-2 in long: panicles erect, loose, 2-3
in. long with appressed stellate pubescence mixed
with spreading simple hairs; fls. white, rather small,
with spreading petals; the shorter filaments usually
abruptly contracted or with very short teeth; calyx-
lobes persistent. June. Japan. S.Z. 7. G.C. III. 36: 244.
Var. Dippeliana, Schneid. (D. scabra vera, Hort.). Lvs.
broader and smaller: panicle only with appressed
Eubescence; stamens all subulate. — Graceful low shrub,
ut less showy than most other species.
BB. Fls. in corymbs or cymes.
c. Infi. many- or several-fld.
D. Calyx-teeth shorter than tube; anthers attached to the
inside of the broad filament.
7. setchuenensis, Franch. (D. corymbifldra erecta,
Hort.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to lanceo-
late, denticulate, rough-pubescent above, grayish green
below and densely covered with stellate and simple
hairs, 2-4 in. long: corymbs few-fld.; fls. less than Hin-
across; filaments with large broad teeth about as
long as the nearly sessile anther. Cent. China. Var.
corymbifldra, Rehd. (D. corymbifldra, Lemoine). Lvs.
elliptic-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, sometimes
slightly cordate at the base, 2-4 in. long: corymbs
many-fld.; fls. with spreading petals, J^in. across;
1246. Deutzia purpurascens.
stamens about one-third as long as the petals, upright
and connivent; styles shorter than stamens. June,
July. Cent. China. B.M. 8255. G.C. III. 24:267.
R.H. 1897, pp. 466, 467 (as D. corymbosa); 1898, p.
402. M.D.G. 1913:9 (lower picture). A.F. 14:166.
Gng. 7:2. — The variety is much handsomer than the
type; the fls. are comparatively small, but very
numerous. Tender.
DD. Calyx-teeth lanceolate, as long or longer than the tube.
E. Anthers of the inner stamens borne on the inner side
of the petaloid filaments; fls. pink or purplish
outside.
8. purpurfiscens, Rehd. (D. discolor var. purpu-
rascens, Franch.). Fig. 1246. Shrub, to 3 ft., with slender
arching branches: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
crenately and unequally serrate, usually rounded at the
base, green and only sparingly stellate-pubescent on
both sides, 1^-2^ in. long: corymbs 5-10-fld.; fls.
with spreading petals, about %in. across, white, out-
side purple; the inner filaments with the anther below
the apex. May, June. S. W. China. B.M. 7708.
G.C. III. 2:45; 26:45. G.F. 7:287 (adapted in Fig.
1246). G. 27:201. R.H. 1895:64.— Very handsome,
but tender.
9. longifdlia, Franch. Shrub, to 6 ft., with upright
branches: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,
long-acuminate, narrowed at the base, thickish, rough
and somewhat rugose above, grayish white and densely
tomentose below, 2-4 J^ in. long: corymbs many-fld.,
loose or dense; fls. with spreading petals, more than
%in. across; the shorter filaments lanceolate with the
anther inside near the middle. June. W. China.
G.C. III. 51:409. Gn. 76, p. 243. G.M. 55:353. Var.
994
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA
Veitchii, Rehd. (D. Veitchii, Veitch) with somewhat
larger fls. in dense many-fld. corymbs. G.C. III. 51 :
suppl. 19. M.D.G. 1913:17.— One of the handsomest
deutzias, but has proved hardy only under protection
at the Arnold Arboretum.
EE. Anthers borne at the end of the filaments.
F. Fls. usually pinkish outside (hybrids of D. purpu-
rascens) .
10. myriantha, Lemoine (D. Lemoinei x D. pur-
purdscens). Lvs. oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or
broadly cuneate at the base, serrulate with spreading
teeth, rough above, slightly stellate-pubescent beneath,
lJ^-3 in. long: fls. in broad corymbs, white, with
spreading petals, partly imbricate in bud; filaments
strongly toothed; anthers short-stalked; styles shorter
than stamens; sepals triangular-ovate, about as long
as calyx-tube. G.C. III. 52:45. F.S.R. 3, p. 193. A.F.
31:100, 101. M.D.G. 1907:376, fig. 5; 377, fig. 8.
G.W. 13, p. 614. Var. Boule Rose and var. Flew de
Pommier have the fls. pink outside.
11. kalmiaeflora, Lemoine (D. parvifldra X D. pur-
purdscens). Lvs. oblong to ovate-oblong, short-acumi-
nate, broadly cuneate at the base, serrulate,
rough above, slightly stellate pubescent below,
1-2 J^ in. long: fls. in rather small corymbs,
pinkish, white in the center, light carmine out-
side, cup-shaped, %in. across; petals mostly
imbricate in bud; stamens half as long as petals;
filaments with large teeth, nearly
as long as the anthers; styles shorter
than stamens. M.D.G. 1913:25. G.
27:199. Gn. W. 17:627.— One of
the handsomest hybrids.
FF. Fls. white.
G. Filaments toothed below the
apex.
12. discolor, Hemsl. Upright
shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
cuneate at the base, denticulate, sparingly stellate-hairy
above, stellate-tomentose and whitish below, 2-4 in.
long.: corymbs dense, hemispherical; pedicels usually
not exceeding %m.', fls. white, with spreading elliptic
petals, about %in. across; stamens about half as long
as petals; filaments with large teeth usually as long as
the stalk of the anther, the anthers of the inner
stamens sometimes inserted inside a little below the
apex. June. Cent. China. Var. major, Veitch. Fls.
about 1 in. across. G. 30:307. R.B. 32, p. 174. M.D.G.
1913:9 (upper picture).
13. Vilmorinae, Lemoine. Shrub, to 5 ft. : Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base, serru-
late, thinly stellate-pubescent above, densely so below
and grayish white, 2-3 in. long: corymbs loose and
large; pedicels J^-J^in. long; fls. more than ^in. across;
larger stamens only slightly shorter than petals; the
teeth of the filaments shorter than the stalks of the
anthers; styles as long as stamens. May, June. Cent.
China. R.H. 1895, pp. 266, 267. F.V. 126. A very
graceful shrub with its large and loose corymbs of
white fls.
GG. Filaments, at least the longer ones, gradually nar-
rowed toward the apex, without teeth.
14. Wflsonii, Duthie. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, short-acuminate,
rounded or narrowed at the base, rough-pubescent
above, grayish white and tomentose below, 2-4 in.
long: corymbs compact, many-fld.; fls. white, more
than %in. across; stamens a third shorter than the
petals; the shorter filaments usually abruptly contracted
or sometimes with short obtuse teeth; calyx-lobes
oblong-ovate, about as long as tube. May, June. Cent.
China. B.M. 8083. G. 30:373. G.M. 51:473. M.D.G.
1912:27; 1913:16.
cc. Infl. 1-8-fld.; filaments with long and slender recurved
teeth.
15. grandiflora, Bunge. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. ovate,
acuminate, rounded at the base, unequally and closely
denticulate, rough pubescent above, whitish stellate-
tomentose below and reticulate, 1-2 H in. long: fls.
white, nodding, with slightly spreading petals about
%in. long; stamens about half as long as petals; calyx-
lobes lanceolate, twice as long as tube. April, May.
N. China. — A very distinct species, the earliest of all
to bloom, the fls. appearing with the Ivs.; has proved
perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
AA. Petals imbricate in the bud (or partly imbricate in
the hybrid); fls. white.
16. parvifldra, Bunge. Shrub, to 6 ft., with erect
branches: Ivs. ovate
or oblong-ovate, usu-
ally narrowed at the
base, finely serrate,
with stellate hairs on
both sides, often
grayish green be-
neath, 2-3 in. long:
fls. in many - fld.
corymbs; petals
roundish obovate,
spreading, imbricate
in the bud; longer
filaments without
teeth. June. N.
China, Mongolia. G.
F.I: 365. Gt.ll:370;
43, p. 65; 46, p. 382.
R.H. 1892, p. 223.
G.C. III. 14:153. Gn.
44, p. 181. F.S.R. 3,
p. 197. A.F. 15: 1297.
Gng. 8: 305, 307. Var.
Musgei, Lemoine. Of
stronger growth: Ivs.
larger and more acu-
minate: fls. creamy
white in denser
corymbs.
17. Lemoinei, Hort.
(D. gracilis x D.
parvifldra. D. an-
gustifblia, D i p p . ) .
Fig. 1247. Spreading shrub, to 3 ft. : Ivs. elliptic-lanceo-
late, finely serrate with appressed teeth, with sparse
stellate hairs above, nearly glabrous beneath, lJ^-3
in. long: fls. in large corymbs or broad panicles, pure
white; petals broadly ovate, spreading, partially
valvate and partially imbricate in the bud; filaments
with large teeth. G.F. 9:285 (adapted in Fig. 1247).
A.F. 11:457; 15:1296. Gt. 44, p. 567; 46, p. 383. Gng.
4:135; 8:307. J.H. III. 34:77. G.C. III. 18:389. Gn.
48, p. 317. G.M. 39: 251; 51: 962, 963. G. 16:223. F.E.
24:747; 31:1119. G.W. 2, p. 173. M.D.G. 1895:438,
439.— A very desirable shrub, more vigorous and with
showier fls. than D. gracilis. Excellent for forcing.
Var. compacta, Lemoine. Dwarfer and of more com-
pact habit. D. Boule de Neige, Lemoine, with creamy
white fls. (Gng. 8:306) and D. Avalanche, Lemoine,
with pure white fls., are exceedingly floriferous forms.
D. Brunoniana, R. Br.=D. staminea var. Brunoniana. — D. can-
deldbrum, Rehd. (D. gracilis X D. Sieboldiana. D. gracilis var. can-
delabrum, Lemoine). Shrub with slender branches and large white
fls. in dense elongated panicles. R.B. 33, p. 372. R.H. 1908, p.
174. M.D.G. 1907:378. Var. erecta, Rehd. (D. gracilis erecta,
Lemoine). Fls. smaller and panicles shorter. Var. fastudsa, Rehd.
(D. gracilis fastuosa, Lemoine). Fls. in elongated rather dense
panicles. — D. cdndida, Rehd. (D. Lemoinei X D. Sieboldiana. D.
discolor Candida, Lemoine). Upright shrub with large white fls.
in panicles. M.D.G. 1907:376, fig. 6.— D. cdrnea, Rehd. (D.
Sieboldiana X D. rosea grandiflora. D. discolor carnea, Lemoine).
Upright shrub with pink rather small fls. in upright loose panicles.
DEUTZIA
DEWBERRY
995
Var. Idctea, Rehd., with white fls., var. stell&ta, Rehd., with narrow
spreading petals, pale pink or carmine-pink, and var. densifldra,
Rehd., with white fls. in dense upright panicles, petals narrow; all
these varieties described by Lemoine as varieties of D. discolor. —
D. compdcla, Craib. Allied to D. parviflora. Lvs. lanceolate,
sparingly pubescent on both sides, %-2 in. long: fls. white in dense
corymbs; filaments strongly dentate. W. China. — D. corymbdsa, R.
Br. Allied to D. parviflora. Lvs. rounded at the base, crenate-serrate,
long-acuminate: fls. larger; all filaments toothed. Himalayas. — D,
discolor vars.=D. Candida, D. carnea, D. elegantissirna, D. excel-
lens. — D. elegantlssima, Rehd. (D. purpurascens X D. Sieboldiana.
D. discolor var. elegantissirna, Lemoine). Shrub, with slender
branches, with numerous corymbs of large white, open fls. slightly
tinted with rose inside and outside. R.B. 36, p. 387. M.D.G.
1907:377, fig. 9. Var. arcuata, Rehd. (D. discolor var. arcuata,
Lemoine), with white fls. Var. fasciculata, Rehd. (D. discolor var.
fasciculata, Lemoine). Flat white fls. tinted with pink. — D. excel-
lens, Rehd. (D. Vilmoriniana X D. rosea grandiflora. D. discolor
var. excellens, Lemoine). Shrub, with slender upright branches,
with large loose corymbs of pure white fls. — D. globdsa, Duthie.
Similar to D. Wilsonii, but smaller in every part: fls. creamy white
in dense corymbs; filaments abruptly contracted below the apex.
Cent. China. — D. glomerulifldra, Franch. Similar to D. discolor.
Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. smaller, grayish white and soft-pubescent
below: fls. white in dense and small, but very numerous corymbs
along the slender branches; stamens like those of D. longifolia.
W. China. Handsome and fairly hardy. — D. grdcilis vars.=D.
candelabrum. — D. mollis, Duthie. Allied to D. parviflora. Shrub,
to 6 ft., with upright branches: Ivs. elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceo-
late, soft-pubescent below, 2-4 in. long: fls. small, creamy white or
slightly pinkish in dense flat corymbs; filaments subulate. Cent.
China. — D. reflexa, Duthie. Allied to D. discolor. Lvs. oblong-
lanceolate, 2-3 in. long: fls. smaller in loose corymbs, petals with
reflexed margin ; filaments with short teeth or abruptly contracted.
Cent. China. — D. stamtnea, R. Br. Shrub, to 3 ft.: Ivs. ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, with whitish stellate pubescence beneath: corymbs
many-fid.; fls. white, fragrant; filaments with large teeth. Hima-
layas. B.R. 33:13. Var. Brunoniana, Hook. f. & Thorns. Lvs. less
densely pubescent: fls. larger. B.R. 26:5 (as D. corymbosa).
ALFRED REHDER.
DEVIL-IN-A-BUSH: Nigetta.
DEWBERRY. A blackberry-like fruit of trailing
and climbing habit, now considerably grown in North
America.
The botanist makes no distinction between dew-
berries and blackberries. But to the fruit-grower,
trailing blackberries are dewberries, distinguished
further, and probably better separated, by the flower-
and fruit-clusters. In the true dewberries, the center
flowers open first and flowers and fruits are few and
scattered; in true blackberries — there are hybrids
between the two in which the distinguishing characters
are confused — the lower and outer flowers open first
and flower- and fruit-clusters are comparatively dense.
In the method of propagation there is a further dis-
tinction. In nature or under cultivation, dewberries
are usually propagated from the tips, while black-
berries are naturally propagated from suckers and
under cultivation from root-cuttings.
The dewberry is an American fruit but very recently
domesticated — if, indeed, it can be said to be domesti-
cated, for it is the most uncertain and the most unman-
ageable of the small fruits. Its history as a garden
plant, according to Card (Card's "Bush-Fruits, page
132) at the most does not go back further than 1863,
and dewberries were not generally cultivated until
well toward the close of the nineteenth century.
Undoubtedly, despite unmanageable habits of growth,
uncertainty in fruiting, the necessity of cross-pollina-
tion between varieties, capriciousness as to soils and
lack of hardiness in northerly climates, the several
species and the rapidly increasing number of varieties
of dewberries, fill a place not occupied by the better-
known and longer domesticated blackberries; for, as a
rule, they ripen earlier and, when well grown, give
larger, handsomer and better, or at least, differently
flavored fruits than the blackberry. Moreover, from
the several species of dewberries are being derived
greatly improved varieties and hybrids between them
and species of blackberries, of which there are now
several under cultivation, as Wilson Early and Wilson
Junior, which are most promising. These qualities
make certain the place of the dewberry in home and
commercial plantations and presage for it even greater
value in the future.
Of the thirty or more species of Rubus which all
could agree in calling blackberries and dewberries, the
fruit-grower would probably distinguish five as dew-
berries. Between these there are hybrid forms under
cultivation, as probably there are in the wild, and since
1248. Lucretia dewberry. (XJi)
there are also hybrids between blackberries and dew-
berries, the group is one of great taxonomic difficulty.
The five species of dewberries are: (1) Rubus procumbens,
Muhl., found in dry open places from Maine westward
and southward. The species is characterized by woody,
stoutly armed stems, membranaceous leaves, villoua
beneath, flowers few to several in leafy racemes, and
short cyclindrical fruits with few to many large drupe-
lets. Var. roribaccus, Bailey, is a well-marked sub-
species from West Virginia of more vigor, with larger
flowers with elongated pedicels, and larger fruits; much
cultivated with the Lucretia as the best representative.
(Figs. 1248, 1249). (2) Rubus invisus, Bailey, is similar
but stouter, with canes less procumbent, leaves more
coarsely toothed, pedicels longer, and with the sepals
large and leaf-like. The species grows wild from New
York to Kansas and southwest and is the parent of
several cultivated dewberries of which Bartel (Fig.
1250, adapted from G.F. 4:19) is the type. (3) Rubus
Irivialis, Michx., the southern dewberry, is quite dis-
tinct from 1 and 2. This species is found
near the coast from Virginia to Florida and
westward to Texas. It is characterized by
slender- trailing stems armed with recurved
prickles, evergreen, smooth, leathery leaves,
corymbs 1-3-flowered, and cyclindrical fruits
with many drupelets. Of the few varieties
of this species cultivated, Manatee is prob-
ably the oldest and best known. (4)
Rubus rubrisetus, Rydb., found in
sandy soils in Missouri and Louisi-
ana, is similar to R. trivialis but with
stems, petioles, and pedicels rough
with reddish, purplish hairs; the flow-
ers are smaller but the corymbs are
3-9-^flowered. The species is locally
cultivated and gives some promise
for greater improvement. (5) Rubus
vitifolius, Cham. & Schlecht, is the
Pacific Coast dewberry characterized
by trailing, slender, pubescent canes
with weak, straight or recurved
1249. Lucretia dew- prickles, leaves various, flowers stami-
berry. (Nat. size), nate or pistillate on different plants,
996
DEWBERRY
DIANELLA
fruit of medium size, round-oblong, sweet. Several
varieties, of which possibly Aughinbaugh and Skagit
Chief are the best known, are cultivated in the far
West. The loganberry is said to be a hybrid between
this species and R. Idseus, and several less well-known
hybrids are recorded.
The dewberry should receive under cultivation much
the same treatment given the more common black-
berry. The culture of the two differs chiefly in the
dewberries requiring more care in training and must
usually be better protected for the winter. The plants
are trained on trellises of two or three wires or tied
to stakes, the former method giving better results, but
the latter being more common. The object in either
case is threefold, — namely, to regulate the amount
of bearing wood, to keep the vine out of the way of the
cultivator and to keep the fruit off the ground. The
plants should be set 4 by 7 feet apart, these distances
varying somewhat in accordance with the variety and
1250. Bartel dewberry.
(XX)
the soil. Pruning is a simple matter, consisting of short-
ening back young plants to 4 or 5 feet the first season
to keep them from sprawling too much, cutting out
old canes at any time after fruiting, and heading-in
long shoots and laterals in early summer. From four
to six fruiting canes are allowed to the plant. In
northern climates, the vines must be laid on the ground
and protected in winter with straw or other material.
The plants thrive on a somewhat lighter soil than the
blackberry — in fact some sorts require such a soil.
Varieties should be intermixed to secure cross-pollina-
tion and thereby insure a good set of fruits and avoid
the formation of nubbins.
Of about thirty named varieties, Lucretia, Bartel,
Austin and Premo are the best. Of these four, Lucretia
is far most commonly grown, being adapted to the
greatest diversity of soils and is in general best suited
to varying environments. For history and botany, see
Bailey, "Evolution of our Native Fruits;" for culture,
see 'Card's "Bush-Fruits," and Cornell Bulletins Nos.
34 and 117. Consult Blackberry, Loganberry and Rubus.
. U. P. HEDRICK.
DEYEUXIA: Calamagrostis.
DIACATTLEYA (compounded of Diacrium and
Cattleya). Orchidacese. A genus established to include
hybrids between the two genera, Diacrium and Cat-
tleya. A hybrid between Diacrium bicornutum and
Cattleya Mendelii is known as Diacattleya Sanderse.
It was raised by Sander & Sons. The fls. are pure white,
the lip with a pale yellow disk and small rose markings.
G.C. III. 49:290. D. Cblmanix, Hort. (Diacrocdttleya
Colmanise is a hybrid between Diacrium bicornutum and
Cattleya intermedia var. nivea. G.C. III. 43:114. J.H.
56:167. It resembles a slender plant of Diacrium
bicornutum: sepals and petals pure white, lip slightly
tinged primrose-yellow. GEORGE V. NASH.
DIACRIUM (through and point; the sts. are sur-
rounded by sheaths). Orchidacese. Four Trop. Amer.
epiphytes, closely allied to Epidendrum, with which
they have been included. It differs from that genus
in the fact that the column and lip are not united. Fls.
showy, in loose racemes: Ivs. few, sheathing: pseudo-
bulbs slender. Cult, of Epidendrum and Cattleya.
bicornfttum, Benth. (Epidendrum bicornutum,
Hook.). Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. long, hollow, bearing dry
sheaths: Ivs. short and leathery: raceme slender, 3-12-
fld.; fls. white, with small crimson spots on the 3-lobed
lip, fragrant. B.M. 3332. G.C III. 16:337. J.H.
111.33:29. O.K. 12:113; 16:81; 20:361.— A hand-
some orchid, requiring high temperature.
D. bidentdtum, Hemsl. (Epidendrum bidentatum, Lindl.),
of Mex., has been listed in trade catalogues, but it is practically
unknown to cult., and is probably not now in the American trade.
L. H. B.
DIAL&LIA (Compounded of the genera Diacrium
and Laelia). Orchidacese. D. Veltchii, Hort., is a hybrid
between Diacrium bicornutum and Lselia cinnabarina.
Pseudobulbs fleshy: fls. 9 or 10, the segms. white suf-
fused with lilac, also showing a bronze tint derived from
the La>lia parent.
DIAMOND FLOWER: lonopsidium.
DIANDROLtRA (two-stamened Olyrd). Graminese.
A single species raised at Kew some 8 years ago from
seed supplied by Sander but native country unknown:
differs from Olyra in its twin spikelets and other charac-
ters, the upper one being male and the lower one
female, the male fls. with 2 stamens. The species is D.
bicolor, Stapf, a perennial densely tufted grass with
erect culms bearing 1-3 lanceolate or lance-oblong Ivs.
that are dark green above and violet-purple beneath.
DIANELLA (diminutive of Diana, goddess of the
hunt). Liliacese. Tender perennial rhizomatous plants,
related to Phormium.
Leaves hard, linear, sheathing, grass-like, crowded at
base of st., often 2-3 ft. long: fls. blue, in large loose
panicles, on delicate pendent pedicels; perianth wither-
ing but not falling, with 6 distinct spreading segms.;
stamens 6, with thickened filaments; ovary 3-celled,
each cell several-ovuled, the style filiform and stigma
very small : plant bearing great numbers of pretty blue
berries, which remain attractive for several weeks, and
are the chief charm of the plant. — There are about a
dozen species in Trop. Asia, Austral, and Polynesia.
They perhaps succeed best in the open border of a cool
greenhouse. Prop, by division, or by seeds sown in
spring in mild heat. They are little known in this
country. They are spring and summer bloomers.
A. Lvs. radical or nearly so.
tasmanica, Hook, f . Height 4—5 ft. : Ivs. numerous, in
a rosette, broadly ensiform, 2-4 ft. long, %-l in. wide,
margined with small reddish brown spines that cut
the hand if the Ivs. are carelessly grasped: panicle
very lax, surpassing the Ivs. 1-2 ft., with as many as
60 fls.; fls. pale blue, nodding, H~%in. across, segms.
finally reflexed; anthers 1 line long: berries bright
blue, on very slender pedicels. Tasmania and Austral.
B.M. 5551. Var. variegata, Bull. Lvs. handsomely
striped with light yellow. R.B. 29:61.
laevis, R. Br. Lvs. 1-1 ^ ft. long, 6-9 lines wide, less
leathery and paler than in D. cserulea and at first slightly
glaucous: panicle deltoid, the branches more com-
pound than in D. revoluta, outer segms. of the perianth
with 5 distant veins, inner ones densely 3-veined in the
middle third; anthers 1% lines long. Eastern temperate
parts of Austral. B.R. 751. L.B.C. 12:1136 (both as
D. strumdsa).
DIANELLA
revol&ta, R. Br. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. in a rosette,
1-1^ ft. long, 3-4 lines wide, dark green, purplish at
the base and margin, not spiny at the margin: panicle
branches short, ascending; fls. later than D. cserulea;
veins of the perianth-segms. crowded into a central
space. W. and E. Austral, in temperate parts. Tas-
mania. B.R. 734 (as D. longifolia) ; 1120.
AA. Lvs. more or less scattered on sts. that often branch
at base.
caerillea, Sims. Sub-shrubby, with a short st. in age,
branching: Ivs. about 6, clustered at the ends of
branches, 9-12 in. long, 6-9 lines wide, dark green,
rough on the back and margin: outer perianth-segms.
with 5 distant veins, inner ones with 3 closer veins.
E. Temp. Austral. B.M. 505.
nemorfisa, Lam. (C. ensifolia, Red.) Caulescent 3-6
ft. high, the Ivs. never in a rosette, numerous, hard,
linear, 1-2 ft. long, 9-12 lines wide, lighter-colored on
the keel and margin : fls. blue or greenish white. Trop.
Asia, China, Austral., Hawaiian Isls. B.M. 1404.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DIANTHERA (double anther referring to the sepa-
rated anther-cells). Acanthacese. WATER- WILLOW.
Herbs, mostly of greenhouses and warmhouses, and
sometimes of open planting in mild climates.
Glabrous or pilose perennial herbs or sometimes
somewhat woody, mostly of wet places, with opposite,
mostly entire Ivs. : fls. mostly purplish or whitish, irregu-
lar, usually in axillary spikes, heads or fascicles, or the
clusters combined in a terminal thyrse; corolla slen-
der-tubed, 2-lipped, the upper lip erect and more or less
concave or arched and entire or 2-toothed, the lower
lip 3-lobed or 3-crenate and spreading, and with a
palate-like structure; anther-cells separated on a
broadened connective, not parallel with each other: fr.
an oblong or ovoid 2-celled caps., the seeds 4 or less:
floral bractlets small or minute. — Probably more than
100 species, mostly in warm and tropical countries.
Lindau in Engler & Prantl unites it with Justicia
as a subgenus, and the number of species is estimated
as more than 70 in Trop. Amer. The diantheras are
little known in cult. D. Pohliana is to be found in
Jacobinia. The treatment given Jacobinia and Justicia
applies to these plants.
americana, Linn. St. angled, 1-3 ft.: Ivs. narrow-
lanceolate, 3-4 in. long, nearly sessile: fls. several in a
close cluster with a peduncle mostly exceeding the Ivs.,
pale violet or whitish, the corolla mostly less than
3^in. long, the tube shorter than the lips. In water,
Quebec to Wis., Ga. and Texas. — Sometimes trans-
ferred to garden bogs and streams.
secunda, Griseb. (Justicia secunda, Vahl). Nearly
glabrous, constricted at the nodes: Ivs. ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate: fls. crimson, short-pedicellate,
in a usually 1-sided panicle; lower lip 3-crenate. W.
Indies. B.M. 2060.
pectoralis, Gmel. (Justicia pectoralis, Jacq.). GARDEN
BALSAM. St. slender, often woody, 1-3 ft.: Ivs. lanceo-
late-acuminate or nearly oblong, to 4 in. long: fls. rosy
or pale blue, with a parti-colored throat, rather dis-
tant in elongated branched mostly 1 -sided spikes. W.
Indies, Mex., Brazil.
DIANTHUS
997
D. bullata, N. E. Br. St. terete, purplish: Ivs. elliptic, to4^ in.
long, short-stalked, cordate at base, bullate or puckered between
the veins, dark green above and purple-veined beneath : fls. white-
ish, small, clustered. Borneo. I.H. 33:589. — A. handsome foliage
subject, with the appearance of a rubiaceous plant. — D. ciliAta,
Benth. & Hook. (Jacobinia ciliata, Seem.). St. obscurely 4-angled, 2
ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long, short-stalked: fls. violet with
white palate, sessile, many in a short-peduncled fascicle; calyx
ciliate; corolla-tube %in. long, cylindrical; upper lip very small,
2-lobed, concave and recurved; lower lip very large and showy
(1 % in. across ), flat, with 3 large lobes. Costa Rica. Panama(?).
B.M. 5888 (as Beloperone ciliata, Hook. f.). — Described as an
annual. Perhaps not of this genus. I H B
DIANTHUS (Greek for Jove's flower). Caryophylla-
ceae. PINK. Small herbs, many of them prized for
their rich and showy flowers in the open garden ; and
one is the carnation. Some of them are deliciously
fragrant.
Mostly perennials forming tufts and with grass-
like Ivs., and jointed sts. with terminal fls. and opposite
Ivs. From kindred genera Dianthus is distinguished
by the sepal-like bracts at the base of a cylindrical
calyx (Figs. 802, 803); petals without a crown; styles
2: caps, opening by 4 valves. Mostly temperate-
region plants, of S. Eu. and N. Afr., but occurring
elsewhere, one of them (a form of D. alpinus) being
native in N. Amer.; about 250 species are recognized.
The fls. are usually pink or red, but in garden forms
white and purple are frequent colors. Most of the cult,
species are hardy in the N. and are easy of cult. The
perennial species are excellent border plants. The chief
care required in their cult, is to see that the grass does
not run them out. Best results in flowering are secured
usually from 2-year-old seedling plants. The genus
abounds in attractive species, and other names than
those in this article may be expected to appear in the
catalogues. Numbers of species are likely to be grown
by rock-garden specialists. Pinks are among the old-
fashioned flowers, particularly D. plumarius, which was
formerly common in edgings and in circle-beds. The
sweet williams are always popular. All the species
described in this article are perennial, but there are a
few annuals in the genus but apparently not in cult.
Two weedy annual species, D. prolifer, Linn., and D.
Armeria, Linn., are naturalized in the eastern states,
and two or three others have run wild more or less.
See E. T. Cook, "Carnations, Picotees, and the Wild
and Garden Pinks," London, 1905. See p. 3568.
Dianthuses like a warm soil, and one that will not
become too wet at any time, especially in winter, when
the perennial kinds are grown, as they are often killed
not so much from cold as from too much ice around them.
Snow is the best possible protection, but ice is the
reverse. — All dianthuses are readily propagated from
seeds sown in rich soil (usually beginning to bloom the
second year), but the double kinds are reproduced
from cuttings alone to be sure to have them true, and in
the fall months cuttings are easily rooted if taken with
a "heel" or a part of the old stem adhering to the base
of the shoot; so that to make cuttings it is best to strip
them off rather than to make them with a knife. It
will be found, also, that cuttings made from plants
growing in the open ground do not root readily but
seem to dry up in the cutting-bench; if the plants to be
increased are carefully lifted and potted, placed in a
temperature of say 50° until young growth shows signs
of starting, every cutting taken off at this stage will
root easily. The transition from outdoors to the propa-
gating-house should not be too abrupt. Another method
of propagation is by layering, and with the garden pinks,
or forms of D. plumarius, it is the easiest and surest.
After hot weather is past, stir the soil round the parent
plant, take the branches that have a portion of bare
stem, make an incision half way through and along the
stem for an inch, and peg this down in the soil without
breaking off the shoot (Fig. 809). Roots will be formed
and good strong plants be the result before winter.
The layering method is specially suitable to such
species as D. plumarius, D. Caryophyllus and double
forms of others, such as sweet william. — Among the
species are various pretty little alpine tufted sorts as
D. neglectus, D. glacialis and D. alpinus, all of which
are of dwarf close habit, not exceeding 3 inches high
and having very large single flowers of brightest colors.
These are suited only for rock-gardening, as on level
ground they often become smothered with weeds or
swamped with soil after a heavy rainstorm, and to
these two causes are attributable the failures to culti-
vate them. (E. O. Orpet.)
998
DIANTHUS
DIANTHUS
INDEX.
alpinus, 21.
diadematus, 25.
orientalis, 14.
arenariua, 10.
fimbriatus, 14.
Pancicii, 2.
asper, 25.
Freynii, 24.
petraeus, 13.
atrococcineus, 5.
frigidus, 17.
plumarius, 9.
atrorubens, 4.
giganteus, 6.
punctatus, 19.
attenuatus, 18.
glacialis, 24.
repens, 21.
barbatus, 3.
glaums, 10.
ruthenicus, 25.
caesius, 16.
grandiflorus, 2.
scoticus, 9.
callizonus, 23.
Heddewigii, 25.
Segueri, 25.
capitatus, 7.
hybridus, 25.
sempertiorens, 9, 25.
carthuaianorum, 4.
ibericus, 25.
Sinensis, 25.
Caryophyllus, 19.
caucasicus, 25.
imperialis, 25.
laciniatus, 25.
squarrosus, 12.
stellaris, 25.
chinensis, 25.
latifolius, 26.
stenopetalus, 2.
cincinnatus, 25.
Laucheanus, 3.
superbus, 15.
cinnabarinus, 1.
longicaulis, 19.
sylvestris, 17.
collinus, 25.
macrosepalus, 25.
versicolor, 22.
cruentus, 5.
monspessulanus, 11.
virgineus, 17.
deltoidea, 20.
montanus, 25.
viscidus, 8.
dentosus, 25.
neglectus, 24.
A. Fls. mostly in cymes or in heads, often densely aggre-
gated, the cluster often subtended by involucre-
like Ivs.
B. Petals not bearing hairs or barbs: bracts dry.
1. cinnabartnus, Sprun. A foot high, woody at base,
many-stemmed, the sts. simple and 4-angled, bloom-
ing in Aug. and Sept.: Ivs. linear, sharp-pointed and
rigid, 7-nerved: fls. few in heads; petals fiery red above,
giler beneath, glandular; stamens included. Greece. —
andsome little species; useful for hardy border or
rockery.
2. Pancicii, Velen. (D. stenopetalus var. Pdncicii,
Williams). Cespitose, glabrous, 2-3 ft., the sts. slen-
der and 4-angled: Ive.
linear-acuminate, soft,
3-nerved, in a dense
grass-like basal tuft:
fls. 5-15 in a paniculate
cyme or head; calyx
green; petals rose or
crimson. Balkan re-
gion. Var. grandifldrus,
Hort., has very stout
sts., large clusters, and
large purple - carmine
fls.
BB. Petals with hairs or
barbs on the lower
part of the blade.
c. Plant glabrous but
usually not glaucous.
3. barbatus, Linn.
SWEET WILLIAM. Fig.
1251. Readily grown
from seed and flower-
ing well the second
year: glabrous, the sts.
4-angled, 10-20 in. high,
simple or branched
only above: Ivs. broad
and flat or condupli-
cate, 5 - nerved : fls.
several to many in a
round - topped dense
cyme, the petals
toothed and bearded,
red, rose, purple or
white and also vari-
colored in garden
forms, the bracts sub-
tending the calyx 4 and
long - pointed . Russia
to China and south to
the Pyrenees. G. 1 : 372.
Gn. M. 2:217; 14:55.
F. E. 23:219. — The
sweet william is one of
1251. Sweet William — Dianthus barbatus.
(XH)
the oldest garden fls. It is sure to be found in the old-
fashioned gardens. The cult, forms run into many
colors. Sometimes found along roadsides as an escape.
There are double-fld. forms. R.H. 1894, p. 277. Some
of the modern improved large-fld. forms are very
showy, and produce their bloom over a long season.
D. Laucheanus, Bolle, is a hybrid of D. barbatus and
D. deltoides. Gt. 53 : 1528.
4. carthusianorum, Linn. (D. atrorubens, Willd.).
Hardy, glabrous, scarcely glaucous, 12-20 in. high, the
st. angled: Ivs. linear and pointed, without prominent
nerves when fresh: fls. in a dense, 6-20-fld. head (some-
times the clusters very few-fld.), in shades of red, odor-
less, the petals sharply but not deeply toothed, the
cluster subtended by very narrow or even awl-like Ivs.;
calyx-bracts 4, coriaceous, yellowish or straw-colored.
Denmark t9 Portugal and Egypt. B.M. 1775, 2039.—
Widely variable. Little planted in American gardens.
cc. Plant glabrous and glaucous.
5. cruentus, Griseb. (D. atrococcineus, Hort.). Ces-
Ritose, glaucous, glabrous: st. 1-2 ft., terete, forking:
rs. linear or lance-linear, sharp acuminate, spreading,
7-nerved, the cauline linear-appressed and 5-nerved:
fls. deep blood-red, small, about 20 in a subglobose
dense head, odorless; petals red-hairy towards the base.
July. Greece and N.
6. giganteus, Urv. Cespitose, glabrous, glaucous,
2-3 ft. or more, simple: Ivs. long-linear, 7-nerved, plane,
spreading and acuminate : fls. 10-12 in a head, red,
the petal-blade obovate-cuneate. Balkan region.
Gn. 66, p. 122.
ccc. Plant woolly, glaucous.
7. capitatus, Balb. Plant glaucous, woolly, 12-16
in., simple, st. 4-angled : Ivs. linear, acute, plane, sprcad-
7-nerved, those on the st. 5-nerved: fls. 6-8 in a
head, the petals purple-spotted. Siberia to Servia.
cccc. Plant viscid-pubescent.
8. viscidus, Bory & Chaub. Cespitose, pubescent
and sticky, about 12 in., simple: Ivs. linear, acuminate,
soft, plane, 1-3-nerved: fls. 3-6 in a fascicle, the petals
purple-spotted, the blade obovate-cuneate
and few-toothed. Bulgaria, Greece, Turkey.
— Runs into several marked forms.
AA. Fls. solitary, or loosely in 2's or S's.
B. Calyx-bracts short and broad, mostly
oppressed.
C. Petals fimbriate.
D. Teeth of calyx mucronate.
9. plumarius, Linn. (D. scdticus, Hort.).
COMMON GRASS or GARDEN PINK. SCOTCH
PINK. PHEASANT'S-EYE PINK. Low, tufty,
1 ft.: sts. simple or forked: plant blooming in
spring and early summer, very fragrant : Ivs.
elongate-linear, keeled, spreading or recurved,
thickish, 1-nerved, blue-glaucous : fls. medium
size, rose-colored (varying in cult, to purple,
white and variegated), the blade of the petal
fringed a fourth- or fifth of its depth; calyx
cylindrical, with short broad -topped mucro-
nate bracts. Austria to Siberia. Gn. 66, p.
260. F.E. 23:401.— A universal favorite.
Hardy. Much used in old-fashioned gardens
as edging for beds. There are double-fld.
forms. A more continuous-blooming form ia
catalogued as var. semper flbr ens.
10. arenarius, Linn. Cespitose, glabrous,
1 ft. or less, the sts. simple or forked, slen-
der, 1-3-fld.: Ivs. elongate-linear, keeled,
obtuse, fascicled, spreading : fls. white, fra-
grant; petals much cut beyond the middle;
calyx purplish, the teeth ovate-lanceolate.
DIANTHUS
DIANTHUS
999
Dalmatia to Finland. G. 26: 433.— Var. giaucus, Blocki,
connects this species with No. 9.
DD. Teeth of calyx acuminate or attenuate.
11. monspessulanus, Linn. Sts. terete, glabrous,
branching, 12-20 in.: Ivs. linear, acuminate, plane,
spreading but strict, 5-
nerved: fls. solitary or 2 or
3 together, showy, odorless;
petals rose, rarely white,
cut or fimbriate; calyx at-
tenuated at top, the teeth
7-nerved. Spain to Cau-
casus.
12. squarrdsus, Bieb.
Cespitose: sts. terete, slender
and squarrosely few-fld., gla-
brous, more or less branching,
1 J^-2 ft. : Ivs. linear, acute, cana-
liculate, recurved: fls. rose; petals
oblong, pinnately many-parted.
Russia, Siberia.
13. petraeus, Waldst. & Kit.
Cespitose, glabrous, the sts. slen-
der and simple, 1 ft. or less: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, acute, keeled,
spreading, 3-nerved: fls. white,
fragrant ; petal - limb obovate,
fimbriate but not bearded. Bul-
garia, Austria. B.M. 1204.
14. fimbriatus, Bieb. Suffruti-
cose, glabrous, the sts. simple, 1
ft. : Ivs. linear, acute, appressed,
3-nerved, plane or keeled: fls.
variable, rose-colored, much fim-
briate, bearded. Var. orientalis,
Williams (D. orientalis, Donn),
has fls. with linear-cuneate petals,
strongly imbricate obovate
straw-colored bracts. B.M. 1069.
— A very variable species, rang-
ing from Portugal to Thibet.
15. superbus, Linn. Fig. 1252.
Glabrous, light green: sts. 10-20
in., dichotomous and branched
at top, terete and slender: Ivs.
lance-linear, acute, 3-5-nerved, rather soft, plane: fls.
very fragrant, in a lax forking panicle; petals lilac, dis-
sected below the middle. Norway to Japan and Spain.
Variable. B.M. 297. — A handsome species; garden
forms are sometimes offered.
cc. Petals only dentate (except perhaps in some garden
forms).
16. csesius, Smith. CHEDDAR PINK. Cespitose,
glabrous, glaucous: sts. 12 in. or less, simple, or forked
above, 4-angled, 1-2-fld.: Ivs. lance-linear, plane,
3-nerved, the cauline acute and keeled: fls. showy,
fragrant, the petal-limb rose-colored, obovate-cuneate
and irregularly toothed. Eu. G.C. III. 44:214. Gn.
64, p. 236. — Runs into several forms.
17. sylvestris, Wulf. (D. virgineus, Hort.). Cespitose,
slender, 1 ft. high, the st. simple or somewhat branched,
angular-compressed and bearing 1-3 odorless fls.: Ivs.
tufted, linear and sharp-pointed, scabrous on the
margins: fls. rather small, red, the petals obovate-
cuneate and shallow-toothed. Spain to Greece and
Austria. — Very variable. Pretty perennial border plant.
Var. frigidus, Williams (D. frigidus, Kit.) is a dwarf
Hungarian form.
18. attenuates, Smith. Cespitose, glaucous, woody
at base, the sts. diffuse and tortuose, 20 in.: Ivs. linear,
acute, plane, 3-nerved: fls. small, solitary or twin but
disposed in a lax panicle, odorless, rose-colored; petal-
limb oblong. Eu.
1252. Dianthus
superbus. (XH)
19. Caryophyllus, Linn. CARNATION. CLOVE PINK
PICOTEE. GRENADINE. Figs. 801-818. Plate XXII.
Cespitose, glabrous, 1-3 ft., the sts. hard or almost
woody below, the nodes or joints conspicuous: Ivs.
thick, long-linear, very glaucous, keeled, 5-nerved,
stiffish at the ends: fls. mostly solitary, showy, very
fragrant, rose, purple or white; calyx-bracts 4, very
broad, abruptly pointed. B.M. 39 (Bizarre Carnation);
1622 (var. imbricatus); 2744 (Picotees). — Generally sup-
posed to be native to the Medit. region, but Williams
gives its geographical limits as "north and west Nor-
mandy" and "south and east Punjaub" (northwestern
Hindoostan). In Eu. it is largely grown as an outdoor
pink, but in this country it is chiefly known as the
greenhouse carnation. The American forcing type
(which may be called var. longicaulis) is distinguished
by very long stems and a continuous blooming habit;
it is here the carnation of commerce. Garden varieties
of D. Caryophyhus are numberless, and they often pass
under Latinized names (D. punctatus, Hort., is one of
these names). See Carnation. The carnation has
been long in cult. The bloom is now very variable
in size, form and color; originally probably pale lilac.
Fragrant.
BB. Calyx-bracts half the length of the calyx, mostly
narrow-pointed, more or less spreading at the tips:
Ivs. short and spreading, the radical ones obtuse
or nearly so.
20. deltoides, Linn. MAIDEN PINK. Fig. 1253. Densely
tufted, 6-10 in., blooming in spring and early summer,
creeping: sts. ascending, forking, with solitary fls.
on the branchlets: st.-lvs. an inch long, linear-lanceo-
late, sharp-pointed: fls. small (K-%in. across), the
petals toothed, deep red with a crimson eye, the petals
bearing an inverted V-shaped pocket at their base
(whence the name deltoides), fragrant. Scotland to
Norway and Japan. Gn. 66, p. 224. G.M. 55:28. G.W.
14, p. 181. — One of the prettiest border pinks, making
neat mats of foliage and bearing profusely of the little
bright fls. There is a white-fld. variety.
21. alpinus, Linn. More or less cespitose, very dwarf,
the 1-fld. slender sts. rarely reaching more than 3-4
in. high, more or less prostrate: foliage dark shining
green, the Ivs. linear or lance-linear, those on the st.
keeled and strict: fl. 1 in. or more across, odorless, deep
rose or purplish and crimson spotted, a darker ring
around the eye. Russia to Greece and Swiss Alps. B.M.
1205. Gn. 26:184; 47, p. 292; 45, p. 53. Gt. 4:110.
G.W. 8, p. 14. — One of the choicest of alpine and rock-
work plants. Var. repens, Regel (D. repens, Willd.),
of Siberia and Alaska, has a single root and procumbent
sts. branched from near base: fls. purple; calyx some-
what inflated, Hin. long. Apparently not cult. This
is kept as a distinct species by some.
22. versicolor, .Fisch. Glabrous, the sts. 10-12 in.,
terete, paniculately branched: Ivs. narrow-linear,
plane, those on the st. becoming scale-like: fls. loosely
paniculate, the petal-limb obovate-cuneate, red-spotted
above and greenish
yellow beneath;
calyx-teeth lanceo-
late, acute. Altai
Mts., Siberia.
23. callizonus,
Schott & Kotschy.
Smooth and glau-
cous, the sts. terete,
1-fld., 12-16 in.: Ivs.
canaliculate, 3-5-
nerved, the radical
linear-1 anceolate
and acute, the cau-
line lance-linear and
acuminate: petal- 1253. Dianthus deltoides.
1000
DIANTHUS
DIAPENSIA
limb obovate-cuneate, purple-spotted above, and with
a zone at the center, rose-colored beneath; calyx pur-
ple, the teeth lanceolate-acuminate. S. E. Eu. Gn. 64,
p. 298; 66, p. 54; 70, p. 275.
BBB. Calyx-bracts leafy and spreading.
24. glacialis, Haenke. Three to 4 in. high, the 4-
angled sts. tufted and 1-2-fld. : Ivs. green, linear-lanceo-
late, pointed, those on the st. linear-acute and strict
or recurved, 3-nerved: fls. small and odorless, red-
purple; the petals toothed, yellowish beneath, con-
tiguous; bracts 2-4. Mts. of S. Eu. G.C. II. 21 : 809 —
A pretty species, but diffi-
cult to establish. Grown
among alpine plants. Var.
Preynii, Williams (D.
Freynii, Vandas). Lvs.
rather soft, keeled, the
lateral nerves obscure: sts.
usually 1-fld. : calyx-teeth
ciliate. Var. neglectus, Wil-
liams (D. neglectus, Loisel).
Lvs. plane: fls. rarely twin;
bracts 4: petals separate.
G.C. III. 49:415. Gn.76,
p. 339. Gn.W. 20:711. .M
25. chinensis, Linn. (D. '
sinensis, Hort.).
Fig. 1254. Cespi-
tose, glabrous, more
or less creeping at
base: st. forking,
angled and more or
less grooved, pubes-
cent: Ivs. broad
and nearly flat or
slightly tr o u g h -
shaped, 3-5-nerved :
fls. large, solitary or more
or less clustered, pink or
lilac; the petals (at least in
the wild) barbed or hairy
toward the base; calyx-
bracts 4, in some cult. vars.
short. China and Japan;
but recent authorities con-
sider a European pink to be
but a form of it, and thereby
extend its range west to
Portugal. B.M. 25. The
Amoor pink (D. dentosus,
Fisch.) is a form known as
var. macrosepalus, Franch. :
it is a hardy border plant.
1 ft. high, with bright red
fls. and a spot at base of each
petal. Var. asper, Koch (D.
Seguieri, Auth.). has fls. in
panicles, and the bracts
squarrose - spreading : the
European form of the 1254. Diantbus chinensis.
species. D. semperflSrens,
Hort., is a hardy perennial form, 12-18 in., with
silvery foliage and deep pink, red-eyed, fragrant fls.
D. chinensis has given rise to a beautiful and variable
race of garden pinks, var. Heddewigii, Regel (D.
Heddewigii, Hort.). These are extensively grown from
seeds, and are practically annuals, although plants
may survive the winter and give a feeble bloom in the
spring in mild climates. The fls. are scarcely odorous.
They are single and double, of many vivid colors; and
many of the garden forms have bizarre markings. Gt.
7:328. G. 2:537. In some forms, var. laciniatus,
Regel (D. laciniatus, Hort.), the petals are slashed and
cut. G. 2:538. G.Z. 6:1. D. imperialis, Hort., is a
name applied to a strain with strong habit and rather
tall growth, mostly double. C. diadematus, Hort.,
is another garden strain. G. 2:538. D. cincinnatus,
Lem., is a red form with shredded petals. I.H. 11:388.
D. hybridus, Hort., is another set. This name (D.
hybridus) is also applied to a dentosus-]ike form, which
some regard as a hybrid of D. dentosus and some other
species. A recent race of the garden pinks, with narrow
petals and a star-like effect, is var. stellaris,
(D. stellaris, Hort.). For portraits of garden pinks, see
B.M. 5536. F.S. 11:1150; 12:1288-9; 13:1380-1. Gn.
49 : 82. — The garden pinks are of easy cult. Seeds may
be sown in the open where the plants are to stand, but
better results are obtained, at least in the N., if plants
are started in the house. Plants bloom after the first
fall frosts. They grow 10-16 in. high, and should be
planted 6-8 in. apart. They are very valuable for
borders and flower-gardens. Species - names now
referred to D. chinensis are D. caucasicus, Sims, D.
ibericus, Willd., D. ruthenicus, Roem., D. montanus,
Bieb., D. collinus, Waldst. & Kit., representing the
European extension of the species.
26. latifdlius, Hort. Plant 6-12 in. high, of doubtful
origin, but in habit intermediate between
D. chinensis and D. barbatus. Fls. large,
double, in close clusters or even heads,
in good colors: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate. —
A good border plant; perhaps a hybrid.
D. arbdreus, Linn. 3-4 ft., glabrous and glau-
cous, with a woody trunk, linear-acute canalicu-
late 3-nerved Ivs., and showy rose-colored
fragrant fls. in a dense corymb. S. E. Eu. G.C.
III. 43 : 52. This species is one.of the sub-shrubby
group of Dianthus, comprising also D. fruticosus,
Linn, (of the Grecian Archipelago), D. Bisig-
nani, Tenore (of Tunis and Naples), and othe-s.
D. suffruticosus, Willd., probably belongs with
the last. — />. call-alpinus, Hort. Hybrid of D.
callizonus and D. ajpinus. G.M. 47, p. 408. —
D. diutinus, Kit. Allied to D. barbatus: glabrous:
sts. simple, 12-18 in., 4-angled: fls. pale red, 6-8
together in a head, the petals barbed. Hungary,
Servia. Rockery. — D. fragrans, Bieb. Cespitose,
glabrous: sts. 10-16 in., simple, or branched
above: Ivs. elongated-linear, acuminate, 3-5-
nerved: fls. fragrant, the limb white suffused
with rose, petals beardless. Caucasia, Algeria. —
D. grdcilis, Sibth. More or less woody at base,
glabrous and glaucous, the sts. 14-18 in. and
simple and slender: Ivs. linear-acute, strict, 3-
nerved: fls. rose, paler beneath, 2-3 in a cluster.
Balkans. — D. graniticus, Jord. Sts. simple, scab-
rous below and glabrous above, slender, 4-angled,
6 in.: Ivs. linear-acute, 3-nerved: fls. solitary or
in pairs, purple. France. Rockery. — D. japoni-
cus, Thunb. Glabrous perennial, with simple sts.
20 in.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acute, canaliculate,
twisted at base: fls. 6-8 in a head, red. Japan,
Manchuria. — D. microlepis, Boiss. Very dwarf,
cespitose, glabrous: Ivs. scale-like: fls. rose-colored
(varying to white). Balkans. A marked little
alpine. T TJ u
It, XI. £>.
DIAPENSIA (ancient name of obscure
application). Diapensiacese. Two alpine-
arctic species, one nearly circumpolar
and one Himalayan, the former at least
sometimes transferred to alpine gardens
and rockeries. Diapensias are very
small compact tufted evergreen more
or less woody perennials, with small entire
coriaceous crowded Ivs.: corolla 5-lobed, bell-shaped;
calyx inclosing the caps.; stamens 5, affixed in the
corolla, the filaments broad; ovary 3-celled ; fls. solitary
on peduncles that project above the dense If.-rosettes
(or the peduncle projected, at least in fr.), white or rose-
purple. D. lapponica, Linn., on mountain summits in
New England and N. Y., and distributed northward to
the arctic, forms dense cushion-like tufts, 1 or 2 in.
high, with white fls. on peduncles that become 1 or 2
in. long; a very interesting alpine, but seldom grown.
B.M. 1108. D. himalaica, Hook. f. & Thorn Densely
tufted: Ivs. somewhat acute, very short: fls. white or
rose-red, subsessile, the corolla-tube twice the length of
the calyx. Sikkim, 10,000-14,000 ft. L H B
DIASCIA
DICENTRA
1001
DIASCIA (to adorn, Greek, having regard to the
attractive flowers). Scrophularidcex. Low and slen-
der herbs, mostly annual, one of which is recently
grown in flower-gardens.
Leaves usually opposite: fls.
mostly violet or rose-color in gen-
eral effect, in racemes or fascicles
at the end of the st. or branches;
calyx 5-parted or -lobed; corolla-
tube very short or none; limb 2-
lipped, the upper lip 2-lobed and
lower 3-lobed, all the lobes being
broad and flat, 2 of the fauces be-
ing projected into spurs; stamens
4, didynamous; style filiform: fr.
a globose or elongated dehiscent
many-seeded caps. — Probably 25
or more species in S. Afr.
Barberae, Hook. f. Fig. 1255.
Annual : st. erect, 1-1 K ft., square,
green and glabrous: Ivs. ovate,
blunt, obtusely serrate, petioled
or the upper ones sessile: fls. sev-
eral to many in an erect terminal
raceme, on slender glandular pedi-
cels; calyx deeply 5-lobed; corolla
%in. across, rose-pink with yellow
green-dotted spot in throat, the 2
upper lobes
small and nearly
orbicular, the
lateral twice
larger, and the
lower one much
larger and ob-
scurely 4-angled,
the spurs cylin-
dric and about
as long as lower
lobe; filaments
glandular. B.M
p. 639. — A very attractive little
plant, of simple cultural require-
ments, blooming freely in summer.
It also makes a good pot-plant for
indoor use. Half-hardy annual.
Pink and orange shades are
advertised. L. H. B.
DIASTEMA (two stamens). Gesneriacese. Dwarf
warmhouse plants of Trop. Amer. (about 20 species),
allied to Dicyrta, Achimenes and Isoloma, and requir-
ing similar treatment; differs from former two in hav-
ing 5 distinct glandular parts to the disk rather than
annular, and from Isoloma in the narrower parts of the
disk, plants weak, fls. pale, white or pur-
plish, and in the short or nearly globular
anther-cells, and other features: summer-
flowering. D. ochroleucum, Hook., has yel-
lowish white fls. ; corolla somewhat swollen
at base: Ivs. ovate, acute, hairy, coarsely
serrate, on hairy purplish erect sts. 1-2 ft.
high. Colombia. B.M. 4254. D. pictum is
offered abroad, but its identity is in doubt;
see Isoloma. L. H. B.
DICENTRA (Greek, dis, kentron, two-spurred, but
originally misprinted Dielytra, and then supposed to be
Dielytra) . Fumariaceas; by some this family is combined
with Papaveraceae. Charming hardy perennial plants
with much-cut foliage, and clustered attractive flowers
of interesting structure.
Herbs of various habit, erect, diffuse or climbing,
often stemless, with rhizome horizontal and branching
or more or less bulbous: Ivs. ternately compound or
dissected: fls. rose-red, yellow or white in attractive
5933. Gt. 50,
1255. Diascia Barbers.
(Plant
racemes, very irregular, with 4 petals cohering into a
heart-shaped or 2-spurred apparently gamopetalous
corolla (the 2 outer petals oblong with spreading tips
and spurred or saccate at base, the inner 2 narrow and
clawed and crested or winged and more or less united
over the stigma); sepals 2, very small, scale-like;
stamens 6, in sets of 3; pistil 1 -celled, with a 2-4-
crested and sometimes 2-4-horned stigma, ripening
into an oblong or linear 2-valved caps, bearing crested
seeds; pedicels 2-bracted. — About 15 species, in N.
Amer., W. Asia and the Himalayas. The names
Bikukulla (or Bicuculla) and Capnorchis are older than
Dicentra, but are rejected by the "nomina conser-
vanda" list of the Vienna code.
The squirrel-corn and dutchman's breeches are two
of the daintiest native springtime flowers; and the
bleeding-heart is one of the choicest memories of old-
fashioned gardens: it is also the most widely cultivated
of all the plants of this delightful order. Though long
known to herbaria, plants of bleeding-heart were not
introduced to western cultivation from Japan until
the late forties of last century. Robert Fortune saw it
on the Island of Chusan, where he also got Diervilla
rosea and the "Chusan daisy," the parent of pompon
chrysanthemums. The first hve plants seen in England
flowered in May, 1847. It rapidly spread into every
garden in the land, and is now rich in home associa-
tions. It is an altogether lovely plant. The species
of Dicentra may be classed as caulescent and acaules-
cent. The stemless kinds send up their short scapes
directly from the ground, as D. Cucullaria, D. canaden-
sis, D. formosa, D. eximia. The species with leaf-bear-
ing stems are such as D. chrysantha and D. spectabilis.
In the species here described the flowers are nodding
except in D. chrysantha.
Dicentras are easily cultivated in borders and wild
gardens. Two or three kinds can be readily secured
from the woods in the East. Effort should be made
to reproduce the natural conditions, especially the de-
gree of shade. They like a rich light soil. Propagation
is by dividing crowns or roots. The forcing of bleed-
ing-hearts, though pactically unknown in America,
is said to be commoner in England than outdoor cul-
ture. The forcing must be very gentle and the plants
kept as near the glass as possible. It is best to have
fresh plants each year, and return the forced ones to
the border. None of the species is much cultivated
with the exception of the bleeding-heart (D. spectabilis).
A. Fls. rose-purple.
B. Racemes simple.
spectabilis, Lorn.
(Dielytra spectabilis,
Don). BLEEDING-
HEART. Fig. 1256.
Height 1-2 ft.: Ivs.
and Ifts. broadest of
the group, the ulti-
mate segms. obovate
or cuneate: fls. large,
deep rosy red; corolla
heart - shaped ; inner
petals white, protrud-
ing. Japan. F.S. 3:
258. Gn. 40:198; 60,
p. 375; 70, p. 192.
Gn.W.23:suppl. July
14. G. 2:375; 26: 142;
27:112. G.M.49:718;
51:160. G.W. 5, p.
388. H.F.2:96. B.M. 4458. R.H. 1847:
461. Var. alba, Hort., the white-fld. form,
has a weaker growth. The bleeding-heart
is one of the best of flowering perennials.
The bloom in spring and also the foliage
are attractive. If given room and moisture,
1256.
Dicentra spectabilis. —
Bleeding-heart. (X}-»)
1002
DICENTRA
DICHORISANDRA
1257. Dicentra formosa.
(XH)
the plant will continue to be attractive as a foliage
mass till late summer.
BB. Racemes compound.
eximia, Torr. Stemless, glabrous and somewhat
glaucous, 1-2 ft., from a scaly rootstock: ultimate lf.-
segms. broadly oblong or
ovate, the Ivs. being ter-
nately parted: scape about
equaling the Ivs. ; fls. rose or
pink, heart-shaped, taper-
ing to a neck, inner petals
?-otruded. Rocks of W. N.
. and mountains
to Ga. Var. multi-
pinnata, Hort., has
Ivs. more finely cut,
making a very
handsome foliage
plant.
formdsa,Walp. Fig. 1257.
Stemless, with a fleshy and
spreading rootstock: Ivs.
very long - stalked, biter-
nately compound, the
segms. cleft or pinnatifid.:
scapes about 2 ft., some-
what exceeding the Ivs.,
naked; fls. in a terminal
cluster of short and bracted
racemes, rose-purple, the
corolla ovate-cordate, the
petals all united to above
the middle, the inner petals
scarcely protruding. Cent.
Calif, to Brit. Col. A.F.
21:459. Mn. 8:17. B.M.
1335 (as Fumaria formosa).
AA. Fls. chiefly white.
canadensis, Walp. (Dielytra canadensis, Don).
SQUIRREL-CORN, from the scattered little tubers
resembling grains of maize. Fig. 1258. Stemless,
fragile: Ivs. finely cut, glaucous, the segms. linear and
abruptly pointed: raceme simple, few-fld.; fls. white,
tipped with rose; corolla merely heart-shaped, the
spurs being short and rounded; crest of the inner petals
conspicuous, projecting. Nova Scotia to Mich., to
N. C. and Mo. and Neb., but chiefly northward in the
vegetable mold of rich woods. B.M. 3031.
Cucullaria, Bernh. (Dielytra Cucullaria, Don).
DUTCHMAN'S-BREECHES. Fig. 1259. Easily
told from D. canadensis by its loose,
granular cluster of tubers, forming a
bulb-like body: Ivs. finely cut, little or
not at all glaucous: racemes simple, few-
fid.; fls. white, tipped creamy yellow;
corolla not heart-shaped, the spurs longer
and divergent; crest of the inner petals
minute. Nova Scotia to Ga. and Mo., and
also along the Columbia River (the west-
ern form differing in having shorter and
rounded spurs). I.H. 6:215. Mn. 6:41.
A.G. 13:516. B.M. 1127 (as Fumaria
CucuUaria).
AAA. Fls. yellow.
chrysantha, Walp. GOLDEN EARDROPS. Pale and
glaucous, with leafy sts. 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. bipin-
nate, 1 ft. or more long, segms. narrow: infl. thyr-
soid paniculate; fls. numerous, as many as 50 in a
thryse, erect, golden yellow; corolla linear-oblong;
outer petals hardly larger than the inner, the tips
soon recurving to below the middle, all distinct. Dry
hills of the inner Coast range. Calif. B.M. 7954. F.S.
8:820 (as Capnorchis chrysantha). — Rare in cult.
D. toruldsa, Hook. f. & Thorns., of the Himalayan region, has
been intro. abroad. It is an annual climber, 10-10 ft.: Ivs. attrac-
tively cut: fls. 6-8 together, yellow: fr. red. L H B t
DICHORISANDRA (compounded of Greek words
referring to the division of the stamens into two
series). Commelinaceae. Tropical perennial herbs,
with handsome foliage, often beautifully variegated,
and rich blue flowers borne in thyrse-like panicles.
Stems simple or branched, erect or partially scandent,
the Ivs. sheathing at the nodes: Ivs. entire, sessile or
petiolate, mostly long : sepals 3, distinct, ovate or oblong,
green or colored, not equal; petals 3, distinct, wider
than the sepals; stamens 6 or 5; ovary
sessile, 3-celled: fr. an ovate-3-angled 3-
valved caps., few -seeded. — About 30
species in the American tropics.
The dichorisandras are usually handled
as warmhouse subjects, although some of
them may be plunged in the open ground
south of Philadelphia. D. thyrsifiora is a
satisfactory plant of unusual and interesting appear-
ance, which requires little attention when once well
established, and may be relied upon to flower regularly
year after year. It needs careful repotting every year
at first until a good-sized pot (say 8-inch) is well filled
with roots. It then throws up a strong shoot each
year about 5 or 6 feet high, unbranched, and with per-
haps 8 or 9 leaves near the top. The handsome thyrse
of blue flowers gives a color that is rare in the green-
house. This plant may be the only representative of
its interesting order in a private collection. It is will-
ing to be crowded into the background, where its bare
stem is hidden, and where the light may be poorest.
The stem dies down in the winter time, when water
should be gradually withdrawn. Water should be
given liberally during the growing season. Of the
foliage plants of this genus, D. mosaica is commonest.
It is dwarfer, and does not flower so regularly. (Robert
Shore.)
A. Foliage not variegated.
thyrsiflSra, Mikan. Simple or nearly so, stout,
3-6 ft. : distinguished by its large Ivs., which are lanceo-
late, narrowed into a distinct petiole, glabrous, 6-10 in.
long, 2 in. wide, green on both sides: st. about 3 ft.
high, scarcely branched, robust, glabrous: racemes
subpanicled, pubescent; petals dark or light blue;
sepals glabrous, blue or somewhat herbaceous. Brazil.
B.R. 682. L.B.C. 12:1196. P.M. 3:127. G. 27:569.
J.H. III. 43:262.
AA. Foliage variegated.
mosaica, Lind. (D. musdica, Koch &
Lind.). St. erect, simple, stout, spot-
ted : distinguished by its large, broadly
elliptical Ivs., which are roundish at
1258. Leaf of
Dicentra canadensis.
— Squirrel-corn.
DICHORISANDRA
DICKSONIA
1003
the base, sessile, glabrous, about 6 in. long, 3-4 in. wide,
with a short, sharp, rather abrupt point: st. unbranched,
robust, spotted: raceme short, densely thyrsoid; sepals
white or greenish. Gt. 1868:593. F.S. 16:1711.— Its
chief beauty is the mosaic appearance of the foliage,
due to numberless short transverse whitish lines,
which do not pass by the longitudinal veins of the If.
The under side of the Ivs. is a rich purplish color. Var.
gigantea, Hort., a large form, has been offered.
Var. undata, Miller (D. undata, C. Koch & land.).
Foliage without any mosaic appearance, the variega-
tion being entirely longitudinal. Each parallel vein
1259. Dicentra Cucullaria. — Dutchman's Breeches.
lies in the middle of a long, whitish band extending the
full length of the If. F.S. 17:1763. G.W. 3, p. 159.
D. acaiilis, Cogn. Stemless: Ivs. in a rosette, almost sessile,
narrowly oblong, wavy, acutish, short-cuneate at the base, sparsely
pilose on both sides: panicles terminal, sessile, much shorter than
the Ivs. Brazil. I. H. 41:19. Handsomely variegated with count-
less short longitudinal lines. — D. dlbo-marginata, Lind. St. 3-4
ft.: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, attenuate to base, glabrous: raceme
peduncled, 2 in. long, dense; petals dark blue, white at base; sepals
white. Brazil. G.W. 4, p. 307.— D. angustifdlia, Lind. & Rod
St. purple, spotted green: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, sessile, glabrous
roundish at the base, acute, about 6 in. long, 2 in. wide at the middle
purple below, marked above with short transverse white lines
Ecuador. I. H. 39:158. — D. leucophthdlmos, Hook., differs in hav
ing radical infl., its fls. lying fiat on the ground. Lvs. elliptic, acumi
nate, green on both sides: fls. blue, with a white eye; stamens 6
Brazil. B.M. 4733. J.F. 4:428.— D. ovalifdlia, Presl. Lvs. oval
sessile, acuminate, glabrous, the upper ones oblong-lanceolate
panicle wide-branching. Nicaragua to Colombia. — D. oxyp&ala
Hook., is instantly recognized by its acute petals, which are purple
Lvs. green on both sides. Brazil. B.M. 2721. — D. picta, Lodd., has
narrower petals than usual, with a white spot at the base, but is
told from all others here described by the irregular blotches of
purple on the upper side of the Ivs. The purple is the same color
as that on the under surface. Brazil (?}. B.M 4760. L.B.C.
17:1667. — D. Regina, Hort. = Tradescantia Reginae, Lind. &
Rod., intro. about 20 years ago by a firm of Continental Eu.
— D. Sanndersii, Hook., differs from all others here described in
the extreme density of its head-like infl. Lvs. green on both
sides, lanceolate: sepals white, tinged blue. Brazil. B.M. 6165. —
D. Si&bertii, Hort. A little-known plant with white midrib and
margins; probably a form of D. ovalifolia. — D. <%sidna=Palisota.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DICHROA (Greek, dis, two, and chros, color). Syn.
Adamia. Saxifragacese. Rare greenhouse shrub in
habit resembling a Hydrangea, with violet-blue fls. in
a pyramidal panicle a foot across, and handsome blue
berries. Lvs. persistent, opposite, stalked, narrow,
tapering both ways, serrate: panicles terminal, many-
fld.; fls. blue, lilac, or violet; petals 5 or 6, valvate;
styles 3-5, club-shaped: seeds numerous, small. The
64
genus has only 1 species, in the Himalayas, Malaya,
and China. It is sometimes considered to be bitypic,
but the other species, D. pubescens, Miq., is considered
by Reorders (Exkursionoflora von Java) to be probably
a true Hydrangea.
febrifuga, Lour. (Adamia versicolor, Fortune. Cyanl-
tis sylvdtica, Reinw.). Later writers also include
Adamia cyanea, Wall., which Lindley distinguished by
its smaller Ivs. and fls., 5 petals, and 10 stamens, while
A. versicolor had 7, or sometimes 6 petals, and 20
stamens. Plants may still be cult, under the name
of A. cyanea, but it cannot be stated here how distinct
they are for horticultural purposes. A somewhat
virgate shrub 5-9 ft. tall, with lanceolate or obovate-
lanceolate Ivs. to 8 in. long, glabrous except on the
nerves; petals less than J^in. long. Clarke states that
the Chinese varieties have larger fls. than the Indian
forms. Occurs in the temperate Himalayas from 5,000-
8,000ft. B.M. 3046. P.M. 16:322.
WILHELM MILLER.
DICHROPHfLLUM: Euphorbia. L> H> B'^
DICHROSTACHYS (two-colored spikes). Legu-
minosse. Stiff shrubs, with bipinnate Ivs. and small
leathery Ifts. and very small polygamous fls. in spikes,
sometimes mentioned as useful for cult, in warmhouses.
The species are few, in Trop. Asia, Afr., and Austral.
Fls. in the upper part of the spike perfect, those of the
lower part bearing 10 long filiform staminodia; corolla
not papilionaceous, comprising 5 strap-shaped petals
that are more or less united at base; stamens 10 in the
perfect fls., free, slightly exserted: pod narrow, com-
pressed, mostly or nearly indehiscent. D. platycarpa,
Welw., is or has been in cult.: a slender spiny tree,
10-15 ft. high: pinnae 10^18 pairs, the Ifts. 1-2 lines
long and very narrow: spikes usually shorter than the
Ivs.: pod twisted, 2-4 in. long, about 1 in. broad.
Guinea. D. nutans, Benth. (Cailliea Dichrdstachys,
Guill. & Perr.), has been intro. in S. Calif.: spiny,
much contorted shrub or small tree: Ivs. glabrous or
pubescent, acacia-like; pinnae 5-10 pairs; Ifts. 10-20 or
more pairs, sessile, linear or linear-oblong, rarely as
long as ^in.: fls. in dense axillary twin or solitary
spikes, the upper ones sulfur-yellow and the lower ones
rosy lilac: pod twisted, J^in. or less broad. Cent. Afr.
L. H. B.
DICKSONIA (named for James Dickson, an English
botanist, 1738-1822). Cyathedcex. Tree ferns of
greenhouses.
Plants with a distinctly 2-valved inferior indusium,
the outer valve formed by the apex of the If.-segm.
— A small genus, mostly of the southern hemisphere.
For D. pilosiuscula, D. punctilobula and D. Smithii,
see Dennstsedtia. For D. Schiedei and D. regalis, see
Cibotium. These are only two of several confusions of
species which have been called Dicksonia, but really
belong in other genera. Modern fern students are now
reaching the conclusion that Dicksonia is not only very
distinct from the genus Cyathea and its relatives, but
belongs in a distinct family.
Dicksonias are amongst the most important tree
ferns, both for their beauty and because of their relative
hardiness. In their native countries some of them are
occasionally weighted with snow, and D. antarctica has
to endure frosts. They can be grown in coolhouses,
and should be tried southward outdoors in sheltered
places. Their trunks are more fibrous than those of
most tree ferns, and hence more retentive of moisture,
so that they need less care. A good trunk produces
thirty to forty fronds a year, and retains them until
the next set is matured, unless the trees suffer for mois-
ture in winter. Although they rest in winter, the fronds
soon shrivel up if the trunks are allowed to get too dry.
Dicksonias should have their trunks thoroughly watered
twice a day during the growing season. These waterings
1004
DICKSONIA
DICTYOSPERMA
should be gradually decreased until winter, when the
trunks should be kept merely moist all the time. Only
in the hottest summer days is slight shade needed. It is
a pity to grow tree ferns in pots, but if this must be
done several principles should be observed. The lapse
of a single day's watering will often cause serious
damage. As a rule, the pots should be of the smallest
size consistent with the size of the trunk. Three or
4 inches of soil all around the trunks are enough. The
above points are taken from Schneider's "Book of
Choice Ferns;" see also the discussion of tree ferns,
under Ferns, Vol. III.
antarctica, Labill. Lf.-stalks short, the scales dense,
dark purplish brown; Ivs. 5-6 ft. long, the middle
pinnae 12-18 in. long; segms. oblong, the sterile incised.
Austral, and Tasmania. G.C. III. 9:81. — Trunk some-
times 30-35 ft. high. A very useful decorative plant.
squarrdsa, Swartz. Lf.-stalks short, the scales hair-
like, light colored: Ivs. 3-4 ft. long, the pinnae 9-15 in.
long; segms. lanceolate, the sterile toothed, the ribs
scabrous. New Zeal, and Chatham Isl.
L. M. UNDERWOOD and WILHELM MILLER.
DICLfPTERA (named in allusion to the 2-celled
winged caps.). Acanthacese. Pubescent or hirsute
annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, with red,
violet or blue bracted flowers in terminal or axillary
clusters, in the tropical parts of the world, 1 or 2 of
which may sometimes occur in the trade. Lvs. opposite,
entire, the plant usually evergreen: corolla-tube,
slender, often somewhat expanded above; limb 2-
lipped, the lips narrow; stamens 2, on the throat. D.
Niederleiniana, Lind., has been recently intro. abroad
from Argentina: sub-shrub: Ivs. oval, to 3 in. long,
petioled, rounded at apex, densely pubescent: fls.
about 1 % in. long, several crowded in a terminal pani-
culate cyme. D. Tweediana, Nees, of Uruguay, is a
showy perennial with orange-red fls. and oblong-obtuse
Ivs. There are probably 75 species of Dicliptera. Very
likely the horticultural names are confused as between
this genus and others. L. jj. B.
DICLYTRA: An ancient typographical error for Dielytra. See
Dicentra.
DICTAMNUS (old Greek name, supposed to indicate
foliage like the ash : hence Fraxinella, diminutive of the
Latin Fraxinus, an ash). Rutacese. GAS-PLANT. BURN-
ING-BUSH. FRAXINELLA. DITTANY. A hardy peren-
nial herb.
Stout plants woody at the base: Ivs. alternate, odd-
pinnate, the Ifts. ovate, serrulate and pellucid-punctate:
fls. showy, white or rose, on bracted pedicels; petals 5,
the lower one declined; disk thickish, annular; stamens
10, declined; ovary deeply 5-lobed, 5-celled, hispid,
becoming a hard 5-divided caps., each division or
separate part being 2-3-seeded.— One variable species,
native from S. Eu. to N. China.
This genus includes an old garden favorite which has
a strong smell of lemon, and which will give a flash of
light on sultry still summer evenings when a lighted
match is held under the flower-cluster and near the main
stem. It is one of the most permanent and beautiful
features of the hardy herbaceous border. Instances are
known in which it has outlived father, son and grand-
son in the same spot. It thrives in the sun.
The gas plant makes a sturdy, bold, upright growth,
and a clump 3 feet high and as much in thickness makes
a brave sight when in flower. A strong, rather heavy
soil, moderately rich, is best for these plants They are
not fastidious as to situation, succeeding as well in par-
tial shade as when fully exposed to the sun, and drought
will not affect them when once fairly established. Old
strong clumps are good subjects as isolated specimens
on a lawn, and a large patch, planted in the border, is
not only effective while in full flower, but the dark,
persistent foliage is ornamental throughout the sea-
son. It is not advisable to disturb the plants very often,
as they improve with age, producing taller flower-stems
and more of them as they grow older. They are excel-
lent for cutting, especially the white variety. Propaga-
tion is accomplished with difficulty by division, but
easily by seeds, which are sown in the open ground in
fall as soon as ripe, and covered an inch or so. They
will germinate the next spring, and, when two years
old, the seedlings may be removed to their permanent
positions, where they will flower the following year.
(J. B. Keller.)
albus, Linn. (D. Fraxinella, Pers. Fraxinella alba,
Gaertn. F. Dictdmnus, Moench). A vigorous, sym-
metrical, hardy herb, with glossy leathery foliage sur-
mounted by long showy terminal racemes of good-
sized fragrant fls.: Ivs. alternate, odd-pinnate; Ifts.
ovate, serrulate, dotted with oil-glands: fls. white.
G.C. III. 34:409. Gn. 35:458; 68, p. 73; 75, p. 381.
G. 13:25. A.F. 5:328. Gng. 5:321. Var. purpftreus,
Hort., has large dark-colored fls. Var. r&bra, Hort.,
has rosy purple fls., the veins deeper colored. Var.
giganteus, Hort. (D. giganteus, Hort.). Plant large. Var.
caucasicus (D. caucdsicus, Hort.), is a giant form with
racemes twice the length of those of the common kind
and standing well above the foliage. R.B. 32, p. 253.
Perhaps the same as var. giganteus.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DICTYOGRAMMA: Coniogramme.
DICTYOSPERMA (Greek, netted seed). PalmAcese.
Areca-like palms, comprising several species of desirable
pinnate house and table palms that are becoming
deservedly well known.
Slender spineless palms, with a ringed trunk: Ivs.
equally pinnatisect; segms. linear-lanceolate, acumi-
nate or bifid, the apical ones confluent; margins thick-
ened, recurved at the base; midrib and nerves promi-
nent, sparsely clothed with persistent scales beneath,
or naked; rachis and petiole slender, scaly, 3 -sided,
furrowed, sheath elongated, entire: spadix on a short
glabrous or tomentose peduncle, the branches erect
or spreading and flexuose, the lower ones with mem-
branaceous bracts at the base; spathes 2, complete,
dorsally compressed, papery, the lower one 2-crested;
fl.-bearing areas much depressed; bracts and bractlets
scaly; pistillate fls. rather large, white or yellowish: fr.
scaly, small, olive-shaped or subglobose. — There are
6 or 8 species all from Trop. Asia but only the follow-
ing seem to be known in the trade. For cult., see Areca
from which Dictyosperma differs only in having a
1-celled and 1-seeded fr.
alba, Wendl. & Drude (Areca alba, Bory. Ptycho-
sperma alba, Scheff.). Distinguished by the whitish
petioles and the whitish green veins of the Ivs. : caudex
about 30 ft. high, 8-9 in. diam., dilated at the base: Ivs.
8-12 ft. long; petiole 6-18 in. long, grooved down the
face; segms. 2*^-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide, 7-nerved;
veins and margins green or reddish: branches of the
spadix 6-18 in. long, erect or slightly reflexed, zigzag
when young. — By far the best of the genus and rather
widely sold as Areca as is also D. rubra.
aurea, Wendl. & Drude (Areca aurea, Hort.). Dis-
tinguished by the yellow or orange petioles and veins
of young plants: caudex about 30 ft. high, smaller and
more slender than the preceding: Ivs. 4-8 ft. long; peti-
ole 8 in. long; segms. 1^-2 ft. long, 1 in. wide; sec-
ondary veins scarcely visible: branches of the spadix
rigidly erect, 9-11 in. long.
furfuracea, Wendl. & Drude (Areca furfuracea,
Hort.). Like D. rubra, but the petiole and If .-sheath
of the young plant tomentose.
rftbra, Wendl. & Drude (Areca rubra, Hort.). Re-
sembling D. alba, but the Ivs. of the young plants
DICTYOSPERMA
DIDYMOSPERMA
1005
darker green, the primary veins and margins dark
red, the redness disappearing very much in adult
plants: branches of the spadix longer and more reflexed.
— Young plants of this may be used for table decora-
tions as the plant grows quickly and is attractive in
juvenile condition. JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR, f
DICYRTA (twice curved, referring to structure of
fls.). Gesneridccse. Very closely related to Achimenes
with which some authors unite it, differing in the
smaller fls., and diverging anther-cells. Low-growing
slender villous herbs with creeping roots: lys. opposite,
membranaceous: fls. axillary, small, white or pale
lilac, sometimes spotted; corolla-tube declinate, the
limb oblique with 5 nearly equal spreading lobes;
stamens affixed in the base of the corolla-tube, included,
the anther-cells distinct. Two species occur in Guate-
mala. D. Candida, Hanst. & Klotzsch (Achimenes
Candida, Lindl. Diastema grdcile, Regel). To 1^ ft.:
Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate,
short-petioled : fl. on a bracted pedicel that much
exceeds the petiole, white, tubular-campanulate, the
lowest lobe projecting. Summer. The other species is
D. Warscewiczidna, Regel (A. misera, Lindl.), appar-
ently not in cult.: fls. smaller. L H. B.
DIDfSCUS: Trachymene.
DIDYMOCARPUS (twin fruit). Gesneridcese. Attrac-
tive warmhouse herbs, with few showy flowers.
A polymorphous genus, distributed in E. India,
Malaya, China, and Trop. Afr., differently named and
defined by different authors. Roettlera is an older
name, and has been used recently, but it is discarded by
the "nomina conservanda" list of the Vienna code.
The genus includes Chirita and Trachystigma accord-
ing to Fritsch, and it then numbers more than 100
species. Bentham & Hooker omit Chirita, which differs
in its 2-parted stigma, always 2 stamens, and other
characters; in this work it is kept distinct. Didymo-
carpus comprises plants that are caulescent or nearly
acaulescent, sometimes woody, of various habit: Ivs.
radical and cauline, those on the st. opposite or alter-
nate, crenate, more or less wrinkled and hairy: fls.
violet, blue, white or even yellow, on few-fld. scapes
or axillary peduncles; corolla with an elongated tube
which is widened at the throat or ventricose, the limb
spreading and somewhat 2-lobed ; stamens 2 or rarely 4,
the anthers connivent or coherent and cells divergent;
style long or short, the stigma little dilated and entire
or nearly so. — The species require the treatment given
the warmhouse gesneriaceous plants; usually difficult
to grow, or are soon lost because seeds may not be pro-
duced. Several species are mentioned in horticultural
literature; but the following are more recently intro.
and are likely to be cult, or perhaps in the trade. They
are low herbs with few Ivs., resembling Streptocarpus.
Many new species have recently been added to this
interesting genus, and a number of them may be
expected to appear in cult.
cyaneus, Ridley. Stemless: Ivs. in a rosette, ovate,
elliptic or obovate, ascending, somewhat obtuse, to 6
in. long, crenate-serrate, soft pubescent, petioled: fls^
deep blue, trumpet-shaped, about 1J^ in. long, with
rounded spreading lobes, 4 or 5 on a scape. Malaya.
B.M. 8204. — Blooms in autumn; should have warm
treatment, such as is given Streptocarpus.
Veitchiana, W. W. Smith. Eight in. or less: Ivs. 2-4
pairs, ovate, somewhat cordate at base, serrate, 4 in.
or less long, stalked: fls. lilac with longitudinal lines,
tubular, nearly 1% in. long, in few-fld. axillary cymes.
China. L. H. B.
DIDYMOCHL.<ENA (Greek, twin cloak; alluding to
the indusium). Polypodiacese. Greenhouse ferns of
rather coarse foliage.
Indusium elliptical, emarginate at the base, attached
along a central vein, free all around the margin. — One or
2 species. Large coarse ferns somewhat resembling the
shield ferns, Dryopteris, in habit and gross appearance.
D. lunulata is a very distinct fern. It looks hke a tree
maidenhair, but the stems are thick and fleshy and the
leaves are fleshier than any Adiantum. In cultivation
the trunk is only a few inches high, but the fronds are
4 to 6 feet long and densely covered with long, brown,
chaffy scales and has a metallic luster. This is a warm-
house fern, and may be used for subtropical bedding.
It has a bad trick of dropping its pinnules if allowed to
get too dry at the root, but soon rallies under liberal
treatment.
lunulata, Desv. (D. trunculdta, Hort.). Fig. 1260.
Lvs. clustered from an erect rigid st., bipjnnate, 3-6
ft. long; pinnules almost
quadrangular, %-l in.
broad, entire or slightly
sinuate, each bearing 2-6
sori. Cuba to Brazil; the
same or an allied species in
Madagascar and Malaya.
— D. lunulata is a very
attractive fern while in a
small state, but its decidu-
ous articulated pinnules
are a drawback as a com-
mercial species, rendering
it of little value for house
decoration.
L. M. UNDERWOOD and
W. H. TAPLIN.
DIDYMOPLEXIS
(double or twin plaits).
Orchiddcese. One sapro-
phytic orchid with leafless
sts. D. pdllens, Griff.,
has been cult, abroad but
is probably not in the
trade: root branch-
ing and tuberous,
bearing a st. 4-6 in.
high with loose
sheaths : racemes
terminal, with 4-8
small brownish' or dull
yellow-white fls.; perianth
J^in. diam.; lip stipitate,
transversely oblong, with
3 nerves and a papillose
disk; pedicels becoming
greatly elongated after fer-
tilization. E. India. — The
genus Didymoplexis comprises 2 or 3 species (Leucor-
chis is a more recent name), in India, Malaya and the
Pacific Isls., characterized by simple flexuous scapes,
dorsal sepals and petals connate into a 3-parted upper
Up, the lateral connate into an entire or 2-parted lower
lip, the regular lip inserted on the foot of the column,
very short and broad, entire: caps, becoming very long-
pedicelled. Apparently of little horticultural interest.
DIDYMOSPERMA (Greek, double-seeded). Pal-
macese, tribe Arecese. Low or almost stemless pinnate
oriental palms.
Leaves terminal, unequally pinnatisect, silvery-
scaly below; segms. opposite, alternate, solitary, or
the lower ones in groups, cuneate at the base, obovate-
oblong or oblanceolate, sinuate-lobed and erose. the
terminal one cuneate; margins recurved at the base;
midnerve distinct, nerves flabellate; sheath short,
fibrous: spadices with a short, thick peduncle and thick
branches; spathes numerous, sheathing the spadix;
fls. rather large; calyx 3-lvd., corolla with 3 stiff petals;
1260. Didymochlana lunulata.
(XM)
1006
DIDYMOSPERMA
DIEFFENBACHIA
ovary 2-3-celled: fr. ovoid or oblong, 2-3-, rarely
1-, seeded.
Didymosperma is a genus of East Indian palms of
moderate growth, containing possibly eight species,
most of which are stemless or else forming but a short
trunk, the pinnate leaves rising from a mass of coarse
brownish fibers that surround the base of the plant.
The leaflets are of irregular shape, bearing some resem-
blance to those of Caryota, and the plants frequently
throw up suckers from the base. The members of this
genus are not very common in cultivation. The species
that is most frequently seen is the plant known to the
trade as D. caryotoides, an attractive warmhouse palm
that has also appeared under the synonym Harina
caryotoides, and has lately been referred to Wallichia,
which see. While young, at least, the didymospermas
enjoy a warm house and moist atmosphere with
shading from full sunshine, though one species, D.
oblongifolia (or Wallichia), is frequently found in
Sikkim at an elevation of 3,000 feet above the sea.
Propagated usually by seeds; occasionally by suckers,
which are kept rather close for a time after their
removal from the parent plant. See G.C. II. 24:362
for description of garden forms.
porphyrocarpon, Wendl. & Drude (Wallichia por-
phyrocdrpa, Mart.). Sts. reedy, 3-6 ft.: Ivs. 5-8 ft.
long; Ifts. 9-15, about 6 in. long, distant, narrowly
oblong, long-cuneate, blunt, or sinuately 2-3-lobed,
truncate, denticulate, glaucous beneath. Java.
nanum, Hook. A dwarf robust palm, 2-3 ft., covered
with rusty pubescence: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, glabrous above,
glaucous beneath; Ifts. 1-3 pairs with an odd terminal
one, 7-10 in. long, 3-5 in. broad, wedge-shaped,
sharply toothed. Assam. B.M. 6836. — One of the
smallest of all palms.
D. Hookeridna, Becc. Resembles a Caryota, about 3 ft. high.
Malay Penins. Plant scarcely known in cult, in Amer. but per-
haps cult, in Eu. JARED Q gMITH>
N. TAYLOR-f
DIEFFENBACHIA (J. F. Dieffenbach, a German
botanist, 1794-1847) Aracese. Popular hothouse plants,
grown for their handsome and striking foliage.
Low, shrubby perennials: sts. rather thick, inclined
or creeping at the base, then erect, with a leafy top:
1261. Dieffenbachia picta var. Bausei.
petioles half-cylindrical, sheathed to above the middle,
long, cylindrical at the apex; blade oblong, with a thick
midrib at the base; veins very numerous, the first and
second parallel, ascending, curving upward at their
ends: peduncle shorter than the Ivs. Differs from
Aglaonema in floral characters. Cent, and S. Amer. —
Perhaps a dozen species. Engler (in Engler & Prantl,
1889) recognizes many species, with many varieties.
For dieffenbachias, similar rooting material to that
mentioned for anthuriums, combined with a high and
moist atmosphere, will produce a very healthy and
luxuriant growth of foliage, especially after the plants
have made their first few leaves in ordinary light pot-
ting soil. Unless it be the very large-leaved kinds, like
D. triumphans, D. nobilis and D. Baumannii, three or
four plants may be placed together in large pots, keep-
ing the balls near the surface in potting. D. Jenmanii,
D. Shuttleworthiana, D. Leopoldii and D. eburnea are all
well suited for massing together in large pots. When
above a certain height, varying in different species, the
plants come to have fewer leaves, and those that remain
are small; they should then be topped, retaining a con-
siderable piece of the stem, and placed in the sand-bed,
where they will throw out thick roots in a week or two.
The remaining part of the stems should then be cut
up into pieces 2 or 3 inches long, dried for a day or
so, and then put into boxes of sand, when, if kept
warm and only slightly moist, every piece will send
out a shoot, and from the base of this shoot roots will
be produced. These can be potted up as soon as roots
have formed. (G. W. Oliver.)
picta, Schott (D. brasiliensis, Veitch. D. Shuttle-
worthiana, Regel). Blade oblong, or oblong-elliptical,
or oblong-lanceolate, 2J^-4 times longer than wide,
rounded or acute at the base, gradually narrowing to
the long acuminate-cuspidate apex, green, with numer-
ous irregular oblong or linear spots between the veins;
veins 15-20 on each side, ascending. L.B.C. 7:608
(as, Caladium maculaturri) . J.H. III. 46 : 165
Var. Bausei, Engler (D. Bausei, Regel). Fig. 1261.
Blade nearly or completely yellowish green, with
obscurely green-spotted margins and scattered white
spots. I.H. 26:338.
Var. Shuttleworthiana, Engler (D. Shuttleworthiana,
Bull). Blade pale green along the midrib.
Seguine, Schott. Lvs. green, with white, more or less
confluent stripes and spots, oblong or ovate-oblong,
rounded or slightly cordate or subacute at the base,
narrowed toward the apex, short cuspidate; primary
veins 9-15, the lower spreading, the upper remote and
ascending. Lowe 14 (as var. maculata). W. Indies. —
Called "dumb plant" because those who chew it some-
times lose the power of speech for several days.
Var. Baraquiniana, Engler (D. Baraquiniana, Versch.
& Lem. D. gigantea, yersch. D. \Verschaffeltii, Hort.
Petioles and also midribs almost entirely white; blade
with scattered white spots. I.H. 11:387; 13:470, 471.
G. 2:238.
Var. n6bilis, Engler (D. ndbile, Hort.). Fig. 1262.
Blade elliptical, acute, dull green with dirty green spots.
Brazil.
Var. liturata, Engler (D. liturata, Schott. D. variegata,
Hort. D. Leopoldii, Bull. D. Wdllisii, Lind.). Blade
dark green, with a rather broad, yellowish green,
ragged - margined stripe along the midrib: spathe
§laucous-green. Province Para, Brazil. I.H. 17:11.
.H. 1, p. 455. G.Z. 25, p. 250.
Var. irrorata, Engler (D. irrorata, Schott. D. Bau-
mannii, Hort.). Lvs. large and bright green, blotched
and sprinkled with white. Brazil.
The above are the recognized two type species. The
following are or have been in the American trade.
Probably some or all of them belong to the foregoing
species:
Chelsonii, Bull. Lvs. deep, satiny green, the middle
gray-feathered, and the blade also blotched yellow-
green. Colombia.
eburnea, Hort. Compact: Ivs. light green, freely
spotted with white, the sts. reddish and white-ribbed.
Brazil.
DIEFFENBACHIA
DIERVILLA
1007
Fournieri, Hort. Vigorous: Ivs. large, leathery, with
spots and blotches of white on a blackish green back-
ground. Colombia.
illustris, Hort. See D. latimaculata.
imperator, Hort. Lvs. 16-18 in. long, 5-6 in. wide,
olive-green, fantastically blotched, marbled and
spotted with pale yellow and white. Colombia.
1262. Dieffenbachia Seguine var. nobilis.
insignis, Hort. Lvs. dark green, with irregular,
angular blotches of pale yellowish green, 6 or more in.
wide, ovate and short-acuminate in form and with
pale green petiole. Colombia,
latimaculata, Lind. & Andre" (D. illustris, Hort.).
Lvs. glaucous-green, profusely white-barred and white-
spotted and blotched with yellow-green, the petioles
also glaucous. Brazil. I.H. 23:234.
Jenmanii, Veitch. Lvs. rich, bright, glossy green, re-
lieved by a milk-white band at every lateral nerve, and
by a few white spots interspersed between the bands.
Guiana. G.Z. 28, p. 218.
magnifica, Lind. & Rod. Lvs. ovate-acuminate,
large, dark green, attractively blotched and spotted
with white along the veins; sts. and petioles also varie-
gated. Venezuela. I.H. 30:482. S.H. 2, p. 383. G.
13:643.
marmdrea, Hort. See D. Parlatorei.
meleagris, L. Lind. & Rod. Lvs. with the long
petioles green, marked with ivory-white, the blades
dark green above, paler beneath, marked on both sides
with a few white spots. Ecuador. I.H. 39:559.
memdria-Cfirsii. A hybrid raised in the garden of
the late Marquis Corsi.
ParlatSrei, Lind. & Andre", var. marmdrea, Andre"
(D. memoria, D. mormdra and D. Cdrsii, Hort.). Lvs.
long-oblong, acuminate, the midrib white and the
blades blotched white, the green deep and lustrous.
Colombia. I.H. 24 : 291 . — Engler refers this plant to the
genus Philodendron.
Regina, Bull. Lvs. oblong-elliptical, rounded at base,
short -acuminate at apex, greenish white, profusely
mottled and blotched with alternate light and green
tints. S. Amer. G.Z. 28, p. 26. — The vari-colored and
margined Ivs. are very attractive.
Rex, Hort. Compact: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, the
two sides not equal, deep green, but the white angular
blotches and midrib occupying more space than the
green. S. Amer. G.Z. 28, p. 97.
Sanderae, Hort. Lvs. very broad-oval, green, mot-
tled with c.ream-color.
splendens, Bull. St. faintly mottled with dark and
light green: Ivs. have a thick, ivory-white midrib, and
the ground-color is of a deep, rich, velvety bottle-green,
with a resplendent, lustrous surface, freely marked with
whitish striate blotches. Colombia. G.Z. 25, p. 193.
triumphans, Bull. Lvs. dark green, ovate-lanceolate
and acuminate, 1 ft. long, irregularly marked with angu-
lar yellowish blotches. Colombia. JARED Q. SMITH
GEORGE V. NASH, t
DIELfTRA: Dicentra.
DIERAMA (a funnel, alluding to shape of fls.).
Iridacese. S. African cormous plants, related to Spar-
axis and Ixia. Fls. large, white to purple and red, in
panicled spikes: Ivs. long, linear, rigid: perianth short-
tubed, expanded at throat, with oblong nearly equal
segms.; stamens 3, inserted on the perianth throat;
ovary 3-celled, oblong, with many ovules, the style ex-
serted: fr. a 3-valved caps. There are 2 or 3 species,
of which D. pulcherrima, Baker, was intro. into S.
Calif, many years ago: scape 2-6 ft., with remote
branches: Ivs. narrow-sword-shaped and with a very
slender point: fls. \l/% in. long, pendulous, blood-red-
purple, bell-shaped. B.M. 5555 (as Sparaxis pulcher-
rima). Requires the treatment given Ixia.
DIERVILLA (after Diereville, a French surgeon, who
took D. Lonicera to Europe early in the eighteenth
century). Caprifoliacese. WEIGELA. Ornamental decid-
uous shrubs, grown for their showy flowers appearing
profusely in spring and early summer.
Leaves opposite, petioled or nearly sessile, serrate:
fls. in 1- to several-fld. axillary cymes, often panicled
at the end of the branches, yellowish white, pink or
crimson, epigynous; calyx 5-toothed or 5-parted; corolla
tubular or campanulate, 5-lobed, sometimes slightly
2-lipped; stamens 5; style slender with large capitate
stigma; ovary inferior, elongated, 2-celled: fr. a slender,
2-valved caps, with numerous minute seeds. — About 10
species in E. Asia and N. Amer.
Diervillas are shrubs of spreading habit, with more or
less arching branches, rather large leaves, and, especially
the Asiatic species, with very showy flowers from pure
white to dark crimson, appearing in spring. A very large
number of hybrids between the different Asiatic species
have been raised and have become great favorites in
gardens on account of their profusely produced and
delicately tinted flowers. The earliest to bloom are
D. prsecox and its hybrids and also D. florida var.
venusta, which begin to flower in Massachusetts about
the middle of May; the latest is D. rivularis. The
American species are hardy North and prefer moist
and partly shaded positions. Of the Asiatic species
D. Middendorffiana is the hardiest, but rarely does well ;
it seems to grow best in humid sandy or peaty soil and
in positions sheltered from strong winds; it dislikes hot
and dry air; D.' florida also is rather hardy and one of
the handsomest species of the genus. The other Asiatic
species require protection during the winter or sheltered
positions. They thrive well in any humid garden soil.
Propagation is readily effected by greenwood cuttings
or hardwood cuttings; the American species usually by
suckers and by seeds sown in spring.
alba, 4, 7.
amabilis, 4, 6.
arborea, 6.
arborescens, 8.
canadensis, 1.
Candida, 9.
corasensis, 6.
Desboisii, 9.
floribunda, 8.
florida, 4.
grand iflora, 6, 8.
Gratissima, 9.
Grcenewegenii, 9.
Hendersonii, 9.
hortensis, 7.
INDEX.
hybrida, 9.
Incarnata, 9.
'Intermedia, 9.
japonica, 7.
Kosteriana rariegata, '
Lavallei, 9.
Lonicera, 1.
Looymansii aurea, 9.
Lowei, 9.
LiUeo-marginata, 9.
Middendorffiana, 10.
multiflora, 8.
Nana ruriegata, 9.
nivea, 7.
pauciflora, 4.
praecox, 5.
rivularis, 3.
rosta, 4.
sessilifolia, 2.
Sieboldii argenteo-
marginata, 9.
sinica, 7.
Steltzneri, 9.
Stvriaca, 9.
trifida, 1.
Van Houttei, 9.
Venosa, 9.
venusta, 4.
Verschaffeltii, 9.
versicolor, 8.
1008
DIERVILLA
DIER VILLA
A. Fls. yellow, slightly 2-lipped, small, about %in. long.
(Diervilla proper).
B. Lvs. glabrous or nearly so.
1. Lonicera, Mill. (D. trifida, Moench. D.canadensis,
Willd.). Shrub, to 3 ft.: branchlets nearly terete, gla-
brous: Ivs. distinctly petioled, ovate-oblong, acuminate,
serrate, nearly glabrous, finely ciliate, 1^-4 in. long:
cymes usually 3-fld.; limb nearly equal to the tube:
caps, about J/jjin. long. June, July. Newfoundland to
Sask., south to Ky. and N. C. B.M. 1796.
2. sessilifdlia, Buckl. Shrub, to 5 ft.: branchlets
quadrangular: Ivs. nearly sessile, ovate-lanceolate, ser-
rate, nearly glabrous, of firmer texture, 2-6 in. long:
cymes 3-7-fld., often crowded into dense, terminal
panicles; limb shorter than the tube: caps, about %in.
1263. Diervilla japonica. ( X H)
long. June, July. N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. and Ala.
G.C. III. 22:14; 42 :427.— Hardy in Canada.
BB. Lvs., branchlets and infl. pubescent.
3. rivularis, Gattinger. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. short-
petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, trun-
cate or cordate at the base, doubly serrate, pubescent
on both sides, 1^-3^ in. long: cymes few- to many-fld.,
crowded into terminal panicles; limb of corolla about
as long as tube: caps. ^in. long. July. Aug. N.C. to
Tenn., Ga. and Ala. G.C. III. 38:339.
AA. Fls. showy, white, pink, or crimson, rarely yellowish.
B. Anthers not connected with each other. (Weigela.)
c. Calyx-lobes lanceolate, connate to or nearly to the
middle; stigma 2-lobed: seeds almost wingless.
4. florida, Sieb. & Zucc. (Weigela rbsea, Lindl. W.
amdbilis, Hort. D. pauciflora, Carr.). Shrub, to 6 ft.:
branchlets with 2 hairy stripes: Ivs. short-petioled or
nearly sessile, elliptic or ovate-oblong to obovate,
serrate, glabrous above except at the midrib, more or
less pubescent or tomentose on the veins beneath,
2-4 in. long: calyx nearly glabrous, with lanceolate
teeth; ovary slightly hairy; fls. 1-3, pale or deep rose,
134 in. long; corolla broadly funnel-shaped, abruptly
narrowed below the middle. May, June. N China
B.M. 4396. F.S. 3:211. B.H.1:577. Gt. 54, p. 86. R.H.'
1849:381. H.F. 1854:21. V. 18:37.— This is one of the
most cult, species, very free-flowering and rather
hardy. Var. alba, Moore. Fls. white, changing to
light pink. R.H. 1861:331. Var. venusta, Rehd.
Lvs. smaller, usually obovate, 1^-2 }/£ in. long,
usually nearly glabrous: fls. in dense clusters with
small Ivs. at the base; corolla slender, about lj^ in.
long, rather gradually narrowed toward the base, lobes
oval to oval-oblong, rosy pink. Korea, N. China. —
Recently intro.; very floriferous, early and hardy.
5. preecox, Lemoine. Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets'
glabrous: Ivs. short-petioled, elliptic or elliptic-ovate,
acuminate, serrate, hairy above, soft-pubescent below,
2-3^ in. long: fls. clustered, 3-5, nodding; calyx with
subulate lobes; ovary hairy; corolla abruptly narrowed
below the middle, purplish pink or rose-carmine. Japan.
May. Gt. 46:1441; 53, p. 522. R.H. 1905:314.— The
earliest of all species to bloom; has given rise to a race
of early-flowering hybrids as Avalanche, Gracieux,
Vestale, Conquerant, Esperance, Seduction, which see
under D. hybrida.
cc. Calyx-lobes linear, divided to the base: seeds winged:
stigma capitate.
D. Plant nearly glabrous.
6. coraeensis, DC. (D. grandiflora, Sieb. & Zucc. D.
amdbilis, Carr.). Shrub, 5-10 ft.: Ivs. rather large,
obovate or elliptic, abruptly acuminate, crenately ser-
rate, sparingly hairy on the veins beneath and on the
petioles: fls. in 1-3-fld., peduncled cymes; corolla
broadly funnelform, abruptly narrowed below the mid-
dle, changing from whitish or pale pink to carmine.
May, June. Japan. S.Z. 31. F.S. 8:855. H.U. 1:19.—
Vigorously growing shrub, with large Ivs. and fls., but
less free-flowering, and the type not common in cult.
Var. arbdrea, Rehd. (W. arbdrea grandiflora, Hort.).
Fls. yellowish white, changing to pale rose; of vigorous
growth.
DD. Plant more or less pubescent: corolla finely pubescent
outside.
7. japonica, DC. Fig. 1263. Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs.
oblong-obovate or elliptic, acuminate-serrate, sparingly
pubescent above, tomentose beneath: fls. usually in
3-fld., short-peduncled cymes, often crowded at the end
of short branchlets; corolla broadly funnelform, nar-
rowed below the middle, whitish at first, changing to
carmine, slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous outside;
style somewhat exserted. May, June. Japan, China.
G.F. 9:405 (adapted in Fig. 1263). Gn. 21, p. 184.
Var. hortensis, Rehd. (D. hortensis, Sieb. & Zucc.).
Lvs. nearly glabrous above, densely grayish tomentose
beneath: cymes usually rather long-peduncled; fls.
usually carmine. S.Z. 29, 30. More tender and slower-
growing than the type. Var. sinica, Rehd. Lvs. slen-
der-petioled, soft-pubescent beneath: fls. campanulate,
abruptly contracted below the middle into a narrow
tube, pale pink. Cent. China. Var. alba, Makino (D.
hortensis var. alba, Sieb. & Zucc. D. japonica var.
nivea, Rehd.). Like var. hortensis but fls. white. G.C.
II. 10:80. Gn. 22, p. 185; 34, p. 352. G. 28:392.
8. floribunda, Sieb. & Zucc. (D. multiflora, Lem.).
Shrub, to 8 ft. : Ivs. oblong-ovate or elliptic, acuminate,
serrate, sparingly pubescent above, more densely
beneath: fls. 1-3, usually sessile, mostly crowded at the
end of short branchlets; corolla rather gradually nar-
rowed toward the base, pubescent outside, brownish
crimson in the bud, changing to dark or bright crimson;
lobes about 5 times shorter than the tube; style exserted.
May, June. Japan. S.Z. 32. I.H. 10:383.— Vigorously
growing shrub, with rather small but abundant fls.
Var. grandiflora, Rehd. (W. arborescens, Hort.). Fls.
rather large, brownish crimson. Var. versicolor, Rehd.
(D. versicolor, Sieb. & Zucc.) Fls. greenish white at
first, changing to crimson. S.Z. 33.
9. hybrida, Hort. (Fig. 1264), may be used as a col-
lective name for the different hybrids between D.
florida, D. prsecox, D. floribunda, D. japonica and D.
coraeensis, which are now more commonly cult, than the
XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis.
DIERVILLA
DIGITALIS
1009
typical species. Some of the best and most distinct
are the following, arranged according to the color of the
fls. The numbers in parenthesis after the name refer to
the number of the species and indicate the origin or
probable origin of these hybrids :
1264. Diervilla hybrida. ( X %)
Fls. white or nearly white: Avalanche, Lemoine (5 X?). Fls. pure
white; early. Dame Blanche (6x7). Fls. large, white, slightly
pinkish outside, yellowish white and bluish in bud. Gracieux,
Lemoine (5x?). Fls. white, yellow in throat, buds light salmon-
pink; early. Isoline, Van Houtte (4x?). Fls. white or slightly
pink outside, yellow in throat. Madame Couturier, Billiard
(4x6). Fls. yellowish white changing to pink. Madame Lemoine,
Billiard (4x6). Fls. white with delicate blush, changing to pink.
Madame Tellier, Billiard (4x6). Fls. large, white, with delicate
blush. Vestale, Lemoine (5x?). Fls. pure creamy white. _ Mont-
blanc, Lemoine (4x7). Fls. pure white, greenish white in bud,
fading to pinkish. Pavilion Blanc, Lemoine. (4 X7). Similar to the
preceding. Candida (4 X6). Fls. pure white. R.H. 1879:130.
Fls. pink or carmine: Abel Carriere (4x7). Fls. rose-carmine,
purple-carmine in bud, with yellow spot in throat. Andre Thouin
(4x6). Fls. pink, carmine in bud. Conquerant, Lemoine (5X?).
Fls. very large, rose-colored, carmine outside and in throat; early.
Conquete (4x7). Fls. very large, deep pink. Dr. Buillard (4x7).
Fls. carmine. Esperance, Lemoine (5X?). Fls. very large, pinkish
white tinged with salmon-red, buds pale salmon; early. Gratissima
(4x7). Fls. light pink. Grxnewegenii (4x?). Fls. red outside,
whitish within, slightly striped with yellowish red. Gustave Mal-
let, Billiard (4x6). Fls. light pink, bordered white. Hendersonii
(4X8). Fls. light crimson. Intermedia (4x7). Fls. carmine, buds
darker. Othello (4x8). Fls. carmine, darker outside. Seduction,
Lemoine (5X?). Fls. vinous carmine-red, early, very floriferous.
Steltzneri, Van Houtte (4x7). Fls. dark red, abundant. Styriaca,
Klenert (4x8). Fls. pink, changing to pinkish carmine, very
floriferous. M.D. 1912:1. Van Houttei (4x7). Fls. carmine.
F.S. 14:1447. Venosa (4x6). Fls. carmine-pink, carmine in bud,
orange to crimson in throat. Verschaffeltii (4 X 6). Fls. carmine-
pink, limb bordered whitish.
Fls. crimson or dark crimson: Congo (6x8). Fls. large,
purplish crimson, abundant. Desboisii (8x7). Fls. small, dark
crimson. E. Andre (8 X6). Fls. very dark, brownish purple. Eva
Rathke (8x6). Fls. deep carmine-red, erect; very free-flowering.
R.B. 19:126. G. 14:1350. Hendersonii (4x8). Fls. light crimson,
crimson in bud. Incarnata (6x8). Fls. deep red. Lavallei (6 X8).
Fls. bright crimson. H.F. 1870:5. G.W.I, p. 60 (habit). Lowei
(8X4). Fls. dark purplish crimson. H.F. 1870:8. P. Duchartre
(4x8). Fls. deep amaranth, very dark; free-flowering.
Lvs. variously colored: Kosteriana variegata. Lvs. bordered
yellow: fls. pink, paler in bud, dwarf. Looymansii aurea. Lvs.
yellow; of slow growth. R.B. 2:173. Luteo-marginata (Weigela
amabilis fol. var. Van Houtte). Lvs. bordered yellow. F.S. 12:1189.
Nana variegata (Weigela rosea nana fol. var. Van Houtte). Lvs.
variegated with white: fls. nearly white: dwarf. Sieboldii argenteo-
marginata (4x7). Lvs. bordered white: fls. rose.
BB. Anthers connected with each other. (Calyptro-
stigma.)
10. Middendorffiana, Carr. Shrub, to 3 ft.: Ivs.
short-petioled, ovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, ser-
rate, glabrous at length: fls. in 2-3-fld. axillary and
terminal clusters; corolla campanulate-funnelform, yel-
lowish white, spotted orange or purplish inside 1 ^ in.
long; calyx-teeth partially connate. May, June. E.
Siberia, N. China, Japan. Gt. 6:183. R.H. 1854:261.
F.S 11:1137. I.H. 4:115. G.C. III. 7:581.— Hardy,
but rarely does well; it demands a cool and moist cli-
mate and a position sheltered from strong winds.
D. splendens, Carr. (D. LoniceraxD. sessilifolia). Intermediate
between the parents; more similar to L. sessilifolia, but Ivs. short-
petioled. Garden origin. — D. suavis, Komarov. Allied to D. japon-
ica. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, ciliate, otherwise glabrous, sparingly
serrate, 1-2 in. long: corolla white, pink outside; style not
exserted. Manchuria. Recently intro. ; presumably quite hardy. —
D. Wdgneri, Kusnezov (D. japonicaxD. Middendorffiana). Lvs.
ovate-oblong, glabrous except on the veins below: fls. axillary on
short branchlets; sepals lanceolate, distinct or partly connate,
pink, tinged yellowish. Garden origin. Gt. 48:1461. — Doubtful
whether still in cult. ^^ REHDER
DIETES: Morxa.
DIGITALIS (Latin, digitalis, finger of a glove, refer-
ring to the shape of the flowers) . Scrophulariaceae, FOX-
GLOVE. A fine genus, numbering several species, and
some hybrids, of hardy or half-hardy herbaceous plants,
well known for their long racemes of inflated flowers,
which suggest spires or towers of bells. Plate XXXVI.
Upright herbs, sometimes woody at the base, gla-
brous or tomentose or woolly, mostly simple: Ivs.
alternate or scattered or crowded, entire or dentate:
fls. showy, in a long terminal raceme or spike which is
usually 1 -sided, purple, ochroleucous or white; corolla
declined, more or less campanulate, often constricted
above the ovary, the limb erect-spreading and some-
what 2-lipped, spotted and bearded at the throat;
stamens 4, didynamous, usually included; style slen-
der, 2-lobed: fr. an ovate dehiscent caps. — About 25
species, Eu. and W. and Cent. Asia.
The foxgloves are old-fashioned and dignified, clean
of growth and wholesome company in the choicest
garden. The strong vertical lines of their flower-
stalks, rising from rich and luxuriant masses of cauline
leaves, give always an appearance of strength to the
rambling outlines of the usual herbaceous border. For
a week or two the foxgloves usually dominate the whole
border. The usual species in cultivation is D. purpurea,
which is one of the commonest English wild flowers. The
name "foxglove" is so inappropriate that much ingen-
ious speculation has been aroused, but its origin is lost
in antiquity. The word "fox" is often said to be a cor-
ruption of "folk," meaning the "little folk" or fairies.
Unfortunately, etymologists discredit this pretty sug-
gestion. In the drugstores, several preparations of D.
purpurea are sold. They are diuretic, sedative, narcotic.
For medicinal purposes, the leaves of the second year's
r»i*
1265. The juvenile or foliage stage of Digitalis purpurea,
used as an edging. Year preceding the bloom.
1010
DIGITALIS
DIMORPHANTHUS
growth are used. — Foxgloves are of the easiest culture.
The common species and hybrids can be grown as
biennials from seed. The perennial species are propaga-
ted by seeds or by division. The common D. purpurea
is best treated as a biennial, although it may sometimes
persist longer. Seeds sown one spring (or fall) will give
good blooming plants the following season. The large
root-leaves before the flower-stems appear are decor-
ative (Fig. 1265).
A. Middle lobe of the lower lip longer than the others.
ferruginea, Linn. (D. aurea, Lindl.). Biennial or
perennial, 4-6 ft. high: sts. densely leafy: Ivs. glabrous
or ailiate: racemes long, dense;
fls. rusty red, reticulate-marked,
downy outside; lower lip of
corolla ovate, entire, bearded,
July. S. Eu. B.M. 1828.
lanata, Ehrh. Perennial, or
biennial, 2-3 ft. Ivs. oblong or
lanceolate, ciliate : fls . rather
small, 1-1 Yi in. long, grayish or
creamy yellow, sometimes whit-
ish or purplish, downy, in a dense,
many-fld. raceme, with bracts
shorter than the fls. July, Aug.
Danube River and Greece. B.M.
1159 (poor fig.). — A fine species.
sibirica, Lindl. Has the habit
of D. ambigua, with fls. like those
of D. lanata: Ivs. downy, ovate-
lanceolate, serrate or the upper
entire: fls. ventricose, villose, yel-
lowish; calyx-
s e g m s. linear,
villose. Siberia.
— This is a rare
trade name, and
it is doubtful
whether this
little known
plant is really in
cult.
Thapsii, Linn.
Plant much like
D. purpurea:
perennial, 2-4 ft.
high: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate or ob-
long, rugose, de-
current: fls. purple, throat
paler, marked with red dots
in a lax raceme; calyx-
segms. ovate or oblong.
June-Sept. Spain. B.M.
2194 (as D.tomentosa').
AA. Middle lobe of the lower
lip shorter or hardly
longer than the others.
ambigua, Murr. (D.
grandiflora, Lam. D. ochro-
leuca, Jacq.). Perennial or
biennial, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs.
ovate-lanceolate, toothed, sessile or clasping, downy
below: fls. large, 2 in. long, yellowish, marked with
brown; lower bracts about as long as the fls. Eu.,
W.Asia. B.R. 64.
1266. Digitalis purpurea.
(XHD
purpurea, Linn. (D. tomentdsa, Link & Hoffmgg.).
COMMON FOXGLOVE. Fig. 1266. The species most
commonly cult.: mostly biennial, but sometimes per-
ennial: height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. rugose, somewhat downy,
the radical ones long-stalked and ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, the st.-lvs. short-stalked and becoming
small toward the top of the st.: fls. large, 2 in. long,
ranging from purple and more or less spotted, rather
obscurely lobed. On dry hills and roadsides, Great
Britain, W. and Cent. Eu., to Scandinavia, running
into white and modified forms in cult.; sometimes
escaped in this country. Gn. 34:488. Var. gloxiniae-
fl6ra, Hort. (D. gloxinioldes, Carr. D. gloxiniasflora,
Hort.). Of more robust habit, longer racemes, larger
fls., which open wider, nearly always strongly spotted.
Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white. Var. monstrosa, Hort., is
a double peloric form. P.G. 4:151. D. maculata
superba is a trade name for highly improved spotted
forms. Var. campanulata, Hort., is a monstrous form
with the upper fls. united into a bell-shaped large
bloom.
D. Buxbaiimii is offered as a yellow-fld. species. — D. dubia, Rodr.
Perennial, woolly: fls. slender, hanging, purplish, spotted inside.
Balearic Isls. G. 30:309. — D. laciniata, Lindl. Perennial, woody,
2 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate, jagged: fls. yellow, downy, with ovate,
bearded segms.; bracts much shorter than the pedicels. Spain.
B.R. 1201.— D. tevigata, Waldst . & Kit. Perennial, 2-3 ft.
high: Ivs. linear - lanceolate, radical ones obovate- lanceolate:
fls. scattered, glabrous, yellow. Danube and Greece. — D. lutea,
Linn. Perennial, glabrous: Ivs. oblong or lanceolate, denticu-
late: raceme many-fld., secund; corolla yellow to white, gla-
brous; calyx-segms. lanceolate, acute. Eu. B.R. 251. — D. mar-
i&na, Boiss. Lvs. radical, very downy, ovate-oblong: fls. rose;
corolla bearded. Spain. — D. purpurdscens, Roth. Biennal: fls.
yellow or sometimes purplish, pale inside, spotted at the mouth;
lower lobe of corolla short. Eu. — D. purpiireo - ambigua is a
hybrid of D. purpurea var. gloxiniseflora and D. ambigua.
F. A. WAUGH.
DILIVARIA: Acanthus.
DILL (Anethum graveolens, Linn.), an annual or
biennial plant of the Umbelliferas, the seeds of which
are used as a seasoning, as are seeds of caraway and
coriander. It is of the easiest cult, from seeds. It
should have a warm position. The plant grows 2-3 ft.
high: the Ivs. are cut into thread-like divisions: the
st. is very smooth: the fls. are small and yellowish, the
little petals falling early. It is a hardy plant. The
foliage is sometimes used in flavoring, and medicinal
preparations are made from the plant. The seeds are
very flat and bitter-flavored. Native of S. E. Eu.
DILLENIA (named by Linnaeus for J. J. Dillenius,
1684-1747, botanist and professor at Oxford, author
of important botanical works ) . Dillenidces >. Tall
tropical trees from Asia, Indian Archipelago, Philip-
pines, and Australia.
Leaves large, with pronounced pinnate parallel
venation: fls. showy, white or yellow, lateral, solitary
or clustered; sepals and petals 5, spreading; stamens
many, free or somewhat united at base, the anthers
linear, opening by 2 slits, the interior ones erect and
introrse and the exterior ones recurved and extrorse:
carpels 5-20, many-ovuled, in fr. becoming a fleshy
body inclosed in the enlarging calyx. — Probably 40
species; allied to the Magnolia family. D. indica is
said to be the showiest of the whole family, being attrac-
tive in foliage, fl. and fr. Dillenias may be grown in
light sandy loam. Prop, readily by seeds, but with
difficulty from cuttings.
indica, Linn. (D. specidsa, Thunb.). Trunk stout,
not high: branches numerous, spreading, then ascend-
ing: Ivs. confined to the ends of branches, on short,
broad, channelled sheathing petioles, the blade 6-12
in. long, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
narrowed at the base, strongly serrate: sepals 5, thick,
fleshy, enlarging and inclosing the fr. ; petals obovate,
white, large, making a fl. fully 9 in. across; stamens very
numerous, forming a large yellow globe crowned by
the white, slender, spreading rays of the stigma: fr.
edible, acid, the size of an apple, many-celled and
many-ovuled. Trop. Asia. Intro, in Fla. and S. Calif.
B.M. 5016 (B.M. 44Q^Hibbertia volubilis). H.F. 1867
P- H9. WILHELM MILLER.
DIMORPHANTHUS: Aralia.
DIMORPHOTHECA
DION^A
1011
DIMORPHOTHECA (Greek, two-formed achenes).
Composite. CAPE MARIGOLD. Annual and perennial
herbs or sub-shrubs, some of which are excellent flower-
garden plants.
Leaves alternate or radical, entire, toothed, or incised,
often narrow: heads solitary, long-ped uncled ; disk-fls.
yellow or brown or purple, the rays yellow, purple, or
white with purple beneath. The genus is closely allied
to Calendula but has straight instead of incurved
frs. The fls. usually close up, like those of Gazania,
unless they have sunlight; their backs have as great a
variety of coloring as their faces. — About 20 species in
S. Afr.
The flowers are often 3 inches across, and their long,
slender rays (20 or more) give a distinct and charming
effect. A dozen kinds are grown abroad, representing
a wide range of colors and foliage. They are wintered
in coolhouses and flowered in spring or else transplanted
to the open, where they flower freely during summer.
The shrubby kind, D. Ecklonis, has been grown as a
summer bedding plant, flowering from July to frost,
and as a coolhouse plant, making a much-branched
subject 3 feet high, and flowering freely all spring.
annua. Less. (Calendula pluvialis, Linn.). Erect or
diffuse, simple or branched annual, rough with jointed
and gland-tipped hairs (seen with a small lens) : Ivs.
narrowly oblong or obovate-oblong, tapering to
the base, with a few distant teeth, pilose, the
uppermost smaller and narrower: peduncles ter-
minal, nodding in fr.; fls. white above, purple or
discolored beneath. J.H. III. 57:501. Var.
ligulosa, Voss (Calendula Pongei, Hort.), is a double
form (the heads full of rays) with heads white on upper
side and yellow or violet beneath.
sinuata, DC. Annual, branched from the base,
nearly glabrous: Ivs. oblong, obtuse, sinuate, narrowed
at base: involucre-scales lanceolate-acuminate, quite
glabrous, longer than disk: achenes of ray trigonous,
everywhere tubercled; of disk flat with thickened rim;
rays orange. — Grows 12-15 in. high. Fls. shading to
blue in center.
aurantiaca, DC. Perennial, the st. natively more
or less shrubby, erect, glabrous, with rod-like branches:
Ivs. linear-oblong or spatulate, thickish, obtuse, entire:
fl.-heads large, rays orange-yellow; involucre-scales
linear-acuminate, exceeding the disk, with a central
line of hairs and paler margins. This brief botanical
description does not in all ways fit the plant now in
common cult, as D. aurantiaca, which is treated as a
half-hardy annual, and which is apparently more or
less modified by cult.; it is a very showy plant (Fig.
1267), 12-16 in. high, from a short-decumbent base,
with notched acute Ivs., and terminal heads 2-2% in.
across, and with curving rays of a rich glossy apricot-
orange and a disk of brown-black; it is one of the
best flower-garden subjects of recent years, the fls.
opening in the sun and making a brilliant display in
summer and till frost; of simple culture from seeds.
Although long described in horticultural literature, it
appears not to have come really into cult, until within
the past few years, having been offered in Eu. in the
fall of 1908. Recent forms under the name of D.
aurantiaca hybrida (hybrids with D. annua), intro. in
1912, range in color from white and bluish-white to
red, yellow, orange and salmon. B.M. 408 (as Calen-
dula Tragus). G.C. III. 38:127. G. 31:205. J.H. III.
57:37. F.E. 31:308. Winter-flowering in S. Calif.
Ecklonis, DC. Shrubby at base, robust and erect,
branching at top, 2 ft. or more: Ivs. crowded, linear-
lanceolate or lanceolate, entire or somewhat denticu-
late, acute: fl.-heads terminal, the rays \Yi in. long,
white above and purplish beneath; involucre-scales
long-acuminate. B.M. 7535. Gn. 75, p. 444. G. 24:
424; 25:565. — Not hardy north of Washington. It is
grown as a summer bedding plant in England.
D. Bdrberix, Haw. Perennial: fls. purple above, paler beneath;
disk all purple, with corollas of 2 forms. B.M. 5337. H.F. II.
5:78. Var. rosea, Hort., has rose-colored fls. — D. chrysanthemi-
fdlia, DC. Lvs. cut like a chrysanthemum: fls. yellow, reverse
reddish. B.M. 2218. — D. cunedta, DC. Lvs. strongly cut: fls. scarlet-
orange. B.M. 1343. — D. nudicaulis var. grammifdlia, Harv. &
Sond. Fls. white, with a purple ring at the base, and orange-
brown on the back, the disk purple. B.M. 5252. — D. Trdgus, DC.
Perennial: Ivs. narrower than in D. Ecklonis, linear: fls. white,
veined purple, the rays narrower at the base, reverse orange pur-
plish, the disk purplish. B.M. 1981 (as Calendula). T, JJ B t
DIOCLEA (after Diodes of Carystos, said to be
second only to Hippocrates among the ancients for
his knowledge of plants). Leguminbsse.
Tender shrubby twiners, with delicate
trifoliolate leaves and blue, violet,
scarlet or white flowers, sometimes
nearly an inch long, and borne in
clusters which have been roughly com-
pared to Wistaria.
Flowers papilionaceous; calyx bell-
shaped, 4-cut, 2 lobes shorter and nar-
rower; standard orbicular or ovate,
reflexed, auricled or appendaged at
base; wings obovate or oblong, free;
keel incurved, beaked or
obtuse; ovary nearly
sessile: pod wide, the
1 upper suture thickened or
2 - winged. — Perhaps 20
species in tropical regions,
chiefly in the western
hemisphere. What is said
to be the following species
is cult, in S. Calif., where
it has a moderate growth,
shining foliage, and clus-
ters of 10 or more large
fls. of a splendid scarlet
(to be considered with
reference to Campto-
sema).
glycinoides, Hort. Fls.
1 in. long, bright scarlet,
in racemes, somewhat like
Wistaria: will stand some
cold. Prop, by seeds, cut-
tings, or suckers, freely
produced on grown - up
plants. Rio de la Plata. —
Imperfectly understood
botanically; said to be the
same as Camptosema rubi-
cundum, Hook. & Am.
L. H. B.f
DION: Dioon.
DIOK&A (Greek name
for Venus). Droseraceae.
1267. Dimorphotheca auran- VENUS FLY-TRAP. A
remarkable monotypic
genus of insectivorous
plants, often grown for
curiosity and in botanical collections.
Leaves 1-5 in. long, 4-8 in number, are arranged in a
spreading rosette over the soil, each consisting of
a flat expanded petiole, and terminal bilobed blade;
midrib of the blade contractile, the margins prolonged
into bristles that interlock when the halves close, while
each half bears 3 jointed and highly irritable hairs
arranged in triangular manner over its upper surface;
abundant sessile glands, usually of a crimson color,
cover this surface and render it attractive to insects;
but when grown in shade the glands and therefore the
Ivs. are quite green: a single neat touch of a hair fails
to cause closure, but when one of the hairs is touched
twice, or when two adjacent hairs are touched once
within a short interval apart, the halves close. Owing
1012
DION^A
DIOSCOREA
1268. The Venus' Fly-trap —
Dionaea muscipula.
to continued and repeated stimuli caused by a caught
insect, or to chemical stimuli caused by its tissues, the
glands exude an acid and peptonizing digestive fluid
after a few hours; this starts digestive disintegration of
the insect's tissues, and the dissolved products are then
absorbed by the If .-halves: the fl. -stalk lengthens in
May to 8-10 in. and bears 4-10 white fls. which expand
in June, and which must be cross-pollinated for seed-
production. By the end of June the caps, burst, and
expose small black shining seeds.
These germinate in abundance
under a bell-jar on moist sandy
soil that is mixed with finely
chopped sphagnum moss. Each
seedling, after forming 2 lanceo-
late cotyledons, produces there-
after tiny fly-trapping Ivs. that
behave like the adult ones.
Plants thrive well when grown
in 3-5-in. pots amid a mixture
of fine silver-sand and black
silt. The pots should be kept
immersed for about an inch in
water, should have a slight top-
covering of sphagnum, and must
be kept near the glass in a green-
house with southeastern
exposure. Inhabits the
edges of moist sandy
savannah "bottom"
lands, is found wild over
a narrow strip of ter-
ritory about 10 miles in
width and 40 miles north,
also to an equal distance
south of Wilmington, N.
C., and grows well only
when the tips of its roots reach a moist substratum, and
when active transpiration proceeds. The perennial
underground part is a bulbous swelling that can
readily be dug and distributed from Nov. to March.
It is seldom that this wonderful little plant is seen
in a good state of cultivation any length of time after
removal from its native haunts. Its cultivation in a
greenhouse is usually attended with more or less diffi-
culty, owing to unsuitable conditions, such as too much
dry air, shade or unfriendly soil. It delights in full
sunshine, with a very humid atmosphere. When the
plants can be secured and transplanted with consider-
able of the soil in which they grow attached to the bulb-
like rootstalks, they are quite easily dealt with, and
may be kept in a healthy growing state for years. I
find a round hanging earthenware receptacle most
useful to grow them in; the bottom is carefully drained,
first with large pieces of broken pots, then smaller
pieces, and the upper layer is quite fine. Some chopped
fibrous peat is placed above this, when the plants are
built in with live sphagnum moss used to fill the
spaces between the clumps. Arranged in this way, it
is hardly possible to give them too much water, and
they revel in abundant supplies. If kept in the sun
the leaves take on a reddish tinge, but when grown in
the shade they are always green. Flowers will
develop about the middle of June, but they should be
nipped off as they make their appearance, for they are
apt to weaken the plant. — The dionsea has been grown
successfully in a dwelling-house by a very different
method. The plants were in a wide, shallow dish, with-
out any drainage, and simply placed, not too firmly,
in loose live sphagnum moss, with a glass covering.
Water was given every other day by filling the space
above the plants until the dish was filled, and then it
was poured off. In this way the potting material
never became sour. From the luxuriant condition in
which these plants remained for years, I am inclined
to think this was a close imitation of the conditions
under which they thrive in a wild state. Some years
ago, owing to Asa Gray's endeavor to have the Govern-
ment purchase a strip of land on which this plant
grows, there existed a widespread idea that it was
gradually becoming extinct. There seems to be little
likelihood of this calamity, however, as Dionsea is found
abundantly in some places. (G. W. Oliver, in Garden
and Forest, 10:237 [1897]).
muscipula, Ellis. Fig. 1268. St. short, subterra-
nean, coated by the swollen bases of Ivs. : Ivs. 1-5 in.
long in radial rosette, divided into winged petiole and
bilobed lamina: infl. umbellate; fls. %-l in.; petals
white; stamens usually 15; pistil of 5 united carpels,
stigmas 5 penicillate: fr. a caps. B.M. 785. F.S. 3:280.
Mn. 1, p. 69. j. M. MACFARLANE.
DIOON (Greek, two and egg; each scale covers two
ovules and the seeds are in pairs). Cycaddcese. Hand-
some foliage plants suitable for warm or temperate
palm houses and for planting in the open far South.
This genus is said to be the closest to the fossil
forms of any living representative of the family. It
has the cones and twin seeds of Zamia and Encephalar-
tos, with the flat woolly scales of Cycas, but without
the marginal seeds and loose infl. of the latter. — D.
edule has a flat rigid frond which is more easily kept
free from scale insects than Cycas revoluta, the common-
est species of the family in cult. A specimen at Kew had
a trunk 3-4 ft. high and 8-10 in. thick, the crown
spreading 8-10 ft. and containing 50 fronds, each
4-5 ft. long and 6-9 in. wide. Specimens of D. spinu-
losum are reported with trunk 24 ft. high. Both sexes
make cones frequently, the male cone being 9-12 in.
long and the female 7-12 in. The seeds, which are
about the size of Spanish chestnuts are eaten by the
Mexicans. There are a few species in Mex. Prop, by
seeds. Cult, same as Cycas.
edtlle, Lindl. Lvs. pilose when young, finally gla-
brous, 3-5 ft. long, pinnatifid, rigid, narrowly lanceo-
late segms., about 100 on each side, linear-lanceolate,
sharp-pointed, widest at the base, rachis flat above,
convex beneath: male cones cylindrical, female cones
ovoid. Mex. B.M. 6184. G.C. III. 40:289. Gn. 55,
p. 365. Gt. 48, p. 157. Var. lanuginSsum, Hort., is a
very woolly kind. Gt. 48, pp. 154, 155. Variable.
spinulosum, Dyer. Plants 6-50 ft. high, crowned by
a noble rosette of spreading Ivs. : Ivs. 4-6 ft. long, often
with 100 Ifts. on each side, these bearing 5-8 spines on
each margin. This is one of the tallest of all the cycads,
and is excelled only by the Australian Cycas media.
It is very unlike D. edule, which has a stocky trunk
and straight rigid Ivs. Mex. G.W. 4, p. 326; 5, p. 331.
A.F. 7:461.
D. Dohenii, Hort. Discovered in mts. of Guatemala and named for
Edward L. Doheney of Los Angeles. Pacific Garden, Nov. 1912:
13. — D. pectinatum, Hort. Like C. spinulosum: foliage described as
"very handsome, owing to the very numerous pinnae and their close
and regular arrangement. The texture is also firm and leathery,
with a sharp spiny point to each pinna." Gn. W. 24: 5. — D. Pur-
pusii, Rose. Trunk short, crowned with numerous stiff and ascend-
ing Ivs. 3 ft. or more long; pinnse 2-4 in. long, sharp-pointed, entire
on the lower margin but usually with 1, 2, or 3 spine-like teeth
on the upper margin: male cones 6-8 in. long, the bracts with
recurved ovate tips; female cones ovate, about 18 in. long, the bracts
very woolly. S. Mex. WlLHELM MlLLER.
L. H. B.f
DIOSCOREA (Dioscorides, Greek naturalist of the
first or second century of the Christian era). Dios-
coreacese. Twining herbs from tuberous or thickened
rootstocks, grown as arbor vines or under glass for
the foliage, and also for the edible rhizomes and
aerial tubers.
Type genus of a small family (of about 9 genera)
allied to Liliacese. It contains more than 200 widely
dispersed and confused species, most of them native
to tropical regions. Sts. herbaceous and twining or
long-procumbent, usually from a large tuberous root,
DIOSCOREA
DIOSCOREA
1013
and sometimes bearing tubers in the axils: Ivs. broad,
ribbed and netted-veined, petiolate, alternate or oppo-
site, sometimes compound: fls. dioecious, small; calyx
6-parted; anthers 6; styles 3; ovary 3-loculed and calyx
adherent to it: fr. a 3-winged caps.; seeds winged. —
The great subterranean tubers of some species are eaten
in the manner of potatoes. Some of the kinds have hand-
some colored foliage and are good glasshouse subjects.
Numbers of species are more or less cult, in different
warm countries (see, for example, Paillieux & Bois,
"Le Potager d'un Curieux," and for Japanese species
Georgeson, A.G. 13:80); but it is not known that
many of them have appeared in the U. S. The tuber-
bearing species need to be worked over thoroughly
from living plants. For an inquiry into the prehistoric
cult, of dioscoreas in Amer., see Gray & Trumbull,
Amer. Journ. Sci. 25:250.
All the species are of very easy cultivation from seeds
or tubers or cuttings. The tubers keep a long time, like
potatoes.
A. Sts. strongly winged.
alata, Linn. Fig. 1269. St. 4-winged or angular: Ivs.
opposite, cordate-oblong, or cordate-ovate, with a
deep, basal sinus, glabrous, devoid of pellucid dots,
7-nerved (sometimes 9-nerved), with the outer pair
united: staminate spikes compound, special ones
whorled, short, flexuose; pistillate spikes simple; fls.
distant, anthers subglobose, about as long as the
filament: caps, leathery, elliptical. India and the South
Sea Isls. — Widely cult, in the tropics under many
vernacular names. Tubers reach a length of 6-8 ft.,
and sometimes weigh 100 Ibs.; edible. The roots con-
tinue to grow for years. Variable.
AA. Sts. terete (cylindrical) .
B. Lvs. plain green.
Batatas, Decne. (D. divaricata, Auth., not Blanco).
YAM. CHINESE YAM. CHINESE POTATO. CINNAMON-
VINE. Tall climbing (10-30 ft.), the Ivs. 7-9-ribbed, cor-
date-ovate and shining, short-petioled, bearing small
clusters of cinnamon-scented white fls. in the axils : root-
tubers deep in the ground, 2-3 ft. long, usually larger
at the lower end. Philippines.
F.S. 10:971. R.H. 1854, pp.
247, 451, 452.— This is often
grown in the tropics for its
edible tubers, which, however,
are difficult to dig. In this
country the word yam is com-
monly applied to a tribe of
sweet potatoes (see Sweet
Potato). The
yam is hardy.
The root will
remain in the
ground over
winter in New
York, and send
up handsome
tall twining
shoots in the
spring. The
plant bears lit-
tle tubers in
the If.-axils,
and these are
usually planted
to produce the
cinnamon vine;
but it is not
until the sec-
ond year that
plants grown
1269. Dioscorea alata, showing foliage from these
and a small tuber. tubercles pro-
duce the large or full-grown yams. A form with
short and potato-like tubers is D. Decaisnedna, Carr.
(R.H. 1865:110).— A vine widely cult, since 1910
under the name air potato" or "giant yam vine" has
large potato-shaped bitter tubers. Its identity is in
doubt. It is not D. divaricata, under which name it
was intro. from Hawaii, nor D. bulbifera, which has
angular and edible aerial tubers. In order to distin-
1270. Air potato.— Aerial tuber of Dioscorea bulbif era. ( X J4)
guish it from the latter, it has recently been called the
'Hawaiian bitter yam." The yampi is apparently a
form of D. alata. This and other forms of this species
are grown in Fla. and La., for the excellent edible
tubers, which compare favorably with the potato.
bulbifera, Linn. AIR POTATO. Fig. 1270. Tall-
climbing: Ivs. alternate, cordate-ovate and cuspidate,
7-9-nerved, the stalks longer than the blade: fls. in
long, lax, drooping, axillary racemes. Trop. Asia.
G.C. III. 52:313.— Somewhat cult. S. as an oddity
and for the very large angular axillary tubers (which
vary greatly in size and shape). These tubers some-
times weigh several pounds. They are palatable and
potato-like in flavor. The root-tubers are usually
small or even none.
BB. Lvs. variously marked and colored, at least beneath
(greenhouse "foliage plants").
discolor, Hort. Lvs. large, cordate-ovate, cuspidate,
with several shades of green, white-banded along the
midrib and purplish beneath: fls. greenish and incon-
spicuous: root tuberous. S. Amer. Lowe 54. F.W.
1877:353. — Useful for the conservatory. Suggestive
of Cissus discolor.
multicolor, Lind. & Andre". Probably only a form of
the last: Ivs. variously marked and blotched and veined
with silvery white, red, green and salmon. S. Amer.
I.H. 18:53. — Very decorative glasshouse plant of
several well-marked forms (some of them under Latin
names).
D. villdsa, Linn., a native dioscorea, is offered. Bartlett has
recently worked over .the species native to the U. S. (Bull. 189,
Bur. PI. Ind., U. S. Dept. of Agric., 1910) and has recognized 5
species in the material formerly passing as D. villosa; and the
name villosa itself he finds to be untenable because of the confusion
attending it (a similar case lies with D. sativa, Linn., a name applied
to oriental species). The 5 species are as follows: D. quaternAta,
Gmel. Rhizomes stout, %in. diam., straight or forked, with few
or no lateral branches: sts. 3-8 ft. long, rigid and erect at base but
requiring support above: Ivs. mostly 5 and 6 at a node, alternate
above, cordate, repand, green on both sides, glabrous: staminate
fls. panicled, the clusters solitary in the axils; pistillate fls. few
in the cluster: fr. variable, %-l H in. long. Woods and banks, N. C.
to Fla., La., Mo. and Ark. — D. glaitca, Muhl. Rhizomes %in. or
more diam., often forked and with many short lateral branches
(the source of the drug "dioscorea"): st. 3-10 ft. long, rigid and
erect at base but requiring support above: Ivs. in whorls of 5-7,
the upper ones alternate, larger than in D. quaternata and less or
not at all repand glabrous or hirtellous, glaucous at maturity:
staminate infl. solitary in all axils, paniculate; pistillate infl.
few-fld. : fr. to 1)4 in- long. Pa. southward along the mts. to
S. C. and west to E. Mo. — D. paniculdta, Michx. Rhizomes long
and slender, simple or rarely forked, less than %in. diam., with a
few short thinner laterals: st. 3-14 ft., flexuose, glabrous: Ivs. all
alternate or nearly so, pubescent beneath: staminate infl. solitary
in the upper axils; pistillate infl. densely many-fruited: fr. less than
1 in. Var. glabrifdlia, Bartlett, has glabrous Ivs. Mass, to Minn.,
south to Texas in the middle region. — D. hirticaitlis, Bartlett.
Rhizome less than %in. diam., simple or rarely forked, nearly
1014
DIOSCOREA
DIOSPYROS
striaght, with short thin laterals: st. 3-10 ft., weak and flexuose,
pubescent: Ivs. all alternate (except perhaps at lowest node),
grayish pubescent: staminate infl. solitary in upper axils, the upper
ones paniculate; pistillate infl. with 1-4 frs., which are nearly 1 in.
long. Carolinas and Ga. — D. floridana, Bartlett. Rhizomes
undescribed: st. flexuose and twining: Ivs. alternate, wholly gla-
brous, green above and paler beneath: staminate infl. paniculate, in
the upper axils and also terminal; pistillate infl. solitary, 5-7-fld. : fr.
similar to those of D. paniculata, nearly 1 in. long, S. C. to Fla.
Of the many names appearing in horticultural literature, the
following are recent: D. argyrxa, Hort. Lvs. with silver-gray
angular patches along the main nerves. Colombia. Probably one
of the D. discolor-multicolor group. — D. bicolor, Hort. Greenhouse
climber, with ovate and cordate Ivs., variegated above and deep pur-
ple beneath. G.W. 13, p. 254. Perhaps a garden form of some species,
although there is a D. bicolor, Prain & Burkill described in a
Bengal journal. D. Fdrgesii, Franch. Twining, with spherical
aerial tubers: Ivs. of 3-5 parts or Ifts., ternate or digitate, the
parts oval or oval-lanceolate, more or less acuminate: female fls.
in a very long cluster, sessile, subtended by lanceolate bracts;
female fl. oblong, with 6 short segms.: subterranean tuber globular,
said to be edible; plant produces aerial tubers. W. China. R.H.
1900, p. 685. — D. globdsa, Roxbg. Cult, by Hindoos: tubers large,
round and white: sts. 6-winged, prickly toward the root: Ivs.
sagittate-cordate, ensiform, 5-7-nerved, the long petiole 5-winged:
staminate infl. long-pendulous and compound, and verticillate ;
pistillate infl. simple and erect in the axils, few-fld. India. This
name is listed in Eu. — D. illustrata, Hort., appears in European
lists: Ivs. satiny green with a central band of gray, transverse
lines of white, and gray patches, under surface purple. Brazil.
Probably one of the D. discolor group. — D. japdnica, Thunb. St.
slender, climbing 10-12 ft.: Ivs. ovate with tapering apex and
deeply cordate base, with some of the axils bearing small
oblong tubers or bulbels: pistillate fls. small, white, racemose
near the top of the plant: fr. triangular, winged: root 3—4 ft.
long, 1-2 in. diam., often branched. Japan. Cult, forms have
thicker and more condensed roots, and are eaten after the
manner of potatoes. Offered abroad.' — D. macroura, Harms.
Lvs. simple, alternate, glabrous, stalked, cordate-orbicular, 1 ft.
each way, undulate, with an apical cusp 1/^-2 in. long: male fls.
in a large panicle, the racemes reaching 2 ft., the fertile stamens 6
and very short. Upper Guinea (Trop. Afr.). — D. reiiisa. Mast.
Sts. slender, much twining, finely pubescent: Ivs. alternate, com-
pound; Ifts. 5, stalked obovate, retuse, to 2 in. long, green and
glabrous: male fls. few, in short-peduncled racemes; perianth-
segms. oblong and connivent; fertile stamens 3 and staminodea 3.
S. Afr. G.C. 1870: 1149. G.Z. 22, p. 242. L H B.
DIOSMA (Greek, divine odor). Rutacese. Small ten-
der heath-like shrubs from southwestern Africa.
Leaves al-
ternate or op-
posite, linear-
acute, chan-
neled, serru-
late or some-
times ciliate,
glandular-
dotted: fls. white or red-
dish, terminal, subsoli-
tary or corymbose,
pedicellate ; calyx 5-
parted; hypogynous disk
5-sinuate, 5-plaited;
petals 5; style short;
stigma capitate: carpels
5.— Of the more than 200
species described, barely
a dozen now remain in
this genus, the others
being mostly referred to allied
genera, especially Adenandra,
Agathosma and Barosma.
The plant known to gardeners
(and described by Linnseus) as
D. capitata is now referred to
Audouinia capitata, Brongn.,
which belongs in a different
order (Bruniacese) and even in a
different subclass of the Dicoty-
ledons (genus named for J. V.
Audouin, born 1797, famous
entomologist). It is a heath-like
shrub 2-3 ft. high, with erect
branches, and somewhat
1271. Native persim- Jvh°I>1!d'x mostlv. clustered
mon, Diospyros virgin- branchlets: Ivs. spirally arranged,
iana. (XM) stalkless, overlapping, linear, 3-
angled, roughish, with 2 grooves beneath : fls. crimson
(according to Flora Capensis), crowded into oblong
spike-like, terminal heads. Generic characters are: calyx
adhering to the ovary, 5-cleft, segms. large, overlapping;
petals with a long, 2-keeled claw, and a spreading,
roundish limb; stamens included; ovary half inferior,
3-celled, cells 2-ovuled; style 3-angled, with 3 small,
papilla-like stigmas. — One species.
In America, D. ericoides is more or less well known,
and is put to various uses in floral decorations, in sprays,
or branchlets cut to the required length, and stuck in
formal designs as a setting for other flowers in the
same manner and for the same purpose as Stevia is
used, to give that necessary grace and artistic effect
to the whole. This species, like most of the genus, has
an agreeable aromatic fragrance in the foliage. It
is a strong grower, loose and heath-like in habit and
foliage, as the specific name indicates; flowers White and
small, one or more on the points of tiny branchlets.
While diosmas undoubtedly do best in soil suitable
for heaths, that is, soil composed largely of fibrous
peat, they are not nearly so exacting in their require-
ments in this respect, and can be grown in good fibrous
loam and leaf-mold in equal parts, with considerable
clean sharp sand added thereto. The plants should be
cut back rather severely after flowering to keep them
low and bushy; this refers more particularly to the
above species, other members of the genus being of
more compact growth and needing very little correc-
tive cutting to keep them in shape. D. capitata (properly
Audouinia capitata) is a fine example of the latter class,
and is much better than D. ericoides for exhibition and
show purposes; flowers pinkish lilac, in corymbs. The
propagation of diosmas by cuttings is similar to that
of heaths, but much easier , The best material for cut-
tings is young wood. (Kenneth Finlayson.)
ericoides, Linn. Much-branched, 1-2 ft., leafy:
branches and twigs quite glabrous: Ivs. alternate,
crowded, recurved-spreading, oblong, obtuse, keeled,
pointless, glabrous: fls. terminal, 2-3 together, with
very short pedicels; calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse; petals
reddish, elliptic-oblong or obovate, obtuse, narrowed to
a short claw, twice as long as the calyx; disk free and
5-lobed. B.M. 2332 under this name is in reality D.
vulgaris var. longifolia. G. 33:501.
The plant cult, in Calif, as Diosma purpurea belongs to Aga-
thosma (Greek, good odor) , differing from Diosma chiefly in the
presence of 5 staminodes and in the 3 or 4 carpels; it is A. villdsa
Willd., a shrub about 1 ft. high with upright branches, spirally
arranged upright and imbricate Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, ciliate,
pubescent beneath, J^-J^in. long: fls. light purple, in dense terminal
heads; pedicels unequal, at least the outer ones not exceeding the
Ivs. S. Afr. R.B. 5: 369 (as Diosma hirta), H.I. 1:4. Another
species sometimes cult, as D. purpurea is Agathosma Ventenatiana,
Bartl. & Wendl. differing from the preceding species chiefly in the
spreading Ivs. and in nearly equal pedicels exceeding the Ivs.
L.B.C. 12: 1122 (as Diosma hirta).
D. fragrans, Sim s= Adenandra fragrans. — D. vulgaris, Schlecht.,
has narrower Ivs. than D. ericoides, and they are acute: branchlets
minutely pubescent: Ivs. scattered, rarely opposite, linear, convex-
carinate, subulate-acuminate: fls. corymbose, the petals white, or
red on the outside: plant 1-2 or more ft. There are well-marked
botanical varieties. WlLHELM MlLLER.
L. H. B.f
DlOSPillOS (Dios, Jove's, pyros, grain; alluding
to its edible fruit). Ebendcese. PERSIMMON. EBONY.
Woody plants grown partly for the handsome foliage
and partly for their edible fruits; some species are
valuable timber trees.
Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with alter-
nate, rarely opposite, entire Ivs., without stipules: fls.
dioacious or polygamous in few- or many-fld., axillary
cymes, the pistillate often solitary, yellowish or whitish;
calyx and corolla 3-7-, usually 4-lobed; stamens usually
8-16, included; styles 2-6; ovary 4-12-celled: fr. a
large, juicy berry, 1-10-seeded, bearing usually the
enlarged calyx at the base; seed flat, rather large. —
About 190 species in the tropics, few in colder climates.
The few cultivated species are ornamental trees,
DIOSPYROS
DIOSPYROS
1015
with handsome lustrous foliage, rarely attacked by
insects and with decorative and edible fruit. The only
species which is tolerably hardy North is D. virginiana,
while D. Kaki, much cultivated in Japan for its large
edible fruits, is hardy only in the southern states. Most
species have valuable hard and close-grained wood,
1272. Diospyros Lotus. ( X %)
and that of some tropical species is known as ebony.
They thrive in almost any soil, but require, in cooler
climates, sheltered and sunny positions. Propagated by
seeds to be sown after maturity or stratified and sown
in spring, and by cuttings of half-ripened wood or by
layers; the tropical species by cuttings of mature wood
in spring, with bottom heat; the fruit-bearing varie-
ties are usually grafted or budded on seedling stock of
D. virginiana. See Persimmon.
A. Lvs. acuminate.
B. Fr. }/%-! % in. across, not ribbed: branches usuatty
glabrous.
virginiana, Linn. COMMON PERSIMMON. Fig. 1271.
Tree, to 50 ft., rarely to 100 ft., with round-topped head
and spreading, often pendulous branches: Ivs. ovate or
elliptic, acuminate, shining above, glabrous at length or
pubescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. short-stalked,
greenish yellow, staminate in 3's, J^in. long, with 16
stamens; pistillate solitary, larger, with 4
2-lobed styles, connate at the base: fr.
globose or obovate, plum-like, with the
enlarged calyx at the base, 1-1^ in. diam.,
pale orange, often with red cheek, edible,
varying in size, color and flavor. June.
Conn, to Fla., west to Kans. and Texas.
S.S. 6:252, 253. G.F. 8:265. Mn. 4:21.
Gn. 57, p. 146. A.G. 11:651. V. 4.20.
G.W. 16:230.
L6tus, Linn. Fig. 1272. Round-headed
tree, to 40 ft. : Ivs. elliptic or oblong, acumi-
nate, pubescent, often glabrous above at
length, 3-5 in. long: fls. reddish white,
staminate in 3's, with 16 stamens, pistillate
solitary: fr. yellow at first, black when fully
ripe, globular, J^-Mui- diam., edible. June.
W. Asia to China. A.G. 12: 460. Gn.32,p.
68. S.I.F. 1:79.
BB. Fr. 1 ^2~3 in. across, usually ribbed: branches
with appressed brownish pubescence.
Kaki, Linn. f. (D. chinensis, Blume. D. Schitse,
Bunge. D.R6xburghii,C&rT.). Fig. 1273. Tree, to
40 ft., with round head: Ivs. ovate-elliptic, oblong-ovate
or obovate, acuminate, subcoriaceous, glabrous and
shining above, more or less pubescent beneath, 3-7
in. long : fls. yellowish white, staminate with 16-24
stamens, pistillate to %in. long; styles divided to the
base, pubescent: fr. large, lJ^-3 in. across, very
variable in shape and size, mostly resembling a tomato,
orange or reddish. June. Japan, China. R.H. 1870,
pp. 412, 413; 1872, pp. 254, 255. B.M. 8127. G.C. III.
41:22. Gn. 27, pp. 168, 169; 49, p. 171. M.D.G. 1909:
409. Var. costata, Andr6. Fr. large, depressed, glob-
ular, orange-red, with 4 furrows. R.H. 1870:410, and p.
133. I.H. 18:78. G.C. II. 4:777; III. 9:171; 13:51.
Gn. 49, p. 171. Var. Mazelii, Mouillef. Fr. orange-yel-
low, with 8 furrows. R.H. 1874:70. Other varieties are
figured in R.H. 1872, p. 254; 1878:470; 1887:348:
1888:60. A.G. 12:331-8, 459-462— A very desirable
and beautiful fruit-bearing tree for the southern states,
where a number of different varieties intro. from Japan
are cult., but the hardier varieties from the north of
Japan and China, which are likely to be hardy north to
New England, seem hitherto not to have been intro.
Fig. 1273 is from Georgeson's articles in A. G. 1891.
— The plant cult, in Eu. as D. chinensis, which is
apparently the same as D. Roxburghii, differs from the
Japanese forms of Kaki, which usually have ellip-
tic and glabrescent Ivs., in the narrower usually
oblong Ivs. densely pubescent beneath, less so above,
and in the greenish yellow subglobose fr. ; it is tenderer
than the common Kaki. It must not be confused with
D. sinensis, Hemsl., an entirely different species from
Cent. China, not in cult.
AA. Lvs. obtuse or emarginate.
texana, Scheele (D. mexicana, Scheele. Brayodendron
texdnum, Small). Small tree, intricately branched,
rarely to 40 ft.: Ivs. cuneate, oblong or obovate,
pubescent below, 1-2 in. long: fls. with the Ivs., pubes-
cent, on branches of the previous year; calyx and
corolla 5-lobed; staminate fls. with 16 stamens, pis-
tillate with 4 pubescent styles connate at the base: fr.
black, %-l in. diam. Spring. Texas, New Mex. S.S.
6:254.
tessellaria, Poir. (D. reticuldta, Willd.). Tree or
shrub: Ivs. coriaceous, oval or oblong, rounded at both
ends, lustrous above, glabrous and reticulate below, 3-6
in. long: fls. clustered,
sessile; calyx tubular,
4-lobed at the apex;
corolla 4-lobed; sta-
1273. A cultivated fruit of
Diospyros Kaki.
(Nearly natural size.)
1016
DIOSPYROS
DIPHYLLEIA
mens 12-13, glabrous: fr. ovoid, sericeous or glabrate,
1/4-1 M in- long, edible. Mauritius. — Yields the ebony
of Mauritius. Cult, in S. Calif.
D. armata, Hemsl. Spiny tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. persistent, oval-
oblong, obtuse, 1-2 in. long: staminate fls. in short panicles, creamy
white, fragrant: fr. usually solitary, %in. across. Cent. China.
Tender. — D. Ebendster, Retz. The "guayabota" and "zapote
negro," from Mex. and W. Indies, has been catalogued in S. Calif.
It is a tall tree, with very sweet frs. the size of an orange, green out-
side and almost black inside: Ivs. elliptic or oblong, usually obtuse,
3-12 in. long: fls. white, fragrant. — D. Ebenum, Koenig. Tree,
to 50 ft.: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, bluntly acuminate, glabrous: fls.
white, staminate, in short racemes. E. Indies, Ceylon. For cult,
in hothouses or tropical climates. This species is said to yield the
best ebony. — D. Morrisiana, Hance. Evergreen shrub or small
tree, glabrous: Ivs. oval, obtusely acuminate, 2-3 J^ in. long: fls.
whitish, drooping, on hairy stalks: fr. yellow, subglobose, J^-%m-
across. Hongkong, Formosa. The edible fr. ripens in Dec. — D.
iitilis, Hemsl. Evergreen large tree: branchlets silky-pubescent:
Ivs. oblong, short-petioled, glabrous above, whitish and silky-
pubescent beneath, 5-8 in. long: fr. depressed-globose, pubescent,
nearly 2 in. across. Formosa. The edible fr. is called Mao-shih.
ALFRED REHDER.
DIOSTEA (probably two stones or seeds). Ver-
benaceae. Once referred to Baillonia, but now kept
distinct; closely allied to Lippia, but differing widely
in habit, in the slender green branches, in the branchlets
having very long internodes and being cylindric and
hollow. D. juncea, Miers, of the Andes of Chile and
Argentina, is a bush or small tree, with the long
branches constricted when dry: Ivs. opposite, 1 in. or
less long, sessile, oblong or ovate-oblong, obtuse,
crenate, rather fleshy: fls. small, pale lilac, in peduncled
axillary or terminal spikes; corolla tubular, inflated
above the middle, hairy inside, with 5 very short
rounded spreading lobes; stamens 4, didynamous.
B.M. 7695.
DIOTIS (two-eared, denoting the structure). Com-
pdsitse. One cottony perennial on sea sands of Eu.,
sometimes planted in rock-gardens and for edgings.
D. candidissima, Desf. (D. maritima, Smith). COT-
TON-WEED. Usually less than 1 ft. high, has hard sts.
almost woody at base, arising from a creeping root-
stock : Ivs. alternate, oblong, entire or slightly toothed,
about J^in. long: fl.-heads nearly globular, J^in. across,
in dense terminal clusters, in Aug. and Sept. It is
readily prop, by seeds or cuttings. Diotis is closely
allied to Achillea, being distinguished by the florets
being all tubular and having 2 ears at the base of the
corolla which persist and inclose the achene.
DIPCADI (meaning uncertain). Including Tricharis
and Uropetalum. Liliacese. Tender bulbous scapose
plants of minor importance, allied to Galtonia.
Leaves radical, thickish, narrowly linear: scape
simple and leafless, bearing loose racemes of odd-
colored fls.; perianth with a cylindrical tube, the lobes
mostly equaling or exceeding the tube, the 3 exterior
ones spreading or flaring and the 3 interior usually
shorter and erect; stamens 6, on the throat of the peri-
anth, the anthers linear and attached by the back;
ovary sessile, ovoid or oblong, becoming a 3-sided
dehiscent caps.: bulb tunicated. — About 50 species in
S. Eu.; Trop. and S. Afr. and India. During the winter,
their resting time, the bulbs should be kept dry. A
compost of light, sandy loam and leaf-mold has been
recommended. Many species have been described in
recent years from Trop. and S. Afr., and some of them
may be expected to appear in the trade, and in lists of
novelties.
A. All perianth-segms. equally long. (Tricharis.)
serdtinum, Medikus. Lvs. 5-6, fleshy-herbaceous, gla-
brous, narrowly linear, 6-12 in. long, 2-3 lines wide
near the base, channeled on the face: scape 4-12 in.
long; raceme loose, 4-12-fld.; bracts lanceolate, 4-6
lines long, longer than the pedicels; perianth greenish
brown, 5-6 lines long; ovary sessile or subsessile. S.
Eu., N. Afr. B.M. 859 (as Scilla serotina).
AA. Outer perianth-segms. longer than the inner and
tailed. ( Uropetalum,)
filament6sum, Medikus (D. mride, Moench). Lvs. 5-6,
fleshy-herbaceous, narrowly linear, glabrous, 1 ft. long,
1K-3 lines wide near the base: scape 1-2 ft. high;
raceme loose, 6-15-fld.; bracts linear-acuminate, 4-6
lines long; perianth green, 12-15 lines long, outer
segms. 4-6 lines longer than the inner: caps, sessile or
nearly so. S. Afr. WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DIPELTA (Greek dis, twice, and pelte, shield; two
of the floral bracts are shield-like). Caprifoliacese.
Ornamental deciduous shrubs, grown for their hand-
some pinkish or purple flowers.
Leaves opposite, short-petioled, entire or denticulate,
without stipules : fls. solitary or in leafy few-fld. racemes,
with 4 unequal conspicuous bracts at the base; calyx-
lobes linear or lanceolate, 5; corolla tubular-campanu-
late, 2-lipped; stamens 4, inclosed; style slender,
shorter than corolla; ovary inferior, elongated, 4-celled,
2 of the cells with 1 fertile ovule each and 2 cells with
several sterile ovules: fr. a caps, inclosed by the en-
larged, usually shield-like, bracts. — Four species in
Cent, and W. Asia.
Dipeltas resemble diervillas in habit, with hand-
some pinkish or purple flowers in clusters along last
year's branches; the flowers in shape are like those of a
large-flowered abelia. D. floribunda has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum, while D. ventricosa seems to
be somewhat tenderer. They are apparently not partic-
ular as to the soil. Propagation is by seeds sown in
spring and probably, like Abelia and Diervilla, by
greenwood and hardwood cuttings.
floribunda, Maxim. Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. ovate to
lanceolate, acute or acuminate, rounded or narrowed at
the base, entire, puberulous at first, soon glabrous,
2-4 in. long: fls. 1-6, on slender nodding pedicels,
tubular-campanulate, pale rose, lower lip with orange
marks, IJ^in. long; ovary inclosed by the 2 upper large
shield-like bracts persisting on the fr. and %-l in.
across. May. Cent. China. B.M. 8310. G.C. III. 42:3.
M.D.G. 1912:27.
ventricdsa, Hemsl. Shrub, to 18 ft.: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate to lanceolate, long - acuminate, usually
rounded at the base, remotely glandular-denticulate,
sparingly hairy above and villous along the veins
beneath, 2-6 in. long: fls. 1-4 on drooping slender
pedicels, campanulate, ventricose and scarcely tubular
at the base, outside purple, whitish inside and marked
with orange, 1J4 m- long; ovary hidden by 2 large
unequal auriculate bracts on the fr. about %in. across.
May, June. W.China. B.M. 8294. G.C. III. 44:101.
D. yunnan&nsis, Franch. Allied to D. ventricosa. Lvs. entire:
corolla distinctly tubular at the base. W. China. R.H. 1891, p.
246. Not yet intro. — D. elegans, Batal, is another handsome species
ALFRED REHDER.
DIPHYLLEIA (Greek, double leaf). Berberiddce<e.
UMBRELLA-LEAF. An interesting hardy perennial herb,
sometimes transferred to the wild-garden.
Plant with thick creeping jointed knotty rootstocks,
sending up a huge peltate cut-lobed umbrella-like
radical If. on a stout stalk, and a flowering st. bearing
2 similar (but smaller and more 2-cleft) alternate Ivs.,
which are peltate near one margin, and a terminal
cyme of white fls.: sepals 6, fugacious; petals and
stamens 6; ovules 5 or 6: berries globose, few-seeded.
This is one of the genera having only 2 species, one of
which is found in N. E. N. Amer., the other in E. Asia
or Japan, of which there are two others in this family.
cymdsa, Michx. Root-lvs. 1-2 ft. across, 2-cleft, each
division 5-7-lobed; lobes toothed: st. 1-4 ft. tall:
berries blue. May. Wet or springy places in mountains
from Va. to Ga. B.M. 1666. — Grows readily in dry soil
under cult, but is dwarf.
DIPHYSA
DIPLADENIA
1017
DIPHYSA (two bladders, because of the structure of
the pod). Leguminosx. Shrubs or trees, usually glandu-
lar, with odd-pinnate Ivs. and papilionaceous fls., of
about 10 or 12 species in Mex., Cent. Amer., to Vene-
zuela, rarely seen in cult, abroad in warmhouses:
calyx with 5 unlike teeth, the 2 upper short; standard
of the corolla orbicular, clawed, with 2 callosities
inside; wings obovate or oblong or nearly lanceolate;
keel as long as the wings or somewhat longer: fr. a
stipitate more or less inflated pod : fls. yellow, in short
racemes or fascicles. D. carthagenensis, Jacq., is a
shrub or small unarmed tree, with 2-3-fld. axillary
peduncles, and about 5 pairs of Ifts. D. floribunda,
Peyr., has been offered in S. Calif.: much-branching
shrub: Ivs. alternate; Ifts. 7-13, elliptic or broad-oblong,
the mid-nerve ending in a mucro: fls. yellow, in short
secund racemes; standard strongly reflexed, Kin.
broad. S. Mex. L, jj. 3.
DIPIDAX (double fountain, from the pair of nectaries
at the base of the perianth-segms.). Liliacese. Two
species in S. Afr., with tunicated corms, simple sts.
and small whitish more or less tinted fls. in spikes, of
little horticultural importance: perianth deciduous,
polyphyllous; stamens 6, included; ovary sessile, 3-
celled and 3-lobed, many-ovuled; styles 3, awl-shaped:
fr. a turbinate 3-valved caps. D. ciliata, Baker. St.
6-12 in.: Ivs. usually 3, ciliate, the lower 4-6 in. long
and lanceolate-acuminate and the upper much shorter
and amplexicaul: spike 2-6 in. long, densely many-fid.;
fls. whitish more or less tinged red: there are several
botanical vars., differing in Ivs., number and color of
fls. D. triquetra, Baker. St. 12-18 in.: Ivs. 3, not ciliate,
the lowest at base of st. and the upper near the spike
(which is 1-6 in. long) : fls. with numerous brown veins
and 2 purple nectar-spots. B.M. 558 (as Melanthium
triquetrum). The species are treated as greenhouse
perennials.
DiPLACUS: Mimulus.
DIPLADENIA (Greek, double gland, referring to the
two glands at base of ovary, which distinguish this
genus from Echites). Apocynaceae. A charming genus
of greenhouse twiners (sometimes erect), mostly from
Brazil.
Flowers large, showy, more or less funnel-shaped,
having a remarkable range of color, rarely white or
dark red, but especially rich in rosy shades and with
throats often brilliantly colored with yellow; the buds,
also, are charming; calyx 5-parted, the lobes lanceo-
late, with glands or scales in the inside; corolla without
scales at the throat, the 5 lobes spreading, twisted in
the bud; stamens 5, affixed in the top of the tube,
included, the acuminate anthers connivent around the
5-lobed stigma; disk of 2 fleshy scales, alternating with
the 2 distinct ovaries: fr. of 2 terete more or less spread-
ing f ollicles. —
Species 30-40, in
Trop. S. Amer.,
woody (rarely
herbaceous) and
mostly at first
erect but becom-
ing scandent, the
Ivs. mostly op-
posite and entire
and usually with
bristles or glands
at base; fls. usu-
ally in terminal
or axillary ra-
cemes. The
genus is fully as
interesting as
Allamanda,
1274. Dipladenia atropurpurea. (XK) which belongs to
another tribe of the same family. Other allied genera
of garden interest are Echites, Odontadenia, Mandevilla
and Urechites. Some species are naturally erect bushes,
at least when young, and many can be trained to the
bush form. The group is a most tempting one to the
hybridizer. Many names appear in European cata-
logues, but they are confused. Very many pictures are
found in the European horticultural periodicals.
Of the twining glasshouse flowering subjects, dipla-
denias are amongst the best and ought to be in all col-
lections of greenhouse plants. An erroneous idea is
held by many that it is necessary to have a very high
temperature to grow these plants successfully. This,
however, is not the case. Except when started into
active growth in the early spring, they do better in
an intermediate temperature. Dipladenias have been
known to live, and thrive well, after having been sub-
jected to 7° of frost. A good time of the year to
secure cuttings of dipladenias is about February 1. At
that time they show signs of starting into growth and
the weak wood should all be pruned back to the normal
thickness of the stem. The thickest part of these prun-
ings make good cuttings. Take a piece with two
leaves attached, with about an inch of the stem under
the leaves. Pot them singly in small pots, half filled
with equal parts osmundine, broken up rather fine,
sand, and charcoal. Fill the upper part of the pot with
sand. Place the pots in a tight propagating bed, in a
night-temperature of 70.° Allow, the temperature to
run up to 80° or more by day, but be sure and admit
air several times during the day by opening up the
case the plants are in for a few minutes. The cuttings
will have the small pots filled with roots in about a
month, when they may be shifted into larger pots. From
now on, use for potting equal parts of osmundine, the
fiber of loam out of which all the fine part has been
shaken, sphagnum moss, sand and charcoal. When the
plants reach a 6-inch pot, a sixth part of sheep-manure
may be added and a sprinkling of chicken-bone. It is
a good plan, provided one has a good sheltered border
with a southern aspect, to plant small plants of dipla-
denia outdoors from June until the middle of Septem-
ber. It is astonishing how vigorously they start into
growth and flower when potted after this treatment.
Fifty-five degrees is a good night temperature to grow
dipladenias in when possible. During the summer, if
grown indoors, admit all the air that can be admitted
day and night. They will stand the full sun under glass,
but they do slightly better under a very light shade
during the hotter part of the day, when the sun is
shining. When the pots are filled with roots, and it is
desired that they should remain in that pot for the
rest of the season, feed with manure-water, a handful
of cow-manure to a two-and-a-half-gallon watering-
pot. The same amount to an equal quantity of water
if a fertilizer such as "Clays" is used, is sufficient.
Horse urine may 'also be used for a change, a 3-inch
potful to two and one-half gallons of water. Be sure
to water three times in between with clean water.
Dipladenias show signs of completing their growth
toward the end of November, at which time water
should be gradually withheld, but never so as to allow
the wood to shrivel. They may be treated in this man-
ner until the end of January, when, as stated above,
they will show signs of starting the season's growth.
At this season they should have a general overhauling.
Large plants should be turned out of their pots, and the
loose dirt all washed out of them with a hose with a
gentle pressure on it; and if possible repot in the same
size of pot. After disturbing the roots in this manner,
they are better to be placed for a few weeks in a tem-
perature of not less than 65.° When they have gripped
the new soil, they do better in 55° night temperature.
Give each break a piece of thread attached from the
plant to the roof to climb on until they set flower. A
few breaks, near the highest part of the plant, will
1018
DIPLADENIA
DIPLARRHENA
start climbing ahead of the others, and after they
show a flower-stem pinch the shoot immediately ahead
of the flower. This will encourage the belated breaks
to start and catch up to these leaders. When they have
all set flower, they may be trained evenly over a globe
trellis if they are desired for a specimen plant. By the
above treatment ninety-five open flowers, all at one
time, have been secured on a plant in a 12-inch pot.
Dipladenias are subject to mealy-bug, scale, thrips,
and red-spider. Fumigate with hydrocyanic gas
during the cold months, and syringe regularly and
thoroughly during the summer, and these pests will
give no trouble. (George F. Stewart.)
A. Fls. white; throat yellow inside.
boliviensis, Hook. Plant everywhere glabrous: sts.
slender: Ivs. petioled, 2-3 % in. long, oblong, acumi-
nate, acute at base,
bright green and
glossy above, pale
beneath; stipules
none : racemes axil-
lary, 3-4-fld.; pedun-
cles much shorter
than the Ivs., about
as long as petioles
and pedicels; bracts
minute at the base of
the twisted pedicels;
calyx - lobes ovate,
acuminate, 3 lines
long; corolla almost
salver - shaped, tube
%£ and throat slender
and cylindrical, the
former ^in. long, the
latter twice as long
and half as broad
again; limb \Yi in.
across; lobes broadly
ovate, more acumi-
nate than in D. atro-
purpurea. Bolivia. B.
M. 5783. Gn. 44:
140. Gng. 7:342.
AA. Fls. dark purple.
atropurpurea, DC.
(D. Marie Henrietta,
Hort.). Fig. 1274.
Glabrous: Ivs. ovate-
acute, about 2 in. long, acute at the very base: racemes
axillary, 2-fld.; peduncles a little longer than the Ivs.;
pedicels twisted, bracted; calyx-lobes lanceolate-acumi-
nate, a little shorter than the pedicel, and a third as
long as the cylindrical part of the corolla (of which the
tube is about 2 in. long); corolla dark purple inside
and out, tube funnel-shaped above the middle; lobes
triangular, wavy, spreading, shorter than the dilated
part of the tube. Brazil. B.R. 29:27 (as Echites).
Gn. 44:488. I.H. 42:33. Gt. 43, p. 548. Var. Clarkei,
Hort. Lvs. rather small: fl. deep crimson shaded vel-
vet-black, about 2^4 in. across, the tube paler. Gn. W.
8:661. — D. atropurpurea is a handsome species, but
considered to be a shy bloomer.
AAA. Fls. rose; throat deep rose or purple within, whitish
outside.
splendens, DC. (Echites splendens, Hook.). Fig.
1275. St. glabrous, the branches terete: Ivs. subsessile,
4—8 in. long, elliptic-acuminate, cordate at the base,
wavy, pubescent, especially beneath, veins elevated,
numerous: racemes axillary, longer than the Ivs.,
4-6-fld.; calyx-lobes red-tipped, awl-shaped, as long as
the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube, which is half
the length of the funnel-shaped portion; limb flat,
4 in. across, the lobes rotund, subacute, almost as long
1275. Dipladenia splendens. ( X J£)
as the tube; corolla-tube 1^ in. long, white outside,
lobes rosy, throat deeper, almost purple. Brazil. B.M.
3976. F.S. 1:34 shows a yellow-throated form. Var.
profusa, Rod. (D. profusa, Hort.), has larger and
brighter rosy fls., lined with yellow inside, the outside
of the tube rosy except at the base, which is yellow.
J.H. III. 57:277. I.H. 30:491.— Intro, by B. S. Wil-
liams. D. amdbilis, Hort., is said to be a hybrid of D.
crassinoda and D. splendens. Lvs. short-stalked, oblong,
acute: fls. rosy crimson, 4-5 in. across; corolla-lobes
very round and stiff. Gn. 51, p. 227. G. 12:89; 14:461.
I.H. 27:396, shows a 12-fld. raceme with exceptionally
bright red fls.
AAAA. Fls. salmon-colored; throat yellow inside and out.
urophylla, Hook. Glabrous erect bush, not a vine:
branches numerous, swollen at the joints: Ivs. ovate-
oblong, obtuse at the base, suddenly narrowed at the
apex into a narrow point %in. long: peduncles long,
drooping, flexuose; racemes axillary, 4-6-fld.; calyx-
segms. awl-shaped; corolla dull yellow outside, deeper
and brighter yellow within; tube cylindrical in lower
third, then swelling into an almost bell-shaped throat;
lobes of the limb salmon inclined to purple, acute.
Brazil. B.M. 4414. P.M. 16:66. F.S. 5:425.
D. amasna, Moore. Free-flowering, with good foliage: Ivs. oblong-
acuminate: fls. pink tinted with rose; corolla-lobes rounded and
not reflexed. Of garden origin (D. splendens XD. amabilis); offered
abroad. F. 1868:73. G.6:391; 11:43.— D. Brearleyana, Hprt. Lvs.
oblong, acute, dark green: fls. pink at first, changing to rich crim-
son, very large. Gn. 51, p. 226. F.W. 1875:161. G. 8:92; 12:703.
Probably a form of Odontadenia speciosa. — D. carissima, Hort.
Fls. very large (about 5 in. diam.), delicate pink lined with bright
rose. Garden origin. G.Z. 27, p. 49. — D. crassindda, DC. Glabrous:
st. much branched, with many nodes: Ivs. lanceolate, acute or
almost acuminate, acute at the base, shining and leathery on both
sides: racemes axillary, about 6-fld.; calyx-lobes lanceolate, acumi-
nate, a little shorter than the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube,
2 or 3 times shorter than the pedicel; corolla-tube bell-shaped
above the middle; lobes obovate-orbicular. Brazil. The above is
the original description by De Candolle, who adds that the Ivs. are
3-3 Yi in. long, %-l in. wide; petiole 2-3 lines long: stipules inter-
petiolar, with 4 short cuspidate teeth. The plant pictured in B.R.
30:64 was renamed D. Lindleyi by Lemaire chiefly for its pilose
st. and stellate-lobed stipules. Later authorities refer B.R. 30:64
to D. Martiana. F.S. 22:2310 may be the same plant as B.R.
30:64, but with variable Ivs. and stipules. The plant was prized for
its delicate colors, being white at first, then shot with soft rose like
a flame tulip, and finally a deep rose. Only 1 fl. in a raceme waa
open at a time, and each lasted 8 or 9 days; throat orange inside. —
D. eximia, Hemsl. Very slender, twining, nearly glabrous, the st.
rose-red: Ivs. opposite, very short-stalked, 1-1 y&n. long, orbicular-
ovate to elliptic: fls. 6-8 in a cyme, 2}^-3 in. across, rose-colored,
the tube nearly 2 in. long, corolla-lobes orbicular and obtusely
cuspidate. Probably Brazil. B.M. 7720. — D.flava, Hook. Fls. size
and color of common yellow allamanda; climbing: Ivs. opposite,
short-stalked, ovate to elliptic: fls. 4-6 in a lax cyme, yellow, the
tube very hairy on the outside and suddenly enlarged above. Colom-
bia. B.M. 4702. J.F. 4:373. See Urechites, to which this is prop-
erly referred. — D. Hdrrisii, Hook. = Odontadenia speciosa. — D.
hybrida. Lvs. large, stout, bright green: fls. flaming crimson-red.
Garden form. G. 32:647. — D.illustris, DC. Glabrous or pubescent:
Ivs. oblong or rotund, obtuse or nearly acute, rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, many-nerved; stipules none; petiole short:
racemes terminal, 4-8-fld.; fls. rosy, throat yellow inside, purple at
the mouth; corolla-tube cylindrical to the middle, then funnel-
shaped; limb 3-3 Kin. across, lobes rosy, orbicular-ovate, obtuse.
Brazil. F.S. 3:256. Var. glabra, Muell. Arg. B.M. 7156.— D. insig-
nis, Hort. Stout-growing: foliage strong: fls. rosy purple. Of garden
origin. R.H. 1904, p. 419. G.Z. 16:145. — D. pastdrum, Mart., var.
tenuifdlia, Hook. f. A very slender tuberous-rooted glabrous twin-
ing herb with very narrow (Kin- or less broad) Ivs. 2-3 in. long,
and rose-colored fls. 1 K in. across and bearing a golden 5-clef t ring
at the throat. Brazil. B.M. 7725. — D. Sdnderi, Hemsl., has flesh-
colored, fls. with throat yellow inside, and outside at the base, has
smaller Ivs. than D. illustris, and no circle of purple at the mouth
of the fl. Gn. 51:226. WlLHELM MlLLER.
L. H. B.f
DIPLARRHENA (Greek, two anthers; the third being
imperfect). Iridacese. Tender rhizomatous plants from
Australia and Tasmania, with white and variegated
flowers. Herbs: rhizome short: sts. erect, simple or
somewhat branched: Ivs. mostly radical, narrow, rigid,
acuminate, equitant: spathe terminal, rigid, acumi-
nate; perianth without any tube above the ovary;
segms. unequal, inner ones shorter, connivent; upper
stamen imperfect; fls. usually more than 1 to a spathe,
not lasting.
DIPLARRHENA
DIPLOTHEMIUM
1019
Moraea, Labill. Sts. 1M~2 ft. long,- with a single
terminal cluster, and several sheathing bracts: Ivs.
6-8 in a tuft, 1-\1A ft. long, l/i~lAm. wide: spathes
cylindrical, 2-3-fld., 2 in. long; fls. whitish: caps. 1 in.
long. New S. Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. This
species has been offered. The only other species is D.
latifblia, Benth. (D. Morsea var. latifolia, Baker), from
Tasmania, with longer and broader Ivs. (nearly 1 in.
wide), longer spathes which are5-6-fld., and fls. varie-
gated with lilac and yellow. L. jj. g.
DIPLAZIUM (Greek, doubled) . Polypodiacese. Rather
large, coarse ferns, of greenhouse culture.
Allied to Asplenium, but with the indusia often
double, extending along both sides of some of the free
veins. The dividing line between Diplazium and
Asplenium is technical. In general appearance and in
cultural requirements, the two genera are practically
identical. — Eighty or more species are found, mostly in
the warmer portions of the world.
A. Li's, simple.
lanceum, Presl. Lvs. 6-9 in. long, %-l in. wide,
narrowed upward and downward, the margin mostly
entire; sori reaching nearer to the edge than the midrib.
India, China, Japan.
AA. Lvs. pinnate, with the pinnae deeply lobed: rootstock
not rising to form a trunk.
arbdreum, Presl (Asplenium arboreum, Linn.). Lvs.
12-18 in. long, 6-8 in. wide, with a distinct auricle or
lobe at the base. The habit is not arboreous, as ori-
ginally supposed, and as the name would indicate;
quite near the next, but less deeply cut. W. Indies and
Venezuela.
Shepherdii, Link (Asplenium Shepherdii, Spreng. ).
Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 6-9 in. broad, deeply lobed, the
lobes at the base sometimes reaching down to the rachis,
somewhat toothed and often J^in. broad; sori long-
linear. Cuba and Mex. to Brazil.
AAA. Lvs. bipinnate: trunk somewhat arborescent.
maximum, C. Chr. (D. latifblium, Moore. Asplenium
latifolium, Don). St. erect, somewhat arborescent:
Ivs. 3-4 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, with about 12 pinnae
on either side. India, China and the Philippines.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
DIPLOGLOTTIS (double-tongued, referring to the
divided scale inside the petals). Sapindacese. Austra-
lian tree; one species: D. austrdlis, Radlk. (D. Cun-
ninghamii, Hook, f.), mentioned in recent horticultural
literature. Lvs. large (1-2 ft. or more), pinnate, more
or less villous; Ifts. 8-12, oblong-elliptic to ovate-
lanceolate, sometimes more than 1 ft. long: fls. greenish,
many, in a large panicle; calyx deeply 5-lobed, small;
petals about twice as long as calyx ()^in.), 4, thin,
orbicular, ciliate, about equaled by the 2 inner scales;
stamens 8, exserted or included; ovary 3-celled, the
style short and incurved, stigma entire or somewhat
3-lobed: fr. a nearly globular 3-valved caps., tomentose,
about Hin. diam. B.M. 4470 (as Cupania Cunning-
hamii).
DIPLOLJENA (double cloak, in allusion to the double
involucre). Rutacese. W. Australian tomentose shrubs,
sometimes cult., but apparently not in American trade.
Lvs. simple and entire, stalked, alternate: fls. red from
the appearance of the many stamens in the terminal
heads which are flower-like and short-peduncled or
sessile and surrounded by an involucre of broad bracts
in 3 or 4 series of which the inner ones are large and
petal-like; calyx wanting; petals 5, small and narrow;
disk small; stamens 10, much exserted, the filaments
bearded; ovary 5-lobed, the styles united into 1: fr.
2-valved cocci, resulting from the division of the ovary.
— About 4 species. D. grandifldra, Desf., 5-6 ft., with
rigid spreading branches, the ovate or broad-oblong
65
very obtuse Ivs. tomentose or hoary on both sides. D.
Dampieri, Desf., distinguished chiefly by the Ivs.
being green and smooth on the upper surface. B.M.
4059. B.R. 27:64. H.U. 5:42. L. H. B.
DIPLOPAPPUS: Aster.
DIPLOSTEPHIUM (double crown or pappus).
Composite. This genus as now defined comprises
upward of a dozen species in Venezuela, Colombia
and to Peru, probably not in cult. ; the D. amygddlinum,
Cass., of gardens is Aster umbelldtus, Mill., under
Gray's treatment, and Doellingeria umbeUata, Nees,
of some other authors. Dcellingeria differs from Aster
proper in its double pappus, the inner bristles long and
capillary and the outer short and rigid; involucre-
bracts short and lacking herbaceous tips; heads corym-
bose or solitary; rays rather few, white or rose-tinged:
Ivs. veiny, not stiff. (Named for Th. Dcellinger, botani-
cal explorer.)
Aster umbellatus is a stout plant (2-7 ft.) of low
grounds from Newfoundland to Ga. and Ark., variable,
and lower forms occurring: very leafy, with numerous
crowded heads: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate
(to 6 in. long), tapering to both ends: involucre short;
rays white. A good plant for the wild garden.
L. H. B.
DIPLOTHEMIUM (Greek, double sheathed). Pal-
macese, tribe Cocoinese. Spineless pinnate palms, low or
stemless, or often with ringed, stout, solitary or fas-
cicled trunks.
Leaves terminal, pinnatisect; segms. crowded,
lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate, glaucous or silvery
beneath, margins recurved at the base, midnerve
prominent; rachis 2-faced, strongly laterally com-
pressed; petiole concave above; sheath fibrous, open:
spadices erect, long or short-peduncled, strict, thickish;
spathes 2, the lower coriaceous, the upper cymbiform,
beaked, ventrally dehiscent; bracts short, coriaceous;
fls. rather large, cream-colored or yellow, more showy
than almost any other palm: fr. ovoid or obovoid,
small. — Species 5. Brazil.
Diplothemium is a group of very handsome palms.
In size the members of this genus seem to vary as
much as those included in the Cocos group. D. mariti-
mum, which is found along the coast of Brazil, is but 10
feet in height when fully developed. This genus is
without spines, the leaves being pinnate, very dark
green on the upper side and usually covered with white
tomentum on the under side, the pinnae being clus-
tered along the midrib in most instances. In a very
young plant of this genus the ultimate character is
not at all apparent from the fact that the seedling
plants have undivided or simple leaves, this character-
istic frequently obtaining in the case of D. caudescens
until the plant is strong enough to produce leaves 4 or
5 feet long or about one and one-half years from
germination. Frequently the plant bears both sorts
of leaves while young. A warm greenhouse, rich soil
and a plentiful supply of water are among the chief
requisites for the successful culture of diplothemiums.
D. caudescens is the best known of the genus, and when
space may be had for its free development it is one of
the handsomest palms in cultivation. See G.C. II.
24:394 for horticultural account of the group.
caudescens, Mart. (Cerdxylon niveum, Hort.). WAX-
PALM. St. 12-20 ft. high, 10-12 in. thick, remotely
ringed, often swollen at the middle: Ivs. 9-12 ft., short-
petioled; segms. 70-90 on each side, ensiform, densely
waxy white below, the middle ones 24-28 in. long, 1%
in. wide, the upper and lower ones shorter and narrower,
all obtuse at the apex. Brazil. R.H. 1876, p. 235.
D. littor&le. Mart. A small graceful palm with finely dissected
Ivs. and very bright yellow fl. -clusters making it attractive during
the spring months. B.M. 4861. — Hardly in cult, in Amer.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR, f
1020
DIPSACUS
DISA
1276. Fuller's teasel—
Dipsacus fullonum.
(XH)
DIPSACUS (to thirst, from the Greek, because the
bases of the connate Ivs. in some species hold water).
Dipsacaceae. TEASEL. Stout tall biennial or perennial
herbs of the Old World, two or three of which are weeds;
and one of them is cultivated for fuller's teasels.
The plants are prickly or rough-hairy: Ivs. opposite,
entire, toothed or pinnatifid: fls. small and in dense
heads, like those of compositous
plants, but the anthers are not
united (or syngenesious) as they
are in the Compositse, blue or
lilac; involucre-bracts and scales
of receptacle sharp or spine-
pointed. There are a dozen or
more species in Eu., N. Afr. to
Abyssinia, and Asia. D. sylvestris,
Huds., is an intro. weed along
roadsides in the northeastern
states and Ohio Valley. It is bien-
nial, the st. arising the second
year and reaching a height of 5 or
6 ft. It is said to be a good bee
plant. Lvs. lance-oblong, toothed
and more or less
prickly on the
margin. The dead
stiff stalks of this
teasel are conspicuous winter ob-
jects in the E. U. S., where it has
run wild extensively. D. lacini&tus,
Linn., has been found wild in the
U. S.: Ivs. pinnatifid or bipin-
natifid, ciliate. The fuller's teasel,
D. fullonum, Linn. (Fig. 1276), is
probably derived from the first,
and differs from it chiefly in the very strong and
hooked floral scales. These scales give the head its value
for the teasing or raising the nap on woollen cloth, for
which no machinery is so efficient. This plant is grown
commercially in a limited area in Cent. N. Y.; see
Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 636. L. jj. 3.
pIPTERONIA (Greek dis, twice and pteron wing: the
fruit consists of two winged carpels). Aceracese. Orna-
mental deciduous tree with handsome large pinnate
foliage.
Leaves opposite, petioled, odd-pinnate, with &-15
serrate Ifts.: fls. polygamous, small, in large terminal
panicles; sepals 5, longer than the short and broad
petals; staminate fls. with usually 8 stamens and a
rudimentary ovary in the center; pistillate fls. with a
2-celled compressed ovary; style cylindric with 2
slender recurved stigmas: fr. consisting of 2 1-seeded
compressed nutlets connate only at the base and with
the wing extending all around. — Two species in Cent,
and S. W. China.
The species in cultivation is a small tree with hand-
some foliage, insignificant flowers, but conspicuous
winged fruits in large panicles. It is apparently not
hardy North. It grows well in any good soil. Propaga-
tion is by seeds.
sinensis, Oliver. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. %-l% ft. long;
Ifts. 9-15, short-petioled, the upper nearly sessile, the
lowest pair sometimes 3-parted, ovate-lanceolate to
lanceolate, long-acuminate, coarsely serrate, glabrous
or sparingly hairy, 2-4 in. long: panicles loose, 6-12 in.
long; fls. whitish, minute, slender-pedicelled : each
carpel (samara) of the fr. broadly obovate or nearly
orbicular, light brown, about 1 in. long, with the seed
near the middle. June; fr. in Sept. Cent. China. J.H
8.28:60. H.I. 19:1898. ALFRED REHDER.
DIRCA (Dirke, mythological name; also a spring
near Thebes). Thymelseacex. LEATHERWOOD. Two
North American small early-blooming shrubs, some-
times planted.
Bushes with tough fibrous bark, alternate, thin short
entire petiolate deciduous Ivs., apetalous perfect fls.
in peduncled fascicles of the previous season's growth,
the branches developing subsequently from the same
nodes: calyx corolla-like, yellowish, campanulate,
undulately obscurely 4-toothed, bearing twice as many
exserted stamens as its lobes (usually 8) ; ovary nearly
sessile, free, 1-loculed, with a single hanging ovule;
style exserted, filiform: fr. berry-like, oval-oblong. The
dircas often have the habit of miniature trees. The
bark is of interlaced strong fibers, and branches are
so tough and flexible that they may be bent into hoops
and thongs without breaking, and were so used by the
Indians and early settlers. The leatherwood is not one
of the showiest of hardy shrubs, but its small yellow-
ish fls. are abundant enough to make it attractive, and
it deserves cult, especially for the earliness of its bloom
in spring. It is of slow growth, and when planted
singly makes a very shapely specimen; planted in
masses or under shade it assumes a straggling habit.
It thrives in any moist loam. Prop, by seeds, which are
abundant and germinate readily; also by layers.
palustris, Linn. LEATHERWOOD. MOOSE-
WOOD. WICOPY. Fig. 1277. Two to 6 ft.
high, with numerous branches having scars
which make them appear as if jointed, at the
beginning of each annual growth, and with yellow-
brown glabrous twigs: Ivs. oval or obovate, with obtuse
apex, 2-3 in. long, green and smooth above, whitish
and downy below, becoming smooth, the base of the
petiole covering buds of the next season: fls. yellowish,
abundant enough to be attractive, nearly sessile, J^in.
long, falling as the Ivs. expand: fr. hidden by the
abundant foliage, egg- or top-shaped, %in. long, red-
dish, or pale green. Woods and thickets, mostly in wet
soil Canada to Fla. and Mo. B.R. 292. — Common.
D. occidentAHs, Gray. A similar species found on northerly
slopes of cafions in Calif., differs mainly in the deeper calyx-lobes,
lower insertion of the stamens, sessile fls., and white involucre;
blooms Nov.-Feb. Not in the trade, but worthy of cult.
A. PHELPS WYMAN.
DiSA (origin of name unknown). Orchiddcex.
Terrestrial orchids, mostly South African, of which
several are known to fanciers, but only one of which is
in the American trade.
Sepals free, spreading, upper one galeate, produced in
a horn or spur at the base ; petals inconspicuous, small,
adnate to the base of the column. — Sixty or more
species. D. grandiflora is undoubtedly one of the most
beautiful of known orchids, but as yet difficult to man-
age under artificial conditions.
grandiflora,
Linn. FLOWER OF
THE GODS. Root-
stock tuberous :
sts. 1 ft. or more
high, unbranched :
Ivs. dark green:
fls. several; upper
sepal hood-like or
galeate, 3 in. long,
rose - color, with
branching crim-
son veins; lateral sepals
slightly shorter, brilliant
carmine-red; petals and
labellum orange, incon-
spicuous. S. Afr. B.M.
4073. G.C. II. 18:521;
III. 9: 365; 33: 37. G.M.
54:608. Gt. 59, p. 374.
J.H. III. 52:339. O.R.
6:241; 9:273; 20:336.
D. crassicdrnis, L i n d 1 .
Spike few-fld.; lateral sepals
oblong, the dorsal smaller; 1277. Leatherwood— Dirca
reflexed petals, and lip Ian- palustris. ( X Vz)
DISA
ceolate. S. Afr. Gn. 73, p. 187.— D. 6lwesii, Hort. A garden
hybrid, probably between D. kewensis and D. Veitchii. — D. eques-
tris, Reichb. f. Dorsal sepal funnel-shaped, pale blue; petals white.
Rhodesia. — D. erubescens, Kendle. Fls. large and handsome, some-
what resembling D. grandiflora in color. Trop. Afr. — D. kewinsis,
Hort. Hybrid between D. grandiflora and D. tripetaloides. Spike
few-fld. ; fls. 1 j/zin. across; lateral sepals rosy pink, the dorsal paler,
red-spotted; lip yellowish, crimson-spotted. Gt. 52:1510. O.R
6:24; 9:273; 20:336.— D. longicornu, Linn. f. Plant Yr\ ft.
high, producing a single fl. about 2 in. long resembling a light
blue delphinium. S. Afr. — D. litgens, Bolus. Spike 10-15-fld.; fls.
dull purple, the lip green, lacerated. S. Afr. B.M. 8415. — D. Lima,
Hort. A garden hybrid between D. racemosa and D. Veitchii. —
D. pulchra, Sond. Spike 6-12 in. long; fls. rose. S. Afr. G. 28:
201. — D. racemdsa, Linn. f. Racemes 4-9-fld.; fls. deep rose-red,
about \Vi in. across. S. Afr. B.M. 7021. J.H. III. 47:213.— D.
sagittjlis, Swartz. Fls. in a short raceme, about 2'sin. long, pale
lilac, the petals and lip red-streaked. S. Afr. B.M. 7403. G.C. III.
51:312. — D. Veitchii, Hort. Hybrid between D. racemosa and D.
grandiflora. Fls. about 2 % in. across, rose-lilac. J.H. III. 43:145.
C.O.I. O.R. 6:241; 9:273; 20:336.— D. venusta. Bolus. A slender
GEORGE V.
DISANTHUS (Greek, dis, twice, and anthos, flower;
the fls. being in 2-fld. heads). Hamamelidacex. Orna-
mental shrub, grown
for its handsome foli-
age, assuming beauti-
ful autumnal tints.
Deciduous, glabrous :
Ivs. alternate, long-
petioled, entire, pal-
mately veined : fls. per-
fect, axillary, in pairs
on erect peduncles and
connate back to back;
calyx 5-parted; petals
5, spreading; stamens
5, snorter than sepals;
ovary superior, with 2
short styles: fr. a dehis-
cent caps, with several
black glossy seeds in
each cell. — One species
in Japan. Hardy orna-
mental shrub of ele-
gant habit, with dis-
tinct, handsome foli-
age, turning to a beauti-
ful claret-red or red and
orange in fall. Prop,
by seeds, germinating
the second or thirc
year, and by layers;
possibly also by graft-
ing on Hamamelis.
cercidifdlius, Maxim.
Fig. 1278. Shrub, to
10 ft., with slender
branches: Ivs. round-
ish - ovate, obtuse or
acutish, truncate or cordate at the base, leathery at
maturity, dark bluish green above, paler below, 2-4 in.
long: fls. dark purple, about %in. across, with linear-
lanceolate petals. Oct.: fr. ripens the following Oct.
High Mountains of Cent. Japan. G.F. 6:215 (adapted
in Fig. 1278). R.H. 1910:363. Demands a light peaty
8°il- ALFRED REHDER.
DISEASES AND INSECTS. Under one head it is
thought best to bring together the discussions of the
so-called enemies of plants, — the parasitic fungi and
the depredating insects, together with the means of
control. This composite article therefore comprises:
Page
Diseases due to parasitic fungi 1021
Fungicides, or remedies for these diseases 1027
Catalogue of diseases, with advice 1029
Insects and their depredations on plants 1034
Insecticides and fumigation 1042
Catalogue of insect depredators, with advice 1047
Spraying 1057
1278. Disanthus cercidifolius.
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1021
The reader now has before him a comprehensive
survey of the subject. It is impossible, of course, to
list all the plant diseases and all the insect pests in a
compilation of this kind; but it is desired that the
catalogues shall comprise the most important depreda-
tors of the leading horticultural plants. The reader
should keep himself informed of the new knowledge and
new practice by consulting current publications of the
government and the experiment stations.
Diseases of plants.
Disease in plants may be denned as any derangement
or disorganization of the normal structure or physio-
logical functions of the plant, as for example the for-
mation of galls, cankers or distortions, rotting of plant
parts, or disturbances in the sap system resulting in
wilting, or in the nutritive processes resulting in such
symptoms as dwarfing, chlorosis, and the like. Forma
of plant diseases are shown in Figs. 1279-1292.
It is often very difficult to distinguish clearly between
diseased conditions and abnormalities of other types.
Bud-sports, doubling of blossoms, fasciations and many
other similar abnormalities,
while often the result of reac-
tion to some pathogen, are
not apparently always so and
they are often spoken of as
teratological phenomena.
While the reaction of plants
to insect attacks in the forma-
tion of galls, cankers, and so
on, is to be regarded as symp-
tom of disease, the injuries
produced by the mere eating
away of parts of leaf, stem or
fruit are not usually so to be
regarded. Even here, how-
ever, it is often difficult to
draw a sharp line of demar-
kation. While disease may
usually be said to result in ultimate injury, there are
apparently certain marked exceptions, as in the case of
the root tubercles of legumes caused by the attacks of cer-
tain nitrogen-fixing parasitic bacteria. Here increased
growth and crop-yield are generally held to result.
Diseases of plants are not something new or of
recent development, as the grower is often inclined to
think. The crops of the husbandman, from the earliest
recorded history of his art, have been afflicted with
diseases. In the historical writings of the Hebrews, the
Bible, and in the writings of the Greeks and Romans,
frequent mention is made of such diseases as rusts,
smuts and mildews of grain and canker of trees. To be
sure, the extensive and intensive crop-cultivation of
modern times, tqgether with the extraordinary world-
wide transportation and exchange of crop-products,
have greatly favored the distribution of plant pathogens
(insects, fungi and bacteria), and afford them excep-
tional opportunities for destructive development. Nor
are cultivated plants alone subject to disease. Disease
epidemics among weeds and the wild flowers of the
woods may be observed any season in localities in
which weather conditions especially favor the causal
organisms.
The study of the nature and control of plant diseases,
however, is of recent development. The first man
really to study plant diseases from the true modern
economic point of view, that is, with the object of help-
ing the grower to understand and combat or control
diseases m his crops, was Julius Kiihn. This German,
the son of a German land-owner and for many years
himself the manager of a large agricultural estate, was
the founder of an early German agricultural college.
He interested himself, among other phases of agri-
culture, in plant diseases and their control and his
1022 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
book, "Die Krankheit der Kulturgewachse," pub-
lished in 1858, is to be regarded as the first book of real
economic importance on the subject of diseases in
plants. In this remarkable volume is given a concise
statement of the thoroughly digested and personally
tested knowledge of his time, on the nature and control
of plant diseases. He also describes a number of new
methods, especially for seed treatment of cereals
against smuts, which have become the foundation for
many of our present-day practices.
Since Kiihn's day there have been remarkable
developments in the control of plant diseases. The dis-
covery of bordeaux mixture by the Frenchman Millar-
det in 1882; the discovery of the formaldehyde treat-
ment of seed for smut by the American plant patho-
logist, Arthur, in 1896; and the recent development of
the use of lime-sulfur solutions and mixtures as a sub-
stitute for bordeaux in the spraying of apples and
peaches, are but the most noteworthy of the many
discoveries and developments in the remarkable growth
of this economic science within the last half century.
The economic importance of plant diseases can
scarcely be overestimated, as they constitute one of the
chief losses in our agricultural resources. The loss
from 5 to 25 per cent of many crops from diseases
alone each year is so common as to be the general rule.
The loss from potato diseases each season in the United
States has been carefully estimated at not less than
$36,000,000. Yet, it has been conclusively demon-
strated by extensive experiments among potato-growers
during a continuous period of ten years, that an annual
average increase of over forty bushels per acre may be
expected from spraying the crop with bordeaux mix-
ture, from three to five times in the season at a total
average cost of about $5 per acre. The loss from oat-
smut commonly averages from 5 to 25 per cent of the
crop, yet it may be absolutely prevented by seed
treatment at almost insignificant cost. The loss from
scab in the apple crop of New York State often totals
not less than $3,000,000 and for the United States a
corresponding loss of over $40,000,000. In 1900, the
peach-growers of Georgia lost $5,000,000 by brown rot,
while the average annual loss from the same disease in
the entire United States is never less. Yet in each case
here mentioned, as well as in most of the other of our
common and destructive diseases, cheap and effective
means of control are within the reach of every grower.
The value and
efficiency of
these means
have been estab-
lished beyond
doubt. Their
profitable appli-
cation requires
only intelligence
and practice on
the part of the
grower.
Symptoms of
disease in plants
are so varied in character as to
make an attempt at wholly
satisfactory grouping for practi-
cal purposes of doubtful value.
Mention of some of the more
common types, however, may be
useful. The grower must learn
by study and experience the
more striking symptoms charac-
teristic of those diseases peculiar
to the crops that he grows.
Disease may be exhibited in
1279. Effects of the malformations of the leaf, stem,
leaf -curl fungus on peach ro°t or fruit, as for example,
foliage. (XM) knots, galls, tubercles, curling,
1280. Early blight of potato.
wrinkling or other distortions. There are such symp-
toms in crown-gall of trees, black-knot of plums and
cherries and leaf-curl of the peach (Fig. 1279). Another
type are cankers, dead sunken or roughened areas
in the bark of trees or the outer rind of herbaceous
stems, as for example
in the New York apple-
tree canker, the brown-
rot canker of peaches,
frost cankers of many
trees, and anthracnose
of beans, melons, and
others. The blight
type of lesion is also
very common. Here
are the more or less
sudden death of leaves,
stems, shoots or blos-
soms, usually turning
dark and drying up.
Such symptoms char-
acterize fire-blight of
fruit trees, potato-
blight (Fig. 1280, from
Vt. Sta.), alternaria
blight of ginseng and
similar diseases, espe-
cially in their last stages. The leaf- or fruit-spot type is
also very common. Brown or black spots appear in
foliage or fruit. They may be brown dead or rotted
areas, or spots due to the growth of the parasite
on or under the surface. Bordeaux-injury spots on
apple foliage, shot-hole leaf injury of stone fruits, leaf-
spot of the currant (Fig. 1281), celery or alfalfa, the
tar-spot of the maple, the black-spot of the rose and
the apple-scab are of this type. Another not uncom-
mon type is that exhibited in certain bacterial and
fungous diseases, where the pathogen infests the sap-
tube regions of the stems or petioles, resulting in a
sudden wilting of leaves and shoots. The wilt diseases
of cotton, cucumber, ginseng, watermelon and cowpeas
are characterized by this symptom. The yellowing of
the foliage, either suffused or localized as spots, rings,
and blotches and often accompanied by dwarfing and
wrinkling of the affected organs is a common symptom
of certain so-called physiological diseases like the peach
yellows (Figs. 1282, 1283), little-peach, mosaic disease
of tobacco, infectious chlorosis and nitrogen-poisoning
of greenhouse cucumbers (Fig. 1284) and other plants.
The causes of disease in plants.
Etiology, or the cause of disease, has been more
generally and carefully investigated than any other
phase of the subject, so that we now know much regard-
nig the agents primarily responsible for most plant
diseases. These agents may be grouped as follows:
Slime molds, lowly organisms having characters of
both plants and animals (see article Fungi). The club-
root of cabbage, cauliflower and other crucifers, is
the best known slime-mold disease.
Bacteria, microscopic unicellular plants which mul-
tiply very rapidly by simple fusion (see article Fungi).
While most species are harmless scavengers of dead
organic matter, and a few are known to cause dis-
eases of men and animals, not less than 150 different
diseases of plants are now known to be due to the
attacks of parasitic bacteria. Some of the commonest
bacterial diseases of plants are, fire-blight, crown-gall,
olive-knot, soft-rot of vegetables, potato-scab, cucum-
ber-wilt and black-leg of potatoes.
Fungi (see Vol. Ill) are perhaps responsible for far
the greater number of the diseases of plants. They are
the causal agents in such well-known diseases as apple-
scab, brown-rot of plums and peaches (Fig. 1285),
black-rot of grapes, (Fig. 1286) bitter-rot of apples,
brown-rot of lemons, late blight of potatoes, peach-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1023
leaf-curl, heart-rot and canker of trees, mildew of
many plants, rusts and smuts of cereals (Figs. 1287,
1288, Kansas Experiment Station) ; in fact the mere
enumeration of the more common fungous diseases of
plants would fill many columns in this volume.
Algse, low forms of green plants, most of them living
in water or very damp places. Few are known to pro-
1281. Currant foliage attacked by the leaf-spot fungus. ( X H)
duce disease in plants. The red rust of tea is one of
the best known algal diseases.
Parasitic angiosperms, — flowering plants, of which
there is no inconsiderable number, causing more or
less injury to the plants upon which they live. These
parasites are usually markedly degenerate in one or
more respects, as a result of their parasitism, being
often without true roots, or without leaves and fre-
quently without chlorophyl green. As examples we
may mention the mistletoes, dodders and broom
rapes.
Insects (see page 1034) cause such diseases as
galls and similar malformations.
Nematode worms, — minute all but microscopic
in size and multiplying rapidly, they constitute
one of the greatest crop pests, especially in warm
or tropical countries. They usually infest the roots,
causing galls or swellings. Some species injure the
plants by destroying the fine feeding roots as in the
case of the nematode parasites of oats so destruc-
tive in certain countries of northern Europe. Over
400 different plants are known to be subject to
the nematode root-gall disease. (See pp. 1041-2.)
Physiological disease is a term under which is
included all those diseases the cause of which
cannot be attributed to some parasitic organism.
Their origin is variously attributed to abnormal
enzymic activity, disturbed nutrition, and the like.
The best-known of these are peach-yellows, chloro-
sis of the vine, tip-burn (Fig. 1291), mosaic disease
of tobacco and leaf-roll disease of potatoes.
The various parasitic organisms cause disease in
one of two ways, either by the secretion of toxines
and enzymes which at once kill the plant tissues and
change them into forms readily available as food for
the invader; or the toxins and enzymes secreted merely
stimulate or irritate the plant tissues in such a way as
to result in abnormal tissue growth or diversion of the
food substances of the host to the advantage of the
parasite making its home between or in the cells of the
host. Both types of disease-production have the same
ultimate result, the serious injury or destruction of
the infested plant, although the former is usually the
more rapid and destructive. Of the first type, rots,
blights and leaf-spots are the best examples, and are
characterized by the rapid death and destruction of
the affected tissues; of the second type, galls, leaf-
curls, rusts and smuts are good examples and are char-
acterized by a rather long period of association of the
parasite with the living tissues of its host before
marked injury or death of the plant results.
The causal agent is usually associated with the tissues
of the host, either the dead or living, during its entire
cycle of development. The apple-scab pathogen,
Venturia in&qualis, will serve admirably to illustrate.
It passes the summer on the surface of leaf and fruit.
In the autumn when the infested leaves fall to the
ground, the fungus, which as a parasite has invaded only
the cuticle of the leaf or fruit, now penetrates the
dead tissues and develops there during the autumn the
winter form of fruit bodies, the minute globose black
perithecia, in which during the warm days of early
spring the ascospores are rapidly developed. These
ascospores (Fig. 1292), eight in a sac, ripen and are
discharged by the spring rains that come during the
blossoming period. The old leaves on the ground are
filled with millions of these minute perithecia with
many sacs of ascospores in each perithecium. The
spores are shot into the air during the rain and being
exceedingly light are carried to the opening leaves and
forming fruits, where they germinate, sending out
mycelial threads into the cuticle of leaf or fruit form-
ing the characteristic dense dark green or black mats
or crusts, the scab-spots. The leaves become crumpled
and injured, the young fruits grow one-sided, or if the
stem be attacked, soon drop from the tree, thus giving
no set of fruit. On the scab-spots the conidia or sum-
mer spores cut off from the tips of upright branches
in great numbers, are carried by the wind to other
leaves and fruits where, with the next rain, they germ-
inate and give rise to new scab-spots and more conidia.
The life-cycle as given for the apple-scab fungus is
typical of many of the fungous pathogens of our crops.
It must be remembered, however, that each pathogen
has habits peculiar to itself; hence the necessity for the
most careful study of each that we may know its
habits and peculiarities and thus be able successfully to
1282. "Tip growth" of yellows.
Left-hand specimen shows two small-leaved tips appearing in
October, two or three of the normal leaves still remaining near
the top. The middle specimen shows numerous tips appearing in
August. Right-hand specimen is a healthy twig, for comparison.
1024 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
combat it. The following illustrations will serve to
explain and impress this point.
Plowrightia morbosa, the fungus causing black-knot
of plums and cherries, requires two seasons to complete
its life-cycle. The first season there appears on the
knots only conidia, followed the second season by a
crop of ascospores, produced in perithecia, which form
a black crust on the surface where the conidia were
earlier produced. Other pathogens like Exoascus
cerasi, the "witches broom" pathogen of the cherry,
lives from year to year as mycelium in the branch and
twigs of the broom-like growths it excites, producing
each season a crop of spores on the under sides of the
leaves. The blister-rust fungus of the white pine,
Cronartium ribicolum, also lives from season to season
1283. The tufted shoots of peach yellows.
in the tissues of the pine, producing each spring a new
crop of spores. This pathogen exhibits another habit
peculiar chiefly to certain of the rust fungi, namely
that it has another stage or spore form on an entirely
different host plant, in this case, the currant, especially
the European black currant. The apple-rust pathogen,
Gymnosporangium macropus, exhibits the same habit,
passing the winter in galls formed on the twigs of the
red cedar. In the spring spores appear on these galls,
which germinating in situ give rise to other minute
spore bodies, the sporidia. These sporidia are carried
by the wind to the young apple leaves and fruit, giving
rise there to the rust disease so destructive to certain
varieties like the Mclntosh and York Imperial. The
spores formed on the rusted leaves and fruit of the
apple are carried to the cedar, originating a new crop of
galls and thus completing the life-cycle.
While some pathogens may develop in both living
and dead tissues of their host, as we have seen in the
case of the apple-scab fungus, other pathogens like the
rust organism just described or the potato-blight
pathogen, Phytophthora infestans, require to be con-
stantly associated with the living tissues of their host
The last-mentioned fungus passes the winter as myce-
lium in the tissues of diseased tubers, grows from thence
up through the new shoots, slowly killing them and
forming thereon the first crop of coaidia, which, carried
by the wind to nearby healthy plants, produce the
primary infections of the season. The successive crops
of conidia produced during the season on the blighted
tops are washed into the soil by the rains, find their
way to the newly formed tubers, and, infecting them,
complete the seasonal cycle of the parasite.
Many fungous pathogens are now known to pass from
one generation of the host plant to the next through
the seed. The smut parasites of cereals afford remark-
able examples of this habit. In the case of the oat-
smut fungus, Ustilago avense, the spores ripen as dusty
black masses in the panicles of affected plants just as
the healthy plants are in blossom. At this time the
two hulls inclosing the grain are open. The wind-scat-
tered spores lodge in the open flowers against the young
kernel where they are soon safely housed by the closing
hulls. They lie dormant along with the ripened seeds
until they are planted. Then as the oat kernels ger-
minate, the smut spores do likewise, sending forth their
germ tubes which penetrate the young oat sprouts
before they emerge from the hull. The mycelium grows
along up through the growing oat straw, finally giving
rise to the black spore masses in the unfolding panicle.
In the case of stinking smut of wheat the seasonal life-
cycle of the pathogen, Tilletia tritici, is much the same,
except that the spores are disseminated at threshing
time. Some very important differences in the habits
of the loose smut pathogens of wheat, Ustilago tritici
and of barley, Ustilago nuda, have recently been dis-
covered (1902). The spores of these pathogens are
also ripened and disseminated at blossoming time, but
on falling within the open blossom they germinate at
once, sending their germ-tubes into the tender young
kernels. The affected kernels are apparently not
injured but continue to develop and ripen. The myce-
lium of the pathogen within remains dormant until
the seeds are planted and begin to grow, at which time
the mycelium also becomes active. It grows out into
the young shoots and up through the lengthening
culms eventually to give rise to the black spore masses
of the smutted heads. The bean anthracnose fungus,
Colletotrichum lindemuthianum, is also carried over in
the seed. Here the fungus in the black spots or cankers
on the pods penetrates into the tender cotyledons of
the seed within, goes into a dormant condition as the
seed ripens, to become active again when the germina-
ting seed lifts these cotyledons from the soil. A new
crop of spores is produced, which, if the season be
rainy, are splattered on to the stems and leaves of
nearby healthy plants and the pathogen becomes
established for another season.
While the wind is the most common disseminating
agent of fungus spores, often carrying them for great
distances, such agents as rain, flowing water, insects
and even man himself, are frequently responsible. It
is in the dissemination of bacterial pathogens, however,
that insects most generally function. The dreaded
fire-blight bacteria are disseminated only by insects or
man. They pass the winter in a semi-active state in
the half-living tissues along the margins of cankers on
limbs or twigs, multiply rapidly with the rise of sap
and the heat of spring. They ooze from the affected
bark in sticky, milky drops. This ooze is visited by bees
and flies, which with besmeared legs and mouthparts
fly away to visit the opening apple or pear blossoms.
Here they leave some of the bacteria in the nectar
where they rapidly multiply, to be more widely dis-
tributed by each succeeding visitor. They soon pene-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1025
trate into the tender tissues of the blossom, causing
the blossom blight. From these blighted blossoms,
sucking insects like the aphids carry the bacteria to
the tips of the rapidly growing shoots when in sucking
sap they introduce the organisms and twig blight fol-
lows. The striped cucumber beetle is probably the
chief disseminator of Bacillus tracheiphilus, which
causes the cucumber-wilt.
Ecological conditions as affecting disease.
By ecology is meant the influence of such environ-
mental factors as climate, weather, soil and fertilizers,
on the disease, its severity, epidemic occurrence, and
the like. These factors may influence the severity of
the disease by their effect on either the pathogen or the
host, or both. For example, most fungous parasites re-
quire the presence of water on the host plant in which
their spores may germinate, hence severe epidemics of
such diseases as potato-blight, apple-scab, brown-rot of
stone fruits and black-rot of grapes usually appear in wet
seasons. Moreover, the attacking pathogen is especially
favored by wet weather at certain seasons or pe-
riods in its development, especially the infection
period. Continued spring rains about blossoming
time favor apple-scab and peach leaf-curl.
Late summer rains bring with them epidemics
of late blight of potatoes, brown-rot of
peaches or late infections of apple-
scab. Frequent or continuous rains
during June and July in grape re-
gions are usually accompanied by
severe attacks of the black -rot
pathogen. The relation of rainfall
to the pathogen explains why, when
there has been a severe epidemic the previous season,
the crop may escape if the following season be dry.
There is ever a critical period in the development of
the pathogen, usually when it is passing from its rest-
ing or winter stage to the active vegetative period of
the growing season. Moisture and temperature condi-
tions at such periods largely determine whether the
disease will be epidemic or not. Of course the neces-
sary abundance of spores to be disseminated is an
evident necessity. Favorable weather alone cannot
bring on disease as the grower too often believes.
The absence of rains at certain stages in their develop-
ment is for other pathogens equally essential. The loose
smuts of cereals afford good examples. Their spores
are powdery and wind-borne and if rains fall when they
are being dis-
fij seminated, they
are washed to
the ground and
perish instead
of finding their
way into the
open blossoms
of their host.
Thus, clear
sunny weather
during the blos-
soming period
of wheat and
oats one season
usually means a
more or less se-
vere epidemic of
smuts the next,
while rains at
this time, even
though there be
an abundance of
. _. the disease, may
1284. Disease of cucumber leaf. The , £
dying margin indicates that the trouble is ™ • «••
due to some interference with the food crop the fOUOW-
supply. (XH) ing year.
On the other hand, weather conditions may deter-
mine the severity or absence of certain diseases by its
effect on the host. Long-continued cold rainy weather
in the spring, especially following a warm spell, results
in a slow succulent growth of the developing peach
leaves, rendering them especially susceptible to the
attacks of the leaf -curl pathogen.
The application of cer-
tain fertilizers to the soil
is known to have a direct
effect, either favorable or
unfavorable, on different
pathogens.
The applica-
tion of lime
or of manure
to the soil
tends greatly
to increase
1285. Peaches of last year's crop still hanging on the tree, attacked by monilia.
The branch is dead from the effects of the fungus . ( X 1A)
the scab of potatoes planted thereon; while, on the
other hand, liming the soil prevents infection of cabbage
and cauliflower by the club-root pathogen. Lime like-
wise favors the development of the root-rot of tobacco
and ginseng caused by Thielavia basicola, while appli-
cations of acid phosphate tend to prevent infection by
this pathogen. The effect of fertilizers on the suscep-
tibility of the host has also been shown to be marked
in certain cases. Barley, when fertilized with nitro-
genous manures, becomes very susceptible to attacks
of the mildew Erysiphe graminis. Certain varieties of
wheat have been observed in Denmark to suffer
severely from attacks of the rust Puccinia glumarum
only when nitrogenous manures are applied. Exces-
sive applications of barnyard manure to greenhouse
cucumbers often cause a physiological disease, the
symptoms of which are a curling, and dying of the
margins of the leaves, accompanied by marked chloro-
sis or yellowing. Fertilizers or late continued cultiva-
tion or pear trees, by lengthening the period of active
twig-growth, favor fire-blight, the bacteria of which
infect only tender actively growing tissues.
Control of diseases.
By the term control is meant the profitable reduc-
tion of the losses ordinarily sustained from a given
disease. The absolute prevention of many plant dis-
eases is either impossible or unprofitable.
There are four fundamental principles upon which all
methods of plant-disease control are based, viz.: (1)
exclusion, (2) eradication, (3) protection and (4) im-
munization. Upon the first two are based those meas-
ures which are directed primarily against the pathogen,
upon the last two those which are directed merely
toward the protection of the host from pathogens
commonly present in the environment. The order in
which these principles are here presented represent the
logical, though unfortunately not the historical or
usual order of their development and application. We
will consider briefly under each some of the more
important methods now employed for the control of
plant diseases.
1026 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
1286. Grapes ruined by black-rot.
1. Exclusion measures are directed toward keeping
disease organisms, usually insects, fungi and bacteria,
out of areas, regions or countries in which they do not
occur. This is commonly attempted by the passing of
laws forbidding the importation of plants affected with
such parasites. As
means of enfor-
cing such regula-
tions, some sort of
inspection, either
at port of entry or
at point of destina-
tion, is provided.
Inspection in the
country from
which they are
exported is also
often required.
Absolute quaran-
tine against all
importation of
certain plants
from those coun-
tries in which dan-
gerous diseases
are known to
occur is also being
practised in some
countries, as, for
example, prohibit-
ing the importation of potatoes into the United States
from those countries in which the black-scab is now
known to occur. Exclusion measures, often undertaken
when it is too late, are at best under present conditions
of doubtful efficiency. Those interested in these methods
of control should consult the various pest and disease
acts of the different countries of the world. See In-
spection, in Vol. III.
2. Eradication. — On the principle of eradication are
based those measures which are
directed to the elimination of patho-
gens already established. While
absolute eradication is seldom to
be effected, the pathogen may often
be eliminated to such an extent as
to reduce losses therefrom to a prof-
itable minimum. In Denmark, the
destruction of all barberry bushes,
the alternate host of the grain-rust
fungus, Puccinia graminis, has
decidedly reduced the severity of
this disease in recent years. The
careful eradication of all diseased
plants is often quite effective even
in a small area, like a raspberry or
blackberry plantation suffering
from the red rust. Here the myce-
lium of the pathogen lives from
year to year in the roots of diseased
plants, which each spring send up
diseased shoots. On the under side % lAIJfc 1,'H
of the leaves of these shoots, the
orange-red spores are produced in
great abundance, and serve to
spread the pathogen to healthy
plants. As diseased plants are
readily detected in early spring by
the pale clustered shoots, they may
be removed before spores appear
and the pathogen thus eradicated.
The black-knot of plums and cher-
ries is most readily and profitably
controlled in a similar manner, the
knot-affected limbs and twigs being
cut out and burned early in the
spring before spores appear. The 1287. Smut of oats.
fire-blight of pears is to be controlled only by system-
atic eradication, first of all cankers in autumn or early
spring, then of all blossom blight as fast as it appears
and later of the affected twigs when twig-blight comes
on. To be effective, the trees must be inspected two
or three times each week throughout the growing
season and all diseased parts removed at once as soon
as discovered.
Another method of eradication especially applicable
to seeds, tubers or bulbs, on which spores of the patho-
gen pass the dormant period, is disinfection. This is
accomplished by the application of chemical poisons,
either in solution, as powder or as gas, at a strength
and for a period of time sufficient to destroy the
pathogen without injury to the host. When the patho-
gen lives over as mycelium in the seed or tuber, the
application of heat is sometimes effective. Formalde-
hyde, as a gas or in solution in water, is now generally
employed for the eradication of the smut of oats, the
stinking smut of wheat and the potato-scab. (For details
of method, see Formaldehyde, p. 1028). The spraying
of peach trees with
copp er-sulf ate
solution, lime-sul-
fur solution or
bordeaux, just be-
fore the buds start
in the spring, dis-
infects the trees by
destroying the
spores of the leaf-
curl fungus which
pass the winter on
the buds.
Pathogens which
attack the under-
ground parts of
plants may some-
times be eradicated
by disinfection of
the soil before
planting. Drench-
ing the soil with a
formaldehyde solu-
tion of a strength
sufficient to distrib-
ute one gallon of
the strong 40 per
cent solution to
each 100 square feet
of surface, wetting
the soil to a depth
of 6 to 8 inches, has
been found to be 1288' Loose smut of barley"
very effective against damping-off, root-rot and simi-
lar diseases in forest tree seed-beds, ginseng seed-beds
and in the benches in greenhouses. It is also often
effective in the eradication of nematodes in green-
houses. Steaming of the soil is also very effective,
destroying insects and weed seeds as well as pathogenic
fungi. It is not always conveniently applied.
3. Protection measures are to be employed in those
regions in which the pathogen is very generally and
very thoroughly established, or in which for one reason
or another eradication is impossible or unprofitable.
They aim to protect the crop against attacks of the
parasite by means of some external barrier. Spraying is
the most commonly employed protective measure. In
spraying, the susceptible surfaces of the plant are coated
with some slowly soluble poison, known as a fungicide.
Fungicides are of various types. They are applied in
suspension in water, in solution or dry, i.e., in the form
of a fine impalpable powder. The fungicide most
generally applied in liquid spraying is bordeaux, a
colloidal compound formed by the union of lime-milk
and copper-sulfate solution. Minute blue gelatinous
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1027
membranes are formed which remain for a time sus-
pended in the liquid. When sprayed upon the plants
the water soon evaporates, leaving a coating of these
dried membranes. The active fungicidal principal
in these bordeaux membranes is the copper. When
leaves or fruit are rewetted by rains enough of the
copper in these membranes comes into solution to
prevent the germination of the spores of the parasite
that may have been deposited thereon. (See under
Bordeaux, p. 1028.)
Bordeaux, however, is sometimes injurious to such
plants as peaches, plums and apples, and has, within
the last few years, been largely replaced as a summer
spray, especially for apples. Lime-sulfur, unlike bor-
deaux, is a solution. It is made by boiling together
in water, lime and sulfur. A concentrated solution of
certain poly-sulfides of calcium, chiefly penta- and tetra-
sulfide, is thus obtained which, when properly diluted
is applied in the same way as the bordeaux. (For
method of preparation, see Lime-sulfur, p. 1028). When
this solution dries on the leaves and fruit, it is rapidly
converted by the action of the atmosphere into other
calcium compounds and free sulfur. The sulfur is in
a very finely divided state and is the active principal
of lime-sulfur. It becomes oxidized in the presence of
moisture probably as sulfuric or sulfurous acid, which
prevents the germination of the spores of the pathogen.
Flowers of sulfur and sulfur-flour, when very finely
ground and applied dry by dusting or sprayed on in
suspension in water, alone or with lime-milk (the so-
called self-boiled lime-sulfur) are also quite effective
against certain diseases. Dusting with sulfur is em-
ployed in combating powdery mildews of grapes,
hops, roses and the rust of asparagus.
Lime-sulfur may not be used on potatoes and grapes,
as it dwarfs the plants and reduces the yield, while
bordeaux has just the opposite effect on these crops.
Bordeaux, as already pointed out, is, however, injurious
to leaves and fruit of the apple and to the foliage of
peaches and certain varieties of plums. It will thus be
seen that there is no universal
fungicide and also that both the
effect on the host and on the
parasite must be considered. It
is now known for example that
while lime-sulfur is very effective
against the apple-scab fungus, it
has little fungicidal effect on the
spores of the bitter-rot pathogen.
To be effective, fungicides must
be applied before the disease ap-
pears. As the spores of most
parasitic fungi germi-
nate during the period
of rainy cloudy weather,
the fungicide, to be effec-
tive, must be applied
before and not after such
periods. They must not
only be thoroughly applied to the sus-
ceptible parts but also at the proper
stage of growth or development of the
plant. To illustrate: the only effective
periods for spraying apple trees for
scab are: just before the blossoms open
(not dormant); just after the petals
fall; ten days or two weeks later; and
again in late summer just before the
late summer rains, to protect the
rapidly developing fruit from late
infection.
4. Immunization consists in estab-
lishing within the plant itself some
condition which renders it immune or
resistant to the attacks of the patho-
gens. Immune crops may be developed
by selection and propagation of individuals naturally
immune, whose immunity has been evidenced by their
coming through an epidemic unscathed. Immune
varieties may be crossed with susceptible ones having
other especially
desirable quali-
ties and then
by segregation
and propagation
strains of the
crop may be
developed com-
bining the resist-
ance or immu-
nity of the one
parent with the
desirable quali-
ties of the other.
Some striking
results have
been obtained in
this line of dis-
ease control as
witness the wilt-
resistant cotton,
cowpeas and
watermelon, the
nematode-free
Iron cowpea,
rust-resistant
wheat, barley,
and asparagus,
and the anthrac-
nose-resistant
clover. Never-
theless, this
method of con-
trol, while the
most ideal, is
beset with many
difficulties and
uncertainties.
That pathogens,
as well as crops, vary, giving strains capable of attack-
ing host plants immune to other strains of the same
pathogen, has generally been overlooked by breeders,
and doubtless accounts for the frequent failure of sup-
posedly resistant varieties when transferred to new
localities. The production of artificial immunity by the
injection of some substance into the plant or by the
application of certain substances (fertilizers, etc.) to the
soil is at most only in the preliminary stages of experi-
mentation and as yet offers but little of practical value
1290. A blight of grapes due to some
constitutional disorder. Notice that the
leaves die first at the edges. ( X H)
to the grower.
H. H. WHETZEL.
Fungicides.
1289. Strawberry leaf
rolled up from the attack
of the mildew.
A fungicide is any material
or substance that kills fungi or
their spores. The word is used
particularly for those substan-
ces employed in the warfare against parasitic
fungi.
A satisfactory fungicide must be one that does
not injure the plants and at the same time is
effective against the parasite. For spraying,
additional requirements are imposed: it should
not dissolve readily in rain-water; it should
adhere to foliage and fruit; in some cases it
should be colorless in order not to make orna-
mentals more unsightly than when diseased.
The fungicide which has been used most for
general purposes is bordeaux mixture. Lately
some other preparations, particularly lime-sulfur
combinations, have come into use, and in many
cases are supplanting bordeaux. There are in
1028 DISEASES AND INSECTS
addition a large number of other substances which
have fungicidal value and are in more limited use
for specific cases. The following directions are
taken, with modifications, from the author's part in
Bailey's "Farm and Garden Rule-Book."
Practices.
Destroying affected parts.
— It is important that all
affected parts should be re-
moved and burned, if pos-
sible. In the fall all leaves
and fruit that have been
attacked by fungi should
be raked up and burned.
Diseased branches should
be severed at some distance
below the lowest visible
point of attack. Fungous
diseases often spread
rapidly, and prompt action
is usually necessary. Prac-
tise clean and tidy culture.
Rotation of crops. — This
is one of the most effective
and practical means of head-
ing off fungous diseases. It
is especially applicable to
diseases of roots or root-
crops, but also to many
other diseases of annual
plants.
Sterilizing by steam. —
1291. Tip-bum of potato leaf. — This is an effective fungi-
A physiological difficulty or disease, cidal practice for several
due to some so-called "constitu- s0^ ~ inhabiting organisms
tional" disorder or obstruction ^hich Attack ,r°ots and
(Vermont Experiment Station). ^ J£SS "fS^M*
applicable in the green-
house, where it may be applied (a) through sub-irrigation tile or
through specially laid perforated steam pipes in the bottom of the
bed. Cover the beds with blankets, introduce steam under pressure
of forty to eighty pounds for two hours. Insert thermometers at
various places to see that the soil is being uniformly heated. (6)
A large galvanized iron tight box may be constructed with finely
perforated trays 4 to 6 inches in depth. Soil placed in these trays
and steamed for two hours as above will be freed from parasitic
organisms. In this case the frames should be sprayed with a solu-
tion of formaldehyde, one pint in twelve gallons of water. Steam
sterilization of soil may be used on intensively cultivated areas or
extensive seed-beds. A portable boiler is necessary. The beds are
sterilized after they have been prepared 'for seed, and just before
the seed is sown. A galvanized pan of convenient dimensions and 6
to 8 inches deep is inverted, and the edges are pushed down into
the soil 1 or 2 inches. The pan is connected with the steam boiler
by means of a steam hose and live steam is run into the pan from
twenty to forty minutes under a pressure 9f eighty pounds and up.
The higher the pressure the deeper the soil will be sterilized. The
pan must be weighted. Paths should be disinfected by spraying
with copper sulfate one pound to fifty gallons of water or with
formaldehyde solution one pint to twelve gallons of water. The
cost of sterilizing is approximately three-fourths of a cent the
square foot. It should be noted that soil-sterilization has an invig-
orating effect on many plants, and it will be necessary to run green-
Iwuses at a lower temperature (5° to 10°) b9th night and day.
Field-sterilization also kills weed seeds, and with the reduction of
the cost of weeding makes the process practicable.
Substances.
Bordeaux mixture. — A bluish green copper compound that
settles out when freshly slaked lime and a solution of copper sul-
fate (blue-stone) are mixed. Many formulas have been recom-
mended and used. The 5-5-50 formula may be regarded as stand-
ard. In such a formula the first figure refers to the number of pounds
°f copper sulfate, the second to the stone or hydrated lime, and
the third to the number of gallons of water. Bordeaux must
otten be used as weak as 2-2-50, on account of injury to some
plants.
To make fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture, proceed aa
follows:
. (1) Pulverize five pounds of copper sulfate (blue vitriol), place
in a glass, wooden, or brass vessel, and add two or three gallons
ot hot water. In another vessel slake five pounds of quicklime in a
small amount of water. When the copper sulfate is all dissolved,
pour into a barrel and add water to make forty or forty-five gallons.
Now strain the lime into this, using a sieve fifty meshes to the inch
or a piece of cheese-cloth supported by ordinary screening. Stir
thoroughly, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark. The flocculent
substance which settles is the effective fungicide. Always stir
vigorously before filling the sprayer. Never add the strong lime
to strong vitriol. Always add a large amount of water to one or
tne other nrst. Blue vitriol used alone would not only wash off
quickly ma ram, but cause a severe burning of fruit and foliage.
.Lime is added to neutralize this burning effect of the copper If
the lime were absolutely pure, only slightly more than one pound
would be required to neutralize this burning effect. For many
purposes an excess of lime is not objectionable and may be desirable.
For nearly ripe fruit and ornamentals an excess of lime augments
spotting. In such cases the least amount of lime possible should
be used. Determine this by applying the cyanide test (2).
(2) Secure from the druggist 10 cents' worth of potassium
ferrocyanide (yellow prussiate of potash) and dissolve it in water
in an eight-ounce bottle. Cut a V-shaped slit in one side of the cork,
so that a few drops 9f the liquid can be obtained. Now proceed aa
before. Add lime with constant stirring until a drop of the ferro-
cyanide ceases to give a reddish-brown color.
(3) When bordeaux mixture is desired in large quantities, stock
solutions should be made. Place one hundred pounds of copper
sulfate in a bag of coffee-sacking, and suspend in the top of a fifty-
gallon barrel, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark. In twelve
to fifteen hours the vitriol will be dissolved and each gallon of
solution will contain two pounds of copper sulfate. Slake a barrel
of lime, and store in a tight barrel, keeping it covered with water.
Lime so treated will keep all summer. It is really hydrated lime.
This is often dried, pulverized, and offered on the market in paper
bags of forty pounds each, under such names as ground lime,
Erepared lime, hydrated lime, and the like. If the paper is not
roken, the lime does not air-slake for a long time. One and
one-third pounds of hydrated lime equals in value one pound of
quicklime. Air-slaked lime cannot be used in preparing bordeaux
mixture.
Arsenical poisons can be combined with bordeaux mixture.
Ammoniacal copper carbonate. — For use on nearly mature fruit
and on ornamentals. Does not discolor. Weigh out three ounces of
copper carbonate, and make a thick paste with water in a wooden
pail. Measure five pints of strong ammonia (26° Baum6) and
dilute with three or four parts of water. Add ammonia to the paste,
and stir. This makes a deep blue solution. Add water to make
fifty gallons.
Copper carbonate. — For use in the above formula, it may be
secured as a green powder, or may be prepared as follows: Dis-
solve twelve pounds of copper sulfate in twelve gallons of water in
a barrel. Dissolve fifteen pounds of sal-soda in fifteen gallons of
water (preferably hot). Allow the solution to cool; then add the
sal-soda solution to the copper-sulfate solution, pouring slowly in
order to prevent the mixture from working up and running over.
A fine precipitate is formed which will settle to the bottom if
allowed to stand over night. Siphon off the clear liquid. Wash
the precipitate by adding clear water, stirring, and allowing to
settle. Siphon off the clear water, strain the precipitate through
muslin, and allow it to dry. This is copper carbonate. The above
amounts will make about six pounds.
Copper sulfate. — See Sulfate of copper.
Corrosive sublimate (mercuric chloride). — Used for disinfecting
pruned stubs and cleaned-out cankers, at the rate of one part in
1,000 parts of water. Can be secured from the druggist in tablet
form in vials of twenty-five each, and costing 25 cents. One tablet
makes a pint of solution. Make and store solution in glass and label
"poison."
Formaldehyde (40 per cent solution of formaldehyde gas in
water). — A pungent, clear liquid, very irritating to eyes and nose.
Obtained at any drugstore at about 40 cents a pint. Used for
potato-scab, oat smut, bunt in wheat, soil disinfection, and so on.
Lime. — Offered for sale in the following forms: (a) Ground
rock or ground limestone; air-slaked lime is of the same composi-
tion, i.e. a carbonate of calcium. (6) Lump, barrel, stone, or quick-
lime; this is burned limestone, and should test at least 90 per cent
oxid of calcium, (c) Prepared, ground, or hydrated lime; this is
water- or steam-slaked quicklime, dried and pulverized. Used as
an applicant to the soil to correct acidity, for club-root of cabbage,
and for preparing spray mixtures.
Lime-sulfur. — In the many possible combinations, lime-sulfur
is C9ming to be equally
as important as bor- A
deaux mixture, in the (/
C9ntrol of many plant
diseases.
(1) Flowers of sul-
fur or very finely
powdered sulfur is
often dusted on plants
for surface mildews.
(2) A paste o'f
equal parts of lime,
sulfur, and water.
This is painted on the
heating-pipes in the
greenhouse, and is
valuable for keeping
off surface mildews.
(3) Ho me -boiled
dilute lime -sulfur.
This solution has been
widely used in the
past as a dormant
spray, particularly for
San Jose' scale and
peach leaf-curl. It is
likely to be sup-
planted by (4) or (5).
For preparation see
page 1043.
(4) Home-boiled
concentrated lime-sul-
fur. — When a great
deal of spraying is to
be done, a concen-
trated lime - sulfur
\\
1292. Perithecium of apple scab,
showing spores.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1029
solution may be boiled at home and stored in barrels to be used as
needed. For method of preparation see page 1043.
Test with a Baum<i hydrometer, which has a scale reading from
25° to 35°. Dilutions are reckoned from a standard solution test-
ing 32°. If the solution tests only 28°, it is not so strong as stand-
ard, and cannot be diluted so much as a solution testing 32°. The
table shows the proper dilution for solutions testing 25° to 35°
Baum6:
1-10
1-15
1-20
1-25
1-30
1-40
1-50
1-60
1-75
1-100
25°
7.4
11
14.7
18.4
22.1
29.5
36.8
44.2
55
73
86°
7.7
11.6
15.4
19.3
23.2
30.9
38.6
46.3
58
77.2
27°
8.1
12.1
16.1
20.2
24.3
32.4
40.5
48.5
60.6
80.7
28°
8.4
12.7
16.9
21.1
25.4
33.8
42.3
50.7
63.5
84.5
2!)°
8.8
13.2
17.6
22.1
26.5
35.3
44.2
53
66.3
88.2
30°
9.2.
13.9
18.4
23
27.6
36.9
46.1
55.3
69
92
31°
9.6
14.4
19.3
24
28.8
38.4
48
58
72
96
32°! 10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
33°
10.4
15.6
20.8
26
31.2
41.5
52
62.4
78
104
34° 10.8
16.2
21.6
26.8
32.4
43.2
54
64.7
80.8
108
35°|11.2
16.8
22.4
28
33.4
44.9
56
67.4
84.2
112
Decimals are given in all cases, but for practical purposes the
nearest even gallon or half gallon can be used, unless appliances
for more accurate measurement are at hand. It is understood in
making all dilutions that water is added to one gallon of the con-
centrate to make the stated amount. Do not measure out the
stated amount of water and add the concentrated solution to it.
(5) Commercial concentrated lime-sulfur. — As manufactured
and placed on the market is a clear amber liquid, and should test
32° to 35° Baum6. It costs about 20 cents a gallon retail, and
comes ready to pour into the spray tank. For apple and pear dis-
eases. Arsenate of lead can be used with this solution, and increases
its fungicidal value.
(6) Scott's self-boiled lime-sulfur. — This is a mechanical mix-
ture of the two substances, and is really not boiled, the heat being
supplied by the slaking lime. In a small barrel or keg place eight
pounds of good quicklime. Add water from time to time in just
sufficient amounts to prevent burning. As soon as the lime begins
to slake well, add slowly (preferably through a sieve) eight pounds
of sulfur flour. Stir constantly, and add water as needed. As soon
as all bubbling has ceased, check further action by adding a quan-
tity of cold water, or pour into a barrel or tank and make up to
fifty gallons. Keep well agitated. Very effective against peach
scab and brown rot. Several other formulas have been used:
10-10-50 and 5-5-50. Arsenate of lead can be used with this
mixture.
By using boiling water and allowing the hot mixture to stand for
half an hour, a stronger spray mixture than the above can be
secured. It cannot be used safely on peaches, but has been used
successfully on grapes for surface mildew. The addition of sulfate
of iron or sulfate of copper, one or two pounds to fifty gallons, has
been used for apple rust.
Potassium sulfid (liver of sulfur). -^-Simple solution, three ounces
in ten gallons of water. For mildew in greenhouses, on rose bushes
and other ornamentals.
Resin-sal-soda sticker. — Resin, two pounds; sal-soda (crystals),
one pound; water, one gallon. Boil until of a clear brown color,
i.e. from one to one and a half hours. Cook in an iron kettle in
the open. Add this amount to fifty gallons of bordeaux. Useful
for onions, cabbage, and other plants to which spray does not
adhere well.
Sulfate of copper (blue vitriol). — Dissolve one pound of pure
sulfate of copper in twenty-five gallons of water. A specific for
peach leaf-curl. Apply once before buds swell in the spring. Cover
every bud. For use in preparing bordeaux mixture. Costs from
5 to 7 cents a pound, in quantity.
Sulfate of iron (copperas). — A greenish granular crystalline sub-
stance. Dissolve one hundred pounds in fifty gallons of water.
For mustard in oats, wheat and the like, apply at the rate of fifty
gallons an acre. Also for anthracnose of grapes as a dormant spray.
Sulfur (ground brimstone, sulfur flour, flowers of sulfur). —
Should be 99 per cent pure. Valuable for surface mildews. Dust
on dry or in the greenhouse used in fumes. Evaporate it over a
steady heat, as an oil-stove, until the house is filled with vapor. Do
not heat to the burning point, as burning sulfur destroys most
plants. To prevent burning, place the sulfur and pan in a larger
pan of sand and set the whole upon the oil-stove.
DONALD REDDICK.
Catalogue of diseases.
Abies. WITCHES' BROOM (dEcidium elatinum. Melampsorella ela-
tina). — On fir causing swellings, cankers, and witches' brooms.
Control. — Prune off all affected parts.
Abutilon. RUST. — See under Hollyhock.
CONTAGIOUS CHLOROSIS. — Variegated leaves.
Control. — Remove variegated leaves and their shoots, keep
in dark and remove any further variegated leaves; then the
plant should remain green.
Acacia. RUSTS (Mcidium sp.).— Distorts branches and twigs.
Control. — Prune off diseased parts.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Acer. TAR-SPOT (Rhytisma acerinum). — Black tar-like spots on
upper side of the leaves.
Control. — Burn all old leaves in fall or winter.
SUN SCALD or SCORCH. — Maples suffer commonly from a drying
up of the foliage, due to over-transpiration of water at times
when hot winds occur.
Actinidia. MILDEW (Uncinula necator). — See under Ampelopsis.
^Esculus. LEAF-SPOT (Phyllosticta paviae). — Irregular spots develop
rapidly, the larger part of the leaf being involved. Leaves
fall prematurely.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, beginning when the
leaves are about half -grown and repeating the process every
three weeks.
Agave. LEAF-BLOTCH (Coniothyrium concentricum). — Grayish,
more or less circular dead patches, ranging from J£ to 1 inch
in diameter.
Control. — Remove and burn diseased leaves.
Allium. — See under Onion.
Almond. BLIGHT. (Coryneum beyerinkii). — See Peach Blight.
YELLOWS. — See under Peach.
Alnus. ROOT-TUBERCLES. — Clumps of small tubercles on the roots.
Not important.
WITCHES' BROOMS and BLADDERY DEFORMATIONS OF FLOWERS
(Exoascus sp.). — Broom-like tufts of branches and irregular
deforming and contortion of fruits.
Control. — See under Peach Leaf-Curl.
Alyssum. MILDEW (Erysiphe polygoni). — See under Verbena.
Disease very similar.
Amarantus. WHITE "RUST" or MILDEW (Albugo bliti). — See
similar disease under Radish.
Amelanchier. RUST (Gymnosporangium sp.). — Orange rust spots
on leaves.
Control. — Keep junipers at a considerable distance.
WITCHES' BROOM (Dimerosporium collinsii). — Thick twisted
broom-like growth of branches.
Control. — Cut out the brooms.
Ampelopsis. BLACK-ROT. — See under Grape.
MILDEW (Uncinula necator). — Powdery mildew growths on
upper side of leaf.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Anemone. ROOT-DECAY (Sclerotinia tuberosa). — Rhizomes decayed
and large lumps form on the outside.
Control. — Eradicate affected rhizomes and the cup-like
fungous bodies near such plants.
RUST. — Several rusts attack species of Anemone.
Anthurium. BLIGHT (Glomerella cincta). — See under Orchids.
Apple. BLIGHT. — The same disease as Pear Blight, which see.
CANKER. — Smooth cankers in bark of trunk or limbs usually
indicate blight (Bacillus amylivorus); rough ones, New York
apple-tree canker (Sphceropsis malorum), or the nail-head
canker ( Numularia discreta).
Control. — As soon as noticed, cut away dead bark and wood
to the living tissue and paint over with lead paint or coal-tar.
SCAB (Venluria insequalis). — Olive^green, brownish or blackish
scab-like spots on leaves and fruit.
Control. — Rake and burn or plow under old leaves very
early in spring. Spray with lime-sulfur 32° Baum£, 1-40,
or bordeaux, 3-3-50: (1) when blossom buds show pink;
(2) when majority of petals have fallen: (3) three weeks
after 2, depending upon the weather; (4) if a late attack is
feared, spray before fall rains begin.
Apricot. YELLOWS. — See under Peach.
BLACK-SPOT or SCAB. — See under Peach.
Aquilegia. MILDEW (Erysiphe polygoni). — See under Verbena.
Disease very similar.
BLACK-SPOT (Bacillus delphini). — Sunken black spots on leaves
and stems.
Control. — Remove and burn diseased parts.
Artemisia. RUST (Puccinia asteris). — Same rust as on Asters,
which see.
Artichoke. SOFT-ROT. — See under Carrot.
Arum. LEAF-SPOT (Protomyces art). — Irregular bleached patches
on leaves and leaf-stalks of A. maculatum.
Control. — Burn diseased plants.
Asparagus. RUST (Puccinia asparagi). — A rust of the tops which
is often so severe as to kill them, thus interfering with root-
development.
Control. — Dust with flowers of sulfur about every three
weeks while dew is still on in the morning. Use dusting-
machines.
Aspidistra. LEAF-BLOTCH (Ascochyta aspidistrse). — Large, irregular,
bleached spots with black streaks running across.
Control. — Remove diseased leaves.
Aster. RUST (Puccinia asteris). — Brown rust of leaves.
Control. — Eradicate the affected leaves.
Aucuba. FREEZING. — Young leaves suffer from spring frosts.
Auricula. LEAF-BLOTCH (Heterosporium auriculi). — Three or
four olive-green spots on each leaf. Spots become brown and
fall out.
Control. — Do not have excessive moisture. Spray with
potassium sulfid and ventilate well.
Avocado, or Persea. ANTHRACNOSE (Colletotrichum glceosporioidet).
—See under Pomelo.
1030 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Bamboo. SMUT ( Ustilago shiriana). — Internodes and tips of young
shoots attacked. Wild and cultivated bamboo attacked in
Japan.
Control. — Bordeaux mixture and sprinkling soil with lime
before the shoots appear.
Banana. ROT (Bacillus musx). — Leaf-blades droop, turn yellow;
petioles decay, letting leaves drop, and finally whole plant
rots to the ground.
Control. — Practise sanitation.
Bean. ANTHKACNOSE, or POD-SPOT (Colletotrichum lindemuthianum).
— Reddish brown, scab-like spots on stems, pods, and veins
of leaves, particularly on yellow-podded snap beans. Fungus
enters the beans.
Control. — Use seed only from pods without spots. Spray
plants, from beneath and above, every ten days.
BLIGHT (Bacterium phaseoli). — Large papery spots on leaves
and watery spots on pods.
Control. — As for Anthracnose.
Beet. HEART-ROT (Phoma betas). — Leaves appear spotted late in
July, then wilt, and finally a dry heart-rot appears.
Control. — Destroy affected plants. Practise long rotations.
Treat seed with formalin, one pint in thirty gallons of water.
SCAB. — The same disease as Potato Scab, which see.
Begonia. ROOT-ROT (Thielavia basicola,). — See under Nicotiana.
Berberis. RUST (Puccinia graminis). — Orange-colored rust spots
on under side of leaf.
Betula. LEAF-SPOT (Glceosporium betularum). — Round spots with
blackish margin.
HEART-ROT (Femes igniarius). — See under Fagus.
Blackberry. CROWN-GALL, or ROOT-GALL (Bacterium tumefaciens).
— Swellings, hard or soft, on roots and stem below ground.
Treatment. — Plow up and burn all bushes in a diseased
patch. Plant clean roots in a new place.
ANTHRACNOSE. — See under Raspberry.
RED or ORANGE RUST. — See under Raspberry.
LEAF-SPOT. — See under Dewberry. Same disease.
Blueberry. RUST (Calyptospora goeppertiana). — Stem attacked,
swollen, spongy, at first pink, changing to brown and blackish.
Plants taller than healthy and leaves dwarfed.
Control. — Segregate from species of fir and spruce.
Brassica. See under Cabbage.
Brussels Sprouts. CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage.
Buxus. STEM-BLIGHT (Nectria rousseliana). — Twigs killed,
reddish pustules appearing on stems and leaves.
Control. — Remove all diseased parts and burn.
Cabbage. CLUB-ROOT, or CLUB-FOOT (Plasmodiophora brassicx). —
A contorted swelling of roots and sickly wilted tops.
Control. — Destroy affected seedlings. Lime the soil at
least eighteen months before planting cabbage, using at the
rate of two tons of quicklime to the acre.
BLACK-ROT (Bacillus campestre). — Sap-tubes in leaves and stem
turn black and the leaves drop, thus preventing heading.
Control. — Practise crop-rotation. Soak the seed for fifteen
minutes in a solution of mercuric chloride, one tablet in a
pint of water.
Cactus. SPOT (Diplodia opuntix). — Sometimes a serious disease.
Calathea. LEAF-BLIGHT (Cephaleurus parasiticus). — The epidermal
cells contain the alga, which spreads over the leaf, blackening
and killing it.
Control. — Remove diseased leaves.
Calceolaria. LEAF-BLIGHT (Ascribed to a Micrococcus). — Brownish
patches on lower leaves, many times bordered by the small
veins of the leaf.
Control. — Burn affected plants.
Campanula. RUST (Coleosporium campanulas). — Red and brown
rust spots on leaves.
Control, — Segregate from Pinus rigida.
Capsicum. ANTHRACNOSE. — Same as on Piper, which see.
Carnation. RUST ( Uromyces caryophyllinus). — Brown, powdery
pustules on stems and leaves.
Control. — Spray once in two weeks with a solution of
copper sulfate, one pound to twenty gallons of water. Pick
off diseased leaves. Keep temperature low.
Carpinus. BLACK-MOLD (Dimerosporium pulchrum). — On leaves.
Control. — Spray with any good fungicide.
HEART-ROT (Fames fulvus). — Red-brown decay; crumbles when
crushed.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Carrot. SOFT-ROT (Bacillus carotovorus). — A soft-rotting of the
root identical with the soft rots of other root crops.
Control. — Good drainage of soil. Steam sterilization of soil.
LEAF-SPOT or EARLY LEAF-BLIGHT (Cercospora apii). — See
under Celery.
Carya. — See under Hickory-Nut.
Castanea. — See under Chestnut.
Catalpa. LEAF-BLIGHT. — Sudden blackening and dying of leaves
in early summer.
HEART- ROT (Polystictus versicolor). — Heart -wood becomes
straw-colored and finally soft.
Control. — Surgery.
ROOT-ROT of seedlings (Thielavia basicola).'- — See under Nicotiana.
Cauliflower. — See under Cabbage.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Celastrus. MILDEW (Phyllactinia corylea). — Powdery mildew of
leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Celery. EARLY LEAF-BLIGHT (Cercospora apii). — A spotting and
eventual blighting of leaves.
Control.— -pSpray with ammoniacal copper carbonate, 5-3-50,
beginning in seed-bed and keeping new growth covered
throughout the season.
LATE BLIGHT (Septoria petroselini var. apii). — Blight of foliage
appearing late in season and in storage.
Control. — As above. Grow under half shade.
Celtis. MILDEW (Peronoplasmopara celtidis). — Definite spots on
veins, water-soaked dark green becoming gray.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Cercis. LEAF-SPOT (Ascochyta pisi). — Spots round, yellowish with
brown margin on leaves and stem.
Control. — -Spray with dilute bordeaux mixture on first
appearance.
Chamaecyparis. TWIG DISEASE (Pestalozzia funerea). — Bark of
young branches killed, needles die.
Control. — Prune off affected parts and clean up litter and
burn.
HEART-ROT (Steccherinum ballonii). — Kills tops of trees.
Chard (Beta). LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora beticola). — Brown, purplish
bordered spots on leaves.
Control. — Pick off and destroy diseased leaves.
Cherry. BROWN-ROT (Sclerotinia fructigena). — The flowers decay,
the leaves become discolored with irregular brown spots,
and the fruit rots on the tree.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, or lime-
sulfur, 1-40 (1) just before the blossom buds open; (2) just
after the blossoms fall; (3) one or two more applications at
intervals of ten days.
POWDERY MILDEW (Podosphxra oxycanthx). — Leaves and twigs
affected, often causing defoliation.
Control. — Spray with lime-sulfur, 1-40, or dust heavily
with powdered sulfur.
BLACK-KNOT. — See under Plum. Same disease.
Chestnut. CANKER, or BARK DISEASE (Endnthia parasitica). —
Sunken or swollen cankers on limbs or trunk. Limbs die and
leaves and burs cling in winter.
Control. — Remove diseased parts and burn. Paint all
wounds. Little chance of saving trees in infested locality.
Chicory. STEM-SPOT (Pleospora albicans). — Yellowish-gray spots
on lower portion of the stem. Later on smaller branches and
leaves. Plant destroyed.
Control. — Eradicate diseased plants.
Chrysanthemum. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria chrysanthemi). — Small dark
brown spots, which increase in size until leaf is killed.
Control.— Pick and burn affected leaves. Spray with bor-
deaux mixture, 4^4-50.
RUST (Puccinia chrysanthemi). — Reddish brown rust pustules
on leaves.
Control. — As for Leaf-Spot.
Cineraria. MILDEW (Bremia lactucx). — Plants stunted and of a
pale color, finally wilting. Same disease on lettuce.
Control. — Remove diseased plants. Do not use same soil
again.
RUST. — See under Senecio.
Citrus. — See under Orange, Lemon, Grapefruit, etc. The "wither
tip" disease described under Pomelo is common to species of
citrus.
Clematis. LEAF-SPOT (Cylindrosporium clematidis var. jackmanii).
—^Causing loss of lower leaves at times. Not serious.
Cocoanut. BUD-ROT (Bacillus coli). — Rot of soft tissues of coco-
nut plant and is perhaps responsible for coconut bud-rot.
Control. — Not given.
Coffea. LEAF-DISEASE (Hemileia vastatrix and H. woodii). —
Circular discolored areas, turning pale yellow and becoming
studded with orange-yellow spots.
Control. — Burn all diseased leaves.
Colchicum. RUST ( Uromyces colchici). — Black spots on leaves.
Looks like a smut disease.
Control. — Diseased leaves should be burned.
Colocasia. ROOT-ROT (Peronospora trichomata). — Sap-tubes turn
yellow and finally entire tuber becomes black.
Control. — Dry tubers thoroughly before storing. Do not
plant in soil in which the disease has occurred.
Convolvulus. MILDEW (Albugo ipomcex-panduranx). — Distortions
and white or yellow blisters.
Control. — Remove diseased plants and spray with bordeaux
mixture frequently.
Cordyline. BLIGHT. — See under Orchids.
Coreopsis. MILDEW (Sphxrotheca humuli var. fuliginea). — Pow-
dery mildew of the leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Corn. SMUT ( Ustilago zex). — Boils on stalks, ears or tassels,
at first white, then black, and, when burst open, containing
black powder, the spores.
Control. — Cut out developing smut-boils and burn.
WILT (Pseudomonas stewartii). — Sap -tubes turn yellow and
plant wilts and drys up.
Control. — Burn affected plants. Grow varieties not affected.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1031
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Cornus. TWIG-BLIGHT (Diaporthe albocarnis). — Twigs die, bark
turns yellow and is covered with numerous small pimples.
Control. — Prune off and destroy affected parts.
Corylus. — See under Filbert.
Cosmos. STEM-BLIGHT (Phomopsis stewartii). — Brown spots
rapidly enlarging on stems of mature plants. Parts above
wilt and die.
Control. — Difficult and no certain methods known. Remove
diseased stems and burn.
Cotoneaster. RHUS (Gymnosporangium clavariae forme). — Orange
rust pustules on leaves.
Control. — Keep at a distance from junipers.
Cranberry. BLAST, or SCALD (Guignardia vaccinii). — Young flower
and fruits blasted, older fruits appear scalded or watery.
Control.— Spray five or six times with bordeaux mixture,
5-5-50, to which has been added four pounds of resin. fish-oil
soap. Begin just before the blossoms open.
Cratsegus. RUST (Gymnosporangium sp.). — Orange rust pustules
on leaves and petioles.
Control. — Keep at a distance from junipers.
Cress. WHITE MOLD. — See under Horse-Radish.
Crocus. ROOT-ROT (Rhizoctonia sp.). — Important in France and
likely occurring here.
Control. — Sanitation, new soil frequently or soil sterik'zation.
Cucumber. BLIGHT, or MILDEW (Pseudoperonospora cubensis). —
A blighting and premature yellowing of the leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, every ten
to fourteen days after plants begin to run.
WILT. — See under Cucurbita.
Cucurbita. WILT (Bacillus tracheiphilus). ^-Sap-tubes are clogged
and destroyed, causing the plant to wilt.
Control. — Eradicate the striped beetle. Gather and destroy
all wilted leaves and plants.
Cupressus. ROOT-ROT. — See under Pine. Same disease.
TWIG DISEASE. — See under Chamxcyparis.
WITCHES' BROOM (Gymnosporangium ettisii). — Fasciation of
branches.
Control. — Prune off affected parts.
Currant. WILT, or CANE-BLIGHT (Botryosphseriaribis). — Canes die
suddenly, the leaves wilting.
Control. — No satisfactory method known. Cut out and
burn affected plants.
RUST (Cronartium ribicola). — Brown rust pustules and brown
felt-like growth on under side of leaf. Black currants especially
susceptible.
Control. — Grow at least 500 feet from white pine trees.
Cycas. LEAF-SPOT (Mycosphxrella tulasnei=Cladosporium her-
barum). — Gray spots and final death of leaves.
Control. — Remove and burn affected parts.
Cyclamen. LEAF-SPOT (Glomerella rufomaculans var. cyclaminis).
— Spots circular, slightly water-logged, with sharply defined
outlines.
Control. — Destroy affected leaves by burning.
BLIGHT. — Similar to Lilium Leaf-Spot, which see.
Dahlia. WILT (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum). — White mold on stem,
later yellowing and wilting of plant, and finally stem collapses.
Control. — Remove and burn affected plants. Green stable
manure favors the disease.
Daphne. LEAF-SPOT (Mycosphxrella laureolse). — Similar to Straw-
berry Leaf-Spot, which see.
Date. See under Palms,
Delphinium. BLACK-SPOT (Bacillus delphini). — Sunken black spots
on stem and leaves.
Control. — Remove and burn diseased parts.
Dewberry. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria rubi). — Small pale spots of dead
leaf-tissue finally becoming dotted with black specks.
Control. — No successful method of treatment is known.
Dianthus. — See under Carnation.
Digitalis. MILDEW (Peronospora sordida). — Broadly effused, dingy
lilac patches of mildew on under surface of leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Diospyros. MILDEW (Podosphxra oxyacanthx). — Powdery mildew
of the leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Dracaena. BLIGHT. — See under Orchids.
Eggplant. ANTHRACNOSE (Glceosporium melongeme). — Spots on
fruit. Same as on Piper, which see.
STEM ROT (Nectria ipomaex). — Spreading spots on the stem.
Control. — Spray mixtures may be of avail.
Elaeagnus. ROOT-TUBERCLES. — See under Alnus. Not destructive
Endive. RUST (Puccinia endirise). — Rust spots on leaves.
STEM-ROT. — See under Chicory.
Eucalyptus. TUMOR ( Ustilago vriesiana). — Woody tumors at collar
of tree. Production of black soot-like mass of spores between
wood and bark.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Euphorbia. BLIGHT (Glceosporium euphorbise). — Causes death of
floral portion just before flowering time and the parts below
are soon blighted.
Control. — Burn affected plants. Spray with bordeaux
mixture.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Fagus. HEART-ROT (Fames igniarius). — White, dry, and some-
what solid decay of heart-wood bordered by fine black lines.
Control. — See under Arboriculture, Diseases of Trees.
Ferns. TIP BLIGHT (Phyllosticta pteridis). — Brown spots at or
near tips of the fronds covered with minute black dots.
Control. — Remove and burn the blighted leaves and then
spray with bordeaux mixture.
Ficus. LEAF-SPOT (Leptostromella elasticx}. — Causes spots on
leaves. See also under Fig.
Fig. LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora bolleana). — Brown spots on leaves.
Leaves turn yellow and drop off.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture while leaves are
young.
Filbert. BLACK-KNOT (Cryptosporella anomala). — Serious stem
disease, canker girdles the stems and kills parts above.
Control. — Prune off affected parts and burn.
Forsythia. LEAF-SPOT (Alternaria forsythix). — Forms sub-
circular spots.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Fraxinus. RUST (Puccinia frnxinata). — Swellings of midribs of
leaves and petioles with orange rust spots on them.
Control. — Keep the common grass Spartina cynosuroides
away from the trees.
Freesia. LEAF-SPOT and WILT (Heterosporium gracile). — Large
brown spots with darker margin, numerous; soon the leaves
wilt and die.
Control. — Spray with ammoniacal copper sulfate.
Galanthus. DECAY (Sclerotinia galanthi). — In place of the flower
a shapeless mass is produced covered with brown mildew.
Tubers decay also.
Control. — Remove all affected parts and burn. Use new soil
thereafter.
Gardenia. RUST. — See under Coffea. Same disease.
Genista. ROOT-TUBERCLES. — Beneficial.
Gentiana. RUST (Puccinia gentianse). — Lower leaves first at-
tacked, become yellow and die. Disease gradually works
upward.
Control. — Destroy affected plants.
Geranium. MILDEW (Plasmopara geranii). — Downy mildew of
leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Gladiolus. SMUT ( Urocystis gladioli). — Black smut pustules on
corms.
Control. — Destroy affected corms. Use new soil.
Gleditsia. LEAF-SPOT (Leptostroma hypophytta). — Leaflets become
covered with small black specks, causing some of them to
turn yellow and fall.
Gooseberry. MILDEW (Sphserotheca mors-uvse). — A powdery mildew
of the fruit and young growth of English varieties.
Control. — Spray with potassium sulfid, one ounce to two
gallons of water, at intervals after leaves begin to unfold.
Grape. BLACK-ROT (Guignardia bidweUii). — Brown circular spots
on leaves, black, elongated, sunken pits on petioles, canes,
etc., and on the berry a brown rot with shriveling and wrink-
ling.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, before rains.
Spray (1) when the third or fourth leaf unfolds; (2) as soon
as the blossoms have fallen; (3) when berries are size of a pea;
(4) about two weeks later. Two more applications if wet
season.
DOWNY MILDEW, or LEAF-BLIGHT (Plasmopara viticola). — White
frost-like patches on under side of the leaf.
Control. — Same as Black-Rot.
Grapefruit. LEAF-SPOT (Pestalozria guepini). — Large spots with
dark margins. Leaves fall prematurely. On other species
of Citrus also.
Control. — Destroy affected leaves.
Guava. ANTHRACNOSE (Glomerella psidii). — Circular brown,
decayed areas on fruit. Like apple bitter-rot.
Control. — None given.
Hedera. LEAF-SPOT and LEAF BLIGHT < Vermicularia tricheUa). —
Rapid blackening of the etiolated portion of the leaf.
Control. — Remove and burn affected leaves and spray with
bordeaux mixture.
Helianthus. RUST (Puccinia helianthi). — Red rust pustules on
leaves of most species of Helianthus.
Control. — No specific control measures worked out.
Helleborus. LEAF-BLOTCH (Coniothyrium hettebori). — Large cir-
cular brownish blotches of scorched appearance, covered with
minute black dots.
Control. — Cut off and burn affected leaves.
Hemerocallis. LEAF-SPOT. — See under Freesia.
Hibiscus. LEAF-SPOT ( Phyllosticta idaecola). — Indistinct brown
spots with whitish centers.
Control. — Burn affected leaves.
MILDEW (Microsphsera euphorbia). — Powdery mildew of leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Hickory-nut. LEAF-SPOT (Marsonia juglandis). — Large leaf-spot,
causing premature dying of leaves.
Control. — Spraying with bordeaux mixture may be of
value.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Hollyhock. RUST (Puccinia mahacearum). — All parts of plant
show reddish brown pustules.
Control. — Eradicate mallow. Pick off diseased leaves and
burn. Spray every week with bordeaux mixture, 4-3-50.
Horse-Radish. WHITE MOLD <Cystopus candidus). — -Deforming
and swelling of leaves and stems, with white powdery surface
growth.
Control. — Hardly important enough on the radish to neces-
sitate control.
Hyacinthus. BLIGHT (Pseudomonas hyacinthi). — Serious pest in
the Netherlands. Sap-tubes filled with yellow slime.
Control. — Destroy all affected plants.
Hydrangea. LEAF-BLIGHT (Phyllosticta hydrangese). — Leaf -spot
disease which become? serious at times.
Control. — Destroy diseased leaves as soon as noticed.
Iberis. CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage.
Impatiens. MILDEW (Plasmopara obducens). — Downy mildew of
the leaves.
Control. — Remove affected leaves and spray with bordeaux
mixture.
Ipomoea. RUST (Coleosporium ipomcex). — Common rust spotting
of leaves.
Control. — Destroy affected leaves.
MILDEW. — See under Convolvulus.
Iris. LEAF-BLIGHT (Botrytis galanthina). — First the leaves and
flowers are much distorted and covered with black mold
growth; later the bulb may be destroyed.
Control. — Eradicate diseased plants and grow in new soiL
Juglans. LEAF-SPOT (Gnomonia leptostyla). — Brown leaf -spot,
causing defoliation.
Control. — Collect and burn fallen leaves. Spray with
bordeaux mixture while leaves are young.
Juniperus. CEDAR APPLES (Gymnosporangium spp.). — Large or
small red and woody growth at tips of branches. Gelatinous
in wet weather.
Control. — Prune off affected parts. Keep apples, pears,
and hawthorns at a distance.
Kale. BLACK-ROT. — See under Cabbage.
Kohlrabi. CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage.
Laburnum. LEAF-SPOT (Peronospora cystisi). — Leaves become
brown-spotted. Seedlings killed.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
CONTAGIOUS CHLOROSIS. — See under Abutilon.
Lariz. CANKER (Dasyscypha willkomii). — Canker of trunk and
branches, usually around base of trunk.
Control. — Eradicate diseased parts, using tree surgery
methods.
Laurus. WITCHES' BROOM (Exobasidium lauri). — Branched out
growths, antler-like, 2 or 3 feet in length, springing from
the leaves.
Control. — Prune off affected parts.
Lemon. BROWN-ROT (Pythiacystis citrophthora). — White mold on
surface of fruit.
Control. — Not destructive in orchard. Add copper sulfate
to water when washing lemons to prevent infection of healthy
ones.
LEAF-DISEASES. — Not well understood. Probably controllable
by spraying.
Lespedeza. MILDEW (Microsphsera diffusa). — Powdery mildew of
leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
Lettuce. DROP, or ROT (Sclerotinia libertiana). — Base of steins or
leaves rots off, allowing leaves to drop.
Control.— Sterilize soil with steam before planting.
MILDEW.— See under Cineraria,.
Ligustrum. ANTHRACNOSE (Gleeosporium cingulatum). — Affected
areas light brown either oblong on one side of the stem or
completely girdling it.
Control. — Destroy by burning affected plants.
Lilium. LEAF-SPOT (Botrytis sp.). — -Orange-brown or buff blotches
on leaves, stem and flowers of L. candidum. May be same as
Tulipa Mold, which see.
Control.— Eradicate diseased plants.
Lily-of-the- Valley. STEM-ROT. — See under Paeonia.
Liriodendron. TWIG BLIGHT (Myxosporium longisporium). — Kill-
ing twigs.
Control. — Prune off diseased twigs.
Lobelia. CANKER (Phoma devastatrix). — Portions of the sterna
covered with minute black dots.
Control. — Remove diseased plants. They never bloom.
Lonicera. CANKER ( Nectria cinnabarina) . — Rough canker on limbs
covered with flesh-colored or red bodies.
Control.— Prune off or cut out all affected parts and cover
wounds with tar.
Lupinus. — See under Pea.
Lychnis. SMUT ( Ustilago violacea). — Pollen-sacs filled with black
dust which escapes and discolors the flower.
Control. — Destroy the affected plants and use new soil.
Lycopersicum. — See under Tomato.
Magnolia. LEAF-SPOT. — See under Grapefruit.
Malva. RUST. — See under Hollyhock. Same disease.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Mangifera. BLACK BLIGHT (Dimerosporium mangiferum) . — In-
tense black velvety patches on both surfaces of the leaves.
Control. — Spray with any good spray mixture.
Matthiola. CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage.
Mentha. RUST (Puccinia menthse). — A most destructive rust
disease.
Control. — None given.
Mignonette. LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora resedss). — First reddish
discoloration of leaves. Later small depressed spots with
brownish or yellowish margin.
Control. — Spraying with bordeaux mixture gives good
results.
Morus. LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora moricola). — Not serious.
LEAF-BLIGHT (Pseudomonas mori). — Wilting and death of leaves.
Cankers girdle the twigs.
Control. — Prune off diseased parts and burn.
Muscari. SMUT ( Urocystis colchici). — Long black powdery streaks
on leaves.
Control. — Destroy affected plants by burning. Use new
soil.
Mushroom. MOLD (Mycogone perniciosa). — Mushrooms develop
abnormally as monstrous soft growths. These develop into
a moldy mass and putrify.
Control. — -Affected beds should be thoroughly cleaned and
sprayed with copper sulfate, one pound to fifty gallons of
water.
Muskmelon. DOWNY MILDEW. — See under Cucumber.
WILT. — See under Cucurbita.
Narcissus. LEAF-SPOT (Ramularia narcissi). — Spots on leaves
and stem.
Control. — Burn diseased parts and spray with bordeaux
mixture.
Nasturtium. WHITE "RuST." (Cystopus candidus). — See under
Horse-Radish.
Nectarine. YELLOWS, etc. — See under Peach.
Nerium. BLACK MOLD (Capnodium fcedum). — Black velvety-like
growth on leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Nicotiana. ROOT-ROT (Thielavia basicola). — Blackening and
rotting of the roots of seedling plants.
Control.— Steam sterilization of seed-beds.
MOSAIC or CALICO DISEASE. — Enxymic disease. Mottling of
leaf. Spread by touch.
Oak. ANTHRACNOSE (Gnomonia veneta). — Brown spotting on
under side of leaves, along veins. Brown pustules on spots.
Death of leaves and twigs. See under Arboriculture, Diseases
of Trees.
Control. — Collect and burn all diseased twigs and leaves.
Spray with bordeaux mixture frequently from time buds
swell.
CEnothera. LEAF-GALLS (Synchytrium fulgens). — Yellow swellings
on the leaves.
Control. — Destroy affected leaves.
Okra. — See under Hibiscus.
Olive. LIMB-GALL, or KNOT (Pseudomonas olex). — Knots or galls
on the twigs and limbs.
Control. — Remove and burn affected limbs.
Onion. MILDEW (Peronospora schleideniana). — Causes a wilt or
blight of the leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, to which
has been added one gallon of resin sal-soda sticker. First
application when third leaf has developed, repeating every
ten days until harvest time.
SMUT ( Urocystis cepulse). — Black pustules on leaves and bulbs.
Seedlings may be killed outright.
Control. — Grow seed in new soil. Drill in with the seed
one hundred pounds of sulfur and fifty pounds of air-slaked
lime to the acre.
Opuntia. SPOT (Diplodia opuntix). — Sometimes a serious pest
of cactus.
Orach. GALLS ( Urophlyctis pwZposcO.-^-Glassy swellings on
leaves, stems and flowers of Chenopodium and A triplex.
Control. — Burn affected plants.
Orange. BLACK-MOLD (Capnodium citri). — Black mold-like growth
on leaves and fruit.
Control. — Spray with any good fungicide.
Orchids. LEAF-BLIGHT (Glomerella cincta). — Leaf dies back from
the tip, turning brown.
Control. — Burn affected leaves. Spray frequently then
with bordeaux mixture.
Ornithogalum. WARTS (Synchytrium niesii). — Dirty white warts
on leaves, bounded by a dark line.
Control. — Burn diseased leaves.
Pseonia. STEM-ROT and WILT (Sclerotinia pssonise). — Gradual
wilting and dying of leaves caused by decay of stem at or
near surface of soil.
Control. — Spray the stems frequently with a strong fungi-
cide. Burn affected plants.
Palms. LEAF-SPOT (Gleeosporium allescheri). — May cause ultimate
death of leaves.
Control. — Frequent spraying with bordeaux mixture and
eradication of diseased leaves may prove beneficial.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1033
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Pandanus. BLACK CANKER ( Nectria pandani). — Kills branches and
entire plants. Black pustules on bark oozing black tendrils.
Control.— Cut out diseased portions as soon as noticed.
Pansy. LEAP-SPOT (Peronospora violx). — Discolored spots with
pale violet growth on them.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Papaver. MILDEW (Peronospora arborescens). — Downy mildew of
wild and cultivated poppies. Especially injurious to seedlings
of garden species.
Control.— Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Parsley. LEAF-SCORCH (Septoria petroselini). — Small scattered
brown patches, which increase in size until whole leaf is
covered.
Control. — Spray early with dilute bordeaux. Pick off and
burn affected leaves.
Parsnip. LEAF-BLIGHT. — See under Celery, Early Leaf-Blight.
Pea. MILDEW (Erysiphe polygoni). — A powdery mildew on poda
and leaves.
Control. — Dust dry sulfur over the plants.
Peach. BLIGHT (Coryneum beyerinkii). — A spotting, gumming and
death of the buds and twigs, particularly in the lower parts
of the tree. The fruit drops.
Control. — For California conditions, two applications
bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, or lime-sulfur, 1-10, (1) in No-
vember or December, and (2) in February or March.
LEAF-CURL (Exoiscus deformans). — Leaves curl and wrinkle.
Control. — Spray with lime-sulfur, 1-11, beiore buds swell.
BROWN-ROT (Sclerotinia fructigena). — Rot on fruit and cankers
on limbs.
Control. — Spray with self-boiled lime-sulfur, 8-8-50, adding
two pounds arsenate of lead. Spray (1) about time shucks
are shedding from young fruit; (2) two or three weeks later;
(3) one month before fruit ripens.
SCAB, or BLACK-SPOT (Cladosporium carpophilum). — Black scab-
like spots on fruit.
Control. — Self -boiled lime-sulfur applied as under Brown-Rot.
YELLOWS. — A fatal disease. Red spots in fruit. Tuft-like
growth of new shoots and finally yellow foliage.
Control. — Burn affected trees.
Pear. BLIGHT (Bacillus amylovorus). — Flowers, young fruit, twigs,
and leaves turn black and die. Limbs die back and sunken
cankers form in bark.
Control. — Eradicate all wild hawthorns, pears and apples.
Inspect and remove all blighted parts of tree. Paint wounds
with coal-tar.
SCAB. — Very similar disease to Apple Scab, which see.
Pecan. LEAF-BLOTCH (MycosphsereUa convexula). — Dark-colored
blotches covered with minute black dots on leaves in mid-
summer.
Control. — None given.
Pelargonium. DROPSY. — Translucent spotting of leaf. Spots
finally die.
Control. — Withhold water until absolutely necessary.
Persimmon. ANTHRACNOSE (Glomeretta rufomaculans). — Similar
if not identical to Piper Anthracnose, which see.
Petunia. WILT. — See under Dahlia.
Phlox. STEM-CANKER (Pyrenochxta phloxidis). —Canker just
above the ground on the stem. Plant dies; first turning
yellow and then falls over.
Control. — Diseased stems should be removed and burned.
Physalis. WILT (Bacillus solonacearum). — Pith of stem turns
brown, sap-tubes filled with viscid ooze.
Control. — -Get rid of insects such as potato beetle and burn
all affected plants.
Picea. LEAF-SPOT and LEAF-CAST (Phoma sp.). — Causes discolor-
ation and dropping of needles. Black dots on affected needles.
Control. — Clean up all fallen needles and burn.
DROUGHT INJURY. — Drying up of needles. Water in dry weather.
Pine. ROOT-ROT (Armillaria mellea). — Tops turn yellow and die,
swelling of trunk at surface of ground. Decay of roots with
black threads abundantly present. Toadstools around base
of tree.
Control. — Dig up and burn and destroy all toadstools near
the affected trees.
Pineapple. HEART-ROT. — Browning of the axis of the fruit, due
to excessive moisture at time of ripening.
Control. — Keep down humidity in greenhouses.
Piper. ANTHRACNOSE (Glceosporium piperatum). — Spots on leaves
of plants. Also apple bitter-rot fungus (Glomerella rufomacu-
lans) causes similar spots on the fruits.
Control. — Frequent spraying with bordeaux mixture.
Platanus. ANTHRACNOSE. — See under Oak. Same disease.
Plum. BLACK-KNOT (Plowrightia morbosa). — Black tumorous swell-
ings from 1 to several inches in length, on limbs and twigs.
Control. — Burn all affected parts in the fall. Burn whole
tree if badly affected.
BROWN-ROT. — See under Peach.
Polygonum. TAR-SPOT (Rhytisma bistortx). — Black tar-like spots
on leaves.
Control. — Burn affected leaves.
Pomegranate. INTERNAL ROT (Sterigmatocystis castanea). — Central
cavity of fruit occupied by a black sporulating fungus.
Control. — None known.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Pomelo. WiTHER-TiP ( Collet 'otrichum glaeosporioides). — Anthrac-
nose cankers of stem, spots on leaves and flowers and general
wilting of tips of branches.
Control. — Prune off affected parts and spray with bordeaux
mixture.
Populus. HEART-ROT (Polyporus sulphureus). — Red rot of the
wood, which finally breaks up into cubes.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Potato. EARLY BLIGHT (Alternaria solani). — Circular spots, usually
in July and final blighting of whole leaf.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, every ten days,
beginning when plants are 6 to 8 inches high.
LATE BLIGHT and POTATO-ROT (Phytophthora infestans). —
Quick-spreading watery appearing spots in leaves. Mildew
on under side. Plants appear as scalded by hot water. Tubers
rot in soil or soon after digging.
Control.-^-Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, at least
three applications and in wet seasons, six or more may be
necessary. Use from forty to one hundred gallons per acre.
SCAB (OSspora scabies). — A scabby and pitted roughness of the
tubers.
Control. — Keep lime and ashes off the land. Soak uncut
seed tubers in a solution of formalin, one pint to thirty gallons
of water for two hours. Avoid land that has grown scabby
potatoes.
Potentilla. LEAF-SPOT. — See under Strawberry.
Primula. ROT (Botrytis sp.) — Similar to rot of Pxonia, which see.
Prune. — See under Plum.
Prunus. — See under Cherry, Plum and Peach.
Pseudotsuga. BLIGHT (Sclerotinia fuckeliana). — Gray mold of
seedlings and younger shoots of older trees in moist situ-
ations.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Psidium. — See under Guana.
Pyrus. — See under Apple and Pear.
Quince. BLIGHT. — See under Pear.
RUST (Gymnosporangium globosum).— ^Orange rust of fruit.
Control. — Destroy red cedars in the neighborhood, also
wild apples and hawthorns. Spray as for Apple Scab.
Radish. WHITE "RUST" or MILDEW (Albugo candidus). — A whitish
powdery growth on the leaves and petioles, often causing
distortion.
Control. — Steam sterilize the soil before planting.
CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage.
BLACK-ROT. — See under Cabbage.
Ranunculus. MILDEW (Plasmopara pygmsea). — Downy mildew of
leaves.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Raspberry. ANTHRACNOSE (Glceosporium venetum). — Circular or
elliptical, gray scab-like spots on the canes.
Control. — Remove diseased canes as soon as fruit is picked.
Avoid taking young plants from diseased plantings.
CROWN-GALL. — See under Blackberry.
RED, or ORANGE RUST (Gymnoconia inter stitialis). — Dense red
powdery growth on under side of leaves of black varieties
and blackberries.
Control. — Dig up and destroy affected plants.
LEAF-SPOT. — See under Dewberry. Same disease.
Retinospora. GALL (Gymnosporangium sp.). — Swellings on limbs
and twigs with red-brown pustules covering them.
Control. — Prune off affected parts and keep at a distance
from species of Pome».
Rhamnus. RUST (Puccinia coronata). — Irregular yellow blotches,
with yellow pustules on under side of leaf. Also on fruit and
flowers.
Control. — Keep at a distance from "rusted" cereals and
other grasses.
Rheum. SOFT-ROT. — See under Carrot.
Rhododendron. GALLS (Erobasidium rhododendri). — Galls of the
size of a pea or larger, at first pale green, then red and brownish
covered with white bloom.
Control. — Leaves bearing galls should be removed and
burned.
Rhubarb. SOFT-ROT. — See under Carrot.
Rhus. CANKER and TWIG BLIGHT (Endothia parasitica). — See
under Chestnut. Causes death of twigs.
Ribes. — See under Currant and Gooseberry.
Richardia. SOFT-ROT (Bacillus aroidese). — Soft rotting of conns
(bulbs) and leaves.
Control. — Change soil every three or four years. Reject
corms which show the disease.
Robinia. HEART- ROT (Trametes robiniophila and Fames rimosus).
— Heart-wood converted into punk. Shelf-like bodies grow
from wounds.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Rose. MILDEW (Sphxrotheca pannosa). — A white powdery mildew
on new growth.
Control. — In greenhouses, keep steam-pipes painted with a
paste of equal parts lime and sulfur mixed in water. Out-of-
doors roses should be dusted with sulfur flower or sprayed
with potassium sulfid, one ounce to three gallons of water.
STEM-BLIGHT. — Similar to Raspberry Anthracnose, which see.
1034 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Rubus. — See under Raspberry.
Salix. RUST. — Numerous species of the rust fungi produce red
rust spots on the leaves.
Control. — -Keep at a distance from species of conifers.
HEART- ROT (Trameles suaveolens). — Enters through wounds.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Salsify. MILDEW ( Albugo tragopogonis). — Distortion and white
blisters on host.
Control. — Eradicate affected plants and grow on new soil
apart from wild and cultivated species of the Compositse.
Sambucus. CANKERS. — See under Lonicera.
Sarracenia. BLIGHT. — -See under Orchids.
Saxifraga. RUST (Puccinia pazschkei and P. saxifrage). — Dark
brown concentric circles of rust pustules on upper surface of
the leaves.
Control.— Burn affected leaves.
Scilla. BULB-ROT (Sclerotinia bulborum). — Yellow stripes and
blotches on leaves in early summer, with olive-brown mold
on them. Rots the bulb later. .
Control. — -Destroy affected plants. Spray with potassium
sulfid. Use new soil thereafter.
Sedum. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria sedi). — Dark circular blotches appear
on the leaves and defoliation occurs.
Control. — Destroy affected parts by burning.
Sempervivum. RUST (Endophyllum sempervivi). — Brown rust
pustules rupturing epidermis of leaf.
Control. — Destroy affected plants as the fungus lives over
from year to year in the same plant.
Senecio. RUST (Coleosporium senecionis). — Orange patches on
under surface of leaf.
Control. — Keep at a distance from species of Pinus. Burn
affected plants to protect neighboring pines.
Sequoia. BLIGHT. — See under Pseudotsuga.
Silene. SMUT. — See under Lychnis.
Solanum. — See under Potato, Eggplant, etc.
Sorbus. BLIGHT. — See under Pear.
Spinach. ANTHRACNOSE (Colletotrichum spinacex). — Spots on
leaves, at first minute and watery, gradually increasing in size
and becoming gray and dry.
Control. — Gather and destroy all diseased leaves.
MILDEW (Peronospora effusa).—Gra.y, slightly violet, patches
of a velvety texture on under side of leaves.
Control. — As for Anthracnose, which see.
Spiraea. RUST (Triphragmium ulmarix). — Reddish yellow and
dark brown rust pustules on leaves.
Control. — Burn affected parts.
Squash. WILT. — See under Cucurbita.
Strawberry. LEAF-SPOT, or LEAF-BLIGHT (Mycosphxrella fra-
garix). — Small purple or red spots appearing on leaves. Leaf
appears blotched.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-^4-50, soon after
growth begins and make three or four additional sprayings
during season.
Sweet Pea. MILDEW. — See under Pea.
Sweet Potato. BLACK-ROT (Ceratocyslis fimbriata). — Black shank
and a black rot of tuber.
Control. — Never use sprouts from affected potatoes. Steam
sterilize hotbeds.
ROTS. — The sweet potato is susceptible to a large number of
rots, soft, dry, hard, white, etc.
Control. — Use soil which has not grown diseased sweet
potatoes heretofore.
Syrir.ga. MILDEW (Microsphxra alni). — White powdery mildew on
upper surface of leaves.
Control. — Dust with sulfur.
TWIG and BUD DISEASE (Phytophthora syringx). — Tips of twigs
killed.
Control. — Prune off twigs.
Thalictrum. RED-SPOT (Synchytrium anemones). — Red eruptions
on stem, leaf and flower. Causing at times swelling and
crumpling of the organ.
Control. — Burn affected parts.
Thuja. ROOT-ROT (Polyporus schweinitzii). — Diseased wood
yellowish, cheesy, brittle when dry.
HEART-ROT (Fames carneus).— Causes pockets in the affected
wood.
Control. — Remove all affected wood, using surgery methods.
Tilia. LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora microsora). — Causes spotting and
defoliation.
Control. — Two sprayings in Massachusetts resulted in
longer retention of the leaves.
Tomato. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria lycopersica). — At first small spots
appear, which spread until the whole leaf is consumed. Fruit
may be attacked.
Control. — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, making
the first application two weeks after the plants are set out
and repeating every two weeks throughout the season.
DOWNY MILDEW. — See under Potato. Late Blight.
END-ROT. — Due to lack of sufficient soil moisture.
Control. — Water soil in dry periods.
Toxylon (Maclura). RUST (Physopella fid). — Pale cinnamon-
brown rust pustules on under side of leaf.
Control. — Destroy by burning the affected leaves.
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Tropaolum. — See under Horse-Radish.
Tsuga. HEART- ROT (Trametes pini). — Light brown decay pitted
with small oblong cavities, which are white-lined.
SAP-ROT (Fames pinicola). — Soft decay of sap-wood.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Tulipa. MOLD (Sclerotinia parasitica). — Olive-brown, velvety
patches formed on leaves, stem, and flowers; also, later,
small black lumps at base of stems.
Control. — Burn affected plants.
Turnip. CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage. Same disease.
SOFT-ROT. — See under Carrot. Same disease.
Ulmus. TAR-SPOT (Gnomonia ulmea). — Black spots on upper
surface of leaves.
Control. — Burn old leaves in fall or winter.
HEART-ROT (Pleurotus ulmarius). — Soft rotting of wood.
Control. — Surgery methods.
Vaccinium. LEAF-BLISTER (Exobasidium vaccinii). — Large blisters
on leaves, petioles and stems, of a red or purple color. White
bloom beneath.
Control. — Remove and burn diseased parts.
Verbena. MILDEW. (Erysiphe cichoracearum and others). — Pow-
dery mildew growths on leaves.
Control. — Spray with any good fungicide or dust with
powdered sulfur.
Veronica. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria veronicx). — Well-defined spots on
leaves.
Control. — Pick off and burn affected leaves.
Vinca. LEAF-SPOT (Sphxropsis vincx). — Leaves disfigured by
spots which occur on the stem at times as well.
Control. — Destroy diseased parts of plants.
Violet. ROOT-RQT (Thielavia basicola). — Plants make poor growth;
roots rotted off.
Control.— Start in steam-sterilized soil, and transfer to
sterilized beds.
Vitis. — See under Grape.
Walnut. BLIGHT (Pseudomonas juglandis). — Black spotting of
fruit and black cankers on the stems. Twigs and fruit-spurs
killed.
Control. — None known except such as mentioned under
Pear Blight. Grow immune varieties.
ANTHRACNOSE, or LEAF-BLIGHT (Marsonia juglandis). — See
under Hickory-Nut. Same disease.
Watermelon. MILDEW. — See under Cucumber.
WILT (Fusarium vasinfecta). — Wilting of leaves and plant
dries up.
Control. — None recommended. Resistant varieties should
be grown.
Yucca. LEAF-BLOTCH. — See under Agave.
Zea. — See under Corn.
Zinnia. WILT. — See under Dahlia.
DONALD KEDDICK.
Insect enemies of plants.
The animals which constitute the insect world
play an important part in most horticultural opera-
tions. The busy bee is an indispensable aid in the
production of many fruits, but the equally busy jaws
of canker-worms or other insects oftentimes seriously
interfere with man's plans for profitable crops. Horti-
culturists should become more intimately acquainted
with their little friends and foes in the insect world.
Not only from the economic standpoint is this knowl-
edge necessary in the business of growing plants, but
the striking peculiarities of form, coloring, structure,
habits, and the wonderful transformations of insects
afford one of the most interesting fields in nature. The
life-stories of many insects, if told in detail, would
rival in variety and interest many a famous fairy tale.
The science that treats of insects, or entomology, has
now reached the stage at which its devotees are no
longer looked upon with ridicule in most communities.
At the present time more than 350 trained men are
officially employed in entomological work in the United
States and Canada.
What they are. — An insect is an animal which, in
the adult stage, has its body divided into three distinct
regions: the head, the thorax and the abdomen (Fig.
1293). The head bears one pair of antenna?, and there
are always three pairs of legs and usually either one
or two pairs of wings attached to the thorax. By these
characteristics one can usually readily distinguish an
adult insect from any other animal. Among the near
relatives of insects in the animal world are the cray-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1035
1293. A beetle, showing the
different parts.
fish, sow-bugs, and crabs, but these are mostly aquatic
animals, breathing by true gills; they have two pairs
of antennae, and at least five pairs of legs. Centipedes,
or "hundred-legged worms," and millipedes, or "thou-
sand-legged worms," are
also nearly related to in-
sects, but they have the
thorax and abdomen form-
ing a continuous region,
and with six to 200 seg-
ments, each bearing one
or two pairs of legs; they
have one pan- of antennae.
The layman usually
classes such animals as
the spiders, mites and
daddy - long - legs among
the insects, but they form
a distinct class, as they
have the head and thorax
grown together, no an-
tennae, and have four
pairs of legs.
How they are constructed. — Insects are constructed
on an entirely different plan from the higher animals.
Their supporting skeleton is outside, it being simply
the skin hardened more or less by a horny substance,
known as chitin. This firm outer wall, or skeleton,
supports and protects the muscles, blood-vessels,
nerves, and other organs within. The mouth-parts,
antennae and eyes of an insect are attached to its head,
and all are exceedingly useful organs, as will be shown
later in discussing the feeling and the other sensations
of an insect. An insect's wings and legs are always
borne by the thorax. The wings are primarily organs
of flight, but are used as musical organs by some of
the grasshoppers and crickets. Female canker-worm
moths, bed-bugs, and some other insects have prac-
tically no wings, and the house-flies, mosquitos, male
bark lice, and similar insects have but one pair of
wings. Insects use their legs primarily for locomo-
tion; some have their front legs modified for catching
other insects for food; others have hind legs fitted for
jumping, while the honey-bee has little "pockets" on
its hind legs for carrying pollen to feed its young.
The arrangement of the internal organs in insects is
interesting and somewhat peculiar. The alimentary
or food canal in larvae is a nearly straight tube, occupy-
ing the central portion of the body; in adult insects it is
usually much longer than the body and is more or less
folded; from the mouth the food passes through a
pharynx, an esophagus, some-
times a crop and a gizzard, a
stomach, and a small and large
intestine. The nervous system
of an insect is similar to that in
the higher animals, but it extends
along the venter instead of the
back. There is a little brain in
the upper part of the head, and
two nerve cords extend from this
around the food-canal to another
ganglion or nerve center in the
lower part of the head; two
nerve cords then extend longi-
tudinally along the venter and
connect a series of nerve centers
or ganglia, typically one for
each segment of the body.
From each of these ganglia or
little brains nerves arise, which supply the adjacent
organs and ramify throughout the body. In insects, all
parts of the body cavity that are not occupied by the
internal organs are fifled with a rich, colorless or
slightly greenish blood. There is no system of tubes
like our arteries and veins, in which the blood is con-
66
1294.
Head of grasshopper.
Showing the great eye.
A detail of a part of the
surface of the compound
eye is also shown.
fined and through which it flows. There is a so-called
"heart" above the food-canal, along the middle line
of the back; it is a tube consisting of several chambers
communicating with each other and with the body
cavity by valvular openings. The blood is forced
through this heart into the head, where it escapes
into the body cavity. It then flows to all parts of the
body, even out into the appendages, in regular streams
which have definite directions, but which are not
confined in tubes. They, like the ocean currents, are
definite streams with liquid shores. Insects do not
breathe through the mouth, as many suppose, but
through a series of holes along the sides of the body.
These openings, or spiracles, lead into a system of air-
tubes, called tracheae. These tracheae branch and finally
ramify all through the insect. Insects have no lungs,
but the tracheae sometimes connect with air-sacs or
bladders in the body, which help to buoy up the insect
when flying. Thus the relation between the circulation
of the blood and respiration is not nearly so intimate in
insects as in man. In insects the air is carried to all
the tissues of the body in the tracheae and the blood
simply bathes these tissues. Just how the blood is
purified and how the waste matter is disposed of in
insects are not yet clearly understood. Aquatic insects
breathe by either carrying down bubbles of air from the
surface entangled under their wings, or they may be
provided with organs known as tracheal gills; these
1295. Fossil dragon-fly, Petalia longialata. ( X K)
are usually plate-like expansions of the body that are
abundantly supplied with tracheae, in which the air ia
brought practically in contact with the air in water,
and may thus be purified. More than 4,000 different
muscles have been found in a single caterpillar. Not-
withstanding their delicate appearance, these muscles
are really very strong and their rapidity of action is
wonderful; in certain gnats the muscles move or
vibrate the wings 15,000 times a second.
Their sensations. — Insects can see, feel, hear, taste
and smell, and they may also possess other senses, as a
sense of direction. Many insects have two kinds of
eyes. On each side of the head the large compound
eye is easily recognized (Fig. 1294) ; each compound eye
is composed of many small eyes, from fifty in some
ants to many thousands in a butterfly or dragon-fly.
Between these compound eyes, from one to four sim-
ple eyes are to be found in many adult insects. Cater-
pillars and other larvae possess only simple eyes. It is
thought that each facet of the compound eye sees a
part of an object; thus the whole eye would form a
mosaic picture on the insect's brain. The simple
eyes doubtless see as our eyes do, and seem to be
best adapted for use in dark places and for near vision.
Insects do not see the form of objects distinctly, but
their eyes are doubtless superior to ours in distin-
guishing the smallest movements of an object. It is
now supposed that no insects can distinctly see objects
at a greater distance than 6 feet. It must be a sixth
1036 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
sense, a sense of direction, which enables the bee to
find its way for a mile or more back to its home. Insects
are doubtless able to distinguish the color of objects,
and some insects seem to prefer certain colors. Blue
is said to be the favorite color of the honey-bee, and
violet that of ants; ants are also apparently sensitive
to the ultra-violet rays of light, which man cannot per-
ceive. It is generally supposed that the shape and high
colors of flowers
attract insects;
but recent ex-
periments seem
to show that in-
sects are guided
to flowers by
the sense of
smell rather
than by sight.
The hard outer
skin of an insect has no nerves distributed in it,
hence it is not sensitive; but it is pierced with
holes, in which grow hairs that are in connection
with nerves at their base. It is by means of these
sensory hairs that insects feel, and are sensitive to
touch on most parts of the body. Doubtless insects
are not deaf, for we know that many of them make
sounds, and it must naturally follow that they have
ears to hear, for there is every reason to suppose that
they make these sounds as love-songs to attract the
1296. The four stages in an insect's life — egg, larva, pupa, imago. — The codlin-moth.
(Egg much enlarged; others XIJi)
1297. Nymphs of the four-lined leaf-bug, and adult of the
tarnished plant-bug.
The smaller one at the left is the nymph recently hatched. The
next is the nymph after the first moult. The imago is shown at
the right. Hair lines at the right of nymphs, and small figure near
imago indicate the natural size.
sexes, as a means of communication, or possibly to
express their emotions. Some think that bees and
ants hear sounds too shrill for our ears. Insects have
no true voice, but produce various noises mechanically,
either by rapid movements of their wings, which causes
the humming of bees and flies, or by friction between
roughened surfaces on the body or its appendages,
thus producing the rasping sounds or shrill cries or
some crickets and grasshoppers. The house-fly hums
on F, thus vibrating its wings 335 times in a second,
while the wing tone of the honey-bee is A. Usually
the males are the musicians of the insect world, but it
is the female of the familiar mosquito which does the
singing, and the "biting" also. The male mosquito
doubtless hears the song of his mate by means of his
antenna?, as the song causes the antennal hairs to
vibrate rapidly. Organs which are structurally ear-
like have been found in "various
parts of the body of insects. The
common brown grasshoppers of
the fields have a large ear on each
side of the first segment of the
abdomen; one can easily distin-
guish with the naked eye the
membrane or tympanum stretched
over a cavity. Many of
the long -horned green
grasshoppers, katydids
and crickets have two
1298. Larva of a sphinx moth. similar ears on the tibia
of each front leg. Some think that mosquitos have the
faculty of the perception of the direction of sound more
highly developed than in any other class of animals.
Insects undoubtedly possess the sense of taste. When
morphine or strychnine was mixed with honey, ants
perceived the fraud the moment they began to feed.
The substitution of alum for sugar was soon detected
by wasps. Bees and wasps seem to have a more deli-
cate gustatory
sense than flies.
Taste organs
have been found
in many insects,
and are usually
situated either
in the mouth
or on the organs
immediately
surrounding it.
Many experiments have shown that the antennae are
the principal organs of smell in insects. Blow-flies
and cockroaches which have had their antennae removed
are not attracted by their favorite food, and male
insects find their mates with difficulty when deprived
of their antenna?. The familiar world which surrounds
us may be a totally different place to insects. To them
it may be full of music which we cannot hear, of color
which we cannot see, of sensations which we cannot
perceive. Do insects think or reason? Why not?
Their actions are said to be the result of inherited
habit or instinct. But some of them have been seen
to do things which require the exercise of instinctive
powers so acute and so closely akin to reason that one
can hardly escape the conclusion that some insects are
endowed with reasoning powers.
Their number, size and age. — Experts guess that
there are from 2,000,000 to 10,000,000 different kinds
of insects in the world. Only about 400,000 of these
have yet been described and named by man. Between
30,000 and 40,000 are now known in North America.
Four-fifths of all the kinds of animals are insects; some
single families of insects are said to contain more
species than one can see stars in a clear sky at night;
and there are as many butterflies as birds in North
America. The larger part of the land animals are
insects, and it is asserted that the larger proportion
of the animal matter existing
on the lands of the globe is
probably locked up in the
forms of insects. Insects vary
in size from little beetles, of
which it would take 100,
placed end to end, to measure
an inch, up to tropical species
6 or 8 inches in length, or
of equal bulk to a mouse.
Insects have a very long,
but, as yet, very imperfect-
pedigree extending through
the geological ages to Silu-
rian times. Fossil remains of
many different kinds of in-
sects have been found in
the rocks (Fig. 1295); even
such delicate insects as plant-
lice left their impress on the
rocks ages ago. In the car-
boniferous or coal age, the
insect world was evidently
quite different from that of
today, for fossils of veritable
insect mammoths have been
found; dragon-flies with a
wing-expanse of 2 to 3 feet
then existed. Insect fossils
found in the tertiary rocks
1299.
Tent-caterpillar.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1037
1300. A maggot. Larva of
a dipterous insect.
1301. A grub. Larva of
a beetle.
indicate that there were even more kinds of insects
then than now.
Their growth and transformations. Fig. 1296. — Insects
begin life as an egg; in some cases the egg stage is
passed within the body of the mother, which then
gives birth to living young.
j^MtfttM*wgw||to\ The eggs of insects exhibit a
>**^ki- vli^o wonderful variety of forms,
^Mj^^aJ"-^ sizes, colors and characteristic
markings. A single scale insect
may lay thousands of eggs, while
some plant-lice produce only
one. Remarkable instinct is
often shown by the mother in-
sect in placing her eggs where
her young will find proper
food. From their birth the
! young of some of the lowest or
most generalized insects closely
resemble their parents, and
they undergo no striking change
during their life; hence are said
to have no metamorphosis. In
the case of grasshoppers, stink-
bugs, dragon-flies, and many
othe • insects, the young at birth resemble their par-
ents, but have no wings. As they grow, wings gradu-
ally develop and often changes in markings occur, until
the adult stage is. reached. The growth, however, is
gradual, and no striking or complete change occurs, and
these insects are said to undergo an incomplete meta-
morphosis. The young insects in all stages are called
nymphs (Fig. 1297) ; thus insects with an incom-
plete metamorphosis pass through three different
forms during their life: an egg, the young or
nymph stage, and the adult. From the eggs of
butterflies, moths, flies, beetles, bees and some
other insects, there hatches a worm-like crea-
ture, much unlike the parent insect. It is called
a larva (Fig. 1298) ; the larvae of
butterflies and moths are often
called caterpillars (Fig. 1299) ; mag-
gots are the larvae of flies (Fig.
1300) ; and the term grub is applied
to the larvae of beetles
and bees (Fig. 1301).
When these larvae get
their full growth, some
of them go into the
ground where they
form an earthen cell,
while others proceed
to spin around them-
selves a silken home
or cocoon (Figs. 1302-
1304). In these re-
treats the larvae change
to a quiescent or life-
less-appearing creature
which has little resem-
blance to either the
larva or the parent
insect. It is call a
pupa (Fig. 1305). The
pupae of butterflies are
often called chry solids. Flies change to pupae in the
hardened skin of the maggot. Some pupae, like those
of mosquitos, are very active. Wonderful changes
take place within the skin of the pupa. Nearly all the
larval tissues break down and the insect is practically
made over, from a crawling larva to a beautiful,
flying adult insect. When the adult is fully formed,
it breaks its pupal shroud and emerges to spend a
comparatively brief existence as a winged creature.
Such insects are said to undergo a complete metamor-
phosis, and pass through four strikingly different
1302. Cocoon of Pro-
methea moth.
Made in the roll of a
leaf. The insect weaves a
web about the leaf-stalk
and ties it to the parent
stem, so that the leaf
cannot falL
stages during their life: the egg, the worm-
like larva, the quiescent pupa, and the
adult insect. Such remarkable changes
or transformations make the story of an
insect's life one of intense interest to one
who reads it from nature's book. Vari-
ous kinds of adult insects, or imagoes, are
shown in Figs. 1306-1311. No two kinds
of insects have the same life-story to tell.
Some pass their whole life on a single
host; some partake of only a certain kind
of food, while others thrive on many kinds
of plants; some are cannibals at times,
and others, like the parasites, are boarders
within their host, while many prey openly
on their brethren in the insect world.
Usually the life of the adult insect is brief,
but ants have been kept for thirteen
years, and the periodical cicada has to
spend seventeen years as a nymph under-
ground before it is fitted to become a
denizen of the air. The winter months
op e n i n g may be passed in any of the different
t n r o u g n a+anoa ^.f +V.Q ino»/>4-'d Mtn TWr. •,,„..,,
which the
°C tn.e msect's life. Two very
moth escaped, closely allied insects may have very differ-
ent life habits.
How they grow. — Many persons think that the small
house-flies grow to be the large ones. While most
insects feed after they become adults, they get little or
none of their growth during their adult life. Insects
grow mostly while they are
larvae, or nymphs. The maggots
from which the little house-flies
develop doubtless do not have
as luxuriant or favorable feed-
ing-grounds as do those of the
larger flies. In thirty days some
leaf-feeding caterpillars will in-
crease in size 10,000 times; and
a certain flesh-feeding maggot
will in twenty -four hours con-
sume two hundred times its own
weight, which would be paral-
leled in the human race if a one-
day-old baby ate 1,500 pounds
the first day of its existence!
The skin of insects is so hard
and inelastic that it cannot
stretch to accommodate such rapid growth. But
nature obviates this difficulty by teaching these crea-
tures how to grow a new suit of clothes or a new skin
underneath the old one, and then to shed or molt the
latter. The old skin is shed in its entirety, even from
all the appendages, and sometimes remains in such a
natural position where the insect left it as to easily
deceive one into thinking that he is looking at the
insect rather than at its cast-off clothes. Some insects
are so neat and economical that they devour their old
suits or skins soon after molting them.
Larvae, or nymphs, may molt from two
or three to ten or more times; the larvae
do not often change strikingly in appear-
1304. End of cocoon of
Cecropia moth.
Inside view, showing
where the moth gets out.
1305. Pupa of
tomato worm.
1306. The cabbage butterfly.
1038 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
1307. Imago of a tent-caterpillar.
ance, but the nymphs gradually acquire the characters
and structures of the adult.
How they eat. — To the horticulturist, the mouth-
parts of an insect are its most important organs or
appendages. The mouth-parts are built on two very
different plans.
Grasshoppers,
beetles, cater-
pillars and grubs
have two pairs of
horny jaws, work-
ing from side to
side, with which
they bite or chew
off pieces of their
food, that then
pass into the food-
canal for digestion (Fig. 1312). The scale insects (Fig.
1313), plant-lice, true bugs (Fig. 1314), mosquitos and
others have these jaws drawn out into thread-like organs,
which are worked along a groove in a stiff beak or
extended under-lip. Such insects can eat only liquid
food, which they suck with their beak-like mouth-parts.
The insect places its beak on the surface of the plant,
forces the thread-like jaws into the tissues, and then
begins a sucking operation, which draws the juices of
the plant up along the jaws, and the groove in the
beak into the food-canal of the insect. Thus a suck-
ing insect could not partake of particles of poison
sprayed on the surface of a plant. Its mouth-parts are
not built for such feeding, and as it is impracticable to
poison the juice of the plant,
one is forced to fight such
insects with a deadly gas, or
each individual insect must be
actually hit with some insecti-
cide. A knowledge of these
fundamental facts about the
eating habits of insects would
have saved much time and
money that have been wasted
in trying to check the ravages
of sucking insects with paris
green and similar poisons.
Some insects, like the fruit flies, have mouth-parts
fitted for lapping up liquids.
Beneficial insects.
The horticulturist has many staunch and true friends
among the insects. The honey-bee, the many wild
bees, and other insects, as they visit the blossoms to
get food for themselves, for their young, and honey for
man, leave an insurance policy in the shape of tiny
grains of pollen, which often insures a crop of fruit
that otherwise might be extremely uncertain. The
honey-bee is often accused of biting into ripe fruits,
especially grapes. They have not
yet been proved guilty, and careful,
exhaustive experiments have shown
that they will not do it under
1309 One of the ^ne mos* favorable circumstances,
weevil beetles. With Wasps and other strong-jawed in-
a long and strong sects are responsible for most of this
proboscis. injury, the bees only sipping the juice
from the wound. See Bees, Vol. I.
Most of the pretty little beetles known to every
child as "lady-bugs" eat nothing but injurious insects;
many other beetles are also predaceous. Man is also
often deeply indebted to many of the two-winged
insects or true flies whose larvse live as parasites inside
the body of insect pests or feed upon them predaceously.
Were it not for the ravenous larvae of the "lady-bugs"
and of the syrphus flies, plant-hce of all kinds would
soon get beyond control. While man must recognize
these little friends as valuable aids in his warfare
against the hordes of insect pests, it will rarely be safe
1308. A beetle. The adult
of a borer larva.
1310. Ground beetle. One of the
commonest predaceous insects.
to wait for the pests to be controlled by their enemies.
Fig. 1315 shows a tomato worm bearing the cocoons
of a parasite. Fig. 1310 shows one of the predaceous
beetles destroying a cutworm.
Injurious insects.
There are now several thousand different kinds of
insects that may be classed as injurious in the United
States and Canada. Over 600 kinds were exhibited at
the Columbian Exposition in 1893. All of these may
not be injurious every year, as most insect pests have
periods of subsidence, when certain factors, possibly
their enemies or perhaps climate conditions, hold them
in check. The out-
look for American
horticulturists, so
far as injurious in-
sects are concerned,
is not encouraging.
Nowhere else in the
world are insects
being fought as
intelligently, suc-
cessfully and scien-
tifically as in
America, yet we
never have exter-
minated, and it is
very doubtful if we ever will, a single insect pest.
This means that American horticulturists will never
have any fewer kinds of insects to fight. On the con-
trary, there are many more insect pests now than in
pur grandfather's early days, and new pests are appear-
ing every year. This alarming state of affairs is largely
due to two causes, for both of which man is responsible.
Man is continually encroaching upon and thereby dis-
turbing nature's primitive domain and the equilib-
rium which has there become established between
animals and plants. In consequence, insects like the
Colorado potato beetle, the apple-tree or the peach-
tree borers have been attracted from their original
wild food-plants to man's cultivated crops, which
often offer practically unlimited feeding-grounds. Most
of the new insect pests, however, are now coming to
America from foreign shores. American horticulturists
are continually importing plants from the ends of the
earth, and oftentimes the plants are accompanied by
one or more of their insect pests. Some comparatively
recent introductions of this kind are the sinuate pear-
borer, the pear midge, the gypsy moth, the brown-tail
moth, the horn-fly and the elm leaf -beetle; such stand-
ard pests as the Hessian fly, the cabbage butterfly, the
currant-worm, the codlin-moth (Fig. 1296) came in
many years ago. Of the seventy-three insects which
rank as first-class pests, each of them almost annually
causing a loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars, over
1311. Moths of the peach-tree borer. The lowest one is male.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1039
1312. Mouth-parts of a
biting insect.
one-half have been introduced from foreign countries,
mostly from Europe. It is a significant fact that usually
these imported insects become much more serious pests
here than in their native home;
this is doubtless largely due to
the absence of their native ene-
mies, to more favorable climatic
conditions here, and to a less
intense system of agriculture in
this country. Most of our worst
insect pests of the fruits, of the
garden crops, of the granary, of
the household, of the greenhouse,
and practically all of our most dangerous scale insects,
are of foreign origin. Man will continue to encroach on
and disturb nature's primitive domain, and commer-
cial operations will never cease, nor is there much hope
of ever effectually quarantining our shores against
these little foes; hence there seems to be no practicable
way to stop this increase of the insect enemies of the
horticulturist. The one who is the best fitted by nature,
and who best fits himself with a knowledge of these
pests and how to fight them, will usually be the one
to survive and reap
the reward of profit-
able crops. No part of
a plant, from its roots
to the fruit it produces,
escapes the tiny jaws
or the sucking beaks
of insects.
Root-feeding insects.
— Many of the small
fruits and vegetables
are often seriously in-
jured by insects feed-
ing on the roots. The
grape-vine fidia (the
grub of a small beetle)
and the grape phyllox-
era plant-louse live on
grape roots. Straw-
berries often succumb
to the attacks of the
grubs of several small
beetles known as straw-
berry-root worms, and
to the large white
grubs of the May
beetles. The roots of
cabbages, radishes and
other cruciferous plants are often devoured by hordes
of hungry maggots. These underground root-feeding
insects are difficult pests to control, like any other
unseen foe. Sometimes they can be reached successfully
by injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the soil around
the base of the plant. The cabbage maggots can be
Erevented
irgely by the
use of tarred
paper pads
placed around
the plants, or
by pouring a
carbolic acid
emulsion at
the base of
the infested
1313. San Jose Scale.
Showing the mature winter scale;
also the insect itself, with its thread-
like feeding organs.
1314. Hemipterous insect. Known to
entomologists as a true bug.
plants. The strawberry root-feeders are best controlled
by frequent cultivation and a short rotation of crops.
Borers. — These are the larvae of several different
kinds of insects, which burrow into and feed upon the
inner bark, the solid wood, or the interior pith of the
larger roots, trunks, branches, and stems or stalks of
many horticultural plants. Nearly every kind of fruit
trees is attacked by its special kind of borer, as are
also many of the smaller vine and bush-fruits and
garden crops. Borers are often the most destructive
of insect pests. The two apple-tree borers, the round-
headed (Fig. 1316) and the flat-headed species, and the
peach-tree borer (Fig. 1311) doubtless cause the death
of as many apple and peach trees in America as all
other enemies combined. The fruit-bark beetles, or
"shot-hole" borers, usually attack only unthrifty or
sickly fruit trees, and a tree once infested by them is
usually doomed. Two borers, one the grub of a beetle
1315. Tomato worm attacked by parasitic insects.
and the other the caterpillar of a moth, sometimes tun-
nel down the stems of currants and gooseberries. Rasp-
berries and blackberries (Fig. 1317) also suffer from
two or thee kinds of borers, one working in the root,
one in the stem, and a maggot bores down and kills the
new shoots. A caterpillar closely allied to the peach-
tree borer lives in squash vines, often ruining the crop.
The potato-stalk weevil sometimes does much damage
in potato fields. Sometimes one can prevent borers
from getting into a fruit tree with a paper bandage
closely wrapped around the part liable to be attacked,
or by the application of some "wash." Most of the
washes recommended will prove ineffectual or dangerous
to use. Gas-tar has given good results, but some re-
port injury to peach trees from
its use; hence one should first
experiment with it on a few trees.
No way has been found to keep
borers out of the small fruits or
garden crops; usually if infested
canes, stems or plants are cut out
and burned early in the fall or
whenever noticed, most of the
borers will be killed. When borers
once get into fruit trees, the
"digging-out" process is usually
the only resort, although some
report that they readily kill the
depredator by simply injecting a
little carbon bisulfide into the
entrance of his burrow and quickly
closing it with putty.
Bud- and leaf-feeding insecte. —
The buds and leaves of horticul-
tural crops often swarm with
legions of biting and sucking in-
sects. A mere enumeration of the
different kinds of these pests would
weary the reader. Some insects,
like the rose chafer, work on
several different kinds of plants,
while many others attack only
one or two kinds. In apple or-
chards, the opening buds are seized
upon by the the hungry bud-moth wh™e *g" £aagf °0wr
and case-bearing caterpillars, by beetle emerged.
1040 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
the newly hatched canker-worms, and by tent-cater-
pillars, whose tents or "sign-boards" are familiar objects
in many orchards. These pests continue their destruc-
tive work on the leaves. The pear slug often needs to
be checked in its work of skeletonizing the leaves of
the pear and cherry.
The pear psylla, one
of the jumping plant-
lice, is a very serious
menace to pear-grow-
ing in many locali-
ties; the fruit is either
dwarfed or drops
from badly infested
trees, and sometimes
so many little pumps
sucking out its life
finally cause the
death of the tree.
The little blue grape-
vine flea-beetle often
'literally nips the
prospective crop of
fruit in the bud, or
the rose-chafer may
swarm over the vines
and eat the foliage
or blossoms. Currant
and gooseberry grow-
ers realize that eter-
nal vigilance against
the familiar green
currant worms is the
price of a crop of
fruit. The asparagus
beetles would soon
1317. A beetle borer and its work. appropriate every
The larva bores in the young wood asparagus shoot that
of raspberry and blackberry canes, appears in many
causing the swellings 8een in the localjties< It is 1
continual struggle
against insect pests to get a paying crop of almost any
vegetable. The several kinds of cabbage caterpillars
would soon riddle the leaves. The hungry striped
cucumber beetles can hardly wait for the melon, squash,
or cucumber vines to come up. Two sucking insects, the
harlequin cabbage bug and the squash stink-bug, are
equally as destructive as their biting relatives. The
bud- and leaf-feeding insects are usually readily con-
trolled by spraying some poison on their food, or by
hitting them with some oil or soap spray. As the
female moths of canker-worms are wingless, a wire
trap or sticky bandage placed around the trunk of the
tree in the late fall and early spring, to capture the
moths as they crawl up the tree to lay their eggs, will
greatly help to check these serious pests. The collec-
tion and burning of the conspicuous egg-rings of the
tent-caterpillars at any
time between August
and the following
April will greatly re-
duce the vast numbers
of tents or signboards
of shiftlessness in apple
orchards. Hand-pick-
ing or collecting is
the most successful
method of controlling
the rose-chafer, harle-
quin cabbage bug, and
the squash stink-bug in many cases. Prompt action,
guided by a knowledge of the insect's habits and life-
history, and any intelligent use of materials and
apparatus, are essential in any successful effort to
control these bud- and leaf-feeding pests of the horti-
culturist.
1319. A crane fly. (Mounted)
1318. Grasshopper. (Mounted)
Fruit-eating insects. — "Wormy" apples, pears, quinces,
plums, peaches, cherries, apricots, grapes, currants
and nuts are often the rule rather than the exception.
The codlin-moth or apple -worm often ruins from
one-third to one-half of the crop each year in many
localities; it also infests pears seriously. The apple
maggot tunnels its way through and through the flesh
of a large percentage of the apples in the northern sec-
tions of the country. Most of the wormy plums,
peaches, cherries and apricots are the work of the grub
of that worst insect enemy of the stone fruits — the
plum curculio; the plum gouger, a similar insect, whose
grub works in the pit of plums, is equally destructive
to this fruit in some states. "Knotty" quinces are
largely the work of the adults of the quince curculio,
while its grub
often ruins the
fruit with its dis-
gusting w o r m-
hole. There is
also a grape cur-
culio that, with
the aid of the
caterpillar of a
little moth,
works havoc in
grapes. Cur-
rants and goose-
berries are often
wormy from the
work of two or
three different
kinds of maggots
and caterpillars.
Two kinds of
fruit flies attack the cherry; infested cherries may show
no external signs of the presence of the maggot reveling
in the juices within. Various small beetles known as
weevils, are responsible for most wormy nuts. Most of
the fruit-eating insects are out of the reach of the ordi-
nary insecticides. The codlin-moth is a noted exception,
however, for the peculiar habit that the little cater-
pillar has of usually entering the blossom end of the
fruit and feeding therein for a few days, gives the man
with a poison spray a very vulnerable point of attack.
It is only necessary to spray a bit of poison into the
open calyx cup within a few days after the petals fall,
and let nature soon close the calices and keep the
poison therein until the newly-hatched caterpillar
includes it in its first menu. Often 95 per cent of the
apples that would otherwise be ruined by the worms
are saved by an application of paris green at this
critical time.
Plant-lice. — Scarcely a plant escapes the little suc-
tion pump or beak of some kind of a plant-louse or
aphis. More than 300 different kinds of plant-lice
have been identified in the United States, and nearly
every kind of fruit, flower, farm or garden crop has
its special plant-louse enemy, which is often a serious
factor in the production of a crop. These little crea-
tures are so small, so variable, so hard
to perceive, present so many different
forms in the same species, and have
such varied and interesting life-stories
to tell, that what is known about them
is but a mere beginning as compared
to what is yet to be learned. It would
take a large volume to include the in-
teresting stories which might be told
of the lives and of the relations with
ants of some of the commonest of these
plant-lice. No other group of insects
presents so many curious, varied, inter-
esting, and wonderful problems of life 132o. A snapping
as do the aphids. In the aggregate, the beetle,
damage done by plant-lice is very great. (Mounted)
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1041
At times hundreds of acres of peas have been ruined
by an aphid. Nursery stock often suffers severely and
bearing fruit trees are often seriously injured by them.
About forty different kinds of aphides live in green-
houses where a perpetual warfare has to be waged
against them. In four
years nearly 100 genera-
tions of a common aphis
have been reared hi
greenhouses, and there
were no indications of
any egg-stage or of male
forms during this tune,
so that they may thus
breed indefinitely in
houses, their young be-
ing born alive and no
males appearing. The
standard remedies for
plant-lice are whale-oil
soap, kerosene emulsion,
and tobacco in various
ways (as a decoction, dry
as a dust, or in the form
of similar extracts), and
these are successfully
used to kill the aphides
in all situations.
Scale insects. — Since
the advent of San Jos6
scale into the eastern
United States, scale in-
sects of all kinds have
attracted world- wide
attention. They are all
small insects, and derive
their name from the fact
that their tender bodies
are protected by hard,
scale-like coverings se-
creted by the insects.
Thus protected, they are
difficult insects to kill,
and as they are easily
transported on nursery
stock, buds or cions, and
also multiply rapidly,
1321. A spreading board for
drying soft-winged insects.
the scale insects are justly to be considered as among
the most dangerous and destructive of injurious
insects. A single female San Jose scale may rear a
brood of from 100 to 600 young, and there may be
four or five generations a year; and more than 2,000
eggs have been laid by a single Lecanium scale. The
scale insects, the dreaded San Jos<3 species included, can
be controlled successfully by judicious, intelligent and
timely work with sprays of lime-sulfur, crude petro-
leum, or hydrocyanic acid gas, which should be used
in the case of nursery stock. Since 1889 fumigation
with hydrocyanic acid gas has been extensively prac-
tised in the citrus orchards of California, and now
Florida and South African fruit-growers are also using
it in their orchards. Large gas-tight tents or boxes are
placed over the trees and the gas then generated within.
Much nursery stock is now treated with the gas in
tight boxes or houses; this is required by law in many
states, and it should be practised in other regions.
Recently greenhouses, railway coaches, rooms in private
houses, and whole flouring mills have been effectively
fumigated with this gas.
Insects are preserved in collections by securing them
in tight cases by means of a pin inserted through the
thorax, or through the right wing if the subject is a
beetle. Moths and butterflies are pinned in position on
a spreading-board until thoroughly dried. See Figs.
1318-1322. Every horticulturist should make a col-
lection of injurious insects.
Insect literature for horticulturists. — Horticulturists
should keep in close touch with the experiment sta-
tions and state entomologists of their own and of other
states, and also with the Department of Agriculture at
Washington; for it is from these sources that the best
and latest advice regarding injurious insects is now
being disseminated free, either by personal correspon-
dence or by means of bulletins. Among the books, one
or more of which may well find a place hi a horticul-
turist's library are the following: Weed's "Insects and
Insecticides," Lodeman's "The Spraying of Plants,"
Saunders' "Insects Injurious to Fruits," Sanderson's
"Insect Pests of Orchard, Farm and Garden," and
Slingerland and Crosby's "Fruit Insects."
M. V. SLINGERLAND.
C. R. CROSBY!
Other invertebrate animals.
Mites. — Mites belong to the class of animals known
as Arachnida, which are closely related to insects.
Spiders and scorpions also belong in this group. Mites
are small creatures, usually possessing four pairs of
legs when mature, and the body is not divided into
three divisions as in the case of insects. The green-
house red-spider (Tetranychus bimaculatus) is one of the
most common and injurious species. It occurs on a
wide variety of plants grown under glass and also out-
of-doors on the foliage of many wild and cultivated
plants. It is about s^in. long and varies in color from
yellow through orange to brown and dark green, often
with a darker spot on each side of the body. It spins
a very delicate silken web-like nest over its breeding-
ground. It can be killed on the foliage of plants grown
in the open with soap solution, dusting with sulfur,
and hydrated lime, or by using a flour-paste spray.
In greenhouses, it is best controlled by repeated spray-
ing with water, using much force and little water to
avoid drenching the beds.
The clover mite (Bryobia pratensis) is a minute,
spider-like, oval, reddish brown mite about -riroinch
in length with long front legs. It attacks the foliage
of many fruit and forest trees as well as clover and
grasses. The tiny, round, reddish eggs often occur in
great numbers on the bark of trees in winter giving the
branches a reddish color. It may be controlled by the
same treatment as for red-spider. In addition, the eggs
may be killed with a lime-sulfur solution while the
trees are dormant.
The pear-leaf blister-mite (Eriophyes pyri) differs
from most other mites in having only two pah's of
legs and in its elongate body. The mite is only ji^inch
in length; it burrows in the tissue of the leaf, causing
blister-like galls. The eggs are laid within the gall,
1322. A cross-section of spreading board in front of
the cleat "d," in Fig. 1321.
and some of the mites when mature leave through a
small opening and migrate to new leaves. The mature
mites hibernate under the bud -scales. This pest is
controlled by applications of lime-sulfur or miscible
oils while the trees are dormant.
Nematodes. — A species of nematode worm (Hetero-
dera radicicola) lives parasitically in the roots of a
wide variety of wild and cultivated plants producing
enlarged knots or swellings. This disease is known as
1042 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
root-knot and is more prevalent in light soils. It is
especially troublesome in greenhouses. The adult
female worm is flask-shaped, .5 to 1 mm. in length,
pearly white in color, and is found within the knots on
the roots. Each female lays several hundred eggs.
The young worms may continue within the same
root or migrate through the soil to others. Nematode
root-galls have been found on nearly 500 different
species of plants. It is especially destructive to okra,
hollyhock, Amarantus tricolor, peach, snapdragon,
celery, heart-leaved basil, wax gourd, beet, rape, red
pepper, balloon vine, melon papaw, catalpa, endive,
watermelon, coffee, muskmelon, cucumber, squash,
pumpkin, carrot, deutzia, California poppy, fig, soy-
bean, pecan, morning-glory, lettuce, gourd, sweet pea,
flax, tomato, tobacco, peony,, ginseng, passiflora, petu-
nia, tuberose, cherry, pomegranate, eggplant, potato,
salsify, clovers, violet, Old World grape. See page 1023.
This pest may be controlled in greenhouses by the
use of live steam to sterilize the soil or by a weak solu-
tion of formaldehyde, one part, 36 to 40 per cent
formaldehyde , to one hundred parts water, applied at
the rate of one to one and one-half gallons to every
square yard of soil surface of shallow beds. After the
application, the soil should be thoroughly stirred and
planting should not be done till at least ten days later.
Under field conditions, the problem is more difficult.
The most feasible method is a system of crop-rotation
in which an immune crop is grown for at least two
years between susceptible crops. One of the most
resistant crops is the Iron variety of cowpea. Clean
cultivation should be practised so as to destroy all
susceptible plants.
Insecticides.
Insecticides are substances used to kill insects, as
poisons, washes and gases. Insects are subject to many
natural checks, such as wind, rains, sudden changes of
temperature, the attacks of parasites and predaceous
enemies, and are often destroyed in great numbers by
bacterial and fungous diseases. In spite of these
natural checks it is, however, usually necessary to
resort to a spray or some other artificial insecticide for
the protection of our crops.
The essential requirements for a satisfactory insecti-
cide are: efficient killing power, safety to the foliage,
cheapness and ease of application. The choice of an
insecticide for any particular case will depend upon a
number of factors: upon the structure, habits, and
life-history of the insect to be killed; and upon the
susceptibility of the host plant to injury, its mode of
growth and the conditions under which it is cultivated.
Some insects, as the plant-lice, are soft-bodied and pro-
vided with a thin and delicate integument; others,
like the beetles and wireworms, have hard, horny shells
impervious to ordinary spray liquids; some insects bite
off and swallow portions of the plant, while others
merely suck out the sap by means of a slender tube;
some are injurious in the larval stage, others as adults;
some attack the roots, some the foliage and fruit, while
others burrow in the trunk and branches. Plants
vary greatly in their susceptibility to injury from the
use of insecticides; the peach and Japan plum have
especially tender foliage, while the apple is not so easily
injured. All these points and many more must be con-
sidered in selecting an insecticide which will be adapted
to the control of any injurious insect. Our methods of
fighting insects are constantly changing as new facts
are discovered, new methods devised and new insecti-
cides invented. Our present methods are the results
of a more or less unconscious cooperation extending
over many years between the practical grower, the
student of insect life and the progressive manufacturers
of spraying materials and spray machinery.
Insecticides may be classed into those which are
eaten with the food and kill by poisoning; those that
kill by contact with the insect's body; and fumes of
gases used for fumigation. The poisons are effective
against the biting or chewing and lapping (fruit flies)
insects; the contact insecticides are used as a rule
against sucking insects; and fumes and gases are
employed principally in greenhouses and for the fumi-
gation of nursery stock, stored seeds, and citrus trees.
Poisoning insecticides.
The most widely used substance for the poisoning of insects is
arsenic in its various compounds. For this purpose only compounds
insoluble in water can be used, as soluble arsenic is very injurious
to foliage.
White arsenic. — This is the cheapest form in which arsenic can
be obtained. It is a white powder, soluble in water and very inju-
rious to foliage. A cheap and efficient insecticide may be prepared
from it as follows:
For use with bordeaux mixture only. Sal-soda, two pounds;
water, one gallon; arsenic, one pound. Mix the white arsenic into
a paste and then add the sal-soda and water, and boil until dis-
solved. Add water to replace any that has boiled away, so that
one gallon of stock solution is the result. Use one quart of this
stock solution to fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture for fruit trees.
Make sure that there is enough lime in the mixture to prevent the
caustic action of the arsenic.
For use without bordeaux mixture. Sal-soda, one pound; water,
one gallon; white arsenic, one pound; quicklime, two pounds.
Dissolve the white arsenic with the water and sal-soda as above,
and use this solution while hot to slake the two pounds of lime.
Add enough water to make two gallons. Use two quarts of this
stock solution in fifty gallons of water.
As there is always some danger of foliage injury from the use
of these home-made arsenic compounds, and as they cannot be
safely combined with the dilute lime-sulfur when used as a summer
spray, they are now rarely employed in commercial orchard
spraying.
Paris green. — Paris green is composed of copper oxid, acetic
acid and arsenious oxid chemically combined as copper-aceto-
arsenite. By the National Insecticide Law of 1910, paris green
must contain at least 50 per cent arsenious oxid and must not
contain arsenic in water-soluble form equivalent to more than 3 Yi
per cent arsenious oxid. For many years paris green has been the
standard insecticide for orchard use, but is now largely replaced
by the safer and more adhesive arsenate of lead. In spraying
apples, paris green is used at the rate of one-half pound to one
hundred gallons of water or bordeaux mixture. When used with
water, lime twice the bulk of the paris green should be added to
lessen the danger of foliage injury. Paris green cannot safely be
used with either the dilute lime-sulfur as used for summer spray-
ing or with the self-boiled lime-sulfur.
London purple. — London purple is an arsenite of lime and is a
by-product in the manufacture of aniline dyes. Its composition
is variable, the arsenic content varying from 30 to 50 per cent.
Owing to the presence of much soluble arsenic it is likely to cause
foliage injury, and it is now little used in commercial spraying.
Arsenate of lead. — Arsenate of lead was first used as an insecti-
cide in 1893, in Massachusetts. It has now almost entirely re-
placed paris green for orchard work throughout the country. It
adheres better to the leaves, may be used at considerably greater
strength without injuring the foliage and may be combined with
a dilute lime-sulfur solution or with the self-boiled lime-sulfur.
Chemicallj , arsenate of lead may be either triplumbic arsenate
or plumbic-hydrogen arssnate. The commercial product usually
consists of a mixture of these two forms, the proportion depending
on the method of manufacture employed. It is usually sold in the
form of a thick paste, but for some purposes the powdered form is
preferred. Under the National Insecticide Law of 1910, arsenate
of lead paste must not contain more than 50 per cent water and
must contain the arsenic equivalent of at least 12% per cent
arsenious oxid. The water-soluble arsenic must not exceed an
equivalent of three-fourths of 1 per cent of arsenic oxid. In the
best grades of arsenate of lead paste the chemical is in a finely
divided condition, and thus when diluted for use remains in sus-
pension for a considerable time. Arsenate of lead is used at various
strengths, depending upon the insect to be killed and on the sus-
ceptibility of the foliage to injury. Four pounds in one hundred
gallons can be used on the peach if combined with the self-boiled
lime-sulfur; on apple, four or five pounds in one hundred gallons
is usually sufficient; on grapes for killing the grape root-worm
beetles and the rose-chafer, eight to ten pounds in one hundred
gallons have been found necessary. The poison is more readily
eaten by these beetles if sweetened by two gallons of molasses in
one hundred gallons, but, unfortunately, the addition of molasses
greatly decreases the adhesiveness of the poison. Some species of
fruit flies may be controlled by the use of sweetened arsenate of
lead sprayed on the foliage of the plants at the first appearance of
the flies. They lap up the poison with their fleshy tongue-like
mouth-parts and succumb before ovipositing.
Arsenite of zinc. — Arsenite of zinc is a light fluffy powder and
contains the equivalent of about 40 per cent arsenious oxid. It
has been used extensively on the Pacific slope as a substitute for
arsenate of lead. It kills somewhat more quickly and is fairly
safe on apple foliage when used with bordeaux mixture or with
lime. When sweetened with molasses, it is injurious to foliage.
One pound of zinc arsenate is equivalent to about three pounds
of arsenate of lead. In orchard experiments, as a rule, it has not
shown that it is superior to the latter.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1043
Hellebore. — Hellebore is a light brown powder made from the
roots of the white hellebore plant (Veratrum album), one of the lily
family. It is applied both dry and in water. In the dry state, it
is usually applied without dilution, although the addition of a
little flour will render it more adhesive. In water, four ounces of
the poison is mixed with two or three gallons, and an ounce of glue,
or thin flour paste, is sometimes added to make it adhere. A decoc-
tion is made by using boiling water in the same proportions. Helle-
bore soon loses its strength, and a fresh article should always be
demanded. It is much less poisonous than the arsenicals, and
should be used in place of them upon ripening fruit. It is used for
various leaf-eating insects, particularly for the currant-worm and
rose -slug.
Contact insecticides.
The most important contact insecticides are soaps, sulfur, sul-
fur compound, and oily or resinous emulsions.
Soaps. — The most commonly used soap solution is that pre-
pared from fish-oil soap. The commercial brands of this soap are
usually by-products and contain many impurities; further, many
of them contain an excess of free or uncombined alkali and are thus
likely to injure young and tender foliage. A good fish-oil soap may
be prepared by the following formula: Carstic soda, six pounds;
water, one-half gallon; fish-oil, twenty-two pounds. Dissolve the
caustic soda in the water and then add the fish-oil gradually under
constant and vigorous stirring. The combination occurs readily at
ordinary summer temperatures, and boiling is unnecessary. Stir
briskly for about twenty minutes after the last of the oil has been
added. There is now on the market a good brand of insecticide
soap prepared from cotton-seed oil soap stock or from an impure
grade known as pancoline.
Sulfur. — Sulfur may be obtained in two forms, — flowers of sul-
fur and flour of sulfur. In the form of a powder or dust, sulfur is
especially valuable against red-spider. In California, flowers of
sulfur mixed with equal parts of hydrated lime is blown on the
trees for the control of red-spider and mite. It may also be used for
the same purpose mixed with water at the rate of one pound in
three gallons of water, to which has been added a little soap to
keep the sulfur in suspension. The mixture should be agitated
constantly during spraying. The sulfur remains longer in sus-
pension if it is first made into a paste with water containing
one-half of 1 per cent of glue. Page 1028.
Lime-sulfur solution. — A solution of lime-sulfur was first used
as an insecticide in California in 1886. It is now the standard
remedy for blister mite, San Jos6 scale and similar scales, as well
as an efficient fungicide. The lime-sulfur solution may be pur-
chased in the concentrated form or may be prepared as follows:
Lump lime (95 per cent calcium oxid), thirty-eight pounds; lump
lime (90 per cent calcium oxid), forty pounds; sulfur, eighty pounds;
water, fifty gallons. Make a paste of the sulfur with about ten
gallons of hot water. Add the lime. As the lime slakes, add hot
water as necessary to prevent caking. When the lime has slaked,
add hot water to make fifty gallons and boil one hour, stirring con-
stantly. Water should be added from time to time to keep the
liquid up to fifty gallons. Store in air-tight hardwood barrels.
Test the strength of the solution with a Baum6 hydrometer and
dilute for use according to the following table (see also p. 1029) :
DILUTIONS FOB DORMANT AND SUMMER SPRAYING WITH
LIME-SULFUR MIXTURES
Reading on hydrometer
Amount of dilution.
Number of gallons of water to one
gallon of lime-sulfur solution.
For San
Jos6 scale
For blister
mite
For summer
spraying of
apples
Degrees Baume'
35
9
8'A
»X
8
7y2
i%
6>A
6
W
5X.
5
4H
^
3*A
ly'
^
jS
12 H
12
11H
11
10 H
10
8*
8H
8
7H
8*
5>A
5
IK
4X
3K
I*
45
43 H
41 M
40
37 H
3GH
34M
32 X
31
29H
27 X
26
24J*
22 K
21X
19^
18 K
17
16
15
14
12 X
34 .
33
32 ..
31
30
29 . .
28
27
26
25 ..
24
23
22 ..
21
20 .
19 ..
18
17
16
15
14
Emulsions. — Emulsions are oily or resinous sprays in which
these substances are suspended in water in the form of minute
globules, a condition brought about by the addition of soap. They
form an important class of contact insecticides, useful particularly
against scale insects and plant-lice.
Kerosene emulsion. — Kerosene emulsion is the oldest of our
contact insecticides. It is especially valuable for use against plant-
lice and other small, soft-bodied insects. It is prepared by the
following formula: Soap, one-half pound; water, one gallon;
kerosene, two gallons. Dissolve the soap in hot water; remove
from the fire and, while still hot, add the kerosene. Pump the
liquid back into itself for five or ten minutes or until it becomes a
creamy mass. If properly made, the oil will not separate on cooling.
For use on dormant trees, dilute with five to seven parts of water.
For killing plant-Jice on foliage, dilute with ten to fifteen parts of
water. — Crude-oil emulsion is made in the same way by substitu-
ting crude oil in place of kerosene. The strength of oil emulsions is
frequently indicated by the percentage of oil in the diluted liquid:
for a 10 per cent emulsion, add seventeen gallons of water to three
gallons of stock emulsion; for a 15 per cent emulsion, add ten and
one-half gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion; for a
20 per cent emulsion, add seven gallons of water to three gallons
of stock emulsion; for a 25 per cent emulsion, add five gallons of
water to three gallons of stock emulsion.
Distillate emulsion. — Distillate emulsion is widely used
in California. Distillate (28° Baume), twenty gallons; whale-oil
soap, thirty pounds; water, twelve gallons. Dissolve the whale-
oil soap in the water which should be heated to the boiling point,
add the distillate and agitate thoroughly while the solution is hot.
For use, add twenty gallons of water to each gallon of the stock
solution.
Carbolic acid emulsion. — This spray is used in California for
mealy-bugs, plant-lice, and the soft brown scale: Whale-oil soap,
forty pounds; crude carbolic acid, five gallons; water, forty gallons.
Dissolve the soap completely in hot water, add the carbolic acid,
and heat to the boiling point for twenty minutes. For use, add
twenty gallons of water to each gallon of stock solution.
Miscible oils. — There are now on the market a number of con-
centrated oil emulsions, known as soluble or miscible oils, intended
primarily for use against the San Jos6 scale. For this purpose they
are fairly effective when diluted with not more than fifteen parts of
water. To lessen danger of injury to the trees, applications should
not be made when the temperature is below freezing, nor when the
trees are wet with snow or rain. Methods have been devised
for preparing these concentrated emulsions at home, but as there
is considerable danger attending the process, it is better to buy
them ready-made.
Tobacco. — Tobacco is one of our most useful insecticides. The
poisonous principle in tobacco is an alkaloid nicotine, which in
the pure state is a colorless fluid; slightly heavier than water, of
little smell when cold and with an exceedingly acrid burning
taste even when largely diluted. It is soluble in water and entirely
volatile. It is one of the most virulent poisons known; a single
drop is sufficient to kill a dog. Commercial tobacco preparations
have been on the market for many years. The most important of
these are black leaf, "black leaf 40," and nicofume.
Black Leaf. — Black leaf was formerly the most widely used
tobacco extract. It contains only 2.7 per cent nicotine and has now
been replaced by the more concentrated extracts. It is used for
plant-lice at the rate of one gallon to sixty-five gallons of water.
"Black leaf 40." — "Black leaf 40" is a concentrated tobacco
extract containing 40 per cent nicotine sulfate. Its specific gravity
is about 1.25. In this preparation the nicotine is in a non-volatile
form, it having been treated with sulfuric acid to form the sulfate.
"Black leaf 40" is used at strengths varying from one part in 800
parts of water to one part in 1,600 parts. It can be satisfactorily
combined with other sprays, as for example, lime-sulfur solution,
arsenate of lead, and the various soap solutions. When used with
water, about four pounds of soap should be added to make the
mixture spread and stick better.
Nicofume is a tobacco extract containing 40 per cent of nicotine
in the volatile form. It is intended primarily for use in greenhouses.
Strips of paper soaked in this preparation are smudged in green-
houses to destroy aphids.
Tobacco is also used in the form of dust for the same purpose.
It is especially valuable against root-lice on asters and other plants.
Tobacco extracts can be made at home by steeping tobacco sterna
in water, but as they vary greatly in nicotine content and are
sometimes likely to injure tender foliage, it is better to buy the
standardized extracts.
Pyrethrum. — A very fine, light brown powder, made from the
flower-heads of species of pyrethrum. It is scarcely injurious to
man. Three brands are on the market:
Persian insect-powder, made from the heads of Pyrethrum
roseum, a species also cultivated as an ornamental plant. The
plant is native to the Caucasus region.
Dalmation insect-powder, made from Pyrethrum cinerarix-
folium.
Buhach, made in California from cultivated plants of Pyrethrum
cinerarise folium.
When fresh and pure, all these brands appear to be equally
valuable, but the home-grown product is usually considered most
reliable. Pyrethrum scon loses its value when exposed to the air.
It is used in various ways:
(1) In solution in water, one ounce to three gallons. Should
be mixed up twenty-four hours before using.
(2) Dry, without dilution. In this form it is excellent for thripa
and lice on roses and other bushes. Apply when the bush is wet.
Useful for aphis on house plants.
(3) Dry, diluted with flour or any light and fine powder. The
poison may be used in the proportion of one part to from six to
thirty of the dilutent.
(4) In fumigation. It may be scattered directly upon coals, or
made into small balls by wetting and molding with the hands and
1044 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
then set upon coals. This is a desirable way of dealing with mos-
quitos and flies.
(5) In alcohol, (a) Put a part of pyrethrum (buhach) and four
parts alcohol, by weight, in any tight vessel. Shake occasionally,
and after eight days filter. Apply with an atomizer. Excellent for
greenhouse pests. For some plants it needs to be diluted a little.
(6) Dissolve about four ounces of powder in one gill of alcohol, and
add twelve gallons of water.
(6) Decoction. Whole flower-heads are treated to boiling
water, and the liquid is covered to prevent evaporation. Boiling
the liquid destroys its value.
Good insect-powder can be made from Pyrethrum roseum, and
probably also from P. cinerarise folium, grown in the home garden.
1323. Device for discharging the cyanide into the acid.
Bait, vegetable bait. — Spray a patch of clover or some other
plant that the insects will eat with paris green or some other
arsenical; mow it close to the ground, and while fresh place it in
small piles round the infested plants. To avoid wilting of the bait,
cover the heaps with a shingle or piece of board.
Bran-arsenic mash. — White arsenic, one-half pound, or paris
green, one pound; bran, fifty pounds. Mix thoroughly and then
add enough water to make a wet mash. Sugar or molasses may be
added, but is unnecessary. Poisoned baits are used against cut-
worms and grasshoppers.
Kansas grasshopper bait. — This bait is the most efficient means
of controlling grasshoppers yet devised. It is prepared as follows:
Bran, twenty pounds; paris green, one pound; syrup, two quarts;
oranges or lemons, three fruits; water, three and one-half gallons.
Mix the bran and paris green thoroughly in a wash-tub while dry.
Squeeze the juice of the oranges or lemons into the water; chop the
pulp and peel fine and add them also. Dissolve the syrup in the
water and wet the bran and poison with the mixture, stirring at
the same time so as to dampen the mash thoroughly. Sow the bait
broadcast in the infested area early in the morning.
Criddle mixture. — Mix one pound of paris green with one-half
barrel of horse droppings, and add one pound of salt if the material
is not fresh. For use against grasshoppers.
Gas tar is used extensively for painting wounds to keep
out the moisture and prevent the entrance of insects. It is
also sometimes used on peach trees to keep out the borers.
In this case it should be applied in the spring only, as there
is danger of injuring the trees in the fall.
Asphalt. — Certain grades of asphalt have been used
successfully on peach in California to keep out the Pacific
peach tree-borer. Experiments in the eastern states indi-
cate that it may be used to advantage against the common
peach tree-borer.
Hot-water. — Submerge affected plants or branches in
water at a temperature of about 125°. For aphis. It will
also kill rose-bugs at a temperature of 125° to 135°.
Gasolene torch. — The gasolene torch has been success-
fully used for the control of scale insects on date palms in
Arizona. The trees are first pruned closely, drenched with
fasolene and fired. They are then scorched with a gasolene
last torch.
Flour paste. — Mix a cheap grade of wheat flour with cold
water, making a thin batter, without lumps; or wash the
flour through a wire screen with a stream of cold water.
Dilute until there is one pound of flour in each gallon of
mixture. Cook until a paste is formed, stirring constantly
to prevent caking or burning. Add sufficient water to
make up for evaporation. For use, add eight gallons of
this stock solution to one hundred gallons of water. Used
for red spider in California.
General practices.
Cleanliness. — Much can be done to check the ravages of
insects by destroying their breeding-places and hiding-
places. Weeds, rubbish, and refuse should be eliminated.
Hand-picking is often still the best means of destroying „ '.
insects despite all the perfection of machinery and of ma-
terials. This is, particularly true about the home grounds and
in the garden. The cultivator should not scorn this method.
Promoting growth. — Any course that tends to promote
vigor will be helpful in enabling plants to withstand the
attacks of plant-lice and other insects.
Burning. — Larvae which live or feed in webs, like the tent-
caterpillar and fall web-worm may be burned with a torch. The
lamp or torch used in campaign parades finds its most efficient
use here.
Banding. — To prevent the ascent of canker-worm moths and
gypsy-moth caterpillars, various forms of sticky bands are in use.
For this purpose there is no better substance than "tree tangle-
foot." It may be applied directly to the tree-trunk, but when so
used leaves an unsightly mark and requires more material than
when the following method is used : First place a strip of cotton
batting 3 inches wide around the trunk; cover this with a strip
of tarred paper 5 inches wide; draw the paper tight and fasten at
the lap only with three or four tacks. Spread the tanglefoot on the
upper two-thirds of the paper, and comb it from time to time to
keep the surface sticky. Burlap bands are made by tying or tack-
ing a strip of burlap around the trunk and letting the edges hang
down. The larvse will hide under the loose edge, where they may be
killed. Banding is now little used for codlin-moth, since spraying
with poison has been found so much more effective.
Fumigation.
Poisonous gases are widely used in killing insects
under certain conditions. Hydrocyanic acid gas is
employed in the fumigation of greenhouses and citrus
trees. It is a most deadly and effective material. In
Europe, fumigation with this gas is known as cyaniding
and cyanization. Nicotine preparations are used ex-
tensively in greenhouse fumigation. Carbon bisulfid
is employed almost exclusively for the treatment of
stored grains and seeds.
Hydrocyanic acid gas. — This gas is generated by
adding potassium or sodium cyanide to dilute sulfuric
acid. The gas is a deadly poison, and great care should
be taken not to inhale it. One breath is fatal !
Potassium cyanide is a white amorphous salt that
readily absorbs moisture when exposed to the air.
Pure potassium cyanide contains 40 per cent of cyano-
gen (CN) by weight. When potassium cyanide (KCN)
is placed in dilute sulfuric acid the cyanogen (CN)
unites with the hydrogen (H) of the acid (H2SO4) to
form hydrocyanic acid gas (HCN). In the preparation
of this gas for fumigation purposes use a potassium-
cyanide which is at least 98 per cent pure. The chemi-
cals should always be combined in the following pro-
portions: Potassium cyanide, one ounce; sulfuric acid,
one fluid ounce; water, three fluid ounces.
Always use an earthen dish, pour in the water first,
and add the sulfuric acid. When all is ready, drop in
the proper quantity of potassium cyanide and retire
t 4-'x 6'
f.
DOOR 4-VSj
SECTION or DOOR.
1324. Shed for the fumigation of nursery stock.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1045
immediately, before the gas arises. Fig. 1323 shows a
device used abroad (from the "Gardening World") for
dumping the cyanide (at 4) into the acid by means of a
cord that extends outside the house.
White-fly. — The quantity of chemicals used for a
given space will depend on the nature of the insects to
be killed and the susceptibility of the plants to injury.
This quantity is usually indicated by amount of
potassium cyanide required for each 100 cubic feet of
space. For treating white-fly on tomatoes in green-
houses, use one ounce to 3,000 cubic feet, letting the
fumigation continue all night. The same treatment
applies for cucumber. Fumigate on dry, dark nights
when there is no wind. The house should be as dry
as practicable and the temperature not above 60° F.
Greenhouses. — No one formula can be given for
fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas the different
kinds of plants grown in greenhouses, as the species
and varieties differ greatly in their ability to withstand
the effects of the gas. For the general run of greenhouse
subjects, the practice is to use one ounce of potassium
cyanide, one ounce of sulfuric acid, two ounces water,
to each 2,000 cubic feet of space. The cyanide should
be 98 per cent pure. Fumigate at night when there is
no wind and when the plants are dry and the house
cool; leave the house closed till morning, and open it
up and let it air out before entering it. This applies
to chrysanthemums, cinerarias, azaleas, bulbs, carna-
tions and other common plants.
Ferns and roses are very susceptible to injury, and
fumigation, if attempted at all, should be performed
with great care. In cases of doubt, or when there
is reason to suspect that the plants are particularly
susceptible, and when
one does not have
definite instructions,
it is well to fumigate
with the weakest
strength in use, and
increase it in sub-
sequent fumigations
if the insects are not
killed and if the plants
are not injured.
Violets are very
susceptible to injury
from tobacco fumiga-
tion, and commercial
growers therefore reg-
ularly use hydrocy-
anic acid gas for the
control of green-fly"
and "black-fly," two
species of plant-lice.
The latter is much
more difficult to kill.
For over-night fumi-
gation from one-
fourth to one-half
ounce potassium
cyanide to each 1,000
cubic feet is generally
used. Sometimes one
ounce potassium
cyanide to each 1,000
cubic feet is used, the
fumigation continuing
only from twenty-five
to thirty-five minutes
of two thicknesses of matched boards with building-
paper between, and are provided with a tight-fitting
door and ventilators. The stock should be reasonably
dry to avoid injury, and should be piled loosely in the
house to permit a free circulation of the gas. Use one
ounce of potassium cyanide for each 100 cubic feet of
space, and let the fumigation continue forty minutes
to one hour.
A fumigating-house is shown in Fig. 1324 (from a
bulletin on "The San Jos<§ Scale," by A. E. Stene, of
the Rhode Island State Board of Agriculture and Col-
lege of Agriculture). It is a house or box as nearly air-
tight as possible. The floor should have a movable slat
grating on which the plants may be laid, some distance
from the ground, to allow of circulation of the gas.
The house shown in the cut is 8 feet high in front and
6 feet in rear, and the larger room contains 980 cubic
feet, requiring approximately ten ounces of cyanide.
The other rooms allow of smaller quantities to be
fumigated. The doors opening from the outside provide
quick discharge of the air when fumigation is completed.
Fumigation of citrus trees. — In this case, the tree to
be fumigated with the hydrocyanic acid gas is covered
with an octagonal sheet tent (Fig. 1325) made of six
and one-half ounce special drill or eight-ounce special
army duck, and the gas is generated in the ordinary
way beneath it. The tent is so marked that when in
position it is an easy matter to determine the distance
over the tent and the circumference at the ground.
When these figures are known, the proper dosage may
be obtained from the following chart, which has been
prepared for a strength of one ounce of cyanide for
each 100 cubic feet of space:
k
Sj
t
S
1
0
j|
5
i
£>/S7XA/C£ AS?O(JA/D , //V FE£T.
Ib
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
b2
54
b6
bB
60
62
64
66
bti
10
2
z
Z
2
e
10
12
2
£
3
3
3
3
12
14
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
S
14
Ib
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
S
S
S
s
s
16
18
3
3
3
•?
4
f
S
S
S
S
S
s
s
6
18
20
22
24
26
26
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
43
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
20
3
*
t
s
5
f
s
s
s
6
6
f
7
7
8
a
20
22
5
s
5
s
s
s
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
£c
24
5
S
s
6
6
6
7
8
a
8
8
9
9
24
26
5
6
6
7
7
8
S
d
a
9
/O
/O
/o
//
//
//
26
29
6
7
S
e
S
8
3
9
/O
//
//
//
//
/2
/2
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
30
7
*
a
a
9
9
/o
/o
//
//
//
//
/2
/S
/4
/4
/<?
/s
/6
/6
30
32
9
/O
/O
//
//
/£
/2
IS
/3
/3
/4
/4
/4
/s
/6
/6
/7
32
34
/O
//
//
/2
/3
/3
/4
/4
/4
/4
/S
/6
/6
/7
/7
/7
34
36
//
//
/2
/3
/3
/f
/4
/S
/S
/6
/7
17
/7
/7
/a
/9
36
3B
/e
12
/3
/4
/4
/S
/6
16
/7
/7
/7
/<?
>8
13
20
38
40
42
44
46
46
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
40
/2
13
/4
/4
/s
/s
/6
/7
/7
/s
/s
/9
so
20
20
40
41
/4
/4
/S
/s
/6
/7
/7
/8
/8
/9
20
20
20
21
41
42
/S
/S
/6
/7
/7
/a
/9
/9
20
20
20
Zl
£/
42
43
/6
/7
/7
/<?
/9
/3
eo
SO
£0
20
2/
22
43
44
/7
/#
/9
/9
20
20
20
2/
22
22
44
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
45
(7
/e
/9
20
so
20
2/
22
23
23
45
45
/a
/9
20
20
20
2.1
22
2f>
23
23
46
47
/a
/.9
20
zo
S/
SS
22
23
S3
24
47
46
<9
£0
20
e/
£2
22
23
£3
2+
£4
4fl
49
/9
<"0
ft
2/
£2
23
S3
23
2-4
£f
49
Dosage chart for fumigating citrus trees with high-grade sodium cyanide (Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agriculture) .
This treatment is more likely to injure the plants.
Violets may be injured severely by the gas without the
leaves being burned. This injury consists in a weakening
of the plants which defers blooming for several weeks.
Dormant nursery stock may be fumigated with hydro-
cyanic acid gas in a tight box or fumigating-house made
especially for the purpose. Fumigating-houses are built
The top line of numbers, beginning at 16 and con-
tinuing to 68, represents the distance in feet around
the bottom of the tent. The outer vertical columns of
larger numbers running from 10 to 49 represent the
distance in feet over the top of the tent. The number
of ounces of cyanide to use for a tree of known dimen-
sions is found in that square where the vertical column
1046 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
headed by the distance around the tree intersects the
horizontal line of figures corresponding to the distance
over. For certain insects it is not advisable to use the
full dosage schedule.
Sodium cyanide (NaCN) is coming into use as a sub-
stitute for potassium cyanide. When pure, this com-
pound contains 53 per cent of cyanogen; that is, about
33 per cent more of cyanogen than is present in potas-
sium cyanide. It is customary to indicate the strength
of sodium cyanide in terms of potassium cyanide; that
is, pure sodium cyanide is said to be 133 per cent pure.
This means that 100 pounds of sodium cyanide will
yield as much cyanogen as 133 pounds of potassium
cyanide. For fumigation purposes, sodium cyanide
should be at least 124 per cent pure and should not
contain more than 1 per cent of common salt.
Because of the greater content of cyanogen of
sodium cyanide, a smaller quantity is required. The
chemicals should be combined in the following pro-
portions: Sodium cyanide, one ounce; sulfuric acid,
one and one-half fluid ounces; water, two ounces.
The following dosage schedule corresponds to the
one given above for potassium cyanide:
IS
18
20
22
24
2628
3032
34136
38
40
42 4446 48
50
52
54
bb
S8
60
62
64
66
63
70
72
74
/6
/i-.
10
1
I
1
\'h
1)4
IO
12
life
1/2
I'/t
1/2
2
2
2)4
1 2
14
1/2
2
2
2'k
2/2
2/2
3
3
3/2
4
4'/i
£
14
16
2
2/2
2fc
3
3
a
3'.4
3/2
4
4/2
5
'-•/>
6
7
16
'6
3
3
3'/2
3/2
4-
4)4
4)4
5'/j
5/2
6
7
/;
8
I S
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34l
36
38
4O
42
44
46
48
SO
52
54
56
58
60
62
&4
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
20
3
4-
4%
5
sg
514
G
6/2
7
7
a
8/2
9
9>,
20
22
4£
5
5/2
6
6X
7
7/2
7/2
8
8/2
S/2
y/-
10
10:i
22
?4
5)4
&'/?
7
/'/?
0
i>y?
9/2
9/2
10
0/2
II
!!/:
12
24
26
7
8
8/2
y
9)i
10
0)4
10%
II
II
11%
12
13
14
14)4
15
26
28
S'A
y/2
iO
lU/i
M
11/2
1!!;
12/2
i-7.
13
!3'/2
14
1414
b'/z
Ib
28
30
32
34
36
38
4O
•42
44
4*
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
3O
10
1 1
1114
12
i<;'/4
13
l'i/2
14
14)4
14/4
IS
Ib/s
m
I//2
Itt
19
20
20)2
2l'/t
3d
32
12
\2'/2
13
14
IB
ib/2
Ifc
lfc'/2
I/
17/2
18
18/2
19
19/2
2C%
21 '/2
^2/2
32
34
13
14
15
16
I/
!'//,-
13
18/2
19
I9'A
20
•Sfk
21
pjiJL
m
23
34
35
14
15
16
17
17/2
13
1914
20
20)4
21^
21*
22
22)2
23
23'/2
25'A
36
M
16
lfc/4
I//2
I8J4
19
20)4
21
21/2
22
23
W,
24
24'*
25
?H'f>
38
• EBEHCDraC!:! H"JSSElH3t7:1 SDCS33QHHD EHEE3E351 ^
40
1 /
18
19
20
21
ti
22)?
2J
24
Wh
2b
25'^
26
rt>'/2
2/
271iil28
40
41
113
19
20
21
22"
22)4
23'A
24
24*
25
25'A
26
26%
27
27'A
28
m
2<>
41
42
20
2C&
22
?ik
23
24'^
25
25fe
26
?Vk
27
2Tk
28
28'*
29
29
30
30)4
42
43
21/2
22)4
23
23)4
25
25)^
26
m
27
27k
28
28>t
29
m
30
355!
31
43
44
23
23)4
24
25
26
26*
27
27^
28
28!4
29
29ft
30
31
Jig
32
44
50
L52
5<
56
58
60
e,2
64
Sf>
G6
70
7;>
74
76
78
45
24
25
2fe
2M
27
27/7
?a
2.9
2>l
30
-,f;'
31
;,!•/
32
33
45
46
:T/.
25VS
K%
,'«
28
?.-,"
/3'/
30
30i
3!
31%
K)(
3i
34
46
47
25
2fe
27
27*
28
28«
29
30
301
3IV5
32
^
33
34
35
47
48
an
26%
ms
?3
>c;:
2'J
/S),
:::jv
.il
32
ft.
3?
34
35
36
48
49
:'•':''.
2/
,v»
.'•X
29
»'/;
30
31
31 !4
J2»i
3.\
34
35
36
37
49
60
52
5.4
56
5S
60
62
M-
f,6
6B
70
72
74
76
78
50
30
31
•i1/-
32'^
33
SJ
35
36
37
38
SO
51
31
31 'A
32
33
3M
34
36
37
38
39
51
52
m
32
3:1
33'A
34
35
37
38
39
41
52
53
32
32VS
33^
34
35
36
38
39
40
41
53
54
3?'A;
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
54
6Q
62
64
66
es
70
7>
74
76
7fl
55
33
34
35
36
37
^h
40
41
42
43
55
56
34
35
36
37
37/2
3J
408
42
43
44
56
57
34^
35'/2
»?
37fc
J8*
39
41
427?
43'fl
45
57
5G
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
46
58
59
36
3(*
38
3T
40
4flX-
43fc|45
47
59
Dosage chart for fumigating citrus trees with potassium cyanide (Bureau of Entomology, United
States Department of Agriculture).
1325. A fumigating tent (Morrill system).
often. It is always well to smoke through two consecu-
tive days, for the insects which persist through the first
treatment, being weak, will be killed by the second.
If the plants are wet,
the smoke is more
likely to scorch them.
The smudge often
injures flowers, as
those of roses and
chrysanthemums. In
order to avoid this
injury, the flowers
should be covered
with paper bags.
Violet plants are very
liable to injury.
Tobacco fumes can
be more conveniently
generated by burning
strips of prepared
nicotine paper, or by
vaporizing a concen-
trated aqueous solu-
tion of nicotine over
alcohol or special
kerosene lamps.
Bisulfid of carbon is
a thin liquid that
volatilizes at a very
low temperature, the
vapor being very de-
structive to animal
life. It is exceed-
ingly inflammable,
and should never be
used near a lamp or
fire. It is sometimes
used for the control of
certain root insects.
It is poured into holes
made around the in-
fested plants, and
these are then imme-
Nicotine preparations. — Tobacco is used in various diately closed up causing the fumes to permeate the
ways in fumigating greenhouses. For smoking or soil in all directions.
smudging greenhouses, tobacco-stems are burned
slowly. Best results are secured when a sheet-iron
vessel made for the purpose is used, having holes in the
Against weevils infesting stored grain and seeds,
carbon bisulfid is effective at the rate of five to eight
pounds for each 1,000 cubic feet, provided the applica-
bottom to supply draft. A quart of live coals is placed tion is made while the temperature is not below 65° F.
in the bottom of the vessel, and about a pailful of Make the bins as tight as possible. If bins are only
tobacco-stems is laid on them. The stems should not
blaze, but burn with a slow smudge. If they are
slightly damp, better results are obtained. Some
single sheathed with common flooring use twenty to
twenty-five pounds carbon bisulfid. Let the fumigation
continue for at least twenty-four hours. Care should be
plants are injured by a very heavy smoke, and in order taken not to apply carbon bisulfied when there is indica-
te avoid this injury, and also more effectually to destroy tion of heating in the grain. C. R. CROSBY.
the insects, it is better to smoke rather lightly and ROBERT MATHESON.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1047
Catalogue of insects.
Abutilon. ABUTILON MOTH (Cosmophila erosa). — A pale pea-green
caterpillar striped with lemon-yellow often defoliates the
plants in the southern states.
Treatment. — The young caterpillar may be killed by spray-
ing with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one part in 650
parts water, adding soap to make the hquid spread and
stick better.
Acacia. COTTONY CUSHION SCALE. — See Citrus,
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
Acer. BOX-ELDER BUG (Leptocoris trivittatus) is about J^ inch in
length, dark gray in color marked with red. They congre-
gate about box elder in great numbers, on the sap of which
they feed. The young nymphs may be killed by spraying with
ordinary contact insecticides.
COTTONY MAPLE SCALE (Pulvinaria vitis) is a brown, soft-bodied,
scale insect, K inch in length. The eggs are laid beneath a con-
spicuous cottony mass which protrudes from under the scale.
The eggs hatch during June and July, and the fertilized females
hibernate on the smaller branches. There is one generation
annually.
Treatment. — A stiff stream of water will dislodge many of
the mature scales in June or July. The young scales may be
killed with tobacco extract. The most effective treatment
on maples is 15 per cent kerosene emulsion applied during the
dormant season to kill the hibernating females.
GREEN-STRIPED MAPLE WORM (Anisota rubicunda) is a large,
pale yellowish green caterpillar, striped with dark green, that
occasionally defoliates the maple.
Treatment. — The young caterpillars may be controlled by
spraying with arsenate of lead, four to eight pounds to one
hundred gallons of water.
PIGEON TREMEX (Tremex columba) is a large four-winged fly
having a wing expanse of 2 Yz inches. The abdomen ends in a
prominent ovipositor. The larva, over 2 inches long when full-
grown, burrows in the wood, seriously injuring the tree when
abundant. Vigorous trees usually overcome the attack.
PLANT-LICE. — Several species are occasionally injurious.
Treatment. — "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourths
of a pint to one hundred gallons of water, adding four pounds
of soap, is an efficient remedy.
SUGAR-MAPLE BORER (Plagionotus speciosus) is very destruc-
tive to hard maples. The parent beetle is about an inch long,
black, brilliantly marked and banded with yellow. The larva
is a large borer about 2 inches in length when mature. They
burrow mostly in the sapwood, several often girdling and
killing a tree. It is a difficult matter to prevent this injury.
Treatment. — Digging out the borers is the only remedy
known.
WOOLLY MAPLE-LEAF SCALE (Phenacoccus acericold) is a soft-
bodied woolly-covered insect about J£ inch long, found on
the under side of the leaves. There are two or three genera-
tions a year. They hibernate as young on the bark of the
trunk and branches.
Treatment. — Winter applications of whale-oil soap, one
pound in one gallon of water, have given the best results.
JEsculus. TUSSOCK-MOTH. — See Apple.
Agave. OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
Alder. ALDER BLIGHT APHIS (Pemphigus tessettata) occurs in col-
onies on the branches and appears as conspicuous white!
woolly masses.
Treatment. — They may be dislodged by a stiff stream of
water or may be killed by spraying with kerosene emulsion.
SAW-FLY .LEAF-MINER (Kaliosysphinga dohrinii) feeds between
the upper and lower layers of the leaves, causing large blotch
mines.
No remedy known.
Allamanda. CITRUS WHITE FLY. — See Citrus,
Almond. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
CLOVER MITE. — See Peach.
COTTONY CUSHION SCALE. — See Citrus.
PEAR THRIPS. — See Pear.
SAN JOSE SCALE.— See Apple.
Aloe. OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
Amaryllis. NARCISSUS BULB-FLY. — See Narcissus.
Ampelopsis. MYRON SPHINX (Ampelophaga myron). — Large, green
or brown, smooth caterpillars occasionally defoliate the vines.
Treatment. — Hand-picking.
Annona. FLORIDA WAX SCALE. — See Citrus.
Anthurium. FLORIDA WAX SCALE. — See Citrus.
Apple. APHIDS or PLANT-LICE. — There are three species which
commonly attack the opening buds and leaves of apple,—
the leaf aphis (Aphis pomi), rosy aphis (Aphis sorbi) and bud
aphis (Siphocoryne arena?).
Treatment. — These small, soft-bodied insects may be con-
trolled by thorough spraying with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco
extract, three-fourths of a pint, in one-hundred gallons of
water, adding four pounds of soap. Make the application
before the leaves curl.
AppLE-CuRCULio (Anthonomus quadrigibbtis). — A soft, white
grub, about Yi inch long, living in the fruit.
Treatment.— Clean cultivation. Rake the small apples that
drop early out into the sun where they will dry up.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
H F"SA-BEETLE (Graptodera foliacea).— Brassy, green
beetle, % inch or less long, feeding upon leaves.
Treatment.— Arsenicals. Lime-sulfur or bordeaux mixture
as a repellent.
APPLE LEAF-HOPPER (Empoasca mali).—A slender pale yellow-
ish green bug; the nymphs are pale greenish and usually found
£L^^fe#?^J»T1«»«* The.winter eggs are laid in
• , , -- e v«v, j^Aiv/v-o &AWUA LIJC if av ra,
causing them to turn pale and curl. It is most injurious to
nursery stock.
TTheyoun? nymphs may be killed by spraying
With Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourths of a pint
in one hundred gallons of water, adding three to four pounds
of soap. Nurserymen often catch the adults by the use of
sticky shields.
APPLE LEAF-ROLLER (Archips argyrospila).—A. green caterpillar
with a black head, 1 inch or less in length when mature,
attacks the opening buds roiling and Webbing together the
leaves, flowers and young fruit into a nest. Holes are eaten in
the young apples, deforming them. Eggs are laid in June in
small, flat masses on the bark and are covered with a smooth
varnish -like coating. They do not hatch till the following
spring.
. Treatment. — To kill eggs spray with miscible oil, one gallon
in fafteen gallons of water, making the application as late as
possible before the buds open. If the eggs have been neglected
recourse must be had to arsenate of lead, six pounds in one
hundred gallons water. Apply before the blossoms open.
APPLE MAGGOT (Rhagoletis promnella). — A white maggot that
tunnels apples through and through, causing decay and falling
of the fruit. The parent flies appear the latter part of June
and early July and insert the eggs under the skin of the fruit.
Hibernation takes place in small puparia just below the sur-
face of the soil. Sweet and subacid varieties are most suscep-
tible, but others are sometimes attacked.
Treatment. — Clean cultivation. Spray when flies appear
with arsenate of lead, four pounds in one hundred gallons of
water. The addition of two or three gallons of molasses is
supposed to render the poison more attractive to the flies.
BROWN-TAIL MOTH (Euproctis chrysorrhsea). — This highly
destructive European insect was introduced near Boston a
number of years ago, and is now rapidly spreading over New
England. The snow-white moths, with a large tuft of brown
hairs at the tip of the abdomen, appear in July and deposit
eggs on the leaves in elongate masses covered with brown hairs
from the body of the female. The caterpillars become only
partly grown the first season, and hibernate in conspicuous
nests, 3 or 4 inches long, at the tips of the branches. The black-
bodied caterpillars, clothed with rather long, brownish, sting-
ing hairs, complete their growth the next spring, feeding
ravenously on 4he tender foliage and causing great damage in
orchards, parks, and forests.
Treatment. — Cut out and burn all winter nests before the
buds start. In the spring, spray with arsenate of lead, as
recommended for the gipsy-moth. Prevent the ascent of cater-
pillars from other trees by banding the trunks with tangle-
foot. Keep the bands fresh by combing the surface every few
days.
BUD-MOTH (Tmetocera ocellana). — The small brown caterpillars
with black heads burrow into the buds, feeding on the opening
leaves and flowers and web them together.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds in
one hundred gallons of water, just as the blossoms show pink,
and again as the last of the petals are falling.
CANKER-WORM, FALL (Ahophila pometaria). — Wingless female
moths usually emerge from the ground in late autumn, crawl
up the trees and deposit their eggs on the smaller branches.
The eggs hatch in April or May and the blackish yellow-striped,
looping caterpillars defoliate the trees.
Treatment. — Band tree trunks in the fall with tanglefoot
or cotton batting to prevent ascent of moths. The young
canker-worms may be killed by spraying with arsenate of
lead, six pounds to one hundred gallons of water.
CANKER-WORM, SPRING (Paleacrita vemata). — Habits similar to
the fall canker-worm, but the moths emerge in March and
ApriL Caterpillars are distinguished by having only two
pairs of prolegs.
Treatment.— ^Same as for fall canker-worm except the bands
should be applied in early spring.
CASE-BEARERS. — The pistol-oase-bearer (Coleophora malivaretta)
and the cigar-case-bearer (C. fletchereUa). — The small cater-
pillars live in pistol or cigar-shaped cases, about }•£ inch long,
that they carry around with them. They appear in spring
on the opening buds at the same time as the bud-moth, ana
may be controlled by the same means.
CoDLiN-MoTH (Carpocapsa pomanetta). — This is the pinkish
caterpillar which causes a large proportion of wormy apples.
The eggs are laid by a small moth on the leaves and the skin
of the fruit. Most of the caterpillars enter the apple at the
blossom end. When the petals fall, the calyx is open, and this
is the time to spray. The calyx soon closes, and keeps the
poison inside ready for the young caterpillars' first meal.
After the calyx has closed, it is too late to spray effectively.
The caterpillars become full-grown in July and August, leave
the fruit, crawl down on the trunk, and there most of them spin
cocoons under the loose bark. In most parta of the country
there are two broods annually.
1048 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment. — As the last of the petals are falling, spray with
four pounds arsenate of lead in one hundred gallons of water,
using a stiff spray to force it into the blossom end of the apple.
Repeat the application three weeks later.
FALL .WEB- WORM (Hyphantria cunea). — Hairy larva, about an
inch long, varying from gray to pale yellow or bluish black,
feeding upon the leaves of many trees, in tents or webs.
Treatment. — Destroy by burning the webs, or removing
them and crushing the larvae. Spray with arsenicals.
FLAT-HEADED BOHER (Chrysobothris femorata). — Larva about
an inch long, flesh-colored, the second segment ("head")
greatly enlarged; boring under the bark and sometimes into
the wood. They are readily located in late summer or fall by
the dead and sunken patches of bark.
Preventive.— Soap and carbolic acid washes applied from
May to July. Keep trees vigorous.
GREEN FRUIT-WORMS (Xylina sp.). — Yellowish or apple-green
caterpillars, striped with cream-color, 1 to 1 l/i inches in length
when mature, attack the opening leaves and blossoms and
eat holes in the developing fruit. The parent moths emerge
from hibernation in early spring and lay their eggs on the
smaller branches. One brood annually.
Treatment. — Thorough and repeated spraying with arsenate
of lead, six pounds in one hundred gallons of water, will kill
many of the young caterpillars. Make the application when
blossom clusters appear.
GYPSY MOTH (Porthetria dispar). — The full-grown caterpillar
is about 2 inches long, dark gray in ground-color with eleven
pairs of prominent tubercles on the back, the first five pairs
blue, the last six dark red. They become full-grown about
the first of July. They pupate in slight cocoons. The moths
emerge in seven to seventeen days. The male has a light
brown body, wings yellowish brown, and each front wing is
crossed by four wavy dark brown lines. In the female the
body is light buff and the wings grayish white. The dark
markings on the front wings are similar to those of the male.
The females do not fly, but each lays its eggs in a mass about
an inch in length covered with hairs from its body. Hiberna-
tion takes place in the egg stage. The eggs hatch just as the
buds are bursting.
Treatment. — Kill the eggs by saturating the masses with
crude coal-tar creosote, to which a little lamp-black has been
added as a marker. When the young caterpillars hatch, spray
the trees with arsenate of lead, ten pounds in one-hundred
gallons of water. When the caterpillars are half-grown, use
thirteen to fifteen pounds of lead arsenate. Full-grown cater-
pillars are very resistant to poisons. Band the tree trunks
with tanglefoot to prevent the ascent of wandering caterpillars.
LEAF-BLISTER MITE. — See Pear.
LEAF-CRUMPLER (Mineola indigeneUa). — Reddish brown cater-
pillars that live in slender, horn-shaped cases and feed on the
tender leaves. They hibernate as partly grown larvae and
attack the opening buds the following spring. They usually
live in a nest of several leaves fastened together with silk.
Treatment. — Gather the nests and burn them. Arsenicals
when the buds open.
LESSER APPLE-WORM (Enarmonia prunivora). — Similar to the
codlin-moth, but larvae often feed just under the skin of the
fruit, causing blotched areas.
Treatment. — As for codlin-moth.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE (Lepidosaphes ulmi). — This is an elongate
scale (sometimes called bark-louse), Y% inch in length, resem-
bling an oyster-shell in shape and often incrusting the bark.
It hibernates as minute white eggs under the old scales. The
eggs hatch during the latter part of May or in June, the date
depending on the season. After they hatch, the young may be
seen as tiny whitish lice crawling about on the bark. When
these young appear, spray with kerosene emulsion, diluted
with six parts of water, or whale-oil, or any good soap, one
pound in four or five gallons of water. Where trees are
regularly sprayed with lime-sulfur, as for the San Jos6 scale
or blister mite, the oyster-shell scale is usually controlled.
PALMER WORM (Ypsolophus pometellus). — The brownish green,
white-striped caterpillars, % inch in length when mature,
skeletonize the tender foliage in June and eat holes in the
young apples. There is only one brood a year.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds in
one hundred gallons of water when the caterpillars first appear.
PLUM-CURCULIO (Conotrachelus nenuphar). — A snout-beetle that
deforms the fruit by its characteristic feeding and egg-laying
punctures. The grubs develop in the fruit and cause it to fall.
Treatment. — Spraying with arsenate of lead, as for codlin-
moth, whenever it can be applied with a fungicide so as not to
increase expense, will help to control the trouble. Thorough
superficial tillage of the surface of soil during July and August
will kill many of the pupae, and is recommended. For treat-
ment on plum, see under Plum.
RED BUGS ( Heterocordylus malinus and Lygidea mendax). — The
winter is passed as eggs inserted in the smaller branches. The
brilliant red nymphs appear as the buds open and feed on
the foliage for a time. Then they puncture the newly set
apples causing one of three things: some drop, some dry up and
remain on trees till next spring, and others mature as knotty,
misshapen, worthless fruit. One generation a year.
Treatment. — The young nymphs may be killed by thorough
spraying with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint in
one hundred gallons water, adding four pounds of soap, (1)
when blossoms show pink, (2) when the last of the petals are
falling.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
RED-HUMPED APPLE CATERPILLAR (Schizeura concinna). — These
red-headed, black-and-yellow-striped caterpillars with a red
hump on the fourth segment often attract attention in August
and September by feeding in colonies on the ends of the
branches.
Treatment. — Spray for the young caterpillars with arsenate of
lead, four pounds in one hundred gallons of water. As they are
most troublesome on newly planted trees the older caterpillars
may be shaken to the ground and crushed under foot.
RIBBED COCOON-MAKER (Bucculatrix pomifoliella. — A minute
yellow or green larva feeding upon the upper surface of the
leaves, causing the lower surface to turn brown. The cocoons
are white and slender, and are laid side by side upon the under
side of twigs, where they are conspicuous in winter.
Treatment. — Lime-sulfur while tree is dormant. Arsenicals
for the larvae in summer.
ROSE-CHAFER. — See Grape.
ROUND-HEADED BORER (Saperda Candida). — A yellowish white
frub with dark brown head, about 1 inch long when mature,
t is said to remain in the larval state three years. The parent
beetle is silvery white on the head and beneath; the thorax
and wing-covers are light brown: two silvery white stripes
extend from the head to the tip of the wing-covers. The eggs
are laid in slits in the bark, mostly in June.
Preventive. — Keep the beetles from laying eggs by spraying
the trunks several times during the spring and summer with
kerosene emulsion or by coating them with an alkaline wash
made from soap, caustic potash, and carbolic acid. Tarred
paper tree-protectors well tied at the top, or wire mosquito-
netting protectors closed at the top and encircling the trunk
so loosely that the beetles cannot reach the bark, are effective
in preventing egg-laying. Practise clean cultivation, and do
not let water sprouts or other rank vegetation encircle the
base of the tree.
Remedial. — Dig out the borers whenever they can be located
by discolored bark or by the sawdust thrown out of the burrow.
SAN JOSE SCALE (Aspidiotus perniciosus). — This scale is nearly
circular in outline and about the size of a pinhead. When
abundant it forms a crust on the branches, and causes small
red spots on the fruit. It multiplies with marvelous rapidity,
there being three or four broods annually, and each mother
scale may give birth to seyeral hundred young. The young
are born alive, and breeding continues until late autumn,
when all stages are killed by the cold weather, except the tiny,
half-grown, black scales, many of which hibernate safely.
Treatment. — Spray thoroughly in the fall after the leaves
drop, or early in the spring before growth begins, with lime-
sulfur wash, one gallon in eight gallons of water, or miscible
oil, one gallon in fifteen gallons of water. When badly infested,
make two applications, one in the fall and another in the spring.
In case of large, old trees, 25 per cent crude-oil emulsion should
be applied just as the buds are swelling.
SCURFY SCALE (Chionaspis furfurus). — This whitish, pear-
shaped scale, about % inch in length, often incrusts the bark,
giving it a scurfy appearance. It hibernates as purplish eggs
under the old scales.
Treatment. — Spray as recommended for oyster-shell scale.
TENT-CATERPILLARS (Malacosoma americana and M. disstria). —
Larvae nearly 2 inches long, spotted and striped with yellow,
white, and black; feeding upon the leaves. They congregate
in tents or in clusters on the bark at night and in cool weather,
and forage out upon the branches during the day.
Treatment. — Arsenicals, as for codlin-moth. Burn out nests
with torch, or cut them out and crush the larvae. Pick off
egg masses from twigs during winter and spring.
TUSSOCK-MOTH (Hemerocampa leucostigma). — A handsome, red-
headed, yellow and black tufted caterpillar, about an inch long,
which devours the leaves and sometimes' eats into the fruit.
Remedial.— Collect the frothy egg-masses in fall and winter
and band the trees to prevent a reinfestation by migrating
caterpillars. Spray with arsenicals as for codlin-moth, taking
care to cover the under side of the leaves.
TWI&-BORER (Schistoceros hamatus). — Beetle, % inch long,
cylindrical and dark brown, boring into twigs of apple, pear,
and other trees. The beetle enters just above a bud.
Treatment. — Burn the twigs. The early stages are passed in
dying wood, such as prunings, diseased canes, and in upturned
roots. Burn such rubbish, and thus destroy their breeding-
places. This is also a grape pest.
Twio-GiRDLER (Oncideres cingulatus). — Small branches are often
girdled by a handsome ash-sprinkled reddish brown beetle,
about Yi inch in length. The girdled twigs soon fall and the
grubs develop in the fallen branches.
Treatment. — Collect and burn all fallen branches.
WOOLLY APHIS (Schizoneura lanigera). — Small reddish brown
Elant-lice covered with a conspicuous mass of white, waxy
bers, found on the branches, sprouts, trunks and roots.
Treatment. — For the form above ground drench the infested
parts with 15 per cent kerosene emulsion; for the underground
form remove the earth beneath the tree to a depth of 3 inches,
and apply 10 per cent kerosene emulsion liberally, and
replace the earth. In the case of nursery stock the emulsion
may be applied in a shallow furrow close to the row. Do not
set infested trees.
YELLOW-NECKED APPLE CATERPILLARS (Datana ministra). —
Apple branches are often defoliated in late summer by colo-
nies of black- and yellow-striped caterpillars about 2 inches in
length when mature.
Treatment. — Same as for Red-humped Caterpillar, which see.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1049
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Apricot. BARK BEETLE. — See Peach.
BLACK SCALE — See Citrus.
CANKEK-WOKMS. — See Apple.
CLOVER MITE. — See i'ench.
COTTONY CUSHION SCALE. — See Citrus.
EUROPEAN FRUIT LECANIUM. — See Plum.
FROSTED SCALE (Eulecanium pruinosum). — A large soft-bodied
scale, Yi inch in length, hemispherical in shape with a frost-
like covering of wax.
Treatment. — Kerosene or distillate emulsion while the trees
are dormant.
PEACH TREE-BORERS. — See Peach.
PEARTHRIPS. — See Pear.
PLUM-CURCULIO. — See Plum.
Aquilegia. COLUMBINE BORER (Papaipema purpurifascia). — The
full-grown caterpillar measures 1 Y% inches in length, salmon-
pink in color with three narrow stripes visible from above, the
two lateral ones broadly interrupted in the middle. It bores in
the stems near the base.
Treatment — Dig out and destroy caterpillars.
Artichoke. STEM MAGGOT (Straussia longipennis). — A small yel-
lowish maggot boring in the pith of the stems. The adult are
two-winged yellowish flies with banded wings.
Treatment. — Encourage growth; vigorous plants outlive
injury.
Asparagus. COMMON ASPARAGUS-BEETLE (Crioceris asparagi). —
Beetle, less than-J^ inch in length, yellow, red, and shining
black, with conspicuous ornamentation, feeding upon the
tender shoots. Larva feeds upon the leaves and tender bark.
Treatment. — Freshly slaked lime dusted on before the dew
has disappeared in the morning. Poultry. Cut down all
plants in early spring to force the beetles to deposit their eggs
upon the new shoots, which are then cut every few days before
the eggs hatch; or leave a row or so around the field as a lure
for the beetles where they may be killed with arsenicals.
TWELVE-SPOTTED ASPARAGUS-BEETLE (Crioceris 12-punctata). —
Similar to the last, but with twelve spots on the wing-covers.
Treatment. — Similar to that used above, except that the
grubs cannot be destroyed by lime, since they live within the
berry.
ASPARAGUS MINER (Agromyza simplex). — A maggot mining
under the skin near the base of the plant.
Treatment. — Leave a few volunteer plants as a trap in which
the fly will deposit her eggs. Pull and burn these plants in
late June and early July. The flies may be killed before ovi-
positing with sweetened arsenate of lead.
Aspidistra. FLORIDA RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
Aster. BLISTER BEETLES. — Large, black, grayish or striped beetles
that feed on the flowers. The larvae in general feed on grass-
hopper eggs.
Treatment. — Hand-picking.
TARNISHED PLANT-BUG (Lygus pratensis). — An active bronzy
brown sucking bug H inch long, mottled with various shades of
yellowish, that stunts the terminal buds by its feeding punc-
tures and also injures the flower-buds so that they either do
not open or produce imperfect flowers. Injured plants are
dwarfed and stunted.
Treatment. — No satisfactory control measures are known.
Plants grown in shade are less liable to injury.
ROOT-LOUSE (Aphis maidiradicis). — Small bluish green plant-
lice infesting the roots, causing the plants to turn yellow and
sickly.
Treatment. — Mix tobacco dust into the soil around the
plants when transplanting.
WHITE GRUBS. — See Corn.
Aucuba. THE YELLOW SCALE. — See Citrus.
Avocado. LEAF-ROLLER (Amorbia emigratetta). — A yellowish green
caterpillar striped with pinkish brown, about 1 inch long when
mature, rolls the leaves and eats small holes in the fruit, ren-
dering it unfit for sale.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead when the caterpillars appear.
MEALY-BUG (Dactylopius nipx). — A small unarmored scale with
white mealy covering.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion, one part to ten parts water.
Bamboo. COTTONY BAMBOO SCALE (Antonina crawi). — ;Small pur-
plish red scales l/i to \£ inch in length, covered with a dense
cottony coating; often l/i inch in diameter. They collect in
large numbers in the crotches and leaf-axils.
Treatment. — Repeated applications of kerosene emulsion.
PLANT LOUSE (Myzocattis arundicolens). — Small yellowish lice
which collect in large numbers on the under surface of the
leaves.
Treatment. — Contact sprays.
Banana. BANANA WEEVIL (Sphenophorus sordidus). — A small
grub boring in the stems.
FLORIDA RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUG (Ceroputo yuccx). — Soft scales closely resembling
the common mealy-bug (Pseudococcus).
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion.
Bean. BEAN LADY-BIRD (Epilachua corrupta). — A light yellowish
brown lady-bird beetle, with four black spots on each wing-
cover, attacks and devours all parts of the bean plant. The
larva, which is yellow and covered with stout branched spines,
also feeds on the bean.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead or kerosene emulsion.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
BEAN LEAF-BEETLE (Cerotoma trifurcata). — A pale yellow beetle
^i inch in length, with black markings on the wing-covers,
often eats round holes in the leaves. The larvse feed on the
roots and main stems of the plants.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead as soon as the beetles appear.
BEAN-WEEVIL (Brtichus obtectus). — Closely resembles the pea-
weevil, which see for description and remedies. Holding over
the seed will be of no value with this insect.
CORN-EAR WORM. — See Corn.
CUTWORM. — See Corn.
PEA APHIS. — See Pea.
SEED-CORN MAGGOT (Pegomya fusciceps). — A maggot attacking
germinating seeds and roots of young plants.
Treatment. — Avoid stable manure; practise crop-rotation.
In the garden, use sand moistened with kerosene around the
plants to keep the flies from laying the eggs.
Beet. BEET APHIS (Pemphigus betas}. — A root-infesting plant-
louse locally abundant in certain western states.
Treatment. — Rotation of crops.
BEET LEAF-HOPPER (Eutettix teneUa). — A small, pale yellowish
green leaf-hopper punctures the leaves, causing- the disease,
curly top. Present in the western states.
Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known.
BLISTER BEETLES. — See Aster.
CUTWORMS. — See Corn.
FALSE CHINCH BUG (Nysius angustatus var. minutus). — Small
grayish brown bugs, A inch in length. Destructive to sugar
beets grown for seed.
Control. — Contact insecticides; clean cultivation.
GRASSHOPPERS. — See Corn.
LEAF-MINER. — See Spinach.
LARGER BEET LEAF-BEETLE (Monoxia puncticottis). — A dull
brown beetle with striped wing-covers. Both larvse and adults
feed on the sugar beet, often in immense numbers.
Treatment. — Same as for Flea-Beetles. See Potato.
FLEA-BEETLE. — See Potato.
WESTERN BEET BEETLE (Monoxia consputa). — A beetle closely
allied to the larger beet leaf-beetle, feeding on the leaves,
leaving only the veins.
Treatment. — Same as for Flea-Beetles. See Potato.
BEET ARMY WORM (Laphygma exiqua). — A large caterpillar
about 1 1/± inches long when mature, olivaceous to greenish in
color, broadly striped with lighter green; defoliates the plants.
Treatment. — See Army Worm, Corn.
BEET WEB-WORM (Loxostege sticticalis). — Pale yellowish green
caterpillars striped with lighter green, about % inch long,
frequently defoliate the plants in certain regions.
Treatment. — Destroy all weeds. Spray with arsenate of
lead.
Begonia. GREENHOUSE THRIPS. — See Citrus.
GREENHOUSE WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
Berberis. BARBERRY PLANT-LOUSE (Rhopalosiphium berberidis). —
Small, greenish yellow lice attacking the leaves and young
growth.
Treatment. — Tobacco extract or kerosene emulsion.
Betula. BIRCH APHIS (Callipterus betulsecoleus). — A small, yellow-
ish plant-louse occasionally abundant on the under side of
birch foliage (cut-leaf varieties).
Treatment. — "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract three-fourths
of a pint to one hundred gallons of water.
BIRCH _LEAF BUCCULATRIX (Bucculatrix canadensisella). — Small,
whitish larvse skeletonizing the leaves.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead, six pounds in one hundred
gallons water.
BRONZE BIRCH BORER (Agrilus anxius). — Slender, flattened yel-
lowish white grubs, % inch long when full-grown, burrow under
the bark on all parts of the tree. The top branch usually dies
first and is the first indication that the tree is infested.
Treatment. — Cut down and burn all infested trees imme-
diately to prevent spread to other trees.
FROSTED SCALE.— See Apricot. Occurs in California on birch.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
Bignonia. HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUGS.— See Citrus.
Billbergia. PINEAPPLE SCALE. — See Pineapple.
Blackberry. — See Bramble Fruits.
Bramble Fruits. BLACKBERRY LEAF-MINER ^Metellus rubi). — A
greenish white larva with brown markings, }-i inch in length
when full-grown, causing blotch mines in the leaves.
Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known.
CANE-BORER (Oberea bimaculata). — Beetle, black, small, and
slim; making two girdles about an inch apart near the tip
of the cane, in June, and laying an egg just above the lower
girdle; the larva, attaining the length of nearly an inch, bores
down the cane. Also in blackberry.
Remedy. — As soon as the tip of the cane wilts, cut it off
below the lower girdle and burn it.
RASPBERRY BEETLE (Byturus unicolor). — A light brown beetle
one-seventh inch long feeds on the opening leaves and blos-
soms. The small white grub feeds between the berry and
receptacle of red raspberries.
RASPBERRY CANE MAGGOT (Phorbia rubitora). — Small, white
maggot which burrows in the new canes and girdles the shoot.
The eggs are laid by a fly in April or May.
1050 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment. — Pull up or cut off canes several inches below the
girdle and burn them.
RASPBERRY HORNTAIL ( Hartigia abdominalis). — A whitish larva,
about 1 inch in length when mature; when young it burrows
under the bark, girdling the tip. It then tunnels out the pith.
Treatment. — Cut off infested canes when wilting is observed.
RASPBERRY ROOT-BORER (Bembecia marginata). — Larva about
1 inch long, boring in the roots and the lower parts of the cane,
remaining in the root over winter.
Remedy. — Dig out the borers. Destroy wild berry bushes.
RASPBERRY SAW-FLY (Monophadnus rubi). — Larva about %
inch Tong, green, feeding upon the leaves.
Remedies. — Hellebore; arsenicals, after fruiting.
RED-NECKED CANE-BORER (Agrilus ruficollis), — A yellowish
white flattened grub, M inch in length when mature, burrows
in the canes causing swellings or galls characterized by the
splitting of the bark. The parent beetle is y$ inch in length,
black, with thorax or "neck" reddish.
Treatment. — Cut out and burn all infested canes.
RED-SPIDER. — See Peach. Do not use lime-sulfur on raspberry
foliage.
TREE -CRICKET (Ecanthus nigricornis) . — Small and whitish
cricket-like insect, puncturing canes for 2 or 3 inches, and
depositing eggs in the punctures.
Remedy. — Burn all infested canes in winter or very early
spring.
Brassica. — See Cabbage.
Brussels Sprouts. — See Cabbage.
Buxus. OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
Cabbage. CABBAGE APHIS (Aphis brassicx). — These small, mealy
plant-lice are especially troublesome during cool, dry seasons,
when their natural enemies are less active.
Treatment. — Thorough spraying with "Black Leaf 40"
tobacco extract, three-fourths of a pint in one hundred gallons
water, adding four or five pounds of soap.
CABBAGE-LOOPER (Antographa brassicx). — ^A pale green looping
caterpillar, striped with lighter lines, over 1 inch in length
when mature. Especially destructive to late cauliflower.
Treatment. — Very difficult to poison. Some growers dust
the plants with pure paris green, using a blower.
CABBAGE MAGGOT (Pegomya brassicx). — A small white maggot,
the larva of a small fly, eating into the crown and roots of
young cabbage, cauliflower, radish, and turnip plants.
Treatment. — Carbolic acid emulsion diluted with thirty
parts of water, applied the day following the transplanting
of the cabbage plants, and repeated once a week for several
applications. Remove a little earth from about the plants,
and spray on the emulsion forcibly. Better results may be
secured by using tightly fitting cards cut from tarred paper.
In seed-beds, protect the plants by surrounding the bed with
boards 1 foot wide placed on edge, across which a tight cover
of cheese cloth is stretched.
CABBAGE-WORM or CABBAGE-BUTTERFLY (Pontia rapx). — The
green caterpillars hatch from eggs laid by the common white
butterfly. There are several broods every season.
Treatment. — If plants are not heading, spray with kerosene
emulsion or with paris green to which the sticker has been
added. If heading, apply hellebore.
CUTWORMS. — See Corn.
DIAMOND-BACK MOTH (Plutetta maculipennis). — A pale green,
active caterpillar, about Yz inch in length when mature, feeds
on the under sides of the leaves. Pupates in an open-work
silken cocoon on the leaves. Destructive to late cauliflower.
Treatment. — Same as for cabbage looper.
FLEA-BEETLES. — See Potato.
HARLEQUIN CABBAGE-BUG (Murgantia histrionica). — Bug about
Yi inch long, gaudily colored with orange dots and stripes over
a blue-black ground, feeding upon cabbage; two to six broods.
Treatment. — Hand-picking. Place blocks about the patch,
and the bugs will collect under them. In the fall make small
piles of the rubbish in the patch, and burn them at the approach
of winter. Practise clean culture. Destroy all cabbage stalks
and other cruciferous plants in fall. Early in the spring, plant
a trap crop of mustard, radish, rape, or kale. When the over-
wintering bugs congregate on these plants, destroy them with
pure kerosene or by hand.
Cactus. MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
Cactus. Chelinidea mttigera. — A yellowish bug resembling the
common squash stink bug (Anasa tristis), feeding on the joints
of opuntia, causing small circular discolored areas and destruc-
tion of the plants.
Treatment. — Destroy young with gasolene torch. In win-
ter, burn trash in which adults are hibernating.
COTTONY COCHINEAL INSECT (Dactylopius confusus). — A scale
insect covered with large flocculent masses of pure white wax.
ConfroZ.-Usually kept in check by its predaceous enemies.
Melitara junctolinella. — Large indigo-blue (young), or conspicu-
ously banded (last stage) larvae living within the joints of
opuntia, causing tumor-like swellings.
Control. — Burn injured joints with gasolene torch.
Mimorista flamdissimalis. — Yeltowish caterpillars burrowing in
the young joints, thus destroying new growth. Their presence
is indicated by exuding sap.
Treatment. — Powdered arsenate of lead dusted on the young
growth early in the season.
Narnia pallidicorins. — Brownish yellow bugs about % inch in
length injuring the fruit.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Control. — Destroy the gregarious bugs with the gasolene
torch.
Opuntia longicorns (Moneilema sp.). — Shining, black, wingless
beetles M to 1 inch in length. The larvae burrow in the main
stems and older joints of the prickly pear.
Control. — Hand-picking the beetles; burning infested stems;
spraying with arsenate of lead.
Carnation. CARNATION MITE (Pediculopsis graminum). — A minute
mite found in the buds and instrumental in transmitting the
bud-rot disease.
Treatment. — Gather and burn all infested buds.
GREEN PLANT-LOUSE (Myzus persicse). — Small greenish plant-
lice infesting the terminal branches.
Treatment. — Fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas or
tobacco.
Carrot. CARROT BEETLE (Ligyrus gibbosus). — A reddish brown
beetle Yi inch or more long, which attacks the young plants.
The larva lives in the ground, where it feeds on humus.
Preventive. — Crop-rotation and other remedies for white
grub. See under Corn.
CARROT RUST FLY. — See Celery.
PARSNIP LEAF-MINER. — See Parsnip.
PARSNIP PLANT-LOUSE. — See Parsnip.
PARSNIP WEB- WORM. — See Parsnip.
Carya. — See Hickory.
Castanea. — See Chestnut.
Catalpa. CATALPA-MIDGE (Cecidonyia catalpse). — Small yellowish-
maggots, scarcely J-^ inch in length when mature, attacking
the seeds, terminal buds, ends of branches and leaves, deform-
ing them.
Treatment. — Plow in early fall or late spring to destroy
pupae in nurseries.
CATALPA SPHINX (Sphinx catalpse). — A sulfur-yellow caterpillar
with black head and a broad black stripe down the back,
about 2}/2 inches in length when mature, defoliates the trees.
Several broods a season.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead when the caterpillars are small.
Hand-picking later.
Cauliflower. — See Cabbage.
Ceanothus. CITRUS MEALY-BUG. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUG. — See Banana.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE.— See Apple.
Celery. CARROT RUST-FLY (Psila rosse). — Minute whitish yellow
maggots infesting the roots and stunting the plants.
Preventive.— Late sowing and rotation of crops. Celery or
carrots should not follow each other.
CELERY CATERPILLAR (Papilio polyxenes). — A large green cater-
pillar, ringed with black and spotted with yellow, which feeds
on the leaves.
Treatment. — Hand-picking as soon as observed.
CELERY LEAF-TYER (Phlyctsenia ferrugalis). — A greenish cater-
pillar, feeding on the under side of the leaves.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenicals while the larvae are still
young.
CELERY LOOPER (Antographa falcigera). — A greenish looping
caterpillar with white stripes, about \Yz inches long when
mature; feeds on the tender leaves.
Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known.
LITTLE NEGRO BUG (Corimelaena pulcaria). — Glossy black bugs,
YB inch in length, that collect in clusters in the axils of the
leaflets and cause the plants to wilt.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extract.
PARSNIP PLANT-LOUSE. — See Parsnip.
Chard.— See Beet.
Cherry. APHIS (Myzus cerasi). — Blackish plant-lice infesting the
leaves and tips of new growth.
Treatment.— Spray as soon as the first lice appear with
whale-oil soap or tobacco extract.
CANKER WORM. — See Apple.
CHERRY FRUIT FLIES (Rhagoletis cingulata and R. fausta). —
Small maggots infesting ripening fruit. Adults are flies with
banded wings and insert their eggs under the skin of the fruit.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenate of lead, five pounds in
one hundred gallons sweetened with three gallons molasses to
kill flies before egg-laying. Should be done when flies first
appear, — last of June in New York.
CHERRY SCALE (Aspidiotus forbesi). — Resembles the San JosS
scale.
Treatment. — Same as for San Jose Scale. See Apple.
PLUM-CURCULIO. — See Plum.
ROSE-CHAFER. — See Grape.
SLUG (Eriocampoides limacina). — Larva, Yz inch long, blackish
and slimy, feeding upon the leaves; two broods.
Treatment. — Arsenicals, hellebore, tobacco extract.
CHERRY THEE TORTRIX (Archips cerasivorana). — Tips of branches
are frequently webbed into nests by colonies of lemon-yellow
caterpillars.
Treatment. — Wipe out nests and destroy the caterpillars.
PEACH TREE BORER. — See Peach.
FRUIT THEE BARK BEETLE.— See Peach.
Chestnut. CHESTNUT WEEVILS (Balaninus proboscideus and B.
rectus). — Brownish beetles with extremely long, slender
snouts with which they bore holes into the nuts for deposi-
tion of eggs. The grubs feed on the kernel, producing wormy
nuts.
Treatment. — No satisfactory control measures known.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
TWO-LINED CHESTNUT BORER (Agrilus bilineatus).— Slender,
flattened grubs, M inch long when mature, burrowing under
the bark and girdling the trees.
Treatment. — Cut and burn infested trees to prevent spread.
EUROPEAN FRUIT LECANIUM. — See Plum.
Chrysanthemum. GREEN APHIS (Aphis rufomaculata). — Small,
green lice attacking the terminal shoots.
Treatment. — Fumigation.
BLACK APHIS (Macrosiphum sanborni). — Small, black lice attack-
ing the terminal shoots.
Treatment. — Fumigation.
TARNISHED PLANT-BUG. — See Aster.
CHRYSANTHEMUM LEAF-MINER (Oscinis sp.). — Works in the
leaves.
Treatment. — Hand-picking.
Cineraria. LEAF-TYER. — See Celery.
Citrus. BARNACLE SCALE (Ceroplastes cirripediformis). — A large,
dark brown scale covered with a waxy secretion % inch in
length. Surface of scale sculptured like a miniature barnacle.
Control. — Resin wash or kerosene emulsion before the waxy
covering is secreted.
BLACK CITRUS LOUSE (Toxoptera aurantiee). — Small, dull black
lice, curling the leaves and killing the new growth.
Control. — Contact sprays before the leaves curl.
BLACK SCALE (Saissetia olese). — A black, oval scale % inch in
diameter with an "H"-shaped mark on the back of the female.
The young are light yellow to brown, unmarked. The scales
secrete honey dew in which a fungus grows smutting the fruit.
Treatment. — Fumigation. On citrus, use a half to three-
fourths of regular dosage between September and January.
On deciduous fruits and olive, water distillate, caustic soda
mechanical mixtures or distillate emulsion may be used to
kill scales less than one-half grown.
CITRUS RED -SPIDER (Tetranychus mytilaspidis). — Bright red,
minute mite, frequently abundant on fruit and foliage.
Treatment. — Dusting with sulphur or commercial lime-sul-
fur solution diluted 1-35 or 50 of water.
CITRUS THRIPS (Euthrips citri). — Slender, minute, orange-yellow
insects, less than one-thirtieth inch in length, scarring the fruit
and injuring the foliage.
Treatment. — Lime-sulfur solution one part in eighty parts
water (likely to cause slight injury to foliage) or "Black Leaf
40" tobacco extract, one part in 1,800 parts water. Make four
applications: (1) As the last of petals are falling; (2) ten to
fifteen days later; (3) three to four weeks after the second; (4)
during the months of August or September (for California). In
greenhouses, fumigate with hydrocyanic acid gas.
COTTONY CUSHION SCALE (Icerya purchasi). — Red or yellowish
scale insects with large, white, fluted, cottony masses which
cover the eggs from % to Y% inch in length.
Control. — Natural enemies, principally by the common
Vedalia.
FLORIDA RED SCALE (Chrysomphalus aonidum). — Circular flat,
brown scales, iV to j^ inch in diameter.
Treatment. — Fumigation with full dosage schedule.
FLORIDA WAX SCALE (Ceroplastes /Zortdensis).— Oval convex,
white or pinkish, waxy scales with the upper surface evenly
lobed, 1-12 to % inch in diameter.
Control. — Resin wash or kerosene emulsion applied to the
young scales before the waxy covering is formed.
FULLER'S ROSE BEETLE. — See Strawberry.
GLOVER'S SCALE (Lepidosaphes gloverii). — Closely resembles the
purple scale, but is longer and narrower.
Control.— Same as for Purple Scale, which see.
GREENHOUSE THRIPS (Heliothrips hxmorrhoidalis). — A slender,
minute, yellowish brown insect destroying the blossoms and
russeting the fruit.
Treatment. — Same as for Citrus Thrips, which see.
HEMISPHERICAL SCALE (Saissetia hemisphserica). — A smooth,
oval, convex soft scale without markings. Common in green-
houses.
Treatment. — Same as for Black Scale, which see.
MEALY-BUG (Pseudococcus citri'). — Small, soft-bodied scale
insects, Yi to % inch long, covered with a white waxy secretion.
Control. — A thorough application of carbolic acid emulsion;
spray under heavy pressure.
MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
MEDITERRANEAN FRUIT FLY (Ceratilis capitata). — Small white
maggots burrowing in a great variety of soft, juicy fruits.
The parent fly is about the size of the house fly, yellowish
marked with black, and with faintly banded wings. Widely
distributed in the tropical and subtropical regions of the world
and a most serious horticultural pest wherever it occurs.
Rigid quarantine regulations have prevented its introduction
into the United States.
7Vea<men<.-^Sweetened arsenate of lead to kill the flies
before oviposition.
ORANGE CHIONASPIS (Chionaspis citri). — Elongate, blackish
brown scale with a gray margin and dark yellow exuviae.
Treatment. — Fumigation; kerosene emulsion, one part in
five parts of water; three applications at three-week intervals.
ORANGE MAGGOT (Trypeta ludens). — Dirty white maggots,
about Yz inch in length when mature, burrowing in the pulp.
From four to twenty maggots may occur in a single orange.
The adult two-winged fly is straw-yellow in color with brown-
ish markings and bands on the wings. A serious pest to oranges
in Mexico.
Control. — Pick up and destroy all infested fruit.
67
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1051
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
ORANGE TORTRIX (Tortrix citrana).— Greenish white to dark,
irregularly striped caterpillars, Yi inch long when mature
that burrow into the rind and induce decay.
Control. — Destroy all infested fruit.
PURPLE SCALE (Lepidosaphea beckii). — Reddish brown to rich
purple oyster-shell-shaped scales ^ to Y* inch in length.
Control. — Fumigate with full dosage schedule.
KED SCALE (Chrysomphalus aurantii). — Circular, flat, reddish
scales, ft to % inch in diameter.
Control— Fumigation with full dosage schedule. On decidu-
ous trees lime-sulfur solution, one part in nine parts of water-
or distillate emulsion.
SILVER MITE (Eriophyes oleivorus). — A minute, elongate four-
legged yellow mite causing russeting of the orange and silver-
ing of the lemon.
Control.— Same as for Citrus Red Spider, which see.
SOFT BROWN SCALE (Coccus hesperidum). — Oval, yellowish brown
pat, soft scale, sometimes with darker markings, V. inch in
length.
Control. — Same as for Black Scale, which see.
WHITE-FLY (Aleyrodes citri and A. nubifera). — The immature
stages are found on the under side of the leaves and are scale-
like in form. The adults are minute white-winged flies.
Treatment. — Fumigation. Fungous parasites.
YELLOW SCALE (Chrysomphalus citrinus). — Similar to the red
scale but yellowish in color.
Control. — Same as for Red Scale, which see.
Clematis. RED SPIDER. — See Peach.
SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See Citrus.
Coconut. COCONUT SCALE (Aspidiotus destructor).— Whitish to
creamy transparent scales often abundant on under side of
leaves and fruit.
Treatment. — When occurring on young trees spray with
whale-oil soap; on older trees it is advisable to remove and burn
badly infested leaves.
COCONUT BEETLE (Strategus anachoreta). — Large black beetles
attacking young trees near the "collar." One beetle will
destroy a tree if not removed in tune.
Treatment. — Dig out and destroy.
COCONUT WHITE-FLY (Aleyrodes cocois). — Similar to the citrus
white fly.
Control. — Contact insecticides. Destroy wild food plants.
FLORIDA RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
PALM WEEVIL (Rhynchophorus palmarum). — Shining black
snout beetles, the larvae of which live in young palm trees
reducing the interior tissues to a mass of pulp.
Treatment. — Dress all wounds with tar or similar prepara-
tions. Avoid all unnecessary pruning. Destroy all felled trees
and stumps not used as traps. The beetles may be attracted by
the use of injured palm cabbages and trapped under rubbish.
RHINOCEROS BEETLE (Oryctes rhinoceros). — A large beetle about
\Yz inches long, attacking and burrowing through the crown
and stem.
Treatment. — Destroy all breeding-places, such as old coconut
trees, stump, and cocao pods.
Cocos. — See Coconut.
Codiaeum. GREENHOUSE THRIPS. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
PURPLE SCALE. — See Citrus.
Coffee. BLACK CITRUS LousE.-^-See Citrus.
COFFEE LEAF-MINER (Cemiostoma coffeella). — A small cater-
gillar about Y» inch long, mines in the leaves producing small
rownish areas. Badly infested leaves drop.
Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known.
HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUG. — See Citrus.
Coleus. MEALY-BUG. — See Citrus.
Orthezia insignis. — Ocherous to dark green scale insect covered
with a white waxy secretion extending posteriorly into a broad
plate.
Treatment. — Contact insecticides.
WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
Corn. ARMY-WORM (Leucania unipuncta). — A cut-worm-like
caterpillar, which normally feeds on grass. When this food-
supply is exhausted, they migrate in numbers to other fields
and attack corn, wheat, and similar crops.
Preventive. — To stop the advance of the "army," plow deep
furrows so the dirt is thrown toward the colony; in the bot-
tom of the furrows dig post-holes into which the caterpillars
will fall and where they may be killed with kerosene.
CHINCH-BUG (Blissus leucopterus). — A red or white and black
sucking bug, three-twentieths of an inch long. Attacks wheat
and corn in great numbers.
Preventives. — Clean farming to destroy suitable hibernating
shelter. Stop the migration of the bugs from the wheat-fields
into corn by maintaining along the field a dust strip 10 feet
wide in which a furrow and post-hole barrier has been con-
structed. This may be supplemented by a coal-tar barrier.
ANGOUMOIS GRAIN MOTH (Sitotroga cerealella). — A small cater-
pillar living in the grains. The adult is a small grayish brown
moth. Most destructive in storage.
Treatment. — Fumigate with carbon bisulfid, five pounds to
1,000 cubic feet. Make bins perfectly tight and sprinkle over
grain, covering with gas-proof tarpaulin. Fumigate at least
twenty-four hours. This should be done when temperature is
not below 65° F. In steam-heated mills, the most practicable
method of destroying grain-infesting insects is by holding
temperature from 118° to 122° for several hours.
1052 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
CORN EAR- WORM (Heliothis armiger). — A green or brownish
striped caterpillar feeding on the corn beneath the husk.
Three to six generations yearly.
Preventives. — Plant as early as possible, and still avoid a
"set-back" to the crop.
CORN-ROOT APHIS (Aphis maidiradicis). — A bluish green aphis
infesting the roots.
Preventives. — A short rotation period in corn, especially in
dry years. Deep and thorough and repeated stirring of old
corn ground in fall and spring as a preparation for corn-plant-
ing. Maintenance and increase of the fertility of the soil.
CUTWORMS (Agrotis, Hadena, etc.). — Soft-bodied caterpillars
eating and cutting off the young plants.
Preventives. — Early fall plowing of grass lands intended for
corn; pasturing by pigs of grass or clover land intended for
corn; distributing a line of poisoned bran by means of a seed-
drill. To prevent the caterpillars entering from a neighboring
grass field, destroy them with a line of poisoned vegetable
bait.
GRASSHOPPERS (Acrididx). — Poison them with the following
mixture: Bran, twenty pounds; paris green, one pound;
syrup, two quarts; oranges or lemons, three fruits; water,
three and one-half gallons. Mix the bran and paris green thor-
oughly in a wash-tub while dry. Squeeze the juice of oranges
or lemons into the water and add pulp and peel cut into small
pieces. Dissolve the syrup in the water and moisten the bran
mixture with it, mixing thoroughly. Sow broadcast in infested
areas early in the morning.
NORTHERN CORN ROOT-WORM (Diabrotica longicornis). — A
whitish grub % inch long, which burrows in the roots.
Preventive.— -Crop-rotation ; corn should not follow corn.
SOD WEB- WORMS (Crambus sp.). — Gray or brownish caterpillars
about J^ inch long, living in silk-lined burrows in the soil at
base of plant. They thrive in grass land.
Preventive. — Early fall plowing of grass land intended for
corn, or else plow as late as possible the next spring.
WHITE GRUBS (Lachnosterna sp.). — The large white curved
larvae of the common June beetle.
Preventives. — Rotation of crops; do not let corn follow sod,
but let a crop of clover or clover and oats intervene. To help
clear sod land of grubs, pasture to hogs any time between
April and October. To prevent laying of eggs in corn-field,
keep the ground free from weeds during May and June.
Thorough cultivation and heavy fertilization.
WIRE-WORMS (Elateridx). — Hard, yellowish, or reddish, cylin-
drical larvae feeding on the roots.
Preventives. — Crop-rotation; let clover intervene between
sod and corn, planting the corn late the second or third year.
. Early fall plowing.
Cornus. OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
SAN JOSE SCALE. — See Apple.
Corylus. HAZELNUT WEEVIL (Balaninus obtusus). — Small whitish
grubs living in the kernels. The adult is a yellowish brown
beetle with a long, slender snout.
Control. — No efficient treatment known.
Cosmos. ROOT APHIS (Aphis middletoni). — Small bluish lice on
the roots.
Treatment. — Tobacco dust mixed in the soil.
Cotoneaster. PEAR LEAF-BLISTER MITE. — See Pear.
Cranberry. CRANBERRY FULGORID (Phylloscelis atra). — Small,
broad-bodied, black jumping insect punctures the vines, caus-
ing the leaves to turn brown and the fruit to shrivel.
Treatment. — "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint to
one hundred gallons of water, adding four to five pounds soap
to kill young nymphs.
CRANBERRY-GIRDLER (Crambus hortuellus). — Small caterpillars,
feeding on the stems just beneath the surface of the sand.
Preventive. — Reflow just after picking, for a week or ten
days, or reflow for a day or two about June 10.
FALSE ARMY-WORM (Calocampa nupera). — Green to blackish
caterpillars devouring the leaves and buds.
Treatment. — Reflow for from twenty-four to thirty-six
hours soon after the middle of May. It may be necessary
to reflow a second time. Destroy all caterpillars washed ashore
while the water is on. In dry bogs, spray early in May with
arsenate of lead.
FIRE-WORM, CRANBERRY WORM, or BLACK-HEADED CRANBERRY
WORM (Eudemis vacciniana). — Small larva, green, black-
headed, feeding upon the shoots and young leaves, drawing
them together by silken threads; two broods.
Treatment. — Flooding for two or three days when the worms
come down to pupate. Arsenicals.
FRUIT-WORM (Mineola vaccinii). — Small caterpillar working in
the fruits, eating out the insides.
Preventives. — For bogs with abundant water, reflow for ten
days immediately after picking. Let the foliage ripen, and then
turn on water for winter. Draw off water early in April, and
every third or fourth year hold it on until the middle of May.
For dry bogs spray three times with arsenate of lead during
July. Bury all screenings.
YELLOW-HEADED CRANBERRY-WORM (Acleris minuta). — Stout,
yellowish green, small caterpillar, with a yellow head, webbing
up the leaves as it works.
Treatment. — Hold the water late on the bog in spring to
prevent egg-laying. Arsenicals from the middle of May till
July 1.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Crataegus. PLANT-LICE. — See Apple.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
RED-HUMPED CATERPILLAR. — See Apple.
SAN JOSE SCALE. — See Apple.
SCURFY SCALE. — See Apple.
WOOLLY APHIS. — See Apple.
Cucumber. FLEA-BEETLES. — See Potato.
MELON- WORM. — See Muskmelon.
PICKLE- WORM (Diaphania nitidalis). — Larva, about an inch long,
yellowish white, tinged with green, boring into cucumbers;
two broods.
Preventives. — Clean farming, fall plowing, and rotation of
crops.
Remedies. — Kill the caterpillars before they enter the fruit
by spraying with arsenate of lead about the time the buds
begin to form, and repeat in two weeks.
RED-SPIDER. — See Peach.
SPOTTED CUCUMBER BEETLE (Diabrotica 12-punctata). — Beetle,
yellowish and black spotted, about J4 inch long, feeding upon
the leaves and fruit. Sometimes attacks fruit trees, and the
larva may injure roots of corn.
Treatment. — Same as for Striped Cucumber Beetle, which see.
STEM-BORER. — See Squash.
STRIPED CUCUMBER BEETLE (Diabrotica vittata). — Beetle, %.
inch long, yellow with black stripes, feeding on leaves. Larva
y% inch long and size of a pin, feeding on roots; two broods.
Preventive. — Cheap boxes covered with thin muslin or screens
of mosquito netting, placed over young plants.
Remedies. — Arsenicals in flour; arsenate of lead; ashes,
lime, plaster, or fine road dust sprinkled on the plants every
two or three days when they are wet; air-slaked lime; plaster
and kerosene ; tobacco powder, applied liberally. Apply remedies
when dew is on, and see that it strikes the under side of the
leaves.
WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
Cucurbita. — See Squash.
Currant. BORER (Sesia tipuliformis). — A whitish larva, boring in
the canes of currants, and sometimes of gooseberries. The
larva remains in the cane over winter.
Treatment. — In fall and early spring cut and burn all affected
canes. These canes may be distinguished by a lack of vigor
and by limberness.
CURRANT APHIS (Myzus ribis). — Small yellowish green lice
attacking the under side of the leaves, distorting the leaves
and causing them to turn red.
Treatment. — Contact insecticides when leaves first appear.
CURRANT MEASURING- or SPAN-WORM (Cymatophora ribearia). —
Larva somewhat over an inch long, with stripes and dotted
with yellow or black, feeding upon the leaves.
Treatment. — Hellebore, applied stronger than for currant-
worm. Arsenicals; hand-picking.
CURRANT-WORM, or CURRANT and GOOSEBERRY SAW-FLY
(Pteronus ribesii). — Larva, about % inch long, yellowish
green, feeding on leaves of red and white varieties; two to
four broods.
Treatment. — Hellebore, applied early; arsenicals for the
early brood. Treatment should begin while the larvae are on
the lowermost leaves of the bushes. Before the leaves are fully
grown, the holes made by the worms may be seen. The second
brood is best destroyed by killing the first brood.
FOUR-STRIPED PLANT-BUG (Pcecilocapsus lineatus). — A bright
yellow, black-striped bug about J^ inch long, puncturing the
young leaves and shoots of many plants.
Treatment. — Jarring into a dish of kerosene. Kerosene emul-
sion when the nymphs are young. Cut off the tips of the shoots
in early spring to destroy the eggs.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
SAN JOSE SCALE. — See Apple.
Cycas. HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUG. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Htdera.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See Citrus.
WHITE PEACH SCALE. — See Peach.
Dahlia. GREENHOUSE THRIPS. — See Citrus.
TARNISHED PLANT-BUG. — See Aster.
Date. DATE PALM SCALE (Parlitoria blanchardii). — Small elongate
gray or black scales with white edges. Male scales are white.
Treatment. — Crop close, burn over trunks, after saturating
with gasolene and use blast torch.
MARLATT SCALE (Phcenicococcus marlatti). — A soft-bodied, oval,
wine-red insect, one twenty-fifth inch in length, partially
covered with white wax, found in large colonies at base of
leaves.
Treatment. — Carbolic acid emulsion poured in large quan-
tities at base of leaves.
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
RHINOCEROS BEETLE. — See Coconut.
Dewberry. — See Bramble Fruits.
Diospyros. WHITE FLY. — See Citrus.
WHITE PEACH SCALE. — See Peach.
Dracaena. LONG-TAILED MEALY-BUG (Pseudococcus longispinus).
— Similar to the common mealy-bug, but has two long white
anal appendages.
Treatment. — Same as for mealy-bug.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1053
CATALOGUE op INSECTS, continued.
Echinocactus. — See Cactus.
Echinocereus. — See Cactus.
Echinopsis. — See Cactus.
Eggplant. — See article on Eggplant.
Elm. — See Ulmus.
Eucalyptus. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER SCALE.— See Hedera.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
Eupatorium. BARNACLE SCALE. — See Citrus.
Evonymous. EVONYMOUS SCALE (Chionaspis evonymi). — Dark
brown, convex scales, about one-twelfth inch in diameter with
yellow exuviae. Male scales pure white parallel sides and
strongly tricarinated.
Treatment. — Spray with kerosene emulsion every two weeks
during the hatching periods until the scale has disappeared.
RED SCALE. — See Citrus.
Ferns. FLORIDA WAX SCALE. — See Citrus.
GREENHOUSE THRIPS. — See Citrus.
HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
SOUTHERN FERN-CUTWORM (Cattopistria floridensis). — Velvety
black or apple-green caterpillars, 1% inches in length when
mature, feeding on the fronds.
Treatment. — Try poisoned baits.
Ficus. COTTONY CUSHION SCALE; GREENHOUSE THRIPS; MEALY-
BUG; PURPLE SCALE; RED SCALE; SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See
Citrus.
Fuchsia. GREENHOUSE THRIPS. — See Citrus.
MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
RED-SPIDER. — See Peach.
WHITE FLY. — See Tomato.
Gardenia. CITRUS WHITE FLY. — See Citrus.
JAPANESE WAX SCALE (Ceroplastes ceriferus). — White to creamy
waxy masses, M to % inch in diameter.
Control. — Youni scales may be killed with kerosene emulsion
before the waxy covering is formed.
ORTHEZIA. — See Coleus.
Genista. GENISTA CATERPILLAR (Mecyna reversalis). — Pale yellow-
ish brown caterpillars marked with numerous black spots and
setae, feeding on the foliage.
Treatment. — Arsenicals.
Geranium. MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
RED-SPIDER. — See Peach.
WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
Gooseberry. CURRANT- BORER; CURRANT MEASURING- or SPAN-
WORM; FOUR-STRIPED PLANT-BUG; GOOSEBERRY- or CURRANT-
WORM. — See Currant.
GOOSEBERRY FRUIT- WORM (Dakruma convolutella). — Larva about
% inch long, greenish or yellowish, feeding in the berry, caus-
ing it to ripen prematurely.
Treatment. — Destroy affected berries. Clean cultivation.
Poultry.
Grape. GRAPE-CURCULIO (Craponius insequalis). — Larva small,
white, with a brownish head. Infests the grape in June and
July, causing a little black hole in the skin and a discoloration
of the berry immediately around it. The adult is a grayish
brown snout-beetle, about one-tenth inch long.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenate of lead while the beetles
are feeding on the leaves. The beetles may be jarred down on
sheets, as with the plum-curculio. Bag the clusters.
GRAPE ROOT-WORM (Fidia viticida). — The small white grubs
feed upon the roots, often killing the vines in a few years.
The adults are small grayish brown beetles that eat peculiar
chain-like holes in the leaves during July and August.
Trea<meft<.-^Cultivate thoroughly in June, especially close
around the vines to kill the pupae in the soil. At the first
appearance of the beetles, spray the plants with arsenate of
lead at the rate of eight or ten pounds in one hundred gallons
of water, to which should be added one gallon of molasses.
GRAPE-SLUG or SAW-FLY (Selandria vitis). — Larva, about J^
inch long, yellowish green with black points, feeding upon the
leaves; two broods.
Remedies. — Arsenicals; hellebore.
GRAPEBERRY-WOHM (Polychrosis viteana). — Larva, about Ji
inch long, feeding on the berry, often securing three or four
together by a web; two broods.
Remedy. — Spray with arsenate of lead before blossoms open.
Repeat after blooming and again in early July. Destroy
wormy berries in August.
GRASSHOPPERS. — See Corn.
GRAPE-\"INE FLEA-BEETLE (Graptodera chalybea). — Beetle, of a
blue metallic color, about l/i inch long, feeding upon the buds
and tender shoots in early spring.
Treatment. — Arsenicals to kill the grubs on leaves during
May and June. The beetle can be caught by jarring on bright
days.
GRAPE-VINE ROOT- BORER (Memythrus polistiformis). — Larva
1 1A. inches or less long, working in the roots.
Preventive. — Thorough cultivation during June and July.
Treatment. — Dig out the borers.
GRAPE-VINE SPHINX (Ampelophaga myron). — A large larva, 2
inches long when mature, green with yellow spots and stripes,
bearing a horn at the posterior extremity, feeding upon the
leaves, and nipping off the young clusters of grapes; two broods.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment — Hand-picking. Arsenicals early in the season.
Ihere are other large sphinx caterpillars which feed upon the
foliage of the vine and which are readily kept in check by hand-
picking and spraying.
LEAF-HOPPER (Typhlocyba comes).— These small yellowish leaf-
hoppers, erroneously called "thrips," suck the sap from the
under side of the leaves, causing them to turn brown and dry
Treatment. — Spray the under side of the leaves very thor-
oughly with one gallon "Black Leaf 40" in 1,000 gallons of
water about July 1, to kill the young leaf-hoppers. When
using tobacco extract, add about two pounds soap to each
nfty gallons to make it spread and stick better. Repeat the
application m a week or ten days. In houses, tobacco smoke,
pyrethrum poured upon coals held under the vines, syringing
with tobacco-water or soapsuds.
PHYLLOXERA (Phylloxera rastatrix). — A minute insect preying
upon the roots, and in one form causing galls upon the leaves.
Preventive. — As a rule, this insect is not destructive to
American species of vines. Grafting upon resistant stocks is
the most reliable method of dealing with the insect yet known.
This precaution is taken to a large extent in European coun-
tries and in California, as the European vine is particularly
subject to attack.
Remedies. — There ia no reliable and widely practicable
remedy known.
ROSE-CHAFER (Macrodactylus subspinosus). — The ungainly,
long-legged grayish beetles occur in sandy regions, and often
swarm into vineyards and destroy the blossoms and foliage.
Treatment. — At the first appearance of the beetles, spray
with arsenate of lead at the rate of eight or ten pounds in one
hundred gallons of water, to which should be added one
gallon of molasses.
TREE CRICKET. — See Bramble Fruits.
Grapefruit. — See Citrus.
Guava. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
GUAVA MEALY-BUG (Pseudococcus nipae). — Closely resembles the
ordinary mealy-bug.
Treatment.— -Csubolic acid emulsion.
HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
MEDITERRANEAN FRUIT FLY. — See Citrus.
Hedera. BLACK SCALE; FLORIDA RED SCALE; HEMISPHERICAL
SCALE; MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER APHIS (Aphis nerii). — Deep yellowish plant-lice,
marked with black, cluster on the young shoots and buds.
Treatment. — Contact insecticides.
OLEANDER SCALE (Aspidiotus hederse). — Flat, circular, gray
scales, % inch in diameter.
Treatment. — Same as for San Jose Scale (apple), which see.
SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See Citrus.
Helianthus. STEM MAGGOT. — See Artichoke.
Heliotropium. RED-SPIDER. — See Peach.
Hibiscus. MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
Hickory. GALL APHIS (Phylloxera sp.). — Yellowish green plant-
lice causing hollow galls on the leaves, petioles and small
twigs.
Treatment. — Spray with contact insecticides just as the buds
are opening.
HICKORY BARK BEETLE (Eccoplogaster guadrispinosa). — Small
brown beetle burrowing into twigs, buds and green nuts in
June and July. Early in August the females penetrate the
bark of living trees forming longitudinal burrows along the
sides of which eggs are deposited. The grubs burrow trans-
versely in the sap-wood, soon killing the trees.
Treatment. — -Cut and burn all infested trees before May of
each year.
NUT WEEVIL. — See Pecan.
Twio-GiRDLER. — See Apple.
Hollyhock. HOLLYHOCK BUG (Orthotylus delicatus). — A small green
bug attacking the hollyhock with much damage.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion; tobacco extracts.
MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
Horse-Radish. CABBAGE-WORM. — See Cabbage.
FLEA BEETLES. — See Potato.
HARLEQUIN CABBAGE-BUG. — See Cabbage.
Ipomcea. SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See Citrus.
Iris. WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
Jasminum. CITRUS WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
SOFT BROWN SCALE. — See Citrus.
Juglans. — See Hickory.
Juniper. BAGWORM (Thyridopteryx ephemerae formis). — Small cater-
pillars in curious bag-like shelters defoliating the trees in early
summer.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead, two pounds to one hundred
gallons of water.
JUNIPER SCALE (Diaspis carueli). — Snow-white, circular scales
with yellow central exuviae.
Treatment. — Nothing known.
JUNIPER WEB-WORM (Phalonia rutilana). — Small flesh-colored
caterpillar that webs the leaves together.
Treatment. — Arsenicals.
Kale.— See Cabbage.
Kohlrabi. — See Cabbage.
Kumquat. — See Cilru.°.
1054 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUK OF INSECTS, continued.
Lantana. GREENHOUSE WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
OHTHEZIA. — See Coleus.
Larix. CASE-BEARER (Coleophora laricella). — A small reddish
brown caterpillar mining the leaves when young. In Septem-
ber it constructs a case and feeds on the surrounding leaves
for a time, migrates to the branches and there hibernates.
Treatment. — Spray with lime-sulfur before the buds open to
destroy the hibernating caterpillars.
LARCH SAW-FLY (Lygxonematus erichsonii). — Grayish green
larva with black heads feeding on the foliage.
Treatment. — Spray with arsenicals.
Laurus. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
FROSTED SCALE. — See Apricot.
SOFT BROWN SCALE, and THRIPS. — See Citrus.
WHITE PEACH SCALE. — -See Peach.
Lemon. — See Citrus.
Lespedeza. SMOKY CRANE-FLY (Tipula infuscata). — Dirty yellow-
ish maggots, % inch long, feeding on the roots, often in great
abundance.
Treatment. — Short crop-rotation.
Lettuce. APHIS, or GREEN-FLY (Macrosiphum lactucse). — A plant-
louse on forced lettuce.
Preventive. — Tobacco-dust applied on the soil and plants
as soon as the aphis makes its appearance, or even before.
Renew every two or three weeks if necessary. Fumigating
with tobacco is the surest remedy.
CABBAGE-LOOPER (Autographa brassise). — Larva somewhat over
an inch long, pale green, with stripes of a lighter color, feeding
on leaves of many plants, as cabbage, celery, and endive.
Remedies. — Pyrethrum diluted with not more than three
times its bulk with flour; kerosene emulsion; hot water.
GREENHOUSE WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
ROOT-LOUSE (Rhizobius lactucse). — Small dull-whitish lice, about
one-tenth inch in length, feeding on the roots.
Treatment. — Crop-rotation and tobacco dust placed in the
soil about the plants.
Liriodendron. TULIP TREE SCALE (Toumeyella liriodendri). —
Large, nearly hemispherical scales clustered in masses on the
under side of branches.
Treatment. — Scrape badly infested branches. Spray with
kerosene emulsion or soap solution.
Lupine. LUPINE APHID (Macrosiphum albifrons). — Large, green
lice covered with fine white powder, infesting the plants.
Treatment.— -Contact insecticides.
Lycopersicum. — See Tomato.
Magnolia. BLACK SCALE; CITRUS WHITE FLY; GLOVERS' SCALE.
— See Citrus.
MAGNOLIA SCALE (Neolecanium cornupanum). — Large, convex
scales, pinkish in color, and covered with fine powdered wax.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extract to kill
the young scales.
Maclura. Treated under Toxylon.
Mangifera. CITRUS MEALY-BUG . — See Citrus.
FRUIT FLY (Anastrepha acidusa). — Small yellowish maggots
infesting the ripening fruit.
Treatment. — Try sweetened arsenate of lead to kill the flies.
GREENHOUSE WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
MANGO WEEVIL (Cryptorhynchus mangiferse) . — Brown weevils
about y± inch long, the grubs living within the seeds.
Treatment. — Gather and destroy all fallen fruit.
Mimulus. Ceroputo yuccas. — Closely resembles the common mealy-
bug.
Treatment. — As for mealy-bugs.
Monstera. SCALE ( Hemichionaspis aspidistra). — Brownish, oyster-
shell-shaped scales, attacking the foliage.
Treatment. — Wash the leaves with soapsuds and tobacco
extract.
Mushroom. MAGGOTS (Sciara sp.). — Small whitish or yellowish
white maggots with black heads.
Treatment. — Exclude flies from house or cellar with fine
screens. Sterilize manure by heating to 150° F. Fumigate
with tobacco.
MUSHROOM MITE (Tyroglyphus lintneri). — A minute mite pre-
venting growth of spawn by eating the mycelium.
Control. — In infested houses remove all compost and disin-
fect by drenching cellar with boiling water. Use sterilized
manure.
SPRINGTAILS (Achoreutes sp.). — Small black or brown jumping
insects which sometimes swarm in on the beds.
Treatment. — Fumigate with potassium cyanide, three to six
ounces to each 1,000 cubic foot of air-space. Sterilize all ma-
nure with heat before using.
SOWBUGS (Armadillidium sp. and Porcettio sp.). — Oval, grayish
or slate-colored creatures bearing seven pairs of legs; frequently
injure mushrooms. These are commonly known as sowbugs
and pillbugs.
Treatment. — Mix one quart of cornmeal with sufficient
brown sugar to sweeten, then add two tablespoonfuls of paris
green. Moisten with water and scatter in places frequented
by these sowbugs.
Muskmelon. MELON APHIS (Aphis gossypii). — Small, dark green,
sluggish lice found abundantly on melon vines, causing curl-
ing of the leaves and death of the plant.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment. — Fumigate with tobacco preparations under
cloth-covered frames placed over the plants. Cloth should be
treated with linseed oil before using, to make gas-proof. In
large fields, spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract,
three-fourths pint to one hundred gallons of water, adding
four pounds of soap.
MELON CATERPILLAR (Diaphania hyalinata). — Pale, greenish
yellow caterpillar about ^ inch in length when mature, feed-
ing on the foliage early in the season; later boring in the fruits.
Treatment. — Use arsenicals early in the season.
PICKLE- WORM. — See Cucumber.
STEM-BORER. — See Squash.
Narcissus. GREEN APHIS. — Tobacco extract, soap solution or
fumigation.
NARCISSUS BULB FLY (Merodon eguestris). — Grayish maggots,
Yi to % inch in length when mature, feeding in the bulb. The
adult is a large hairy fly.
Control. — Examine bulbs and discard infested ones, burning
them. If bulbs are placed in water for from two to eight
days the maggots will usually leave them.
Nasturtium. APHIS. A dark-colored plant-louse.
Treatment. — Spray the plants with tobacco extract or soap
solution.
Nectarine. — See Peach.
Nelumbo. PLANT-LICE. — Use tobacco preparations for controlling
these pests.
Nepenthes. MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
Nerium. OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
Oak. BROWN-TAIL MOTH. — See Apple.
GIPSY MOTH. — See Apple.
PIT-MAKING OAK-SCALE (Asterolecanium variolosum). — Circular
greenish yellow scales with a glassy appearance. Especially
destructive to golden oak.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion or soap solution.
TENT CATERPILLARS; TUSSOCK MOTH; TWIG-PRUNER. — See
Apple.
Okra. MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
Olive. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
BLACK CITRUS LOUSE. — See Citrus.
Chrysomphalus rossi. — Circular or oblong, reddish to dark
brown scale with a central black spot.
Treatment. — Same as for Red Scale. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
PINEAPPLE SCALE. — See Pineapple.
PURPLE SCALE; RED SCALE; THRIPS. — See Citrus.
Onion. BLACK ONION FLY (Tritoxa flexa). — Whitish maggots
attacking the bulbs of onions.
Treatment. — Same as for cabbage maggot.
ONION MAGGOT (Phorbia cepetorum). — Small maggot feeding on
the bulb and roots; several generations.
Treatment. — Use lime, tobacco dust or hellebore as repel-
lents to prevent oviposition. Some of the maggots may be
killed by applying carbolic acid emulsion or hellebore decoc-
tion to the soil about the plants.
CUTWORMS. — See Corn.
ONION THRIPS (Thrips tabaci). — Minute, elongate, pale yellow
insects attack the leaves, causing them to wilt.
Treatment. — Tobacco sprays. Spray with paris green one
pound in one hundred gallons water sweetened with twenty
pounds brown sugar when thrips first appear.
Orange. — See Citrus.
Orchids. HEMISPHERICAL SCALE. — See Citrus.
ORCHIDS ISOSOMA (Isosorna orchidearum). — Small, white larvse
infesting the buds causing them to become unduly enlarged.
Treatment. — Cut off and destroy infested buds.
SCALE INSECTS. — Several species.
Treatment. — Wash plants with nicotine solutions and
soapsuds.
Papaver. PLANT-LOUSE (Aphis rumicis). — Shining black plant-
louse that clusters on leaves and stems.
Treatment.— Contact insecticides.
Parsnip. PARSLEY- WORM (Papilio asterias). — Larva, 1J^ inches
long, light yellow or greenish yellow with lines and spots; feeds
upon leaves of parsley, celery, carrot, and related plants.
When the worm is disturbed it ejects from the anterior end
two yellow horns, with an offensive odor.
Remedies. — Hand-picking. Poultry are said to eat them
sometimes. Upon parsnips, arsenicals.
PARSNIP-LOUSE (Hyadaphis pastinacse). — Greenish plant-lice.
Treatment. — Contact insecticides.
PARSNIP WEB-WORM (Depressaria heracliana). — Larva, about
Yi inch long, feeding in the flower-cluster and causing it to
become contorted.
Treatment. — Arsenicals, applied as s6on as the young worms
appear, and before the cluster becomes distorted. Burn the
distorted umbels. Destroy all wild carrots.
PARSNIP LEAF-MINER (Acidia fratria). — Small, whitish maggots
mining the leaves.
Treatment. — Hand-pick infested leaves.
Passiflora. MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
Pea. CUT-WORMS. — See Corn.
PEA-WEEVIL, or PEA-BUG (Bruchus pisi). — A small brown-black
beetle, living in peas over winter. The beetle escapes in fall
and spring, and lays its eggs in young pea-pods, and the grubs
live in the growing peas.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1055
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment. — Hold over infested seed one year before plant-
ing. Late planting in some localities. Fumigation with carbon
bisulfid.
PEA APHIS (Macrosiphum pisi). — A rather large green plant-
louse, often attacking peas in great numbers and causing
enormous losses.
Treatment. — Rotation of crops, early planting. When peas
are grown in rows, the brush-and-cultivator method may be
used. The plant-lice are brushed from the plants with pine
boughs, and a cultivator follows stirring the soil. This opera-
tion should be performed while the sun is hot and the ground
dry. Most of the lice will be killed before they can crawl back
to the plants. Repeat every three to seven days.
Peach. BLACK APHIS (Aphis persicx-niger). — A small black or
brown plant-louse, which attacks the tops and roots of peach
trees. When upon the roots it is a very serious enemy, stunting
the tree and perhaps killing it. Thrives in sandy lands.
Treatment. Kerosene emulsion; tobacco decoction and
extracts.
CLOVER MITE (Bryobia pratensis). — Small reddish mites
attacking the leaves, causing them to turn yellow.
Treatment. — Lime-sulfur while trees are dormant. In sum-
mer, use self-boiled lime-sulfur, as a dust, or sulfur paste.
FLAT-HEADED BOKEK. — See Apple.
FRUIT TREE BLACK BEETLE (Scolytus rugulosus). — A small
beetle similar to the peach tree bark-beetle.
Treatment. — Same as for Peach Tree Bark-Beetle, which see.
KATYDID. — This insect is often troublesome to the peach in the
southern states in the early spring, eating the leaves and
girdling young stems.
Remedy. — Poisoned baits placed about the tree.
GREEN PEACH-LOUSE or APHIS (Myzus persicse). — A small
insect feeding upon the young leaves, causing them to curl and
die.
Treatment. — Lime-sulfur, kerosene emulsion, or tobacco
extract. After the buds open, either of the last two.
PEACH TREE BARK-BEETLE (Phkeotribus liminaris). — A dark
brown beetle one-tenth inch in length burrowing under the
bark.
Treatment. — Burn all brush and worthless trees as soon as
the infestation is observed. Keep the trees in healthy con-
dition by thorough cultivation and the use of fertilizers. Apply
a thick whitewash to the trunk and branches three times a
season: (1) the last week of March, (2) second week in July,
(3) first week in October.
PEACH TREE-BORER (Sanninoidea exitiosa). — A whitish larva,
about ^4 inch long when mature, boring into the crown and
upper roots of the peach, causing gum to exude.
Remedies. — Dig out the borers in June and mound up the
trees. At the same time apply gas-tar or coal-tar to the trunk
from the roots up to a foot or more above the surface of the
ground.
PEACH Twia-MoTH (Anarsia lineatella). — The larva of a moth,
}^ inch long, boring in the ends of the shoots, and later in the
season attacking the fruit. Several broods.
Remedy. — Spray with lime-sulfur just after the buds swell.
Spray trunks and larger branches in late spring to kill first
brood pupse in the curls of bark.
PLUM-CURCULIO (Conotrachelus nenuphar). — This insect may be
successfully controlled on peach by spraying with arsenate of
lead, four pounds to one hundred gallons of self-boiled lime-
sulfur. Spray, first, when the "husks" drop from the fruit;
second, ten days or two weeks later. It is unsafe to spray
peaches more than twice with arsenate of lead.
RED-SPIDEB, or MITE (Tetranychus bimaculatus). — A small mite
infesting many plants, both in the greenhouse and out-of-
doors. It flourishes in dry atmospheres, occurring on the under
sides of the leaves. In some forms it is reddish, but usually
light-colored and two-spotted. Common.
Remedies. — Persistent syringing with water will generally
destroy them, if the spray is applied to the under surface.
Use lots of force and little water to avoid drenching the beds.
Sulfur and water. Dry sulfur. On orchard trees, flour paste.
ROUND-HEADED APPLE TREE BORER. — See Apple.
WHITE PEACH SCALE (Diaspis pentagona). — Circular gray scales
with the exuviae, at one side of the center.
Remedy. — Same as for San Jose Scale. See Apple.
Pear. APPLE TREE-BORER; BUD-MOTH; CODLIN-MOTH; FLAT-
HEADED BORER. — See Apple.
MIDGE (Diplosis pyrivora). — A minute mosquito-like fly; lays
eggs in flower-buds when they begin to show white. These
hatch into minute grubs which distort and discolor the fruit.
New York and eastward. Prefers the Lawrence. Introduced
in 1877 from France.
Remedies — Destroy the infested pears. Cultivate and plow
in late summer and fall to destroy the pupse then in the ground.
PEAK-LEAF BLISTER-MITE (Eriophyes pyri). — A minute mite
which causes black blisters to appear _ upon the leaves. The
mites collect under the bud-scales in wjnter.
Remedy. — Lime-sulfur or miscible oil as a dormant spray.
PEAR PSTLLA (Psylla pyricola). — These minute, yellowish, flat-
bodied, sucking insects are often found working in the axils of
the leaves and fruit early in the season. They develop into
minute, cicada-like jumping-lice. The young psyllas secrete
a large quantity of honey-dew, in which a peculiar black fungus
grows, giving the bark a characteristic sooty appearance.
There may be four broods annually, and the trees are often
seriously injured.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment. — Clean culture; remove rough bark from trunks
and larger branches to discourage adults from hibernating;
spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint in one
hundred gallons of water, adding four pounds soap, on warm
days in November or April to kill hibernating adults. Spray
with lime-sulfur, winter strength, when the blossom clusters
appear, to destroy eggs.
Summer treatment. — Spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco
extract just as the last of the petals are falling to kill young.
Repeat if necessary.
PEAR THRIPS (Euthrips pyri). — Minute insects one-twentieth
inch in length, dark brown when adult, white with red eyes
when young, that attack the opening buds and young fruits in
early spring. They suck the sap from the tender growth, and
the females lay eggs in the fruit-stems, causing a loss oi the
crop. The nymphs hibernate in the ground a few inches
from the surface. A serious pest in California and recently
introduced into New York.
Treatment. — Thorough cultivation during October, Novem-
ber, and December (in California). Make two applications
of "Black Leaf" tobacco extract, one gallon in sixty gallons
of 2 per cent distillate oil emulsion, the first just as the fruit-
buds begin to open, the second just after the petals fall. In
the East it may be controlled by timely applications of tobacco
extract and whale-oil soap.
PEAR-TWIG BEETLE (Xyleborus pyri). — Brownish or black beetle,
one-tenth inch long, boring in twigs, producing effect much
like pear blight, and hence often known as "pear-blight
beetle." It escapes from a minute perforation at base of bud;
probably two broods.
Treatment. — Burn twigs before the beetle escapes.
Pecan. BUD-MOTH (Proleopteryx deludana). — A brownish cater-
pillar about % inch in length, feeding on the opening buds
in early spring and on the under side of the leaves in summer.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead in summer to kill larvae of
second brood. Lime-sulfur and arsenate of lead in dormant
season just before buds open, to destroy hibernating larvae.
CASE-BEARER (Acrobasis nebuletta). — A small caterpillar living
inside a case which it carries with it. It attacks the opening
buds.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead as soon as the buds begin to
open. Repeat if necessary.
BORER (Sesia scitula). — A wood-boring caterpillar working in
the sap-wood.
Treatment. — Digging out.
PECAN WEEVIL (Balaninus caryas). — A dull, dark brown beetle
with a long and slender snout with which it punctures the
husk and shell of the maturing nuts for oviposition. The grubs
live within the nut feeding on the kernel.
Treatment. — Destroy all infested nuts. This should be as
soon as they fall.
ROSE-CHAFER. — See Grape.
ROUND-HEADED BORER.— See Apple.
SLUG. — See Cherry.
TwiG-GiRDLEH (Oncideres cingulatus). — A brownish gray beetle,
about l/i inch long, which girdles twigs in August and Sep-
tember. The female lays eggs above the girdle. The twigs
soon fall.
Remedy. — Burn the twigs, either cutting them off or gather-
ing them when they fall.
TWIG-PRUNER. — See Apple.
Persimmon. TWIG-GIRDLERS.— ^See Pecan.
WHITE PEACH-SCALE (Diaspis pentagona).
Remedy. — Lime-sulfur when the trees are thoroughly
dormant.
Picea. SPRUCE BUD- WORM (Tortrixfumiferana). — Small caterpillar
feeding on the young foliage, causing the tips of the twigs to
turn reddish, due to the dying of the foliage. Frequently
serious in forests.
SPRUCE GALL APHID (Chermes abietis). — Plant-lice causing cone-
shaped, many-celled galls at the bases of young shoots. _
Treatment. — Spray with whale-oil soap, one pound in two
gallons of water, in early spring. Cut off all galls and burn
before the lice leave them.
Pine. PINE LEAF-SCALE (Chionaspis pinifolise). — Small white
scales frequently abundant on the foliage.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extracts when
the young are hatching.
PINE WEEVIL (Pissodes strobi). — Small grub working in the
terminal branch, which is killed, causing distorted trees.
Treatment.— Cut out and burn infested branches.
Pineapple. KATYDID (Acanthacara similis). — A large katydid which
attacks, among other plants, the leaves of the pineapple.
Remedy. — Arsenicals, before the plants are mature.
MEALY-BUGS (several species). — These mealy white insects
attack the plant at the base of the leaves, usually underground.
Treatment. — Set only clean plants, or dip them in resin
wash or kerosene emulsion. In the field apply tobacco dust
freely in the bud before the bloom begins to appear, or spray
with kerosene emulsion.
PINEAPPLE SCALE (Diaspis bromelix). — Circular, thin, pure white
scales with yellow exuviae infesting leaves and fruit.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion and resin wash.
RED-SPIDER (Stigmseus floridanus). — Minute mites occurring in
great number at the base of the leaf, where they induce rot.
Treatment. — Tobacco dust applied to bud.
1056 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Plum. CANKER-WORM. — See Apple.
CURCULIO (Conotrachelus nenuphar). — Larva, a whitish grub,
feeding in the fruit.
Remedies. — Arsenate of lead, six pounds to one hundred
gallons of water; apply as soon as the calyx falls, and repeat
two or three times at intervals of about ten days. Jarring the
beetles on sheets very early in the morning, beginning when
trees are in flower, and continuing from four to six weeks,
is probably the most certain procedure. There are various
styles of sheets or receptacles for catching the insects as they
fall from the tree. Clean culture.
FLAT-HEADED BORER.— See Apple.
PEAR-TWIG BEETLE. — See Pear.
PLUM-GOUGER (Coccotorus prunicida). — A small larva, feeding
upon the kernel of the plum. The beetle bores a round hole in
the plum instead of making a crescent mark like the curculio.
Remedy.— Catch the beetles in a curculio-catcher.
SAN JOSE SCALE. — See Apple.
EUROPEAN FRUIT SCALE (Lecanium corni). — A large circular
scale occurring on plum; occasionally very destructive.
Remedy. — Thorough spraying with kerosene emulsion, one
part to five of water, in the winter. More dilute emulsion or
tobacco extracts in midsummer, when the young insects are
on the leaves and young shoots. Miscible oils when trees
are dormant.
SLUG. — See Cherry
TENT CATERPILLARS. — See Apple.
TwiG-PRUNER. — See Apple.
Poinsettia. MEALY-BUGS. — See Citrus.
Pomegranate. BLACK SCALE; CITRUS THRIPS; FLORIDA WAX
SCALE. — See Citrus.
OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
Pomelo. — See Citrus.
Populus. BLACK SCALE. — See Citrus.
COTTONWOOD LEAF-BEETLE (Una scripta). — A striped beetle
feeding on the leaves and shoots of poplars and willows.
Remedy. — Arsenicals.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
POPLAR BORER (Cryptorhynchus lapathi). — A whitish grub
burrowing in the wood.
Treatment. — In nurseries, spray thoroughly about the middle
of July with arsenate of lead to kill the parent beetles.
Potato. COLORADO POTATO-BEETLE (Leptinotarsa decemlineata). —
Beetle and larva feed upon the leaves.
Remedies. — Arsenicals, either dry or in spray, about a third
stronger than for fruits. Hand-picking the beetle.
FLEA-BEETLE (Halticini). — Small, dark-colored jumping beetles
that riddle the leaves with holes.
Preventive. — Bordeaux mixture as applied for potato blight
acts as a repellent.
POTATO TUBER-WORM (Phthorimxa operculella). — A small
caterpillar burrowing in the stems and tubers both in the
field and in storage.
Preventives. — Clean cultivation, sheep and hogs to destroy
the small potatoes left in the field after digging. Crop-rota-
tion over a considerable area. On digging, remove the potatoes
at once to an uninfested storeroom. Do not leave them on
the field over night.
STALK-WEEVIL (Trichobaris trinotata). — A grub boring in the
stalk of the potato near or just below the ground. Serious in
the West and in some places eastward.
Remedy. — Pull all infested vines as soon as they wilt, and
spread them in the sun where the insects will be killed. Burn
the vines as soon as the crop is harvested. Destroy all
solanaceous weeds.
WIRE-WORMS. — See Corn.
Primula. WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.,
Privet or Prim. PRIVET WEB-WORM (Diaphania quadristigmalis).
— Small larva feeding in webs on the young shoots of the privet,
appearing early in the season; two to four broods.
Remedies. — Trim the hedge as soon as the worms appear,
and burn the trimmings. Probably the arsenicals will prove
useful.
Prune. — See Plum.
Prunus. — See Plum.
Pseudotsuga. SEED CHALCIS (Megastigmus spermotrophus). —
Small whitish grub devours the kernel of the seed, often
destroying the whole crop.
No known remedy.
Pyrus. — See Apple.
Quince. GREEN APHIS. — See Apple.
QUINCE CUHCULIO (Contrachelus cratxgi). — This curculio is
somewhat larger than that infesting the plum, and differs in
its life-history. The grubs leave the fruits in the fall, and enter
the ground, where they hibernate and transform to adults the
next May, June or July, depending on the season.
Treatment. — When the adults appear, jar them from the
tree onto sheets or curculio - catchers and destroy them. To
determine when they appear, jar a few trees daily, beginning
the latter part of May. Arsenicals. Pick and burn all infested
fruits a month before harvest. .
ROUND-HEADED BORERS.— See Apple.
SLUG. — See Cherry.
Radish. MAGGOT (Pegomya brassicx). — Treated the same as the
Cabbage Maggot, which see.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Raspberry. — See Bramble Fruits.
Rhododendron. BORER (Sesia rhododendri). — Whitish caterpillars
burrowing in the trunk and larger branches which are often
killed.
Treatment. — Dig out borers or cut out infested branches and
burn.
LACE BUG (Leptobyrsa explanata). — Small, lace-winged bugs on
the under side of the leaves, causing them to turn brown and
die.
Treatment. — Spray with soap solution.
Rhubarb. RHUBARB-CURCULIO (Lixus concavus). — A grub % inch
long, boring into the crown and roots. It also attacks wild
docks.
Remedy. — Burn all infested plants and keep down the
docks. Hand-picking.
Rhus. APPLE TREE-BORER. — See Apple.
JUMPING SUMAC-BEETLE (Blepharida rhois). — Larva, l/t inch
long, dull greenish yellow, feeding on leaves; two broods.
Remedy. — Arsenicals.
Ribes. — See Currant.
Robinia. LEAF-MINER (Odontota dorsalis). — A black and yellow-
ish white grub about J4 inch in length, mining the leaves,
causing blister-like spots.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead the last of July to first of
August.
LOCUST-BORER (Cyllene robinix). — Large, brownish yellow grub
burrowing in the trunk, causing large ugly scars. The beetle
is black prettily marked with yellow stripes and bands.
Remedy. — None known.
Rose. MEALY-BUG. — Tobacco extracts; syringe the plants in the
morning, and two hours later syringe again with clean water.
ROSE APHIS (Macrosiphum rosx and Myzus rosarum). — Greenish
plant-lice, attacking leaves and buds.
Treatment. — Tobacco extracts and soap solutions.
ROSE-CHAFER, ROSE-BEETLE, or "RosE-BuG." — See Grape.
ROSE LEAF-HOPPER (Typhlocyba rosx). — A very small hopper,
white, often mistaken for thrips, living on the leaves of roses.
Remedies. — Whale-oil soap; kerosene; kerosene emulsion;
dry pyrethrum blown on bushes when leaves are wet; tobacco
extracts.
ROSE MIDGE (Neocerata rhabdophaga). — Small maggots, dis-
torting leaf and flower-buds.
Treatment. — No satisfactory treatment known.
ROSE SCALE (Aulacaspis rosx). — Small, whitish circular scales.
Treatment. — Soap solutions or tobacco extracts when young
are hatching.
WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
Rubus. — See Bramble Fruits.
Salix. COTTONWOOD LEAF-BEETLE. — See Populus.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE. — See Apple.
POPLAR-BORER. — See Populus.
WILLOW- WORM (Euvanessa antiopa). — Larva nearly 2 inches
long, black, feeding upon leaves of willow, elm, and poplar-
two broods.
Remedy. — Arsenicals.
Salvia. ORTHEZIA. — See Coleus.
WHITE FLY. — See Tomato.
Scilla. NARCISSUS BULB FLY. — See Narcissus.
Smilax. CITRUS WHITE FLY. — See Citrus.
Solanum. — See Potato.
Sorbus. SAN Jos£ SCALE; SCURFY SCALE. — See Apple.
Spinach. FLEA-BEETLE. — See Potato.
LEAF-MINER (Pegomya vicina). — Small maggot mining the leaves.
Treatment. — Clean cultivation to destroy its wild food plant
(lamb's quarters). Destroy all infested leaves. By raising
spinach as an early or late crop, much of the damage can be
avoided.
SPINACH APHIS (Myzus persicx). — Same as green peach aphis.
Treatment. — Spray at first appearance of lice with "Black
Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourths pint to one hundred
gallons of water, adding four pounds of soap.
Squash. CUCUMBER BEETLES. — See Cucumber.
MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
SQUASH APHIS (Nectarophora cucurbitx). — Large, light green
plant-louse attacking the leaves.
Treatment.— Same as for melon aphis.
SQUASH LADY-BIRD. — See Cucumber.
SQUASH STINK-BUG (Anasa tristis). — Large, dark brown bug
hibernates as adult under rubbish. Female lays large brown
eggs in patches on the leaves. The young are greenish, feed in
colonies on under side of leaves, causing them to wilt and die.
Treatment. — Trap adults in spring under boards laid on the
ground. Destroy eggs by hands. Ypung can be killed with
"Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint in one hundred
gallons of water, adding four to five pounds of soap.
STEM-BORER (Melittia satyriniformis). — Soft, white, grub-like
larva which bores inside the stem and causes rot to develop,
killing the vine.
Preventives. — Plant early squashes as traps. As soon as the
early crop is gathered, burn the vines to destroy eggs and
larvae of the borer. Fall harrowing of infested fields will help
to expose the pupae to the elements. Cut out borers whenever
found. After the vines have grown to some length, cover some
of the joints with earth, so that a new ro9t-system will develop
to sustain the plant in case the main root is injured.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1057
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Strawberry. CROWN-BORER (Tyloderma fragarias). — White grub,
K inch long, boring into the crown of the plant in midsummer.
The mature insect is a curculio or weevil.
Preventives. — Rotation of crops. Isolation of new beds from
infested beds. Plant uninfested plants.
FULLER'S ROSE-BEETLE (Aramigus fulleri). — White grub, J^
inch long, feeding in the crown. The adult is a grayish brown
snout-beetle with a whitish bar on each wing-cover.
Treatment. — Short rotation. Plant on uninfested land.
LEAF-ROLLER (Ancylis comptana). — Larva less than H inch
long, feeding on the leaves, and rolling them up in threads
of silk; two broods.
Treatment. — Turn under in the fall all old beds that have
become worthless. Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds
in one hundred gallons of water, after the eggs are laid but
before the leaves are folded — the first half of May in the
latitude of New Jersey.
ROOT-BORER (Anarsia sp.). — Larva about Yz inch long, whit-
ish, boring into the crown of the plant late in the season, and
remaining in it over winter.
Remedy. — Burn the plant.
ROOT- BORER (Typophorus canellus). — A whitish grub J-g inch
in length feeding on the roots. The parent beetle is brownish,
and appears in great numbers in May.
Treatment. — Arsenicals to kill the beetles. Plant new beds at
a distance from old ones.
ROOT- LOUSE (Aphis forbesii). — From July to the close of the
season the lice appear in great numbers on the crowns and on
the roots of the plants.
Remedies. — Rotation in planting. Disinfect plants coming
from infested patches by dipping the crowns and roots in
kerosene emulsion, or tobacco extract. Fumigation.
SAW-FLY (Emphytus maculatus). — Larva nearly % inch long,
greenish, feeding upon the leaves; two broods.
Remedies. — Hellebore; arsenicals for second brood.
WEEVIL (Anthonomus signatus). — Beetle J-g inch long, reddish
black, feeding on flower-buds, particularly those of the pollen-
iferous varieties.
Preventives. — Plant principally profusely flowering varie-
ties. Clean culture. Destroy all wild blackberry and rasp-
berry vines in the vicinity.
WHITE GRUBS. — See Corn.
Sweet Pea. TARNISHED PLANT-BUG. — See Aster. (They puncture
and kill the flower-stems.)
Sweet Potato. CUTWORMS. — Poisoned bait; late planting; keep
the land free from weeds the previous fall.
FLEA-BEETLE (Chxtocnema confinis). — Small, dark-colored
beetles, which attack the plants soon after they are reset.
Treatment. — Dip the plants in a strong solution of arsenate of
lead before resetting, spray once or twice later with the same.
Rotation of crops. Destroy all bindweed and wild morning-
glory plants.
ROOT-BORER (Cylas formicarius). — A whitish grub J£ inch in
length, burrowing through the tubers.
Preventive. — Burn infested tubers and the vines.
SAW-FLY (Schizocerus ebnus and S. privatus). — Small larva about
J4 inch long, working upon the leaves. The fly is about the
size of a house-fly.
Remedies. — Hellebore and arsenicals.
TORTOISE BEETLES (Cassidini). — Beetles of brilliant colors and
their slug-like larvse which eat holes in the leaves of newly
reset plants.
Treatment. — Same as for next.
Tamarix. CANE-BORER (Schistocerus hamatus). — Whitish grub,
% inch in length, burrowing in the twigs.
Treatment.— Cut and burn all infested branches.
Theobroma. CACAO BEETLE (Steirastoma depressum). — Large
grubs, 1 Vt inches long, burrowing under the bark.
Control. — Dig out or kill with a wire.
CACAO FRUIT FLY (Ceratitis punctata). — A small maggot attack-
ing the pods.
Treatment. — Spray when flies appear with sweetened arsen-
ate of lead, four pounds to one hundred gallons of water.
CACAO THRIPS (Heliothrips rubrocincta). — Small active insects
attacking leaves and pods. In the young the abdomen is
banded with red.
Treatment. — Careful cultivation to produce vigorous growth.
Thuya. BAGWORM. — See Juniper.
Tomato. FLEA-BEETLES. — Dip the young plants in a strong solu-
tion of arsenate of lead. Bordeaux mixture acts as a repellent.
FRUIT- WORM (Heliothis obsoleta). — Larva 1 inch in length, pale
green or dark brown, faintly striped, feeding upon the fruit.
Also on corn and cotton.
Treatment. — Hand-picking. Avoid planting close to corn
or cotton, or after either of these crops or after peas or beans.
Practise fall or winter plowing.
TOMATO-WORM (Phlegethontius sexta and P. quinquemaculata). —
A very large green worm feeding upon the stems and leaves
of the tomato and husk tomato. Seldom abundant enough to
be very serious; kept in check by parasites.
Remedies. — Hand-picking; rotation of crops; clean culture;
turkeys.
WHITE-FLY (Aleyrodes vaporariorum). — Tomatoes grown under
glass are often badly infested with white flies, the young of
which are scale-like and occur on the under side of the leaves.
Treatment. — Fumigation.
Toxylon. BAGWORM. — See Juniper.
SAN JOSE SCALE. — See Apple.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Tropaeolum. — See Nasturtium.
Tsuga. BAGWOHM. — See Juniper.
Turnip. — See Cabbage.
Ulmus. CANKER-WORM. — See Apple.
ELM LEAF-BEETLE (Galerucella luteola). — A small beetle, im-
ported from Europe, which causes great devastation in some
of the eastern states by eating the green matter from elm leaves,
causing the tree to appear as if scorched.
Remedy. — Arsenate of lead, six pounds to one hundred
gallons, just as the eggs are hatching.
ELM SAW-FLY LEAF-MINER (Kaliosysphinga ulmi). — A green-
ish white larva feeding between the two layers of the leaf,
causing large blotches; when abundant, the leaf dies and falls.
They sometimes kill the trees in two or three years.
Treatment. — While the blotches are small, spray with
"Black Leaf 40," tobacco extract, one gallon in 800 gallons
of water, adding four pounds of whale-oil soap to each hun-
dred gallons.
LEOPARD MOTH (Zeuzera pyrina). — White to pinkish caterpillars
boring at first in the smaller twigs and branches. Later the
nearly mature caterpillars attack the larger branches and trunk,
doing very serious injury. The white moths, beautifully
marked with black and blue, have a wing expanse of about
2 ^4 inches.
Treatment. — Cut off and destroy all infested branches. The
spread of the pest is very slow if the branches of the trees do
not interlace.
WILLOW-WORM. — See Salix.
Violet. APHIS. — Fumigation when grown under glass.
GALL-FLY (Contarinia violicola). — The adult is a minute mos-
quito-like fly. The whitish or yellowish maggot feeds in folds
of the opening leaves, which become deformed, turn brown,
and die.
Treatment. — Fumigation is practically of no value. Thor-
ough hand-picking as soon as any sign of injury is noticed.
Do not let the pest become established in the house.
RED-SPIDER (Tetranychus bimaculatus). — Minute mites which
cause the leaves to turn paler and become yellowish.
Treatment.— On greenhouse violets there is nothing better
than a stiff spray of clear water so applied as not to drench
the beds. Repeat the spraying once or twice a week.
Vitis. — See Grape.
Walnut.— See Hickory.
Watermelon. MELON APHIS. — See Muskmelon.
Yucca (Lonchsea chalybea). — Small maggot destroying the buds.
Very serious pest.
Treatment. — Collect and burn all infested shoots.
LONG-HORNED BEETLE (Lagochirus obsoletus). — A white grub
lH inches in length when mature, boring in the trunk and
doing great damage. The adult is a large reddish brown beetle
and feeds on the foliage.
Treatment. — When beetles are most abundant prune plants
to the ground and burn. Spray with arsenicals to destroy
beetles.
SPHINX CATERPILLARS (Dilophonota etto). — Large caterpillar
feeding on the foliage. The parent moth is a large hawk-
moth rather showily colored.
Treatment. — Arsenate of lead, six pounds to one hundred
gallons of water.
Zea.— See Corn. C. R. CROSBY.
ROBERT MATHESON.
Spraying.
Spraying is the art of protecting cultivated plants
from insect enemies and vegetable parasites by covering
them with a material which shall have a toxic or phys-
ically injurious effect upon the animal or vegetable
organism.
Historical sketch.
The history of spraying is interesting. The story of
its progress in America differs in details from the history
of its development in Europe, but the main features in
each country are very similar. In both places, insect
enemies made the first draft on the ingenuity of man
in devising methods by which to hold them in check.
Vegetable parasites were studied afterward. It is a
curious fact that, in the case of both insects and fungi,
in America, some of the most injurious forms came from
Europe and were the means of directing attention to
wholesale methods of destroying them. Some of these
enemies, comparatively harmless in their native home,
like the currant-worm and codlin-moth, have done
more to forward spraying methods in the United States
than anything else.
The first insecticides used in America, as well as in
Europe, were not of a poisonous nature. They were
1058 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
1326. Apple cluster ready for the spray.
The blossoms have not yet opened.
substances that had an injurious effect on the body
of the insect. These were of two kinds, mainly: in-
fusions which were astringent, and caustic substances
which burned the tissues. Tobacco water and alkaline
washes have been used for many years. One of the
first poisons to
be used was
white helle-
bore. The em-
ployment of
arsenical poi-
sons may be
said to belong
to America,
and even at the
present time
has small place
in the economy
of fruit-grow-
ing in Europe.
The wide-
spread use of
arsenical poi-
sons is largely
due to the influence of the incursion of the potato-bug.
There are no reliable records which give us the exact
date of the first use of paris green. It probably
occurred about 1865 or 1866. However, towards 1870
paris green was used very generally throughout the
western region in which the potato-bug first appeared.
At this time it was applied almost exclusively in the
dry form diluted with gypsum or flour. From potato
to cotton, tobacco and finally to fruit trees, is the de-
velopment of this poison for destroying leaf-eating
insects. So far as records are available, it appears that
fruit trees were first sprayed with paris green between
1873 and 1875. Among pioneer sprayers, should be
mentioned the names of C. V. Riley, United States
Entomologist; LeBarron, State Entomologist of Illi-
nois; William Saunders, London, Ontario, Can.; J. S.
Woodward, Lockport, N. Y.; T. G. Yeomans & Sons,
Walworth, N. Y.; A. J. Cook, Agricultural College,
Mich.
Following paris green came london purple, then
white arsenic, and later arsenate of lead. Since that
time many different forms of arsenical poisons have
been compounded, offered to the public and frequently
used. A few years ago paris green was used extensively,
but its popularity now is decreasing, prob-
ably because it contains a large percentage
of soluble arsenic, which increases the
danger of foliage injury. London purple
has been largely dropped by fruit-growers,
owing to its variable quality. White
arsenic, in combination with soda and
with lime, forms a reliable insecticide and
is used by some growers, especially those
who make a practice of preparing the
home-made solutions. Arsenate of lead is
the insecticide used most widely by the
growers at the present time. It possesses
several advantages, the more important
of which are a small percentage of soluble
arsenic and better sticking qualities.
The sucking insects presented a more
difficult problem of control than the biting
insects, and a longer time elapsed before
effective methods had been devised for
treatment. One of the first efficient sprays
for these insects was kerosene in the
form of a soap-and-water emulsion, which
.. 7 ,, was recommended by Riley and Hub-
• bard. Among the earlier sprays for these
miscible oils were introduced. These proved to be very
effective and are still used. The most important step
in the control of the sucking insects is marked by the
introduction of the lime-sulfur wash. This mixture,
which was originally developed as a dip for the control
of scab on sheep, was
first used as an insecti-
cide on fruit trees in
1886 by F. Dusey, of
Fresno, California. The
wash proved very effi-
cient and with modifica-
tions came quickly into
favor. Now lime-sulfur
is the leading insecticide
for the control of certain
scale insects and also, in
a more dilute form, the
leading fungicide for
the more troublesome
diseases of the apple.
The treatment of fun-
gous diseases of plants
by liquid applications
began with the dis-
covery of bordeaux
mixture. Early in the 1880's, diseases of grape-vines
threatened the extinction of French vineyards. The
situation engaged the attention of French investiga-
tors. Notable among them were A. Millardet and his
co-workers of the Academy of Science, Bordeaux,
France. He, with others, discovered partly by accident
and partly by experiment that solutions of copper
prevented the development of downy mildew. After
much experimentation, "bouillie Bordellaise" was
found to be effective in preventing the growth of
downy mildew and other plant parasites infesting the
grape in that region. The announcement was definitely
made in 1885. The following year the European
formula for bordeaux mixture was published in several
E laces in the United States, and immediately there
egan an unparalleled period of activity in economic
vegetable pathology. This mixture, though somewhat
modified and developed, continues to be a leading
fungicide. The value of lime-sulfur as a fungicide
applied to the peach during the dormant season to
control the leaf-curl has been recognized. About 1907,
1328. A bucket pump.
broom for ap-
plying spray.
An early de-
vice.
insects was also tobacco
soaps, both of which
and whale-oil
. , are used rather
widely at the present time. Later the
1329. Knapsack pump.
Cordley discovered that lime-sulfur in more dilute
form may be applied to the apple and some other
tree fruits in foliage without danger of foliage injury,
and that in addition to being as effective as bordeaux
it produces no spray injury on the fruit. Since then
lime-sulfur as a fungicide has practically replaced
bordeaux in the case of those fruits for which it can
be used on the foliage with safety. The self -boiled
lime-sulfur was developed about 1907 as a fungicide
for the control of the brown rot of the peach.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1059
1330. A garden barrel pump.
The rapidity of the spread of spraying knowledge
among fruit-growers is remarkable. Only a few years
ago it was an unknown art by the rank and file. Today
agricultural clubs and granges purchase their spraying
materials by the carload direct from the manufacturer.
The American farmer leads his fellow-workers in all
parts of the world in the
practice of spraying.
The principles of spraying.
A spray may be effective
(1) by hitting the enemy, (2)
by placing poison
before the depre-
dator, and (3) by
protecting the plant with
a covering unfavorable
to the growth of the pest.
The cautious farmer in-
sures his crop against
injury by insect or vege-
table parasites by spray-
ing. The fruit-grower
asks, "Do I need to
spray this year? My
trees are not blossoming." "Certainly," we answer,
"spray to protect the foliage from possible injury by
insect or fungous disease." Healthy foliage is essential
to the protection of health and vigor and fruit-buds.
Spray this year for next year's crop.
Insecticides kill by contact or by means of a poisonous
principle; their efficiency depends largely on the time
and thoroughness of the application. If applied too
soon they may be dissipated before the insects appear;
if applied late the injury is only partly prevented,
because insects feed less voraciously and are harder to
kill as they approach maturity in the larval stage.
With the vegetable parasite, the case is not essentially
different. The tree is covered with a thin coating which
destroys spores of fungi resting there and prevents
other spores from germinating. Fig. 1326 shows the
stage of development of fruit-bud calling for bordeaux
mixture and paris green. The keynote to success is
thoroughness. Hasty sprinklings are worse than use-
less; they discourage and disappoint the beginner. Full
protection is not afforded unless each leaf, twig and
branch has been covered. Time is the next most
important factor bearing on success. The early spray
is most effective. This applies particularly to the
treatment of fungous diseases. Spray before the buds
open. Get ahead of the enemy.
Spraying machinery.
Bordeaux mixture was first applied with a broom
(Fig. 1327). Poison distributors were first made in
America for the protection of cotton, potato and to-
bacco. There are five general types of pumps: (1) The
hand portable pump, often
attached to a pail or other
small reservoir, suitable
for limited garden areas.
(2) The knapsack pump
carried on a man's back
and operated by the
carrier. The tank is made
of copper, holds five gal-
lons and is fitted with a
neat pump which may be
operated with one hand
while the nozzle is directed
with the other. This pump
has been modified recently
so that all the pumping
is done when the sprayer
is filled and before it is
1331. An orchard barrel pump. placed on the shoulders.
Excellent for spraying small vineyards and vegetable-
gardens. (3) A barrel pump; a strong force-pump fitted
to a kerosene barrel or larger tank suitable for spraying
young trees; may be mounted on a cart, wagon, or
stone-boat, depending on the character of the ground
and size of trees. (4) A
gear -sprayer; being a "
tank provided with a
pump and mounted on
wheels. The pump is
operated by power bor-
rowed from the wheels as
they revolve, and trans-
ferred by means of chain
and sprockets. Suitable
for vineyards and field
crops, which may be
satisfactorily covered by
the spray as the ma-
chine moves along. For
this reason it is not
adapted to orchard work.
(5) The power sprayer;
power being furnished
generally by gasolene,
sometimes by com-
pressed air. When the
trees are large and the or-
chard over 5 acres in ex-
tent, a power sprayer will
usually pay. Some of these various types of machinery
are shown in Figs. 1328-1335. In recent years the spray-
ing of field crops and shade trees has developed rapidly.
The spray pumps have been adapted to this work by
the use of special attachments. For the field crops,
nozzles are distributed along a horizontal arm, which
makes it possible to cover a wide strip. The sprayers for
shade trees are equipped with a more powerful pump,
which is usually multiple-cylinder. The pump must
be capable of delivering a large quantity of material
each minute under a pressure of 200 to 300 pounds.
The nozzles for this work are of the solid stream type
and are usually fitted with interchangeable tips varying
from Yy to 34-inch aperture. In order that the tops of
high trees may be reached by the spray mixture, it is
necessary to use a long extension rod, as well as very
high pressure.
1332. Square tower, giving more
working space for the nozzle-men
than the conical form.
1333. A power sprayer for orchard use.
1060 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISPORUM
1334. A traction power sprayer, for street and park trees.
The essentials of a good pump are (1) durability:
secured by having working parts made of material least
susceptible to the action of the various spray solutions,
friction considered; (2) strength: obtained by a good-
sized cylinder, substantial valves, wall and piston;
(3) easily operated : found in a pump with a long handle,
large air-chamber and smoothly finished working
parts. A pump should be strong enough to feed two
leads of hose and throw a good spray from four nozzles.
Nearly all spray mixtures require constant stirrings to
prevent settling and insure uniformity, and an agitator
is a necessary part of the equipment.
Nozzles. — Much of the efficiency of a spraying
machine depends upon the nozzle. It should be chosen
for the particular work to be done, rather than for any
special design. The development of nozzle construction
has been rapid, new features being embodied as neces-
sity demanded, until today there are four main types,
each of which is intended for specific work: (1) The
Bordeaux nozzle is the oldest of the modern types. It
came into general use about 1890 and was at first
universally adopted for all spray work. It throws a
stream which may be regulated from a solid jet to a
coarse fan-shaped spray, both of which are too coarse
for general use. The Bordeaux has, however, one
place in the list of modern spray nozzles and that is for
the codlin-moth spray. For this application it is desir-
able to force the material into the calyx cups of the
developing fruit and no nozzle does this quite so effic-
ciently as the Bordeaux. (2) The Vermorel was the next
step in development after the Bordeaux. It was
.very much superior to the latter, breaking the
material up into finer particles, and was generally
used until about 1906. This nozzle, however, does
not possess any desirable features not found in the
disc types and therefore has no special uses in
modern spraying. (3) The disc nozzles are stand-
ard for general spraying work. They are repre-
sented by a large number of sorts, each made
by different manufacturers, but all working on
the same principle. The material is whirled
inside of the nozzle before it reaches the final
outlet, thus breaking it up into finely divided
parts and producing the desired mist. The
material is lastly passed through a disc, which
may have either a large or small opening.
For orchard and small crop spraying, the
small opening is used, in which case the nozzle
should be 3 to 7 feet from the object to be
sprayed. For taller orchard trees and for
small ornamental trees, the large opening is
used. This produces a solid jet which breaks
into finer particles at a distance from the
nozzles, depending upon the pressure used.
(4) Shade tree nozzles, to be used only for
spraying very tall ornamental trees, and in
connection with at least 300 pounds pressure.
They throw a solid stream 30 or more feet in
the air, at which point the material is broken
into a coarse mist. This type came into use at
the time of the introduction of the brown-tail
and gypsy moths in the New England states, and
has since been widely used for parks, estates and
forest spraying. Q. g. WILSON.
DISEMMA: Passiflora.
DISOCACTUS (two-shaped Cactus). Cactdcese.
Bushy cactus, 2-3 ft. high, sometimes seen as a
pot-plant in collections.
Stems terete, usually erect: branches flattened
as in Epiphyllum: fls. regular, with very short
tube; petals few, elongated, spreading; ovary
nearly naked, small.
biformis, Lindl. (Phyllocdctus bifdrmis, Lab.).
Soon pendulous, the branches cylindrical: short
branches If.-like, the lower egg-shaped, the upper more
lengthened: fls. small, purple-red, less than 2 in. expan-
sion; ovary without angles and with minute scales.
Honduras. B.M. 6156. V. 2:159. J. N. ROSE.
DISPORUM (Greek, double one-seeded). Syn. Pro-
sdrtes. Liliacese. FAIRY BELLS. Small perennial rhizo-
matous herbs, sometimes planted in the wild garden.
Allied to Smilacina and Streptopus, being leafy-
stemmed, but fls. in umbels (or solitary): perianth 6-
parted, with narrow deciduous segms.; stamens 6, the
filaments filiform or slightly flattened and longer than
the extrorse anthers; ovary 3-celled, the ovules 2 or
more in each cell, the stigma 3-cleft or entire: fr. a
red or reddish few-seeded berry. — About 20 species, in
N. Amer. and in the Himalayan region, Java to China
and Japan. Little known to horticulturists; probably
require no particular skill in cult.
A. Lvs. rarely cordate at base.
B. Style 3-cleft.
Menziesii, Nichols. (Prosdrtes Menziesii, Don).
More or less soft-pubescent: st. 2-3 ft. long, forking,
arching above: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, narrowly
acuminate or the lowest acute, sessile, 2-3 in. long,
often resin-dotted: fls. 1-3, greenish, cup-shaped, from
the topmost axils, nodding, 9-12 lines long; pedicels
puberulous; perianth-segms. nearly erect, acute, 6-11
lines long; stamens a third shorter; anthers included,
times shorter than the filaments: fr. oblong-
1335. Spraying park trees with the machine shown in Fig. 1334.
DISPORUM
DIURIS
1061
obovate, narrowed to a short beak, salmon-colored.
Calif, to Brit. Col.
lanugindsum, Nichols. Woolly-pubescent: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, narrowly acuminate: perianth-segms. green-
ish, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, 6-9 lines
long, stamens a third shorter; style and narrow ovary
glabrous: caps, oblong-ovate, obtusish or with a very
short, stout beak, glabrous; cells 1-2-seeded. Ont. to
Ga. and Tenn. B.M. 1490. (as Streptopus).
BB. Style entire.
trachycarpum, Benth. & Hook. (Prosdrtes trachycdrpa,
Wats.). More or less pubescent: st. 1-2 ft. high, fork-
ing, with foliage on the upper half: Ivs. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, acute or rarely acuminate, 2-4 in. long:
pedicels pilose; perianth-segms. whitish, slightly spread-
ing, more narrowly oblanceolate than in D. Menziesii,
acute, 6-7 lines long, about as long as the stamens: fr.
obtuse, rather deeply lobed, papillose. Neb. to Mani-
toba and Ore. and Wash.
AA. Lvs. mostly cordate-clasping.
oreganum, Benth. & Hook. (Prosdrtes oregdna, Wats.).
More or less woolly-pubescent: Ivs. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, long-acuminate: perianth-segms. spreading,
acute, narrowed below, very distinctly net-veined, 5-7
lines long, as long as or shorter than the stamens: fr.
ovate, acutish, somewhat pubescent. Ore. and Idaho
to Brit. Col.
D. Hodkeri, Nichols. (P. lanuginosa var. Hookeri, Baker).
More or less rough-pubescent, with short, usually spreading hairs:
Ivs. ovate or sometimes oblong: perianth rather broad at the base:
f r. obovate, obtuse, red. Calif. — D. Leschenaultianum, D. Don, differs
from the others here described by having white fls. India, Ceylon.
B.M. 6935. — D. pullum, Salisb. Readily told from American forms
by its brown or purplish green fls. India, Java, China. B.M. 916.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DISSOTIS (of two kinds, referring to the unlike
anthers). Melastomdceae. Some 60 or more species of
bristly-hairy or villous shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs of
Trop. and S. Afr., some of which may occur sparingly
in choice collections of coolhouse andwarmhouse plants:
Ivs. opposite, short-stalked, linear, ovate or orbicular,
usually entire. 3-5-nerved, more or less strigose above:
fls. bracted, about 1 in. or more across, purple or violet,
solitary, or capitate or paniculate at the ends of the
branches; calyx 4-5-lobed; petals 4 or 5, obovate;
stamens 8 or 10, very unequal, the anthers linear-
subulate, usually beaked, with 1 pore, the larger set
being joined to the filament by a long connective and
the other set with much shorter or nearly obsolete con-
nective: fr. an included coriaceous caps. 4- or 5-valved
at the apex. Apparently none is in the American trade.
D. Irvingidna, Hook. f. Annual from upper Guinea,
1-3 ft.: Ivs. linear-oblong to lance-oblong, acute,
3-nerved: fls. reddish purple, to \l/i in. across; petals
obovate. B.M. 5149. D. incdna, Triana, of Trop. and
S. Afr., shrub, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. linear to linear-oblong,
obtuse: fls. rose-purple, to 1^6 in. across. B.M. 3790.
D. plumbsa, Hook. f. Shrubby, with long and slender
shoots which are densely covered with small deep
green Ivs.: fls. bright magenta-rose, 1J^ in. across.
Trop. Afr. D. Mahonii, Hook. f. Prostrate, the sts.
6-8 in. long: Ivs. short-stalked, nearly or quite orbicu-
lar: fls. rose-purple, 2 in. across, solitary. Uganda.
B.M. 7896. D. modesta, Stapf. Slender: Ivs. oblong,
minutely serrulate: fls. few, crowded at ends of
branches; petals obovate-elliptic; stamens blue-purple,
reddish and yellow; style purple. Uganda. L. H. B.
DISTICHLIS (Greek, two-ranked}. Gramineae. SALT-
GRASS. MARSH SPIKE-GRASS. Rigid erect perennials,
with extensively creeping wiry rootstocks: spikelets
several-fld., compressed, dioecious; lemmas coriaceous,
rigid, faintly many-nerved. — Species about 6, in salt
marshes on the coastal regions of Amer. and in alkaline
soil of the interior. One species, D. spicdta, Greene,
with stiff, distichous involute blades and small narrow
panicles is found in alkaline soil throughout the U. S.
(Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 20:143). It is a good grass
for binding soils subject to wash. Probably not in cult.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
DfSTICTIS (Greek dis, twice and stiktos, dotted;
meaning obscure). Bignoniacese. Five or 6 species in
Cent, and S. Amer., very similar in fl. to Pithecocten-
ium, but caps, smooth, oblong, curved, and branchlets
not angular: Ivs. 2- or 3-foliolate, with simple or 3-fid.
tendril: fls. large in ample terminal panicles; calyx
tubular-campanulate, truncate, often splitting; corolla
funnelform-campanulate, leathery, curved; stamens
inclosed; ovary with the seeds in many rows. Adapted
for cult, in subtropical regions only; treatment and
prop, like Bignonia, which see. The following species
is cult, in S. Calif. D. cinerea, Greenm. (Pithecocte-
nium cinereum, DC.). Tall climber, grayish tomentose
throughout: tendrils 3-fid.: Ifts. 2-3, ovate or oval,
obtuse and mucronulate or acutish, entire, 1-2 in. long:
corolla purple, tomentulose outside, 2-3 Y^ in. long and
1/^-23^ in. across at the mouth. Mex. — The plant
cult, under this name in Calif, is said to have white
fls. and may not be the plant described above.
ALFRED REHDER.
DISTYLIUM (Greek, dis, twice, stylos, style; in
reference to the two slender styles). Hamamelidacese.
Ornamental woody plants grown for their handsome
evergreen foliage.
Evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, short-
petioled, entire, or dentate, penninerved; stipules
deciduous: fls. polygamous or dioecious, apetalous, in
axillary racemes, subtended by small bracts; sepals
1-5, or wanting; stamens 2-8 with short filaments;
pistillate fls. with a superior stellate-tomentose ovary,
with 2 slender styles, with several stamens or without
stamens: fr. a woody dehiscent caps., 2-celled, with 1
seed in each cell. — Six species in Japan, China, Him-
alayas and Java. Hardy only in warmer temperate
regions. Prop, is by seeds and layers.
racemfisum, Sieb. & Zucc. Tall tree, in cult, usually
shrubby: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-oblong, sometimes
obovate, acute or obtusish, narrowed at the base, dark
green and lustrous above, paler beneath, glabrous,
1^-3 in. long: racemes stellate-pubescent; anthers red:
caps, ovoid, 2-pointed, tomentose, J^in. long. March,
April. Japan. S.Z. 1:94. S.I.F. 2:25. I.T. 3:113.—
The staminate fls. are conspicuous by the red color of
their anthers. Var. variegatum, Carr. Lvs. bordered
with yellowish white. — D. chinense, Hemsl. (D. race-
mdsum var. chinense, Franch.), a shrub with oblong-
obovate Ivs. %-\lA in. long and usually sparingly
toothed above the middle from Cent. China is now pos-
sibly also in cult. H.I. 29:2835. ALFRED REHDER.
DITTANY is an old English word which in England
often means Dictamnus albus, a plant of the rue family.
The name is supposed to be derived from Mt. Dicte,
in Crete, where the ancient dittany grew. The Cretan
dittany is supposed to be Origanum Dictamnus, a plant
of the mint family, and of the same genus with the wild
marjoram. The plant commonly called dittany in the
eastern United States is Cunila origanoides, Brit. (C.
Mariana, Linn.), another mint, native in dry lands.
See Cunila. It has been used as a substitute for tea,
and is a gentle aromatic stimulant. All these plants
yield an oil used as a mild tonic.
DIURIS (Greek, double-tailed, alluding to the sepals).
Orchidacese. Twenty or more glabrous terrestrial
orchids of Austral., rarely seen in collections in cool or
warm glasshouses. The Ivs. are at or near the base of
the bracted st. (which is usually 1-2 ft. high), few,
narrow: fls. 1 to several in a terminal raceme, conspicu-
1062
DIURIS
DOCK
ous from the elongated tail-like lateral green sepals;
remainder of perianth yellow, purple or white, some-
times purple-blotched or -spotted; dorsal sepal remain-
ing close to and over the column; lip 3-parted. The
species are attractive or even handsome. D. longi-
folia, R. Br., has fls. several, yellow
and purple, moderately large; dorsal
sepal broadly ovate, the lateral long
and narrow; lip as long as dorsal
sepal, lobed from the base : Ivs. linear,
one of them often very long. D. ma-
culdta, Smith, is rather slender, usu-
ally under 1 ft. tall, with long-pedi-
celled yellow much-spotted fls. ; dorsal
sepal erect and rigid, embracing the
column at the base but open at the
top; lip shorter than dorsal sepal,
lobed from base: Ivs. narrow. B.M.
3156. D. punctata, Smith. St. 1-2 ft.
or more: Ivs. usually 2, and 3-6 in.
long: fls. 2 or 3, blue or purplish,
often dotted but not blotched; dorsal
sepal typically broadly ovate-oblong;
lip about as long as dorsal sepal,
divided to base. L, jj. B.
DIZYGOTHECA (Greek, in allu-
sion to the anthers having double the
usual number of cells). Araliacess.
Graceful hothouse plants, grown
practically exclusively for foliage; usu-
1336. Spiiiage ally known as Aralia.
dock. Usually shrubs, sometimes small
trees, entirely unarmed, and differ-
ing in this from some hardy aralias : Ivs. always digi-
tate, of 5-9 Ifts., varying much in adult and juvenile
characters, sometimes slender and threadlike, again
broad and leathery, usually long-stalked: calyx and
corolla 5-parted; stamens 5, with thick anthers;
ovary 10-celled; styles 10. All these fl.-characters are
drawn from wild plants, as the cult, specimens are
not known to flower. — Only 3 or 4 species are known
in the wild state, all from the tropical isls. of the Pacific.
The many names in horticultural literature are prob-
ably referable, ultimately, to some of these species, but
their true position will be settled only when they
flower. Here must be sought all the digitate-lvd. tender
aralias of the first edition of this cyclopedia, the pin-
nate-lvd. species going toPolyscias. R.H. 1912, p. 491.
Dizygothecas require light rich soil, made up of
equal parts of sandy loam and peat or leaf-mold. They
require plenty of water and a moist warm atmosphere.
Scale pests are numerous and must be kept down by
frequent sponging with weak solutions of whale-oil
soap, fir-tree oil or other insecticide.
The names here used are retained in the absence of
specific information as to what wild species of Dizy-
gotheca they are to be associated with. Only complete
flowering material can settle this much-vexed question.
All of the following are distinct horticulturally.
Kerchoveana, Hort. Lvs. the shape of a Ricinus, the
7-11 Ifts. elliptic-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, with
undulate and serrate margins and a pale midrib. S.
Sea Isls. Certificated in England in 1881 (Gn. 19, p.
457). R.H. 1891, p. 225.— Slender-stemmed, of beauti-
ful habit. According to Harms, perhaps better put in
Pseudopanax.
Veitchii, Hort. Lfts. 9-11, very narrow or almost
filiform, undulate, shining green above and red beneath.
New Caledonia.— <)ne of the best and handsomest spe-
cies. Var. gracfllima, Hort. (Aralia gracilma, Lind.).
Lfts. still narrower, with a white rib. R.H. 1891, p.
226. Gn. 39, p. 565. I.H. 22:225.— Very desirable.
Originally described as Aralia gracilina (thin-lined),
which name has been mistaken for gracillima (very
graceful).
elegantissima, Veitch. Petioles mottled with white;
Ifts. 7-11, filiform and pendulous. New Hebrides.
G.Z. 21, p. 28— Excellent. Thought by Guillemin to
be the juvenile form of some Dizygotheca. Many of
the greenhouse aralias have a permanent juvenile con-
dition.
leptpphylla, Hort. Slender plant: Ifts. filiform and
drooping, broadened at the extremities, deep green.
Australasia.
Reginse, Hemsl. (Aralia reglna, Hort.). Graceful:
petioles olive, pink and brown; Ifts. drooping, very nar-
row, not undulate. New Hebrides. I.H. 26:337.
The following greenhouse aralias, with showy Ivs., probably
belong to Dizygotheca, unless otherwise noted:
A. Chabrieri, Hort. See Polysoias. — D. crassi folia, Soland.
See Pseudopanax. — D. longipes, Hort. Lvs. digitate, the Ifts.
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, wavy. N. Austral. — D. nobilis,
Hort. "A theophrasta-like plant, with closely packed, bold foliage,
the Ivs. oblong obovate-acuminate, undulate at the margins."
Not certainly referable to Dizygotheca. — D. Osyana, Hort. Like
A. leptophylla, but Ifts. deeply bifid, and nerves and veins brown.
S. Sea Isls. — D. quercifdlia, Hort. Lfts. 3, sinuate: Ivs. opposite.
New Britain. Perhaps not of the Araliacese. The plant has opposite
Ivs. — D. rotunda, Hort. Lf. of a single orbicular-cordate 1ft. or
sometimes 3-foliolate, white-toothed. Polynesia. Not certainly
referable to Dizygotheca. — D. spectdbilis, Hort.=? — D. splendidts-
sima, Hort. Lvs. pinnate, the Ifts. shiny green. New Caledonia=
Polyscias. — D. ternata, Hort. Lvs. opposite, ternate, or 3-lobed,
the Ifts. oblong-lanceolate and sinuate. Not certainly referable to
Dizygotheca. — D. Victdrix, Hort.=Polyscias. AT T A YT r»r>
DOCK. A name applied to various species of Rumex
(Polygonacese) . The commonest species — growing in
fields and yards — are the curled or narrow-leaved
dock (R. crispus, Linn.) and the bitter or broad-leaved
dock (R. obtusifolius, Linn.). These are introduced
from the Old World. Several species are native. See
Rumex.
Various species of docks and sorrels have long been
cultivated as pot-herbs. Some of them are very desir-
able additions to the garden because they yield a pleas-
ant food very early in spring, and, once planted, they
remain for years. The Spinage dock and the Large
Belleville are amongst the best kinds. The former
(Fig. 1336) is the better of the two, perhaps, and it has
the advantage of being a week or ten days earlier. The
crisp leaves (blade 1 foot long) appear early in April,
when there is nothing green to be had in the open,
and they can be cut continuously for a month or more.
This dock is the herb patience (Rumex Patientia, Linn.).
It has long been an inhabitant of gardens, and it has
sparingly run wild in some parts of this country. It is
a native of Europe.
The Belleville (Fig. 1337) is also a
European and northern North Ameri-
can plant. It has also become spon-
taneous in some of the eastern portions
of the country. It is really a sorrel
(Rumex Acetosa, Linn.). It has thin-
ner, lighter green and longer-stalked
leaves than the Spinage dock, with
spear-like lobes at the base. The leaves
are very sour, and will probably not
prove to be so generally agreeable as
those of the Spinage dock; but they
are later, and afford a succession. In
some countries this sorrel yields oxalic
acid sufficient for commercial purposes.
The round-leaved or true French sorrel
(Rumex scutalus, Linn.) would prob-
ably be preferable to most persons.
All these docks are hardy perennials,
and are very acceptable plants to those
who are fond of early "greens." Some,
at least, of the cultivated docks can be
procured of American seedsmen. They
are readily grown from seeds, and give
a good produce the second year and
subsequently and often yield good Belleville
leaves the first season. L jj B. dock
DOCYNIA
DODECATHEON
1063
DOCYNIA (derivation unknown). Rosdcese, sub- men-shaped flowers on scapes, sometimes grown in wild
family Pbmex. Ornamental woody plants grown for or hardy gardens.
their handsome foliage and white flowers appearing in
spring.
Evergreen or half-evergreen trees: Ivs. alternate,
entire, or serrate, sometimes slightly lobed: fls. short-
stalked, in umbels before or with the Ivs. ; calyx densely
tomentose, with lanceolate lobes; petals 5; stamens
30-50; styles 5, connate at the base and woolly; stigma
2-lobed; ovary 5-celled with 3-5 ovules in each
cell: fr. a subglobose, ovoid or pyriform pome with
persistent calyx. — Four species in
China, Himalayas and Annam.
Closely related to Malus, chiefly
distinguished by the 3-5-ovuled
cells and the 2-lobed stigma.
The species are very little
known in cultivation and none
of them seems to be in the trade.
D. Delavayi has been introduced
only very recently; D. Doumeri
has been recommended as a stock
for apples in tropical and sub-
tropical countries and tried in
Annam (R.H. 1904, p. 246); D.
indica, though known for about
100 years, does not seem to be
at present in cultivation either
in Europe or in this country.
They are adapted only for
warmer temperate or subtropical
regions. The fruits are more or
less acid and are used for cook-
ing; possibly they could be im-
proved by selection and hybrid-
ization and might be developed
into valuable fruit trees for
warmer climates. Propagation is
by seeds and possibly by graft-
ing on apple stock.
D. Delavdyi, Schneid. (Pyrus Dela-
vayi, Franch. ). Spiny tree, to 30 ft. : Ivs.
evergreen, ovate-lanceolate, rounded or
broadly cuneate at the base, entire,
flossy above, white-tomentose below,
-4 in.: fr. ovoid, about 1 in. long. S.
W. China. Franchet, Plant. Delavay.
47. — D. Doumeri, Schneid. (Pyrus Dou-
meri, Bois). Unarmed tree: Ivs. ovate
to ovate-lanceolate, entire or sparingly
serrulate, white-tomentose below, 1-2 H
in. long: fr. subglobose, about 2 in.
across. Annam. Jour. Soc. Bot. France,
51:114, 115. — D. indica, Decne. (Pyrus
indica, Wall. D. GrifBthiana, Decne.).
Small tree: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceo-
late, entire or serrulate, lobed in young
plants, woolly while young, finally
1338. Dodecatheon Meadia, the common
shooting-star. ( X H)
glabrescent, 2-4 in. long: fr. subglo-
bose, \-\Vi in. across. E. Himalayas. Wallich, PI. As. Rar. . , .... . . , .,
in the middle, i.e., at the mouth of the corolla. After
Glabrous, with a tuft of ovate or oblong entire or
dentate Ivs. at the base, and a slender single naked
scape: fls. few or many in an umbel, nodding, white,
rose or purple; corolla-lobes (5) and calyx reflexed;
stamens 5, attached in the throat of the short corolla-
tube, the short filaments more or less conjoined at base
and the long slender anthers connivent into a cone: fr.
an oblong or somewhat cylindrical 5- or 6-valved caps.
— Dodecatheon is a puzzling genus to systematic
botanists. It is found from
Maine to Texas and from the
Atlantic to the Pacific; and
along the Pacific slope, from the
islands of Lower Calif, to those
of Bering Strait. In this vast
region, it varies immensely. It
is also found in Asia, especially
northeastward. This wonderful
distribution and variability is all
the more remarkable if, as Gray
once thought, it is all one species,
because monotypic genera are
considered, as a rule, to be com-
Giratively inflexible or invaria-
e. Pax & Knuth, on the other
hand (Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft.
22, 1905), recognize 30 species.
There is singular lack of agree-
ment in the characterization of
accepted species. Dodecatheon
belongs to the same family with
Primula and Cyclamen, but in a
different tribe from the former,
while its reflexed corolla-lobes
distinguish it from most genera
of its family. Many species and
varieties may be expected to
appear in the lists of dealers hi
native plants.
Shooting-star is an appropriate
name. The flowers have been
compared to a diminutive cycla-
men, for they are pendulous and
seem to be full of motion (see
Fig. 1338). The stamens in D.
Meadia and all eastern species
come to a sharp point and seem
to be shooting ahead, while the
petals fall behind like the tail of
a comet. The flowers represent
every shade from pure white,
through lilac and rose, to purple,
and they all have a yellow circle
2: 173. — The closely related D. Hookeri&na has larger Ivs. and elon-
gated fr. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. 10:15.
ALFRED REHDER.
DODARTIA (Denis Dodart, physician and botanist,
born in Paris in 1634). Scrophulariacese. One ereet
perennial herb related to Mimulus. D. orienlalis, Linn.,
grows in S. Russia and W. Asia, and may be found in
choice collections of outdoor herbs: fls. purplish, in ter-
minal racemes: plant with rush-like few-lvd. branches:
Ivs. opposite below, alternate above, linear and entire
or broader and somewhat dentate: corolla with a cylin-
drical or flaring tube, 2-lipped; stamens 4, didyna-
mous, included, the anther-cells distinct: caps, subglo-
bose, dehiscent, the many seeds somewhat immersed
in the more or less fleshy placenta. July, Aug. B.M.
2199. — Apparently of minor horticultural value.
DODDER: Cuscuta.
DODECATHEON (Greek, twelve gods, old name of
no application here). Primulacese. SHOOTING-STAR.
AMERICAN COWSLIP. Small perennial herbs with cycla-
the flowers are -gone the pedicels become erect. Some
forms have all their parts in fours. There are a num-
ber of good horticultural forms offered abroad.
They require an open well-drained soil, not too dry,
and moderately rich, and a shady or partially shady
position. They are propagated by division or by seeds,
the latter method being rather slow.
Meadia, Linn. (D. elliplicum, Nutt. Meadia Dodecd-
thea, Crantz. M. Dodecatheon, Mill. M. carolinidna,
Kuntze). Fig. 1338. Erect and strong, to 2 ft.:
Ivs. ovate-oblong or oblong-linear, nearly or quite
obtuse, dentate -crenate or nearly entire, 1-2 hi. wide,
tapering into a more or less margined petiole: scape
smooth, usually purple-spotted; fls. 10-20; calyx
deeply parted, the parts lanceolate; corolla-lobes
linear-oblong, somewhat obtuse, rose-colored and
whitish at base; anthers reddish yellow, the connective
body purple and broadly ovate: caps, scarcely longer
than cajyx, with persistent style. May, June. Woods
and prairies, Pa., W. and S. B.M. 12. — This species runs
1064
DODECATHEON
DOLICHANDRA
into many forms, some of which may be specifically
distinct. Var. splendidum, Hort., is an improved
form, crimson with a yellow circle. Var. giganteum,
Hort., is larger in all its parts: Ivs. paler: fls. somewhat
earlier, in some forms white. Var. elegans, Hort. Lvs.
wider and shorter than the type: scape shorter; fls.
more numerous, dark-colored. (The old generic name
Meadia commemorates Dr. Richard Mead, 1673-
1754.)
Jeffreyi, Van Houtte (Meadia Jeffreyi, Kuntze).
Plant somewhat glandular- viscid : rhizome vertical
and short, strong: Ivs. oblanceolate, erect, entire, some-
what acute, mucronulate: scape 12-24 in. or more,
bearing a many-fld. umbel; calyx-lobes lanceolate;
corolla deep red-purple; connective-body of anthers
very narrow or subulate at apex, colored same as sta-
mens. Mts., Calif, and Ore. F.S. 16:1662.
tetriindrum, Suksdorf, has the general aspect of D,
Jeffreyi, but the Ivs. are ampler and relatively broader:
roots, as in D. Jeffreyi, are abundant, fleshy, fibrous,
persistent: roots, Ivs. and scapes form a short, vertical
crown: whole plant glabrous: corolla purplish, with a
yellow ring near the base; segms. and stamens usually
only 4: caps, circumscissile very near the apex. Mts.,
Wash, and Ore.
frigidum, Cham. & Schlecht. Plant 1 ft. or less: Ivs.
obovate to ovate or oblong, acutish, entire or somewhat
dentate: scape much exceeding the Ivs., 2-3-fld.;
calyx-lobes longer than the tube; corolla-lobes oblong-
linear, violet: caps, oblong, twice longer than calyx.
Bering Strait to Rockies and Sierras. B.M. 5871.
latflobum, Elmer (D. dentatum, Hook. D. Meadia
var. latilobum, Gray). Larger than the last: Ivs. with
blade 1-4 in. long, oval or ovate to oblong, repand or
sparingly dentate, abruptly contracted into long-
winged petioles, obtuse: fls. 2-4; calyx-lobes deltoid;
corolla-lobes oblong, yellowish white: caps, but little
longer than calyx, opening from the apex by valves.
Wash., Ore., Idaho.
Hendersonii, Gray. About a foot high, glabrous,
deep green: Ivs. small, obovate or elliptic, 1 in. or more
long, narrowed to a short petiole : fls. rather few ; calyx-
lobes triangular, acuminate, twice exceeding the tube;
corolla-lobes dark purple with a yellow base, the stami-
na! tube dark purple; anthers oblong, obtuse, short-
apiculate; connective-body deep purple: caps, ovoid,
much exceeding the calyx, dehiscent by a circumscissile
apex and splitting into 10 valves. Calif, to Wash.
G. 33:391.
Cleveland!!, Greene. One to 1^ ft. tall, glabrous:
Ivs. pale green, thickish, spatulate-ovate, petioled:
fls. 2-10; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, acute, glandular;
corolla-lobes purple with yellow base and a few purple
spots in throat; anthers purple, the connective -body
yellow: caps, oblong, circumscissile at apex. Feb.-
May. S. Calif. — Fls. said to vary to pure white.
Fragrant.
radicatum, Greene. Glabrous: -root short and corm-
like with fibrous rootlets: Ivs. 3-5, thin, light green,
oblong-spatulate, crenate or nearly entire, blade
attenuate into petiole of about equal length: fls. 3-5
or more on a stout scape 8-16 in. tall; calyx-lobes
lanceolate, about as long as the tube; corolla pinkish
or bluish violet, the lobes oblong-linear and erect-
spreading; staminal tube short; anthers purple, acute:
caps, narrow-ovate, only slightly surpassing calyx-
lobes. April. Wyo. to New Mex. — Recommended for
alpine and rock-gardens. L H B t
DODONJEA (Rembert Dodoens, or Dodonseus,
about 1518-1585, royal physician and author). Sapin-
dacese. Trees and shrubs, somewhat planted in S. Fla.
and S. Calif, for ornament.
Leaves alternate, without stipules, simple or pin-
nate: fls. small, polygamous, unisexual, often dioecious,
terminal or axillary, solitary or in racemes or panicles;
sepals 5 or fewer; petals wanting; stamens mostly 8
(5-10) with very short filaments; ovary 3-6-celled,
each cell 2-ovuled: caps, winged on the back of each
valve. — About 50 species, mostly in Austral., a few
in Afr. and in Hawaii and N. Amer. Lvs. sometimes
glandular and exuding resin-like or varnish-like sub-
stance.
viscdsa, Linn. Shrub, to 15 ft., viscid: Ivs. mostly
oblong, cuneate at base, entire, with resinous dots on
both surfaces: fls. greenish, in short terminal or axillary
racemes; sepals ovate: caps about Min- long and some-
what broader, broadly 3- winged, notched at apex,
more or less cordate at base. B.R. 13:1051 (as D.
oblongifolia) . — A poorly defined plant, widely distributed
in warm countries, occurring in Austral., S. Afr., in
Mex., and forms of it in Fla. and Ariz. Lvs. varying
from broadly spatulate to oblong to nearly or quite linear.
Thunbergiana, Eckl. & Zeyh. Shrubs, 6-10 ft.,
glabrous, much branched: Ivs. lanceolate or linear-
lanceolate, narrowed at base, somewhat denticulate
1339. Leaves of Dolichos. A, D. Lablab; B, D. lignosus.
and somewhat viscid : fls. green, polygamous, racemose :
caps. Hin. long, resinous and shining, 2-3-winged, as
long as the stalk or longer. S. Afr.
triquetra, Andr. Erect shrub, the young branches
flattened or very angular: Ivs. oval-elliptic to oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, to 4 in. long, entire or very
nearly so: fls. in short oblong compact panicles or
racemes; sepals minute: caps, of D. viscosa, middle-
sized. Austral.
cuneata, Rudge. Much-branched bush, usually
viscid: Ivs. small (usually under 1 in. long) obovate or
cuneate, at the end rounded or truncate or toothed,
on the sides entire or rarely obscurely toothed, short-
petioled : fls . in short terminal scarcely branched
racemes, or sometimes few in axillary clusters; sepals
ovate-oblong: caps, of D. viscosa, the wings usually not
very broad. Austral. L H. B.
DOGBANE: Apocynum.
DOG'S-TAIL GRASS: Eleusine indica.
DOGTOOTH VIOLET: Erythronium.
DOGWOOD: Cornus
DOLICHANDRA: Macfadyena.
123
1340. Types of
styles. 1, D. Lablab;
2, Vigna sinensis; 3,
V. sesquipedalis.
DOLICHODEIRA
DOLICHODElRA: Sinningia.
DOLICHOS (old Greek name). Leguminbsse. Tropi-
cal twiners (a bush variety of D. Lablab is now being
offered by seedsmen), of which a few forms are in culti-
vation, some for ornament and some for forage.
Keel of the corolla narrow and
bent inward at right angles, but
not distinctly coiled; style bearded
under the stigma, which is termi-
nal; stipules small. For botanical
distinctions between Dolichos,
Phaseolus and Vigna see Vigna.
The styles are points of difference
(Fig. 1340). D. japonicus, a most
worthy ornamental vine, will be
found under Pueraria. For D. ses-
quipedalis, see Vigna — Perhaps 50-
60 species, widely distributed.
Three species of Doh'chos are now
grown in Amer.
A. Style bearded only on a ring sur-
rounding and just below the stigma.
biflorus, Linn. This species is now being intro.
from India, where it is frequently used as a forage
plant. It differs from D. Lablab in having the upper lip
of the calyx 2-toothed and from D. Lablab and D.
lignosus in haying only a ring or brush of hairs just
beneath the stigma, whereas the styles of the other
species are bearded on a line extending down the inner
face. The seeds are small (average weight .035 gram)
and rather strongly flattened. Their approximate
dimensions are length K~/4m-> width 7-Jin., thickness
jJjin. (2-2Y2 mm.).
AA. Style bearded along the inner side.
B. Seeds small, Y^-Y^in. long by %-}4in. broad, average
weight .02 grams.
lignosus, Linn. AUSTRALIAN PEA. Fig. 1339. Ever-
green: fls. white or rosy purple: Ivs. much smaller than
in D. Lablab. A perennial rapidly growing vine, Suitable
for covering fences and outbuildings in warm countries;
highly recommended in S. Calif, and Ariz. B.M. 380. —
A form with white fls. is offered by seedsmen as D. alba.
BB. Seeds large, ^ArYftn. long by J^-%m. broad, average
weight .10-.30 grams.
Lablab, Linn. (D. cultrdtus, Thunb. D. purpureus,
Lindl. Ldblab cultrdtus, DC.). HYACINTH BEAN. Figs.
1339, 1340, 1341. Tall-twining
(often 10-20 ft.) : Ifts. broad-ovate,
rounded below and cuspidate-
pointed at the apex, often crinkly:
fls. purple or white, rather large, 2-
4 at the nodes, in a long erect ra-
ceme: pods small (2-3 in. long) and
flat, usually smooth, conspicuously
tipped with the persistent style;
seed black, mahogany or gray, in
the white-fid, varieties, white, small
(average weight about J^ gram).
Tropics. B.M. 896. B.R. 830.
A.G. 14:84. — Cult, in this country
as an ornamental climbing bean, but
in the tropics the pods and seeds are eaten. Annual. It
is easily grown in any good garden soil. Like common
beans it will not endure frost. It is very variable.
White-fld . and dwarf bush forms are now offered by seeds-
men. A form with white fls. and very large growth is
known among horticulturists as D. giganteus (Fig. 1342).
D. pseudopachyrrhizus. Harms, recently intro. into some of the
European gardens from Trop. Afr., is a perennial form with a large
tuberous rootstock: sts. long, round or angular: Ivs. long-stalked,
3-foliplate; Ifts. very variable in shape, the lateral often ovate or
elliptic and the terminal broadly rhomboid, 3J^-8 in. long, 2^-7
in. broad: fls. small, chiefly violet-blue, in racemes Ji-IJi ft. long.
GEO. F. FREEMAN.
DOMBEYA
1005
1341. Calyx cups
and styles of Doli-
chos. 1, D. lignosus;
2, D. Lablab.
DOMB^YA (after Joseph Dombey (1742-1795)
French botanist and companion of Ruiz and Pavon
in Peru and Chile). Syn. Assonia, Astrapxa. Sterculid-
cese. Shrubs or small trees of continental Afr., Madagas-
car and Seychelles, sometimes planted in Fla. and Calif. :
Ivs. often cordate, palmately nerved, frequently lobed:
fls. rosy or white, numerous, in loose axillary or terminal
cymes, in umbels, or crowded into dense heads, often
very showy; calyx 5-parted, persistent; petals 5;
stamens 15-20, 5 sterile, the remainder shorter, united
into a tube or cup; ovary 2-5-celled; stigmas 5: fr. a
loculicidal caps. — Probably 100 species, many new
kinds having been made known recently with the
opening of Trop. Afr. The dombeyas are yet little
known in this country, although some of them promise
well for lawn and park planting far south.
natalensis, Sond. Distinguished by its cordate,
acute Ivs. and the narrowly awl-shaped Ifts. of the invo-
lucre: Ivs. long, petioled, somewhat angular, toothed,
with minute stellate pubescence,
5-7-ribbed: umbels 4-8-fld. Natal.
— Cult, in S. Fla. and North under
glass. Very rapid-growing, foliage
poplar-like: fls. pure white, large,
sweet-scented; a very good winter-
blooming plant in S. Calif.
spectfibilis, Bojer. Small tree : Ivs.
cordate, orbicular or oblong, acute,
undulate, 5-9-nerved, rough above
and rusty or whitish pubescent
beneath, the petioles downy: fls.
^in. across, white, in many-fld.
much-branched axillary and termi-
nal cymes; sepals lanceolate, shorter
than corolla; petals roundish; sta-
mens united only at base. E. Trop.
Afr. — A plant under this name is
catalogued in this country as "a
tall shrub with straw-colored and
pink fls."
acutfingula, Cav. (Astrapxa tilise-
fdlia, Sweet). Low tree or shrub,
with Ivs. crowded at ends of
branches: Ivs. thin, round-
cordate, nearly glabrous,
palmately 3-5-lobed: fls.
in 2-parted cymes; brac-
teoles large, ovate, falling;
sepals Hm- °r less long,
reflexing; petals white or
reddish, J^in. long, ob-
lique-obovate; stamens 18,
being exceeded in length
by the staminodia; ovary
densely tomentose, and
styles free at top only.
Mauritius and Bourbon.
B.M. 2905 (form with en-
tire Ivs.).
punctata, Cav. Tree, the
young parts hairy: Ivs.
smooth and firm, orbicular
and deeply cordate, acute, 3-4 in. long, obscurely cre-
nate: fls. 10-20 in a simple umbel that has a peduncle
2-3 times the length of the petiole; sepals linear-lanceo-
late, reflexed; petals rather longer than sepals, obdel-
toid; ovary tomentose. Mauritius and Bourbon. Intro,
in S. Calif.
nairobensis, Engler. Shrub or tree with terete
branches that become glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. ovate-
cordate, acuminate, somewhat 3-lobed, irregularly
crenate, 7-nerved, hairy, and tomentose beneath: fls.
on long hispid pedicels in an umbel; bracteoles ovate-
lanceolate; sepals lanceolate, becoming reflexed,
tomentose outside; petals oblique and obtuse, scarcely
1342. Dolichos Lablab (form
giganteus). (XJi)
1066
DOMBEYA
DORONICUM
exceeding petals; staminodia narrowly spatulate;
ovary tomentose. Nairobi.
Wallichii, Benth. & Hook. (Astrapsea Wdllichii,
Lindl.). Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. large, velvety, cordate,
angularly lobed, with leafy stipules: fls. scarlet (pink?),
in drooping umbels, the peduncles long and hairy.
Madagascar. — A very showy plant when in bloom.
D. Burgessix, Gerrard. Lvs. pubescent, cordate, but with 2
deep, wide cuts, and 2 shallow ones besides the basal one: fls.
numerous, large, white, rosy at center and along veins; petals
rounded. S. Afr. B.M. 5487.— D. caldntha, Schum. Shrub, 10-12
ft.: Ivs. large (1 ft. across), 3-5-lobed, coarsely toothed, cor-
date at base, pubescent above and tomentose beneath, with long
petioles: fls. rose-colored, \Yz in. across. British Cent. Afr. B.M.
8424. — D. Cayeiixii, Hort., is a hybrid of D. Mastersii and D. Wal-
lichii: fls. beautiful pink in pendulous, many-fld. umbels: Ivs. cor-
date, acute, dentate, with long petioles. — D. Cdria, Baill. Tall
tree: Ivs. cordate or somewhat 3-lobed, 6 in. long and nearly as
broad, toothed or crenulate, pubescent beneath: fls. lilac-rose, 2^
in. across. Madagascar. R.H. 1911:84. — D. Davaei, Hort., is a
hybrid of D. spectabilis and D. natalensis: fls. rose-colored; also a
white-fld. form (var. alba). R.H. 1912, p. 178-9. — D. Mdstersii,
Hook. Shrub, 4-5 ft. high: Ivs. velvety, heart-shaped, serrate: fls.
fragrant, white, with thinner veins of rose than in D. Burgessiffi;
petals acute. Trop. Afr. B.M. 5639. — D. viburnifldra, Bojer, has
very numerous white fls. with narrower petals than any here des-
cribed: Ivs. cordate, 3-lobed, the cuts not so wide as in D. Bur-
gessise. Comoro. B.M. 4568. j H R t
DONDIA: Hacquetia.
DOODIA (after Samuel Doody, London apothecary).
Polypodidcex. Greenhouse ferns.
Sori curved, placed in one or more rows between
the midribs and the margins of the pinnae: Ivs. rigid.
A genus of diminutive ferns related to Woodwardia. —
Species 4 or 5. Ceylon to New Zeal.
All doodias, except D. blechnoides, are of dwarf
habit, and are useful for fern-cases and for edgings of
window boxes. Cool and intermediate temperatures
are best. They are excellent for forming an under-
growth in coolhouses, as they seldom are infested with
insects, and endure fumigation. Schneider recom-
mends three parts of peat and one of silver sand. Loam
does not help, but a little chopped sphagnum does.
They are very sensitive to stagnant water, and do not
like full exposure to sunlight. Always propagate by
spores, but division is possible.
A. Lvs, pinnatifid.
aspera, R. Br. Lvs. 6-18 in. long, 2-4 in. wide,
pinnatifid, narrowed gradually below: sori in 1 or 2
rows. Temp. Austral. — Crested varieties occur in cult.
AA. Lvs. pinnate in the lower half.
media, R. Br. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, with pinnae 1-2 in.
long, the lower one gradually smaller. Austral, and
New Zeal. — D. Kunthiana, Gaud., from the Hawaiian
Isls. has close median pinna3. D. superba, Hort., is a
larger garden form.
caudata, R. Br. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, with pinnae about
an inch long, the spore-bearing ones shorter; apex often
terminating in a long point. Austral, and New Zeal.
blechnoides, Cunn. Lvs. 18 in. long; If .-blades 15
in. long, 6 in. broad, broadest at the middle, the lowest
pinnae considerably narrowed; margins serrate: sori in
an irregular row near midrib. New S. Wales.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
DOREMA (dorema, a gift, an allusion to the gift of
gum ammoniac). Umbelliferse. About 4 odd large
perennial herbs of S. W. Asia, yielding gum-resins,
likely to be met with in collections of economic plants.
Usually glaucous, with pinnately decompound Ivs.,
and small white or yellow fls. in close woolly umbels:
calyx-teeth wanting or nearly so; petals ovate: fr.
ovate, piano-compressed. D. Ammoniacum, D. Don,
an erect fleshy-stemmed herb to 7 ft., with a few Ivs.
near the base and bracts above, yields gum-ammoniac,
a medicinal product. This resin exudes on the sting
of insects, occurring in yellowish brown "tears" or drops;
it has a balsamic odor and bitter unpleasant taste.
The plant is native in Persia and Afghanistan. Other
species yield similar exudation.
DORONICUM (Latinized Arabic name). Compdsitse.
LEOPARD'S BANE. Hardy herbaceous plants, 1-2 feet
high, with yellow many-flowered heads.
Stems little branched or not at all: Ivs. alternate,
radical ones long-stalked, st.-lvs. distant, often clasp-
ing the st.: heads mostly one on a st. and 2-3 in.
across, borne high above the basal crown of foliage, from
April to June. — From 20-30 species, natives of Eu. and
Temp. Asia. The genus is allied to Arnica and dis-
tinguished by the alternate Ivs. and by the style.
The plants are of easy culture in rich loam except D.
cordifolium, which is an alpine species. The flowers are
numerous and good for cutting. Doronicums have
been strongly recommended for forcing.
A. Root-lvs. not notched at the base, ovate.
plantagineum, Linn. Glabrous, but woolly at the
neck, with long, silky hairs: root-lvs. ovate or oval,
wavy-toothed; st.-lvs. nearly entire, the lower ones
narrowed into a petiole and not eared, the upper ones
sessile, oblong, acuminate : rhizome tuberous, roundish,
or creeping obliquely: stalk of the root-lvs. about 3 in.
long: typically about 2 ft. high. Sandy woods of Eu.
G.C. III. 17:229. J.H. III. 55:109. Gn. 60:151. Var.
excelsum, Hort. (D. excelsum, Hort. D. "Harpur
Crew," Hort.), is more robust, grows about 5 ft. high
and is probably more cult, than any other kind of
doronicum. Fls. sometimes 4 in. across. Gn. 47, p.
269; 28:512; 38:437. G.C. II. 20:297. G. 19:441;
27:225. Gn. W. 24:221.
Clfcsii, Tausch. (Arnica Clusii, All.) Lvs. ovate or
oblong; st.-lvs. half clasping, with distant teeth or
many small ones. One subvariety has long, silky hairs
on its Ivs., while another has none. Swiss and Austrian
Alps. — "Soft, downy foliage," J. W. Manning. "Grows
2 ft. high," Woolson. "Larger and later fls. than D.
caucasicum," Ellwanger and Barry.
AA. Root-lvs. notched at the base, heart-shaped.
B. Root tuberous.
Pardalianches, Linn. Hairy: Ivs. toothed; lower st.-
lvs. eared at the base of the stalk, subovate, upper ones
spatulate-cordate, highest ones cordate-clasping, acute.
Woods of lower mountains of Eu. G. 22:499. — While
all species are typically 1-fld., any of them may have
now and then more than 1 fl. on a st., and this species
particularly may have 1-5 fls.
BB. Root not tuberous.
caucasicum, Bieb. Glabrous except as noted above:
Ivs. crenate-dentate, lower st.-lvs. eared at the base
of the stalk, the blade subcordate, highest ones cordate
to half -clasping; Ivs. near the infl. linear-lanceolate.
Shady woods of Caucasus, Sicily, etc. B.M. 3143. Gn.
28 p. 512., which shows sts. with 1 fl. and 1 If. — Fls. 2
in. across.
cordif&lium, Sternb. (D. Columnse, Tenore). Gla-
brous, the st. very fibrous toward the base, scarcely
5 in. tall: radical Ivs. cordate-kidney-shaped, the upper
Ivs. st.-clasping: heads solitary on the sts., the small
Ivs. near it ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. An alpine
species from S. E. Eu. and adjacent Asia.
austriacum, Jacq. A trifle hairy: Ivs. minutely
toothed, lower st.-lvs. spatulate-oyate, abruptly nar-
rowed at the base, half-clasping, highest ones cordate-
clasping, lanceolate. Subalpine woods, Eu.
D. draytonense, Hort., is a list name, not referable to any known
species. It seems not to occur in horticultural or botanical liter-
ature.—/), magnificum, Hort., described as a "very attractive
perennial with large yellow fls. somewhat like a single sunflower," ia
also doubtful. It may be D. plantagineum var. excelsum.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
DORSTENIA
DOUGLASIA
1067
DORSTENIA (Theodor Dorsten, professor of medi-
cine at Marburg, died 1539). Mordcese. About 50 tropi-
cal herbs or small shrubs, remarkable for the dilated
receptacle in which the unisexual fls. are borne, being
imbedded in the surface. Both staminate and pistillate
fls. are without perianth; stamens 1-4; ovary 1-loculed;
stigma 2-lobed. Dorstenias are easily grown in warm
shady glasshouses. The plants are not in the American
trade, but they are often grown in botanical establish-
ments to illustrate morphology. The fig is a hollow
receptacle formed of the axis of the fl. -cluster; the dor-
stenia bears a flattened or cup-like receptacle, and is
an intermediate stage between the fig and other plants.
One of the common species is D. Contrajerva, Linn.
(Fig. 1343), which is native to Trop. Amer. : fls. on a
scape: Ivs. round-cordate, palmately lobed or parted,
the segms. ovate or oblong and more or less toothed:
receptacle irregularly rectangular, peltate:
rhizome cylindric, nodose. Mex., W. Indies,
Venezuela, Colombia. L. H. B.
DORYALIS: Aberia.
DORYANTHES (Greek, spear-flower; the
flowering stem 8 to 25 feet high, crowned by a
spike of flowers 3 feet high). Amaryllidacese.
Great desert plants from Australia, with 100
or more leaves 6 feet long when full grown,
being impressive for large conservatories, or
for open ground in the South, where they will
stand slight frost.
The representative in Austral, of the Ameri-
can Furcrsea and Agave: Ivs.
in a dense basal rosette, those
on the st. much reduced: fls.
large, bright red (often replaced
by bulblets), in a large thyrse-
like or panicled infl.; perianth
with little or no tube, the
segms. long and falcate; sta-
mens 6, attached at base of
perianth, the filaments filiform:
fr. a turbinate caps., 3-valyed.
—Three or 4 species. Little
known under glass, as they re-
quire too much room. A plant
of D. Palmeri remained at
Kew 16 years before flowering.
Plants of doryanthes are prop.
by suckers, which are pro-
duced only after flowering.
The process is very slow. The
young plants must be repotted
for several years until they
have attained a large size.
They are said to do best in a
compost of loam and leaf -mold
in equal parts.
excelsa, Correa. SPEAR-LILY. Lvs. • sword-shaped,
not ribbed, smooth, entire, with a very narrow carti-
1343. Dorstenia Contrajerva. ( X H)
Ivs. 9 ft. long, over 8 in. wide: fls. rich crimson, 4 in. long. It yields
a good fiber. Gn. 44, p. 69. G.C. III. 45:383.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DORYOPTERIS (Greek, lance-fern). Polypodiacese.
Small pot ferns with oddly pretty leaves.
Leaves with continuous marginal sori and copiously
anastomosing veins. — About 20 species, in warm coun-
tries. Sometimes joined to Pteris, which see for cul-
ture. Not to be confused with Dryopteris.
palmata, J. Smith. Lvs. 4-9 in. each way, with 5 or
more triangular lobes or the fertile still more divided;
ribs black. W. Indies to Brazil. — Sometimes considered
to be a variety of D. pedata, Fee.
nobilis, J. Smith. Larger: Ivs. sometimes 1 ft. long,
pedately bipinnatifid; ribs chestnut. S. Brazil.
D. dectpiens, with Ivs. resembling a geranium If., 3-6 in.
each way, is sometimes cult., as is D. dfcora, with more
divided Ivs. Both are natives of the Hawaiian Isls.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
DOSSINIA (E. P. Dossin, Belgian botanist,
1777-1852) . Orchidacese. One species of terrestrial
orchids, allied to Anoactochilus, but lacking the
bearded fringe on the lower part of the labellum.
This species may possibly be cult, by a few
amateurs who are skilled in the cult, of dwarf
warmhouse foliage plants.
D. marmorata, C. Morr. (Anoectochilus Lowei, Hort.).
Lvs. golden-veined or marbled, 4-5 in. long, elliptic: scape
pubescent, 10 in. high; spike 5 in. long, with many white,
pubescent fls. Java. F.S. 4:370. — There is a stronger-grow-
ing var., with foliage better colored.
DOUGLASIA (after David
Douglas, the Scotch botanist,
who explored California, Ore-
gon and British Columbia in
1823 and 1829). Incl. Aretia.
Primulacese. Low tufted per-
ennial herbs, one of which is
used in alpine gardening.
The genus is closely allied to
Androsace and Primula, but in
those two genera the Ivs. come
from the root, while Douglasia
has branches, though very
short ones, which are densely
clothed with Ivs. Douglasia
has a corolla-tube equaling or
exceeding the calyx, somewhat
inflated toward the top, with 5
scales or crests beneath the
sinuses; calyx 5-lobed, persist-
ent; stamens 5, included; ovary
5-ovuled : fr. a turbinate 1- or
2-seeded caps. — Seven or 8
species in mountains of Eu.,
and W. N. Amer., considered to
be 6 by Pax & Knuth in Engler'a
Pflanzenreich, hft. 22 (1905). The fls. are yellow in D.
Vitaliana, which is the cult, species, but otherwise
laginous margin, lower ones recurved, others erect: rose-purple. The plants require the treatment accorded
scape clothed with lanceolate Ivs., which sheath the
et. at their base; fls. in a globular head, deep crimson or
maroon inside and out (there is a white-fld. form).
B.M. 1685. R.H. 1865, pp. 466, 471; 1891, p. 548.
G.C. II. 11:339. Gn.W. 16:681. G.W. 9, p. 521.
H.F. II. 7:136.
Palmeri, W. Hill. Even more gigantic than D.
excelsa: Ivs. longer and broader, slightly ribbed and a
longer brown point: fls. in a thyrsoid panicle, bright
scarlet outside, whitish within. B.M. 6665. F.S.
20:2097. R.H. 1891:548. G.C. II. 17:409. G.W. 12,
p. 222. New shoots are said to be produced at the base,
which bloom in one or more years.
D. Guilfdylei, F. M. Bailey, QUEENSLAND-LILT, is a large and
fine species from N. Queensland, perhaps a form of D. Palmeri:
68
to other alpines; see Alpine Plants, Vol. I.
Vitaliana, Hook. f. (Primula Vitaliana, Linn.
Androsace Vitaliana, Reichb. Aretia Vitaliana, Lodd.
Gregbria Vitaliana, Duby). Height 2 in.: sts. numer-
ous, prostrate, somewhat woody: branches denuded of
Ivs. at the base, but at the tips clothed with overlapping
linear entire pilose Ivs.: fls. nearly stalkless, solitary or
2 or 3, yellow, rather large; corolla-tube 2 or 3 times
longer than the calyx, the lobes ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse. Alps, Pyrenees. L.B.C. 2:166.
Some of the American douglasias, all with rose or purple fls.,
are sometimes listed by foreign specialists in alpines. — D. drctica,
Hook. Glabrous: Ivs. ciliate with short and simple hairs, apex
obtuse: fl. 1 on a scape; corolla-tube about equaling calyx: plant
loosely cespitose. High arctic Amer. — D. dentAta, Wats. Like D.
nivalis and by some considered to be a form of it, but coarser and
1068
DOUGLASIA
DRABA
with broader often spatulate Ivs. which are entire and sparingly
denticulate. Cascade Mts., Wash. — D. Isevigdia, Gray. Mature Ivs.
coriaceous, the margin smooth or rarely minutely ciliate, blade
oblong or oblong-lanceolate and obtuse: fls. 2-5; corolla-tube
almost twice as long as calyx. Ore., Wash. — D. montana, Gray.
Mature Ivs. prominently ciliate on the margins, destitute of forked
hairs, the blade very small and linear or lanceolate: fls. single, the
corolla-tube less than the calyx or just equaling it. Mts., Wyo.,
Mont. Runs into several forms, 2 of which have been described as
species (D. biflora, Nelson and D. or Androsace uniflora). — D. nivalis,
Lindl. Mature Ivs. covered with minute 2-3-forked pairs, margins
not ciliate, blade linear and usually entire: fls. 3-7, the corolla-tube
hardly exceeding the calyx. Columbia River. L H B t
DOUGLAS SPRUCE : Pseudotsuga Douglasii.
DOWNINGIA (after Andrew Jackson Downing,
famous American pomologist and landscape gardener).
Campanulacese; or Lobeliaceae when this family is kept
distinct. Low herbs, much branched, sometimes grown
as garden annuals; flowers blue with white or yellow
markings or blotches.
Leaves alternate, entire, passing above into bracts:
fls. in the axils of the Ivs. or upper sessile bracts;
corolla 2-lipped, the upper lobes much narrower than
the 3 lower ones; tube of stamens free from the corolla:
seeds numerous, small, oblong to spindle-shaped, in a
very long linear caps, that bears at its apex the leafy
linear calyx-lobes and is dehiscent lengthwise by 1-3
valves or fissures. — Six to 8 species, mostly in Calif.
(1 in Chile), usually in moist places and margins of
spring pools, sometimes in salty marshes or in moun-
tains. Rafmesque's name Bolelia (anagram of Lobelia)
is older, but is discarded by the list of "nomina conser-
vanda" of the the Vienna code. The plants are little
known in American gardens. They are easily grown
annuals, and are said to make interesting pot-plants.
The species are often not well distinguished, and some of
them may be color forms. The plants grow about 6 in.
high, and have been recommended for edgings.
pulchella, Torr. (Clintbnia pulchella, Lindl.). Erect
or ascending, 2-10 in., usually simple: Ivs. oblong-
ovate to linear, J^in. long, obtuse: fls. deep blue, the
center of lower lip yellow with a white border, and
marked with violet and yellow in throat; lower lip
with 3 roundish apiculate lobes; upper lip deeply
2-cleft with spreading oblong-lanceolate segms. May,
June, in Calif. B.R. 1909. R.H. 1861: 171. G.W. 15,
p. 213. R.H. 1895, p. 19, shows its straggling habit
as a pot-plant. Many of the branches fall below the
top of the pot.
elegans, Torr. (C. elegans, Douglas) . St. usually simple,
4-7 in.: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate: the broad lip moder-
ately 3-lobed; the 2 divisions of the smaller lip lanceo-
late, parallel; lower lip sky-blue with darker veinlets and
the main part white with 2 green or yellowish spots;
the throat often purple-spotted and yellow-lined. May.
Calif. B.R. 1241. L. H. B.f
DOXANTHA CAPREOLATA, Miers: Bignonia capreolata.
DRABA (Greek name for a cress). Cruciferae. WHIT-
LOW-GRASS. One of the important groups of spring-
flowering plants for the alpine garden.
A large and widely scattered genus of tufted hardy
annual or perennial herbs, with stellate hairs: Ivs. often
in a rosette, mostly uncut: scapes or sts. leafy or not;
racemes short or long; fls. without bracts, small, white,
yellow, rosy or purple; stamens 6: fr. an oval, orbicular
or linear flat pod with several to many marginless
seeds in 2 rows in each cell; cotyledons accumbent. —
Some 150 species in temperate and arctic regions of the
world, many of them in mountains. Many species
occur in the lists of alpine gardeners. They are more or
less alyssum-like.
Drabas are very pretty dwarf compact alpine plants,
with small but numerous flowers admirably adapted
for the rockery or front part of a sunny border. They
require a sunny position and an open soil. It is impor-
tant that they be well matured by the autumn sun. The
plant forms a dense little rosette of Ivs., and has a neat
appearance at all times. In spring, drabas are thickly
covered with their little flowers and when planted in
masses are decidedly effective. Propagation is chiefly
by division; also by seed, which may be sown in the
fall if desired. (J. B. Keller.)
INDEX.
aizoides, 7. cuspidata, 10. Mawii, 4.
Aizpon, 8. Dedeana, 9. olympica, 11.
alpina, 15. fladnizensis, 6. pyrenaica, 1.
androsacea. 6. gigas, 5. rigida, 12.
aurea, 16. hispida, 14. tridentata, 14.
brunisefolia, 11. imbricata, 13. violacea, 2.
bryoides, 12. lapponica, 6. Wahlenbergii, 6.
cinerea, 3.
A. Fls. rose or purple.
1. pyrenaica, Linn. ROCK BEAUTY. Height 2-3 in.:
Ivs. wedge-shaped, 3-lobed at apex: fls. white at first,
changing to rosy pink. May. Mts., S. Eu. B.M. 713.
— Said to be easily prop, by cuttings. This is Petrocallis
pyrenaica, R. Br., under which name it will be found
again.
2. violacea, DC. St. woody at base, branched:
6-12 in.: Ivs. obovate-oblong, obtuse, equally woolly
1344. Draba Dedeana.
on both sides: scapes leafy; petals obovate, dark purple.
Andes of Ecuador at elevations of 13,000-15,000 ft.
B.M. 5650.
AA. Fls. white (sometimes yellowish in No. 6).
B. Plants biennial or annual.
3. cinerea, Adams. St. nearly simple: Ivs. oblong-
linear, stellate pubescent: petals twice longer than
calyx : pods oblong, pubescent, shorter than the pedicel.
Early spring. Siberia.
BB. Plants perennial.
c. Lvs. rigid.
4. Mawii, Hook. Forming low, densely tufted, bright
green patches: st. much branched, densely clothed with
spreading, rosulate Ivs.: Ivs. linear-oblong, obtuse,
bristly, with a prominent midrib below: scape very
short, woolly, 2-4-fld., very short-pedicelled ; petals
thrice as large as the sepals, obcordate, white: pods
ellipsoid, compressed. Spain. B.M. 6186.
5. gigas, Stur (properly Arabis Carduchbrum, Boiss.).
Lvs. rosulate and rigid, linear and obtusish, ciliate:
scape 1 in. or less, the fruiting raceme short and con-
tracted; fls. white: fr. glabrous, elliptic-linear, the style
very short, the valves 1 -nerved and keeled. Armenia.
cc. Lvs. not rigid.
6. fladnizensis, Wulf. (D. androsacea, Willd. D.
Wahlenbergii, Hartm. D. lapponica, Willd.). Plant
2-3 in., much branched at base: Ivs. rather loosely
rosulate, oblong-linear to lanceolate, ciliate, usually
somewhat villous or stellate-pubescent, less than J^in.
long: scape usually glabrous or only slightly villous;
fls. sometimes yellowish: pods elliptic-oblong to ovate-
lanceolate, not hairy. Arctic regions and Cent. Eu.
XXXVII. Dracaena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa.
DRABA
DRAC^NA
1069
AAA. Fls. yellow.
B. Lvs. rigid, keeled, ciliate.
7. aizoides, Linn. Cespitose, 2-3 in.: Ivs. linear and
acutish: scape glabrous, the raceme elongating in fr.;
petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx; anthers about
equaling the petals: fr. oblong-elliptic, glabrous or
setulose; style as long as the pod is wide. March. Cent,
and S. Eu.— B.M. 170. Variable.
8. Aizoon, Wahl. About 3 in. high: lys. broad-
lanceolate, strongly ciliate: scape hairy, with sulfur-
yellow fls., the filaments being paler or greenish. April.
Eu. — Diverse in habit.
9. Dedeana, Boiss. & Reut. Fig. 1344. Densely
cespitose: scape and pedicels pubescent: Ivs. oblong-
linear, attenuate at base: petals broadly obcordate-
cuneate; stamens scarcely longer than calyx: fr. elip-
eoidal or ovoid. Spain. — In habit like D. azoides; fls.
paler yellow.
10. cuspidata, Bieb. Cespitose: Ivs. linear-acute:
scape villous or woolly, the fruiting raceme short;
petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx; anthers equal-
ing the petals: fr. lanceolate and somewhat turgid,
setulose. Asia Minor. — Aspect of D. aizoides, but
scape shorter and pod somewhat inflated.
11. olympica, Sibth. (D. bruniaefdlia, Stev.). Densely
and broadly cespitose, about 4 in. high: Ivs. narrowly
linear, somewhat keeled: petals deep golden, twice as
long as the calyx and stamens: fr. small, turgid-com-
g-essed; style very short. June. Greece, Orient. —
uns into many forms.
offered abroad, is described as "very close, compact tufts, white
fls." — D. tfrna, Linn. WHITLOW-GRASS. A winter annual, widely
naturalized from Eu., with white fls., bifid petals, oblong-obovate
to oblanceolate rosulate Ivs., slender scapes 2-6 in., and glabrous
round-oval to oblong pods. T rr r> j.
Li. xl. 13.7
DRACflJNA (female dragon; the dried juice supposed
to resemble dragon's blood). Liliaceae. DRACENA.
Ornamental hothouse or stove plants, frequently with
variegated leaves.
Often arborescent, with sword-shaped or broad Ivs.
mostly crowded at the summit of the st. : fls. clustered
in panicles or heads, greenish -white or yellowish;
perianth salver-form or campanulate; lobes 6, spread-
ing; stamens 6: fr. a 3-celled berry. Differs from Cordy-
line in having larger fls., and solitary instead of many
ovules in each cell of the ovary. — About 40 tropical
woody plants, a few being in cult. See Baker, Journ.
Linn. Soc., vol. 14, for a monograph of the genus.
Dracsena Draco, of the Canaries, is the dragon tree.
It reaches a height of 30 to 60 feet, branching when of
great age. The dragon tree of Teneriffe, famous for
centuries, was 70 feet high, and one of the oldest of
known trees. See Cordyline for other names not found
in this article; also for culture.
The following key to the cultivated species of both
Dracsna and Cordyline is based upon the Ivs.
Bcerhavii, 1.
deremensis, 5.
Draco, 1.
fragrans, 4.
Godseffiana, 8.
Goldieana, 6.
INDEX.
Hookeriana, 3.
Knerkii, 4.
latifolia, 3.
Lindenii, 4.
Massangeana, 4.
Rothiana, 4.
Rumphii, 3.
Sanderiana, 7.
thaloides, 7.
umbraculifera, 2.
variegata, 3.
Victoria, 4.
12. rigida, Willd. (D. bryoldes, DC.). Powdered:
Ivs. minute, and very short, oblong-linear and keeled, KEY TO THE SPECIES.
obtusish, the margin more or less ciliate: scape glabrous, A. LVS_ iong and sword-shaped, sessile.
bearing a rather long raceme; petals deep golden B. The lvs. glaucous beneath, 2-5 in.
yellow, much exceeding calyx: fr. elliptic or nearly wide C. indivisa
linear. Caucasus, Armenia. BB. The lvs. with both faces similar, nar-
13. imbricata, Meyer. Very dwarf, much powdered: c oT^nature plants narrow (6-15
lvs. very small, oblong, obtuse, 3-sided, ciliate, densely lines broad) .C. stricta
imbricate: raceme nearly sessile, glabrous, 3-5-fld.; cc. Of mature plants broader (i-2 in.}.
petals deep golden, twice exceeding the calyx ; filaments D. Margins green.
exceeding calyx: fr. ovate-orbicular, glabrous, nearly E. Color of lvs. glaucous-green,
plane; style very short. Caucasus. — An excellent little costate, l%-2 ft. by 15-21
rock alpine. n3*"l*'i \ D' Draco
EE. Color of lvs. green, costate,
BB. Lvs. not rigid or keeled. undulate below, 2-3% ft.
14. hispida, Willd. (D. tridentdta, DC.). About 3 in. r ty ^f in~ • ; • - • •; • D- umbraculifera
high: Ivs. obovate, narrowed into a long petiole, scure S^lft^bu ^'s-Ts lines C australis
obscurely 1-3-toothed at the apex, somewhat bristly: DD_ Margins white-pellucid .. . .b! Hookeriana
scape not hairy; petals yellow, cuneate, retuse, twice AA. Lvs. oblanceolate, broadly petioled or
longer than calyx: fr. oblong-linear, not hairy. Rus- sessile.
sia, Caucasus. B. Size of lvs. 3-4 in. by l%-2 in.,
15. alpina, Linn. Densely cespitose, with a much- _ <,?**?%? V^l^hi.'ik'fi K™ °' Godseffiana
i 11 i i i i i 11 i i U±>. O6.5o OJ too. J & — J.O (fit* (JU J.O — %tl (>Z/tc/of
branched caudex: lvs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse or alternate... ..C. rubra
acute, pubescent: flat: scape more or less hairy: pods BBB. Size of lvs. l%-3 fi by 2-4 in.,
oblong to ovate; style very short. April. Greenland, alternate.
N. Eu., Asia. c. Pedicels " 1-1% lines long; per-
16. a&rea, Vahl. Doubtfully perennial or biennial, cc p^SS^»~l]4^t & long'- 'per?' fragrans
pubescent throughout with stellate hairs, the caudex ianth 7-8 lines long... D. deremensis
simple or little branched: lvs. oblanceolate to lanceo- AAA. Lvs. ovate, lanceolate, or elliptical;
late, to 2 in., entire or remotely serrate: petals bright petioles narrow.
yellow to almost white: pods lanceolate to linear, B. The lvs. 4-8 in. by 2-2% in., oblong-
acute, often twisted. New Mex., and Ariz, in mountains falcate, green . . . . . C. Haageana
and north R M 2Q^4 BB- ™ he ")s- 7~8 m- °V 4~5 "»M oblong,
tUlu 11O1 III. iJ.iVl. £ud*±. r ., ,, , T* f* ...
,,. _ _, „, , .. white-spotted D. Goldieana
D. boreahs, DC. Fls. white: stellate-pubescent, more or less BBB j-ie fas 7-10 in bv \4-l\4i in
cespitose, st. 2-12 in., simple or sparingly branched: lvs. ovate to , j . , -. ' jL-Sj ''r» cnnA^r;n^
oblong-ovate, flat, y,m. or less: style short and stout. Brit. Col. lanceolate white-margined . ....D. Sanderiana
to the high N., Japan.— D. eldta. Hook. f. Fls. yellow: tall biennial, BBBB. 1 he lvs. 10-18 in. by 1-3% in.,
the st. about 1 ft. high from the previous year's rosette of spatulate elliptical C. terminahs
lvs. Himalayas. — D. frigida, Saut. Fls. white: scape about 2-
Ivd., loosely pubescent: lvs. lanceolate or elliptic, stellate-tomentose: 1. Draco, Linn. DRAGON-TREE. Arborescent (60
fr. oblong, glabrous, the style very short or almost none. Alps. — D. t. v,;crU'l Kmnphp^- lv«a vprv numprmis prnwHpd
GiUiesii, Hook. & Am. Fls. white, ^in. or less across: tufted U' n!g1}-'' DTancneU US, CJOwaeO,
perennial, 1-10 in., variable: Ivs. ovate:oblong, coarsely toothed: SWOrd-shaped, erect or the Outer recurved (1M~2 ft. X
fls. few to many in an erect raceme. Chile. B.M. 7913. Gn. 63, p. 114— l^in.), scarcely narrowed below, long-attenuate
243.— D. grandifldra, Hook & Arn. Fls. white, in racemes: plant f ft trlaiinniis m-ppn • nprKfplq ^-« linpq lon^'
small and tufted, with tomentose lvs. oblong-spatulate. High n. pedicels d-O 111
Andes. Gn. 63, p. 242. Showy; hardy in England.— D. Salamdnii, bracts minute, lanceolate: perianth 4 lines long, green-
1070
DRAC^NA
DRACOCEPHALUM
ish: filaments flat: berries orange. Canary Ms. B.M.
4571. R.H. 1869, p. 416; 1880, p. 196. G.C. II. 14:749.
G.W. 12:233. J.F. 2, pi. 124. — Fine for conservatory.
D. Boerhavii, Tenore, is a garden form, with elongated
Ivs., all recurved.
2. umbraculifera, Jacq. Arborescent (3-10 ft. high),
simple: Ivs. very numerous, crowded, sword-shaped
(2-3}4 ft. x 1^4-2 in.), outer recurved, all green and
shining, attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed
toward the conspicuously undulate base, costa distinct
on both faces: pedicels 4-6 lines long: bracts minute,
deltoid: perianth large, 2 in. long, white, tinged with
red; filaments filiform. Mauritius. L.B.C. 3:289.
3. Hookeriana, Koch (C. Rumphii, Hook. D.
Rumphii, Regel). Trunk 3-6 ft. high, sometimes
branched: Ivs. numerous, densely clustered, sword-
shaped (2-2^i ft. x 1^2-2 in.), outer reflexed, all long-
attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed below,
margin white-pellucid, lower face concave, indistinctly
costate beneath: bracts lJ^-3 in. long, white: pedicels
3-4 lines long; perianth greenish, 12-15 lines long;
filaments filiform: berries orange. Cape of Good Hope.
D. latifolia, Regel, is a horticultural variety, with Ivs.
3-3K in. wide. G.C. III. 20:305 (var. latifolia). B.M.
4279 (as Cordyline Rumphii.) Var. variegata, Hort.
Variegated foliage.
4. fragrans, Ker-Gawl (Aletris fragrans, Linn.
Sansevieria fragrans, Jacq.). Arborescent (20 ft. high
or more), sometimes branched: Ivs. (1^-3 ft. x 2^-4
in.) sessile, oblanceolate, lax and spreading or recurved,
flaccid, green and shining, acute, indistinctly costate:
1345. Dracaena fragrans var. Lindenii.
bracts minute, scarious, deltoid: pedicels 1-1 % lines
long; fls. glomerate; perianth 6-8 lines long, yellow:
berry orange-red. Guinea. B.M. 1081. A.G. 18:389.
F.R. 4:189. Gn. M. 8:270. G.W. 12:232. G. 2:286.
— Much used for greenhouse and table decoration. D.
Knerkii, Hort. Form with glossy light green, less pen-
dulous Ivs. D. Rothiana, Hort. A garden form. I.H.
43, p. 97. R.H. 1877, p. 68. D. Victdria, Hort. A gar-
den form. Gn. 63, p. 77. Var. Lindenii, Hort. (D. Lin-
denii, Hort.). Fig. 1345. Lvs. recurved, traversed from
base to apex by creamy white bands. Very decorative.
I.H. 27:384. F.R. 4:191. G.W. 14:321. A.F. 35:1241.
G.C. III. 30:176. Var. Massangeana, Hort. (D. Mas-
sangedna, Hort.). A broad yellow stripe along the
center of the If. throughout its entire length. F.R.
4:193.
5. deremensis, Engler. Plant 9-15 ft. high,
branched : Ivs. 1 % ft. long, 2 in. wide, narrowed into a
broad petiole-like base: infl. large; fls. on pedicels \%-
2 lines long; perianth 7-8 lines long, with tube 4 lines
long, dark red without, white within, unpleasant
scented. Afr. G.C. III. 50:23. G.M. 54:523. G.W.
11:505 (all as var. Warneckii) .
6. Goldieana, Hort. Plate XXXVII. Trunk simple,
slender: Ivs. distant, spreading, thick-oblong (7-8 in. x
4-5 in.), cuspidately pointed, base broadly rounded or
cordate, glossy green, conspicuously white-spotted and
banded, young Ivs. often tinged with red; petioles erect
(2-3 in. long), deeply grooved: fls. unknown. W. Trop.
Afr. B.M. 6630. R.H. 1878, p. 15. I.H. 25:300; 42, p.
257. G.C. II. 17:49. G.Z. 22:1. G. 2:271; 14:239.
G.W. 12:235.— A fine foliage plant.
7. Sanderiana, Hort. (D. thaloldes var. variegata,
Hort.?). Slender: Ivs. distant, alternate, spreading
or recurved (7-10x J^-1K in.), narrowly lanceolate,
acuminate, on rather broad petioles (1-3 in. long),
glossy-green, broadly margined with white. Congo.
A.F. 8:1281; 11:235. I.H. 40:175. G.C. III. 13:445.
G.W.14:322. Gn.W. 14:617. G. 23:533. G.L. 16:235.
—Intro, in 1893.
8. Godseffiana, Hort. Woody, but very slender,
rather diffuse: Ivs. at many nodes small, erect, scale-
like and lanceolate, the others opposite or in whorls
of 3, oblong or obovate, spreading, cuspidate, sessile
(3-4xlJ^-2 in.), firm, green, with copious white spots:
raceme short -peduncled: bracts small: fr. globular,
greenish yellow or red, nearly 1 in. diam. Congo.
G.C. III. 21:347. Gn. 50, p. 276; 51:298, and p. 299.
A.F. 13:1340. F.E. 10, supp. 2:12. Gng. 6:294. G.
19:388. — Fine for decorative purposes.
The following are apparently not in the American trade: D.
americdna, Donnell Smith. Twenty to 40ft. high: Ivs. linear-sword-
shape, 8-15 in. long, green: fls. white, small, in dense panicles. Allied
to D. Draco. Cent. Amer. S.T.S. 1:207. New.— D. arbdrea. Link.
Lvs. green, sword-shaped, dense, sessile. Gt. 46: 1438; and p. 226.
G.W. 8:260; 12:232. — D. Brodmfieldii, Hort. Lvs. spreading or
recurved, strap-shaped, undulate, sessile, deep green bordered with
broad white margins. J.H. III. 33:541. G.C. III. 20:667; 23:249;
33:249 (var.) G. 27:597. G.W. 13:4.— Botanical status obscure.
— D. concinna, Kunth. Lvs. oblanceolate, green, purple on the
margin, green-petioled. — D. cyllndrica. Hook. Lvs. linear-lan-
ceolate, or obovate-lanceolate, bright green, spreading. B.M. 5846.
— D. Eeckhdntii, Hort. F.R. 4:46. Gn.W. 16:697. — D. elliptica,
Thunb. Lvs. spreading, petioled, thickish, elliptic -lanceolate,
glossy, acute, longitudinally striate. B.M. 4787. G.C. II. 17:261
(var. maculata). — D. ensifolia, Hort. Amer.=Dianella ensifolia.
— D. kewensis, Hort. Lvs. dark green, broadly oblong-lanceolate-
acute; petiole red, half as long as the blade. New Caledonia. New.
May be a form of C. terminalis. G.C. III. 33:265. F.E. 15:619.—
D. marginata, Lam. Lvs. sword-shaped, dense, spreading, green,
margined and veined with red. G.W. 12:235. — D. marmorata,
Hort. B.M. 7078. — D, phrynioides, Hook. Lvs. petioled, mostly
oval, acuminate, coriaceous, spotted with yellowish white, pale
beneath. B.M. 5352. — D. reflexa, Lam. Lvs. lanceolate or sword-
shaped, acute, contracted into a petiole. — D. Saposchnikdwi, Regel.
Lvs. sword-shaped, crowded, green. Gt. 705. — D. Smithii, Baker.
Lvs. large; narrowly sword-shaped, crowded, bright green. B.M.
6169.
Some trade names, the botanical status of which is in doubt, are
the following: alba-marginata, albanensis, Alexandria, angustifolia,
angustata,argenteo-striata, DeSmetiana, edmontoniensis, elefantissima,
Elizabethise , Frederica, Hendersonii, imperator, Jamesii, Janssesii,
Lacourtii, Mayi, Mandseana, Offeri, perelyares, recurva, Salmonea,
Sheperdii, spectabilis. D. nova-caledonica is probably Cordyline neo-
caledonica, Lindl., with bronze Ivs. -rr AJ WlEGAND
DRACOCEPHALUM (Greek, dragon's head, from
the shape of the corolla). Labidtse. Hardy herbaceous
annual and perennial plants of easy culture and of
minor importance.
Allied to Nepeta, differing in having the calyx
mostly straight rather than curved and unequally
toothed: mostly erect herbs, with opposite entire,
toothed or deeply cut Ivs., the upper ones passing into
bracts: fls. in many-fld. verticils which are axillary or
terminal, blue or purple or rarely white; calyx tubular,
about 15-nerved; corolla, upper lip somewhat notched
and arched, the lower one 3-cleft and the middle part
notched or 2-cleft; stamens 4, didynamous, the 2
DRACOCEPHALUM
DRAGON PLANTS
1071
anther-cells divaricate. — Forty species in Eu. and Asia
and very sparingly in N. Amer.
Sandy loam, moderately rich, and a rather moist,
partially shaded situation will suit these plants best.
In a sunny dry border they are never very showy;
the flowers are of short duration, and are seldom at
their best except in very moist seasons. Propagation
is by division or seeds. The species described below
are erect-growing.
A. Lvs. entire, not cut in any way.
Ruyschiana, Linn. (Ruyschiana spicata, Mill.).
Perennial, 2 ft.: sts. slightly pubescent: Ivs. linear-
lanceolate, glabrous: bracts ovate-lanceolate, entire:
whorls in somewhat interrupted spikes; fls. 1 in. long,
purplish blue or purple; anthers villous. Siberia. Var.
japonicum, Hort., has white fls. shaded with blue, and
is a distinct improvement. G.C. 11.12: 167. — According
to Vilmorin, this species has been sold as D. altaiense
(see D. grandiflorum).
AA. Lvs. deeply 3-5-cleft.
austriacum, Linn., has the habit of the above, and
belongs to the same subgenus Ruyschiana, but the
Ivs. are divided and more distinctly revolute at the
margin. About 1-1 K ft- high: fls. blue, 1J^ in. long
and more: perennial. July, Aug. Eu., Caucasus.
AAA. Lvs. cut only at the margin', mostly crenate.
B. Whorls crowded together into spikes or heads.
grandifldrum, Linn. (D. altaiense, Laxm.). Peren-
nial, about 1 ft. high: root-lvs. long-stalked, oblong,
notches at base; st.-lvs. few, short-stalked, ovate, not
notched at base, the uppermost still more rounded:
whorls in spikes 2-3 in. long, the lowest whorl usually
at some distance: fls. 2 in. long, blue. June, July.
Siberia. B.M. 1009. P.M. 13:51.
specie sum, Benth. Allied to D. grandiflorum, but
st. pubescent instead of pilose above: root-lvs. more
broadly heart-shaped, and all Ivs. pubescent beneath
instead of nearly glabrous, and wrinkled: fls. purplish to
deep purple. June, July. Himalayas. B.M. 6281.
BB. Whorls distant, in long racemes.
Moldavica, Linn. (Molddvica punctata, Moench).
Lvs. lanceolate, inciso - crenate, the floral ones nar-
rower and pectinate: fls. in few-fld. loose clusters;
corolla 2 or 3 times as long as calyx, blue or white.
European annual, 1-2 ft., sparingly run wild in N.
Amer. Eu., N. Asia.
R&prechtii, Regel. Perennial: dwarf or compact, 1-
1^2 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, incised and toothed: fls.
rosy purple or lilac, about 1 in. long, in axillary clusters.
Turkestan. Gt. 1018.
nutans, Linn. Perennial, 1 ft.: Ivs. ovate-crenate,
the floral ones oblong-lanceolate and more nearly
entire: fls. blue. May-July. N. Asia. Mn. 4:137.
B.R. 841. Var. alpina, Hort., is advertised.
D. canartense=Cedronella triphylla. — D. canfscens, Linn.=
Lallemantia. — D. virginidnum, Linn.=Physostegia.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DRACONTITJM (derived from the Greek word for
dragon). Aracese. Greenhouse or hothouse plants, grown
more for curiosity than for beauty.
Herbs with long-petioled Ivs.: petioles verrucose;
blades deeply 3-parted, these again parted: spathe
oblong, convolute below; spadix short-stalked, short,
cylindric, free, densely many-fld.; fls. perfect, with a
perianth: fr. a 2-3-celled berry, each cell 1-seeded. —
About a half-dozen species in Trop. Amer. Cult, as
for Amorphophallus.
asperum, Koch (Amorphophallus nivbsus, Lem.).
Petioles up to 9 ft. long and over 1 in. thick, roughened
toward base with small warts conjoined in series,
marked with large livid green and brown spots; blades
up to 3 ft. broad, 3-parted, the divisions bipinnate,
the ultimate segms. oblong to lanceolate: peduncles
4 in. or more long; spathe up to 10 in. long; spadix
1^-2 in. long. Brazil. I.H. 13, p. 14; 12:424.
GEORGE V. NASH.
DRACUNCULUS (Latin, a little dragon). Ardcex.
Odd tuberous plants sometimes grown under glass.
This plant has interesting dragon-fingered Ivs. and a
terrifying odor when in flower. Its tubers are sold by
bulb dealers under the name of Arum Dracunculus.
The monographer of this order (Engler, in DC. Mon.
1346. Dracunculus vulgaris.
Phan., vol. 2, 1879) puts this plant into the genus Dra-
cunculus because the ovules are attached to the base of
the ovary, while in Arum they are attached to the side.
The Ivs. of the true arums are always arrow-shaped,
while in Dracunculus they are sometimes cut into finger-
like lobes. There are only 2 species. The common one
is an entertaining, not to say exciting, plant. It is
well worth growing for the experience, though its
stench is not quite so bad as that of a helicodiceros,
sold as Arum crinitum, which makes any house unbear-
able in which it flowers. Nearly all arums are ill-
smelling. For cult., see Arum.
vulgaris, Schott. Fig. 1346. Sheath of Ivs. livid,
spotted ; stalks green ; blades with 10 fingers projecting
from a bow-shaped base: tube of spathe streaked with
purple except at the bottom ; spathe purple all over and
much darker along the wavy border. Medit. regions.
G.C. III. 47 : 198. WILHELM MILLER.
DRAGON PLANTS. The dragon arum, dragon root
or green dragon, is the native Arissema Dracontium.
The dragon plant of Europe is Dracunculus vulgaris.
The dragon's head is not an aroid, but a Dracocepha-
lum, a genus of mints. False dragon's head is Physo-
stegia. The dragon's blood of commerce is a dark red,
astringent, resinous secretion of the fruits of a palm,
1072
DRAGON PLANTS
DRAINAGE
Dsemonorops Draco. Other kinds of dragon's blood
are produced by Dracaena Draco and Ecastophyllum
monetaria (now referred to Dalbergia). "Sticks,"
"reeds," "tears" and "lumps" of dragon's blood are
known to commerce. The resin is used in coloring
varnishes, dyeing horn in imitation of tortoise shell,
and in the composition of tooth-powders and various
tinctures. The dragon tree is Dracaena Draco.
DRAINAGE. Underground or sub-drains serve to
relieve the land of free water, which is harmful to most
plants if left to stagnate in the surface soil or subsoil.
They serve not only to dry the land in early spring, but
indirectly to warm it, for if the water is removed the
sun's heat warms the soil instead of cooling it by
evaporating the surplus water. Tenacious lands
devoted to gardening and small-fruits are made more
productive, warmer and earlier by sub-drainage. Drains
promote nitrification, assist in liberating mineral plant-
food and cheapen tillage. They serve not only to
remove deleterious stagnant water, but they promote
aeration as well, and this hastens beneficial chemical
changes in the soil. Drainage promotes the vigor,
healthfulness and fruitfulness of plants. Tenacious
soils are made more friable by drains, thereby giving
1348. Old-fashioned drain-tile.
1347. Diagrams to explain the effect of lowering the water-table by
means of under-draining. On the undrained soil, the roots do not pene-
trate deep; and when droughts come, the plants suffer.
easier access to plant roots, while the percolation
through the soil of rainwater, which carries some plant-
food, is hastened. Rain-water in the spring is warmer
than the soil; in midsummer it is cooler than the soil:
therefore, percolation of rain-water warms the soil
in the spring and cools it in extremely hot weather.
Drains serve not only to relieve land of free water, but
they impart to it power to hold additional available
moisture, which materially benefits plants during
droughts.
Drainage is of two kinds, surface and sub-drainage.
On land on which large outlays of money are to be
expended, as in horticultural plantations, it is of the
utmost importance that the soil be freed to consider-
able depths from stagnant water. Trees, many shrubs,
and even some garden crops send their roots deeper
into the subsoil than most of the cereals, hence they restore the
require a greater depth of drained feeding-ground. In land by un-
horticulture the planting may often precede the har- der drain-
vest by five to ten years, while with many farm crops age, for lack
the harvest follows the planting in a few months. If of an outlet
the grain-raiser loses one crop, an annual, by planting within rea-
on wet land, the loss is not great, but if the orchardist sonable dis-
loses fifteen to twenty years of labor by planting on tance, it is
undrained lands, before the mistake is discovered, the probable
losses are serious. Some lands require little more than that the
to be relieved from surplus surface water in early spring. only way to
This may be accomplished by forming ridges and open reclaim it
furrows as far asunder as the rows of trees are to be
placed. But it is only rarely that surface drainage
fully prevents serious damage from surplus moisture.
Surface drainage may be considered a cheap way of
temporarily alleviating undesirable conditions. It
does not always eradicate them. Fig. 1347 illustrates
how sub-drainage lowers the water-table (or the area
of standing water), and thereby ameliorates the soil.
Sub- drainage
consists in placing
conduits of tile or
other material in
the ground at
depths varying
from2^to4feet,
and at such dis-
tances apart as
will serve to relieve the subsoil of deleterious stagnant
water. When suitable stones are at hand, they are
sometimes used instead of tile for forming drainage
conduits. If such use is made of them, the drains should
be somewhat deeper than tile drains, since the stones
which form the drain occupy nearly a foot of the depth
of the ditch and are more likely to become obstructed,
especially if placed near the surface, than are tile
drains. The throats or openings of stone drains
are irregular in size, while those of tile drains are
smooth and uniform in size, and are, therefore,
most desirable. Years ago, various flat-bottomed
tiles (Fig. 1348) were employed, but the style in
general use at present is the cylindrical unglazed
tile shown in Fig. 1349. They should be hard-
burned. Because of the low cost of cement,
tiles made of sand and hydraulic cement have
recently come into use; they require no burning,
are stronger than tiles made of clay and are just
as efficient, except in alkali and where frost
penetrates very deep.
In semi-arid districts in which
irrigation is practised, if there is
a hardpan, nearly or quite im-
pervious to water, located within
3% to 4^ feet of the surface,
the land will in time become
sour or charged with injurious
alkaline salts, and in many cases
ruinously unproductive. Lands
of this description are, for the
most part, situated west of the 100th
meridian. A striking illustration of
raising the water-table by too liberal
irrigation may be found in a tract of
several thousand acres in Tulare
County, California, which formerly
produced grapes and peaches abund-
antly but now yields nothing except a
little hardy forage. The water table in
this region was once 30 to 40 feet below
the surface, but as a result of constant
irrigation has risen to within 2 or 3 feet
and, in low places, even to the surface,
forming a sort of tule swamp. Since
the water-table could not be lowered
enough to
1349. Common cylindrical drain-tile; and a scoop
for preparing the bed for the tile.
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
1073
would be to sink a well and pump the surplus water
into a surface ditch. Irrigation with pure water would
then sweeten the soil and render it again productive;
and the whole process of restoration need not be exces-
sively expensive.
If the hardpan is less than 2 feet in thickness, the
land may be improved greatly for orchard and vine-
yard purposes by the use of dynamite. Blasting
should be deep enough to allow the surplus water to
escape into the porous earth or gravelly soil beneath
the hardpan. On the Pacific coast this method of
draining orchard and vineyard land has been quite
successful. In any case, unless the soil has good natural
sub-drainage, it is both wise and economicalto blast out
holes for trees and vines; for the cost of digging holes,
if they are as large and deep as they should be,
is lessened by an amount almost equal to the cost of
blasting.
Recently, powerful tractors have solved, to some
extent, the problem of drainage in many cases by mak-
ing deep plowing possible before planting and during
the first few years of subsequent tillage of the orchard
or vineyard. This machine with the tillage implement
turns easily at the ends of the field within the space
allowed for turning a span of horses and a plow; it can
pass under limbs where a 14-hand horse (56-inch) can
1350. Improper method of draining a field.
pass, and as close to the plants as a span of horses can.
It furnishes also power and locomoton for spraying
and for opening trenches to a considerable depth (18 to
44 inches) for the reception of drain-tile.
In some regions, drains are placed 200 to 300 feet
apart, and serve their purpose well. In others they
should not be placed farther apart than 20 to 30 feet.
Wherever the subsoil is composed of tenacious fine
clay, through which the water moves upward or down-
ward with difficulty, the narrower intervals are neces-
sary. In some instances the surplus water in the sub-
soil is under pressure by reason of water which finds its
way into it from higher levels, and if this is not removed,
the water has a constant tendency to rise to the sur-
face. In many such cases drains placed at wide inter-
vals may serve to relieve the pressure and drain the
land. Since sub-drains are designed to be permanent,
are expensive to construct and difficult to repair, the
principles of drainage should be well understood, and
the work should be undertaken only after a most careful
inspection of the land and after the fundamental
principles of the subject have been mastered.
Mains and sub-mains should be avoided so far as
possible, since they greatly increase cost, tend to
become obstructed, and are often unnecessary. The
three long mains in Fig 1350 are not drains, strictly
speaking, since the land may be as fully drained with-
out them, as shown in Fig. 1351; therefore, they serve
only to conduct the water of the drains proper. Tiles
of 3 to 4 and 5 inches diameter should be used when the
drains are infrequent and the flow of water considerable.
Smaller ones, 2 to 3 inches in diameter, will suffice
when the intervals between the drains are narrow.
1351. Best method of draining a field.
Drains should have as uniform a fall as possible, and no
abrupt lateral curves or sharp angles should occur as
are seen in many places in Fig. 1350. If the drain has a
rapid fall in its upper reaches, as is often the case, and
but slight fall in the lower, a silt basin should be con-
structed at the point at which the rapid changes into
the slight fall, if obstructing silt is present. All drains
which may be necessary should be placed before the
planting occurs. Orchard lands may be drained in the
spring, fallowed in the summer, and planted in the fall
or the following spring. Drains placed at frequent
intervals because of the tenacity of the soil should be
comparatively shallow, for if placed deep or at wide
intervals, the water will be too long reaching them.
If drains are placed at wide intervals they should be
at least 3J/£ feet deep to be most efficient. If the parallel
system is adopted (Fig. 1351), there may be more out-
lets to construct and maintain than is desirable; if so,
the system might be modified by constructing a sub-
main, one side of which will serve also as a drain, and
but one outlet will be required (Fig. 1352). Drains
through which water runs for the greater part of the
year are likely to become obstructed by roots, if water-
loving trees, such as the willow, soft maple, and elm, are
1352. Showing how the drains may be gathered into one when
there is only one place at which an outlet can be secured.
allowed to grow near them. If floating silt is present,
the joints of the tiles should be protected for two-
thirds of their upper circumferences by a narrow strip
of tarred building paper (Fig. 1353), or collars should
be used. Stone drains should receive a liberal covering
of straw or some similar material before they are filled.
I. P. ROBERTS.
1074
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
Drainage for landscape work.
The value of a thorough knowledge of the possi-
bilities of drainage in landscape work has been over-
looked until recent years as a definite field entirely
apart from general drainage for agricultural purposes.
Drainage under the headings of this article is in-
stalled with the following objects in view:
1. Maintaining well-drained areas for firm lawn
surfaces.
2. Maintaining well-drained and firm surface con-
ditions for recreation areas.
TAR RAPE ft
-& JO/NT
1353. Covering a joint.
3. Draining of surface water and ground water from
roads.
4. Draining foundations for walks.
5. Preserving the normal soil conditions for newly
planted trees.
6. Draining swamp and marsh areas to prevent
breeding of mosquitos.
1. Drainage for lawns.
The secret of a perfect lawn is attributed to drain-
age conditions which provide a well-drained subsoil and
a firm surface that may be readily freed from any excess
water during heavy rains. The installation of drain-
age for this purpose is required only in the more com-
pact soils that do not drain naturally. Sandy soils
seldom require artificial drainage unless immediately
underlaid with a stratum of impervious clay. On any
lawn the topography of which does not permit the
ready surface run-off and the subsoil of which is com-
pact clay, the necessity of installing sub-surface drain-
age is strongest.
A drainage system for providing ideal soil conditions
for perfect lawns must be installed carefully. Four-
inch tile, is often used in the lateral systems while
either 6-inch vitrified pipe, or the No. 2 quality of 6-
inch round tile, is used for the main lines. All drains
should be laid on an even grade of not less than J/g of
an inch fall to each linear foot of drain, and preferably
not less than J4 of an inch fall for each foot of drain.
If perfect drainage is desired, the distance apart of
these drains should not exceed 20 feet. In accordance
with the general laws of drainage, tile should be laid
at a more shallow depth in the heavy soils than in the
lighter soils, and should be spaced at closer intervals
than 20 feet, this space varying largely with the desire
to free the lawn immediately of any excess surface
water.
In all tile drainage whether for lawns or other pur-
poses, a space of approximately Y% inch should be
allowed between the ends of the pipes. The covering
of tar paper and cinders should be placed over each
joint as shown in Fig. 1353. The tile should be placed
on a firm bottom of clay or other natural soil, and sur-
rounded on all sides, and covered to a depth of not less
than 6 inches with cinders, crushed stone, or washed
BACK /V£
gravel (Fig. 1354). In very heavy clay, the trench
excavated for the tile should be filled with cinders,
crushed stone or gravel to a line separating the looser
top soil from the clay subsoil (Fig. 1355). In heavy
soil and for perfect lawn drainage, the lines of tile
ought not to be laid deeper than l}/^ feet and the cin-
der fill should not be less than 15 inches in depth. In
the lighter sandy loam soils, the tile may be laid to a
depth of 3 to 3^ feet.
It is often found necessary when lawns are con-
structed on sandy soil to prevent excessive drainage,
rather than to encourage drainage conditions. In these
extreme sandy soils, the surface water seeps away so
readily that the lawns become exceedingly dry during
the warm and dry months. To prevent this condition
a layer of clay 4 inches deep should be distributed over
the sandy sub-grade prepared for the lawn, at a depth
varying between 10 and 18 inches below the proposed
finished surface of the lawn. This clay is thoroughly
compacted and serves as a partial barrier against
abnormal seepage which would otherwise occur, and
thereby retains the moisture necessary for the capil-
lary attraction to feed the roots of the lawn grasses.
2, Recreation areas.
Areas naturally falling under this heading are'
tennis-courts (clay and turf), bowling-greens, clock-
golf areas, and croquet -lawns. All of these require
a more careful study of drainage conditions than is
GRADE
GRADE.
TOP SO/L
.'. CINDERS;-
";v OR ^':
•llGRAVEL^
'i'. "-.*•. 'V. *J.v'.«^
°0
B'rALL FROM BACK NET TO CENTCR-
^ — RIPE.
1354. The filling of a drain. 1355. Applying good top soil.
given to the average lawn. It is essential that such
areas be so completely drained that the surface con-
dition is always firm, even after the average continuous
heavy rains.
Tennis-courts. — These areas require the most care-
ful study of drainage conditions. The average tennis-
court requires two types of drainage, — surface and
sub-surface. Surface drainage is cared for in two ways,
(1) either by giving the court a gradual slope to one
end, or (2) as shown in Fig. 1356, where the surface of
the court is sloped from either end toward the middle
line. This method, shown in Fig. 1357, gives probably
the most satisfactory results, because, in this way, if
surface conditions at the middle of the court are cor-
rect, the surface water is cared for most readily and
with the shortest possible run-off. This drain across
the middle of the court may be either an open concrete
drain with a plank laid over the top and flush with the
surface of the court, or a blind drain filled with a
CLAY" BINDING GRAVEL OR STONE SCREENINGS^
^V CINDERS OR CRUSHED STONE— I
1356. Draining a tennis-court.
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
1075
coarser crushed stone and fine cruched stone, over
which is spread a thin layer of washed sand. The
bottom of the drain ought to be approximately 6 inches
lower, at the point where the outlet to the sub-drain is
located, than the elevation at the extreme high points of
the drain. The method of establishing these grades varies
largely with the requirements of
this particular problem. The
water, as it reaches the low
point in the drain, is conducted
at once into the main 6-inch
drain, which also takes ground-
water from the underground sys-
tem of drains. When the court
is so constructed that one end is
lower than the other, in order
to assist surface-drainage condi-
tions the courts should be level
from side to side. Fig. 1357
shows the general distribution of
the system of tile to care for
the sub-surface water in tennis-
court construction. This would
apply equally well to the con-
struction of other recreation
areas, including clock- golf -
greens, bowling-greens and cro-
quet-lawns. In the construction of all tennis-courts,
the trenches excavated for the tile should be filled with
cinders or an equally porous material to a height not
less than 6 inches below the proposed finished grade
of the court.
Clock-golf-greens, bowling-greens, and croquet-lawns. —
A thorough distribution of tile drains installed as out-
lined below, should meet all the requirements commonly
imposed from the drainage standpoint upon the con-
struction of these recreation areas. Lines of 4-inch tile
should be placed, at intervals of not more than 10 feet.
For the most thorough and ideal drainage of these
areas, provided the cost is not prohibitive, the con-
struction would be as follows: A neat sub-grade should
be made at a depth not exceeding 15 to 18 inches below
the proposed finished surface of the recreation area.
The necessary lines of tile should be laid in trenches at
a depth varying between 2 and 2^ feet below the finished
grade, these trenches to be filled with cinders, crushed
stone or gravel (Fig. 1355). On this sub-grade, thus
completed, the entire recreation area should be filled to
a point approximately 6 inches below the proposed
finished grade, with cinders, or some equally porous
material. On this finished surface, the remaining 6
middle of the road is used in soils in which the ground-
water level is abnormally high. Such drains should
range in depth from 2 to 3^ feet below the finished sur-
face of the road, and the trenches should be filled with
a porous material and not with the natural soil. The
method of installing drainage under the sides of the
l Js~"
~~T LATERAL d( >K 'Alt
*^
1357. Draining a tennis-court.
road, as shown in Fig. 1358 is used in heavy clay soils,
and serves to keep the foundation of the road on well-
drained soil. These drains are installed at a depth
varying from 2 to 3 feet in trenches filled with cinders or
equally porous material.
Turf pleasure roads, so frequently constructed on
private estates, should be thoroughly drained with a
Line of tile placed under the middle of the road, unless
the road is constructed on a heavy foundation of field-
stone or gravel which forms a natural drain path for
surface-water and soil-water.
In providing drainage along the sides of roads con-
structed on clay soils through virgin woods, it is some-
times necessary to carry these drainage lines a con-
siderable distance through the woods to suitable out-
let points. The joints of all such lines of drainage
should be cemented, otherwise the artificial condi-
tions produced by the increased drainage will work
serious injury to many large trees growing on either
side. In general it is very unsafe to install drainage
lines through virgin woods, without this precaution.
Roads constructed through such woods would better
be drained by laying a line of tile under the middle of
the road as shown in Fig. 1359.
inches should be filled with a layer of loam free from
clay, but composed of a small percentage of sand.
In this way, a firm surface will be obtained which will
readily care for any surface and subsoil water.
5. Roads.
The secret of a perfect road surface lies (1) in the
proper crown of the road, and (2) in the adequate
drainage of the subsoil or foundation. The first pro-
vision cares for the surface water, and the second
provision eliminates any surplus ground-water.
On all private estates on which roads are constructed
on heavy clay soils and not on grades greater than 4
per cent, the secret of success depends upon drainage
installed in either of the two ways shown in Fig.
1358 or Fig. 1359. Installing a line of drains under the
4. Walks.
A i t
A most irequent
method of provid-
ing drainage for
walks is that shown in Fig. 1359. A line of 4-inch tile
is laid at a depth varying between 18 inches and 30
inches below the finished grade of the walk and fol-
lowing the middle line of the walk. The trench for the
tile is filled with a porous material to a height even
with the bottom of the cinders used for the founda-
tion of the walk, or laid as shown in Fig. 1359.
6. Newly planted trees.
All trees planted in clay soil require drainage. If
the pockets in which such trees are planted are not
1076
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
thoroughly drained, the area excavated and re-filled
with soil when the trees are planted becomes a pocket
for ground- water. This pocket or reservoir collects
the water, which, if not carried off by means of drains,
will very likely cause the death of the trees. All large
trees, especially those which do not grow best with
their roots in the
water, must be pro-
vided with drainage.
The common method
of drainage is to in-
stall a line of 4-inch
tile leading from the
bottom of the ex-
cavated hole to a
main line of tile which
may have been in-
stalled for other
drainage purposes, or
to the nearest outlet
if no such line exists.
6. Drainage to prevent mosquito-breeding.
It is a frequent practice, especially on
large estates, to install open ditches from 50 to 100
feet apart in swamps and in salt marshes, in order
to provide a means for draining such areas, and
thus preventing the presence of stagnant water, which
is conducive to the breeding of mosquitos. These
trenches are excavated at depths varying from 2 to
3^2 feet. The more frequent the trenches, the shal-
lower they may be made and still provide adequate
drainage.
The foregoing article pertains only to the particular
phases of drainage especially to be considered in con-
nection with landscape work. For additional informa-
tion on the general details concerned with drainage,
refer to the main article upon drainage, p. 1072.
A. D. TAYLOR.
roots and finding them of blue-black color with a sour
smell. Sometimes this decay has not reached through
the bark of the roots and other times it has penetrated
the bark and turned the cambium blue-black. Sour
soil is likely to be of bluish or greenish color rather than
chocolate-brown, and have a sour smell like that under-
neath a manure heap.
The smell is most
readily detected by
breaking open a lump
of soil. In digging
into sour soil and
soil that is over-satu-
rated, the spade
makes a peculiar
sucking noise as in
digging in a bog. If
at the time of exami-
nation the soil is
already become sour,
it is best to take out this sour soil and
put in fresh soil covering the roots only
4 inches. The ball of earth in the cen-
ter will not be so liable to get
•4 TILE.
1360. Detail of drain connections. (See Fig. 1356.)
Drainage and watering for newly transplanted trees.
Drainage is an essential in all retentive soils and is a
safeguard even on sandy gravelly subsoils against
overwatering. Drainage is likely to be vetoed on the
score of expense or on the excuse that the subsoil is
gravelly; whereas, there are only gravel stones in hard-
pan which holds water. A drain made by filling a pit
with stones is frequently inadequate as it fills with
water, which backs up into the hole, saturates the soil
around the roots and rots them. Rotting of only a
part of the roots may injure the tree more than the
cutting off of that amount of roots.
The soil in which to plant should be open, porous
and aerated. Soil which has been piled up as in grading
operations is likely to be sour from the decay of the sod
and from the packing by teams and scraper. Muck
from ponds which has been piled and mixed with lime
for a year may still be sour. Clay soil packed by the
water and packing-sticks may remain too compact
and not aerated enough, may be too much saturated
with water and, therefore, rot the roots. Manure
should not be mixed in the soil around the roots on
account of the danger of souring and rotting the roots.
This rotting is determined by digging down to the
so liable to get sour
because it has not been disturbed. As brought out by
Stringfellow in the "New Horticulture," soil that is
dug over will take in water and become saturated;
whereas, soil that has not been disturbed will retain
air in the soil-spaces even if submerged. The ball of
earth is also prevented from becoming saturated by the
undisturbed feeding-roots which absorb the moisture.
Watering cannot be by rule, but must depend on
examination of both ball of earth in the center and the
outer roots. The difficulty will be to keep the ball of
earth sufficiently damp on account of the rapid with-
drawing of moisture by the roots. The danger will be
that the soil outside the ball of earth will take up the
water too rapidly, remain saturated several days and
rot the roots. Examination is best done by shovel and
fork, digging down 1% feet both in the ball and outside.
An easier way is to bore into the soil with an auger.
It will usually be found that the central ball of earth
is dry and dusty in the summer even if the surface
and outer soil is damp. The growth of weeds and grass
will indicate the same. A good way to water is to make
a basin around the width of the ball of earth, fill it
with water 6
inches deep, make
crowbar holes into
the ball for it to
soak in. Many
mistakes are made
in overwatering —
letting the hose
run all night or
watering every
day, thereby rot-
ting the roots.
Mulching is
frequently ne-
glected, the tree
starving for lack
of humus. A close-
1361. Setting a newly transplanted
large tree.
cut lawn around a newly planted tree may be the
ideal of neatness, but it means starvation and thirst
for the tree and is the principal cause of slow growth
over several years, making new, bare and ugly land-
scapes. The mulch should extend as wide as the roots
and be from 3 to 6 inches deep, of strawy manure,
leaves, grass, salt hay or similar organic matter. Too
much manure may sour the soil and rot the roots, if
it lies heavy and compact and keeps out the air.
Light strawy manure is better. If the mulch blows
about and is untidy, it may be kept in position by
wire netting, earth, or the planting of small shrubs.
HENRY HICKS.
DRIMIA
DROSOPHYLLUM
1077
DRIMIA (name refers to the acridity of the roots).
Liliacese. Bulbous S. African and Trop. African plants
of the Scilla tribe, with gamophyllous perianth and
a campanulate tube, the segms. linear -oblong and
reflexing: stamens 6, shorter than the segms., and
inserted at the throat of the perianth-tube; ovary ses-
sile, ovoid, 3-celled, becoming a loculicidally 3-valved
membranous caps. : Ivs. either broad and rather fleshy
or narrow and rigid, often appearing at a different
season from the bloom: fls. on a naked peduncle or
scape, in a simple raceme. — About 30 species, none of
which appears to be regularly in cult. £>. oligosperma,
C. H. Wright. Probably from S. Afr., and very recently
described: fl. -clusters over 6 ft. high, much branched,
the beautiful white fls. with 3 green nerves on the
oblanceolate spreading petals opening late in the
afternoon: bulb elliptic, 6 in. long: Ivs. 12-14, rosulate,
1^2 ft. long, li near-acuminate, glabrous. Likely to
come into commercial cult.
DRIMYS (from a Greek word, used in allusion to the
sharp or acrid taste of the bark). Magnoliacese. About
10 evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to Illicium, dis-
tributed from Mex. to the Straits of Magellan, and in
Austral., New Zeal., and islands. Glabrous and aromatic
plants with pellucid-punctate Ivs., and polygamous
diclinous or perfect fls. on 1- to many-fld. peduncles,
white, yellowish or rose-colored and showy; sepals
2-4; petals 6-°°, in 2 or more series; stamens °°, on
thickened filaments; ovaries usually 2-oo, with sessile
stigma and many seeds. D. Winteri, Forst. (Winlera
aromdtica, Murr.), is a S. American small tree (to 50
ft.), with milk-white fls. 1 in. or more across, jasmine-
scented; petals 8-12, pale cream-yellow: Ivs. alternate,
evergreen, elliptical or lanceolate, coriaceous, somewhat
acuminate, entire, glabrous, very aromatic: branches
with reddish bark: umbels (3-9-fld.) often nearly
equaling the Ivs. : scarcely known either as a glasshouse
subject or for outdoor cult, in warm countries. B.M.
L. H. B.
DROSERA (Greek droseros, dewy, from the
dew-like excretions on the tips of the leaf-
hairs). Droseracese. A group of carnivorous
B'ants popularly known as the SUNDEWS or
EW-PLANTS.
The sts. usually short, slender or com-
pressed, rarely elongate and upright in .
such types as D. peltata: Ivs. varying from
linear through lanceolate to circular, often 1362,
arranged in a rosette, and beset over their
upper surfaces with fine often irritable hairs, that
excrete a clear neutral viscid fluid which entangles
and catches insect prey; the hairs then bend inward
toward the If.-center, the fluid becomes acid and also
excretes a proteinaceous ferment by which the animal
tissues are digested, the dissolved products being then
absorbed for the plant's nutrition: fl.-scapes slender,
ending in curved scorpioid cymes of blooms, \i~\l/2 in.
across, and varying from white through pink to scarlet
or crimson; sepals, petals and stamens 5 each, while the
carpels vary from 5-3, are syncarpous with parietal
placentation, and bear as many style-arms or lobes:
fr. a caps. — About 90 species scattered over the world,
though most abundantly in Austral. Monograph by
Diels in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 26. The species
usually grow in moist muddy soil, at times almost
floating in water, as in the common N. J. species, D.
intermedia. Some Australian kinds form tubers, and can
then survive through dry periods. The Ivs. in our
native species wither in autumn, and a small winter
bud-rosette is formed, which unfolds its Ivs. in the
succeeding spring.
The native and exotic species all grow well if treated
as greenhouse plants, and grown in fine muddy loam
topped by a little sphagnum. They should also be
kept constantly moist in their root extremities, and
exposed to bright light. The following native and
exotic species are now often grown in collections.
They can be propagated by seeds, by division of the
shoots, or by cutting the slender rhizomes into short
lengths of Y^-\ in. The last, when placed in moist
soil, root and form buds in two to three weeks.
binata, Labill. (D. dicholoma, B. & S.). Sts. short:
Ivs. long-stalked, 6-16 in. high, once- to twice-forked
into long-linear reddish green segms. that are covered
with viscid hairs: scape branched above; fls. white,
^-%in. across; fls. June, July. Austral, and N. Zeal.
B.M. 3082.— Intro, in 1823. Easily grown and prop,
by division of the crowns.
capensis, Linn. St. slightly elongate: Ivs. in a ter-
minal rosette, linear to spatulate, tapered into petiole,
obtuse at apex: scapes 6-10 in. long with 5-20 secund
purple fls.; fls. June, July. Afr., southwestern part of
Cape Colony. B.M. 6583.— Intro, in 1875.
filif6rmis, Raf. St. short, hair-
covered: Ivs. linear, erect, 6-8 in.
long, greenish with abundant purple
hairs: scape equal to or longer than
above, 6-15-fld. ; fls. rather crowded,
unilateral; petals pink-purple, %in.
across; fls. June, July. Del. to
Mass., along sandy coastal places.
B.M. 3540. Torrey, Fl. N. York,
82: t. 10.
intermedia, Hayne. Rhizome
slender, 1-4 in. long: Ivs. 1^2-2^4
in. long, long-petioled, spatulate,
red with glandular hairs: scape 6—
12-fld.; petals white; fls. April (Fla.)
to August (New Bruns.). E. N.
Amer., Cuba, and Eu. — Forms wild
hybrids at times with other species,
peltata, Smith. St. 6-10 in., bulb-
ous below, slender elongate above
ground, with scattered pel-
tate glandular Ivs., and
terminating in delicate
6-10-fld. stalks: petals
white to pink. From India
through China, Japan and
the Philippines to Austral.
G.C.II. 19 : 436.— A pretty,
delicate and striking spe-
cies now not uncommon in
cult.
rotundifdlia, Linn. Fig. 1362. St. short, slender: Ivs.
%-2 in., with elongate non-glandular petiole and
circular red-glandular blade: scape slender, 5-12-fld.;
petals white, expanding in bright sunshine; fls. May
(Carolinas) to Sept. (Newfoundland). — A classic
plant, owing to Darwin's studies in "Insectivorous
Plants."
Tracyi, Macfarlane. Habit of D. filiformis. Lvs.
12-16 in., pale green with light green glandular hairs:
scape 15-24 in. ; fls. purple, %in. across. Abundant over
the coastal area of the Gulf states from mid-Fla. to
La. Fl. April, May. — One of the largest species of the
genus. J. M. MACFARLANE.
DROSOPHYLLUM (dew-kaved) . One of the 6 genera
of the Droseraceas, comprising a single species in S. Spain,
Portugal and Morocco, sometimes seen in collections
of insectivorous plants, and for the interesting mor-
phology, the Ivs. being revolute rather than involute
as in the droseras and other plants. D. lusitdnicum,
Link, is a sub-shrubby little plant, the simple st. 2-6
in. high bearing at the top long-linear glandular insect-
holding Ivs.: fls. 1^2 in- across, on an elevated stalk
(1 ft. high), bright yellow, with 10-20 stamens, alter-
nating in length, bearing short yellow anthers; petals
Drosera rotundif olia. ( X K)
1078
DROSOPHYLLUM
DRYOPTERIS
5, obovate, thin, twisted after anthesis; styles 5, fili-
form: fr. a narrow caps., % in. long, 5-valved. B.M.
5796. — The glands of this interesting plant are
purple, some stalked and some sessile, viscid, not
motile. See Diels, in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 26
(1906) for monographic treatment, where the Drosera-
cese is reduced to 4 genera, Byblis and Roridula being
removed from the family; and Darwin studied it
and described it in Chap. XV of "Insectivorous
Plants." L. H. B.
DRYAS (Greek, wood-nymph). Rosacese. Dwarf hardy
tufted evergreen somewhat shrubby plants, sometimes
transferred to gardens.
Leaves alternate, petioled, simple, entire or crenate,
tomentose: fls. large, white or yellow, borne singly on
slender scapes; sepals 8-10, persistent; petals 8-10,
obovate or oval; stamens many, with subulate filaments;
pistils many, sessile, with a terminal style that persists
and elongates on the achene. High northern or moun-
tain plants, of N. Amer., Eu. and Asia, of which 4 spe-
cies are recognized by Rydberg ( N. Amer. Flora, xxii,
part 5, 1913) ; allied to Geum.
The best known cult, species, D. octopetala, requires
a well-drained porous soil, a sunny but not dry posi-
tion. It is well to shade the foliage from bright sun
during the winter months with evergreen branches to
prevent the foliage from having a scorched appear-
ance. A capital plant for the rockery. Propagated
by cuttings, division, or by seed. (J. B. Keller.)
octopetala, Linn. Densely cespitose with a woody
caudex or st.: Ivs. rugose, elliptic, oval or oblong,
deeply and regularly crenate, white-tomentose beneath :
scapes 2-8 in. long; fls. white, the petals elliptic or
obovate-elliptic, and the sepals linear or linear-lanceo-
late: seeds with a feathered awn 1 in. long. North
temperate and arctic regions.
Drummondii, Rich. Cespitose perennial with decum-
bent caudex: Ivs. elliptic or obovate, white-tomentose
beneath but nearly or quite glabrous above, somewhat
rugose, coarsely crenate: fls. yellow, the petals elliptic-
spatulate or obovate and almost erect, the sepals ovate
or ovate-lanceolate. Que. to Ore. and N. B.M. 2972.
— A good rockery plant; 4 in., more or less.
D. integrifdlia, Vahl. Fls. white; sepals linear or linear-lanceo-
late: Ivs. lanceolate or lance-elliptic, the margins mostly revolute.
High northern N. Amer. — D. tomentdsa, Farr. Fls. yellow; sepals
ovate or ovate-lanceolate: Ivs. obovate or elliptic, coarsely crenate,
tomentose on both surfaces. Canadian Rockies. I TT B
DRYMOGLOSSUM (Greek, wood and tongue, of no
direct significance). Polypodiacese. Small ferns, 5 to 10
species, occurring wild in both tropics, with wide creeping
rootstalks, and small, entire Ivs. : sori resembling those
of Polypodium. None is advertised in Amer. Three
or 4 kinds are mentioned in horticultural literature
abroad, but are not cult. here. L M. UNDERWOOD.
DRYMONIA (from Greek for an oak wood: growing
on trees). Gemeriaceae. Prostrate or climbing woody
plants, sometimes grown under glass, but apparently
not offered in this country. Fls. white or yellowish,
mostly large, on short axillary usually solitary pedicels;
calyx large, oblique, 5-parted; corolla-tube prominently
ventricose, declinate, gibbous or saccate at base, the
5 lobes broad and spreading and only slightly unlike;
stamens affixed in the base of the corolla, 4 perfect;
disk-glands large at rear, small or wanting in front;
style elongated: fr. fleshy, ovate, becoming 2-valved:
Ivs. opposite, thickish. — Some 15 species in Cent, and
S. Amer., closely allied to Episcia. Warmhouse plants,
requiring the treatment of other gesneriads. One spe-
cies is offered abroad: D. Turridlvx, Hanst., from Costa
Rica: tall shrub: Ivs. broadly oVate, blistered, metallic-
colored: fls. large, white, pendulous, the lower lobe
toothed, calyx red. D. punctdta, Lindl.= Episcia
punctata. L H B
DRYMOPHLCEUS (Greek words meaning oak and
smooth inner bark). Palmacese, tribe Arecese. Spine-
less pinnate palms, with slender medium caudices.
Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect, the segms.
cuneate-oblong or linear, broadly oblique, submem-
branaceous, 3- to many-nerved, the margins recurved
at the base; rachis scaly, 3-sided; sheath long: spadix
with a short peduncle and slender branches; spathes 2
or many, the lower one 2-crested. This genus contains
a tropical palm, with very distinct wedge-shaped Ifts.
and ornamental scarlet frs., borne every year. It
flowers when only a few feet high, and is suitable for
pot culture. — Species 12. Australasia and the Pacific
isls.
The chances are that most of the plants now known to
the American trade as D. olivseforrnis are really D.
appendiculata. The true D. olivaeformis is said to have
been offered by a few dealers as Ptychosperma Rumphii.
D. appendiculata was described and figured by William
Watson, in Garden and Forest, mistakenly as D. olivse-
forrnis, as explained in B.M. 7202. He adds, "Like all
the palms of this section of the border, Drymophlceus
requires a tropical moist house with abundance of
water at all times." G.C. II. 24:394. The plant
figured was about fourteen years old, 3 feet high, with
leaves about 3 feet long. The plant takes about six
months to mature its fruits.
appendiculatus, Scheff. (Areca grdcilis, Giseke, not
Roxbg. or Thouars). St. 6-10 ft.: Ivs. terminal, 5-6 ft.
long, arching: Ifts. 14-20, wedge-shaped, raggedly cut,
serrate: spadix from between the Ivs., short-stalked,
about a foot long; the yellow buds and white fls.
make an attractive contrast at the flowering season
(June). Moluccas, New Guinea. B.M. 7202. G.F.
4:331. — The D. olwseformis of most dealers not of
Martius.
D. Moorednus, Hort. "An erect-growing palm with grayish
green Ivs." — D. olivsefdrmis. Mart., not the trade plant of that
name, has narrower Ifts. than the above, and the fr. half immersed
in the greatly enlarged perianth. JARED Q SMITH_
N. TAYLOR. f
DRYNARIA (Greek, oak-like). Polypodiacese. Some
10 or more E. Indian ferns, with round naked sori,
as in Polypodium, but with a fine network of netted
veins which are arranged in distinctly rectangular
meshes. The most distinctive feature is in the shape
of the Ivs. which are either of 2 sorts, as in Platycerium,
the cup If. having the shape of an oak If.; or the base
of each If. is separately lobed and oak-like. D. quer-
cifolia, with 2 sorts of Ivs., the spore-bearing 2-3 ft.
long, is the com'monest species. D. rigidula, Swartz (D.
diversifolia, R. Br.), a similar but larger species from
the same region also appeared at one time in the Ameri-
can trade, but the species are seldom seen in cult, in
this country. D. mussefblia is occasionally seen in fine
collections, where it is grown for its striking simple
foliage, which reminds one of the bird's nest fern
(Asplenium Nidus). It is really a Polypodium, which
see for description. R c. BENEDICT.!
DRYOPTERIS (Greek, oak-fern). Polypodiacese.
WOOD-FERN. A widely distributed genus of handsome
ferns with dissected foliage, the native species some-
times grown in the hardy border and the tropical kinds
under glass.
Plants bearing round sori either naked or covered
with heart-shaped or reniform indusia, which are fixed
at the center or along the sinus : veins either wholly free
or the lowest united. — Several hundred species have
been referred to this genus. A considerable number of
our common woods ferns belong to this genus. The
species have been variously known under the names
Lastrea, Aspidium. and Nephrodium. Other species
sometimes referred to under this genus may be
found under Polystichum and under Lastrea. For D.
acrostichoides, see Polystichum; for D. decurrens, see
DRYOPTERIS
DRYOPTERIS
1079
Tectaria. In N. Amer., known to many as Aspidium.
For cult, see Ferns. Not the same as Doryopteris.
basilaris, 18.
Boottii, 13.
Clintoniana, 7.
crenata, 19.
cristata, 7.
dilatata, 12.
dissecta, 15.
cffusa, 14.
INDEX.
Filix-mas, 9.
Fischeri, 3.
Goldieana, 8.
hirtipes, 1.
intermedia, 12.
marginalia, 10.
noveboracensis, 2.
Otaria, 16.
parasitica, 17.
patens, 6.
philippinensis, 18.
simulata, 5.
spinulosa, 12.
Thelypteris, 4.
viridescens, 11.
A. Veins entirely free.
B. Pinnae lobed less than one-third to midrib.
1. hirtipes, Kuntze (Nephrbdium hirtipes, Hook.).
Lvs. rather rigid, 2-3 ft. long, 8-16 in. broad, on stalks
clothed with dense black scales; pinna? with broad,
blunt lobes, the lower ones not reduced in size: sori
medial on the lobes. India.
BB. Pinna? cleft nearly to midrib, or Ivs. bipinnate or
tripinnatifid.
c. Texture thin, membranous; veins simple or once
forked.
D. Lower pinnae gradually reduced to mere lobes.
2. noveboracensis, Gray (Aspidium noveboracense,
Swartz). NEW YORK FERN. Lvs: somewhat clustered
from creeping rootstocks, pale green, 1-2 ft. long, taper-
ing both ways from the middle. Canada to N. C. and
Ark.
3. Fischeri, Kuntze (Lastrea opaca, Mett.). Lvs. 6-8
in. long, 2-3 in. wide, bipinnatifid, cut into close,
entire lobes, the lowest much reduced; surfaces smooth.
Brazil.
DD. Lower pinnae scarcely smaller than those above.
E. Veins forked.
4. Thelypteris, Gray (Aspidium Thelypteris, Swartz).
MARSH FERN. Rootstock creeping: Ivs. scattered, clear
green, 1-2 ft. long; margins of the spore-bearing pinna?
often strongly convolute: sori 10-12 to each segm.
Canada to Fla. and Texas. — A form with pinnae va-
riously forked at tip is known as Pufferse.
EE. Veins simple.
5. simulata, Da venp. Rootstock creeping: Ivs. yellow-
ish green, scattered, 8-20 in. long, 2-7 in. wide, with
12-20 pairs of lanceolate pinna? : sori rather large, some-
1363. Dryopteris marginalis. (Detail X 1)
what distant, 4-10 to each segm. Native in N. Y. and
New England, where it may be confused with D. Thely-
pteris. G.F. 9:485.
6. patens, Kuntze. Lvs. clustered at the end of a
thick rootstock, 2-3 ft. long, 4-10 in. wide, soft-hairy
beneath; pinnae cut three-fourths to the midrib, the
basal segms. usually longer. Fla. to Texas and Calif,
and Trop. Amer. A.G. 20:25.
cc. Texture firm or subcoriaceous; veins 2-4
times forked.
D. Lvs. bipinnatifid or nearly bipinnate: indusia large,
mostly flat.
7. cristata, Gray (Aspidium cristatum, Swartz). Lvs.
1-2 ft. long, with short, triangular pinnae 2-3 in., long,
are much wider at base. Var. Clintoniana, Underw.
(probably a distinct species), is larger, with pinnae 4-6
in. long, and with the sori rather near the midvein.
Canada to Ark.; also in N. Eu.
— Hybrids are described with D.
marginalis and other species.
G.F. 9:445.
8. Goldieana, Gray (Aspidium
Goldiednum, Swartz). Lvs. grow-
ing in large crowns, 2-4 ft. long,
12-18 in. wide, the pinnae broad-
est at the middle: indusia very
large. Canada to Ky.— One of
our largest and most
stately native species.
DD. Lvs. mostly bipin-
nate: indusia con-
vex, rather firm.
9. Filix-mas, Schott
(Aspidium Fllix-mds,
Swartz). MALE FERN.
Lvs. growing in crowns,
1-3 ft. long: sori near
the midvein. Used as
a vermifuge, as is also
the next species. Eu.,
Canada and Colo.
10. marginalis, Gray
(Aspidium marginale,
Swartz). Fig. 1363.
Lvs. 6 in. to 2 ft. long,
growing in crowns,
mostly in rocky places:
sori close to the margin. Canada and southward. —
One of our commonest ferns, and gathered with D.
spinulosa intermedia for use with cut-fls.
DDD. Lvs. mostly tripinnatifid; segms. spinulose-toothed:
indusia shriveling at maturity.
E. Lf. -stalks naked, polished.
11. viridescens, Kuntze. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, on
stalks two-thirds as long; lower pinnae largest: sori
near the midribs. Japan.
EE. Lf. -stalks scaly.
12. spinuldsa, Kuntze (Aspidium spinuldsum,
Swartz). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, with a few pale, decidu-
ous scales at the base : indusia smooth, without marginal
glands. Var. intermedia, Underwood. Lvs. evergreen,
the scales more persistent, with brown centers, and the
margins of the indusia with stalked glands. One of
our commonest wood ferns in the northern states.
Extensively gathered for use with cut-fls. Probably
a distinct species. Var. dilatata, Underwood, has
similar scales to the last and tripinnate Ivs. In woods
at altitudes of 1,500 ft. upward, from Canada to Ore.;
also in Eu. Probably a distinct species.
13. Boottii, Underwood (Aspidium Bobttii, Tuckm.).
Lvs. elongate-lanceolate, with broadly oblong pinnules:
indusia minutely glandular. Intermediate between D.
cristata and D. intermedia. Probably a hybrid. Canada,
N. Y. and New England.
DDDD. Lvs. ample, 4~5-pinnatifid.
14. effusa, Urban. Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 2 ft. or more
wide, with polished stalks and from short, creeping
rootstocks: sori abundant, scattered, often without
indusia. Cuba to Brazil.
1080
DRYOPTERIS
DUGUETIA
15. dissecta, Kuntze (Lastrea membranifdlia, Hort.).
Lvs. 1-5 ft. long, 1-3 ft. wide, membranous, decom-
pound; segms. broad and blunt; surfaces nearly naked:
sori near the margin, abundant. India and Madagascar
to Austral.
AA. Veins not entirely free, the lower veinlets of adjoin-
ing segms. united.
16. Otaria, Kuntze (Lastrea aristata, Hort.). Lvs.
1 ft. long, with a long terminal pinna an inch or more
wide, with lanceolate lobes, and 6-12 similar lateral
pinnae; texture thin; surfaces naked; veins united half-
way from the midrib to the edge. Ceylon to the Philip-
pines.— Good for table ferneries, but slow of growth.
17. parasitica, Kuntze (Nephrodium mdlle, R. Br.
D. mdllis, Underwood, in preceding edition). Fig. 1364.
Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 8-12 in. wide, bipinnatifid, the pinnae
cut into blunt lobes; lower pinnae distant from the
others and somewhat shorter; surfaces finely villose.
Tropical regions of both hemispheres. — Often grows as a
weed in greenhouses.
18. basilaris, C. Chr. (Nephrbdium philippinense,
Baker. D. philippinensis, Underwood, in Cyclo. Amer.
Hort.). Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 12-18 in. wide, bipinnatifid,
smooth, with a naked rachis; lower pinnae scarcely
smaller: sori midway from midrib to margin, with firm,
smooth indusia. Philippines.
19. crenita, Presl. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, on stalks nearly
as long, with a terminal pinnse 6-8 in. long, often 2 in.
wide, and 4-8 similar lateral pinnae; margins bluntly
lobed: sori near the main veins. Cuba and Mex. to
Brazil. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
DRYPETES (probably from Greek for drupe, from
the character of the fruit). GUIANA PLUM. WHITE-
WOOD. Euphorbidcese. Tropical evergreen greenhouse
shrubs. Glabrous: Ivs. leathery, alternate, simple,
mostly entire: fls. dioecious, in axillary clusters or pis-
tillate single, apetalous, staminate fls. with calyx im-
bricate and a rudimentary pistil; stigma broad, nearly
sessile; pistil 1-celled, 2-ovuled. — About 10 species in
Trop. Amer., 2 native in S. Fla. They do well in light
loam. Prop, from cuttings in sand with heat. D.
laterifldra, Urban (D. crocea, Poit. Schaefferia lateriflora,
Swartz), of W. India region, 6 ft. high, Ivs. elliptical,
pointed, has been in cult. j. g. g. NORTON.
DUCHfiSNEA (A. N. Duchesne, monographer of
Fragaria in 1766). Rosacese. Fragaria-like perennial
trailing herbs, differing in the calyx being 5-parted and
the lobe.8 alternating with larger leafy 3-5-toothed
bracts, the petals yellow, and the receptacle dry and
spongy rather than becoming fleshy or pulpy as in the
strawberry: Ivs. ternate, with short-stalked Ifts.: fls.
solitary, on the runners; stamens 20-25, short. — Two
species in S. Asia, one of which has run wild in this
country, and is useful as a basket-plant and as a low
ground-cover.
indica, Focke (Fragaria indica, Andr.). YELLOW
STRAWBERRY. A neat plant trailing close on the ground,
with leafy runners, pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-ovate,
more or less petioled, coarsely crenate, obtuse: fls.
about %in. across, on peduncles equaling or exceed-
ing the Ivs.: fr. usually less than J^in. diam., red,
insipid. In waste grounds, N. Y., west and south.
L. H. B.
DUCKWEED: Lemna.
DUCKWHEAT: Fagopyrum.
DUDAIM MELON: Cucumis.
DUDLEYA (named for the late Wm. R. Dudley,
professor of botany in Stanford University). Crassu-
Idceae. Shortly caulescent or acaulescent perennials,
with flat, linear to ovate, acute basal Ivs. : fls. in short
or elongated panicles, orange-yellow or red, rarely
white: Ivs. on flowering branches much shorter and
relatively broader than the basal ones, sessile or clasp-
ing: corolla nearly cylindrical or slightly angled, the
segms. united below the middle; stamens twice as
many as the calyx-lobes: carpels erect, many-sided. —
Some 60 species have been described, all from the west
coast of N. Amer. None of them has proved very
satisfactory as a bedding plant, and as a rule the spe-
cies do not compare with the echeverias in horticul-
tural value. The following species are described in
this work under Cotyledon (p. 868) :
D. Cotyledon, Brit. & Rose, as C. californica.
D. pulverulenta, Brit. & Rose, as C. pulverulenta.
D. Purpusii, Brit. & Rose, as C. Purpusii.
D. lanceolata, Brit. & Rose, as C. lanceolata.
J. N. ROSE.
DUGUETIA (named in honor of J. J. Duguet, who
in 1731 wrote a work on plants). Aberemda, R. E.
Fries, not Aubl. Annonacese. A genus of Trop. Ameri-
can shrubs and trees, about two dozen species, differing
1365. Duguctia quitarensis. (Branch X 1A)
from Annona in technical characters, particularly in
imbricating petals and distinct angular rigid carpels
becoming detached from the alveolate receptacle when
mature, and usually with stellate-pubescent or scurfy
indument. D. lanceolata, St. Hil., the type of the
genus, is a Brazilian tree. D. quitarensis, Benth.,
Fig. 1365, with very similar fr. which turns red when
ripe, has recently been collected on the Isthmus of
Panama by Henri Pittier; and D. furfur&cea, Benth.
& Hook, f., a low plant with edible orange-colored fr.
as large as an apple, in the province of Minas, Brazil,
by Shamel, Popenoe, and Dorsett, of the Bureau of
Plant Industry. From this genus must be separated
Fusaea longifolial Safford (Annona longifolia, Aubl.),
the fr. of which is a solid globose syncarpium, and the
outer circles of stamens sterile and petal-like, while
the indument is composed of simple silky hairs. See
Fussea. w. E. SAFFORD.
DULICHIUM
DUVALIA
1081
DULICHIUM (old Latin name). Cyperacese. One
perennial species, D. arundindceum, Brit. (D. spalhd-
ceum, Pers.), in E. N. Amer., which has been offered
by collectors as a bog-plant. It is grass-like, with terete
leafy culms which are hollow and unbranched, 2-3 ft.
tall; it has linear flattened spikelets sessile in 2 ranks on
peduncles that arise from the If.-sheaths. It is dis-
tributed in swamps about ponds from Newfoundland
across the continent and to Fla. and Texas; of no
special value.
DURANTA (after Castor Durantes, physician in
Rome and botanist, died about 1590). Verbendceae.
Tropical American woody plants, some of which are
cultivated outdoors in Florida and California, and in a
few northern greenhouses.
Shrubs or trees, glabrous or woolly, often armed
with axillary spines: Ivs. opposite or in whorls, entire
or toothed: racemes long and terminal or short and
axillary; fls. small, short-pedicelled in the axis of a
small bract; corolla-limb of 5 spreading oblique or
equal lobes, the tube usually curved; stamens 4,
didynamous; calyx enlarging and inclosing the fr.;
stigma 4-lobed: fr. an 8-seeded juicy drupe. — Eight
or 10 species, Mex., W. Indies, S. Amer., one reaching
Key West.
Plumieri, Jacq. (D. spinbsa, Linn. D. inermis, Linn.
D. repens, Linn. D. Ellisia, Jacq. Ellisia acuta, Linn.).
GOLDEN DEWDROP. A variable shrub or small 'tree,
minutely pubescent or becoming glabrous: branches
4-angled : Ivs. obovate, oblong, ovate or elliptic, mostly
entire, contracted into short petiole: fls. in panicled
loose racemes; calyx-teeth subulate; corolla lilac, the
limb less than Kin. across, the lobes ciliolate; calyx
yellowish, closed into a beak and covering the yellow
drupe (which may reach about j^in. diam.). Key
West, W. Indies, Mex., to Brazil. B.M. 1759. B.R.
244. — Branches either armed or unarmed. Attractive
forms with white fls. and with variegated Ivs. are
reported in cult.
Lorentzii, Griseb. Spineless, the branchlets 4-angled:
Ivs. small, coriaceous, ovate or elliptic, obtusish, strongly
serrate toward apex, petioled: .fls. in terminal inter-
rupted racemes (white?) ; calyx tubular, 5-ribbed, short-
toothed; corolla-tube exserted, cylindrical; cprolla-
limb unequally 5-parted, the lobes oval-orbicular;
stamens included, didynamous: fr. a 2-pyrenous berry.
Argentina; offered in S. Calif.
stenostachya, Tod. Closely allied to D. Plumieri.
Spineless, to 15 ft. high, branchlets 4-angled: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or entire, pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, 3-8 in. long: fls. lilac, less
than }/£in. across, pendulous in slender racemes, 3-4 at
the end of the branches, in fr. 6-12 in. long: fr. yellow,
about Mm- across. Brazil. Offered in S. Calif.
L. H. B.
DURAZNILLO: Jatropha.
DURIO (from a Malayan vernacular). Bombacdcese.
Trees of the Indian archipelago and Malaysia, one of
which yields the durian (D. zibethinus, Linn.), a
much-prized fruit of the East. Fig. 1366. There are
probably a dozen other species of Durio, mostly Bor-
nean and recently described.
The durian is a tall tree (to 80 ft.), with oblong
acuminate entire Ivs., colored and scaly beneath,
pinnately veined, coriaceous: fls. large, whitish, in
lateral cymes or fascicles; calyx bell-shaped, 5-lobed,
subtended by an involucre; petals 3; staminal column
divided above into many filaments in 4-6 groups, the
anthers twisted; ovary 5-celled, each cell many-ovuled,
bearing a long style with a capitate stigma: fr. ovoid
or globular, often 10 in. long, very spiny, somewhat
woody, mostly indehiscent, the large seeds and carpels
surrounded by a firm cream-colored edible pulp. The
fr. has a strong offensive odor.
The durian is discussed as follows by O. W. Barrett
in the Philippine Agricultural Review:
"The durian has an odor that can be compared only
to a mixture of old cheese and onions, flavored with
turpentine; but those who eat it love it so dearly that
the smell does not bother them. . . . The fruit
weighs about five pounds, nearly one-third of which is
edible pulp and about one-sixth of which is edible
seeds; the sugar -content is
over 12 per cent, and it con-
tains the same amount of
starch besides. The tree is
1366. The durian — Durio zibethinus.
(From an early representation of the fruit.)
magnificent and stately, and grows usually in open
country, in the edges of forests, around native villages,
and in clearings. — It can hardly be called a cultivated
tree; at least, it is hardly ever grown in orchards,
although on the other hand it could hardly hold its
own in the real wild. Throughout Malaysia it is con-
sidered the most delicious fruit. Europeans, of course,
generally revolt at the unpleasant odor; a fair propor-
tion, however, of the foreign residents soon grow to
relish the durian. Although it would not be wise, per-
haps, for one unaccustomed to the fruit to eat a large
quantity of the pulp at one sitting, there is apparently
no substance in it that would cause indigestion or any
other result than a rather unpleasant breath for a few
hours after eating. The chemical body which is respon-
sible for the very pronounced odor is probably one of
the sulfur compounds with some base perhaps similar
to that of butyric acid. — Harvesting the durian is not
unattended with danger, for soon after it becomes
mature the heavy fruit falls, and occasionally kills or
severely injures the unlucky individual underneath."
The seeds are eaten roasted, and the unripe fruit
boiled as a vegetable. The tree has been successfully
introduced into Jamaica, but is not in general cultiva-
tion in that island.
The specific name, zibethinus, is said to be derived
from the practice of using the decomposed fruit as a
bait for the civet-cat or zibet. Fig. 1366 is reduced from
Vol. 7 of the Trans, of the Linn. Soc., 1804, illustrating
Konig's historic account of the fruit. ]J> jj. 3.
DUSTY MILLER: Lychnis Coronaria; also species of Centaurea
and Senecio.
DUTCHMAN'S BREECHES: Dicentra Ciicullaria.
DUTCHMAN'S PIPE: Aristolochia.
DUVALIA (for Duval, an early botanist). Asdepia-
dacese. About 20 succulent very dwarf leafless herbs,
mostly of S. Afr., rarely seen in cult. : sts. decumbent
or erect, sometimes subterranean and with the tips
appearing above the surface, 4-6-angled and with
spreading teeth, each of which bears a minute rudi-
mentary If.: fls. solitary or in small clusters or cymes,
usually borne near the middle of the young sts. ; corolla
rotate, deeply 5-lobed, with a cushion-like ring around
the outer corona and supporting it; corolla-lobes linear-
1082
DUVALIA
DWARFING
lanceolate to ovate, folded longitudinally backward;
corona double, from near the top of the staminal col-
umn, the outer one flat and entire and angled, the inner
one with turgid more or less pointed lobes; stamens
affixed in the base of the corolla, united into a tube
around the ovary: fr. erect smooth follicles. Cult, of
Stapelia and similar succulents. The species are
essentially fancier's plants and apparently not in the
trade.
DUVERNOIA (J. G. Duvernoy, pupil of Tourne-
fort, or G. L. Duvernoy, of Strassburg, writer on
natural history). Acanthacese. By some authors united
with Adhatoda, which genus is by some included in
Justicia. The genus comprises 15 or more herbs or
shrubs: fls. single or in short spikes; calyx short, 4-
toothed, the back lobe toothed or parted; corolla-tube
short; limb labiate, the upper lip helmet-shaped and
2-toothed, the lower lip flat. The species seem not to be
in the trade, although D. Dewevrei, DeWild, has been
cult, in Belgium: it is a tufted herb, about 2 ft. high:
Ivs. oblong, petiolate: fls. paniculate; upper lip of corolla
white with red stripes and the lower greenish white;
corolla about J^in. long. Congo.
DWARFING. Dwarf plants are those that never
attain the height or size of the usual or representative
individuals of the species. Some dwarfs are "natural,"
being represented by varieties of prevailingly small
size; and these varieties usually reproduce more or less
true from seed or cuttings. Thus there are dwarf
petunias, lobelias, asters, cannas, peas, beans. Such
dwarfing comes within the field of breeding.
The "artificial" dwarfs are produced by more or less
arbitrary manipulation, as by grafting on stocks of
small growth, heading-in the top or the root or both,
by confining the roots, by withholding food and
water, and by various forms of contortion and con-
striction.
Plants are dwarfed to keep them within bounds in
small areas, to increase flower-bearing and fruit-bear-
ing in proportion to the size of the subject, to bring
all parts within reach and control, to express the skill
and satisfy the conceit of the gardener, and to extend
the range of interesting plant forms; and plants may be
adapted to adverse soils or conditions by grafting on
hardy or more reliable roots that may chance to have
a dwarfing tendency. Dwarf plants are very useful
in flower-gardens and in landscape work. The pic-
turesque dwarfs of the Japanese type are amongst the
most curious of plant forms.
The Japanese practice of dwarfing. Figs. 1367, 1368.
The art of dwarfing trees has been long practised
among the Japanese gardeners. Some trees are more
adapted for this purpose than others. The following
have been considered to be most suitable:
Chamaecyparis obtusa.
Pinus pentaphylla.
Pinus parviflora.
Pinus Thunbergii.
Pinus densiflora.
Larix leptolepis.
Juniperus rigida.
Juniperus chinensis var.
cumbens.
Podocarpus chinensis.
Podocarpus Nageia.
Tsuga Sieboldii.
Tsuga diversifolia.
Cryptomeria japonica.
Acer palmatum.
Various species of Japanese
fruit trees, etc.
Acer trifidum.
Styrax japonica.
Lagerstrcemia indica.
Punica Granatum.
Trachycarpus excelsa.
Rhapis flabelliformis.
Rhapis hutnilis.
pro- Zelkowa acuminata.
Millettia japonica.
Wistaria floribunda.
Wistaria brachybotrys.
Prunus Mume.
Evonymus alata.
Cycas revoluta.
flowering cherries, ivies, bamboos,
1367. Japanese dwarf tree.
There are two styles hi which the "bonsai" is pre-
sented, one is the planting of one or more tiny trees of
picturesque form in an artistic shallow pot; and the
other is the representing of a part of a miniature garden
or forest embracing trees, shrubs, grasses, mosses, rocks,
and ponds. The former is simply an improved or
modified potted plant,
whereas the latter exhibits
an imaginary scene, so
that one might feel by
glancing upon the pot in
a little Japanese chamber
as if he were at that mo-
ment strolling in such a
garden or wandering with-
in forest. A little piece of
stone gives an idea of Mt.
Fuji, and a drop of water
the surface of the Japan
Sea. We often suspect
the tree, covered with
mossed bark, of not more than Yi foot in height,
would reach the cloud; or it might suggest a wintry
landscape brought in amidst scorching summer days
to release a man from heat.
The success in raising a valuable "bonsai" depends
entirely on the skill of dwarfing the trees, and it requires
a long experience. Remember always what the home
of the plant was, and treat it according to its habitat.
In other words, climate, soil, environment, nourish-
ment, and all other circumstances of its original state
should accompany the tree; and the degree of humidity,
both in the air and ground, is of prime importance
in the dwarfing process. Some have the erroneous
notion that the dwarfing is accomplished merely by
bending the tree unnaturally. The roots are confined
to check growth, without making other alteration.
The shape and size of the branches or leaves are affected
by the firmness of the earth, the way of watering, the
kinds of fertilizer, and the degree of sunshine. Between
the leaves there should be ample air and frequent
sunshine. Some plants need only slight moisture, and
others much. Too wet is worse than too dry. Many
are thoughtless in giving water, not considering the
condition of the soil. Judicious watering is one of the
first requisites to success. For example, after being
placed on balconies or terraces in the daytime, the
potted plants should be exposed outdoors during the
night, if not stormy. Japanese gardeners use many
different fertilizers in accordance with the time of
growth, kind of plant, and purposes (i.e., whether for
branches or leaves, for flowers or fruits), some of them
being: oil-cake, bone-meal, tankage, clam-shells, barn-
manures, night-soil, wine
lees, tea dregs, cow's
milk, rice- bran, fish
refuse, iron-rust, and T^/l^JCfe' ' & ft.F: j
others.
Plants both of "bon-
and "hachiuye"
Before entering into a discussion of dwarfed trees,
one should have a clear understanding between the
"bonsai" or artistic plant and the "hachiuye" or ordin-
ary potted plant.
dwarfs should be re-
potted every two or three years, in
order to destroy the old fibrous roots,
and to give a chance for new ones.
Otherwise, trees are deprived from
taking any nourishment, and will
soon die. This practice is to be done
in February or March, when the aim
of dwarfing is completed; whereas the 1368. Training a
pruning is to be between April and
June, to secure more or even larger flowers.
Pine. — This is one of the most difficult plants to be
treated as a dwarfed tree, although it will hardly
result in failure, if taken direct from the mountain or
seashore while new young needles are steadily growing.
Pines that have suffered through various difficult
DWARFING
DWARFING
1083
weather are preferred. About half a year previous
to removal, a ditch should be made around the plant.
In removing, the main root should be carefully cut
off by scissors, leaving its end downward to avoid
the resin from accumulating, which otherwise might
destroy the tree. For different shapes, the branches
are to be twisted to and fro, as shown in the cut (Fig.
1368) ; bind the part with hemp-palm rope, and pull it
moderately toward the trunk with a cord. The special
nature of this tree is to dislike the humid earth. Hav-
ing no pleasing flower or fruit, the pine must exhibit
merit in the arrangement of needles or the color of the
bark. The best time to transplant is in autumn. For
fertilizers, one may use oil-cake or a bone-meal.
Mume (Prunus Mume). — This is different from the
Japanese flowering cherry; the beauty of the flower
should accompany the picturesque form of the tree
itself. The age of the tree is highly regarded. Slender
branches as well as grotesque trunks with mossy bark
are usually chosen. Hence, all dwarfed Mume plants
are raised by grafting. The potting of Mume may take
Elace as soon as the flowers have fallen. The pot is to
e kept in shade at least one month, the earth having
been thoroughly pressed. To have more flowers, the
old roots are destroyed, and the branches cut, leaving
a few branchlets. Potted Mume is fertilized with thin
liquid manure, oil-cakes or occasionally cow's milk,
between December and February.
Pomegranate. — In this plant, the portion of the roots
which is close to the main trunk may be exposed to the
air. As a dwarfed tree, pomegranate is enjoyed both for
fruits and flowers. All new sprouts are to be pinched off,
other than those that will produce flowers. Until the
fruits have grown larger, one should wait for manuring.
For flowers, oil-cake, tankage, or bone-meal are used;
for fruits a light fertilizer is used.
Bamboos. — Choose one of the most proper kinds and
keep it in a pot for two or three years. Then wait
upon several shoots coming up. One year after this,
these new bamboos are transferred into other pots.
The practice needs much patience and great skill, and it
would hardly pay, knowing that the prime age of bam-
boo is only for four or five years. ISSA TANIMURA.
Dwarf fruit trees.
Generally speaking, dwarf trees are those which by
various means are made to remain smaller than normal
trees of the same species or variety. Three means
are in common use in dwarfing trees: by growing on
dwarfing stocks, restricting the root run, and by
pruning to check or suppress the growth of the top.
Horticulturally speaking, and particularly as the term
is applied to fruit trees, dwarf trees are those which
are grown on dwarfing stocks. A discussion of dwarf
fruit trees is, then, most largely concerned with dwarf-
ing stocks.
Dwarfing stocks are not modern innovations. For
at least three centuries, various stocks have been used
to dwarf apples, pears, plums, cherries and quinces.
In fact, dwarf fruit trees were quite as common, or
even more so, in Europe a century ago than they are at
present. They have been grown in America, at least
dwarf apples and pears, for nearly a century, during
which time in recurring periods they have received much
attention from fruit-growers. There is in horticultural
literature much data, which, while fragmentary, is still
substantial, to guide us in the use of dwarfing stocks
and to indicate the value of dwarf fruit trees.
The action of dwarfing stocks is readily explained
after a statement of what stocks are. A dwarfing stock
is always a smaller, a weaker, or a slower-growing
variety or species than the tree to be propagated on it.
The top conforms to the roots chiefly because of the
inability of the latter to furnish sufficient nutrition.
The tree is dwarfed through starvation. Other than
69
in size the trees are little or not at all affected,
although minor changes in the fruit and in the bearing
habit are supposed to be brought about by dwarfing.
Dwarf fruit trees are propagated by the same methods
employed in growing standard trees with preference
given to budding dwarfing stocks, whereas standard
trees are still largely propagated by grafting. Propaga-
tors hold that a better union can be obtained by bud-
ding than by grafting, and since it is always difficult to
secure a good union between plants as widely divergent
as stock and cion in a dwarf tree must of necessity be,
budding should have the preference of the two methods.
In fact the chief problem in growing dwarf fruit trees
is to find a stock with which the larger growing cion
can easily be worked and with expectations of a close
and permanent union. This brings us to the matter
of stocks for the several fruits.
Dwarf apples are commonly grown on two stocks —
the Paradise and the Doucin. Both of these, it must
be understood, are class names, there being in the
literature a dozen or more varieties of Paradise and
about as many of the Doucin. Carefully compared,
the many kinds in use can be reduced to the French
Paradise (Pommier du Paradis), English Paradise,
and the Dutch Paradise for the first class, while the
Doucin stocks may be grouped under the Doucin,
the English Broad-leaved and the English Nonsouch.
There is much confusion in the names of dwarf apple
stock in nurseries and the grower will be fortunate if
he gets what he calls for. Of these two classes, the
Paradise stocks make the dwarfer plants and should be
used for trees to be kept as true dwarfs and for all
that are to be trained in fancy forms. The Douchin
stocks are the better for free-growing trees.
Pears are dwarfed by growing on quince roots. Any
quince may be used, but the Angers, upon which
quinces are commonly propagated, is the best dwarfing
stock for the pear. Comparatively few pears can be
successfully worked on quince roots because stock and
cion do not make a good union. This antipathy is
obviated by budding the quince with a pear which
unites readily; the next year the un tractable variety
is budded on the more amenable variety, the result-
ing tree being thus pear on quince, followed by pear on
pear — the "double-working" of nurserymen.
There is no question but that the Mahaleb is a
dwarfing stock for the cherry, and in Europe, where
it has long been used, it is always regarded as such.
In America, where the Mahaleb in the last quarter
century has all but superseded the Mazzard, a free-
growing stock, it is not so commonly known that there
is a difference in the size of trees on the two stocks.
It must not be understood that the Mahaleb stock
gives a true dwarf cherry, but it has a very decided
dwarfing effect on either sweet or sour cherries.
Stocks for plums have not been well tested — a
statement that .holds for all stone fruits. It is very
certain, however, that varieties of Prunus insititia,
as the Damsons or the St. Julien, the latter one of the
best of all plums for a stock, have a dwarfing effect
on the varieties of the larger-growing trees of P.
domcslica, as do also several of our free-growing native
species, among which P. americana may be recommended
for cold climates. For true dwarf trees, however, the
only stocks that give promise are the dwarf natives, of
which P. pumila and P. Besseyi have been found to
unite readily with several varieties each of either the
Domestica or Triflora plums, and to make very good
dwarfing stocks for them.
Peaches, apricots and nectarines are dwarfed by
budding on P. cerasifera, P. insititia and P. americana.
It is probable that all of these fruits, and the cherry
as well, can be grown on P. pumila and P. Besseyi as
true dwarfs, several experiments having demonstrated
that good unions form between the peach, at least, and
these dwarf sand cherries. As to whether the union
1084
DWARFING
DYSCHORISTE
would be sufficiently permanent to make the trees
so obtained worth while, remains to be seen.
The great advantage of a dwarf tree is its small size,
which permits the planting of more varieties of a fruit
in a small space. Dwarf fruits, then, deserve, in par-
ticular, the consideration of amateur fruit-growers and
of those who want small-growing fillers for permanent
orchards. Trees of small size are easier to prune,
spray, and to care for in every way. Because of the
low stature and compact head of the dwarfs, wind
causes less injury to trees and crops.
1369. Dyckia rariflora.
Another very material advantage of the dwarfs is
that they come into bearing earlier than the standards.
The desirability of early bearing from several stand-
points is obvious. Advocates of dwarf fruits very
generally assert that the fruit from the dwarf trees is
of higher quality, higher color and better flavor. As a
generalization, this is not true, though it probably is
true for a few varieties of each of the several fruits
under consideration. Tests of many varieties of apples
on dwarf and standard stocks on the grounds of the
New York Agricultural Experiment Station show that
more often the fruit from standard trees is the better.
Pear-growers have found that comparatively few
varieties of this fruit are improved in the qualities
named by growing as dwarfs. Size, color and quality
of fruit are as likely to be affected deleteriously as
beneficially by dwarfing.
Dwarf stocks are much used to adapt varieties to
soils. This is the chief value of most of the propaga-
ting plants named for the stone-fruits. The true
purpose of such stocks must be clearly kept in mind
— the dwarfing in this case is a disadvantage attendant
upon the use of the stock for another purpose.
The disadvantages of dwarfing stocks, in America
at least, are rather more pronounced than their advan-
tages. They may be summed up as follows: Nearly
all dwarf trees are shorter-lived than standards — the
exceptions are very few. All dwarf trees, whether
trained in fancy forms or free-growing, need more care
than standard trees. The chief items needing extra
care are pruning,- tilling and fertilizing. It is more
difficult to propagate dwarf trees and the cost of the
plants is therefore greater, making the cost an acre,
with the increased number of trees, much greater.
Lastly, it is most difficult to secure trees, especially of
apples, on dwarfing stocks that are known to be true
to name.
In conclusion, it may be said that we have just
passed through one of the recurring periods of interest
in dwarf trees in America and that commercial fruit-
growers are more than ever convinced that for the
present, at least, dwarf trees are of little value to them.
The place of these trees is in gardens of amateurs and
on the estates of those who can afford to grow and
train them for their beauty as well as for their fruit.
There is, however, a possible future for dwarf fruits
in cpmmerical plantations, when the refinements of
horticulture have been carried far enough to show the
special adaptations of varieties of the several fruits
to different stocks and when the care of dwarf trees
is better understood. u. P. HEDRICK.
DYCKIA (after Prince Salm-Dyck, German botanist,
and author of a great work on succulent plants).
Bromeliacese. Succulents, grown under glass and in the
open far South.
Dyckias somewhat resemble century plants, but with
smaller spines, as a rule, and flowering regularly. They
are usually stemless, and the Ivs. form dense rosettes.
— About 60 species in S. Amer. For cult., see Agave.
They are rarely cult, in Fla. and Calif., and in a few
northern collections. Following have showy yellow fls.
A. Infl. amply branched or panicled.
altissima, Lindl. (D. princeps, Lem.). Lvs. spiny at
the margin: floral bracts small, all manifestly shorter
than the fls. Brazil.
AA. Infl. not branched, a raceme or spike.
B. Filaments forming a tube: fls. with scarcely any
pedicel.
rarifldra, Schult. Fig. 1369. Lvs. with small spines
on the margin, shorter than in D. altissima: sepals not
emarginate at the apex; upper sheaths of the scape
shorter than internodes. Brazil. B.M.3449. B.R. 1782.
BB. Filaments not forming a tube all the way: fls. with a
short but conspicuous pedicel.
sulphftrea, C. Koch, not Baker. Lvs. with small
spines at the margin: sheaths of the scape longer than
the internodes, the higher ones entire: bracts lanceolate,
the lowest conspicuously longer than the pedicelled fls. :
blades of petals wide and longer than stamens. Brazil.
WILHELM MILLER.
DYPSIS (obscure name). Palmaceze, tribe Arecese.
Madagascar palms that have been poorly described,
are little known and of scarcely any horticultural sig-
nificance. They are all small, unarmed palms, with reed-
like sts.: Ivs. terminal, entire, bifid at the apex or pin-
natisect; segms. split at the apex or irregularly toothed,
the apical one confluent; sheath short: spadices long,
loosely fld.: fr. small, oblong or ovoid, straight or
curved, oblique at base. — Perhaps half a dozen species.
No species of Dypsis are common in cultivation, as
they possess but little beauty. They are among the
easiest and quickest to germinate. All of them require
a stove temperature. D. madagascariensis, Nichols,
is also known as Areca madagascariensis, Mart., and
is so treated here. D. pinnatifrons, Mart. (A. grdcilis,
Thouars), is one of several plants that have been known
as Areca gracilis. It is a pretty palm, now grown in
large quantities by some dealers. G.C. II. 24:394.
The genus is closely related to Chamaedorea.
N. TAYLOR-f
DYSCHORISTE (name refers to the scarcely divided
or lobed stigma). Incl. Calophanes. Acanthdcese.
Fifty or more annuals or perennials of the tropics of
Amer., Afr., and Asia, allied to Ruellia and Stro-
bilanthes. None of them is apparently in regular cult.
They are plants with opposite mostly entire small
Ivs. and blue or pale fls. in short-stalked cymes. D.
nobilior, C. B. Clarke (D. Hildebrandtii, Lind.), is a
free-flowering shrub, with a penetrating odor, and
hairy branches: Ivs. elliptic, nearly 2 in. long, slightly
crenulate: fls. purple-blue in many distant and dense
axillary cymes; corolla less than ^in. long. Brit. Cent.
Afr.; recently cult, at Kew.
E
EARTH-NUT, EARTH-PEA. Little-used names for
the peanut, goober or pinder, Arachis hypogsea. The
words earth-nut and ground-nut are used for many
subterranean tubers, without much discrimination, and
therefore they have small value as vernaculars. They
may be applied to the underground tubers of Apios
tuberosa, Panax trifolium, Erigenia bulbosa, Cyperus
esculentus, and others. Earth-apple, earth-gall and
similar variants are in use for various plants.
EATONIA: Sphenopholis.
EBENUS (Greek name for the ebony). Leguminbsse.
About 15 species of silky-hairy herbs or sub-shrubs, of
the eastern Medit. region and eastward to Beluchistan,
allied to Onobrychis, sometimes planted in borders
but apparently not offered in this country. Fls. red-
dish or purplish, papilionaceous, in dense axillary long-
peduncled spikes; standard obovate or obcordate,
narrowed to base; wings short or minute; keel about
equaling the standard, the apex obtuse and oblique;
calyx-lobes subulate and plumose: pod obovate or
oblong, compressed, included in the calyx-tube, inde-
hiscent, 1- or 2-seeded: Ivs. odd-pinnate or some of
them somewhat digitately 3-foliolate or even simple.
E. cretica, Linn., is shrubby with Ivs. usually of 5
(sometimes 3) Ifts., and reddish purple fls. in ovate-
cylindrical spikes. Crete. B.M. 1092 (as Anthyllis
cretica). E Sibthorpii, DC., is herbaceous, with more
Ifts., and purplish fls. in spherical spikes.
This genus has no relation to the ebony, which is of
the genus Diospyros (particularly D. Ebenum).
EBONY: Diospyros Ebenum.
ECBALLIUM (Greek, to throw out}. CucurUtacex.
SQUIRTING CUCUMBER. A perennial trailing vine,
easily grown as an annual in any garden, cultivated for
its explosive fruits.
When ripe, the oblong prickly fr. squirts its seeds at
the slightest touch, or sometimes at the mere vibration
of the ground made by a person walking
by. Some of the old herbalists called this
plant Cucumis asininus. Another curious
fact about the plant is that a powerful
cathartic is made from the juice of the fr.,
which has been known for many centuries. '~*->sT..
A preparation of it is still sold in the
drugstores as Trituratio Elaterini. The drug "elaterium"
is derived from the juice of the fr. Ecballium has only
1 species, and is closely related to the important genera
Cucumis and Citrullus. With them it differs from
Momordica in lacking the 2 or 3 scales which close the
bottom of the calyx. Other generic characters are:
prostrate herb, fleshy, rough hairy: Ivs. heart-shaped,
more or less 3-lobed: tendrils wanting: fls. yellow, the
staminate in racemes, pistillate usually from the same
axils with the staminate fls.; calyx 5-cut. It is a native
of the middle and eastern Medit. regions, especially in
rich moist forests.
Elaterium, A. Rich (Elaterium cordifolium, Moench.
Momordica Elaterium, Linn.). SQUIRTING CUCUMBER.
Fig. 1370. Described above; grown in this country as a
curiosity. B.M. 1914. WILHELM MILLER.
ECCREMOCARPUS (Greek, pendent fruit). Big-
noniacex. An attractive half-hardy tendril-climber.
Shrubs, but grown as annuals in the N., tall climbing:
Ivs. opposite, 2-parted or -pinnate: fls. yellow, scarlet
or orange, mostly racemose; calyx campanulate, 5-
Earted; corolla-tube elongated; limb more or less 2-
pped or in E. scaber small and nearly entire; stamens
4, didynamous, included; disk annular: fr. an ovate or
elliptic loculicidal 1-celled caps. — Three or 4 species
of tall somewhat woody plants from Peru and Chile,
climbing by branched tendrils at the end of the twice-
pinnate Ivs., and having very distinct fls. of somewhat
tubular shape, which are colored yellow, orange or
scarlet.
Eccremocarpus has two sections, in one of which the
corollas are cylindrical, but in the section Calampelis,
to which E. scaber belongs, the corolla has a joint at a
short distance beyond the calyx, then swells out on the
under side, and suddenly constricts into a neck before
it reaches the small circular mouth, surrounded by
five very short rounded lobes.
scaber, Ruiz & Pav. (Calampelis scaber, D. Don).
About 10 ft. high: Ivs. bipinnate; Ifts. obliquely cordate,
entire or serrate: fls. 1 in. long, orange, in racemes.
July, Aug. Chile. B.R. 939. B.M. 6408. Var. coc-
cineus, Hort., has scarlet fls. Var. aureus, Hort., has
fls. bright golden yellow. Var. carmineus, Hort., has
fls. carmine-red. — E. scaber is hardy in the southern
parts of the U. S., and makes a most attractive peren-
nial woody subject. It is also satisfactory in the open
in the N. if given a warm exposure, blooming readily
from seed the first year. L. H. B.f
ECHEVERIA (named for Ata-
nasio Echeverria, an excellent
Mexican botanical draughts-
man). Crassuldcese. Stemless or
somewhat caulescent succulents.
Leaves fleshy, but usually
broad and flat, commonly mak-
ing dense rosettes: fls. borne in
loose spikes or racemes or some-
times paniculate, but never in
a flat cyme; calyx deeply 5-
parted ; sepals usually elongated
and narrow, unequal, commonly
spreading but sometimes erect;
corolla 5-angled, usually strongly
so, very broad at base; stigma-
lobes united below, very thick
and nerveless, erect
but often spreading
at tip; stamens 10,
5 attached near the
middle of the petals,
the other 5 either
free or attached
lower down on the
corolla: carpels 5,
erect; ovules and
seeds many. — More than 60 species of this genus have
been described. Most of them have been in cult, in
Washington and at the New York Botanical Garden,
although but few are in the trade. It is confined
almost entirely to Mex., one species extending into the
mountains of W. Texas, and one or two species extend-
ing into Cent. Amer. Many of the species are valuable
for flat bedding on account of their compact rosettes and
highly colored foliage. For cultural notes, see Cotyledon
(with which it has been united by many authors).
1370. Ecballium Elaterium. ( X H)
(1085)
1086
ECHEVERIA
ECHEVERIA
amoena, 1.
atropurpurea, 9.
campanulata, 25.
carnicolor, 12.
coecinea, 4.
elegans, 17.
fulgens, 24.
gibbiflora, 26.
glauca, 19.
linguaefolia, 6.
INDEX.
lurida, 10.
maculata, 13.
metallica, 26.
microcalyx, 2.
mucronata, 3.
Peacockii, 15.
Pringlei, 8.
pubescens, 5.
pulvinata, 7.
Purpusii, 2.
racemosa, 11.
rubromarginata, 21.
sanguined, 9.
Scheerii, 23.
secunda, 20.
setosa, 14.
simulans, 18.
subrigida, 22.
subsessilis, 16.
A. Sepals orbicular, very small, obtuse.
B. Corolla twice as long as thick; sepals appressed.
1. amoena, De Smet. Nearly stemless, with numerous
offshoots: Ivs. in small but dense rosettes: flowering
branches slender, 4-8 in. long; fls. 1-8, in slender
racemes; corolla red, 4-5 lines long. Native of Mex.
— This species was intro. into cult, nearly 40 years ago.
BB. Corolla little longer than thick; sepals not appressed.
2. microcalyx, Brit. & Rose (E. Purpusii, Brit.).
Shortly caulescent, sometimes 1 ft. high: corolla yellow-
pink, 4 lines long. Native of Mex.
AA. Sepals linear to ovate.
B. Fls. axillary, arranged in loose spikes or racemes.
c. The fls. in spikes.
D. Plant not caulescent, glabrous throughout.
3. mucronata, Schlecht. Caulescent, glabrous
throughout: basal Ivs. in a dense rosette 4-8 in. long:
fls. sessile; corolla 1 in. or more long, reddish tinged
with yellow. E. Mex.
DD. Plant caulescent, pubescent throughout.
4. coecinea, DC. (Cotyledon coecinea, Cav.). St.
1-2 ft. high, finely grayish pubescent: Ivs. oblanceolate,
largest 8-9 in. long: infl. a spike of 15-25 fls. Common
in Cent. Mex. Page 870.
5. pubescens, Schlecht. (Cotyledon pubescens, Baker).
A similar species is sometimes cult., with obovate-spatu-
late Ivs.
cc. The fls. in racemes.
D. Species caulescent.
E. Infl. compound below; corolla pale.
6. Iinguaef61ia, Lem. Sts. 1 ft. or more high, very
leafy: Ivs. thick, fleshy, green, nearly terete at base:
flowering branches long and drooping, each consisting
of a simple raceme: fls. cream-colored. Mex. — This
species has long been in cult., and has not been collected
wild in recent years. It is so very different from the
other echeverias of Mex. that we are led to suspect
that it may be of hybrid origin.
EE. Infl. simple throughout; corolla bright-colored.
F. Plant pubescent throughout.
7. pulvinata, Rose (Cotyledon pulvinata, Hook.).
Sts. 4-6 in. high, somewhat branching, becoming naked
below: young branches, Ivs. and sepals covered with a
velvety pubescence: Ivs. clustered in rosettes at the top
branches, about 1 in. long, very thick: fls. in a leafy ra-
ceme; corolla scarlet, sharply 5-angled. Mex. — This is
a very distinct echeveria, with a remarkable pubescence.
8. Pringlei, Rose (Cotyledon Pringlei, Wats.). This
is perhaps nearest E. pulvinata, although not so pubes-
cent nor so attractive a plant.
FF. Plant glabrous throughout.
9. atropurpurea, Baker (Cotyledon atropurpurea,
Baker. E. sanguinea, Morr.). Sts. 4-8 in. high,
glabrous throughout: Ivs. aggregated at the top of the
st. in a dense rosette, usually dark purple above, some-
what glaucous: flowering branches elongated; sepals
somewhat unequal; corolla bright red, strongly angled.
Probably native of Mex., but known only from cult,
specimens. Page 870.
DD. Species not caulescent.
10. lurida, Haw. (Cotyledon lurida, Baker). Plants
stemless, glabrous and glaucous throughout: Ivs.
forming a flat, rather open rosette, narrowly oblong,
2-4 in. long, acute, tinged with purple, especially when
old: flowering branches 12-32-fld.; sepals thick, spread-
ing or even reflexed; corolla bright red. Known only
from garden material, but undoubtedly from Mex.
B.R. 27:1.
11. racemdsa, Schlecht. & Cham. This is similar to
E. lurida, and was considered by Baker to be a syn-
onym; but they are here kept distinct. The material
of E. racemosa now in cult, was secured at the type
locality of the species, Jalapa, Mex.
12. carnicolor, Morr. (Cotyledon carnicolor, Baker).
Another somewhat similar species, but with only 6-8
fls. It is known only from garden specimens.
13. maculata, Rose. This belongs also to this, alli-
ance, but grows at higher localities in Mex., and has
brighter green Ivs. It ought to live throughout the
year in our southern gardens.
BB Fls. terminal, arranged in secund spikes or racemes,
either simple or compound.
c. Infl. a simple raceme.
D. Plant hairy throughout.
14. setosa, Rose & Purpus. Plants stemless, giving
out offsets from the base : Ivs. often 100 or more, form-
ing a dense, almost globular, rosette, thickish but
flattened, about 2 in. long, covered on both sides with
setiform hairs: infl. usually a simple secund raceme with
8-10 fls. ; petals red at base, yellow at tip, setose without.
Contr. Nat. Herb. 13: pi. 10. — A very peculiar species,
recently collected by C. A. Purpus in Puebla, Mex.
DD. Plant glabrous throughout.
E. The fls. sessile.
15. Peacockii, Croucher (Cotyledon Peacockii, Baker).
Stemless: Ivs. about 50 in a close rosette, obovate,
spatulate, white-glaucous, slightly red toward the tip,
faintly keeled on the back: flowering branches form-
ing a scorpioid spike; corolla bright red, 6 Unes long.
It is doubtless of Mexican origin, although often
reported as from New Mex. or Calif. Page 870.
EE. The fls. pedicelled.
F. Lower pedicels short.
16. subsessilis, Rose. This is very similar to E.
Peacockii, but has shortly pedicelled fls. It is a very
beautiful species, well suited for flat bedding. Native
of Cent. Mex.
FF. Lower pedicels elongated.
G. Lvs. very turgid.
17. elegans. Rose. Stemless: Ivs. numerous, some-
times 80-100 in cult, specimens, forming very compact
rosettes, very glaucous, pale bluish green, very turgid,
with translucent margins, these sometimes reddish:
flowering branches pinkish, with 8-12 Ivs.; fls. in a
succulent raceme; corolla 5 lines long, its segms. dis-
tinct nearly to the base, pinkish with yellow spreading
tips. — Known only from material collected near
Pachuca, Mex., by J. N. Rose. This is one of the most
beautiful species of the genus, and is well suited for
rockeries or for use in flat bedding. This is not to be
confused with Cotyledon elegans, N. E. Br., which is
Oliveranthus elegans.
18. simulans, Rose. A similar species with somewhat
different habit and Ivs., and with slightly different
corolla; sepals appressed rather than spreading.
GG. Lvs. not turgid.
H. The Ivs. glaucous green.
19. glauca, Baker (Cotyledon glauca, Baker). Stem-
less: Ivs. in small but dense rosettes, nearly orbicular,
ECHEVERIA
ECHINACEA
1087
broadened just above the apex, almost truncate, but
with a decidedly purple mucro, very pale, slightly
glaucous: fls. 15-20 in a small secund raceme. Cent.
Mex. — Often confused with E. secunda, but apparently
specifically distinct. Page 870.
HH. The Ivs. with reddish margins.
20. secunda, Booth (Cotyledon secunda, Baker).
Fig. 1083. Stemless, glabrous: Ivs. numerous, inclined
to be erect, forming a dense rosette, bluish green,
oyate-cuneate, broad at margin and more or less red-
dish: fls. 12-15 in a secund raceme. Mex. Page 870.
cc. Infl. a compound raceme.
D. Plants acaulescent.
E. Sepals widely spreading.
21. rubromarginata, Rose. Stemless or sometimes
with a short st. : Ivs. comparatively few, stiff, ascending,
glabrous, glaucous, with a somewhat crenulate, red
margin: flowering sts. sometimes a foot high, more or
less paniculate. Mex.
EE. Sepals erect and closely appressed to the corolla.
22. subrigida, Rose (Cotyledon subrlgida, Rob. &
Seaton). Stemless, glaucous throughout: Ivs. in a
dense rosette, flat, acute, very glaucous, bluish green,
tinged with purple, the margins of young ones bright
scarlet. Mex. — This is one of the most beautiful of
all the echeverias. It is especially suitable for growing
in clusters.
DD. Plants caulescent.
E. Shape of Ivs. acute.
F. Lvs. tapering into a long narrow stalk.
23. Scheerii, Lindl. (Cotyledon Scheerii, Baker).
Sts. sometimes 2 ft. tall, or more often branched, gla-
brous, and somewhat glaucous: infl. a few-branched
panicle ; petals red or tinged with yellow, thick, erect or
spreading at tip. Undoubtedly Mex., but known only
from cult, material. B.R. 31:27. Page 870.
FF. Lvs. somewhat narrowed downward, but with
a broad base.
24. fulgens, Lem. (Cotyledon fulgens, Baker). Sts.
usually 4-8 in. high, glabrous throughout: Ivs. few in
each rosette: infl. paniculate; corolla strongly 5-angled,
coral-red without, yellowish within. Mex. Page 870.
EE. Shape of Ivs. obtuse.
F. Lvs. rounded on the face.
25. campanulata, Kunze. Short, caulescent, the
branches crowned by rosettes of large Ivs.: Ivs. spatu-
late, tapering into thick petioles, very glaucous, obtuse
at apex : petals thick, reddish without, yellowish within,
somewhat spreading at tip. Mex. B.R. 1247 (as E.
gibbiflora). — It is said to be near E. gibbiflora, but it
certainly has very different foliage.
FF. Lvs. concave or flat on the face.
26. gibbiflfira, DC. Sts. often tall, 2 ft. or more high,
glabrous throughout : lys. 12-20 in a close rosette, obo-
vate-spatulate, often highly colored : infl. a lax panicle.
Mex. Var. metallica. A very common and popular
greenhouse plant. It is very similar to the type, but
has more highly colored Ivs. Page 870.
E. argtntea, Lem., I.H. 10: Misc. 78, 1863= Dudleys pulveru-
lenta. — E. Bernhardyana, Foerst., is a garden species or form
from an unknown source. — E. bractedsa, Lindl. & Paxt.=Pachy-
phytum sp. — E. cinkrea is listed in Johnson's Gardener's Diet.,
p. 264, 1894, as a hybrid. — E. clavifdlia, Deleuil, is a hybrid of
Pachyphytum bracteolosum and Courantia rosea. — E. Cttve-
landii is a hybrid in cult, at the White House, Washington.— E.
cycmea, Johnson Card. Diet., is a garden hybrid. — E. dealbdta,
Johnson Card. Diet, garden hybrid. — E. DesmetriAna, L. DeSmet =
E. Peacockii. — E. erfcta, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid of E. coccmea
and E. atropurpurea. — E. ferrea, Deleuil, said to be a hybrid
of E. Scheerii and E. Calqphana.— E. globdsa, Hort. ex. E. Morr.
in B.H. 24:161. (1874.) Caulescent or nearly so: Ivs. numerous,
forming a dense rosette, spatulate, pale and somewhat glaucous,
about 3 in. long, broadest near the top and there >i-l in. broad,
mucronate at tip, rather flat: flowering branches weak and spread-
ing, bearing a few linear bracts, branched at top into 2 secund
racemes; sepals linear, very unequal, somewhat ascending; corolla
both before and after flowering strongly 5-angled, reddish below,
yellowish above and within; petals free nearly, if not quite, to the
base; stamens opposite the petals borne on the lower third of the
corresponding petals; the 5 alternate stamens free nearly to the
base: carpels free, erect. This description is drawn from a plant in
the Washington Botanical Garden of unknown origin. It resem-
bles somewhat E. secunda. — E. grandifldra, E. Morr., is evidently
a typographical error for E. grandifolia, Haw. — E. grdndis, E.
Morr.=E. gibbiflora (?). — E. grandisepala, Deleuil, is said to be
hybrid of E. metallica and a Courantia. — E. herbacea, Johnson
Gard. Diet., ia a garden hybrid. — E. imbricdta, Deleuil, Cat. 1874;
Deleuil in E. Morr. B.H. 24 : 329. (1874.) Deleuil in A. De Smet. R..B.
3:147. (1677.) This ia cult, in the Washington Botanical Garden,
and in the White House grounds. This species seems to be a favor-
ite aa a border plant in Washington City parks. It is said to be a
cross between E. glauca and E. metallica. The infl., while secund
as in E. glauca, is generally, although not alwaya, 2-branched,
while the Iva. are larger than in the true E. glauca. — E. metdttica
decdra, Rodgers, I.H. 30:505, ia a variegated form of C. metallica.
— E. mirdbilis, Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E. mutdbilis, Deleuil, is said
to be a hybrid of E. Scheerii and E. lingulaefolia. — E. ovata, Deleuil,
is said to be a hybrid of E. Scheerii and E. metallica. — E. pachy-
phytioides, L. De Smet, is a cross of Pachyphytum bracteosum
and E. metallica. — E. pruindsa, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid
between E. lingulaefolia and E. coccinea. — E. puherultnta, Nutt.
=Dudleya. — E. Purpusii, Schum.= Dudleya. — E. rosdcea, Lind.
& Andr6. I.H. 20:124, said to be close to E. secunda; locality
not given. — E. rdsea, Lindl. =Courantia. — E. scaphylla, Deleuil, is
a hybrid of Urbinia agavoides and E. lingulsefolia. — E. securifera,
Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E. spathulata, Deleuil, is a hybrid. — E.
spiralis, Deleuil, hybrid. — E. stelldta, Deleuil, hybrid.
J. N. ROSE.
ECHIDNOPSIS (viper-like, alluding to the serpent-
like sts.). Asdepiadaceae. A few species of leafless
succulents of Trop. Afr. and Arabia, not sufficiently
distinguished from Caralluma; allied to Stapelia,
which see for cult. None of the species seems to be in
the trade. The sts. are many-angled and tessellate,
bearing small mostly fascicled fls. in the grooves: corolla
rotate or approaching campanulate, 5-lobed, fleshy,
yellow or purple-brown; staminal column very short
and arising from the base of the corolla, and bearing
the corona. The following species have recently been
mentioned in garden literature: E. cereifdrmis, Hook. f.
is 6 in. high, with elongated cylindrical serpentine or
pendulous sts. and bright yellow fls. in fascicles. B.M.
5930. E. Dammannidna, Spreng. not Schweinf., ia
similar but has dark brown -purple fls. Nile Land.
E. Bentii, N. E. Br., has 7-S^ribbed sts. %in. or less
diam. and vinous-purple fls. in pairs toward the tips
of the branches. S. Arabia. B.M. 7760. E. somalensis,
N. E. Br., has columnar cereus-like shrubby cylindri-
cal 6-8-furrowed branches, and nearly sessile dark
purple yellow-spotted fls. solitary or in 2's or 3's.
Somaliland. B.M. 7929.
ECHINACEA (Greek, echinos, hedgehog; alluding to
the sharp-pointed bracts of the receptacle). Comp6sit3e.
PURPLE CONE-FLOWER. Perennial stout herbs, more
or less grown in the border or wild garden.
Closely related to Rudbeckia, but rays ranging from
flesh-color, through rose, to purple and crimson (one
species, not in the trade, has fls. yellow to red), while
those of Rudbeckia are yellow or partly (rarely wholly)
brown-purple: the high disk and the downward angle
at which the rays are pointed are features of echinaceas;
the disk is only convex at first, but becomes egg-shaped,
and the receptacle conical, while Rudbeckia has a
greater range, the disk from globose to columnar, and
the receptacle from conical to cylindrical; heads many-
fld., mostly large; disk-fls. fertile, rays pistillate but
sterile; pappus a small-toothed border or crown: sts.
long and strong, nearly leafless above, terminated by a
single head. — Five species in N. Amer., 2 of them from
Mex., the others native to the U. S. By some treated
as a section of Rudbeckia; by others now called Brau-
neria, which is an older name.
Echinaceas and rudbeckias are stout, and perhaps
a little coarse in appearance, but their flower-heads,
sometimes 6 inches across, are very attractive, and borne
in succession for two months or more of late summer.
1088
ECHINACEA
ECHINOCACTUS
With the growing appreciation of hardy borders and
of native plants, it should be possible to procure four
or five distinct colors in the flower, associated with
low, medium and tall-growing habits. They do well
in ordinary soils, and may be used to help cover unusu-
ally dry and exposed spots.
They respond well to rich soil, especially sandy loam,
and prefer warm and sunny sites. They are perennials
of easy culture. Propagated by division, though not
too frequently; sometimes by seeds. The roots of E.
angustifolia are black, pungent-tasted, and are included
in the United States pharmacopoea as the source of an
oleo-resin.
purptlrea, Moench. (Brauneria purpurea, Brit.).
Commonly not hairy, typically taller than E. angusti-
folia, 2 ft. or more high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, or the
lower ones broadly ovate, often 5-nerved, commonly
denticulate or sharply serrate, most of them abruptly
contracted into a margined petiole; upper Ivs. lanceo-
late and 3-nerved: rays at first an inch long and broad-
ish, later often 2 in. long or more, with the same color-
range as E. angustifolia, but rarely almost white. Rich
or deep soil. Va. and Ohio to 111. and La. G.L.
19:28. G.M. 22: suppl. Nov. 11; 31:374. Gng. 5:41.
Var. serotina, Bailey (Rudbeckia purpurea var. serdtina,
Nutt. R. serdtina, Sweet). The varietal name means
late-flowering, but the chief point is the hairy or bristly
character of the plant. L.B.C. 16:1539. P.M. 15:79
(as E. intermedia). — Perhaps the best form for garden
purposes, the rays said to be much brighter colored,
broader and not rolling at the edges.
angustifolia, DC. (B. angustifolia, Brit.). Bristly,
either sparsely or densely: Ivs. narrower than in E.
purpurea, from broadly lanceolate to nearly linear,
entire, 3-nerved, all narrowed gradually to the base,
the lower into slender petioles: fl.-heads nearly as large
as in E. purpurea, but sometimes much smaller.
Prairies and barrens, Sask. and Neb. to Texas, east to
111., Tenn. and Ala. B.M. 5281. G. W. 4 : 164.— This
species has several forms, which approach and run into
E. purpurea.
A dealer advertises (1912) a "red sunflower" obtained by cross-
ing a species of Echinacea with Helianthus multiflorus. It is
described as 5-6 ft. high, with fls. 4-7 in. diam., red. See
Helianthus.
ECHINOCACTUS (Greek, spine and cactus). Cac-
tacese. A very large group of globular, strongly ribbed,
and strongly spiny cacti, growing from the United
States to South America, particularly abundant in
Mexico.
Sometimes these cacti become very short-cylindrical;
occasionally the ribs are broken up into tubercles which
resemble those of Mammillaria; and rarely spines are
entirely wanting: the fls. usually appear just above
the young spine-bearing areas, but sometimes they are
farther removed, and occasionally they are in the axil
of a tubercle; the ovary bears scales which are naked or
woolly in the axils, and the fr. is either succulent or dry.
—The genus is well developed within the U. S., about 40
species haying been recognized, but its extreme north-
ern limit is the southern borders of Colo., Utah, and
Nev., apparently having spread from the great arid
plateau regions of Mex. proper and Low. Calif.
The genus extends throughout Mex. but is not found in
Cent. Amer. It is well represented, however, in the
drier regions of S. Amer. Echinocactus and Mammillaria
are distinguished chiefly by the way in which the fls. are
borne, — terminal on the tubercles in the former, and
axillary to tubercles in the latter. In external appear-
ance they are very similar. The genus Astrophytum is
here included, although it seems to be very different
from the typical forms of Echinocactus and should
doubtless be kept distinct. It is impossible to identify
with certainty all of the specific names found in
trade catalogues, but the following synopsis con-
tains the greater part of them. In all cases the original
descriptions have been consulted, and in some cases
it is certain that a name originally applied to one
form has been shifted to another. The following
synopsis may be useful, therefore, in checking up the
proper application of names, but it may thus leave
some of the common species of the trade unaccounted
for. No attempt is made to group the species accord-
ing to relationships, but a more easily handled artificial
arrangement, chiefly based upon spine characters, is
used. It must be remembered that the species are
exceedingly variable, especially under cult., and large
allowance must be made for the characters given in the
key and in the specific descriptions.
Unlike most globular forms of cacti, echinocacti do
not readily produce offsets; consequently they must
be propagated by seeds if one wishes to increase these
plants in quantity. Seeds of echinocactus, and, in fact,
most cacti, will germinate as freely as seeds of other
plants, provided they have been allowed to ripen
properly before gathering and carefully dried after-
ward. The months of May and June have been found
to be by far the most favorable for germination. Seeds
of echinocactus will then germinate in five or six days,
while during the winter months it takes almost as many
weeks. Opuntias will germinate in even less than six
days; they germinate most readily of all the Cactacese,
and grow the fastest afterward, while mammillarias are
the slowest to germinate and grow the slowest after-
ward.— The seeds should be sown in well-drained 4-
inch pots in a finely sifted mixture of one part leaf-
mold, one part loam and one part charcoal dust and
silver sand. The surface should be made very smooth,
and the seeds pressed lightly into the soil with the
bottom of a flower-pot and then covered with about
^8 inch of fine silver sand. This allows the seedlings to
push through readily and prevents the soil from crust-
ing on the surface of the pots, as they usually have to
stay in their seedling pots at least one year. The pots
should be placed in a greenhouse where they will
receive plenty of light but not the direct sunlight, for,
although cacti are natives of desert regions, the seed-
lings will roast if exposed to full sunlight under glass.
For the first winter, at least, the seedlings should be
kept in a temperature of not less than 60° and care-
fully looked over every day to ascertain the condition
of the soil, for, although they should be kept on the
dry side, they must never be allowed to become quite
dry during the seedling stage. When about a year old
they may be transplanted to shallow pans not more than
6 inches in diameter, and prepared with the same mix-
ture as for seedling pots. These pans will be found
better than small pots, because the soil may be kept
more evenly moist and the seedlings do better in conse-
quence. When grown from 2 to 3 inches in diameter,
seedling echinocacti may be transferred to pots, using
only sizes just large enough to accommodate them, as
they make but few roots. Pot them in a mixture of -two
parts fibrous loam, one part leaf-mold and one part
pounded brick and silver sand. During the spring and
summer months, established plants may be given a
liberal supply of water, but must be studiously watered
during the fall and winter months. — During the winter
they should be given a light position in a dry green-
house, with a night temperature of 45° to 50°, and a
rise of 10° by day. For the summer, they may be either
kept in an airy greenhouse or placed in some conve-
nient position outside, plunging the pots in the soil or
in some light non-conducting material. Some of the
species will begin to blossom in May and others at
intervals during the summer. The flowers vary con-
siderably in size, and embrace a good range of color,
from white to deep yellow, and from faintest purple to
deep rose. They do not readily produce seed (in New
England, at least) unless artificially pollinated. — Like
most of the cactus family, the more cylindrical species
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTUS
1089
will readily unite when grafted upon other kinds, not
only in the same genus, but in other genera of Cactaceae,
and for weak-growing species it may often be an advan-
tage to graft upon some stronger-growing species.
Cleistocactus Baumannii (or C. colubrinus) makes an
excellent stock to graft upon, choosing stock plants of
reasonable size and height. The system known as
"wedge-grafting" is perhaps best for the purpose, and
the early spring months, or just as the growing season
is about to begin, is the best time for grafting. — If
plants of echinocactus can be kept in a healthy condi-
tion, they are not much troubled with insect pests;
mealy-bug is their worst enemy and should be removed
at once with a clean mucilage brush. — The following
varieties have been found to be among the most easily
grown: E. capricornis, E. coptonogonus, E. cornigerus,
E. Grusonii, E. horizonthalonius, E. longihamatus, E.
myriostigma, E. setispinus, E. texensis, and E. Wislizenii.
(E. J. Canning.)
INDEX.
arrigens, 31.
leucacanthus, 18.
rectispinus, 25.
bicolor, 36.
limitus, 42.
recurvus, 27.
brevihamatus, 5.
longihamatus, 3.
rinconensis, 16.
capricornis, 15.
lopothele, 33.
robustus, 34.
coptonogonus, 13.
major, 13.
saltittensis, 46.
cornigerus, 9.
Mirbellii, 19.
Scopa, 47.
crispatus, 31.
Monvillii, 11.
setispinus, 28.
cylindraceus, 2.
multicostatus, 14.
Sileri, 44.
Echidne, 23.
myriostigma, 50.
sinuatus, 6.
electracanthus, 22.
obvallatus, 30.
texensis, 24.
Emoryi, 26.
Orcuttii, 39.
Treculianus, 6.
flavorirens, 37.
ornatus, 19.
turbiniformis, 49.
Grusonii, 45.
orthacanthus, 37.
uncinatus, 1, 7.
helophorus, 29.
Ottonis, 35.
Vanderxyi, 23.
hexsedrophorus, 32.
Palmeri, 46.
viridescens, 42.
horizonthalonius, 21.
Pfeifferi, 12.
Visnaga, 20.
ingens, 20.
phyllacanthus, 17.
Whipplei, 8.
intertextus, 38.
pilosus, 48.
Wislizenii, 4.
Johnsonii, 40.
polyancistrus, 10.
Wrightii, 1.
Lecontei, 43.
polycephalus, 41.
A. Spines, or some of them, hooked (Nos. I-1G).
B. Central spine solitary.
1. Wrightii, Coulter (E. uncinatus
var. Wrightii, Engelm.). Oval, 3-6 in. <
high, 2-3 K in. diam.: radial spines 8,
arranged as in E. uncinatus;
central spine solitary, angled,
flexuous and hooked, elon-
gated (2-6 in.), erect, straw-
color, with dark tip: fls. 1-1 %
in. long, dark purple. Texas
and N. Mex.
BB. Central spines 4-
c. Some or all of the spines
annulate.
2. cylindraceus, Engelm.
Globose to ovate or ovate-
cylindrical, simple or branch-
ing at base, becoming as
much as 3 ft. high and 1 ft.
diam.: ribs 13 in younger
specimens, 20-27 in older
ones, obtuse and tuberculate: spines
stout, compressed, more or less curved,
reddish; radials about 12, with 3-5
additional slender ones at upper edge of
areole, 1-2 in. long, the lowest stouter
and shorter and much hooked; centrals
4, very stout and 4-angled, about 2 in.
long and ^-^in. broad, the upper-
most broadest and almost straight and
erect, the lowest decurved : fls. yellow.
5. W. U. S. and Low. Calif.
3. longihamatus, Gal. Subgloboseor
at length ovate, becoming 1-2 ft. high :
ribs 13-17, often oblique, broad, obtuse,
tuberculate-interrupted : spines robust,
purplish or variegated when young, at
1371.
Echinocactus Whipplei. ( X 1A)
length ashy; radials 8-11, spreading, straight or curved
or flexuous, the upper and lower ones 1-3 in. long, the
laterals 2-4 in.; centrals 4, angled, the upper ones
turned upward, straight or curved or twisted, the lower
one stouter, elongated (3-8 in.), flexuous and more or
less hooked: fls. yellow, tinged with red, 2%~3% in.
long. Texas and Mex.
4. Wislizenii, Engelm. At first globose, then ovate to
cylindrical, 1^-4 ft. high: ribs 21-25 (13 in small speci-
mens), acute and oblique, more or less tuberculate:
radial spines fg-2 in. long, the 3 upper and 3-5 lower
ones stiff, straight or curved, annulate, red (in old
specimens the 3 stout upper radials move toward the
center and become surrounded by the upper bristly
ones), the 12-20 laterals (sometimes additional shorter
ones above) bristly, elongated, flexuous, horizontally
spreading, yellowish white; centrals 4, stout, angled,
and red, 1K-3K in. long, the 3 upper straight, the
lower one longest (sometimes as much as 4-5 in.), very
robust (flat and channeled above), hooked downward:
fls. yellow or sometimes red, 2-2% in. long. From S.
Utah to N. Mex. and Low. Calif.
cc. None of the spines annulate.
5. brevihamatus, Engelm. Globose-ovate, very dark
green: ribs 13, deeply tuberculate-interrupted, the
tubercles with a woolly groove extending to the base:
radial spines mostly 12, terete, straight, white or yel-
lowish, with dusky tips, ^-1 in. long, the upper longer;
central spines 4 (rarely 1 or 2 additional ones), flattened,
white with black tips, the 2 lateral ones divergent
upward, straight or a little recurved, 1-2 in. long, the
uppermost one weaker, the lower stoutest and darkest,
porrect or deflexed, hooked downward, %-l in. long:
fls. funnelform, rose-color, 1-l^i in. long. S. W. Texas
and New Mex.
6. sinuatus, Dietr. (E. Treculianus,
Labour.). Globose, 4-8 in. diam., bright
green: ribs 13, oblique, acute, tuber-
culate-interrupted, the tubercles short-
grooved: radial spines 8-12, setiform
and flexible, the 3 upper and 3 lower
purplish brown and straight-
ish (the lower ones sometimes
more or less hooked), y$-\ in.
long, the 2-6 laterals more
slender, longer (1-1% in.),
often flattened, puberulent
and whitish, sometimes flexu-
ous or hooked; central spines
4, puberulent, yellowish (or
purplish variegated), the 3
upper ones slender, flattened
or subangled, erect and gener-
ally straight (rarely hooked),
l%-2 in. long, the lowest one
much stouter, flattened or
even channeled, straw-color,
flexuous, more or less hooked
(sometimes straight), 2—4 in.
long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. long. Texas,
Ariz, and N. Mex.
7. uncinatus, Gal. Glaucescent, globose
to oblong: ribs 13, obtuse, tuberculate-
interrupted: radial spines 7 or 8, 1-2 in.
long, the upper 4 or 5 straw-color, straight,
flattened, the lower 3 purplish, terete and
hooked; centrals 4, the upper 3 rather stout
and straight, about 1 in. long, the lowest
one very long, flattened, hooked at apex:
fls. brownish purple. N. Mex.
8. Whipplei, Engelm. Fig. 1371. Glo-
bose-ovate, 3-5 in. high, 2-4 in. diam.:
ribs 13-15 (often oblique), compressed
and tubepculately interrupted: radial
1090
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTUS
spines usually 7, compressed, straight or slightly
recurved, l/z~% in. long, lower ones shorter than the
others, all white excepting the two darker lowest
laterals; central spines 4, widely divergent, the upper-
most one flattened, straight and white, 1-1% in. long,
turned upward in the plane of the radials (completing
the circle of radials), the others a little shorter, quad-
rangular-compressed, dark brown or black, becoming
reddish and finally ashy, the 2 laterals straight, the
lowest one stouter and sharply hooked downward:
fl. greenish red. N. Ariz. Fig. 1371 is adapted from the
Pacific Railroad Report.
BBB. Central spines 5 to 8.
Q. cornigerus, DC. Globose or depressed-globose,
10-16 in. diam.: ribs about 21, very acute and wavy
(not tuberculately interrupted): radial spines 6-10,
white and comparatively slender, or wanting; centrals
red and very robust, angular-compressed, with long,
sharp, horny tips, the upper 3 erect-spreading, 1-1 ^ in.
long, the lower 2 weaker and declined, the central one
longer, more rigid and keeled, very broad (K~Mm-)
and hooked downward: fls. purple, 1-1% m- long. Mex.
10. polyancistrus, Engelna. & Bigel. Ovate or at
length subcylindric, becoming 4-10 in. high and 3-^4 in.
diam.: ribs 13-17, obtuse, tuberculately interrupted:
radial spines 20 or more, compressed and white, the
uppermost wanting, the 4 upper ones broader and longer
(1-2 in.) and dusky-tipped, the laterals shorter (^£-1
in.), the lowest very short (/^in.) and subsetaceous;
central spines of several forms, the uppermost one
(rarely a second similar but smaller one above or beside
it) compressed-quadrangular, elongated (3-5 in.), white
with dusky tip, curved upward, the other 5-10 teretish
or subangled, bright purple-brown; upper ones long
(2-4 in.) and mostly straight, the others gradually
shortening (to about 1 in.) downward and sharply
hooked: fls. red or yellow, 2-2% in. long and wide.
Nev. and S. E. Calif.
AA. Spines not hooked (Nos. 11-43).
B. Central spines none or indistinct.
11. Monvfllii, Lem. Stout, globose and bright green:
ribs 13-17, tuberculate, broadest toward the base, undu-
late; tubercles somewhat hexagonal, strongly dilated
below: radial spines 9-12, the lower ones somewhat
longer, very stout, spreading, yellowish translucent,
reddish at base; central wanting: fls. varying from
white to yellow and red. Paraguay.
12. Pfeifferi, Zucc. Oblong-globose, becoming 1-2 ft.
high and 1 ft. diam.: ribs 11-13, compressed and some-
what acute: spines 6, about equal, rigid, straight,
divergent or erect, pale transparent yellow with a
brownish base; very rarely a solitary central spine.
Mex.
13. coptonogdnus, Lem., var. major, Salm-Dyck.
Depressed, from a large indurated naked napiform base,
2-4 in. across the top: ribs 10-15, acute from a broad
base, more or less transversely interrupted and sinuous:
spines 3, annulate, very stout and erect from deeply
sunken areoles, reddish when young, becoming ashy
gray; upper spine stoutest, erect and straight, or
slightly curved upward, flattened and keeled, and occa-
sionally twisted, 1^2-2% in. long; the 2 laterals erect-
divergent, straight or slightly curved, terete above
and somewhat quadrangular below, 1-1 % in. long; all
from an abruptly enlarged base: fls. said to be small
and white, with purplish median lines. Mex.
14. multicostatus, Hildmann. Depressed-globose:
ribs very numerous, 90-120, compressed into thin plates
which run vertically or are twisted in every direction:
spines exceedingly variable, in some cases wanting
entirely, in others 3 or 4, short, rigid, and translucent
yellow; in others more numerous, larger, and often
flattish; in still other cases very long and flat, inter-
lacing all over the plant; no centrals: fls. white, with
a broad purple stripe. Mex.
15. capric6rnis, A. Dietr. Globose: ribs about 11,
broad, spotted all over with white dots: clusters of
spines distant, usually seen only near the apex; spines
5-10, long and flexuous; centrals not distinct: fls.
large, yellow. Mex.
16. rinconensis, Poselg. Cylindrical, covered with
ivory-white spines which are tipped with crimson:
spines 3, with no centrals: fls. large, purple-crimson,
darker at base. N. Mex.
17. phyllacanthus, Mart. From globose to cylindri-
cal, with depressed vertex, simple or proliferous, 2^-
3% in. broad: ribs 40-55 (sometimes as few as 30),
very much crowded and compressed, thin, acute, very
wavy, continuous or somewhat interrupted: radial
spines 5 (sometimes 6 or 7), straight and spreading, the
2 lowest ones white, rigid, %-%m. long, half as long as
the 2 darker, angled, larger laterals, the uppermost
spine thin and broad, channeled above, faintly annulate,
flexible, grayish pink, %-l in. long; central spines
none: fls. small, dirty white. Mex.
BB. Central spine solitary (sometimes 2-4 in E. cris-
patus, E. helophorus, and E. setispinus, or want-
ing in E. lophothele).
c. Sts. with less than 13 ribs.
18. leucacanthus, Zucc. Somewhat clavate-cylindri-
cal, pale: ribs 8-10, thick, obtuse, strongly tuberculate,
the areoles with strong wool : radial spines 7 or 8, similar,
straight, finely pubescent, at first yellowish, at length
white; central spine solitary, more or less erect, rarely
wanting: fls. light yellow. Mex.
19. ornatus, DC. (E. Mirbellii, Lem.). Subglobose:
ribs 8, broad, compressed, vertical, thickly covered with
close-set white woolly spots, making the whole plant
almost white: radial spines 7, straight, stout, yellowish
or becoming gray; central spine solitary. Mex.
20. ingens, Zucc. (E. Visndga, Hook.). Very large
(sometimes as much as 10 ft. high and as much in cir-
cumference), globose or oblong, purplish toward the top:
ribs 8, obtuse, tuberculate: areoles large, distant, with
very copious yellowish wool: radial spines 8 or more;
central spine solitary; all the spines shaded yellow and
red or brownish, straight, rigid, and interwoven: fls.
bright yellow, about 3 in. broad. Mex.
21. horizonthalonius, Lem. Glaucous, depressed-
globose or at length ovate or even cylindric with age,
2-8 in. high, 2%-4 in. diam.: ribs 8-10 (fewer in very
young specimens), often spirally arranged, the tuber-
cles scarcely distinct by inconspicuous transverse
grooves: spines 6-9, stout, compressed, reddish (at
length ashy), recurved or sometimes almost straight,
nearly equal, %-l% in. long (sometimes long and
slender and almost terete, sometimes short, stout and
broad) ; radials 5-8, upper ones weaker, lowest wanting;
a single stouter decurved central (sometimes wanting):
fls. pale rose-purple, 2^ in. long or more. New Mex.
and N. Mex.
cc. Sts. with 13-27 ribs.
22. electracanthus, Lem. Globose or thick cylindri-
cal, becoming 2 ft. high and 1 ft. diam.: ribs about 15:
radial spines about 8, equal, rigid, spreading, yellow-
ish, about 1 in. long; the central one solitary, red at
base: fls. clear yellow. Mex.
23. Echidne, DC. (E. Vanderxyi, Lem.). Depressed-
globose, 5-7 in. diam., 3-4 in. high: ribs 13, acute:
radial spines 7, broad, rigid, spreading, yellowish, 1 in.
or more long; central spine solitary and scarcely longer
than the others: fls. bright yellow, 1 in. or more long.
Mex.
24. texensis, Hopf. Mostly depressed (sometimes
globose), 8-12 in. diam., 4-6 in. high, simple: ribs
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTUS
1091
mostly 21 (sometimes 27, and in smaller specimens 13
or 14) and undulate: spines stout and fasciculate, red-
dish, compressed; the exterior 6 or 7 radiant, straight-
ish or curved, unequal, K-^in. long in some cases,
1K-2 in. in others, much shorter than the solitary and
stout recurved central, which is sometimes ^~Mm-
broad: fls. about Kin. l°ng> parti-colored (scarlet and
orange below to white above). Texas and N. E. Mex.
25. rectispinus, Brit. & Rose. Fig. 1372. Globose,
at length cylindrical: ribs 13-21, obtuse and strongly
tuberculate: radial spines 7-9, very unequal, the 3
upper ones 4-5 in. long, the lower 13^-3 in. long and
paler; the central very long (12-13 in.), straight or
slightly decurved: fls. about !Km- long) pinkish; ovary
bearing a few ovate, scarious, naked scales. Low. Calif.
26. Emoryi, Engelm. Becoming large, globular to
cylindrical plants, 1-4 ft. high: ribs 13-21, obtuse:
radial spines 7-
9, nearly equal,
stout, 1-2 in.
long; central
spine single, por-
rect, hooked:
fls. red, tipped
with yellow: fr.
1-2 in. long,
covered with
thin bracts. S.
Ariz, and N.
Sonora.
27. recur vus,
Link & Otto.
Subglobose and
very stout:
ribs about 15,
covered with
broad, dark red
spines, the ra-
dials spreading,
the central one
recurved and
very stout. Mex.
28. setispinus,
Engelm. Sub-
globose, 2-3K
in. diam. : ribs
13, more or less
1372. Echinocactus rectispinus. No. 25.
oblique, often undulate or somewhat interrupted:
radial spines 14-16, setiform and flexible, K-/^in. long,
the uppermost (the longest) and lowest ones yellowish
brown, the laterals white; central spines 1-3, setiform
and flexuous, dark, 1-1 K in. long: fls. funnelform,
1K-3 in. long, yellow, scarlet within. Texas and N.
Mex.
29. helophorus, Lem. Depressed globose, light green
with purple-red veins: ribs about 20, compressed,
obtuse: radial spines 9-12, very stout and porrect;
central spines 1-4, stronger and annulate; all the spines
pearl-gray. Mex.
ccc. Sis. with 80 or more ribs.
30. obvallatus, DC. Obovate^-globose, depressed:
ribs very numerous, vertical: spines most abundant
towards the apex, unequal, spreading, stout, whitish;
the 3 upper radials and solitary central strong, the
others (especially the lowest) small: fls. purple, with
whitish margin. Mex. — The name was suggested by
the appearance of the terminal cluster of fls. surrounded
by a fortification of strong spines.
31. crispatus, DC. (E. drrigens, Link) Globose, 5 in.
or more high: ribs 30-60, compressed and sharp, more
or less undulate-crisped: spines 7-11, widely spreading,
more or less flattened, the upper larger and brown at
tip, the lower shorter and white, or all of them brown:
fls. purple, or white with purple stripes. Mex.
cccc. Sis. luberculale, as in Mammillaria.
32. hexaedr6phorus, Lem. More or less globular, dark
gray: ribs deeply tuberculate, giving the appearance of
a mammillaria, with hexagonal tubercles : radial spines
6 or 7, radiating like a star; central spine solitary, erect,
longer; all the spines annulate, reddish brown: fls.
white, tinted with rose. Mex.
33. lopothele, Salm-Dyck. Globose, strongly tuber-
culate, after the manner of Mammillaria: tubercles
quadrangular, bearing clusters of 5-10, more or less
porrect, long, rigid, and equal spines; central solitary or
wanting: fls. white or yellowish. Mex.
BBB. Central spines J+ (2 or 3 in E. Sileri and sometimes
3 in E. Scopa) .
c. Ribs less than 13.
34. robustus, Otto. Clavate and stout: ribs about 8,
compressed, vertical: radial spines about 14, the upper
ones slender, the lowest 3 stronger; central spines 4,
4-angled at base, transversely striate, the lowest one
largest; all the spines purple-red, 1^-3 in. long: fls.
golden yellow. Mex.
35. OttSnis, Link & Otto. Depressed-globose or
ovate, 3-4 in. high: ribs 10-12, obtuse: radial spines
10-18, slender, yellowish, more or less straight and
spreading, about J^m. long; central spines 4, dusky
red, stronger, the uppermost very short, the 2 laterals
horizontal, the lowest longest (1 in.) and deflexed:
fls. lemon-yellow, becoming 2-3 in. diam. Mex.
36. bicolor, Gal. Globose-ovate, stout, l^i-4 in.
diam.. sometimes becoming 8 in. high: ribs 8, oblique
and obtuse, compressed, tuberculate-interrupted : lower
radials and centrals variegated red and white; radials
9-17, spreading and recurved, slender and rather rigid,
the lowest one %-l in. long, the laterals 1-2 in. long
and about equaling the 2-4 flat flexuous ashy upper
ones; centrals 4, flat and flexuous, 1^-3 in. long, the
uppermost thin and not longer than the erect and rigid
laterals, the lowest very stout, pprrect and very long:
fls. funnelform, bright purple, 2-3 in. long. N. Mex.
cc. Ribs 13-27.
37. orthacanthus, Link & Otto (E. fiavomrenst
Scheidw.). Globose, yellowish green: ribs 12 or 13,
vertical, acute: radial spines 14, unequal, straight and
spreading; central spines 4, stronger, the lowest the
largest; all the spines rigid, annulate, and grayish
white. Mex.
38. intertextus, Engelm. Ovate-globose, 1-4 in. high:
ribs 13, acute, somewhat oblique, tuberculate-inter-
rupted, the tubercles with a woolly groove: spines
short and rigid, reddish from a whitish base and with
dusky tips; radial 16-25, closely appressed and inter-
woven, the upper 5-9 setaceous and white, straight
^j-^in. long, the laterals more rigid and a little longer,
the lowest stout and short, a little recurved; centrals 4,
the 3 upper ones turned upward and exceeding the
radials and interwoven with them, the lower one very
short, stout and porrect: fls. about 1 in. long and wide,
purplish. Texas and N. Mex.
39. Orcuttii, Engelm. Cylindrical, 2-3^ ft. high, 1
ft. diam., single or in clusters up to 18 or more, not
rarely decumbent: ribs 18-22, often oblique: spines
extremely variable, angled to flat, J^-3 in. wide;
radials 11-13, unequal, lowest and several laterals
thinnest; centrals 4: fls. about 2 in. long, deep crim-
son in center, bordered by light greenish yellow.
Low. Calif.
40. Johnsonii, Parry. Oval, 4-6 in. high: ribs
17-21, low, rounded, tuberculately interrupted, close
set, often oblique, densely covered with stoutish red-
dish gray spines: radial spines 10-14, %-lM in. long,
the upper longest; centrals 4, stouter, recurved, about
\Yt in. long: fls. 2-2% in. long and wide, from deep red
to pink. Utah, Nev., Calif.
1092
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCEREUS
41. polycephalus, Engelm. & Bigel. Globose (6-10
in. diam.) to ovate (10-16 in. high, 5-10 in. diam.) and
cylindrical (reaching 24-28 in. high and about 10 in.
diam.), profusely branched at base: ribs 13-21 (occa-
sionally 10): spines 8-15, very stout and compressed,
more or less recurved and reddish; radials 4-11, com-
paratively slender (the uppermost the most slender),
1-2 in. long; the 4 centrals much stouter and longer
(1 1^-2% in.), very unequal, the uppermost one usually
broadest and curved upward, the lowest one usually
the longest and decurved: fls. yellow. Utah to Calif.
42. viridescens, Nutt. Globose or depressed, simple
or branching at base, 4-12 in. high, 6-10 in. diam.:
ribs 13-21 (fewer when young), compressed and scarcely
tuberculate: spines more or less curved and sometimes
twisted, reddish below, shading into greenish or yellow-
ish above; radials 9-20, %-^iin. long, the lowest short-
est, robust, and decurved; centrals 4, cruciate, much
stouter, compressed and 4-angled, %-\ % in. long, the
lowest broadest, longest and straightest: fls. yellowish
green, about l%in. long. S. Calif. — E.limitus, Engelm.,
is closely related to this species and is thought by
some to be identical with it.
43. Lecfintei, Engelm. Resembles E. Wislizenii, but
often somewhat taller (sometimes becoming 8 ft. high
and 2 ft. diam.), usually more slender, and at last cla-
vate from a slender base: ribs somewhat more inter-
rupted and more obtuse: lower central spine more flat-
tened and broader, curved (rather than hooked) or
twisted, usually not at all hooked, sometimes as much
as 6 in. long: fls. rather smaller. From the Great
Basin to Mex. and Low. Calif.
44. Sileri, Engelm. Globose: ribs 13, prominent,
densely crowded, with short rhombic-angled tubercles:
radial spines 11-13, white; centrals 3, black, with pale
base, %in. long, the upper one slightly longer: fls.
scarcely 1 in. long, straw-colored. Utah.
45. Grusonii, Hildmann. Globose, completely cov-
ered by a mass of almost transparent golden spines,
which give the plant the appearance of a ball of gold:
centrals 4, curved: fls. red and yellow. Mountains of
Mex. — From illustrations it is evident that the radial
spines are somewhat numerous and widely spreading,
and that the centrals are prominent and more or less
deflexed.
ff
1374. Echinocactus myriostigma.
No. 50.
1373. Echinocactus Palmeri. No. 46.
46. Palmeri, Rose (E. saltillensis, Poselg.). Fig.
1373. Very stout, globose: ribs 15-19, compressed,
dark green: spines very prominent, 5-7 in a cluster,
stout and porrect, sometimes becoming 5 in. long; cen-
trals 4. Mex. — Schu-
mann makes this a va-
riety of E. ingens.
ccc. Ribs 30 or more.
47. Sc6pa, Link &
Otto. More or less cylin-
drical, 1 ft. or more
high, 2-4 in. diam., at
length branching above:
ribs 30-36, nearly verti-
cal, tuberculate: radial
spines 30-40, setaceous,
white; central spines 3
or 4, purple, erect; some-
times all the spines are
white : fls. yellcw. Brazil.
— The species is exceed-
ingly plastic in form,
branching variously or
passing into the cristate
condition.
BBBB. Central spines 5-10.
48. pildsus, Gal. Globose, 6-18 in. high: ribs 13-18,
compressed, little if at all interrupted: radial spines
represented by 3 slender ones at the lowest part of the
pulvillus or wanting; centrals 6, very stout, at first pur-
plish, becoming pale yellow, the 3 upper ones erect, the
3 lower recurved-spreading: fls. unknown. N. Mex.
AAA. Spines entirely wanting.
49. turbiniformis, Pfeiff. Depressed-globose, gray-
ish green, with 12-14 spirally ascending ribs, cut into
regular rhomboidal tubercles; tubercles flat, with a
depressed pulvillus, entirely naked excepting a few
small setaceous spines upon the younger ones: fls.
white, with a purplish base. Mex. — The depressed
and spineless body, with its surface regularly cut in
spiral series of low, flat tubercles, gives the plant a very
characteristic appearance.
50. myriostigma, Salm-Dyck (Astrophytum myrio-
stigma, Lena.). Fig. 1374. Depressed-globose, 5 in.
diam.: ribs 5 or 6, very
broad, covered with numer-
ous somewhat pilose white
spots, and with deep obtuse
sinuses: spines none: fls.
large, pale yellow. Mex.
E. chrysdnthus (E. chrysacan-
thus)=(?). — E. Drxgeanus=C?<.
— E. Lewinii=LaphophoTn. — E.
micromeris = Mammillaria. — E.
Poselgerianus, A. Dietz.=Mam-
millariaScheerii. — E. Slmpsonii=
Pediocactus. — E. trifurcatus—C!).
— E. FT£Mi'amsH=Lophophora.
JOHN M. COULTER.
J. N. RosE.f
ECHINOCEREUS (spiny
Cereus). Cactacese. Con-
densed globular, cylindrical
or prostrate cacti of the
United States and Mexico.
Stems single or cespitose,
sometimes forming large
clusters of 200-300 sts., dis-
tinctly ribbed, usually low
in stature, or, if elongated,
sprawling or creeping, gen-
erally very spiny: fls. yel-
low, purplish or scarlet,
with rather a short funnel-
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOCEREUS
1093
shaped tube; fl.-tube and ovary covered with clusters
of spines; stigma-lobes always green. This genus has
commonly been merged into Cereus, although it seems
to be quite distinct.
Most of the species of Echinocereus are unsuited
for greenhouse purposes, for when brought under glass
they survive only for a few years. The very large
flowers of some species make them very attractive
while in bloom.
acifer, 9.
De Laetii, 1.
phceniceus, 10.
adustus, 18.
dubius, 23.
polyacanthus, 8.
Berlandieri, 4.
Engelmannii, 22.
procumbena, 3.
Blankii, 5.
enneacanthus, 24.
rigidissimua, 19.
caespitosus, 17.
Fendleri, 21.
Roetteri, 16.
chloranthus, 12.
gonacanthus, 6.
rufispinus, 18.
chrysocentrus, 22.
longisetus, 11.
Scheeri, 2.
coccineus, 10.
Merkeri, 25.
stramineus, 27.
conglomerates, 26.
mojavensis, 20.
triglochidiatus, 7.
conoideus, 10.
paucispinus, 6.
variegatus, 22.
ctenoides, 15.
pectinatus, 18.
viridiflorus, 13.
dasyacanthus, 14.
A. Sts. covered with long weak bristles or hairs, and
resembling a small plant of Cephalocereus senilis.
1. De Laetii, Giirke. Low and cespitose, 6-10 in. high:
ribs 17-20: radial spines numerous; central spines 4 or
5, intermixed with long, hair-like bristles entirely
hiding the plant: fls. small, rose-colored. Mex. — This
species has been secured in great quantities by Euro-
pean dealers. It closely simulates a small Cepha'ocereus
senilis, but has very different fls. and fr.
AA. Sts. variously covered with spines, but not like the
above (Nos. 2-27).
B. The sts. weak and trailing, at least becoming prostrate.
c. Ribs nearly continuous.
2. Scheeri, Lem. (Cereus Scheeri, Salm-Dyck).
Branching freely from the base of the st. and forming
dense clusters: branches upright or ascending, about
8 in. long by 1 in. diam., slightly tapering toward the
apex, dark green: ribs 8-9, straight or sometimes
inclined to spiral, separated above by sharp grooves
which become flattened toward the base, low arched:
areples little more than J^in. apart, round, yellowish
white: radial spines 7-9, spreading, needle-like, the
under pair the longest, about J^- %in. long, white with
yellowish bases ; centrals 3, the lower the longest, about
^gin., red with brown bases; later all the spines become
gray: fls. red, from the upper part of the st., about 5
in. long; ovary and tube bracteate and furnished with
abundance of wool and spines. Mex.
cc. Ribs divided into tubercles.
D. Central spines, when present, short: flowering areoles
bearing cobwebby wool.
3. procumbens, Lem. (Cereus procumbens, Engelm.).
Branching from the lower part of the st. and so form-
ing clusters: branches procumbent or ascending,
angled, at the base tapering into cylindrical, 1^-5 in-
long by YT-% in. diam. : ribs mostly 5, rarely 4, straight
or spiral, on the upper portion of the branch almost
divided into tubercles: areoles M~Hin. apart, round,
sparingly white curly-woolly, soon naked : radial spines
4-6, subulate, stiff, straight, sharp, in young growth
brownish, then white, at the base often yellowish and
the tip brownish, horizontally spreading, the upper
the longest, reaching Urn. length; central solitary or
absent on the lower areoles, somewhat stronger, %-%
in. long, darker: fls. lateral, from just below the crown,
3-4 in long, carmine-red to violet, with white or yel-
lowish throat: fr. ellipsoidal, green, -^in. long. Mex.
DD. Central spines slender: flowering areoles with short
wool.
E. Length of central spine %in.
4. Berlandieri, Lem. (Cereus Berlandieri, Engelm.).
Sts. prostrate, richly branching, forming dense clus-
ters, the branches upright or ascending, 2-3 in. long or
longer, by M~M in. diam., light or dark green, and in
young growth often purplish: ribs 5-6, broken up into
as many straight or spiral rows of tubercles; tubercles
conical, pointed : areoles Y%-% in. apart, round, white-
woolly, soon naked : radial spines 6-8, stiff bristle-form,
thin, horizontally spreading, white, about %in. long,
the upper one sometimes light brown and somewhat
stronger; central solitary, yellowish brown, sometimes
reaching %in. length: fls. from the upper lateral
areoles, 2-3 in. long, red to light pink: fr. ovoid, green,
bristly. S. Texas and N. Mex.
EE. Length of central spine 1 in. or more.
5. Blankii, Palmer (Cereus Blankii, Poselg.). Branch-
ing freely from the base and thus forming clusters:
sts. columnar, tapering above, about 6 in. long by
1 in. diam., dark green: ribs 5-6 (rarely 7), straight,
almost divided into tubercles: areoles about f^in. apart,
round, white curly-woolly, later naked: radial spines
mostly 8, horizontally spreading, the under pair the
longest, reaching about j^in. length, all stiff, straight,
thin, white or the upper ones carmine-red when young,
later reddish brown; central solitary, porrect, later
deflexed, 1-1 M in. long, white or brownish, black when
young: fls. from near the crown, 2^-3 in. long, purple-
red to violet. Mex. R.H. 1865:90.
BB. The sts. usually short and stout, usually erect,
c. Fls. rather small, scarlet.
D. Ribs 5-7.
E. Spines terete.
6. paucispinus, Rumpl. (Cereus paucispinus,
Engelm.). Clustered in irregular bunches: sts. cylin-
drical to ovoid, 4—7 in. high by 1^-3 in. diam.: ribs
5-7, undulate: areoles ^g-^in. apart, round, white-
woolly, later naked : radial spines 3-6, spreading, subu-
late, straight or curved, round, bulbose at the base, the
lowest one longest, reaching %in., light-colored, the
upper ones reaching to about Kin., reddish or brown-
ish; central solitary or none, reaching about 1^ in.
length, somewhat angled, brown-black, porrect or up-
right; later all the spines blackish: fls. 2 in. or more
long, dark scarlet to yellowish. Texas and Colo.
Var. gonacanthus, K. Sch. (E. gonacdnthus, Lem.
Cereus gonacdnthus, Engelm. & Bigel.). Radial spines
8, very large, angled and sometimes twisted, the upper
strongest, reaching nearly 3 in. length, light or dark
yellow with brown tips; central always present, deeply
grooved, often flattened, 3 in. or more long. Colo.
EE. Spines angled.
7. triglochidiatus, K. Sch. (E. triglochidiatus ,
Engelm. Cereus triglochidiatus, Engelm.). Radial spines
usually 3, sometimes as many as 6, strong, angled, base
bulbose, straight or curved, about 1 in. long, soon ash-
gray. Texas and New Mex.
DD. Ribs 9-11.
E. Axils of fl.-bracts filled with long cobwebby hairs.
8. polyac&nthus, Engelm. (Cereus polyacanthus,
Engelm.). Sts. clustered, forming thick masses, cylin-
drical to ellipsoidal: ribs 9-13: radial spines 8-12,
robust, subulate, stiff and sharp, under one the longest,
nearly 1 in., upper ones scarcely ^in., white to red-
dish gray with dark tips; centrals 3y4, bulbose base,
stronger, about the length of the radials or the lowest
sometimes reaching 2 in., horn-colored; later all the
spines become gray: fls. lateral, about l%-2}4 in. long,
dark scarlet to Iblood-red : fr. spherical, about 1 in. long,
greenish red, spiny. Texas to N. Mex.
EE. Axils of fl.-bracts bearing short wool.
p. Central spines always solitary: sts. 6-8 in. high. Mex.
9. Setter, Lem. (Cereus dcifer, Otto). Sts. thickly
clustered, 6-8 in. high by 1^-2 in. diam., becoming
1094
ECHINOCEREUS
gray and corky with age: ribs 9-11, usually 10: radial
spines usually 9, spreading, under pair longest, about
}^in., in young growth white, later horn-colored to
gray, the upper ones brownish; central solitary, straight,
porrect, at first ruby-red, later brown, 1 in. long: fls.
lateral, 2 in. and more long, clear scarlet-red, with a
yellow throat and sometimes a carmine border. N.
Mex.
FP. Central spines 1-4: sis. 2-4 in. high. New Mex.
and Colo.
10. coccineus, Engelm. (E. phoeniceus, Lem. Cereus
phoeniceus, Engelm.). Sts. irregularly clustered, ellip-
soidal to short-cylindrical, 2-4 in. high by l^z-2^
in. diam.: ribs 8-11, straight: spines bristle-form,
straight, round; radials 8-12, white, %-/4 m- long?
upper ones shortest; centrals 1-4, stouter, white to
yellow or brown, with bulbose base: fls. from upper
lateral areoles scarlet-red, with the corolla-throat
yellow. Colo, to Ariz.
Var. conoid e us, Engelm. (E. conoideus, Rumpl-
Cereus conoideus, Engelm.). Central spine long and
robust: fls. large, red. S. Calif, and N. W. Mex.
cc. Fls. never scarlet, usually crimson or purplish,
sometimes yellow.
D. Spines more or less pectinate: ribs 12 or more.
E. Areoles short, nearly orbicular.
F. Color of spines while.
11. longisetus, Lem. (Cereus longisetus, Engelm.).
Sts. clustered, cylindrical, covered with long, dirty
white spines, about 8 in. high by 2 in. diam., light
green: ribs 11-14, straight, undulate: radial spines
18-20, straight, compressed, base thickened, subulate,
flexuose, usually horizontally spreading, interlocking
with adjacent clusters, the lower laterals the longest,
reaching JHiin. long,
the upper more bristle-
like and the. shortest,
all white; centrals 5-7,
longer, reaching 2J^
in., stronger, the upper
ones scarcely longer
than the longest ra-
dials; all are bulbose
at the base; the 3 lower
ones the longest and
deflexed, spreading and
sometimes curved: fls.
red. Mex.
FF. Color of spines white
and brown.
12. chloranthus,
Rumpl. (Cereus chlor-
anthus, Engelm.) Fig.
1375. Sts. in small
clusters, cylindrical,
slightly tapering above,
4-9 in. high by 2-2^
-.;. in. diam.: ribs 13-18,
?*=T straight or rarely
$"'- spiral: radial spines
' 12-20, horizontally
1375. Echinocereus chloranthus. spreading and ap-
pressed, sharp, the
shortest one about jHjin. long and white, the lower
laterals a little longer and have purple tips; centrals
3-5, or in young plants absent, bulbose at the base,
the upper ones shortest, about the length of the radials,
and darker colored, with purplish tips, the lower ones
stouter, about 1 in. long, deflexed, white; frequently all
the spines are white: fls. lateral, little more than 1 in.
long; ovary and tube white bristly; petals green: fr.
ellipsoidal, about Min. long, spiny. Texas and New
Mex.
EE. Areoles more or less elongated.
F. Color of fls. greenish or yellow.
G. Fls. greenish.
13. viridifldrus, Engelm. (Cereus viridiflorus,
Engelm.). Sts. solitary or only in age forming small,
loose clusters, cylindrical or elongated, ellipsoidal, 3-7
in. high by 1-2 in. diam: ribs 13: radial spines 12-18,
horizontally radiate, pectinate, straight or somewhat
curved, subulate, the lower laterals the longest, about
3^in., translucent ruby-red, the others white; centrals
usually absent, rarely 1, strong, about %in. long,
curved upward, red with brown point: fls. lateral,
from just below the crown, broad funnelform, little
more than 1 in. long; ovary and tube spiny; corolla
green, with a broad darker olive-green to pink stripe
down the middle of each petal: fr. ellipsoidal, about
Hin. long, greenish. Wyo. and Kans. to Texas and
New Mex.
GG. Fls. yellow.
H. Ribs 15-21: central spines unequal.
14. dasyacanthus, Engelm. (Cereus dasy acanthus,
Engelm.). Sts. solitary or sometimes forming open
clusters, ellipsoidal to short-cylindrical ribs 15-21,
straight or sometimes slightly spiral, obtuse: radial
spines 20-30, straight or sometimes slightly curved,
subulate, stiff, sharp, pectinate, white with red or
brown tips, later gray, the laterals longest, 3^-1 in., the
upper ones shortest, about %in., those of one cluster
interlocking with those of the adjacent clusters; cen-
trals 3-8, the lower one longest, white with colored tips,
mostly with bulbose bases: fls. from near the crown of
the st. large, 23^-3 in. long; ovary and short tube
covered with white, reddish tipped stiff bristles;
corolla yellow: fr. 1-1 ^ in. long, ellipsoidal, spiny,
green to reddish. Texas.
HH. Ribs 15 or 16: central spines very short, equal.
15. ctenoides, Lem. (Cereus ctenmdes, Engelm.).
Sts. solitary or rarely branching, cylindrical to elon-
gated ovoid, reaching a height of 6 in. and a diam. of
2^2 in.: "bs 15-16, usually straight: radial spines 13-
22, horizontally radiate, pectinate, subulate, bases
bulbose and laterally compressed, stiff, straight or
often slightly curved, the laterals longest and about
%in., the upper ones very short, white or sometimes
with brownish tips; centrals 2-3 or rarely 4, superposed,
coarser, bulbose at the base, short and conical to J^in.
long, reddish; later all the spines are gray: fls. lateral,
from near the crown, 2 2^-3 in. long; ovary and short
tube white bristly; corolla yellow, with greenish
throat. Texas, and N. Mex.-This species is very rare
in cult.
FF. Color of fls. purple.
G. The spines irregularly pectinate.
16. Rdetteri, Rumpl. (Cereus Rdetteri, Engelm.).
Loosely open clustered: sts. upright, 4-6 in. high, 2-
3 in. diam., cylindrical or ovoid: ribs 10-13, straight:
radial spines 8-15, subulate, thickened at the base,
stiff, sharp, straight or slightly curved, the laterals
longest, about ^in., the upper ones shortest, reddish
with darker tips; centrals 2-5, stouter, bulbose at base,
%-*/&&. long, the lower ones the longest; later all the
spines are gray: fls. lateral, from near the crown, 23-^-3
in. long, purple-red to violet: fr. short ellipsoidal, spiny,
green, %in. long. Texas to Ariz, and N. Mex.
GG. The spines regularly pectinate.
H. Tube of fl. and spines of ovary slender and weak, the
surrounding hairs long and cobwebby.
17. caespitosus, K. Sch. (Cereus casspitdsus, Engelm.).
Radials 20-30, curved, clear white or with rose-red
tips; centrals absent, or 1-2 very short ones. Okla.,
Texas and Mex.
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOCEREUS
1095
HH. Tube of fl. and spines of ovary short and stout, the
surrounding hairs short.
i. Central spines several.
18. pectinatus, Engelm. (Cereus pectinatus, Engelm.).
Clustered sts. cylindrical or ovoid, reaching a height
of 10 in. by 3 in. diam.: ribs 13-23, straight: radial
spines 16-30, pectinate, horizontally spreading and
appressed, straight or curved, the laterals longest,
round, hardly ^in. long; central usually absent, or as
many as 5, which are short, conical and superposed,
white, with tips and bases variously colored with pink,
yellow or brown; later all beeome gray: fls. lateral, from
near the crown, 2^-4 in. long; ovary tuberculate and
spiny, light to dark rose-red or rarely white: fr. globose,
spiny, green to reddish green. Mex.
Var. adustus, K. Sch. (Cereus adustus, Engelm.).
Like the type, but with black-brown to chestnut-brown
spines. Mex.
Var. rufispinus, K. Sch. Of more robust growth:
radial spines curved, red. Mex.
ii. Central spines none.
19. rigidissimus, Engelm. (Cereus cdndicans, Hort.
C. rigidissimus, Hort.). RAINBOW CACTUS. Fig. 1376.
Sts. comparatively shorter and thicker: radial spines
16-20, coarser and stiff er, straight or very little curved;
base thickened, white, yellow or red to brown, these
colors commonly arranged in alternating bands around
the plant, the spines of adjacent clusters interlock-
ing; centrals absent. Ariz, and N. Mex.
DD. Spines not pectinate.
E. Ribs 10 or fewer.
F. Fls. crimson.
20. mojavensis, Rtimpl. (Cereus mojavensis, Engelm.
& Bigel.). Sts. clustered, ovoid, reaching 3 in. height
by 2 in. diam.: ribs 8-12, conspicuously undulate:
radial spines 5-8, the lowest pair the longest, reaching
about 2J4 m- long; all are white with brown tips,
subulate, straight or curved, strongly bulbose at the
base; central solitary, or sometimes absent, stronger
and somewhat longer and darker colored; later all the
spines become gray: fls. 2-3 in. long, deep carmine:
fr. ellipsoidal, about 1 in. long. Deserts of Ariz., Nev.
and Calif.
FF. Fls. purple-violet.
G. The spines dark, often of several colors.
H. Central spine i.
21. Fendleri, Riimpl. (Cereus Fendleri, Engelm.).
Irregularly clustered: st. cylindrical or rarely ovoid
or even globose, sparingly branching, 3-7 in. high by
1/4-2 K in. diam.: ribs 9-12, straight or slightly spiral,
undulate: radial spines 7-10, subulate, straight or
curved, the lowest or the 2 lower laterals the longest,
about 1 in., stronger, quadrangular, white; the 2 next
higher brownish; the upper ones round, white and much
shorter; all are bulbose at the base; central solitary
(or in old plants 3-4), very strongly thickened at the
base, round, black, sometimes with a lighter colored
tip, curved upward, reaching a length of 1% hi.:
fls. lateral, from near the crown, 2-3^ in. long, dark
carmine-red to purple and violet: fr. ellipsoidal, spiny,
green to purple-red, about 1 in. long. Colo., Utah and
south to N. Mex. B.M. 6533.
HH. Central spines several.
22. Engelmannii, Lem. (Cereus Engelmannii, Parry).
Sts. clustered, cylindrical to ovoid, 4-10 in. high, 1%-
2K in- diam., light green: ribs 11-13, undulate: radial
spines 11-13, somewhat angled, stiff, sharp, straight or
somewhat curved, horizontally spreading, the lowest or
lower laterals the longest, about J^in., the upper ones
the shortest, whitish with brown tips; centrals 4, stiff,
straight, angled, stout, the lowest one deflexed, white
1376. Echinocereus rigidissimus.
to dark-colored, reaching a length of 2^ in., the upper
ones about half as long, spreading, brown : fls. lateral,
from just below the crown, l%-2 J^in. long, purple-
red: fr. ovoid, green to purple-red, spiny, later naked,
about 1 in. diam. ; pulp purple-red. Calif, to Utah and
south into Mex.
Var. chrysocentrus, Engelm. & Bigel. The 3 upper
centrals golden yellow, the lowest white. Mojave Des-
ert, Calif.
Var. variegatus, Engelm. &
Bigel. The 3 upper centrals
curved, horn-colored and mottled
with black. Utah, Nev. and Calif.
GG. The spines usually white or
straw-colored.
H. Central spines somewhat curved.
23. dfcbius, Riimpl.
(Cereus dubius, En-
gelm.). Tolerably
thickly clustered: sts.
branching at the
base, cylindrical or
elongated ellipsoidal,
4/^-7 in. high by
1J^-2J^ in. diam.:
ribs 7-9, undulate:
areoles iHhiHj in.
apart, round, covered
with short curly
white wool, later
naked : radials 5-8,
subulate, horizon-
tally spreading, stiff,
round or faintly angled, the lower ones usually the
longest, about 1 in. long, the upper ones about half
as long, or sometimes absent, transparent white; cen-
trals 1-4, stronger and longer, bulbose at the base,
straight or curved, reaches 2^ in. length, the lowest
one longest, straight, porrect or deflexed, the upper
ones spreading: fls. lateral, 2 in. long, rose-red to violet:
fr. spherical, greenish to purple-red, covered with
bundles of deciduous spines. Texas and N. Mex.
HH. Central spines straight.
I. Sts. erect, with the spines pale at base.
24. enneacanthus, Engelm. (Cereus enneacdnthus,
Engelm.). Freely branching at the base of the st. and
thus forming thick, irregular clusters: branches ascend-
ing, usually 3-5 in. long by 1^-2 in. diam., green or
sometimes reddish: ribs 8-10, straight, often divided
by transverse grooves into more or less conspicuous
tubercles: areoles ^-^gin. apart, round, white curly-
woolly, soon naked: radial spines 7-12 (mostly 8),
horizontally spreading, needle-form, straight, stiff,
translucent white, base bulbose, the under one longest,
reaching ab9ut Kin., the upper one very short; cen-
tral solitary, or seldom with 2 additional upper ones,
straight, porrect or deflexed, round or angled, whitish
to straw-yellow or darker, H~1M in. long; later all the
spines are gray: fls. lateral, from near the crown or
lower, l%-2 1^ in. long, red to purplish: fr. spherical,
green to red, spiny, %-l in. long. Texas and N. Mex.
n. Sts. spreading and flabby, with the spines red at base.
25. Merkeri, Hildmann. Sts. at first upright, columnar,
later reclining and by branching at the base forming
clusters, in new growth bright green, later gray to
gray-brown and corky: ribs 5-9, undulate to more or
less tuberculate: areoles %in. and more apart, round,
white velvety, later naked: radial spines 6-9, the
upper ones the longest, reaching 1J^ in. length, some-
what confluent with the centrals, subulate, spreading,
straight; centrals 1-2, stronger, reaching a length of 2
in.; all the spines are white, nearly transparent, with
red-tinted bulbose base. N. Mex.
1096
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOPS
EE. Ribs 11 or 13.
F. Plants in small clusters: central spines sometimes
solitary.
26. conglomerates, Forst. Sts. clustered, colum-
nar, somewhat tapering above, reaching a height of 1 ft.
and 2 in. diam., light green: ribs 12-13, strongly undu-
late, tubercled above: radial spines 9-10, glossy,
spreading, the lower pair the longest, base yellow;
centrals 1-4, the lowest straight, porrect, reaching a
length of 1^4 in. and more, somewhat stronger than the
rest. N. Mex.
FF. Plants often 200 in a single mound: centrals never
single.
27. stramineus, Riimpl. (Cereus stramineus, Engelm).
Clustered in thick, irregular bunches: sts. ovoid to
cylindrical, 4-8 in. long, 1^-2^ in. diam.: ribs
11-13: radial spines 7-10 (usually 8), horizontally radi-
ate, straight or slightly curved, -subulate, sharp, round
or the long lower ones angled, transparent white,
tolerably equal in length, about ^-%in. or the lower
ones sometimes longer and reaching a length of 1J^
in.; centrals 3-4, much longer, stronger, twisted, angled,
straw-yellow to brownish, when young reddish trans-
parent, the upper ones shortest and spreading upward,
the lower ones porrect or depressed: fls. lateral, 2 3^-3 J^
in. long, bright purple-red or deep dark red, to scarlet:
fr. ellipsoidal, about 1 % in. long, covered with numerous
spines, purple-red. Texas to Ariz, and N. Mex.
Horticultural names are: E. paucispina, no doubt a mutilation
of paucispinus. — E. polycephalus. — E. sanguineus. — E. Schlenii=
E. Scheeri (?). — E. tuberdsus, Rumpl.=Wilcoxia. — E. Utihri. —
—E. UsptndMi. Q jj THOMPSON.
J. N. RosE.f
ECHINOCHLOA (Greek, echinos, a hedgehog,
chloa, grass). Gramineae. Annual grasses with narrow
inflorescence of several thick spikes. Sometimes grown
for grain and forage, but scarcely horticultural subjects.
Spikelets as in Panicum; glumes hispid-spiny,
mucronate, the sterile lemma more or less awned. — •
Species about 12, in the warm regions of both hemis-
pheres. Regarded by many botanists as a section of
Panicum. E. Crusgalli, Beauv., barnyard grass, is a
common weed in cult. soil. The spikelets are usually
long-awned, the panicle 4-10 in. long, green or purple.
Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 7:82.
frumentacea, Link (Panicum frumentdceum, Roxbg.).
JAPANESE BARNYARD MILLET. Closely allied to E.
Crusgalli, but differing in the compact, somewhat
incurved, appressed spikes, of nearly awnless spikelets:
culms 1-4 ft., erect. — Cult, in S. E. Asia for the seed
which is used for food. Occasionally cult, in U. S. for
forage. Sometimes known as "billion-dollar grass."
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
ECHINOCf STIS (Greek, hedgehog and bladder; from
the prickly fruit). Syn. Micrdmpelis. Curcurbitdcese.
WILD CUCUMBER. WILD BALSAM-APPLE. A profuse
native annual vine which is a favorite for home arbors;
the other species not generally cultivated, except per-
haps the perennial-rooted megarrhizas.
Most of the species are annual herbs, with branched
tendrils and pahnately lobed or angled Ivs. : fls. small,
white or greenish, dioecious, the campanulate calyx
5-6-lobed and the corolla deeply 5-6-parted; stamens
in staminate fls. 3; ovary 2-celled, with 2 ovules in each:
fr. fleshy or dry, more or less inflated and papery,
opening at the summit; seeds flattened, more or less
rough. — The species are about 25, in the warmer parts
of the western hemisphere, about 10 of them in the W.
U. S., and 1 in the eastern states. The eastern species
(E. lobata) is one of the quickest-growing of all vines,
and is therefore useful in hiding unsightly objects
while the slower-growing shrubbery is getting a start.
Cogniaux, in DC. Mon. Phan. vol. 3, 1881, makes
three sections of this genus, and this plant the sole
representative of the second section, or true Echino-
cystis, because its juicy fr. bursts irregularly at the top,
and contains 2 cells, each with 2 flattish seeds. The
Megarrhiza group (kept distinct by some) is distin-
guished by its thick perennial root, large turgid seeds
and hypogeal germination.
lobata, Torr. & Gray. Lvs. wider than long, deeply
5-lobed, slightly emarginate at the base: tendrils 3-4-
branched: staminate fls. small, in many-fid, panicles
longer than the Ivs.; calyx glabrous: fr. egg-shaped,
sparsely covered with prickles. New Bruns. and Ont.
to Mont, and Texas, growing in rich soil along rivers
and in low places. A.G. 14:161. R.H. 1895, p. 9. G.C.
III. 22:271. G.W. 10, p. 499. — Sometimes becomes
a weed.
fabacea, Naudin (Megarrhiza calif ornica, Torr.), is
sometimes grown in fine collections and botanic gar-
dens. It is a tendril-climber, reaching 20-30 ft. in its
native haunts: Ivs. deeply 5-7-lobed: fls. monoecious,
greenish white, the corolla rotate: fr. densely spinose,
globose or ovoid, 2 in. long; seed obovoid, nearly or
about 1 in. long and half or more as broad, margined by
a narrow groove or dark line. S. Calif. — Odd in germina-
tion (see Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. 1877, and Structural
Botany, p. 21). L. H. B.f
ECHINOPANAX (Greek, hedgehog and panax, re-
ferring to the prickly nature of the plant). Aralidcese.
Ornamental shrub, but rarely grown; very handsome
on account of the large foliage and scarlet fruits.
Deciduous, prickly throughout: Ivs. alternate, long-
petioled, palmately 5-7-lobed, with serrate lobes, with-
out stipules: fls. greenish white, in umbels forming
terminal panicles; calyx-teeth indistinct; petals 5,
valvate; stamens 5, with filiform filaments; styles 2,
connate at the base: fr. a compressed drupe. — One
species, Pacific N. Amer., Alaska to Calif., and Japan.
This is a strikingly handsome shrub with its large
bright green palmately lobed leaves and scarlet fruits
late in summer. Little known in cultivation; it will
succeed best in moist and cool places and in partial
shade. Propagation is by seeds and by suckers and
probably also by root-cuttings.
h6rridum, Decne. & Planch. (Fdtsia horridum, Benth.
& Hook. Panax horridum, Smith). Shrub, to 12 ft.:
sts. densely prickly: Ivs. roundish-cordate, prickly on
both sides, pubescent below, 5-7-lobed, lobes incisely
lobulate and sharply serrate, 6-12 in. long: infl. tomen-
tose: fr. scarlet, Mm- long. July, Aug.; fr. Aug., Sept.
ALFRED REHDER.
ECHINOPS (Greek, like a hedgehog; alluding to the
spiny involucral scales). Composite. GLOBE THISTLE.
Coarse thistle-like plants, with blue or whitish flowers
in globose masses, sometimes used in the wild garden.
More or less white-woolly herbs: Ivs. alternate,
sometimes entire, usually pinnate-dentate or twice
or thrice pinnatisect, the lobes and teeth prickly: fls.
in globes; the structure of one of the globes is very odd;
each fl. in the globe has a little involucre of its own, and
the whole globe has one all-embracing involucre; fls.
perfect and fertile (or sterile by abortion), corolla regu-
lar and no ray-fls.; pappus of many short scales form-
ing a crown : achene elongate, 4-angled or nearly terete,
usually villous. — About 60 species, from Spain and
Portugal to India and Abyssinia.
Globe thistles are coarse-growing plants of the easi-
est culture, and are suitable for naturalizing in wild
gardens and shrubberies. An English gardener with
an eye for the picturesque (W. Goldring) recommends
massing them 'against a background of Bocconia cor-
data, or with such boldly contrasting yellow- or white-
flowered plants as Helianthus rigidum or Helianthus
multiflorus. The best species is E. ruthenicus (form of
E. Ritro). A few scattered individuals of each species
are not so effective as a condensed group of one kind.
ECHINOPS
ECHINOPSIS
1097
E. ruthenicus flowers in midsummer and for several
weeks thereafter. The silvery white stems and hand-
somely cut prickly foliage of globe thistles are interest-
ing features. They make excellent companions for the
blue-stemmed eryngiums. All these plants are attrac-
tive to bees, especially E. exaltatus, which has con-
siderable fame as a bee-plant. Globe thistles are some-
times used abroad for perpetual or dry bouquets.
A. Lvs. not pubescent nor setulose above but sometimes
roughish above.
Ritro, Linn. (E. Vitro, Hort.). Tall thistle-like
plant, with pinnate-lobed Ivs., which (like the sts.) are
tomentose beneath, the lobes lanceolate or linear and
cut, but not spiny: involucre scales setiform, the inner
ones much shorter: fls. blue, very variable. G.M.
46:69. R.H. 1890, p. 524. G. 31:611. Var. tenui-
ffilius, DC. (E. ruthenicus, Hort.), has the lower Ivs.
more narrowly cut, more or less spine-tipped. Gn.
45:174. — Perennials of S. Eu., growing 2-3 ft. high.
They bloom all summer. Lvs. sometimes loosely webby
above.
Tournefortii, Ledeb. (E. Tournefourtiana, Hort.).
Three to 4 ft., the sts. branched and velvety: Ivs.
rough above, white-hairy below, much divided into
5 linear segms., spiny: heads "silver-gray" (bluish),
the involucral bracts free, bristly. E. Medit. region.
Sept, B.M. 8217. R.H. 1906, p. 523.— Suitable for
dry places.
AA. Lvs. pubescent or setulose above.
B. Plant perennial.
sphaerocephalus, Linn. Tall (5-7
ft.): Ivs. pinnatifid, viscose-pubes-
cent above, tomentose below, the
teeth of the broad lobes yellow-
spined: fls. white or bluish, the in-
volucral bracts subulate-acuminate,
free. S. Eu. B.R. 356 (as E. panic-
ulatus) .
hfcmilis, Bieb. Three to 4 ft. : Ivs.
very hairy on both surfaces, webby
above, those of the st. essentially
entire, the radical Ivs. sinuate-lyrate,
almost unarmed; st.-lvs. with spiny
tips: heads large, blue, the involucral bracts all dis-
tinct and free. Sept. Asia.
bannaticus, Rochel. Lvs. hairy-pubescent above,
tomentose beneath (as also the sts.), the lower ones
deeply pinnately parted, the upper pinnatifid, spiny:
fls. blue. Hungary. R.H. 1858, p. 519.
BB. Plant biennial.
exaltatus, Schrad. Tall, the st. nearly simple and
glandulose-pilose, the Ivs. pinnatifid, scarcely spiny:
fls. blue. Russia. B.M. 2457 (as E. strictus, Fisch.). —
Distinguished by its simple, erect st. The garden E.
commutdtus may be the same as this.
E. nivdlis, Hort., is a trade name that is unknown in botanical
literature. N TAYLOR.t
ECHINOPSIS (Greek, hedgehog-like}. Cactacese.
SEA-URCHIN CACTUS. South American small condensed
cacti.
Stems spherical to ellipsoidal or rarely columnar:
ribs prominent and usually sharp-angled: fls. usually
long trumpet-shaped; ovary and tube covered with
linear-lanceolate, cuspidate bracts which become
longer toward the outer end of the tube, where they
pass gradually into the outer petals, in their axils bear-
ing long, silky, wavy hairs and usually a few rather
rigid bristles. — This is a well-marked genus of about 18
species, although by some authors combined with Cereus.
Cult, as for Echinocactus ; see also Succulents.
Only a few species of Echinopsis are grown in this
country, although they are more easily grown and
1377. Echinopsis gemmata.
propagated than most of the United States species of
cacti. The genus is well adapted for use as window plants.
A. Ribs of st. divided into more or less evident
tubercles.
Pentlandii, Salm-Dyck (Echinocactus Penttandii,
Hook.). St. simple, later branching, spherical or ellip-
soidal, reaching 6 in. diam. : ribs 12-15, divided between
the areoles into oblique compressed tubercles: radial
spines 9-12, spreading, straight or slightly curved, yel-
lowish brown, the upper the longest and strongest,
reaching ^-l^ in.; central solitary, or seldom in
pairs, porrect, curved, 1-1 K in., rarely 3 in. long: fls.
lateral, 2-2^ in. long, yellow, orange, pink to scarlet-
red: fr. spherical, green, %in. diam. Peru, Bolivia.
B.M. 4124— Probably not of this genus.
AA. Ribs of sts. not divided.
B. Fls. red or pink.
multiplex, Zucc. Sts. at
first rather clavate, later
globose to ellipsoidal,
abundantly branching, 6-
12 in. diam. and the same
in height, or rarely taller,
light green to yellowish:
ribs 12-14, straight,
scarcely undulate: radial
spines about 10, subulate, straight,
yellow to yellowish brown, with darker
tips, reaching %in. length, very un-
equal, horizontally spreading; cen-
trals mostly 4, of these the lowest
is the longest, reaching 1^ in., some-
what porrect at first, later curved and deflexed,
darker colored than the others : fls. rare, lateral,
11-15 in., rose-red. S.Brazil. B.M. 3789. Var.
cristata, Hort. Sts. flat and spreading in growth,
like an open fan or the fl.-stalk of the common
garden cockscomb: spines reduced to fine, stiff
bristles. This is merely a monstrosity of the
species.
oxygdna, Zucc. Sts. at first simple, nearly
spherical or rarely clavate, becoming short
columnar, reaching \1A ft. height and 1 ft.
diam., gray-green, darker above: ribs 13-15,
straight or wavy at the base: radial spines 5-45, hori-
zontally spreading, very unequal, reaching %\T\., subu-
late, obliquely upright; centrals 2-5, somewhat longer,
straight, porrect or deflexed, dark horn-colored, with
black tips: fls. commonly many together, lateral,
reaching 13 in. length, pink to carmine-red, the inner
petals lighter than the outer ones. S. Brazil.
triumphans, Jacobi. This is a hybrid between E.
Eyriesii and E. oxygona, with pink double fls.
BB. Fls. white.
Eyriesii, Zucc. St. simple, commonly branching
later, at first somewhat depressed, later short to
rather tall columnar, reaching a height of 2 ft. and a
diam. of 4-6 in., dark green: ribs 11-18, straight, undu-
late, with sharp-angled margins: radial spines about
10, scarcely more than J^in. long, rigid, straight,
slender conical, pointed, dark brown to black; centrals
4-8, but very little different from the radials: fls.
lateral, 10-15 in. long, white: fr. small, ellipsoidal,
about 1 in. long. S. Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina.
B.M. 3411. B.R. 1707 (as Echinocactus).
gemmata, K. Sch. (E. turbindta, Zucc.). Fig. 1377.
St. simple or sometimes branching, at first low spherical
or short columnar, later more top-shaped, reaching 1
ft. height by 4-6 in. diam., dark green: ribs 13-14,
rarely more, straight or sometimes slightly spiral with
sharp or obtuse margins, which are but little or not at
all undulate; central spines appear first, about 3-6 in
number, very short, stiff, black; later the radials appear,
1098
ECHINOPSIS
ECHIUM
about 10-14, longer, horizontally spreading, at first
yellowish brown, later horn-colored: fls. lateral or from
the upper areoles, 9-10 in. long, clear white, with a
pale greenish midline in the petals. S. Brazil.
tubifldra, Zucc. (E. Duvdlii, Hort. E. Zuccarinii,
Pfeiff.). Sts. spherical to ellipsoidal, at first simple
but later more or less branching, reaching 10 in.
height by 8 in. diam., dark green: ribs 11-12, straight,
with margins inconspicuously undulate: radial spines
numerous, sometimes as many as 20, unequal, hori-
zontally or obliquely spreading, yellowish white with
brown tips, sometimes darker; centrals 3-4, the
lowest the longest, reaching %in., later deflexed: fls.
lateral, about 14 in. long, white with pale green midline
in the petals. S. Brazil and Uruguay. B.M. 3627.
C. H. THOMPSON.
ECHINOSPfiRMUM: Lappula. J. N. RoSE.f
ECHINOSTACHYS (Greek, spiny head). Brome-
lidcese. About a half-dozen species allied to ^Echmea
(with which some writers unite it), from S. Amer.
Outer fl. parts bristly; petals broadly clawed, with
2 fringed scales or glands; ovary thick and fleshy,
3-seeded; spike cylindrical, thin, club-shaped: lys.
small, becoming darker after flowering. The species
require hothouse conditions, as for ^Echmea and
related things. Three names have appeared in the
American trade: E. Hystrix, Wittm., for which see
Mchmea Hystrix. E. Pineliana, Wittm. (M. Pineliana,
Baker). Two to 3 ft. : peduncle and bracts brilliant red :
Ivs. 12-18 in. long in a rosette, strap-shaped, deltoid at
summit, spine-edged: spike dense, 2-3 in. long, spiny;
petals golden yellow and becoming black-brown, the
tips fringed and incurved. Brazil. B.M. 5321. E. Van
Houtteana, Van Houtte (M. Van Houttedna, Mez.
Quesnelia Van Houtteana, Morr.). Lvs. many, strong-
spined, sometimes white-banded beneath: fls. white,
blue-tipped, in a crowded spike, the bracts reddish at the
summit and white-downy at the base: 1-2 ft. Brazil.
L. H. B.
ECHITES (Greek, viper; possibly from its poisonous
milky juice or from its twining habit). Apocyndcese.
Tropical American twining shrubs related to Dipla-
•denia, and of similar culture.
The genus differs technically from Dipladenia in
the 5-lobed disk and the glandular or 5-scaled calyx.
Lvs. simple, opposite, penninerved: fls. usually showy,
purple, red, yellow or white, in sub-cymose clusters;
calyx small, 5-lobed, with many glands at the base
inside or else 5 scales opposite the lobes; corolla salver-
shaped, the throat usually contracted, the limb 5-lobed;
stamens included, the filaments very short; stigma
with an appendage in the form of a reversed cup or of
5 lobes. — Some 40 species, S. Fla. to Chile.
Andrews!!, Chapm. (E. suberecta Andr.). Lvs. 1^4-2
in. long, close together, oval or oblong, mucronate, acute
or rounded at the base, margins revolute: peduncles
axillary, 3-5-fld., shorter than the Ivs.; fls. yellow, 2 in.
long; corolla-tube much dilated above the insertion of the
stamens, bell-shaped, scarcely longer than the lobes;
anthers tapering into a long bristle-like awn. Sandy
shores, S. Fla., W. Indies. B.M. 1064. P.M. 7:101.
paludosa, Vahl. Lvs. oblong, oval-oblong, or lanceo-
late-oblong, rounded toward the mucronate top: calyx-
segms. glandular, devoid of an interior scale, oblong,
mucronate-blunt, spreading; corolla-tube funnel-shaped
above a cylindrical base; anthers oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, rounded-cordate at the base, hirsute on the
back above. Mangrove swamps, S. Fla.
umbellata, Jacq. Lvs. ovate or ovate-roundish,
mucronate: fls. greenish white; calyx-segms. glandular,
devoid of an interior scale; corolla-tube cylindrical,
enlarged below the middle, tapering again above;
anthers rigid, tapering from a hastate base, glabrous.
S. Fla., W. Indies. WILHELM MILLER.
ECHIUM (from the Greek for a viper). Boraginacese.
VIPER'S BUGLOSS. Coarse, mostly rough herbs and
shrubs, with spikes of blue, violet, red or white flowers,
some of them grown in the open and others under glass.
Plant usually scabrous, hispid or canescent: Ivs.
alternate: fls. in unilateral, scirpioid, forked or simple
spikes, with either small or foliaceous bracts; calyx
with 5 narrow lobes; corolla tubular-trumpet-shaped,
the throat oblique and dilated and without appendages;
corolla-lobes 5, roundish and unequal, somewhat
spreading or erect; stamens 5, inserted below middle
of tube, unequal and exserted; ovary deeply 4-lobed;
style filiform, 2-parted at top: fr. 4 nutlets. — Some
30-40 species, from the Canaries and Madeira (where
they are specially important) to W. Asia. One species,
E. vulgare, Linn., is a showy intro. biennial weed in
fields and along roadsides, with blue or rose-tinted fls.;
it is known as blue-weed and blue-devil. The shrubby
species of Madeira and the Canaries are much confused,
some of the names having been established on cult,
material. This is particularly true of the forms passing
as E. candicans and E. fastuosum, which are very
unsatisfactorily determined (See Hooker, B.M. 6868).
In those islands, the plants produce much forage and
they persist from the goats in inaccessible places. (The
Eortraits quoted below are cited under the names they
ear.)
In rich soil echiums grow coarse and scarcely flower,
and the flowers are never as richly colored as when
the plants are more or less starved. Biennials seed
freely, and the seed is sown as soon as gathered. E.
fastuosum is said to be the handsomest of the shrubby
kinds, grows 2 to 4 feet high, has long, pale green
leaves covered with soft white hairs, and flowers of a
peculiarly brilliant deep blue. Echiums are eminently
suited for dry places, and need good drainage.
candicans, Linn. f. (E. fastuosum, Jacq. f., not Ait. E.
truncdtum, Hort.). Forms a bush several feet high, but
flowers at 3 ft., the Ivs. and sts. white-hairy: branches
thick, leafy toward the tips: Ivs. lanceolate, the upper
ones smaller, crowded and narrower: panicles much
looser than the spikes of E. fastuosum; fls. sessile, pale
blue, the buds reddish purple, the pink stamens pro-
truding. Madeira, Canaries, on mountains. B.M.
6868. B.R. 44. G.C. III. 51:368. G^M. 55:376.— The
fls. are said sometimes to be streaked with white or all
white.
fastuosum, Ait., not Jacq. This has darker blue fls.
in a dense spike and perhaps less hoary foliage than E.
candicans, the protruding filaments nearly white (said
by some to be white in E. candicans) . Coast, Canaries.
R.H. 1876:10. Gn. 10:546. G.C. III. 33:328. G.W.
15, p. 356. — E. fastuosum has dark blue, 5-lobed fls.
about J^in. across, in spikes 6 in. long and 2 in. wide,
perhaps as many as 200 fls. in a spike. Great masses of
stamens are thrust out and add to the interest, and the
young fl.-buds look like pink 5-pointed stars.
simplex, DC. Woody but biennial and not branched,
8-10 ft.: Ivs. ample, oval-lanceolate: panicle very long,
cylindrical, spike-like, the spikelets 2-fld., pedicelled;
stigmas simple. R.H. 1912, p. 351. Gt. 51, p. 375.
G.C. III. 53:20.
E. Auberianum, Hort., not Webb & Berth. =E. Bourgeanum. —
E. Bourgeanum, Webb. Stout and strict, 8-11 ft., the st. covered
with long-linear drooping Ivs.: fls. rose-colored, in a dense pyrami-
dal spike, ^fountains, Canaries. R.H. 1912, p. 440. G.C. III.
53:25. A striking plant. — E. callithyrsum, Webb. Woody or tree-
like, robust, hispid-hairy: Ivs. strongly nerved: calyx-segms. very
unequal: fls. pale red: floral Ivs. exceeding the different cymes of
the thyrse. Canaries. — E. formdsum, Pers.=Lobostemon. — E.
Pininana, Webb. & Berth. Very large species, reaching 16 ft.,
with an abundance of stout spreading long-oblong lys. G.C. III.
53:20. — E. Wildpretii, Pears. A tall soft-hairy biennial, with sim-
ple erect st. 2-3 ft.: Ivs. sessile, narrowly linear-lanceolate, hairy:
fls. pale red with long-exserted filaments, in a large terminal thyrse:
floral Ivs. much exceeding the different cymes. Canaries. B.M.
7847. G.C. III. 38:5; 52:317. G.M. 53:111. Gn. 76, p. 363. G.
27 :26L WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
EDELWEISS
EDUCATION
1099
EDELWEISS: Leontopodium.
EDGEWORTHIA (after M. P. Edgeworth, English
botanist in East Indies, and his sister Maria). Thymel-
aeaceae. Ornamental woody subjects grown chiefly for
their early yellow and fragrant flowers and for the
handsome foliage.
Deciduous sparingly branched shrubs, with stout
branches: Ivs. alternate, entire, short-petioled, crowded
at the end of the branches: fls. in dense, peduncled
heads, axillary, on branches of the previous year, with
or before the Ivs., apetalous; calyx-tube cylindric, with
4 spreading lobes, densely villous outside; stamens 8,
in 2 rows; style elongated, stigma cylindric: fr. a dry
drupe. — Two species in Japan, China and Himalayas.
These plants are hardy only in warmer temperate
regions, but do not stand hot and dry summers; they
thrive in any good well-drained garden soil; if grown
in pots, a sandy compost of peat and loam, with sufficient
drainage given, will suit them. Propagation is by green-
wood cuttings in spring under glass; also by seeds.
papyrifera, Zucc. (E. chrysdntha, Lindl. Ddphne
papyrifera, Sieb.). Small shrub with thick branchlets:
Ivs. deciduous, membranous, elliptic-oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acute at the ends, at first clothed with
silky hairs on both sides, later glabrous above, 3-5 in.
long: heads of fls. dense, up to 2 in. across, on short
axillary stalks; fls. %in. long, densely silky-hairy out-
side, fragrant, yellow, drying whitish ; ovary pubescent
only at the apex. April. Japan, China. B.R. 33:48.
F.S. 3:289. — Cannot withstand the long dry summers.
G&rdneri, Meisn. Large shrub, with slenderer
branchlets: Ivs. persistent, of firmer texture: fls. with
a more shaggy pubescence, drying black; ovary hairy
throughout: otherwise very similar to the preceding
species which is, by some botanists, considered not
specifically distinct. April. Himalayas. B.M. 7180.
ALFRED REHDER.
EDRAIANTHUS: Wahlenbergia. By some kept distinct, to
include about a dozen species. Spelled also Hedrxanthus.
EDUCATION, HORTICULTURAL. In the United
States and Canada, instruction in horticulture is part
of the publicly maintained colleges of agriculture. In
Canada, these colleges are provincial rather than
national or established by the Dominion. The Canadian
colleges of agriculture are: Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick, Truro, N. S.; Quebec, Sainte Anne de
Bellevue (only in part provincial); Ontario, Guelph;
Manitoba, Winnipeg; Saskatchewan, Saskatoon; Brit-
ish Columbia, in plan at the university being estab-
lished at Victoria.
In the United States, general horticultural educa-
tion is mostly a part of a national system of profes-
sional and applied education of collegiate grade or
name. There is a college of agriculture in every state
in the Union, being part of a national system with
cooperation and aid from the State. (For list, see
Experiment Stations, p. 1195.)
There is little development, as yet, in North America
of the training-school idea on either a private or a
public basis, and relatively few institutions or estab-
lishments in which persons are trained for "gardening,"
as they are trained in the Old World. There is no
recognized apprentice system for gardeners. The whole
subject, therefore, needs to be considered quite by
itself and not in comparison with systems or methods
of education in horticulture in other and older coun-
tries; and it is necessary to understand something of
the system of publicly endowed industrial education,
of which instruction in horticulture is a part. The
general nature of these institutions in both Canada
and the United States may be understood from a
brief discussion of the land-grant institutions in the
latter country.
The public industrial education of the United States,
70
of college grade, is founded on the Land-Grant Act
of 1862. By the terms of this great instrument, every
state received from the federal government 30,000
acres of land for every representative that it had in
Congress, the proceeds of which are to be used for
"the endowment, support, and maintenance of at
least one college where the leading object shall be,
without excluding other scientific and classical studies,
and including military tactics, to teach such branches of
learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic
arts, in such manner as the legislature of the states
may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the
liberal and practical education of the industrial
classes in the several pursuits and professions in life."
This endowment has been supplemented by subse-
quent direct federal appropriations, to further the
objects for which the original grant was made. On
this foundation, all the forty-eight states comprising
the Union have established colleges of agriculture and
the mechanic arts, about half of them separate insti-
tutions and about half of them connected with or part
of state universities or other general institutions. The
states themselves have supplemented and extended
the proceeds of the land-grant. These and the Cana-
dian colleges represent many types of organization and
method. Their purpose is increasingly to train young
men and women broadly by means of agricultural and
country-life subjects. They are now exerting great
influence in re-directing rural civilization. They are
rapidly putting agricultural and rural subjects into
educational form, and are demonstrating that such
subjects may have training and even cultural value
equal to that of historical subjects.
The agricultural colleges contain many departments,
and horticulture is usually one of these departments,
coordinate with the others. Some of these depart-
ments, aside from the work in the fundamental arts
and sciences, are as follows: agricultural chemistry,
agronomy, entomology, plant physiology, plant pathol-
ogy, bacteriology, plant-breeding, soils, farm crops,
farm management (the principles of business as applied
to farming), horticulture, pomology, floriculture, fores-
try, animal husbandry, poultry husbandry, veterinary,
dairy industry or dairy husbandry, home economics,
farm mechanics and engineering, rural economy or
agricultural economics, landscape gardening or land-
scape art, drawing, rural education, meteorology, and
extension teaching. It will be seen, therefore, that
horticulture is only one contributing part in an educa-
tional establishment for the teaching of agriculture in
a broad way.
Aside from these publicly endowed or maintained
institutions, there are a few other regular colleges that
teach horticulture with other work, but they have not
made great headway, although the subject may assert
itself strongly in some of them in the future. There
are two or three training-schools, one for women.
More training-schools will be needed.
The students in agriculture in the colleges of agri-
culture number many thousands, in some cases 1,000
and more in one institution. They come from all
walks and conditions of life, and from city and country
alike. Some of them, of course, have strong inclina-
tions for horticulture, and soon specialize in that sub-
ject. The full course of instruction is four years, fol-
lowing college entrance requirements, and the student
at graduation receives a diploma carrying Bachelor of
Science or a similar degree. In many of these institu-
tions, post-graduate work in a variety of subjects is
provided, leading to a master's degree or even to a
doctor's degree.
The first institutions to develop horticulture as a
separate subject appear to have been those in Michigan,
under W. W. Tracy, Chas. W. Garfield and successors,
Mr. Tracy having been instructor in horticulture as
early as 1867; New York (1874) and in Ohio under
1100
EDUCATION
EDUCATION
W. R. Lazenby; and in Iowa (1876) under J. L. Budd.
The instruction by means of horticulture has now
grown to great importance in many of the colleges,
the staffs comprising, in some cases, as many as fifteen
to thirty persons.
The horticultural work in the colleges.
We may now consider the horticultural teaching
work of these colleges in more detail.
In the early days of such instruction, the horticul-
ture was set over against the agriculture, and these
two comprised the main applied groups. The break-
ing-out of the group of horticulture was really the
beginning of the broadening of these institutions and
of their more perfect articulation with the conditions
before them.
Horticulture, as understood in these colleges, com-
prises fruit-growing, flower-growing, vegetable-garden-
ing, together with the nursery and glasshouse sub-
jects naturally associated with them. With the further
differentiation of the curriculum, horticulture tends
to be split or separated into its three main parts, with
separate units or teacherships for each, but this
division has not yet proceeded far in most of the insti-
tutions. If this division is ever carried to its conclu-
sion, the name "horticulture" as an educational unit
may pass out.
In the colleges, horticulture is regarded as a phase
of the general agricultural field. For the most part,
the student approaches the subject from the point of
view of farming by means of fruits or vegetables or
even of flowers. The strictly amateur phase is inciden-
tally emphasized as a rule, and this undoubtedly is
one of the weaknesses of the American horticultural
instruction. The amateur attitude, however, will
appear more markedly as the country develops and
matures. The present attitude very well represents
the development that America is now making, as
expressed particularly in the great orchard interests.
The gardeners, as a group, have had relatively little
touch with these institutions in the way of dictating
or even influencing their development. So far as insti-
tutions are concerned, the gardening phase of horti-
culture is well expressed where the great collections
are, as at the Shaw or Missouri Botanical Gardens,
Arnold Arboretum, New York Botanic Gardens, and
others; and these institutions will also produce highly
trained specialists in small numbers in related scien-
tific lines.
The content of the work in the land-grant colleges
varies greatly, depending, of course, on the constit-
uency of the particular college as well as on the staff.
Naturally, in the states in which horticultural interests
are large, the work will express itself strongly in the
college. Some of the courses in horticulture now offered
in different colleges of agriculture may be displayed,
showing how the subject is divided and what is con-
sidered to be the content of the instruction. These
examples are chosen only to show the kind and the
range of representative courses, and the writer makes
no comment on them. Other courses might be chosen
from the catalogues, but these are sufficient for illus-
tration. In some cases, practically the same subject is
entered twice: this represents the way in which the
subject is phrased in different institutions. Some of
the courses in landscape work that are given by depart-
ments of horticulture are also included.
Elements of horticulture. — Fruit-growing, vegetable-gardening
and ornamental planting, with special reference to the farm home.
Gardening. — A personal and informal course for lovers of plants
and gardens. _ The course consists of actual work with identifica-
tion and growing plants, supplemented by conferences and informal
discussions. Attention is given to garden literature and history,
planning of grounds.
Cultivated plants. — The relationship and classification of cer-
tain economic and ornamental plants of the temperate zone;
identification of species; examination of living plants and her-
barium specimens.
Evolution of horticultural plants. — History, botanical classifi-
cation, and geographical distribution of cultivated plants; modi-
fication under culture; theoretical causes and observed factors that
influence variation, particularly food-supply, climate and cross-
fertilization.
Amateur floriculture. — Window-gardening; growing of flowers
on the home grounds; containers; potting soils; fertilizers; prep-
aration and planting of flower-beds; propagation and culture of
plants suitable for window and garden.
Commercial floriculture. — Studies in the propagation and cul-
ture of the leading florist crops. As facilities permit, students are
assigned space in the greenhouses for practical experience in
the growing of roses, carnations, chrysanthemums, violets, sweet
peas, and other plants. Discussions on diseases, insects, botany,
and the packing, handling, and marketing of cut-flowers and
plants for retail and wholesale markets. Classes participate in a
required excursion.
Garden flowers. — Designed to acquaint the student with garden
plants and to give practical knowledge of the propagation and cul-
ture of the annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, and shrubs used
for cut-flowers or in ornamental planting.
Greenhouse construction. — The development of the modern
greenhouse; types of houses, materials, and methods of construc-
tion, installation of heating systems, etc. Laboratory practice in
erecting section of cypress and iron frame houses, and in planning
and estimating the cost of commercial ranges for flower- and
vegetable-production. The class participates in a required excur-
sion.
Greenhouse management. — Studies of the principles and prac-
tice of propagation, soils, potting, shifting, watering, ventilation,
and fumigation of plants cultivated by florists.
Conservatory plants. — A study of the culture and uses of tropical
and subtropical plants grown in conservatories, including palms,
ferns, begonias, orchids, etc.
Floral design. — A study of the principles of floral art. Practice
in the arrangement of flowers in designs and bouquets, baskets,
table decorations, interior decoration, etc.
Greenhouse and garden practice. — Designed to give the student
practical knowledge of greenhouse work. Lectures and exercises
in greenhouse management, propagation, composting soils, potting,
watering, etc.
Investigation in floriculture. — The investigation of problems in
the growing of cut-flowers, exotics, and garden flowers; hybridiz-
ing; study of varieties. Designed primarily for upper classmen and
graduate students.
Elements of landscape gardening. — Reconnaissance surveys and
mapping, with special reference to the methods used in landscape
gardening; detailed study of selected designs of leading landscape
gardeners; grade design, road design and field work.
General design. — Field notes; examination of completed works
and those under construction; design of architectural details, plant-
ing plans, gardens, parks and private grounds; written reports of
individual problems.
Civic art. — The principles and applications of modern civic art,
including city design, city improvement, village improvement, and
rural improvement.
Trees and shrubs. — Plant material important to landscape gar-
dening; landscape value of each plant with respect to adaptability
to the soil and situation and the use of the plant in design.
Advanced landscape design. — Real estate subdivisions and a
complete set of plans, including a sketch plan, general plan, report,
detailed study of architectural features, grading plans, planting
plans, set of specifications, and estimate of cost.
Landscape practice. — Interpretation of topographic maps and
their relation to landscape design; calculation of cut and fill; quan-
tities of material ; preparation of grading plans and working drawings.
Exotics. — Temporary decorative plants used in landscape
gardening.
Plant materials. — This course aims to make the student familiar
with the character of the trees, shrubs and herbaceous perennials
used in ornamental work, and with the methods of propagating them.
Decorative and bedding plants. — Tropical and subtropical plants
used in decorative work in the conservatory; tender plants used
in outdoor bedding.
Home vegetable-gardening. — A study of vegetables and their
production for home use. The planning and management of the
garden, special crop requirements, factors influencing quality, and
control of pests, will be considered. The laboratory work consists
of actual practice in the garden. The starting of early plants in
hotbeds and frames, intercropping and succession-cropping to
secure largest yields from small areas, are studied. Each student
assumes charge of his own plants and carries them through to
the end of the term.
Commercial vegetable-gardening. — The principles of vegetable-
growing as applied in commercial production; the scope of the
industry and its opportunities; choice of location; equipment;
management. The vegetable crops are considered singly, as to
their adaptation, culture, special requirements, varieties, enemies,
marketing, and profits. The laboratory work includes exercises
in growing plants under glass and in the' planting and care of early
outdoor vegetables. Each student assumes full charge of his own
plantings.
For students specializing or desiring a fuller knowledge of
vegetable - gardening, another course is given, throughout the
year. Advantage is taken of the opportunity for practice in har-
vesting, packing, and marketing fall crops. A two-days' excursion
to two or three important vegetable-growing centers some time
during May constitutes a part of the course. Each student
gives a part of his time to a special problem, to be agreed on.
Report on this problem is presented in typewritten form.
Vegetable-forcing. — Vegetable-growing under glass. Important
EDUCATION
EGGPLANT
1101
forcing crops. Laboratory consists of practical work in crop-
production. Each student is assigned a plot in the greenhouse on
which he grows vegetables to maturity, assuming full charge except
in heating and ventilation. This is supplemented by descriptive
studies.
Systematic vegetable crops. — Lectures and descriptive studies
dealing with vegetable crops, their origin and botany. Special
attention is given to varieties, and their adaptation to different
cultural and market conditions. The important commercial types
of the different vegetables are grown in the garden each year, and
there is an abundance of first-hand material for the course.
Advanced vegetable-gardening. — The student's time is divided
between advanced studies of vegetable crops and their culture and
the study of a special problem to be agreed upon. An excursion
to two or three important vegetable-growing centers constitutes
a part of this course.
Elementary pomology. — A study of the methods of propagation
and early care of commercial fruits, including the growing of seed-
lings, cuttings, and layers; the principles of budding, grafting,
pruning, and planting; the soils, varieties, and planting plans for
the orchard.
Practical pomology. — A study of the soils and varieties for the
orchard; cultivation, cover-crops, fertilization, spraying, pruning,
and thinning as practised in orchard management; the picking,
grading, packing, storing, and marketing of fruit. This course
considers the apple, pear, quince, cherry, plum, apricot, and
peach.
Systematic pomology. — A study of the varieties of the different
fruits and of nomenclature, with critical descriptions; special
reference being given to relationships and classification.
Bush-fruits. — A lecture course which considers the grape, rasp-
berry, blackberry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, and strawberry.
The topics discussed are: varieties, planting, culture, picking,
grading, packing, and marketing.
Small-fruits and grapes. — The strawberry, raspberry, black-
berry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, grape. History; extent of
cultivation; soil; location; fertilizers; propagation; planting; till-
age; pruning; insect enemies; diseases; varieties; harvesting;
marketing.
Spraying of fruit trees. — A study of the preparation and applica-
tion of the spray mixtures used in orchard practice.
Nuciculture. — Lectures on the practical and systematic phases
of nut-culture, with special reference to the cultivation and improve-
ment of the forms native to the United States.
Subtropical pomology. — A study of citrous and other tropical
fruits, with special reference to American conditions. Laboratory
work in describing and judging the various fruits.
Plant-propagation. — Grafts; buds; layers; cuttings; seeds.
Systematic pomology. — A course designed primarily for gradu-
ates and students who are preparing to do experimental work. A
study of the characters and botanical relationships of the fruits of
the United States. Each student is required to collect and mount
a number of varieties and species.
Research in pomology. — Original investigation of problems in
pomology. A typewritten thesis is required.
The equipment for the horticultural work usually
consists of classrooms, laboratories with tables and
sometimes equipped for microscopic work, and her-
baria; workrooms in which practice may be had in
the mixing of soils, the compounding of spraying
materials, the testing of machines, the study of vege-
tables and fruits, and the like; range of glasshouses;
and a number of acres of land for gardens and orchards.
Sometimes the orchard area amounts to fifty and
more acres. In some colleges the plant-breeding is
included with the horticulture; and in some of those
that are least differentiated the plant pathology and
economic entomology are also included, as also forestry.
In the courses detailed above, all these subjects are
excluded as horticulture, since they are likely to be
handled in regular departments by themselves in num-
bers of different courses.
The subject of landscape architecture, or landscape
gardening, has developed in the institutions in the
United States from two sides. When it is an offshoot
of colleges or departments of architecture, or when
strongly dominated by architectural ideas, it is likely
to be known as landscape architecture. In the agri-
cultural colleges, however, the subject has developed
mostly from the horticultural or gardening side, and has
usually been called landscape gardening. As a part of
the curriculum, landscape gardening is given more or
less attention in nearly all the land-grant institutions.
In three or four of them, however, the subject is now
being given special and professional attention, as also
at Harvard. Two institutions in this country give a
post-graduate degree, Master of Landscape Architec-
ture or Master of Landscape Design.
Other forms of horticultural teaching.
The colleges of agriculture are engaged rather largely
in extension work, the extension meaning all educa-
tional efforts prosecuted at the homes and on the
farms of the people. The extension work is welfare
work, and it is properly a necessary part of an insti-
tution that is maintained by the people for the ser-
vice of the people. Some of this extension work is
horticultural. It comprises tests and experiments in
orchards, gardens, and greenhouses; cooperation with
growers' associations; surveys of conditions and indus-
tries; the issuing of popular bulletins and other litera-
ture; lecture-courses, reading-courses, and much corres-
pondence. See Extension Teaching in Horticulture,
page 1199.
The experiment and research work of the institutions
is also of course educational, but this effort is reserved for
separate discussion. See Experiment Stations, page 1 195.
In the public schools, there is now a strong senti-
ment for the introduction of agriculture. This pertains
in all parts of the United States and Canada. This
agricultural instruction will be organized eventually
on the same basis as other instruction in the common
schools. Agriculture will include a great variety of
subjects, the horticultural affairs being given their
due consideration. This will result in a gradual re-
direction of the youthful mind toward horticultural
and other rural pursuits.
The nature-study movement is widespread and
established, and the material of the teaching is largely
of plants. School-gardening is growing in popularity
and importance. All these subjects are finding their
way into normal schools and colleges, in some of which
there is definite horticultural work for the training of
teachers. Correspondence courses, the rural press,
state departments of agriculture, and other agencies
and enterprises are also forwarding horticultural educa-
tion as a part of the general rural betterment.
In the United States and Canada, horticulture is
largely a training for citizenship, on the basis of gen-
eral collegiate education. The Americans have had a
continental area to discover and to conquer; they are
endeavoring to conquer it by many means, and the
most fundamental means is by organizing all industry
educationally. The horticultural subjects are impor-
tant not only in themselves but in their personal appeal,
and the organizing of horticultural knowledge into
large plans and methods of human training is one of
the best privileges of any people. £,. jj. B.
EEL-GRASS: VaUisneria spiralis.
EGGPLANT (Soldnum Melongena, Linn.). Solan-
acese. GUINEA SQUASH. AUBERGINE of the French.
Strong perennial herb or sub-shrub, grown as a vege-
table-garden annual for its large fruits, which are eaten
cooked; requires a long warm
season.
The eggplant is native of the
tropics, probably from the East
Indies, but its native land is not
known. It is cultivated to a
greater or less extent throughout
the entire tropical regions. The
first reports of its use as a vege-
table come from India, hence
the above assumption. In the
United States it is cultivated
as a vegetable as far north as
New York, but it usually grows to greater perfection
in the southern states. It is much grown in Florida.
The demands for it in the early months of the year
have not been fully supplied. Its cultivation demands
a specialist as much as either celery or tobacco, while
the specialization must be in a different direction
from that of either one of these. Nearly all of the fruit
1378. Rotate corolla
of eggplant; stamens
connivent.
1102
EGGPLANT
EGGPLANT
1379. Non-pollinated fruit.
that grows to proper size is edible, and there is no
special demand for particular flavors. Eggplants are
forced under glass to a limited extent for home use.
They require the temperature of a tomato house, and
great care must be taken to keep off red-spider and
mites. In order to insure
large fruits, practise arti-
ficial pollination. Non-
pollinated fruits will grow
for a time, but always
remain small (Fig. 1379).
Soil. — Eggplant will
grow on almost any land
in the South, but it de-
velops to greater perfec-
tion on a rich, deep, loamy
soil free from debris. In
the clay districts this is
not easily secured, but
there are often small fields
that are sufficiently dry
and yet contain enough
sand to make eggplant-
growing profitable. No
matter whether clay land,
loam or sandy land be
employed for raising this
crop, it will be necesssary
to plow deeply and thor-
oughly. The land should be drier than that required
by cabbage or beets. In fact it will stand a greater
drought than the ordinary vegetables. On the other
hand, one should not attempt to grow a crop on land
that is composed of large particles, such lands as are
ordinarily called "thirsty" in the vegetable-growing
sections of Florida.
Fertilizer. — On the coastal plains of the South
Atlantic and Gulf States, barn manure is of doubtful
value for fertilizing eggplant. When it is advisable to
use this material, it is preferable to compost it and use
it in the form of well-rotted stable manure. A cheaper
and at the same time preferable way of securing the
humus necessary in the loamy sands is to grow legumi-
nous plants that are not subject to root-knot. Such
plants will give much more humus and at a cheaper
price than can be obtained by the use of stable manure.
On the loamy sands, the fertilizer should not be applied
until after the plants have been set out and have
started. A small quantity is then applied by hand or
by drill. On very poor land, as much as 200 to 500
pounds of a good home-mixed fertilizer should be used.
In the course of two to four weeks, the eggplants will
have shown the effect of the fertilizer and by this time
will be making a considerable growth. A second appli-
cation may then be made of as much more, or twice as
much as was used the first time. Later in the season,
when the plants are beginning to make bloom buds or
setting the fruit well, an after-dressing of nitrate of
soda could be applied if the plants show need of further
fertilizing, using it at the rate of 100 to 300 pounds to
the acre. This can be applied very readily by hand or
by the use of a fertilizer drill. The hand method is
more economical of fertilizer but more costly in apply-
ing. On the heavy clay lands less potash will be needed
and in those places in which a stiff clay is employed
for gardening purposes, the potash may be reduced to 4
or 5 per cent, or even eliminated. Ammonia and phos-
phoric acid are needed on nearly all the soils.
Propagating the seedlings. — The time required to
bring plants into bearing from seeds varies with the
condition of the soil and the temperature. During cool
weather the plants grow very slowly, but during hot
weather they grow rapidly and mature fruit in much
less time. Those who wish to have early fruit and are
able to use hotbeds or propagating-houses should sow
the seed 120 to 150 days before the fruit is wanted. Pre-
pare the hotbeds as for other seedlings, and sow in rows
a few inches apart. When these are beginning to show
their leaves or when the seedlings are beginning to look
spindly, they should be pricked out and transferred to
another bed. In this each plant should be given about
a 2-inch square; then they may be forced until the plants
cr&wd one another in the bed, when they should be
transferred again. When the plants have attained the
size of 6 inches, and the atmosphere will permit, they
may be set out in the field. A somewhat more laborious,
but at the same time more successful plan, is to plant
the seedlings in 2-inch flower-pots and then shift to
larger ones as often as the plants become pot-bound or
crowd one another in the bed. Fig. 1380 represents
a plant three-tenths natural size, just taken from a flower-
pot and ready to be shifted to a larger one. By shifting
until 6-inch pots are reached, the eggplant may be
forced along without injury to blooming size or even
to a size when fruit is beginning to set, and then set out
in the field without injury to the plants or crop. Egg-
plant-growers should bear in mind constantly that from
the time of sprouting the seeds to the harvesting of the
crop, the plants cannot stand a severe shock in their
growth without detriment to the crop. When the plant
is once started, it should then be forced right along and
never allowed to become stunted during its growth.
The amount of damage done by neglecting plants
before they are set in the field varies with the severity
of the shock and the length of time during which the
plant undergoes the disadvantageous conditions. If it
becomes necessary to harden the plants off before
setting them in the field, this should be done gradually.
Culture in the field. — After the field has been thor-
oughly prepared in the way of plowing and fertilizing,
which should have been done at least two weeks before
the plants were set out, the rows should be laid off 3 to 4
feet apart. The plants may be set 2 to 4 feet apart in
the row, varying with the varieties to be used and the
soil. Tillage should be continued and varied according
to the conditions of the weather. In a wet season it is
well to cultivate the land as deeply as possible, while in
dry weather cultivation should be shallow, simply
sufficient to keep the weeds from growing, to keep the
soil well aired, and to keep mulching of dry soil on the
land. Under ordinary circumstances it does not pay
to prune or pinch out the buds, but when the season is
short this may be
resorted to with
some advantage.
If it is desirable
to have the fruit
attain a certain
size before frost,
one may begin to
pinch out the
blossoms and new
growth about
three weeks before
its usual occur-
rence. This same
process will be of
advantage when
the fruit is to be
brought into mar-
ket at a certain
time. A great
many attempts
have been made
to hold eggplants
over the summer, that is to have a spring cropping and
then allow the plants to remain in the field, cultivate
them up and make a fall crop from the old stalks.
Sometimes this process is successful but generally
speaking it is a wasteful and expensive method. The old
plants that have borne a crop should be discarded and
a fresh seed-bed started to bring the plants in at the
1380. Pot-grown plant ready for setting
in the field.
EGGPLANT
EGGPLANT
1103
time desired. If about 150 days are allowed from the
time of sowing the seed, the grower will have a good
field of fresh plants to start in with, which will produce
a higher quality and larger quantity of fruit.
Marketing. — It is better to cut the fruit from the
plant than to attempt to break it, especially if the work
is being done by careless laborers. After cutting the
fruit, it may be placed in large baskets and hauled to
the packing-house for crating. Each fruit should be
wrapped separately in heavy paper, either manila or
brown, and care must be exercised not to wrap it
while moist. Formerly the large crate was generally
employed, but in the last ten years there has been a
decided tendency toward reducing the size of the crate.
The eggplant crate is now about double the size of the
bean crate, and usually ships at the 80-pound rate.
The eggplant is regarded as a staple vegetable, con-
sequently fancy wrapping-paper or fancy methods of
packing do not pay for the trouble. It stands shipment
well to distant markets, so that freight shipments are
usually employed. At times in the winter and spring,
the price of eggplant becomes very high and then the
shipments go forward by express.
Varieties. — There are only a few varieties offered in
the market. The New York Improved Spineless
matures a little earlier than the Black Pekin. The New
York Purple (Fig. 1381), Black Pekin and the New
York Spineless are excellent for shipping purposes.
The above varieties are the black-fruited, and the most
popular in the United States, while the white-fruited
sorts are said to be the most popular in Europe. For
home use, the white-fruited varieties are preferable, but
as these make poor sellers in the United States, one
must raise the purple sorts for market. For home
gardens, the early and small Early Dwarf Purple (Fig.
1382) is useful. It is particularly recommended for
northern climates. There are three main types of egg-
plants, as follows: The commoner garden varieties,
Solanum Melongenavar. esculentum, Bailey (Figs. 1381,
1383); the long-fruited or "serpent" varieties, S. Melon-
gena var. serpentinum, Bailey; the Early Dwarf Purple
type var. depressum, Bailey (Fig. 1382). See Solanum.
The so-called Chinese eggplant is a different species, for
which consult Solanum.
Seed-growing. — This is by no means a difficult opera-
tion and may be done profitably in certain sections of
the South. For this purpose all defective or dwarfed
plants in the field should be cut out. By a little atten-
tion one will be able to know when the seeds have
matured sufficiently for gathering. At this time the
eggs usually turn a lighter color or even somewhat
yellow. The fruit should be gathered and carried to the
packing-house, where it may be left in a pile for two or
three days, as there is very little danger from rotting.
When a sufficient number have been collected, the
laborers may be set to paring off the extra amount of
meat on the outside of the seed. The remaining core
may then be cut longitudinally into quarters or eighths,
1381. Field-grown plant of New York Improved eggplant.
1382. Sprays of Early Dwarf Purple eggplant.
using a dull knife to avoid cutting the seed. After a
quantity of these have been pared, they may be placed
in a barrel and covered with water. The barrel should
not be made more than two-thirds full. In a day or
two fermentation will set in and the meaty portion
will macerate from the seed. The seed may then be
separated from the meat by means of sieves, using
first wide-meshed ones to remove the meat and then
finer-meshed ones to Screen out the seed from the finer
pulp. The seed should not be allowed to stand more
than two or three days in the macerating barrel, as
the heat evolved by fermentation and the heat of the
summer is liable to cause them to germinate. After
separating the seed from the pulp, it should be dried
in the shade and wrapped in secure packages. By
covering with tin-foil or oil-paper, the atmospheric
moisture will be kept out and molding prevented.
Diseases. — The most destructive of diseases in the
lower South is a blight fungus which attacks the plant
just beneath the surface of the ground, causing the
softer tissues at this point to rot off and the plant
to die. The fungus is not able to penetrate the
harder portion of the stem, consequently the plant
lingers along for weeks after being attacked. A
number of attempts have been made to cause this
blight fungus to produce fruiting organs so it could
be classified, but up to the present this has proved
futile. In such cases as this there is no remedy.
After the plant is attacked, it is usually doomed.
Much, however, can be done in the way of prevent-
ing the spread of this fungus. If all plants are
destroyed as soon as found to be affected, the fungus
cannot perfect its sclerotia, or rusting state, and
thus its propagating is prevented. The normal home
of this fungus is in decaying vegetable matter. If,
therefore, a field is kept free from this sort of
material one will do much to prevent this fungus
from being present. Some soluble form of fungi-
cide, as Eau Celeste or potassium sulfide, may DC
sprayed about the roots of the plants to good ad-
vantage. Practise rotation of crops. A second
form of blight is caused by Bacillus solanacearnm.
This disease has its origin of infection in the
leaves, and is introduced by means of insects
1104
EGGPLANT
EICHHORNIA
which have fed upon diseased plants and carried the
infection to the well ones. The disease works rapidly
down the tissues and causes the death of the leaf and
finally of the whole plant. The only remedy for this is
to destroy all plants that are affected with the disease
as soon as detected, and kill off all insects. When this
disease is known to be present in a section, it is best to
set the plants as far apart as practicable. In this way
the danger of infection from insects is somewhat
reduced. When the disease is known to be present in a
field it should not be planted to this crop. Anthracnose
(Gloeosporium melongense) does not cause great damage
to this crop, but is one of the agents that reduce the
profits. "It may be recognized by its producing decided
pits in the fruit, upon which soon appear minute
1383. Long White eggplant.
blotches bordered with pink." Bordeaux mixture may
be used to good advantage for preventing this disease.
Phoma solani frequently causes damping-off in the
hotbed. It often renders a whole bed worthless. Plants
affected with this fungus usually fall over as if eaten
off by some insect. Some plants, however, continue a
miserable existence and finally die. ' Careful examina-
tion will reveal the point of injury, which is at the
ground-level. The best preventive is to use well-
drained beds and then avoid excessive watering. When
damping-off is detected in a seedling bed, the atmos-
phere and surface soil should be dried as rapidly as
possible, followed by one application of fungicide.
Insect enemies. — Among the most annoying of the
insect enemies is the cutworm (larvae of Noctudise).
These insects are almost omnipresent, and when nearly
full grown are liable to cut off plants that are 4 or 5
inches high. It is not common for one insect to cut off
more than a single plant, but in ordinarily fertile soil
there are enough cutworms present to destroy the
entire field. So that, on the whole, it becomes very
annoying. When these insects are quite destructive, it
is possible to kill them with poisoned bran or poisoned
cottonseed meal, sweetened with syrup or sugar.
Another insect that does more or less damage is the
cotton bollworm (Heliothis armiger). This insect does
its damage by boring a hole into the stems or the fruit.
In the latter case it causes it to rot before it is picked,
or possibly in transit. As the fruit becomes larger there
is less danger of attack from this insect, so that the
main trouble occurs in the 3arlier stages of its growth.
The eggplant aphis (Siphonophora cucurbits) is one of
the most annoying pests to this crop. It usually makes
its appearance about the time the crop is fit to ship,
and appears in such numbers that the plants are ruined
in the course of a week or two. The insect attacks the
lower surface of the leaves, making it difficult to reach
the pests with insecticides, but persistent efforts and a
good tobacco decoction, applied with a fine nozzle,
will give considerable relief. Sulfur spray or other
mild contact insecticide will be found more uniformly
effective than tobacco decoction. Whale-oil soap is an
excellent insecticide to use. Kerosene emulsion and
insecticides made frcm the miscible oils, largely em-
ployed in proprietary insecticides, should be avoided.
While they may be used effectively, there is consider-
able danger from scalding in handling by indifferent
laborers. P> H. ROLFS.
EGLANTINE : Rosa rubiginosa; also applied to Rubus Eglan-
teria, Rosa Eglanleria, and perhaps Lonicera Periclymenum.
EGYPTIAN LOTUS: Nymphxa Lotus; also Nelumbium.
EHRETIA (G. D. Ehret, botanical painter, born in
Germany, 1708 or 1710, died in England 1770). Bor-
aginacese. Tender trees and shrubs, found in the
warmer regions of the world.
Plants with or without rough, short hairs: Ivs. alter-
nate, entire or dentate: fls. small, often white, in cymes,
corymbs, terminal panicles, or rarely all borne in the
upper axils; calyx 5-parted or -cleft; corolla short-fun-
nelform to rotate, with 5 obtuse spreading lobes;
stamens 5, affixed in the tube, exserted or rarely
included, the filaments very slender; style 2-lobed or
-parted: fr. a small drupe, usually containing two
2-celled 2-seeded nutlets. — Species 40-50, the larger
number in the Old World tropics, but widely dispersed
about the globe. A few species are planted in S. Calif,
and perhaps elswhere along the southern parts.
A. Lvs. toothed.
B. Foliage hairy.
macrophylla, Wall. Tree: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, broadly
elliptic, acuminate, bristly above and soft-hairy beneath,
serrate: panicle terminal, pubescent; calyx cih'ate: fr.
globose, obscurely 4-grooved. Himalayas, China.
BB. Foliage not hairy.
acuminata, R. Br. (E. serrata, Rqxbg.). HELIO-
TROPE TREE. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. 3-^4 in. long, elliptic
to oblong, acuminate, serrate: panicles terminal and
axillary; fls. clustered, sessile; corolla-tube very short.
Trop. Asia, Japan and Austral. B.R. 13:1097. Hardy
at Arnold Arboretum.
AA. Lvs. usually not toothed.
elliptica, DC. Tree, 15-50 ft. high: Ivs. oval or
oblong, sometimes serrate, nearly smooth, or with
minute hairs and very rough above: fls. small, white,
fragrant, in cymes or panicles; calyx-lobes broad-lanceo-
late and acute, as long as the corolla-tube: fr. a yellow
globose drupe, the size of a small pea, with edible thin
pulp. Texas, Mex. WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
EICHHORNIA (after J. A. F. Eichhorn, a Prussian
Minister, born 1779). Pontederiacese. Tropical aquatic
herbs, grown for showy flowers and interesting habit.
Perennial, floating, rooting at the nodes: immersed
Ivs. on young sts. linear; emersed Ivs. obovate or
EICHHORNIA
EL^AGNUS
1105
rounded (or rarely lanceolate), the petioles in some
species much inflated and acting as buoys: fls. in a
spike or panicle, the scape 1-1 vd.; perianth funnel-
shape with a long or short tube; stamens 6, attached
unequally in the tube, part of them exserted; ovary
sessile, 3-celled; style filiform: fr. a caps, contained in
the withering perianth, ovoid to linear. — About a half-
dozen species in S. Amer., one reaching Afr.
This genus includes the water hyacinth (see Fig.
1384), the famous "million-dollar weed" that obstructs
navigation in the St. John's River, Florida, and is a
source of wonder and delight in every collection of
tender aquatics in the North. The curious bladders
made by the inflation of the petioles help the plant
to float freely. About flowering time the plant sends
down anchoring roots which, if the water be only 3 or
4 inches deep, penetrate the soil. The true hyacinths
belong in an allied family (Liliace*); the pickerel
weed, in the allied genus Pontederia, the ovary of which
by abortion is one-celled, and each cell one-ovuled,
while Eichhornia is three-celled and many-ovuled.
The plants of this family have been greatly confused
botanically, partly because the fugacious, membra-
nous flowers are not well preserved in dried specimens,
and partly because of variation in form of leaves,
depending upon whether the plants grow in deep or
shallow water, or in mud. The common water hya-
cinth sends out two kinds of roots, the horizontal ones
often thick and fleshy, and apparently for reproductive
purposes, the vertical ones long, slender, and clothed
with innumerable small, horizontal fibers.
The flowers are most beautiful, and the plant is
worthy of special cultivation. It is often called a water-
orchid, being of such delicate coloring and texture.
The plants must be more or less stationary although it
is a floating plant, for they will not flower when drifted
about by any light breeze or where the water is 2 or
more feet deep as is often the case where nymphseas are
grown. A depth of 9 to 12 inches of water is sufficient
with a guard to keep the plants in bounds. Good soil
underneath is necessary so that the plants will derive
some nourishment. They will grow rapidly and flower
profusely all through the season, and it may be
necessary to thin out the plants, for when too crowded
the petioles will become elongated and the plants
unsightly. They can also be grown in a tub or tank
observing the same method of culture. Propagated by
division. (Wm. Tricker.)
A. Lf. -stalks inflated: inner perianth-segms. not
serrated.
crassipes, Solms (E. specidsa, Kunth. Pontederia
crdssipes, Mart.). Fig. 1384. Lvs. in tufts, all con-
stricted at the middle, bladder-like below, sheathed,
many-nerved: scape 1 ft. long, with wavy-margined
sheaths at and above the middle; fls. about 8 in a loose
spike, pale violet, 6-lobed, the upper lobe larger and hav-
ing a large patch of blue, with an oblong or pear-shaped
spot of bright yellow in the middle; stamens 3 long and
3 short, all curved upward toward the tip. Brazil.
B.M.2932 (as Pontederia azurea). I.H. 34:14. A.F.
5:511. Var. major, Hprt., has rosy lilac fls. Var.
afcrea, Hort., has yellowish fls.
AA. Lf. -stalks not inflated: inner perianth-segms.
beautifully serrate.
azurea, Kunth. Lvs. on long or short not-inflated
petioles, very variable in size and shape : scape often as
stout as the If.-stalk, gradually dilated into a hooded
spathe; fls. scattered or crowded in pairs along a stout,
hairy, sessile rachis; perianth bright pale blue, hairy
outside, inner segms. beautifully toothed, the upper a
trifle larger, with a heart-shaped spot of yellow, which
is margined with white. Brazil. B.M. 6487. G.C. II.
25:17. I.H. 34:20. R.H. 1890:540.— One plant will
become 5 or 6 ft. across in a season.
E. pamculAta, Spreng. Fls. in a compound spike or panicle, 2-
Iipped, purple and blue and with large white spots: Iva. long-
petioled, cordate-acuminate, without petiole bladders: st. 12-18 in
often several. B.M. 5020 (as E. tricolor).
WILHELM MILLER.
EL^EAGNUS (ancient Greek name, meaning a kind
of willow; from elaios, olive). Elxagnacex. Shrubs and
small trees, grown chiefly for their handsome foliage
and for their ornamental fruits, edible in a few species.
Deciduous or evergreen, sometimes spiny: Ivs. alter-
nate, short-petioled, entire, clothed more or less with
silvery or brownish scales: fls. axillary, solitary or in
clusters, apetalous, perfect; perianth campanulate or
tubular, 4-lobed; stamens 4, included, on very short
filaments: fr. a 1-seeded drupe. — About 40 species in
S. Eu., Asia and N. Amer. Monograph by Servettaz
in Bot. Centralblatt, Beihefte 25, pt. 2:1-128 (1908).
1384. Eichhornia crassipes.
These are highly ornamental shrubs with handsome
foliage and mostly decorative fruits; the flowers are
inconspicuous, but mostly fragrant. Some of the
deciduous species, as E. argentea, E. multiflora and E.
umbellata, are hardy North, while the evergreen ones
are hardy only South. A distinct feature of some
species, as E. argentea, E. angustifolia arid E. parvifolia,
is the conspicuous silvery hue of their foliage, while
E. multiflora and E. umbellata are the most ornamental
in fruit.
They grow in almost any well-drained soil, including
limestone, and prefer sunny position. Propagation is
"by seeds which do not germinate until the second year
and ought tp.be stratified and sown the second spring,
and by cuttings of mature and half-ripened wood; also
sometimes increased by layers and by root-cuttings;
varieties and rarer kinds can be grafted on seedlings
of vigorous-growing species.
pungens, 7.
reflexa, 7.
rotundifolia, 4.
Simoni, 7.
spinosa, 1.
tricolor, 7.
umbellata, 2, 3.
variegata, 7.
A. Lvs. deciduous.
B. Winter-buds and Ivs. beneath and usually the branch-
lets silvery white, without any brown scales.
1. angustifdlia, Linn. (E. hortensis, Bieb.). OLEAS-
TER. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft., sometimes spiny:
INDEX.
angustifolia, 1.
hortensis, 1.
argentea, 5.
japonica, 2.
aurea, 7.
longipes, 4.
aureo-maculata, 7.
macrophylla, 6.
aureo-variegata, 7.
maculata, 7.
crispa, 4.
multiflora, 4.
edulis, 4.
orientalis, 1.
Frederici variegata,
ovata, 4.
7.
parvifolia, 2.
1106
EL^AGNUS
EL^IS
Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, quite entire, light
green above, 2-3 in. long: fls. short-pedicelled, 1-3,
axillary, on the lower parts of the branches; perianth
campanulate, tube about as long as limb, yellow within,
fragrant; style at the base included by a tubular disk:
fr. oval, yellow, coated with silvery scales. June. S.
Eu. W. Asia to W. Himalayas. Var. orientalis, Dipp.
(E. orientalis, Linn. f. E. hortensis var. orientalis,
Schlecnt.). Often spineless: Ivs. often oblong or oval,
usually rounded at the base, clothed more with stellate
hairs beneath than with scales, usually glabrous above
at length: fr. rather large to 1 in. long. A.G. 21:405,
519, 613, 645. Var. spinosa, Schneid. (E. spinosa,
Linn.). Spiny: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or lanceolate,
narrowed at the base, scaly above and densely scaly
beneath: fr. smaller. L.B.C. 14:1339. B.R. 1156.
2. parvifdlia, Royle (E. japdnica, Hort. E. umbel-
lata var. parvifblia, Servettaz). Shrub or small tree
to 20 ft., with erect sts. and spiny, spreading branches:
Ivs. elliptic-ovate or oblong-lanceolate, crisped at the
margin, usually with stellate hairs above, glabrous at
length, silvery beneath, 1^-3 in. long: fls. axillary,
usually crowded on short lateral branchlets, short-
pedicelled; perianth narrow, tube longer than limb,
whitish within, fragrant: fr. globose or nearly so,
densely silvery when young, pink when ripe, Mm-
1385. Elaeagnus multiflora. ( X Yd
long. June; fr. in Aug. Himalayas, China, Japan.
B.R. 29:51. Mn. 5:145.— Not quite hardy N. Some-
times cult, under the name of E. reflexa, which species,
however, is evergreen. Var. japonica macrophylla is
advertised but probably does not belong to this species.
BB. Winter-buds and branchlets with reddish or yellowish
brown scales and sometimes silvery besides: Ivs.
silvery white beneath, often with few brown scales.
c. Fr. juicy, scarletoed or brownish red.
3. umbellata, Thunbg. Spreading shrub, to 12 ft.,-
often spiny, with yellowish brown branchlets, often
partially silvery: Ivs. elliptic or oval to ovate-oblong,
above usually with silvery scales while young, some-
times glabrous, often crisped at the margin, lJ^-3 in.
long: fls. yellowish white, fragrant, 1-7 in the axils,
usually crowded on short lateral branchlets, tube much
longer than the limb, slender: fr. globose or oval,
scarlet, M-J^in. long, erect, on stalks J^-^in. long,
clothed with silvery scales, mixed with brown scales
while young. May, June; fr. in Sept., Oct. M.D.G.
1899:569. A.G. 12:206. R.H. 1901, p. 85. S.I.F. 2:54.
4. multifldra, Thunbg. (E. longipes, Gray. E.
edulis, Sieb.). GUMI. Fig. 1385. Shrub, to 6 ft., with
reddish brown branchlets: lys. elliptic, ovate or obo-
vate-oblong, with stellate hairs above, usually glabrous
at length, mostly with scattered brown scales beneath,
1-2 K in. long: fls. usually solitary in the axils, some-
times 2 on the lower part of the branches or on short
branchlets, yellowish white, fragrant; tube as long as
the limb: fr. pendulous, oblong, %in. long, scarlet, on
slender pedicels, much longer than the fr.; fr. with
brown scales when young, ripening in June or July, of
agreeable, slightly acid flavor. April, May. Japan,
China. B.M. 7341. L.I. 4. G.F. 1:499. G.C. 1873:
1014. G.M. 31:715. B.H. 33:217. F.E. 13:830. A.G.
1890:565. M.D.G. 1901:573. Gng. 1:275, 277. Var.
rotundifdlia, Servettaz (E. rotundifolia, Gagnaire).
Lvs. broadly oval, half-evergreen, glabrous above.
Var. ovata, Servettaz. Lvs. usually with stellate hairs
above while young, soon glabrous: fls. 1-3: fr. oval,
J^-J^in. long, nodding, with brown scales when young,
ripening July or Aug.; pedicels J^in. long or longer.
Japan. M.D.G. 1899 : 569 (as E. multiflora) . Var. crispa,
Servettaz. Similar to the preceding var., usually spiny:
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate: pedicels as long as fr.
cc. Fr. rather dry, silvery white.
5. argentea, Pursh. SILVERBERRY. Erect shrub, to 12
ft., spineless, stoloniferous, with reddish brown branch-
lets : Ivs. ovate or oblong-lanceolate, silvery on both sides,
often with scattered brown scales beneath, 1-3 in. long:
fls. 1-3, axillary, yellow within, fragrant: fr. oval or
roundish oval, densely clothed with silvery scales, short-
pedicelled, M-^jin. long. May, June. Canada, south
to Que., Minn., Utah. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:576. B.M. 8369.
AA. Lvs. evergreen: usually flowering in fall.
6. macrophylla, Thunbg. Spineless shrub, to 6 ft.,
with silvery white branchlets: Ivs. broad-ovate or
broad-elliptic, on stout and rather long petioles, scaly
above, usually glabrous at length, silvery white beneath :
fls. axillary, with silvery and brownish scales outside;
tube campanulate, abruptly narrowed at the base, as
long as limb. Japan. B.M. 7638. G.C. III. 25:90.
7. pungens, Thunbg. Spreading shrub, to 6 ft., mostly
spiny, with brown branchlets: Ivs. oval or oblong, undu-
late and often crenulate at the margin, at length gla-
brous above, silvery beneath, more or less interspersed
with brown scales, 2-4 in. long: fls. in axillary clusters;
tube cylindrical, slightly narrowed at the base, longer
than the limb: fr. short-stalked, about %in. long,
with silvery and brown scales. Japan. Var. Frederici
variegata, Servettaz. Lvs. with yellow center and green
margin. Var. maculata, Hort. (var. aureo-maculdta,
Hort.). With a large yellow blotch in the middle. A.
G. 13:122. A.F. 23:1015. Var. Simoni, Rehd. (E.
Simoni, Carr.). Lvs. rather large, oblong-elliptic, with
few brown scales beneath or nearly without. Var.
Simoni tricolor, Hort. Lvs. like the former, but
variegated with yellowish and pinkish white. Var.
reflexa, Rehd. (E. reflexa, Morr. & Decne.). Branches
elongated and flexile: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, lustrous above, only scaly while young,
ferrugineous below. H.U. 4:328. Var. variegata, Rehd.
(var. aurea, Servettaz., var. aureo-variegata, Hort.). Lvs.
margined yellowish white. G.M. 54:327.
E. ferruginea, A. Rich. Spineless evergreen shrub, with spread-
ing brown branches: Ivs. with yellowish and brown scales beneath:
perianth with quadrangular, abruptly contracted tube: fr. long-
stalked. Japan. — E. gldbra, Thunbg. Spineless evergreen shrub,
with brown branches: Ivs. shining above, with yellow and brown
scales beneath: perianth with slender, tubular tube, gradually
narrowed toward the base, twice as long as the limb: fr. short-
stalked. Japan. S.I.F. 2: 54. ALFRED REHDER.
\
EL.IEIS (Greek, olive). Palmacese, tribe Cocoinex.
Tropical spineless palms with pinnate foliage, of which
the best known is the oil palm of western Africa, whose
red fruits, borne in large clusters, yield the palm oil of
commerce, which is used in making candles and soap.
Leaves terminal, numerous, large and pinnately
divided, the segms. sword-shaped, the margins in some
species spiny: spadix short and thick. Young plants
are grown for ornament in S. Calif., and in the N., but
it is not hardy outdoors in U. S., according to Fran-
ceschi. The other 6 species are from Trop. S. Amer.
The genus is separated from Cocos by the 1-3-seeded
frs., with 3 pores above the middle.
EL.EIS
ELAPHOGLOSSUM
1107
guineensis, Jacq. OIL PALM. Sts. stout, 20-30 ft.,
coarsely ana deeply ringed: Ivs. 10-15 ft.; petiole
spiny-serrate; Ifts. 50-60, linear-lanceolate, acute, the
same color above and below. F.S. 14:1492. — From an
early stage in growth, this is one of the most ornamental
palms. Until it reaches several feet in height, it is a
slow grower, consequently, one does not see much of it,
except in collections. It does best in a warm tempera-
ture, although it will thrive in an intermediate house.
Seeds are always obtainable from several of the large
European houses. It is but little grown as a commercial
palm, as young plants do not show their full character.
Given same treatment as Areca lutescens, will grow
well. This treatment includes night temperature of
65° and plenty of water. JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.!
ELffiOCARPUS (Greek, olive-fruit}. Elxocarpacese;
formerly included in Tilidcese. Tropical trees, with
showy flowers, in their juvenile stages also sometimes
cultivated under glass.
Leaves simple, usually alternate; to 50 and 60 ft.
high or some of them practically shrubs in cult.: fls.
perfect or polygamous, in axillary racemes; sepals dis-
tinct, 4 or 5; petals 4 or 5, cut or fringed (rarely entire),
attached about a thickened torus; stamens many
(rarely 8-12), with long-awned anthers opening by a
slit at the apex; ovary 2-5-celled: fr. a drupe, with a
large and bony stone, sometimes 1-celled by abortion.
— Perhaps 100 species, in the Old World tropics. They
are little known in cult, but are sometimes mentioned
in greenhouse lists. The pulp of the fr. in some species
is said to be edible; and the interesting sculptured
stones of some kinds (as of the bead-tree of In.dia, E.
Ganitrus, Roxbg.) are used for beads, heads of orna-
mented pins, and other decorations. They propagate
by ripened shoots with the Ivs. left on, and also by
seeds when obtainable.
grandiflorus, J. Smith. A much-branched shrub,
about 7 ft. high under glass: Ivs. considerably clustered
at the ends of branches, 3-6 in. long, broadly lanceolate;
petiole J^-l in. long, with a few distant saw-teeth, or
more or less round-toothed -or wavy-margined: sepals
5, red outside, white inside; petals 5, white .or pale
yellow, silky outside, fringed. Java. B.M. 4680 (as
Monocera grandiftora). F.S. 8: 817. J.F. 4:339.— Lvs.
rather leathery, dark green above, paler beneath.
Warmhouse. Prop, by cuttings of nearly ripened
wood.
cyaneus, Sims (E. reticulatus, Smith). Under glass
a shrub, but in the wild a small tree and sometimes
reaching 60 ft., glabrous: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, or lance-
oblong, acuminate, prominently reticulate: fls. cream-
white, fringed, in loose racemes that are shorter than
the Ivs.; stamens many: drupe globular or nearly so,
blue (whence the specific name). Austral. B.M. 1737.
B.R. 657. G.C. III. 36:272; 51:393. G.M. 55:423.
G. 34:389. Gn. 77, p. 301. L. H. B.f
EU£OC6CCA: Aleuriies c&rdata.
EUEODENDRON (Greek for olive tree, from the
resemblance of the fruit). Celastrdcese. Tropical
shrubs or small trees, some kinds of which are grown
in the juvenile state under glass for the interesting
foliage.
Leaves simple, entire or crenate, opposite or alter-
nate, thickish, frequently evergreen: fls. inconspicuous,
greenish or white, in axillary or lateral clusters; calyx
usually 4-5-parted; petals 4-5, and exceeding the
calyx; stamens 4-5, inserted under the edge of the
thick disk; ovary single, mostly 3-celled; style very
short: fr. a small fleshy or nearly dry drupe.— Species
probably upward of 40, in Afr., India to Austral., and
somewhat in S. Amer. Very closely allied to Cassine, a
South African genus.
oriental e, Jacq. A graceful and handsome plant: the
mature Ivs. are very different from the juvenile Ivs.,
being obovate, obtuse, crenate, cuneate at base, and
2-3 in. long, and the slender graceful young Ivs. pass
into them by gradual transition : fls. less than ^in.
across in close axillary cymes which are shorter than
the Ivs.; pedicels equaling or surpassing the corolla;
calyx deeply lobed ; petals yellow-green : drupe size of
olive, oblong. Madagascar, Mauritius. — The plant
holds its lower foliage well, or throws out new foliage
to take the place of that which drops. It thrives in
either an intermediate or a warmhouse. Prop, by sin-
gle eye cuttings in small pots, kept rather warm. It
has been said that Aralia Chabrieri of gardens belongs
to this species (although of a Different family), but
this is apparently an error. See Polyscias for a discus-
sion of this plant.
australe, Vent. Intro, into S. Calif, from Austral.,
and prized for its holly-like foliage. In its native habitat
it is a tree 30-40 ft. high, producing useful close-
grained wood: Ivs. mostly opposite, ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, nearly or quite obtuse, entire or open-
crenate, coriaceous, very reticulate beneath: fls. with
parts hi 4's: drupe about f^in. long, red, ovoid or
globular. £,. H. B.
ELAPHOGLOSSUM (Greek, serpent tongue). Poly-
podidcese. A large group of tropical ferns, with creep-
ing rootstocks and simple leaves.
The sporangia cover the entire under surface of the
fertile leaves which are usually much smaller than the
Sterile ones. Nearly all the species are free-veined but
a few have netted venation. — There are
80-100 species in the tropics of both
hemispheres. They were formerly included
under Acrostichum. All require warm-
house treatment, an abundance of water
at the roots, and an open porous compost.
confprme, 7.
crinitum, 9.
flaccid urn, 8.
gorgoneum, 11.
INDEX.
hirtum, 2.
muscosum, 3.
petiolatum, 4.
pilosum, 5.
reticulatum, 10.
simplex, 6.
villosum, 1.
A. Veins all free.
B. Surface of Ivs. densely scaly
throughout.
c. Texture thin, flaccid.
1. villdsum, J. Smith. Fig. 1386.
Sterile blades 6-9 in. long; fertile
Ivs. scarcely more than half as large,
both with abundant slender, dark
brown scales. Mex. and W. Indies.
— Dwarf, variable.
cc. Texture thick, leathery.
2. hirtum, C. Chr. (Acrdstichum
squanidsum, Swartz). Sterile blades
6-12 in. long, the fertile narrower,
on longer sts., both surfaces matted
with bright reddish brown linear
' ' KIL& or lanceolate scales. Tropics of
both hemispheres.
-^e-^c- -' r^rrr^ • 3. muscdsum, Moore. Sterile
1386. Elaphoglossum blades 6-12 in. long, fertile much
villosum. (x^) shorter; upper surface slightly
scaly, the lower densely matted
with ovate, rusty scales. Tropics of both hemispheres.
S. 1:211 (as Acrostichum). — Very distinct in habit, and
an interesting greenhouse species.
BB. Surface of Ivs. slightly scaly.
4. petiolatum, Urban ( ACT dstichum viscdsum, Swartz).
Sterile blades 6-12 in. long, narrowed gradually at
the base; the fertile shorter, on longer stalks; texture
1108
ELAPHOGLOSSUM
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE
leathery, the surfaces somewhat viscid. Tropics of both
hemispheres.
5. pilSsum, Moore. Blades flexuous, 6-8 in. long,
%in. wide, with tufts of star-like scales beneath; tex-
ture herbaceous. Mex. to Colombia. — Chiefly of
botanical interest.
BBS. Surface of Ivs. not scaly; texture leathery.
c. Margins of Ivs. thick, cartilaginous.
6. simplex, Schott. Sterile blades 4-^12 in. long,
with a very acute point, the lower portion gradually
narrowed into a short, somewhat margined stalk. W.
Indies to Brazil.
7. confdrme, Schott. Sterile blades 2-9 in. long, with
a bluntish point and wedge-shaped or spatulate base;
fertile Ivs. narrower. Tropics of both hemispheres.
cc. Margins of Ivs. not thickened.
8. flaccidum, Moore. Sterile blades 6-12 in. long,
with very acute point, the lower portion gradually
narrowed to the short stalk; fertile Ivs. on stalks 3-4
in. long. S. Amer. — Of botanical interest only.
AA. Veins uniting to form a network.
B. Surface of Ivs. densely clothed with narrow scales.
(Hymenodium.)
9. crinitum, Christ. ELEPHANT-EAR FERN. Fig. 1387.
Blades 10-18 in. long, 4-8 in. wide, on densely scaly
stalks; fertile Ivs. smaller, on shorter stalks. W. Indies.
F.S. 9:936 (as H. crinitum). — Omit sand in potting,
and avoid over-watering.
1387. Elaphoglossum crinitum.
BB. Surface of Ivs. mostly smooth, 6-15 in. long.
10. reticulatum, Gaud. Blades on distinct stalks,
with wedge-shaped bases, 1J^ in. wide; veins forming
copious meshes. (Chrysodium.) Hawaiian Isls.— Of
botanical interest only.
11. gorgdneum, Brack. Blades tapering gradually
downward to the short stalks, 2-3 in. wide; veins form-
ing meshes only near the margin. (Aconiopteris.)
Hawaiian Isls. — Of little decorative value.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
ELATINE (Greek name of doubtful application).
Elatinacese. Small mostly glabrous creeping herbs,
probably annuals, of temperate and warm regions
(perhaps 10 species), sometimes used in bog- and water-
gardening. They root at the nodes, spreading along the
margins of streams and ponds. Lvs. opposite or verti-
cillate, mostly broad, entire: fls. minute and incon-
spicuous, mostly solitary in the axils; sepals and petals
2-4, and stamens as many or sometimes twice as many;
styles or stigmas 2-4: pod 2-4-valved. The plants are
grown for their foliage cover. Four species are native
in the U. S. and Canada, but they appear not to be in
the trade. Abroad, E. macropoda, Guss., of the Medit.
region, is offered. Lvs. oblong, short-petioled : fls.
axillary and terminal, 4-merous, stalked: caps, half
shorter than the sepals.
The family Elatinaceae is allied to the Hypericacese.
It comprises perhaps 25 species in many parts of the
world. The only other genus is Bergia, which differs
from Elatine in being terrestrial and in having 5-merous
fls. B. texdna, Seub., occurs in swamps and on wet
banks from S. 111. to Texas and Calif. The bergias are
apparently not in cult. L ft g>
ELDER AND ELDERBERRY: Sambucus.
ELECAMPANE: Inula Helenium.
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE is a term used by
Siemens to designate the application of the electric
light to the growing of plants. The term is an unfor-
tunate one, since the use of electric light is not an
application of electricity to plant-growing, but is a
way of securing illumination. Any strong artificial
light hastens assimilation and thereby causes plants
to grow more rapidly. The practical questions to be
considered are, therefore, the expense of using the
light, and whether there are injurious elements in the
spectrum of the given light.
The spectrum of the electric arc light is the spectrum
of carbon plus that of certain gases incident upon com-
bustion. The spectrum of the arc light is rich in rays
which light beyond the luminous part, and these rays
are very injurious to most plants. These rays of the
ultra-violet part of the spectrum are eliminated by a
plain glass, so that when the electric light is surrounded
by a globe, or when the light is hung above the roof of
the greenhouse, the injuries are reduced to a minimum.
Experiments at Cornell University showed that each
kind of plant behaves in its own way in the presence
of electric light. It is not possible to prophesy what
the results may be in a given species, without experi-
ment. A few plants, as tomatoes, cucumbers, melons
and carrots, seem to be very little affected either
injuriously or beneficially. Nearly all flowers are
hastened into bloom by the influence of the light, and
their colors are often brighter than under normal con-
ditions; but in very many cases they do not last so
long. The best results are secured if the light is applied
to the plants when they have reached nearly or quite
their full stature. If applied very early in its growth,
the plant tends to make flowers before it has attained
sufficient size. In floriculture, therefore, the practical
value of the electric arc light seems to be its influence in
hastening the flowering of certain plants in dark cli-
mates, or when plants must be had for a definite sea-
son. For example, if the light is applied to Easter lilies
for a month before their normal blooming time, the
period of bloom may be hastened four to ten days.
Lettuce has shown greater beneficial results from the
application of the electric light than any other plant
with which careful experiments have been made. Let-
tuce which receives light from the arc lamp for half of
each night may be expected to reach marketable size
from one to two weeks before that which is grown in
normal conditions.
As a rule, better results are secured when the light
runs only half the night. A common two-thousand
candle-power light has a marked effect on the growth of
many plants at a distance of sixty to even one hundred
feet. The incandescent light has a similar influence,
but not so marked. It has no injurious effect, however.
As now understood, the application of the electric
light to the growing of plants is a special acceleration
to be used when the climate is abnormally cloudy or
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE
ELEUSINE
1109
when it is desired to hasten the maturity of crops for a
particular date. Only in the case of lettuce is it yet
thought to be of any general commercial importance;
and even with lettuce, it is doubtful whether it will
pay for its cost in climates that are abundantly sunny.
For the literature of the subject, consult the publica-
tions of the experiment stations of Cornell University
and of West Virginia. See the article Light, Vol. IV.
Electroculture is a term employed to designate any
culture of plants under the influence or stimulus
of electric currents. The electric stimulation may
arise from the electrification of the atmosphere in the
immediate vicinity of the plants, or from the applica-
tion of electric currents to the plants themselves. In
either case, electricity exerts an appreciable and often
a very marked influence, resulting in accelerated ger-
mination and growth (see the discussion, pp. 30-35,
Vol. II, Cyclo. Amer. Agric.).
In recent years much more attention has been given
to the stimulation of plants by electricity directly
through the atmosphere than through the soil. Accord-
ing to experiments made at the Massachusetts Experi-
ment Station, this method appears to be successful
and offers a most promising field for future research.
Of the various methods used to stimulate plants by
electricity, direct currents applied through the soil
prove less valuable than alternating currents or static
charges. In a series of experiments made with radish
plants in closed glass cases, an average increase of
50 per cent was secured, and in another case 45 per
cent increase when the case was charged from a static
machine with an average potential of 150 volts for a
few minutes each day. There are some obstacles in the
way of electrically treating plants by the use of high
tension wires or static machines owing to the pos-
sibility of grounding through steam-pipes and iron
posts, and nothing very definite has been obtained as
yet from this method. High tension wires (100,000
volts, more or less) have been used in the field with
fairly good results, but winds affect a charged atmo-
sphere to a certain extent. The use of high poles pro-
vided with points to collect atmospheric electricity
has proved successful in laboratory experiments for
the stimulation of plants and the fixation of nitrogen,
and in the future probably some such method will
become of practical use. At present the various methods
cannot be considered as of great economic importance.
(G. E. Stone.)
ELEOCHARIS (Greek-made word, meaning delight-
ing in marshes). Sometimes written Heledcharis.
Cyperacese. Rush-like native plants, mostly of low,
wiry growth, and commonest in marshes and on muddy
shores, mostly perennial. The culms are simple, terete
or angular, bearing a spherical or oblong head of incon-
spicuous fls. : Ivs. usually reduced to mere sheaths.
They are interesting for the borders of ponds, and are
very easy to naturalize. Numbers of species are likely
to be offered by dealers in native plants; three have
been listed: E. interstincta R. &. S. (E. equisetmdes,
Torr.). A shore plant, with terete knotted culms 2-3
ft. high, and cylindrical heads about the thickness of
the culm; resembles horse-tail (Equisetum). E. acicul-
aris, R. & S. Hair-like, 3-6 in. high, making grass-like
mats. E. ovata, R. & S. Culms nearly terete, 12-15 in.
high: head globose or ovate. Eleocharis has about
100 species, widely distributed, of which nearly half
occur in Canada and the U. S. L. H. B.
ELEPHANT'S EAR is a name for begonias. The
elephant-ear Caladium is a Colocasia.
ELEPHANT'S FOOT: Testudinaria.
ELETTARIA (East Indian name). Zingiberdcex.
CARDAMON. Hothouse perennial herbs, sometimes
seen in collections of economic plants.
Differs from Amomum in technical characters, as in
the slender tube of the perianth, the presence of internal
lobes in the perianth, and the filaments not prolonged
beyond the anther. Probably only 1 species, although
more have been described. E. Cardamdmum, Maton
(Cardamomum officinale, Salisb. Amdmum Carda-
momum, Linn.), affords the small or true cardamons
of commerce, which are the dried capsules and which
are used in medicine. Species of Amomum yield other
kinds of cardamon. The elettaria is native to India,
but is cult, in Jamaica, and it will no doubt thrive in
parts of S. Fla., where plants have been offered. The
cardamon plant grows 5-10 ft. high, bearing a curving
jointed, closely sheathed st. and oblong-lanceolate
acuminate entire nearly sessile Ivs. often 2 ft. long:
rootstock horizontal: fls. purple-striped: caps oblong
or nearly globular, with many thin vertical ribs,
indehiscent; seeds small, angled. Gt. 62, p. 93. It is
said to prefer shade and a moist soil. In three or four
years plants give full crops, but they become more or
less exhausted after bearing three or four crops. Prop,
by dividing the roots and by seeds. Under glass,
handled the same as Alpinia. L, jj. g.
ELEUSINE (Greek, Eleusin, the town where Ceres,
the goddess of harvests, was worshipped). Graminese.
CRAB-GRASS. YARD -GRASS. Coarse tufted annual
grasses, more or less grown as ornamentals; also for the
grain in Africa.
The stout unilateral spikes digitate at the apex of
the culm; spikelets several-fld., awnless, arranged in 2
rows along one side of a continuous rachis; rachilla
articulate above the empty glumes; fls. perfect or the
upper one staminate: grain loosely inclosed by the
lemma and palea. — Species about 6 in tropical regions
of the Old World. Some are valued as cereals in Afr.,
India, and some other east-
ern countries. For E. segyp-
tiaca, see Daciyloctenium.
1388. Eleusine indica. 1389. Eleusine coracana.
( X Yd ( X H)
indica, Gaertn. WIRE-GRASS. GOOSE-GRASS. Fig.
1388. Erect, or in open ground prostrate, 2-4 ft. high:
culms flattened: spikes 5-7, about 2-4 m. long, digi-
tate, often with one or two lower down; spikelets 3-6-
fld. Blooms from June to Oct. — A very common grass
in cult, fields and dooryards in the S., often trouble-
some as a weed on lawns throughout the S. and in Calif.
1110
ELEUSINE
ELODEA
coracana, Gaertn. AFRICAN MILLET. Fig. 1389.
Erect, 2-4 ft. high, closely related to and much resem-
bling E. indica. Can be distinguished from it by its
stouter habit, shorter, broader and larger spikes. — Cult,
in S. E. Asia for the grain. Beer is brewed from the
grain in Abyssinia. In cult, in Amer. as an ornamental
grass. Coracana means "pertaining to crows."
1390. Elliottia racemosa.
CXW
tristachya, Kunth (E. barcinonensis, Costa). Culms
tufted, 6 in. to 1 ft. high: If .-blades short, about j^in.
wide, obtuse at the apex: spikes broad, mostly 3,
digitate, 1-1 ^ in. long, ^in. thick; spikelets closely
imbricate, 5-fld. India. — Intro, into Amer. on ballast,
and in cult, as an ornamental plant.
P. B. KENNEDY.
A. S. HITCHCOCK, f
ELEUTHERINE (Greek free, referring to the sta-
mens). Iridacex. Two or three species in the W. Indies
and S. Amer., perhaps forms of one; bulbous plants
of warmhouse cult., allied to Cipura and Ixia: fls.
white, several on a naked scape, the perianth-tube
none and the segms. obovate and spreading; stamens
attached to base of perianth-segms., the filaments
short and free; ovary oblong, 3-celled; style very short,
3-branched: Ivs. long, radical. E. plicata, Herb.
(Galatea plicata, Salisb.), has a large ovoid bulb: root-
Ivs. 1-2, linear to linear-lanceolate, plicate, 18 in. or
less long: scape 6-12 in. high; perianth white, 1 in. or
less diam., not lasting: something the general habit of
Babiana. B.M. 655 (as Marica plicata).
ELEUTHEROC6CCUS: Acanthopanax.
ELISMA (suggested from Alisma). Alismacex. One
species in W. Eu., sometimes grown in water-gardens.
It is known also as Alisma (p. 246, Vol. I) but has been
separated from that genus because of its floating
rather than erect habit, sub-solitary fls., and character
of the ovules. E. natans, Buch., is a slender perennial,
with the sts. and developed ovate or oblong Ivs. float-
ing: radical Ivs. of the original tuft represented by a
If .-stalk which is only slightly or not at all widened at
the top, every succeeding node producing the floating
Ivs. and roots: fls. 1-3 or 5, large, white, with 3 broad
obtuse petals: carpels forming a globular head, each
with many slender ribs: summer. Of easy cult.
L. H. B.
ELLIOTTIA (after Stephen Elliott, South Caro-
lina's early and excellent botanist. For a fine portrait
and sketch of him, see G.F. 7:204-6). Ericdcese. Decid-
uous shrub cultivated for its handsome racemes of
delicate white flowers.
Leaves alternate, entire, without stipules: fls. in
terminal racemes; calyx small, 4-parted; petals 4,
oblong; stamens 8, with short filaments; ovary 4-cellod;
cells 1-ovuled; style slender, exserted : fr. unknown. —
One species in S. C. and Ga., very rare and local. The
Japanese species formerly referred to this gemis are
well distinguished by the 3-merous fls. and by the
many-ovuled cells of the ovary; they form the genus
Tripetaleia. Like Cladothamnus, Ledum and Leio-
phyllum, the genus differs from most other Ericaceae
in having distinct petals, but is easily distinguished
from the genera mentioned by its racemose infl. and
other characters.
Elliottia is very rare in cultivation owing to its
difficult propagation; it is not hardy North and seems
to grow best in a humid sandy or peaty soil. Propa-
gation by suckers, which appear only occasionally.
racemdsa, Muhl. Fig. 1390. Shrub, 4-10 ft. high:
branches slender: Ivs. alternate, oblong, acute at both
ends, glandular-mucronate, entire, thin, membranous,
3-4 in. long, 1-1 ^ in. wide; petioles slender, grooved,
hairy, about 1 in. long: racemes 6-10 in. long, often
branched at the base; calyx-lobes short, rounded;
petals spatulate-oblong, y<$n.. long. Wet, sandy woods
of S. C. and Ga. G.F. 7:205 (adapted in Fig. 1390).
B.M. 8413. G.C. III. 51:11. Gn. 75, p. 471.
ALFRED REHDER.
ELM: Ulmus.
ELODEA (Greek, marshy). Hydrocharitacese. Aqua-
tic herbs, one of which is grown in aquaria.
The genus is known in horticulture as including the
ditch-moss, an interesting hardy perennial plant found
in slow streams and ponds nearly throughout N. Amer.,
except the extreme north and particularly desirable
for home and school aquaria. It is a slender, wholly
submerged plant, with branching sts. 4 in. to 3 ft.
long, according to the depth of the water. The pis-
tillate fls. are raised to the surface by their long calyx-
tubes, and float there. The minute staminate fls.,
which are rarely seen, commonly break off below, rise
to the surface, float about, open, and shed their pollen.
The fr. ripens below the surface, and the seeds rise.
It reached England in 1841 and choked up many canals
and waterways, notably the Cam. It was very abun-
dant in 1852 and 1853, but declined in the next few
years. Ducks, geese and swans are
fond of it, and render great service
in getting rid of it. It can be used
for manure where it grows in suffi-
cient quantities. Like many other
water plants, it makes heavy buds
in the fall (Fig. 1391), which drop
to the bottom and grow in the
spring. This genus contains perhaps
10 species.
canadensis, Mich. (Andcharis
canadensis, Planch. A . Alsindstrum,
Bab. Philbtria canadensis, Brit.).
WATER-WEED. DITCH-MOSS. WA-
TER-THYME. Lvs. in whorls of 3 or 4,
or the lower ones opposite, linear,
minutely toothed or not, 2-7 lines
long, ]/2~2 lines wide: fls. white;
calyx-tube of the pistillate fls. 2- 1391. winter-bud of
12 in. long; spathes 5-7 lines long. Elodea. (Nat. size)
ELODEA
EMBOTHRIUM
1111
Yur. gigantea, Hort. GIANT WATER-WEED. A much
stronger grower than the species and a desirable
plant for the aquarium, and a good oxygenator. Now
generally used in preference to the type.
WM. THICKER and WILHELM MILLER.
1392. Elsholtzia cristata.
ELdDES: Hypericum.
ELSHOLTZIA (John Sigismund Elsholtz, author of
unpublished Flora Marchica, the MS. of which is in the
Royal Library, Berlin). Labidtse. Herbs or undershrubs
grown chiefly for their blue or lilac flowers appearing
in dense spikes late in summer.
Usually aromatic: Ivs. opposite, short-petioled, ser-
rate: fls. in usually 1-sided, terminal spikes; calyx
tubular or campanulate, 5-toothed; corolla 2-lipped or
slightly so; lower lip 3-lobed, the upper undivided,
emarginate, concave; stamens 4, exserted; anther-cells
diverging: fr. consisting of 4 ovoid or ovoid-oblong
nutlets. — Twenty species in E. and Cent. Asia,
south to Java, 1 in Eu. and 1 in Abyssinia. Of
the cult, species E. cristata and E. Stauntonii
are hardy N., while E. polystachya is tender.
They are chiefly valued for their late-appearing
fls., profusely produced in dense upright spikes;
they do not seem particular as to the soil, but
demand a sunny position to bloom well. Prop,
is by seeds, sown in spring ; also with the suff ruti-
cose species by greenwood cuttings in summer.
cristata, Willd. Fig. 1392. Twelve to 18 in.
high, with opposite, petioled, ovate^- oblong
toothed Ivs. and small, light blue fls. in crowded,
more or less 1-sided spikes : calyx enlarging in fr.
Asia. B.M. 2560. — Hardy annual, with very aromatic
foliage and attractive, upright habit. Said to be a good
bee plant.
Stauntonii, Benth. Undershrub, to 5 ft.: branchlets
terete, pubescent: Ivs. ovate-oblong to oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate, serrate, bright green and glabrous
above, lighter green and densely glandular below, 3-5 NIV
in. long: fls. lilac-purple, in dense 1-sided spikes 4-8 jjj
in. long, usually panicled at the end of the branches;
stamens and style long exserted. Sept., Oct. N. China.
B.M. 8460. G.C. III. 51:21. Gn. 75, p. 533. M.D.G.
1910:541-2; 1913:52.
E. polystachya, Benth. Undershrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. elliptic-oblong
to lanceolate, serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath and glandular,
3-5 in. long: fls. white, in very slender spikes 2-6 in. long. Hima-
layas, W. China. ALFRED REHDER.
ELYMUS (Greek name for a kind of millet). Gra-
minese. LYME- GRASS. WILD- RYE. Erect perennial
grasses with terminal usually bristly spikes somewhat
resembling rye, sometimes grown as ornamentals and
having other uses.
Leaves flat or convolute: spikelets 2-6-fld., often
long-awned, the uppermost imperfect, sessile, in pairs
(rarely in 3's or 4's), at each joint of the continuous or 1393. Elymuscana-
articulate rachis, forming terminal spikes; glumes acute deasis. ( x J4)
or awned, often placed at the front of the spikelet. —
Species about 25, in the temperate regions of both
hemispheres. For E. Hystrix, see Hystrix. See p. 3568.
arenarius, Linn. SEA LYME -GRASS. Stout, coarse
perennial, 2-8 ft. high, with strong, creeping rootstocks:
Ivs. long, rigid, smooth: spikes dense, terminal, 6-12 in.
long; spikelets about 1 in. long and 3-4-fld., awnless.
G. 15:701. Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost., 7: 319. — Some-
times used for binding the drifting sands of our Atlan-
tic and Pacific coasts, especially when combined with
beach grass, Ammophila arenaria. The seed is also
used by the Digger Indians for food.
canadensis, Linn. CANADA LYME-GRASS. TERREL
GRASS. Fig. 1393. Rather stout, smooth perennial,
2-5 ft. high, with broad, flat Ivs. 6-12 in. long: spikes
4-9 in. long, exserted, nodding; spikelets very rigid,
3-5-fld. ; lemmas long-awned. Common in low thickets
and along streams in rich, open woods throughout the
country. — Cult, as an ornamental plant. Var. glauci-
fdlius, Gray (E. glaucifdlius, Hort.), is pale and glau-
cous throughout, with usually more slender awns.
Cult, as an ornamental grass.
condensatus, Presl." GIANT RYE-GRASS. The largest
of the native rye-grasses, growing to the height of 5-10
ft.: culms in dense tufts, stout: spikes 6-12 in. long,
very variable, compact or interrupted, bearing branch-
ing clusters of spikelets at each joint; glumes subulate;
lemmas awnless or mucronate. Rocky Mt. regions and
the Pacific slope. — Cult, as an ornamental. A Pacific
Coast form has large branched heads.
E. glaiicus, Regel.
A glaucous-leaved,
dense, cespitose,
hardy perennial
grass 3-4 ft. high,
with very short,
smooth Ivs. and
erect, elongated
spikes: spikelets in
2's, erect, usually 5-
fld., densely villous-
pubescent , short-
awned. Turkestan.
— Rarely in cult,
as an ornamental
grass.
P. B. KENNEDY.
A. S. HITCHCOCK. f
EMBOTHRIUM
(name refers to the
structure of the an-
thers) . Protedcese. A
few trees and shrubs
of S. Amer., one of
which is offered abroad
as a greenhouse sub-
ject, grown from seeds,
and apparently prized
for the fls. Foliage sparse,
coriaceous, entire: fls. in
dense racemes, showy, per-
fect; perianth with a cylind-
rical split tube, the limb ovoid
or globose in bud but becom-
ing oblique or recurved;
stamens 4, the anthers at-
tached in lobes of the peri-
anth: follicles oblong, 1-
celled, many-seeded. E. coccineum,
Forst., is a shrub bearing bright scar-
let fls. about 2 in. long in many-fld.
terminal sessile racemes: perianth
tubular, upwardly curved, the 4 reflex-
ing twisting lobes representing a third
of its length; anthers imbedded in the
concave apices of the perianth-lobes;
pistil with an elongated cylindrical
ovary and long-exserted red style: Ivs.
1112
EMBOTHRIUM
ENCELIA
oblong to elliptic, short-stalked, alternate, obtuse and
mucronate, pale beneath. Chile. B.M. 4856. — Should
be hardy in warm-temperate parts.
EMILIA (perhaps a personal name). Compdsitse.
Flower-garden herbs, perennial or annual, with orange
or scarlet bloom.
Related to Senecio (to which some authors refer it),
but always without rays: heads rather small, the invo-
lucre very simple and cup-shaped, with no small outer
scales; style-branches long or short: achenes with 5
acute ciliate angles: florets all perfect. — A dozen or
more species have been described from warm parts of
Afr., Asia to China, Polynesia and Amer. One species
in common cult.
flammea, Cass. (E. sagittate, DC. E. sonchifolia,
Hort., not DC. E. sonchifolia, Linn., var. sagittata,
Clarke. Cacalia cocdnea, Sims, B.M. 564. C. sonchi-
folia, Hort., not Linn. C. sagittata, Vahl. Senecio sagil-
tdtus, Hoffm.). TASSEL- FLOWER. FLORA'S PAINT-
BRUSH. A neat annual, erect, 1-2 ft., glabrous or
sparsely hairy, the long sts. terminated by clusters of
small scarlet (golden yellow in the form called Cacalia
lutea, Hort.) heads: Ivs. lance-oblong or ovate-lanceo-
late, clasping the st., remotely crenate-dentate: in-
volucre-scales much shorter than the florets. Probably
tropics of New World. H.F. 7:50.— This much-
named annual is one of the commonest garden fls.
It is of the easiest cult, in any good soil. Blooms
from July until frost, if sown as soon as weather is
settled. Two species are sometimes recognized in this
variable group, — E. sagittata, DC., with involucre
shorter than the fls., and E. sonchifolia, DC., involucre
as long as the fls.
E. purpiirea, Cass. (E. sonr.hifolia, DC., not Hort. Cacalia son-
chifolia, Linn. Senecio sonchifolius, Moench). Radical Ivs. often
more or less lyrate, st.-lvs. broader and clasping, the heads fewer
in the cluster and the involucre-scales nearly as long as the florets.
Apparently not in cult, in this country. T TT R
EMMENANTHE (Greek, enduring flower; the per-
sistent corollas retain their shape when dry). Hydro-
phyllacese. A half-dozen low annual herbs from western
North America, of which the most interesting species
was introduced to cultivation in 1892, under the name
of California yellow- or golden-bells.
Diffuse, depressed or erect: Ivs. mostly alternate:
fls. yellow or cream-color, the corolla campanulate
and persistent; corolla-lobes 5; stamens 5; style 2-cut.
The species named below belongs to a section of the
genus, with calyx-lobes broader downward, and coarsely
Eitted seeds. All the others have the calyx-lobes
reader upward and the seeds more or less wrinkled
transversely.
penduliflora, Benth. CALIFORNIA YELLOW- or
GOLDEN-BELLS. Somewhat sticky, with long or short
soft hairs: Ivs. pinnatifid, lobes numerous, short, some-
what toothed or sharply cut: ovules about 16; seeds
1 line long. Calif. G.C. III. 11:339.— It grows 9-12
in. high, forming bushy plants, each branch loaded
with broadly bell-shaped, pendulous, un wither ing fls.,
about J^in. long, of creamy yellow. The general effect
of a branch suggests the lily-of-the-valley, but the
foliage is pinnatifid. WILHELM MILLER.
EMMENOPTERYS (Greek, persistent, and wing;
referring to the wing-like calyx-lobe, persistent on the
fruit). Rubiacese. Ornamental tree grown for its large
leaves and the handsome flowers.
Deciduous: Ivs. opposite, petioled, with caducous
stipules, entire: fls. in many-fld. terminal panicles;
calyx small, 5-parted, deciduous, in some fls. 1 lobe
leafy and changed into a petioled, oblong, obtuse
whitish If. persistent on the fr.; corolla campanulate-
funnelform, tomentulose outside, with a narrow tube
and 5 ovate lobes pubescent inside; stamens 5, included;
ovary inferior, 2-celled; style filiform, not exceeding
the stamens: fr. a spindle-shaped 2-celled caps., with
numerous irregularly winged seeds. — One species in
Cent. China. A tall tree, with large elliptic Ivs. and
showy yellow fls. in many-fld. dense terminal panicles.
It will succeed in warmer temperate regions only and is
yet little known in cult., as it has been only recently
intro. Prop, is by seeds and possibly by softwood
cuttings under glass.
Henryi, Oliver. Tree, to 40 ft., quite glabrous: Ivs.
chartaceous, elliptic, acute, cuneate at the base, entire,
4-6 in. long; petiole 1-2 in. long: fls. in many-fld.
panicles, yellow, about 1 in. long: caps, spindle-shaped,
about 194 in. long, often at the apex with a persistent
enlarged wing-like calyx-lobe 1K~2 in. long on a petiole
of equal length. Cent. China. H.I. 19:1823.
ALFRED REHDER.
EMPETRUM (Greek, en, in, petros, rock; growing
often on rocks). Empetracese. CROWBERRY. Ornamental
low shrubs sometimes grown for the evergreen foliage
and attractive fruits.
Leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, thick: fls. dioecious or
monoscious, axillary, 1-3, nearly sessile; sepals and
petals 3; stamens 3, exserted; ovary superior, 6-9-
celled with as many stigmas on a short and thick style:
fr. a 6-9-seeded drupe. — Five species through the
northern hemisphere in mountainous and arctic regions,
also in Chile, antarctic Amer. and Tristan da Cunha.
The crowberries are hardy, evergreen, densely
branched, prostrate or creeping, heath-like shrubs, with
small, crowded leaves, inconspicuous purplish flowers,
and globose, red or black, edible berries. They grow
best in moist, sandy or peaty soil, and are especially
handsome for rockeries. Propagated usually by cuttings
of nearly ripened wood in late summer under glass.
A. Branchlets and margin of expanding Ivs. glandular, the
latter not tomentose.
nigrum, Linn. Lvs. linear to linear-oblong, divergent,
soon reflexed, glabrous or nearly so, entire, K~Mm-
long: fls. purplish: fr. black, about Kin. diam. April,
May; fr. in Aug., Sept. N. Eu., N. Asia., in N. Arner.
south to N. H., N. Y., Mich, and N. Calif. B.B. (ed.
2) 2:479. S.E.F. 8:1251.
AA. Branchlets and margins of expanding Ivs. white-
tomentose.
atropurpfcreum, Fern. & Wiegand (E. nigrum var.
andlnum, Fern., not E. andlnum, Philippi. E. nigrum
var. purpiireum, Auth., not DC.). Trailing: Ivs. linear-
oblong, soon loosely divergent, rarely becoming re-
flexed, those of the leading shoots %-%m. long: fr.
red to purplish black, opaque, if-J^in. across. Gulf
St. Lawrence to Maine and N. H.
Eamesii, Fern. & Wiegand (E. nigrum var. purpii-
reum, Auth., not DC. E. rubrum, La Pylaie, not Vahl).
Lys. linear - oblong, crowded, ascending, becoming
slightly divergent, those of the leading shoots %in. or
less long: fr. pink or light red, becoming translucent,
fsin. or less across. S. Labrador, Newfoundland, E.
Que. — Very handsome in fruit.
E. rubrum, ..Vahl (E. nigrum var. rubrum, DC.). Closely related
to E. Eamesii. Lvs. less crowded, spreading, somewhat larger.
Antarctic Amer., Tristan da Cunha. B.R. 1783.
ALFRED REHDER.
ENCELIA (Christopher Encel in 1577 wrote a book
on oak galls). Composite. Herbs or sub-shrubs, one or
two of which have been sparingly introduced for
planting in the southern parts of the United States.
Rather showy plants with mostly yellow-rayed
naked-stalked heads (rays now and then absent), and
yellow or brownish disk: Ivs. alternate or opposite,
entire, toothed or lobed, often white-tomentose: rays
neutral, disk-fls. perfect; pappus none or an awn or
scale for each margin or angle of the achene. — About
30 species, Utah and Calif, to Chile.
ENCELIA
ENCEPHALARTOS
1113
calif ornica, Nutt. Woody at base, 2-4 ft. high,
strong-scented, rather hoary, or becoming green: Ivs.
1-2 in. long, ovate to broadly lanceolate, usually entire,
indistinctly 3-ribbed from the base, abruptly stalked:
heads 2j^ in. across, the golden yellow rays numerous,
2-4-toothed: seeds obovate, with long, silky hairs on
the callous margins and a shallow notch at the tip.
Calif., Ariz.
adenophora, Greenm. Stout almost woody herb, 3-6
ft., sometimes 10 ft., glandular-hairy throughout: lower
Ivs. opposite, stalked, ovate or deltoid, 2J4-4 in. long,
3-nerved; upper Ivs. gradually smaller: fls. cymose, the
rays pale yellow, sometimes tinged with orange.
Autumn. N. Mex. — Not hardy north of Washington,
D.C. N. TAYLOR.f
ENCEPHALARTOS (Greek combination, alluding
to the bread-like interior of the trunk). Cycadacese.
Excellent cycads from tropical and southern Africa,
grown chiefly for their evergreen foliage.
The species are probably 20 or more, allied to Dioon
and Macrozamia; with Stangeria, they constitute the
peculiarly African representatives of the family. They
are trees with stout cylindrical often fleshy trunks, and a
terminal crown of stiff mostly spiny pinnate long Ivs. or
fronds: fls. dioecious, in cones; staminate cone
oblong, ovoid or cylindrical, the scales in many
series, imbricate, thick and often rough, broadly
or elongate-cuneate, with anthers on the under
surface; pistillate cone ellipsoid or oblong,
thick, the scales numerous in many series and
imbricated, peltate, with the ovule beneath.
For differences between this and related gen-
era, see Vol. I, p. 120. From Dioon it is
distinguished by its pinnate rather than pin-
natifid Ivs., and from Cycas by straight rather
than eircinnate segms. in vernation, as well as
by technical features of cones. These plants
are specially suited for large conservatories, the
fronds being not easily injured. They should
succeed outdoors S. The trunks of some kinds
grow only a few inches in many years. Most kinds prefer
a sunny, tropical house, but E. brachyphyllus and per-
haps others may be grown in a cool greenhouse if kept
a little dry in winter. The cones are always interesting
and often very decorative. Those of E. villosus are
twice as large as a pineapple, orange-yellow, half
revealing the scarlet frs. They are prop, by seeds; also
by offsets or suckers. Some other cycads frequently
produce seed in conservatories, but Encephalartos
seldom does, and plants are, therefore, usually imported.
Dry trunks,, weighing frequently 50-75 Ibs. have been
received from S. Afr. They often remain dormant for
a year or more, and do not make ornamental speci-
mens for two or more years. They are slow-growing,
except in very warm houses. They like a strong, loamy
soil. While making new growth they need plenty of
water. See Cycas.
The woolliness of the stem and leaf-segments varies
with the age of the plants and of the leaves. The pith
and central portion of the cones of some species form
an article of food among the Kafirs, hence the com-
mon name of Kafir bread. The most widely known
species in cultivation are E. villosus, E. Altensteinii and
E. pungens. Though very handsome cyads, they are
by no means popular. They require much room for
best results.
In the following descriptions "rachis" refers to the
midrib of the leaf on which the leaflets or segments are
borne, and "petiole" means the part of the leaf below
where the leaflets begin.
A. Lfts. toothed (sometimes entire in the first).
B. Petiole 4-angled: foliage glaucous,
h6rridus, Lehm. Trunk short and stout, woolly or not:
Ivs. to 6 ft., reflexed at top; Ifts. opposite or alternate,
lanceolate, mostly entire, sometimes toothed, with a
sharp spine at the apex. Var. glauca, is presumably
more glaucous than the type. B.M. 5371. There is a
var. trispinosus.
BB. Petiole sub-cylindrical: foliage not glaucous.
Altensteinii, Lehm. Trunk stout, not woolly: Ivs.
2-6 ft.; Ifts. about 6 in. long and 1 in. broad, oblong-
acuminate, paler beneath, edges and apex spiny;
petioles swollen at base; Ifts. mostly opposite, lanceo-
late. B.M. 7162-3. G.C. II. 6:392, 393, 397; III.
2:281; 12:489-493; 40:206 (showing a specimen in
Cape Colony over 100 years old, with a high trunk and
an offshoot over half way up). G. 7:516.
villdsus, Lehm. Trunk short and thick, woolly and
scaly, 6 ft.: Ivs. to 6 ft.; Ifts. very numerous, opposite
or alternate, linear-lanceolate, spiny-toothed and
pointed. B.M. 6654. R.H. 1897:36. 'G.C. II. 1:513;
3:400; 7:21; 13:181.
1394. Encephalartos cycadifolius.
AA. Lfts. not toothed (except in young Ivs. of the last one).
B. Foliage glaucous.
Lehmannii, Lehm. (Cycas Lehmannii, Hort.). Trunk
not woolly: rachis and petiole obtusely 4-angled;
Ifts. nearly opposite, narrowly or broadly lanceolate,
to 7 in. long, rarely 1-toothed, with brown spine at
apex. Gt. 1865:477.
BB. Foliage not glaucous.
c. Apex of Ifts. mostly obtuse, pointless.
longifdlius, Lehm. Trunk not woolly, at length
tall: rachis and petiole 4-cornered but flatfish above;
lowest Ifts. often 1-3-tpothed, margin somewhat revo-
lute: wool soon vanishing from the rachis and Ifts. S.
Afr. G.W. 5, p. 404. Var. revoliitus, Miq., has the
margins more distinctly revolute. Var. angustifolius
has narrower, flat Ifts. Var. Hodkeri, DC., has narrowly
lanceolate Ifts., not glaucous but intense green, and
rachis not woolly. B.M. 4903, erroneously named E.
caffer, is referred to this place, though the Ifts. are
distinctly pointed in the picture.
cc. Apex of Ifts. always strong-pointed.
D. Form of Ifts. linear.
cycadiffilius, Lehm. (E. Friderici-Guilielmi, Lehm.
E. cycadifolius var. Friderici-Guilielmi, Rod.). Fig.
1394. Trunk nearly globular, several inches in diam.,
woolly at first: rachis and petiole ashy-pubescent;
1114
ENCEPHALARTOS
ENDIVE
Ifts. opposite and alternate, linear, margin revolute.
I.H. 29:459. G.F. 4:209 (adapted in Fig. 1394). G.W.
10, p. 377 (as E. cycadifolius var. Friderici-Guilielmi) .
pungens, Lehm. (Zamia ptingens, Ait.). Rachis
and petiole glabrous; Ifts. long-linear, dark green,
rigid, flat, striated beneath, margin not revolute. Var.
glauca is also sold.
DD. Form of Ifts. lanceolate.
coffer, Miq. (E. cdffra, Hort.). Trunk to 18 ft. and
1 ft. or more diam.: lys. to 4 ft., very stiff, recurved;
petiole 3-angled; rachis glabrous; Ifts. alternate, nar-
rower at the base, twisted, the younger ones with 1 or
2 teeth, to 6 in. long. R.H. 1869, p. 233. Not B.M.
4903, which is E. longifolius var. Hookeri.
Var. brachyphyllus, DC. (E. brachyphyllus, Lehm.).
Rachis and blades of the lower Ifts. spidery pubescent:
male cones sessile instead of peduncled. The pinnse are
erect, and longer and narrower than in E. coffer.
E. Bdrteri, Carr. St. short, about 1 ft. high and to 9 in. diam.:
Ivs. to 5 or 6 ft. long, and 10 in. broad, erect or suberect; petiole
and rachis with a gray tomentum that falls off; Ifts. about 80 pairs,
linear-lanceolate, sharp at the apex, few-toothed: male cone to 9
in. long, pale; female cone about 8 in. long, oblong-ellipsoid, dark
olive. W. Trop. Afr. B.M. 8232.— E. GheUtnckii, Lem. Spineless:
trunk stout, woolly-scaly: Ivs. 3-4 ft., erect-spreading; pinnse very
narrow-linear, densely tomentose. S. Afr. I.H. 15:567. — E. Hll-
debrandtii, A. Br. & Bouch6. Trunk cylindrical: Ivs. pinnate, with
numerous lanceolate toothed pinnse which become 3-parted scales
toward the end of the If., woolly at least at first. Trop. Afr. G.C.
III. 27:120. R.B. 29:196. G.W. 10, p. 210. An attractive spe-
cies.— E. Laurentianus, Wildem. Large, the st. reaching 30 ft. or
more and 2H ft. diam.: Ivs. often over 20 ft. long; lower Ifts.
small, 3-toothed; middle Ifts. lanceolate, 12-16 in. long and 2 in.
broad, spiny on both edges and at the apex. Congo. G.C. III. 35:
370. Named for Professor Laurent. — E. Lemarinelidnus, Wildem.
& Dur. St. 3-7 ft.: Ivs. to 3 ft. or more; petiole shaggy; Ifts. I8-
60 on each side, rigid, coriaceous, glaucous, lanceolate, the edge
slightly recurved, more or less spiny: male cone greenish, subcy-
lindrical; female cone thick, green turning to salmon-color, short-
peduncled, the scales triangular. Congo. Named for Capt. Lema-
rinel. G.C. III. 35:371. R.H. 1904, p. 59.— E. Woddii, Hort.
Allied to E. Altensteinii : st. 18 in. high and 8 in. thick, bearing
about 25 Ivs. which are gracefully curved and reach 5 ft. : Ifts. 8 in.
long and 2 in. broad, spiny-toothed, the broadest ones pinnatifid.
Zululand. G.C. III. 43:282. R.B. 34, p. 193.
ENCHOLlRION: Vriesia.
L. H. B.f
ENCHYL&NA (name alludes to the soft or juicy
character of the berry-like fructification). Cheno-
podidcese. One procumbent or wide-branched very
small-leaved shrub from Austral, recently intro. by
U. S. Dept. Agric., and thriving well at the University
of California. E. iomentdsa, R. Br., grows 3 ft. or more
high and makes a mass many feet across: branches
mostly woolly or silvery: Ivs. alternate, linear, usually
under J^in. long: fls. solitary in the axils, bracted, very
small, perfect; perianth urn-shaped to globular, with
1395. Green curled endive tied up for blanching.
5 short teeth that close over the fr.; stamens 5, some-
what exserted: fr. inclosed in the perianth, which
becomes red or yellow, fleshy and berry-like and the
size of a small pea. The Australian aborigines are said
to eat the berries in great quantities. The plant endures
drought, and it is eaten by sheep when other herbage
becomes scarce. The procumbent habit and the endur-
ing color suggest its use in landscape work in dry
mild climates.
ENCKEA: Piper.
ENDIVE (Cichorium Endivia). Composite. A leaf-
salad plant. See Cichorium.
Until recently endive has been almost unknown in
American home gardens, but it is gradually receiving
favor with salad-lovers. Although more frequently a
product of the amateur, during August and Septem-
ber, and possibly later, it is now freely offered in the
larger markets. It is especially the people of foreign de-
scent who grow, buy and use endive. In the hot weather
of summer and fall, when lettuce plants are more likely
to produce seed-stalks than good solid heads, endive,
although of somewhat bitter flavor when unbleached,
makes a good and acceptable substitute for lettuce as
a salad plant. In the unbleached state it may even be
used for "greens."
The requirements as to culture are simple, as the
plant succeeds well on any ordinary well-enriched gar-
den soil. Seed may be sown in the open ground as
early as June, and as late as August, the rows to be a
foot apart and the plants to be thinned early to a foot
apart in the row; or seed may be started in flats and
the young seedlings transplanted to open ground. The
latter is the better way when the ground is very dry.
In extreme cases, it may be advisable for the home
gardener to grow his seedlings in flats and pot them off
in thumb-pots to become well rooted. This gives a
chance to grow good plants, while waiting for a rain to
moisten the open ground. To be tender, the plants
should be forced into strong and succulent growth by
high feeding and the free use of the hoe. It is a waste
of effort to plant endive on poor land that is deficient
in humus, or naturally dry and exposed.
The originally bitter flavor becomes pleasant and
acceptable when the leaves or hearts are well blanched.
The blanching is accomplished by tying the outer leaves
over the heart with bast (Fig. 1395), or by placing a
big flower-pot over each plant, or by setting boards,
say 10 inches wide, on edge along each side of the row,
in inverted V shape, and in somewhat the same fashion
as for blanching celery, except that no opening is left on
top. The light should be excluded from the hearts as
much as possible. In any of these ways endive may be
well blanched in about three weeks, and will come out
with inner leaves showing a delicate whitish or creamy
color, and being crisp, tender and of pleasant flavor.
If to be kept for winter use, sow the seed of Green
Curled endive in August, or set the plants early in
September; then take up the full-grown but as yet
unblanched plants with a ball of earth adhering to the
roots, and store them in a root-cellar as is done with
celery. If kept in the dark, they will soon bleach and
be ready for use.
Green Curled has long been the favorite variety in
our markets and gardens. Its narrow curled leaves
make the well-blanched plant far more attractive to
the eye than the wider and plain leaves of Broad-Leaf.
The latter, however, is gaining on the other in both
growers' and consumers' favor. This is the only prac-
tical difference between the two varieties. The cata-
logues of European seedsmen list and describe several
additional varieties, such as the Moss Curled and Rouen,
none of which is often met with in American gardens.
A few fungi and the spinach insects sometimes attack
the plant. T. GREINER.
ENGELMANNIA
ENTADA
1115
ENGELMANNIA (Dr. Geo. Engelmann, eminent
botanist of St. Louis, died 1884). Composite. One
yellow-fld. herb, E. pinnatifida, Torr. & Gray, allied to
Parthenium and Silphium, Kans. to La., Ariz, and Mex.,
that is likely to be planted in wild gardens. It grows a
foot or two high, in dry places, from a stout perennial
root, branching above, hirsute, with alternate and
radical deeply pinnatifid Ivs., and corymbose heads of
golden yellow fls. on slender and naked peduncles:
involucre hemispherical, somewhat double; receptacle
flat and chaffy; ray-fls. 8-10, pistillate and fertile, the
rays Hm- or more long; disk-fls. perfect and sterile:
achene obovate, wingless, ribbed, with a persistent
pappus-crown.
ENKIANTHUS (Greek pregnant and flower, referring
to the colored involucre which subtends the flowers of
E. quinqueflorus, giving the appearance of small flowers
springing from a larger flower). Also written Enkyan-
thus. Ericaceae. Ornamental woody plants, chiefly
grown for their handsome flowers and the brilliant
autumnal tints of the foliage.
Deciduous, rarely evergreen shrubs with whorled
branches: Ivs. alternate, usually serrulate, crowded
toward the end of the branchlets: fls. in terminal
umbels or racemes; sepals 5, small; corolla campanulate
or urceolate, usually 5-lobed; stamens 10; anthers
2-awned at the apex, opening with short slits: fr. a
dehiscent caps.; cells 1- to few-seeded; seeds 3-5-
winged or -angled. — About 10 species in China and
Japan, Cochin-China and Himalayas. Closely related
to Pier is and Zenobia; chiefly distinguished by the
few- or 1 -seeded cells of the caps, and the winged or
angled seeds.
These are charming ornamental shrubs, with bright
green, medium-sized leaves turning brilliant colors in
autumn and with handsome white, red or yellow-and-
red, drooping flowers appearing in spring; the flowers
are not of the showy kind, but very graceful and of
distinct appearance. Most of the cultivated species,
as E. campanulatus, E. cernuus, E. perulatus and E.
subsessilis, have proved hardy in Massachusetts; they
seem to grow well in any well-drained humid soil, but
probably are impatient of lime, as are most Ericacea?
and in limestone regions should be grown in specially
prepared beds of peaty soil. Propagation is by seeds
sown in spring, by cuttings of ripe wood under glass in
spring, or by greenwood cuttings in summer; also by
layers.
A. Fls. urceolate, gibbous at the base, white.
perulatus, Schneid. (E. japonicus, Hook, f . Andrdm-
eda peruldta, Miq.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. petioled,
obovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, sharply appressed-
serrulate, glabrous and bright green above, pubescent
on the veins below, 1-2 in. long: fls. in drooping umbels,
slender-pedicelled ; corolla urceolate, with 5 revolute
lobes and with 5 sacs at the base, ^in. long: caps,
oblong-ovoid, about J^in. long, on straight pedicels.
May. Japan. B.M. 5822. G.C. III. 21:357. R.H.
1877, p. 467. S.I.F. 2:62.— The foliage turns yellow
and partly scarlet in autumn.
AA. Fls. campanulate, not gibbous at the base, usually
red or yellow-and-red.
campanulatus, Nichols. (Andromeda campanulata,
Miq.). Fig. 1396. Shrub, to 15 or occasionally to 30
ft.: Ivs. petioled, elliptic or rhombic-elliptic, acute or
acuminate, sharply appressed serrulate, glabrous
except few scattered bristly hairs, particularly on the
veins below, 1/^-3 in. long: fls. slender-pedicelled, in
drooping, 8-15-fld. puberulous racemes; corolla with
short obtuse upright lobes, yellowish or pale orange,
veined darker red, nearly J^in. long: caps, oblong-ovate
on pendulous stalks turned upward at the apex. May.
Japan. B.M. 7059. Gn. 75, p. 287. G. 29:361. Gt.
22:747. M.D.G. 1900:550. S.I.F. 2:62.— This is one
71
of the handsomest species and the strongest grower;
the peculiar coloring of the gracefully drooping fls. is
very attractive; the foliage turns brilliant red in
autumn.
cernuus, Makino (E. Meisteria, Maxim. Andrdm-
eda cernua, Miq.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. short-
petioled, obovate
or rhombic-ob-
ovate, acute or ob-
tusish, crenately
serrate, bright
green above,
lighter below and
pubescent on the
veins, 1-2 in. long:
fls. in pendulous
racemes, slender-
pedicelled; corolla
with irregularly
laciniate limb,
about ^in. long,
white in the type:
caps, on pendulous
stalks turned up-
ward at the apex. May. Japan.
Var. rubens, Makino. Fls. red.
— Only the red-fld. variety seems
to be in cult, and is a very distinct-
looking handsome shrub.
1396.
Enkianthus
campanulatus.
(XH)
E. chinensis, Franch. (E. himalaicus
var. chinensis, Diels). Allied to E. cam-
panulatus. Lvs. quite glabrous, more
crenately serrate: racemes glabrous; cor-
olla yellow and red, with darker red
lobes. Cent, and W. China. J.H.F. 1900:
212. — E. deflexus, Schneid. (E. himalaicus,
Hook. f. & Thorns.). Closely related to
E. campanulatus. Lvs. elliptic-ovate to
elliptic-lanceolate, acute, slightly serrate,
margin and petioles red while young: racemes many-fld.; cor-
olla yellow, striped dark red, with darker lobes. Himalayas.
W. China. B.M. 6460.— E. himalaicus. Hook. f. & Thoms.=E.
deflexus and E. chinensis. — E. nikoensis, Makino =E. subsessilis. —
E. quinquefldrus, Lour. (E. reticulatus, Lindl. ). Lvs. elliptic,
long-petioled, entire, persistent: fls. about 5, in umbels, subtended
by colored bracts, drooping; corolla campanulate, scarlet. S. China,
Cochin-China. B.M. 1649. B.R. 884, 885. L.B.C. 12:1101.
P.M. 5:127. R.H. 1849:221. H.F. 1859: 101. Tender. Var. ser-
rulatus, Wilson (E. serrulatus, Schneid.). Lvs. deciduous, mem-
branous, finely serrulate: fls. smaller. Cent, and S. W. China. — E.
reticulatus, Lmdl.=E. quinqueflorus. — E. serruldtus, Schneid. =
E. quinqueflorus var. serrulatus. — E. subsessilis, Makiho (E.
nikoensis, Makino). Allied to E. perulatus. Lvs. short-petioled,
elliptic or obovate: fls. in pendulous racemes, small, white, Hin.
long. June. Japan. S.T.S. 1:25. S.I.F. 2:62.— This is the least
attractive in bloom, but the autumnal tints of the foliage are as
beautiful as in the other species. ALFRED REHDER.
ENNEALOPHUS (name refers to the 9 crests on
the style). Iridacex. A very recently described genus
of one species, E. amazdnicus, N. E. Br., differing from
Tigridia in the 3 style-branches being 3-crested rather
than bifid or subulate. The perianth-segms. are free,
unequal and claw.ed, the exterior ones much the larger,
the blades of all of them more or less reflexed; stamens
3, the filaments connate into a tube. The bulb of the
single known species is abut 1 in: long, ovoid: lys.
linear-lanceolate, about 4^ the upper one about 2 in.
long and the others 6-12 in.: fls. about 1^ in. across,
blue-violet with pale brown claws and a white spot at
the base of the blade of the inner segms. Brazil;
apparently not in the trade.
ENTADA (a Malabar name). Syn. Pusxtha. Legu-
minbsse. Tropical woody spineless climbers.
Leaves bipinnate, often cirrhiferous : fls. not papilion-
aceous, white or yellow, in slender spike-like racemes
which are solitary or panicled; calyx campanulate,
shortly 5-toothed; petals 5, free or somewhat coherent;
stamens 10, free, short-exserted : pod straight or arc-
uate, flat-compressed, jointed, the joints separating
and leaving a continuous border. — Perhaps 20 species
of high climbers in Afr. and Amer. The genus is remark-
1116
ENTADA
EPACRIS
able for the jointed pods, which sometimes reach
several feet in length. Two of the American species
are mentioned as planted in S. Fla. Some of the
species yield "sea beans" (G. F. 7:503).
polystachya, DC. At length tendril-bearing: pinnae
in 4r-Q pairs; Ifts. in 6-8 pairs, oblong, rounded at apex,
beneath glabrous or puberulent: racemes in terminal
Eanicles: pod oblong, straightish, reaching 1 ft. in
;ngth. W. Indies to Venezuela and Guiana. — Makes
a rapid growth.
scandens, Benth. Climbing to a great height, tendril-
bearing, the sts. terete: pinna? 1 or 2 pairs; Ifts. 2-5 pairs,
coriaceous, oblong or elliptic, usually unequal-sided, gla-
brous or nearly so beneath : racemes solitary or twin : pod
twisted, sometimes 8 ft. long. W. Indies, Afr.,! Asia, Pacific
Ms. G.C. II. 15:430. — Seeds 2 in. across, dark brown
or purple, handsome, used in the making of trinkets
and small receptacles. Lvs. long-stalked, the rachis
commonly ending in a tendril. L_ jj. B.
ENTELEA (Greek, complete; the stamens all fertile,
a distinguishing feature). Tiliacese. A shrub or small
tree from New Zeal., intro. in S. Calif. Lvs. large,
alternate, 5-7-nerved, cordate at base, toothed or
crenate, stellate-pubescent: fls. white, 1 in. across,
in terminal cymes; sepals 4-5; petals 4-5; stamens
numerous, free; ovary 4-6-celled; cells many-ovuled;
style simple: fr.'a globose bristly loculicidal caps.
arborescens, R. Br. Attaining 20 ft.: the heart-
shaped outline of the If. broken on each side, about
two-thirds of the way toward the tip, by a projection
or lobe Miin. long or nearly as long as the tip of the If.;
blade 6-9 in. long, 4 in. wide, doubly serrate. New Zeal.
B.M. 2480. — Eaten by horses and cattle in New Zeal.
Allied to Sparmannia, Aristotelia and Elseocarpus.
L. H. B.
ENTEROLOBIUM (name refers to the intestine-
form pods). Leguminbsse. Tropical trees.
Unarmed: lys. bipinnate, the pinnae and Ifts. many:
fls. not papilionaceous, greenish, in large heads or
clusters; calyx campanulate, shortly 5-toothed; corolla
5-toothed, somewhat trumpet-shaped, the petals con-
nate part way; stamens many, connate at base into a
tube, exserted, purple or white : legume broad, circulate,
attached at or near the middle, restricted between
the large seeds, leathery, pulpy. — About a half-dozen
species in the American tropics, 2 of which have been
intro. in S. Calif.
A. Pod bent back in a complete circle.
cyclocarpum, Griseb. Tall tree, glabrous: pinna? in
4-9 pairs; Ifts. in 20-30 pairs, unequal-sided, oblong,
pointed; the petiole with glands between bottom and
top pinna?: stamens white. Cuba, Jamaica, Venezuela.
AA. Pod forming half or two-thirds of a circle.
Timbo&va, Mart. Said to be a fine tree: pubescent or
glabrous, glaucous: pinna? 2-5-pairs; Ifts. 10-20 pairs,
falcate-oblong, mostly acute: pod coriaceous and inde-
hiscent, reniform, fleshy within; seed elliptic.
L. H. B.
EOMECON (Greek, eastern poppy). Papaveracese.
Herbaceous perennial, with white flowers on a slender-
branching scape.
Rhizomatous, with radical Ivs., glabrous: "mono-
typic, intermediate between Stylophorum and San-
guinaria, differing from both in the scapose habit,
racemose fls. and sepals confluent in a membranous,
boat-shaped spathe, and further from Stylophorum in
the form of the Ivs. and color of the fls., and from San-
guinaria in the 4 petals and elongate style" (Hooker).
chionantha, Hance. Rootstock creeping, ascending,
full of yellow sap: Ivs. all from the root; stalks twice
as long as the blades; blades 3-6 in. long, heart-shaped,
concave, broadly sinuate, rounded at the apex, bright
pale green above, almost glaucous beneath: scape 1 ft.
or more high, reddish; fls. 2 in. across, white; petals 4.
Spring; hardy near New York City. E. China. B.M.
6871. WILHELM MILLER.
EOPEPON: Trihcosanthes.
EPACRIS (Greek-made name, upon the summit;
referring to their habitat). Epacridacese. Heath-like
shrubs of Australia and New Zealand, of which half
a dozen or less are grown as cool greenhouse pot-plants.
Leaves small and entire, usually sharp-pointed,
sessile or short-stalked, scattered or sub-opposite: fls.
small and axillary, short-stalked, the flowering sts.
being elongated leafy spikes, regular and perfect;
calyx bracteate; corolla tubular, 5-toothed, white or
shades of purple and red; stamens 5; ovary 5-loculed,
ripening into either a fleshy or capsular fr. Distin-
guished from Erica by the bracteate or scaly calyx,
and the anthers opening by slits rather than pores. —
About 40 species. In the Old World, epacrises are
prized by those who grow heaths, and many good varie-
ties are known. They bloom in early spring or late
winter. The varieties of E. impressa may be flowered
for Christmas; perhaps others may be so treated. A
carnation house, 50-55,° suits them well. There are
double-fld. forms.
A. Corolla-tube decidedly longer than the calyx.
impressa, Labill. Three ft., erect, twiggy, downy:
Ivs. horizontal or deflexed, narrow-lanceolate and sharp:
fls. rather large (often ^in. long), tubular, pendent, on
very short stalks, red or white. B.M. 3407. There are
many forms: var. parviflora, Lindl., B.R. 25:19; E.
campanuldta, Lodd., with broader fls., L.B.C. 20:1925;
E. cersefldra, Graham. B.M. 3243; E. nivalis, Lodd.,
snow-white, L.B.C. 19:1821. B.R. 1531; E. varidbilis,
Lodd., blush, L.B.C. 19:1816; var. longiflora, Cav.,
(E. miniata, Lindl. E. grandiflora, Willd.). Sts.
woolly, straggling: Ivs. ovate-pointed or cordate-
pointed, sessile or nearly so, many-nerved: fls. long
(nearly 1 in.), red at base and white at the limb, cylin-
drical. B.M. 982. B.R. 31:5.— Handsome. Var. splen-
dens, Hort., has brighter colors.
AA. Corolla-tube shorter than the calyx or only as long as it.
B. Lvs. acute or acuminate.
acuminata, Benth. Lvs. ovate, acuminate, clasping,
ascending: fls. small, red nearly sessile in the upper
axils; corolla-tube not exceeding the calyx; sepals
broad, ciliate. — Little known in U. S. outside of botanic
gardens, but of considerable worth.
brevifldra, Stapf. (E. heteronema, Hook.). A grace-
ful shrub, 1 ft., with many wavy branches, naked below,
with many Ivs. above: Ivs. divaricate on upper part of
st., reflexed below, elliptic-ovate, 3-6 lines long, sharp-
pointed: fls. spicate at the ends of the branches, white;
bracts and sepals whitish. New Zeal. Flowers in May
in England. B.M. 3257.
purpurascens, R. Br. Lvs. ovate-acuminate, trough-
shaped, tipped with a long curved point or spine: fls.
short, the calyx nearly equaling the corolla, white or
pinkish. There is a double-fld. form. L.B.C. 3:237.
G.C. II. 5:340. — Probably identical with E. pulchella,
Cav.
BB. Lvs. very obtuse.
obtusifdlia, Smith. An erect, much-branched shrub
1-3 ft. tall, the branches usually hairy: Ivs. small,
elliptic or linear, thick and obtuse: fls. small, white,
in axillary racemes which are more or less one-sided.
L.B.C. 3:292.
Other trade names are: E. ardentissima. Fls. crimson. — E.
hyacinthifldra var. candidissima, white, early, and var. fiilgens,
pink. — E. hybrida superba is merely a catalogue name for mixed
kinds of Epacris. — E. rubella. Fls. bright red. — E. salmdnead)
N. TAYLOR. f
EPHEDRA
EPIDENDRUM
1117
EPHEDRA (ancient Greek name, used by Pliny for
the horse-tail). Gnetdcese. Woody subjects, rarely
cultivated ; usually found only in botanical collections,
although the scarlet fruits of some species are very
attractive.
Usually low much -branched shrubs, often pro-
cumbent and sometimes climbing, the green branches
resembling much those of Equisetum, bearing minute,
scale-like, sheathing Ivs. in distant pairs or whorls:
fls. dioecious, in small aments, forming usually pedun-
cled axillary clusters; staminate fl. with a 2-4-lobed
perianth and with the 2-8 stamens united into a column;
pistillate fl. with an urceolate perianth, including a
naked ovule, developing into a nutlet; in some species
the bracts of the ament become fleshy, and form a
berry-like syncarp. — About 30 species from S. Eu., N.
Afr., Asia and in Trop. Amer. Latest monograph by
O. Stapf, in Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch. Wien.,
vol. 56 (1889), (in German and Latin). Curious-look-
ing, usually low shrubs, with pale green apparently
leafless branchlets, much resembling those of the
horse-tail and with inconspicuous fls., but fr. in some
species decorative, berry -like and scarlet. They are
but rarely grown, and most of them are tender; half-
hardy N. are E. distachya, E. foliata, E. nevadensis, E.
trifurca. They can be used for covering dry, sandy
banks or rocky slopes. Prop, is by seeds or by suckers
and layers.
E. allissima, Desf. Climbing shrub, to 20 ft., green: Ivs. to 1 in.
long: aments paniculate or solitary; fls. with 2-3 stamens; pistillate
fls. 1-2: fr. berry-like, ovoid, J^in. long, scarlet. N. Afr. B.M. 7670.
G.C. III. 7:792. — E. distachya, Linn. (E. vulgaris, Linn.). Low, often
rocumbent, 1-3 ft., pale or bluish green: Ivs. one-twelveth in.
ong: aments usually clustered, staminate oblong; fls. with about 8
p
lo
stamens, pistillate 2-fld.: fr. berry-like. S. Eu., W. Asia. R.F.G.
1 1 : 809. Var. monoslachya, Stapf. Aments usually solitary. — E.
foliata, Boiss. (E. kokanica, Regel). Procumbent or erect, to 15 ft.,
bright or bluish green: Ivs. to 1 in. long: aments usually clustered,
ovate; staminate fls. with 3—4 sessile stamens; pistillate 2-fld.: fr.
berry-like. W. Asia. — E. kokanica, Regel=E. foliata. — E. nebro-
densis, Tineo. Erect, with rigid, pale green branches: Ivs. J^in.
long: aments solitary or few; staminate globular; pistillate 2-fld.:
fr. berry-like. Medit. region to Himalayas. — E. nevadensis, Wats.
Erect, 2-3 ft., with pale or bluish green branches: Ivs. J'gin.: aments
usually solitary; staminate ovate, 6-8-fld.; pistillate 2-fld.: fr. dry,
with ovate bracts. Calif., New Mex. — E. trifurca, Torr. Erect,
with rigid, yellowish or pale green branches: Ivs. in 3's, connate,
about J4in. long; aments solitary; pistillate 1-fld. : fr. dry, the round-
ish bracts with transparent margins. Ariz, to Colo. — E. vulgaris,
Linn.=E. di8tachya. ALFRED REHDER.
EPICATTLEYA (compounded of Epidendrum and
Cattleya). Orchiddceae. A genus established to contain
hybrids between Epidendrum and Cattleya.
The following are some of these: E. balarucensis (C.
labiataxE. eburneum). — E. Candida (C. SkinnerixE.
nocturnum). — E. decipiens (C. gigasxE. ciliare). — E.
Lilianse (C. Gaskelliana x E. costaricense) . — E. made-
burgensis. — E. Nebo (C.Claesiana x E. O'Brienianum).
— E. nemordle-gigas (C. Warscewiczii x E. nemorale). —
E. O'Briennise (C. Bowringiana x E. O'Brienianum).
— E.drpetii (C. amethystoglpssa x E. O'Brienianum).—
E. salmonicolor (C. Mendelii x E. aurantiacum). — E.
Sedenii (C. Bowringiana x E. radiatum). — E. Wolter-
idna(C. Schrrederse x E. aurantiacum).
GEORGE V. NASH.
EPIDENDRUM (upon trees, alluding to their epi-
phytal habit). Orchiddceae. Epiphytic orchids, some
requiring hothouse and some coolhouse conditions;
although a large genus, of minor importance horti-
culturally.
Inflorescence simple or branched, nearly always
terminal; claw of the labellum more or less adnate to
footless column, the blade spreading and usually deeply
lobed; pollinia 4, 2 in each anther-cell, separated. —
Nearly 500 species discovered and described from the
New World tropics, chiefly from Cent. Amer.
estivation of epidendrums.
Epidendrums are noted as the rankest weeds amongst
the orchid tribes. The remarkable success in the rais-
ing of hybrids, be it in the genus itself or with the
related Cattleya and Laelia, has opened a wide field for
the breeder. Epidendrum seedlings grow freely; the
time required to bring them to the flowering stage is
little compared with other orchids, and it is but a ques-
tion of a short time till the blood of the epidendrums
will be infused into the weaker but more gorgeous
flowers of genera more difficult to grow. It is also the
long stem and the grace of the racemes of the epidendra,
as well as the odor of some of their species, which the
hybridist will try to blend with the largeness of short-
stemmed flowers, of cattleyas for example. Therefore
a list of the species but rarely found under cultivation is
given below, the value of which, however, will call for
and justify large importations of their kind before long.
It is scarcely possible to apply any one rule for the
cultivation of this widely divergent and large genus,
which includes many hundreds of variable individuals
geographically distributed all over tropical America.
For convenience they are treated under their several
separate sections.
Section I. BARKERIA embraces several deciduous
small-growing species which generally deteriorate
sooner or later under cultivation. They succeed best in
small baskets, suspended from the
roof, in rough loose material, such
as coarse peat fiber, with a small
quantity of live chopped sphagnum
moss added to retain moisture, this
compost freely interspersed with
pieces of charcoal or broken crocks
or potsherds. They are all subjects
for the coolhouse, require a free
moist atmosphere, shade from the
sun 'while growing, and must be
syringed frequently overhead in
1397. Epidendrum radicans.
(XK)
bright weather. After the plants have matured growth,
they should be removed to a rather sunny location and
be syringed overhead often enough to keep them in
sound condition until they start new action. WThile
resting during winter the temperature may range from
50° to 55° F. at night, and a few degrees higher during
the day. They are increased by division. This should
take place as the plants start growth action in early
spring, allowing at least three pseudobulbs to each piece.
Section II. ENCYCLIUM, of which E. atropurpureum,
E. nemorale and E. prismatocarpum are good examples,
may be grown either in pots or baskets in equal parts
clean peat fiber and live chopped sphagnum, with a
liberal amount of drainage, and excepting E. vitellinum,
which must be grown cool, they require a moist sunny
location with a winter temperature of 58° to 65° F.
by night and several degrees advance during the day.
In February and March, many species will start root or
growth action ; such as need it should then be repotted
or top-dressed, as occasion requires. The temperature
should be increased several degrees, and a greater
amount of water be allowed with frequent overhead
syringing on bright days. Ventilation should be given
whenever the weather will permit, to keep the young
growths from damping-off and the atmosphere active;
at this time the plants will need light shading to pre-
1118
EPIDENDRUM
EPIDENDRUM
vent sun-burning. The stock is increased by cutting
nearly through the rhizome three or four bulbs behind
the lead, when starting action ; this will generally cause
the latent eyes to grow, but the pieces should not be
removed until the new growth is well advanced.
Section III. AULIZEUM includes such species as E.
ciliare, E. cochleatum, and the like, the several require-
ments being identical with the preceding.
Section IV. EUEPIDENDRUM. These are mostly tall-
growing species, some reed-like as in E. evectum, and
others rambling in an irregular way, producing aerial
roots along the stems as they grow; a good example of
this is seen in E. radicans. All are best grown in pots
and placed near a partition or end of a greenhouse
where support may be given as the growth advances.
There is, in fact, no better example of an epiphyte than
E. radicans, the roots often attaining several feet in
length, and appearing from nearly every node. A
structure in which 50° F. is maintained in winter will be
ample, and full exposure to sun should be permitted at
all times. This prevents immature growth, and flowers
are produced very freely. After flowering time, young
shoots appear, often from the old stems, and when a
few roots are formed and before they become too long
to go into a small pot without injury, remove them and
pot with care, place the young plants in a shady place
for a few weeks; in this way propagation is easily
accomplished. This section of epidendrums produce
seeds the largest known among orchids. They are
green in color, and under favorable conditions germi-
nate very readily. It is, in fact, much easier to get the
seeds to grow than to get the species to produce good
seeds, for when flowering plants are produced from seed,
there is an infinite variation that has not yet been
understood.
Section V. PSILANTHEMUM contains but one species,
E. Stamfordianum, which requires the same general
treatment as those in Section II. ROBERT M. GREY.
E. O. ORPET.
INDEX.
atropurpureum, 20.
evectum, 8.
radicans, 4.
aurantiacum, 23.
falcatum, 24.
Randianum, 20.
bicornutum and bi-
fragrans, 26.
rhizophorum, 4.
dentatum are Di-
Godseffianum, 18.
roseum, 20.
acriums.
imperator, 2, 9.
sanguineum is a
Brassavolse. 21.
leucochilum, 9.
Broughtonia.
Capartianum, 18.
Lindleyanum, 13.
Skinneri, 12.
Catillus, 2.
maculatum, 19.
spectabile, 14.
ciliare, 22.
macrochilum, 20.
Stamfordianum, 1.
cinnabarinum, 3.
majus, 15.
tampense, 25.
cochleatum, 27.
nemorale, 16.
tibicinus is a
crassi folium, 6.
odoratum is an
Schomburgkia.
dichromum, 17.
Ae'rides.
venosum, 25.
eburneum, 10.
osmanthum, 18.
violaceum is Cattleya
elegans, 11.
paniculatum, 7.
Loddigesii.
ellipticum, 6.
Parkinsonianum, 24.
vitellinum, 15.
Endresii, 5.
prismatocarpum, 19.
A. Infl. radical. (Psilanthemum.)
1. Stamfordiilnum, Batem. Sts. fusiform, 12 in.
long: lys. 7-9 in.: large panicles of yellow and green
fls., crimson -spotted, fragrant. Mex. to Colombia.
B.M. 4759. G.C. III. 17:655. J.F. 3:251.
AA. Infl. terminal.
B. Sts. without bulbs: Ivs. distichous, alternate: only top
of column free from lip. (Euepidendrum.)
c. Fls. red, orange or vermilion.
2. Catillus, Reichb. f. (E. imperator, Hort.). Fls. cin-
nabar-red. Colombia. I.H. 21 : 162.
3. cinnabarinum, Salzmann. Sts. 3-4 ft. : fls. orange-
red, 2 in. diam., lobes of lip deeply fringed. Brazil.
B.R. 28:25. — A beautiful species.
4. radicans, Pav. (E. rhizdphorum, Batem.). Fig.
1397. Sts. semi-scandent, up to 5 ft. long, long white
roots from opposite the Ivs.: fls. up to 2 in. diam.,
numerous; most brilliant of the red-flowering species.
Guatemala, amongst heavy grass. Gn. 24:390. O.R.
5:273.
cc. Fls. white.
5. Endresii, Reichb. f. Sts. fr-9 in.: racemes 9-12-
fld.; fls. 1 in. diam., pure white; lip and column spotted
purple. Costa Rica. G.C. II. 23:504. B.M. 7855.
O.R. 12:145.
ccc. Fls., at least sepals and petals, rose or purple.
6. ellipticum, Graham (E. crassifolium, Hook.). Fls.
on long scapes, clustered, rose or purple, J^in. diam.
Brazil. B.M. 3543.
7. paniculatum, Ruiz & Pav. Sts. 3-4 ft. : fls. %in.
across, lilac-purple, lip whitish yellow. Venezuela to
Peru, high altitudes. B.M. 5731. I.H. 22:211— Most
free-flowering and best of paniculate species.
8. evectum, Hook. Sts. 3-5 ft.: peduncles nodding,
2 ft.; fls. rich purple, lip deeply fringed. Colombia.
B.M. 5902. — Easily cult, and on account of its free-
flowering habit deserves a place in the warm greenhouse.
cccc. Fls., at least sepals and petals, yellowish green.
9. leucochilum, Klotzsch (E. imperator, Hort.). Sts.
2 ft.: fls. 5-9, on long pedicels, greenish yellow; lip pure
white. Colombia, 6,000-9,000 ft.
10. eburneum, Reichb. f . Sts. terete, 2-3 ft. : fls. 3-4
in. diam., yellowish green; lip ivory-white, with yel-
low calli; raceme terminal, 4-6-fld. Panama, in swamps.
B.M. 5643.
1398. Epidendrum
ciliare. (XT)
BB. Sts. thickened into
pseudobulbs.
c. Pseudobulbs 2-J^-lvd.:
labellum adnate less
than half; column broad-
winged. (Barkeria).
D. Lip obovate, obtuse.
11. elegans, Reichb. f. (Bark-
eria elegans, Knowl. & West).
Sts. terete, 12 in.: pedicels 24
in.; fls. 5-7, nodding, \1A in.
diam., lilac-purple; lip whitish,
with purple blotch. Pacific coast
of Mex. B.M. 4784.
DD. Lip acute.
E. Fls. about 1 in. across.
12. Skinneri, Batem. (Barkeria Skinneri, Paxt.).
Lvs. ovate-oblong, sheathing the slender st.: peduncle
terminal, bearing rose-lilac fls. about 1 in. across;
petals and sepals nearly equal, petals so twisted at the
base as to present dorsal surface to the observer ; label-
lum ovate, with 3 raised lines. Guatemala. B.R.
1881. P.M. 15:1 (var. major).
EE. Fls. 2-4 in. across.
13. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f. (Barkeria Lindleyana,
Batem.). Sts. slender: fls. numerous, about 2 in.
across, rose-purple; labellum with a white disk; petals
broader than the sepals Cent. Amer. 1839. J.H. III.
44:53.
14. spectabile, Reichb. f. (Barkeria spectdbilis,
Batem.). FLOR DE ISABAL. Sts. tufted, cylindrical,
4-5 in. high: Ivs. 2: raceme about 6-fld.; fls. 3-4 in.
across, bright lilac; sepals linear-lanceolate; petals
ovate-lanceolate; labellum white at base, red-spotted.
Guatemala.
EPIDENDRUM
EPIDENDRUM
1119
co. Pseudobulbs 1-2- , rarely 3-lvd.: labellurn adnate at
base, or not up to the middle; column not winged.
(Encyclium.)
D. Fls. cinnabar.
15. vitellinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2 in. long:
Ivs. 6-9 in.: peduncles 15-18 in., 10-15-fld.; fls. cinna-
bar-red; lip and column orange. Mex., 6,000-9,000 ft.
B.M. 4107. G.C. III. 10:141.
Var. ma jus, Veitch. Pseudobulbs shorter: racemes
denser; fls. larger and more brilliant. G.C. III. 12:159.
— Very superior to the species; type no longer imported.
DD. Fls. rose.
16. nemorale, Lindl. Pseudobulbs subglobose, 3-4
in. high: Ivs. 9-12 in. : peduncles 2 ft. long, covered with
warts; fls. 3-4 in. diam., rose-colored; lip rosy mauve,
streaked with purple. Mex. B.M. 4606 (as E. verru-
cosum). G.C. II. 24:332. A.F. 6:633.
DDD. Fls. other than above.
E. Sepals and petals white.
17. dichromum, Lindl. Fls. white, lip rose-colored,
yellow and downy at base. Brazil.
EE. Sepals and petals green.
18. osmanthum, Rodr. (E. Godseffianum, Rolfe. E.
Capartidnum, Lindl.). Fls. \Y"i in. across, in large
panicles, light green, suffused with brown; lip white,
lined with rose-purple, fragrant. Brazil. B.M. 7792. —
One of the handsomest species.
19. prismatocarpum, Reichb. f. (E. maculdtum,
Hort.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, tapering, 4-5 in. : Ivs. 12-15
in.: fls. \Y<i in. across, pale yellow-green, with purplish
black spots; lip pale purple, with yellow tip and white
border. Cent. Amer., 5,000 ft. B.M. 5336. G.W. 5,
p. 126. O.R. 12:57.
EEE. Sepals and petals purple or brown.
20. atropurp&reum, Willd. (E. macrochilum, Hook.).
Pseudobulbs ovoid, 3-4 in high: Ivs. lanceolate, 12-15
in. long, dull purple-colored: peduncle 6-10-fld.; fls.
2^2 m- diam., purplish brown upon greenish ground;
lip yellowish white, with crimson stripes. Mex. to
Venezuela. B.M. 3534. A.F. 6:609. J.H. III. 51:243,
401.
Var. Randianum, Lind. & Rod. Sepals and petals
margined with light yellowish green, the white middle
lobe of lip with a red-purple-rayed blotch.
Var. roseum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals purplish,
lip bright rosy. Guatemala. P.M. 11:243.
21. Brassavolae, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs pear-
shaped: Ivs. 6-9 in.: racemes 18-24 in., 6-9-fld.; fls.
4 in. across; sepals and petals narrow, yellowish bro"~ri;
lip trowel-shaped, purple, white and green. Mex. to
Guatemala, 8,000 ft. B.M. 5664.
ccc. Pseudobulbs 1-2-, rarely 3-lvd.: lip adnate up
to apex of column. (Aulizeum.)
D. Lip fringed.
22. ciliare, Linn. Fig. 1398. Pseudobulbs clavate,
4-6 in.: Ivs. 4-6 in., springing from sheathing bract:
peduncles 5-7-fld.; fls. yellowish green; lip white. Trop.
Amer., between 5th and 20th parallel of north latitude.
B.R. 784. — Plant resembles a cattleya. Intro, to cult,
in 1790.
no. Lip not fringed.
E. Fls. vermilion.
23. aurantiacum, Batem. Once classed in the sepa-
rate group of Epicladium, now often accepted as a spe-
cies of Cattleya, where it was first referred by Don.
The plant grows with, and much resembles Cattleya
Skinneri. Fls. 1J^ in. across, orange-red, appearing in
Feb. and March and lasting several weeks. Guatemala.
Gt. 5:130.
EE. Fls. not vermilion.
p. The lip deeply 3-lobed, the middle lobe long and
lanceolate.
24. falcatum, Lindl. (E. Parkinsonianum, Hook.).
Pseudobulbs thin, rising from running rhizomes,
monophyllous: Ivs. 6-12 in., fleshy, channeled on one
side: peduncles 2-5, sheathed, 1-fld.; fls. 5 in. across,
greenish yellow; lip white, greenish at apex. Mex. to
Guatemala. B.M. 3778. G.C. III. 44:378.— Plants
grow inverted.
FF. The lip not as in F.
25. vendsum, Lindl. BUTTERFLY ORCHID. Scape 1
ft., with white sheaths: Ivs. 3, 4—6 in. long, linear-lanceo-
late: scape tumid at base, 5-7-fld.; fls. pink, chocolate
and green, about 1 in. long, lasting a long time. On
oaks, etc., Mex. — Of easy cult. The Fla. representa-
tive of this species is E. tampense, Lindl. See 9th Rept.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 137, pis. 38, 39.
26. fragrans, Swartz. Pseudobulbs fusiform, mon-
ophyllous, 3-4 in.: Ivs. 8-12 in.: fls. inverted, 2 in.
diam., very fragrant, pale greenish or whitish; lip crim-
son-streaked. Guatemala, through the W. Indies to
N. Brazil. B.M. 1669.
27. cochleatum, Linn. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. : Ivs. 6 in. :
racemes 4-7-fld.; fls. 3^4 in. across, greenish white; lip
deep purple beneath, light green above, with maroon
blotch on each side, column white. Trop. Amer. from
Fla. to Colombia. B.M. 572.— Intro. 1787; first epiphy-
tical orchid to flower in England.
Garden hybrids: E. Berkeleyi (E. StamfordianumxE. O'Brien-
ianum). — E. Burtonii (E. O'Brienianum X E. ibaguense). — E.
Clarrlssa superbum (E. elegantulum X E. Wallisii). — E. dellense
(E. xanthinum X E. radicans). — E. elegdntulum (E. Wallisii XE.
Endresio- Wallisii). G.C. III. 19:361. — E. Endresio-WdUisii.—E.
kewense (E. evectumxE. xanthinum). — E. O'Brienianum (E. evec-
tum X E. radicans). G.C. III. 3 : 771. — E. Phoebus (E. O'Brienianum
XE. vitellinum). — E. radicdnti-Stamfordidnum. — E. rddico-vilel-
llnum. — E. Wdllisio-cilidre. — E. xdntho-radicans.
Euepidendrum: E. arachnoglossum, Andr6. Sts. 4-5 ft.: fls.
rich purple-lilac; lip fringed, with orange calli. Colombia. R.H.
1882:554. — E. Clxsianum, Cogn. Sts. up to 2 ft. tall: racemes
numerous, pendulous; fls. pure white. Colombia. G.C. III. 29:70. —
E. cnemidophorum, Lindl. Sts. 4-6 ft.: racemes ample, drooping;
fls. purple, brown and yellow, fragrant. Guatemala, 7,000 ft. B.M.
5656. — E. conopseum, R. Br. Scape few- to many-fld. : Ivs. 1-3, thick:
fls. green, tinged with purple, the sepals spatulate and revolute,
the petals narrower and obtuse. S. Fla. and S. Once offered by
Reasoner. — E. Cooperidnum, Batem. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. yellow-green;
lip bright purple. Brazil. B.M. 5654. — E. costdtum, Rich. & Gal.
Raceme nodding; fls. about 1 in. across, the sepals and petals
reddish brown, the lip whitish, purple-marked. Mex. G.C. III.
44:425. — E. dec ipiens, Lindl. Fls. orange or vermilion. Colombia.
— E. Ellisii, Rolfe. Fls. carmine-rose, very handsome. Colombia.
E. fulgens, Brongn. Fls. orange-scarlet, in crowded racemes.
Guiana to Brazil. — E. grdcilis, Lindl., was once offered by John
Saul. — E. ibaguense, HBK. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. orange - scarlet ; lip
yellow. Colombia to Peru, 4,500 ft. — E. Lambeaudnum, De Wild.
Sepals and petals whitish, the lip claret. G.C. III. 44:228.— E.
myridnthum, Lindl. Sts. 3-5 ft.: enormous panicles of rich purple
fls.; lip with 2 yellow calli. Guatemala. B.M. 5556. — E. noc-
turnum. Linn. Sts. 2-3 ft. : peduncles 8-10-fld. ; fls. white and yel-
lowish, 5 in. across, very fragrant. S. Fla. and Mex. to Peru and
W. Indies. B.M. 3298. Once offered by Reasoner. — E. palpigerum,
Reichb. f. Fls. beautiful lilac. Mex.— E. Pfdmi, Rolfe. Sts. 4-6 ft.
high: fls. light purple; lip with white disk, in numerous racemes.
Costa Rica. — E. Pseudepidendrum, Reichb. f . Sts. 2-3 ft. : fls. 3 in.
diam., green; lip orange-red and yellow. Cent. Amer., 4,000 ft.
B.M. 5929. — E. raniferum, Lindl. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. yellow-green,
thickly spotted with purple. Mex. to Guiana. B.R. 28:42. — E.
rigidum, Jacq., was once catalogued by Reasoner. — E. Schom-
burgkii, Lindl. Sts. 2-3 ft.: fls. vermilion. Guiana, Brazil, Quito.
B.R. 24:53.— E. stenopetalum, Hook. Sts. up to 2 ft.: fls. 1 1A
in. across, rosy mauve, the lip with a white blotch. Jamaica. B.M.
3410. — E. syringothyrsis, Reichb. f. Sts. 4-5 ft.: fls. deep purple;
lip and column with orange and yellow, crowded in long racemes.
Bolivia, 8,000-9,000 ft. B.M. 6145.— E. Wdllisii, Reichb. f. Sts.
4-6 ft.: fls. yellow, some purple spots; lip orange and purple, upon
white ground. Colombia. 4,000-7,000 ft. Has lateral as well as
terminal racemes.
Encyclium: E. ddvena, Reichb. f. Fls. yellow, veined brown;
lip yellowish white, purple-streaked. Brazil. — E. aldtum, Batem.
Fls. 2 in. across, purple and green; lip yellowish, streaked with
purple, fragrant. Cent. Amer. B.M. 3898. — E. blfidum, Aubl.
Fls. pale green, dotted with purple; lip rose, orange and white. W.
Indies, Guiana. B.R. 1879. — E. Friderici-Guilielmi, Warsc. &
Reichb. f. Bulbs 4-5 ft.: fls. dark purple; base of lip white and yel-
low. Peru, 6,000-8.000 ft. I. H. 18:48.— E. gaUopannum, Reichb. f.
Fls. brown in large racemes; lip yellow. Brazil. — E. oneidioides,
Lindl. Panicles up to 6 ft. long; fls. yellow and brown, sweet-
1120
EPIDENDRUM
EPIG^A
scented. Stately species. Guiana. B.R. 1623. — E. phoeniceum,
Lindl. Panicles 2-3 ft.; fls. deep purple, mottled green; lip rich
violet, stained crimson. Handsome. Cuba. — F. virgatum, Lindl.
Scape up to 7 ft. high; fls. small, up to 20, greenish, stained brown.
Mex.
Aulizeum: E. variegdtum, Hook. Racemes many-fld.; fls.
fragrant; sepals and petals pale yellow, the lip rose or white-and-
rose-spotted. S. Amer. B.M. 3151.
Other species mentioned in horticultural literature are: E. campy-
lostalyx, Reichb. f. A curious species with glaucous green pseudo-
bulbs and Iva.: fls. yellowish tinged with chocolate color. Cent.
Amer. — E. Ldmbda, Lind. Closely allied to E. fragrans. Sepals and
petals light salmon-color; lip cream-yellow with violet lines; crest
velvety. Colombia. — E. laterale, Hort. Infl. produced on a
rudimentary pseudobulb as in E. Stamfordianum. Cent. Amer. —
E. pterocdrpum, Lindl. Of diminutive growth, chiefly of botanical
interest. Mex. — E. punctiferum, Reichb. f. Fls. in erect spikes,
green, the lip spotted with purple. Brazil. — E. purpurachylum,
Rodr. "Sepals and petals dull olive-green, tinged with brown;
corrugated front lobe of lip deep purple, with whitish yellow mar-
gin; fls. fragrant, not unlike violets." — E. sacchar&tum, Kranzl.
Raceme 15-20-fld.; fls. green, marked with dark brown; lip white,
rose-purple at apex. Guiana. — E. Stall forthianum, Kranzl. Sepals
and petals dull brown; column ivory-white; fls. have a peculiar
and disagreeable odor. Mex. G.C. III. 51: 114. — E. tripunct&tum,
Lindl. Intro, in 1881 and now reappearing in cult.
GEORGE HANSEN.
GEORGE V.
EPIDIACRIUM (compounded of Epidendrum and
Diacrium). Orchiddceae. A genus established to con-
tain hybrids between Epidendrum and Diacrium.
The following is sometimes found in collections: E. Cdlmanii
(E. ciliare X D. bicornutum).
EPIG.3JA (Greek, epi, upon, gaia, earth; in reference
to the trailing growth). Ericacese. Evergreen spring-
blooming plants, herbaceous in appearance but with
woody creeping stems, sometimes planted.
Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire, leathery: fls.
usually dioecious, sometimes perfect, in short terminal
or pseudo-axillary spikes, each in the axil of a green
bract and with 2 green brastlets; sepals 5, green; corolla
pink or white, salver-shaped, with 5 lobes; stamens 10,
attached to the base of the corolla-tube, the 2-celled
anthers dehiscing by slits not, as is usual in the Erica-
cese, by pores; style columnar; stigma 5-lobed; ovary
densely hairy, 5-celled, with many ovules: fr. depressed-
globose, fleshy, dehiscent along the partitions, the
many minute seeds set on the surface of the white suc-
culent placentae. — Two species, N. E. Amer. and Japan.
repens, Linn. TRAILING ARBUTUS. MAYFLOWER.
Fig. 1399. Spreading on the ground in patches some-
times 2 ft. diam., the hirsute sts. rooting: If .-blades
ovate-oblong to orbicular, cordate or rounded at the
base, obtuse or broadly acute at the apex, sparingly
hirsute on the margins and both surfaces, 1-3 in.
long: fls. fragrant, the corolla-lobes spreading, those of
the male fls. much larger than the female; stamens
in the female fls. often reduced to mere rudiments of
filaments; stigmas spreading in the female fls., folded
together in the male: fr. berry -like after dehiscence,
the axis, dissepiments, and placentae fleshy. Newfound-
land to Sask., south to Fla., Ky.,
and Wis. — It grows only in acid
soils.
Trailing arbutus, probably the
best beloved of all the early wild
flowers of the eastern United States,
is rarely seen in cultivation. Yet
it thrives in the same acid peaty
Bandy well aerated soils as the
blueberry, and like the blueberry it
has in and on its roots a myco-
rhizal fungus upon which it prob-
ably depends for nutrition. One of
the most satisfactory potting mix-
tures is nine parts finely sifted
kalmia peat, one part clean sand,
and three parts clean broken
crocks. In watering the plants one
should use rain-water, bog-water,
or some other water free from lime.
Wild plants may be transplanted, preferably in autumn
or very early spring, care being taken to lift a large
portion of the root-mat without disturbing the roots.
Such plants should be kept in a coldframe or coolhouse
and until abundant new roots are formed should
receive little or no direct sunlight. They may be
propagated by division or by layers, but the resulting
plants are seldom symmetrical.
The best method of propagating trailing arbutus is
by the seed. The fruit, which is often borne in abun-
dance on vigorous female plants, ripens at the same
season as the wild strawberry. At maturity and while
still herbaceous the wall of the fruit splits from the
center into five valves which turn backward in a green
rosette exposing the white fleshy edible berry-like
interior, % to % of an inch in diameter and dotted with
seeds. The fruits disappear quickly after dehiscence,
commonly within a few hours, being eagerly sought by
ants, snails, and birds. A fruit bears usually 300 to
500 seeds. The seeds, which are easily separated from
the pulp by rubbing between the fingers, should be
sown at once in a well-drained shallow box, in a mixture
of two parts finely sifted kalmia peat and one part of
clean sand, covered about fs of an inch with the same
material, and watered slowly but thoroughly with a
very fine rose. If covered with a glass and kept away
from direct sunlight a second watering may not be
required before germination. The seeds come up in
three to four weeks, and in their earliest stages after
germination often require protection from ants. This
is best accomplished by setting the seed-boxes on pots
inverted in saucers of water. In the heat of summer
young seedlings, and older plants as well, can not stand
full sunlight. A lath shade with spaces of the same
width as the lath usually furnishes sufficient protection.
In the third or fourth month from germination, when
the plants are about y% of an inch in diameter, they
should be potted in 2-inch pots in the mixture of peat,
sand, and crocks already described, and the pots
plunged in sand in shallow boxes.
If carried through the first winter in a greenhouse,
with a night temperature of 55° to 60° and a day
temperature of about 65° to 70°, the plants continue
their growth all winter, and in the following summer
some of them even without transfer to larger pots will
lay down a few clusters of flower-buds, in preparation
for the next spring's blooming, when they are a year
and a half old. Many of the plants, however, do not
flower until they are two and a half years old, their
1399. Trailing arbutus or Mayflower— Epigaea repens.
XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschscholtzia californica.
EPIG^EA
EPIMEDIUM
1121
rosettes having reached a diameter of about 7 to 10
inches.
The flower-buds are formed from midsummer to
autumn. If the plants are kept in a warm greenhouse
during the winter the flower-buds seldom open. To
make them open normally the plants must be subjected
to a prolonged period of chilling. Actual freezing is
not necessary. The best chilling temperature for the
greenhouse is a little above freezing, about 35°. Alter-
nate freezing and thawing, with strong sunlight, is
likely to injure the foliage. Strong sunlight without
freezing heightens the color of the flowers. After two
to three months of chilling the plants may be forced,
if early flowers are desired, by alternating the same low
night temperature with a day temperature of 45° to
60°. Plants kept in a cool humid atmosphere often
remain in flower three to four weeks, redolent with
their well-known delightful fragrance. The male
flowers, with their yellow centers, are much larger and
prevailingly much pinker than the green-centered
female flowers. In cultivated plants the corollas some-
times have a spread of % of an inch. The most robust
plants have been secured by plunging the pot in moist
sphagnum in a pot of 2 inches greater diameter. The
roots then grow through the hole in the bottom of the
inner pot and develop profusely in the moist, well
aerated sphagnum of the outer pot. Old plants which
have become ragged at the center may be revivified
by cutting the stems back almost to the main root
immediately after flowering. They then throw out a
new circle of branches with new and bright foliage and
flower profusely the following spring.
FREDERICK V. COVILLE.
EPIL5JLIA (compounded of Epidendrum and
Lselia). Orchiddcese. A genus established to include
hybrids of these genera.
E. belairensis (E. ciliare x L. autumnalis) . — E.
Charleswdrthii (E. radicans x L. cinnabarina). — E.
Fletcheridna (E. atrppurpureum x L. harpophylla) . — E.
Hardydna (E. ciliare x L. anceps). C. 0. 1. — E.
heateriensis (E. O'Brienianum x L. cinnabarina). — E.
Lawrencei (E. vitellinum x L. tenebrosa). — E. Lionetii
(E. atropurpureum x L. purpurata). — E. Mdrgaritse
(E. Parkinsonianum x L. grandis). — E. Sylvia (L.
cinnabarina x E. Cooperianum.) — E. Vettchii (E.
radicans x L. purpurata). — E. vitellbrosa (E. vitel-
linum x L. tenebrosa). GEORGE V. NASH.
EPILOBIUM (Greek, upon the pod, referring to the
structure of the flower). Including Chamsenerion.
Onagrdceas. Border plants, with willow-like foliage, and
large showy spikes of deep pink, rosy crimson or white
or even yellow flowers borne from June to August-
Herbs or sub-shrubs, sometimes annual, erect,
sprawling or creeping: Ivs. alternate or opposite,
toothed or entire: fls. axillary or terminal, solitary or
in spikes or racemes, rosy purple or flesh-colored, very
rarely yellow; calyx-tube little, if at all, produced
beyond the ovary; petals 4, obovate or obcordate,
erect or spreading; stamens 8; ovary 4-celled; seeds
comose; stigma often 4-lobed: caps, long and narrow,
4-sided and 4-valved. — Species about 200 or more, in
many parts of the world, mostly in temperate regions.
The taller species, like E. angustifolium and E. hir-
sulum, make very rank growth in moist places, and are
therefore especially adapted for the wild garden or for
naturalizing along the water's edge and in low meado.ws.
The underground runners reach far, and the plants
spread fast when not kept in bounds. Propagation is
by division or seeds.
angustifolium, Linn. (E. spicdtum, Lam. Chamse-
nerion angustifolium, Scop.). GREAT WILLOW-HERB.
FIRE-WEED. In cult, mostly branched and 3-5 ft.
high; in the wild simple or branched, 2-8 ft. high: Ivs.
alternate, very short-petioled, lanceolate, entire or
minutely toothed, 2-6 in. long, 4-12 lines wide, pale
beneath, acute, narrowed at bases: fls. spreading, in
long, terminal spike-like racemes, petals rounded at
tip; stigma 4-lobed: caps. 2-3 in. long. Eu., Asia, N.
Amer. B.B. 2:481. Var. filba, Hort., has pure white
fls. suitable for cutting; also occurs wild. This variety
was perfected in England. It forms a compact bush.
hirsfttum, Linn. Stout, 2-4 ft. high, with short but
conspicuous soft straight hairs: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,
usually opposite, sessile and often clasping, with many
small, sharp teeth, 1-3 in. long, pubescent on both
sides: fls. erect, axillary, about 1 in. across; petals
notched: weed from Eu., showy, and sometimes found
in old gardens.
Dodonjei, Vill. (E. rosmarinifdlium, Haenke). Per-
ennial, 1-3 ft., blooming in midsummer, mostly erect:
Ivs. linear, tapering somewhat toward either end,
entire, smooth or somewhat soft-hairy: fls. red, the infl.
terminal on the branches. Eu.
obcordatum, Gray. Glabrous perennial: decumbent,
sts. 3-5 in. long, 1-5-fld.: Ivs. numerous, opposite,
ovate, sessile, %in. or less long: fls. bright rose-color,
the petals Hin. long and obcordate; stamens yellow,
shorter than declining style: caps, short and thick.
Calif, in the high Sierras, and hi Nev. — Offered as an
alpine. A handsome species.
luteum, Pursh. Nearly simple, 1-2 ft., nearly gla-
brous: Ivs. ovate or elliptical to broad-lanceolate,
toothed, slightly fleshy, 1-3 in. long, sessile or with a
short-winged petiole: fls. bright yellow, the petals %in.
long; style often exserted: caps, long-stalked, some-
what puberulent. Ore. to Alaska.
E.abysslnicumdlbum is offered abroad, as "pure white, pretty:"
the name does not appear to have botanical standing. — E. lati-
fdlium, Linn. (Chamsenerion latifolium, Sweet). Erect, canescent,
about \l/i ft. : Ivs. lanceolate or ovate - lanceolate, tapering at both
ends, thick: fls. purple, showy, sometimes 2 in. across. Newfound-
land to Ore. and north. L H B
EPIMEDIUM (Greek, like Median, a plant said to
grow in Media; a name from Dioscorides, retained by
Linnaeus). Berb&riddcese. Herbs suitable for rock-gar-
dens and shady places.
This genus contains some of the daintiest and most
interesting plants that can be grown in the hardy
border, and E. macranthum, particularly, is as distinct,
complicated and fascinating as many of the rare, ten-
der and costly orchids. The whole family to which it
belongs is exceptionally interesting, and is one of the
most striking of those rare cases in which the cultural,
botanical and artistic points of view have much in
common. Of the 8 or 9 genera of this family only Ber-
beris and Nandina are shrubs, all the others being herbs,
with creeping, underground sts., and all small, choice,
curious, and cult, to a slight extent, except Bongardia
and Leontice. Podophyllum contains our mandrake;
Caulophyllum_ the quaint blue cohosh ; and the others
are Aceranthus, Achlys, Diphylleia, Jeffersonia and
Vancouveria. A collection of all these plants should
make a charming study. What appear to be petals in
E. macranthum are really the inner row of sepals, col-
ored like petals, and performing their functions, while
the long spurs or nectaries are supposed to be highly
specialized petals. Epimedium has 8 sepals and 4
petals, which are mostly small and in the form of nec-
taries: stamens 4: caps, opening by a valve on the
back: Ivs. pinnately twice or thrice dissected. They
grow a foot or two high. For E. diphyllum, see Acer-
anthus, which is distinguished by its flat, not nectary-
like petals, and its Ivs. with a pair of Ifts. on each of
the 2 forks of the petiole. — There are 11 species, all
natives of the northern hemisphere, but some are
found as far south as N. Afr. There is none native in
Amer. The Garden, 48, p. 486, shows what a charming
picture can be made of the foliage alone when cut and
placed in a bowl. The plants retain their foliage all
winter, especially in sheltered spots under trees.
1122
EPIMEDIUM
EPIPHRONITIS
Epimediums thrive best in partial shade, and are
particularly well suited for rockeries and the margins
of shrubberies. Almost any soil will answer for them.
The peculiar bronzy tints of the young foliage con-
, 1400. Epimedium macranthum. a, E.
alpinum var. rubrum; b, E. pinnatum;
showing three types of spur or nectary.
trast well with the variously colored flowers. Propaga-
tion by division. (J. B. Keller.)
A. Spurs conspicuous, often 1 in. long, sometimes twice
as long as the showy inner sepals.
macranthum, Morr. & Decne. Fig. 1400. Lvs.
thrice ternate; Ifts. cordate-ovate, unequal at the base,
sharply toothed; petioles with short, spreading, con-
spicuous hairs: outer sepals sometimes colored bright
red, remaining after the larger and showier parts of the
fl. have fallen; inner sepals ovate-lanceolate, violet;
spurs white. Japan. B.R. 1906. P.M. 5:151. Not
Gn. 46:356, which is E. pinnatum. Var. niveum,
Voss (E. niveum, Hort.), has pure white fls. G.W. 3, p.
591. Var. rdseum, Voss (E. rdseum, Hort. E. niveum
var. rdseum, Hort.), has fls. white, tinged with pink or
pale rosy red. Var. viplaceum, Voss (E. violdceum,
Morr. & Decne.), has violet spurs, shorter than in E.
macranthum, but much larger than in the other species.
B.M. 3751. B.R. 26:43. H.F. 4:168.— A very interest-
ing species. The E. lildcea advertised in some Ameri-
can catalogues seems to belong here. E. lilacea is a
name unknown in botanical literature.
AA. Spurs medium-sized, nearly as long as the inner
sepals.
B. Inner sepals bright red.
alpinum, Linn., var. rubrum, Hook. (E. rubrum,
Morr.). Fig. 1400. Lvs. biternate (but Hooker's picture
shows tendency to thrice ternate condition), minutely
toothed : spurs white, marked with red, as in Fig. 1400,
which shows the very distinct appearance of the fls.
Japan. B.M. 5671. R.B. 3, p. 33.— Hooker says this
differs in no way from E. alpinum, except in the larger
and red fls., while the type which grows wild in England
(though probably not native) has dull reddish yellow
fls., and, though advertised, is probably not in cult.
BB. Inner sepals whitish or pale yellow.
Musschianum, Morr. & Decne. Lvs. only once ter-
nate, sharply toothed, as in E. macranthum: all floral
parts whitish or pale yellow. Japan. B.M. 3745. —
The least showy kind, but worth growing in a collec-
tion, its spurs having an individuality difficult to
describe. Var. rubrum, Hort., is presumably an error,
as a red-fld. form would be very unexpected.
AAA. Spurs much shorter than the inner sepals, being,
in fact, merely small nectar-glands.
B. Lvs. once or twice ternate.
pinnatum, Fisch. Fig. 1400. Lvs. usually biternate,
with 5 Ifts., 3 above and 1 on each side; Ifts. with a
deeper and narrower basal cut than in E. macranthum,
the whole plant densely hairy: scape about as long as
the fully developed Ivs.; fls. typically bright yellow;
nectaries red, a third or a fourth as long as the inner
sepals. Shady mountain woods of Persia and Caucasus.
B.M. 4456. Gn. 46:356, (erroneously as E. macran-
thum) ; 48, p. 486. G. 18:706.— Best suited to the alpine
garden.
Var. elegans, Hort., presumably has larger,
brighter and more numerous fls. E. sulphureum of
European catalogues is regarded by J. W. Manning
and J. B. Keller as a pale yellow-fld. form of E. pinna-
tum, but by Voss as a variety of E. macranthum. A
yellow form of the violet-fld. E. macranthum: would be
very surprising.
Var. colchicum, Hort. (E. cdlchicum, Hort.), has
brilliant golden yellow fls. and nectaries 1-1 ^ lines
long.
BB. Lvs. always once ternate.
Perralderianum, Coss. This is the African repre-
sentative of E. pinnatum, from which it differs in the
key characters and also in the much more strongly
ciliate-toothed Ifts.; when young the Ifts. have rich
bronze markings, making a handsome showing. Its
fls. are a "paler yellow than the typical E. pinna-
tum. It is far from improbable that specimens con-
necting them will be found in S. Eu., if not in Afr."
Algeria. B.M. 6509. — Lvs. remain all winter. Less
desirable than E. pinnatum.
E. diphtfttum, Lodd. See Aceranthus diphyllus. — E. niveum
is catalogued by Van Tubergen as a synonym of E. Musschianum,
but the chances are that all the plants advertised as E. niveum
are E. macranthum var. niveum. The spurs are so obviously
longer in E. macranthum that there is no reason for confusion.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
EPIPACTIS (Greek, epipegnuo; it 'coagulates milk).
Orchiddcese. Hardy terrestrial orchids of minor value.
Leafy orchids with creeping rootstocks and un-
branched sts.: Ivs. ovate or lanceolate, with plaited
veins: fls. purplish brown, nearly white or tinged red;
lower bracts often longer than the fls.; sepals free,
spreading, nearly as large as the petals; lip free, deeply
concave at base, without callosities, narrowly con-
stricted and somewhat jointed in the middle, the upper
portion dilated, petaloid. — Ten or a dozen species in
the north temperate zone. The first mentioned may be
secured through dealers in native western and Japanese
plants; the second is listed in the American edition of a
Dutch catalogue. For other definitions of the name
Epipactis, see Goody era.
Royleana, Lindl. (E. gigantea, Douglas). Stout,
1-4 ft. high: Ivs. from ovate below to narrowly lanceo-
late above, 3-8 in. long: fls. 3-10, greenish, strongly
veined with purple. June, July. Wash, to Santa
Barbara, east to S. Utah and W. Texas, on banks of
streams. Also Himalayas. Intro. 1883. Mn. 8:145.
atr6rubens, Schult. (E. rubigindsa, Crantz). Lvs.
often reddish: fls. and ovary dark purple; lip oval,
acute, or slightly notched; bracts equaling the fls. or
rarely longer. July-Sept. Eu., W. Asia. L. H. B.
EPIPHRONITIS is a bigeneric orchid hybrid of Epi-
dendrum and Sophronitis, for a picture of which see
R.H. 1896 :476. It has about 10 fls., chiefly a brilliant
scarlet, set off with bright yellow. Gt. 46, p. 555.
EPIPHRONITIS
EPIPHYLLUM
1123
Veftchii, Hort. (Epidendrum radicans x Sophronltis
grandiflora). Fls. like those of Epidendrum radicans,
which it much resembles in habit, but the parts all
broader. C.O. 1. GEORGE V. NASH.
EPIPHYLL. A plant that grows on a leaf . It is a kind
of epiphyte. The epiphylls are alga?, lichens, liverworts,
and mosses. The name is applied to those species or
kinds that find their physical support on foliage leaves
rather than to those that are parasitic on them as are
the fungi. Epiphyllous plants are likely to be most
abundant in the tropics.
EPIPHYLLANTHUS (flower upon the leaf). Cac-
tacese. Epiphytic: sts. much branched, jointed, ribbed:
areoles bearing setae instead of spines: fls. resembling
those of Zygocactus ; ovary angled. — One species known.
Native of Brazil. For cult., see Succulents.
obtusangulus, Berger (Cereus obtusdngulus, Schu-
mann). Joints somewhat flattened, about 10-ribbed:
stamens of two kinds. — Although usually considered a
Cereus, it is more closely related to Zygocactus, but
from both it seems generically distinct. Indeed Berger
says it resembles certain Opuntias and seems to have a
relationship with Rhipsalis. It is not grown in this
country, and is still rare in Eu. J. N. ROSE.
EPIPHYLLUM (on a leaf; refers to the leaf-like
branches on which the flower grows). Cactacese. Spine-
less upright branched flat-stemmed cacti with very
large and showy flowers, some of them popular as house-
plants.
Branches flat, 2-edged, crenate or serrate on the
margins, spineless: fls. usually large, mostly nocturnal;
petals white, red, or yellow; stamens elongated, numer-
ous: fr. oblong in outline, bearing a few bracts, red,
juicy; seeds numerous, black. In the Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture, the name Phyllocactus was
used for this genus, but this is a much later name and
hence it is given up. The epiphyllums of the first
Cyclopedia will be found under Zygocactus. For cult.,
see Succulents.
Several hundred hybrids are in the trade, the most
common ones being with E. crenatum, E. Ackermannii
and E. phyllanthoides. Fig. 1401. Crosses are often
made with the various Cereus allies, such as Heliocereus
speciosus, and with some species of Echinopsis.
A. Tube offl. always elongated, usually much longer than
the limb; petals white or yellowish: mostly night-
bloomers.
B. Style white.
C. Branches thin, usually spreading in some plane: petals
pure white.
oxypetalum, Haw. (Phyllocdctus grdndis, Lem.).
Very large, sometimes 20 ft. long, with numerous short
side branches, and these in the same plane with the
main st., thin and If .-like: fl. large (nearly a foot long),
white, night-blooming (sometimes described as day-
blooming). Originally from Mex., but said to be found
in Honduras and Guatemala; also reported from Cuba,
but surely not native there. G.W. 10:560 (as Phyllo-
cactus latifrons).— One of the commonest and best
species in cult,
cc. Branches thick, not spreading in the same plane:
petals cream-colored or yellow.
D. Fls. large: sts. with shallow crenations.
crenatum, Don (Phyllocdctus crendtus, Lem.). Sts.
about 3 ft. long, erect, thick, strongly crenate, some-
what glaucous: midrib very thick: fl. large, 6-1'
long, said to be a day-bloomer; petals white or cream-
colored in life, drying yellow; tube 4-5 in. long; style
said to be white; very fragrant. Guatemala and b. Mex.,
and said to come from Honduras.
DD. Fls. small for the genus: sts. with deeply cut
margins.
anguliger, Don (Phyllocdctus angiiliger, Lem.).
About 3 ft. high, much branched below: branches
narrow, thick, with deeply cut margins: fls. 5-8 in.
long, with a slender tube; petals yellow.
BB. Style red.
c. Sts. stiff, erect.
strictum, Brit. & Rose (Phyllocdctus strictus, Lem.).
Erect, branching, reaching a height of 10 ft., with long
cylindrical branches and shorter, If.-like secondary
branches: crenatures or teeth rather deep, unequal on
the opposite sides: bristles wanting: tube of the fl. very
long and slender, outer sepals brownish, inner pure
white; the fl. opens late in the evening and closes before
dawn; in full bloom the sepals are very strongly
recurved. Said to come from Cuba. — Often found in
collections under the name of P. latifrons.
cc. Sts. rather weak, spreading.
D. Petals very narrow: areoles bearing black bristles.
latifrons, Zucc. (Phyllocdctus Idtifrons, Link. P.
stenopetalus, Salm-Dyck?). Branches very long and
large, crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or acuminate:
midrib and usually side ribs evident: areoles with rather
large scales and dark bristles: fl. 8-10 in. long, spread-
ing and in full bloom bent backward; petals narrow.
Supposed to be from Mex., but not known from wild
material. — Much advertised as the queen cactus.
DD. Petals broader: areoles without bristles.
Hodkeri, Haw. (Phyllocdctus Hobkeri, Salm-Dyck).
Sts. 6-10 ft. high: branches rather thin, light green,
strongly crenate: fls. night-blooming, 8-9 in. long; fl.-
tube narrow, tinged with yellow; sepals narrow, lemon-
yellow; petals pure white, narrow, 2 in. long; stamens
in a single series; style red. Brazil and Guiana. B.M.
1401. One of the many hybrid Epiphyllums.
2692 (as Cactus phyUanthus) .—Although long in cult.,
the species is not now well known, there being 2 or
more closely related species in cult, under this name.
AA. Tube of fls. short, always shorter than the limb: day-
bloomers.
B. Style reddish: fls. 41A in. broad.
Ackennannii, Haw. (Phyllocdctus Ackermannii, Salm-
Dyck). Fig. 1402. Sts. numerous, sometimes reach-
ing 3 ft., somewhat recurved: branches usually less
than a foot long, with evident middle and side ribs:
areoles on the lower and younger shoots bearing short
bristles: fls. scarlet-red outside, carmine-red within,
1124
EPIPHYLLUM
EPIPHYTES
the throat greenish yellow, tube very short, the limb
wide-spreading, 4-6 in. diam. B.R. 1331. — Not known
in the wild state.
BB. Style white: fis. smaller than the last.
phyllanthoides, Sweet (Phyllocdctus phyllanthoides,
Link). Branches at length hanging, cylindrical at base,
lanceolate above; serratures obtuse; middle and side
ribs evident; bristles few: fl.-tube 2 in. long or less, with
spreading scales, the limb somewhat longer, often
striate. S. Mex. J. N. ROSE.
EPIPHYTES. Literally "air plants:" those plants
that do not grow in earth or water, but are supported
in air on trees or other objects and usually drawing no
organic nourishment from such object or support.
True epiphytes are widely distributed in all climates,
but it is in the moist tropics that they become so numer-
ous and conspicuous as to arouse the special interest
and enthusiasm of the serious student as well as of the
traveler or casual observer. One thinks of epiphytes
as growing upon trees, and trees are usually the sup-
porting plants. The term merely signifies that ecologi-
cal type that has the habit of growing upon other
plants, although in this account it is not the purpose to
discuss such seaweeds or other algse as grow upon larger
plants in the water. The word epiphyte also involves
a contrast with parasite, the latter denoting that
nourishment and water are derived from the living
tissues of the supporting plant or host. The epiphytic
habit implies no particular
method of nutrition, and the
epiphytes are entirely indepen-
dent of the nutrition of the
1402. Epiphyllum Ackermannii. ( X K)
supporting plant. This habit is not restricted to a
single class, or to a few families of plants, although in
some families many representatives of the type have
been developed, while in related families there may be
none. The seed plants are represented by many species
of tropical orchids, arums, bromeliads, and numerous
others; lycopods, ferns, mosses and liverworts all con-
tribute many examples; and in the lower groups of
plants the lichens are in some regions dominantly
epiphytic.
The luxuriant tropical rain-forest is regarded as the
climax in development of vegetation. In describing
this type, Humboldt declared that "forest is piled upon
forest." Under such conditions the trunks and branches
are clothed with larger epiphytes, and the leaves of
some species accommodate algse and lichens. It is in
the South American tropical forests that the better
known of our greenhouse epiphytes are native. Orchids,
bromeliads, and arums are among the most abundant.
In the Javanese forests, the wealth of species is great,
but mosses, ferns and lycopods are particularly numer-
ous, and these are accompanied by some interesting
species of Ficus, epiphytic for a time, and by the
striking Rhododendron javanicum, among others. In the
mountain forests of tropical regions there are, as
epiphytes, representatives of several families of ferns,
likewise many mosses and lichens. The dicotylous and
certain coniferous forests of Europe and America harbor
a few mosses and liverworts and numerous species of
lichens. A conspicuous epiphyte of the southern states,
as well as of tropical America is the long or Florida
moss, Tillandsia usneoides, the extremest epiphyte
among the Bromeliacese. Accompanying this, the
common polypody fern is also found on trees. Going
northward, the total number of epiphytic lichens may
decrease, but several of the larger forms seem to become
more abundant and some of the moss-like usneas
extend to the northernmost latitude of
tree growth.
The habit of growing upon trees ren-
ders epiphytes subject to an inconstant
water-supply. On this account the larger
and more delicate epiphytes are restricted
to regions constantly moist. Even in the
moist forest, the species less resistant to
drying out are found on the lower branches,
and those more resistant maintain them-
selves higher up, so that there is a dis-
tribution in strata, analogous to the lateral
distribution of species about the edge of
a pond. In general, however, there is ex-
posure to drying out, and, as might be
anticipated, these plants exhibit the struc-
tural characteristics of xerophytes (dry-
land plants). Many of them are modified
so that transpiration is reduced, and they
are able to withstand considerable desic-
cation. Among greenhouse forms this is
notably true of many orchids and lichens.
Moreover, many species of orchids possess
special tissues to which water is trans-
ported and there accumulated as a "re-
serve" supply. Leaf-tissues may function
in this way, but usually more important
are the bulb-like enlargements of the
stems.
Of special interest are the organs of
absorption of certain epiphytes. Aerial
roots are characteristic of tropical arums
and orchids. The typical air-root is pro-
vided with an outer cylinder of tissue, the
velamen, derived from the epidermis, con-
sisting at maturity of dead cells capable of
taking up liquid water and substances in
solution like a sponge. From these roots
as capillary reservoirs, the supply is gradu-
EPIPHYTES
EQUISETUM
1125
ally absorbed by the living tissues. Rain, dew, or
moist substrata may furnish the water, but the view
that these roots absorb water vapor is erroneous. The
Bromeliaceae are peculiar in the possession of certain
absorbing leaf -scales or hairs. The Florida moss pos-
sesses such hairs over the entire surfaces of the
thread-like stems and
leaves, and the plant
is rootless. There are
all gradations between
this and the soil-rooted
pineapple - like forms.
The arrangement of
the leaves in many of
the bromeliads possess-
ing larger leaves is
Buch as to establish
after a rain a tempo-
rary reservoir about the
leaf - bases. The ab-
sorbing scales of the
bromeliads exhibit
features worthy of note
in three particulars: (1) When
dry certain dead cells absorb
water greedily; (2) with ab-
sorption they assume a posi-
tion making possible the entry
of water to a considerable sur-
face of living cells, and (3)
with collapse, due to loss of
water, the spaces admitting
water are closed and loss is
minimized.
Aside from such saprophytic fungi as might
be considered epiphytic, the epiphytes are
amply provided with chlorophyll - bearing
tissue; therefore, organic food is manufac-
tured as in other plants. Some of the epiphytes
growing upon such humus-developing sub- '\
trata as the decaying bark of trees, or such as
passively accumulate humus and other materials in the
vicinity of their absorbing surfaces, might absorb some
organic compounds as well as salts in this way; but
this supply of organic matter is certainly inconsequen-
tial in most cases. Water and salts are secured either
through the air-roots, as described, or partially through
normal roots, when such occur. Many species, epi-
phytic at first, ultimately send roots into the soil, and
then secure water and salts largely through the terres-
trial habit.
In the forest, certain of the seed-bearing epiphytes are
specialized with respect to supporting plants, often
due to the special nature of the protection offered, or
to the physical advantages of the substratum in regard
to fixation of the plant. Most species are markedly
unspecialized and may be grown in the greenhouse
most successfully. B. M. DUGGAR.
EPIPREMNTJM (upon the trunk of trees). Aracese.
Resembling the genus Rhaphidophora but has fewer
ovules, 2 or more 1-seeded berries not confluent, and
albuminous kidney-shaped instead of almost terete
seeds. About 8 species from Malay and Polynesia.
E. giganteum, Schott. A robust climber over 100 ft.
high, the sts. emitting long rope-like roots from every
growth: Ivs. cordate-oblong, 6-8 ft. long, including the
petiole which is as long as the blade and winged through-
out its length: spathe about 1 ft. long, ending in a
curved beak-spadix as long as spathe. Malay Penins.
B.M. 7952.
EPISCIA (Greek, shady; th§y grow wild in shady
places). Gesneri&ceae. Choice and interesting warm-
house plants, E. cupreata being much pnzed for
baskets.
Herbs, with long, short or no hairs: st. from a creep-
ing root, branched or not: Ivs. opposite, equal or not
in size: fls. pedicelled, axillary, solitary or clustered;
corollas mostly scarlet, rarely whitish or purplish;
tube straight or curved, more or less spurred at the
base; limb oblique or nearly equal; lobes 5, spreading,
rounded. — Perhaps 30 species, all Trop. American.
Episcia cupreata is one of the standard basket plants,
especially for the warmest greenhouses. It can also be
used in pyramids and mounds, as told under Fittonia.
As it does not require so close an atmosphere as the
fittonias, it can be grown in some living-rooms and per-
haps outdoors in summer in a shady place. Its chief
charms are the slender, trailing habit, the soft hairiness
of the leaves, the coppery hue, which is often laid on
like paint in two broad bands skirting the midrib, and
the rarer and perhaps finer metallic bluish luster of
which one occasionally gets a glimpse in a finely grown
specimen. Give very rich, fibrous loam, mixed with
peat, leaf-mold and sand; in summer partial shade.
(Robert Shore.)
A. Fls. pale lavender to white.
chontalensis, Hook. (Cyrtodelra chontalensis, Seem.).
St. stout, more or less ascending, dark reddish purple,
6-10 in. long: Ivs. opposite and irregularly whorled,
3-4 in. long, oblong-ovate to elliptic-ovate, crenate,
obtuse, rounded at the base, decidedly convex on both
sides of the midrib and between the much-sunk veins;
margins recurved, green, marked with regular
purple patches, which advance from the mar-
gins between the veins toward the midrib and
are more or less oblong : fls. solitary or in small
clusters; corolla- tube with a sac at the base,
the limb oblique, lJ-^-2 in. across, with small
and regular but conspicuous and beautiful
teeth. Chontales region of Nicaragua. B.M.
5925. R.B. 22:241. F.S. 18:1924.
AA. Fls. scarlet.
B. Lvs. usually not green, or only partially so.
cupreata, Hanst. (Achimenes cupreata,
Hook.). Fig. 1403. Sts. slender, creeping,
branched, rooting at the joints, with a main
branch rising erect a few inches, which bears
the fls. and the largest Ivs.: Ivs. copper-
colored above: fls. solitary, 9 lines wide, scar-
let, with a small sac and denticulate limb.
Nicaragua. B.M. 4312. Var. viridifdlia, Hook.,
has green foliage and larger fls., 1 in. across.
B.M. 5195.
coccinea, Benth. & Hook. (Cyrtodeira cocci-
nea, Hort., B. S. Williams). Lvs. dark metal-
lic green, 3-4 in. long, 2*^-3 in. wide. — Free-
flowering. Some of the plants sold as E.
metattica. a- name otherwise unknown in
botanical literature, probably belong here.
BB. Lvs. a rich dark green.
fulgida, Hook. A beautiful, creeping, much-
branched hothouse plant, covered throughout
with soft villous pubescence: Ivs. ovate to
elliptic, wavy and serrate margined, ciliate:
fls. axillary, solitary, the calyx prominently
1-sided, the sepals with recurved tips; corolla
bright red, the limb deeper colored than the
tube which is about 1%'rn. long; corolla-lobes
rounded and hairy toward the throat. N. S.
Amer. B.M. 6136. G.W. 3, p. 161.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.t E l?£tum
EQUISETUM (from the Latin equus, horse, hiemale.—
and seta, bristle). Equisetaceae. Contains the Common
weeds known as horse-tails, or scouring-rushes scouring-
which are suitable for naturalizing in waste ™*&-
1126
EQUISETUM
ERANTHEMUM
and wettish places and help to hold sandy banks. The
following have been advertised by dealers in native
plants: E. arvense, E. hiemdle (Fig. 1404), E. Isevigdtum,
E. limbsum, E. pratense, E. robustum, E. scirpoides, E.
sylvdticum, E. variegdtum. For descriptions, consult the
manuals of native plants. They grow usually in moist
or swale-like places. They are flowerless plants, allied
to ferns and club-mosses.
Of the species named above, E. arvense has been
found to have a poisonous effect on grazing stock when
it occurs in any quantity in hay or pasturage.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
ERAGROSTIS (Greek, er, spring, and agrostis, a
grass). Gramlnese. LOVE-GRASS. Annual or perennial
grasses with more or less diffuse panicles of small
several-flowered compressed spikelets. Some species
grown in the open for ornament.
1405. Eragrostis suaveolens. ( X Ji)
From 6 in. to several feet tall: culms simple or often
branched; lemmas keeled, 3-nerved, the palea ciliate
on the keels. — Species about 100 in warm and tem-
perate regions of both hemispheres.
Some annual species are common weeds, such as E.
megastdchya, Link (E. major, Host), STINK- or SNAKE-
GRASS, with rather large, ill-smelling spikelets in a
compact panicle. Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 17:215.
E. pectindcea, Nees, a native of U. S., is a handsome
perennial, with large open panicles of purple spikelets.
Well adapted to cult, in sandy soils. Ibid 17:261. E.
obtusa, Munro (Brlza geniculata, Thurb.), an annual
with showy spikelets, is cult, in Eu., but little known
in U.S. V.3:247.
abyssinica, Link (Pba abyssinica, Jacq.). TEFF. A
branching and spreading leafy annual, 1-3 ft. : panicle
large and open, 1 ft. long, the branches capillary;
spikelets numerous, loosely 5-9-fld., 3-^ lines long;
lemmas acuminate, scaberulous on the tip and nerves.
Afr. — This and the following are cult, for ornament, the
spreading panicles being used for bouquets. The
abundant seed used for making bread in N. E. Afr.
suaveolens, Becker (E. collma, Trin.). Fig. 1405.
A spreading leafy annual, 1-2 ft., differing from the
preceding in the less diffuse panicles, the more com-
pact spikelets and the less acuminate lemmas. W. Asia.
interrupta, Doell (E. elegans, Nees). An erect
annual, 1-2 ft.: panicle feathery, 1 ft. long, rather
narrow, the branches ascending, closely fld. with
numerous small spikelets. Brazil.
amabilis, Wight & Arn. (Pba amdbilis, Linn.).
Erect or spreading annual, 1-2 ft. : panicles small, 4-6
in., rather compact; spikelets purple, many-fld., 3 lines
long, 1 line wide. India.
maxima, Baker. An erect, robust annual, 2-3 ft.:
blades lanceolate, cordate at base: panicle erect, lax,
6-9 in. long and broad, the pedicels capillary; spikelets
oblong, M~^m- long. Madagascar.
, A. S. HITCHCOCK.
ERANTHEMUM (Greek, lovely flower}. Acanthd-
cex. Tropical shrubs and sub-shrubs, some of which are
cultivated chiefly for their foliage and others for their
flowers.
Leaves entire or rarely coarsely toothed: fls. white,
lilac, rosy or red, borne in various ways; bracts and
bractlets narrow, small; corolla-tube long, slender,
cylindrical throughout or rarely with a short throat;
limb 5-parted; stamens 2; ovules 2 in each cell; seeds
4 or fewer. — Perhaps 30 species. The genus Daedala-
canthus, although in a different tribe, is separated only
by a combination of technical characters, but the
garden forms of both genera described in this work
are. all distinguishable at a glance. For cult., see Jus-
tida. Consult Dsedalacanthus for related species.
A. Fls. purple.
Iaxifl6rum, Gray. Height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. on the same
plant varying greatly in size and shape, those near the
fls. 2-3 K in- long, 8-15 lines wide; petioles 2-6 lines
long, widest below, at or above the middle, more or
less ovate-oblong, obtuse, narrowed at the base: fls.
in cymes; stamens 2, perfect, sharp-pointed. Fiji.
B.M. 6336.
AA. Fls. pure white.
tuberculatum, Hook. Easily told while growing by
the many small roundish and rough elevations on the
branches: Ivs. small, j^g-^in. wide, rarely if ever 1 in.
long, broadly elliptical, obtuse or notched, almost ses-
sile: fls. numerous, borne singly in the axils, in summer;
corolla-tube very long and slender, 1J^ in. long; limb
1 in. across; stamens scarcely exserted. Habitat un-
known. B.M. 5405.
AAA. Fls. white, speckled with red-purple.
B. Foliage netted with yellow.
reticulatum, Hort. (E. Schdmburgkii, Lind.). Height
4 ft. : upper Ivs. 2-7 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, charac-
teristically netted with yellow; lower Ivs. 6-10 in. long,
not netted, but the veins prominent and yellow: fls.
racemose; corolla speckled with blood-red at the
mouth; anthers reddish brown, exserted. Possibly
Austral. B.M. 7480. I.H. 26:349.
BB. Foliage not netted with yellow.
Andersonii, Mast. Lvs. lanceolate or elliptic, nar-
rowed into a short stalk: fls. in a spike 6 in. long; lower
middle lobe of the corolla larger and speckled with
purple. Trinidad. Gn. 45:11. G.Z. 25:49.
The following trade names belong to plants grown chiefly for
their foliage. Probably many of them belong in other genera.
— E. dlbo-marginatum. Lvs. broadly margined with white and
irregularly suffused gray. — E. atrosanguineum, Hort. Intro, by
W. Bull, 1875. Lvs. large, dark, wine-purple, or blackish crim-
son, ovate entire, opposite, stalked. Said to endure the hottest
sunshine. — E. cultratum. "Lvs. shining, thick, deep-veined."
— E. Dutremblayanum, Hort., is supposed to be a garden hybrid.
Intro, from France in 1907. — E. Eldorddo. Lvs. greenish yel-
low, veins deeper yellow. — E. igneum. G.W. 3, p. 159. See Cham-
seranthemum. — E. Magnednum, Hort., is recorded as a garden
hybrid. Intro, from France 1907. Scarcely known in U. S. — E.
nerium riibrum presumably a misprint for nervum-rubrum, has Ivs.
"irregularly shaped, shaded with light and dark green, and blotched
ERANTHEMUM
EREMOSTACHYS
1127
with yellow, which darkens to reddish purple." PossibIy=Fittonia
Verschaffeltii. — E. nenx)sum=Dsedalacanthus nervosus, T. Anders.
— E. nigrescens. Presumably with blackish Ivs. — E. pulchellum,
Hort. and Andr.=Dsedalacanthus nervosus, T. Anders,. — E. pur-
pitreum. "Lvs. and sts. dark, lurid purple." Siebrecht & Wadley.
— E. Wdttii, Stapf, is probably the correct name for the plant
treated as Dsedalacanthus Wattii, Bedd. See B.M. 8239. G.C.
IIL45:89- WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.t
ERANTHIS (Greek, er, spring, and anthos, a flower;
from the early opening of the flowers). Ranunculdceae.
WINTER ACONITE. Low perennial herbs, grown in open
flower-beds because of the very early show of bright
flowers; very desirable.
Rootstock tuberous: basal Ivs. palmately dissected,
1 st.-lf. sessile or amplexicaul just beneath the large
yellow fl.: sepals 5-8, petal-like; petals small, 2-lipped
nectaries; stamens numerous: carpels few, stalked,
many-ovuled, becoming follicles. — About 7 species,
natives of Eu. and Asia. The earliest generic name is
Cammarum which was given in Hill's British Herbal,
p. 47, pi. 7 (1756), but it is not accepted by the "nomina
conservanda" of the Vienna code.
Winter aconites are very hardy ; and at home in
half-shady places, among shrubs or in the border.
Propagated by division
of roots. The place in
which the tubers are
planted should be marked
during the summer, when
the foliage is dead.
hyemalis, Salisb. (Helle-
borus hyemalis, Linn.).
Fig. 1406. Erect, 5-8 in.:
basal Ivs. long-petioled :
involucre 12 - 15 - parted,
the bright yellow fls.
always sessile; anthers ob-
long. Jan.-March, or as
soon as frost is out of the
ground. Naturalized from
Eu. B.M. 3. Mn. 8, p. 43.
G.C. II. 11:245. G. 1:
628; 34: 277.
Var. cilicica, Huth. (E.
ciMcica, Schott & Kots-
chy). Much like the
above: involucre of deeper
and more numerous lobes; anthers ovate instead of
oblong; sepals broader, being about J^in. across: folli-
cles always straight. Season a few weeks later. G.C.
III. 13:266. G.M. 49:180.— The sts., when grown in
gardens, said to be red-brown. Roots of this were first
sent to England from its native home near Smyrna in
1892. Rare in Amer.
sibirica, DC. Much dwarfer, seldom over 3-4 in.
high: fls. bright yellow, a little smaller than those of E.
hyemalis, 5-sepaled. Siberia. K. C. DAVIS.
ERCILLA (Peruvian name). Phytolaccacese. One
twining shrub from Peru and Chile, apparently not
in the trade but sometimes cult, in this country for its
dense spikes of pale purple fls. and dark purple berries.
By some it is united with Phytolacca, from which it
differs in habit, the coriaceous evergreen Ivs., larger
bracteoles and technical characters of the fl. E. volfc-
bilis, Juss. (E. spicata, Moq. Bridgesia spicata, Hook.
& Am. Phytolacca volubilis, Heiml.), has alternate,
petioled, ovate-cordate or oblong or orbicular Ivs. 1-2
in. long: fls. perfect, in spikes 1-1% in. long, the perianth
5-parted, segms. oblong and obtuse;. stamens 8-10, with
filiform fleshy filaments, the alternate ones being
snorter: carpels 4-8, somewhat impressed in the torus,
becoming as many ovoid berries. G.C. II. 9:653. Said
to be excellent for covering walls, and climbs by aerial
rootlets. It is easily prop, by seeds and cuttings.
L. H. B.
1406. Eranthis hyemalis.
EREMOCITRUS (G reek, desert and Citrus). Rutacex,
tribe Citrese. AUSTRALIAN DESERT KUMQUAT. Spiny shrub
or small tree: Ivs. small, simple or emarginate, thick and
leathery, alike on both sides; spines single, long, slen-
der, axillary: fls. small, 4- (rarely 3- or 5-) merous, white,
fragrant, borne singly, or 2 or 3
together in the axils of the Ivs.;
stamens free, 4 times as numerous
as the petals :frs. small, subglo-
bose, oblate or pyriform, yellow,
with a thin fleshy peel lake that
of a lime, 4- (rarely 3-5-) celled
with 1 or 2 seeds in each cell;
cells containing stalked subglo-
bose pulp-vesicles filled with a
pleasant acid juice.-^Only 1
species of this subtropical Aus-
tralian genus is known.
glafica, Swingle (Triphasia
glauca, Lindl. Ataldntia glauca,
Benth.). A shrub or small tree
bearing edible frs. and occurring
in Queensland and New S. Wales,
Austral., in subtropical regions
subject to severe cold and ex-
treme drought. The Ivs. of this
plant are small (1-1 ^ x V«-v/i
in.), emarginate, and show
marked drought-resistant adap-
tations; both faces of the Ivs.
show palisade cells, and stomates
at the bottom of deep pits; the
long and slender spines are borne
singly in the axils of the Ivs.
(see Fig. 1407) : frs. subglobose,
flattened or slightly pyriform
(see Fig. 1408), usually 4-celled
and containing globose stalked pulp-vesicles (see
Fig. 1408); seeds small, with a longitudinally fur-
rowed and rugose testa. Yearbook Dept. Agric., 1911,
pi. 45, fig. 1. Jour. Agric. Research, U. S. Dept. Agric.
vol. 2, pp. 85-100, figs. 1-7, pi. 8.— The frs. of this
species are used by the settlers in Austral, for jam and
pickles and ade is made from the juice. The Australian
desert kumquat is the hardiest evergreen citrous fr.
known besides being the only one showing pronounced
drought-resistant adaptations; it bears in the wild state
edible frs. with a pleasant acid juice and a mild-flavored
peel. These characteristics make this plant very promis-
ing for use in breeding new types of hardy drought-
resistant citrous frs. It has been intro. into the U. S.
by the Dept. of Agric., and is now growing in the
greenhouse of the Dept. of Agric. and in the southern
and western states. It can be grafted on the common
citrous fruit trees, and can in turn be used as stocks for
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
1 407. Spiny twig of
young seedling of Ere-
mocitrus glauca. ( X Ji)
EREMOSPATHA (solitary spathe). Palmacex. Above
a half-dozen Trop. African climbing palms, with long
slender ringed sts. and pinnate Ivs. Apparently none
is in the trade. The fls. are perfect; calyx 3-toothed,
campanulate; corolla urn-shaped, with 3 short lobes;
stamens 6, with broad connate
filaments; ovary 3-celled, and
stigmas 3: fr. berry-like: Ifte.
alternate and opposite; rachis
spiny, with a Jong tendril at end.
EREMOSTACHYS (deserted
or solitary spikes). Labiate.
Outdoor perennial, apparently
'a* 1 BpSee of the ^or so in
in cross-section, show- the genus being in commercial
ing stalked globose pulp- Cult. The gen US IS allied to
vesicles and furrowed Leonotis and Phlomis, and the
seeds. (Natural size) species are from Cent, and W.
1128
EREMOSTACHYS
Asia. Erect herbs, with the Ivs. mostly radical, large,
toothed or cut-pinnatifid ; st.-lvs. small, passing into
floral bracts: fls. often ochroleucous, in many-fld.
whorls in terminal and axillary spikes; corolla-tube
included within the calyx; upper lip of corolla erect
and hooded, bearded inside; lower lip 3-lobed and the
middle lobe largest; stamens 4, with connivent anthers.
E. laciniata, Bunge, is catalogued abroad. Nearly
simple, 12-20 in. : Ivs. pinnatisect, the lobes again pin-
natifid: fls. yellow or ochroleucous, in midsummer.
Asia Minor.— Said to be an attractive perennial. E.
superba, Royle, reported from Eu., has a strict st.,
unbranched, 2 ft., root-lvs. pinnatisect, with segms.
lobed, forming a rosette: fls. deep primrose-yellow in
woolly heads to 6 in. long and 4 in. broad, showy. W.
Himalaya. L. H. B.
EREMURUS (Greek name, probably
referring to their tall and striking aspect
in solitary and desert places). Lilidcese.
These hardy desert plants, when in flower
with their great flower-stalks taller than
a man and crowned with a spike of
flowers from 1 to 4 feet long, are amongst
the most striking objects in the choicer
gardens of the North and East.
Root clusters of fleshy fibers: Ivs. all
from the root, in dense rosettes, long
and linear: fls. white, yellow or rosy;
perianth bell-shaped or more widely
spreading, withering and persisting or
finally dropping away; segms. 6, distinct
or very slightly united at the base; sta-
mens 6; ovary 3-celled; seeds 1-4 in
each cell, 3-angled. — About 20 species,
from the mountains of W. and Cent.
Asia.
Probably E. robustus and E. himalaicus
are the hardiest of all the tall desert-
inhabiting plants of the lily family — a
family including the poker plant, the
aloes, the yuccas, and many others that
are not so tall and striking in appear-
ance or else too tender to grow outdoors
in the North. Large specimens of E.
robustus will annually produce a flower-
stalk 8 feet or more high, with racemes
4 feet long, remaining in bloom for a
month. After flowering the leaves dis-
appear entirely, but early in spring they
reappear, and should then be covered
with a box or barrel, to protect the form-
ing flower-stalk from late frosts. A
mound of ashes over the crown in win-
ter is advisable, or a box with water-
tight top filled with dry leaves. Both species like a
rich soil, moist but well drained, and plenty of water in
the flowering period, but none afterwards. Propagation
is by division, or slowly by seeds. Large plants are
expensive, but they can sometimes be secured large
enough to flower within a year or so of purchase. It
tries one's patience to wait for seedlings to reach flower-
ing size. The flowers look like small stars. (W. C.
Egan.)
A. Fls. rosy.
B. Lvs. linear-ligulate.
robustus, Regel. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: lys.
glaucous, glabrous, linear-ligulate, 2 ft. long, 13^-2 in.
wide, roughish on the margin, with minute recurved
teeth: raceme 4-4 J^ in. wide; stamens about as long as
the perianth. Turkestan. B.M. 6726. Gng. 6:52, 324.
Gn. 46, p. 335. Mn. 8, p. 123. J.H. III. 29:267. Gt. 61,
p. 366. G.C. III. 28: 228; 30: 426. Var. albus, Hort.
Stronger and pure white. — May be grouped in the
hardy perennial border with bold effect.
1409. Eremurus himalaicus.
BB. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate.
Elwesii, Mich. (E. Elwesidnus, Hort.). Lvs. light
green, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, flat, not at all rough at
the margin, shorter than in E. robustus, nearly trian-
gular, even more glaucous, and beginning to decay at
the time of flowering: perianth-segms. with a band of
deeper color down the middle. Habitat(?). R.H.
1897:280. Gn. 54, p. 99. G.C. III. 24:137; 33:381.
G.M. 44:321. — Intro, by Leichtlin as D. robustus
var. Elwesii.
AA. Fls. white.
himalaicus, Baker. Fig. 1409. Root-fibers thick and
fleshy: Ivs. 9-12, ligulate, firm, persistent, 1-1 H ft.
long, 6-15 lines wide above the middle: raceme 3-3 J^
in. wide; stamens about as long as the perianth. Himal-
ayas. B.M. 7076. Gn. 49, p. 131. G.C.
II. 16:49. G.M. 44: 321; 52: 631 (as E.
Elwesii.)
Olgae, Regel. Lvs. narrow, glabrous,
but with rough margins, about 8-12 in.
long and 7-8 lines broad: fls. in a dense
raceme, spreading; the white petals
with a single brownish nerve down the
center. Turkestan. Var. albus, Hort., a
white-fld. form is known.
AAA. Fls. some shade of yellow.
B. Color light yellow.
spectabilis, Bieb. Root-fibers thick
and fleshy: Ivs. 6-15, lorate, slightly
glaucous, 12-18 in. long, 6-12 lines wide
above the middle, noticeably narrowed
at the base: raceme 1-1 ^ ft. long, 2
in. wide; stamens orange, finally twice
as long as the perianth. Asia Minor,
Persia. B.M. 4870.
BB. Color pure yellow or orange.
Bungei, Baker. Lvs. contemporary
with the fls., linear, 1 ft. long, less than
3 lines wide: raceme 4-5 in. long, 2 in.
wide; stamens finally twice as long as
the perianth. Persia. G. 19:31. G.L.
20:155. Gn. 60, p. 53; 66, p. 150. Var.
magnificus, Hort. A larger form than the
type and with brighter yellow fls . Var.
prsecox, Hort. An early flowering more
slender form than the type, the fls.
smaller and loosely scattered on the
spike. Var. citrinus, Hort. "More robust
than the type and with larger citron-
yellow fls."
BBB. Color orange.
aurantiacus, Baker. Closely allied to
E. Bungei, but live plants have less acutely keeled
Ivs.: root-fibers tapering upward, and orange fls. and
stamens. Bokhara, Turkestan. B.M. 113.
During recent years many beautiful hybrid plants have been
intro. into cult., often under some specific name which gives no
indication of the parentage. Of these the following are known and
the parents are indicated when possible. — E. isabellinus, Vilm. A
hybrid between E. Bungei and E. Olgse. Fls. large, apricot-rose. — E.
Michelianus, Hort., is supposed to be a hybrid between E. Warei
and E. Bungei. G.C. III. 40:83, desc. — E. Tubergknii, Hort. A
hybrid, crossed in Holland between E. himalaicus and E. Bungei.
— E. vedrariensis, Hort.=E. robustus X E. spectabilis? R.H. 1907,
p. 229. — E. Warei, Hort., is supposed to be a natural Eastern
Asiatic hybrid between E. Bungei and E. Olgse. It is described
as growing in ordinary seasons about 8 ft. high. The fls. are
less bright than in E. Bungei, and in rootstock it resembles the
later-flowering E. Olga. Gn. W. 22: suppl. May 27.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
ERIA (from Greek for wool, as the leaves of some
species are downy or woolly). Orchiddcese. About 100
species of tropical Asian orchids allied to Dendrobium
but with eight rather than two or four ppllinia, of most
diverse habit, and very little in cultivation outside the
ERIA
ERICA
1129
collections of botanic gardens and fanciers, being mostly
curious and botanical rather than beautiful. They
require warmhouse treatment, after the manner of
stanhopeas.
ERIANTHUS (Greek, erion, wool, and anthos, a
flower). Gramineas. PLUME-GRASS. Tall reed-like
ornamental perennials with large woolly plume-like
inflorescence.
Spikelets in pairs, one sessile, the other pedicellate,
as in Andropogon, arranged in spikes, and these in a
large terminal panicle, clothed with long hairs, especi-
ally around the base, the fertile lemma awned. — Spe-
cies about 18, warmer regions of both hemispheres.
Ravennae, Beauv. PLUME-GRASS. RAVENNA-GRASS.
HARDY PAMPAS-GRASS. Fig. 1410. Three to 12 ft.:
blades J^in. wide, narrowed into a firm rough point:
panicle or plume as much as 2 ft. long. S. Eu. Gn. 54, p.
496. R.H. 1890, p. 546. V. 3 : 247 .—This
is one of the best of the stout and tall
perennial grasses. It thrives in light
and open places in well-drained soils,
and makes great clumps, when well
established sometimes producing as
many as 40 or 50 heads. Hardy in
latitude of New York City.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
ERICA (practically meaningless ;
probably not from ereiko, to break, as
commonly stated). Ericaceae. HEATH.
This is the genus that the gardener
usually means by "heath." The heath
or heather of English literature and
history belongs to the closely allied
genus Calluna. The next most impor-
tant group of cultivated "heaths" is
Epacris, which, however, belongs to a
different family.
Ericas are perennial woody plants
from 6 in. to 12 ft. or more, usually
much branched : Ivs. in whorls of 3-6,
very rarely flat, usually 3-sided and
with revolute margins that are some-
times connate with the under side : infl.
usually terminal or sometimes axillary,
very seldom actually, though often
apparently, racemose; calyx free, 4-
parted ; corolla hypogynous, white, rosy
or sometimes yellow, usually early
deciduous, variously shaped, the com-
monest forms (in cult.) being bell-
shaped, tubular and ventricose, usually
4-lobed; stamens 8; ovary sessile or
rarely stalked, 4-celled, rarely 8-celled,
with 2-oo ovules in each cell: fr. a
4-valved caps., with minute seeds. —
About 500 species, mostly from S. Afr.
and the Medit. region, nine-tenths from
the former. There are many hybrids and horticultural
forms. So far as the S. African species are concerned,
the latest monograph is that of Guthrie and Bolus,
which has served as the basis for the treatment
below.
Only a few of the European heaths are hardy in
America, and there are no native heaths at all in this
hemisphere. Of about fourteen kinds of Erica grown
outdoors in Europe to produce large showy masses,
only three are hardy here, and it is safest to cover
these with evergreen boughs in winter. Two others (E.
mediterrcmea and E. lusitanica) are grown under glass
somewhat but they are probably hardy, with protection,
from New York southward. The tree heath of southern
Europe (E. arborea) will probably never be a feature
of our southern landscapes. The heath that is natu-
ralized in places from Rhode Island to Newfoundland
1410. Erianthus Ravennse.
is Calluna vulgaris (which see) ; and this is sometimes
advertised as Erica vulgaris.
The halcyon days of the heaths were from about 1806
(when the English took the Cape of Good Hope) until
the middle of the century. Andrews' colored engrav-
ings of heaths (1809) marks the first flush of their
popularity. Practically, if not absolutely, all the
heaths that are grown on a large scale have been
developed from the South African species. The old
English gardeners still lament the glorious days when
the hard-wooded plants of Australia and the Cape
formed the chief feature of European indoor horti-
culture. They complain that the pres-
ent generation is not willing to give
them the care they deserve. This is
especially true of America. In America,
heaths are of minor importance, even
at Easter, and the kind grown most
extensively for Christmas seems to be
E. melanthera.
The great trouble with heaths is the
immense amount of care they need.
Few, if any, classes of plants require
more attention. Hence the growing of
heaths for the market is extremely
specialized, and there the American
retail catalogues only rarely offer more
than one species. Nevertheless, all the
kinds described below are grown com-
mercially, and are of the first impor-
tance in the genus. The stock is largely
imported from England. Germany has
a very different set of varieties, and
France still another, and there are few
cases among cultivated plants showing
so great a difference in the three coun-
tries. The risks of importation are
considerable, and the tendencies toward
American independence in this line
seem to be gaining. Another difficulty
in heath-culture is the poor quality of
peat obtainable in America. In Eng-
land the peat is more fibrous, and has
been formed in past ages largely by
the decay of the native heather.
The soft-wooded kinds are the ones
most grown. The hard-wooded sorts
require a longer period of growth and
more thorough ripening of the wood.
Apparently only one yellow-flowered
heath is cultivated in America, E.
Cavendishiana which is a hybrid species
about which little is known. See sup-
plementary list (p. 1132).
In general, the ericas do not grow-
well in this climate on account of the
extreme heat of the summer months,
but some varieties grow and flower
even better here than in Europe. The
choice of the soil is very important. A light peat,
mixed with sharp coarse sand is about the best we
can get here. After flowering, the plants should „
always be cut down to keep them bushy at the base
and well shaped. They will then receive a good
repotting, always using very clean pots and plenty
of drainage. Cuttings are made from December to
April, preferably from young plants, the tender shoots
about 1 inch in length being best. These are planted
firmly in a pan filled with clean fine sand; and covered
with a bell-glass, or in a box covered tightly with a
pane of glass. Bottom heat is not necessary. When
rooted, the cuttings should be potted in small pots,
and when well started should be given as much air as
possible. It is well to bring the ericas out of the green-
house as early in the spring as possible. The pots should
be plunged in a good location, where plenty of air and
1130
ERICA
sunlight can be had. They should be wintered in a
greenhouse extremely well ventilated, and a tempera-
ture not higher than 40° to 45° F. When in bud the
plants should not be allowed to dry out too much. One
drying might be enough to cause the loss of all the buds.
Very often the heaths are attacked by a disease similar
to mildew, brought on by an excess of humidity in the
air. As this disease is very contagious, it is well, as soon
as noticed, to use sulfur in powder or sulfate of copper
in solution until the plants are rid of it (Louis Dupuy) .
INDEX.
alba, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11.
gracilis, 17.
perspicua, 10.
assurgens, 18.
grandiflora, 11.
prsestans, 12.
autumnalis, 17.
grandinosa, 19.
propendens, 14.
Bothwelliana, 11.
herbacea, 4.
pygmxa, 13.
breviflora, 11.
hiemalis, 10.
regerminans, 18.
caffra, 18.
hirsuta, 11.
sicsefolia, 13.
capitata, 5.
hispidula, 18.
stricta, 7.
carnea, 3, 4, 11.
hyemalis, 10.
subcarnea, 18.
ciliaris, 1, 15.
laevis, 18.
superba, 11.
cinerea, 6.
Linnxana, 10.
Tetralix, 2.
cintra, 11.
lusitanica, 8.
tricolor, 11.
coccinea, 6.
magnified, 11.
turrigera, 16.
codonodes, 8.
mediterranea, 3, 4.
vagans, 5.
cupressina, 16.
melanthera, 20.
ventricosa, 11.
flacca, 15.
Parmentierii, 12.
vernalis, 17.
formosa, 19.
persoluta, 18.
verticillata, 9.
fragrans, 21.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Heaths hardy, European, or hardy
with protection from New York
southward.
B. Lvs. and calyx -segms. ciliate: sta-
mens included.
c. Fls. in spike-like clusters 1. ciliaris
cc. Fls. in umbel-like clusters 2. Tetralix
BB. Lvs. and calyx-segms. glabrous.
c. Anthers usually exserted well
beyond the corolla-tube.
D. Fls. usually solitary and lat-
eral, rose-colored^ 3. mediterranea
DD. Fls. clustered, pink, usually
all lateral 4. carnea
DDD. Fls. all clustered at the ends of
the branches 5. vagans
cc. Anthers included in the corolla-
tube.
D. Fls. rose-violet or purplish.
E. The Ivs. verticillate in S's... . 6. cinerea
EE. The Ivs. verticillate in 4's. . . 7. stricta
DD. Fls. pale rose, in broad
panicles 8. lusitanica
AA. Heaths tender, S. African, always
grown under glass in Amer.
B. Fls. mostly showy, petal-like,
scarcely greenish or sepal-like.
c. Corolla tubular, the limb not
spreading.
D. Length of fls. usually more
than 6 lines, in cult, speci-
mens umbellate 9. verticillata
DD. Length of fls. usually 10—12
lines, in 2' s or 8' s 10. hyemalis
cc. Corolla various, not tubular, the
limb often spreading.
D. The corolla-segms. spreading,
the tube mostly elongate.
E. Length of corolla 6-8 lines;
segms. ovate, acute 11. ventricosa
EE. Length of corolla 3-4 lines;
segms. ovate or sub-orbic-
ular 12. praestans
DD. The corolla-segms. usually not
spreading, the tube rarely
over 4 lines long.
E. Lvs. channeled.
F. The Ivs. in S's 13. sicaefolia
FF. The Ivs. in 4's 14. propendens
EE. Lvs. not channeled, more or
less open-backed and
spreading.
F. Infl. variable, often ter-
minal and axillary on
the same plant 15. flacca
FF. Infl. always terminal.
o. Sepals about as long as
the corolla-tube.
H. Lvs. rough or tuber-
culate 16. turrigera
HH. Lvs. not rough.
i. The Ivs. glabrous... 17. gracilis
ii. The Ivs. usually
pubescent 18. persoluta
GG. Sepals about half as
long as the corolla-
tube 19. formosa
BB. Fls. not so showy, calyx-like, the
calyx often colored also.
c. Lvs. in S's: sepals colored 20. melanthera
cc. Lvs. opposite: sepals green 21. fragrans
1. ciliaris, Linn. A much-branched nearly hardy
shrub, 10-20 in. tall, the branches usually glandular:
Ivs. small, but not as in typical heaths, ovate, mucro-
nate: fls. about 4 lines long, or more, purplish, in spike-
like, lateral clusters. Eu. June-Sept. B.M. 8443.
2. Tetralix, Linn. BELL HEATHER. CROSS-LEAVED
HEATH. Lvs. in 4's, margin folded back: fls. rosy;
sepals ovate-lanceolate, ciliate; anthers awl-shaped or
awned, included; ovary with
short, soft hairs. W. Eu. — Foli-
age grayish. Height in England
6-12 in. With Manning, at
Reading, Mass., about 8 in.
3. mediterranea, Linn. (E.
cdrnea var. occidentalis, Benth.).
Fig. 1411. This is considered by
Bentham a western form of E.
carnea (No. 4), with a little
smaller fls., corolla a trifle wider
at the apex, and anthers shortly
exserted instead of included. E.
mediterranea of the trade is
hardy in England, and perhaps
second only to E. carnea in
popularity there. In Amer. it
seems to be cult, only under
glass but should be hardy from
N. Y. southward with protec-
tion. B.M. 471. Gn. 54:263;
55, p. 403; 61, p. 431. G.M.
45:261; 55:315. Var. alba, a
white-fld. form is known. Gn.
59, p. 94.
4. carnea, Linn. (E. herbacea, Linn.). Height 6 in.:
Ivs. in 4's: infl. lateral; corolla broadly bell-shaped;
anthers exserted; ovary glabrous. March-May. Alps.
L.B.C. 15: 1452. B.M. 11. Gn. 54:6 (a charming
picture).— The bright rosy-fld. form is the best and
most striking. There are pale red and pure white varie-
ties. The most popular of all hardy ericas. Very easily
prop, by division. E. mediterranea var. hybrida, Hort.,
is said to be a cross with E. carnea, and in England
thriving almost as well in loam as in peat. See Gn.
54:262; 55, p. 127; 61, p. 399; 72, p. 176. G.M. 50:
39. J.H. III. 51:293.
5. vagans, Linn. CORNISH HEATH. Fig. 1412. Lvs.
in 4's or S's: sepals small, ovate, obtuse; corolla ovate-
bell-shaped; anthers ovate-oblong, 2-parted, exserted;
ovary not hairy. W. Eu. and Medit. — Fls. pale pur-
plish red. Grows 3-4 ft. in England; 1 ft. with J. W.
Manning, Reading, Mass. Var. alba has white fls.
Var. capitata, grows 1-2 ft. high with Meehan at Ger-
mantown, 'Pa., and has "small whitish fls. with a
purplish tip." F.E. 22:685.
6. cinerea, Linn. A twisted and much-branched
shrub, 8-15 in. high: Ivs. verticillate, in 3's, narrow,
glabrous, and usually not over 3 lines long: fls. showy,
rose-violet, in usually verticillate clusters; corolla much
contracted at apex, the lobes reflexed. June-Sept. Eu.
Var. alba, Hort., a white-fld. form, and var. coccinea,
Hort., a scarlet form, are both in the trade. Gn. 61, p.
1411. Erica mediterranea.
ERICA
ERICA
1131
lines long: fis. in 3's, the corolla dark purple, its seems,
ciliolate. L.B.C. 5:468. B.M. 2263.
433. — Hardy in U. S., with a little protection, from
N. Y. southward.
7. stricta, Don. CORSICAN HEATH. Lvs. in 4's, a little 14. propendens, Andr. An erect sub-shrub, 10-18 in.
more erect than in No. 2: sepals lanceolate, obtuse; cor- high, the branches nearly straight, the younger pubes-
olla ovoid-oblong, narrowed at the _^ cent : Ivs. in 4's, linear and
throat; anthers awl-shaped or ll usually 3-eided, ciliate, or some-
awned, included; fls. rosy purple; > % tunes glabrous: fls. 1-4 in a clus-
ovary densely covered with long, ^ j g W 1| ^» ter, the corolla red, broadly bell-
rough hairs. Corsica. — Summer. Jp JK 9 % shaped and hairy, about Ys~Y?. in.
Attains 4 ft. in Eng., but grows 1-2 JK ||£ -fy long; ovary 4-8-celled, rough but
ft. high with Meehan, at German- %r ^$ J £ ^11 '%'•' ^Hl no* ha"y- L-B.C. 1:63. B.M.
town, Pa. Branches strict, rigid. ^W'l^ >«r H^ iSpsli 2140. Andr. Heathery, 141. G.
8. lusitanica, Rudolph (E. co- I^Sat 3w J* 25:137. G.C. III. 32:278, 279.
dorcocfe?,Lindl.). SPANISH HEATH. m»* 6 M Siflfcl Bf IE Gn-W-21:759- J-H. III. 47:543.
Branches tomentose - pubescent : W wllf a, 'lla^JS^pJlF -HI 15. flacca, E. Mey. (E.ciliaris,
Ivs. glabrous and ovary glabrous: «| f»J» -a^ .JPfeKy^ ' sHr Thunb., not of Hort.). An erect
fls. pale rose, in broad panicles. ^SBtonl&elk ^$3ill5lI*$5dl^jSr^ shrub, usually branched, but not
W. Eu. B.R. 1698. G.C. II. 7 :463; zBSmwtXSEKf jE diffuse> the branches pubescent or
III. 19:487; 35:91. I.H. 43, p. ^ ^^WrTSS^W^I^' Jg glandular hairy: Ivs. in 3's, rarely
321. Gn. 54: 263; 55, p. 125; 67, m W,1pMfi||HKgKEWr >^P 'm 4's on the same plant, spread-
p. 328. B.M. 8018. G. 21:384; W^^i/m 7W$?8r Jp m& usually "linear, as if sub-
30:130.— Hardy in England, but ^^^Mw-JjiSP ^F terete," the margins revolute,
in U. S. only south of N. Y., and ^/>»SS/ •' ^ ^-' ^Yr^Yi lines long: fls. in 3's, the
then must be protected. ^§|ll$Hfi / JrJ(|p^ corolla bell-shaped to tubular, the
9. verticillata, Berg. An erect ^^^^il/ xi^^W* segms. about a third as long as
shrub, 4-6 ft., with Ivs. 4-6 in a <^ jf J?$w ifl!^ tne tube' ovarv sometunes hairy
whorl : Ivs. densely imbricate, erect Wr:/ ^jat\ w 'B jtfst °n e ^O^*
or spreading: fls. mostly in 4's in ^»v /| * )^ ^VVVlt •' 'Q :7 ^' turrigera, Salisb. (E. cupres-
wild specimens, but, according to NvX. \\/^^ II ^^\Jil /^ siwo, Forbes). Lvs. glabrous, sub-
Andrews, umbellately 3-10-fld. in ^%^^ ww ciliate or naked: infl. terminal;
cult.; corolla tubular, hairy, usu- iSw^ Nsfc fls. pedicelled, in 1's to 4's; bracts
ally straight, bright rosy-scarlet, JJJT remote; sepals finally reflexed;
and very showy: caps, unique in vy sinuses of the corolla acute, nar-
splitting into 8 valves. Andr. n.12 Frica varans rvvo row.. Probably a hybrid, cult.
Heathery, 58. since 1802. F.E.9:333. A.F. 15:
10. hyemalis, Hort. Fig. 1413. Written also hie- 1175- Gng. 9:35 (the last two as ^. cwpressina).
malis. Watson thinks it may be a winter-flowering 17. gracilis, Salisb. Lvs. in 4's, somewhat erect ; bracta
form of E. perspicua, figured in L.B.C. 2: 102 and 18: remote: sepals smaller, lanceolated; an there with a short,
1778 as E. Linmeana. Fls. rosy pink, tipped white, sharp point. L.B.C. 3:244 (pale violet). G. 25:602. Gn.
Var. filb'a has white fls. With L. Dupuy, Whitestone, 76, p. 11. "Fls. purplish red." Var. autumnalis, Hort.
L. I., it flowers in Sept. G.F. 5:137. Gn. 41:420. G. Fls. Sept. Var. vernalis, Hort. Fls. in Oct. and Nov.
25 : 567. H. D. Darlington says it is
very distinct from E. perspicua.
11. ventricdsa, Thunb. Lvs. in
4's, incurved to spreading, with
Eilose margins: infl. terminal; sepals
eeled; anthers with 2 very short
ears, or awned, included; ovary
glabrous. B.M. 350. L.B.C. 5:431.
G. 9: 565; 26: 239. Var. grandifldra,
with tubes over Kin. long. L.B.C.
10:945(as E. prsegnans). The fol-
owing varieties are reported: Both-
welliana, brevifldra, cdrnea rosea,
cintra, hirsuta, dlba, magnified,
superba, tricolor. See R.H. 1858, p.
450; 1880:50. Gn. 45, p. 87. A.F.
10:1111. F.E. 9:333.
12. prsestans, Andr. (E. Parmen-
tierii, Lodd.). Lvs. in 4's, some-
what incurved; bracts crowded: fls.
nearly sessile, white, faintly flushed
pink at base, in terminal groups
of 4 or more; sepals ovate, rough-
margined; anthers scarcely acute.
Sept. Varieties are pictured under
various names in L.B.C., plates
154, 197, 1695, and 1804.
13. sicaefdlia, Salisb. (E. pygmaea,
Andr. and Hort.). Dwarf cushiony
heath, perhaps best treated in the
alpine garden, 4-8 in. high : branches
ascending, nearly glabrous' Ivs. in
whorls of 3, linear-acuminate,
72
1413. Erica hyemalis. Great numbers
of this heath are sold in London eveiy
Christmas.
18. persolxlta, Linn. Fig. 1414.
Essentially a white-fld. and very
variable species, particularly as
regards hairiness: Ivs. erect or
spreading, hirsute or glabrous:
corolla small, originally 1% lines
long; lobes ovate, 2-3 times shorter
than the tube, the sinuses acute,
narrow. S. Afr. The numerous
varieties Bentham found impos-
sible to separate either in the
wild or in cult. Var. hispidula,
Benth. Slightly hirsute: Ivs. 2^-3
lines long, rough: anthers sub-
ovate. Var. Isevis, Benth. Lvs.
shorter, blunter, often appressed,
glabrous: anthers subglobose. Var.
subcarnea, Benth., has the corolla-
lobes more evident. To this last
variety Bentham seems to refer
most of the horticultural varieties
cult, under the name of E. persoluta.
E. assiirgens, Link, he refers to the
first variety; E. cdffra of Linmeus
to the first, but of L.B.C. 2:196
(and the trade?) to the second. E.
regtrminans of Linnaeus is a distinct
species (figured in L.B.C. 17:1614
as E. Smtihiana); of the trade =E.
persoluta var. hispidula; of L.B.C.
18:1728=^. persoluta var. sub-
carnea. Flowers in Feb and March,
while other related species mostly
flower in March and April.
1132
ERICA
ERIGERON
1414. A form of Erica
persoluta.
19. formdsa, Thunb. (E. grandinosa, Hort.). Erect
shrub, 1-2 ft., the branches hairy, covered with Ivs. in
whorls of 3: Ivs. glossy, channeled, the younger ciliate,
about \y<i lines long: fls. in 3's, the corolla white, with
8 longitudinal channels,
sticky. Andr. Heathery 265.
20. melanthera, Linn.
Fig. 1415. Lvs. thick, ob-
tuse, grooved on the back,
younger ones often rough,
with glands; bracts mostly
crowded: fls. rosy; sepals
obovate, keeled, colored ;
anthers black; ovary villous.
Not L.B.C. 9:867, which
may be a form of E. nigrita.
Flowers in Dec. and Jan.
A.F. 11:1133; 12:579;
29:1079. F.E. 9:333. C.
L.A. 9:169; 15:170. G.M.
49:56.
21. fragrans, Andr., not
Salisb. Lvs. opposite, erect-
appressed, acute, always
glabrous; bracts loose, sepal-
Eke: fls. in 2's; sepals ovate,
keeled, green ; ovary gla-
rous or slightly bristly at the tip. B.M. 2181. L.B.C.
3:288.
The following are mostly kinds that have been grown suc-
cessfully in small quantities in this country but appear not to
be advertised in American trade catalogues. H=hard-wooded ;
the rest are soft-wooded. S. Afr., unless stated. Aside from these,
E. scoparia, Linn., of S. Eu., is sometimes listed: 2-3 ft., glabrous:
Ivs. in 3's: fls. greenish, in 1-sided racemes; calyx-lobes about half
the length of the subglobose corolla. E. capensis also appears, but
it is apparently only a catalogue name.
E. ampullacea, Curt. Lvs. ciliate, mucronate: bracts colored;
fls. mostly in 4's; corolla ventricose, very sticky, typically white,
lined with red; limb spreading, white. Var. riibra is the only form
cult. B.M. 303. L.B.C. 6:508. H. — E. arbdrea var. alpina, W. I.
Beau. An alpine variety, grown only at Kew. It is a stiff erect
bush with tiny white fls. in plume-like clusters. Gn. 75, p. 384. — E.
aristata, Andr. Readily distinguished by the long bristle which
ends the Ivs.: Ivs. recurved: fls. in 4's; sepals keeled with red; corolla
sticky, 1 in. long, ventricose, but with not so long and narrow a
neck as in E. ampullacea. B.M. 1249. L.B.C. 1:73. H.— E.
barbata, Andr. Bristly and glandular - pubescent : Ivs. in 4's:
corolla urn-shaped, villous; ovary villous. L.B.C. 2:124. — E.
Bowieana, Lodd. Lvs. in 4's to 6's: infl. axillary; corolla tubular,
slightly inflated; limb erect or scarcely open. L.B.C. 9:842. —
E. Burnettii, Hort. Hybrid. F.S. 8:845. — E. Cavend.ishid.na, Hort.
(E. Cavendishii, Hort.). Hybrid of E. depressaxE. Patersonii.
Lvs. in 4's, margins revolute: fls. in 2's to 4's; corolla tubular; sta-
mens included; anthers awned. P.M. 13:3. G.C. 1845, p. 435;
11.18:213; 20:597. F.S. 2:142. A.F. 12:1143. Gng. 5:331.
C.L.A. 7:180. G. 6:489; 10:243. — E. conspicua, Soland., is a
species with club-shaped, villous fls. and villous Ivs. in 4's. Var.
splendens, Klotzsch, with the Ivs. and sepals shining green and
pubescent corollas, includes E. elata, Andr. L.B.C. 18:1788. — E.
cylindrica, Andr. and Hort. Important hybrid of unknown parent-"
age, cult, since 1800. Lvs. in 4's: fls. nearly sessile; corolla 1 in.
long, brilliant rosy red, with a faint circle of dull blue about two-
thirds of the way from the base; anthers awned, included; ovary
glabrous. L.B.C. 18: 1734. R.H. 1859, p. 42.— Fls. very showy and
unusually long. The oldest E. cylindrica. That of Wendland is a
yellow-fld. species unknown to cult. — E. Devoniana, Hort. Hybrid.
Fls. rich purple. H. — E. elata, Andr.= E. conspicua var. splen-
dens.— E. Irbyana, Andr. Allied to E. ampullacea, but with
corolla narrower at the base and tapering with perfect regularity
to just below the limb, where it has a prominent red bulge. It
is also distinctly lined with red, and the sepals are green, although
the bracts are colored, as in E. ampullacea. L.B.C. 9:816. H.
— E. nigrescens is presumably E. melanthera (H. D. Darlington).
—E. pdllida. A confused name. The oldest plant of this name
is Salisbury's, which has an urn-shaped corolla, fls. often in
3's, pubescent and hirsute branches and Ivs. in 3's. L.B.C. 1 : 72
(as E. pura). E. pdttida of the trade is probably the tubular-fld.
hybrid of Loddiges in L.B.C. 14:1355, which has axillary and
terminal fls., and Ivs. in 4's to 6's. — E, perspicua., Wendl., has a
tubular or slightly club-shaped corolla, Ivs. in 4's, pubescent or
rough-hairy, and fls. in 1's to 3's, but the plant in the trade is
probably E. perspicuoides, Forbes, a hybrid, with longer and
woollier hairs, fls. somewhat in umbels, nearly 1 in. long. Only var.
ertcta is grown here. — E. Syndriana is grown by Louis Dupuy. —
E. translucens, Andr. Perhaps the first of all the garden hybrids
between E. tubiflpra and E ventricosa. Lvs. rigid, with or without
long, soft, red hairs: fls. in umbel-like heads; bracts remote; corolla
rosy, 8-9 lines long; tube narrowly ventricose, pubescent limb
short, spreading; ovary sessile. Andr. Heaths, 295. Bentham
considers this a synonym of E. spuria, Andr. Heaths. 60. Schultheis
says "it is the finest erica grown; a poor propagator but good grower.
Takes 3 months to root." — E. tricolor is perhaps the most confused
name in the genus, and apparently one of the important kinds
abroad, where it has many varieties and synonyms. In the trade
it seems to stand for a handsome heath, with Ivs. in 4's, distinctly
ciliate and terminated by a bristle: fls. in umbels of 8-10, 1 in. long,
a little too inflated at the base for the typical tubular form, rosy
at the base, then white, then green, and then suddenly constricted
into a short neck; pedicels red and exceptionally long. This descrip-
tion is from L.B.C. 12:1105 (as E. eximia), one of the earliest
pictures of these charming hybrids which Bentham refers to the
hybrid E. aristella, Forbes. — E. Wilmorei, Knowles & Westc. (E.
Wilmoreana and Vilmoreana, Hort.). Hybrid: corolla tubular,
bulged below the lobes, slightly velvety-hairy: fls. in 1's to 3's,
rosy, tipped white. R.H. 1892, p. 202. A.F. 4:251. G.C. III.
19:201. A.G. 21:869. Var. glauca, Carr., has nearly glaucous
foliage. Var. calyculdta, Carr., has a large additional calyx. R.H.
1892, p. 203. WlLHELM MlLLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
ERIGENIA (Greek, spring-born). Umbelliferse. HAR-
BiNGER-OF-SpRiNG. A monotypic genus of E. N. Amer.
E. bulbdsa, Nutt., is low (4-10 in.), nearly stemless,
hardy, from a deep-lying tuber, with ternately decom-
pound Ivs. and small umbels of minute white fls. A
few plants may have been sold by collectors and
dealers in native plants, but it is not a cult, plant. It
grows in rich deciduous woods and clearings.
ERIGERON (Greek, old man in spring; some of the
early kinds are somewhat hoary). Composite. FLEA-
BANE. Hardy border plants, suggesting native asters,
but blooming much earlier, growing in tufts like the Eng-
lish daisy, though usually from 9 inches to 2 feet high.
Stem-lvs. entire or toothed : fls. solitary, or in corymbs
or panicles; rays in 2 or more series, mostly rose, violet
or purple, rarely cream-colored or white, and one kind
has splendid orange fls. ; involucre bell-shaped or hemi-
spheric, the bracts narrow, nearly equal, in 1 or 2 series,
differing from Aster in which the bracts are in many
series. — About 150 species scattered over the world,
particularly in temperate and mountainous regions.
The garden fleabanes are practically
all perennials. A few annuals are
harmless and pretty weeds. Some
species have roots that are biennial,
but they increase by offsets, and make
larger clumps from year
to year. They are of
easy culture. They do
best when somewhat
shaded from the mid-
day sun. They are
easily propagated by
seeds or division, and
doubtless by cuttings, if
there were sufficient de-
mand. Small, divided
plants set out in early
spring produce good-
sized flowering plants
the first year. A good
bloom may be had from
sown outdoors as early as possible
in spring. Some fine masses of
these plants in the hardy border
or wild garden are much more
desirable than an isolated speci- 1415. Erica melanthera.
men or two of each kind. The
most popular species is E. speciosus. At present it is
the best kind that has the rich soft colors, from rose to
violet and purple. E. aurantiacus has dazzling orange
flowers, and is unique in the genus.
show
seeds
alpinus, 8.
arizonicus, 10.
asper, 10.
aurantiacus, 1.
bellidifqlius, 14.
Coulteri, 5.
glabellus, 10.
glaucus, 7.
INDEX.
grandiflorus, 6.
Howellii, 3.
hybridus roseus, 11.
macranthus, 9.
major, 6.
mucronatus, 4.
ochroleucus, 2.
philadelphicus, 12.
pulchellus, 14.
roseus, 6.
Roylei, 8.
salsuginosus, 13.
semperflorens, 7.
speciosus, 6.
supcrbus, 6.
Villarsii, 11.
ERIGERON
ERINACEA
1133
A. F Is. orange.
1. aurantiacus, Regel. More or less velvety: height 9
in.: Ivs. oval-oblong, clasping at the base, more or less
twisted: heads 1 on a st.; involucral scales loose,
reflexed. July, Aug. Turkestan. R.H. 1882:78. Gn.
52, p. 485. G. 5:239. J.H. III. 52:303.— Perhaps the
showiest of the genus. Sold as "double-orange daisy."
AA. Fls. creamy or white.
B. Lvs. linear.
2. ochroleucus, Nutt. Height 9-18 in.: sts. mostly
not branched: Ivs. rather rigid: rays 40-60, white or
purplish, never yellow. Gravelly hills and plains N.
Wyo. and Mont, to Utah. — This and the next are rare
kinds in cult., sometimes sold by collectors and dealers
in native plants.
BB. Lvs. broader, lanceolate to ovate, or obovate.
3. Howellii, Gray. Height about 1 ft.: root-lvs.
obovate; st.-lvs. ovate, half -clasping, all thin: rays
30-35, 1-2 lines wide, white. Mountain meadows, Cas-
cade Mts., Ore. and Mont.
4. mucronatus, DC. (Vittadinia trttoba, Hort., not
DC.) Lvs. lanceolate, narrowed at base, ciliate, mostly
entire, often with a long, callous mucro. Mex. This
plant, grown in Calif., is a much-branched perennial
with variable sometimes lobed Ivs., and the white rays
purple on the back. G.C. III. 48:203.
5. Coftlteri, Porter. A slender equally leafy perennial
about 15 in. high: Ivs. thin, obovate or oblong, almost
mucronate, and usually soft-hairy: fls. solitary on each
stalk, sometimes 2 or 3 together, the white rays about
1 in. long. July. Rocky Mts. G.C. III. 30:99. Gn.W.
3, p. 587; 16: 440.
AAA. Fls. rosy violet or purple.
B. Rays 100 or more, mostly narrow: Ivs. entire.
c. Fl.-heads large.
D. Involucre hairy.
E. Height about 2 ft. : sts. several-fld.
6. specidsus, DC. (Stendctis speciosa, Lindl.).
Height 13^-2 ft., the st. more or less woody: hairs few,
loose: st. very leafy at top: root-lvs. more or less spatu-
late; st.-lvs. lanceolate, acute, half -clasping. Brit.
Col. to Ore. near the coast. B.M. 3606. B.R. 1577.
Gn. 52:484. G. 21:15. Var. superbus, Hort., sold
abroad, has lighter colored and more numerous fls.
Gn. 75, p. 118. G. 31:81. Var. major, Hort., has
broader rays and brighter colors. Var. rdseus, Hort.
Ray-florets lilac; disk-florets yellow. Var. grandifldrus,
Hort. Fls. larger and deeper in color than in var.
superbus.
EE. Height 9-15 in. or less: sts. usually 1-fld.
7. glaucus, Ker-Gawl. BEACH ASTER. Lvs. slightly
glaucous or often green in cult. ; root-lvs. rarely 2-3-
toothed: rays not narrow, light lavender-blue. Pacific
coast, where it flowers most of the year. B.R. 10.
Gn. 52, p. 484. Var. semperfldrens, Hort. A dwarf
floriferous form.
8. alpinus, Lam. (E.Rbylei,~Rort.1). A dwarf species
suitable for rockwork: sts. hairy, bearing a single
head of purplish fls.: Ivs. acute, lanceolate, sometimes
ciliate but otherwise entire. Northern regions. L.B.C.
6:590. — Suitable chiefly for alpine gardens.
DD. Involucre not hairy.
9. macrfinthus, Nutt. Height 10-20 in. : hairs numer-
ous and long or short, sometimes nearly absent: lys.
lanceolate to ovate: rays very numerous, at least %in.
long. Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New Mex. and S. W. Utah.
Gn. 52, p. 484. G.C. III. 46:53.— A good species.
Blooms later than the eastern species. Violet. Hardy.
Can be used with good effect in mass plantings of
autumn-flowering asters and goldenrods.
cc. Fl.-heads (or disk) small.
10. glabellus, Nutt. (E. dsper, Nutt.). Height 6-20
in., the st. simple or a little branched above: root-lvs.
spatulate; st.-lvs. lanceolate, gradually narrowing into
bracts: involucre bristly, or at least pubescent; rays
violet-purple or white, very narrow. Minn, to Rockies.
Gn. 52, p. 485. B.M. 2923. B.B. 3:385. L.B.C.
17:1631. — Much cult, abroad. Var. arizfinicus, Hort.
A variety from Ariz.
BB. Rays 70 or less, wider: Ivs. entire or toothed.
c. Lvs. almost or quite entire.
D. Sts. with several fls. in a corymb.
11. Villarsii, Bell. Root biennial: height 1 ft.: Ivs.
with 3 or 5 nerves, roughish: fls. corymbose. Eu.
B.R. 583. L.B.C. 14:1390. — Not cult., but in I.H.
43, p. 301, said to be a parent with E. aurantiacus of E.
hybridus rbseus, Hort., Haage & Schmidt. This is said
to resemble E. Villarsii in habit, and E. aurantiacus in
form of fls. but not in color. Said to bloom freely from
May to autumn.
12. philadelphicus, Linn. Perennial by offsets: a
roughish, much-branched herb with spatulate or obo-
vate Ivs. often st.-clasping along the upper part of the
st.: heads several, corymbose, the numerous purplish
white rays being attractive in June. N. Amer. — Almost
a weed and easily grown in any ordinary garden.
DD. Sts. mostly 1-fld.
13. salsugindsus, Gray. Height 12-20 in. : upper st.-
lvs. with a characteristic mucro: rays broad, giving an
aster-like effect, purple or violet; the slightly viscid
character of the involucre is particularly designative.
Wet ground, on higher mountains, Alaska to Calif, and
New Mex. C.L.A. 21. No. 11:40.
cc. Lvs. coarsely toothed above the middle.
14. bellidifdlius, Muhl. (E. pulchellus, Michx.).
POOR ROBIN'S PLANTAIN. Makes new rosettes by
offsets from underground sts.: height 2 ft.: root-lvs.
wider above the middle than in most species; st.-lvs.
fewer: fls. spring, clear blue, on long sts. Damp bor-
ders of woods. Canada to 111. and La. B.M. 2402.
B.B. 3: 388.— Weedy.
E. cseruleus, Hort.=(?). — E. divtrgens, Torr. & Gray. Diffusely
branched with pubescent Ivs. and white or purple fl.-heads. W. U.
S. — E. flagellAris, Gray. A spreading plant bearing a profusion
of white or pale lilac fl.-heads. W. U. S. — E. grandifdlius elatior,
Hort. "Large solitary fls. with purple disk. June and July."=(?).
— E. leiom&rus. Gray. Lvs. small, linear: solitary fl.-heads with
violet rays and a yellow disk. Colo. B.M. 7743. — E. multiradidtus,
Benth. & Hook f. Fl.-heads terminal, solitary; ray-florets purplish;
disk yellow; height 6 in. to 2 ft. Himalayas. B.M. 6530.— E. neo-
mexicAnus, Gray. Fl.-heads loosely panicled; ray -florets linear,
white; disk - florets tubular, yellow. New Mex. — E. purpureum.
Hort., according to H. A. Dreer, "rarely exceeds 10 in. height, and
has medium-sized fls. of soft, rosy purple, borne in graceful, spread-
ing panicles." Form of E. macranthus (?). — E. trifidus, Schlecht.
Fl.-heads white or pale lilac, daisy-like. Rocky Mts. E. uniflorus,
Linn. Involucre hirsute, lunate, occasionally becoming naked ; rays
purple or sometimes white. Arctic regions.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
ERINACEA (Latin, erinaceus, hedgehog, allud-
ing to the spiny nature of the plant). Leguminbsx.
A low almost leafless shrub forming dense spiny tufts
covered in spring with numerous blue flowers.
Deciduous, very spiny : Ivs. simple or ternate, pubes-
cent, only present at the end of young branchlets:
fls. 1-3, axillary toward the end of the branchlets;
calyx tubular, with 5 short teeth, inflated after flower-
ing; petals narrow, long-clawed, claws of the wings and
keel adnate to the staminal tube; standard ovate,
slightly auriculate at the base; stamens connate: pod
oblong, glandular-hairy, 2-valved, 4-6-seeded. — One
species in S. W. Eu. Not hardy N.; likes limestone soil
and a sunny position, best adapted to be planted in
rockeries. Prop, by seeds.
pungens, Boiss. (AnthyUis Erindcea, Linn.). Shrub,
to 1 ft. : Ifts. 1-3, oblong-obovate or spatulate, M~^in-
1134
ERINACEA
ERIOCEREUS
long, pubescent: fls. 1-3, nearly 1 in. long, violet-blue,
the petals exceeding the large inflated calyx only about
one-third; the short pedicels, bractlets and calyx
pubescent: pod about Min. long. May, June. Mountains
of S. France, Spain and Corsica. L.B.C. 4:318. B.M.
676. G.C. III. 41:310. Gn. 62, p. 127; 64, p. 399.
ALFRED REHDER.
ERINUS (a name used by Dioscorides). Scroph-
ulariacese. A hardy tufted plant 3 or 4 inches high,
suited for steep sides of alpine gardens, where it pro-
duces in spring its racemes of small purple, rosy or
white flowers.
One species, in the mountains of W. and Cent. Eu.:
root-lvs. crowded, opposite; st.-lvs. alternate, oblong-
spatulate, with a few coarse, rounded teeth: corolla-
lobes 5, obovate, the 2 upper ones slightly smaller;
stamens 4, in 2 groups, included; style very short,
2-lobed at apex: caps, ovate, obtuse, dehiscent. —
Several species described in this genus belong in Zalu-
zianskya. Not to be confounded with Lobelia Erinus.
1416. Loquat.
Erinus should be planted in steep parts of the rockery
where water cannot lodge on rainy days or in the win-
ter and spring months. It needs slight shade from mid-
day sun. Divided plants are chiefly sold in America,
but the amateur can soon produce a good carpet by the
use of seeds. When well established, the seeds are self-
sown and the offspring gain in hardiness. It may be
safest to keep a pot or two in a coldframe over winter,
until the plant can take care of itself. In England,
seeds may be sown in earthy holes of brick walls, and
grown as informal masses on old stone steps. (J. B.
Keller.)
alpinus, Linn. Racemes 2J^ in. long; fls. %m. across,
purple. April-June. B.M. 310. Vars. albus and
carmineus, Hort., have white and crimson fls. respec-
tively. Var. hirsutus, Gren. (E. hirsutus, Hort.). More
vigorous: Ivs. villous or hairy: violet-red.
WILHELM MILLER.
ERIOBOTRYA (Greek, woolly cluster). Rosaceae,
subfamily Pomese. Small tree, grown for its handsome
large foliage and also for its edible acid fruits.
Evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, short-
petioled or nearly sessile, dentate, with strong veins
running straight to the teeth: fls. in terminal, broad
panicles; calyx-lobes 5, acute; petals 5, oval or sub-
orbicular, clawed; stamens 20; styles 2-5, connate
below; ovary inferior, 2-5-celled; cells 2-ovuled: fr. a
pome with persistent incurved calyx-teeth, thin endo-
carp and 1 or few large, ovoid or angular seeds. — About
10 species in the warmer regions of China, Japan,
Himalaya and S. Asia. Closely related to Photinia, from
which it differs chiefly in the larger fr. with thin endo-
carp and few large seeds and in the Ivs. having straight
veins ending in the teeth. The only species known in
cult, is E. japonica, an evergreen tree with large orna-
mental foliage, comparatively inconspicuous white
fragrant fls. in terminal rusty-wooily clusters, followed
by large pear-shaped yellow frs. It can be cult, only
in warmer temperate regions, and if protected during
the winter, maybe grown as far north as Philadelphia;
does not seem to be exacting as to the soil. Prop, by
seeds.
japonica, Lindl. (Photinia japdnica, Gray). LOQUAT.
Fig. 1416. Small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. thick, evergreen,
nearly sessile, oval-oblong or obovate, remotely toothed,
bright green and lustrous above, rusty-tomentpse
below, 6-10 in. long: panicles 4-7 in. long; fls. white,
^in. across, nearly hidden in the rusty-woolly pubes-
cence: fr. pear-shaped, yellow, about 1^ in. long, with
few large seeds, of agreeable acid flavor. Sept., Oct.;
fr. April -June. Japan, China. B.R. 365. G.C. III.
26:660 (suppl.); 52:318. H.U. 3, p. 97. A.G. 1891, pp.
19,370. G.W. 3, p. 439; 8, p. 314.— The loquat is
native to China and Japan, but is much planted in the
Gulf states and westward. It blooms from Aug. until
the approach of winter, and ripens its clustered fr. in
very early spring. The fr. is often seen in northern
markets. It is a profuse bearer in congenial climates.
See Loquat. Loquat is an excellent decorative plant,
either as an evergreen lawn tree south of Charleston,
or as a pot-plant in the N. It is a most satisfactory
conservatory subject, resisting uncongenial conditions.
Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with irregular
markings of pale green, dark green and white.
ALFRED REHDER.
ERIOCEPHALUS (from erion wool, and kephale,
head, in allusion to the woolliness of mature heads).
Compdsitse. A scarce little-known group of greenhouse
shrubs, grown for their violet-white flowers and pleas-
antly scented leaves.
Leaves usually entire, sometimes 3-lobed, often in
bunches: fls. in umbellate clusters in the only cult,
species, in some others racemose; heads with white ray-
fls. and purplish disk-fls. ; involucre in 2 series, the outer
series of 4-5 bracts. — Twenty species, all S. African,
but only one seems to be grown and this is confined to
fanciers' collections in Amer.
It is best grown in the temperate house in a mixture
of sand and peat. Propagated by cuttings, in sand,
under a bell-jar.
africanus, Linn. Lvs. opposite or tufted, silky-
pubescent, about Kiin. long, thickish, channeled: heads
umbellate at the ends of the branches, the white-rayed,
purple-centered heads making attractive clusters. S.
Afr. B.M. 833.
E. pectinifdlius, Linn. An attractive yellow-fld. sort with smooth
green Ivs. is perhaps referable to Hippia frutescens. B.M. 1855. It
is known only in botanic gardens in Amer. ™- BAYLOR
ERIOCEREUS (woolly and Cereus; referring to the
wool in the axils of the bracts on the ovary). Cactacese.
Usually slender plants, at first erect, but usually
afterward clambering and creeping, often forming
great clumps and thickets: fls. usually large; ovary
covered with more or less enlarged bracts bearing hairs
and spines in their axils: fr. red, spiny; flesh white;
seeds numerous, black. For cult., see Succulents.
Jusbertii, Riccob. Ribs 6, usually low, with broad
intervals; spines very short: fls. funnelform; petals
white; stigma-lobes linear, green; bracts on ovary and
fl.-tube filled with long hairs. It is now believed that
this species is a hybrid between an Echinopsis and
some Cereus.
See Cereus for descriptions of the following species: BonpUndii,
Riccob; Cavendlshii, Riccob. This is described under Cereus, but
probably does not belong to either genus; Martlnii, Riccob;
platygdnus, Riccob; tephracdnthus, Riccob; tortudsus, Riccob.
J. N. ROSE.
ERIOCHILUS
ERIOCHILUS (woolly lip). Orchidacene. A half-
dozen species of terrestrial orchids from Austral., with
email subterranean tubers and a solitary If. at the base
of the st. or higher up: fls. pink or white, 1 or more and
sessile on a scape or peduncle; labellum much shorter
than lateral sepals, the margins often with small and
erect lateral lobes. Some of the species have been
mentioned as greenhouse subjects, but they are horti-
culturally little known.
ERIOCNEMA: Bertolonia.
ERIODENDRON: Ceiba.
ERIODICTYON (woolly net, referring to the under
surface of the Ivs.). Hydrophyllacese. Four species and
many varieties (see Brand in Engler's Pflanzenreich,
hft. 59, 1913) of shrubs of Calif, and the Great Basin,
with alternate coriaceous entire Ivs., and white, purple
or blue fls. in scirpioid cymes. Apparently not cult.
E. Parryi, Greene = Nama.
ERIOGONUM (Greek, woolly joints). Polygonacese.
About 140 species, W. N. American (with extension
intoMex.), herbs tufted sub-shrubs or slender annuals,
mostly densely woolly: Ivs. crowded at the base of the
st., alternate or whorled, entire: fls. small, perfect, in
an involucrate head, fascicle or umbel, mostly recurved
or reflexed with age, mostly white, rose or yellow;
perianth 6-parted; stamens 9; styles 3: fr. an achene,
mostly 3-angled. Now and then some of the species are
listed by dealers in native plants, but they can hardly
be regarded as cult, subjects. E. compdsitum, Douglas,
perhaps the best known, has very many minute neutral-
colored fls., dull white to rosy, borne in compound
umbels 5-6 in. deep and broad. B.R. 1774. The fol-
lowing have been advertised, but are practically
unknown in our gardens: E. campaniddtum, E. com-
pdsitum, E. fldvum, E. heradeoldes, E. incanum, E.
microthecum var. effiisum, E. niveum, E. niidum, E.
ovalifolium, E. racemosum, E. sph&rocephalum, E.
thymoldes, E. umbellatum. E. giganteum makes a mound
or mat many feet across. G.C. III. 28:337. Descrip-
tions of eriogonums may be readily found in the floras
of the western part of the U. S.
ERIOGfNIA: Luetkea.
ERI6LOBUS: Pyrus.
ERIOPHORUM (wool-bearing, from the Greek;
alluding to the heads of fr.). Cyperaceae. Perennial
rush-like plants, growing in swales: fls. in dense heads,
the perianth-bristles very numerous and often becom-
ing greatly elongated in fr. and giving the head a wool-
like appearance. None of them is known in cult., but
the following names have been offered by collectors for
bog gardens: E. alpinus, Linn.; E. cyperinum, Linn.;
E. linedtum, Benth. & Hook.; E. polystdchion, Linn.;
E. vaginatum, Linn. ; E, virginicum, Linn. All these are
wild in the northern states, and descriptions may be
found in the regular manuals. Eriophorum comprises
upward of a dozen species in the northern hemisphere.
ERIOPHYLLUM (Greek, woolly-leaved). Compdsitae.
Herbs, mostly woody, and commonly with yellow-
rayed heads; one kind cult, in a few hardy borders is a
low, tufted, herbaceous perennial, with much-divided
Ivs., covered with wool beneath (each st. bearing about
5), and 8-rayed yellow heads 2 in. across, borne in a
loosely forking fashion on peduncles 3-7 in. long. The
fenus was included in Bahia by Bentham & Hooker,
ut is now kept distinct largely because of the per-
manently erect involucral bracts: seeds mostly 4-
angled, and pappus of nerveless and mostly pointless,
colorless portions. Actinolepis is included in this genus
by some authors. There are about a do/en species, in
N. W. Amer. E. caespitdsum, Douglas (Actinella
landta, Pursh, not Nutt. Bahia landta, DC.), described
ERIOSTEMON
1135
above, has been advertised. Either moist or dry
ground, Mont, to Brit. Col. and S. Calif.; very variable.
ERIOPSIS (Greek, like Eria, an orchid of the Epi-
dendrum tribe, which it resembles when not in flower).
Orchidacese. Five or six South American orchids of the
Vanda tribe allied to Acacallis and Warrea, requiring
coolhouse treatment as given to Cattleya; epiphytes.
Leaves 2 or 3, long, plicate: racemes 2 or 3, basal;
fls. open, small, but showy, maxillaria-like; lip 3-lobed,
the lateral lobes broad and erect and inclosing the
column, the middle lobe small and spreading and some-
times 2-lobed. — About half a dozen species in S. Amer.
biloba, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 3 in. long: Ivs. lanceo-
late: fls. 1 in. across; sepals and petals yellow, with
orange-red margins; labellum yellow spotted with
brown. Colombia. B.R. 33:18.
rutidobulbon, Hook. Stouter in habit than the above:
pseudobulbs wrinkled, dark-colored: racemes drooping;
sepals and petals orange-yellow, with deeper colored
margins; labellum white, with purple spots. Antioquia,
in exposed positions on the sts. of palms. Peru. B.M.
4437.
Helenas, Kranzl. Said to be the finest in the genus.
It differs greatly in habit from the other members; the
pseudobulbs (standing 16 in. high) somewhat resemble
those of Epidendrum Brassavolse, but are much stronger,
and bear 3 long, coriaceous dark glossy green linear-
lanceolate Ivs. The fls. are twice as large as those of
E. biloba, and are borne on tall, arching scapes. The
sepals and petals are orange-colored, margined with
purple, the lip similar, but with a yellow blotch,
spotted with purple at the base. Peru.
E. Fuerstenbergii, Kranzl. Racemes up to 12 in. long; fls. about
1 Yi in. across; sepals and petals brown outside, orange with brown
border inside; lip whitish, densely dotted with purple.
OAKES AMES.
ERIOSTEMON (Greek, wooUy stamens). Rulacex.
Coolhouse evergreen shrubs from Australia, with starry,
fiye-petaled flowers an inch wide, of white or blush-
pink. Very little known in America, but abroad con-
sidered amongst the finest of hard-wooded winter or
spring-blooming Australian plants.
Leaves alternate, entire, glandular-dotted: infl.
axillary or terminal, solitary or in clusters; calyx and
corolla 5-parted, rarely 4-parted; stamens 8-10, free,
shorter than the petals; anthers pointed: fr. 2-valved.
1-seeded. Much care is needed to produce well-trained
specimens.
Eriostemons are among the most beautiful of Aus-
tralian hard -wooded plants. They are propagated
from cuttings made of the points of half-ripened wood.
Choose pieces about 3 inches long, and insert in a pot
filled with one part finely sifted peat, and two parts
sharp sand. Water them and set in a case in a tempera-
ture of 55° to 60°, shading them from the sun. After they
have rooted, pinch out the heart of the shoots, and when
they show signs of breaking, transfer them singly
into small pots in equal parts of peat and sand. When
well rooted in these pots, give them a shift about two
sizes larger, using good fibrous peat, in rather a lumpy
state, and about a fifth part of good sharp sand, adding
a little of finely broken charcoal. This compost may
be used for all future pottings. If large plants are
wanted quickly, it is better to grow them indoors all
the year round, but they will not set flowers so well.
Eriostemons flower in the smallest sized pot in spring,
if they are grown outdoors all summer. The outdoor
treatment ripens the wood thoroughly and the result
will be seen when flowering time arrives. These plants
are liable to run into strong shoots to the detriment of
the weaker ones. When this is observed, cut them well
back, and this will preserve the symmetry of the plant.
During their growing period they should be syringed
freely. This helps to soften the wood and secure
1136
ERIOSTEMON
plenty of breaks, and also keep red-spider in check.
A favorite method of propagation in the British Isles
is by grafting on small plants of Correa alba. This
insures a quicker means of raising the plants and is
practised largely by nurserymen. A winter tempera-
ture of 40° by night should be maintained. However,
if plants are wanted to flower earlier, they may be sub-
jected to 50° or 55°. Eriostemons are sometimes
attacked by brown and white scale. Fumigation with
hydrocyanic gas is the best remedy. (George F.
Stewart.)
A. Foliage linear or narrowly lanceolate.
B. Lvs. linear.
scaber, Paxt. A shrub with minutely pubescent or
glabrous branches: Ivs. covered with minute rough-
nesses, sessile, acute and mucronulate: petals white,
tipped pink. P.M. 13:127.
BB. Lvs. narrowly lanceolate.
linifolius, Seghers. Lvs. broadest at middle, tapering
both ways. R.B. 20:97. — Probably an old garden form
of some well-known species.
affinis, Sprague. Shrub, 1-2 ft., the branches gla-
brous and shining: Ivs. sessile, linear-lanceolate, 1-2
in. long, glabrous: fls. in axillary slender clusters,
quite like the next, but smaller.
AA. Foliage conspicuously wider.
B. Lvs. 10-12 times as long as broad.
c. Apex abruptly pointed.
myoporoides, DC. Lvs. widest at the middle, taper-
ing evenly both ways, 1-3, rarely 4 in. long: fls. umbel-
late; petals white or sometimes pink, glandular on the
back. B.M. 3180.
cc. Apex blunt.
salicifolius, Smith. This willow-leaved species has
perhaps the handsomest foliage. Lvs. widest above the
middle, tapering more gradually to the base than to the
apex: petals bright, soft pink. B.M. 2854.
BB. Lvs. 3-4 times as long as broad.
intermedius, Hook. Lvs. 9-18 lines long, elliptical,
abruptly pointed: petals lanceolate, white, but tipped
with pink outside in the bud like the rest; ovary placed
on a flat disk and not ringed at the base. Probably of
garden origin. Intermediate between E. myopormdes
and E. buxifolius. B.M. 4439.
buxifolius, Smith. Lvs. as in E. intermedius, though
perhaps smaller: petals obovate, white, tipped pink;
ovary sunk into a double disk of 2 rings. B.M. 4101.
G. 26:19.— E. densifldrus, Seghers, R.B. 20:97, looks
like a prolific horticultural variety of this species.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR, f
ERITRf CHIUM : For E. barbigerum, see Krynitzkia. For
E. nothofulvum, see Plagiobothrys.
ERLANGEA (bears the name of the University of
Erlangen). Compdsitx. One species of this genus,
blooming in midwinter and spring, is offered in England.
The genus was long considered to be monotypic,
but Moore has recently (Jour. Bot. 46. 1908) incor-
porated Bothriocline with it, and the new species have
expanded the genus to 32 species, all Trop. African
excepting 1 in New Guinea; it differs from Vernonia
"only in the curious reduced achenes and the pappus
of few, short, very caducous set*." E. tomentdsa,
Moore (Bothrioclme Schimperi var. tomentbsa, Oliv. &
Hiern). Shrub, to 5 ft.: st. and under sides of Ivs.
tomentose: erect herb: Ivs. opposite or at top of st.
rarely alternate, oblong to ovate-lanceolate, 2-5 in.
long, nearly or quite obtuse, rounded at base, serrate,
villous: fls. all tubular, about 40 in the head, the heads
about %in. diam., short-pedunoled and collected in
corymbose panicles; involucre-scales ovate, acute,
scarious-margined. Trop. Afr. B.M. 8269. Foliage
scented: fls. mauve or lilac, lasting 2 or 3 months in
winter; habit of a eupatorium, and requires the treat-
ment given the greenhouse members of that genus.
L. H. B.
ERODIUM (Greek, a heron; alluding to the beaked
fruit). Geraniacese. HERON'S-BILL or STORK'S-BILL.
Annual and perennial, some of the perennials grown
in flower-gardens and with alpines for their finely cut
foliage and mostly purplish or white flowers.
The plants suggest the wild and hardy geraniums,
from which they differ in having only 5 instead of 10
anther-bearing stamens, the other 5 being reduced to
scales; also the tails of the carpels hairy inside and
twisting spirally. Herbs, rarely somewhat woody or
tufted: Ivs. opposite or alternate, one often smaller
than its mate, stipuled, toothed, lobed, or dissected:
fls. regular or nearly so, mostly in umbels, of various
shades, from crimson-pink to purple, with darker
blotches on the 2 upper petals and the venation out-
lined in darker shades; sepals 5, imbricate; ovary
5-lobed, when ripe splitting into separate caps.-lobes,
each lobe 1-seeded: plants usually heavy-scented. —
The latest monograph (Knuth, in Engler's Pflanzen-
reich, hft. 53, 1912) describes 60 species, widely dis-
persed in temperate and" warm regions. The self-
planting of the seeds or carpels of some species is very
interesting.
These plants are chiefly for the front row of the
hardy borders and the rock-garden, where they thrive
in a gritty loam. They like dry, sunny spots, and may
be trusted with a conspicuous position, being chiefly
valued for their steady succession of bloom from June
to August. Divided plants are chiefly sold here, but
the species are easily propagated by seeds. Some
erodiums can be grown in chinks of walls. Some of the
annual kinds are widely spread in California and other
parts of the West, and E. cicutarium and two or three
others are grown for forage. The garden species have
not attained much prominence in this country.
INDEX.
absinthioides, 14.
Botrys, 3.
chamsedryoides, 8.
chrysanthum, 4.
cicutarium, 1.
corsicum, 9.
daucoides, 11.
glandulosum, 10.
graveolens, 10.
Guicciardii, 13.
guttatum, 5.
macradenum, 10.
Manescavi, 12.
moschatum, 2.
olympicum, 14.
pelargoniflorum, 6.
petrxum, 14.
Reichardii, 8
Sibthorpianum, 14.
supracanum, 7
A. Plant annual (or biennial).
1. cicutarium, L'Her. ALFILARIA. ALFILERILLA.
PIN-CLOVER. Tufted, low and spreading, more or less
glandular, often with coarse, soft, short hairs: Ivs.
oblong, 1-2-pinnate; Ifts. small, nearly sessile, the
uppermost confluent, lower ones sharply and deeply
cut and with narrower lobes: stipules small, acute:
sepals with 1 or 2 terminal bristles; filaments not
toothed; fls. rose-purple. Abundantly run wild from
the Rocky Mts. to the Pacific, on dry or barren lands,
and also grown for hay and utilized as wild pasture.
Feb.- Apr. Old World; immensely variable.
2. moschatum, L'Her. FILAREE. MUSK-CLOVER.
Also ALFILERILLA. Glandular and musk-scented, at
first stemless and with a rosette on the ground but
later sending up stout fleshy sts. to, 1 ft.: Ifts. large,
short-stalked, ovate to elliptical, serrate, broad-lobed:
stipules large, rather obtuse: sepals not terminated by
bristles; filaments 2-toothed; fls. rose-purple. Medit.,
Orient. Run wild in Calif, in the rich valley lands.
3. B6trys, Bertol. Branching from the base and
usually prostrate, white-pubescent: If .-blades 1-2 in.
long on petioles of similar or twice the length, oblong-
ovate, pinnatifid, the lobes acute and serrate: sepals
with 1 or 2 short bristles; fls. deep violet; filaments
ERODIUM
ERYNGIUM
1137
widened upward and toothed. Medit. region, now
widely spread in Calif, and also grown for forage.
AA. Plant perennial.
B. Fls. yellow.
4. chrysanthum, L'Her. Woody, 1-5 in. tall, sil-
very, the rhizome vertical: Ivs. densely crowded at
base, petiole and blade of equal length, broadly ovate,
obtuse or nearly so, pinnate, the pinnaa cut; st.-lvs.
few or none, subsessile: peduncles sometimes basal;
fls. yellow, the petals exceeding sepals, broadly cuneate
and retuse. Greece. Gt. 1, p. 260.
BB. Fls. white, sometimes veined or spotted.
5. guttatum, Willd. Woody, 3-6 in., the caudex
vertical: Ivs. many at base of St., long-petioled, ovate-
cordate or long-cordate, obscurely lobed, crenulate:
peduncle 2-5 in. high; fls. clear wh'te with a dark spot
at base of upper petals; sepals lance-spatulate or obo-
vate-spatulate ; petals broadly obovate, rounded. S. W.
Medit. region; a good little rock plant. Gt. 3, p. 244.
6. pelargonifldrum, Bpiss. & Heldr. Woody, to 1 ft.
or more, the caudex vertical : basal Ivs. rather numerous,
long-petioled, hairy above, ovate-cordate, somewhat
lobed, obtusely crenate-dentate: peduncles 1-5 in.
high; fls. white, the 2 upper petals spotted with pink
at base; sepals ovate; petals broadly obovate, rounded
or retuse. Asia Minor. B.M. 5206. Gt. 1:194. Gn.
59, p. 448; 63, p. 107.
7. supracanum, L'Her. Stemless, 1-4 in. tall, the
rhizome vertical: Ivs. numerous, to about 2 in. long,
densely silky-canescent above, green beneath, ovate or
oblong, bipinnatisect, the pinnules entire or dentate
or incised: fls. white, spotless, red-veined, the petals
obovate and rounded, and sepals broadly ovate and
5-nerved. Pyrenees.
8. chamaedrypides, L'Her. (E. Reichardii, DC.).
Stemless, 2-3 in. tall: Ivs. numerous, long-stalked,
sparsely hairy, round-ovate, slightly cordate, crenate,
apex rounded: peduncles about 1-fld., about 2 in. tall;
fls. white, rose- veined; sepals ovate-spatulate or lance-
spatulate, minutely mucronate; petals obovate, retuse.
Balearic Isls., Corsica. — An attractive alpine.
BBB. Fls. rose, red or purple (sometimes white in No. 1J+).
c. Lvs. undivided or obscurely lobed.
9. c6rsicum, Lem. St. 2-6 in. high, the root vertical
or oblique: basal Ivs. many, long-petioled, grayish
tomentose or becoming glabrous, ovate or broader,
more or less obsoletely lobed, coarsely crenate-dentate:
peduncle 1-2 in. high, about 2-fld.; fls. %in. across, in
shades of rosy pink veined deeper color; sepals oblong-
spatulate or ovate, not mucronate; petals broadly
obovate or cuneate. Corsica and Sardinia. G.C. III.
48:210.
cc. Lvs. all pinnatisect.
D. St. wanting.
10. macradenum, L'Her. (E. graveolens, Lapeyr. E.
glandulbsum, Willd.). Remarkable for the great length
of the roots when twisting among rocks, and strong
odor of the foliage: 2-6 in.: Ivs. hairy, glandular, lJ^-2
in. long, oblong, pinnate; segms. pinnatifid, rachis with
a toothed wing: fls. light purple, the 2 upper petals a
shade darker, and the spots nearly black. Pyrenees.
B.M. 5665.
11. daucoides, Boiss. Plant 2-4 in., the rhizome ver-
tical: Ivs. many, tomentose, petiole exceeding blade,
lanceolate or triangular in outline, the pinnae pinnati-
sect and the lobes linear-lanceolate: peduncles stand-
ing above the foliage, about 4-fld.; fls. rose-color;
sepals more or less ovate, 5-nerved; petals obovate,
somewhat rounded. Spain.
12. Manescivi, Coss. Height 10-18 in., the rhizome
vertical or oblique: Ivs. attaining 6 and more in. long,
2^2 in. wide, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate; segms.
alternate ovate, short-stalked, dentate, with sometimes
a deeper cut: fls. at best 2 in. across, strong rosy purple,
the spots of the upper petals only a shade or two darker.
Pyrenees. Gn. 55:292. — Colors stronger and more
uniform than No. 10.
DD. St. evident.
13. Guicciardii, Heldr. Woody, to 8 in. tall, from a
more or less vertical rhizome: basal Ivs. many, densely
clustered, petiole equaling the blade (upper st.-lvs. ses-
sile), silvery, broadly ovate or oblong-ovate, pinnate;
pinnae cut into linear or oblong-linear lobes: peduncle
1-3 in. tall, 4-7-fld.; fls. rose-colored; sepals ovate,
obtuse and mucronate; petals obovate, rounded. N.
Greece.
14. absinthioldes, Willd. (E. petrseum, Sibth. & Smith.
E. olympicum, Clem. E. Sibthorpianum, Kotschy).
Two to 8 in. tall : rhizome vertical : Ivs. many, crowded
at base of St., the petioles very short (st.-lvs. few and
sessile), soft-hairy, oblong or triangular-ovate, obtuse
or acutish, bipinnatisect; lobes linear-lanceolate, entire
or dentate: peduncle 1-4 in., 2-8-fld.; fls. violet or rose
(rarely white), the sepals ovate, obtuse and mucronate,
the petals cuneate-obovate. Asia Minor.
E. gruinum, L'Her. Annual or biennial, \Yt ft. high, the sts.
1 or few, white-hairy: Ivs. cordate-ovate, undivided or obscurely
lobed, dentate: fls. violet-blue, large, the petals broadly obovate
and clawed, rounded at apex. Sicily to Persia, N. Afr. — E. Stephani-
anum, Willd. Annual or biennial, villous, branched: Ivs. nearly
glabrous, bipinnatifid, the lobes linear: peduncles 2-3 in. high,
2-5-fld.; fls. dark purple; petals scarcely surpassing sepals, very
broad-ovate. Temp. Asia. L H B t
ERPETION: Viola.
ERUCA (origin of name in doubt; probably from the
Latin to burn, in allusion to the hot seeds). Crudferx.
Perhaps ten or a dozen herbs of Eu. and W. Asia,
annual or biennial. Allied to Brassica: differs in the
shorter, more turgid silique, with keeled valves; style
elongated; seeds in 2 rows in each cell. The Ivs. are
pinnately lobed or dentate, and the fls. rather large,
yellow to purplish. E. sativa, Mill., ROQUETTE, TIRA or
ROCKET-SALAD, is the only species cult, in this country.
It is a weedy annual, resembling a mustard, 1-2 ft.
high, with lyrate-pinnatifid Ivs. and creamy yellow or
whitish fls. in a raceme (which elongates in fr.). It
is sparingly run wild in Canada, U. S., and Mex. See
Roquette. £,_ jj. g
ERYNGIUM (a Greek name for some sort of thistle).
Umbettiferae. ERYNGO. SEA-HOLLY. Annual and peren-
nial herbs, chiefly valued for the steel-blue or pur-
plish cast of their rigid stems, prickly foliage and teasel-
like heads.
Rarely shrubby: Ivs. stiff or coriaceous, undivided,
lobed or pinnatisect, the margin nearly always spiny:
fls. small, white, greenish or blue, sessile or subsessile,
bracteolate, in involucrate heads or spikes; calyx-
teeth prominent, mostly rigid, sometimes ending in a
spine-point; petals erect; disk expanded; styles slender:
fr. ovoid or obovoid or more or less globose, scaly or
tuberculate, without ribs, the carpels nearly terete and
with usually 5 oil-tubes. — Wolff estimates (in Engler's
Pflanzenreich, hft. 61, 1913) 220 species, widely dis-
persed in warm and temperate regions with the greatest
extension in the Medit. region.
There are two very distinct groups of eryngoes, one
with much-cut foliage, as shown in Fig. 1417, the other
the "pandanus group" (of the New World), with long
undivided leaves. The species are little grown in this
country, but they are more used abroad. They pro-
duce striking semi-formal and often somewhat bizarre
effects. They are used in subtropical bedding, particu-
larly the large pandanus-leaved kinds. They are excel-
lent for borders and rock-gardens, being prized particu-
larly for their colored stems and often brilliant in-
1138
ERYNGIUM
ERYNGIUM
yolucre. The stiff leaves of the pandanus group are
little damaged by weather. The dried stems retain their
color, and are sometimes hung in living-rooms. The
plants mostly grow from 2 to 3 feet high and head out in
July to September. A light rich soil and sunny situa-
tion are advised. Poor drainage is to be avoided. E.
amethystinum is probably the most popular species in
this country. E. planum is said to be much visited by
bees. They are slow to recover from the shock of divi-
sion. This makes it diffi-
cult to work up a stock
at home sufficient to
make an effective group.
The only safe way to
increase them is by seed.
The seed may be sown
as soon as gathered.
They will germinate in
the spring, and should
be ready to plant out
the following year. Some
of the species self -sow. The species
described below are perennial.
INDEX.
agavifolium, 1.
maritimum, 8.
alpinum, 9, 10.
multifidum, 21.
amethystinum, 21.
Oliverianum, 10.
aquaticum, 4.
pallescente, 21.
asperifolium, 12.
pandanifolium, 6.
Bourgatii, 19.
planifolium, 13.
bracteosum, 7.
planum, 13.
bromelisefolium, 2.
protseflorum, 3.
cceruleum, 15.
roseum, 13.
dichotomum, 14.
serbicum, 17.
eburneum, 7.
Spinalba, 18.
giganteum, 12.
Tournefortii, 19.
glaucum, 12.
tricuspidatum, 14.
intermedium, 13.
tripartitum, 11.
Lassauxii, 5.
yuccse folium, 4.
lalifolium, 13.
Zabelii, 20.
Leavenworthii, 16.
A. The pandanus-leaved group.
B. Bracts of involucre long and prominent.
1. agavifolium, Griseb. Becoming 6 ft.
high in its native country: st. simple below
and somewhat branched above, 3-forked at
top: basal Ivs. rosulate, ensiform, to 5 ft.
long, coarsely spinose-serrate: head cylin-
drical, about 2 in. long and half as thick;
the involucral bracts 10-16, ovate at base
and gradually narrowed, entire or sparsely
spinulose; sepals round-ovate or nearly-
orbicular; petals pbovate or elliptic-oblong.
Argentina, blooming Jan.-March. G.W. 15, p. 477.
2. bromeliaefolium, Delar. Becoming 9 or 10 ft.
tall, the st. about 4-forked at top: basal Ivs. numerous,
1H ft. and more long, narrow and very acute, the
margins subulate-dentate, spine-pointed: head ovoid
or ovoid-cylindrical, about 1 in. long; involucral bracts
many, rigid, unequal, linear-subulate, pungent-pointed;
sepals ovate-lanceolate, short-acuminate and mucro-
nate. Highlands, Mex.; Dec.
3. protaefldrum, Delar. Plant very stout, 3 ft. and
more, the st. fistulose and sulcate: st.-lvs. very stiff,
the upper ones 8 in. or more long, linear-lanceolate,
long-acuminate and pungent-pointed, the margin
subulate-spinose: head ovoid-cylindrical, 2J^ in. long;
bracts of involucre very many and very rigid, in several
series, lanceolate and sharp-pointed; fls. very many;
sepals broad-ovate, obtuse, short-mucronate; petals
white, obovate-spatulate. Mex. Sept. G.C. III.
41:248,249. Gn. 75, p. 380.
BB. Bracts of involucre scarcely prominent, not very stiff.
c. Nerves of If. diverging.
4. aquaticum, Linn. (E. yuccsefblium, Michx.). BUT-
TON SNAKEROOT. RATTLESNAKE MASTER. Height
1417. Eryngium
amethystinum. ( X 1A)
2-6 ft.: st. striate, unbranched or branched above:
Ivs. undivided, long and linear, rigid, mostly clasping,
finely parallel-veined, lower sometimes 3 ft. long, 1J^
in. wide, all bristly margined: heads globose-ovoid.
Wet soil, E. U. S. *
cc. Nerves of If. parallel, prominent.
5. Lassauxii, Decne. Height 3-6 ft., thest. fistulose,
3-forked at top: basal Ivs. often slightly twisted, cana-
liculate, to 2 in. wide, long-acuminate, the margin
spiny: heads in a broad corymb, each one small,
about Mm- through, whitish green; involucre-bracts
ovate- lanceolate, spinulose - ciliate ;
sepals nearly orbicular or 4-angled-
orbicular, truncate and erose; petals
rectangular-ovate. S. Brazil, Para-
guay, Uruguay. G.W. 3, p. 549.
6. pandanifolium, Cham. &
Schlecht. St. to 8 ft. high, leafy,
3-4-forked above: basal Ivs. 4-5 ft.
long, spine margined above; st.-lvs.
many, to 1>2 ft. long, spiny; heads
colored, globose-ovoid, less than
^2 in. long, in large panicles; invo-
lucral bracts broad-ovate, very
acute, rough on the back; sepals
nearly orbicular or oval, short-
mucronate; petals dark purple,
ovate or orbicular-oblong. S. Brazil,
Argentina. Gn. 61, p. 37. G.W. 4,
p. 197.
7. eburneum, Decne. (E. bracted-
sum, Griseb.). Height 8 ft., from -a
thick rhizome, the st. ivory-white:
basal Ivs. crowded, canaliculate, 3
ft. and more long, acuminate, very
spiny, the spines being slender:
heads not colored, ovoid or globose-
ovoid, %in. long; involucral bracts
triangular or lanceolate or linear;
sepals ovate or oval, obtuse or
short-acuminate; petals somewhat
rectangular - oblong, fimbriate at
apex. S. Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina.
AA. The cut-lvd. group (or Ivs., at least on st ,
broader, more or less toothed, and not pan-
danus-like) .
B. Lvs. fleshy.
8. maritimum, Linn. Glaucous-blue, stiff,
much-branched, about 1 ft. high: Ivs. very stiff,
broad, sinuate, more or Iess3-lobed, handsomely veined,
with coarse prickly teeth, those on the st. clasping,
the radical ones petioled: heads nearly globular, pale
blue; involucral bracts 5-8, much smaller and narrower
than the st.-lvs.; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals oblong.
Seacoasts of Eu. Gn. W. 15:489.
BB. Lvs. not fleshy.
c. Basal Ivs. usually not lobed (or not prominently so}.
9. alpinum, Linn. Height 12 ft., bluish above, from
a thick root: radical Ivs. deeply cordate-triangular,
acuminate, coarsely double-crenate; st.-lvs. round-
cordate, often 3-lobed at the apex or palmatifid: head
globose-cylindrical, about 1 in. long; involucral bracts
12-18, lance-oblong, rigid, multifid; fl?. many; sepals
ovate-lanceolate; petals somewhat rectangular. Eu.
B.M. 922. G.C. III. 53:139. G.M. 46:136. Gn.W.
21:278. G.W. 3:576; 15, p. 478. R.H. 1876, p. 113.
Gn. 46:523. — There is a white variety. Prized for the
attractive blue color of the heads and upper part of
the plant.
10. Oliverianum, Delar. (E. alpinum var. Oliver-
ianum, Spreng.). Hybrid, perhaps of E. planum and
E. giganteum, or perhaps with E. alpinum: plant strong,
ERYNGIUM
ERYSIMUM
1139
3 ft.: lower Ivs. long-petioled, broadly cordate-ovate,
indistinctly 3-lobed at the apex, unequally spinulose-
serrate; younger and the lower cauline Ivs. 3-lobed or
-parted and the lobes again more or less lobed or angled
and the margins spinose-serrate : head blue, cylindrical-
ovoid, or ovate, many-fld.; involucral bracts 10-15,
subulate or linear, somewhat spinulose. Gn. 45, p.
223; 60, p. 425. Gn. W. 20:791. G.W. 15, p. 497.
11. tripartitum, Desf. Probably a hybrid: radical
Ivs. unequally spinulose-serrate with a large obtuse
middle lobe; st.-lvs. deeply 3-parted, the lobes lanceo-
late and rigid, spiny-toothed: head globular, small;
involucral bracts 6-9, narrow-lanceolate, spiny mar-
gined.
12. giganteum, Bieb. (E. asperifdlium, Delar. E.
glaucum, Hoffm ). Stout, 6 ft., the root thick and tur-
nip-shaped, the st. simple below and 4-5-forked above:
Ivs. coriaceous, the basal ones broadly cordate or cor-
date-triangular, toothed; st.-lvs. more or less 3-lobed,
spinulose -dentate: heads cylindrical or ovoid-cylin-
drical, 3-4 in. long, in an ample infl., blue or pale green;
involucral bracts lanceolate to obovate, very rigid,
much cut; fls. very many; sepals ovate or ovate-
lanceolate; petals obovate-lanceolate. Caucasus, Asia
Minor. Gn. 46, p. 523; 70, p. 111. G. 34:95. R.H.
1906, p. 379. G.W. 15, p. 479.
13. planum, Linn. (E. planifolium, Pall. E. lati-
folium, Gilib. E. intermedium, Weinm.). Root thick
turnip-shaped, very long: st. 3 ft., mostly single, 3-5-
forked at top: basal Ivs. cordate, oblong or oval or
broadly obovate, obtuse, spinulose, usually palmately
7-9-nerved; lower st.-lvs. short-petioled, shaped like
the basal Ivs. or 3-lobed, the lobes deeply serrate or
cut, the upper ones sessile and 3-5-parted: heads blue,
ovoid or nearly globular, about f^in. long; involucral
bracts mostly linear, rigid, somewhat spinulose-ser-
rate; sepals lanceolate; petals ovate-oblong. Eu., Asia.
G.L. 18:136. — A var. roseum is offered.
14. dichotomum, Desf. (E. tricuspidatum, Tenore).
Two ft. or less, glaucous-blue, the st. strong, few-lvd.,
branchy, 3-5-forked at top: lower Ivs. long-petioled,
cordate-oblong or obovate, very obtuse, serrate or
crenate, reticulated; upper Ivs. rigid, 5-parted: head
nearly globose or ovoid-globose, about Km- long;
involucral bracts 6-7, rigid, narrow-linear or subulate,
somewhat spinulose, pungent-pointed; sepals ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, spine-tipped; petals ovate-oblong.
Medit. region.
15. coerMeum, Bieb. About 3 ft., blue, the root
thick and long turnip-shaped, the st. usually solitary,
4-5-forked above, the branches long: basal Ivs. all long-
petioled, cordate, cordate-ovate or cordate-oblong,
crenate-serrate, outer ones undivided, inner ones 3-
lobed: heads small; involucral bracts 4-6, rigid and
wide-spreading, linear-lanceolate, spinulose; sepals
narrow-lanceolate; petals oblong. Caucasus and E.
16. Leavenworthii, Torr. & Gray. Purple-violet
above, 3 ft., the st. strict and full-lvd., at the top
3-forked: basal Ivs. oblanceolate and mostly obtuse,
spinose-dentate, the others deeply palmate-parted,
the divisions cut-pinnatifid and the segms. spreading
and pungent-pointed: heads ovoid-cylindrical, 2 in. or
less long; inyolucral bracts 7-9, linear-lanceolate,
spinose-pinnatifid; sepals pinnatifid. Dry soil, Kans. to
Texas.
cc. Basal Ivs. on the flowering plant all lobed
or divided.
17. serbicum, Pane. Height \-llA ft-, blue above:
root elongated, thick, somewhat woody: st. slender,
sparsely Ivd., short-branching and 3-4-fprked above:
basal Ivs. long-petioled, fresh green, divided into 5-7
grass-like segms.; st.-lvs. more or less clasping or short-
petioled, the segms. very narrow and remotely spinu-
lose-cut: heads small, globose-ovoid; involucral bracts
5-7, rigid, narrow-linear, sharp-pointed; sepals broad-
ovate, obtuse; petals broadly oblong-ovate. Servia.
18. Spinalba, Vill. Plant rigid, whitish green, more
or less blue above: st. stout, at the top 3-4-forked:
Ivs. coriaceous, rigid, broadly cordate-ovate, palmately
4-5-parted, the margins undulate and spiny-toothed:
head blue, ovoid-cylindrical; involucral bracts about
10 and very rigid, deeply pinnatifid, spine-pointed;
sepals lanceolate or more or less ovate; petals oblong-
linear. Eu., hi the Alps.
19. Bourgatii, Gouan (E. Tournefbrtii, Bub.). Low,
usually about 1^ ft.: root thick, somewhat turnip-
form: st. mostly solitary, simple below, sparingly
branched above, apex 3-forked: Ivs. somewhat coria-
ceous, pale green, rigid, nearly orbicular or somewhat
reniform, palmately 3-5-parted and again lobed, spiny-
toothed; st.-lvs. palmate, somewhat clasping: heads
blue or rarely green, nearly globose or ovoid-globose;
involucral bracts 9-15, spiny or not; sepals lanceolate,
acute; petals spatulate. Medit. region.
20. Zabelii, Hort. (E. alpinum x E. Bourgatii).
Plant rather robust, 1>£ ft.: basal Ivs. suborbicular,
3-parted; the segms. cuneate at base and deeply 3-
lobed and again 3-lobed, margins strongly spinulose-
serrate: head globose-cylindrical, 1 in. or more long;
involucral bracts, 12-14, rigid, lanceolate, spinulose-
dentate, blue or amethystine. G.W. 15, p. 496.
21. amethystinum, Linn. (E. pallescente, Mill.).
Fig. 1417. Stout, \}/2 ft. and more, blue or amethystine
above or sometimes whitish: root thick, long-cylindri-
cal: st. remotely leafy, branched, 4-5-forked at top:
Ivs. rigid, obovate or oblong-ovate, bipinnatifid,
spinose-dentate; upper st.-lvs. clasping, pinnately
parted, spinulose-dentate: heads ovoid-globose, %m~
or more long, the peduncle thick and sulcate; involucral
bracts 6-9, unequal, linear-subulate or lanceolate,
sharp-pointed; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals ovate-
oblong or nearly rectangular. Eu. Gn. 46, p. 522; 55,
p. 454. G.L. 23:199. Variable. Var. multffidum, Wolff
(E. multifidum, Smith) has much-cut Ivs.
Any number of eryngiums may be expected to appear in the
list, aa they are likely to strike the attention of collectors. They
appear to hybridize rather freely. E. hijbridum is a trade name for
garden forms, but it has no botanical standing. — E. Rdthenbergii
is a garden hybrid of E. alpinum and E. giganteum. — E. aziireum
and E. ctelestinum are garden names without botanical standing;
the latter is said to be E. amethystinum. — E. Ebentum=E. ebur-
neum(?). — E. Wrightii is said to be a free form of E. planum, bloom*
ing for a long period. L H B
ERYSIMUM (probably means blister -drawing).
Crudferse. Of this genus two brilliant yellow and
orange, spring- and summer -blooming hardy "an-
nuals," are cultivated, scarcely, if at all, inferior to the
true wallflowers (Cheiranthus) for general purposes,
and a few rock-garden and wild-garden plants.
Biennial, annual and perennial herbs, with long
soft appressed 2-parted hairs: Ivs. narrow, linear or
oblong, entire or variously toothed: fls. orange or yel-
low, rarely purple, often fragrant; petals 4, usually
large, clawed; stamens 6, free and without appendages:
style persistent: pod broad-linear, strongly compressed
or sometimes 4-angled; seeds many, various. — Species
80-90 in the north temperate zone, being most numer-
ous in Eu. and Cent. Asia. Some of the species are
said to hybridize with Cheiranthus. Numbers of
species are likely to be mentioned as good subjects for
alpine-gardening.
Although some of the popular kinds are biennials,
the gardeners think of them as annuals. Their seeda
can be sown in the fall and produce bloom earlier than
if sown in spring. The rock - garden kinds do well also
in the front row of the border and on dry banks. They
like full exposure to sunlight, and in the spring months
are completely covered with bright flowers. Divided
plants, as well as seeds, are offered by American dealers.
1140
ERYSIMUM
ERYTHEA
1418. Erysimum asperum.
In general, no special difficulty is experienced with
erysimums. In Gn. 24, p. 462, it is said that E. och-
roleucum on level ground is likely to lose its lower Ivs.
and to perish on heavy soils in hard winters. It thrives
best when frequently divided, and may be propagated
by cuttings. E.
Barbarea, Linn.,
with forms hav-
| ..;,. • II --..•;.•' ,'-v ,, ing double fls. and
;M: ^~it^ ^; variegated Ivs., is
1&~^r ~ Barbarea vulgaris.
asperum, DC.
; Fig. 1418. Bien-
nial or perennial,
height 1-3 ft. in
the wild, 12-18 in.
in gardens, the sts.
erect: Ivs. lanceo-
late to linear,
either canescent
or thin and green,
i dentate or entire,
j upper ones mostly
1 entire, the lowest
i sometimes p i n -
;l natifid: fls. J^in.
! or more across,
orange or yellow,
seldom purple :
pods rough, lJ^-5
in. long, 4-sided,
nearly erect. Que.
to Texas and Calif.
Var. arkansanum,
Gray (E. arkansa-
num, Nutt.). Lvs. thin, repand-dentate, lanceolate.
capitatum, Greene (E. grandifibrum, Nutt. Chei~
rdnthus capitatus, Douglas). COAST WALLFLOWER.
Biennial or perennial, probably usually perennial, erect
and leafy and finely pubescent, 1 ft. or less to 2 ft.
high, nearly simple or said often to make a much-
branched woody plant, with Ivs. oblong, oblanceolate or
linear and either entire or repand-dentate: fls. light yel-
low or cream-colored, the petals about 1 in. long with a
rounded blade: caps, to 4 in. Seacoast, Calif, to Ore.
Perofskianum, Fisch. & Mey. Fig. 1419. Excellent
hardy annual, 1-2 ft., erect: Ivs. oblong, acute or
nearly so, strongly toothed: fls. large, bright orange or
reddish orange: pods standing out nearly at right angles,
constricted below the narrower style. Caucasus,
Afghanistan. B.M. 3757. P.M. 6:245.— There are
compact and dwarf strains suitable for edgings (E.
Perofskianum nanum. E. nanum compactum aureum,
Gt. 46, p. 194. E. compactum aureum, Hort.). Seeds
may be sown at different times for succession.
pulchellum, Boiss. (E. laciniatum, Boiss.). Perennial,
green, often cespitose, the st. ascending 2-6 in. or
more (even to 2 ft.): lower Ivs. oblong-spatulate, den-
tate or lyrate; upper Ivs. sessile, oblong or lanceolate,
dentate; Ivs. on the suckers lanceolate and often entire:
fls. medium, deep orange: caps, erect-spreading, slen-
der. Greece, Asia Minor. — Used as rock-garden plant.
There are dwarf forms in the wild.
ochroleftcum, DC. (E. rhseticum, DC. E. helveticum,
DC.). Perennial, 4-12 in.: sts. yellowish, creeping:
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, dentate, usually more or less
hairy: fls. fragrant, pale yellow, the petals obovate. Eu.
Gt. 2, p. 162. — Variable. Forms a turf on rocks and
mountains.
E. Marschallianum, Andrz. Biennial, perennial, 6-8 in. high:
Ivs. lance-linear: fls. large, bright orange-yellow: used as an
alpine Siberia. — E. murale, Desf. Spring-flowering biennial or
perennial, 6-8 in., forming a tuft: Ivs. deep green, narrow: fls.
golden yellow. Eu. WlLHELM MlLLER
L. H. B.f
ERYTHEA (one of the Hesperides, Daughter of
Evening). Palmdcese, tribe Cori/pheae. Palms with soli-
tary, often robust, spineless caudices, ringed at the
base, clothed above with dead leaf -sheaths.
Leaves terminal, the younger ones tomentose in
some species, glabrous in others, orbicular, flabellately
many-parted, the lobes lacerated at the apex, inter-
mingled with fibers, infolded; rachis short; ligule long;
petiole stout, slender and arching in some species,
smooth or spiny along the margins: spadices usually
paniculate, long, white tomentose; branches stout;
spathes many, sheathing the peduncle, thick-coriaceous,
densely tomentose; bracts and bractlets distinct; fls.
pale: fr. globose or ovoid. — Species 5, Mex.
This small group of American palms includes E.
armata, which is known locally as the "blue palm,"
and E. edulis, the latter commonly known as the
"Guadaloupe palm," from the fact that it has been
found in a wild state only on the island of Guadaloupe,
off the coast of Lower California. Erytheas bear much
resemblance to Brahea, the segments of the leaves
bearing whitish filaments. In the gardens of Santa Bar-
bara, the erytheas in a few years form very handsome
trees, but in less-favored latitudes they may be culti-
vated in the same manner as kentias or latanias, flour-
ishing in a night temperature of 50° to 55° when grown
in a rich and open soil and abundantly supplied with
water.
A. Fr. more or less globose.
B. Lvs. distinctly glaucous.
armata, Wats. (Brahea armata, Wats. B. glauca, Hort.
B. Roezlii, Lindl.). BLUE PALM. Tall and slender, 40
ft. high: Ivs. very glaucous; petiole narrow, deeply
channeled, margined with numerous stout, more or less
hooked, slightly spreading spines; segms. 30-40, sub-
lacerate at the apex, slightly filiferous: spadix 18 ft.
long or somewhat less, sparingly branched: frs. red-
dish brown at maturity. Low. Calif. G.C. III. 20:425.
BB. Lvs. green, not glaucous.
edillis, S. Wats. (Brahea ediilis, Wendl.). St. 40-50
ft. high, 15 in. thick, with thick, corky bark: sheaths
fibrous; petioles stout, 1 in.
wide, plano-convex, unarmed on
the acute margins, fibrous-pubes-
cent or glabrate above; ligule
2-3 in. long, densely silky-tomen-
tose; blade 3 ft.; segms. 70-80,
at first tomentose, lacerate at the
apex and fibrous on the edges:
spadices numerous, 5-6 ft. long,
branched: fr. shining black.
Calif. R.H. 1893, p. 297; 1897,
p. 77. G.C. III. 13: 507; 22: 157.
Brandegeei, Purpus. In nature
125 ft. high and having slender
trunk: petioles slender, armed
with recurved spines; Ivs. bright
shining green, composed of 10-12
frpnded, flabellate Ifts. : spadix
slightly branched: frs. as in E.
armata, but somewhat streaked.
Low. Calif. Gt. 52, p. 12.— Intro,
by Franceschi in 1912. who says,
"Appears to grow much faster
than other kinds and is not less
hardy."
AA. Fr. shaped like inverted
pear.
elegans, Franceschi.
Dwarfer and slower-grow-
ing than any other kind:
trunk very short: petioles 1419
slender, glaucescent, edged Erysimum Perofskianum. ( X K)
ERYTHEA
with small spines; Ivs. somewhat glaucescent on both
sides: fl.-spadix 3-4 ft., branched: frs. about %in.
diam., yellowish, at first waxy. — According to Fran-
ceschi it was first intro. and distributed by the late
John Rock of San Jos6, about 1880, and never found
again in the wild state, while only one of the plants
raised is known to have ripened. N. TAYLOR t
ERYTHILEA (Greek, red; alluding to the fls. of some
species). Gentianacese. Two outdoor species are in
cultivation, with bright deep rose flowers, one of which
is a rockery plant from the Azores, the other a Cali-
fornian annual. Centaurium is name now used.
Small or low herbs, annuals, biennials and peren-
nials with simple and entire sessile opposite Ivs., and
small or medium-sized 5- or 4-merous, mostly red or
pink fls.: calyx-lobes narrow and keeled; corolla salver-
shaped ; filaments 4 or 5, slender, the anthers becoming
twisted; style filiform: caps, oblong or elongated. —
About 30 species in the Old and New Worlds; interest-
ing, but little known in cult. Three or 4 small species
have been naturalized from Eu.
A light sandy loam, in a protected nook of the
rockery, with partial shade, is required for E. Mas-
sonii (or E. diffusd), which is a charming little alpine
plant. It must be planted in a well-sheltered position,
and requires protection from sun and severe frost in
winter, but the little plant is well worth all the extra
care one may have to expend on it in winter. Propaga-
ted by cuttings, seeds or division. (J. B. Keller.)
Massonii, Sweet (E. diffiisa, Woods). Height 4 in.:
sts. ascending, tufted, not branched above, 1-3-fld.:
Ivs. fleshy, usually concave, shining: fls. lateral. Azores.
— Annuals in Azores, biennial in W. Eu. The plant
cult, under this name is considered perennial by our
nurserymen.
venfcsta, Gray. Height 6-10 in.: sts. erect, 4-angled,
cymosely branched : Ivs. J£-l in. long, oblong or ovate-
oblong, very blunt: corolla-lobes oval or obovate or
oblong, l/£m. or less long, deep pink; corolla-tube yel-
lowish, about the length of the calyx. Dry hills. Calif.
B.M. 6396. L. H. B.f
ERYTHRINA (from Greek for red). Leguminbsx.
CORAL-TREE. Herbs, shrubs or trees, with large and
showy papilionaceous flowers, for planting out and for
greenhouse bloom; and open-ground subjects in Florida
and California.
Erect, or the herbs more or less reclining, usually
spiny: Ivs. alternate, pinnately 3-foliolate, with small
glanduliform stipules: fls. mostly red and in dense
racemes; calyx 2-lipped or oblique; standard free or
very nearly so, erect or spreading; tenth stamen free, or
united only half its length: fr. a slender, more or less
twisted pod; seeds mostly ovoid. — Known species
about 50, in tropical and warm temperate regions
around the world.
Erythrinas are much prized garden plants. Some of
them, particularly the herbaceous kinds, are frequently
planted out in the summer. In the house they demand
an intermediate temperature. Give rich soil and fre-
quent waterings. In the woody species, aim to have
well-ripened wood for flowering, for the bloom is pro-
duced on wood of the preceding year. The herbaceous
species are propagated by division of the rootstock; also
by cuttings from shoots springing from the old roots.
Woody species are propagated by cuttings of growing
wood. All species are propagated by seeds, whenever
these are obtainable. Many species have been more or
less grown or tried within the limits of the United
States; some of them fail to bloom in southern Cali-
fornia, probably because of insufficient summer heat.
The forms more or less in cultivation are likely to be
imperfectly or doubtfuly determined botanically. Some
of the erythrinas are used as shade for coffee and cacao
plantations.
ERYTHRINA
1141
A. Herbaceous species (or treated as such). These die
down at the end of the season, and the roots may
be stored after the manner of dahlias. It is best
to start the roots before planting them out,
particularly in the N. In their native countries,
these species are more or less woody.
Crista-gdlli, Linn. (E. laurifblia, Jacq.). COMMON
CORAL-TREE. Bushy and woody, sometimes develop-
ing a very short trunk, but the flowering branches
dying back after blooming, the stronger branches com-
ing annually or periodically from near the root: st. and
petioles somewhat spiny: Ifts. ovate-oblong or lance-
oblong, acuminate, entire: fls. large, brilliant crimson,
the keel nearly as long as the down-folding standard,
the wings rudimentary. Brazil. B.M. 2161. B.R.
313. L.B.C. 3:296. G. 4:451. G.W. 3, p. 437; 6,
p. 281. F.E. 16:637 (var. compacta). — Runs into many
forms, varying in the shade of red, some of them with
variegated Ivs. South of Washington, it stands out-
of-doors if protected. In the N. the fleshy roots are
taken up and stored. Valuable for summer bloom. Fls.
hi large, terminal racemes. Madame Belanger is a
popular garden form. E. compacta, Bull, of very com-
pact habit and fls. rich crimson is probably a form of
this species.
specidsa, Andr. Bush-like, reaching 8-12 ft., but
usually cut back as E. Crista-gatti is: sts. and Ivs.
prickly: Ifts. broad and more or less 3-lobed, pointed,
veiny: fls. in pubescent racemes, rich crimson. W.
Indies. B.R. 750.— St. green, very prickly.
herbacea, Linn. Perennial: sts. several and herba-
ceous, from a very thick root, 2-4 ft. high, the flower-
ing ones nearly leafless : If ts. 3, ovate to hastate; petioles
long, more or less prickly : fls. 2 in. long and very slender,
deep scarlet, in loose racemes 1-2 ft. long: seeds scarlet.
N. C. to Texas and W. Indies. Common on Gulf
coast of Ala. and Miss. B.M. 877. E. Bidwillii, Lindl.,
is a beautiful hybrid of this species and E. Crista-galli
(the latter the pollen parent), with herbaceous shoots
and an ascending vexiUum. B.R. 33:9. H.F. 2:48.
AA. Woody or tree-like species. Greenhouse plants, or
planted in the open in S. Calif, and S. Fla.
Humeana, Spreng. (E. cdffra, Ker-Gawl, not Thunb.).
Often tree-like and 30 ft. or more, the st. and petioles
very spiny: petioles long; Ifts. rhomboid-ovate, acumi-
nate: peduncles axillary and strictly erect, longer than
the Ivs., white- warty; fls. verticillate-spiked on the
ends of the peduncles, long and slender, deflexed,
brilliant scarlet fading to purple. S. Afr. B.M. 2431.
B.R. 736.
Corallodendron, Linn. CORAL-TREE. Tree, prickly:
petioles not armed; Ifts. ovate-rhomboid: calyx cam-
panulate, the teeth obsolete; standard erect, linear-
oblong, scarlet : seeds scarlet, usually with a black spot.
W. Indies. L.D. 3:170. — The handsome deep scarlet
large fls. are borne in long racemes after the Ivs. fall.
velutina, Willd. Prickly tree: Ifts. scurfy-tomentose
beneath, broadly ovate, obtuse, the terminal deltoid-
ovate: calyx split nearly to base, the 5 teeth minute;
standard orbicular, reflexed (1-1 H in. long), the wings
nearly as long as calyx, the keel-petals distinct and small :
pod velvety, few-seeded. Jamaica to Brazil. B.M. 3227.
indica, Lam. (E. cdrnea, Blanco). Tall tree with very
small usually black prickles and thin gray back: Ifts.
rhomb-ovate, membranous and glabrous: fls. showy
scarlet, in dense short racemes; calyx split nearly to
base; standard ovate-oblong and blunt or nearly so,
slightly recurved, 2-2^ in. long, and about half as
broad, much exceeding the wings and keel; wings and
keel nearly equal, not more than half so long as the
calyx: pod 6-12 in. long, torulose. India, Polynesia,
W. Indies. Variable, var. picta, Hort (E. picta,
Linn.), has variegated Ivs. Var Parcellii, Hort (E.
Parccllii, Bull), has Ifts. with variable yellow vane-
1142
ERYTHRONIUM
gation: fls. bright cinnamon-red. G.C. II. 1874 (2):
393. G.Z. 18:64; 21, p. 2. By some, E. picta is
accorded specific rank and E. Parcellii is united with
it. Var. marmorata, Hort. (E. marmorata, Veitch),
has large Ivs. attractively spotted with white. G.Z.
24, p. 73.
fusca, Lour. Tree-like, 8 ft., the bark fuscous
(brownish), bearing short prickles, the branching
diffuse: Ivs. unarmed; Ifts. lanceolate, entire, glabrous:
fls. brown-red, in terminal. racemes; calyx somewhat
bilabiate, the lips entire and erect; standard very long,
obtuse, convolute in a tube; stamens long, connate at
base: pod long, terete, articulate, pilose; seeds oblong.
Cochin-China.
Poeppigiana, Cook (Micrdpteryx Poeppigiana,
Walp. E. Micrdpteryx, Poepp.). BUCARE. Used for
shading coffee and cacao in the W. Indies: tree 40-60
ft., the prickles short: Ivs. large, apparently not prickly;
Ifts. broad, entire, with nectaries at base of the 2 lower
petiolules: fls. cinnabar-red; calyx truncate; standard
plane, elliptic or narrow-oval, to 1% in. long; wings
small, about twice exceeding the calyx, obovate or
oval-elliptic; keel scarcely shorter than standard,
arctuate. Probably Peruvian.-^Offered in S. Fla. The
E. umbrosa of the W. Indies is probably this species.
pod long, torulose; seeds few, large and red. Austral. G.Z., 30, p. 1.
— E. marum, Tod. Tree, prickly: Ifts. rhombic-ovate, tomentose
when young, terminal one long-stalked; fls. scarlet, in many-fld.
short racemes, the standard obovate. Origin unknown.
1420. Erythronium americanum.
(XJfl
flabelliformis, Kearney.
Shrub or small tree, to 10
ft.: sts. velvety white
when young, bearing stout
curved prickles below the
If. -axils: Ivs. canescent
when young, usually
prickly; Ifts. firm, fan-
shaped or deltoid-ovate,
usually broader than long,
rounded at apex: fls.
bright scarlet, crowded in
short terminal racemes,
numerous, pedicels vel-
vety-canescent; calyx campanulate, truncate, usually
somewhat oblique, white-torn en tose; standard exceed-
ing the calyx, about 1% in. long, linear-oblong, nar-
rowed at both ends; wings and keel short: pod linear,
torose; seeds oval, bright scarlet with whitish hilum.
S. E. Ariz.— Offered in S. Calif.
E. arbdrea, Small (E. herbacea var. arborea, Chapm.). Shrub
or small tree, to 20 ft., armed: Ivs. with wire-like petiole and rachis;
Ifts. deltoid or hastately 3-lobed: fls. scarlet in racemes 4-8 in. long:
pod 3-5 in. long, constricted between the seeds. Fla. Likely to be
planted. — E. bogotensis appears in a European trade list of green-
house plants. — E. constantiana, Mich. Tree, soft, the trunk thick
and spiny: fls. large, scarlet, in racemes. Eu. — E. inslgnis, Tod.
Tree, sparingly prickly: Ifts. ovate, tomentose when young: fls.
scarlet, in short and dense racemes. Origin unknown. Gt. 28:988.
— E. vespertilio, Benth. Shrub, for a warm greenhouse: glabrous,
branches prickly: Ivs. not prickly; Ifts. broad-cuneate at base, 3 or 4
in. broad, usuafly 3-lobed, and the middle lobe of various shape and
sometimes absent: fls. showy (red?) and many in racemes; standard
ovate, recurved at top, nearly 1J^ in. long; wings small, oblong:
ERYTHROCEL&TE,
japonica.
L. H. B.
or ERYTHROCHLETON: Ligularia
ERYTHRONIUM (from the Greek word for red,
applied to the purple-rose European species). Liliacese.
DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET (although in no sense a violet).
ADDER'S-TONGXJE. Small spring-flowering hardy scapose
bulbous plants.
Erythroniums have bulbs standing erect and from
oblong to linear in form, 2 radical Ivs., which in most
species are handsomely mottled: scape slender and
leafless, producing from 1 to many nodding very attrac-
tive fls.; perianth of 6 similar divisions, usually
recurved; stamens 6 and a single 3-lobed style: fr. an
oblong or obovoid more or less 3-angled loculicidal
caps. — Handsome plants of the north temperate zone.
One belongs to the Old World, 4 to E. N. Amer., 2
are found in the Rocky Mts., while in the cool woods
and high mountains from N. Calif, to the British
possessions the genus is represented by about 9 species
and a number of well-marked varieties. The species
are confused or variable. The first and perhaps
second year from seed, the plants bear a single If.
and do not bloom. Some of the species spread in large
patches, by means of underground stolons. The bulb
is scaly outside but with a solid interior, being really
a corm.
The erythroniums are most interesting spring flowers.
They succeed in any light soil, particularly in partial
shade. In common with all herbaceous perennials,
especially those that produce bulbs or corms, they
profit by a winter mulch of leaves or litter. — The west-
ern erythroniums are all plants of the cool woodlands,
except a few that grow at such altitudes as to reach
like conditions. They thrive best in shade, a thoroughly
drained soil, moist and rich in mold, a surface cover-
ing of half rotten leaves tending to equalize conditions.
Any good fibrous material, as fibrous peat, coconut
fiber or spent tanbark, or even well-rotted sod, will
answer the purpose to lighten the soil and give that
abundance of mold they delight in. Pockets in shaded
rockwork give ideal situations. They will thrive
naturalized on cool wooded slopes; and where the drain-
age is good they will thrive in grass. The leaves ripen
before the grass is cut and the effect is very good. Sim-
ply planted in boxes in a loose soil, rich in mold, and
left year after year in a shaded spot, they sometimes
give splendid bloom. E. Hartwegii flowers very early,
and stands more heat and dryness than any other
variety. E. purpurascens and E. montanum, from high
altitudes, tend to throw up their growth very late, and
are on that account rather difficult to cult. All of the
western species are very satisfactory garden plants.
— The propagation of E. Dens-Canis and varieties, the
eastern American species and E. Hartwegii, is by
offsets. All of the other western species can be increased
only by seeds. The eastern species should be planted
at least 5 inches deep. When planting erythronium
bulbs, cover with 2 inches of earth; as the bulbs them-
selves may be 2 inches long, this means that the holes
should be 4 inches deep.
albidum, 3.
albiflorum, 10.
album, 6.
americanum, 2.
angustatum, 2.
Bolanderii, 10.
bracteatum, 2.
californicum, 8.
citrinum, 12.
Dens-Canis, 1.
giganteum, 6, 10.
INDEX.
grandiflorum, 6, 10.
Hartwegii, 9.
Hendersonii, 13.
Howellii, 15.
Johnsonii, 10.
lanceolatum, 2.
longifolium, 1.
majus, 1.
mesachoreum, 4.
minor, 6.
minus, 6.
montanum, 6, 11.
Nuttallianum, 6.
parviflorum, 7.
praecox, 10.
propullans, 5.
purpurascens, 14.
revblutum, 10.
rpbustum, 6.
sibiricum, 1.
Watsonii, 10.
ERYTHRONIUM
ERYTHRONIUM
1143
A. OLD-WORLD ERYTHRONIUMS. Fls. always solitary,
and without a crest near base of inner petals: Ivs.
handsomely mottled: offsets few.
1. Dens-Cam's, Linn. St. 4-6 in. high: Ivs. oval-
acuminate, rounded at the base, blotched or patched
with reddish brown: fls. drooping, rose-colored, rose-
purple or lilac; segms. strongly reflexed, narrow, long-
pointed. Cent. Eu., Japan, in several forms. Gn. 76,
p. 649. — Variations are white, rose-colored or flesh-
colored. Var. longifolium, Hort., varies in its narrower
Ivs. and larger fls; var. ma jus, Hort., is apparently a
form of this. Var. sibiricum, Hort., from the Altai
Mts., is taller. The species thrives in a moist open
garden soil, and exposed to the sun. Often used in
rock-gardens. Little known in American gardens.
AA. EAST -AMERICAN ERYTHRONIUMS. — Fl. solitary,
without a crest on inner petals: mostly producing
offsets.
2. americanum, Ker. COMMON ADDER'S- TONGUE.
Fig. 1420. Scape 6-10 in., from an ovoid bulb that pro-
duces offshoots: Ivs. elliptic- or oblong-lanceolate,
mottled with purple-brown and whitish: fls. yellow, the
segms. recurved, the 3 inner ones auricled at base;
stigmas united. E. Canada, to Fla. and Ark., in rich low
grounds, particularly in or near woods. Runs into many
forms. The following names belong with it: E. lanceo-
latum, Pursh; E. angustatum, Raf.; E. bractedtum,
Boott.
3. dlbidum, Nutt. WHITE ADDER'S-TONGUE. Pro-
ducing offshoots: Ivs. not mottled, narrow: fls. pinkish
white, yellow at base; segms. recurved, not auricled;
stigmas spreading. Ont. and N. Y. to Minn, and
Texas.
4. mesachoreum, Knerr. Without basal offshoots:
Ivs. not mottled, narrowly oblong to linear-lanceolate:
fls. lavender, the segms. not recurved; stigmas spread-
ing; earlier than the last. Iowa to Kans. and Mo.
5. propullans, Gray. Bulb ovoid: offshoots arising
from near middle of the st. : Ivs. small, green or slightly
mottled: fls. rose-colored, with yellow base; style
slender and stigmas united. S. Ont. and Minn.
AAA. WEST-AMERICAN ERYTHRONIUMS. — Fls. 2-4, some-
times more (rarely only 1-fld.). — The Ivs. are richly
mottled, except in E. grandiflorum. The corms do
not produce offsets, except in E. Hartwegii. Inner
petals with auricles, except in E. Howellii. All
except E. purpurascens have large and showy fls.
B. Style 3-cleft.
6. grandifldrum, Pursh (E. giganteum, Lindl.).
Scape 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. broadly lanceolate, to 6 in. long,
acute and short-cuspidate, unmottled: scape slender,
3-5-fld.; fls. very bright yellow; petals recurved; anthers
yellow. E. Ore. to Brit. Col. Var. album, Hort. (E.
montanum, Hort.). Like the type, except the fls. are
white, yellowish at center, and with a slight greenish
cast. Var. minus, Morr., is smaller. — E. grandiflorum
grows from very high mountains to (at one point) little
above the sea-level. In cult, the high mountain form
starts very late and is difficult to grow, while the sea-
level form (var. robustum, Purdy) is an easy subject.
In some localities the anthers are red, as in var. Nut-
tallianum, Purdy (E. Nuttallianum, Schult.), in others
both red and yellow, but as a rule yellow. The so-called
var, minor is small merely from less favorable situ-
ation. By some, the E. giganteum, Lindl., is kept dis-
tinct. G.C. 111.43:212. J.H. 111.58:397. G.M. 53:359.
7. parviflorum, Goodd. The Cent. Rocky Mt. form
of E. grandiflorum: scape 4-12: Ivs. oblong, tapering
both ways: fls. usually solitary, bright yellow, greenish
in the bottom; segms. lanceolate-acuminate, about 1 in.
long, strongly recurved; anthers pale yellow. — A sub-
alpine species.
8. calif 6rnicum, Purdy. Lvs. richly mottled: fls.
few to as many as 16; petals revolute and broader,
creamy to light yellow, deeper at the center and often
marked maroon at base. In the Coast Ranges of Calif.,
San Francisco Bay to Humboldt Co. — In cult, the
most satisfactory East. The description of E. revolu-
tum var. Watsonii in Cyclo. Amer. Hort., also covers
E. calif ornicum. G. 32:424.
9. Hartwegii, Wats. Bulb-bearing offsets freely on
filiform stolons from the base: lys. mottled: fls. 1-6,
mostly in a sessile umbel, large, light yellow-orange at
center and white or cream-color above. Foothills of
the Sierra Nevada Mts. in Calif. G.C. III. 20:361;
43:215. — The plant appears to have several scapes
because the umbel is sessile but each fl. is on a pedicel.
10. revolutum, Smith. Lvs. 1-4, mottled in white and
light brown: fls. nearly always 1 or 2; petals narrow and
curved; style large and stout; filaments from subulate
(awl-shaped) to deltoid, opening from white flushed
with pink to pinkish purple, becoming purple. J.H.
III. 35: 523; 43:
268. Var. Bo-
landerii is not
separable from
the type. Pink
Beauty is a soft
pink form found
in Humboldt
County, Calif.
Var. albifldrum,
Hort. (var. Wdt-
sonii, Purdy. E.
giganteum var.
albifldrum, Hort.
E. grandifldrum
var. albifldrum,
Hook.). Fls. pure
white with a
greenish cast,
often banded
maroon at base;
petals slender; a very beautiful
plant. B.M. 5714. F.S. 20:2117.
G.C. III. 3:556; 15:621. Var.
Jdhnsonii, Purdy (E. Jdhnsonii,
Bolander). Very similar to the
type, but Ivs. mottled in dark
brown and looking as if coated in
varnish, and fls. dark rose with
orange center. Gn. 51:136. G.C.
III. 19: 549; 25: 253. Var. prafecox,
Purdy. Lvs. mottled in ma-
hogany, the most beautifully of
any erythronium: the fls., usually
2-4, are creamy white with orange
center.
11. montanum, Wats. Scape
slender, to 18 in., 1-3-fld.: Ivs. not mottled, broad-
lanceolate to nearly ovate, contracted into a winged
petiole; perianth pure white, orange at base. On high
mountains of Ore. and Wash. — Very difficult to cult,
as the bulbs start very late; one of the most beautiful.
BB. Style not divided.
12. citrinum, Wats. Rather stout, to 10 in., 1-9-
fld., the fls. close together and opening at about the
same time: lys. mottled, very broad-lanceolate, obtuse
and short-apiculate, attenuate to a very short petiole:
petals broad, strongly recurved, light yellow, orange at
center, the tips becoming pink. S. Ore. Gn.M. 6:65.
13. Hendersonii, Wats. Fig. 1421. Slender, to 12
in., 1-3-fld.: Ivs. mottled in dark brown, lanceolate to
oblong, obtuse and short-apiculate, narrowed to a short
petiole: petals strongly recurved, pale purple, with a
very dark purple, almost black, center. S. Ore. G.F.
1421. Erythronium
Hendersonii: ( X 1A)
1144
ERYTHRONIUM
ESCALLONIA
1:317 (adapted in Fig. 1421). G.C. III. 3:653; 15:623;
43:213. Gn. M. 6:65. Gn.W. 22:375. B.M. 7017.
14. purpurascens, Wats. Lvs. undulate, not mottled
but shaded in dark metallic tints: fls. small, spreading,
crowded in a raceme, light yellow (almost white), cen-
ter orange, becoming purplish. Sierras. — A very small-
fid, erythronium, with 1-8 fls. crowded together. This
species grows at 5,000-7,000 ft. altitude in the Sierras.
While under some conditions it is low-growing, under
other conditions it equals in size and height the most
robust species. At the lower altitudes of its habitat
snow covers the ground until early May and this plant
flowers shortly afterward; it remains very dry in
summer and fall.
15. Howellii, Wats. Rather slender, to 18 in., 1-3-
fld.: Ivs. mottled, lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate,
usually acute and short-apiculate : fls. pale yellow with
orange base, becoming pinkish. S. Ore. — Of the Pacific
coast erythroniums, this alone is destitute of the ear-
shaped appendages at inner base of petal.
CARL PURDY and L. H. B.
ERYTHROXYLON (Greek, red wood; true of some
species). Written also Erythrdxylum. Erythroxylacese.
COCA. A genus famous for the coca plant, the leaves of
which are of vast importance in medicine, yielding
cocaine, grown slightly in the extreme south of Florida
and California, and rarely cultivated under glass in
the North for its economic interest.
Erythroxylon comprises about 90 species of shrubs
or small trees widely distributed in tropical and sub-
tropical countries but most abundant in Trop. Amer.:
Ivs. alternate, entire, often coriaceous: fls. small,
whitish, on bracteolate pedicels, solitary or fascicled;
sepals 5 (or 6); petals of same number, deciduous,
appendaged on the inner face; stamens twice the num-
ber of petals, connate at base: fr. a 1-seeded drupe.
C6ca, Lam. Shrub, 5-6 ft. high, with rusty brown,
slender branches, on the extreme tips of which the Ivs.
are borne: below the Ivs., on the wood of the preceding
year, which is reddish, clusters of 3-5 yellow 5-lobed
fls. J^in. across spring from the protection of the small
scales that line the branchlets, and which are colored
like the bark: Ivs. oval, obovate or elliptical, differing
in different cult, strains or varieties, about 1^-2^ in.
long und marked on the under side with 2 lines extend-
ing on either side of the midrib from base to apex.
Native country uncertain; the earliest described form,
which happens to be Peruvian, was named by Lam-
arck Erythroxylum Coca, and figured in B.M. 7334.
The Ivs. of this form are about 23^ in. long, oblong-
obovate, tapering to a short stalk, rounded at the apex,
the midrib extending beyond into a short, sharp point.
Coca is grown commercially on a large scale through-
out S. Amer., and also in Java and Ceylon. There are 2
leading commercial varieties, according to Kraemer, —
the Bolivian or Huanco, and the Peruvian or Truxillo.
The lys. are picked when fully grown, and quickly
dried in the sun. The shrub is said to require for its
best development a very hunaid atmosphere and com-
paratively high elevation. Coca should not be con-
fused with cocoa and cacao, which are discussed under
Theobroma. L. H. B.t
ESCALLONIA (named for Escallon, a Spanish
traveler in South America). Saxifragacese. Mainly
evergreen shrubs or small trees, widely dispersed in
South America, especially in the mountains.
Leaves alternate, glandular-serrate (rarely entire):
fls. strongly odorous, white or of a pink or red color,
in terminal racemes or panicles, or axillary; calyx-
lobes 5; petals 5; stamens 5; style simple, the stigma
obscurely 4-5-lobed and peltate, or 2-lobed and reni-
form or peltate. Noteworthy in the genus are the
glands, stalked or not, which may occur almost any-
where on the plant. Lvs. often with resinous dots on
!**•
1422. Escallonia langleyensis.
one or both surfaces. — About 45 or 50 species, a num-
ber of which have been intro. in the S., and in Calif.
They are of easy culture; rapid growers; and often
artificially trained as vines. Several will probably prove
half-hardy as far
north as N. Y.
A. Lvs. large,
hairy, especi-
ally below, or
in one variety
glabrous but
very shiny.
p'ulverulenta,
Pers. Shrub: Ivs.
very thick, oval or
elliptic, obtuse,
serrate, rough-
hairy below, with
scattered hairs
above: fls. white,
in long densely
fld. terminal ra-
cemes; stigma dis-
tinctly 2 - lobed,
reniform: fr. a
glandular -warty
caps.: branches
hairy . Var. glabra,
Engler. Differs from the species in being almost or
quite glabrous. Handsomer than the type. Not in cult,
in this country.
AA. Lvs. glabrous or nearly so.
B. Fls. red or pink.
rftbra, Pers. var. glabriuscula, Hook. & Am. (E. rubra
of many authors). Dainty fld. shrub, with numerous
stalked glands: Ivs. ovate, often deltoid-ovate, acute,
finely and irregularly doubly - serrate, glabrous, with
brown resinous dots below, rather small: fls. red, tu-
bular, borne in 2's or 3's (or rarely singly) on lateral
pedicels, grouped near the ends of the branches; calyx
densely glandular; petals long-clawed; stigma obscurely
5-lobed: fr. a top-shaped caps. B.M. 2890.
macrantha, Hook. &Arn. Shrub : Ivs. thickish, broadly
ovate, acutish or obtuse, bluntly serrate, essentially
glabrous: fls. red, long-tubular, in a stocky, often
ranching, terminal raceme; calyx-lobes with marginal
glands; stigma peltate, obscurely 5-lobed: fr. a gla-
brescent caps. F.S. 6:632. — Excellent. Var. sangumea
is a horticultural variety with fls. more crimson.
organensis, Gardn. Half-hardy S., 2-5 ft., glabrous
throughout: Ivs. thick, oblong, acutish, serrulate, with
tiny resinous dots: fls. pink, in close, terminal clusters.
B.M. 4274.— Excellent. Organ Mts., Brazil.
BB. Fls. white, or, in E. langleyensis, rose-tinted.
c. Width of Ivs. more than }/^in.
chlorophylla, Cham. &. Schlecht. (E. Candida, Lena.).
Shrub, to 3 ft.: Ivs. oblong-ovate or obovate, obtuse,
apiculate, or more rarely acute, with a few blunt teeth
on upper part, or wholly entire: fls. white, in a termi-
nal, many-fld. panicle. J.F. 403.
montevidensis, DC. (E. floribunda, Reichb. E. flori-
bunda, HBK. var. montewdensis, Cham. & Schlecht.).
Shrub, to 9 ft. : Ivs. thick, elliptic, obtuse, finely serrate,
glabrous, shiny above: fls. white, in a terminal, many-
d. panicle; petals clawed; stigma obscurely 4-5-lobed:
fr. a top-shaped caps., crowned by the obviously
longer style. G. 25 : 576 ; 27 : 465.
floribunda, HBK. Shrub: Ivs. oblong-ovate, obtuse,
very minutely crenulate-serrate or entire, glabrous or
nearly so: fls. white, in many-fld., compound, axillary
or terminal panicles; petals clawed; stigma peltate,
2-lobed: fr. a caps., crowned by the equal or barely
longer style. G.C. III. 47:53.
ESCALLONIA
ESCHSCHOLTZIA
1145
cc. Width of Ivs. not over. %in.
leucantha, Remy. Densely Ivd. shrub: Ivs. obovate,
obtuse or nearly so, finely serrate, at least on upper
part, glabrous, small: fls. white, in very dense racemes;
petals spatulate, clawed : fr. an obovate caps.
virgata, Pers. (E. Philippidna, Mast. E. virgdta
var. Philippidna, Engler. E. stricta, Gay). Densely
)vd. shrub, half-hardy south of Washington: Ivs. stiff,
lanceolate or obovate, obtuse to acute, tapering at base,
with minute rather distant teeth on upper part, gla-
brous or nearly so, small: fls. white, axillary, scattered,
or sometimes massed near the tips of the branchlets;
petals spreading, scarcely if at all clawed: fr. a globose
caps. G. 27, p. 464. Gn. 66, p. 64.
langleyensis, Vilm. & Bois. Fig. 1422. A graceful
shrub (artificial hybrid of E. macrantha and E. virgata) :
Ivs. linear-ovate, obtuse or acutish, minutely serrulate,
small, in short racemes at the ends of the branchlets.
E. dlba, a name found in some of the catalogues, is not deter-
minable. — E. pendula, Pers. Shrub with red fls., in narrow racemes
to more than 1 ft. long, and Ivs. resembling those of tobacco.
Desirable. — E. rdsea. An unidentified catalogue name which in
at least one instance, certainly does not refer to E. rosea, Griseb.,
a very little known species. ALBERT HANFORD MOORE.
ESCHSCHOLTZIA (J. F. Eschscholtz, of Kptzebue's
scientific expedition). Papaverdcese. Brilliant and
popular garden flowers.
Low, pale or glaucous herbs, annual or perennial,
with ternately dissected alternate Ivs., and large,
showy yellow or whitish long-peduncled fls.: sepals 2;
petals 4; stamens numerous; stigmas 4-6: caps, long
and slender like a silique, 1-loculed, elastically dehis-
cent at the instant it separates from the receptacle.
The calyx forms a hood which is pushed off over the
bud as the petals expand (see detail at the left in Fig.
1423). The torus or receptacle (from which the caps,
arises) is prominently hollowed and surrounds the base
of the pistil. — Few genera have been more diversely
interpreted as to the limits of species. Gray accepted
about a dozen species, and something like this view of
the genus is commonly held. Greene, however, in Pit-
tonia, V (1905) recognized 112 species and separated
one of the described species under the new genus Pet-
romecon. Fedde in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 40 (1909),
separates 123 species. These many species are segre-
gated largely from the multifarious group to which the
name E. californica has been applied. On this treat-
ment Jepson writes: "This species is highly variable,
especially so in trivial details of leaf-segmentation and
of shape of calyptra and in habit. It is also variable
in the size and color of petals and so runs into an
extensive concourse of forms, many of which seem
obviously seasonal or due to soil or moisture conditions.
Some of these highly marked plants in the Sacramento
Valley have two seasonally dimorphic forms, an erect
vernal flowering form with very large golden corolla
and huge torus rim, and an autumnal flowering form
with small straw-yellow corolla and reduced or no torus
rim. It has been found impossible thus far, after several
trials, to reproduce this sequence in cultivation on the
coast. The flower is not like either the vernal or
autumnal form but approximates the coast form. A
large number of the wild forms have been collected but
?robably only a small proportion of those in existence,
'et the number of specimens distributed to herbaria
has been sufficient to form the basis for nearly 100 new
species. It does not seem hopeful that the solving
of the problem of Eschscholtzia californica in just this
way will lead either to permanent results or afford a
satisfactory basis for the kind of work most needed,
namely the prosecution of combined field and cultural
studies." Studies of growing plants under conditions
of observation and control, both of wild and horticul-
tural material, are awaited. Where the abundant
garden material falls, in the segregations, is yet
unknown. The cult, forms are derived from the old
E. californica, and E. tenuifolia appears also to be in
the trade. Eschscholtzia is a genus of W. N. Amer.,
ranging both on the coast and in the interior valleys,
and in the Sierras. It occurs from Low. Calif, to the
valley of the Columbia River, in New Mex., Ariz.,
Nev., Utah. It has run wild in parts of Cent. Eu.
californica, Cham. CALIFORNIA POPPY. Fig. 1423.
Perennial, but cult, as an annual, 10^24 in. high, form-
ing mats: Ivs. long-petioled and divided into linear
parts, those on the sts. smaller and shorter-petioled :
fl. saucer-shaped, opening in sunshine, 2-3 in. across,
yellow or orange or cream-colored: pod 3-4 in. long,
strong-ribbed: torus large and funnel-shaped. Calif,
and Ore., mostly along the coast. — One of the most
popular garden fls. It is treated as a hardy annual, the
seeds being sown where the plants are to stand, and
they should be sown very early. It stands considerable
cold, and blooms after the first frosts. If well pro-
tected, plants of one season's growth will pass the win-
ter and give some bloom the following spring. It some-
times self-sows. Very attractive as an edging, because
of its interesting bluish foliage. There are double-fld.
forms. Very variable, and cult, under a variety of
names, as C. maritima, Hort. (net Greene), C. vdria,
Hort. (trade name for mixed varieties), C. aurantiaca,
Hort., C. dlba, Hort., C. Thdrburnii, Hort. In color
forms are offered yellow, golden yellow, white, rose-
white, carmine, rose. Var. crocea, Hort. (E. crdcea,
Benth.) . Fls. deep orange : torus very widely expanded :
calyx-bud long-attenuate. B.R. 1677. B.M! 3495. Var.
1423. Eschscholtzia californica. ( X .'-.>)
Douglasii, Gray (E. Doiiglasii, Benth.). Rather more
slender, and blooms earlier: fls. pure yellow: torus rim
narrow.
tenuifolia, Hook. Lower, with narrow Ivs. in a radi-
cal tuft, the long divisions being almost capillary: fls.
small (1 in. across), light yellow, overtopping the Ivs.:
torus less prominent: seeds muricate. Foothills of the
Sierra Nevadas. B.M. 4812. L. H. B.
1146
ESCONTRIA
ESCONTRIA (named for Sefior Don Bias Escontria,
of Mexico). Cactacese. Large, much-branched cacti.
Ribs few: areoles narrow, bearing pectinate clusters
of spines: fls. small, yellow, diurnal: fr. and ovary
covered with chartaceous, translucent, persistent
scales, without hairs or spines; fr. fleshy, edible; seeds
black. For cult., see Succulents.
chiotilla, Rose (Cereus chiotilla, Web.). Sixteen ft.
or more high: ribs mostly 7: radial spines 10-15; cen-
tral 1-2, the upper one 2 in. long, curved downward:
fr. 1 in. diam. Mex. — Rare in cult. j. N. ROSE.
ESPALIER, a trellis or open support on which a
tree or woody plant is trained in formal shape and to a
given number of branches, usually in a vertical plane;
and also the plant so trained. Apple trees and others
are often trained as espaliers in Europe; the tree may
be transplanted and subsequently attached against a
wall or building, or it may be kept permanently on the
trellis or open support. Sometimes espalier-training is
employed only when the tree or bush is young, for the
purpose of bringing it into shape and to prepare it for
a wall or other support. Trees are trained on espaliers
also to give them full exposure to the sun on all sides,
to regulate the fruit-bearing and to provide easy means
of controlling insects and diseases. Espalier-training is
most frequent in cool and cloudy regions, in those in
which space must be utilized to the utmost, and where
hand-skill is obtainable or is relatively cheap.
There are many forms of training. The plant may
be trained to a single shoot, or to two shoots lying in
opposite directions, mostly horizontal, in which case
it is called a cordon; or the top may be spread fan-
shaped on the trellis, or in other forms, and it may
then be called an espalier. The training is begun
when the plant is very young — perhaps only a year
or two from the graft or bud — and before it has pro-
duced a stiff trunk and unmanageable head. Usually
the branching is started within a foot or so of the
ground by heading back the main stem; and as many
shoots as may be desired on the trellis are allowed to
grow. These shoots are tied to the trellis or posts as
they grow, and the side shoots are pinched out except
such as are desired for further arms in the framework
or for fruit-spurs. The trellises themselves may be of
wire strung on posts, or the tree may be tied from
post to post or stake to stake set close together. Espa-
liers are little used in this country, and then only in
small gardens, and mostly when a trained gardener is
employed. L. H. B.
ESULA: Euphorbia. The E. cristata of the trade is probably
the cristate form of Euphorbia lactea or similar species.
ETHERIZATION OF PLANTS. Etherization, as
applied to plants, means strictly the forcing of a dor-
mant plant into growth by subjecting the plant to ether
vapors at certain concentrations in a closed chamber
for a definite period of time, usually twenty-four to
seventy-two hours. The plant after such treatment is
placed under environmental conditions favorable for
growth. Since in practice the use of chloroform is
similar in its application and effects, it will be discussed
here. The general nature of etherization was first
noted by Johannsen in 1890, and following his investi-
gation a wide stimulus was given to the commercial
forcing of flowering shrubs. For other methods of
forcing a dormant plant, see Rest-period.
Before discussing the method of etherization, its
effects and application, it is necessary first to have some
idea of what is meant by the term rest-period or the
condition of dormancy.
Rest-period.
Perennial plants, especially those in the temperate
regions, in general have a season of growth and active
metabolism followed by a period of quiescence as
regards any outward manifestations of metabolism.
During this period, not all of the vital processes are at
a standstill and changes in the reserve food may be in
progress, but the plant appears to be at rest and is
dormant. The rest-period begins with the advent of
the unfavorable growth conditions of the autumn, and
normally continues until the favorable conditions of
the spring.
One might reasonably assume that growing perennial
plants removed from out-of-doors at the approach of
autumn conditions to a greenhouse, would continue
growth and not pass into the rest condition. One might
assume, also, that if a plant in a dormant condition be
brought into favorable conditions it would resume
growth immediately. But experience and investiga-
tions show that many plants will not immediately con-
tinue growth, and, provided they do continue growth,
it is at a slower rate. Dormant plants, that is those in
the rest-period, may require considerable time before
resuming growth. There are some plants that during
dormancy respond quickly when brought into the
greenhouse; there are others that remain dormant
despite the most favorable environmental conditions.
The rest-period in various species of Acer (maple), of
Quercus (oak), of Fraxinus (ash), and of Fagus sylvat-
ica, as well as other plants, is so well fixed as to make
it almost impossible to force the dormant plants into
growth by warmth and moisture alone. Special treat-
ment is necessary, such as etherization. There are
other plants in which the rest-period is not well estab-
lished. These quickly respond to favorable growth con-
ditions normally prevailing in a greenhouse. In many
plants this rest-period has attained an almost habit-
like character. The following table with data taken
from results secured by Howard with branches
brought into the greenhouse at Halle, Germany, is
instructive:
GROWTH RESPONSE OF BRANCHES WHEN BROUGHT
INTO GREENHOUSE.
Collected
Collected
Oct. 20-Nov. 4,
Jan. 8-10,
Species
1905.
No. of days
for beginning
1906.
No. of days
for beginning
of growth
of growth
Acer negundo var. versi-
color
63
20
Acer pseudoplatanus
0*
0
Azalea mollis
26
0
jEsculus Hippocastanum .
0
20
62
12
Berberis vulgaris
10
3
Celastrus scandens
0
17
Cercis canadensis
0
10
Cydonia japonica
6
7
Deutzia gracilis
10
3
0
38
Lonicera tatarica . . ".
7
3
Magnolia acuminata
29
25
Populus canadensis
61
20
Quercus macrocarpa
59
0
Spiraea sorbifolia
1
*0=No growth
In the investigation made by Howard, 234 species
were collected from October 20 to November 4, and of
these only 125 grew; and of the 125, only 18 per cent
began growth within a period of nine days. Between
January 8 to 10, another collection was made includ-
ing practically all the species of the first lot and others
in addition, so that the number totaled 283 species.
Of this number 244 grew, of which 50 per cent began
growth within the first nine days. The species that
did not grow when brought into the greenhouse Janu-
ary 8 to 10 made growth when brought into the green-
house on February 26. From these and the results of
other experiments the conclusion is drawn that plants
in general tend to pass out of the rest condition as the
ETHERIZATION
season advances toward the spring. Dormancy is
less stable in January than in November. This con-
dition holds true not only for woody plants but also
for bulbs and other herbaceous plants.
Method of breaking the rest-period.
The one method which has been largely employed
for forcing dormant plants into growth is the etheriza-
tion method. An air-tight chamber is provided, the
size depending on the quantity or size of the material
to be treated. The plants being placed in the chamber,
it is tightly sealed except for a small opening through
which ether may be introduced. Usually just below
this opening is placed a sponge on which the ether is
poured and then the opening is again sealed. If one
desires to etherize a few bulbs, a wide-mouth bottle of
two quarts capacity may be employed and the ether
added in a small vial and the bottle then tightly stop-
pered. Special etherizing chambers are described for
commercial work. The main desideratum is to have a
chamber that will not permit of leakage of the ether
vapor. The stopper must be securely fastened or
weighted down.
Quantity of ether. — The quantity of ether best
employed in forcing plants may vary with the nature
of the plant, the season of the year, and the tempera-
ture of the etherization chamber. In general, the quan-
tity to be added varies from 5 to 15 cubic centimeters
per cubic foot of space (10 cubic centimeters equal
about one-third fluid ounce) . Early in the rest-period at
60° F., one should use about 15 cubic centimeters per
cubic foot of space. In the middle of the rest-period, one
should employ less and the amount should be further
decreased toward the end of the rest-period. If the
relative humidity of the chamber is high, a slight
increase in the quantity of ether may be made. If
chloroform is used, the quantity should be one-fourth
to one-third of the quantity of ether recommended.
The following figures are from Stuart:
TREATMENT RECOMMENDED FOR PLANTS AT DIFFERENT
SEASONS
Cubic centimeters per cubic foot
ETHERIZATION
1147
Ether
Chloroform
Cc.
used
Exposure
hours.
Cc.
used
Exposure
hours.
Lilac —
October
15
12
10
48-24-24
48-24-24
48-24-24
4
3^
3
48-24-24
48-24-24
48-24-24
December
Astilbe —
October
15
15
12
10
48-24-18
48-24-24
48-24-24
48
4
3
48-24-48
48-24-24
48-24-24
48
December
Time of exposure. — The time of exposure is also
variable, being of greater duration in the early part and
shorter in the latter part of the rest-period. In the
early rest-period, a long exposure is given, varying
from forty-^ight to seventy-two hours to even as much
as ninety-six hours. In case of long exposure, the prac-
tice is usually followed of making a forty-eight-hour
exposure, after which the plant is removed from the
etherization chamber for a day and then re-etherized
for another twenty-four-hour period. Toward the
middle and late rest-period, the time of exposure
may be shortened as well as the quantity of ether.
The results.
The effect of etherization is to shorten the rest-
period of the plant. Etherized plants come into bloom
earlier and may be forced at lower temperature than
unetherized plants. Howard found that seventy species
73
of woody plants collected December 17 to 24 and ether-
ized for forty-eight hours, opened their buds fully in
an average of 20.3 days, while the untreated plants
required an average of 28.1 days for the same develop-
ment. Many experiments have been made with lilacs
Jannvek states that lilacs etherized August 24 were in
bloom September 18.
^ The following table compiled from results secured by
Stuart show conclusively the value of etherization
with lilacs:
INFLUENCE OF ETHER AND CHLOROFORM ON LILACS
Date of treat-
ment
Substance
employed
Dosage
cc. per
cubic
Expos,
hours
Full bloom in
days
Charles
Marie
X
Legraye
Nov. 18-22. .
None
51
30 5
Nov. 18-22. .
Nov. 18-22. .
Dec. 17-21. .
Ether
Chloroform
None
12
3.6
48
48
31
31
31
29.5
28.5
29 5
Dec. 17-21. .
Ether
15
48
31
29.5
In the foregoing table it is noted that treatment in
the middle of December resulted in no beneficial effect.
The plants at the time were in the middle rest-period,
when growth-response requires no strong stimulation
outside of normal growth conditions.
In general it may be stated that lilacs if etherized
before December 1 will respond markedly to the
influence of etherization. General results show that
etherized lilacs blossom in seventeen to twenty-five
days. The saving in time may be eight to twenty
days.
Favorable results have been secured with flowering
shrubs. Positive results have been reported frequently
for Azalea moUis, for Viburnum and Astilbe. Negative
or slight results have been reported for Deutzia gracilis,
Prunus triloba, roses, and Spiraea prunifolia. Similar
results have been reported for lily-of-the-valley.
The method of action of the ether is not understood
and any discussion of the subject is yet hypothetical.
Etherization of bulbs.
On the forcing of bulbs the evidence is unsatisfactory.
At the Cornell Station, positive results were reported
(see Bailey, "Cyclopedia of Agriculture," Vol. II: 29),
but more recently Stuart has reinvestigated the for-
cing of bulbs and finds conflicting results. He states
that the etherization of bulbs is not commercially
practicable. Some unpublished data on the etheriza-
tion of bulbs at the Cornell Station sustain this con-
clusion. Theoretically, those results are to be expected
because the bulbs in practice are gathered in the late
spring or early summer and then stored for months.
After planting, the bulb is allowed to remain in a cold-
frame for several months so that when brought into
forcing conditions it is well over the rest-period and,
indeed, has probably passed through its period by the
tune it is first planted.
Effect on rhubarb. — Some positive results have been
secured at the Vermont Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion with etherization of rhubarb. Different lots of
rhubarb were etherized on December 9, January 9
and February 24. The first gave an increase over the
control of 34.4 per cent, the second 89.7 per cent and
the third 5.7 per cent.
General conclusions. — Certain general rules may be
applied to the practice of etherization:
1. Etherization shortens the rest-period.
2. The more resistant a dormant plant is in growth-
response to favorable environmental conditions, the
greater will be the advantage of etherization.
3. Etherization becomes of less value as the end of
the rest-period is approached.
1148
ETHERIZATION
EUCALYPTUS
4. It is wasted effort to etherize a plant that readily
responds in growth to the normally favorable growth
condition.
Bibliography. — Howard, W. L., "Winter Rest-Period
in Plants." Missouri Experiment Station, Research
Bulletin No. 1 (1910). Johannsen, W., "Das Aether-
verfahren beim Fruhtreiben mit besonderer Beriick-
sichtigung der Fliedertreiberei." Jena, 1900. Zweite
wesentlich erweiterte Auflage. Jena, 1906. Stuart, W.,
"The Role of Anesthetics and Other Agents in Plant-
Forcing," Vermont Experiment Station, Bulletin No.
150 (1910). LEWIS KNUDSON.
ETROG. This name is applied by the Jews to a
citron (Citrus Medica, Linn.), which is imported and
used by them for religious ceremonies connected with
the Feast of the Tabernacles. The etrog and the
lulab (palm leaf with myrtle and willow branches) are
carried and waved during the services, especially those
of thanksgiving. Since the time of the anti-Jewish
demonstrations in Corfu in 1891, the etrog is imported
more largely from Palestine than from that island. In
addition to the use of the etrog by orthodox Jews for
religious ceremonials, the natives of Palestine make
salads of the fruit. See Citron.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
EUCALYPTUS (Greek, eu, well; kalypto, to cover as
with a lid: the petals and usually also the calyx-limb
fused and covering the flower before anthesis, then
falling off in the form of a lid, or cover). Myrtacese.
GUM-TREE. Plate XXXIX. Mostly trees, frequently
of immense size, a few of the alpine and sub-alpine
species shrubby, much grown in California and the
Southwest for their ornamental value, as windbreaks
and avenue trees, for fuel, and especially for their
timber.
Leaves simple, entire; in the seedlings and on young
shoots of many species horizontal, opposite, sessile,
and cordate; in the adult mostly vertical, alternate,
petiolate (rarely opposite and sessile), and varying
from roundish to lanceolate-acuminate and falcate;
always rigid, penni veined, glabrous except rarely on
the young shoots, sometimes covered with a glaucous
wax: fls. white, rarely yellowish or some shade of red,
in umbels of 3 to many, rarely solitary, the umbels
solitary and axillary or paniculate or corymbose;
calyx-tube obconical, campanulate, ovoid, or oblong,
adnate to the ovary at the base; petals and calyx-lobes
connate, forming a lid, or cap, which separates from
the calyx-tube by a circumscissile dehiscence; lid some-
times plainly double, the outer cap then derived from
the calyx-limb, the inner cap from the petals; stamens
numerous; anthers small; style undivided: fr. a caps,
partially or wholly inclosed in the adherent calyx-tube,
opening at the top by 3-6 valves; seeds numerous, small,
mostly angular. — About 300 species, all native of
Austral, and the Malayan region. Related to Ango-
phora and to Syncarpia, but distinguished by the
absence of distinct petals.
The genus Eucalyptus was monographed in part by
Baron von Mueller in his Eucalyptographia (cited
here as F. v. M. Eucal.), in which 100 species are
illustrated (1879-84). The genus is now receiving
exhaustive treatment by J. H. Maiden in his "Critical
Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus," appearing in parts,
with numerous plates. This author also furnishes the
best information regarding the uses and timber of the
various species, in his "Native Useful Plants of Aus-
tralia." Bentham described 135 species in his "Flora
Australiensis," vol. 3 (1866). The Australasian Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science published a
very useful key by J. G. Luehmann in 1898. The most
exhaustive American work on the genus is United
States Forestry Bulletin No. 35, "Eucalypts Culti-
vated in the United States," by A. J. McClatchie.
University of California Agricultural Experiment
Station Bulletin No. 196, by Norman D. Ingham, is
a practical guide for planters, with descriptions of the
more important species. The United States Forest
Service, the California Station, and the California
State Board of Forestry have all issued smaller
bulletins on this subject. Inflated claims have been
made for eucalyptus culture, and authentic publications
should be secured if one contemplates planting them
extensively.
Eucalyptus is a group adapted to semi-tropical and
warm temperate regions. But few species are really
hardy. E. globulus has been very widely distributed
over the globe through the persevering efforts of the late
Baron von Mueller; it is frequently planted in the
malarial regions of warm climates, as at the Campagna
at Rome, with very beneficial effect. (Sanitarians will
be interested in "Eucalyptus in Algeria and Tunisia,
from an Hygienic and Climatological Point of View,"
by Edward Pepper, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 35:39-56.)
In England, the same species is grown extensively for
subtropical gardening, on account of its distinctive
glaucous hue and symmetrical growth, but in that
climate it needs the protection of glass in winter.
This is by far the most important genus of timber
trees introduced into California. The ordinary blue-
gum, E. globulus, has been grown in large numbers
and is still the favorite for general planting. Its
hard and durable wood is replacing oak and hickory
to some extent for insulator pins, wheel-wrights'
work, flooring, tool-handles, and furniture. Although
Sale in color, it takes a good polish, possesses a beauti-
il grain, and is readily stained. Furniture made
from blue-gum wood and properly stained has every
appearance of mahogany. The chief drawback to
the use of eucalyptus for lumber is the tendency of
its logs to end-check while curing, thus involving con-
siderable waste. As a windbreak and fuel tree it is
unsurpassed, since it is of rapid, erect growth and the
timber is easily split. Its foliage has been distilled
in large quantities for the oil it contains, practically
all of the eucalyptus oil now sold in the United States
coming from home-grown trees.
In addition to the blue-gum, E. rostrata and espe-
cially E. tereticornis are grown for railroad ties, piling,
interior finish and furniture. E. resinifera is a hardy
eucalypt yielding a good timber not so liable to check
as that of some others; it has been but little grown in
America thus far. E. corynocalyx is a good drought-
resistant species for districts with mild winters, and
its wood is of the best. E. crebra will grow under a
greater range of conditions than perhaps any other and
is especially suited to the hot and dry interior valleys.
Other drought-resistant eucalypts are E. microtheca
and E. polyanthemos, while the most resistant to frost
are E. crebra, E. rostrata, E. tereticornis, E. globulus, E.
viminalis, E. rudis, E. robusta, and E. resinifera. The
species most cultivated as ornamentals are E. ficifolia,
E. leucoxylon, E. sideroxylon var. rosea, E. Risdonii, E.
erythronema and E. polyanthemos. Persistently repeated
accounts of heights ranging from 325 to 500 feet for
certain eucalypts are erroneous, as indicated under E.
amygdalina var. regnans.
Although the eucalypti are not exclusively, and some
species not even prominently horticultural, yet because
of the great general interest attached to them and
because of their varied uses, it is thought best to
discuss them rather fully in this Cyclopedia.
Culture of eucalyptus in California.
The following directions for the propagation of
Eucalyptus are adapted very largely from Bulletin No.
196 of the California Experiment Station, entitled
"Eucalyptus in California," by Norman D. Ingham
(1908).
The necessary conveniences for the propagation of
XXXIX. Eucalyptus viminalls in California.
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1149
the seedlings are: seed-boxes or flats, a good soil, seed
true to name, plenty of convenient water, and in most
localities shade for the young plants. The seeds of
most species may be gathered at all times of the year,
although the greater amount mature during the sum-
mer and fall. The seed-cases should be gathered from
the trees when the valves begin to open and placed on
sheets of canvas in the direct rays of the sun, which will
open the valves, allowing the seed and chaff to fall out.
The number of fertile seed to the pound is very high;
the average number of transplanted plants raised to
the pound is 12,000. Eucalyptus seed will germinate and
grow in nearly any soil but the best results are secured
when the seeds are sown in a light loam, while a medium
loam mixed with about one-quarter well-rotted horse-
manure should be used in the transplanting flats.
The time to sow the seed varies somewhat with the
locality, but as a general rule the seed should be sown
in May or June and the seedlings from these sowings
will be large enough to be set out in the field the follow-
ing spring, if they receive proper care while young.
The seed is usually sown broadcast in the seed-flats
1424. Eucalpytus ficifolia (XX). No. 2.
and the young plants transplanted once before being
set in the field. Some persons take the trouble to sow-
one seed in a place and space them in the flats; by this
method transplanting is unnecessary. Others sow the
seeds in hills and practise thinning, instead of trans-
planting before setting out in the field. This last
method is used in the warmer districts with good suc-
cess, because of the great trouble experienced in trans-
planting during the hot summer months. Whichever
method is used, fill the flats to a depth of 3 or 4 inches
with the prepared soil, pressing it down firmly in the
boxes, then sow the seeds and cover them to a depth of
about Y% inch with the same soil, sand, or sawdust,
pressing this covering firmly over them. The seed-
flats should be kept damp through the heat of the day,
until the young plants break the ground, then care must
be taken not to use too much water and that there is
a good circulation of air over the flats, or damping-
off is liable to occur. This disease can be prevented
by using practically no water on cloudy days and only
in the mornings on clear days. If the seeds are sown
broadcast in the flats, when the young plants have
reached a height of 2 to 3 inches, they can be trans-
planted to other flats of prepared soil and spaced from
1 J£ to 2 inches apart. The best results in transplanting
are secured if the plants are hardened -off for a few
days beforehand by checking the water supply, allow-
ing them to become quite dry. The soil into which the
young plants are tranplanted should be kept damp,
and the plants should be protected from the direct
rays of the sun for a few days. The lath-house or the
screens are necessary to supply shade for the young
plants and will also protect the seeds in flats from the
ravages of birds and the young plants from the frosts
during winter months, before the time for setting in
the field.
The time to set the plants in the field varies with the
climatic conditions or localities and whether the plants
are to receive irrigation or not. In localities in which
frosts are common through the winter months, it is
advisable to set the trees out as early in the spring as
possible without endangering them to a late frost and
still have them receive the benefit of the late rains,
so that they will have a full season's growth to with-
stand the frosts of the following winter. If the trees are
to be irrigated, they may be set out later in the season
without danger of loss from want of moisture. To
insure a good stand, the plants should not be under 6 or
over 20 inches in height when set in the field; to a cer-
tain extent, the smaller the plants when set out, the
better the results afterward, although the size varies
somewhat with the species and the locality. In many
species the roots are as long if not longer than the
plant's own height above ground. This is a family of
plants that will not stand a large amount of mutila-
tion to the root-system; consequently better results
are secured from setting out small plants.
If the soil is heavy rich loam, the trees may be
planted as close as 6 by 6 feet apart unless irrigation is
to be practised. In the latter case, 4 by 8 feet would
be the right distance, thus leaving an 8-foot space for
plowing out the irrigating-ditches each year. If it is
a lighter soil on which the planting is to be made, 8 by 8
feet is the proper distance, or 6 by 10 feet, if irrigation
is to be practised. The close planting has a tendency
to sacrifice the diameter growth in favor of the height,
also making more erect trees and forming a perfect
canopy with their crowns that will shade the soil,
nearly preventing evaporation, as well as any vege-
table growth on the forest floor. Close planting matures
a greater number of perfect trees, and is especially
recommended when straight poles are desired. The
plants should be blocked out in the flats before being
brought into the field, by drawing a sharp knife between
the rows. If care is taken to set out the young plants
with this small amount of soil around the rootlets, the
shock caused in transplanting is reduced to a minimum.
Each planter should carry a trowel, to make the holes
that are to receive the young plants at the intersec-
tion of the marked lines. These holes should be of such
a depth that the plants can be set from J^ to 1 inch
lower in the soil than they originally were in the flats.
Each plant should have the soil pressed firmly about it
and receive a small amount of water, unless the soil
is moist from recent rains.
In order to provide a mulch, thus checking evapora-
tion and also to kill the weeds, cultivation should be
conducted in the new plantation as long as possible
without danger of injuring the young trees by driving
a horse between them. The plantings generally may be
cultivated for the first season and part of the second
before the limbs of the trees spread out and interlap
so that it is impossible to drive between the rows. It is
an acknowledged fact that the only way to secure a
good stand, and give the trees a start, is to cultivate and
take care of the plantings from the time of setting out.
However, a number of groves have been set out on
land that is too hilly or rocky to cultivate and the
trees have made fair growths.
Thinning of the young trees is an important practice,
as it is not good management to set out just the num-
ber of trees that one expects to mature. A planting
upon any good soil may with advantage be set out
6 by 6 feet apart (1,210 trees to the acre), and at the
end of the first year a rigid thinning should be started,
removing with a grub-hoe all weak, inferior, or injured
trees. This thinning should be conducted until only
the strong and healthy trees, or a certain number,
1150
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
remain to the acre. By this method some trees will
stand at the original distance that they were planted,
while others will stand at multiples of that distance.
The extra cost of close planting will never be noticed
when the largest possible stand of healthy trees is
guaranteed, which is practically the case under this
method. If thinning is carried out by a set plan,
removing every other one or two trees, many strong
and healthy trees will be sacrificed. All limbs that have
a tendency to deform the trees should be removed each
year. After the third or fourth year, the trees will have
grown to such a height that to remove the limbs may
prove impractical in most cases. At this period (the
fourth or fifth year) there enters a new problem: the
removal of the poorer trees for wood and stakes to
allow the remainder a larger area of soil to draw upon
and a greater space above ground to extend their
branches. At this time the trees on an acre can be
reduced to a certain number, leaving these to grow for
telephone poles, ties, and lumber, or the entire grove
may be cut for stakes and wood.
Second-growth eucalyptus. — In three to six weeks
after the trees have been felled, the sprouts will start
out from the stumps. These sprouts are produced in
abundance and if properly thinned will soon replace the
cut forest, thus providing a second growth of fuel or
timber in much less time than was required with the
original grove. These remarks apply probably to all
species of eucalyptus, certainly to all sorts experi-
mented with in California up to the present time.
Taxonomy of the cultivated eucalypti.
All of the keys used for the identification of species
are more or less artificial. No satisfactory natural
classification has yet been devised. While the follow-
ing key is designed to aid in the making of determina-
tions rather than to express relationships, species known
to be closely related are placed near each other in the
text so far as this can be conveniently done. For the
ready determination of species in this critical genus,
it is necessary to have adult leaves, buds, flowers, and
mature fruit; immature fruits are often very mislead-
ing. Allowance should always be made for extreme
forms, since only normal specimens are here described.
This applies particularly to size of leaves. Unless
otherwise stated, the leaf description is drawn from
foliage on mature stems. The juvenile foliage, i.e., on
young seedlings and on suckers, is usually very differ-
ent, the leaves often broader, blunt, sessile, and of a
different color.
saligna, 42.
salmonophloia, 63.
siderophloia, 9.
sideroxylon, 75.
Sieberiana, 31.
INDEX, CONTINUED.
stellulata, 58. tetraptera, 20.
stricta, 29. triantha, 39.
Stuartiana, 53. undulata, 67.
symphiocarpa, 25. viminalis, 52.
tereticornis, 65. virgata, 29.
acervula, 67.
drepanophylla, 14.
microcorys, 40.
acmenioides, 39.
erythronema, 73.
microtheca, 12.
albens, 16.
eugenioides, 45.
montana, 67.
alpina, 19.
eximia, 4.
Muelleriana, 38.
amplifolia, 65.
ficifolia, 2.
numerosa, 55.
amygdalina, 55.
fissilis, 57.
obcordata, 26.
Andreana, 55.
floribunda, 71.
obliqua, 57.
angulosa, 46.
globulus, 18.
obtusiflora, 29.
angustifolia, 55.
gomphocephala, 49.
occidentalis, 27.
Baileyana, 72.
goniocalyx, 32.
odorata, 69.
bicolor, 15.
gracilipes, 74.
pallens, 75.
botryoides, 34.
S-.'nii 1 if IOI-M , 43.
paniculata, 10.
buprestium, 61.
unnii, 67.
pauciflora, 59.
cajuputea, 69.
haemastoma, 30.
pilularis, 37, 39.
calophylla, 1.
hemiphloia, 16.
piperita, 44.
Cambagei, 33.
incrassata, 46.
Planchoniana, 47.
citriodora, 5.
largiflorens, 15.
platypus, 26.
coccifera, 28.
Lehmannii, 25.
polyanthemos, 6.
collosea, 62.
leptophleba, 14.
populifolia, 7.
compacta, 18.
leucoxylon, 74, 75.
pulverulenta, 23.
conoidea, 73.
linearis, 55.
punctata, 41.
cordata, 22.
longifolia, 76.
purpurea, 74.
coriacea, 59.
Macarthuri, 54.
Raveretiana, 11.
cornuta, 24, 25.
macrocarpa, 17.
redunca, 36.
corymbosa, 3.
macrocera, 25.
regnans, 55.
corynocalyx, 60.
macrorhyncha, 66.
resinifera, 43.
cosmophylla, 21.
maculata, 5.
Risdonii, 56.
crebra, 13.
marginata, 71.
robusta, 35.
decipiens, 51.
diversicolor, 62.
megacarpa, 48.
melanophloia, 8.
rosea, 75.
rostrata, 64.
doratoxylon, 70.
melliodora, 68.
rudis, 50.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Fls. mostly in panicles or corymbs, not
simple umbels (occasionally the infl.
appears to be paniculate in section
AAA also, owing to dropping of Ivs.,
so that it is well to look for lf.-
scars in doubtful cases).
B. Fr. l%-2 in. long; valves inclosed:
fls. large.
c. Seeds black, not winged: fls. while
or pink 1. calophylla
cc. Seeds brown or red, winged: fls. red
(pink to crimson or scarlet) 2. ficifolia
BB. Fr. }/y-l in. long (/4-^in. in E.
maculata); valves inclosed: fls.
medium.
c. Lvs. paler beneath: fls. in terminal
corymbs 3. corymbosa
CC. Lvs. of nearly equal color on both
sides: fls. in lateral and terminal
panicles.
D. Caps, slightly ribbed: fls. nearly
or quite sessile in the clusters ... 4. eximia
DD. Caps, smooth: fls. distinctly
stalked 5. maculata
BBB. Fr. %in. or less long (nearly %in. in
var. of No. 16); valves various: fls.
small.
c. Shape of Ivs. orbicular to ovate,
often nearly as broad as long.
D. Petioles slender; Ivs. alternate.
E. Fls. stalked: Ivs. dull grayish
green 6. polyanthemos
EE. Fls. nearly sessile: Ivs. lus-
trous and dark green 7. populifolia
DD. Petioles none; Ivs. opposite 8. melanophloia
cc. Shape of Ivs. lanceolate or oblong,
elongated.
D. Lvs. distinctly paler beneath than
above.
E. Fr.-valves included in the
calyx-tube 10. paniculata
EE. Fr.-valves exserted 11. Raveretiana
DD. Lvs. of equal color on both sides.
E. Lid %in. or more long, beak-
like 9. siderophloia
EE. Lid shorter, not beak-like.
F. Fr.-valves much exserted,
spreading 12. microtheca
FF. Fr.-valves about reaching the
rim: If.-veins very diverg-
ing 13. crebra
14. leptophleba
FFF. Fr.-valves wholly included in
calyx-tube: If.-veins very
oblique .
G. Lid hemispheric 15. bicolor
GG. Lid conic 16. hemiphloia
AA. Fls. solitary in the If. -axils, or in
strictly sessile umbels, large.
B. Lvs. all opposite, cordate at base: shrub. 17. macrocarpa
BB. Lvs. mostly alternate, not cordate.
c. Peduncles ascending, or fls. entirely
sessile; lid warty.
D. Plant a tree: Ivs. acute 18. globulus
DD. Plant a shrub: Ivs. obtuse, very
oblique at base 19. alpina
cc. Peduncles recurved, flat; lid smooth:
shrub 20. tetraptera
AAA. Fls. in stalked umbels.
B. Fl.-stalks (either pedicels or peduncles)
flattened.
c. Fr.-valves with teeth projecting well
beyond calyx-rim.
D. Teeth connivent into a cone: lid
1-1^4 in. long.
E. Fr. not embedded in receptacle. 24. cornuta
EE. Fr. partly embedded in recep-
tacle ... . . 25. Lehmannii
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1151
DD. Teeth distinct: lid %in. or less
long.
E. Fr. %-%in. long: lid about
Y%in. long.
F. The fls. sessile in the umbels:
Ivs. obtuse 26. platypus
FF. The fls. pedicellate: Ivs.
acute 27. occidentalis
EB. Fr. smaller: lid shorter.
F. The fls. more than 3 in each
umbel.
G. Lid much longer than
calyx-tube 43. resinifera
GQ. Lid about as long as
calyx-tube 41. punctata
42. saligna
GGG. Lid much shorter than
calyx-tube: fls. sessile — 33. Cambagei
FF. The fls. usually 3 in each
umbel 52. viminalis
CO. Fr.-valves included or scarcely ex-
serted beyond the calyx-rim (ex-
serted but closely incurved in E.
megacarpa and E. gompho-
cephala).
D. Breadth of fr. less than Y^in.
E. Lid less than half as long as
calyx-tube, depressed-hemis-
pheric, blunt.
F. Lvs. mostly 2-4 in. long: lid
very short.
G. Fr. 3-6 lines diam.: lid
granular 28. cpccif era
29. virgata
GG. Fr. about 2 lines diam — 40. microcorys
FF. Lvs. mostly 4-8 in. long.
G. Veins very oblique; Ivs.
mostly under 1 in. wide.
H. Calyx not angular;
outer stamens sterile. 30. haemastoma
31. Sieberiana
HH. Calyx very angular in
bud; stamens all per-
fect .32. goniocalyx
GG. Veins at nearly a right-
angle to midrib; Ivs.
thick, more than 1 in.
wide 34. botryoides
BE. Lid at least half as long as
calyx-tube, mostly conic and
acute.
F. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, lY^-3
in. wide; lateral veins
widely spreading 35. robusta
FF. Lvs. lanceolate, l^-l^in.
wide; lateral veins oblique.
G. The fls. short-stalked.
H. Arrangement of Ivs.
opposite: umbels bent
downward 70. doratoxylon
HH. Arrangement of Ivs.
alternate.
I. The lid narrowly conic,
twice as long as
calyx 36. redunca
n. The lid broader, not so
long 37. pilularis
38. Muelleriana
39. acmenioides
41. punctata
GG. The fls. sessile in the
umbel: Ivs. paler beneath .42. saligna
DD. Breadth of fr. over ^in.
E. Lid not or scarcely broader
than calyx-tube.
F. Lvs. roundish, obtuse 26. platypus
FF. Lvs. lanceolate, acute.
G. Calyx-tube and lid very
warty 18. globulus
GG. Calyx-tube and lid ridged
or nearly smooth.
H. Caps, sunk in the calyx-
tube 46. incrassata
47. Planchoniana
21. cosmophylla
HH. Caps, protruding from
calyx-tube 48. megacarpa
EE. Lid much broader than calyx-
tube 49.
BB. Fl.-stalks cylindr'ic or angular but not
flattened.
c. Caps, sessile or nearly so in the
umbels.
D. Fr.-valves with conspicuous pro-
jecting teeth.
E. Lid 1-1 Yi in. long, cylindric....24.
EE. Lid mostly lA-%in., conic.
F. The fr. -valves merely acute.. ..50.
FF. The fr.-valves ending in
needle-like points 51.
EEE. Lid short, rarely %in. long.
F. Buds ovoid, smooth.
G. Fr. mostly 4-celled: fls.
usually 3. 52.
GG. Fr. mostly 8-celled: fls.
usually more than 3 . . . . 53.
54.
FF. Buds club-shaped, slender,
often rough 55.
DD. Fr.-valves included, or barely ex-
ceeding the rim.
E. The fls. 4 °r more.
F. Lvs. of equal color on both
sides.
G. Venation of Ivs. feathered.
H. Fr. %-lin. wide: shrub.61.
HH. Fr. Y^-Y^n- wide: trees.
I. Buds club-shaped
(i.e. widest above
the middle) , ob-
tuse 55.
56.
57.
n. Buds ovoid, acute: fr.
contracted at orifice.4A.
45.
GG. Venation of Ivs. longi-
tudinal and almost par-
allel 58.
59.
FF. Lvs. paler beneath.
G. Lid broader than calyx:
fr. streaked lengthwise.. . 60.
GG. Lid not broader than
calyx: fr. not streaked. . . 62.
EE. The fls. 1-3 in each umbel.
F. Lvs. opposite, heart-shaped
at base.
G. Calyx obtuse at base: Ivs.
crenate 22.
GG. Calyx tapering at base:
Ivs. entire 23.
FF. Lvs. scattered, narrowed at
base.
G. Fr. scarcely contracted at
orifice .21.
GG. Fr. much contracted . at
orifice 61.
cc. Caps, plainly stalked in the umbels.
D. Umbels -with more than 3 fls.
E. Fr.-valves plainly exserted.
F. Fr. flat-topped; valves awl-
shaped 63.
FF. Fr. rounded to the valves;
valves triangular, acute.
G. Diam. offr. 2-3 lines 64.
65.
GG. Diam. offr. 4-6 lines.
H. Anthers reniform 66.
HH. Anthers oblong 50.
EE. Fr.-valves included.
F. Fr. scarcely or not at all con-
tracted at orifice.
G. Lvs. thick, odorless: fr.
%in. across 67.
GG. Lvs. thin: fr. slightly
smaller 68.
69.
FF. Fr. contracted at orifice.
G. Lvs. opposite 70.
GG. Lvs. mostly alternate.
H. Breadth of fr. about
lAin.
gompho-
[cephala
cornuta
rudis
decipiens
viminalis
Stuartiana
Macarthuri
amygdalina
buprestium
amygdalina
Risdonii
obliqua
piperita
eugenioides
stellulata
coriacea
corynocalyx
diversicolor
cordate
pulverulenta
cosmophylla
buprestium
rostrata
tereticornis
macrorhyn-
rudis [cha
Gunnii
melliodora
odorata
doratoxylon
1152
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
I. Lid as long as calyx-
tube: If.-veins di-
verging 71. marginata
n. Lid shorter than tube:
•veins oblique 72. Baileyana
HH. Breadth of fr. about
%in 44. piperita
45. eugenioides
DD. Umbels only 2- or 8-fld., rarely
4- or 5-fld. (Ironbarks.)
E. Peduncles becoming deflexed:
fr. pendent 73. erythronema
EE. Peduncles not deflexed.
F. Bark smooth, light-colored . . 74. leucoxylon
FF. Bark rough, persistent.
G. Lf. -veins very oblique:
bark red 75. sideroxylon
GG. Lf. -veins widely spread-
ing: bark grayish 76. longif olia
1. calophylla, R. Br. Medium-sized umbrageous
tree, with dense foliage: bark dark, corky, deeply fur-
rowed: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, firm and thick; veins
nearly parallel and very spreading: fls. large, white or
cream-color, rarely pink, in large clusters; lid thin,
nearly flat: fr. 1-1% in. wide, ovate-urnshaped, very
thick and woody; seeds large, black, the edges acute
but scarcely winged. July-Oct. B.M. 4036 (as E.
splachnicarpa). F. v. M. Eucal. 10:2. G.C. III.
20:661. — Ornamental tree of rather slow growth, not
enduring frost or dry atmosphere. Good shade tree
for avenues in the coast districts. The fall bloom is
valuable for bees. Bark rich in kino. The wood is
tough, useful for wheelwrights' work and for building,
but not durable underground. The frs. of this and the
next have been polished and used for pipe-bowls.
2. ficifdlia, F. v. M. CRIMSON-FLOWERED EUCAL YPT.
Fig. 1424. Handsome small tree, rarely to 50 ft. : bark
dark, furrowed : Ivs.
ovate- lanceolate,
firm and thick;
veins almost trans-
verse: fls. red, large
and in large clus-
ters; lid thin, nearly
flat: fr. 1-1% in.
wide, broadly urn-
shaped, the walls
very woody; border com-
pressed; seeds pale brown or
almost red, winged on one end
or also along one side. Aug.,
Sept. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:3. B.
M. 7697. G.C. III. 42:376,
377. Gn. 71, p. 441. R.H.
1904:568. — Very ornamental,
especially in bloom. Tender
and adapted only to the lemon
belt; a heat-resisting avenue
tree, withstanding drought.
The fls. vary from pink to crim-
son and scarlet and the forms
do not come true to seed;
grafted plants are now offered
in the trade, the bright scarlet
shade being generally pre-
ferred.
3. corymbdsa, Smith. BLOOD-
WOOD. Small tree: outer bark
persistent, gray and turning
somewhat black; inner yellow-
ish or reddish brown; of upper
branches smooth and often
reddish: Ivs. lanceolate, some-
,1 hi E"calyptus what leathery; lateral veins
globulus. showing spray
of mature foliage veiT numerous, fine, parallel
( X K) and two leaves of and nearly transverse: fls. y el-
sucker foliage. No. 18. lowish white, fragrant, in large
corymbs, the peduncles and pedicels long; lid de-
pressed-hemispherical, short-pointed; stamens becom-
ing 5 or 6 lines long: fr. somewhat urn-shaped, about
%in. wide. Aug.-Dec. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:2. — Tree suit-
able only for the coast districts. Wood brown or red,
durable, and serviceable underground or in water, but
rendered inferior by the many gum veins. (Ingham.)
4. eximia, Schau. MOUNTAIN BLOODWOOD. Large
tree: bark scaly, brownish or yellowish, smooth only
on the younger branches: Ivs. falcate-lanceolate, thick;
lateral veins parallel and widely spreading but scarcely
visible: fls. sessile, in small heads of a panicle, the
peduncles angular or flattened; lid nearly hemispherical,
pointed; stamens 3-4 lines long: fr. urn-shaped, with
thin rim, about %in. wide through the middle. Oct.-
June. F.v.M. Eucal. 9:2. — A stately species with
abundant showy bloom. Wood soft; useful only for fuel.
5. maculata, Hook. SPOTTED GUM. Handsome tree,
to 150 ft., the foliage mostly near the summit: bark
smooth, whitish or reddish gray, deciduous in patches,
thus exposing lighter areas and giving the trunk a
spotted appearance: Ivs. lanceolate; veins parallel,
rather oblique to the midrib: lid hemispheric, double;
fls. short-stalked; stamens 4-5 lines long: fr. globular-
urnshaped, thin-rimmed, scarcely %in. thick. May-
July. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:4. Hook. Icon. 619. Maiden,
For. Fl. N.S.W. 7:27.— Timber valuable for ship-
builders and used especially in coach factories and
for handles; wood hard, light-colored, close-grained:
growth fairly rapid.
Var. citrioddra, Bailey (E. citriodora, Hook.).
LEMON-SCENTED GUM. Like the species but foliage
strongly lemon-scented. — A favorite ornamental tree
in the warmer parts of Calif.: subject to frost: young
plants useful for window or cool greenhouse cult. The
oil is clear white and of a pleasing, penetrating odor,
used especially as a perfume for soap.
6. polyanthemos, Schau. RED Box. AUSTRALIAN
BEECH. Well-branched often irregular and picturesque
tree, 40-150 ft.: bark brown or gray, persistent, rough
on old trees: Ivs. orbicular to ovate, mostly 2-4 in.
long by 1%~3 in. wide, rarely oval-lanceolate and
scarcely 1 in, wide, dull and grayish green on both
sides: fls. small, white, stalked, in close panicles; sta-
mens 1 or 2 lines long, the outer ones sterile : fr. goblet-
shaped, not contracted at orifice, 2-3 lines across, the
valves not exserted. Jan.-April. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:9.
Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 58, 59 (figs. 1-3).— Useful
for ornamental planting, because of its spreading habit,
characteristic silvery foliage, and profuse bloom; also
for windbreaks, for fuel, and for bees: timber exceed-
ingly hard and durable, but sts. become hollow in age
in Austral. A drought- and heat-resistant species:
endures minimum temperatures of 15-20°: of only
fairly rapid growth.
7. populifdlia, Hook. POPLAR Box. Compact
straight-growing tree: bark rough to the branchlets:
Ivs. ovate or roundish, rarely lanceolate, 4 in. or less
long, very lustrous and intensely green on both sides:
fls. small, white, on very short stalks, the umbels
paniculate; stamens 1-2 lines long, all fertile: fr. very
small, semi-ovate, the valves inclosed. Hook. Icon.
879. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 58 (figs. 11-18).—
Probably as useful and adapted to as wide a variety of
conditions as the closely related E. polyanthemos.
8. melanophldia, F. v. M. SILVER-LEAVED IRON-
BARK. Small tree : bark persistent, dark, furrowed : Ivs.
sessile, orbicular to ovate-lanceolate, glaucous or
white-mealy: fls. small, in terminal or axillary corymbs :
fr. truncate-globular, 2-3 lines across; rim thin; valves
included or slightly exserted.
9. siderophloia, Benth. BROAD-LEAVED IRONBARK.
Tall tree: bark wholly persistent on old trunks, rough
and deeply furrowed; furrows yellowish or dark brown;
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1153
ridges broader than in other ironbarks: Ivs. 4-7 in.
long: lid beak-like, very acute, J^-Kin- long; stamens
about 3 lines long; anthers minute, globular, opening
by oblong slits: fr. obovoid, truncate, about J4m- across,
the valves slightly protruding. Oct., Nov. F.v.M.
Eucal. 4:8. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 47 (figs. 19-33).
— Wood heavy, strong, and durable, useful for wagon
work, tool-handles, building, posts, poles, and the like.
Fls. provide honey for bees. Tree of rapid growth and
resistant to extremes of temperature: grown in the San
Joaquin Valley.
10. paniculata, Smith. WHITE IRONBARK. RED
IRONBARK. Tall or medium-sized tree: bark hard,
persistent, deeply furrowed, of a grayish brown color:
Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, 3-5 in. long: fls. in panicles or
sometimes in axillary umbels; lid variable; stamens
2-4 lines long, the outer ones steri'e; stigma dilated:
fr. truncate-ovate, pedicelled, 2-4 lines wide, with thin
rim. Summer. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:8. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 57 (figs. 8-21). — Wood usually very pale, but
variable; the hardest of ironbarks; "cuts almost like
horn:" valuable for railroad-ties, fencing, and build-
ing purposes. Does not endure heat and drought:
much prized in Austral., but trees in Calif, are not
promising.
11. Raveretiana, F. v. M. Tall tree with thin angular
branchlets: bark deciduous, leaving the branches
smooth and gray, but often persistent on the trunk:
Ivs. lanceolate, opaque, 3-5 in. long: fls. exceedingly
small, white, short-stalked; lid slenderly conic, under
2 lines long; stamens not 2 lines long; anthers reniform,
opening by longitudinal slits: fr. little over 1 line wide,
low-cup-shaped, the protruding valves forming a
hemispheric summit. F.v.M. Eucal. 1:8. Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 53 (figs. 1-3).
12. microtheca, F. v. M. Tree, becoming 80 ft.
high: bark rough, gray, persistent, or the outer layers
deciduous, leaving the trunk smooth: Ivs. narrowly
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: lid broad-conic; stamens very-
short; anthers minute, roundish, opening by longi-
tudinal slits: fr. scarcely J^in. wide; valves fully half-
protruding. F.v.M. Eucal. 10:6. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 52 (figs. 16-22). — Not yet fully tested in Amer.:
endures frost and heat : recommended as a forest cover
for the hot dry region of the S. W.: the roots yield
water to natives and travelers on the Australian deserts.
Wood beautifully colored but perhaps too hard for
cabinet work.
13. crebra, F. v. M. NARROW-LEAVED IRONBARK.
Small to large tree, with slender drooping branchlets:
bark persistent throughout, hard, dark, ridged and
deeply furrowed: Ivs. pale, narrow, linear-lanceolate;
lateral veins fine, nearly parallel, widely diverging
from the midrib : lid conical or nearly hemispheric, not
over 2 lines long; stamens 1 or 2 lines long, inflexed in
bud; anthers globular, opening by longitudinal slits:
fr. obovoid-truncate, not over 2 lines wide, the tips of
the valves not or scarcely exserted. F.v.M. Eucal.
5:3. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 53 (figs. 4-9).— A
rapidly growing frost-resistant tree of picturesque
habit: endures minimum temperatures of 18-20° and
maximum temperatures of 110-118° (McClatchie),
not very resistant to alkali (Loughridge). Grown in
Calif, for its hard durable wood, of a reddish color.
Bark sometimes described as grayish and deciduous.
14. leptophleba, F. v. M. Characters as in E. crebra,
but fls. somewhat larger and fr. 3 or 4 lines wide: Ivs.
of a silky sheen. — This has been classed as a var. of E.
drepanophylla, F.v.M., but the two are now known to be
identical and E. leptophleba is the older name.
15. tricolor, A. Cunn. (E. largiflorens, F. v. M.).
BLACK Box. Shrub or small tree, with drooping
branches: bark persistent, rough and hard: Ivs. lanceo-
late, 5 in. or less long; lateral veins at an acute angle
to midrib: lid double, the inner one hemispheric; sta-
mens 1 or 2 lines long; anthers opening by lateral pores:
fr. truncate-ovate, about 2 lines wide, the valves in-
closed but not distant from the thin rim. F.v.M. Eucal.
5:7. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 49 (figs. 5-13), 51
(figs. 9-19). — Timber hard, tough, and durable, rather
1426. Eucalyptus globulus. Shoots on a young plant. ( X H) No. 18.
easily worked: suitable for ties, piles, shafts, poles,
cogs, and the like.
16. hemiphldia, F. v. M. AUSTRALIAN GRAY Box.
Tree, 90 ft. or less high: bark of trunk persistent, solid,
grayish and somewhat wrinkled ; of branches deciduous
in flakes or long strips: Ivs. lanceolate-falcate to ovate-
lanceolate, 3-5 in. long, thick and rigid, often ashy
gray; lateral veins distant, diverging at a very acute
angle: lid conical; stamens pale, about 2 lines long;
anthers globular, opening by lateral pores: fr. ovoid-
oblong, truncate and slightly contracted at orifice,
about 3 lines wide. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:5. Maiden, Grit.
Rev. Eucal. 50 (figs. 1-6). — Useful as a shade tree
because of its dense foliage; also for fuel and as pastur-
age for bees. Wood hard, tough, and durable.
Var. albens, F. v. M. (E. dlbens, Miq.). WHITE
Box. Bark dull green, persistent: Ivs. glaucous or
white-mealy: buds chalk-white: fr. larger.
17. macrocarpa, Hook. Stout shrub, 6-15 ft., usually
white-mealy: Ivs. all opposite, sessile, cordate-ovate:
fls. orange-colored to crimson, very large, solitary;
calyx-tube smooth or obscurely ridged: lid conical,
longer than the tube; stamens about 1 in. long:
fr. depressed-hemispherical, 1K~3 in- across, with
raised rim and broad protruding valves. Hook. Icon.
405-407. B.M. 4333. F.v.M. Eucal. 8:4. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 77 (figs. 1-3). — Desirable ornamen-
tal because of its glaucous foliage and brilliant bloom :
grown sparingly in S. Calif.
18. g!6bulus, Labill. BLUE GUM. Figs. 1425-1427.
Tree, 300 ft. or less high: bark deciduous in long thin
strips or sheets, leaving the trunk smooth and grayish
or bluish white except at base: Ivs. lanceolate, thick,
often H-l ft. long; those on young shoots and seed-
lings opposite, sessile, broad, and white-mealy: fls.
solitary or 2 or 3 together, closely sessile or on a
short peduncle; calyx-tube and lid warty, covered
with bluish white wax; stamens above l/^m. long:
fr. angular, %-l in. across, the flat valves not pro-
1154
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
trading. Dec.-May. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:2. G.C. II.
15:601; 111.2:777,784; 10:737. Gn. 71, p. 18; 75, p.
606. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 79 (figs. 1-12).— The
best species for general planting: extensively used in
Calif. Its combination of rapidity of growth, straight-
ness of trunk, great strength of wood, and its known
ability to flourish under a wide range of conditions in
Calif., give it a great advantage over any other species
(Ingham). Wood stronger than that of E. rostrata and
E. tereticornis, yellowish white, easily stained, not dur-
able in the soil in Calif. : used there for insulator pins,
spokes, felloes, whiffle-trees, handles, flooring and inte-
rior finish; a good species for fuel: logs check badly in
curing, this much less in the so-called "San Jos6 blue-
gum" or "re-enforced gum" which, however, is thought
by some to be only a selection of the best trees of ordi-
nary blue-gum. Lvs. distilled for oil: fls. yield much
honey to bees, but because of its pro-
nounced flavor there is little or no j^j^\
demand for it in retail trade (Richter). 1 ^^^^.
Endures minimum temperatures of 25°
and high temperatures of the San Joa-
quin and Sacramento Valleys but not
of the desert districts: resists consider-
able drought when once established
but best development is attained only
on good and fairly deep soil. Fig. 1427
shows the stamens and the structure
of the bud. Nos. 1-4 are half natural
size; 5 is on a larger scale. No. 4 is a
section of a bud.
Var. compficta, Hort. DWARF BLUE
GUM. Densely branched from the
ground, forming a symmetrical rounded
compact tree : lower foliage as in young
growth of E. globulus but smaller with
the longer narrower Ivs. only near the
top. — Said to have originated near
Niles, Calif., from seed of the ordinary
blue-gum (Calif. Nursery Co.).
The specific name globulus is some-
times written with a capital G, because
it is a noun rather than an adjective;
but the initial letter is here written in
lower case in accordance with a recom-
mendation of the International Botan-
ical Congress.
19. alpina, Lindl. Shrub, 12 ft. high:
Ivs. inequilaterally semi-ovate, blunt, acute on young
shoots, 2-^4 in. long, thick and leathery: fls. sessile in
the If .-axils, solitary or few: fr. hemispherical, %-l in.
wide, not angular; rim broad; valves protruding.
Sept.-Nov. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:1.
20. tetraptera, Turcz. Shrub or small tree: branches
often sharply angled: Ivs. very thick, oblong-lanceo-
late: fls. solitary, on flat recurved peduncles; lid
4-angled, much shorter than calyx; stamens not over
J^in. long: fr. prominently 4-angled, 2-3 in. long, %-l
in. wide, the valves well inclosed. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:10.
— Highly ornamental; once grown at Santa Monica,
according to Kinney who says that the calyx-tube and
stalk just before the lid falls become a brilliant crim-
son and are by far the most striking part of the fl.
21. cosmophylla, F.v.M. Tall shrub or small tree:
bark smooth, ash-colored: Ivs. broad-lanceolate, 3-5
in. long, very thick and rigid: peduncles almost 0;
lid hard, low-hemispheric, blunt or short-pointed;
stamens 4-6 lines long; anthers ovate, opening by dis-
tinct parallel slits: fr. globose-truncate, not contracted
at orifice, smooth, 7-8 lines across; rirn thick. F.v.M.
Eucal. 7:2.
22. cordata, Labill. Small tree, to 50 ft. : Ivs. oppo-
site, sessile, orbicular to ovate, somewhat crenate,
rarely over 3 in. long, usually white-mealy, as also
the infl. : calyx broadly campanulate, obtuse at base,
1427. Eucalyptus
globulus. No. 18.
smooth; lid low-hemispherical, obtuse or with sharp
tip, shorter than tube; stamens 3-4 lines long; anthers
opening by parallel slits: fr. globular-truncate, hard,
4-6 lines thick; valves rarely protruding. F.v.M. Eucal
8:1. B.M. 7835. G.C. III. 3:803; 30:456; 47:168.—
Useful mainly as an ornamental.
23. pulverulenta, Sims. Lvs. always entire: calyx-
tube turbinate, tapering to the base; lid variable,
mostly conical: otherwise about as in E. cordata. F.v.M.
Eucal. 8:7. B.M. 2087. Gn. 75, p. 140.— The very
blue foliage supplies a pleasing contrast for ornamental
planting.
24. cornftta, Labill. YATE TREE. Moderate-sized
or large tree, usually low-branched and spreading:
bark either deciduous in irregular sheets or persistent
and rough : Ivs. oblong or broad-lanceolate, often obtuse,
2-5 in. long: fls. greenish yellow, numerous, in dense
heads; lid cylindric, horn-like, 1-1 ^ in. long; stamens
13/2~2 in. long: fr. short-cylindric, 4-5 lines wide;
valves much exserted and connivent into a beak-like
projection. June-Oct. F.v.M. Eucal. 9:1. B.M. 6140
(lid too highly colored). — Used successfully as a road-
side tree in S. Calif.: especially good as a shade tree:
adapted to the lemon belt, and tolerating alkaline and
saline soils (Franceschi) . Timber hard, heavy, tough,
and elastic.
25. Lehmannii, Preiss (E. cornuta var. symphio-
cdrpa, Auct. E. macrocera, Turcz.). Perhaps only a
form of E. cornuta: Ivs. more often short and obtuse:
fr. half immersed in the receptacle, forming a solid
woody mass. June-Oct.
26. platypus, Hook. (E. obcorddta, Turcz.). Tall
shrub or small tree: bark smooth, grayish: Ivs. petioled,
oval to obcordate, very obtuse, 1-2 }/% in. long, leathery
and shining: peduncles winged, recurved; fls. dull red
or yellowish white, not conspicuous; lid conic-cylindric,
much narrower than the prominently angled calyx-
tube; stamens J^-%in. long: fr. truncate-ovate, very
angular, 4-7 lines thick. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:6. Hook.
Icon. 849.
27. occidentals, Endl. FLAT-TOPPED YATE. Spread-
ing shrub or medium-sized tree: bark deciduous,
smooth, or somewhat persistent and rough: Ivs.
lanceolate, acuminate, 1^2-5 in. long: lid cylindric-
conic, }^-%in. long; stamens yellowish or orange,
K-%in. long: fr. bell-shaped, with spreading rim, 5
lines wide; valves 'exserted, sharp. Oct.-May. F.v.M.
Eucal. 6:5. — Suited to the coast districts; subject to
frost.
28. coccifera, Hook. Small glaucous tree with
smooth white bark: Ivs. lanceolate, thick and shining,
often tipped by a slender curved mucro: fls. nearly
sessile, in close terminal clusters; calyx prominently
angled; lid very short and flat, rugose; stamens about
3 lines long, all perfect; anthers reniform, opening by
divergent slits: fr. obovoid-truncate, 4-6 lines across.
B.M. 4637. G.C. II. 12:113; 13:395; 111.2:787, 789;
3:799, 801; 9:169. Gn. 71 p. 591. Maiden, Crit. Rev.
Eucal. 28 (figs. 3-5). — A high-mountain form com-
pared by some to E. amygdalina but recognized by
the depressed lid and longer calyx. Of value as an
ornamental: a very hardy species suitable for the foot-
hill districts.
29. virgata, Sieb. Shrub or small tree with stringy
bark: Ivs. lanceolate, thick and shining: calyx not
angled; lid conical, granular-roughened, as also the
tube; stamens scarcely 2 lines long; anthers reniform,
opening by pores which extend into oblong slits: fr.
globose-truncate, smooth, 3-6 lines across. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 43 (figs. 1, 2).
Var. stricta, Maiden (E. stricta, Sieb.). Lvs. linear or
linear-lanceolate: lid often shortly pointed. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 43 (figs. 12-17). F.v.M. Eucal. 10:9.
B.M. 7074.
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1155
Var. obtusiflora, Maiden (E. obtusiflora, DC.). Lvs.
rather broad: lid depressed-hemispheric, very obtuse.
Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal 43 (figs. 3-11).
30. haemastoma, Smith. Large tree: bark smooth,
mottled, with a few ribbony flakes near the butt: lys.
lanceolate, usually oblique at base, falcate, coria-
ceous: fls. pedicelled, clavate in bud; lid very short;
stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers of the perfect ones reni-
form, opening by short divergent slits: fr. ovate-trun-
cate, with reddish rim, 3-4 lines across; valves some-
times slightly protruding, but soon deciduous. F.v.M.
Eucal. 2:3. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 46 (figs. 10-17),
47 (figs. 1-18). — Said to thrive on poor, sandy soil:
perhaps not suited to dry interior valleys. Timber of
inferior quality.
31. Sieberiana, F. v. M. Scarcely distinguishable
from E. hsemastoma save by the bark, which on the
trunk is furrowed, becoming dark, rugged, and stringy:
foliage emits a slight peppermint-like odor when
crushed in the warm hand. F.v.M. Eucal. 2 : 9. Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 45 (figs. 10-15). — Bark yields a very
soluble kino.
32. goniocalyx, F. v. M. MOUNTAIN GUM. BASTARD
Box TREE. Tall tree: bark rough, tardily deciduous:
Ivs. lanceolate, usually falcate, of pale color: pedicels
very short and angular, or fls. usually sessile; lid conical
or hemispherical; stamens about 3 lines long, inflexed
in bud; anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits: fr.
ovoid-truncate, 3-4 lines across; valves about on a
level with the rim. July, Aug. F.v.M. Eucal. 1:3.
Maiden, For. Fl. N.S.W. 19.— Timber especially
esteemed for wheelwrights' work: also used for house-
building, fence-rails, railroad-ties, and so on: excellent
for fuel. Grows well in the coast districts of S. Calif.
A promising species for the mountains of the S. W., at
moderate altitudes.
33. Cambagei, Deane & Maiden. BUNDY. Small or
medium-sized tree : bark fibrous and matted throughout :
Ivs. lanceolate, elongated: fls. sessile; calyx-tube with
2-4 prominent angles; lid shortly pointed or hemis-
pherical; stamens about 3 lines long: fr. ovoid-truncate.
— A recently intro. species related to E. goniocalyx but
with plainly exserted valves and thicker, flatter pedun-
cles. Aside from shape of buds and peduncles it
resembles E. Stuartiana.
34. botryoides, Smith. Tall handsome tree: bark
rough, furrowed, persistent on trunks: Ivs. lanceolate,
acuminate with very diverging parallel veins, paler
beneath: fls. sessile or nearly so; lid variable; stamens
about 3 lines long, inflected in the bud; anthers ovoid-
oblong, with parallel cells: fr. obovoid-oblong, slightly
contracted at orifice, 4-5 lines long, 3^ lines wide;
valves wholly inclosed. Sept., Oct. F.v.M. Eucal.
4:2. — This tree has beautiful dark green horizontal
foliage. Useful for windbreaks and as a shade tree.
Suited to the coast districts only. Timber hard, tough,
and durable; used in Austral, especially for felloes.
35. robusta, Smith. SWAMP MAHOGANY. Hand-
some symmetrically branched tree of moderate height:
bark of trunk persistent, rough, dark brown; of the
branches reddish: Ivs. oval-lanceolate, long-pointed,
3-7 in. long, lJ^-3 in. wide, dark green, coriaceous:
veins spreading almost at right angles to midrib: Ha
acute, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens 4-6 lines
long; anthers with parallel cells: fr. goblet-shaped,
becoming nearly Hin. across, the rim thin and caps,
much sunk. Oct.-March. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:8. — Formerly
much planted in Calif, as a street tree, but the tops
break down in strong winds, due to the heavy foliage
and brittle wood; now almost discarded for this
Eurpose: a profuse bloomer, especially valuable for
ees : wood brittle but durable. Best adapted to moist
coast districts but also flourishes in the interior valleys
when given sufficient water: suggested for the coast
of the Gulf of Mexico in districts free from heavy
frosts.
36. redunca, Schau. Shrub or small tree, to 120 ft. :
bark smooth, white: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, rather
obtuse, 3 in. or less long, not paler beneath: lid conical,
acuminate, about twice as long as calyx-tube; stamens
3-4 lines long; anthers opening by parallel slits: fr.
obovoid, about 3 lines thick. F.v.M. Eucal. 10:7. —
Grows on cold flats of comparatively poor soil in Aus-
tral. Timber tough, heavy, and durable; prized for
wheelwrights' work.
37. pilularis, Smith. BLACKBUTT. Slender tree, aver-
aging 100-150 ft.: bark of trunk persistent, or flaking
off above, blackish gray outside, somewhat fibrous and
brownish inside; of branches smooth, gray or whitish:
Ivs. mostly lanceolate, falcate, acuminate, 3-6 in. long,
rather less shining below than above: lid broadly coni-
cal at base, attenuate; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers
reniform, opening by divergent slits: fr. subglobose,
truncate, 4—5 lines thick; valves completely inclosed
to slightly exserted. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:7. Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 1, 3, 4. — Timber strong and durable*
useful for general building and especially for telegraph
poles, posts, and the like: reported as a good honey-
producer. Does not thrive in the hot dry interior
valleys: subject to extremes of temperature.
38. Muelleriana, Howitt. YELLOW STRINGYBARK.
Perhaps only a var. of E. pilularis: bark more fibrous
or stringy, the inner bark yellow and imparting a yellow
stain to the wood: juvenile Ivs. often with tufts of
hairs; adult Ivs. glossy above: lid blunt or slightly
pointed: fr. typically 6 lines thick. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 2, 38 (in part). — Forms with scarcely flattened
peduncles approach E. eugenioides.
39. acmenioides, Schau. (E. tridntha, Linn. E.
pilularis var. acmenioides, Benth. ). WHITE MAHOG-
ANY GUM. Tall tree: bark persistent and fibrous on
trunk and branches: Ivs. paler beneath, sinuate:
peduncles not much compressed, slender; pedicels
sometimes 2 or 3 lines long: fr. not exceeding 3 or 4 lines
in diam.; rim thin: otherwise as in E. pilularis. F.v.M.
Eucal. 10:1. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 42. — Grows in
poor, well-drained soil in Austral. Timber heavy,
strong, and durable; good for palings, rails and floor-
boards.
40. microcdrys, F. v. M. TALLOW- WOOD GUM. Tall
tree: bark persistent, wrinkled: Ivs. broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, thin, copiously dotted with oil-glands,
much paler and opaque beneath: fls. distinctly pedi-
celled, the buds club-shaped; lid depressed-hemispheri-
cal; stamens about 3 lines long, outer ones sterile;
anthers minute, almost heart-shaped, opening by di-
vergent slits: fr. scarcely 2 lines across. F.v.M. Eucal.
2:6. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 41 (figs. 6-9).— Tim-
ber yellowish ; one' of the most valuable after ironbark :
strong and durable, under or above ground; used by
wheelwrights and for flooring, especially for ballrooms;
suitable for this latter purpose because of its greasy
nature.
41. punctata, DC. LEATHER-JACKET. HICKORY
GUM. Beautiful spreading tree, 100 ft. or more high:
bark smooth and dark, thick, the outer deciduous in
flakes: Ivs. thin, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, lus-
trous above, slightly paler and marked with oil-dots
beneath; lateral veins moderately spreading: peduncles
broad, much compressed; pedicels evident, angular,
thick; lid ovate-conical; stamens about 3 lines long;
anthers opening by parallel slits: fr. 3 or 4 lines wide,
not contracted at orifice; valves barely exserted. Aug.-
Oct. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:7. — Timber remarkable for its
extreme hardness and durability. Grown in S. Calif.;
too tender for the San Joaquin Valley.
42. saligna, Smith. Tall tree: bark gray and smooth:
Ivs. lanceolate, with close parallel transverse veins,
1156
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
much paler beneath: pedicels very short or fls. usually
sessile; lid hemispherical, short, pointed; stamens 2-3
lines long, all fertile; anthers ovate, opening by parallel
slits: fr. subglobose-truncate, not contracted at orifice;
rim narrow; valves more or less protruding, separated
from the rim by a narrow groove. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:8.
Maiden, For. Fl. N.S.W. 13.— Timber of the best,
usually pale red, straight-grained, comparatively easy
to work. Prefers rich alluvial soil: probably will not
endure severe conditions.
43. resinifera, Smith. KINO EUCALYPT. RED
MAHOGANY. Erect symmetrical tree: bark of trunk
persistent, rough, and fibrous; of branches deciduous:
Ivs. lanceolate, thick, and almost leathery; oil -dots
quite obscure; veins widely spreading from midrib:
lid conical; stamens 4—6 lines long; anthers ovate, open-
ing by parallel slits: fr. about 4 lines wide, not con-
tracted at orifice; valves acute, well exserted. F.v.M.
Eucal. 1:9. — Apparently endures both cold and drought
better than E. globtdus; requires a rather moist climate.
Wood strong and durable, red, but bears no real resem-
blance to true mahogany; not liable to shrink; lasts
well underground.
Var. grandifldra, Benth. Fls. larger, the ovoid buds
about 4 lines diam.: fr. 4-6 lines wide, with a raised rim.
1428. Eucalyptus corynocalyx. (XM) No. 60.
44. piperita, Smith. PEPPERMINT STRINGYBARK.
Tall tree: bark of the trunk persistent, gray, rough and
fibrous; of the branches smooth: Ivs. oblique, 2-6 in.
long, thin; veins very oblique but obscure; oil-dots
copious, transparent: lid broad-conical, acute, about as
long as calyx-tube; stamens about 2 lines long; anthers
kidney-shaped, opening by divergent slits: fr. globular,
ovoid, or urceolate, contracted at orifice, J^in. across;
rim thin, depressed. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:8. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 45 (figs. 1-9). — The young foliage
emits a strong odor of peppermint when bruised.
45. eugenioides, Sieb. Closely related to E. piperita
but seedlings rough-pubescent: Ivs. thicker, with more
divergent veins and not peppermint-scented : bark
strongly fibrous even on the small branches: rim of
fr. flat or raised. July, Aug. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:8.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 39 (figs. 1, 2), 40 (figs. 2-22).
46. incrassata, Labill. Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft. :
Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, rather obtuse,
mostly 2-4 in. long; veins inconspicuous: calyx-tube
ribbed in the common forms; lid thick, hemispheric or
short-conic, often abruptly beaked; stamens all in-
flected in the bud; anthers ovate-oblong, opening by
parallel slits: fr. ovoid-cylindric, about %in. across;
valves often slightly exserted. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:6.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 13, 15. — Australian deserts:
one of the "mallee."
Var. angulosa, Benth. (E. angulosa, Schau.). Calyx-
tube and lid prominently angled or ribbed, but vary-
ing much in this respect as well as in size of fls. and frs.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 14.
47. Planchoniana, F. v. M. Tree, to 100 ft., with
angular branchlets: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, elon-
gated: lid conical, about as long as the tube, both longi-
tudinally streaked; outer stamens flexuous in bud but
only the inner ones incurved; anthers broadly ovate,
opening by parallel slits: fr. ovoid-cylindric, truncate,
about %in. across, the caps, sunk and valves well
inclosed. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:6. — A profuse bloomer.
Timber heavy, hard, and durable; well adapted for
sawing but not easily split.
48. megacarpa, F. v. M. Tree, 100 ft. or less high:
bark deciduous, smooth, grayish white: Ivs. lanceolate,
falcate, mostly 4-6 in. long: fls. only 1-3 and sessile
in the umbels; lid shortly conical; stamens about ^in-
long; anthers ovate-oblong, opening by parallel slits:
fr. depressed-globular, thick and hard, %-l in. across;
rim convex, continuous with the thick obtuse incurved
valves. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:3. Maiden Crit. Rev. Eucal.
78 (figs. 4-8).
49. gomphocephala, DC. TOOART TREE. Tree, 120
ft. or less high: bark persistent, rough but not stringy,
becoming dark: Ivs. thick, narrowly acuminate, pale
green: fls. usually 3-5, sessile; lid globose, very hard and
thick; stamens 3-4 lines long; anthers opening by par-
allel slits: fr. turbinate; rim broad and convex, rounded
to the incurved valves. F.v.M. Eucal. 7:4. — Easily
distinguishable by the broad lid. Wood of a pale yel-
lowish color: remarkable for hardness and strength,
heavy, the grain close and twisted: shrinks but little
and does not check while seasoning: suitable for large
scantlings and for use where exposed to great heat, as
in engine-rooms: one of the strongest woods known.
Grows both along the coast and in the dry interior
valleys: one of the most alkali-resistant species.
50. riidis, Endl. DESERT GUM. Tree, 100 ft. or less:
bark gray, persistent, rough, but not deeply furrowed:
Ivs. broadly to narrowly lanceolate, mostly M-2J4 in-
wide: peduncles J^-l in. long; pedicels short; lid coni-
cal, not beaked, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens
3-4 lines long; anthers opening by parallel slits: fr.
broadly turbinate, 4-5 lines across; rim only slightly
ascending. F.v.M. Eucal. 10:8. — Stands drought and
extremes of temperature better than most other
species: endures minimum temperatures of 15-18°:
suitable for most situations in the S. W. : successfully
used as an avenue tree and for windbreaks at Fresno,
Calif. Timber probably of value only for posts and for
fuel.
51. decipiens, Endl. Straggly shrub, or tree to 70
ft. : bark rough, persistent, fragile : Ivs. ovate to lanceo-
late, 2J4-4}/£ in. long, seldom over %in. wide: peduncles
J^-Kin. long; pedicels 0; lid conical, often twice as
long as calyx-tube; anthers very small, globular, open-
ing by pores which become longitudinal slits: fr. broadly
turbinate or globose, 3-4 lines across; valves awl-
shaped. F.v.M. Eucal. 10:3. Maiden, Crit. Rev.
Eucal. 63 (figs. 1-12).
52. viminalis, Labill. MANNA GUM. Plate XXXIX.
Graceful tree, to 300 ft., the branchlets pendulous:
bark either persistent, roughish, and dark-colored
(never fibrous), or deciduous, very smooth, and gray-
ish white: seedling Ivs. lanceolate; mature Ivs. lanceo-
late, acuminate, somewhat falcate: fls. usually 3,
rarely 6-8, sessile or on very short pedicels; lid semi-
ovate, mostly short-pointed; stamens about 3 lines
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1157
long; anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits: fr.
subglobose-truncate, 3-5 lines across; rim flat or
rounded; valves triangular, acute. May- Aug. F.v.M.
Eucal. 10:10. G.C. III. 4:597.— A hardy species,
grown as far north as Chico, Calif.: ranks next to
E. globulus in rapidity of growth. Timber not so strong
as that of many other sorts but of average value for
fuel, and can be grown under conditions in which
more valuable species would not survive or would make
only an inferior growth. A good bee tree.
53. Stuartiana, F. v. M. APPLE-SCENTED GUM. Tall
branching tree, with dense drooping foliage: closely
related to E. viminalis, and distinguishable from the
latter, when this has more than 3 fls. in an umbel, by the
fibrous bark, roundish seedling Ivs. and somewhat
smaller fls.: pedicels almost 0; buds angular; lid almost
hemispherical, or shortly and bluntly conical. Feb.-
May. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:9.
54. Macarthuri, Deane & Maiden. Bark rough,
"very woolly:" seedling Ivs. linear-lanceolate, slightly
cordate, strictly opposite; mature Ivs. narrow, lanceo-
late: fls. 4-8, distinctly pedicelled; buds ovoid, smooth,
very small: fr. semi-ovate, scarcely 3 lines across. —
Related to E. viminalis and to E. Stuartiana: dis-
tinguished from the latter by the smooth slender-
pedicelled buds and from both by the smaller fls.
and frs.
55. amygdalina, Labill. PEPPERMINT GUM. Tree,
the tallest of the genus (var regnans) : bark persistent
on trunk and lower branches, fibrous: Ivs. lanceolate,
not noticeably oblique at base, 2-4 in. long; veins
oblique; oil-dots large, not very numerous: fls. many
and crowded in the umbels; buds clavate, often rough;
lid hemispherical, very obtuse, shorter than the calyx-
tube; stamens under 2 lines long; anthers kidney-
shaped, opening by divergent slits: fr. hemispheric or
shortly ovate, truncate, about 34m- across; rim flat
or slightly concave; valves flat or slightly protruding.
F.v.M. Eucal. 5:1. B.M. 3260. B.R. 947 (as E. longi-
folia). G.C. III. 6:16. R.H. 1902, p. 83.— Timber of
inferior durability and strength. Foliage with odor of
peppermint; far richer in oil than any other eucalypt.
Var. numerdsa, Maiden (E. Andreana, Naudin). Fls.
very numerous, often over 20 in the umbel.
Var. regnans, F. v. M. (E. rfynans, F. v. M.).
GIANT GUM. Very tall tree (325 ft. or less high):
bark usually smooth, whitish, fibrous only near the
base: Ivs. large, broad-lanceolate, especially those on
seedlings broader than in typical E. amygdalina; oil-
dots very fine, numerous: fr. usually conoid. Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 33.— Earlier reports of 400-500 ft.
for this tree were erroneous (see Melbourne Argus for
March 23, 1904, Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. p. 183, and
G.C. III. 47, p. 69).
Var. angustifdlia, F. v. M. (E. linearis, Dehnh.).
Graceful, spreading tree: branchlets drooping: Ivs. very
narrow: fls. numerous in the umbel. Jan.- Apr., and
more or less throughout the year. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 30 (fig. 5).
56. Rfsdonii, Hook. f. A beautiful glaucous-foliaged
tree 20-50 ft. high, the branches somewhat pendulous:
bark flaking off, smooth, not fibrous: early Ivs. cordate,
connate in pairs; later Ivs. either opposite and ovate
or alternate and broadly lanceolate, not very oblique
at base; veins oblique: buds, fls., and fr. as in E.
amygdalina but slightly larger. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 32 (fig. 1). — A valuable ornamental: all the
Ivs. commonly opposite and connate.
57. obliqua, L'Her. (E. fissilis, F. v. M.). Tall tree:
bark persistent even on the branches, grayish, very
stringy but rather soft and fragile: Ivs. thick, very
oblique at base, 4-6 in. long; veins very oblique: lid
hemispherical, depressed or somewhat pointed, shorter
than the tube; stamens fully 3 lines long, opening by
Eucalyptus diversicolor. ( X H)
No. 62.
diverging slits: fr. somewhat pear-shaped, truncate,
slightly contracted at orifice, %-}4in. across; rim
broad and concave: caps, well sunk. March-Aug.
F.v.M. Eucal. 3:5. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 5-8.—
Will grow on poor soil but does not endure severe
drought. Much valued in Austral, for bees: wood used
only for cheap, rough work.
58. stellulata, Sieb. Small tree: bark becoming black
and furrowed, deciduous in layers, smooth above: Ivs.
elliptic or lanceolate, 2-4 in. long; principal veins almost
parallel to the midrib: fls. very small, numerous; buds
ovoid, in star-like nearly
sessile umbels; lid conic,
acute, about equaling the
tube; stamens under 2 lines
long; anthers reniform,
opening by divergent slits:
fr. nearly glo-
bose, about 2
lines thick. F.
v.M. Eucal. 6:9.
Maiden, Grit.
Rev. Eucal. 25.
— Timber of but
little value;
scarcely used except for
fuel.
59. coriacea, A. Cunn.
(E. paudfldra, Sieb.). Tree,
often tall, with spreading
branches and slender
somewhat pendulous twigs :
outer bark deciduous;
inner bark smooth, pale
gray: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate
or lanceolate, 4-8 in. long,
thick, smooth; lateral veins almost parallel to the mid-
rib: fls. 5-10; buds club-shaped; umbels distinctly
peduncled; lid hemispheric, obtuse or with a short
point, twice or thrice shorter than the tube; stamens
2-3 lines long; anthers reniform, opening by divergent
slits: fr. pear-shaped, truncate, 3-4 lines thick. Nov.-
Feb. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:6 (as E, pauciflora). Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 26, 27, 28 (figs. 1, 2).— A high-moun-
tain tree and one of the hardiest species. Cattle browse
on the foliage in seasons of drought: timber used for
fuel and fences; warps badly. Trees sometimes badly
affected with scale.
60. corynocalyx, F. v. M. SUGAR GUM. Fig. 1428.
Tree, to 120 ft.: bark smooth: Ivs. elongate-lanceolate;
veins oblique: lid almost hemispheric, projecting
beyond the calyx-tube; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers
short-oblong, opening by distinct parallel slits: fr.
almost egg-shaped, nearly Hm- long by 3-4 lines thick;
rim thin; caps, deeply sunk. June-Nov. F.v.M. Eucal.
2:2. G.C. II. 12:593.— A valuable drought-resistant
species but does not endure temperatures below 20-25°.
Timber close-grained and hard, of a yellowish white
color: very durable underground: grown in Calif, for
railway ties. An ornamental tree used for roadside
planting in S. Calif. : affords much bee pasturage.
61. buprestium, F. v. M. Shrub, to 20 ft.: Ivs. nar-
row, acute, 2-3 in. long: lid hemispherical, obtuse,
shorter than calyx-tube; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers
opening by short divergent slits: fr. nearly globular,
the orifice much contracted, %-l in. across; rim
depressed. July-Oct. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:1. — Valuable
for bees.
62. diversicolor, F. v. M. (E. colldsea, F. v. M. E.
diversicolor var. colldsea, Hort.). KARRI. Fig. 1429.
Very tall symmetric tree: bark smooth, white: Ivs.
dark green and shining above; veins very diverging: lid
obtusely conical, not wider than calyx-tube; stamens
4 lines long; anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits:
fr. ovoid-truncate, about lAm. long by 4-5 lines thick;
1158
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
rim rather thick; caps, deeply sunk. Feb.-May,
and again in Nov. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:4. — Thrives near
the coast but does not endure well the dry heat of
the interior: too tender for the San Joaquin Valley.
A rapid grower, profuse bloomer, and considered a
good tree for bees. Timber very hard, durable, of a
light red color, and takes a fine polish: suitable for
furniture, wagon work, ties, and general construction.
63. salmonophlSia, F. y. M. Finally tall: Ivs. nar-
rowly lanceolate, 2-5 in. long, shining; oil-dots
copious: lid broadly conical, slightly longer than the
tube; anthers roundish, opening by parallel slits: fr.
semi-ovate, narrowed at base, 2 lines thick; valves
much exserted, long-pointed. F.v.M. Eucal. 9:6.
64. rostrata, Schlecht. RED GUM, Fig. 1430. Tree,
to 200 ft.: bark of mature trunks dark gray, either
smooth and deciduous or somewhat persistent near the
base and then checking into thick scales or even fur-
rowed; bark of seedlings and twigs reddish: Ivs. nar-
rowly lanceolate, acuminate, 4-6 in. or more long:
calyx-tube hemispheric; lid usually hemispheric and
provided with a narrowed point or beak, sometimes
merely conical and not beaked, rarely over 3 lines long;
stamens 2-4 lines long; anthers oblong, opening by
parallel slits: fr. nearly globular, rarely above 3 lines
thick; rim broad, prominent; valves entirely pro-
truding, even before they open. April-July. F.v.M.
Eucal. 4:7. — One of the most valuable species; next
to the sugar gum and forest gray-gum perhaps the most
drought-resistant; withstands frosts better than blue-
gum; endures the intense heat of Imperial Valley, on
the Colorado Desert; grows where the ground is inun-
dated for a considerable time; makes a good growth in
alkali soils, yet best results are secured only on good
soil, especially if moist and with a clayey subsoil. A
slow-growing species in regard to height, but one of the
first in regard to diam. -growth (Ingham). Timber
1430. Eucalyptus rostrata (XH). No. 64.
very durable, both above and below ground: heavy,
takes a good polish: light red to deep red in color: not
so strong as sugar and blue -gums and trees more
irregular in growth: suitable for railroad-ties, piles,
fence-posts, and the like: difficult to work when dry,
therefore scarcely suitable for furniture. Blossoms
supply honey to bees.
65. tereticornis, Smith. FOREST GRAY GUM.
FLOODED GUM. Bark and the general characters as in
E. rostrala: Ivs. rather broadly lanceolate: calyx-tube
turbinate; lid slenderly conical, acuminate, rarely
abruptly beaked, 3-6 lines long, always much longer
than the tube; stamens 3-6 lines long: fr. obovoid or
nearly globular, 3-4 lines thick; rim very broad and
prominent; valves protruding. April-July. F.v.M.
Eucal. 9:8. — Closely related to E. rostrata; usually
coarser, the Ivs. broader, peduncles and pedicels
stouter, and fr. larger; yet variable in all these charac-
ters. According to Ingham, this species has an erect
habit of growth, while E. rostrata grows very crookedly.
Withstands fully as wide a range in temperature,
moisture, and soil conditions as does E. rostrata: timber
similar but usually paler in color; more valuable because
of its more regular growth. E. amplifolia, Naudin,
known in Calif, as the "Cooper" or "round-leaf tereti-
cornis," is a form with large roundish Ivs. when young.
66. macrorhyncha, F. v. M. Tall tree: bark dark
gray, furrowed and fibrous: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate,
3-5 in. long; lower ones broader, thick, and coriaceous;
veins very oblique, prominent: calyx-tube turbinate,
the edge forming a prominent ring with the conical
lid; anthers reniform, opening by divergent slits: fr.
depressed-globose, 4-6 lines thick; rim broad, convex.
F.v.M. Eucal. 1:5. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 39
(figs. 3-21).
67. Gunnii, Hook. f. CIDER GUM. Small, often
scrubby tree: Ivs. thick, shining, less than 3 in. long:
lid shining, hemispherical, short-pointed; stamens 2-3
lines long; anthers nearly oval, opening by parallel
slits: fr. pear-shaped, truncate, 3-4 lines across; rim
thin; valves sometimes slightly protruding. April-
July. B.M. 7808. G.C. II. 19:437; III. 2:781; 11:787.
— A very hardy species: cattle readily browse on the
foliage, as it lacks the peculiarly pungent eucalyptus
odor. Fls. only 3 in the typical form, but this appa-
rently not cult, in Amer.
Var. acervula, Deane & Maiden. Buds and foliage
often of a yellowish cast: fls. usually 4-8 in the
umbel: fr. M-^in. across. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:5 (main
fig.). — The form commonly grown in Calif. Sapwood
yellowish.
Var. undulata, Auct. (E. undulata, Luehm., not of
F. v. M.). SWAMP GUM. Tall tree: Ivs. longer (over 3
in.), often 2 in. broad, somewhat undulate or plane: fr.
top-shaped. — Yields much nectar: flowers earlier than
E. viminalis. Timber strong and useful.
Var. montana, Auct. A mountain form of E. Gun-
nii, the only species which withstands the climate of
the east of England.
68. mellioddra, Cunn. HONEY-SCENTED GUM. YEL-
LOW Box. Spreading tree with somewhat drooping
habit, to 150 ft. high: bark somewhat persistent below,
roughish, brownish gray without, yellowish within,
flaking off above, leaving the branches smooth: Ivs.
narrow, acuminate, 3-5 in. long: fls. small, the calyx
about 2 lines across; lid conic-hemispherical; stamens
2-3 lines long; outer ones sterile; anthers minute,
truncate, opening by terminal pores or short slits: fr.
distinctly stalked, truncate-globular, under 3 lines thick.
Feb.-Aug. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:5. Maiden, Grit. Rev.
Eucal. 61 (figs. 1-14). — Will grow on poor hillside soil
but best growth is made in the valleys. Timber used
in Austral, by wheelwrights and shipbuilders: makes
excellent fuel: fls. particularly rich in nectar and much
sought by bees.
69. odorata, Behr. (E,. cajupiitea, Miq.). Differs
from E. melliodom chiefly in the more erect habit and fr.
which is often nearly sessile, obconic, not or scarcely
contracted at orifice. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:7. Maiden,
Grit. Rev. Eucal. 51 (figs. 9-19). — Grown at Fresno,
Calif. : may be of value for its oil.
70. dorat6xylon, F. v. M. SPEAR- WOOD. Beautiful
shrub or small tree: bark smooth, greenish white: Ivs.
all opposite or nearly so', narrowly lanceolate, acumi-
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1159
nate, mostly under 3 in. long: fls. 4-7 on each recurved
nearly terete peduncle; lid terminating in a rather long
beak; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers ovate-oblong,
opening by parallel slits: fr. ovoid, about 3 lines long,
scarcely as wide. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:4. Maiden, Grit.
Rev. Eucal. 70 (figs. 3-5). — Of ornamental value
because of its slender, graceful habit.
71. marginata, Smith (E, floribunda, Hueg.).
JARRAH. Tall tree under favorable conditions, often
low: bark persistent and somewhat fibrous or flaking
off in strips: Ivs. lanceolate, 3-6 in. long; veins widely
spreading: peduncles sometimes a little flattened; lid
oblong-conical, longer than calyx-tube; stamens 3-4
lines long, all fertile, the outer not inflexed in bud;
anthers cordate-reniform, opening by divergent slits:
fr. subglobose, narrowed to the stalk, J^in. or more
thick, hard, and smooth. April, May. F.v.M. Eucal.
7:5. — Valuable hardwood tree requiring a warm cli-
mate : not yet a success in Amer. Timber easily worked,
takes a fine polish, not attacked by teredo, almost
incombustible: used in England for street-paving and
in Austral, for piles, underground work, telegraph-
poles, ties, flooring, shingles, and general construction.
72. Baileyana, F. v. M. Tall tree: bark persistent
throughout, fibrous: foliage dense and shady: lid
hemispheric; anthers cordate, opening by divergent
slits: fr. globular-urnshaped, scarcely J^in. thick, 3-
celled. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:1.— A "stringybark:" will
grow well on sandy soil. Timber very tough: suitable
for tool-handles: little known.
73. erythronema, Turcz. (E. conoidea, Benth.).
Small tree: bark rough, reddish: Ivs. lanceolate, 1-3
in. long, thick and shining; veins very oblique, obscure:
fls. 2-3, red, distinctly stalked in the usually recurved
umbels; lid hemispheric, acute; stamens about ^in.
long, raised above the border of the calyx by the thick
disk; anthers oblong, opening by longitudinal slits:
fr. top-shaped, truncate, 4-6 lines across; rim raised
above the calyx-border, showing externally as a smooth
ring. Spring. F.v.M. Eucal. 8:2. — A highly orna-
mental species of recent intro.
74. leucoxylon, F. v. M. (E. gracilipes, Naudin).
WHITE IRONBARK. Fig. 1431. Tall tree, usually branch-
ing below: bark mostly deciduous in irregular strips,
smooth, pale : juvenile Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, sessile; adult
Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, grayish or dull green: fls. 2-5,
mostly 3, long-stalked, white or rarely pink; lid semi-
ovate, pointed, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens
very unequal, outer ones often ^in. long and usually
sterile; anthers truncate, opening by apical pores;
stigma much dilated: fr. obovoid, truncate, scarcely
contracted at orifice, 4-5 lines across; rim thick. Nov.-
April. F.v.M. Eucal. 1:4. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal.
56 (figs. 1-12). R.H. 1901, p. 500.— Grows best near
the coast and where there is plenty of rain but will
endure considerable drought and poor soil : withstands
minimum temperatures of 15-20°. Valuable bee tree,
yielding an excellent honey. Timber superior to that
of almost any other eucalypt for certain purposes:
hard and durable, pale brown or white: used in car-
pentry and wheelwrights' work; also for ax-handles,
railroad-ties, and underground work. The form with
pink fls. is highly ornamental. Var. purpfcrea, Hort.,
has bright purple fls.
75. sider6xylon, Cunn. (E. leucdxylon var. siderdxy-
lon, Auct.). RED IRONBARK. Characters mostly as in
E. leucoxylon: usually not branched below: bark per-
sistent, rough, dark red or black: juvenile Ivs. linear-
lanceolate; adult Ivs. green: fls. white or yellowish
except in the vars. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 55 (figs.
5-13). — Wood dark brown or reddish, otherwise
similar to that of E. leucoxylon and climatic require-
ments the same.
Var. rosea, Hort. (E. leucdxylon var. rdsea, Hort.).
Lvs. green: fls. rose-colored. Dec.-June. — A handsome
form and profuse bloomer, distinguished from the pink
form of E. leucoxylon by the rough dark-colored bark.
Var. pallens, Auct. (E. leucdxylon var. pallens,
Benth. E. leucdxylon var.
pdllida, Hort.). Lvs. silvery
gray, not very coriaceous: fls.
red. — A profuse bloomer.
76. longifdlia, Link & Otto.
WOLLYBUTT. Medium-sized or
tall tree : bark of
old trunks per-
sistent, gray,
rough orwrin-
k 1 e d , somewhat
fibrous: Ivs. elon-
gated-lanceolate :
fls. long-stalked;
lid broadly coni-
cal, acute, pale;
stamens fully
all perfect; an-
thers ovate - ob-
long, opening by
parallel slits;
stigma not di-
lated: fr. bell-
shaped or turbi-
nate, truncate,
angular, about
1431. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ( X1A). No. 74.
thick; rim prominent, ascending.
F.v.M. Eucal. 2:4. — Flowering almost continuously:
valuable for bees.
E. annulata, Benth. Shrub or small tree with characters of E.
cornuta, except as follows: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, acuminate:
lid 6-8 lines long, usually incurved: fr. depressed-globose, 4-5 lines
thick, the convex rim protruding as a thick rim. — E. Bosisloana,
F. v. M. Next to E. pilularis in the key but perhaps related to E.
melliodora. Lvs. narrow-lanceolate, copiously dotted, of equal
color on both sides; veins very divergent: fls. few and pedicelled in
the umbels; peduncles somewhat compressed; lid fully as long as
tube, narrow-hemispheric: fr. small, with narrow rim; valves
inclosed. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 49 (figs. 1-4). — E. califArnica,
used by Abbot Kinney in his book entitled "Eucalyptus," has not
been recognized by botanists: also listed as E. Occident alls var.
californica, Kinney.— E. cinerea, F. v. M. Related to E. viminalis.
Bark persistent, fibrous: Ivs. oppsite, sessile, cordate, more or less
white-mealy: fls. 3-7, pedicellate: fr. 3 lines thick, with protruding
valves. — E. dealbdta, A. Cunn. Small tree, near E. viminalis: Ivs.
glaucous, often broad and obtuse: fls. 3-6, small: fr.-rim flat;
valves protruding even before they open. Cult, in Cuba. — E.
Deanei, Maiden. Very close to E. saligna; distinguished chiefly by
its broad sucker Ivs. — E. Faeld Bay (?), Naudin, is a horticultural
form either of E. rostrata or of E. tereticornis: branchlets pen-
dulous. — E. jugalis, Naudin, is a cult, form not yet identified.
— E. Maidenii, F.v.M. Appearance and bark of E. goniocalyx
but peculiar warty buds and caps of E. globulus: branchlets
quadrangular. — E. McCldtchie, Kinney, is a horticultural name
for the large-fld. form of E. Gunnii var. acervula. — E. miniata,
A. Cunn. Placed after E. ficifolia in the key: fls. sessile in
simple umbels, brilliant orange-color: fr. truncate-ovate, nearly
2 in. long. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:4. — E. Mortoniana, Kinney, is a
horticultural species probably referable to E. Maideni. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 79 (figs. 13-14); 80 (figs. 1-12).— E. pdtens,
Benth. Next to E. pilularis in the key: peduncles only slightly
flattened, bearing 3-7 fls.; lid hemispherical, short-pointed, about
half as long as tube : fr. truncate-ovate, 5 lines wide; rim narrow;
caps. sunk. F.v.M. Eucal. 9:5. — E. phaceafdlia, listed by Rich-
ter in Calif. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 217, p. 1011, is probably a mis-
print for E. ficifolia. — E. pinnata, a garden name. J. H. Maiden
suggests that Californian specimens under this name may be E.
coccifera (Crit. Rev. Eucal., p. 143). — E. ritbida, Deane & Maiden.
Characters of E. viminalis, but bark always smooth and white,
often with reddish patches, and the sucker Ivs. broad. — E. uncin-
ata, Turcz. Near E. decipiens in the key and, like it, a shrub: bark
deciduous, smooth: Ivs. very light green, narrow, copiously dark-
dotted; veins fine, widely divergent: filaments kinked; anthers open-
ing by terminal pores: fr. 2-3 lines across; valves little if at all
exserted. F.v.M. Eucal. 4:10. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 62.
— E. urnlgera. Hook. f. Shapely tree with drooping branchlets
and glaucous bluish foliage: bark smooth, pale brown: Ivs. 2-4
in. long, obtuse: fls. mostly 3 in each umbel; peduncles often re-
curved: fr. nearly globose but somewhat urn-shaped, 4-5 lines
wide: caps, much sunk and valves inclosed. Maiden Crit. Rev.
Eucal. 80 (Figs. 13-15).
Other names offered in foreign catalogues are: E. capitellata,
E. consideneana, E. delegatensis, E. divas, E. gonipho-cornuta, E.
loxophleba, E. paludosa, E. Smithii.
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
1160
EUCHARIDIUM
EUCHARIS
EUCHARIDIUM (from the Greek for charming).
Onagracese. Pretty small annuals, one of which (E. con-
cinnum) is well known in gardens.
Three Calif ornian herbs allied to Clarkia ( and often
referred to it), but differing in the calyx-tube being
much prolonged beyond the ovary, and the stamens 4
and opposite the sepals and not append aged at the base;
petals lobed. Cult, simple, as for Clarkia.
concinnum, Fisch. & Mey. (Clarkia concinna, Greene),
is a graceful garden annual, growing 1-2 ft. high, sim-
ple or very nearly so, pubescent or glabrous: Ivs.
small, oblong, petioled, entire: fls. regular, rose-colored,
nearly or quite an inch across; calyx-tube filiform, an
inch or more long; filaments filiform; petals 3-lobed,
the middle lobe not much exceeding the others. B.R.
1962. B.M 3589. — Of easy cult, in any garden soil; a
useful annual.
grandifldrum, Fisch. & Mey. (Clarkia grandiflora,
Greene) . Differs from above in being diffusely branched
from the base, corolla larger, irregular, 3 upper petals
approximate and the other separate and declined, all
the middle lobes long-clawed. There is a var. alba
advertised.
Breweri, Gray (Cldrkia Breweri, Greene. C. Sax-
edna, Greene). 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 1 in. or more long,
lanceolate, entire, short-petioled: corolla irregular;
petals broadly obcordate with the middle -lobe narrow-
spatulate and much exceeding the other lobes; filaments
club-shaped: has a honeysuckle fragrance. Lt jj. B.
EUCHARIS (very graceful, from the Greek). Ama-
rylliddcese. AMAZON LILY. Hothouse bulbous plants
of great beauty and delightful fragrance, blooming in
late winter and
spring and at
other times if the
requisite treat-
ment is given.
Bulb tuni-
cated, 1-2 in.
diam. : Ivs.
broad-ovate,
'./M,!' M | narrowed into
\/M It \ \ distinct petioles,
W//I prominently
/LJ ,1 , parallel -ribbed,
radical: fls.
white, in um-
bels, very showy,
standing on long
stout scapes;
perianth -tube
straight or
curved, the
throat dilated;
segms. broad
and spreading;
perianth-cup
either entire or
toothed between
the filaments:
ovules 2 to many
in each of the 3
locules. — Six or
8 handsome spe-
cies from Colom-
bia. The species
are confused.
E. grandiflora
(known to gar-
deners as E. amazoniea), E. Candida and E. subedentata
are the well-marked types. The fls. in Fig. 1432,
adapted from authentic plates, will distinguish the
types. Hybridizes with Urceolina (see Urceocharis).
The Amazon lilies, as eucharis are popularly called,
1432. Eucharis. Leaf of E. grandiflora,
and fls. of a, E. subedentata; b, E. Sanderi;
c, E. grandiflora; d, E. Candida.
are among the most desirable of warmhouse bulbous
plants, being not only very beautiful but also very free
in the production of flowers. When grown in pots, they
require a coarse fibrous soil, composed chiefly of rotted
sod, and enriched with about one-fourth of dry cow-
manure and a sprinkling of bone-dust. The pots should
be well drained, for much water is needed during the
growing season, but frequent potting should be avoided
as the roots are impatient of disturbance. Shading
from full sunshine is required, except during the winter
months, and a night temperature of 65° to 70° is best
for these plants. By drying off the eucharis to some
extent for a few weeks, a crop of flowers may be had
at almost any season, providing the bulbs are strong
and healthy, but they should never be dried to such a
degree that all the foliage is lost, else the bulbs will be
much weakened. Good results are also had from plant-
ing out the eucharis on a bench in a warmhouse, the
soil and treatment being much the same as for pot-
grown specimens. The only insects liable to give much
trouble in connection with these plants are mealy-bugs
and thrips, and these may be controlled by thorough
syringing. (W. H. Taplin.)
grandifldra, Planch. (E. amazoniea, Lind.). AMAZON
LILY. STAR OF BETHELHEM (a name also applied to
Ornithogalum). Fig. 1432. Bulb globular, 2 in. diam.:
Ivs. 2-4 to each stem, the petiole about 12 in. long;
If .-blade 1 ft. or more long and 5-6 in. broad, oblong:
scape l-2J/£ ft., bearing an umbel of 3-6 large (4 in.
across), very fragrant star-like fls. on pedicels nearly
or quite 1 in. long; segms. spreading, oblong and obtuse;
tube of perianth cylindrical and curved, 2 in. long;
cup forming a distinct projecting tube. B.M. 4971.
F.S. 9:957; 12:1216-17. Gn. 48, p. 217; 59, p. 25; 61,
p. 125; 63, pp. 71, 131; 66, p. 412; 76, p. 67; 77, p. 418.
G.C. III. 7:193; 16:665; 28:115; 35:117; 41:71; 51:
141. R.H. 1912, p. 115. G. 3:407; 9:301 (E. amazoniea
var. grandiflora)', 10:5. G.L. 21:476. G.M. 46:83.
G.W. 2, p. 87. G.Z. 2:1. A.F. 5:363; 8:445. F.E.
8:1000. F.R. 1:11; 2:364. Var. Modrei, Baker, has
smaller, rounder and thicker Ivs., and smaller fls. with
the cup lined with yellow. — Of all warm greenhouse
bulbous flowering plants, E. grandiflora (E. amazoniea
of the gardener) stands without a rival in the purity
and beauty of its bloom. — Prop, by offsets, but one
must always bear in mind that these plants do not
like to be disturbed much at the roots, and it will be
some time before they recover from the operation of
being divided. The spring is the best time to separate
the bulbs. Turn the plant out of its pot, and take a
hose with a gentle pressure on it and wash all the loam
carefully away from the roots, care being taken to
break as few as possible. — It thrives well in a good turfy
loam. Add about a third of dried cow-manure, with
as much sand and charcoal to keep the whole porous.
The pots should be well drained with crocks, as these
plants will never do well if the soil gets into a "sour"
condition. Three bulbs to a 6-inch pot are enough, but
if large specimens are desired for exhibitions, increase
the number and the size of pot, having in view what is
desired. Do not give much water after plants are
divided, until growth has begun. When they are grow-
ing vigorously, a copious supply of water is required.
A temperature of 65° by night should be maintained,
and during the day it may run to 80° or 85*. The air
should never be allowed to become "stagnant." This
applies, of course, to all kinds of plants grown in glass
structures. It must be remembered that in their native
place the plants grow outdoors, and in heating green-
houses allowance should be made for the free admis-
sion of fresh air at all times. Eucharis like a light shade
over them during the brightest part of the day, but
from about the end of Sept. until March they will
stand all the sun possible. E. grandiflora can be flowered
2 or 3 times during the year. — When the Ivs. are fully
matured, cease watering until signs of flagging of the
EUCHARIS
EUCOMIS
1161
foliage is noticed, then water again to freshen them up.
Keep this treatment up for a month, that is alternately
drying and watering. The temperature may be low-
ered 5° during this resting-period. Start the plants by
giving them a thorough soaking of water, and raise the
temperature again to not less than 65° by night. The
fl.-sts. will soon appear, and they may be watered with
manure water, as advised for Dipladenia, until they
begin to open, when it should be withheld until they
have finished flowering. When the fl.-sts. have all
been removed, a new set of lys. will be meanwhile
pushing up, and they may be again fed as advised above,
until they are fully developed; and again treat them
in every way as before. All the insect pests are liable
to thrive on Eucharis, and the plants may be
fumigated as advised for other greenhouse plants.
Red-spider may be kept down by the syringe. (George
F. Stewart.)
Mastersii, Baker. Bulb globose, often smaller:
If.-blade 8-9 in. long and 4-5 in. broad, oblong, rounded
at the base, exceeding the petiole: scape 1 ft. high,
bearing 2 nearly sessile fls. (2^-3 in. across) in the
umbel, the perianth-segms. ovate and spreading and
shorter than in E. grandiflora; tube slightly curved, 2
in. long; cup forming a shallow frilled or notched collar.
B.M. 6831. G.C. II. 24:721. G.Z. 31, p. 217.— Pos-
sibly a hybrid of E. grandiflora and E. Sanderi.
Candida, Planch. Fig. 1432 d. Bulb globose, bearing
stolons 2 in. diam.: If.-blade 9-15 in. long, 4-5 in.
broad at the middle, oblong, gradually narrowed both
ways, about as long as petiole: scape somewhat flat-
tened, glaucous, \-\Yi ft. high, bearing 6-10 short-
pedicelled fls. in an umbel; segms. oblong, acute, more
or less reflexed; tube 1^-2 in. long, curved; winged
yellow filaments projecting, united at the base only.
F.S.8:788. G. 6:5; 15:289. J.H. III. 61:443. G.Z.
21, p. 194. — Smaller-fld. than E. grandiflora.
Sanderi, Baker. Fig. 1432 b. Bulb ovoid, 1-2 in.
diam.: If.-blade 10-12 in. long and 5-6 in. broad,
oblong, cordate at base, twice longer than petiole:
scape terete, 1 ft., bearing 2-3 nearly sessile fls.; segms.
ovate, 1 in. or more long; tube curved, 2 in. long;
yellowish cup, very narrow, like a collar or rim, and
bearing the short, curved filaments on its edge. B.M.
6676. G.C. II. 19:349. G. 6:277. J.H. III. 52:9.
G.Z. 28, p. 145. — By some thought to be a hybrid of
E. grandiflora and E. Candida. Var. multiflora, Baker.
Fls. smaller, 4-6, striped green. B.M. 6831.
subedentata, Benth. (Calliphruria subedentata,
Baker). Fig. 1432 a. Bulb ovoid, 1}^ in. diam.: If.-
blade 6-8 in. long, 3-4 in. broad, oblong, triangular at
base, about as long as the channeled petiole: scape
slender, 1 ft.; fls. 6-8 on pedicels 1 in. or less long;
tube 1 in. long, funnel-shaped above; segms. oblong,
ascending, 1 in. long; cup wanting or represented only
by obscure teeth on the filaments. B.M. 6289. I.H.
28:415. — A small-fld. species.
E. BakeriAna, N. E. Br. Has the perianth of E. grandiflora
and stamens of E. Candida: fls. 4-6 in the umbel, 2^ in. across,
pure white; tube not enlarging emphatically at the top; cup pro-
jecting from the bases of the segms., not toothed: Ivs. 4 or 5, elliptic,
10-18 in. long, very dark green and closely striate: scape 12-18 in.
B.M. 7144. G.C. III. 7:417; 12:209.— E. burford£nsis, Hort. Sup-
posed hybrid between E. Mastersii and E. Stevensii: fls. bell-
ehaped, over 3 in. across, about 2 in. long. — E. Elmet&na, Sander.
Hybrid of E. Sanderi and E. grandiflora. Easier to grow than E.
Sanderi. G.C. III. 26:345.— E. Lthmannii, Regel. Tls. about 4
in an umbel, \1A in. across, the spreading corona with 12 long,
narrow teeth, the perianth-segms. spreading or reflexed: Ivs. 2,
elliptic-oblong. Gt. 38:1300. — E. Ldwii, Baker. Robust: fls. 4 in.
across, the spreading outer segms. 1 in. wide and the 3 inner ones
incurved: Ivs. larger than those of E. Candida, long-stalked. Per-
haps a natural hybrid of E. grandiflora and E. Sanderi. G.C. III.
13:539. J.H. III. 28:111; 43:276. Gn.W. 10:7.— E. Sttvensii,
N. E. Br. Free-flowering: fls. 3-3 J^ in. across, about 7 in the umbel,
pure white with yellow on the outside of the cup or corona: Ivs.
12-14 in. long: very like E. Sanderi, and a garden hybrid of that
speoies and E. Candida. J.H. III. 30:253. Gn. 46:128. G.C. III.
17;305- L. H. B.
EUCHL^NA (Greek eu, well, chlaina, covering).
Graminese. Annual or perennial grasses, with stout
stems, broad blades and monoecious inflorescence,
occasionally grown in the South for forage and some-
times for ornament.
Staminate infl. in a tassel at the top, the pistillate
in small ears in the axils of the Ivs.; spikelets 1-fld.;
pistillate spike slender, the several joints producing
1-seeded frs. trapezoidal in shape, the surface smooth
and hard. The aspect is that of Indian corn (Zea)
from which it differs in having free slender-jointed pis-
tillate spikes that are not united into a cob. — Only
one species is generally recognized, but there are
probably others, all Mexican or Cent. American.
mexicana, Schrad. (E. luxurians, Dur. & Aschers.
Reana luxurians, Dur.). TEOSINTE. Annual: sts.
strongly cespitose, decumbent and spreading at base,
erect above, 5-10 ft. or even more, leafy. Dept.
Agric., Div. Agrost. 20: 11. —Occasionally cult, for
forage in the Gulf states. The seed rarely matures
north of S. Fla. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, pp.
638-9. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
EUCNIDE (Greek-made word, referring to the sharp
nettle-like hairs). Loasacese. Several N. American
annual or biennial herbs, by some authors referred to
Mentzelia. Plants with stinging hairs: Ivs. alternate
or the lower ones opposite, cordate or ovate, more or
less lobed: fls. yellow or white; calyx-tube oblong, the
limb persistent, 5-lobed; petals 5, united at the base and
inserted on the throat of the calyx; stamens numerous,
the filaments filiform; ovary 1-loculed, bearing a 5-
cleft style. E. bartonioides, Zucc. (Mentzelia bar-
tonioides, Benth. and Hook.), is sometimes cult. It is a
pretty summer-flowering annual, thriving in warm gar-
den soil. Sts. about 1 ft., somewhat succulent, more or
less decumbent, hispid-hairy: Ivs. alternate, petioled,
broad-ovate and toothed-lobed : fls. large, on long
pedicels, opening in sunshine, the petals ovate-pointed,
the numerous yellow hair-like stamens projecting and
brush-like. Mex., New Mex., and Texas. B.M. 4491
(as Microsperma bartonioides). Gt. 5:320. L, jj_ 3.
EUCODONIA is referred to Achimenes. E. Eheren-
bergii, Hanst.=^4.. landta, Hanst (See p. 208, Vol. I).
It is offered abroad. E. megelioides, }Hort.=Eucodon6p-
sis nagelicndes, Van Houtte, being a hybrid between
Eucodonia Ehrenbergii and Nsegelia zebrina splendens.
Fls. single on the summits of the peduncles, declined,
rose-purple. F.S. 16:1608. Var. lilacinella, Van
Houtte, has large fls. white at the throat and striped
and pointed with purple, and lilac-marbled on the
limb. F.S. 18:1858-9.
EUCOMIS (Greek, beautiful hair or topknot). Lilia-
ce%. Cape bulbs, half-hardy, producing radical rosettes
of long leaves and a strong peduncle or scape bearing
a raceme of greenish or whitish flowers more or less
tinged with color, the cluster crowned or topped with
a coma of leafy bracts (it is from this coma or crest
that the generic name is taken).
Bulb tunicated: peduncle simple: Ivs. lorate or
oblong, often tinged or spotted with purple: fls. reg-
ular, 6-parted, rotate; stamens 6; ovary broad and
short; style cylindrical and stigma capitate: caps. 3-
valved.— Species about 12, African, nearly all from S.
Afr. Prop, by offsets. The bulbs may remain in the
open if in a warm place and well protected; some of
them stand considerable frost, and bloom in spring.
Of easy cult. Let the bulbs remain where planted. In
the N. treated as glasshouse plants.
A. Scape club-shaped.
regia, Ait. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8,
obtuse, not undulate toward the edge, to 1J^ ft. long
and 3-4 in. broad: scape 3-6 in. long, bearing a dense
1162
EUCOMIS
EUGENIA
oblong raceme 3-6 in. long; fls. green, J^in. long, the
segms. oblong, and stamens half as long as perianth:
crown of 12-20 oblong, acute, crisped Ivs. S. Afr.
nana, Ait. Bulb 2 in. diam.: Ivs. about 8, obtuse,
firm, purplish on back toward the base, to 2 ft. long,
3-4 in. broad above the middle: scape short, 1 in.
thick at top, spotted purple; raceme with more or less
purple, 3-4 in. long, dense, the fls. nearly sessile:
perianth green, %in. long, the segms. oblong; crown of
12-20 oblong acute Ivs. S. Afr.
Jacquinii, C. H. Wright. Differs from the above,
with which it has been confused, in broader and
shorter Ivs. less tapering at base, and no purple in the
infl. S. Afr.
AA. Scape cylindrical.
B. Pedicels short.
undulata, Ait. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam.: lys.
6-9, strap-shaped, to 1H ft. long, 2-3 in. broad, thin,
not spotted on back, spreading or recurving, undulate:
ecape 1 ft. or less, bearing a dense raceme 3-6 in. long;
perianth green, 3^m. long, the segms. oblong or
oblanceolate: crown of 12-30 crisped Ivs. S. Afr.
B.M. 1083. G.W. 15, p. 305.
BB. Pedicels long, erect-spreading.
punctata, L'Her. PINEAPPLE FLOWER. Bulb glo-
bose, 2-3 in. diam. : Ivs. 6-9, erect-spreading, long and
narrow, to 2 ft. long and 2-3 in. broad, channeled, not
undulate, brown-spotted beneath: scape 1 ft., spotted;
raceme lax, cylindrical, to 1 ft. long; fls. green, Kin.
long, the ovary brown: crown of 12-20 oblong acute
Ivs. S. Afr. B.M. 913. F.S. 22:2307. G.W. 5, p. 121;
9, p. 5. J.H. III. 52:141. Gn. 70, p. 295. G. 19:291;
22:520; 27:409; 32:675. F.E. 31:1080.— A form with
Ivs. striped beneath with brown is var. stridta, Sims.
B.M. 1539.
bicolor, Baker. Bulb large and globose: Ivs. 5-6,
strap-shaped, thin, not spotted, undulate, to 2 ft. long
by 3-4 in. broad: scape 1-1 H ft. long; raceme to 1 ft.
long, dense at top; stamens and margins of perianth-
segms. bright purple, otherwise close to E. punctata:
crown of 12-20 oblong acute Ivs. usually margined
with red-purple. S. Afr. B.M. 6816. G.W. 14, p. 468.
L. H. B.
EUCOMMIA (Greek, eu, well, and kommi, gum;
alluding to the fact that the plant contains rubber).
Eucommiaceas. Deciduous tree grown for its handsome
foliage and also for its possibility as a hardy rubber-
producing tree.
Branches with laminate pith: winter-buds conspicu-
ous, with imbricate scales: Ivs. alternate, petioled, ser-
rate, without stipules: fls. dioecious, without perianth,
solitary in the axils of bracts at the base of the young
shoots and precocious; staminate fls. pedicelled; sta-
mens 6-10 with very short filaments and elongated
linear anthers; pistillate fls. short-pedicelled with a
1-celled, 2-ovuled stipitate ovary, bifid at the apex, the
lobes stigmatic on the inside: fr. a compressed winged
nutlet.— -One species in Cent. China, not closely related
to any other genus; it was first placed with the
Trochodendracese or Magnohaceae and afterward with
the Hamamelidacese, but is now generally considered as
representing a distinct family allied to the last named.
Eucommia is an upright-growing vigorous tree with
rather large elliptic dark green foliage, inconspicuous
precocious flowers and winged fruits; in habit and
foliage it resembles somewhat an elm tree. In China
the bark is a most valued medicine. The tree contains
rubber in all its parts, particularly in the young growth
and in the bark. Though the rubber has proved to be
of good quality, it is apparently difficult of extraction
and not present in sufficient quantity to make the
commercial exploitation of the tree pay; therefore the
hopes which have been set in this "hardy rubber tree"
will probably never realize. The tree has proved per-
fectly hardy as far north as Massachusetts and grows
well in a loamy humid soil. Propagation is by seeds and
by greenwood cuttings under glass.
ulmoides, Oliver. Tree, to 60 ft. : Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-
ovate, acuminate, broadly cuneate at the base, serrate,
glabrous, glossy and dark green above, pubescent below
when young, 3-7 in. long: samara oblong, bifid at the
apex, 1M-1H in. long. April; fr. in Oct. Cent. China.
H.I. 20:1950. R.H. 1909, p. 226. M.D.G. 1912:11,
613. ALFRED REHDER.
EUCRtPHIA (Greek for well covered). Eucryphia-
cex; formerly referred to Rosacese, A very few southern
hemisphere resinous trees or shrubs, with opposite
evergreen simple or pinnate Ivs. and showy white fls. :
sepals 4, free; petals 4, broad; stamens very many;
ovary free, 5-18-celled: fr. a hard dehiscent caps. E.
pinnatifolia, Gay, is a shrub or small tree, hardy in
parts of England, with large white hypericum-like
4-petaled fls. and rose-like foliage, from Chile. B.M.
7067. G.C. II. 14:337; III. 9:613; 10:217; 15:109;
23 : 15 (fr.); 30: 351. Gn. 63, p. 281; 77, p. 423. G.29:96;
33:25. F.S.R. 1, p. 41. Gn.W. 9:821. G.M. 53:203.
E. cordifolia, Cav., has simple serrate Ivs. B.M. 8209.
G. 33:607. G.C. III. 22:247; 42:259; 44:129. Gn.
70, p. 190; 73, p. 471. — Neither of these is in the Ameri-
can trade. Worthy of trial in the S. There are 2 species
(E. Billardieri, Spach, and E. Moorei, Muell.) in Tas-
mania and New S. Wales.
Plants of E. pinnatifolia give much satisfaction in
the open in England although not much known, the
pure white fls. 3 in. diam., and borne more or less in
pairs, being produced in great profusion in late summer;
it grows 8-10 ft. high.
EUGENIA (named in honor of Prince Eugene of
Savoy). Myrtacese. A large group of trees and shrubs,
grown chiefly for their ornamental foliage and berries.
Many tropical species yield edible fruits which are
both eaten out of hand and made into jellies or con-
fections. A number of these have been recently intro-
duced into the warmer parts of the United States,
where they give promise of attaining much impor-
tance. The clove of commerce belongs to this genus.
Evergreen trees and shrubs: Ivs. opposite, mostly
entire and finely penniveined: fls. white or creamy or
the numerous stamens yellowish : fr. a drupe-like berry,
usually globular or pear-shaped, 1-5-seeded. Habit
and infl. of Myrtus, which see for cult, and prop.
aromatica, 8.
asperifolia, 4.
australis, 5.
brasiliensis, 1.
caryophyllata, 8.
Caryophyllus, 8.
INDEX.
Dombeyi, 1.
jambolana, 9.
Jambos, 6.
macrophytta, 7.
malaccensis, 7.
Michelii, 2.
microphylla, 4.
myrtifolia, 5.
Pitanga, 3.
uniflora, 2.
vulgaris, 6.
A. Fls. solitary on axillary peduncles; petals not united.
(Eugenia proper.)
1. brasiliensis, Lam. (E. Ddmbeyi, Skeels). GRUMIX-
AMEIRA of Brazil. Tree, to 50 ft., glabrous or the infl.
obscurely puberulent: Ivs. oval or obovate-oblong,
tapering at base, obtuse, 2^4-5 in. long, 1-2^ in.
broad: peduncles 1-2 in. long, much exceeding the
scales which subtend them: fr. edible, scarlet, black at
maturity, the size of a cherry. Brazil. B.M. 4526.
R.H. 1845:425.— Cult, in S. Calif. The frs. are candied
and eaten in the tropics.
2. unifldra, Linn., not Berg. (E. Michelii, Lam.).
PITANGA. SURINAM CHERRY. Shrub, 5-20 ft., glab-
rous: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, obtuse at base, glossy, 1-2
in. long, exceeding the peduncles: berry %-l in. diam.,
ribbed, resembling a miniature tomato, edible, with a
spicy acid flavor. Trop. Brazil. R.H. 1889, p. 532.—
Hardy in S. Fla. and in S. Calif. Much esteemed for
EUGENIA
EULOPHIA
1163
jellies. Useful also as a pot-plant, producing an abun-
dance of showy red frs.
3. Pitanga, Kiaersk. PITANGA. Low shrub, young
foliage and branchlets reddish pubescent: Ivs. elliptic-
oblong, acute at base, l%-3 in. long: berry red, sub-
globose, obscurely 8-nerved, about %in. diam. S.
Brazil and adjacent Argentine. — Intro, into S. Calif, by
Franceschi.
4. microphylla, A. Rich., not Bedd. nor Rich, ex
Berger (E asperifolia, Berg). Branchlets and infl. pilose:
Ivs. small, oval, acute, glabrous, longer than the
peduncles: fr. unknown. Cuba. — Species other than
the true E. microphylla apparently have been intro.
under this name.
AA. Fls. in cymes or panicles; petals spreading, not
united. (Jambosa. Caryophyllus.)
5. myrtifdlia, Sims (E. australis, Wendl. Jambbsa
myrtifblia, Ndz.). AUSTRALIAN BRUSH CHERRY. Tree,
attaining 80 ft., glabrous: Ivs. oval or oblong-lanceo-
1433. Flower of rose-apple, Eugenia Jambos. (Natural size.)
late, mostly acute, lJ^-3 in. long: fls. white: fr. red,
ovoid, nearly 1 in. long, with an acid taste. Austral.
B.M.2230. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 4:8.— Hardy in
the S. Much used in Calif, as an ornamental tree and
for clipped hedges. The foliage is dense and glossy,
green when mature, tinged with wine-red on the grace-
fully spreading young shoots. Frs. sometimes used in
jelly-making.
6. Jimbos, Linn. (Jambbsa vulgdris, DC. Jambosa
Jdmbos, Millsp.). ROSE-APPLE. JAMROSADE. JAMBOS.
Fig. 1433. Tree, 20^30 ft., glabrous: Ivs. lanceolate,
very acuminate, 5-£ in. long, 1-2 in. broad, thick and
shining: fls. greenish white: fr. pyriform, lJ^-2 in.
thick, white or yellowish, tinged with rose-color, edible
but rather insipid, fragrant. E. Indies. B.M. 1696.
Gn. 75, p. 616. — Hardy in Calif, as far north as San
Francisco. Grown for its rich foliage and showy fls.
Frs. much used in the tropics for jelly-making and
in confectionery.
74
7. malaccensis, Linn. (E. macrophylla, Lam., not
Berg. Jambbsa malaccensis, DC.). LARGE-FRUITED
ROSE APPLE. JAMBOS. Glabrous tree: Ivs. oblong to
elliptic, acute, 5-10 in. long, 2-4 in. wide: fls. purple:
fr. fragrant, red, oboyoid, about 2 in. diam., with apple-
like flavor. Polynesia. — More tender than E. Jambos,
but the foliage more luxuriant and the frs. larger.
8. aromfitica, Baill., not Berg (Caryophyllus aromdti-
cus, Linn. E. caryophylldta, Thunb. Jambosa Caryo-
phyllus, Ndz.). CLOVE TREE. Lvs. ovate-oblong,
acute, strongly tapering to the conspicuous petiole,
2-5 in. long, coriaceous, dotted; lateral veins numerous,
parallel, the cross- veinlets obscure: fls. in terminal
trichotomous cymes, pale purple, only J^in. across.
Moluccas. — Widely cult, in the tropics. Apparently
not suited to even the warmer parts of U. S. The fls.
are the cloves of commerce. See Cloves..
AAA. Fls. in cymes or panicles; petals united into a
calyptra. (Syzygium.)
9. jambolana, Lam. (Syzygium jambolana, DC.).
JAMBOLAN, or JAMBOLAN PLUM. Tall shrub or tree: Ivs.
broadly oblong, very broad at summit but often shortly
apiculate, 2>£-5 in. long, l%-4 in. wide, thick and
shining: berry edible, varying from the size of a cherry
to that of a pigeon's egg. E. Indies. — Grown at Santa
Barbara, Calif., where, according to Franceschi, the
trees become large and flower profusely but never
ripen fr.
E. Alba, Roxbg., Malaya, may be known by its sessile ovate-
oblong Ivs. and branched peduncles. Intro, into S. Calif, by
Franceschi. — E. apiculata, DC., Chile, has oval apiculate Ivs.
shorter than the mostly 1-fld. peduncles, and a pubescent infl.
Gt. 890. Perhaps not now grown in N. Amer. — E. caulifldra, DC.,
bears fls. and frs. in sessile clusters along the woody branches and
the main trunk down nearly to the ground: fr. about J£in. diam.,
purple. Brazil. Intro, by Franceschi, and by U. S. Dept.
Agnc. (as Myrciaria cauliflora, Berg). — E. costaricensis. Berg.,
Lvs. oblong. 2-3 in. long: fls. in sessile axillary umbels;
pedicels Jiin. long: fr. obovoid, glabrous, small. Cent.
Amer. — E. edidis. Veil. Branchlets, petioles, and young
foliage f errugineous-pubescent : Ivs. willow-like, slenderly
acuminate: fr. orange-color or yellow, downy, the size of an
apple. Brazil. Intro, by Franceschi, and by the the U. S.
Dept. Agric. (as Myrciaria edulis, Skeels). Stands drought
wefl. — E. littoralis, Panch. Lvs. spatulate, obtuse, subcordate
at base: fls. sessile, fasciculate-congested; infl. pubescent: fr.
puberulent, subglobose, about Hin. diam., fragrant, sweet to
the taste. New Caledonia. Intro, into Calif, by Franceschi.
— E. Litma, Berg=E. apiculata. — E. Mato, Uriseb. Lvs.
ovate, obtuse, about 1 J3 in. long: fls. solitary on peduncles much
shorter than Ivs. Argentine. Intro, by Franceschi, who describes
the fr. as orange-colored, ribbed, and about 1 in. diam., and by the
U, S. Dept. Agric. — E. myrioph^Ua, Casar. Growing parts pubes-
cent: Ivs. mostly ternate, very narrowly linear, %-l \^ in. long,
much exceeding the solitary peduncles. Brazil. — E. pungent,
Berger. Young parts pilose: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, spine-tipped, 2-3
in. long, J^-1 in. broad, much exceeding the simple peduncles in
their axils: fr. depressed-globose, puberulent, small. Brazil. Intro,
by Franceschi, and by the U. S. Dept. Agric. — E. pyrifdrmis, Camb.
Lvs. myrtle-like but white tomentose beneath, about equaled by
the branched peduncles: fr. pear-shaped, yellow, puberulent,
edible. Brazil. Intro, in Calif, by Franceschi. — E. Ugni, Hook &
Arn.=MyrtU8 Ugni. — E. Uvdlha, Camb., not Miq. Growing
parts and infl. pubescent: Ivs. oblong, narrowed at base, obtuse,
1-2 in. long, much exceeding the simple peduncles: fr. yellow, size
and shape of a small pear, edible. Brazil. Intro, by Franceschi.
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
EULALIA: Miscanihus.
EULOPHIA (Greek, handsome crest). Orchiddceae.
Terrestrial orchids, requiring warmhouse conditions.
Rather small plants with membranaceous Ivs. and
conspicuous pseudobulbs: scape basal, several-fld.;
sepals and petals spreading, similar, ascending; label-
lum 3-lobed; pollima 2. — About 50-60 species, in the
tropics of both hemispheres. The cult, of Calanthe
will apply to this genus.
maculata, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed :
Ivs. ovate, spotted or blotched: fls. small; upper sepal
hood-shaped, lateral ones acuminate, reddish brown;
petals broader, white or pale rose; labellum cordate,
with 2 crimson spots, triangular in outline, near the base,
otherwise white. Brazil. B.R. 618 (as Angraecum).
1164
EULOPHIA
EUPATORIUM
scripta, Lindl. Lvs. linear, subdistichous : fls. purple
and yellow; sepals and petals linear-oblong; labellum
3-lobed, lateral lobes rotund at the apices. Madagascar.
E. Cdlese, Rolfe. A slender-growing species with aloe-like bra. —
E. Lubbersiana, Laurent & Th. Dur. Allied to E. maculata: Ivs.
dark green, marbled with white. Afr. — E. nitda, Lindl. Scape about
2 ft. tall, many-fld. ; fls. ranging from rose-purple to pink, or yellow-
ish green; lip nearly entire, recurved. India and China. B.M.
8057. — E. paniculdta, Rolfe. Pseudobulbs tufted, bearing 2 strap-
shaped Ivs.: fls. numerous; petals and lip yellowish green dotted
with purple. Madagascar. — E. undulata, Rolfe. Scape about 1 ft.
high, of slender growth; petals and lip pale green, the latter with
3 prominent keels on the disk. Rhodesia. — E. Woodfdrdii, Rolfe.
With tall many-fld. infl. ; fls. green with dull claret-purple lip. Old
Calabar. GEORGE V. NASH.J
EULOPHIELLA (a diminutive of Eulophia). Orchi-
ddcex. Orchids in habit resembling a small cyrtopodium.
Flowers in many-fld. racemes; sepals and petals
similar, concave; lip 3-lobed, spurless; column with a
curved foot; pollinia 2. — Species 2. They require the
conditions and treatment given Cyrtopodium.
Elisabethae, Hook. Lvs. nearly 2 ft. long, plicate:
scape stout; raceme many-fld.; fls. about 1 J^ in. across;
sepals and petals white, the former marked with rose
on the outside; lip white with a golden disk. Mada-
gascar. B.M. 7387. G.C. III. 45:407. C.O.I. O.K. 6:
177; 20: 137.
Peetersiana, Kranzl. Bulbs 1 ft. long: raceme dense;
fls. nearly 3 in. across, rose-purple; lip with a golden
blotch. Madagascar. G.M. 51:267. C.0. 2. O.K.
6: frontispiece; 20:138.
E. H&melinii, Rolfe. Resembling E. Peetersiana in habit but
Ivs. narrower and fls. smaller. Madagascar.
GEORGE V. NASH.
EU6NYMUS: Evonymus.
EUPATORIUM (named for an ancient king of
Pontus said by Pliny to have employed one of this
group of plants in medicine). Composite. JOE-PYE
WEED. THOROUGHWORT. BONESET. HEMP AGRIMONY.
MIST-FLOWER. Chiefly perennial herbs, a few species
annual, many of the tropical ones shrubby or even arbo-
rescent; some of them hardy border plants, others
grown in coolhouses as florists' plants, and others in
warmhouses for the attractive foliage.
Heads rayless, mostly in dense flat-topped or rounded
clusters, less frequently in open panicles, the florets
(rarely 1-4) mostly 5 or more in each head, perfect,
the 2 style-branches long, threadlike or club-shaped,
protruding far out of the tube of the floret; involucre
cylindrical to hemispherical, its scales in 2 to many
overlapping ranks: achenes 5-angled, crowned with a
well-developed pappus of hair-like mostly white bris-
tles: Ivs. mostly opposite: fls. purple, rose-colored or
white, more rarely lilac or bluish violet, never yellow.
— At least 600 species, chiefly of Mex., the W. Indies,
and Trpp. S. Amer. Certain species, now botanically
placed in Eupatorium, still appear in trade catalogues
and seed-lists under the names Hebeclinium and Cono-
clinium. Others have been confused with Ageratum.
Of this large and varied genus relatively few species
have been brought into cultivation. Of these, there are
two classes, namely certain warm-country species
adapted only to glasshouse culture, and on the other
hand a few native North American species (as well as
the hemp agrimony of Europe), more or less tractable
in cultivation, especially as components in making up
mixed hardy borders. The glasshouse species are seen
only in the larger or amateur collections, as a rule,
although a few have been long in European cultiva-
tion. Of the hardy species, some, reputed medicinal,
are found in old gardens. The glasshouse species
demand the general treatment of Piqueria (Stevia of
florists) — a cool or intermediate temperature and pot
culture. They are easy to grow, and propagate readily
by cuttings. They are useful for winter bloom, the
heads, though individually small, being aggregated in
showy masses.
INDEX.
adenanthum, 11.
glabratum, 16.
omphalixfolium, 8.
adenophorum, 11.
glandulosum, 11.
pazcuarense, 15.
ageratoides, 25.
glechonophyllum, 14.
perfoliatum, 21.
album, 23.
grandiflorum, 1.
petiolare, 3.
altissimum, 22.
grandifolium, 10.
probum, 12.
americanum, 11.
Haageanum, 14.
purpureum, 18, 21
amoanum, 18.
hecatanthum, 7.
Purpusii, 3.
aralisefolium, 8.
ianthinum, 4.
riparium, 17.
aromaticum, 26.
Kirilowi, 19.
serrulatum, 6.
atrorubens, 1.
Lasseauxii, 5.
sessilifolium, 24.
cannabinum, 19.
latifolium, 16.
trapezoideum, 11.
coelestinum, 20.
ligustrinum, 9.
trieste, 13.
conspicuum, 10.
maculatum, 18.
triste, 13.
cordifolium, 26.
megalophyllum, 2.
truncatum, 21.
elegans, 16.
melisoides, 26.
urticsefolium, 25.
foliis variegatis, 11.
micranthum, 9.
vernale, 13.
foliosum, 18.
monticolum, 3.
Weinmannianum, '
Fraseri, 26.
Morisii, 9.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Glasshouse or warm-country species.
B. Florets pink, purple, lilac, or violet.
c. Involucral scales not ending in
hairy tails.
D. Shape of Ivs. ovate; If. -stalks long.
E. Lvs. heart-shaped.
F. Sts. covered with dense red-
dish wool 1. atrorubens
FF. Sts. green.
G. Panicle dense, terminal:
Ivs. mucronate-toothed . . 2. megalophyl-
GG. Infl. lax, partly axillary: [lum
Ivs. crenate-toothed 3. Purpusii
EE. Lvs. pointed or blunt at base . . . 4. ianthinum
DD. Shape of Ivs. lanceolate or oblong;
If.-stalks short.
E. Lvs. alternate: heads many-fld.. 5. Lasseauxii
EE. Lvs. opposite: heads 5-1 2-fld... 6. serrulatum
cc. Involucral scales ending in hairy,
colored tails 7. hecatanthum
BB. Florets white or nearly so (the pappus
sometimes colored).
c. Lvs. leathery, lance-oblong, gla-
brous, entire 8. araliaefolium
cc. Lvs. not leathery, usually somewhat
toothed and hairy.
D. Lf. -blade elliptic-lanceolate, de-
current and crisped on short
stalk 9. micranthum
DD. Lf. -blade round-ovate, toothed
even to the decurrent base 10. conspicuum
ODD. Lf. -blade not decurrent on petiole.
E. Plant glandular-sticky.
F. Heads about y±in. diam 11. glandulosum
FF. Heads about y^in. diam. ... 12. probum
EE. Plant not glandular-sticky.
F. Lvs. velvety beneath: infl.
broad rounded corymb 13. vernale
FF. Lvs. sparingly hairy or soon
glabrate.
G. Shape of Ivs. round- or
triangular-ovate;
margins toothed.
H. Lf. -blade small, y%—
1% in. long 14. glechonophyl-
HH. Lf. -blade larger, 2-4 [lum
in. long 15. pazcuarense
GG. Shape of Ivs. elliptic-
ovate; margins nearly or
quite entire 16. glabratum
GGG. Shape of Ivs. narrowly
lanceolate 17. riparium
AA. Hardy or border plants.
B. Florets flesh-colored, reddish or bluish-
purple,
c. Lvs. lance-oblong, merely toothed,
mostly whorled 18. purpureum
cc. Lvs. deeply 8-parted, opposite 19. cannabinum
ccc. Lvs. broadly ovate, opposite, merely
toothed 20. coslestinum
BB. Florets white or nearly so.
c. Lvs. perfoliate (united around the
st.) 21. perfoliatum
cc. Lvs. not perfoliate.
D. Lf. -blade lanceolate, the base nar-
rowed and scarcely stalked.
EUPATORIUM
EUPATORIUM
1165
E. Scales of involucre blunt,
gray-velvety 22. altissimum
EK. Scales sharp, smoothish, with
thin white edge 23. album
DD. Lf. -blade ovate-lanceolate, sessile
by a rounded base 24. sessilif olium
DDD. Lf. -blade broadly ovate, usually
well stalked.
E. The Ivs. taper-pointed, sharply
toothed 25. urticeefolium
EE. The Ivs. mostly blunt and
bluntly toothed 26. aromaticum
1. atr6rubens, Nichols. (Hebeclinium atrorubens,
Lcm.). Lvs. large, ovate, short-stalked, heart-shaped
at base, opposite, toothed, covered on the edge and
veins with long reddish -or claret-colored hair: heads red
or purple, in a very large red-rayed truss. S. Mex.
I. H. 9:310. — A stately species with fine foliage and
richly colored fls., but said to be difficult to grow. Rare
in cult. Closely related, if not identical, is E. grandi-
florum, Andr6, though figured with smaller heads of
redder color. R.H. 1882:384.
2. megalophyllum, Klatt (Hebeclinium macrophyl-
lum, Lem., not DC. H. megalophyllum, Lem.). Half-
shrub, robust: Ivs. opposite, round, more or less heart-
shaped, very large, the lower sometimes more than a
foot in diam., veiny: heads in large clusters (1-1 J^ ft.
broad) ; florets rose, the long hairlike styles conspicuous,
bluish. S. Mex. R.H. 1866, p. 351. Gt. 16:548.— Fine
showy species with rich foliage, but apparently rare
and not recently in trade. Needs richly manured soil,
much light, and frequent replanting.
3. Purpftsii, Brandegee (E. peiioldre, Hort., not Moc.
& Sess6). Smoothish or (var. monticolum, Brandegee)
sticky-hairy, loosely branched: Ivs. round-ovate, com-
monly heart-shaped, shortly taper-pointed, bluntly and
rather coarsely toothed: heads slender-stalked, Hin.
diam.; florets at first white, changing rapidly to pink-
ish lilac. Low. Calif. G.C. III. 35:163.— Attractive,
rapid-growing, herbaceous, tender. Weak and needing
support.
4. ianthinum, Hemsl. (Conodinium idnthinum, Morr.
Hebeclinium idnthinum, Hook.). Somewhat shrubby,
the thickish round sts. at first covered with a rusty
purplish pubescence: Ivs. large, ovate, long-stalked,
opposite, pointed or blunt (but not heart-shaped) at
base, somewhat hairy on both surfaces, serrate: fls.
light violet, in a large compound terminal coryinb.
S. Mex. B.M. 4574. — A luxuriant species with heavy
foliage, of easy pot cult, in a warmhouse.
5. Lasseauxii, Carr. (Ageratum Lasseauxii, Carr.
Conodinium Lasseauxii, Dur.). Habit of Ageratum,
densely covered with short glandular hairs : Ivs .
alternate, oblong -lanceolate, narrowed at each end,
bluntly toothed: heads in small compact unequally
stalked clusters; florets very numerous, at first white,
at maturity a vivid rose-color. Temp. S. Amer.
R.H. 1870:90.— Intro, to European hort. in 1870.
Attractive bedding plant, but apparently rare. Proba-
bly not fully hardy though less tender than most of the
glasshouse species. Prop, easily and flowers continu-
ously; 1-2 ft. high.
6. serrulatum, Hort. Shrub with lance-shaped,
pointed, sharply and unevenly toothed, short-stalked
Ivs., very unequal involucral scales, and showy reddish
lilac heads in large dense flat-topped clusters; florets
5 in each head. In European hort., and said to come
from S. Brazil. R.H. 1894:304. Gt. 44, p. 570. G.C. III.
18:265. — Three to 6 ft. tall. Choice, but certainly not
the true E. serrulatum, DC., which has much narrower
finely and evenly serrulate Ivs. and 11-12-fld. heads.
7. hecata'nthum, Baker (Hebeclinium Urdlepis, DC.).
Robust annual, like a large ageratum: Ivs. opposite,
stalked, round-heartshaped : heads showy, bluish pur-
ple; florets numerous (about 75); involucral scales
ending in similarly colored hairy appendages. Temp.
S. Amer. — Promising species, worthy of trial as a bed-
ding plant.
8. araliaefdlium, Less. (E. omphalixfblium, Kunth &
Bouche"). Soft-wooded shrub with thick and shining
oblong-lanceolate Ivs. 3-8 in. long: heads loosely pani-
cled ; involucral scales conspicuously unequal, the outer
short and calyx-like, the inner 3^1 times as long; florets
white. S. Mex. and Guatemala. Gt. 2, p. 4, t. 39. —
From low and moist tropical habitat and presumably
very, tender. Rare in cult, and not noticed recently in
trade. Needs rich leaf -mold, moist air, and high tem-
perature. Prop, by cuttings. Flowers in March.
1434. Leaves of glasshouse Eupatoriums. a, E. riparium; b, E.
vernale; c, E. glandulosum; d, E. glabratum.
9. micrfinthum, Less. (E. ligustrinum, DC. E.
Morisii, Hort. E. Weinmannidnum, Regel & Koern.
Many other hort. names, for which see Gt. 22, p. 36).
Lvs. opposite, elliptic-lanceolate, pinnately veined,
the blade somewhat toothed and slightly decurrent in
narrow crisped wings upon the short If .-stalk: heads
small and fefr-fld. but very numerous in large round-
topped terminal corymb; florets white, but pappus
pink-tinged to deep rose. Mex. Gt. 16, p. 260, t. 555,
figs. 1-3. Gn. 47, p. 444. G.C. II. 5, p. 53.— Upright
shrub rather widely cult, since about 1830 under a
great variety of names, but chiefly as E. Weinmanni-
anum.
10. conspicuum, Kunth & Bouch6 (E. grandifdlium,
Regel). Shrubby: Ivs. opposite, large, thin, triangular-
ovate, finely and sharply toothed to the very base,
which is somewhat decurrent upon the long If. -stalk:
fls. white, in ample lax panicles, almond-scented. Gua-
temala. Gt. lj p. 102, t. 12. — Planted out in summer
forms a luxuriant shrub, attractive on account of its
excellent foliage. Best prop, by cuttings placed in
warm bed about the end of August. Winter-bloomer
in glasshouse.
11. glandulosum, HBK. (E. adendphorum, Spreng.
E. adcnnnthnm, Hort., not DC. E. trapezoideum, Kunth.
1166
EUPATORIUM
EUPATORIUM
E. americanum, Hort.). Fig. 1434. Diffuse and often
decumbent herb, the slender round branches, petioles,
and pedicels finely glandular-puberulent: Ivs. triangu-
lar-ovate or rhombic-ovate, thinnish, slender-stalked,
taper-pointed, coarsely and sometimes unevenly cre-
nate-dentate, sparingly puberulent beneath: heads
pure white, ageratum-like, in close clusters. Mex.
B.R. 1723. — Easy in pot cult, and not very tender,
flowering in late autumn or early winter. Cuttings
strike root readily. Var. fdliis variegatis, Hort. Lvs.
variegated.
12. probum, N. E. Br. Very viscid like the preceding,
Erobably more tender: Ivs. similar: heads decidedly
irger, ^in. diam. Peru. G.C. III. 7:321.— Recom-
mended as promising and cult, in a few English con-
servatories. Apparently not yet in the trade.
13. vernale, Vatke & Kurtz. (E. triste, Hort., not DC.
E. trieste, Hort.). Fig. 1434. Strong herb (slightly
woody in the wild), with hairy sts.: Ivs. oblong-ovate,
long-stalked, taper-pointed, serrate, finely hairy above,
1435. Eupatorium pert oliatum. ( X Ji)
paler and grayish velvety beneath, veiny, 3-5 in. long:
fls. bright white, the heads in an ample terminal
corymb; involucral scales long, narrow, green. Mex.
Gt. 22:750. — Easy in pot cult, becoming popular for
cut-fls.
14. glechonophyllum, Less. (Ageratum conspicuum,
Hort.). Low, branching half -shrub, very leafy: Ivs.
small, ^z-l (rarely 2) in. long, triangular-ovate, sharp-
pointed, bluntly few-toothed, thin and nearly glabrous,
on slender stalks: heads borne on threadlike pedicels in
small or medium-sized flattish clusters. Chile. — Tender
greenhouse perennial, but flowering in the open the
first year if seeds are sown early. Closely related, if not
actually identical was the E. Haageanum, Regel &
Koern. intro. into European hort. in the middle of the
19th century (see Gt. 16, p. 260, t. 555, figs. 4-6).
15. pazcuarense, HBK. Puberulent but not glandular:
Ivs. opposite, stalked, round-ovate, light green, 2-4 in.
long, taper-pointed, sharply or bluntly toothed: heads
very numerous in a wide (3-10 in.) flattish corymb.
Uplands of Mex. — Essentially herbaceous, 1-3 ft.
high. Recently intro. in cult, in S. Calif. Promising
for cut -fls. and as a window plant.
16. glabratum, HBK. (E. elegans, Hort. E. lati-
fblium, Hort.). Fig. 1434. Shrubby, erect, with slen-
der hard glabrous brown sts.: Ivs. of firm texture
though scarcely leathery, small, lance-oblong or ovate-
oblong, tapering into a strong rather short petiole,
blunt or pointed, wavy-margined or small-toothed: fls.
(sometimes blush) in ascending cymose clusters,
together forming a long terminal leafy panicle. Uplands
of Mex.
17. riparium, Regel. Fig. 1434. Diffuse, becoming
woody at base, 2 ft., the sts. slender, puberulent and
usually reddish : Ivs. opposite, long-lance-shaped, taper-
pointed and at base narrowed to a long petiole, prom-
inently 3-ribbed, toothed: heads in rather compact
long-stalked clusters. Mex. Gt. 15:525. Gn. 40, p.
134. — Good winter bloomer. Best for florists. Readily
cult, in coldhouse.
18. purpftreum, Linn. JOE-PYE WEED. Lvs.
whorled, commonly in 5's and 6's, oblong or lanceo-
late, taper-pointed, coarsely serrate: heads in large
compound clusters, pale purple or flesh-colored, rarely
almost white. N. Amer. — Common and variable.
Tall, rank plant of low grounds (reaching 8-9 ft.),
good for bold effects in border or against shrubbery.
Var. maculatum, Darl. Of lower growth: Ivs. com-
monly in 4's, ovate-oblong, roughish-pubescent : heads
in smaller clusters, more deeply colored. Var. folidsum,
Fern. Similar but with the infl. surpassed by the
long upper Ivs. Var. amdfenum, Gray. - Still lower
(2 ft. high), smoothish: Ivs. sometimes merely opposite.
19. cannabinum, Linn. HEMP AGRIMONY. Resem-
bling Joe-Pye weed in general habit and with similar
pale purple heads in terminal clusters: Ivs. opposite,
but deeply 3-parted in a manner to suggest verticillate
Ivs. Eu. — Common. May be used like the preceding
species but less desirable. Thrives best in limy alluvial
soil. Eng. Bot. 6 : 428.— The Asiatic E. Kirilbwi, Turcz.,
is a very nearly related plant of lower growth (1-3 ft.),
with narrower (linear-oblong) coarsely toothed lf.-
segms., the lateral often much reduced. Strict herb
with dense terminal corymb of dull greenish purple
heads. Gt. 24:850.
20. coelestinum, Linn. (Conoclimumcoeleslinum,'DC.).
MIST -FLOWER. Somewhat pubescent: Ivs. opposite,
stalked, triangular-ovate, somewhat cordate, thin,
coarsely toothed: heads as in Ageratum in compact
clusters, many-fld., light blue to violet. N. J. to Mich.,
Kans., and southward. — Perennial herb, late-blooming,
heliotrope-fld. Appropriate to low borders.
21. perfoliatum, Linn. BONESET. THOROUGHWORT.
Fig. 1435. Hairy: Ivs. lance-oblong, the pairs united at
base about the St., wrinkled, remotely toothed or entire,
taper-pointed: heads in dense terminal compound
cymes. N. Amer., common in low rich soil. — Stout,
slightly rank-smelling plant, 2-3 ft. high, long used in
domestic medicine and found in old gardens. Excellent
for striking effects, especially in low grounds. Fls.
grayish white or in a comparatively rare variety (forma
purpftreum, Brit.) bluish purple. In var. truncatum,
Gray, the Ivs. (at least the upper ones) are rounded or
truncate at the sessile base, not united about the st.
A peculiar form apt to be encountered occasionally in
large cultures.
22. altissimum, Linn. Grayish green, downy, much
branched: Ivs. opposite, narrowly lance-shaped, taper-
ing to both ends, short-stalked, remotely toothed or
entire: heads only 5-fld. Pa. to Minn., Neb., and south-
ward.— Tall, vigorous herb, 4-8 ft. high, in open places
and dry soil. Not very ornamental. See page 3568.
EUPATORIUM
EUPHORBIA
1167
1436. Eupatorium urticae-
folium ( X H)
23. album, Linn. Rough-hairy: Ivs. opposite, lance-
oblong, coarsely serrate, essentially sessile, veiny:
involucral scales scarious-margined : florets white.
L. I., southward near the coast. — Somewhat attrac-
tive for border planting and specially suited to poor
sandy soil.
24. sessilifdlium, Linn. UPLAND BONESET. Lvs.
oblong-lanceolate, gradually tapering almost from the
rounded sessile or nearly
sessile base to the apex:
heads 5-fld., white. Vt. to
Mo. and southward. — A trim,
smooth highly attractive
hardy species. Thrives best
in limy alluvial soil.
25. urticsefSlium, Reichard
(E. ageraimdes, Linn. f.).
WHITE SNAKEROOT. Fig.
1436. Lvs. opposite, thin,
long-stalked, ovate with
broad base, acuminate,
coarsely and sharply serrate,
green on both sides: heads
small in loose but ample
clusters; florets bright white.
E. N. Amer. Mixed woods,
common. — Neat, smoothish,
branching herb, 2-4 ft. high.
•One of the best of the per-
fectly hardy summer-bloom-
ing species.
26. aromaticum, Linn.
Much like the preceding but
usually hairy: Ivs. thickish and blunt or scarcely
pointed, blunt-toothed: later-flowering, not aromatic.
Mass, and southward near the coast. — Suited to very
sandy soil. Var. melissoides, Gray (E. Frdseri and E.
cordifdlium, Hort.). Slender, roughish, strict: heads 5-
12-fld.: Ivs. subcordate, ovate or oblong, obtuse, the
petioles often very short. S. E. U. S. — Also suited to
poor and sandy soil, but more tender than the typical
form.
The following species are said to have been recently intro. into
European horticulture and to promise well: E. deUtAdeum, Jacq.
A soft-wooded half -shrub with opposite triangular-hastate crenately
toothed Ivs. 3-5 in. long and somewhat pale and slightly velvety
beneath, the basal lobes widely spreading acute: If. -stalks 1-3 in.
long: heads of rosy purple fls. in thyrsoid panicles; involucral
scales linear, very sharp, scarcely imbricated. S. Mex. A glasshouse
species with striking foliage. — E. herbaceum, Greene (E. arizoni-
cum, Hort.). An erect smooth or merely pulverulent perennial
1-3 ft. high, with opposite triangular-ovate pale green Ivs. 1-3 in.
long with rounded basal lobes, toothed sides, and rather short but
slender stalks: fls. white; heads in broad rounded terminal clusters.
S. W. U. S. Half-hardy and suited to dry places. E. jap6nicum,
Thunb. Erect perennial resembling E. cannabinum, with dull pur-
plish to greenish white fls. in flat clusters: lower Ivs. deeply 3-parted,
the upper simple: not very attractive. g ^ ROBINSON.
EUPHORBIA (classical name; said by Pliny to be
in honor of King Juba's physician; possibly from the
Greek for fat). Euphorbiacese. MILKWEED (improperly)
WOLFS-MILK. SPURGE. The last name, most often
applied to the genus as a whole, belongs more properly
to the common herbaceous species and especially to E.
Lathyris. Of very diverse habit, from succulent cactus-
like trees to low or prostrate herbaceous weeds; planted
mostly in the open, but some kinds grown under glass
as oddities and some as florist's plants.
The genus is characterized by the single pedicellate,
pistilate fl. without floral envelopes, or with only a
rudimentary calyx, surrounded by numerous staminate
fls., each consisting of a single stamen separated from
its pedicel only by a joint; the whole inn. surrounded
by a more or less cup-shaped involucre with 5 lobes
and 1-5 glands is called a cyathium. The involucre
is regular or nearly so; the glands free from one
another: the fr. an explosive caps., with 3 carunculate
seeds; the staminate fls. are usually subtended by
minute bracts. — One of the largest plant genera, of not
less than 700 and probably over 1,000 species, occurring
in most temperate and tropical regions. Many are
desert plants and the greater number grow in dry and
sterile places. Euphorbia is distinguished from the
nearest related genera, Pedilanthus and Synadenium,
by its regular or nearly regular involucre, which in
Pedilanthus is protuberant on one side of the base and
contains the glands, and by the free involucral glands
which in Synadenium are united into a ring. Some of
the fleshy species are very similar to succulent cacti
and Asclepiadaceae. One long grown under the name of
E. pendula, Boiss., is a Sarcostemma according to N.
E. Brown. For E. tithymaloides, see Pedilanthus; for
E. Grantii, Hort., and E. arborea, Hort., see Synadenium.
Monographed by Boissier in DeCandolle's Prodromus,
15, pt. 2 (1862). See local floras and Norton, Rept.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 11, for native species. See also Fobe,
in Monatsschrift fur Kakteenkunde, 8:42 (1898) and
Berger, Sukkulente Euphorbien, a manual of the
cactus-like species in cultivation. The recent work
of N. E. Brown of Kew in Flora of Tropical Africa
and Flora Capensis describes and gives keys to practi-
cally all the African species, which include nearly all
the succulent ones, both wild and cultivated. Although
the vegetative form varies remarkably, so that the
various sections of the genus are considered of generic
rank by many authors, the floral characters are very
similar and so inconspicuous as to be of little impor-
tance generally in a horticultural work.
Most of the species have abundant milky juice, and
the cactiform kinds have been thus distinguished from
cacti, but many cacti also have milky juice. The juice
of many species is acrid-poisonous, especially if it comes
in contact with mucous membranes or open sores. The
juice from some of the species is used in medicine as a
purgative.
Many of the fleshy species are cultivated by lovers of
succulents for their curious shapes; and a few are valu-
able for their ornamental foliage. The flowers are usu-
ally too minute to be noticeable. Some, like E. corollata
(Fig. 1437), E. maculata, E. Cyparissias and E. margi-
nata, are weeds in America, but not troublesome. The
great majority of the species are insignificant herbs.
The species are remarkably free from injurious insects,
and are rarely attacked by a few fungi.
The fleshy species are grown much the same as cacti,
but the culture is less difficult, and they do well with
warmer treatment. In winter they are kept in a dry
and cool house, 50° to 55° F., with good light and little
water. Drips must be carefully avoided. In summer
the pots should be plunged outdoors in hot dry situa-
tions, with a moderate supply of water and espe-
cially good drainage. It is better to protect them from
continued rain, but most
species do well without
this. The more fleshy
species, like E. Caput-
Medusse, E. mammillaris,
and E. meloformis, require
more heat and better care
than the others. They
have to be watered with
great care in winter. The
air of most greenhouses is
too damp for them if the
requisite low temperature
is maintained. The winter
conditions of air and tem-
perature in ordinary liv-
ing - rooms make them
iHpql Cm- trip siirvnlpnt 1437' Cyathium of Euphorbia
succulent corollata <x'2). The pistillate
euphorbias, bpecies like flower is at 8, surrounded by
E. neriifolia need water several staminate flowers arising
in thp trrnwincr oonarm nnH above the involucral glanda
in tne growing season and with their five oblong spreading
dry Conditions after the petaloid appendages. No. 3.
1168
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
leaves fall. The shrubby species, like E. atropurpurea
and E. dendroides, do well with the treatment of the
more fleshy kinds. See D. A. W. and F. S. Curtis, in
Sharon Cactus Guide, March and May, 1897.
The few hardy species of ornamental value make
good border plants or are suitable for the rockery. E.
epithymoides usually known in gardens as E. polychroma,
is one of the best herbaceous perennials, forming a
hemispherical clump with beautiful yellow foliage of
different shades when in bloom. E. palustris and
related species are similar but erect and not compact.
The succulent species can nearly all be propagated by
cuttings. These are taken best in early summer, allowed
to dry somewhat and then planted in sand, charcoal
or a mixture of these. Coal-ashes are used effectively
by some. When seeds can be procured, they may be
used in propagation. Grafting, as is sometimes prac-
tised with cacti, is possible. Potting soil need not be
rich. A coarse sandy loam, or, some say, any kind of
soil will do.
E. pulcherrima and E. fulgens are good winter-flower-
ing greenhouse plants, and require special treatment.
E. fulgens succeeds well in the warmest parts of the
house, in pots, or best planted out like roses and trained
upon the wall or strings. It is propagated from cut-
tings taken in June, when the old plants have started to
grow, kept in a warm frame until rooted, and then kept
growing with heat, any transfers being made with as
little root disturbance as possible. If stocky show plants
are wanted, several cuttings may be planted in one pot
and checked two or three times during summer by
repotting, and kept pinched back freely to secure
branches. They are best kept cooler when in flower,
but are very sensitive to cold or sudden changes in
temperature. After flowering they are kept dry for a
few months. For the cut sprays they are best grown
from cuttings each year. They last very well when cut.
1438. Euphorbia marginata ( X l/$) . No. 1
The culture of the poinsettia is very similar. e To
secure plants with large heads, the general plan is to
grow from cuttings annually, but the old plants may
be continued. Old plants that have been resting may
be introduced to heat and moisture in late spring, and
will soon give a liberal supply of cuttings, which are
usually taken from the young wood. Successive sets
of cuttings may be made at later periods if different-
sized plants are wanted. When well started, the potted
plants are plunged outdoors till September, with plenty
of water, light and sunshine and good drainage. They
do well in rich heavy loam in 5-7-inch pots. They are
liable to drop
their leaves if
exposed to cold
or other un-
favorable condi-
tions. In au-
tumn they are
transferred tc
the greenhouse,
with moderate
temperature.
When the bracts
begin to appear, give more
heat and some manure
water to expand them.
When in flower, reduce the
temperature to preserve
them longer. After flower-
ing the pots may be stowed
away in a dry warm place
till spring, — under the
benches will do. When the
buds are cut the great ob-
jection is that they wilt
easily. This may be ob-
viated by keeping them in
water for a few days before
using. See Grieve, G.C.
III. 9:106, and Hatfield in Garden and Forest 9:496.
See article Poinsettia for further treatment.
Euphorbia splendens is another winter bloomer, and
may be treated as the succulents, with more heat and
water. It will do well in living-rooms, and bears some
flowers all the year. It bears rough treatment well, and
is propagated by cuttings from the young growth,
which root with the greatest ease.
In tropical and subtropical regions many of the tree-
like or succulent euphorbias make fine outdoor orna-
mentals. The poinsettia is a magnificent landscape
ornament in California, West Indies and so on. In
Southern California the poinsettia is propagated by
sticking canes 3 feet long in the ground from April on,
these growing and blooming, often profusely, the first
season. In the West Indies and Florida, some of the
thorny tree-like forms, especially E. lactea, are grown
as hedges, their thick, erect thorny branches making
an almost impenetrable barrier. This and other species
are grown also as specimen plants. See Succulents.
INDEX.
1439. Euphorbia
fulgens (XM;- No. 5.
abyssinica, 32.
dendroides, 55.
Jacquinixflora, 5.
alba, 8.
disclusa, 34.
lactea, 23.
alcicornis, 19.
drupifera, 17.
lathyris, 52.
anacantha, 47.
Echinus, 27.
loricata, 50.
antiquorum, 20.
elastica, 56.
major, 58.
antiayphilitica, 7.
enneagona, 40.
mammillaris, 42.
atropurpurea, 53.
epithymoides, 57.
mammillosa, 18.
Beauinierana, 35.
Fournieri, 13.
marginata, 1.
biglandulosa, 62.
fruticosa, 37.
marmorata, 25.
bupleurifolia, 51.
fulgens, 5.
meloformis, 44.
oanariensis, 31.
fulva, 56.
mexicana, 43.
candelabrum, 24, 34.
geniculata, 4.
misera, 6.
Caput-Medusffi, 48.
globosa, 45.
monstrosa, 23.
cereiformis, 40, 43.
glomerata, 45.
myrsinites, 65.
dandestina, 51.
grandicornis, 22.
natalensis, 33.
claw,, 50.
grandidens, 21.
neglecta, 32.
coeruleacens, 26.
grandifolia, 17.
neriifolia, 16.
colletioides, 14.
hxmatodes, 2.
officinarum, 36.
Commelinii, 48.
havanensis, 9, 23.
ornithopus, 46.
Cooperi, 29.
heptagona, 39.
Palmeri, 64.
corollata, 3.
Hermentiana, 24.
palustris, 59.
coronata, 50.
heterophylla, 9.
pandurata, 9.
cotinifolia, 2.
Hystrix, 50.
parvimamma, 48.
cristata, 23.
imbricata, 43.
Pfersdorfii, 38.
cyathophora, 9.
inermis, 49.
pilosa, 58.
Cyparissias, 60.
Ipecacuanha, 4.
pinea, 63.
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1169
piscatoria, 54.
plenissima, 8.
Poinsettiana, 8.
poly chroma, 57.
polygona, 41.
Fseudocactus, 25.
pteroneura, 14.
pulcherrima, 8.
Kegis-Jubae, 54.
INDEX, CONTINUED
resinifera, 30.
rhipsaloides, 11.
robusta, 64.
sanguinea, 2.
San Salvador, 30.
serpentaria, 49.
similis, 33.
spinosior, 42.
splendens, 15.
submammillaris, 43.
tessellata, 25.
Tirucallii, 10.
triarigularis, 28.
•cariegata, 1.
viperina, 49.
virosa, 26.
Wulfenii, 61.
xylophylloides, 12.
A. Glands of the involucre with petal-like appendages
(almost none in 4) •' slender-branched herbs or rarely
shrubs not spiny: Ivs. entire. Section ADENO-
PETALUM. The Section ANISOPHYLLUM, genus
Chamxsyce of some, differs in having small oppo-
site Ivs., unequal at base, stipules present, fls.
email, glands 4. It contains most of the low herba-
ceous wild euphorbias of U. S., such as E. mac-
ulata, Linn., E. Preslii, Guss., E. serpens, and E.
capitata; names from this group occur in American
catalogues, but the species to which they properly
belong are inconspicuous weeds. E. lorifolia,
Hillebr., of Hawaii, has recently been investigated
as a possible source of rubber. (Descriptions of
these species will be found in the floras.)
B. Stipules present.
1. marginata, Pursh (E. variegdta, Sims). SNOW-
ON-THE-MouNTAiN. GHOST-WEED. Fig. 1438. Annual,
about 2 ft. high, pubescent, dichotomously many-
branched: Ivs. numerous, light green, ovate-subcordate
to oblong-lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, the upper white-
margined, often entirely white: involucral glands with
large white appendages. July-Oct. Plains from Dak.
to Texas and extending eastward. B.M. 1747. Gt.
30:218. V. 2, p. 281; 5, p. 64. G.W. 13, p. 305.— Hardy
annual, used for its white foliage in bedding and mixed
borders in sunny situations.
2. sanguinea, Hort. (E. hsematbdes, Boiss.?). A tall
shrub: Ivs, ovate, obtusely pointed, in whorls of 3,
red when young to deep bronze or purplish red later. —
This handsome plant of unknown nativity is cult, in
S. U. S. While it is not possible to classify it exactly
without fls. and fr., the foliage characters indicate its
relationship to E. cotinifolia, Linn.
1440. Euphorbia pulcherrima (XK)- No. 8.
BB. Stipules absent or microscopic,
c. Plant a perennial herb.
3. corollata, Linn. (Tithymaldpsis corollata, Klotzsch
& Garcke). FLOWERING SPURGE. Fig. 1437. Plant
lJ^-3 ft. high, usually glabrous, slender and diffusely
branched above: Ivs. ovate-oblong to lanceolate, 1-2
in. long, those of the infl. much smaller and opposite:
involucral glands 5, with conspicuous white appendages.
July-Oct. On rather dry soil E. U. S. B.M. 2992.
L.B.C. 4:390. F.R. 1 :969.— A hardy herbaceous peren-
nial used like gypsophila for cutting, and as a bedder in
1441. Euphorbia heterophylla (X'.O.
No. 9.
light soil. There are many variations in size, shape,
color and pubescence of plant, Ivs. and infl.
4. Ipecacuanhas, Linn. (Tithymaldpsis Ipecacuanhas,
Small). IPECAC SPURGE. Only the forking infl. (3-6 in.)
above ground, with its red or green glabrous, opposite
Ivs. varying from
oval to linear on
different plants,
the alternate Ivs.
of the short st.
usually subterran-
ean and scale-like:
cyathia long pe-
duncled; appen-
dages of glands
rudimentary.
April. Sandy soil
E. U.S. L.B.C. 12:
1145. B.M. 1494.
— E. geniculata,
Ort., is sometimes
cult, under this
name. It is a plant
of Trop. Amer.,
related to E. heter-
ophylla, but with
broader lys. the
upper whitish at
base.
cc. Plant a shrub.
5. fulgens, Karw.
( E. jacquinisefldra,
Hook.). SCARLET
PLUME. Fig. 1439.
Small shrub with
slender drooping branches: Ivs. long-petioled, lanceolate,
bright green: cyathia in small axillary cymes, with the
conspicuous appendages to the 5 involucral glands bright
scarlet. Mex. B.M. 3673. R.B. 39:41. F.C. 2:55.
R.H. 1905:440. Gn. 33:486; 39, p. 239; 67 p. 73. V.
2, p. 74. A.F. 16: 1551. G.M. 53:89. G. 4: 593. P.M.
4:31. Gng. 10:76. — A handsome winter - blooming
plant, used for cut-fls. or for specimen plants.
6. misera, Benth. Lvs. small, obovate, pubescent,
clustered at the end of crooked branches: fls. incon-
spicuous. S. Calif, and Mex. — Recently catalogued
in the Calif, trade.
7. antisyphilitica, Zucc. (Tricherostlgma antisyph-
ilitica, Klotzsch & Garcke). CANDELILLO. Slender,
erect, rod-like branches 1-3 ft. high, almost leafless.
Mex. — The plants yield a useful wax and are some-
times grown in collections of succulents.
AA. Glands of involucre without petal-like appendages.
(Nos. 8-65)
B. St. herbaceous or shrubby, not fleshy: Ivs. well devel-
oped, the upper colored: stipules minute: infl.
cymose. Section POINSETTIA.
8. pulcherrima, Willd. (E. Poinsettiana, Buist.
Poinsettia pulcherrima, Graham). POINSETTIA. EASTER
FLOWER. CHRISTMAS FLOWER. LOBSTER FLOWER.
MEXICAN FLAME -LEAF. Fig. 1440. Shrub 2-10 ft.
high, branched: Ivs. ovate-elliptical to lanceolate,
entire, sinuate toothed or lobed, or panduriform, 3-6
in. long, somewhat pubescent, the upper narrower,
more entire to even linear-lanceolate and of the bright-
est vermilion-red: involucres 2-3 lines wide, greenish,
with one large yellow gland. Nov.-Marcn. Moist,
shaded parts of Trop. Mex. and Cent. Amer. B.M.
3493. G.C. III. 21:125, 193. F.C. 1:33. Mn. 7, p. 67.
Gn. M. 2:209. — Sometimes cut, usually used for speci-
men plants and in masses, often used in decorations.
A gorgeous plant. Var. plenissima, Hort., has the fls.,
or most of them, transformed into red bracts, giving
a fuller center. G.C. II. 5: 17. Gt. 28:182. F.M.
1170
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1876:200. Var. alba, Hort., has the upper Ivs. white.
R.H. 1913 : 228. — It is not so vigorous, blooms later
and requires more heat.
9. heterophylla, Linn. (E. pandurata, Hort.? E.
havanensis, Willd. E. cyathophora, Murr.). MEXICAN
FIRE PLANT. HYPOCRITE PLANT. PAINTED LEAF.
FlRE-ON-THE-MoUNTAIN. ANNUAL PoiNSETTIA. Fig.
1441. Annual, nearly glabrous, 1-3 ft. high: Ive. ovate
and sinuate-toothed, or panduriform, or some of them
lanceolate or linear and entire, dark green, the upper
bright red at least at the base: involucres small with
1 or 2 glands. July-Sept. E. and Cent. U. S. to Peru.
Mn. 2, p. 53. Gt. 39, p. 105. — Easily grown from seeds
in sunny gardens and also in pots indoors. White and
yellow variegated forms are in cult.
BB. Sts. more or less fleshy, often cactus-like and spiny:
Ivs. small, none or soon deciduous: infl. few-
branched or cyathia single: stipules minute or none
(except in E. Fournieri). Section EUPHORBIUM.
Nos. 10-51.
c. Branches cylindrical or angled, not thorny: If. -bases
not thickened and elevated as podaria: Ivs. alternate
or crowded on the angles.
D. Joints or branches cylindrical or flat. Subsection
TIRUCALLI.
10. Tirucallii, Linn. MILK-BUSH. INDIAN TREE
SPURGE. A small tree, with a dense crown of slender,
cylindrical whorled branches, curving outward then
erect: joints about 4 in. long, twigs J^-^in. thick:
Ivs. narrow, about 1 in. long, soon falling. S. Asia. —
A striking plant for the succulent collection. Easy of
cult., often grown outdoors in warm regions.
11. rhipsaloides, Lem., is a closely related African
species probably not now in cult., but the name is in
use in the trade.
12. xylophylloides, Brongn. Shrub or tree: trunk
cylindrical, much branched; branches flat or 2-angled,
J^in. wide, slightly toothed along the edges: Ivs.
minute, soon deciduous. Madagascar.
DD. Joints or branches 4-5-angled from the decurrent
If. -bases or comb-like rows of stipules. Subsection
GONIOSTEMA (No. 13) and Subsection PTERON-
EUR,E (No. 14).
13. Fournieri, Andre". St. 4-5-angled, the crowded
persistent stipules forming comb-like rows on the
angles: Ivs. large at the apex of the short thick sts.;
petioles and stipules red. Madagascar region. R.H.
1896, p. 226. L.B.C. 15:1477 (as E. lophogona).
14. pteroneura, Berger. A low shrub
with erect, jointed branches, Kin. thick,
the 5-6 angles formed by sharp low
ridges decurrent from the If .-bases:
Ivs. reduced, soon deciduous. Mex. (?) —
Erroneously grown under the name of
E. colletioldes, Benth.
cc. Branches succulent with thickened
elevated If. -bases (podaria').
D. Spines 1-2 on each side
the If. -base. Subsection
DlACANTHIUM. N O S .
15-38.
E. Podaria (If. -bases') not
united into ribs;
branches nearly cylin-
drical: Ivs. well developed.
F. Bracts bright red. Class
SPLENDENTES.
15. splendens, Bojer.
CROWN OF THORNS. Fig.
1442. Sts. 3-4 ft. long, H-l
in. thick, somewhat climb-
ing, covered with stout
spines about an inch long: Ivs. few, on the young
growth, obovate to oblong-spatulate, thin, bright
green, 1-2 in. long: cyathia in long-peduncled dicho-
tomous cymes, near the ends of the branches, each
closely subtended by 2 broadly ovate bright red
bracts. Madagascar. Flowering all the year but
mostly in winter. B.M. 2902. L.B.C. 18:1713. V.
1442. Euphorbia
splendens. ( X Ji)
1443. Euphorbia neriifolia.
2, p. 74; 14, p. 16. G.C. II. 19:816 (as E. jacquinise-
flora'). — Coolhouse plant. The red bracts in the green
Ivs. on the sinuous spiny sts. are very striking. It can
be trained into ornamental forms. The seedlings have
larger sts. and Ivs. and double spines, a smaller one
below each of the ordinary ones.
FF. Bracts not conspicuously colored.
Class GRANDIFOLLE.
16. neriiffilia, Linn. Fig. 1443. Arborescent or
shrubby: st. obtusely 5-angled; the small mammiform
podaria in rows, with short, dark-colored, divergent
spines: branches somewhat whorled, bearing obovate-
oblong, obtuse, thick Ivs., 3-5 in. long, at the summit:
small sessile cymes of greenish cyathia in the upper
axils. June, July. E.Indies. Gn.M. 6:196. — The large
Ivs. persistent from autumn to spring. Cristate forms
are in cult. Fig. 1443 shows a hedge in W. Indies.
17. drupffera, Schum. & Thonn. (E. grandifolia,
Haw.). Arborescent: st. terete: branches obsoletely
4-5-angled; spines small: Ivs. terminal, obovate-
cuneate, obtuse or retuse, 6-10 in. long: small cymes
axillary, peduncled: caps, drupaceous. Guinea.
18. mammilldsa, Lem. Low, cespitose: branches less
than an inch diam.: podaria elongated, conical, in 5
spiral rows: Ivs. and spines small, soon deciduous.
Nativity unknown. — Rare in cult, and not well known.
Probably the plants grown under this name are some-
thing else.
EE. Podaria united into ribs: branches %-13-angled:
Ivs. usually very small or rudimentary.
F. Angles of the branches, 2 (rarely 3), the branches
flattened. Class COMPRESS^;.
. 19. alcicornis, Baker. St. obtusely 5-angled, 9 ft.
high or less: branches flat, except the triangular base,
3^in. broad: spines short, slender, dark-colored.
Madagascar.
FF. Angles of the branches 3 (sometimes 4), but the main
st. often 5-angled. Class TRIGON^E.
G. Sides of branches solid green-colored.
H. Spine-shields separated by green tissue of ribs.
20. antiqu6rum, Linn. Shrub, 8-10 ft. high : branches
erect, jointed, 1-2 in. thick, the angles repand-dentate;
spine pairs about 1 in. apart; spines 1-3 lines long: Ivs.
very small, roundish. India. See E. lactea, No. 23.
21. grandidens, Haw. Tree, to 30 ft. high, with
trunk as much as 2 ft. diam.: branches slender,
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1171
in. wide, numerous, whorled, erect-spreading, making
a dense rounded head in older plants; sides of branches
almost plane; angles deeply sinuate dentate; spine pairs
apart, spines 3-5 lines long, slender, light
brown to gray: Ivs. very
small, triangular. S.
Afr.
HH. Spine-shields united,
forming a continu-
ous horny edge to
the ribs.
22. grandicornis,
Goebel. Fig. 1444. Shrub
or small tree: branches
3-5 in. wide, deeply
jointed, the angles
broadly winged, lobed
and sinuate, the edge
zigzag or wavy; spines
large, 1-2 in. long, light
colored : Ivs. very small,
triangular ovate. S.
Afr.(?). — A fine plant,
with the longest spines
and widest wings of all.
A ^ rapid grower, the
bright pale green con-
trasting beautifully with
the rich light brown of
the spines and horny
margins on young
plants.
1444. Euphorbia grandicornis.
(X.%)
GG. Sides of branches marbled with white or yellow.
23. lactea, Haw. (E. havanensis, Hort., at least in
part). Fig. 1445. Similar to E. antiquorum, but with
a white-marbled area running through the middle
of each face of the branches. E. Indies. — One of the
most common succulent euphorbias in cult., of fine can-
delabra form, and making rapid growth. The euphor-
bias grown for hedges in Fla., W. Indies, etc., are chiefly
this species, though some may be E. antiquorum. It is
often confused with E. Hermentiana. Cristate forms
are in the trade as E. lactea monstrosa and E. havanensis
cristata, though these should perhaps be referred to
E. antiquorum.
24. Hermentiana, Lem. Shrub, with closely erect,
scarcely jointed branches, about 2 in. thick; sides
strongly concave, striped or marbled with white,
especially when young, angles closely dentate; spines
slender, brown, 2-3 lines long: Ivs. lanceolate, ^-2J^
in. long. W. Afr. G.Z. 19:101.— One of the best. The
true E. candelabrum, Trem., but probably not the one
common in cult, under that name, is distinguished from
E. Hermentiana by its rudimentary scale-like Ivs.
FFP. Angles of the branches 4~8 (rarely 3 on some
branches). Class POLYGONS.
G. Spine-shields united, forming a continuous horny
edge to the ribs.
H. Sides of mature branches plane or slightly convex,
angles not winged, branches about 2 in. diam.
25. Pseudocactus, Berger. St. 4-5-angled: branches
3-5-angled, joints tapering upward from a broad base,
4-6 in. long, 2 in. or less thick, the surface with yellow
U-shaped marks from center to angles; spines stout,
^in. long, brown to gray. Nativity (?). J.H. III. 60:99
(as E. lactea}. — Frequent in cult., often under the
name of E. lactea; also as E. marmorata and E. tesseUata.
26. ccerulescens, Haw. (E. virdsa, and var. cceru-
lescens of Berger). Low, shrubby: st. 4-5-angled:
branches 3-angled at base, 4-5-angled above, 2 in.
thick; joints 2 in. or less long, the sides bluish glaucous;
spines stout, J^in. long: Ivs. triangular, scale-like. S.
Afr. G.Z. 19:102. — A handsomely colored compactly
branched succulent. According to N. E. Brown, E.
virdsa, Willd., is quite a different plant. It is probably
not in cult, in Amer.
27. Echinus, Hook. & Coss. Branching shrub, with
6-angled st., branches ascending, about 2 in. thick,
5- or more-angled: spine pairs less than J^in. apart;
spines %in. long, red to gray. Morocco. G.Z. 1904 : 122.
HH. Sides of mature branches concave, angles more or
kss winged, branches often 3-4 in. thick.
28. triangularis, Desf. Tree-like: st. at first 6-angled,
later cylindrical: branches whorled, divergent, then
ascending, 3-5-angled, 2-4 in. thick; joints 2-12 in.
long; spine pairs 3-9 lines apart; spines less than 5
lines long; spine-shields united only on stronger snoots:
Ivs. small, roundish. S. Afr.(?).
29. CoSperi, N. E. Br. Tree-like: whorled ascending
branches, 3-5 in. thick, the joints broad at base and
tapering upward, 6-angled, spines 5 lines long, black to
gray. Natal. — A fine species.
GG. Spine-shields separate. See also No. 28.
H. Sides of mature branches plane or slightly convex,
angles not winged, branches less than 2 in. thick.
30. resinifera, Berg (E. San Salvador, Hort.). A
much-branched shrub: branches 4-angled, spine-
shields triangular-rounded, small, 3^5 lines apart. S.W.
Morocco. G.Z. 19:102. — This species yields the euphor-
bium gum of the ancients.
31: canariensis, Linn. Shrub or tree, 12-20 ft. high,
with many 4-6-angled, suberect, not conspicuously
jointed branches, as much as 3 in. thick; angles sub-
entire; spines 2 lines long, black: Ivs. almost none.
Canary Isls. Gn. 53, p. 46. — This is one of the most com-
mon succulent euphorbias. It is easy to grow and prop,
readily from cuttings, as well as from seeds which are
frequently produced in cult. Several other species are
in cult, under this name.
1445. Euphorbia lactea. No. 23.
1172
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1446. Euphorbia meloformis
No. 44.
HH. Sides of branches concave to deeply grooved between
the ribs, which are more or less winged; branches
2-6 in. thick. (The species of this group and
several others, e. g. E. tenebrosa, N. E. Br., E.
acrurensis, N. E. Br., E. grandis, Lem. (E. neutra,
Berger), E. controversa, N. E. Br., E. Erythrxa
N. E. Br., are in cult., probably some in Amer.,
as E. abyssinica or some as E. candelabrum.
The true E. abyssinica, Gmel., is not in cult.)
32. neglecta, N. E. Br. (E. abyssinica, Berger, not
Gmel.). Tree: branches 5-8-angled, joints 4-12 in. long,
4-5 in. thick, the con-
spicuous wings marked by
swollen veins; spine pairs
1 in. apart, sunken; spines
stout, brown, 1-2 lines
long: Ivs. narrow, 1 in. or
more long: flowering eye
above the spine-shield.
N. Afr. G.C. III. 20:497.
Gn. 52, p. 106.
33. similis, Berger (E.
natalensis, Hort., not
Bernh.). Differs from E.
neglecta in branches 5-
angled : spine pairs on apex
of a recurved tooth: Ivs.
shorter; spines darker; veins in wings not prominent.
Natal (?).
34. disclusa, N. E. Br. (E. candelabrum, Berger, not
Trem., see No. 24). Tree, with 4-5-angled st. and
branches, slightly jointed: spine pairs 8-10 lines apart;
spines 3-5 lines long, stout, dark brown to gray: flower-
ing eye included in the spine-shield. Abyssinia.
FFFF. Angles of branches 9-18.
G. Spine-shields almost always united into a horny
margin; grooves between ribs rather shallow:
branches about 2 in. thick.
35. Beaumierana, Hook. & Coss. A shrub to 9 ft.
high: branches erect, 9-10-angled; spines short, spread-
ing, red when young. Morocco. J.H. III. 59:627.
36. officinarum, Linn. Shrub: branches 9-13-angled;
spines but little spreading, yellowish to gray, 3-6 lines
long: Ivs. minute. N. Afr. R.H. 1875, pp. 336-7.
GG. Spine-shields often isolated; grooves between ribs
very deep.
37. fruticdsa, Forsk. Low shrub: branches erect,
scarcely jointed, 6-9 lines thick, 10-13-ribbed; spines
6-9 lines long, spreading, brown when young. Arabia.
38. Pfersdorfii, Hort. Trunk round, 1)^-2^ in.
thick, 9-angled, much branched when old : spines large,
4-9 lines long. — A species not very well known.
DD. Spines, if any, not in stipular position.
Subsection TREISIA.
E. Podaria in longitudinal rows or ribs.
F. Body cylindrical: sterile infl. transformed into thorns.
Class ANTHACANTHA.
G. Ribs without prominent cross furrows between podaria.
39. heptagdna, Linn. St. 3-4 ft. high, over 1 in.
thick, candelabraform-branched, 5-8 -ribbed: ribs
broader than high; thorns not numerous, strong, yel-
low, %in. long: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute. Cape of
Good Hope. — According to N. E. Brown the plants of
this section and their names are much confused in cult,
and without careful study it would be difficult to say
just what is being grown under the names of E. hep-
tagona, E. mammillaris, E. enopla, etc.
40. cereiformis, Linn. (E. enneagona, Haw.). St.
erect, 2-3 ft. high: branches with 9-13 straight ribs, the
podaria forming declined teeth: Ivs. small, triangular;
thorns numerous, 4-7 lines long. Cape region. — Cut-
tings from the branches have a different form from
seedlings.
41. pplygSna, Haw. St. up to 5 ft. high, 5 in. thick,
10^-13-ribbed, the ribs high and narrow, often somewhat
spiral: thorns 4-5 lines long; Ivs. minute. Cape region.
GG. Ribs with the podaria separated by cross furrows.
42. mammillaris, Linn. Low: branches 7-12-ribbed,
about 1 in. thick; ribs flat; podaria not prominent;
zones of spines up to 1 in. long, alternate with areas
free from them. Cape region. Var. spindsior, Berger,
is more vigorous and spiny, with more prominent
podaria.
43. submammillaris, Berger. St. irregularly
branched, 1 in. thick: branches with about 5-8 straight
ribs, 2 lines high; podaria forming pointed tubercles:
Ivs. linear; thorns numerous on strong branches, few on
others. Cape region (?). — Grown as E. mexicana, E.
imbricata, and E. cereiformis.
FF. Body spherical, not thorny.
44. meloformis, Ait. MELON SPURGE. Fig. 1446.
Globose or pyriform, 3-5 in. thick, deeply 8-10-ribbed;
ribs obscurely tuberculate on the almost acute angles;
sides transversely dark and light green-striped, or
wrinkled when old: Ivs. few and small: fls. at the
depressed apex; the old forked branches of the infl.
sub-persistent but not spinose. A few small branches
similar to the main st. present. S. Afr. L.B.C. 5:436.
A.G. 11 : 463. — A curious and rare plant, often mistaken
for a cactus and showing extreme reduction in xero-
phytic euphorbias as Mammillaria does for the cacti.
EE. Podaria in spirals checkering the axis.
F. Joints or branches globose to short-cylindrical: glands
of the involucre with lobed or comb-like edges.
See also No. 51. Class DACTYLANTHES.
45. globdsa, Sims (E. glomerdta, Hort.). Low, the
spherical or short cylindrical to club-shaped joints
crowded, forming a clump near the ground: joints
1447. Euphorbia Lathyris, young plant seen enawise. No. 52.
in. long; podaria very flat, pentagonal: Ivs. very
small, triangular: peduncle 2-4 in. long; glands of
involucre with 3-4 lobes which are green with white
pits; flowering all summer. Cape region. B.M. 2624.
46. ornithopus, Jacq. Much-branched half-shrub:
joints 1 in. or less thick, short-cylindrical; podaria
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1173
elongated into conical projections: Ivs. small ovate:
peduncles short; fls. much as in E. globosa, involucral
glands erect, the 3-4 teeth pitted and white-marked.
Cape region. B.M.2520. L.B.C.3:22Q(asE.anacantha).
47. anacantha, Ait. Cespitose sub-shrub, with some
joints 4—8 in. long, %in. thick: podaria oblong, some-
what projecting: Ivs. small, ovate-oblong; cyathia
almost sessile at apex of branches; glands divergent,
the 3-lobes white with greenish pits. Cape region.
FF. Joints of the branches obscure or none; branches
cylindrical, many times as long as thick.
G. Sinuous or snake-like branches many, from a thick
basal st.; thorns none: Ivs. small; glands comb-like.
Class MEDUSEA.
48. Caput-Medftsae, Linn. (E. Commelinii, DC.).
MEDUSA'S HEAD. Branches 1-2 in. thick, numerous,
declined about the short, obconical st., with ends erect,
6-12 in. long: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, about 1 in. long:
cyathia single, from short, thick peduncles; glands erect,
white. Cape region. — A curious and interesting plant;
often seen as single-stemmed plants grown from branch
cuttings. E. parvimdmma, Boiss., is also in cult, under
this name. See Suppl. list.
49. inermis, Mill. (E. vipenna, Berger, fide N. E.
Br. E. serpentdria, Hort.?). Smaller: branches about
J^in. thick, 12 in. long; podaria narrow, in 6-8 somewhat
spiral rows: ivs. very small, ovate; cyathia ^in. wide,
whitish, glands divergent. Cape region. B.M. 7971.
GG. Sinuous or snake-like branches none; glands simple,
flat, without divided appendages: Ivs. usually large;
cyathia usually long peduncled, subtended by several
broad bracts. Class TREISIA.
50. loricata, Lam. (E. Hystrix, Jacq., fide N. E. Br.).
A shrub, 2-3 ft. high : branches divergent from the base,
*/£in. thick: Ivs. linear, 2-3 in. long: peduncles persist-
ent as numerous brownish red thorns. Cape region. —
Some species of the subsection Anthacantha are in cult,
under the name of E. Hystrix. The names E. cldva,
Jacq., and E. corondta, Thunb., are used in the trade and
belong to closely related if not identical species of S.
Afr., probably not in cult. The sts. are smaller and the
infl. less spinose than in E. loricata.
51. bupleurifdlia, Jacq. St. ovate-spherical, elon-
gated in age, 3 in. thick, 4-5 in. high: podaria scale-like,
imbricated, quadrangular: Ivs. at st. apex, 4-8 in. long,
lanceolate: fls.
long-stalked;
peduncle not
persistent. Cape
region. B.M.
3476. — Seldom
cult., and, as it
does not branch,
cannot be prop,
by cuttings. E.
clandestina,
Jacq., differing
in tne club-
shaped st., Ity-
2 in. thick, with
oblong podaria
divergent above,
small Ivs. and
nearly sessile cyathia is listed, probably erroneously,
in the trade.
BBS. Sts. herbaceous or woody, rarely somewhat fleshy,
not spiny: infl. umbellate: stipules none. Section
TlTHYMALUS.
c. Lvs. below the umbel decussate: tall annual herb.
52. Lathyris, Linn. CAPER SPURGE. MOLE PLANT.
Fig. 1447. Annual, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. long, lance-
linear, those of the infl. ovate-acuminate: glands short-
1448. Euphorbia epithymoides. No. 57.
horned: caps, somewhat fleshy, %-%in. diam. Eu.,
and naturalized in E. U. S. Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard.
11, pi. 11. — Cult, in old gardens. Caps, sometimes
pickled, seeds used as a purgative. Said to drive away
moles from its neighborhood (see Cor-
nell Bull. 61 : 331) ; for a similar reason
known as "gopher plant" in S. Calif.
cc. Lvs. usually clustered at ends of
branches: shrubs. (Euphorbio-
dendron, Millsp.).
53. atropurpdrea, Brouss. Branch-
ing shrub, 3-6 ft. high: Ivs. pale,
glaucous green, spreading or droop-
ing, 2-3 in. long: umbel 5-10-rayed;
cyathia surrounded by large, dark
purple, broadly ovate, obtuse, con-
nate bracts; glands ovate. March.
Teneriffe. B.M. 3321.— Some other
red-leaved species used for bedding
in Amer. have been cult, under this
name, i.e., a purplish variety of E.
pulcherrima, and possibly E. haema-
todes, Boiss.
54. Regis- jabae, Webb. Like the
last but Ivs. narrowly linear and
bracts almost yellow: involucral
glands with 2 short horns. Teneriffe.
— Some plants under this name are
E. piscatoria, Ait. See Suppl. list.
55. dendroides, Linn. A large
branching shrub, more foliaceous than
the two preceding: Ivs. linear-lanceo-
late, obtuse or acute: bracts yellow-
ish, rhomboid-orbicular mucronate;
glands truncate or semi-lunate.
Medit. region. Gn. 36, p. 203. R.H.
1887:160.
56. fulva, Stapf (E. eldstica, Altam.
& Rose). PALO AMARILLO. Small
tree: Ivs. lanceolate, acute, pubes-
cent : cyathia few, bracts small, glands
ovate: caps, conical, 1 in. long. Mex.
— Used for rubber.
ccc. Lvs. below the umbel alternate: leafy perennial herbs.
D. Glands of the involucre oval, entire.
57. epithymoides, Jacq. (E. polychrdma, Kern.).
Fig. 1448. Many sts. 1 ft. or more long, forming a
hemispherical clump: rays of umbel 5: ivs. oblong,
dark green, those of the infl. various shades of yellow at
flowering time. May. Eu. B.M. 2258. Gn. 69, p. 295.
— A beautiful plant for the formal or informal border.
58. pildsa, Linn. Sts. about 18 in. high from a thick
rootstock, pilose: Ivs. oblong, nearly entire: umbel 5-
6-rayed, with similar branches below: caps. 2 lines
broad, nearly smooth or hairy, with or without minute
warts. Eu. and N. Asia. Var. major is a better form
for gardens with beautiful golden yellow foliage.
59. palustris, Linn. Differs from E. pilosa chiefly in
being glabrous or nearly so, more rays in the umbel,
and caps, with small but distinct warts on the back.
Eu. Gn. 76, p. 499. — The floral Ivs. are a bright yellow.
DD. Glands of involucre truncate, retuse, 2-horned or
crescent-shaped.
E. Seeds smooth.
60. Cyparissias, Linn. CYPRESS SPURGE and many
local names. Fig. 1449. Many short plume-like
branches from the crowns and adventitious root-buds,
covered with spreading, narrowly linear, dark green Ivs.
1 in. long. Eu. L.B.C. 2:118. G.C. II. 22:469. Kept.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 11, pi. 50. — Cult, in old gardens and
cemeteries for its moss-like growth. Naturalized and
a weed in E. U. S., but rarely producing seed here.
, »'
1449. Euphorbia
Cyparissias (X>i).
No. 60.
1174
EUPHORIA
61. Wulfenii, Hoppe. Sts. 3-4 ft. high, forming a
clump, densely covered with lanceolate, linear, acute,
bluish green pubescent Ivs., those of the infl. yellow, or
the base of the st. bare later, except for the conspicuous
leaf-scars: umbel many-rayed; glands 2-horned. Eu.
B. R. 24:6 (as#. Veneta). G. 31:103. G.C. III. 39:331.
Gn. 57, pp. 440-1; 74, p. 40. G.W. 13, p. 305.
62. biglanduldsa, Desf. Differs from E, myrsinites,
chiefly in the erect sts., lanceolate, acute Ivs. and smooth
seeds. Sicily to Syria. B.R. 274 (as E. riglda).
EE. Seeds rugose or pitted.
63. pinea, Linn. St. glabrous: st.-lvs. linear; those
of the infl. reniform-cordate: rays of umbel 5-7. Eu.
64. robusta, Small, and P&lmeri, Engelm., are many-
stemmed desert plants from W. U. S., about 1 ft. high
with small ovate Ivs., irregularly crescent-shaped glands
and roughened seeds. Kept. Mo. Bot. Garden. 11: pis.
40, 49. — They have been offered for sale, but have little
cultural value.
65. myrsinites, Linn. The many declined sts. covered
with large, fleshy, glaucous, obovate-oblong, concave,
pointed TVS. in close spirals: umbel 7-12-rayed; glands
and fls. yellow: seeds rugose. Eu. — A plant of old
gardens; good for walls and rockeries.
The following have been reported in cult, in Eu. but are not in
the American trade.
E. aggregdta, Berger. A succulent grown like E. cereiformis. —
E. aleppica, Linn. Annual of Tithymalus section. — E. amygda-
Idiaes, Linn. Perennial and almost woody. Common in England. —
E. angularis, Klotzsch (E. fimbriata, Hort.). A 3-5-angled succulent.
— E. aphylla, Brouss. Semi-succulent shrub, near E. Tirucalli. Gt.
37:277. — E. arbtiscula, Balf. Semi-succulent shrub near E. xylo-
phylloides. — E. balsamifera, Ait. Tropical shrub: Ivs. at end of
branches. Allied to E. dendroides. — E. Bertheldtii, C. Bolle. Sub-
tropical shrub allied to E. Regis-Jubse; name used incorrectly in
the trade. — E. Bdjeri, Hook. (E. Breonii). Semi-succulent, slender,
spiny shrub near E. splendens, Hook. B.M. 3527. — E. bubalina,
Boiss. (Section Treisia). Low, slender, spineless succulent, leafy
at apex. R.B. 209 (as E. oxystegia). — E. Cdctus, Erenh. Succulent,
spiny 3-angIed shrub, near E. Hermentiana. — E. cattimdndop,
Ell. Small, succulent, spiny, 5-angled tree. — E. cervicdrnis,
Boiss.=E. hamata. — E. chamsesyce, Linn. Low, opposite-lvd.
herb with corolla-like cyathia in clusters. — E. chardcias, Linn.
Umbellate perennial herb near E. Wulfenii. Gn. 59, p. 447. G.C.
II. 13:657. — E. colletioides, Benth. Low Mexican shrub: Ivs.
opposite. Plants grown under this name may be E. pteroneura.
— E. Dinteri, Berger. Spiny, 6-8-angled succulent shrub often
grown under names of E. virosa and E. tetragona. — E. Dregedna,
Mey. Spineless, almost leafless shrub, near E. Tirucalli. — E.
endpla, Boiss. Spiny succulent near E. heptagona, and confused
with it. — E. erdsa, Willd. Spiny succulent, near E. mammillaris.
— E. falcdta, Linn. Annual herb, near E. Aleppica. — E. fimbriata,
Hort.=E. angularis. — E. hamata, Sweet (E. cervicornis, Boiss.).
Low succulent shrub, leafy at apex, near E. clandestina. — E.
helicothele, Lem. Spiny, succulent tree, leafy at apex, near E.
neriifolia. I.H. 4, p. 100, desc. — E. helioscdpia, Linn. Umbel-
late annual , (Section Tithymalus). Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11:
pi. 26. — E. Intisy, Drake. Semi - succulent tropical shrub, near
E. Tirucalli. — E. Lagdscse, Spreng. Annual, near E. pilosa. — E.
Ld.ro, Drake. Semi-succulent shrub near E. Tirucalli. — E. lauri-
fdlia, Juss. Tropical shrub, leafy at ends of branches, near E.
atropurpurea. — E. Ledienii, Berger. Spiny succulent, near E.
•virosa, grown under the names of E. pentagona, E. ccerulea, and
E. coerulescens. B.M. 8275. — E. Lemairedna, Boiss. Spiny suc-
culent. Near E. grandicornis. — E. lophogdna, Lam. Succulent
with fringed angles, near E. Fournieri. B.M. 8076. — E. macro-
glypha, Lem. Spiny, 3-angled succulent. — E. Mdrlothii, Pax=
E. Montieri. — E. mauritdnica, Linn. Semi-succulent shrub. Near
E. Tirucalli. — E. melllfera, Ait. Tree, leafy at branch ends. Near
E. dendroides. B.M. 1305. — E. Montieri, Hook. (E. Marlothii,
Pax ). Succulent shrub, leafy at the apex , of Section Pseud-
euphorbium. B.M. 5534. — E. Morinii, Berger. Spiny succulent,
near E. cereiformis. — E. multiceps, Berger. Succulent. Near E.
Caput-Medusae. — E. niviilia, Ham. Spiny, succulent shrub, leafy
at apex. Near E. neriifolia. — E. Nylkse, Pax. Succulent tree with
2-angled joints. — E. obesa, Hook. Succulent. Near E. meloformis.
B.M. 7888. — E. obtusifdlia, Poir. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E.
Tirucalli. — E. officindrum, Linn. Succulent, spiny, 9-13-angled
shrub. Near E. Beaumieriana. — E. Paralias, Linn. Perennial herb
of Section Tithymalus. — E. parvimdmma, Boiss. Low succulent,
without spines. Near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. Phttlipsise, N. E. Br.
Succulent, spiny, 9-angled shrub. Near E. Beaumierana. — E.
pilulifera, Linn. Low annual with opposite Ivs. and inconspic-
uous cyathia in clusters: glands appendaged. — E. piscatdria, Ait.
Tropical shrub: narrow Ivs. at end of branches. Near E. Regis-
Jubse. — E. plumerioides, Teysmann. Tropical shrub similar to the
Erevious one. — E. procumbens, Mill. (E. pugniformis, Boiss.).
ucculent, not spiny. Near E. Caput-Medusse. B.M. 8082.
R.B. 161. — E. punicea, Swartz. Tropical shrub. Near E. atro-
purpurea. B.R. 190. B.M. 1961. L.B.C. 20:1901. G.C. II. 15:529.
— E. pyrifolia, Lam. Semi-succulent shrub, leafy at the apex.
Near E. lophogona. — E. Saplnii, De Wild. Slender, spiny suc-
culent. Near E. cereiformis. G.C. III. 45:66. — E. Schimperi,
Presl. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E. Tirucalli. — E. Schimperidna,
Hochst. An African annual of Section Tithymalus. This name
perhaps used erroneously for E. Schimperi. — E. Scolopendria,
Don=E. stellata. — E. scopiformis, Boiss. = E. serpiformis. — E.
serpiformis, Boiss. Section Arthrothamnus. Slender-branched
semi-succulent shrub with opposite, rudimentary Ivs. — E. Sib-
tharpii, Boiss. Perennial herb. Near E. Wulfenii. — E. Sipolisii,
N. E. Br. Slender succulent shrub with decurrent If.-bases.
Near E. pteroneura. — E. spindsa, Linn. Umbellate sub-shrub
or herb of S. Eu. Section Tithymalus. — E. stapelifdrmis, Hort.
=E. stapelioides, Boiss. (?). A plant near E. bupleurifolia. —
E. Stdpfii, Berger. Spiny, succulent, 4-angled shrub. — E. stel-
Isespina, Haw. Spiny 10-13-ribbed succulent. Near E. cereiformis.
— E. stellata, Willd. (E. uncinata, DC., referred here according to
N. E. Br.). Spiny succulent with branches V-shaped in cross-
section, and clustered on a short thick st. — E. tetragona, Haw.
Spiny, succulent 4-angled tree. R.B. 39. — E. trigdna, Haw.
Spiny, succulent, 3-angled shrub, near E. antiquorum. — E. tuber-
culdta, Jacq. Low succulent, near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. uncinata
=E. stellata.
Other names used but not classified: E. Amelia, Hort. — E.
articuldta, Hort. — E. aurelia, Hort. (E. Amelia?). — E. Cdput Com-
melinii, Hort. (E. Caput-Medusas? ) — E. Cdput-odordta, Hort. — E.
Cdput-Slmise, Hort. — E. capensis, Hort. (succulent). — E. colubrina,
Hort. — E. cyllndrica, Hort. — E. dentdta, Hort. — E. de Smetidna,
Hort. — E. erecta, Hort. — E. fundlis, Hort. — E. gardenias folia, Hort.
— E. grdcilis, Hort. — E. Houlletidna, Hort. — E. Houlletii, Hort. — E.
longifdlia, Hort. — E, mdngador, Hort. (E. mogador, Hort.?). — E.
Milleri. — E. obtiisa, Hort. — E. pavoensis, Hort. — E. pulchra, Hort.
— E. Pulletidna, Hort. — E. RebiUii, Hort. — E. sahariensis, Hort. —
E. waUoniensis, Hort. j g g> NORTQN-
EUPHORIA (name refers to the fact that the plant
carries well its edible frs.). Sapindaceas. A half-dozen
trees in Trop. and Subtrop. Asia, allied to Litchi but
differing in having petals and a deeply 5-parted imbri-
cate calyx; both genera are sometimes combined in
Nephelium. Lvs. pinnate: fls. regular; petals spatulate
or lanceolate, hairy inside; stamens usually 8: fr. glob-
ular or ellipsoid, more or less tuberculate or warty,
the size of a cherry or plum. The following species is
widely cult, in the eastern tropics. E. Longana, Lam.
(Nephelium Longana, Cambess.). Tree, 30-40 ft., with
gray bark: Ivs. scattered; Ifts. opposite or alternate,
elliptic to ovate to lanceolate, 2-5 pairs, rather obtuse
at both ends, to 12 in. long, entire: fls. small (%m. or
1450. Leaves of Euptelea polyandra. ( X J 3)
EUPHORIA
less across), yellowish white, in puberulent terminal
and axillary panicles; calyx deeply 5-6-lobed; petals
about equaling calyx, spatulate: fr. globose, reddish or
purple, %in. or less diam., tuberculate or becoming
warty or nearly smooth, with an edible aril. India.
B.M. 4096. B.R. 1729.— A much-prized fr. in China,
under the name of longyen, or linkeng, resembling
litchi but smaller and smoother and yellow-brown.
L. H. B.
EUPHRASIA (Greek for hilarity or delight). Scroph-
ulariacese. EYEBRIGHT. More than 100 low herbs,
of no special horticultural value although some of them
are mentioned in connection with alpine-gardening.
They are more or less parasitic on roots of other plants:
Ivs. opposite, dentate or incised: fls. small, largely
whitish or purplish, in terminal leafy spikes; calyx
mostly 4-cleft; corolla 2-lipped; stameus 4, didynamous,
ascending under the upper lip: caps, oblong, many-
seeded, dehiscent. The species range in temperate
and cold parts of the globe, several of them being N.
American.
EUPTELEA (Greek eu, well, handsome, and ptelea,
elm). Trochodendracex. Ornamental woody subjects
grown for their handsome foliage; also the red anthers
of the precocious flowers are conspicuous in early spring.
Deciduous shrubs or small trees: winter-buds con-
spicuous, with imbricate dark brown scales: Ivs. alter-
nate, slender-petioled, dentate: fls. before the Ivs., in
axillary clusters along last year's branches, perfect,
without perianth; stamens many, with large oblong-
linear, red anthers: carpels many, stipitate, oblique,
with a decurrent stigma, developing after the stamens
have dropped, growing into a small, slender-stalked
obliquely winged 1-4-seeded nutlet. — Three species in
Japan, Cent, and W. China, and E. Himalayas.
They are graceful bushy trees resembling the linden
in habit and foliage; the bright green leaves are very
slender-stalked, and the tree is conspicuous in early
spring from the bright red anthers of its flowers. E.
polyandra has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum
and possibly E. Franchetii is of the same hardiness.
They seem to grow well in a loamy well-drained soil
and prefer somewhat moist situations. Propagation is
by seeds or by grafting on their own roots.
polyandra, Sieb. & Zucc. Figs. 1450, 1451. Shrub or
small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled, usually round-
ish ovate, cuspidate, coarsely and irregularly dentate,
below pale green and slightly pubescent on the veins,
2-4 in. long: carpels usually 1-seeded, %in. long. April.
Japan. S.Z. 72. S.I.F. 1:41. Gng. 16:162.
Franchetii, Van Tieghem (E. Davidiana, Hemsl.,
not Baill.). Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. long-petioled, usually
roundish-ovate, cuspidate, fairly regularly sinuate-
dentate, light green below, 2-4 in. long: carpels usually
2-3-seeded. April. Cent, and W. China. H.I. 28:2787.
V.F. 9.
E. pleiosperma, Hook. f. & Thorns. (E. Davidiana, Baill.).
Closely related to E. Franchetii. Lvs. glaucous below: carpels
somewhat larger. W. China, E. Himalayas.
ALFRED REHDER.
EURYA (Greek for large, but of no application).
Ternstrcemiaceae (or Theacese). Shrubs of S. Asia and
Malaya (30 or more species), with small dioecious fls.,
berry-like frs., and simple, glabrous evergreen Ivs.: fls.
in axillary clusters, or rarely solitary; petals and sepals
5; stamens 15 or less (rarely only 5), joined to the base
of the corolla; ovary usually 3-loculed. Cleyera is by
some included in this genus. The euryas are allied to
camellias, and require much the same treatment.
They are grown for foliage rather than for fls. They
require an intermediate temperature and a peaty soil.
Prop, by cuttings taken from the tips of growing snoots.
E japonica, Thunb. (E. Siebbldii, Hort.), is the com-
mon species, and is very variable. The variegated form
EURYOPS
1175
of it (known in the trade as E. lalifdlia variegata) is one
of the best glasshouse decorative pot shrubs: Ivs.
variable in shape, usually ovate-acuminate and irregu-
larly toothed or notched, short-petioled, variously
blotched with white: fls. greenish white, in small,
axillary clusters. Japan. V. 23:5. L H B
EUR YALE (mythological name). Nymphseacese. One
species, the Indo-Chinese representative of Victoria
regia, from which it differs in
having all the stamens fertile
(in Victoria the inner ones are
sterile) and in the very small fl.
and in other technical characters.
E. ferox, Salisb., is the species.
The Ivs. are 1-4 ft. across, circu-
lar, purple and spiny-ribbed
beneath, dark green and uneven
above: fls. about 2 in. broad,
open by day, prickly outside;
calyx reddish inside and the 20-
30 purple petals shorter than
the calyx-lobes; stamens numer-
ous: fr. a small many-seeded,
globular berry, bearing the re-
mains of the calyx on its top;
seeds edible. B.M. 1447. — Long
cult, in China. Treated as an
annual. Has attracted little at-
tention since the intro. of Victo-
ria. Prop, by seeds only, which
are best stored in fresh cold
water. Plant in rich earth as
for nympheas, at 70-75° F. As
far north as Philadelphia and
St. Louis it is hardy, sowing
itself every season. It is feroci-
ously spiny.
E. amazfmica, Poepp., still advertised
in catalogues, is Victoria regia.
H. S. CONARD.
WM. THICKER.
EIWYANGIUM: Ferula.
EURYCLES (Greek-made
name, of no particular applica-
tion). Amaryllidacese. Two south
hemisphere tunicated - bulbous
plants, allied to H ymenocallis and
Pancratium. Fls. white or whit-
ish, umbellate on peduncles 12-18
in. long; perianth - tube cylin-
drical, the segms. oblong-lanceolate, ascending and nearly
equal; stamens inserted in the throat of the tube: Ivs.
broad and stalked, with prominent curving veins and
interlocking yeinlets. E. sylvestris, Salisb. (E. amboin-
ensis, Loud.).' BRISBANE LILY. Scapes 1-2 ft., bearing
an umbel of 10-40 handsome, creamy white fls. (2 in.
across): Ivs. round-cordate, with a very short, blunt
point; blooms in May and June in Eu., the Ivs. appear-
ing later. B.M. 1419 (as Pancratium amboinense).
B.R. 715 (as Pancratium australasicum) . R.H. 1879,
p. 456 and p. 457 (as E. australasica); 1913, p. 111.
G.W. 11, p. 583. G.Z. 24, p. 25. Malaya, Philippines,
N. Austral. — Cult, apparently as for pancratiums.
L. H. B.
EURYOPS (large eyes, because of the prominent
fls.). Compdsitx, Small shrubs of 25-30 species of Afr.
(mostly S. Afr.), Arabia and Socotra, very little known
in horticulture. The fls. are yellow, the heads with
female rays and tubular 5-toothed perfect disk-fls.;
receptacle convex or conical; involucre of 1 series of
scales: achene wingless and beakless, the pappus of
several rows of caducous bristles. These little bushes
or undershrubs grow from ^-3 ft., or sometimes 5 ft.,
1451. Flowers of
Euptelea polyandra.
(Natural size.)
1176
EURYOPS
EUTERPE
high. They are bloomed in the greenhouse or grown in
the open in mild climates. None seems to be regularly
in the trade.
EUSCAPHIS (Greek, eu, handsome, and scaphis,
vessel; alluding to the shape and the handsome color
of the dehiscent capsule). Staphyleacese. Ornamental
woody plant grown for its handsome foliage and the
attractive fruits.
Deciduous upright shrub or small tree, glabrous : Ivs.
opposite, odd-pinnate, stipulate: fls. in terminal upright
panicles, perfect; sepals, petals and stamens 5, all of
nearly equal length; ovary 2-3-celled, surrounded at
the base by an annular disk; styles 2-3, often connate:
fr. consisting of 1-3 spreading, leathery dehiscent pods,
each with 1-3 black seeds.— -One species in Japan and
Cent. China. A handsome plant with large pinnate
Ivs., small whitish fls. in upright panicles followed by
attractive brownish red frs. disclosing shining black
seeds when opening. It grows in any good garden soil,
but is only half-hardy N. Prop, by seeds and green-
wood cuttings under glass.
japonica, Dipp. (E. staphyleoldes, Sieb. & Zucc.
Sambiicus japdnica, Thunb.). Shrub, to 10 ft.: Ifts.
7-11, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, serrate, 1^-3 in. long,
each with 2 small stipules: fls. in broad many-fld.
panicles to 6 in. long: fr. consisting of 1-3 pods, %\n.
long, apiculate, each with 1-3 steel-blue seeds. May,
June; fr. Aug., Sept. Japan. S.Z. 67. S.I.F. 1:70.
ALFRED REHDER.
EUSTOMA (good mouth, alluding to the corolla).
Gentiandcese. Two or 3 N. American large-fld. glaucous
opposite-lvd. small herbs: fls. more or less paniculate,
single on the peduncles, 5-merous or rarely 6-merous;
calyx with narrow keeled lobes; corolla nearly campanu-
late, white, blue or purple, the lobes oblong or obovate,
usually erose; stamens attached on the corolla-throat;
ovary 1-celled; stigmas 2: caps, oval or oblong, many-
seeded. E. selenifolium, Salisb. (E. exaltdtum, Griseb.).
Annual, but in S. Calif, said to be perennial, 9-15 in.
erect: Ivs. oblong, glaucous-green: fls. light blue or pur-
ple, the corolla-lobes about or nearly 1 in. long, twice
exceeding the tube. Fla. to Calif. Offered in Calif.
EUSTREPHUS (Greek, referring to the climbing
habit). Liliacese. One or two Australian plants,
botanically related to Lapageria, but much less showy;
in habit suggestive of smilax (Asparagus medeoloides).
Plants more or less woody at base, slender, branching,
tall-climbing: Ivs. alternate, sessile or short-petioled:
fls. 2 to many, in axillary fascicles; perianth-segms.
distinct and spreading; stamens 6. E. latifolius, R.
Br., is a tall and much-branched half-twining herb,
more or less woody at the base, bearing alternate,
stiff, linear-lanceolate, short-stalked Ivs. and small,
axillary, drooping light blue fls. with spreading, ciliate
perianth-segms. : fr. a dry berry: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, sharp-
pointed: fls less than 1 in. across. B.M. 1245. Of easy
cult., either in the glasshouse border or in pots. Very
useful for table decoration and for design work.
L. H. B.
EUTACTA: Araucana.
EUTAXIA (from Greek words referring to the attrac-
tive appearance). Leguminbsse. Shrubs of Austral.,
with golden or yellow papilionaceous fls., one of which
is offered for greenhouse cult.: Ivs. small, opposite,
simple and entire: fls. solitary or a few together, or
sometimes crowded at ends of branches; standard
orbicular, entire or nearly so, exceeding the other petals;
stamens free: pod ovate, 2-valved. Said to require
general treatment of Chorizema. E. myrtifdlia, R. Br.
Glabrous, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. obovate-oblong to linear, mostly
%in. or less long: fls. yellow with dark orange keel,
solitary or 2-4 together. B.M. 1274 (as Dillwynia).
R.B. 26 : 13. Var. floribunda is listed.
EUTERPE (mythological name). Palmacese, tribe
Arecese. Slender erect spineless palms, with solitary
or fasciculate ringed caudices, and grown chiefly for
their graceful habit and feathery pinnate foliage.
Leaves terminal, equally pinnatisect; segms. nar-
rowly linear-lanceolate, long, and gradually acuminate
or ensiform, membranaceous, plicate, the thickened
margins recurved at the base; rachis and petiole 3-
sided toward the base, convex on the back, concave
above; petiole elongated; sheath very long, cylindrical,
entire: spadix paniculately branched: rachis elongated:
branches slender, gradually shortening above, usually
scaly, thick at the base, erect-spreading in fl. : spathes 2,
coriaceous or membranaceous, lanceolate, the lower one
shorter, split at the apex, dorsally 2-keeled, the upper
one symmetrical, split down the ventral side: bracts
bordering the furrows; bractlets ovate-acute: fls.
small, white, sessile in the furrows of the spadix: fr.
like a pea, purple. — Species about 8. Trop. Amer. and
W. Indies. G.C. II. 24:586.
Three species of Euterpe are commonly found in
cultivation, namely: E. edulis, E. montana and E.
oleracea. These are found under varying conditions in
Central and South America and the West Indies, and
all three species are valuable as food-producers to the
natives of those countries. E. edulis grows in great
quantities in the lowlands of Brazil, where it is known
as the assai palm, owing to the fact that its seeds are
macerated in water, and by this means is produced a
beverage known as assai. E. oleracea is the well-known
cabbage palm of the West Indies, growing in the low-
lands near the coast, while E. montana is the mountain
cabbage palm, and is frequently found at considerable
altitudes in the same islands, and consequently does not
attain the great dimensions of E. oleracea. — The euter-
pes do not present any special cultural difficulties,
being free-rooting and rapid-growing palms; a night
temperature of 65° F., and abundant moisture are
among their chief requirements. A good turfy loam,
with the addition of about one-fifth of stable manure
while in the compost heap, provides a suitable soil.
From their habit of forming a tall slender stem with-
out suckering from the base, the euterpes are liable to
become rather leggy specimens. When under culti-
vation, and for trade purposes, it is advisable to group
three or four of the young plants together, thus pro-
ducing a more bushy specimen. White scale is one of
the worst pests to which these palms are subject, and
soon ruins the foliage unless care is taken. Seeds germi-
nate in a few weeks if sown in a warm greenhouse, and
the young plants make better progress when moderately
shaded. (W. H. Taplin.)
ed&lis, Mart. PARA PALM. ASSAI PALM. St. 60-90 ft.
high, 8 in. thick, flexuous: Ivs. 10-15, spreading; the Ifts.
often pendulous; sheaths 3-4^ ft.; petiole 1^ ft.;
blade 6-9 ft.; segms. linear, spreading, deflexed, 60-80
on each side, densely crowded, 28-36 in. long, Jf—1 in.
wide: spadix about 2-3 ft. long, bearing numerous rather
inconspicuous fls. Brazil.
oleracea, Mart. CABBAGE PALM. St. 60-100 ft.,
scarcely 1 ft. diam. at base, attenuate above, flexuous:
Ivs. arcuate-spreading, 4-6 ft. long, the apex more or
less deflexed; segms. pendent, linear - lanceolate, the
upper 2 ft. long, 1 in. wide, many-nerved. Brazil. See
Oreodoxa.
montana, R. Graham. St. 10 ft. high, swollen at the
base, ringed: Ivs. 9 ft. long, elliptical-obovate; segms.
lanceolate, entire, glabrous, alternate; petiole 2 ft.
long, scaly beneath, unarmed; rachis plano-convex
below, subtriangular toward the apex: spadices several
on the trunk at one time, axillary, much branched; fls.
numerous, white. Grenada. B.M. 3874. — Intro, into
Botanic Garden at Edinburgh in 1815.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.f
EUTOCA
EtTOCA: Phacelia.
EVAPORATING FRUIT. The domestic operation of
drying fruit has been practised ever since men looked
beyond their immediate wants and stored food for
time of greater need. Dried fruit has long been an
article of commerce, yet until a few years ago only the
most primitive methods were used in drying, and the
industry, commercially, was confined to a few favored
regions in Europe. The modern industry is not yet a
half-century old. Its almost inconceivable growth in
America in this brief time is one of the industrial
phenomena of the times. Spurred into activity by the
encroachment of American products in their markets,
the European producers, by the adoption of better
methods, and by governmental encouragement, have
increased greatly their output of dried fruit. Thus,
from an adjunct to fruit-growing for home use. drying
fruit has become, within recent years, one of the main
branches of horticulture.
An idea of the dried-fruit industry in the United
States and of its great growth in recent years may be
obtained from the following figures from the census
of 1910 for the crop of 1909:
Raisina 111,774,767 pounds worth $4,837,933
Prunes 138,498,490 pounds worth 5,130,412
Peaches 46,843,391 pounds worth 2,423,083
Apples 44,568,244 pounds worth 3,098,095
Apricots 29,205,569 pounds worth 2,277,177
All other fruits 29,438,306 pounds worth 2,073,695
Adding the valuations given, results in a grand total
of $19,840,395 for dried fruits in the year 1909. Com-
paring this sum with the census of 1900, one finds that
the crop in 1899 was valued at $4,757,005 and that the
industry, judged by the figures, has increased more
than fourfold in ten years.
Fruit may be cured in the sun, or it may be cured in
drying-machines, called evaporators. That cured in the
sun is called by the producer "dried fruit;" that in
evaporators, "evaporated fruit." By far the larger part
of the world's product is cured in the sun. Thus, at
least three-fourths of the fruit dried in America is
sun-dried in California.
Sun-drying fruit. — In countries having a sufficiently
warm and dry climate, as Greece and Turkey, and
parts of France, Spain and western America, fruit is
dried almost wholly in the sun. The fact that in these
favored localities the drying capacity is limited only
by the acreage of sunshine, makes it certain that the
proportion of sun-dried fruit will always be vastly
greater than that of evaporated fruit. Drying fruit in
the sun is a simple process, but one hedged in by many
little arts and methods that facilitate the work and
improve the product. In general, the process is as
follows: The fruit is graded, bleached by sulfur, if a
light-colored product is desired, in the case of prunes
dipped or pricked, and is then spread on trays to be ex-
posed to the sun. When the drying process is completed,
the fruit is again graded, in most cases put through a
sweat, and then "finished" in various ways, as by dip-
ping or glossing.
Evaporating fruit. — There are many styles of evapora-
tors, but all possess in common a chamber for the
reception of the fruit, through which a current of warm
air is forced, or the fruit is forced through the air,
or both, the object being to remove the aqueous
matter from the fruit as quickly as possible, and the
principle being that warm air will absorb more moist-
ure than cool air. The saturated air must not remain
in contact with the fruit. Since different fruits exact
different conditions, it is necessary to change the
temperature and velocity of the air-current in the dry-
ing-chamber at will. To make the product homogene-
ous, current and temperature must be equal in all
parts of the evaporator. It is obvious that simplicity
in the machine and economy in heat and in room are
cardinal virtues in a good evaporator. It is the rule to
EVAPORATING FRUIT 1177
start the evaporation of large fruits at a low tempera-
ture and finish at a high one, but with berries the
reverse is true.
Recently two or three patented processes for curing
fruit by "dehydration" have been introduced with
much promise of betterment in the industry. While
the machinery, the methods and the products are quite
different in evaporating and dehydrating, the principle
in the two operations is practically the same. In both
processes the water is removed from the fruit by moving
currents of warm air. In evaporation the air is warmed
only. In dehydration the air is dried by cooling until
the moisture is condensed out and is then warmed and
passed over the fruit or vegetable to be cured. By the
new process much time is saved and a greater variety
of fruits and vegetables can be used.
The following are definitions of the somewhat techni-
cal terms used in the industry: Bleaching is the process
of changing the dark color of fruit to a lighter hue, or
of preventing the discoloration; it is generally accom-
plished by sulfuring. Bloaters are prunes which in dry-
ing swell up to an abnormal size; they are usually pro-
duced by fermentation in over-ripe fruit. Chops are
dried apples cured without paring or coring to be used
in making cider or vinegar. Dipping is the process of
cutting the skin of fresh prunes to facilitate curing.
The operation is performed by submerging the fruit
in boiling lye. Cured fruit is sometimes dipped in one
of various solutions as a "finishing" process. Drip
is the syrupy liquid which oozes from prunes in the
process of evaporation; it generally characterizes a
poor prune or a poor evaporator. Frogs are cured
E runes having an abnormal shape, a condition caused
y curing unripe fruit. Pricking is the process of
puncturing the cuticle of fresh prunes. It is done by
means of a machine, the essential part of which is a
board covered with projecting needles, over which the
prunes must pass. It accomplishes the same end as
lye-dipping. Sizes is a term used to indicate the num-
ber of cured prunes it takes to make a pound. The
"four sizes" known in the markets are 60's-70's, 70's-
80's, 80's-90's, 90's-100's. Sugaring is the formation
of globules of sugar on the cuticle of cured prunes or
raisins. Sulfuring is a process to which fruit is subjected
to give it a lighter color. The fruit is exposed to
fumes of burning sulfur before being exposed to the
sun or put in evaporators. Sweating is a process to
which cured fruit is subjected before packing; it is
put in a room at a high temperature and allowed to
become moist. Waste is a dried product made from
skins and cores of apples and pears and used for vinegar.
Apples and pears are peeled, cored, cut into rings
and bleached by being exposed to the fumes of sulfur
for about a half hour in preparation for drying or
evaporating. Fruits so prepared are placed upon
trays for sun-drying and must be cured in the sun for
three to five days. In evaporating in the western states,
the prepared fruits are placed on trays and passed in
from six to twelve hours through the evaporator
chamber, but in the East, where the product is chiefly
made, the prepared fruit is piled from 4 to 6 inches
deep on the floor of a kiln. Here it is left for fourteen
to sixteen hours? being turned every two or three hours,
until the fruit is no longer sticky, an indication that
it has reached the proper stage of dryness. In Ncu
York, the law requires that evaporated apples contain
not more than 27 per cent of moisture. One hundred
pounds of apples will yield from twelve to fifteen
pounds of evaporated apples.
Apricots, peaches and nectarines must be fully ripe
before drying and without bruises. They are pitted,
and may or may not be peeled. If peeled, the opera-
tion is done with a machine or with lye, though the use
of the latter is considered bad practice. The fruit is
placed on the trays cup side up. About three days are
required for drying in the sun and about eight hours
1178 EVAPORATING FRUIT
EVERGREENS
for evaporating. The cured product should be of a
translucent amber color.
Berries are seldom sun-dried for the markets. For
evaporating they are placed on trays in quantities of
sixteen to thirty quarts, given a temperature of about
175° at the start, and are
finished in four to five hours,
at a temperature of about 100°.
After being taken from the
evaporator, they are piled for
sweating in a warm, ventilated
room.
Figs for drying must be
gathered when fully ripe. Some
growers prefer drying in shade
rather than in sun. Evapora-
tors are seldom used. The fruit
is not allowed to dry hard, and
before packing must be well
sweated. Usually, for "finish-
ing," they are dipped in salt
1452. Where to dig in
removing an evergreen.
water or syrup. The drying process requires from five
to eight days.
Prunes are allowed to ripen until they fall to the
ground. Before being spread on the trays they are
dipped or pricked in order to thin or crack the skin,
that the moisture may easily escape, and dripping be
prevented. Sun-drying requires from one to three
weeks, while from twelve to thirty hours are required
for evaporation. A thorough sweat prevents the
sugaring so common to this fruit. Before packing they
are graded in sizes. Dipping as a "finish-
ing" process is practised by many pro-
ducers. A good prune is soft, smooth and
meaty, with loose pit, and of an amber,
dark red or golden hue, depending upon
the variety.
Grapes for raisins are sun-dried. They
must be picked when fully ripe, the
bunches, and the berries on the bunches,
being sorted as the picking progresses.
The operation of drying must be watched
with care. The process requires from eight
to fourteen days, during which time the
bunches must be turned at least once. A sweat is given
before packing. Raisins are graded into half a dozen
or more brands for the market. u. P. HEDBICK.
EVERGREENS. In horticulture, evergreens are
plants that retain green foliage the year around; they
do not shed all their foliage at any one time; in some
cases, the individual leaves may remain attached and
green for some years, as in many of the Coniferse, but
in all evergreens the old leaves shed after a time when
they become so overshadowed or crowded as to be no
longer functional. The leaves of pines and spruces
may persist three to fifteen years.
In the popular mind, "evergreen" and "conifer" are
synonymous; but some conifers — as the taxodiums
and larches — are deciduous. Moreover, in the tropics
very many trees aside from conifers are evergreen, as
notably the palms.
Evergreens may be classi-
fied as coniferous and broad-
leaved, the latter including
such plants as rhododendron,
kalmia, mahonia, box and
many others. The number
of plants that are evergreen
in the latitude of New York
City is very large. Few per-
sons recognize the wealth of
good winter greenery that
may be secured by exercising
1454. The roots bound up, careful choice of material and
and tree being loaded. providing proper conditions
1453 Digging up an evergreen.
and protection for its growth. There are many very
low evergreen plants that may contribute much to the
winter interest of a yard or garden, in the way of
edgings, masses, rosettes, and ground cover. The follow-
ing lists indicate the materials that are now at the com-
mand of the planter.
Beyond the latitude of
Lake Erie, the dependable
evergreens are mostly coni-
fers. At the Central Experi-
mental Farm at Ottawa,
those deciduous plants that
hold their foliage fairly late
in the autumn are mostly too
tender for use. A few good
plants, however, are, Oregon
grape (Mahonia) bearberry 1455. The method of binding
(Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi), up the roots.
Pachysandra terminalis, shrub
yellow-root (Xanthorrhiza apiifolia), and Quercus imbri-
caria. The Oregon grape is perhaps the most useful
evergreen there for ground-covering. The hardier
species of Ligustrum are also fairly satisfactory, but
most of the species of this genus leave so much dead
wood after winter that in very large masses they are
liable to be unsightly. Many attractive conifers are
reliable at Ottawa, in the genera Abies, Chamsecyparis,
Ginkgo, Juniperus, Picea, Pinus, Pseudotsuga, Taxus,
Thuja, Tsuga.
The uses of evergreens are discussed in other places
in the Cyclopedia, as under Arboriculture, Herbary,
Landscape-Gardening, Lawn-Planting, Per-
ennials, Rock-Gardening, Screens,Shrubbery,
Topiary Work, Wild-Garden, Windbreaks,
Winter-Gardening. For lists of evergreens
for California, see pp. 379-381 (Vol. I).
L. H. B.
Moving large evergreens.
Figs. 1452-1457.
Large evergreens are moved with a
ball of earth because they have no dor-
mant period, but carry their foliage and
need moisture at all times of the year. It is essential
that the ball of earth contains a sufficient amount
of small fibrous feeding roots to support the tree
and that the tree be kept well watered for two or
more seasons until the tree has spread its roots over
sufficient area to gather enough rainfall to sustain the
normal growth. The extent of fibers in the ball is
increased by transplanting and root-pruning. Root-
pruning is less essential with trees having an abundance
of fibrous roots than with trees haying only a few large
coarse roots in the central portion. Some trees, as
white pine, will survive with a comparatively small
number of roots, their drought-resistant qualities
enabling them to persist with a small supply of mois-
ture. Other evergreens, as Nordmann's fir, have a long
carrot-like taproot, and the tree is likely to die if this
is cut and the tree given an
inadequate quantity of water.
Frequent nursery transplant-
ing is, therefore, necessary
with this species.
Trees are dug by starting
a trench at a radius from the
tree about 3 feet wider than
the ball of earth to be taken.
The roots are cut off on the
outside of the trench and the
soil dissected out from be-
tween the roots back to the
size of the ball These 1456 Di ; the hole in
roots are bent around against frozen ground to receive the
the ball of earth if they are tree.
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
1179
flexible enough to bend. If not sufficiently flexible and
tractable, they are cut off.
A canvas is made 15 to 24 inches deep, and is made
smaller at the bottom by folding over a V and sewing
it. This makes it fit a conical ball and, when it is
pulled up 3 inches by the cross-lashing at the top, makes
it tighter. The canvas has cross-ropes sewed on it with
rings at the top and bottom, and on the deeper balls
two rows of rings in the middle. The bottom rope is
tightened by a wooden lever 20 inches long with four
holes, the rope being looped through the holes and the
lever thrown over to pull the rope tight. The top rope
is then tied and tightened by cross-lashing.
To get the ball free from the subsoil, dig under all
around and tip the tree slightly. Level off the bottom
with a fork. If there are tap-roots, tunnel under and
cut them with a saw. Put a platform as far under as
possible and tip the tree back. To get the ball in the
center of the platform, put a hammock around the ball
and pull. Hold the platform in position by crowbars
driven in front of it. Lash the ball to the platform,
make an incline, drag the platform out of the hole onto
a truck or sled. Skids
with small wheels set in
them about 1 foot apart
enable a team to load a
ball quickly. With balls
10 to 15 feet feet in diam-
eter and 20 inches deep,
jacks and pipe rollers are
needed.
1457. Transporting a large evergreen tree.
Trees over 10 feet need to be tipped over to go under
wires. If the canvas is put on tight and at the proper
taper, and if the ball is cut flat to fit close to the plat-
form and lashed tight to the platform, the tipping
can be done without the ball shaking loose. Sometimes
a canvas or burlap bottom can be put between the
platform and the ball. In unloading, the tree is stood
up, team hooked to the platform and the tree dragged
off to the ground. The tree may drop 2 feet without
injury. The platforms are dragged to the hole and
balls less than 4 feet rolled into the hole. Larger
balls have the platform dragged into the hole and the
platform pulled out holding the tree in position by a
hammock. To straighten the tree, tramp the earth
solid under it until it stands erect. Take off the canvas,
spread out the side roots, pack the earth and anchor as
with deciduous trees. Keep the ball moist; examine
it once a month or more often by digging or boring
into the ball during the first two years. Evergreens
moved with a too small ball or with not enough fibers
in the ball or with the watering neglected, may grow 3
inches a year for the first two or three years. If prop-
erly moved, they will grow 6 inches or more a year —
half their normal growth.
Deciduous trees may be moved with balls of earth
by the above method, and it has proved an aid with
difficult species, as beech, oak, liquidambar, tulip.
Especially when previously transplanted or root-
pruned, the above trees 3J^ inches in diameter moved
with a ball of earth 4 feet in diameter are very success-
75
1458. Picea excelsa, the Norway
spruce. One of the 'most popu-
u* evergreens.
ful, while without a ball many are lost or the growth is
much slower. Investigation should be made to see
whether this is because of less disturbance of the
roots or because there is carried with the roots and soil
a mycelium of a fungus which aids the roots to take
up plant-food and mois-
ture.
The tune of year for
moving trees is of minor
importance. It is over-
emphasized by purchaser,
landscape architects and
nurserymen, and results
in heavy financial loss to
nurserymen in congesting
sales and their own plant-
ing in the short spring
season. It greatly lessens
the total amount of plant-
ing needed for forest,
shelter - belt, landscape,
fruit, and other economic
purposes. A nurseryman
may plant all the year.
Evergreens can be taken
up with a ball of earth even in May and June. The
new growth may curve down. After June 20, the
spruces, and after July 10, the pines, are firm enough
not to wilt. August-September sales with a ball of
earth are just as successful as April. The ground is
warm and the roots grow rapidly; the ground can be
made moist. Weather in September is less dry than
in May and June.
Small evergreens up to 2 feet high may be planted
in August and September from one part of the nursery
to another without balls of earth, if the roots are very
carefully dissected out without breaking. There will
be more failures if the week following planting is hot
and dry.
Planting with balls of earth
may continue all winter,
especially if the ground is
mulched to keep out the frost
and permit economical dig-
ging of the tree and the hole.
The frozen ball of earth is
an old method, frequently
referred to, but is not an aid.
If the ball is frozen solid and
remains so for one or two
months with dry winds, the
top may dry out and die as
has occurred with red cedar.
If the ball is not frozen, sap
can come up to take the
place of that lost by trans-
piration.
A ball of earth 3
feet in diameter is
needed for an ever-
green 8 to 10 feet
high ; 4}/6 feet in diam-
eter for an evergreen
15 feet high, except
red cedar which can
have a ball 3 feet; a
ball of earth 12 feet
in diameter is needed
for a pine 35 feet high.
Root -pruning pines,
spruce and hemlock,
permits moving the
following year with a
smaller ball than
otherwise. In root-
pruning, the trench
1459. Picturesque field pine.
remnant of a forest.
1180
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
can go three-quarters of the way around or three or
four of the larger roots can be left across the trench
to keep the tree from blowing over. Root-pruning of
red cedars is of less advantage and is rarely practised.
In New England and northern New York, the pine,
spruce and hemlock, have only a few coarse roots just
under the surface and no roots extending 2 feet deep.
When moved to better-drained soils on the coastal
plain, they develop deeper roots and have ten times as
many fibers in a ball 4 feet in diameter. The above
evergreens with their shallow root-systems can be
taken up with a disc of roots, peat and grass 8 inches
deep and 3 to 4 feet wide. This can be set on a wagon
and trees 10 to 15 feet high easily moved. Less roots
1460. The beauty of young evergreens lies in their symmetry
and the preservation of the lower limbs.
will be broken or bare if the ball is tied in burlap. The
usual cause of failure in this operation is neglect of
watering. Hemlocks and probably other trees will be
aided by shading for the first two months.
HENRY HICKS.
Woody evergreens for New England and New York.
B=Broad-leaved evergreens.
s=Semi-evergreen.
p=Protected at Arnold Arboretum, Boston.
T=Tender above New York City.
BBT Abelia chinensis.
BBP Abelia grandiflora.
BT Abelia uniflora.
T Abies amabilis.
Abies appollinis.
Abies balsamea.
Abies cephalonica.
Abies cilicica.
Abies concolor.
Abies Fraseri.
T Abies grandis.
Abies homolepis=A. brachyphylla.
Abies magnifica.
Abies nobilis.
Abies Nordmanniana.
Abies pectinata=A. Picea.
Abies Picea.
T Abies Pinsapo.
T Abies shastensis.
Abies sibirica.
Abies Veitchii.
BT Acsena microphylla.
BT Acsena ovalifolia.
BS Akebia lobata.
BS • Akebia quinata.
B Alyssum saxatile.
B Andromeda floribunda=Pieris floribunda.
B Andromeda glaucophylla.
BP Andromeda japonica=Pieris Japonica.
BT Andromeda nitida=Lyonia nitida.
B Andromeda polifolia.
BS Andromeda speeipsa=Zenobia speciosa.
BT Arbutus Menziesi.
BT Arbutus Unedo.
B Arctostaphyios Uva-ursi.
B Arundinaria chrysantha.
B Arundinaria Fprtunei var. variegate.
B Arundinaria Hindsii.
B Arundinaria japonica.
BT Aubrietia deltpidea.
BT Aucuba japonica.
BS Azalea amo3na=Rhododendron amcenum.
BT Azara microphylla.
BS Baccharis halimifolia.
BT Baccharis patagonica.
BS Baccharis salicina.
B Bambusa nana.
BS Berberis aristata. See Mahonia for evergreen barberries with
compound leaves.
BP Berberis buxifolia.
B Berberis Gagnepainii.
B Berberis ilicifolia, Hort.=Neubertii.
BS Berberis Neubertii=B. vulgarisxM. aquifolium. Foliage
intermediate drying and turning brown in winter and both
single and trifoliate leaves on same plant.
Berberis Sargentiana (one of the best).
B Berberis stenophylla.
B Berberis verruculosa.
B Berberis Wallichiana, Hort.=B. Sargentiana.
BS Berberis Wilsonse (leaves brown).
BT Bignonia capreolata.
Biota orientalis=Thuja orientalis.
Bruckenthalia spiculiflora (light leaf-mulch).
Bryanthus empetriformis.
Bryanthus erectus.
Bryanthus taxifolius=Phyllodoce carulea.
BBP Buddleia japonica.
SBP Buddleia Davidii (variabilis) var. magnifica.
BBP Buddleia Davidii var. superba.
SBP Buddleia Davidii var. Wilsonii.
BSP Bumelia lanuginosa.
B Buxus japonica.
BP Buxus sempervirens.
p Calluna vulgaris, vars. alba, elata, rubra, tomentosa (light
leaf-mulch).
BBT Carrieria calycina.
Caryotaxus=Torreya.
Cassiope hypnoides.
Cassiope tetragona.
BT Castanopsis chrysophylla.
BS Ceanothus Fendleri.
T Cedrus atlantica.
T Cedrus Deodara.
p Cedrus Libani.
Cephalotaxus drupacea.
p Cephalotaxus Fortunei.
B Cercocarpus parvifolius.
BS Chamaebatiara millefolium.
Chamfficistus=Loiseleuria.
T Chamaecyparis Lawsoniana.
Chamascyparis nutkaensis (C. nootkatensis).
Chamaecyparis obtusa, especially var. nana.
Chamaecyparis pisifera.
Chamaecyparis sphseroidea.
BS Chamsedaphne calyculata (leaves brown).
B Chimaphila maculate.
B Chimaphila umbellata.
B Chiogenes hispidula.
T Cistus laurifolius.
BS Clematis paniculate.
T Clematis Armandii.
BS Cocculus Thunbergii.
Corema Conradii.
BBP Cotoneaster adpressa \
BP Cotoneaster buxifolia I
BP Cotoneaster Dammeri
SBP Cotoneaster hprizontalis
BP Cotoneaster microphylla I
ST Cotoneaster salicifolia /
Cryptomeria japonica.
T Cupressus Macnabiana.
BS Cytisus capitatus.
BS Cytisus nigricans.
BP Cytisus purgans.
p Daboecia polifolia (light leaf-mulch).
B Daphne Blagayana.
B Daphne Cneorum.
SBP Daphne Houtteana.
BT Daphne Laureola.
BP Daphne pontica.
Diapensia lapponica.
BT Distylium racemosum.
B Dryas octopetala (better with winter shade).
BS Elaeagnus umbellata.
Empetrum nigrum.
Ephedra distachya.
Ephedra gerardiana.
B Epigasa repens.
(light leaf-mulch).
(light leaf-mulch).
ST Evonymus americana.
BS Evonymus Bungeana var. semipersistens.
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
1181
BT Evonymus japonica.
B Evonymus nana (leaves bronze).
Evonymus nana var. Koopmannii (leaves bronze).
BT Evonymus patens.
B Evonymus radicans, in variety, especially vegeta and Car-
rierei.
BT Garrya elliptica.
BT Garrya Fremontii.
BT Garrya Veitchii var. flavescens.
B Gaultheria procumbens.
B Gaylussacia brachycera.
BS Genista elata.
BS Genista germanica.
EPS Genista pilosa.
EPS Genista procumbens.
BS Genista tinctoria.
B Hedera helix (tender in exposed places; safer with winter
shade).
BS Helianthemum vulgare.
BS Hippophae rhamnpides.
B Hyssopus officinalis.
BS Hypericum.
B Iberis sempervirens.
B Iberis tenoreana.
PB Ilex crenata.
B Ilex crenata microphylla,
B Ilex glabra.
B Ilex opaca.
B Ilex rugosa.
BT Ilex yomitoria.
BT Jasminum humile=J. revolutum, Hort.
Juniperus chinensis in variety, especially procumbens.
Juniperus communis in variety, especially fastigiata, hiber-
nica and nana.
Juniperus sabina in variety, especially humilis, prostrata and
tamariscifolia.
Juniperus virginiana in variety, especially globosa, procum-
bens and tripartita.
B Kalmia angustifolia.
B Kalmia glauca.
B Kalmia latifolia.
B Ledum groenlandicum.
B Ledum palustre.
B Leiophyllum buxifolium.
B Leucothoe axillaris.
B LeucothoS Catesbffli.
BS Leucothoe racemosa.
T Libocedrus decurrens.
BS Ligustrum Ibota var. myrtifolium.
BS Ligustrum strongylophyllum.
BST Ligustrum ovalifolium.
B Ligustrum Prattii.
BS Ligustrum vulgare.
B Linnsea borealis.
Loiseleuria procumbens.
BS Lonicera fragrantissima.
BS Lonicera Henryi.
BS Lonicera japonica(= L. Halleana) in variety.
BS Lonicera similis var. Delavayi.
BS Lonicera Standishii.
BS Lonicera Standishii var. lancifolia.
BS Lonicera xylosteum.
BS Lycium chmense.
BS Lycium halimifolium=L. vulgare.
Lycopodium annotinum.
Lycopodium clavatum.
Lycopodium complanatum.
Lycopodjum lucidulum.
Lycopodium obscurum.
BT Lyonia nitida=Andromeda nitida.
BS Magnolia glauca.
B Mahonia Aquifolium
B Mahonia Fortune!
BP Mahonia japonica \ Formerly included in
B Mahonia nepalensis I Berberis.
B Mahonia nervosa
B Mahonia repens (most hardy)
B Mitchella repens.
BT Osmanthus Aquifolium.
B Pachysandra terminalis.
B Pachystima Canbyi.
BP Pachystima Myrsmites.
BT Pernettya angustifolia.
BT Pernettya mucronata.
BT Phillyrea decora.
Phyllodoce cserulea=Bryanthus taxifolius.
B Phyllostachys flexuosa.
B Phyllostachys Marliacea.
B Phyllostachys violascens.
Picea Abies=P. excelsa.
Picea ajanensis.
Picea Alcockiana.
Picea alba=P. canadensis.
Picea Engelmannii.
Picea excelsa=P. Abies.
Picea excelsa var. Barryi.
Picea excelsa var. clanbrasiliana.
Picea excelsa var. Ellwangeriana.
Picea excelsa var. Gregoriana.
Picea excelsa var. Maxwellii.
Picea excelsa var. pendula.
Picea excelsa var. pumila.
Picea excelsa var. pygmaea.
Picea excelsa var. pyramidalis.
Picea Mariana=P. nigra.
Picea Menziesii=P. pungens.
Picea nigra and var. Doumettii.
Picea omorika.
Picea orientalis.
Picea polita=P. Torano.
Picea pungens.
Picea rubra.
T Picea sitchensis.
Pieris= Andromeda.
Pinus austriaca.
Pinus Banksiana=P. divaricata.
Pinus cembra.
Pinus densiflora and var. pumila.
Pinus divaricata.
Pinus echinata.
Pinus edulis.
T Pinus excelsa.
Pinus flexilis.
T Pinus Jeffreyi.
Pinus montana.
Pinus monticola.
Pinus palustris.
Pinus parviflora.
Pinus ponderosa.
Pinus resinosa.
Pinus rigida.
Pinus Strobus.
Pinus sylvestris.
Pinus Tseda.
Pinus Thunbergii.
Pinus virginiana.
B Polygala chamaebuxus.
B Potentilla tridentata (leaves brown-purple).
BP Prunus Laurocerasus var. schipkaensis.
Pseudotsuga taxifolia=P. mucronata or P. Douglasii.
BT Pyracantha coccinea var. Lalandii.
BT Pyracantha coccinea var. pauciflora.
Pyxidanthera barbulata.
BS Quercus imbricaria.
BT Quercus macedonica.
BTS Quercus Libani.
BS Quercus Turneri.
Retinospora decussata=Thuja orientalis var. decussata.
Retinospora dubia=R. ericoides, Hort.
Retinospora Ellwangeriana.
Retinospora ericoides, Zucc.=Chamfficyparis sphaeroidea
var. ericoides.
Retinospora ericoides, Hort.=Thuja occidentalis ericoides.
Retinospora filjcoides.
Retinospora filifera.
Retinospora juniperoides=R. decussata.
Retinospora leptoclada, Hort.=Chamsecyparis sphseroidea
var. andelyensis.
Retinospora lycopodioides.
Retinospora meldensis.
Retinospora obtusa.
Retinospora pisifera.
Retinospora rigida=R. decussata.
Retinospora Sieboldii=R. decussata.
Retinospora squarrosa, Sieb. & Zucc.=Chamtecyparia pisif-
era var. squarrosa.
Retinospora squarrosa, Hort.=R. decussata.
BT Rhamnus Alaternus.
BTS Rhamnus hybrida.
B Rhododendron arbutifolium.
B Rhododendron brachycarpum.
B Rhododendron californicum.
B Rhododendron caro!inianum=R. punctatum, in part.
B Rhododendron catawbiense.
B Rhododendron caucasicum.
B Rhododendron ferrugineum.
B Rhododendron hirsutum.
B Rhododendron maximum.
B Rhododendron Metternichi.
B Rhododendron minus=R. punctatum, in part.
B Rhododendron myrtifoliuni.
BT Rhododendron ponticum.
B Rhododendron prtecox var. "Early Gem" (flowers often
caught by early frost).
B Rhododendron Wilsonii, Hort.=R. arbutifolium (true Rhodo-
dendron Wilsonii is tender and not cultivated in the United
States).
B Rhodothamnus chamsecistus=Rhododendron chanuecistus.
BS Rosa wichuraiana.
BS Rubus laciniatus (leaves bronze).
BS Rubus spectabilis var. plena=R. fruticosus.
BS Ruta graveolens.
B Sal via officinalis.
Sciadqpitys verticillata.
T Sequoia sempervirens.
T Sequoia Washingtoniana.
BT Smilax laurifolia.
so Spireea cantoniensis.
Taxus baccata in variety, especially repandens, which is the
most hardy English yew.
Taxus canadensis.
Taxus cuspidata (best and hardiest of all yews).
1182
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
Taxus cuspidata var. brevifolia or nana.
Teucrium chamsedrys.
T Thuja gigantea=T. plicata.
Thuja jappnica.
Thuja occidentals in variety, especially plicata.
Thuja orientalis in variety, especially decussata.
T Thujopsis dolobrata.
as Thymus Serphyllum.
BS Thymus vulgaris.
Torreya nucifera.
T Torreya taxifoliai
Tsuga canadensis.
Tsuga caroliniana.
Tsuga diversifolia.
Tsuga heterophylla.
T Tsuga mertensiana.
Tumion=Torreya.
T Ulex europaeus.
B Vaccinium macrocarpon.
B Vaccjnium oxycoccus.
B Vaccinium Vitis-Idsea.
B Viburnum rhytidophyllum.
B Vinca minor.
B Yucca filamentosa.
B Yucca flaccida.
B Yucca glauca=Y. angustifolia.
BS Zenobia speciosa nitida.
BS Zenobia speciosa var. pulverulenta.
RALPH W. CURTIS.
Broad-leaved evergreens for Washington and
the South.
Broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Washington, D.C.
The evergreens and half evergreens of foregoing list
are also good.
The following list of broad-leaved evergreens hardy
at Arnold Arboretum may also be expected to thrive
at Washington.
Abelia floribunda.
Aucuba himalaica.
Aucuba japonica.
Aucuba japonica var. concolor.
Buxus balearica.
Buxus sempervirens var.
arborescens.
Buxus sempervirens var.
Handsworthii.
Buxus sempervirens var. suf-
fruticosa.
Cotoneaster Simonsii (nearly
deciduous at Washington).
Cotoneaster thymifolia (nearly
deciduous at Washington).
Daphne Laureola.
El»agnus pungens var. reflexa.
Eriobotrya japonica.
Evonymus japonica var.
macrophylla.
Garrya elliptica.
Ilex aquifolium.
Ligustrum japonicum.
Ligustrum lucidum.
Ligustrum lucidum var. aureo-
marginatum.
Ligustrum Quihoui (half ever-
green).
Ligustrum sinense (half ever-
Magnolia grandiflora. [green).
Nandina domestica.
Osmanthus Aquifolium.
Phillyrea angustifolia.
Photmia serrulata.
Prunus Laurocerasus var.
Bertini.
Prunus Laurocerasus var.
colchica.
Prunus Laurocerasus var..
schipkaensis.
Prunus Laurocerasus var.
rotundifolia.
Pyracantha coccinea.
Rhododendron amoenum.
Rhododendron arbutifolium.
Rhododendron carolinianum.
Rhododendron Hinodegiri.
Rhododendron minus.
1461. Picea pungens. The two small tufts at the right
are P. ezcelsa var. Mazwelli.
Broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Norfolk and South
Berberis congestiflora.
Berberis Darwinii.
Elaeagnus pungens var. maculata.
Elaeagnus pungens var.
Simonii.
Gardenia jasminoides.
Gardenia jasminoides var. Fortunei.
Ilex cornuta.
Laurus nobilis.
Laurus regalis.
Leucothoe acuminata.
Magnolia fuscata.
Magnolia Thompsoniana.
Mahonia Fortunei.
Mahonia nepalensis.
Mahonia trifoliata.
Photinia serrulata.
Prunus caroliniana.
Prunus lusitanica.
Quercus acuta.
Quercus Darlingtonii.
Quercus sempervirens.
Yucca aloifolia.
Yucca Treculeana.
Abelia grandiflora.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.
Azara microphylla.
Buddleia japonica.
Bumelia lanuginosa.
Bumelia lycipides.
Buxus japonica.
Buxus sempervirens.
Cistus laurifolius.
Cotoneaster buxifolia.
Cotoneaster microphylla.
Daphne Blagayana.
Daphne Cneorum.
Daphne pontica.
Ilex crenata.
Ilex glabra.
Ilex opaca.
Ilex vomitoria.
Kalmia angustifolia.
Kalmia latifolia.
Leucothoe axillaria.
Leucothoe Catesbaei.
Mahonia japonica.
Pachistima Canbyi.
Pachistima Myrsinites.
Pernettya anguatifolia.
Pernettya mucronata.
Phillyrea decora.
Pieris floribunda.
Pieris japonica.
Prunus Laurocerasus.
Pyracantha coccinea var.
Lalandii.
Pyracantha coccinea var. pauci-
flora.
Rhododendron amoenum.
Rhododendron indicum.
Yucca filamentosa and varieties.
Yucca floccida and varieties.
Yucca glauca.
Zenobia speciosa and varieties.
1462. Young trees of Pinus ponderosa, useful in the
Rocky Mountain region.
A list of broad-leaved evergreens in addition to those
recommended for Norfolk, Virginia, for the South
Atlantic and Gulf Coast regions and as far inland as
Augusta and Montgomery. Those marked "S" thrive
only in the warmest sections.
Prunus versaillensis.
Ligustrum nepalense.
Metrosideros floribunda (S).
Myrtus communis.
Nerium odorum.
Nerium Oleander.
Nerium splendens.
Olea fragrans.
Othera japonica=Ilex Integra.
Pittosporum Tobira.
Quercus suber.
Ruscus aculeatus.
Thea Bohea.
Trachycarpus Fortunei (S).
Viburnum odoratissimum.
Viburnum suspensum.
Viburnum Tinus.
Viburnum sandankwa.
F. L. MULFORD.
Arbutus Unedo.
Ardisia crenulata.
Berberis fascicularis.
Bumelia angustifolia.
Bumelia tenax.
Camellia japonica (S).
Cinnamomum Camphora (S).
Cleyera japonica.
Cytisus canariensis.
Cytisus filipes.
Cytisus monspessulanus.
Gardenia florida.
Gardenia Fortunei.
Gardenia radicans.
Helianthemum ocymoides.
Illicium anisatum (S).
Leucothoe acuminata.
Prunus lusitanica.
Plants that are evergreen on the middle
Great Plains.
It must be remembered that on the Great Plains
the conditions vary enormously, and that few plants
naturally range over the whole area, or are capable
of being successfully grown in artificial plantations
throughout the whole area Two special localities are
frequently mentioned in the list. Arbor Lodge is the
arboretum established by the late J. Sterling Morton
at Nebraska City, within a few miles of the Missouri
EVERGREENS
River. The University Arboretum is at Lincoln,
Nebraska, on the high prairies 60 miles west of the
Missouri River.
Trees.
Abies balsamca (not common).
Abies cephalonica (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Abies cilicica (Arbor Lodge).
Abies concolor (common).
. Abies nobilis (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Nordmanniana (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Picea (Arbor Lodge )= A. pectinata.
Abies Pinsapo (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Veitchii (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Chamsecyparis pisifera (Arbor Lodge).
Juniperus scopulorum (native in western portion).
Juniperus virginiana (native in eastern portion.)
Juniperus virginiana var. aurea variegata (University Arboretum).
Juniperus virginiana var. elegantissima (University Arboretum;.
Juniperus virginiana var. glauca (University Arboretum).
Picea Alcockiana (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Pjcea canadensis (common) =P. alba.
Picea Engelmanni (rare).
Picea excelsa (common)=P. Abies.
Picea excelsa var. inverta (University Arboretum).
Picea excelsa var. pumila (University Arboretum).
Picea excelsa var. pumila compacta (University Arboretum).
Picea mariana (Arbor Lodge )=P. nigra.
Picea orientalis (Arbor Lodge).
Picea nigra (University Arboretum)=P. mariana.
Pjcea nigra var. Doumetti (University Arboretum).
Picea Parryana (common)=P. pungens.
Picea polita (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum)=P. Torano.
Pinus austriaca (very common; University Arboretum).
Pinus austriaca var. cebennensis (monspetiensis) (University
Arboretum) .
Pinus cembra (Arbor Lodge).
Pinus divaricata (common) =P. Banksiana.
Pinus laricio (Arbor Lodge).
Pinus massoniana (Arbor Lodge).
Pinus montana (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Pinus resinosa (not common).
Pinus rigida (Arbor Lodge).
Pinus scopulorum (native in western portion).
Pinus Strobus (common).
Pinus sylvestris (very common).
Pseudotsuga taxifolia (common)=P. Douglasii.
Taxodium distichum (not common).
Taxus canadensis (Arbor Lodge).
Thuya occidentalis (common).
Thuya orientalis (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Tsuga canadensis (Arbor Lodge).
Shrubs.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (native in western portion).
Berberis ilicifolia (University Arboretum).
Buxus (not common; tender at University Arboretum).
Evonymus japonica (University Arboretum).
Evonymus nana? (University Arboretum).
Evonymus radicans (University Arboretum).
Hedera helix (rarely hardy; tender).
Ilex opaca (rarely planted; tender).
Juniperus chinensis (University Arboretum).
Juniperus communia var. aurea (University Arboretum; tender).
Juniperus communis (native in western portion; University
Arboretum).
Juniperus communis var. hibernica (University Arboretum; tender).
Juniperus sabina var. prostrata (University Arboretum).
Juniperus stricta (University Arboretum).
Ligustrum Ibota (half evergreen; University Arboretum).
Ligustrum ovalifolium (evergreen; half hardy; University Arbore-
tum).
Ligustrum ovalifolium var. aurea (half evergreen; hardy; University
Arboretum).
Ligustrum vulgare (half evergreen; University Arboretum).
Ligustrum vulgare var. buxifolium (evergreen, hardy; University
. Arboretum).
Ligustrum vulgare var. fructealba (half evergreen; University
Arboretum).
Lonicera japonica var. Halliana.
Mahonia Aquifolium (native in western portion).
Rhododendron maximum (rarely planted; tender).
Sin i lax hispid a (half evergreen; native).
Yucca filamentosa (common).
Yucca glauca (native in western portion).
Herbs.
Equisetum hiemale (native throughout).
Equisetum Iseyigatum (native throughout).
Equisetum scirpoides (native throughout).
Equisetum yanegatum (native throughout).
Iris germanica.
Iris purnila.
Mamillaria missouriensis (native in western portion).
Mamillaria viviparus (native in western portion).
Opuntia arborescens (native in southwestern portion).
Opuntia camanchiana (native in southwestern portion).
Opuntia fragilis (native throughout).
EVERLASTINGS 1183
Opuntia humifusa (native throughout).
Opuntia polyacantha (native throughout).
Opuntia tortispina (native in southern portion).
Peltea atrqpurpurea (native throughout).
Salvia officinalis (common).
Selaginella rupestris (native throughout).
Vinca minor (common).
Rosettes.
Many herbaceous plants have rosettes of green leaves
throughout the winter, the following being the more
conspicuous on the Great Plains.
Capsella Bursa-pastoris (throughout the region; common cruciferous
weed, introduced long ago and known as "shepherd's puree")
Dianthus i
Plantago [• (several species).
Rumex )
Fragaria virginiana (throughout the region).
Geum canadense (throughout the regi9n).
Hieracium longipilum (in eastern portion).
(Enothera biennis (throughout the region).
Pentstemon grandiflorus (throughout the region).
Pyrola chlorantha (in the western portion).
Pyrola elliptica (in the western portion).
Pyrola secunda (in the western portion).
Taraxacum officinale (throughout the region); not green in
University Arboretum, Lincoln, except where covered by snow.
Taraxacum erythrospermum. CHARLES E. BE88EY.
EVERLASTINGS. A term applied to flowers or plants
that retain their shape and other characteristics after
being dried; equivalent to the French word "immor-
telle." With everlastings are also included various
artificial or manufactured articles that imitate flowers
or plants.
The most important commercially of the flowers
that retain their form and color in a dried state have
been the French immor-
telles, Helichrysum arena-
rium. These flowers are
used very extensively in
France in their natural yel-
low color, for the manufac-
ture of memorial wreaths
and crosses, which, being
constructed very compactly,
are exceedingly durable,
even in the severest weather, i
and are exported in large
numbers to all parts of the
world. The flowers bleached
white, or bleached and then
dyed in various colors, are
also shipped in enormous
quantities, either direct to
this country or by some of
the large exporting houses
of Germany. In the United
States, however, the use of
these immortelles has fallen
off on account of the high
duty.
Approaching the French immortelles in aggregate
value have been the so-called "cape flowers, Heli-
chrysum grandiflorum, which formerly reached an
enormous sale in this country, and they largely sup-
planted the immortelles on account of their silvery
texture and greater beauty every way. They are natu-
rally white, but require bleaching in the sun to give
them the desired luster. They came from the Cape of
Good Hope, and reached this country mainly from
Hamburg. Of recent years, these products have been
less important in the American trade because of the
uncertainty of the crop? poor quality, and the competi-
tion of artificial materials. There is now being made
in Germany an artificial "cape flower;" this flower is
made from paper and waxed, and is 'an excellent imita-
tion African cape. Large quantities of these goods are
being imported into this country, and they have
given great satisfaction to all florists that have used
them. Probably in time the German product will
1463. A mature field tree
of Pinus ponderosa.
1184
EVERLASTINGS
EVERLASTINGS
entirely supersede the natural African cape, more
particularly as each flower has a wire stem which the
florists attach to the toothpicks or sticks, and this
saves considerable labor.
The common everlasting of American and English
country gardens, Helichryswn bracteatum, is the only
one of these flowers grown to any extent in North
America, and more or less extensive cultivation of it,
commercially, has been practised in this country but
a large percentage is still imported. These plants come
in white, straw and brown colors naturally, and take
readily to a variety of artificial tints; together with
Ammobium alatum and the well-known globe amaranth,
Gomphrena globosa, they are grown and used to a con-
siderable extent by the country folk in the construc-
tion of the many forms of wreaths, stars, and other
Christmas forms, which they sell in the city markets
in large quantities, but their sale by wholesalers and
jobbers for general consumption is very limited. Statice
incana, cultivated or wild from the swamps of southern
Europe, and Gypsophila in several species are used to
a considerable extent; and the sale of statice especially,
which is popular in combination with cape flowers in
memorial designs, is quite an item with the dealers in
florists' supplies.
Of the dried grasses, the pampas plumes of California,
Cortaderia argentea, native of South America, are the
only American production attaining any great commer-
cial importance. Their beautiful silky plumes, unap-
proached by any other horticultural product, are used
in enormous quantities for decorative purposes, and are
an important item of American export. They are used
mainly in a sun-bleached state, but more or less dyeing,
often parti-colored, is also done. Bromus brizseformis is
the most extensively used of the smaller grasses. It is
mostly imported from Europe. It can be imported,
however, including duty, for about 25 per cent less than
it is possible to grow it in this country. It is handled in
the natural state. Briza maxima, another popular
grass, is grown in Italy. Briza media, a medium-sized
grass, and Briza minima, the flowers of which are as
fine as sawdust, are also handled in the same way as
Briza maxima, very little of the B. minima being used
dyed, however. Phleum pratense, Stipa pennata, and
various kinds of oats have more or less commercial
value, being used considerably in the manufacture of
imitation flowers and straw goods, but from a florist's
standpoint they are not important. The most impor-
tant commercially of the imported grasses is the
Italian wheat, the quantities used in this country for
the manufacture of sheaves for funeral purposes being
enormous, and increasing yearly. It comes in many
grades of fineness and length of stem. In this country
all attempts to cultivate it in competition with the
European product have failed. Of late years, a decora-
tive natural grass called "Minerva" and treated arti-
ficially is being imported in large quantities, and is
used by florists in combinations, making a very effec-
tive setting-off to flowers in basket decoration.
Much use is now made in this country of the dried
twigs and foliage of ruscus. This is grown in Italy,
and is shipped to Germany where it is prepared and
dyed in many attractive colors. It holds its form well.
It is made up into wreaths and other articles, and
provides a good foliage effect.
Enormous use is now made of magnolia leaves pre-
pared and colored in brown, red and green. In former
years these goods were secured from Germany and
Italy, but they are no longer imported for the reason
that they are prepared in this country as good, if not
better than they are on the other side, and much
cheaper. They are gathered and prepared in Florida,
and shipped to all parts of the United States, put in
cartons containing about 1,000 leaves. They are used
very extensively by all classes of florists on account of
their lasting qualities and fine appearance. They have
almost entirely superseded the galax leaf, which has
been in use for so many years in the making up of
mortuary emblems.
A number of our native composites — <>f the genera
Gnaphalium, Antennaria and Anaphalis — are called
everlastings, and are often used in home decorations,
particularly in the country; but they have no com-
mercial rating.
There is an increasing demand for artificial decora-
tive articles, to be used alone and in conjunction with
fresh cut-flowers; they are now being used by the best
florists and plantsmen. The demand for decorative
artificial flowers, plants and like materials, has grown
to such an extent that there are now a large number of
businesses devoted exclusively to the manufacture of
them. This is well illustrated in the product called
"Japanese wood frieze," in appearance resembling
very much the well-known worsted and silk chenille.
It is made from wood-fiber colored in shades to repre-
sent the colors of immortelles. This frieze or wood
chenille, when worked up in various designs, so closely
resembles immortelles that the difference between
them can hardly be detected.
One of the interesting artificial greens is the "sea
moss." It is an alga-like hydroid (one of the animal
kingdom), known as Sertularia argentea, which is com-
monly distributed along our Atlantic coast northward
from New Jersey to the Arctic. The long moss-like
strands are dyed bright green, and the "plant" is used
in making table decorations and jardiniere pieces.
It is sometimes called "air plant." The apparent lateral
minute buds clothing all the branches are, of course,
the shelter for the zooids of the colony during life.
There is another one (Aglaophenia struthionides) found
on the Pacific coast, which is even more beautiful, and
which is put to the same decorative uses, and is known
there as the ostrich plume, the branches haying a
beautiful pinnate arrangement along the two sides of
a single axis. These sea-mosses are dried, the dirt
picked out, and then dyed and fixed in a preparation to
make them permanent. They are likely to have an
unpleasant odor. H. BAYERSDORFER.
WM. N. REED.!
Everlastings for home use.
After much experience with the growing of everlast-
ings for home winter decorations, the three following
species have been found the best for plantings: Heli-
chrysum monstrosum, the double form of H. bracteatum,
known as "golden ball," Acrodinium (Helipterum)
roseum flore-pleno, and the Chinese lantern plant, Phy-
salis Franchetii. These are easily grown, are free
bloomers and give better and brighter color in their
dried state than other forms. They have a certain
warmth in color that is appreciated in zero weather.
The helichrysum and acroclinium are started in the
greenhouse or hotbed during the latter part of March,
planting them out in full sun as soon as all danger of
frost is past. Any good garden soil suits them.
It is most important that the flowers of the acro-
clinium be picked just as soon as the buds show color,
even if they look almost too small, because if too far
advanced the ray petals open up flat, exposing the
center, which will soon turn brown when dried and
spoil the effect. Those cut early will open up part way,
presenting only their full color. In full blooming season
they should be picked daily. With the helichrysum
one can wait until the bud is of fairly good size but all
the smaller ones will open up also when dried. Those
fully open or showing the center at all will turn brown.
With both plants pluck off all foliage, place in bundles
and hang them, heads down, in some dry closet. They
should be examined at times, as in the drying the stems
shrink and the flower may fall down. They should
remain in this dry shelter until the house is heated in the
EVERLASTINGS
EVONYMUS
1185
fall, reducing the moisture in the air, otherwise the
dry flower-stems would absorb the moisture and become
limp.
A certain number of "droopers" is wanted when
arranging a bouquet, in order to avoid stiffness. These
are easily secured. Take a long sheet of a pliable card-
board about 8 inches wide, tack one edge lengthwise
on the top of a shelf, at the front bringing it out and
downward so as to form a half circle, and fasten it
there. Then lay the freshly picked flower-stems on the
shelf, heads hanging down. It is sometimes necessary
to place a book or some weight on the stems to keep
them in place. They will dry in this curved form.
Brown split bamboo baskets make good vases, as they
harmonize well with the deep orange of the golden
ball and the pink of the acroclinium. A wire mesh in
these baskets enables the flowers to be arranged more
easily. As there is no green foliage used, it is well to use
some short-stemmed flower in the center, midway
between the basket and the tallest flowers. These
"flecks" of color relieve the bareness of the stems.
The Chinese lantern plant (Physalis Franchetii} is
an easily grown perennial, spreading at the roots.
The seed-pods are very ornamental, retaining their
brilliancy of color when dried, the colors ranging from
a pale green to orange and red. They hang like inverted
balloons, on slender peduncles and lose their graceful
appearance unless the main stem that carries them can
be curved outward when dry. They have to be treated
differently from the others. Boards on a partition in
a wood-shed may be used, driving tacks, one each side,
close up to the side of the bottom of the main stem,
the heads of the tacks overlapping the stick. Run the
stem up straight for about 6 inches, then curve to right
or left and fasten in same manner. Then, when dried,
the lanterns will hang clear of the stem. The seed-
pods of the balloon vine, Cardiospermum Halicacabum,
work in well among the lanterns. Cut away part of
the side of the lantern, and see the brilliant wick inside.
W. C. EGAN.
EVODIA (Greek, pleasant odor). Rutacese. Orna-
mental woody plants grown chiefly for their handsome
foliage.
Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs: trunk with
smooth bark: winter-buds naked: Ivs. opposite, petioled,
simple or pinnate with entire punctate Ifts.: fls. in
terminal or axillary panicles or corymbs, unisexual,
usually 4-merous, less often 5-merous; sepals imbricate;
petals valvate or slightly imbricate; stamens 4-5, at
the base of a cupular disk: carpels 4-5, each with 2
ovules, nearly free or connate, with a cylindric style,
at maturity dehiscent, 2-valved, 1-2-seeded. — About
50 species in E. Asia, from Korea and N. China to
S. Asia., Austral, and Polynesia. Allied to Zanthoxy-
lum which is easily distinguished by its alternate Ivs.;
very similar in habit and foliage to Phellodendron
which besides in the berry-like frs. differs in the winter
buds being inclosed in the base of the petiole, while
in Evodia they are borne free in the axils.
The cultivated hardy species are strong-growing
deciduous trees with rather large pinnate leaves of
aromatic odor when bruised, and with whitish flowers
in terminal broad panicles followed by small capsules
exposing glossy black seeds when opening. Evodia
Daniellii has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
E. glauca and E. Henryi, are somewhat tenderer.
There are also a few tropical species from New Guinea,
rarely cultivated as warmhouse evergreens; they are
little known and their correct names have not yet been
determined. Propagation is by seeds and of the warm-
house species by cuttings of half-ripened wood; proba-
bly also by root-cuttings.
A. Frs. obtuse or only mucronulate at the apex.
glaftca, Miq. (E. Fdrgesii, Dode). Tree, to 50 ft.:
Ifts. 5-11, usually 7, on slender slightly hairy stalks,
J^-^in. long, elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, long-
acuminate, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base,
minutely crenulate, glaucous below and glabrous
except hairs along the midrib near the base, 2^-4
in. long: infl. corymbose, 6-8 in. broad, nearly glabrous;
pistil of the staminate fls. glabrous: fr. about J^in.
long, finely pubescent. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China.
AA. Frs. strongly beaked.
Henryi, Dode. Tree, to 35 ft.: Ifts. 5-9, short-
stalked, ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, rounded or narrowed at the base, finely crenu-
late, glaucescent or pale green below and glabrous,
2J-3-4 in. long: infl. paniculate, 2-2% in. across: fr.
reddish brown, sparingly hairy, J^in. long, with slen-
der beaks about half as long. June; fr. Sept. Cent.
China. See page 3568.
Daniellii, Hemsl. (Zanthdxylwn Daniellii, Bennett).
Small tree: Ifts. 7-11, ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate
with an obtusish point, rounded at the base, sometimes
subcordate or broadly cuneate, pale green below and
glabrous except hairs along the midrib and sometimes
on the veins, 2-3 % in. long: infl. corymbose, 4-6 in.
across: fr. nearly J^in. long, slightly hairy or nearly
glabrous, with a rather short, usually hooked beak.
June; fr. Sept. N. China, Korea.
E. ilegans, Hort. Evergreen: Ivs. 3-foliolate; Ifts. linear-lanceo-
late, undulate and crenate; resembling Aralia elegantissima. New
Guinea. F.E. 1899:291. Gng. 12:404. G. 21:273.— E. formdsa,
Hort. A similar species, intro. in 1900 by Sander & Co. This and
the preceding are warmhouse evergreens and belong probably to
species already described. — E. officindlis, Dode. Allied to E.
glauca. Small tree: Ifts. 5-11, ovate to elliptic-oblong, acuminate,
pubescent and light green beneath: infl. pubescent: fr. glabrous,
Cent. China. — E. nUxcdrpa, Hook. f. & Thorns. Allied to E. glauca.
Small deciduous tree: 1ft. short-petioled, broader, pubescent on
both sides: infl. smaller and denser, with stout pedicels, pubescent,
Japan, Himalayas. S.Z. 1:21 fas Bqymia rutnecarpaK — R. reliUina,
Rehd. & Wilson. Allied to E. Henryi, but Ivs. and young branchleta
densely short-pubescent: fruiting corymb 4-8 in. across. Cent. China.
ALFRED REHDER.
EVOLVULUS (to unrott, because not twining as
in Convolvulus). ConvolvuLacex. Prostrate or erect
annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, rarely planted
or grown in greenhouses. The genus differs from Con-
volvulus in having 2 styles 2-cleft, stigmas always
narrow, corolla often open or rotate, and not twining:
Ivs. entire, small: fls. small, in summer and autumn;
sepals 5, the calyx not bracted at base; corolla blue, rose
or white, Spangled or shortly 5-lobed. The species are
about 80; in warm regions, several in the U. S. E.
purpiiro-cceruleus, Hook., of Jamaica, appears to be
the only species prominently mentioned horticulturally,
and this is seldom planted: 1-2 ft., woody at base: Ivs.
small, lanceolate-acute: fls. purplish, terminal, the
corolla rotate, white-centered and purple-rayed. B.M.
4202.
EV6NYMUS (ancient Greek name). Often spelled
Euonymus. Celastrdcese. SPINDLE-TREE. Woody plants,
erect or climbing, grown chiefly for their handsome
foliage and the attractive fruits.
Deciduous or evergreen shrubs or small trees with
usually more or less 4-angled branches, mostly erect,
rarely creeping or climbing by rootlets: winter-buds
usually conspicuous with imbricate scales: Ivs. opposite,
petioled, usually serrate, and mostly glabrous: fls.
small, in axillary cymes, 4-5-merous, generally per-
fect; style and stamens short, the latter inserted on a
disk: fr. a 3-5-lobed, somewhat fleshy caps., each dehis-
cent valve containing 1 or 2 seeds inclosed in a generally
orange-colored aril; the seed itself is white, red or
black.— About 120 species in the northern hemisphere,
most of them in Cent, and E. Asia, extending to S.
Asia and Austral.
The spindle-trees are of upright or sometimes pro-
cumbent or creeping habit, with rather inconspicuous
greenish, whitish or purplish flowers in axillary cynics;
very attractive in fall, with their handsome scarlet,
1186
EVONYMUS
EVONYMUS
pink or whitish, capsular fruits, showing the bright
orange seeds when opening, and with the splendid fall
coloring that most of the species assume, especially
E. alata, E. Maackii, E. sanguinea, E. verrucosa, E..
europaea and E. atropurpurea. The wood is tough,
close-grained and light-colored, often almost white, and
used, especially in Europe, for the manufacture of small
articles. The bark of E. atropurpurea has medical
1464. E vonymus obovata. ( X %)
properties. — Most of the cultivated deciduous species,
except those from Himalayas, are hardy North, while
of the evergreen ones only E. radicans is fairly hardy,
and, on account of its greater hardiness, is often used
North as a substitute of the ivy for covering walls,
rocks and trunks of trees, climbing if planted in good
soil, to a height of 15 and sometimes 20 feet. E.
europaea, and South, the evergreen E.japonica are some-
times used for hedges.
The spindle-trees are not particular as to the soil
and are well adapted for shrubberies. Propagation
is by seeds which are usually stratified and sown in
spring, or by cuttings of ripened wood in fall. The
evergreen species grow readily from cuttings of half-
ripened wood under glass in fall or during the winter in
the greenhouse. Varieties are sometimes grafted or
budded on stock of their typical species.
INDEX.
acuta, 16.
calocarpa, 12.
Maackii, 10.
alata, 3.
Carrierei, 16.
macrophylla, 15.
albo-marginata, 15.
camptoneura, 8.
medio-picta, 15.
americana, 1, 2, 9.
columnaris, 15.
microphylla, 15.
angustifolia, 1.
europaea, 6, 11.
minima, 16.
aperta, 3.
flavescens, 15.
nana, 5, 6.
argenteo-marginata,
gracilis, 16.
obovata, 2.
16.
Hamiltoniana, 10, 13.
pallens, 15.
argenteo-variegata,
and suppl. list.
patens, 14.
15, 16.
hians, 11.
picta, 16.
atropurpurea, 6, 9.
japonica, 15, 16.
pulchetta, 15.
atrorubens, 6.
kewensis, 16.
pyramidalis, 15.
aurea, 15
kiautschovica, 14.
radicans, 16.
aureo-marginata, 15.
Koehneana, 12.
repens, 16.
aureo-variegata, 15.
brevipedunculata, 8.
Koopmannii, 5.
latifolia, 7.
reticulata, 16.
robusta, 15.
Bungeana, 13.
leucocarpa, 6.
roseo-marginata, 16.
INDEX, CONTINUED.
sanguinea, 8. subtriflora, 3. verrucosa, 4.
semipersistens, 13. Thunbergiana, 3. viridi-variegata, 15.
Sieboldiana,l2, 13, variegata, 2. vulgaris, 6.
14, and suppl. list, vegeta, 16. yedoensis, 12.
striata, 3.
A. Foliage deciduous. Nos. 1—13.
B. Caps, tuberculale, depressed-globose: fls. 5-merous.
1. americana, Linn. STRAWBERRY BUSH. Upright
shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, usually acute at the base, acuminate, crenately
serrate, 1K~3 in. long: peduncle slender, few-fld.; fls.
yellowish or reddish green: fr. pink. June; fr. Sept.-
Oct. From S. N. Y. bouth, west to Texas. L.B.C. 14:
1322. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:491. Var. angustifdlia, Wood (E.
angustifblia, Pursh). Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceo-
late, half-evergreen S.
2. obovata, Nutt. (E. americana var. obovata, Torr.
& Gray). Fig. 1464. Procumbent shrub, with rooting
st. and erect branches, to 1 ft. : Ivs. obovate or elliptic-
obovate, crenately serrate, light green, 1-2 in. long:
fls. purplish: caps, usually 3-celled. May; fr. Aug.,
Sept. From Canada to Ind. and Ky. G.F. 9:385
(adapted in Fig. 1464). — It may be used for covering
the ground under large trees, or for borders of shrub-
beries. Var. variegata, Hort., has the Ivs. marked pale
yellow.
BB. Caps, smooth: fls. generally 4-merous.
C. Fr. divided to the base into 4 or less nearly separate pods.
3. alata, Maxim. (E. Thunbergiana, Blume. E.
striata, _ Loes.). Spreading shrub, to 8 ft.: branches
stiff, with 2-4 broad, corky wings: Ivs. elliptic or obo-
vate, acute at both ends, sharply serrate, 1-2 in. long:
fls. 1-3, short-peduncled, yellowish: caps, purplish,
small; seeds brown with orange aril. May, June; fr.
Sept., Oct. China, Japan. S.I.F. 1:63. F.E. 32:54.
Var. subtrifldra, Franch. & Sav. Branches not winged:
fls. 1-5. Var. aperta, Loes. Aril open at the apex, dis-
closing the black seed. Cent. China. — This species is
one of the handsomest; the Ivs. turn bright crimson in
autumn, the small, but numerous frs. are brightly
colored and in winter the shrub is conspicuous by its
broadly winged branches.
cc. Fr. more or less 3-5-lobed.
D. Branches densely warty.
4. verrucdsa, Scop. Erect shrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate, crenately serrulate, acuminate, 1-2^ in.
long: fls. slender-peduncled, 1-3, brownish: caps.
1465. Evonymus europaea. ( X 1$)
deeply 4-lobed, yellowish red; seed black, not wholly
covered by the orange aril. May, June; fr. Aug. S. E.
Eu., W. Asia. H.W. 3, p. 55.
DD. Branches smooth.
E. Anthers yellow.
p. The caps, with obtuse lobes.
5. nana, Bieb. Low shrub, to 2 ft., with slender,
often arching or sometimes procumbent and rooting
EVONYMUS
EVONYMUS
1187
branches: Ivs. linear or linear-oblong, mucronulate,
entire or remotely denticulate and revolute at the
margins, J^-l^ in. long: fls. slender-peduncled, pur-
plish: caps, deeply 4-lobed, pink; seed brown, not
wholly covered by the orange aril. May, June; fr.
Aug. W. Asia to W. China. — Handsome shrub for
rockeries and rocky slopes; forming a graceful, pendu-
lous, standard tree if grafted high on E. europsea. Fr.
ripens in Aug., earliest of all species. Var. Koopmannii,
Beissn. (E. Kodpmannii, Lauche). Lvs. larger and
broader.
6. europsfea, Linn. (E. vulgaris, Mill.). Fig. 1465.
Erect shrub or sometimes small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs.
ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, crenately ser-
rate, \%-2l/2 in. long: fls. yellowish, in few-fld. cymes:
caps. 4-lobed, usually pink. May. Eu. to E. Asia.
B.B. (ed. 2) 2:492. H.W.
3, p. 53. — Varying with
narrower and broader
Ivs. There are also sev-
eral varieties with varie-
gated Ivs. and some with
frs. of different colors,
as var. atr6rubens,
Rehd. (E. vulgaris var.
atrorubens, Schneid. E.
europsea fr. atropurpureo,
Hort.), with deep purple
frs.; var. leucocarpa,
DC. (E. europasafr. dlbo,
Hort.), with whitish frs.,
and var. atropurpvlrea,
Arb. Kew, with rather
narrow purplish Ivs.
Var. nana, Lodd., is a
dwarf, dense, and strictly
upright form with elliptic
to elliptic-lanceolate Ivs.
1-1^2 in., or on vigorous
shoots, to 2^4 in. long:
it hardly ever flowers
and is tenderer than the
type.
FF. The caps, with winged
lobes: Ivs. broad.
7. latifolia, Scop.
Shrub or small tree, to
20 ft. : winter-buds elon-
gated, acute, about J^in.
long: Ivs. obovate-ob-
long, acuminate, cre-
nately serrate, 2-4 in.
long: fls. yellowish, often
5-merous, in slender-
peduncled, rather many-
fld. cymes: caps, pink,
large, with winged lobes.
May, June; fr. Sept.
S. Eu., W. Asia. B.M. 2384. Gn. 39, p. 213.
1466. Evonymus radicans.
Gt.
53, p. 30. G. 4:235. H.W. 3, p. 54. F.S.R. 3, p. 29.—
A very decorative species, with handsome foliage and
large pendulous frs.
8. sanguinea, Loes. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.:
winter-buds elongated, acute: branchlets nearly terete:
Ivs. broadly oval or ovate to elliptic-ovate, acute,
broadly cuneate or rounded at the base, densely fim-
briate-serrulate, dull green above, paler below and
slightly reticulate, l%-4 in. long: cymes lax, long-pe-
duncled; fls. usually 4-merous: fr. purple, slightly lobed,
4-winged, the wings ^-Mm- long; aril orange, entirely
covering the black seed. June; fr. Sept. Cent, and VV.
China. Var. brevipedunculata, Loes. Peduncles about
1 in. long. W. China. Var. camptoneftra, Loes. Lvs. oval
or ovate to elliptic-ovate, veins curved (broader in the
type and veins nearly straight). Cent, and W. China.
EB. Anthers purple.
p. Fls. purple.
9. atropurpiirea, Jacq. (E. americana, Hort.). BURN-
ING BUSH. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. elliptic,
acuminate, obtusely serrate, pubescent beneath, lJ^-5
in. long: fls. purple, in slender-peduncled, many-fld.
cymes: caps, deeply 3-4-lobed, scarlet. June; fr. Oct.
E. N. Amer., west to Mont. B.B. (ed. 2) 2:491.
FP. Fls. yellowish or whitish.
G. Petioles one-fifth to one-sixth as long as the If.; Iva.
acute or gradually acuminate: fr. pink.
H. Lvs. oblong to ovate-oblong, broadest about or below
the middle.
10. Maackii, Rupr. (E. Hamiltonidna, Dipp., not
Wall.). Large shrub or
small tree, glabrous : Ivs.
elliptic -oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, gradually nar-
rowed toward the base,
serrulate, 2-3 in. long
and %-l}4 in. broad:
cymes small, about %in.
across: fr. pink, 4-lobed,
about J^in. across; aril
orange-red, usually
closed, rarely slightly
opened at the apex.
June: fr. Sept. N. E.
Asia.
11. hians, Koehne.
Large shrub: Ivs. ovate-
oblong, short-acuminate,
rounded or broadly cune-
ate at the base, serrulate,
2^-4Ji in. long and
1-1% in. broad: cymes
rather long - stalked,
small; stamens with
very short filaments: fr.
pink, turbinate, deeply
4-lobed, ^jin. across; aril
blood-red, open at the
apex and disclosing the
blood-red seed. June;
fr. Sept. Japan. S.I.F.
2:39 (asE. europsea).
HH. Lvs. generally obovate
or obovate-oblong, to
2% in. broad.
12. yedoensis, Koehne
(E. Sieboldiana, Rehd.,
not Blume). Large
shrub: Ivs. usually ob-
ovate, sometimes ellip-
tic, broadly cuneate at
the base, abruptly acuminate, serrulate, 2-5 in. long
and \}4riyt m. broad: cymes long-stalked, rather
dense and many-fld.: fr. pink, deeply 4-lobed, J^in.
across; aril orange, usually closed. June; fr. Sept.
Japan. Gt. 53, p. 31. S.T.S. 1:62. F.E. 31:125. Var.
calocarpa, Koehne. Fr. bright carmine. Var. Koehne-
ana, Loes. Lvs. hairy on the veins below. Cent. China.
GG. Petioles usually a third to a fourth as long as the If.;
Ivs. abruptly long-acuminate: fr. pale yellowish or
pinkish white.
13. Bungeana, Maxim. Shrub, to 15 ft., with slender
branches: TVS. slender-petioled, ovate-elliptic or ellip-
tic-lanceolate, long-acuminate, finely serrate, 2-4 in.
long: fls. in rather few-fld. but numerous cymes: fr.
deeply 4-lobed and 4-angled; seeds white or pinkish,
with orange aril. June; fr. Sept., Oct. China, Man-
1188
EVONYMUS
EXACUM
churia, M.D.G. 1899:569.— Very attractive with its
rather large, profusely produced frs., remaining a long
time on the branches. Var. semipersistens, Schneid.
(E. Hamiltoniana var. semipersistens, Rehd. E. Siebol-
diana, Hort., not Blume) . Lvs. elliptic, long-acuminate,
half-evergreen, keeping its bright green foliage S. until
mid-winter: fr. bright pink, usually sparingly produced
and ripening very late.
AA. Foliage evergreen or half-evergreen (see also the
preceding var.).
B. Lvs. rather thin, half-evergreen.
14. patens, Rehd. (E. kiautschbvica var. patens,
Loes. E. Sieboldiana, Hort., not Blume). Spreading
shrub, to 10 ft., the lower
branches sometimes procum-
bent and rooting: branchlets
obscurely 4-angled, minutely
warty: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-
oblong, rarely obovate-oblong,
acute, cuneate at the base,
crenately serrulate, bright
green above: cymes 2-3 in.
across, loose, slender- p e -
duncled: fr. subglobose, pink;
seed pinkish brown, covered
entirely by the orange aril.
Aug., Sept.: fr. Oct., Nov.
Cent. China. S.T.S. 1:64.—
Hardy as far north as N. Y.,
in sheltered positions to Mass.
One of the best shrubs for
winter-effect on account of its
abundant late-ripening frs. and
the handsome foliage remain-
ing on the branches until spring
except when destroyed by
severe frost. •
BB. Lvs. thickish, evergreen.
15. japonica, Linn. Upright
shrub, to 8 ft., with smooth
and slightly quadrangular or
1467. Evonymus radicans. striped branches: Ivs. obovate
to narrow-elliptic, cuneate at
the base, acute or obtuse, obtusely serrate, shining above,
1^-23^ in. long: fls. greenish white, 4-merous, in slen-
der-peduncled, 5- to many-fld. cymes: caps, depressed,
globose, smooth, pink. June, July.; fr. Oct. S. Japan.
S.I.F. 2:39. B.R. 30:6.— A very variable species. Var.
macrophylla, Sieb. (var. robusta, Hort.). Lvs. oval,
large, 2^-3 in. long. Var. microphylla, Sieb. (E.
pulchella, Hort. Eurya microphylla, Hort.). Lvs. small,
narrow-oblong or oblong-lanceolate. Var. columnaris,
Carr. (var. pyramidalis, Hort.). Of upright, columnar
habit: Ivs. broadly oval. There are many varieties
with variegated Ivs.; some of the best are the follow-
ing: Var. argenteo-variegata, Regel. Lvs. edged and
marked white. Var. afireo-variegata, Regel. Lvs.
blotched yellow. Lowe, 49. Var. albo-marginata, Hort.
Lvs. with white, rather narrow margins. Var. medio-
picta, Hort. Lvs. with a yellow blotch in the middle.
Var. pallens, Carr. (var. flavescens, Hort.). Lvs. pale
yellow when young; similar is var. aurea, Hort., but
the yellow is brighter and changes more quickly to
green. Var. viridi-variegata, Hort. (var. Due d'Anjou,
Hort.). Lvs. large, bright green, variegated with yellow
and green in the middle. Var. aftreo-marginata, Hort.
Lvs. edged yellow. F.E. 16:436; 29:815.
16. radicans, Sieb. (E. japdnica var. radicans, Regel.
E. repens, Hort.). Figs. 1466, 1467. Low, procumbent
shrub, with often trailing and rooting or climbing
branches, climbing sometimes to 20 ft. high: branches
terete, densely and minutely warty: Ivs. roundish to
elliptic-oval, rounded or narrowed at the base, cre-
nately serrate, usually dull green above, with whitish
veins, 3^-2 in. long: fls. and fr. similar to the former,
but fr. generally of paler color. June, July; fr. Oct. N.
and Cent. Japan. R.H. 1885, p. 295. G.C. II. 20:793.
M.D. 1906, p. 219.— Closely allied to the former, and
considered by most botanists as a variety; also very
variable. Var. Carrierei, Nichols. (E. Carrierei, Vauv.).
Low shrub, with ascending and spreading branches: Ivs.
oblong-elliptic, about 1J^ in. long, somewhat shining.
G.W. 8, p. 16. Var. argenteo-marginata, Rehd. Lvs.
bordered white. Var. rosep-marginata, Rehd. Lvs.
bordered pinkish. Var. reticulata, Rehd. (var. picta,
Hort., var. argenteo-variegata, Hort. E. grdcilis, Sieb.).
Lvs. marked white along the veins. R.H. 1876, p. 354;
1878, p. 135. G.W. 1, p. 475. A.G. 19:37. Var. minima,
Simon-Louis (E. kewensis, Hort.). Lvs. marked like
those of the preceding variety but smaller, J4~Km-
long.
Var. vegeta, Rehd. Low spreading shrub, to 5
ft., usually with a few prostrate rooting branches at the
base, and climbing high, if planted against a wall: Ivs.
broadly oval or almost suborbicular, acutish or obtusish,
crenately serrulate, 1-1% in- long, those of the rooting
branchlets smaller and thinner and generally ovate.
Japan. S.T.S. 1:65. M.D.G. 1908:13— Handsome and
hardy shrub; the frs. appear in great profusion and
remain on the branches a long time. Var. acuta, Rehd.
(E. japdnica var. acuta, Rehd.). Rooting and climbing:
Ivs. elliptic or ovate-elliptic, acute or short-acuminate,
serrulate, with the veins below slightly elevated. Cent.
China.
E. Aquifdlium, Loes. & Rehd. Evergreen shrub, to 10 ft.: Iva.
coriaceous, nearly sessile, ovate to ovate-oblong, spiny sinuate-
dentate: fr. 4-lobed, usually solitary. W. China. One of the most
striking species on account of its holly-like Ivs. — E. echinata,Wa.l\..
Usually creeping or climbing, with rooting branches: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate: fr. spiny. Himalayas. B.M. 2767. — E. fimbriata, Hort.,
not Wall.=E. pendula. — E. grandifldra, Wall. Shrub, to 12 ft.: lys.
obovate or obovate-oblong, finely and acutely serrate: fls. white
% in. across: fr. globose, yellow; aril scarlet. Himalayas, W.
China. — E. Hamiltoniana, Wall. Allied to E. Maackii. Small
tree: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, finely and irregularly ser-
rulate, 2J^-4 in. long: anthers yellow: fr. pink, turbinate, 4-lobed.
Himalayas. Probably not in cult. ; the plant cult, under this name
is E. Maackii. — E. lanceifdlia, Loes. Allied to E. hians. Shrub or
tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. firm at maturity, lanceolate to elliptic-oblong,
crenately serrulate, 3-6 in. long: anthers purple: fr. 4-lobed, pale;
aril orange, open at the apex; seed crimson. Cent, and W. China. —
E. macroptera, Rupr. Allied to E. latifolia. Lvs. obovate or
obovate-oblong, cuneate at the base: cymes many-fld.: fr. with 4
narrow wings J^-^in. long. Japan. N. E. Asia. I.T. 6:121.
Hardy. — E. occidentdlis, Nutt. Shrub, to 15 ft. : winter-buds rather
large: Ivs. ovate or elliptic-lanceolate, irregularly serrulate: fls.
5-merous, purple: fr. slightly lobed. Ore., Calif. — E. oxyphylla,
Miq. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. ovate or obovate, acuminate, rather
large, serrulate: fls. 5-merous, purple or whitish: fr. globose. Japan.
— E. pendula, Wall. (E. fimbriata, Hort.). Evergreen, small tree,
with pendulous branchlets: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate,
shining, 3-6 in. long: fr. with 4 tapering wings. P.F.G. 2:55.
F.S. 7, p. 71. — E. planipes, Koehne. Allied to E. latifolia. Lvs.
cuneate at the base; petioles flat, not grooved: fr. acutely 5-angled,
scarcely winged. Japan. M.D. 1906, p. 62. Gt. 53, p. 29. — E.
sacchalinensis, Maxim. Allied to E. latifolia. Lvs. ovate-oblong,
crenate-serrulate : cymes very long-peduncled; fls. purple: fr. dis-
tinctly winged, convex at the apex. N. E. Asia. — E. Sargentiana,
Loes. & Rehd. Evergreen shrub: Ivs. obovate to oblong-obovate,
abruptly acuminate, remotely crenate-serrate, 2-3}^ in. long: fr.
oblong-obovoid, 4-angled. W. China. — E. Semendiiii, Regel &
Herd. Allied to E. europsea. Small shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, serrulate:
cymes usually 3-fld.: fr. 4-lobed with obtuse lobes. Turkestan. —
E. semiexserta, Koehne. Allied to E. Maackii. Lvs. oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, crenate-serrate, 2-5 in. long: fr. light pink;
aril orange, open, with the blood-red seed almost half exposed.
Japan. — E. Sieboldiana, Blume. Allied to E. Maackii. Lvs. slen-
der-petioled, elliptic to oblong, acuminate, serrulate: fr. not lobed,
strongly 4-ribbed. Japan. M.D. 1906, p. 62. Not in cult.; the
plants cult, under this name belong to E. yedoensis, E. patens
or E. Bungeana var. semipersistens. ALFRED REHDER.
EXACUM (classical name, of no significance to these
plants). Gentianacese. Herbs treated either as annuals
or biennials or perennials, with flowers of white, lilac,
blue or dark purplish blue, cultivated in a very few
greenhouses.
Very rarely suffruticose: dwarf or tall and paniculate-
branching: Ivs. sessile, clasping or short-stalked, ovate
or lanceolate, mostly 3-5-nerved : fls. small or attaining
2 in. across, rotate, pedicalled or not, in forking cymes;
EXACUM
EXHIBITIONS
1189
calyx 4-5-parted, the segms. keeled, winged or flat
and 3-nerved; corolla-lobes 4 or 5, ovate or oblong,
twisted; stamens 4 or 5, attached to the throat, with
very short filaments, the anthers opening by apical
pores that finally enlarge nearly to the base: fr. a glo-
bose 2-valved caps.— Species about 30, in Trop. and
Subtrop. Asia, Malaysia, Trop. Afr., Socotra.
Plants of E. affine flower in summer. If specimens
in 5-inch pots are desired, sow in March of the same
year; for larger specimens, sow in August of the pre-
ceding year. The plants must be kept in a cool but
not draughty greenhouse or frame in summer, and
shaded from fierce sunlight. They usually are given
warmhouse conditions.
A. Lvs. with stalks often %in. long.
affine, Balf. St. cylindrical, 1-2 ft. high, much
branched from the base: Ivs. 1-1 J^ in. long, elliptic-
ovate, faintly 3-5-nerved : sepals with a broad wing on
the back; corolla 6-9 lines wide; lobes almost rounded.
Socotra. B.M. 6824. A.F. 13:1104. Gng. 6:229.
R.H. 1883, p. 512. Gt. 32:1108. G.C. II. 21:605.
AA. Lvs. nearly or quite stalkless.
B. Corolla-lobes rounded.
zeylanicum, Roxbg. Annual: st. 4-sided, branched
only above: Ivs. becoming 3 in. long, strongly 3-nerved,
elliptic-oblong, acuminate, narrower than in E. affine,
and tapering: fls. blue, 13^ in. across, in terminal, leafy
corymbs; sepals broadly winged; corolla-lobes obovate,
obtuse. Ceylon. B.M. 4423 (sky-blue, with a dash of
purple). R.H. 1859, p. 238. J.F. 1:43. H.F. II. 2:60.
BB. Corolla-lobes usually tapering to a point.
macranthum, Arn. (E. zeylanicum var. macrdnthum).
Fig. 1468. St. cylindrical, slightly branched: Ivs. as in
E. zeylanicum, though perhaps more variable from
base to summit: fls. purplish blue, 2 in. across. In both
species there is a narrow ring of yellow at the mouth,
to which the conspicuous clusters of stamens are
attached. Ceylon. B.M. 4771 (deep purplish blue).
G.C. III. 15:331. R.H. 1911, p. 31. J.H. III. 42:182;
51:259.— The best of the genus. The rich, dark blue
is worth striving for.
F6rbesii, Balf. Bushy and shrubby: Ivs. triangular
or ovate-lanceolate, 1J^ in. across at base: fls. upwards
of Hm- across, purple or violet-purple, in terminal
racemes, the anthers yellow and prominent. Socotra.
G.C. III. 31:93. G. 23:679. G.W. 6, p. 290. G.M.
45:81. — A good plant for intermediate temperature,
blooming well in a 6-in. pot. WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
EXCCECARIA (from Latin excoecares, referring to its
effect on the eyes). Euphorbiacese. Tropical trees or
shrubs with poisonous milky juice rarely cultivated for
ornament.
Glabrous: Ivs. alternate or opposite, usually entire
(or crenate to serrate): infl. usually in axillary spikes;
fls. dioecious or monoecious; calyx imbricate; sepals 2-3,
free or connate at base; petals none; stamens 2-3,
erect in bud; filaments free; ovary 3-celled, 3-ovuled:
seed not canaliculate. — About 25 species in the Old
World tropics. Related to Stillingia and Sapium.
bicolor, Hassk. (Crdton bicolor, Hort.), with the oppo-
site Ivs. red beneath is sometimes cult, for ornament in
European greenhouses or outdoors in the tropics. E.
Agalldcha, Linn., AGALLOCHA, BLINDING TREE, RIVER
POISON, etc., with alternate Ivs., is a well-known poison-
ous tree of the coasts of S. Asia. j. 3. S. NORTON.
EXHIBITIONS of horticultural products have been
both a concomitant and a stimulant of progress in
American horticulture. The great international exposi-
tions ushered in by the Centennial Celebration of 1876
at Philadelphia, through the opportunities afforded
for the comparison of products, have been the means
of unusual education in the indentification of varieties.
No amount of descriptive literature can compare
with this method of acquiring accuracy in naming and
describing fruits, flowers, and vegetables.
The interest in these great exhibitions by the growers
of soil products indicates a peculiarity of this class of
producers. They are the ones to reap the smallest
direct result, and yet they have always been willing
to give freely of their productions to swell the volume
of these great fairs and emphasize the possibilties of
the localities in which they lived. They would even
pay their own expenses to attend these fairs and
explain to the world how they succeeded in growing
such attractive things. No producers of the useful
things of life will compare with the horticulturist in
willingness to impart to his fellow the secrets of his
1468. Ezacum macranthum ( X '31.
success. National, state, district and township exhibi-
tions have thus become great methods of disseminating
information of value to the horticulturist — educators
of the people.
For many years the most prominent feature of fruit
shows was the nomenclature of the exhibit. In vege-
tables it was the size of the specimen, in flowers the
number of sorts and their tasteful arrangement.
People flocked together to identify varieties, to see
the big things and to satisfy esthetic longing. Later
the art in exhibiting products was given more atten-
tion, and wonderful creations have resulted from com-
binations and artistic arrangement.
Exhibitions have been the favorite opportunities
of bringing out new and valuable sorts and often the
usefulness of a variety dates from some particular
fair at which it was prominently displayed. Notable
instances of this were the grapefruit, which was shown
in quantity for the first time at the great New Orleans
exhibition; the Kieffer pear, which was a distinguishing
1190
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
feature of a meeting of the American Pomological
Society in Philadelphia; the Niagara grape, which was
featured at a winter meeting of New York fruit-growers.
Striking examples of this are found in the annals of
floral exhibits. The dissemination of the most delight-
ful strains of carnations and chrysanthemums dates
from some particular fair or "show."
In recent years, the experiment stations of the coun-
try have added greatly to their usefulness in preparing
technical exhibits for winter exhibitions of horticultural
societies, helping their progressive work, through
graphic illustrations of the results which they have
obtained in growing products under varying condi-
tions, and having in mind the demonstration of prob-
lems of value to growers.
One of the most recent developments has been the
opportunity given students of agricultural colleges of
putting into practice the knowledge of varieties which
they have acquired in the naming of various collections
as a competitive drill.
The products of glass farming have been brought
into prominence through national, state, and local
horticultural societies in their annual exhibitions, and
the great seedhouses of the country have used these
exhibitions as avenues for the dissemination of new
and valuable varieties. Nurserymen have success-
fully utilized exhibitions in publishing to the world
not only their new creations but their methods of
propagation.
During recent years the initiative of the American
Pomological Society has been followed by many other
organizations in perfecting a scale of points for judg-
ing exhibits of horticultural products. By this means,
more accurate methods have come into use at our
great fairs, and, in the hands of experts, the judgments
rendered have been far more satisfactory and useful.
A most important result of exhibitions has been the
acquirement of the knowledge that varieties vary a
great deal as the result of climatic conditions and dif-
ferences in soil, and it is found as an outcome of these
comparisons that certain localities are especially
adapted to certain varieties in which they reach their
highest perfection. This is illustrated in the Rocky
Ford cantaloupe, the Albemarle Pippin, certain strains
of carnations, and head lettuce. The facts brought
out through these comparative exhibits are leading to
scientific investigations concerning the conditions which
produce these variations which will be of great use to
the producers, as well as deep interest to the scientist.
Commercial problems are finding their solution
through exhibitions which illustrate styles of packing
and kinds of packages and general attractiveness in
presenting the products to the consumer. Already
these exhibitions have brought to the attention of
law-makers the importance of uniform legal requisi-
tions concerning methods of marketing throughout
the land.
The most recent development of values resulting
from horticultural exhibits of great utility has been
the carrying of the methods of comparison instituted
there to the growing of products on the farm and in
the garden, orchard and vineyard, thus awakening
a deeper interest in the factors which affect the pro-
duction of horticultural creations and a recognition
of the uses of these creations in landscape art. Thus
an abiding interest has been awakened in the develop-
ment of the science as well as the art of horticulture
through the adoption of new and improved methods of
production and widening the usefulness of the products.
CHARLES W. GARFIELD.
Exhibitions of plants and flowers.
Floral exhibitions undoubtedly had their origin, in
part, in the desire to display publicly the products of
one's skill and to attain renown and a position of pre-
eminence among one's fellows by successful rivalry and
the demonstration of superior cultural abilities. But,
in addition to this factor of self-interest and excusable
pride, the laudable spirit that seeks to promote a taste
for ornamental gardening and floriculture in general,
and to acquire knowledge and diffuse information con-
cerning it, has from the first been a powerful incentive;
and it cannot be questioned that public floral exhibi-
tions have contributed most substantially to the
advancement of refinement and good taste and exer-
cised a potent and salutary influence on the domestic
life, health, morals and happiness of the respective
communities in which they have been held.
Exhibitions of plants and flowers, as usually con-
ducted, may be broadly divided into two classes:
(1) Those whose particular purpose is to demonstrate
advancement in cultural methods and exploit new and
improved varieties and which are calculated to interest
primarily the trade and professional gardeners. The
unavoidably monotonous system of staging exhibits
in such an affair is well known. To the general public,
its salient points are scarcely apparent, and the ele-
ments which often appeal most strongly to the profes-
sional are all but lost on the average visitor. It has
been demonstrated over and over again, that as an
attraction for the people who look for entertainment
in a show and are willing to pay for the privilege of
seeing it, this sort of an array is fundamentally deficient.
(2) If public support is sought, the first requisite is that
the public fancy be considered and catered to and the
character and scope of the exhibition be such as the
people care to take an interest in. A practical demon-
stration of the uses of flowers and plants and their
appropriate arrangement for the various events of
social or home life will invariably excite curiosity and
interest when prim rows of dozens and fifties of com-
petitive blooms will often fail to awaken appreciative
response. It is to be regretted that the so-called
retail florist trade has so long been neglectful of its
duty and its opportunity as a supporter of and par-
ticipator in the flower shows. Without the assist-
ance and cooperation of the experienced decorator
and artistic worker in flowers, these affairs must
invariably fall short of their mission and their educa-
tional possibilities. How to overcome the indifference
of this branch of commercial floriculture toward these
enterprises which should bring immeasurable benefit
to their industry is one of the serious problems for
which those who believe in flower shows must find a
solution before the ideal of what a horticultural exhibi-
tion should be can be realized.
The direct cost of installing a public flower show
is no small matter and many a commendable enter-
prise has failed through lack of sufficient income
properly to finance it. Rent of hall, music, advertising,
Eremiums, tables, vases, management, labor and a
ost of incidentals must be taken carefully into con-
sideration, and to launch any such project, under con-
ditions now existing, without some form of endowment,
subscription, guaranty or other definite and reliable
resource, apart from the uncertain sale of admission
tickets, is merely tempting fate and taking chances on
misfortune.
The grouping of pot-plants for effect calls for talents
of a high order. Arrangements of this kind, which are
so indispensable in giving character to a flower show
that will appeal to the artistic eye as effective studies
in form and color, are indeed rarely seen. Two almost
universal faults are excessive formality in contour of
the group and overcrowding of material, and it not
infrequently happens that when a studied effort has
been made for irregularity of outline, the result is
still unnatural and often almost grotesque. The pro-
miscuous mixing together of incongruous subjects, as,
for example, hardy conifers, tropical palms, geraniums
and orchids in one group, is all too common. A taste-
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
1191
ful grouping of plants of congenial character will
always inspire enthusiastic admiration among cultured
and discriminating visitors, and if the flower pots are
hidden from sight by moss or other natural material,
the pleasing effect will usually be further enhanced,
particularly in the case of plants which might natu-
rally grow together.
It is well known among flower-growers that the
time of day, the condition of development, and other
factors have a considerable influence on the keeping
qualities of their product. A sojourn in a cool, dark
room over night with stems deeply immersed in fresh
water is really an essential with many flowers if they
are to remain for any time in good condition in the
atmosphere of an exhibition hall. Nothing is more dis-
figuring in a flower show than a lot of wilted blooms.
Much depends upon the style of vases used. Vases
spreading at the top and narrowing to a point at the
bottom, while perhaps the most graceful in form, are
very destructive to flowers, the small quantity of
water available at the base of the stems soon becoming
heated and impure. Constant changing of water, and
keeping down the temperature of the hall will help to
preserve the exhibits. Table baskets and dinner-table
exhibits generally, as often arranged, scarcely last
until the first visitors are admitted. Only those in
which the flower-receptacles are such as contain water
can give any satisfaction in a flower show.
The background against which flowers are shown, as
the color and material of the walls, covering of tables,
and so on, has much to do with the general impression,
favorable or otherwise, on the visitor. Green — the
natural foliage green — is unquestionably the "middle
of the road" background hue for flowers. Back of and
beyond green, the neutral grays and browns, and some-
times pure white, are pleasing and satisfactory. It is
worth noting that, while terra-cotta or flower-pot tones
are usually beyond reproach as a background for liv-
ing green, yet a brick wall is a disheartening condition
for this purpose, showing that it is not alone color
which decides the appropriateness of exhibition hall
walls or drapery.
The number of specimens usually shown in cut-flower
classes depends upon the kind of flowers, the ingenuity
of the schedule-makers, and the demands of the occa-
sion. The more extensive and pretentious the exhibi-
tion, the larger should be the classes. Roses and carna-
tions in half-dozens, for example, have little value
in a large exhibition. Fifties and hundreds alone will
impress the visitors. When individual blooms, or groups
composed of individual varieties are displayed, much
depends upon the taste shown in color-arrangement.
This is especially important with such subjects as
chrysanthemums, dahlias, gladioli and sweet peas,
all of which afford wide scope for demonstration of
taste in exquisite blending, contrasting and gradation
of color-tones, qualities which should count for much
in the final decisions of the judges. The question of
the height of tables or platforms on which flowers are
shown is one which should be carefully considered in
Elanning an exhibition. There are flowers which should
e looked down upon if their full beauty is to be seen.
Others must arch overhead to display their graces, and
there are many intermediate steps. As a rule, exhibition
tables are set too high.
One main reason for the flower show being its educa-
tional value, the proper and legible labeling of species
and varieties is essential. In no other respect are our
exhibitions so deficient. A neat label, attached so it
can be read without handling, and legible at a fair
distance, is something rarely seen at a flower show,
while obtrusive advertising cards or award cards
frequently spoil the beauty of an otherwise creditable
staging.
Competitive exhibitions properly conducted and
entered into with the right spirit are, as before said,
calculated to accomplish much good for the art of
horticulture. Emulation in a friendly contest for honors
is a strong factor in the success of a show, but the kind
of rivalry which stimulates jealousies, envenoms dis-
appointment and incites to angry protests over judges'
decisions, is one of the most mischievous elements that
can intrude upon the scene. In order to discourage the
protesting habit and minimize the demoralizing influ-
ence of questionable decisions, great care should be
exercised always in the selection of competent, disin-
terested and impartial judges. Their names should be
announced a sufficient time in advance so that every
intending exhibitor may know who is to pass upon his
exhibits.
It is now a generally established custom to inclose
the name of an exhibitor in an envelope bearing only
the class number, the identity of the exhibitor not to
be disclosed until after the judging has been completed.
Some very excellent systems of cards, record books,
envelopes, and so on for this purpose have been devised
and are in general use. WM. J. STEWABT.
Exhibition of fruits. Fig. 1469.
The educational value of carefully planned exhi-
bitions of fruits can scarcely be overestimated. That
this fact is appreciated in increasing measure each
year is demonstrated by the growing number of such
exhibitions that are being held throughout the coun-
try. Commercial fruit regions do much of their adver-
tising by means of these annual affairs, and there are
few towns or hamlets, however unpretentious, without
their yearly fruit show promoted by the grange, the
school, the church, or some other organization whose
aim is progress in country affairs.
Foresight, with careful attention to details, is essen-
tial if the possibilities of an exhibition are to be devel-
oped to the utmost. The larger number of such events
are held in the fall, since fafl is Nature's harvest sea-
son for fruits. This means that preparation must
begin in midsummer to insure the greatest measure of
success. There are many things that the grower can
do at this time to secure high-class fruit for exhibition
purposes, and no other should be considered.
The best fruit is often found near the top of the tree,
if thorough spraying has been done. It is the best
because conditions there are most nearly ideal for its
development. As the fruit increases in size and the
weight upon the branches becomes greater, the side
branches settle more closely together, while the top-
most branches and those most nearly upright in habit
of growth, always advantageously situated, have an
increased opportunity to receive the abundance of air
and sunlight so essential to normal and perfect fruit.
Fruit on such branches invariably possesses the highest
color of any on the tree, and color is of vital importance
for the matter in hand. The color may be heightened
and the size increased if the fruit is thinned until the
specimens hang 6 inches or more apart. A branch may
be headed back, and occasionally one may be removed
entirely to the benefit of those remainingj if good
judgment is used. This matter of thinning is of con-
siderable importance in the securing of high-class
exhibition fruit, whether the fruit be apple, orange,
ape.
The production of exhibition specimens by abnormal
processes — as by ringing or girdling — is not allowable,
unless for the express purpose of showing what can be
accomplished by such practices: fruits produced by
such means should not be shown in comparison or
competition with specimens produced under recognized
and standard methods.
The specimens should be allowed to remain attached
to the parent plant as long as possible. The longer
they remain thus, the more intense will be their color
:ui'l the greater will be their size. Pears especially
1192
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
increase very rapidly in size just before maturity.
The picking should be done by hand and with the
greatest care. Many an excellent specimen has been
ruined by careless handling. The stems should remain
intact. The picker should remove, not a sufficient
number of specimens to meet the requirements under
which the exhibit is held, but many times that num-
ber. A bushel, or even a barrel, of seemingly high-
class fruit will often yield after the most rigid inspec-
tion but a single plate of perfect specimens.
The actual selection of the specimens to be exhibited
is the most difficult and perplexing problem connected
with this work. Fundamental to a successful solution
of this problem is a thorough knowledge of the variety,
an intimate acquaintance with the characters of a
normal specimen, and a fine discrimination in the
balancing of these characters and in the attaching of
the proper values to each.
The external factors that must be considered are
size, form, color, uniformity, and freedom from blem-
ishes. The criteria to be used in the inspection of the
1469. Good exhibition plates of apples.
first three factors are the attributes of a typical normal
specimen of the variety when grown under conditions
favorable to its development. The largest apple is not
necessarily the best; in fact, great size is usually
obtained at the expense of some equally desirable
factor. The extra-large specimen is always an abnormal
specimen and, as such, is not to be sought. It is in
regard to this factor, however, that many exhibitors
make their first mistake. A safe rule to follow is to
choose the specimen combining large size with the
highest color. This rule will almost invariably elim-
inate the abnormally large specimen.
The form of the specimen should be true to the pre-
vailing type of the section in which it grows. Occasion-
ally different sections produce different types, as, for
example, the New York and the Oregon-grown Esopus.
One is as true to type as the other, but the two types
should never be mixed on the same plate or in the
same package.
Of all external factors, none exceeds in importance
the quality of color. High color always sets up in the
mind the presumption of excellence; the higher the
color, the more pronounced seems to be the presump-
tion, though it is not always justified. Color is also an
indication of fitness, of approaching maturity, but a
specimen maturing far in advance of its companions
should be regarded with suspicion lest it harbor a worm
that may emerge at a most inopportune moment if
it escapes detection. Polishing a specimen to enhance
its color should not be practised. The operation
removes the bloom, which is more beautiful than the
high polish because it is natural.
The factor of uniformity implies that one specimen
should resemble every other specimen as nearly as
it is possible for the human eye and hand to make it.
It is a literal application of the expression "as nearly
alike as two peas." A single specimen of highest order
should not be retained for a moment if its companions
are on a more nearly equal though somewhat lower
plane of excellence.
Freedom from blemishes implies that the specimen
is perfectly sound. A blemish may be anything from a
bruise, a broken stem, or a stem puncture to a scale-
mark or scab-spot. In an age when knowledge of pre-
ventive measures is so widespread and so accessible,
evidence of injury from insect or disease should com-
pletely exclude a specimen from consideration. Need-
less to say, the condition of the specimen should be as
sound as the season permits, showing neither flabbiness
nor physiological disintegration of the tissues.
The factor of quality is also worthy of consideration,
though it is of more importance in case of collections
in which one variety is exhibited against another than in
case of different specimens of the same variety. Granted
that size, form, and color are normal, the factor of
quality will usually take care of itself.
There is need of a standardization of requirements
under which fruit exhibits are held. These require-
ments should be based on trueness to type and all that
the term implies, and the values attached to the dif-
ferent characters concerned should be fixed in pro-
portion to their relative importance for the purpose
in hand. Such a statement appears in the following
score-card for apples, which is in somewhat common
use in the eastern United States:
Size 10
Form 10
Color ' 20
Uniformity 15
Quality 20
Freedom from blemishes 25
Total 100
This score-card may be no more nearly correct than
many others, but it represents a concerted effort to
fix a satisfactory standard. There should be more of
this work for every fruit.
Score-cards for other fruits have been adopted by
particular exhibitions and institutions as the follow-
ing for grapes:
Form of bunch 10
Size of bunch 15
Size of berry 10
Color 10
Bloom 5
Freedom from blemish 20
Flavor 25
Firmness 5
Total 100
There is need also of a general agreement as to the
number of specimens to be exhibited on a single plate.
The rules now governing all large exhibitions in the
East require that plates of apples, peaches, pears, and
quinces shall contain five specimens; of the smaller
fruits a sufficient number to fill a 6-inch plate; and of
grapes three clusters.
Fruit to be sent away for exhibition should be care-
fully packed. A bushel box is a satisfactory package
for this purpose, being better than a larger package in
which the pressure on the fruit is greater. Each speci-
men should be wrapped, and the box should be well
lined with excelsior or other material. Extra speci-
mens should be included to replace those that are
injured in any way.
In selecting the room in which the exhibition is to
be held and in setting up the fruit, one prime factor
should always be kept in mind — there should be noth-
ing in the room to detract in any way attention from
the fruit. To this end, the walls should be plain or
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
1193
even bare. The decorations should be few, simple,
and in harmony with the colors of the fruit, that is,
substantial and perfectly plain. Red and white make
a very effective combination for ceiling decorations,
if decorations seem desirable. Plain white is best for
draping the tables. If electric lights are present, the
shades may be covered with red crepe paper. This
will give a quiet and subdued effect to the room when
the lights are on and will be in keeping with the other
decorations. The tables should be covered with a
material that will throw the fruit into sharp relief
without attracting attention to the covering itself.
Oatmeal paper, gray-green in color, answers these
specifications very well. Six- or eight-inch papyrus
plates are better than smooth-pressed paper plates or
the wooden plates and need no covering.
The fruit should be set up in such a way that a
mass effect is produced, which impresses the observer
with the fruit and with nothing else. This means that
all the fruit must be on the same level. Shelves or tiers
one above the other are not desirable. In other words,
every detail should be subordinated to bringing out as
sharply as possible the fruit that is on exhibition. It
is therefore highly undersirable to place labels on the
top of a specimen, as is so often done. The observer
notes first of all a vast and meaningless sea of tags and
after that perhaps the fruit. The label may be pinned
into the plate in such a way that it is unnoticeable
except on close inspection, when it can be plainly seen.
A satisfactory label is a plain white card with three
lines on it, the first for the variety name, the second for
the name of the exhibitor when permissible, and the
third for the section from which the fruit comes. If
the exhibit is to attain its highest educational value,
the varieties must be correctly named and the names
correctly spelled.
In general, it will be better to group varieties together
in order that comparisons may be made between the
different plates. By so doing an opportunity is afforded
for a study of variations of fruits grown under differ-
ent methods of management and in different sections
in which climatic conditions are unlike. Occasionally
grouping by sections may be desirable, especially if
there are general and marked contrasts between the
same varieties ad grown in different sections.
The plates should not be crowded on the tables lest
the eye become confused and the fruit appear to be a
jumble of specimens lacking orderly arrangement.
The background of paper covering the table should be
visible between every plate, not in order that it may
be seen, but because it will serve to set off each plate
as a separate unit meriting for the moment undivided
attention.
Finally, the specimens should be arranged in the
same order on every plate and the plates should be
in perfect alignment in every direction. Not only this,
but when the angles formed by the specimens on a
plate are right angles, as in case of apples with four
specimens on the bottom and one on top at the cen-
ter, the angles should assume the same direction as
those of the table top.
The same rules hold for the selection of fruit for
barrels, boxes, or other packages as for single plates.
The arrangement should be such as to bring out the
fruit and subordinate the package, exemplified in the
bank of boxed fruit. C. S. WILSON.
Exhibition of vegetables.
The exhibition of vegetables is usually an impor-
tant feature at county, district and state fairs, and
often at farmers' institutes, horticultural society
meetings and conventions of vegetable-growers. Vege-
tables are also likely to occupy a prominent place in
county or state exhibits at state, national or inter-
national shows or expositions. The exhibits may be
competitive or non-competitive. In the former case
they are usually made by the individual producers; in
the latter case, they are more often made by a com-
pany, development bureau, or an institution, primarily
for advertising or educational purposes. In either case,
they have some educational value, even the individual
exhibitor learning by comparison of his exhibit with
others.
Competitive exhibits are of two kinds: (1) those in
which the exhibit consists of a specified quantity of a
given kind of vegetable, e.g., one dozen table carrots,
and (2) those which consist of a collection or display
of vegetables alone, or combined with other products
of the soil. Vegetables in exhibits that are designed
primarily for advertising or educational purposes
usually form only a part of some general exhibit.
In making exhibits in competition with the products
of other exhibitors, the successful competitors are
usually those who give most careful attention to the
selection, preparation and installation of their exhibits.
In making single exhibits, care should be taken to
show the exact quantity or number of specimens men-
tioned in the entry list. At county fairs, especially,
exhibitors are prone to make their "pecks" or "half-
pecks" exceedingly small if exhibition material is scarce
or time limited. The present tendency is to specify
in premium lists the number of specimens, whenever
this is feasible, rather than a given bulk, and to dis-
qualify exhibits which do not conform to the require-
ment in this respect.
In selecting specimens which are to form a single
exhibit, very few inexperienced persons appreciate
the importance of uniformity in size and type. Some-
times an exhibit will be very creditable with the excep-
tion of one or two specimens. These odd specimens
may be very good as individuals, but differ much in
size or type from the other specimens and detract
seriously from the value of the exhibit.
Vegetables on exhibition should be clean. Root crops
should usually be washed. Onions are best prepared
by careful brushing. Cauliflower and cabbage should
be carefully trimmed; tomatoes, eggplant and melons
wiped with a moist cloth. Celery, lettuce and endive
should be gathered with the roots on, carefully washed,
and displayed with the roots immersed in water so
that the plants will not wilt.
The arrangement of the specimens in a single exhibit
is also important. When the judging is by comparison,
only, those exhibits which attract the immediate
attention of the judge will be likely to receive careful
consideration if the number of entries is at all large.
Under such conditions it often happens that the
arrangement of the specimens is fully as effective in
securing careful examination of the exhibit as is the
perfection of the specimens themselves. In the case of
many kinds of vegetables, if the number of specimens
is not over one dozen, the exhibit can often be dis-
played very advantageously on plates or trays. If one
peck or one-half bushel is prescribed, splint baskets are
desirable receptacles. In any case, the appearance of the
exhibition room will be greatly enhanced if the recep-
tacles used for all the single exhibits are as uniform as
the nature of the products will permit. With this end
in view, it is desirable that the management furnish
the receptacles.
In the exhibitions held by thoroughly established
organizations which give special attention to vegetables,
there is likely to be a recognized appropriate method
of disposing the specimens of each kind of vegetable
in or upon a given type of receptacle. At county fairs,
each exhibitor usually exercises his own ingenuity both
as to type of receptacle and method of arrangement;
and the .result is at least lacking in monotony. To
show at its best, every exhibit should be charac-
terized by neatness and simplicity in arrangement.
The principles involved in making a general display
1194
EXHIBITIONS
EXOCHORDA
including a number of different kinds of vegetables are
much the same as for making individual exhibits: the
specimens must be selected with care, thoroughly
cleaned, and attractively arranged. In addition, the
character and arrangement of the exhibit as a whole
must be given careful attention. Very often, general
displays fail in effectiveness because the number of
specimens of each kind is too limited or the different
specimens of the same kind are too much scattered
through the exhibit, instead of being massed so that
they would make an impression upon the spectator.
Exhibitors are likewise inclined to weaken the char-
acter of an exhibit by introducing a few specimens
each of numerous species or varieties that are little
known or of small commercial importance. These
are often scattered promiscuously through the exhibit
and detract the attention from the main features. The
general effect of the exhibit as a whole is of prime
importance.
Non-competitive exhibits of vegetables for adver-
tising or educational purposes are usually confined to
a comparatively few species or varieties in a given
exhibit. In exhibits made for advertising some particu-
lar section or locality, the vegetables are likely to be
merely a minor part of a general exhibit, and to con-
sist of specimens likely to attract attention by reason
of their unusual size rather than any other noteworthy
feature.
Certain kinds of vegetables lend themselves readily
to the making of purely educational exhibits to illus-
trate the influence of differences in soil treatment
or cultural methods or the results of treatment for
plant diseases. In such exhibits, it is unwise to attempt
to illustrate the results of many different treatments
in one exhibit. It is much better to concentrate the
attention of the spectator upon one or two striking
results than to try to demonstrate a number of minor
variations. If the latter method is attempted, the
effectiveness of the display will be destroyed; for the
passing observer recognizes only striking contrasts.
For example, if a number of different fertilizer treat-
ments have been employed, and all give marked results
as compared with the check (the unfertilized plat),
it would be unwise in an educational exhibit to attempt
to illustrate the proportionate yields from all the treat-
ments. Only the yields of the check plat and one or
two others should be given. The casual observer can
see three things at a glance, but not a dozen.
In making an educational exhibit to represent dif-
ferences in yields, the quantities shown should repre-
sent yields from definite areas of ground, such as one-
hundredth or one-thousandth of an acre; and the
specimens should be arranged in such a way that the
differences will be most apparent.
In arranging an exhibit to illustrate the results of
treatment for plant diseases, e.g., treatment of seed
potatoes for the control of scab, it is better to sort the
specimens from each plat into "diseased" and "sound,"
and to display them in two contiguous piles, than to
mix the diseased and sound promiscuously in the same
pile.
The educational value of all exhibits, whether compet-
itive or non-competitive, is greatly enhanced if careful
attention is given to the proper labeling of the various
parts or features of each exhibit. Conspicuous legends
of a concise nature are of some benefit to even the casual
observer, and are greatly appreciated by the few who
are specially interested in the particular exhibit or the
matter it is designed to illustrate. JOHN W. LLOYD.
EXOCHORDA (from exo, external, and chorde, a cord,
referring to the chord belonging to the external part
of the placenta on the ventral side of the carpels).
Rosacese. PEARL- BUSH. Ornamental shrubs grown
chiefly for the showy racemes of pure white flowers.
Deciduous: winter-buds conspicuous, with imbricate
fr.®
scales: lys. alternate, petioled, entire or serrate: fls.
in terminal racemes, polygamo-dicecious; calyx-tube
broadly turbinate; calyx-lobes and petals 5; stamens
15-25, at the margin of a large disk, short; carpels 5,
connate; styles distinct: fr. a 5-angled, deeply furrowed
caps., separating into 5 bony, 1-2-seeded carpels; seeds
winged. — Three species in China and Turkestan.
The pearl-bushes are slender-branched shrubs with
rather thin bright green foliage and very showy white
flowers. E. Korolkowii is hardy North. E. racemosa
and E. Giraldii are at least hardy as far north as Mass-
achusetts. They grow best in a well-drained loamy soil
and in a sunny position. Propagation is by seeds, or
by softwood cuttings taken from forced plants; taken
in summer from the open they root slowly and with
difficulty; also by layering.
racemdsa, Rehd. (E. grandiflora, Lindl. Ameldnchier
racemosa, Lindl.). Fig. 1470. Slender spreading shrub, to
10, rarely to 15 ft., glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-
oblong or oblong-obovate,
entire or on vigorous shoots
serrate above the middle,
13^-2 3^ in. long,
whitish below; pet-
ioles about J^in.
long: racemes 6-
10-fld.; fls. 2 in.
across, pure white,
short-stalked;
petals roundish,
clawed ; stamens 15:
fr. turbinate, about
HHI. long. April,
May. China. B.M. 4795. F.
8.9:954. L.I. 11-12. Gt. 47:
1455. R.H. 1889, p. 128; 1896,
pp. 324, 325. J.H. III. 34:483;
53:285. G.C. II. 16:73; III.
7:613. Gn. 58, p. 315; 60, p.
232; 62, p. 161; 66, p. 141.
A.F. 6:643. Gng. 5:97. F.E.
30:117:31:971. G.M. 44:531.
M.D.G. 1901:321; 1905: 254;
1906:561. G.W. 10, p. 430. m
H.F. 1867:250. Var. prostrata, m
Hort. A form with prostrate
branches. — The species is
among the showiest shrubs
blooming in May.
Giraldii, Hesse (E. racemdsa
var. Giraldii, Rehd.). Similar
to the preceding: Ivs. oval or
elliptic, entire, very rarely cre-
nate-serrate; petiole about 1
in. long, usually red: fls. very
short-stalked or nearly sessile;
petals obovate, gradually nar- ,.,»„ •!-«..*. ,
. . , • 1470. Exochorda ra^iuuoa.
rowed into the claw, some- (X1A)
times toothed; stamens 25-30.
N.W.China. M.D.G. 1909:295. G.W. 16, p. 450. Var.
Wflsonii, Rehd. (E. racemosa var. Wilsonii, Rehd.).
Lvs. elliptic to oblong, occasionally serrate; petioles Yy-
% in. long, usually green : stamens 20-25. Cent. China.
Korolkowii, Lav. (E. Albertii, Regel. E. grandiflora
var. Albertii, Aschers. & Graebn.,). Upright, slender-
branched shrub, to 12 ft., glabrous: Ivs. oblong, to
oblong-oblanceolate, obtuse or acute, gradually nar-
rowed toward the base, entire, but the Ivs. of the
stronger shoots often serrate above the middle and at
the base with 1 or few small narrow lobes, \Yr^Yi in-
long: racemes 5-8-fld.; fls. \Yi in. across; petals nar-
rowly obovate; stamens 25: caps. %in. long, ovoid,
pointed. April, May. Turkestan. G.W. 16, p. 451.
G. 31:505. — This is one of the earliest shrubs to burst
into leaf in spring; it is of more upright habit and with
EXOCHORDA
darker and denser foliage than the preceding, but not
so floriferous.
macrantha, Lemoine (E. racembsa x E. Korolkdiuii).
Similar to E. racemosa, but of more upright habit
and more vigorous: Ivs. generally obovate or oblong-
obovate, bright green, entire on vigorous shoots cre-
nate, 2-3 in. long: racemes 8-10-fld.; fls. l%-2 in.
broad; petals obovate, narrowed into the claw; sta-
mens about 20. April, May. Of garden origin. R.H.
1903, pp. 18, 64. M.D.G. 1902:484. G.W. 16:449.
ALFRED REHDEB.
EXOGONIUM: Ipomcea.
EXORRHIZA (exo, out, outside, rhiza, root; alluding
to the large aerial roots above the ground). Paimdcese,
tribe Cocoinese. High-growing pinnate-leaved palm.
Stem or trunk straight, smooth, supported at the
base by large aerial, spiny roots: Ivs. large, pinnate.
Allied to Kentia, but distinguished by the imbricate
sepals of the staminate fls., the elongated subulate
filaments of the stamens, by the roundish ovate sepals
of the pistillate fls. and by the parietal ovule. In
Kentia the ovule is basal and erect. Cult, as in Kentia.
The following species flowered at Kew in 1901.
Wendlandiana, Becc. (Kentia Exorrhlza, Wendl.).
Often more than 60 ft. high but in cult, reaching only
24 ft.: Ivs. 10-12 ft. long; pinnae alternately arranged,
1-2 in. from each other, becoming 4 ft. long and 2 in.
broad, 8-10-neryed: spadix appearing below the Ivs.,
enveloped in thick, coriaceous boat-shaped spathes;
spadices 2, much longer than the spathes. Fiji Isls.
B.M.7797. N.TAYLOR.f
EXOSTEMMA (name alludes to the exserted sta-
mens). Rubi&cese. Evergreen trees and shrubs of W.
Indies and other parts of Trop. Amer., by some united
with Rustia. There are upwards of 20 species. They
are little known as warmhouse subjects, and the name
does not appear in the trade. It is probable that the
general treatment given Cinchona and similar things
will apply to them. Lvs. opposite: fls. white, various
in size and arrangement; corolla salver-form, the lobes
5 and spreading and narrow; stamens 5, inserted in
the bottom of the corolla-tube, long-exserted ; disk
annular: fr. an oblong, cylindrical or club-shaped
2-valved caps. The fls. are commonly axillary or in
terminal corymbs.
EXPERIMENT STATIONS. Every state of the
Union, every island dependency of the United States,
and every province of the Dominion of Canada has one
experiment station for agriculture supported by public
funds. A very few of the states have two stations, one
being the regular federal agency in the state and the
other being usually an institution established and
maintained directly by the state and representing the
movement that began before the passage of the federal
experiment station act.
By the middle of the last century, the discussion for
institutions or agencies to make experiments in agri-
culture was well under way. It was not till 1875, how-
ever, that any legislative body made an appropriation
for the establishing of such an institution. This was
in Connecticut. Other stations followed jn several
states, some of them under direct legislative enact-
ment and others being organizations within colleges
or college departments of agriculture. These move-
ments were marked in North Carolina, New York,
New Jersey, Ohio, Massachusetts, and other states.
The movement in the United States for a national
system of experiment stations took form in a bill for
the purpose introduced into Congress in 1882 by Hon.
C. C. Carpenter of Iowa. The bill finally to become a
law was introduced in the House of Representatives
by Hon. William H. Hatch of Missouri; this became
law March 2, 1887, by the signature of President
76
EXPERIMENT STATIONS 1195
Cleveland. It appropriates $15,000 to each state for
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experi-
ment station, to be located at the land-grant college
unless the state shall determine otherwise.
A second act, supplementing the Hatch Act, was
approved March 16, 1906, by President Roosevelt, it
having been introduced and carried to passage by Hon.
Henry C. Adams, of Wisconsin. This appropriates
$15,000 to each state "for the more complete endow-
ment and maintenance" of the stations, with the under-
standing and requirement that it shall support funda-
mental researches. About $1,500,000 is therefore
expended annually by the federal government for the
maintenance of experiment stations in the forty-eight
states, aside from similar grants for stations in Porto
Rico and Hawaii, expenditures in the Philippines
through the War Department, and in Alaska and Guam
directly through the United States Department of
Agriculture; and there is also a large and important
expenditure in the Department of Agriculture itself,
both for supervision and for investigation. The states
also contribute heavily to the experiment station work.
The total revenue in the United States for the year
ended June 30, 1912 was $4,068,240.09.
By law, reports are to be issued at least quarterly
by the different experiment stations. These institu-
tions are now issuing numerous bulletins, circulars and
reports on an astonishing range of subjects and of the
greatest importance to the people. The publications
of the United States Department of Agriculture are
very extensive and of the highest technical and gen-
eral value.
In Canada, the experiment station movement was
practically parallel with that in the United States. The
Act for a dominion system was passed in 1886. One
central station, or "central experimental farm," was
established at Ottawa, and the stations in the prov-
inces are branches of it and under the administration
of its director. The grant of Parliament for the year
1913-1914 for the maintenance of the system of
experimental farms was $900,000.
In both the United States and Canada, horticulture
is one of the important subjects of experiment and
research. Usually this work is in charge of a separate
officer, commonly known as a "horticulturist;" and the
number of associates and helpers may be several or
many. The extent of horticultural research is now-
large and it is rapidly increasing. Persons desiring to
be in touch with this work should apply to the experi-
ment station in the state or province or to the national
department; and a list of these institutions is given
below. For further history and discussion of Experi-
ment Stations in the two countries, see pp. 422-430,
Vol. IV, Cyclo. Amer. Agric.
In the United States the address of the experiment
station and of the college of agriculture is usually the
same post-office. In New York, there is a state station
at Geneva as well as the federal station and college at
Ithaca; in Ohio, the experiment station is at Wooster,
and the college is part of the State University at
Columbus; in Georgia, the station is at Experiment
and the college at Athens, in the University; in Con-
necticut, the federal station is at New Haven, and the
college at Storrs; in other states the post-offices of the
two are the same.
Canada.
The Dominion or headquarters institution is the
Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ontario.
Alberta.
Experimental Station, Lacombe.
Experimental Station, Lethbridge.
British Columbia.
Experimental Farm, Agassiz.
Experiment Stations, at Invermere, and at Sidney
on Vancouver Island.
1196 EXPERIMENT STATIONS
EXPERIMENT STATIONS
Manitoba.
Experimental Farm, Brandon.
New Brunswick.
Experimental Station, Fredericton.
Nova Scotia.
Experimental Farms, Nappan, Kentville.
Ontario.
Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa.
Prince Edward Island.
Experimental Station, Charlottetown.
Quebec.
Experimental Stations, Cap Rouge, Ste. Anne de la
Pocatiere, Lennoxville.
Saskatchewan.
Experimental Farm, Indian Head.
Experimental Stations, Rosthern and Scott.
United States.
United States Department of Agriculture, Wash-
ington, D. C.
Alabama.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn.
Canebrake Agricultural Experiment Station, Union-
town.
Tuskegee Agricultural Experiment Station, Tuske-
gee Institute.
Alaska.
Alaska Agricultural Experiment Stations, Sitka,
Kodiak, Rampart, and Fairbanks.
Arizona.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University
of Arizona, Tucson.
Arkansas.
Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Fay-
etteville.
California.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University of
California, Berkeley.
Colorado.
Agricultural Experiment Station, Fort Collins.
Connecticut.
The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station,
New Haven.
Storrs Agricultural Experiment Station, Storrg.
Delaware.
The Delaware College Agricultural Experiment
Station, Newark.
Florida.
Agricultural Experiment Station of Florida,
Gainesville.
Georgia.
Georgia Experiment Station, Experiment.
Guam.
Guam Agricultural Experiment Station, Island of
Guam (address Island of Guam, via San Fran-
cisco).
Hawaii.
Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station, Honolulu.
Hawaii Sugar Planters' Experiment Station,
Honolulu.
Idaho.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University
of Idaho, Moscow.
lUinois.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University
of Illinois, Urbana.
Indiana.
Agricultural Experiment Station of Indiana, La
Fayette.
Iowa.
Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station, Ames.
Kansas.
Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Man-
hattan.
Kentucky.
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lex-
ington.
Louisiana.
State Experiment Station, Baton Rouge.
North Louisiana Experiment Station, Calhoun.
Rice Experiment Station, Crowley.
Sugar Experiment Station, Audubon Park, New
Orleans.
Maine.
Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, Orono.
Maryland.
Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, College
Park.
Massachusetts.
Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station,
Amherst.
Michigan.
Experiment Station of Michigan Agricultural Col-
lege, East Lansing.
Minnesota.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University
of Minnesota, University Farm, St. Paul.
Mississippi.
Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station, Agri-
cultural College.
McNeill Branch Experiment Station, McNeill.
Delta Branch Experiment Station, Stoneville.
Holly Springs Branch Experiment Station, Holly
Springs.
Missouri.
Missouri Agricultural College Experiment Station,
Columbia.
Missouri State Fruit Experiment Station, Moun-
tain Grove.
Montana.
Montana Agricultural Experiment Station, Boze-
man.
Nebraska.
Agricultural Experiment Station of Nebraska,
Lincoln.
Nevada.
Nevada Agricultural Experiment Station, Reno.
New Hampshire.
New Hampshire College Agricultural Experiment
Station, Durham.
New Jersey.
New Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Sta-
tion, New Brunswick.
New Jersey State Agricultural Experiment Station,
New Brunswick.
New Mexico.
Agricultural Experiment Station of New Mexico,
State College.
New York.
New York Agricultural Experiment Station, Geneva.
Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Ithaca.
North Carolina.
North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station,
West Raleigh.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the North Caro-
lina State Department of Agriculture, Raleigh.
North Dakota.
North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station,
Agricultural College.
EXPERIMENT STATIONS
Ohio.
Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Wooster.
Oklahoma.
Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station, Still-
water.
Oregon.
Oregon Experiment Station, Corvallis.
Pennsylvania.
The Pennsylvania State College Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, State College.
Philippine Islands.
Lamao Experiment Station, Lamao, Bataan.
Porto Rico.
Porto Rico Agricultural Experiment Station, Maya-
guez.
Porto Rico Sugar Producers' Experiment Station,
Rio Piedras.
Rhode Island.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the Rhode
Island State College, Kingston.
South Carolina.
South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station,
Clemson College.
South Dakota.
South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station,
Brookings.
Tennessee.
Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station, Knox-
ville.
Texas.
Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, College
Station.
Utah.
Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan.
Vermont.
Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station, Bur-
lington.
Virginia.
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacks-
burg.
Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk.
Washington.
Washington Agricultural Experiment Station,
Pullman.
West Virginia.
West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Morgantown.
Wisconsin.
Agricultural Experiment Station of the University
of Wisconsin, Madison.
Wyoming.
Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, Laramie.
Research in horticulture. (U. P. Hedrick.)
For the purposes of this discussion we need not con-
cern ourselves with formal definitions of horticulture
nor discuss its several divisions. (For definitions, see
Horticulture.) It is more to the point to indicate the
nature of the research problems to be solved in the
several loosely correlated industries of which horti-
culture is composed. Experimenters in horticulture
may investigate the phenomena of science, the mechani-
cal methods of an art, and latterly they have come to
have much to do with business affairs. What should
be the relative status of science, art and business in
research work in this branch of agriculture?
Horticulture is a "no man's land" in science. Bota-
nists, chemists, entomologists, bacteriologists and genet-
icists, join in solving its problems. First one science
and then another lets in its light and illuminates an
obscure nook. Thus, systematic botany, in the classi-
EXPERIMENT STATIONS 1197
fication of orchard and garden plants, began the con-
struction of rational horticulture; then came chemistry
to furnish knowledge of soils and fertilizers; botany
and entomology brought aid in combating innumerable
pests. When, however, a discovery is made in any
science men are drawn to it as moths to a light, and
botany and entomology, which have recently been
most prominent, are now giving way in horticulture
to genetics and the sciences having to do with the soil,
discovery and activity being greatest in these fields.
Thus,, there is no science of horticulture, but there is
science in horticulture. The science field, also, is as
open to horticulturists as to experimenters in the
sciences that form the foundation of horticulture.
The appli cation of science is art. The botanist and
entomologist discover the life-history of insects and
fungi; the control of the pests, by means of spraying
or otherwise, is an art. The discovery of the laws that
govern soil-moisture and soil-heat is a field for the
scientist; the art of tillage is or should be founded on
the science of soil physics. A widely different phase
of physics comes into action when the mechanical
engineer is asked to help solve the problems of cooling,
storing and transporting horticultural products. The
manipulation of plants in propagating, grafting and
training is an art based on plant physiology. Thus,
research work in horticulture partakes of the "prac-
tical;" indeed, applicability usually must be a para-
mount consideration in investigations in this field.
Much that is called "pure science" is helpful in horti-
culture, but the horticulturist is chiefly concerned
with applied science.
So, also, there are inter-relations between business,
science and art in horticulture. A prevalent phase of
experimentation is the determination of the cost of
the unit — the barrel of apples, for example — of agri-
cultural products; other business experiments seek to
determine the outgo and the income of the orchard
and garden; still others consider the relative profits
of two crops in certain soils or other environmental
conditions. These problems are largely studies of
business methods and are not true research subjects,
but one can conceive of scientific investigations in the
business affairs of horticulture and certainly science
and business come into close touch in this industry.
The distinctions that have been made are not clearly
defined in the activities of horticulturists. Too often
men supposed to be engaged in research work in horti-
cultural science are busy with the art — very often not
in discovery or invention in art but simply with the
details of well-established art. Much that is put out
as the result of research work is a description or a dis-
cussion of the technic of horticulture. A study of
business methods, pure and simple, is frequently
offered as the results of research. These isolated
observations on the art and business of horticulture,
having no relation to either pure or applied science,
ephemeral and of but limited application, bear but
poorly the brand of investigation. Data in the art
and business of horticulture, to be worth the while of
the true research worker, must be a part of the coor-
dinated and classified knowledge of horticulture, must
be of more or less universal application, and must deal
more or less directly with scientific principles. Investi-
gating is not teaching, nor demonstrating, nor observ-
ing, nor describing, nor proving, unless primarily
benind any of these is the design to discover laws.
On the other hand, much that passes as scientific
investigation turns out to be theory made attractive
by the rouge of speculation; or it is controversy for
controversy s sake; not infrequently the offering of
science is an old garment made over in a new style;
or it is a small truth much adorned; sometimes the
scientific offering but heralds a discovery which never
appears. Pseudo-research is by no means confined to
the practical phases of horticulture.
1198 EXPERIMENT STATIONS
The writer does not overlook the body of good work
being turned out by the American experimenters in hor-
ticultural lines, but this is not the subject of the present
discussion.
The training of research workers.
The diverse character of experimentation in horti-
culture as set forth indicates somewhat the training
that investigators in this field should have. It follows
from the importance attached to science in horticul-
ture, that thorough training in the sciences is impera-
tive, but the distinctions here made indicate just as
clearly that a person trained in the sciences and not in
the art and business of horticulture is sadly handi-
capped. We may put down as the first essential in the
mental equipment of the research worker, a broad and
severe scientific training. The second essential is, per-
fect familiarity with garden, orchard and greenhouse
plants and methods of handling their products. It is
not sufficient that the horticultural experimenter
know but the industry in which he may specialize.
Knowledge of what is done in the greenhouse, for
example, is indispensable to the experimenter with
fruits, offering him suggestions at every turn. Whatever
knowledge a man may possess of the needs and care
of plants in any field of agriculture will be helpful in a
specialized field. Perhaps the ability to correlate
science and art should be put down as a third essential.
But at present chief emphasis must be laid on the
scientific training. The art of horticulture is sufficiently
well taught in agricultural colleges, and the money-
earning value of an education is in most institutions
over-emphasized. The atmosphere of practicums and
money-making which prevails in most of our colleges
is not one in which investigators are born and bred.
Instead, for the proper training of a horticulturist
there should be an atmosphere of investigation for
investigation's sake, of sound learning, of appreciation
of science not only in its applications but as pure
science and for its disciplinary value. It is desirable,
almost imperative, that one training to become a hor-
ticulturist should take a post-graduate course in which
special attention may be devoted to the sciences and
the problems of horticulture.
Equipment for research.
Less need be said about the material equipment for
horticultural research than the mental make-up of the
worker. The nation and the states have been free in
the expenditure of money for experimental work. Not
a few horticultural departments in the experiment
stations of the country are over-equipped with land,
buildings and laboratories — the things that money
can buy. Certain it is that the output from the insti-
tutions conducting research is not in proportion to the
money spent or to the number of men on the staff.
The fact that equipment and materials do not create,
needs emphasis everywhere in horticultural experi-
mentation. The custom of obtaining money to build
up a department without specific work to be done is a
vicious one from which there must in time be a reac-
tion. Opportunity, equipment and problem should go
together, and all these are valueless without a man
with initiative, ideas, and training to use them.
There are probably more over-equipped departments
in horticulture than under-equipped ones. Large
experimenting is sometimes small experimenting and
small experimenting large experimenting.
In one particular, however, the horticultural depart-
ments of the country are sadly under-equipped. There
are no comprehensive plantations of economic plants
in the experiment stations of the United States. The
amelioration of plants is the chief work in horticulture
and it would seem that the establishment of economic
gardens is imperative, since material to be used advan-
tageously must be near at hand. At least one station
in every distinct agricultural region in the country
should have an economic garden where may be found
the food plants of the world suitable for the region.
This should be an agricultural garden, not a plant
museum to show the curious and the ornamental; in
it agriculture must be dominant, not recessive.
Organization for research.
Horticulture is composed of so many industries and
involves so many sciences that its problems are too
diverse and too complex to permit of many definite
statements in regard to organization for research.
But several generalities may be set down as essentials
to a good organization: (1) There must be a man in
command — a broadly trained man. (2) The position
of the experimenter should be permanent, subject only
to efficiency. (3) The time and thought of the investi-
gator must not be taken up with other activities, as
administration, teaching, extension work and the like.
(4) The organization must be permanent, to give con-
tinuity, coherence and exhaustiveness to the work.
(5) The organization should usually correspond with
the subdivisions of horticulture rather than the sciences
upon which it is founded. That is, there should be
pomologists, gardeners and florists, rather than botan-
ists, chemists and entomologists. (6) Money and effort
should be concentrated upon a few comprehensive
problems that can be exhaustively carried to sound
conclusions. Too many experiments are but frag-
ments of a larger problem; discovered to be such, they
are often discarded after waste of time and money.
The third of the essentials just given needs amplifica-
tion. The greatest deterrent to good work in experi-
mentation is the association of research with teaching
either in the classroom or from the institute platform.
So much of the time and energy of men having these
dual-purpose positions is taken by the more present,
and therefore more pressing, work of teaching that
they are often investigators only in name. In every
institution where teaching and investigating are com-
bined, the demand is naturally strongest from students,
and investigation suffers. There are, it is true, advan-
tages in the combined position of teacher and investi-
gator, but few indeed are the cases in which the dis-
advantages do not outweigh them and always the
research work suffers.
There should be cooperation between the horticul-
tural experimenters in the several states and the United
States Department of Agriculture. A most pathetic
spectacle in our agricultural institutions is that of iso-
lated men attacking one and the same problem, dupli-
cating results, often duplicating errors and in either case
wasting public funds. So far as possible there should
not be overlapping of experimental work, unless dupli-
cation is desirable to make more certain the results.
In the latter case the work should be jointly planned
and from time to time compared and adjusted to secure
efficiency and economy. The Society for Horticultural
Science is an excellent clearing-house in which the
official horticultural experimenters in North America
may interchange ideas and adjust their work.
Theories in horticulture are so general, facts so
numerous, evidence of one kind or another so easily
adduced, that the temptation is strong to state a theory,
supply facts from the many already known, adorn the
work with a dash of personally collected evidence and
call the result an experiment. Such work lacks coher-
ence and is incomplete. Few, indeed, are the horticul-
tural investigators who make their work invincible by
exhaustiveness. Again, the urgent call for results has
led to the study of problems admitting of hurried con-
clusions rather than those that are fundamental, and
for this reason much work is unfinished and incon-
clusive. The superb exhaustiveness of Darwin's work,
much of it horticultural experimentation, should
furnish inspiration and method to investigators in this
EXPERIMENT STATIONS
EXTENSION TEACHING 1199
field of agriculture in particular. All call to mind that
the "Origin of Species" is but a short statement of the
theory of evolution which is then shown to be an
impregnable fact by a vast amount of evidence over
which Darwin labored for twenty years, biding time
until his views reached full maturity. There is every
temptation to publish prematurely, but permanent
work is that which is completely worked out. Besides,
given time, investigation is easier, material coming of
itself which, under speed, would have required travail
of mind to bring forth.
The immediate field.
In conclusion it may be well to state, as a record of
the times, and for possible suggestive value, some of
the present problems of horticulture.
Experimentation is needed in the oldest of horti-
cultural operations — pruning. It must be approached
through physiological botany. We know next to
nothing about the feeding of plants and the influences
of the food elements on plant-products — current
methods of fertilizing are largely arbitrary. Many
questions having to do with sex are before us. There
is need of more precise knowledge about bud-forma-
tion and the setting and dropping of fruits. There is
yet much to be done in the classification and descrip-
tion of horticultural plants. More than elsewhere in
agriculture, horticultural plants are inter-planted as
in catch-crops, cover-crops and in crop-rotation; the
inter-relationships of plants and the effects of crop
residues, therefore, must be studied. Greater knowledge
of the associations of plants would throw new light on
the relations of climates and soils to plant-growing —
plant ecology. We have not yet reached the limit of
improvement in any cultivated species and plant-
breeding must be given attention. The relationships
of parasites and hosts involving the whole matter of
predisposition, resistance and immunity offer a series
of problems. The good and bad effects of sprays,
quite aside from their insecticidal or fungicidal func-
tions, are worthy of study. Much has been written
but very little is really known about the reciprocal
influences of stock and graft. The whole matter of
stocks needs experimental attention, fruit-growers in
particular having little to guide them in the choice of
stocks for the several fruits. We know that cultivated
plants vary greatly: are any of the variations heritable
or do they appear and disappear with the individual?
A study of the last problem would bring one to a much-
needed investigation of mutations. Acclimatization
deserves consideration. There yet remain many native
plants worthy of domestication. Forcing of plants
brings up many problems; as, the influence of heated
soils and atmospheres, soil sterilization, artificial lights
in place of sunlight, the use of electricity in forcing
growth and the physiological disturbances of the plant
brought about by the changed environment. Lastly,
those who ship and store horticultural products are call-
ing for experimental aid to solve their many problems.
EXTENSION TEACHING IN HORTICULTURE.
Extension work is the effort made by an institution of
higher learning to carry outside its own walls and
directly to the people, any form of helpful educational
influence. A state university, or institution that
derives financial support from the state, may legiti-
mately be called upon to give instruction to the people
who cannot attend its courses, if means are provided
for the performance of this office. Such an institution
no longer fulfils its complete function when it confines
itself to teaching students who come to it and to the
investigation of problems within its laboratories. A
strong college of arts and science, necessarily the center
of the great university of today, "may extend its educa-
tional ideals and its higher educational functions to
the people of the state as well as to the students who
reside within it. The professional schools of law, medi-
cine, education, engineering, journalism, agriculture
and others (articulated with the college of arts and
science, to make up the university) are each investiga-
ting the problems of their respective fields and gather-
ing information that may be carried to the people of
the state, through organized extension work. More
and more the people are coming to depend upon this
information as a basis for better enactment, better
municipal functions, better sanitation, better regula-
tions as to health, better civic improvement of all
phases, and last, but not least, better agriculture,
better roads, and a higher plane of country life.
Extension work in horticulture is that phase of
organized extension activity that has to do with better
production, better handling and better marketing of
horticultural products and the higher efforts of living
to which this work contributes.
Horticultural extension is conducted by means of
private letters, lectures, publications, correspondence
courses, demonstration schools, demonstration experi-
ments, and the like.
Private correspondence. — Every fruit-grower, gar-
dener, florist or other horticultural worker may
encounter special problems upon which he needs
individual advice. The horticultural department in
any of our leading colleges of agriculture is called
upon to answer thousands of letters of inquiry every
year. Each of these inquiries is referred to the mem-
ber of the horticultural staff best qualified to handle it.
Many of these inquiries entail special letters. Some of
them may be more fully answered by sending circulars
or bulletins.
Publications. — Departments of horticulture dissemi-
nate much information through bulletins, circulars
of information and press notices. These bulletins are
the published results of the investigation of special
problems by the members of the horticultural staff.
Circulars of information are more popular treatises
of horticultural subjects of interest in the state, and
pertaining to which the department has gathered
information of interest. Press notices are usually timely
topics or seasonal advice furnished the press of the
state to publish at the opportune time for their readers.
If an insect or disease appears suddenly and promises to
become widespread, due to unusual conditions, it often
may be checked by prompt action. Unusual weather
conditions may sometimes call for unusual methods of
management of plants or of crops.
The publication may take the form of an organized
reading-course effort without assuming to construct
and conduct correspondence courses.
Extension lectures. — Hundreds of lectures on horti-
cultural topics are given by members of the horti-
cultural staffj at schools, teachers' meetings, civic
improvement societies, commercial club meetings,
nurserymen's conventions, canners' associations, fruit-
growers' organizations, florists' clubs, and other gather-
ings. In this way something of the work of the Depart-
ment may be carried to every organized body in the
state which is interested in a phase of horticulture.
Surveys. — That the department of horticulture may
be of special service to a horticultural center, or special
horticultural industry, a careful survey of the horti-
cultural conditions as they exist may be desirable.
Such a survey may determine what varieties are prov-
ing most profitable, which of the prevailing methods of
management are yielding the most satisfactory results,
what are the difficult problems that need investiga-
tion and what are the reasons for successes or failures.
The average result may throw much light upon what
is already proving best in the neighborhood. A
question that is vexing the average grower may have
been answered by the work of the best growers, whose
results show the answer to the question. As an exam-
ple of the plan and possibilities of such surveys may
1200 EXTENSION TEACHING
EXTENSION TEACHING
be mentioned the orchard survey of some of the
leading apple-growing counties of New York. A meas-
ure of the commercial value of spraying is secured by
statistical results from sprayed and unsprayed orchards.
The commercial value of orchard tillage as compared
with orchards growing in sod is shown by the returns
from each class of orchard. The best methods of green-
house construction and management for particular crops
may be determined and explained in the same way.
Extension schools. — In many states, extension schools
of horticulture are held for the purpose of carrying
special horticultural instruction to a neighborhood.
Such schools often consist of lectures and demonstra-
tions in a subject of immediate interest. For example,
just previous to harvesting a fruit crop a school in
fruit-packing may be held. The methods and advan-
tages of proper packing are presented by means of
lectures. This is followed by practical laboratory
periods in which those in attendance learn to do the
work of proper packing. In a similar way, pruning,
spraying and other phases of fruit-production are
being taught in brief periods of one or two days or a
week, the time varying with the needs of the commu-
nity and the character of the subject taught; or situa-
tions with vegetable-growers and florists may be met.
Correspondence courses. — Some schools teach courses
in horticulture by correspondence. Certain subjects
are capable of being taught in this way. Outlines for
the lessons are mailed to the student. Prescribed read-
ing is required and directions for observations and
original work and study of plants are formulated.
Examinations usually consist of written reports made
by the student, embodying a statement of the results
secured by him. These reports usually show whether
or not the student has grasped the subject and wherein
he may need further suggestions and study.
Boys' and girls' clubs. — A movement that is destined
to have a very profound influence is the organization
of boys' and girls' clubs for the study of subjects rela-
ting to horticulture. Often this club work takes the
form of contests in gardening or in the production of
some special garden crop, such as tomatoes. Organiza-
tion is best effected through cooperation with the
schools or somebody that can direct the work of each
local club. Printed sheets are mailed the club members,
from time to time, giving instruction in the details of
the work and the conditions governing the contest.
Prizes are usually awarded at the local contests and
sometimes the prize-winners«compete in a state contest.
Cooperative demonstrations and experiments. — A very
efficient means of promoting the productive growth of
any horticultural interest is by means of cooperative
demonstrations conducted on the grounds of some
energetic grower, whose conditions fairly represent the
neighborhood. The ground may be leased by the
institution or offered by the local grower. Experiments
are carefully outlined to test some problem of interest,
such as spraying, comparison of methods of pruning
or of cultivation or planting, the use of fertilizers,
determination of the merits of particular flowers or
vegetables, or other question which the community
needs to have worked out. A representative of the
horticultural staff visits the grounds as often as is
necessary to oversee proper conduct of the work and
to record the results of the experiment. Whenever
results are secured that are of benefit to the growers,
a meeting is held for the purpose of explaining and
observing these results and demonstrating the methods
for the benefit of those who may profit by adopting
them. This form of extension affords the means not
only of presenting to the grower facts and methods
already known, but it also works new problems out
for the neighborhood by securing results that are
adapted to their special local requirement. It makes
the work convincing; the growers themselves have a
hand in it and feel that it is their own; they grow into
an understanding of it as the work grows; it gives a
new pride and a new power in working for superior
methods. While this is perhaps the most productive
form of extension work, its scope is, of course, neces-
sarily limited by the fact that working force and funds
are not available for handling more than a limited
number of the pressing problems in a state at one time.
General considerations. — Incidentally there are other
ways by which extension work may be accomplished.
Enough already has been accomplished to show that
organized extension work has a large and increasing
influence upon the horticulture of a state.
Like any other great movement in behalf of human
progress, the measure of success of extension work in
horticulture depends largely on its proper organization.
It offers a multitude of opportunities for work that the
world needs to have done. As indicated above, the
work is approached in numerous ways. Unless properly
organized there is danger of scattered effort, duplica-
tion, and failure to follow up results so as to give sta-
bility and permanence. It should be a factor in the
organized extension work of the entire institution of
which it is a part. The question then arises as to
whether the work should be undertaken by a separate
corps of workers, especially trained for the purpose, and
acting under the direction of an extension department
head, or whether, since it relates to a special profes-
sional field, it should be carried by the officers of the
department of horticulture in the college and experi-
ment station. To the writer, the latter seems to be the
more rational arrangement. It is no doubt true that
if a corps of men do extension work exclusively, with
no definitely organized relation to college teaching and
experiment station investigation, there will be a ten-
dency to lose touch with higher educational ideals
and failure to take to the people the stimulus of pro-
ductive investigation and the last word in scientific
advancement. Undoubtedly there is a tendency,
especially on the part of younger men who have the
faculty of appealing to the popular audience, to become
satisfied with the plaudits of the multitude, and to
strive only to enthuse and amuse, unless they are
closely connected with college and station work.
While one function of extension work may be to inspire
and exhort, the day has passed when that alone is
sufficient. The commercial horticulturist has reached
a plane of development when he needs definite helpful
instruction. Attractive letters and lectures are no
longer sufficient. He needs, in addition, so far as it is
possible to supply it, definite demonstrations of how
to do his work according to the most approved methods.
The men most closely in touch with strong college
teaching and station investigation should be the best
fitted to supply this need.
Furthermore, the college teacher or investigator
equally needs intimate contact with the commercial
grower and his problems. His problems are the prob-
lems of the teacher and the investigator. The above
conclusions do not dispute the fact that an individual
may have especial talent and taste for extension work
and lack the plodding patience to make a strong
investigator. He may largely devote his time to
extension if only the organization keeps him closely
linked with college and station men. On the other
hand, a productive investigator may not best succeed
as a popular lecturer and may give most of his time to
investigation. His help may be indispensable in solv-
ing some of the difficult problems Ithat arise in the
field of extension. The organization of the individuals
doing college and station work, ought to afford that
union of relationship that will enable the director of
extension to call the department of horticulture to his
aid. The organization within the department should
be best able to supply this need by calling upon the
individual best fitted to meet the specific demand.
J. C. WHITTEN.
The following pages contain advertisements of
books by the same author or on kindred subjects.
CYCLOPEDIA OF
AMERICAN AGRICULTURE
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Late Director of the College of Agriculture and Professor of Rural Economy, Cornell University
With 100 full-page plates and more than 2,000 illustrations in the text',
four volumes; the set, $20.00; half morocco, $32.00
VOLUME I— Farms VOLUME III— Animals
VOLUME II— Crops VOLUME IV— The Farm and the Community
This is unquestionably the most important agricultural cyclopedic work published
in this country. The leading experts in the United States and Canada, both investigators
and practical farmers, contribute to its chapters, which are arranged not alphabetically,
but topically, each subject being treated in its various aspects by men especially familiar
with it. It contains advice for the city man who is seeking a home in the country, as well
as for the professional farmer. The book is strictly new and up to date in its methods
and advice, thoroughly readable, and a standard work of reference. It is profusely
illustrated, about one-third of the total space being assigned to illustrations — all original.
"Indispensable to public and reference libraries . . . readily comprehensible to any person
of average education." — The Nation.
"The completest existing thesaurus of up-to-date facts and opinions on modern agricultural
methods. It is safe to say that many years must pass before it can be surpassed in comprehensive-
ness, accuracy, practical value, and mechanical excellence. It ought to be in every library in the
the country." — Record-Herald, Chicago.
"To the man who wishes to study farming in its various aspects or to practice agriculture,
this work will appeal strongly." — Literary Digest.
"The 'Cyclopedia of American Agriculture' is unique." — New York Tribune-Farmer.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
RURAL SCIENCE SERIES
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Each volume illustrated Cloth, 12mo.
A series of practical books for farmers and gardeners, sold as a set or separately. Each one is the work of a com-
petent specialist, and is suitable for consultation alike by the amateur or professional tiller of the soil, the scientist
or the student. Illustrations of marked beauty are freely used, and the books are clearly printed and well bound.
ON SELECTION OF LAND, ETC.
Isaac P. Roberts' The Farmstead $1.50
T. F. Hunt's How to Choose a Farm 1.75
E. G. Cheyney's The Farm Woodlot 1 50
ON TILLAGE, ETC.
F. H. King's The Soil 1.50
Isaac P. Roberts' The Fertility of the Land 1.50
F. H. King's Irrigation and Drainage 1.50
Edward B. Voorhees' Fertilizers 1.25
Edward B. Voorhees' Forage Crops 1.50
J. A. Widtsoe's Dry Farming 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Principles of Agriculture 1.25
S. M. Tracy's Forage Crops for the South 1.50
ON PLANT DISEASES, ETC.
E. C. Lodeman's The Spraying of Plants 1.25
ON GARDEN-MAKING
L. H. Bailey's Garden-Making 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Principles of Vegetable-Gardening .1.50
L. H. Bailey's Forcing Book 1.25
L. H. Bailey's Plant Breeding 2.00
ON FRUIT-GROWING, ETC.
L. H. Bailey's Nursery Book . 1.50
L. H. Bailey's Fruit-Growing 1.75
L. H. Bailey's The Pruning Book . 1.50
F. W. Card's Bush Fruits 1.50
W. Paddock & 0. B .Whipple's Fruit Growing in Arid Regions 1.50
J. E. Coit's Citrus Fruits 2.00
S. W. Fletcher's The Strawberry in North America 1.75
ON THE CARE OF LIVE-STOCK
Nelson S. Mayo's The Diseases of Animals 1.50
W. H. Jordan's The Feeding of Animals 1.50
I. P. Roberts' The Horse 1.25
M. W. Harper's Breaking and Training of Horses 1.75
George C. Watson's Farm Poultry. New edition 1.50
John A. Craig's Sheep Farming 1.50
E. F. Phillips' Beekeeping 2.00
ON DAIRY WORK, FARM CHEMISTRY, ETC.
Henry H. Wing's Milk and Its Products. New edition 1.50
J. G. Lipman's Bacteria and Country Life 1.50
ON ECONOMICS AND ORGANIZATION
William A. McKeever's Farm Boys and Girls
L P. Roberts' The Farmer's Business Handbook
George T. Fairchild's Rural Wealth and Welfare
H. N. Ogden's Rural Hygiene . 1.50
J. Green's Law for the American Farmer 1-50
G. H. Powell's Cooperation in Agriculture
J. B. Merman's Principles of Rural Credits
C. W. Herrick's Insects Injurious to the Household . 1-75
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
THE RURAL OUTLOOK SET
By L. H. BAILEY
Four Volumes. Each, doth, I2mo. Uniform binding, attractively boxed.
$5.00 net per set; carriage extra. Each volume also sold separately.
In this set are included three of Professor Bailey's most popular books as well as a hitherto un-
published one, — "The Country-Life Movement." The long and persistent demand for a uniform
edition of these little classics is answered with the publication of this attractive series.
The Country-Life Movement
Cloth, I2mo, 220 pages, $1.25
This hitherto unpublished volume deals with the present movement for the redirection of rural
civilization, discussing the real country-life problem as distinguished from the city problem,
known as the back-to-the-land movement.
The OutlOOk tO Nature (New and Revised Edition)
Cloth, 12mo, 195 pages, $1.25
In this alive and bracing book, full of suggestions and encouragement, Professor Bailey argues the
importance of contact with nature, a sympathetic attitude toward which "means greater effi-
ciency, hopefulness, and repose."
The State and the Farmer (New Edition)
Cloth, 12mo, $1.25
It is the relation of the farmer to the government that Professor Bailey here discusses in its varying
aspects. He deals specifically with the change in agricultural methods, in the shifting of the
geographical centers of farming in the United States, and in the growth of agricultural institutions.
The Nature Study Idea (New Edition)
Cloth, I2mo, $1.25
"It would be well," the critic of The Tribune Farmer once wrote, "if The Nature Study Idea'
were in the hands of every person who favors nature study in the public schools, of every one who
is opposed to it, and, most important, of every one who teaches it or thinks he does." It has been
Professor Bailey's purpose to interpret the new school movement to put the young into relation
and sympathy with nature, — a purpose which he has admirably accomplished.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
THE RURAL MANUALS
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Manual of Farm Animals
A Practical Guide to the Choosing, Breeding and Keep of Horses, Cattle, Sheep
and Swine.
By MERRITT W. HARPER
Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry in the New York State College of
Agriculture at Cornell University
Illustrated, decorated cloth, I2mo, 545 pages, index, $2.00; by mail, $2.18
"The work is invaluable as a practical guide in raising farm animals." — Morning Telegram.
"A book deserving of close study as well as being handy for reference, and should be in the
possession of every farmer interested in stock." — Rural World.
Manual of Gardening
A Practical Guide to the Making of Home Grounds and the Growing of Flowers,
Fruits and Vegetables for Home Use.
By L. H. BAILEY
Illustrated, cloth, I2mo, 544 pages, $2.00; by mail, $2.17
This new work is a combination and revision of the main parts of two other books by the
same author, "Garden-Making" and "Practical Garden Book," together with much new material
and the result of the experience of ten added years. Among the persons who collaborated in the
preparation of the other two books, and whose contributions have been freely used in this one,
are C. E. Hunn, a gardener of long experience; Professor Ernest Walker, reared as a commercial
florist; Professor L. R. Taft, and Professor F. A. "VVaugh, well known for their studies and writings
on horticultural subjects.
A STANDARD WORK REVISED AND ENLARGED
The Farm and Garden Rule Book
By L. H. BAILEY
Illustrated, cloth, I2mo, $2.00
When Professor Bailey's "Horticulturist's Rule Book" was published nearly twenty-five
years ago, the volume became a standard agricultural work running through sixteen editions.
Taking this book as a basis, the author has now made a wholly new book, extending it to cover
the field of general farming, stock-raising, dairying, poultry-rearing, horticulture, gardening,
forestry, and the like. It is essentially a small cyclopedia of ready rules and references, packed full
from cover to cover of condensed, meaty information and precepts on almost every leading
subject connected with country life.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
RURAL TEXT -BOOK SERIES
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Each volume Illustrated Cloth, 12mo.
While the RURAL SCIENCE SERIES is designed primarily for popular reading and for
general use, this related new series is designed for classroom work and for special use in consulta-
tion and reference. The RURAL TEXT-BOOK SERIES is planned to cover eventually the en-
tire range of public school and college texts. For fuller information on each book, see index for
separate titles.
Physiology of Plant Production. By B. M. Duggar $1.60
Southern Field Crops. By John Frederick Duggar 1.75
Principles and Practice of Judging Livestock. By Carl Warren Gay 1.50
Animal Husbandry for Schools. By M. W. Harper 1.40
Text-Book of Grasses. By A. S. Hitchcock 1.50
Field Crop Production. By George Livingston 1.40
Principles of Soil Management. By T. L. Lyon and E. O. Fippin 1.75
Beginnings in Agriculture. By A. R. Mann 75
Corn Crops. By E. G. Montgomery 1.60
Forage Plants and Their Culture. By Charles V. Piper . . 1.75
Farm Management. By G. F. Warren 1.75
Elements of Agriculture. By G. F. Warren 1.10
Manures and Fertilizers. By H. J. Wheeler 1.60
Principles of Irrigation Practice. By John A. Widtsoe 1.75
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
PUBLISHERS 64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW
AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.
/ //
S: /!
, - -dut.
t^
UBRAKY USE
, «n'"O
UUX3-2
L
vtA
^V •
REC'D LD
SEP 1 9'63 -SPM
LIBRARY DSE \
W "5 '80
LD 21-5wi-6,'37
YE 19049
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11